The Far Above All Translation of the New Testament

Version 0.94.59, 30 September 2024

Summary

We offer a freely copyable translation of the New Testament based on the Robinson-Pierpont Byzantine Textform 2005 edition of the New Testament. We also cover New Testament variants for the Received Text and the Greek Orthodox Church Patriarchal Text of 1904. Our triple translation and the source Greek texts may be freely copied (see copyright notice below).

Copyright

There are two areas of copyright to consider: the copyright of sources used and the copyright of our own work.

Copyright of sources used

The Greek text as starting material is the Robinson-Pierpont Byzantine Textform 2005, obtained from http://koti.24.fi/jusalak/GreekNT/RP2005.htm, and also available from http://byztxt.com/downloads.html.

The copyright of the Robinson-Pierpont Byzantine Textform 2005 reads:

Copyright © 2005 by Robinson and Pierpont. Anyone is permitted to copy and distribute this text or any portion of this text. It may be incorporated in a larger work, and/or quoted from, stored in a database retrieval system, photocopied, reprinted, or otherwise duplicated by anyone without prior notification, permission, compensation to the holder, or any other restrictions. All rights to this text are released to everyone and no one can reduce these rights at any time. Copyright is not claimed nor asserted for the new and revised form of the Greek NT text of this edition, nor for the original form of such as initially released into the public domain by the editors, first as printed textual notes in 1979 and in continuous-text electronic form in 1986. Likewise, we hereby release into the public domain the introduction and appendix which have been especially prepared for this edition. The permitted use or reproduction of the Greek text or other material contained within this volume (whether by print, electronic media, or other form) does not imply doctrinal or theological agreement by the present editors and publisher with whatever views may be maintained or promulgated by other publishers. For the purpose of assigning responsibility, it is requested that the present editors' names and the title associated with this text as well as this disclaimer be retained in any subsequent reproduction of this material.

Additional material for collations includes:

Our copyright

The Introduction, the English translation and notes (referred to as "this text" below) Copyright © 2009-2022 by Graham G. Thomason. Anyone is permitted to copy and distribute this text or any portion of this text. It may be incorporated in a larger work, and/or quoted from, stored in a database retrieval system, photocopied, reprinted, or otherwise duplicated by anyone without prior notification, permission, compensation to the holder, or any other restrictions. All rights to this text are released to everyone and no-one can reduce these rights at any time. The permitted use or reproduction of the above-mentioned text does not imply doctrinal or theological agreement by the present translator and publisher with whatever views may be maintained or promulgated by other publishers. For the purpose of assigning responsibility, it is requested that the present translator's name, and the title associated with this text, and its availability at www.FarAboveAll.com, as well as this disclaimer, be retained in any subsequent reproduction of this material.

Introduction

Please see the separate Introduction to this Greek text and translation.

VERSE H KAINH DIAQHKH ENGLISH NOTES
Matt 1:1 Bi/bloj gene/sewj 870Ihsou= xristou=, ui9ou= {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d], ui9ou= 870Abraa&m. The book of the lineage of Jesus Christ, the son of David, the son of Abraham. Daui/d (or, with dieresis, Daui+/d), Dauid, RP P1904 vs. Dabi/d, Dabid, TR HF. VulgC, VulgS = David. Since the manuscripts generally have d6a6d6, the unabbreviated spelling is unknown. Daui/d corresponds more closely to the Hebrew (דָּוִד), and Syriac (SyrP = ܕܘܝܕ). No difference in our English.
We avoid capitalization on son here and in other cases (such as holy spirit), to avoid placing any interpretation on the words used. See the Introduction.
lineage: or manner of birth. The genealogy is biologically of Joseph, but it gives the royal line and so Christ's legal right to the throne of David.
Greek: Iesous, Dauid, Abraam.
Christ ← Anointed; equivalent to Messiah (from Hebrew מָשִׁיחַ, Mashiach).
Matt 1:2 870Abraa_m e0ge/nnhsen to\n 870Isaa&k: 870Isaa_k de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n 870Iakw&b: 870Iakw_b de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n 870Iou/dan kai\ tou\j a)delfou\j au0tou=: Abraham begot Isaac, and Isaac begot Jacob, and Jacob begot Judah and his brothers, begot: i.e. biologically fathered. Not used of Joseph, who was the legal, but not biological father of Christ (see verses 18 and 20).
Greek: Isaak, Iakob, Ioudas.
Matt 1:3 870Iou/daj de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n Fare\j kai\ to\n Zara_ e0k th=j Qa&mar: Fare\j de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n 879Esrw&m: 879Esrw_m de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n 870Ara&m: and Judah begot Perez and Zarah by Tamar, and Perez begot Hezron, and Hezron begot Ram, Greek: Phares, Ezrom (or, with rough breathing, Hezrom), Aram.
AV in OT: Pharez, Hezron, Ram. AV in NT: Phares, Esrom, Aram.
Matt 1:4 870Ara_m de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n 870Aminada&b: 870Aminada_b de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n Naassw&n: Naassw_n de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n Salmw&n: and Ram begot Amminadab, and Amminadab begot Nahshon, and Nahshon begot Salmon, Greek: Aminadab, Naasson, Salmon.
Matt 1:5 Salmw_n de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n Boo\z e0k th=j 879Raxa&b: Boo\z de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n 870Wbh\d e0k th=j 879Rou/q: 870Wbh\d de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n 870Iessai/: and Salmon begot Boaz by Rahab, and Boaz begot Obed by Ruth, and Obed begot Jesse, Greek: Booz, Rachab, Iessai.
Matt 1:6 870Iessai\ de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n {RP P1904: Daui\d} [TR: Dabi\d] to\n basile/a. {RP P1904: Daui\d} [TR: Dabi\d] de\ o9 basileu\j e0ge/nnhsen to\n {RP P1904: Solomw~na} [TR: Solomw~nta] e0k th=j tou= Ou0ri/ou: and Jesse begot David the king, and David the king begot Solomon by Uriah's wife, David (2x): on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Solomw~na, Solomon (1), RP F1853=16/17 F1859=5/7 vs. Solomw~nta, Solomon (2), P1904 TR F1853=1/17 (Scrivener's c) F1859=2/7.
Greek: Dauid, Solomon, Ourias.
Matt 1:7 Solomw_n de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n 879Roboa&m: 879Roboa_m de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n 870Abia&: 870Abia_ de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n 870Asa&: and Solomon begot Rehoboam, and Rehoboam begot Abijah, and Abijah begot Asa, Greek: Roboam, Abia, Asa.
Matt 1:8 870Asa_ de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n 870Iwsafa&t: 870Iwsafa_t de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n 870Iwra&m: 870Iwra_m de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n 870Ozi/an: and Asa begot Jehoshaphat, and Jehoshaphat begot Jehoram, and Jehoram begot Uzziah, Greek: Iosaphat, Ioram, Ozias; Uzziah in OT also = Azariah.
Matt 1:9 870Ozi/aj de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n 870Iwa&qam: 870Iwa&qam de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n 871Axaz: 871Axaz de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n 879Ezeki/an: and Uzziah begot Jotham, and Jotham begot Ahaz, and Ahaz begot Hezekiah, Greek: Iotham, Achaz, Hezekias (or, with smooth breathing, as in P1904 and TBS-TR, Ezekias).
Matt 1:10 879Ezeki/aj de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n Manassh=: Manassh=j de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n 870Amw&n: 870Amw_n de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n 870Iwsi/an: and Hezekiah begot Manasseh, and Manasseh begot Amon, and Amon begot Josiah, Greek: Manasses, Amon, Iosias.
Matt 1:11 870Iwsi/aj de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n 870Iexoni/an kai\ tou\j a)delfou\j au0tou=, e0pi\ th=j metoikesi/aj Babulw~noj. and Josiah begot Jeconiah and his brothers at the time of the Babylonian deportation. Greek: Iechonias.
Matt 1:12 Meta_ de\ th\n metoikesi/an Babulw~noj, 870Iexoni/aj e0ge/nnhsen to\n Salaqih/l: Salaqih\l de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n Zoroba&bel: And after the Babylonian deportation, Jeconiah begot Shealtiel, and Shealtiel begot Zerubbabel, Greek: Salathiel, Zorobabel.
Matt 1:13 Zoroba&bel de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n 870Abiou/d: 870Abiou\d de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n 870Eliakei/m: 870Eliakei\m de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n 870Azw&r: and Zerubbabel begot Abihud, and Abihud begot Eliakim, and Eliakim begot Azzur, Greek: Abioud, Eliakeim, Azor.
Matt 1:14 870Azw_r de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n Sadw&k: Sadw_k de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n 870Axei/m: 870Axei\m de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n 870Eliou/d: and Azzur begot Zadok, and Zadok begot Jachin, and Jachin begot Elihud, Greek: Sadok, Acheim, Elioud.
Matt 1:15 870Eliou\d de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n 870Elea&zar: 870Elea&zar de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n Matqa&n: Matqa_n de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n 870Iakw&b: and Elihud begot Eleazar, and Eleazar begot Mattan, and Mattan begot Jacob, Greek: Eleazar, Matthan, Iakob.
Matt 1:16 870Iakw_b de\ e0ge/nnhsen to\n 870Iwsh\f to\n a!ndra Mari/aj, e0c h[j e0gennh/qh 870Ihsou=j, o9 lego/menoj xristo/j. and Jacob begot Joseph, the husband of Mary, by whom Jesus was conceived, who is called Christ. Greek: Ioseph, Maria (or: Mariam, as in Matt 1:20, Matt 13:55).
conceived: or born.
Matt 1:17 Pa~sai ou]n ai9 geneai\ a)po\ 870Abraa_m e3wj {RP P1904: Daui\d} [TR: Dabi\d] geneai\ dekate/ssarej: kai\ a)po\ {RP P1904: Daui\d} [TR: Dabi\d] e3wj th=j metoikesi/aj Babulw~noj, geneai\ dekate/ssarej: kai\ a)po\ th=j metoikesi/aj Babulw~noj e3wj tou= xristou=, geneai\ dekate/ssarej. So all the generations from Abraham to David amount to fourteen generations, and from David to the Babylonian deportation there are fourteen generations, and from the Babylonian deportation to Christ there are fourteen generations. David (2x): on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Matt 1:18 Tou= de\ 870Ihsou= xristou= h9 ge/nnhsij ou3twj h]n. Mnhsteuqei/shj ga_r th=j mhtro\j au0tou= Mari/aj tw%~ 870Iwsh/f, pri\n h2 sunelqei=n au0tou/j, eu9re/qh e0n gastri\ e1xousa e0k pneu/matoj a(gi/ou. But the begetting of Jesus Christ was as follows. Now then, when his mother Mary was betrothed to Joseph, before they came together, she was found to be with child, by holy spirit. begetting: or, more loosely, birth.
to be with child ← having in belly.
by ← out of.
See Jer 22:30 and Luke 3:23 for how this genealogy fits in a broader picture.
Matt 1:19 870Iwsh\f de\ o9 a)nh\r au0th=j, di/kaioj w!n, kai\ mh\ qe/lwn au0th\n paradeigmati/sai, e0boulh/qh la&qra% a)polu=sai au0th/n. But Joseph, her husband-to-be, being righteous, and not wishing to make an example of her, wanted to divorce her secretly.
Matt 1:20 Tau=ta de\ au0tou= e0nqumhqe/ntoj, i0dou/, a!ggeloj kuri/ou kat' o1nar e0fa&nh au0tw%~, le/gwn, 870Iwsh/f, ui9o\j {RP P1904: Daui/d,} [TR: Dabi/d,] mh\ fobhqh|=j paralabei=n Maria_m th\n gunai=ka& sou: to\ ga_r e0n au0th|= gennhqe\n e0k pneu/mato/j e0stin a(gi/ou. But after he had reflected on these things, what should happen but the angel of the Lord appeared to him in a dream and said, “Joseph, son of David, do not be afraid to take Mary to be your wife, for that which has been conceived in her is so by holy spirit. David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
what should happen but ← behold.
by ← out of.
Matt 1:21 Te/cetai de\ ui9o/n, kai\ kale/seij to\ o1noma au0tou= 870Ihsou=n: au0to\j ga_r sw&sei to\n lao\n au0tou= a)po\ tw~n a(martiw~n au0tw~n. And she shall bear a son, and you will call him Jesus, for he will save his people from their sins.” him ← his name, a Hebraism. We do not continue to remark on this idiom.
Matt 1:22 Tou=to de\ o3lon ge/gonen, i3na plhrwqh|= to\ r(hqe\n u9po\ tou= kuri/ou dia_ tou= profh/tou, le/gontoj, Now all this took place in order that that which was spoken by the Lord through the prophet should be fulfilled, where he says,
Matt 1:23 870Idou/, h9 parqe/noj e0n gastri\ e3cei kai\ te/cetai ui9o/n, kai\ kale/sousin to\ o1noma au0tou= 870Emmanouh/l, o3 e0stin meqermhneuo/menon, Meq' h9mw~n o9 qeo/j. “Behold, a virgin will be with child and will bear a son, and they will call him Emmanuel, which when translated is ‘God with us.’ ” Isa 7:14.
a virgin ← the virgin. An unexpected definite article, a frequent phenomenon in Hebrew, including in Isa 7:14. See Gen 22:9.
Matt 1:24 Diegerqei\j de\ o9 870Iwsh\f a)po\ tou= u3pnou, e0poi/hsen w(j prose/tacen au0tw%~ o9 a!ggeloj kuri/ou: kai\ pare/laben th\n gunai=ka au0tou=, So when Joseph had woken up from the sleep, he did as the angel of the Lord had commanded him and took his wife,
Matt 1:25 kai\ ou0k e0gi/nwsken au0th\n e3wj ou[ e1teken to\n ui9o\n au0th=j to\n prwto/tokon: kai\ e0ka&lesen to\ o1noma au0tou= 870Ihsou=n. but he did not know her until she had borne her firstborn son, and he called him Jesus.
Matt 2:1 Tou= de\ 870Ihsou= gennhqe/ntoj e0n Bhqlee\m th=j 870Ioudai/aj, e0n h9me/raij 879Hrw%&dou tou= basile/wj, i0dou/, ma&goi a)po\ a)natolw~n parege/nonto ei0j 879Ieroso/luma, Now after Jesus had been born in Bethlehem of Judaea, in the days of Herod the king, it so happened that magi from the east came to Jerusalem, had been born ← was born.
it so happened that ← behold.
Matt 2:2 le/gontej, Pou= e0sti\n o9 texqei\j basileu\j tw~n 870Ioudai/wn; Ei1domen ga_r au0tou= to\n a)ste/ra e0n th|= a)natolh|=, kai\ h1lqomen proskunh=sai au0tw%~. and they said, “Where is the king of the Jews who has just been born? For we have seen his star in the east, and we have come to worship him.” have seen ← saw.
have come ← came.
We will not necessarily continue to remark on such tense accommodation (Greek aorist to English perfect-with-have). Other examples: Matt 12:28, Matt 22:4, Matt 27:46, Luke 2:30, John 13:31, Rev 19:7, Rev 21:4. The reverse case also occurs, especially in Hebrews and Revelation. See Heb 7:6. Another tense accommodation in Matt 23:20.
Matt 2:3 870Akou/saj de\ 879Hrw%&dhj o9 basileu\j e0tara&xqh, kai\ pa~sa 879Ieroso/luma met' au0tou=: But when Herod the king heard of it, he was disturbed, as was all of Jerusalem with him,
Matt 2:4 kai\ sunagagw_n pa&ntaj tou\j a)rxierei=j kai\ grammatei=j tou= laou=, e0punqa&neto par' au0tw~n pou= o9 xristo\j genna~tai. and when he had gathered all the senior priests and scribes of the people, he inquired from them where Christ was to be born. was to be born ← was born (but present tense in Greek, the tense of the direct speech).
Matt 2:5 Oi9 de\ ei]pon au0tw%~, 870En Bhqlee\m th=j 870Ioudai/aj: ou3twj ga_r ge/graptai dia_ tou= profh/tou, So they said to him, “In Bethlehem of Judaea. For it has been written as follows by the prophet: as follows ← thus.
by ← through.
Matt 2:6 Kai\ su\ Bhqlee/m, gh= 870Iou/da, ou0damw~j e0laxi/sth ei] e0n toi=j h9gemo/sin 870Iou/da: e0k sou= ga_r e0celeu/setai h9gou/menoj, o3stij poimanei= to\n lao/n mou to\n 870Israh/l.

‘And you, Bethlehem, of the land of Judah,

Are by no means the least among the governmental towns of Judah,

For from you will come a governor

Who will be shepherd to my people Israel.’ ”

 Mic 5:1MT (Mic 5:2AV).
Matt 2:7 To/te 879Hrw%&dhj, la&qra% kale/saj tou\j ma&gouj, h0kri/bwsen par' au0tw~n to\n xro/non tou= fainome/nou a)ste/roj. Then Herod called the magi privately and assiduously inquired from them the time when the star appeared, the time when the star appeared ← the time of the appearing star.
Matt 2:8 Kai\ pe/myaj au0tou\j ei0j Bhqlee\m ei]pen, Poreuqe/ntej a)kribw~j e0ceta&sate peri\ tou= paidi/ou: e0pa_n de\ eu3rhte, a)paggei/late/ moi, o3pwj ka)gw_ e0lqw_n proskunh/sw au0tw%~. and he sent them to Bethlehem and said, “Go and make careful inquiries about the child, and when you find him, report back to me so that I too may go and worship him.” go and (first occurrence in verse): imperatival use of the participle.
may go and worship ← having come may worship.
Matt 2:9 Oi9 de\ a)kou/santej tou= basile/wj e0poreu/qhsan: kai\ i0dou/, o9 a)sth/r, o4n ei]don e0n th|= a)natolh|=, proh=gen au0tou/j, e3wj e0lqw_n e1sth e0pa&nw ou[ h]n to\ paidi/on. So when they had heard the king, they went, and they saw that the star which they had seen in the east went ahead of them until it had arrived, when it remained above the place where the child was. they saw that ← behold.
Matt 2:10 870Ido/ntej de\ to\n a)ste/ra, e0xa&rhsan xara_n mega&lhn sfo/dra. Indeed, when they saw the star, they rejoiced with very great joy, when they saw ← having seen. See Matt 23:20.
Matt 2:11 Kai\ e0lqo/ntej ei0j th\n oi0ki/an, {RP P1904 S1894: ei]don} [S1550 E1624: eu3ron] to\ paidi/on meta_ Mari/aj th=j mhtro\j au0tou=, kai\ peso/ntej proseku/nhsan au0tw%~, kai\ a)noi/cantej tou\j qhsaurou\j au0tw~n prosh/negkan au0tw%~ dw~ra, xruso\n kai\ li/banon kai\ smu/rnan. and when they had come to the house, they {RP P1904 S1894: saw} [S1550 E1624: found] the child with Mary his mother, and they fell down and worshipped him, and they opened their treasure chests and offered him gifts: gold and frankincense and myrrh. ei]don, saw, RP P1904 S1894 F1853=16/19 F1859=5/6 vs. eu3ron, found, S1550 E1624 F1853=3/19 F1859=1/6. AV follows RP.
Matt 2:12 Kai\ xrhmatisqe/ntej kat' o1nar mh\ a)naka&myai pro\j 879Hrw%&dhn, di' a!llhj o9dou= a)nexw&rhsan ei0j th\n xw&ran au0tw~n. Then having been oracularly warned in a dream not to return to Herod, they went back to their country by another route.
Matt 2:13 870Anaxwrhsa&ntwn de\ au0tw~n, i0dou/, a!ggeloj kuri/ou fai/netai kat' o1nar tw%~ 870Iwsh/f, le/gwn, 870Egerqei\j para&labe to\ paidi/on kai\ th\n mhte/ra au0tou=, kai\ feu=ge ei0j Ai1gupton, kai\ i1sqi e0kei= e3wj a@n ei1pw soi/: me/llei ga_r 879Hrw%&dhj zhtei=n to\ paidi/on, tou= a)pole/sai au0to/. When they had gone back, this happened: the angel of the Lord appeared in a dream to Joseph and said, “Get up and take the child and his mother with you, and flee to Egypt, and stay there until I tell you, for Herod intends to seek the child in order to destroy him.” this happened ← behold.
get up: imperatival use of the participle.
stay ← be.
Matt 2:14 879O de\ e0gerqei\j pare/laben to\ paidi/on kai\ th\n mhte/ra au0tou= nukto/j, kai\ a)nexw&rhsen ei0j Ai1gupton, So he got up and took the child and his mother with him by night, and he withdrew to Egypt,
Matt 2:15 kai\ h]n e0kei= e3wj th=j teleuth=j 879Hrw%&dou: i3na plhrwqh|= to\ r(hqe\n u9po\ tou= kuri/ou dia_ tou= profh/tou, le/gontoj, 870Ec Ai0gu/ptou e0ka&lesa to\n ui9o/n mou. and he stayed there until the death of Herod, in order that what was spoken by the Lord through the prophet might be fulfilled, when he said, “I have called my son out of Egypt.” Hos 11:1.
stayed ← was.
Matt 2:16 To/te 879Hrw%&dhj, i0dw_n o3ti e0nepai/xqh u9po\ tw~n ma&gwn, e0qumw&qh li/an, kai\ a)postei/laj a)nei=len pa&ntaj tou\j pai=daj tou\j e0n Bhqlee\m kai\ e0n pa~sin toi=j o9ri/oij au0th=j, a)po\ dietou=j kai\ katwte/rw, kata_ to\n xro/non o4n h0kri/bwsen para_ tw~n ma&gwn. Then when Herod saw that he had been fooled by the magi, he became very angry, and he sent troops, and he had all the children in Bethlehem and in all its districts killed, from two years and under, according to the time which he had assiduously inquired about from the magi. that: or, less literally, how.
had ... killed ← killed, eliminated. Causative use of such a verb also in Matt 14:3, Matt 14:10, Matt 18:30, Matt 27:26, Mark 14:10, Luke 9:9, John 3:22, John 19:1, John 19:10.
Matt 2:17 To/te e0plhrw&qh to\ r(hqe\n u9po\ 870Ieremi/ou tou= profh/tou, le/gontoj, Then that which was spoken by Jeremiah the prophet was fulfilled, where he says,
Matt 2:18 Fwnh\ e0n 879Rama~ h0kou/sqh, qrh=noj kai\ klauqmo\j kai\ o0durmo\j polu/j, 879Raxh\l klai/ousa ta_ te/kna au0th=j, kai\ ou0k h1qelen paraklhqh=nai, o3ti ou0k ei0si/n.

“A cry was heard in Ramah

– Lamentation and weeping and much mourning –

Rachel weeping for her children,

And she refused to be comforted,

For they were no more.”

 Jer 31:15.
Ramah: AV= Rama, as the Greek, but we align it with the Hebrew name.
were no more ← are not (in existence).
Matt 2:19 Teleuth/santoj de\ tou= 879Hrw%&dou, i0dou/, a!ggeloj kuri/ou kat' o1nar fai/netai tw%~ 870Iwsh\f e0n Ai0gu/ptw%, But when Herod had died, this is what happened: the angel of the Lord appeared in a dream to Joseph in Egypt this is what happened ← behold.
Matt 2:20 le/gwn, 870Egerqei\j para&labe to\ paidi/on kai\ th\n mhte/ra au0tou=, kai\ poreu/ou ei0j gh=n 870Israh/l: teqnh/kasin ga_r oi9 zhtou=ntej th\n yuxh\n tou= paidi/ou. and said, “Get up and take the child and his mother with you and go to the land of Israel, for those who sought the life of the child have died.” sought ← are seeking.
life ← soul.
Matt 2:21 879O de\ e0gerqei\j pare/laben to\ paidi/on kai\ th\n mhte/ra au0tou=, kai\ h]lqen ei0j gh=n 870Israh/l. So he got up and took the child and his mother with him and went to the land of Israel.
Matt 2:22 870Akou/saj de\ o3ti 870Arxe/laoj basileu/ei e0pi\ th=j 870Ioudai/aj a)nti\ 879Hrw%&dou tou= patro\j au0tou=, e0fobh/qh e0kei= a)pelqei=n: xrhmatisqei\j de\ kat' o1nar, a)nexw&rhsen ei0j ta_ me/rh th=j Galilai/aj, But when he heard that Archelaus was reigning over Judaea in place of Herod his father, he was afraid to set off back there, but after he had been oracularly informed in a dream, he went back to the regions of Galilee,
Matt 2:23 kai\ e0lqw_n katw%&khsen ei0j po/lin legome/nhn {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: Nazare/t} [S1894: Nazare/q]: o3pwj plhrwqh|= to\ r(hqe\n dia_ tw~n profhtw~n, o3ti Nazwrai=oj klhqh/setai. and when he arrived, he settled in a town called Nazareth, in order that what was spoken by the prophets might be fulfilled, that he should be called a Nazarene. Nazare/t, Nazaret, RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1853=16/19 F1859=4/6 vs. Nazare/q, Nazareth, S1894 F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's cdx) F1859=2/6.
In other verses, RP P1904 S1550 always read Nazare/t, S1894 always reads Nazare/q, and E1624 is variable. Our English is the traditional English name, though not an exact transliteration of RP.
Perhaps the references to Nazarene are to the branch, נֵצֶר, nezer, in Isa 11:1 and / or the ↴
Matt 3:1 870En de\ tai=j h9me/raij e0kei/naij paragi/netai 870Iwa&nnhj o9 baptisth/j, khru/sswn e0n th|= e0rh/mw% th=j 870Ioudai/aj, Now in those days John the Baptist appeared on the scene, preaching in the desert of Judaea, ↳ combined testimony of references to nazarite, נָזִיר, nazir, pointing to Christ as fulfilling the foreshadowing of one separate, in particular from sinners.
John ← Ioannes.
appeared on the scene ← becomes alongside (vivid present).
Matt 3:2 kai\ le/gwn, Metanoei=te: h1ggiken ga_r h9 basilei/a tw~n ou0ranw~n. and he would say, “Repent, for the kingdom of the heavens has drawn near.”
Matt 3:3 Ou[toj ga&r e0stin o9 r(hqei\j u9po\ 870Hsai+/ou tou= profh/tou, le/gontoj, Fwnh\ bow~ntoj e0n th|= e0rh/mw%, 879Etoima&sate th\n o9do\n kuri/ou: eu0qei/aj poiei=te ta_j tri/bouj au0tou=. For this man is the one spoken of by Isaiah the prophet, who said,

“The voice of one crying out in the desert,

‘Prepare the way of the Lord.

Make his paths straight.’ ”

 Our punctuation agrees with RP P1904 TBS-TR AV, but not HF, who read: crying out, ‘In the desert prepare ...’
Isa 40:3.
Isaiah: Greek and AV, Esaias.
Matt 3:4 Au0to\j de\ o9 870Iwa&nnhj ei]xen to\ e1nduma au0tou= a)po\ trixw~n kamh/lou, kai\ zw&nhn dermati/nhn peri\ th\n o0sfu\n au0tou=: h9 de\ trofh\ au0tou= h]n a)kri/dej kai\ me/li a!grion. Now John himself wore clothing made from camels' hair and a leather belt around his loins, while his food was locusts and wild honey. wore clothing ← had his clothing.
Matt 3:5 To/te e0ceporeu/eto pro\j au0to\n 879Ieroso/luma kai\ pa~sa h9 870Ioudai/a kai\ pa~sa h9 peri/xwroj tou= 870Iorda&nou: Then Jerusalem and all of Judaea and all the region around Jordan came out to him,
Matt 3:6 kai\ e0bapti/zonto e0n tw%~ 870Iorda&nh| u9p' au0tou=, e0comologou/menoi ta_j a(marti/aj au0tw~n. and they were baptized by him in the Jordan, confessing their sins.
Matt 3:7 870Idw_n de\ pollou\j tw~n Farisai/wn kai\ Saddoukai/wn e0rxome/nouj e0pi\ to\ ba&ptisma au0tou=, ei]pen au0toi=j, Gennh/mata e0xidnw~n, ti/j u9pe/deicen u9mi=n fugei=n a)po\ th=j mellou/shj o0rgh=j; But when he saw many of the Pharisees and Sadducees coming to his baptism, he said to them, “You offspring of vipers, who has intimated to you to flee from the wrath to come?
Matt 3:8 Poih/sate ou]n {RP P1904: karpo\n a!cion} [TR: karpou\j a)ci/ouj] th=j metanoi/aj: So produce {RP P1904: fruit} [TR: fruits] worthy of repentance, karpo\n a!cion, fruit worthy, RP P1904 F1853=14/19 F1859=4/7 vs. karpou\j a)ci/ouj, fruits worthy, TR F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's bcxy) F1859=3/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's u) F1859=0/7.
Matt 3:9 kai\ mh\ do/chte le/gein e0n e9autoi=j, Pate/ra e1xomen to\n 870Abraa&m: le/gw ga_r u9mi=n, o3ti du/natai o9 qeo\j e0k tw~n li/qwn tou/twn e0gei=rai te/kna tw%~ 870Abraa&m. and do not think you can say to yourselves, ‘We have our father Abraham.’ For I say to you that God can raise children to Abraham from these stones, to yourselves ← in yourselves.
Matt 3:10 871Hdh de\ kai\ h9 a)ci/nh pro\j th\n r(i/zan tw~n de/ndrwn kei=tai: pa~n ou]n de/ndron mh\ poiou=n karpo\n kalo\n e0kko/ptetai kai\ ei0j pu=r ba&lletai. and the axe has already been laid at the root of the trees. For every tree which does not bear good fruit is cut down and is thrown into fire. has already been laid ← already lies, but the verb kei=mai is used as the passive of to lay / put (ti/qhmi).
Matt 3:11 870Egw_ me\n bapti/zw u9ma~j e0n u3dati ei0j meta&noian: o9 de\ o0pi/sw mou e0rxo/menoj i0sxuro/tero/j mou e0sti/n, ou[ ou0k ei0mi\ i9kano\j ta_ u9podh/mata basta&sai: au0to\j u9ma~j bapti/sei e0n pneu/mati a(gi/w% {RP: - } [P1904 TR: kai\ puri/]. Now I baptize you with water for repentance, but he who is coming after me is mightier than me, whose shoes I am not fit to carry. He will baptize you with holy spirit {RP: - } [P1904 TR: and fire] kai\ puri/, and fire: absent in RP F1853=11/19 F1859=4/6 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=8/19 F1859=2/6. AV differs textually.
than me: or, if the reader prefers, than I.
Matt 3:12 Ou[ to\ ptu/on e0n th|= xeiri\ au0tou=, kai\ diakaqariei= th\n a#lwna au0tou=, kai\ suna&cei to\n si=ton au0tou= ei0j th\n a)poqh/khn, to\ de\ a!xuron katakau/sei puri\ a)sbe/stw%. – he whose winnowing fan is in his hand – and he will thoroughly clean his threshing floor, and he will gather his wheat into his storehouse, but he will burn up the chaff with inextinguishable fire.”
Matt 3:13 To/te paragi/netai o9 870Ihsou=j a)po\ th=j Galilai/aj e0pi\ to\n 870Iorda&nhn pro\j to\n 870Iwa&nnhn, tou= baptisqh=nai u9p' au0tou=. Then Jesus came from Galilee to the Jordan to John in order to be baptized by him,
Matt 3:14 879O de\ 870Iwa&nnhj diekw&luen au0to/n, le/gwn, 870Egw_ xrei/an e1xw u9po\ sou= baptisqh=nai, kai\ su\ e1rxh| pro/j me; although John tried to prevent him, saying, “I need to be baptized by you, yet do you come to me?” although: concessive use of de/.
tried to prevent: conative imperfect (diekw&luen).
Matt 3:15 870Apokriqei\j de\ o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen pro\j au0to/n, 871Afej a!rti: ou3twj ga_r pre/pon e0sti\n h9mi=n plhrw~sai pa~san dikaiosu/nhn. To/te a)fi/hsin au0to/n. But Jesus answered by saying to him, “Allow it right now, for in this way it is fitting for us to fulfil all righteousness.” Then he allowed him.
Matt 3:16 Kai\ baptisqei\j o9 870Ihsou=j a)ne/bh eu0qu\j a)po\ tou= u3datoj: kai\ i0dou/, a)new%&xqhsan au0tw%~ oi9 ou0ranoi/, kai\ ei]den to\ pneu=ma tou= qeou= katabai=non w(sei\ peristera_n kai\ e0rxo/menon e0p' au0to/n. Then when Jesus had been baptized, straightaway he came up out of the water, and behold, the heavens were opened to him, and he saw the spirit of God descending as a dove and alighting on him.
Matt 3:17 Kai\ i0dou/, fwnh\ e0k tw~n ou0ranw~n, le/gousa, Ou[to/j e0stin o9 ui9o/j mou o9 a)gaphto/j, e0n w%{ eu0do/khsa. And there was a voice from the heavens, which said, “This is my beloved son, with whom I am very pleased.” there was ← behold.
Matt 4:1 To/te o9 870Ihsou=j a)nh/xqh ei0j th\n e1rhmon u9po\ tou= pneu/matoj, peirasqh=nai u9po\ tou= diabo/lou. Next Jesus was led up to the desert by the spirit to be tempted by the devil,
Matt 4:2 Kai\ nhsteu/saj h9me/raj tessara&konta kai\ nu/ktaj tessara&konta, u3steron e0pei/nasen. and having fasted for forty days and forty nights – after all that – he was hungry.
Matt 4:3 Kai\ proselqw_n au0tw%~ o9 peira&zwn ei]pen, Ei0 ui9o\j ei] tou= qeou=, ei0pe\ i3na oi9 li/qoi ou[toi a!rtoi ge/nwntai. Then the tempter came to him and said, “If you are the son of God, tell these stones to become loaves of bread.”
Matt 4:4 879O de\ a)pokriqei\j ei]pen, Ge/graptai, Ou0k e0p' a!rtw% mo/nw% zh/setai a!nqrwpoj, a)ll' e0pi\ panti\ r(h/mati e0kporeuome/nw% dia_ sto/matoj qeou=. But he answered and said, “It stands written: ‘Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word issuing through the mouth of God.’ ” Deut 8:3.
Matt 4:5 To/te paralamba&nei au0to\n o9 dia&boloj ei0j th\n a(gi/an po/lin, kai\ i3sthsin au0to\n e0pi\ to\ pteru/gion tou= i9erou=, Then the devil took him along to the holy city, and he set him on the pinnacle of the temple, pinnacle: or wing.
Matt 4:6 kai\ le/gei au0tw%~, Ei0 ui9o\j ei] tou= qeou=, ba&le seauto\n ka&tw: ge/graptai ga_r o3ti Toi=j a)gge/loij au0tou= e0ntelei=tai peri\ sou=, kai\ e0pi\ xeirw~n a)rou=si/n se, mh/pote prosko/yh|j pro\j li/qon to\n po/da sou=. and he said to him, “If you are the son of God, throw yourself down. For it stands written:

‘He will command his angels concerning you,

and,

They will lift you up in their hands

In case at any time

You should strike your foot against a stone.’ ”

 Ps 91:11, Ps 91:12.
in ← on.
Matt 4:7 871Efh au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, Pa&lin ge/graptai, Ou0k e0kpeira&seij ku/rion to\n qeo/n sou. Jesus said to him, “Again, it stands written: ‘You shall not tempt the Lord your God.’ ” Deut 6:16.
Matt 4:8 Pa&lin paralamba&nei au0to\n o9 dia&boloj ei0j o1roj u9yhlo\n li/an, kai\ dei/knusin au0tw%~ pa&saj ta_j basilei/aj tou= ko/smou kai\ th\n do/can au0tw~n, Again, the devil took him along to a very high mountain and showed him all the kingdoms of the world and their glory,
Matt 4:9 kai\ le/gei au0tw%~, Tau=ta pa&nta soi dw&sw, e0a_n pesw_n proskunh/sh|j moi. and he said to him, “I will give you all these if you fall down and worship me.” fall down ← having fallen down. See Matt 23:20.
Matt 4:10 To/te le/gei au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, 873Upage {RP P1904: o0pi/sw mou} [TR: - ], Satana~: ge/graptai ga&r, Ku/rion to\n qeo/n sou proskunh/seij, kai\ au0tw%~ mo/nw% latreu/seij. Then Jesus said to him, “Be off {RP P1904: behind me} [TR: - ], Satan, for it stands written: ‘You shall worship the Lord your God, and you shall serve him only.’ ” o0pi/sw mou, behind me: present in RP P1904 F1853=14/18 F1859=4/7 vs. absent in TR F1853=4/18 (Scrivener's bkou, u being very doubtful) F1859=1/7 vs. o0pi/sw, behind, F1853=0/18 F1859=2/7.
Deut 6:13.
Matt 4:11 To/te a)fi/hsin au0to\n o9 dia&boloj: kai\ i0dou/, a!ggeloi prosh=lqon kai\ dihko/noun au0tw%~. Then the devil left him, and the next thing that happened was that angels came and took care of him. the next thing that happened was that ← behold.
Matt 4:12 870Akou/saj de\ o9 870Ihsou=j o3ti 870Iwa&nnhj paredo/qh, a)nexw&rhsen ei0j th\n Galilai/an: Now when Jesus had heard that John had been delivered up, he withdrew to Galilee, delivered up: or betrayed. AV differs (cast into prison), extrapolating somewhat.
Matt 4:13 kai\ katalipw_n th\n {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: Nazare/t} [S1894: Nazare/q], e0lqw_n katw%&khsen ei0j Kapernaou\m th\n paraqalassi/an, e0n o9ri/oij Zaboulw_n kai\ Nefqalei/m: and having left Nazareth, he came and settled in Capernaum, which is beside the sea in the territories of Zebulun and Naphtali, Nazare/t, Nazaret, RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1853=15/18 F1859=5/6 vs. Nazare/q, Nazareth, S1894 F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's dhx) F1859=1/6.
Greek: Zaboulon ... Nephthaleim.
Matt 4:14 i3na plhrwqh|= to\ r(hqe\n dia_ 870Hsai+/ou tou= profh/tou, le/gontoj, in order that that which was spoken through the prophet Isaiah might be fulfilled, where he says,
Matt 4:15 Gh= Zaboulw_n kai\ gh= Nefqalei/m, o9do\n qala&sshj, pe/ran tou= 870Iorda&nou, Galilai/a tw~n e0qnw~n,

“The land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali,

The road to the sea,

Across the Jordan,

Galilee of the Gentiles –

 Isa 8:23MT (Isa 9:1AV).
to ← of.
Matt 4:16 o9 lao\j o9 kaqh/menoj e0n sko/tei ei]den fw~j me/ga, kai\ toi=j kaqhme/noij e0n xw&ra% kai\ skia%~ qana&tou, fw~j a)ne/teilen au0toi=j.

The people who sat in darkness

Have seen a great light,

And on those who were dwelling in a region and shadow of death

A light has risen.”

 Isa 9:1MT (Isa 9:2AV).
on ← to.
dwelling ← sitting, a Hebraism (יָשַׁב, yashav).
Matt 4:17 870Apo\ to/te h1rcato o9 870Ihsou=j khru/ssein kai\ le/gein, Metanoei=te: h1ggiken ga_r h9 basilei/a tw~n ou0ranw~n. From then on Jesus began to preach and say, “Repent, for the kingdom of the heavens has drawn near.”
Matt 4:18 Peripatw~n de\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9 870Ihsou=j] para_ th\n qa&lassan th=j Galilai/aj ei]den du/o a)delfou/j, Si/mwna to\n lego/menon Pe/tron, kai\ 870Andre/an to\n a)delfo\n au0tou=, ba&llontaj a)mfi/blhstron ei0j th\n qa&lassan: h]san ga_r a(liei=j. While walking by the Sea of Galilee, {RP P1904: he} [TR: Jesus] saw two brothers, Simon who is called Peter, and Andrew his brother, casting a round net into the sea, for they were fishermen, o9 870Ihsou=j, Jesus: absent in RP P1904 F1853=16/19 F1859=2/6 vs. present in TR F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's k**xy) F1859=4/6.
Matt 4:19 Kai\ le/gei au0toi=j, Deu=te o0pi/sw mou, kai\ poih/sw u9ma~j a(liei=j a)nqrw&pwn. and he said to them, “Follow me, and I will make you fishermen of men.”
Matt 4:20 Oi9 de\ eu0qe/wj a)fe/ntej ta_ di/ktua h0kolou/qhsan au0tw%~. At this they immediately left their nets and followed him.
Matt 4:21 Kai\ proba_j e0kei=qen, ei]den a!llouj du/o a)delfou/j, 870Ia&kwbon to\n tou= Zebedai/ou kai\ 870Iwa&nnhn to\n a)delfo\n au0tou=, e0n tw%~ ploi/w% meta_ Zebedai/ou tou= patro\j au0tw~n, katarti/zontaj ta_ di/ktua au0tw~n: kai\ e0ka&lesen au0tou/j. Then going on from there, he saw another two brothers, James, the son of Zebedee and John his brother, in a boat with Zebedee their father, mending their nets, and he called them, James ← Jacob ← Iakobos (and throughout the New Testament).
a boat ← the boat. See Gen 22:9.
Matt 4:22 Oi9 de\ eu0qe/wj a)fe/ntej to\ ploi=on kai\ to\n pate/ra au0tw~n h0kolou/qhsan au0tw%~. and they immediately left the boat and their father and followed him.
Matt 4:23 Kai\ perih=gen o3lhn th\n Galilai/an o9 870Ihsou=j, dida&skwn e0n tai=j sunagwgai=j au0tw~n, kai\ khru/sswn to\ eu0agge/lion th=j basilei/aj, kai\ qerapeu/wn pa~san no/son kai\ pa~san malaki/an e0n tw%~ law%~. Then Jesus would go round all of Galilee teaching in their synagogues and proclaiming the gospel of the kingdom and curing every sickness and every ailment among the people,
Matt 4:24 Kai\ a)ph=lqen h9 a)koh\ au0tou= ei0j o3lhn th\n Suri/an: kai\ prosh/negkan au0tw%~ pa&ntaj tou\j kakw~j e1xontaj, poiki/laij no/soij kai\ basa&noij sunexome/nouj, kai\ daimonizome/nouj, kai\ selhniazome/nouj, kai\ paralutikou/j: kai\ e0qera&peusen au0tou/j. and his fame spread to the whole of Syria, and they brought to him all the sick with various diseases, and those afflicted with torments, and those possessed by a demon, and lunatics, and paralytics, and he cured them. spread ← went away.
with ← having.
Matt 4:25 Kai\ h0kolou/qhsan au0tw%~ o1xloi polloi\ a)po\ th=j Galilai/aj kai\ Dekapo/lewj kai\ 879Ierosolu/mwn kai\ 870Ioudai/aj kai\ pe/ran tou= 870Iorda&nou. And large crowds followed him from Galilee and Decapolis and Jerusalem and Judaea and beyond the Jordan. large ← many (but large justified here; AV= great).
Matt 5:1 870Idw_n de\ tou\j o1xlouj, a)ne/bh ei0j to\ o1roj: kai\ kaqi/santoj au0tou=, prosh=lqon au0tw%~ oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou=: But when he saw the crowds, he went up a mountain, and when he had sat down, his disciples came to him, went up a mountain ← went up into the mountain, perhaps for a mountainous region, so went up into the hills.
Matt 5:2 kai\ a)noi/caj to\ sto/ma au0tou=, e0di/dasken au0tou/j, le/gwn, and he opened his mouth and taught them and said, taught ← was teaching. The imperfect could perhaps be justified by the length of the sermon, but it is common with verbs of saying and asking, e.g. Matt 9:34, Matt 12:23, Mark 3:30, Mark 5:31, Acts 1:6, Acts 26:1 (applying to most of the 110 occurrences of e1lege and e1legon). We do not necessarily remark on such instances.
Matt 5:3 Maka&rioi oi9 ptwxoi\ tw%~ pneu/mati: o3ti au0tw~n e0stin h9 basilei/a tw~n ou0ranw~n.

“Blessed are the poor in spirit,

For theirs is the kingdom of the heavens.

 We feel that maka&rioj answers to אַשְׁרֵי, ashre, happy (compare Ps 1:1) and eu0loghto/j to בָּרוּךְ, barukh, blessed, as in Matt 21:9, quoting Ps 118:26, but happy is too weak here, and elsewhere, but English appears to lack an alternative. We also considered blissful.
The direct speech started here continues until Matt 7:27.
Matt 5:4 Maka&rioi oi9 penqou=ntej: o3ti au0toi\ paraklhqh/sontai.

Blessed are those who mourn,

For they shall be comforted.
Matt 5:5 Maka&rioi oi9 pra%ei=j: o3ti au0toi\ klhronomh/sousin th\n gh=n.

Blessed are the meek,

For they shall inherit the earth.

 Ps 37:11.
Matt 5:6 Maka&rioi oi9 peinw~ntej kai\ diyw~ntej th\n dikaiosu/nhn: o3ti au0toi\ xortasqh/sontai.

Blessed are those who hunger and thirst for righteousness,

For they shall be satisfied.
Matt 5:7 Maka&rioi oi9 e0leh/monej: o3ti au0toi\ e0lehqh/sontai.

Blessed are the merciful,

For they shall be shown mercy.
Matt 5:8 Maka&rioi oi9 kaqaroi\ th|= kardi/a%: o3ti au0toi\ to\n qeo\n o1yontai.

Blessed are the pure in heart,

For they shall see God.
Matt 5:9 Maka&rioi oi9 ei0rhnopoioi/: o3ti au0toi\ ui9oi\ qeou= klhqh/sontai.

Blessed are the peacemakers,

For they shall be called sons of God.
Matt 5:10 Maka&rioi oi9 dediwgme/noi e3neken dikaiosu/nhj: o3ti au0tw~n e0stin h9 basilei/a tw~n ou0ranw~n.

Blessed are those who have been persecuted on account of righteousness,

For theirs is the kingdom of the heavens.
Matt 5:11 Maka&rioi/ e0ste, o3tan o0neidi/swsin u9ma~j kai\ diw&cwsin, kai\ ei1pwsin pa~n ponhro\n r(h=ma kaq' u9mw~n yeudo/menoi, e3neken e0mou=. Blessed are you whenever they reproach you and persecute you, and they speak all kinds of offensive words and lie about you on account of me. all kinds of offensive words ← every evil word.
about you: one could take kaq' u9mw~n with offensive words, where the meaning would be against you.
Matt 5:12 Xai/rete kai\ a)gallia~sqe, o3ti o9 misqo\j u9mw~n polu\j e0n toi=j ou0ranoi=j: ou3twj ga_r e0di/wcan tou\j profh/taj tou\j pro\ u9mw~n. Rejoice and be glad, for your reward in the heavens is great, for it is like this that they persecuted the prophets who were before you. great ← much.
Matt 5:13 879Umei=j e0ste to\ a#laj th=j gh=j: e0a_n de\ to\ a#laj mwranqh|=, e0n ti/ni a(lisqh/setai; Ei0j ou0de\n i0sxu/ei e1ti, ei0 mh\ blhqh=nai e1cw kai\ katapatei=sqai u9po\ tw~n a)nqrw&pwn. You are the salt of the earth. But if the salt becomes insipid, by what can it be salted? It is no longer good for anything except to be thrown out and trampled on by men. can ← will, a Hebraism.
Matt 5:14 879Umei=j e0ste to\ fw~j tou= ko/smou: ou0 du/natai po/lij krubh=nai e0pa&nw o1rouj keime/nh: You are the light of the world. A city cannot be hidden if it is located on a mountain, if: conditional use of the participle.
located ← lying, but kei=mai can be used as the passive of ti/qhmi, to set, put.
Matt 5:15 ou0de\ kai/ousin lu/xnon kai\ tiqe/asin au0to\n u9po\ to\n mo/dion, a)ll' e0pi\ th\n luxni/an, kai\ la&mpei pa~sin toi=j e0n th|= oi0ki/a%. nor does one light a lamp and put it under a bushel of corn, but one puts it on a lampstand, and it gives light to all those in the house. does one ← do they.
bushel ← peck, which, strictly speaking, is ¼ bushel, = 2 imperial gallons or 9 litres, e.g. of corn or hay. We retain bushel as it has acquired a metaphorical meaning.
Matt 5:16 Ou3twj lamya&tw to\ fw~j u9mw~n e1mprosqen tw~n a)nqrw&pwn, o3pwj i1dwsin u9mw~n ta_ kala_ e1rga, kai\ doca&swsin to\n pate/ra u9mw~n to\n e0n toi=j ou0ranoi=j. Let your light shine like this before men, so that they see your fine works and glorify your father who is in the heavens.
Matt 5:17 Mh\ nomi/shte o3ti h]lqon katalu=sai to\n no/mon h2 tou\j profh/taj: ou0k h]lqon katalu=sai a)lla_ plhrw~sai. Do not think that I have come to annul the law or the prophets. I have not come to annul, but to fulfil,
Matt 5:18 870Amh\n ga_r le/gw u9mi=n, e3wj a@n pare/lqh| o9 ou0rano\j kai\ h9 gh=, i0w~ta e4n h2 mi/a kerai/a ou0 mh\ pare/lqh| a)po\ tou= no/mou, e3wj a@n pa&nta ge/nhtai. for truly, I say to you, until heaven and earth pass away, not one jot or one tittle will pass away from the law at all, until all has taken place. one jot or one tittle: the jot is Greek letter iota (i), which may stand for the Hebrew letter yod (י), whereas the tittle is any other small stroke, such as a serif to the letter, or ornament, or punctuation mark.
has taken place ← takes place, perfective aspect.
Matt 5:19 874Oj e0a_n ou]n lu/sh| mi/an tw~n e0ntolw~n tou/twn tw~n e0laxi/stwn, kai\ dida&ch| ou3twj tou\j a)nqrw&pouj, e0la&xistoj klhqh/setai e0n th|= basilei/a% tw~n ou0ranw~n: o4j d' a@n poih/sh| kai\ dida&ch|, ou[toj me/gaj klhqh/setai e0n th|= basilei/a% tw~n ou0ranw~n. So whoever breaks any one of the least of these commandments, or who teaches men to do so, will be called the least in the kingdom of the heavens, whereas it is whoever carries out and teaches the commandments who will be called great in the kingdom of the heavens. or: disjunctive use of kai/; (kai/ can stand for and, or, but etc. as a Hebraism).
who ← this (one).
Matt 5:20 Le/gw ga_r u9mi=n o3ti e0a_n mh\ perisseu/sh| h9 dikaiosu/nh u9mw~n plei=on tw~n grammate/wn kai\ Farisai/wn, ou0 mh\ ei0se/lqhte ei0j th\n basilei/an tw~n ou0ranw~n. For I say to you that unless your righteousness exceeds that of the scribes and Pharisees, you certainly will not go into the kingdom of the heavens. exceeds ← exceeds more than.
Matt 5:21 870Hkou/sate o3ti e0rre/qh toi=j a)rxai/oij, Ou0 foneu/seij: o4j d' a@n foneu/sh|, e1noxoj e1stai th|= kri/sei: You have heard that it was said by the ancients, ‘You shall not commit murder’, and whoever commits murder shall be liable to judgment, Ex 20:13, Deut 5:17.
by: or to (the dative, typically indirect object, can also be the agent of the passive, especially in past tenses).
Matt 5:22 e0gw_ de\ le/gw u9mi=n o3ti pa~j o9 o0rgizo/menoj tw%~ a)delfw%~ au0tou= ei0kh|= e1noxoj e1stai th|= kri/sei: o4j d' a@n ei1ph| tw%~ a)delfw%~ au0tou=, 879Raka&, e1noxoj e1stai tw%~ sunedri/w%: o4j d' a@n ei1ph|, Mwre/, e1noxoj e1stai ei0j th\n ge/ennan tou= puro/j. but I say to you that everyone who becomes angry with his brother without reason will be liable to judgment, and whoever says to his brother, ‘Raka’ shall be liable to the Sanhedrin council, and whoever says, ‘You fool’ will be liable to fiery Gehenna. Raka: cognate with Hebrew רֵיק, req, empty.
fiery Gehenna ← Gehenna of fire, a Hebraic genitive.
Gehenna: from Hebrew גֵי־הִנֹּם, Ge-Hinnom, Valley of Hinnom, a place where dead bodies were constantly burnt.
Matt 5:23 870Ea_n ou]n prosfe/rh|j to\ dw~ro/n sou e0pi\ to\ qusiasth/rion, {RP: kai\ e0kei=} [P1904 TR: ka)kei=] mnhsqh|=j o3ti o9 a)delfo/j sou e1xei ti kata_ sou=, So if you are bringing your gift to the altar and there you remember that your brother holds something against you, kai\ e0kei=, and there (two words), RP F1853=14/18 F1859=2/6 vs. ka)kei=, and there (one word by crasis), P1904 TR F1853=4/18 (Scrivener's fgux, u being very doubtful) F1859=4/6.
Matt 5:24 a!fej e0kei= to\ dw~ro/n sou e1mprosqen tou= qusiasthri/ou, kai\ u3page, prw~ton dialla&ghqi tw%~ a)delfw%~ sou, kai\ to/te e0lqw_n pro/sfere to\ dw~ro/n sou. leave your gift there in front of the altar and go away, and first be reconciled to your brother, and then come and offer your gift. come: imperatival use of the participle.
Matt 5:25 871Isqi eu0now~n tw%~ a)ntidi/kw% sou taxu/, e3wj o3tou ei] e0n th|= o9dw%~ met' au0tou=, mh/pote/ se paradw%~ o9 a)nti/dikoj tw%~ krith|=, kai\ o9 krith/j se paradw%~ tw%~ u9phre/th|, kai\ ei0j fulakh\n blhqh/sh|. Be well-disposed to your opponent quickly while you are on the way with him, in case your opponent delivers you to the judge, and the judge delivers you to the officer, and you are thrown in prison.
Matt 5:26 870Amh\n le/gw soi, ou0 mh\ e0ce/lqh|j e0kei=qen, e3wj {RP TR: a@n} [P1904: ou[] a)podw%~j to\n e1sxaton kodra&nthn. Truly, I say to you, you will certainly not come out of there until you have repaid the last quadrans. a@n, indefinite particle in until, RP TR F1853=15/18 F1859=4/6 vs. ou[, a more definite word in until (still followed by subjunctive), P1904 F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's bqr) F1859=1/6 vs. word absent, F1853=0/18 F1859=1/6.
have repaid ← repay.
quadrans: a small bronze coin; 1/64 denary.
Matt 5:27 870Hkou/sate o3ti e0rre/qh {RP: - } [P1904 TR: toi=j a)rxai/oij], Ou0 moixeu/seij: You have heard that it has been said {RP: - } [P1904 TR: by the ancients], ‘You shall not commit adultery’, toi=j a)rxai/oij, by the ancients: absent in RP F1853=15/18 F1859=3/6 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's bsx) F1859=3/6. AV differs textually.
Ex 20:14, Deut 5:18.
by: or to, as in Matt 5:21.
Matt 5:28 e0gw_ de\ le/gw u9mi=n, o3ti pa~j o9 ble/pwn gunai=ka pro\j to\ e0piqumh=sai {RP P1904: au0th\n} [TR: au0th=j] h1dh e0moi/xeusen au0th\n e0n th|= kardi/a% au0tou=. but I say to you that everyone who looks at a married woman intent on lusting after her has already committed adultery with her in his heart. au0th\n, her, accusative, RP P1904 F1853=16/19 F1859=6/6 vs. au0th=j, her, genitive, TR F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's r*sx) F1859=0/6.
married woman ← woman or wife.
Matt 5:29 Ei0 de\ o9 o0fqalmo/j sou o9 decio\j skandali/zei se, e1cele au0to\n kai\ ba&le a)po\ sou=: sumfe/rei ga&r soi i3na a)po/lhtai e4n tw~n melw~n sou, kai\ mh\ o3lon to\ sw~ma& sou blhqh|= ei0j ge/ennan. And if your right eye ensnares you, pluck it out and throw it away, for it is more profitable to you that one of your organs should perish than that your whole body should be thrown into Gehenna. away ← away from you.
than that ← and not.
Gehenna: see Matt 5:22.
Matt 5:30 Kai\ ei0 h9 decia& sou xei\r skandali/zei se, e1kkoyon au0th\n kai\ ba&le a)po\ sou=: sumfe/rei ga&r soi i3na a)po/lhtai e4n tw~n melw~n sou, kai\ mh\ o3lon to\ sw~ma& sou blhqh|= ei0j ge/ennan. And if your right hand ensnares you, cut it off and throw it away, for it is more profitable to you that one of your limbs should perish than that your whole body should be thrown into Gehenna. away ← away from you.
than that ← and not.
Gehenna: see Matt 5:22.
Matt 5:31 870Erre/qh de\ {RP TR: o3ti} [P1904: - ] 874Oj a@n a)polu/sh| th\n gunai=ka au0tou=, do/tw au0th|= a)posta&sion: And it has been said, ‘Whoever divorces his wife, let him give her a deed of divorce’, o3ti, (said) that (but simply introduces direct speech here): present in RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=5/6 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=1/6.
Deut 24:1.
Matt 5:32 e0gw_ de\ le/gw u9mi=n, o3ti o4j a@n a)polu/sh| th\n gunai=ka au0tou=, parekto\j lo/gou pornei/aj, poiei= au0th\n moixa~sqai: kai\ o4j e0a_n a)polelume/nhn gamh/sh| moixa~tai. but I say to you that whoever divorces his wife, apart from by reason of fornication, causes her to commit adultery, and whoever marries a divorced woman commits adultery.
Matt 5:33 Pa&lin h0kou/sate o3ti e0rre/qh toi=j a)rxai/oij, Ou0k e0piorkh/seij, a)podw&seij de\ tw%~ kuri/w% tou\j o3rkouj sou: Again, you have heard that it was said by the ancients, ‘You shall not swear falsely, but you will perform your oaths to the Lord’, Ex 20:7, Lev 19:12, Num 30:3MT (Num 30:2AV), Deut 23:22MT (Deut 23:21AV).
by: or to, as in Matt 5:21, Matt 5:27.
Matt 5:34 e0gw_ de\ le/gw u9mi=n mh\ o0mo/sai o3lwj: mh/te e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~, o3ti qro/noj e0sti\n tou= qeou=: but I say to you, do not swear at all, neither by heaven, for it is the throne of God, Isa 66:1.
Matt 5:35 mh/te e0n th|= gh|=, o3ti u9popo/dio/n e0stin tw~n podw~n au0tou=: mh/te ei0j 879Ieroso/luma, o3ti po/lij e0sti\n tou= mega&lou basile/wj: nor by the earth, for it is his footstool, nor by Jerusalem, for it is the city of the great king. Isa 66:1.
his footstool ← a footstool of his feet.
Matt 5:36 mh/te e0n th|= kefalh|= sou o0mo/sh|j, o3ti ou0 du/nasai mi/an tri/xa leukh\n h2 me/lainan poih=sai. And do not swear by your head, for you cannot make one hair white or black,
Matt 5:37 871Estw de\ o9 lo/goj u9mw~n, nai\ nai/, ou2 ou1: to\ de\ perisso\n tou/twn e0k tou= ponhrou= e0stin. but let your speech be, ‘Yes, yes; no, no’, for any more than these is of evil. evil: or the evil one.
Matt 5:38 870Hkou/sate o3ti e0rre/qh, 870Ofqalmo\n a)nti\ o0fqalmou=, kai/, 870Odo/nta a)nti\ o0do/ntoj: You have heard that it has been said, ‘An eye for an eye’ and, ‘A tooth for a tooth’, Ex 21:24.
Matt 5:39 e0gw_ de\ le/gw u9mi=n mh\ a)ntisth=nai tw%~ ponhrw%~: a)ll' o3stij se r(api/sei e0pi\ th\n {RP-text P1904: decia_n} [RP-marg TR: decia&n sou] siago/na, stre/yon au0tw%~ kai\ th\n a!llhn: but I say to you, do not resist evil, but whoever strikes you on {RP-text P1904: the} [RP-marg TR: your] right cheek – turn also the other cheek to him, sou, your: absent in RP-text P1904 F1853=7/18 F1859=2/6 vs. present in RP-marg TR F1853=11/18 F1859=4/6. A disparity with RP-text, R=10:16.
Matt 5:40 kai\ tw%~ qe/lonti/ soi kriqh=nai kai\ to\n xitw~na& sou labei=n, a!fej au0tw%~ kai\ to\ i9ma&tion: and as for him who wishes you to be judged and to take your tunic, let him have your coat as well,
Matt 5:41 kai\ o3stij se a)ggareu/sei mi/lion e3n, u3page met' au0tou= du/o. and whoever presses you to go one mile – go with him two.
Matt 5:42 Tw%~ ai0tou=nti/ se di/dou: kai\ to\n qe/lonta a)po\ sou= danei/sasqai mh\ a)postrafh|=j. Give to him who asks you, and do not turn away from him who wishes to borrow from you.
Matt 5:43 870Hkou/sate o3ti e0rre/qh, 870Agaph/seij to\n plhsi/on sou, kai/, Mish/seij to\n e0xqro/n sou: You have heard that it has been said, ‘You shall love your neighbour’, and, ‘You shall hate your enemy’, Lev 19:18.
you shall hate your enemy: there is the sense of this in, e.g., Ps 139:21, Ps 139:22.
Matt 5:44 e0gw_ de\ le/gw u9mi=n, 870Agapa~te tou\j e0xqrou\j u9mw~n, eu0logei=te tou\j katarwme/nouj u9ma~j, kalw~j poiei=te {RP P1904: toi=j misou=sin} [TR: tou\j misou=ntaj] u9ma~j, kai\ proseu/xesqe u9pe\r tw~n e0phreazo/ntwn u9ma~j, kai\ diwko/ntwn u9ma~j: but I say to you, love your enemies, bless those who curse you, do good to those who hate you, and pray for those who treat you spitefully and persecute you, toi=j misou=sin, to those who hate, RP P1904 F1853=17/18 F1859=6/6 vs. touj misountaj, those who hate (a direct object of a transitive verb), TR F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's p) F1859=0/6.
Matt 5:45 o3pwj ge/nhsqe ui9oi\ tou= patro\j u9mw~n tou= e0n {RP-text: toi=j} [RP-marg P1904 TR: - ] ou0ranoi=j, o3ti to\n h3lion au0tou= a)nate/llei e0pi\ ponhrou\j kai\ a)gaqou/j, kai\ bre/xei e0pi\ dikai/ouj kai\ a)di/kouj. so that you become sons of your father in {RP-text: the} [RP-marg P1904 TR: the] heavens, for he makes his sun rise on the wicked and the good, and he sends rain on the righteous and the unrighteous. toi=j, (in) the (heavens): present in RP-text F1853=10/19 F1859=3/6 vs. absent in RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=9/19 F1859=3/6. A weak disparity with RP-text, R=13:14.
Matt 5:46 870Ea_n ga_r a)gaph/shte tou\j a)gapw~ntaj u9ma~j, ti/na misqo\n e1xete; Ou0xi\ kai\ oi9 telw~nai to\ au0to\ poiou=sin; For if you love those who love you, what reward do you have? Do not the tax collectors also do the same?
Matt 5:47 Kai\ e0a_n a)spa&shsqe tou\j {RP P1904: fi/louj} [TR: a)delfou\j] u9mw~n mo/non, ti/ perisso\n poiei=te; Ou0xi\ kai\ oi9 telw~nai ou3twj poiou=sin; And if you only greet your {RP P1904: friends} [TR: brothers], what do you do that is exceptional? Do not the tax collectors act in this way? fi/louj, friends, RP P1904 F1853=17/18 F1859=6/6 vs. a)delfou\j, brothers, TR F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's u, so very doubtful) F1859=0/6. AV differs textually.
Matt 5:48 871Esesqe ou]n u9mei=j te/leioi, w#sper o9 path\r u9mw~n o9 e0n toi=j ou0ranoi=j te/leio/j e0stin. So be perfect, as your father in the heavens is perfect. perfect (2x): or complete.
Matt 6:1 Prose/xete th\n e0lehmosu/nhn u9mw~n mh\ poiei=n e1mprosqen tw~n a)nqrw&pwn, pro\j to\ qeaqh=nai au0toi=j: ei0 de\ mh/ge, misqo\n ou0k e1xete para_ tw%~ patri\ u9mw~n tw%~ e0n toi=j ou0ranoi=j. And take care not to give your alms in the presence of men, so as to be seen by them. Otherwise, you do not have a reward from your father in the heavens. give ← do.
from your father ← with your father.
Matt 6:2 873Otan ou]n poih|=j e0lehmosu/nhn, mh\ salpi/sh|j e1mprosqe/n sou, w#sper oi9 u9pokritai\ poiou=sin e0n tai=j sunagwgai=j kai\ e0n tai=j r(u/maij, o3pwj docasqw~sin u9po\ tw~n a)nqrw&pwn: a)mh\n le/gw u9mi=n, a)pe/xousin to\n misqo\n au0tw~n. So when you give alms, do not blow a trumpet in front of you, as the hypocrites do in the synagogues and in the streets, in order to be glorified by men. Truly, I say to you, they have their reward. give ← do.
have ← receive as due.
Matt 6:3 Sou= de\ poiou=ntoj e0lehmosu/nhn, mh\ gnw&tw h9 a)ristera& sou ti/ poiei= h9 decia& sou, But when you give alms, let your left hand not know what your right hand is doing, give ← do.
Matt 6:4 o3pwj h|] sou h9 e0lehmosu/nh e0n tw%~ kruptw%~: kai\ o9 path/r sou o9 ble/pwn e0n tw%~ kruptw%~ {RP TR: au0to\j} [P1904: - ] a)podw&sei soi e0n tw%~ fanerw%~. so that your alms are given in secret, and your father, who sees in secret, will reward you in public. au0to\j, he (will reward): present in RP TR F1853=15/18 F1859=3/6 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's asu), F1859=3/6.
Matt 6:5 Kai\ o3tan proseu/xh|, ou0k e1sh| w#sper oi9 u9pokritai/, o3ti filou=sin e0n tai=j sunagwgai=j kai\ e0n tai=j gwni/aij tw~n plateiw~n e9stw~tej proseu/xesqai, o3pwj a@n fanw~sin toi=j a)nqrw&poij: a)mh\n le/gw u9mi=n o3ti a)pe/xousin to\n misqo\n au0tw~n. And when you pray, do not be like the hypocrites, for they love to pray standing in the synagogues and on the corners of the streets, in order to be seen by men. Truly, I say to you, they have their reward. do not be ← you shall not be.
have ← receive as due.
Matt 6:6 Su\ de/, o3tan proseu/xh|, ei1selqe ei0j to\ tamiei=o/n sou, kai\ klei/saj th\n qu/ran sou, pro/seucai tw%~ patri/ sou tw%~ e0n tw%~ kruptw%~: kai\ o9 path/r sou o9 ble/pwn e0n tw%~ kruptw%~ a)podw&sei soi e0n tw%~ fanerw%~. But when you pray, go into your private room and shut the door and pray to your father who is hidden, and your father, who sees what is done in secret, will reward you in public. shut: imperatival use of the participle.
the door ← your door.
who is hidden ← in the secret.
Matt 6:7 Proseuxo/menoi de\ mh\ battologh/shte, w#sper oi9 e0qnikoi/: dokou=sin ga_r o3ti e0n th|= polulogi/a% au0tw~n ei0sakousqh/sontai. And when you pray, do not gabble like the Gentiles, for they think that they will be heard in their loquacity. in: or because of.
Matt 6:8 Mh\ ou]n o9moiwqh=te au0toi=j: oi]den ga_r o9 path\r u9mw~n w{n xrei/an e1xete, pro\ tou= u9ma~j ai0th=sai au0to/n. So do not be like them. For your father knows what you need before you ask him.
Matt 6:9 Ou3twj ou]n proseu/xesqe u9mei=j: Pa&ter h9mw~n o9 e0n toi=j ou0ranoi=j, a(giasqh/tw to\ o1noma& sou. So then, pray like this:

Our father in the heavens,

May your name be sanctified.

 in ← who in.
Matt 6:10 870Elqe/tw h9 basilei/a sou. Genhqh/tw to\ qe/lhma& sou, w(j e0n ou0ranw%~, kai\ e0pi\ th=j gh=j.

May your kingdom come;

May your will be done,

As in heaven, so also on the earth.
Matt 6:11 To\n a!rton h9mw~n to\n e0piou/sion do\j h9mi=n sh/meron.

Give us our oncoming bread today,

 oncoming ← A word only known from Matt 6:11 and Luke 11:3, apparently made up from epi = on and ousios, suggesting coming or being. Perhaps a reference to manna coming upon the earth from above. Consider also that Jesus is the bread of life from heaven: John 6:30-35.
Matt 6:12 Kai\ a!fej h9mi=n ta_ o0feilh/mata h9mw~n, w(j kai\ h9mei=j a)fi/emen toi=j o0feile/taij h9mw~n.

And cancel our debts,

As we also cancel the debts of our debtors.

 and cancel our debts: or, as an Aramaism: forgive our sins.
cancel the debts of our debtors: or, as an Aramaism: forgive the sinners against us.
Matt 6:13 Kai\ mh\ ei0sene/gkh|j h9ma~j ei0j peirasmo/n, a)lla_ r(u=sai h9ma~j a)po\ tou= ponhrou=. 873Oti sou= e0stin h9 basilei/a kai\ h9 du/namij kai\ h9 do/ca ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj. 870Amh/n.

And do not lead us into temptation,

But rescue us from evil,

For yours is the kingdom,

And the power and the glory,

Throughout the ages. Amen.

 evil: or the evil one.
Matt 6:14 870Ea_n ga_r a)fh=te toi=j a)nqrw&poij ta_ paraptw&mata au0tw~n, a)fh/sei kai\ u9mi=n o9 path\r u9mw~n o9 ou0ra&nioj: For if you forgive men their transgressions, so also will your heavenly father forgive you.
Matt 6:15 e0a_n de\ mh\ a)fh=te toi=j a)nqrw&poij ta_ paraptw&mata au0tw~n, ou0de\ o9 path\r u9mw~n a)fh/sei ta_ paraptw&mata u9mw~n. But if you do not forgive men their transgressions, neither will your father forgive your transgressions.
Matt 6:16 873Otan de\ nhsteu/hte, mh\ gi/nesqe w#sper oi9 u9pokritai\ skuqrwpoi/: a)fani/zousin ga_r ta_ pro/swpa au0tw~n, o3pwj fanw~sin toi=j a)nqrw&poij nhsteu/ontej: a)mh\n le/gw u9mi=n o3ti a)pe/xousin to\n misqo\n au0tw~n. Now whenever you fast, do not be like the sullen-looking hypocrites, for they disfigure their faces in order for it to be obvious to men that they are fasting. Truly, I say to you, they have their reward. for it to be obvious ← that they may be obvious.
have ← receive as due.
Matt 6:17 Su\ de\ nhsteu/wn a!leiyai/ sou th\n kefalh/n, kai\ to\ pro/swpo/n sou ni/yai, But you, when you fast, anoint your head and wash your face,
Matt 6:18 o3pwj mh\ fanh|=j toi=j a)nqrw&poij nhsteu/wn, a)lla_ tw%~ patri/ sou tw%~ e0n tw%~ kruptw%~: kai\ o9 path/r sou o9 ble/pwn e0n tw%~ kruptw%~ a)podw&sei soi {RP: - } [P1904 TR: e0n tw%~ fanerw%~]. so that it is not obvious to men that you are fasting, but it will be known to your father who is hidden, and your father who sees in secret will reward you {RP: - } [P1904 TR: in public]. e0n tw%~ fanerw%~, in public: absent in RP F1853=16/20 F1859=5/6 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's f**suy, u being very doubtful) F1859=1/6. AV differs textually.
so that it is not obvious ← so that you are not obvious.
who is hidden ← in the secret.
Matt 6:19 Mh\ qhsauri/zete u9mi=n qhsaurou\j e0pi\ th=j gh=j, o3pou sh\j kai\ brw~sij a)fani/zei, kai\ o3pou kle/ptai dioru/ssousin kai\ kle/ptousin: Do not save up treasures for yourself on the earth, where the moth and corrosion cause ruin, and where thieves break in and steal, break in ← dig through.
Matt 6:20 qhsauri/zete de\ u9mi=n qhsaurou\j e0n ou0ranw%~, o3pou ou1te sh\j ou1te brw~sij a)fani/zei, kai\ o3pou kle/ptai ou0 dioru/ssousin ou0de\ kle/ptousin. but save up for yourselves treasures in heaven where neither moth nor corrosion cause ruin, and where no robbers break in and steal. no robbers ← robbers do not, which in English would suggest that there are robbers, but they don't break in and steal.
Matt 6:21 873Opou ga&r e0stin o9 qhsauro\j u9mw~n, e0kei= e1stai kai\ h9 kardi/a u9mw~n. For where your treasure is, there your heart will be as well.
Matt 6:22 879O lu/xnoj tou= sw&mato/j e0stin o9 o0fqalmo/j: e0a_n ou]n o9 o0fqalmo/j sou a(plou=j h|], o3lon to\ sw~ma& sou fwteino\n e1stai: The light of the body is the eye. So if your eye is clear-sighted, the whole of your body will be bright. clear-sighted ← simple, unfolded.
Matt 6:23 e0a_n de\ o9 o0fqalmo/j sou ponhro\j h|], o3lon to\ sw~ma& sou skoteino\n e1stai. Ei0 ou]n to\ fw~j to\ e0n soi\ sko/toj e0sti/n, to\ sko/toj po/son; But if your eye is ill-disposed, the whole of your body will be dark. So if the light which is in you is darkness, how great the darkness is! We punctuate as an exclamation. RP P1904 TBS-TR punctuate as a question, How great is the darkness?
ill-disposed ← evil; in this context covetous or miserly.
Matt 6:24 Ou0dei\j du/natai dusi\n kuri/oij douleu/ein: h2 ga_r to\n e3na mish/sei, kai\ to\n e3teron a)gaph/sei: h2 e9no\j a)nqe/cetai, kai\ tou= e9te/rou katafronh/sei. Ou0 du/nasqe qew%~ douleu/ein kai\ {RP P1904: mamwna%~} [TR: mammwna%~]. No-one can serve two masters, for he will either hate one and love the other, or he will cling to one and despise the other. You cannot serve God and mammon. mamwna%~, mamon, RP P1904 F1853=16/19 F1859=6/6 vs. mammwna%~, mammon, TR F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's cou, u being very doubtful) F1859=0/6. No difference in our English (though this traditional spelling is not as RP).
mammon ← Aramaic מָמוֹן, riches.
Matt 6:25 Dia_ tou=to le/gw u9mi=n, mh\ merimna~te th|= yuxh|= u9mw~n, ti/ fa&ghte kai\ ti/ pi/hte: mhde\ tw%~ sw&mati u9mw~n, ti/ e0ndu/shsqe. Ou0xi\ h9 yuxh\ plei=o/n e0stin th=j trofh=j, kai\ to\ sw~ma tou= e0ndu/matoj; On account of this I say to you, do not be anxious for your life, about what you will eat and what you will drink, nor for your body, about what you will wear. Is not life more than food, and the body more than clothing? life (2x) ← soul.
Matt 6:26 870Emble/yate ei0j ta_ peteina_ tou= ou0ranou=, o3ti ou0 spei/rousin, ou0de\ qeri/zousin, ou0de\ suna&gousin ei0j a)poqh/kaj, kai\ o9 path\r u9mw~n o9 ou0ra&nioj tre/fei au0ta&: ou0x u9mei=j ma~llon diafe/rete au0tw~n; Look at the birds of the sky, how they do not sow or reap or gather into storehouses, yet your heavenly father feeds them; surely you are worth much more than they are? yet: adversative use of kai/.
Matt 6:27 Ti/j de\ e0c u9mw~n merimnw~n du/natai prosqei=nai e0pi\ th\n h9liki/an au0tou= ph=xun e3na; And who of you can by being anxious add one cubit to his stature? by being anxious: gerundial use of the participle.
cubit: about 18 inches or 50 cm.
Matt 6:28 Kai\ peri\ e0ndu/matoj ti/ merimna~te; Katama&qete ta_ kri/na tou= a)grou=, pw~j au0ca&nei: ou0 kopia%~, ou0de\ nh/qei: And why are you anxious about clothing? Observe the wild lilies – how they grow. Yet they neither toil nor spin thread. wild lilies ← lilies of the field.
In the second sentence, we retain the Greek word order, with the lilies towards the head of their clause (prolepsis, common in Aramaic).
Matt 6:29 le/gw de\ u9mi=n o3ti ou0de\ Solomw_n e0n pa&sh| th|= do/ch| au0tou= perieba&leto w(j e4n tou/twn. But I tell you, not even Solomon in all his glory was clothed like one of these. was clothed: aorist middle, so strictly neither passive nor reflexive, nor a habitual imperfect, but the form is used here loosely.
Matt 6:30 Ei0 de\ to\n xo/rton tou= a)grou=, sh/meron o1nta, kai\ au1rion ei0j kli/banon ballo/menon, o9 qeo\j ou3twj a)mfie/nnusin, ou0 pollw%~ ma~llon u9ma~j, o0ligo/pistoi; Now if God so clothes the wild vegetation, which exists today, and tomorrow is thrown into a furnace, will he not much more clothe you, you of little faith? wild vegetation ← grass / vegetation of the field.
Matt 6:31 Mh\ ou]n merimnh/shte, le/gontej, Ti/ fa&gwmen, h1, Ti/ pi/wmen, h1, Ti/ peribalw&meqa; So do not be anxious, saying, ‘What will we eat?’ or, ‘What will we drink?’ or, ‘What will we wear?’
Matt 6:32 Pa&nta ga_r tau=ta ta_ e1qnh e0pizhtei=: oi]den ga_r o9 path\r u9mw~n o9 ou0ra&nioj o3ti xrh|/zete tou/twn a(pa&ntwn. For the Gentiles seek all these things. Well then, your heavenly father knows that you need all these things.
Matt 6:33 Zhtei=te de\ prw~ton th\n basilei/an tou= qeou= kai\ th\n dikaiosu/nhn au0tou=, kai\ tau=ta pa&nta prosteqh/setai u9mi=n. But first seek the kingdom of God and his righteousness, and all these things will be added to you.
Matt 6:34 Mh\ ou]n {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: merimnh/shte} [E1624: merimnh/sete] ei0j th\n au1rion: h9 ga_r au1rion merimnh/sei ta_ e9auth=j. 870Arketo\n th|= h9me/ra% h9 kaki/a au0th=j. So do not be anxious about tomorrow, for tomorrow will be anxious about its own affairs. Sufficient for the day is its own evil. merimnh/shte, be anxious (aorist subjunctive), RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=15/19 F1859=4/7 vs. merimnh/sete, be anxious (future indicative), E1624 F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's uxy, u being very doubtful) F1859=3/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's x) F1859=0/7.
Matt 7:1 Mh\ kri/nete, i3na mh\ kriqh=te: Do not judge, in order that you may not be judged,
Matt 7:2 e0n w%{ ga_r kri/mati kri/nete, kriqh/sesqe: kai\ e0n w%{ me/trw% metrei=te, {RP P1904: metrhqh/setai} [TR: a)ntimetrhqh/setai] u9mi=n. for you will be judged with the judgment with which you judge, and by whatever measure you measure, it will be {RP P1904: measured} [TR: measured back] to you. metrhqh/setai, measured, RP P1904 F1853=13/21 F1859=2/6 vs. a)ntimetrhqh/setai, measured back, TR, F1853=5/21 F1859=3/6 vs. other readings, F1853=3/21 (Scrivener's byx) F1859=1/6.
Matt 7:3 Ti/ de\ ble/peij to\ ka&rfoj to\ e0n tw%~ o0fqalmw%~ tou= a)delfou= sou, th\n de\ e0n tw%~ sw%~ o0fqalmw%~ doko\n ou0 katanoei=j; Why do you look at the speck in your brother's eye but do not take notice of the joist in your own eye?
Matt 7:4 872H pw~j e0rei=j tw%~ a)delfw%~ sou, 871Afej e0kba&lw to\ ka&rfoj a)po\ tou= o0fqalmou= sou: kai\ i0dou/, h9 doko\j e0n tw%~ o0fqalmw%~ sou; Or how can you say to your brother, ‘Let me take the speck out of your eye’, when all along there is a joist in your eye? can ← will, a Hebraism.
when all along there is ← and behold.
Matt 7:5 879Upokrita&, e1kbale prw~ton th\n doko\n e0k tou= o0fqalmou= sou, kai\ to/te diable/yeij e0kbalei=n to\ ka&rfoj e0k tou= o0fqalmou= tou= a)delfou= sou. You hypocrite! First take the joist out of your own eye, and then you will see clearly to take the speck out of your brother's eye. to take the speck out ← to take out the speck out.
Matt 7:6 Mh\ dw~te to\ a#gion toi=j kusi/n: mhde\ ba&lhte tou\j margari/taj u9mw~n e1mprosqen tw~n xoi/rwn, mh/pote katapath/swsin au0tou\j e0n toi=j posi\n au0tw~n, kai\ strafe/ntej r(h/cwsin u9ma~j. Do not give anything sacred to dogs, and do not cast your pearls before swine, in case they trample them with their feet and turn and tear at you.
Matt 7:7 Ai0tei=te, kai\ doqh/setai {RP P1904c TR: u9mi=n} [P1904u: h9mi=n]: zhtei=te, kai\ eu9rh/sete: krou/ete, kai\ a)noigh/setai u9mi=n. Ask, and it will be given to you; seek, and you shall find; knock, and it will be opened to you.
Matt 7:8 Pa~j ga_r o9 ai0tw~n lamba&nei, kai\ o9 zhtw~n eu9ri/skei, kai\ tw%~ krou/onti a)noigh/setai. For everyone who asks will receive, and he who seeks will find, and to him who knocks it will be opened.
Matt 7:9 872H ti/j e0stin e0c u9mw~n a!nqrwpoj, o4n e0a_n ai0th/sh| o9 ui9o\j au0tou= a!rton, mh\ li/qon e0pidw&sei au0tw%~; Or what man is there among you, who, if his son asks him for bread, will give him a stone? among you ← out of you.
Matt 7:10 Kai\ e0a_n i0xqu\n ai0th/sh|, mh\ o1fin e0pidw&sei au0tw%~; And if he asks for fish, surely he will not give him a serpent?
Matt 7:11 Ei0 ou]n u9mei=j, ponhroi\ o1ntej, oi1date do/mata a)gaqa_ dido/nai toi=j te/knoij u9mw~n, po/sw% ma~llon o9 path\r u9mw~n o9 e0n toi=j ou0ranoi=j dw&sei a)gaqa_ toi=j ai0tou=sin au0to/n; So if you, being evil, know how to give good gifts to your children, how much more will your father in the heavens give good things to those who ask him! We punctuate as an exclamation; RP P1904 TBS-TR as a question.
Matt 7:12 Pa&nta ou]n o3sa a@n qe/lhte i3na poiw~sin u9mi=n oi9 a!nqrwpoi, ou3twj kai\ u9mei=j poiei=te au0toi=j: ou[toj ga&r e0stin o9 no/moj kai\ oi9 profh=tai. Whatever you would like men to do to you, do the same to them. For this is the law and the prophets. whatever ← all as many as (things).
the same ← likewise.
Matt 7:13 Ei0se/lqete dia_ th=j stenh=j pu/lhj: o3ti platei=a h9 pu/lh, kai\ eu0ru/xwroj h9 o9do\j h9 a)pa&gousa ei0j th\n a)pw&leian, kai\ polloi/ ei0sin oi9 ei0serxo/menoi di' au0th=j: Enter through the narrow gate. For wide is the gate and broad is the way which leads to destruction, and many are those who are entering through it. leads ← leads away.
destruction: or waste, as in Matt 26:8.
Matt 7:14 {RP P1904: ti/} [TR: o3ti] stenh\ h9 pu/lh, kai\ teqlimme/nh h9 o9do\j h9 a)pa&gousa ei0j th\n zwh/n, kai\ o0li/goi ei0si\n oi9 eu9ri/skontej au0th/n. {RP P1904: How narrow the gate is and confined the way is which leads to life, and how few they are who find it!} [TR: Because the gate is narrow and the way which leads to life is confined, and they are few who find it.] ti/, how, RP P1904 F1853=18/19 F1859=5/8 vs. o3ti, because, TR F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=3/8. AV differs textually.
Matt 7:15 Prose/xete de\ a)po\ tw~n yeudoprofhtw~n, oi3tinej e1rxontai pro\j u9ma~j e0n e0ndu/masin proba&twn, e1swqen de/ ei0sin lu/koi a#rpagej. But beware of false prophets, who come to you in sheep's clothing, but inside are rapacious wolves.
Matt 7:16 870Apo\ tw~n karpw~n au0tw~n e0pignw&sesqe au0tou/j: mh/ti sulle/gousin a)po\ a)kanqw~n stafulh/n, h2 a)po\ tribo/lwn su=ka; By their fruit you will recognize them. Does one really gather a bunch of grapes from thorn bushes, or figs from thistles? fruit ← fruits, also in the next few verses.
Matt 7:17 Ou3twj pa~n de/ndron a)gaqo\n karpou\j kalou\j poiei=: to\ de\ sapro\n de/ndron karpou\j ponhrou\j poiei=. In this way every good tree produces fine fruit, but a rotten tree produces bad fruit.
Matt 7:18 Ou0 du/natai de/ndron a)gaqo\n karpou\j ponhrou\j poiei=n, ou0de\ de/ndron sapro\n karpou\j kalou\j poiei=n. A good tree cannot produce bad fruit, nor can a rotten tree produce fine fruit.
Matt 7:19 Pa~n de/ndron mh\ poiou=n karpo\n kalo\n e0kko/ptetai kai\ ei0j pu=r ba&lletai. Every tree which does not produce fine fruit is cut down and thrown into fire.
Matt 7:20 871Ara ge a)po\ tw~n karpw~n au0tw~n e0pignw&sesqe au0tou/j. Therefore, by their fruit you will recognize them.
Matt 7:21 Ou0 pa~j o9 le/gwn moi, Ku/rie, ku/rie, ei0seleu/setai ei0j th\n basilei/an tw~n ou0ranw~n: a)ll' o9 poiw~n to\ qe/lhma tou= patro/j mou tou= e0n ou0ranoi=j. Not everyone who says to me, ‘Lord, Lord’ will go into the kingdom of the heavens, but rather, he who does the will of my father in the heavens.
Matt 7:22 Polloi\ e0rou=si/n moi e0n e0kei/nh| th|= h9me/ra%, Ku/rie, ku/rie, ou0 tw%~ sw%~ o0no/mati proefhteu/samen, kai\ tw%~ sw%~ o0no/mati daimo/nia e0ceba&lomen, kai\ tw%~ sw%~ o0no/mati duna&meij polla_j e0poih/samen; Many will say to me on that day, ‘Lord, Lord, did we not prophesy in your name and cast out demons in your name and perform many deeds of power in your name?’
Matt 7:23 Kai\ to/te o9mologh/sw au0toi=j o3ti Ou0de/pote e1gnwn u9ma~j: a)poxwrei=te a)p' e0mou= oi9 e0rgazo/menoi th\n a)nomi/an. And then I will confess to them, ‘I never knew you. Go away from me, you workers of lawlessness.’
Matt 7:24 Pa~j ou]n o3stij a)kou/ei mou tou\j lo/gouj tou/touj kai\ poiei= au0tou/j, o9moiw&sw au0to\n a)ndri\ froni/mw%, o3stij w%)kodo/mhsen th\n oi0ki/an au0tou= e0pi\ th\n pe/tran: So everyone who hears these words of mine and does them – I will liken him to a prudent man who built his house on rock, Prolepsis, as in Matt 6:28.
Matt 7:25 kai\ kate/bh h9 broxh\ kai\ h]lqon oi9 potamoi\ kai\ e1pneusan oi9 a!nemoi, kai\ prose/peson th|= oi0ki/a% e0kei/nh|, kai\ ou0k e1pesen: teqemeli/wto ga_r e0pi\ th\n pe/tran. and the rain came down and the torrents arrived, and the winds blew and beat against that house, but it did not fall, for it had been founded on rock. torrents ← rivers.
Matt 7:26 Kai\ pa~j o9 a)kou/wn mou tou\j lo/gouj tou/touj kai\ mh\ poiw~n au0tou/j, o9moiwqh/setai a)ndri\ mwrw%~, o3stij w%)kodo/mhsen th\n oi0ki/an au0tou= e0pi\ th\n a!mmon: But everyone who hears these words of mine and does not do them will be likened to a foolish man who built his house on sand, but: adversative use of kai/.
Matt 7:27 kai\ kate/bh h9 broxh\ kai\ h]lqon oi9 potamoi\ kai\ e1pneusan oi9 a!nemoi, kai\ prose/koyan th|= oi0ki/a% e0kei/nh|, kai\ e1pesen: kai\ h]n h9 ptw~sij au0th=j mega&lh. and the rain came down, and the torrents arrived, and the winds blew and beat against that house, and it fell down, and its fall was great.” The direct speech which ends here started at Matt 5:3.
Matt 7:28 Kai\ e0ge/neto o3te sunete/lesen o9 870Ihsou=j tou\j lo/gouj tou/touj, e0ceplh/ssonto oi9 o1xloi e0pi\ th|= didaxh|= au0tou=: And it came to pass when Jesus had finished these words, that the crowds were astounded at his teaching,
Matt 7:29 h]n ga_r dida&skwn au0tou\j w(j e0cousi/an e1xwn, kai\ ou0x w(j oi9 grammatei=j. for he taught them as one having authority, and not as the scribes. taught ← was teaching.
Matt 8:1 Kataba&nti de\ au0tw%~ a)po\ tou= o1rouj, h0kolou/qhsan au0tw%~ o1xloi polloi/: Then when he had come down from the mountain, large crowds followed him, large ← many.
Matt 8:2 kai\ i0dou/, lepro\j e0lqw_n proseku/nei au0tw%~, le/gwn, Ku/rie, e0a_n qe/lh|j, du/nasai/ me kaqari/sai. and it so happened that a leper came and worshipped him and said, “Lord, if you will, you can cleanse me.” it so happened that ← behold.
Matt 8:3 Kai\ e0ktei/naj th\n xei=ra, h3yato au0tou= o9 870Ihsou=j, le/gwn, Qe/lw, kaqari/sqhti. Kai\ eu0qe/wj e0kaqari/sqh au0tou= h9 le/pra. At this Jesus held out his hand and touched him and said, “I will; be cleansed.” And immediately his leprosy was cleansed.
Matt 8:4 Kai\ le/gei au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, 873Ora mhdeni\ ei1ph|j: {RP P1904 E1624: a)lla_} [S1550 S1894: a)ll'] u3page, seauto\n dei=con tw%~ i9erei=, kai\ prose/negke to\ dw~ron o4 prose/tacen Mwsh=j, ei0j martu/rion au0toi=j. Then Jesus said to him, “See to it that you tell no-one, but go and show yourself to the priest, and offer the gift which Moses commanded, as a witness to them.” a)ll', but (apocopated form), RP P1904 E1624 F1853=10/19 F1859=4/6 vs. a)lla_, but (unapocopated form), S1550 S1894 F1853=8/19 F1859=2/6 vs. another spelling, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's x) F1859=0/6.
priest: not a senior priest (a)rxiere/uj), which is the word used of the enemies of the Lord, e.g. in Matt 27:1, but an ordinary priest (i9ere/uj) doing his job in the temple.
Matt 8:5 Ei0selqo/nti de\ {RP P1904: au0tw%~} [TR: tw%~ 870Ihsou=] ei0j Kapernaou/m, prosh=lqen au0tw%~ e9kato/ntarxoj parakalw~n au0to/n, Subsequently, when {RP P1904: he} [TR: Jesus] had gone to Capernaum, a centurion approached him, appealing to him, au0tw%~, him, RP P1904 F1853=15/20 F1859=3/7 vs. tw%~ 870Ihsou=, Jesus, TR F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's bf**xy) F1859=4/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's b) F1859=0/7.
Matt 8:6 kai\ le/gwn, Ku/rie, o9 pai=j mou be/blhtai e0n th|= oi0ki/a% paralutiko/j, deinw~j basanizo/menoj. and saying, “Lord, my servant has become ill at home paralysed and is tormented terribly.” has become ill ← has been thrown.
Matt 8:7 Kai\ le/gei au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, 870Egw_ e0lqw_n qerapeu/sw au0to/n. At this Jesus said to him, “I will go and cure him.”
Matt 8:8 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j o9 e9kato/ntarxoj e1fh, Ku/rie, ou0k ei0mi\ i9kano\j i3na mou u9po\ th\n ste/ghn ei0se/lqh|j: a)lla_ mo/non ei0pe\ {RP P1904: lo/gw%} [TR: lo/gon], kai\ i0aqh/setai o9 pai=j mou. Then the centurion answered and said, “Lord, I am not worthy that you should enter under my roof, but just pronounce {RP P1904: with a word} [TR: a word] and my servant will be cured, lo/gw%, with a word, RP P1904 F1853=17/19 F1859=5/6 vs. lo/gon, a word, TR F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's uy, u being very doubtful) F1859=1/6.
Matt 8:9 Kai\ ga_r e0gw_ a!nqrwpo/j ei0mi u9po\ e0cousi/an, e1xwn u9p' e0mauto\n stratiw&taj: kai\ le/gw tou/tw%, Poreu/qhti, kai\ poreu/etai: kai\ a!llw%, 871Erxou, kai\ e1rxetai: kai\ tw%~ dou/lw% mou, Poi/hson tou=to, kai\ poiei=. for I am also a man under a system of authority, having soldiers under me, and I say to this one, ‘Go’, and he goes, and to another, ‘Come’, and he comes, and to my servant, ‘Do this’, and he does it.”
Matt 8:10 870Akou/saj de\ o9 870Ihsou=j e0qau/masen, kai\ ei]pen toi=j a)kolouqou=sin, 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n, ou0de\ e0n tw%~ 870Israh\l tosau/thn pi/stin eu[ron. When Jesus heard that, he was amazed and said to those following, “Truly, I say to you, not even in Israel have I found such great faith.
Matt 8:11 Le/gw de\ u9mi=n, o3ti polloi\ a)po\ a)natolw~n kai\ dusmw~n h3cousin, kai\ a)nakliqh/sontai meta_ 870Abraa_m kai\ 870Isaa_k kai\ 870Iakw_b e0n th|= basilei/a% tw~n ou0ranw~n: But I say to you that many will come from the east and from the west and will recline at table with Abraham and Isaac and Jacob in the kingdom of the heavens,
Matt 8:12 oi9 de\ ui9oi\ th=j basilei/aj e0kblhqh/sontai ei0j to\ sko/toj to\ e0cw&teron: e0kei= e1stai o9 klauqmo\j kai\ o9 brugmo\j tw~n o0do/ntwn. whereas the sons of the kingdom will be cast out into the outer darkness. There, there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.”
Matt 8:13 Kai\ ei]pen o9 870Ihsou=j tw%~ {RP: e9katonta&rxh|} [P1904 TR: e9katonta&rxw%], 873Upage, kai\ w(j e0pi/steusaj genhqh/tw soi. Kai\ i0a&qh o9 pai=j au0tou= e0n th|= w#ra% e0kei/nh|. Then Jesus said to the centurion, “Go your way, and as you have believed, so be it to you.” And his servant was cured at that hour. e9katonta&rxh|, centurion (1), RP F1853=15/19 F1859=4/6 vs. e9katonta&rxw%, centurion (2), P1904 TR F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's lmnu, u being very doubtful) F1859=2/6. e9katonta&rxhj is the usual classical form, but e9kato/ntarxoj is used by Xenophon [LS].
Matt 8:14 Kai\ e0lqw_n o9 870Ihsou=j ei0j th\n oi0ki/an Pe/trou, ei]den th\n penqera_n au0tou= beblhme/nhn kai\ pure/ssousan, Then Jesus went to Peter's house, and he saw his mother-in-law lying ill with a fever, lying ill with a fever ← thrown and with a fever.
Matt 8:15 kai\ h3yato th=j xeiro\j au0th=j, kai\ a)fh=ken au0th\n o9 pureto/j: kai\ h0ge/rqh, kai\ dihko/nei {RP P1904: au0tw%~} [TR: au0toi=j]. and he touched her hand, at which the fever left her, and she rose and waited on {RP P1904: him} [TR: them]. au0tw%~, him, RP P1904 F1853=15/19 F1859=4/6 vs. au0toi=j, them, TR F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's pqru, u being very doubtful) F1859=2/6. AV differs textually.
Matt 8:16 870Oyi/aj de\ genome/nhj prosh/negkan au0tw%~ daimonizome/nouj pollou/j: kai\ e0ce/balen ta_ pneu/mata lo/gw%, kai\ pa&ntaj tou\j kakw~j e1xontaj e0qera&peusen: Then in the evening, they brought to him many who were possessed by demons, and he cast out the spirits by a word, and he cured all those who were ill, in the evening ← evening having become.
Matt 8:17 o3pwj plhrwqh|= to\ r(hqe\n dia_ 870Hsai+/ou tou= profh/tou, le/gontoj, Au0to\j ta_j a)sqenei/aj h9mw~n e1laben, kai\ ta_j no/souj e0ba&stasen. in order that that which was spoken through Isaiah the prophet should be fulfilled, where he says,

“He took our ailments

And bore our sicknesses.”

 Isa 53:4.
Matt 8:18 870Idw_n de\ o9 870Ihsou=j pollou\j o1xlouj peri\ au0to/n, e0ke/leusen a)pelqei=n ei0j to\ pe/ran. But when Jesus saw large crowds around him, he ordered them to go further away, to go further away ← to go away to the beyond / to the other side.
Matt 8:19 Kai\ proselqw_n ei[j grammateu\j ei]pen au0tw%~, Dida&skale, a)kolouqh/sw soi o3pou e0a_n a)pe/rxh|. and a certain scribe came along and said to him, “Master, I will follow you wherever you go.” master ← teacher.
Matt 8:20 Kai\ le/gei au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, Ai9 a)lw&pekej fwleou\j e1xousin, kai\ ta_ peteina_ tou= ou0ranou= kataskhnw&seij: o9 de\ ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou ou0k e1xei pou= th\n kefalh\n kli/nh|. At this Jesus said to him, “The foxes have dens, and the birds of the sky have nests, but the son of man does not have anywhere to lay his head.” dens ← holes.
nests ← tent-(like)-dwellings.
Matt 8:21 873Eteroj de\ tw~n maqhtw~n au0tou= ei]pen au0tw%~, Ku/rie, e0pi/treyo/n moi prw~ton a)pelqei=n kai\ qa&yai to\n pate/ra mou. Then another of his disciples said to him, “Lord, let me first go and bury my father.”
Matt 8:22 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0tw%~, 870Akolou/qei moi, kai\ a!fej tou\j nekrou\j qa&yai tou\j e9autw~n nekrou/j. But Jesus said to him, “Follow me, and leave the dead to bury their own dead.”
Matt 8:23 Kai\ e0mba&nti au0tw%~ ei0j to\ ploi=on, h0kolou/qhsan au0tw%~ oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou=. Then his disciples followed him when he went on board a boat, a boat ← the boat. See Gen 22:9.
Matt 8:24 Kai\ i0dou/, seismo\j me/gaj e0ge/neto e0n th|= qala&ssh|, w#ste to\ ploi=on kalu/ptesqai u9po\ tw~n kuma&twn: au0to\j de\ e0ka&qeuden. and what happened next was that a great storm arose in the sea, so that the boat was covered by the waves. But he was sleeping. what happened next was that ← behold.
storm: or earthquake; lit. shaking.
Matt 8:25 Kai\ proselqo/ntej oi9 maqhtai\ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: au0tou=] h1geiran au0to/n, le/gontej, Ku/rie, sw~son h9ma~j, a)pollu/meqa. Then {RP: his} [P1904 TR: his] disciples came to him, and they woke him up and said, “Lord, save us; we are not going to survive.” au0tou=, of him: absent in RP F1853=13/19 F1859=6/6 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=6/19 F1859=0/6.
not going to survive ← perishing.
Matt 8:26 Kai\ le/gei au0toi=j, Ti/ deiloi/ e0ste, o0ligo/pistoi; To/te e0gerqei\j e0peti/mhsen toi=j a)ne/moij kai\ th|= qala&ssh|, kai\ e0ge/neto galh/nh mega&lh. But he said to them, “Why are you fearful, you of little faith?” Then he arose and rebuked the winds and the sea, and a great calm came about.
Matt 8:27 Oi9 de\ a!nqrwpoi e0qau/masan, le/gontej, Potapo/j e0stin ou[toj, o3ti kai\ oi9 a!nemoi kai\ h9 qa&lassa u9pakou/ousin au0tw%~; But the men were amazed, and they said, “What kind of a man is this, that even the winds and the sea obey him?”
Matt 8:28 Kai\ e0lqo/nti au0tw%~ ei0j to\ pe/ran ei0j th\n xw&ran tw~n Gergeshnw~n, u9ph/nthsan au0tw%~ du/o daimonizo/menoi e0k tw~n mnhmei/wn e0cerxo/menoi, xalepoi\ li/an, w#ste mh\ i0sxu/ein tina_ parelqei=n dia_ th=j o9dou= e0kei/nhj: Then when he had gone to the far side, to the region of the Gergesenes, two men possessed by demons met him, as they came out of the tombs. They were very dangerous, so that no-one could pass by that way. could ← was strong to.
Matt 8:29 kai\ i0dou/, e1kracan le/gontej, Ti/ h9mi=n kai\ soi/, 870Ihsou= ui9e\ tou= qeou=; 87]Hlqej w{de pro\ kairou= basani/sai h9ma~j; And in this case they shouted, and they said, “What have you got to do with us, Jesus the son of God? Have you come here to torment us before the due time?” in this case ← behold.
what have you got to do with us ← what to us and to you.
Matt 8:30 87]Hn de\ makra_n a)p' au0tw~n a)ge/lh xoi/rwn pollw~n boskome/nh. Now there was a herd of many pigs feeding at a distance from them,
Matt 8:31 Oi9 de\ dai/monej pareka&loun au0to/n, le/gontej, Ei0 e0kba&lleij h9ma~j, e0pi/treyon h9mi=n a)pelqei=n ei0j th\n a)ge/lhn tw~n xoi/rwn. so the demons pleaded with him and said, “If you cast us out, allow us to go off to the herd of pigs.”
Matt 8:32 Kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j, 879Upa&gete. Oi9 de\ e0celqo/ntej a)ph=lqon ei0j th\n a)ge/lhn tw~n xoi/rwn: kai\ i0dou/, w#rmhsen pa~sa h9 a)ge/lh tw~n xoi/rwn kata_ tou= krhmnou= ei0j th\n qa&lassan, kai\ a)pe/qanon e0n toi=j u3dasin. And he said to them, “Go.” So they came out and went into the herd of pigs. And at this point the whole herd of pigs rushed headlong down the cliff into the sea, and they died in the waters. at this point ← behold.
Matt 8:33 Oi9 de\ bo/skontej e1fugon, kai\ a)pelqo/ntej ei0j th\n po/lin a)ph/ggeilan pa&nta, kai\ ta_ tw~n daimonizome/nwn. But the herdsmen fled and went away to the city and reported everything, including the things concerning those possessed by demons.
Matt 8:34 Kai\ i0dou/, pa~sa h9 po/lij e0ch=lqen ei0j suna&nthsin tw%~ 870Ihsou=: kai\ i0do/ntej au0to/n, pareka&lesan o3pwj metabh|= a)po\ tw~n o9ri/wn au0tw~n. Then it ensued that the whole city came out to meet Jesus, and when they saw him, they appealed to him to move from their districts. it ensued that ← behold.
Matt 9:1 Kai\ e0mba_j ei0j {RP TR: to\} [P1904: - ] ploi=on diepe/rasen kai\ h]lqen ei0j th\n i0di/an po/lin. Next he went on board {RP TR: the} [P1904: a] boat and crossed over and came to his own city, to\, the: present in RP TR Mred F1853=16/19 F1859=4/6 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's sxy) F1859=2/6.
Matt 9:2 Kai\ i0dou/, prose/feron au0tw%~ paralutiko\n e0pi\ kli/nhj beblhme/non: kai\ i0dw_n o9 870Ihsou=j th\n pi/stin au0tw~n ei]pen tw%~ paralutikw%~, Qa&rsei, te/knon: a)fe/wntai/ soi ai9 a(marti/ai sou. and along they came bringing a paralytic man to him lying on a bed. And when Jesus saw their faith, he said to the paralytic man, “Pluck up courage, my child. You have been forgiven your sins.” along they came bringing ← behold, they were bringing.
lying ← cast.
You have been forgiven your sins ← Your sins have been forgiven you.
Matt 9:3 Kai\ i0dou/, tine\j tw~n grammate/wn ei]pon e0n e9autoi=j, Ou[toj blasfhmei=. Then at this, some of the scribes said to themselves, “This man is blaspheming.” at this ← behold.
Matt 9:4 Kai\ {RP-text P1904 TR: i0dw_n} [RP-marg: ei0dw_j] o9 870Ihsou=j ta_j e0nqumh/seij au0tw~n ei]pen, 873Ina ti/ u9mei=j e0nqumei=sqe ponhra_ e0n tai=j kardi/aij u9mw~n; Then Jesus, who {RP-text P1904 TR: had perceived} [RP-marg: knew] their thoughts, said, “Why do you have evil thoughts in your hearts? i0dw_n, having seen, RP-text P1904 TR F1853=14/20 F1859=5/6 vs. ei0dw_j, knowing, RP-marg F1853=6/20 F1859=1/6.
{RP-text P1904 TR: had perceived ← having seen, compare English saw through.}
Matt 9:5 Ti/ ga&r e0stin eu0kopw&teron, ei0pei=n, 870Afe/wntai/ {RP-text P1904: sou} [RP-marg TR: soi] ai9 a(marti/ai: h2 ei0pei=n, {RP TR: 871Egeirai} [P1904: 871Egeire] kai\ peripa&tei; For which is easier, to say, ‘You have been forgiven your sins’, or to say, ‘Arise and walk’? sou, of you, RP-text P1904 F1853=13/19 F1859=4/6 vs. soi, to you, RP-marg TR F1853=6/19 F1859=2/6. Matt 9:2 = soi. No difference in our English (see note below).
e1geirai, arise (aorist middle), RP TR F1853=12/19 F1859=3/6 vs. e1geire, rise (present active), P1904 F1853=7/19 F1859=3/6. No difference in our English.
you have been forgiven your sins ← {RP-text TR: your sins have been forgiven} [RP-marg P1904: the sins have been forgiven you].
walk ← walk around, but no emphasis on around.
Matt 9:6 873Ina de\ ei0dh=te, o3ti e0cousi/an e1xei o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou e0pi\ th=j gh=j a)fie/nai a(marti/aj - to/te le/gei tw%~ paralutikw%~ - 870Egerqei\j a}ro/n sou th\n kli/nhn, kai\ u3page ei0j to\n oi]ko/n sou. But in order that you may know that the son of man has authority on earth to forgive sins” – he then spoke to the paralytic man – “Arise, and pick up your bed and go to your home.” arise: imperatival use of the participle.
Matt 9:7 Kai\ e0gerqei\j a)ph=lqen ei0j to\n oi]kon au0tou=. And he rose and went off to his home.
Matt 9:8 870Ido/ntej de\ oi9 o1xloi e0qau/masan, kai\ e0do/casan to\n qeo/n, to\n do/nta e0cousi/an toiau/thn toi=j a)nqrw&poij. And when the crowds saw it, they were amazed, and they glorified God, who had given such authority to men.
Matt 9:9 Kai\ para&gwn o9 870Ihsou=j e0kei=qen ei]den a!nqrwpon kaqh/menon e0pi\ to\ telw&nion, Matqai=on lego/menon, kai\ le/gei au0tw%~, 870Akolou/qei moi. Kai\ a)nasta_j h0kolou/qhsen au0tw%~. Then as Jesus passed on from there, he saw a man called Matthew sitting at the tax desk, and he said to him, “Follow me.” And he got up and followed him.
Matt 9:10 Kai\ e0ge/neto au0tou= a)nakeime/nou e0n th|= oi0ki/a%, kai\ i0dou/, polloi\ telw~nai kai\ a(martwloi\ e0lqo/ntej sunane/keinto tw%~ 870Ihsou= kai\ toi=j maqhtai=j au0tou=. And it came to pass, as he was reclining in his house, that there were many tax collectors and sinners who had come and were reclining with Jesus and his disciples. that there were ← and behold.
Matt 9:11 Kai\ i0do/ntej oi9 Farisai=oi ei]pon toi=j maqhtai=j au0tou=, Dia_ ti/ meta_ tw~n telwnw~n kai\ a(martwlw~n e0sqi/ei o9 dida&skaloj u9mw~n; And when the Pharisees saw it, they said to his disciples, “Why does your master eat with the tax collectors and sinners?” master ← teacher.
Matt 9:12 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j a)kou/saj ei]pen au0toi=j, Ou0 xrei/an e1xousin oi9 i0sxu/ontej i0atrou=, a)ll' oi9 kakw~j e1xontej. But Jesus heard it and said to them, “Those who are in sound health have no need of a doctor, but rather those who are ill.
Matt 9:13 Poreuqe/ntej de\ ma&qete ti/ e0stin, 871Eleon qe/lw, kai\ ou0 qusi/an: ou0 ga_r h]lqon kale/sai dikai/ouj, {RP P1904: a)lla_} [TR: a)ll'] a(martwlou\j ei0j meta&noian. But go and learn what this means: ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice.’ For I have not come to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance.” a)lla_, but (unapocopated form), RP P1904 F1853=18/19 F1859=5/6 vs. a)ll', but (apocopated form), TR F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's u, so very doubtful) F1859=1/6.
Hos 6:6.
go: imperatival use of the participle.
means ← is.
Matt 9:14 To/te prose/rxontai au0tw%~ oi9 maqhtai\ 870Iwa&nnou, le/gontej, Dia_ ti/ h9mei=j kai\ oi9 Farisai=oi nhsteu/omen polla&, oi9 de\ maqhtai/ sou ou0 nhsteu/ousin; Then John's disciples came to him and said, “Why do we and the Pharisees fast often, but your disciples don't fast?” often: or much. [LS] gives both meanings.
Matt 9:15 Kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, Mh\ du/nantai oi9 ui9oi\ tou= numfw~noj penqei=n, e0f' o3son {RP TR: - } [P1904: xro/non] met' au0tw~n e0stin o9 numfi/oj; 870Eleu/sontai de\ h9me/rai o3tan a)parqh|= a)p' au0tw~n o9 numfi/oj, kai\ to/te nhsteu/sousin. And Jesus said to them, “Surely the wedding guests cannot mourn as long as the bridegroom is with them? But the days will come when the bridegroom will be taken away from them, and then they will fast. xro/non, (for as much) time (as): absent in RP TR F1853=14/19 F1859=5/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=5/19 (incl. 1 misspelled) F1859=1/6. No difference in our English, time being understood if absent.
wedding guests ← sons of the wedding venue / canopy (Hebrew חֻפָּה, huppah). We consider groom's close friends, where numfw~n is a seclusion room, less likely.
Matt 9:16 Ou0dei\j de\ e0piba&llei e0pi/blhma r(a&kouj a)gna&fou e0pi\ i9mati/w% palaiw%~: ai1rei ga_r to\ plh/rwma au0tou= a)po\ tou= i9mati/ou, kai\ xei=ron sxi/sma gi/netai. And no-one puts a patch of uncarded flannel on an old garment, for its piece added will pull strands from the garment, and the tear will become worse, piece added ← filling.
Matt 9:17 Ou0de\ ba&llousin oi]non ne/on ei0j a)skou\j palaiou/j: ei0 de\ mh/ge, r(h/gnuntai oi9 a)skoi/, kai\ o9 oi]noj e0kxei=tai, kai\ oi9 a)skoi\ a)polou=ntai: a)lla_ {RP TR: ba&llousin oi]non ne/on ei0j a)skou\j} [P1904: oi]non ne/on ei0j askouj ba&llousin] kainou/j, kai\ {RP P1904: a)mfo/teroi} [TR: a)mfo/tera] sunthrou=ntai. nor does one put new wine in old wineskins, or else the wineskins tear, and the wine leaks out, and the wineskins will be ruined. But one puts new wine in new wineskins, and both are preserved together.” ba&llousin oi]non ne/on ei0j a)skou\j, they put + wine new in flasks, RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=5/6 vs. oi]non ne/on ei0j askouj ba&llousin, wine new in flasks + they put, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/6.
a)mfo/teroi, both (masculine), RP P1904 F1853=17/19 F1859=5/6 vs. a)mfo/tera, both (neuter), TR F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's ux, u being very doubtful) F1859=1/6.
Matt 9:18 Tau=ta au0tou= lalou=ntoj au0toi=j, i0dou/, a!rxwn {RP P1904 S1894: ei[j} [S1550 E1624: - ] [MISC: tij] {RP TR: e0lqw_n} [P1904: proselqw_n] proseku/nei au0tw%~, le/gwn o3ti 879H quga&thr mou a!rti e0teleu/thsen: a)lla_ e0lqw_n e0pi/qej th\n xei=ra& sou e0p' au0th/n, kai\ zh/setai. While he was saying these things to them, it so happened that a certain governor came {RP TR: - } [P1904: up] and worshipped him and said, “My daughter has just died, but come and put your hand on her, and she will live.” ei[j, one (governor): present in RP P1904 S1894 F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's dko) F1859=1/7 vs. absent in S1550 E1624 F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's af**pu, u being very doubtful) F1859=1/7 vs. tij, a certain (governor), F1853=12/20 F1859=5/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's c) F1859=0/7. A strong disparity with RP, R=6:17.
e0lqw_n, came, RP TR F1853=11/18 F1859=2/7 vs. proselqw_n, came to, P1904 F1853=7/18 F1859=4/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/18 F1859=1/7.
Ignoring diacritics and spaces (absent in early manuscripts), RP could also be read as ei0selqw_n, (a governor) entered.
it so happened that ← behold.
come: imperatival use of the participle.
Matt 9:19 Kai\ e0gerqei\j o9 870Ihsou=j h0kolou/qhsen au0tw%~ kai\ oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou=. Then Jesus rose and followed him, as did his disciples,
Matt 9:20 Kai\ i0dou/, gunh\ ai9morroou=sa dw&deka e1th, proselqou=sa o1pisqen, h3yato tou= kraspe/dou tou= i9mati/ou au0tou=. and at this point a woman who had been suffering from haemorrhage for twelve years approached him from behind and touched the hem of his coat, at this point ← behold.
Matt 9:21 871Elegen ga_r e0n e9auth|=, 870Ea_n mo/non a#ywmai tou= i9mati/ou au0tou=, swqh/somai. for she said to herself, “If only I can touch his coat, I will be cured.” to herself ← in herself.
cured ← saved.
Matt 9:22 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j e0pistrafei\j kai\ i0dw_n au0th\n ei]pen, Qa&rsei, qu/gater: h9 pi/stij sou se/swke/n se. Kai\ e0sw&qh h9 gunh\ a)po\ th=j w#raj e0kei/nhj. But Jesus turned round and saw her and said, “Be of good courage, my daughter. Your faith has cured you.” And the woman was cured from that hour. cured (2x) ← saved.
Matt 9:23 Kai\ e0lqw_n o9 870Ihsou=j ei0j th\n oi0ki/an tou= a!rxontoj, kai\ i0dw_n tou\j au0lhta_j kai\ to\n o1xlon qorubou/menon, Then Jesus went to the house of the governor, and seeing the flute-players and the crowd wailing, seeing ← having seen. See Matt 23:20.
Matt 9:24 le/gei au0toi=j, 870Anaxwrei=te: ou0 ga_r a)pe/qanen to\ kora&sion, a)lla_ kaqeu/dei. Kai\ katege/lwn au0tou=. he said to them, “Leave the room. For the girl has not died but is asleep.” But they laughed at him. leave the room ← withdraw.
Matt 9:25 873Ote de\ e0ceblh/qh o9 o1xloj, ei0selqw_n e0kra&thsen th=j xeiro\j au0th=j, kai\ h0ge/rqh to\ kora&sion. Then when the crowd had been sent out, he went in and held her hand, and the girl arose.
Matt 9:26 Kai\ e0ch=lqen h9 fh/mh au3th ei0j o3lhn th\n gh=n e0kei/nhn. And the account of this went around in the whole of that district. the account of this ← this report.
went around ← went out.
district ← land.
Matt 9:27 Kai\ para&gonti e0kei=qen tw%~ 870Ihsou=, h0kolou/qhsan au0tw%~ du/o tufloi/, kra&zontej kai\ le/gontej, 870Ele/hson h9ma~j, {RP-text P1904 TR: ui9e\} [RP-marg: ui9o\j] {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d]. Then as Jesus passed on from there, two blind men followed him, shouting and saying, “Have mercy on us, son of David.” ui9e\, son (vocative), RP-text P1904 TR F1853=8/19 F1859=4/6 vs. ui9o\j, son (nominative), RP-marg F1853=11/19 F1859=2/6. Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=14:13.
David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Matt 9:28 870Elqo/nti de\ ei0j th\n oi0ki/an, prosh=lqon au0tw%~ oi9 tufloi/, kai\ le/gei au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, Pisteu/ete o3ti du/namai tou=to poih=sai; Le/gousin au0tw%~, Nai/, ku/rie. And when he had come to the house, the blind men approached him, and Jesus said to them, “Do you believe I am able to do this?” They said to him, “Yes, Lord.”
Matt 9:29 To/te h3yato tw~n o0fqalmw~n au0tw~n, le/gwn, Kata_ th\n pi/stin u9mw~n genhqh/tw u9mi=n. Then he touched their eyes and said, “According to your faith, so let it be to you.” be ← become.
Matt 9:30 Kai\ a)new%&xqhsan au0tw~n oi9 o0fqalmoi/: kai\ e0nebrimh/sato au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, le/gwn, 879Ora~te mhdei\j ginwske/tw. And their eyes were opened, but Jesus admonished them sternly, and he said, “See that no-one gets to know of this.” but: adversative use of kai/.
admonished them sternly ← snorted at them.
Matt 9:31 Oi9 de\ e0celqo/ntej diefh/misan au0to\n e0n o3lh| th|= gh|= e0kei/nh|. But they went out and spread the account of him in all that district. district ← land.
Matt 9:32 Au0tw~n de\ e0cerxome/nwn, i0dou/, prosh/negkan au0tw%~ a!nqrwpon kwfo\n daimonizo/menon. However, while they were going out, it so happened that they brought to him a mute man possessed by a demon, it so happened that ← behold.
they: i.e. others.
Matt 9:33 Kai\ e0kblhqe/ntoj tou= daimoni/ou, e0la&lhsen o9 kwfo/j: kai\ e0qau/masan oi9 o1xloi, le/gontej, {RP S1894: - } [P1904 S1550 E1624: o3ti] Ou0de/pote e0fa&nh ou3twj e0n tw%~ 870Israh/l. and when the demon had been cast out, the mute man spoke, and the crowds were amazed and said, “Never before has anything like this been seen in Israel.” o3ti, (and said) that (also introducing direct speech): absent in RP S1894 F1853=15/19 F1859=6/6 vs. present in P1904 S1550 E1624 F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's lmnu, u being very doubtful) F1859=0/6.
like this ← thus.
Matt 9:34 Oi9 de\ Farisai=oi e1legon, 870En tw%~ a!rxonti tw~n daimoni/wn e0kba&llei ta_ daimo/nia. But the Pharisees said, “He casts out the demons by the ruler of demons.”
Matt 9:35 Kai\ perih=gen o9 870Ihsou=j ta_j po/leij pa&saj kai\ ta_j kw&maj, dida&skwn e0n tai=j sunagwgai=j au0tw~n, kai\ khru/sswn to\ eu0agge/lion th=j basilei/aj, kai\ qerapeu/wn pa~san no/son kai\ pa~san malaki/an e0n tw%~ law%~. Then Jesus went around all the cities and the villages teaching in their synagogues and proclaiming the gospel of the kingdom and curing every sickness and every ailment among the people.
Matt 9:36 870Idw_n de\ tou\j o1xlouj, e0splagxni/sqh peri\ au0tw~n, o3ti h]san {RP: e0skulme/noi} [P1904 TR: e0klelume/noi] kai\ e0rrimme/noi {RP TR: w(sei\} [P1904: w(j] pro/bata mh\ e1xonta poime/na. But when he saw the crowds, he had compassion on them, because they were {RP: distressed} [P1904 TR: untended] and tossed about, like sheep not having a shepherd. e0skulme/noi, distressed, RP F1853=16/19 F1859=3/6 vs. e0klelume/noi, untended, P1904 TR F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's lxy) F1859=2/6 vs. skulme/noi, distressed (misspelled), F1853=0/19 F1859=1/6. AV differs textually.
w(sei\, as if, RP TR F1853=14/19 F1859=4/6 vs. w(j, as, P1904 F1853=5/19 F1859=2/6.
[P1904: untended ← loose, lit: having been loosed out, or enfeebled, faint.]
Matt 9:37 To/te le/gei toi=j maqhtai=j au0tou=, 879O me\n qerismo\j polu/j, oi9 de\ e0rga&tai o0li/goi: Then he said to his disciples, “The harvest is great, but the workers are few,
Matt 9:38 deh/qhte ou]n tou= kuri/ou tou= qerismou=, o3pwj e0kba&lh| e0rga&taj ei0j to\n qerismo\n au0tou=. so entreat the Lord of the harvest that he sends out workers to his harvest.”
Matt 10:1 Kai\ proskalesa&menoj tou\j dw&deka maqhta_j au0tou=, e1dwken au0toi=j e0cousi/an pneuma&twn a)kaqa&rtwn, w#ste e0kba&llein au0ta&, kai\ qerapeu/ein pa~san no/son kai\ pa~san malaki/an. And when he had called his twelve disciples, he gave them authority over unclean spirits, to cast them out and to cure every sickness and every ailment. called ← summoned, called to (come).
to cast them out ← with a result to them out.
Matt 10:2 Tw~n de\ dw&deka a)posto/lwn ta_ o0no/mata& {RP TR: e0stin} [P1904: ei0si] tau=ta: prw~toj Si/mwn o9 lego/menoj Pe/troj, kai\ 870Andre/aj o9 a)delfo\j au0tou=: 870Ia&kwboj o9 tou= Zebedai/ou, kai\ 870Iwa&nnhj o9 a)delfo\j au0tou=: Now the names of the twelve apostles are these: first Simon, who is called Peter, and Andrew his brother, James the son of Zebedee, and John his brother, e0sti¨n©, are (classical form for a neuter subject), RP TR F1853=15/19 F1859=4/6 vs. ei0si¨n©, are (non-classical form for a neuter subject), P1904 F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's mnsy) F1859=2/6.
Matt 10:3 Fi/lippoj, kai\ Barqolomai=oj: Qwma~j, kai\ Matqai=oj o9 telw&nhj: 870Ia&kwboj o9 tou= 870Alfai/ou, kai\ Lebbai=oj o9 e0piklhqei\j Qaddai=oj: Philip and Bartholomew, Thomas and Matthew the tax collector, James the son of Alphaeus, and Lebbaeus who is surnamed Thaddaeus,
Matt 10:4 Si/mwn o9 Kanani/thj, kai\ 870Iou/daj {RP S1550 S1894: - } [P1904 E1624: o9] 870Iskariw&thj o9 kai\ paradou\j au0to/n. Simon the Kananite, and Judas Iscariot who for his part betrayed him. o9, the (Iscariot): absent in RP S1550 S1894 F1853=14/19 F1859=4/6 vs. present in P1904 E1624 F1853=5/19 F1859=2/6.
Kananite: AV differs (Canaanite). The word is from the Aramaic root qoph-nun-aleph, to be zealous, not kaph-nun-ayin, from which the ↴
for his part ← also.
Matt 10:5 Tou/touj tou\j dw&deka a)pe/steilen o9 870Ihsou=j, paraggei/laj au0toi=j, le/gwn, Ei0j o9do\n e0qnw~n mh\ a)pe/lqhte, kai\ ei0j po/lin Samareitw~n mh\ ei0se/lqhte: Jesus sent these twelve out, and he gave them orders and said, “Do not go off into the way of the Gentiles, and do not go into any city of the Samaritans, ↳ demonym Canaanite, as in Gen 10:18, Zech 14:21, Matt 15:22 (with a different Greek spelling to that of this verse). Luke 6:15 translates Simon's title, Zealot.
This direct speech ends at Matt 10:42.
Matt 10:6 poreu/esqe de\ ma~llon pro\j ta_ pro/bata ta_ a)polwlo/ta oi1kou 870Israh/l. but go rather to the lost sheep of the house of Israel.
Matt 10:7 Poreuo/menoi de\ khru/ssete, le/gontej o3ti 871Hggiken h9 basilei/a tw~n ou0ranw~n. And as you go, preach, saying, ‘The kingdom of the heavens has drawn near.’
Matt 10:8 870Asqenou=ntaj qerapeu/ete, leprou\j kaqari/zete, {RP: - } [P1904 TR: nekrou\j e0gei/rete,] daimo/nia e0kba&llete: dwrea_n e0la&bete, dwrea_n do/te. Cure those who are ill, cleanse the {RP: lepers;} [P1904 TR: lepers, raise the dead;] cast out demons. You have received without charge; give without charge. nekrou\j e0gei/rete, raise the dead: absent in RP F1853=18/19 F1859=6/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's d) F1859=1/7. AV differs textually.
Matt 10:9 Mh\ kth/shsqe xruso/n, mhde\ a!rguron, mhde\ xalko\n ei0j ta_j zw&naj u9mw~n, Do not get gold or silver or bronze for your belts,
Matt 10:10 mh\ ph/ran ei0j o9do/n, mhde\ du/o xitw~naj, mhde\ u9podh/mata, mhde\ {RP S1894: r(a&bdouj} [P1904 S1550 E1624: r(a&bdon]: a!cioj {RP TR: ga_r} [P1904: ga&r e0stin] o9 e0rga&thj th=j trofh=j au0tou= {RP TR: e0stin} [P1904: - ]. nor a wallet for the way, nor two tunics, nor shoes, nor {RP S1894: staffs} [P1904 S1550 E1624: a staff], for the workman is worthy of his livelihood. r(a&bdouj, staffs, RP S1894 F1853=16/19 F1859=3/6 vs. r(a&bdon, staff, P1904 S1550 E1624 F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's sxy) F1859=3/6.
e0stin, is, at end of sentence, RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=4/6 vs. e0stin, is, before o9 e0rga&thj, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/6 vs. word absent, F1853=0/19 F1859=1/6.
livelihood ← nourishment.
Matt 10:11 Ei0j h4n d' a@n po/lin h2 kw&mhn ei0se/lqhte, e0ceta&sate ti/j e0n au0th|= a!cio/j e0stin: ka)kei= mei/nate, e3wj a@n e0ce/lqhte. And in whatever city or village you enter, make careful inquiries as to who is worthy in it, and stay there until you leave.
Matt 10:12 Ei0serxo/menoi de\ ei0j th\n oi0ki/an, a)spa&sasqe au0th/n {RP TR: - } [P1904: le/gontej: ei0rh/nh tw%~ oi1kw% tou/tw%]. And when you go into the house, greet those of it {RP TR: - } [P1904: and say, ‘Peace be to this house’], le/gontej: ei0rh/nh tw%~ oi1kw% tou/tw%, saying, “Peace to this house”: absent in RP TR F1853=13/19 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=6/19 F1859=2/7.
Matt 10:13 Kai\ e0a_n me\n h|] h9 oi0ki/a a)ci/a, e0lqe/tw h9 ei0rh/nh u9mw~n e0p' au0th/n: e0a_n de\ mh\ h|] a)ci/a, h9 ei0rh/nh u9mw~n pro\j u9ma~j e0pistrafh/tw. and if the household is worthy, let your peace come upon it. But if it is not worthy, let your peace return to you.
Matt 10:14 Kai\ o4j e0a_n mh\ de/chtai u9ma~j mhde\ a)kou/sh| tou\j lo/gouj u9mw~n, e0cerxo/menoi {RP TR: - } [P1904: e1cw] th=j oi0ki/aj h2 th=j po/lewj e0kei/nhj, e0ktina&cate to\n koniorto\n tw~n podw~n u9mw~n. And as for whoever does not receive you or hear your words – come {RP TR: out} [P1904: outside of] of that house or city, and shake the dust off your feet. e1cw, outside of: absent in RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=5/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/6.
Matt 10:15 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n, a)nekto/teron e1stai gh|= Sodo/mwn kai\ {RP TR: Gomo/rrwn} [P1904: Gomo/rraj] e0n h9me/ra% kri/sewj, h2 th|= po/lei e0kei/nh|. Truly, I say to you, it will be more bearable for the land of Sodom and Gomorrah on the day of judgment than for that city. Gomo/rrwn, Gomorrah (as a plural noun, like Athens), RP TR F1853=15/19 F1859=4/6 vs. Gomo/rraj, Gomorrah (as a singular noun), P1904 F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's agpy) F1859=1/6 vs. Gomo/raj, Gomorah (as a singular noun), F1853=0/19 F1859=1/6.
Matt 10:16 870Idou/, e0gw_ a)poste/llw u9ma~j w(j pro/bata e0n me/sw% lu/kwn: gi/nesqe ou]n fro/nimoi w(j oi9 o1feij, kai\ a)ke/raioi w(j ai9 peristerai/. You see, I am sending you as sheep in the midst of wolves, so be prudent like serpents and guileless like doves. you see ← behold.
guileless ← unmixed.
Matt 10:17 Prose/xete de\ a)po\ tw~n a)nqrw&pwn: paradw&sousin ga_r u9ma~j ei0j sune/dria, kai\ e0n tai=j sunagwgai=j au0tw~n mastigw&sousin u9ma~j: But beware of men, for they will deliver you up to the Sanhedrin councils, and they will scourge you in their synagogues,
Matt 10:18 kai\ e0pi\ h9gemo/naj de\ kai\ basilei=j a)xqh/sesqe e3neken e0mou=, ei0j martu/rion au0toi=j kai\ toi=j e1qnesin. and you will be led to rulers and kings on account of me as a witness to them and the Gentiles.
Matt 10:19 873Otan de\ {RP TR: paradidw~sin} [P1904: paradw&sousin] u9ma~j, mh\ merimnh/shte pw~j h2 ti/ {RP TR: lalh/shte} [P1904: lalh/sete]: doqh/setai ga_r u9mi=n e0n e0kei/nh| th|= w#ra% ti/ lalh/sete: But when they deliver you up, do not be anxious about how or what you {RP TR: are to} [P1904: will] say, because what you will say will be given to you in that hour, paradidw~sin, they deliver up (classical aorist subjunctive), RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=4/7 vs. paradw&sousin, they will deliver up (non-classical future), P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's s) F1859=1/7 vs. other readings, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's c) F1859=2/7.
lalh/shte, you should say (deliberative), RP TR F1853=7/21 F1859=5/6 vs. lalh/sete, you will say, P1904 F1853=12/21 F1859=1/6. A weak disparity with RP, R=13:14 vs. another reading, F1853=2/21 (Scrivener's cxonce) F1859=0/6.
Matt 10:20 ou0 ga_r u9mei=j e0ste\ oi9 lalou=ntej, a)lla_ to\ pneu=ma tou= patro\j u9mw~n to\ lalou=n e0n u9mi=n. for it is not you who speak, but the spirit of your father speaking in you.
Matt 10:21 Paradw&sei de\ a)delfo\j a)delfo\n ei0j qa&naton, kai\ path\r te/knon: kai\ e0panasth/sontai te/kna e0pi\ gonei=j, kai\ qanatw&sousin au0tou/j. Furthermore, brother will deliver up brother to death, and father a child, and children will rise up against parents and will have them put to death, have them put to death ← put them to death. Compare Matt 2:16.
Matt 10:22 Kai\ e1sesqe misou/menoi u9po\ pa&ntwn dia_ to\ o1noma& mou: o9 de\ u9pomei/naj ei0j te/loj, ou[toj swqh/setai. and you will be hated by everyone on account of my name, but it is he who endures to the end who will be saved. who ← this (one).
Matt 10:23 873Otan de\ diw&kwsin u9ma~j e0n th|= po/lei tau/th|, feu/gete ei0j th\n a!llhn: a)mh\n ga_r le/gw u9mi=n, ou0 mh\ tele/shte ta_j po/leij tou= 870Israh/l, e3wj a@n e1lqh| o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou. And when they persecute you in this city, flee to another. For truly, I say to you, you will certainly not have completed going round the cities of Israel until the son of man comes.
Matt 10:24 Ou0k e1stin maqhth\j u9pe\r to\n dida&skalon, ou0de\ dou=loj u9pe\r to\n ku/rion au0tou=. A pupil is not above the teacher, nor is a slave above his master. pupil: or disciple.
master: or lord.
Matt 10:25 870Arketo\n tw%~ maqhth|= i3na ge/nhtai w(j o9 dida&skaloj au0tou=, kai\ {RP TR: o9 dou=loj} [P1904: tw%~ dou/lw%] w(j o9 ku/rioj au0tou=. Ei0 to\n oi0kodespo/thn {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: Beelzebou\l} [S1894: Beelzebou\b] e0ka&lesan, po/sw% ma~llon tou\j {RP: oi0keiakou\j} [P1904 TR: oi0kiakou\j] au0tou=; It is sufficient for the pupil that he becomes like his teacher, and {RP TR: the servant} [P1904: for the servant to be] as his master. If they called the master of the house {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: Beelzebul} [S1894: Beelzebub], how much more the members of his household! o9 dou=loj, the servant, RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=5/6 vs. tw%~ dou/lw%, for the servant, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/6.
Beelzebou\l, Beelzeboul, RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1853=19/19 F1859=6/6 vs. Beelzebou\b, Beelzeboub, S1894 F1853=0/19 F1859=0/6.
e0ka&lesan, called, RP P1904 TR F1853=7/19 F1859=3/6 vs. e0peka&lesan, surnamed; nicknamed, F1853=5/19 F1859=3/6 vs. a)peka&lesan, called (disparagingly), F1853=7/19 F1859=0/6.
oi0keiakou\j, members of the household (1), RP F1853=12/20 F1859=4/6 vs. oi0kiakou\j, members of the household (2), P1904 TR F1853=8/20 F1859=2/6.
We punctuate as an exclamation; RP P1904 TBS-TR as a question.
pupil ... master (first occurrence in verse): see previous verse.
Beelzebul ← Beelzeboul, Greek being ↴
Matt 10:26 Mh\ ou]n fobhqh=te au0tou/j: ou0de\n ga&r e0stin kekalumme/non o4 ou0k a)pokalufqh/setai: kai\ krupto\n o4 ou0 gnwsqh/setai. So do not fear them. For nothing is hidden which will not be revealed, or secret which will not become known. ↳ averse to a noun ending in b, but the Hebrew is בַּעַל זְבוּב, Baal zebub, lord of the fly, from which the usual English Beelzebub, although we maintain the distinction Beelzebul / Beelzebub according to the Greek.
Matt 10:27 874O le/gw u9mi=n e0n th|= skoti/a%, ei1pate e0n tw%~ fwti/: kai\ o4 ei0j to\ ou]j a)kou/ete, khru/cate e0pi\ tw~n dwma&twn. What I tell you in darkness, speak in daylight, and what you hear in your ear, proclaim from the rooftops, from ← on.
Matt 10:28 Kai\ mh\ {RP: fobei=sqe} [P1904 TR: fobhqh=te] a)po\ tw~n {RP: a)pokteno/ntwn} [P1904: a)poktenno/ntwn] [TR: a)pokteino/ntwn] to\ sw~ma, th\n de\ yuxh\n mh\ duname/nwn a)poktei=nai: fobh/qhte de\ ma~llon to\n duna&menon kai\ {RP-text: th\n yuxh\n kai\ to\ sw~ma} [RP-marg P1904 TR: yuxh\n kai\ sw~ma] a)pole/sai e0n gee/nnh|. and do not fear those who kill the body, but who cannot kill the soul, but fear rather him who can destroy both {RP: the soul and the body} [P1904 TR: soul and body] in Gehenna. fobei=sqe, fear (present middle / passive), RP F1853=14/19 F1859=3/7 vs. fobhqh=te, fear (aorist passive), P1904 TR F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's uxy, u being very doubtful) F1859=3/7 vs. another reading, F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's qr) F1859=1/7. No difference in our English.
a)pokteno/ntwn, RP F1853=14/19 F1859=4/6 vs. a)poktenno/ntwn, P1904 F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's fhs) F1859=1/6 vs. a)pokteino/ntwn, TR F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's ux, u being very doubtful) F1859=1/6. All are present participles, those who kill.
th\n yuxh\n kai\ to\ sw~ma, the soul and the body, RP-text F1853=8/19 F1859=3/6 vs. yuxh\n kai\ sw~ma, soul and body, RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=10/19 F1859=2/6 vs. other readings, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's h) F1859=1/6. A disparity with RP-text, R=11:14.
Gehenna: see Matt 5:22.
Matt 10:29 Ou0xi\ du/o strouqi/a a)ssari/ou pwlei=tai; Kai\ e4n e0c au0tw~n ou0 pesei=tai e0pi\ th\n gh=n a!neu tou= patro\j u9mw~n: Are not two sparrows sold for an assarion? Yet not one of them will fall to the ground without your father's control. assarion: a bronze or copper coin; 1/16 denary.
Matt 10:30 u9mw~n de\ kai\ ai9 tri/xej th=j kefalh=j pa~sai h0riqmhme/nai ei0si/n. But even all the hairs of your head are numbered. are numbered ← have been numbered.
Matt 10:31 Mh\ ou]n fobhqh=te: pollw~n strouqi/wn diafe/rete u9mei=j. So do not fear. You are worth more than many sparrows.
Matt 10:32 Pa~j ou]n o3stij o9mologh/sei e0n e0moi\ e1mprosqen tw~n a)nqrw&pwn, o9mologh/sw ka)gw_ e0n au0tw%~ e1mprosqen tou= patro/j mou tou= e0n ou0ranoi=j. So as for everyone who confesses me before men, I for my part will confess him before my father in the heavens. for my part ← also.
Matt 10:33 873Ostij d' a@n a)rnh/shtai/ me e1mprosqen tw~n a)nqrw&pwn, a)rnh/somai au0to\n ka)gw_ e1mprosqen tou= patro/j mou tou= e0n ou0ranoi=j. But as for whoever denies me before men, I in turn will deny him before my father in the heavens. in turn ← also.
Matt 10:34 Mh\ nomi/shte o3ti h]lqon balei=n ei0rh/nhn e0pi\ th\n gh=n: ou0k h]lqon balei=n ei0rh/nhn, a)lla_ ma&xairan. Do not think I have come to bring peace on earth. I have not come to bring peace, but the sword. bring (2x) ← cast.
Matt 10:35 87]Hlqon ga_r dixa&sai a!nqrwpon kata_ tou= patro\j au0tou=, kai\ qugate/ra kata_ th=j mhtro\j au0th=j, kai\ nu/mfhn kata_ th=j penqera~j au0th=j: For I have come to set a man apart against his father, and a daughter against her mother, and a daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law, Mic 7:6.
Matt 10:36 kai\ e0xqroi\ tou= a)nqrw&pou oi9 {RP: oi0keiakoi\} [P1904 TR: oi0kiakoi\] au0tou=. and the enemies of the man will be those of his household. oi0keiakoi\, those of the household (1), RP F1853=13/19 F1859=4/6 vs. oi0kiakoi\, those of the household (2), P1904 TR F1853=6/19 F1859=2/6.
Mic 7:6.
Matt 10:37 879O filw~n pate/ra h2 mhte/ra u9pe\r e0me/, ou0k e1stin mou a!cioj: kai\ o9 filw~n ui9o\n h2 qugate/ra u9pe\r e0me/, ou0k e1stin mou a!cioj: He who loves his father or mother more than me is not worthy of me, and he who loves his son or daughter more than me is not worthy of me,
Matt 10:38 kai\ o4j ou0 lamba&nei to\n stauro\n au0tou= kai\ a)kolouqei= o0pi/sw mou, ou0k e1stin mou a!cioj. and he who does not take his cross and follow me is not worthy of me. follow ← follow behind / after.
Matt 10:39 879O eu9rw_n th\n yuxh\n au0tou= a)pole/sei au0th/n: kai\ o9 a)pole/saj th\n yuxh\n au0tou= e3neken e0mou= eu9rh/sei au0th/n. He who finds his life shall lose it, and he who loses his life for my sake will find it. life (2x) ← soul.
Matt 10:40 879O dexo/menoj u9ma~j e0me\ de/xetai: kai\ o9 e0me\ dexo/menoj de/xetai to\n a)postei/lanta& me. He who receives you receives me, and he who receives me receives him who sent me.
Matt 10:41 879O dexo/menoj profh/thn ei0j o1noma profh/tou misqo\n profh/tou lh/yetai: kai\ o9 dexo/menoj di/kaion ei0j o1noma dikai/ou misqo\n dikai/ou lh/yetai. He who receives a prophet on the grounds of his being a prophet will receive the reward of a prophet, and he who receives a righteous man on the grounds of his being righteous will receive the reward of a righteous man. on the grounds of (2x) ← to name of.
Matt 10:42 Kai\ o4j e0a_n poti/sh| e3na tw~n mikrw~n tou/twn poth/rion yuxrou= mo/non ei0j o1noma maqhtou=, a)mh\n le/gw u9mi=n, ou0 mh\ a)pole/sh| to\n misqo\n au0tou=. And whoever gives just a cup of cool water to drink to one of these little ones on the grounds of him being a disciple – truly, I say to you – he certainly will not lose his reward.” on the grounds of ← to name of.
him: refers to the little one, who is also a disciple.
The direct speech which ends here started at Matt 10:5.
Matt 11:1 Kai\ e0ge/neto o3te e0te/lesen o9 870Ihsou=j diata&sswn toi=j dw&deka maqhtai=j au0tou=, mete/bh e0kei=qen tou= dida&skein kai\ khru/ssein e0n tai=j po/lesin au0tw~n. And it came to pass when Jesus had finished giving instructions to his twelve disciples, that he moved on from there in order to teach and preach in their cities.
Matt 11:2 879O de\ 870Iwa&nnhj a)kou/saj e0n tw%~ desmwthri/w% ta_ e1rga tou= xristou=, pe/myaj du/o tw~n maqhtw~n au0tou=, But when John had heard in prison about the works of Christ, he sent two of his disciples
Matt 11:3 ei]pen au0tw%~, Su\ ei] o9 e0rxo/menoj, h2 e3teron prosdokw~men; to say to him, “Are you the one who is coming, or are we to expect another?” to say ← he said.
Matt 11:4 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0toi=j, Poreuqe/ntej a)paggei/late 870Iwa&nnh| a$ a)kou/ete kai\ ble/pete: And Jesus answered and said to them, “Go and report to John what you hear and see. go: imperatival use of the participle.
Matt 11:5 tufloi\ a)nable/pousin, kai\ xwloi\ peripatou=sin, leproi\ kaqari/zontai, kai\ kwfoi\ a)kou/ousin, nekroi\ e0gei/rontai, kai\ ptwxoi\ eu0aggeli/zontai: The blind see again and the lame walk, lepers are cleansed and the deaf hear, the dead are raised and the poor have the gospel preached to them, Allusions to Isa 35:5, Isa 35:6, Isa 61:1.
Matt 11:6 kai\ maka&rio/j e0stin, o4j e0a_n mh\ skandalisqh|= e0n e0moi/. and blessed is he who does not stumble because of me.” who does not stumble ← whoever is not caused to stumble, or: does not take offence.
Matt 11:7 Tou/twn de\ poreuome/nwn, h1rcato o9 870Ihsou=j le/gein toi=j o1xloij peri\ 870Iwa&nnou, Ti/ e0ch/lqete ei0j th\n e1rhmon qea&sasqai; Ka&lamon u9po\ a)ne/mou saleuo/menon; Then as these went, Jesus began to speak to the crowds concerning John and said, “What did you go out into the desert to see? A wind-swept reed? swept ← shaken.
Matt 11:8 870Alla_ ti/ e0ch/lqete i0dei=n; 871Anqrwpon e0n malakoi=j i9mati/oij h0mfiesme/non; 870Idou/, oi9 ta_ malaka_ forou=ntej e0n toi=j oi1koij tw~n {RP-text: basilei/wn} [RP-marg P1904 TR: basile/wn] ei0si/n. If not, what then did you go out to see? A man clothed in luxurious garments? Look, those who wear luxurious garments are in {RP-text: royal} [RP-marg P1904 TR: kings'] houses. basilei/wn, royal, RP-text F1853=13/20 F1859=5/6 vs. basile/wn, of kings, RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=7/20 F1859=1/6.
if not ← but.
{RP-text: royal ← of royal (people).}
Matt 11:9 870Alla_ ti/ e0ch/lqete i0dei=n; Profh/thn; Nai/, le/gw u9mi=n, kai\ perisso/teron profh/tou: If not, what did you go out to see? A prophet? Yes, I tell you, and one greater than a prophet. if not ← but.
Matt 11:10 ou[toj ga&r e0stin peri\ ou[ ge/graptai, 870Idou/, e0gw_ a)poste/llw to\n a!ggelo/n mou pro\ prosw&pou sou, o4j kataskeua&sei th\n o9do/n sou e1mprosqe/n sou. For this man is he of whom it stands written:

‘See how I am sending my messenger in front of you,

Who will prepare your way ahead of you.’

 Mal 3:1.
see how ← behold.
Matt 11:11 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n, ou0k e0gh/gertai e0n gennhtoi=j gunaikw~n mei/zwn 870Iwa&nnou tou= baptistou=. 879O de\ mikro/teroj e0n th|= basilei/a% tw~n ou0ranw~n mei/zwn au0tou= e0stin. Truly, I say to you, there has not arisen among those born of women anyone greater than John the Baptist. But he who is least in the kingdom of the heavens is greater than he. least ← lesser, Greek comparative for superlative.
Matt 11:12 870Apo\ de\ tw~n h9merw~n 870Iwa&nnou tou= baptistou= e3wj a!rti h9 basilei/a tw~n ou0ranw~n bia&zetai, kai\ biastai\ a(rpa&zousin au0th/n. However, from the days of John the Baptist up to now the kingdom of the heavens has been suffering violence, and violent men are seizing it.
Matt 11:13 Pa&ntej ga_r oi9 profh=tai kai\ o9 no/moj e3wj 870Iwa&nnou proefh/teusan: For all the prophets and the law up to John have prophesied,
Matt 11:14 kai\ ei0 qe/lete de/casqai, au0to/j e0stin 870Hli/aj o9 me/llwn e1rxesqai. and if you are willing to accept it, he is Elijah who is to come. Elijah ← Elias.
Matt 11:15 879O e1xwn w}ta a)kou/ein a)koue/tw. He who has ears to hear, let him hear.
Matt 11:16 Ti/ni de\ o9moiw&sw th\n genea_n tau/thn; 879Omoi/a e0sti\n {RP P1904: paidi/oij} [TR: paidari/oij] {RP-text TR: e0n a)gorai=j kaqhme/noij} [RP-marg: e0n a)gora%~ kaqhme/noij] [P1904: kaqhme/noij e0n a)gorai=j], {RP TR: kai\ prosfwnou=sin} [P1904: a$ prosfwnou=nta] toi=j {RP-text P1904 TR: e9tai/roij} [RP-marg: e9te/roij] au0tw~n, But to what shall I liken this generation? It is like {RP P1904: children} [TR: little children] {RP-text P1904 TR: sitting in the market places} [RP-marg: sitting in the market place] {RP TR: and calling} [P1904: who, calling] to {RP-text P1904 TR: their companions} [RP-marg: the others of their company], paidi/oij, children, RP P1904 F1853=16/19 F1859=5/6 vs. paidari/oij, little children, TR F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's uxy, u being very doubtful) F1859=1/6.
e0n a)gorai=j kaqhme/noij, in market places + sitting, RP-text TR F1853=15/19 F1859=5/6 vs. e0n a)gora%~ kaqhme/noij, in market place + sitting, RP-marg F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's als) F1859=0/6 vs. kaqhme/noij e0n a)gorai=j, sitting + in market places, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/6.
kai\ prosfwnou=sin, and calling, RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=6/6 vs. a$ prosfwnou=nta, who calling, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=0/6.
e9tai/roij, companions, RP-text P1904 TR F1853=12/21 F1859=2/7 vs. e9te/roij, others, RP-marg F1853=9/21 F1859=5/7.
Matt 11:17 {RP TR: kai\} [P1904: - ] le/gousin, Hu0lh/samen u9mi=n, kai\ ou0k w)rxh/sasqe: e0qrhnh/samen u9mi=n, kai\ ou0k e0ko/yasqe. {RP TR: and} [P1904: - ] saying,

‘We have played the flute to you,

But you did not dance;

We have lamented to you,

But you did not mourn.’

 kai\, and: present in RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=6/6 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=0/6.
Matt 11:18 87]Hlqen ga_r 870Iwa&nnhj mh/te e0sqi/wn mh/te pi/nwn, kai\ le/gousin, Daimo/nion e1xei. For John came neither eating nor drinking, and they say, ‘He is possessed by a demon.’ is possessed by ← has.
Matt 11:19 87]Hlqen o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou e0sqi/wn kai\ pi/nwn, kai\ le/gousin, 870Idou/, a!nqrwpoj fa&goj kai\ oi0nopo/thj, telwnw~n fi/loj kai\ a(martwlw~n. Kai\ e0dikaiw&qh h9 sofi/a a)po\ tw~n te/knwn au0th=j. The son of man came eating and drinking, and they say, ‘Look, a glutton and a wine-drinker, a friend of tax collectors and sinners.’ But wisdom is vindicated by its children.” but: adversative use of kai/.
The direct speech which ends here started at Matt 10:42.
Matt 11:20 To/te h1rcato o0neidi/zein ta_j po/leij e0n ai[j e0ge/nonto ai9 plei=stai duna&meij au0tou=, o3ti ou0 meteno/hsan. Then he began to reproach the cities in which the majority of his mighty deeds took place, because they did not repent.
Matt 11:21 Ou0ai/ soi, Xorazi/n, ou0ai/ soi, {RP-text P1904 S1894: Bhqsai+da&} [RP-marg S1550 E1624: Bhqsai+da&n], o3ti ei0 e0n Tu/rw% kai\ Sidw~ni {RP TR: e0ge/nonto} [P1904: e0genh/qhsan] ai9 duna&meij ai9 geno/menai e0n u9mi=n, pa&lai a@n e0n sa&kkw% kai\ spodw%~ {RP TR: - } [P1904: kaqh/menai] meteno/hsan. “Woe to you, Chorazin, woe to you, Bethsaida, for if the mighty works which took place in you had taken place in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago {RP TR: - } [P1904: sitting] in sackcloth and ashes. Bhqsai+da&, Bethsaida, RP-text P1904 S1894 F1853=11/20 F1859=4/6 vs. Bhqsai+da&n, Bethsaidan, RP-marg S1550 E1624 F1853=8/20 F1859=1/6 vs. other spellings, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's k) F1859=1/6.
e0ge/nonto, took place (aorist middle), RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=6/6 vs. e0genh/qhsan, took place (aorist passive), P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=0/6.
kaqh/menai, sitting: absent in RP TR F1853=15/19 F1859=5/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's hlqr) F1859=1/6.
Direct speech ends at Matt 11:30.
Matt 11:22 Plh\n le/gw u9mi=n, Tu/rw% kai\ Sidw~ni a)nekto/teron e1stai e0n h9me/ra% kri/sewj, h2 u9mi=n. However, I say to you, it will be more bearable for Tyre and Sidon than for you in the day of judgment.
Matt 11:23 Kai\ su/, Kapernaou/m, h9 e3wj tou= ou0ranou= {RP-text P1904 TR: u9ywqei=sa} [RP-marg: u9ywqh|=j], e3wj 873A|dou katabibasqh/sh|: o3ti ei0 e0n Sodo/moij {RP TR: e0ge/nonto} [P1904: e0genh/qhsan] ai9 duna&meij ai9 geno/menai e0n soi/, e1meinan a@n me/xri th=j sh/meron. And you, Capernaum, you which have been exalted up to heaven, you will be brought down to Hades, for if the mighty deeds which took place in you had taken place in Sodom, it would have remained intact up to this day. u9ywqei=sa, having been exalted, RP-text P1904 TR F1853=12/21 F1859=5/7 vs. u9ywqh|=j, you may be exalted, RP-marg F1853=9/21 F1859=1/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/21, F1859=1/7.
e0ge/nonto, took place (aorist middle), RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=6/6 vs. e0genh/qhsan, took place (aorist passive), P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=0/6. No difference in our English.
Hades: the place of the dead.
Matt 11:24 Plh\n le/gw u9mi=n, o3ti gh|= Sodo/mwn a)nekto/teron e1stai e0n h9me/ra% kri/sewj, h2 soi/. However, I say to you that it will be more bearable on the day of judgment for the land of Sodom than for you.”
Matt 11:25 870En e0kei/nw% tw%~ kairw%~ a)pokriqei\j o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen, 870Ecomologou=mai/ soi, pa&ter, ku/rie tou= ou0ranou= kai\ th=j gh=j, o3ti a)pe/kruyaj tau=ta a)po\ sofw~n kai\ sunetw~n, kai\ a)peka&luyaj au0ta_ nhpi/oij. At that time Jesus reacted and said, “I give thanks to you, father, Lord of heaven and earth, that you have hidden these things from wise and intelligent men and have revealed them to infants. reacted ← answered, but no question was asked. Compare the Hebrew in 2 Ki 1:11.
Matt 11:26 Nai/, o9 path/r, o3ti ou3twj e0ge/neto eu0doki/a e1mprosqe/n sou. Indeed, father, because it was with good pleasure in your sight that it should be like this.
Matt 11:27 Pa&nta moi paredo/qh u9po\ tou= patro/j mou: kai\ ou0dei\j e0piginw&skei to\n ui9o/n, ei0 mh\ o9 path/r: ou0de\ to\n pate/ra tij e0piginw&skei, ei0 mh\ o9 ui9o/j, kai\ w%{ e0a_n bou/lhtai o9 ui9o\j a)pokalu/yai. Everything has been handed over to me by my father. And no-one knows the son except the father, and neither does anyone know the father except the son and whoever the son wishes to reveal him to. knows: or acknowledges.
know: or acknowledge.
Matt 11:28 Deu=te pro/j me pa&ntej oi9 kopiw~ntej kai\ pefortisme/noi, ka)gw_ a)napau/sw u9ma~j. Come to me, all you who are toiling and are burdened, and I will give you rest.
Matt 11:29 871Arate to\n zugo/n mou e0f' u9ma~j kai\ ma&qete a)p' e0mou=, o3ti pra%~o/j ei0mi kai\ tapeino\j th|= kardi/a%: kai\ eu9rh/sete a)na&pausin tai=j yuxai=j u9mw~n. Take my yoke upon yourselves, and learn from me, for I am meek and lowly in heart, and you will find rest for your souls, souls: i.e. inner selves.
Matt 11:30 879O ga_r zugo/j mou xrhsto/j, kai\ to\ forti/on mou e0lafro/n e0stin. for my yoke is mild and my burden is light.” Direct speech started at Matt 11:21.
Matt 12:1 870En e0kei/nw% tw%~ kairw%~ e0poreu/qh o9 870Ihsou=j toi=j sa&bbasin dia_ tw~n spori/mwn: oi9 de\ maqhtai\ au0tou= e0pei/nasan, kai\ h1rcanto ti/llein sta&xuaj kai\ e0sqi/ein. At that time Jesus went through the cornfields on a Sabbath day, and his disciples were hungry, and they began to pluck ears of corn and eat them.
Matt 12:2 Oi9 de\ Farisai=oi i0do/ntej ei]pon au0tw%~, 870Idou/, oi9 maqhtai/ sou poiou=sin o4 ou0k e1cestin poiei=n e0n sabba&tw%. But when the Pharisees saw it, they said to him, “Look, your disciples are doing something which it is not permitted to do on a Sabbath.”
Matt 12:3 879O de\ ei]pen au0toi=j, Ou0k a)ne/gnwte ti/ e0poi/hsen {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d], o3te e0pei/nasen au0to\j kai\ oi9 met' au0tou=: However, he said to them, “Have you not read what David did when he and those with him were hungry? David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Matt 12:4 pw~j ei0sh=lqen ei0j to\n oi]kon tou= qeou=, kai\ tou\j a!rtouj th=j proqe/sewj e1fagen, ou4j ou0k e0co\n h]n au0tw%~ fagei=n, ou0de\ toi=j met' au0tou=, ei0 mh\ {RP TR: toi=j i9ereu=sin mo/noij} [P1904: mo/noij toi=j i9ereu=si]; – how he went into the house of God and ate the showbread loaves, which were not permitted for him or those with him to eat, except for the priests alone? toi=j i9ereu=sin mo/noij, the priests + alone, RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=6/6 vs. mo/noij toi=j i9ereu=si, alone + the priests, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=0/6.
The reference is to 1 Sam 21:6MT (1 Sam 21:5AV).
Matt 12:5 872H ou0k a)ne/gnwte e0n tw%~ no/mw%, o3ti toi=j sa&bbasin oi9 i9erei=j e0n tw%~ i9erw%~ to\ sa&bbaton bebhlou=sin, kai\ a)nai/tioi/ ei0sin; Or have you not read in the law that on the Sabbath days the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, yet are guiltless?
Matt 12:6 Le/gw de\ u9mi=n o3ti tou= i9erou= {RP P1904: mei=zo/n e0stin} [TR: mei/zwn e0sti\n] w{de. But I say to you that there is {RP P1904: something greater} [TR: someone greater] than the temple here. mei=zo/n, something greater, RP P1904 F1853=13/20 F1859=3/6 vs. mei/zwn, someone greater, TR F1853=7/20 F1859=3/6. AV differs textually.
Matt 12:7 Ei0 de\ e0gnw&keite ti/ e0stin, 871Eleon qe/lw kai\ ou0 qusi/an, ou0k a@n katedika&sate tou\j a)naiti/ouj. And if you had known what ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice’ means, you would not have condemned the innocent, Hos 6:6.
means ← is.
Matt 12:8 Ku/rioj ga&r e0stin {RP: tou= sabba&tou o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou} [P1904: o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou kai\ tou= sabba&tou] [TR: kai\ tou= sabba&tou o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou]. for the son of man is Lord of the Sabbath {RP: - } [P1904 TR: too].” tou= sabba&tou o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou, of the Sabbath + the son of man (is Lord), RP F1853=15/19 F1859=3/6 vs. o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou kai\ tou= sabba&tou, the son of man (is Lord) + also of the Sabbath, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's h) F1859=2/6 vs. kai\ tou= sabba&tou o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou, also of the Sabbath + the son of man (is Lord), TR F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's uxy, u being very doubtful) F1859=1/6.
Matt 12:9 Kai\ metaba_j e0kei=qen h]lqen ei0j th\n sunagwgh\n au0tw~n. Then moving on from there, he came to their synagogue, moving on ← having moved on. See Matt 23:20.
Matt 12:10 Kai\ i0dou/, a!nqrwpoj h]n {RP TR: - } [P1904: e0kei=] th\n xei=ra e1xwn chra&n: kai\ e0phrw&thsan au0to/n, le/gontej, Ei0 e1cestin toi=j sa&bbasin qerapeu/ein; i3na kathgorh/swsin au0tou=. and it so happened that there was a man {RP TR: - } [P1904: there] with a withered hand, and they questioned him and asked, “Is it permitted to heal on a Sabbath?” in order to accuse him. e0kei=, there: absent in RP TR F1853=13/19 F1859=4/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=6/19 F1859=2/6.
it so happened that ← behold.
with ← having.
asked ← saying.
Matt 12:11 879O de\ ei]pen au0toi=j, Ti/j e1stai e0c u9mw~n a!nqrwpoj, o4j e3cei pro/baton e3n, kai\ e0a_n e0mpe/sh| tou=to toi=j sa&bbasin ei0j bo/qunon, ou0xi\ krath/sei au0to\ kai\ e0gerei=; But he said to them, “What man is there among you who has a sheep, and if it falls into a pit on the Sabbath, he will not get hold of it and lift it out? is ← will be.
among ← out of.
has ← will have.
a sheep ← one sheep.
it ← this.
Matt 12:12 Po/sw% ou]n diafe/rei a!nqrwpoj proba&tou. 873Wste e1cestin toi=j sa&bbasin kalw~j poiei=n. Well then, how much more a man is worth than a sheep! So it is permitted to do good on Sabbaths.”
Matt 12:13 To/te le/gei tw%~ a)nqrw&pw%, {RP TR: 871Ekteinon th\n xei=ra& sou} [P1904: 871Ekteino/n sou th\n xei=ra]. Kai\ e0ce/teinen, kai\ a)pokatesta&qh u9gih\j w(j h9 a!llh. Then he said to the man, “Stretch out your hand .” So he stretched it out, and it was restored as sound as the other one. th\n xei=ra& sou, the hand + of you, RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=5/6 vs. sou th\n xei=ra, of you + the hand, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/6.
Matt 12:14 {RP TR: Oi9 de\} [P1904: 870Ecelqo/ntej de\ oi9] Farisai=oi sumbou/lion e1labon kat' au0tou= {RP TR: e0celqo/ntej} [P1904: - ], o3pwj au0to\n a)pole/swsin. But the Pharisees went away and held a council against him, plotting how they might destroy him. oi9 de\ Farisai=oi ... au0tou= e0celqo/ntej, But the Pharisees ... against him went away, RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=6/6 vs. e0celqo/ntej de\ oi9 Farisai=oi ... au0tou=, But the Pharisees went away ... against him, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=0/6 vs. another reading, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=0/6.
away ← out.
Matt 12:15 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j gnou\j a)nexw&rhsen e0kei=qen: kai\ h0kolou/qhsan au0tw%~ o1xloi polloi/, kai\ e0qera&peusen au0tou\j pa&ntaj, However, Jesus, being aware of it, withdrew from there, and large crowds followed him, and he healed them all,
Matt 12:16 kai\ e0peti/mhsen au0toi=j, i3na mh\ fanero\n {RP TR: au0to\n poih/swsin} [P1904: poih/swsin au0to/n]: and he charged them not to make him publicly known, au0to\n poih/swsin, him + make, RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=6/7 vs. poih/swsin au0to/n, make + him, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7.
charged ← rebuked.
make him publicly known ← make him manifest.
Matt 12:17 o3pwj plhrwqh|= to\ r(hqe\n dia_ 870Hsai+/ou tou= profh/tou, le/gontoj, in order that that which was spoken through Isaiah the prophet might be fulfilled, where he says,
Matt 12:18 870Idou/, o9 pai=j mou o4n h|9re/tisa: o9 a)gaphto/j mou ei0j o4n eu0do/khsen h9 yuxh/ mou: qh/sw to\ pneu=ma& mou e0p' au0to/n, kai\ kri/sin toi=j e1qnesin a)paggelei=.

“Behold my servant, whom I have chosen,

My beloved, with whom my being is very pleased.

I will put my spirit on him,

And he will announce judgment to the Gentiles.

 Isa 41:8, Isa 42:1.
with ← in, into.
being ← soul.
Matt 12:19 Ou0k e0ri/sei, ou0de\ krauga&sei: ou0de\ a)kou/sei tij e0n tai=j platei/aij th\n fwnh\n au0tou=.

He will not strive or shout,

Nor will anyone in the streets hear his voice.

 Isa 42:2.
Matt 12:20 Ka&lamon suntetrimme/non ou0 katea&cei, kai\ li/non tufo/menon ou0 sbe/sei: e3wj a@n e0kba&lh| ei0j ni=koj th\n kri/sin.

He will not break a buckled reed

Nor extinguish a smouldering wick

Until he brings judgment to a victory.

 Isa 42:3.
wick ← flax.
brings ← casts out, throws to an issue.
Matt 12:21 Kai\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: e0n] tw%~ o0no/mati au0tou= e1qnh e0lpiou=sin.

And the Gentiles will set their hope in his name.”

 Isa 11:10.
e0n, in (his name): absent (so plain dative) in RP P1904 F1853=18/19 F1859=6/6 vs. present (so with this preposition) in TR F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's u, so very doubtful) F1859=0/6. No difference in our English.
Matt 12:22 To/te proshne/xqh au0tw%~ daimonizo/menoj, tuflo\j kai\ kwfo/j: kai\ e0qera&peusen au0to/n, w#ste to\n tuflo\n kai\ kwfo\n kai\ lalei=n kai\ ble/pein. Then a blind and mute man possessed by a demon was brought to him, and he healed him, so the blind and mute man could both speak and see,
Matt 12:23 Kai\ e0ci/stanto pa&ntej oi9 o1xloi kai\ e1legon, Mh/ti ou[to/j e0stin {RP TR: - } [P1904: o9 xristo\j] o9 ui9o\j {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d]; and all the crowds were amazed and said, “Isn't this {RP TR: - } [P1904: the Christ,] the son of David?” o9 xristo\j, the Christ: absent in RP TR F1853=15/20 F1859=4/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=5/20 F1859=3/7.
David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Matt 12:24 Oi9 de\ Farisai=oi a)kou/santej ei]pon, Ou[toj ou0k e0kba&llei ta_ daimo/nia, ei0 mh\ e0n tw%~ Beelzebou\l a!rxonti tw~n daimoni/wn. But when the Pharisees heard it, they said, “This man does not cast out demons except by Beelzebul, the ruler of the demons.”
Matt 12:25 Ei0dw_j de\ o9 870Ihsou=j ta_j e0nqumh/seij au0tw~n ei]pen au0toi=j, Pa~sa basilei/a merisqei=sa kaq' {RP TR: e9auth=j} [P1904: e9auth\n] e0rhmou=tai: kai\ pa~sa po/lij h2 oi0ki/a merisqei=sa kaq' {RP TR: e9auth=j} [P1904: e9auth\n] ou0 staqh/setai. But Jesus, knowing their thoughts, said to them, “Every kingdom which is divided against itself is reduced to desolation, and no city or household which is divided against itself will stand . First occurrence in verse: e9auth=j, (against) itself, RP TR F1853=13/19 F1859=4/6 vs. e9auth\n, (in relation to) itself, P1904 F1853=5/19 F1859=2/6 vs. another reading, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's p) F1859=0/6.
Second occurrence in verse: e9auth=j, (against) itself, RP TR F1853=13/19 F1859=4/6 vs. e9auth\n, (in relation to) itself, P1904 F1853=6/19 F1859=2/6.
no city or household which is divided against itself will stand ← every city or household which is divided against itself will not stand.
Matt 12:26 Kai\ ei0 o9 Satana~j to\n Satana~n e0kba&llei, e0f' e9auto\n e0meri/sqh: pw~j ou]n staqh/setai h9 basilei/a au0tou=; And if Satan casts out Satan, he is divided against himself. How then will his kingdom stand?
Matt 12:27 Kai\ ei0 e0gw_ e0n Beelzebou\l e0kba&llw ta_ daimo/nia, oi9 ui9oi\ u9mw~n e0n ti/ni {RP TR: e0kba&llousin} [P1904: e0kbalou=sin]; Dia_ tou=to au0toi\ {RP TR: u9mw~n e1sontai kritai/} [P1904: kritai\ e1sontai u9mw~n]. And if I cast out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom {RP TR: do} [P1904: will] your people cast them out? On account of this, they themselves will be judges over you. e0kba&llousin, they cast out, RP TR F1853=13/19 F1859=5/6 vs. e0kbalou=sin, they will cast out, P1904 F1853=6/19 F1859=1/6.
u9mw~n e1sontai kritai/, of you + they will be + judges, RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=5/6 vs. kritai\ e1sontai u9mw~n, judges + they will be + of you, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/6.
people ← sons.
over ← of.
Matt 12:28 Ei0 de\ {RP: e0n pneu/mati qeou= e0gw_} [P1904 TR: e0gw_ e0n pneu/mati qeou=] e0kba&llw ta_ daimo/nia, a!ra e1fqasen e0f' u9ma~j h9 basilei/a tou= qeou=. But if I cast the demons out by the spirit of God, then the kingdom of God has come upon you. e0n pneu/mati qeou= e0gw_, in spirit of God + I, RP F1853=9/19 F1859=3/6 vs. e0gw_ e0n pneu/mati qeou=, I + in spirit of God, P1904 TR F1853=10/19 F1859=3/6. A disparity with RP, R=12:15.
has come: this is a good example of an aorist in Greek (e1fqasen) requiring a perfect-with-have in English (has come). See Matt 2:2.
Matt 12:29 872H pw~j du/natai/ tij ei0selqei=n ei0j th\n oi0ki/an tou= i0sxurou= kai\ ta_ skeu/h au0tou= {RP TR: diarpa&sai} [P1904: a(rpa&sai], e0a_n mh\ prw~ton dh/sh| to\n i0sxuro/n; Kai\ to/te th\n oi0ki/an au0tou= diarpa&sei. Or how can anyone go into a strong man's house and plunder his belongings, if he does not first bind the strong man, so that then he can plunder his house? diarpa&sai, plunder (1), RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=5/6 vs. a(rpa&sai, plunder (2), P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/6.
a strong ← the strong. See Gen 22:9.
so that: purposive use of kai/; a Hebraism.
can ← will, a Hebraism.
Matt 12:30 879O mh\ w@n met' e0mou=, kat' e0mou= e0stin, kai\ o9 mh\ suna&gwn met' e0mou=, skorpi/zei. He who is not with me is against me, and he who does not gather with me scatters.
Matt 12:31 Dia_ tou=to le/gw u9mi=n, Pa~sa a(marti/a kai\ blasfhmi/a a)feqh/setai toi=j a)nqrw&poij: h9 de\ tou= pneu/matoj blasfhmi/a ou0k a)feqh/setai toi=j a)nqrw&poij. On account of this I say to you, every sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men, but blasphemy against the spirit will not be forgiven men. blasphemy against ← the blasphemy of.
This sentence could be more naturally translated ... men will have every sin and blasphemy forgiven them, but men will not have blasphemy against the spirit forgiven them.
Matt 12:32 Kai\ o4j {RP P1904: e0a_n} [TR: a@n] ei1ph| lo/gon kata_ tou= ui9ou= tou= a)nqrw&pou, a)feqh/setai au0tw%~: o4j d' a@n ei1ph| kata_ tou= pneu/matoj tou= a(gi/ou, ou0k a)feqh/setai au0tw%~, ou1te e0n {RP P1904: tw%~ nu=n} [TR: tou/tw% tw%~] ai0w~ni ou1te e0n tw%~ me/llonti. And whoever speaks a word against the son of man will be forgiven, but whoever speaks against the holy spirit will not be forgiven, either in {RP P1904: the present} [TR: this] age or in the one to come. e0a_n, (who)ever (1), RP P1904 F1853=15/19 F1859=5/7 vs. a@n, (who)ever (2), TR F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's gosu, u being very doubtful) F1859=2/7.
tw%~ nu=n, (in) the present (age), RP P1904 F1853=19/19 F1859=4/6 vs. tou/tw% tw%~, (in) this (age), TR F1853=0/19 F1859=1/6 vs. another reading, F1853=0/19 F1859=1/6.
Matt 12:33 872H poih/sate to\ de/ndron kalo/n, kai\ to\n karpo\n au0tou= kalo/n, h2 poih/sate to\ de/ndron sapro/n, kai\ to\n karpo\n au0tou= sapro/n: e0k ga_r tou= karpou= to\ de/ndron ginw&sketai. Either make the tree good, and its fruit good, or make the tree rotten, and its fruit rotten. For by the fruit the tree is known. make the tree good: i.e. impute me with being good.
Matt 12:34 Gennh/mata e0xidnw~n, pw~j du/nasqe a)gaqa_ lalei=n, ponhroi\ o1ntej; 870Ek ga_r tou= perisseu/matoj th=j kardi/aj to\ sto/ma lalei=. You offspring of vipers, how can you speak good things when you are evil? For the mouth speaks from the overflow of the heart.
Matt 12:35 879O a)gaqo\j a!nqrwpoj e0k tou= a)gaqou= qhsaurou= {RP P1904: - } [TR: th=j kardi/aj] e0kba&llei {RP P1904: - } [TR: ta_] a)gaqa&: kai\ o9 ponhro\j a!nqrwpoj e0k tou= ponhrou= qhsaurou= e0kba&llei ponhra&. A good man brings out {RP P1904: - } [TR: the] good things from his good treasure {RP P1904: - } [TR: of the heart], and an evil man brings out evil things from his evil treasure. th=j kardi/aj, of the heart: absent in RP P1904 F1853=19/19 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=0/19 F1859=1/7, after qhsaurou= (Scrivener's w** in margin). AV differs textually.
ta_, the: absent in RP P1904 F1853=13/19 F1859=5/7 vs. present in TR F1853=6/19 F1859=2/7.
a good man ... an evil man ← the good man ... the evil man. See Gen 22:9.
Matt 12:36 Le/gw de\ u9mi=n, o3ti pa~n r(h=ma a)rgo/n, o4 e0a_n lalh/swsin oi9 a!nqrwpoi, a)podw&sousin peri\ au0tou= lo/gon e0n h9me/ra% kri/sewj. But I say to you that for every idle word which men may speak, they will give an account of it on the day of judgment,
Matt 12:37 870Ek ga_r tw~n lo/gwn sou dikaiwqh/sh|, kai\ e0k tw~n lo/gwn sou katadikasqh/sh|. for by your words you will be justified, and by your words you will be condemned.”
Matt 12:38 To/te a)pekri/qhsa&n tinej tw~n grammate/wn kai\ Farisai/wn, le/gontej, Dida&skale, qe/lomen a)po\ sou= shmei=on i0dei=n. Then some of the scribes and Pharisees answered and said, “Teacher, we wish to see a sign from you.”
Matt 12:39 879O de\ a)pokriqei\j ei]pen au0toi=j, Genea_ ponhra_ kai\ moixali\j shmei=on e0pizhtei=: kai\ shmei=on ou0 doqh/setai au0th|=, ei0 mh\ to\ shmei=on 870Iwna~ tou= profh/tou. But he answered and said to them, “An evil and adulterous generation seeks a sign, but no sign will be given to it except the sign of Jonah the prophet.
Matt 12:40 873Wsper ga_r {RP TR: h]n} [P1904: e0ge/neto] 870Iwna~j {RP TR: - } [P1904: o9 profh/thj] e0n th|= koili/a% tou= kh/touj trei=j h9me/raj kai\ trei=j nu/ktaj, ou3twj e1stai {RP TR: - } [P1904: kai\] o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou e0n th|= kardi/a% th=j gh=j trei=j h9me/raj kai\ trei=j nu/ktaj. For as Jonah {RP TR: - } [P1904: the prophet] was in the stomach of the whale for three days and three nights, so {RP TR: - } [P1904: also] the son of man will be in the heart of the earth for three days and three nights. h]n, was, RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=6/6 vs. e0ge/neto, became, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=0/6 vs. another reading, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's c) F1859=0/6.
o9 profh/thj, the prophet: absent in RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=6/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=0/6.
kai\, also: absent in RP TR F1853=13/20 F1859=4/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=7/20 F1859=2/6.
Jonah 2:1MT (Jonah 1:17AV). Greek: Jonas.
whale: or sea-monster.
Matt 12:41 871Andrej Nineui=tai a)nasth/sontai e0n th|= kri/sei meta_ th=j genea~j tau/thj kai\ katakrinou=sin au0th/n: o3ti meteno/hsan ei0j to\ kh/rugma 870Iwna~: kai\ i0dou/, plei=on 870Iwna~ w{de. The Ninevite men will rise in the judgment with this generation and will condemn it, because they repented at Jonah's preaching, and behold, something greater than Jonah is here. the judgment: we include the definite article, present in Greek, in English too, assuming this is a unique specific event, rather than just judgment, though this could be a general abstract noun. So also in the next verse.
greater ← more (neuter, so something).
Matt 12:42 Basi/lissa no/tou e0gerqh/setai e0n th|= kri/sei meta_ th=j genea~j tau/thj kai\ katakrinei= au0th/n: o3ti h]lqen e0k tw~n pera&twn th=j gh=j a)kou=sai th\n sofi/an {RP P1904: Solomw~noj} [TR: Solomw~ntoj]: kai\ i0dou/, plei=on {RP P1904: Solomw~noj} [TR: Solomw~ntoj] w{de. The queen of the south will rise in the judgment with this generation and will condemn it, because she came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon, and behold, something greater than Solomon is here. (2x): Solomw~noj, Solomon (1), RP P1904 F1853=15/21 F1859=3/6 vs. Solomw~ntoj, Solomon (2), TR F1853=3/21 (Scrivener's uxy, u being very doubtful) F1859=1/6 vs. other spellings or disparate, F1853=3/21 (Scrivener's b*c**c*) F1859=2/6. Compare Matt 1:6.
rise: or be raised up.
greater ← more (neuter, so something).
Matt 12:43 873Otan de\ to\ a)ka&qarton pneu=ma e0ce/lqh| a)po\ tou= a)nqrw&pou, die/rxetai di' a)nu/drwn to/pwn, zhtou=n a)na&pausin, kai\ ou0x eu9ri/skei. And whenever an unclean spirit comes out of a man, it passes through arid places seeking rest, but it does not find it. an unclean spirit ← the unclean spirit. See Gen 22:9.
but: adversative use of kai/.
Matt 12:44 To/te le/gei, {RP TR: 870Epistre/yw ei0j to\n oi]ko/n mou} [P1904: Ei0j to\n oi]ko/n mou e0pistre/yw] o3qen e0ch=lqon: kai\ e0lqo\n eu9ri/skei sxola&zonta, {RP TR: - } [P1904: kai\] sesarwme/non, kai\ kekosmhme/non. Then it says, ‘I will go back to my house, from where I came out.’ And when it has gone back, it finds it unoccupied {RP TR: and} [P1904: and] swept clean and tidied up. e0pistre/yw ei0j to\n oi]ko/n mou, I will return + to my house, RP TR F1853=16/19 F1859=6/6 vs. ei0j to\n oi]ko/n mou e0pistre/yw, to my house + I will return, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=0/6 vs. another reading, F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's gqr) F1859=0/6.
kai\, and: absent in RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=5/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's ms) F1859=1/6.
Matt 12:45 To/te poreu/etai kai\ paralamba&nei meq' e9autou= e9pta_ e3tera pneu/mata ponhro/tera e9autou=, kai\ ei0selqo/nta katoikei= e0kei=: kai\ gi/netai ta_ e1sxata tou= a)nqrw&pou e0kei/nou xei/rona tw~n prw&twn. Ou3twj e1stai kai\ th|= genea%~ {RP TR: tau/th| th|= ponhra%~} [P1904: th|= ponhra%~ tau/th]. Then it goes out and takes seven other spirits more evil than itself with it, and when they have entered, they live there, and the last condition of that man becomes worse than the first. So it will be with this evil generation as well.” tau/th| th|= ponhra%~, with this + evil, RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=6/6 vs. th|= ponhra%~ tau/th|, with evil + this, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=0/6.
Matt 12:46 871Eti de\ au0tou= lalou=ntoj toi=j o1xloij, i0dou/, h9 mh/thr kai\ oi9 a)delfoi\ au0tou= ei9sth/keisan e1cw, zhtou=ntej {RP TR: au0tw%~ lalh=sai} [P1904: lalh=sai au0tw%~]. And while he was still speaking to the crowds, it so happened that his mother and his brothers were standing outside, wanting to speak to him. au0tw%~ lalh=sai, to him + to speak, RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=6/6 vs. lalh=sai au0tw%~, to speak + to him, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=0/6 vs. other readings, F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's uy) F1859=0/6.
it so happened that ← behold.
wanting ← seeking.
Matt 12:47 Ei]pen de/ tij au0tw%~, 870Idou/, h9 mh/thr sou kai\ oi9 a)delfoi/ sou {RP TR: e1cw e9sth/kasin} [P1904: e9sth/kasin e1cw], zhtou=nte/j {RP TR: soi lalh=sai} [P1904: se i0dei=n]. Then someone said to him, “Look, your mother and your brothers are standing outside, wanting {RP TR: to speak to you} [P1904: to see you].” e1cw e9sth/kasin, outside + they are standing, RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=6/6 with some other variations vs. e9sth/kasin e1cw, they are standing + outside, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=0/6.
soi lalh=sai, to speak to you, RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=6/6 vs. se i0dei=n, to see you, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=0/6.
wanting ← seeking.
Matt 12:48 879O de\ a)pokriqei\j ei]pen tw%~ {RP TR: ei0po/nti} [P1904: le/gonti] au0tw%~, Ti/j e0stin h9 mh/thr mou; Kai\ ti/nej ei0si\n oi9 a)delfoi/ mou; But he answered and said to him who {RP TR: had spoken} [P1904: was speaking] to him, “Who is my mother and who are my brothers?” ei0po/nti, had spoken, RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=6/6 vs. le/gonti was speaking, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=0/6.
Matt 12:49 Kai\ e0ktei/naj th\n xei=ra au0tou= e0pi\ tou\j maqhta_j au0tou= {RP TR: ei]pen} [P1904: e1fh], 870Idou/, h9 mh/thr mou kai\ oi9 a)delfoi/ mou. And stretching out his hand to his disciples, he said, “Behold my mother and my brothers. ei]pen, he said, RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=6/6 vs. e1fh, he said (different verb), P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=0/6.
stretching ← having stretched. See Matt 23:20.
Matt 12:50 873Ostij ga_r a@n poih/sh| to\ qe/lhma tou= patro/j mou tou= e0n ou0ranoi=j, au0to/j mou a)delfo\j kai\ a)delfh\ kai\ mh/thr e0sti/n. For it is whoever does the will of my father in the heavens who is my brother and sister and mother.” who ← he himself.
Matt 13:1 870En de\ th|= h9me/ra% e0kei/nh| e0celqw_n o9 870Ihsou=j {RP TR: a)po\} [P1904: - ] th=j oi0ki/aj e0ka&qhto para_ th\n qa&lassan. And on that day, Jesus went out {RP TR: from} [P1904: of] the house and sat by the sea, a)po\, from, out of: present in RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=5/6 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=1/6.
Matt 13:2 Kai\ sunh/xqhsan pro\j au0to\n o1xloi polloi/, w#ste au0to\n ei0j {RP TR: to\} [P1904: - ] ploi=on e0mba&nta kaqh=sqai: kai\ pa~j o9 o1xloj e0pi\ to\n ai0gialo\n ei9sth/kei. and large crowds gathered together around him, so he went on board a boat and sat down, while the whole crowd was standing on the shore. to\, the: present in RP TR F1853=16/19 F1859=6/6 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's lmn) F1859=0/6. We nevertheless translate a boat.
large: see Matt 4:25.
around ← to.
so ← so that (result).
Matt 13:3 Kai\ e0la&lhsen au0toi=j polla_ e0n parabolai=j, le/gwn, 870Idou/, e0ch=lqen o9 spei/rwn tou= {RP-text TR: spei/rein} [RP-marg P1904: spei=rai]. And he told them many things in parables, and he said, “A sower once went out to sow, spei/rein, to sow (present, imperfective aspect), RP-text TR F1853=12/20 F1859=3/6 vs. spei=rai, to sow (aorist, perfective aspect), RP-marg P1904 F1853=8/20 F1859=3/6.
a sower once ← behold the sower.
Matt 13:4 Kai\ e0n tw%~ spei/rein au0to/n, a$ me\n e1pesen para_ th\n o9do/n: kai\ {RP TR: h]lqen ta_ peteina_ kai\} [P1904: e0lqo/nta ta_ peteina_] kate/fagen au0ta&. and as he was sowing, some seed fell beside the road, and the birds came and ate it up. h]lqen ta_ peteina_ kai\, the birds came and (ate it up), RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=5/6 vs. e0lqo/nta ta_ peteina_, the birds having come (ate it up), P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/6.
Matt 13:5 871Alla de\ e1pesen e0pi\ ta_ petrw&dh, o3pou ou0k ei]xen gh=n pollh/n: kai\ eu0qe/wj e0cane/teilen, dia_ to\ mh\ e1xein ba&qoj gh=j: Other seed fell on stony ground, where it did not have much soil, and it quickly sprang up through not having depth of soil, quickly ← immediately.
Matt 13:6 h9li/ou de\ a)natei/lantoj e0kaumati/sqh, kai\ dia_ to\ mh\ e1xein r(i/zan, e0chra&nqh. but when the sun rose, it was scorched, and because it did not have a root, it withered.
Matt 13:7 871Alla de\ e1pesen e0pi\ ta_j a)ka&nqaj, kai\ a)ne/bhsan ai9 a!kanqai kai\ a)pe/pnican au0ta&. And other seed fell in the thorn bushes, and the thorn plants came up and smothered it.
Matt 13:8 871Alla de\ e1pesen e0pi\ th\n gh=n th\n kalh/n, kai\ e0di/dou karpo/n, o4 me\n e9kato/n, o4 de\ e9ch/konta, o4 de\ tria&konta. But other seed fell on good ground, and it yielded produce: some a hundredfold return, some a sixtyfold, and some a thirtyfold. good ground ← the good ground. See Gen 22:9.
produce ← fruit.
Matt 13:9 879O e1xwn w}ta a)kou/ein a)koue/tw. He who has ears to hear, let him hear.” ears: no pun intended, and none in Greek, where to\ ou]j = ear (for hearing), o9 sta&xuj = ear (of corn).
Matt 13:10 Kai\ proselqo/ntej oi9 maqhtai\ ei]pon au0tw%~, Dia_ ti/ e0n parabolai=j lalei=j au0toi=j; Then the disciples came to him and said to him, “Why do you speak to them in parables?”
Matt 13:11 879O de\ a)pokriqei\j ei]pen au0toi=j o3ti 879Umi=n de/dotai gnw~nai ta_ musth/ria th=j basilei/aj tw~n ou0ranw~n, e0kei/noij de\ ou0 de/dotai. He answered and said to them, “To you it is granted to know the secrets of the kingdom of the heavens, but to them it is not granted. them ← those.
Matt 13:12 873Ostij ga_r e1xei, doqh/setai au0tw%~ kai\ perisseuqh/setai: o3stij de\ ou0k e1xei, kai\ o4 e1xei a)rqh/setai a)p' au0tou=. For whoever has something, to him will be given more, and it will be in abundance, but whoever does not have anything, even that which he has will be taken from him. be in abundance ← be made to abound.
Matt 13:13 Dia_ tou=to e0n parabolai=j au0toi=j lalw~, {RP TR: o3ti ble/pontej ou0 ble/pousin, kai\ a)kou/ontej ou0k a)kou/ousin, ou0de\ suniou=sin} [P1904: i3na ble/pontej mh\ ble/pwsi kai\ a)kou/ontej mh\ a)kou/wsin, mhde\ sunw~si] {RP TR: - } [P1904: mh/pote e0pistre/ywsi]. This is why I speak to them in parables, {RP TR: because} [P1904: so that] although seeing, they do not see, and although hearing, they do not hear, nor do they understand {RP TR: - } [P1904: lest they should repent]. o3ti ... suniou=sin, because ... understand, RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=4/6 vs. i3na ... sunw~si, so that ... understand, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y, but only as far as ble/pwsi) F1859=1/6 vs. another reading, F1853=0/19 F1859=1/6.
mh/pote e0pistre/ywsi, lest they should (at any time) repent: absent in RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=5/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=1/6.
this is why ← on account of this.
although (2x): concessive use of the participle.
repent ← return.
Matt 13:14 Kai\ {RP: a)naplhrou=tai} [P1904: to/te plhrwqh/setai] [TR: a)naplhrou=tai e0p'] au0toi=j h9 profhtei/a 870Hsai+/ou, h9 le/gousa, 870Akoh|= a)kou/sete, kai\ ou0 mh\ sunh=te: kai\ ble/pontej ble/yete, kai\ ou0 mh\ i1dhte. And {RP TR: - } [P1904: then] the prophecy of Isaiah {RP TR: is being} [P1904: will be] fulfilled in them, which says,

‘You will definitely hear

But certainly not understand,

And you will definitely see

But certainly not perceive,

 a)naplhrou=tai, is being fulfilled, RP F1853=14/20 F1859=5/6 vs. to/te plhrwqh/setai, then will be fulfilled, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y, but without to/te) F1859=0/6 vs. a)naplhrou=tai e0p', is being fulfilled in, TR F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's cux) F1859=1/6 vs. another reading, F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's s*y) F1859=0/6.
Isa 6:9.
Matt 13:15 870Epaxu/nqh ga_r h9 kardi/a tou= laou= tou/tou, kai\ toi=j w)si\n bare/wj h1kousan, kai\ tou\j o0fqalmou\j au0tw~n e0ka&mmusan: mh/pote i1dwsin toi=j o0fqalmoi=j, kai\ toi=j w)si\n a)kou/swsin, kai\ th|= kardi/a% sunw~sin, kai\ e0pistre/ywsin, kai\ {RP-text P1904: i0a&somai} [RP-marg TR: i0a&swmai] au0tou/j.

For the heart of this people has become obtuse,

And with their ears they hear with difficulty,

And they have shut their eyes,

Lest they should see with their eyes,

And hear with their ears,

And understand with their heart,

And repent,

And I {RP-text P1904: would heal} [RP-marg TR: should heal] them.’

 i0a&somai, will heal, RP-text P1904 F1853=9/19 F1859=5/6 vs. i0a&swmai, should heal, RP-marg TR F1853=10/19 F1859=1/6.
Isa 6:10.
obtuse ← fat.
repent ← return.
{RP: and I would heal: or but I will heal; kai/ can be adversative, as in Matt 13:17. The verb is not in the subjunctive, so apparently not governed by lest.}
Matt 13:16 879Umw~n de\ maka&rioi oi9 o0fqalmoi/, o3ti ble/pousin: kai\ ta_ w}ta u9mw~n, o3ti {RP TR: a)kou/ei} [P1904: a)kou/ousin]. But blessed are your eyes, because they see, and your ears, because they hear. a)kou/ei, they hear (classical form for neuter plural subject), RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=3/6 vs. a)kou/ousi¨n©, they hear (non-classical form), P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's cy) F1859=3/6.
Matt 13:17 870Amh\n ga_r le/gw u9mi=n o3ti polloi\ profh=tai kai\ di/kaioi e0pequ/mhsan i0dei=n a$ ble/pete, kai\ ou0k ei]don: kai\ a)kou=sai a$ a)kou/ete, kai\ ou0k h1kousan. For truly, I say to you that many prophets and righteous men longed to see what you see, but they did not see, and to hear what you hear, but they did not hear.
Matt 13:18 879Umei=j ou]n a)kou/sate th\n parabolh\n tou= {RP TR: spei/rontoj} [P1904: spei/rantoj]. So hear the meaning of the parable of the sower. spei/rontoj, of him who sows, RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=5/6 vs. spei/rantoj, of him who sowed, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=1/6. No difference in our English.
Matt 13:19 Panto\j a)kou/ontoj to\n lo/gon th=j basilei/aj kai\ mh\ sunie/ntoj, e1rxetai o9 ponhro/j, kai\ {RP TR: a(rpa&zei} [P1904: ai1rei] to\ e0sparme/non e0n th|= kardi/a% au0tou=: ou[to/j e0stin o9 para_ th\n o9do\n sparei/j. When anyone hears the word of the kingdom but does not understand, the evil one comes and {RP TR: seizes} [P1904: takes away] what was sown in his heart. This is he who was sown by the wayside. a(rpa&zei, seizes, RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=5/6 vs. ai1rei, takes away, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y, misspelled) F1859=1/6.
anyone ← everyone.
Matt 13:20 879O de\ e0pi\ ta_ petrw&dh sparei/j, ou[to/j e0stin o9 to\n lo/gon a)kou/wn, kai\ {RP TR: eu0qu\j} [P1904: eu0qe/wj] meta_ xara~j {RP TR: - } [P1904: dexo/menoj kai\] lamba&nwn au0to/n: But he who was sown on the stony ground is he who, hearing the word immediately {RP TR: - } [P1904: accepts it and] receives it with joy, eu0qu\j, immediately (1), RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=5/6 vs. eu0qe/wj, immediately (2), P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=1/6.
dexo/menoj kai\, receives and: absent in RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=5/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=1/6.
is he who ← this is he.
Matt 13:21 ou0k e1xei de\ r(i/zan e0n e9autw%~, a)lla_ pro/skairo/j e0stin: genome/nhj de\ qli/yewj h2 diwgmou= dia_ to\n lo/gon, eu0qu\j skandali/zetai. but he does not have root in himself, but is for a season, and when tribulation or persecution comes on account of the word, he quickly stumbles. quickly ← immediately.
Matt 13:22 879O de\ ei0j ta_j a)ka&nqaj sparei/j, ou[to/j e0stin o9 to\n lo/gon a)kou/wn, kai\ h9 me/rimna tou= ai0w~noj tou/tou kai\ h9 a)pa&th tou= plou/tou sumpni/gei to\n lo/gon, kai\ a!karpoj gi/netai. And as for him who was sown in the thorn bushes, this is he who hears the word, but for whom the care of this age and the deceit of riches choke the word, and he becomes unfruitful. age: AV differs somewhat (world).
Matt 13:23 879O de\ e0pi\ th\n gh=n th\n kalh\n sparei/j, ou[to/j e0stin o9 to\n lo/gon a)kou/wn kai\ suniw~n: o4j dh\ karpoforei=, kai\ poiei= o9 me\n e9kato/n, o9 de\ e9ch/konta, o9 de\ tria&konta. But he who was sown on the good ground is the one who hears the word and understands it – one who indeed bears fruit – and one produces a hundredfold, while another sixtyfold, and another thirtyfold.” is the one who ← this is who.
Matt 13:24 871Allhn parabolh\n pare/qhken au0toi=j, le/gwn, 879Wmoiw&qh h9 basilei/a tw~n ou0ranw~n a)nqrw&pw% {RP S1550 E1624: spei/ronti} [P1904 S1894: spei/ranti] kalo\n spe/rma e0n tw%~ a)grw%~ au0tou=: He put another parable to them and said, “The kingdom of the heavens is comparable to a man who {RP S1550 E1624: sows} [P1904 S1894: sowed] good seed in his field. spei/ronti, who sows, RP S1550 E1624 F1853=14/19 F1859=6/6 vs. spei/ranti, who sowed, P1904 S1894 F1853=5/19 F1859=0/6.
comparable to ← was compared with.
Matt 13:25 e0n de\ tw%~ kaqeu/dein tou\j a)nqrw&pouj, h]lqen au0tou= o9 e0xqro\j kai\ e1speiren ziza&nia a)na_ me/son tou= si/tou, kai\ a)ph=lqen. But while the men were sleeping, his enemy came and sowed tares among the wheat and went away again, tares: probably what is known locally in our day as zewan [CB], i.e. darnel.
Matt 13:26 873Ote de\ e0bla&sthsen o9 xo/rtoj kai\ karpo\n e0poi/hsen, to/te e0fa&nh kai\ ta_ ziza&nia. and when the grains sprouted and produced fruit, then the tares appeared as well. grains ← grass, fodder.
Matt 13:27 Proselqo/ntej de\ oi9 dou=loi tou= oi0kodespo/tou ei]pon au0tw%~, Ku/rie, ou0xi\ kalo\n spe/rma e1speiraj e0n tw%~ sw%~ a)grw%~; Po/qen ou]n e1xei {RP P1904: - } [TR: ta_] ziza&nia; Then when the servants of the master of the house went to him, they said to him, ‘Sir, did you not sow good seed in your field? From where then is it infested with {RP P1904: - } [TR: the] tares?’ ta_, the (tares): absent in RP P1904 F1853=16/20 F1859=2/6 vs. present in TR F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's hkm*x) F1859=4/6.
is it infested with ← has it got.
Matt 13:28 879O de\ e1fh au0toi=j, 870Exqro\j a!nqrwpoj tou=to e0poi/hsen. Oi9 de\ dou=loi ei]pon au0tw%~, Qe/leij ou]n a)pelqo/ntej {RP-text: sulle/comen} [RP-marg P1904 TR: sulle/cwmen] au0ta&; So he said to them, ‘An enemy has done this.’ Then the servants said to him, ‘Do you want us then to go {RP-text: out, and we will} [RP-marg P1904 TR: out and] gather them up?’ sulle/comen, we will gather (indicative), RP-text F1853=11/20 F1859=5/6 vs. sulle/cwmen, we should gather (subjunctive), RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=9/20 F1859=1/6.
enemy ← inimical man.
Matt 13:29 879O de\ e1fh, Ou1: mh/pote, sulle/gontej ta_ ziza&nia, e0krizw&shte a#ma au0toi=j to\n si=ton. But he said, ‘No, don't, in case when gathering the tares you uproot the wheat together with them.
Matt 13:30 871Afete sunauca&nesqai a)mfo/tera me/xri tou= qerismou=: kai\ e0n {RP P1904: - } [TR: tw%~] kairw%~ tou= qerismou= e0rw~ toi=j qeristai=j, Sulle/cate prw~ton ta_ ziza&nia, kai\ dh/sate au0ta_ ei0j de/smaj pro\j to\ katakau=sai au0ta&: to\n de\ si=ton sunaga&gete ei0j th\n a)poqh/khn mou. Leave both to grow up together until the harvest, and at {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] time of the harvest I will say to the reapers, «Gather first the tares and bind them in bundles to burn them up, but gather the wheat into my storehouse.» ’ ” tw%~, the (time): absent in RP P1904 F1853=17/19 F1859=3/6 vs. present in TR F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's ux, u being very doubtful) F1859=3/6.
Matt 13:31 871Allhn parabolh\n pare/qhken au0toi=j, le/gwn, 879Omoi/a e0sti\n h9 basilei/a tw~n ou0ranw~n ko/kkw% sina&pewj, o4n labw_n a!nqrwpoj e1speiren e0n tw%~ a)grw%~ au0tou=: He put another parable to them and said, “The kingdom of the heavens is like a grain of mustard seed, which a man took and sowed in his field,
Matt 13:32 o4 mikro/teron me/n e0stin pa&ntwn tw~n sperma&twn: o3tan de\ au0chqh|=, mei=zon {RP TR: - } [P1904: pa&ntwn] tw~n laxa&nwn e0sti/n, kai\ gi/netai de/ndron, w#ste e0lqei=n ta_ peteina_ tou= ou0ranou= kai\ kataskhnou=n e0n toi=j kla&doij au0tou=. which is the smallest of all seeds, but when it grows, it is bigger than {RP TR: - } [P1904: all] other vegetables, and it becomes a tree, so that the birds of the sky come and settle on its branches.” pa&ntwn, all: absent in RP TR F1853=10/20 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=10/20 F1859=2/7.
smallest ← smaller, Greek comparative for superlative.
Mustard seeds are about the same size as cabbage or carrot seeds, but were presumably the smallest of the seeds sown at the time (beans, cucumber, corn etc.).
Matt 13:33 871Allhn parabolh\n e0la&lhsen au0toi=j, 879Omoi/a e0sti\n h9 basilei/a tw~n ou0ranw~n zu/mh|, h4n labou=sa gunh\ {RP-text: e1kruyen} [RP-marg P1904 TR: e0ne/kruyen] ei0j a)leu/rou sa&ta tri/a, e3wj ou[ e0zumw&qh o3lon. He told them another parable: “The kingdom of the heavens is like leaven, which a woman took and hid in three sack measures of flour, until it was all leavened.” e1kruyen, hid, RP-text F1853=12/20 F1859=3/7 vs. e0ne/kruyen, in-hid, RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=8/20 F1859=4/7. Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=15:14.
sack measures ← pecks. 1 peck = 2 imperial gallons or 9 litres.
Matt 13:34 Tau=ta pa&nta e0la&lhsen o9 870Ihsou=j e0n parabolai=j toi=j o1xloij, kai\ xwri\j parabolh=j {RP TR: ou0k} [P1904: ou0de\n] e0la&lei au0toi=j: Jesus spoke all these things in parables to the crowds, and he didn't {RP TR: speak} [P1904: say anything] to them without a parable, ou0k, not, RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=5/6 vs. ou0de\n, nothing, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=0/6 vs. word absent, F1853=0/19 F1859=1/6.
Matt 13:35 o3pwj plhrwqh|= to\ r(hqe\n dia_ tou= profh/tou, le/gontoj, 870Anoi/cw e0n parabolai=j to\ sto/ma mou, e0reu/comai kekrumme/na a)po\ katabolh=j ko/smou. in order that that which was spoken through the prophet might be fulfilled, when he said,

“I will open my mouth in parables;

I will utter things hidden

Since the overthrow of the world.”

 Ps 78:2.
overthrow: AV differs. Classical (see kataba&llw in [LS]) and especially Septuagintal use of the word supports overthrow, rather than AV's foundation, which is qeme/lioj / qeme/lion. See our Translation Issues study, and [CB] Appendix 146. Christ undoes the works of the devil; see 1 John 3:8 and also Eph 2:2, John 12:31.
Matt 13:36 To/te a)fei\j tou\j o1xlouj h]lqen ei0j th\n oi0ki/an {RP TR: o9 870Ihsou=j} [P1904: au0tou=]: kai\ prosh=lqon au0tw%~ oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou=, le/gontej, Fra&son h9mi=n th\n parabolh\n tw~n zizani/wn tou= a)grou=. Then {RP TR: Jesus} [P1904: he] left the crowds and went to {RP TR: the} [P1904: his] house. And his disciples came to him and said, “Explain the parable of the tares in the field to us.” o9 870Ihsou=j, Jesus: present in RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=6/6 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=0/6.
au0tou=, his: absent in RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=5/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/6.
left: or sent away, but that is usually a)polu/w, as in Matt 14:15.
Matt 13:37 879O de\ a)pokriqei\j ei]pen au0toi=j, 879O spei/rwn to\ kalo\n spe/rma e0sti\n o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou: So he answered and said to them, “The sower of the good seed is the son of man.
Matt 13:38 o9 de\ a)gro/j e0stin o9 ko/smoj: to\ de\ kalo\n spe/rma, ou[toi/ ei0sin oi9 ui9oi\ th=j basilei/aj: ta_ de\ ziza&nia& ei0sin oi9 ui9oi\ tou= ponhrou=: The field is the world; the good seed is what represents the sons of the kingdom, but the tares are the sons of the evil one. is what represents ← these are.
Matt 13:39 o9 de\ e0xqro\j o9 spei/raj au0ta& e0stin o9 dia&boloj: o9 de\ qerismo\j sunte/leia tou= ai0w~no/j e0stin: oi9 de\ qeristai\ a!ggeloi/ ei0sin. The enemy who sowed them is the devil, the harvest is the consummation of the age; the harvesters are the angels. the (2x): the definite article is omitted here in the Greek as the predicates precede the verb – compare John 1:1. In the next verse, where consummation is not the predicate, the article is present.
Matt 13:40 873Wsper ou]n sulle/getai ta_ ziza&nia kai\ puri\ {RP P1904: kai/etai} [TR: katakai/etai], ou3twj e1stai e0n th|= suntelei/a% tou= ai0w~noj tou/tou. So just as the tares are gathered and {RP P1904: burned} [TR: burned up] in a fire, so it will be at the consummation of this age. kai/etai, are burned, RP P1904 F1853=15/19 F1859=5/6 vs. katakai/etai, are burned up, TR F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's cuxy, u being very doubtful) F1859=1/6.
Matt 13:41 870Apostelei= o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou tou\j a)gge/louj au0tou=, kai\ sulle/cousin e0k th=j basilei/aj au0tou= pa&nta ta_ ska&ndala kai\ tou\j poiou=ntaj th\n a)nomi/an, The son of man will send his angels, and they will gather up out of his kingdom all causes of offence, and those who commit iniquity,
Matt 13:42 kai\ balou=sin au0tou\j ei0j th\n ka&minon tou= puro/j: e0kei= e1stai o9 klauqmo\j kai\ o9 brugmo\j tw~n o0do/ntwn. and they will throw them into the fiery furnace. There, there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth. fiery furnace ← furnace of fire, a Hebraic genitive.
Matt 13:43 To/te oi9 di/kaioi e0kla&myousin w(j o9 h3lioj e0n th|= basilei/a% tou= patro\j au0tw~n. 879O e1xwn w}ta a)kou/ein a)koue/tw. Then the righteous will shine like the sun in the kingdom of their father. He who has ears to hear, let him hear. shine ← shine out.
Compare Dan 12:3.
Matt 13:44 Pa&lin o9moi/a e0sti\n h9 basilei/a tw~n ou0ranw~n qhsaurw%~ kekrumme/nw% e0n tw%~ a)grw%~, o4n eu9rw_n a!nqrwpoj e1kruyen: kai\ a)po\ th=j xara~j au0tou= u9pa&gei, kai\ pa&nta o3sa e1xei pwlei=, kai\ a)gora&zei to\n a)gro\n e0kei=non. Again, the kingdom of the heavens is like a treasure hidden in a field, which a man found and hid, and for the joy of it went away and sold everything he had and bought that field. Greek: hid is in the past tense (aorist), but went, sold, and bought are in the vivid present.
Matt 13:45 Pa&lin o9moi/a e0sti\n h9 basilei/a tw~n ou0ranw~n a)nqrw&pw% e0mpo/rw% zhtou=nti kalou\j margari/taj: Again, the kingdom of the heavens is like a merchant seeking good quality pearls, merchant ← merchant man.
Matt 13:46 o4j eu9rw_n e3na polu/timon margari/thn, a)pelqw_n pe/praken pa&nta o3sa ei]xen, kai\ h0go/rasen au0to/n. who, finding one very expensive pearl, went away and sold everything he had and bought it. sold ← has sold. See Matt 2:2, though the aorist of this verb (but not of pwle/w) is wanting.
Matt 13:47 Pa&lin o9moi/a e0sti\n h9 basilei/a tw~n ou0ranw~n sagh/nh| blhqei/sh| ei0j th\n qa&lassan, kai\ e0k panto\j ge/nouj sunagagou/sh|: Again, the kingdom of the heavens is like a dragnet which was cast in the sea and caught all sorts of species, all sorts of species ← out of every race.
Matt 13:48 h3n, o3te e0plhrw&qh, a)nabiba&santej {RP TR: - } [P1904: au0th\n] e0pi\ to\n ai0gialo/n, kai\ kaqi/santej, sune/lecan ta_ kala_ ei0j a)ggei=a, ta_ de\ sapra_ e1cw e1balon. which, when it was full, they brought to land on the shore and sat down and gathered the good fish into containers, but they threw the rotten fish out. au0th\n, (which ... they brought) it: absent in RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=6/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's s) F1859=0/6. The pleonastic au0th\n is a Hebraism.
Matt 13:49 Ou3twj e1stai e0n th|= suntelei/a% tou= ai0w~noj: e0celeu/sontai oi9 a!ggeloi, kai\ a)foriou=sin tou\j ponhrou\j e0k me/sou tw~n dikai/wn, So will it be in the consummation of the age. The angels will go out and separate the evil ones from the midst of the righteous, age: see Matt 13:22.
Matt 13:50 kai\ balou=sin au0tou\j ei0j th\n ka&minon tou= puro/j: e0kei= e1stai o9 klauqmo\j kai\ o9 brugmo\j tw~n o0do/ntwn. and they will throw them into the fiery furnace. There, there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.” fiery furnace ← furnace of fire, a Hebraic genitive.
Matt 13:51 Le/gei au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, Sunh/kate tau=ta pa&nta; Le/gousin au0tw%~, Nai/, ku/rie. Jesus said to them, “Did you understand all these things?” And they said to him, “Yes, Lord.”
Matt 13:52 879O de\ ei]pen au0toi=j, Dia_ tou=to pa~j grammateu\j maqhteuqei\j ei0j th\n basilei/an tw~n ou0ranw~n o3moio/j e0stin a)nqrw&pw% oi0kodespo/th|, o3stij e0kba&llei e0k tou= qhsaurou= au0tou= kaina_ kai\ palaia&. But he said to them, “On account of this, every scribe who has been schooled in the kingdom of the heavens is like a master of a house who brings out of his storehouse new things and old.” brings out: classically, casts out, but, perhaps under Semitic influence (הוֹצִיא), also brings out.
Matt 13:53 Kai\ e0ge/neto o3te e0te/lesen o9 870Ihsou=j ta_j parabola_j tau/taj, meth=ren e0kei=qen: And it came to pass, when Jesus had finished these parables, that he moved on from there,
Matt 13:54 kai\ e0lqw_n ei0j th\n patri/da au0tou= e0di/dasken au0tou\j e0n th|= sunagwgh|= au0tw~n, w#ste e0kplh/ttesqai au0tou\j kai\ le/gein, Po/qen tou/tw% h9 sofi/a au3th kai\ ai9 duna&meij; and he came to his native district, and he taught them in their synagogue, in consequence of which they were amazed and said, “Where does this man get this wisdom and these powers from? does this man get ← to this (man).
Matt 13:55 Ou0x ou[to/j e0stin o9 tou= te/ktonoj ui9o/j; Ou0xi\ h9 mh/thr au0tou= le/getai Maria&m, kai\ oi9 a)delfoi\ au0tou= 870Ia&kwboj kai\ 870Iwsh=j kai\ Si/mwn kai\ 870Iou/daj; Isn't he the carpenter's son? Isn't his mother called Mary, and his brothers, James and Joses, Simon and Judas?
Matt 13:56 Kai\ ai9 a)delfai\ au0tou= ou0xi\ pa~sai pro\j h9ma~j ei0si/n; Po/qen ou]n tou/tw% tau=ta pa&nta; And are not his sisters all in our company? Where then does this man get all these things from?” in our company ← to us.
does this man get ← to this (man).
Matt 13:57 Kai\ e0skandali/zonto e0n au0tw%~. 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0toi=j, Ou0k e1stin profh/thj a!timoj, ei0 mh\ e0n th|= patri/di au0tou= kai\ e0n th|= oi0ki/a% au0tou=. And they were offended at him. But Jesus said to them, “A prophet is not without honour except in his native district and in his house”,
Matt 13:58 Kai\ ou0k e0poi/hsen e0kei= duna&meij polla&j, dia_ th\n a)pisti/an au0tw~n. and he did not perform many miracles there, because of their unbelief.
Matt 14:1 870En e0kei/nw% tw%~ kairw%~ h1kousen 879Hrw%&dhj o9 tetra&rxhj th\n a)koh\n 870Ihsou=, At that time, Herod the tetrarch heard of Jesus's fame,
Matt 14:2 kai\ ei]pen toi=j paisi\n au0tou=, Ou[to/j e0stin 870Iwa&nnhj o9 baptisth/j: au0to\j h0ge/rqh a)po\ tw~n nekrw~n, kai\ dia_ tou=to ai9 duna&meij e0nergou=sin e0n au0tw%~. and he said to his servants, “This is John the Baptist. He has risen from the dead, which is why there are powers at work in him.” risen: or has been raised.
which is why ← and on account of this.
there are powers at work ← the powers are at work.
Matt 14:3 879O ga_r 879Hrw%&dhj krath/saj to\n 870Iwa&nnhn e1dhsen au0to\n kai\ e1qeto e0n fulakh|=, dia_ 879Hrw%dia&da th\n gunai=ka Fili/ppou tou= a)delfou= au0tou=. For Herod had arrested John and bound him and put him in prison on account of Herodias the wife of Philip his brother, had arrested: i.e. had had arrested (causative).
put him: i.e. had had (him) put (causative).
Matt 14:4 871Elegen ga_r au0tw%~ o9 870Iwa&nnhj, Ou0k e1cesti/n soi e1xein au0th/n. because John had kept on saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her”, had kept on saying ← was saying, iterative imperfect, but not necessarily so – see Matt 5:2.
Matt 14:5 Kai\ qe/lwn au0to\n a)poktei=nai, e0fobh/qh to\n o1xlon, o3ti w(j profh/thn au0to\n ei]xon. and although he wished to kill him, he feared the crowd, because they regarded him as a prophet. although: concessive use of the participle.
Matt 14:6 Genesi/wn de\ a)gome/nwn tou= 879Hrw%&dou, w)rxh/sato h9 quga&thr th=j 879Hrw%dia&doj e0n tw%~ me/sw%, kai\ h1resen tw%~ 879Hrw%&dh|: Then when Herod's birthday was celebrated, Herodias's daughter danced in their presence and pleased Herod, in their presence ← in the midst.
Matt 14:7 o3qen meq' o3rkou w(molo/ghsen au0th|= dou=nai o4 e0a_n ai0th/shtai. with the result that he promised with an oath to give her whatever she asked for. with the result that ← whence, from where.
Matt 14:8 879H de/, probibasqei=sa u9po\ th=j mhtro\j au0th=j, Do/j moi, fhsi/n, w{de e0pi\ pi/naki th\n kefalh\n 870Iwa&nnou tou= baptistou=. But she, being so induced by her mother, said, “Give me here the head of John the Baptist on a dish.”
Matt 14:9 Kai\ e0luph/qh o9 basileu/j, dia_ de\ tou\j o3rkouj kai\ tou\j sunanakeime/nouj e0ke/leusen doqh=nai: At this the king was grieved, but on account of his oaths and those reclining with him, he ordered it to be given, at this: wider use of kai/.
Matt 14:10 kai\ pe/myaj a)pekefa&lisen to\n 870Iwa&nnhn e0n th|= fulakh|=. and he sent an executioner and had John beheaded in the prison. had John beheaded ← and he beheaded John. Compare Matt 2:16.
Matt 14:11 Kai\ h0ne/xqh h9 kefalh\ au0tou= e0pi\ pi/naki, kai\ e0do/qh tw%~ korasi/w%: kai\ h1negken th|= mhtri\ au0th=j. So his head was brought on a dish, and it was given to the girl, and she brought it to her mother.
Matt 14:12 Kai\ proselqo/ntej oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou= h]ran to\ sw~ma, kai\ e1qayan au0to/: kai\ e0lqo/ntej a)ph/ggeilan tw%~ 870Ihsou=. Then his disciples came and took away the body and buried it, and they came and reported it to Jesus.
Matt 14:13 {RP TR: Kai\ a)kou/saj} [P1904: 870Akou/saj de\] o9 870Ihsou=j a)nexw&rhsen e0kei=qen e0n ploi/w% ei0j e1rhmon to/pon kat' i0di/an: kai\ a)kou/santej oi9 o1xloi h0kolou/qhsan au0tw%~ pezh|= a)po\ tw~n po/lewn. But when Jesus heard it, he withdrew from there in a boat to a deserted place privately. Then when the crowds heard about it, they followed him on foot from the cities, kai\ a)kou/saj, and / but having heard, RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=4/6 vs. a)kou/saj de\, but having heard, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=2/6. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=7.2 PV=0.7%. No difference in our English.
Matt 14:14 Kai\ e0celqw_n o9 870Ihsou=j ei]den polu\n o1xlon, kai\ e0splagxni/sqh e0p' {RP P1904: au0toi=j} [TR: au0tou/j], kai\ e0qera&peusen tou\j a)rrw&stouj au0tw~n. and when Jesus went out, he saw a large crowd, and he felt compassion for them and cured their infirm. au0toi=j, (for) them (dative), RP P1904 F1853=14/20 F1859=6/6 vs. au0tou/j, (for) them (accusative), TR F1853=6/20 F1859=0/6.
Matt 14:15 870Oyi/aj de\ genome/nhj, prosh=lqon au0tw%~ oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou=, le/gontej, 871Erhmo/j e0stin o9 to/poj, kai\ h9 w#ra h1dh parh=lqen: a)po/luson tou\j o1xlouj, i3na a)pelqo/ntej ei0j ta_j kw&maj a)gora&swsin e9autoi=j brw&mata. When it was evening, his disciples came to him and said, “The place is desolate, and the hour has already passed. Dismiss the crowds, so that they can go back to their villages and buy food for themselves.”
Matt 14:16 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0toi=j, Ou0 xrei/an e1xousin a)pelqei=n: do/te au0toi=j u9mei=j fagei=n. But Jesus said to them, “They do not need to go away. You give them food to eat.”
Matt 14:17 Oi9 de\ le/gousin au0tw%~, Ou0k e1xomen w{de ei0 mh\ pe/nte a!rtouj kai\ du/o i0xqu/aj. Then they said to him, “We haven't got anything here except five loaves and two fish.”
Matt 14:18 879O de\ ei]pen, Fe/rete/ moi au0tou\j w{de. But he said, “Bring them here to me.”
Matt 14:19 Kai\ keleu/saj tou\j o1xlouj a)nakliqh=nai e0pi\ tou\j xo/rtouj, {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\] labw_n tou\j pe/nte a!rtouj kai\ tou\j du/o i0xqu/aj, a)nable/yaj ei0j to\n ou0rano/n, eu0lo/ghsen, kai\ kla&saj e1dwken toi=j maqhtai=j tou\j a!rtouj, oi9 de\ maqhtai\ toi=j o1xloij. Then he commanded the crowds to recline on the grass, and he took the five loaves and the two fish, and he looked up to heaven and offered a blessing, and he broke the bread and gave it to the disciples, while the disciples gave it to the crowds. kai\, and (having taken): absent in RP P1904 F1853=16/20 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's csuy) F1859=1/7.
broke the bread and gave it ← having broken gave the loaves.
Matt 14:20 Kai\ e1fagon pa&ntej, kai\ e0xorta&sqhsan: kai\ h]ran to\ perisseu=on tw~n klasma&twn, dw&deka kofi/nouj plh/reij. And they all ate and were filled, and they gathered up the excess pieces – twelve basketsful.
Matt 14:21 Oi9 de\ e0sqi/ontej h]san a!ndrej w(sei\ pentakisxi/lioi, xwri\j gunaikw~n kai\ paidi/wn. Now those who ate were about five thousand men, excluding women and children.
Matt 14:22 Kai\ eu0qe/wj h0na&gkasen o9 870Ihsou=j tou\j maqhta_j {RP: - } [P1904 TR: au0tou=] e0mbh=nai ei0j to\ ploi=on, kai\ proa&gein au0to\n ei0j to\ pe/ran, e3wj ou[ a)polu/sh| tou\j o1xlouj. Then straightaway Jesus made {RP: his} [P1904 TR: his] disciples go on board the boat and go on ahead of him to the other side, while he dismissed the crowds. au0tou=, his: absent in RP F1853=11/22 F1859=4/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=11/22 F1859=3/7. A weak disparity with RP, R=15:16.
while ← until.
Matt 14:23 Kai\ a)polu/saj tou\j o1xlouj, a)ne/bh ei0j to\ o1roj kat' i0di/an proseu/casqai: o0yi/aj de\ genome/nhj, mo/noj h]n e0kei=. Then when he had dismissed the crowds, he went up a mountain privately to pray. It was evening, and he was there alone. a mountain ← the mountain. See Gen 22:9.
Matt 14:24 To\ de\ ploi=on h1dh me/son th=j qala&sshj h]n, basanizo/menon u9po\ tw~n kuma&twn: h]n ga_r e0nanti/oj o9 a!nemoj. But the boat was already in the middle of the sea, being buffeted by waves, for the wind was against them.
Matt 14:25 Teta&rth| de\ fulakh|= th=j nukto\j a)ph=lqen pro\j au0tou\j o9 870Ihsou=j, peripatw~n e0pi\ th=j qala&sshj. Now then, at the fourth watch of the night, Jesus came to them, walking on the sea, the fourth watch: 3:00 a.m. - 6:00 a.m.
came ← came away.
Matt 14:26 Kai\ i0do/ntej au0to\n oi9 maqhtai\ e0pi\ th\n qa&lassan peripatou=nta e0tara&xqhsan, le/gontej o3ti Fa&ntasma& e0stin: kai\ a)po\ tou= fo/bou e1kracan. and when the disciples saw him walking on the sea, they were disturbed, saying, “It is a ghost”, and they shouted for fear.
Matt 14:27 Eu0qe/wj de\ e0la&lhsen au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, le/gwn, Qarsei=te: e0gw& ei0mi: mh\ fobei=sqe. But Jesus immediately spoke to them and said, “Be of good courage – it is me – do not be afraid.” it is me ← I am. See John 18:5-6. If the reader prefers, read it is I.
Matt 14:28 870Apokriqei\j de\ au0tw%~ o9 Pe/troj ei]pen, Ku/rie, ei0 su\ ei], ke/leuso/n me pro/j se e0lqei=n e0pi\ ta_ u3data. Then Peter replied to him and said, “Lord, if it is you, command me to come to you on the waters.”
Matt 14:29 879O de\ ei]pen, 870Elqe/. Kai\ kataba_j a)po\ tou= ploi/ou o9 Pe/troj periepa&thsen e0pi\ ta_ u3data, e0lqei=n pro\j to\n 870Ihsou=n. And he said, “Come.” So Peter went down from the boat and walked on the water to go to Jesus.
Matt 14:30 Ble/pwn de\ to\n a!nemon i0sxuro\n e0fobh/qh: kai\ a)rca&menoj kataponti/zesqai e1kracen, le/gwn, Ku/rie, sw~so/n me. But when he saw that the wind was strong, he was afraid, and as he was beginning to sink, he called out and said, “Lord, save me.”
Matt 14:31 Eu0qe/wj de\ o9 870Ihsou=j e0ktei/naj th\n xei=ra e0pela&beto au0tou=, kai\ le/gei au0tw%~, 870Oligo/piste, ei0j ti/ e0di/stasaj; Then Jesus immediately stretched out his hand and held on to him, and he said to him, “You of little faith, why did you doubt?”
Matt 14:32 Kai\ e0mba&ntwn au0tw~n ei0j to\ ploi=on, e0ko/pasen o9 a!nemoj: Then when they had gone on board the boat, the wind abated,
Matt 14:33 oi9 de\ e0n tw%~ ploi/w% e0lqo/ntej proseku/nhsan au0tw%~, le/gontej, 870Alhqw~j qeou= ui9o\j ei]. and those in the boat came and worshipped him and said, “Truly, you are the son of God.”
Matt 14:34 Kai\ diapera&santej h]lqon ei0j th\n gh=n Gennhsare/t. Then when they had crossed over, they came to the district of Gennesaret,
Matt 14:35 Kai\ e0pigno/ntej au0to\n oi9 a!ndrej tou= to/pou e0kei/nou a)pe/steilan ei0j o3lhn th\n peri/xwron e0kei/nhn, kai\ prosh/negkan au0tw%~ pa&ntaj tou\j kakw~j e1xontaj: and when the men of that place recognized him, they sent word out to the whole of that region, and they brought all those who were unwell to him,
Matt 14:36 kai\ pareka&loun au0to/n, i3na {RP TR: - } [P1904: ka@n] mo/non a#ywntai tou= kraspe/dou tou= i9mati/ou au0tou=: kai\ o3soi h3yanto diesw&qhsan. and they pleaded with him that {RP TR: they might only} [P1904: if only they might] touch the hem of his coat. And any who touched it recovered. ka@n, even if: absent in RP TR F1853=17/20 F1859=6/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's lmn) F1859=0/6.
Matt 15:1 To/te prose/rxontai tw%~ 870Ihsou= oi9 a)po\ 879Ierosolu/mwn grammatei=j kai\ Farisai=oi, le/gontej, Then the scribes and Pharisees from Jerusalem came to Jesus and said,
Matt 15:2 Dia_ ti/ oi9 maqhtai/ sou parabai/nousin th\n para&dosin tw~n presbute/rwn; Ou0 ga_r ni/ptontai ta_j xei=raj au0tw~n, o3tan a!rton e0sqi/wsin. “Why do your disciples transgress the tradition of the elders? For they do not wash their hands when they eat bread.”
Matt 15:3 879O de\ a)pokriqei\j ei]pen au0toi=j, Dia_ ti/ kai\ u9mei=j parabai/nete th\n e0ntolh\n tou= qeou= dia_ th\n para&dosin u9mw~n; But he replied saying to them, “Why do you for your part transgress the commandment of God by your tradition? for your part ← also.
Matt 15:4 879O ga_r qeo\j e0netei/lato, le/gwn, Ti/ma to\n pate/ra {RP P1904: - } [TR: sou] kai\ th\n mhte/ra: kai/, 879O kakologw~n pate/ra h2 mhte/ra qana&tw% teleuta&tw: For God gave commandment, saying, ‘Honour {RP P1904: your} [TR: your] father and your mother’, and, ‘He who speaks ill of his father or mother must certainly die.’ sou=, your (father): absent in RP P1904 F1853=14/20 F1859=4/6 vs. present in TR F1853=6/20 F1859=2/6.
Ex 20:12, Ex 21:17, Deut 5:16.
Matt 15:5 u9mei=j de\ le/gete, 874Oj a@n ei1ph| tw%~ patri\ h2 th|= mhtri/, Dw~ron, o4 e0a_n e0c e0mou= w)felhqh|=j, kai\ ou0 mh\ timh/sh| to\n pate/ra au0tou= h2 th\n mhte/ra au0tou=: But you say, ‘Whoever says to his father or mother, «That by which you might have been benefitted from me is a dedicatory gift», is acting correctly’, ¶ and he does not honour his father or his mother at all. ¶ Verse division: in AV numbering, Matt 15:6 begins here.
by which ← by whatever.
Matt 15:6 kai\ h0kurw&sate th\n e0ntolh\n tou= qeou= dia_ th\n para&dosin u9mw~n: So you invalidate the commandment of God by your tradition.
Matt 15:7 u9pokritai/, kalw~j proefh/teusen peri\ u9mw~n 870Hsai+/aj, le/gwn, You hypocrites! Isaiah prophesied well concerning you, saying,
Matt 15:8 870Eggi/zei moi o9 lao\j ou[toj tw%~ sto/mati au0tw~n, kai\ toi=j xei/lesi/n me tima%~: h9 de\ kardi/a au0tw~n po/rrw a)pe/xei a)p' e0mou=.

‘This people approaches me with their mouth,

And with their lips they honour me,

But their heart is far removed from me.

 Isa 29:13.
Matt 15:9 Ma&thn de\ se/bontai/ me, dida&skontej didaskali/aj e0nta&lmata a)nqrw&pwn.

They worship me vainly,

Teaching as doctrines

The commandments of men.’ ”

 Isa 29:13.
Matt 15:10 Kai\ proskalesa&menoj to\n o1xlon, ei]pen au0toi=j, 870Akou/ete kai\ suni/ete. Then he called the crowd and said to them, “Listen to this and understand:
Matt 15:11 Ou0 to\ ei0serxo/menon ei0j to\ sto/ma koinoi= to\n a!nqrwpon: a)lla_ to\ e0kporeuo/menon e0k tou= sto/matoj, tou=to koinoi= to\n a!nqrwpon. it is not that which goes into the mouth which defiles a man, but that which comes out of his mouth – that defiles a man.” that ← this.
Matt 15:12 To/te proselqo/ntej oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou= ei]pon au0tw%~, Oi]daj o3ti oi9 Farisai=oi {RP TR: a)kou/santej to\n lo/gon e0skandali/sqhsan} [P1904: e0skandali/sqhsan a)kou/santej to\n lo/gon]; Then his disciples came to him and said to him, “Do you know that the Pharisees take offence when they hear the word?” a)kou/santej to\n lo/gon e0skandali/sqhsan, having heard the word + take offence, RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=4/6 vs. e0skandali/sqhsan a)kou/santej to\n lo/gon, take offence + having heard the word, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=2/6. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=7.2 PV=0.7%.
Matt 15:13 879O de\ a)pokriqei\j ei]pen, Pa~sa futei/a, h4n ou0k e0fu/teusen o9 path/r mou o9 ou0ra&nioj, e0krizwqh/setai. But he answered and said, “Every plant which my heavenly father did not plant will be uprooted.
Matt 15:14 871Afete au0tou/j: o9dhgoi/ ei0sin tufloi\ tuflw~n: tuflo\j de\ tuflo\n e0a_n o9dhgh|=, a)mfo/teroi ei0j bo/qunon pesou=ntai. Leave them alone. They are blind guides of the blind. And if a blind man leads a blind man, both will fall in a pit.”
Matt 15:15 870Apokriqei\j de\ o9 Pe/troj ei]pen au0tw%~, Fra&son h9mi=n th\n parabolh\n tau/thn. Then Peter responded and said to him, “Explain this parable to us.”
Matt 15:16 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j ei]pen, 870Akmh\n kai\ u9mei=j a)su/netoi/ e0ste; And Jesus said, “Are you too still lacking in understanding?
Matt 15:17 Ou1pw noei=te, o3ti pa~n to\ ei0sporeuo/menon ei0j to\ sto/ma ei0j th\n koili/an xwrei=, kai\ ei0j a)fedrw~na e0kba&lletai; Do you not yet understand that everything that goes into the mouth proceeds into the stomach and is discharged into the latrine?
Matt 15:18 Ta_ de\ e0kporeuo/mena e0k tou= sto/matoj e0k th=j kardi/aj e0ce/rxetai, ka)kei=na koinoi= to\n a!nqrwpon. But the things which come out of the mouth come out of the heart, and those things defile a man.
Matt 15:19 870Ek ga_r th=j kardi/aj e0ce/rxontai dialogismoi\ ponhroi/, fo/noi, moixei=ai, pornei=ai, klopai/, yeudomarturi/ai, blasfhmi/ai: For out of the heart come evil reasonings, murders, adulteries, fornications, thefts, false testimonies, blasphemies.
Matt 15:20 tau=ta& e0stin ta_ koinou=nta to\n a!nqrwpon: to\ de\ a)ni/ptoij xersi\n fagei=n ou0 koinoi= to\n a!nqrwpon. These are the things which defile a man. But eating with unwashed hands does not defile a man.”
Matt 15:21 Kai\ e0celqw_n e0kei=qen o9 870Ihsou=j a)nexw&rhsen ei0j ta_ me/rh Tu/rou kai\ Sidw~noj. Then Jesus went out from there and withdrew to the districts of Tyre and Sidon,
Matt 15:22 Kai\ i0dou/, gunh\ Xananai/a a)po\ tw~n o9ri/wn e0kei/nwn e0celqou=sa e0krau/gasen au0tw%~, le/gousa, 870Ele/hso/n me, ku/rie, ui9e\ {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d]: h9 quga&thr mou kakw~j daimoni/zetai. and it so happened that a Canaanite woman from those territories came out and cried aloud to him saying, “Have mercy on me, Lord, son of David. My daughter is severely possessed by a demon.” David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
it so happened that ← behold.
This section shows the dispensational position of Gentiles at the time. Contrast Eph 2:11-19.
Matt 15:23 879O de\ ou0k a)pekri/qh au0th|= lo/gon. Kai\ proselqo/ntej oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou= h0rw&twn au0to/n, le/gontej, 870Apo/luson au0th/n, o3ti kra&zei o1pisqen h9mw~n. But he did not answer her a word. And his disciples came and appealed to him and said, “Send her away, because she is shouting after us.” appealed to ← asked.
Matt 15:24 879O de\ a)pokriqei\j ei]pen, Ou0k a)pesta&lhn ei0 mh\ ei0j ta_ pro/bata ta_ a)polwlo/ta oi1kou 870Israh/l. But he answered and said, “I have not been sent except to the lost sheep of the house of Israel.” I have not been sent ← I was not sent, but see Matt 2:2 and Acts 28:28.
Matt 15:25 879H de\ e0lqou=sa {RP P1904: proseku/nhsen} [TR: proseku/nei] au0tw%~ le/gousa, Ku/rie, boh/qei moi. But she came and worshipped him and said, “Lord, help me.” proseku/nhsen, worshipped, RP P1904 F1853=16/20 F1859=6/6 vs. proseku/nei, was worshipping, TR F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's eqru, u being very doubtful) F1859=0/6. No difference in our English.
Matt 15:26 879O de\ a)pokriqei\j ei]pen, Ou0k e1stin kalo\n labei=n to\n a!rton tw~n te/knwn, kai\ balei=n toi=j kunari/oij. But he answered and said, “It is not right to take the bread of the children and throw it to the dogs.” dogs ← little dogs, but the diminutive force need not be stressed [MZ] §485.
Matt 15:27 879H de\ ei]pen, Nai/, ku/rie: kai\ ga_r ta_ kuna&ria e0sqi/ei a)po\ tw~n yixi/wn tw~n pipto/ntwn a)po\ th=j trape/zhj tw~n kuri/wn au0tw~n. But she said, “Indeed, Lord. But even the dogs eat from the crumbs which fall from the table of their masters.”
Matt 15:28 To/te a)pokriqei\j o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0th|=, 87]W gu/nai, mega&lh sou h9 pi/stij: genhqh/tw soi w(j qe/leij. Kai\ i0a&qh h9 quga&thr au0th=j a)po\ th=j w#raj e0kei/nhj. Then Jesus answered and said to her, “Madam, great is your faith. Let it be to you as you wish.” And her daughter was cured from that hour.
Matt 15:29 Kai\ metaba_j e0kei=qen o9 870Ihsou=j h]lqen para_ th\n qa&lassan th=j Galilai/aj: kai\ a)naba_j ei0j to\ o1roj e0ka&qhto e0kei=. Then Jesus moved on from there and went beside the sea of Galilee, and he went up the mountain, and he sat there, the: perhaps a specific mountain. Compare Matt 14:23, where we think a specific mountain less likely.
Matt 15:30 Kai\ prosh=lqon au0tw%~ o1xloi polloi/, e1xontej meq' e9autw~n xwlou/j, tuflou/j, kwfou/j, kullou/j, kai\ e9te/rouj pollou/j, kai\ e1rriyan au0tou\j para_ tou\j po/daj tou= 870Ihsou= kai\ e0qera&peusen au0tou/j: and large crowds came to him, bringing with them the lame, blind, mute, maimed and many others, and they laid them down at the feet of Jesus, and he cured them, bringing ← having.
mute: not deaf here in RP TR; see next verse (kwfo/j can mean either), but P1904 requires deaf because of its text in the next verse.
Matt 15:31 w#ste tou\j o1xlouj qauma&sai, ble/pontaj kwfou\j {RP TR: - } [P1904: a)kou/ontaj, a)la&louj] lalou=ntaj, kullou\j u9giei=j, xwlou\j peripatou=ntaj, kai\ tuflou\j ble/pontaj: kai\ e0do/casan to\n qeo\n 870Israh/l. so that the crowds were amazed, seeing {RP TR: - } [P1904: the deaf hearing,] the mute speaking, the maimed restored, the lame walking and the blind seeing, and they glorified the God of Israel. a)kou/ontaj, a)la&louj, the deaf hearing: absent in RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=4/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=2/6. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=7.2 PV=0.7%. Note how kwfou\j is the mute or the deaf according to the reading taken.
An allusion to Isa 35:5, Isa 35:6.
restored ← healthy.
Matt 15:32 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j proskalesa&menoj tou\j maqhta_j au0tou= ei]pen, Splagxni/zomai e0pi\ to\n o1xlon, o3ti h1dh {RP P1904: h9me/rai} [TR: h9me/raj] trei=j prosme/nousi/n moi, kai\ ou0k e1xousin ti/ fa&gwsin: kai\ a)polu=sai au0tou\j nh/steij ou0 qe/lw, mh/pote e0kluqw~sin e0n th|= o9dw%~. Then Jesus called his disciples and said, “I feel compassion for the crowd, because it has been three days already that they have stayed with me and have not had anything to eat. And I do not want to dismiss them fasting, in case they faint on the way.” h9me/rai, days (nominative), RP P1904 F1853=10/20 F1859=5/6 vs. h9me/raj, days (accusative of time how long), TR F1853=10/20 F1859=1/6.
Matt 15:33 Kai\ le/gousin au0tw%~ oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou=, Po/qen h9mi=n e0n e0rhmi/a% a!rtoi tosou=toi, w#ste xorta&sai o1xlon tosou=ton; Then the disciples said to him, “Where can we get enough loaves to feed so large a crowd in such a desolate place?” can we get ← to us.
enough ← so many.
Matt 15:34 Kai\ le/gei au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, Po/souj a!rtouj e1xete; Oi9 de\ ei]pon, 879Epta&, kai\ o0li/ga i0xqu/dia. At this Jesus said to them, “How many loaves have you got?” Then they said, “Seven, and a few small fish.” at this: wider use of kai/.
Matt 15:35 Kai\ e0ke/leusen toi=j o1xloij a)napesei=n e0pi\ th\n gh=n: Then he ordered the crowds to recline on the ground,
Matt 15:36 kai\ labw_n tou\j e9pta_ a!rtouj kai\ tou\j i0xqu/aj, eu0xaristh/saj e1klasen, kai\ e1dwken toi=j maqhtai=j au0tou=, oi9 de\ maqhtai\ {RP TR: tw%~ o1xlw%} [P1904: toi=j o1xloij]. and he took the seven loaves and the fish, and he gave thanks, and he broke the bread and gave it to his disciples, while the disciples gave it to the {RP TR: crowd} [P1904: crowds]. tw%~ o1xlw%, to the crowd, RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=5/6 vs. toi=j o1xloij, to the crowds, P1904 F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's cy) F1859=1/6.
Matt 15:37 Kai\ e1fagon pa&ntej kai\ e0xorta&sqhsan: kai\ h]ran to\ perisseu=on tw~n klasma&twn, e9pta_ spuri/daj plh/reij. And they all ate and were filled, and they gathered up the excess pieces – seven hampers full.
Matt 15:38 Oi9 de\ e0sqi/ontej h]san tetrakisxi/lioi a!ndrej, xwri\j gunaikw~n kai\ paidi/wn. Now those who ate were four thousand men, excluding women and children.
Matt 15:39 Kai\ a)polu/saj tou\j o1xlouj {RP-text P1904 TR: e0ne/bh} [RP-marg: a)ne/bh] ei0j to\ ploi=on, kai\ h]lqen ei0j ta_ o3ria Magdala&. Then he dismissed the crowds and went {RP-text P1904 TR: on board} [RP-marg: up into] the boat and went to the regions of Magdala. e0ne/bh, went in, RP-text P1904 TR F1853=10/20 F1859=1/6 vs. a)ne/bh, went up, RP-marg F1853=10/20 F1859=5/6. No difference in our English. A weak disparity with RP-text, R=13:15.
Matt 16:1 Kai\ proselqo/ntej oi9 Farisai=oi kai\ Saddoukai=oi peira&zontej e0phrw&thsan au0to\n shmei=on e0k tou= ou0ranou= e0pidei=cai au0toi=j. Then the Pharisees and Sadducees came, putting him to the test, and they asked him to show them a sign from heaven.
Matt 16:2 879O de\ a)pokriqei\j ei]pen au0toi=j, 870Oyi/aj genome/nhj le/gete, Eu0di/a: purra&zei ga_r o9 ou0rano/j. But he answered and said to them, “When it is evening, you say, ‘It will be fine weather, for the sky is fiery red’,
Matt 16:3 Kai\ prwi+/, Sh/meron xeimw&n: purra&zei ga_r stugna&zwn o9 ou0rano/j. 879Upokritai/, to\ me\n pro/swpon tou= ou0ranou= ginw&skete diakri/nein, ta_ de\ shmei=a tw~n kairw~n ou0 du/nasqe {RP TR: - } [P1904: gnw~nai]; and in the morning, you say, ‘Today there will be a storm, for the sky is fiery red and overcast.’ You hypocrites! You know how to discern the appearance of the sky, but you are not able to {RP TR: discern} [P1904: recognize] the signs of the times. gnw~nai, to know: absent in RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's qr) F1859=2/7.
We punctuate as a statement; RP P1904 TBS-TR as a question: Do you know how to discern ...
[P1904: recognize ← know.]
Matt 16:4 Genea_ ponhra_ kai\ moixali\j shmei=on e0pizhtei=: kai\ shmei=on ou0 doqh/setai au0th|=, ei0 mh\ to\ shmei=on 870Iwna~ tou= profh/tou. Kai\ katalipw_n au0tou/j, a)ph=lqen. An evil and adulterous generation seeks a sign, but no sign will be given to it except the sign of Jonah the prophet.” Then he left them and went away.
Matt 16:5 Kai\ e0lqo/ntej oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou= ei0j to\ pe/ran e0pela&qonto a!rtouj labei=n. Then his disciples came to the far side, but they had forgotten to take bread with them.
Matt 16:6 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0toi=j, 879Ora~te kai\ prose/xete a)po\ th=j zu/mhj tw~n Farisai/wn kai\ Saddoukai/wn. However, Jesus said to them, “Watch out and beware of the leaven of the Pharisees and Sadducees.”
Matt 16:7 Oi9 de\ dielogi/zonto e0n e9autoi=j, le/gontej o3ti 871Artouj ou0k e0la&bomen. But they reasoned among themselves and said, “It is because we have not taken any bread with us.”
Matt 16:8 Gnou\j de\ o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0toi=j, Ti/ dialogi/zesqe e0n e9autoi=j, o0ligo/pistoi, o3ti a!rtouj ou0k e0la&bete; But Jesus knew about it and said, “Why do you reason among yourselves, you of little faith, in that you did not take bread with you?
Matt 16:9 Ou1pw noei=te, ou0de\ mnhmoneu/ete tou\j pe/nte a!rtouj tw~n pentakisxili/wn, kai\ po/souj kofi/nouj e0la&bete; Do you still not understand or remember the five loaves of the five thousand, and how many basketsful you picked up?
Matt 16:10 Ou0de\ tou\j e9pta_ a!rtouj tw~n tetrakisxili/wn, kai\ po/saj spuri/daj e0la&bete; Or the seven loaves of the four thousand, and how many hampers full you picked up?
Matt 16:11 Pw~j ou0 noei=te, o3ti ou0 peri\ a!rtou ei]pon u9mi=n prose/xein a)po\ th=j zu/mhj tw~n Farisai/wn kai\ Saddoukai/wn; How come you do not understand that it was not about bread that I told you to beware of the leaven of the Pharisees and Sadducees?”
Matt 16:12 To/te sunh=kan o3ti ou0k ei]pen prose/xein a)po\ th=j zu/mhj tou= a!rtou, {RP: a)lla_} [P1904 TR: a)ll'] a)po\ th=j didaxh=j tw~n Farisai/wn kai\ Saddoukai/wn. Then they understood that he had not said to beware of the leaven of bread, but of the teaching of the Pharisees and Sadducees. a)lla_, but (unapocopated form), RP F1853=12/20 F1859=4/6 vs. a)ll', but (apocopated form), P1904 TR F1853=8/20 F1859=2/6.
Matt 16:13 870Elqw_n de\ o9 870Ihsou=j ei0j ta_ me/rh Kaisarei/aj th=j Fili/ppou h0rw&ta tou\j maqhta_j au0tou=, le/gwn, Ti/na me le/gousin oi9 a!nqrwpoi ei]nai, to\n ui9o\n tou= a)nqrw&pou; Now when Jesus went to the districts of Caesarea Philippi, he questioned his disciples and said, “Who do men say that I, the son of man, am?”
Matt 16:14 Oi9 de\ ei]pon, Oi9 me\n 870Iwa&nnhn to\n baptisth/n: a!lloi de\ 870Hli/an: e3teroi de\ 870Ieremi/an, h2 e3na tw~n profhtw~n. And they said, “Some say John the Baptist, others say Elijah, and still others Jeremiah or one of the prophets.”
Matt 16:15 Le/gei au0toi=j, 879Umei=j de\ ti/na me le/gete ei]nai; Then he said to them, “But who do you say I am?”
Matt 16:16 870Apokriqei\j de\ Si/mwn Pe/troj ei]pen, Su\ ei] o9 xristo/j, o9 ui9o\j tou= qeou= tou= zw~ntoj. And Simon Peter answered and said, “You are the Christ, the son of the living God.”
Matt 16:17 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0tw%~, Maka&rioj ei], Si/mwn {RP P1904: Bariwna~} [TR: Ba_r 870Iwna~], o3ti sa_rc kai\ ai[ma ou0k a)peka&luye/n soi, a)ll' o9 path/r mou o9 e0n toi=j ou0ranoi=j. Then Jesus replied and said to him, “Blessed are you, Simon {RP P1904: Barjonah} [TR: Bar Jonah], because flesh and blood did not reveal this to you, but my father in the heavens. Bariwna~, Barjonah, RP P1904 vs. Ba_r 870Iwna~, Bar Jonah, TR. We do not normally regard one-word / two-word issues as significant, but as this affects the English rendering, we note the distinction here.
Matt 16:18 Ka)gw_ de/ soi le/gw, o3ti su\ ei] Pe/troj, kai\ e0pi\ tau/th| th|= pe/tra% oi0kodomh/sw mou th\n e0kklhsi/an, kai\ pu/lai 873A|dou ou0 katisxu/sousin au0th=j. And I say to you that you are Peter, and upon this rock I will build my church, and the gates of Hades will not prevail over it. church: literally, outcalling, which can be taken as our perpetual marginal reading. God defines who belongs to an outcalling, not man. In Acts 2:47, it is “those who became saved”.
Hades: the place of the dead.
Matt 16:19 Kai\ dw&sw soi\ ta_j klei=j th=j basilei/aj tw~n ou0ranw~n: kai\ o4 e0a_n dh/sh|j e0pi\ th=j gh=j, e1stai dedeme/non e0n toi=j ou0ranoi=j: kai\ o4 e0a_n lu/sh|j e0pi\ th=j gh=j, e1stai lelume/non e0n toi=j ou0ranoi=j. And I will give you the keys of the kingdom of the heavens, and whatever you bind on the earth will be bound in the heavens, and whatever you loosen on earth will be loosened in the heavens.” bind: i.e. restrict, forbid.
loosen: i.e. allow.
Matt 16:20 To/te diestei/lato toi=j maqhtai=j au0tou= i3na mhdeni\ ei1pwsin o3ti au0to/j e0stin 870Ihsou=j o9 xristo/j. Then he charged his disciples not to tell anyone he was Jesus the Christ.
Matt 16:21 870Apo\ to/te h1rcato o9 870Ihsou=j deiknu/ein toi=j maqhtai=j au0tou= o3ti dei= au0to\n a)pelqei=n ei0j 879Ieroso/luma, kai\ polla_ paqei=n a)po\ tw~n presbute/rwn kai\ a)rxiere/wn kai\ grammate/wn, kai\ a)poktanqh=nai, kai\ th|= tri/th| h9me/ra% e0gerqh=nai. From then Jesus began to show his disciples that he had to go away to Jerusalem and suffer many things at the hands of the elders and senior priests and scribes, and to be killed, and to rise on the third day. to rise: or to be raised.
Matt 16:22 Kai\ proslabo/menoj au0to\n o9 Pe/troj h1rcato e0pitima~n au0tw%~ le/gwn, 873Ilew&j soi, ku/rie: ou0 mh\ e1stai soi tou=to. At this Peter took him aside and began to reprove him saying, “Goodness gracious, Lord! This will certainly not happen to you.” to reprove: here, and elsewhere, we have removed RP's iota subscript in a&w verb infinitives, in accordance with standard and manuscript usage.
Goodness gracious ← graciously to you.
happen ← be.
Matt 16:23 879O de\ strafei\j ei]pen tw%~ Pe/trw%, 873Upage o0pi/sw mou, Satana~, ska&ndalo/n mou ei]: o3ti ou0 fronei=j ta_ tou= qeou=, a)lla_ ta_ tw~n a)nqrw&pwn. But he turned round and said to Peter, “Get behind me, Satan. You are a snare to me, because you do not set your mind on the affairs of God, but on the affairs of men.” a snare: or an offence.
Matt 16:24 To/te o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen toi=j maqhtai=j au0tou=, Ei1 tij qe/lei o0pi/sw mou e0lqei=n, a)parnhsa&sqw e9auto/n, kai\ a)ra&tw to\n stauro\n au0tou=, kai\ a)kolouqei/tw moi. Then Jesus said to his disciples, “If anyone wants to follow me, let him deny himself and take up his cross and follow me”,
Matt 16:25 874Oj ga_r a@n qe/lh| th\n yuxh\n au0tou= sw~sai a)pole/sei au0th/n: o4j d' a@n a)pole/sh| th\n yuxh\n au0tou= e3neken e0mou= eu9rh/sei au0th/n: for whoever wishes to save his life will lose it. But whoever loses his life for my sake will find it. life (2x) ← soul.
Matt 16:26 ti/ ga_r w)felei=tai a!nqrwpoj e0a_n to\n ko/smon o3lon kerdh/sh|, th\n de\ yuxh\n au0tou= zhmiwqh|=; 872H ti/ dw&sei a!nqrwpoj a)nta&llagma th=j yuxh=j au0tou=; For in what way is a man profited if he gains the whole world but suffers the loss of his life? Or what will a man give in exchange for his life? life (2x) ← soul.
Matt 16:27 Me/llei ga_r o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou e1rxesqai e0n th|= do/ch| tou= patro\j au0tou= meta_ tw~n a)gge/lwn au0tou=, kai\ to/te a)podw&sei e9ka&stw% kata_ th\n pra~cin au0tou=. For the son of man is going to enter into the glory of his father with his angels, and then he will render to each person according to his deeds. deeds ← deed, practice.
Matt 16:28 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n, ei0si/n tinej {RP: - } [P1904 TR: tw~n] w{de {RP: e9stw~tej} [P1904 TR: e9sthko/twn], oi3tinej ou0 mh\ geu/swntai qana&tou, e3wj a@n i1dwsin to\n ui9o\n tou= a)nqrw&pou e0rxo/menon e0n th|= basilei/a% au0tou=. Truly, I say to you, there are some {RP: - } [P1904 TR: among those] standing here who will certainly not taste death until they see the son of man coming into his kingdom. tw~n, of those: absent in RP F1853=10/19 F1859=5/6 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=9/19 F1859=1/6.
e9stw~tej, standing (1), RP F1853=11/19 F1859=2/6 vs. e9sthko/twn, standing (3), P1904 TR F1853=6/19 F1859=3/6 vs. other readings, F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's sy) F1859=1/6.
Matt 17:1 Kai\ meq' h9me/raj e4c paralamba&nei o9 870Ihsou=j to\n Pe/tron kai\ 870Ia&kwbon kai\ 870Iwa&nnhn to\n a)delfo\n au0tou=, kai\ a)nafe/rei au0tou\j ei0j o1roj u9yhlo\n kat' i0di/an. Then six days later Jesus took Peter and James and John his brother with him, and he took them up a high mountain privately,
Matt 17:2 Kai\ metemorfw&qh e1mprosqen au0tw~n, kai\ e1lamyen to\ pro/swpon au0tou= w(j o9 h3lioj, ta_ de\ i9ma&tia au0tou= {RP-text: e0ge/nonto} [RP-marg P1904 TR: e0ge/neto] leuka_ w(j to\ fw~j. and he was transfigured before them, and his face shone like the sun, and his clothes became white like light. e0ge/nonto, became (non-classical form), RP-text F1853=9/19 F1859=4/6 vs. e0ge/neto, became (classical form), RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=10/19 F1859=2/6. No difference in our translation. A weak disparity with RP-text, R=13:14.
transfigured: AV= transformed, but we keep to the accepted terminology of the transfiguration.
light ← the light. See Gen 22:9.
Matt 17:3 Kai\ i0dou/, w!fqhsan au0toi=j Mwsh=j kai\ 870Hli/aj, met' au0tou= sullalou=ntej. Then the next thing that happened was that Moses and Elijah appeared to them, talking with him, the next thing that happened was that ← behold.
Matt 17:4 870Apokriqei\j de\ o9 Pe/troj ei]pen tw%~ 870Ihsou=, ku/rie, kalo/n e0stin h9ma~j w{de ei]nai: ei0 qe/leij, poih/swmen w{de trei=j skhna&j, soi\ mi/an, kai\ {RP TR: Mwsh|=} [P1904: Mwsei=] mi/an, kai\ mi/an 870Hli/a%. and Peter reacted and said to Jesus, “Lord, it is good for us to be here. If you wish, let us make three booths here, one for you, one for Moses, and one for Elijah.” Mwsh|=, Moses (1), RP TR F1853=8/19 F1859=4/7 vs. Mwsei=, Moses (2), F1853=11/19 P1904 F1859=1/7 vs. Mwu+sei=, Moüses, F1853=0/19 F1859=1/7 vs. phrase absent, F1853=0/19 F1859=1/7. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=13:13.
Matt 17:5 871Eti au0tou= lalou=ntoj, i0dou/, nefe/lh fwteinh\ e0peski/asen au0tou/j: kai\ i0dou/, fwnh\ e0k th=j nefe/lhj, le/gousa, Ou[to/j e0stin o9 ui9o/j mou o9 a)gaphto/j, e0n w%{ eu0do/khsa: au0tou= a)kou/ete. While he was still speaking, behold, a shining cloud overshadowed them, and there was a voice from the cloud, which said, “This is my beloved son, with whom I am very pleased. Hear him.” there was ← behold (second occurrence in verse of i0dou/).
Matt 17:6 Kai\ a)kou/santej oi9 maqhtai\ e1peson e0pi\ pro/swpon au0tw~n, kai\ e0fobh/qhsan sfo/dra. And when the disciples heard it, they fell face down and were very afraid.
Matt 17:7 Kai\ proselqw_n o9 870Ihsou=j h3yato au0tw~n kai\ ei]pen, 870Ege/rqhte kai\ mh\ fobei=sqe. Then Jesus came and touched them, and he said, “Get up and do not be afraid.”
Matt 17:8 870Epa&rantej de\ tou\j o0fqalmou\j au0tw~n, ou0de/na ei]don, ei0 mh\ to\n 870Ihsou=n mo/non. But when they lifted up their eyes, they did not see anyone except Jesus alone.
Matt 17:9 Kai\ katabaino/ntwn au0tw~n {RP: e0k} [P1904 TR: a)po\] tou= o1rouj, e0netei/lato au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, le/gwn, Mhdeni\ ei1phte to\ o3rama, e3wj ou[ o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou e0k nekrw~n a)nasth|=. Now as they were coming down from the mountain, Jesus commanded them and said, “Do not tell anyone about the vision until the son of man rises from the dead.” e0k, out of, RP F1853=19/20 F1859=5/6 vs. a)po\, away from, P1904 TR F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's h**) F1859=1/6. No difference in our English.
Matt 17:10 Kai\ e0phrw&thsan au0to\n oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou= le/gontej, Ti/ ou]n oi9 grammatei=j le/gousin o3ti 870Hli/an dei= e0lqei=n prw~ton; Then his disciples questioned him and asked, “Why, then, do the scribes say that Elijah must come first?” asked ← saying.
Matt 17:11 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j a)pokriqei\j ei]pen au0toi=j, 870Hli/aj me\n e1rxetai prw~ton, kai\ a)pokatasth/sei pa&nta: And Jesus answered and said to them, “Elijah comes first and will restore all things,
Matt 17:12 le/gw de\ u9mi=n o3ti 870Hli/aj h1dh h]lqen, kai\ ou0k e0pe/gnwsan au0to/n, {RP: a)lla_} [P1904 TR: a)ll'] e0poi/hsan e0n au0tw%~ o3sa h0qe/lhsan: ou3twj kai\ o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou me/llei pa&sxein u9p' au0tw~n. but I say to you that Elijah has already come, but they did not recognize him but did to him what they wished. In this way the son of man is also going to suffer at their hands.” a)lla_, but (unapocopated form), RP F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's a) F1859=1/6 vs. a)ll', but (apocopated form), P1904 TR F1853=18/19 F1859=5/6. A strong disparity with RP (and HF), R=2:25.
at their hands ← by them.
Matt 17:13 To/te sunh=kan oi9 maqhtai\ o3ti peri\ 870Iwa&nnou tou= baptistou= ei]pen au0toi=j. Then the disciples understood that it was about John the Baptist that he spoke to them.
Matt 17:14 Kai\ e0lqo/ntwn au0tw~n pro\j to\n o1xlon, prosh=lqen au0tw%~ a!nqrwpoj gonupetw~n {RP P1904: au0to\n} [TR: au0tw%~] Then when they went to the crowd, a man came to him kneeling to him, au0to\n, him (accusative), RP P1904 F1853=17/19 F1859=6/6 vs. au0tw%~, him (dative), TR F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's hu, u being very doubtful) F1859=0/6.
Matt 17:15 kai\ le/gwn, Ku/rie, e0le/hso/n mou to\n ui9o/n, o3ti selhnia&zetai kai\ kakw~j pa&sxei: polla&kij ga_r pi/ptei ei0j to\ pu=r, kai\ polla&kij ei0j to\ u3dwr. and saying, ¶ “Lord, have mercy on my son, for he is epileptic and is suffering badly. For he often falls into fire, and often into water, ¶ Verse division: in AV numbering, Matt 17:15 begins here.
epileptic ← moonstruck.
Matt 17:16 Kai\ prosh/negka au0to\n toi=j maqhtai=j sou, kai\ ou0k h0dunh/qhsan au0to\n qerapeu=sai. and I brought him to your disciples, but they could not heal him.”
Matt 17:17 870Apokriqei\j de\ o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen, 87]W genea_ a!pistoj kai\ diestramme/nh, e3wj po/te e1somai meq' u9mw~n; 873Ewj po/te a)ne/comai u9mw~n; Fe/rete/ moi au0to\n w{de. Then Jesus answered and said, “O faithless and perverted generation, how long will I be with you? How long will I put up with you? Bring him here to me.”
Matt 17:18 Kai\ e0peti/mhsen au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, kai\ e0ch=lqen a)p' au0tou= to\ daimo/nion, kai\ e0qerapeu/qh o9 pai=j a)po\ th=j w#raj e0kei/nhj. And Jesus rebuked it, and the demon came out of him, and the boy was healed from that hour.
Matt 17:19 To/te proselqo/ntej oi9 maqhtai\ tw%~ 870Ihsou= kat' i0di/an ei]pon, Dia_ ti/ h9mei=j ou0k h0dunh/qhmen e0kbalei=n au0to/; Then the disciples went to Jesus privately and said, “Why couldn't we cast it out?”
Matt 17:20 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0toi=j, Dia_ th\n a)pisti/an u9mw~n. 870Amh\n ga_r le/gw u9mi=n, e0a_n e1xhte pi/stin w(j ko/kkon sina&pewj, e0rei=te tw%~ o1rei tou/tw%, Meta&bhqi e0nteu=qen e0kei=, kai\ metabh/setai: kai\ ou0de\n a)dunath/sei u9mi=n. Jesus said to them, “On account of your unbelief. For truly, I say to you, if you have faith like a grain of mustard seed, you will be able to say to this mountain, ‘Move from here to there’, and it will move, and nothing will be impossible for you.
Matt 17:21 Tou=to de\ to\ ge/noj ou0k e0kporeu/etai ei0 mh\ e0n proseuxh|= kai\ nhstei/a%. But this kind does not come out except by prayer and fasting.”
Matt 17:22 870Anastrefome/nwn de\ au0tw~n {RP TR: e0n th|= Galilai/a%} [P1904: ei0j th\n Galilai/an], ei]pen au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, Me/llei o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou paradi/dosqai ei0j xei=raj a)nqrw&pwn, And as they turned back to Galilee, Jesus said to them, “The son of man is going to be delivered into the hands of men, e0n th|= Galilai/a%, in Galilee, RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=6/6 vs. ei0j th\n Galilai/an, to Galilee, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=0/6. No difference in our English.
Matt 17:23 kai\ a)poktenou=sin au0to/n, kai\ th|= tri/th| h9me/ra% e0gerqh/setai. Kai\ e0luph/qhsan sfo/dra. and they will kill him, and on the third day, he will be raised.” At this they were greatly grieved.
Matt 17:24 870Elqo/ntwn de\ au0tw~n ei0j Kapernaou/m, prosh=lqon oi9 ta_ di/draxma lamba&nontej tw%~ Pe/trw% kai\ ei]pon, 879O dida&skaloj u9mw~n ou0 telei= ta_ di/draxma; Then when they came to Capernaum, those who receive the two drachmas tax came to Peter and said, “Your teacher does not pay the two drachmas.” We punctuate as a statement; RP P1904 TBS-TR as a question.
two drachmas (2x): referring to a two drachma coin, which was a medium-sized silver coin.
Matt 17:25 Le/gei, Nai/. Kai\ o3te ei0sh=lqen ei0j th\n oi0ki/an, proe/fqasen au0to\n o9 870Ihsou=j, le/gwn, Ti/ soi dokei=, Si/mwn; Oi9 basilei=j th=j gh=j a)po\ ti/nwn lamba&nousin te/lh h2 kh=nson; 870Apo\ tw~n ui9w~n au0tw~n, h2 a)po\ tw~n a)llotri/wn; He said, “Indeed.” And when he went into his house, Jesus had got there before him, and he said, “What do you think, Simon? The kings of the earth – from whom do they take tax or registration duty? From their sons or from outsiders?” had got there before him: or pre-empted him.
registration duty ← census.
Matt 17:26 Le/gei au0tw%~ o9 Pe/troj, 870Apo\ tw~n a)llotri/wn. 871Efh au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, 871Ara ge e0leu/qeroi/ ei0sin oi9 ui9oi/. Peter said to him, “From outsiders.” Jesus said to him, “Consequently then, the sons are exempt. exempt ← free.
Matt 17:27 873Ina de\ mh\ skandali/swmen au0tou/j, poreuqei\j ei0j th\n qa&lassan ba&le a!gkistron, kai\ to\n {RP-text: a)nabai/nonta} [RP-marg P1904 TR: a)naba&nta] prw~ton i0xqu\n a}ron: kai\ a)noi/caj to\ sto/ma au0tou=, eu9rh/seij stath=ra: e0kei=non labw_n do\j au0toi=j a)nti\ e0mou= kai\ sou=. But in order that we do not cause them offence, go to the sea and cast a fish-hook, and take the first fish which comes up, and open its mouth, and you will find a stater. Take that and give it to them for me and you.” a)nabai/nonta, comes up (present, so imperfective aspect), RP-text F1853=12/20 F1859=4/6 vs. a)naba&nta, comes up (aorist with present sense, so perfective aspect), RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=7/20 F1859=2/6 vs. another reading, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's c) F1859=0/6.
stater: a large silver coin worth 4 drachmas.
Matt 18:1 870En e0kei/nh| th|= w#ra% prosh=lqon oi9 maqhtai\ tw%~ 870Ihsou=, le/gontej, Ti/j a!ra mei/zwn e0sti\n e0n th|= basilei/a% tw~n ou0ranw~n; At that time, the disciples came to Jesus and said, “Who, then, is the greatest in the kingdom of the heavens?” greatest ← greater, Greek comparative for superlative.
Matt 18:2 Kai\ proskalesa&menoj o9 870Ihsou=j paidi/on e1sthsen au0to\ e0n me/sw% au0tw~n, Then Jesus called a child to himself and placed him at the focus of their attention, at the focus of their attention ← in the midst of them.
Matt 18:3 kai\ ei]pen, 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n, e0a_n mh\ strafh=te kai\ ge/nhsqe w(j ta_ paidi/a, ou0 mh\ ei0se/lqhte ei0j th\n basilei/an tw~n ou0ranw~n. and he said, ¶ “Truly, I say to you, unless you change your ways and become like children, you certainly will not enter into the kingdom of the heavens. ¶ Verse division: in P1904 numbering, Matt 18:3 begins here.
change your ways ← are turned around.
Matt 18:4 873Ostij ou]n {RP P1904: tapeinw&sei} [TR: tapeinw&sh|] e9auto\n w(j to\ paidi/on tou=to, ou[to/j e0stin o9 mei/zwn e0n th|= basilei/a% tw~n ou0ranw~n. So it is whoever humbles himself like this child who is the greatest in the kingdom of the heavens, tapeinw&sei, will humble (indicative), RP P1904 F1853=18/20 F1859=5/6 vs. tapeinw&sh|, humbles (subjunctive), TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's pu, u being very doubtful) F1859=1/6.
who ← this (one).
greatest ← greater, Greek comparative for superlative.
Matt 18:5 Kai\ o4j e0a_n de/chtai paidi/on toiou=ton e4n e0pi\ tw%~ o0no/mati/ mou, e0me\ de/xetai: and whoever receives one such child in my name receives me.
Matt 18:6 o4j d' a@n skandali/sh| e3na tw~n mikrw~n tou/twn tw~n pisteuo/ntwn ei0j e0me/, sumfe/rei au0tw%~ i3na kremasqh|= mu/loj o0niko\j {RP P1904: ei0j} [TR: e0pi\] to\n tra&xhlon au0tou=, kai\ katapontisqh|= e0n tw%~ pela&gei th=j qala&sshj. But whoever causes offence to one of these little ones who believe in me – it would be more profitable for him for an ass-driven millstone to be hung around his neck and for him to be drowned in the wide open sea. ei0j, onto, RP P1904 F1853=15/20 F1859=3/6 vs. e0pi\, on, TR F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's hqx) F1859=3/6 vs. other readings, F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's py) F1859=0/6. Greek prepositions are often used pregnantly, i.e. a preposition of motion is used where English prefers a preposition for the rest which follows.
the wide open sea ← the high-sea of the sea.
Matt 18:7 Ou0ai\ tw%~ ko/smw% a)po\ tw~n skanda&lwn: a)na&gkh ga&r e0stin e0lqei=n ta_ ska&ndala: plh\n ou0ai\ tw%~ a)nqrw&pw% e0kei/nw%, di' ou[ to\ ska&ndalon e1rxetai. Woe to the world because of its snares! For it is necessary that snares come, but woe to that man through whom the snare comes. snares ... snares ... snare: or offences etc.
Matt 18:8 Ei0 de\ h9 xei/r sou h2 o9 pou/j sou skandali/zei se, e1kkoyon au0ta_ kai\ ba&le a)po\ sou=: kalo/n soi e0sti\n ei0selqei=n ei0j th\n zwh\n xwlo\n h2 kullo/n, h2 du/o xei=raj h2 du/o po/daj e1xonta blhqh=nai ei0j to\ pu=r to\ ai0w&nion. But if your hand or your foot ensnares you, cut it off and throw it away. For it is better for you to enter into life lame or maimed than to have two hands or two feet and be thrown into the age-abiding fire. cut it ← cut them. A plural form for singular after a disjunction, a Hebraism, as in Lev 18:9, Deut 17:5.
away ← from you.
better ← good, positive for comparative, a Hebraism.
Matt 18:9 Kai\ ei0 o9 o0fqalmo/j sou skandali/zei se, e1cele au0to\n kai\ ba&le a)po\ sou=: kalo/n soi e0sti\n mono/fqalmon ei0j th\n zwh\n ei0selqei=n, h2 du/o o0fqalmou\j e1xonta blhqh=nai ei0j th\n ge/ennan tou= puro/j. And if your eye ensnares you, pluck it out and throw it away. It is better to enter into life with one eye than to have two eyes and to be thrown into fiery Gehenna. away ← from you.
better ← good, positive for comparative, a Hebraism.
Gehenna: see Matt 5:22.
Matt 18:10 879Ora~te mh\ katafronh/shte e9no\j tw~n mikrw~n tou/twn, le/gw ga_r u9mi=n o3ti oi9 a!ggeloi au0tw~n e0n ou0ranoi=j dia_ panto\j ble/pousin to\ pro/swpon tou= patro/j mou tou= e0n ou0ranoi=j. See that you don't despise one of these little ones. For I say to you that their angels in the heavens continuously see the face of my father in the heavens. angels: or messengers, informants.
Matt 18:11 87]Hlqen ga_r o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou sw~sai to\ a)polwlo/j. For the son of man came to save that which was lost.
Matt 18:12 Ti/ u9mi=n dokei=; 870Ea_n ge/nhtai/ tini a)nqrw&pw% e9kato\n pro/bata, kai\ planhqh|= e4n e0c au0tw~n: ou0xi\ a)fei\j ta_ {RP P1904: e0nenh/konta e0nne/a} [TR: e0nnenh/konta e0nne/a], e0pi\ ta_ o1rh poreuqei\j zhtei= to\ planw&menon; What do you think? If a certain man has one hundred sheep, and one of them goes astray, will he not leave the ninety-nine and go into the mountains and seek the one which is going astray? e0nenh/konta e0nne/a, ninety-nine (1), RP P1904 F1853=17/20 (ignoring whether 1 word or 2) F1859=4/6 vs. e0nnenh/konta e0nne/a, ninety-nine (2), TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's cu, u being very doubtful) F1859=0/6 vs. other spellings, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's c) F1859=2/6.
P1904 punctuates so as to read will he not leave the ninety-nine on the mountains and go and seek the one which is lost?
Matt 18:13 Kai\ e0a_n ge/nhtai eu9rei=n au0to/, a)mh\n le/gw u9mi=n o3ti xai/rei e0p' au0tw%~ ma~llon, h2 e0pi\ toi=j {RP P1904: e0nenh/konta e0nne/a} [TR: e0nnenh/konta e0nne/a] toi=j mh\ peplanhme/noij. And if it should happen that he finds it, truly, I say to you that he rejoices over it more than over the ninety-nine which did not go astray. e0nenh/konta e0nne/a, ninety-nine (1), RP P1904 F1853=17/20 (ignoring whether 1 word or 2) F1859=4/6 vs. e0nnenh/konta e0nne/a, ninety-nine (2), TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's cu, u being very doubtful) F1859=0/6 vs. other spellings, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's c) F1859=2/6.
Matt 18:14 Ou3twj ou0k e1stin qe/lhma e1mprosqen tou= patro\j u9mw~n tou= e0n ou0ranoi=j, i3na a)po/lhtai ei[j tw~n mikrw~n tou/twn. In this way it is not the will of your father in the heavens that one of these little ones should be lost. of ← before.
Matt 18:15 870Ea_n de\ a(marth/sh| ei0j se\ o9 a)delfo/j sou, u3page kai\ e1legcon au0to\n metacu\ sou= kai\ au0tou= mo/nou. 870Ea&n sou a)kou/sh|, e0ke/rdhsaj to\n a)delfo/n sou: But if your brother sins against you, go and remonstrate with him as a matter between you and him alone. If he heeds you, you have won your brother over.
Matt 18:16 e0a_n de\ mh\ a)kou/sh|, para&labe meta_ sou= e1ti e3na h2 du/o, i3na e0pi\ sto/matoj du/o martu/rwn h2 triw~n staqh|= pa~n r(h=ma: But if he does not heed you, take one or two people with you in order that by the attestation of two or three witnesses, every matter may be established. Deut 19:15.
one or two ← one or two more.
attestation ← mouth.
Matt 18:17 e0a_n de\ parakou/sh| au0tw~n, ei0pe\ th|= e0kklhsi/a%: e0a_n de\ kai\ th=j e0kklhsi/aj parakou/sh|, e1stw soi w#sper o9 e0qniko\j kai\ o9 telw&nhj. And if he refuses to heed them, tell the assembly. And if he refuses to heed the assembly, let him be to you like the Gentile and the tax collector. assembly (2x) ← church. See Matt 16:18.
Matt 18:18 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n, o3sa e0a_n dh/shte e0pi\ th=j gh=j, e1stai dedeme/na e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~: kai\ o3sa e0a_n lu/shte e0pi\ th=j gh=j, e1stai lelume/na e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~. Truly, I say to you, whatever you bind on earth will be bound in heaven, and whatever you loosen on earth will be loosened in heaven. bind: i.e. restrict, forbid.
loosen: i.e. allow.
Matt 18:19 Pa&lin {RP P1904: a)mh\n} [TR: - ] le/gw u9mi=n, o3ti e0a_n du/o u9mw~n sumfwnh/swsin e0pi\ th=j gh=j peri\ panto\j pra&gmatoj ou[ e0a_n ai0th/swntai, genh/setai au0toi=j para_ tou= patro/j mou tou= e0n ou0ranoi=j. Again, {RP P1904: truly,} [TR: - ] I say to you that if two of you agree on earth about any matter which they ask about, it will be done for them by my father in the heavens. a)mh\n, amen: present in RP P1904 F1853=19/20 F1859=6/7 vs. absent in TR F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's u, so very doubtful) F1859=1/7. AV differs textually.
you ... them: perhaps a Hebraism. An unexpected change of grammatical person is not uncommon in Hebrew; compare Lev 1:3.
any ← every.
Matt 18:20 Ou[ ga&r ei0sin du/o h2 trei=j sunhgme/noi ei0j to\ e0mo\n o1noma, e0kei= ei0mi\ e0n me/sw% au0tw~n. For where two or three are gathered in my name, there I am in their midst.”
Matt 18:21 To/te proselqw_n au0tw%~ o9 Pe/troj ei]pen, Ku/rie, posa&kij a(marth/sei ei0j e0me\ o9 a)delfo/j mou, kai\ a)fh/sw au0tw%~; 873Ewj e9pta&kij; Then Peter came to him and said, “Lord, how many times should I forgive my brother if he sins against me? Up to seven times?” how many times should I forgive my brother if he sins against me ← how many times will my brother sin against me, and I will forgive him.
Matt 18:22 Le/gei au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, Ou0 le/gw soi e3wj e9pta&kij, a)ll' e3wj e9bdomhkonta&kij e9pta&. Jesus said to him, “I do not say to you up to seven times, but up to seventy times, seven times over.
Matt 18:23 Dia_ tou=to w(moiw&qh h9 basilei/a tw~n ou0ranw~n a)nqrw&pw% basilei=, o4j h0qe/lhsen suna~rai lo/gon meta_ tw~n dou/lwn au0tou=. This is why the kingdom of the heavens is like a man who was a king, who wished to settle accounts with his servants. this is why ← on account of this.
Matt 18:24 870Arcame/nou de\ au0tou= sunai/rein, proshne/xqh au0tw%~ ei[j o0feile/thj muri/wn tala&ntwn. As he started to settle them, a certain debtor of ten thousand talents was brought to him. a certain ← one.
talents: 1 talent = 6000 drachmas; a drachma was a silver coin. Total debt 60 million drachmas.
Matt 18:25 Mh\ e1xontoj de\ au0tou= a)podou=nai e0ke/leusen au0to\n o9 ku/rioj au0tou= praqh=nai, kai\ th\n gunai=ka au0tou= kai\ ta_ te/kna, kai\ pa&nta o3sa ei]xen, kai\ a)podoqh=nai. But as he did not have the means to repay, his master ordered him to be sold, with his wife and children and everything he had, and for repayment to be made.
Matt 18:26 Pesw_n ou]n o9 dou=loj proseku/nei au0tw%~, le/gwn, Ku/rie, Makroqu/mhson e0p' e0moi/, kai\ pa&nta soi a)podw&sw. So the servant fell down and prostrated himself before him, and he said, ‘My lord, have patience with me, and I will repay you everything.’ prostrated himself before: or worshipped or paid homage to.
Matt 18:27 Splagxnisqei\j de\ o9 ku/rioj tou= dou/lou e0kei/nou a)pe/lusen au0to/n, kai\ to\ da&neion a)fh=ken au0tw%~. At this, that servant's master had compassion on him, and he released him and cancelled his debt. his debt ← the loan to (or for) him.
Matt 18:28 870Ecelqw_n de\ o9 dou=loj e0kei=noj eu[ren e3na tw~n sundou/lwn au0tou=, o4j w!feilen au0tw%~ e9kato\n dhna&ria, kai\ krath/saj au0to\n e1pnigen, le/gwn, 870Apo/doj moi {RP P1904: ei1} [TR: o9] ti o0fei/leij. But when that servant went out, he found one of his fellow servants, who owed him one hundred denaries, and when he had seized him, he choked him and said, ‘Repay me what you owe.’ ei1, if, RP P1904 F1853=18/20 F1859=7/7 vs. o3, that (which), TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's uy, u being very doubtful) F1859=0/7.
{RP P1904: ei1 = if, but presumably standing for o3 ... a!n, whatever. We translate as what.}
denaries: a denary was a silver coin.
Matt 18:29 Pesw_n ou]n o9 su/ndouloj au0tou= ei0j tou\j po/daj au0tou= pareka&lei au0to/n, le/gwn, Makroqu/mhson e0p' e0moi/, kai\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: pa&nta] a)podw&sw soi. So his fellow servant fell down at his feet and pleaded with him and said, ‘Be patient with me, and I will repay you {RP P1904: - } [TR: everything].’ pa&nta, everything: absent in RP P1904 F1853=16/20 F1859=5/7 vs. present in TR F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's efpy) F1859=2/7.
Matt 18:30 879O de\ ou0k h1qelen, {RP P1904 S1550: a)lla_} [E1624 S1894: a)ll'] a)pelqw_n e1balen au0to\n ei0j fulakh/n, e3wj ou[ a)podw%~ to\ o0feilo/menon. But he refused and instead went away, and he had him thrown him in prison until he should pay what was owed. a)lla_, but (unapocopated), RP P1904 S1550 F1853=16/21 F1859=7/7 vs. a)ll', but (apocopated), E1624 S1894 F1853=5/21 F1859=0/7.
and instead ← but.
had him thrown ← threw; compare Matt 2:16.
Matt 18:31 870Ido/ntej de\ oi9 su/ndouloi au0tou= ta_ geno/mena e0luph/qhsan sfo/dra: kai\ e0lqo/ntej diesa&fhsan tw%~ kuri/w% {RP P1904: e9autw~n} [TR: au0tw~n] pa&nta ta_ geno/mena. But when his fellow servants saw what had happened, they were very grieved, and they went and explained to their master everything that had happened. e9autw~n, their own (but 'own' not emphasized), RP P1904 F1853=14/20 F1859=5/8 vs. au0tw~n, their, or au9tw~n, their own, a classical contracted form, TR F1853=6/20 F1859=3/8. No difference in our English.
Matt 18:32 To/te proskalesa&menoj au0to\n o9 ku/rioj au0tou= le/gei au0tw%~, Dou=le ponhre/, pa~san th\n o0feilh\n e0kei/nhn a)fh=ka& soi, e0pei\ pareka&lesa&j me: Then his master called for him and said to him, ‘You wicked servant, I cancelled all that debt for you, since you appealed to me.
Matt 18:33 ou0k e1dei kai\ se\ e0leh=sai to\n su/ndoulo/n sou, w(j kai\ e0gw& se h0le/hsa; Should not you too have shown your fellow servant mercy, as I for my part showed you mercy?’ for my part ← also.
Matt 18:34 Kai\ o0rgisqei\j o9 ku/rioj au0tou= pare/dwken au0to\n toi=j basanistai=j, e3wj ou[ a)podw%~ pa~n to\ o0feilo/menon au0tw%~. And his master became angry and delivered him to the torturers until he should repay everything owed to him.
Matt 18:35 Ou3twj kai\ o9 path/r mou o9 e0poura&nioj poih/sei u9mi=n, e0a_n mh\ a)fh=te e3kastoj tw%~ a)delfw%~ au0tou= a)po\ tw~n kardiw~n u9mw~n ta_ paraptw&mata au0tw~n. In this manner my upper-heavenly father will also deal with you, if you do not all forgive your brother his trespasses from your hearts.” you do not all forgive your brother ← each one, you (plural) do not forgive his brother.
his trespasses ← their trespasses. Perhaps a Hebraism. A discordant grammatical number is not uncommon in Hebrew; compare Josh 17:18.
Matt 19:1 Kai\ e0ge/neto o3te e0te/lesen o9 870Ihsou=j tou\j lo/gouj tou/touj, meth=ren a)po\ {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: th=j} [E1624: - ] Galilai/aj, kai\ h]lqen ei0j ta_ o3ria th=j 870Ioudai/aj pe/ran tou= 870Iorda&nou. Now it came to pass when Jesus had finished these words that he moved on from Galilee and went to the territories of Judaea beyond the Jordan, th=j, the (Galilee): present in RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=14/20 F1859=6/7 vs. absent in E1624 F1853=6/20 F1859=1/7.
Matt 19:2 Kai\ h0kolou/qhsan au0tw%~ o1xloi polloi/, kai\ e0qera&peusen au0tou\j e0kei=. and large crowds followed him, and he healed them there.
Matt 19:3 Kai\ prosh=lqon au0tw%~ oi9 Farisai=oi peira&zontej au0to/n, kai\ le/gontej au0tw%~, Ei0 e1cestin a)nqrw&pw% a)polu=sai th\n gunai=ka au0tou= kata_ pa~san ai0ti/an; Then the Pharisees came to him, testing him and saying to him, “Is it permitted for a man to divorce his wife for any reason?” any ← every.
Matt 19:4 879O de\ a)pokriqei\j ei]pen au0toi=j, Ou0k a)ne/gnwte o3ti o9 poih/saj a)p' a)rxh=j a!rsen kai\ qh=lu e0poi/hsen au0tou/j, But he answered and said to them, “Have you not read that he who made them from the beginning, made them male and female,
Matt 19:5 kai\ ei]pen, 873Eneken tou/tou katalei/yei a!nqrwpoj to\n pate/ra {RP-text TR: - } [RP-marg P1904: au0tou=] kai\ th\n mhte/ra, kai\ {RP-text TR: proskollhqh/setai} [RP-marg P1904: kollhqh/setai] th|= gunaiki\ au0tou=, kai\ e1sontai oi9 du/o ei0j sa&rka mi/an; and he said, ‘On account of this a man will leave {RP-text TR: his} [RP-marg P1904: his] father and his mother, and he will cleave to his wife, and the two will be one flesh’? au0tou=, his (father): absent in RP-text TR F1853=13/20 F1859=4/8 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 F1853=7/20 F1859=4/8.
proskollhqh/setai, will cleave to, RP-text TR F1853=15/20 F1859=3/7 vs. kollhqh/setai, will cleave, RP-marg P1904 F1853=5/20 F1859=3/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7. Both verbs given are followed by the dative, meaning to (his wife).
Gen 2:24.
Matt 19:6 873Wste ou0ke/ti ei0si\n du/o, a)lla_ sa_rc mi/a: o4 ou]n o9 qeo\j sune/zeucen, a!nqrwpoj mh\ xwrize/tw. Consequently, they are no longer two, but one flesh. What God has paired together, therefore, let no man separate.” paired together ← yoked together.
let no man separate ← let a man not separate.
Matt 19:7 Le/gousin au0tw%~, Ti/ ou]n Mwsh=j e0netei/lato dou=nai bibli/on a)postasi/ou, kai\ a)polu=sai au0th/n; Then they said to him, “Why, then, did Moses give commandment to give a deed of divorce and to divorce her?” Deut 24:1.
deed ← book.
Matt 19:8 Le/gei au0toi=j o3ti Mwsh=j pro\j th\n sklhrokardi/an u9mw~n e0pe/treyen u9mi=n a)polu=sai ta_j gunai=kaj u9mw~n: a)p' a)rxh=j de\ ou0 ge/gonen ou3twj. He said to them, “Moses, in view of the hardness of your hearts, permitted you to divorce your wives. But from the beginning it was not so, the hardness of your hearts: or your hardness of heart.
Matt 19:9 Le/gw de\ u9mi=n o3ti o4j a@n a)polu/sh| th\n gunai=ka au0tou=, {RP P1904: - } [TR: ei0] mh\ e0pi\ pornei/a%, kai\ gamh/sh| a!llhn, moixa~tai: kai\ o9 a)polelume/nhn gamh/saj moixa~tai. and I say to you that whoever divorces his wife, {RP P1904: it not being for} [TR: except for] fornication, and marries another, commits adultery. And he who marries her who is divorced commits adultery.” ei0 whether, but giving except here: absent in RP P1904 F1853=19/20 F1859=6/8 vs. present in TR F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's u, so very doubtful) F1859=2/8. AV differs textually.
Matt 19:10 Le/gousin au0tw%~ oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou=, Ei0 ou3twj e0sti\n h9 ai0ti/a tou= a)nqrw&pou meta_ th=j gunaiko/j, ou0 sumfe/rei gamh=sai. His disciples said to him, “If this is the situation of a man with a woman, it is not expedient to marry.”
Matt 19:11 879O de\ ei]pen au0toi=j, Ou0 pa&ntej xwrou=sin to\n lo/gon tou=ton, a)ll' oi[j de/dotai. But he said to them, “Not all can accept this saying; only those to whom it is given. can ← do, a Hebraism.
accept ← hold, contain.
only ← but.
Matt 19:12 Ei0si\n ga_r eu0nou=xoi, oi3tinej e0k koili/aj mhtro\j e0gennh/qhsan ou3twj: kai/ ei0sin eu0nou=xoi, oi3tinej eu0nouxi/sqhsan u9po\ tw~n a)nqrw&pwn: kai/ ei0sin eu0nou=xoi, oi3tinej eu0nou/xisan e9autou\j dia_ th\n basilei/an tw~n ou0ranw~n. 879O duna&menoj xwrei=n xwrei/tw. For there are eunuchs who were born as such from their mother's womb, and there are eunuchs who were made eunuchs by men, and there are eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs for the sake of the kingdom of the heavens. He who can accept it, let him accept it.” born ← begotten, but also born.
Matt 19:13 To/te proshne/xqh au0tw%~ paidi/a, i3na {RP TR: ta_j xei=raj e0piqh|= au0toi=j} [P1904: e0piqh|= au0toi=j ta_j xei=raj], kai\ proseu/chtai: oi9 de\ maqhtai\ e0peti/mhsan au0toi=j. Then some children were brought to him, in order that he might lay his hands on them and pray. But the disciples rebuked them. ta_j xei=raj e0piqh|= au0toi=j, his hands + he might lay on them, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=5/7 vs. e0piqh|= au0toi=j ta_j xei=raj, he might lay on them + his hands, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/7.
Matt 19:14 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j ei]pen, 871Afete ta_ paidi/a, kai\ mh\ kwlu/ete au0ta_ e0lqei=n pro/j me: tw~n ga_r toiou/twn e0sti\n h9 basilei/a tw~n ou0ranw~n. However, Jesus said, “Leave the children alone and do not prevent them from coming to me. For the kingdom of the heavens consists of such ones.” consists ← is.
Matt 19:15 Kai\ e0piqei\j {RP TR: au0toi=j ta_j xei=raj} [P1904: ta_j xei=raj au0toi=j], e0poreu/qh e0kei=qen. Then he laid his hands on them and moved on from there. au0toi=j ta_j xei=raj, on them + the hands, RP TR F1853=17/20 F1859=5/7 vs. ta_j xei=raj au0toi=j, the hands + on them, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=2/7 vs. other readings, F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's qrd) F1859=0/7.
Matt 19:16 Kai\ i0dou/, ei[j proselqw_n ei]pen au0tw%~, Dida&skale a)gaqe/, ti/ a)gaqo\n poih/sw, i3na e1xw zwh\n ai0w&nion; And the next thing that happened was that a certain person came up and said to him, “Good teacher, what good thing am I to do in order that I may have age-abiding life?” the next thing that happened was that ← behold.
a certain ← one.
Matt 19:17 879O de\ ei]pen au0tw%~, Ti/ me le/geij a)gaqo/n; Ou0dei\j a)gaqo/j, ei0 mh\ ei[j, o9 qeo/j. Ei0 de\ qe/leij ei0selqei=n ei0j th\n zwh/n, th/rhson ta_j e0ntola&j. And he said to him, “Why do you call me good? No-one is good except one: God. But if you wish to enter into life, keep the commandments.”
Matt 19:18 Le/gei au0tw%~, Poi/aj; 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j ei]pen, To\ Ou0 foneu/seij: ou0 moixeu/seij: ou0 kle/yeij: ou0 yeudomarturh/seij: He said to him, “Which ones?” And Jesus said, “I quote, ‘You shall not commit murder. You shall not commit adultery. You shall not steal. You shall not give false testimony. Ex 20:13-16, Deut 5:17-20.
I quote: the article (to\) is used to introduce a quote.
Matt 19:19 ti/ma to\n pate/ra {RP P1904: - } [TR: sou] kai\ th\n mhte/ra: kai/, 870Agaph/seij to\n plhsi/on sou w(j seauto/n. Honour {RP P1904: your} [TR: your] father and your mother’, and, ‘You shall love your neighbour as yourself.’ ” sou, your: absent in RP P1904 F1853=15/21 F1859=4/7 vs. present in TR F1853=6/21 F1859=3/7. Compare Matt 15:4.
Ex 20:12, Deut 5:16, Lev 19:18.
Matt 19:20 Le/gei au0tw%~ o9 neani/skoj, Pa&nta tau=ta e0fulaca&mhn e0k neo/thto/j mou: ti/ e1ti u9sterw~; The young man said to him, “I have observed all these things from my youth. In what respect do I still come short?”
Matt 19:21 871Efh au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, Ei0 qe/leij te/leioj ei]nai, u3page, pw&lhso/n sou ta_ u9pa&rxonta kai\ do\j ptwxoi=j, kai\ e3ceij qhsauro\n e0n ou0ranw%~: kai\ deu=ro, a)kolou/qei moi. Jesus said to him, “If you wish to be perfect, go and sell your belongings and give the proceeds to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven, and come and follow me.”
Matt 19:22 870Akou/saj de\ o9 neani/skoj to\n lo/gon a)ph=lqen lupou/menoj: h]n ga_r e1xwn kth/mata polla&. But when the young man heard those words, he went away grieving, for he had many possessions. those words ← the word.
Matt 19:23 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j ei]pen toi=j maqhtai=j au0tou=, 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n o3ti dusko/lwj plou/sioj ei0seleu/setai ei0j th\n basilei/an tw~n ou0ranw~n. Then Jesus said to his disciples, “Truly, I say to you that it is with difficulty that a rich man can enter into the kingdom of the heavens. can ← will, a Hebraism.
Matt 19:24 Pa&lin de\ le/gw u9mi=n, eu0kopw&tero/n e0stin ka&mhlon dia_ truph/matoj r(afi/doj dielqei=n, h2 plou/sion ei0j th\n basilei/an tou= qeou= ei0selqei=n. And again I say to you, it is easier for a camel to pass through the eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God.”
Matt 19:25 870Akou/santej de\ oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou= e0ceplh/ssonto sfo/dra, le/gontej, Ti/j a!ra du/natai swqh=nai; When his disciples heard this, they were exceedingly amazed, and they said, “Who, then, can be saved?”
Matt 19:26 870Emble/yaj de\ o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0toi=j, Para_ a)nqrw&poij tou=to a)du/nato/n e0stin, para_ de\ qew%~ pa&nta dunata& {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: e0stin]. Then Jesus looked straight at them and said to them, “With men this is impossible, but with God everything {RP-text: is} [RP-marg P1904 TR: is] possible.” e0sti¨n©, is: absent in RP-text F1853=11/21 F1859=2/7 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=10/21 F1859=5/7. A disparity with RP-text, R=13:17.
Matt 19:27 To/te a)pokriqei\j o9 Pe/troj ei]pen au0tw%~, 870Idou/, h9mei=j a)fh/kamen pa&nta kai\ h0kolouqh/same/n soi: ti/ a!ra e1stai h9mi=n; Then Peter replied and said to him, “Look, we have abandoned everything and followed you. What then will we have?”
Matt 19:28 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0toi=j, 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n o3ti u9mei=j oi9 a)kolouqh/sante/j moi, e0n th|= paliggenesi/a% o3tan kaqi/sh| o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou e0pi\ qro/nou do/chj au0tou=, kaqi/sesqe kai\ u9mei=j e0pi\ dw&deka qro/nouj, kri/nontej ta_j dw&deka fula_j tou= 870Israh/l. Jesus said to them, “Truly, I say to you that you who have followed me, in the regeneration, when the son of man sits on his glorious throne, you too will be seated on twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel, glorious throne ← throne of glory, a Hebraic genitive.
Matt 19:29 Kai\ pa~j o4j a)fh=ken oi0ki/aj, h2 a)delfou/j, h2 a)delfa&j, h2 pate/ra, h2 mhte/ra, h2 gunai=ka, h2 te/kna, h2 a)grou/j, e3neken tou= o0no/mato/j mou, e9katontaplasi/ona lh/yetai, kai\ zwh\n ai0w&nion klhronomh/sei. and everyone who has left houses or brothers or sisters or father or mother or wife or children or fields for my name's sake will receive a hundredfold and will inherit age-abiding life.
Matt 19:30 Polloi\ de\ e1sontai prw~toi e1sxatoi, kai\ e1sxatoi prw~toi. But many who are first will be last, and many who are last will be first.
Matt 20:1 879Omoi/a ga&r e0stin h9 basilei/a tw~n ou0ranw~n a)nqrw&pw% oi0kodespo/th|, o3stij e0ch=lqen a#ma prwi+\ misqw&sasqai e0rga&taj ei0j to\n a)mpelw~na au0tou=. For the kingdom of the heavens is like a man who is a master of a household who went out at dawn to hire workers for his vineyard,
Matt 20:2 {RP P1904: Kai\ sumfwnh/saj} [TR: Sumfwnh/saj de\] meta_ tw~n e0rgatw~n e0k dhnari/ou th\n h9me/ran, a)pe/steilen au0tou\j ei0j to\n a)mpelw~na au0tou=. and after agreeing with the workers a rate of a denary a day, he sent them into his vineyard. kai\ sumfwnh/saj, and having agreed, RP P1904 F1853=12/21 F1859=5/8 vs. sumfwnh/saj de\, having agreed and / but, TR F1853=9/21 F1859=2/8 vs. another reading, F1853=0/21 F1859=1/8.
denary: a silver coin.
Matt 20:3 Kai\ e0celqw_n peri\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: th\n] tri/thn w#ran, ei]den a!llouj e9stw~taj e0n th|= a)gora%~ a)rgou/j: Then he went out at about {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] third hour and saw some other men standing idle in the market place, th\n, the (third hour): absent in RP P1904 F1853=14/20 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=6/20 F1859=1/7.
third hour: 9 a.m.
Matt 20:4 {RP P1904: kai\ e0kei/noij} [TR: ka)kei/noij] ei]pen, 879Upa&gete kai\ u9mei=j ei0j to\n a)mpelw~na, kai\ o4 e0a_n h|] di/kaion dw&sw u9mi=n. and he said to those, ‘You too, go to the vineyard, and I will pay you whatever is right.’ kai\ e0kei/noij, and ... to those (1), RP P1904 F1853=14/20 F1859=4/7 vs. ka)kei/noij, and ... to those (2), TR F1853=6/20 F1859=2/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7.
pay ← give.
Matt 20:5 Oi9 de\ a)ph=lqon. Pa&lin e0celqw_n peri\ e3kthn kai\ {RP P1904: e0na&thn} [TR: e0nna&thn] w#ran, e0poi/hsen w(sau/twj. So they went off. ¶ Again he went out, at about the sixth and ninth hour, and he did likewise. ¶ Verse division: in AV numbering, Matt 20:5 begins here.
e0na&thn, ninth (1), RP P1904 F1853=11/20 F1859=3/7 vs. e0nna&thn, ninth (2), TR F1853=9/20 F1859=4/7. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=15:14.
sixth and ninth hour: 12 noon and 3 p.m.
Matt 20:6 Peri\ de\ th\n e9ndeka&thn w#ran e0celqw&n, eu[ren a!llouj e9stw~taj a)rgou/j, kai\ le/gei au0toi=j, Ti/ w{de e9sth/kate o3lhn th\n h9me/ran a)rgoi/; And at about the eleventh hour he went out and found some more men standing idle, and he said to them, ‘Why have you been standing here the whole day idle?’ the eleventh hour: 5 p.m.
some more ← other.
Matt 20:7 Le/gousin au0tw%~, 873Oti ou0dei\j h9ma~j e0misqw&sato. Le/gei au0toi=j, 879Upa&gete kai\ u9mei=j ei0j to\n a)mpelw~na, kai\ o4 e0a_n h|] di/kaion lh/yesqe. They said to him, ‘Because no-one has hired us.’ He said to them, ‘You too, go to the vineyard, and you will receive whatever is right.’
Matt 20:8 870Oyi/aj de\ genome/nhj le/gei o9 ku/rioj tou= a)mpelw~noj tw%~ e0pitro/pw% au0tou=, Ka&leson tou\j e0rga&taj, kai\ a)po/doj au0toi=j to\n misqo/n, a)rca&menoj a)po\ tw~n e0sxa&twn e3wj tw~n prw&twn. Then when evening came, the landlord of the vineyard said to his estate manager, ‘Call the workers and give them their wages, beginning with the last, working towards the first.’ came ← became.
Matt 20:9 Kai\ e0lqo/ntej oi9 peri\ th\n e9ndeka&thn w#ran e1labon a)na_ dhna&rion. And those of the eleventh hour came, and they received a denary each. denary: a silver coin.
Matt 20:10 870Elqo/ntej de\ oi9 prw~toi e0no/misan o3ti plei/ona lh/yontai: kai\ e1labon kai\ au0toi\ a)na_ dhna&rion. And when those who were first came, they thought they would receive more, but they too received a denary each. denary: a silver coin.
Matt 20:11 Labo/ntej de\ e0go/gguzon kata_ tou= oi0kodespo/tou, And when they had received it, they complained to the proprietor, complained to ← were grumbling against, or perhaps kept complaining to, iterative imperfect, but not necessarily so – see Matt 5:2.
Matt 20:12 le/gontej o3ti Ou[toi oi9 e1sxatoi mi/an w#ran e0poi/hsan, kai\ i1souj h9mi=n au0tou\j e0poi/hsaj, toi=j basta&sasin to\ ba&roj th=j h9me/raj kai\ to\n kau/swna. saying, ‘These last ones worked for one hour, and you treated them as equal to us who bore the burden of the day and the scorching heat.’
Matt 20:13 879O de\ a)pokriqei\j ei]pen e9ni\ au0tw~n, 879Etai=re, ou0k a)dikw~ se: ou0xi\ dhnari/ou sunefw&nhsa&j moi; But he replied and said to one of them, ‘My friend, I am not doing you any wrong. Did you not agree a denary with me? denary: a silver coin.
Matt 20:14 87]Aron to\ so\n kai\ u3page: qe/lw de\ tou/tw% tw%~ e0sxa&tw% dou=nai w(j kai\ soi/. Take what is yours and go. But I wish to give to this last one the same as you. the same as ← as also.
Matt 20:15 872H ou0k e1cesti/n moi poih=sai o4 qe/lw e0n toi=j e0moi=j; {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: Ei0} [E1624: 872H] o9 o0fqalmo/j sou ponhro/j e0stin, o3ti e0gw_ a)gaqo/j ei0mi; Or is it not permitted for me to do what I want with my own money? {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: Are you jealous} [E1624: Or are you jealous] because I am good?’ ei0, if, RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=15/20 F1859=6/7 vs. h2, or, E1624 F1853=5/20 F1859=1/7.
are you jealous ← is your eye evil. The word ei0 represents the Hebrew אִם, which can be an interrogative particle.
Matt 20:16 Ou3twj e1sontai oi9 e1sxatoi prw~toi, kai\ oi9 prw~toi e1sxatoi: polloi\ ga&r ei0sin klhtoi/, o0li/goi de\ e0klektoi/. In this way the last will be first and the first last. For many are called, but few are chosen.”
Matt 20:17 Kai\ a)nabai/nwn o9 870Ihsou=j ei0j 879Ieroso/luma pare/laben tou\j dw&deka maqhta_j kat' i0di/an e0n th|= o9dw%~, kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j, Then as Jesus went up to Jerusalem, he took the twelve disciples aside privately on the way, and he said to them,
Matt 20:18 870Idou/, a)nabai/nomen ei0j 879Ieroso/luma, kai\ o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou paradoqh/setai toi=j a)rxiereu=sin kai\ grammateu=sin: kai\ katakrinou=sin au0to\n qana&tw%, “Look, we are going up to Jerusalem, and the son of man will be delivered to the senior priests and scribes, and they will condemn him to death,
Matt 20:19 kai\ paradw&sousin au0to\n toi=j e1qnesin ei0j to\ e0mpai=cai kai\ mastigw~sai kai\ staurw~sai: kai\ th|= tri/th| h9me/ra% a)nasth/setai. and they will deliver him to the Gentiles to mock and scourge and crucify him, and on the third day he will rise again.” crucify ← impale in the sense of fixing on a stake (not piercing with a stake), but the word is used of Roman crucifixion, the Greeks taking the verb from the vertical stake, the Romans from the cross(crux)-bar. Compare the English telegraph pole, where the word ignores the cross-bars. However, crux is also used of a carriage pole [LS2], so impale is a possibility.
rise again: rise rather than be raised here, the verb a)nasth/setai being an intransitive ↴
Matt 20:20 To/te prosh=lqen au0tw%~ h9 mh/thr tw~n ui9w~n Zebedai/ou meta_ tw~n ui9w~n au0th=j, proskunou=sa kai\ ai0tou=sa& ti par' au0tou=. Then the mother of the sons of Zebedee came to him with her sons, worshipping him and asking him for a certain thing. ↳ form (and more specifically associated with resurrection than e0gei/rw). In compound verbs, a)na& can mean again [LS] E.3.
worshipping him and asking him: or to worship him and ask him, where the present participles replace classical future participles of purpose. Similarly in John 4:23, John 6:6, John 20:18, Acts 15:27. Perhaps Acts 6:11.
Matt 20:21 879O de\ ei]pen au0th|=, Ti/ qe/leij; Le/gei au0tw%~, Ei0pe\ i3na kaqi/swsin ou[toi oi9 du/o ui9oi/ mou, ei[j e0k deciw~n sou, kai\ ei[j e0c eu0wnu/mwn {RP P1904: sou} [TR: - ], e0n th|= basilei/a% sou. So he said to her, “What is it that you want?” She said to him, “Say that these two sons of mine will sit one on your right hand side and one on {RP P1904: your} [TR: your] left hand side in your kingdom.” sou, your: present in RP P1904 F1853=18/20 F1859=5/7 vs. absent in TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's ux, u being very doubtful) F1859=2/7.
Matt 20:22 870Apokriqei\j de\ o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen, Ou0k oi1date ti/ ai0tei=sqe. Du/nasqe piei=n to\ poth/rion o4 e0gw_ me/llw pi/nein, {RP P1904: h2} [TR: kai\] to\ ba&ptisma o4 e0gw_ bapti/zomai baptisqh=nai; Le/gousin au0tw%~, Duna&meqa. But Jesus answered and said, “You do not know what you are asking. Can you drink from the cup which I am about to drink from {RP P1904: or} [TR: and] be baptized with the baptism with which I am baptized?” They said to him, “We can.” h2, or, RP P1904 F1853=15/20 F1859=5/7 vs. kai\, and, TR F1853=5/20 F1859=2/7. AV differs textually.
Matt 20:23 Kai\ le/gei au0toi=j, To\ me\n poth/rio/n mou pi/esqe, kai\ to\ ba&ptisma o4 e0gw_ bapti/zomai baptisqh/sesqe: to\ de\ kaqi/sai e0k deciw~n mou kai\ e0c eu0wnu/mwn mou, ou0k e1stin e0mo\n dou=nai, a)ll' oi[j h9toi/mastai u9po\ tou= patro/j mou. Then he said to them, “You can drink from my cup and be baptized with the baptism with which I am baptized, but to sit on my right hand side and on my left hand side is not for me to give, but is for those for whom it has been prepared by my father.” can ← will, a Hebraism, but in v.22, the word for can is explicit.
for me ← mine.
Matt 20:24 Kai\ a)kou/santej oi9 de/ka h0gana&kthsan peri\ tw~n du/o a)delfw~n. And when the ten heard it, they were annoyed about the two brothers.
Matt 20:25 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j proskalesa&menoj au0tou\j ei]pen, Oi1date o3ti oi9 a!rxontej tw~n e0qnw~n katakurieu/ousin au0tw~n, kai\ oi9 mega&loi katecousia&zousin au0tw~n. But Jesus called them to himself and said, “You know that the rulers of the Gentiles lord it over them, and the high-ranking people exercise authority over them,
Matt 20:26 Ou0x ou3twj {RP TR: de\} [P1904: - ] e1stai e0n u9mi=n: a)ll' o4j e0a_n qe/lh| e0n u9mi=n me/gaj gene/sqai {RP P1904: e1stai} [TR: e1stw] u9mw~n dia&konoj: {RP TR: but} [P1904: - ] it will not be like this among you; rather, whoever among you wishes to be great {RP P1904: will} [TR: must] be your servant. de\, but: present in RP TR F1853=15/20 F1859=5/8 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=5/20 F1859=3/8.
e1stai, will be, RP P1904 F1853=16/21 F1859=3/7 vs. e1stw, must be, TR F1853=5/21 F1859=4/7.
Matt 20:27 kai\ o4j e0a_n qe/lh| e0n u9mi=n ei]nai prw~toj {RP TR: e1stw} [P1904: e1stai] u9mw~n dou=loj: And whoever among you wishes to be first {RP TR: must} [P1904: will] be your servant, e1stw, must be, RP TR F1853=10/20 F1859=3/7 vs. e1stai, will be, P1904 F1853=10/20 F1859=4/7. A weak disparity with RP, R=14:15.
Matt 20:28 w#sper o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou ou0k h]lqen diakonhqh=nai, a)lla_ diakonh=sai, kai\ dou=nai th\n yuxh\n au0tou= lu/tron a)nti\ pollw~n. just as the son of man did not come to be ministered to, but to minister and give his life as a ransom for many.” life ← soul.
Matt 20:29 Kai\ e0kporeuome/nwn au0tw~n a)po\ 870Ierixw&, h0kolou/qhsen au0tw%~ o1xloj polu/j. Then as they left Jericho, a large crowd followed him.
Matt 20:30 Kai\ i0dou/, du/o tufloi\ kaqh/menoi para_ th\n o9do/n, a)kou/santej o3ti 870Ihsou=j para&gei, e1kracan, le/gontej, 870Ele/hson h9ma~j, ku/rie, ui9o\j {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d]. And they came across two blind men sitting at the side of the road, who having heard that Jesus was passing by, cried out and said, “Have mercy on us, Lord, son of David.” David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
they came across ← behold.
Matt 20:31 879O de\ o1xloj e0peti/mhsen au0toi=j i3na siwph/swsin. Oi9 de\ mei=zon e1krazon, le/gontej, 870Ele/hson h9ma~j, ku/rie, ui9o\j {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d]. But the crowd rebuked them, telling them to be silent, but they cried out all the more, and they said, “Have mercy on us, Lord, son of David.” David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Matt 20:32 Kai\ sta_j o9 870Ihsou=j e0fw&nhsen au0tou/j, kai\ ei]pen, Ti/ qe/lete poih/sw u9mi=n; And Jesus stood still and called them and said, “What do you want me to do for you?”
Matt 20:33 Le/gousin au0tw%~, Ku/rie, i3na a)noixqw~sin h9mw~n oi9 o0fqalmoi/. They said to him, “Lord, that our eyes be opened.”
Matt 20:34 Splagxnisqei\j de\ o9 870Ihsou=j h3yato tw~n o0fqalmw~n au0tw~n: kai\ eu0qe/wj a)ne/bleyan au0tw~n oi9 o0fqalmoi/, kai\ h0kolou/qhsan au0tw%~. And Jesus had compassion on them and touched their eyes, and immediately their eyes recovered their sight, and they followed him.
Matt 21:1 Kai\ o3te h1ggisan ei0j 879Ieroso/luma, kai\ h]lqon ei0j {RP-text P1904: Bhqsfagh\} [RP-marg TR: Bhqfagh=] pro\j to\ o1roj tw~n 870Elaiw~n, to/te o9 870Ihsou=j a)pe/steilen du/o maqhta&j, Then when they approached Jerusalem and had gone to {RP-text P1904: Bethsphagé} [RP-marg TR: Bethphagé], at the Mount of Olives, Jesus sent two disciples, Bhqsfagh=¨n©, Bethsphagé, RP-text P1904 F1853=16/21 F1859=7/8 vs. Bhqfagh=¨n©, Bethphagé, RP-marg TR F1853=5/21 F1859=0/8 vs. another reading, F1853=0/21 F1859=1/8.
at ← towards, but also with pregnant use (rest rather than motion). Compare Matt 3:10 (at the root).
Jesus ← then Jesus.
Matt 21:2 le/gwn au0toi=j, Poreu/qhte ei0j th\n kw&mhn th\n a)pe/nanti u9mw~n, kai\ eu0qe/wj eu9rh/sete o1non dedeme/nhn, kai\ pw~lon met' au0th=j: lu/santej a)ga&gete/ moi. and he said to them, “Go to the village opposite you, and straightaway you will find a female donkey bound and a foal with her. Untie them and bring them to me,
Matt 21:3 Kai\ e0a&n tij u9mi=n ei1ph| ti, e0rei=te o3ti 879O ku/rioj au0tw~n xrei/an e1xei: eu0qe/wj de\ {RP P1904: a)poste/llei} [TR: a)postelei=] au0tou/j. and if anyone says anything to you, say, ‘The Lord needs them’, and straightaway he {RP P1904: will} [TR: will] despatch them.” a)poste/llei, he sends, RP P1904 F1853=18/20 F1859=4/8 vs. a)postelei=, he will send, TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's gu, u being very doubtful – here rejected by Scrivener) F1859=4/8.
he: i.e. the person talking to the two disciples, rather than the Lord. Compare [JWB-RR] pp.56-58.
despatch: the verb a)poste/llw is send, or send off, and ↴
Matt 21:4 Tou=to de\ o3lon ge/gonen, i3na plhrwqh|= to\ r(hqe\n dia_ tou= profh/tou, le/gontoj, Now all of this took place in order that what was spoken through the prophet might be fulfilled, where he says, ↳ also, from [LS], despatch, a sense perhaps reinforced by Hebrew usage of שָׁלַח, shalach.
Matt 21:5 Ei1pate th|= qugatri\ Siw&n, 870Idou/, o9 basileu/j sou e1rxetai/ soi, pra%u+\j kai\ e0pibebhkw_j e0pi\ o1non kai\ pw~lon ui9o\n u9pozugi/ou. “Say to the daughter of Zion,

‘Behold, your king is coming to you,

Meek and riding on a donkey

And a foal,

– The young of a beast of burden.’ ”

 Zech 9:9.
riding ← having mounted.
young ← son.
Matt 21:6 Poreuqe/ntej de\ oi9 maqhtai/, kai\ poih/santej kaqw_j prose/tacen au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, Then the disciples went off and did what Jesus had commanded them,
Matt 21:7 h1gagon th\n o1non kai\ to\n pw~lon, kai\ e0pe/qhkan e0pa&nw au0tw~n ta_ i9ma&tia au0tw~n, kai\ {RP P1904 S1550: e0peka&qisen} [E1624 S1894: e0peka&qisan] e0pa&nw au0tw~n. and they brought the donkey and the foal, and they put their coats on them, and {RP P1904 S1550: he sat} [E1624 S1894: they set him] on them. e0peka&qisen, he sat, RP P1904 S1550 F1853=9/21 F1859=4/7 vs. e0peka&qisan, they set (him), E1624 S1894 F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's u, so very doubtful) F1859=0/7 vs. various other readings, F1853=9/21 F1859=3/7 vs. phrase absent, F1853=2/21 (Scrivener's cs) F1859=0/7. AV differs textually.
Matt 21:8 879O de\ plei=stoj o1xloj e1strwsan e9autw~n ta_ i9ma&tia e0n th|= o9dw%~: a!lloi de\ e1kopton kla&douj a)po\ tw~n de/ndrwn, kai\ e0strw&nnuon e0n th|= o9dw%~. And a very large crowd strewed their own clothes in the way, whereas others would cut branches from the trees and strew them in the way. a very large crowd: the sense of AV and [JWB-RR] p.145, unlike RV (the most part of the multitude).
would cut ... strew: iterative imperfects.
Matt 21:9 Oi9 de\ o1xloi oi9 proa&gontej kai\ oi9 a)kolouqou=ntej e1krazon, le/gontej, 879Wsanna_ tw%~ ui9w%~ {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d]. Eu0loghme/noj o9 e0rxo/menoj e0n o0no/mati kuri/ou. 879Wsanna_ e0n toi=j u9yi/stoij. And the crowds which went in front and those following kept shouting and saying,

“Hosanna to the son of David.

Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord.

Hosanna in the highest realms!”

 David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Ps 118:25, Ps 118:26.
kept shouting and saying: iterative imperfects, but not necessarily so – see Matt 5:2.
Hosanna (2x) ← w(sanna& ← הוֹשִׁיעָה נָא = save, please; see Ps 118:25.
Matt 21:10 Kai\ ei0selqo/ntoj au0tou= ei0j 879Ieroso/luma, e0sei/sqh pa~sa h9 po/lij, le/gousa, Ti/j e0stin ou[toj; Then when he had entered Jerusalem, the whole city became agitated, saying, “Who is this?” agitated ← shaken.
Matt 21:11 Oi9 de\ o1xloi e1legon, Ou[to/j e0stin 870Ihsou=j o9 profh/thj, o9 a)po\ {RP P1904 S1550: Nazare\t} [E1624 S1894: Nazare\q] th=j Galilai/aj. And the crowds would say, “This is Jesus the prophet from Nazareth in Galilee.” Nazare/t, Nazaret, RP P1904 S1550 F1853=14/20 F1859=6/7 vs. Nazare/q, Nazareth, E1624 S1894 F1853=6/20 F1859=1/7.
would say: iterative imperfect, but not necessarily so – see Matt 5:2.
Matt 21:12 Kai\ ei0sh=lqen o9 870Ihsou=j ei0j to\ i9ero\n tou= qeou=, kai\ e0ce/balen pa&ntaj tou\j pwlou=ntaj kai\ a)gora&zontaj e0n tw%~ i9erw%~, kai\ ta_j trape/zaj tw~n kollubistw~n kate/streyen, kai\ ta_j kaqe/draj tw~n pwlou/ntwn ta_j peristera&j. Then Jesus went into the temple of God and drove out all those selling and buying in the temple, and he overturned the tables of the money-changers, and the chairs of those selling doves, drove ← cast.
Matt 21:13 Kai\ le/gei au0toi=j, Ge/graptai, 879O oi]ko/j mou oi]koj proseuxh=j klhqh/setai: u9mei=j de\ au0to\n e0poih/sate sph/laion lh|stw~n. and he said to them, “It stands written:

‘My house shall be called a house of prayer,

But you have made it a den of thieves.’ ”

 Isa 56:7, Jer 7:11.
den of thieves ← cave of plunderers.
Matt 21:14 Kai\ prosh=lqon au0tw%~ {RP P1904: xwloi\ kai\ tufloi\} [TR: tufloi\ kai\ xwloi\] e0n tw%~ i9erw%~: kai\ e0qera&peusen au0tou/j. Then the {RP P1904: lame and blind} [TR: blind and lame] came to him in the temple, and he healed them, xwloi\ kai\ tufloi\, lame + and blind, RP P1904 F1853=18/20 F1859=5/7 vs. tufloi\ kai\ xwloi\, blind + and lame, TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's ux, u being very doubtful) F1859=2/7.
Matt 21:15 870Ido/ntej de\ oi9 a)rxierei=j kai\ oi9 grammatei=j ta_ qauma&sia a$ e0poi/hsen, kai\ tou\j pai=daj kra&zontaj e0n tw%~ i9erw%~, kai\ le/gontaj, 879Wsanna_ tw%~ ui9w%~ {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d], h0gana&kthsan, but when the senior priests and the scribes saw the wonders which he performed, and the children in the temple shouting and saying, “Hosanna to the son of David!”, they were indignant, David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Ps 118:25.
Hosanna: see Matt 21:9.
Matt 21:16 kai\ ei]pon au0tw%~, 870Akou/eij ti/ ou[toi le/gousin; 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j le/gei au0toi=j, Nai/: ou0de/pote a)ne/gnwte o3ti 870Ek sto/matoj nhpi/wn kai\ qhlazo/ntwn kathrti/sw ai]non; and they said to him, “Do you hear what these people are saying?” Then Jesus said to them, “Yes. Have you never read that

‘Out of the mouth of infants and babies

You have furnished praise’?”

 Ps 8:3MT (Ps 8:2AV).
babies ← sucklings.
furnished: or prepared for yourself (middle voice).
Matt 21:17 Kai\ katalipw_n au0tou\j e0ch=lqen e1cw th=j po/lewj ei0j Bhqani/an, kai\ hu0li/sqh e0kei=. Then when he had left them, he went out of the city to Bethany and passed the night there, passed the night: literally, courtyarded, but perhaps indoors, lodged.
Matt 21:18 Prwi+/aj de\ e0pana&gwn ei0j th\n po/lin, e0pei/nasen: and early in the morning as he returned to the city, he was hungry,
Matt 21:19 kai\ i0dw_n sukh=n mi/an e0pi\ th=j o9dou=, h]lqen e0p' au0th/n, kai\ ou0de\n eu[ren e0n au0th|= ei0 mh\ fu/lla mo/non: kai\ le/gei au0th|=, Mhke/ti e0k sou= karpo\j ge/nhtai ei0j to\n ai0w~na. Kai\ e0chra&nqh paraxrh=ma h9 sukh=. and when he saw a certain fig tree on the way, he went to it, but he did not find anything on it except just leaves. And he said to it, “Let no fruit ever be produced from you any more.” And immediately the fig tree dried up. a certain ← one.
ever ← up to the age.
Matt 21:20 Kai\ i0do/ntej oi9 maqhtai\ e0qau/masan, le/gontej, Pw~j paraxrh=ma e0chra&nqh h9 sukh=; Then when the disciples saw it, they were amazed, and they said, “How quickly the fig tree dried up!” quickly ← immediately.
Matt 21:21 870Apokriqei\j de\ o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0toi=j, 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n, e0a_n e1xhte pi/stin, kai\ mh\ diakriqh=te, ou0 mo/non to\ th=j sukh=j poih/sete, a)lla_ ka@n tw%~ o1rei tou/tw% ei1phte, 871Arqhti kai\ blh/qhti ei0j th\n qa&lassan, genh/setai. But Jesus answered and said to them, “Truly, I say to you, if you have faith and do not doubt, you will be able to perform not only the feat of the fig tree, but even if you say to this mountain, ‘Be lifted up and deposited into the sea’, it will take place,
Matt 21:22 Kai\ pa&nta o3sa {RP-text P1904: e0a_n} [RP-marg TR: a@n] ai0th/shte e0n th|= proseuxh|=, pisteu/ontej, lh/yesqe. and everything you ask for in prayer, believing, you will receive.” e0a_n, (what)ever (1), RP-text P1904 F1853=10/20 F1859=5/7 vs. a@n, (what)ever (2), RP-marg TR F1853=10/20 F1859=2/7.
Matt 21:23 Kai\ e0lqo/nti au0tw%~ ei0j to\ i9ero/n, prosh=lqon au0tw%~ dida&skonti oi9 a)rxierei=j kai\ oi9 presbu/teroi tou= laou=, le/gontej, 870En poi/a% e0cousi/a% tau=ta poiei=j; Kai\ ti/j soi e1dwken th\n e0cousi/an tau/thn; Then when he had come to the temple, as he was teaching, the senior priests and elders of the people came to him, and they said, “By what authority do you do these things? And who gave you this authority?”
Matt 21:24 870Apokriqei\j de\ o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0toi=j, 870Erwth/sw u9ma~j ka)gw_ lo/gon e3na, o4n e0a_n ei1phte/ moi, ka)gw_ u9mi=n e0rw~ e0n poi/a% e0cousi/a% tau=ta poiw~. But Jesus replied and said to them, “I for my part will ask you one thing, and if you tell me, I in turn will tell you by what authority I do these things. for my part ← also.
thing: Greek lo/goj, word, thing, not just a neuter pronoun.
and if ← which if.
in turn ← also.
Matt 21:25 To\ ba&ptisma 870Iwa&nnou po/qen h]n; 870Ec ou0ranou= h2 e0c a)nqrw&pwn; Oi9 de\ dielogi/zonto par' e9autoi=j, le/gontej, 870Ea_n ei1pwmen, 870Ec ou0ranou=, e0rei= h9mi=n, Dia_ ti/ ou]n ou0k e0pisteu/sate au0tw%~; From where was the baptism of John? From heaven, or from men?” Then they debated among themselves, and they said, “If we say, ‘From heaven’, he will say to us, ‘Why, then, did you not believe him?’
Matt 21:26 870Ea_n de\ ei1pwmen, 870Ec a)nqrw&pwn, fobou/meqa to\n o1xlon: pa&ntej ga_r e1xousin to\n 870Iwa&nnhn w(j profh/thn. But if we say, ‘From men’, we fear the crowd, for all hold John to be a prophet.” a prophet ← as a prophet, but w(j is rather a marker of the predicate.
Matt 21:27 Kai\ a)pokriqe/ntej tw%~ 870Ihsou= ei]pon, Ou0k oi1damen. 871Efh au0toi=j kai\ au0to/j, Ou0de\ e0gw_ le/gw u9mi=n e0n poi/a% e0cousi/a% tau=ta poiw~. So they replied and said to Jesus, “We do not know.” He in turn said to them, “Neither will I tell you by what authority I do these things. in turn ← himself too.
Matt 21:28 Ti/ de\ u9mi=n dokei=; {RP TR: 871Anqrwpoj} [P1904: 871Anqrwpo/j tij] ei]xen te/kna du/o, kai\ proselqw_n tw%~ prw&tw% ei]pen, Te/knon, u3page, sh/meron e0rga&zou e0n tw%~ a)mpelw~ni/ mou. But what do you think of this? A {RP TR: - } [P1904: certain] man had two children, and he went to the first and said, ‘My child, go and work in my vineyard today.’ tij, a certain: absent in RP TR F1853=13/20 F1859=7/10 vs. present in P1904 F1853=7/20 F1859=3/10.
first: or elder.
Matt 21:29 879O de\ a)pokriqei\j ei]pen, Ou0 qe/lw: u3steron de\ metamelhqei/j, a)ph=lqen. But he replied and said, ‘I refuse.’ But later, he had a change of heart and went. I refuse ← I don't wish (to), but this is a common expression for I refuse.
Matt 21:30 Kai\ proselqw_n tw%~ {RP-text P1904 TR: deute/rw%} [RP-marg: e9te/rw%] ei]pen w(sau/twj. 879O de\ a)pokriqei\j ei]pen, 870Egw&, ku/rie: kai\ ou0k a)ph=lqen. Then he went to the {RP-text P1904 TR: second} [RP-marg: other] and spoke similarly. Now he replied and said, ‘I will go, sir’, but he did not go there. deute/rw%, second, RP-text P1904 TR F1853=7/21 F1859=3/8 vs. e9te/rw%, other, RP-marg F1853=14/21 F1859=5/8. A disparity with RP-text, R=12:19.
go there ← go away.
Matt 21:31 Ti/j e0k tw~n du/o e0poi/hsen to\ qe/lhma tou= patro/j; Le/gousin au0tw%~, 879O prw~toj. Le/gei au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n, o3ti oi9 telw~nai kai\ ai9 po/rnai proa&gousin u9ma~j ei0j th\n basilei/an tou= qeou=. Which of the two did the will of the father?” They said to him, “The first.” Jesus said to them, “Truly, I say to you that the tax collectors and prostitutes go before you into the kingdom of God.
Matt 21:32 87]Hlqen ga_r pro\j u9ma~j 870Iwa&nnhj e0n o9dw%~ dikaiosu/nhj, kai\ ou0k e0pisteu/sate au0tw%~: oi9 de\ telw~nai kai\ ai9 po/rnai e0pi/steusan au0tw%~: u9mei=j de\ i0do/ntej ou0 metemelh/qhte u3steron tou= pisteu=sai au0tw%~. For John came to you in the way of righteousness, but you did not believe him. However, the tax collectors and prostitutes believed him. But when you had seen him, you did not repent later so as to believe him.
Matt 21:33 871Allhn parabolh\n a)kou/sate. {RP-text P1904 TR: 871Anqrwpo/j tij} [RP-marg: 871Anqrwpoj] h]n oi0kodespo/thj, o3stij e0fu/teusen a)mpelw~na, kai\ fragmo\n au0tw%~ perie/qhken, kai\ w!rucen e0n au0tw%~ lhno/n, kai\ w%)kodo/mhsen pu/rgon, kai\ e0ce/doto au0to\n gewrgoi=j, kai\ a)pedh/mhsen. Listen to another parable. A {RP-text P1904 TR: certain} [RP-marg: - ] man was a landlord who planted a vineyard and erected a fence round it, and he dug a wine vat in it and built a tower, and he put it under hired labour with farmers and went abroad. tij, a certain: present in RP-text P1904 TR F1853=15/20 F1859=7/9 vs. absent in RP-marg F1853=5/20 F1859=2/9.
put it under hired labour with ← let it out for hire to, but the literal meaning does not fit the context, because the owner claims the produce. Alternatively, the hire the farmers pay could be part of the produce.
Matt 21:34 873Ote de\ h1ggisen o9 kairo\j tw~n karpw~n, a)pe/steilen tou\j dou/louj au0tou= pro\j tou\j gewrgou/j, labei=n tou\j karpou\j au0tou=: But when the time of the fruit-harvest approached, he sent his servants to the farmers to receive its fruit. its: or his.
Matt 21:35 kai\ labo/ntej oi9 gewrgoi\ tou\j dou/louj au0tou=, o4n me\n e1deiran, o4n de\ a)pe/kteinan, o4n de\ e0liqobo/lhsan. But the farmers took his servants, and they flogged one, and they killed another, and they stoned another. but: adversative use of kai/.
flogged ← flayed.
Matt 21:36 Pa&lin a)pe/steilen a!llouj dou/louj plei/onaj tw~n prw&twn: kai\ e0poi/hsan au0toi=j w(sau/twj. Next he sent more servants, more numerous than the first, and they did likewise to them. next ← again.
more servants ← other servants.
more numerous: perhaps of higher rank.
Matt 21:37 873Usteron de\ a)pe/steilen pro\j au0tou\j to\n ui9o\n au0tou=, le/gwn, 870Entraph/sontai to\n ui9o/n mou. And lastly he sent his son to them, and he said, ‘They will respect my son.’
Matt 21:38 Oi9 de\ gewrgoi\ i0do/ntej to\n ui9o\n ei]pon e0n e9autoi=j, Ou[to/j e0stin o9 klhrono/moj: deu=te, a)poktei/nwmen au0to/n, kai\ kata&sxwmen th\n klhronomi/an au0tou=. But when the farmers saw the son, they said to themselves, ‘This is the heir. Come, let us kill him and seize his inheritance.’
Matt 21:39 Kai\ labo/ntej au0to\n e0ce/balon e1cw tou= a)mpelw~noj kai\ a)pe/kteinan. And they took him, and they threw him out of the vineyard, and they killed him.
Matt 21:40 873Otan ou]n e1lqh| o9 ku/rioj tou= a)mpelw~noj, ti/ poih/sei toi=j gewrgoi=j e0kei/noij; Now when the landlord of the vineyard comes, what will he do to those farmers?”
Matt 21:41 Le/gousin au0tw%~, Kakou\j kakw~j a)pole/sei au0tou/j, kai\ to\n a)mpelw~na {RP P1904: e0kdw&setai} [TR: e0kdo/setai] a!lloij gewrgoi=j, oi3tinej a)podw&sousin au0tw%~ tou\j karpou\j e0n toi=j kairoi=j au0tw~n. They said to him, “He will put such bad men to a bad kind of death, and he will put the vineyard out under hired labour with other farmers, who will give him the fruits in their seasons.” e0kdw&setai, will put out under hired labour (classical spelling), RP P1904 F1853=17/22 F1859=4/7 vs. e0kdo/setai, will put out under hired labour (variant spelling), TR F1853=5/22 F1859=3/7.
put the vineyard out under hired labour: see v.33.
Matt 21:42 Le/gei au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, Ou0de/pote a)ne/gnwte e0n tai=j grafai=j, Li/qon o4n a)pedoki/masan oi9 oi0kodomou=ntej, ou[toj e0genh/qh ei0j kefalh\n gwni/aj: para_ kuri/ou e0ge/neto au3th, kai\ e1stin qaumasth\ e0n o0fqalmoi=j h9mw~n; Jesus said to them, “Have you never read in the scriptures:

‘The stone which the builders rejected

Is what has become the keystone.

This came about from the Lord,

And it is wondrous in our eyes’?

 Ps 118:22, Ps 118:23.
is what ← this.
keystone ← head of (the) corner / angle.
Matt 21:43 Dia_ tou=to le/gw u9mi=n o3ti a)rqh/setai a)f' u9mw~n h9 basilei/a tou= qeou=, kai\ doqh/setai e1qnei poiou=nti tou\j karpou\j au0th=j. Therefore I say to you that the kingdom of God will be taken away from you and given to a nation producing its fruits. a nation: as noted in [CB], this is the New Israel, as prophesied in Isa 66:7-14. Not a Gentile nation. For distinct Gentile-specific blessings, see Paul's prison ministry (Ephesians, Philippians, Colossians and 2 Timothy).
Matt 21:44 Kai\ o9 pesw_n e0pi\ to\n li/qon tou=ton sunqlasqh/setai: e0f' o4n d' a@n pe/sh|, likmh/sei au0to/n. And whoever falls on this stone will be shattered. But on whomever it falls, it will crush to powder.” whoever ← he who.
falls ← has fallen. See Matt 23:20.
crush to powder ← the original meaning of this verb is to winnow away.
Matt 21:45 Kai\ a)kou/santej oi9 a)rxierei=j kai\ oi9 Farisai=oi ta_j parabola_j au0tou= e1gnwsan o3ti peri\ au0tw~n le/gei. And when the senior priests and the Pharisees heard his parables, they knew that he was speaking about them,
Matt 21:46 Kai\ zhtou=ntej au0to\n krath=sai, e0fobh/qhsan tou\j o1xlouj, e0peidh\ w(j profh/thn au0to\n ei]xon. and although they looked for a way to lay hold of him, they feared the crowds, because they held him to be a prophet. although: concessive use of the participle.
to be ← as.
Matt 22:1 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j o9 870Ihsou=j pa&lin ei]pen au0toi=j e0n parabolai=j, le/gwn, Then Jesus reacted and spoke to them again in parables, and he said, reacted ← answered, but no question was asked. Compare Matt 11:25.
Matt 22:2 879Wmoiw&qh h9 basilei/a tw~n ou0ranw~n a)nqrw&pw% basilei=, o3stij e0poi/hsen ga&mouj tw%~ ui9w%~ au0tou=: “The kingdom of the heavens is like a man who is a king who arranged a wedding reception for his son.
Matt 22:3 kai\ a)pe/steilen tou\j dou/louj au0tou= kale/sai tou\j keklhme/nouj ei0j tou\j ga&mouj, kai\ ou0k h1qelon e0lqei=n. And he sent out his servants to invite the guests to the wedding, but they would not come.
Matt 22:4 Pa&lin a)pe/steilen a!llouj dou/louj, le/gwn, Ei1pate toi=j keklhme/noij, 870Idou/, to\ a!risto/n mou h9toi/masa, oi9 tau=roi/ mou kai\ ta_ sitista_ tequme/na, kai\ pa&nta e3toima: deu=te ei0j tou\j ga&mouj. Again, he sent out some more servants, and he said, ‘Say to the guests, «Look, I have prepared my banquet-meal. My bulls and fatted cattle have been slaughtered, and everything is ready. Come to the wedding.» ’ some more ← other.
Matt 22:5 Oi9 de\ a)melh/santej a)ph=lqon, o9 me\n ei0j to\n i1dion a)gro/n, o9 de\ ei0j th\n e0mpori/an au0tou=: But they did not care for it and went off, one to his own field, another to his merchant business, merchant business: or merchandise.
Matt 22:6 oi9 de\ loipoi\ krath/santej tou\j dou/louj au0tou= u3brisan kai\ a)pe/kteinan. and the remainder seized his servants and dealt with them spitefully, and they killed them.
Matt 22:7 {RP: Kai\ a)kou/saj} [P1904 TR: 870Akou/saj de\] o9 basileu\j {RP P1904: e0kei=noj} [TR: - ] w)rgi/sqh, kai\ pe/myaj ta_ strateu/mata au0tou= a)pw&lesen tou\j fonei=j e0kei/nouj, kai\ th\n po/lin au0tw~n e0ne/prhsen. {RP: And} [P1904 TR: But] when {RP P1904: that} [TR: the] king heard it, he became angry, and he sent his army, and he destroyed those murderers and burned their city. kai\ a)kou/saj, and having heard, RP F1853=20/20 F1859=6/7 vs. a)kou/saj de\, but having heard, P1904 TR F1853=0/20 F1859=0/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
e0kei=noj, that: present in RP P1904 F1853=20/20 F1859=6/7 vs. absent in TR F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7.
Matt 22:8 To/te le/gei toi=j dou/loij au0tou=, 879O me\n ga&moj e3toimo/j e0stin, oi9 de\ keklhme/noi ou0k h]san a!cioi. Then he said to his servants, ‘The wedding is ready, but the guests were not worthy.
Matt 22:9 Poreu/esqe ou]n e0pi\ ta_j dieco/douj tw~n o9dw~n, kai\ o3souj {RP-text TR: a@n} [RP-marg P1904: e0a_n] eu3rhte, kale/sate ei0j tou\j ga&mouj. So go to the arterial roads and invite whoever you find to the wedding.’ a@n, (who)ever (1), RP-text TR F1853=10/20 F1859=3/8 vs. e0a_n, (who)ever (2), RP-marg P1904 F1853=10/20 F1859=5/8. A weak disparity with RP-text, R=14:16.
arterial roads ← through-exits of the roads.
whoever ← as many as.
Matt 22:10 Kai\ e0celqo/ntej oi9 dou=loi e0kei=noi ei0j ta_j o9dou\j sunh/gagon pa&ntaj o3souj eu[ron, ponhrou/j te kai\ a)gaqou/j: kai\ e0plh/sqh o9 ga&moj a)nakeime/nwn. So those servants went out to the roads and gathered everyone they found, both bad and good, and the wedding was furnished with diners. diners ← recliners.
Matt 22:11 Ei0selqw_n de\ o9 basileu\j qea&sasqai tou\j a)nakeime/nouj ei]den e0kei= a!nqrwpon ou0k e0ndedume/non e1nduma ga&mou: Then the king came to see the diners and saw there a man not dressed in wedding clothes,
Matt 22:12 kai\ le/gei au0tw%~, 879Etai=re, pw~j ei0sh=lqej w{de mh\ e1xwn e1nduma ga&mou; 879O de\ e0fimw&qh. and he said to him, ‘My friend, how is it that you have come here not having wedding dress?’ And he was speechless. speechless ← muzzled.
Matt 22:13 To/te ei]pen o9 basileu\j toi=j diako/noij, Dh/santej au0tou= {RP-text P1904 TR: po/daj kai\ xei=raj} [RP-marg: xei=raj kai\ po/daj], a!rate au0to\n kai\ e0kba&lete ei0j to\ sko/toj to\ e0cw&teron: e0kei= e1stai o9 klauqmo\j kai\ o9 brugmo\j tw~n o0do/ntwn. Then the king said to the servants, ‘Bind him by the {RP-text P1904 TR: feet and hands} [RP-marg: hands and feet] and remove him and cast him into the outer darkness. There, there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.’ po/daj kai\ xei=raj, feet + and hands, RP-text P1904 TR F1853=8/20 F1859=6/7 vs. xei=raj kai\ po/daj, hands + and feet, RP-marg F1853=12/20 F1859=1/7. AV differs textually, but not following TR.
Matt 22:14 Polloi\ ga&r ei0sin klhtoi/, o0li/goi de\ e0klektoi/. For many are called, but few are chosen.”
Matt 22:15 To/te poreuqe/ntej oi9 Farisai=oi sumbou/lion e1labon o3pwj au0to\n pagideu/swsin e0n lo/gw%. Then the Pharisees went and took counsel as to how to trap him in his speech,
Matt 22:16 Kai\ a)poste/llousin au0tw%~ tou\j maqhta_j au0tw~n meta_ tw~n 879Hrw%dianw~n, le/gontej, Dida&skale, oi1damen o3ti a)lhqh\j ei], kai\ th\n o9do\n tou= qeou= e0n a)lhqei/a% dida&skeij, kai\ ou0 me/lei soi peri\ ou0deno/j, ou0 ga_r ble/peij ei0j pro/swpon a)nqrw&pwn. and they sent their disciples to him with the Herodians, who said, “Teacher, we know that you are true and teach the way of God in truth, and you do not concern yourself with the opinion of anyone, for you do not regard the status of men. you do not concern yourself ← it is not of concern to you.
status ← face.
Matt 22:17 Ei0pe\ ou]n h9mi=n, ti/ soi dokei=; 871Ecestin dou=nai kh=nson Kai/sari, h2 ou1; So tell us, what do you think? Is it permitted to pay census-tax to Caesar or not?” what do you think ← what does it seem to you.
Matt 22:18 Gnou\j de\ o9 870Ihsou=j th\n ponhri/an au0tw~n ei]pen, Ti/ me peira&zete, u9pokritai/; But Jesus, having become aware of their wickedness, said, “Why do you test me, you hypocrites?
Matt 22:19 870Epidei/cate/ moi to\ no/misma tou= kh/nsou. Oi9 de\ prosh/negkan au0tw%~ dhna&rion. Show me the official coin of the census-tax.” So they brought a denary to him. denary: a silver coin.
Matt 22:20 Kai\ le/gei au0toi=j, Ti/noj h9 ei0kw_n au3th kai\ h9 e0pigrafh/; Then he said to them, “Whose is this image and inscription?”
Matt 22:21 Le/gousin au0tw%~, Kai/saroj. To/te le/gei au0toi=j, 870Apo/dote ou]n ta_ Kai/saroj Kai/sari: kai\ ta_ tou= qeou= tw%~ qew%~. They said to him, “Caesar's.” Then he said to them, “Render therefore to Caesar the things that are of Caesar, and to God the things that are of God.”
Matt 22:22 Kai\ a)kou/santej e0qau/masan: kai\ a)fe/ntej au0to\n a)ph=lqon. And when they heard this, they were amazed, and they left him and departed.
Matt 22:23 870En e0kei/nh| th|= h9me/ra% prosh=lqon au0tw%~ Saddoukai=oi, {RP-text P1904 TR: oi9} [RP-marg: - ] le/gontej mh\ ei]nai a)na&stasin, kai\ e0phrw&thsan au0to/n, On that day the Sadducees, {RP-text P1904 TR: who say} [RP-marg: saying that] there is no resurrection, came to him and questioned him, oi9, who (say): present in RP-text P1904 TR F1853=13/21 F1859=6/8 vs. absent in RP-marg F1853=8/21 F1859=2/8.
Matt 22:24 le/gontej, Dida&skale, Mwsh=j ei]pen, 870Ea&n tij a)poqa&nh| mh\ e1xwn te/kna, e0pigambreu/sei o9 a)delfo\j au0tou= th\n gunai=ka au0tou=, kai\ a)nasth/sei spe/rma tw%~ a)delfw%~ au0tou=. saying, “Teacher, Moses said, ‘If someone dies, not having children, his brother shall marry his wife in the capacity of the deceased's brother and raise seed to his brother.’ Deut 25:5.
marry ... in the capacity of the deceased's brother: all one word in Greek.
seed: implying more continuity than just offspring.
Matt 22:25 87]Hsan de\ par' h9mi=n e9pta_ a)delfoi/: kai\ o9 prw~toj gamh/saj e0teleu/thsen: kai\ mh\ e1xwn spe/rma, a)fh=ken th\n gunai=ka au0tou= tw%~ a)delfw%~ au0tou=. Now there were seven brothers in our community. And the first married, and he died, and not having any seed, he left his wife to his brother. in our community ← with us.
seed: see Matt 22:24.
Matt 22:26 879Omoi/wj kai\ o9 deu/teroj, kai\ o9 tri/toj, e3wj tw~n e9pta&. Likewise also the second, and the third, up to the seventh. seventh ← seven.
Matt 22:27 873Usteron de\ pa&ntwn a)pe/qanen kai\ h9 gunh/. And last of all, the woman died too.
Matt 22:28 870En th|= ou]n a)nasta&sei, ti/noj tw~n e9pta_ e1stai {RP TR: - } [P1904: h9] gunh/; Pa&ntej ga_r e1sxon au0th/n. In the resurrection then, to whom of the seven will she be {RP TR: - } [P1904: the] wife? For all of them had her.” h9, the (wife): absent in RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=7/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=0/7.
Matt 22:29 870Apokriqei\j de\ o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0toi=j, Plana~sqe, mh\ ei0do/tej ta_j grafa&j, mhde\ th\n du/namin tou= qeou=. Then Jesus answered and said to them, “You are going astray, not knowing the scriptures, nor the power of God.
Matt 22:30 870En ga_r th|= a)nasta&sei ou1te gamou=sin, ou1te e0kgami/zontai, a)ll' w(j a!ggeloi {RP TR: tou=} [P1904: - ] qeou= e0n ou0ranw%~ ei0sin. For in the resurrection, they do not marry nor are given in marriage, but they are as the angels of God in heaven. tou=, the (God): present in RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=4/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's s) F1859=3/7.
Matt 22:31 Peri\ de\ th=j a)nasta&sewj tw~n nekrw~n, ou0k a)ne/gnwte to\ r(hqe\n u9mi=n u9po\ tou= qeou=, le/gontoj, And concerning the resurrection of the dead, have you not read that which was spoken to you by God, where he says,
Matt 22:32 870Egw& ei0mi o9 qeo\j 870Abraa&m, kai\ o9 qeo\j 870Isaa&k, kai\ o9 qeo\j 870Iakw&b; Ou0k e1stin o9 qeo\j qeo\j nekrw~n, a)lla_ zw&ntwn. ‘I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob’? God is not a God of the dead, but of the living.” Ex 3:6.
God: we retain a capital G, because although it would be a god of the dead, the reference is also to the God of the living.
Matt 22:33 Kai\ a)kou/santej oi9 o1xloi e0ceplh/ssonto e0pi\ th|= didaxh|= au0tou=. And when the crowds heard it, they were astounded at his teaching.
Matt 22:34 Oi9 de\ Farisai=oi, a)kou/santej o3ti e0fi/mwsen tou\j Saddoukai/ouj, sunh/xqhsan e0pi\ to\ au0to/. But the Pharisees, having heard that he had silenced the Sadducees, gathered right there together, silenced ← muzzled.
Matt 22:35 Kai\ e0phrw&thsen ei[j e0c au0tw~n nomiko/j, peira&zwn au0to/n, kai\ le/gwn, and one of them, a scholar in the law, asked him a question, testing him, and he said,
Matt 22:36 Dida&skale, poi/a e0ntolh\ mega&lh e0n tw%~ no/mw%; “Teacher, which commandment is the greatest in the law?” the greatest ← great, positive degree for superlative; Hebraistic – Hebrew only uses the article to denote the superlative, but in the Greek it is necessarily absent, as it is the complement of the verb to be, understood.
Matt 22:37 o9 de\ 870Ihsou=j {RP P1904: e1fh} [TR: ei]pen] au0tw%~, 870Agaph/seij ku/rion to\n qeo/n sou, e0n o3lh| {RP: - } [P1904 TR: th|=] kardi/a% sou, kai\ e0n o3lh| {RP: - } [P1904 TR: th|=] yuxh|= sou, kai\ e0n o3lh| th|= dianoi/a% sou. And Jesus said to him, “You shall love the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your mind. e1fh, he said (1), RP P1904 F1853=20/20 F1859=6/7 vs. ei]pen, he said (2), TR F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7.
1st th|=, the (heart of you): absent in RP F1853=12/22 F1859=6/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=10/22 F1859=1/7.
2nd th|=, the (soul of you): absent in RP F1853=8/23 F1859=3/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=15/23 F1859=4/7. A disparity with RP, R=11:21.
Deut 6:5.
Matt 22:38 Au3th e0sti\n prw&th kai\ mega&lh e0ntolh/. This is the first and greatest commandment. greatest ← great. Positive degree for superlative.
Matt 22:39 Deute/ra de\ o9moi/a {RP-text P1904 TR: au0th|=} [RP-marg: au3th], 870Agaph/seij to\n plhsi/on sou w(j seauto/n. {RP-text P1904 TR: And the second is like it} [RP-marg: And the second, which is similar, is this]: You shall love your neighbour as yourself. au0th|=, to it, RP-text P1904 TR F1853=9/20 F1859=0/7 vs. au3th, this, RP-marg F1853=9/20 F1859=6/7 vs. another reading, F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's ce) F1859=1/7. A disparity with RP-text, R=11:15. This is only a matter of choice of diacritics by scribes and editors.
Lev 19:18.
Matt 22:40 870En tau/taij tai=j dusi\n e0ntolai=j o3loj o9 no/moj kai\ oi9 profh=tai kre/mantai. In these two commandments hang the whole of the law and the prophets.”
Matt 22:41 Sunhgme/nwn de\ tw~n Farisai/wn, e0phrw&thsen au0tou\j o9 870Ihsou=j, Then when the Pharisees had gathered together, Jesus questioned them,
Matt 22:42 le/gwn, Ti/ u9mi=n dokei= peri\ tou= xristou=; Ti/noj ui9o/j e0stin; Le/gousin au0tw%~, Tou= {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d]. and he said, “What do you think about Christ? Whose son is he?” They said to him, “David's.” David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Christ ← the Christ.
Matt 22:43 Le/gei au0toi=j, Pw~j ou]n {RP P1904: Daui\d} [TR: Dabi\d] e0n pneu/mati ku/rion au0to\n kalei=, le/gwn, He said to them, “How come then David calls him Lord in the spirit, saying, David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Matt 22:44 Ei]pen o9 ku/rioj tw%~ kuri/w% mou, Ka&qou e0k deciw~n mou, e3wj a@n qw~ tou\j e0xqrou/j sou u9popo/dion tw~n podw~n sou;

‘The Lord said to my Lord,

«Sit on my right hand side

Until I make your enemies your footstool» ’?

 Ps 110:1.
your footstool ← a footstool of your feet.
Matt 22:45 Ei0 ou]n {RP P1904: Daui\d} [TR: Dabi\d] kalei= au0to\n ku/rion, pw~j ui9o\j au0tou= e0stin; If, then, David calls him Lord, how is it that he is his son?” David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Matt 22:46 Kai\ ou0dei\j e0du/nato au0tw%~ a)pokriqh=nai lo/gon: ou0de\ e0to/lmhse/n tij a)p' e0kei/nhj th=j h9me/raj e0perwth=sai au0to\n ou0ke/ti. And no-one was able to answer him a word, nor did anyone dare to question him any longer from that day.
Matt 23:1 To/te o9 870Ihsou=j e0la&lhsen toi=j o1xloij kai\ toi=j maqhtai=j au0tou=, Then Jesus spoke to the crowds and to his disciples,
Matt 23:2 le/gwn, 870Epi\ th=j Mwse/wj kaqe/draj e0ka&qisan oi9 grammatei=j kai\ oi9 Farisai=oi: and he said, “The scribes and Pharisees have sat down on Moses' seat,
Matt 23:3 pa&nta ou]n o3sa {RP P1904: e0a_n} [TR: a@n] ei1pwsin u9mi=n threi=n, threi=te kai\ poiei=te: kata_ de\ ta_ e1rga au0tw~n mh\ poiei=te, le/gousin ga_r kai\ ou0 poiou=sin. so whatever they tell you to keep, you are keeping to and doing, but do not do according to their works, for they say things, but they do not do them. e0a_n, (what)ever (1), RP P1904 F1853=16/21 F1859=7/8 vs. a@n, (what)ever (2), TR F1853=5/21 F1859=1/8.
whatever ← everything whatever.
you are keeping to and doing: AV differs, translating these ↴
Matt 23:4 Desmeu/ousin ga_r forti/a bare/a kai\ dusba&stakta, kai\ e0pitiqe/asin e0pi\ tou\j w!mouj tw~n a)nqrw&pwn, tw%~ de\ daktu/lw% au0tw~n ou0 qe/lousin kinh=sai au0ta&. For they bind heavy burdens and things hard to bear, and they put them on the shoulders of men, but they are not willing to move them with their finger. ↳ verbs as imperatives, which is grammatically equally possible, but they fit the context (v.4) better as indicatives. It is clear that both their works and their sayings are wrong.
Matt 23:5 Pa&nta de\ ta_ e1rga au0tw~n poiou=sin pro\j to\ qeaqh=nai toi=j a)nqrw&poij: platu/nousin {RP TR: de\} [P1904: ga_r] ta_ fulakth/ria au0tw~n, kai\ megalu/nousin ta_ kra&speda tw~n i9mati/wn au0tw~n: But they do all their works to be seen by men, {RP TR: and} [P1904: for] they broaden their phylacteries and lengthen the fringes of their coats, de\, and, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=6/8 vs. ga_r, for, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/8. We correct here Scrivener's assumed erroneous interchange of de\ and ga_r. A disparity with F1853; F1859 is correct.
fringes: see Num 15:38; literally hems.
Matt 23:6 {RP TR: filou=si/n te} [P1904: filou=sin de\] th\n prwtoklisi/an e0n toi=j dei/pnoij, kai\ ta_j prwtokaqedri/aj e0n tai=j sunagwgai=j, and they love the privileged couches at dinners and the prime seats in the synagogues, te, and (conjunctive), RP TR F1853=16/22 F1859=5/7 vs. de\, and (slightly adversative), P1904 F1853=5/22 (Scrivener's acgpxonce) F1859=2/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/22 (Scrivener's yonce) F1859=0/7. Manuscripts x and y have the reading more than once, and inconsistently.
Matt 23:7 kai\ tou\j a)spasmou\j e0n tai=j a)gorai=j, kai\ kalei=sqai u9po\ tw~n a)nqrw&pwn, 879Rabbi/, r(abbi/: and the greetings in the markets, and to be called by men, ‘Rabbi, rabbi.’
Matt 23:8 u9mei=j de\ mh\ klhqh=te 879Rabbi/: ei[j {RP TR: ga&r e0stin u9mw~n} [P1904: ga_r u9mw~n e0stin] o9 {RP TR: kaqhghth/j} [P1904: dida&skaloj], o9 xristo/j: pa&ntej de\ u9mei=j a)delfoi/ e0ste. But do not you be called ‘rabbi’. For you have one {RP TR: guide} [P1904: teacher]: Christ. And you are all brothers. e0stin u9mw~n, is + of yours, RP TR F1853=20/21 F1859=7/8 vs. u9mw~n e0stin, of yours + is, P1904 F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's xonce) F1859=0/8 vs. phrase absent, F1853=0/21 F1859=1/8.
kaqhghth/j, guide, RP TR F1853=16/20 F1859=6/7 vs. dida&skaloj, teacher, P1904 F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's dlmn) F1859=1/7.
you have one ← one is your.
Matt 23:9 Kai\ pate/ra mh\ kale/shte u9mw~n e0pi\ th=j gh=j: ei[j ga&r e0stin o9 path\r u9mw~n, o9 e0n toi=j ou0ranoi=j. And do not call anyone your ‘father’ on earth, for you have one father, who is in the heavens.
Matt 23:10 Mhde\ klhqh=te kaqhghtai/: ei[j ga_r u9mw~n e0stin o9 kaqhghth/j, o9 xristo/j. And do not be called ‘guides’. For you have one guide: Christ.
Matt 23:11 879O de\ mei/zwn u9mw~n e1stai u9mw~n dia&konoj. And the greatest among you will be your servant. greatest ← greater, Greek comparative for superlative.
among you ← of you.
Matt 23:12 873Ostij de\ u9yw&sei e9auto/n, tapeinwqh/setai: kai\ o3stij tapeinw&sei e9auto/n, u9ywqh/setai. And whoever exalts himself will be humbled, and whoever humbles himself will be exalted. exalts ← will exalt.
humbles ← will humble.
Matt 23:13 Ou0ai\ de\ u9mi=n, grammatei=j kai\ Farisai=oi, u9pokritai/, {RP P1904 S1550: o3ti katesqi/ete ta_j oi0ki/aj tw~n xhrw~n, kai\ profa&sei makra_ proseuxo/menoi: dia_ tou=to lh/yesqe perisso/teron kri/ma} [E1624 S1894: o3ti klei/ete th\n basilei/an tw~n ou0ranw~n e1mprosqen tw~n a)nqrw&pwn: u9mei=j ga_r ou0k ei0se/rxesqe, ou0de\ tou\j ei0serxome/nouj a)fi/ete ei0selqei=n]. But woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, ¶ {RP P1904 S1550: because you devour widows' houses, and for a pretence you say long prayers. On account of this you will receive greater judgment} [E1624 S1894: because you shut up the kingdom of the heavens in front of men, for you do not go in, nor do you let those who are on the road to going in actually go in]. ¶ Verse order: E1624 S1894, but not RP P1904 S1550 F1853=20/20 F1859=7/7 AV, transpose the part of verses 13 and 14 from the marker (¶) to the end of the verse.
Matt 23:14 Ou0ai\ u9mi=n, grammatei=j kai\ Farisai=oi, u9pokritai/, {RP P1904 S1550: o3ti klei/ete th\n basilei/an tw~n ou0ranw~n e1mprosqen tw~n a)nqrw&pwn: u9mei=j ga_r ou0k ei0se/rxesqe, ou0de\ tou\j ei0serxome/nouj a)fi/ete ei0selqei=n} [E1624 S1894: o3ti katesqi/ete ta_j oi0ki/aj tw~n xhrw~n, kai\ profa&sei makra_ proseuxo/menoi: dia_ tou=to lh/yesqe perisso/teron kri/ma]. Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, ¶ {RP P1904 S1550: because you shut up the kingdom of the heavens in front of men, for you do not go in, nor do you let those who are on the road to going in actually go in} [E1624 S1894: because you devour widows' houses and for a pretence you say long prayers. On account of this you will receive greater judgment]. ¶ Verse order: see above verse.
Matt 23:15 Ou0ai\ u9mi=n, grammatei=j kai\ Farisai=oi, u9pokritai/, o3ti peria&gete th\n qa&lassan kai\ th\n chra_n poih=sai e3na prosh/luton, kai\ o3tan ge/nhtai, poiei=te au0to\n ui9o\n gee/nnhj diplo/teron u9mw~n. Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, because you go round sea and dry land to make one proselyte, and when it has taken place, you make him a son of Gehenna twofold more than yourselves. has taken place ← takes place.
Gehenna: see Matt 5:22.
Matt 23:16 Ou0ai\ u9mi=n, o9dhgoi\ tufloi/, oi9 le/gontej, 874Oj a@n o0mo/sh| e0n tw%~ naw%~, ou0de/n e0stin: o4j d' a@n o0mo/sh| e0n tw%~ xrusw%~ tou= naou=, o0fei/lei. Woe to you, you blind guides, who say, ‘Whoever swears by the sanctuary, it is nothing, but whoever swears by the gold of the sanctuary is a debtor.’
Matt 23:17 Mwroi\ kai\ tufloi/: ti/j ga_r mei/zwn e0sti/n, o9 xruso/j, h2 o9 nao\j o9 a(gia&zwn to\n xruso/n; Fools and blind men, for which is greater, the gold, or the sanctuary which sanctifies the gold?
Matt 23:18 Kai/, 874Oj {RP TR: e0a_n} [P1904: a@n] o0mo/sh| e0n tw%~ qusiasthri/w%, ou0de/n e0stin: o4j d' a@n o0mo/sh| e0n tw%~ dw&rw% tw%~ e0pa&nw au0tou=, o0fei/lei. And: ‘Whoever swears by the altar, it is nothing, but whoever swears by the gift which is on it is a debtor.’ e0a_n, (who)ever (1), RP TR F1853=15/21 F1859=3/7 vs. a@n, (who)ever (2), P1904 F1853=6/21 F1859=4/7.
on ← above.
Matt 23:19 Mwroi\ kai\ tufloi/: ti/ ga_r mei=zon, to\ dw~ron, h2 to\ qusiasth/rion to\ a(gia&zon to\ dw~ron; Fools and blind men, for which is greater, the gift, or the altar which sanctifies the gift?
Matt 23:20 879O ou]n o0mo/saj e0n tw%~ qusiasthri/w% o0mnu/ei e0n au0tw%~ kai\ e0n pa~sin toi=j e0pa&nw au0tou=: So he who swears by the altar swears by it and everything on it, swears ← swore, but the aorist participle can be contemporaneous with the main verb, including classically (“coincident use”), and it may represent the perfective aspect rather than the past tense here, or even be equivalent to the present participle. The second swears is present indicative. Compare Acts 13:46, Gal 2:1, 1 Tim 3:13.
on ← above.
Matt 23:21 kai\ o9 o0mo/saj e0n tw%~ naw%~ o0mnu/ei e0n au0tw%~ kai\ e0n tw%~ {RP P1904: katoikh/santi} [TR: katoikou=nti] au0to/n: and he who swears by the sanctuary swears by it and by him who {RP P1904: dwells} [TR: dwells] in it, katoikh/santi, dwells / dwelt, RP P1904 F1853=15/21 F1859=4/7 vs. katoikou=nti, dwells, TR F1853=6/21 F1859=3/7.
swears: see v.20.
{RP: dwells: a similar argument to that of swears applies. See above.}
Matt 23:22 kai\ o9 o0mo/saj e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~ o0mnu/ei e0n tw%~ qro/nw% tou= qeou= kai\ e0n tw%~ kaqhme/nw% e0pa&nw au0tou=. and he who swears by heaven swears by the throne of God and by him who sits on it. swears: see v.20.
on ← above.
Matt 23:23 Ou0ai\ u9mi=n, grammatei=j kai\ Farisai=oi, u9pokritai/, o3ti a)podekatou=te to\ h9du/osmon kai\ to\ a!nhqon kai\ to\ ku/minon, kai\ a)fh/kate ta_ baru/tera tou= no/mou, th\n kri/sin kai\ to\n e1leon kai\ th\n pi/stin: tau=ta {RP TR: - } [P1904: de\] e1dei poih=sai, ka)kei=na mh\ a)fie/nai. Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, because you pay the tithe of mint and dill and cumin but have omitted the weightier aspects of the law: judgment and mercy and faith. {RP TR: You} [P1904: And you] should have done these things, while not omitting the former things. de\, and: absent in RP TRF1853=16/20 F1859=7/8 vs. present in P1904 F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's efgx) F1859=1/8.
pay: or take.
Matt 23:24 879Odhgoi\ tufloi/, oi9 diu+li/zontej to\n kw&nwpa, th\n de\ ka&mhlon katapi/nontej. You blind guides, you strain off a gnat, but you swallow a camel. you ← who.
a camel ← the camel. See Gen 22:9.
Matt 23:25 Ou0ai\ u9mi=n, grammatei=j kai\ Farisai=oi, u9pokritai/, o3ti kaqari/zete to\ e1cwqen tou= pothri/ou kai\ th=j paroyi/doj, e1swqen de\ ge/mousin e0c a(rpagh=j kai\ {RP P1904: a)diki/aj} [TR: a)krasi/aj]. Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, you hypocrites, because you clean the outside of the cup and dish, but inside they are full of plunder and {RP P1904: injustice} [TR: excess]. a)diki/aj, injustice, RP P1904 F1853=18/20 F1859=4/7 vs. a)krasi/aj, bad mixture, intemperance, excess, TR F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's d) F1859=3/7 vs. a)kaqarsi/aj, uncleanness, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's g) F1859=0/7. AV differs textually.
Matt 23:26 Farisai=e tufle/, kaqa&rison prw~ton to\ e0nto\j tou= pothri/ou kai\ th=j paroyi/doj, i3na ge/nhtai kai\ to\ e0kto\j au0tw~n kaqaro/n. You blind Pharisee, first clean the inside of the cup and the dish, so that the outside of them may also become clean.
Matt 23:27 Ou0ai\ u9mi=n, grammatei=j kai\ Farisai=oi, u9pokritai/, o3ti paromoia&zete ta&foij kekoniame/noij, oi3tinej e1cwqen me\n fai/nontai w(rai=oi, e1swqen de\ ge/mousin o0ste/wn nekrw~n kai\ pa&shj a)kaqarsi/aj. Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, because you are like whitewashed sepulchres, which on the outside appear beautiful, but inside are full of bones of the dead and all uncleanness.
Matt 23:28 Ou3twj kai\ u9mei=j e1cwqen me\n fai/nesqe toi=j a)nqrw&poij di/kaioi, e1swqen de\ mestoi/ e0ste u9pokri/sewj kai\ a)nomi/aj. In this way, you for your part appear righteous to men on the outside, but inside you are full of hypocrisy and lawlessness. for your part ← also.
Matt 23:29 Ou0ai\ u9mi=n, grammatei=j kai\ Farisai=oi, u9pokritai/, o3ti oi0kodomei=te tou\j ta&fouj tw~n profhtw~n, kai\ kosmei=te ta_ mnhmei=a tw~n dikai/wn, Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, because you build the tombs of the prophets, and you adorn the sepulchres of the righteous, sepulchres ← memorials.
Matt 23:30 kai\ le/gete, Ei0 h]men e0n tai=j h9me/raij tw~n pate/rwn h9mw~n, ou0k a@n h]men koinwnoi\ au0tw~n e0n tw%~ ai3mati tw~n profhtw~n. and you say, ‘If we had been around in the days of our fathers, we would not have been party with them to the shed blood of the prophets.’
Matt 23:31 873Wste marturei=te e9autoi=j o3ti ui9oi/ e0ste tw~n foneusa&ntwn tou\j profh/taj: So you witness to yourselves that you are sons of those who killed the prophets.
Matt 23:32 kai\ u9mei=j plhrw&sate to\ me/tron tw~n pate/rwn u9mw~n. You too, fill up the measure of your fathers.
Matt 23:33 871Ofeij, gennh/mata e0xidnw~n, pw~j fu/ghte a)po\ th=j kri/sewj th=j gee/nnhj; Serpents, offspring of vipers, how can you flee from the judgment of Gehenna? can you ← are you to, rhetorical deliberative subjunctive.
Gehenna: see Matt 5:22.
Matt 23:34 Dia_ tou=to, i0dou/, e0gw_ a)poste/llw pro\j u9ma~j profh/taj kai\ sofou\j kai\ grammatei=j: kai\ e0c au0tw~n a)poktenei=te kai\ staurw&sete, kai\ e0c au0tw~n mastigw&sete e0n tai=j sunagwgai=j u9mw~n kai\ diw&cete a)po\ po/lewj ei0j po/lin: On account of this, look, I send you prophets and wise men and scribes, and some of them you will kill and crucify, and some of them you will flog in your synagogues and persecute from city to city,
Matt 23:35 o3pwj e1lqh| e0f' u9ma~j pa~n ai[ma di/kaion e0kxuno/menon e0pi\ th=j gh=j, a)po\ tou= ai3matoj 871Abel tou= dikai/ou, e3wj tou= ai3matoj Zaxari/ou ui9ou= Baraxi/ou, o4n e0foneu/sate metacu\ tou= naou= kai\ tou= qusiasthri/ou. so that all righteous blood shed on earth should come upon you from the blood of righteous Abel to the blood of Zechariah the son of Berechiah whom you killed between the sanctuary and the altar. so that: the classical meaning is in order that. We do not entirely exclude the possibility of a purpose clause here.
Berechiah ← Barachias, but we conform it to Zech 1:1.
Matt 23:36 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n, {RP P1904: o3ti} [TR: - ] h3cei {RP-text: pa&nta tau=ta} [RP-marg P1904 TR: tau=ta pa&nta] e0pi\ th\n genea_n tau/thn. Truly, I say to you {RP P1904: that} [TR: that] all this will come upon this generation. o3ti, that: present in RP P1904 F1853=20/21 F1859=6/7 vs. absent in TR F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's xonce) F1859=1/7.
pa&nta tau=ta, all + these (things), RP-text F1853=14/20 F1859=3/7 vs. tau=ta pa&nta, these (things) + all, RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=6/20 F1859=4/7.
Matt 23:37 879Ierousalh/m, 879Ierousalh/m, h9 {RP-text: a)pokte/nousa} [P1904: a)pokte/nnousa] [RP-marg TR: a)poktei/nousa] tou\j profh/taj kai\ liqobolou=sa tou\j a)pestalme/nouj pro\j au0th/n, posa&kij h0qe/lhsa e0pisunagagei=n ta_ te/kna sou, o4n tro/pon e0pisuna&gei o1rnij ta_ nossi/a e9auth=j u9po\ ta_j pte/rugaj, kai\ ou0k h0qelh/sate. Jerusalem, Jerusalem, you who kill the prophets and stone those sent to you, how often I wished to gather your children in the way a bird gathers her nestlings under her wings, but you have not been willing. a)pokte/nousa, RP-text F1853=10/21 F1859=4/8 vs. a)pokte/nnousa, P1904, F1853=3/21 (Scrivener's hky) F1859=1/8 vs. a)poktei/nousa, RP-marg TR F1853=6/21 F1859=3/8 vs. other readings, F1853=2/21 (Scrivener's a*d) F1859=0/8. All forms listed are a present participle, killing, and we ignore accentuation, but the alternative accentuation a)poktenou=sa would be future.
you ← her, third person used after vocative.
Matt 23:38 870Idou/, a)fi/etai u9mi=n o9 oi]koj u9mw~n e1rhmoj. Behold, your house is being left to you desolate.
Matt 23:39 Le/gw ga_r u9mi=n, ou0 mh/ me {RP TR: i1dhte} [P1904: i1dete] a)p' a!rti, e3wj a@n ei1phte, Eu0loghme/noj o9 e0rxo/menoj e0n o0no/mati kuri/ou. For I say to you, you certainly will not see me from now until you say,

‘Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord.’ ”

 i1dhte, see (classical subjunctive), RP TR F1853=20/21 F1859=7/7 vs. i1dete, see (non-classical imperative), P1904 F1853=0/21 F1859=0/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's xonce) F1859=0/7.
Ps 118:26.
Matt 24:1 Kai\ e0celqw_n o9 870Ihsou=j e0poreu/eto a)po\ tou= i9erou=: kai\ prosh=lqon oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou= e0pidei=cai au0tw%~ ta_j oi0kodoma_j tou= i9erou=. Then Jesus went out and left the temple, and his disciples came to him to point out to him the buildings of the temple.
Matt 24:2 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0toi=j, Ou0 ble/pete {RP-text TR: pa&nta tau=ta} [RP-marg P1904: tau=ta pa&nta]; 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n, ou0 mh\ a)feqh|= w{de li/qoj e0pi\ li/qon, o4j {RP P1904: ou0} [TR: ou0 mh\] kataluqh/setai. But Jesus said to them, “Do you not see all these things? Truly, I say to you, there {RP P1904: - } [TR: certainly] will not be a stone left on a stone here, which will not be demolished.” pa&nta tau=ta, all + these (things), RP-text TR F1853=12/21 F1859=3/7 vs. tau=ta pa&nta, these (things) + all, RP-marg P1904 F1853=9/21 F1859=4/7.
ou0, not, RP P1904 F1853=17/22 F1859=6/7 vs. ou0 mh\, certainly not, TR F1853=5/22 F1859=1/7.
Matt 24:3 Kaqhme/nou de\ au0tou= e0pi\ tou= o1rouj tw~n 870Elaiw~n, prosh=lqon au0tw%~ oi9 maqhtai\ kat' i0di/an, le/gontej, Ei0pe\ h9mi=n, po/te tau=ta e1stai; Kai\ ti/ to\ shmei=on th=j sh=j parousi/aj, kai\ th=j suntelei/aj tou= ai0w~noj; And as he sat on the Mount of Olives, the disciples came to him privately and said, “Tell us when these things will be, and what the sign of your coming is, and of the consummation of the age.”
Matt 24:4 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0toi=j, Ble/pete, mh/ tij u9ma~j planh/sh|. Then Jesus replied and said to them, “See that no-one leads you astray,
Matt 24:5 Polloi\ ga_r e0leu/sontai e0pi\ tw%~ o0no/mati/ mou, le/gontej, 870Egw& ei0mi o9 xristo/j: kai\ pollou\j planh/sousin. for many will come in my name, saying, ‘I am the Christ’, and they will lead many astray.
Matt 24:6 Mellh/sete de\ a)kou/ein pole/mouj kai\ a)koa_j pole/mwn: o9ra~te, mh\ qroei=sqe: dei= ga_r pa&nta gene/sqai: a)ll' ou1pw e0sti\n to\ te/loj. But you will hear of wars and rumours of wars. Watch out and do not be troubled, for all things must take place, but the end is not yet. do not be troubled: or see that you are not troubled.
Matt 24:7 870Egerqh/setai ga_r e1qnoj e0pi\ e1qnoj, kai\ basilei/a e0pi\ basilei/an: kai\ e1sontai limoi\ kai\ loimoi\ kai\ seismoi\ kata_ to/pouj. For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom, and there will be famines and pestilences and earthquakes in various places. Isa 19:2, loosely.
Matt 24:8 Pa&nta de\ tau=ta a)rxh\ w)di/nwn. But all these things are the beginning of birth pains.
Matt 24:9 To/te paradw&sousin u9ma~j ei0j qli/yin, kai\ a)poktenou=sin u9ma~j: kai\ e1sesqe misou/menoi u9po\ pa&ntwn {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: tw~n} [E1624: - ] e0qnw~n dia_ to\ o1noma& mou. Then they will deliver you into tribulation and will kill you, and you will be hated by all {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: the} [E1624: the] nations on account of my name. tw~n, the: present in RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=16/21 F1859=7/7 vs. absent in E1624 F1853=5/21 F1859=0/7.
Matt 24:10 Kai\ to/te skandalisqh/sontai polloi/, kai\ a)llh/louj paradw&sousin, kai\ mish/sousin a)llh/louj. And then many will stumble and will deliver each other up and will hate each other. Isa 8:15.
stumble: or be offended. The Hebrew in Isa 8:15 is כָּשַׁל, kashal, stumble.
Matt 24:11 Kai\ polloi\ yeudoprofh=tai e0gerqh/sontai, kai\ planh/sousin pollou/j. And many false prophets will arise and will lead many astray. arise: or be raised up.
Matt 24:12 Kai\ dia_ to\ plhqunqh=nai th\n a)nomi/an, yugh/setai h9 a)ga&ph tw~n pollw~n: And on account of lawlessness being increased, the love of many will go cold.
Matt 24:13 o9 de\ u9pomei/naj ei0j te/loj, ou[toj swqh/setai. But it is he who remains until the end who will be saved. remains ← remained. See Matt 23:20.
who ← this (one).
Matt 24:14 Kai\ khruxqh/setai tou=to to\ eu0agge/lion th=j basilei/aj e0n o3lh| th|= oi0koume/nh| ei0j martu/rion pa~sin toi=j e1qnesin: kai\ to/te h3cei to\ te/loj. And this gospel of the kingdom will be preached in the whole world as a witness to all the nations, and then the end will come.
Matt 24:15 873Otan ou]n i1dhte to\ bde/lugma th=j e0rhmw&sewj, to\ r(hqe\n dia_ Danih\l tou= profh/tou, {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: e9stw_j} [S1550: e9sto\j] e0n to/pw% a(gi/w% - o9 a)naginw&skwn noei/tw - So when you see the abomination of desolation, spoken of through Daniel the prophet, standing in the holy place – may the reader understand – e9stw_j, standing (masculine), RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1853=18/21 F1859=4/7 vs. e9sto\j, standing (neuter, agreeing with abomination), S1550 F1853=3/21 (Scrivener's gks) F1859=3/7. Scrivener appears to have collated in F1859 (but not F1853) against S1550, since he ↴
Dan 9:27, Dan 11:31, Dan 12:11.
Matt 24:16 to/te oi9 e0n th|= 870Ioudai/a% feuge/twsan e0pi\ ta_ o1rh: then let those in Judaea flee to the mountains. ↳ gives e9stw_j as the variant. We have seen that wLHP read e9stw_j.
Matt 24:17 o9 e0pi\ tou= dw&matoj mh\ katabaine/tw {RP P1904: a}rai ta_} [TR: a}rai/ ti] e0k th=j oi0ki/aj au0tou=: Let him who is on the roof not come down to take {RP P1904: his belongings} [TR: anything] out of his house. a}rai ta_, take the (things of his), RP P1904 F1853=18/20 F1859=7/9 vs. a}rai/ ti, take anything, TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's uy, u being very doubtful) F1859=1/9 vs. phrase absent, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/9.
Matt 24:18 kai\ o9 e0n tw%~ a)grw%~ mh\ e0pistreya&tw o0pi/sw a}rai ta_ i9ma&tia au0tou=. And let him who is in the field not turn back to take his clothes.
Matt 24:19 Ou0ai\ de\ tai=j e0n gastri\ e0xou/saij kai\ tai=j qhlazou/saij e0n e0kei/naij tai=j h9me/raij. But woe to those with child and to those breastfeeding in those days. with child ← having in belly.
Matt 24:20 Proseu/xesqe de\ i3na mh\ ge/nhtai h9 fugh\ u9mw~n xeimw~noj, mhde\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: e0n] sabba&tw%. And pray that your flight may not take place in winter or on a Sabbath, e0n, on (a preposition strengthening the dative): absent in RP P1904 F1853=16/21 F1859=5/7 vs. present in TR F1853=5/21 F1859=2/7.
Matt 24:21 871Estai ga_r to/te qli/yij mega&lh, oi3a ou0 ge/gonen a)p' a)rxh=j ko/smou e3wj tou= nu=n, ou0d' ou0 mh\ ge/nhtai. for then there will be a great tribulation, the like of which has not taken place since the beginning of the world up until now, nor ever will take place, Dan 12:1.
ever: this sense is present in ou0 mh\.
Matt 24:22 Kai\ ei0 mh\ e0kolobw&qhsan ai9 h9me/rai e0kei=nai, ou0k a@n e0sw&qh pa~sa sa&rc: dia_ de\ tou\j e0klektou\j kolobwqh/sontai ai9 h9me/rai e0kei=nai. and if those days were not shortened, no flesh would be saved. But for the sake of the chosen, those days will be shortened. no flesh would be saved ← not all flesh would have been saved or all flesh would not have been saved, a Hebraism.
Matt 24:23 To/te e0a&n tij u9mi=n ei1ph|, 870Idou/, w{de o9 xristo/j, h1, 87[Wde, mh\ pisteu/shte. Then if anyone says to you, ‘Look, here is the Christ’, or, ‘There’, do not believe it, there ← here.
Matt 24:24 870Egerqh/sontai ga_r yeudo/xristoi kai\ yeudoprofh=tai, kai\ dw&sousin shmei=a mega&la kai\ te/rata, w#ste planh=sai, ei0 dunato/n, kai\ tou\j e0klektou/j. for false Christs will arise, and false prophets, and they will produce great signs and miracles, so as to lead astray, if it is possible, even those chosen. arise: or be raised up.
produce ← give.
Matt 24:25 870Idou/, proei/rhka u9mi=n. Behold, I have foretold you.
Matt 24:26 870Ea_n ou]n ei1pwsin u9mi=n, 870Idou/, e0n th|= e0rh/mw% e0sti/n, mh\ e0ce/lqhte: 870Idou/, e0n toi=j tamei/oij, mh\ pisteu/shte. So if they say to you, ‘Look, he is in the desert’, do not go out, or, ‘Look, he is in the private offices’, do not believe it,
Matt 24:27 873Wsper ga_r h9 a)straph\ e0ce/rxetai a)po\ a)natolw~n kai\ fai/netai e3wj dusmw~n, ou3twj e1stai {RP-text P1904 TR: kai\} [RP-marg: - ] h9 parousi/a tou= ui9ou= tou= a)nqrw&pou. for as lightning comes out from the east and shines as far as the west, so {RP-text P1904 TR: also} [RP-marg: - ] shall the coming of the son of man be, kai\, also: present in RP-text P1904 TR F1853=9/21 F1859=4/7 vs. absent in RP-marg F1853=12/21 F1859=3/7. Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=15:15.
Matt 24:28 873Opou ga_r e0a_n h|] to\ ptw~ma, e0kei= sunaxqh/sontai oi9 a)etoi/. for wherever the carcase is, there the eagles will be gathered.
Matt 24:29 Eu0qe/wj de\ meta_ th\n qli/yin tw~n h9merw~n e0kei/nwn, o9 h3lioj skotisqh/setai, kai\ h9 selh/nh ou0 dw&sei to\ fe/ggoj au0th=j, kai\ oi9 a)ste/rej pesou=ntai a)po\ tou= ou0ranou=, kai\ ai9 duna&meij tw~n ou0ranw~n saleuqh/sontai. But immediately after the tribulation of those days,

The sun will be darkened,

And the moon will not give its lustre,

And the stars will fall from the sky,

And the powers of the heavens will be shaken.

 Isa 13:10, Isa 34:4.
sky ← heaven, but the word is used of the sky in the next verse too and elsewhere, e.g. Matt 13:32 (birds of the sky).
Matt 24:30 Kai\ to/te fanh/setai to\ shmei=on tou= ui9ou= tou= a)nqrw&pou e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~: kai\ to/te ko/yontai pa~sai ai9 fulai\ th=j gh=j, kai\ o1yontai to\n ui9o\n tou= a)nqrw&pou e0rxo/menon e0pi\ tw~n nefelw~n tou= ou0ranou= meta_ duna&mewj kai\ do/chj pollh=j. And then the sign of the son of man will appear in the sky, and then all the tribes of the earth will mourn, and they will see the son of man coming on the clouds of heaven with power and great glory. Dan 7:13, Zech 12:12.
the sky: or heaven.
heaven: or the sky.
great ← much.
Matt 24:31 Kai\ a)postelei= tou\j a)gge/louj au0tou= meta_ sa&lpiggoj fwnh=j mega&lhj, kai\ e0pisuna&cousin tou\j e0klektou\j au0tou= e0k tw~n tessa&rwn a)ne/mwn, a)p' a!krwn ou0ranw~n e3wj a!krwn au0tw~n. And he will send his angels, with a loud sound of a trumpet, and they will gather his chosen ones from the four winds, from one end of the skies to the other. Deut 30:4.
from one end of the skies to the other ← from ends of heaven up to ends of them.
Matt 24:32 870Apo\ de\ th=j sukh=j ma&qete th\n parabolh/n: o3tan h1dh o9 kla&doj au0th=j ge/nhtai a(palo/j, kai\ ta_ fu/lla e0kfu/h|, ginw&skete o3ti e0ggu\j to\ qe/roj: But learn the parable from the fig tree. When its branches become supple and it produces leaves, know that the harvest is near. branches ← branch.
harvest: or summer. Figs can ripen quickly. Harvest fits the context of Matt 13:30, Matt 21:34, Matt 24:3.
Matt 24:33 ou3twj kai\ u9mei=j, o3tan i1dhte {RP-text P1904: tau=ta pa&nta} [RP-marg TR: pa&nta tau=ta], ginw&skete o3ti e0ggu/j e0stin e0pi\ qu/raij. In this way, you too, when you see all these things, know that it is near, at the doors even. tau=ta pa&nta, these (things) + all, RP-text P1904 F1853=11/20 F1859=6/8 vs. pa&nta tau=ta, all + these (things), RP-marg TR F1853=9/20 F1859=2/8.
Matt 24:34 870Amh\n {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: le/gw} [E1624: le/gwn] u9mi=n, ou0 mh\ pare/lqh| h9 genea_ au3th, e3wj a@n pa&nta tau=ta ge/nhtai. Truly, {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: I} [E1624: I] say to you, this generation will certainly not pass away until all these things take place. le/gw, I say, RP P1904 S1550 S1894 vs. le/gwn, saying, E1624. No variations from Scrivener (in F1853 or F1859); we presume he understood E1624 to read le/gw, but it ↴
Matt 24:35 879O ou0rano\j kai\ h9 gh= pareleu/sontai, oi9 de\ lo/goi mou ou0 mh\ pare/lqwsin. Heaven and earth will pass away, but my words will certainly not pass away. ↳ certainly reads le/gwn (which we take to be an error in E1624). We have verified that aiwL read le/gw.
Matt 24:36 Peri\ de\ th=j h9me/raj e0kei/nhj kai\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: th=j] w#raj ou0dei\j oi]den, ou0de\ oi9 a!ggeloi tw~n ou0ranw~n, ei0 mh\ o9 path/r mou mo/noj. But concerning that day and {RP P1904: - } [TR: the] hour, no-one knows it – not even the angels of the heavens – except my father alone. th=j, the : absent in RP P1904 F1853=18/21 F1859=7/9 vs. present in TR F1853=3/21 (Scrivener's q*ru, u being very doubtful) F1859=2/9.
Matt 24:37 873Wsper de\ ai9 h9me/rai tou= Nw~e, ou3twj e1stai kai\ h9 parousi/a tou= ui9ou= tou= a)nqrw&pou. But as the days of Noah were, so also the coming of the son of man will be. Noah ← Noe, conformed to Gen 5:29.
Matt 24:38 873Wsper ga_r h]san e0n tai=j h9me/raij tai=j pro\ tou= kataklusmou= trw&gontej kai\ pi/nontej, gamou=ntej kai\ e0kgami/zontej, a!xri h[j h9me/raj ei0sh=lqen Nw~e ei0j th\n kibwto/n, For as in the days before the flood they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day when Noah went into the ark,
Matt 24:39 kai\ ou0k e1gnwsan, e3wj h]lqen o9 kataklusmo\j kai\ h]ren a#pantaj, ou3twj e1stai kai\ h9 parousi/a tou= ui9ou= tou= a)nqrw&pou. and they did not know until the flood came and eliminated them all – so the coming of the son of man will be too.
Matt 24:40 To/te du/o e1sontai e0n tw%~ a)grw%~: o9 ei[j paralamba&netai, kai\ o9 ei[j a)fi/etai. At that time there will be two men in the field; one will be taken aside and one will be left behind. men: the gender is indicated in the Greek, and the masculine can be generic, but see the next verse.
Matt 24:41 Du/o a)lh/qousai e0n tw%~ mu/lwni: mi/a paralamba&netai, kai\ mi/a a)fi/etai. Two women will be grinding at the mill; one will be taken aside and one will be left behind. women: the gender is indicated in the Greek.
Matt 24:42 Grhgorei=te ou]n, o3ti ou0k oi1date poi/a% w#ra% o9 ku/rioj u9mw~n e1rxetai. So be watchful, for you do not know at what time your Lord will come. time ← hour.
will come ← comes.
Matt 24:43 870Ekei=no de\ ginw&skete, o3ti ei0 h|1dei o9 oi0kodespo/thj poi/a% fulakh|= o9 kle/pthj e1rxetai, e0grhgo/rhsen a!n, kai\ ou0k a@n ei1asen diorugh=nai th\n oi0ki/an au0tou=. But know this, that if the master of a house had known in which watch the thief would come, he would have been on guard and would not have allowed his house to be broken into. broken into ← dug through.
Matt 24:44 Dia_ tou=to kai\ u9mei=j gi/nesqe e3toimoi: o3ti h|[ w#ra% ou0 dokei=te, o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou e1rxetai. On account of this, you too, be prepared, because at a time when you do not expect it, the son of man will come. time ← hour.
will come ← comes.
Matt 24:45 Ti/j a!ra e0sti\n o9 pisto\j dou=loj kai\ fro/nimoj, o4n kate/sthsen o9 ku/rioj au0tou= e0pi\ th=j qerapei/aj au0tou=, tou= dido/nai au0toi=j th\n trofh\n e0n kairw%~; Who then is the faithful and prudent servant, whom his master appointed over his domestic staff to give them food at the proper time? master ← lord (and so up to 25:40).
Matt 24:46 Maka&rioj o9 dou=loj e0kei=noj, o4n e0lqw_n o9 ku/rioj au0tou= eu9rh/sei poiou=nta ou3twj. Blessed is that servant whom his master will find so doing when he comes. comes ← having come. See Matt 23:20.
Matt 24:47 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n, o3ti e0pi\ pa~sin toi=j u9pa&rxousin au0tou= katasth/sei au0to/n. Truly, I say to you that he will appoint him over all his property.
Matt 24:48 870Ea_n de\ ei1ph| o9 kako\j dou=loj e0kei=noj e0n th|= kardi/a% au0tou=, Xroni/zei o9 ku/rio/j mou e0lqei=n, And if that bad servant should say in his heart, ‘My master is delaying in coming’,
Matt 24:49 kai\ a!rchtai tu/ptein tou\j sundou/louj {RP TR: - } [P1904: au0tou=], {RP TR: e0sqi/ein de\ kai\ pi/nein} [P1904: e0sqi/h| de\ kai\ pi/nh|] meta_ tw~n mequo/ntwn, and he begins to strike {RP TR: his} [P1904: his] fellow servants and {RP TR: to eat and drink} [P1904: eats and drinks] with those who get drunk, au0tou=, his: absent in RP TR F1853=13/21 F1859=4/8 vs. present in P1904 F1853=8/21 F1859=4/8.
e0sqi/ein de\ kai\ pi/nein, to eat and drink, RP TR F1853=13/20 F1859=2/7 vs. e0sqi/h| de\ kai\ pi/nh|, (if he) eats and drinks, P1904 F1853=5/20 F1859=1/7 vs. other readings, F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's bx) F1859=4/7.
Matt 24:50 h3cei o9 ku/rioj tou= dou/lou e0kei/nou e0n h9me/ra% h|[ ou0 prosdoka%~, kai\ e0n w#ra% h|[ ou0 ginw&skei, then that servant's master will come on a day when he does not expect it and at an hour which he is unaware of,
Matt 24:51 kai\ dixotomh/sei au0to/n, kai\ to\ me/roj au0tou= meta_ tw~n u9pokritw~n qh/sei: e0kei= e1stai o9 klauqmo\j kai\ o9 brugmo\j tw~n o0do/ntwn. and he will cut him in two and will consign his portion with the hypocrites. There, there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.
Matt 25:1 To/te o9moiwqh/setai h9 basilei/a tw~n ou0ranw~n de/ka parqe/noij, ai3tinej labou=sai ta_j lampa&daj au0tw~n e0ch=lqon ei0j a)pa&nthsin tou= numfi/ou. Then the kingdom of the heavens will be like ten virgins who took their lamps and went out to meet the bridegroom. will be like ← will be likened to (which in English suggests that the likening does not take place until that time).
Matt 25:2 Pe/nte de\ h]san e0c au0tw~n fro/nimoi, kai\ {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: ai9} [E1624: - ] pe/nte mwrai/. Now five of them were prudent and five foolish, ai9, the (five): present in RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=16/19 F1859=7/8 vs. absent in E1624 F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's csp) F1859=1/8.
Matt 25:3 Ai3tinej mwrai/, labou=sai ta_j lampa&daj {RP: au0tw~n} [P1904 TR: e9autw~n], ou0k e1labon meq' e9autw~n e1laion: and the foolish ones took {RP: their} [P1904 TR: their own] lamps but did not take any oil with them, au0tw~n, their, RP F1853=17/19 F1859=7/7 vs. e9autw~n, their own, P1904 TR F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's pu, u being very doubtful) F1859=0/7.
Matt 25:4 ai9 de\ fro/nimoi e1labon e1laion e0n toi=j a)ggei/oij au0tw~n meta_ tw~n lampa&dwn au0tw~n. but the prudent ones took oil in their flasks with their lamps.
Matt 25:5 Xroni/zontoj de\ tou= numfi/ou, e0nu/stacan pa~sai kai\ e0ka&qeudon. But when the bridegroom took a long time, they all dozed off and were asleep.
Matt 25:6 Me/shj de\ nukto\j kraugh\ ge/gonen, 870Idou/, o9 numfi/oj e1rxetai, e0ce/rxesqe ei0j a)pa&nthsin au0tou=. Then in the middle of the night there was a shout: ‘Look, the bridegroom is coming. Come out and meet him.’ there was ← has taken place, has become.
Matt 25:7 To/te h0ge/rqhsan pa~sai ai9 parqe/noi e0kei=nai, kai\ e0ko/smhsan ta_j lampa&daj au0tw~n. Then all those virgins got up and trimmed their lamps.
Matt 25:8 Ai9 de\ mwrai\ tai=j froni/moij ei]pon, Do/te h9mi=n e0k tou= e0lai/ou u9mw~n, o3ti ai9 lampa&dej h9mw~n sbe/nnuntai. Then the foolish ones said to the prudent, ‘Give us some of your oil, because our lamps keep going out.’ keep going out: present tense, imperfective, iterative duty.
Matt 25:9 870Apekri/qhsan de\ ai9 fro/nimoi, le/gousai, Mh/pote ou0k {RP TR: a)rke/sh|} [P1904: a)rke/sei] h9mi=n kai\ u9mi=n: poreu/esqe de\ ma~llon pro\j tou\j pwlou=ntaj kai\ a)gora&sate e9autai=j. But the prudent ones answered and said, ‘No, in case there is not sufficient for us and you. Go rather to those who sell, and buy some for yourselves.’ a)rke/sh|, is sufficient (classical subjunctive), RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=7/9 vs. a)rke/sei, is sufficient (non-classical future), P1904 F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's syonce) F1859=2/9.
Matt 25:10 870Aperxome/nwn de\ au0tw~n a)gora&sai, h]lqen o9 numfi/oj: kai\ ai9 e3toimoi ei0sh=lqon met' au0tou= ei0j tou\j ga&mouj, kai\ e0klei/sqh h9 qu/ra. But while they were going off to make the purchase, the bridegroom came, and those who were ready went with him to the wedding, and the door was closed.
Matt 25:11 873Usteron de\ e1rxontai kai\ ai9 loipai\ parqe/noi, le/gousai, Ku/rie, ku/rie, a!noicon h9mi=n. Then later the other virgins also came and said, ‘Lord, lord, open up to us.’
Matt 25:12 879O de\ a)pokriqei\j ei]pen, 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n, ou0k oi]da u9ma~j. But he answered and said, ‘Truly, I say to you, I do not know you.’
Matt 25:13 Grhgorei=te ou]n, o3ti ou0k oi1date th\n h9me/ran ou0de\ th\n w#ran, e0n h|[ o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou e1rxetai. So be watchful, because you do not know the day or the hour when the son of man will come. or ← or even, but sometimes just or (also classically).
Matt 25:14 873Wsper ga_r a!nqrwpoj a)podhmw~n e0ka&lesen tou\j i0di/ouj dou/louj, kai\ pare/dwken au0toi=j ta_ u9pa&rxonta au0tou=: For these things are like a man who went abroad and called his personal servants and handed over his property to them,
Matt 25:15 kai\ w%{ me\n e1dwken pe/nte ta&lanta, w%{ de\ du/o, w%{ de\ e3n, e9ka&stw% kata_ th\n i0di/an du/namin: kai\ a)pedh/mhsen eu0qe/wj. and to one he gave five talents, and to another two, and to another one – to each according to his own capacity – and straightaway went off abroad. talents: 1 talent = 6000 drachmas; a drachma was a silver coin.
Matt 25:16 Poreuqei\j de\ o9 ta_ pe/nte ta&lanta labw_n ei0rga&sato e0n au0toi=j, kai\ e0poi/hsen a!lla pe/nte ta&lanta. Now the one who had received five talents went and did business with them and made another five talents. talents (2x): see Matt 25:15.
Matt 25:17 879Wsau/twj kai\ o9 ta_ du/o e0ke/rdhsen kai\ au0to\j a!lla du/o. Similarly, he who had two talents also gained another two. similarly ← similarly also (otiose kai/).
talents: see Matt 25:15.
Matt 25:18 879O de\ to\ e4n labw_n a)pelqw_n w!rucen e0n th|= gh|=, kai\ a)pe/kruyen to\ a)rgu/rion tou= kuri/ou au0tou=. But he who had received one went away and dug a hole in the ground and hid his master's money.
Matt 25:19 Meta_ de\ xro/non polu\n e1rxetai o9 ku/rioj tw~n dou/lwn e0kei/nwn, kai\ sunai/rei met' au0tw~n lo/gon. After a long time the master of those servants came back and settled his accounts with them. accounts ← account, word.
Matt 25:20 Kai\ proselqw_n o9 ta_ pe/nte ta&lanta labw_n prosh/negken a!lla pe/nte ta&lanta, le/gwn, Ku/rie, pe/nte ta&lanta& moi pare/dwkaj: i1de, a!lla pe/nte ta&lanta e0ke/rdhsa e0p' au0toi=j. And the one who had received five talents came and brought another five talents and said, ‘Master, you handed me five talents. Look, I have gained another five talents in addition to them.’ talents (4x): see Matt 25:15.
Matt 25:21 871Efh {RP TR: de\} [P1904: - ] au0tw%~ o9 ku/rioj au0tou=, Eu], dou=le a)gaqe\ kai\ piste/, e0pi\ o0li/ga h]j pisto/j, e0pi\ pollw~n se katasth/sw: ei1selqe ei0j th\n xara_n tou= kuri/ou sou. {RP TR: And his} [P1904: His] master said to him, ‘Well done, you good and faithful servant. You were faithful over a little, so I will appoint you over much. Enter into the joy of your master.’ de\, and: present in RP TR F1853=13/20 F1859=5/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=7/20 F1859=2/7.
a little ← few.
much ← many.
Matt 25:22 Proselqw_n de\ kai\ o9 ta_ du/o ta&lanta labw_n ei]pen, Ku/rie, du/o ta&lanta& moi pare/dwkaj: i1de, a!lla du/o ta&lanta e0ke/rdhsa e0p' au0toi=j. Then the one who had received two talents also came and said, ‘Master, you gave me two talents. Look, I have gained another two in addition to them.’ talents (2x): see Matt 25:15.
Matt 25:23 871Efh au0tw%~ o9 ku/rioj au0tou=, Eu], dou=le a)gaqe\ kai\ piste/, e0pi\ o0li/ga h]j pisto/j, e0pi\ pollw~n se katasth/sw: ei1selqe ei0j th\n xara_n tou= kuri/ou sou. His master said to him, ‘Well done, you good and faithful servant. You were faithful over a little, so I will appoint you over much. Enter into the joy of your master.’ a little ← few.
much ← many.
Matt 25:24 Proselqw_n de\ kai\ o9 to\ e4n ta&lanton ei0lhfw_j ei]pen, Ku/rie, e1gnwn se o3ti sklhro\j ei] a!nqrwpoj, qeri/zwn o3pou ou0k e1speiraj, kai\ suna&gwn o3qen ou0 diesko/rpisaj: Then the one who had received one talent also came and said, ‘Master, I know that you are a harsh man, reaping where you did not sow and gathering from where you did not scatter. talent: see Matt 25:15.
I know that you ← I know you that you.
Matt 25:25 kai\ fobhqei/j, a)pelqw_n e1kruya to\ ta&lanto/n sou e0n th|= gh|=: i1de, e1xeij to\ so/n. And, being afraid, I went away and hid your talent in the ground. Look, here you have what is yours.’ talent: see Matt 25:15.
Matt 25:26 870Apokriqei\j de\ o9 ku/rioj au0tou= ei]pen au0tw%~, Ponhre\ dou=le kai\ o0knhre/, h|1deij o3ti qeri/zw o3pou ou0k e1speira, kai\ suna&gw o3qen ou0 diesko/rpisa: But his master answered and said to him, ‘You wicked and lazy servant, you knew that I reap where I did not sow and gather where I did not scatter.
Matt 25:27 e1dei ou]n se balei=n to\ a)rgu/rio/n mou toi=j trapezi/taij, kai\ e0lqw_n e0gw_ e0komisa&mhn a@n to\ e0mo\n su\n to/kw%. Therefore you should have placed my money with the bankers so that when I came, I would have received what was mine with interest. so that: purposive use of kai/; a Hebraism.
Matt 25:28 871Arate ou]n a)p' au0tou= to\ ta&lanton, kai\ do/te tw%~ e1xonti ta_ de/ka ta&lanta. So take the talent from him and give it to the one who has ten talents. talent (2x): see Matt 25:15.
Matt 25:29 Tw%~ ga_r e1xonti panti\ doqh/setai, kai\ perisseuqh/setai: a)po\ de\ tou= mh\ e1xontoj, kai\ o4 e1xei, a)rqh/setai a)p' au0tou=. For to everyone who has, more will be given, and it will be made to abound, but from him who does not have, even what he has will be taken. it: or he.
Matt 25:30 Kai\ to\n a)xrei=on dou=lon {RP P1904: e0kba&lete} [TR: e0kba&llete] ei0j to\ sko/toj to\ e0cw&teron. 870Ekei= e1stai o9 klauqmo\j kai\ o9 brugmo\j tw~n o0do/ntwn. And cast the unprofitable servant into the outer darkness. There, there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.’ e0kba&lete, cast out (aorist), RP P1904 F1853=12/21 F1859=4/10 vs. e0kba&llete, cast out (present continuous), TR F1853=7/21 F1859=3/10 vs. other readings, F1853=2/21 (Scrivener's cg) F1859=3/10.
Matt 25:31 873Otan de\ e1lqh| o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou e0n th|= do/ch| au0tou=, kai\ pa&ntej oi9 a#gioi a!ggeloi met' au0tou=, to/te kaqi/sei e0pi\ qro/nou do/chj au0tou=, But when the son of man comes in his glory, and all the holy angels with him, then he will sit on his glorious throne, glorious throne ← throne of glory, a Hebraic genitive.
Matt 25:32 kai\ sunaxqh/setai e1mprosqen au0tou= pa&nta ta_ e1qnh, kai\ a)foriei= au0tou\j a)p' a)llh/lwn, w#sper o9 poimh\n a)fori/zei ta_ pro/bata a)po\ tw~n e0ri/fwn: and all the nations will be gathered before him, and he will separate them from one another as a shepherd separates the sheep from the goats.
Matt 25:33 kai\ sth/sei ta_ me\n pro/bata e0k deciw~n au0tou=, ta_ de\ e0ri/fia e0c eu0wnu/mwn. And he will place the sheep on his right hand side, but the goats on his left hand side. goats ← goat kids.
Matt 25:34 To/te e0rei= o9 basileu\j toi=j e0k deciw~n au0tou=, Deu=te, oi9 eu0loghme/noi tou= patro/j mou, klhronomh/sate th\n h9toimasme/nhn u9mi=n basilei/an a)po\ katabolh=j ko/smou. Then the king will say to those on his right hand side, ‘Come, my father's blessed ones, inherit the kingdom prepared for you after the overthrow of the world. overthrow: AV differs; see Matt 13:35.
Matt 25:35 870Epei/nasa ga&r, kai\ e0dw&kate/ moi fagei=n: e0di/yhsa, kai\ e0poti/sate/ me: ce/noj h1mhn, kai\ sunhga&gete/ me: For I was hungry, and you gave me something to eat; I was thirsty, and you gave me something to drink; I was a stranger, and you took me in;
Matt 25:36 gumno/j, kai\ perieba&lete/ me: h0sqe/nhsa, kai\ e0peske/yasqe/ me: e0n fulakh|= h1mhn, kai\ h1lqete pro/j me. naked, and you clothed me; ill, and you visited me; I was in prison, and you came to me.’
Matt 25:37 To/te a)pokriqh/sontai au0tw%~ oi9 di/kaioi, le/gontej, Ku/rie, po/te se\ ei1domen peinw~nta, kai\ e0qre/yamen; 872H diyw~nta, kai\ e0poti/samen; Then the righteous will reply to him and say, ‘Lord, when did we see you hungry and feed you? Or thirsty and give you drink?
Matt 25:38 Po/te de/ se ei1domen ce/non, kai\ sunhga&gomen; 872H gumno/n, kai\ perieba&lomen; And when did we see you a stranger and take you in? Or naked and clothe you?
Matt 25:39 Po/te de/ se ei1domen a)sqenh=, h2 e0n fulakh|=, kai\ h1lqomen pro/j se; When did we see you ill or in prison and come to you?’
Matt 25:40 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j o9 basileu\j e0rei= au0toi=j, 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n, e0f' o3son e0poih/sate e9ni\ tou/twn tw~n a)delfw~n mou tw~n e0laxi/stwn, e0moi\ e0poih/sate. And the king will reply and say to them, ‘Truly, I say to you, inasmuch as you have done this to one of the least of these brothers of mine, you have done it to me.’
Matt 25:41 To/te e0rei= kai\ toi=j e0c eu0wnu/mwn, Poreu/esqe a)p' e0mou=, oi9 kathrame/noi, ei0j to\ pu=r to\ ai0w&nion, to\ h9toimasme/non tw%~ diabo/lw% kai\ toi=j a)gge/loij au0tou=. Then he will say in turn to those on the left hand side, ‘Depart from me, you cursed people, to the age-abiding fire prepared for the devil and his angels. in turn ← also.
Matt 25:42 870Epei/nasa ga&r, kai\ ou0k e0dw&kate/ moi fagei=n: e0di/yhsa, kai\ ou0k e0poti/sate/ me: For I was hungry, but you did not give me anything to eat; I was thirsty, but you did not give me anything to drink;
Matt 25:43 ce/noj h1mhn, kai\ ou0 sunhga&gete/ me: gumno/j, kai\ ou0 perieba&lete/ me: a)sqenh/j, kai\ e0n fulakh|=, kai\ ou0k e0peske/yasqe/ me. I was a stranger, but you did not take me in; naked, but you did not clothe me; ill, and in prison, but you did not visit me.’
Matt 25:44 To/te a)pokriqh/sontai {RP: - } [P1904 TR: au0tw%~] kai\ au0toi/, le/gontej, Ku/rie, po/te se\ ei1domen peinw~nta, h2 diyw~nta, h2 ce/non, h2 gumno/n, h2 a)sqenh=, h2 e0n fulakh|=, kai\ ou0 dihkonh/same/n soi; Then they too will reply {RP: - } [P1904 TR: to him] and say, ‘Lord, when did we see you hungry or thirsty, or a stranger or naked, or ill or in prison, and did not take care of you?’ au0tw%~, to him: absent in RP F1853=18/20 F1859=7/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's ou, u being very doubtful) F1859=0/7.
Matt 25:45 To/te a)pokriqh/setai au0toi=j, le/gwn, 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n, e0f' o3son ou0k e0poih/sate e9ni\ tou/twn tw~n e0laxi/stwn, ou0de\ e0moi\ e0poih/sate. Then he will answer them and say, ‘Truly, I say to you, inasmuch as you did not do it to one of the least of these, neither did you do it to me.’
Matt 25:46 Kai\ a)peleu/sontai ou[toi ei0j ko/lasin ai0w&nion: oi9 de\ di/kaioi ei0j zwh\n ai0w&nion. And these will go away to age-abiding punishment, but the righteous to age-abiding life.”
Matt 26:1 Kai\ e0ge/neto o3te e0te/lesen o9 870Ihsou=j pa&ntaj tou\j lo/gouj tou/touj, ei]pen toi=j maqhtai=j au0tou=, And it came to pass, when Jesus had finished all these words, that he said to his disciples,
Matt 26:2 Oi1date o3ti meta_ du/o h9me/raj to\ Pa&sxa gi/netai, kai\ o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou paradi/dotai ei0j to\ staurwqh=nai. “You know that in two days' time the Passover takes place, and the son of man will be handed over to be crucified.” will be handed over ← is handed over.
Matt 26:3 To/te sunh/xqhsan oi9 a)rxierei=j kai\ oi9 grammatei=j kai\ oi9 presbu/teroi tou= laou= ei0j th\n au0lh\n tou= a)rxiere/wj tou= legome/nou Kai+a&fa, Then the senior priests and the scribes and the elders of the people gathered together in the hall of the high priest, who was called Caiaphas,
Matt 26:4 kai\ sunebouleu/santo i3na to\n 870Ihsou=n {RP P1904: do/lw% krath/swsin} [TR: krath/swsin do/lw%] kai\ a)poktei/nwsin. and they took counsel as to how to lay hold of Jesus by trickery and kill him. do/lw% krath/swsi¨n©, by trickery + that they lay hold of, RP P1904 F1853=18/20 F1859=7/7 vs. krath/swsi¨n© do/lw%, that they lay hold of + by trickery, TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's ou, u being very doubtful) F1859=0/7.
as to how to ← in order to.
Matt 26:5 871Elegon de/, Mh\ e0n th|= e9orth|=, i3na mh\ qo/ruboj ge/nhtai e0n tw%~ law%~. But they said, “Not during the festival, so that no uproar takes place among the people.”
Matt 26:6 Tou= de\ 870Ihsou= genome/nou e0n Bhqani/a% e0n oi0ki/a% Si/mwnoj tou= leprou=, Now when Jesus was in Bethany in the house of Simon the leper, was: or had arrived.
Matt 26:7 prosh=lqen au0tw%~ gunh\ a)la&bastron mu/rou e1xousa baruti/mou, kai\ kate/xeen e0pi\ th\n kefalh\n au0tou= a)nakeime/nou. a woman came to him with an alabaster box of very costly ointment, and she poured it over his head as he reclined. with ← having.
Matt 26:8 870Ido/ntej de\ oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou= h0gana&kthsan, le/gontej, Ei0j ti/ h9 a)pw&leia au3th; But when the disciples saw it, they were indignant, and they said, “For what purpose is this waste?
Matt 26:9 870Hdu/nato ga_r tou=to to\ mu/ron praqh=nai pollou=, kai\ doqh=nai {RP-text TR: - } [RP-marg P1904: toi=j] ptwxoi=j. For this ointment could have been sold for much money and the proceeds given to {RP-text TR: the} [RP-marg P1904: the] poor.” toi=j, to the: absent in RP-text TR F1853=9/21 F1859=4/7 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 F1853=12/21 F1859=3/7. A weak disparity with RP-text, R=14:16.
Matt 26:10 Gnou\j de\ o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0toi=j, Ti/ ko/pouj pare/xete th|= gunaiki/; 871Ergon ga_r kalo\n ei0rga&sato ei0j e0me/. But Jesus was aware of it, and he said to them, “Why do you give the woman trouble? For she has done me a good deed.
Matt 26:11 {RP-text TR: Pa&ntote ga_r tou\j ptwxou\j} [RP-marg P1904: Tou\j ptwxou\j ga_r pa&ntote] e1xete meq' e9autw~n, e0me\ de\ ou0 pa&ntote e1xete. For you always have the poor with you, but you do not always have me. pa&ntote ga_r tou\j ptwxou\j, everywhere + for + the poor, RP-text TR F1853=12/21 F1859=1/7 vs. tou\j ptwxou\j ga_r pa&ntote, the poor + for + everywhere, RP-marg P1904 F1853=9/21 F1859=6/7. A weak disparity with RP-text, R=14:16.
Matt 26:12 Balou=sa ga_r au3th to\ mu/ron tou=to e0pi\ tou= sw&mato/j mou, pro\j to\ e0ntafia&sai me e0poi/hsen. For when she poured this ointment on my body, she did it with my embalming in view. my embalming: objective genitive in our English, objective accusative in Greek (subjective accusative also grammatically possible).
Matt 26:13 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n, o3pou e0a_n khruxqh|= to\ eu0agge/lion tou=to e0n o3lw% tw%~ ko/smw%, lalhqh/setai kai\ o4 e0poi/hsen au3th, ei0j mnhmo/sunon au0th=j. Truly, I say to you, wherever this gospel is preached in the whole world, what this woman has done will also be recounted as a memorial to her.” to her ← of her, objective genitive (people remember her).
Matt 26:14 To/te poreuqei\j ei[j tw~n dw&deka, o9 lego/menoj 870Iou/daj 870Iskariw&thj, pro\j tou\j a)rxierei=j, Then one of the twelve, the one called Judas Iscariot, went to the senior priests,
Matt 26:15 ei]pen, Ti/ qe/lete/ moi dou=nai, {RP-text TR: ka)gw_} [RP-marg P1904: kai\ e0gw_] u9mi=n paradw&sw au0to/n; Oi9 de\ e1sthsan au0tw%~ tria&konta a)rgu/ria. and he said, “What are you willing to give me if I deliver him to you?” And they stipulated thirty pieces of silver for him. ka)gw_, and I (contracted, crasis), RP-text TR F1853=10/20 F1859=5/9 vs. kai\ e0gw_, and I (without crasis), RP-marg P1904 F1853=10/20 F1859=4/9. Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=16:15.
if: conditional use of kai/.
stipulated ← or weighed out; they either weighed the matter up in their minds, or they weighed out silver coins literally. The literal meaning is set up, made stand.
Matt 26:16 Kai\ a)po\ to/te e0zh/tei eu0kairi/an i3na au0to\n paradw%~. So from then on he sought a good opportunity to betray him.
Matt 26:17 Th|= de\ prw&th| tw~n a)zu/mwn prosh=lqon oi9 maqhtai\ tw%~ 870Ihsou=, le/gontej au0tw%~, Pou= qe/leij {RP-text: e9toima&some/n} [RP-marg P1904 TR: e9toima&swme/n] soi fagei=n to\ Pa&sxa; On the first day of the unleavened bread, the disciples came to Jesus and said to him, “Where do you wish us to prepare for you to eat the Passover?” e9toima&some/n, we will prepare (future indicative), RP-text F1853=9/21 F1859=1/7 vs. e9toima&swme/n, that we should prepare (subjunctive), RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=12/21 F1859=6/7. A strong disparity with RP-text, R=10:20.
Matt 26:18 879O de\ ei]pen, 879Upa&gete ei0j th\n po/lin pro\j to\n dei=na, kai\ ei1pate au0tw%~, 879O dida&skaloj le/gei, 879O kairo/j mou e0ggu/j e0stin: pro\j se\ poiw~ to\ Pa&sxa meta_ tw~n maqhtw~n mou. And he said, “Go to the city, and to our good friend, and say to him, ‘The teacher says, «My time is near. At your house I will celebrate the Passover with my disciples.» ’ ” our good friend ← [LS] gives whom one cannot or will not name. Perhaps like you know who.
celebrate ← do.
Matt 26:19 Kai\ e0poi/hsan oi9 maqhtai\ w(j sune/tacen au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, kai\ h9toi/masan to\ Pa&sxa. So the disciples did as Jesus commanded them, and they prepared the Passover.
Matt 26:20 870Oyi/aj de\ genome/nhj a)ne/keito meta_ tw~n dw&deka. By the time evening had come, he was reclining at table with the twelve, By the time evening had come ← evening having become.
Matt 26:21 Kai\ e0sqio/ntwn au0tw~n ei]pen, 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n o3ti ei[j e0c u9mw~n paradw&sei me. and while they were eating, he said, “Truly, I say to you that one of you will betray me.”
Matt 26:22 Kai\ lupou/menoi sfo/dra h1rcanto le/gein au0tw%~ e3kastoj au0tw~n, Mh/ti e0gw& ei0mi, ku/rie; Then being very grieved, each one of them went on to say to him, “Surely I am not the one, Lord?” went on to say ← began to say, but used here for mere transition.
Matt 26:23 879O de\ a)pokriqei\j ei]pen, 879O e0mba&yaj met' e0mou= e0n tw%~ trubli/w% th\n xei=ra, ou[to/j me paradw&sei. And he replied and said, “It is the one who dips his hand with me in the bowl who will betray me. who ← this (one).
Matt 26:24 879O me\n ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou u9pa&gei, kaqw_j ge/graptai peri\ au0tou=: ou0ai\ de\ tw%~ a)nqrw&pw% e0kei/nw%, di' ou[ o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou paradi/dotai: kalo\n h]n au0tw%~ ei0 ou0k e0gennh/qh o9 a!nqrwpoj e0kei=noj. The son of man goes as it stands written about him, but woe to that man through whom the son of man is betrayed. It would have been better for him if that man had not been begotten.” better ← good, a Hebraism.
Matt 26:25 870Apokriqei\j de\ 870Iou/daj o9 paradidou\j au0to\n ei]pen, Mh/ti e0gw& ei0mi, r(abbi/; Le/gei au0tw%~, Su\ ei]paj. And Judas, who would betray him, responded and said, “Surely I am not the one, Master?” He said to him, “You have said it.”
Matt 26:26 870Esqio/ntwn de\ au0tw~n, labw_n o9 870Ihsou=j to\n a!rton, kai\ {RP P1904: eu0xaristh/saj} [TR: eu0logh/saj], e1klasen kai\ e0di/dou toi=j maqhtai=j, kai\ ei]pen, La&bete, fa&gete: tou=to/ e0stin to\ sw~ma& mou. As they ate, Jesus took the bread, and he {RP P1904: gave thanks} [TR: blessed it], and he broke it and gave some to the disciples and said, “Take it and eat it. This is my body.” eu0xaristh/saj, gave thanks, RP P1904 F1853=16/21 F1859=7/7 vs. eu0logh/saj, blessed, TR F1853=5/21 F1859=0/7. AV differs textually.
is: i.e. represents.
Matt 26:27 Kai\ labw_n to\ poth/rion, kai\ eu0xaristh/saj, e1dwken au0toi=j, le/gwn, Pi/ete e0c au0tou= pa&ntej: And he took a cup and gave thanks and gave it to them, and he said, “Drink from it, all of you, a cup ← the cup. See Gen 22:9.
Matt 26:28 tou=to ga&r e0stin to\ ai[ma& mou, to\ th=j kainh=j diaqh/khj, to\ peri\ pollw~n e0kxuno/menon ei0j a!fesin a(martiw~n. for this is my blood of the new covenant which is shed for many, for the forgiveness of sins. is: i.e. represents.
Matt 26:29 Le/gw de\ u9mi=n o3ti ou0 mh\ pi/w a)p' a!rti e0k tou/tou tou= {RP TR: gennh/matoj} [P1904: genh/matoj] th=j a)mpe/lou, e3wj th=j h9me/raj e0kei/nhj o3tan au0to\ pi/nw meq' u9mw~n kaino\n e0n th|= basilei/a% tou= patro/j mou. But I say to you, I will certainly not drink from this produce of the vine from now until that day when I drink it with you anew in the kingdom of my father.” gennh/matoj, produce (1), RP TR F1853=5/20 F1859=2/7 vs. genh/matoj, produce (2), P1904 F1853=15/20 F1859=5/7. A strong disparity with RP, R=8:21.
Matt 26:30 Kai\ u9mnh/santej e0ch=lqon ei0j to\ o1roj tw~n 870Elaiw~n. Then they sang hymns and went away to the Mount of Olives. sang hymns ← hymn-sang, not necessarily more than one.
Matt 26:31 To/te le/gei au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, Pa&ntej u9mei=j skandalisqh/sesqe e0n e0moi\ e0n th|= nukti\ tau/th|: ge/graptai ga&r, Pata&cw to\n poime/na, kai\ {RP TR: diaskorpisqh/setai} [P1904: diaskorpisqh/sontai] ta_ pro/bata th=j poi/mnhj. Then Jesus said to them, “All of you will stumble at me this very night. For it stands written:

‘I will strike the shepherd,

And the sheep of the flock will be scattered’,

 diaskorpisqh/setai, will be scattered (classical form), RP TR F1853=15/20 F1859=5/8 vs. diaskorpisqh/sontai, will be scattered (non-classical form), P1904 F1853=5/20 F1859=3/8.
Zech 13:7.
stumble: or be offended.
Matt 26:32 Meta_ de\ to\ e0gerqh=nai/ me, proa&cw u9ma~j ei0j th\n Galilai/an. but after I have been raised up, I will go on ahead of you to Galilee.” been raised up: or risen.
go on ahead of you ← lead you onward, but lead can be weakened to go.
Matt 26:33 870Apokriqei\j de\ o9 Pe/troj ei]pen au0tw%~, Ei0 {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\] pa&ntej skandalisqh/sontai e0n soi/, e0gw_ {RP-text P1904: de\} [RP-marg TR: - ] ou0de/pote skandalisqh/somai. However, Peter answered and said to him, “{RP P1904: Even} [TR: Even] if all stumble at you, {RP-text P1904: nevertheless} [RP-marg TR: - ] I will never stumble at you.” kai\, even: absent in RP P1904 F1853=14/21 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=7/21 F1859=1/7.
de\, nevertheless: present in RP-text P1904 F1853=12/21 F1859=6/7 vs. absent in RP-marg TR F1853=9/21 F1859=1/7.
stumble (2x): or be offended.
Matt 26:34 871Efh au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, 870Amh\n le/gw soi o3ti e0n tau/th| th|= nukti/, pri\n a)le/ktora fwnh=sai, tri\j a)parnh/sh| me. Jesus said to him, “Truly, I say to you that tonight before the cock crows you will deny me three times.”
Matt 26:35 Le/gei au0tw%~ o9 Pe/troj, Ka@n de/h| me su\n soi\ a)poqanei=n, ou0 mh/ se {RP-text: a)parnh/swmai} [RP-marg P1904 TR: a)parnh/somai]. 879Omoi/wj {RP P1904: de\} [TR: - ] kai\ pa&ntej oi9 maqhtai\ ei]pon. Peter said to him, “Even if I must die with you, I certainly will not deny you.” And all the disciples {RP P1904: also} [TR: - ] spoke likewise. a)parnh/swmai, will (not) deny (classical subjunctive), RP-text F1853=12/21 F1859=4/7 vs. a)parnh/somai, will (not) deny (non-classical future indicative), RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=9/21 F1859=3/7.
de\, and (reinforcing the kai\): present in RP P1904 F1853=19/20 F1859=7/7 vs. absent in TR F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's u, so very doubtful) F1859=0/7.
Matt 26:36 To/te e1rxetai met' au0tw~n o9 870Ihsou=j ei0j xwri/on lego/menon Geqshmanh=, kai\ le/gei toi=j maqhtai=j, Kaqi/sate au0tou=, e3wj ou[ a)pelqw_n {RP P1904 TR: proseu/cwmai} [MISC: proseu/comai] e0kei=. Then Jesus went with them to a locality called Gethsemané, and he said to the disciples, “Sit here while I go away and pray over there.” proseu/cwmai, that I may pray, RP P1904 TR F1853=10/22 F1859=4/7 vs. proseu/comai, I will pray, F1853=11/22 F1859=3/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/22 (Scrivener's x) F1859=0/7.
Matt 26:37 Kai\ paralabw_n to\n Pe/tron kai\ tou\j du/o ui9ou\j Zebedai/ou, h1rcato lupei=sqai kai\ a)dhmonei=n. And he took Peter and the two sons of Zebedee with him, and he began to be grieved and sorely troubled.
Matt 26:38 To/te le/gei au0toi=j {RP P1904: o9 870Ihsou=j} [TR: - ], Peri/lupo/j e0stin h9 yuxh/ mou e3wj qana&tou: mei/nate w{de kai\ grhgorei=te met' e0mou=. Then {RP P1904: Jesus} [TR: he] said to them, “My soul is deeply grieved, even to death. Remain here and be watchful with me.” o9 870Ihsou=j, Jesus: present in RP P1904 F1853=18/20 F1859=6/7 vs. absent in TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's au, u being very doubtful) F1859=1/7.
be watchful: or stay awake.
Matt 26:39 Kai\ {RP: proselqw_n} [P1904 TR: proelqw_n] mikro/n, e1pesen e0pi\ pro/swpon au0tou= proseuxo/menoj kai\ le/gwn, Pa&ter mou, ei0 dunato/n e0stin, parelqe/tw a)p' e0mou= to\ poth/rion tou=to: plh\n ou0x w(j e0gw_ qe/lw, a)ll' w(j su/. Then when he had {RP: come a little nearer} [P1904 TR: gone on ahead a little], he fell face down and prayed and said, “My father, if it is possible, let this cup pass from me. But not as I wish, but as you do.” proselqw_n, having gone towards, RP F1853=10/20 F1859=6/9 vs. proelqw_n, having gone on ahead, P1904 TR F1853=10/20 F1859=3/9. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=16:15.
Christ is not referring to the crucifixion! See Luke 22:42 and Heb 5:7. See also Mark 14:35, Mark 14:41.
Matt 26:40 Kai\ e1rxetai pro\j tou\j maqhta&j, kai\ eu9ri/skei au0tou\j kaqeu/dontaj, kai\ le/gei tw%~ Pe/trw%, Ou3twj ou0k i0sxu/sate mi/an w#ran grhgorh=sai met' e0mou=; And he went to the disciples and found them sleeping, and he said to Peter, “So did you not have strength to be on the watch for one hour with me?
Matt 26:41 Grhgorei=te kai\ proseu/xesqe, i3na mh\ ei0se/lqhte ei0j peirasmo/n: to\ me\n pneu=ma pro/qumon, h9 de\ sa_rc a)sqenh/j. Be watchful and pray that you do not enter into temptation. For the spirit is willing, but the flesh is weak.”
Matt 26:42 Pa&lin e0k deute/rou a)pelqw_n proshu/cato, le/gwn, Pa&ter mou, ei0 ou0 du/natai tou=to to\ poth/rion parelqei=n a)p' e0mou=, e0a_n mh\ au0to\ pi/w, genhqh/tw to\ qe/lhma& sou. Again, he went a second time and prayed, and he said, “My father, if this cup cannot pass from me, unless I drink it, your will be done.”
Matt 26:43 Kai\ e0lqw_n eu9ri/skei au0tou\j pa&lin kaqeu/dontaj, h]san ga_r au0tw~n oi9 o0fqalmoi\ bebarhme/noi. Then he came back and found them sleeping again, for their eyes were weighed down.
Matt 26:44 Kai\ a)fei\j au0tou\j a)pelqw_n pa&lin proshu/cato e0k tri/tou, to\n au0to\n lo/gon ei0pw&n. And he left them and went away again and prayed for a third time, saying the same thing. thing ← word, speech, but probably under Hebrew influence (דָּבָר, word, thing).
Matt 26:45 To/te e1rxetai pro\j tou\j maqhta_j au0tou=, kai\ le/gei au0toi=j, Kaqeu/dete to\ loipo\n kai\ a)napau/esqe: i0dou/, h1ggiken h9 w#ra, kai\ o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou paradi/dotai ei0j xei=raj a(martwlw~n. Then he went to his disciples and said to them, “Sleep from now on and have a rest. Behold, the hour has drawn near when the son of man will be delivered into the hands of sinners.
Matt 26:46 870Egei/resqe, a!gwmen. 870Idou/, h1ggiken o9 paradidou/j me. Get up and let's go. Look, he who will betray me has made his way here.” made his way here ← approached.
Matt 26:47 Kai\ e1ti au0tou= lalou=ntoj, i0dou/, 870Iou/daj ei[j tw~n dw&deka h]lqen, kai\ met' au0tou= o1xloj polu\j meta_ maxairw~n kai\ cu/lwn, a)po\ tw~n a)rxiere/wn kai\ presbute/rwn tou= laou=. And while he was still speaking, along came Judas, one of the twelve, and with him there was a large crowd with swords and sticks, coming from the senior priests and elders of the people. along came ← behold. The word also occurs in the two previous verses.
sticks: or clubs; if improvised weapons, sticks is more appropriate.
Matt 26:48 879O de\ paradidou\j au0to\n e1dwken au0toi=j shmei=on, le/gwn, 874On a@n filh/sw, au0to/j e0stin: krath/sate au0to/n. Now he who would betray him had given them a sign and had said, “He whom I kiss is the one. Lay hold of him.”
Matt 26:49 Kai\ eu0qe/wj proselqw_n tw%~ 870Ihsou= ei]pen, Xai=re, r(abbi/: kai\ katefi/lhsen au0to/n. And immediately he went to Jesus and said, “Hello, master”, and he kissed him profusely. master ← rabbi.
Matt 26:50 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0tw%~, 879Etai=re, e0f' w%{ pa&rei; To/te proselqo/ntej e0pe/balon ta_j xei=raj e0pi\ to\n 870Ihsou=n, kai\ e0kra&thsan au0to/n. But Jesus said to him, “My friend, what are you here for?” Then they came up and laid hands on Jesus and seized him.
Matt 26:51 Kai\ i0dou/, ei[j tw~n meta_ 870Ihsou=, e0ktei/naj th\n xei=ra, a)pe/spasen th\n ma&xairan au0tou=, kai\ pata&caj to\n dou=lon tou= a)rxiere/wj a)fei=len au0tou= to\ w)ti/on. And what happened next was that one of those with Jesus stretched out his hand and unsheathed his sword and struck the servant of the high priest and took off his ear. what happened next was that ← behold.
Matt 26:52 To/te le/gei au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, 870Apo/streyo/n sou th\n ma&xairan ei0j to\n to/pon au0th=j: pa&ntej ga_r oi9 labo/ntej ma&xairan e0n maxai/ra% {RP P1904: a)poqanou=ntai} [TR: a)polou=ntai]. Then Jesus said to him, “Put your sword back in its holder. For all who take up the sword will {RP P1904: die} [TR: perish] by the sword. a)poqanou=ntai, die, RP P1904 F1853=16/20 F1859=6/7 vs. a)polou=ntai, perish, TR F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's egpu, u being very doubtful) F1859=1/7.
holder ← place.
Matt 26:53 872H dokei=j o3ti ou0 du/namai a!rti parakale/sai to\n pate/ra mou, kai\ parasth/sei moi plei/ouj h2 dw&deka legew~naj a)gge/lwn; Or do you think that I could not now call on my father to supply me with more than twelve legions of angels? could not ← can not.
to supply ← and he will supply.
Matt 26:54 Pw~j ou]n plhrwqw~sin ai9 grafai/, o3ti ou3twj dei= gene/sqai; But how then are the scriptures to be fulfilled if that is the way it must come about?” if ← that.
Matt 26:55 870En e0kei/nh| th|= w#ra% ei]pen o9 870Ihsou=j toi=j o1xloij, 879Wj e0pi\ lh|sth\n e0ch/lqete meta_ maxairw~n kai\ cu/lwn sullabei=n me; Kaq' h9me/ran pro\j u9ma~j e0kaqezo/mhn dida&skwn e0n tw%~ i9erw%~, kai\ ou0k e0krath/sate/ me. At that hour, Jesus said to the crowds, “Have you come out as against a robber, with swords and sticks, to lay hold of me? I used to sit with you every day, teaching in the temple, but you did not seize me.” have you come out...: We, with RP TBS-TR punctuate as a question; P1904 punctuates as a statement.
Matt 26:56 Tou=to de\ o3lon ge/gonen, i3na plhrwqw~sin ai9 grafai\ tw~n profhtw~n. To/te oi9 maqhtai\ pa&ntej a)fe/ntej au0to\n e1fugon. But all this took place so that the scriptures of the prophets might be fulfilled. Then all the disciples left him and fled.
Matt 26:57 Oi9 de\ krath/santej to\n 870Ihsou=n a)ph/gagon pro\j Kai+a&fan to\n a)rxiere/a, o3pou oi9 grammatei=j kai\ oi9 presbu/teroi sunh/xqhsan. But those who had seized Jesus led him away to Caiaphas the high priest, where the scribes and elders were gathered.
Matt 26:58 879O de\ Pe/troj h0kolou/qei au0tw%~ a)po\ makro/qen, e3wj th=j au0lh=j tou= a)rxiere/wj, kai\ ei0selqw_n e1sw e0ka&qhto meta_ tw~n u9phretw~n, i0dei=n to\ te/loj. However, Peter followed him from a distance, as far as the hall of the high priest, and he went in and sat with the attendants to see how this would end. followed ← was following.
how this would end ← the end.
Matt 26:59 Oi9 de\ a)rxierei=j kai\ oi9 presbu/teroi kai\ to\ sune/drion o3lon e0zh/toun yeudomarturi/an kata_ tou= 870Ihsou=, o3pwj {RP P1904: qanatw&swsin au0to/n} [TR: au0to\n qanatw&swsin]. Now the senior priests and elders and the whole of the Sanhedrin council were looking for a false testimony against Jesus so that they might put him to death. qanatw&swsin au0to/n, they might put to death + him, RP P1904 F1853=18/21 F1859=4/8 vs. au0to\n qanatw&swsin, him + they might put to death, TR F1853=2/21 (Scrivener's ay) F1859=0/8 vs. other readings, F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's u) F1859=4/8.
Matt 26:60 Kai\ ou0x eu[ron: kai\ pollw~n yeudomartu/rwn proselqo/ntwn, ou0x eu[ron. But they did not find any. Even with many false witnesses coming forward, they did not find any.
Matt 26:61 873Usteron de\ proselqo/ntej du/o yeudoma&rturej ei]pon, Ou[toj e1fh, Du/namai katalu=sai to\n nao\n tou= qeou=, kai\ dia_ triw~n h9merw~n oi0kodomh=sai au0to/n. But eventually two false witnesses came forward ¶ and said, “He said, ‘I can demolish the sanctuary of God and build it within three days.’ ” ¶ Verse division: in P1904 and AV numbering, Matt 26:61 begins here.
he ← this (man).
Matt 26:62 Kai\ a)nasta_j o9 a)rxiereu\j ei]pen au0tw%~, Ou0de\n a)pokri/nh|; Ti/ ou[toi/ sou katamarturou=sin; And the high priest stood up and said to him, “Do you not give any answer? What is it that these men testify against you?”
Matt 26:63 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j e0siw&pa. Kai\ a)pokriqei\j o9 a)rxiereu\j ei]pen au0tw%~, 870Ecorki/zw se kata_ tou= qeou= tou= zw~ntoj, i3na h9mi=n ei1ph|j ei0 su\ ei] o9 xristo/j, o9 ui9o\j tou= qeou=. But Jesus remained silent. Then the high priest reacted and said to him, “I adjure you by the living God to tell us if you are the Christ, the son of God.”
Matt 26:64 Le/gei au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, Su\ ei]paj. Plh\n le/gw u9mi=n, a)p' a!rti o1yesqe to\n ui9o\n tou= a)nqrw&pou kaqh/menon e0k deciw~n th=j duna&mewj kai\ e0rxo/menon e0pi\ tw~n nefelw~n tou= ou0ranou=. Jesus said to him, “It is as you have stated. But I say to you, in the future you will see the son of man sitting on the right hand of power and coming on the clouds of heaven.” Ps 110:1, Dan 7:13.
in the future ← from now.
heaven: or the sky.
Matt 26:65 To/te o9 a)rxiereu\j die/rrhcen ta_ i9ma&tia au0tou=, le/gwn o3ti 870Eblasfh/mhsen: ti/ e1ti xrei/an e1xomen martu/rwn; 871Ide, nu=n h0kou/sate th\n blasfhmi/an au0tou=. Then the high priest tore his coat apart and said, “He has blasphemed. Why do we still need witnesses? Look, you have now heard his blasphemy.
Matt 26:66 Ti/ u9mi=n dokei=; Oi9 de\ a)pokriqe/ntej ei]pon, 871Enoxoj qana&tou e0sti/n. What do you think?” They answered and said, “He is liable to the death penalty.”
Matt 26:67 To/te e0ne/ptusan ei0j to\ pro/swpon au0tou= kai\ e0kola&fisan au0to/n: oi9 de\ e0rra&pisan, Then they spat in his face and beat him, and some struck him on the face,
Matt 26:68 le/gontej, Profh/teuson h9mi=n, xriste/, ti/j e0stin o9 pai/saj se; and they said, “Prophesy to us, O Christ, who is it that struck you?”
Matt 26:69 879O de\ Pe/troj e1cw e0ka&qhto e0n th|= au0lh|=: kai\ prosh=lqen au0tw%~ mi/a paidi/skh, le/gousa, Kai\ su\ h]sqa meta_ 870Ihsou= tou= Galilai/ou. But Peter was sitting outside in the hall, and a certain maidservant came up to him and said, “You too were with Jesus of Galilee.” a certain ← one.
Matt 26:70 879O de\ h0rnh/sato e1mprosqen {RP P1904: au0tw~n} [TR: - ] pa&ntwn, le/gwn, Ou0k oi]da ti/ le/geij. But he denied it in the presence of all {RP P1904: of them} [TR: of them] and said, “I don't know what you are saying.” au0tw~n, of them: present in RP P1904 F1853=15/21 F1859=5/7 vs. absent in TR F1853=6/21 F1859=2/7.
Matt 26:71 870Ecelqo/nta de\ au0to\n ei0j to\n pulw~na, ei]den au0to\n a!llh, kai\ le/gei {RP P1904: au0toi=j} [TR: toi=j] {RP TR: e0kei=, Kai\} [P1904: : 870Ekei= kai\] ou[toj h]n meta_ 870Ihsou= tou= Nazwrai/ou. And when he had gone out to the gate, another maidservant saw him and said {RP TR: to those who were there, “This man was also} [P1904: to them, “This man was also there] with Jesus the Nazarene.” au0toi=j, to them (but we translate to those), RP P1904 F1853=16/20 F1859=6/7 vs. toi=j, to those, TR F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's c*suy) F1859=1/7.
P1904 and some manuscripts put e0kei= in the direct speech. We consider this as a less likely possibility. The P1904 reading could be repunctuated to agree with RP TR, and it is not strictly a textual variant on this point.
gate ← gateway, gate-house.
Matt 26:72 Kai\ pa&lin h0rnh/sato meq' o3rkou o3ti Ou0k oi]da to\n a!nqrwpon. And again he denied it under an oath and said, “I do not know the man.” under ← with.
Matt 26:73 Meta_ mikro\n de\ proselqo/ntej oi9 e9stw~tej ei]pon tw%~ Pe/trw%, 870Alhqw~j kai\ su\ e0c au0tw~n ei]: kai\ ga_r h9 lalia& sou dh=lo/n se poiei=. And after a short while, those who were standing around came forward and said to Peter, “Truly, you too are one of them. For even your dialect gives you away.” gives you away ← makes you evident.
Matt 26:74 To/te h1rcato {RP P1904: kataqemati/zein} [TR: katanaqemati/zein] kai\ o0mnu/ein o3ti Ou0k oi]da to\n a!nqrwpon. Kai\ eu0qe/wj a)le/ktwr e0fw&nhsen. Then he began to curse and swear, saying, “I do not know the man.” And immediately the cock crowed. kataqemati/zein, to curse (1), RP P1904 F1853=18/19 F1859=7/8 vs. katanaqemati/zein, to curse (2), TR F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's u, so very doubtful) F1859=1/8.
Matt 26:75 Kai\ e0mnh/sqh o9 Pe/troj tou= r(h/matoj {RP TR: tou=} [P1904: - ] 870Ihsou= ei0rhko/toj au0tw%~ o3ti Pri\n a)le/ktora fwnh=sai, tri\j a)parnh/sh| me. Kai\ e0celqw_n e1cw e1klausen pikrw~j. And Peter remembered the words of Jesus, who had said to him: “Before the cock crows, you will deny me three times.” And he went out and wept bitterly. tou=, the (Jesus): present in RP TR F1853=9/19 F1859=4/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=10/19 F1859=3/7. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=14:14.
words ← word.
who had said: our italicization here indicates the supplying of a finite verb, not a tense change, aorist to (plu-)perfect, as might be suspected. See the Introduction.
Matt 27:1 Prwi+/aj de\ genome/nhj, sumbou/lion e1labon pa&ntej oi9 a)rxierei=j kai\ oi9 presbu/teroi tou= laou= kata_ tou= 870Ihsou=, w#ste qanatw~sai au0to/n: When it was early morning, all the senior priests and the elders of the people took counsel against Jesus, so as to have him put to death.
Matt 27:2 kai\ dh/santej au0to\n a)ph/gagon kai\ pare/dwkan au0to\n Ponti/w% Pila&tw% tw%~ h9gemo/ni. And they bound him and led him away and delivered him to Pontius Pilate the governor.
Matt 27:3 To/te i0dw_n 870Iou/daj o9 paradidou\j au0to\n o3ti katekri/qh, metamelhqei\j a)pe/streyen ta_ tria&konta a)rgu/ria toi=j a)rxiereu=sin kai\ toi=j presbute/roij, Then Judas, who betrayed him, saw that he had been condemned, and he felt regret, and he returned the thirty pieces of silver to the senior priests and the elders,
Matt 27:4 le/gwn, 873Hmarton paradou\j ai[ma a)qw%~on. Oi9 de\ ei]pon, Ti/ pro\j h9ma~j; Su\ o1yei. and he said, “I have sinned, betraying innocent blood.” But they said, “What is that to us? You see to it.” betraying ← having betrayed. See Matt 23:20.
see ← will see.
Matt 27:5 Kai\ r(i/yaj ta_ a)rgu/ria e0n tw%~ naw%~, a)nexw&rhsen: kai\ a)pelqw_n a)ph/gcato. Then he threw the silver coins into the sanctuary, and he departed and went away and hanged himself. See Acts 1:18 for a suggested scenario fitting that verse and this.
Matt 27:6 Oi9 de\ a)rxierei=j labo/ntej ta_ a)rgu/ria ei]pon, Ou0k e1cestin balei=n au0ta_ ei0j to\n korbana~n, e0pei\ timh\ ai3mato/j e0stin. But the senior priests took the silver coins and said, “It is not permitted to put them in the temple treasury, because they are the price of blood.”
Matt 27:7 Sumbou/lion de\ labo/ntej h0go/rasan e0c au0tw~n to\n a)gro\n tou= kerame/wj, ei0j tafh\n toi=j ce/noij. So they took counsel and bought the potter's field with them, as a cemetery for foreigners,
Matt 27:8 Dio\ e0klh/qh o9 a)gro\j e0kei=noj 870Agro\j Ai3matoj, e3wj th=j sh/meron. which is why that field is called “The Field of Blood” up to this day. which is why ← on account of which.
is called ← was called.
Matt 27:9 To/te e0plhrw&qh to\ r(hqe\n dia_ 870Ieremi/ou tou= profh/tou, le/gontoj, Kai\ e1labon ta_ tria&konta a)rgu/ria, th\n timh\n tou= {RP P1904c TR: tetimhme/nou} [P1904u: tetimhmhme/nou], o4n e0timh/santo a)po\ ui9w~n 870Israh/l: Then that which was spoken by Jeremiah the prophet was fulfilled, where he says, “And they took thirty silver coins, the price of him who was valued – him from the sons of Israel whom they valued. Jer 32:25 (You have said to my Lord the Lord, “Buy yourself the field for silver”).
Jer 32:44 (they will buy fields for silver).
Zech 11:12-13 (So they weighed for my price thirty silver coins. And I took the thirty silver coins, and I cast them to the potter in the house of the Lord).
[CB] proposes that the words were spoken, but not written, by Jeremiah.
Matt 27:10 kai\ e1dwkan au0ta_ ei0j to\n a)gro\n tou= kerame/wj, kaqa_ sune/tace/n moi ku/rioj. And they gave them for the potter's field, as the Lord commanded me.” potter's: Zech 11:13 uses the word יוֹצֵר, yotser, = fashioner, applicable to a silversmith or potter.
Matt 27:11 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j e1sth e1mprosqen tou= h9gemo/noj: kai\ e0phrw&thsen au0to\n o9 h9gemw&n, le/gwn, Su\ ei] o9 basileu\j tw~n 870Ioudai/wn; 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j e1fh au0tw%~, Su\ le/geij. And Jesus stood before the governor, and the governor questioned him and asked, “Are you the king of the Jews?” And Jesus said to him, “It is as you say.” asked ← saying.
Matt 27:12 Kai\ e0n tw%~ kathgorei=sqai au0to\n u9po\ tw~n a)rxiere/wn kai\ tw~n presbute/rwn, ou0de\n a)pekri/nato. And while he was being accused by the senior priests and elders, he did not answer anything.
Matt 27:13 To/te le/gei au0tw%~ o9 Pila&toj, Ou0k a)kou/eij po/sa sou= katamarturou=sin; Then Pilate said to him, “Do you not hear how many things they testify against you?”
Matt 27:14 Kai\ ou0k a)pekri/qh au0tw%~ pro\j ou0de\ e4n r(h=ma, w#ste qauma&zein to\n h9gemo/na li/an. But he did not even answer him as much as one word, so that the governor was very surprised.
Matt 27:15 Kata_ de\ e9orth\n ei0w&qei o9 h9gemw_n a)polu/ein e3na tw%~ o1xlw% de/smion, o4n h1qelon. Now at each festival the governor had a custom of releasing one prisoner to the crowd, whomever they wished.
Matt 27:16 Ei]xon de\ to/te de/smion e0pi/shmon, lego/menon Barabba~n. And they had at that time a notorious prisoner called Barabbas.
Matt 27:17 Sunhgme/nwn ou]n au0tw~n, ei]pen au0toi=j o9 Pila&toj, Ti/na qe/lete a)polu/sw u9mi=n; Barabba~n, h2 870Ihsou=n to\n lego/menon xristo/n; So when they were gathered together, Pilate said to them, “Whom do you want me to release to you, Barabbas or Jesus, who is called Christ?”
Matt 27:18 871H|dei ga_r o3ti dia_ fqo/non pare/dwkan au0to/n. For he knew that it was through envy that they had delivered him up.
Matt 27:19 Kaqhme/nou de\ au0tou= e0pi\ tou= bh/matoj, a)pe/steilen pro\j au0to\n h9 gunh\ au0tou=, le/gousa, Mhde/n soi kai\ tw%~ dikai/w% e0kei/nw%: polla_ ga_r e1paqon sh/meron kat' o1nar di' au0to/n. And while he was sitting on the podium, his wife sent word to him, as follows: “Have nothing to do with that just man. For I have suffered a lot today in a dream on account of him.” on the podium, or at the court.
as follows ← saying.
have nothing to do with ← (let there be) nothing to you and.
Matt 27:20 Oi9 de\ a)rxierei=j kai\ oi9 presbu/teroi e1peisan tou\j o1xlouj i3na ai0th/swntai to\n Barabba~n, to\n de\ 870Ihsou=n a)pole/swsin. But the senior priests and elders persuaded the crowds that they should ask for Barabbas, whereas they should have Jesus put to death.
Matt 27:21 870Apokriqei\j de\ o9 h9gemw_n ei]pen au0toi=j, Ti/na qe/lete a)po\ tw~n du/o a)polu/sw u9mi=n; Oi9 de\ ei]pon, Barabba~n. And the governor responded and said to them, “Which of the two do you want me to release to you?” And they said, “Barabbas.”
Matt 27:22 Le/gei au0toi=j o9 Pila&toj, Ti/ ou]n poih/sw 870Ihsou=n to\n lego/menon xristo/n; Le/gousin au0tw%~ pa&ntej, Staurwqh/tw. Pilate said to them, “What should I do with Jesus, who is called Christ?” They all said to him, “Have him crucified.” have him crucified ← let him be crucified.
Matt 27:23 879O de\ h9gemw_n e1fh, Ti/ ga_r kako\n e0poi/hsen; Oi9 de\ perissw~j e1krazon, le/gontej, Staurwqh/tw. However, the governor said, “But what wrong has he done?” But they shouted all the more and said, “Have him crucified.” have him crucified ← let him be crucified.
Matt 27:24 870Idw_n de\ o9 Pila&toj o3ti ou0de\n w)felei=, a)lla_ ma~llon qo/ruboj gi/netai, labw_n u3dwr, a)peni/yato ta_j xei=raj a)pe/nanti tou= o1xlou, le/gwn, 870Aqw%~o/j ei0mi a)po\ tou= ai3matoj tou= dikai/ou tou/tou: u9mei=j o1yesqe. And when Pilate saw that it was to no avail, but rather a tumult was arising, he took some water and washed his hands facing the crowd, and he said, “I am innocent of the blood of this just man. You see to it.” see ← will see, future for imperative.
Matt 27:25 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j pa~j o9 lao\j ei]pen, To\ ai[ma au0tou= e0f' h9ma~j kai\ e0pi\ ta_ te/kna h9mw~n. And all the people answered and said, “Let his blood be on us and on our children.”
Matt 27:26 To/te a)pe/lusen au0toi=j to\n Barabba~n: to\n de\ 870Ihsou=n fragellw&saj pare/dwken i3na staurwqh|=. Then he released Barabbas to them, but he had Jesus flogged and handed him over to be crucified. had Jesus flogged ← flogged Jesus. Compare Matt 2:16, and see also Num 19:3, Judg 18:27.
Matt 27:27 To/te oi9 stratiw~tai tou= h9gemo/noj, paralabo/ntej to\n 870Ihsou=n ei0j to\ praitw&rion, sunh/gagon e0p' au0to\n o3lhn th\n spei=ran: Then the governor's soldiers took Jesus with them to the governor's residence, and they gathered the whole cohort against him, governor's residence ← praetorium.
cohort: 200 (Roman maniple), or 600 (Roman cohort) men.
Matt 27:28 kai\ e0kdu/santej au0to/n, perie/qhkan au0tw%~ xlamu/da kokki/nhn. and they stripped him and put a scarlet cloak on him,
Matt 27:29 Kai\ ple/cantej ste/fanon e0c a)kanqw~n, e0pe/qhkan e0pi\ th\n kefalh\n au0tou=, kai\ ka&lamon e0pi\ th\n decia_n au0tou=: kai\ gonupeth/santej e1mprosqen au0tou= e0ne/paizon au0tw%~, le/gontej, Xai=re, o9 basileu\j tw~n 870Ioudai/wn: and they plaited a crown from thorns and put it on his head, and they put a reed in his right hand, and they knelt before him, and they kept mocking him, saying, “Hail, king of the Jews.” kept mocking ← were mocking, iterative imperfect.
Matt 27:30 kai\ e0mptu/santej ei0j au0to/n, e1labon to\n ka&lamon, kai\ e1tupton ei0j th\n kefalh\n au0tou=. And they spat at him, and they took the reed, and they kept striking his head. kept striking: iterative imperfect.
Matt 27:31 Kai\ o3te e0ne/paican au0tw%~, e0ce/dusan au0to\n th\n xlamu/da, kai\ e0ne/dusan au0to\n ta_ i9ma&tia au0tou=, kai\ a)ph/gagon au0to\n ei0j to\ staurw~sai. And when they had mocked him, they took the cloak off him and put his clothes on him, and they led him away to crucify him.
Matt 27:32 870Ecerxo/menoi de\ eu[ron a!nqrwpon Kurhnai=on, o0no/mati Si/mwna: tou=ton h0gga&reusan i3na a!rh| to\n stauro\n au0tou=. Then as they were going out, they came across a Cyrenian man by name of Simon, and they pressed him into carrying his cross. him ← this (man).
into carrying ← that he should carry.
Matt 27:33 Kai\ e0lqo/ntej ei0j to/pon lego/menon Golgoqa~, {RP P1904: o3} [TR: o3j] e0stin lego/menoj Krani/ou To/poj, And they went to a place called Golgotha, which means “The Place of the Skull”, o3, which (neuter), RP P1904 F1853=15/21 F1859=6/7 vs. o3j, which (masculine), TR F1853=6/21 F1859=1/7.
Matt 27:34 e1dwkan au0tw%~ piei=n o1coj meta_ xolh=j memigme/non: kai\ geusa&menoj ou0k h1qelen piei=n. where they gave him vinegar mixed with gall to drink. But when he had tasted it, he refused to drink it.
Matt 27:35 Staurw&santej de\ au0to/n, diemeri/santo ta_ i9ma&tia au0tou=, {RP TR: ba&llontej} [P1904: balo/ntej] klh=ron {RP P1904: - } [TR: i3na plhrwqh|= to\ r(hqe\n u9po\ tou= profh/tou: Diemeri/santo ta_ i9ma&tia& mou e9autoi=j, kai\ e0pi\ to\n i9matismo/n mou e1balon klh=ron]. And when they had started the crucifixion, they shared out his clothes,
{RP: casting a lot.} [P1904: having cast a lot.] [TR: casting a lot,]
{RP P1904: - }
[TR: in order that that which was spoken by the prophet might be fulfilled:

They shared out my clothes among themselves

And cast a lot for my garment.

]
ba&llontej, throwing, RP TR F1853=16/22 F1859=7/9 vs. balo/ntej, having thrown, P1904 F1853=6/22 F1859=2/9.
i3na plhrwqh|= ... klh=ron., in order ... be fulfilled: absent in RP P1904 F1853=20/20 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7. John 19:24 contains a fully attested statement very similar to this one. AV differs textually.
Ps 22:19MT (Ps 22:18AV).
started the crucifixion: inceptive aorist. This ↴
Matt 27:36 Kai\ kaqh/menoi e0th/roun au0to\n e0kei=. Then they sat down and guarded him there, ↳ seems reasonable given that Christ was still alive at this time, the English word crucify implying a process taken through to death.
sat down ← being seated.
Matt 27:37 Kai\ e0pe/qhkan e0pa&nw th=j kefalh=j au0tou= th\n ai0ti/an au0tou= gegramme/nhn, Ou[to/j e0stin 870Ihsou=j o9 basileu\j tw~n 870Ioudai/wn. and they put above his head the accusation against him, which read,

“This is Jesus

The king of the Jews.”

 accusation against ← accusation of. Objective genitive.
which read ← having been written.
Matt 27:38 To/te staurou=ntai su\n au0tw%~ du/o lh|stai/, ei[j e0k deciw~n kai\ ei[j e0c eu0wnu/mwn. Then two robbers were crucified with him, one on the right and one on the left.
Matt 27:39 Oi9 de\ paraporeuo/menoi e0blasfh/moun au0to/n, kinou=ntej ta_j kefala_j au0tw~n, But those who passed by blasphemed against him, shaking their heads,
Matt 27:40 kai\ le/gontej, 879O katalu/wn to\n nao\n kai\ e0n trisi\n h9me/raij oi0kodomw~n, sw~son seauto/n: ei0 ui9o\j ei] tou= qeou=, kata&bhqi a)po\ tou= staurou=. and saying, “You who would destroy the sanctuary and rebuild it in three days, save yourself. If you are the son of God, come down from the cross.” rebuild ← build.
cross: see Matt 20:19.
Matt 27:41 879Omoi/wj de\ kai\ oi9 a)rxierei=j e0mpai/zontej meta_ tw~n grammate/wn kai\ presbute/rwn {RP P1904: kai\ Farisai/wn} [TR: - ] e1legon, And the senior priests mocked him similarly, together with the scribes and {RP P1904: elders and Pharisees,} [TR: elders,] and they kept saying, kai\ Farisai/wn, and Pharisees: present in RP P1904 F1853=19/20 F1859=6/9 vs. absent in TR F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's u, so very doubtful) F1859=3/9. AV differs textually.
kept saying: iterative imperfect, but not necessarily so – see Matt 5:2.
Matt 27:42 871Allouj e1swsen, e9auto\n ou0 du/natai sw~sai. Ei0 basileu\j 870Israh/l e0stin, kataba&tw nu=n a)po\ tou= staurou=, kai\ {RP TR: pisteu/somen} [P1904: pisteu/swmen] {RP P1904: e0p'} [TR: - ] au0tw%~. “Others he saved, but himself he cannot save. If he is the king of Israel, let him now come down from the cross, and {RP TR: we will believe} [P1904: let us believe] in him. pisteu/somen, we will believe, RP TR F1853=13/21 F1859=4/8 vs. pisteu/swmen, let us believe, P1904 F1853=7/21 F1859=4/8 vs. another reading, F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's c) F1859=0/8.
e0p', in: present in RP P1904 F1853=18/20 F1859=7/7 vs. absent in TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's cu, u being very doubtful). F1859=0/7. No difference in our English, as the meaning is the same whether the dative is strengthened by the preposition or not.
cross: see Matt 20:19.
Matt 27:43 Pe/poiqen e0pi\ to\n qeo/n: r(usa&sqw nu=n au0to/n, ei0 qe/lei au0to/n. Ei]pen ga_r o3ti qeou= ei0mi ui9o/j. He trusts in God; let him now rescue him, if he wants him. For he said, ‘I am the son of God.’ ”
Matt 27:44 To\ d' au0to\ kai\ oi9 lh|stai\ oi9 sustaurwqe/ntej au0tw%~ w)nei/dizon {RP P1904: au0to/n} [TR: au0tw%~]. In the same way, the robbers crucified with him kept reproaching him. au0to/n, him (accusative), RP P1904 F1853=18/21 F1859=7/7 vs. au0tw%~, him (dative), TR F1853=3/21 (Scrivener's cuyonce, u being very doubtful) F1859=0/7.
kept reproaching: iterative imperfect, but not necessarily so – see Matt 5:2.
Matt 27:45 870Apo\ de\ e3kthj w#raj sko/toj e0ge/neto e0pi\ pa~san th\n gh=n e3wj w#raj {RP P1904: e0na&thj} [TR: e0nna&thj]: Now from the sixth hour, darkness came about on the whole earth until the ninth hour. e0na&thj, ninth (1), RP P1904 F1853=13/21 F1859=2/8 vs. e0nna&thj, ninth (2), TR F1853=8/21 F1859=6/8. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=16:15.
sixth hour: 12 noon.
earth: or land.
ninth hour: 3 p.m.
Matt 27:46 peri\ de\ th\n {RP P1904: e0na&thn} [TR: e0nna&thn] w#ran a)nebo/hsen o9 870Ihsou=j fwnh|= mega&lh|, le/gwn, 870Hli/, 870Hli/, {RP P1904: lima_} [TR: lama_] [MISC: leima_] sabaxqani/; Tou=t' e1stin, Qee/ mou, Qee/ mou, i3na ti/ me e0gkate/lipej; And at about the ninth hour, Jesus shouted out with a loud voice and said, “Eli, Eli, lima sabachthani?” This means, “My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?” e0na&thj, ninth (1), RP P1904 F1853=13/21 F1859=2/8 vs. e0nna&thj, ninth (2), TR F1853=8/21 F1859=6/8. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=16:15.
lima_, lima, why (1), RP P1904 F1853=16/21 F1859=5/8 vs. lama_, why (2), TR F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's u, so very doubtful) F1859=0/8 vs. leima_, why (3), F1853=4/21 (Scrivener's bfox) F1859=3/8.
Ps 22:2MT (Ps 22:1AV).
ninth hour: 3 p.m.
sabachthani: see Mark 15:34.
means ← is.
have you forsaken ← did you forsake. See Matt 2:2.
Matt 27:47 Tine\j de\ tw~n e0kei= e9stw&twn a)kou/santej e1legon o3ti 870Hli/an fwnei= ou[toj. Some of those standing there who heard it said, “This man is calling Elijah.” some ← but some.
Matt 27:48 Kai\ eu0qe/wj dramw_n ei[j e0c au0tw~n, kai\ labw_n spo/ggon, plh/saj te o1couj, kai\ periqei\j kala&mw%, e0po/tizen au0to/n. Then immediately one of them ran and took a sponge and filled it with vinegar and put it on a reed and offered it to him to drink from. on ← round.
offered ← was giving, tried to give, conative imperfect.
Matt 27:49 Oi9 de\ loipoi\ e1legon, 871Afej, i1dwmen ei0 e1rxetai 870Hli/aj sw&swn au0to/n. But the rest said, “Stop doing that; let us see whether Elijah comes to save him.” stop ← leave alone.
to save ← going to save, a classical future participle of purpose.
Matt 27:50 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j pa&lin kra&caj fwnh|= mega&lh| a)fh=ken to\ pneu=ma. Then Jesus shouted again in a loud voice and gave up the ghost. gave up the ghost ← gave up the spirit.
Matt 27:51 Kai\ i0dou/, to\ katape/tasma tou= naou= e0sxi/sqh ei0j du/o a)po\ a!nwqen e3wj ka&tw: kai\ h9 gh= e0sei/sqh: kai\ ai9 pe/trai e0sxi/sqhsan: And behold, the veil of the sanctuary split in half from top to bottom, and the earth suffered an earthquake, and the rocks were split, in half ← in two.
suffered an earthquake ← was shaken, which is standard idiom for an earthquake [LS].
Matt 27:52 kai\ ta_ mnhmei=a a)new%&xqhsan: kai\ polla_ sw&mata tw~n kekoimhme/nwn a(gi/wn h0ge/rqh: and tombs were opened, and many bodies of the saints fallen asleep were raised, saints ← holy ones. All believers in the Lord Jesus Christ are saints, as is evident from the opening verses of many epistles, e.g. Rom 1:7, Eph 1:1, Col 1:2. From 1 Cor 1:2 it is clear that sanctification is in Christ Jesus.
were raised: or rose.
Matt 27:53 kai\ e0celqo/ntej e0k tw~n mnhmei/wn meta_ th\n e1gersin au0tou= ei0sh=lqon ei0j th\n a(gi/an po/lin, kai\ e0nefani/sqhsan polloi=j. and they came out of the tombs, after his resurrection, and they went to the holy city, and they appeared to many. resurrection ← arousing, waking, not the usual word for resurrection (a)na&stasij).
Matt 27:54 879O de\ e9kato/ntarxoj kai\ oi9 met' au0tou= throu=ntej to\n 870Ihsou=n, i0do/ntej to\n seismo\n kai\ ta_ geno/mena, e0fobh/qhsan sfo/dra, le/gontej, 870Alhqw~j qeou= ui9o\j h]n ou[toj. Meanwhile the centurion and those with him guarding Jesus, when they saw the earthquake and the things which had taken place, were very afraid, and they said, “Truly, this was the son of God.”
Matt 27:55 87]Hsan de\ e0kei= {RP TR: - } [P1904: kai\] gunai=kej pollai\ a)po\ makro/qen qewrou=sai, ai3tinej h0kolou/qhsan tw%~ 870Ihsou= a)po\ th=j Galilai/aj, diakonou=sai au0tw%~: Now there were {RP TR: - } [P1904: also] many women there, looking on from a distance, who had followed Jesus from Galilee, looking after him, kai\, also: absent in RP TR F1853=14/21 F1859=5/8 vs. present in P1904 F1853=7/21 F1859=3/8.
Matt 27:56 e0n ai[j h]n Mari/a h9 Magdalhnh/, kai\ Mari/a h9 tou= 870Iakw&bou kai\ 870Iwsh= mh/thr, kai\ h9 mh/thr tw~n ui9w~n Zebedai/ou. among whom was Mary Magdalene, and Mary the mother of James and Joses, and the mother of Zebedee's sons.
Matt 27:57 870Oyi/aj de\ genome/nhj, h]lqen a!nqrwpoj plou/sioj a)po\ 870Arimaqai/aj, tou1noma 870Iwsh/f, o4j kai\ au0to\j e0maqh/teusen tw%~ 870Ihsou=: And when it was late, a rich man came from Arimathea, named Joseph, who also had himself been a disciple of Jesus. named ← the name.
of ← to.
Matt 27:58 ou[toj proselqw_n tw%~ Pila&tw%, h|0th/sato to\ sw~ma tou= 870Ihsou=. To/te o9 Pila&toj e0ke/leusen a)podoqh=nai to\ sw~ma. He went to Pilate and asked for the body of Jesus. Then Pilate ordered the body to be handed over, he ← this (man).
Matt 27:59 Kai\ labw_n to\ sw~ma o9 870Iwsh\f e0netu/licen au0to\ sindo/ni kaqara%~, and Joseph took the body and wrapped it up in clean fine linen,
Matt 27:60 kai\ e1qhken au0to\ e0n tw%~ kainw%~ au0tou= mnhmei/w%, o4 e0lato/mhsen e0n th|= pe/tra%: kai\ proskuli/saj li/qon me/gan th|= qu/ra% tou= mnhmei/ou, a)ph=lqen. and he put it in his new tomb which he had hewn out in the rock, and he rolled a large stone to the entrance of the tomb and went away. entrance ← door.
Matt 27:61 87]Hn de\ e0kei= Mari/a h9 Magdalhnh/, kai\ h9 a!llh Mari/a, kaqh/menai a)pe/nanti tou= ta&fou. And Mary Magdalene was there, as was the other Mary, sitting opposite the tomb.
Matt 27:62 Th|= de\ e0pau/rion, h3tij e0sti\n meta_ th\n Paraskeuh/n, sunh/xqhsan oi9 a)rxierei=j kai\ oi9 Farisai=oi pro\j Pila&ton, And the next day, which was after the Preparation Day, the senior priests and Pharisees held a meeting with Pilate, was ← is.
Matt 27:63 le/gontej, Ku/rie, e0mnh/sqhmen o3ti e0kei=noj o9 pla&noj ei]pen e1ti zw~n, Meta_ trei=j h9me/raj e0gei/romai. and they said, “Your Excellency, we remember that that deceiver said, when he was still alive, ‘In three days time I will rise again.’ Your Excellency ← Lord.
Matt 27:64 Ke/leuson ou]n a)sfalisqh=nai to\n ta&fon e3wj th=j tri/thj h9me/raj: mh/pote e0lqo/ntej oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou= nukto\j kle/ywsin au0to/n, kai\ ei1pwsin tw%~ law%~, 870Hge/rqh a)po\ tw~n nekrw~n: kai\ e1stai h9 e0sxa&th pla&nh xei/rwn th=j prw&thj. So order the tomb to be secured until the third day, so that his disciples cannot go by night and steal him and say to the people, ‘He has risen from the dead’, whereby the latter deception would be worse than the former.” cannot ← will not, a Hebraism.
risen: or been raised.
would ← will.
Matt 27:65 871Efh {RP TR: de\} [P1904: - ] au0toi=j o9 Pila&toj, 871Exete koustwdi/an: u9pa&gete, a)sfali/sasqe w(j oi1date. {RP TR: Then} [P1904: - ] Pilate said to them, “You have your guard. Go and secure it as you know best.” de\, and / but: present in RP TR F1853=11/20 F1859=2/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=9/20 F1859=5/7. A weak disparity with RP, R=14:15.
Matt 27:66 Oi9 de\ poreuqe/ntej h0sfali/santo to\n ta&fon, sfragi/santej to\n li/qon, meta_ th=j koustwdi/aj. So they went and secured the tomb, and they sealed the stone with the guard present.
Matt 28:1 870Oye\ de\ sabba&twn, th|= e0pifwskou/sh| ei0j mi/an sabba&twn, h]lqen Mari/a h9 Magdalhnh/, kai\ h9 a!llh Mari/a, qewrh=sai to\n ta&fon. Late in the night after the Sabbath, as dawn drew on to the first day of the week, Mary Magdalene came with the other Mary to take a look at the tomb. late in the night after the Sabbath ← late of the Sabbaths.
week ← Sabbaths. See the comment on John 20:1.
Matt 28:2 Kai\ i0dou/, seismo\j e0ge/neto me/gaj: a!ggeloj ga_r kuri/ou kataba_j e0c ou0ranou=, proselqw_n a)peku/lisen to\n li/qon a)po\ th=j qu/raj, kai\ e0ka&qhto e0pa&nw au0tou=. And behold, a severe earthquake took place, for the angel of the Lord had come down from heaven and had come and rolled back the stone from the entrance, and he was sitting on it, entrance ← door.
Matt 28:3 87]Hn de\ h9 i0de/a au0tou= w(j a)straph/, kai\ to\ e1nduma au0tou= leuko\n w(sei\ xiw&n. and his appearance was like lightning, and his clothing was white like snow.
Matt 28:4 870Apo\ de\ tou= fo/bou au0tou= e0sei/sqhsan oi9 throu=ntej kai\ e0ge/nonto w(sei\ nekroi/. But those on guard shook with fear of him and became as if dead. shook ← were shaken.
Matt 28:5 870Apokriqei\j de\ o9 a!ggeloj ei]pen tai=j gunaici/n, Mh\ fobei=sqe u9mei=j: oi]da ga_r o3ti 870Ihsou=n to\n e0staurwme/non zhtei=te. However, the angel reacted and said to the women, “Don't you fear, for I know that you are looking for Jesus, who has been crucified.
Matt 28:6 Ou0k e1stin w{de: h0ge/rqh ga&r, kaqw_j ei]pen. Deu=te, i1dete to\n to/pon o3pou e1keito o9 ku/rioj. He is not here, for he has risen as he said. Come and see the place where the Lord lay. has risen: or has been raised.
Matt 28:7 Kai\ taxu\ poreuqei=sai ei1pate toi=j maqhtai=j au0tou= o3ti 870Hge/rqh a)po\ tw~n nekrw~n: kai\ i0dou/, proa&gei u9ma~j ei0j th\n Galilai/an: e0kei= au0to\n o1yesqe: i0dou/, ei]pon u9mi=n. And go quickly and tell his disciples that he has risen from the dead, and look, he will go on ahead of you to Galilee. You will see him there. There you are, I have told you.” We, with P1904, punctuate as indirect speech; RP TBS-TR as direct speech.
go: imperatival use of the participle.
has risen: or has been raised.
will go on ahead of you ← leads you onward; see Matt 26:32.
there you are ← behold.
Matt 28:8 Kai\ e0celqou=sai taxu\ a)po\ tou= mnhmei/ou meta_ fo/bou kai\ xara~j mega&lhj, e1dramon a)paggei=lai toi=j maqhtai=j au0tou=. So they went out from the tomb quickly, with fear and great joy, and they ran to report it to his disciples.
Matt 28:9 879Wj de\ e0poreu/onto a)paggei=lai toi=j maqhtai=j au0tou=, kai\ i0dou/, {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] 870Ihsou=j a)ph/nthsen au0tai=j, le/gwn, Xai/rete. Ai9 de\ proselqou=sai e0kra&thsan au0tou= tou\j po/daj, kai\ proseku/nhsan au0tw%~. But as they were going to report it to his disciples, behold, Jesus met them and said, “Greetings.” And they went up to him and took hold of him by the feet and worshipped him. o9, the (Jesus): absent in RP P1904 F1853=11/21 F1859=4/7 vs. present in TR F1853=10/21 F1859=3/7.
Matt 28:10 To/te le/gei au0tai=j o9 870Ihsou=j: Mh\ fobei=sqe: u9pa&gete, a)paggei/late toi=j a)delfoi=j mou i3na a)pe/lqwsin ei0j th\n Galilai/an, {RP-text: kai\ e0kei=} [RP-marg P1904 TR: ka)kei=] me o1yontai. Then Jesus said to them, “Do not be afraid. Go and tell my brothers to depart for Galilee, and that they will see me there.” kai\ e0kei=, and there (without crasis), RP-text F1853=8/20 F1859=5/7 vs. ka)kei=, and there (contracted, crasis), RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=11/20 F1859=2/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's o) F1859=0/7. A weak disparity with RP-text, R=13:15.
Matt 28:11 Poreuome/nwn de\ au0tw~n, i0dou/, tine\j th=j koustwdi/aj e0lqo/ntej ei0j th\n po/lin a)ph/ggeilan toi=j a)rxiereu=sin a#panta ta_ geno/mena. Now as they went, what happened was that some members of the guard went to the city and reported to the senior priests everything that had happened. what happened was that ← behold.
Matt 28:12 Kai\ sunaxqe/ntej meta_ tw~n presbute/rwn, sumbou/lio/n te labo/ntej, a)rgu/ria i9kana_ e1dwkan toi=j stratiw&taij, And they gathered with the elders and held counsel, and they gave the soldiers a good sum of money, a good sum of money ← sufficient silver.
Matt 28:13 le/gontej, Ei1pate o3ti Oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou= nukto\j e0lqo/ntej e1kleyan au0to\n h9mw~n koimwme/nwn. and they said, “Say, ‘His disciples came at night and stole him while we were sleeping.’
Matt 28:14 Kai\ e0a_n a)kousqh|= tou=to e0pi\ tou= h9gemo/noj, h9mei=j pei/somen au0to/n, kai\ u9ma~j a)meri/mnouj poih/somen. And if this should catch the ear of the governor, we will persuade him and ensure you are not in trouble.” catch the ear of ← be heard by.
ensure you are not in trouble ← make you carefree.
Matt 28:15 Oi9 de\ labo/ntej ta_ a)rgu/ria e0poi/hsan w(j e0dida&xqhsan. Kai\ diefhmi/sqh o9 lo/goj ou[toj para_ 870Ioudai/oij me/xri th=j sh/meron. And they took the money, and they did as they had been instructed. And this account has spread about among the Jews up to the present day. instructed ← taught.
Matt 28:16 Oi9 de\ e3ndeka maqhtai\ e0poreu/qhsan ei0j th\n Galilai/an, ei0j to\ o1roj ou[ e0ta&cato au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j. Then the eleven disciples went to Galilee, to the mountain where Jesus had commanded them.
Matt 28:17 Kai\ i0do/ntej au0to\n proseku/nhsan au0tw%~: oi9 de\ e0di/stasan. And when they saw him, they worshipped him, but some doubted.
Matt 28:18 Kai\ proselqw_n o9 870Ihsou=j e0la&lhsen au0toi=j, le/gwn, 870Edo/qh moi pa~sa e0cousi/a e0n ou0ranw%~ kai\ e0pi\ gh=j. Then Jesus went up to them, and he spoke to them and said, “All authority in heaven and on the earth is given to me.
Matt 28:19 Poreuqe/ntej {RP P1904: - } [TR: ou]n] maqhteu/sate pa&nta ta_ e1qnh, bapti/zontej au0tou\j ei0j to\ o1noma tou= Patro\j kai\ tou= Ui9ou= kai\ tou= 879Agi/ou Pneu/matoj: Go {RP P1904: - } [TR: then,] and make disciples of all the nations, baptizing them in the name of the father, the son, and the holy spirit, ou]n, therefore: absent in RP P1904 F1853=19/20 א F1859=6/8 vs. present in TR F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/8.
go: imperatival use of the participle.
Matt 28:20 dida&skontej au0tou\j threi=n pa&nta o3sa e0neteila&mhn u9mi=n: kai\ i0dou/, e0gw_ meq' u9mw~n ei0mi pa&saj ta_j h9me/raj e3wj th=j suntelei/aj tou= ai0w~noj. 870Amh/n. teaching them to keep everything I have commanded you. And behold, I am with you every day until the consummation of the age.” Amen. age: AV differs somewhat (world).
Mark 1:1 870Arxh\ tou= eu0aggeli/ou 870Ihsou= xristou=, ui9ou= tou= qeou=: The beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ, the son of God,
Mark 1:2 w(j ge/graptai e0n toi=j profh/taij, 870Idou/, e0gw_ a)poste/llw to\n a!ggelo/n mou pro\ prosw&pou sou, o4j kataskeua&sei th\n o9do/n sou e1mprosqe/n sou. as it stands written in the prophets:

“See how I am sending my messenger in front of you,

Who will prepare your way ahead of you.

 Isa 40:3, Mal 3:1.
See how ← behold.
Mark 1:3 Fwnh\ bow~ntoj e0n th|= e0rh/mw%, 879Etoima&sate th\n o9do\n kuri/ou: eu0qei/aj poiei=te ta_j tri/bouj au0tou=.

The voice of one crying out in the desert,

‘Prepare the way of the Lord;

Make his paths straight.’ ”

 Our punctuation agrees with RP P1904 TBS-TR AV, but not HF, who read: crying out, ‘In the desert prepare ...’
Isa 40:3.
Mark 1:4 870Ege/neto 870Iwa&nnhj bapti/zwn e0n th|= e0rh/mw%, kai\ khru/sswn ba&ptisma metanoi/aj ei0j a!fesin a(martiw~n. It was the case that John was baptizing in the desert and preaching the baptism of repentance for forgiveness of sins, John ← Ioannes.
Mark 1:5 Kai\ e0ceporeu/eto pro\j au0to\n pa~sa h9 870Ioudai/a xw&ra, kai\ oi9 879Ierosolumi=tai, kai\ e0bapti/zonto pa&ntej e0n tw%~ 870Iorda&nh| potamw%~ u9p' au0tou=, e0comologou/menoi ta_j a(marti/aj au0tw~n. and all the region of Judaea would go out to him, as would the inhabitants of Jerusalem, and they were all baptized by him in the river Jordan, confessing their sins.
Mark 1:6 87]Hn de\ {RP P1904: o9} [TR: - ] 870Iwa&nnhj e0ndedume/noj tri/xaj kamh/lou, kai\ zw&nhn dermati/nhn peri\ th\n o0sfu\n au0tou=, kai\ e0sqi/wn a)kri/daj kai\ me/li a!grion. Now John was clothed in camel hair and a leather girdle around his loins, and he ate locusts and wild honey. o9, the (John): present in RP P1904 F1853=19/21 F1859=6/7 vs. absent in TR F1853=2/21 (Scrivener's ou, u being very doubtful) F1859=1/7.
Mark 1:7 Kai\ e0kh/russen, le/gwn, 871Erxetai o9 i0sxuro/tero/j mou o0pi/sw mou, ou[ ou0k ei0mi\ i9kano\j ku/yaj lu=sai to\n i9ma&nta tw~n u9podhma&twn au0tou=. And he would preach and say, “He who is more powerful than me is coming after me, the buckle of whose sandals I am not worthy to stoop to loosen. than me: or, if the reader prefers, than I.
the buckle of whose sandals ← whose buckle of his sandals.
Mark 1:8 870Egw_ me\n e0ba&ptisa u9ma~j e0n u3dati: au0to\j de\ bapti/sei u9ma~j e0n pneu/mati a(gi/w%. I have baptized you with water, but he will baptize you with holy spirit.”
Mark 1:9 Kai\ e0ge/neto e0n e0kei/naij tai=j h9me/raij, h]lqen {RP TR: - } [P1904: o9] 870Ihsou=j a)po\ {RP P1904 S1550: Nazare\t} [E1624 S1894: Nazare\q] th=j Galilai/aj, kai\ e0bapti/sqh u9po\ 870Iwa&nnou ei0j to\n 870Iorda&nhn. And it came to pass in those days that Jesus came from Nazareth of Galilee and was baptized by John in the Jordan, o9, the (Jesus): absent in RP TR F1853=11/21 F1859=2/8 vs. present in P1904 F1853=10/21 F1859=6/8. A disparity with RP, R=14:17.
Nazare/t, Nazaret, RP P1904 S1550 F1853=13/19 F1859=5/8 vs. Nazare/q, Nazareth, E1624 S1894 F1853=6/19 F1859=3/8.
in ← into. Pregnant use, compare Matt 18:6.
Mark 1:10 Kai\ eu0qe/wj a)nabai/nwn a)po\ tou= u3datoj, ei]den sxizome/nouj tou\j ou0ranou/j, kai\ to\ pneu=ma {RP-text TR: w(sei\} [RP-marg P1904: w(j] peristera_n katabai=non e0p' au0to/n: and immediately as he came up out of the water, he saw the heavens splitting apart and the spirit descending like a dove on him, w(sei\, like (1), RP-text TR F1853=16/21 F1859=5/7 vs. w(j, like (2), RP-marg P1904 F1853=5/21 F1859=2/7.
Mark 1:11 kai\ fwnh\ e0ge/neto e0k tw~n ou0ranw~n, Su\ ei] o9 ui9o/j mou o9 a)gaphto/j, e0n {RP TR: w%{} [P1904: soi\] {RP TR: eu0do/khsa} [P1904: hu0do/khsa]. and a voice came out of the heavens: “You are my beloved {RP TR: son, with whom I am very pleased.”} [P1904: son. I am very pleased with you.”] w%{, (in) whom, RP TR F1853=20/22 F1859=5/7 vs. soi\, in you, P1904 F1853=2/22 (Scrivener's uyonce) F1859=2/7.
eu0do/khsa, I was pleased (1), RP TR F1853=18/21 F1859=6/7 vs. hu0do/khsa, I was pleased (2), P1904 F1853=3/21 (Scrivener's hoy) F1859=1/7.
am very pleased ← was very pleased, aorist for perfect tense, have taken pleasure.
Mark 1:12 Kai\ {RP TR: eu0qu\j} [P1904: eu0qe/wj] to\ pneu=ma au0to\n e0kba&llei ei0j th\n e1rhmon. And immediately the spirit drove him out into the desert. eu0qu\j, immediately (1), RP TR F1853=12/21 F1859=5/8 vs. eu0qe/wj, immediately (2), P1904 F1853=9/21 F1859=3/8.
drove him out ← casts him out.
Mark 1:13 Kai\ h]n e0kei= e0n th|= e0rh/mw% h9me/raj tessara&konta peirazo/menoj u9po\ tou= Satana~, kai\ h]n meta_ tw~n qhri/wn, kai\ oi9 a!ggeloi dihko/noun au0tw%~. And he was there in the desert for forty days, being tempted by Satan, and he was with the wild animals, while the angels would take care of him.
Mark 1:14 Meta_ de\ to\ paradoqh=nai {RP TR: to\n} [P1904: - ] 870Iwa&nnhn, h]lqen o9 870Ihsou=j ei0j th\n Galilai/an, khru/sswn to\ eu0agge/lion th=j basilei/aj tou= qeou=, Then after John had been arrested, Jesus went to Galilee, proclaiming the gospel of the kingdom of God, to\n, the (John): present in RP TR F1853=14/21 F1859=4/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=7/21 F1859=3/7.
arrested ← delivered up, but also of sending to prison without betrayal; see [MG], [MM], AV.
Mark 1:15 kai\ le/gwn o3ti Peplh/rwtai o9 kairo/j, kai\ h1ggiken h9 basilei/a tou= qeou=: metanoei=te, kai\ pisteu/ete e0n tw%~ eu0aggeli/w%. and saying, “The time has been completed, and the kingdom of God has drawn near. Repent and believe in the gospel.”
Mark 1:16 Peripatw~n de\ para_ th\n qa&lassan th=j Galilai/aj ei]den Si/mwna kai\ 870Andre/an to\n a)delfo\n au0tou=, {RP P1904: tou= Si/mwnoj} [TR: - ] ba&llontaj a)mfi/blhstron e0n th|= qala&ssh|: h]san ga_r a(liei=j. Then as he was walking by the Sea of Galilee, he saw Simon and Andrew his brother, {RP P1904: Simon's,} [TR: - ] casting a round net in the sea. After all, they were fishermen. tou= Si/mwnoj, Simon's: present in RP P1904 F1853=19/21 F1859=6/7 vs. absent in TR F1853=2/21 (Scrivener's ux, u being very doubtful) F1859=1/7.
Mark 1:17 Kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, Deu=te o0pi/sw mou, kai\ poih/sw u9ma~j gene/sqai a(liei=j a)nqrw&pwn. And Jesus said to them, “Come and follow me, and I will make you fishermen of men.” make you ← make you become.
Mark 1:18 Kai\ eu0qe/wj a)fe/ntej ta_ di/ktua au0tw~n, h0kolou/qhsan au0tw%~. And they immediately left their nets and followed him.
Mark 1:19 Kai\ proba_j e0kei=qen o0li/gon, ei]den 870Ia&kwbon to\n tou= Zebedai/ou, kai\ 870Iwa&nnhn to\n a)delfo\n au0tou=, kai\ au0tou\j e0n tw%~ ploi/w% katarti/zontaj ta_ di/ktua. Then when he had moved on a little from there, he saw James the son of Zebedee and John his brother, while they were in a boat mending their nets, while they were in a boat ← and them in the boat.
Mark 1:20 Kai\ eu0qe/wj e0ka&lesen au0tou/j: kai\ a)fe/ntej to\n pate/ra au0tw~n Zebedai=on e0n tw%~ ploi/w% meta_ tw~n misqwtw~n a)ph=lqon o0pi/sw au0tou=. and he immediately called them, and they left their father Zebedee in the boat with the hired servants, and they went away following him.
Mark 1:21 Kai\ ei0sporeu/ontai ei0j Kapernaou/m: kai\ eu0qe/wj toi=j sa&bbasin ei0selqw_n ei0j {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: th\n} [E1624: - ] sunagwgh/n, e0di/dasken. Then they went into Capernaum, and on the Sabbath he immediately went into {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: the} [E1624: a] synagogue and gave some teaching. th\n, the (synagogue): present in RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=12/21 F1859=5/7 vs. absent in E1624 F1853=9/21 F1859=2/7.
gave some teaching ← was teaching.
Mark 1:22 Kai\ e0ceplh/ssonto e0pi\ th|= didaxh|= au0tou=: h]n ga_r dida&skwn au0tou\j w(j e0cousi/an e1xwn, kai\ ou0x w(j oi9 grammatei=j. And they were astonished at his teaching, for he was teaching them as one having authority, and not as the scribes.
Mark 1:23 Kai\ h]n e0n th|= sunagwgh|= au0tw~n a!nqrwpoj e0n pneu/mati a)kaqa&rtw%, kai\ a)ne/kracen, And there was a man with an unclean spirit in their synagogue, and he shouted out, he: the participle in agreement in the next verse is masculine.
Mark 1:24 le/gwn, 871Ea, ti/ h9mi=n kai\ soi/, 870Ihsou= Nazarhne/; 87]Hlqej a)pole/sai h9ma~j; Oi]da& se ti/j ei], o9 a#gioj tou= qeou=. and he said, “Hey, what have you to do with us, Jesus the Nazarene? Have you come to destroy us? I know who you are: the holy one of God.”
Mark 1:25 Kai\ e0peti/mhsen au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, le/gwn, Fimw&qhti, kai\ e1celqe e0c au0tou=. At this Jesus rebuked it and said, “Be silent and come out of him.” silent ← muzzled.
Mark 1:26 Kai\ spara&can au0to\n to\ pneu=ma to\ a)ka&qarton kai\ kra&can fwnh|= mega&lh|, e0ch=lqen e0c au0tou=. Then the unclean spirit convulsed him and shouted in a loud voice and came out of him.
Mark 1:27 Kai\ e0qambh/qhsan pa&ntej, w#ste suzhtei=n pro\j {RP P1904: e9autou/j} [TR: au0tou/j], le/gontaj, Ti/ e0stin tou=to; Ti/j h9 didaxh\ h9 kainh\ au3th, o3ti kat' e0cousi/an kai\ toi=j pneu/masin toi=j a)kaqa&rtoij e0pita&ssei, kai\ u9pakou/ousin au0tw%~; And they were all astounded, so much so that they debated among themselves and said, “What does this mean? What is this new doctrine, where he even commands the unclean spirits with authority, and they obey him?” e9autou\j, (among) themselves (reflexive), RP P1904 F1853=19/21 F1859=5/7 vs. au0tou\j, (to) them, TR F1853=2/21 (Scrivener's ux, u being very doubtful) F1859=2/7. No difference in our English (AV translates similarly).
what does this mean ← what is this.
Mark 1:28 {RP TR: 870Ech=lqen de\} [P1904: Kai\ e0ch=lqen] h9 a)koh\ au0tou= eu0qu\j ei0j o3lhn th\n peri/xwron th=j Galilai/aj. And his fame immediately spread into the whole country area of Galilee. e0ch=lqen de\, but (his fame) went out, RP TR F1853=20/21 F1859=5/7 vs. kai\ e0ch=lqen, and (his fame) went out, P1904 F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/7.
spread ← went out.
Mark 1:29 Kai\ eu0qe/wj e0k th=j sunagwgh=j e0celqo/ntej, h]lqon ei0j th\n oi0ki/an Si/mwnoj kai\ 870Andre/ou, meta_ 870Iakw&bou kai\ 870Iwa&nnou. Then immediately when they had come out of the synagogue, they went to the house of Simon and Andrew with James and John. James ← Jacob (and throughout the New Testament).
Mark 1:30 879H de\ penqera_ Si/mwnoj kate/keito pure/ssousa, kai\ eu0qe/wj le/gousin au0tw%~ peri\ au0th=j: Now Simon's mother-in-law was laid up ill with a fever, and they told him about her straightaway.
Mark 1:31 kai\ proselqw_n h1geiren au0th/n, krath/saj th=j xeiro\j au0th=j: kai\ a)fh=ken au0th\n o9 pureto\j eu0qe/wj, kai\ dihko/nei au0toi=j. And he came over and took hold of her by the hand and lifted her up, and the fever left her immediately, and she looked after them. of her by the hand and lifted her up ← of her hand and raised her up.
Mark 1:32 870Oyi/aj de\ genome/nhj, o3te e1du o9 h3lioj, e1feron pro\j au0to\n pa&ntaj tou\j kakw~j e1xontaj kai\ tou\j daimonizome/nouj: When evening had come, when the sun had set, they brought to him all those with ailments and those possessed by a demon, with ← having.
Mark 1:33 kai\ {RP TR: h9 po/lij o3lh e0pisunhgme/nh h]n} [P1904: h]n h9 po/lij o3lh e0pisunhgme/nh] pro\j th\n qu/ran. and the whole city was congregated at the door, h9 po/lij o3lh e0pisunhgme/nh h]n, the city + whole + congregated + was, RP TR F1853=20/21 F1859=4/7 vs. h]n h9 po/lij o3lh e0pisunhgme/nh, was + the city + whole + congregated, P1904 F1853=0/21 F1859=1/7 vs. other readings, F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/7.
Mark 1:34 Kai\ e0qera&peusen pollou\j kakw~j e1xontaj poiki/laij no/soij, kai\ daimo/nia polla_ e0ce/balen, kai\ ou0k h1fien lalei=n ta_ daimo/nia, o3ti h|1deisan {RP-text TR: au0to/n} [RP-marg P1904: au0to\n xristo\n ei]nai]. and he cured many who were ailing with various diseases, and he cast out many demons, and he did not permit the demons to speak, because they knew {RP-text TR: him} [RP-marg P1904: that he was the Christ]. xristo\n ei]nai, to be Christ: absent in RP-text TR F1853=14/22 F1859=5/8 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 F1853=8/22 F1859=3/8 (both sets including a few small variations).
Mark 1:35 Kai\ prwi+\ {RP TR: e1nnuxon} [P1904: e1nnuxa] li/an a)nasta_j e0ch=lqen, kai\ a)ph=lqen ei0j e1rhmon to/pon, ka)kei= proshu/xeto. Then he got up early, while it was still very much night, and he went out and went to a deserted place, and he prayed there. e1nnuxon, in the night (1), RP TR F1853=20/21 F1859=6/7 vs. e1nnuxa, in the night (2), P1904 F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7.
prayed ← was praying.
Mark 1:36 Kai\ katedi/wcan au0to\n o9 Si/mwn kai\ oi9 met' au0tou=: Meanwhile Simon and those with him went after him,
Mark 1:37 kai\ eu9ro/ntej au0to\n le/gousin au0tw%~ o3ti Pa&ntej {RP P1904: se zhtou=sin} [TR: zhtou=si/ se]. and when they had found him, they said to him, “Everyone is looking for you.” se zhtou=si¨n©, you + they seek, RP P1904 F1853=20/21 F1859=6/7 vs. zhtou=si/¨n© se, they seek + you, TR F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's u, so very doubtful) F1859=0/7 vs. zhtou=si¨n©, they seek, F1853=0/21 F1859=1/7.
Mark 1:38 Kai\ le/gei au0toi=j, 871Agwmen ei0j ta_j e0xome/naj kwmopo/leij, i3na {RP P1904: kai\ e0kei=} [TR: ka)kei=] khru/cw: ei0j tou=to ga_r e0celh/luqa. And he said to them, “Let us go to the nearby towns, so that I may preach there too. For I have come out for this very purpose.” kai\ e0kei=, there too (uncontracted), RP P1904 F1853=16/21 F1859=7/7 vs. ka)kei=, there too (contracted), TR F1853=2/21 (Scrivener's ou, u being very doubtful) F1859=0/7 vs. e0kei=, there, F1853=3/21 (Scrivener's cvy) F1859=0/7.
Mark 1:39 Kai\ h]n khru/sswn e0n tai=j sunagwgai=j au0tw~n ei0j o3lhn th\n Galilai/an, kai\ ta_ daimo/nia e0kba&llwn. And he preached in their synagogues in the whole of Galilee, while he also cast out the demons.
Mark 1:40 Kai\ e1rxetai pro\j au0to\n lepro/j, parakalw~n au0to\n kai\ gonupetw~n au0to/n, kai\ le/gwn au0tw%~ o3ti 870Ea_n qe/lh|j, du/nasai/ me kaqari/sai. Then a leper came to him pleading with him, and kneeling down to him, and he said to him, “If you are willing, you are able to cleanse me.”
Mark 1:41 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j splagxnisqei/j, e0ktei/naj th\n xei=ra, h3yato au0tou=, kai\ le/gei au0tw%~, Qe/lw, kaqari/sqhti. At this, Jesus, moved with compassion, stretched his hand out and touched him, and he said to him, “I am willing, be cleansed.”
Mark 1:42 Kai\ ei0po/ntoj au0tou= eu0qe/wj a)ph=lqen a)p' au0tou= h9 le/pra, kai\ e0kaqari/sqh. And as soon as he had spoken, the leprosy went from him, and he was cleansed.
Mark 1:43 Kai\ e0mbrimhsa&menoj au0tw%~, eu0qe/wj e0ce/balen au0to/n, Then he vehemently admonished him and straightaway dismissed him, vehemently admonished ← snorted at.
Mark 1:44 kai\ le/gei au0tw%~, 873Ora, mhdeni\ mhde\n ei1ph|j: a)ll' u3page, seauto\n dei=con tw%~ i9erei=, kai\ prose/negke peri\ tou= kaqarismou= sou a$ prose/tacen {RP TR: Mwsh=j} [P1904: Mwu+sh=j], ei0j martu/rion au0toi=j. and he said to him, “See to it that you don't say anything to anyone, but go and show yourself to the priest, and offer for your cleansing what Moses prescribed, as a testimony to them.” Mwsh=j, Moses, RP TR F1853=21/21 F1859=7/8 vs. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, P1904 F1853=0/21 F1859=1/8.
Mark 1:45 879O de\ e0celqw_n h1rcato khru/ssein polla_ kai\ diafhmi/zein to\n lo/gon, w#ste mhke/ti au0to\n du/nasqai fanerw~j ei0j po/lin ei0selqei=n, a)ll' e1cw e0n e0rh/moij to/poij h]n: kai\ h1rxonto pro\j au0to\n pantaxo/qen. But he went out and began to publicize it widely and to blaze the matter abroad, so that he could no longer go openly into a city, but was outside in desolate places. And they kept coming to him from all sides. widely ← (in respect of) many (things).
blaze ... abroad ← noise ... abroad.
so that he: i.e. so that Jesus; compare pronoun use in Gen 41:13.
openly ← manifestly.
kept coming: iterative imperfect.
Mark 2:1 Kai\ {RP P1904: ei0sh=lqen pa&lin} [TR: pa&lin ei0sh=lqen] ei0j Kapernaou\m di' h9merw~n: kai\ h0kou/sqh o3ti ei0j oi]ko/n e0stin. Then some days later he went to Capernaum again, and it was reported that he was at someone's home, ei0sh=lqe¨n© pa&lin, went + again, RP P1904 F1853=10/21 F1859=2/7 vs. pa&lin ei0sh=lqe¨n©, again + went, TR F1853=6/21 F1859=0/7 vs. other readings, F1853=5/21 (Scrivener's bcfps) F1859=5/7.
reported ← heard.
Mark 2:2 Kai\ eu0qe/wj sunh/xqhsan polloi/, w#ste mhke/ti xwrei=n mhde\ ta_ pro\j th\n qu/ran: kai\ e0la&lei au0toi=j to\n lo/gon. and immediately many gathered together, to the point that there was no room any more, not even space at the door. And while he was speaking the word to them, space ← the (things).
while: from the opening kai\ of the next verse.
Mark 2:3 Kai\ e1rxontai pro\j au0to/n, paralutiko\n fe/rontej, ai0ro/menon u9po\ tessa&rwn. some people carrying a paralysed man came to him, the man being carried by four people,
Mark 2:4 Kai\ mh\ duna&menoi proseggi/sai au0tw%~ dia_ to\n o1xlon, a)peste/gasan th\n ste/ghn o3pou h]n, kai\ e0coru/cantej xalw~sin to\n {RP-text TR: kra&bbaton} [RP-marg P1904: kra&batton] e0f' w%{ o9 paralutiko\j kate/keito. and not being able to approach him on account of the crowd, they opened up the roof where he was. And when they had broken it up, they lowered the stretcher on which the paralysed man was lying. kra&bbaton, stretcher (1), RP-text TR, F1853=11/21 F1859=2/7 vs. kra&batton, stretcher (2), RP-marg P1904 F1853=9/21 F1859=4/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's v) F1859=1/7. Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=14:14.
opened up ← unroofed.
Mark 2:5 870Idw_n de\ o9 870Ihsou=j th\n pi/stin au0tw~n le/gei tw%~ paralutikw%~, Te/knon, a)fe/wntai/ soi ai9 a(marti/ai sou. Then when Jesus saw their faith, he said to the paralysed man, “My child, you have been forgiven your sins.” you have been forgiven your sins ← your sins have been forgiven you.
Mark 2:6 87]Hsan de/ tinej tw~n grammate/wn e0kei= kaqh/menoi, kai\ dialogizo/menoi e0n tai=j kardi/aij au0tw~n, Now some of the scribes were sitting there, while reasoning in their hearts as follows:
Mark 2:7 Ti/ ou[toj ou3twj lalei= blasfhmi/aj; Ti/j du/natai a)fie/nai a(marti/aj ei0 mh\ ei[j, o9 qeo/j; “Why does this man speak blasphemies like this? Who can forgive sins but one, that is, God?”
Mark 2:8 Kai\ eu0qe/wj e0pignou\j o9 870Ihsou=j tw%~ pneu/mati au0tou= o3ti ou3twj {RP P1904: au0toi\} [TR: - ] dialogi/zontai e0n e9autoi=j, ei]pen au0toi=j, Ti/ tau=ta dialogi/zesqe e0n tai=j kardi/aij u9mw~n; And immediately Jesus, having perceived in his spirit that they were reasoning inwardly like this, said to them, “Why are you reasoning about these matters in your hearts? au0toi, they (themselves): present in RP P1904 F1853=17/21 F1859=7/7 vs. absent in TR F1853=4/21 (Scrivener's suvy, u being very doubtful) F1859=0/7. No difference in our English.
Mark 2:9 Ti/ e0stin eu0kopw&teron, ei0pei=n tw%~ paralutikw%~, 870Afe/wntai/ {RP P1904: sou} [TR: soi] ai9 a(marti/ai, h2 ei0pei=n, {RP-text TR: 871Egeirai} [RP-marg P1904: 871Egeire], kai\ {RP-text TR: a}ro/n sou to\n kra&bbaton} [RP-marg: a}ro/n sou to\n kra&batton] [P1904: a}ron to\n kra&batto/n sou], kai\ peripa&tei; Which is easier, to say to the paralytic man, {RP P1904: ‘You have been forgiven your sins’,} [TR: ‘You have been forgiven your sins’,] or to say ‘Arise, and pick up your stretcher, and walk’? sou, your (sins have been forgiven), RP P1904 F1853=14/21 F1859=7/7 vs. soi, (sins have been forgiven) to you, TR F1853=7/21 F1859=0/7.
e1geirai, arise (aorist middle), RP-text TR F1853=11/21 F1859=3/7 vs. e1geire, arise (present active), RP-marg P1904 F1853=10/21 F1859=3/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/21 F1859=1/7 Nearly a disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=15:14.
sou to\n kra&bbaton, of you + the stretcher (1), RP-text TR F1853=14/21 F1859=3/7 vs. sou to\n kra&batton, of you + the stretcher (2), RP-marg F1853=0/21 F1859=0/7 vs. to\n kra&batto/n sou, the stretcher (2) + of you, P1904 F1853=0/21 F1859=2/7 vs. to\n kra&bbato/n sou, the stretcher (1) + of you, F1853=7/21 F1859=1/7 vs. to\n kra&bato/n sou, the stretcher (3) + of you, F1853=0/21 F1859=1/7. A disparity (#2) with RP-marg (low count).
you have been forgiven your sins ← {RP P1904: your sins have been forgiven} [TR: sins have been forgiven you].
walk ← walk around.
Mark 2:10 873Ina de\ ei0dh=te o3ti e0cousi/an e1xei o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou {RP-text P1904 TR: a)fie/nai e0pi\ th=j gh=j} [RP-marg: e0pi\ th=j gh=j a)fie/nai] a(marti/aj - le/gei tw%~ paralutikw%~ - But in order that you may know that the son of man has authority to forgive sins on earth ...” – he said to the paralytic man – a)fie/nai e0pi\ th=j gh=j, to forgive + on earth, RP-text P1904 TR F1853=13/21 F1859=5/7 vs. e0pi\ th=j gh=j a)fie/nai, on earth + to forgive, RP-marg F1853=8/21 F1859=2/7.
Mark 2:11 Soi\ le/gw, {RP-text TR: e1geirai} [RP-marg P1904: e1geire] kai\ a}ron to\n {RP-text TR: kra&bbato/n} [RP-marg P1904: kra&batto/n] sou, kai\ u3page ei0j to\n oi]ko/n sou. “I say to you, arise, and pick up your stretcher and go to your home.” e1geirai, arise (aorist middle), RP-text TR F1853=11/21 F1859=1/7 vs. e1geire, arise (present active), RP-marg P1904 F1853=10/21 F1859=5/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/21 F1859=1/7. A disparity with RP-text, R=13:16.
kra&bbaton, stretcher: as verse 9.
Mark 2:12 Kai\ h0ge/rqh eu0qe/wj, kai\ a!raj to\n {RP-text TR: kra&bbaton} [RP-marg P1904: kra&batton], e0ch=lqen e0nanti/on pa&ntwn: w#ste e0ci/stasqai pa&ntaj, kai\ doca&zein to\n qeo/n, le/gontaj o3ti Ou0de/pote ou3twj ei1domen. And he arose immediately and picked up his stretcher, and he went out in the presence of all, so that they were all astounded, and they glorified God, saying, “Never have we seen anything like this.” kra&bbaton, stretcher: as verse 9.
anything like this ← thus.
Mark 2:13 Kai\ e0ch=lqen pa&lin para_ th\n qa&lassan: kai\ pa~j o9 o1xloj h1rxeto pro\j au0to/n, kai\ e0di/dasken au0tou/j. Then he went out again, by the sea. And the whole crowd would come to him, and he would teach them.
Mark 2:14 Kai\ para&gwn ei]den {RP-text: Leui+\} [RP-marg P1904 TR: Leui+\n] to\n tou= 870Alfai/ou kaqh/menon e0pi\ to\ telw&nion, kai\ le/gei au0tw%~, 870Akolou/qei moi. Kai\ a)nasta_j h0kolou/qhsen au0tw%~. And as he passed by, he saw Levi the son of Alphaeus, sitting at the tax office, and he said to him, “Follow me.” And he got up and followed him. Leui+\, Levi, RP-text F1853=7/22 F1859=1/7 vs. Leui+\n, Levi (in a separate accusative form), RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=15/22 F1859=5/7 vs. another spelling, F1853=0/22 F1859=1/7. A strong disparity with RP-text, R=8:22.
Mark 2:15 Kai\ e0ge/neto e0n tw%~ katakei=sqai au0to\n e0n th|= oi0ki/a% au0tou=, kai\ polloi\ telw~nai kai\ a(martwloi\ sunane/keinto tw%~ 870Ihsou= kai\ toi=j maqhtai=j au0tou=: h]san ga_r polloi/, kai\ h0kolou/qhsan au0tw%~. And it came to pass as he was reclining at table in his house that many tax collectors and sinners reclined with Jesus and his disciples. For there were many, and they followed him.
Mark 2:16 Kai\ oi9 grammatei=j kai\ oi9 Farisai=oi, i0do/ntej au0to\n e0sqi/onta meta_ tw~n telwnw~n kai\ a(martwlw~n, e1legon toi=j maqhtai=j au0tou=, Ti/ o3ti meta_ tw~n telwnw~n kai\ a(martwlw~n e0sqi/ei kai\ pi/nei; However, when the scribes and Pharisees saw him eating with the tax collectors and sinners, they said to his disciples, “What is this that he eats and drinks with tax collectors and sinners?”
Mark 2:17 Kai\ a)kou/saj o9 870Ihsou=j le/gei au0toi=j, Ou0 xrei/an e1xousin oi9 i0sxu/ontej i0atrou=, a)ll' oi9 kakw~j e1xontej. Ou0k h]lqon kale/sai dikai/ouj, a)lla_ a(martwlou\j ei0j meta&noian. At which Jesus, having heard it, said to them, “It is not those who are in sound health who need a doctor, but those who are ailing. I did not come to call the righteous, but sinners, to repentance.”
Mark 2:18 Kai\ h]san oi9 maqhtai\ 870Iwa&nnou kai\ oi9 tw~n Farisai/wn nhsteu/ontej: kai\ e1rxontai kai\ le/gousin au0tw%~, Dia_ ti/ oi9 maqhtai\ 870Iwa&nnou kai\ oi9 tw~n Farisai/wn nhsteu/ousin, oi9 de\ soi\ maqhtai\ ou0 nhsteu/ousin; Meanwhile John's disciples, and those of the Pharisees, were fasting, and people came and said to him, “Why do John's disciples and those of the Pharisees fast, whereas your disciples do not fast?”
Mark 2:19 Kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, Mh\ du/nantai oi9 ui9oi\ tou= numfw~noj, e0n w%{ o9 numfi/oj met' au0tw~n e0stin, nhsteu/ein; 873Oson xro/non meq' e9autw~n e1xousin to\n numfi/on, ou0 du/nantai nhsteu/ein: And Jesus said to them, “Surely the wedding guests cannot be fasting while the bridegroom is with them? As long as they have the bridegroom with them, they cannot fast, wedding guests ← sons of the wedding venue. See Matt 9:15.
Mark 2:20 e0leu/sontai de\ h9me/rai o3tan a)parqh|= a)p' au0tw~n o9 numfi/oj, kai\ to/te nhsteu/sousin e0n e0kei/naij tai=j h9me/raij. but the days will come when the bridegroom will be taken from them, and then, in those days, they will fast.
Mark 2:21 {RP TR: Kai\ ou0dei\j} [P1904: Ou0dei\j] e0pi/blhma r(a&kouj a)gna&fou e0pirra&ptei e0pi\ i9mati/w% palaiw%~: ei0 de\ {RP TR: mh/} [P1904: mh/ge], ai1rei to\ plh/rwma au0tou= to\ kaino\n tou= palaiou=, kai\ xei=ron sxi/sma gi/netai. {RP TR: And no-one} [P1904: No-one] sews a patch of uncarded flannel onto an old garment, or else the piece added to it pulls on it – the new on the old – and the tear becomes worse. kai\, and (no-one): present in RP TR F1853=16/21 F1859=4/8 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=5/21 F1859=4/8.
mh/, (if) not, RP TR F1853=18/21 F1859=5/7 vs. mh/ge, (if) not at any rate, P1904 F1853=3/21 (Scrivener's dey) F1859=2/7.
piece added ← filler, fulness.
pulls on ← raises.
Mark 2:22 Kai\ ou0dei\j ba&llei oi]non ne/on ei0j a)skou\j palaiou/j: ei0 de\ mh/, r(h/ssei o9 oi]noj o9 ne/oj tou\j a)skou/j, kai\ o9 oi]noj e0kxei=tai kai\ oi9 a)skoi\ a)polou=ntai: a)lla_ oi]non ne/on ei0j a)skou\j kainou\j blhte/on. And no-one puts new wine in old wineskins, or else the new wine tears the wineskins, and the wine leaks out, and the wineskins are ruined. Rather, new wine needs to be put in new wineskins.” new wine: the object of the impersonal neuter singular verbal adjective blhte/on, needing to put.
Mark 2:23 Kai\ e0ge/neto paraporeu/esqai au0to\n e0n toi=j sa&bbasin dia_ tw~n spori/mwn, kai\ h1rcanto oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou= o9do\n poiei=n ti/llontej tou\j sta&xuaj. Then it came to pass that he was passing by on the Sabbath through the cornfields, and his disciples had begun to make a way through, while plucking the ears of corn, Sabbath ← Sabbaths, which can stand for High Sabbath (feast).
Mark 2:24 Kai\ oi9 Farisai=oi e1legon au0tw%~, 871Ide, ti/ poiou=sin e0n toi=j sa&bbasin o4 ou0k e1cestin; and the Pharisees said to him, “Look at what they are doing on the Sabbath, which is not permitted”, We and P1904 punctuate as a statement: look at what they are doing, which ... RP and TBS-TR punctuate as a question: look, why are they doing what ...?
Mark 2:25 Kai\ au0to\j e1legen au0toi=j, Ou0de/pote a)ne/gnwte ti/ e0poi/hsen {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d], o3te xrei/an e1sxen kai\ e0pei/nasen au0to\j kai\ oi9 met' au0tou=; at which he said to them, “Have you never read what David did when he was in need and was hungry, he and those with him? David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
at which: wider use of kai/.
Mark 2:26 Pw~j ei0sh=lqen ei0j to\n oi]kon tou= qeou= e0pi\ 870Abia&qar {RP P1904: - } [TR: tou=] a)rxiere/wj, kai\ tou\j a!rtouj th=j proqe/sewj e1fagen, ou4j ou0k e1cestin fagei=n ei0 mh\ toi=j i9ereu=sin, kai\ e1dwken kai\ toi=j su\n au0tw%~ ou]sin; – how he went into the house of God in the days of Abiathar {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] high priest and ate the showbread, which it is not permitted to eat, except for the priests, and how he also gave some to those who were with him?” tou=, the: absent in RP P1904 F1853=17/21 F1859=4/7 vs. present in TR F1853=4/21 (Scrivener's cdsv) F1859=3/7. No difference in our English (italicization excepted).
Mark 2:27 Kai\ e1legen au0toi=j, To\ sa&bbaton dia_ to\n a!nqrwpon e0ge/neto, ou0x o9 a!nqrwpoj dia_ to\ sa&bbaton: Then he said to them, “The Sabbath came about on account of man, not man on account of the Sabbath.
Mark 2:28 w#ste ku/rio/j e0stin o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou kai\ tou= sabba&tou. Consequently, the son of man is Lord of the Sabbath as well.”
Mark 3:1 Kai\ ei0sh=lqen pa&lin ei0j th\n sunagwgh/n, kai\ h]n e0kei= a!nqrwpoj e0chramme/nhn e1xwn th\n xei=ra. Then he went into the synagogue again, and there was a man with a withered hand there. with ← having.
Mark 3:2 Kai\ {RP P1904c TR: pareth/roun} [P1904u: parethth/roun] au0to\n ei0 toi=j sa&bbasin qerapeu/sei au0to/n, i3na kathgorh/swsin au0tou=. Now they watched him closely, to see if he would heal him on the Sabbath, in order to accuse him. Sabbath: plural; see Mark 2:23.
Mark 3:3 Kai\ le/gei tw%~ a)nqrw&pw% tw%~ e0chramme/nhn e1xonti th\n xei=ra, {RP TR: 871Egeirai} [P1904: 871Egeire] ei0j to\ me/son. And he said to the man with the withered hand, “Come up to centre stage.” e1geirai, arise (aorist middle), RP TR F1853=12/21 F1859=1/7 vs. e1geire, arise (present active), P1904 F1853=9/21 F1859=6/7. . A weak disparity with RP, R=14:16.
with ← having.
Mark 3:4 Kai\ le/gei au0toi=j, 871Ecestin toi=j sa&bbasin a)gaqopoih=sai, h2 kakopoih=sai; Yuxh\n sw~sai, h2 a)poktei=nai; Oi9 de\ e0siw&pwn. And he said to them, “Is it permitted to do good or evil on the Sabbath? To save a life or to kill?” But they remained silent. life ← soul.
Mark 3:5 Kai\ peribleya&menoj au0tou\j met' o0rgh=j, sullupou/menoj e0pi\ th|= pwrw&sei th=j kardi/aj au0tw~n, le/gei tw%~ a)nqrw&pw%, 871Ekteinon th\n xei=ra& sou. Kai\ e0ce/teinen, kai\ {RP-text P1904 TR: a)pokatesta&qh} [RP-marg: a)pekatesta&qh] h9 xei\r au0tou= u9gih\j w(j h9 a!llh. Then he looked around at them with anger, thoroughly grieved at the hardness of their heart, and he said to the man, “Stretch out your hand.” And he stretched it out, and his hand was restored, healthy like the other one. a)pokatesta&qh, was restored (aorist passive with single augment), RP-text P1904 TR F1853=13/21 F1859=2/7 vs. a)pekatesta&qh, was restored (aorist passive with double augment), RP-marg F1853=8/21 F1859=4/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/21 F1859=1/7.
Mark 3:6 Kai\ e0celqo/ntej oi9 Farisai=oi eu0qe/wj meta_ tw~n 879Hrw%dianw~n sumbou/lion e0poi/oun kat' au0tou=, o3pwj au0to\n a)pole/swsin. Then the Pharisees immediately went out with the Herodians and took counsel against him, as to how they might destroy him. as to how they might (deliberative on the manner): or in order to (final).
Mark 3:7 Kai\ o9 870Ihsou=j a)nexw&rhsen meta_ tw~n maqhtw~n au0tou= pro\j th\n qa&lassan: kai\ polu\ plh=qoj a)po\ th=j Galilai/aj {RP-text P1904 TR: h0kolou/qhsan} [RP-marg: h0kolou/qhsen] au0tw%~, kai\ a)po\ th=j 870Ioudai/aj, Meanwhile Jesus withdrew with his disciples to the sea, and a very large number of people followed him, from Galilee and from Judaea, h0kolou/qhsan, (they) followed, RP-text P1904 TR F1853=17/21 F1859=4/6 vs. h0kolou/qhsen, (it) followed, RP-marg F1853=4/21 (Scrivener's lmnv) F1859=2/6.
We suspect a hiatus in Scrivener's P in F1859 from Mark 3:6 - Mark 5:23, and base our figures on that.
Mark 3:8 kai\ a)po\ 879Ierosolu/mwn, kai\ a)po\ th=j 870Idoumai/aj, kai\ pe/ran tou= 870Iorda&nou, kai\ oi9 peri\ Tu/ron kai\ Sidw~na, plh=qoj polu/, a)kou/santej o3sa e0poi/ei, h]lqon pro\j au0to/n. and from Jerusalem and from Idumaea and across the Jordan, while those from around Tyre and Sidon – a large community who had heard everything he was doing – came to him. community ← multitude.
everything ← as many (things) as.
Mark 3:9 Kai\ ei]pen toi=j maqhtai=j au0tou= i3na ploia&rion proskarterh|= au0tw%~ dia_ to\n o1xlon, i3na mh\ qli/bwsin au0to/n. So he told his disciples that a small boat should remain at hand for him on account of the crowd, so that they should not press on him,
Mark 3:10 Pollou\j ga_r e0qera&peusen, w#ste e0pipi/ptein au0tw%~, i3na au0tou= a#ywntai, o3soi ei]xon ma&stigaj. for he had healed many people, and as a result they converged on him in order that whoever had infirmities might touch him.
Mark 3:11 Kai\ ta_ pneu/mata ta_ a)ka&qarta, o3tan au0to\n {RP TR: e0qew&rei} [P1904: e0qew&roun], {RP TR: prose/pipten} [P1904: prose/pipton] au0tw%~, kai\ {RP TR: e1krazen} [P1904: e1krazon], le/gonta o3ti Su\ ei] o9 ui9o\j tou= qeou=. Also whenever the unclean spirits saw him, they would fall down before him and shout out saying, “You are the son of God”, e0qew&rei, were seeing (classical singular verb), RP TR F1853=19/21 F1859=3/6 vs. e0qew&roun, were seeing (non-classical plural verb), P1904 F1853=2/21 (Scrivener's cy) F1859=3/6.
prose/pipten, were falling down (classical singular verb), RP TR F1853=13/21 F1859=2/6 vs. prose/pipton, were falling down (non-classical plural verb), P1904 F1853=8/21 F1859=4/6.
e1krazen, were shouting out (classical singular verb), RP TR F1853=13/21 F1859=2/6 vs. e1krazon, were shouting out (non-classical plural verb), P1904 F1853=7/21 F1859=4/6 vs. another reading, F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's g) F1859=0/6.
Mark 3:12 Kai\ polla_ e0peti/ma au0toi=j i3na mh\ {RP P1904: fanero\n au0to\n} [TR: au0to\n fanero\n] poih/swsin. and he would rebuke them sharply so that they should not make him manifest. fanero\n au0to\n, (make) manifest + him, RP P1904 F1853=19/21 F1859=5/6 vs. au0to\n fanero\n, (make) him + manifest, TR F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's x) F1859=1/6 vs. another reading, F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's g) F1859=0/6.
sharply ← (in respect of) many (things).
Mark 3:13 Kai\ a)nabai/nei ei0j to\ o1roj, kai\ proskalei=tai ou4j h1qelen au0to/j: kai\ a)ph=lqon pro\j au0to/n. Then he went up into a mountain and called along those whom he himself wanted, and they went off to him, a mountain ← the mountain, or perhaps the mountain range. But see Gen 22:9.
Mark 3:14 Kai\ e0poi/hsen dw&deka, i3na w}sin met' au0tou=, kai\ i3na a)poste/llh| au0tou\j khru/ssein, and he appointed twelve, for them to be with him, and to send them to preach,
Mark 3:15 kai\ e1xein e0cousi/an qerapeu/ein ta_j no/souj, kai\ e0kba&llein ta_ daimo/nia: and to have authority to cure sicknesses and to cast out demons.
Mark 3:16 kai\ e0pe/qhken {RP TR: tw%~ Si/mwni o1noma} [P1904: o1noma tw%~ Si/mwni] Pe/tron: And he gave an additional name to Simon: Peter. tw%~ Si/mwni o1noma, to Simon + a name, RP TR F1853=20/21 F1859=5/6 vs. o1noma tw%~ Si/mwni, a name + to Simon, P1904 F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/6.
Mark 3:17 kai\ 870Ia&kwbon to\n tou= Zebedai/ou, kai\ 870Iwa&nnhn to\n a)delfo\n tou= 870Iakw&bou: kai\ e0pe/qhken au0toi=j o0no/mata Boanerge/j, o3 e0stin, Ui9oi\ Bronth=j: Furthermore he appointed James the son of Zebedee and John the brother of James, and he gave them additional names: Boanerges, which means “sons of thunder”, means ← is.
Mark 3:18 kai\ 870Andre/an, kai\ Fi/lippon, kai\ Barqolomai=on, kai\ Matqai=on, kai\ Qwma~n, kai\ 870Ia&kwbon to\n tou= 870Alfai/ou, kai\ Qaddai=on, kai\ Si/mwna to\n Kanani/thn, and Andrew and Philip and Bartholomew and Matthew and Thomas and James the son of Alphaeus and Thaddaeus and Simon the Kananite, Kananite: AV differs (Canaanite). The word here is from the Aramaic root qoph-nun-aleph, to be zealous, not kaph-nun-ayin, from which the demonym Canaanite, as in Gen 10:18, Zech 14:21, Matt 15:22 (with a different Greek spelling to that of this verse). Luke 6:15 translates Simon's title, Zealot.
Mark 3:19 kai\ 870Iou/dan 870Iskariw&thn, o4j kai\ pare/dwken au0to/n. Kai\ e1rxontai ei0j oi]kon: and Judas Iscariot, who for his part betrayed him. ¶ Then they went into a house, ¶ Verse division: in P1904 numbering, Mark 3:20 begins here.
for his part ← also.
Mark 3:20 kai\ sune/rxetai pa&lin o1xloj, w#ste mh\ du/nasqai au0tou\j {RP TR: mh/te} [P1904: mhde\] a!rton fagei=n. and again a crowd gathered, so that they could not even eat bread. mh/te, neither (but standing for mhde\), RP TR F1853=13/21 F1859=5/7 vs. mhde\, not even, P1904 F1853=7/21 F1859=2/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's c) F1859=0/7. No difference in our English.
Mark 3:21 Kai\ a)kou/santej oi9 par' au0tou= e0ch=lqon krath=sai au0to/n: e1legon ga_r o3ti 870Ece/sth. And when those close to him heard about it, they went out to take charge of him, for people were saying that he had gone out of his senses. that: we punctuate as indirect speech. RP and TBS-TR punctuate as direct speech: saying, “He has gone out of his senses.” The AV even translates in the present tense.
take charge ← take hold, control, but apparently not in a hostile sense here.
Mark 3:22 Kai\ oi9 grammatei=j oi9 a)po\ 879Ierosolu/mwn kataba&ntej e1legon o3ti Beelzebou\l e1xei, kai\ o3ti 870En tw%~ a!rxonti tw~n daimoni/wn e0kba&llei ta_ daimo/nia. Now the scribes who had come down from Jerusalem said that he was possessed by Beelzebul, and that he cast out the demons by the ruler of the demons. that (2x): we punctuate as indirect speech. RP and TBS-TR punctuate as direct speech: saying, “He is possessed by Beelzebul, and he casts out ...”
was possessed by ← had.
Mark 3:23 Kai\ proskalesa&menoj au0tou/j, e0n parabolai=j e1legen au0toi=j, Pw~j du/natai Satana~j Satana~n e0kba&llein; So he called them to himself and spoke to them in parables: “How can Satan cast out Satan?
Mark 3:24 Kai\ e0a_n basilei/a e0f' e9auth\n merisqh|=, ou0 du/natai staqh=nai h9 basilei/a e0kei/nh. And if a kingdom is divided against itself, that kingdom cannot stand.
Mark 3:25 Kai\ e0a_n oi0ki/a e0f' e9auth\n merisqh|=, ou0 du/natai staqh=nai h9 oi0ki/a e0kei/nh. And if a house is divided against itself, that house cannot stand.
Mark 3:26 Kai\ ei0 o9 Satana~j a)ne/sth e0f' e9auto\n kai\ meme/ristai, ou0 du/natai staqh=nai, a)lla_ te/loj e1xei. And if Satan has risen up against himself and is divided, he cannot stand, but is finished. is finished ← has an end.
Mark 3:27 {RP P1904: Ou0dei\j du/natai} [TR: Ou0 du/natai ou0dei\j] ta_ skeu/h tou= i0sxurou=, ei0selqw_n ei0j th\n oi0ki/an au0tou=, diarpa&sai, e0a_n mh\ prw~ton to\n i0sxuro\n dh/sh|, kai\ to/te th\n oi0ki/an au0tou= {RP-text: diarpa&sh|} [RP-marg P1904 TR: diarpa&sei]. No-one can plunder the goods of a strong man, after entering his house, unless he first binds the strong man, and then he can plunder his house. ou0dei\j du/natai, no-one + can, RP P1904 F1853=19/21 F1859=4/6 vs. ou0 du/natai ou0dei\j, not can + anyone, TR F1853=2/21 (Scrivener's ux, u being very doubtful) F1859=2/6.
diarpa&sh|, may plunder, RP-text F1853=10/21 F1859=4/6 vs. diarpa&sei, will plunder, RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=10/21 F1859=2/6 vs. another reading, F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's c) F1859=0/6. Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=14:14.
can ← {RP-text P1904: will} [RP-marg TR: may], a Hebraism.
Mark 3:28 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n, o3ti pa&nta a)feqh/setai {RP TR: ta_ a(marth/mata toi=j ui9oi=j tw~n a)nqrw&pwn} [P1904: toi=j ui9oi=j tw~n a)nqrw&pwn ta_ a(marth/mata], kai\ {RP TR: - } [P1904: ai9] blasfhmi/ai o3saj {RP TR: a@n} [P1904: e0a_n] blasfhmh/swsin: Truly, I say to you that the sons of men will be forgiven all their sins and whatever blasphemies they perpetrate, ta_ a(marth/mata toi=j ui9oi=j tw~n a)nqrw&pwn, the sins + to the sons of men, RP TR F1853=19/21 F1859=4/6 vs. toi=j ui9oi=j tw~n a)nqrw&pwn ta_ a(marth/mata, to the sons of men + the sins, P1904 F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/6 vs. another reading, F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's c) F1859=0/6.
ai9, the (blasphemies): absent in RP TR F1853=19/21 F1859=2/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=2/21 (Scrivener's sy) F1859=4/6. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=8.8 PV=0.3%.
a@n, (what)ever (1), RP TR F1853=20/21 F1859=5/6 vs. e0a_n, (what)ever (2), P1904 F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/6.
will be forgiven all their sins (etc.) ← all their sins (etc.) will be forgiven them.
Mark 3:29 o4j d' a@n blasfhmh/sh| ei0j to\ pneu=ma to\ a#gion, ou0k e1xei a!fesin ei0j to\n ai0w~na, a)ll' e1noxo/j e0stin ai0wni/ou kri/sewj. but whoever blasphemes against the holy spirit does not have forgiveness throughout the age, but is liable to age-abiding judgment.” throughout the age: we typically take this to refer to the great Messianic age.
Mark 3:30 873Oti e1legon, Pneu=ma a)ka&qarton e1xei. He said this because they said, “He is possessed by an unclean spirit.” is possessed by ← has.
Mark 3:31 871Erxontai ou]n {RP TR: oi9 a)delfoi\ kai\ h9 mh/thr au0tou=} [P1904: h9 mh/thr au0tou= kai\ oi9 a)delfoi\ au0tou=], kai\ e1cw e9stw~tej a)pe/steilan pro\j au0to/n, fwnou=ntej au0to/n. Then {RP TR: his brothers and mother} [P1904: his mother and his brothers] came and stood outside and sent men to him, calling him. oi9 a)delfoi\ kai\ h9 mh/thr au0tou=, the brothers + and the mother of him, RP TR F1853=16/21 F1859=4/6 vs. h9 mh/thr au0tou= kai\ oi9 a)delfoi\ au0tou=, the mother of him + and the brothers of him, P1904 F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/6 vs. other readings, F1853=4/21 (Scrivener's ceqp) F1859=1/6.
Mark 3:32 Kai\ e0ka&qhto {RP TR: o1xloj peri\ au0to/n} [P1904: peri\ au0to\n o1xloj]: ei]pon de\ au0tw%~, 870Idou/, h9 mh/thr sou kai\ oi9 a)delfoi/ sou {RP: kai\ ai9 a)delfai/ sou} [P1904 TR: - ] e1cw zhtou=si/n se. Meanwhile a crowd was sitting around him, and they said to him, “Excuse us, but your mother and your brothers {RP: and your sisters} [P1904 TR: - ] outside are looking for you.” o1xloj peri\ au0to/n, a crowd + around him, RP TR F1853=16/21 F1859=2/6 vs. peri\ au0to\n o1xloj, around him + a crowd, P1904 F1853=5/21 F1859=4/6.
kai\ ai9 a)delfai/ sou, and your sisters: present in RP F1853=15/21 F1859=3/6 vs. absent in P1904 TR F1853=6/21 VulgC VulgS SyrP F1859=3/6. AV differs textually.
Excuse us, but ← behold.
Mark 3:33 Kai\ a)pekri/qh au0toi=j le/gwn, Ti/j e0stin h9 mh/thr mou h2 oi9 a)delfoi/ mou; Then he replied to them and said, “Who is my mother or my brothers?”
Mark 3:34 Kai\ peribleya&menoj ku/klw% tou\j peri\ au0to\n kaqhme/nouj, le/gei, 871Ide, h9 mh/thr mou kai\ oi9 a)delfoi/ mou. Then after he had looked around at those sitting around him, he said, “Behold my mother and my brothers.
Mark 3:35 874Oj ga_r a@n poih/sh| to\ qe/lhma tou= qeou=, ou[toj a)delfo/j mou kai\ a)delfh/ mou kai\ mh/thr e0sti/n. For it is whoever does the will of God who is my brother, and my sister, and my mother.” who ← this (one).
Mark 4:1 Kai\ pa&lin h1rcato dida&skein para_ th\n qa&lassan. Kai\ sunh/xqh pro\j au0to\n o1xloj polu/j, w#ste au0to\n e0mba&nta ei0j to\ ploi=on kaqh=sqai e0n th|= qala&ssh|: kai\ pa~j o9 o1xloj pro\j th\n qa&lassan e0pi\ th=j gh=j {RP TR: h]n} [P1904: h]san]. Next he began to teach again by the sea, and a large crowd gathered around him, so that he went on board a boat to sit in on the sea, while the whole crowd was by the sea on land. h]n, was, RP TR F1853=20/21 F1859=5/6 vs. h]san, were, P1904 F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/6. No difference in our English.
gathered around ← gathered to.
Mark 4:2 Kai\ e0di/dasken au0tou\j e0n parabolai=j polla&, kai\ e1legen au0toi=j e0n th|= didaxh|= au0tou=, And he taught them many things in parables, and he said to them in the course of his teaching,
Mark 4:3 870Akou/ete: i0dou/, e0ch=lqen o9 spei/rwn tou= spei=rai: “Listen. A sower once went out to sow seed. once ← behold, here drawing the reader's attention to a story.
Mark 4:4 kai\ e0ge/neto e0n tw%~ spei/rein, o4 me\n e1pesen {RP TR: para_} [P1904: e0pi\] th\n o9do/n, kai\ {RP TR: h]lqen} [P1904: h]lqon] ta_ peteina_ {RP P1904: - } [TR: tou= ou0ranou=] kai\ kate/fagen au0to/. And it so happened that as he sowed, some seed fell {RP TR: beside} [P1904: on] the road, and the birds {RP P1904: - } [TR: of the sky] came and ate it up. para_, to alongside, RP TR F1853=20/21 F1859=5/6 vs. e0pi\, onto, P1904 F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/6.
h]lqe¨n©, came (classical singular verb), RP TR F1853=19/21 F1859=6/6 vs. h]lqon, came (non-classical plural verb), P1904 F1853=2/21 (Scrivener's py) F1859=0/6.
tou= ou0ranou=, of the sky: absent in RP P1904 F1853=18/21 F1859=5/6 vs. present in TR F1853=3/21 (Scrivener's cux, u being very doubtful) F1859=1/6.
Mark 4:5 {RP TR: 871Allo de\} [P1904: Kai\ a!llo] e1pesen e0pi\ to\ petrw~dej, o3pou ou0k ei]xen gh=n pollh/n: kai\ eu0qe/wj e0cane/teilen, dia_ to\ mh\ e1xein ba&qoj gh=j: {RP TR: But} [P1904: And] some fell on stony ground, where it did not have much soil, and it immediately sprang up through not having depth of soil, a!llo de\, but other, RP TR F1853=20/21 F1859=4/6 vs. kai\ a!llo, and other, P1904 F1853=0/21 F1859=1/6 vs. kai\ a!llo de\, and also other, F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/6.
Mark 4:6 h9li/ou de\ a)natei/lantoj e0kaumati/sqh, kai\ dia_ to\ mh\ e1xein r(i/zan e0chra&nqh. but when the sun rose, it was scorched, and because it did not have a root, it withered.
Mark 4:7 Kai\ a!llo e1pesen ei0j ta_j a)ka&nqaj, kai\ a)ne/bhsan ai9 a!kanqai, kai\ sune/pnican au0to/, kai\ karpo\n ou0k e1dwken. And some fell into the thorn bushes, and the thorn plants came up and choked it, and it did not yield any fruit.
Mark 4:8 Kai\ a!llo e1pesen ei0j th\n gh=n th\n kalh/n: kai\ e0di/dou karpo\n a)nabai/nonta kai\ au0ca&nonta, kai\ e1feren {RP P1904: e0n} [TR: e4n] tria&konta, kai\ {RP P1904: e0n} [TR: e4n] e9ch/konta, kai\ {RP P1904: e0n} [TR: e4n] e9kato/n. And other seed fell onto good ground, and while it sprang up and grew, it yielded produce, and some produced a thirtyfold return, and some a sixtyfold, and some a hundredfold.” e0n (3x), in, RP P1904 F1859=5/6 vs. e4n, (the) one, TBS-TR F1859=1/6. There was (presumably) no indication of the breathing in the original; it is the choice of a scribe or modern editor. No remarks in F1853. Our English is not affected.
produce ← fruit.
Mark 4:9 Kai\ e1legen {RP: - } [P1904 TR: au0toi=j], 879O e1xwn w}ta a)kou/ein a)koue/tw. And he said {RP: - } [P1904 TR: to them], “He who has ears to hear, let him hear.” au0toi=j, to them: absent in RP F1853=18/21 F1859=4/6 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=3/21 (Scrivener's uxy, u being very doubtful) F1859=2/6.
Mark 4:10 873Ote de\ e0ge/neto katamo/naj, h0rw&thsan au0to\n oi9 peri\ au0to\n su\n toi=j dw&deka th\n parabolh/n. Then when he was alone, those around him with the twelve asked him the meaning of the parable,
Mark 4:11 Kai\ e1legen au0toi=j, 879Umi=n de/dotai gnw~nai {RP TR: to\ musth/rion} [P1904: ta_ musth/ria] th=j basilei/aj tou= qeou=: e0kei/noij de\ toi=j e1cw, e0n parabolai=j ta_ pa&nta gi/netai: and he said to them, “To you it has been granted to know the {RP TR: mystery} [P1904: mysteries] of the kingdom of God, but to those outside, everything comes in parables, to\ musth/rion, the mystery, RP TR F1853=19/21 F1859=4/6 vs. ta_ musth/ria, the mysteries, P1904 F1853=2/21 (Scrivener's my) F1859=2/6.
comes ← becomes.
Mark 4:12 i3na ble/pontej ble/pwsin, kai\ mh\ i1dwsin: kai\ a)kou/ontej a)kou/wsin, kai\ mh\ suniw~sin: mh/pote e0pistre/ywsin, kai\ a)feqh|= au0toi=j ta_ a(marth/mata.

In order that they should definitely see

But not perceive,

And they will definitely hear

But not understand,

Lest they should repent,

And they should be forgiven their sins.”

 Isa 6:9, Isa 6:10.
definitely see ← looking look.
definitely hear ← hearing hear.
repent ← return.
they should be forgiven their sins ← their sins should be forgiven them.
Mark 4:13 Kai\ le/gei au0toi=j, Ou0k oi1date th\n parabolh\n tau/thn; Kai\ pw~j pa&saj ta_j parabola_j gnw&sesqe; And he said to them, “Do you not know the meaning of this parable? How then can you know the meaning of any parable? can ← will, a Hebraism.
any parable ← all the parables. In Hebrew and Aramaic (e.g. Dan 2:10) after a negative, all is used for any. We have a virtual negative here you do not know ... .
Mark 4:14 879O spei/rwn to\n lo/gon spei/rei. The sower sows the word.
Mark 4:15 Ou[toi de/ ei0sin oi9 para_ th\n o9do/n, o3pou spei/retai o9 lo/goj, kai\ o3tan a)kou/swsin, {RP TR: eu0qe/wj} [P1904: eu0qu\j] e1rxetai o9 Satana~j kai\ ai1rei to\n lo/gon to\n e0sparme/non e0n tai=j kardi/aij au0tw~n. One group are those alongside the road where the word is sown, but when they hear it, Satan immediately comes and removes the word sown in their hearts. eu0qe/wj, immediately (1), RP TR F1853=20/21 F1859=4/6 vs. eu0qu\j, immediately (2), P1904 F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/6.
one group ... another group ← these ... these. The other groups are in verses 16,18,20.
Mark 4:16 Kai\ {RP TR: ou[toi/ ei0sin o9moi/wj} [P1904: ou[toi o9moi/wj ei0si\n] oi9 e0pi\ ta_ petrw&dh speiro/menoi, oi3, o3tan a)kou/swsin to\n lo/gon, {RP TR: eu0qe/wj} [P1904: eu0qu\j] meta_ xara~j lamba&nousin au0to/n, And another group are like those sown on the stony ground, who, when they hear the word, immediately receive it with joy, ei0sin o9moi/wj, are + like, RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=4/6 vs. o9moi/wj ei0si\n, like + are, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=1/6 vs. ei0si\n, are, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/6.
eu0qe/wj, immediately (1), RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=6/6 vs. eu0qu\j, immediately (2), P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=0/6 vs. absent, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's u) F1859=0/6.
Mark 4:17 kai\ ou0k e1xousin r(i/zan e0n e9autoi=j, a)lla_ pro/skairoi/ ei0sin: ei]ta genome/nhj qli/yewj h2 diwgmou= dia_ to\n lo/gon, {RP TR: eu0qe/wj} [P1904: eu0qu\j] skandali/zontai. but they do not have an inward root, but rather are for a season. Then when affliction or persecution comes on account of the word, they immediately stumble. eu0qe/wj, immediately (1), RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=6/6 vs. eu0qu\j, immediately (2), P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=0/6.
Mark 4:18 Kai\ ou[toi/ ei0sin oi9 ei0j ta_j a)ka&nqaj speiro/menoi, {RP P1904 S1894: - } [S1550 E1624: ou[toi/ ei0sin] oi9 to\n lo/gon a)kou/ontej, And another group are those sown in the thorn {RP P1904 S1894: bushes,} [S1550 E1624: bushes. These are those] who hear the word, Second occurrence in verse: ou[toi/ ei0sin, these are they: absent in RP P1904 S1894 F1853=17/20 F1859=5/6 vs. present in S1550 E1624 F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's oux, u being very doubtful) F1859=1/6.
Mark 4:19 kai\ ai9 me/rimnai tou= ai0w~noj tou/tou, kai\ h9 a)pa&th tou= plou/tou, kai\ ai9 peri\ ta_ loipa_ e0piqumi/ai ei0sporeuo/menai sumpni/gousin to\n lo/gon, kai\ a!karpoj gi/netai. but the cares of this age and the deceit of riches and the desires in regard to other matters, when they come in, choke the word, and it becomes unfruitful. but: adversative use of kai/.
other ← remaining.
Mark 4:20 Kai\ ou[toi/ ei0sin oi9 e0pi\ th\n gh=n th\n kalh\n spare/ntej, oi3tinej a)kou/ousin to\n lo/gon, kai\ parade/xontai, kai\ karpoforou=sin, {RP P1904: e0n} [TR: e4n] tria&konta, kai\ {RP P1904: e0n} [TR: e4n] e9ch/konta, kai\ {RP P1904: e0n} [TR: e4n] e9kato/n. And another group are those sown on the good ground, who hear the word and receive it and bear fruit, some a thirtyfold return, and some a sixtyfold, and some a hundredfold.” e0n (3x), in, RP P1904 F1859=6/6 vs. e4n, (the) one, TBS-TR F1859=0/6. No remarks on the issue in F1853. Compare Mark 4:8.
Mark 4:21 Kai\ e1legen au0toi=j, Mh/ti {RP TR: o9 lu/xnoj e1rxetai} [P1904: e1rxetai o9 lu/xnoj] i3na u9po\ to\n mo/dion teqh|= h2 u9po\ th\n kli/nhn; Ou0x i3na e0pi\ th\n luxni/an e0piteqh|=; Furthermore he said to them, “A lamp isn't brought to be put under a bushel of corn or under a bed, is it? It is to be put on a lampstand, isn't it? o9 lu/xnoj e1rxetai, the lamp + comes, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=5/6 vs. e1rxetai o9 lu/xnoj, comes + the lamp, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/6.
isn't brought ← does not come.
bushel ← peck, 2 imperial gallons or 9 litres, e.g. of corn or hay. See Matt 5:15.
Mark 4:22 Ou0 ga&r {RP TR: e0sti/n ti} [P1904: e0sti] krupto/n, o4 e0a_n mh\ fanerwqh|=: ou0de\ e0ge/neto a)po/krufon, a)ll' i3na {RP TR: ei0j fanero\n e1lqh|} [P1904: e1lqh| ei0j fanero/n]. For there is nothing hidden whatever which will not be made manifest, nor has anything secret taken place but that it will come into the open. ti, (is no) thing: present in RP TR F1853=10/20 F1859=3/6 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=10/20 F1859=3/6. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=14:14.
ei0j fanero\n e1lqh|, into open come, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=5/6 vs. e1lqh| ei0j fanero/n, come into open, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/6.
Mark 4:23 Ei1 tij e1xei w}ta a)kou/ein a)koue/tw. If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear.”
Mark 4:24 Kai\ e1legen au0toi=j, Ble/pete ti/ a)kou/ete. 870En w%{ me/trw% metrei=te metrhqh/setai u9mi=n, kai\ prosteqh/setai u9mi=n toi=j a)kou/ousin. And he said to them, “Watch out with what you hear. By the same measure by which you measure, it will be meted out to you. And to you who hear, the measure will be increased. the measure will be increased ← it will be added to.
Mark 4:25 874Oj ga_r a@n e1xh|, doqh/setai au0tw%~: kai\ o4j ou0k e1xei, kai\ o4 e1xei a)rqh/setai a)p' au0tou=. For to whoever has, more will be given. But from him who does not have, even what he has will be taken away.”
Mark 4:26 Kai\ e1legen, Ou3twj e0sti\n h9 basilei/a tou= qeou=, w(j {RP TR: e0a_n} [P1904: a@n] a!nqrwpoj ba&lh| to\n spo/ron e0pi\ th=j gh=j, And he said, “So is the kingdom of God, as if a man were casting seed on the ground, e0a_n, (as) if (1), RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=6/7 vs. a@n, (as) if (2), P1904 F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's dh) F1859=1/7.
Mark 4:27 kai\ kaqeu/dh| kai\ e0gei/rhtai nu/kta kai\ h9me/ran, kai\ o9 spo/roj blasta&nh| kai\ mhku/nhtai w(j ou0k oi]den au0to/j. and should sleep and get up night and day, and the seed should sprout and grow long in a way he is unaware of,
Mark 4:28 Au0toma&th ga_r h9 gh= karpoforei=, prw~ton xo/rton, ei]ta sta&xun, ei]ta plh/rh si=ton e0n tw%~ sta&xui+. for the land produces fruit spontaneously: first the blade, then the ear, then the full corn in the ear.
Mark 4:29 873Otan de\ paradw%~ o9 karpo/j, eu0qe/wj a)poste/llei to\ dre/panon, o3ti pare/sthken o9 qerismo/j. But when the fruit yields itself, he immediately sends out the sickle, because the harvest is at hand.”
Mark 4:30 Kai\ e1legen, {RP TR: Ti/ni} [P1904: Pw~j] {RP-text P1904 TR: o9moiw&swmen} [RP-marg: o9moiw&somen] th\n basilei/an tou= qeou=; 872H e0n {RP TR: poi/a%} [P1904: ti/ni] parabolh|= paraba&lwmen au0th/n; And he said, {RP TR: “To what} [P1904: “How] {RP-text P1904 TR: should} [RP-marg: shall] we liken the kingdom of God? Or {RP TR: with what kind of} [P1904: with what] parable should we represent it? ti/ni, to what, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=4/6 vs. pw~j, how, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/6.
o9moiw&swmen, should we liken (deliberative subjunctive), RP-text P1904 TR F1853=11/21 F1859=4/6 vs. o9moiw&somen, shall we liken (future indicative), RP-marg F1853=10/21 F1859=1/6 vs. another reading, F1853=0/21, F1859=1/6.
poi/a%, to what kind, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=4/6 vs. ti/ni, to what, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/6.
should we represent ← are we to represent (in a parable), deliberative subjunctive.
Mark 4:31 879Wj {RP P1904: ko/kkon} [TR: ko/kkw%] sina&pewj, o3j, o3tan sparh|= e0pi\ th=j gh=j, mikro/teroj pa&ntwn tw~n sperma&twn e0sti\n tw~n e0pi\ th=j gh=j: It is like a grain of mustard seed, which, when it is sown on the ground is the smallest of all the seeds which are on the earth, ko/kkon, a grain, RP P1904 F1853=17/20 F1859=4/6 vs. ko/kkw%, (to) a grain, TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's ux, u being very doubtful) F1859=2/6 vs. another reading, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's c) F1859=0/6. No difference in our English.
mustard seed: see Matt 13:32.
smallest ← smaller, Greek comparative for superlative.
Mark 4:32 kai\ o3tan sparh|=, a)nabai/nei, kai\ gi/netai {RP TR: pa&ntwn tw~n laxa&nwn mei/zwn} [P1904: mei/zwn pa&ntwn tw~n laxa&nwn], kai\ poiei= kla&douj mega&louj, w#ste du/nasqai u9po\ th\n skia_n au0tou= ta_ peteina_ tou= ou0ranou= kataskhnou=n. but when it is sown, it comes up and becomes bigger than all the other vegetables and puts out big branches, so that the birds of the sky can settle in its shade.” pa&ntwn tw~n laxa&nwn mei/zwn, than all the vegetables + bigger, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=4/6 vs. mei/zwn pa&ntwn tw~n laxa&nwn, bigger + than all the vegetables, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/6.
Mark 4:33 Kai\ toiau/taij parabolai=j pollai=j e0la&lei au0toi=j to\n lo/gon, kaqw_j {RP: e0du/nanto} [P1904 TR: h0du/nanto] a)kou/ein: And he spoke the word to them in many such parables, inasmuch as they were able to give them a hearing. e0du/nanto, they were able (1), RP F1853=15/20 F1859=4/6 vs. h0du/nanto, they were able (2), P1904 TR F1853=5/20 F1859=2/6.
Mark 4:34 xwri\j de\ parabolh=j ou0k e0la&lei au0toi=j {RP TR: - } [P1904: to\n lo/gon]: kat' i0di/an de\ toi=j maqhtai=j au0tou= e0pe/luen pa&nta. Indeed he did not speak {RP TR: - } [P1904: the word] to them without using a parable. But he did explain everything privately to his disciples. to\n lo/gon, the word: absent in RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=4/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/6.
explain ← release.
Mark 4:35 Kai\ le/gei au0toi=j e0n e0kei/nh| th|= h9me/ra%, o0yi/aj genome/nhj, Die/lqwmen ei0j to\ pe/ran. And he said to them on that day when evening had come, “Let's go across to the other side.”
Mark 4:36 Kai\ a)fe/ntej to\n o1xlon, paralamba&nousin au0to\n w(j h]n e0n tw%~ ploi/w%. Kai\ a!lla de\ {RP TR: ploia&ria} [P1904: ploi=a] h]n met' au0tou=. Then when they had sent the crowd away, they took him along, just as he was, in the boat. And there were other {RP TR: small boats} [P1904: boats] with him. ploia&ria, small boats, RP TR F1853=17/20 F1859=2/6 vs. ploi=a, boats, P1904 F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's eoy) F1859=4/6.
Mark 4:37 Kai\ gi/netai lai=lay a)ne/mou mega&lh: ta_ de\ ku/mata {RP-text P1904 TR: e0pe/ballen} [RP-marg: e0pe/balen] ei0j to\ ploi=on, w#ste {RP TR: au0to\ h1dh} [P1904: h1dh au0to\] {RP TR: gemi/zesqai} [P1904: buqi/zesqai]. And a severe windy storm arose, and the waves {RP-text P1904 TR: were breaking over} [RP-marg: broke over] into the boat, so that it was already {RP TR: filling up} [P1904: sinking]. e0pe/ballen, were breaking over, RP-text P1904 TR F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's chux) F1859=5/8 vs. e0pe/balen, broke over, RP-marg F1853=14/20 F1859=2/8 vs. other readings, F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's ek) F1859=1/8. A disparity with RP-text, R=11:16.
au0to\ h1dh, it + already, RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=5/6 vs. h1dh au0to\, already + it, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's g) F1859=1/6 vs. another reading, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=0/6.
gemi/zesqai, filling up, RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=5/6 vs. buqi/zesqai, sinking, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/6 vs. another reading, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's d) F1859=0/6.
Mark 4:38 Kai\ h]n au0to\j e0pi\ th|= pru/mnh| e0pi\ to\ proskefa&laion kaqeu/dwn: kai\ diegei/rousin au0to/n, kai\ le/gousin au0tw%~, Dida&skale, ou0 me/lei soi o3ti a)pollu/meqa; And he was at the stern, sleeping on a pillow, and they woke him up and said to him, “Teacher, is it not of concern to you that we are in mortal danger?” in mortal danger ← perishing.
Mark 4:39 Kai\ diegerqei\j e0peti/mhsen tw%~ a)ne/mw%, kai\ ei]pen th|= qala&ssh|, Siw&pa, pefi/mwso. Kai\ e0ko/pasen o9 a!nemoj, kai\ e0ge/neto galh/nh mega&lh. And when he woke up, he rebuked the wind, and he said to the sea, “Be quiet; be silenced.” And the wind abated, and a great calm came. silenced ← muzzled. A perfect tense imperative. Another in Acts 23:30.
Mark 4:40 Kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j, Ti/ deiloi/ e0ste ou3twj; Pw~j ou0k e1xete pi/stin; Then he said to them, “Why are you fearful like this? How come you do not have faith?”
Mark 4:41 Kai\ e0fobh/qhsan fo/bon me/gan, kai\ e1legon pro\j a)llh/louj, Ti/j a!ra ou[to/j e0stin, o3ti kai\ o9 a!nemoj kai\ h9 qa&lassa u9pakou/ousin au0tw%~; And they were very afraid, and they said to each other, “Who can this be then, seeing both the wind and sea obey him?” were very afraid ← feared a great fear.
Mark 5:1 Kai\ h]lqon ei0j to\ pe/ran th=j qala&sshj, ei0j th\n xw&ran tw~n {RP TR: Gadarhnw~n} [P1904: Gergeshnw~n]. Then they came to the other side of the sea, to the district of the {RP TR: Gadarenes} [P1904: Gergesenes], Gadarhnw~n, Gadarenes, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=4/6 vs. Gergeshnw~n, Gergesenes, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/6 vs. another reading, F1853=0/20, F1859=1/6.
Mark 5:2 Kai\ {RP TR: e0celqo/nti au0tw%~} [P1904: e0celqo/ntoj au0tou=] e0k tou= ploi/ou, eu0qe/wj a)ph/nthsen au0tw%~ e0k tw~n mnhmei/wn a!nqrwpoj e0n pneu/mati a)kaqa&rtw%, and when he had disembarked from the boat, a man from the tombs who was possessed by an unclean spirit immediately went to meet him. e0celqo/nti au0tw%~, him having disembarked (concordant participle), RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=4/6 vs. e0celqo/ntoj au0tou=, him having disembarked (genitive absolute), P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/6.
who was possessed by ← in.
Mark 5:3 o4j th\n katoi/khsin ei]xen e0n toi=j {RP P1904: mnh/masin} [TR: mnhmei/oij]: kai\ ou1te a(lu/sesin ou0dei\j {RP: e0du/nato} [P1904 TR: h0du/nato] au0to\n dh=sai, He had his dwelling in the tombs, and no-one could bind him even with chains, mnh/masi¨n©, tombs (1), RP P1904 F1853=19/20 F1859=6/7 vs. mnhmei/oij, tombs (2), TR F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's x) F1859=1/7.
e0du/nanto, they were able (1), RP F1853=12/20 F1859=6/6 vs. h0du/nanto, they were able (2), P1904 TR F1853=8/20 F1859=0/6.
Mark 5:4 dia_ to\ au0to\n polla&kij pe/daij kai\ a(lu/sesin dede/sqai, kai\ diespa~sqai u9p' au0tou= ta_j a(lu/seij, kai\ ta_j pe/daj suntetri/fqai: kai\ ou0dei\j {RP TR: au0to\n i1sxuen} [P1904: i1sxuen au0to\n] dama&sai: because he had often been bound in shackles and chains, but the chains had been torn apart by him and the shackles broken, and no-one was able to tame him. au0to\n i1sxuen, him (no-one) + could, RP TR F1853=14/20 F1859=1/6 vs. i1sxuen au0to\n, could + (tame) him, P1904 F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's ey) F1859=4/6 vs. another reading, F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's clmn) F1859=1/6.
Mark 5:5 kai\ dia_ panto/j, nukto\j kai\ h9me/raj, e0n toi=j {RP TR: o1resin kai\ e0n toi=j mnh/masin} [P1904: mnh/masi kai\ e0n toi=j o1resin] h]n kra&zwn kai\ katako/ptwn e9auto\n li/qoij. And he was always in the {RP TR: mountains and the tombs} [P1904: tombs and the mountains], night and day, shouting and lacerating himself with stones. o1resi¨n© kai\ e0n toi=j mnh/masi¨n©, (in the) mountains + and in the tombs, RP TR F1853=13/20 F1859=2/6 vs. mnh/masi¨n© kai\ e0n toi=j o1resi¨n©, (in the) tombs + and in the mountains, P1904 F1853=7/20 F1859=4/6.
Mark 5:6 870Idw_n de\ to\n 870Ihsou=n a)po\ makro/qen, e1dramen kai\ proseku/nhsen {RP TR: au0tw%~} [P1904: au0to/n], Then when he saw Jesus from a distance, he ran and worshipped him, au0tw%~, him (dative), RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=5/6 vs. au0to/n, him (accusative), P1904 F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's py) F1859=1/6.
worshipped: or bowed down to.
Mark 5:7 kai\ kra&caj fwnh|= mega&lh| {RP TR: ei]pen} [P1904: le/gei], Ti/ e0moi\ kai\ soi/, 870Ihsou=, ui9e\ tou= qeou= tou= u9yi/stou; 879Orki/zw se to\n qeo/n, mh/ me basani/sh|j. and he cried out in a loud voice and said, “What have I to do with you, Jesus, son of the Most High God? I adjure you by God not to torment me.” ei]pen, said, RP TR F1853=16/20 F1859=3/6 vs. le/gei, says (vivid present for past), P1904 F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's deoy) F1859=3/6.
what have I to do with you ← what to you and to me.
Mark 5:8 871Elegen ga_r au0tw%~, 871Ecelqe, to\ pneu=ma to\ a)ka&qarton, e0k tou= a)nqrw&pou. For he had been saying to him, “Come out of the man, you unclean spirit.”
Mark 5:9 Kai\ e0phrw&ta au0to/n, Ti/ {RP TR: soi o1noma} [P1904: o1noma& soi]; Kai\ a)pekri/qh, le/gwn, Legew_n o1noma& moi, o3ti polloi/ e0smen. And he had asked him, “What is your name?” And he had answered and said, “My name is Legion, for we are many.” soi o1noma, to you + a name, RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=4/6 vs. o1noma& soi, a name + to you, P1904 F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's oy) F1859=2/6.
Mark 5:10 Kai\ pareka&lei au0to\n polla&, i3na mh\ {RP TR: au0tou\j a)postei/lh|} [P1904: a)postei/lh| au0tou\j] e1cw th=j xw&raj. And he pleaded with him earnestly that he should not send them out of the district. au0tou\j a)postei/lh|, them + he should send, RP TR F1853=14/20 F1859=2/6 vs. a)postei/lh| au0tou\j, he should send + them, P1904 F1853=5/20 F1859=2/6 vs. other readings, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's o) F1859=2/6.
earnestly ← many (things).
Mark 5:11 87]Hn de\ e0kei= {RP: pro\j tw%~ o1rei} [P1904: - ] [TR: pro\j ta_ o1rh] a)ge/lh xoi/rwn mega&lh boskome/nh {RP TR: - } [P1904: pro\j tw%~ o1rei]: Now a large herd of pigs was feeding there near the {RP P1904: mountain} [TR: mountains], pro\j tw%~ o1rei, near the mountain, RP F1853=14/20 F1859=2/6 vs. pro\j tw%~ o1rei moved to end of verse: P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=3/6 vs. pro\j ta_ o1rh, near the mountains, TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's ux, u being very doubtful) F1859=0/6 vs. other readings, F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's efs) F1859=1/6.
Mark 5:12 kai\ pareka&lesan au0to\n pa&ntej oi9 dai/monej, le/gontej, Pe/myon h9ma~j ei0j tou\j xoi/rouj, i3na ei0j au0tou\j ei0se/lqwmen. and all the demons pleaded with him and said, “Send us into the pigs, so that we can go into them.”
Mark 5:13 Kai\ e0pe/treyen au0toi=j eu0qe/wj o9 870Ihsou=j. Kai\ e0celqo/nta ta_ pneu/mata ta_ a)ka&qarta ei0sh=lqon ei0j tou\j xoi/rouj: kai\ w#rmhsen h9 a)ge/lh kata_ tou= krhmnou= ei0j th\n qa&lassan: h]san de\ w(j disxi/lioi: kai\ e0pni/gonto e0n th|= qala&ssh|. At this Jesus immediately permitted them. So the unclean spirits came out and entered into the pigs, at which the herd rushed headlong down the cliff into the sea. There were about two thousand of them, and they drowned in the sea. there were ← and there were.
drowned ← were being suffocated, but also used for drowning [LS].
Mark 5:14 {RP TR: Oi9 de\} [P1904: Kai\ oi9] bo/skontej tou\j xoi/rouj e1fugon, kai\ {RP TR: a)nh/ggeilan} [P1904: a)ph/ggeilan] ei0j th\n po/lin kai\ ei0j tou\j a)grou/j. Kai\ e0ch=lqon i0dei=n ti/ e0stin to\ gegono/j: And those tending the pigs fled and reported it in the city and in the fields. Then they went out to see what it was that had happened, oi9 de\, and / but they, RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=3/6 vs. kai\ oi9, and they, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=3/6.
a)nh/ggeilan, report (back), RP TR F1853=17/20 F1859=3/6 vs. a)ph/ggeilan , report, bring tidings, P1904 F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's doy) F1859=3/6.
Mark 5:15 kai\ e1rxontai pro\j to\n 870Ihsou=n, kai\ qewrou=sin to\n daimonizo/menon kaqh/menon kai\ i9matisme/non kai\ swfronou=nta, to\n e0sxhko/ta to\n Legew~na: kai\ e0fobh/qhsan. and they came to Jesus and saw the man possessed by a demon sitting, and clothed, and in his senses – the one who had been possessed by Legion – and they were afraid. had been possessed by ← having had.
Mark 5:16 {RP: Dihgh/santo de\} [P1904 TR: Kai\ dihgh/santo] au0toi=j oi9 i0do/ntej pw~j e0ge/neto tw%~ daimonizome/nw%, kai\ peri\ tw~n xoi/rwn. And those who had seen how it happened to the man possessed by a demon described it to them, and the matter of the pigs. dihgh/santo de\, and / but / then they described, RP F1853=16/20 F1859=2/6 vs. kai\ dihgh/santo, and / then they described, P1904 TR F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's euxy, u being very doubtful) F1859=4/6.
Mark 5:17 Kai\ h1rcanto parakalei=n au0to\n a)pelqei=n a)po\ tw~n o9ri/wn au0tw~n. Then they went on to ask him to depart from their district. went on to ask ← began to ask, but used here for mere transition.
Mark 5:18 Kai\ {RP TR: e0mba&ntoj} [P1904: e0mbai/nontoj] au0tou= ei0j to\ ploi=on, pareka&lei au0to\n o9 daimonisqei/j, i3na {RP TR: h|] met' au0tou=} [P1904: met' au0tou= h|]]. But {RP TR: when he had embarked} [P1904: while he was embarking] on a boat, the one who had been possessed by a demon asked him if he could stay with him. e0mba&ntoj, when (he) had embarked, RP TR F1853=17/20 F1859=3/6 vs. e0mbai/nontoj, while (he) was embarking, P1904 F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's eoy) F1859=3/6.
h|] met' au0tou=, might be + with him, RP TR F1853=17/20 F1859=2/6 vs. met' au0tou= h|], with him + might be, P1904 F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's eoy) F1859=4/6.
a boat ← the boat. See Gen 22:9.
stay ← be.
Mark 5:19 {RP TR: 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j} [P1904: Kai\] ou0k a)fh=ken au0to/n, a)lla_ le/gei au0tw%~, 873Upage ei0j to\n oi]ko/n sou pro\j tou\j sou/j, kai\ a)na&ggeilon au0toi=j o3sa soi o9 ku/rioj {RP P1904: pepoi/hken} [TR: e0poi/hse], kai\ h0le/hse/n se. {RP TR: However, Jesus} [P1904: But he] did not permit him but said to him, “Go to your home, to your family, and tell them everything that the Lord {RP P1904: has done} [TR: did] for you and how he had mercy on you.” o9 de\ 870Ihsou=j, but Jesus, RP TR F1853=17/20 F1859=3/6 vs. kai\, and, P1904 F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's eoy) F1859=3/6.
pepoi/hke¨n©, has done, RP P1904 F1853=17/20 F1859=5/7 vs. e0poi/hse¨n©, did, TR F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's pux, u being very doubtful) F1859=1/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7.
your family ← yours.
Mark 5:20 Kai\ a)ph=lqen kai\ h1rcato khru/ssein e0n th|= Dekapo/lei o3sa e0poi/hsen au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j: kai\ pa&ntej e0qau/mazon. And he went off, and he began to proclaim in Decapolis everything that Jesus had done for him, and everyone was amazed.
Mark 5:21 Kai\ diapera&santoj tou= 870Ihsou= e0n tw%~ ploi/w% pa&lin ei0j to\ pe/ran, sunh/xqh o1xloj polu\j e0p' au0to/n, kai\ h]n para_ th\n qa&lassan. Meanwhile, when Jesus had again crossed to the other side in the boat, a large crowd gathered around him, and he was by the sea, gathered around ← gathered to.
Mark 5:22 Kai\ {RP TR: i0dou/,} [P1904: - ] e1rxetai ei[j tw~n a)rxisunagw&gwn, o0no/mati 870Ia&eiroj, kai\ i0dw_n au0to/n, pi/ptei pro\j tou\j po/daj au0tou=, and {RP TR: it so happened that} [P1904: - ] one of the officials of the synagogue came, Jairus by name, and when he saw him, he fell at his feet, i0dou/, behold: present in RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=6/6 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=0/6.
{RP TR: it so happened that ← behold.}
Mark 5:23 kai\ pareka&lei au0to\n polla&, le/gwn o3ti To\ quga&trio/n mou e0sxa&twj e1xei: i3na e0lqw_n e0piqh|=j au0th|= ta_j xei=raj, o3pwj swqh|= kai\ zh/setai. and he pleaded with him earnestly saying, “My little daughter is at death's door. I ask you to come and lay your hands on her, so that she should be saved and will live.” earnestly ← many (things).
is at death's door ← has endingly.
come: imperatival use of the participle.
Mark 5:24 Kai\ a)ph=lqen met' au0tou=: kai\ h0kolou/qei au0tw%~ o1xloj polu/j, kai\ sune/qlibon au0to/n. So he went with him, and a large crowd followed him, and they were thronging him,
Mark 5:25 Kai\ gunh/ tij ou]sa e0n r(u/sei ai3matoj e1th dw&deka, when a certain woman who had had a haemorrhage for twelve years when: temporal use of kai/.
Mark 5:26 kai\ polla_ paqou=sa u9po\ pollw~n i0atrw~n, kai\ dapanh/sasa ta_ par' {RP: au0th=j} [P1904 TR: e9auth=j] pa&nta, kai\ mhde\n w)felhqei=sa, a)lla_ ma~llon ei0j to\ xei=ron e0lqou=sa, – and who had suffered much at the hands of many doctors, and who had spent everything she had but had not been benefitted in any way and had rather become worse – au0th=j, (with) her, RP F1853=17/20 F1859=4/7 vs. e9auth=j, (with) herself, P1904 TR F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's oux, u being very doubtful) F1859=2/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7 No difference in our English.
Mark 5:27 a)kou/sasa peri\ tou= 870Ihsou=, e0lqou=sa e0n tw%~ o1xlw% o1pisqen, h3yato tou= i9mati/ou au0tou=: having heard about Jesus, came in the crowd from behind and touched his cloak,
Mark 5:28 e1legen ga_r {RP TR: - } [P1904: e0n e9auth|=] o3ti {RP TR: Ka@n tw~n i9mati/wn au0tou= a#ywmai} [P1904: 870Ea_n a#ywmai ka@n tw~n i9mati/wn au0tou=], swqh/somai. for she said {RP TR: - } [P1904: inwardly], “If I can just touch his clothes, I will be saved.” e0n e9auth|=, in herself: absent in RP TR F1853=17/20 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's eos) F1859=2/7.
ka@n tw~n i9mati/wn au0tou= a#ywmai, just if his clothes + I touch, RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=7/7 vs. e0a_n a#ywmai ka@n tw~n i9mati/wn au0tou=, if I touch just if + his clothes, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=0/7.
Mark 5:29 Kai\ eu0qe/wj e0chra&nqh h9 phgh\ tou= ai3matoj au0th=j, kai\ e1gnw tw%~ sw&mati o3ti i1atai a)po\ th=j ma&stigoj. And immediately her issue of blood dried up, and she knew in her body that she had been cured of her infirmity.
Mark 5:30 Kai\ eu0qe/wj o9 870Ihsou=j e0pignou\j e0n e9autw%~ th\n e0c au0tou= du/namin e0celqou=san, e0pistrafei\j e0n tw%~ o1xlw%, e1legen, Ti/j mou h3yato tw~n i9mati/wn; Then Jesus, having become inwardly aware of the power which had gone out of him, immediately turned to the crowd and said, “Who touched my clothes?”
Mark 5:31 Kai\ e1legon au0tw%~ oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou=, Ble/peij to\n o1xlon sunqli/bonta& se, kai\ le/geij, Ti/j mou h3yato; At this the disciples said to him, “You see the crowd thronging you, yet you say, ‘Who touched me?’ ”
Mark 5:32 Kai\ perieble/peto i0dei=n th\n tou=to poih/sasan. Then he looked round to see her who had done this.
Mark 5:33 879H de\ gunh\ fobhqei=sa kai\ tre/mousa, ei0dui=a o4 ge/gonen e0p' au0th|=, h]lqen kai\ prose/pesen au0tw%~, kai\ ei]pen au0tw%~ pa~san th\n a)lh/qeian. And the woman, in fear and trembling, knowing what had happened to her, came and fell down at him and told him all the truth.
Mark 5:34 879O de\ ei]pen au0th|=, Qu/gater, h9 pi/stij sou se/swke/n se: u3page ei0j ei0rh/nhn, kai\ i1sqi u9gih\j a)po\ th=j ma&stigo/j sou. But he said to her, “My daughter, your faith has cured you. Go off in peace and be free of your infirmity.” cured ← saved.
free ← healthy.
Mark 5:35 871Eti au0tou= lalou=ntoj, e1rxontai a)po\ tou= a)rxisunagw&gou, le/gontej o3ti 879H quga&thr sou a)pe/qanen: ti/ e1ti sku/lleij to\n dida&skalon; While he was still speaking, men came from the house of the synagogue official and said, “Your daughter has died. Why are you still troubling the teacher?”
Mark 5:36 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j eu0qe/wj a)kou/saj to\n lo/gon lalou/menon le/gei tw%~ a)rxisunagw&gw%, Mh\ fobou=, mo/non pi/steue. But when Jesus heard what was said, he immediately said to the synagogue official, “Don't be afraid; just believe.” what was said ← the word being spoken.
Mark 5:37 Kai\ ou0k a)fh=ken {RP TR: ou0de/na au0tw%~} [P1904: au0tw%~ ou0de/na] sunakolouqh=sai, ei0 mh\ Pe/tron kai\ 870Ia&kwbon kai\ 870Iwa&nnhn to\n a)delfo\n 870Iakw&bou. And he did not permit anyone to go along with him except Peter and James and John the brother of James, ou0de/na au0tw%~, anyone + with him, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=7/7 vs. au0tw%~ ou0de/na, with him + anyone, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=0/7.
go along with ← follow with.
Mark 5:38 Kai\ e1rxetai ei0j to\n oi]kon tou= a)rxisunagw&gou, kai\ qewrei= qo/rubon, {RP S1550 E1624: - } [P1904 S1894: kai\] klai/ontaj kai\ a)lala&zontaj polla&. and he came to the house of the synagogue official and saw a tumult {RP S1550 E1624: of} [P1904 S1894: and] people weeping and lamenting greatly, kai\, and (people weeping): absent in RP S1550 E1624 F1853=17/21 F1859=3/7 vs. present in P1904 S1894 F1853=4/21 (Scrivener's d*euy) F1859=4/7.
greatly ← (in respect of) many (things).
Mark 5:39 Kai\ ei0selqw_n le/gei au0toi=j, Ti/ qorubei=sqe kai\ klai/ete; To\ paidi/on ou0k a)pe/qanen, a)lla_ kaqeu/dei. and he went in and said to them, “Why are you making a commotion and weeping? The child has not died, but is asleep.”
Mark 5:40 Kai\ katege/lwn au0tou=. 879O de/, e0kbalw_n {RP P1904: pa&ntaj} [TR: a#pantaj], paralamba&nei to\n pate/ra tou= paidi/ou kai\ th\n mhte/ra kai\ tou\j met' au0tou=, kai\ ei0sporeu/etai o3pou h]n to\ paidi/on a)nakei/menon. And they laughed at him. ¶ But he sent them all out and took the father of the child with him, and the mother and those with him, and he went into the room where the child was lying. ¶ Verse division: in P1904 numbering, Mark 5:40 begins here.
pa&ntaj, all (1), RP P1904 F1853=17/20 F1859=6/7 vs. a#pantaj, all (2), TR F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's lux, u being very doubtful) F1859=1/7.
Mark 5:41 Kai\ krath/saj th=j xeiro\j tou= paidi/ou, le/gei au0th|=, Taliqa&, kou=mi: o3 e0stin meqermhneuo/menon, To\ kora&sion, soi\ le/gw, {RP TR: e1geirai} [P1904: e1geire]. Then he took hold of the child's hand and said to her, “Talitha cumi”, which, being translated, means, “Young girl (I say to you), ‘Arise.’ ” e1geirai, arise (aorist middle), RP TR F1853=13/20 F1859=4/7 vs. e1geire, arise (present active), P1904 F1853=7/20 F1859=3/7. Compare Mark 2:11.
means ← is.
Mark 5:42 Kai\ eu0qe/wj a)ne/sth to\ kora&sion kai\ periepa&tei, h]n ga_r e0tw~n dw&deka: kai\ e0ce/sthsan e0ksta&sei mega&lh|. And immediately the young girl arose and walked around. Now she was twelve years old. And they were astonished with great astonishment.
Mark 5:43 Kai\ diestei/lato au0toi=j polla_ i3na mhdei\j gnw%~ tou=to: kai\ ei]pen doqh=nai au0th|= fagei=n. Then he ordered them strictly that no-one should get to know this. He also said that something should be given to her to eat. strictly ← many (things).
Mark 6:1 Kai\ e0ch=lqen e0kei=qen, kai\ h]lqen ei0j th\n patri/da {RP TR: au0tou=} [P1904: e9autou=]: kai\ a)kolouqou=sin au0tw%~ oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou=. Then he went out from there and came to his {RP TR: - } [P1904: own] native country, and his disciples followed him. au0tou=, his, RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=7/8 vs. e9autou=, his own, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=1/8.
Mark 6:2 Kai\ genome/nou sabba&tou, h1rcato e0n th|= sunagwgh|= dida&skein: kai\ polloi\ a)kou/ontej e0ceplh/ssonto, le/gontej, Po/qen tou/tw% tau=ta; Kai\ ti/j h9 sofi/a h9 doqei=sa au0tw%~, {RP P1904: - } [TR: o3ti] kai\ duna&meij toiau=tai dia_ tw~n xeirw~n au0tou= gi/nontai; Then, when the Sabbath came, he began to teach in the synagogue. And many who heard him were astounded, and they said, “Where does this man get these things from? And what is this wisdom which has been given to him, {RP P1904: so that} [TR: so that even] such deeds of power take place at his hands? o3ti, so that: absent in RP P1904 F1853=12/20 F1859=4/7 vs. present in TR F1853=6/20 F1859=2/7 vs. another reading, F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's do) F1859=1/7.
{RP P1904: so that: purposive or consecutive (result) use of kai/.}
Mark 6:3 Ou0x ou[to/j e0stin o9 te/ktwn, o9 ui9o\j {RP TR: - } [P1904: th=j] Mari/aj, a)delfo\j de\ 870Iakw&bou kai\ 870Iwsh= kai\ 870Iou/da kai\ Si/mwnoj; Kai\ ou0k ei0si\n ai9 a)delfai\ au0tou= w{de pro\j h9ma~j; Kai\ e0skandali/zonto e0n au0tw%~. Isn't this the carpenter, the son of Mary, and the brother of James and Joses and Judah and Simon? And aren't his sisters here with us?” And they were offended because of him. th=j, (of) the (Mary): absent in RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=6/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y, which also reads the son of the carpenter) F1859=1/7.
Greek: Maria, Iakobos, Ioses, Ioudas, Simon.
Mark 6:4 871Elegen de\ au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j o3ti Ou0k e1stin profh/thj a!timoj, ei0 mh\ e0n th|= patri/di au0tou=, kai\ e0n toi=j suggene/sin kai\ e0n th|= oi0ki/a% au0tou=. But Jesus said to them, “A prophet is not without honour except in his native land and among his kinsmen and in his own house.”
Mark 6:5 Kai\ ou0k h0du/nato e0kei= ou0demi/an du/namin poih=sai, ei0 mh\ o0li/goij a)rrw&stoij e0piqei\j ta_j xei=raj, e0qera&peusen. And he could not do any deeds of power there, except that he laid his hands on a few invalids and healed them. deeds ← deeds.
Mark 6:6 Kai\ e0qau/mazen dia_ th\n a)pisti/an au0tw~n. Kai\ perih=gen ta_j kw&maj ku/klw% dida&skwn. Indeed he was astonished on account of their unbelief. And he would go round the neighbouring villages teaching. neighbouring ← surrounding.
Mark 6:7 Kai\ proskalei=tai tou\j dw&deka, kai\ h1rcato au0tou\j a)poste/llein du/o du/o, kai\ e0di/dou au0toi=j e0cousi/an tw~n pneuma&twn tw~n a)kaqa&rtwn. Then he called the twelve to himself and began to send them out two at a time, and he gave them authority over the unclean spirits, two at a time ← two two.
Mark 6:8 Kai\ parh/ggeilen au0toi=j i3na mhde\n ai1rwsin ei0j o9do/n, ei0 mh\ r(a&bdon mo/non: mh\ ph/ran, mh\ a!rton, mh\ ei0j th\n zw&nhn xalko/n: and he commanded them not to take anything for the journey except just a staff: neither a wallet, nor bread, nor bronze money for their money belt,
Mark 6:9 a)ll' u9podedeme/nouj sanda&lia: kai\ mh\ {RP S1550: e0ndu/shsqe} [P1904: e0ndedu/sqai] [E1624 S1894: e0ndu/sasqai] du/o xitw~naj. but to be shod with sandals, and not to wear two tunics. e0ndu/shsqe, that you wear (aorist subjunctive middle), RP S1550 F1853=15/20 F1859=4/7 vs. e0ndedu/sqai, to wear (perfect infinitive middle / passive), P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=2/7 vs. e0ndu/sasqai, to wear (aorist infinitive middle), E1624 S1894 F1853=5/20 (incl. 1 misspelled) F1859=1/7. No difference in our English.
Mark 6:10 Kai\ e1legen au0toi=j, 873Opou e0a_n ei0se/lqhte ei0j oi0ki/an, e0kei= me/nete e3wj a@n e0ce/lqhte e0kei=qen. And he said to them, “Wherever you enter into a house, remain there until you go out from that place. from that place ← from there.
Mark 6:11 Kai\ o3soi {RP TR: a@n} [P1904: e0a_n] mh\ de/cwntai u9ma~j, mhde\ a)kou/swsin u9mw~n, e0kporeuo/menoi e0kei=qen, e0ktina&cate to\n xou=n to\n u9poka&tw tw~n podw~n u9mw~n ei0j martu/rion au0toi=j. 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n, a)nekto/teron e1stai Sodo/moij h2 Gomo/rroij e0n h9me/ra% kri/sewj, h2 th|= po/lei e0kei/nh|. And as for whoever does not receive you or hear you, when you depart from there, shake off the dust under your feet as a testimony to them. Truly, I say to you, it will be more tolerable for Sodom or Gomorrah on the day of judgment than for that city.” a@n, (who)ever (1), RP TR F1853=9/20 F1859=4/7 vs. e0a_n, (who)ever (2), P1904 F1853=11/20 F1859=3/7. A weak disparity with RP, R=14:15.
Mark 6:12 Kai\ e0celqo/ntej e0kh/russon i3na metanoh/swsin: Then they went out and preached that one should repent. one ← they.
Mark 6:13 kai\ daimo/nia polla_ e0ce/ballon, kai\ h1leifon e0lai/w% pollou\j a)rrw&stouj kai\ e0qera&peuon. And they cast out many demons, and they anointed many infirm with olive oil and cured them.
Mark 6:14 Kai\ h1kousen o9 basileu\j 879Hrw%&dhj, fanero\n ga_r e0ge/neto to\ o1noma au0tou=, kai\ e1legen o3ti 870Iwa&nnhj o9 bapti/zwn e0k nekrw~n h0ge/rqh, kai\ dia_ tou=to e0nergou=sin ai9 duna&meij e0n au0tw%~. And King Herod heard about it, for his fame had become well-known, and he said, “John the Baptist has been raised from the dead, and that is why deeds of power are at work in him.” fame ← name.
been raised: or risen.
that is why ← on account of this.
Mark 6:15 871Alloi e1legon o3ti 870Hli/aj e0sti/n: a!lloi de\ e1legon o3ti Profh/thj e0sti/n, {RP P1904: - } [TR: h2] w(j ei[j tw~n profhtw~n. Others said, “He is Elijah”, whereas yet others said, {RP P1904: “He is a prophet, like one of the prophets.”} [TR: “He is a prophet”, or, “He is like one of the prophets.”] h2, or: absent in RP P1904 F1853=19/20 F1859=7/7 vs. present in TR F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's u, so very doubtful) F1859=0/7.
Elijah ← Elias.
Mark 6:16 870Akou/saj de\ {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: o9] 879Hrw%&dhj ei]pen o3ti 874On e0gw_ a)pekefa&lisa 870Iwa&nnhn, ou[to/j e0stin: au0to\j h0ge/rqh e0k nekrw~n. But when Herod heard about it, he said, “John, whom I had beheaded – that's who it is. He has been raised from the dead.” o9, the (Herod): absent in RP-text F1853=9/21 F1859=2/8 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=12/21 F1859=6/8. A disparity with RP-text, R=11:20.
had beheaded ← beheaded, used causatively, gave command to be beheaded, compare Matt 2:16.
been raised: or risen.
Mark 6:17 Au0to\j ga_r o9 879Hrw%&dhj a)postei/laj e0kra&thsen to\n 870Iwa&nnhn, kai\ e1dhsen au0to\n e0n {RP P1904: - } [TR: th|=] fulakh|=, dia_ 879Hrw%dia&da th\n gunai=ka Fili/ppou tou= a)delfou= au0tou=, o3ti au0th\n e0ga&mhsen. For Herod himself had had John arrested and bound him in prison on account of Herodias, the wife of Philip his brother, because he had married her. th|=, the (prison): absent in RP P1904 F1853=18/20 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's pu, u being very doubtful) F1859=1/7.
had had John arrested ← had sent and laid hold of John.
Mark 6:18 871Elegen ga_r o9 870Iwa&nnhj tw%~ 879Hrw%&dh| o3ti Ou0k e1cesti/n soi e1xein th\n gunai=ka tou= a)delfou= sou. For John had said to Herod, “It is not permitted for you to have the wife of your brother”,
Mark 6:19 879H de\ 879Hrw%dia_j e0nei=xen au0tw%~, kai\ h1qelen au0to\n a)poktei=nai: kai\ ou0k h0du/nato: and Herodias bore him a grudge, and she wanted to kill him, but she could not.
Mark 6:20 o9 ga_r 879Hrw%&dhj e0fobei=to to\n 870Iwa&nnhn, ei0dw_j au0to\n a!ndra di/kaion kai\ a#gion, kai\ suneth/rei au0to/n: kai\ a)kou/saj au0tou=, polla_ e0poi/ei, kai\ h9de/wj au0tou= h1kouen. For Herod feared John, knowing that he was a righteous and holy man, and he protected him, and when he had heard him, he would do many things, and he used to listen to him with pleasure.
Mark 6:21 Kai\ genome/nhj h9me/raj eu0kai/rou, o3te 879Hrw%&dhj toi=j genesi/oij au0tou= dei=pnon e0poi/ei toi=j megista~sin au0tou= kai\ toi=j xilia&rxoij kai\ toi=j prw&toij th=j Galilai/aj, But when an opportune day came – when Herod held a dinner on his birthday for his nobles, and the cohort commanders, and the prominent men of Galilee,
Mark 6:22 kai\ ei0selqou/shj th=j qugatro\j au0th=j th=j 879Hrw%dia&doj kai\ o0rxhsame/nhj, kai\ a)resa&shj tw%~ 879Hrw%&dh| kai\ toi=j sunanakeime/noij, ei]pen o9 basileu\j tw%~ korasi/w%, Ai1thso/n me o4 e0a_n qe/lh|j, kai\ dw&sw soi/: and the daughter of Herodias herself had come and danced, and she had pleased Herod and those reclining at table with him – the king said to the young girl, “Ask me whatever you want, and I will give it to you.”
Mark 6:23 kai\ w!mosen au0th|= o3ti 874O e0a&n me ai0th/sh|j, dw&sw soi/, e3wj h9mi/souj th=j basilei/aj mou. And he swore to her, “Whatever you ask me, I will give you, up to half of my kingdom.”
Mark 6:24 879H de\ e0celqou=sa ei]pen th|= mhtri\ au0th=j, Ti/ ai0th/somai; 879H de\ ei]pen, Th\n kefalh\n 870Iwa&nnou tou= baptistou=. Then she went out and said to her mother, “What shall I ask for?” And she said, “The head of John the Baptist.”
Mark 6:25 Kai\ ei0selqou=sa eu0qe/wj meta_ spoudh=j pro\j to\n basile/a, h|0th/sato, le/gousa, Qe/lw i3na moi dw%~j e0cauth=j e0pi\ pi/naki th\n kefalh\n 870Iwa&nnou tou= baptistou=. Then straightaway she came in with haste to the king and made her request, saying, “I want you to give me the head of John the Baptist on a dish at once.”
Mark 6:26 Kai\ peri/lupoj geno/menoj o9 basileu/j, dia_ tou\j o3rkouj kai\ tou\j sunanakeime/nouj ou0k h0qe/lhsen au0th\n a)qeth=sai. Now the king, who had become greatly grieved, because of the oaths and the guests at table, did not want to deny her the request.
Mark 6:27 Kai\ eu0qe/wj a)postei/laj o9 basileu\j {RP: spekoula&tora} [P1904 TR: spekoula&twra] e0pe/tacen e0nexqh=nai th\n kefalh\n au0tou=. So the king immediately sent an executioner with instruction that his head should be brought in. spekoula&tora, an executioner (1), RP F1853=10/20 F1859=5/7 vs. spekoula&twra, an executioner (2), P1904 TR F1853=10/20. F1859=2/7. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=15:14.
sent ... with instruction ← having sent ... ordered.
Mark 6:28 879O de\ a)pelqw_n a)pekefa&lisen au0to\n e0n th|= fulakh|=, kai\ h1negken th\n kefalh\n au0tou= e0pi\ pi/naki, kai\ e1dwken au0th\n tw%~ korasi/w%: kai\ to\ kora&sion e1dwken au0th\n th|= mhtri\ au0th=j. And he went off and beheaded him in the prison ¶ and brought his head on a dish and gave it to the young girl, and the young girl gave it to her mother. ¶ Verse division: in AV numbering, Mark 6:28 begins here.
Mark 6:29 Kai\ a)kou/santej oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou= h]lqon, kai\ h]ran to\ ptw~ma au0tou=, kai\ e1qhkan au0to\ e0n {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: - } [S1550: tw%~] mnhmei/w%. Then when his disciples heard about it, they came and removed his corpse and put it in {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: a} [S1550: the] tomb. tw%~, (in) the (tomb): absent in RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1853=20/20 F1859=7/7 vs. present in S1550 F1853=0/20 F1859=0/7.
Mark 6:30 Kai\ suna&gontai oi9 a)po/stoloi pro\j to\n 870Ihsou=n, kai\ a)ph/ggeilan au0tw%~ pa&nta, kai\ o3sa e0poi/hsan kai\ o3sa e0di/dacan. And the apostles gathered around Jesus and reported everything to him, both what they had done, and what they had taught. gathered around ← gathered to.
Mark 6:31 Kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j, Deu=te u9mei=j au0toi\ kat' i0di/an ei0j e1rhmon to/pon, kai\ a)napau/esqe o0li/gon. 87]Hsan ga_r oi9 e0rxo/menoi kai\ oi9 u9pa&gontej polloi/, kai\ ou0de\ fagei=n {RP P1904: eu0kai/roun} [TR: hu0kai/roun]. And he said to them, “You yourselves come privately to a desolate place, and rest a short while.” For those who came and went were many, and they did not even have an opportunity to eat. eu0kai/roun, had an opportunity (1), RP P1904 F1853=13/20 F1859=4/6 vs. hu0kai/roun, had an opportunity (2), TR F1853=7/20 F1859=2/6.
Mark 6:32 Kai\ a)ph=lqon ei0j e1rhmon to/pon {RP TR: tw%~} [P1904: e0n] ploi/w% kat' i0di/an. So they went to a desolate place {RP TR: by} [P1904: in a] boat privately. tw%~, by the (boat), RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=5/6 vs. e0n, in (a boat), P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=1/6 vs. e0n tw%~, in the (boat), F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's e) F1859=0/6 vs. word(s) absent, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=0/6.
Mark 6:33 Kai\ ei]don au0tou\j u9pa&gontaj {RP P1904: - } [TR: oi9 o1xloi] kai\ e0pe/gnwsan {RP TR: au0to\n} [P1904: au0tou\j] polloi/, kai\ pezh|= a)po\ pasw~n tw~n po/lewn sune/dramon e0kei=, kai\ proh=lqon au0tou/j, kai\ sunh=lqon pro\j au0to/n. And {RP P1904: people} [TR: the crowds] saw them departing, and many recognized {RP TR: him} [P1904: them], and they were quick to converge there on foot from all the cities, and they arrived before them and gathered round him. oi9 o1xloi, the crowds: absent in RP P1904 F1853=18/20 F1859=4/6 vs. present in TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's ux, u being very doubtful) F1859=2/6.
au0to\n, him, RP TR F1853=13/20 F1859=5/6 vs. au0tou\j, them, P1904 F1853=7/20 F1859=1/6.
were quick to converge there ← ran there together.
round ← to.
Mark 6:34 Kai\ e0celqw_n {RP TR: ei]den o9 870Ihsou=j} [P1904: o9 870Ihsou=j ei]de] polu\n o1xlon, kai\ e0splagxni/sqh e0p' au0toi=j, o3ti h]san w(j pro/bata mh\ e1xonta poime/na: kai\ h1rcato dida&skein au0tou\j polla&. Then when Jesus went out, he saw a large crowd and felt compassion for them, because they were like sheep which had no shepherd, and he began to teach them many things, ei]de¨n© o9 870Ihsou=j, saw + Jesus ( = Jesus saw), RP TR F1853=15/20 F1859=3/6 vs. o9 870Ihsou=j ei]de¨n©, Jesus + saw, P1904 F1853=5/20 F1859=2/6 vs. another reading, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/6.
Mark 6:35 Kai\ h1dh w#raj pollh=j genome/nhj, proselqo/ntej au0tw%~ oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou= le/gousin o3ti 871Erhmo/j e0stin o9 to/poj, kai\ h1dh w#ra pollh/: and with it already being a late hour, his disciples came up to him and said, “The place is desolate and it is already a late hour. being ← having become.
late ← much, great.
Mark 6:36 a)po/luson au0tou/j, i3na a)pelqo/ntej ei0j tou\j ku/klw% a)grou\j kai\ kw&maj a)gora&swsin e9autoi=j a!rtouj. Ti/ ga_r fa&gwsin ou0k e1xousin. Send them away so that they can go off into the surrounding country and villages and buy themselves loaves of bread, for they do not have anything to eat.”
Mark 6:37 879O de\ a)pokriqei\j ei]pen au0toi=j, Do/te au0toi=j u9mei=j fagei=n. Kai\ le/gousin au0tw%~, 870Apelqo/ntej a)gora&swmen {RP P1904: dhnari/wn diakosi/wn} [TR: diakosi/wn dhnari/wn] a!rtouj, kai\ dw~men au0toi=j fagei=n; But he answered and said to them, “You give them something to eat.” Then they said to him, “Should we go off and buy bread for two hundred denaries and give it to them to eat?” dhnari/wn diakosi/wn, denaries + 200, RP P1904 F1853=15/20 F1859=6/6 vs. diakosi/wn dhnari/wn, 200 + denaries, TR F1853=5/20 F1859=0/6.
denaries: a denary was a silver coin.
Mark 6:38 879O de\ le/gei au0toi=j, Po/souj a!rtouj e1xete; 879Upa&gete kai\ i1dete. Kai\ gno/ntej le/gousin, Pe/nte, kai\ du/o i0xqu/aj. At this he said to them, “How many loaves do you have? Go and see.” Then when they had found out, they said, “Five, and two fish.”
Mark 6:39 Kai\ e0pe/tacen au0toi=j a)nakli=nai pa&ntaj sumpo/sia sumpo/sia e0pi\ tw%~ xlwrw%~ xo/rtw%. Then he ordered them to have them all recline in groups on the green grass. groups ← drinking parties.
Mark 6:40 Kai\ a)ne/peson prasiai\ prasiai/, a)na_ e9kato\n kai\ a)na_ penth/konta. And they reclined in groups of a hundred, and of fifty. groups ← (garden) plots ← beds of leeks.
Mark 6:41 Kai\ labw_n tou\j pe/nte a!rtouj kai\ tou\j du/o i0xqu/aj, a)nable/yaj ei0j to\n ou0rano/n, eu0lo/ghsen, kai\ kate/klasen tou\j a!rtouj, kai\ e0di/dou toi=j maqhtai=j {RP TR: au0tou=} [P1904: - ] i3na paraqw~sin au0toi=j: kai\ tou\j du/o i0xqu/aj e0me/risen pa~sin. Then he took the five loaves and the two fish, and he looked up to heaven and blessed them, and he broke the bread and kept giving it to {RP TR: his} [P1904: the] disciples to serve to them, and he shared out the two fish for everyone. au0tou=, his (disciples): present in RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=5/6 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=1/6.
kept giving: iterative imperfect.
Mark 6:42 Kai\ e1fagon pa&ntej, kai\ e0xorta&sqhsan: And they all ate and were satisfied.
Mark 6:43 kai\ h]ran klasma&twn dw&deka kofi/nouj plh/reij, kai\ a)po\ tw~n i0xqu/wn. Then they picked up twelve basketsful of pieces, and bits of the fish.
Mark 6:44 Kai\ h]san oi9 fago/ntej tou\j a!rtouj {RP P1904: - } [TR: w(sei\] pentakisxi/lioi a!ndrej. Now those who had eaten the bread amounted to {RP P1904: - } [TR: about] five thousand men. w(sei\, about: absent in RP P1904 F1853=18/20 F1859=6/6 vs. present in TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's ux, u being very doubtful) F1859=0/6. AV differs textually.
amounted to ← were.
Mark 6:45 Kai\ eu0qe/wj h0na&gkasen tou\j maqhta_j au0tou= e0mbh=nai ei0j to\ ploi=on, kai\ proa&gein ei0j to\ pe/ran pro\j {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: Bhqsai+da&n} [S1894: Bhqsai+da&], e3wj au0to\j a)polu/sh| to\n o1xlon. Then straightaway he made his disciples board the boat and go on ahead, to the far side, to Bethsaida, while he himself sent the crowd away. Bhqsai+da&n, Bethsaida (with an accusative ending), RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1853=17/20 F1859=5/7 vs. Bhqsai+da&, Bethsaida (indeclinable), S1894 F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's kps) F1859=1/7 vs. word absent, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7.
Mark 6:46 Kai\ a)potaca&menoj au0toi=j, a)ph=lqen ei0j to\ o1roj proseu/casqai. And having bidden them farewell, he went away to a mountain to pray. a mountain ← the mountain. See Gen 22:9.
Mark 6:47 Kai\ o0yi/aj genome/nhj, h]n to\ ploi=on e0n me/sw% th=j qala&sshj, kai\ au0to\j mo/noj e0pi\ th=j gh=j. Then, when evening came, the boat was in the middle of the sea, and he was alone on land.
Mark 6:48 Kai\ {RP TR: ei]den} [P1904: i0dw_n] au0tou\j basanizome/nouj e0n tw%~ e0lau/nein, h]n ga_r o9 a!nemoj e0nanti/oj au0toi=j, kai\ peri\ teta&rthn fulakh\n th=j nukto\j e1rxetai pro\j au0tou/j, peripatw~n e0pi\ th=j qala&sshj: kai\ h1qelen parelqei=n au0tou/j. And {RP TR: when} [P1904: when] he saw them being harrowed while rowing (for the wind was against them), he then at about the fourth watch of the night came to them walking on the sea, and he intended to pass by them, ei]den, he saw, RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=4/6 vs. i0dw_n, having seen, or, less classically, seeing, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=1/6 vs. another reading, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/6.
fourth watch: 3.00 a.m. - 6.00 a.m.
Mark 6:49 Oi9 de/, i0do/ntej au0to\n peripatou=nta e0pi\ th=j qala&sshj, e1docan fa&ntasma ei]nai, kai\ a)ne/kracan: but when they saw him walking on the sea, they thought it was a phantom, and they shouted out.
Mark 6:50 pa&ntej ga_r au0to\n ei]don, kai\ e0tara&xqhsan. Kai\ eu0qe/wj e0la&lhsen met' au0tw~n, kai\ le/gei au0toi=j, Qarsei=te: e0gw& ei0mi, mh\ fobei=sqe. For all of them saw him and were alarmed. Then straightaway he spoke with them and said to them, “Take heart, it is me. Don't be afraid.” it is me ← I am. See John 18:5-6. If the reader prefers, read it is I.
Mark 6:51 Kai\ a)ne/bh {RP TR: pro\j au0tou\j ei0j to\ ploi=on} [P1904: ei0j to\ ploi=on pro\j au0tou\j], kai\ e0ko/pasen o9 a!nemoj: kai\ li/an e0kperissou= e0n e9autoi=j e0ci/stanto, kai\ e0qau/mazon. And he climbed up into the boat with them, and the wind abated, and they were most exceedingly amazed and astounded within themselves. pro\j au0tou\j ei0j to\ ploi=on, to them + into the boat, RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=6/6 vs. ei0j to\ ploi=on pro\j au0tou\j, into the boat + to them, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=0/6.
with ← to.
Mark 6:52 Ou0 ga_r sunh=kan e0pi\ toi=j a!rtoij: {RP TR: h]n ga_r} [P1904: a)ll' h]n] {RP P1904: au0tw~n h9 kardi/a} [TR: h9 kardi/a au0tw~n] pepwrwme/nh. For they had not understood about the bread, {RP TR: for} [P1904: but] their heart was hardened. h]n ga_r, for (their heart) was, RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=4/6 vs. a)ll' h]n, but (their heart) was, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=2/6. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=7.2 PV=0.7%.
au0tw~n h9 kardi/a, of them + the heart, RP P1904 F1853=16/20 F1859=5/6 vs. h9 kardi/a au0tw~n, the heart + of them, TR F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's cgux, u being very doubtful) F1859=1/6.
Mark 6:53 Kai\ diapera&santej {RP TR: h]lqon} [P1904: a)ph=lqon] e0pi\ th\n gh=n {RP P1904 S1894: Gennhsare/t} [S1550 E1624: Genhsare/t], kai\ proswrmi/sqhsan. Then when they had crossed over, {RP TR: they came to} [P1904: they went off to] the land of Gennesaret and moored there. h]lqon, they went, RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=5/6 vs. a)ph=lqon, they went way, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=1/6.
Gennhsare\t, Gennesaret, RP P1904 S1894 F1853=6/20 F1859=5/7 vs. Genhsare\t, Genesaret, S1550 E1624 F1853=9/20 F1859=1/7 vs. other readings, F1853=5/20 F1859=1/7. No difference in our English (AV= Gennesaret, as S1894).
Mark 6:54 Kai\ e0celqo/ntwn au0tw~n e0k tou= ploi/ou, eu0qe/wj e0pigno/ntej au0to/n, And when they had disembarked from the boat, they immediately recognized him,
Mark 6:55 {RP TR: peridramo/ntej} [P1904: perie/dramon] o3lhn th\n peri/xwron e0kei/nhn, {RP TR: - } [P1904: kai\] h1rcanto e0pi\ toi=j {RP TR: krabba&toij} [P1904: kraba&ttoij] tou\j kakw~j e1xontaj perife/rein, o3pou h1kouon o3ti e0kei= e0stin. and they ran round the whole of that neighbouring region {RP TR: and} [P1904: and] began to bring those who were ill round on stretchers to where they heard that he was. peridramo/ntej, having run round, RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=3/6 vs. perie/dramon, they ran around, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=2/6 vs. another reading, F1853=0/20, F1859=1/6. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=11.3 PV=0.1%.
kai\, and (but not required, and implied, after a participle): absent in RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=4/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=2/6. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=7.22 PV=0.7%.
krabba&toij, stretchers (1), RP TR F1853=13/20 F1859=2/6 vs. kraba&ttoij, stretchers (2), P1904 F1853=7/20 F1859=4/6.
neighbouring ← surrounding.
Mark 6:56 Kai\ o3pou a@n ei0seporeu/eto ei0j kw&maj h2 po/leij h2 a)grou/j, e0n tai=j a)gorai=j {RP TR: e0ti/qoun} [P1904: e0ti/qesan] tou\j a)sqenou=ntaj, kai\ pareka&loun au0to\n i3na ka@n tou= kraspe/dou tou= i9mati/ou au0tou= a#ywntai: kai\ o3soi a@n h3ptonto au0tou= e0sw%&zonto. And wherever he went – to villages or cities or country places – they placed the sick in the market places, and they pleaded with him to just touch the hem of his cloak. And whoever touched him was cured. e0ti/qoun, they were placing (1), RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=5/6 vs. e0ti/qesan, they were placing (2), P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=1/6.
was cured ← they were saved.
Mark 7:1 Kai\ suna&gontai pro\j au0to\n oi9 Farisai=oi, kai/ tinej tw~n grammate/wn, e0lqo/ntej a)po\ 879Ierosolu/mwn: Then the Pharisees gathered round him, as did some of the scribes who had come from Jerusalem, gathered round ← gathered to.
Mark 7:2 kai\ i0do/ntej tina_j tw~n maqhtw~n au0tou= koinai=j xersi/n, tou=t' e1stin a)ni/ptoij, e0sqi/ontaj a!rtouj e0me/myanto. and seeing some of his disciples with unclean hands (that is, unwashed) eating bread, they found fault. seeing ← having seen. See Matt 23:20.
Mark 7:3 Oi9 ga_r Farisai=oi kai\ pa&ntej oi9 870Ioudai=oi, e0a_n mh\ pugmh|= ni/ywntai ta_j xei=raj, ou0k e0sqi/ousin, kratou=ntej th\n para&dosin tw~n presbute/rwn: For neither the Pharisees nor any Jews eat unless they have washed their hands with the fist, holding to the tradition of the elders, any ← all.
with the fist: AV differs (oft), as VulgC VulgS (crebro ← pukna&). SyrP renders diligently (ܕܒܛܝܠܐܝܬ ← pu/ka).
Mark 7:4 kai\ a)po\ a)gora~j, e0a_n mh\ bapti/swntai, ou0k e0sqi/ousin: kai\ a!lla polla& e0stin a$ pare/labon kratei=n, baptismou\j pothri/wn kai\ cestw~n kai\ xalki/wn kai\ klinw~n. and on return from the market, unless they dip themselves, they do not eat. And there are many other things which they have received to keep to: washings of chalices and pots and copper vessels and beds. washings ← dippings, baptisms.
beds: AV differs (tables).
Mark 7:5 871Epeita e0perwtw~sin au0to\n oi9 Farisai=oi kai\ oi9 grammatei=j, Dia_ ti/ {RP TR: oi9 maqhtai/ sou ou0 peripatou=sin} [P1904: ou0 peripatou=sin oi9 maqhtai/ sou] kata_ th\n para&dosin tw~n presbute/rwn, {RP TR: a)lla_} [P1904: a)ll'] a)ni/ptoij xersi\n e0sqi/ousin to\n a!rton; Then the Pharisees and scribes asked him, “Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but eat bread with unwashed hands?” oi9 maqhtai/ sou ou0 peripatou=sin, your disciples + not walk, RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=5/6 vs. ou0 peripatou=sin oi9 maqhtai/ sou, not walk + your disciples, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=1/6.
a)lla_, but (apocopated), RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=6/6 vs. a)ll', but (unapocopated), P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=0/6.
Mark 7:6 879O de\ a)pokriqei\j ei]pen au0toi=j o3ti Kalw~j proefh/teusen 870Hsai+/aj peri\ u9mw~n tw~n u9pokritw~n, w(j ge/graptai, Ou[toj o9 lao\j toi=j xei/lesi/n me tima%~, h9 de\ kardi/a au0tw~n po/rrw a)pe/xei a)p' e0mou=. To which he answered and said to them, “Isaiah prophesied well about you, you hypocrites, as it stands written:

‘This people honours me with their lips,

But their heart is far removed from me.

 Isa 29:13.
Mark 7:7 Ma&thn de\ se/bontai/ me, dida&skontej didaskali/aj e0nta&lmata a)nqrw&pwn.

And they worship me vainly,

Teaching as doctrines

The commandments of men.’

 Isa 29:13.
Mark 7:8 870Afe/ntej ga_r th\n e0ntolh\n tou= qeou=, kratei=te th\n para&dosin tw~n a)nqrw&pwn, baptismou\j cestw~n kai\ pothri/wn: kai\ a!lla paro/moia toiau=ta polla_ poiei=te. For having abandoned the commandment of God, you hold to the tradition of men: washings of pots and chalices, and you do many other similar things.” washings: see Mark 7:4.
things ← suchlike (things).
Mark 7:9 Kai\ e1legen au0toi=j, Kalw~j a)qetei=te th\n e0ntolh\n tou= qeou=, i3na th\n para&dosin u9mw~n thrh/shte. And he said to them, “How finely you set aside the commandment of God so as to keep your own tradition! how finely: ironic.
Mark 7:10 {RP TR: Mwsh=j} [P1904: Mwu+sh=j] ga_r ei]pen, Ti/ma to\n pate/ra sou kai\ th\n mhte/ra sou: kai/, 879O kakologw~n pate/ra h2 mhte/ra qana&tw% teleuta&tw: For Moses said, ‘Honour your father and your mother’, and, ‘He who speaks ill of his father or mother must certainly die.’ Mwsh=j, Moses, RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=2/6 vs. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, P1904 F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's de) F1859=4/6. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=8.3 PV=0.4%.
Ex 20:12, Ex 21:17, Deut 5:16.
Mark 7:11 u9mei=j de\ le/gete, 870Ea_n ei1ph| a!nqrwpoj tw%~ patri\ h2 th|= mhtri/, Korba~n, o3 e0stin, dw~ron, o4 e0a_n e0c e0mou= w)felhqh|=j: But you approve if a man says to his father or mother, ‘What you might have been benefitted by from me is corban’, which means ‘a gift offering’. We punctuate differently to RP, who begin direct speech at ‘If a man ...’ Our translation conveys the same general sense as the AV, but it is rather differently formulated.
approve ← say, propose.
means ← is.
Mark 7:12 kai\ ou0ke/ti a)fi/ete au0to\n ou0de\n poih=sai tw%~ patri\ au0tou= h2 th|= mhtri\ au0tou=, And you don't permit him to do anything any more for his father or his mother,
Mark 7:13 a)kurou=ntej to\n lo/gon tou= qeou= th|= parado/sei u9mw~n h|[ paredw&kate: kai\ paro/moia toiau=ta polla_ poiei=te. so you invalidate the word of God by your tradition which you have handed down. And you do many similar things.” things ← suchlike (things).
Mark 7:14 Kai\ proskalesa&menoj pa&nta to\n o1xlon, e1legen au0toi=j, 870Akou/ete/ mou pa&ntej, kai\ suni/ete. Then when he had called all the crowd to himself, he said to them, “Listen to me, everyone, and understand:
Mark 7:15 Ou0de/n e0stin e1cwqen tou= a)nqrw&pou ei0sporeuo/menon ei0j au0to/n, o4 du/natai au0to\n koinw~sai: a)lla_ ta_ e0kporeuo/mena {RP TR: a)p' au0tou=, e0kei=na&} [P1904: - ] e0stin ta_ koinou=nta to\n a!nqrwpon. there is nothing on the outside of man which can defile him, if it goes into him, but {RP TR: it is the things that come out of him – those are the things which} [P1904: the things that come out are what] defile {RP P1904-text TR: man.} [P1904-marg: man.”] a)p' au0tou=, e0kei=na&, (out) from him – those (things): present in RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=5/6 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=1/6.
if: conditional use of the participle.
Mark 7:16 {RP TR: Ei1 tij e1xei w}ta a)kou/ein a)koue/tw.} [P1904: - ] {RP TR: If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear.”} [P1904: - ] This verse is absent in P1904, but it is present in RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=7/7.
Mark 7:17 Kai\ o3te ei0sh=lqen ei0j oi]kon a)po\ tou= o1xlou, e0phrw&twn au0to\n oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou= peri\ th=j parabolh=j. Then when he went into a house away from the crowd, his disciples asked him about the parable.
Mark 7:18 Kai\ le/gei au0toi=j, Ou3twj kai\ u9mei=j a)su/netoi/ e0ste; {RP TR: Ou0} [P1904: Ou1pw] noei=te o3ti pa~n to\ e1cwqen ei0sporeuo/menon ei0j to\n a!nqrwpon ou0 du/natai au0to\n koinw~sai, And he said to them, “Are you also witless in this way? Do you {RP TR: - } [P1904: still] not understand that nothing from outside which goes into a man can defile him? ou0, not, RP TR F1853=17/20 F1859=5/6 vs. ou1pw, not yet, P1904 F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's cgy) F1859=1/6.
We and P1904 punctuate as a question: Do you not understand ... ? RP and TBS-TR punctuate as a statement: You do not understand ... .
Mark 7:19 o3ti ou0k ei0sporeu/etai au0tou= ei0j th\n kardi/an, a)ll' ei0j th\n koili/an: kai\ ei0j to\n a)fedrw~na e0kporeu/etai, kaqari/zon pa&nta ta_ brw&mata. Because it does not go into his heart, but into his belly, and it goes out into the latrine, a system which makes all foodstuffs clean.”
Mark 7:20 871Elegen de\ o3ti To\ e0k tou= a)nqrw&pou e0kporeuo/menon, e0kei=no koinoi= to\n a!nqrwpon. And he said, “Now what comes out of a man – that is what defiles man.
Mark 7:21 871Eswqen ga&r, e0k th=j kardi/aj tw~n a)nqrw&pwn oi9 dialogismoi\ oi9 kakoi\ e0kporeu/ontai, moixei=ai, pornei=ai, fo/noi, For from inside, out of the heart of men, come ill-natured disputes, adulteries, fornications, murders,
Mark 7:22 klopai/, pleoneci/ai, ponhri/ai, do/loj, a)se/lgeia, o0fqalmo\j ponhro/j, blasfhmi/a, u9perhfani/a, a)frosu/nh: thefts, frauds, wicked acts, deceit, licentiousness, an evil eye, blasphemy, arrogance, foolishness. frauds: or covetousness. See 1 Cor 5:10.
an evil eye: i.e. envy.
Mark 7:23 pa&nta tau=ta ta_ ponhra_ e1swqen e0kporeu/etai, kai\ koinoi= to\n a!nqrwpon. All these wicked things come out from the inside and defile man.”
Mark 7:24 Kai\ e0kei=qen a)nasta_j a)ph=lqen ei0j ta_ meqo/ria Tu/rou kai\ Sidw~noj. Kai\ ei0selqw_n ei0j {RP P1904: - } [TR: th\n] oi0ki/an, ou0de/na h1qelen gnw~nai, kai\ ou0k h0dunh/qh laqei=n. Then he got up and departed from there to the regions between Tyre and Sidon, and he went into a house, not wanting anyone to know, but he could not escape notice. th\n, the (house): absent in RP P1904 F1853=14/20 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=6/20 F1859=1/7. No difference in our English.
but: adversative use of kai/.
Mark 7:25 870Akou/sasa ga_r gunh\ peri\ au0tou=, h[j ei]xen to\ quga&trion au0th=j pneu=ma a)ka&qarton, e0lqou=sa prose/pesen pro\j tou\j po/daj au0tou=: For a woman whose little daughter was possessed by an unclean spirit had heard about him, and she came and fell down at his feet. was possessed by ← had.
Mark 7:26 {RP TR: h]n de\ h9 gunh\} [P1904: h9 de\ gunh\ h]n] 879Ellhni/j, {RP: Surafoini/kissa} [P1904: Surofoini/kissa] [TR: Surofoini/ssa] tw%~ ge/nei: kai\ h0rw&ta au0to\n i3na to\ daimo/nion {RP P1904: e0kba&lh|} [TR: e0kba&llh|] e0k th=j qugatro\j au0th=j. Now the woman was a Greek, a Syro-phoenician by race. And she asked him to cast out the demon from her daughter. h]n de\ h9 gunh\, was + but + the woman, RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=4/7 vs. h9 de\ gunh\ h]n, the + but + woman + was, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=3/7. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=9.6 PV=0.2%.
Surafoini/kissa, Syro-phoenician (1), RP F1853=12/21 (1 or 2 words) F1859=3/7 vs. Surofoini/kissa, Syro-phoenician (2), P1904 F1853=3/21 (Scrivener's a*eo) F1859=2/7 vs. Surofoini/ssa, Syro-phoenician (3), TR F1853=3/21 (Scrivener's a**ux, u being very doubtful) F1859=0/7 vs. other readings, F1853=3/21 (Scrivener's cfy) F1859=2/7.
e0kba&lh|, cast out (aorist), RP P1904 F1853=10/20 F1859=4/7 vs. e0kba&llh|, cast out (present), TR F1853=10/20 F1859=1/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/20 F1859=2/7. No difference in our English.
Mark 7:27 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0th|=, 871Afej prw~ton xortasqh=nai ta_ te/kna: ou0 {RP TR: ga_r kalo/n e0stin} [P1904: ga&r e0sti kalo\n] labei=n to\n a!rton tw~n te/knwn kai\ {RP TR: balei=n toi=j kunari/oij} [P1904: toi=j kunari/oij balei=n]. But Jesus said to her, “Let the children be fed first. For it is not right to take the children's bread and throw it to the dogs.” ga_r kalo/n e0stin, for + (not) right it is, RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=5/7 vs. ga&r e0sti kalo\n, for it is + (not) right, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=2/7.
balei=n toi=j kunari/oij, to throw + to the dogs, RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=6/7 vs. toi=j kunari/oij balei=n, to the dogs + to throw, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7.
Mark 7:28 879H de\ a)pekri/qh kai\ le/gei au0tw%~, Nai/, ku/rie: kai\ {RP TR: ga_r} [P1904: - ] ta_ kuna&ria u9poka&tw th=j trape/zhj {RP TR: e0sqi/ei} [P1904: e0sqi/ousin] a)po\ tw~n yixi/wn tw~n paidi/wn. Then she answered and said to him, “Yes, Lord. But {RP TR: even} [P1904: - ] the dogs under the table eat from the children's crumbs.” ga_r, for; indeed: present in RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=4/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=3/7. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=9.6 PV=0.19%.
e0sqi/ei, eat (classical form), RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=3/7 vs. e0sqi/ousin, eat (non-classical form), P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's c) F1859=3/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=9.3 PV=0.2%.
Mark 7:29 Kai\ ei]pen au0th|=, Dia_ tou=ton to\n lo/gon u3page: e0celh/luqen to\ daimo/nion e0k th=j qugatro/j sou. Then he said to her, “You may go because of that remark. The demon has gone out of your daughter.” that remark ← this word. The remark showed she accepted her dispensational position as a Gentile at the time. Contrast Eph 2:11-19.
Mark 7:30 Kai\ a)pelqou=sa ei0j to\n oi]kon au0th=j, eu[ren to\ {RP TR: daimo/nion e0celhluqo/j, kai\ th\n qugate/ra beblhme/nhn e0pi\ th=j kli/nhj} [P1904: paidi/on beblhme/non e0pi\ th\n kli/nhn kai\ to\ daimo/nion e0celhluqo/j]. And she went off to her house, and she found that {RP TR: the demon had come out and that her daughter had been laid on a bed} [P1904: the child had been laid on a bed and that the demon had come out]. daimo/nion e0celhluqo/j, kai\ th\n qugate/ra beblhme/nhn e0pi\ th=j kli/nhj, demon having come out + and the daughter laid on a bed, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=6/7 vs. paidi/on beblhme/non e0pi\ th\n kli/nhn kai\ to\ daimo/nion e0celhluqo/j, child laid on a bed + and the demon having come out, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7.
laid: or thrown. No suggestion of lack of care here.
Mark 7:31 Kai\ pa&lin e0celqw_n e0k tw~n o9ri/wn Tu/rou kai\ Sidw~noj, h]lqen pro\j th\n qa&lassan th=j Galilai/aj, a)na_ me/son tw~n o9ri/wn Dekapo/lewj. And again he left the borders of Tyre and Sidon and came to the Sea of Galilee in the middle of the districts of Decapolis.
Mark 7:32 Kai\ fe/rousin au0tw%~ kwfo\n {RP-text: moggila&lon} [RP-marg P1904 TR: mogila&lon], kai\ parakalou=sin au0to\n i3na e0piqh|= au0tw%~ th\n xei=ra. And they brought him a man deaf and hardly able to speak, and they pleaded with him to put his hand on him. moggila&lon, hardly able to speak (1), RP-text F1853=14/20 F1859=4/7 vs. mogila&lon, hardly able to speak (2), RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=6/20 F1859=2/7 vs. another spelling, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7.
Mark 7:33 Kai\ a)polabo/menoj au0to\n a)po\ tou= o1xlou kat' i0di/an, e1balen tou\j daktu/louj au0tou= ei0j ta_ w}ta au0tou=, kai\ ptu/saj h3yato th=j glw&sshj au0tou=, Then he took him away from the crowd privately and put his fingers in his ears and spat and touched his tongue,
Mark 7:34 kai\ a)nable/yaj ei0j to\n ou0rano/n, e0ste/nacen, kai\ le/gei au0tw%~, 870Effaqa&, o3 e0stin, Dianoi/xqhti. and he looked up to heaven, and he sighed and said to him, “Ephphatha”, which means “be opened.” means ← is.
Mark 7:35 Kai\ eu0qe/wj dihnoi/xqhsan au0tou= ai9 a)koai/: kai\ e0lu/qh o9 desmo\j th=j glw&sshj au0tou=, kai\ e0la&lei o0rqw~j. And immediately his sense of hearing was opened and the impediment of his tongue was released, and he spoke properly. impediment ← bond.
Mark 7:36 Kai\ diestei/lato au0toi=j i3na mhdeni\ ei1pwsin: o3son de\ au0to\j au0toi=j dieste/lleto, ma~llon perisso/teron e0kh/russon. Then he commanded them not to tell anyone. But the more he commanded them, the more profusely they publicized it.
Mark 7:37 Kai\ u9perperissw~j e0ceplh/ssonto, le/gontej, Kalw~j pa&nta pepoi/hken: kai\ tou\j kwfou\j poiei= a)kou/ein, kai\ tou\j a)la&louj lalei=n. And they were astounded in the extreme, and they said, “He has done everything well – he enables both the deaf to hear and the mute to speak.”
Mark 8:1 870En e0kei/naij tai=j h9me/raij, {RP TR: pampo/llou} [P1904: pa&lin pollou=] o1xlou o1ntoj, kai\ mh\ e0xo/ntwn ti/ fa&gwsin, proskalesa&menoj o9 870Ihsou=j tou\j maqhta_j au0tou= le/gei au0toi=j, In those days when there was {RP TR: a very large} [P1904: again a large] crowd, and they didn't have anything to eat, Jesus called his disciples to himself and said to them, pampo/llou, a very great, RP TR F1853=20/21 (but 4 misspelled) F1859=4/7 vs. pa&lin pollou=, again a great, P1904 F1853=0/21 F1859=1/7 vs. pa&lin pampo/llou, again a very great, F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's c) F1859=0/7 vs. po/llou, a large, F1853=0/21 F1859=2/7.
Mark 8:2 Splagxni/zomai e0pi\ to\n o1xlon: o3ti h1dh {RP-text P1904: h9me/rai} [RP-marg TR: h9me/raj] trei=j prosme/nousi/n moi, kai\ ou0k e1xousin ti/ fa&gwsin: “I feel compassion for the crowd, because they have remained with me for three days now and do not have anything to eat. h9me/rai, days (nominative), RP-text P1904 F1853=11/20 F1859=5/7 vs. h9me/raj, days (accusative), RP-marg TR F1853=9/20 F1859=2/7.
now ← already.
Mark 8:3 kai\ e0a_n a)polu/sw au0tou\j nh/steij ei0j oi]kon au0tw~n, e0kluqh/sontai e0n th|= o9dw%~: tine\j ga_r au0tw~n {RP TR: - } [P1904: a)po\] makro/qen {RP E1624: h3kousin} [P1904 S1550 S1894: h3kasi]. And if I send them off to their home fasting, they will faint on the way, for some of them have come a long way.” a)po\, from (pleonastically, since makro/qen contains movement from): absent in RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=2/7.
h3kousi¨n©, have come (present form, perfect sense), RP E1624 F1853=16/20 F1859=4/7 vs. h3kasi¨n©, have come (perfect form), P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's cepr) F1859=3/7.
Mark 8:4 Kai\ a)pekri/qhsan au0tw%~ oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou=, Po/qen tou/touj dunh/setai/ tij w{de xorta&sai a!rtwn e0p' e0rhmi/aj; At this his disciples answered him, “How can anyone feed these people with bread here in the desert?” how ← from where.
can ← will be able.
Mark 8:5 Kai\ e0phrw&ta au0tou/j, Po/souj e1xete a!rtouj; Oi9 de\ ei]pon, 879Epta&. Then he asked them, “How many loaves do you have?” And they said, “Seven.”
Mark 8:6 Kai\ parh/ggeilen tw%~ o1xlw% a)napesei=n e0pi\ th=j gh=j: kai\ labw_n tou\j e9pta_ a!rtouj, eu0xaristh/saj e1klasen kai\ e0di/dou toi=j maqhtai=j au0tou=, i3na {RP TR: paraqw~sin} [P1904: paratiqw~si]: kai\ pare/qhkan tw%~ o1xlw%. And he instructed the crowd to recline on the ground. Then he took the seven loaves, and he gave thanks, and he broke them and gave them to his disciples to serve, and they served them to the crowd. paraqw~si¨n©, that they might serve (aorist), RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=5/7 vs. paratiqw~si¨n©, that they might serve (present), P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/7.
Mark 8:7 Kai\ ei]xon i0xqu/dia o0li/ga: kai\ {RP TR: - } [P1904: au0ta_] eu0logh/saj ei]pen {RP-text TR: paraqei=nai} [RP-marg: paraqh=nai] [P1904: paratiqe/nai] kai\ au0ta&. And they had a few small fish, and he blessed {RP TR: them} [P1904: them] and told them to serve them as well. au0ta_, them: absent in RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=3/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=3/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=0.3 PV=0.2%.
paraqei=nai, to serve (aorist), RP-text TR F1853=10/20 F1859=3/7 vs. paraqh=nai, to serve (aorist in a non-classical spelling), RP-marg F1853=9/20 F1859=2/7 vs. paratiqe/nai, to serve (present), P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's c) F1859=1/7.
Mark 8:8 871Efagon de/, kai\ e0xorta&sqhsan: kai\ h]ran perisseu/mata klasma&twn e9pta_ spuri/daj. So they ate and were satisfied, and they picked up seven hampers of surplus pieces.
Mark 8:9 87]Hsan de\ {RP TR: oi9 fago/ntej} [P1904: - ] w(j tetrakisxi/lioi: kai\ a)pe/lusen au0tou/j. Now {RP TR: those who ate were about four thousand} [P1904: there were about four thousand of them]. And he sent them off. oi9 fago/ntej, those having eaten: present in RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=6/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7.
Mark 8:10 Kai\ {RP TR: eu0qe/wj e0mba_j} [P1904: e0mba_j eu0qu\j] ei0j to\ ploi=on meta_ tw~n maqhtw~n au0tou=, h]lqen ei0j ta_ me/rh Dalmanouqa&. Then he immediately boarded a boat with his disciples and went to the regions of Dalmanutha. eu0qe/wj e0mba_j, immediately (1) + having boarded, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=4/7 vs. e0mba_j eu0qu\j, having boarded + immediately (2), P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=2/7 vs. e0mba_j eu0qe/wj, having boarded + immediately (1), F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's c) F1859=1/7.
a boat ← the boat. See Gen 22:9.
Mark 8:11 Kai\ e0ch=lqon oi9 Farisai=oi, kai\ h1rcanto suzhtei=n au0tw%~, zhtou=ntej par' au0tou= shmei=on a)po\ tou= ou0ranou=, peira&zontej au0to/n. And the Pharisees came out and began to dispute with him, seeking a sign from him from heaven, putting him to the test,
Mark 8:12 Kai\ a)nastena&caj tw%~ pneu/mati au0tou= le/gei, Ti/ h9 genea_ au3th shmei=on e0pizhtei=; 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n, ei0 doqh/setai th|= genea%~ tau/th| shmei=on. at which he sighed deeply in his spirit and said, “Why does this generation keenly seek a sign? Truly, I say to you, there certainly will not be a sign given to this generation.” there certainly will not ← if, a Hebraism, אִם, as an oath formula: if ... may God do this (harm) to me and add this (harm) to me (compare 2 Sam 3:35).
Mark 8:13 Kai\ a)fei\j au0tou/j, {RP TR: e0mba_j pa&lin} [P1904: - ] ei0j {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: to\] ploi=on, a)ph=lqen {RP TR: ei0j to\ pe/ran} [P1904: pa&lin]. Then he left them {RP TR: and again boarded} [P1904: and went into] {RP-text: a} [RP-marg P1904 TR: the] boat and departed {RP TR: to the other side} [P1904: again]. e0mba_j pa&lin, having boarded again: present in RP TR F1853=17/20 F1859=4/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=0/7 vs. e0mba_j, having boarded, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's e) F1859=1/7 vs. other readings, F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's dy) F1859=2/7.
to\, the: absent in RP-text F1853=10/20 F1859=2/7 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=10/20 F1859=5/7. A disparity with RP-text, R=12:17.
ei0j to\ pe/ran, to the other side, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=6/7 vs. pa&lin, again, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7.
Mark 8:14 Kai\ e0pela&qonto {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: - } [S1894: oi9 maqhtai\] labei=n a!rtouj, kai\ ei0 mh\ e3na a!rton ou0k ei]xon meq' e9autw~n e0n tw%~ ploi/w%. Now {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: they} [S1894: the disciples] had forgotten to take bread, and they did not have any with them in the boat except for one loaf, oi9 maqhtai\, the disciples: absent in RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1853=15/21 F1859=6/8 vs. present in S1894 F1853=6/21 (5 actually containing oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou=) F1859=2/8.
Mark 8:15 Kai\ dieste/lleto au0toi=j, le/gwn, 879Ora~te, ble/pete a)po\ th=j zu/mhj tw~n Farisai/wn kai\ th=j zu/mhj 879Hrw%&dou. and he instructed them and said, “Watch out, beware of the leaven of the Pharisees and the leaven of Herod.”
Mark 8:16 Kai\ dielogi/zonto pro\j a)llh/louj, le/gontej o3ti 871Artouj ou0k e1xomen. At this they argued among themselves and said, “It is because we haven't got any bread.”
Mark 8:17 Kai\ gnou\j o9 870Ihsou=j le/gei au0toi=j, Ti/ dialogi/zesqe o3ti a!rtouj ou0k e1xete; Ou1pw noei=te, ou0de\ suni/ete; 871Eti pepwrwme/nhn e1xete th\n kardi/an u9mw~n; But Jesus was aware of that and said to them, “Why are you arguing because you haven't got any bread? Don't you discern or understand yet? Do you still have a hardened heart? have a hardened heart ← have your heart hardened.
Mark 8:18 870Ofqalmou\j e1xontej ou0 ble/pete; Kai\ w}ta e1xontej ou0k a)kou/ete; Kai\ ou0 mnhmoneu/ete; Do you not see, although you have eyes? And do you not hear, although you have ears? And do you not remember? Jer 5:21.
although (2x): concessive use of the participle.
Mark 8:19 873Ote tou\j pe/nte a!rtouj e1klasa ei0j tou\j pentakisxili/ouj, {RP TR: - } [P1904: kai\] po/souj kofi/nouj {RP TR: plh/reij klasma&twn} [P1904: klasma&twn plh/reij] h1rate; Le/gousin au0tw%~, Dw&deka. When I broke five loaves for the five thousand, {RP TR: - } [P1904: - ] how many basketsful of pieces did you pick up?” They said to him, “Twelve.” kai\, and (with a sense of then answering to when, but we leave it untranslated): absent in RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/7.
plh/reij klasma&twn, full + of pieces, RP TR F1853=19/21 F1859=3/7 vs. klasma&twn plh/reij, of pieces + full, P1904 F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7 vs. other readings, F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's h*) F1859=3/7.
Mark 8:20 873Ote de\ tou\j e9pta_ ei0j tou\j tetrakisxili/ouj, po/swn spuri/dwn plhrw&mata klasma&twn h1rate; Oi9 de\ ei]pon, 879Epta&. “And when I broke the seven loaves for the four thousand, how many hampers full of pieces did you pick up?” And they said, “Seven.” how many hampers full of pieces ← fulnesses of how many hampers of pieces.
Mark 8:21 Kai\ e1legen au0toi=j, {RP TR: Pw~j ou0} [P1904: Ou1pw] suni/ete; And he said to them, “{RP TR: How come you do not understand?} [P1904: Don't you understand yet?]” pw~j ou0, how not, RP TR F1853=14/21 F1859=4/7 vs. ou1pw, not yet, P1904 F1853=2/21 (Scrivener's ey) F1859=2/7 vs. pw~j ou1pw, how come not yet, F1853=4/21 (Scrivener's clmn) F1859=0/7 vs. other readings, F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's q**) F1859=1/7.
Mark 8:22 Kai\ e1rxetai ei0j {RP S1550 E1624: Bhqsai+da&n} [P1904 S1894: Bhqsai+da&]. Kai\ fe/rousin au0tw%~ tuflo/n, kai\ parakalou=sin au0to\n i3na au0tou= a#yhtai. Then he came to Bethsaida, and they brought a blind man to him and pleaded with him to touch him. Bhqsai+da&n, Bethsaida (declined in accusative case), RP S1550 E1624 F1853=13/20 F1859=3/7 vs. Bhqsai+da&, Bethsaida (indeclinable), P1904 S1894 F1853=5/20 F1859=4/7 vs. other readings, F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's dy) F1859=0/7.
Mark 8:23 Kai\ e0pilabo/menoj th=j xeiro\j tou= tuflou=, e0ch/gagen au0to\n e1cw th=j kw&mhj: kai\ ptu/saj ei0j ta_ o1mmata au0tou=, e0piqei\j ta_j xei=raj au0tw%~, e0phrw&ta au0to\n ei1 ti ble/pei. Then he took hold of the blind man's hand and led him out of the village, and he spat into his eyes and put his hands on him, and he asked him if he could see anything.
Mark 8:24 Kai\ a)nable/yaj e1legen, Ble/pw tou\j a)nqrw&pouj {RP S1550 E1624: o3ti w(j de/ndra o9rw~} [P1904 S1894: w(j de/ndra] peripatou=ntaj. And he looked up and said, “I can see men, {RP S1550 E1624: inasmuch as I can see them} [P1904 S1894: - ] walking around looking like trees.” o3ti w(j de/ndra o9rw~, that as trees I see, RP S1550 E1624 F1853=17/19 F1859=5/7 vs. w(j de/ndra, as trees, P1904 S1894 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's cy) F1859=2/7.
Mark 8:25 Ei]ta pa&lin e0pe/qhken ta_j xei=raj e0pi\ tou\j o0fqalmou\j au0tou=, kai\ e0poi/hsen au0to\n a)nable/yai. Kai\ a)pokatesta&qh, kai\ {RP-text P1904 TR: e0ne/bleyen} [RP-marg: a)ne/bleyen] thlaugw~j a#pantaj. Then he put his hands on his eyes again and enabled him to see again, and he was restored, and he saw everyone clearly {RP-text P1904 TR: - } [RP-marg: again]. e0ne/bleyen, saw, RP-text P1904 TR F1853=10/19 F1859=5/7 vs. a)ne/bleyen, saw again, RP-marg F1853=9/19 F1859=2/7.
enabled him to ← made him.
see again: or look up.
Mark 8:26 Kai\ a)pe/steilen au0to\n ei0j {RP-text P1904 TR: to\n} [RP-marg: - ] oi]kon au0tou=, le/gwn, Mhde\ ei0j th\n kw&mhn ei0se/lqh|j, mhde\ ei1ph|j tini\ e0n th|= kw&mh|. And he sent him off to his house, and he said, “Do not go into the village, nor tell anyone in the village.” to\n, the (house): present in RP-text P1904 TR F1853=11/20 F1859=5/7 vs. absent in RP-marg F1853=9/20 F1859=2/7.
Mark 8:27 Kai\ e0ch=lqen o9 870Ihsou=j kai\ {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: oi9} [E1624: o9] maqhtai\ au0tou= ei0j ta_j kw&maj Kaisarei/aj th=j Fili/ppou: kai\ e0n th|= o9dw%~ e0phrw&ta tou\j maqhta_j au0tou=, le/gwn au0toi=j, Ti/na me le/gousin oi9 a!nqrwpoi ei]nai; Then Jesus went out, as did his disciples, to the villages of Caesarea Philippi, and on the way he questioned his disciples and said to them, “Who do men say I am?” oi9, the (plural), RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=20/20 F1859=7/7 vs. o9, the (singular), E1624 F1853=0/20 F1859=0/7. The E1624 reading is surely a scribal / typographical error.
Mark 8:28 Oi9 de\ a)pekri/qhsan, 870Iwa&nnhn to\n baptisth/n: kai\ a!lloi, 870Hli/an, a!lloi de/, 873Ena tw~n profhtw~n. They replied, “ ‘John the Baptist’, whereas others say, ‘Elijah’, and others, ‘One of the prophets.’ ”
Mark 8:29 Kai\ au0to\j le/gei au0toi=j, 879Umei=j de\ ti/na me le/gete ei]nai; 870Apokriqei\j de\ o9 Pe/troj le/gei au0tw%~, Su\ ei] o9 xristo/j. Then he said to them, “But who do you say I am?” Peter answered and said to him, “You are the Christ.”
Mark 8:30 Kai\ e0peti/mhsen au0toi=j, i3na mhdeni\ le/gwsin peri\ au0tou=. Then he warned them not to tell anyone about himself.
Mark 8:31 Kai\ h1rcato dida&skein au0tou/j, o3ti dei= to\n ui9o\n tou= a)nqrw&pou polla_ paqei=n, kai\ a)podokimasqh=nai a)po\ tw~n presbute/rwn kai\ {RP P1904: tw~n} [TR: - ] a)rxiere/wn kai\ {RP P1904: tw~n} [TR: - ] grammate/wn, kai\ a)poktanqh=nai, kai\ meta_ trei=j h9me/raj a)nasth=nai: Next he began to teach them that the son of man had to suffer many things, and to be rejected by the elders and {RP P1904: the} [TR: - ] senior priests and {RP P1904: the} [TR: - ] scribes, and to be killed, and to rise again after three days. tw~n, by (the senior priests): present in RP P1904 F1853=14/21 F1859=6/7 vs. absent in TR F1853=7/21 F1859=1/7 Two different readings of Scrivener's y counted here; compare below.
tw~n, by (the scribes): present in RP P1904 F1853=17/20 F1859=5/8 vs. absent in TR F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's eux, u being very doubtful) F1859=3/8 Two identical readings of Scrivener's y counted as one reading here.
Mark 8:32 kai\ parrhsi/a% to\n lo/gon e0la&lei. Kai\ proslabo/menoj au0to\n o9 Pe/troj h1rcato e0pitima~n au0tw%~. Indeed, he would make the assertion openly. Then Peter took him aside, and he began to remonstrate with him. make the assertion ← say the word.
took him aside ← took him to himself.
Mark 8:33 879O de\ e0pistrafei/j, kai\ i0dw_n tou\j maqhta_j au0tou=, e0peti/mhsen tw%~ Pe/trw%, le/gwn, 873Upage o0pi/sw mou, Satana~: o3ti ou0 fronei=j ta_ tou= qeou=, a)lla_ ta_ tw~n a)nqrw&pwn. But he turned around and looked at his disciples, and he remonstrated with Peter and said, “Get behind me, Satan. For you are not mindful of the affairs of God, but those of men.”
Mark 8:34 Kai\ proskalesa&menoj to\n o1xlon su\n toi=j maqhtai=j au0tou=, ei]pen au0toi=j, 873Ostij qe/lei o0pi/sw mou {RP P1904: a)kolouqei=n} [TR: e0lqei=n], a)parnhsa&sqw e9auto/n, kai\ a)ra&tw to\n stauro\n au0tou=, kai\ a)kolouqei/tw moi. Then he called the crowd to himself with his disciples and said to them, “Let whoever wishes to follow me deny himself and take up his cross and follow me. a)kolouqei=n, follow (behind me), RP P1904 F1853=10/19 F1859=5/7 vs. e0lqei=n, come (behind me), TR F1853=9/19 F1859=2/7. No difference in our English.
Mark 8:35 874Oj ga_r a@n qe/lh| th\n yuxh\n au0tou= sw~sai, a)pole/sei au0th/n: o4j d' a@n a)pole/sh| th\n {RP P1904: e9autou= yuxh\n} [TR: yuxh\n au0tou=] e3neken e0mou= kai\ tou= eu0aggeli/ou, ou[toj sw&sei au0th/n. For whoever wants to save his life will lose it, but it is whoever loses {RP P1904: his own} [TR: his] life for my sake and that of the gospel who will save it. e9autou= yuxh\n, his own soul, RP P1904 F1853=15/19 F1859=7/7 vs. yuxh\n au0tou=, his soul, TR F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's clmn) F1859=0/7.
life (2x) ← soul.
who ← this (one).
Mark 8:36 Ti/ ga_r w)felh/sei a!nqrwpon, e0a_n kerdh/sh| to\n ko/smon o3lon, kai\ zhmiwqh|= th\n yuxh\n au0tou=; For in what way does it benefit a man if he gains the whole world, but forfeits his own life? does ← will.
life ← soul.
Mark 8:37 872H ti/ dw&sei a!nqrwpoj a)nta&llagma th=j yuxh=j au0tou=; Or what will a man give in exchange for his own life? life ← soul.
Mark 8:38 874Oj ga_r {RP-text P1904: e0a_n} [RP-marg TR: a@n] e0paisxunqh|= me kai\ tou\j e0mou\j lo/gouj e0n th|= genea%~ tau/th| th|= moixali/di kai\ a(martwlw%~, kai\ o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou e0paisxunqh/setai au0to/n, o3tan e1lqh| e0n th|= do/ch| tou= patro\j au0tou= meta_ tw~n a)gge/lwn tw~n a(gi/wn. For as for whoever is ashamed of me and my words in this adulterous and sinful generation, the son of man will be in turn ashamed of him when he comes in the glory of his father with the holy angels.” e0a_n, (who)ever (1), RP-text P1904 F1853=11/19 F1859=2/7 vs. a@n, (who)ever (2), RP-marg TR F1853=8/19 F1859=5/7. Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=14:14.
in turn ← also.
Mark 9:1 Kai\ e1legen au0toi=j, 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n, o3ti ei0si/n tinej tw~n w{de e9sthko/twn, oi3tinej ou0 mh\ geu/swntai qana&tou, e3wj a@n i1dwsin th\n basilei/an tou= qeou= e0lhluqui=an e0n duna&mei. And he said to them, “Truly, I am telling you that there are some of those standing here who will certainly not taste death until they see the kingdom of God come in power.” come ← having come. See Matt 23:20, though here it is a perfect participle.
Mark 9:2 Kai\ meq' h9me/raj e4c paralamba&nei o9 870Ihsou=j to\n Pe/tron kai\ to\n 870Ia&kwbon kai\ {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: to\n] 870Iwa&nnhn, kai\ a)nafe/rei au0tou\j ei0j o1roj u9yhlo\n kat' i0di/an mo/nouj: kai\ metemorfw&qh e1mprosqen au0tw~n: Then six days later, Jesus took Peter and James and John along and brought them up to a high mountain alone, privately. Then he was transfigured in front of them. to\n, the (John): absent in RP-text F1853=11/21 F1859=2/7 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=10/21 F1859=5/7. A disparity with RP-text, R=13:17.
transfigured ← transformed, but we keep to the accepted terminology of the transfiguration.
Mark 9:3 kai\ ta_ i9ma&tia au0tou= {RP-text: e0ge/nonto} [RP-marg P1904 TR: e0ge/neto] sti/lbonta, leuka_ li/an w(j xiw&n, oi[a gnafeu\j e0pi\ th=j gh=j ou0 du/natai {RP TR: - } [P1904: ou3tw] leuka~nai. And his clothes became shining – very white like snow – clothes of a kind which no cloth dresser on earth can make shine {RP TR: like that} [P1904: in such a way]. e0ge/nonto, became (non-classical form), RP-text F1853=8/19 F1859=2/7 vs. e0ge/neto, became (classical form), RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=11/19 F1859=5/7. A disparity with RP-text, R=10:18.
ou3tw¨j©, in such a way: absent in RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=6/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's c) F1859=1/7.
no cloth dresser ... can ← a cloth dresser ... cannot.
Mark 9:4 Kai\ w!fqh au0toi=j 870Hli/aj su\n {RP-text: Mwsh|=} [RP-marg TR: Mwsei=] [P1904: Mwu+sei=], kai\ h]san sullalou=ntej tw%~ 870Ihsou=. Moreover Elijah appeared to them with Moses, and they were speaking to Jesus, Mwsh|=, Moses (1), RP-text F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's gy) F1859=1/7 vs. Mwsei=, Moses (2), RP-marg TR F1853=6/19 F1859=5/7 vs. Mwu+sei=, Moses (3), P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's dp) F1859=1/7 vs. Mwu+sh|=, Moses (4), F1853=9/19 F1859=0/7. A strong disparity with RP-text, R=3:12. Note a very different distribution in F1853 for the next verse. We appreciate that the majority reading may best be decided in a wider scope than verse by verse.
Mark 9:5 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j o9 Pe/troj le/gei tw%~ 870Ihsou=, 879Rabbi/, kalo/n e0stin h9ma~j w{de ei]nai: kai\ poih/swmen skhna_j trei=j, soi\ mi/an, kai\ {RP-text: Mwsh|=} [RP-marg TR: Mwsei=] [P1904: Mwu+sei=] mi/an, kai\ 870Hli/a% mi/an. at which Peter responded and said to Jesus, “Rabbi, it is good for us to be here. So let's make three booths: one for you, and one for Moses, and one for Elijah.” Mwsh=, Moses (1), RP-text F1853=10/19 F1859=0/7 vs. Mwsei=, Moses (2), RP-marg TR F1853=9/19 F1859=5/7 vs. Mwu+sei=, Moses (3), P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=2/7. Note a very different distribution in F1853 for the previous verse. A disparity with RP-text, R=10:15.
Mark 9:6 Ou0 ga_r h|1dei ti/ {RP: lalh/sei} [P1904 TR: lalh/sh|]: h]san ga_r e1kfoboi. For he did not know what he should say, for they were terrified. lalh/sei, (what he) would say (future), RP F1853=14/19 F1859=4/7 vs. lalh/sh|, (what) he should say (deliberative subjunctive), P1904 TR F1853=5/19 F1859=3/7. We translate in either case with should.
{RP: should ← would, perhaps a Hebraism, perhaps to be regarded as a variantly spelled subjunctive (deliberative).}
Mark 9:7 Kai\ e0ge/neto nefe/lh e0piskia&zousa au0toi=j: kai\ h]lqen fwnh\ e0k th=j nefe/lhj {RP: - } [P1904 TR: le/gousa], Ou[to/j e0stin o9 ui9o/j mou o9 a)gaphto/j: au0tou= a)kou/ete. Then a cloud materialized and overshadowed them, and a voice came from the cloud {RP: - } [P1904 TR: and said], “This is my beloved son. Hear him.” le/gousa, saying: absent in RP F1853=14/20 F1859=3/8 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=6/20 F1859=5/8.
materialized ← became, came.
Mark 9:8 Kai\ e0ca&pina peribleya&menoi, ou0ke/ti ou0de/na ei]don, a)lla_ to\n 870Ihsou=n mo/non meq' e9autw~n. Yet the moment when they looked round, they didn't see anyone any longer, except just Jesus with them.
Mark 9:9 Katabaino/ntwn de\ au0tw~n a)po\ tou= o1rouj, diestei/lato au0toi=j i3na mhdeni\ dihgh/swntai a$ ei]don, ei0 mh\ o3tan o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou e0k nekrw~n a)nasth|=. Then as they came down from the mountain, he commanded them not to recount the things they had seen to anyone until the son of man had risen from the dead. until ← except when.
Mark 9:10 Kai\ to\n lo/gon e0kra&thsan pro\j e9autou/j, suzhtou=ntej ti/ e0stin to\ e0k nekrw~n a)nasth=nai. And they kept the matter to themselves, while discussing with each other what rising from the dead meant. meant ← was ( ← is, in historical reported speech).
Mark 9:11 Kai\ e0phrw&twn au0to/n, le/gontej o3ti Le/gousin oi9 grammatei=j o3ti 870Hli/an dei= e0lqei=n prw~ton; Then they questioned him and said, “The scribes say that Elijah must come first, don't they?”
Mark 9:12 879O de\ a)pokriqei/j, ei]pen au0toi=j, 870Hli/aj me\n e0lqw_n prw~ton, a)pokaqista%~ pa&nta: kai\ pw~j ge/graptai e0pi\ to\n ui9o\n tou= a)nqrw&pou, i3na polla_ pa&qh| kai\ e0coudenwqh|=. Then he answered and said to them, “Elijah does indeed come and restore everything first, so how come it stands written concerning the son of man that he must suffer many things and be thought nothing of? We, with P1904, punctuate as a question (presumably to make the disciples think). RP and TBS-TR punctuate as a statement, which we do not feel fits the Greek kai\ pw~j, and how.
Mark 9:13 870Alla_ le/gw u9mi=n o3ti kai\ 870Hli/aj e0lh/luqen, kai\ e0poi/hsan au0tw%~ o3sa h0qe/lhsan, kaqw_j ge/graptai e0p' au0to/n. But I say to you that Elijah has also come, and that they did to him whatever they wanted, as it stands written concerning him.”
Mark 9:14 Kai\ e0lqw_n pro\j tou\j maqhta&j, ei]den o1xlon polu\n peri\ au0tou/j, kai\ grammatei=j suzhtou=ntaj au0toi=j. Then he went to the disciples and saw a large crowd around them, and scribes discussing with them.
Mark 9:15 Kai\ eu0qe/wj pa~j o9 o1xloj {RP TR: i0dw_n} [P1904: i0do/ntej] au0to\n {RP TR: e0ceqambh/qh} [P1904: e0ceqambh/qhsan], kai\ prostre/xontej h0spa&zonto au0to/n. And immediately, when the whole crowd saw him, they were astounded, and they ran to greet him. i0dw_n, having seen (singular), RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=5/7 vs. i0do/ntej, having seen (plural), P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/7.
e0ceqambh/qh, was astounded, RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=4/7 vs. e0ceqambh/qhsan, were astounded, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=3/7.
ran to greet ← having run, were greeting.
Mark 9:16 Kai\ e0phrw&thsen tou\j grammatei=j, Ti/ suzhtei=te pro\j {RP TR: au0tou/j} [P1904: e9autou/j]; Then he asked the scribes, “What are you discussing {RP TR: with them} [P1904: among yourselves]?” au0tou/j, them (but could be read as au9tou/j, a crasis of e9autou/j), RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=6/7 vs. e9autou/j, yourselves, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's c) F1859=0/7.
Mark 9:17 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j ei[j e0k tou= o1xlou ei]pen, Dida&skale, h1negka to\n ui9o/n mou pro/j se, e1xonta pneu=ma a!lalon. At this one of the crowd answered and said, “Teacher, I have brought you my son who is possessed by a mute spirit. possessed by ← having.
mute: i.e. mute-making.
Mark 9:18 Kai\ o3pou a@n au0to\n katala&bh|, r(h/ssei au0to/n: kai\ a)fri/zei, kai\ tri/zei tou\j o0do/ntaj au0tou=, kai\ chrai/netai: kai\ ei]pon toi=j maqhtai=j sou i3na au0to\ e0kba&lwsin, kai\ ou0k i1sxusan. And wherever it seizes him, it tears at him, and he foams and gnashes his teeth, and he becomes dehydrated. Moreover, I told your disciples to cast it out, but they couldn't.”
Mark 9:19 879O de\ a)pokriqei\j au0tw%~ le/gei, 87]W genea_ a!pistoj, e3wj po/te pro\j u9ma~j e1somai; 873Ewj po/te a)ne/comai u9mw~n; Fe/rete au0to\n pro/j me. Then he answered him and said, “O unbelieving generation, how long will I be with you? How long will I bear with you? Bring him to me.”
Mark 9:20 Kai\ h1negkan au0to\n pro\j au0to/n: kai\ i0dw_n au0to/n, eu0qe/wj to\ pneu=ma e0spa&racen au0to/n: kai\ pesw_n e0pi\ th=j gh=j, e0kuli/eto a)fri/zwn. So they brought him to him. ¶ And when he saw him, the spirit immediately convulsed him, and he fell onto the ground and rolled about, foaming. ¶ Verse division: in P1904 numbering, Mark 9:20 begins here.
he saw: masculine, referring to the son, not neuter, which would refer to the spirit.
Mark 9:21 Kai\ e0phrw&thsen to\n pate/ra au0tou=, Po/soj xro/noj e0sti/n, w(j tou=to ge/gonen au0tw%~; 879O de\ ei]pen, Paidio/qen. And he asked his father, “How long is it since this happened to him?” And he said, “Since childhood.
Mark 9:22 Kai\ polla&kij au0to\n kai\ ei0j {RP: to\} [P1904 TR: - ] pu=r e1balen kai\ ei0j u3data, i3na a)pole/sh| au0to/n: a)ll' ei1 ti du/nasai, boh/qhson {RP P1904c TR: h9mi=n} [P1904u: u9mi=n], splagxnisqei\j e0f' h9ma~j. And it has often thrown him in both fire and water, to destroy him. But if you can do anything, help us and have compassion on us.” to\, the (with fire): present in RP F1853=13/21 F1859=5/7 vs. absent in P1904 TR F1853=8/21 F1859=2/7.
Mark 9:23 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0tw%~, To\ ei0 du/nasai pisteu=sai, pa&nta dunata_ tw%~ pisteu/onti. Then Jesus, quoting him, said to him, “ ‘If you can’ believe, everything is possible for him who believes.” quoting him: the quotation - if you can - is indicated by the word to\.
Mark 9:24 Kai\ eu0qe/wj kra&caj o9 path\r tou= paidi/ou, meta_ dakru/wn e1legen, Pisteu/w, ku/rie, boh/qei mou th|= a)pisti/a%. Then the father of the child immediately cried out and said with tears, “I believe, Lord. Help my unbelief.”
Mark 9:25 870Idw_n de\ o9 870Ihsou=j o3ti e0pisuntre/xei {RP P1904 TR: - } [MISC: o9] o1xloj, e0peti/mhsen tw%~ pneu/mati tw%~ a)kaqa&rtw%, le/gwn au0tw%~, To\ pneu=ma to\ a!lalon kai\ kwfo/n, e0gw& soi e0pita&ssw, e1celqe e0c au0tou=, kai\ mhke/ti ei0se/lqh|j ei0j au0to/n. Then when Jesus saw that {RP P1904 TR: a} [MISC: the] crowd was converging, he rebuked the unclean spirit and said to it, “You mute and deaf spirit, I command you, come out of him and do not go in to him any more.” o9, the (crowd): absent in RP P1904 TR F1853=7/20 F1859=2/7 vs. present in F1853=13/20 F1859=5/7. A disparity with RP, R=11:18.
Mark 9:26 Kai\ kra&can, kai\ polla_ spara&can au0to/n, e0ch=lqen: kai\ e0ge/neto w(sei\ nekro/j, w#ste pollou\j le/gein o3ti a)pe/qanen. Then it shouted and convulsed him severely and came out, and he became as though he was dead, so that many said that he had died.
Mark 9:27 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j krath/saj au0to\n th=j xeiro/j, h1geiren au0to/n: kai\ a)ne/sth. But Jesus took hold of him by the hand and lifted him up, and he arose.
Mark 9:28 Kai\ ei0selqo/nta au0to\n ei0j oi]kon, oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou= e0phrw&twn au0to\n kat' i0di/an o3ti 879Hmei=j ou0k h0dunh/qhmen e0kbalei=n au0to/; Then when he had gone home, his disciples asked him privately, “Why is it that we could not cast it out?”
Mark 9:29 Kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j, Tou=to to\ ge/noj e0n ou0deni\ du/natai e0celqei=n, ei0 mh\ e0n proseuxh|= kai\ nhstei/a%. And he said to them, “This kind cannot come out by any means except prayer and fasting.”
Mark 9:30 Kai\ e0kei=qen e0celqo/ntej pareporeu/onto dia_ th=j Galilai/aj: kai\ ou0k h1qelen i3na tij gnw%~. And they departed from there and passed through Galilee, and he did not want anyone to know.
Mark 9:31 870Edi/dasken ga_r tou\j maqhta_j au0tou=, kai\ e1legen au0toi=j o3ti 879O ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou paradi/dotai ei0j xei=raj a)nqrw&pwn, kai\ a)poktenou=sin au0to/n: kai\ a)poktanqei/j, th|= tri/th| h9me/ra% a)nasth/setai. For he kept teaching his disciples and saying to them, “The son of man will be delivered into the hands of men, and they will kill him, and after being killed, he will rise on the third day.” kept teaching: iterative imperfect, but not necessarily so – see Matt 5:2.
Mark 9:32 Oi9 de\ h0gno/oun to\ r(h=ma, kai\ e0fobou=nto au0to\n e0perwth=sai. But they kept failing to understand the statement and were afraid to ask him about it. kept failing: iterative imperfect, but see Mark 9:31.
Mark 9:33 Kai\ h]lqen ei0j Kapernaou/m: kai\ e0n th|= oi0ki/a% geno/menoj e0phrw&ta au0tou/j, Ti/ e0n th|= o9dw%~ pro\j e9autou\j dielogi/zesqe; Then he went to Capernaum, and after going into a house, he asked them, “What did you discuss among yourselves on the way?” a house ← the house. See Gen 22:9.
Mark 9:34 Oi9 de\ e0siw&pwn: pro\j a)llh/louj ga_r diele/xqhsan e0n th|= o9dw%~, ti/j mei/zwn. But they remained silent, for on the way they had discussed with each other who was the greatest. greatest ← greater, Greek comparative for superlative.
Mark 9:35 Kai\ kaqi/saj e0fw&nhsen tou\j dw&deka, kai\ le/gei au0toi=j, Ei1 tij qe/lei prw~toj ei]nai, e1stai pa&ntwn e1sxatoj, kai\ pa&ntwn dia&konoj. Then he sat down and addressed the twelve and said to them, “If anyone wants to be the first, he will be the last of all and the servant of all.” addressed: AV differs somewhat (called), but this is not the usual word (kale/w).
Mark 9:36 Kai\ labw_n paidi/on, e1sthsen au0to\ e0n me/sw% au0tw~n: kai\ e0nagkalisa&menoj au0to/, ei]pen au0toi=j: Next, he took a child and stood him in front of them, and after taking him in his arms, he said to them, in front of them ← in their midst.
Mark 9:37 874Oj e0a_n e4n tw~n toiou/twn paidi/wn de/chtai e0pi\ tw%~ o0no/mati/ mou, e0me\ de/xetai: kai\ o4j e0a_n e0me\ de/chtai, ou0k e0me\ de/xetai, a)lla_ to\n a)postei/lanta& me. “Whoever receives one of such children in my name receives me, and whoever receives me doesn't receive me, but him who sent me.”
Mark 9:38 870Apekri/qh {RP TR: de\} [P1904: - ] au0tw%~ {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: o9] 870Iwa&nnhj, le/gwn, Dida&skale, ei1dome/n tina {RP S1550: - } [P1904 E1624 S1894: e0n] tw%~ o0no/mati/ sou e0kba&llonta daimo/nia, o4j ou0k a)kolouqei= h9mi=n: kai\ e0kwlu/samen au0to/n, o3ti ou0k a)kolouqei= h9mi=n. {RP TR: Then} [P1904: - ] John answered him and said, “Teacher, we saw someone casting out demons in your name, someone who does not follow us, and we prevented him, because he does not follow us.” de\, and / but: present in RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=5/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/7.
o9, the (John): absent in RP-text F1853=13/20 F1859=4/7 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=7/20 F1859=3/7.
e0n, in (your name) (intensifying the dative): absent in RP S1550 F1853=0/20 F1859=3/7 vs. present in P1904 E1624 S1894 F1853=20/20 F1859=4/7. A strong disparity with RP, R=4:26. F1853 and F1859 are ↴
Mark 9:39 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j ei]pen, Mh\ kwlu/ete au0to/n: ou0dei\j ga&r e0stin o4j poih/sei du/namin e0pi\ tw%~ o0no/mati/ mou, kai\ dunh/setai taxu\ kakologh=sai/ me. But Jesus said, “Do not prevent him, for there is no-one who can perform a deed of power in my name and who will quickly be able to speak ill of me. ↳ very significantly disparate, X2=9.6 PV=0.2%. We have verified Scrivener's abcdefghklm.
can ← will, a Hebraism.
Mark 9:40 874Oj ga_r ou0k e1stin kaq' {RP P1904 S1550: u9mw~n} [E1624 S1894: h9mw~n], u9pe\r {RP P1904 S1550: u9mw~n} [E1624 S1894: h9mw~n] e0stin. For whoever is not against {RP P1904 S1550: you} [E1624 S1894: us] is for {RP P1904 S1550: you} [E1624 S1894: us]. First occurrence in verse: u9mw~n, you, RP P1904 S1550 F1853=14/20 F1859=6/8 vs. h9mw~n, us, E1624 S1894 F1853=6/20 F1859=2/8.
Second occurrence in verse: u9mw~n, you, RP P1904 S1550 F1853=14/20 F1859=5/8 vs. h9mw~n, us, E1624 S1894 F1853=6/20 F1859=3/8. AV differs textually.
Mark 9:41 874Oj ga_r a@n poti/sh| u9ma~j poth/rion u3datoj e0n {RP: - } [P1904 TR: tw%~] o0no/mati/ mou, o3ti xristou= e0ste/, a)mh\n le/gw u9mi=n, ou0 mh\ a)pole/sh| to\n misqo\n au0tou=. For whoever gives you a cup of water to drink in my name, because you are Christ's – truly, I am telling you – he will certainly not lose his reward. tw%~, (in) the (name): absent in RP F1853=16/20 F1859=5/8 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's csux, u being very doubtful) F1859=2/8 vs. another reading, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/8.
Mark 9:42 Kai\ o4j {RP: e0a_n} [P1904 TR: a@n] skandali/sh| e3na tw~n mikrw~n {RP S1550 E1624: - } [P1904 S1894: tou/twn] tw~n pisteuo/ntwn ei0j e0me/, kalo/n e0stin au0tw%~ ma~llon ei0 peri/keitai li/qoj muliko\j peri\ to\n tra&xhlon au0tou=, kai\ be/blhtai ei0j th\n qa&lassan. And it would be better for anyone who causes one of {RP S1550 E1624: the} [P1904 S1894: these] little ones who believe in me to stumble, if an upper millstone were put round his neck and he were thrown into the sea. e0a_n, (who)ever (1), RP F1853=17/20 F1859=4/7 vs. a@n, (who)ever (2), P1904 TR F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's uxy, u being very doubtful) F1859=3/7.
tou/twn, these (little ones): absent in RP S1550 E1624: F1853=19/20 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 S1894 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's h) F1859=2/7.
were thrown ← has been thrown.
Mark 9:43 Kai\ e0a_n skandali/zh| se h9 xei/r sou, a)po/koyon au0th/n: kalo/n soi e0sti\n kullo\n ei0j th\n zwh\n ei0selqei=n, h2 ta_j du/o xei=raj e1xonta a)pelqei=n ei0j th\n ge/ennan, ei0j to\ pu=r to\ a!sbeston, So if your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off. It would be better for you to go into life maimed than to go off into Gehenna, into the inextinguishable fire, with two hands, Gehenna: see Matt 5:22.
with ← having.
Mark 9:44 o3pou o9 skw&lhc au0tw~n ou0 teleuta%~, kai\ to\ pu=r ou0 sbe/nnutai.

Where their worm does not die,

And the fire is not extinguished.

 Isa 66:24.
Mark 9:45 Kai\ e0a_n o9 pou/j sou skandali/zh| se, a)po/koyon au0to/n: kalo/n {RP-text TR: e0sti/n soi} [RP-marg: e0sti/n se] [P1904: soi/ e0stin] ei0selqei=n ei0j th\n zwh\n xwlo/n, h2 tou\j du/o po/daj e1xonta blhqh=nai ei0j th\n ge/ennan, ei0j to\ pu=r to\ a!sbeston, And if your foot causes you to stumble, cut it off. It would be better {RP-text P1904 TR: for you to go off} [RP-marg: that you go off] into life lame than to be thrown into Gehenna, into the inextinguishable fire, with two feet, e0sti/n soi, is + for you, RP-text TR F1853=13/20 F1859=2/7 vs. e0sti/n se, is + (that) you, RP-marg F1853=5/20 F1859=2/7 vs. soi/ e0stin, for you + is, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=3/7 vs. whole verse absent F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's c) F1859=0/7.
Gehenna: see Matt 5:22.
with ← having.
Mark 9:46 o3pou o9 skw&lhc au0tw~n ou0 teleuta%~, kai\ to\ pu=r ou0 sbe/nnutai.

Where their worm does not die,

And the fire is not extinguished.

 Isa 66:24.
Mark 9:47 Kai\ e0a_n o9 o0fqalmo/j sou skandali/zh| se, e1kbale au0to/n: kalo/n soi e0sti\n mono/fqalmon ei0selqei=n ei0j th\n basilei/an tou= qeou=, h2 {RP TR: - } [P1904: tou\j] du/o o0fqalmou\j e1xonta {RP TR: blhqh=nai} [P1904: a)pelqei=n] ei0j th\n ge/ennan tou= puro/j, And if your eye causes you to stumble, cast it out. It would be better for you to go into the kingdom of God with one eye, than to {RP TR: be thrown} [P1904: go off] into fiery Gehenna with two eyes, tou\j, the (two eyes): absent in RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=6/8 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/8 vs. verse absent, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/8 No difference in our English, as inclusion of the article is not English idiom here.
blhqh=nai, be thrown, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=6/7 vs. a)pelqei=n, go off, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7.
with (2x) ← having.
fiery Gehenna ← Gehenna of fire, a Hebraic genitive. On Gehenna, see Matt 5:22.
Mark 9:48 o3pou o9 skw&lhc au0tw~n ou0 teleuta%~, kai\ to\ pu=r ou0 sbe/nnutai.

Where their worm does not die,

And the fire is not extinguished.

 Isa 66:24.
Mark 9:49 Pa~j ga_r puri\ a(lisqh/setai, kai\ pa~sa qusi/a a(li\ a(lisqh/setai. For everyone will be salted with fire, and every sacrifice will be salted with salt.
Mark 9:50 Kalo\n to\ a#laj: e0a_n de\ to\ a#laj a!nalon ge/nhtai, e0n ti/ni au0to\ a)rtu/sete; 871Exete e0n e9autoi=j a#laj, kai\ ei0rhneu/ete e0n a)llh/loij. Salt is good. But if salt becomes bland, with what can you season it? Have salt in yourselves, and live peaceably among yourselves.” bland ← unsalted.
can ← will, a Hebraism.
among yourselves ← in / among each other.
Mark 10:1 {RP TR: Ka)kei=qen} [P1904: Kai\ e0kei=qen] a)nasta_j e1rxetai ei0j ta_ o3ria th=j 870Ioudai/aj dia_ tou= pe/ran tou= 870Iorda&nou: kai\ sumporeu/ontai pa&lin o1xloi pro\j au0to/n: kai/, w(j ei0w&qei, pa&lin e0di/dasken au0tou/j. Then he arose from there and went to the districts of Judaea, through the far side of the Jordan, and again crowds flocked to him, and, as was his custom, he taught them again. ka)kei=qen, and from there (contracted), RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=6/7 vs. kai\ e0kei=qen, and from there (uncontracted), P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7.
flocked to ← walked with to.
Mark 10:2 Kai\ proselqo/ntej {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: oi9] Farisai=oi {RP TR: e0phrw&thsan} [P1904: e0phrw&twn] au0to/n, Ei0 e1cestin a)ndri\ gunai=ka a)polu=sai, peira&zontej au0to/n. And when {RP-text: some} [RP-marg P1904 TR: the] Pharisees arrived, they asked him, “Is it permitted for a husband to divorce his wife?” testing him. oi9, the: absent in RP-text F1853=13/21 F1859=3/7 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=8/21 F1859=4/7.
e0phrw&thsan, asked, RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=6/7 vs. e0phrw&twn, were asking, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7 vs. other variants of the imperfect F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's c; y) F1859=0/7. No difference in our English.
Mark 10:3 879O de\ a)pokriqei\j ei]pen au0toi=j, Ti/ u9mi=n e0netei/lato {RP TR: Mwsh=j} [P1904: Mwu+sh=j]; And he answered and said to them, “What did Moses command you?” Mwsh=j, Moses, RP TR F1853=16/20 F1859=3/8 vs. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, P1904 F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's adeg) F1859=4/8 vs. section absent, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/8.
Mark 10:4 Oi9 de\ ei]pon, {RP TR: - } [P1904: e0pe/treyen] {RP TR: Mwsh=j} [P1904: Mwu+sh=j] {RP TR: e0pe/treyen} [P1904: - ] bibli/on a)postasi/ou gra&yai, kai\ a)polu=sai. Then they said, “Moses permitted us to write a deed of divorce and to divorce.” e0pe/treye¨n©, permitted: after Moses, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=5/8 vs. before Moses, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/8 vs. verse absent, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/8.
Mwsh=j, Moses, RP TR F1853=17/20 F1859=7/8 vs. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, P1904 F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's aeg) F1859=0/8 vs. verse absent, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/8.
Deut 24:1.
deed ← book.
Mark 10:5 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0toi=j, Pro\j th\n sklhrokardi/an u9mw~n e1grayen u9mi=n th\n e0ntolh\n tau/thn: At this Jesus replied and said to them, “He wrote this commandment for you in view of your hardness of heart.
Mark 10:6 a)po\ de\ a)rxh=j kti/sewj, a!rsen kai\ qh=lu e0poi/hsen au0tou\j o9 qeo/j. But from the beginning of creation, God made them male and female. Gen 1:27.
Mark 10:7 873Eneken tou/tou katalei/yei a!nqrwpoj to\n pate/ra au0tou= kai\ th\n mhte/ra: kai\ proskollhqh/setai pro\j th\n gunai=ka au0tou=, On account of this, a man will leave his father and his mother, and he will cleave to his wife, Gen 2:24.
cleave to ← be cleaved to.
Mark 10:8 kai\ e1sontai oi9 du/o ei0j sa&rka mi/an. 873Wste ou0ke/ti ei0si\n du/o, a)lla_ mi/a sa&rc. and the two will be one flesh, so that they are no longer two, but one flesh. Gen 2:24.
Mark 10:9 874O ou]n o9 qeo\j sune/zeucen, a!nqrwpoj mh\ xwrize/tw. So let man not separate what God has paired together.” paired ← yoked.
Mark 10:10 Kai\ {RP TR: e0n th|= oi0ki/a%} [P1904: ei0j th\n oi0ki/an] pa&lin oi9 maqhtai\ {RP TR: au0tou=} [P1904: - ] peri\ {RP TR: tou= au0tou=} [P1904: tou/tou] {RP TR: e0phrw&thsan} [P1904: e0phrw&twn] au0to/n. Then at home {RP TR: his} [P1904: the] disciples again asked him about {RP TR: the same thing} [P1904: this], e0n th|= oi0ki/a%, in the house, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=6/7 vs. ei0j th\n oi0ki/an, to the house, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7. No difference in our English, ei0j being used pregnantly.
au0tou=, his (disciples): present in RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=7/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=0/7.
tou= au0tou=, (about) the same, RP TR F1853=12/20 F1859=5/7 vs. tou/tou, (about) this, P1904 F1853=6/20 F1859=1/7 vs. other readings, F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's sy) F1859=1/7.
e0phrw&thsan, asked, RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=6/7 vs. e0phrw&twn, were asking (1), P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7 vs. e0phrw&toun, were asking (2), F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's c) F1859=0/7.
Mark 10:11 Kai\ le/gei au0toi=j, 874Oj {RP TR: e0a_n} [P1904: a@n] a)polu/sh| th\n gunai=ka au0tou= kai\ gamh/sh| a!llhn, moixa~tai e0p' au0th/n: and he said to them, “Whoever divorces his wife and marries another commits adultery against her. e0a_n, (who)ever (1), RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=6/7 vs. a@n, (who)ever (2), P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7.
Mark 10:12 kai\ e0a_n gunh\ {RP TR: a)polu/sh|} [P1904: a)polu/sasa] to\n a!ndra {RP TR: au0th=j kai\} [P1904: - ] gamhqh|= a!llw%, moixa~tai. And if a woman {RP TR: divorces her husband and} [P1904: who has divorced her husband] marries someone else, she commits adultery.” a)polu/sh|, should divorce, RP TR F1853=18/21 F1859=5/7 vs. a)polu/sasa, having divorced, P1904 F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7 vs. other readings, F1853=2/21 (Scrivener's ef*) F1859=1/7.
au0th=j kai\, her (husband) and: present in RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=6/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7.
Mark 10:13 Kai\ prose/feron au0tw%~ paidi/a i3na {RP TR: a#yhtai au0tw~n} [P1904: au0tw~n a#yhtai]: oi9 de\ maqhtai\ e0peti/mwn toi=j prosfe/rousin. Then they brought children to him, so that he might touch them. But the disciples rebuked those who brought them. a#yhtai au0tw~n, he might touch + them, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=6/7 vs. au0tw~n a#yhtai, them + he might touch, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7.
Mark 10:14 870Idw_n de\ o9 870Ihsou=j h0gana&kthsen, kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j, 871Afete ta_ paidi/a e1rxesqai {RP: pro/j me: mh\} [P1904 TR: pro/j me kai\ mh\] kwlu/ete au0ta&: tw~n ga_r toiou/twn e0sti\n h9 basilei/a tou= qeou=. But when Jesus saw it, he became indignant and said to them, “Let the children come {RP: to me; do not} [P1904 TR: to me and do not] prevent them. For of such is the kingdom of God. kai\, and: absent in RP F1853=13/20 F1859=4/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=7/20 F1859=3/7.
Mark 10:15 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n, o4j e0a_n mh\ de/chtai th\n basilei/an tou= qeou= w(j paidi/on, ou0 mh\ ei0se/lqh| ei0j au0th/n. Truly, I say to you, whoever does not receive the kingdom of God as a child will certainly not go into it.”
Mark 10:16 Kai\ e0nagkalisa&menoj au0ta&, {RP TR: tiqei\j ta_j xei=raj e0p' au0ta&,} [P1904: - ] {RP: eu0lo/gei} [TR: hu0lo/gei] [P1904: - ] {RP TR: au0ta&} [P1904: kathulo/gei tiqei\j ta_j xei=raj e0p' au0ta&]. Then he took them in his arms {RP TR: and put his hands on them and blessed them} [P1904: and blessed them, having put his hands on them]. eu0lo/gei, blessed (1), RP F1853=15/20 F1859=4/7 vs. kathulo/gei, blessed (2), P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7 vs. hu0lo/gei, blessed (3), TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's ox) F1859=1/7 vs. eu0lo/ghsen, blessed (4), F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's eu) F1859=1/7.
P1904 reading: F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7.
Mark 10:17 Kai\ e0kporeuome/nou au0tou= ei0j o9do/n, prosdramw_n ei[j kai\ gonupeth/saj au0to\n e0phrw&ta au0to/n, Dida&skale a)gaqe/, ti/ poih/sw i3na zwh\n ai0w&nion klhronomh/sw; Then as he was setting off on his way, a certain man ran up to him and knelt before him and asked him, “Good teacher, what should I do in order to inherit age-abiding life?”
Mark 10:18 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0tw%~, Ti/ me le/geij a)gaqo/n; Ou0dei\j a)gaqo/j, ei0 mh\ ei[j, o9 qeo/j. At this Jesus said to him, “Why do you say I am good? No-one is good except one, that is, God.
Mark 10:19 Ta_j e0ntola_j oi]daj, Mh\ moixeu/sh|j, mh\ foneu/sh|j, mh\ kle/yh|j, mh\ yeudomarturh/sh|j, mh\ a)posterh/sh|j, ti/ma to\n pate/ra sou kai\ th\n mhte/ra. You know the commandments. You shall not commit adultery. You shall not commit murder. You shall not steal. You shall not give false testimony. You shall not defraud. Honour your father and your mother.” Ex 20:12-16, Deut 5:16-20.
Mark 10:20 879O de\ a)pokriqei\j ei]pen au0tw%~, Dida&skale, tau=ta pa&nta e0fulaca&mhn e0k neo/thto/j mou. And he answered and said to him, “Teacher, I have kept all these things from my youth.”
Mark 10:21 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j e0mble/yaj au0tw%~ h0ga&phsen au0to/n, kai\ ei]pen au0tw%~, 873En {RP TR: soi} [P1904: se] u9sterei=: {RP TR: - } [P1904: ei0 qe/leij te/leioj ei]nai,] u3page, o3sa e1xeij pw&lhson, kai\ do\j {RP P1904: - } [TR: toi=j] ptwxoi=j, kai\ e3ceij qhsauro\n e0n ou0ranw%~: kai\ deu=ro, a)kolou/qei moi, a!raj to\n stauro/n {RP TR: - } [P1904: sou]. Then Jesus looked at him and felt brotherly love for him and said to him, “You lack one thing: {RP TR: - } [P1904: if you wish to be perfect,] go and sell what you have and give it to {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] poor, and you will have treasure in heaven. And come and follow me and take up {RP TR: the} [P1904: your] cross.” soi, (one thing) to you (is lacking), RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=5/8 vs. se, (one thing) (makes) you (lacking), P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=3/8.
ei0 qe/leij te/leioj ei]nai, if you wish to be perfect: absent in RP TR F1853=16/20 F1859=4/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's cdpy) F1859=3/7.
toi=j, the (poor): absent in RP P1904 F1853=15/20 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=5/20 F1859=1/7.
sou, your (cross): absent in RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=4/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's cy) F1859=3/7.
Mark 10:22 879O de\ stugna&saj e0pi\ tw%~ lo/gw% a)ph=lqen lupou/menoj: h]n ga_r e1xwn kth/mata polla&. But he became crestfallen at the proposition and went away grieving, for he had many possessions. proposition ← word.
Mark 10:23 Kai\ peribleya&menoj o9 870Ihsou=j le/gei toi=j maqhtai=j au0tou=, Pw~j dusko/lwj oi9 ta_ xrh/mata e1xontej ei0j th\n basilei/an tou= qeou= ei0seleu/sontai. Then Jesus looked around and said to his disciples, “With what difficulty those who have money will go into the kingdom of God!”
Mark 10:24 Oi9 de\ maqhtai\ e0qambou=nto e0pi\ toi=j lo/goij au0tou=. 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j pa&lin a)pokriqei\j le/gei au0toi=j, Te/kna, pw~j du/skolo/n e0stin tou\j pepoiqo/taj e0pi\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: toi=j] xrh/masin ei0j th\n basilei/an tou= qeou= ei0selqei=n. Now the disciples were astounded at his words. But Jesus answered again and said to them, “Children, how difficult it is for those trusting in money to go into the kingdom of God!” toi=j, the (money): absent in RP P1904 F1853=17/20 F1859=5/7 vs. present in TR F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's dux, u being very doubtful) F1859=2/7. No difference in our English, since English idiom avoids the article here.
Mark 10:25 Eu0kopw&tero/n e0stin ka&mhlon dia_ {RP TR: th=j} [P1904: - ] trumalia~j {RP TR: th=j} [P1904: - ] r(afi/doj {RP P1904 S1550: ei0selqei=n} [E1624 S1894: dielqei=n], h2 plou/sion ei0j th\n basilei/an tou= qeou= ei0selqei=n. It is easier for a camel to go {RP P1904 S1550: in} [E1624 S1894: - ] through {RP TR: the} [P1904: the] eye of a needle than for a rich man to go into the kingdom of God. th=j, (through) the (eye): present in RP TR F1853=12/21 F1859=3/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=9/21 F1859=4/7.
th=j, (eye) of the (needle) (but we translate a): present in RP TR F1853=18/21 F1859=3/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=3/21 (Scrivener's cpy) F1859=4/7.
ei0selqei=n, to go into, RP P1904 S1550 F1853=15/20 F1859=3/7 vs. dielqei=n, to go through, E1624 S1894 F1853=5/20 F1859=4/7.
Mark 10:26 Oi9 de\ perissw~j e0ceplh/ssonto, le/gontej pro\j e9autou/j, Kai\ ti/j du/natai swqh=nai; Then they were utterly amazed, and they said to themselves, “Who, then, can be saved?” to themselves: perhaps to each other, the reflexive pronoun standing for the reciprocal pronoun, as in John 12:19.
Mark 10:27 870Emble/yaj {RP TR: de\} [P1904: - ] au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j le/gei, Para_ a)nqrw&poij a)du/naton, a)ll' ou0 para_ {RP P1904: - } [TR: tw%~] qew%~: pa&nta ga_r dunata& e0stin para_ tw%~ qew%~. {RP TR: So} [P1904: - ] Jesus looked at them and said, “With men it is impossible, but not with God. For everything is possible with God.” de\, and / but (though we translate as so): present in RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=7/8 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=1/8.
tw%~, the (God): absent in RP P1904 F1853=15/21 F1859=5/7 vs. present in TR F1853=6/21 F1859=2/7.
Mark 10:28 {RP P1904: 871Hrcato} [TR: Kai\ h1rcato] o9 Pe/troj le/gein au0tw%~, 870Idou/, h9mei=j a)fh/kamen pa&nta, kai\ h0kolouqh/same/n soi. {RP P1904: - } [TR: Then] Peter went on to say to him, “Look, we have left everything and followed you.” kai\, and: absent in RP P1904 F1853=17/20 F1859=5/8 vs. present in TR F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's cux, u being very doubtful) F1859=3/8.
went on to say ← began to say.
Mark 10:29 870Apokriqei\j {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: de\] o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen, 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n, ou0dei/j e0stin o4j a)fh=ken oi0ki/an, h2 a)delfou/j, h2 a)delfa&j, h2 pate/ra, h2 mhte/ra, h2 gunai=ka, h2 te/kna, h2 a)grou/j, e3neken e0mou= kai\ {RP-text P1904: e3neken} [RP-marg TR: - ] tou= eu0aggeli/ou, {RP-text: But} [RP-marg P1904 TR: But] Jesus answered and said, “Truly, I say to you, there is no-one who has left home, or brothers or sisters or father or mother or wife or children or fields, for my sake and {RP-text P1904: for the sake of} [RP-marg TR: for that of] the gospel, de\, but: absent in RP-text F1853=7/21 F1859=3/7 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=14/21 F1859=4/7. A strong disparity with RP-text, R=10:20.
e3neken, for the sake of: present in RP-text P1904 F1853=11/20 (incl. one misspelled) F1859=6/7 vs. absent in RP-marg TR F1853=9/20 F1859=1/7.
Mark 10:30 e0a_n mh\ la&bh| e9katontaplasi/ona nu=n e0n tw%~ kairw%~ tou/tw%, oi0ki/aj kai\ a)delfou\j kai\ a)delfa_j {RP TR: kai\ mhte/raj} [P1904: kai\ pate/ra kai\ mhte/ra] kai\ te/kna kai\ a)grou/j, meta_ diwgmw~n, kai\ e0n tw%~ ai0w~ni tw%~ e0rxome/nw% zwh\n ai0w&nion. who will not receive a hundredfold now, in this season – houses and brothers and sisters {RP TR: and mothers} [P1904: and father and mother] and children and fields, with persecutions, and in the age to come, age-abiding life. kai\ mhte/raj, and mothers, RP TR F1853=9/21 F1859=5/8 vs. kai\ pate/ra kai\ mhte/ra, and father and mother, P1904 F1853=11/21 F1859=2/8 vs. kai\ mhte/ra, and mother, F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's d) F1859=1/8. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=15:14.
who will not ← if not, or except not.
Mark 10:31 Polloi\ de\ e1sontai prw~toi e1sxatoi, kai\ {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: oi9] e1sxatoi prw~toi. For many who are first will be last, and who are {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: the] last will be first.” oi9, the (last): absent in RP-text P1904 F1853=11/21 F1859=4/7 vs. present in RP-marg TR F1853=10/21 F1859=3/7.
Mark 10:32 87]Hsan de\ e0n th|= o9dw%~ a)nabai/nontej ei0j 879Ieroso/luma: kai\ h]n proa&gwn au0tou\j o9 870Ihsou=j, kai\ e0qambou=nto, kai\ a)kolouqou=ntej e0fobou=nto. Kai\ paralabw_n pa&lin tou\j dw&deka, h1rcato au0toi=j le/gein ta_ me/llonta au0tw%~ sumbai/nein: Now they were on their way going up to Jerusalem, and Jesus was going in front of them, and they were astounded, and they were afraid as they were following. Then he took the twelve aside again and began to tell them about the things that would happen to him,
Mark 10:33 o3ti 870Idou/, a)nabai/nomen ei0j 879Ieroso/luma, kai\ o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou paradoqh/setai toi=j a)rxiereu=sin kai\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: toi=j] grammateu=sin, kai\ katakrinou=sin au0to\n qana&tw%, kai\ paradw&sousin au0to\n toi=j e1qnesin, and he said, “Here we are going up to Jerusalem, and the son of man will be delivered up to the senior priests and {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] scribes, and they will condemn him to death and deliver him to the Gentiles. toi=j, the: absent in RP P1904 F1853=13/20 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=7/20 F1859=1/7.
here we are ← behold.
Mark 10:34 kai\ e0mpai/cousin au0tw%~, kai\ mastigw&sousin au0to/n, kai\ e0mptu/sousin au0tw%~, kai\ a)poktenou=sin au0to/n: kai\ th|= tri/th| h9me/ra% a)nasth/setai. And they will mock him and scourge him and spit on him and kill him, and on the third day he will rise again.”
Mark 10:35 Kai\ prosporeu/ontai au0tw%~ 870Ia&kwboj kai\ 870Iwa&nnhj {RP TR: oi9} [P1904: - ] ui9oi\ Zebedai/ou, le/gontej, Dida&skale, qe/lomen i3na o4 e0a_n ai0th/swmen, poih/sh|j h9mi=n. Then James and John {RP TR: the} [P1904: the] sons of Zebedee came to him and said, “Teacher, we would like you to do for us whatever we ask.” oi9, the (sons): present in RP TR F1853=15/20 F1859=3/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=5/20 F1859=4/7.
Mark 10:36 879O de\ ei]pen au0toi=j, Ti/ qe/lete poih=sai/ me u9mi=n; He then said to them, “What would you like me to do for you?”
Mark 10:37 Oi9 de\ ei]pon au0tw%~, Do\j h9mi=n, i3na ei[j e0k deciw~n sou kai\ ei[j e0c eu0wnu/mwn sou kaqi/swmen e0n th|= do/ch| sou. They then said to him, “Grant us to sit one on your right and one on your left in your glory.”
Mark 10:38 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0toi=j, Ou0k oi1date ti/ ai0tei=sqe. Du/nasqe piei=n to\ poth/rion o4 e0gw_ pi/nw, kai\ to\ ba&ptisma o4 e0gw_ bapti/zomai baptisqh=nai; But Jesus said to them, “You do not know what you are asking. Can you drink the cup which I drink and be baptized with the baptism with which I am baptized?”
Mark 10:39 Oi9 de\ ei]pon au0tw%~, Duna&meqa. 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0toi=j, To\ me\n poth/rion o4 e0gw_ pi/nw pi/esqe: kai\ to\ ba&ptisma o4 e0gw_ bapti/zomai baptisqh/sesqe: Then they said to him, “We can.” But Jesus said to them, “You will drink the cup which I drink and be baptized with the baptism with which I am being baptized.
Mark 10:40 to\ de\ kaqi/sai e0k deciw~n mou kai\ e0c eu0wnu/mwn {RP P1904: - } [TR: mou] ou0k e1stin e0mo\n dou=nai, a)ll' oi[j h9toi/mastai. But to sit on my right and {RP P1904: my} [TR: my] left is not mine to give, but is for those for whom it has been prepared.” mou, my: absent in RP P1904 F1853=13/20 F1859=7/7 vs. present in TR F1853=7/20 F1859=0/7.
Mark 10:41 Kai\ a)kou/santej oi9 de/ka h1rcanto a)ganaktei=n peri\ 870Iakw&bou kai\ 870Iwa&nnou. Then when the ten heard it, they began to become annoyed with James and John.
Mark 10:42 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j proskalesa&menoj au0tou\j le/gei au0toi=j, Oi1date o3ti oi9 dokou=ntej a!rxein tw~n e0qnw~n katakurieu/ousin au0tw~n: kai\ oi9 mega&loi au0tw~n katecousia&zousin au0tw~n. But Jesus called them to himself and said to them, “You know that those who are considered fit to rule over the Gentiles lord it over them, and their high-ranking people exercise authority over them. considered fit ← deemed.
Mark 10:43 Ou0x ou3twj de\ e1stai e0n u9mi=n: a)ll' o4j e0a_n qe/lh| gene/sqai me/gaj e0n u9mi=n, e1stai {RP P1904: u9mw~n dia&konoj} [TR: dia&konoj u9mw~n]: But it will not be like this among you, but whoever wishes to be great among you must be your servant, u9mw~n dia&konoj, of you + a servant, RP P1904 F1853=19/20 F1859=7/8 vs. dia&konoj u9mw~n, a servant + of you, TR F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's u, so very doubtful) F1859=1/8.
must ← will, a Hebraism.
Mark 10:44 kai\ o4j {RP P1904: e0a_n} [TR: a@n] qe/lh| u9mw~n gene/sqai prw~toj, e1stai pa&ntwn dou=loj. and whoever of you wishes to be first must be the servant of all. e0a_n, (who)ever (1), RP P1904 F1853=18/20 F1859=6/7 vs. a@n, (who)ever (2), TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's gu, u being very doubtful) F1859=1/7.
must ← will, a Hebraism.
Mark 10:45 Kai\ ga_r o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou ou0k h]lqen diakonhqh=nai, a)lla_ diakonh=sai, kai\ dou=nai th\n yuxh\n au0tou= lu/tron a)nti\ pollw~n. For indeed the son of man did not come to be ministered to, but to minister, and to give his life as a ransom for many.” life ← soul.
Mark 10:46 Kai\ e1rxontai ei0j 870Ierixw&: kai\ e0kporeuome/nou au0tou= a)po\ 870Ierixw&, kai\ tw~n maqhtw~n au0tou=, kai\ o1xlou i9kanou=, {RP TR: - } [P1904: o9] ui9o\j Timai/ou Barti/maioj {RP TR: o9} [P1904: - ] tuflo\j e0ka&qhto para_ th\n o9do\n prosaitw~n. Then they arrived in Jericho, and as he went out of Jericho, as did his disciples and a considerable crowd, {RP TR: the} [P1904: the] son of Timaeus, Bartimaeus, {RP TR: who} [P1904: who] was blind, was sitting at the side of the road begging. o9, the (son of Timaeus): absent in RP TR F1853=18/21 F1859=4/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=3/21 (Scrivener's q*ry) F1859=3/7.
o9, the (blind): present in RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=6/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7.
Mark 10:47 Kai\ a)kou/saj o3ti 870Ihsou=j o9 Nazwrai=o/j e0stin, h1rcato kra&zein kai\ le/gein, {RP TR: 879O ui9o\j} [P1904: Ui9e\] {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d], 870Ihsou=, e0le/hso/n me. And when he heard that it was Jesus the Nazarene, he began to shout and say, “Son of David, Jesus, have pity on me.” o9 ui9o\j, son (with definite article for vocative, a Hebraism), RP TR F1853=20/21 F1859=5/7 vs. ui9e\, son (classical vocative case), P1904 F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's yonce) F1859=2/7.
David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Mark 10:48 Kai\ e0peti/mwn au0tw%~ polloi/, i3na siwph/sh|: o9 de\ pollw%~ ma~llon e1krazen, Ui9e\ {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d], e0le/hso/n me. At this many rebuked him telling him to be quiet, but he shouted all the more, “Son of David, have pity on me.” David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
all the more ← much more.
Mark 10:49 Kai\ sta_j o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen {RP TR: au0to\n fwnhqh=nai} [P1904: fwnh/sate au0to/n]: kai\ fwnou=sin to\n tuflo/n, le/gontej au0tw%~, Qa&rsei: {RP TR: e1geirai} [P1904: e1geire], fwnei= se. And Jesus stopped and {RP TR: ordered him to be called.} [P1904: said, “Call him.”] So they called the blind man and said to him, “Take courage, get up; he is calling you.” au0to\n fwnhqh=nai, him to be called, RP TR F1853=19/21 F1859=5/7 vs. fwnh/sate au0to/n, call him, P1904 F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's yonce) F1859=1/7 vs. au0tw% fwnhqh=nai, him (dative) to be called, F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's d) F1859=1/7.
e1geirai, get up (aorist middle), RP TR F1853=13/21 F1859=4/7 vs. e1geire, get up (present active), P1904 F1853=8/21 F1859=3/7.
Mark 10:50 879O de\ a)pobalw_n to\ i9ma&tion au0tou= a)nasta_j h]lqen pro\j to\n 870Ihsou=n. So he took off his coat and got up and went to Jesus.
Mark 10:51 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j le/gei au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, Ti/ {RP TR: qe/leij poih/sw soi/} [P1904: soi qe/leij poih/sw]; 879O de\ tuflo\j ei]pen au0tw%~, {RP P1904: 879Rabbouni/} [TR: 879Rabboni/], i3na a)nable/yw. Then Jesus answered and said to him, “What would you like me to do for you?” The blind man said to him, {RP P1904: “Rabbouni} [TR: “Rabboni], to see again.” qe/leij poih/sw soi/, you wish (that) I do + for you, RP TR F1853=16/20 F1859=5/7 vs. soi qe/leij poih/sw, for you + you wish (that) I do, P1904 F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's depy) F1859=2/7.
r(abbouni/, my rabbi (1), RP P1904 F1853=12/22 F1859=4/8 vs. r(abboni/, my rabbi (2), TR F1853=3/22 (Scrivener's f*ux, u being very doubtful) F1859=2/8 vs. other readings, F1853=7/22 F1859=2/8.
Mark 10:52 {RP TR: 879O de\} [P1904: Kai\ o9] 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0tw%~, 873Upage: h9 pi/stij sou se/swke/n se. Kai\ eu0qe/wj a)ne/bleyen, kai\ h0kolou/qei tw%~ 870Ihsou= e0n th|= o9dw%~. Then Jesus said to him, “Off you go; your faith has cured you.” And immediately he recovered his sight and followed Jesus on his way. o9 de\, The (Jesus) + and (1), RP TR F1853=20/21 F1859=6/7 vs. kai\ o9, And (2) the (Jesus), P1904 F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's yonce) F1859=1/7.
cured ← saved.
Mark 11:1 Kai\ o3te e0ggi/zousin ei0j 879Ierousalh/m, ei0j {RP-text P1904: Bhqsfagh\} [RP-marg TR: Bhqfagh\] kai\ Bhqani/an, pro\j to\ o1roj tw~n 870Elaiw~n, a)poste/llei du/o tw~n maqhtw~n au0tou=, And when they were approaching Jerusalem, {RP-text P1904: Bethsphagé} [RP-marg TR: Bethphagé] and Bethany at the Mount of Olives, he sent two of his disciples out, Bhqsfagh=, Bethsphagé, RP-text P1904 F1853=13/22 F1859=5/7 vs. Bhqfagh=, Bethphagé, RP-marg TR F1853=8/22 F1859=1/7 vs. other readings, F1853=1/22 (Scrivener's c) F1859=1/7.
Mark 11:2 kai\ le/gei au0toi=j, 879Upa&gete ei0j th\n kw&mhn th\n kate/nanti u9mw~n: kai\ eu0qe/wj ei0sporeuo/menoi ei0j au0th\n eu9rh/sete pw~lon dedeme/non, e0f' o4n ou0dei\j a)nqrw&pwn keka&qiken: lu/santej au0to\n a)ga&gete. and he said to them, “Go off into the village opposite you, and immediately as you enter it, you will find a colt tied up, on which no man has sat. Untie it and bring it. no man ← no-one of men.
untie: imperatival use of the participle.
Mark 11:3 Kai\ e0a&n tij u9mi=n ei1ph|, Ti/ poiei=te tou=to; ei1pate, o3ti 879O ku/rioj au0tou= xrei/an e1xei: kai\ eu0qe/wj au0to\n {RP P1904: a)poste/llei} [TR: a)postelei=] {RP TR: - } [P1904: pa&lin] w{de. And if anyone says to you, ‘Why are you doing this?’ say, ‘The Lord needs it’, and he {RP P1904: will} [TR: will] immediately {RP TR: despatch it} [P1904: send it back] here.” a)poste/llei, sends, RP P1904 F1853=16/20 F1859=5/7 vs. a)postelei=, will send, TR F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's dgux, u being very doubtful) F1859=2/7.
pa&lin, again: absent in RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/7. The P1904 reading suggests a repunctuation: “The Lord needs it, and he will immediately send it back here” This affects the sense drastically, as if the disciples are forcibly borrowing the animal from an unwilling owner. See [JWB-RR] pp.56-58.
Mark 11:4 870Aph=lqon de\ kai\ eu[ron {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: to\n] pw~lon dedeme/non pro\j th\n qu/ran e1cw e0pi\ tou= a)mfo/dou, kai\ lu/ousin au0to/n. So they went off and found {RP-text: a} [RP-marg P1904 TR: the] colt tied to the door outside in the street, and they untied it. to\n, the: absent in RP-text F1853=9/21 F1859=4/7 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=12/21 F1859=3/7. A disparity with RP-text, R=13:17.
Mark 11:5 Kai/ tinej tw~n e0kei= e9sthko/twn e1legon au0toi=j, Ti/ poiei=te lu/ontej to\n pw~lon; And some of those standing there said to them, “What are you doing, untying the colt?”
Mark 11:6 Oi9 de\ ei]pon au0toi=j kaqw_j e0netei/lato o9 870Ihsou=j: kai\ a)fh=kan au0tou/j. So they spoke to them as Jesus had commanded, and they left them alone.
Mark 11:7 Kai\ h1gagon to\n pw~lon pro\j to\n 870Ihsou=n, kai\ e0pe/balon au0tw%~ ta_ i9ma&tia au0tw~n, kai\ e0ka&qisen e0p' au0tw%~. Then they led the colt to Jesus and put their clothes on it, and he sat on it.
Mark 11:8 Polloi\ de\ ta_ i9ma&tia au0tw~n e1strwsan ei0j th\n o9do/n: a!lloi de\ stoiba&daj e1kopton e0k tw~n de/ndrwn, kai\ e0strw&nnuon ei0j th\n o9do/n. And many spread their clothes in the way, whereas others cut foliage from the trees and spread them in the way.
Mark 11:9 Kai\ oi9 proa&gontej kai\ oi9 a)kolouqou=ntej e1krazon, le/gontej, 879Wsanna&: eu0loghme/noj o9 e0rxo/menoj e0n o0no/mati kuri/ou. Both those who were going in front and those following shouted and said,

“Hosanna;

Blessed is he

Who comes in the name of the Lord.

 Ps 118:25, Ps 118:26.
Hosanna: See Matt 21:9.
Mark 11:10 Eu0loghme/nh h9 e0rxome/nh basilei/a e0n o0no/mati kuri/ou tou= patro\j h9mw~n {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d]. 879Wsanna_ e0n toi=j u9yi/stoij.

Blessed is the kingdom of our father David,

Which comes in the name of the Lord.

Hosanna in the highest realms.”

 David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Ps 118:25.
Hosanna: See Matt 21:9.
The Greek could be read as: Blessed is the coming kingdom in the name of the Lord (of) our father David. However, word order is flexible in Greek, and we (and AV) have chosen to associate words reflecting the established concept of the kingdom of our father David.
Mark 11:11 Kai\ ei0sh=lqen ei0j 879Ieroso/luma o9 870Ihsou=j, kai\ ei0j to\ i9ero/n: kai\ peribleya&menoj pa&nta, o0yi/aj h1dh ou1shj th=j w#raj, e0ch=lqen ei0j Bhqani/an meta_ tw~n dw&deka. Then Jesus went into Jerusalem, and into the temple, and when he had looked around at everything, the time already being evening, he went out to Bethany with the twelve.
Mark 11:12 Kai\ th|= e0pau/rion e0celqo/ntwn au0tw~n a)po\ Bhqani/aj, e0pei/nasen. And on the next day, after they had departed from Bethany, he was hungry,
Mark 11:13 Kai\ i0dw_n sukh=n {RP TR: - } [P1904: a)po\] makro/qen, e1xousan fu/lla, h]lqen ei0 a!ra {RP TR: eu9rh/sei ti} [P1904: ti eu9rh/sei] e0n au0th|=: kai\ e0lqw_n e0p' au0th/n, ou0de\n eu[ren ei0 mh\ fu/lla: ou0 ga_r h]n kairo\j su/kwn. so when he saw a fig tree from a distance, which had leaves, he went to see if he would find anything on it. But when he came to it, he found nothing but leaves. After all, it was not the fig season. a)po\, from: (pleonastically, since makro/qen contains movement from) absent in RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's c) F1859=2/7.
eu9rh/sei ti, he will find + anything, RP TR F1853=17/20 F1859=5/7 vs. ti eu9rh/sei, anything + he will find, P1904, F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's gpy) F1859=1/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7.
so ← and, with consequential force furnished by a!ra.
Mark 11:14 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j {RP TR: o9 870Ihsou=j} [P1904: - ] ei]pen au0th|=, Mhke/ti e0k sou= ei0j to\n ai0w~na {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: mhdei\j} [E1624: ou0dei\j] karpo\n fa&goi. Kai\ h1kouon oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou=. And reacting, {RP TR: Jesus} [P1904: he] said to it, “Let no-one ever eat from you any more.” And the disciples heard him. o9 870Ihsou=j, Jesus: present in RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=3/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's cy) F1859=4/7.
mhdei\j, no-one (classical form), RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=18/20 F1859=6/7 vs. ou0dei\j, no-one (non-classical form), E1624, F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's ux, u being very doubtful) F1859=1/7.
ever ← to the age.
the disciples heard him: or, with AV, his disciples heard (it).
Mark 11:15 Kai\ e1rxontai {RP TR: - } [P1904: pa&lin] ei0j 879Ieroso/luma: kai\ ei0selqw_n o9 870Ihsou=j ei0j to\ i9ero\n h1rcato e0kba&llein tou\j pwlou=ntaj kai\ {RP TR: - } [P1904: tou\j] a)gora&zontaj e0n tw%~ i9erw%~: kai\ ta_j trape/zaj tw~n kollubistw~n, kai\ ta_j kaqe/draj tw~n pwlou/ntwn ta_j peristera_j kate/streyen: Then they went to Jerusalem {RP TR: - } [P1904: again], and when Jesus had gone into the temple, he began to throw out those selling and {RP TR: - } [P1904: those] buying in the temple, and he overturned the tables of the money-changers and the chairs of those selling doves, pa&lin, again: absent in RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=6/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7.
tou\j, the (buyers): absent in RP TR F1853=17/20 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's cey) F1859=2/7.
Mark 11:16 kai\ ou0k h1fien i3na tij diene/gkh| skeu=oj dia_ tou= i9erou=. and he did not allow anyone to carry a utensil through the temple.
Mark 11:17 Kai\ e0di/dasken, le/gwn au0toi=j, Ou0 ge/graptai o3ti 879O oi]ko/j mou oi]koj proseuxh=j klhqh/setai pa~sin toi=j e1qnesin; 879Umei=j de\ {RP TR: e0poih/sate au0to\n} [P1904: au0to\n e0poih/sate] sph/laion lh|stw~n. Then he gave some teaching and said to them, “Does it not stand written that

My house shall be called a house of prayer for all the nations,

But you have made it a den of thieves?”

 e0poih/sate au0to\n, you made + it, RP TR F1853=16/20 F1859=4/7 vs. au0to\n e0poih/sate, it + you made, P1904 F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's eqry) F1859=3/7.
Isa 56:7, Jer 7:11.
den of thieves ← cave of plunderers.
Mark 11:18 Kai\ h1kousan oi9 grammatei=j {RP TR: - } [P1904: kai\ oi9 Farisai=oi] kai\ oi9 a)rxierei=j, kai\ e0zh/toun pw~j au0to\n {RP P1904: a)pole/swsin} [TR: a)pole/sousin]: e0fobou=nto ga_r au0to/n, o3ti pa~j o9 o1xloj e0ceplh/sseto e0pi\ th|= didaxh|= au0tou=. Now the scribes {RP TR: - } [P1904: and the Pharisees] and the senior priests heard it, and they looked for a way to destroy him. For they feared him, because all the crowd were amazed at his teaching. kai\ oi9 Farisai=oi, and the Pharisees: absent in RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=6/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's hy) F1859=1/7.
a)pole/swsin, (how) they might destroy, RP P1904 F1853=9/21 F1859=6/7 vs. a)pole/sousin, (how) they would destroy, TR F1853=12/21 F1859=1/7.
Mark 11:19 Kai\ o3te o0ye\ e0ge/neto, e0ceporeu/eto e1cw th=j po/lewj. And when it had become late, he went out of the city.
Mark 11:20 Kai\ {RP TR: prwi+\ paraporeuo/menoi} [P1904: paraporeuo/menoi prwi+/], ei]don th\n sukh=n e0chramme/nhn e0k r(izw~n. Then early in the morning as they were passing by, they saw the fig tree, withered from its roots, prwi+\ paraporeuo/menoi, early in the morning + passing by, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=6/7 vs. paraporeuo/menoi prwi+/, passing by + early in the morning, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7.
Mark 11:21 Kai\ a)namnhsqei\j o9 Pe/troj le/gei au0tw%~, 879Rabbi/, i1de, h9 sukh= h4n kathra&sw e0ch/rantai. and Peter remembered and said to him, “Rabbi, look, the fig tree which you cursed has withered.”
Mark 11:22 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j {RP P1904: o9} [TR: - ] 870Ihsou=j le/gei au0toi=j, 871Exete pi/stin qeou=. Then Jesus replied and said to them, “Have faith in God. o9, the (Jesus): present in RP P1904 F1853=13/20 F1859=5/8 vs. absent in TR F1853=7/20 F1859=3/8.
in God ← of God, which we take as an objective genitive.
Mark 11:23 870Amh\n ga_r le/gw u9mi=n o3ti o4j a@n ei1ph| tw%~ o1rei tou/tw%, 871Arqhti, kai\ blh/qhti ei0j th\n qa&lassan, kai\ mh\ diakriqh|= e0n th|= kardi/a% au0tou=, a)lla_ {RP TR: pisteu/sh|} [P1904: pisteu/sei] o3ti a$ le/gei gi/netai: e1stai au0tw%~ o4 e0a_n ei1ph|. For truly, I say to you that whoever says to this mountain, ‘Be uplifted and cast into the sea’ and does not doubt in his heart, but who believes that what he says will come about – then whatever he says will come to pass for him. pisteu/sh|, believes (classical subjunctive), RP TR F1853=14/21 F1859=7/9 vs. pisteu/sei, will believe (non-classical future), P1904 F1853=4/21 (Scrivener's aef*s) F1859=1/9 vs. other readings, F1853=3/21 (Scrivener's h,y,c) F1859=1/9.
Mark 11:24 Dia_ tou=to le/gw u9mi=n, Pa&nta o3sa a@n proseuxo/menoi {RP-text: ai0th=sqe} [RP-marg P1904 TR: ai0tei=sqe], pisteu/ete o3ti lamba&nete, kai\ e1stai u9mi=n. Which is why I say to you, believe that you will receive everything that you ask for when praying, and it will come to pass for you. ai0th=sqe, you may ask for, RP-text F1853=11/22 F1859=2/8 vs. ai0tei=sqe, you ask for, RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=10/22 F1859=5/8 vs. other readings, F1853=1/22 (Scrivener's c) F1859=1/8. A disparity with RP-text, R=13:17.
which is why ← on account of this.
Mark 11:25 Kai\ o3tan sth/khte proseuxo/menoi, a)fi/ete ei1 ti e1xete kata& tinoj: i3na kai\ o9 path\r u9mw~n o9 e0n toi=j ou0ranoi=j a)fh|= u9mi=n ta_ paraptw&mata u9mw~n. And when you stand praying, be forgiving if you have anything against anyone, in order that your father in the heavens may forgive you your transgressions.
Mark 11:26 Ei0 de\ u9mei=j ou0k a)fi/ete, ou0de\ o9 path\r u9mw~n {RP TR: o9 e0n toi=j ou0ranoi=j} [P1904: - ] a)fh/sei ta_ paraptw&mata u9mw~n. But if you do not forgive, neither will your father {RP TR: in the heavens} [P1904: - ] forgive your transgressions.” o9 e0n toi=j ou0ranoi=j, he in the heavens: present in RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=7/8 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=0/8 vs. whole verse absent, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/8.
Mark 11:27 Kai\ e1rxontai pa&lin ei0j 879Ieroso/luma: kai\ e0n tw%~ i9erw%~ peripatou=ntoj au0tou=, e1rxontai pro\j au0to\n oi9 a)rxierei=j kai\ oi9 grammatei=j kai\ oi9 presbu/teroi, Then they went to Jerusalem again, and while he was walking around in the temple, the senior priests and scribes and the elders came to him,
Mark 11:28 kai\ le/gousin au0tw%~, 870En poi/a% e0cousi/a% tau=ta poiei=j; {RP TR: Kai\} [P1904: 872H] ti/j soi {RP TR: th\n e0cousi/an tau/thn e1dwken} [P1904: e1dwke th\n e0cousi/an tau/thn] i3na tau=ta poih|=j; and they said to him, “By what authority do you do these things? {RP TR: And} [P1904: Or] who gave you this authority to do these things?” kai\, And, RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=6/7 vs. h2, Or, P1904 F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's cy) F1859=1/7.
th\n e0cousi/an tau/thn e1dwken, this authority + gave, RP TR F1853=15/20 F1859=5/7 vs. e1dwke th\n e0cousi/an tau/thn, gave + this authority, P1904 F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's cegy) F1859=2/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's p) F1859=0/7.
Mark 11:29 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j a)pokriqei\j ei]pen au0toi=j, 870Eperwth/sw u9ma~j {RP: kai\ e0gw_} [P1904 TR: ka)gw_] e3na lo/gon, kai\ a)pokri/qhte/ moi, kai\ e0rw~ u9mi=n e0n poi/a% e0cousi/a% tau=ta poiw~. Then Jesus replied and said to them, “I for my part will ask you one thing, so answer me, and I will tell you by what authority I do these things. kai\ e0gw_, I too (1), RP F1853=10/20 F1859=3/7 vs. ka)gw_, I too (2), P1904 TR F1853=8/20 F1859=4/7 vs. absent, F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's pq) F1859=0/7. A weak disparity with RP, R=13:14.
for my part ← also.
Mark 11:30 To\ ba&ptisma 870Iwa&nnou e0c ou0ranou= h]n, h2 e0c a)nqrw&pwn; 870Apokri/qhte/ moi. John's baptism – was it from heaven, or from men? Answer me.”
Mark 11:31 Kai\ e0logi/zonto pro\j e9autou/j, le/gontej, 870Ea_n ei1pwmen, 870Ec ou0ranou=, e0rei=, Dia_ ti/ ou]n ou0k e0pisteu/sate au0tw%~; Then they reasoned among themselves and said, “If we say, ‘From heaven’, he will say, ‘Why did you not believe him then?’
Mark 11:32 {RP TR: 870All'} [P1904: 870Alla_] {RP P1904: - } [TR: e0a_n] ei1pwmen, 870Ec a)nqrw&pwn, e0fobou=nto to\n lao/n: a#pantej ga_r ei]xon to\n 870Iwa&nnhn, o3ti {RP TR: o1ntwj} [P1904: - ] profh/thj h]n. But {RP P1904: should we say} [TR: what if we say], ‘Of men’? ” They feared the people, for everyone held John to {RP TR: really} [P1904: - ] have been a prophet. a)ll', but (apocopated), RP TR F1853=17/20 F1859=6/7 vs. a)lla_, but (unapocopated), P1904 F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's ch) F1859=1/7 vs. absent F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's g) F1859=0/7.
e0a_n, if: absent in RP P1904 F1853=15/20 F1859=4/7 vs. present in TR F1853=5/20 F1859=3/7.
o1ntwj, really: present in RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=6/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7.
We with P1904 punctuate as a deliberative question but should we say? RP and TBS-TR punctuate as a statement.
Mark 11:33 Kai\ a)pokriqe/ntej le/gousin tw%~ 870Ihsou=, Ou0k oi1damen. Kai\ o9 870Ihsou=j a)pokriqei\j le/gei au0toi=j, Ou0de\ e0gw_ le/gw u9mi=n e0n poi/a% e0cousi/a% tau=ta poiw~. Then they answered and said to Jesus, “We do not know.” To which Jesus answered and said to them, “Neither do I tell you by what authority I do these things.”
Mark 12:1 Kai\ h1rcato au0toi=j e0n parabolai=j le/gein, 870Ampelw~na e0fu/teusen a!nqrwpoj, kai\ perie/qhken fragmo/n, kai\ w!rucen u9polh/nion, kai\ w%)kodo/mhsen pu/rgon, kai\ e0ce/doto au0to\n gewrgoi=j, kai\ a)pedh/mhsen. Then he began to speak to them in parables: “A man planted a vineyard and put a fence round it and dug a vat pit and built a tower, and he put it under hired labour with farmers and went abroad. put it under hired labour with: see Matt 21:33.
Mark 12:2 Kai\ a)pe/steilen pro\j tou\j gewrgou\j tw%~ kairw%~ dou=lon, i3na para_ tw~n gewrgw~n la&bh| a)po\ tou= karpou= tou= a)mpelw~noj. And in due course he sent a servant to the farmers, in order to receive some vineyard fruit from the farmers.
Mark 12:3 {RP TR: Oi9 de\} [P1904: Kai\] labo/ntej au0to\n e1deiran, kai\ a)pe/steilan keno/n. {RP TR: But} [P1904: And] they took him and flogged him and sent him off empty-handed. oi9 de\, but they, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=6/7 vs. kai\, and, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7.
flogged ← flayed.
Mark 12:4 Kai\ pa&lin a)pe/steilen pro\j au0tou\j a!llon dou=lon: ka)kei=non liqobolh/santej e0kefalai/wsan, kai\ a)pe/steilan h0timwme/non. Then he sent another servant to them. But they stoned that one and beat him on the head and sent him off having been shamefully treated. he sent another ← again he sent another. The pleonastic again in English would change the sense. A similar construction in Hebrew in 1 Sam 19:21.
Mark 12:5 Kai\ pa&lin a!llon a)pe/steilen: ka)kei=non a)pe/kteinan: kai\ pollou\j a!llouj, {RP TR: tou\j} [P1904: ou4j] me\n de/rontej, {RP TR: tou\j} [P1904: ou4j] de\ {RP: a)pokte/nontej} [P1904: a)pokte/nnontej] [TR: a)poktei/nontej]. Then he sent another one. But they killed that one, and many others, flogging some and killing others. Twice: tou\j ... tou\j, some ... others (1), RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=5/7 vs. ou4j ... ou4j , some ... others (2), P1904, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's c) F1859=2/7.
a)pokte/nontej, killing (present participle, variant 1), RP F1853=10/20 F1859=4/7 vs. a)pokte/nnontej, killing (present participle, variant 2), P1904 F1853=5/20 F1859=1/7 vs. a)poktei/nontej, killing (present participle, classical form), TR F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's bf**ux, u being very doubtful) F1859=1/7 vs. other spellings, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7.
sent another one ← again sent another one. As in the previous verse, the pleonastic again in English would change the sense.
flogging ← flaying.
Mark 12:6 871Eti ou]n e3na ui9o\n e1xwn a)gaphto\n au0tou=, a)pe/steilen kai\ au0to\n {RP TR: pro\j au0tou\j e1sxaton} [P1904: e1sxaton pro\j au0tou\j], le/gwn o3ti 870Entraph/sontai to\n ui9o/n mou. Well then, still having his one son, his beloved, he also sent him last of all to them, and he said, ‘They will respect my son.’ pro\j au0tou\j e1sxaton, to them + last, RP TR F1853=16/20 F1859=3/7 vs. e1sxaton pro\j au0tou\j, last + to them, P1904 F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's eopy) F1859=4/7.
last of all: or, in apposition, the last (one).
Mark 12:7 870Ekei=noi de\ oi9 gewrgoi\ {RP TR: - } [P1904: qeasa&menoi au0to\n e0rxo/menon] {RP TR: ei]pon pro\j e9autou\j} [P1904: pro\j e9autou\j ei]pon] o3ti Ou[to/j e0stin o9 klhrono/moj: deu=te, a)poktei/nwmen au0to/n, kai\ h9mw~n e1stai h9 klhronomi/a. {RP TR: But those farmers} [P1904: But when those farmers saw him coming, they] said to themselves, ‘This is the heir. Come on, let's kill him, and the inheritance will be ours.’ qeasa&menoi au0to\n e0rxo/menon, having seen him coming: absent in RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=4/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's cy) F1859=3/7.
ei]pon pro\j e9autou\j, said + to themselves, RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=4/7 vs. pro\j e9autou\j ei]pon, to themselves + said, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7 vs. ei]pon, said, F1853=0/20 F1859=2/7 (Scrivener's Lz, quoted contradictorily) vs. another reading, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's e) F1859=0/7. Corrigendum: we have seen that Scrivener's L reads pro\j au0tou\j ei]pon.
Mark 12:8 Kai\ labo/ntej {RP TR: au0to\n a)pe/kteinan} [P1904: a)pe/kteinan au0to\n], kai\ e0ce/balon {RP TR: - } [P1904: au0to\n] e1cw tou= a)mpelw~noj. So they took {RP TR: him} [P1904: him] and killed {RP TR: him} [P1904: him] and disposed of {RP TR: him} [P1904: him] outside the vineyard. au0to\n a)pe/kteinan, him + they killed, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=5/7 vs. a)pe/kteinan au0to\n, they killed + him, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7.
au0to\n, (threw) him (out): absent in RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=4/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's cy) F1859=3/7.
disposed of ← threw out.
Mark 12:9 Ti/ ou]n poih/sei o9 ku/rioj tou= a)mpelw~noj; 870Eleu/setai kai\ a)pole/sei tou\j gewrgou/j {RP TR: - } [P1904: tou/touj], kai\ dw&sei to\n a)mpelw~na a!lloij. What, then, will the lord of the vineyard do? He will come and destroy {RP TR: the} [P1904: those] farmers and give the vineyard to others. tou/touj, those (farmers): absent in RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's c) F1859=1/7.
Mark 12:10 Ou0de\ th\n grafh\n tau/thn a)ne/gnwte, Li/qon o4n a)pedoki/masan oi9 oi0kodomou=ntej, ou[toj e0genh/qh ei0j kefalh\n gwni/aj: And have you not read this scripture:

‘The stone which the builders rejected

Is what has become the keystone.

 Ps 118:22.
is what ← this.
keystone ← head of (the) corner / angle.
Mark 12:11 para_ kuri/ou e0ge/neto au3th, kai\ e1stin qaumasth\ e0n o0fqalmoi=j h9mw~n;

This came about from the Lord,

And it is wonderful in our eyes’?”

 Ps 118:23.
this: feminine, a Hebraism (זֹאת).
Mark 12:12 Kai\ e0zh/toun au0to\n krath=sai, kai\ e0fobh/qhsan to\n o1xlon: e1gnwsan ga_r o3ti pro\j au0tou\j th\n parabolh\n ei]pen: kai\ a)fe/ntej au0to\n a)ph=lqon. And they looked for a way to seize him, but they feared the crowd. For they knew that he had levelled the parable at them. So they left him and departed. levelled ← said.
Mark 12:13 Kai\ a)poste/llousin pro\j au0to/n tinaj tw~n Farisai/wn kai\ tw~n 879Hrw%dianw~n, i3na au0to\n a)greu/swsin lo/gw%. Then they sent some of the Pharisees and Herodians to him to trap him in his speech.
Mark 12:14 Oi9 de\ e0lqo/ntej le/gousin au0tw%~, Dida&skale, oi1damen o3ti a)lhqh\j ei], kai\ ou0 {RP P1904 TR: me/lei} [MISC: me/llei] soi peri\ ou0deno/j: ou0 ga_r ble/peij ei0j pro/swpon a)nqrw&pwn, a)ll' e0p' a)lhqei/aj th\n o9do\n tou= qeou= {RP TR: dida&skeij} [P1904: dida&skeij. Ei]pon ou]n h9mi=n]: e1cestin {RP TR: kh=nson Kai/sari dou=nai} [P1904: dou=nai kh=nson Kai/sari] h2 ou1; So they came and said to him, “Teacher, we know that you are true and do not concern yourself about anyone, for you do not regard the outward appearance of men, but teach the way of God in truth. {RP TR: Is} [P1904: So tell us, is] it permitted to give census-tax to Caesar or not? me/lei, is a concern, RP P1904 TR F1853=14/22 F1859=4/8 vs. me/llei, is about to, F1853=8/22 F1859=4/8. On me/llei as an alternative spelling to me/lei, see Acts 18:17.
ei]pon ou]n h9mi=n, so tell us: absent in RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's cy) F1859=2/7.
kh=nson Kai/sari dou=nai, census-tax to Caesar + to give, RP TR F1853=17/20 F1859=5/7 vs. dou=nai kh=nson Kai/sari, to give + census-tax to Caesar, P1904 F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's cey) F1859=2/7.
do not concern yourself ← it is not a concern to you.
Mark 12:15 Dw~men, h2 mh\ dw~men; 879O de\ ei0dw_j au0tw~n th\n u9po/krisin ei]pen au0toi=j, Ti/ me peira&zete; Fe/rete/ moi dhna&rion, i3na i1dw. Are we to give it or not to give it?” ¶ But knowing their hypocrisy, he said to them, “Why are you putting me to the test? Bring me a denary to see.” ¶ Verse division: in P1904 numbering, Mark 12:15 begins here.
denary: a silver coin.
Mark 12:16 Oi9 de\ h1negkan. Kai\ le/gei au0toi=j, Ti/noj h9 ei0kw_n au3th kai\ h9 e0pigrafh/; Oi9 de\ ei]pon {RP TR: au0tw%~} [P1904: - ], Kai/saroj. So they brought one. Then he said to them, “Whose image and inscription is this?” They said {RP TR: to him} [P1904: - ], “Caesar's.” au0tw%~, to him: present in RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=3/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=4/7.
Mark 12:17 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0toi=j, 870Apo/dote ta_ Kai/saroj Kai/sari, kai\ ta_ tou= qeou= tw%~ qew%~. Kai\ e0qau/masan e0p' au0tw%~. Then Jesus replied and said to them, “Give the things of Caesar to Caesar and the things of God to God.” And they were amazed at him.
Mark 12:18 Kai\ e1rxontai Saddoukai=oi pro\j au0to/n, oi3tinej le/gousin a)na&stasin mh\ ei]nai: kai\ {RP TR: e0phrw&thsan} [P1904: e0phrw&twn] au0to/n, le/gontej, Then some Sadducees, who say there is no resurrection, came to him and questioned him and said, e0phrw&thsan, questioned, RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=5/7 vs. e0phrw&twn, were questioning (but we translate questioned), P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=2/7.
Mark 12:19 Dida&skale, {RP TR: Mwsh=j} [P1904: Mwu+sh=j] e1grayen h9mi=n, o3ti e0a&n tinoj a)delfo\j a)poqa&nh|, kai\ katali/ph| gunai=ka, kai\ te/kna mh\ a)fh|=, i3na la&bh| o9 a)delfo\j au0tou= th\n gunai=ka au0tou=, kai\ e0canasth/sh| spe/rma tw%~ a)delfw%~ au0tou=: “Teacher, Moses wrote for us, ‘If someone's brother dies, and he leaves a wife, but he does not leave children, that his brother is to take his wife and raise up seed to his brother.’ Mwsh=j, Moses, RP TR F1853=16/21 F1859=3/7 vs. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, P1904 F1853=5/21 F1859=4/7.
Deut 25:5.
seed: implying more continuity than just offspring.
Mark 12:20 e9pta_ {RP S1550: - } [P1904 E1624 S1894: ou]n] a)delfoi\ h]san: kai\ o9 prw~toj e1laben gunai=ka, kai\ a)poqnh|/skwn ou0k a)fh=ken spe/rma: {RP S1550: Let's say} [P1904 E1624 S1894: So let's say] there were seven brothers. And the first took a wife, and he died and did not leave seed. ou]n, therefore: absent in RP S1550 F1853=14/20 F1859=4/7 vs. present in P1904 E1624 S1894 F1853=6/20 F1859=3/7.
seed: see Mark 12:19.
Mark 12:21 kai\ o9 deu/teroj e1laben au0th/n, kai\ a)pe/qanen, kai\ ou0de\ au0to\j {RP TR: - } [P1904: ou0k] a)fh=ken spe/rma: kai\ o9 tri/toj w(sau/twj. Then the second took her, and he died, and neither did he leave seed. And likewise the third. ou0k, not (reinforcing the negative): absent in RP TR F1853=20/21 F1859=6/7 vs. present in P1904 (small print) F1853=0/21 F1859=1/7 vs. clause absent F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's s*) F1859=0/7.
seed: see Mark 12:19.
Mark 12:22 Kai\ e1labon au0th\n oi9 e9pta&, kai\ ou0k a)fh=kan spe/rma. 870Esxa&th pa&ntwn a)pe/qanen kai\ h9 gunh/. And the seven took her but did not leave seed. Last of all, the woman died too. seed: see Mark 12:19.
Mark 12:23 870En th|= {RP: - } [P1904 TR: ou]n] a)nasta&sei, o3tan a)nastw~sin, ti/noj au0tw~n e1stai gunh/; Oi9 ga_r e9pta_ e1sxon au0th\n gunai=ka. In the resurrection {RP: - } [P1904 TR: then], when they rise, whose wife will she be? For the seven had her as a wife.” ou]n, therefore: absent in RP F1853=9/21 F1859=2/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=12/21 F1859=5/7. A disparity with RP, R=11:19.
whose ← of whom of them.
Mark 12:24 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0toi=j, Ou0 dia_ tou=to plana~sqe, mh\ ei0do/tej ta_j grafa&j, mhde\ th\n du/namin tou= qeou=; Then Jesus replied and said to them, “You are in error in this, aren't you, because you don't know the scriptures or the power of God. because: causal use of the participle.
Mark 12:25 873Otan ga_r e0k nekrw~n a)nastw~sin, ou1te gamou=sin, ou1te {RP TR: gami/skontai} [P1904: gami/zontai], a)ll' ei0si\n w(j a!ggeloi {RP P1904 TR: oi9} [MISC: - ] e0n toi=j ou0ranoi=j. For when they rise from the dead, they neither marry nor are given in marriage, but they are like the angels in the heavens. gami/skontai, to be given in marriage (1), RP TR F1853=18/21 F1859=4/7 vs. gami/zontai, to be given in marriage (2), P1904 F1853=0/21 F1859=2/7 vs. other readings, F1853=3/21 (Scrivener's dq*r) F1859=1/7.
oi9, the (ones in): present in RP P1904 TR F1853=8/20 F1859=5/7 vs. absent in F1853=12/20 F1859=2/7. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=15:14.
Mark 12:26 Peri\ de\ tw~n nekrw~n, o3ti e0gei/rontai, ou0k a)ne/gnwte e0n th|= bi/blw% {RP-text TR: Mwse/wj} [RP-marg P1904: Mwu+se/wj], e0pi\ {RP P1904: tou=} [TR: th=j] ba&tou, {RP TR: w(j} [P1904: pw~j] ei]pen au0tw%~ o9 qeo/j, le/gwn, 870Egw_ o9 qeo\j 870Abraa&m, kai\ o9 qeo\j 870Isaa&k, kai\ o9 qeo\j 870Iakw&b; And concerning the dead – the fact that they are raised – have you not read in the book of Moses, at the passage about the bush, {RP TR: when} [P1904: how] God spoke to him and said, ‘I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob’? Mwse/wj, of Moses, RP-text TR HF F1853=14/20 F1859=4/7 vs. Mwu+se/wj, of Moüses, RP-marg P1904 F1853=6/20 F1859=3/7.
tou=, the (feminine) (bush), RP P1904 F1853=13/20 F1859=5/7 vs. th=j, the (masculine) (bush), TR F1853=7/20 F1859=2/7.
w(j, when (or how), RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=6/7 vs. pw~j, how, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's d) F1859=1/7.
Ex 3:6.
Mark 12:27 Ou0k e1stin o9 qeo\j nekrw~n, a)lla_ {RP TR: qeo\j} [P1904: - ] zw&ntwn: u9mei=j ou]n polu\ plana~sqe. He is not the God of the dead, but {RP TR: the God} [P1904: - ] of the living. So you are badly in error.” qeo\j, God (of the living): present in RP TR F1853=14/20 F1859=2/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=6/20 F1859=5/7.
badly ← much.
Mark 12:28 Kai\ proselqw_n ei[j tw~n grammate/wn, a)kou/saj au0tw~n suzhtou/ntwn, {RP TR: ei0dw_j} [P1904: i0dw_n] o3ti kalw~j au0toi=j a)pekri/qh, e0phrw&thsen au0to/n, Poi/a e0sti\n prw&th {RP P1904: pa&ntwn} [TR: pasw~n] e0ntolh/; Then one of the scribes who had come up and heard them disputing, {RP TR: knowing} [P1904: having seen] that he had answered them well, asked him, “What is the first commandment of all?” ei0dw_j, knowing, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=4/7 vs. i0dw_n, having seen, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's c) F1859=3/7.
pa&ntwn, of all (masculine / neuter), RP P1904 F1853=17/21 F1859=6/7 vs. pasw~n, of all (feminine, agrees with commandments), TR F1853=4/21 (Scrivener's lmnq**) F1859=0/7 vs. word absent, F1853=0/21 F1859=1/7.
Mark 12:29 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j a)pekri/qh au0tw%~ o3ti Prw&th {RP P1904: pa&ntwn} [TR: pasw~n] {RP TR: tw~n e0ntolw~n} [P1904: e0ntolh/], 871Akoue, 870Israh/l: ku/rioj o9 qeo\j h9mw~n, ku/rioj ei[j e0sti/n: And Jesus answered him, “The first {RP TR: of all the commandments} [P1904: commandment of all] is, ‘Hear, O Israel, the Lord our God is one Lord.’ pa&ntwn, of all (masculine / neuter), RP P1904 F1853=17/21 F1859=7/7 vs. pasw~n, of all (feminine, agrees with commandments), TR F1853=4/21 (Scrivener's lmnq**) F1859=0/7.
tw~n e0ntolw~n, of the commandments, RP TR F1853=15/20 F1859=6/7 vs. e0ntolh/, commandment, P1904 F1853=5/20 F1859=1/7.
Deut 6:4.
Mark 12:30 kai\ a)gaph/seij ku/rion to\n qeo/n sou e0c o3lhj th=j kardi/aj sou, kai\ e0c o3lhj th=j yuxh=j sou, kai\ e0c o3lhj th=j dianoi/aj sou, kai\ e0c o3lhj th=j i0sxu/oj sou. Au3th prw&th e0ntolh/. And, ‘You shall love the Lord your God with all your heart, and with all your soul, and with all your mind, and with all your strength.’ This is the first commandment. Deut 6:5.
Mark 12:31 Kai\ deute/ra o9moi/a au3th, 870Agaph/seij to\n plhsi/on sou w(j {RP TR: seauto/n} [P1904: e9auto/n]. Mei/zwn tou/twn a!llh e0ntolh\ ou0k e1stin. And the second is similar – this: ‘You shall love your neighbour as yourself.’ There is no other commandment greater than these.” Lev 19:18.
seauto/n, yourself (classical form), RP TR F1853=12/21 F1859=3/7 vs. e9auto/n, oneself, yourself (non-classical form), P1904 F1853=9/21 F1859=4/7.
Mark 12:32 Kai\ ei]pen au0tw%~ o9 grammateu/j, Kalw~j, dida&skale, e0p' a)lhqei/aj ei]paj o3ti ei[j e0stin, {RP P1904: - } [TR: qeo/j] kai\ ou0k e1stin a!lloj plh\n au0tou=: Then the scribe said to him, “Well said, teacher. You have spoken truly in that, ‘{RP P1904: He} [TR: God] is one and there is no other apart from him.’ qeo/j, God: absent in RP P1904 F1853=17/21 F1859=4/8 vs. present in TR F1853=4/21 (Scrivener's cfgq**) F1859=4/8. AV differs textually.
Deut 6:4, 2 Sam 22:32, Isa 45:5, Ps 18:32MT (Ps 18:31AV).
Mark 12:33 kai\ to\ a)gapa~n au0to\n e0c o3lhj th=j kardi/aj, kai\ e0c o3lhj th=j sune/sewj, kai\ e0c o3lhj th=j yuxh=j, kai\ e0c o3lhj th=j i0sxu/oj, kai\ to\ a)gapa~n to\n plhsi/on w(j e9auto/n, plei=o/n e0stin pa&ntwn tw~n o9lokautwma&twn kai\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: tw~n] qusiw~n. And, ‘To love him with all your heart and with all your understanding and with all your soul and with all your strength, and to love one's neighbour as oneself is greater than all the whole burnt offerings and {RP P1904: - } [TR: the] sacrifices.’ ” tw~n, the (sacrifices): absent in RP P1904 F1853=18/20 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's au, u being very doubtful, and indeed Scrivener remarks that only a contains the word) F1859=1/7.
Deut 6:5; Lev 19:18; allusions to 1 Sam 15:22, Isa 1:11.
Mark 12:34 Kai\ o9 870Ihsou=j i0dw_n {RP TR: au0to\n} [P1904: - ] o3ti nounexw~j a)pekri/qh, ei]pen au0tw%~, Ou0 makra_n ei] a)po\ th=j basilei/aj tou= qeou=. Kai\ ou0dei\j ou0ke/ti e0to/lma au0to\n e0perwth=sai. Then when Jesus saw that he had answered astutely, he said to him, “You are not far from the kingdom of God.” Then no-one dared question him any more. au0to\n, (saw) him (that he) (pleonastic, a Hebraism): present in RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=5/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=2/7.
Mark 12:35 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j o9 870Ihsou=j e1legen, dida&skwn e0n tw%~ i9erw%~, Pw~j le/gousin oi9 grammatei=j o3ti o9 xristo\j {RP TR: ui9o/j e0stin} [P1904: ui9o\j] {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d] {RP TR: - } [P1904: e0stin]; And Jesus answered them and said, when teaching in the temple, “How is it that the scribes say that the Christ is the son of David? David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
e0stin, is: coming before David, RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=4/7 vs. coming after David, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=3/7.
Mark 12:36 Au0to\j ga_r {RP P1904: Daui\d} [TR: Dabi\d] ei]pen e0n {RP P1904: pneu/mati a(gi/w%} [TR: tw%~ pneu/mati tw%~ a(gi/w%], {RP P1904: Le/gei} [TR: Ei]pen] o9 ku/rioj tw%~ kuri/w% mou, Ka&qou e0k deciw~n mou, e3wj a@n qw~ tou\j e0xqrou/j sou u9popo/dion tw~n podw~n sou. For David himself said by {RP P1904: holy spirit} [TR: the holy spirit],

‘The Lord said to my Lord,

«Sit on my right hand side

Until I make your enemies your footstool.» ’

 David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
pneu/mati a(gi/w%:, holy spirit, RP P1904 F1853=17/20 F1859=6/7 vs. tw%~ pneu/mati tw%~ a(gi/w%:, the holy spirit, TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's xy) F1859=1/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's u) F1859=0/7.
le/gei, says, RP P1904 F1853=13/20 F1859=2/7 vs. ei]pen, said, TR F1853=7/20 (Scrivener's bdxy; os; u) F1859=5/7.
Ps 110:1.
your footstool ← a footstool of your feet.
Mark 12:37 Au0to\j ou]n {RP P1904: Daui\d} [TR: Dabi\d] le/gei au0to\n ku/rion: kai\ po/qen ui9o\j au0tou= e0stin; Kai\ o9 polu\j o1xloj h1kouen au0tou= h9de/wj. David himself, therefore, calls him Lord. So how is he his son?” Now the common people were listening to him with pleasure. David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
how ← from where.
the common people: not the great multitude. See [JWB-RR] p.146.
Mark 12:38 Kai\ e1legen au0toi=j e0n th|= didaxh|= au0tou=, Ble/pete a)po\ tw~n grammate/wn, tw~n qelo/ntwn e0n stolai=j peripatei=n, kai\ a)spasmou\j e0n tai=j a)gorai=j, And he said to them in his teaching, “Beware of the scribes who enjoy walking around in robes, and greetings in the markets, enjoy ← wish.
Mark 12:39 kai\ prwtokaqedri/aj e0n tai=j sunagwgai=j, kai\ prwtoklisi/aj e0n toi=j dei/pnoij: and the privileged seats in the synagogues, and the privileged couches at dinners, privileged (2x) ← first.
Mark 12:40 oi9 katesqi/ontej ta_j oi0ki/aj tw~n xhrw~n, kai\ profa&sei makra_ proseuxo/menoi: ou[toi lh/yontai perisso/teron kri/ma. who devour widows' houses and for show say long prayers. These will receive a more serious judgment.”
Mark 12:41 Kai\ kaqi/saj o9 870Ihsou=j kate/nanti tou= gazofulaki/ou e0qew&rei pw~j o9 o1xloj ba&llei xalko\n ei0j to\ gazofula&kion: kai\ polloi\ plou/sioi e1ballon polla&. Then Jesus sat down opposite the treasury and saw how the crowd put copper money into the treasury. And many rich people were putting in a lot,
Mark 12:42 Kai\ e0lqou=sa mi/a xh/ra ptwxh\ e1balen lepta_ du/o, o3 e0stin kodra&nthj. but one poor widow put in two leptons, which is a quadrans. leptons: a lepton was a coin of the lowest value; 1/128 denary.
quadrans: a small bronze coin; 1/64 denary.
Mark 12:43 Kai\ proskalesa&menoj tou\j maqhta_j au0tou=, {RP TR: le/gei} [P1904: ei]pen] au0toi=j, 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n o3ti h9 xh/ra {RP TR: au3th h9 ptwxh\} [P1904: h9 ptwxh\ au3th] plei=on pa&ntwn {RP TR: be/blhken} [P1904: e1bale] tw~n {RP-text P1904: ballo/ntwn} [RP-marg TR: balo/ntwn] ei0j to\ gazofula&kion: Then he called his disciples to himself and said to them, “Truly, I say to you that this poor widow {RP TR: has put} [P1904: put] in more than anyone of those who {RP-text P1904: contribute} [RP-marg TR: contributed] to the treasury. le/gei, says (vivid present), RP TR F1853=17/20 F1859=4/7 vs. ei]pen, said, P1904 F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's apy) F1859=3/7.
au3th h9 ptwxh\, this + the poor, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=5/7 vs. h9 ptwxh\ au3th, the poor + this, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/7.
be/blhke¨n©, has cast, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=5/7 vs. e1bale¨n©, cast, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's e) F1859=2/7.
ballo/ntwn, of those throwing, RP-text P1904 F1853=11/21 F1859=6/8 vs. balo/ntwn, of those who threw, RP-marg TR F1853=10/21 F1859=2/8.
anyone ← everyone.
Mark 12:44 pa&ntej ga_r e0k tou= perisseu/ontoj au0toi=j e1balon: au3th de\ e0k th=j u9sterh/sewj au0th=j pa&nta o3sa ei]xen e1balen, o3lon to\n bi/on au0th=j. For everyone contributed from their surplus, but this woman from her paucity put in everything she had – her whole livelihood.” paucity ← lack.
Mark 13:1 Kai\ e0kporeuome/nou au0tou= e0k tou= i9erou=, le/gei au0tw%~ ei[j tw~n maqhtw~n au0tou=, Dida&skale, i1de, potapoi\ li/qoi kai\ potapai\ oi0kodomai/. Then as he went out of the temple, one of his disciples said to him, “Teacher, see what impressive stones and buildings these are.” what impressive ← of what sort, but with connotations of how great.
Mark 13:2 Kai\ o9 870Ihsou=j a)pokriqei\j ei]pen au0tw%~, Ble/peij tau/taj ta_j mega&laj oi0kodoma&j; Ou0 mh\ a)feqh|= {RP TR: - } [P1904: w{de] li/qoj e0pi\ {RP TR: li/qw%} [P1904: li/qon], o4j ou0 mh\ kataluqh|=. At this Jesus answered and said to him, “Do you see these great buildings? Not a stone shall be left on a stone {RP TR: - } [P1904: here], nor will it escape being reduced to rubble.” w{de, here: absent in RP TR F1853=16/21 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=5/21 F1859=2/7.
li/qw%, (stone) at stone, RP TR F1853=17/20 F1859=3/7 vs. li/qon, (stone) against stone, P1904 F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's cdy) F1859=4/7. No difference in our English, the idiom being stone on stone.
nor will it escape being reduced to rubble ← which will certainly not be dissolved / demolished.
Mark 13:3 Kai\ kaqhme/nou au0tou= ei0j to\ o1roj tw~n 870Elaiw~n kate/nanti tou= i9erou=, e0phrw&twn au0to\n kat' i0di/an Pe/troj kai\ 870Ia&kwboj kai\ 870Iwa&nnhj kai\ 870Andre/aj, Subsequently, while he was sitting down on the Mount of Olives opposite the temple, Peter and James and John and Andrew asked him privately and said,
Mark 13:4 Ei0pe\ h9mi=n, po/te tau=ta e1stai; Kai\ ti/ to\ shmei=on o3tan me/llh| pa&nta tau=ta suntelei=sqai; “Tell us, when will these things take place? And what is the sign when all these things are about to be fulfilled?” take place ← be.
Mark 13:5 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j a)pokriqei\j {RP TR: au0toi=j h1rcato le/gein} [P1904: h1rcato le/gein au0toi=j], Ble/pete mh/ tij u9ma~j planh/sh|. Then Jesus answered {RP TR: them and went on to say} [P1904: and went on to say to them], “Watch out that no-one leads you astray. au0toi=j h1rcato le/gein, to them + began to say, RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=4/7 vs. h1rcato le/gein au0toi=j, began to say + to them, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=2/7 vs. other readings, F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's uy) F1859=1/7.
went on to say ← began to say, but used here for mere transition.
Mark 13:6 Polloi\ ga_r e0leu/sontai e0pi\ tw%~ o0no/mati/ mou, le/gontej o3ti 870Egw& ei0mi: kai\ pollou\j planh/sousin. For many will come in my name, saying, ‘I am the one’, and they will deceive many. I am: see John 18:5-6.
Mark 13:7 873Otan de\ a)kou/shte pole/mouj kai\ a)koa_j pole/mwn, mh\ qroei=sqe: dei= ga_r gene/sqai: a)ll' ou1pw to\ te/loj. And when you hear of wars and reports of wars, do not be alarmed. For such things must take place, but that is not yet the end.
Mark 13:8 870Egerqh/setai ga_r e1qnoj e0pi\ e1qnoj, kai\ basilei/a e0pi\ basilei/an: kai\ e1sontai seismoi\ kata_ to/pouj, kai\ e1sontai limoi\ kai\ taraxai/: a)rxai\ w)di/nwn tau=ta. For nation shall rise up against nation, and kingdom against kingdom, and there will be earthquakes in various places, and there will be famines and disorders. ¶ These things are the beginnings of birth pains. ¶ Verse division: in P1904 numbering, Mark 13:9 begins here.
Isa 19:2, loosely.
Mark 13:9 Ble/pete de\ u9mei=j e9autou/j: paradw&sousin ga_r u9ma~j ei0j sune/dria, kai\ {RP TR: ei0j sunagwga_j} [P1904: e0n tai=j sunagwgai=j au0tw~n] darh/sesqe, kai\ e0pi\ h9gemo/nwn kai\ basile/wn {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: staqh/sesqe} [S1894: a)xqh/sesqe] e3neken e0mou=, ei0j martu/rion au0toi=j. But you watch out for yourselves. For they will deliver you to the Sanhedrin councils, and you will be flogged {RP TR: in} [P1904: in] {RP TR: the} [P1904: their] synagogues, and you will {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: stand} [S1894: be led] before leaders and kings on account of me, as a testimony to them. ei0j sunagwga_j, into synagogues, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=5/7 vs. e0n tai=j sunagwgai=j au0tw~n, in their synagogues, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's x) F1859=2/7.
staqh/sesqe, will stand / be set, RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1853=16/21 F1859=7/7 vs. a)xqh/sesqe, will be led, S1894 F1853=5/21 F1859=0/7. AV differs textually.
flogged ← flayed.
{RP TR: in ← into. Pregnant use, compare Matt 18:6.}
Mark 13:10 Kai\ ei0j pa&nta ta_ e1qnh dei= prw~ton khruxqh=nai to\ eu0agge/lion. And the gospel must be preached to all the nations first.
Mark 13:11 873Otan de\ a)ga&gwsin u9ma~j paradido/ntej, mh\ {RP P1904 TR: promerimna~te} [MISC: merimna~te] ti/ {RP P1904 TR: lalh/shte} [MISC: lalh/sete], mhde\ meleta~te: a)ll' o4 e0a_n doqh|= u9mi=n e0n e0kei/nh| th|= w#ra%, tou=to lalei=te: ou0 {RP TR: ga&r e0ste u9mei=j} [P1904: ga_r u9mei=j e0ste] oi9 lalou=ntej, a)lla_ to\ pneu=ma to\ a#gion. Then when they lead you and deliver you up, do not be worried {RP P1904 TR: beforehand} [MISC: - ] about what you {RP P1904 TR: are to} [MISC: will] say, and do not rehearse a script, but say whatever is given to you at that hour. For it is not you who will be speaking, but the holy spirit. promerimna~te, worry beforehand, RP P1904 TR F1853=8/20 F1859=4/7 vs. merimna~te, worry, F1853=12/20 F1859=3/7. A weak disparity with RP, R=14:15.
lalh/shte, you are to say (deliberative), RP P1904 TR F1853=8/21 F1859=6/7 vs. lalh/sete, you will say, F1853=12/21 F1859=1/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's y) F1859=0/7.
e0ste u9mei=j, are + you, RP TR F1853=18/21 F1859=5/7 vs. u9mei=j e0ste, you + are, P1904 F1853=3/21 (Scrivener's cq*x) F1859=2/7.
Mark 13:12 Paradw&sei de\ a)delfo\j a)delfo\n ei0j qa&naton, kai\ path\r te/knon: kai\ e0panasth/sontai te/kna e0pi\ gonei=j, kai\ qanatw&sousin au0tou/j: And brother will betray brother to death, and father child, and children will rise up against their parents and will have them put to death. Mic 7:6.
Mark 13:13 kai\ e1sesqe misou/menoi u9po\ pa&ntwn dia_ to\ o1noma& mou: o9 de\ u9pomei/naj ei0j te/loj, ou[toj swqh/setai. And you will be hated by everyone on account of my name. But it is he who endures to the end who will be saved. who ← this (one).
Mark 13:14 873Otan de\ i1dhte to\ bde/lugma th=j e0rhmw&sewj, to\ r(hqe\n u9po\ Danih\l tou= profh/tou, {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: e9stw_j} [S1550: e9sto\j] o3pou ou0 dei= - o9 a)naginw&skwn noei/tw - to/te oi9 e0n th|= 870Ioudai/a% feuge/twsan ei0j ta_ o1rh: Then when you see the abomination of desolation which was spoken of by Daniel the prophet, standing where it should not – let him who reads take note – then those in Judaea must flee to the mountains. e9stw_j, standing (masculine, classically incorrect), RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1853=18/20 F1859=5/7 vs. e9sto\j, standing (neuter, classically correct), S1550 F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's fk) F1859=2/7.
Dan 9:27, Dan 11:31, Dan 12:11.
Mark 13:15 o9 de\ e0pi\ tou= dw&matoj mh\ kataba&tw ei0j th\n oi0ki/an, mhde\ ei0selqe/tw a}rai/ ti e0k th=j oi0ki/aj au0tou=: He who is on the roof must not come down into the house nor go in to take anything from his house,
Mark 13:16 kai\ o9 ei0j to\n a)gro\n w@n mh\ e0pistreya&tw ei0j ta_ o0pi/sw, a}rai to\ i9ma&tion au0tou=. and he who is in the field must not turn back to take his coat with him.
Mark 13:17 Ou0ai\ de\ tai=j e0n gastri\ e0xou/saij kai\ tai=j qhlazou/saij e0n e0kei/naij tai=j h9me/raij. But woe to those with child and those who are breastfeeding in those days. with child ← having in belly.
Mark 13:18 Proseu/xesqe de\ i3na mh\ ge/nhtai h9 fugh\ u9mw~n xeimw~noj. And pray that your flight should not be in the winter.
Mark 13:19 871Esontai ga_r ai9 h9me/rai e0kei=nai qli/yij, oi3a ou0 ge/gonen toiau/th a)p' a)rxh=j kti/sewj h[j e1ktisen o9 qeo\j e3wj tou= nu=n, kai\ ou0 mh\ ge/nhtai. For those days will be a tribulation such as has never taken place since the beginning of creation which God created, up to now, and never will be again, Dan 12:1.
never (2x) ← not.
Mark 13:20 Kai\ ei0 mh\ {RP TR: ku/rioj e0kolo/bwsen} [P1904: e0kolo/bwsen ku/rioj] ta_j h9me/raj, ou0k a@n e0sw&qh pa~sa sa&rc: a)lla_ dia_ tou\j e0klektou/j, ou4j e0cele/cato, e0kolo/bwsen ta_j h9me/raj. and if the Lord were not to shorten those days, no flesh would be saved, but on account of the elect whom he has chosen, he has shortened those days. ku/rioj e0kolo/bwsen, (the) Lord + shortened, RP TR F1853=15/20 F1859=5/7 vs. e0kolo/bwsen ku/rioj, shortened + (the) Lord, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=0/7 vs. other readings, F1853=5/20 F1859=2/7.
those (2x) ← the.
Mark 13:21 {RP-text: To/te} [RP-marg P1904 TR: Kai\ to/te] e0a&n tij u9mi=n ei1ph|, 870Idou/, w{de o9 xristo/j, {RP TR: h2 870Idou/,} [P1904: i0dou\] e0kei=, mh\ {RP P1904: pisteu/ete} [TR: pisteu/shte]. {RP-text: Then} [RP-marg P1904 TR: And then] if anyone says to you, ‘Look, here is the Christ’, {RP TR: or} [P1904: or], ‘Look there’, do not believe it. kai\, and (then): absent in RP-text F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's lmnq) F1859=0/7 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=16/20 F1859=7/7. A strong disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=4:25.
h2, or (look): present in RP TR F1853=14/20 F1859=4/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=6/20 F1859=3/7.
pisteu/ete, (do not) believe (present), RP P1904 F1853=5/22 F1859=3/7 vs. pisteu/shte, (do not) believe (aorist), TR F1853=15/22 F1859=3/7 vs. other readings, F1853=2/22 (Scrivener's cs) F1859=1/7. A strong disparity (#2) with RP, R=9:19.
Mark 13:22 870Egerqh/sontai ga_r yeudo/xristoi kai\ yeudoprofh=tai, kai\ dw&sousin shmei=a kai\ te/rata, pro\j to\ a)poplana~n, ei0 dunato/n, kai\ tou\j e0klektou/j. For false Christs and false prophets will rise up, and they will give signs and wonders with the intention of deceiving, if possible, even the elect. Deut 13:2MT (Deut 13:1AV).
Mark 13:23 879Umei=j de\ ble/pete: i0dou/, proei/rhka u9mi=n {RP TR: pa&nta} [P1904: a#panta]. So you watch out. There you are, I have told you everything beforehand. pa&nta, all (things) (1), RP TR F1853=14/20 F1859=4/7 vs. a#panta, all (things) (2), P1904 F1853=6/20 F1859=3/7.
there you are ← behold.
Mark 13:24 870All' e0n e0kei/naij tai=j h9me/raij, meta_ th\n qli/yin e0kei/nhn, o9 h3lioj skotisqh/setai, kai\ h9 selh/nh ou0 dw&sei to\ fe/ggoj au0th=j, But in those days, after that tribulation,

The sun will be darkened,

And the moon will not give its gleam,

 Isa 13:10.
Mark 13:25 kai\ oi9 a)ste/rej {RP TR: tou= ou0ranou= e1sontai e0kpi/ptontej} [P1904: e1sontai e0k tou= ou0ranou= pi/ptontej], kai\ ai9 duna&meij ai9 e0n toi=j ou0ranoi=j saleuqh/sontai.

And the stars {RP TR: of heaven will be falling down,} [P1904: will be falling down from heaven,]

And the powers in the heavens will be shaken.

 tou= ou0ranou= e1sontai e0kpi/ptontej, (the stars) of heaven will be falling out, RP TR F1853=18/20 (preceded by e0k in Scrivener's cd) F1859=4/7 vs. e1sontai e0k tou= ou0ranou= pi/ptontej, (the stars) will be out of the heavens falling, P1904 F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's py) F1859=3/7.
Isa 13:10, Isa 34:4.
Mark 13:26 Kai\ to/te o1yontai to\n ui9o\n tou= a)nqrw&pou e0rxo/menon e0n nefe/laij meta_ duna&mewj pollh=j kai\ do/chj. And then they will see the son of man coming in clouds with great power and glory. Dan 7:13.
Mark 13:27 Kai\ to/te a)postelei= tou\j a)gge/louj au0tou=, kai\ e0pisuna&cei tou\j e0klektou\j au0tou= e0k tw~n tessa&rwn a)ne/mwn, a)p' a!krou {RP TR: - } [P1904: th=j] gh=j e3wj a!krou {RP TR: - } [P1904: tou=] ou0ranou=. And then he will send his angels, and they will gather up his elect from the four winds, from the extremities of {RP TR: the} [P1904: the] earth to the extremities of heaven. th=j, of the (earth): absent in RP TR F1853=16/20 F1859=3/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's adpy) F1859=4/7.
tou=, of the: absent in RP TR F1853=16/20 F1859=3/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's adpy) F1859=4/7.
extremities (2x) ← extremity.
Mark 13:28 870Apo\ de\ th=j sukh=j ma&qete th\n parabolh/n: o3tan au0th=j {RP TR: h1dh o9 kla&doj} [P1904: o9 kla&doj h1dh] {RP TR: a(palo\j ge/nhtai} [P1904: ge/nhtai a(palo\j] kai\ e0kfu/h| ta_ fu/lla, ginw&skete o3ti e0ggu\j to\ qe/roj e0sti/n: Now learn from the parable of the fig tree. When its branch has already become fresh and is producing leaves, know that the summer is near. h1dh o9 kla&doj, already + the branch, RP TR F1853=13/20 F1859=5/7 vs. o9 kla&doj h1dh, the branch + already, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=2/7 vs. other variations, 5 intruding with au0th=j, 2 omitting h1dh, F1853=7/20 F1859=0/7.
a(palo\j ge/nhtai, fresh + is becoming, RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=4/7 vs. ge/nhtai a(palo\j, is becoming + fresh, P1904 F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's ey) F1859=2/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7.
learn from the parable of the fig tree ← from the fig tree learn the parable.
summer: or summer harvest.
Mark 13:29 ou3twj kai\ u9mei=j, o3tan {RP TR: tau=ta i1dhte} [P1904: i1dhte tau=ta] gino/mena, ginw&skete o3ti e0ggu/j e0stin e0pi\ qu/raij. So too you, when you see these things taking place, know that they are near, right at the doors. tau=ta i1dhte, these (things) + you see, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=2/7 vs. i1dhte tau=ta, you see + these (things), P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=3/7 vs. ei0dhte tau=ta, you know + these (things), F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7 vs. words and context absent, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=9.3 PV=0.2%.
Mark 13:30 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n o3ti ou0 mh\ pare/lqh| h9 genea_ au3th, me/xri ou[ pa&nta tau=ta ge/nhtai. Truly, I say to you that this generation will certainly not pass away until all these things take place.
Mark 13:31 879O ou0rano\j kai\ h9 gh= {RP-text: pareleu/setai} [RP-marg P1904 TR: pareleu/sontai]: oi9 de\ {RP TR: lo/goi mou} [P1904: e0moi\ lo/goi] ou0 mh\ {RP TR: pare/lqwsin} [P1904: pareleu/sontai]. Heaven and the earth will pass away, but my words will certainly not pass away. pareleu/setai, will pass away (singular), RP-text F1853=12/20 F1859=4/7 vs. pareleu/sontai, will pass away (plural), RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=8/20 F1859=3/7.
lo/goi mou, words of me, RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=6/7 vs. e0moi\ lo/goi, words to me, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7.
pare/lqwsi¨n©, (will not) pass away (aorist subjunctive), RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=5/7 vs. pareleu/sontai, (will not) pass away (future), P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/7.
Mark 13:32 Peri\ de\ th=j h9me/raj e0kei/nhj {RP P1904: h2} [TR: kai\] {RP: - } [P1904 TR: th=j] w#raj ou0dei\j oi]den, ou0de\ oi9 a!ggeloi {RP TR: oi9} [P1904: - ] e0n ou0ranw%~, ou0de\ o9 ui9o/j, ei0 mh\ o9 path/r. But no-one knows about that day {RP P1904: or} [TR: and] {RP: - } [P1904 TR: the] hour, not even the angels {RP TR: who are} [P1904: - ] in heaven, nor the son, except the father. h2, or, RP P1904 F1853=15/20 F1859=4/7 vs. kai\, and, TR F1853=5/20 F1859=3/7.
th=j, of the (hour): absent in RP F1853=14/20 F1859=3/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=6/20 F1859=4/7.
oi9, the (ones that are): present in RP TR F1853=16/20 F1859=5/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's cesy) F1859=2/7.
Mark 13:33 Ble/pete, a)grupnei=te kai\ proseu/xesqe: ou0k oi1date ga_r po/te o9 kairo/j e0stin. Watch out, be vigilant and pray, for you do not know when the time is.
Mark 13:34 879Wj a!nqrwpoj a)po/dhmoj a)fei\j th\n oi0ki/an au0tou=, kai\ dou\j toi=j dou/loij au0tou= th\n e0cousi/an, kai\ e9ka&stw% to\ e1rgon au0tou=, kai\ tw%~ qurwrw%~ e0netei/lato i3na grhgorh|=. It will be like a man abroad, who has left his house and has given his servants authority, and to each one his work, and who has instructed the doorkeeper to keep watch.
Mark 13:35 Grhgorei=te ou]n: ou0k oi1date ga_r po/te o9 ku/rioj th=j oi0ki/aj e1rxetai, o0ye/, h2 mesonukti/ou, h2 a)lektorofwni/aj, h2 prwi+/: So be vigilant. For you do not know when the lord of the house is coming, whether in the evening, or at midnight, or at the cock crowing, or in the morning,
Mark 13:36 mh\ e0lqw_n e0cai/fnhj eu3rh| u9ma~j kaqeu/dontaj. so that if he comes suddenly, he does not find you sleeping. if: conditional use of the participle.
Mark 13:37 874A de\ u9mi=n le/gw pa~sin le/gw, Grhgorei=te. And I am telling everyone what I am telling you: be vigilant.”
Mark 14:1 87]Hn de\ to\ Pa&sxa kai\ ta_ a!zuma meta_ du/o h9me/raj: kai\ e0zh/toun oi9 a)rxierei=j kai\ oi9 grammatei=j pw~j au0to\n e0n do/lw% krath/santej a)poktei/nwsin: Now two days later it was the Passover and the days of the unleavened bread, and the senior priests and the scribes were looking for a way to catch him by deceit and put him to death.
Mark 14:2 e1legon de/, Mh\ e0n th|= e9orth|=, mh/pote qo/ruboj e1stai tou= laou=. But they said, “Not at the festival, so that there will not be a popular uproar.”
Mark 14:3 Kai\ o1ntoj au0tou= e0n Bhqani/a%, e0n th|= oi0ki/a% Si/mwnoj tou= leprou=, katakeime/nou au0tou=, h]lqen gunh\ e1xousa a)la&bastron mu/rou na&rdou pistikh=j polutelou=j: kai\ suntri/yasa {RP-text P1904 TR: to\} [RP-marg: to\n] a)la&bastron, kate/xeen au0tou= kata_ th=j kefalh=j. Then when he was in Bethany in the house of Simon the leper, while he was reclining at table, a woman who had an alabaster box of very expensive genuine spikenard ointment came, and she broke the alabaster box and poured it down onto his head. to\, the (neuter) (alabaster box), RP-text P1904 TR F1853=15/20 F1859=4/7 vs. to\n, the (masculine) (alabaster box), RP-marg F1853=5/20 F1859=3/7.
Mark 14:4 87]Hsan de/ tinej a)ganaktou=ntej pro\j e9autou/j, {RP TR: kai\} [P1904: - ] le/gontej, Ei0j ti/ h9 a)pw&leia au3th tou= mu/rou ge/gonen; And some were irritated inwardly {RP TR: and said} [P1904: saying], “Why has this waste of ointment taken place? kai\, and: present in RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=6/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7.
why ← to what (end).
Mark 14:5 870Hdu/nato ga_r tou=to {RP TR: - } [P1904: to\ mu/ron] praqh=nai e0pa&nw triakosi/wn dhnari/wn, kai\ doqh=nai toi=j ptwxoi=j. Kai\ e0nebrimw~nto au0th|=. For this {RP TR: - } [P1904: ointment] could have been sold for more than three hundred denaries and given to the poor.” And they railed at her. to\ mu/ron, (this) ointment: absent in RP TR F1853=17/20 F1859=5/8 vs. present in P1904 F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's dey) F1859=3/8.
denaries: a denary was a silver coin.
railed ← were snorting.
Mark 14:6 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j ei]pen, 871Afete au0th/n: ti/ au0th|= ko/pouj pare/xete; Kalo\n e1rgon ei0rga&sato {RP P1904: e0n e0moi/} [TR: ei0j e0me/]. But Jesus said, “Leave her alone. Why are you giving her trouble? She has done me a good work. e0n e0moi/, in me, RP P1904 F1853=18/20 F1859=6/8 vs. ei0j e0me/, to me, TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's ux, u being very doubtful) F1859=2/8.
Mark 14:7 Pa&ntote ga_r tou\j ptwxou\j e1xete meq' e9autw~n, kai\ o3tan qe/lhte du/nasqe au0tou\j eu] poih=sai: e0me\ de\ ou0 pa&ntote e1xete. For you always have the poor with you, and you can do them good whenever you want, but you do not always have me.
Mark 14:8 874O {RP P1904: e1sxen} [TR: ei0xen] au3th e0poi/hsen: proe/laben muri/sai mou to\ sw~ma ei0j to\n e0ntafiasmo/n. She has done what she was able to do. She has had the anticipation to anoint my body for my embalming. e1sxen, she had, RP P1904 F1853=17/20 F1859=6/7 vs. ei0xen, she was having, TR F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's eux, u being very doubtful) F1859=1/7.
she ← this (woman).
embalming: or laying in the tomb.
Mark 14:9 870Amh\n {RP-text P1904 TR: - } [RP-marg: de\] le/gw u9mi=n, o3pou {RP P1904: e0a_n} [TR: a@n] khruxqh|= to\ eu0agge/lion tou=to ei0j o3lon to\n ko/smon, kai\ o4 e0poi/hsen au3th lalhqh/setai ei0j mnhmo/sunon au0th=j. {RP-text P1904 TR: Truly,} [RP-marg: And truly,] I say to you, wherever this gospel is preached in the whole world, what this woman has done will also be spoken about as a memorial to her.” de\, and / but: absent in RP-text P1904 TR F1853=13/20 F1859=4/7 vs. present in RP-marg F1853=7/20 F1859=3/7.
e0a_n, (where)ever (1), RP P1904 F1853=17/20 F1859=5/8 vs. a@n, (where)ever (2), TR F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's pux, u being very doubtful) F1859=3/8.
to ← of.
Mark 14:10 Kai\ {RP TR: o9} [P1904: - ] 870Iou/daj o9 870Iskariw&thj, ei[j tw~n dw&deka, a)ph=lqen pro\j tou\j a)rxierei=j, i3na paradw%~ au0to\n au0toi=j. Then Judas Iscariot, one of the twelve, went away to the senior priests in order to betray him to them. o9, the (Judas): present in RP TR F1853=11/20 F1859=2/6 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=9/20 F1859=4/6. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=14:14.
Mark 14:11 Oi9 de\ a)kou/santej e0xa&rhsan, kai\ e0phggei/lanto au0tw%~ {RP TR: a)rgu/rion} [P1904: a)rgu/ria] dou=nai: kai\ e0zh/tei pw~j eu0kai/rwj au0to\n paradw%~. And when they heard it, they were delighted and promised to give him money. Then he looked for a convenient way to betray him. a)rgu/rion, silver (singular noun), RP TR F1853=10/20 F1859=4/8 vs. a)rgu/ria, silver (plural, so coins), P1904 F1853=10/20 F1859=4/8. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=15:15.
a convenient way ← how opportunely.
Mark 14:12 Kai\ th|= prw&th| h9me/ra% tw~n a)zu/mwn, o3te to\ Pa&sxa e1quon, le/gousin au0tw%~ oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou=, Pou= qe/leij a)pelqo/ntej {RP-text P1904 TR: e9toima&swmen} [RP-marg: e9toima&somen] i3na fa&gh|j to\ Pa&sxa; Then on the first day of the unleavened bread, when they were sacrificing the Passover lamb, his disciples said to him, “Where do you want us to go and prepare for you to eat the Passover lamb?” e9toima&swmen, we should prepare (deliberative subjunctive), RP-text P1904 TR F1853=13/21 F1859=5/6 vs. e9toima&somen, we will prepare (indicative), RP-marg F1853=8/21 F1859=1/6.
Mark 14:13 Kai\ a)poste/llei du/o tw~n maqhtw~n au0tou=, kai\ le/gei au0toi=j, 879Upa&gete ei0j th\n po/lin, kai\ a)panth/sei u9mi=n a!nqrwpoj kera&mion u3datoj basta&zwn: a)kolouqh/sate au0tw%~, And he sent two of his disciples and said to them, “Go off into the city, and a man carrying a pitcher of water will meet you. Follow him,
Mark 14:14 kai\ o3pou e0a_n ei0se/lqh|, ei1pate tw%~ oi0kodespo/th| o3ti 879O dida&skaloj le/gei, Pou= e0stin to\ {RP TR: kata&luma,} [P1904: kata&luma& mou] o3pou to\ Pa&sxa meta_ tw~n maqhtw~n mou fa&gw; and wherever he goes to, say to the master of the house, ‘The teacher asks, «Where is {RP TR: the} [P1904: my] guest-room where I may eat the Passover lamb with my disciples?» ’ mou, my (guest-room): absent on RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=3/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=3/6.
asks ← says.
Mark 14:15 Kai\ au0to\j u9mi=n dei/cei {RP-text TR: a)nw&geon} [RP-marg: a)na&gaion] [P1904: a)nw&gaion] me/ga e0strwme/non e3toimon: e0kei= e9toima&sate h9mi=n. Then he will show you a large upper room, laid out and prepared. Prepare for us there.” a)nw&geon, upper room (1), RP-text TR F1853=6/21 F1859=3/6 vs. a)na&gaion, upper room (2), RP-marg F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's o) F1859=0/6 vs. a)nw&gaion, upper room (3), P1904 F1853=7/21 F1859=1/6 vs. a)nw&gewn, upper room (4), F1853=5/21 F1859=0/6 vs. a)no/geon, upper room (5), F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's f) F1859=1/6 vs. a)na&geon, upper room (6), F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's k) F1859=0/6 vs. a)no/gaion, upper room (7), F1853=0/21 F1859=1/6. Nearly a disparity (#1) with RP, R=10:9. A disparity (#2) with RP-marg (low count).
Mark 14:16 Kai\ e0ch=lqon oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou=, kai\ h]lqon ei0j th\n po/lin, kai\ eu[ron kaqw_j ei]pen au0toi=j, kai\ h9toi/masan to\ Pa&sxa. So his disciples went out and came to the city, and they found things as he had told them, and they prepared the Passover lamb.
Mark 14:17 Kai\ o0yi/aj genome/nhj e1rxetai meta_ tw~n dw&deka. Then when it had become late, he came with the twelve.
Mark 14:18 Kai\ a)nakeime/nwn au0tw~n kai\ e0sqio/ntwn, ei]pen o9 870Ihsou=j, 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n, o3ti ei[j e0c u9mw~n paradw&sei me, o9 e0sqi/wn met' e0mou=. And while they were reclining and eating, Jesus said, “Truly, I say to you that one of you will betray me: the one who eats with me.” the one who eats with me: AV differs somewhat (one of you which eateth with me). We take the sense as eating in synchronism. See Mark 14:20.
Mark 14:19 Oi9 de\ h1rcanto lupei=sqai, kai\ le/gein au0tw%~ ei[j kaq' ei[j, Mh/ti e0gw&; Kai\ a!lloj, Mh/ti e0gw&; Then they began to grieve and say to him one by one, “Surely not me?” And another would say, “Surely not me?” me (2x): or, if the reader prefers, I.
Mark 14:20 879O de\ a)pokriqei\j ei]pen au0toi=j, Ei[j e0k tw~n dw&deka, o9 e0mbapto/menoj met' e0mou= ei0j to\ trubli/on. But he answered and said to them, “It is the one of the twelve who dips into the bowl with me.
Mark 14:21 879O me\n ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou u9pa&gei, kaqw_j ge/graptai peri\ au0tou=: ou0ai\ de\ tw%~ a)nqrw&pw% e0kei/nw% di' ou[ o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou paradi/dotai: kalo\n h]n au0tw%~ ei0 ou0k e0gennh/qh o9 a!nqrwpoj e0kei=noj. Now the son of man goes away according to what stands written concerning him. But woe to that man through whom the son of man is betrayed. It would have been better for him if that man had not been born.” would have been ← would be. This is an unreal condition, but as there is no aorist of the verb to be (used for past unreal conditions), the imperfect (normally for present unreal conditions) does duty for it, as here. The clause can nevertheless be regarded as present unreal condition, it would be, though it has an illogical feel to it in English, since the beneficiary would not exist.
Mark 14:22 Kai\ e0sqio/ntwn au0tw~n, labw_n o9 870Ihsou=j a!rton eu0logh/saj e1klasen, kai\ e1dwken au0toi=j, kai\ ei]pen, La&bete, fa&gete: tou=to/ e0stin to\ sw~ma& mou. Then while they were eating, after Jesus had taken bread and blessed it, he broke it and gave some to them, and he said, “Take this and eat it. This is my body.” is: i.e. represents.
Mark 14:23 Kai\ labw_n to\ poth/rion eu0xaristh/saj e1dwken au0toi=j: kai\ e1pion e0c au0tou= pa&ntej. Then when he had taken the cup and given thanks, he gave it to them, and they all drank from it,
Mark 14:24 Kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j, Tou=to/ e0stin to\ ai[ma& mou, to\ th=j kainh=j diaqh/khj, to\ peri\ pollw~n e0kxuno/menon. and he said to them, “This is my blood, that of the new covenant, which is poured out on behalf of many. is: i.e. represents.
Mark 14:25 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n o3ti ou0ke/ti ou0 mh\ pi/w e0k tou= {RP P1904: genh/matoj} [TR: gennh/matoj] th=j a)mpe/lou, e3wj th=j h9me/raj e0kei/nhj o3tan au0to\ pi/nw kaino\n e0n th|= basilei/a% tou= qeou=. Truly, I say to you that I will no longer drink from the produce of the vine at all until that day when I drink it anew in the kingdom of God.” genh/matoj, produce (1), RP P1904 F1853=12/20 F1859=5/6 vs. gennh/matoj, produce (2), TR F1853=8/20 F1859=1/6.
Mark 14:26 Kai\ u9mnh/santej e0ch=lqon ei0j to\ o1roj tw~n 870Elaiw~n. Then they went out to the Mount of Olives, singing hymns. singing ← having sung. See Matt 23:20.
Mark 14:27 Kai\ le/gei au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j o3ti Pa&ntej skandalisqh/sesqe e0n e0moi\ e0n th|= nukti\ tau/th|: o3ti ge/graptai, Pata&cw to\n poime/na, kai\ {RP TR: diaskorpisqh/setai} [P1904: diaskorpisqh/sontai] ta_ pro/bata. Then Jesus said to them, “You will all take offence at me this night, in that it stands written:

‘I will strike the shepherd,

And the sheep will be scattered’,

 diaskorpisqh/setai, will be scattered (classical form), RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=4/6 vs. diaskorpisqh/sontai, will be scattered (non-classical form), P1904 F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's cu) F1859=2/6.
Zech 13:7.
Mark 14:28 870Alla_ meta_ to\ e0gerqh=nai/ me, proa&cw u9ma~j ei0j th\n Galilai/an. but after I have risen, I will go ahead of you to Galilee.” risen: or been raised up.
Mark 14:29 879O de\ Pe/troj e1fh au0tw%~, Kai\ ei0 pa&ntej skandalisqh/sontai, a)ll' ou0k e0gw&. Then Peter said to him, “Even if all take offence, still, I will not.”
Mark 14:30 Kai\ le/gei au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, 870Amh\n le/gw soi, o3ti {RP P1904: su\} [TR: - ] sh/meron e0n th|= nukti\ tau/th|, pri\n h2 di\j a)le/ktora fwnh=sai, tri\j a)parnh/sh| me. Then Jesus said to him, “Truly, I say to you that you today, this night, before the cock crows twice, will deny me three times.” su\, you (emphatically): present in RP P1904 F1853=15/21 F1859=6/6 vs. absent in TR F1853=6/21 F1859=0/6.
Mark 14:31 879O de\ {RP TR: - } [P1904: Pe/troj] e0kperissou= e1legen ma~llon, 870Ea&n me de/h| sunapoqanei=n soi, ou0 mh/ se {RP: a)parnh/swmai} [P1904 TR: a)parnh/somai]. 879Wsau/twj de\ kai\ pa&ntej e1legon. But {RP TR: he} [P1904: Peter] all the more insistently kept saying, “Even if I need to die with you, I will definitely not deny you.” They all spoke similarly too. Pe/troj, Peter: absent in RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=3/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's c) F1859=2/6 vs. verse omitted, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/6.
a)parnh/swmai, (will not) deny (classical form), RP F1853=10/20 F1859=0/7 vs. a)parnh/somai, (will not) deny (non-classical form), P1904 TR F1853=9/20 F1859=5/7 vs. other readings, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's u) F1859=1/7 vs. verse omitted, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7. A disparity with RP, R=10:16.
kept saying: iterative imperfect, but not necessarily so – see Matt 5:2.
Mark 14:32 Kai\ e1rxontai ei0j xwri/on ou[ to\ o1noma Geqshmanh=: kai\ le/gei toi=j maqhtai=j au0tou=, Kaqi/sate w{de, e3wj proseu/cwmai. Then they came to a place, the name of which was Gethsemané, and he said to his disciples, “Sit down here while I pray.”
Mark 14:33 Kai\ paralamba&nei to\n Pe/tron kai\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: to\n] 870Ia&kwbon kai\ 870Iwa&nnhn meq' e9autou=, kai\ h1rcato e0kqambei=sqai kai\ a)dhmonei=n. Then he took Peter and James and John with him, and he began to be struck with astonishment and to be sorely troubled {RP TR: .} [P1904: ,] to\n, the (James): absent in RP P1904 F1853=14/20 F1859=4/6 vs. present in TR F1853=6/20 F1859=2/6.
to be struck with astonishment: or be utterly dismayed.
Mark 14:34 {RP TR: Kai\ le/gei} [P1904: kai\ le/gein] au0toi=j, Peri/lupo/j e0stin h9 yuxh/ mou e3wj qana&tou: mei/nate w{de kai\ grhgorei=te. {RP TR: And he said} [P1904: and to say] to them, “My soul is extremely sorrowful to the point of death. Remain here and be watchful.” le/gei, he says, RP TR F1853=16/20 F1859=3/6 vs. le/gein, to say, P1904 F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's bghk) F1859=3/6.
soul: i.e. inner being, the seat of deepest feeling.
Mark 14:35 Kai\ {RP: proselqw_n} [P1904 TR: proelqw_n] mikro/n, e1pesen {RP TR: - } [P1904: e0pi\ pro/swpon] e0pi\ th=j gh=j, kai\ proshu/xeto i3na, ei0 dunato/n e0stin, pare/lqh| a)p' au0tou= h9 w#ra. Then he {RP: approached} [P1904 TR: went forward] a little and fell {RP TR: - } [P1904: face down] to the ground and prayed that, if it was possible, the hour should pass away from him, proselqw_n, having approached (as a worshipper), RP F1853=9/21 F1859=4/6 vs. proelqw_n, having gone forward, P1904 TR F1853=12/21 F1859=1/6 vs. another reading, F1853=0/21 F1859=1/6. A weak disparity with RP, R=13:15.
e0pi\ pro/swpon, on (his) face: absent in RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=3/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's c) F1859=3/6. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=7.2 PV=0.7%.
the hour: this is not a reference to the crucifixion! Prayer answered in Mark 14:41. See Luke 22:42 and Heb 5:7.
Mark 14:36 Kai\ e1legen, 870Abba~, o9 path/r, pa&nta dunata& soi. Pare/negke to\ poth/rion a)p' e0mou= tou=to: a)ll' ou0 ti/ e0gw_ qe/lw, {RP TR: a)lla_} [P1904: a)ll' ei1] ti/ su/. and he said, “Abba, father, everything is possible with you. Remove this cup from me, but not what I want, but what you want.” a)lla_ , but, RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=3/6 vs. a)ll' ei1, but rather (a Hebraism reflecting כִּ אִם), P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=2/6 vs. other readings, F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's gc) F1859=1/6.
Mark 14:37 Kai\ e1rxetai kai\ eu9ri/skei au0tou\j kaqeu/dontaj, kai\ le/gei tw%~ Pe/trw%, Si/mwn, kaqeu/deij; Ou0k {RP TR: i1sxusaj} [P1904: i0sxu/sate] mi/an w#ran grhgorh=sai; Then he came and found them sleeping, and he said to Peter, “Simon, are you sleeping? Could you not be watchful for one hour? i1sxusaj, were you not able (singular), RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=3/6 vs. i0sxu/sate, were you not able (plural), P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=3/6. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=11.3 PV=0.08%.
Mark 14:38 Grhgorei=te kai\ proseu/xesqe, i3na mh\ ei0se/lqhte ei0j peirasmo/n. To\ me\n pneu=ma pro/qumon, h9 de\ sa_rc a)sqenh/j. Be watchful and pray, so that you do not enter into temptation. For the spirit is willing, but the flesh is weak.”
Mark 14:39 Kai\ pa&lin a)pelqw_n proshu/cato, to\n au0to\n lo/gon ei0pw&n. Then he went away again and prayed, and he said the same thing.
Mark 14:40 Kai\ u9postre/yaj eu[ren au0tou\j pa&lin kaqeu/dontaj: h]san ga_r oi9 o0fqalmoi\ au0tw~n {RP TR: bebarhme/noi} [P1904: katabaruno/menoi], kai\ ou0k h|1deisan ti/ {RP TR: au0tw%~ a)pokriqw~sin} [P1904: a)pokriqw~sin au0tw%~]. Then he returned and found them sleeping again, for their eyes were weighed {RP TR: down,} [P1904: down,] and they did not know what to answer him. bebarhme/noi, weighed, RP TR F1853=15/20 F1859=3/6 vs. katabaruno/menoi, weighed down, P1904 F1853=5/20 F1859=3/6.
au0tw%~ a)pokriqw~si¨n©, (what) him + they should answer, RP TR F1853=17/20 F1859=5/6 vs. a)pokriqw~si¨n© au0tw%~, (what) they should answer + him, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=1/6 vs. other readings, F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's gdp) F1859=0/6.
Mark 14:41 Kai\ e1rxetai to\ tri/ton, kai\ le/gei au0toi=j, Kaqeu/dete {RP P1904: - } [TR: to\] loipo\n kai\ a)napau/esqe. 870Ape/xei: h]lqen h9 w#ra: i0dou/, paradi/dotai o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou ei0j ta_j xei=raj tw~n a(martwlw~n. Then he came for the third time and said to them, “Sleep from now on and rest. It has passed away. The hour has come. Behold, the son of man is about to be betrayed into the hands of sinners. to\, the (from now on): absent in RP P1904 F1853=12/22 F1859=2/6 vs. present in TR F1853=10/22 F1859=4/6. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=15:15.
has passed away ← is distant. AV differs (it is enough).
Mark 14:42 870Egei/resqe, a!gwmen: i0dou/, o9 paradidou/j me h1ggiken. Get up, let's go. Look, he who will betray me has drawn near.”
Mark 14:43 Kai\ eu0qe/wj, e1ti au0tou= lalou=ntoj, paragi/netai 870Iou/daj, {RP TR: - } [P1904: o9 870Iskariw&thj,] ei[j {RP TR: w@n} [P1904: - ] tw~n dw&deka, kai\ met' au0tou= o1xloj polu\j meta_ maxairw~n kai\ cu/lwn, {RP TR: - } [P1904: a)pestalme/noi] para_ tw~n a)rxiere/wn kai\ {RP TR: tw~n} [P1904: - ] grammate/wn kai\ tw~n presbute/rwn. And immediately, while he was still talking, Judas {RP TR: - } [P1904: Iscariot], {RP TR: being} [P1904: - ] one of the twelve, arrived, as did a large crowd with him, with swords and sticks, {RP TR: - } [P1904: sent] from the senior priests and {RP TR: the} [P1904: - ] scribes and the elders. o9 870Iskariw&thj, the Iscariot: absent in RP TR F1853=17/20 F1859=3/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's adp) F1859=3/6.
w@n, being (one of the twelve): present in RP TR F1853=17/20 F1859=3/6 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's cpy) F1859=3/6.
a)pestalme/noi, having been sent: absent in RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=4/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=2/6. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=7.2 PV=0.7%.
tw~n, the (scribes): present in RP TR F1853=16/20 F1859=2/6 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's dopy) F1859=4/6.
Mark 14:44 Dedw&kei de\ o9 paradidou\j au0to\n su/sshmon au0toi=j, le/gwn, 874On a@n filh/sw, au0to/j e0stin: krath/sate au0to/n, kai\ a)paga&gete a)sfalw~j. Now he who was betraying him had pre-arranged a signal with them, and he had said, “He whom I kiss, that is him. Seize him and lead him away securely.” pre-arranged a signal ← given a joint signal.
is him: or, if the reader prefers, is he.
Mark 14:45 Kai\ e0lqw&n, eu0qe/wj proselqw_n au0tw%~ le/gei {RP: au0tw%~} [P1904 TR: - ], {RP TR: 879Rabbi/, r(abbi/} [P1904: Xai=re, r(abbi/]: kai\ katefi/lhsen au0to/n. So he went off, and straightaway he went up to him and said {RP: to him} [P1904 TR: - ], {RP TR: “Rabbi, rabbi”,} [P1904: “Hello, rabbi”,] and he kissed him profusely. au0tw%~, to him: present in RP F1853=12/20 F1859=2/6 vs. absent in P1904 TR F1853=8/20 F1859=4/6. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=14:14.
r(abbi/, r(abbi/, rabbi, rabbi, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=4/6 vs. xai=re, r(abbi/, hello, rabbi, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/6 vs. another reading, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/6.
Mark 14:46 Oi9 de\ e0pe/balon e0p' au0to\n ta_j xei=raj au0tw~n, kai\ e0kra&thsan au0to/n. Then they laid their hands on him and seized him.
Mark 14:47 Ei[j de/ tij tw~n paresthko/twn spasa&menoj th\n ma&xairan e1paisen to\n dou=lon tou= a)rxiere/wj, kai\ a)fei=len au0tou= to\ w)ti/on. But a certain one of those standing around drew his sword and struck the high priest's servant and cut off his ear. his: from the middle voice of drew.
cut off ← took off.
Mark 14:48 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0toi=j, 879Wj e0pi\ lh|sth\n e0ch/lqete meta_ maxairw~n kai\ cu/lwn sullabei=n me; But Jesus responded and said to them, “Have you come out as you would against a robber, with swords and sticks to arrest me?
Mark 14:49 Kaq' h9me/ran {RP TR: h1mhn pro\j u9ma~j} [P1904: pro\j u9ma~j h1mhn] e0n tw%~ i9erw%~ dida&skwn, kai\ ou0k e0krath/sate/ me: a)ll' i3na plhrwqw~sin ai9 grafai/. I was with you every day teaching in the temple, but you did not seize me. But let the scriptures be fulfilled.” h1mhn pro\j u9ma~j, I was + with you, RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=4/6 vs. pro\j u9ma~j h1mhn, with you + I was, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=2/6. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=7.2 PV=0.7%.
let ← in order that, as in John 13:18, John 14:31.
Mark 14:50 Kai\ a)fe/ntej au0to\n {RP TR: pa&ntej e1fugon} [P1904: e1fugon pa&ntej]. Then they all left him and fled. pa&ntej e1fugon, they all + fled, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=4/6 vs. e1fugon pa&ntej, they fled + all, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=2/6 vs. another reading, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's s) F1859=0/6.
Mark 14:51 Kai\ ei[j tij neani/skoj {RP P1904: h0kolou/qhsen} [TR: h0kolou/qei] au0tw%~, peribeblhme/noj sindo/na e0pi\ gumnou=. Kai\ kratou=sin au0to\n oi9 neani/skoi: However, a certain young man {RP P1904: followed} [TR: was following] him, wearing fine linen over his naked body, and the young men seized him, h0kolou/qhsen, followed, RP P1904 F1853=17/20 F1859=6/6 vs. h0kolou/qei, was following, TR F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's oux, u being very doubtful) F1859=0/6.
Mark 14:52 o9 de\ katalipw_n th\n sindo/na gumno\j e1fugen a)p' au0tw~n. but he abandoned the fine linen and fled from them naked.
Mark 14:53 Kai\ a)ph/gagon to\n 870Ihsou=n pro\j to\n a)rxiere/a: kai\ sune/rxontai au0tw%~ pa&ntej oi9 a)rxierei=j kai\ oi9 presbu/teroi kai\ oi9 grammatei=j. Then they led Jesus away to the high priest, and all the senior priests and the elders and the scribes went with him.
Mark 14:54 Kai\ o9 Pe/troj a)po\ makro/qen h0kolou/qhsen au0tw%~ e3wj e1sw ei0j th\n au0lh\n tou= a)rxiere/wj: kai\ h]n sugkaqh/menoj meta_ tw~n u9phretw~n, kai\ qermaino/menoj pro\j {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: to\} [E1624: - ] fw~j. Meanwhile Peter followed him from a distance up to inside the courtyard of the high priest, and he was sitting with the attendants and was warming himself at {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: the} [E1624: the] fire. to\, the (light): present in RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=11/20 F1859=6/6 vs. absent in E1624 F1853=9/20 F1859=0/6.
warming himself: middle voice for reflexive pronoun.
fire ← light.
Mark 14:55 Oi9 de\ a)rxierei=j kai\ o3lon to\ sune/drion e0zh/toun kata_ tou= 870Ihsou= marturi/an, ei0j to\ qanatw~sai au0to/n: kai\ ou0x eu3riskon. Now the senior priests and all the Sanhedrin council were looking for a testimony against Jesus, so as to put him to death, but they could not find one,
Mark 14:56 Polloi\ ga_r e0yeudomartu/roun kat' au0tou=, kai\ i1sai ai9 marturi/ai ou0k h]san. for many were giving false witness against him, but the testimonies were not in agreement.
Mark 14:57 Kai/ tinej a)nasta&ntej e0yeudomartu/roun kat' au0tou=, le/gontej Then some stood up and gave false witness against him and said,
Mark 14:58 o3ti 879Hmei=j h0kou/samen au0tou= le/gontoj o3ti 870Egw_ katalu/sw to\n nao\n tou=ton to\n xeiropoi/hton, kai\ dia_ triw~n h9merw~n a!llon a)xeiropoi/hton oi0kodomh/sw. “We have heard him say, ‘I will destroy this sanctuary which is made by hands and within three days I will build another not made by hands.’ ”
Mark 14:59 Kai\ ou0de\ ou3twj i1sh h]n h9 marturi/a au0tw~n. But their testimonies were not in agreement in this either. testimonies were ← testimony was.
Mark 14:60 Kai\ a)nasta_j o9 a)rxiereu\j ei0j {RP: - } [P1904 TR: to\] me/son {RP TR: e0phrw&thsen} [P1904: e0phrw&ta] to\n 870Ihsou=n, le/gwn, Ou0k a)pokri/nh| ou0de/n; Ti/ ou[toi/ sou katamarturou=sin; Then the high priest stood up in full view and {RP TR: questioned} [P1904: kept questioning] Jesus and asked, “Do you not answer anything? What are these people testifying against you?” to\, the (midst): absent in RP F1853=17/21 F1859=4/6 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=4/21 (Scrivener's q*rux) F1859=2/6.
e0phrw&thse¨n©, questioned, RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=4/6 vs. e0phrw&ta, was questioning, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=2/6. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=7.2 PV=0.7%.
in full view ← {RP TR: to (the) midst} [P1904: to the midst].
[P1904: kept questioning: iterative imperfect, but not necessarily so – see Matt 5:2.]
asked ← saying.
Mark 14:61 879O de\ e0siw&pa, kai\ ou0de\n a)pekri/nato. Pa&lin o9 a)rxiereu\j e0phrw&ta au0to/n, kai\ le/gei au0tw%~, Su\ ei] o9 xristo/j, o9 ui9o\j tou= eu0loghtou=; But he remained silent and did not answer anything. Again the high priest asked him and said to him, “Are you the Christ, the son of the blessed?”
Mark 14:62 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j ei]pen, 870Egw& ei0mi. Kai\ o1yesqe to\n ui9o\n tou= a)nqrw&pou {RP P1904: e0k deciw~n kaqh/menon} [TR: kaqh/menon e0k deciw~n] th=j duna&mewj, kai\ e0rxo/menon {RP TR: meta_} [P1904: e0pi\] tw~n nefelw~n tou= ou0ranou=. Then Jesus said, “I am. And you will see the son of man sitting on the right hand of power and coming {RP TR: with} [P1904: on] the clouds of heaven.” e0k deciw~n kaqh/menon, on the right + sitting, RP P1904 F1853=17/20 F1859=6/6 vs. kaqh/menon e0k deciw~n, sitting + on the right, TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's ax) F1859=0/6 vs. another reading, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=0/6.
meta_, with (the clouds), RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=4/6 vs. e0pi\, on (the clouds), P1904 F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's cp) F1859=2/6.
I am: see John 18:5-6.
heaven: or the sky.
Mark 14:63 879O de\ a)rxiereu\j diarrh/caj tou\j xitw~naj au0tou= le/gei, Ti/ e1ti xrei/an e1xomen martu/rwn; At this the high priest tore his tunics and said, “Why do we still need witnesses?
Mark 14:64 870Hkou/sate {RP TR: - } [P1904: pa&ntwj] th=j blasfhmi/aj: ti/ u9mi=n fai/netai; Oi9 de\ pa&ntej kate/krinan au0to\n ei]nai e1noxon qana&tou. You have {RP TR: - } [P1904: by all accounts] heard the blasphemy. How does it look to you?” Then they all condemned him to be punishable by death. pa&ntwj, altogether → by all accounts: absent in RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=4/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's c) F1859=2/6.
punishable by ← liable to.
Mark 14:65 Kai\ h1rcanto/ tinej e0mptu/ein au0tw%~, kai\ perikalu/ptein to\ pro/swpon au0tou=, kai\ kolafi/zein au0to/n, kai\ le/gein au0tw%~, Profh/teuson {RP TR: - } [P1904: h9mi=n ti/j e0stin o9 pai/saj se]: kai\ oi9 u9phre/tai r(api/smasin au0to\n {RP-text TR: e1ballon} [RP-marg P1904: e1balon]. Then some began to spit at him, and to blindfold his face, and to buffet him and to say to him, {RP TR: “Prophesy.”} [P1904: “Prophesy to us, who is it who struck you?”] Then the attendants {RP-text TR: would give} [RP-marg P1904: gave] him sharp slaps on the face. h9mi=n ti/j e0stin o9 pai/saj se, to us who it is who struck you: absent in RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=3/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=4/7 vs. other readings, F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's cg) F1859=0/7. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=6.7 PV=1.0%.
e1ballon, they were throwing, RP-text TR F1853=15/20 F1859=1/6 vs. e1balon, they threw, RP-marg P1904 F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's cdko) F1859=4/6 vs. other readings, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's p) F1859=1/6.
{RP-text TR: would give} [RP-marg P1904: gave] him sharp slaps ← {RP-text TR: would cast} [RP-marg P1904: cast] him to sharp slaps.
Mark 14:66 Kai\ o1ntoj tou= Pe/trou {RP TR: e0n th|= au0lh|= ka&tw} [P1904: ka&tw e0n th|= au0lh|=], e1rxetai mi/a tw~n paidiskw~n tou= a)rxiere/wj, Then while Peter was {RP TR: in the courtyard below} [P1904: below in the courtyard], one of the high priest's maidservants came, e0n th|= au0lh|= ka&tw, in the courtyard + below, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=4/6 vs. ka&tw e0n th|= au0lh|=, below + in the courtyard, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=2/6 vs. another reading, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's c) F1859=0/6.
Mark 14:67 kai\ i0dou=sa to\n Pe/tron qermaino/menon, e0mble/yasa au0tw%~ le/gei, Kai\ su\ meta_ {RP TR: tou= Nazarhnou= 870Ihsou=} [P1904: tou= 870Ihsou= tou= Nazarhnou=] h]sqa. and when she saw Peter warming himself, she looked straight at him and said, “You were also with Jesus the Nazarene.” tou= Nazarhnou= 870Ihsou=, (with) the Nazarene Jesus, RP TR F1853=20/20 (incl. 2 minor spelling variations) F1859=4/6 vs. tou= 870Ihsou= tou= Nazarhnou=, (with) the Jesus the Nazarene, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=1/6 vs. another reading, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/6.
warming himself: middle voice for reflexive pronoun.
Mark 14:68 879O de\ h0rnh/sato, le/gwn, Ou0k oi]da, {RP-text P1904 TR: ou0de\} [RP-marg: ou1te] e0pi/stamai ti/ su\ le/geij. Kai\ e0ch=lqen e1cw ei0j to\ proau/lion: kai\ a)le/ktwr e0fw&nhsen. But he denied it and said, “I do not know or {RP-text P1904 TR: even} [RP-marg: - ] understand what you are saying.” Then he went out into the forecourt, and the cock crowed. ou0de\, not even; and not, RP-text P1904 TR F1853=9/20 F1859=4/6 vs. ou1te, and not, RP-marg F1853=11/20 F1859=2/6.
Mark 14:69 Kai\ h9 paidi/skh i0dou=sa au0to\n pa&lin h1rcato le/gein toi=j paresthko/sin o3ti Ou[toj e0c au0tw~n e0sti/n. Then when the maidservant saw him again, she began to say to those standing around, “This man is one of them.”
Mark 14:70 879O de\ pa&lin h0rnei=to. Kai\ meta_ mikro\n pa&lin oi9 parestw~tej e1legon tw%~ Pe/trw%, 870Alhqw~j e0c au0tw~n ei]: kai\ ga_r Galilai=oj ei], kai\ h9 lalia& sou o9moia&zei. And he kept on denying it again. And after a short while, those standing around said to Peter again, “You certainly are one of them, and indeed you are a Galilean, and your dialect is similar.” kept on denying: iterative imperfect, but not necessarily so – see Matt 5:2.
Mark 14:71 879O de\ h1rcato a)naqemati/zein kai\ {RP P1904: o0mnu/nai} [TR: o0mnu/ein] o3ti Ou0k oi]da to\n a!nqrwpon tou=ton o4n le/gete. But he began to curse and swear, saying, “I do not know this man whom you are speaking about.” o0mnu/nai, to swear (classical form), RP P1904 F1853=15/21 F1859=3/6 vs. o0mnu/ein, to swear (non-classical form), TR F1853=6/21 F1859=3/6.
Mark 14:72 Kai\ e0k deute/rou a)le/ktwr e0fw&nhsen. Kai\ a)nemnh/sqh o9 Pe/troj {RP P1904: to\ r(h=ma o4} [TR: tou= r(h/matoj ou[] ei]pen au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j o3ti Pri\n a)le/ktora fwnh=sai di/j, a)parnh/sh| me tri/j. Kai\ e0pibalw_n e1klaien. Then the cock crowed a second time. At this Peter remembered the saying that Jesus had spoken to him, “Before the cock crows twice, you will deny me three times.” Then he took it to heart and wept. to\ r(h=ma o4, the word (accusative) which, RP P1904 F1853=13/20 F1859=4/6 vs. tou= r(h/matoj ou[, the word (genitive) which, TR F1853=6/20 F1859=1/6 vs. other readings, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's u) F1859=1/6.
took it to heart ← cast on.
Mark 15:1 Kai\ eu0qe/wj e0pi\ to\ prwi+\ sumbou/lion poih/santej oi9 a)rxierei=j meta_ tw~n presbute/rwn kai\ grammate/wn, kai\ o3lon to\ sune/drion, dh/santej to\n 870Ihsou=n a)ph/negkan kai\ pare/dwkan tw%~ Pila&tw%. Then straightaway in the morning the senior priests with the elders and scribes and all the Sanhedrin held a council, and they bound Jesus and carried him away and handed him over to Pilate.
Mark 15:2 Kai\ e0phrw&thsen au0to\n o9 Pila&toj, Su\ ei] o9 basileu\j tw~n 870Ioudai/wn; 879O de\ a)pokriqei\j ei]pen au0tw%~, Su\ le/geij. And Pilate questioned him and asked, “Are you the king of the Jews?” He then answered and said to him, “As you say.”
Mark 15:3 Kai\ kathgo/roun au0tou= oi9 a)rxierei=j polla&: {RP S1550 E1624: - } [P1904 S1894: au0to\j de\ ou0de\n a)pekri/nato.] And the senior priests accused him of many things {RP S1550 E1624: - } [P1904 S1894: but he did not answer anything]. au0to\j de\ ou0de\n a)pekri/nato, but he did not answer anything: absent in RP S1550 E1624 F1853=18/21 F1859=4/7 vs. present in P1904 S1894 F1853=3/21 (Scrivener's cq*r) F1859=3/7. AV differs textually.
Mark 15:4 o9 de\ Pila&toj pa&lin {RP TR: e0phrw&thsen} [P1904: e0phrw&ta] au0to/n, le/gwn, Ou0k a)pokri/nh| ou0de/n; 871Ide, po/sa sou katamarturou=sin. Then Pilate {RP TR: questioned} [P1904: kept questioning] him again and asked, “Do you not answer anything? See how many things they testify against you.” e0phrw&thsen, he questioned, RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=5/8 vs. e0phrw&ta, he was questioning, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=3/8. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=8.4 PV=0.4%.
[P1904: kept questioning: iterative imperfect, but not necessarily so – see Matt 5:2.]
asked ← saying.
Mark 15:5 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j ou0ke/ti ou0de\n a)pekri/qh, w#ste qauma&zein to\n Pila&ton. But Jesus no longer answered anything, with the result that Pilate was amazed.
Mark 15:6 Kata_ de\ e9orth\n a)pe/luen au0toi=j e3na de/smion, o3nper h|0tou=nto. Now at the festival, he would release to them one prisoner, whomever they asked for. would release: iterative imperfect, i.e. each time the festival came around.
Mark 15:7 87]Hn de\ o9 lego/menoj Barabba~j meta_ tw~n sustasiastw~n dedeme/noj, oi3tinej e0n th|= sta&sei fo/non pepoih/keisan. And a man called Barabbas was held bound among the insurgents who had committed murder in the insurrection. among ← with, but Barabbas was presumably one of the insurgents rather than someone else imprisoned with them.
who had committed: plural.
Mark 15:8 Kai\ a)naboh/saj o9 o1xloj h1rcato ai0tei=sqai kaqw_j a)ei\ e0poi/ei au0toi=j. And the crowd shouted out and began to make their request for him to do as he always did for them,
Mark 15:9 879O de\ Pila&toj a)pekri/qh au0toi=j, le/gwn, Qe/lete a)polu/sw u9mi=n to\n basile/a tw~n 870Ioudai/wn; at which Pilate answered them and said, “Do you want me to release the king of the Jews to you?”
Mark 15:10 870Egi/nwsken ga_r o3ti dia_ fqo/non paradedw&keisan au0to\n oi9 a)rxierei=j. For he knew that the senior priests had delivered him up through envy.
Mark 15:11 Oi9 de\ a)rxierei=j a)ne/seisan to\n o1xlon, i3na ma~llon to\n Barabba~n a)polu/sh| au0toi=j. But the senior priests had stirred up the crowd so that he should rather release Barabbas to them.
Mark 15:12 879O de\ Pila&toj a)pokriqei\j pa&lin ei]pen au0toi=j, Ti/ ou]n qe/lete poih/sw o4n le/gete {RP TR: - } [P1904: to\n] basile/a tw~n 870Ioudai/wn; Then Pilate replied again and said to them, “What then do you want me to do to him whom you call {RP TR: the} [P1904: the] king of the Jews.” to\n, the (king): absent in RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=5/8 vs. present in P1904 F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's ce) F1859=3/8.
Mark 15:13 Oi9 de\ pa&lin e1kracan, Stau/rwson au0to/n. Then they shouted again, “Crucify him!”
Mark 15:14 879O de\ Pila&toj e1legen au0toi=j, Ti/ ga_r {RP TR: kako\n e0poi/hsen} [P1904: e0poi/hse kako/n]; Oi9 de\ perissote/rwj e1kracan, Stau/rwson au0to/n. Then Pilate said to them, “Well what has he done wrong?” But they shouted all the more profusely, “Crucify him!” kako\n e0poi/hse¨n©, (what) bad + he did, RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=6/8 vs. e0poi/hse¨n© kako/n, (what) he did + bad, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=2/8.
Mark 15:15 879O de\ Pila&toj boulo/menoj tw%~ o1xlw% to\ i9kano\n poih=sai, a)pe/lusen au0toi=j to\n Barabba~n: kai\ pare/dwken to\n 870Ihsou=n, fragellw&saj, i3na staurwqh|=. Then Pilate, wishing to satisfy the crowd, released Barabbas to them, and when he had had Jesus flogged, he handed him over to be crucified.
Mark 15:16 Oi9 de\ stratiw~tai a)ph/gagon au0to\n e1sw th=j au0lh=j, o3 e0stin praitw&rion, kai\ sugkalou=sin o3lhn th\n spei=ran. Next the soldiers led him into the courtyard, which is the governmental compound, and they convened the whole cohort. governmental compound ← praetorium.
Mark 15:17 Kai\ e0ndu/ousin au0to\n porfu/ran, kai\ peritiqe/asin au0tw%~ ple/cantej a)ka&nqinon ste/fanon, And they clothed him in purple and put a crown of thorns on him which they had plaited. on ← round.
Mark 15:18 kai\ h1rcanto a)spa&zesqai au0to/n, Xai=re, {RP-text P1904: o9 basileu\j} [RP-marg TR: basileu=] tw~n 870Ioudai/wn: And they went on to greet him, saying, “Hail, {RP-text P1904: O king} [RP-marg TR: O king] of the Jews.” o9 basileu\j, O king (using the definite article, a Hebraism), RP-text P1904 F1853=15/20 F1859=7/7 vs. basileu=, O king (using the vocative), RP-marg TR F1853=5/20 F1859=0/7.
went on to greet ← began to greet, but used here for mere transition.
Mark 15:19 kai\ e1tupton au0tou= th\n kefalh\n kala&mw%, kai\ e0ne/ptuon au0tw%~, kai\ tiqe/ntej ta_ go/nata proseku/noun au0tw%~. And they kept striking his head with a reed, and spitting on him, and kneeling and paying homage to him, kept striking: iterative imperfect.
Mark 15:20 Kai\ o3te e0ne/paican au0tw%~, e0ce/dusan au0to\n th\n porfu/ran, kai\ e0ne/dusan au0to\n ta_ i9ma&tia ta_ i1dia. Kai\ e0ca&gousin au0to\n i3na staurw&swsin au0to/n. and when they had made fun of him, they took off the purple clothing, and they put his own clothes on him, and they led him out in order to crucify him.
Mark 15:21 Kai\ a)ggareu/ousin para&gonta& tina Si/mwna Kurhnai=on, e0rxo/menon a)p' a)grou=, to\n pate/ra 870Aleca&ndrou kai\ 879Rou/fou, i3na a!rh| to\n stauro\n au0tou=. And they pressed a certain passer-by, Simon the Cyrene, who was coming from a field, the father of Alexander and Rufus, to carry his cross.
Mark 15:22 Kai\ fe/rousin au0to\n e0pi\ Golgoqa~ to/pon, o3 e0stin meqermhneuo/menon, Krani/ou To/poj. Then they brought him to the place called Golgotha, which in translation is “The Place of the Skull.” in translation ← having been translated.
Mark 15:23 Kai\ e0di/doun au0tw%~ piei=n e0smurnisme/non oi]non: o9 de\ ou0k e1laben. And they gave him wine mixed with myrrh to drink, but he did not take it.
Mark 15:24 Kai\ staurw&santej au0to/n, {RP P1904: diameri/zontai} [TR: dieme/rizon] ta_ i9ma&tia au0tou=, ba&llontej klh=ron e0p' au0ta&, ti/j ti/ a!rh|. Then when they had started to crucify him, they shared out his clothes {RP P1904: among themselves} [TR: - ] and cast lots for them as to who would take what. diameri/zontai, shared out for themselves, RP P1904 F1853=14/22 F1859=5/7 vs. dieme/rizon, shared out, TR F1853=1/22 (Scrivener's u, so very doubtful) F1859=0/7 vs. several other readings, F1853=7/22 F1859=2/7.
started to crucify: inceptive aorist; see Matt 27:35.
Mark 15:25 87]Hn de\ w#ra tri/th, kai\ e0stau/rwsan au0to/n. Now it was the third hour when they crucified him. third hour: 9 a.m.
Mark 15:26 Kai\ h]n h9 e0pigrafh\ th=j ai0ti/aj au0tou= e0pigegramme/nh, 879O basileu\j tw~n 870Ioudai/wn. And the inscription of his indictment was inscribed:

“The king of the Jews.”
Mark 15:27 Kai\ su\n au0tw%~ staurou=sin du/o lh|sta&j, e3na e0k deciw~n kai\ e3na e0c eu0wnu/mwn au0tou=. Moreover they crucified two robbers with him, one on his right and one on his left.
Mark 15:28 Kai\ e0plhrw&qh h9 grafh\ h9 le/gousa, Kai\ meta_ a)no/mwn e0logi/sqh. So the scripture was fulfilled which says, “And he was reckoned with lawless ones.” Isa 53:12.
Mark 15:29 Kai\ oi9 paraporeuo/menoi e0blasfh/moun au0to/n, kinou=ntej ta_j kefala_j au0tw~n, kai\ le/gontej, Ou0a&, o9 katalu/wn to\n nao/n, kai\ e0n trisi\n h9me/raij oi0kodomw~n, And those passing by blasphemed him, shaking their heads and saying, “Ah, you who would demolish the sanctuary and build it again in three days,
Mark 15:30 sw~son seauto/n, kai\ kata&ba a)po\ tou= staurou=. save yourself and come down from the cross.”
Mark 15:31 879Omoi/wj {RP: - } [P1904 TR: de\] kai\ oi9 a)rxierei=j e0mpai/zontej pro\j a)llh/louj meta_ tw~n grammate/wn e1legon, 871Allouj e1swsen, e9auto\n ou0 du/natai sw~sai. {RP: And} [P1904 TR: And] the senior priests also similarly mocked among themselves along with the scribes and said, “He saved others. He cannot save himself. de\, and / but: absent in RP F1853=17/22 F1859=6/9 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=5/22 F1859=3/9.
among themselves: AV differs, associating with said.
Mark 15:32 879O xristo\j o9 basileu\j tou= 870Israh\l kataba&tw nu=n a)po\ tou= staurou=, i3na i1dwmen kai\ pisteu/swmen {RP-text P1904: au0tw%~} [RP-marg TR: - ]. Kai\ oi9 sunestaurwme/noi au0tw%~ w)nei/dizon au0to/n. Let Christ, the king of Israel, come down now from the cross, so that we may see and believe {RP-text P1904: him} [RP-marg TR: - ].” And those crucified with him kept reproaching him. au0tw%~, (believe) him: present in RP-text P1904 F1853=12/23 F1859=5/8 vs. absent in RP-marg TR F1853=9/23 F1859=2/8 vs. e0p' au0tw%~, (believe) on him F1853=2/23 (Scrivener's qyonce) F1859=0/8 vs. ei0j au0to\n, (believe) on him, F1853=0/23 F1859=1/8.
kept reproaching: iterative imperfect, but not necessarily so – see Matt 5:2.
Mark 15:33 Genome/nhj de\ w#raj e3kthj, sko/toj e0ge/neto e0f' o3lhn th\n gh=n e3wj w#raj {RP P1904: e0na&thj} [TR: e0nna&thj]. Then, at the sixth hour, darkness descended on the whole earth until the ninth hour. e0na&thj, ninth (1), RP P1904 F1853=12/20 F1859=3/7 vs. e0nna&thj, ninth (2), TR F1853=8/20 F1859=4/7.
sixth hour: 12 noon; ninth hour: 3 p.m.
descended ← came, became.
earth: or land.
Mark 15:34 Kai\ th|= w#ra% th|= {RP P1904: e0na&th|} [TR: e0nna&th|] e0bo/hsen o9 870Ihsou=j fwnh|= mega&lh|, le/gwn, 870Elwi+/, 870Elwi+/, {RP P1904: lima_} [TR: lamma~] sabaxqani/; 873O e0stin meqermhneuo/menon, 879O qeo/j mou, o9 qeo/j mou, ei0j ti/ me e0gkate/lipej; And at the ninth hour, Jesus shouted in a loud voice and said, “Eloi Eloi, {RP P1904: lima} [TR: lamma] sabachthani”, which in translation is, “My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?” e0na&thj, ninth (1), RP P1904 F1853=11/20 F1859=3/7 vs. e0nna&thj, ninth (2), TR F1853=8/20 F1859=4/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's e) F1859=0/7.
lima_, why (1), RP P1904 F1853=14/22 F1859=3/9 vs. lamma~, why (2), TR F1853=2/22 (Scrivener's f**u, u being very doubtful) F1859=1/9 vs. other readings (absent, leima, leimaj), F1853=6/22 F1859=5/9.
Ps 22:2MT (Ps 22:1AV).
ninth hour: 3 p.m.
sabachthani: Aramaic, root שׁבק, as in Dan 2:44, not Hebrew, which is עֲזַבְתָּנִי, azabtani.
in translation ← having been translated.
Mark 15:35 Kai/ tinej tw~n paresthko/twn a)kou/santej e1legon, {RP TR: 870Idou/} [P1904: 871Ide], 870Hli/an fwnei=. At which some bystanders, when they heard it, said, “Look, he is calling on Elijah.” i0dou/, look (middle form, the idiom for behold), RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=6/8 vs. i1de, look (imperative active), P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=2/8 vs. another reading, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's c) F1859=0/8.
Mark 15:36 Dramw_n de\ ei[j, kai\ gemi/saj spo/ggon o1couj, periqei/j te kala&mw%, e0po/tizen au0to/n, le/gwn, 871Afete, i1dwmen ei0 e1rxetai 870Hli/aj kaqelei=n au0to/n. Then a certain person ran and filled a sponge with vinegar and put it on a reed and offered it him to drink, and he said, “All right. Let's see if Elijah comes to take him down.” all right ← leave alone. The verb is in the plural, so directed to the onlookers, not Christ.
Mark 15:37 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j a)fei\j fwnh\n mega&lhn e0ce/pneusen. Then Jesus uttered a loud noise and expired.
Mark 15:38 Kai\ to\ katape/tasma tou= naou= e0sxi/sqh ei0j du/o a)po\ a!nwqen e3wj ka&tw. At this point the veil of the sanctuary was split in two from the top to the bottom. at this point: wider use of kai/.
Mark 15:39 870Idw_n de\ o9 kenturi/wn o9 paresthkw_j e0c e0nanti/aj au0tou= o3ti ou3twj kra&caj e0ce/pneusen, ei]pen, 870Alhqw~j o9 a!nqrwpoj ou[toj ui9o\j h]n qeou=. When the centurion who was standing by opposite him saw that he had shouted and expired in this way, he said, “Truly, this man was the son of God.”
Mark 15:40 87]Hsan de\ kai\ gunai=kej a)po\ makro/qen qewrou=sai, e0n ai[j h]n kai\ Mari/a h9 Magdalhnh/, kai\ Mari/a h9 tou= 870Iakw&bou tou= mikrou= kai\ 870Iwsh= mh/thr, kai\ Salw&mh, There were also some women looking on from a distance, among whom were also Mary Magdalene and Mary the mother of James junior and Joses, and Salome,
Mark 15:41 ai4 kai/, o3te h]n e0n th|= Galilai/a%, h0kolou/qoun au0tw%~, kai\ dihko/noun au0tw%~, kai\ a!llai pollai\ ai9 sunanaba~sai au0tw%~ ei0j 879Ieroso/luma. who had also followed him and served him when he was in Galilee, and there were many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem.
Mark 15:42 Kai\ h1dh o0yi/aj genome/nhj, e0pei\ h]n Paraskeuh/, o3 e0stin {RP-text P1904 TR: prosa&bbaton} [RP-marg: pro\j sa&bbaton], Then with it being late by this time, since it was the Preparation Day, which {RP-text P1904 TR: is the day before the Sabbath} [RP-marg: was drawing towards the Sabbath], prosa&bbaton, the day before the Sabbath, RP-text P1904 TR F1853=14/21 F1859=6/7 vs. pro\j sa&bbaton, (drawing) towards the Sabbath (1), RP-marg F1853=2/21 (Scrivener's fh) F1859=1/7 vs. pro\j sa&baton, (drawing) towards the Sabbath (2), F1853=5/21 F1859=0/7.
Mark 15:43 {RP TR: h]lqen} [P1904: e0lqw_n] 870Iwsh\f o9 a)po\ 870Arimaqai/aj, eu0sxh/mwn bouleuth/j, o4j kai\ au0to\j h]n prosdexo/menoj th\n basilei/an tou= qeou=: tolmh/saj ei0sh=lqen pro\j Pila&ton, kai\ h|0th/sato to\ sw~ma tou= 870Ihsou=. Joseph of Arimathea, an honourable councillor, who himself was awaiting the kingdom of God, came and ventured to go up to Pilate and asked for Jesus's body. h]lqen, he came, RP TR F1853=9/20 F1859=2/7 vs. e0lqw_n, having come, P1904 F1853=11/20 F1859=5/7. A disparity with RP, R=12:17.
Mark 15:44 879O de\ Pila&toj e0qau/masen ei0 h1dh te/qnhken: kai\ proskalesa&menoj to\n kenturi/wna, e0phrw&thsen au0to\n ei0 pa&lai a)pe/qanen. Now Pilate was surprised that he had already died, and he called for the centurion and asked him if he died a while ago.
Mark 15:45 Kai\ gnou\j a)po\ tou= kenturi/wnoj, e0dwrh/sato to\ sw~ma tw%~ 870Iwsh/f. Then having ascertained the fact from the centurion, he granted the body to Joseph.
Mark 15:46 Kai\ a)gora&saj sindo/na, kai\ kaqelw_n au0to/n, e0nei/lhsen th|= sindo/ni, kai\ kate/qhken au0to\n e0n mnhmei/w%, o4 h]n lelatomhme/non e0k pe/traj: kai\ proseku/lisen li/qon e0pi\ th\n qu/ran tou= mnhmei/ou. And having bought fine linen, he took him down and wrapped him in the fine linen and deposited him in a sepulchre which had been hewn out of a rock, and he rolled a stone against the entrance to the sepulchre,
Mark 15:47 879H de\ Mari/a h9 Magdalhnh\ kai\ Mari/a 870Iwsh= e0qew&roun pou= ti/qetai. while Mary Magdalene and Mary the mother of Joses observed where he was being put. the mother: or, theoretically, daughter (no word present in the Greek).
Mark 16:1 Kai\ diagenome/nou tou= sabba&tou, Mari/a h9 Magdalhnh\ kai\ Mari/a {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: h9 tou=] 870Iakw&bou kai\ Salw&mh h0go/rasan a)rw&mata, i3na e0lqou=sai a)lei/ywsin au0to/n. Then when the Sabbath was over, Mary Magdalene and Mary {RP-text: the} [RP-marg P1904 TR: the] mother of James, and Salome bought spices with which to come and anoint him. h9 tou=, the (mother / daughter) of the (James): absent in RP-text F1853=14/20 F1859=5/7 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=6/20 F1859=2/7.
mother: see Mark 15:47.
Mark 16:2 Kai\ li/an prwi+\ th=j mia~j sabba&twn e1rxontai e0pi\ to\ mnhmei=on, a)natei/lantoj tou= h9li/ou. And very early on the first day of the week they came to the sepulchre, with the sun having risen, week ← Sabbaths. See the comment on John 20:1.
Mark 16:3 Kai\ e1legon pro\j e9auta&j, Ti/j a)pokuli/sei h9mi=n to\n li/qon e0k th=j qu/raj tou= mnhmei/ou; and they were saying to each other, “Who will roll the stone away from the entrance to the sepulchre for us?” to each other: reflexive pronoun for reciprocal, as [MG].
Mark 16:4 Kai\ a)nable/yasai qewrou=sin o3ti a)pokeku/listai o9 li/qoj: h]n ga_r me/gaj sfo/dra. Then they looked up and saw that the stone had been rolled away. Now it was very large.
Mark 16:5 Kai\ ei0selqou=sai ei0j to\ mnhmei=on, ei]don neani/skon kaqh/menon e0n toi=j decioi=j, peribeblhme/non stolh\n leukh/n: kai\ e0ceqambh/qhsan. Then they went into the sepulchre and saw a young man sitting on the right, clothed in a white robe, and they were astonished.
Mark 16:6 879O de\ le/gei au0tai=j, Mh\ e0kqambei=sqe: 870Ihsou=n zhtei=te to\n Nazarhno\n to\n e0staurwme/non: h0ge/rqh, ou0k e1stin w{de: i1de, o9 to/poj o3pou e1qhkan au0to/n. But he said to them, “Do not be astonished. You are seeking Jesus the Nazarene who was crucified. He has risen; he is not here. See the place where they put him. has risen: or been raised.
Mark 16:7 870All' u9pa&gete, ei1pate toi=j maqhtai=j au0tou= kai\ tw%~ Pe/trw% o3ti Proa&gei u9ma~j ei0j th\n Galilai/an: e0kei= au0to\n o1yesqe, kaqw_j ei]pen u9mi=n. But go off and tell his disciples, including Peter, that he is going ahead of you to Galilee. You will see him there, as he told you.” that: we punctuate as indirect speech. RP and TBS-TR punctuate as direct speech: “He is going ahead of you ...”
Mark 16:8 Kai\ e0celqou=sai {RP P1904: - } [TR: taxu\] e1fugon a)po\ tou= mnhmei/ou: ei]xen de\ au0ta_j tro/moj kai\ e1kstasij: kai\ ou0deni\ ou0de\n ei]pon, e0fobou=nto ga&r. At this they {RP P1904: - } [TR: quickly] went out and ran away from the sepulchre, and trembling and bewilderment possessed them, and they didn't say anything to anyone, for they were afraid. taxu\, quickly: absent in RP P1904 F1853=20/21 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's f**) F1859=1/7. AV differs textually.
ran away ← fled.
Mark 16:9 870Anasta_j de\ prwi+\ prw&th| sabba&tou e0fa&nh prw~ton Mari/a% th|= Magdalhnh|=, a)f' h[j e0kbeblh/kei e9pta_ daimo/nia. Then after he had risen early on the first day of the week, he appeared first to Mary Magdalene, out of whom he had cast seven demons. week ← Sabbath.
The last twelve verses of Mark are genuine scripture. See [JWB-LTVM].
Mark 16:10 870Ekei/nh poreuqei=sa a)ph/ggeilen toi=j met' au0tou= genome/noij, penqou=sin kai\ klai/ousin. She departed and told those who had been in company with him, who were mourning and weeping. she ← that (woman).
Mark 16:11 Ka)kei=noi a)kou/santej o3ti zh|= kai\ e0qea&qh u9p' au0th=j h0pi/sthsan. And when they heard that he was alive and had been seen by her, they did not believe it. they ← those.
Mark 16:12 Meta_ de\ tau=ta dusi\n e0c au0tw~n peripatou=sin e0fanerw&qh e0n e9te/ra% morfh|=, poreuome/noij ei0j a)gro/n. And after this, he was manifested in another form to two of them who were walking around, as they were going to a field.
Mark 16:13 Ka)kei=noi a)pelqo/ntej a)ph/ggeilan toi=j loipoi=j: ou0de\ e0kei/noij e0pi/steusan. At this they went off and told the rest. But those did not believe them either. they went off ← those went off.
those did not believe them ← they did not believe those.
Mark 16:14 873Usteron a)nakeime/noij au0toi=j toi=j e3ndeka e0fanerw&qh, kai\ w)nei/disen th\n a)pisti/an au0tw~n kai\ sklhrokardi/an, o3ti toi=j qeasame/noij au0to\n e0ghgerme/non ou0k e0pi/steusan. Later, he was manifested to the eleven themselves as they were reclining at table, and he reproached their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they had not believed those who had seen him risen.
Mark 16:15 Kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j, Poreuqe/ntej ei0j to\n ko/smon a#panta, khru/cate to\ eu0agge/lion pa&sh| th|= kti/sei. And he said to them, “Go into the whole world and preach the gospel to the whole of creation. creation: AV differs (creature).
Mark 16:16 879O pisteu/saj kai\ baptisqei\j swqh/setai: o9 de\ a)pisth/saj katakriqh/setai. He who has believed and has been baptized will be saved, but he who has not believed will be condemned.
Mark 16:17 Shmei=a de\ toi=j pisteu/sasin tau=ta parakolouqh/sei: e0n tw%~ o0no/mati/ mou daimo/nia e0kbalou=sin: glw&ssaij lalh/sousin kainai=j: And these signs will closely follow those who have believed. They will cast out demons in my name; they will speak in new tongues; Remark: signs are operative in Acts, but contrast Paul's prison ministry to the Gentiles, which we take to be after Acts 28:28 (Eph, Phil, Col, 1 Tim, 2 Tim, Titus, Philemon) where the signs are not operative (Phil 2:27, 1 Tim 5:23).
Mark 16:18 o1feij a)rou=sin: ka@n qana&simo/n ti pi/wsin, ou0 mh\ au0tou\j {RP: bla&yh|} [P1904 TR: bla&yei]: e0pi\ a)rrw&stouj xei=raj e0piqh/sousin, kai\ kalw~j e3cousin. they will take up serpents; even if they drink anything deadly, it will not harm them at all; they will lay hands on the infirm, and they will get better.” bla&yh|, will (not) harm (classical form), RP F1853=18/21 F1859=6/7 vs. bla&yei, will (not) harm (non-classical form), P1904 TR F1853=3/21 (Scrivener's uxoncey, u being very doubtful) F1859=1/7.
Mark 16:19 879O me\n ou]n ku/rioj, meta_ to\ lalh=sai au0toi=j, a)nelh/fqh ei0j to\n ou0rano/n, kai\ e0ka&qisen e0k deciw~n tou= qeou=. So then, after speaking to them, the Lord was taken up into heaven, and he sat down at the right hand of God.
Mark 16:20 870Ekei=noi de\ e0celqo/ntej e0kh/rucan pantaxou=, tou= kuri/ou sunergou=ntoj, kai\ to\n lo/gon bebaiou=ntoj dia_ tw~n e0pakolouqou/ntwn shmei/wn. {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: 870Amh/n.} [E1624: - ] And they went out and preached everywhere, with the Lord working with them, confirming the word through signs following. {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: Amen.} [E1624: - ] a)mh/n, amen: present in RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=19/20 F1859=7/7 vs. absent in E1624 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's u, so very doubtful) F1859=0/7.
Luke 1:1 870Epeidh/per polloi\ e0pexei/rhsan a)nata&casqai dih/ghsin peri\ tw~n peplhroforhme/nwn e0n h9mi=n pragma&twn, Seeing that many have undertaken to draw up an account concerning the proceedings fully carried through among us, proceedings ← doings, deeds, acts.
fully carried through: or fully assured, or fully believed.
Luke 1:2 kaqw_j pare/dosan h9mi=n oi9 a)p' a)rxh=j au0to/ptai kai\ u9phre/tai geno/menoi tou= lo/gou, just as those who from the beginning were eye-witnesses to, and had become servants of, the word – just as they handed those things down to us –
Luke 1:3 e1docen ka)moi/, parhkolouqhko/ti a!nwqen pa~sin a)kribw~j, kaqech=j soi gra&yai, kra&tiste Qeo/file, so it seemed right to me too, who has followed everything accurately from the beginning, to write to you in an orderly way, Your Excellency Theophilus, from the beginning: or from above. Not the same word for beginning as in v.2.
Your Excellency ← most mighty, most excellent.
Luke 1:4 i3na e0pignw%~j peri\ w{n kathxh/qhj lo/gwn th\n a)sfa&leian. in order that you might come to know the certainty of the matters about which you have been taught orally. come to know: or acknowledge.
Luke 1:5 870Ege/neto e0n tai=j h9me/raij 879Hrw%&dou tou= basile/wj th=j 870Ioudai/aj i9ereu/j tij o0no/mati Zaxari/aj, e0c e0fhmeri/aj 870Abia&: kai\ h9 gunh\ au0tou= e0k tw~n qugate/rwn 870Aarw&n, kai\ to\ o1noma au0th=j 870Elisa&bet. In the days of Herod the king of Judaea, there was a certain priest by the name of Zacharias, from the division of Abijah, whose wife was descended from the daughters of Aaron, and her name was Elizabeth. division: different divisions worked different shifts in the temple.
Abijah ← Abia. See 1 Chr 24:10, Neh 12:17.
Elizabeth ← Elisabet.
Luke 1:6 87]Hsan de\ di/kaioi a)mfo/teroi e0nw&pion tou= qeou=, poreuo/menoi e0n pa&saij tai=j e0ntolai=j kai\ dikaiw&masin tou= kuri/ou a!memptoi. They were both righteous in the sight of God, walking in all the commandments and statutes of the Lord blamelessly.
Luke 1:7 Kai\ ou0k h]n au0toi=j te/knon, kaqo/ti h9 870Elisa&bet h]n stei=ra, kai\ a)mfo/teroi probebhko/tej e0n tai=j h9me/raij au0tw~n h]san. Now they did not have a child, because Elizabeth was barren, and both were elderly, elderly ← advanced in their days.
Luke 1:8 870Ege/neto de\ e0n tw%~ i9erateu/ein au0to\n e0n th|= ta&cei th=j e0fhmeri/aj au0tou= e1nanti tou= qeou=, and it came to pass while he was holding the office of priest in the appointed order of his division before God,
Luke 1:9 kata_ to\ e1qoj th=j i9eratei/aj, e1laxen tou= qumia~sai ei0selqw_n ei0j to\n nao\n tou= kuri/ou. in accordance with the custom of the priestly office, that he received the lot of burning incense as he went into the Lord's sanctuary. as he went into ← having gone into. See Matt 23:20.
Luke 1:10 Kai\ pa~n to\ plh=qoj {RP P1904: h]n tou= laou=} [TR: tou= laou= h]n] proseuxo/menon e1cw th|= w#ra% tou= qumia&matoj. And while the whole gathering of the people was praying outside at the hour of the incense, h]n tou= laou=, was + of the people, RP P1904 F1853=14/19 F1859=4/7 vs. tou= laou= h]n, of the people + was, TR F1853=5/19 F1859=3/7.
gathering ← multitude.
Luke 1:11 871Wfqh de\ au0tw%~ a!ggeloj kuri/ou, e9stw_j e0k deciw~n tou= qusiasthri/ou tou= qumia&matoj. an angel of the Lord appeared to him, standing on the right hand side of the incense altar. an angel of the Lord: not the angel of the Lord here, but Gabriel. See Luke 1:19.
Luke 1:12 Kai\ e0tara&xqh Zaxari/aj i0dw&n, kai\ fo/boj e0pe/pesen e0p' au0to/n. And Zacharias was alarmed when he saw him, and fear fell on him,
Luke 1:13 Ei]pen de\ pro\j au0to\n o9 a!ggeloj, Mh\ fobou=, Zaxari/a: dio/ti ei0shkou/sqh h9 de/hsi/j sou, kai\ h9 gunh/ sou 870Elisa&bet gennh/sei ui9o/n soi, kai\ kale/seij to\ o1noma au0tou= 870Iwa&nnhn. but the angel said to him, “Do not be afraid, Zacharias, for your supplication has been heard, and your wife Elizabeth will bear you a son, and you will call him John, call him ← call his name.
John ← Ioannes.
Luke 1:14 Kai\ e1stai xara& soi kai\ a)galli/asij, kai\ polloi\ e0pi\ th|= gennh/sei au0tou= xarh/sontai. and you will have joy and gladness, and many will rejoice at his birth,
Luke 1:15 871Estai ga_r me/gaj e0nw&pion {RP-text P1904 TR: tou=} [RP-marg: - ] kuri/ou, kai\ oi]non kai\ si/kera ou0 mh\ pi/h|, kai\ pneu/matoj a(gi/ou plhsqh/setai e1ti e0k koili/aj mhtro\j au0tou=. for he will be great in {RP-text P1904 TR: the} [RP-marg: the] Lord's sight, and he will not drink any wine or liquor at all, and he will be filled with holy spirit even from his mother's womb, tou=, of the (Lord): present in RP-text P1904 TR F1853=8/20 F1859=3/7 vs. absent in RP-marg F1853=12/20 F1859=4/7. A disparity with RP-text, R=13:16.
even ← still, yet.
Luke 1:16 Kai\ pollou\j tw~n ui9w~n 870Israh\l e0pistre/yei e0pi\ ku/rion to\n qeo\n au0tw~n: and he will turn many of the sons of Israel to the Lord their God.
Luke 1:17 kai\ au0to\j proeleu/setai e0nw&pion au0tou= e0n pneu/mati kai\ duna&mei 870Hli/ou, e0pistre/yai kardi/aj pate/rwn e0pi\ te/kna, kai\ a)peiqei=j e0n fronh/sei dikai/wn, e9toima&sai kuri/w% lao\n kateskeuasme/non. And he will go ahead of him in the spirit and power of Elijah, in order to turn the hearts of the fathers to the children, and the disobedient to the prudence of the righteous, to prepare a people equipped for the Lord.” Mal 3:1, Mal 3:23MT (Mal 4:5AV), Mal 3:24MT (Mal 4:6AV).
go ahead ← go before ahead.
Elijah ← Elias.
Luke 1:18 Kai\ ei]pen Zaxari/aj pro\j to\n a!ggelon, Kata_ ti/ gnw&somai tou=to; 870Egw_ ga&r ei0mi presbu/thj, kai\ h9 gunh/ mou probebhkui=a e0n tai=j h9me/raij au0th=j. Then Zacharias said to the angel, “By what means will I know this? For I am an old man, and my wife is elderly.” elderly: see Luke 1:7.
Luke 1:19 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j o9 a!ggeloj ei]pen au0tw%~, 870Egw& ei0mi Gabrih\l o9 paresthkw_j e0nw&pion tou= qeou=: kai\ a)pesta&lhn lalh=sai pro/j se, kai\ eu0aggeli/sasqai/ soi tau=ta. Then the angel replied and said to him, “I am Gabriel, who stands in the presence of God, and I have been sent to speak to you, and to bring you the good tidings of these things. stands: in strict English, stand.
Luke 1:20 Kai\ i0dou/, e1sh| siwpw~n kai\ mh\ duna&menoj lalh=sai, a!xri h[j h9me/raj ge/nhtai tau=ta, a)nq' w{n ou0k e0pi/steusaj toi=j lo/goij mou, oi3tinej plhrwqh/sontai ei0j to\n kairo\n au0tw~n. Now look, you will be mute and not able to speak until the day when these things take place, because you did not believe my words, which will be fulfilled in their due time.” mute ← being silent.
Luke 1:21 Kai\ h]n o9 lao\j prosdokw~n to\n Zaxari/an: kai\ e0qau/mazon e0n tw%~ xroni/zein au0to\n e0n tw%~ naw%~. Meanwhile the people were waiting for Zacharias, and they were surprised at him taking so much time in the sanctuary, meanwhile: wider use of kai/.
Luke 1:22 870Ecelqw_n de\ ou0k h0du/nato lalh=sai au0toi=j: kai\ e0pe/gnwsan o3ti o0ptasi/an e9w&raken e0n tw%~ naw%~: kai\ au0to\j h]n dianeu/wn au0toi=j, kai\ die/menen kwfo/j. and when he came out, he was not able to speak to them, and they realized that he had seen a vision in the sanctuary. So he kept making signs to them, and he remained mute. kept making signs: iterative imperfect.
Luke 1:23 Kai\ e0ge/neto, w(j e0plh/sqhsan ai9 h9me/rai th=j leitourgi/aj au0tou=, a)ph=lqen ei0j to\n oi]kon au0tou=. And it came to pass when the days of his officiating service were completed that he went off to his home,
Luke 1:24 Meta_ de\ tau/taj ta_j h9me/raj sune/laben 870Elisa&bet h9 gunh\ au0tou=, kai\ perie/kruben e9auth\n mh=naj pe/nte, le/gousa and after those days, his wife Elizabeth conceived, and she hid herself away for five months, ¶ and she said, ¶ Verse division: in P1904 numbering, Luke 1:25 begins here.
Luke 1:25 o3ti Ou3twj moi pepoi/hken o9 ku/rioj e0n h9me/raij ai[j e0pei=den a)felei=n to\ o1neido/j mou e0n a)nqrw&poij. “This is how the Lord has acted for me in the days when he condescended to remove my reproach among men.” this is how ← thus.
condescended ← looked on; took notice of.
Luke 1:26 870En de\ tw%~ mhni\ tw%~ e3ktw% a)pesta&lh o9 a!ggeloj Gabrih\l u9po\ tou= qeou= ei0j po/lin th=j Galilai/aj, h|[ o1noma {RP P1904 S1550: Nazare/t} [E1624 S1894: Nazare/q], Then in the sixth month, the angel Gabriel was sent by God to a town in Galilee, the name of which was Nazareth, Nazare/t, Nazaret, RP P1904 S1550 F1853=15/19 F1859=5/7 vs. Nazare/q, Nazareth, E1624 S1894 F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's cdhx) F1859=2/7.
Luke 1:27 pro\j parqe/non memnhsteume/nhn a)ndri/, w%{ o1noma 870Iwsh/f, e0c oi1kou {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d]: kai\ to\ o1noma th=j parqe/nou Maria&m. to a virgin betrothed to a man whose name was Joseph, of the house of David, and the name of the virgin was Mary, David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Mary ← Mariam.
Luke 1:28 Kai\ ei0selqw_n o9 a!ggeloj pro\j au0th\n ei]pen, Xai=re, kexaritwme/nh: o9 ku/rioj meta_ sou=, eu0loghme/nh su\ e0n gunaici/n. and when the angel had come to her, he said, “Greetings, you who have been shown grace. The Lord is with you. Blessed are you among women.”
Luke 1:29 879H de\ i0dou=sa dietara&xqh e0pi\ tw%~ lo/gw% au0tou=, kai\ dielogi/zeto potapo\j ei1h o9 a)spasmo\j ou[toj. Now when she saw this, she was deeply disturbed at his words, and she pondered on what kind of greeting this might be, words ← word.
Luke 1:30 Kai\ ei]pen o9 a!ggeloj au0th|=, Mh\ fobou=, Maria&m: eu[rej ga_r xa&rin para_ tw%~ qew%~. but the angel said to her, “Do not be afraid, Mary, for you have found grace with God.
Luke 1:31 Kai\ i0dou/, sullh/yh| e0n gastri/, kai\ te/ch| ui9o/n, kai\ kale/seij to\ o1noma au0tou= 870Ihsou=n. And look, you will conceive in the womb and bear a son, and you will give him the name Jesus. give him the name ← call his name.
Luke 1:32 Ou[toj e1stai me/gaj, kai\ ui9o\j u9yi/stou klhqh/setai: kai\ dw&sei au0tw%~ ku/rioj o9 qeo\j to\n qro/non {RP P1904: Daui\d} [TR: Dabi\d] tou= patro\j au0tou=, He will be great, and he will be called the son of the Most High, and the Lord God will give him the throne of David his father, David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
he ← this (man).
Luke 1:33 kai\ basileu/sei e0pi\ to\n oi]kon 870Iakw_b ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj, kai\ th=j basilei/aj au0tou= ou0k e1stai te/loj. and he shall reign over the house of Jacob throughout the ages, and there will be no end to his kingdom.”
Luke 1:34 Ei]pen de\ Maria_m pro\j to\n a!ggelon, Pw~j e1stai {RP TR: - } [P1904: moi] tou=to, e0pei\ a!ndra ou0 ginw&skw; Then Mary said to the angel, “How will this be {RP TR: - } [P1904: for me], seeing I do not know a man?” moi, for me: absent in RP TR F1853=13/20 F1859=4/8 vs. present in P1904 F1853=7/20 F1859=4/8.
Luke 1:35 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j o9 a!ggeloj ei]pen au0th|=, Pneu=ma a#gion e0peleu/setai e0pi\ se/, kai\ du/namij u9yi/stou e0piskia&sei soi: dio\ kai\ to\ gennw&menon {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: - } [S1894: e0k sou=] a#gion klhqh/setai ui9o\j qeou=. At this the angel answered and said to her, “Holy spirit will come upon you, and power of the Most High will overshadow you, and on account of this the holy child who will be born {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: - } [S1894: out of you] will be called the son of God. e0k sou=, out of you: absent in RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1853=20/21 F1859=7/7 vs. present in S1894 F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's k**) F1859=0/7. AV differs textually.
Luke 1:36 Kai\ i0dou/, 870Elisa&bet h9 suggenh/j sou, kai\ au0th\ suneilhfui=a ui9o\n e0n {RP P1904: gh/rei} [TR: gh/ra%] au0th=j: kai\ ou[toj mh\n e3ktoj e0sti\n au0th|= th|= kaloume/nh| stei/ra%. And look, Elizabeth your kinswoman has herself also conceived a son in her old age, and this is the sixth month with her who was called barren, gh/rei, in old age (non-classical form), RP P1904 F1853=13/20 F1859=7/7 vs. gh/ra%, in old age (classical form), TR F1853=5/20 F1859=0/7 vs. other spellings, F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's cx) F1859=0/7.
look ← behold.
Luke 1:37 873Oti ou0k a)dunath/sei para_ tw%~ qew%~ pa~n r(h=ma. for nothing will prove impossible with God.” prove impossible ← be impossible (just one verb in Greek).
Luke 1:38 Ei]pen de\ Maria&m, 870Idou/, h9 dou/lh kuri/ou: ge/noito/ moi kata_ to\ r(h=ma& sou. Kai\ a)ph=lqen a)p' au0th=j o9 a!ggeloj. Then Mary said, “Here am I, the maidservant of the Lord. May it come to pass for me according to your words.” And the angel departed from her. here am I ← behold.
words ← word.
Luke 1:39 870Anasta~sa de\ Maria_m e0n tai=j h9me/raij tau/taij e0poreu/qh ei0j th\n o0reinh\n meta_ spoudh=j, ei0j po/lin 870Iou/da, Then in those days Mary got up and went with haste into the mountainous region, to a town of Judah,
Luke 1:40 kai\ ei0sh=lqen ei0j to\n oi]kon Zaxari/ou, kai\ h0spa&sato th\n 870Elisa&bet. and she went into Zacharias's house and greeted Elizabeth.
Luke 1:41 Kai\ e0ge/neto w(j h1kousen h9 870Elisa&bet to\n a)spasmo\n th=j Mari/aj, e0ski/rthsen to\ bre/foj e0n th|= koili/a% au0th=j: kai\ e0plh/sqh pneu/matoj a(gi/ou h9 870Elisa&bet, Then it came to pass, when Elizabeth heard Mary's greeting, that the baby in her womb leapt, and Elizabeth was filled with holy spirit,
Luke 1:42 kai\ a)nefw&nhsen fwnh|= mega&lh|, kai\ ei]pen, Eu0loghme/nh su\ e0n gunaici/n, kai\ eu0loghme/noj o9 karpo\j th=j koili/aj sou. and she called out in a loud voice and said, “Blessed are you among women, and blessed is the fruit of your womb.
Luke 1:43 Kai\ po/qen moi tou=to, i3na e1lqh| h9 mh/thr tou= kuri/ou mou pro/j me; And from where is this privilege of mine that the mother of my Lord should come to me?
Luke 1:44 870Idou\ ga&r, w(j e0ge/neto h9 fwnh\ tou= a)spasmou= sou ei0j ta_ w}ta& mou, e0ski/rthsen {RP P1904: to\ bre/foj e0n a)gallia&sei} [TR: e0n a)gallia&sei to\ bre/foj] e0n th|= koili/a% mou. Because, you see, when the sound of your greeting came to my ears, the baby leapt for joy in my womb. to\ bre/foj e0n a)gallia&sei, the baby + for joy, RP P1904 F1853=19/19 F1859=7/7 vs. e0n a)gallia&sei to\ bre/foj, for joy + the baby, TR F1853=0/19 F1859=0/7.
you see ← behold.
Luke 1:45 Kai\ makari/a h9 pisteu/sasa, o3ti e1stai telei/wsij toi=j lelalhme/noij au0th|= para_ kuri/ou. And blessed is she who has believed that an accomplishment of the things spoken to her by the Lord will take place.” take place ← be.
Luke 1:46 Kai\ ei]pen Maria&m, Megalu/nei h9 yuxh/ mou to\n ku/rion, Then Mary said,

“My being magnifies the Lord,

 my being ← my soul.
Luke 1:47 kai\ h0galli/asen to\ pneu=ma& mou e0pi\ tw%~ qew%~ tw%~ swth=ri/ mou.

And my spirit has rejoiced in God my saviour,

 has rejoiced: aorist, but perhaps to be interpreted as present tense under Hebrew influence. See [MZ] §260 and the reference to Joüon there.
Luke 1:48 873Oti e0pe/bleyen e0pi\ th\n tapei/nwsin th=j dou/lhj au0tou=. 870Idou\ ga&r, a)po\ tou= nu=n makariou=si/n me pa~sai ai9 geneai/.

Because he has looked favourably on the lowly status of his maidservant.

For it will be seen that from now on

All generations will pronounce me blessed,

 it will be seen that ← behold.
Luke 1:49 873Oti e0poi/hse/n moi megalei=a o9 dunato/j, kai\ a#gion to\ o1noma au0tou=.

Because he who is mighty

Has done great deeds for me,

And holy is his name,
Luke 1:50 Kai\ to\ e1leoj au0tou= ei0j genea_j genew~n toi=j foboume/noij au0to/n.

And his mercy is on those who fear him,

From generation to generation.

 from generation to generation ← to generations of generations.
Luke 1:51 870Epoi/hsen kra&toj e0n braxi/oni au0tou=: diesko/rpisen u9perhfa&nouj dianoi/a% kardi/aj au0tw~n.

He has acted in strength with his arm;

He has scattered those who are arrogant

In the thoughts of their heart.

 thoughts ← thought.
Luke 1:52 Kaqei=len duna&staj a)po\ qro/nwn, kai\ u3ywsen tapeinou/j.

He has removed powerful men from their thrones

And exalted the lowly;
Luke 1:53 Peinw~ntaj e0ne/plhsen a)gaqw~n, kai\ ploutou=ntaj e0cape/steilen kenou/j.

He has filled the hungry with good things

And sent the rich away empty.
Luke 1:54 870Antela&beto 870Israh\l paido\j au0tou=, mnhsqh=nai e0le/ouj,

He has helped Israel his servant,

Remembering mercy –

 remembering mercy: i.e. in his act of remembering mercy.
Luke 1:55 kaqw_j e0la&lhsen pro\j tou\j pate/raj h9mw~n, tw%~ 870Abraa_m kai\ tw%~ spe/rmati au0tou= ei0j to\n ai0w~na.

As he said to our fathers,

To Abraham and to his seed

– Throughout the age.”

 seed: compare Gal 3:16.
Luke 1:56 871Emeinen de\ Maria_m su\n au0th|= w(sei\ mh=naj trei=j, kai\ u9pe/streyen ei0j to\n oi]kon au0th=j. Then Mary remained with her for about three months, and then returned to her house.
Luke 1:57 Th|= de\ 870Elisa&bet e0plh/sqh o9 xro/noj tou= tekei=n au0th/n, kai\ e0ge/nnhsen ui9o/n. Meanwhile Elizabeth's time for her to give birth became due, and she bore a son. became due ← was completed.
Luke 1:58 Kai\ h1kousan oi9 peri/oikoi kai\ oi9 suggenei=j au0th=j o3ti e0mega&lunen ku/rioj to\ e1leoj au0tou= met' au0th=j, kai\ sune/xairon au0th|=. And her neighbours and relatives heard how the Lord had magnified his mercy with her, and they rejoiced with her. how ← that.
Luke 1:59 Kai\ e0ge/neto e0n th|= o0gdo/h| h9me/ra%, h]lqon peritemei=n to\ paidi/on: kai\ e0ka&loun au0to\ e0pi\ tw%~ o0no/mati tou= patro\j au0tou= Zaxari/an. And it came to pass on the eighth day that they came to circumcise the child, and they called him after the name of his father Zacharias,
Luke 1:60 Kai\ a)pokriqei=sa h9 mh/thr au0tou= ei]pen, Ou0xi/, a)lla_ klhqh/setai 870Iwa&nnhj. but his mother replied and said, “No; instead, he will be called John.” instead ← but.
Luke 1:61 Kai\ ei]pon pro\j au0th\n o3ti Ou0dei/j e0stin e0n th|= suggenei/a% sou o4j kalei=tai tw%~ o0no/mati tou/tw%. Then they said to her, “There is no-one in your family who is called by that name.” that ← this.
Luke 1:62 870Ene/neuon de\ tw%~ patri\ au0tou=, to\ ti/ a@n qe/loi kalei=sqai au0to/n. So they made signs to his father as to what he wished him to be called.
Luke 1:63 Kai\ ai0th/saj pinaki/dion e1grayen, le/gwn, 870Iwa&nnhj e0sti\n to\ o1noma au0tou=: kai\ e0qau/masan pa&ntej. At this he asked for a writing-tablet and wrote as follows: “His name is John.” And they were all amazed. as follows ← saying, but obviously not literally with the voice.
Luke 1:64 870Anew%&xqh de\ to\ sto/ma au0tou= paraxrh=ma kai\ h9 glw~ssa au0tou=, kai\ e0la&lei eu0logw~n to\n qeo/n. Then his mouth was immediately opened, as was his tongue, and he spoke blessing God.
Luke 1:65 Kai\ e0ge/neto e0pi\ pa&ntaj fo/boj tou\j perioikou=ntaj au0tou/j: kai\ e0n o3lh| th|= o0reinh|= th=j 870Ioudai/aj dielalei=to pa&nta ta_ r(h/mata tau=ta. Then fear came upon all those who lived around them, and in the entire mountainous region of Judaea all these matters were talked about,
Luke 1:66 Kai\ e1qento pa&ntej oi9 a)kou/santej e0n th|= kardi/a% au0tw~n, le/gontej, Ti/ a!ra to\ paidi/on tou=to e1stai; Kai\ xei\r kuri/ou h]n met' au0tou=. and all those who heard it laid it to heart and said, “What then will this child turn out to be?” And the hand of the Lord was with him. heart ← their heart.
Luke 1:67 Kai\ Zaxari/aj o9 path\r au0tou= e0plh/sqh pneu/matoj a(gi/ou, kai\ proefh/teusen, le/gwn, Then Zacharias his father was filled with holy spirit, and he prophesied and said,
Luke 1:68 Eu0loghto\j ku/rioj o9 qeo\j tou= 870Israh/l, o3ti e0peske/yato kai\ e0poi/hsen lu/trwsin tw%~ law%~ au0tou=,

“Blessed be the Lord God of Israel,

Because he has visited and accomplished redemption

For his people,
Luke 1:69 kai\ h1geiren ke/raj swthri/aj h9mi=n e0n tw%~ oi1kw% {RP P1904: Daui\d} [TR: Dabi\d] tou= paido\j au0tou= -

And he has raised a horn of salvation for us

In the house of David his servant,

 David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Luke 1:70 kaqw_j e0la&lhsen dia_ sto/matoj tw~n a(gi/wn tw~n a)p' ai0w~noj profhtw~n au0tou= -

As he spoke by the mouth of the holy ones

– His prophets of old time –

 of old time ← since (the) age.
Luke 1:71 swthri/an e0c e0xqrw~n h9mw~n, kai\ e0k xeiro\j pa&ntwn tw~n misou/ntwn h9ma~j:

Bringing about salvation from our enemies

And from the hand of all those who hate us,

 bringing about: resuming the wider sense of h1geiren of Luke 1:69.
Luke 1:72 poih=sai e1leoj meta_ tw~n pate/rwn h9mw~n, kai\ mnhsqh=nai diaqh/khj a(gi/aj au0tou=,

In showing mercy to our fathers,

And in remembering his holy covenant,

 showing mercy to ← to do mercy with, a Hebraism. AV differs (showing mercy promised to).
Luke 1:73 o3rkon o4n w!mosen pro\j 870Abraa_m to\n pate/ra h9mw~n, tou= dou=nai h9mi=n,

– The oath which he swore to Abraham our father –

¶ To grant to us,

 ¶ Verse division: in AV numbering, Luke 1:74 begins here.
Luke 1:74 a)fo/bwj, e0k xeiro\j tw~n e0xqrw~n h9mw~n r(usqe/ntaj, latreu/ein au0tw%~

That we,

After being delivered from the hand of our enemies,

Might serve him fearlessly,
Luke 1:75 e0n o9sio/thti kai\ dikaiosu/nh| e0nw&pion au0tou= pa&saj ta_j h9me/raj th=j zwh=j h9mw~n.

In sanctity and righteousness in his sight,

All the days of our life.
Luke 1:76 Kai\ su/, paidi/on, profh/thj u9yi/stou klhqh/sh|: proporeu/sh| ga_r pro\ prosw&pou kuri/ou e9toima&sai o9dou\j au0tou=:

And you, child,

Will be called a prophet of the Most High,

For you will go ahead of the Lord

To prepare his ways,

 ahead of ← before the eyes (less literally, face) of; the idiom being eyes in Greek, head in English.
Luke 1:77 tou= dou=nai gnw~sin swthri/aj tw%~ law%~ au0tou= e0n a)fe/sei a(martiw~n au0tw~n,

To impart knowledge of salvation to his people,

By forgiveness of their sins,
Luke 1:78 dia_ spla&gxna e0le/ouj qeou= h9mw~n, e0n oi[j e0peske/yato h9ma~j a)natolh\ e0c u3youj,

By means of the compassionate mercy of our God,

By which one who has sprung up

Has visited us from on high,

 one who has sprung up ← an upspringing.
on high ← height.
Luke 1:79 e0pifa~nai toi=j e0n sko/tei kai\ skia%~ qana&tou kaqhme/noij, tou= kateuqu=nai tou\j po/daj h9mw~n ei0j o9do\n ei0rh/nhj.

In appearing to those living in darkness

And the shadow of death,

To direct our feet onto the way of peace.”

 living ← sitting, a Hebraism (יָשַׁב).
Luke 1:80 To\ de\ paidi/on hu1canen kai\ e0krataiou=to pneu/mati, kai\ h]n e0n tai=j e0rh/moij e3wj h9me/raj a)nadei/cewj au0tou= pro\j to\n 870Israh/l. So the child grew up and became strong in spirit, and he was in the desert places until the day of his being presented to Israel.
Luke 2:1 870Ege/neto de\ e0n tai=j h9me/raij e0kei/naij, e0ch=lqen do/gma para_ Kai/saroj Au0gou/stou, a)pogra&fesqai pa~san th\n oi0koume/nhn. Now it came to pass in those days that a decree went out from Caesar Augustus that the whole Roman world should be registered. went out from: i.e. was issued by.
Luke 2:2 Au3th h9 a)pografh\ prw&th e0ge/neto h9gemoneu/ontoj th=j Suri/aj Kurhni/ou. This first registration took place when Cyrenius was governor of Syria. Cyrenius: or, in the native Latin, Quirinius.
Luke 2:3 Kai\ e0poreu/onto pa&ntej a)pogra&fesqai, e3kastoj ei0j th\n i0di/an po/lin. So everyone went to be registered – each one to his own town.
Luke 2:4 870Ane/bh de\ kai\ 870Iwsh\f a)po\ th=j Galilai/aj, e0k po/lewj {RP P1904 S1550: Nazare/t} [E1624 S1894: Nazare/q], ei0j th\n 870Ioudai/an, ei0j po/lin {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d], h3tij kalei=tai Bhqle/em, dia_ to\ ei]nai au0to\n e0c oi1kou kai\ patria~j {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d], And Joseph also went up from Galilee, from the town of Nazareth, to Judaea, to the city of David, which is called Bethlehem, because he was of the house and the paternal lineage of David, Nazare/t, Nazaret, RP P1904 S1550 F1853=16/19 F1859=5/7 vs. Nazare/q, Nazareth, E1624 S1894 F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's dhx) F1859=2/7.
David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Luke 2:5 a)pogra&yasqai su\n Maria_m th|= memnhsteume/nh| au0tw%~ gunaiki/, ou1sh| e0gku/w%. to have himself registered with Mary, the woman betrothed to him, who was expecting a child. expecting a child ← having-in-womb, pregnant, though not through impregnation.
Luke 2:6 870Ege/neto de\ e0n tw%~ ei]nai au0tou\j e0kei=, e0plh/sqhsan ai9 h9me/rai tou= tekei=n au0th/n. And it came to pass when they were there, that the days for her to give birth became due, became due ← were completed.
Luke 2:7 Kai\ e1teken to\n ui9o\n au0th=j to\n prwto/tokon, kai\ e0sparga&nwsen au0to/n, kai\ a)ne/klinen au0to\n e0n th|= fa&tnh|, dio/ti ou0k h]n au0toi=j to/poj e0n tw%~ katalu/mati. and she gave birth to her firstborn son, and she wrapped him in swaddling clothes, and she laid him in a feeding-trough, because there was no room for them in the inn. swaddling clothes: i.e. strips of linen.
feeding-trough: or, with AV, manger.
Luke 2:8 Kai\ poime/nej h]san e0n th|= xw&ra% th|= au0th|= a)graulou=ntej kai\ fula&ssontej fulaka_j th=j nukto\j e0pi\ th\n poi/mnhn au0tw~n. Now there were shepherds in the same region spending the nights in the open and keeping guard over their flock at night,
Luke 2:9 Kai\ i0dou/, a!ggeloj kuri/ou e0pe/sth au0toi=j, kai\ do/ca kuri/ou perie/lamyen au0tou/j: kai\ e0fobh/qhsan fo/bon me/gan. and behold, the angel of the Lord stood by them, and the glory of the Lord shone around them, and they were very much afraid. were very much afraid ← feared (in respect of) a great fear.
Luke 2:10 Kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j o9 a!ggeloj, Mh\ fobei=sqe: i0dou\ ga&r, eu0aggeli/zomai u9mi=n xara_n mega&lhn, h3tij e1stai panti\ tw%~ law%~: Then the angel said to them, “Do not be afraid, for look, I bring you tidings of great joy, which will be to the whole of the people, which: the antecedent is joy.
Luke 2:11 o3ti e0te/xqh u9mi=n sh/meron swth/r, o3j e0stin xristo\j ku/rioj, e0n po/lei {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d]. for today a saviour, who is Christ the Lord, was born to you in the city of David. David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
An allusion to Isa 9:5MT (Isa 9:6AV).
Luke 2:12 Kai\ tou=to u9mi=n to\ shmei=on: eu9rh/sete bre/foj e0sparganwme/non, kei/menon e0n {RP P1904: - } [TR: th|=] fa&tnh|. And this is the sign to you: you will find a baby wrapped in swaddling clothes, lying in {RP P1904: a} [TR: the] feeding-trough.” th|=, the (feeding-trough): absent in RP P1904 F1853=18/19 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7.
feeding-trough: see Luke 2:7.
Luke 2:13 Kai\ e0cai/fnhj e0ge/neto su\n tw%~ a)gge/lw% plh=qoj stratia~j ou0rani/ou, ai0nou/ntwn to\n qeo/n, kai\ lego/ntwn, Then suddenly along with the angel came a numerous heavenly company, praising God, and they said, a numerous heavenly company ← a multitude of a heavenly army.
Luke 2:14 Do/ca e0n u9yi/stoij qew%~, kai\ e0pi\ gh=j ei0rh/nh: e0n a)nqrw&poij eu0doki/a.

“Glory in the highest realms to God,

And peace on earth;

Goodwill among men.”
Luke 2:15 Kai\ e0ge/neto, w(j a)ph=lqon a)p' au0tw~n ei0j to\n ou0rano\n oi9 a!ggeloi, kai\ oi9 a!nqrwpoi oi9 poime/nej ei]pon pro\j a)llh/louj, Die/lqwmen dh\ e3wj Bhqle/em, kai\ i1dwmen to\ r(h=ma tou=to to\ gegono/j, o4 o9 ku/rioj e0gnw&risen h9mi=n. And it came to pass, when the angels had departed from them for heaven, that the shepherds said to each other, “Let us without fail cross over to Bethlehem and see this episode which has taken place, which the Lord has made known to us.” shepherds ← shepherd men.
without fail ← surely, really (a particle of precision).
episode ← word, thing.
Luke 2:16 Kai\ h]lqon speu/santej, kai\ a)neu=ron th/n te Maria_m kai\ to\n 870Iwsh/f, kai\ to\ bre/foj kei/menon e0n th|= fa&tnh|. So they went, going quickly, and they discovered both Mary and Joseph, and the baby lying in the feeding-trough. going ← having gone. See Matt 23:20.
feeding-trough: see Luke 2:7.
Luke 2:17 870Ido/ntej de\ diegnw&risan peri\ tou= r(h/matoj tou= lalhqe/ntoj au0toi=j peri\ tou= paidi/ou tou/tou. Then when they had seen it, they publicized the account which had been told them concerning this child.
Luke 2:18 Kai\ pa&ntej oi9 a)kou/santej e0qau/masan peri\ tw~n lalhqe/ntwn u9po\ tw~n poime/nwn pro\j au0tou/j. And all who heard it were astounded at what was told them by the shepherds,
Luke 2:19 879H de\ Maria_m pa&nta suneth/rei ta_ r(h/mata tau=ta, sumba&llousa e0n th|= kardi/a% au0th=j. but Mary guarded all these things closely, pondering them in her heart. guarded ← was guarding.
Luke 2:20 Kai\ {RP P1904: u9pe/streyan} [TR: e0pe/streyan] oi9 poime/nej, doca&zontej kai\ ai0nou=ntej to\n qeo\n e0pi\ pa~sin oi[j h1kousan kai\ ei]don, kaqw_j e0lalh/qh pro\j au0tou/j. Then the shepherds returned, glorifying and praising God for everything that they had heard and seen, according to what they were told. u9pe/streyan, returned (1), RP P1904 F1853=19/19 F1859=6/7 vs. e0pe/streyan, turned round, returned (2), TR F1853=0/19 F1859=1/7.
they were told ← was told to them.
Luke 2:21 Kai\ o3te e0plh/sqhsan {RP TR: - } [P1904: ai9] h9me/rai o0ktw_ tou= peritemei=n {RP: au0to/n} [P1904 TR: to\ paidi/on], kai\ e0klh/qh to\ o1noma au0tou= 870Ihsou=j, to\ klhqe\n u9po\ tou= a)gge/lou pro\ tou= sullhfqh=nai au0to\n e0n th|= koili/a%. Subsequently, when {RP TR: - } [P1904: the] eight days had passed for the circumcising of {RP: him} [P1904 TR: the child], he was given the name Jesus, which had been given by the angel before he had been conceived in the womb. ai9, the (eight days): absent in RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=4/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's de) F1859=3/7.
au0to\n, him, RP F1853=10/19 F1859=1/7 vs. to\ paidi/on, the child, P1904 TR F1853=9/19 F1859=6/7. A disparity with RP, R=11:17.
had passed ← were fulfilled.
he was given the name ← his name was called.
before he had been conceived ← before him being conceived.
Luke 2:22 Kai\ o3te e0plh/sqhsan ai9 h9me/rai tou= kaqarismou= {RP P1904 S1550: au0tw~n} [E1624 S1894: au0th=j] kata_ to\n no/mon {RP TR: Mwse/wj} [P1904: Mwu+se/wj], a)nh/gagon au0to\n ei0j 879Ieroso/luma, parasth=sai tw%~ kuri/w% - Then when the days of {RP P1904 S1550: their} [E1624 S1894: her] purification were completed, according to the law of Moses, they brought him up to Jerusalem to present him to the Lord, au0tw~n, their, RP P1904 S1550 F1853=17/19 F1859=4/7 vs. au0th=j, her, E1624 S1894 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's xy) F1859=3/7. AV differs textually.
Mwse/wj, of Moses, RP TR F1853=13/19 F1859=5/7 vs. Mwu+se/wj, of Moüses, P1904 F1853=5/19 F1859=2/7 vs. another spelling, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's p) F1859=0/7.
Luke 2:23 kaqw_j ge/graptai e0n no/mw% kuri/ou o3ti Pa~n a!rsen dianoi=gon mh/tran a#gion tw%~ kuri/w% klhqh/setai - as it stands written in the law of the Lord: “Every male who opens the womb will be called holy to the Lord”, Ex 13:2.
who opens the womb: indicating the firstborn.
Luke 2:24 kai\ tou= dou=nai qusi/an kata_ to\ ei0rhme/non e0n no/mw% kuri/ou, Zeu=goj trugo/nwn h2 du/o neossou\j peristerw~n. and to offer a sacrifice according to what has been spoken in the law of the Lord: “A pair of turtle-doves or two fledgling pigeons.” Lev 12:6.
offer ← give.
fledgling ← nestling.
Luke 2:25 Kai\ i0dou/, h]n a!nqrwpoj e0n {RP TR: 879Ierousalh/m} [P1904: 879Ierosolu/moij], w%{ o1noma {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: Sumew&n} [S1894: Simew&n], kai\ o9 a!nqrwpoj ou[toj di/kaioj kai\ eu0labh/j, prosdexo/menoj para&klhsin tou= 870Israh/l, kai\ pneu=ma {RP P1904: h]n a#gion} [TR: a#gion h]n] e0p' au0to/n. Now there was a man in Jerusalem whose name was Simeon, and this man was righteous and devout, awaiting the consolation of Israel, and holy spirit was on him, 879Ierousalh/m, Jerusalem (1), RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=6/8 vs. 879Ierosolu/moij, Jerusalem (2), P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=0/8 vs. other spellings, F1853=0/19 F1859=2/8.
Sumew&n, Sumeon (but we translate as Simeon), RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1853=19/19 F1859=7/7 vs. Simew&n, Simeon, S1894 F1853=0/19 F1859=0/7.
h]n a#gion, was + holy, RP P1904 F1853=17/19 F1859=5/7 vs. a#gion h]n, holy + was, TR F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's b) F1859=2/7 vs. phrase absent, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's f) F1859=0/7.
there was ← behold (there) was.
Luke 2:26 Kai\ h]n au0tw%~ kexrhmatisme/non u9po\ tou= pneu/matoj tou= a(gi/ou, mh\ i0dei=n qa&naton pri\n h2 i1dh| to\n xristo\n kuri/ou. and it had been oracularly communicated to him by the holy spirit that he would not see death before he saw the Lord's Christ,
Luke 2:27 Kai\ h]lqen e0n tw%~ pneu/mati ei0j to\ i9ero/n: kai\ e0n tw%~ ei0sagagei=n tou\j gonei=j to\ paidi/on 870Ihsou=n, tou= poih=sai au0tou\j kata_ to\ ei0qisme/non tou= no/mou peri\ au0tou=, and he went under the impulse of the spirit to the temple. And when the parents brought the child Jesus in for them to do what was the custom of the law concerning him, under the impulse of ← in.
was ← had become.
Luke 2:28 kai\ au0to\j e0de/cato {RP TR: au0to\} [P1904: au0to\n] ei0j ta_j a)gka&laj au0tou=, kai\ eu0lo/ghsen to\n qeo/n, kai\ ei]pen, he took him in his arms and blessed God and said, au0to\, it, RP TR F1853=13/19 F1859=4/7 vs. au0to\n, him, P1904 F1853=6/19 F1859=3/7.
Luke 2:29 Nu=n a)polu/eij to\n dou=lo/n sou, de/spota, kata_ to\ r(h=ma& sou, e0n ei0rh/nh|:

“Now, Lord,

You can let your servant go,

According to your word,

In peace,

 Lord ← master.
Luke 2:30 o3ti ei]don oi9 o0fqalmoi/ mou to\ swth/rio/n sou,

Because my eyes have seen your salvation,

 have seen ← saw, a good example of an aorist in Greek requiring a perfect-with-have in English.
Luke 2:31 o4 h9toi/masaj kata_ pro/swpon pa&ntwn tw~n law~n:

Which you prepared in front of all peoples:

 all peoples ← all the peoples.
Luke 2:32 fw~j ei0j a)poka&luyin e0qnw~n, kai\ do/can laou= sou 870Israh/l.

A light for revelation to the Gentiles

And for the glory of your people Israel.”

 Isa 42:6, Isa 49:6.
to ← of.
for the glory: we take the word as governed by ei0j; AV differs, taking it as the object of h9toi/masaj.
Luke 2:33 Kai\ h]n 870Iwsh\f kai\ h9 mh/thr au0tou= qauma&zontej e0pi\ toi=j laloume/noij peri\ au0tou=. Joseph and his mother were amazed at the things said concerning him, Joseph ← and Joseph.
Luke 2:34 Kai\ eu0lo/ghsen au0tou\j {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: Sumew&n} [S1894: Simew&n], kai\ ei]pen pro\j Maria_m th\n mhte/ra au0tou=, 870Idou/, ou[toj kei=tai ei0j ptw~sin kai\ a)na&stasin pollw~n e0n tw%~ 870Israh/l, kai\ ei0j shmei=on a)ntilego/menon: but Simeon blessed them, and he said to Mary his mother, “Behold, he is destined to be an occasion of falling and rising of many in Israel, and a sign spoken against. Sumew&n, Sumeon (but we translate as Simeon), RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1853=19/19 F1859=7/7 vs. Simew&n, Simeon, S1894 F1853=0/19 F1859=0/7.
he ← this (one).
rising: or resurrection.
Luke 2:35 kai\ sou= de\ au0th=j th\n yuxh\n dieleu/setai r(omfai/a: o3pwj a@n a)pokalufqw~sin e0k pollw~n kardiw~n dialogismoi/. And a sword will cut through your own soul also, in order that the thoughts of many hearts may be revealed.” cut ← go.
soul: i.e. innermost consciousness.
Luke 2:36 Kai\ h]n {RP: 873Anna} [P1904 TR: 871Anna] profh=tij, quga&thr Fanouh/l, e0k fulh=j 870Ash/r - au3th probebhkui=a e0n h9me/raij pollai=j, zh/sasa e1th meta_ a)ndro\j e9pta_ a)po\ th=j parqeni/aj au0th=j, Also, there was a prophetess, Anna, the daughter of Phanuel, of the tribe of Asher – she was very elderly and had lived with her husband for seven years after her marriage – 873Anna, Hanna (but we retain the traditional English Anna), RP vs. 871Anna, Anna, P1904 TR. The Hebrew name starts with a pharyngeal sound (ח, the letter heth).
Asher ← Aser.
she ← this (woman).
after her marriage ← from her virginity.
Luke 2:37 kai\ au3th xh/ra w(j e0tw~n o0gdoh/konta tessa&rwn - h4 ou0k a)fi/stato a)po\ tou= i9erou=, nhstei/aij kai\ deh/sesin latreu/ousa nu/kta kai\ h9me/ran. and she was an eighty-four year old widow, who had not left the temple, serving with fastings and supplications night and day, Many manuscripts (F1853=9/20 F1859=4/7) read au0th\, she, for au3th, this (woman). But accents and breathings were absent in the original (we presume).
she ← this (woman).
an eighty-four year old widow: or about an eighty-four year old widow, but w(j is probably redundant, as it is used with very specific numbers. It is also redundant in other contexts. See Luke 8:42, 1 Cor 8:7, 1 Cor 9:26 (two occurrences), Rev 5:6, Rev 5:11, Rev 14:3 (TR). Compare כְּ in Hebrew, e.g. Ex 22:24MT (Ex 22:25AV), 1 Sam 10:27. See [AnLx] כְּ II (c).
had not left ← was not leaving.
Luke 2:38 Kai\ au3th au0th|= th|= w#ra% e0pista~sa a)nqwmologei=to tw%~ kuri/w%, kai\ e0la&lei peri\ au0tou= pa~sin toi=j prosdexome/noij lu/trwsin e0n 879Ierousalh/m. and she stood by at that very hour and gave thanks to the Lord, and she spoke of him to all those who were awaiting redemption in Jerusalem. she ← this (woman).
gave thanks: or was confessing freely.
spoke ← was speaking.
Luke 2:39 Kai\ w(j e0te/lesan a#panta ta_ kata_ to\n no/mon kuri/ou, u9pe/streyan ei0j th\n Galilai/an, ei0j th\n po/lin {RP P1904: e9autw~n} [TR: au0tw~n] {RP P1904 S1550: Nazare/t} [E1624 S1894: Nazare/q]. Then when they had completed all the things according to the law of the Lord, they returned to Galilee, to {RP P1904: their own} [TR: their] town, Nazareth. e9autw~n, their own, RP P1904 F1853=11/20 F1859=3/8 vs. au0tw~n, their, TR F1853=9/20 F1859=5/8. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=15:15.
Nazare/t, Nazaret, RP P1904 S1550 F1853=16/19 F1859=5/7 vs. Nazare/q, Nazareth, E1624 S1894 F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's dhx) F1859=2/7.
Luke 2:40 To\ de\ paidi/on hu1canen, kai\ e0krataiou=to pneu/mati, plhrou/menon sofi/aj: kai\ xa&rij qeou= h]n e0p' au0to/. So the child grew and became strong in spirit, filled with wisdom, and the grace of God was on him.
Luke 2:41 Kai\ e0poreu/onto oi9 gonei=j au0tou= kat' e1toj ei0j 879Ierousalh\m th|= e9orth|= tou= Pa&sxa. And his parents went to Jerusalem every year for the festival of the Passover.
Luke 2:42 Kai\ o3te e0ge/neto e0tw~n dw&deka, a)naba&ntwn au0tw~n ei0j 879Ieroso/luma kata_ to\ e1qoj th=j e9orth=j, Then when he was twelve years old, they went up to Jerusalem according to the custom of the festival,
Luke 2:43 kai\ teleiwsa&ntwn ta_j h9me/raj, e0n tw%~ u9postre/fein au0tou/j, u9pe/meinen 870Ihsou=j o9 pai=j e0n 879Ierousalh/m: kai\ ou0k e1gnw 870Iwsh\f kai\ h9 mh/thr au0tou=: and when they had spent the days there, as they returned, the boy Jesus remained in Jerusalem, but neither Joseph nor his mother knew it,
Luke 2:44 nomi/santej de\ au0to\n e0n th|= sunodi/a% ei]nai, h]lqon h9me/raj o9do/n, kai\ a)nezh/toun au0to\n e0n toi=j suggene/sin kai\ e0n toi=j gnwstoi=j: but they supposed he was in the group of travellers, and they went a day's journey and looked for him among their relatives and acquaintances,
Luke 2:45 kai\ mh\ eu9ro/ntej au0to/n, u9pe/streyan ei0j 879Ierousalh/m, zhtou=ntej au0to/n. and when they did not find him, they went back to Jerusalem looking for him.
Luke 2:46 Kai\ e0ge/neto, meq' h9me/raj trei=j eu[ron au0to\n e0n tw%~ i9erw%~, kaqezo/menon e0n me/sw% tw~n didaska&lwn, kai\ a)kou/onta au0tw~n, kai\ e0perwtw~nta au0tou/j. And it was after three days that they found him in the temple, sitting in the midst of the teachers, listening to them and questioning them,
Luke 2:47 870Eci/stanto de\ pa&ntej oi9 a)kou/ontej au0tou= e0pi\ th|= sune/sei kai\ tai=j a)pokri/sesin au0tou=. and all those listening to him were amazed at his understanding and his answers.
Luke 2:48 Kai\ i0do/ntej au0to\n e0cepla&ghsan: kai\ pro\j au0to\n h9 mh/thr au0tou= ei]pen, Te/knon, ti/ e0poi/hsaj h9mi=n ou3twj; 870Idou/, o9 path/r sou ka)gw_ o0dunw&menoi e0zhtou=me/n se. Then when they saw him, they were astounded, and his mother said to him, “My child, why have you acted this way to us? You can see that your father and I have been very worried looking for you.” you can see that ← behold.
Luke 2:49 Kai\ ei]pen pro\j au0tou/j, Ti/ o3ti e0zhtei=te/ me; Ou0k h|1deite o3ti e0n toi=j tou= patro/j mou dei= ei]nai/ me; Then he said to them, “How come you were looking for me? Did you not know that I need to be immersed in my father's affairs?”
Luke 2:50 Kai\ au0toi\ ou0 sunh=kan to\ r(h=ma o4 e0la&lhsen au0toi=j. But they did not understand the remark which he made to them.
Luke 2:51 Kai\ kate/bh met' au0tw~n, kai\ h]lqen ei0j {RP P1904 S1550: Nazare/t} [E1624 S1894: Nazare/q]: kai\ h]n u9potasso/menoj au0toi=j. Kai\ h9 mh/thr au0tou= dieth/rei pa&nta ta_ r(h/mata tau=ta e0n th|= kardi/a% au0th=j. Then he went down with them and came to Nazareth and was subject to them. But his mother kept all these remarks in her heart. Nazare/t, Nazaret, RP P1904 S1550 F1853=16/19 F1859=5/7 vs. Nazare/q, Nazareth, E1624 S1894 F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's dhx) F1859=2/7.
Luke 2:52 Kai\ 870Ihsou=j proe/kopten sofi/a% kai\ h9liki/a%, kai\ xa&riti para_ qew%~ kai\ a)nqrw&poij. Meanwhile Jesus progressed in wisdom and stature, and in grace with God and men.
Luke 3:1 870En e1tei de\ pentekaideka&tw% th=j h9gemoni/aj Tiberi/ou Kai/saroj, h9gemoneu/ontoj Ponti/ou Pila&tou th=j 870Ioudai/aj, kai\ tetrarxou=ntoj th=j Galilai/aj 879Hrw%&dou, Fili/ppou de\ tou= a)delfou= au0tou= tetrarxou=ntoj th=j 870Itourai/aj kai\ Traxwni/tidoj xw&raj, kai\ Lusani/ou th=j 870Abilhnh=j tetrarxou=ntoj, Now in the fifteenth year of the government of Tiberius Caesar, when Pontius Pilate was governor of Judaea, and Herod was tetrarch of Galilee, and Philip his brother was tetrarch of Ituraea and the region of Trachonitis, and Lysanias was tetrarch of Abilene,
Luke 3:2 {RP: e0pi\} [P1904 TR: e0p'] {RP P1904: a)rxiere/wj} [TR: a)rxiere/wn] 871Anna kai\ Kai+a&fa, e0ge/neto r(h=ma qeou= e0pi\ 870Iwa&nnhn to\n {RP P1904: - } [TR: tou=] Zaxari/ou ui9o\n e0n th|= e0rh/mw%. at the time when Annas and Caiaphas were {RP P1904: high priest} [TR: high priests], the word of God came to John the son of Zacharias in the desert, e0pi\, at (the time when) (unapocopated), RP F1853=19/19 F1859=7/7 vs. e0p', at (the time when) (apocopated), P1904 TR F1853=0/19 F1859=0/7. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
a)rxiere/wj, high priest, RP P1904 F1853=18/19 F1859=7/7 vs. a)rxiere/wn, high priests, TR, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's r) F1859=0/7.
tou=, (son) of (Zacharias): absent in RP P1904 F1853=14/19 F1859=5/7 vs. present in TR F1853=5/19 F1859=2/7.
to ← upon.
Luke 3:3 Kai\ h]lqen ei0j pa~san th\n peri/xwron tou= 870Iorda&nou, khru/sswn ba&ptisma metanoi/aj ei0j a!fesin a(martiw~n: and he went to the whole area around the Jordan, proclaiming the baptism of repentance for forgiveness of sins, for ← with a view to.
Luke 3:4 w(j ge/graptai e0n bi/blw% lo/gwn 870Hsai+/ou tou= profh/tou, le/gontoj, Fwnh\ bow~ntoj e0n th|= e0rh/mw%, 879Etoima&sate th\n o9do\n kuri/ou: eu0qei/aj poiei=te ta_j tri/bouj au0tou=. as it stands written in the book of the words of Isaiah the prophet, where he says,

“The voice of one crying out in the desert,

‘Prepare the way of the Lord;

Make his paths straight.

 Our punctuation agrees with RP P1904 TBS-TR AV, but not HF, who read: crying out, ‘In the desert prepare ...’
Isa 40:3.
Luke 3:5 Pa~sa fa&ragc plhrwqh/setai, kai\ pa~n o1roj kai\ bouno\j tapeinwqh/setai: kai\ e1stai ta_ skolia_ ei0j eu0qei=an, kai\ ai9 traxei=ai ei0j o9dou\j lei/aj:

Every ravine will be filled in,

And every mountain and hill will be made level,

And the crooked places will be made straight,

And the rough tracks will be made smooth roads.

 Isa 40:4.
made level ← laid low.
Luke 3:6 kai\ o1yetai pa~sa sa_rc to\ swth/rion tou= qeou=.

And all flesh will see the salvation of God.’ ”

 Isa 40:5.
Luke 3:7 871Elegen ou]n toi=j e0kporeuome/noij o1xloij baptisqh=nai u9p' au0tou=, Gennh/mata e0xidnw~n, ti/j u9pe/deicen u9mi=n fugei=n a)po\ th=j mellou/shj o0rgh=j; Then he said to the crowds that came out to be baptized by him, “You offspring of adders, who has intimated to you to flee from the coming wrath?
Luke 3:8 Poih/sate ou]n karpou\j a)ci/ouj th=j metanoi/aj: kai\ mh\ a!rchsqe le/gein e0n e9autoi=j, Pate/ra e1xomen to\n 870Abraa&m: le/gw ga_r u9mi=n o3ti du/natai o9 qeo\j e0k tw~n li/qwn tou/twn e0gei=rai te/kna tw%~ 870Abraa&m. Well then, produce fruit worthy of repentance, and do not start saying to yourselves, ‘We have our father Abraham.’ For I tell you that God is able to raise up children to Abraham from these stones, to ← within.
Luke 3:9 871Hdh de\ kai\ h9 a)ci/nh pro\j th\n r(i/zan tw~n de/ndrwn kei=tai: pa~n ou]n de/ndron mh\ poiou=n karpo\n kalo\n e0kko/ptetai kai\ ei0j pu=r ba&lletai. and the axe also already lies at the root of the trees. For every tree which does not bear good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire.”
Luke 3:10 Kai\ e0phrw&twn au0to\n oi9 o1xloi le/gontej, Ti/ ou]n {RP P1904 TR: poih/somen} [MISC: poih/swmen]; Then the crowds questioned him and said, “What {RP P1904 TR: shall we do} [MISC: are we to do], then?” poih/somen, shall we do, RP P1904 TR F1853=8/20 F1859=2/7 vs. poih/swmen, are we to do, F1853=12/20 F1859=5/7. A disparity with RP, R=12:17.
Luke 3:11 870Apokriqei\j de\ le/gei au0toi=j, 879O e1xwn du/o xitw~naj metado/tw tw%~ mh\ e1xonti: kai\ o9 e1xwn brw&mata o9moi/wj poiei/tw. At this he replied and said to them, “Let him who has two tunics share with him who does not have any, and let him who has food do likewise.”
Luke 3:12 87]Hlqon de\ kai\ telw~nai baptisqh=nai, kai\ ei]pon pro\j au0to/n, Dida&skale, ti/ {RP P1904 TR: poih/somen} [MISC: poih/swmen]; Then some tax collectors also came to be baptized, and they said to him, “Teacher, what {RP P1904 TR: shall we do?} [MISC: are we to do?]” poih/somen, shall we do, RP P1904 TR F1853=8/20 F1859=2/7 vs. poih/swmen, are we to do, F1853=12/20 F1859=5/7. A disparity with RP, R=12:17.
Luke 3:13 879O de\ ei]pen pro\j au0tou/j, Mhde\n ple/on para_ to\ diatetagme/non u9mi=n pra&ssete. And he said to them, “Do not exact any more than you have been authorized.” you have been authorized ← what has been charged to you.
Luke 3:14 870Ephrw&twn de\ au0to\n kai\ strateuo/menoi, le/gontej, Kai\ h9mei=j ti/ {RP P1904 TR: poih/somen} [MISC: poih/swmen]; Kai\ ei]pen pro\j au0tou/j, Mhde/na {RP TR: diasei/shte, mhde\ sukofanth/shte} [P1904: sukofanth/shte, mhde\ diasei/shte]: kai\ a)rkei=sqe toi=j o0ywni/oij u9mw~n. Then some men on military service also questioned him, and they said, “And as for us, what {RP P1904 TR: shall we do?} [MISC: are we to do?]” At that he said to them, “Do not {RP TR: extort money from anyone or falsely accuse anyone} [P1904: falsely accuse anyone or extort money from anyone], and be satisfied with your pay.” poih/somen, shall we do, RP P1904 TR F1853=8/19 F1859=2/7 vs. poih/swmen, are we to do, F1853=11/19 F1859=5/7. A disparity with RP, R=12:16.
diasei/shte, mhde\ sukofanth/shte, extort + or falsely accuse, RP TR F1853=19/19 (incl. 2 other variations) F1859=7/7 vs. sukofanth/shte, mhde\ diasei/shte, falsely accuse + or extort, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=0/7.
Luke 3:15 Prosdokw~ntoj de\ tou= laou=, kai\ dialogizome/nwn pa&ntwn e0n tai=j kardi/aij au0tw~n peri\ tou= 870Iwa&nnou, mh/pote au0to\j ei1h o9 xristo/j, Moreover, since the people were in expectation and everyone was considering John in their hearts, as to whether he might be the Christ, since: causal use of the participle.
Luke 3:16 a)pekri/nato o9 870Iwa&nnhj, a#pasin le/gwn, 870Egw_ me\n u3dati bapti/zw u9ma~j: e1rxetai de\ o9 i0sxuro/tero/j mou, ou[ ou0k ei0mi\ i9kano\j lu=sai to\n i9ma&nta tw~n u9podhma&twn au0tou=: au0to\j u9ma~j bapti/sei e0n pneu/mati a(gi/w% kai\ puri/: John reacted and said to them all, “I baptize you with water. But he who is mightier than me is coming, the strap of whose sandals I am not fit to unloose. He will baptize you with holy spirit and fire, than me: or, if the reader prefers, than I.
Luke 3:17 ou[ to\ ptu/on e0n th|= xeiri\ au0tou=, kai\ diakaqariei= th\n a#lwna au0tou=, kai\ suna&cei to\n si=ton ei0j th\n a)poqh/khn au0tou=, to\ de\ a!xuron katakau/sei puri\ a)sbe/stw%. and his winnowing fan is in his hand, and he will thoroughly cleanse his threshing floor and gather the wheat into his store, but he will burn up the chaff with inextinguishable fire.”
Luke 3:18 Polla_ me\n ou]n kai\ e3tera parakalw~n eu0hggeli/zeto to\n lao/n: Then in many other respects he comforted and brought good tidings to the people.
Luke 3:19 o9 de\ 879Hrw%&dhj o9 tetra&rxhj, e0legxo/menoj u9p' au0tou= peri\ 879Hrw%dia&doj th=j gunaiko\j {RP P1904: - } [TR: Fili/ppou] tou= a)delfou= au0tou=, kai\ peri\ pa&ntwn w{n e0poi/hsen ponhrw~n o9 879Hrw%&dhj, But Herod the tetrarch, because he was being rebuked by him concerning Herodias the wife of his brother {RP P1904: - } [TR: Philip], and concerning all the wicked things Herod had done, Fili/ppou, of Philip: absent in RP P1904 F1853=15/20 F1859=4/8 vs. present in TR F1853=5/20 F1859=4/8. AV differs textually.
because: causal use of the participle.
Luke 3:20 prose/qhken kai\ tou=to e0pi\ pa~sin, kai\ kate/kleisen to\n 870Iwa&nnhn e0n th|= fulakh|=. added this as well to everything and shut John up in prison.
Luke 3:21 870Ege/neto de\ e0n tw%~ baptisqh=nai a#panta to\n lao/n, kai\ 870Ihsou= baptisqe/ntoj kai\ proseuxome/nou, a)new%xqh=nai to\n ou0rano/n, Then it came to pass, when all the people had been baptized, and Jesus had been baptized and was praying, that heaven was opened,
Luke 3:22 kai\ katabh=nai to\ pneu=ma to\ a#gion swmatikw%~ ei1dei w(sei\ peristera_n e0p' au0to/n, kai\ fwnh\n e0c ou0ranou= gene/sqai, le/gousan, Su\ ei] o9 ui9o/j mou o9 a)gaphto/j, e0n soi\ {RP P1904: eu0do/khsa} [TR: hu0do/khsa]. and the holy spirit descended in a bodily form like a dove on him, and a voice from heaven came and said, “You are my beloved son; I am very pleased with you.” eu0do/khsa, I am very pleased (1), RP P1904 F1853=13/19 F1859=4/8 vs. hu0do/khsa, I am very pleased (2), TR F1853=6/19 F1859=4/8. The aorist reflects a Hebrew stative verb (חָפֵץ).
Luke 3:23 Kai\ au0to\j h]n o9 870Ihsou=j w(sei\ e0tw~n tria&konta a)rxo/menoj, w@n - w(j e0nomi/zeto - ui9o\j 870Iwsh/f, tou= 879Hli/, Now Jesus himself was about thirty years old, beginning his ministry, being, as was reckoned by law, the son-in-law of Joseph, who was the son-in-law of Heli, reckoned by law: the root of the word for law, no/moj, forms part of the verb. AV differs (supposed).
See Jer 22:30, Matt 1:18 for how this genealogy fits in a broader picture. The names in the following list reflect the Hebrew from which the Greek is derived.
Luke 3:24 tou= {RP TR: Matqa&t} [P1904: Matqa&n], tou= Leui+/, tou= Melxi/, tou= {RP TR: 870Ianna&} [P1904: 870Iwanna~], tou= 870Iwsh/f, who was the son of {RP TR: Mattath} [P1904: Matthan], who was the son of Levi, who was the son of Melchi, who was the son of {RP TR: Janna} [P1904: Joanna], who was the son of Joseph, Matqa&t, Matthat (but we Hebraize it), RP TR F1853=8/19 F1859=3/7 vs. Matqa&n, Matthan, P1904 F1853=9/19 F1859=3/7 vs. other spellings, F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's cy) F1859=1/7. A weak disparity with RP, R=12:13.
870Ianna&, Janna, RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=3/7 vs. 870Iwanna~, Joanna, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/7 vs. other spellings, F1853=0/19 F1859=2/7.
Luke 3:25 tou= Mattaqi/ou, tou= 870Amw&j, tou= Naou/m, tou= {RP TR: 870Esli/} [P1904: 870Esli/m], tou= Naggai/, who was the son of Mattathiah, who was the son of Amos, who was the son of Naum, who was the son of {RP TR: Esli} [P1904: Eslim], who was the son of Naggai, 870Esli/, Esli, RP TR F1853=13/19 F1859=4/7 vs. 870Esli/m, Eslim, P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's ag) F1859=2/7 vs. other spellings, F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's h; efy) F1859=1/7.
Luke 3:26 tou= Maa&q, tou= Mattaqi/ou, tou= {RP-text TR: Semei+/} [RP-marg: Semeei=] [P1904: Semeu+/], tou= {RP TR: 870Iwsh/f} [P1904: 870Iwsh/x], tou= {RP TR: 870Iou/da} [P1904: 870Iw&da], who was the son of Maath, who was the son of Mattathiah, who was the son of {RP-text TR: Semei} [RP-marg: Semeei] [P1904: Semeu], who was the son of {RP TR: Joseph} [P1904: Josech], who was the son of {RP TR: Judah} [P1904: Jodah], Semei+/, Semei, RP-text TR F1853=13/19 F1859=4/7 vs. Semeei=, Semeei, RP-marg F1853=6/19 F1859=0/7 vs. Semeu+/, Semeu, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=0/7 vs. another spelling, F1853=0/19 F1859=3/7.
870Iwsh/f, Joseph, RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=4/7 vs. 870Iwsh/x, Josech, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=3/7. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=9.2 PV=0.2%.
870Iou/da, Judah, RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=4/7 vs. 870Iw&da, Jodah, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's g) F1859=2/7 vs. other spellings, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's b) F1859=1/7.
Luke 3:27 tou= {RP-text: 870Iwana&n} [P1904: 870Iwanna&n] [RP-marg TR: 870Iwanna~], tou= 879Rhsa&, tou= Zoroba&bel, tou= Salaqih/l, tou= Nhri/, who was the son of Johanan, who was the son of Resha, who was the son of Zerubbabel, who was the son of Shealtiel, who was the son of Neri, 870Iwana&n, Joana, RP-text F1853=5/19 F1859=3/7 vs. 870Iwanna&n, Joanna, P1904 F1853=8/19 F1859=1/7 vs. 870Iwanna~, Joannas, RP-marg TR F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's ax) F1859=2/7 vs. other spellings, F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's bhsy) F1859=1/7. A weak disparity with RP-text, R=8:10. We Hebraize to Johanan in all cases.
Luke 3:28 tou= Melxi/, tou= 870Addi/, tou= Kwsa&m, tou= 870Elmwda&m, tou= 871Hr, who was the son of Melchi, who was the son of Addi, who was the son of Cosam, who was the son of Elmodam, who was the son of Er,
Luke 3:29 tou= 870Iwsh/, tou= 870Elie/zer, tou= 870Iwrei/m, tou= Matqa&t, tou= Leui+/, who was the son of Jose, who was the son of Eliezer, who was the son of Jorim, who was the son of Mattath, who was the son of Levi,
Luke 3:30 tou= {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: Sumew&n} [S1894: Simew&n], tou= 870Iou/da, tou= 870Iwsh/f, tou= {RP TR: 870Iwna&n} [P1904: 870Iwna~], tou= 870Eliakei/m, who was the son of Simeon who was the son of Judah, who was the son of Joseph, who was the son of Jonah, who was the son of Eliakim, Sumew&n, Sumeon (but we translate Simeon), RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1853=19/19 F1859=6/7 vs. Simew&n, Simeon, S1894 F1853=0/19 F1859=0/7 vs. section omitted, F1853=0/19 F1859=1/7.
870Iwna&n, Jona, RP TR F1853=10/19 F1859=3/7 vs. 870Iwna~, Jonas, P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's hy) F1859=2/7 vs. other spellings, F1853=7/19 F1859=1/7 vs. section omitted, F1853=0/19 F1859=1/7. We translate as Jonah in all cases.
Luke 3:31 tou= Melea~, tou= {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: Mai+na&n} [S1894: Mena&m], tou= Mattaqa&, tou= Naqa&n, tou= {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d], who was the son of Melea, who was the son of Menan, who was the son of Mattattah, who was the son of Nathan, who was the son of David, Mai+na&n, Mainan, RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1853=17/19 F1859=6/7 vs. Mena&m, Menam, S1894 F1853=0/19 F1859=0/7 vs. another spelling, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=0/7 vs. word absent, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's p) F1859=0/7 vs. section omitted, F1853=0/19 F1859=1/7.
David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Luke 3:32 tou= 870Iessai/, tou= 870Wbh/d, tou= Boo/z, tou= Salmw&n, tou= Naassw&n, who was the son of Jesse, who was the son of Obed, who was the son of Boaz, who was the son of Salmon, who was the son of Nahshon, Greek: Iessai, Booz, Naasson.
Luke 3:33 tou= 870Aminada&b, tou= 870Ara&m, {RP-text TR: - } [RP-marg P1904: tou= 870Iwra&m,] tou= {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: 879Esrw&m} [E1624: 879Esrw&n], tou= Fare/j, tou= 870Iou/da, who was the son of Amminadab, who was the son of Ram, {RP-text TR: - } [RP-marg P1904: who was the son of Joram,] who was the son of Hezron, who was the son of Perez, who was the son of Judah, tou= 870Iwra&m, (the son) of Joram: absent in RP-text TR F1853=6/19 F1859=2/7 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 F1853=13/19 (incl. one with a variant spelling) F1859=5/7. A strong disparity with RP-text, R=9:19.
879Esrw&m, Hesrom, RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=15/19 F1859=3/7 vs. 879Esrw&n, Hesron, E1624 F1853=0/19 F1859=3/7 vs. other spellings, F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's bkmy) F1859=1/7. We translate Hezron, as in the Old Testament.
Greek: Aminadab, Aram, Hezrom, Phares, Iouda.
Luke 3:34 tou= 870Iakw&b, tou= 870Isaa&k, tou= 870Abraa&m, tou= {RP-text P1904 TR: Qa&ra} [RP-marg: Qa&rra], tou= Naxw&r, who was the son of Jacob, who was the son of Isaac, who was the son of Abraham, who was the son of Terah, who was the son of Nahor, Qa&ra, Thara, RP-text P1904 TR F1853=5/17 F1859=4/7 vs. Qa&rra, Tharra, RP-marg F1853=12/17 F1859=3/7. We translate as Terah, as in the Old Testament. A disparity with RP-text, R=11:15.
Luke 3:35 tou= {RP P1904: Serou/x,} [TR: Sarou/x,] tou= 879Ragau=, tou= {RP-text: Fa&leg} [RP-marg P1904 TR: Fale/k], tou= 879Ebe/r, tou= Sala&, who was the son of Serug, who was the son of Reu, who was the son of Peleg, who was the son of Eber, who was the son of Salah, Serou/x, Serukh, RP P1904 F1853=16/19 F1859=6/7 vs. Sarou/x, Sarukh, TR F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's abx) F1859=1/7.
Fa&leg, Phaleg, RP-text F1853=6/19 F1859=5/7 vs. Fale/k, Phalek, RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=13/19 F1859=2/7. We translate as Peleg, as in the Old Testament. A disparity with RP-text, R=11:17.
Greek: Ragau, Heber, Sala.
Luke 3:36 tou= Kai+na&n, tou= 870Arfaca&d, tou= Sh/m, tou= Nw~e, tou= La&mex, who was the son of Cainan, who was the son of Arphaxad, who was the son of Shem, who was the son of Noah, who was the son of Lamech, Greek: Arphaxad, Sem, Noe.
Luke 3:37 tou= Maqousa&la, tou= 879Enw&x, tou= 870Iare/d, tou= Maleleh/l, tou= Kai+na&n, who was the son of Methuselah, who was the son of Enoch, who was the son of Jared, who was the son of Mahalaleel, who was the son of Cainan, Greek: Mathousala, Maleleel.
Luke 3:38 tou= 870Enw&j, tou= Sh/q, tou= 870Ada&m, tou= qeou=. who was the son of Enos, who was the son of Seth, who was the son of Adam, who was the son of God. Greek: Enos, but Hebrew Enosh (אֱנוֹשׁ).
Luke 4:1 870Ihsou=j de\ {RP TR: pneu/matoj a(gi/ou plh/rhj} [P1904: plh/rhj pneu/matoj a(gi/ou] u9pe/streyen a)po\ tou= 870Iorda&nou, kai\ h1geto e0n tw%~ pneu/mati ei0j th\n e1rhmon, Then Jesus, who was full of holy spirit, returned from the Jordan, and he was led by the spirit into the desert, pneu/matoj a(gi/ou plh/rhj, of holy spirit + full, RP TR F1853=13/19 F1859=4/7 vs. plh/rhj pneu/matoj a(gi/ou, full + of holy spirit, P1904 F1853=6/19 F1859=3/7.
was led ← was being led.
Luke 4:2 h9me/raj tessara&konta peirazo/menoj u9po\ tou= diabo/lou. Kai\ ou0k e1fagen ou0de\n e0n tai=j h9me/raij e0kei/naij: kai\ suntelesqeisw~n au0tw~n, u3steron e0pei/nasen. and he was tempted by the devil for forty days, and he did not eat anything in those days. Then when they were completed – after all this – he was hungry. tempted: or tested.
Luke 4:3 Kai\ ei]pen au0tw%~ o9 dia&boloj, Ei0 ui9o\j ei] tou= qeou=, ei0pe\ tw%~ li/qw% tou/tw% i3na ge/nhtai a!rtoj. The devil said to him, “If you are the son of God, tell this stone to become bread.” the devil ← and the devil.
Luke 4:4 Kai\ a)pekri/qh {RP TR: - } [P1904: o9] 870Ihsou=j pro\j au0to/n, le/gwn, Ge/graptai o3ti Ou0k e0p' a!rtw% mo/nw% zh/setai {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: o9] a!nqrwpoj, a)ll' e0pi\ panti\ r(h/mati {RP TR: - } [P1904: e0kporeuome/nw% dia_ sto/matoj] qeou=. At this Jesus answered him and said, “It stands written: ‘Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word {RP TR: - } [P1904: issuing through the mouth] of God.’ ” o9, the (Jesus): absent in RP TR F1853=15/19 F1859=4/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's cfgy) F1859=3/7.
o9, the (man): absent in RP-text P1904 F1853=14/19 F1859=5/7 vs. present in RP-marg TR F1853=5/19 F1859=2/7.
e0kporeuome/nw% dia_ sto/matoj, issuing through the mouth: absent in RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=5/8 vs. present in P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's gr) F1859=3/8.
Deut 8:3.
Luke 4:5 Kai\ a)nagagw_n au0to\n o9 dia&boloj ei0j o1roj u9yhlo\n e1deicen au0tw%~ pa&saj ta_j basilei/aj th=j oi0koume/nhj e0n stigmh|= xro/nou. Then the devil led him up to a high mountain and showed him all the kingdoms of the world in a moment of time,
Luke 4:6 Kai\ ei]pen au0tw%~ o9 dia&boloj, Soi\ dw&sw th\n e0cousi/an tau/thn a#pasan kai\ th\n do/can au0tw~n: o3ti e0moi\ parade/dotai, kai\ w%{ e0a_n qe/lw di/dwmi au0th/n. and the devil said to him, “I will give you all this authority, and their glory, because it has been given to me, and I give it to whomever I wish,
Luke 4:7 Su\ ou]n e0a_n proskunh/sh|j {RP: e0nw&pion e0mou=} [P1904 TR: e0nw&pio/n mou], e1stai sou= {RP P1904: pa~sa} [TR: pa&nta]. so if you worship me, {RP P1904: all that} [TR: everything] will be yours.” e0mou=, me (emphatic form), RP F1853=16/19 F1859=2/7 vs. mou=, me (unemphatic form), P1904 TR F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's bxy) F1859=5/7. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=7.4 PV=0.6%.
pa~sa, all (feminine, agreeing with authority and glory), RP P1904 F1853=18/19 F1859=6/7 vs. pa&nta, all (things) (neuter plural), TR F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's x) F1859=1/7. AV differs textually.
worship me: literally, bow down in my sight, but the verb is used for spiritual worship, as in John 4:23.
Luke 4:8 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j au0tw%~ ei]pen o9 870Ihsou=j, 873Upage o0pi/sw mou, Satana~: ge/graptai {RP: - } [P1904 TR: ga&r], {RP TR: Proskunh/seij ku/rion to\n qeo/n sou} [P1904: Ku/rion to\n qeo/n sou proskunh/seij], kai\ au0tw%~ mo/nw% latreu/seij. Then Jesus answered him and said, “Off with you behind me, Satan. {RP: It} [P1904 TR: For it] stands written: ‘You shall worship the Lord your God, and you shall serve him only.’ ” ga&r, for, after all: absent in RP F1853=15/19 F1859=2/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's chxy) F1859=5/7.
proskunh/seij ku/rion to\n qeo/n sou, you will worship + the Lord your God, RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=3/7 vs. ku/rion to\n qeo/n sou proskunh/seij, the Lord your God + you will worship, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=4/7. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=12.8 PV=0.03%.
Deut 6:13, Deut 10:20.
off with you ← go away.
Luke 4:9 Kai\ h1gagen au0to\n ei0j {RP TR: 879Ierousalh/m} [P1904: 879Ieroso/luma], kai\ e1sthsen au0to\n e0pi\ to\ pteru/gion tou= i9erou=, kai\ ei]pen au0tw%~, Ei0 {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] ui9o\j ei] tou= qeou=, ba&le seauto\n e0nteu=qen ka&tw: Next he led him to Jerusalem, and he stood him on the pinnacle of the temple and said to him, “If you are {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] son of God, throw yourself down from here, 879Ierousalh/m, Jerusalem (1), RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=5/7 vs. 879Ieroso/luma, Jerusalem (2), P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=2/7.
o9, the (son): absent in RP P1904 F1853=15/19 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's boxy) F1859=1/7.
pinnacle: or wing.
Luke 4:10 ge/graptai ga_r o3ti Toi=j a)gge/loij au0tou= e0ntelei=tai peri\ sou=, tou= diafula&cai se: for it stands written:

‘He will command his angels concerning you

To protect you’,

 Ps 91:11.
Luke 4:11 kai/ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: o3ti], 870Epi\ xeirw~n a)rou=si/n se, mh/pote prosko/yh|j pro\j li/qon to\n po/da sou. and {RP: - } [P1904 TR: that],

‘They will bear you on their hands

So that you don't strike your foot against a stone.’ ”

 o3ti, that (introducing direct or indirect speech): absent in RP F1853=16/19 F1859=2/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's acx) F1859=5/7. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=7.4 PV=0.6%.
Ps 91:12.
Luke 4:12 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j ei]pen au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j o3ti Ei1rhtai, Ou0k e0kpeira&seij ku/rion to\n qeo/n sou. At this Jesus responded and said to him, “It has been spoken: ‘You shall not tempt the Lord your God.’ ” Deut 6:16.
Luke 4:13 Kai\ suntele/saj pa&nta peirasmo\n o9 dia&boloj a)pe/sth a)p' au0tou= a!xri kairou=. Then having finished each temptation, the devil withdrew from him for a while, for a while: Satan later continues with 3 more temptations, Matt 4:1-10, with final departure in Matt 4:11.
Luke 4:14 Kai\ u9pe/streyen o9 870Ihsou=j e0n th|= duna&mei tou= pneu/matoj ei0j th\n Galilai/an: kai\ fh/mh e0ch=lqen kaq' o3lhj th=j perixw&rou peri\ au0tou=. and Jesus returned in the power of the spirit to Galilee. Then a report about him spread throughout the entire surrounding region, spread ← went out.
Luke 4:15 Kai\ au0to\j e0di/dasken e0n tai=j sunagwgai=j au0tw~n, docazo/menoj u9po\ pa&ntwn. and he himself taught in their synagogues, and he was glorified by all. taught ← was teaching.
Luke 4:16 Kai\ h]lqen ei0j th\n {RP P1904 S1550: Nazare/t} [E1624 S1894: Nazare/q], ou[ h]n teqramme/noj: kai\ ei0sh=lqen, kata_ to\ ei0wqo\j au0tw%~, e0n th|= h9me/ra% tw~n sabba&twn ei0j th\n sunagwgh/n, kai\ a)ne/sth a)nagnw~nai. Then he went to Nazareth where he had been brought up, and in accordance with his custom, he went into the synagogue on the Sabbath day, and he stood up to read. Nazare/t, Nazaret, RP P1904 S1550 F1853=16/19 F1859=4/7 vs. Nazare/q, Nazareth, E1624 S1894 F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's dhx) F1859=2/7 vs. another spelling, F1853=0/19 F1859=1/7.
Sabbath ← Sabbaths, perhaps a festival day. See Luke 6:1.
Luke 4:17 Kai\ e0pedo/qh au0tw%~ bibli/on 870Hsai+/ou tou= profh/tou. Kai\ a)naptu/caj to\ bibli/on, eu[ren to\n to/pon ou[ h]n gegramme/non, Now the book of the prophet Isaiah was handed over to him, and he unrolled the book, and he found the place where it was written:
Luke 4:18 Pneu=ma kuri/ou e0p' e0me/, ou[ {RP P1904: ei3neken} [TR: e3neken] e1xrise/n me {RP P1904: eu0aggeli/sasqai} [TR: eu0aggeli/zesqai] ptwxoi=j: a)pe/stalke/n me i0a&sasqai tou\j suntetrimme/nouj th\n kardi/an: khru/cai ai0xmalw&toij a!fesin, kai\ tufloi=j a)na&bleyin, a)postei=lai teqrausme/nouj e0n a)fe/sei,

“The spirit of the Lord is on me,

On account of which he has anointed me

To bring good tidings to the poor.

He has sent me to heal the brokenhearted,

To proclaim release to captives,

And recovery of sight to the blind,

To send the wounded off discharged,

 ei3neken, on account of (1), RP P1904 F1853=12/19 F1859=4/7 vs. e3neken, on account of (2), TR F1853=5/19 F1859=1/7 vs. other spellings, F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's bc) F1859=2/7.
eu0aggeli/sasqai, to proclaim good news (aorist), RP P1904 F1853=17/19 F1859=6/7 vs. eu0aggeli/zesqai, to proclaim good news (present), TR F1853=0/19 F1859=0/7 vs. another reading, F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's cs) F1859=1/7.
Isa 61:1, Isa 58:6, Isa 35:5.
Luke 4:19 khru/cai e0niauto\n kuri/ou dekto/n.

To proclaim the acceptable year of the Lord.”

 Isa 61:2. The rest of Isa 61:2 is quoted at Luke 21:22, in a very different context / dispensation.
Luke 4:20 Kai\ ptu/caj to\ bibli/on, a)podou\j tw%~ u9phre/th|, e0ka&qisen: kai\ pa&ntwn e0n th|= sunagwgh|= oi9 o0fqalmoi\ h]san a)teni/zontej au0tw%~. Then he rolled the book up and returned it to the attendant, and he sat down. Now the eyes of everyone in the synagogue were looking at him intently,
Luke 4:21 871Hrcato de\ le/gein pro\j au0tou\j o3ti Sh/meron peplh/rwtai h9 grafh\ au3th e0n toi=j w)si\n u9mw~n. but he went on to say to them, “Today, this scripture has been fulfilled in your ears.” went on to say ← began to say, but used here for mere transition.
Luke 4:22 Kai\ pa&ntej e0martu/roun au0tw%~, kai\ e0qau/mazon e0pi\ toi=j lo/goij th=j xa&ritoj toi=j e0kporeuome/noij e0k tou= sto/matoj au0tou=, kai\ e1legon, Ou0x ou[to/j e0stin o9 ui9o\j 870Iwsh/f; So they all bore witness to him, and they were astounded at the words of grace coming from his mouth, and they said, “Isn't this the son of Joseph?” bore ... were astounded ... said ← were bearing ... were being astounded ... were saying.
Luke 4:23 Kai\ ei]pen pro\j au0tou/j, Pa&ntwj e0rei=te/ moi th\n parabolh\n tau/thn, 870Iatre/, qera&peuson seauto/n: o3sa h0kou/samen geno/mena e0n th|= Kapernaou/m, poi/hson kai\ w{de e0n th|= patri/di sou. At this he said to them, “You will no doubt tell me this adage: ‘Doctor, cure yourself. All the things we have heard which took place in Capernaum, do also here in your native country.’ ”
Luke 4:24 Ei]pen de/, 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n o3ti ou0dei\j profh/thj dekto/j e0stin e0n th|= patri/di au0tou=. And he said, “Truly, I say to you, no prophet is accepted in his native country, accepted ← acceptable.
Luke 4:25 870Ep' a)lhqei/aj de\ le/gw u9mi=n, pollai\ xh=rai h]san e0n tai=j h9me/raij 870Hli/ou e0n tw%~ 870Israh/l, o3te e0klei/sqh o9 ou0rano\j e0pi\ e1th tri/a kai\ mh=naj e3c, w(j e0ge/neto limo\j me/gaj e0pi\ pa~san th\n gh=n: and I say to you truthfully, there were many widows in Israel in the days of Elijah, when heaven had been closed for three years and six months, when there was a severe famine in all the land, heaven: or the sky. In either case, the closure is under God's supervision.
Luke 4:26 kai\ pro\j ou0demi/an au0tw~n e0pe/mfqh 870Hli/aj, ei0 mh\ ei0j {RP TR: Sa&repta} [P1904: Sa&rapta] th=j {RP TR: Sidw~noj} [P1904: Sidwni/aj] pro\j gunai=ka xh/ran. and Elijah was not sent to any of them except to {RP TR: Sarepta} [P1904: Sarapta] in Sidon, to a widowed woman. Sidw~noj, Sidon (1), RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=4/8 vs. Sidwni/aj, Sidon (2), P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=3/8 vs. other spellings, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's p) F1859=1/8. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=7.5 PV=0.6%.
Sa&repta, Sarepta, RP TR F1853=10/20 F1859=1/9 vs. Sa&rapta, Sarapta, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=0/9 vs. other spellings, F1853=10/20 (Scrivener's adex,g,hq*ry,q**) F1859=8/9.
Sarepta / Sarapta: Zarephath in 1 Ki 17:9.
Luke 4:27 Kai\ polloi\ leproi\ h]san e0pi\ {RP TR: 870Elissai/ou} [P1904: 870Elisai/ou] tou= profh/tou e0n tw%~ 870Israh/l: kai\ ou0dei\j au0tw~n e0kaqari/sqh, ei0 mh\ Neema_n o9 Su/roj. Also, there were many lepers in Israel in the time of Elisha the prophet, yet none of them was cleansed except Naaman the Syrian.” 870Elissai/ou, Elisha (1), RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=7/7 vs. 870Elisai/ou, Elisha (2), P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=0/7.
Luke 4:28 Kai\ e0plh/sqhsan pa&ntej qumou= e0n th|= sunagwgh|=, a)kou/ontej tau=ta, Then they were all filled with anger in the synagogue on hearing these things,
Luke 4:29 kai\ a)nasta&ntej e0ce/balon au0to\n e1cw th=j po/lewj, kai\ h1gagon au0to\n e3wj {RP P1904: - } [TR: th=j] o0fru/oj tou= o1rouj e0f' ou[ h9 po/lij au0tw~n w%)kodo/mhto, ei0j to\ katakrhmni/sai au0to/n. and they rose up and threw him out of the town, and they led him to {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] brow of the mountain on which their town had been built, intending to throw him off a precipice, th=j, the (city): absent in RP P1904 F1853=18/18 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=0/18 F1859=0/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/18 F1859=1/7.
Luke 4:30 Au0to\j de\ dielqw_n dia_ me/sou au0tw~n e0poreu/eto. but he slipped through the thick of them and went his way. thick ← midst.
Luke 4:31 Kai\ kath=lqen ei0j Kapernaou\m po/lin th=j Galilai/aj: kai\ h]n dida&skwn au0tou\j e0n toi=j sa&bbasin. Then he came down to Capernaum, a town in Galilee, and he would teach them on the Sabbath days,
Luke 4:32 Kai\ e0ceplh/ssonto e0pi\ th|= didaxh|= au0tou=, o3ti e0n e0cousi/a% h]n o9 lo/goj au0tou=. and they were astonished at his teaching, because his word was with authority.
Luke 4:33 Kai\ e0n th|= sunagwgh|= h]n a!nqrwpoj e1xwn pneu=ma daimoni/ou a)kaqa&rtou, kai\ a)ne/kracen fwnh|= mega&lh|, Now there was a man in the synagogue possessed by a spirit of an unclean demon, and he shouted out in a loud voice, possessed by ← having.
Luke 4:34 le/gwn, 871Ea, ti/ h9mi=n kai\ soi/, 870Ihsou= Nazarhne/; 87]Hlqej a)pole/sai h9ma~j; Oi]da& se ti/j ei], o9 a#gioj tou= qeou=. and he said, “Hey, what have you got to do with us, Jesus the Nazarene? Have you come to destroy us? I know who you are – the holy one of God.” what have you got to do with us ← what to us and to you.
Luke 4:35 Kai\ e0peti/mhsen au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, le/gwn, Fimw&qhti, kai\ e1celqe e0c au0tou=. Kai\ r(i/yan au0to\n to\ daimo/nion ei0j {RP: - } [P1904 TR: to\] me/son e0ch=lqen a)p' au0tou=, mhde\n bla&yan au0to/n. Then Jesus rebuked it and said, “Be silent and come out of him.” At this the demon threw him right in among them, and it came out of him, not having harmed him in any way. to\, the (midst): absent in RP F1853=15/18 F1859=3/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's egy) F1859=4/7.
threw: the classical accentuation is r(i=yan.
silent ← muzzled.
right in among ← to the midst.
Luke 4:36 Kai\ e0ge/neto qa&mboj e0pi\ pa&ntaj, kai\ sunela&loun pro\j a)llh/louj, le/gontej, Ti/j o9 lo/goj ou[toj, o3ti e0n e0cousi/a% kai\ duna&mei e0pita&ssei toi=j a)kaqa&rtoij pneu/masin, kai\ e0ce/rxontai; And astonishment came upon them all, and they spoke to each other and said, “What kind of speech is this, where he commands the unclean spirits with authority and power, and they come out?” what kind of speech ← what word.
Luke 4:37 Kai\ e0ceporeu/eto h]xoj peri\ au0tou= ei0j pa&nta to/pon th=j perixw&rou. Consequently, rumours about him spread to every place in the surrounding area. rumours ← a rumour, but conveying the idea of rumourous talk.
spread ← went out.
Luke 4:38 870Anasta_j de\ e0k th=j sunagwgh=j, ei0sh=lqen ei0j th\n oi0ki/an Si/mwnoj: {RP P1904: - } [TR: h9] penqera_ de\ tou= Si/mwnoj h]n sunexome/nh puretw%~ mega&lw%: kai\ h0rw&thsan au0to\n peri\ au0th=j. Then he left the synagogue and went to Simon's house. Now Simon's mother-in-law was in the grip of a severe fever, and they appealed to him concerning her. h9, the (mother-in-law): absent in RP P1904 F1853=15/18 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's aox) F1859=1/7.
appealed to ← asked.
Luke 4:39 Kai\ e0pista_j e0pa&nw au0th=j, e0peti/mhsen tw%~ puretw%~, kai\ a)fh=ken au0th/n: paraxrh=ma de\ a)nasta~sa dihko/nei au0toi=j. So he stood over her and rebuked the fever, and it left her, and immediately she got up and waited on them.
Luke 4:40 Du/nontoj de\ tou= h9li/ou, pa&ntej o3soi ei]xon a)sqenou=ntaj no/soij poiki/laij h1gagon au0tou\j pro\j au0to/n: o9 de\ e9ni\ e9ka&stw% au0tw~n ta_j xei=raj {RP TR: e0piqei\j} [P1904: e0pitiqei\j] e0qera&peusen au0tou/j. Then when the sun was setting, all those who had folk sick with various diseases brought them to him, and he laid his hands on each one of them and cured them. e0piqei\j, having laid (his hands), RP TR F1853=18/18 F1859=4/7 vs. e0pitiqei\j, laying (his hands), P1904 F1853=0/18 F1859=2/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/18 F1859=1/7.
Luke 4:41 870Ech/rxeto de\ kai\ daimo/nia a)po\ pollw~n, {RP-text TR: kra&zonta} [RP-marg P1904: krauga&zonta] kai\ le/gonta o3ti Su\ ei] o9 xristo\j o9 ui9o\j tou= qeou=. Kai\ e0pitimw~n ou0k ei1a au0ta_ lalei=n, o3ti h|1deisan to\n xristo\n au0to\n ei]nai. Demons also came out of many of them, shouting and saying, “You are the Christ the son of God”, but he rebuked them and did not allow them to speak, because they knew he was the Christ. kra&zonta, shouting (1), RP-text TR F1853=11/18 F1859=3/7 vs. krauga&zonta, shouting (2), RP-marg P1904 F1853=7/18 F1859=4/7.
demons ← and demons.
Luke 4:42 Genome/nhj de\ h9me/raj, e0celqw_n e0poreu/qh ei0j e1rhmon to/pon, kai\ oi9 o1xloi {RP P1904: e0pezh/toun} [TR: e0zh/toun] au0to/n, kai\ h]lqon e3wj au0tou=, kai\ katei=xon au0to\n tou= mh\ poreu/esqai a)p' au0tw~n. Then when it was day, he departed and went to a desolate place, but the crowds looked for him and came up to him and tried to stop him moving on from them. e0pezh/toun, were keenly looking for, RP P1904 F1853=11/19 F1859=4/7 vs. e0zh/toun, were looking for, TR F1853=8/19 F1859=3/7.
tried to stop: conative imperfect.
Luke 4:43 879O de\ ei]pen pro\j au0tou\j o3ti Kai\ tai=j e9te/raij po/lesin eu0aggeli/sasqai/ me dei= th\n basilei/an tou= qeou=: o3ti ei0j tou=to a)pe/stalmai. So he said to them, “I must also announce good tidings of the kingdom of God to the other towns, because this is what I have been sent for.”
Luke 4:44 Kai\ h]n khru/sswn {RP TR: e0n tai=j sunagwgai=j} [P1904: ei0j ta_j sunagwga_j] th=j Galilai/aj. Then he would proclaim it in the synagogues of Galilee. e0n tai=j sunagwgai=j, in the synagogues (preposition of rest at), RP TR F1853=17/18 F1859=4/7 vs. ei0j ta_j sunagwga_j, in the synagogues (pregnant use, compare Matt 18:6), P1904 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's y) F1859=3/7.
Luke 5:1 870Ege/neto de\ e0n tw%~ to\n o1xlon e0pikei=sqai au0tw%~ tou= a)kou/ein to\n lo/gon tou= qeou=, kai\ au0to\j h]n e9stw_j para_ th\n li/mnhn Gennhsare/t: Then it came to pass, when the crowd were pressing him so as to hear the word of God, and he himself was standing beside the lake of Gennesaret, Gennesaret: i.e. Galilee.
Luke 5:2 kai\ ei]den du/o ploi=a e9stw~ta para_ th\n li/mnhn: oi9 de\ a(liei=j a)poba&ntej a)p' au0tw~n a)pe/plunan ta_ di/ktua. that he saw two boats standing by the lake. The fishermen had disembarked from them and had washed out their nets.
Luke 5:3 870Emba_j de\ ei0j e4n tw~n ploi/wn, o4 h]n tou= Si/mwnoj, h0rw&thsen au0to\n a)po\ th=j gh=j e0panagagei=n o0li/gon. Kai\ kaqi/saj e0di/dasken e0k tou= ploi/ou tou\j o1xlouj. So he went on board one of the boats, which was Simon's, and he asked him to put out to sea away from the land a little. Then he sat down and taught the crowds from the boat. taught: imperfect, covering an extended period. See also Matt 5:2. But perhaps inceptive, began to teach, though the aorist is better attested for such usage.
Luke 5:4 879Wj de\ e0pau/sato lalw~n, ei]pen pro\j to\n Si/mwna, 870Epana&gage ei0j to\ ba&qoj, kai\ xala&sate ta_ di/ktua u9mw~n ei0j a!gran. Then when he had stopped speaking, he said to Simon, “Put out to the deep water and lower your nets for a catch.”
Luke 5:5 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j o9 Si/mwn ei]pen au0tw%~, 870Epista&ta, di' o3lhj th=j nukto\j kopia&santej ou0de\n e0la&bomen: e0pi\ de\ tw%~ r(h/mati/ sou xala&sw to\ di/ktuon. At this Simon answered and said to him, “Master, we have toiled all night long but caught nothing. But at your word I will lower the net.”
Luke 5:6 Kai\ tou=to poih/santej, sune/kleisan {RP P1904: plh=qoj i0xqu/wn} [TR: i0xqu/wn plh=qoj] polu/: dierrh/gnuto de\ to\ di/ktuon au0tw~n: Then they did this, and they enclosed a very large number of fish, but their net was beginning to tear, plh=qoj i0xqu/wn, a multitude + of fish, RP P1904 F1853=19/19 F1859=7/7 vs. i0xqu/wn plh=qoj, of fish + a multitude, TR F1853=0/19 F1859=0/7.
beginning to tear: inceptive imperfect, or were on the verge of tearing, imperfect of a tendency to an unaccomplished end.
Luke 5:7 kai\ kate/neusan toi=j meto/xoij toi=j e0n tw%~ e9te/rw% ploi/w%, tou= e0lqo/ntaj sullabe/sqai au0toi=j: kai\ h]lqon kai\ e1plhsan a)mfo/tera ta_ ploi=a, w#ste buqi/zesqai au0ta&. so they beckoned to their colleagues, who were in the other boat, to come and help them, and they came and filled both boats, so much so that they were on the point of sinking.
Luke 5:8 870Idw_n de\ Si/mwn Pe/troj prose/pesen toi=j go/nasin {RP P1904: - } [TR: tou=] 870Ihsou=, le/gwn, 871Ecelqe a)p' e0mou=, o3ti a)nh\r a(martwlo/j ei0mi, ku/rie. Then when Simon Peter saw it, he fell at Jesus's knees and said, “Depart from me, for I am a sinful man, Lord.” tou=, of the (Jesus): absent in RP P1904 F1853=18/20 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's gy**) F1859=1/7.
Luke 5:9 Qa&mboj ga_r perie/sxen au0to\n kai\ pa&ntaj tou\j su\n au0tw%~, e0pi\ th|= a!gra% tw~n i0xqu/wn h|[ sune/labon: For astonishment had gripped him, and all those with him, at the catch of the fish which they had taken.
Luke 5:10 o9moi/wj de\ kai\ 870Ia&kwbon kai\ 870Iwa&nnhn, ui9ou\j Zebedai/ou, oi4 h]san koinwnoi\ tw%~ Si/mwni. Kai\ ei]pen pro\j to\n Si/mwna o9 870Ihsou=j, Mh\ fobou=: a)po\ tou= nu=n a)nqrw&pouj e1sh| zwgrw~n. So too had astonishment gripped James and John, Zebedee's sons, who were companions of Simon. Then Jesus said to Simon, “Do not be afraid. From now on you will be catching men.”
Luke 5:11 Kai\ katagago/ntej ta_ ploi=a e0pi\ th\n gh=n, a)fe/ntej a#panta, h0kolou/qhsan au0tw%~. Then they brought the boats in to land, and they left everything and followed him.
Luke 5:12 Kai\ e0ge/neto, e0n tw%~ ei]nai au0to\n e0n mia%~ tw~n po/lewn, kai\ i0dou/, a)nh\r plh/rhj le/praj: kai\ i0dw_n to\n 870Ihsou=n, pesw_n e0pi\ pro/swpon, e0deh/qh au0tou=, le/gwn, Ku/rie, e0a_n qe/lh|j, du/nasai/ me kaqari/sai. And it came to pass when he was in one of the towns that there was a man infected with leprosy, and when he saw Jesus, he fell face down and pleaded with him, and he said, “Lord, if you are willing, you can cleanse me.” there was ← behold.
infected with ← full of.
Luke 5:13 Kai\ e0ktei/naj th\n xei=ra h3yato au0tou=, ei0pw&n, Qe/lw, kaqari/sqhti. Kai\ eu0qe/wj h9 le/pra a)ph=lqen a)p' au0tou=. At this he stretched out his hand and touched him, and he said, “I am willing; be cleansed.” And immediately the leprosy departed from him.
Luke 5:14 Kai\ au0to\j parh/ggeilen au0tw%~ mhdeni\ ei0pei=n: a)lla_ a)pelqw_n dei=con seauto\n tw%~ i9erei=, kai\ prose/negke peri\ tou= kaqarismou= sou, kaqw_j prose/tacen {RP TR: Mwsh=j} [P1904: Mwu+sh=j], ei0j martu/rion au0toi=j. Then he instructed him not to tell anyone, but, he said, “Go off and show yourself to the priest and make an offering for your cleansing, as Moses prescribed, as a testimony to them.” Mwsh=j, Moses, RP TR F1853=15/19 F1859=4/7 vs. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, P1904 F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's depy) F1859=3/7.
Luke 5:15 Dih/rxeto de\ ma~llon o9 lo/goj peri\ au0tou=: kai\ sunh/rxonto o1xloi polloi\ a)kou/ein, kai\ qerapeu/esqai u9p' au0tou= a)po\ tw~n a)sqeneiw~n au0tw~n. But the report about him spread all the more, and many crowds would gather to hear him and to be cured of their infirmities by him. report ← word.
Luke 5:16 Au0to\j de\ h]n u9poxwrw~n e0n tai=j e0rh/moij kai\ proseuxo/menoj. However, he would withdraw to the desolate places and pray.
Luke 5:17 Kai\ e0ge/neto e0n mia%~ tw~n h9merw~n, kai\ au0to\j h]n dida&skwn: kai\ h]san kaqh/menoi Farisai=oi kai\ nomodida&skaloi, oi4 h]san e0lhluqo/tej e0k pa&shj kw&mhj th=j Galilai/aj kai\ 870Ioudai/aj kai\ 879Ierousalh/m: kai\ du/namij kuri/ou h]n ei0j to\ i0a~sqai au0tou/j. Then it came to pass, on one of those days, that he was teaching, and there were Pharisees and teachers of the law sitting there, who had come from every village of Galilee and Judaea, and from Jerusalem, and the power of the Lord was present to cure them. to cure them (deponent middle), or for them to be cured (passive).
Luke 5:18 Kai\ i0dou/, a!ndrej fe/rontej e0pi\ kli/nhj a!nqrwpon o4j h]n paralelume/noj, kai\ e0zh/toun au0to\n ei0senegkei=n kai\ qei=nai e0nw&pion au0tou=: And there were men bringing a man who was paralysed, on a bed, and they kept trying to bring him in and set him before him, there were ← behold.
kept trying: iterative imperfect.
Luke 5:19 kai\ mh\ eu9ro/ntej {RP P1904: - } [TR: dia_] poi/aj ei0sene/gkwsin au0to\n dia_ to\n o1xlon, a)naba&ntej e0pi\ to\ dw~ma, dia_ tw~n kera&mwn kaqh=kan au0to\n su\n tw%~ klinidi/w% ei0j to\ me/son e1mprosqen tou= 870Ihsou=. but not finding a way {RP P1904: by} [TR: through] which they might bring him in, on account of the crowd, they went up onto the roof and lowered him, bed and all, through the tiles in among them in front of Jesus. dia_, through: absent in RP P1904 F1853=11/18 F1859=5/7 vs. present in TR F1853=7/18 F1859=2/7.
bed and all ← with the little bed.
in among ← into the midst.
Luke 5:20 Kai\ i0dw_n th\n pi/stin au0tw~n, ei]pen au0tw%~, 871Anqrwpe, a)fe/wntai/ soi ai9 a(marti/ai sou. And seeing their faith, he said to him, “Sir, you have been forgiven your sins.” you have been forgiven your sins ← your sins have been forgiven you.
Luke 5:21 Kai\ h1rcanto dialogi/zesqai oi9 grammatei=j kai\ oi9 Farisai=oi, le/gontej, Ti/j e0stin ou[toj o4j lalei= blasfhmi/aj; Ti/j du/natai a)fie/nai a(marti/aj, ei0 mh\ mo/noj o9 qeo/j; Then the scribes and the Pharisees began to reason, and they said, “Who is this who speaks blasphemies? Who can forgive sins but God alone?”
Luke 5:22 870Epignou\j de\ o9 870Ihsou=j tou\j dialogismou\j au0tw~n a)pokriqei\j ei]pen pro\j au0tou/j, Ti/ dialogi/zesqe e0n tai=j kardi/aij u9mw~n; But having discerned their reasonings, Jesus replied and said to them, “Why are you reasoning in your hearts?
Luke 5:23 Ti/ e0stin eu0kopw&teron, ei0pei=n, 870Afe/wntai/ soi ai9 a(marti/ai sou, h2 ei0pei=n, {RP TR: 871Egeirai} [P1904: 871Egeire] kai\ peripa&tei; Which is easier, to say, ‘You have been forgiven your sins’, or to say, ‘Get up and walk’? e1geirai, arise (aorist middle), RP TR F1853=8/17 F1859=2/7 vs. e1geire, arise (present active), P1904 F1853=9/17 F1859=5/7. A disparity with RP, R=11:15.
you have been forgiven your sins ← your sins have been forgiven you.
walk ← walk around, but no emphasis on around.
Luke 5:24 873Ina de\ ei0dh=te o3ti e0cousi/an e1xei o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou e0pi\ th=j gh=j a)fie/nai a(marti/aj - ei]pen tw%~ paralelume/nw% - Soi\ le/gw, {RP TR: e1geirai} [P1904: e1geire], kai\ a!raj to\ klini/dio/n sou, poreu/ou ei0j to\n oi]ko/n sou. But in order that you may know that the son of man has authority on earth to forgive sins” – he said to the paralysed man – “I say to you, get up, and pick up your bed and go to your home.” e1geirai, arise (aorist middle), RP TR F1853=9/17 F1859=2/7 vs. e1geire, arise (present active), P1904 F1853=8/17 F1859=5/7. A weak disparity with RP, R=12:14.
Luke 5:25 Kai\ paraxrh=ma a)nasta_j e0nw&pion au0tw~n, a!raj e0f' {RP P1904: o4} [TR: w%}] kate/keito, a)ph=lqen ei0j to\n oi]kon au0tou=, doca&zwn to\n qeo/n. And immediately he got up in their presence, and he picked up what he had been lying on, and he went away to his home, glorifying God. o4, (on) which (accusative, pregnant use, compare Matt 18:6), RP P1904 F1853=11/17 F1859=4/7 vs. w%}, (on) which (dative), TR F1853=6/17 F1859=3/7.
Luke 5:26 Kai\ e1kstasij e1laben a#pantaj, kai\ e0do/cazon to\n qeo/n, kai\ e0plh/sqhsan fo/bou, le/gontej o3ti Ei1domen para&doca sh/meron. At this, amazement gripped them all, and they glorified God, and they were filled with fear, and they said, “We have seen wonders today.” wonders: or unexpected (things), incredible (things).
Luke 5:27 Kai\ meta_ tau=ta e0ch=lqen, kai\ e0qea&sato telw&nhn, o0no/mati Leui+/n, kaqh/menon e0pi\ to\ telw&nion, kai\ ei]pen au0tw%~, 870Akolou/qei moi. Then after these things he went away and saw a tax collector by name of Levi, sitting at the tax collection point, and he said to him, “Follow me.”
Luke 5:28 Kai\ katalipw_n a#panta, a)nasta_j h0kolou/qhsen au0tw%~. And he left everything and got up and followed him.
Luke 5:29 Kai\ e0poi/hsen doxh\n mega&lhn {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] Leui+\j au0tw%~ e0n th|= oi0ki/a% au0tou=: kai\ h]n o1xloj telwnw~n polu/j, kai\ a!llwn oi4 h]san met' au0tw~n katakei/menoi. Then Levi organized a big reception in his house for him, and there was a large crowd of tax collectors and others who were sitting with them. o9, the (Levi): absent in RP P1904 F1853=17/17 F1859=7/7 vs. present in TR F1853=0/17 F1859=0/7.
organized ← made for himself, taking au0tw%~ as personal for the reflexive e9autw%~, as in 2 Chr 32:29 LXX. Alternatively, take the pronoun as personal, made for him (Jesus).
Luke 5:30 Kai\ e0go/gguzon oi9 grammatei=j au0tw~n kai\ oi9 Farisai=oi pro\j tou\j maqhta_j au0tou=, le/gontej, Dia_ ti/ meta_ {RP-text P1904: tw~n} [RP-marg TR: - ] telwnw~n kai\ a(martwlw~n e0sqi/ete kai\ pi/nete; However, the Pharisees and their scribes complained to his disciples and said, “Why do you eat and drink with {RP-text P1904: the} [RP-marg TR: - ] tax collectors and sinners?” tw~n, the (tax collectors): present in RP-text P1904 F1853=10/17 F1859=6/7 vs. absent in RP-marg TR F1853=7/17 F1859=1/7.
the Pharisees and their scribes ← their scribes and the Pharisees.
Luke 5:31 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen pro\j au0tou/j, Ou0 xrei/an e1xousin oi9 u9giai/nontej i0atrou=, a)ll' oi9 kakw~j e1xontej. So Jesus answered and said to them, “It is not those who are in good health who need a doctor, but those who are ill.
Luke 5:32 Ou0k e0lh/luqa kale/sai dikai/ouj, a)lla_ a(martwlou\j ei0j meta&noian. I have not come to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance.”
Luke 5:33 Oi9 de\ ei]pon pro\j au0to/n, Dia_ ti/ oi9 maqhtai\ 870Iwa&nnou nhsteu/ousin pukna&, kai\ deh/seij poiou=ntai, o9moi/wj kai\ oi9 tw~n Farisai/wn: oi9 de\ soi\ e0sqi/ousin kai\ pi/nousin; Then they said to him, “Why do John's disciples fast frequently and make supplications, as those of the Pharisees do for their part, whereas yours eat and drink?” for their part ← also.
Luke 5:34 879O de\ ei]pen pro\j au0tou/j, Mh\ du/nasqe tou\j ui9ou\j tou= numfw~noj, e0n w%{ o9 numfi/oj met' au0tw~n e0stin, poih=sai nhsteu/ein; He then said to them, “Surely you can't make the wedding guests fast while the bridegroom is with them? wedding guests ← sons of the wedding venue. See Matt 9:15.
Luke 5:35 870Eleu/sontai de\ h9me/rai, kai\ o3tan a)parqh|= a)p' au0tw~n o9 numfi/oj, to/te nhsteu/sousin e0n e0kei/naij tai=j h9me/raij. But such days will come, and when the bridegroom is taken away from them, then – in those days – they will fast.”
Luke 5:36 871Elegen de\ kai\ parabolh\n pro\j au0tou\j o3ti Ou0dei\j e0pi/blhma i9mati/ou kainou= e0piba&llei e0pi\ i9ma&tion palaio/n: ei0 de\ mh/ge, kai\ to\ kaino\n {RP TR: sxi/zei} [P1904: sxi/sei], kai\ tw%~ palaiw%~ ou0 sumfwnei= {RP: to\} [P1904: to\ e0pi/blhma to\] [TR: e0pi/blhma to\] a)po\ tou= kainou=. And he told them a parable: “No-one puts a patch of new cloth on an old garment, otherwise the new one {RP TR: will} [P1904: will] tear, and {RP: that of} [P1904: the patch from] [TR: the patch from] the new material will not be compatible with the old. sxi/zei, tears, RP TR F1853=16/18 F1859=5/7 vs. sxi/sei, will tear, P1904 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's c) F1859=0/7.
to\, the (one), RP F1853=16/18 F1859=2/7 vs. to\ e0pi/blhma to\, the patch, the (one), P1904 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's y) F1859=4/7 vs. e0pi/blhma to\, patch, the (one), TR F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's x) F1859=1/7. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=9.1 PV=0.3%.
Luke 5:37 Kai\ ou0dei\j ba&llei oi]non ne/on ei0j a)skou\j palaiou/j: ei0 de\ mh/ge, r(h/cei {RP TR: o9 ne/oj oi]noj} [P1904: o9 oi]noj o9 ne/oj] tou\j a)skou/j, kai\ au0to\j e0kxuqh/setai, kai\ oi9 a)skoi\ a)polou=ntai. And no-one puts new wine in old wineskins, or else the new wine will tear the wineskins and will itself be spilt, and the wineskins will be ruined. o9 ne/oj oi]noj, the new wine, RP TR F1853=17/18 F1859=4/7 vs. o9 oi]noj o9 ne/oj, the wine the new, P1904 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's y) F1859=3/7.
Luke 5:38 870Alla_ oi]non ne/on ei0j a)skou\j kainou\j blhte/on, kai\ a)mfo/teroi sunthrou=ntai. But new wine needs to be put in new wineskins, so both are preserved together.
Luke 5:39 Kai\ ou0dei\j piw_n palaio\n eu0qe/wj qe/lei ne/on: le/gei ga&r, 879O palaio\j xrhsto/tero/j e0stin. And no-one who has drunk old wine immediately wants new. For he says, ‘The old is more palatable.’ ” palatable ← serviceable.
Luke 6:1 870Ege/neto de\ e0n sabba&tw% deuteroprw&tw% diaporeu/esqai au0to\n dia_ tw~n spori/mwn: kai\ e1tillon oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou= tou\j sta&xuaj, kai\ h1sqion, yw&xontej tai=j xersi/n. Now it came to pass on a high day Sabbath that he was crossing through the cornfields, and his disciples were plucking ears of corn and eating them, rubbing them with their hands. high day Sabbath ← second-first Sabbath, which we presume is a feast-day that is not necessarily on the weekly Sabbath day, noting that such days are called Sabbaths in, e.g., Lev 23:24 (the first day of the seventh month) and Lev 23:27 (the tenth day of the seventh month), so that at ↴
Luke 6:2 Tine\j de\ tw~n Farisai/wn ei]pon au0toi=j, Ti/ poiei=te o4 ou0k e1cestin poiei=n e0n toi=j sa&bbasin; And some of the Pharisees said to them, “Why are you doing what it is not permitted to do on the Sabbath days?” ↳ least one of these Sabbaths did not fall on the regular weekly Sabbath day. Alternatively, the reference could be to the weekly Sabbath after a high day Sabbath.
Luke 6:3 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j pro\j au0tou\j ei]pen o9 870Ihsou=j, Ou0de\ tou=to a)ne/gnwte, o4 e0poi/hsen {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d], o9po/te e0pei/nasen au0to\j kai\ oi9 met' au0tou= o1ntej; So Jesus replied to them and said, “Have you not read this – what David did when he was hungry – he and those with him – David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Luke 6:4 879Wj ei0sh=lqen ei0j to\n oi]kon tou= qeou=, kai\ tou\j a!rtouj th=j proqe/sewj e1laben, kai\ e1fagen, kai\ e1dwken kai\ toi=j met' au0tou=, ou4j ou0k e1cestin fagei=n ei0 mh\ mo/nouj tou\j i9erei=j; when he went into the house of God and took the showbread loaves and ate from them, and gave some to those who were with him as well, loaves which it is not permitted to eat, except for the priests alone?”
Luke 6:5 Kai\ e1legen au0toi=j o3ti Ku/rio/j e0stin o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou kai\ tou= sabba&tou. So he said to them, “The son of man is the Lord of the Sabbath as well.”
Luke 6:6 870Ege/neto de\ kai\ e0n e9te/rw% sabba&tw% ei0selqei=n au0to\n ei0j th\n sunagwgh\n kai\ dida&skein: kai\ h]n e0kei= a!nqrwpoj, kai\ h9 xei\r au0tou= h9 decia_ h]n chra&. And it also came to pass on another Sabbath that he went into the synagogue and gave teaching, and there was a man there whose right hand was withered.
Luke 6:7 Pareth/roun de\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: au0to\n] oi9 grammatei=j kai\ oi9 Farisai=oi, ei0 e0n tw%~ sabba&tw% qerapeu/sei: i3na eu3rwsin kathgori/an au0tou=. The scribes and the Pharisees, however, watched {RP P1904: - } [TR: him] carefully to see whether he would heal on the Sabbath, in order to find an accusation against him. au0to\n, him: absent in RP P1904 F1853=18/18 F1859=5/7 vs. present in TR F1853=0/18 F1859=2/7.
Luke 6:8 Au0to\j de\ h|1dei tou\j dialogismou\j au0tw~n, kai\ ei]pen tw%~ a)nqrw&pw% tw%~ chra_n e1xonti th\n xei=ra, {RP TR: 871Egeirai} [P1904: 871Egeire], kai\ sth=qi ei0j to\ me/son. 879O de\ a)nasta_j e1sth. But he knew their reasonings, and he said to the man who had a withered hand, “Get up and stand in full view.” And he got up and stood there. e1geirai, arise (aorist middle), RP TR F1853=9/18 F1859=2/7 vs. e1geire, arise (present active), P1904 F1853=9/18 F1859=5/7. A disparity with RP, R=12:15.
in full view ← into the midst.
Luke 6:9 Ei]pen ou]n o9 870Ihsou=j pro\j au0tou/j, 870Eperwth/sw u9ma~j ti/, 871Ecestin toi=j sa&bbasin, a)gaqopoih=sai h2 kakopoih=sai; yuxh\n sw~sai h2 {RP P1904: a)poktei=nai} [TR: a)pole/sai]; So Jesus said to them, “I will ask you something. Is it permitted to do good or bad – to save {RP P1904: life or to kill} [TR: or destroy life] – on the Sabbath days?” a)poktei=nai, to kill, RP P1904 F1853=18/18 F1859=6/7 vs. a)pole/sai, to destroy, TR F1853=0/18 F1859=1/7.
Our punctuation differs from RP in where we place the question mark(s) and sentence division.
life ← soul.
Luke 6:10 Kai\ peribleya&menoj pa&ntaj au0tou/j, ei]pen {RP P1904: au0tw%~} [TR: tw%~ anqrw&pw%], 871Ekteinon th\n xei=ra& sou. 879O de\ e0poi/hsen {RP P1904: - } [TR: ou3twj] kai\ a)pokatesta&qh h9 xei\r au0tou= {RP TR: u9gih\j} [P1904: - ] w(j h9 a!llh. Then he looked round at them all and said {RP P1904: to him} [TR: to the man], “Stretch out your hand.” So he did {RP P1904: that,} [TR: that,] and his hand was restored {RP TR: as sound as} [P1904: like] the other one. au0tw%~, to him, RP P1904 F1853=18/18 F1859=5/7 vs. tw%~ anqrw&pw%, to the man, TR F1853=0/18 F1859=2/7.
ou3tw¨j©, thus: absent in RP P1904 F1853=13/18 F1859=3/7 vs. present in TR F1853=4/18 (Scrivener's dlmn) F1859=4/7 vs. whole phrase absent, F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's c) F1859=0/7.
u9gih\j, healthy, restored: present in RP TR F1853=16/18 F1859=7/8 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=2/18 (Scrivener's ko) F1859=1/8.
[TR: that ← thus.]
Luke 6:11 Au0toi\ de\ e0plh/sqhsan a)noi/aj: kai\ diela&loun pro\j a)llh/louj, ti/ a@n poih/seian tw%~ 870Ihsou=. But they were filled with senselessness, and they discussed with each other what they might do to Jesus.
Luke 6:12 870Ege/neto de\ e0n tai=j h9me/raij tau/taij e0ch=lqen ei0j to\ o1roj proseu/casqai: kai\ h]n dianuktereu/wn e0n th|= proseuxh|= tou= qeou=. And it came to pass in those days that he went out to the mountain to pray, and he passed the night in prayer to God. to God ← of God.
Luke 6:13 Kai\ o3te e0ge/neto h9me/ra, prosefw&nhsen tou\j maqhta_j au0tou=: kai\ e0kleca&menoj a)p' au0tw~n dw&deka, ou4j kai\ a)posto/louj w)no/masen, Then when day came, he called his disciples and chose twelve of them, whom he also named apostles:
Luke 6:14 Si/mwna o4n kai\ w)no/masen Pe/tron, kai\ 870Andre/an to\n a)delfo\n au0tou=, 870Ia&kwbon kai\ 870Iwa&nnhn, Fi/lippon kai\ Barqolomai=on, Simon, whom he also named Peter, and Andrew his brother, James and John, Philip and Bartholomew,
Luke 6:15 Matqai=on kai\ Qwma~n, 870Ia&kwbon to\n tou= 879Alfai/ou, kai\ Si/mwna to\n kalou/menon Zhlwth/n, Matthew and Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, and Simon who was called the Zealot,
Luke 6:16 870Iou/dan 870Iakw&bou, kai\ 870Iou/dan 870Iskariw&thn, o4j kai\ e0ge/neto prodo/thj, Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot, who for his part became a traitor. the son of James: AV differs (the brother) of James. Compare Acts 1:13.
for his part ← also.
Luke 6:17 Kai\ kataba_j met' au0tw~n, e1sth e0pi\ to/pou pedinou=, kai\ o1xloj maqhtw~n au0tou=, kai\ plh=qoj polu\ tou= laou= a)po\ pa&shj th=j 870Ioudai/aj kai\ 879Ierousalh/m, kai\ th=j parali/ou Tu/rou kai\ Sidw~noj, oi4 h]lqon a)kou=sai au0tou=, kai\ i0aqh=nai a)po\ tw~n no/swn au0tw~n: Then he went down with them, and he stood in a place on the plain, and there was a crowd of his disciples, and a very large number of the people from the whole of Judaea and Jerusalem and the coastal area of Tyre and Sidon, who had come to hear him and to be cured of their diseases.
Luke 6:18 kai\ oi9 o0xlou/menoi {RP-text TR: u9po\} [RP-marg P1904: a)po\] pneuma&twn a)kaqa&rtwn, kai\ e0qerapeu/onto. There were also those troubled by unclean spirits, and they were healed. u9po\, by (1), RP-text TR F1853=14/18 F1859=4/8 vs. a)po\, by (2), RP-marg P1904 F1853=4/18 (Scrivener's fgkp) F1859=4/8.
Luke 6:19 Kai\ pa~j o9 o1xloj e0zh/tei a#ptesqai au0tou=: o3ti du/namij par' au0tou= e0ch/rxeto kai\ i0a~to pa&ntaj. And the whole crowd kept trying to touch him, because power would go out from him and cure everyone. kept trying ← was seeking, iterative imperfect.
Luke 6:20 Kai\ au0to\j e0pa&raj tou\j o0fqalmou\j au0tou= ei0j tou\j maqhta_j au0tou= e1legen, Maka&rioi oi9 ptwxoi/, o3ti u9mete/ra e0sti\n h9 basilei/a tou= qeou=. Then he lifted up his eyes to his disciples and said,

“Blessed are you poor,

Because yours is the kingdom of God.
Luke 6:21 Maka&rioi oi9 peinw~ntej nu=n, o3ti xortasqh/sesqe. Maka&rioi oi9 klai/ontej nu=n, o3ti gela&sete.

Blessed are you who are hungry now,

For you will be satisfied.

Blessed are you who weep now,

Because you will laugh.
Luke 6:22 Maka&rioi/ e0ste, o3tan mish/swsin u9ma~j oi9 a!nqrwpoi, kai\ o3tan a)fori/swsin u9ma~j, kai\ o0neidi/swsin, kai\ e0kba&lwsin to\ o1noma u9mw~n w(j ponhro/n, e3neka tou= ui9ou= tou= a)nqrw&pou.

Blessed are you when men hate you,

And when they ostracize you

And reproach you

And reject your name as evil,

On account of the son of man.

 ostracize ← separate.
Luke 6:23 {RP P1904: Xa&rhte} [TR: Xai/rete] e0n e0kei/nh| th|= h9me/ra% kai\ skirth/sate: i0dou\ ga&r, o9 misqo\j u9mw~n polu\j e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~: kata_ {RP TR: tau=ta} [P1904: ta_ au0ta_] ga_r e0poi/oun toi=j profh/taij oi9 pate/rej au0tw~n.

Rejoice on that day and leap for joy,

For you will see that your reward is great in heaven.

After all, their fathers acted along {RP TR: those} [P1904: the same] lines towards the prophets.

 xa&rhte, rejoice (deponent passive aorist), RP P1904 F1853=18/18 F1859=7/7 vs. xai/rete, rejoice (present active), TR F1853=0/18 F1859=0/7.
tau=ta, these (things), RP TR F1853=18/18 F1859=7/8 vs. ta_ au0ta_, the same (things), P1904 F1853=0/18 F1859=1/8.
you will see that ← behold.
Luke 6:24 Plh\n ou0ai\ u9mi=n toi=j plousi/oij, o3ti a)pe/xete th\n para&klhsin u9mw~n.

But woe to you who are rich,

Because you have your due consolation.

 but ← except.
due: the meaning is contained in a)pe/xete.
Luke 6:25 Ou0ai\ u9mi=n, oi9 e0mpeplhsme/noi, o3ti peina&sete. Ou0ai\ u9mi=n, oi9 gelw~ntej nu=n, o3ti penqh/sete kai\ klau/sete.

Woe to you who have been filled,

For you will be hungry.

Woe to you who are laughing now,

For you will mourn and weep.
Luke 6:26 Ou0ai\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: u9mi=n] o3tan kalw~j u9ma~j ei1pwsin {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: pa&ntej] oi9 a!nqrwpoi: kata_ {RP TR: tau=ta} [P1904: ta_ au0ta_] ga_r e0poi/oun toi=j yeudoprofh/taij oi9 pate/rej au0tw~n.

Woe {RP P1904: - } [TR: to you] when {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: all] men speak well of you.

After all, their fathers acted along {RP TR: those} [P1904: the same] lines towards the false prophets.

 u9mi=n, to you: absent in RP P1904 F1853=14/19 F1859=5/7 vs. present in TR F1853=5/19 F1859=2/7.
pa&ntej, all: absent in RP-text F1853=11/18 F1859=2/7 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=7/18 F1859=5/7. A weak disparity with RP-text, R=13:14.
tau=ta, these (things), RP TR F1853=17/18 F1859=4/7 vs. ta_ au0ta_, the same (things), P1904 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's d) F1859=3/7.
Luke 6:27 {RP-text TR: 870All'} [RP-marg P1904: 870Alla_] u9mi=n le/gw toi=j a)kou/ousin, 870Agapa~te tou\j e0xqrou\j u9mw~n, kalw~j poiei=te toi=j misou=sin u9ma~j, But I say to you who are listening, love your enemies, do good to those who hate you, a)ll', but (apocopated), RP-text TR F1853=4/18 (Scrivener's bfhs) F1859=1/7 vs. a)lla_ but (unapocopated), RP-marg P1904 F1853=14/18 F1859=6/7. A strong disparity with RP-text, R=6:21.
Luke 6:28 eu0logei=te tou\j katarwme/nouj u9mi=n, {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\] proseu/xesqe u9pe\r tw~n e0phreazo/ntwn u9ma~j. bless those who curse {RP P1904: you;} [TR: you, and] pray for those who deal spitefully with you. kai\, and (pray): absent in RP P1904 F1853=15/18 F1859=4/7 vs. present in TR F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's bcx) F1859=3/7.
Luke 6:29 Tw%~ tu/ptonti/ se e0pi\ th\n siago/na, pa&rexe kai\ th\n a!llhn: kai\ a)po\ tou= ai1ronto/j sou to\ i9ma&tion, kai\ to\n xitw~na mh\ kwlu/sh|j. To him who hits you on the cheek, offer the other one also, and from him who takes your coat, do not withhold your tunic either.
Luke 6:30 Panti\ de\ tw%~ ai0tou=nti/ se di/dou: kai\ a)po\ tou= ai1rontoj ta_ sa_ mh\ a)pai/tei. And give to everyone who asks you, and do not ask for anything back from him who takes your goods.
Luke 6:31 Kai\ kaqw_j qe/lete i3na poiw~sin u9mi=n oi9 a!nqrwpoi, kai\ u9mei=j poiei=te au0toi=j o9moi/wj. And as you would want men to do to you, do the same to them yourselves for your part. the same ← likewise.
for your part ← also.
Luke 6:32 Kai\ ei0 a)gapa~te tou\j a)gapw~ntaj u9ma~j, poi/a u9mi=n xa&rij e0sti/n; Kai\ ga_r oi9 a(martwloi\ tou\j a)gapw~ntaj au0tou\j a)gapw~sin. And if you love those who love you, what kind of graciousness is that to you? For even the sinners love those who love them.
Luke 6:33 Kai\ e0a_n a)gaqopoih=te tou\j a)gaqopoiou=ntaj u9ma~j, poi/a u9mi=n xa&rij e0sti/n; Kai\ ga_r oi9 a(martwloi\ to\ au0to\ poiou=sin. And if you do good to those who do good to you, what kind of graciousness is that to you? For even the sinners do the same.
Luke 6:34 Kai\ e0a_n danei/zhte par' w{n {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: e0lpi/zete} [S1894: e0lpi/zhte] a)polabei=n, poi/a u9mi=n xa&rij e0sti/n; Kai\ ga_r {RP P1904: - } [TR: oi9] a(martwloi\ a(martwloi=j danei/zousin, i3na a)pola&bwsin ta_ i1sa. And if you lend things to those from whom you hope to get them back, what kind of graciousness is that to you? For even {RP P1904: - } [TR: the] sinners lend to sinners on terms that they get the same things back. e0lpi/zete, you hope / expect (indicative), RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1853=18/18 F1859=7/7 vs. e0lpi/zhte, you might hope / expect (subjunctive), S1894 F1853=0/18 F1859=0/7.
oi9, the (sinners): absent in RP P1904 F1853=10/19 F1859=3/7 vs. present in TR F1853=9/19 F1859=4/7. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=14:14.
Luke 6:35 Plh\n a)gapa~te tou\j e0xqrou\j u9mw~n, kai\ a)gaqopoiei=te, kai\ danei/zete, mhde\n a)pelpi/zontej: kai\ e1stai o9 misqo\j u9mw~n polu/j, kai\ e1sesqe ui9oi\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: tou=] u9yi/stou: o3ti au0to\j xrhsto/j e0stin e0pi\ tou\j a)xari/stouj kai\ ponhrou/j. But love your enemies, and do good, and lend not hoping for anything back, and your reward will be great, and you will be sons of {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] Most High, for he is kind to the unthankful and wicked. tou=, of the (Most High): absent in RP P1904 F1853=18/18 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=0/18 F1859=1/7.
Luke 6:36 Gi/nesqe ou]n oi0kti/rmonej, kaqw_j kai\ o9 path\r u9mw~n oi0kti/rmwn e0sti/n. So be compassionate, as your father is compassionate for his part. for his part ← also.
Luke 6:37 {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: Kai\ mh\} [S1894: Mh\] kri/nete, kai\ ou0 mh\ kriqh=te. Mh\ katadika&zete, kai\ ou0 mh\ katadikasqh=te: a)polu/ete, kai\ a)poluqh/sesqe: {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: And do not} [S1894: Do not] judge, and you will not be judged at all. Do not condemn, so that you will not be condemned at all. Acquit others, and you will be acquitted. kai\, and (do not judge): present in RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1853=17/18 F1859=7/7 vs. absent in S1894 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's p) F1859=0/7.
acquitted ... acquit: the word is more formal than the AV's forgive.
Luke 6:38 di/dote, kai\ doqh/setai u9mi=n: me/tron kalo/n, pepiesme/non kai\ sesaleume/non kai\ u9perekxuno/menon dw&sousin ei0j to\n ko/lpon u9mw~n. Tw%~ ga_r au0tw%~ me/trw% w%{ metrei=te a)ntimetrhqh/setai u9mi=n. Give, and you will be given. They will give you a good measure, compacted and shaken and overflowing in your bosom. For with the same measure with which you measure, it will be measured to you in turn.” they will give: perhaps very impersonal, as avoidance of the passive you will be given, but we retain the active voice.
Luke 6:39 Ei]pen de\ parabolh\n au0toi=j, Mh/ti du/natai tuflo\j tuflo\n o9dhgei=n; Ou0xi\ a)mfo/teroi ei0j bo/qunon pesou=ntai; Then he told them a parable. “Surely a blind man cannot guide a blind man? Will they not both fall into a pit?
Luke 6:40 Ou0k e1stin maqhth\j u9pe\r to\n dida&skalon au0tou=: kathrtisme/noj de\ pa~j e1stai w(j o9 dida&skaloj au0tou=. The disciple is not above his teacher, but each will be equipped like his teacher. equipped: AV differs in syntactical arrangement.
Luke 6:41 Ti/ de\ ble/peij to\ ka&rfoj to\ e0n tw%~ o0fqalmw%~ tou= a)delfou= sou, th\n de\ doko\n th\n e0n tw%~ i0di/w% o0fqalmw%~ ou0 katanoei=j; And why do you look at the splinter in your brother's eye, but not notice the joist in your own eye?
Luke 6:42 872H pw~j du/nasai le/gein tw%~ a)delfw%~ sou, 870Adelfe/, a!fej e0kba&lw to\ ka&rfoj to\ e0n tw%~ o0fqalmw%~ sou, au0to\j th\n e0n tw%~ o0fqalmw%~ sou doko\n ou0 ble/pwn; 879Upokrita&, e1kbale prw~ton th\n doko\n e0k tou= o0fqalmou= sou, kai\ to/te diable/yeij e0kbalei=n to\ ka&rfoj to\ e0n tw%~ o0fqalmw%~ tou= a)delfou= sou. Or how can you say to your brother, ‘My brother, let me extract the splinter in your eye’, not seeing the joist in your own eye yourself? You hypocrite! First extract the joist from your eye, and then you will see clearly to extract the splinter in your brother's eye.
Luke 6:43 Ou0 ga&r e0stin de/ndron kalo\n poiou=n karpo\n sapro/n: ou0de\ de/ndron sapro\n poiou=n karpo\n kalo/n. For there is no good tree which produces rotten fruit, nor is there a rotten tree which produces good fruit.
Luke 6:44 873Ekaston ga_r de/ndron e0k tou= i0di/ou karpou= ginw&sketai. Ou0 ga_r e0c a)kanqw~n sulle/gousin su=ka, ou0de\ e0k ba&tou trugw~sin stafulh/n. For each tree is known by its own fruit. For one does not gather figs from thorn plants, nor does one harvest a bunch of grapes from a bramble bush. one does ... does one ← they do ... do they. Avoidance of the passive.
Luke 6:45 879O a)gaqo\j a!nqrwpoj e0k tou= a)gaqou= qhsaurou= th=j kardi/aj au0tou= profe/rei to\ a)gaqo/n, kai\ o9 ponhro\j a!nqrwpoj e0k tou= ponhrou= qhsaurou= th=j kardi/aj au0tou= profe/rei to\ ponhro/n: e0k ga_r tou= perisseu/matoj th=j kardi/aj lalei= to\ sto/ma au0tou=. A good man produces what is good from the good store of his heart, whereas the wicked man produces wickedness from the wicked store of his heart. For his mouth speaks from the overflow of his heart. whereas: adversative use of kai/.
Luke 6:46 Ti/ de/ me kalei=te, Ku/rie, ku/rie, kai\ ou0 poiei=te a$ le/gw; Why do you call me ‘Lord, Lord’, but do not do what I say?
Luke 6:47 Pa~j o9 e0rxo/menoj pro/j me kai\ a)kou/wn mou tw~n lo/gwn kai\ poiw~n au0tou/j, u9podei/cw u9mi=n ti/ni e0sti\n o3moioj: I will show you what everyone who comes to me and hears my words and does them is like.
Luke 6:48 o3moio/j e0stin a)nqrw&pw% oi0kodomou=nti oi0ki/an, o4j {RP TR: - } [P1904: kai\] e1skayen kai\ e0ba&qunen, kai\ e1qhken qeme/lion e0pi\ th\n pe/tran: plhmmu/raj de\ genome/nhj, prose/rrhcen o9 potamo\j th|= oi0ki/a% e0kei/nh|, kai\ ou0k i1sxusen saleu=sai au0th/n: teqemeli/wto ga_r e0pi\ th\n pe/tran. He is like a man who built a house, who {RP TR: - } [P1904: also] dug and went deep and laid a foundation on rock. Then when a flood came, the river beat against that house, but it was not strong enough to shake it, for it had been founded on rock. kai\, and (dug): absent in RP TR F1853=17/18 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/7.
Luke 6:49 879O de\ a)kou/saj kai\ mh\ poih/saj o3moio/j e0stin a)nqrw&pw% oi0kodomh/santi oi0ki/an e0pi\ th\n gh=n xwri\j qemeli/ou: h|[ prose/rrhcen o9 potamo/j, kai\ {RP TR: eu0qe/wj} [P1904: eu0qu\j] e1pesen, kai\ e0ge/neto to\ r(h=gma th=j oi0ki/aj e0kei/nhj me/ga. But he who hears but does not do accordingly is like a man who built a house on the ground without a foundation, against which the river beat, so that it immediately collapsed, and the devastation of that house was severe.” eu0qe/wj, immediately (1), RP TR F1853=17/18 F1859=5/7 vs. eu0qu\j, immediately (2), P1904 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/7.
severe ← great.
Luke 7:1 870Epei\ de\ e0plh/rwsen pa&nta ta_ r(h/mata au0tou= ei0j ta_j a)koa_j tou= laou=, ei0sh=lqen ei0j Kapernaou/m. Then when he had finished all his words in the hearing of the people, he went to Capernaum. finished ← fulfilled.
Luke 7:2 879Ekatonta&rxou de/ tinoj dou=loj kakw~j e1xwn {RP: e1mellen} [P1904 TR: h1mellen] teleuta~n, o4j h]n au0tw%~ e1ntimoj. Now the servant of a certain centurion, who was highly valued by him, was ill and on the point of dying, e1melle¨n©, was about to (1), RP F1853=12/18 F1859=4/7 vs. h1melle¨n©, was about to (2), P1904 TR F1853=5/18 F1859=3/7 vs. another spelling, F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's e) F1859=0/7.
Luke 7:3 870Akou/saj de\ peri\ tou= 870Ihsou=, a)pe/steilen pro\j au0to\n presbute/rouj tw~n 870Ioudai/wn, e0rwtw~n au0to/n, o3pwj e0lqw_n diasw&sh| to\n dou=lon au0tou=. and having heard about Jesus, he sent Jewish elders to him requesting him to come and save his servant.
Luke 7:4 Oi9 de/, parageno/menoi pro\j to\n 870Ihsou=n, pareka&loun au0to\n spoudai/wj, le/gontej o3ti 871Acio/j e0stin w%{ pare/cei tou=to: Then when they had come to Jesus, they pleaded with him earnestly, and they said that he to whom he would grant this was worthy of it, Punctuation: he would grant militates for indirect speech. The second person, you would grant, would be applicable to direct speech. But in the next verse we translate with direct speech.
Luke 7:5 a)gapa%~ ga_r to\ e1qnoj h9mw~n, kai\ th\n sunagwgh\n au0to\j w%)kodo/mhsen h9mi=n. and they said, “For he loves our nation, and he himself built the synagogue for us.”
Luke 7:6 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j e0poreu/eto su\n au0toi=j. 871Hdh de\ au0tou= ou0 makra_n a)pe/xontoj a)po\ th=j oi0ki/aj, e1pemyen pro\j au0to\n o9 e9kato/ntarxoj fi/louj, le/gwn au0tw%~, Ku/rie, mh\ sku/llou: ou0 ga&r ei0mi i9kano\j i3na {RP-text P1904 TR: u9po\ th\n ste/ghn mou} [RP-marg: mou u9po\ th\n ste/ghn] ei0se/lqh|j: So Jesus went with them, and by the time he was not far away from the house, the centurion sent friends to him, who said to him, “Lord, do not put yourself to trouble, for I am not worthy that you should come in under my roof, u9po\ th\n ste/ghn mou, under the roof + of me, RP-text P1904 TR F1853=8/18 F1859=4/7 vs. mou u9po\ th\n ste/ghn, of me + under the roof, RP-marg F1853=10/18 F1859=3/7. Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=14:13.
by the time he was ← when he was already.
who said ← saying, singular, so perhaps referring to the original speaker, but we take it as a Hebraism for לֵאמֹר, so losing its grammatical number.
worthy ← sufficient. Compare 2 Cor 2:16.
Luke 7:7 dio\ ou0de\ e0mauto\n h0ci/wsa pro\j se\ e0lqei=n: {RP P1904: a)ll'} [TR: a)lla_] ei0pe\ lo/gw%, kai\ i0aqh/setai o9 pai=j mou. which is why I have not considered myself worthy to come to you either. But just say the word and my servant will be cured. a)ll', but (apocopated), RP P1904 F1853=14/18 F1859=6/7 vs. a)lla_, but (unapocopated), TR F1853=4/18 (Scrivener's cemq) F1859=1/7.
which is why ← on account of which.
the word ← for / in a word.
Luke 7:8 Kai\ ga_r e0gw_ a!nqrwpo/j ei0mi u9po\ e0cousi/an tasso/menoj, e1xwn u9p' e0mauto\n stratiw&taj, kai\ le/gw tou/tw%, Poreu/qhti, kai\ poreu/etai: kai\ a!llw%, 871Erxou, kai\ e1rxetai: kai\ tw%~ dou/lw% mou, Poi/hson tou=to, kai\ poiei=. For indeed I am a man appointed under a system of authority, having soldiers under me, and I say to one, ‘Go’, and he goes, and to another, ‘Come’, and he comes, and to my servant, ‘Do this’, and he does it.” one ← this.
Luke 7:9 870Akou/saj de\ tau=ta o9 870Ihsou=j e0qau/masen au0to/n, kai\ strafei\j tw%~ a)kolouqou=nti au0tw%~ o1xlw% ei]pen, Le/gw u9mi=n, {RP-text: ou1te} [RP-marg P1904 TR: ou0de\] e0n tw%~ 870Israh\l tosau/thn pi/stin eu[ron. When Jesus heard these things, he was astonished at him, and he turned and said to the crowd who were following him, “I tell you, not even in Israel have I found so much faith.” ou1te, and not, RP-text F1853=7/19 F1859=3/7 vs. ou0de\, not even; and not, RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=12/19 F1859=4/7. A disparity with RP-text, R=10:18.
{RP: not even ← and not, but used loosely for ou0de\ (if ou1te is the true reading).}
Luke 7:10 Kai\ u9postre/yantej oi9 pemfqe/ntej ei0j to\n oi]kon eu[ron to\n a)sqenou=nta dou=lon u9giai/nonta. Then those who had been sent returned to the house and found the servant who had been ailing in good health.
Luke 7:11 Kai\ e0ge/neto e0n {RP-text P1904: tw%~} [RP-marg TR: th|=] e9ch=j, e0poreu/eto ei0j po/lin kaloume/nhn Nai+/n: kai\ suneporeu/onto au0tw%~ oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou= i9kanoi/, kai\ o1xloj polu/j. And it came to pass {RP-text P1904: soon afterwards} [RP-marg TR: the next day] that he went to a town called Nain, and a considerable number of his disciples went with him, and also a large crowd, tw%~, the (coming [time, xro/nw%]), RP-text P1904 F1853=4/18 (Scrivener's bfhk) F1859=3/7 vs. th|=, the (next [day, h9me/ra%]), RP-marg TR F1853=14/18 F1859=4/7. A strong disparity with RP-text, R=8:19. AV differs textually.
Luke 7:12 879Wj de\ h1ggisen th|= pu/lh| th=j po/lewj, kai\ i0dou/, e0cekomi/zeto teqnhkw&j, ui9o\j monogenh\j th|= mhtri\ au0tou=, kai\ {RP-text: au0th\} [RP-marg: au0th\ h]n] [P1904 S1550 S1894: au3th h]n] [E1624: au3th] [MISC: au0th=] xh/ra: kai\ o1xloj th=j po/lewj i9kano\j {RP S1550: - } [P1904 E1624 S1894: h]n] su\n au0th|=. and when he approached the gate of the town, it transpired that a dead youth was being carried out – the only-begotten son of his mother – and {RP-text: she was} [RP-marg: she was] [P1904 S1550 S1894: this woman was] [E1624: this woman was] a widow, and a considerable crowd from the town {RP S1550: was} [P1904 E1624 S1894: was] with her. au0th\, she (was a widow), RP-text F1853=10/18 F1859=3/8 vs. au0th\ h]n, she (was a widow), RP-marg F1853=2/18 (Scrivener's qr) F1859=1/8 vs. au3th h]n, this woman was (a widow), P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=0/18 F1859=1/8 vs. au3th, this woman (was a widow), E1624 F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's cef) F1859=0/8 vs. au0th=, for au0th\ or au3th, but not au0th|= (?), F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's boy) F1859=3/8.
h]n, (a crowd...) was (with her): absent in RP S1550 F1853=17/18 F1859=6/7 vs. present in P1904 E1624 S1894 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's h) F1859=1/7.
it transpired that ← behold.
the only-begotten son: we ↴
Luke 7:13 Kai\ i0dw_n au0th\n o9 ku/rioj e0splagxni/sqh e0p' au0th|=, kai\ ei]pen au0th|=, Mh\ klai=e. Then when the Lord saw her, he had compassion on her and said to her, “Don't cry.” ↳ retain this classical expression because of its significance. A more modern rendering would be the only son his mother had (ever) conceived.
Luke 7:14 Kai\ proselqw_n h3yato th=j sorou=: oi9 de\ basta&zontej e1sthsan. Kai\ ei]pen, Neani/ske, soi\ le/gw, e0ge/rqhti. And he went up and touched the coffin, and the bearers stood still, and he said, “Young man, I say to you, get up.”
Luke 7:15 Kai\ a)neka&qisen o9 nekro/j, kai\ h1rcato lalei=n. Kai\ e1dwken au0to\n th|= mhtri\ au0tou=. At this the dead youth sat up and began to speak. Then he gave him to his mother.
Luke 7:16 871Elaben de\ fo/boj {RP P1904: pa&ntaj} [TR: a#pantaj], kai\ e0do/cazon to\n qeo/n, le/gontej o3ti Profh/thj me/gaj e0gh/gertai e0n h9mi=n, kai\ o3ti 870Epeske/yato o9 qeo\j to\n lao\n au0tou=. Then fear gripped everyone, and they glorified God, and they said, “A great prophet has arisen among us”, and, “God has visited his people.” pa&ntaj, all (1), RP P1904 F1853=15/19 F1859=7/7 vs. a#pantaj, all (2), TR F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's egq*r) F1859=0/7.
Luke 7:17 Kai\ e0ch=lqen o9 lo/goj ou[toj e0n o3lh| th|= 870Ioudai/a% peri\ au0tou=, kai\ e0n pa&sh| th|= perixw&rw%. And this report about him spread in the whole of Judaea and in all the neighbouring area. report ← word.
spread ← went out.
Luke 7:18 Kai\ a)ph/ggeilan 870Iwa&nnh| oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou= peri\ pa&ntwn tou/twn. Moreover, John's disciples reported back to him concerning all these things, John's disciples reported back to him ← his disciples reported back to John.
Luke 7:19 Kai\ proskalesa&menoj du/o tina_j tw~n maqhtw~n au0tou= o9 870Iwa&nnhj e1pemyen pro\j to\n 870Ihsou=n, le/gwn, Su\ ei] o9 e0rxo/menoj, h2 {RP TR: a!llon} [P1904: e3teron] prosdokw~men; at which John called for a certain two of his disciples and sent them to Jesus to ask, “Are you the one who is to come, or should we expect someone else?” a!llon, other (of a similar kind), RP TR F1853=18/18 F1859=6/8 vs. e3teron, other (of a different kind), P1904 F1853=0/18 F1859=2/8.
to ask ← saying.
is to come ← is coming.
Luke 7:20 Parageno/menoi de\ pro\j au0to\n oi9 a!ndrej ei]pon, 870Iwa&nnhj o9 baptisth\j a)pe/stalken h9ma~j pro/j se, le/gwn, Su\ ei] o9 e0rxo/menoj, h2 {RP TR: a!llon} [P1904: e3teron] prosdokw~men; Then when the men had come to him, they said, “John the Baptist has sent us to you asking, ‘Are you the one who is to come, or should we expect someone else?’ ” a!llon, other (of a similar kind), RP TR F1853=16/17 F1859=7/9 vs. e3teron, other (of a different kind), P1904 F1853=1/17 (Scrivener's e) F1859=1/9 vs. verse absent, F1853=0/17 F1859=1/9.
asking ← saying.
is to come: See Luke 7:19.
Luke 7:21 870En au0th|= de\ th|= w#ra% e0qera&peusen pollou\j a)po\ no/swn kai\ masti/gwn kai\ pneuma&twn ponhrw~n, kai\ tufloi=j polloi=j e0xari/sato to\ ble/pein. Now in that very hour he cured many of their diseases and infirmities and evil spirits, and he granted many blind their sight. their sight ← to see.
Luke 7:22 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0toi=j, Poreuqe/ntej a)paggei/late 870Iwa&nnh| a$ ei1dete kai\ h0kou/sate: {RP TR: o3ti} [P1904: - ] tufloi\ a)nable/pousin, {RP TR: - } [P1904: kai\] xwloi\ peripatou=sin, leproi\ kaqari/zontai, kwfoi\ a)kou/ousin, nekroi\ e0gei/rontai, ptwxoi\ eu0aggeli/zontai: And Jesus answered and said to them, “Go and report back to John what you have seen and heard: {RP TR: that} [P1904: - ] the blind recover their sight {RP TR: ,} [P1904: and] the lame walk, lepers are cleansed and the deaf hear again, the dead are raised; good tidings are preached to the poor. o3ti, that (the blind recover their sight): present in RP TR F1853=17/18 F1859=5/8 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's y) F1859=3/8.
kai\, and (the blind recover their sight): absent in RP TR F1853=17/18 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/7.
go: imperatival use of the participle.
Luke 7:23 kai\ maka&rio/j e0stin, o4j e0a_n mh\ skandalisqh|= e0n e0moi/. And blessed is whoever does not stumble at me.”
Luke 7:24 870Apelqo/ntwn de\ tw~n {RP TR: a)gge/lwn} [P1904: maqhtw~n] 870Iwa&nnou, h1rcato le/gein {RP: toi=j o1xloij} [P1904 TR: pro\j tou\j o1xlouj] peri\ 870Iwa&nnou, Ti/ e0celhlu/qate ei0j th\n e1rhmon qea&sasqai; Ka&lamon u9po\ a)ne/mou saleuo/menon; Then when John's {RP TR: messengers} [P1904: disciples] had departed, he began to speak to the crowds about John: “What did you go out in the desert to see? A reed shaken by the wind? a)gge/lwn, messengers, RP TR F1853=13/18 F1859=5/7 vs. maqhtw~n, disciples, P1904 F1853=5/18 F1859=2/7.
toi=j o1xloij, to the crowds (dative), RP F1853=12/18 F1859=4/7 vs. pro\j tou\j o1xlouj, to the crowds (preposition + accusative), P1904 TR F1853=6/18 F1859=3/7.
Luke 7:25 870Alla_ ti/ e0celhlu/qate i0dei=n; 871Anqrwpon e0n malakoi=j i9mati/oij h0mfiesme/non; 870Idou/, oi9 e0n i9matismw%~ e0ndo/cw% kai\ trufh|= u9pa&rxontej e0n toi=j basilei/oij ei0si/n. Well then, what did you go out to see? A man clothed in delicate clothes? You know that people in elegant clothing and living in luxury are to be found in royal palaces. you know that ← behold.
living ← existing.
royal palaces ← the (royal) palaces, the sense being the palaces that exist.
Luke 7:26 870Alla_ ti/ e0celhlu/qate i0dei=n; Profh/thn; Nai/, le/gw u9mi=n, kai\ perisso/teron profh/tou. So what then did you go out to see? A prophet? Yes, I say to you, and one more eminent than a prophet.
Luke 7:27 Ou[to/j e0stin peri\ ou[ ge/graptai, 870Idou/, e0gw_ a)poste/llw to\n a!ggelo/n mou pro\ prosw&pou sou, o4j kataskeua&sei th\n o9do/n sou e1mprosqe/n sou. This man is he about whom it stands written:

‘See how I am sending my messenger in front of you,

And he will prepare your way ahead of you.’

 Mal 3:1.
see how ← behold.
Luke 7:28 Le/gw ga_r u9mi=n, mei/zwn e0n gennhtoi=j gunaikw~n profh/thj 870Iwa&nnou tou= baptistou= ou0dei/j e0stin: o9 de\ mikro/teroj e0n th|= basilei/a% tou= qeou= mei/zwn au0tou= e0stin. For I say to you, no-one among those born from women is a greater prophet than John the Baptist, but he who is least in the kingdom of God is greater than he.” least ← lesser, Greek comparative for superlative.
Luke 7:29 Kai\ pa~j o9 lao\j a)kou/saj kai\ oi9 telw~nai e0dikai/wsan to\n qeo/n, baptisqe/ntej to\ ba&ptisma 870Iwa&nnou: Then when all the people had heard it, including the tax collectors, they pronounced God righteous, having been baptized with John's baptism.
Luke 7:30 oi9 de\ Farisai=oi kai\ oi9 nomikoi\ th\n boulh\n tou= qeou= h0qe/thsan ei0j e9autou/j, mh\ baptisqe/ntej u9p' au0tou=. But the Pharisees and scholars in the law rejected God's counsel to them and were not baptized by him. to them: or against themselves.
Luke 7:31 {RP P1904: - } [TR: Ei]pe de\ o9 ku/rioj,] Ti/ni ou]n o9moiw&sw tou\j a)nqrw&pouj th=j genea~j tau/thj, kai\ ti/ni ei0si\n o3moioi; {RP P1904: - } [TR: Then the Lord said,] “To whom then shall I liken the men of this generation, and to what are they similar? ei]pe de\ o9 ku/rioj, and the Lord said: absent in RP P1904 F1853=16/17 F1859=4/7 vs. present in TR F1853=1/17 (Scrivener's y) F1859=3/7. AV differs textually.
to whom ... to what: each of these could be either to whom or to what.
Luke 7:32 873Omoioi/ ei0sin paidi/oij toi=j e0n a)gora%~ kaqhme/noij, kai\ prosfwnou=sin a)llh/loij, kai\ le/gousin, Hu0lh/samen u9mi=n, kai\ ou0k w)rxh/sasqe: e0qrhnh/samen u9mi=n, kai\ ou0k e0klau/sate. They are like children sitting in the market place and calling to each other, and saying,

‘We have played the flute to you,

But you have not danced.

We have sung you a dirge,

But you have not wept.’

 but (2x): adversative use of kai/.
Luke 7:33 870Elh/luqen ga_r 870Iwa&nnhj o9 baptisth\j mh/te a!rton e0sqi/wn mh/te oi]non pi/nwn, kai\ le/gete, Daimo/nion e1xei: For John the Baptist came neither eating bread nor drinking wine, and you say, ‘He is possessed by a demon.’ came ← has come.
is possessed by ← has.
Luke 7:34 e0lh/luqen o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou e0sqi/wn kai\ pi/nwn, kai\ le/gete, 870Idou/, a!nqrwpoj fa&goj kai\ oi0nopo/thj, {RP P1904: fi/loj telwnw~n} [TR: telwnw~n fi/loj] kai\ a(martwlw~n. The son of man came eating and drinking, and you say, ‘Look, a gluttonous and wine-drinking man, a friend of tax collectors and sinners.’ fi/loj telwnw~n, a friend + of tax collectors, RP P1904 F1853=17/18 F1859=6/7 vs. telwnw~n fi/loj, of tax collectors + a friend, TR F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's x) F1859=1/7.
came ← has come.
Luke 7:35 Kai\ e0dikaiw&qh h9 sofi/a a)po\ tw~n te/knwn au0th=j pa&ntwn. But wisdom is justified by all her children.” is justified ← was justified, a gnomic aorist.
Luke 7:36 870Hrw&ta de/ tij au0to\n tw~n Farisai/wn i3na fa&gh| met' au0tou=: kai\ ei0selqw_n ei0j th\n oi0ki/an tou= Farisai/ou a)nekli/qh. Then one of the Pharisees asked him to dine with him. So he went into the Pharisee's house and reclined.
Luke 7:37 Kai\ i0dou/, gunh\ e0n th|= po/lei, h3tij h]n a(martwlo/j, {RP-text TR: - } [RP-marg P1904: kai\] e0pignou=sa o3ti a)na&keitai e0n th|= oi0ki/a% tou= Farisai/ou, komi/sasa a)la&bastron mu/rou, Now there was a woman in the town, who was a sinner, {RP-text TR: - } [RP-marg P1904: and] who had found out that he was reclining in the Pharisee's house, and she brought an alabaster box of ointment, kai\, and (having found out): absent in RP-text TR F1853=11/18 F1859=4/7 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 F1853=7/18 F1859=3/7.
there was ← behold.
Luke 7:38 kai\ sta~sa {RP TR: para_ tou\j po/daj au0tou= o0pi/sw} [P1904: o0pi/sw para_ tou\j po/daj au0tou=] klai/ousa, h1rcato bre/xein tou\j po/daj au0tou= toi=j da&krusin, kai\ tai=j qrici\n th=j kefalh=j au0th=j e0ce/massen, kai\ katefi/lei tou\j po/daj au0tou=, kai\ h1leifen tw%~ mu/rw%. and she stood {RP TR: at his feet weeping behind him} [P1904: behind him at his feet weeping], and she began to wet his feet with the tears and wipe them off with the hairs of her head, and she kissed his feet and anointed them with the ointment. para_ tou\j po/daj au0tou= o0pi/sw, at his feet + behind, RP TR F1853=18/18 F1859=6/7 vs. o0pi/sw para_ tou\j po/daj au0tou=, behind + at his feet, P1904 F1853=0/18 F1859=1/7.
wipe ← was wiping; inceptive by virtue of h1rcato rather than the tense.
Luke 7:39 870Idw_n de\ o9 Farisai=oj o9 kale/saj au0to\n ei]pen e0n e9autw%~ le/gwn, Ou[toj, ei0 h]n profh/thj, e0gi/nwsken a@n ti/j kai\ potaph\ h9 gunh\ h3tij a#ptetai au0tou=, o3ti a(martwlo/j e0stin. But when the Pharisee who had invited him saw it, he said to himself, “If this man were a prophet, he would know who, and what kind of woman, it is who is touching him, for she is a sinner.” said to himself ← said in himself saying.
Luke 7:40 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen pro\j au0to/n, Si/mwn, e1xw soi/ ti ei0pei=n. 879O de/ fhsin, Dida&skale, ei0pe/. At this Jesus reacted and said to him, “Simon, I have something to say to you.” Then he said, “Teacher, say it.” at this: wider use of kai/.
Luke 7:41 Du/o xrewfeile/tai h]san daneisth|= tini/: o9 ei[j w!feilen dhna&ria pentako/sia, o9 de\ e3teroj penth/konta. “There were two debtors to a certain money-lender. One owed five hundred denaries, the other fifty. denaries: a denary was a silver coin.
Luke 7:42 Mh\ e0xo/ntwn de\ au0tw~n a)podou=nai, a)mfote/roij e0xari/sato. Ti/j ou]n au0tw~n, ei0pe/, plei=on au0to\n a)gaph/sei; Since they did not have the means to repay, he waived the debt for both of them. Which of them, then”, he said, “will love him more?” since: causal use of the participle.
Luke 7:43 870Apokriqei\j de\ o9 Si/mwn ei]pen, 879Upolamba&nw o3ti w%{ to\ plei=on e0xari/sato. 879O de\ ei]pen au0tw%~, 870Orqw~j e1krinaj. Simon answered and said, “I suppose the one for whom he waived the greater debt.” Then he said to him, “You have judged correctly.”
Luke 7:44 Kai\ strafei\j pro\j th\n gunai=ka, tw%~ Si/mwni e1fh, Ble/peij tau/thn th\n gunai=ka; Ei0sh=lqo/n sou ei0j th\n oi0ki/an, u3dwr e0pi\ tou\j po/daj mou ou0k e1dwkaj: au3th de\ toi=j da&krusin e1brece/n mou tou\j po/daj, kai\ tai=j qrici\n th=j kefalh=j au0th=j e0ce/macen. Then he turned to the woman and said to Simon, “Do you see this woman? I came into your house, but you did not put water on my feet. But she wet my feet with tears and wiped them off with the hairs of her head. she ← this (woman).
Luke 7:45 Fi/lhma& moi ou0k e1dwkaj: au3th de/, a)f' h[j {RP TR: ei0sh=lqon} [P1904: ei0sh=lqen], ou0 die/lipen katafilou=sa& mou tou\j po/daj. You did not give me a kiss. But from the time {RP TR: I} [P1904: she] came in, she did not stop kissing my feet. ei0sh=lqon, I came, RP TR, F1853=17/18 F1859=4/7 vs. ei0sh=lqen, she came, P1904 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's y) F1859=3/7.
she ← this (woman).
Luke 7:46 870Elai/w% th\n kefalh/n mou ou0k h1leiyaj: au3th de\ mu/rw% {RP-text P1904 TR: h1leiye/n mou tou\j po/daj} [RP-marg: h1leiyen tou\j po/daj mou]. You did not anoint my head with oil, but she anointed my feet with ointment. mou tou\j po/daj, of me + the feet, RP-text P1904 TR F1853=11/18 F1859=3/7 vs. tou\j po/daj mou, the feet + of me, RP-marg F1853=7/18 F1859=4/7.
she ← this (woman).
Luke 7:47 Ou[ xa&rin, le/gw soi, a)fe/wntai ai9 a(marti/ai au0th=j ai9 pollai/, o3ti h0ga&phsen polu/: w%{ de\ o0li/gon a)fi/etai, o0li/gon a)gapa%~. For this reason I say to you, her many sins have been forgiven, so that she loved me a lot. But he who has been forgiven little loves little.” he who has been forgiven little ← to whom little is forgiven.
Luke 7:48 Ei]pen de\ au0th|=, 870Afe/wntai/ sou ai9 a(marti/ai. And he said to her, “Your sins have been forgiven.”
Luke 7:49 Kai\ h1rcanto oi9 sunanakei/menoi le/gein e0n e9autoi=j, Ti/j ou[to/j e0stin o4j kai\ a(marti/aj a)fi/hsin; Then those reclining at table with him began to say to themselves, “Who is this who even forgives sins?” to themselves ← within themselves.
Luke 7:50 Ei]pen de\ pro\j th\n gunai=ka, 879H pi/stij sou se/swke/n se: poreu/ou ei0j ei0rh/nhn. But he said to the woman, “Your faith has saved you. Go in peace.”
Luke 8:1 Kai\ e0ge/neto e0n tw%~ kaqech=j, kai\ au0to\j diw&deuen kata_ po/lin kai\ kw&mhn, khru/sswn kai\ eu0aggelizo/menoj th\n basilei/an tou= qeou=: kai\ oi9 dw&deka su\n au0tw%~, Then it came to pass shortly afterwards that he travelled from city to city and village to village preaching and bringing good tidings of the kingdom of God, the twelve being with him also,
Luke 8:2 kai\ gunai=ke/j tinej ai4 h]san teqerapeume/nai a)po\ {RP TR: - } [P1904: no/swn kai\ masti/gwn kai\] pneuma&twn ponhrw~n kai\ a)sqeneiw~n, Mari/a h9 kaloume/nh Magdalhnh/, a)f' h[j daimo/nia e9pta_ e0celhlu/qei, as also some women who had been cured of {RP TR: - } [P1904: diseases and ailments and] evil spirits and illnesses: Mary who is called Magdalene, from whom seven demons had come out, no/swn kai\ masti/gwn kai\, sicknesses and scourges and: absent in RP TR F1853=17/18 F1859=6/8 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's y, which also appends an extra a)po\) F1859=2/8.
Luke 8:3 kai\ 870Iwa&nna gunh\ Xouza~ e0pitro/pou 879Hrw%&dou, kai\ {RP-text P1904 TR: Sousa&nna} [RP-marg: Swsa&nna], kai\ e3terai pollai/, ai3tinej dihko/noun {RP: au0toi=j} [P1904 TR: au0tw%~] a)po\ tw~n u9parxo/ntwn au0tai=j. and Joanna the wife of Chuza, Herod's administrator, and Susanna and many others, and they attended to {RP: them} [P1904 TR: him] with their own resources. Sousa&nna, Susanna, RP-text P1904 TR F1853=7/18 F1859=6/7 vs. Swsa&nna, Sosanna, RP-marg F1853=10/18 F1859=0/7 vs. another spelling, F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's p) F1859=1/7.
au0toi=j, to them, RP F1853=10/19 F1859=3/7 vs. au0tw%~, to him, P1904 TR F1853=9/19 F1859=4/7. A weak disparity with RP, R=13:15. AV differs textually.
Luke 8:4 Sunio/ntoj de\ o1xlou pollou=, kai\ tw~n kata_ po/lin e0piporeuome/nwn pro\j au0to/n, ei]pen dia_ parabolh=j, Then when a large crowd had assembled and people of various towns had come to him, he spoke using a parable: had assembled ... had come: vivid present participles.
people ← the (ones).
using ← through.
Luke 8:5 870Ech=lqen o9 spei/rwn tou= spei=rai to\n spo/ron au0tou=: kai\ e0n tw%~ spei/rein au0to/n, o4 me\n e1pesen para_ th\n o9do/n, kai\ katepath/qh, kai\ ta_ peteina_ tou= ou0ranou= kate/fagen au0to/. “A sower went out to sow his seed. And as he sowed it, some fell beside the road and was trodden on, and the birds of the sky ate it up. sowed it: or sowed it unitalicized, depending on whether au0to/n is taken as the subject, he, or object, seed, of the infinitive spei/rein. We take it as the subject, as the verse continues as if a neuter word for seed were used, which would have required au0to/.
Luke 8:6 Kai\ e3teron e1pesen e0pi\ th\n pe/tran, kai\ fue\n e0chra&nqh, dia_ to\ mh\ e1xein i0kma&da. And some fell on rock, where, after growing, it dried up, because it did not have moisture. because it did not have ← on account of not having.
Luke 8:7 Kai\ e3teron e1pesen e0n me/sw% tw~n a)kanqw~n, kai\ sumfuei=sai ai9 a!kanqai a)pe/pnican au0to/. And some fell amid the thorn bushes, and when the thorn plants had grown up with it, they smothered it. when ... had grown up: aorist passive, but perhaps, non-classically, the time frame is present, while ... were growing up.
Luke 8:8 Kai\ e3teron e1pesen {RP P1904: ei0j} [TR: e0pi\] th\n gh=n th\n a)gaqh/n, kai\ fue\n e0poi/hsen karpo\n e9katontaplasi/ona. Tau=ta le/gwn e0fw&nei, 879O e1xwn w}ta a)kou/ein a)koue/tw. And other seed fell onto good ground, and it grew up, and it produced a hundredfold yield.” While he was saying these things, he would call out, “He who has ears to hear, let him hear.” ei0j, to, towards, RP P1904 F1853=13/18 F1859=7/7 vs. e0pi\, onto, TR F1853=5/18 F1859=0/7.
yield ← fruit.
Luke 8:9 870Ephrw&twn de\ au0to\n oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou=, le/gontej, Ti/j ei1h h9 parabolh\ au3th; But his disciples questioned him and said, “What does this parable mean?” what does this parable mean ← what might this parable be, but the optative, ei1h, might be, is probably just a Greek change of mood as if in indirect speech, with no implications for the English is or means.
Luke 8:10 879O de\ ei]pen, 879Umi=n de/dotai gnw~nai ta_ musth/ria th=j basilei/aj tou= qeou=: toi=j de\ loipoi=j e0n parabolai=j, i3na ble/pontej mh\ ble/pwsin, kai\ a)kou/ontej mh\ suniw~sin. Then he said, “To you it is granted to know the mysteries of the kingdom of God, but to the rest they are described in parables,

In order that they might see

But not have an eye to them,

And hear

But not understand.

 Isa 6:9, Isa 6:10.
see ... but not have an eye ← see but not see.
Luke 8:11 871Estin de\ au3th h9 parabolh/: 879O spo/roj e0sti\n o9 lo/goj tou= qeou=. Now this is the meaning of the parable. The seed is the word of God. is: i.e. represents, and so throughout the parable.
Luke 8:12 Oi9 de\ para_ th\n o9do\n ei0si\n oi9 {RP TR: a)kou/ontej} [P1904: a)kou/santej], ei]ta e1rxetai o9 dia&boloj kai\ ai1rei to\n lo/gon a)po\ th=j kardi/aj au0tw~n, i3na mh\ pisteu/santej swqw~sin. Those beside the road are they who {RP TR: hear} [P1904: have heard], but then the devil comes and removes the word from their hearts, in order that they might not believe and be saved. a)kou/ontej, hearing, RP TR F1853=17/18 F1859=7/7 vs. a)kou/santej, having heard, P1904 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's d) F1859=0/7.
hearts ← heart.
Luke 8:13 Oi9 de\ e0pi\ th=j pe/traj oi3, o3tan a)kou/swsin, meta_ xara~j de/xontai to\n lo/gon, kai\ ou[toi r(i/zan ou0k e1xousin, oi4 pro\j kairo\n pisteu/ousin, kai\ e0n kairw%~ peirasmou= a)fi/stantai. Those on the rock are those who, when they hear, receive the word with joy, but these do not have root, and they believe for a while, but in a time of testing they fall away.
Luke 8:14 To\ de\ ei0j ta_j a)ka&nqaj peso/n, ou[toi/ ei0sin oi9 a)kou/santej, kai\ u9po\ merimnw~n kai\ plou/tou kai\ h9donw~n tou= bi/ou poreuo/menoi sumpni/gontai, kai\ ou0 telesforou=sin. That which fell into the thorn bushes is those who hear but are choked by the cares and riches and pleasures of life as they go, and they do not go on to produce fruit.
Luke 8:15 To\ de\ e0n th|= kalh|= gh|=, ou[toi/ ei0sin oi3tinej e0n kardi/a% kalh|= kai\ a)gaqh|=, a)kou/santej to\n lo/gon kate/xousin, kai\ karpoforou=sin e0n u9pomonh|=. {RP P1904 TR: - } [MISC: Tau=ta le/gwn e0fw&nei, 879O e1xwn w}ta a)kou/ein a)koue/tw.] But that on the good ground is those with a noble and good heart who hear the word and hold on to it and bear fruit with patience {RP P1904 TR: .} [MISC: .” Having said these things, he called out, “He who has ears to hear, let him hear.] tau=ta le/gwn .. a)koue/tw, Having said these (things) ... let him hear: absent in RP P1904 TR F1853=8/19 F1859=4/8 vs. present in F1853=11/19 F1859=4/8. A weak disparity with RP, R=14:15.
hear the word ← having heard the word, but the sequence is implicit in English.
Luke 8:16 Ou0dei\j de\ lu/xnon a#yaj kalu/ptei au0to\n skeu/ei, h2 u9poka&tw kli/nhj ti/qhsin, a)ll' e0pi\ luxni/aj e0piti/qhsin, i3na oi9 ei0sporeuo/menoi ble/pwsin to\ fw~j. No-one who has lit a lamp hides it with a container or puts it under a bed, but rather puts it on a lampstand so that those who come in can see the light. container: or utensil, piece of equipment.
Luke 8:17 Ou0 ga&r e0stin krupto/n, o4 ou0 fanero\n genh/setai: ou0de\ a)po/krufon, o4 ou0 gnwsqh/setai kai\ ei0j fanero\n e1lqh|. For there is nothing hidden that will not become manifest, nor anything secret that will not become known and come into the open.
Luke 8:18 Ble/pete ou]n pw~j a)kou/ete: o4j ga_r {RP P1904: e0a_n} [TR: a@n] e1xh|, doqh/setai au0tw%~: kai\ o4j {RP P1904: e0a_n} [TR: a@n] mh\ e1xh|, kai\ o4 dokei= e1xein a)rqh/setai a)p' au0tou=. So watch out how you hear. For whoever has something, more will be given to him, but whoever does not have anything, even that which he thinks he has will be taken from him.” First occurrence in verse: e0a_n, (who)ever (1), RP P1904 F1853=14/19 F1859=3/7 vs. a@n, (who)ever (2), TR F1853=5/19 F1859=4/7.
Second occurrence in verse: e0a_n, (who)ever (1), RP P1904 F1853=14/19 F1859=5/7 vs. a@n, (who)ever (2), TR F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's gpq**y) F1859=2/7 vs. word absent, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's k) F1859=0/7.
Luke 8:19 Parege/nonto de\ pro\j au0to\n h9 mh/thr kai\ oi9 a)delfoi\ au0tou=, kai\ ou0k h0du/nanto suntuxei=n au0tw%~ dia_ to\n o1xlon. Then his mother and brothers came to him, but they were unable to reach him on account of the crowd.
Luke 8:20 Kai\ a)phgge/lh au0tw%~, lego/ntwn, 879H mh/thr sou kai\ oi9 a)delfoi/ sou e9sth/kasin e1cw, i0dei=n se qe/lontej. And it was reported to him by people saying, “Your mother and your brothers are standing outside, wanting to see you.”
Luke 8:21 879O de\ a)pokriqei\j ei]pen pro\j au0tou/j, Mh/thr mou kai\ a)delfoi/ mou ou[toi/ ei0sin, oi9 to\n lo/gon tou= qeou= a)kou/ontej kai\ poiou=ntej au0to/n. But he replied and said to them, “My mother and my brothers are those who hear the word of God and do it.”
Luke 8:22 Kai\ e0ge/neto e0n mia%~ tw~n h9merw~n, kai\ au0to\j e0ne/bh ei0j ploi=on kai\ oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou=, kai\ ei]pen pro\j au0tou/j, Die/lqwmen ei0j to\ pe/ran th=j li/mnhj. Kai\ a)nh/xqhsan. Then it came to pass in one of those days that he went on board a boat, as did his disciples, and he said to them, “Let us cross over to the other side of the lake.” So they set sail. those ← the.
Luke 8:23 Pleo/ntwn de\ au0tw~n a)fu/pnwsen: kai\ kate/bh lai=lay a)ne/mou ei0j th\n li/mnhn, kai\ suneplhrou=nto, kai\ e0kindu/neuon. Now as they were sailing, he fell asleep. Then a squall descended on the lake, and they were filling up with water, and they were in danger. squall ← squall of wind.
Luke 8:24 Proselqo/ntej de\ dih/geiran au0to/n, le/gontej, 870Epista&ta, e0pista&ta, a)pollu/meqa. 879O de\ e0gerqei\j e0peti/mhsen tw%~ a)ne/mw% kai\ tw%~ klu/dwni tou= u3datoj: kai\ e0pau/santo, kai\ e0ge/neto galh/nh. So they went to him, and they woke him up and said, “Master, master, we are in mortal danger.” Then he got up and rebuked the wind and the dashing of the water, and they stopped, and it became calm. in mortal danger ← perishing.
it became calm ← a calm came / became.
Luke 8:25 Ei]pen de\ au0toi=j, Pou= e0stin h9 pi/stij u9mw~n; Fobhqe/ntej de\ e0qau/masan, le/gontej pro\j a)llh/louj, Ti/j a!ra ou[to/j e0stin, o3ti kai\ toi=j a)ne/moij e0pita&ssei kai\ tw%~ u3dati, kai\ u9pakou/ousin au0tw%~; Then he said to them, “Where is your faith?” But they were afraid and astonished, and they said to each other, “Who is this then, in that he even commands the winds and water, and they obey him?”
Luke 8:26 Kai\ {RP TR: kate/pleusan} [P1904: kate/pleusen] ei0j th\n xw&ran tw~n Gadarhnw~n, h3tij e0sti\n a)ntipe/ran th=j Galilai/aj. Then {RP TR: they} [P1904: he] put in at the region of the Gadarenes, which is on the opposite side to Galilee. kate/pleusan, they put in, RP TR F1853=16/18 F1859=6/7 vs. kate/pleusen, he put in, P1904 F1853=2/18 (Scrivener's cm) F1859=0/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/18 F1859=1/7.
Luke 8:27 870Ecelqo/nti de\ au0tw%~ e0pi\ th\n gh=n, u9ph/nthsen au0tw%~ a)nh/r tij e0k th=j po/lewj, o4j ei]xen daimo/nia e0k xro/nwn i9kanw~n, kai\ i9ma&tion ou0k e0nedidu/sketo, kai\ e0n oi0ki/a% ou0k e1menen, a)ll' e0n toi=j mnh/masin. And when he had disembarked onto land, a certain man from the town met him, a man who had been possessed by demons for a considerable time, and who was not wearing any outer clothing, and who did not stay at home, but among the tombs. had been possessed by ← had had ← had.
was not wearing ← was not putting on.
any outer clothing: or, perhaps, any clothing (at all), but classically i9ma&tion is an outer garment, cloak.
Luke 8:28 870Idw_n de\ to\n 870Ihsou=n, kai\ a)nakra&caj, prose/pesen au0tw%~, kai\ fwnh|= mega&lh| ei]pen, Ti/ e0moi\ kai\ soi/, 870Ihsou=, ui9e\ tou= qeou= tou= u9yi/stou; De/omai/ sou, mh/ me basani/sh|j. And when he saw Jesus, he shouted out and fell down at him and said in a loud voice, “What have I to do with you, Jesus, son of the Most High God? I implore you, do not torment me.” what have I to do with you ← what to you and to me.
Luke 8:29 {RP P1904 S1894: Parh/ggeilen} [S1550: Parh/ggellen] [E1624: Parh/ggeillen] ga_r tw%~ pneu/mati tw%~ a)kaqa&rtw% e0celqei=n a)po\ tou= a)nqrw&pou: polloi=j ga_r xro/noij sunhrpa&kei au0to/n, kai\ e0desmei=to a(lu/sesin kai\ pe/daij fulasso/menoj, kai\ diarrh/sswn ta_ desma_ h0lau/neto u9po\ tou= dai/monoj ei0j ta_j e0rh/mouj. For he {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: had commanded} [S1550: would command] the unclean spirit to come out of the man, for it had held him in its grip for a long time, and he was kept under guard bound with chains and fetters, but he would break the bonds and be driven by the demon into desolate places. parh/ggeile¨n©, he commanded, RP P1904 S1894 F1853=14/18 F1859=2/8 vs. parh/ggelle¨n©, he was commanding, S1550 F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's fhp) F1859=3/8 vs. parh/ggeille¨n©, he was commanding / commanded (an ungrammatical conflation of the imperfect and aorist), E1624 F1853=0/18 F1859=3/8 vs. another spelling, F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's d) F1859=0/8. We take the E1624 reading to be an intended aorist in our translation.
Luke 8:30 870Ephrw&thsen de\ au0to\n o9 870Ihsou=j, le/gwn, Ti/ soi e0sti\n o1noma; 879O de\ ei]pen, Legew&n: o3ti daimo/nia polla_ ei0sh=lqen ei0j au0to/n. Then Jesus questioned him and said, “What is your name?” And he said, “Legion”, for many demons had entered him.
Luke 8:31 Kai\ {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: pareka&lei} [S1894: pareka&loun] au0to\n i3na mh\ e0pita&ch| au0toi=j ei0j th\n a!busson a)pelqei=n. And {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: he} [S1894: they] pleaded with him not to command them to go away into the abyss. pareka&lei, he or they (neuter) pleaded, RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1853=17/18 F1859=6/7 vs. pareka&loun, they pleaded, S1894 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's h) F1859=1/7. AV differs textually.
Luke 8:32 87]Hn de\ e0kei= a)ge/lh xoi/rwn i9kanw~n boskome/nwn e0n tw%~ o1rei: kai\ pareka&loun au0to\n i3na e0pitre/yh| au0toi=j ei0j e0kei/nouj ei0selqei=n. Kai\ e0pe/treyen au0toi=j. Now there was a herd there of a considerable number of pigs feeding on the mountain, and they pleaded with him to allow them to go into them. At this he allowed them. them ← those.
Luke 8:33 870Ecelqo/nta de\ ta_ daimo/nia a)po\ tou= a)nqrw&pou {RP P1904: ei0sh=lqon} [TR: ei0sh=lqen] ei0j tou\j xoi/rouj: kai\ w#rmhsen h9 a)ge/lh kata_ tou= krhmnou= ei0j th\n li/mnhn, kai\ a)pepni/gh. Then when the demons had come out of the man, they went into the pigs, whereupon the herd rushed headlong down the cliff into the lake and drowned. ei0sh=lqon, they went in, RP P1904 F1853=13/18 F1859=5/7 vs. ei0sh=lqen, went in (neuter plural subject treated as singular, the classical form), TR F1853=5/18 F1859=2/7.
drowned ← suffocated.
Luke 8:34 870Ido/ntej de\ oi9 bo/skontej to\ gegenhme/non e1fugon, kai\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: a)pelqo/ntej] a)ph/ggeilan ei0j th\n po/lin kai\ ei0j tou\j a)grou/j. Then when the herdsmen saw what had happened, they fled and {RP P1904: - } [TR: went away and] reported it in the city and in the fields. a)pelqo/ntej, having gone away: absent in RP P1904 F1853=17/18 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's c) F1859=1/7.
Luke 8:35 870Ech=lqon de\ i0dei=n to\ gegono/j: kai\ h]lqon pro\j to\n 870Ihsou=n, kai\ eu[ron kaqh/menon to\n a!nqrwpon a)f' ou[ ta_ daimo/nia e0celhlu/qei, i9matisme/non kai\ swfronou=nta, para_ tou\j po/daj tou= 870Ihsou=: kai\ e0fobh/qhsan. So they came out to see what had happened, and they came to Jesus, and they found the man out of whom the demons had come sitting down, clothed, and in his senses, at the feet of Jesus, and they were afraid.
Luke 8:36 870Aph/ggeilan de\ au0toi=j {RP TR: kai\} [P1904: - ] oi9 i0do/ntej pw~j e0sw&qh o9 daimonisqei/j. Then those who had {RP TR: actually} [P1904: - ] seen it related to them how he who had been possessed by demons had been cured. kai\, and; also: present in RP TR F1853=18/18 F1859=5/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=0/18 F1859=2/7.
actually ← also.
cured ← saved.
Luke 8:37 Kai\ h0rw&thsan au0to\n a#pan to\ plh=qoj th=j perixw&rou tw~n Gadarhnw~n a)pelqei=n a)p' au0tw~n, o3ti fo/bw% mega&lw% sunei/xonto: au0to\j de\ e0mba_j ei0j to\ ploi=on u9pe/streyen. However, the whole populace of the surrounding area of the Gadarenes asked him to depart from them, because they were gripped by a great fear. So he went on board a boat and returned. however: wider use of kai/.
populace ← multitude.
Luke 8:38 870Ede/eto de\ au0tou= o9 a)nh\r a)f' ou[ e0celhlu/qei ta_ daimo/nia ei]nai su\n au0tw%~. 870Ape/lusen de\ au0to\n o9 870Ihsou=j le/gwn, But the man out of whom the demons had come implored him to stay with him. However, Jesus sent him away, saying, stay ← be.
Luke 8:39 879Upo/strefe ei0j to\n oi]ko/n sou, kai\ dihgou= o3sa e0poi/hse/n soi o9 qeo/j. Kai\ a)ph=lqen, kaq' o3lhn th\n po/lin khru/sswn o3sa e0poi/hsen au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j. “Return to your home, and tell them about what God has done for you.” At this he went away, proclaiming throughout the whole city what Jesus had done for him. what (2x) ← as many (things) as.
Luke 8:40 870Ege/neto de\ e0n tw%~ u9postre/yai to\n 870Ihsou=n, a)pede/cato au0to\n o9 o1xloj: h]san ga_r pa&ntej prosdokw~ntej au0to/n. Then it came to pass when Jesus returned that the crowd welcomed him, for they were all awaiting him,
Luke 8:41 Kai\ i0dou/, h]lqen a)nh\r w%{ o1noma 870Ia&eiroj, kai\ au0to\j a!rxwn th=j sunagwgh=j u9ph=rxen, kai\ pesw_n para_ tou\j po/daj tou= 870Ihsou= pareka&lei au0to\n ei0selqei=n ei0j to\n oi]kon au0tou=: and the next thing that happened was that a man, whose name was Jairus, who was president of the synagogue, came and fell at Jesus's feet and implored him to come into his house, the next thing that happened was that ← behold.
Luke 8:42 o3ti quga&thr monogenh\j h]n au0tw%~ w(j e0tw~n dw&deka, kai\ {RP-text P1904 TR: au3th} [RP-marg: au0th\] a)pe/qnh|sken. 870En de\ tw%~ u9pa&gein au0to\n oi9 o1xloi sune/pnigon au0to/n. because he had an only-begotten daughter, twelve years old, and she was dying. And as he went off, the crowds pressed him, au3th, this (woman), RP-text P1904 TR F1853=16/18 F1859=4/7 vs. au0th\, she, RP-marg F1853=2/18 (Scrivener's ag) F1859=3/7.
twelve years old: or about twelve years old, but w(j is probably redundant. See Luke 2:37.
Luke 8:43 Kai\ gunh\ ou]sa e0n r(u/sei ai3matoj a)po\ e0tw~n dw&deka, h3tij {RP P1904: i0atroi=j} [TR: ei0j i0atrou\j] prosanalw&sasa o3lon to\n bi/on ou0k i1sxusen u9p' ou0deno\j qerapeuqh=nai, and a woman who had been suffering from a haemorrhage for twelve years, who had spent all her life-savings on doctors, but who had not been able to be cured by anyone, i0atroi=j, on doctors (dative), RP P1904 F1853=18/18 F1859=7/7 vs. ei0j i0atrou\j, on doctors (preposition + accusative), TR F1853=0/18 F1859=0/7.
Luke 8:44 proselqou=sa o1pisqen, h3yato tou= kraspe/dou tou= i9mati/ou au0tou=: kai\ paraxrh=ma e1sth h9 r(u/sij tou= ai3matoj au0th=j. came up from behind and touched the hem of his coat, and immediately her haemorrhage stopped.
Luke 8:45 Kai\ ei]pen o9 870Ihsou=j, Ti/j o9 a(ya&meno/j mou; 870Arnoume/nwn de\ pa&ntwn, ei]pen o9 Pe/troj kai\ oi9 {RP TR: met' au0tou=} [P1904: su\n au0tw%~], 870Epista&ta, oi9 o1xloi sune/xousi/n se kai\ a)poqli/bousin, kai\ le/geij, Ti/j o9 a(ya&meno/j mou; At this Jesus said, “Who is it who touched me?” Since everyone denied it, Peter and those with him said, “Master, the crowds are pressing you and thronging you, yet you ask, ‘Who is it who touched me?’ ” met' au0tou=, with him (1), RP TR F1853=17/18 F1859=5/7 vs. su\n au0tw%~, with him (2), P1904 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's c) F1859=2/7.
since: causal use of the participle.
ask ← say.
Luke 8:46 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j ei]pen, 873Hyato/ mou/ tij: e0gw_ ga_r e1gnwn du/namin e0celqou=san a)p' e0mou=. But Jesus said, “Someone touched me, for I am aware that power has gone out from me.”
Luke 8:47 870Idou=sa de\ h9 gunh\ o3ti ou0k e1laqen, tre/mousa h]lqen, kai\ prospesou=sa au0tw%~, di' h4n ai0ti/an h3yato au0tou= a)ph/ggeilen au0tw%~ e0nw&pion panto\j tou= laou=, kai\ w(j i0a&qh paraxrh=ma. Then when the woman saw that she had not gone unnoticed, she came trembling and fell down at him and explained to him in the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched him, and how she had been cured immediately.
Luke 8:48 879O de\ ei]pen au0th|=, Qa&rsei, qu/gater, h9 pi/stij sou se/swke/n se: poreu/ou ei0j ei0rh/nhn. He then said to her, “Be of good courage, my daughter, your faith has cured you. Go in peace.” cured ← saved.
Luke 8:49 871Eti au0tou= lalou=ntoj, e1rxetai/ tij para_ tou= a)rxisunagw&gou, le/gwn au0tw%~ o3ti Te/qnhken h9 quga&thr sou: mh\ sku/lle to\n dida&skalon. While he was still speaking, someone came from the entourage of the president of the synagogue saying to him, “Your daughter has died; do not trouble the teacher.”
Luke 8:50 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j a)kou/saj a)pekri/qh au0tw%~, le/gwn, Mh\ fobou=. Mo/non pi/steue, kai\ swqh/setai. But when Jesus heard it, he replied to him and said, “Do not fear; just believe, and she will be saved.”
Luke 8:51 {RP P1904: 870Elqw_n} [TR: Ei0selqw_n] de\ ei0j th\n oi0ki/an, ou0k a)fh=ken ei0selqei=n ou0de/na, ei0 mh\ Pe/tron kai\ {RP P1904: 870Iwa&nnhn kai\ 870Ia&kwbon} [TR: 870Ia&kwbon kai\ 870Iwa&nnhn], kai\ to\n pate/ra th=j paido\j kai\ th\n mhte/ra. Then when he had come {RP P1904: to} [TR: into] the house, he did not permit anyone to go in, except Peter and {RP P1904: John and James} [TR: James and John] and the father of the child, and the mother. e0lqw_n, having gone (in), RP P1904 F1853=18/18 F1859=7/7 vs. ei0selqw_n, having entered (in), TR F1853=0/18 F1859=0/7.
870Iwa&nnhn kai\ 870Ia&kwbon, John + and James, RP P1904 F1853=17/19 F1859=6/7 vs. 870Ia&kwbon kai\ 870Iwa&nnhn, James + and John, TR F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's rq*) F1859=1/7.
Luke 8:52 871Eklaion de\ pa&ntej, kai\ e0ko/ptonto au0th/n. 879O de\ ei]pen, Mh\ klai/ete: ou0k a)pe/qanen, a)lla_ kaqeu/dei. Everyone was weeping, and mourning her. But he said, “Do not weep; she has not died, but is sleeping.”
Luke 8:53 Kai\ katege/lwn au0tou=, ei0do/tej o3ti a)pe/qanen. They then ridiculed him, since they knew that she had died. since: causal use of the participle.
Luke 8:54 Au0to\j de\ e0kbalw_n e1cw pa&ntaj, kai\ krath/saj th=j xeiro\j au0th=j, e0fw&nhsen le/gwn, 879H pai=j, e0gei/rou. But he sent them all out and held her hand and called out and said, “Child, get up”,
Luke 8:55 Kai\ e0pe/streyen to\ pneu=ma au0th=j, kai\ a)ne/sth paraxrh=ma: kai\ die/tacen au0th|= doqh=nai fagei=n. at which her spirit returned, and she immediately stood up. Then he ordered her to be given something to eat.
Luke 8:56 Kai\ e0ce/sthsan oi9 gonei=j au0th=j: o9 de\ parh/ggeilen au0toi=j mhdeni\ ei0pei=n to\ gegono/j. And her parents were astonished, but he instructed them not to tell anyone what had taken place.
Luke 9:1 Sugkalesa&menoj de\ tou\j dw&deka {RP: - } [P1904 TR: maqhta_j au0tou=], e1dwken au0toi=j du/namin kai\ e0cousi/an e0pi\ pa&nta ta_ daimo/nia, kai\ no/souj qerapeu/ein. Next he called {RP: the twelve} [P1904 TR: his twelve disciples] together and gave them power and authority over all the demons, and to cure diseases, maqhta_j au0tou=, his disciples: absent in RP F1853=14/19 F1859=2/8 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=5/19 F1859=6/8.
Luke 9:2 Kai\ a)pe/steilen au0tou\j khru/ssein th\n basilei/an tou= qeou=, kai\ i0a~sqai tou\j a)sqenou=ntaj. and he sent them away to proclaim the kingdom of God and to cure those who were ill.
Luke 9:3 Kai\ ei]pen pro\j au0tou/j, Mhde\n ai1rete ei0j th\n o9do/n: mh/te r(a&bdouj, mh/te ph/ran, mh/te a!rton, mh/te a)rgu/rion, mh/te a)na_ du/o xitw~naj e1xein. And he said to them, “Do not take anything for the journey, neither staffs nor wallet, nor bread, nor money, nor have two coats each,
Luke 9:4 Kai\ ei0j h4n a@n oi0ki/an ei0se/lqhte, e0kei= me/nete, kai\ e0kei=qen e0ce/rxesqe. and stay in whatever house you go into, and go out from there. stay ← stay there.
We take this verse to mean Lodge in whatever house you are invited into and use it as a base from which to go out preaching.
Luke 9:5 Kai\ o3soi {RP P1904: e0a_n} [TR: a@n] mh\ de/cwntai u9ma~j, e0cerxo/menoi a)po\ th=j po/lewj e0kei/nhj kai\ to\n koniorto\n a)po\ tw~n podw~n u9mw~n a)potina&cate ei0j martu/rion e0p' au0tou/j. But as for whoever does not receive you, go out of that city and shake off the dust from your feet as a testimony against them.” e0a_n, (who)ever (1), RP P1904 F1853=14/18 F1859=5/8 vs. a@n, (who)ever (2), TR F1853=4/18 (Scrivener's acpy) F1859=3/8.
go out: imperatival use of the participle.
Luke 9:6 870Ecerxo/menoi de\ dih/rxonto kata_ ta_j kw&maj, eu0aggelizo/menoi kai\ qerapeu/ontej pantaxou=. So they departed and passed through from village to village bringing good tidings and healing people everywhere.
Luke 9:7 871Hkousen de\ 879Hrw%&dhj o9 tetra&rxhj ta_ gino/mena u9p' au0tou= pa&nta: kai\ dihpo/rei, dia_ to\ le/gesqai u9po/ tinwn o3ti 870Iwa&nnhj e0gh/gertai e0k {RP TR: - } [P1904: tw~n] nekrw~n: Now Herod the tetrarch heard about all the things being done by him, and he was quite put out, with it being said by some that John had been raised from {RP TR: the} [P1904: the] dead, tw~n, (from) the (dead): absent in RP TR F1853=16/18 F1859=4/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=2/18 (Scrivener's gy) F1859=3/7.
Punctuation: unlike RP TBS-TR we use indirect speech. Direct speech after a passive verb of saying is cumbersome in English.
with ← on account of.
Luke 9:8 u9po/ tinwn de\ o3ti 870Hli/aj e0fa&nh: a!llwn de\ o3ti Profh/thj {RP TR: ei[j} [P1904: tij] tw~n a)rxai/wn a)ne/sth. and by some that Elijah had appeared, and by others that one of the ancient prophets had risen. ei[j, one, RP TR F1853=17/18 F1859=5/7 vs. tij, someone, a certain one, P1904 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/7.
Punctuation: see remark on the previous verse.
of the ancient prophets ← prophet of the ancients.
Luke 9:9 Kai\ ei]pen {RP: - } [P1904 TR: o9] 879Hrw%&dhj, 870Iwa&nnhn e0gw_ a)pekefa&lisa: ti/j de/ e0stin ou[toj, peri\ ou[ e0gw_ a)kou/w toiau=ta; Kai\ e0zh/tei i0dei=n au0to/n. Then Herod said, “I had John beheaded. So who is this about whom I hear such things?” And he looked for a way to see him. o9, the (Herod): absent in RP F1853=16/18 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=2/18 (Scrivener's gx) F1859=2/7.
I had John beheaded ← I beheaded John, used causatively; compare Matt 2:16.
looked for a way ← was seeking.
Luke 9:10 Kai\ u9postre/yantej oi9 a)po/stoloi dihgh/santo au0tw%~ o3sa e0poi/hsan. Kai\ paralabw_n au0tou/j, u9pexw&rhsen kat' i0di/an ei0j to/pon e1rhmon po/lewj kaloume/nhj {RP: Bhqsai+da&n} [P1904 TR: Bhqsai+da&]. Meanwhile the apostles returned and described to him the things which they had done, at which he took them along and withdrew privately to a deserted place in the city called Bethsaida, Bhqsai+da&n, Bethsaida (1), RP F1853=7/18 F1859=1/7 vs. Bhqsai+da&, Bethsaida (2), P1904 TR F1853=10/18 F1859=4/7 vs. another spelling, F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7 vs. word absent, F1853=0/18 F1859=1/7. A disparity with RP, R=8:16.
Luke 9:11 Oi9 de\ o1xloi gno/ntej h0kolou/qhsan au0tw%~: kai\ deca&menoj au0tou/j, e0la&lei au0toi=j peri\ th=j basilei/aj tou= qeou=, kai\ tou\j xrei/an e1xontaj qerapei/aj {RP TR: i0a~to} [P1904: i0a&sato]. but the crowds, having come to know about it, followed him. Nevertheless, he received them and spoke to them about the kingdom of God, and he cured those who needed curing. i0a~to, he was curing, RP TR F1853=17/18 F1859=4/7 vs. i0a&sato, he cured, P1904 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's g) F1859=3/7.
Luke 9:12 879H de\ h9me/ra h1rcato kli/nein: proselqo/ntej de\ oi9 dw&deka ei]pon au0tw%~, 870Apo/luson to\n o1xlon, i3na {RP TR: a)pelqo/ntej} [P1904: poreuqe/ntej] ei0j ta_j ku/klw% kw&maj kai\ tou\j a)grou\j katalu/swsin, kai\ eu3rwsin e0pisitismo/n: o3ti w{de e0n e0rh/mw% to/pw% e0sme/n. Then the day began to decline, and the twelve came up and said to him, “Send the crowd away, so that they can {RP TR: go off} [P1904: go] to the surrounding villages and fields to lodge and find provisions, because here we are in a desolate place.” a)pelqo/ntej, having departed, RP TR F1853=18/18 F1859=5/8 vs. poreuqe/ntej, going, P1904 F1853=0/18 F1859=3/8. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=7.6 PV=0.6%.
Luke 9:13 Ei]pen de\ pro\j au0tou/j, Do/te au0toi=j u9mei=j fagei=n. Oi9 de\ ei]pon, Ou0k ei0si\n h9mi=n plei=on h2 pe/nte a!rtoi kai\ {RP P1904: i0xqu/ej du/o} [TR: du/o i0xqu/ej], ei0 mh/ti poreuqe/ntej h9mei=j {RP TR: a)gora&swmen} [P1904: a)gora&somen] ei0j pa&nta to\n lao\n tou=ton brw&mata. But he said to them, “You give them something to eat.” They then said, “We do not have more than five loaves and two fish, unless we go {RP TR: to buy} [P1904: and we buy] food for all these people.” i0xqu/ej du/o, fish + two, RP P1904 F1853=17/18 F1859=6/7 vs. du/o i0xqu/ej, two + fish, TR F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's x) F1859=1/7.
a)gora&swmen, that we buy, RP TR F1853=14/19 F1859=7/7 vs. a)gora&somen, we shall buy, P1904 F1853=5/19 (Scrivener's a**blmn) F1859=0/7.
these ← this.
Luke 9:14 87]Hsan ga_r w(sei\ a!ndrej pentakisxi/lioi. Ei]pen de\ pro\j tou\j maqhta_j au0tou=, Katakli/nate au0tou\j klisi/aj a)na_ penth/konta. After all, there were about five thousand men there. Then he said to his disciples, “Seat them in groups of fifty.” groups of fifty ← sessions fifty apiece.
Luke 9:15 Kai\ e0poi/hsan ou3twj, kai\ a)ne/klinan a#pantaj. So they did this, and they had them all recline. this ← thus.
Luke 9:16 Labw_n de\ tou\j pe/nte a!rtouj kai\ tou\j du/o i0xqu/aj, a)nable/yaj ei0j to\n ou0rano/n, eu0lo/ghsen au0tou/j, kai\ kate/klasen, kai\ e0di/dou toi=j maqhtai=j {RP TR: paratiqe/nai} [P1904: paraqei=nai] tw%~ o1xlw%. Then he took the five loaves and the two fish, and he looked up to heaven and blessed them, and he broke them and gave them to the disciples to serve to the crowd. paratiqe/nai, to serve (present active, so imperfective aspect), RP TR F1853=16/18 F1859=4/7 vs. paraqei=nai, to serve (aorist active, so perfective aspect), P1904 F1853=0/18 F1859=0/7 vs. paraqh=nai, to serve (misspelled aorist active, so perfective aspect), F1853=2/18 (Scrivener's cy) F1859=2/7 vs. parateqh=nai, to be served (aorist passive), F1853=0/18 F1859=1/7.
Luke 9:17 Kai\ e1fagon kai\ e0xorta&sqhsan pa&ntej: kai\ h1rqh to\ perisseu=san au0toi=j klasma&twn, ko/finoi dw&deka. And they all ate and were filled, and the fragments they left over were picked up: twelve basketsful. the fragments they left over ← the surplus of fragments to them.
Luke 9:18 Kai\ e0ge/neto e0n tw%~ ei]nai au0to\n proseuxo/menon katamo/naj, sunh=san au0tw%~ oi9 maqhtai/: kai\ e0phrw&thsen au0tou/j, le/gwn, Ti/na me le/gousin oi9 o1xloi ei]nai; Subsequently, it came to pass when he was praying on his own, that his disciples were with him, and he questioned them and asked, “Who do the crowds say that I am?” asked ← saying.
Luke 9:19 Oi9 de\ a)pokriqe/ntej ei]pon, 870Iwa&nnhn to\n baptisth/n: a!lloi de\ 870Hli/an: a!lloi de/, o3ti Profh/thj tij tw~n a)rxai/wn a)ne/sth. They answered and said, “John the Baptist, while others say Elijah, and others that one of the ancient prophets has risen.” Punctuation: RP has nested direct speech (“...‘One of the ancient prophets...’ ”). We punctuate as indirect speech within the direct speech.
one of the ancient prophets ← a certain prophet of the ancients.
Luke 9:20 Ei]pen de\ au0toi=j, 879Umei=j de\ ti/na me le/gete ei]nai; 870Apokriqei\j de\ {RP P1904 TR: o9} [MISC: - ] Pe/troj ei]pen, To\n xristo\n tou= qeou=. Then he said to them, “But who do you say I am?” Peter then answered and said, “The Christ of God.” o9, the (Peter): present in RP P1904 TR F1853=5/18 F1859=5/7 vs. absent in F1853=13/18 F1859=2/7. A disparity with RP, R=12:15.
Luke 9:21 879O de\ e0pitimh/saj au0toi=j parh/ggeilen mhdeni\ {RP TR: ei0pei=n} [P1904: le/gein] tou=to, At this he warned them and forbade them to tell anyone this, ei0pei=n, to say (aorist tense, so perfective aspect), RP TR F1853=14/18 F1859=3/7 vs. le/gein, to say (present tense, so imperfective aspect), P1904 F1853=4/18 (Scrivener's egpy) F1859=4/7.
Luke 9:22 ei0pw_n o3ti Dei= to\n ui9o\n tou= a)nqrw&pou polla_ paqei=n, kai\ a)podokimasqh=nai a)po\ tw~n presbute/rwn kai\ a)rxiere/wn kai\ grammate/wn, kai\ a)poktanqh=nai, kai\ th|= tri/th| h9me/ra% {RP-text: a)nasth=nai} [RP-marg P1904 TR: e0gerqh=nai]. and he said, “The son of man must suffer many things and be rejected by the elders and senior priests and scribes, and be killed, and rise on the third day.” a)nasth=nai, to rise (1), RP-text F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's p) F1859=2/8 vs. e0gerqh=nai, to rise / be raised, RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=17/18 F1859=5/8 vs. phrase absent, F1853=0/18 F1859=1/8. A strong disparity with RP-text, R=3:24.
Luke 9:23 871Elegen de\ pro\j pa&ntaj, Ei1 tij qe/lei o0pi/sw mou {RP TR: e0lqei=n} [P1904: e1rxesqai], a)parnhsa&sqw e9auto/n, kai\ a)ra&tw to\n stauro\n au0tou= {RP: - } [P1904 TR: kaq' h9me/ran], kai\ a)kolouqei/tw moi. Then he said to everyone, “If anyone wishes to follow me, let him deny himself and take up his cross {RP: - } [P1904 TR: each day] and follow me. e0lqei=n, to come → follow (aorist tense, so perfective aspect), RP TR F1853=17/18 F1859=2/7 vs. e1rxesqai → follow (present tense, so imperfective aspect), P1904 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's y) F1859=5/7. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=12.0 PV=0.05%.
kaq' h9me/ran, every day: absent in RP F1853=15/18 F1859=2/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's apx) F1859=5/7. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=6.9 PV=0.8%. AV differs textually.
Luke 9:24 874Oj ga_r {RP: e0a_n} [P1904 TR: a@n] qe/lh| th\n yuxh\n au0tou= sw~sai, a)pole/sei au0th/n: o4j d' a@n a)pole/sh| th\n yuxh\n au0tou= e3neken e0mou=, ou[toj sw&sei au0th/n. For whoever wishes to save his life will lose it, but it is whoever loses his life for my sake who will save it. e0a_n, (who)ever (1), RP F1853=13/18 F1859=3/7 vs. a@n, (who)ever (2), P1904 TR F1853=5/18 F1859=4/7.
life (2x) ← soul.
who ← this (one).
Luke 9:25 Ti/ ga_r w)felei=tai a!nqrwpoj, kerdh/saj to\n ko/smon o3lon, e9auto\n de\ a)pole/saj h2 zhmiwqei/j; For how is man benefitted if he has gained the whole world but has lost or suffered damage to his very self? if: conditional use of the participle.
Luke 9:26 874Oj ga_r {RP TR: a@n} [P1904: e0a_n] e0paisxunqh|= me kai\ tou\j e0mou\j lo/gouj, tou=ton o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou e0paisxunqh/setai, o3tan e1lqh| e0n th|= do/ch| au0tou= kai\ tou= patro\j kai\ tw~n a(gi/wn a)gge/lwn. For whoever is ashamed of me and my words, the son of man will be ashamed of him when he enters into his glory and that of the father and that of the holy angels. a@n, (who)ever (1), RP TR F1853=16/18 F1859=4/7 vs. e0a_n, (who)ever (2), P1904 F1853=2/18 (Scrivener's hy) F1859=3/7.
him ← this (one).
Luke 9:27 Le/gw de\ u9mi=n a)lhqw~j, ei0si/n tinej tw~n w{de {RP: e9stw&twn} [P1904 TR: e9sthko/twn], oi4 ou0 mh\ {RP P1904: geu/swntai} [TR: geu/sontai] qana&tou, e3wj a@n i1dwsin th\n basilei/an tou= qeou=. And I say to you, truly, there are some of those standing here who will certainly not taste death until they see the kingdom of God.” e9stw&twn, standing (1), RP F1853=14/19 F1859=6/7 vs. e9sthko/twn, standing (2), P1904 TR F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's dfn*x) F1859=1/7 vs. another spelling, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's e) F1859=0/7.
geu/swntai, taste (classical subjunctive), RP P1904 F1853=10/18 F1859=4/7 vs. geu/sontai, taste (non-classical future), TR F1853=8/18 F1859=3/7.
Luke 9:28 870Ege/neto de\ meta_ tou\j lo/gouj tou/touj w(sei\ h9me/rai o0ktw&, kai\ paralabw_n {RP: - } [P1904 TR: to\n] Pe/tron kai\ 870Iwa&nnhn kai\ 870Ia&kwbon, a)ne/bh ei0j to\ o1roj proseu/casqai. Then it came to pass about eight days after these words that he took Peter and John and James along with him and went up the mountain to pray. to\n, the (Peter): absent in RP F1853=12/19 F1859=4/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=7/19 F1859=3/7.
about eight days: or simply eight days, as w(sei/ and w(j may be untranslatable particles with numerals. Compare Josh 7:3, Josh 7:5.
Luke 9:29 Kai\ e0ge/neto, e0n tw%~ proseu/xesqai au0to/n, to\ ei]doj tou= prosw&pou au0tou= e3teron, kai\ o9 i9matismo\j au0tou= leuko\j e0castra&ptwn. And as he was praying, the appearance of his face became different, and his clothing became white as it flashed like lightning. became: in this verse, e0ge/neto appears to have a subject (to\ ei]doj) and so is not equivalent to it came to pass.
Luke 9:30 Kai\ i0dou/, a!ndrej du/o sunela&loun au0tw%~, oi3tinej h]san {RP TR: Mwsh=j} [P1904: Mwu+sh=j] kai\ 870Hli/aj, Then two men, who were Moses and Elijah, became visible and were talking with him, Mwsh=j, Moses, RP TR F1853=14/18 F1859=3/7 vs. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, P1904 F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's bep) F1859=4/7 vs. word absent, F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's e) F1859=0/7.
became visible ← behold.
Luke 9:31 oi4 o0fqe/ntej e0n do/ch| e1legon th\n e1codon au0tou= h4n e1mellen plhrou=n e0n 879Ierousalh/m. and they appeared in glory, and they were speaking of his departure from this life, which he was about to fulfil in Jerusalem. departure from this life ← exodus, exit.
Luke 9:32 879O de\ Pe/troj kai\ oi9 su\n au0tw%~ h]san bebarhme/noi u3pnw%: diagrhgorh/santej de\ ei]don th\n do/can au0tou=, kai\ tou\j du/o a!ndraj tou\j sunestw~taj au0tw%~. Then Peter and those with him were weighed down with sleep, but on waking up they saw his glory and the two men standing with him.
Luke 9:33 Kai\ e0ge/neto, e0n tw%~ diaxwri/zesqai au0tou\j a)p' au0tou=, ei]pen {RP: - } [P1904 TR: o9] Pe/troj pro\j to\n 870Ihsou=n, 870Epista&ta, kalo/n e0stin h9ma~j w{de ei]nai: kai\ poih/swmen skhna_j trei=j, mi/an soi/, kai\ {RP-text: mi/an Mwsh|=} [RP-marg: mi/an Mwsei=] [P1904: mi/an Mwu+sei=] [TR: Mwsei= mi/an], kai\ mi/an 870Hli/a%: mh\ ei0dw_j o4 le/gei. And it came to pass as they moved away from him that Peter said to Jesus, “Master, it is good for us to be here, so let us make three booths, one for you, one for Moses and one for Elijah”, not knowing what he was saying. o9, the (Peter): absent in RP F1853=10/19 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=9/19 F1859=2/7.
mi/an Mwsh|=, one for Moses (1), RP-text F1853=7/20 F1859=4/7 vs. mi/an Mwsei=, one for Moses (2), RP-marg F1853=10/20 F1859=1/7 vs. mi/an Mwu+sei=, one for Moüses, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's P) F1859=1/7 vs. Mwsei= mi/an, for Moses (2) one, TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's f**y) F1859=1/7. Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=11:11.
Luke 9:34 Tau=ta de\ au0tou= le/gontoj, e0ge/neto nefe/lh kai\ e0peski/asen au0tou/j: e0fobh/qhsan de\ e0n tw%~ {RP TR: e0kei/nouj ei0selqei=n} [P1904: ei0selqei=n e0kei/nouj] ei0j th\n nefe/lhn. But as he was saying these things, a cloud materialized and overshadowed them, and they were afraid as the two aforementioned went into the cloud. e0kei/nouj ei0selqei=n, those + going in, RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=4/7 vs. ei0selqei=n e0kei/nouj, going in + them, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's g) F1859=3/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's x) F1859=0/7.
materialized ← became, came.
Luke 9:35 Kai\ fwnh\ e0ge/neto e0k th=j nefe/lhj, le/gousa, Ou[to/j e0stin o9 ui9o/j mou o9 a)gaphto/j: au0tou= a)kou/ete. Then a voice came out of the cloud and said, “This is my beloved son. Hear him.”
Luke 9:36 Kai\ e0n tw%~ gene/sqai th\n fwnh/n, eu9re/qh o9 870Ihsou=j mo/noj. Kai\ au0toi\ e0si/ghsan, kai\ ou0deni\ a)ph/ggeilan e0n e0kei/naij tai=j h9me/raij ou0de\n w{n e9wra&kasin. And when the voice had passed, Jesus was found alone. And they kept silence and did not disclose to anyone in those days anything of what they had seen. had passed ← to pass, the aorist infinitive indicating a completed action.
Luke 9:37 870Ege/neto de\ e0n th|= e9ch=j h9me/ra%, katelqo/ntwn au0tw~n a)po\ tou= o1rouj, sunh/nthsen au0tw%~ o1xloj polu/j. Then it came to pass on the next day when they had come down from the mountain that a large crowd met him.
Luke 9:38 Kai\ i0dou/, a)nh\r a)po\ tou= o1xlou a)nebo/hsen, le/gwn, Dida&skale, de/omai/ sou, {RP-text: e0pible/yai} [RP-marg P1904 TR: e0pi/bleyon] e0pi\ to\n ui9o/n mou, o3ti monogenh/j {RP TR: e0sti/n moi} [P1904: moi/ e0sti]: And it so happened that a man from the crowd shouted out and said, “Teacher, I implore {RP-text: you to have an eye to} [RP-marg P1904 TR: you, have an eye to] my son, for he is my only-begotten child, e0pible/yai, to have an eye to (aorist active infinitive, or with a recessive accent, aorist middle imperative), RP-text F1853=8/19 F1859=3/7 vs. e0pi/bleyon, have an eye to (aorist active), RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=10/19 F1859=4/7 vs. another spelling, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's g) F1859=0/7. A disparity with RP-text, R=11:16.
e0sti/n moi, is + to me, RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=5/7 vs. moi/ e0sti, to me + is, P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's sy) F1859=2/7.
it so happened that ← behold.
Luke 9:39 kai\ i0dou/, pneu=ma lamba&nei au0to/n, kai\ e0cai/fnhj kra&zei, kai\ spara&ssei au0to\n meta_ a)frou=, kai\ mo/gij a)poxwrei= a)p' au0tou=, suntri=bon au0to/n. and what happens is that a spirit gets possession of him, and he suddenly shouts out, and it convulses him with foaming, and it hardly recedes from him as it crushes him. what happens is that ← behold.
Luke 9:40 Kai\ e0deh/qhn tw~n maqhtw~n sou i3na {RP P1904: e0kba&lwsin} [TR: e0kba&llwsin] au0to/, kai\ ou0k h0dunh/qhsan. And I pleaded with your disciples to cast it out, but they couldn't.” e0kba&lwsin, cast out (aorist, so perfective aspect), RP P1904 F1853=17/19 F1859=5/7 vs. e0kba&llwsin, cast out (present, so imperfective aspect), TR F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's oy) F1859=2/7.
Luke 9:41 870Apokriqei\j de\ o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen, 87]W genea_ a!pistoj kai\ diestramme/nh, e3wj po/te e1somai pro\j u9ma~j, kai\ a)ne/comai u9mw~n; Prosa&gage {RP P1904: to\n ui9o/n sou w{de} [TR: w{de to\n ui9o/n sou]. At this, Jesus replied and said, “O faithless and wayward generation, how long will I be with you and endure you? Bring your son here.” to\n ui9o/n sou w{de, your son + here, RP P1904 F1853=19/19 F1859=7/7 vs. w{de to\n ui9o/n sou, here + your son, TR F1853=0/19 F1859=0/7.
Luke 9:42 871Eti de\ proserxome/nou au0tou=, e1rrhcen au0to\n to\ daimo/nion kai\ sunespa&racen: e0peti/mhsen de\ o9 870Ihsou=j tw%~ pneu/mati tw%~ a)kaqa&rtw%, kai\ i0a&sato to\n pai=da, kai\ a)pe/dwken au0to\n tw%~ patri\ au0tou=. Even as he was coming, the demon tore at him and convulsed him. Jesus, however, rebuked the unclean spirit and healed the child and gave him back to his father.
Luke 9:43 870Eceplh/ssonto de\ pa&ntej e0pi\ th|= megaleio/thti tou= qeou=. Pa&ntwn de\ qaumazo/ntwn e0pi\ pa~sin oi[j e0poi/hsen o9 870Ihsou=j, ei]pen pro\j tou\j maqhta_j au0tou=, And they were all astonished at the majesty of God. And while they all marvelled at everything Jesus did, he said to his disciples,
Luke 9:44 Qe/sqe u9mei=j ei0j ta_ w}ta u9mw~n tou\j lo/gouj tou/touj: o9 ga_r ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou me/llei paradi/dosqai ei0j xei=raj a)nqrw&pwn. “Lay these words to your ears. For the son of man is going to be delivered into the hands of men.”
Luke 9:45 Oi9 de\ h0gno/oun to\ r(h=ma tou=to, kai\ h]n parakekalumme/non a)p' au0tw~n, i3na mh\ ai1sqwntai au0to/: kai\ e0fobou=nto e0rwth=sai au0to\n peri\ tou= r(h/matoj tou/tou. But they failed to understand this remark, and it was veiled from them, so that they did not understand it, and they were afraid to ask him about this remark. so that: classically introducing purpose, but wider in scope in the NT, and perhaps introducing result, as in John 9:2.
understand ← perceive.
Luke 9:46 Ei0sh=lqen de\ dialogismo\j e0n au0toi=j, to\ ti/j a@n ei1h mei/zwn au0tw~n. Then a dispute arose among them as to who might be the greatest of them. greatest ← greater, Greek comparative for superlative.
Luke 9:47 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j i0dw_n to\n dialogismo\n th=j kardi/aj au0tw~n, e0pilabo/menoj paidi/ou, e1sthsen au0to\ par' e9autw%~, But Jesus, having seen the disputing of their heart, took hold of a child and stood him next to himself,
Luke 9:48 kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j, 874Oj e0a_n de/chtai tou=to to\ paidi/on e0pi\ tw%~ o0no/mati/ mou e0me\ de/xetai: kai\ o4j e0a_n e0me\ de/chtai de/xetai to\n a)postei/lanta& me: o9 ga_r mikro/teroj e0n pa~sin u9mi=n u9pa&rxwn {RP TR: ou[toj e1stai} [P1904: ou[to/j e0sti] me/gaj. and he said to them, “Whoever receives this child in my name receives me, and whoever receives me receives him who sent me. For it is he who is least among you all who {RP TR: will be} [P1904: is] great.” e1stai, will be, RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=5/7 vs. e0sti¨n©, is, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's c) F1859=2/7.
least ← lesser, Greek comparative for superlative.
who ← this (one).
Luke 9:49 870Apokriqei\j de\ o9 870Iwa&nnhj ei]pen, 870Epista&ta, ei1dome/n tina e0pi\ tw%~ o0no/mati/ sou e0kba&llonta {RP P1904: - } [TR: ta_] daimo/nia: kai\ e0kwlu/samen au0to/n, o3ti ou0k a)kolouqei= meq' h9mw~n. Then John responded and said, “Master, we saw someone casting out {RP P1904: - } [TR: the] demons in your name, and we prevented him, because he does not follow with us.” ta_, the (demons): absent in RP P1904 F1853=17/20 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's d*hx) F1859=1/7.
Luke 9:50 Kai\ ei]pen pro\j au0to\n o9 870Ihsou=j, Mh\ kwlu/ete: {RP TR: - } [P1904: ou0 ga&r e0sti kaq' u9mw~n:] o4j ga_r ou0k e1stin kaq' {RP TR: h9mw~n u9pe\r h9mw~n} [P1904: u9mw~n u9pe\r u9mw~n] e0stin. But Jesus said to him, “Do not prevent him, {RP TR: - } [P1904: for he is not against you,] for he who is not {RP TR: against us is for us} [P1904: against you is for you].” ou0 ga&r e0sti kaq' u9mw~n, for he is not against you: absent in RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's hy) F1859=2/7.
Twice: h9mw~n, us, RP TR F1853=12/19 F1859=2/7 vs. u9mw~n, you, P1904 F1853=5/19 (Scrivener's ahpry) F1859=4/7 vs. other readings, F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's g,c) F1859=1/7.
Luke 9:51 870Ege/neto de\ e0n tw%~ sumplhrou=sqai ta_j h9me/raj th=j a)nalh/yewj au0tou=, kai\ au0to\j {RP TR: to\ pro/swpon au0tou= e0sth/ricen} [P1904: e0sth/rice to\ pro/swpon au0tou=] tou= poreu/esqai ei0j 879Ierousalh/m, Now it came to pass, towards the completion of the days to him being taken up, that he resolutely disposed himself to go to Jerusalem. to\ pro/swpon au0tou= e0sth/ricen, his face + he fixed, RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=6/8 vs. e0sth/rice to\ pro/swpon au0tou=, he fixed + his face, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's h) F1859=2/8.
he resolutely disposed himself ← he fixed his face. A Hebraism,as in 2 Ki 12:18MT (2 Ki 12:17AV).
Luke 9:52 kai\ a)pe/steilen a)gge/louj pro\ prosw&pou au0tou=: kai\ poreuqe/ntej ei0sh=lqon ei0j kw&mhn Samareitw~n, w#ste e9toima&sai au0tw%~. And he sent messengers ahead of him, who departed and went into a village of the Samaritans, to make preparations for him.
Luke 9:53 Kai\ ou0k e0de/canto au0to/n, o3ti to\ pro/swpon au0tou= h]n poreuo/menon ei0j 879Ierousalh/m. But they did not receive him, because he was heading for Jerusalem. he was heading for ← his face was going to.
Luke 9:54 870Ido/ntej de\ oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou= 870Ia&kwboj kai\ 870Iwa&nnhj ei]pon, Ku/rie, qe/leij ei1pwmen pu=r katabh=nai a)po\ {RP TR: tou=} [P1904: - ] ou0ranou=, kai\ a)nalw~sai au0tou/j, w(j kai\ 870Hli/aj e0poi/hsen; Then when his disciples James and John saw him, they said, “Lord, do you want us to command fire to come down from heaven and destroy them, as Elijah did for his part?” tou=, the (heaven): present in RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=5/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=2/7.
for his part ← also.
Luke 9:55 Strafei\j de\ e0peti/mhsen au0toi=j {RP-text P1904 TR: , kai\ ei]pen, Ou0k oi1date} [RP-marg: - ] {RP-text TR: oi3ou} [RP-marg: - ] [P1904: poi/ou] {RP-text P1904 TR: pneu/mato/j e0ste u9mei=j:} [RP-marg: .] But he turned round and rebuked them {RP-text P1904 TR: and said, “You do not know what kind of spirit you are} [RP-marg: - ]. kai\ ei]pen ... u9mei=j: See below and next verse.
oi3ou, of what kind of (1), RP-text TR F1853=13/14 (containing the clauses) F1859=6/9 vs. poi/ou, of what kind of (2), P1904 F1853=1/14 (Scrivener's q*) F1859=3/9.
Luke 9:56 {RP-text P1904 TR: o9} [RP-marg: - ] {RP-text TR: ga_r} [RP-marg: - ] [P1904: - ] {RP-text P1904 TR: ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou ou0k h]lqen yuxa_j a)nqrw&pwn a)pole/sai, a)lla_ sw~sai.} [RP-marg: - ] Kai\ e0poreu/qhsan ei0j e9te/ran kw&mhn. {RP-text TR: For the} [P1904: The] [RP-marg: - ] {RP-text P1904 TR: son of man did not come to destroy men's lives, but to save them.”} [RP-marg: - ] Then they went to another village. (v.55) kai\ ei]pen ... u9mei=j and (v.56) o9 ga_r ... sw~sai, (v.55) and said ... you and (v.56) for the ... to save: present in RP-text P1904 TR F1853=13/19 F1859=5/7 vs. absent in RP-marg F1853=6/19 F1859=2/7.
ga_r, for: present in RP-text TR F1853=13/13 (containing the clauses) F1859=2/5 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=0/13 F1859=3/5. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=9.4 PV=0.2%.
lives ← souls.
Luke 9:57 870Ege/neto de\ poreuome/nwn au0tw~n e0n th|= o9dw%~, ei]pe/n tij pro\j au0to/n, 870Akolouqh/sw soi o3pou {RP-text TR: a@n} [RP-marg P1904: e0a_n] a)pe/rxh|, ku/rie. Then it came to pass as they were going on the way that someone said to him, “I will follow you wherever you go, Lord.” a@n, (where)ever (1), RP-text TR F1853=11/19 F1859=3/7 vs. e0a_n, (where)ever (2), RP-marg P1904 F1853=8/19 F1859=4/7.
go ← go away.
Luke 9:58 Kai\ ei]pen au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, Ai9 a)lw&pekej fwleou\j e1xousin, kai\ ta_ peteina_ tou= ou0ranou= kataskhnw&seij: o9 de\ ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou ou0k e1xei pou= th\n kefalh\n kli/nh|. But Jesus said to him, “The foxes have dens, and the birds of the sky have nests, but the son of man does not have anywhere to lay his head.”
Luke 9:59 Ei]pen de\ pro\j e3teron, 870Akolou/qei moi. 879O de\ ei]pen, Ku/rie, e0pi/treyo/n moi a)pelqo/nti prw~ton qa&yai to\n pate/ra mou. He also said to someone else, “Follow me.” But he said, “Lord, allow me to go off and bury my father first.”
Luke 9:60 Ei]pen de\ au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, 871Afej tou\j nekrou\j qa&yai tou\j e9autw~n nekrou/j: su\ de\ a)pelqw_n dia&ggelle th\n basilei/an tou= qeou=. However, Jesus said to him, “Let the dead bury their own dead. But you go off and proclaim the kingdom of God.”
Luke 9:61 Ei]pen de\ kai\ e3teroj, 870Akolouqh/sw soi, ku/rie: prw~ton de\ e0pi/treyo/n moi a)pota&casqai toi=j ei0j to\n oi]ko/n mou. Yet another said, “I will follow you, Lord. But first allow me to bid farewell to those in my house.”
Luke 9:62 Ei]pen de\ {RP P1904: o9 870Ihsou=j pro\j au0to/n} [TR: pro\j au0to\n o9 870Ihsou=j], Ou0dei/j, e0pibalw_n th\n xei=ra au0tou= e0p' a!rotron, kai\ ble/pwn ei0j ta_ o0pi/sw, eu1qeto/j e0stin ei0j th\n basilei/an tou= qeou=. But Jesus said to him, “No-one, having put his hand to the plough, but looking back, is fit for the kingdom of God.” o9 870Ihsou=j pro\j au0to/n, Jesus + to him, RP P1904 F1853=19/19 F1859=5/7 vs. pro\j au0to/n o9 870Ihsou=j, to him + Jesus, TR F1853=0/19 F1859=2/7.
but: adversative use of kai/.
Luke 10:1 Meta_ de\ tau=ta a)ne/deicen o9 ku/rioj kai\ e9te/rouj e9bdomh/konta, kai\ a)pe/steilen au0tou\j a)na_ du/o pro\ prosw&pou au0tou= ei0j pa~san po/lin kai\ to/pon ou[ {RP TR: e1mellen} [P1904: h1mellen] au0to\j e1rxesqai. Then after these things the Lord appointed another seventy in addition, and he sent them in twos ahead of him into every town and place where he was going to go himself. e1mellen, he was about to (1), RP TR F1853=13/19 F1859=4/8 vs. h1mellen, he was about to (2), P1904 F1853=6/19 F1859=4/8.
Luke 10:2 871Elegen ou]n pro\j au0tou/j, 879O me\n qerismo\j polu/j, oi9 de\ e0rga&tai o0li/goi. Deh/qhte ou]n tou= kuri/ou tou= qerismou=, o3pwj {RP P1904: e0kba&lh|} [TR: e0kba&llh|] e0rga&taj ei0j to\n qerismo\n au0tou=. Then he said to them, “The harvest is great, but the workers are few. So entreat the Lord of the harvest to send out workers to his harvest. e0kba&lh|, he might send out (aorist, so perfective aspect), RP P1904 F1853=17/19 F1859=4/8 vs. e0kba&llh|, he might send out (present, so imperfective aspect), TR F1853=0/19 F1859=3/8 vs. another reading, F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's cy) F1859=1/8.
Luke 10:3 879Upa&gete: i0dou/, e0gw_ a)poste/llw u9ma~j w(j a!rnaj e0n me/sw% lu/kwn. Off you go. Mark this, I am sending you as lambs in the midst of wolves. mark this ← behold.
Luke 10:4 Mh\ basta&zete {RP TR: bala&ntion} [P1904: balla&ntion], mh\ ph/ran, mhde\ u9podh/mata: kai\ mhde/na kata_ th\n o9do\n a)spa&shsqe. Do not carry a purse or wallet, or footwear, and do not greet anyone on the way. bala&ntion, purse (1), RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=5/9 vs. balla&ntion, purse (2), P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's ak) F1859=3/9 vs. another spelling, F1853=0/19 F1859=1/9.
Luke 10:5 Ei0j h4n d' a@n oi0ki/an ei0se/rxhsqe, prw~ton le/gete, Ei0rh/nh tw%~ oi1kw% tou/tw%. In whatever house you go into, first say, ‘Peace to this household.’
Luke 10:6 Kai\ e0a_n {RP P1904: - } [TR: me\n] h|] e0kei= {RP P1904 S1550: - } [E1624 S1894: o9] ui9o\j ei0rh/nhj, e0panapau/setai e0p' au0to\n h9 ei0rh/nh u9mw~n: ei0 de\ mh/ge, e0f' u9ma~j {RP TR: a)naka&myei} [P1904: e0panaka&myei]. And if there is a man of peace there, your peace will rest on him. But if not, it will turn back on you. me\n, indeed (but often untranslated): absent in RP P1904 F1853=13/20 F1859=6/8 vs. present in TR F1853=7/20 F1859=2/8.
o9, the (son / person): absent in RP P1904 S1550 F1853=18/19 F1859=6/7 vs. present in E1624 S1894 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's x) F1859=1/7.
a)naka&myei, it will turn back (1), RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=6/8 vs. e0panaka&myei, it will turn back (2), P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=1/8 vs. another reading, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's e) F1859=1/8.
man of peace ← son of peace.
Luke 10:7 870En au0th|= de\ th|= oi0ki/a% me/nete, e0sqi/ontej kai\ pi/nontej ta_ par' au0tw~n: a!cioj ga_r o9 e0rga&thj tou= misqou= au0tou= e0sti/n. Mh\ metabai/nete e0c oi0ki/aj ei0j oi0ki/an. And remain in that house eating and drinking what they provide, for the worker is worthy of his wages. Do not move from house to house. in that house ← in the house itself. We translate for e0n au3th| de\ th|= oi0ki/a%, so only maintaining the unaccented, unbreathed letters of RP, despite the agreement of RP with P1904 TBS-TR HF NA26. The AV reads in the same house, which in standard Greek is e0n de\ th|= au0th|= oi0ki/a% or e0n de\ th|= oi0ki/a% th|= au0th|=. A similar issue in Luke 10:21, Luke 12:12.
what they provide ← the (things) from them.
Luke 10:8 Kai\ ei0j h4n {RP P1904: - } [TR: d'] a@n po/lin ei0se/rxhsqe, kai\ de/xwntai u9ma~j, e0sqi/ete ta_ paratiqe/mena u9mi=n, So in whatever town you go into and they receive you, eat what is served to you, d', but: absent in RP P1904 F1853=10/20 F1859=4/7 vs. present in TR F1853=10/20 F1859=3/7. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=15:14.
Luke 10:9 kai\ qerapeu/ete tou\j e0n au0th|= a)sqenei=j, kai\ le/gete au0toi=j, 871Hggiken e0f' u9ma~j h9 basilei/a tou= qeou=. and cure the sick in it, and say to them, ‘The kingdom of God has drawn close to you.’
Luke 10:10 Ei0j h4n d' a@n po/lin ei0se/rxhsqe, kai\ mh\ de/xwntai u9ma~j, e0celqo/ntej ei0j ta_j platei/aj au0th=j ei1pate, But as for whatever town you go into and they don't receive you, go out into its streets and say, go out: imperatival use of the participle.
Luke 10:11 Kai\ to\n koniorto\n to\n kollhqe/nta h9mi=n {RP TR: e0k} [P1904: a)po\] th=j po/lewj u9mw~n {RP TR: - } [P1904: ei0j tou\j po/daj h9mw~n] a)pomasso/meqa u9mi=n: plh\n tou=to ginw&skete, o3ti h1ggiken e0f' u9ma~j h9 basilei/a tou= qeou=. ‘We are wiping away even the dust from your town which has stuck to us {RP TR: - } [P1904: on our feet], so testifying against you. But know this, that the kingdom of God has drawn close to you.’ e0k, out of, RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=6/7 vs. a)po\, from, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=1/7.
ei0j tou\j po/daj h9mw~n, to our feet: absent in RP TR F1853=14/19 F1859=2/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=5/19 F1859=5/7.
Luke 10:12 Le/gw {RP: - } [P1904 TR: de\] u9mi=n, o3ti Sodo/moij e0n th|= h9me/ra% e0kei/nh| a)nekto/teron e1stai, h2 th|= po/lei e0kei/nh|. {RP: And} [P1904 TR: And] I say to you that it will be more bearable for Sodom on that day than for that town. de\, but: absent in RP F1853=15/19 F1859=5/8 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's bcgy) F1859=3/8.
Luke 10:13 Ou0ai/ soi, {RP P1904 E1624: Xorazi/n} [S1550 S1894: Xwrazi/n], ou0ai/ soi, Bhqsai+da&: o3ti ei0 e0n Tu/rw% kai\ Sidw~ni e0ge/nonto ai9 duna&meij ai9 geno/menai e0n u9mi=n, pa&lai a@n e0n sa&kkw% kai\ spodw%~ {RP TR: kaqh/menai} [P1904: kaqh/menoi] meteno/hsan. Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! For if the deeds of power which have taken place in you had taken place in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented sitting in sackcloth and ashes a long time ago. Xorazi/n, Chorazin (1), RP P1904 E1624 F1853=7/19 F1859=4/7 vs. Xwrazi/n, Chorazin (2), S1550 S1894 F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's ahmn) F1859=0/7 vs. various other spellings, F1853=8/19 F1859=3/7.
kaqh/menai, sitting (feminine, names of cities being feminine), RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=5/7 vs. kaqh/menoi, sitting (masculine), P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's dh) F1859=2/7.
Luke 10:14 Plh\n Tu/rw% kai\ Sidw~ni a)nekto/teron e1stai e0n th|= kri/sei, h2 u9mi=n. However, it will be more bearable for Tyre and Sidon than for you towns in the judgment.
Luke 10:15 Kai\ su/, Kapernaou/m, h9 e3wj tou= ou0ranou= u9ywqei=sa, e3wj 873A|dou katabibasqh/sh|. And you, Capernaum, which have been elevated to heaven, will be brought down to Hades. Hades: the place of the dead.
Luke 10:16 879O a)kou/wn u9mw~n e0mou= a)kou/ei: kai\ o9 a)qetw~n u9ma~j e0me\ a)qetei=: o9 de\ e0me\ a)qetw~n a)qetei= to\n a)postei/lanta& me. He who hears you hears me, and he who rejects you rejects me, and he who rejects me rejects him who sent me.”
Luke 10:17 879Upe/streyan de\ oi9 e9bdomh/konta meta_ xara~j, le/gontej, Ku/rie, kai\ ta_ daimo/nia u9pota&ssetai h9mi=n e0n tw%~ o0no/mati/ sou. Subsequently, the seventy returned with joy and said, “Lord, even the demons are subject to us in your name.”
Luke 10:18 Ei]pen de\ au0toi=j, 870Eqew&roun to\n Satana~n w(j a)straph\n e0k tou= ou0ranou= peso/nta. He then said to them, “I watched Satan fall from heaven like lightning. watched ← was watching.
fall ← having fallen. See Matt 23:20.
Luke 10:19 870Idou/, di/dwmi u9mi=n th\n e0cousi/an tou= patei=n e0pa&nw o1fewn kai\ skorpi/wn, kai\ e0pi\ pa~san th\n du/namin tou= e0xqrou=: kai\ ou0de\n u9ma~j ou0 mh\ {RP P1904 S1550: a)dikh/sh|} [E1624 S1894: a)dikh/sei]. Here you are, I give you the authority to tread on serpents and scorpions and over every power of the enemy, and nothing at all will harm you. a)dikh/sh|, (nothing will) harm (classical subjunctive), RP P1904 S1550 F1853=16/20 F1859=6/8 vs. a)dikh/sei, (nothing will) harm (non-classical future), E1624 S1894 F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's bcoxonce) F1859=2/8.
here you are ← behold.
Luke 10:20 Plh\n e0n tou/tw% mh\ xai/rete o3ti ta_ pneu/mata u9mi=n u9pota&ssetai: xai/rete de\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: ma~llon] o3ti ta_ o0no/mata u9mw~n e0gra&fh e0n toi=j ou0ranoi=j. But do not rejoice at this, in that the spirits are subject to {RP P1904: you, but rejoice} [TR: you. But rejoice rather] in that your names have been written in the heavens.” ma~llon, rather: absent in RP P1904 F1853=19/19 F1859=7/7 vs. present in TR F1853=0/19 F1859=0/7.
Luke 10:21 870En au0th|= th|= w#ra% h0gallia&sato tw%~ pneu/mati o9 870Ihsou=j, kai\ ei]pen, 870Ecomologou=mai/ soi, pa&ter, ku/rie tou= ou0ranou= kai\ th=j gh=j, o3ti a)pe/kruyaj tau=ta a)po\ sofw~n kai\ sunetw~n, kai\ a)peka&luyaj au0ta_ nhpi/oij: nai/, o9 path/r, o3ti ou3twj e0ge/neto eu0doki/a e1mprosqe/n sou. At that hour, Jesus rejoiced in the spirit and said, “I give thanks to you, father, Lord of heaven and the earth, in that you have hidden these things from the wise and clever and have revealed them to infants. Indeed, father, because this met with your approval {RP P1904 S1550: ”} [E1624 S1894: - ]. at that hour ← at the hour itself, or at the very hour. See Luke 10:7, this being an analogous case, including the consentient reading of RP P1904 TBS-TR HF NA26.
this met with your approval ← approval took place thus before you.
Luke 10:22 {RP P1904 S1550: Kai\ strafei\j pro\j tou\j maqhta_j ei]pen,} [E1624 S1894: - ] Pa&nta {RP P1904: moi paredo/qh} [TR: paredo/qh moi] u9po\ tou= patro/j mou: kai\ ou0dei\j {RP TR: ginw&skei} [P1904: e0piginw&skei] ti/j e0stin o9 ui9o/j, ei0 mh\ o9 path/r, kai\ ti/j e0stin o9 path/r, ei0 mh\ o9 ui9o/j, kai\ w%{ e0a_n bou/lhtai o9 ui9o\j a)pokalu/yai. {RP P1904 S1550: Then he turned to his disciples and said, “} [E1624 S1894: - ] Everything has been handed over to me by my father. And no-one knows who the son is except the father, and who the father is except the son, and whoever the son wishes to reveal it to.” kai\ strafei\j pro\j tou\j maqhta_j ei]pen, having turned to the disciples: present in RP P1904 S1550 F1853=16/20 F1859=3/8 vs. absent in E1624 S1894 F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's b*gxy) F1859=4/8 vs. another reading, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/8. AV differs textually.
moi paredo/qh, to me + has been handed over, RP P1904 F1853=17/19 F1859=5/8 vs. paredo/qh moi, has been handed over + to me, TR F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's px) F1859=2/8 vs. another reading, F1853=0/19 F1859=1/8.
ginw&skei, knows, RP TR F1853=15/19 F1859=5/7 vs. e0piginw&skei, knows, acknowledges, P1904 F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's hqry) F1859=2/7.
Luke 10:23 Kai\ strafei\j pro\j tou\j maqhta_j kat' i0di/an ei]pen, Maka&rioi oi9 o0fqalmoi\ oi9 ble/pontej a$ ble/pete. Then he turned to the disciples and said privately, “Blessed are the eyes which see what you see.
Luke 10:24 Le/gw ga_r u9mi=n, o3ti polloi\ profh=tai kai\ basilei=j h0qe/lhsan i0dei=n a$ u9mei=j ble/pete, kai\ ou0k ei]don: kai\ a)kou=sai a$ a)kou/ete, kai\ ou0k h1kousan. For I say to you that many prophets and kings have wanted to see the things which you see but did not see them, and to hear the things which you hear but did not hear them.”
Luke 10:25 Kai\ i0dou/, nomiko/j tij a)ne/sth, e0kpeira&zwn au0to/n, kai\ le/gwn, Dida&skale, ti/ poih/saj zwh\n ai0w&nion klhronomh/sw; Then what happened was that a certain scholar in the law stood up, testing him, and he said, “Teacher, by doing what will I inherit age-abiding life?” what happened was that ← behold.
by doing ← having done. See Matt 23:20.
Luke 10:26 879O de\ ei]pen pro\j au0to/n, 870En tw%~ no/mw% ti/ ge/graptai; Pw~j a)naginw&skeij; At this, he said to him, “What stands written in the law? How do you read it?”
Luke 10:27 879O de\ a)pokriqei\j ei]pen, 870Agaph/seij ku/rion to\n qeo/n sou, e0c o3lhj th=j kardi/aj sou, kai\ e0c o3lhj th=j yuxh=j sou, kai\ e0c o3lhj th=j i0sxu/oj sou, kai\ e0c o3lhj th=j dianoi/aj sou: kai\ to\n plhsi/on sou w(j {RP TR: seauto/n} [P1904: e9auto/n]. He then replied and said, “You shall love the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your strength and with all your mind, and your neighbour as yourself.” seauto/n, yourself (classical form), RP TR F1853=10/19 F1859=3/7 vs. e9auto/n, yourself (non-classical form), P1904 F1853=9/19 F1859=4/7. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=14:14.
Lev 19:18, Deut 6:5.
soul: i.e. inner being, existence.
Luke 10:28 Ei]pen de\ au0tw%~, 870Orqw~j a)pekri/qhj: tou=to poi/ei, kai\ zh/sh|. Then he said to him, “You have answered correctly. Do this and you shall live.”
Luke 10:29 879O de\ qe/lwn dikaiou=n e9auto\n ei]pen pro\j to\n 870Ihsou=n, Kai\ ti/j e0sti/n mou plhsi/on; But wishing to justify himself, he said to Jesus, “And who is my neighbour?”
Luke 10:30 879Upolabw_n de\ o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen, 871Anqrwpo/j tij kate/bainen a)po\ 879Ierousalh\m ei0j 870Ierixw&, kai\ lh|stai=j perie/pesen, oi4 kai\ e0kdu/santej au0to\n kai\ plhga_j e0piqe/ntej a)ph=lqon, a)fe/ntej h9miqanh= tugxa&nonta. Jesus then rejoined and said, “A certain man was going down from Jerusalem to Jericho, and he fell among robbers who for their part stripped him and gave him a beating and went off leaving him, as his fate would have it, half dead. for their part ← also.
as his fate would have it ← having just met with; having just obtained by chance.
Luke 10:31 Kata_ sugkuri/an de\ i9ereu/j tij kate/bainen e0n th|= o9dw%~ e0kei/nh|: kai\ i0dw_n au0to\n a)ntiparh=lqen. And by chance a certain priest was going down by that road, and when he saw him, he passed by opposite.
Luke 10:32 879Omoi/wj de\ kai\ Leui+/thj geno/menoj kata_ to\n to/pon e0lqw_n kai\ i0dw_n a)ntiparh=lqen. And likewise also a Levite, who had come down to the place, came and saw him, and he passed by opposite.
Luke 10:33 Samarei/thj de/ tij o9deu/wn h]lqen kat' au0to/n, kai\ i0dw_n au0to\n e0splagxni/sqh, But a certain Samaritan on a journey came down to him and saw him, and he had compassion on him,
Luke 10:34 kai\ proselqw_n kate/dhsen ta_ trau/mata au0tou=, e0pixe/wn e1laion kai\ oi]non: e0pibiba&saj de\ au0to\n e0pi\ to\ i1dion kth=noj, h1gagen au0to\n ei0j pandoxei=on, kai\ e0pemelh/qh au0tou=. and he went to him and bound up his wounds, and he poured oil and wine on them, and he mounted him on his own beast, and he brought him to an inn and took care of him.
Luke 10:35 Kai\ e0pi\ th\n au1rion e0celqw&n, e0kbalw_n du/o dhna&ria e1dwken tw%~ pandoxei=, kai\ ei]pen au0tw%~, 870Epimelh/qhti au0tou=: kai\ o3 ti a@n prosdapanh/sh|j, e0gw_ e0n tw%~ e0pane/rxesqai/ me a)podw&sw soi. Then on the next day when he departed, he produced two denaries, and he gave them to the inn-keeper and said to him, ‘Take care of him, and whatever you spend in addition I will repay you when I return.’ denaries: a denary was a silver coin.
Luke 10:36 Ti/j ou]n tou/twn tw~n triw~n {RP P1904: plhsi/on dokei= soi} [TR: dokei= soi plhsi/on] gegone/nai tou= e0mpeso/ntoj ei0j tou\j lh|sta&j; Which, then, of these three do you consider to have emerged as the neighbour of him who fell among the robbers?” plhsi/on dokei= soi, a neighbour + seems to you, RP P1904 F1853=16/19 F1859=6/7 vs. dokei= soi plhsi/on, seems to you + a neighbour, TR F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's cpx) F1859=1/7.
Luke 10:37 879O de\ ei]pen, 879O poih/saj to\ e1leoj met' au0tou=. Ei]pen ou]n au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, Poreu/ou, kai\ su\ poi/ei o9moi/wj. He then said, “He who showed him compassion.” So Jesus said to him, “You go too, and do likewise.”
Luke 10:38 870Ege/neto de\ e0n tw%~ poreu/esqai au0tou/j, kai\ au0to\j ei0sh=lqen ei0j kw&mhn tina&: gunh\ de/ tij o0no/mati Ma&rqa u9pede/cato au0to\n ei0j to\n oi]kon au0th=j. Then it came to pass as they were on the move that he went into a certain village, and a certain woman by name of Martha received him into her house.
Luke 10:39 Kai\ th|=de h]n a)delfh\ kaloume/nh Mari/a, h4 kai\ parakaqi/sasa para_ tou\j po/daj tou= 870Ihsou= h1kouen to\n lo/gon au0tou=. Now this woman had a sister called Mary, who had sat down beside Jesus's feet and was listening to his words. words ← word.
Luke 10:40 879H de\ Ma&rqa periespa~to peri\ pollh\n diakoni/an: e0pista~sa de\ ei]pen, Ku/rie, ou0 me/lei soi o3ti h9 a)delfh/ mou mo/nhn me {RP: kate/leipen} [P1904 TR: kate/lipe] diakonei=n; Ei0pe\ ou]n au0th|= i3na moi sunantila&bhtai. But Martha was distracted with a lot of serving. Then she came up and said, “Lord, are you not concerned that my sister has left me alone to do the serving? So tell her to assist me.” kate/leipe¨n©, was leaving, RP F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's cd*eo) F1859=4/8 vs. kate/lipe¨n©, left, P1904 TR F1853=14/20 F1859=2/8 vs. other readings, F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's bk) F1859=2/8. A strong disparity with RP, R=8:18.
are you not concerned ← is it not a concern to you.
Luke 10:41 870Apokriqei\j de\ ei]pen au0th|= o9 870Ihsou=j, Ma&rqa, Ma&rqa, merimna%~j kai\ turba&zh| peri\ polla&: But Jesus answered and said to her, “Martha, Martha, you are anxious and agitated about many things.
Luke 10:42 e9no\j de/ e0stin xrei/a: Mari/a de\ th\n a)gaqh\n meri/da e0cele/cato, h3tij ou0k a)faireqh/setai a)p' au0th=j. But one thing is needed. And Mary has chosen the good part, which will not be taken away from her.”
Luke 11:1 Kai\ e0ge/neto e0n tw%~ ei]nai au0to\n e0n to/pw% tini\ proseuxo/menon, w(j e0pau/sato, ei]pe/n tij tw~n maqhtw~n au0tou= pro\j au0to/n, Ku/rie, di/dacon h9ma~j proseu/xesqai, kaqw_j kai\ 870Iwa&nnhj e0di/dacen tou\j maqhta_j au0tou=. And it came to pass when he was praying in a certain place, when he stopped, that one of his disciples said to him, “Lord, teach us to pray, as John for his part taught his disciples.” one ← someone.
for his part ← also.
Luke 11:2 Ei]pen de\ au0toi=j, 873Otan proseu/xhsqe, le/gete, Pa&ter h9mw~n o9 e0n toi=j ou0ranoi=j, a(giasqh/tw to\ o1noma& sou. 870Elqe/tw h9 basilei/a sou. Genhqh/tw to\ qe/lhma& sou, w(j e0n ou0ranw%~, kai\ e0pi\ th=j gh=j. So he said to them, “When you pray, say,

‘Our father in the heavens,

May your name be sanctified.

May your kingdom come.

May your will be done,

As in heaven,

So on the earth.

 so ← also.
Luke 11:3 To\n a!rton h9mw~n to\n e0piou/sion di/dou h9mi=n to\ kaq' h9me/ran.

Give us our oncoming bread daily,

 oncoming: see Matt 6:11.
Luke 11:4 Kai\ a!fej h9mi=n ta_j a(marti/aj h9mw~n, kai\ ga_r au0toi\ a)fi/emen panti\ {RP TR: - } [P1904: tw%~] o0fei/lonti h9mi=n. Kai\ mh\ ei0sene/gkh|j h9ma~j ei0j peirasmo/n, a)lla_ r(u=sai h9ma~j a)po\ tou= ponhrou=.

And forgive us our sins,

For indeed we ourselves forgive everyone indebted to us.

And do not lead us into temptation,

But save us from evil.’ ”

 tw%~, the (debtor): absent in RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's q) F1859=2/7.
indebted to us: or, as an Aramaism, (who is a) sinner against us.
evil: or the wicked one.
Luke 11:5 Kai\ ei]pen pro\j au0tou/j, Ti/j e0c u9mw~n e3cei fi/lon, kai\ poreu/setai pro\j au0to\n mesonukti/ou, kai\ {RP TR: ei1ph|} [P1904: e0rei=] au0tw%~, Fi/le, xrh=so/n moi trei=j a!rtouj, Then he said to them, “Who among you has a friend, and would go to him in the middle of the night and say to him, ‘My friend, lend me three loaves, ei1ph|, would say, RP TR F1853=13/19 F1859=5/8 vs. e0rei=, will say, P1904 F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's cgpy) F1859=3/8 vs. another reading, F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's fo) F1859=0/8.
has ← will have.
would go ← will go.
say ← {RP TR: would} [P1904: will] say.
Luke 11:6 e0peidh\ fi/loj {RP: - } [P1904 TR: mou] parege/neto e0c o9dou= pro/j me, kai\ ou0k e1xw o4 paraqh/sw au0tw%~: because a friend {RP: - } [P1904 TR: of mine] has arrived at my house from a journey, and I do not have anything to serve him’? mou, my (friend): absent in RP F1853=14/19 F1859=3/8 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's apu) F1859=3/8 vs. another reading, F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's cg) F1859=2/8.
at my house ← to me.
Luke 11:7 ka)kei=noj e1swqen a)pokriqei\j ei1ph|, Mh/ moi ko/pouj pa&rexe: h1dh h9 qu/ra ke/kleistai, kai\ ta_ paidi/a mou met' e0mou= ei0j th\n koi/thn ei0si/n: ou0 du/namai a)nasta_j dou=nai/ soi. Then from indoors he would reply and say, ‘Do not give me trouble. The door has already been shut and my children are with me in bed. I can't get up and give you any.’ he ← that (one).
trouble ← troubles.
Luke 11:8 Le/gw u9mi=n, ei0 kai\ ou0 dw&sei au0tw%~ a)nasta&j, dia_ to\ ei]nai au0tou= fi/lon, dia& ge th\n a)nai/deian au0tou= e0gerqei\j dw&sei au0tw%~ {RP: o3son} [P1904 TR: o3swn] xrh|/zei. I tell you, even if he will not get up and give him something because he is his friend, he will get up anyway and give him what he needs because of his shameless behaviour. o3son, as much as (he needs) (accusative after di/dwmi), RP F1853=19/19 F1859=4/7 vs. o3swn, as much as (he needs) (genitive after xrh|/zw), P1904 TR F1853=0/19 F1859=3/7. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=9.2 PV=0.24%. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
Luke 11:9 Ka)gw_ u9mi=n le/gw, ai0tei=te, kai\ doqh/setai u9mi=n: zhtei=te, kai\ eu9rh/sete: krou/ete, kai\ a)noigh/setai u9mi=n. And I say to you, ask, and it will be given to you; seek, and you will find; knock, and it will be opened to you.
Luke 11:10 Pa~j ga_r o9 ai0tw~n lamba&nei: kai\ o9 zhtw~n eu9ri/skei: kai\ tw%~ krou/onti {RP TR: a)noigh/setai} [P1904: a)noixqh/setai]. For everyone who asks, receives; and he who seeks, finds; and to him who knocks, it will be opened. a)noigh/setai, it will be opened (1), RP TR F1853=11/19 F1859=6/7 vs. a)noixqh/setai, it will be opened (2), P1904 F1853=8/19 F1859=1/7. Scrivener's manuscripts show various other spellings in the previous verse.
Luke 11:11 Ti/na de\ {RP TR: - } [P1904: e0c] u9mw~n to\n pate/ra ai0th/sei o9 ui9o\j a!rton, mh\ li/qon e0pidw&sei au0tw%~; {RP P1904: 872H} [TR: Ei0] kai\ i0xqu/n, mh\ a)nti\ i0xqu/oj o1fin e0pidw&sei au0tw%~; Which of you, as the father, if your son were to ask for bread, would give him a stone? {RP P1904: Or also if} [TR: Or also if] he were to ask for a fish, instead of a fish would give him a serpent? e0c, out of: absent in RP TR F1853=15/20 F1859=4/9 vs. present in P1904 F1853=5/20 F1859=5/9.
h2, or, RP P1904 F1853=16/19 F1859=6/7 vs. ei0, if, TR F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's qrx) F1859=1/7.
were to ask ← will ask.
would (2x) ← will.
The literal Greek is The son will ask which of you the father for bread, surely he will not give ....
Luke 11:12 872H kai\ e0a_n {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: ai0th/sh|} [E1624: ai0th/sei] w%)o/n, mh\ e0pidw&sei au0tw%~ skorpi/on; Or also if he were to ask for an egg, would give him a scorpion? ai0th/sh|, he asks (classical subjunctive), RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=13/20 F1859=5/7 vs. ai0th/sei, he will ask (non-classical after e0a_n), E1624 F1853=7/20 F1859=2/7.
were to ask ← {RP S1550 S1894: asks} [P1904 E1624: will ask].
would ← will.
Luke 11:13 Ei0 ou]n u9mei=j {RP TR: ponhroi\ u9pa&rxontej} [P1904: u9pa&rxontej ponhroi\] oi1date {RP P1904: do/mata a)gaqa_} [TR: a)gaqa_ do/mata] dido/nai toi=j te/knoij u9mw~n, po/sw% ma~llon o9 path\r o9 e0c ou0ranou= dw&sei pneu=ma {RP TR: a#gion} [P1904: a)gaqo\n] toi=j ai0tou=sin au0to/n; So if you, being evil, know how to give good gifts to your children, how much more will your father from heaven give {RP TR: holy} [P1904: good] spirit to those who ask him!” ponhroi\ u9pa&rxontej, evil + being, RP TR F1853=15/19 F1859=3/7 vs. u9pa&rxontej ponhroi\, being + evil, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=0/7 vs. another reading, F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's cdgp) F1859=4/7.
do/mata a)gaqa_, gifts + good, RP P1904 F1853=16/19 F1859=7/7 vs. a)gaqa_ do/mata, good + gifts, TR F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's cox) F1859=0/7.
a#gion, holy, RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=7/8 vs. a)gaqo\n, good, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=1/8.
We punctuate as an exclamation; RP P1904 TBS-TR as a question.
Luke 11:14 Kai\ h]n e0kba&llwn daimo/nion, kai\ au0to\ h]n kwfo/n. 870Ege/neto de/, tou= daimoni/ou e0celqo/ntoj, e0la&lhsen o9 kwfo/j: kai\ {RP TR: e0qau/masan} [P1904: e0qau/mazon] oi9 o1xloi. Subsequently, he was casting out a demon, and it was mute. And it came to pass that when the demon had come out, the mute man spoke, and the crowds were amazed. e0qau/masan, they were surprised (aorist), RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=5/7 vs. e0qau/mazon, they were surprised (imperfect), P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=2/7.
Luke 11:15 Tine\j de\ e0c au0tw~n ei]pon, 870En Beelzebou\l {RP TR: - } [P1904: tw%~] a!rxonti tw~n daimoni/wn e0kba&llei ta_ daimo/nia. But some of them said, “He casts out demons by Beelzebul, {RP TR: the} [P1904: the] ruler of the demons”, tw%~, (to) the: absent in RP TR F1853=15/19 F1859=2/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's dgpy) F1859=5/7.
Luke 11:16 873Eteroi de\ peira&zontej shmei=on par' au0tou= e0zh/toun e0c ou0ranou=. whereas others, testing him, wanted a sign from heaven from him. wanted ← were seeking.
Luke 11:17 Au0to\j de\ ei0dw_j au0tw~n ta_ dianoh/mata ei]pen au0toi=j, Pa~sa basilei/a e0f' e9auth\n diamerisqei=sa e0rhmou=tai: kai\ oi]koj e0pi\ oi]kon, pi/ptei. But he, knowing their cogitations, said to them, “Every kingdom which is divided against itself is made desolate, and a house divided against a house falls.
Luke 11:18 Ei0 de\ kai\ o9 Satana~j e0f' e9auto\n diemeri/sqh, pw~j staqh/setai h9 basilei/a au0tou=; 873Oti le/gete e0n {RP TR: Beelzebou\l e0kba&llein me} [P1904: Beelzebou/l me e0kba&llein] ta_ daimo/nia. So then, if Satan is divided against himself, how can his kingdom stand? For you say that I cast out the demons by Beelzebul. e0kba&llein me, (that) cast out + I, RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=3/7 vs. me e0kba&llein, (that) I + cast out, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=1/7 vs. other readings, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=3/7.
Punctuation: it is necessary to render the sentence in indirect speech in English because of the first person pronoun.
can ← will, a Hebraism.
Luke 11:19 Ei0 de\ e0gw_ e0n Beelzebou\l e0kba&llw ta_ daimo/nia, oi9 ui9oi\ u9mw~n e0n ti/ni {RP TR: e0kba&llousin} [P1904: e0kbalou=sin]; Dia_ tou=to {RP TR: kritai\ u9mw~n au0toi\} [P1904: au0toi\ kritai\ u9mw~n] e1sontai. And if I cast out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your people cast them out? By this logic, they themselves will be judges over you. e0kba&llousi¨n©, do they cast out, RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=4/7 vs. e0kbalou=si¨n©, will they cast out (requiring an accent change), P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's k) F1859=2/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/19 F1859=1/7.
kritai\ u9mw~n au0toi\, judges of you + they, RP TR F1853=10/19 F1859=2/7 vs. au0toi\ kritai\ u9mw~n, they + judges of you, P1904 F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's cgpy) F1859=4/7 vs. other readings, F1853=5/19 F1859=1/7.
people ← sons.
over ← of.
Luke 11:20 Ei0 de\ e0n daktu/lw% qeou= e0kba&llw ta_ daimo/nia, a!ra e1fqasen e0f' u9ma~j h9 basilei/a tou= qeou=. But if I cast out the demons by the finger of God, then the kingdom of God has come upon you. come ← anticipated, come in advance.
Luke 11:21 873Otan o9 i0sxuro\j kaqwplisme/noj fula&ssh| th\n e9autou= au0lh/n, e0n ei0rh/nh| e0sti\n ta_ u9pa&rxonta au0tou=: As long as a strong man, fully armed, guards his estate, his possessions are in peace, his estate ← his own estate.
peace: or safety, a Hebraism (שָׁלוֹם).
Luke 11:22 e0pa_n de\ o9 i0sxuro/teroj au0tou= e0pelqw_n nikh/sh| au0to/n, th\n panopli/an au0tou= ai1rei e0f' h|[ e0pepoi/qei, kai\ ta_ sku=la au0tou= diadi/dwsin. but as soon as one stronger than he arrives and overcomes him, he will take his weaponry, in which he trusted, and he will divide his spoils. arrives ← having come upon. See Matt 23:20.
weaponry ← full armour, as in Eph 6:11, Eph 6:13.
he trusted ← he had trusted.
Luke 11:23 879O mh\ w@n met' e0mou= kat' e0mou= e0stin: kai\ o9 mh\ suna&gwn met' e0mou= skorpi/zei. He who is not with me is against me, and he who does not gather with me scatters.
Luke 11:24 873Otan to\ a)ka&qarton pneu=ma e0ce/lqh| a)po\ tou= a)nqrw&pou, die/rxetai di' a)nu/drwn to/pwn, zhtou=n a)na&pausin: kai\ mh\ eu9ri/skon le/gei, 879Upostre/yw ei0j to\n oi]ko/n mou o3qen e0ch=lqon. Whenever an unclean spirit comes out of a man, it traverses arid places seeking a resting place, and if it does not find it, it says, ‘I will return to my house from where I came out’, an unclean spirit ← the unclean spirit. See Gen 22:9.
if: conditional use of the participle.
Luke 11:25 Kai\ e0lqo\n eu9ri/skei sesarwme/non kai\ kekosmhme/non. and when it has arrived there, it finds it swept clean and tidied up.
Luke 11:26 To/te poreu/etai kai\ paralamba&nei e9pta_ e3tera pneu/mata ponhro/tera e9autou=, kai\ {RP: e0lqo/nta} [P1904 TR: ei0selqo/nta] katoikei= e0kei=: kai\ gi/netai ta_ e1sxata tou= a)nqrw&pou e0kei/nou xei/rona tw~n prw&twn. Then it goes and takes seven other spirits more wicked than itself along with it, and they {RP: go} [P1904 TR: go in] and dwell there, and the latter state of that man becomes worse than the first.” e0lqo/nta, having gone, RP F1853=12/20 F1859=1/7 vs. ei0selqo/nta, having entered, P1904 TR F1853=8/20 F1859=6/7. A disparity with RP, R=13:16.
go ← having gone. See Matt 23:20.
Luke 11:27 870Ege/neto de\ e0n tw%~ le/gein au0to\n tau=ta, e0pa&rasa& tij gunh\ fwnh\n e0k tou= o1xlou ei]pen au0tw%~, Makari/a h9 koili/a h9 basta&sasa& se, kai\ mastoi\ ou4j e0qh/lasaj. And it came to pass as he was saying these things that a certain woman from the crowd raised her voice and said to him, “Blessed is the womb which carried you and the breasts which you sucked.”
Luke 11:28 Au0to\j de\ ei]pen, Menou=nge maka&rioi oi9 a)kou/ontej to\n lo/gon tou= qeou= kai\ fula&ssontej au0to/n. But he said, “Rather, blessed are those who hear the word of God and keep it.”
Luke 11:29 Tw~n de\ o1xlwn e0paqroizome/nwn h1rcato le/gein, 879H genea_ au3th {RP TR: - } [P1904: genea_] ponhra& e0stin: shmei=on {RP TR: e0pizhtei=} [P1904: zhtei=], kai\ shmei=on ou0 doqh/setai au0th|=, ei0 mh\ to\ shmei=on 870Iwna~ tou= profh/tou. As the crowds continued to accumulate, he went on to say, “This generation is {RP TR: wicked} [P1904: a wicked generation]. It is looking for a sign, but no sign will be given to it except the sign of Jonah the prophet, genea_, a generation: absent in RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=4/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=3/7. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=9.2 PV=0.24%.
e0pizhtei=, keenly seeks, RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=5/7 vs. zhtei=, seeks, P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's ep) F1859=2/7.
went on to say ← began to say, but used here for mere transition.
Luke 11:30 Kaqw_j ga_r e0ge/neto 870Iwna~j shmei=on toi=j Nineui+/taij, ou3twj e1stai kai\ o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou th|= genea%~ tau/th| {RP TR: - } [P1904: shmei=on]. for as Jonah was a sign to the Ninevites, so the son of man will also be {RP TR: - } [P1904: a sign] to this generation. shmei=on, a sign: absent in RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=6/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=1/7.
was ← became.
Luke 11:31 Basi/lissa no/tou e0gerqh/setai e0n th|= kri/sei meta_ tw~n a)ndrw~n th=j genea~j tau/thj, kai\ katakrinei= au0tou/j: o3ti h]lqen e0k tw~n pera&twn th=j gh=j a)kou=sai th\n sofi/an {RP: Solomw~noj} [P1904 TR: Solomw~ntoj], kai\ i0dou/, plei=on {RP: Solomw~noj} [P1904 TR: Solomw~ntoj] w{de. The queen of the south will rise in the judgment with the men of this generation and will condemn them, because she came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon, and behold, something greater than Solomon is here. First occurrence in verse: Solomw~noj, of Solomon (1), RP F1853=10/19 F1859=2/7 vs. Solomw~ntoj, of Solomon (2), P1904 TR F1853=8/19 F1859=4/7 vs. another spelling, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's f*) F1859=1/7. A weak disparity with RP, R=12:14, but not so with the second occurrence, or combining the data.
Second occurrence in verse: Solomw~noj, of Solomon (1), RP F1853=12/19 F1859=3/7 vs. Solomw~ntoj, of Solomon (2), P1904 TR F1853=6/19 F1859=4/7 vs. another spelling, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's f*) F1859=0/7.
Luke 11:32 871Andrej {RP-text P1904 TR: Nineui+\} [RP-marg: Nineui=tai] a)nasth/sontai e0n th|= kri/sei meta_ th=j genea~j tau/thj, kai\ katakrinou=sin au0th/n: o3ti meteno/hsan ei0j to\ kh/rugma 870Iwna~, kai\ i0dou/, plei=on 870Iwna~ w{de. The {RP-text P1904 TR: men of Nineveh} [RP-marg: Ninevite men] will rise in the judgment with this generation and condemn it, because they repented at the preaching of Jonah, and behold, something greater than Jonah is here. Nineui+\, of Nineveh, RP-text P1904 TR F1853=7/19 F1859=4/7 vs. Nineui=tai, Ninevites, RP-marg F1853=8/19 F1859=3/7 vs. three other spellings, F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's cfkh*) F1859=0/7.
Luke 11:33 Ou0dei\j de\ lu/xnon a#yaj ei0j {RP P1904 E1624: kru/pthn} [S1550 S1894: krupto\n] ti/qhsin, ou0de\ u9po\ to\n mo/dion, {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: a)ll'} [E1624: a)lla_] e0pi\ th\n luxni/an, i3na oi9 ei0sporeuo/menoi to\ fe/ggoj ble/pwsin. And no-one lights a lamp and puts it in {RP P1904 E1624: a vault} [S1550 S1894: a hidden place], or under a bushel of corn, but on a lampstand, so that those coming in can see its glow. kru/pthn, vault, RP P1904 E1624 F1853=18/18 F1859=6/8 vs. kru/pton, hidden (place), S1550 S1894 F1853=0/18 F1859=2/8. AV differs textually.
P1904 accentuation is krupth\n, from krupto/j, hidden, rather than h9 kru/pth, vault.
a)ll', but (apocopated), RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=14/18 F1859=5/7 vs. a)lla_, but (unapocopated), E1624 F1853=4/18 (Scrivener's fqrx) F1859=2/7.
lights ← having lit. See Matt 23:20.
bushel ← peck, 2 imperial gallons or 9 litres, e.g. of corn or hay. See Matt 5:15.
Luke 11:34 879O lu/xnoj tou= sw&mato/j e0stin o9 o0fqalmo/j: o3tan ou]n o9 o0fqalmo/j sou a(plou=j h|], kai\ o3lon to\ sw~ma& sou fwteino/n e0stin: e0pa_n de\ ponhro\j h|], kai\ to\ sw~ma& sou skoteino/n. The light of the body is the eye. So when your eye is clear-sighted then the whole of your body will be bright, but if it is ill-disposed then your body is dark. clear-sighted ← simple, unfolded.
if ← as soon as.
ill-disposed ← evil; in this context covetous or miserly.
Luke 11:35 Sko/pei ou]n mh\ to\ fw~j to\ e0n soi\ sko/toj e0sti/n. So watch out that the light in you is not actually darkness. actually: this sense is expressed by the use of the indicative in Greek, the subjunctive being more usual after sko/pei ... mh/.
Luke 11:36 Ei0 ou]n to\ sw~ma& sou o3lon fwteino/n, mh\ e1xon ti me/roj skoteino/n, e1stai fwteino\n o3lon, w(j o3tan o9 lu/xnoj th|= a)straph|= fwti/zh| se. Therefore, if the whole of your body is bright, not having any dark part, it will be bright all over, as when a lamp lights you up with its brilliance.”
Luke 11:37 870En de\ tw%~ lalh=sai {RP TR: - } [P1904: au0to\n tau=ta], h0rw&ta au0to\n Farisai=o/j tij o3pwj a)risth/sh| par' au0tw%~: ei0selqw_n de\ a)ne/pesen. Now while {RP TR: he was speaking} [P1904: he was saying these things], a certain Pharisee asked him to dine with him, and he went and reclined at table. au0to\n tau=ta, he (was saying) these (things): absent in RP TR F1853=17/18 F1859=3/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=0/18 F1859=4/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's y) F1859=0/7. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=8.4 PV=0.4%.
Luke 11:38 879O de\ Farisai=oj i0dw_n e0qau/masen o3ti ou0 prw~ton e0bapti/sqh pro\ tou= a)ri/stou. And the Pharisee, when he saw it, was astounded that he did not first perform ablutions before the meal. perform ablutions: same word as be baptized.
Luke 11:39 Ei]pen de\ o9 ku/rioj pro\j au0to/n, Nu=n u9mei=j oi9 Farisai=oi to\ e1cwqen tou= pothri/ou kai\ tou= pi/nakoj kaqari/zete, to\ de\ e1swqen u9mw~n ge/mei a(rpagh=j kai\ ponhri/aj. Then the Lord said to him, “Well now, you Pharisees clean the outside of the cup and dish, but your inside is full of greed and wickedness.
Luke 11:40 871Afronej, ou0x o9 poih/saj to\ e1cwqen kai\ to\ e1swqen e0poi/hsen; You fools, did not he who made the outside also make the inside?
Luke 11:41 Plh\n ta_ e0no/nta do/te e0lehmosu/nhn: kai\ i0dou/, {RP TR: pa&nta} [P1904: a#panta] kaqara_ u9mi=n {RP TR: e0stin} [P1904: e1stai]. But give as alms inward things, and you will find that everything {RP TR: is} [P1904: will be] clean for you. pa&nta, everything (1), RP TR F1853=17/18 F1859=5/7 vs. a#panta, everything (2), P1904 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/7.
e0stin, is, RP TR F1853=16/18 F1859=5/7 vs. e1stai, will be, P1904 F1853=2/18 (Scrivener's oy) F1859=2/7.
inward: AV differs (such as ye have).
you will find that ← behold.
Luke 11:42 870All' ou0ai\ u9mi=n toi=j Farisai/oij, o3ti a)podekatou=te to\ h9du/osmon kai\ to\ ph/ganon kai\ pa~n la&xanon, kai\ pare/rxesqe th\n kri/sin kai\ th\n a)ga&phn tou= qeou=: tau=ta {RP TR: - } [P1904: de\] e1dei poih=sai, ka)kei=na mh\ a)fie/nai. But woe to you, you Pharisees, because you give tithes of mint and rue, and every herb, but you pass by the judgment and love of God. {RP TR: You} [P1904: Now you] ought to have done these things, while not neglecting the former things. de\, but: absent in RP TR F1853=14/18 F1859=3/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=4/18 (Scrivener's acgp) F1859=4/7.
Luke 11:43 Ou0ai\ u9mi=n toi=j Farisai/oij, o3ti a)gapa~te th\n prwtokaqedri/an e0n tai=j sunagwgai=j, kai\ tou\j a)spasmou\j e0n tai=j a)gorai=j. Woe to you Pharisees, for you love the privileged seating in the synagogues and the greetings in the market places.
Luke 11:44 Ou0ai\ u9mi=n, grammatei=j kai\ Farisai=oi, u9pokritai/, o3ti e0ste\ w(j ta_ mnhmei=a ta_ a!dhla, kai\ oi9 a!nqrwpoi {RP P1904: - } [TR: oi9] peripatou=ntej e0pa&nw ou0k oi1dasin. Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, because you are like the inconspicuous tombs, and the men {RP P1904: walking around} [TR: who walk around] above them are unaware of them.” oi9, who (walk around): absent in RP P1904 F1853=15/18 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's box) F1859=1/7.
Luke 11:45 870Apokriqei\j de/ tij tw~n nomikw~n le/gei au0tw%~, Dida&skale, tau=ta le/gwn kai\ h9ma~j u9bri/zeij. Then one of the scholars in the law answered and said to him, “Teacher, by saying these things, you are insulting us as well.” by saying: gerundial use of the participle.
Luke 11:46 879O de\ ei]pen, Kai\ u9mi=n toi=j nomikoi=j ou0ai/, o3ti forti/zete tou\j a)nqrw&pouj forti/a dusba&stakta, kai\ au0toi\ e9ni\ tw~n daktu/lwn u9mw~n ou0 prosyau/ete toi=j forti/oij. But he said, “Woe to you scholars in the law too, for you burden men with burdens which are hard to bear, but you yourselves do not feel what the burdens are like with a single one of your fingers.
Luke 11:47 Ou0ai\ u9mi=n, o3ti oi0kodomei=te ta_ mnhmei=a tw~n profhtw~n, oi9 de\ pate/rej u9mw~n a)pe/kteinan au0tou/j. Woe to you, because you build the sepulchres of the prophets, but your fathers killed them.
Luke 11:48 871Ara marturei=te kai\ suneudokei=te toi=j e1rgoij tw~n pate/rwn u9mw~n: o3ti au0toi\ me\n a)pe/kteinan au0tou/j, u9mei=j de\ oi0kodomei=te au0tw~n ta_ mnhmei=a. Consequently, you bear witness and approve of the works of your fathers, because they themselves killed them, whereas you build their sepulchres.
Luke 11:49 Dia_ tou=to kai\ h9 sofi/a tou= qeou= ei]pen, 870Apostelw~ ei0j au0tou\j profh/taj kai\ a)posto/louj, kai\ e0c au0tw~n a)poktenou=sin kai\ e0kdiw&cousin: On account of this the wisdom of God also said, ‘I will send prophets and apostles to them’, but they will kill some of them and persecute them,
Luke 11:50 i3na e0kzhthqh|= to\ ai[ma pa&ntwn tw~n profhtw~n to\ e0kxuno/menon a)po\ katabolh=j ko/smou a)po\ th=j genea~j tau/thj, so that an account is required from this generation of the blood of all the prophets which has been shed since the overthrow of the world, an account is required ... of the blood ← blood is sought out.
overthrow: AV differs; see Matt 13:35.
Luke 11:51 a)po\ tou= ai3matoj 871Abel e3wj tou= ai3matoj Zaxari/ou tou= a)polome/nou metacu\ tou= qusiasthri/ou kai\ tou= oi1kou: nai/, le/gw u9mi=n, e0kzhthqh/setai a)po\ th=j genea~j tau/thj. from the blood of Abel to the blood of Zechariah who perished between the altar and the house. Yes, I say to you, an account will be required from this generation.
Luke 11:52 Ou0ai\ u9mi=n toi=j nomikoi=j, o3ti h1rate th\n klei=da th=j gnw&sewj: au0toi\ ou0k ei0sh/lqete, kai\ tou\j ei0serxome/nouj e0kwlu/sate. Woe to you scholars of the law, because you have taken away the key of knowledge. You yourselves did not go in, and you have prevented those who were going in.”
Luke 11:53 Le/gontoj de\ au0tou= {RP TR: tau=ta pro\j au0tou/j} [P1904: pro\j au0tou\j tau=ta], h1rcanto oi9 grammatei=j kai\ oi9 Farisai=oi deinw~j e0ne/xein, kai\ a)postomati/zein au0to\n peri\ pleio/nwn, Now while he was saying these things to them, the scribes and Pharisees began to harbour an intense grudge and to draw him out on very many matters, tau=ta pro\j au0tou/j, these (things) + to them, RP TR F1853=17/18 F1859=5/7 vs. pro\j au0tou\j tau=ta, to them + these (things), P1904 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7 vs. clause missing, F1853=0/18 F1859=1/7.
very many ← rather many, Greek comparative for superlative.
Luke 11:54 e0nedreu/ontej au0to/n, {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\] zhtou=ntej qhreu=sai/ ti e0k tou= sto/matoj au0tou=, i3na kathgorh/swsin au0tou=. ensnaring him, {RP P1904: - } [TR: and] looking for a way to catch something out of his mouth, in order to accuse him. kai\, and (looking for a way): absent in RP P1904 F1853=15/19 F1859=5/7 vs. present in TR F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's df*ux) F1859=2/7.
ensnaring ← ambushing.
catch ← hunt.
Luke 12:1 870En oi[j e0pisunaxqeisw~n tw~n muria&dwn tou= o1xlou, {RP TR: w#ste} [P1904: w#j] katapatei=n a)llh/louj, h1rcato le/gein pro\j tou\j maqhta_j au0tou= prw~ton, Prose/xete e9autoi=j a)po\ th=j zu/mhj tw~n Farisai/wn, h3tij e0sti\n u9po/krisij. Meanwhile as myriads of the crowd gathered together to the point of treading on each other, he went on to say to his disciples first, “Beware of the leaven of the Pharisees, which is hypocrisy. w#ste, to the point of (1), RP TR F1853=18/18 F1859=6/7 vs. w#j, to the point of (2), P1904 F1853=0/18 F1859=1/7.
went on to say ← began to say, but used here for mere transition.
Luke 12:2 Ou0de\n de\ sugkekalumme/non e0sti/n, o4 ou0k a)pokalufqh/setai, kai\ krupto/n, o4 ou0 gnwsqh/setai. There is nothing well-veiled that will not be revealed, nor hidden that will not become known,
Luke 12:3 870Anq' w{n o3sa e0n th|= skoti/a% ei1pate, e0n tw%~ fwti\ a)kousqh/setai: kai\ o4 pro\j to\ ou]j e0lalh/sate e0n toi=j tamei/oij, khruxqh/setai e0pi\ tw~n dwma&twn. because whatever you have said in darkness will be heard in the light, and what you have spoken to the ear in closed rooms will be proclaimed on the rooftops.
Luke 12:4 Le/gw de\ u9mi=n toi=j fi/loij mou, Mh\ fobhqh=te a)po\ tw~n {RP: a)pokteno/ntwn} [P1904: a)poktenno/ntwn] [TR: a)pokteino/ntwn] to\ sw~ma, kai\ meta_ tau=ta mh\ e0xo/ntwn perisso/tero/n ti poih=sai. But I say to you friends of mine, do not fear those who can kill the body but after that are unable to do anything more. a)pokteno/ntwn, those who kill (1), RP F1853=9/18 F1859=7/7 vs. a)poktenno/ntwn, those who kill (2), P1904 F1853=7/18 F1859=0/7 vs. a)pokteino/ntwn, those who kill (3), TR F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's g) F1859=0/7 vs. another spelling, F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's x) F1859=0/7. All are present participles in various spellings.
can kill ← killing.
that ← these (things).
Luke 12:5 879Upodei/cw de\ u9mi=n ti/na fobhqh=te: fobh/qhte to\n meta_ to\ a)poktei=nai {RP TR: e0cousi/an e1xonta} [P1904: e1xonta e0cousi/an] e0mbalei=n ei0j th\n ge/ennan: nai/, le/gw u9mi=n, tou=ton fobh/qhte. And I will show you whom to fear. Fear him who after killing has authority to throw into Gehenna. Yes, I say to you, fear him. e0cousi/an e1xonta, authority + having, RP TR F1853=15/18 F1859=3/7 vs. e1xonta e0cousi/an, having + authority, P1904 F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's bpy) F1859=4/7.
Gehenna: see Matt 5:22.
him ← this (one).
Luke 12:6 Ou0xi\ pe/nte strouqi/a pwlei=tai a)ssari/wn du/o; Kai\ e4n e0c au0tw~n ou0k e1stin e0pilelhsme/non e0nw&pion tou= qeou=. Are not five sparrows sold for two assaria? Yet not one of them is forgotten before God. assaria: an assarion was a bronze or copper coin; 1/16 denary.
Luke 12:7 870Alla_ kai\ ai9 tri/xej th=j kefalh=j u9mw~n pa~sai h0ri/qmhntai. Mh\ ou]n fobei=sqe: pollw~n strouqi/wn diafe/rete. But even the hairs on your head have all been counted. So do not be afraid. You are worth more than many sparrows.
Luke 12:8 Le/gw de\ u9mi=n, Pa~j o4j a@n o9mologh/sh| e0n e0moi\ e1mprosqen tw~n a)nqrw&pwn, kai\ o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou o9mologh/sei e0n au0tw%~ e1mprosqen tw~n a)gge/lwn tou= qeou=: And I say to you, as regards everyone who acknowledges me in the presence of men – the son of man will in turn acknowledge him before the angels of God. in turn ← also, but with a sense of reciprocity.
Luke 12:9 o9 de\ a)rnhsa&meno/j me e0nw&pion tw~n a)nqrw&pwn a)parnhqh/setai e0nw&pion tw~n a)gge/lwn tou= qeou=. But he who denies me in the presence of men will be denied in the presence of the angels of God. denies ← denied, but see Matt 23:20. Perhaps denied in return.
Luke 12:10 Kai\ pa~j o4j e0rei= lo/gon ei0j to\n ui9o\n tou= a)nqrw&pou, a)feqh/setai au0tw%~: tw%~ de\ ei0j to\ a#gion pneu=ma blasfhmh/santi ou0k a)feqh/setai. Now as for anyone who speaks a word against the son of man, it will be forgiven him, but it will not be forgiven him who blasphemes against the holy spirit. speaks ← will speak.
blasphemes ← blasphemed, but see Matt 23:20.
Luke 12:11 873Otan de\ prosfe/rwsin u9ma~j e0pi\ ta_j sunagwga_j kai\ ta_j a)rxa_j kai\ ta_j e0cousi/aj, mh\ merimna~te pw~j h2 ti/ a)pologh/shsqe, h2 ti/ ei1phte: And when they haul you to the synagogues and magistrates and authorities, do not be concerned about how or what you should answer in defence, or what you should say,
Luke 12:12 to\ ga_r a#gion pneu=ma dida&cei u9ma~j e0n au0th|= th|= w#ra%, a$ dei= ei0pei=n. for the holy spirit will teach you at that hour what it is necessary to say.” at that hour ← at the hour itself. Analogous to Luke 10:7, but there is not so compelling a need to make the change here.
Luke 12:13 Ei]pen de/ tij au0tw%~ e0k tou= o1xlou, Dida&skale, ei0pe\ tw%~ a)delfw%~ mou meri/sasqai {RP TR: met' e0mou= th\n klhronomi/an} [P1904: th\n klhronomi/an met' e0mou=]. Then someone said to him from the crowd, “Teacher, tell my brother to share the inheritance with me.” met' e0mou= th\n klhronomi/an, with me + the inheritance, RP TR F1853=17/18 F1859=5/7 vs. th\n klhronomi/an met' e0mou=, the inheritance + with me, P1904 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/7.
Luke 12:14 879O de\ ei]pen au0tw%~, 871Anqrwpe, ti/j me kate/sthsen dikasth\n h2 meristh\n e0f' u9ma~j; But he said to him, “Sir, who appointed me as a judge or an apportioner over you?”
Luke 12:15 Ei]pen de\ pro\j au0tou/j, 879Ora~te kai\ fula&ssesqe a)po\ {RP TR: th=j} [P1904: pa&shj] pleoneci/aj: o3ti ou0k e0n tw%~ perisseu/ein tini\ h9 zwh\ {RP: au0tw%~} [P1904 TR: au0tou=] e0stin e0k tw~n u9parxo/ntwn au0tou=. And he said to them, “Watch out and guard yourselves against {RP TR: - } [P1904: all] greed. For it is not the abundance of a person's possessions which makes up his life.” th=j, (from) the (greed), RP TR F1853=16/18 F1859=2/7 vs. pa&shj, (from) all (greed), P1904 F1853=2/18 (Scrivener's cg) F1859=5/7. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=9.1 PV=0.26%.
au0tw%~, (life) to him, RP F1853=10/18 F1859=1/7 vs. au0tou=, his (life), P1904 TR F1853=8/18 F1859=6/7. A disparity with RP, R=11:16.
greed: or fraudulence. See 1 Cor 5:10.
the abundance of a person's possessions which makes up his life ← in the ↴
Luke 12:16 Ei]pen de\ parabolh\n pro\j au0tou/j, le/gwn, 870Anqrw&pou tino\j plousi/ou eu0fo/rhsen h9 xw&ra: Then he told them a parable and said, “The estate of a certain rich man gave a good yield. ↳ abounding to someone of his possessions that his life is.
Luke 12:17 kai\ dielogi/zeto e0n e9autw%~ le/gwn, Ti/ poih/sw, o3ti ou0k e1xw pou= suna&cw tou\j karpou/j mou; And he thought things over and said, ‘What should I do? For I do not have anywhere to gather up my fruits into.’ thought things over ← reasoned in himself.
Luke 12:18 Kai\ ei]pen, Tou=to poih/sw: kaqelw~ mou ta_j a)poqh/kaj, kai\ mei/zonaj oi0kodomh/sw, kai\ suna&cw e0kei= pa&nta ta_ {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: genh/mata&} [E1624: gennh/mata&] mou kai\ ta_ a)gaqa& mou. And he said, ‘This is what I will do – I will demolish my storehouses and build bigger ones, and I will gather up there all my produce and my goods. genh/mata&, produce (1- non-classical spelling, as if from gi/nomai), RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=15/18 F1859=5/7 vs. gennh/mata&, produce (2- classical spelling, from genna&w), E1624 F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's cmy) F1859=2/7. Compare 2 Cor 9:10.
goods ← good (things), but the neuter plural can mean wealth, whence, parallel to the English, goods.
Luke 12:19 Kai\ e0rw~ th|= yuxh|= mou, Yuxh/, e1xeij polla_ a)gaqa_ kei/mena ei0j e1th polla&: a)napau/ou, fa&ge, pi/e, eu0frai/nou. And I will say to myself, «Self, you have many goods laid up for many years. Have a rest, eat, drink and be merry.» ’ to myself ... self ← to my soul ... soul.
goods: see Luke 12:18.
Exceptionally here we, in accordance with RP's capital letter, use quotation marks for nested direct speech by the same speaker as the outer quote. We do not do so, with RP, e.g. in Luke 12:27, but we differ with RP in Luke 12:22.
Luke 12:20 Ei]pen de\ au0tw%~ o9 qeo/j, {RP P1904 S1894: 871Afron} [S1550 E1624: 871Afrwn], tau/th| th|= nukti\ th\n yuxh/n sou a)paitou=sin a)po\ sou=: a$ de\ h9toi/masaj, ti/ni e1stai; But God said to him, ‘You fool! This very night they demand your life from you. Then who will have what you have prepared?’ a!fron, fool (vocative), RP P1904 S1894 F1853=12/18 F1859=3/7 vs. a!frwn, fool (nominative), S1550 E1624 F1853=6/18 F1859=4/7.
they demand: perhaps avoidance of the passive will be required, but we retain the active voice. Compare Luke 6:38.
life ← soul.
Luke 12:21 Ou3twj o9 qhsauri/zwn e9autw%~, kai\ mh\ ei0j qeo\n ploutw~n. Such is he who treasures things up to himself, but who does not become rich towards God.”
Luke 12:22 Ei]pen de\ pro\j tou\j maqhta_j au0tou=, Dia_ tou=to {RP TR: u9mi=n le/gw} [P1904: le/gw u9mi=n], mh\ merimna~te th|= yuxh|= u9mw~n, ti/ fa&ghte: mhde\ tw%~ sw&mati {RP TR: - } [P1904: u9mw~n], ti/ e0ndu/shsqe. Then he said to his disciples, “This is why I say to you, do not be concerned about yourself, as to what you will eat, or about {RP TR: your} [P1904: your] body, as to what you will wear. u9mi=n le/gw, to you + I say, RP TR F1853=11/18 F1859=4/7 vs. le/gw u9mi=n, I say + to you, P1904 F1853=7/18 F1859=3/7.
u9mw~n, your (body): absent in RP TR F1853=15/18 F1859=4/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's hry) F1859=3/7.
this is why ← on account of this.
yourself ← your soul, here for bodily needs.
Luke 12:23 {RP TR: 879H} [P1904: Ou0xi\ h9] yuxh\ plei=o/n e0stin th=j trofh=j, kai\ to\ sw~ma tou= e0ndu/matoj. {RP TR: Your life is more than food, and your body is more than its clothing.} [P1904: Isn't your life more than food, and your body more than its clothing?] ou0xi\, is not?: absent in RP TR F1853=16/18 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=2/18 (Scrivener's ry) F1859=2/7.
life ← soul.
Luke 12:24 Katanoh/sate tou\j ko/rakaj, o3ti ou0 spei/rousin, ou0de\ qeri/zousin, oi[j ou0k e1stin tamei=on ou0de\ a)poqh/kh, kai\ o9 qeo\j tre/fei au0tou/j: po/sw% ma~llon u9mei=j diafe/rete tw~n peteinw~n; Observe the ravens, how they do not sow or reap, which have neither store nor barn, yet God feeds them. How much more you are worth than the birds! yet: adversative use of kai/.
We punctuate as an exclamation; RP P1904 TBS-TR as a question.
Luke 12:25 Ti/j de\ e0c u9mw~n merimnw~n du/natai {RP-text P1904 TR: prosqei=nai} [RP-marg: prosqh=nai] e0pi\ th\n h9liki/an au0tou= ph=xun e3na; And who among you can add one cubit to his height by being anxious? prosqei=nai, add (aorist active), RP-text P1904 TR F1853=12/19 F1859=3/7 vs. prosqh=nai, add (aorist active, misspelled because of similarity to the passive prosteqh=nai), RP-marg F1853=7/19 F1859=4/7. See Luke 9:16 for a similar misspelling.
by being anxious: gerundial use of the participle.
Luke 12:26 Ei0 ou]n ou1te e0la&xiston du/nasqe, ti/ peri\ tw~n loipw~n merimna~te; So if you cannot do even a very small thing, why are you anxious about the remaining things?
Luke 12:27 Katanoh/sate ta_ kri/na pw~j au0ca&nei: ou0 kopia%~, ou0de\ nh/qei: le/gw de\ u9mi=n, ou0de\ Solomw_n e0n pa&sh| th|= do/ch| au0tou= perieba&leto w(j e4n tou/twn. Observe the lilies – how they grow. Yet they neither toil nor spin thread. But I say to you that not even Solomon in all his glory was clothed like one of these.
Luke 12:28 Ei0 de\ to\n xo/rton {RP TR: e0n tw%~ a)grw%~} [P1904: tou= a)grou=] sh/meron o1nta, kai\ au1rion ei0j kli/banon ballo/menon, o9 qeo\j ou3twj a)mfie/nnusin, po/sw% ma~llon u9ma~j, o0ligo/pistoi; And if God so clothes the {RP TR: vegetation in the field} [P1904: wild vegetation] which is in existence today, but which is thrown into a furnace tomorrow, how much more will he clothe you, you of little faith! e0n tw%~ a)grw%~, in the field, RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=5/7 vs. tou= a)grou=, of the field, P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's n*y) F1859=2/7.
We punctuate as an exclamation; RP P1904 TBS-TR as a question.
Luke 12:29 Kai\ u9mei=j mh\ zhtei=te ti/ fa&ghte, {RP TR: h2} [P1904: kai\] ti/ pi/hte: kai\ mh\ metewri/zesqe. So don't you concentrate on what you will eat {RP TR: or} [P1904: and] what you will drink, and do not be in suspense about it, h2, or, RP TR F1853=15/18 F1859=5/7 vs. kai\, and, P1904 F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's agy) F1859=2/7.
concentrate on ← seek after, inquire after, feel the need for.
Luke 12:30 Tau=ta ga_r pa&nta ta_ e1qnh tou= ko/smou e0pizhtei=: u9mw~n de\ o9 path\r oi]den o3ti xrh|/zete tou/twn. for the nations of the world concentrate on all these things, but your father knows that you need these things.
Luke 12:31 Plh\n zhtei=te th\n basilei/an tou= qeou=, kai\ tau=ta pa&nta prosteqh/setai u9mi=n. Rather, seek the kingdom of God, and all these things will be added to you.
Luke 12:32 Mh\ fobou=, to\ mikro\n poi/mnion: o3ti eu0do/khsen o9 path\r u9mw~n dou=nai u9mi=n th\n basilei/an. Do not fear, you little flock. For it pleased your father to give you the kingdom.
Luke 12:33 Pwlh/sate ta_ u9pa&rxonta u9mw~n kai\ do/te e0lehmosu/nhn. Poih/sate e9autoi=j {RP TR: bala&ntia} [P1904: balla&ntia] mh\ palaiou/mena, qhsauro\n a)ne/kleipton e0n toi=j ou0ranoi=j, o3pou kle/pthj ou0k e0ggi/zei, ou0de\ sh\j diafqei/rei: Sell your belongings and give alms. Make yourselves purses which do not wear out – an unfailing treasure in the heavens where no thief comes near, nor does a moth cause ruin. bala&ntia, purses (1), RP TR F1853=14/19 F1859=4/7 vs. balla&ntia, purses (2), P1904 F1853=5/19 (Scrivener's ac**dpy) F1859=3/7.
Luke 12:34 o3pou ga&r e0stin o9 qhsauro\j u9mw~n, e0kei= kai\ h9 kardi/a u9mw~n e1stai. For where your treasure is, there your heart will be also.
Luke 12:35 871Estwsan u9mw~n ai9 o0sfu/ej periezwsme/nai, kai\ oi9 lu/xnoi kaio/menoi: Let your loins be girded and your lamps be burning,
Luke 12:36 kai\ u9mei=j o3moioi a)nqrw&poij prosdexome/noij to\n ku/rion e9autw~n, po/te {RP: a)nalu/sh|} [P1904 TR: a)nalu/sei] e0k tw~n ga&mwn, i3na, e0lqo/ntoj kai\ krou/santoj, eu0qe/wj a)noi/cwsin au0tw%~. and you yourselves be like men awaiting their master when he returns from the wedding reception, so that when he comes and knocks, they open to him immediately. a)nalu/sh|, he returns (subjunctive, suggesting contingency), RP F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7 vs. a)nalu/sei, he will return (future, foreseeing a definite event), P1904 TR F1853=17/18 F1859=6/7. A strong disparity with RP, R=2:25. In both cases, we translate by the English present tense.
comes and knocks ← having come and having knocked. See Matt 23:20.
Luke 12:37 Maka&rioi oi9 dou=loi e0kei=noi, ou4j e0lqw_n o9 ku/rioj eu9rh/sei grhgorou=ntaj: a)mh\n le/gw u9mi=n o3ti perizw&setai kai\ a)naklinei= au0tou/j, kai\ parelqw_n diakonh/sei au0toi=j. Blessed are those servants whom the master finds on the alert when he comes. Truly, I say to you, he will gird himself and have them recline at table, and he will come up to them and serve them. finds ← will find.
comes ← having come. See Matt 23:20.
will come up ← having come up, but taking its time frame from the main verb. See Matt 23:20.
Luke 12:38 Kai\ e0a_n e1lqh| e0n th|= deute/ra% fulakh|=, kai\ e0n th|= tri/th| fulakh|= e1lqh|, kai\ eu3rh| ou3twj, maka&rioi/ ei0sin oi9 dou=loi e0kei=noi. And if he should come in the second watch, or come in the third watch, and find them like this, blessed are those servants. second watch: 9 p.m. - midnight.
third watch: midnight - 3 a.m.
Luke 12:39 Tou=to de\ ginw&skete, o3ti ei0 h|1dei o9 oi0kodespo/thj poi/a% w#ra% o9 kle/pthj e1rxetai, e0grhgo/rhsen a!n, kai\ ou0k a@n a)fh=ken diorugh=nai to\n oi]kon au0tou=. And know this: if the master of the house had known at what hour the thief would come, he would have kept watch and would not have let his house be broken into.
Luke 12:40 Kai\ u9mei=j ou]n gi/nesqe e3toimoi: o3ti h|[ w#ra% ou0 dokei=te o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou e1rxetai. So you also be prepared, because at an hour when you don't expect it, the son of man will come.”
Luke 12:41 Ei]pen de\ au0tw%~ o9 Pe/troj, Ku/rie, pro\j h9ma~j th\n parabolh\n tau/thn le/geij, h2 kai\ pro\j pa&ntaj; Then Peter said to him, “Lord, are you saying this parable to us or to everyone else as well?”
Luke 12:42 Ei]pen de\ o9 ku/rioj, Ti/j a!ra e0sti\n o9 pisto\j oi0kono/moj kai\ fro/nimoj, o4n katasth/sei o9 ku/rioj e0pi\ th=j qerapei/aj au0tou=, tou= dido/nai e0n kairw%~ to\ sitome/trion; And the Lord said, “Who then is the faithful and sensible steward whom the master will appoint over his body of servants to give them their ration of wheat at the proper time?
Luke 12:43 Maka&rioj o9 dou=loj e0kei=noj, o4n e0lqw_n o9 ku/rioj au0tou= eu9rh/sei {RP TR: poiou=nta ou3twj} [P1904: ou3twj poiou=nta]. Blessed is that servant whom his master will find acting this way when he comes. poiou=nta ou3twj, acting + thus, RP TR F1853=17/18 F1859=4/7 vs. ou3twj poiou=nta, thus + acting, P1904 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's y) F1859=3/7.
comes ← having come. See Matt 23:20.
Luke 12:44 870Alhqw~j le/gw u9mi=n o3ti e0pi\ pa~sin toi=j u9pa&rxousin au0tou= katasth/sei au0to/n. Truly, I say to you that he will appoint him over all his possessions.
Luke 12:45 870Ea_n de\ ei1ph| o9 dou=loj e0kei=noj e0n th|= kardi/a% au0tou=, Xroni/zei o9 ku/rio/j mou e1rxesqai, kai\ a!rchtai tu/ptein tou\j pai=daj kai\ ta_j paidi/skaj, e0sqi/ein te kai\ pi/nein kai\ mequ/skesqai: But if that servant says in his heart, ‘My master is taking a long time coming’, and he starts beating the menservants and maidservants, and eating and drinking, and becoming drunk,
Luke 12:46 h3cei o9 ku/rioj tou= dou/lou e0kei/nou e0n h9me/ra% h|[ ou0 prosdoka%~, kai\ e0n w#ra% h|[ ou0 ginw&skei: kai\ dixotomh/sei au0to/n, kai\ to\ me/roj au0tou= meta_ tw~n a)pi/stwn qh/sei. that servant's master will come on a day when he does not expect it, and at an hour which he does not know, and he will cut him in two and assign his lot with the unfaithful. cut him in two: judging by the next verse, not to be taken absolutely literally.
Luke 12:47 870Ekei=noj de\ o9 dou=loj o9 gnou\j to\ qe/lhma tou= kuri/ou {RP P1904 TR: e9autou=} [MISC: au0tou=], kai\ mh\ e9toima&saj mhde\ poih/saj pro\j to\ qe/lhma au0tou=, darh/setai polla&j: And that servant, who knew his master's will but did not make preparations nor act in accordance with his will, will be flogged with many lashes. e9autou=, his own, RP P1904 TR F1853=5/18 F1859=3/7 vs. au0tou=, his, F1853=13/18 F1859=4/7. A disparity with RP, R=10:17.
flogged ← flayed.
Luke 12:48 o9 de\ mh\ gnou/j, poih/saj de\ a!cia plhgw~n, darh/setai o0li/gaj. Panti\ de\ w%{ e0do/qh polu/, polu\ zhthqh/setai par' au0tou=: kai\ w%{ pare/qento polu/, perisso/teron ai0th/sousin au0to/n. But he who did not know, and who acted in a way worthy of beating, will be flogged with few lashes. From everyone to whom much is given, much will be required, and from him to whom they have entrusted much, they will ask all the more. acted in a way worthy ← did (things) worthy.
from everyone to whom ← to everyone from him.
Luke 12:49 Pu=r h]lqon balei=n {RP TR: ei0j} [P1904: e0pi\] th\n gh=n, kai\ ti/ qe/lw ei0 h1dh a)nh/fqh; I came to cast fire on the earth, so what do I wish for if it has already been set alight? ei0j, to, RP TR F1853=12/18 F1859=3/7 vs. e0pi\, onto, P1904 F1853=6/18 F1859=4/7.
Luke 12:50 Ba&ptisma de\ e1xw baptisqh=nai, kai\ pw~j sune/xomai e3wj ou[ telesqh|=. And I have a baptism to be baptized with, and how I am pressed until it is completed!
Luke 12:51 Dokei=te o3ti ei0rh/nhn paregeno/mhn dou=nai e0n th|= gh|=; Ou0xi/, le/gw u9mi=n, a)ll' h2 diamerismo/n. Do you think I came to bring peace on earth? No, I tell you, but rather discord.
Luke 12:52 871Esontai ga_r a)po\ tou= nu=n pe/nte e0n oi1kw% e9ni\ diamemerisme/noi, trei=j e0pi\ dusi/n, kai\ du/o e0pi\ trisi/n. For from now on there will be five in one house at odds with each other, three against two and two against three. at odds with each other ← divided.
Luke 12:53 {RP TR: Diamerisqh/setai} [P1904: Diamerisqh/sontai] path\r {RP P1904: e0pi\} [TR: e0f'] ui9w%~, kai\ ui9o\j e0pi\ patri/: mh/thr e0pi\ qugatri/, kai\ quga&thr e0pi\ mhtri/: penqera_ e0pi\ th\n nu/mfhn au0th=j, kai\ nu/mfh e0pi\ th\n penqera_n au0th=j. A father will be at variance with his son, and a son with his father; a mother with her daughter and a daughter with her mother; a mother-in-law will be against her daughter-in-law, and a daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law.” diamerisqh/setai, he will be at variance, RP TR F1853=18/18 F1859=5/7 vs. diamerisqh/sontai, they will be at variance, P1904 F1853=0/18 F1859=2/7.
e0pi\, (at variance) with (unapocopated), RP P1904 F1853=14/18 F1859=4/7 vs. e0f', (at variance) with (apocopated), TR F1853=4/18 (Scrivener's fopx) F1859=3/7.
Mic 7:6.
Luke 12:54 871Elegen de\ kai\ toi=j o1xloij, 873Otan i1dhte th\n nefe/lhn a)nate/llousan a)po\ dusmw~n, eu0qe/wj le/gete, 871Ombroj e1rxetai: kai\ gi/netai ou3twj. Then he said to the crowds as well, “Whenever you see a cloud arising from the west, you immediately say, ‘A downpour is coming.’ And so it comes to pass.
Luke 12:55 Kai\ o3tan no/ton pne/onta, le/gete o3ti Kau/swn e1stai: kai\ gi/netai. And when you see a south wind blowing, you say, ‘There will be a scorching heat.’ And so it comes to pass.
Luke 12:56 879Upokritai/, to\ pro/swpon {RP S1550 E1624: th=j gh=j kai\ tou= ou0ranou=} [P1904 S1894: tou= ou0ranou= kai\ th=j gh=j] oi1date dokima&zein: to\n de\ kairo\n tou=ton pw~j ou0 dokima&zete; You hypocrites! You know how to interpret the condition of the {RP S1550 E1624: earth and the sky} [P1904 S1894: sky and the earth], but how come you cannot interpret this period of time? th=j gh=j kai\ tou= ou0ranou=, of the earth + and of the sky, RP S1550 E1624 F1853=9/19 F1859=3/7 vs. tou= ou0ranou= kai\ th=j gh=j, of the sky + and of the earth, P1904 S1894 F1853=10/19 F1859=4/7. A disparity with RP, R=13:16.
condition ← face.
Luke 12:57 Ti/ de\ kai\ a)f' e9autw~n ou0 kri/nete to\ di/kaion; And why can you not determine by yourselves what is right?
Luke 12:58 879Wj ga_r u9pa&geij meta_ tou= a)ntidi/kou sou e0p' a!rxonta, e0n th|= o9dw%~ do\j e0rgasi/an a)phlla&xqai a)p' au0tou=: mh/pote katasu/rh| se pro\j to\n krith/n, kai\ o9 krith/j se paradw%~ tw%~ pra&ktori, kai\ o9 pra&ktwr se {RP: ba&lh|} [P1904: balei=] [TR: ba&llh|] ei0j fulakh/n. For when you go before a magistrate with your opponent, make an effort to settle with him on the way, so that he does not drag you to the judge, and the judge hands you over to the executive officer, and the executive officer throws you in prison. ba&lh|, throws (aorist subjunctive, so perfective aspect), RP F1853=14/18 F1859=4/7 vs. balei=, will throw, P1904 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7 vs. ba&llh|, throws (present subjunctive, so imperfective aspect), TR F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's bqx) F1859=1/7 vs. ballei=, throws, F1853=0/18 F1859=1/7.
on the way: perhaps like the modern out of court settlement.
Luke 12:59 Le/gw soi, ou0 mh\ e0ce/lqh|j e0kei=qen, e3wj ou[ kai\ {RP: to\n} [P1904 TR: to\] e1sxaton lepto\n a)podw%~j. I say to you, you will certainly not come out from there until you have paid the very last lepton.” to\n, the (lepton), from o9 lepto/j (masculine), RP F1853=9/19 F1859=3/7 vs. to\, the (lepton), from to\ lepto/n (neuter), P1904 TR F1853=10/19 F1859=4/7. A disparity with RP, R=12:16.
the very last ← even the last.
lepton: a coin of the lowest value; 1⁄128 denary.
Luke 13:1 Parh=san de/ tinej e0n au0tw%~ tw%~ kairw%~ a)pagge/llontej au0tw%~ peri\ tw~n Galilai/wn, w{n to\ ai[ma Pila&toj e1micen meta_ tw~n qusiw~n au0tw~n. Now there were some people present at that very time reporting to him about the Galileans whose blood Pilate had mixed with their sacrifices.
Luke 13:2 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0toi=j, Dokei=te o3ti oi9 Galilai=oi ou[toi a(martwloi\ para_ pa&ntaj tou\j Galilai/ouj e0ge/nonto, o3ti toiau=ta pepo/nqasin; To this Jesus reacted and said to them, “Do you think that these Galileans were more sinful than all the other Galileans, because they have suffered such things?
Luke 13:3 Ou0xi/, le/gw u9mi=n: a)ll' e0a_n mh\ metanoh=te, pa&ntej w(sau/twj a)polei=sqe. No, I say to you, but unless you repent, you will all perish in the same way.
Luke 13:4 872H e0kei=noi oi9 de/ka kai\ o0ktw&, e0f' ou4j e1pesen o9 pu/rgoj e0n tw%~ Silwa_m kai\ a)pe/kteinen au0tou/j, dokei=te o3ti ou[toi o0feile/tai e0ge/nonto para_ pa&ntaj {RP TR: - } [P1904: tou\j] a)nqrw&pouj tou\j katoikou=ntaj e0n 879Ierousalh/m; Or those eighteen on whom the tower in Siloam fell and killed them – do you suppose these were more at fault than all {RP TR: the} [P1904: the] other men who live in Jerusalem? tou\j, the (men): absent in RP TR F1853=17/18 F1859=6/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's a) F1859=1/7.
at fault ← debtors, perhaps under influence of the Aramaic חוֹבָא, debt or sin.
Luke 13:5 Ou0xi/, le/gw u9mi=n: a)ll' e0a_n mh\ {RP TR: metanoh=te} [P1904: metanoh/shte], pa&ntej o9moi/wj a)polei=sqe. No, I tell you, but unless you repent, you will all perish in the same way.” metanoh=te, repent (present subjunctive, so imperfective aspect), RP TR F1853=12/18 F1859=7/7 vs. metanoh/shte, repent (aorist subjunctive, so perfective aspect), P1904 F1853=4/18 (Scrivener's agpy) F1859=0/7 vs. another reading, F1853=2/18 (Scrivener's ce) F1859=0/7.
Luke 13:6 871Elegen de\ tau/thn th\n parabolh/n: Sukh=n ei]xe/n tij e0n tw%~ a)mpelw~ni au0tou= pefuteume/nhn: kai\ h]lqen {RP P1904: zhtw~n karpo\n} [TR: karpo\n zhtw~n] e0n au0th|=, kai\ ou0x eu[ren. Then he related this parable. “A certain man had a fig tree which had been planted in his vineyard, and he came looking for fruit on it, but he did not find any, zhtw~n karpo\n, seeking + fruit, RP P1904 F1853=16/18 F1859=7/7 vs. karpo\n zhtw~n, fruit + seeking, TR F1853=2/18 (Scrivener's gx) F1859=0/7.
Luke 13:7 Ei]pen de\ pro\j to\n a)mpelourgo/n, 870Idou/, tri/a e1th e1rxomai zhtw~n karpo\n e0n th|= sukh|= tau/th|, kai\ ou0x eu9ri/skw: e1kkoyon au0th/n: i3na ti/ kai\ th\n gh=n katargei=; and he said to his vinedresser, ‘That's three years that I have been coming looking for fruit on this fig tree, but not finding any. Cut it down. Why should it for its part occupy the ground pointlessly?’ that's three years ← behold three years.
for its part ← also.
Luke 13:8 879O de\ a)pokriqei\j {RP TR: le/gei} [P1904: ei]pen] au0tw%~, Ku/rie, a!fej au0th\n kai\ tou=to to\ e1toj, e3wj o3tou ska&yw peri\ au0th/n, kai\ ba&lw {RP P1904 E1624: ko/pria} [S1550 S1894: ko/prian]: But he answered and said to him, ‘Master, leave it this year too, until I have dug around it and applied manure. le/gei, says, RP TR F1853=16/18 F1859=6/7 vs. ei]pen, said, P1904 F1853=2/18 (Scrivener's cy) F1859=1/7.
ko/pria, manure (neuter plural), RP P1904 E1624 F1853=17/18 F1859=4/8 vs. ko/prian, manure (feminine singular), S1550 S1894 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's c) F1859=3/8 vs. another reading, F1853=0/18 F1859=1/8.
Luke 13:9 ka@n me\n poih/sh| karpo/n: ei0 de\ mh/ge, ei0j to\ me/llon e0kko/yeij au0th/n. And if it bears fruit, well and good. But if not, you can cut it down in the coming year.’ ” can ← will, a Hebraism.
Luke 13:10 87]Hn de\ dida&skwn e0n mia%~ tw~n sunagwgw~n e0n toi=j sa&bbasin: Now he was teaching in one of the synagogues on the Sabbath,
Luke 13:11 kai\ i0dou/, gunh\ h]n pneu=ma e1xousa a)sqenei/aj e1th de/ka kai\ o0ktw&, kai\ h]n sugku/ptousa, kai\ mh\ duname/nh a)naku/yai ei0j to\ pantele/j. and there was a woman who had been possessed by a spirit of illness for eighteen years, and who was bent double and was not able to straighten up at all. there was ← behold there was.
had been possessed by a spirit ← had had a spirit ← having a spirit.
Luke 13:12 870Idw_n de\ au0th\n o9 870Ihsou=j prosefw&nhsen, kai\ ei]pen au0th|=, Gu/nai, a)pole/lusai th=j a)sqenei/aj sou. Then when Jesus saw her, he called to her and said to her, “Madam, you have been made free of your illness.”
Luke 13:13 Kai\ e0pe/qhken au0th|= ta_j xei=raj: kai\ paraxrh=ma a)nwrqw&qh, kai\ e0do/cazen to\n qeo/n. And he laid his hands on her, and immediately she was made straight again, and she glorified God.
Luke 13:14 870Apokriqei\j de\ o9 a)rxisuna&gwgoj, a)ganaktw~n o3ti tw%~ sabba&tw% e0qera&peusen o9 870Ihsou=j, e1legen tw%~ o1xlw%, 874Ec h9me/rai ei0si\n e0n ai[j dei= e0rga&zesqai: e0n tau/taij ou]n e0rxo/menoi qerapeu/esqe, kai\ mh\ th|= h9me/ra% tou= sabba&tou. But the president of the synagogue, who was annoyed that Jesus had healed on the Sabbath, responded and said to the congregation, “There are six days on which one must do work. So come on these days and be healed, and not on the Sabbath day.” congregation ← crowd.
come: imperatival use of the participle.
Luke 13:15 870Apekri/qh ou]n au0tw%~ o9 ku/rioj, kai\ ei]pen, {RP: 879Upokritai/} [P1904 TR: 879Upokrita&], e3kastoj u9mw~n tw%~ sabba&tw% ou0 lu/ei to\n bou=n au0tou= h2 to\n o1non a)po\ th=j fa&tnhj, kai\ a)pagagw_n poti/zei; Therefore the Lord answered him and said, “You {RP: hypocrites} [P1904 TR: hypocrite]! Does not each of you untie his ox or his donkey from the stall on the Sabbath and lead it away to give it drink? u9pokritai/, hypocrites, RP F1853=8/18 F1859=6/8 vs. u9pokrita&, hypocrite, P1904 TR F1853=9/18 F1859=2/8 vs. absent, F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's c) F1859=0/8. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=14:13.
Luke 13:16 Tau/thn de/, qugate/ra 870Abraa_m ou]san, h4n e1dhsen o9 Satana~j, i0dou/, de/ka kai\ o0ktw_ e1th, ou0k e1dei luqh=nai a)po\ tou= desmou= tou/tou th|= h9me/ra% tou= sabba&tou; Should this woman, who is a daughter of Abraham, whom Satan has bound all these eighteen years, not be freed from this bond on the Sabbath day?” all these ← behold.
Luke 13:17 Kai\ tau=ta le/gontoj au0tou=, kath|sxu/nonto pa&ntej oi9 a)ntikei/menoi au0tw%~: kai\ pa~j o9 o1xloj e1xairen e0pi\ pa~sin toi=j e0ndo/coij toi=j ginome/noij u9p' au0tou=. And with him saying these things, all those who opposed him were put to shame, and all the congregation rejoiced at all the illustrious things which were done by him. congregation ← crowd.
Luke 13:18 871Elegen de/, Ti/ni o9moi/a e0sti\n h9 basilei/a tou= qeou=; Kai\ ti/ni o9moiw&sw au0th/n; Then he said, “To what is the kingdom of God similar, and with what shall I compare it?
Luke 13:19 879Omoi/a e0sti\n ko/kkw% sina&pewj, {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: o4n} [E1624: o4] labw_n a!nqrwpoj e1balen ei0j kh=pon e9autou=: kai\ hu1chsen, kai\ e0ge/neto ei0j de/ndron me/ga, kai\ ta_ peteina_ tou= ou0ranou= kateskh/nwsen e0n toi=j kla&doij au0tou=. It is like a grain of mustard seed, which a man took and threw in his own garden, and it grew and became a big tree, and the birds of the sky nestled in its branches.” o4n, which (masculine, ref. grain), RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=17/18 F1859=7/7 vs. o4, which (neuter, ref. mustard), E1624 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's a) F1859=0/7.
mustard: see Matt 13:32.
Luke 13:20 {RP P1904: Pa&lin} [TR: Kai\ pa&lin] ei]pen, Ti/ni o9moiw&sw th\n basilei/an tou= qeou=; {RP P1904: He} [TR: And he] spoke again: “To what shall I liken the kingdom of God? kai\, and (again): absent in RP P1904 F1853=18/18 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=0/18 F1859=1/7.
Luke 13:21 879Omoi/a e0sti\n zu/mh|, h4n labou=sa gunh\ {RP TR: e0ne/kruyen} [P1904: e1kruyen] ei0j a)leu/rou sa&ta tri/a, e3wj ou[ e0zumw&qh o3lon. It is like leaven, which a woman took and hid in three satums of flour, until it was all leavened.” e0ne/kruyen, she in-hid (in), RP TR F1853=7/18 F1859=3/7 vs. e1kruyen, she hid (in), P1904 F1853=11/18 F1859=4/7. A disparity with RP, R=11:16.
satums: a satum is about 3.3 imperial gallons or 15 litres.
Luke 13:22 Kai\ dieporeu/eto kata_ po/leij kai\ kw&maj dida&skwn, kai\ porei/an poiou/menoj ei0j 879Ierousalh/m. Then he crossed around from town to town and village to village, teaching and making his way to Jerusalem.
Luke 13:23 Ei]pen de/ tij au0tw%~, Ku/rie, ei0 o0li/goi oi9 sw%zo/menoi; 879O de\ ei]pen pro\j au0tou/j, And someone said to him, “Lord, is it only a few who are saved?” He then said to them,
Luke 13:24 870Agwni/zesqe ei0selqei=n dia_ th=j stenh=j pu/lhj: o3ti polloi/, le/gw u9mi=n, zhth/sousin ei0selqei=n, kai\ ou0k i0sxu/sousin. “Exert yourselves to go in through the narrow gate, for many, I tell you, are trying to go in, but they will not be able. trying ← seeking.
Luke 13:25 870Af' ou[ a@n e0gerqh|= o9 oi0kodespo/thj kai\ a)poklei/sh| th\n qu/ran, kai\ a!rchsqe e1cw e9sta&nai kai\ krou/ein th\n qu/ran, le/gontej, Ku/rie, ku/rie, a!noicon h9mi=n: kai\ a)pokriqei\j e0rei= u9mi=n, Ou0k oi]da u9ma~j, po/qen e0ste/: Once the master of the house has got up and closed the door, when you make a move and stand outside and knock on the door and say, ‘Lord, lord, open up to us’, he will then answer and say to you, ‘I don't know where you are from.’ We take this section as a parable, but it could be the literal scenario, in which case we would capitalize the uncapitalized lord.
make a move ← begin, here simply denoting transition.
Luke 13:26 to/te a!rcesqe le/gein, 870Efa&gomen e0nw&pio/n sou kai\ e0pi/omen, kai\ e0n tai=j platei/aij h9mw~n e0di/dacaj. Then you will go on to say, ‘We have eaten and drunk in your company, and you taught us in our streets.’ go on ← begin, again simply denoting transition.
Luke 13:27 Kai\ e0rei=, Le/gw u9mi=n, ou0k oi]da u9ma~j po/qen e0ste/: a)po/sthte a)p' e0mou= pa&ntej oi9 e0rga&tai th=j a)diki/aj. Then he will say, ‘I say to you, I do not know where you are from. Keep away from me, all you perpetrators of iniquity.’ Ps 6:9MT (Ps 6:8AV).
Luke 13:28 870Ekei= e1stai o9 klauqmo\j kai\ o9 brugmo\j tw~n o0do/ntwn, o3tan o1yhsqe 870Abraa_m kai\ 870Isaa_k kai\ 870Iakw_b kai\ pa&ntaj tou\j profh/taj e0n th|= basilei/a% tou= qeou=, u9ma~j de\ e0kballome/nouj e1cw. There, there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth, when you see Abraham and Isaac and Jacob and all the prophets in the kingdom of God, but you yourselves cast out. out ← out outside.
Luke 13:29 Kai\ h3cousin a)po\ a)natolw~n kai\ dusmw~n, kai\ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: a)po\] borra~ kai\ no/tou, kai\ a)nakliqh/sontai e0n th|= basilei/a% tou= qeou=. And they will come from the east and the west and {RP: - } [P1904 TR: from] the north and the south, and they will recline at table in the kingdom of God. a)po\, from: absent in RP F1853=19/19 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=0/19 F1859=2/7. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
Luke 13:30 Kai\ i0dou/, ei0si\n e1sxatoi oi4 e1sontai prw~toi, kai\ ei0si\n prw~toi oi4 e1sontai e1sxatoi. And you will see that there are some last who will be first, and that there are some first who will be last.” you will see that ← behold.
Luke 13:31 870En au0th|= th|= h9me/ra% prosh=lqo/n tinej Farisai=oi, le/gontej au0tw%~, 871Ecelqe kai\ poreu/ou e0nteu=qen, o3ti 879Hrw%&dhj qe/lei se a)poktei=nai. On that day, some Pharisees came over and said to him, “Get out and go away from here, for Herod wishes to kill you.” on that day ← on the day itself. We translate more as if the breathings were e0n au[th| th|= h9me/ra%, on this day. AV differs, reading the same day, which would be e0n th|= au0th|= h9me/ra%.
Luke 13:32 Kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j, Poreuqe/ntej ei1pate th|= a)lw&peki tau/th|, 870Idou/, e0kba&llw daimo/nia kai\ i0a&seij e0pitelw~ sh/meron kai\ au1rion, kai\ th|= tri/th| teleiou=mai. At this he said to them, “Go and say to that fox, ‘Look, I cast out demons and accomplish healings today and tomorrow, and on the third day I will come to an end.’ go: imperatival use of the participle.
come to an end: [CB] supplies of my work.
Luke 13:33 Plh\n dei= me sh/meron kai\ au1rion kai\ th|= e0xome/nh| poreu/esqai: o3ti ou0k e0nde/xetai profh/thn a)pole/sqai e1cw 879Ierousalh/m. But it is necessary for me to make my journey today and tomorrow and the day after, because it is not admissible for a prophet to perish outside Jerusalem.
Luke 13:34 879Ierousalh/m, 879Ierousalh/m, h9 {RP-text: a)pokte/nousa} [RP-marg TR: a)poktei/nousa] [P1904: a)pokte/nnousa] tou\j profh/taj, kai\ liqobolou=sa tou\j a)pestalme/nouj pro\j au0th/n, posa&kij h0qe/lhsa e0pisuna&cai ta_ te/kna sou, o4n tro/pon o1rnij th\n e9auth=j nossia_n u9po\ ta_j pte/rugaj, kai\ ou0k h0qelh/sate. Jerusalem, Jerusalem, you who kill the prophets and stone those sent to you, how often I wished to gather your children in the way a bird gathers its own brood under its wings, but you were not willing! a)pokte/nousa, you who kill (present participle, variant 1), RP-text F1853=9/19 F1859=2/9 vs. a)poktei/nousa, you who kill (present participle, variant 2), RP-marg TR F1853=6/19 F1859=6/9 vs. a)pokte/nnousa, you who kill (present participle, variant 3), P1904 F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's dhks) F1859=1/9. All are present participles in various spellings. A weak disparity with RP-text, R=11:13.
you ← her. A change of grammatical person; compare Matt 18:19, Lev 1:3.
Luke 13:35 870Idou/, a)fi/etai u9mi=n o9 oi]koj u9mw~n e1rhmoj: {RP P1904: le/gw de\} [TR: a)mh\n de\ le/gw] u9mi=n o3ti ou0 mh/ me i1dhte e3wj a@n {RP: h3cei} [P1904 TR: h3ch|], o3te ei1phte, Eu0loghme/noj o9 e0rxo/menoj e0n o0no/mati kuri/ou. See how your house is left to you desolate. And {RP P1904: - } [TR: truly,] I say to you that you will not see me at all until the time comes when you say,

‘Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord.’ ”

 le/gw de\, but I say, RP P1904 F1853=17/19 F1859=6/7 vs. a)mh\n de\ le/gw, truly indeed I say, TR F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's o) F1859=1/7 vs. words absent F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's x) F1859=0/7. AV differs textually.
h3cei, comes (classical subjunctive), RP F1853=10/19 F1859=3/8 vs. h3ch|, will come (non-classical future indicative), P1904 TR F1853=8/19 F1859=4/8 vs. absent, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's g) F1859=1/8. A weak disparity with RP, R=13:14.
Ps 118:26.
see how ← behold.
Luke 14:1 Kai\ e0ge/neto e0n tw%~ e0lqei=n au0to\n ei0j oi]ko/n tinoj tw~n a)rxo/ntwn tw~n Farisai/wn sabba&tw% fagei=n a!rton, kai\ au0toi\ h]san parathrou/menoi au0to/n. Now it came to pass, when he had gone into the home of one of the senior members of the Pharisees on a Sabbath to eat bread, that they were watching him closely,
Luke 14:2 Kai\ i0dou/, a!nqrwpo/j tij h]n u9drwpiko\j e1mprosqen au0tou=. and it was the case that there was in front of him a certain man with oedema, it was the case that ← behold.
oedema: (American edema), also known as dropsy.
Luke 14:3 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen pro\j tou\j nomikou\j kai\ Farisai/ouj, le/gwn, Ei0 e1cestin tw%~ sabba&tw% qerapeu/ein; at which Jesus reacted and addressed the scholars in the law and the Pharisees and said, “Is it permitted to heal on the Sabbath?”
Luke 14:4 Oi9 de\ h9su/xasan. Kai\ e0pilabo/menoj i0a&sato au0to/n, kai\ a)pe/lusen. But they kept quiet. Then he took hold of him and cured him and let him go.
Luke 14:5 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j pro\j au0tou\j ei]pen, Ti/noj u9mw~n {RP P1904: ui9o\j} [TR: o1noj] h2 bou=j ei0j fre/ar e0mpesei=tai, kai\ ou0k eu0qe/wj a)naspa&sei au0to\n e0n th|= h9me/ra% tou= sabba&tou; Then he replied to them and said, “Who among you whose {RP P1904: son} [TR: donkey] or ox falls into a well would not immediately draw it up on the Sabbath day?” ui9o\j, son, RP P1904 F1853=13/19 F1859=2/7 vs. o1noj, donkey, TR F1853=6/19 F1859=4/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/19 F1859=1/7. AV differs textually.
who among you ← of whom of you ... he.
Luke 14:6 Kai\ ou0k i1sxusan a)ntapokriqh=nai au0tw%~ pro\j tau=ta. And they could not argue against those matters with him.
Luke 14:7 871Elegen de\ pro\j tou\j keklhme/nouj parabolh/n, e0pe/xwn pw~j ta_j prwtoklisi/aj e0cele/gonto, le/gwn pro\j au0tou/j, Then he told the guests a parable as he noticed how they chose the prime seats, and he said to them, Compare Prov 25:6 - 7.
Luke 14:8 873Otan klhqh|=j u9po/ tinoj ei0j ga&mouj, mh\ katakliqh|=j ei0j th\n prwtoklisi/an: mh/pote e0ntimo/tero/j sou h|] keklhme/noj u9p' au0tou=, “When you have been invited to a wedding by someone, do not recline at a prime seat, in case someone more honourable than you is invited by him, have been invited ← are invited.
Luke 14:9 kai\ e0lqw_n o9 se\ kai\ au0to\n kale/saj e0rei= soi, Do\j tou/tw% to/pon: kai\ to/te a!rch| met' ai0sxu/nhj to\n e1sxaton to/pon kate/xein. and the one who invited you and him should come and say to you, ‘Give your place to this man’, and then you will have to move on with shame to occupy the last choice place. should come and say ← having come will say. See Matt 23:20.
will have to move on ← will begin, here denoting mere transition.
Luke 14:10 870All' o3tan klhqh|=j, poreuqei\j {RP P1904: a)na&pese} [TR: a)na&peson] ei0j to\n e1sxaton to/pon: i3na, o3tan e1lqh| o9 keklhkw&j se, ei1ph| soi, Fi/le, prosana&bhqi a)nw&teron: to/te e1stai soi do/ca e0nw&pion tw~n sunanakeime/nwn soi. But when you are invited, go and recline in the last choice place so that when your host comes, he says to you, ‘My friend, come up higher.’ Then you will have honour in the sight of those reclining with you. a)na&pese, recline (classical weak aorist), RP P1904 F1853=16/19 F1859=4/7 vs. a)na&peson, recline (non-classical strong aorist ending), TR F1853=0/19 F1859=2/7 vs. another reading, F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's qrs) F1859=1/7.
go: imperatival use of the participle.
your host ← the (one) having invited you.
Luke 14:11 873Oti pa~j o9 u9yw~n e9auto\n tapeinwqh/setai, kai\ o9 tapeinw~n e9auto\n u9ywqh/setai. For everyone who exalts himself will be humbled, and he who humbles himself will be exalted.”
Luke 14:12 871Elegen de\ kai\ tw%~ keklhko/ti au0to/n, 873Otan poih|=j a!riston h2 dei=pnon, mh\ fw&nei tou\j fi/louj sou, mhde\ tou\j a)delfou/j sou, mhde\ tou\j suggenei=j sou, mhde\ gei/tonaj plousi/ouj: mh/pote kai\ au0toi/ se a)ntikale/swsin, kai\ {RP TR: ge/nhtai/} [P1904: genh/setai/] soi a)ntapo/doma. Then he said to him who had invited him, “When you give a lunch or dinner, do not invite your friends or your brothers or your relations or rich neighbours, in case they also invite you in return, and you have a repayment.” ge/nhtai/, there becomes (to you, → you have) (subjunctive, governed by mh/pote), RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=7/7 vs. genh/setai/, there will become (to you, → you will have) (future indicative in an independent paratactic clause), P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's e) F1859=0/7.
him who had invited him: on the italicization of had, see Matt 26:75.
give ← make.
Luke 14:13 870All' o3tan poih|=j doxh/n, ka&lei ptwxou/j, a)naph/rouj, xwlou/j, tuflou/j: But when you give a reception, invite the poor, the disabled, the lame, the blind, give ← make.
Luke 14:14 kai\ maka&rioj e1sh|, o3ti ou0k e1xousin a)ntapodou=nai/ soi: a)ntapodoqh/setai ga&r soi e0n th|= a)nasta&sei tw~n dikai/wn. and you will be blessed, because they don't have the means to repay you. For it will be repaid to you in the resurrection of the righteous.
Luke 14:15 870Akou/saj de/ tij tw~n sunanakeime/nwn tau=ta ei]pen au0tw%~, Maka&rioj, o4j fa&getai {RP P1904: a!riston} [TR: a!rton] e0n th|= basilei/a% tou= qeou=. Then when one of those reclining with him at table heard these things, he said to him, “Blessed is he who will eat {RP P1904: lunch} [TR: bread] in the kingdom of God.” a!riston, lunch, RP P1904 F1853=17/19 F1859=4/7 vs. a!rton, bread, TR F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's ex) F1859=3/7. AV differs textually.
{RP P1904: lunch: or breakfast.}
Luke 14:16 879O de\ ei]pen au0tw%~, 871Anqrwpo/j tij e0poi/hsen dei=pnon me/ga, kai\ e0ka&lesen pollou/j: At this he said to him, “A certain man gave a grand dinner and invited many people.
Luke 14:17 kai\ a)pe/steilen to\n dou=lon au0tou= th|= w#ra% tou= dei/pnou ei0pei=n toi=j keklhme/noij, 871Erxesqe, o3ti h1dh e3toima& e0stin pa&nta. And he sent his servant at the hour of the dinner to say to the guests, ‘Come along, for everything is already prepared.’
Luke 14:18 Kai\ h1rcanto a)po\ mia~j paraitei=sqai pa&ntej. 879O prw~toj ei]pen au0tw%~, 870Agro\n h0go/rasa, kai\ e1xw a)na&gkhn e0celqei=n kai\ i0dei=n au0to/n: e0rwtw~ se, e1xe me parh|thme/non. But they all one after the other set about excusing themselves. The first said to him, ‘I have bought a field, and I need to go out and see to it. I ask you to accept my apologies.’ one after the other ← from one (voice), fwnh=j being understood.
set about excusing ← began to excuse, but little more than mere transition.
to accept my apologies ← hold me excused.
Luke 14:19 Kai\ e3teroj ei]pen, Zeu/gh bow~n h0go/rasa pe/nte, kai\ poreu/omai dokima&sai au0ta&: e0rwtw~ se, e1xe me parh|thme/non. And another said, ‘I have bought five yoke of oxen, and I am going to try them out. I ask you to accept my apologies.’ to accept my apologies ← hold me excused.
Luke 14:20 Kai\ e3teroj ei]pen, Gunai=ka e1ghma, kai\ dia_ tou=to ou0 du/namai e0lqei=n. And another said, ‘I have married a woman, which is why I can't come.’ which is why ← and on account of this.
Luke 14:21 Kai\ parageno/menoj o9 dou=loj e0kei=noj a)ph/ggeilen tw%~ kuri/w% au0tou= tau=ta. To/te o0rgisqei\j o9 oi0kodespo/thj ei]pen tw%~ dou/lw% au0tou=, 871Ecelqe taxe/wj ei0j ta_j platei/aj kai\ r(u/maj th=j po/lewj, kai\ tou\j ptwxou\j kai\ a)naph/rouj kai\ xwlou\j kai\ tuflou\j ei0sa&gage w{de. So that servant came and reported these things to his master. Then the master of the house became angry and said to his servant, ‘Go out quickly into the streets and lanes of the town and bring in the poor and the disabled and the lame and the blind here.’
Luke 14:22 Kai\ ei]pen o9 dou=loj, Ku/rie, ge/gonen w(j e0pe/tacaj, kai\ e1ti to/poj e0sti/n. In due course the servant said, ‘Master, it has been done as you ordered, but there is still place.’ in due course ← and.
Luke 14:23 Kai\ ei]pen o9 ku/rioj pro\j to\n dou=lon, 871Ecelqe ei0j ta_j o9dou\j kai\ fragmou/j, kai\ a)na&gkason ei0selqei=n, i3na gemisqh|= o9 oi]ko/j mou. At this the master said to the servant, ‘Go out into the roads and paths and compel them to come in, so that my house is filled.
Luke 14:24 Le/gw ga_r u9mi=n o3ti ou0dei\j tw~n a)ndrw~n e0kei/nwn tw~n keklhme/nwn geu/setai/ mou tou= dei/pnou. {RP-text: Polloi\ ga&r ei0sin klhtoi/, o0li/goi de\ e0klektoi/.} [RP-marg P1904 TR: - ] For I say to you, no-one of those men who were invited will have a taste of the dinner of mine.’ {RP-text: For many are called, but few chosen.”} [RP-marg P1904 TR:  ”] polloi\ ga&r ei0sin klhtoi/, o0li/goi de\ e0klektoi/, for many are called, but few are chosen: present in RP-text F1853=12/22 (of which 3 are a second hand) F1859=7/9 vs. absent in RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=10/22 (none being a deletion by a second hand). F1859=2/9. AV differs textually.
Luke 14:25 Suneporeu/onto de\ au0tw%~ o1xloi polloi/: kai\ strafei\j ei]pen pro\j au0tou/j, Moreover large crowds were going with him, and he turned and said to them,
Luke 14:26 Ei1 tij e1rxetai pro/j me, kai\ ou0 misei= to\n pate/ra {RP: au0tou=} [P1904 TR: e9autou=], kai\ th\n mhte/ra, kai\ th\n gunai=ka, kai\ ta_ te/kna, kai\ tou\j a)delfou/j, kai\ ta_j a)delfa&j, e1ti de\ kai\ th\n e9autou= yuxh/n, ou0 du/natai/ mou maqhth\j ei]nai. “If anyone comes to me but does not hate his {RP: - } [P1904 TR: own] father and mother and wife and children and brothers and sisters, and even his own life, he cannot be a disciple of mine. au0tou=, his, RP F1853=16/19 F1859=4/7 vs. e9autou=, his own, P1904 TR F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's hxy) F1859=3/7.
life ← soul.
Luke 14:27 Kai\ o3stij ou0 basta&zei to\n stauro\n {RP TR: au0tou=} [P1904: e9autou=] kai\ e1rxetai o0pi/sw mou, ou0 {RP P1904: du/natai ei]nai/ mou} [TR: du/natai/ mou ei]nai] maqhth/j. And whoever does not bear his {RP TR: - } [P1904: own] cross and follow me cannot be a disciple of mine. au0tou=, his, RP TR F1853=15/17 F1859=5/7 vs. e9autou=, his own, P1904 F1853=2/17 (Scrivener's cy) F1859=2/7.
ei]nai/ mou, be + my, RP P1904 F1853=9/17 F1859=3/7 vs. mou ei]nai, my + be, TR F1853=8/17 F1859=4/7. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=13:13.
Luke 14:28 Ti/j ga_r e0c u9mw~n, {RP: o9} [P1904 TR: - ] qe/lwn pu/rgon oi0kodomh=sai, ou0xi\ prw~ton kaqi/saj yhfi/zei th\n dapa&nhn, ei0 e1xei ta_ {RP-text: ei0j} [RP-marg P1904 TR: pro\j] a)partismo/n; For who among you, wishing to build a tower, does not first sit down and calculate the expense, to see whether he has enough money for its completion, o9, the (one) → who: present in RP F1853=9/20 F1859=1/7 vs. absent in P1904 TR F1853=11/20 F1859=6/7. A disparity (#1) with RP, R=10:19.
ei0j, for (1) (its completion), RP-text F1853=6/19 F1859=3/7 vs. pro\j, for (2) (its completion), RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=13/19 F1859=4/7. A strong disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=9:19.
among ← out of.
Luke 14:29 873Ina mh/pote, qe/ntoj au0tou= qeme/lion kai\ mh\ {RP TR: i0sxu/ontoj} [P1904: i0sxu/santoj] e0ktele/sai, pa&ntej oi9 qewrou=ntej a!rcwntai {RP TR: e0mpai/zein au0tw%~} [P1904: au0tw%~ e0mpai/zein], in case after he has laid the foundation, he does not have the means to complete it, and everyone who sees it starts mocking him, i0sxu/ontoj, (not) having the means, RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=5/7 vs. i0sxu/santoj, (not) having had the means, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's c) F1859=2/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=0/7.
e0mpai/zein au0tw%~, to mock + him, RP TR F1853=16/19 F1859=3/7 vs. au0tw%~ e0mpai/zein, him + to mock, P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's py) F1859=3/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's c) F1859=1/7.
Luke 14:30 le/gontej, o3ti Ou[toj o9 a!nqrwpoj h1rcato oi0kodomei=n, kai\ ou0k i1sxusen e0ktele/sai. saying, ‘This man started building, but he was not able to complete it’?
Luke 14:31 872H ti/j basileu\j poreuo/menoj sumbalei=n e9te/rw% basilei= ei0j po/lemon ou0xi\ {RP TR: kaqi/saj prw~ton} [P1904: prw~ton kaqi/saj] bouleu/etai ei0 dunato/j e0stin e0n de/ka xilia&sin a)panth=sai tw%~ meta_ ei1kosi xilia&dwn e0rxome/nw% e0p' au0to/n; Or what king, making a move to engage another king in war, does not first sit down and take counsel as to whether he is powerful enough with ten thousand soldiers to confront him with twenty thousand soldiers coming against him? kaqi/saj prw~ton, having sat down + first, RP TR F1853=17/19 (of which 2 misspelled) F1859=5/7 vs. prw~ton kaqi/saj, first + having sat down, P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's py) F1859=2/7.
Luke 14:32 Ei0 de\ mh/ge, e1ti {RP P1904: po/rrw au0tou=} [TR: au0tou= po/rrw] o1ntoj, presbei/an a)postei/laj e0rwta%~ ta_ pro\j ei0rh/nhn. If not, while he is still far off, he will send a delegation and ask for terms of peace. po/rrw au0tou=, far off + him, RP P1904 F1853=17/19 F1859=5/7 vs. au0tou= po/rrw, him + far off, TR F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's ex) F1859=2/7.
Luke 14:33 Ou3twj ou]n pa~j e0c u9mw~n o4j ou0k a)pota&ssetai pa~sin toi=j e9autou= u9pa&rxousin, ou0 {RP TR: du/natai/ mou ei]nai} [P1904: du/natai ei]nai/ mou] maqhth/j. So in this way, every one of you who does not bid farewell to all his own possessions cannot be a disciple of mine. mou ei]nai, my + be, RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=5/7 vs. ei]nai/ mou, be + my, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/7.
Luke 14:34 Kalo\n to\ a#laj: e0a_n de\ {RP TR: - } [P1904: kai\] to\ a#laj mwranqh|=, e0n ti/ni a)rtuqh/setai; Salt is good, but if {RP TR: - } [P1904: even] salt becomes insipid, with what can it be seasoned? kai\, even (salt): absent in RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/7.
can ← will, a Hebraism.
Luke 14:35 Ou1te ei0j gh=n ou1te ei0j kopri/an eu1qeto/n e0stin: e1cw ba&llousin au0to/. 879O e1xwn w}ta a)kou/ein a)koue/tw. It is not fit for either land or manure; it is thrown away outside. Let him who has ears to hear, hear.” it is thrown away ← they throw it away.
Luke 15:1 87]Hsan de\ e0ggi/zontej au0tw%~ pa&ntej oi9 telw~nai kai\ oi9 a(martwloi/, a)kou/ein au0tou=. Now all the tax collectors and the sinners would approach him to hear him,
Luke 15:2 Kai\ diego/gguzon oi9 Farisai=oi kai\ oi9 grammatei=j le/gontej o3ti Ou[toj a(martwlou\j prosde/xetai, kai\ sunesqi/ei au0toi=j. at which the Pharisees and scribes would mutter among themselves, saying, “This man receives sinners and eats with them.” among themselves: this sense is conveyed somewhat by the prefix of dia& in the compound verb diagoggu/zw.
Luke 15:3 Ei]pen de\ pro\j au0tou\j th\n parabolh\n tau/thn, le/gwn, So he spoke this parable to them and said,
Luke 15:4 Ti/j a!nqrwpoj e0c u9mw~n e1xwn e9kato\n pro/bata, kai\ a)pole/saj e4n e0c au0tw~n, ou0 katalei/pei ta_ {RP P1904: e0nenh/konta} [TR: e0nnenh/konta] e0nne/a e0n th|= e0rh/mw%, kai\ poreu/etai e0pi\ to\ a)polwlo/j, e3wj {RP TR: - } [P1904: ou[] eu3rh| au0to/; “What man among you who has one hundred sheep and has lost one of them, does not leave the ninety-nine in the desert and go after the lost one until he finds it? e0nenh/konta, ninety (1), RP P1904 F1853=15/19 F1859=5/8 vs. e0nnenh/konta, ninety (2), TR F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's o) F1859=1/8 vs. other spellings, F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's bcf) F1859=2/8.
ou[, which (time): absent in RP TR F1853=14/19 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=5/19 (Scrivener's acgpx) F1859=2/7.
among ← out of.
Luke 15:5 Kai\ eu9rw_n e0piti/qhsin e0pi\ tou\j w!mouj {RP TR: e9autou=} [P1904: au0tou=] xai/rwn, Then when he has found it, he puts it on his shoulders, rejoicing, e9autou=, his own, RP TR F1853=9/19 F1859=3/7 vs. au0tou=, his, P1904 F1853=10/19 F1859=4/7. A weak disparity with RP, R=13:15.
Luke 15:6 kai\ e0lqw_n ei0j to\n oi]kon, sugkalei= tou\j fi/louj kai\ tou\j gei/tonaj, le/gwn au0toi=j, Sugxa&rhte/ moi, o3ti eu[ron to\ pro/bato/n mou to\ a)polwlo/j. and he comes to his house and calls his friends and neighbours together and says to them, ‘Rejoice with me, because I have found my lost sheep.’
Luke 15:7 Le/gw u9mi=n o3ti ou3twj xara_ e1stai e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~ e0pi\ e9ni\ a(martwlw%~ metanoou=nti, h2 e0pi\ {RP P1904: e0nenh/konta} [TR: e0nnenh/konta] e0nne/a dikai/oij, oi3tinej ou0 xrei/an e1xousin metanoi/aj. I say to you that there will be more joy like this in heaven at one sinner who repents, than at ninety-nine righteous, who have no need of repentance. e0nenh/konta, ninety (1), RP P1904 F1853=16/19 F1859=6/7 vs. e0nnenh/konta, ninety (2), TR F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's x) F1859=1/7 vs. another spelling, F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's bc) F1859=0/7.
Luke 15:8 872H ti/j gunh\ draxma_j e1xousa de/ka, e0a_n a)pole/sh| draxmh\n mi/an, ou0xi\ a#ptei lu/xnon, kai\ saroi= th\n oi0ki/an, kai\ zhtei= e0pimelw~j e3wj o3tou eu3rh|; Or what woman who has ten drachmas, if she loses one drachma, will not light a lamp and sweep the house and search carefully until she finds it? drachma (2x): a silver coin.
Luke 15:9 Kai\ eu9rou=sa {RP TR: sugkalei=tai} [P1904: sugkalei=] ta_j fi/laj kai\ ta_j gei/tonaj, le/gousa, Sugxa&rhte/ moi, o3ti eu[ron th\n draxmh\n h4n a)pw&lesa. And when she has found it, she will call her friends and neighbours together and say, ‘Rejoice with me, because I have found the drachma which I had lost.’ sugkalei=tai, call together (middle), RP TR F1853=14/19 F1859=4/7 vs. sugkalei=, call together (active), P1904 F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's ahxy) F1859=3/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's k) F1859=0/7. No difference in our English.
drachma: a silver coin.
Luke 15:10 Ou3twj, le/gw u9mi=n, xara_ gi/netai e0nw&pion tw~n a)gge/lwn tou= qeou= e0pi\ e9ni\ a(martwlw%~ metanoou=nti. In this way, I tell you, there is joy in the sight of the angels of God at one sinner who repents.”
Luke 15:11 Ei]pen de/, 871Anqrwpo/j tij ei]xen du/o ui9ou/j: Then he said, “A certain man had two sons,
Luke 15:12 kai\ ei]pen o9 new&teroj au0tw~n tw%~ patri/, Pa&ter, do/j moi to\ e0piba&llon me/roj th=j ou0si/aj. Kai\ diei=len au0toi=j to\n bi/on. and the younger of them said to his father, ‘Father, give me the portion of the property which falls to me.’ So he distributed his estate between them.
Luke 15:13 Kai\ met' ou0 polla_j h9me/raj sunagagw_n a#panta o9 new&teroj ui9o\j a)pedh/mhsen ei0j xw&ran makra&n, kai\ e0kei= diesko/rpisen th\n ou0si/an au0tou=, zw~n a)sw&twj. Then not many days later the younger son gathered everything and moved to a distant country and squandered his substance there by living extravagantly.
Luke 15:14 Dapanh/santoj de\ au0tou= pa&nta, e0ge/neto limo\j i0sxuro\j kata_ th\n xw&ran e0kei/nhn, kai\ au0to\j h1rcato u9sterei=sqai. But when he had spent everything, a severe famine set in throughout that country, and he began to be in need.
Luke 15:15 Kai\ poreuqei\j e0kollh/qh e9ni\ tw~n politw~n th=j xw&raj e0kei/nhj: kai\ e1pemyen au0to\n ei0j tou\j a)grou\j au0tou= bo/skein xoi/rouj. And he went and attached himself to one of the citizens of that country, who sent him into his fields to tend pigs. attached himself ← was joined.
Luke 15:16 Kai\ e0pequ/mei gemi/sai th\n koili/an au0tou= a)po\ tw~n kerati/wn w{n h1sqion oi9 xoi=roi: kai\ ou0dei\j e0di/dou au0tw%~. However, he would long to fill his belly with the carob-pods which the pigs ate, but no-one gave him any.
Luke 15:17 Ei0j e9auto\n de\ e0lqw_n ei]pen, Po/soi mi/sqioi tou= patro/j mou perisseu/ousin a!rtwn, e0gw_ de\ limw%~ a)po/llumai: Then he came to himself and said, ‘How many hired servants of my father have bread in abundance, whereas I am perishing from famine!
Luke 15:18 a)nasta_j poreu/somai pro\j to\n pate/ra mou, kai\ e0rw~ au0tw%~, Pa&ter, h3marton ei0j to\n ou0rano\n kai\ e0nw&pio/n sou: I will get up and go to my father and say to him, «Father, I have sinned against heaven and before you.
Luke 15:19 {RP TR: kai\} [P1904: - ] ou0ke/ti ei0mi\ a!cioj klhqh=nai ui9o/j sou: poi/hso/n me w(j e3na tw~n misqi/wn sou. {RP TR: And} [P1904: - ] I am no longer worthy to be called your son. Make me one of your hired servants.» ’ kai\, and: present in RP TR F1853=12/19 F1859=5/8 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=7/19 F1859=3/8.
make me one ← make me as one.
Luke 15:20 Kai\ a)nasta_j h]lqen pro\j to\n pate/ra {RP-text P1904: au0tou=} [RP-marg TR: e9autou=]. 871Eti de\ au0tou= makra_n a)pe/xontoj, ei]den au0to\n o9 path\r au0tou=, kai\ e0splagxni/sqh, kai\ dramw_n e0pe/pesen e0pi\ to\n tra&xhlon au0tou=, kai\ katefi/lhsen au0to/n. So he got up and went to his father. Now while he was still far off, his father saw him, and he was moved to compassion, and he ran and fell around his neck and kissed him. au0tou=, his, RP-text P1904 F1853=10/20 F1859=5/7 vs. e9autou=, his own, RP-marg TR F1853=10/20 F1859=2/7. No difference in our English, his own being too emphatic here, as in RP TR of Luke 15:5.
Luke 15:21 Ei]pen de\ au0tw%~ o9 ui9o/j, Pa&ter, h3marton ei0j to\n ou0rano\n kai\ e0nw&pio/n sou, kai\ ou0ke/ti ei0mi\ a!cioj klhqh=nai ui9o/j sou. Then the son said to him, ‘Father, I have sinned against heaven and before you, and I am no longer worthy to be called your son.’
Luke 15:22 Ei]pen de\ o9 path\r pro\j tou\j dou/louj au0tou=, 870Ecene/gkate th\n stolh\n th\n prw&thn kai\ e0ndu/sate au0to/n, kai\ do/te daktu/lion ei0j th\n xei=ra au0tou=, kai\ u9podh/mata ei0j tou\j po/daj: But his father said to his servants, ‘Bring out the best robe and put it on him, and put a ring on his hand and sandals on his feet. best ← first.
Luke 15:23 kai\ e0ne/gkantej to\n mo/sxon to\n siteuto\n qu/sate, kai\ fago/ntej eu0franqw~men: And bring the fatted calf and slaughter it, and let us eat it and rejoice, bring: imperatival use of the participle.
let us eat: cohortative use of the participle.
Luke 15:24 o3ti ou[toj o9 ui9o/j mou nekro\j h]n, kai\ a)ne/zhsen: kai\ {RP P1904 TR: a)polwlw_j} [MISC: a)polwlo\j] h]n, kai\ eu9re/qh. Kai\ h1rcanto eu0frai/nesqai. because this son of mine was dead, but he has come back to life, and he was lost, but he has been found.’ So they began to rejoice. a)polwlw_j, lost (classical form), RP P1904 TR F1853=6/20 F1859=2/8 vs. a)polwlo\j, lost (misspelled), F1853=14/20 F1859=6/8. A strong disparity with RP, R=10:20.
Luke 15:25 87]Hn de\ o9 ui9o\j au0tou= o9 presbu/teroj e0n a)grw%~: kai\ w(j e0rxo/menoj h1ggisen th|= oi0ki/a%, h1kousen sumfwni/aj kai\ xorw~n. But his elder son was in the field, and as he came back and approached the house, he heard music and dancing,
Luke 15:26 Kai\ proskalesa&menoj e3na tw~n pai/dwn {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: - } [S1550: au0tou=], e0punqa&neto ti/ ei1h tau=ta. so he called one of {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: the} [S1550: his] servants and inquired as to what this was. au0tou=, his (servants): absent in RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1853=19/19 F1859=7/7 vs. present in S1550 F1853=0/19 F1859=0/7.
this was ← these (things) were.
Luke 15:27 879O de\ ei]pen au0tw%~ o3ti 879O a)delfo/j sou h3kei: kai\ e1qusen o9 path/r sou to\n mo/sxon to\n siteuto/n, o3ti u9giai/nonta au0to\n a)pe/laben. And he said to him, ‘Your brother has come back, and your father has slaughtered the fatted calf, because he has got him back in good health.’
Luke 15:28 870Wrgi/sqh de/, kai\ ou0k h1qelen ei0selqei=n: o9 ou]n path\r au0tou= e0celqw_n pareka&lei au0to/n. But he became angry and refused to come in. So his father went out and tried to console him. tried to console: conative imperfect.
Luke 15:29 879O de\ a)pokriqei\j ei]pen tw%~ patri/, 870Idou/, tosau=ta e1th douleu/w soi, kai\ ou0de/pote e0ntolh/n sou parh=lqon, kai\ e0moi\ ou0de/pote e1dwkaj e1rifon, i3na meta_ tw~n fi/lwn mou eu0franqw~. But he replied and said to his father, ‘Look, I have been serving you for all these years, and I have never disobeyed any commandment of yours, but you have never given me a kid for me to enjoy with my friends. all these ← so many.
Luke 15:30 873Ote de\ o9 ui9o/j sou ou[toj o9 katafagw&n sou to\n bi/on meta_ pornw~n h]lqen, e1qusaj au0tw%~ to\n mo/sxon to\n siteuto/n. But when this son of yours came, who has dissipated your wealth with harlots, you slaughtered the fatted calf for him.’
Luke 15:31 879O de\ ei]pen au0tw%~, Te/knon, su\ pa&ntote met' e0mou= ei], kai\ pa&nta ta_ e0ma_ sa& e0stin. At this he said to him, ‘My child, you are always with me, and everything of mine is yours.
Luke 15:32 Eu0franqh=nai de\ kai\ xarh=nai e1dei: o3ti o9 a)delfo/j sou ou[toj nekro\j h]n, kai\ a)ne/zhsen: kai\ {RP P1904 TR: a)polwlw_j} [MISC: a)polwlo\j] h]n, kai\ eu9re/qh. But it was befitting to celebrate and rejoice, because this brother of yours was dead, but he has come back to life, and he was lost, but he has been found.’ ” a)polwlw_j, lost (classical form), RP P1904 TR F1853=7/21 F1859=2/8 vs. a)polwlo\j, lost (misspelled), F1853=14/21 F1859=6/8. A disparity with RP, R=11:20.
befitting ← necessary.
Luke 16:1 871Elegen de\ kai\ pro\j tou\j maqhta_j au0tou=, 871Anqrwpo/j tij h]n plou/sioj, o4j ei]xen oi0kono/mon: kai\ ou[toj dieblh/qh au0tw%~ w(j diaskorpi/zwn ta_ u9pa&rxonta au0tou=. Then he also said to his disciples, “A certain man was rich, and he had a steward, and this man was accused by him of squandering his possessions.
Luke 16:2 Kai\ fwnh/saj au0to\n ei]pen au0tw%~, Ti/ tou=to a)kou/w peri\ sou=; 870Apo/doj to\n lo/gon th=j oi0konomi/aj sou: ou0 ga_r {RP TR: dunh/sh|} [P1904: du/nh|] e1ti oi0konomei=n. So he called him and said to him, ‘What is this I hear about you? Give an account of your stewardship, for you will not be able to hold the office of steward any longer.’ dunh/sh|, you will (not) be able (classical uncontracted form), RP TR F1853=15/19 F1859=4/7 vs. du/nh|, you will (not) be able (contracted form), P1904 F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's cfy) F1859=1/7 vs. other readings, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's e) F1859=2/7.
Luke 16:3 Ei]pen de\ e0n e9autw%~ o9 oi0kono/moj, Ti/ poih/sw, o3ti o9 ku/rio/j mou a)fairei=tai th\n oi0konomi/an a)p' e0mou=; Ska&ptein ou0k i0sxu/w, e0paitei=n ai0sxu/nomai. Then the steward said to himself, ‘What should I do, for my master is taking my stewardship away from me. I am not strong enough to dig, and I am ashamed to beg.
Luke 16:4 871Egnwn ti/ poih/sw, i3na, o3tan metastaqw~ {RP TR: - } [P1904: e0k] th=j oi0konomi/aj, de/cwntai/ me ei0j tou\j oi1kouj {RP TR: au0tw~n} [P1904: e9autw~n]. I know what I will do, so that when I have been dismissed from my stewardship, they will receive me into their homes.’ e0k, out (of): absent in RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's gy) F1859=2/7.
au0tw~n, their, RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=6/7 vs. e9autw~n, their own, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7. No difference in our English, as their own is too emphatic.
have been dismissed ← am dismissed.
Luke 16:5 Kai\ proskalesa&menoj e3na e3kaston tw~n xrewfeiletw~n tou= kuri/ou e9autou=, e1legen tw%~ prw&tw%, Po/son o0fei/leij {RP TR: - } [P1904: su\] tw%~ kuri/w% mou; And he called for each one of his master's debtors, and he said to the first, ‘How much do you owe my master?’ su\, you (emphatically): absent in RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/7.
Luke 16:6 879O de\ ei]pen, 879Ekato\n ba&touj e0lai/ou. Kai\ ei]pen au0tw%~, De/cai sou to\ gra&mma, kai\ kaqi/saj taxe/wj gra&yon penth/konta. So he said, ‘A hundred baths of oil.’ Then he said to him, ‘Take your agreement and sit down quickly and write fifty.’ baths: a bath (a measure of Hebrew origin) is about 6 imperial gallons or 27 litres. It is not etymologically related to the English word bath for bathing.
Luke 16:7 871Epeita e9te/rw% ei]pen, Su\ de\ po/son o0fei/leij; 879O de\ ei]pen, 879Ekato\n ko/rouj si/tou. Kai\ le/gei au0tw%~, De/cai sou to\ gra&mma, kai\ gra&yon o0gdoh/konta. Then he said to another, ‘And how much do you owe?’ This one said, ‘One hundred cors of grain.’ Then he said to him, ‘Take your agreement and write eighty.’ cors: a cor in Old Testament times was about 60 gallons or 270 litres. Perhaps somewhat more in New Testament times.
Luke 16:8 Kai\ e0ph|/nesen o9 ku/rioj to\n oi0kono/mon th=j a)diki/aj o3ti froni/mwj e0poi/hsen: o3ti oi9 ui9oi\ tou= ai0w~noj tou/tou fronimw&teroi u9pe\r tou\j ui9ou\j tou= fwto\j ei0j th\n genea_n {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: th\n} [S1894: - ] e9autw~n ei0si/n. Then the master commended the dishonest steward, because he had acted prudently. For the sons of this age are more prudent than the sons of light towards their own generation. th\n, the (of their own): absent in RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1853=17/19 F1859=7/7 vs. present in S1894 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's gp) F1859=0/7.
dishonest steward ← steward of dishonesty, a Hebraic genitive.
Luke 16:9 Ka)gw_ u9mi=n le/gw, Poih/sate e9autoi=j fi/louj e0k tou= mamwna~ th=j a)diki/aj, i3na, o3tan e0kli/phte, de/cwntai u9ma~j ei0j ta_j ai0wni/ouj skhna&j. And I say to you, make yourselves friends of dishonest mammon, so that when you fail, they will receive you in age-abiding dwellings. We take this verse satirically, as we do this whole parable and the next one (The Rich Man and Lazarus).
dishonest mammon ← mammon of dishonesty, a Hebraic genitive. The word mammon is Aramaic, מָמוֹן, riches.
dwellings ← tents, or tabernacles.
Luke 16:10 879O pisto\j e0n e0laxi/stw% kai\ e0n pollw%~ pisto/j e0stin, kai\ o9 e0n e0laxi/stw% a!dikoj kai\ e0n pollw%~ a!diko/j e0stin. He who is trustworthy in the least thing is also faithful in a greater matter, and he who is dishonest in the least thing is also dishonest in a greater matter. a greater matter (2x) ← much.
Luke 16:11 Ei0 ou]n e0n tw%~ a)di/kw% mamwna%~ pistoi\ ou0k e0ge/nesqe, to\ a)lhqino\n ti/j u9mi=n pisteu/sei; So if you have not been trustworthy with dishonest mammon, who will entrust you with that which is true? mammon: see Luke 16:9.
Luke 16:12 Kai\ ei0 e0n tw%~ a)llotri/w% pistoi\ ou0k e0ge/nesqe, to\ u9me/teron ti/j u9mi=n dw&sei; And if you have not been trustworthy with another person's property, who will give you something of your own?
Luke 16:13 Ou0dei\j oi0ke/thj du/natai dusi\n kuri/oij douleu/ein: h2 ga_r to\n e3na mish/sei, kai\ to\n e3teron a)gaph/sei: h2 e9no\j a)nqe/cetai, kai\ tou= e9te/rou katafronh/sei. Ou0 du/nasqe qew%~ douleu/ein kai\ mamwna%~. No domestic servant can serve two masters. For he will either hate one and love the other, or be attached to one and despise the other. You cannot serve God and mammon.” mammon: see Luke 16:9.
Luke 16:14 871Hkouon de\ tau=ta pa&nta kai\ oi9 Farisai=oi fila&rguroi u9pa&rxontej, kai\ e0cemukth/rizon au0to/n. Now the Pharisees also heard all these things, and, being avaricious, they mocked him.
Luke 16:15 Kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j, 879Umei=j e0ste oi9 dikaiou=ntej e9autou\j e0nw&pion tw~n a)nqrw&pwn, o9 de\ qeo\j ginw&skei ta_j kardi/aj u9mw~n: o3ti to\ e0n a)nqrw&poij u9yhlo\n bde/lugma e0nw&pion tou= qeou= {RP P1904: - } [TR: e0stin]. Then he said to them, “You are those who justify yourselves before men, but God knows your hearts. For that which is highly esteemed among men {RP P1904: is} [TR: is] an abomination in God's sight. e0stin, is: absent in RP P1904 F1853=12/19 F1859=2/8 vs. present in TR F1853=7/19 F1859=6/8. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=15:14.
Luke 16:16 879O no/moj kai\ oi9 profh=tai e3wj 870Iwa&nnou: a)po\ to/te h9 basilei/a tou= qeou= eu0aggeli/zetai, kai\ pa~j ei0j au0th\n bia&zetai. The law and the prophets were the order of the day until John. From then on the kingdom of God has been preached, but everyone is using force against it.
Luke 16:17 Eu0kopw&teron de/ e0stin to\n ou0rano\n kai\ th\n gh=n parelqei=n, h2 tou= no/mou mi/an kerai/an pesei=n. However, it is easier for heaven and earth to pass away than for one tittle of the law to drop out. tittle: or serif, i.e. protrusion of a letter.
Luke 16:18 Pa~j o9 a)polu/wn th\n gunai=ka au0tou= kai\ gamw~n e9te/ran moixeu/ei: kai\ pa~j o9 a)polelume/nhn a)po\ a)ndro\j gamw~n moixeu/ei. Everyone who divorces his wife and marries another commits adultery, and everyone who marries a woman divorced from her husband commits adultery.
Luke 16:19 871Anqrwpoj de/ tij h]n plou/sioj, kai\ e0nedidu/sketo porfu/ran kai\ bu/sson, eu0fraino/menoj kaq' h9me/ran lamprw~j. Now there was a certain rich man, and he used to wear purple and fine linen, and he feasted luxuriously every day. feasted: or made merry. The context involves food.
Luke 16:20 Ptwxo\j de/ tij h]n o0no/mati La&zaroj, o4j e0be/blhto pro\j to\n pulw~na au0tou= h9lkwme/noj And there was a certain poor man by the name of Lazarus, who had been placed at his gate, covered in sores, gate ← gateway, gate-house.
Luke 16:21 kai\ e0piqumw~n xortasqh=nai a)po\ tw~n yixi/wn tw~n pipto/ntwn a)po\ th=j trape/zhj tou= plousi/ou: a)lla_ kai\ oi9 ku/nej e0rxo/menoi a)pe/leixon ta_ e3lkh au0tou=. and he longed to be fed from the crumbs which fell from the table of the rich man; not only that, but the dogs would also come and lick his sores clean.
Luke 16:22 870Ege/neto de\ a)poqanei=n to\n ptwxo/n, kai\ a)penexqh=nai au0to\n u9po\ tw~n a)gge/lwn ei0j to\n ko/lpon {RP P1904: - } [TR: tou=] 870Abraa&m: a)pe/qanen de\ kai\ o9 plou/sioj, kai\ e0ta&fh. Then it came to pass that the poor man died, and he was carried away by angels to Abraham's bosom. Then the rich man also died and was buried. tou=, the (Abraham): absent in RP P1904 F1853=14/19 F1859=4/7 vs. present in TR F1853=5/19 F1859=3/7.
Luke 16:23 Kai\ e0n tw%~ 873A|dh| e0pa&raj tou\j o0fqalmou\j au0tou=, u9pa&rxwn e0n basa&noij, o9ra%~ to\n 870Abraa_m a)po\ makro/qen, kai\ La&zaron e0n toi=j ko/lpoij au0tou=. And when in Hades he lifted up his eyes, where he was in torments, he saw Abraham from a distance, and Lazarus in his bosom. Hades: the place of the dead. Here only, as part of the satire, the place of the dead as taught by the Pharisees. Elsewhere, e.g. LXX Eccl 9:5, a place of no ↴
Luke 16:24 Kai\ au0to\j fwnh/saj ei]pen, Pa&ter 870Abraa&m, e0le/hso/n me, kai\ pe/myon La&zaron, i3na ba&yh| to\ a!kron tou= daktu/lou au0tou= u3datoj, kai\ katayu/ch| th\n glw~ssa&n mou: o3ti o0dunw~mai e0n th|= flogi\ tau/th|. Then he called and said, ‘Father Abraham, have compassion on me and send Lazarus to dip the tip of his finger in water and cool my tongue, for I am suffering pain in this flame.’ ↳ activity (until resurrection). Distinct from Gehenna, the purpose of which is given in Matt 25:41.
Luke 16:25 Ei]pen de\ 870Abraa&m, Te/knon, mnh/sqhti o3ti a)pe/labej su\ ta_ a)gaqa& sou e0n th|= zwh|= sou, kai\ La&zaroj o9moi/wj ta_ kaka&: nu=n de\ {RP P1904: w{de} [TR: o3de] parakalei=tai, su\ de\ o0duna~sai. But Abraham said, ‘My child, remember that you received the good things you had in your life, whereas Lazarus likewise bad things. But now {RP P1904: he} [TR: this man] is comforted {RP P1904: here} [TR: - ], whereas you suffer pain. w{de, here, RP P1904 F1853=11/19 F1859=7/7 vs. o3de, this (man), TR F1853=7/19 F1859=0/7 vs. word absent, F1853=1/19 F1859=0/7.
you had ← of yours.
Luke 16:26 Kai\ e0pi\ pa~sin tou/toij, metacu\ h9mw~n kai\ u9mw~n xa&sma me/ga e0sth/riktai, o3pwj oi9 qe/lontej diabh=nai {RP P1904: e1nqen} [TR: e0nteu=qen] pro\j u9ma~j mh\ du/nwntai, mhde\ oi9 e0kei=qen pro\j h9ma~j diaperw~sin. And besides all these things, a great chasm between us and you has been established, so that those wishing to cross from here to you cannot do it, nor can anyone cross from your side to us.’ e1nqen, from here / there (1), RP P1904 F1853=16/18 F1859=4/7 vs. e0nteu=qen, from here / there (2), TR F1853=2/18 (Scrivener's ap) F1859=2/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/18 F1859=1/7.
anyone ← they.
from your side ← from there.
Luke 16:27 Ei]pen de/, 870Erwtw~ ou]n se, pa&ter, i3na pe/myh|j au0to\n ei0j to\n oi]kon tou= patro/j mou, Then he said, ‘In that case, I ask you, father, to send him to my father's house,
Luke 16:28 e1xw ga_r pe/nte a)delfou/j, o3pwj diamartu/rhtai au0toi=j, i3na mh\ kai\ au0toi\ e1lqwsin ei0j to\n to/pon tou=ton th=j basa&nou. for I have five brothers, to testify solemnly to them, so that they do not also come to this place of torment.’
Luke 16:29 Le/gei au0tw%~ 870Abraa&m, 871Exousin {RP TR: Mwse/a} [P1904: Mwu+se/a] kai\ tou\j profh/taj: a)kousa&twsan au0tw~n. Abraham said to him, ‘They have Moses and the prophets. Let them heed them.’ Mwse/a, Moses, RP TR F1853=17/18 F1859=6/7 vs. Mwu+se/a, Moüses, P1904 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's d) F1859=1/7.
This verse introduces the crowning satirical blow, because there is nothing in Moses and the prophets remotely like the scenario of the preceding verses. Rather, the setting accords ↴
Luke 16:30 879O de\ ei]pen, Ou0xi/, pa&ter 870Abraa&m: a)ll' e0a&n tij a)po\ nekrw~n poreuqh|= pro\j au0tou/j, metanoh/sousin. Then he said, ‘No, father Abraham, but if one of the dead goes to them, they will repent.’ ↳ with Pharisaic doctrine as described in Josephus' Discourse to the Greeks concerning Hades. Christ's audience, the Pharisees, are left needing to admit their lie or accept their place in the rich man's shoes.
Luke 16:31 Ei]pen de\ au0tw%~, Ei0 {RP TR: Mwse/wj} [P1904: Mwu+se/wj] kai\ tw~n profhtw~n ou0k a)kou/ousin, ou0de/, e0a&n tij e0k nekrw~n a)nasth|=, peisqh/sontai. But he said to him, ‘If they will not hear Moses and the prophets, even if someone were to rise from the dead, they would not be persuaded.’ ” Mwse/wj, Moses, RP TR F1853=18/18 F1859=6/7 vs. Mwu+se/wj, Moüses, P1904 F1853=0/18 F1859=1/7.
were to rise ← rises.
would not ← will not.
Luke 17:1 {RP TR: Ei]pen} [P1904: 871Elege] de\ {RP TR: - } [P1904: kai\] pro\j tou\j maqhta&j {RP TR: - } [P1904: au0tou=], 870Ane/ndekto/n e0stin {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: tou=} [E1624: - ] mh\ e0lqei=n ta_ ska&ndala: ou0ai\ de\ di' ou[ e1rxetai. Then he {RP TR: - } [P1904: also] said to {RP TR: the} [P1904: his] disciples, “It is impossible for offences not to come, but woe to him through whom they come. kai\, also: absent in RP TR F1853=18/18 F1859=6/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=0/18 F1859=1/7.
ei]pen, he said, RP TR F1853=18/18 F1859=5/7 vs. e1lege, he was saying, P1904 F1853=0/18 F1859=2/7.
au0tou=, his (disciples): absent in RP TR F1853=13/18 F1859=4/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=5/18 F1859=3/7.
tou=, (not) to (come) (optional article with infinitive): present in RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=17/18 F1859=6/7 vs. absent in E1624 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's x) F1859=1/7.
impossible ← inadmissible.
Luke 17:2 Lusitelei= au0tw%~ ei0 {RP TR: mu/loj o0niko\j} [P1904: li/qoj muliko\j] peri/keitai peri\ to\n tra&xhlon au0tou=, kai\ e1rriptai ei0j th\n qa&lassan, h2 i3na skandali/sh| e3na tw~n mikrw~n tou/twn. It would be better for him if {RP TR: an ass-driven millstone} [P1904: a milling stone] were hung around his neck and he had been thrown in the sea, than that he should offend one of these little ones. mu/loj o0niko\j, millstone + upper (driven, with pulley), RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=4/7 vs. li/qoj muliko\j, stone + milling, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=3/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's p*) F1859=0/7.
The sequence of tenses in the conditional clauses is unusual (were ... had been), which we retain in the English. Compare Luke 17:6.
Luke 17:3 Prose/xete e9autoi=j. 870Ea_n de\ a(ma&rth| ei0j se\ o9 a)delfo/j sou, e0piti/mhson au0tw%~: kai\ e0a_n metanoh/sh|, a!fej au0tw%~. Beware. Now if your brother sins against you, rebuke him. Then if he repents, forgive him.
Luke 17:4 Kai\ e0a_n e9pta&kij th=j h9me/raj a(ma&rth| ei0j se/, kai\ e9pta&kij th=j h9me/raj e0pistre/yh| {RP: - } [P1904: pro/j se] [TR: e0pi/ se], le/gwn, Metanow~, a)fh/seij au0tw%~. And if he sins against you seven times a day, and he turns back {RP: - } [P1904 TR: to you] seven times a day and says, ‘I repent’, you must forgive him.” readings below absent, RP F1853=18/18 F1859=5/7 vs. pro/j se, (turns back) to you (1), P1904 F1853=0/18 F1859=0/7 vs. e0pi/ se, (turns back) to you (2), TR F1853=0/18 F1859=2/7 (Scrivener's Hz). Scrivener lists H twice; it reads pro/j se.
must ← will.
Luke 17:5 Kai\ ei]pon oi9 a)po/stoloi tw%~ kuri/w%, Pro/sqej h9mi=n pi/stin. Then the apostles said to the Lord, “Give us more faith.” give us more faith ← add faith to us.
Luke 17:6 Ei]pen de\ o9 ku/rioj, Ei0 {RP P1904: e1xete} [TR: ei1xete] pi/stin w(j ko/kkon sina&pewj, e0le/gete a@n th|= sukami/nw% tau/th|, 870Ekrizw&qhti, kai\ futeu/qhti e0n th|= qala&ssh|: kai\ u9ph/kousen a@n u9mi=n. To which the Lord said, “If you had faith like a grain of mustard seed, you would say to this mulberry tree, ‘Be uprooted and be planted in the sea’, and it would have obeyed you. e1xete, you have (non-classical in an unreal condition), RP P1904 F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's abd) F1859=4/7 vs. ei1xete, you had (classical unreal condition), TR F1853=14/18 F1859=2/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's g) F1859=1/7. F1853 and F1859 are significantly disparate, X2=4.1 PV=4.3%. We have verified Scrivener's H, as it unusually deviates from P1904. A disparity with RP, R=8:17.
The sequence of tenses in the conditional clauses is unusual (would say ... be uprooted ... would have obeyed), which we retain in the English. Compare Luke 17:2.
Luke 17:7 Ti/j de\ e0c u9mw~n dou=lon e1xwn a)rotriw~nta h2 poimai/nonta, o4j ei0selqo/nti e0k tou= a)grou= e0rei= eu0qe/wj, Parelqw_n {RP P1904: a)na&pese} [TR: a)na&pesai]: But who is there among you who has a servant ploughing or tending sheep, who will straightaway say to him when he has come in from the field, ‘Come along and recline at table’? a)na&pese, recline (aorist active), RP P1904 F1853=16/18 F1859=3/7 vs. a)na&pesai, recline (aorist middle), TR F1853=2/18 (Scrivener's qr) F1859=3/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/18 F1859=1/7.
come along: imperatival use of the participle.
Luke 17:8 a)ll' ou0xi\ e0rei= au0tw%~, 879Etoi/mason ti/ deipnh/sw, kai\ perizwsa&menoj diako/nei moi, e3wj fa&gw kai\ pi/w: kai\ meta_ tau=ta fa&gesai kai\ pi/esai su/; But will he not rather say to him, ‘Prepare something for me to eat for dinner, and gird yourself and serve me while I eat and drink, and after that you can eat and drink.’ gird yourself: imperatival use of the participle.
that ← these (things).
can ← will, a Hebraism.
Luke 17:9 Mh\ xa&rin e1xei tw%~ dou/lw% e0kei/nw% o3ti e0poi/hsen ta_ diataxqe/nta {RP P1904: - } [TR: au0tw%~]; Ou0 dokw~. Surely he won't be grateful to that servant because he did the things {RP P1904: - } [TR: he was] ordered? I don't think so. au0tw%~, (ordered) him → he (was ordered): absent in RP P1904 F1853=18/18 F1859=5/7 vs. present in TR F1853=0/18 F1859=2/7.
Luke 17:10 Ou3twj kai\ u9mei=j, o3tan poih/shte pa&nta ta_ diataxqe/nta u9mi=n, le/gete o3ti Dou=loi a)xrei=oi/ e0smen: o3ti o4 {RP-text: o0fei/lomen} [RP-marg P1904 TR: w)fei/lomen] poih=sai pepoih/kamen. Likewise, you too, when you have done everything you were ordered, say, ‘We are unprofitable servants, for we have only done what we had to do.’ ” o0fei/lomen, we need to (present, as tense of implicit direct speech), RP-text F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's x) F1859=2/8 vs. w)fei/lomen, we needed to (imperfect), RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=17/18 F1859=4/8 vs. other readings, F1853=0/18 F1859=2/8. A strong disparity with RP-text, R=3:23.
have done ← do.
Luke 17:11 Kai\ e0ge/neto e0n tw%~ poreu/esqai au0to\n ei0j 879Ierousalh/m, kai\ au0to\j dih/rxeto dia_ me/sou Samarei/aj kai\ Galilai/aj. Subsequently, it came to pass when he was going to Jerusalem that he crossed through the middle of Samaria and Galilee,
Luke 17:12 Kai\ ei0serxome/nou au0tou= ei1j tina kw&mhn, a)ph/nthsan au0tw%~ de/ka leproi\ a!ndrej, oi4 e1sthsan po/rrwqen: and as he was going into a certain village, ten leprous men met him, and they stood at a distance,
Luke 17:13 kai\ au0toi\ h]ran fwnh/n, le/gontej, 870Ihsou=, e0pista&ta, e0le/hson h9ma~j. and they raised their voice and said, “Jesus, master, have mercy on us.”
Luke 17:14 Kai\ i0dw_n ei]pen au0toi=j, Poreuqe/ntej e0pidei/cate e9autou\j toi=j i9ereu=sin. Kai\ e0ge/neto e0n tw%~ u9pa&gein au0tou/j, e0kaqari/sqhsan. Then when he saw them, he said to them, “Go and show yourselves to the priests.” And it came to pass as they were going off that they were cleansed. go: imperatival use of the participle.
Luke 17:15 Ei[j de\ e0c au0tw~n, i0dw_n o3ti i0a&qh, u9pe/streyen, meta_ fwnh=j mega&lhj doca&zwn to\n qeo/n: And one of them, when he saw that he had been cured, turned back glorifying God with a loud voice.
Luke 17:16 kai\ e1pesen e0pi\ pro/swpon para_ tou\j po/daj au0tou=, eu0xaristw~n au0tw%~: kai\ au0to\j h]n Samarei/thj. And he fell face down at his feet thanking him. Now he was a Samaritan.
Luke 17:17 870Apokriqei\j de\ o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen, Ou0xi\ oi9 de/ka e0kaqari/sqhsan; Oi9 de\ e0nne/a pou=; Then Jesus replied and said, “Were not ten cured? Where are the other nine?
Luke 17:18 Ou0x eu9re/qhsan u9postre/yantej dou=nai do/can tw%~ qew%~, ei0 mh\ o9 a)llogenh\j ou[toj; Were there not any to be found coming back to give glory to God except this foreigner?” coming back ← having come back. See Matt 23:20.
Luke 17:19 Kai\ ei]pen au0tw%~, 870Anasta_j poreu/ou: h9 pi/stij sou se/swke/n se. And he said to him, “Get up and go your way; your faith has cured you.” cured ← saved.
Luke 17:20 870Eperwthqei\j de\ u9po\ tw~n Farisai/wn, po/te e1rxetai h9 basilei/a tou= qeou=, a)pekri/qh au0toi=j kai\ ei]pen, Ou0k e1rxetai h9 basilei/a tou= qeou= meta_ parathrh/sewj: Then when he was asked by the Pharisees when the kingdom of God was coming, he replied to them and said, “The kingdom of God does not come with close watching.
Luke 17:21 ou0de\ e0rou=sin, 870Idou\ w{de, h1, 870Idou\ e0kei=. 870Idou\ ga&r, h9 basilei/a tou= qeou= e0nto\j u9mw~n e0sti/n. Nor when they say, ‘Look, here it is’, or, ‘Look, there it is.’ After all, look, the kingdom of God is in you.” they say ← they will say.
in you: or, perhaps, with [CB], among you.
Luke 17:22 Ei]pen de\ pro\j tou\j maqhta&j, 870Eleu/sontai h9me/rai o3te e0piqumh/sete mi/an tw~n h9merw~n tou= ui9ou= tou= a)nqrw&pou i0dei=n, kai\ ou0k o1yesqe. Then he said to the disciples, “The days will come when you will long to see one of the days of the son of man but will not see him.
Luke 17:23 Kai\ e0rou=sin u9mi=n, 870Idou\ w{de, {RP TR: h1,} [P1904: - ] 870Idou\ e0kei=: mh\ a)pe/lqhte, mhde\ diw&chte. And they will say to you, ‘Look, here {RP TR: he is’ or, ‘Look,} [P1904: he is; look,] there he is.’ Do not go along with or follow them. h1, or: present in RP TR F1853=13/19 F1859=3/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=5/19 F1859=4/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's g) F1859=0/7.
along ← away.
follow ← pursue.
Luke 17:24 873Wsper ga_r h9 a)straph\ {RP TR: h9} [P1904: - ] a)stra&ptousa e0k th=j u9p' ou0rano\n ei0j th\n u9p' ou0rano\n la&mpei, ou3twj e1stai {RP: - } [P1904 TR: kai\] o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou e0n th|= h9me/ra% au0tou=. For just as flashing lightning gives illumination from one place under the sky to another place under the sky, so {RP: - } [P1904 TR: also] will the son of man be in his day. h9, (lightning) the (flashing) → (lightning) which is (flashing): present in RP TR F1853=14/18 F1859=4/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=4/18 (Scrivener's cfpy) F1859=3/7.
kai\, also: absent in RP F1853=16/19 F1859=6/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's cgx) F1859=1/7.
place (2x): from xw&raj ... xw&ran, region, understood.
Luke 17:25 Prw~ton de\ dei= au0to\n polla_ paqei=n kai\ a)podokimasqh=nai a)po\ th=j genea~j tau/thj. But first he must undergo much suffering and be rejected by this generation. undergo much suffering ← suffer many (things).
Luke 17:26 Kai\ kaqw_j e0ge/neto e0n tai=j h9me/raij {RP P1904: - } [TR: tou=] Nw~e, ou3twj e1stai kai\ e0n tai=j h9me/raij {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: tou=} [E1624: - ] ui9ou= tou= a)nqrw&pou. And as it was in the days of Noah, so it will also be in the days of {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: the} [E1624: the] son of man. tou=, the (Noah): absent in RP P1904 F1853=16/18 F1859=5/7 vs. present in TR F1853=2/18 (Scrivener's gx) F1859=1/7 vs. part verse missing, F1853=0/18 F1859=1/7.
tou=, the (son of man): present in RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=15/18 F1859=5/7 vs. absent in E1624 F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's bgx) F1859=1/7 vs. part verse missing, F1853=0/18 F1859=1/7.
Luke 17:27 871Hsqion, e1pinon, e0ga&moun, e0cegami/zonto, a!xri h[j h9me/raj ei0sh=lqen Nw~e ei0j th\n kibwto/n, kai\ h]lqen o9 kataklusmo/j, kai\ a)pw&lesen a#pantaj. They were eating, drinking, marrying and being given in marriage, until the day when Noah went into the ark, and the flood came and destroyed them all.
Luke 17:28 879Omoi/wj kai\ w(j e0ge/neto e0n tai=j h9me/raij Lw&t: h1sqion, e1pinon, h0go/razon, e0pw&loun, e0fu/teuon, w%)kodo/moun: And similarly with what happened in the days of Lot: they were eating, drinking, buying, selling, planting and building, similarly ← similarly also (otiose kai/).
with what ← as, when.
Luke 17:29 h|[ de\ h9me/ra% e0ch=lqen Lw_t a)po\ Sodo/mwn, e1brecen pu=r kai\ qei=on a)p' ou0ranou=, kai\ a)pw&lesen a#pantaj: but on the day when Lot departed from Sodom, it rained fire and sulphur from heaven and destroyed them all.
Luke 17:30 kata_ {RP TR: tau=ta} [P1904: ta_ au0ta_] e1stai h|[ h9me/ra% o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou a)pokalu/ptetai. It will be {RP TR: like this} [P1904: the same] on the day when the son of man is revealed. tau=ta, these (things), RP TR F1853=15/18 F1859=4/7 vs. ta_ au0ta_, the same (things), P1904 F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's apy) F1859=3/7.
{RP TR: like this ← according to these (things).}
Luke 17:31 870En e0kei/nh| th|= h9me/ra%, o4j e1stai e0pi\ tou= dw&matoj, kai\ ta_ skeu/h au0tou= e0n th|= oi0ki/a%, mh\ kataba&tw a}rai au0ta&: kai\ o9 e0n tw%~ a)grw%~ o9moi/wj mh\ e0pistreya&tw ei0j ta_ o0pi/sw. On that day, let him who is on the roof and whose goods are in the house not come down to pick them up, and likewise let him who is in the field not turn back. is ← will be.
Luke 17:32 Mnhmoneu/ete th=j gunaiko\j Lw&t. Remember Lot's wife.
Luke 17:33 874Oj e0a_n zhth/sh| th\n yuxh\n au0tou= sw~sai a)pole/sei au0th/n: kai\ o4j e0a_n a)pole/sh| au0th\n zw%ogonh/sei au0th/n. Whoever tries to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses it will preserve it. tries ← seeks.
life ← soul.
preserve ← preserve alive.
Luke 17:34 Le/gw u9mi=n, tau/th| th|= nukti\ {RP TR: e1sontai du/o} [P1904: du/o e1sontai] e0pi\ kli/nhj mia~j: {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] ei[j paralhfqh/setai, kai\ o9 e3teroj a)feqh/setai. I say to you, on that night, there will be two in one bed, and one will be taken away and the other will be left. e1sontai du/o, will be + two, RP TR F1853=11/19 F1859=3/7 vs. du/o e1sontai, two + will be, P1904 F1853=8/19 (incl. one misspelled) F1859=4/7.
o9, the (one): absent in RP P1904 F1853=14/18 F1859=5/7 vs. present in TR F1853=4/18 (Scrivener's fqrx) F1859=2/7.
that ← this (i.e. the one I am talking about).
Luke 17:35 Du/o e1sontai a)lh/qousai e0pi\ to\ au0to/: {RP P1904 S1550: - } [E1624 S1894: h9] mi/a paralhfqh/setai, kai\ h9 e9te/ra a)feqh/setai. There will be two grinding in the same place, and one will be taken away and the other will be left. {RP S1550: ”} [P1904 E1624 S1894: - ] h9, the (one): absent in RP P1904 S1550 F1853=16/18 F1859=5/7 vs. present in E1624 S1894 F1853=2/18 (Scrivener's bx) F1859=2/7.
Luke 17:36 {RP S1550: - } [P1904 E1624 S1894: du/o] [E1624 S1894: e1sontai] [P1904 E1624 S1894: e0n tw%~ a)grw%~,] [E1624 S1894: o9] [P1904 E1624 S1894: ei[j paralhfqh/setai kai\ o9 e3teroj a)feqh/setai.] {RP S1550: - } [P1904 E1624 S1894: Two] [E1624 S1894: will be] [P1904 E1624 S1894: in the field; one will be taken away and the other will be left.”] Verse absent in RP S1550 F1853=17/18 F1859=3/9 vs. present in P1904 E1624 S1894 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's h) F1859=6/9. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=11.7 PV=0.06%. Scrivener's h and iwH**z show variations. AV differs textually.
Luke 17:37 Kai\ a)pokriqe/ntej le/gousin au0tw%~, Pou=, ku/rie; 879O de\ ei]pen au0toi=j, 873Opou to\ sw~ma, e0kei= {RP TR: sunaxqh/sontai} [P1904: e0pisunaxqh/sontai] {RP TR: - } [P1904: kai\] oi9 a)etoi/. Then they answered and said to him, “Lord, where?” And he said to them, “It is where the body is that the eagles {RP TR: will be gathered} [P1904: will also be gathered] together.” sunaxqh/sontai, will be gathered (1), RP TR F1853=18/18 F1859=6/7 vs. e0pisunaxqh/sontai, will be gathered (2), P1904 F1853=0/18 F1859=1/7.
kai\, also (the eagles): absent in RP TR F1853=14/18 F1859=7/8 vs. present in P1904 F1853=4/18 (Scrivener's lmny) F1859=1/8.
Luke 18:1 871Elegen de\ kai\ parabolh\n au0toi=j pro\j to\ dei=n pa&ntote proseu/xesqai {RP TR: - } [P1904: au0tou\j], kai\ mh\ e0kkakei=n, He also told them a parable on the need {RP TR: - } [P1904: for them] always to pray and not to flag, au0tou\j, them: absent in RP TR F1853=9/19 F1859=4/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=10/19 F1859=3/7. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=14:14.
Luke 18:2 le/gwn, Krith/j tij h]n e1n tini po/lei, to\n qeo\n mh\ fobou/menoj, kai\ a!nqrwpon mh\ e0ntrepo/menoj: and he said, “There was a certain judge in a certain city who did not fear God, nor did he respect man.
Luke 18:3 xh/ra {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: de\} [E1624: de/ tij] h]n e0n th|= po/lei e0kei/nh|, kai\ h1rxeto pro\j au0to/n, le/gousa, 870Ekdi/khso/n me a)po\ tou= a)ntidi/kou mou. And there was a {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: - } [E1624: certain] widow in that city, and she kept coming to him, saying, ‘Vindicate me from my opponent.’ tij, a certain: absent in RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=17/18 F1859=6/7 vs. present in E1624 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's f) F1859=1/7.
kept coming: iterative imperfect.
Luke 18:4 Kai\ ou0k h0qe/lhsen e0pi\ xro/non: meta_ de\ tau=ta ei]pen e0n e9autw%~, Ei0 kai\ to\n qeo\n ou0 fobou=mai, kai\ a!nqrwpon ou0k e0ntre/pomai: But for a long time he refused. But at length he said to himself, ‘Even though I do not fear God or respect man, at length ← after these (things).
Luke 18:5 dia& ge to\ pare/xein moi ko/pon th\n xh/ran tau/thn, e0kdikh/sw au0th/n, i3na mh\ ei0j te/loj e0rxome/nh {RP P1904: u9popia&zh|} [TR: u9pwpia&zh|] me. nevertheless because this widow gives me trouble, I will get her vindicated, so that she does not endlessly come and grind me down.’ ” u9popia&zh|, he may grind down (1), RP P1904 F1853=12/22 F1859=4/7 vs. u9pwpia&zh|, he may grind down (2), TR F1853=5/22 F1859=2/7 vs. other spellings, F1853=5/22 F1859=1/7.
get her vindicated ← vindicate her.
endlessly ← to (the) end.
Luke 18:6 Ei]pen de\ o9 ku/rioj, 870Akou/sate ti/ o9 krith\j th=j a)diki/aj le/gei. Then the Lord said, “Hear what the dishonest judge says. dishonest judge ← judge of dishonesty, a Hebraic genitive.
Luke 18:7 879O de\ qeo\j ou0 mh\ {RP-text P1904: poih/sh|} [RP-marg TR: poih/sei] th\n e0kdi/khsin tw~n e0klektw~n au0tou= tw~n bow&ntwn pro\j au0to\n h9me/raj kai\ nukto/j, kai\ makroqumw~n e0p' au0toi=j; Will God not provide the vindication due to his chosen ones who cry out to him day and night, and be longsuffering over them? poih/sh|, will he (not) exact (justice) (classical aorist subjunctive), RP-text P1904 F1853=10/19 F1859=5/7 vs. poih/sei, will he (not) exact (justice) (non-classical future), RP-marg TR F1853=9/19 F1859=2/7.
due to ← of.
Luke 18:8 Le/gw u9mi=n o3ti poih/sei th\n e0kdi/khsin au0tw~n e0n ta&xei. Plh\n o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou e0lqw_n a}ra eu9rh/sei th\n pi/stin e0pi\ th=j gh=j; I tell you he will provide the vindication due to them swiftly. But when the son of man comes, will he find faith on the earth?” due to ← of.
faith ← the faith, but probably just the usual Greek article + abstract noun. But see Gen 22:9.
Luke 18:9 Ei]pen de\ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: kai\] pro/j tinaj tou\j pepoiqo/taj e0f' e9autoi=j o3ti ei0si\n di/kaioi, kai\ e0couqenou=ntaj tou\j loipou/j, th\n parabolh\n tau/thn: And he {RP: - } [P1904 TR: also] spoke this parable to certain people who trusted in themselves – that they were righteous – and despised the others: kai\, also: absent in RP F1853=12/19 F1859=3/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=7/19 F1859=4/7.
others ← remaining (ones).
Luke 18:10 871Anqrwpoi du/o a)ne/bhsan ei0j to\ i9ero\n proseu/casqai: o9 ei[j Farisai=oj, kai\ o9 e3teroj telw&nhj. “Two men went up to the temple to pray. One was a Pharisee and the other a tax collector.
Luke 18:11 879O Farisai=oj staqei\j pro\j e9auto\n tau=ta proshu/xeto, 879O qeo/j, eu0xaristw~ soi o3ti ou0k ei0mi\ w#sper oi9 loipoi\ tw~n a)nqrw&pwn, a#rpagej, a!dikoi, moixoi/, h2 kai\ w(j ou[toj o9 telw&nhj. The Pharisee stood up and prayed to himself as follows: ‘O God, I thank you that I am not like other men, the grasping, the unjust, the adulterers – nor like this tax collector either. to: indicating God's view of the prayer, if the preposition (pro/j) is taken at face value. AV= with.
as follows ← these (things).
other ← the rest of.
Luke 18:12 Nhsteu/w di\j tou= sabba&tou, a)podekatw~ pa&nta o3sa ktw~mai. I fast twice a week. I tithe everything I acquire.’ week ← Sabbath.
Luke 18:13 Kai\ o9 telw&nhj makro/qen e9stw_j ou0k h1qelen ou0de\ tou\j o0fqalmou\j ei0j to\n ou0rano\n e0pa~rai, a)ll' e1tupten ei0j to\ sth=qoj au0tou=, le/gwn, 879O qeo/j, i9la&sqhti/ moi tw%~ a(martwlw%~. Then the tax collector stood at a distance and was not even willing to lift his eyes up to heaven, but he beat his breast and said, ‘O God, be propitious to me, a sinner.’ a sinner ← the sinner. See Gen 22:9.
Luke 18:14 Le/gw u9mi=n, kate/bh ou[toj dedikaiwme/noj ei0j to\n oi]kon au0tou= h2 {RP P1904: ga_r} [TR: - ] e0kei=noj: o3ti pa~j o9 u9yw~n e9auto\n tapeinwqh/setai, o9 de\ tapeinw~n e9auto\n u9ywqh/setai. I say to you, the latter went down to his house justified {RP P1904: rather} [TR: rather] than the former. For everyone who exalts himself will be humbled, but he who humbles himself will be exalted.” ga_r, rather (than): present in RP P1904 F1853=18/19 F1859=6/7 vs. absent in TR F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's b) F1859=1/7.
Luke 18:15 Prose/feron de\ au0tw%~ kai\ ta_ bre/fh, i3na au0tw~n a#pthtai: {RP TR: i0do/ntej de\} [P1904: kai\ i0do/ntej] oi9 maqhtai\ e0peti/mhsan au0toi=j. Then they also brought some infants to him for him to touch, and when the disciples saw it, they rebuked them. i0do/ntej de\, having seen + but, RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=6/7 vs. kai\ i0do/ntej, and + having seen, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/7.
to touch ← to touch them.
Luke 18:16 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j proskalesa&menoj au0ta_ ei]pen, 871Afete ta_ paidi/a e1rxesqai pro/j me, kai\ mh\ kwlu/ete au0ta&: tw~n ga_r toiou/twn e0sti\n h9 basilei/a tou= qeou=. But Jesus called them along, and he said, “Let the children come to me, and do not prevent them. For the kingdom of God is constituted of such.
Luke 18:17 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n, o4j e0a_n mh\ de/chtai th\n basilei/an tou= qeou= w(j paidi/on, ou0 mh\ ei0se/lqh| ei0j au0th/n. Truly, I say to you, whoever does not receive the kingdom of God as a little child will definitely not enter into it.”
Luke 18:18 Kai\ e0phrw&thse/n tij au0to\n a!rxwn, le/gwn, Dida&skale a)gaqe/, ti/ poih/saj zwh\n ai0w&nion klhronomh/sw; Then a certain governor inquired with him and asked, “Good teacher, what must I do to inherit age-abiding life?” asked ← saying.
must ← will, but past time relative to the main verb I will inherit.
Luke 18:19 Ei]pen de\ au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, Ti/ me le/geij a)gaqo/n; Ou0dei\j a)gaqo/j, ei0 mh\ ei[j, o9 qeo/j. Jesus then said to him, “Why do you call me good? No-one is good except one: God.
Luke 18:20 Ta_j e0ntola_j oi]daj, Mh\ moixeu/sh|j, mh\ foneu/sh|j, mh\ kle/yh|j, mh\ yeudomarturh/sh|j, ti/ma to\n pate/ra sou kai\ th\n mhte/ra sou. You know the commandments. You shall not commit adultery. You shall not commit murder. You shall not steal. You shall not give false testimony. Honour your father and your mother.” Ex 20:12-16, Deut 5:16-20,.
Luke 18:21 879O de\ ei]pen, Tau=ta pa&nta e0fulaca&mhn e0k neo/thto/j mou. Then he said, “I have kept all these things from my youth.”
Luke 18:22 870Akou/saj de\ tau=ta o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0tw%~, 871Eti e3n soi lei/pei: pa&nta o3sa e1xeij pw&lhson, kai\ dia&doj ptwxoi=j, kai\ e3ceij qhsauro\n e0n ou0ranw%~: kai\ deu=ro, a)kolou/qei moi. Then when Jesus heard this, he said to him, “You still lack one thing. Sell everything you have got and distribute the proceeds to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven, and come and follow me.” this ← these (things).
Luke 18:23 879O de\ a)kou/saj tau=ta peri/lupoj e0ge/neto: h]n ga_r plou/sioj sfo/dra. But when he heard this, he became very sad, for he was very rich. this ← these (things).
Luke 18:24 870Idw_n de\ au0to\n o9 870Ihsou=j peri/lupon geno/menon ei]pen, Pw~j dusko/lwj oi9 ta_ xrh/mata e1xontej ei0seleu/sontai ei0j th\n basilei/an tou= qeou=. Then when Jesus saw that he had become very sad, he said, “How it is with difficulty that those who are affluent will go into the kingdom of God. are affluent ← have means.
Luke 18:25 Eu0kopw&teron ga&r e0stin ka&mhlon dia_ trumalia~j r(afi/doj ei0selqei=n, h2 plou/sion ei0j th\n basilei/an tou= qeou= ei0selqei=n. For it is easier for a camel to go in through the eye of a needle than for a rich man to go into the kingdom of God.”
Luke 18:26 Ei]pon de\ oi9 a)kou/santej, Kai\ ti/j du/natai swqh=nai; Then those listening said, “Well who can be saved, then?” listening ← having heard. See Matt 23:20.
Luke 18:27 879O de\ ei]pen, Ta_ a)du/nata para_ a)nqrw&poij {RP TR: dunata& e0stin para_ tw%~ qew%~} [P1904: dunata_ para_ tw%~ qew%~ e0stin]. He then said, “The things which are impossible with men are possible with God.” e0stin para_ tw%~ qew%~, is + with God, RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=5/7 vs. para_ tw%~ qew%~ e0stin, with God + is, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=2/7.
Luke 18:28 Ei]pen de\ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: o9] Pe/troj, 870Idou/, h9mei=j a)fh/kamen pa&nta, kai\ h0kolouqh/same/n soi. Then Peter said, “In our case, we have left everything behind and followed you.” o9, the (Peter): absent in RP F1853=18/19 F1859=3/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's x) F1859=4/7. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=8.9 PV=0.29%.
in our case ← behold + emphatic we.
Luke 18:29 879O de\ ei]pen au0toi=j, 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n o3ti ou0dei/j e0stin o4j a)fh=ken oi0ki/an, h2 gonei=j, h2 a)delfou/j, h2 gunai=ka, h2 te/kna, e3neken th=j basilei/aj tou= qeou=, At which he said to them, “Truly, I say to you, there is no-one who has left house or parents or brothers or wife or children for the sake of the kingdom of God,
Luke 18:30 o4j ou0 mh\ a)pola&bh| pollaplasi/ona e0n tw%~ kairw%~ tou/tw%, kai\ e0n tw%~ ai0w~ni tw%~ e0rxome/nw% zwh\n ai0w&nion. who will not certainly receive in return many times over in this epoch, and in the age to come – age-abiding life.”
Luke 18:31 Paralabw_n de\ tou\j dw&deka, ei]pen pro\j au0tou/j, 870Idou/, a)nabai/nomen ei0j 879Ieroso/luma, kai\ {RP TR: telesqh/setai} [P1904: teleiwqh/setai] pa&nta ta_ gegramme/na dia_ tw~n profhtw~n tw%~ ui9w%~ tou= a)nqrw&pou. And taking the twelve along, he said to them, “Here we are going up to Jerusalem, and everything written through the prophets will be accomplished by the son of man.” telesqh/setai, will be accomplished (from tele/w), RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=5/7 vs. teleiwqh/setai, will be accomplished (from teleio/w), P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/7.
here we are ← behold.
by: plain dative. This could be an agent of the passive as in Matt 6:1, accomplished by, or an indirect object written for. [MG] gives ↴
Luke 18:32 Paradoqh/setai ga_r toi=j e1qnesin, kai\ e0mpaixqh/setai, kai\ u9brisqh/setai, kai\ e0mptusqh/setai, For he will be delivered to the Gentiles and be mocked and insulted and spat on. ↳ written about and dative of disadvantage accomplished in.
insulted: or maltreated. Note the increasing aggression in the verbs, also in the next verse.
Luke 18:33 kai\ mastigw&santej a)poktenou=sin au0to/n: kai\ th|= h9me/ra% th|= tri/th| a)nasth/setai. And they will flog him and kill him, then on the third day he will rise again. rise: this is the only possible meaning here (so not be raised). Middle voice.
again: this word is partly justified by the prefix a)na-, and partly by the context.
Luke 18:34 Kai\ au0toi\ ou0de\n tou/twn sunh=kan, kai\ h]n to\ r(h=ma tou=to kekrumme/non a)p' au0tw~n, kai\ ou0k e0gi/nwskon ta_ lego/mena. But they did not understand any of these things, and this remark was hidden from them, and they did not discern the import of the things spoken.
Luke 18:35 870Ege/neto de\ e0n tw%~ e0ggi/zein au0to\n ei0j 870Ierixw&, tuflo/j tij e0ka&qhto para_ th\n o9do\n prosaitw~n: Then it came to pass as he approached Jericho that a certain blind man was sitting beside the road, begging,
Luke 18:36 a)kou/saj de\ o1xlou diaporeuome/nou, e0punqa&neto ti/ ei1h {RP TR: tou=to} [P1904: tau=ta]. and when he heard a crowd passing through, he inquired what {RP TR: this was} [P1904: these things were] all about. tou=to, this, RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=6/7 vs. tau=ta, these (things), P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's ey) F1859=1/7.
Luke 18:37 870Aph/ggeilan de\ au0tw%~ o3ti 870Ihsou=j o9 Nazwrai=oj pare/rxetai. So they informed him that Jesus the Nazarene was passing by.
Luke 18:38 Kai\ e0bo/hsen, le/gwn, 870Ihsou=, ui9e\ {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d], e0le/hso/n me. At this he shouted and said, “Jesus, son of David, have compassion on me.” David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Luke 18:39 Kai\ oi9 proa&gontej e0peti/mwn au0tw%~ i3na siwph/sh|: au0to\j de\ pollw%~ ma~llon e1krazen, Ui9e\ {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d], e0le/hso/n me. But those going in front rebuked him, telling him to be quiet. But he cried out all the more, “Son of David, have compassion on me.” David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
all the more ← much more.
Luke 18:40 Staqei\j de\ o9 870Ihsou=j e0ke/leusen au0to\n a)xqh=nai pro\j au0to/n: e0ggi/santoj de\ au0tou= e0phrw&thsen au0to/n, Then Jesus stopped and ordered him to be brought to him, and when he had come near, he questioned him, when he had come near: the aorist participle can also be contemporaneous: as he came near. See Matt 23:20.
Luke 18:41 le/gwn, Ti/ soi qe/leij poih/sw; 879O de\ ei]pen, Ku/rie, i3na a)nable/yw. and he asked, “What would you like me to do for you?” He then said, “Lord, for me to see again.” asked ← saying.
Luke 18:42 Kai\ o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0tw%~, 870Ana&bleyon: h9 pi/stij sou se/swke/n se. Then Jesus said to him, “See again. Your faith has cured you.” cured ← saved.
Luke 18:43 Kai\ paraxrh=ma a)ne/bleyen, kai\ h0kolou/qei au0tw%~, doca&zwn to\n qeo/n: kai\ pa~j o9 lao\j i0dw_n e1dwken ai]non tw%~ qew%~. And immediately he recovered his sight, and he followed him, glorifying God. And all the people saw it and gave praise to God.
Luke 19:1 Kai\ ei0selqw_n dih/rxeto th\n 870Ierixw&. Then he entered Jericho and went through it.
Luke 19:2 Kai\ i0dou/, a)nh\r o0no/mati kalou/menoj Zakxai=oj, kai\ au0to\j h]n a)rxitelw&nhj, kai\ ou[toj h]n plou/sioj. And there was a man by the name of Zacchaeus, and he was a senior tax collector, and this man was rich, there was ← behold.
by the name of ← called by name.
Luke 19:3 Kai\ e0zh/tei i0dei=n to\n 870Ihsou=n ti/j e0stin, kai\ ou0k h0du/nato a)po\ tou= o1xlou, o3ti th|= h9liki/a% mikro\j h]n. and he was trying to see who Jesus was, but he could not for the crowd because he was short in stature. was trying ← was seeking.
Luke 19:4 Kai\ prodramw_n e1mprosqen a)ne/bh e0pi\ {RP S1550 S1894: sukomwrai/an} [P1904 E1624: sukomore/an] i3na i1dh| au0to/n: o3ti {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: di'] e0kei/nhj {RP: e1mellen} [P1904 TR: h1mellen] die/rxesqai. So he ran on ahead and climbed up a fig-mulberry tree in order to see him, because it was by that way that he was going to cross through. sukomwrai/an, fig-mulberry (1), RP S1550 S1894 F1853=7/20 F1859=3/7 vs. sukomore/an, fig-mulberry (2), P1904 E1624 F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's cs*) F1859=0/7 vs. sukomorai/an, fig-mulberry (3), F1853=8/20 F1859=2/7 vs. other spellings, F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's hkq) F1859=2/7. Nearly a disparity (#1) with RP, R=11:10.
di', through: absent in RP-text P1904 F1853=16/20 F1859=4/8 vs. present in RP-marg TR F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's df**gr) F1859=4/8.
e1melle¨n©, he was going to (1), RP F1853=9/20 F1859=2/7 vs. h1melle¨n©, he was going to (2), P1904 TR F1853=11/20 F1859=4/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7. A disparity (#2) with RP, R=11:17.
Luke 19:5 Kai\ w(j h]lqen e0pi\ to\n to/pon, a)nable/yaj o9 870Ihsou=j ei]den au0to/n, kai\ ei]pen pro\j au0to/n, Zakxai=e, speu/saj kata&bhqi: sh/meron ga_r e0n tw%~ oi1kw% sou dei= me mei=nai. And when he came to the place, Jesus looked up and saw him and said to him, “Zacchaeus, hurry up and come down, for today I must stay in your house.” hurry up: imperatival use of the participle.
Luke 19:6 Kai\ speu/saj kate/bh, kai\ u9pede/cato au0to\n xai/rwn. So he came down hastily, and he received him in his house, rejoicing,
Luke 19:7 Kai\ i0do/ntej {RP P1904: pa&ntej} [TR: a#pantej] diego/gguzon, le/gontej o3ti Para_ a(martwlw%~ a)ndri\ ei0sh=lqen katalu=sai. but when they all saw it, they muttered among themselves, and they said, “He has gone in to lodge with a sinful man.” pa&ntej, all (1), RP P1904 F1853=14/19 F1859=4/7 vs. a#pantej, all (2), TR F1853=5/19 F1859=3/7.
among themselves: this sense comes from the prefix in the verb (dia&).
Luke 19:8 Staqei\j de\ Zakxai=oj ei]pen pro\j to\n ku/rion, 870Idou/, ta_ h9mi/sh tw~n u9parxo/ntwn mou, ku/rie, di/dwmi toi=j ptwxoi=j: kai\ ei1 tino/j ti e0sukofa&nthsa, a)podi/dwmi tetraplou=n. Meanwhile Zacchaeus stood and said to the Lord, “Look, I am giving half my possessions to the poor, Lord, and if I have extorted anything from anyone, I will repay it four times over.”
Luke 19:9 Ei]pen de\ pro\j au0to\n o9 870Ihsou=j o3ti Sh/meron swthri/a tw%~ oi1kw% tou/tw% e0ge/neto, kaqo/ti kai\ au0to\j ui9o\j 870Abraa&m e0stin. Then Jesus said to him, “Today salvation has come to this house, for he also is a son of Abraham.
Luke 19:10 87]Hlqen ga_r o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou zhth=sai kai\ sw~sai to\ a)polwlo/j. For the son of man came to seek and save what has got lost.”
Luke 19:11 870Akouo/ntwn de\ au0tw~n tau=ta, prosqei\j ei]pen parabolh/n, dia_ to\ e0ggu\j au0to\n ei]nai 879Ierousalh/m, kai\ dokei=n au0tou\j o3ti paraxrh=ma me/llei h9 basilei/a tou= qeou= a)nafai/nesqai. As they heard these things, he again told a parable, because of him being close to Jerusalem, and of them thinking that the kingdom of God was immediately going to manifest itself prominently. again ← having added, a Hebraism, compare וַיֹּסֶף, and he added.
Luke 19:12 Ei]pen ou]n, 871Anqrwpo/j tij eu0genh\j e0poreu/qh ei0j xw&ran makra&n, labei=n e9autw%~ basilei/an, kai\ u9postre/yai. So he said, “A certain nobleman went to a distant land to receive a kingdom for himself and to return.
Luke 19:13 Kale/saj de\ de/ka dou/louj e9autou=, e1dwken au0toi=j de/ka mna~j, kai\ ei]pen pro\j au0tou/j, Pragmateu/sasqe {RP TR: e3wj} [P1904: e0n w%{] e1rxomai. And he called ten of his own servants and gave them ten minas and said to them, ‘Do business {RP TR: until} [P1904: in the intervening time until] I come.’ e3wj, until, RP TR F1853=15/19 F1859=3/6 vs. e0n w%{, in (the time) which, P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's fy) F1859=2/6 vs. other readings, F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's cp) F1859=1/6.
minas: 1 mina = 100 drachmas. A drachma was a silver coin.
Luke 19:14 Oi9 de\ poli=tai au0tou= e0mi/soun au0to/n, kai\ a)pe/steilan presbei/an o0pi/sw au0tou=, le/gontej, Ou0 qe/lomen tou=ton basileu=sai e0f' h9ma~j. But his citizens hated him, and they sent a delegation after him, who said, ‘We do not want this man to reign over us.’
Luke 19:15 Kai\ e0ge/neto e0n tw%~ e0panelqei=n au0to\n labo/nta th\n basilei/an, {RP-text P1904 TR: kai\} [RP-marg: - ] ei]pen fwnhqh=nai au0tw%~ tou\j dou/louj tou/touj, oi[j e1dwken to\ a)rgu/rion, i3na {RP TR: gnw%~} [P1904: e0pignw%~] ti/j ti/ diepragmateu/sato. And it came to pass when he returned, having received the kingdom, {RP-text P1904 TR: that} [RP-marg: that] he ordered these servants to whom he had given the money to be called to him, in order to find out who had gained what in doing business. kai\, and, though we translate that: present in RP-text P1904 TR F1853=9/19 F1859=6/6 vs. absent in RP-marg F1853=10/19 F1859=0/6.
gnw%~, that I might know, RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=4/6 vs. e0pignw%~, that I might know / acknowledge, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=2/6. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=6.9 PV=0.9%.
Luke 19:16 Parege/neto de\ o9 prw~toj, le/gwn, Ku/rie, h9 mna~ sou proseirga&sato de/ka mna~j. So the first came and said, ‘Master, your mina has made a profit of ten minas.’ mina (2x): see Luke 19:13.
Luke 19:17 Kai\ ei]pen au0tw%~, Eu], a)gaqe\ dou=le: o3ti e0n e0laxi/stw% pisto\j e0ge/nou, i1sqi e0cousi/an e1xwn e0pa&nw de/ka po/lewn. At this he said to him, ‘Well done, you good servant, for you were faithful in a very small matter. Have authority over ten cities.’ have ← be having.
Luke 19:18 Kai\ h]lqen o9 deu/teroj, le/gwn, Ku/rie, h9 mna~ sou e0poi/hsen pe/nte mna~j. Then the second came and said, ‘Master, your mina has made five minas.’ mina (2x): see Luke 19:13.
Luke 19:19 Ei]pen de\ kai\ tou/tw%, Kai\ su\ gi/nou e0pa&nw pe/nte po/lewn. And he said to this one likewise, ‘You too be in charge of five cities.’ likewise ← also (the initial and coming from de\).
Luke 19:20 Kai\ e3teroj h]lqen, le/gwn, Ku/rie, i0dou/, h9 mna~ sou, h4n ei]xon a)pokeime/nhn e0n soudari/w%: Then the other one came and said, ‘Master, here is your mina, which I kept hidden in a sweat-band. here is ← behold.
mina: see Luke 19:13.
sweat-band: or handkerchief.
Luke 19:21 e0fobou/mhn ga&r se, o3ti a!nqrwpoj au0sthro\j ei]: ai1reij o4 ou0k e1qhkaj, kai\ qeri/zeij o4 ou0k e1speiraj {RP TR: - } [P1904: , kai\ suna&geij o3qen ou0 diesko/rpisaj]. For I was afraid of you, for you are a harsh man. You take what you did not put there, and you reap what you did not sow {RP TR: - } [P1904: , and you gather from where you did not scatter].’ kai\ suna&geij o3qen ou0 diesko/rpisaj, and you gather from where you did not scatter: absent in RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=2/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's hy) F1859=4/6. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=7.9 PV=0.5%.
Luke 19:22 Le/gei {RP TR: de\} [P1904: - ] au0tw%~, 870Ek tou= sto/mato/j sou krinw~ se, ponhre\ dou=le. 871H|deij o3ti {RP TR: e0gw_ a!nqrwpoj au0sthro/j ei0mi} [P1904: a!nqrwpoj au0sthro/j ei0mi e0gw&], ai1rwn o4 ou0k e1qhka, kai\ qeri/zwn o4 ou0k e1speira {RP TR: - } [P1904: , kai\ suna&gwn o3qen ou0 diesko/rpisa]: {RP TR: So he} [P1904: He] said to him, ‘I will judge you from your own mouth, you bad servant. You knew that I was a harsh man, taking what I did not put there, and reaping what I did not sow {RP TR: - } [P1904: , and gathering from where I did not scatter]. de\, but: present in RP TR F1853=15/19 F1859=2/6 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's cfgy) F1859=4/6.
e0gw_ a!nqrwpoj au0sthro/j ei0mi, I + a man harsh + am, RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=4/6 vs. a!nqrwpoj au0sthro/j ei0mi e0gw&, a man harsh + am + I, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=2/6. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=6.9 PV=0.9%.
kai\ suna&gwn o3qen ou0 diesko/rpisa, and gathering where I did not scatter: absent in RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=3/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's hy) F1859=3/6.
Luke 19:23 kai\ dia_ ti/ ou0k e1dwkaj to\ a)rgu/rio/n mou e0pi\ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: th\n] tra&pezan, kai\ e0gw_ e0lqw_n su\n to/kw% a@n e1praca au0to/; So why did you not invest my money at {RP: a} [P1904 TR: the] bank, so that when I came, I would have availed myself of it with interest?’ th\n, the (table): absent in RP F1853=14/19 F1859=3/6 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=5/19 F1859=3/6.
invest ← give, and under Hebraic influence, put.
Luke 19:24 Kai\ toi=j parestw~sin ei]pen, 871Arate a)p' au0tou= th\n mna~n, kai\ do/te tw%~ ta_j de/ka mna~j e1xonti. Furthermore he said to those standing around, ‘Take the mina from him, and give it to the one who has ten minas.’ mina (2x): see Luke 19:13.
Luke 19:25 Kai\ ei]pon au0tw%~, Ku/rie, e1xei de/ka mna~j. (But they said to him, ‘Master, he has ten minas.’) minas: see Luke 19:13.
Luke 19:26 Le/gw ga_r u9mi=n, o3ti panti\ tw%~ e1xonti doqh/setai: a)po\ de\ tou= mh\ e1xontoj, kai\ o4 e1xei a)rqh/setai a)p' au0tou=. ‘For I say to you that to everyone who has something, more will be given, but from him who does not have anything, even what he has will be taken away from him.
Luke 19:27 Plh\n tou\j e0xqrou/j mou e0kei/nouj, tou\j mh\ qelh/santa&j me basileu=sai e0p' au0tou/j, a)ga&gete w{de, kai\ katasfa&cate {RP TR: - } [P1904: au0tou\j] e1mprosqe/n mou. However, bring those enemies of mine here – those who did not want me to reign over them – and execute {RP TR: them} [P1904: them] before me.’ ” au0tou\j, them: absent in RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=4/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/6.
Luke 19:28 Kai\ ei0pw_n tau=ta, e0poreu/eto e1mprosqen, a)nabai/nwn ei0j 879Ieroso/luma. Then when he had spoken these things, he went on ahead, going up to Jerusalem.
Luke 19:29 Kai\ e0ge/neto w(j h1ggisen ei0j {RP-text P1904: Bhqsfagh\} [RP-marg TR: Bhqfagh\] kai\ Bhqani/an pro\j to\ o1roj to\ kalou/menon 870Elaiw~n, a)pe/steilen du/o tw~n maqhtw~n au0tou=, And it came to pass as he approached {RP-text P1904: Bethsphagé} [RP-marg TR: Bethphagé] and Bethany at the mount called the Mount of Olives, that he sent off two of his disciples, Bhqsfagh\, Bethsphagé, RP-text P1904 F1853=11/20 F1859=4/6 vs. Bhqfagh\, Bethphagé, RP-marg TR F1853=7/20 F1859=0/6 vs. other readings, F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's cf*) F1859=2/6.
Luke 19:30 ei0pw&n, 879Upa&gete ei0j th\n kate/nanti kw&mhn: e0n h|[ ei0sporeuo/menoi eu9rh/sete pw~lon dedeme/non, e0f' o4n ou0dei\j pw&pote a)nqrw&pwn e0ka&qisen: lu/santej au0to\n a)ga&gete. and he said, “Go off to the village opposite, in which as you go in, you will find a tethered foal, on which no man has ever sat. Untie it and bring it. no man ← no-one of men.
untie: imperatival use of the participle.
Luke 19:31 Kai\ e0a&n tij u9ma~j e0rwta%~, Dia_ ti/ lu/ete; ou3twj e0rei=te au0tw%~ o3ti 879O ku/rioj au0tou= xrei/an e1xei. And if anyone asks you, ‘Why are you untying it?’ you will say the following to him: ‘The Lord needs it.’ ” the following ← thus.
Luke 19:32 870Apelqo/ntej de\ oi9 a)pestalme/noi eu[ron kaqw_j ei]pen au0toi=j {RP TR: - } [P1904: , e0stw~ta to\n pw~lon]. Then those who had been sent off went off and found {RP TR: it} [P1904: a foal standing,] as he had told them. e0stw~ta to\n pw~lon, the foal standing: absent in RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=4/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=2/6. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=6.9 PV=0.9%.
Luke 19:33 Luo/ntwn de\ au0tw~n to\n pw~lon, ei]pon oi9 ku/rioi au0tou= pro\j au0tou/j, Ti/ lu/ete to\n pw~lon; And as they untied the foal, its owners said to them, “Why are you untying the foal?”
Luke 19:34 Oi9 de\ ei]pon {RP TR: ,} [P1904: o3ti] 879O ku/rioj au0tou= xrei/an e1xei. At this they said, “The Lord needs it.” o3ti, that, or introducing direct speech: absent in RP TR F1853=15/19 F1859=2/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's cdgp) F1859=4/6.
Luke 19:35 Kai\ h1gagon au0to\n pro\j to\n 870Ihsou=n: kai\ e0pirri/yantej e9autw~n ta_ i9ma&tia e0pi\ to\n pw~lon, e0pebi/basan to\n 870Ihsou=n. So they led it to Jesus, and they slung their own clothes onto the foal and mounted Jesus on it.
Luke 19:36 Poreuome/nou de\ au0tou=, u9pestrw&nnuon ta_ i9ma&tia au0tw~n e0n th|= o9dw%~. As he rode, they strewed their clothes in the way. rode ← went; was carried.
Luke 19:37 870Eggi/zontoj de\ au0tou= h1dh pro\j th|= kataba&sei tou= o1rouj tw~n 870Elaiw~n, {RP TR: h1rcanto} [P1904: h1rcato] a#pan to\ plh=qoj tw~n maqhtw~n xai/rontej ai0nei=n to\n qeo\n fwnh|= mega&lh| peri\ pasw~n w{n ei]don duna&mewn, And as he was by now approaching the descent down the Mount of Olives, the whole company of the disciples started rejoicing and praising God in a loud voice for all the deeds of power which they had seen, h1rcanto, they started, RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=2/6 vs. h1rcato, it started, P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's ao) F1859=4/6. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=7.9 PV=0.5%.
company ← multitude.
Luke 19:38 le/gontej, Eu0loghme/noj o9 e0rxo/menoj basileu\j e0n o0no/mati kuri/ou: ei0rh/nh e0n ou0ranw%~, kai\ do/ca e0n u9yi/stoij. saying,

“Blessed is the king who comes in the name of the Lord.

Peace in heaven and glory in the highest realms.”

 Ps 118:26.
Luke 19:39 Kai/ tinej tw~n Farisai/wn a)po\ tou= o1xlou ei]pon pro\j au0to/n, Dida&skale, e0piti/mhson toi=j maqhtai=j sou. Then some of the Pharisees in the crowd said to him, “Teacher, rebuke your disciples.” in ← from.
Luke 19:40 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j ei]pen au0toi=j, Le/gw u9mi=n o3ti, e0a_n ou[toi siwph/swsin, oi9 li/qoi kekra&contai. But he answered and said to them, “I tell you that if these go quiet, the stones will cry out.” will cry out ← will have shouted out, an unusual deponent future perfect, but the sense is as a simple future, also classically.
Luke 19:41 Kai\ w(j h1ggisen, i0dw_n th\n po/lin, e1klausen e0p' au0th|=, And as he approached and saw the city, he wept over it,
Luke 19:42 le/gwn o3ti Ei0 e1gnwj kai\ su/, kai/ ge e0n th|= h9me/ra% sou tau/th|, ta_ pro\j ei0rh/nhn sou: nu=n de\ e0kru/bh a)po\ o0fqalmw~n sou. and he said, “If only you had known, and of all times on this day of yours, the things pertaining to your peace. But as it is, they are hidden from your eyes, The Greek underpinning our English idiom:
• if only you ← ei0 ... kai\ su/.
• of all times ← ge.
• but as it is ← nu=n de\.
Luke 19:43 873Oti h3cousin h9me/rai e0pi\ se/, kai\ peribalou=sin oi9 e0xqroi/ sou xa&raka& soi, kai\ perikuklw&sousi/n se, kai\ sune/cousi/n se pa&ntoqen, because the days will come upon you when your enemies will throw up a rampart round you, and they will surround you and enclose you from all sides. rampart: or palisade, or entrenchment.
Luke 19:44 kai\ e0dafiou=si/n se kai\ ta_ te/kna sou e0n soi/, kai\ ou0k a)fh/sousin e0n soi\ li/qon e0pi\ li/qw%: a)nq' w{n ou0k e1gnwj to\n kairo\n th=j e0piskoph=j sou. And they will dash you and your children in you to the ground, and they will not leave stone on stone in you, because you did not know the occasion of your visitation.” your visitation: objective genitive (the Lord visited you).
Luke 19:45 Kai\ ei0selqw_n ei0j to\ i9ero/n, h1rcato e0kba&llein tou\j pwlou=ntaj e0n au0tw%~ kai\ a)gora&zontaj, Then when he had gone into the temple, he went on to throw out those who sold things in it, and those who bought them, went on to throw ← started to throw, but used here for mere transition.
Luke 19:46 le/gwn au0toi=j, Ge/graptai {RP TR: ,} [P1904: o3ti] 879O oi]ko/j mou oi]koj proseuxh=j e0sti/n: u9mei=j de\ au0to\n e0poih/sate sph/laion lh|stw~n. saying to them, “It stands written:

‘My house is a house of prayer,

But you have made it a den of thieves.’ ”

 o3ti, (it stands written) that: absent in RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=3/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's gp) F1859=3/6.
Isa 56:7, Jer 7:11.
den of thieves ← cave of plunderers.
Luke 19:47 Kai\ h]n dida&skwn to\ kaq' h9me/ran e0n tw%~ i9erw%~: oi9 de\ a)rxierei=j kai\ oi9 grammatei=j e0zh/toun au0to\n a)pole/sai, kai\ oi9 prw~toi tou= laou=: And he taught in the temple each day, but the senior priests and the scribes were looking for a way to dispose of him, as were the leading men of the people,
Luke 19:48 kai\ ou0x eu3riskon to\ ti/ {RP TR: poih/swsin} [P1904: poih/sousin], o9 lao\j ga_r a#paj e0cekre/mato au0tou= a)kou/wn. but they did not find anything they could do, for all the people were completely enraptured listening to him. poih/swsin, they may do, RP TR F1853=8/19 F1859=4/6 vs. poih/sousin, they will do, P1904 F1853=11/19 F1859=2/6. A weak disparity with RP, R=13:14.
could do ← {RP TR: might do} [P1904: will do].
enraptured ← hung out.
Luke 20:1 Kai\ e0ge/neto e0n mia%~ tw~n h9merw~n e0kei/nwn, dida&skontoj au0tou= to\n lao\n e0n tw%~ i9erw%~ kai\ eu0aggelizome/nou, e0pe/sthsan oi9 {RP P1904: i9erei=j} [TR: a)rxierei=j] kai\ oi9 grammatei=j su\n toi=j presbute/roij, Now it came to pass on one of those days as he was teaching the people in the temple, and preaching the gospel, that the {RP P1904: priests} [TR: senior priests] and scribes came up to him, as did the elders, i9erei=j, priests, RP P1904 F1853=15/19 F1859=5/6 vs. a)rxierei=j, senior priests, TR F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's fgxy, but short hiatus in x?) F1859=1/6. AV differs textually.
as did ← with.
Luke 20:2 kai\ ei]pon pro\j au0to/n, le/gontej, Ei0pe\ h9mi=n, e0n poi/a% e0cousi/a% tau=ta poiei=j, h2 ti/j e0stin o9 dou/j soi th\n e0cousi/an tau/thn; and they spoke to him and said, “Tell us by what authority you do these things, or who it is who has given you this authority.” We punctuate as a command and indirect question; RP as a direct question.
Luke 20:3 870Apokriqei\j de\ ei]pen pro\j au0tou/j, 870Erwth/sw u9ma~j ka)gw_ e3na lo/gon, kai\ ei1pate/ moi: So he answered and said to them, “I will for my part ask you one question, so you tell me, for my part ← also.
question ← word, matter.
Luke 20:4 To\ ba&ptisma 870Iwa&nnou e0c ou0ranou= h]n, h2 e0c a)nqrw&pwn; John's baptism – was it from heaven or from men?”
Luke 20:5 Oi9 de\ sunelogi/santo pro\j e9autou/j, le/gontej o3ti 870Ea_n ei1pwmen, 870Ec ou0ranou=, e0rei=, Dia_ ti/ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: ou]n] ou0k e0pisteu/sate au0tw%~; They then debated among themselves, saying, “If we say, ‘From heaven’, he will say, ‘Why {RP: - } [P1904 TR: then] did you not believe him?’ ou]n, therefore: absent in RP F1853=12/20 F1859=3/6 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=8/20 F1859=3/6.
Luke 20:6 870Ea_n de\ ei1pwmen, 870Ec a)nqrw&pwn, pa~j o9 lao\j kataliqa&sei h9ma~j: pepeisme/noj ga&r e0stin 870Iwa&nnhn profh/thn ei]nai. But if we say, ‘From men’, all the people will stone us, for they have been persuaded that John is a prophet.”
Luke 20:7 Kai\ a)pekri/qhsan mh\ ei0de/nai po/qen. And they answered that they did not know where it was from.
Luke 20:8 Kai\ o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0toi=j, Ou0de\ e0gw_ le/gw u9mi=n e0n poi/a% e0cousi/a% tau=ta poiw~. So Jesus said to them, “Then neither will I tell you by what authority I do these things.”
Luke 20:9 871Hrcato de\ pro\j to\n lao\n le/gein th\n parabolh\n tau/thn: {RP: 871Anqrwpoj} [P1904 TR: 871Anqrwpo/j tij] e0fu/teusen a)mpelw~na, kai\ e0ce/doto au0to\n gewrgoi=j, kai\ a)pedh/mhsen xro/nouj i9kanou/j: He then went on to speak this parable to the people: “A {RP: - } [P1904 TR: certain] man planted a vineyard, and he put it under hired labour with farmers and went abroad for a considerable time. tij, a certain: absent in RP F1853=16/19 F1859=2/6 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's dux) F1859=4/6.
went on to speak ← began to speak, but used here for mere transition.
put it under hired labour: see Matt 21:33.
Luke 20:10 kai\ e0n {RP TR: - } [P1904: tw%~] kairw%~ a)pe/steilen pro\j tou\j gewrgou\j dou=lon, i3na a)po\ tou= karpou= tou= a)mpelw~noj {RP TR: dw~sin} [P1904: dw&sousin] au0tw%~: oi9 de\ gewrgoi\ dei/rantej au0to\n e0cape/steilan keno/n. And in due course, he sent a servant to the farmers for them to give him some of the fruit of the vineyard. But the farmers flogged him and sent him away empty-handed. tw%~, the (due course): absent in RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=4/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's f*y) F1859=2/6.
dw~sin, they may give (aorist subjunctive), RP TR F1853=16/20 F1859=3/6 vs. dw&sousin, they will give (future), P1904 F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's cf*y) F1859=2/6 vs. another reading, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's e) F1859=1/6.
flogged ← flayed.
Luke 20:11 Kai\ prose/qeto {RP TR: - } [P1904: au0toi=j] pe/myai e3teron dou=lon: oi9 de\ ka)kei=non dei/rantej kai\ a)tima&santej e0cape/steilan keno/n. Then he sent another servant {RP TR: - } [P1904: to them]. But they also flogged that one and treated him with indignity and sent him away empty-handed. au0toi=j, to them (non-classical dative of motion towards): absent in RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=4/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's f) F1859=2/6.
he sent another ← again he sent another. See Mark 12:4.
flogged ← flayed.
Luke 20:12 Kai\ prose/qeto pe/myai tri/ton: oi9 de\ kai\ tou=ton traumati/santej e0ce/balon. Then he sent again – a third one. But they also wounded this one and threw him out. sent again – a third ← again sent a third ← added to send a third. The pleonasm has to be removed in English, otherwise the sense is different to what is intended. Compare Mark 12:4.
Luke 20:13 Ei]pen de\ o9 ku/rioj tou= a)mpelw~noj, Ti/ poih/sw; Pe/myw to\n ui9o/n mou to\n a)gaphto/n: i1swj tou=ton i0do/ntej e0ntraph/sontai. Then the landlord of the vineyard said, ‘What should I do? I will send my beloved son. Maybe when they see him, they will respect him.’ him ← this one.
Luke 20:14 870Ido/ntej de\ au0to\n oi9 gewrgoi\ dielogi/zonto pro\j e9autou/j, le/gontej, Ou[to/j e0stin o9 klhrono/moj: deu=te, a)poktei/nwmen au0to/n, i3na h9mw~n ge/nhtai h9 klhronomi/a. But when the farmers saw him, they talked it through among themselves, saying, ‘This is the heir. Come on, let's kill him, so that the inheritance will become ours.’
Luke 20:15 Kai\ e0kbalo/ntej au0to\n e1cw tou= a)mpelw~noj, a)pe/kteinan. Ti/ ou]n poih/sei au0toi=j o9 ku/rioj tou= a)mpelw~noj; So they drove him out to a place outside the vineyard and killed him. What, then, will the landlord of the vineyard do to them?
Luke 20:16 870Eleu/setai kai\ a)pole/sei tou\j gewrgou\j tou/touj, kai\ dw&sei to\n a)mpelw~na a!lloij. 870Akou/santej de\ ei]pon, Mh\ ge/noito. He will come and destroy those farmers and give the vineyard to others.” And when they had heard it, they said, “May it not take place.”
Luke 20:17 879O de\ e0mble/yaj au0toi=j ei]pen, Ti/ ou]n e0stin to\ gegramme/non tou=to, Li/qon o4n a)pedoki/masan oi9 oi0kodomou=ntej, ou[toj e0genh/qh ei0j kefalh\n gwni/aj; But he looked straight at them and said, “What does this scripture mean:

The stone which the builders rejected

Is what has become the keystone?

 Ps 118:22.
does ... mean ← is.
is what ← this.
keystone ← head of (the) corner / angle.
Luke 20:18 Pa~j o9 pesw_n e0p' e0kei=non to\n li/qon, sunqlasqh/setai: e0f' o4n d' a@n pe/sh|, likmh/sei au0to/n. Everyone who falls on that stone will be shattered, and on whomever it falls, it will crush to powder.” crush to powder ← the original meaning of this verb is to winnow away.
Luke 20:19 Kai\ e0zh/thsan oi9 a)rxierei=j kai\ oi9 grammatei=j e0pibalei=n e0p' au0to\n ta_j xei=raj e0n au0th|= th|= w#ra%, kai\ e0fobh/qhsan {RP: - } [P1904 TR: to\n lao/n]: e1gnwsan ga_r o3ti pro\j au0tou\j {RP TR: th\n parabolh\n tau/thn} [P1904: ta_j parabola_j] {RP TR: ei]pen} [P1904: e1lege]. Then the senior priests and the scribes looked for a way to lay hands on him at that very time, but they were afraid {RP: - } [P1904 TR: of the people], for they knew that he {RP TR: had levelled that parable} [P1904: spoke parables levelled] against them. to\n lao/n, the people: absent in RP F1853=13/18 F1859=1/6 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=5/18 F1859=5/6. AV differs textually.
th\n parabolh\n tau/thn, this parable, RP TR F1853=18/18 F1859=4/6 vs. ta_j parabola_j, the parables, P1904 F1853=0/18 F1859=2/6.
ei]pen, he said, RP TR F1853=18/18 (though positioned elsewhere in Scrivener's f) F1859=4/6 vs. e1lege, he was saying, P1904 F1853=0/18 F1859=2/6.
Luke 20:20 Kai\ parathrh/santej a)pe/steilan e0gkaqe/touj, u9pokrinome/nouj e9autou\j dikai/ouj ei]nai, i3na e0pila&bwntai au0tou= lo/gou, ei0j to\ paradou=nai au0to\n th|= a)rxh|= kai\ th|= e0cousi/a% tou= h9gemo/noj. And they watched him closely, and they sent infiltrators pretending to be sincere in order to seize on his remarks, with a view to informing on him to the administration and authority of the governor. sincere ← righteous.
remarks ← word.
informing on ← betraying, delivering.
administration ← rule.
Luke 20:21 Kai\ e0phrw&thsan au0to/n, le/gontej, Dida&skale, oi1damen o3ti o0rqw~j le/geij kai\ dida&skeij, kai\ ou0 lamba&neij pro/swpon, a)ll' e0p' a)lhqei/aj th\n o9do\n tou= qeou= dida&skeij. And they questioned him and asked, “Teacher, we know that you speak and teach rightly, and do not show partiality, but teach the way of God in truth. asked ← saying.
show partiality ← take face.
Luke 20:22 871Ecestin h9mi=n Kai/sari fo/ron dou=nai, h2 ou1; Is it permissible for us to pay tax to Caesar, or not?”
Luke 20:23 Katanoh/saj de\ au0tw~n th\n panourgi/an, ei]pen pro\j au0tou/j, Ti/ me peira&zete; At this, having perceived their trickery, he said to them, “Why are you testing me? testing: or tempting.
Luke 20:24 {RP TR: 870Epidei/cate/} [P1904: Dei/cate/] moi dhna&rion: ti/noj e1xei ei0ko/na kai\ e0pigrafh/n; 870Apokriqe/ntej de\ ei]pon, Kai/saroj. Show me a denary. Whose image and inscription does it have?” They answered and said, “Caesar's.” e0pidei/cate/, show, display, RP TR F1853=14/18 F1859=3/6 vs. dei/cate/, show, P1904 F1853=4/18 (Scrivener's afgy) F1859=3/6.
denary: a silver coin.
Luke 20:25 879O de\ ei]pen au0toi=j, 870Apo/dote toi/nun ta_ Kai/saroj Kai/sari, kai\ ta_ tou= qeou= tw%~ qew%~. Then he said to them, “Well then, render to Caesar the things due to Caesar, and to God the things due to God.”
Luke 20:26 Kai\ ou0k i1sxusan e0pilabe/sqai au0tou= r(h/matoj e0nanti/on tou= laou=: kai\ qauma&santej e0pi\ th|= a)pokri/sei au0tou=, e0si/ghsan. So they were not able to seize on his remark in the presence of the people, and they were amazed at his answer, and they fell silent.
Luke 20:27 Proselqo/ntej de/ tinej tw~n Saddoukai/wn, oi9 {RP TR: a)ntile/gontej} [P1904: le/gontej] {RP TR: a)na&stasin mh\ ei]nai} [P1904: mh\ ei]nai a)na&stasin], e0phrw&thsan au0to/n, Then some of the Sadducees, who {RP TR: deny that there is a resurrection} [P1904: say there is no resurrection], came over and questioned him, a)ntile/gontej, gainsaying → contending, RP TR F1853=17/18 F1859=4/6 vs. le/gontej, saying, P1904 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/6.
a)na&stasin mh\ ei]nai, resurrection + there is no, RP TR F1853=18/18 F1859=4/6 vs. mh\ ei]nai a)na&stasin, there is no + resurrection, P1904 F1853=0/18 F1859=2/6.
Luke 20:28 le/gontej, Dida&skale, {RP TR: Mwsh=j} [P1904: Mwu+sh=j] e1grayen h9mi=n, e0a&n tinoj a)delfo\j a)poqa&nh| e1xwn gunai=ka, kai\ ou[toj a!teknoj a)poqa&nh|, i3na la&bh| o9 a)delfo\j au0tou= th\n gunai=ka, kai\ e0canasth/sh| spe/rma tw%~ a)delfw%~ au0tou=. and they said, “Teacher, Moses wrote to us, ‘If someone's brother dies, having a wife, and he dies without children, that his brother is to take the wife and raise up seed to his brother.’ Mwsh=j, Moses, RP TR F1853=8/18 F1859=1/6 vs. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, P1904 F1853=10/18 F1859=5/6. A disparity with RP, R=10:16.
Deut 25:5.
he ← this (man).
seed: implying more continuity than just offspring.
Luke 20:29 879Epta_ ou]n a)delfoi\ h]san: kai\ o9 prw~toj labw_n gunai=ka, a)pe/qanen a!teknoj: Now suppose there were seven brothers, and the first took a wife and died without children. now suppose ← therefore.
Luke 20:30 kai\ e1laben o9 deu/teroj th\n gunai=ka, kai\ ou[toj a)pe/qanen a!teknoj. Then the second took the wife, and this one died without children.
Luke 20:31 Kai\ o9 tri/toj e1laben au0th\n {RP P1904: w(sau/twj} [TR: - ]. 879Wsau/twj de\ kai\ oi9 e9pta&: {RP P1904 S1550: - } [E1624 S1894: kai\] ou0 kate/lipon te/kna, kai\ a)pe/qanon. Then the third took her {RP P1904: likewise} [TR: - ], and like this indeed the seven of them. {RP P1904 S1550: They} [E1624 S1894: And they] did not leave any children, and they died. w(sau/twj, (took her) similarly: present in RP P1904 F1853=5/18 F1859=4/6 vs. absent in TR F1853=13/18 F1859=2/6. A disparity with RP, R=10:16.
kai\, and: absent in RP P1904 S1550 F1853=12/19 F1859=4/6 vs. present in E1624 S1894 F1853=7/19 F1859=2/6.
Luke 20:32 873Usteron {RP-text P1904 S1550 E1624: de\} [RP-marg S1894: - ] pa&ntwn {RP TR: a)pe/qanen kai\ h9 gunh/} [P1904: kai\ h9 gunh\ a)pe/qanen]. {RP TR: Then last} [P1904: Last] of all the woman died as well. de\, but: present in RP-text P1904 S1550 E1624 F1853=13/18 F1859=4/6 vs. absent in RP-marg S1894 F1853=5/18 F1859=2/6.
a)pe/qanen kai\ h9 gunh/, died + also the woman, RP TR F1853=18/18 F1859=4/6 vs. kai\ h9 gunh\ a)pe/qanen, also the woman + died, P1904 F1853=0/18 F1859=2/6.
Luke 20:33 870En th|= {RP TR: ou]n a)nasta&sei} [P1904: a)nasta&sei ou]n], ti/noj au0tw~n gi/netai gunh/; Oi9 ga_r e9pta_ e1sxon au0th\n gunai=ka. So in the resurrection, of which of them will she be the wife? For the seven had her as a wife.” ou]n a)nasta&sei, therefore + resurrection, RP TR F1853=18/18 F1859=4/6 vs. a)nasta&sei ou]n, resurrection + therefore, P1904 F1853=0/18 F1859=2/6.
will she be ← does she become.
Luke 20:34 Kai\ a)pokriqei\j ei]pen au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, Oi9 ui9oi\ tou= ai0w~noj tou/tou gamou=sin kai\ {RP TR: e0kgami/skontai} [P1904: e0kgami/zontai]: Then Jesus replied and said to them, “Those who belong to this age marry and are given in marriage, e0kgami/skontai, they are given in marriage (1), RP TR F1853=14/18 F1859=2/6 vs. e0kgami/zontai, they are given in marriage (2), P1904 F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's adp) F1859=4/6 vs. gamh/skontai, they are given in marriage (3), F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's y) F1859=0/6.
those who belong to this age ← the sons of this age.
Luke 20:35 oi9 de\ kataciwqe/ntej tou= ai0w~noj e0kei/nou tuxei=n kai\ th=j a)nasta&sewj th=j e0k nekrw~n ou1te gamou=sin ou1te {RP: e0kgami/zontai} [P1904: gami/zontai] [TR: e0kgami/skontai]: but those who have been considered worthy of attaining to that age and the resurrection from the dead, neither marry nor are given in marriage. (Using variant numbering (1) etc. consistent with v. 34): e0kgami/zontai, they are given in marriage (2), RP F1853=15/18 F1859=4/6 vs. gami/zontai, they are given in marriage (4), P1904 F1853=0/18 F1859=1/6 vs. e0kgami/skontai, they are given in marriage (1), TR F1853=2/18 (Scrivener's gx) F1859=1/6 vs. gamh/skontai, they are given in marriage (3), F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's y) F1859=0/6.
Luke 20:36 ou1te ga_r a)poqanei=n e1ti du/nantai: i0sa&ggeloi ga&r ei0sin, kai\ ui9oi/ ei0sin tou= qeou=, th=j a)nasta&sewj ui9oi\ o1ntej. Nor can they die any more, for they are like angels, and they are sons of God, being members of the resurrection. nor can they ← for nor can they.
members ← sons.
Luke 20:37 873Oti de\ e0gei/rontai oi9 nekroi/, kai\ {RP-text TR: Mwsh=j} [RP-marg P1904: Mwu+sh=j] e0mh/nusen e0pi\ th=j ba&tou, w(j le/gei, Ku/rion to\n qeo\n 870Abraa_m kai\ to\n qeo\n 870Isaa_k kai\ to\n qeo\n 870Iakw&b. Now that the dead are raised, even Moses disclosed, at the passage about the bush, where he says, ‘The Lord the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob.’ Mwsh=j, Moses, RP-text TR F1853=11/18 F1859=3/6 vs. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, RP-marg P1904 F1853=7/18 F1859=3/6.
Ex 3:6.
Luke 20:38 Qeo\j de\ ou0k e1stin nekrw~n, a)lla_ zw&ntwn: pa&ntej ga_r au0tw%~ zw~sin. So he is not the God of the dead, but of the living, for all live to him.”
Luke 20:39 870Apokriqe/ntej de/ tinej tw~n grammate/wn ei]pon, Dida&skale, kalw~j ei]paj. Then some of the scribes answered and said, “Teacher, you have spoken well.”
Luke 20:40 Ou0ke/ti de\ e0to/lmwn e0perwta~n au0to\n ou0de/n. And they did not dare question him on anything any more.
Luke 20:41 Ei]pen de\ pro\j au0tou/j, Pw~j le/gousin to\n xristo\n ui9o\n {RP P1904: Daui\d} [TR: Dabi\d] ei]nai; Then he said to them, “How do they say that the Christ can be the son of David, David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
say that: i.e. explain how.
Luke 20:42 Kai\ au0to\j {RP P1904: Daui\d} [TR: Dabi\d] le/gei e0n bi/blw% {RP TR: - } [P1904: tw~n] yalmw~n, Ei]pen o9 ku/rioj tw%~ kuri/w% mou, Ka&qou e0k deciw~n mou, when David himself says in the book of {RP TR: the} [P1904: the] Psalms,

‘The Lord said to my Lord,

«Sit on my right hand side

 David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
tw~n, of the (psalms): absent in RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=3/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's gy) F1859=3/6.
Ps 110:1.
Luke 20:43 e3wj a@n qw~ tou\j e0xqrou/j sou u9popo/dion tw~n podw~n sou.

Until I make your enemies your footstool» ’?

 Ps 110:1.
your footstool ← a footstool of your feet.
Luke 20:44 {RP P1904: Daui\d} [TR: Dabi\d] ou]n {RP TR: ku/rion au0to\n} [P1904: au0to\n ku/rion] kalei=, kai\ pw~j ui9o\j au0tou= e0stin; So David calls him Lord. So how is it that he is his son?” David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
ku/rion au0to\n, Lord + him, RP TR F1853=15/19 F1859=4/6 vs. au0to\n ku/rion, him + Lord, P1904 F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's cgpy) F1859=2/6.
Luke 20:45 870Akou/ontoj de\ panto\j tou= laou=, ei]pen toi=j maqhtai=j au0tou=, Then with all the people hearing, he said to his disciples,
Luke 20:46 Prose/xete a)po\ tw~n grammate/wn tw~n qelo/ntwn peripatei=n e0n stolai=j, kai\ filou/ntwn a)spasmou\j e0n tai=j a)gorai=j, kai\ prwtokaqedri/aj e0n tai=j sunagwgai=j, kai\ prwtoklisi/aj e0n toi=j dei/pnoij: “Beware of the scribes, who like to walk around in robes and love greetings in the market places and the privileged seats in the synagogues and the privileged couches at dinners,
Luke 20:47 oi4 katesqi/ousin ta_j oi0ki/aj tw~n xhrw~n, kai\ profa&sei makra_ proseu/xontai. Ou[toi lh/yontai perisso/teron kri/ma. who devour widows' houses, and for show pray at length. These will receive judgment to a greater degree.”
Luke 21:1 870Anable/yaj de\ ei]den tou\j ba&llontaj ta_ dw~ra au0tw~n ei0j to\ gazofula&kion plousi/ouj: Then he looked up and saw the rich putting their gifts in the treasury,
Luke 21:2 ei]den {RP: de/ tina kai\} [P1904: de/ tina] [TR: de\ kai/ tina] xh/ran penixra_n ba&llousan e0kei= du/o lepta&, and he {RP: saw someone, in fact a needy widow,} [P1904: saw a certain needy widow] [TR: also saw a certain needy widow] putting two leptons in there. de/ tina kai\, but + someone + in fact, RP F1853=16/19 F1859=3/7 vs. de/ tina, but + a certain, P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's xy) F1859=4/7 vs. de\ kai/ tina, but + also + a certain, TR F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's c) F1859=0/7.
saw someone, in fact a needy widow: or also saw a certain needy widow. The position of kai\ is very unusual, giving a nominal meaning of saw someone and a needy widow, but the context makes this unlikely.
leptons: a lepton was a coin of the lowest value; 1/128 denary.
Luke 21:3 kai\ ei]pen, 870Alhqw~j le/gw u9mi=n, o3ti h9 xh/ra h9 ptwxh\ au3th plei=on pa&ntwn e1balen: And he said, “Truly, I say to you, this poor widow put in more than all the others.
Luke 21:4 a#pantej ga_r ou[toi e0k tou= perisseu/ontoj au0toi=j e1balon ei0j ta_ dw~ra tou= qeou=, au3th de\ e0k tou= u9sterh/matoj au0th=j a#panta to\n bi/on o4n ei]xen e1balen. For these all contributed towards gifts for God from the surplus they have, but this woman contributed all the livelihood she had from her penury.” for ← of.
Luke 21:5 Kai/ tinwn lego/ntwn peri\ tou= i9erou=, o3ti li/qoij kaloi=j kai\ a)naqh/masin keko/smhtai, ei]pen, And while some were speaking of the temple, how it had been adorned with fine stones and votive offerings, he said, votive offerings: or ornaments.
Luke 21:6 Tau=ta a$ qewrei=te, e0leu/sontai h9me/rai e0n ai[j ou0k a)feqh/setai li/qoj e0pi\ li/qw%, o4j ou0 kataluqh/setai. “As for these things which you are looking at, the days will come in which no stone will be left on stone or escape demolition.” or escape demolition ← which will not be demolished.
Luke 21:7 870Ephrw&thsan de\ au0to/n, le/gontej, Dida&skale, po/te ou]n tau=ta e1stai; Kai\ ti/ to\ shmei=on, o3tan me/llh| tau=ta gi/nesqai; Then they questioned him and said, “Teacher, when, then, will these things take place, and what is the sign when these things are about to happen?” take place ← be.
Luke 21:8 879O de\ ei]pen, Ble/pete mh\ planhqh=te: polloi\ ga_r e0leu/sontai e0pi\ tw%~ o0no/mati/ mou, le/gontej o3ti 870Egw& ei0mi: kai/, 879O kairo\j h1ggiken, mh\ ou]n poreuqh=te o0pi/sw au0tw~n. He then said, “Watch out that you are not led astray, for many will come in my name saying, ‘I am the one’ and, ‘The time has drawn near.’ So do not go after them. I am: see John 18:5-6.
Luke 21:9 873Otan de\ a)kou/shte pole/mouj kai\ a)katastasi/aj, mh\ ptohqh=te: dei= ga_r tau=ta gene/sqai prw~ton, a)ll' ou0k eu0qe/wj to\ te/loj. And when you hear of wars and insurrections, do not be scared, for these things must take place first, but the end is not immediate.”
Luke 21:10 To/te e1legen au0toi=j, 870Egerqh/setai e1qnoj e0pi\ e1qnoj, kai\ basilei/a e0pi\ basilei/an: Then he said to them, “Nation will rise up against nation, and kingdom against kingdom, Isa 19:2, loosely.
Luke 21:11 seismoi/ te mega&loi kata_ to/pouj kai\ limoi\ kai\ loimoi\ e1sontai, fo/bhtra& te kai\ shmei=a a)p' ou0ranou= mega&la e1stai. and there will be severe earthquakes in various places, and famines and plagues, and there will be fearful things and great signs from heaven.
Luke 21:12 Pro\ de\ tou/twn {RP P1904: pa&ntwn} [TR: a(pa&ntwn] e0pibalou=sin e0f' u9ma~j ta_j xei=raj au0tw~n, kai\ diw&cousin, paradido/ntej ei0j sunagwga_j kai\ fulaka&j, a)gome/nouj e0pi\ basilei=j kai\ h9gemo/naj, e3neken tou= o0no/mato/j mou. But before all these things, they will lay their hands on you and persecute you, delivering you up to synagogues and prisons, as you are brought before kings and governors for my name's sake, pa&ntwn, all (1), RP P1904 F1853=13/19 F1859=4/7 vs. a(pa&ntwn, all (2), TR F1853=5/19 F1859=3/7 vs. word absent, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's d) F1859=0/7.
Luke 21:13 870Apobh/setai de\ u9mi=n ei0j martu/rion. and it will result in an occasion of a testimony for you.
Luke 21:14 Qe/sqe ou]n ei0j ta_j kardi/aj u9mw~n mh\ promeleta~n a)pologhqh=nai: So lay it to your hearts not to premeditate how to speak in defence,
Luke 21:15 e0gw_ ga_r dw&sw u9mi=n sto/ma kai\ sofi/an, h|[ ou0 dunh/sontai a)nteipei=n ou0de\ a)ntisth=nai pa&ntej oi9 a)ntikei/menoi u9mi=n. for I will give you a mouth and wisdom, by which none of those opposing you will be able to contradict or resist. none ... be able ← all ... not be able.
Luke 21:16 Paradoqh/sesqe de\ kai\ u9po\ gone/wn kai\ {RP P1904: suggenw~n kai\ fi/lwn kai\ a)delfw~n} [TR: a)delfw~n kai\ suggenw~n kai\ fi/lwn], kai\ qanatw&sousin e0c u9mw~n. And you will also be betrayed by parents and {RP P1904: relations and friends and brothers} [TR: brothers and relations and friends], and they will put some of you to death. suggenw~n kai\ fi/lwn kai\ a)delfw~n, relations and friends + and brothers, RP P1904 F1853=16/19 F1859=5/7 vs. a)delfw~n kai\ suggenw~n kai\ fi/lwn, brothers + and relations and friends, TR F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's fp, perhaps a hiatus in f) F1859=2/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's h) F1859=0/7.
Luke 21:17 Kai\ e1sesqe misou/menoi u9po\ pa&ntwn dia_ to\ o1noma& mou. And you will be hated by everyone on account of my name.
Luke 21:18 Kai\ qri\c e0k th=j kefalh=j u9mw~n ou0 mh\ a)po/lhtai. But not a hair of your head will in any way be lost.
Luke 21:19 870En th|= u9pomonh|= u9mw~n kth/sasqe ta_j yuxa_j u9mw~n. Hold on to your lives in your endurance. hold on to your lives ← possess your souls.
Luke 21:20 873Otan de\ i1dhte kukloume/nhn u9po\ stratope/dwn th\n 879Ierousalh/m, to/te gnw~te o3ti h1ggiken h9 e0rh/mwsij au0th=j. And when you see Jerusalem surrounded by encampments, then know that its desolation has drawn near.
Luke 21:21 To/te oi9 e0n th|= 870Ioudai/a% feuge/twsan ei0j ta_ o1rh: kai\ oi9 e0n me/sw% au0th=j e0kxwrei/twsan: kai\ oi9 e0n tai=j xw&raij mh\ ei0serxe/sqwsan ei0j au0th/n. Then let those in Judaea flee into the mountains, and let those in its midst move out, and let those in the country areas not go into it.
Luke 21:22 873Oti h9me/rai e0kdikh/sewj au[tai/ ei0sin, tou= {RP-text: plhsqh=nai} [RP-marg P1904 TR: plhrwqh=nai] pa&nta ta_ gegramme/na. For these are the days of vengeance, in order for all the things that stand written to be fulfilled. plhsqh=nai, to be fulfilled (1), RP-text F1853=9/22 F1859=3/7 vs. plhrwqh=nai, to be fulfilled (2), RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=13/22 F1859=3/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/22 F1859=1/7. A disparity with RP-text, R=12:18.
Isa 61:2, Isa 63:4, Hos 9:7. See Luke 4:19.
Luke 21:23 Ou0ai\ de\ tai=j e0n gastri\ e0xou/saij kai\ tai=j qhlazou/saij e0n e0kei/naij tai=j h9me/raij: e1stai ga_r {RP TR: - } [P1904: to/te] a)na&gkh mega&lh e0pi\ th=j gh=j, kai\ o0rgh\ {RP TR: e0n} [P1904: - ] tw%~ law%~ tou/tw%. And alas for those who are with child and those who are breastfeeding in those days, for {RP TR: - } [P1904: then] there will be great anxiety on the earth and wrath {RP TR: among} [P1904: to] this people. to/te, then: absent in RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=2/7.
e0n, among: present in RP TR F1853=16/19 F1859=3/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's gpy) F1859=4/7.
with child ← having in belly.
Luke 21:24 Kai\ pesou=ntai sto/mati maxai/raj, kai\ ai0xmalwtisqh/sontai ei0j pa&nta ta_ e1qnh: kai\ 879Ierousalh\m e1stai patoume/nh u9po\ e0qnw~n, a!xri plhrwqw~sin kairoi\ e0qnw~n. And they will fall by the blade of the sword and will be taken captive to all the Gentiles, and Jerusalem will be trampled on by Gentiles until the times of the Gentiles are fulfilled.
Luke 21:25 Kai\ e1stai shmei=a e0n h9li/w% kai\ selh/nh| kai\ a!stroij, kai\ e0pi\ th=j gh=j sunoxh\ e0qnw~n e0n a)pori/a%, h0xou/shj qala&sshj kai\ sa&lou, And there will be signs in the sun and moon and stars, and on earth anguish among the nations in bewilderment, while the sea roars, as does its swell, among ← of.
Luke 21:26 a)poyuxo/ntwn a)nqrw&pwn a)po\ fo/bou kai\ prosdoki/aj tw~n e0perxome/nwn th|= oi0koume/nh|: ai9 ga_r duna&meij tw~n ou0ranw~n saleuqh/sontai. as men faint from fear and expectation of the things befalling the world, for the powers of the heavens will be shaken.
Luke 21:27 Kai\ to/te o1yontai to\n ui9o\n tou= a)nqrw&pou e0rxo/menon e0n nefe/lh| meta_ duna&mewj kai\ do/chj pollh=j. And then they will see the son of man coming in a cloud with power and much glory.
Luke 21:28 870Arxome/nwn de\ tou/twn gi/nesqai, a)naku/yate kai\ e0pa&rate ta_j kefala_j u9mw~n: dio/ti e0ggi/zei h9 a)polu/trwsij u9mw~n. But when these things start taking place, look up and raise your heads, because your redemption is drawing near.” look up ← bend up.
Luke 21:29 Kai\ ei]pen parabolh\n au0toi=j, 871Idete th\n sukh=n kai\ pa&nta ta_ de/ndra: Then he told them a parable: “Look at the fig tree and all the trees.
Luke 21:30 o3tan proba&lwsin h1dh, ble/pontej a)f' e9autw~n ginw&skete o3ti h1dh e0ggu\j to\ qe/roj e0sti/n. When they are already putting out shoots, you see for yourselves and know that the harvest is already near. harvest: see Matt 24:32.
Luke 21:31 Ou3twj kai\ u9mei=j, o3tan i1dhte tau=ta gino/mena, ginw&skete o3ti e0ggu/j e0stin h9 basilei/a tou= qeou=. In this way, you too, when you see these things taking place, know that the kingdom of God is near.
Luke 21:32 870Amh\n le/gw u9mi=n o3ti ou0 mh\ pare/lqh| h9 genea_ au3th, e3wj a@n pa&nta ge/nhtai. Truly, I say to you that this generation will certainly not pass away until everything takes place.
Luke 21:33 879O ou0rano\j kai\ h9 gh= pareleu/sontai, oi9 de\ lo/goi mou ou0 mh\ pare/lqwsin. Heaven and earth will pass away, but my words will certainly not pass away.
Luke 21:34 Prose/xete de\ e9autoi=j, mh/pote {RP P1904: barhqw~sin} [TR: barunqw~sin] u9mw~n ai9 kardi/ai e0n kraipa&lh| kai\ me/qh| kai\ meri/mnaij biwtikai=j, kai\ ai0fni/dioj e0f' u9ma~j e0pisth|= h9 h9me/ra e0kei/nh: And watch out for yourselves that your hearts do not become stupefied with intoxication or drunkenness or everyday cares, and don't let that day come on you suddenly, barhqw~sin, become weighed down (1), RP P1904 F1853=12/19 F1859=4/7 vs. barunqw~sin, become weighed down (2), TR F1853=7/19 F1859=2/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/19 F1859=1/7.
not ← not ever, but there word (mh/pote) is often used without emphasis on ever.
become stupefied ← become weighed down.
everyday ← living, to do with living.
Luke 21:35 w(j pagi\j ga_r e0peleu/setai e0pi\ pa&ntaj tou\j kaqhme/nouj e0pi\ pro/swpon pa&shj th=j gh=j. for it will come like a snare upon all those who live on the face of the whole earth. live ← sit a Hebraism (יָשַׁב).
Luke 21:36 870Agrupnei=te ou]n e0n panti\ kairw%~ deo/menoi, i3na kataciwqh=te e0kfugei=n {RP P1904: - } [TR: tau=ta] pa&nta ta_ me/llonta gi/nesqai, kai\ staqh=nai e1mprosqen tou= ui9ou= tou= a)nqrw&pou. So be watchful, entreating on every occasion to be considered worthy to escape all {RP P1904: the} [TR: these] things about to take place and to stand in the presence of the son of man.” tau=ta, these (things): absent in RP P1904 F1853=14/19 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=5/19 F1859=1/7.
Luke 21:37 87]Hn de\ ta_j h9me/raj e0n tw%~ i9erw%~ dida&skwn: ta_j de\ nu/ktaj e0cerxo/menoj hu0li/zeto ei0j to\ o1roj to\ kalou/menon 870Elaiw~n. And by day he would teach in the temple, whereas at night he would go out to spend the night on the mount called the Mount of Olives.
Luke 21:38 Kai\ pa~j o9 lao\j w!rqrizen pro\j au0to\n e0n tw%~ {RP TR: i9erw%~} [P1904: o1rei] a)kou/ein au0tou=. And all the people would rise early to go to him, so as to hear him {RP TR: in the temple} [P1904: on the mountain]. i9erw%~, temple, RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=5/7 vs. o1rei, mountain, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y, misspelled) F1859=2/7.
Luke 22:1 871Hggizen de\ h9 e9orth\ tw~n a)zu/mwn, h9 legome/nh Pa&sxa. Now the festival of unleavened bread, which is called the Passover, was approaching,
Luke 22:2 Kai\ e0zh/toun oi9 a)rxierei=j kai\ oi9 grammatei=j to\ pw~j a)ne/lwsin au0to/n: e0fobou=nto ga_r to\n lao/n. and the senior priests and the scribes were looking for a way to eliminate him, for they were afraid of the people. looking for a way ← seeking how.
Luke 22:3 Ei0sh=lqen de\ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: o9] Satana~j ei0j 870Iou/dan to\n e0pikalou/menon 870Iskariw&thn, o1nta e0k tou= a)riqmou= tw~n dw&deka. Meanwhile Satan entered into Judas, surnamed Iscariot, who was one of the twelve in number. o9, the (Satan): absent in RP F1853=10/19 F1859=6/8 vs. present in P1904 TR: F1853=9/19 F1859=2/8.
of the twelve in number ← out of the number of the twelve.
Luke 22:4 Kai\ a)pelqw_n sunela&lhsen toi=j a)rxiereu=sin kai\ {RP TR: - } [P1904: grammateu=si kai\] {RP P1904: - } [TR: toi=j] strathgoi=j to\ pw~j au0to\n paradw%~ au0toi=j. And he went away and spoke with the senior priests and {RP TR: - } [P1904: scribes and] {RP P1904: - } [TR: the] chief magistrates on how he could deliver him to them, grammateu=si kai\, scribes and: absent in RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=6/8 vs. present in P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=2/8.
toi=j, (with) the (chief magistrates): absent in RP P1904 F1853=14/19 F1859=6/8 vs. present in TR F1853=5/19 F1859=2/8.
Luke 22:5 Kai\ e0xa&rhsan, kai\ sune/qento au0tw%~ {RP TR: a)rgu/rion} [P1904: a)rgu/ria] dou=nai. at which they were delighted, and they agreed to give him {RP TR: money} [P1904: silver coins]. a)rgu/rion, silver (singular noun), RP TR F1853=7/19 F1859=2/6 vs. a)rgu/ria, silver (plural, so coins), P1904 F1853=12/19 F1859=4/6. A disparity with RP, R=10:17.
Luke 22:6 Kai\ e0cwmolo/ghsen, kai\ e0zh/tei eu0kairi/an tou= paradou=nai au0to\n au0toi=j a!ter o1xlou. So he fully complied and looked for an opportunity to deliver him to them in the absence of a crowd. fully complied ← fully acknowledged / confessed.
Luke 22:7 87]Hlqen de\ h9 h9me/ra tw~n a)zu/mwn, e0n h|[ e1dei qu/esqai to\ Pa&sxa. Then the day of the unleavened bread came, on which it was necessary for the Passover lamb to be sacrificed. for the Passover lamb to be sacrificed: or to sacrifice the Passover lamb for themselves, or to have the Passover lamb sacrificed. The accusative to\ Pa&sxa could be the subject (passive voice) or object (middle voice) of qu/esqai.
Luke 22:8 Kai\ a)pe/steilen Pe/tron kai\ 870Iwa&nnhn, ei0pw&n, Poreuqe/ntej e9toima&sate h9mi=n to\ Pa&sxa, i3na fa&gwmen. And he sent Peter and John off, and he said, “Go and prepare the Passover lamb for us so that we can eat it.” go: imperatival use of the participle.
Luke 22:9 Oi9 de\ ei]pon au0tw%~, Pou= qe/leij {RP-text: e9toima&somen} [RP-marg P1904 TR: e9toima&swmen]; Then they said to him, “Where do you want us to prepare it?” e9toima&somen, (that) we will prepare, RP-text F1853=8/21 F1859=0/6 vs. e9toima&swmen, (that) we should prepare, RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=13/21 F1859=5/6 vs. another reading, F1853=0/21 F1859=1/6. F1853 and F1859 are not significantly disparate, X2=3.2 PV=7.2%. A strong disparity with RP-text, R=8:20.
Luke 22:10 879O de\ ei]pen au0toi=j, 870Idou/, ei0selqo/ntwn u9mw~n ei0j th\n po/lin, sunanth/sei u9mi=n a!nqrwpoj kera&mion u3datoj basta&zwn: a)kolouqh/sate au0tw%~ ei0j th\n oi0ki/an ou[ ei0sporeu/etai. He then said to them, “As you go into the city, you will see that a man carrying a jar of water will meet you. Follow him to the house where he goes in. you will see that ← behold.
Luke 22:11 Kai\ e0rei=te tw%~ oi0kodespo/th| th=j oi0ki/aj, Le/gei soi o9 dida&skaloj, Pou= e0stin to\ kata&luma, o3pou to\ Pa&sxa meta_ tw~n maqhtw~n mou fa&gw; And say to the master of the house, ‘The teacher asks you, «Where is the lodging where I can eat the Passover lamb with my disciples?» ’ say ← you will say.
master of the house ← housemaster of the house.
Luke 22:12 Ka)kei=noj u9mi=n dei/cei {RP TR: a)nw&geon} [P1904: a)nw&gaion] me/ga e0strwme/non: e0kei= e9toima&sate. And that man will show you a large upper room ready set up. Prepare it there.” a)nw&geon, upper room (1), RP TR F1853=6/19 F1859=2/8 vs. a)nw&gaion, upper room (2), P1904 F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's pqsy) F1859=3/8 vs. 5 other spellings, F1853=9/19 F1859=3/8. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=9:8.
Luke 22:13 870Apelqo/ntej de\ eu[ron kaqw_j ei1rhken au0toi=j: kai\ h9toi/masan to\ Pa&sxa. Then they went off and found it as he had told them, and they prepared the Passover lamb.
Luke 22:14 Kai\ o3te e0ge/neto h9 w#ra, a)ne/pesen, kai\ oi9 dw&deka a)po/stoloi su\n au0tw%~. And when the hour had come, he reclined at table, as did the twelve apostles with him.
Luke 22:15 Kai\ ei]pen pro\j au0tou/j, 870Epiqumi/a% e0pequ/mhsa tou=to to\ Pa&sxa fagei=n meq' u9mw~n pro\ tou= me paqei=n: And he said to them, “I have really longed to eat this Passover meal with you before my suffering. I have really longed ← with longing I longed.
Luke 22:16 le/gw ga_r u9mi=n o3ti ou0ke/ti ou0 mh\ fa&gw e0c au0tou=, e3wj o3tou plhrwqh|= e0n th|= basilei/a% tou= qeou=. For I say to you, I will no longer partake of it at all until it is fulfilled in the kingdom of God.”
Luke 22:17 Kai\ deca&menoj {RP TR: - } [P1904: to\] poth/rion, eu0xaristh/saj ei]pen, La&bete tou=to, kai\ diameri/sate e9autoi=j: Then he received {RP TR: the} [P1904: the] cup, and he gave thanks and said, “Take this and share it among yourselves. to\, the (cup): absent in RP TR F1853=16/19 F1859=4/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's cgp) F1859=3/7.
Luke 22:18 le/gw ga_r u9mi=n o3ti ou0 mh\ pi/w a)po\ tou= {RP P1904: genh/matoj} [TR: gennh/matoj] th=j a)mpe/lou, e3wj o3tou h9 basilei/a tou= qeou= e1lqh|. For I say to you, I will not be drinking any of the produce of the vine at all until the kingdom of God comes.” genh/matoj, produce (1), RP P1904 F1853=14/19 F1859=5/7 vs. gennh/matoj, produce (2), TR F1853=5/19 F1859=2/7.
Luke 22:19 Kai\ labw_n a!rton, eu0xaristh/saj e1klasen, kai\ e1dwken au0toi=j, le/gwn, Tou=to/ e0stin to\ sw~ma& mou, to\ u9pe\r u9mw~n dido/menon: tou=to poiei=te ei0j th\n e0mh\n a)na&mnhsin. And he took bread and gave thanks and broke it and gave some to them, and he said, “This is my body which is being given on behalf of you; do this as a memorial to me.” is: i.e. represents.
Luke 22:20 879Wsau/twj kai\ to\ poth/rion meta_ to\ deipnh=sai, le/gwn, Tou=to to\ poth/rion h9 kainh\ diaqh/kh e0n tw%~ ai3mati/ mou, to\ u9pe\r u9mw~n e0kxuno/menon. Then similarly, he took the cup after dining and said, “This cup is the new covenant by my blood, which is shed for you. similarly ← similarly also (otiose kai/).
is: i.e. represents.
Luke 22:21 Plh\n i0dou/, h9 xei\r tou= paradido/ntoj me met' e0mou= e0pi\ th=j trape/zhj. But mark this, the hand of him with me who will betray me is on the table. mark this ← behold.
with me who will betray me ← (who will) betray me (is) with me.
Luke 22:22 Kai\ o9 me\n ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou poreu/etai kata_ to\ w(risme/non: plh\n ou0ai\ tw%~ a)nqrw&pw% e0kei/nw% di' ou[ paradi/dotai. So the son of man proceeds according to what has been determined, but woe to that man through whom he is betrayed.”
Luke 22:23 Kai\ au0toi\ h1rcanto suzhtei=n pro\j e9autou\j to\ ti/j a!ra ei1h e0c au0tw~n o9 tou=to me/llwn pra&ssein. Then they began to inquire among themselves as to which of them was the one about to do this.
Luke 22:24 870Ege/neto de\ kai\ filoneiki/a e0n au0toi=j to\ ti/j au0tw~n dokei= ei]nai mei/zwn. Moreover a rivalry arose among them as to which of them was considered the greatest. moreover ← and also (de\ kai\).
greatest ← greater, Greek comparative for superlative.
Luke 22:25 879O de\ ei]pen au0toi=j, Oi9 basilei=j tw~n e0qnw~n kurieu/ousin au0tw~n, kai\ oi9 e0cousia&zontej au0tw~n eu0erge/tai kalou=ntai. So he said to them, “The kings of the Gentiles have dominion over them, and those who have authority over them are called benefactors.
Luke 22:26 879Umei=j de\ ou0x ou3twj: a)ll' o9 mei/zwn e0n u9mi=n {RP TR: gene/sqw} [P1904: gine/sqw] w(j o9 new&teroj: kai\ o9 h9gou/menoj w(j o9 diakonw~n. But don't you be like that; rather, let the greatest among you become like the youngest, and the leader like the servant. gene/sqw, let him become (aorist, so perfective aspect), RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=5/8 vs. gine/sqw, let him become (present, so imperfective aspect), P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's eh) F1859=2/8 vs. another reading, F1853=0/19 F1859=1/8.
greatest ← greater. See Luke 22:24.
youngest ← younger. See Luke 22:24.
Luke 22:27 Ti/j ga_r mei/zwn, o9 a)nakei/menoj h2 o9 diakonw~n; Ou0xi\ o9 a)nakei/menoj; 870Egw_ de/ ei0mi e0n me/sw% u9mw~n w(j o9 diakonw~n. For who is greater, he who reclines at table, or he who serves? Surely he who reclines? Yet I am in your midst as the servant.
Luke 22:28 879Umei=j de/ e0ste oi9 diamemenhko/tej met' e0mou= e0n toi=j peirasmoi=j mou: But you are the ones who have remained with me throughout in my trials. throughout ← in.
Luke 22:29 ka)gw_ diati/qemai u9mi=n, kaqw_j die/qeto/ moi o9 path/r mou, basilei/an, And I assign a kingdom to you in accordance with how my father has assigned it to me,
Luke 22:30 i3na e0sqi/hte kai\ pi/nhte e0pi\ th=j trape/zhj mou {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: e0n th|= basilei/a% mou] kai\ {RP P1904: kaqi/sesqe} [TR: kaqi/shsqe] e0pi\ qro/nwn, kri/nontej ta_j dw&deka fula_j tou= 870Israh/l. so that you may eat and drink at my table {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: in my kingdom], and you {RP P1904: will} [TR: may] sit on thrones judging the twelve tribes of Israel.” e0n th|= basilei/a% mou, in my kingdom: absent in RP-text F1853=8/20 F1859=2/6 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=12/20 F1859=4/6. A disparity with RP-text, R=10:18. AV differs textually.
kaqi/sesqe, will sit (future), RP P1904 F1853=15/19 F1859=5/6 vs. kaqi/shsqe, that you may sit (aorist subjunctive), TR F1853=0/19 F1859=0/6 vs. kaqh/sesqe, will sit from ka&qhmai, F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's ckoy) F1859=1/6.
Luke 22:31 Ei]pen de\ o9 ku/rioj, Si/mwn, Si/mwn, i0dou/, o9 Satana~j e0ch|th/sato u9ma~j, tou= {RP P1904c TR: sinia&sai} [P1904u: sunia&sai] w(j to\n si=ton: And the Lord said, “Simon, Simon, see how Satan has made a claim on you all, so as to sift you like grain. you all: we insert all because you is plural; without it, the English would relate you to Simon only.
Luke 22:32 e0gw_ de\ e0deh/qhn peri\ sou=, i3na mh\ {RP-text P1904: e0kli/ph|} [RP-marg TR: e0klei/ph|] h9 pi/stij sou: kai\ su/ pote e0pistre/yaj sth/ricon tou\j a)delfou/j sou. But I have pleaded for you, that your faith might not fail, so once you have come to yourself, strengthen your brothers.” e0kli/ph|, might (not) fail (aorist subjunctive, so perfective aspect), RP-text P1904 F1853=10/20 F1859=1/8 vs. e0klei/ph|, might (not) fail (present subjunctive, so imperfective aspect), RP-marg TR F1853=8/20 F1859=5/8 vs. other readings, F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's dx) F1859=2/8. A weak disparity with RP-text, R=12:14.
you: singular (contrast previous verse).
Luke 22:33 879O de\ ei]pen au0tw%~, Ku/rie, meta_ sou= e3toimo/j ei0mi kai\ ei0j fulakh\n kai\ ei0j qa&naton poreu/esqai. Then he said to him, “Lord, I am ready to go both to prison and to death with you.”
Luke 22:34 879O de\ ei]pen, Le/gw soi, Pe/tre, ou0 {RP TR: mh\} [P1904: - ] {RP: fwnh/sh|} [P1904 TR: fwnh/sei] sh/meron a)le/ktwr, pri\n h2 tri\j a)parnh/sh| mh\ ei0de/nai me. But he said, “I say to you, Peter, the cock {RP TR: definitely} [P1904: - ] will not crow today before you have denied three times that you know me.” mh\, certainly (not): present in RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=6/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=1/7.
fwnh/sh|, will (not) crow (classical subjunctive), RP F1853=13/19 F1859=2/6 vs. fwnh/sei, will (not) crow (non-classical future), P1904 TR F1853=6/19 F1859=4/6.
Luke 22:35 Kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j, 873Ote a)pe/steila u9ma~j a!ter {RP TR: balanti/ou} [P1904: ballanti/ou] kai\ ph/raj kai\ u9podhma&twn, mh/ tinoj {RP TR: u9sterh/sate} [P1904: u9sterh/qhte]; Oi9 de\ ei]pon, {RP P1904: Ou0qeno/j} [TR: Ou0deno/j]. Furthermore, he said to them, “When I sent you out without wallet or purse or footwear, did you lack anything?” They then said, “No, nothing.” balanti/ou, wallet (1), RP TR F1853=16/20 F1859=4/7 vs. ballanti/ou, wallet (2), P1904 F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's ad**gk) F1859=3/7.
u9sterh/sate, you lacked (active form), RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=6/7 vs. u9sterh/qhte, you lacked (passive form), P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=1/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's x) F1859=0/7.
ou0qeno/j, not anything (1), RP P1904 F1853=7/19 F1859=6/6 vs. ou0deno/j, not anything (2), TR F1853=12/19 F1859=0/6. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=14:13.
Luke 22:36 Ei]pen ou]n au0toi=j, 870Alla_ nu=n o9 e1xwn {RP TR: bala&ntion} [P1904: balla&ntion] a)ra&tw, o9moi/wj kai\ ph/ran: kai\ o9 mh\ e1xwn, {RP P1904: pwlh/sei} [TR: pwlhsa&tw] to\ i9ma&tion au0tou=, kai\ {RP P1904: a)gora&sei} [TR: a)gorasa&tw] ma&xairan. However, he said to them, “But now, he who has a wallet must take it, and likewise also a purse. And he who does not have one must sell his cloak and buy a sword. bala&ntion, wallet (1), RP TR F1853=13/19 F1859=4/7 vs. balla&ntion, wallet (2), P1904 F1853=6/19 F1859=3/7.
pwlh/sei, will sell, RP P1904 F1853=13/19 F1859=4/7 vs. pwlhsa&tw, let him sell, TR F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's adfp) F1859=2/7 vs. other readings, F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's cx) F1859=1/7.
a)gora&sei, will buy, RP P1904 F1853=12/19 F1859=6/8 vs. a)gorasa&tw, let him buy, TR F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's adg) F1859=1/8 vs. other readings, F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's eypx) F1859=1/8.
however ← therefore, but the word (ou]n) often has no consequential force.
Luke 22:37 Le/gw ga_r u9mi=n o3ti e1ti tou=to to\ gegramme/non dei= telesqh=nai e0n e0moi/, to\ Kai\ meta_ a)no/mwn e0logi/sqh: kai\ ga_r ta_ peri\ e0mou= te/loj e1xei. For I say to you that this scripture must still be fulfilled in me: the passage, ‘And he was reckoned among the lawless.’ And indeed, the things concerning me are coming to completion.” Isa 53:12.
coming to completion ← have an end.
Luke 22:38 Oi9 de\ ei]pon, Ku/rie, i0dou/, ma&xairai w{de du/o. 879O de\ ei]pen au0toi=j, 879Ikano/n e0stin. Then they said, “Lord, look, here are two swords.” But he said to them, “It is enough.”
Luke 22:39 Kai\ e0celqw_n e0poreu/qh kata_ to\ e1qoj ei0j to\ o1roj tw~n 870Elaiw~n: h0kolou/qhsan de\ au0tw%~ kai\ oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou=. And he went out, as was his custom, to the Mount of Olives, and his disciples also followed him.
Luke 22:40 Geno/menoj de\ e0pi\ tou= to/pou, ei]pen au0toi=j, Proseu/xesqe mh\ ei0selqei=n ei0j peirasmo/n. When he arrived at the place, he said to them, “Pray that you do not enter into temptation.”
Luke 22:41 Kai\ au0to\j a)pespa&sqh a)p' au0tw~n w(sei\ li/qou bolh/n, kai\ qei\j ta_ go/nata proshu/xeto, Then he withdrew about a stone's throw from them, and he knelt down and prayed.
Luke 22:42 le/gwn, Pa&ter, ei0 bou/lei, {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: parenegkei=n} [S1894: pare/negke] {RP TR: to\ poth/rion tou=to} [P1904: tou=to to\ poth/rion] a)p' e0mou=: plh\n mh\ to\ qe/lhma& mou, a)lla_ to\ so\n {RP-text TR: gene/sqw} [RP-marg P1904: gine/sqw]. And he said, “Father, if you are {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: willing to remove this cup from me ...} [S1894: willing, remove this cup from me] – but not my will, but yours be done.” parenegkei=n, to remove, RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1853=11/19 F1859=3/6 vs. pare/negke, remove (imperative), S1894 F1853=5/19 F1859=0/6 vs. other readings, F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's eqr) F1859=3/6. AV differs textually and punctuationally (see below).
to\ poth/rion tou=to, cup + this, RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=4/6 vs. tou=to to\ poth/rion, this + cup, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=2/6. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=6.9 PV=0.9%.
gene/sqw, come to pass / be done (aorist, so perfective aspect), RP-text TR F1853=13/19 F1859=3/6 vs. gine/sqw, come to pass (present, so imperfective aspect), RP-marg P1904 F1853=6/19 F1859=3/6.
{RP P1904 S1550 E1624: Punctuation: we ignore the comma in RP after bou/lei. If the comma is retained, the infinitive parenegkei=n has to be taken as an imperative, giving, as S1894, if you are willing, remove this cup from me}.
to remove this cup from me: for an ↴
Luke 22:43 871Wfqh de\ au0tw%~ a!ggeloj a)p' ou0ranou= e0nisxu/wn au0to/n. Then an angel from heaven appeared to him, strengthening him, ↳ important account of what is happening here, see Heb 5:7. Christ is not referring to the crucifixion, but to his present danger. The word “cup” is not only for the crucifixion; see Rev 14:10, Rev 16:19, Rev 18:6.
Luke 22:44 Kai\ geno/menoj e0n a)gwni/a%, e0ktene/steron proshu/xeto. 870Ege/neto de\ o9 i9drw_j au0tou= w(sei\ qro/mboi ai3matoj katabai/nontej e0pi\ th\n gh=n. but being in agony, he prayed all the more intensely. Furthermore his sweat had become like clots of blood falling to the ground. being ← having become. See Matt 23:20.
Luke 22:45 Kai\ a)nasta_j a)po\ th=j proseuxh=j, e0lqw_n pro\j tou\j maqhta_j {RP P1904 S1550: - } [E1624 S1894: au0tou=] eu[ren au0tou\j koimwme/nouj a)po\ th=j lu/phj, Then he arose from prayer and went to {RP P1904 S1550: the} [E1624 S1894: his] disciples and found them lying asleep from sorrow. au0tou=, his: absent in RP P1904 S1550 F1853=17/19 F1859=6/6 vs. present in E1624 S1894 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's ex) F1859=0/6.
Luke 22:46 kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j, Ti/ kaqeu/dete; 870Anasta&ntej proseu/xesqe, i3na mh\ ei0se/lqhte ei0j peirasmo/n. So he said to them, “Why are you sleeping? Get up and pray that you do not enter into temptation.” get up: imperatival use of the participle.
Luke 22:47 871Eti de\ au0tou= lalou=ntoj, i0dou/, o1xloj, kai\ o9 lego/menoj 870Iou/daj, ei[j tw~n dw&deka, {RP TR: proh/rxeto} [P1904: proh=gen] {RP P1904: au0tou/j} [TR: au0tw~n], kai\ h1ggisen tw%~ 870Ihsou= filh=sai au0to/n {RP TR: - } [P1904: : tou=to ga_r shmei=on dedw&kei au0toi=j: o4n a@n filh/sw, au0to/j e0stin]. Now while he was still speaking, a crowd happened to come, and the one called Judas, one of the twelve, {RP TR: was going in front of them,} [P1904: was leading them,] and he approached Jesus to kiss him {RP TR: - } [P1904: , for he had given them this sign: he whom I kiss is the one]. proh/rxeto, was going in front of, RP TR F1853=16/20 F1859=3/6 vs. proh=gen, was leading, P1904 F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's dpx) F1859=3/6 vs. another reading, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's f*) F1859=0/6.
au0tou/j, them (accusative), RP P1904 F1853=16/19 F1859=5/6 vs. au0tw~n, them (genitive), TR F1853=0/19 F1859=0/6 vs. another reading, F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's cfy) F1859=1/6.
tou=to ga_r shmei=on dedw&kei au0toi=j: o4n a@n filh/sw, au0to/j e0stin , for he had given them this sign: he whom I kiss is he: absent in RP TR F1853=13/20 F1859=1/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=7/20 (incl. minor variations) F1859=6/7. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=15:14.
a crowd happened to come ← behold a crowd.
Luke 22:48 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j ei]pen au0tw%~, 870Iou/da, filh/mati to\n ui9o\n tou= a)nqrw&pou paradi/dwj; But Jesus said to him, “Judas, are you betraying the son of man with a kiss?”
Luke 22:49 870Ido/ntej de\ oi9 peri\ au0to\n to\ e0so/menon ei]pon au0tw%~, Ku/rie, ei0 pata&comen e0n maxai/ra%; Then when those around him had seen what was about to happen, they said to him, “Lord, should we strike them with the sword?” happen ← be.
should ← shall.
Luke 22:50 Kai\ e0pa&tacen ei[j tij e0c au0tw~n to\n dou=lon tou= a)rxiere/wj, kai\ a)fei=len au0tou= to\ ou]j to\ decio/n. Then a certain one of them struck the high priest's servant and took off his right ear.
Luke 22:51 870Apokriqei\j de\ o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen, 870Ea~te e3wj tou/tou. Kai\ a(ya&menoj tou= w)ti/ou au0tou=, i0a&sato au0to/n. But Jesus replied and said, “Leave it at that.” Then he touched his ear and healed him. at that ← up to this.
Luke 22:52 Ei]pen de\ o9 870Ihsou=j pro\j tou\j paragenome/nouj e0p' au0to\n a)rxierei=j kai\ strathgou\j tou= i9erou= kai\ presbute/rouj, 879Wj e0pi\ lh|sth\n e0celhlu/qate meta_ maxairw~n kai\ cu/lwn; Then Jesus said to the senior priests and chief magistrates of the temple and elders who had come against him, “Have you come out with swords and sticks as if against a thief?
Luke 22:53 Kaq' h9me/ran o1ntoj mou meq' u9mw~n e0n tw%~ i9erw%~, ou0k e0cetei/nate ta_j xei=raj e0p' e0me/. {RP P1904 TR: 870All'} [MISC: 870Alla_] au3th {RP TR: u9mw~n e0stin} [P1904: e0sti\n u9mw~n] h9 w#ra, kai\ h9 e0cousi/a tou= sko/touj. When I was with you in the temple each day, you did not stretch out your hands against me. But this is your hour, and the authority of darkness.” a)ll', but (apocopated), RP P1904 TR F1853=8/19 F1859=3/6 vs. a)lla_, but (unapocopated), F1853=11/19 F1859=3/6. A weak disparity with RP, R=13:14.
u9mw~n e0sti¨n©, your + is, RP TR F1853=16/19 F1859=3/6 vs. e0sti\¨n© u9mw~n, is + your, P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's py) F1859=3/6 vs. another reading, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's c) F1859=0/6.
Luke 22:54 Sullabo/ntej de\ au0to\n h1gagon, kai\ ei0sh/gagon au0to\n ei0j to\n oi]kon tou= a)rxiere/wj. 879O de\ Pe/troj h0kolou/qei makro/qen. But they seized him and led him away, and they brought him into the house of the high priest. Meanwhile, Peter was following at a distance.
Luke 22:55 879Aya&ntwn de\ {RP TR: pu=r} [P1904: pura_n] e0n me/sw% th=j au0lh=j, kai\ sugkaqisa&ntwn au0tw~n, e0ka&qhto o9 Pe/troj e0n me/sw% au0tw~n. As they had lit a {RP TR: fire} [P1904: brazier] in the middle of the courtyard and were sitting together, Peter went there and sat in among them. pu=r, fire, RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=4/6 vs. pura_n, brazier, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=2/6. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=6.9 PV=0.9%.
in among them ← in the midst of them.
Luke 22:56 870Idou=sa de\ au0to\n paidi/skh tij kaqh/menon pro\j to\ fw~j, kai\ a)teni/sasa au0tw%~, ei]pen, Kai\ ou[toj su\n au0tw%~ h]n. But when a certain maidservant saw him sitting in the fire-light, she looked at him intently and said, “This man was also with him.”
Luke 22:57 879O de\ h0rnh/sato {RP TR: au0to/n} [P1904: - ], le/gwn, Gu/nai, ou0k oi]da au0to/n. But he denied {RP TR: him} [P1904: it] and said, “Madam, I don't know him.” au0to/n, (denied) him: present in RP TR F1853=13/19 F1859=2/6 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=6/19 F1859=4/6.
Luke 22:58 Kai\ meta_ braxu\ e3teroj i0dw_n au0to\n e1fh, Kai\ su\ e0c au0tw~n ei]. 879O de\ Pe/troj ei]pen, 871Anqrwpe, ou0k ei0mi/. And after a short time, another person saw him and said, “You are also of their company.” But Peter said, “No, I am not, sir.”
Luke 22:59 Kai\ diasta&shj w(sei\ w#raj mia~j, a!lloj tij dii+sxuri/zeto, le/gwn, 870Ep' a)lhqei/aj kai\ ou[toj met' au0tou= h]n: kai\ ga_r Galilai=o/j e0stin. Then after about one hour had passed, a certain other person made positive assertions and said, “This man was truly with him as well, and indeed he is a Galilean.” passed ← intervened.
made positive assertions ← kept affirming strongly, iterative imperfect, but not necessarily so – see Matt 5:2.
Luke 22:60 Ei]pen de\ o9 Pe/troj, 871Anqrwpe, ou0k oi]da o4 le/geij. Kai\ paraxrh=ma, e1ti lalou=ntoj au0tou=, e0fw&nhsen {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] a)le/ktwr. But Peter said, “Sir, I don't know what you are talking about.” And immediately, while he was still talking, {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] cock crowed. o9, the (cock): absent in RP P1904 F1853=18/18 F1859=6/6 vs. present in TR F1853=0/18 F1859=0/6. .
Luke 22:61 Kai\ strafei\j o9 ku/rioj e0ne/bleyen tw%~ Pe/trw%. Kai\ u9pemnh/sqh o9 Pe/troj tou= lo/gou tou= kuri/ou, w(j ei]pen au0tw%~ o3ti Pri\n a)le/ktora fwnh=sai, a)parnh/sh| me tri/j. Then the Lord turned round and looked straight at Peter. And Peter remembered the Lord's words when he said to him, “Before the cock crows, you will deny me three times.” words ← word, speech.
Luke 22:62 Kai\ e0celqw_n e1cw o9 Pe/troj e1klausen pikrw~j. Then Peter went outside and wept bitterly.
Luke 22:63 Kai\ oi9 a!ndrej oi9 sune/xontej to\n 870Ihsou=n e0ne/paizon au0tw%~, de/rontej. Next, the men who were holding Jesus mocked him, flogging him, flogging ← flaying.
Luke 22:64 Kai\ perikalu/yantej au0to/n, e1tupton au0tou= to\ pro/swpon, kai\ e0phrw&twn au0to/n, le/gontej, Profh/teuson: ti/j e0stin o9 pai/saj se; and they blindfolded him and struck him on the face and then questioned him, saying, “Prophesy, who is it who struck you?”
Luke 22:65 Kai\ e3tera polla_ blasfhmou=ntej e1legon ei0j au0to/n. And they kept speaking many other blasphemies against him. kept speaking: iterative imperfect, but not necessarily so – see Matt 5:2.
Luke 22:66 Kai\ w(j e0ge/neto h9me/ra, sunh/xqh to\ presbute/rion tou= laou=, a)rxierei=j {RP P1904: - } [TR: te] kai\ grammatei=j, kai\ a)nh/gagon au0to\n ei0j to\ sune/drion {RP: au0tw~n} [P1904 TR: e9autw~n], le/gontej, Then when day had come, the council of the elders of the people met, consisting of {RP P1904: - } [TR: both] senior priests and scribes, and they led him up to their Sanhedrin council and said, te, both (senior priests and scribes): absent in RP P1904 F1853=11/20 F1859=5/8 vs. present in TR F1853=9/20 F1859=3/8.
au0tw~n, their, RP F1853=17/19 F1859=5/8 vs. e9autw~n, their own, P1904 TR F1853=0/19 F1859=3/8 vs. word absent, F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's fy) F1859=0/8. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
Luke 22:67 Ei0 su\ ei] o9 xristo/j, ei0pe\ h9mi=n. Ei]pen de\ au0toi=j, 870Ea_n u9mi=n ei1pw, ou0 mh\ pisteu/shte: “Are you the Christ? Tell us.” He then said to them, “If I tell you, you will not believe it at all.
Luke 22:68 e0a_n de\ kai\ e0rwth/sw, ou0 mh\ a)pokriqh=te/ moi, h2 a)polu/shte. And if I question you, you certainly won't answer me or release me.
Luke 22:69 870Apo\ tou= nu=n e1stai o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou kaqh/menoj e0k deciw~n th=j duna&mewj tou= qeou=. From now on, the son of man will be seated at the right hand of the power of God.”
Luke 22:70 Ei]pon de\ pa&ntej, Su\ ou]n ei] o9 ui9o\j tou= qeou=; 879O de\ pro\j au0tou\j e1fh, 879Umei=j le/gete o3ti e0gw& ei0mi. Then they all said, “So you are the son of God, then?” And he said to them, “You say I am.” You say I am: This probably means, As you say, I am, perhaps with reference to Ex 3:14.
Luke 22:71 Oi9 de\ ei]pon, Ti/ e1ti xrei/an e1xomen marturi/aj; Au0toi\ ga_r h0kou/samen a)po\ tou= sto/matoj au0tou=. Then they said, “Why do we still need a testimony? For we have heard it ourselves from his mouth.”
Luke 23:1 Kai\ a)nasta_n a#pan to\ plh=qoj au0tw~n, {RP P1904: h1gagon} [TR: h1gagen] au0to\n e0pi\ to\n Pila&ton. Then the whole of their assembly rose and led him to Pilate. h1gagon, they led, RP P1904 F1853=12/19 F1859=4/8 vs. h1gagen, it (ref. the crowd) led, TR F1853=7/19 F1859=4/8.
to: with judicial connotations, e.g. to face charges before.
Luke 23:2 871Hrcanto de\ kathgorei=n au0tou=, le/gontej, Tou=ton eu3romen diastre/fonta to\ e1qnoj {RP P1904 TR: - } [MISC: h9mw~n], kai\ kwlu/onta Kai/sari fo/rouj dido/nai, le/gonta e9auto\n xristo\n basile/a ei]nai. And they began to accuse him, and they said, “We found this man misleading {RP P1904 TR: the} [MISC: our] nation and forbidding them to pay taxes to Caesar, saying that he himself is Christ, a king.” h9mw~n, our: absent in RP P1904 TR F1853=10/20 F1859=3/8 vs. present in F1853=10/20 F1859=5/8. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=15:15.
Luke 23:3 879O de\ Pila&toj e0phrw&thsen au0to/n, le/gwn, Su\ ei] o9 basileu\j tw~n 870Ioudai/wn; 879O de\ a)pokriqei\j au0tw%~ e1fh, Su\ le/geij. Then Pilate questioned him and asked, “Are you the king of the Jews?” He then answered him and said, “As you say.” asked ← saying.
Luke 23:4 879O de\ Pila&toj ei]pen pro\j tou\j a)rxierei=j kai\ tou\j o1xlouj, {RP TR: Ou0de\n} [P1904: o3ti ou0de\n] eu9ri/skw ai1tion e0n tw%~ a)nqrw&pw% tou/tw%. Pilate then said to the senior priests and the crowds, “I find nothing incriminating in this man.” o3ti, (said) that (but this word can introduce direct speech too): absent in RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=6/8 vs. present in P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=2/8.
Luke 23:5 Oi9 de\ e0pi/sxuon, le/gontej o3ti 870Anasei/ei to\n lao/n, dida&skwn kaq' o3lhj th=j 870Ioudai/aj, a)rca&menoj a)po\ th=j Galilai/aj e3wj w{de. But they persisted and said, “He stirs up the people as he teaches throughout all Judaea, starting from Galilee and reaching here.” reaching ← up to.
Luke 23:6 Pila&toj de\ a)kou/saj Galilai/an e0phrw&thsen ei0 o9 a!nqrwpoj Galilai=o/j e0stin. Now when Pilate heard “Galilean”, he inquired whether the man was a Galilean.
Luke 23:7 Kai\ e0pignou\j o3ti e0k th=j e0cousi/aj 879Hrw%&dou e0sti/n, a)ne/pemyen au0to\n pro\j 879Hrw%&dhn, o1nta kai\ au0to\n e0n 879Ierosolu/moij e0n tau/taij tai=j h9me/raij. And having ascertained that he was under Herod's jurisdiction, he referred him to Herod, who was also in Jerusalem in those days.
Luke 23:8 879O de\ 879Hrw%&dhj i0dw_n to\n 870Ihsou=n e0xa&rh li/an: h]n ga_r {RP TR: qe/lwn e0c i9kanou=} [P1904: e0c i9kanou= qe/lwn] i0dei=n au0to/n, dia_ to\ a)kou/ein {RP TR: - } [P1904: au0to\n] polla_ peri\ au0tou=: kai\ h1lpize/n ti shmei=on i0dei=n u9p' au0tou= gino/menon. Then when Herod saw Jesus, he rejoiced greatly, for he had been wanting to see him for some time, because {RP TR: he} [P1904: he] had heard many things about him, and he hoped to see some sign performed by him. qe/lwn e0c i9kanou=, wanting + for some time, RP TR F1853=18/19 (through 4 are followed by xro/nou) F1859=5/8 vs. e0c i9kanou= qe/lwn, for some time + wanting, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y, with a variation) F1859=3/8.
au0to\n, (on account of) him (hearing): absent in RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=6/8 vs. present in P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=2/8.
Luke 23:9 870Ephrw&ta de\ au0to\n e0n lo/goij i9kanoi=j: au0to\j de\ ou0de\n a)pekri/nato au0tw%~. So he questioned him at considerable length. But he did not answer him anything. at considerable length ← in enough words.
Luke 23:10 Ei9sth/keisan de\ oi9 {RP TR: a)rxierei=j kai\ oi9 grammatei=j} [P1904: grammatei=j kai\ oi9 a)rxierei=j], eu0to/nwj kathgorou=ntej au0tou=. Moreover the {RP TR: senior priests and the scribes} [P1904: scribes and the senior priests] were standing by, vigorously accusing him. a)rxierei=j kai\ oi9 grammatei=j, senior priests + and the scribes, RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=7/7 vs. grammatei=j kai\ oi9 a)rxierei=j, scribes + and the senior priests, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=0/7.
Luke 23:11 870Ecouqenh/saj de\ au0to\n o9 879Hrw%&dhj su\n toi=j strateu/masin au0tou=, kai\ e0mpai/caj, peribalw_n au0to\n e0sqh=ta lampra&n, a)ne/pemyen au0to\n tw%~ Pila&tw%. Then after Herod, with his troops, had treated him contemptuously and mocked him, he put resplendent clothes on him and sent him back to Pilate.
Luke 23:12 870Ege/nonto de\ fi/loi o3 te {RP TR: Pila&toj kai\ o9 879Hrw%&dhj} [P1904: 879Hrw%&dhj kai\ o9 Pila~toj] e0n au0th|= th|= h9me/ra% met' a)llh/lwn: prou+ph=rxon ga_r e0n e1xqra% o1ntej pro\j e9autou/j. So {RP TR: Pilate and Herod} [P1904: Herod and Pilate] became friends with each other on that very day, for they had previously been at enmity with each other. Pila&toj kai\ o9 879Hrw%&dhj, Pilate + and Herod, RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=6/8 vs. 879Hrw%&dhj kai\ o9 Pila~toj, Herod + and Pilate, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=2/8.
RP and TBS-TR accentuate Pila&toj as for a short a`; P1904 as for a long a>, in accordance with the Latin.
Luke 23:13 Pila&toj de\ sugkalesa&menoj tou\j a)rxierei=j kai\ tou\j a!rxontaj kai\ to\n lao/n, Pilate then called the senior priests and the rulers and the people together,
Luke 23:14 ei]pen pro\j au0tou/j, Proshne/gkate/ moi to\n a!nqrwpon tou=ton, w(j a)postre/fonta to\n lao/n: kai\ i0dou/, e0gw_ e0nw&pion u9mw~n a)nakri/naj ou0de\n eu[ron e0n tw%~ a)nqrw&pw% tou/tw% ai1tion w{n kathgorei=te kat' au0tou=: and he said to them, “Bring me this man who is supposedly perverting the people, and be aware that I have examined him in your presence and found nothing in this man incriminating him of the things which you accuse him of. be aware that ← behold.
incriminating him ← culpable.
Luke 23:15 a)ll' ou0de\ 879Hrw%&dhj: a)ne/pemya ga_r u9ma~j pro\j au0to/n, kai\ i0dou/, ou0de\n a!cion qana&tou e0sti\n pepragme/non au0tw%~. Indeed nor Herod. For I referred your case to him and the result is that nothing worthy of death has been committed by him. your case ← you (plural).
the result is that ← behold.
Luke 23:16 Paideu/saj ou]n au0to\n a)polu/sw. So I will chasten him and release him.”
Luke 23:17 870Ana&gkhn de\ ei]xen a)polu/ein au0toi=j kata_ e9orth\n e3na. After all, he had an obligation to release one person to them at each festival.
Luke 23:18 870Ane/kracan de\ pamplhqei/, le/gontej, Ai]re tou=ton, a)po/luson de\ h9mi=n {RP P1904: - } [TR: to\n] Barabba~n: But they shouted out with the whole crowd, and they said, “Take this man away, but release Barabbas to us” to\n, the (Barabbas): absent in RP P1904 F1853=18/19 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's s) F1859=1/7.
Luke 23:19 o3stij h]n dia_ sta&sin tina_ genome/nhn e0n th|= po/lei kai\ fo/non beblhme/noj ei0j {RP TR: - } [P1904: th\n] fulakh/n. – someone who had been put in prison on account of a certain sedition which had taken place in the city, and for murder. th\n, the (prison): absent in RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=7/8 vs. present in P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's fk) F1859=1/8.
Luke 23:20 Pa&lin ou]n o9 Pila&toj prosefw&nhsen, qe/lwn a)polu=sai to\n 870Ihsou=n. So Pilate addressed them again, as he wished to release Jesus. as: causal use of the participle.
Luke 23:21 Oi9 de\ e0pefw&noun, le/gontej, Stau/rwson, stau/rwson au0to/n. But they shouted it down and said, “Crucify him, crucify him.”
Luke 23:22 879O de\ tri/ton ei]pen pro\j au0tou/j, Ti/ ga_r kako\n e0poi/hsen ou[toj; Ou0de\n {RP TR: ai1tion} [P1904: a!cion] qana&tou eu[ron e0n au0tw%~: paideu/saj ou]n au0to\n a)polu/sw. Then he spoke to them a third time, “But what wrong has this man done? I have not found anything {RP TR: culpable by} [P1904: worthy of] death in him. So I will chastise him and release him.” ai1tion, culpable, liable, punishable, RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=7/8 vs. a!cion, worthy, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=1/8.
Luke 23:23 Oi9 de\ e0pe/keinto fwnai=j mega&laij, ai0tou/menoi au0to\n staurwqh=nai: kai\ kati/sxuon ai9 fwnai\ au0tw~n kai\ tw~n a)rxiere/wn. But they insisted in a loud voice and demanded that he be crucified, and their voices and those of the senior priests kept gaining strength. a loud voice ← loud voices.
kept gaining strength: iterative imperfect, though continuous rather than discrete.
Luke 23:24 879O de\ Pila&toj e0pe/krinen gene/sqai to\ ai1thma au0tw~n. So Pilate decided that their demand should be met. be met ← happen.
Luke 23:25 870Ape/lusen de\ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: au0toi=j] {RP TR: - } [P1904: to\n Barabba~n] to\n dia_ sta&sin kai\ fo/non beblhme/non ei0j th\n fulakh/n, o4n h|0tou=nto: to\n de\ 870Ihsou=n pare/dwken tw%~ qelh/mati au0tw~n. And he released {RP: him who} [P1904: Barabbas to them, who] [TR: to them him who] had been put in prison on account of sedition and murder, the one whom they demanded, whereas he delivered Jesus to their will. au0toi=j, for them: absent in RP F1853=14/19 F1859=2/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=5/19 F1859=5/7.
to\n Barabba~n, Barabbas: absent in RP TR F1853=16/19 F1859=6/8 vs. present in P1904 F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's dfg) F1859=2/8. AV differs textually.
Luke 23:26 Kai\ w(j a)ph/gagon au0to/n, e0pilabo/menoi Si/mwno/j tinoj Kurhnai/ou {RP P1904: - } [TR: tou=] e0rxome/nou a)p' a)grou=, e0pe/qhkan au0tw%~ to\n stauro/n, fe/rein {RP TR: o1pisqen} [P1904: o0pi/sw] tou= 870Ihsou=. Then as they led him away, they took hold of a certain Simon, a Cyrenian, {RP P1904: as he was} [TR: who was] coming back from the field, and they forced him to carry the cross behind Jesus. tou=, the (one) → who was: absent in RP P1904 F1853=18/19 F1859=7/7 vs. present in TR F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's g) F1859=0/7.
o1pisqen, (from) behind, RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=6/8 vs. o0pi/sw, behind, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=2/8 vs. another reading, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's x) F1859=0/8.
Punctuation: we ignore the comma in ↴
Luke 23:27 870Hkolou/qei de\ au0tw%~ polu\ plh=qoj tou= laou=, kai\ gunaikw~n ai4 kai\ e0ko/ptonto kai\ e0qrh/noun au0to/n. And a large number of the people followed him, including women, who both mourned for him and lamented him. ↳ the RP text after stauro/n and note that e0piti/qhmi + dative can mean to impose, inflict,, which is why we have forced him to carry the cross. The word e0piti/qhmi also has the more physical meaning lay on, put on, which gives the sense of the AV: laid the cross on him, for him to carry. So AV differs.
Luke 23:28 Strafei\j de\ pro\j au0ta_j o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen, Qugate/rej 879Ierousalh/m, mh\ klai/ete e0p' e0me/, plh\n e0f' e9auta_j klai/ete kai\ e0pi\ ta_ te/kna u9mw~n. But Jesus turned to them and said, “Daughters of Jerusalem, do not weep for me, but weep for yourselves and for your children.
Luke 23:29 873Oti i0dou/, e1rxontai h9me/rai e0n ai[j e0rou=sin, Maka&riai ai9 stei=rai, kai\ koili/ai ai4 ou0k e0ge/nnhsan, kai\ mastoi\ oi4 ou0k e0qh/lasan. For be aware of this, the days are coming on which they will say, ‘Blessed are the barren and the wombs which did not give birth, and the breasts which never breastfed.’ be aware of this ← behold.
never ← did not.
Luke 23:30 To/te a!rcontai le/gein toi=j o1resin, Pe/sete e0f' h9ma~j: kai\ toi=j bounoi=j, Kalu/yate h9ma~j. Then they will go on

To say to the mountains,

‘Fall on us’,

And to the hills,

‘Hide us.’

 Hos 10:8.
will go on ← will start, but here merely indicating transition.
Luke 23:31 873Oti ei0 e0n tw%~ u9grw%~ cu/lw% tau=ta poiou=sin, e0n tw%~ chrw%~ ti/ ge/nhtai; For if they do these things in the case of moist wood, what is to happen in the case of the dry?” moist wood ... dry: [CB] interprets as the Lord ... the nation.
Luke 23:32 871Hgonto de\ kai\ e3teroi du/o kakou=rgoi su\n au0tw%~ a)naireqh=nai. Then two others, who were criminals, were also brought, to be executed with him.
Luke 23:33 Kai\ o3te a)ph=lqon e0pi\ to\n to/pon to\n kalou/menon Krani/on, e0kei= e0stau/rwsan au0to/n, kai\ tou\j kakou/rgouj, o4n me\n e0k deciw~n, o4n de\ e0c a)risterw~n. And when they arrived at the place called The Skull, they crucified him there with the criminals, one on the right and the other on the left. arrived at ← departed to, here implying arrival.
The Skull: AV= Calvary.
with ← and.
Luke 23:34 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j e1legen, Pa&ter, a!fej au0toi=j: ou0 ga_r oi1dasin ti/ poiou=sin. Diamerizo/menoi de\ ta_ i9ma&tia au0tou=, {RP TR: e1balon} [P1904: e1ballon] klh=ron. Jesus, though, said, “Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing.” Then in sharing out his clothes, they cast a lot. e1balon, they cast, RP TR F1853=16/20 F1859=6/7 vs. e1ballon, they were casting, P1904 F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's dfhxonce) F1859=1/7.
Luke 23:35 Kai\ ei9sth/kei o9 lao\j qewrw~n. 870Ecemukth/rizon de\ kai\ oi9 a!rxontej su\n au0toi=j, le/gontej, 871Allouj e1swsen, swsa&tw e9auto/n, ei0 ou[to/j e0stin o9 xristo/j, o9 tou= qeou= e0klekto/j. Meanwhile the people stood watching, and the rulers also sneered with them and said, “He saved others; let him save himself, if this is the Christ, the chosen one of God.”
Luke 23:36 870Ene/paizon de\ au0tw%~ kai\ oi9 stratiw~tai, proserxo/menoi kai\ o1coj prosfe/rontej au0tw%~, And the soldiers also mocked him, as they came up and offered him vinegar,
Luke 23:37 kai\ le/gontej, Ei0 su\ ei] o9 basileu\j tw~n 870Ioudai/wn, sw~son seauto/n. and they said, “If you are the king of the Jews, save yourself.”
Luke 23:38 87]Hn de\ kai\ e0pigrafh\ gegramme/nh e0p' au0tw%~ gra&mmasin 879Ellhnikoi=j kai\ 879Rwmai+koi=j kai\ 879Ebrai+koi=j, Ou[to/j e0stin o9 basileu\j tw~n 870Ioudai/wn. Indeed there was an inscription written over him in Greek and Latin and Hebrew letters:

“This is the king of the Jews.”

 Hebrew: the term can include Aramaic, but the alphabet was common to both languages at this time.
Luke 23:39 Ei[j de\ tw~n kremasqe/ntwn kakou/rgwn e0blasfh/mei au0to/n, le/gwn, Ei0 su\ ei] o9 xristo/j, sw~son seauto\n kai\ h9ma~j. Then one of the criminals who were hung there blasphemed him and said, “If you are the Christ, save yourself and us.”
Luke 23:40 870Apokriqei\j de\ o9 e3teroj e0peti/ma au0tw%~, le/gwn, Ou0de\ fobh|= su\ to\n qeo/n, o3ti e0n tw%~ au0tw%~ kri/mati ei]; But the other responded and rebuked him and said, “Do you not even fear God, seeing you are under the same sentence?
Luke 23:41 Kai\ h9mei=j me\n dikai/wj, a!cia ga_r w{n e0pra&camen a)polamba&nomen: ou[toj de\ ou0de\n a!topon e1pracen. And we rightly so, for we are receiving what is deserved for what we have done, but this man has done nothing wrong.” wrong ← out of place.
Luke 23:42 Kai\ e1legen tw%~ 870Ihsou=, Mnh/sqhti/ mou, ku/rie, o3tan e1lqh|j e0n th|= basilei/a% sou. Then he said to Jesus, “Remember me, Lord, when you go into your kingdom.”
Luke 23:43 Kai\ ei]pen au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, 870Amh\n le/gw soi, sh/meron met' e0mou= e1sh| e0n tw%~ paradei/sw%. At which Jesus said to him, “Truly, I say to you this day, you will be with me in paradise.” I say to you this day: RP P1904 TBS-TR punctuate I say to you, this day .... See Deut 4:26, Deut 8:19, where this day adds solemnity to the utterance.
Luke 23:44 87]Hn de\ w(sei\ w#ra e3kth, kai\ sko/toj e0ge/neto e0f' o3lhn th\n gh=n e3wj w#raj {RP P1904: e0na&thj} [TR: e0nna&thj]. Now it was about the sixth hour, and a darkness came over all the land until the ninth hour. e0na&thj, ninth (1), RP P1904 F1853=14/21 F1859=2/7 vs. e0nna&thj, ninth (2), TR F1853=7/21 F1859=5/7.
sixth hour: 12 noon.
ninth hour: 3 p.m.
Luke 23:45 {RP TR: Kai\ e0skoti/sqh o9 h3lioj} [P1904: Tou= h9li/ou e0klei/pontoj], kai\ e0sxi/sqh to\ katape/tasma tou= naou= me/son. {RP TR: And the sun became darkened, and} [P1904: The sun being eclipsed,] the veil of the sanctuary was split down the middle. kai\ e0skoti/sqh o9 h3lioj, and the sun became darkened, RP TR F1853=19/19 (incl. one misspelled) F1859=7/9 vs. tou= h9li/ou e0klei/pontoj, the sun being eclipsed, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=2/9.
[P1904: eclipsed: this would be a miraculous eclipse, since totality of a natural eclipse by the moon cannot even last ten minutes. Moreover, an eclipse of the sun takes place at new moon, not full moon, and the Passover is at full moon, being in the middle of a Hebrew month. But the Majority Text is very solidly against this reading anyway.]
Luke 23:46 Kai\ fwnh/saj fwnh|= mega&lh| o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen, Pa&ter, ei0j xei=ra&j sou {RP TR: paraqh/somai} [P1904: parati/qemai] to\ pneu=ma& mou: kai\ tau=ta ei0pw_n e0ce/pneusen. And Jesus called out in a loud voice and said, “Father, into your hands I {RP TR: will commit} [P1904: commit] my spirit.” And when he had said these things, he breathed his last. paraqh/somai, I will commit, RP TR F1853=13/19 F1859=5/9 vs. parati/qemai, I commit, P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's ap) F1859=3/9 vs. other readings, F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's cgyx) F1859=1/9.
Luke 23:47 870Idw_n de\ o9 e9kato/ntarxoj to\ geno/menon, e0do/casen to\n qeo/n, le/gwn, 871Ontwj o9 a!nqrwpoj ou[toj di/kaioj h]n. And when the centurion saw what had taken place, he glorified God and said, “This man really was righteous.”
Luke 23:48 Kai\ pa&ntej oi9 sumparageno/menoi o1xloi e0pi\ th\n qewri/an tau/thn, qewrou=ntej ta_ geno/mena, tu/ptontej e9autw~n ta_ sth/qh u9pe/strefon. Then when all the crowds who had converged on that spectacle had seen the things that took place, they beat their breasts and went back,
Luke 23:49 Ei9sth/keisan de\ pa&ntej oi9 gnwstoi\ au0tou= {RP TR: - } [P1904: a)po\] makro/qen, kai\ gunai=kej ai9 sunakolouqh/sasai au0tw%~ a)po\ th=j Galilai/aj, o9rw~sai tau=ta. while all his acquaintances stood at a distance, as did the women who had followed him from Galilee, watching these things. a)po\, from (pleonastically, as makro/qen contains motion from): absent in RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=7/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=0/7.
Luke 23:50 Kai\ i0dou/, a)nh\r o0no/mati 870Iwsh/f, bouleuth\j u9pa&rxwn, {RP TR: - } [P1904: kai\] a)nh\r a)gaqo\j kai\ di/kaioj - And there was a man by name of Joseph, who was a councillor, {RP TR: - } [P1904: and] a good and righteous man, kai\, and: absent in RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=2/7.
there was ← behold.
Luke 23:51 ou[toj ou0k h]n sugkatateqeime/noj th|= boulh|= kai\ th|= pra&cei au0tw~n - a)po\ 870Arimaqai/aj po/lewj tw~n 870Ioudai/wn, o4j {RP TR: kai\} [P1904: - ] prosede/xeto kai\ au0to\j th\n basilei/an tou= qeou=: and he was not in agreement with their verdict or action. He was from Arimathea, a Jewish city, and {RP TR: moreover} [P1904: - ] he himself was also awaiting the kingdom of God. kai\, and: present in RP TR F1853=12/19 F1859=6/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=7/19 F1859=1/7.
he ← this (man).
Jewish ← of the Jews.
Luke 23:52 ou[toj proselqw_n tw%~ Pila&tw% h|0th/sato to\ sw~ma tou= 870Ihsou=. He went to Pilate and asked for the body of Jesus. he ← this (man).
Luke 23:53 Kai\ kaqelw_n au0to\ e0netu/licen {RP TR: au0to\} [P1904: - ] sindo/ni, kai\ e1qhken au0to\ e0n mnh/mati laceutw%~, ou[ ou0k h]n {RP TR: ou0de/pw ou0dei\j} [P1904: ou0dei\j ou0de/pw] kei/menoj. And he took it down and wrapped {RP TR: it} [P1904: it] up in fine linen and put it in a hewn-out tomb where no-one had ever yet lain. au0to\, (wrapped) it: present in RP TR F1853=15/19 F1859=5/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's fp) F1859=2/7 vs. other readings, F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's es) F1859=0/7.
ou0de/pw ou0dei\j, (as) yet + no-one, RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=3/7 vs. ou0dei\j ou0de/pw, no-one + yet, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's p) F1859=4/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's d) F1859=0/7. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=6.3 PV=1.2%.
Luke 23:54 Kai\ h9me/ra h]n Paraskeuh/, {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\] sa&bbaton e0pe/fwsken. Now the day was the Preparation Day; {RP P1904: - } [TR: and] the twilight of the Sabbath was drawing on. kai\, and (the Sabbath): absent in RP P1904 F1853=17/19 F1859=4/7 vs. present in TR F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's xy) F1859=3/7.
the twilight of the Sabbath was drawing on ← Sabbath was approaching-dawn, but only metaphorically dawn, as the Sabbath started in the evening. But the word e0pifw&skw could be applied to dawn or dusk. For ↴
Luke 23:55 Katakolouqh/sasai de\ {RP: - } [P1904: ai9] [TR: kai\] gunai=kej, ai3tinej h]san sunelhluqui=ai au0tw%~ e0k th=j Galilai/aj, e0qea&santo to\ mnhmei=on, kai\ w(j e0te/qh to\ sw~ma au0tou=. And {RP: some women} [P1904: the women] [TR: some women also] who had come with him from Galilee followed and looked at the tomb and how his body had been laid. ↳ the time of the event, see [CB] Appendix 165, The Hours of the Lord's Last Day. A high Sabbath here.
readings below absent, RP F1853=16/20 F1859=3/7 vs. ai9, the (women), P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's p) F1859=3/7 vs. kai\, and (women), TR F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's s**xy) F1859=1/7.
Luke 23:56 879Upostre/yasai de\ h9toi/masan a)rw&mata kai\ mu/ra. Kai\ to\ me\n sa&bbaton h9su/xasan kata_ th\n e0ntolh/n. Then they returned and prepared fragrances and ointment. ¶ And on the Sabbath they rested according to the commandment. ¶ Verse division: in AV numbering, but not P1904 numbering, Luke 24:1 begins here.
Luke 24:1 Th|= de\ mia%~ tw~n sabba&twn, o1rqrou {RP-text P1904 TR: baqe/oj} [RP-marg: baqe/wj], h]lqon e0pi\ to\ mnh=ma, fe/rousai a$ h9toi/masan a)rw&mata, kai/ tinej su\n au0tai=j. Then on the first day of the week, very early in the morning, they went to the tomb carrying the fragrances which they had prepared, and some others went with them, baqe/oj, deep (concordant genitive), RP-text P1904 TR F1853=13/22 F1859=1/7 vs. baqe/wj, deeply, RP-marg F1853=9/22 F1859=6/7. Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=16:15.
week ← Sabbaths. See John 20:1.
very early in the morning ← during {RP-text TR: deep dawn} [RP-marg P1904: dawn deeply]. Not the same word for dawn / daybreak as in Luke 23:54.
Luke 24:2 Eu[ron de\ to\n li/qon a)pokekulisme/non a)po\ tou= mnhmei/ou. and they found the stone rolled away from the tomb,
Luke 24:3 Kai\ ei0selqou=sai ou0x eu[ron to\ sw~ma tou= kuri/ou 870Ihsou=. and when they went in, they did not find the body of the Lord Jesus.
Luke 24:4 Kai\ e0ge/neto e0n tw%~ diaporei=sqai au0ta_j peri\ tou/tou, kai\ i0dou/, {RP P1904: a!ndrej du/o} [TR: du/o a!ndrej] e0pe/sthsan au0tai=j e0n e0sqh/sesin a)straptou/saij: And it came to pass as they were at a loss on this matter, that – to their surprise – two men in dazzling clothes came up to them. a!ndrej du/o, men + two, RP P1904 F1853=18/19 F1859=7/7 vs. du/o a!ndrej, two + men, TR F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's o) F1859=0/7.
to their surprise ← behold.
came up to them ← stood at them.
Luke 24:5 e0mfo/bwn de\ genome/nwn au0tw~n, kai\ klinousw~n to\ pro/swpon ei0j th\n gh=n, ei]pon pro\j au0ta&j, Ti/ zhtei=te to\n zw~nta meta_ tw~n nekrw~n; Then, as they had become frightened and were bowing face down to the ground, they said to them, “Why are you seeking among the dead him who is alive?
Luke 24:6 Ou0k e1stin w{de, a)ll' h0ge/rqh: mnh/sqhte w(j e0la&lhsen u9mi=n, e1ti w@n e0n th|= Galilai/a%, He is not here, but he has risen. Remember how he told you when he was still in Galilee, he has risen: or he has been raised.
Luke 24:7 le/gwn o3ti dei= to\n ui9o\n tou= a)nqrw&pou paradoqh=nai ei0j xei=raj a)nqrw&pwn a(martwlw~n, kai\ staurwqh=nai, kai\ th|= tri/th| h9me/ra% a)nasth=nai. when he said that the son of man must be delivered into the hands of sinful men, and be crucified, and rise on the third day.” rise: not be raised here, strong aorist active.
Luke 24:8 Kai\ e0mnh/sqhsan tw~n r(hma&twn au0tou=, At this they remembered his words,
Luke 24:9 kai\ u9postre/yasai a)po\ tou= mnhmei/ou, a)ph/ggeilan tau=ta pa&nta toi=j e3ndeka kai\ pa~sin toi=j loipoi=j. and they returned from the tomb and reported all these things to the eleven and to all the others. the others ← the rest.
Luke 24:10 87]Hsan de\ h9 Magdalhnh\ Mari/a kai\ 870Iwa&nna kai\ Mari/a {RP-text P1904 TR: - } [RP-marg: h9] 870Iakw&bou, kai\ ai9 loipai\ su\n au0tai=j, ai4 e1legon pro\j tou\j a)posto/louj tau=ta. So it was Mary Magdalene and Joanna, and Mary {RP-text P1904 TR: the} [RP-marg: the] mother of James and the others with them, who told the apostles these things. h9, the (mother / daughter of James): absent in RP-text P1904 TR F1853=15/19 F1859=4/7 vs. present in RP-marg F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's elno) F1859=3/7.
mother: or daughter.
the others ← the rest (feminine).
Luke 24:11 Kai\ e0fa&nhsan e0nw&pion au0tw~n w(sei\ lh=roj ta_ r(h/mata au0tw~n, kai\ h0pi/stoun au0tai=j. But their words appeared in their opinion to be nonsense, and they disbelieved them. opinion ← presence, sight.
to be ← as.
Luke 24:12 879O de\ Pe/troj a)nasta_j e1dramen e0pi\ to\ mnhmei=on, kai\ paraku/yaj ble/pei ta_ o0qo/nia kei/mena mo/na: kai\ a)ph=lqen pro\j e9auto\n qauma&zwn to\ gegono/j. Peter, however, got up and ran to the tomb, and he stooped and saw the linen strips lying on their own, and he went off home, astonished at what had taken place. home ← to himself.
Luke 24:13 Kai\ i0dou/, du/o e0c au0tw~n h]san poreuo/menoi e0n au0th|= th|= h9me/ra% ei0j kw&mhn a)pe/xousan stadi/ouj e9ch/konta a)po\ 879Ierousalh/m, h|[ o1noma 870Emmaou/j. Then, as it happened, two of them were walking on that day to a village which was sixty stades distant from Jerusalem, which had the name Emmaus. as it happened ← behold.
sixty stades: about 6 miles (10 km.).
Luke 24:14 Kai\ au0toi\ w(mi/loun pro\j a)llh/louj peri\ pa&ntwn tw~n sumbebhko/twn tou/twn. And they were talking to each other about all these things that had taken place,
Luke 24:15 Kai\ e0ge/neto e0n tw%~ o9milei=n au0tou\j kai\ suzhtei=n, kai\ au0to\j o9 870Ihsou=j e0ggi/saj suneporeu/eto au0toi=j. and it came to pass while they were talking and assessing things, that Jesus himself approached and walked along with them,
Luke 24:16 Oi9 de\ o0fqalmoi\ au0tw~n e0kratou=nto tou= mh\ e0pignw~nai au0to/n. but their eyes were held back from recognizing him.
Luke 24:17 Ei]pen de\ pro\j au0tou/j, Ti/nej oi9 lo/goi ou[toi ou4j a)ntiba&llete pro\j a)llh/louj peripatou=ntej, kai/ e0ste skuqrwpoi/; Then he said to them, “What are these words which you are exchanging with one another as you walk and are sullen?”
Luke 24:18 870Apokriqei\j de\ o9 ei[j, w%{ o1noma Kleopa~j, ei]pen pro\j au0to/n, Su\ mo/noj paroikei=j {RP: - } [P1904 TR: e0n] 879Ierousalh/m, kai\ ou0k e1gnwj ta_ geno/mena e0n au0th|= e0n tai=j h9me/raij tau/taij; So one of them, whose name was Cleopas, answered and said to him, “Are you the only one staying {RP: in} [P1904 TR: in] Jerusalem who does not know the things that have happened in it in recent days?” e0n, in (Jerusalem): absent in RP F1853=17/21 F1859=6/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=4/21 (Scrivener's f*gps**) F1859=1/7.
recent ← these.
Luke 24:19 Kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j, Poi=a; Oi9 de\ ei]pon au0tw%~, Ta_ peri\ 870Ihsou= tou= Nazwrai/ou, o4j e0ge/neto a)nh\r profh/thj dunato\j e0n e1rgw% kai\ lo/gw% e0nanti/on tou= qeou= kai\ panto\j tou= laou=: Then he said to them, “What things?” They then said to him, “The things concerning Jesus the Nazarene, a man who was a prophet, powerful in deed and word in the presence of God and all the people, what ← what kind of.
a man who was a prophet ← who became a man prophet.
Luke 24:20 o3pwj te pare/dwkan au0to\n oi9 a)rxierei=j kai\ oi9 a!rxontej h9mw~n ei0j kri/ma qana&tou, kai\ e0stau/rwsan au0to/n. and how the senior priests and our rulers delivered him up to a sentence of death and had him crucified, had him crucified ← crucified him. See Matt 2:16.
Luke 24:21 879Hmei=j de\ h0lpi/zomen o3ti au0to/j e0stin o9 me/llwn lutrou=sqai to\n 870Israh/l. 870Alla& ge su\n pa~sin tou/toij tri/thn tau/thn h9me/ran a!gei sh/meron a)f' ou[ tau=ta e0ge/neto. whereas we were hoping that he was the one who would liberate Israel. But as it is, with all these things, he has passed through this third day today since these things took place without doing so. but as it is ← but at any rate.
Luke 24:22 870Alla_ kai\ gunai=ke/j tinej e0c h9mw~n e0ce/sthsan h9ma~j, geno/menai o1rqriai e0pi\ to\ mnhmei=on: Not only this, but some of our women astonished us after they had gone to the tomb early in the morning,
Luke 24:23 kai\ mh\ eu9rou=sai to\ sw~ma au0tou=, h]lqon le/gousai kai\ o0ptasi/an a)gge/lwn e9wrake/nai, oi4 le/gousin au0to\n zh|=n. and when they did not find his body, they came also telling us that they had seen a vision of angels, who said that he was alive,
Luke 24:24 Kai\ a)ph=lqo/n tinej tw~n su\n h9mi=n e0pi\ to\ mnhmei=on, kai\ eu[ron ou3twj kaqw_j kai\ ai9 gunai=kej ei]pon: au0to\n de\ ou0k ei]don. at which some of those with us went off to the tomb, and they found it just as the women had said, but they did not see him.”
Luke 24:25 Kai\ au0to\j ei]pen pro\j au0tou/j, 87]W a)no/htoi kai\ bradei=j th|= kardi/a% tou= pisteu/ein e0pi\ pa~sin oi[j e0la&lhsan oi9 profh=tai: Then he said to them, “O witless men and slow in heart to believe all the things the prophets have spoken.
Luke 24:26 ou0xi\ tau=ta e1dei paqei=n to\n xristo/n, kai\ ei0selqei=n ei0j th\n do/can au0tou=; Did not Christ have to suffer these things and enter into his glory?”
Luke 24:27 Kai\ a)rca&menoj a)po\ {RP TR: Mwse/wj} [P1904: Mwu+se/wj] kai\ a)po\ pa&ntwn tw~n profhtw~n, dihrmh/neuen au0toi=j e0n pa&saij tai=j grafai=j ta_ peri\ {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: e9autou=} [E1624: au0tou=]. Then, starting from Moses and from all the prophets, he gave them an exposition of all the scriptures concerning himself. Mwse/wj, Moses, RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=7/8 vs. Mwu+se/wj, Moüses, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's p) F1859=1/8.
e9autou=, (about) himself, RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=15/20 F1859=5/7 vs. au0tou=, (about) him, E1624 F1853=5/20 (Scrivener's cgq*sy) F1859=2/7.
of ← in, or perhaps by means of.
Luke 24:28 Kai\ h1ggisan ei0j th\n kw&mhn ou[ e0poreu/onto: kai\ au0to\j prosepoiei=to porrwte/rw poreu/esqai. Then they came near to the village to which they were going, and he made as if to go further,
Luke 24:29 Kai\ parebia&santo au0to/n, le/gontej, Mei=non meq' h9mw~n, o3ti pro\j e9spe/ran e0sti/n, kai\ ke/kliken h9 h9me/ra. Kai\ ei0sh=lqen tou= mei=nai su\n au0toi=j. but they urged him not to, and they said, “Stay with us, for it is towards evening and the day has declined. So he went in to stay with them.”
Luke 24:30 Kai\ e0ge/neto e0n tw%~ katakliqh=nai au0to\n met' au0tw~n, labw_n to\n a!rton eu0lo/ghsen, kai\ kla&saj e0pedi/dou au0toi=j. Subsequently, it came to pass while he was reclining at table with them that he took the bread and gave blessing, and he broke it and handed some to them,
Luke 24:31 Au0tw~n de\ dihnoi/xqhsan oi9 o0fqalmoi/, kai\ e0pe/gnwsan au0to/n: kai\ au0to\j a!fantoj e0ge/neto a)p' au0tw~n. and their eyes were opened wide, and they recognized him. Then he became invisible to them. to them ← from them.
Luke 24:32 Kai\ ei]pon pro\j a)llh/louj, Ou0xi\ h9 kardi/a h9mw~n kaiome/nh h]n e0n h9mi=n, w(j e0la&lei h9mi=n e0n th|= o9dw%~, kai\ w(j dih/noigen h9mi=n ta_j grafa&j; Then they said to each other, “Was not our heart burning inside us while he was speaking to us on the way and when he expounded the scriptures to us?”
Luke 24:33 Kai\ a)nasta&ntej au0th|= th|= w#ra% u9pe/streyan ei0j 879Ierousalh/m, kai\ eu[ron sunhqroisme/nouj tou\j e3ndeka kai\ tou\j su\n au0toi=j, Then they got up at that very hour and returned to Jerusalem, and they found the eleven, and those associated with them, assembled,
Luke 24:34 le/gontaj o3ti 870Hge/rqh o9 ku/rioj o1ntwj, kai\ w!fqh Si/mwni. just as they were saying, “The Lord really has risen and has appeared to Simon.” they: the reference is to those assembled, not those who returned to Jerusalem.
risen: or been raised.
Luke 24:35 Kai\ au0toi\ e0chgou=nto ta_ e0n th|= o9dw%~, kai\ w(j e0gnw&sqh au0toi=j e0n th|= kla&sei tou= a!rtou. Then they related in detail the things on the way, and how he became known to them at the time of the breaking of the bread.
Luke 24:36 Tau=ta de\ au0tw~n lalou/ntwn, au0to\j o9 870Ihsou=j e1sth e0n me/sw% au0tw~n, kai\ le/gei au0toi=j, Ei0rh/nh u9mi=n. And while they were saying these things, Jesus himself stood in their midst and said to them, “Peace to you.”
Luke 24:37 Ptohqe/ntej de\ kai\ e1mfoboi geno/menoi e0do/koun pneu=ma qewrei=n. But being terrified and fearful, they thought they were seeing a spirit. being ← having become. See Matt 23:20.
Luke 24:38 Kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j, Ti/ tetaragme/noi e0ste/, kai\ dia_ ti/ dialogismoi\ a)nabai/nousin e0n tai=j kardi/aij u9mw~n; Then he said to them, “Why are you disturbed, and why do doubts arise in your hearts? doubts: or reasonings, equivocations.
Luke 24:39 871Idete ta_j xei=ra&j mou kai\ tou\j po/daj mou, o3ti au0to\j e0gw& ei0mi: yhlafh/sate/ me kai\ i1dete, o3ti pneu=ma sa&rka kai\ o0ste/a ou0k e1xei, kaqw_j e0me\ qewrei=te e1xonta. See my hands and my feet, and that it is me myself. Feel me and see, for a spirit does not have flesh and bones, as you see I have.” me myself ← myself I am. See John 18:5-6. If the reader prefers, read I myself.
I have ← me having, where we have introduced a noun clause.
Luke 24:40 Kai\ tou=to ei0pw_n e0pe/deicen au0toi=j ta_j xei=raj kai\ tou\j po/daj. Then when he had said this, he showed them his hands and his feet.
Luke 24:41 871Eti de\ a)pistou/ntwn au0tw~n a)po\ th=j xara~j kai\ qaumazo/ntwn, ei]pen au0toi=j, 871Exete/ ti brw&simon e0nqa&de; And while they still disbelieved for joy and were amazed, he said to them, “Have you got any food here?”
Luke 24:42 Oi9 de\ e0pe/dwkan au0tw%~ i0xqu/oj o0ptou= me/roj, kai\ a)po\ melissi/ou khri/ou. They then handed him a piece of grilled fish and some honeycomb,
Luke 24:43 Kai\ labw_n e0nw&pion au0tw~n e1fagen. which he took in their presence and ate. which he took ← and having taken.
Luke 24:44 Ei]pen de\ au0toi=j, Ou[toi oi9 lo/goi, ou4j e0la&lhsa pro\j u9ma~j e1ti w@n su\n u9mi=n, o3ti dei= plhrwqh=nai pa&nta ta_ gegramme/na e0n tw%~ no/mw% {RP TR: Mwse/wj} [P1904: Mwu+se/wj] kai\ profh/taij kai\ yalmoi=j peri\ e0mou=. And he said to them, “These are the words which I spoke to you when I was still with you, that everything written in the law of Moses and the prophets and the psalms concerning me needs to be fulfilled.” Mwse/wj, of Moses, RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=6/7 vs. Mwu+se/wj, of Moüses, P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's dp) F1859=1/7.
needs: or needed, but as there is other unfulfilled prophesy, the sense is needs.
Luke 24:45 To/te dih/noicen au0tw~n to\n nou=n, tou= sunie/nai ta_j grafa&j: Then he opened up their mind to understand the scriptures.
Luke 24:46 kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j o3ti Ou3twj ge/graptai, kai\ ou3twj e1dei paqei=n to\n xristo/n, kai\ a)nasth=nai e0k nekrw~n th|= tri/th| h9me/ra%, And he said to them, “So it stands written and so the Christ had to suffer and rise from the dead on the third day, rise: not be raised here, strong aorist active.
Luke 24:47 kai\ khruxqh=nai e0pi\ tw%~ o0no/mati au0tou= meta&noian kai\ a!fesin a(martiw~n ei0j pa&nta ta_ e1qnh, a)rca&menon a)po\ 879Ierousalh/m. and for repentance and forgiveness of sins to be preached in his name to all the nations, starting from Jerusalem.
Luke 24:48 879Umei=j de/ e0ste ma&rturej tou/twn. And you are witnesses of these things.
Luke 24:49 Kai\ i0dou/, e0gw_ a)poste/llw th\n e0paggeli/an tou= patro/j mou e0f' u9ma~j: u9mei=j de\ kaqi/sate e0n th|= po/lei 879Ierousalh/m, e3wj ou[ e0ndu/shsqe du/namin e0c u3youj. And mark this, I am sending my father's promise over you. So stay in the city of Jerusalem until you are invested with power from on high.” mark this ← behold.
on high ← height.
Luke 24:50 870Ech/gagen de\ au0tou\j e1cw e3wj ei0j Bhqani/an: kai\ e0pa&raj ta_j xei=raj au0tou= eu0lo/ghsen au0tou/j. Then he led them out as far as Bethany, and he lifted up his hands and blessed them,
Luke 24:51 Kai\ e0ge/neto e0n tw%~ eu0logei=n au0to\n au0tou/j, die/sth a)p' au0tw~n, kai\ a)nefe/reto ei0j to\n ou0rano/n. and it came to pass while he was blessing them that he became separated from them and was carried up to heaven. carried up: or brought back.
Luke 24:52 Kai\ au0toi\ proskunh/santej au0to/n, u9pe/streyan ei0j 879Ierousalh\m meta_ xara~j mega&lhj: At this they worshipped him and returned to Jerusalem with great joy,
Luke 24:53 kai\ h]san dia_ panto\j e0n tw%~ i9erw%~, ai0nou=ntej kai\ eu0logou=ntej to\n qeo/n. 870Amh/n. and they were continually in the temple, praising and blessing God. Amen.
John 1:1 870En a)rxh|= h]n o9 lo/goj, kai\ o9 lo/goj h]n pro\j to\n qeo/n, kai\ qeo\j h]n o9 lo/goj. In the beginning was the word, and the word was with God, and the word was God. the word was God: God is a predicate preceding the verb to be, which is why it has no article in Greek. Compare Matt 13:39, John 8:54. The position of God gives it emphasis, which could be expressed by and it is God himself who the word was.
John 1:2 Ou[toj h]n e0n a)rxh|= pro\j to\n qeo/n. This word was with God in the beginning. this: masculine, not a generalizing neuter.
John 1:3 Pa&nta di' au0tou= e0ge/neto, kai\ xwri\j au0tou= e0ge/neto ou0de\ e4n o4 ge/gonen. Everything came into being through it, and not one single thing that has come into being came into being apart from it. it (2x): we retain an English pronoun standing for the word, rather than using he, and it is not until John 1:10 that we definitely meet the pronoun him as the explanation of these titles. Compare John 1:5.
not one single thing ← not even one (thing).
John 1:4 870En au0tw%~ zwh\ h]n, kai\ h9 zwh\ h]n to\ fw~j tw~n a)nqrw&pwn, In it was life, and the life was the light of men, it: see John 1:3.
John 1:5 kai\ to\ fw~j e0n th|= skoti/a% fai/nei, kai\ h9 skoti/a au0to\ ou0 kate/laben. and the light shines in the darkness, and the darkness has not overpowered it. has not overpowered ← did not overpower. AV differs (comprehended), inasmuch as that word has its modern meaning. VulgC VulgS use comprehendo, which can mean include, seize (as well as perceive, comprehend), so admitting the sense overpower.
it: not him. This pronoun, Greek au0to/, agrees with light, a neuter word in Greek.
John 1:6 870Ege/neto a!nqrwpoj a)pestalme/noj para_ qeou=, o1noma au0tw%~ 870Iwa&nnhj. There was a man sent from God, and his name was John. John ← Ioannes.
John 1:7 Ou[toj h]lqen ei0j marturi/an, i3na marturh/sh| peri\ tou= fwto/j, i3na pa&ntej pisteu/swsin di' au0tou=. He came with a view to a testimony, in order to testify about the light, in order that everyone should believe through him. he ← this (man), but the demonstrative force is not emphatic.
John 1:8 Ou0k h]n e0kei=noj to\ fw~j, a)ll' i3na marturh/sh| peri\ tou= fwto/j. That man was not the light, but he came in order to testify about the light.
John 1:9 87]Hn to\ fw~j to\ a)lhqino/n, o4 fwti/zei pa&nta a!nqrwpon e0rxo/menon ei0j to\n ko/smon. It was the true light, which lights up every man who comes into the world. it: the reference is via the light to the word, which is Jesus Christ (v. 17), but we use the pronoun it while the figure is light.
comes: we take e0rxo/menon, coming, with a!nqrwpon, man, not with fw~j, light. On our side are AV and VulgC VulgS (by their Latin masculine accusative participle); against us is NA26, by its punctuation.
John 1:10 870En tw%~ ko/smw% h]n, kai\ o9 ko/smoj di' au0tou= e0ge/neto, kai\ o9 ko/smoj au0to\n ou0k e1gnw. He was in the world, and the world came into existence through him, but the world did not know him. but: adversative use of kai/.
him: the move is made from light to him in this verse (au0to\n not au0to\).
John 1:11 Ei0j ta_ i1dia h]lqen, kai\ oi9 i1dioi au0to\n ou0 pare/labon. He came to his own property, but his own people did not receive him. property: neuter plural.
but: adversative use of kai/.
people: masculine plural.
John 1:12 873Osoi de\ e1labon au0to/n, e1dwken au0toi=j e0cousi/an te/kna qeou= gene/sqai, toi=j pisteu/ousin ei0j to\ o1noma au0tou=: But as for those who did receive him, he gave them authority to become children of God, that is, to those who believe in his name, those who (first occurrence in verse) ← as many as.
John 1:13 oi4 ou0k e0c ai9ma&twn, ou0de\ e0k qelh/matoj sarko/j, ou0de\ e0k qelh/matoj a)ndro/j, a)ll' e0k qeou= e0gennh/qhsan. who were begotten not by blood, nor by the will of the flesh, nor by the will of man, but by God. by blood ← out of bloods.
man: or husband. Not the usual word for man in general, so specifically excluding the male. Compare the conception of Christ.
John 1:14 Kai\ o9 lo/goj sa_rc e0ge/neto, kai\ e0skh/nwsen e0n h9mi=n - kai\ e0qeasa&meqa th\n do/can au0tou=, do/can w(j monogenou=j para_ patro/j - plh/rhj xa&ritoj kai\ a)lhqei/aj. And the word became flesh and dwelt among us, and we beheld his glory, glory as of the only-begotten from the father, full of grace and truth. dwelt ← encamped, lived in a tent, but not literally, rather emphasizing the temporariness of the human body. Compare skh/nwma in 2 Pet 1:13-14.
John 1:15 870Iwa&nnhj marturei= peri\ au0tou=, kai\ ke/kragen le/gwn, Ou[toj h]n o4n ei]pon, 879O o0pi/sw mou e0rxo/menoj e1mprosqe/n mou ge/gonen: o3ti prw~to/j mou h]n. John testified concerning him and cried out, saying, “This is he of whom I said, ‘He who comes after me had existence before me, because he was prior to me.’ ” cried out ← has cried out.
this is he ← this was he.
had existence ← has had existence, has been. AV differs (is preferred).
prior to ← first of.
John 1:16 Kai\ e0k tou= plhrw&matoj au0tou= h9mei=j pa&ntej e0la&bomen, kai\ xa&rin a)nti\ xa&ritoj. And we have all received some of his fulness, and grace for grace. grace for grace: C.H.Welch interprets this as New Testament grace for Old Testament grace. Compare 2 Cor 3:6-7, 2 Cor 3:18.
John 1:17 873Oti o9 no/moj dia_ {RP TR: Mwse/wj} [P1904: Mwu+se/wj] e0do/qh, h9 xa&rij kai\ h9 a)lh/qeia dia_ 870Ihsou= xristou= e0ge/neto. For the law was given through Moses, then grace and truth came through Jesus Christ. Mwse/wj, Moses, RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=6/7 vs. Mwu+se/wj, Moüses, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7.
then: the Greek has no word at all to join the two clauses (or sentences) in this verse, which in English would be very abrupt. The AV supplies the adversative but, but we wish to avoid such an inference.
John 1:18 Qeo\n ou0dei\j e9w&raken pw&pote: o9 monogenh\j ui9o/j, o9 w@n ei0j to\n ko/lpon tou= patro/j, e0kei=noj e0chgh/sato. No-one has seen God at any time. It is the only-begotten son, who is in the bosom of the father, who has expounded him. it is ... who ← ... that (one).
John 1:19 Kai\ au3th e0sti\n h9 marturi/a tou= 870Iwa&nnou, o3te a)pe/steilan oi9 870Ioudai=oi e0c 879Ierosolu/mwn i9erei=j kai\ Leui+/taj i3na e0rwth/swsin au0to/n, Su\ ti/j ei]; And this is the testimony of John, when the Jews sent priests and Levites from Jerusalem to ask him, “Who are you?”
John 1:20 Kai\ w(molo/ghsen, kai\ ou0k h0rnh/sato: kai\ w(molo/ghsen o3ti Ou0k ei0mi\ e0gw_ o9 xristo/j. And he confessed and did not deny who he really was, and he confessed, “I am not the Christ.” deny who he really was: or decline (the question).
John 1:21 Kai\ h0rw&thsan au0to/n, Ti/ ou]n; 870Hli/aj ei] su/; Kai\ le/gei, Ou0k ei0mi/. 879O profh/thj ei] su/; Kai\ a)pekri/qh, Ou1. Then they asked him, “What then? Are you Elijah?” And he said, “No, I am not.” – “Are you the prophet?” And he answered, “No.” the prophet: A reference to Deut 18:15, Deut 18:18, quoted in Acts 3:22, Acts 3:23, which shows that “the prophet” is the Messiah, but this is not recognized by the priests and Levites in John 1:25.
Elijah ← Elias.
John 1:22 Ei]pon ou]n au0tw%~, Ti/j ei]; 873Ina a)po/krisin dw~men toi=j pe/myasin h9ma~j. Ti/ le/geij peri\ seautou=; So they said to him, “Who are you? Tell us, so that we can give an answer to those who sent us. What do you say about yourself?”
John 1:23 871Efh, 870Egw_ fwnh\ bow~ntoj e0n th|= e0rh/mw%, Eu0qu/nate th\n o9do\n kuri/ou, kaqw_j ei]pen 870Hsai+/aj o9 profh/thj. He said, “I am

The voice of one crying in the desert,

‘Make straight the way of the Lord’,

as Isaiah the prophet said.” 		Our punctuation agrees with RP P1904 TBS-TR AV, but not HF, who read: crying out, ‘In the desert prepare ...’
Isa 40:3.
John 1:24 Kai\ oi9 a)pestalme/noi h]san e0k tw~n Farisai/wn. Now those who had been sent were from the Pharisees,
John 1:25 Kai\ h0rw&thsan au0to/n, kai\ ei]pon au0tw%~, Ti/ ou]n bapti/zeij, ei0 su\ ou0k ei] o9 xristo/j, ou1te 870Hli/aj, ou1te o9 profh/thj; and they questioned him and asked him, “So why do you baptize, if you are not the Christ, nor Elijah, nor the prophet?” asked him ← said to him.
John 1:26 870Apekri/qh au0toi=j o9 870Iwa&nnhj le/gwn, 870Egw_ bapti/zw e0n u3dati: me/soj de\ u9mw~n e3sthken o4n u9mei=j ou0k oi1date. John replied to them and said, “I baptize with water. But in your midst stands he whom you do not know.
John 1:27 Au0to/j e0stin o9 o0pi/sw mou e0rxo/menoj, o4j e1mprosqe/n mou ge/gonen: ou[ e0gw_ ou0k ei0mi\ a!cioj i3na lu/sw au0tou= to\n i9ma&nta tou= u9podh/matoj. He is the one who comes after me, who had existence before me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to loosen.” had existence: AV differs, as in John 1:15.
John 1:28 Tau=ta e0n {RP P1904: Bhqani/a%} [TR: Bhqabara~] e0ge/neto pe/ran tou= 870Iorda&nou, o3pou h]n 870Iwa&nnhj bapti/zwn. These things took place in {RP P1904: Bethania} [TR: Bethabara] beyond the Jordan, where John was baptizing. Bhqani/a%, Bethania, RP P1904 F1853=14/23 F1859=5/7 vs. Bhqabara~, Bethabara, TR F1853=3/23 (Scrivener's d**k**q) F1859=1/7 vs. other spellings, F1853=6/23 F1859=1/7.
John 1:29 Th|= e0pau/rion ble/pei {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: o9 870Iwa&nnhj] to\n 870Ihsou=n e0rxo/menon pro\j au0to/n, kai\ le/gei, 871Ide o9 a)mno\j tou= qeou=, o9 ai1rwn th\n a(marti/an tou= ko/smou. The next day, {RP-text: he} [RP-marg P1904 TR: John] saw Jesus coming to him, and he said, “Behold the lamb of God, which takes away the sin of the world. o9 870Iwa&nnhj, John: absent in RP-text F1853=10/21 F1859=1/7 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=11/21 F1859=6/7. A disparity with RP-text, R=11:19.
behold ← see, but the solemnity of the utterance justifies behold.
which: our pronoun refers to the title / figure, as in John 1:5.
John 1:30 Ou[to/j e0stin peri\ ou[ e0gw_ ei]pon, 870Opi/sw mou e1rxetai a)nh\r o4j e1mprosqe/n mou ge/gonen, o3ti prw~to/j mou h]n. This is he about whom I said, ‘After me comes a man who had existence before me, because he was prior to me.’ had existence: as in John 1:15.
prior to ← first of.
John 1:31 Ka)gw_ ou0k h|1dein au0to/n: a)ll' i3na fanerwqh|= tw%~ 870Israh/l, dia_ tou=to h]lqon e0gw_ e0n tw%~ u3dati bapti/zwn. And I did not know him, except that he should be manifested to Israel – that is why I came baptizing with water.” that is why ← on account of this.
with: or in.
John 1:32 Kai\ e0martu/rhsen 870Iwa&nnhj le/gwn o3ti Teqe/amai to\ pneu=ma katabai=non {RP-text TR: w(sei\} [RP-marg P1904: w(j] peristera_n e0c ou0ranou=, kai\ e1meinen e0p' au0to/n. And John testified, saying, “I have seen the spirit descending like a dove from heaven, and it remained on him. w(sei\, as (1), RP-text TR F1853=11/20 F1859=4/7 vs. w(j, as (2), RP-marg P1904 F1853=9/20 F1859=3/7.
John 1:33 Ka)gw_ ou0k h|1dein au0to/n: a)ll' o9 pe/myaj me bapti/zein e0n u3dati, e0kei=no/j moi ei]pen, 870Ef' o4n a@n i1dh|j to\ pneu=ma katabai=non kai\ me/non e0p' au0to/n, ou[to/j e0stin o9 bapti/zwn e0n pneu/mati a(gi/w%. And I did not know him, except that he who sent me to baptize with water said to me, ‘On whom you see the spirit descending and remaining, that is the one who baptizes with holy spirit.’ he who ← the (one) ... that (one).
with: or in.
whom ← whomever.
remaining ← remaining on him, which in English is pleonastic. A Hebraism.
John 1:34 Ka)gw_ e9w&raka, kai\ memartu/rhka o3ti ou[to/j e0stin o9 ui9o\j tou= qeou=. And I have seen it, and I have testified that this is the son of God.” it: referring to the spirit, or the event in general, rather than the whom of the previous verse (on whom you see the spirit...).
John 1:35 Th|= e0pau/rion pa&lin ei9sth/kei o9 870Iwa&nnhj, kai\ e0k tw~n maqhtw~n au0tou= du/o: On the next day, John was again standing, as were two of his disciples,
John 1:36 kai\ e0mble/yaj tw%~ 870Ihsou= peripatou=nti, le/gei, 871Ide o9 a)mno\j tou= qeou=. and looking at Jesus walking around, he said, “Behold the lamb of God.” looking at ← having looked at. See Matt 23:20.
behold ← see, as in John 1:29.
John 1:37 Kai\ h1kousan au0tou= oi9 du/o maqhtai\ lalou=ntoj, kai\ h0kolou/qhsan tw%~ 870Ihsou=. And the two disciples heard him speaking, and they followed Jesus. two disciples: Andrew (John 1:40) and probably John, the writer of this gospel himself.
John 1:38 Strafei\j de\ o9 870Ihsou=j kai\ qeasa&menoj au0tou\j a)kolouqou=ntaj, le/gei au0toi=j, Ti/ zhtei=te; Oi9 de\ ei]pon au0tw%~, 879Rabbi/ - o4 le/getai e9rmhneuo/menon, Dida&skale - pou= me/neij; Jesus then turned round and saw them following, and he said to them, ¶ “What are you looking for?” And they said to him, “Rabbi” – which, translated, is “teacher” – “where are you staying?” ¶ Verse division: in P1904 numbering, John 1:39 begins here, and all subsequent P1904 verse numbers in this chapter are 1 higher than in RP TR.
is ← is said, means.
John 1:39 Le/gei au0toi=j, 871Erxesqe kai\ i1dete. 87]Hlqon {RP TR: - } [P1904: ou]n] kai\ ei]don pou= me/nei: kai\ par' au0tw%~ e1meinan th\n h9me/ran e0kei/nhn: w#ra {RP P1904: - } [TR: de\] h]n w(j deka&th. He said to them, “Come and see.” {RP TR: So} [P1904: So] they went and saw where he was staying, and they remained with him that day. {RP P1904: Now} [TR: Now] it was about the tenth hour. ou]n, therefore: absent in RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=7/8 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's c) F1859=1/8.
de\, but: absent in RP P1904 F1853=20/20 F1859=7/7 vs. present in TR F1853=0/20 F1859=0/7.
tenth hour: 4 p.m.
John 1:40 87]Hn 870Andre/aj o9 a)delfo\j Si/mwnoj Pe/trou ei[j e0k tw~n du/o tw~n a)kousa&ntwn para_ 870Iwa&nnou kai\ a)kolouqhsa&ntwn au0tw%~. Andrew the brother of Simon Peter was one of the two who heard from John and followed him. him: i.e. Jesus.
John 1:41 Eu9ri/skei ou[toj prw~toj to\n a)delfo\n to\n i1dion Si/mwna, kai\ le/gei au0tw%~, Eu9rh/kamen to\n {RP: Mesi/an} [P1904 TR: Messi/an] - o3 e0stin meqermhneuo/menon, {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] xristo/j. He found his own brother Simon first, and he said to him, “We have found the Messiah” – which, translated, is {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] “Christ” – Mesi/an, Messiah (1), RP F1853=18/20 F1859=7/7 vs. Messi/an, Messiah (2), P1904 TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's oy) F1859=0/7.
o9, the (Christ): absent in RP P1904 F1853=19/20 F1859=7/7 vs. present in TR F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's g) F1859=0/7.
he ← this (man).
Christ ← anointed.
John 1:42 Kai\ h1gagen au0to\n pro\j to\n 870Ihsou=n. 870Emble/yaj {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: de\] au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen, Su\ ei] Si/mwn o9 ui9o\j 870Iwna~: su\ klhqh/sh| Khfa~j - o4 e9rmhneu/etai Pe/troj. and he brought him to Jesus. Jesus {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: then] looked at him and said, “You are Simon the son of Jonah. You will be called Cephas, which, translated, is ‘Peter.’ ” de\, but: absent in RP-text P1904 F1853=13/20 F1859=7/8 vs. present in RP-marg TR F1853=7/20 F1859=1/8.
Peter ← Rock.
John 1:43 Th|= e0pau/rion h0qe/lhsen {RP: - } [P1904 TR: o9 870Ihsou=j] e0celqei=n ei0j th\n Galilai/an, kai\ eu9ri/skei Fi/lippon, kai\ le/gei au0tw%~ {RP-text: o9 870Ihsou=j} [RP-marg P1904 TR: - ], 870Akolou/qei moi. The next day, {RP: he} [P1904 TR: Jesus] wished to set out for Galilee, and he found Philip, and {RP-text: Jesus} [RP-marg P1904 TR: - ] said to him, “Follow me.” o9 870Ihsou=j, Jesus (wished): absent in RP F1853=13/22 F1859=2/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=9/22 F1859=5/7. A weak disparity (#1) with RP, R=15:16.
o9 870Ihsou=j, Jesus (said): present in RP-text F1853=14/23 F1859=2/7 vs. absent in RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=9/23 F1859=5/7. Nearly a disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=16:16. One disparity, as a reading, includes the other.
John 1:44 87]Hn de\ o9 Fi/lippoj a)po\ Bhqsai+da&, e0k th=j po/lewj 870Andre/ou kai\ Pe/trou. Now Philip was from Bethsaida, from the city of Andrew and Peter.
John 1:45 Eu9ri/skei Fi/lippoj to\n Naqanah/l, kai\ le/gei au0tw%~, 874On e1grayen {RP TR: Mwsh=j} [P1904: Mwu+sh=j] e0n tw%~ no/mw% kai\ oi9 profh=tai eu9rh/kamen, 870Ihsou=n to\n ui9o\n tou= 870Iwsh\f to\n a)po\ {RP P1904 S1550: Nazare/t} [E1624 S1894: Nazare/q]. Philip found Nathanael, and he said to him, “We have found him of whom Moses in the law, and the prophets, wrote, namely Jesus, the son of Joseph, who is from Nazareth.” Mwsh=j, Moses, RP TR F1853=17/20 F1859=6/7 vs. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, P1904 F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's ehp) F1859=1/7.
Nazare/t, Nazaret, RP P1904 S1550 F1853=16/20 F1859=3/7 vs. Nazare/q, Nazareth, E1624 S1894 F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's dehy) F1859=4/7.
John 1:46 Kai\ ei]pen au0tw%~ Naqanah/l, 870Ek {RP P1904 S1550: Nazare\t} [E1624 S1894: Nazare\q] du/natai/ ti a)gaqo\n ei]nai; Le/gei au0tw%~ Fi/lippoj, 871Erxou kai\ i1de. And Nathanael said to him, “Can there be anything good from Nazareth?” Philip said to him, “Come and see.” Nazare/t, Nazaret, RP P1904 S1550 F1853=16/20 F1859=3/7 vs. Nazare/q, Nazareth, E1624 S1894 F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's dehy) F1859=4/7.
John 1:47 Ei]den o9 870Ihsou=j to\n Naqanah\l e0rxo/menon pro\j au0to/n, kai\ le/gei peri\ au0tou=, 871Ide a)lhqw~j 870Israhli/thj, e0n w%{ do/loj ou0k e1stin. Jesus saw Nathanael coming to him and said concerning him, “Look, an Israelite, truly, in whom there is no guile.”
John 1:48 Le/gei au0tw%~ Naqanah/l, Po/qen me ginw&skeij; 870Apekri/qh {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] 870Ihsou=j kai\ ei]pen au0tw%~, Pro\ tou= se Fi/lippon fwnh=sai, o1nta u9po\ th\n sukh=n, ei]do/n se. Nathanael said to him, “From where do you know me?” Jesus answered and said to him, “Before Philip called you, I saw you under the fig tree.” o9, the (Jesus): absent in RP P1904 F1853=17/20 F1859=6/8 vs. present in TR F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's ceg) F1859=2/8.
under ← being under.
John 1:49 870Apekri/qh Naqanah/l kai\ le/gei au0tw%~, 879Rabbi/, su\ ei] o9 ui9o\j tou= qeou=, su\ ei] o9 basileu\j tou= 870Israh/l. Nathanael replied and said to him, “Rabbi, you are the son of God. You are the king of Israel.”
John 1:50 870Apekri/qh 870Ihsou=j kai\ ei]pen au0tw%~, 873Oti ei]po/n soi, Ei]do/n se u9poka&tw th=j sukh=j, pisteu/eij; Mei/zw tou/twn o1yei. Jesus replied and said to him, “Do you believe because I said to you, ‘I saw you under the fig tree’? You will see greater things than these.” do you believe ... : not necessarily a question (as punctuated by RP P1904 TBS-TR); it could be a statement: “because I said ... you believe.”
John 1:51 Kai\ le/gei au0tw%~, 870Amh\n a)mh\n le/gw u9mi=n, a)p' a!rti o1yesqe to\n ou0rano\n a)new%go/ta, kai\ tou\j a)gge/louj tou= qeou= a)nabai/nontaj kai\ katabai/nontaj e0pi\ to\n ui9o\n tou= a)nqrw&pou. And he said to him, “Truly, truly, I say to you people, from now on you will see heaven opened and the angels of God ascending and descending on the son of man.” you people ← you (plural), somewhat unexpectedly in the context.
John 2:1 Kai\ th|= h9me/ra% th|= tri/th| ga&moj e0ge/neto e0n Kana%~ th=j Galilai/aj, kai\ h]n h9 mh/thr tou= 870Ihsou= e0kei=: Then on the third day a wedding took place in Cana in Galilee, and Jesus's mother was there.
John 2:2 e0klh/qh de\ kai\ o9 870Ihsou=j kai\ oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou= ei0j to\n ga&mon. And both Jesus and his disciples were invited to the wedding.
John 2:3 Kai\ u9sterh/santoj oi1nou, le/gei h9 mh/thr tou= 870Ihsou= pro\j au0to/n, Oi]non ou0k e1xousin. Then when the wine ran out, Jesus's mother said to him, “They haven't got any more wine.”
John 2:4 Le/gei {RP P1904c TR: au0th|=} [P1904u: au0tw%~] o9 870Ihsou=j, Ti/ e0moi\ kai\ soi/, gu/nai; Ou1pw h3kei h9 w#ra mou. Jesus said to her, “Madam, what does that matter to me or you? My hour has not yet come.”
John 2:5 Le/gei h9 mh/thr au0tou= toi=j diako/noij, 873O ti a@n le/gh| u9mi=n, poih/sate. His mother said to the servants, “Do whatever he says to you.” Do whatever he says to you ← Whatever he says to you, do. The same words spoken to Joseph in Gen 41:55.
John 2:6 87]Hsan de\ e0kei= u9dri/ai li/qinai e4c kei/menai kata_ to\n kaqarismo\n tw~n 870Ioudai/wn, xwrou=sai a)na_ metrhta_j du/o h2 trei=j. Now there were six stone water-jars there, standing according to the cleansing of the Jews, each holding two or three metretes. metretes: a metrete is about 8 imperial gallons or 36 litres.
John 2:7 Le/gei au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, Gemi/sate ta_j u9dri/aj u3datoj. Kai\ e0ge/misan au0ta_j e3wj a!nw. Jesus said to them, “Fill the water-jars with water.” So they filled them up to the brim. up to the brim ← as far as high up.
John 2:8 Kai\ le/gei au0toi=j, 870Antlh/sate nu=n, kai\ fe/rete tw%~ a)rxitrikli/nw%. Kai\ h1negkan. Then he said to them, “Draw some off now and bring it to the catering steward.” So they brought it.
John 2:9 879Wj de\ e0geu/sato o9 a)rxitri/klinoj to\ u3dwr oi]non gegenhme/non, kai\ ou0k h|1dei po/qen e0sti/n - oi9 de\ dia&konoi h|1deisan oi9 h0ntlhko/tej to\ u3dwr - fwnei= to\n numfi/on o9 a)rxitri/klinoj, But when the catering steward had tasted the water, which had become wine – and he did not know where it was from, but the servants who had drawn off the water knew – the catering steward called the bridegroom, who had drawn off: our italicization here indicates the supplying of a finite verb, not a tense change, aorist to (plu-)perfect, as might be suspected. See the Introduction.
John 2:10 kai\ le/gei au0tw%~, Pa~j a!nqrwpoj prw~ton to\n kalo\n oi]non ti/qhsin, kai\ o3tan mequsqw~sin, to/te to\n e0la&ssw: su\ teth/rhkaj to\n kalo\n oi]non e3wj a!rti. and he said to him, “Every man first puts out the good wine, and when they have become drunk, then the inferior. But you have kept the good wine until now.” have become drunk ← become drunk.
John 2:11 Tau/thn e0poi/hsen th\n a)rxh\n tw~n shmei/wn o9 870Ihsou=j e0n Kana%~ th=j Galilai/aj, kai\ e0fane/rwsen th\n do/can au0tou=: kai\ e0pi/steusan ei0j au0to\n oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou=. Jesus performed this first of the signs in Cana in Galilee and manifested his glory, and his disciples believed in him.
John 2:12 Meta_ tou=to kate/bh ei0j Kapernaou/m, au0to\j kai\ h9 mh/thr au0tou=, kai\ oi9 a)delfoi\ au0tou=, kai\ oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou=: kai\ e0kei= e1meinan ou0 polla_j h9me/raj. After this, he went down to Capernaum, he and his mother and his brothers and his disciples, and they remained there for a few days. a few ← not many.
John 2:13 Kai\ e0ggu\j h]n to\ Pa&sxa tw~n 870Ioudai/wn, kai\ a)ne/bh ei0j 879Ieroso/luma o9 870Ihsou=j. And the Jews' Passover was near, and Jesus went up to Jerusalem.
John 2:14 Kai\ eu[ren e0n tw%~ i9erw%~ tou\j pwlou=ntaj bo/aj kai\ pro/bata kai\ peristera&j, kai\ tou\j kermatista_j kaqhme/nouj. And he found in the temple those who sold oxen and sheep and doves, and the money-changers sitting down,
John 2:15 Kai\ poih/saj frage/llion e0k sxoini/wn pa&ntaj e0ce/balen e0k tou= i9erou=, ta& te pro/bata kai\ tou\j bo/aj: kai\ tw~n kollubistw~n e0ce/xeen to\ ke/rma, kai\ ta_j trape/zaj a)ne/streyen: and he made a whip from cords, and he drove them all out of the temple, and the sheep and the oxen, and he poured out the small change of the money-changers, and he turned the tables upside down.
John 2:16 kai\ toi=j ta_j peristera_j pwlou=sin ei]pen, 871Arate tau=ta e0nteu=qen: mh\ poiei=te to\n oi]kon tou= patro/j mou oi]kon e0mpori/ou. And he said to those who were selling doves, “Take these things away from here. Do not make my father's house a house of commerce.”
John 2:17 870Emnh/sqhsan de\ oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou= o3ti gegramme/non e0sti/n, 879O zh=loj tou= oi1kou sou {RP P1904: katafa&getai/} [TR: kate/fage/n] me. His disciples then remembered that it stands written: “The zeal of your house {RP P1904: will consume} [TR: has consumed] me.” katafa&getai/, will consume, RP P1904 F1853=18/21 F1859=5/7 vs. kate/fage/n, consumed, TR F1853=3/21 (Scrivener's cg*y) F1859=2/7. AV differs textually.
Ps 69:10MT (Ps 69:9AV).
John 2:18 870Apekri/qhsan ou]n oi9 870Ioudai=oi kai\ ei]pon au0tw%~, Ti/ shmei=on deiknu/eij h9mi=n, o3ti tau=ta poiei=j; So the Jews responded and said to him, “What sign do you show us, seeing that you do these things?”
John 2:19 870Apekri/qh {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] 870Ihsou=j kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j, Lu/sate to\n nao\n tou=ton, kai\ e0n trisi\n h9me/raij e0gerw~ au0to/n. Jesus answered and said to them, “Break up this temple, and in three days I will raise it up.” o9, the (Jesus): absent in RP P1904 F1853=18/20 F1859=6/8 vs. present in TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's cg) F1859=2/8.
temple ← sanctuary, but here alluding to the whole temple, though actually referring to his body (John 2:21).
John 2:20 Ei]pon ou]n oi9 870Ioudai=oi, Tessara&konta kai\ e4c e1tesin w%)kodomh/qh o9 nao\j ou[toj, kai\ su\ e0n trisi\n h9me/raij e0gerei=j au0to/n; So the Jews said, “This temple was built in forty-six years, and will you raise it up in three days?” temple: see John 2:19.
John 2:21 870Ekei=noj de\ e1legen peri\ tou= naou= tou= sw&matoj au0tou=. But he was speaking about the temple of his body. he ← the former, that (one).
temple: see John 2:19.
John 2:22 873Ote ou]n h0ge/rqh e0k nekrw~n, e0mnh/sqhsan oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou= o3ti tou=to e1legen {RP P1904: - } [TR: au0toi=j]: kai\ e0pi/steusan th|= grafh|=, kai\ tw%~ lo/gw% w%{ ei]pen o9 870Ihsou=j. So when he had risen from the dead, his disciples remembered him saying this {RP P1904: - } [TR: to them], and they believed the scripture and the words which Jesus had spoken. au0toi=j, to them: absent in RP P1904 F1853=18/20 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's dp) F1859=1/7.
risen: or had been raised.
him saying ← that he had been saying.
words ← word.
John 2:23 879Wj de\ h]n e0n {RP P1904: toi=j} [TR: - ] 879Ierosolu/moij e0n tw%~ Pa&sxa, e0n th|= e9orth|=, polloi\ e0pi/steusan ei0j to\ o1noma au0tou=, qewrou=ntej au0tou= ta_ shmei=a a$ e0poi/ei. Then when he was in Jerusalem at the Passover, at the festival, many believed in his name when they saw his signs which he performed. toi=j, the (Jerusalem): present in RP P1904 F1853=18/20 F1859=4/7 vs. absent in TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's xy) F1859=3/7.
John 2:24 Au0to\j de\ o9 870Ihsou=j ou0k e0pi/steuen e9auto\n au0toi=j, dia_ to\ au0to\n ginw&skein pa&ntaj, But Jesus himself did not entrust himself to them, because he knew everyone,
John 2:25 kai\ o3ti ou0 xrei/an ei]xen i3na tij marturh/sh| peri\ tou= a)nqrw&pou: au0to\j ga_r e0gi/nwsken ti/ h]n e0n tw%~ a)nqrw&pw%. and because he did not need anyone to testify about man, for he knew what was in man.
John 3:1 87]Hn de\ a!nqrwpoj e0k tw~n Farisai/wn, Niko/dhmoj o1noma au0tw%~, a!rxwn tw~n 870Ioudai/wn: Now there was a man of the Pharisees, whose name was Nicodemus, a leader of the Jews.
John 3:2 ou[toj h]lqen pro\j {RP-text P1904: au0to\n} [RP-marg TR: to\n 870Ihsou=n] nukto/j, kai\ ei]pen au0tw%~, 879Rabbi/, oi1damen o3ti a)po\ qeou= e0lh/luqaj dida&skaloj: ou0dei\j ga_r tau=ta ta_ shmei=a du/natai poiei=n a$ su\ poiei=j, e0a_n mh\ h|] o9 qeo\j met' au0tou=. This man came to {RP-text P1904: him} [RP-marg TR: Jesus] by night and said to him, “Rabbi, we know that you have come from God as a teacher, for no-one can do these signs which you do unless God is with him.” au0to\n, him, RP-text P1904 F1853=10/20 F1859=1/7 vs. to\n 870Ihsou=n, Jesus, RP-marg TR F1853=10/20 F1859=6/7. A disparity with RP-text, R=12:17.
John 3:3 870Apekri/qh {RP TR: o9} [P1904: - ] 870Ihsou=j kai\ ei]pen au0tw%~, 870Amh\n a)mh\n le/gw soi, e0a_n mh/ tij gennhqh|= a!nwqen, ou0 du/natai i0dei=n th\n basilei/an tou= qeou=. Jesus answered and said to him, “Truly, truly, I say to you, unless a person is begotten from above, he cannot see the kingdom of God.” o9, the (Jesus): present in RP TR F1853=10/21 F1859=3/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=11/21 F1859=4/7. A weak disparity with RP, R=14:16.
begotten: or born (as in Matt 2:1 and some other verses), whereas begotten is consistent with the genealogy in Matt 1:2 - 1:18. We select a rendering as appropriate in the verses following.
from above: or again.
John 3:4 Le/gei pro\j au0to\n o9 Niko/dhmoj, Pw~j du/natai a!nqrwpoj gennhqh=nai ge/rwn w!n; Mh\ du/natai ei0j th\n koili/an th=j mhtro\j au0tou= deu/teron ei0selqei=n kai\ gennhqh=nai; Nicodemus said to him, “How can a man be born when he is old? Surely he cannot go into his mother's womb a second time and be born again?” born (2x): see John 3:3.
John 3:5 870Apekri/qh {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] 870Ihsou=j, 870Amh\n a)mh\n le/gw soi, e0a_n mh/ tij gennhqh|= e0c u3datoj kai\ pneu/matoj, ou0 du/natai ei0selqei=n ei0j th\n basilei/an tou= qeou=. Jesus replied, “Truly, truly, I say to you, unless a person is begotten from water and from spirit, he cannot go into the kingdom of God. o9, the (Jesus): absent in RP P1904 F1853=14/20 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=6/20 F1859=1/7.
begotten: see John 3:3.
John 3:6 To\ {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: gegennhme/non} [E1624: gegenhme/non] e0k th=j sarko\j sa&rc e0stin: kai\ to\ {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: gegennhme/non} [E1624: gegenhme/non] e0k tou= pneu/matoj pneu=ma& e0stin. That which is {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: begotten} [E1624: born] from flesh is flesh, and that which is {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: begotten} [E1624: born] from spirit is spirit. First occurrence in verse: gegennhme/non, having been begotten, RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=16/20 F1859=6/7 vs. gegenhme/non, having come about, been made, been born, E1624 F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's oqrs) F1859=1/7. AV differs textually.
Second occurrence in verse: gegennhme/non, having been begotten, RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=16/20 F1859=6/7 vs. gegenhme/non, having come about, been made, been born, E1624 F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's oqrs) F1859=1/7. AV differs textually.
begotten (2x): see John 3:3. AV translates born.
John 3:7 Mh\ qauma&sh|j o3ti ei]po/n soi, Dei= u9ma~j gennhqh=nai a!nwqen. Do not be amazed because I said to you, ‘You must be begotten from above.’ begotten: see John 3:3.
from above: see John 3:3.
John 3:8 To\ pneu=ma o3pou qe/lei pnei=, kai\ th\n fwnh\n au0tou= a)kou/eij, a)ll' ou0k oi]daj po/qen e1rxetai kai\ pou= u9pa&gei: ou3twj e0sti\n pa~j o9 gegennhme/noj e0k tou= pneu/matoj. The wind blows where it wishes, and you hear its sound, but you do not know where it comes from or where it is going. So is everyone who has been begotten from the spirit.” wind: the word is pneu=ma, translated spirit at the end of this verse and generally so, but breath in 2 Thes 2:8. It is cognate with the verb used here for to blow too (pne/w). The ↴
begotten: see John 3:3.
John 3:9 870Apekri/qh Niko/dhmoj kai\ ei]pen au0tw%~, Pw~j du/natai tau=ta gene/sqai; Nicodemus replied and said to him, “How can these things be?” ↳ regular NT word for wind is a!nemoj, so this is exceptional usage. It is a pity that there does not seem to be a way to bring out all the force of the Greek analogy in English.
John 3:10 870Apekri/qh {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] 870Ihsou=j kai\ ei]pen au0tw%~, Su\ ei] o9 dida&skaloj tou= 870Israh/l, kai\ tau=ta ou0 ginw&skeij; Jesus replied and said to him, “Are you a teacher of Israel, and don't you know these things? o9, the (Jesus): absent in RP P1904 F1853=18/20 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's cp) F1859=1/7.
a teacher ← the teacher. Perhaps denoting seniority, but see Gen 22:9.
John 3:11 870Amh\n a)mh\n le/gw soi o3ti o4 oi1damen lalou=men, kai\ o4 e9wra&kamen marturou=men: kai\ th\n marturi/an h9mw~n ou0 lamba&nete. Truly, truly, I say to you that we speak what we know, and we testify what we have seen, but you do not receive our testimony.
John 3:12 Ei0 ta_ e0pi/geia ei]pon u9mi=n kai\ ou0 pisteu/ete, pw~j, e0a_n ei1pw u9mi=n ta_ e0poura&nia, pisteu/sete; If I told you of earthly things, and you do not believe, how can you believe if I tell you of upper-heavenly things? can ← will, a Hebraism.
John 3:13 Kai\ ou0dei\j a)nabe/bhken ei0j to\n ou0rano/n, ei0 mh\ o9 e0k tou= ou0ranou= kataba&j, o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou o9 w@n e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~. And no-one has ascended to heaven except him who came down from heaven, the son of man who is in heaven.
John 3:14 Kai\ kaqw_j {RP TR: Mwsh=j} [P1904: Mwu+sh=j] u3ywsen to\n o1fin e0n th|= e0rh/mw%, ou3twj u9ywqh=nai dei= to\n ui9o\n tou= a)nqrw&pou: And as Moses lifted up the serpent in the desert, so must the son of man be lifted up, Mwsh=j, Moses, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=6/7 vs. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's e) F1859=1/7.
Num 21:9.
John 3:15 i3na pa~j o9 pisteu/wn ei0j au0to\n mh\ a)po/lhtai, a)ll' {RP P1904 TR: e1xh|} [MISC: e1xei] zwh\n ai0w&nion. so that everyone who believes in him should not be lost, but {RP P1904 TR: have} [MISC: he has] age-abiding life. e1xh|, may have, RP P1904 TR F1853=9/20 F1859=1/7 vs. e1xei, has, F1853=11/20 F1859=6/7. A disparity with RP, R=12:17.
be lost: see John 3:16.
age-abiding life: The adjective ai0w&nioj is associated with the noun ai0w&n in John 10:28. The noun ai0w&n is clearly age, epoch, aeon (so not “eternity”) in, e.g., 1 Cor 2:7, Eph 2:7, Eph 3:11, Heb 9:26, Heb 11:3. We bring out the sense of relating to the age with the adjective, where appropriate. However, the noun is sometimes used idiomatically in expressions such as ei0j to\n ai0w~na to mean ever. In such cases, the sense must be taken within the backdrop of the present age, not eternity.
John 3:16 Ou3twj ga_r h0ga&phsen o9 qeo\j to\n ko/smon, w#ste to\n ui9o\n au0tou= to\n monogenh= e1dwken, i3na pa~j o9 pisteu/wn ei0j au0to\n mh\ a)po/lhtai, a)ll' {RP P1904 TR: e1xh|} [MISC: e1xei] zwh\n ai0w&nion. For God so loved the world, that he gave his only-begotten son, so that everyone who believes in him should not be lost, but {RP P1904 TR: have} [MISC: he has] age-abiding life. e1xh|, may have, RP P1904 TR F1853=13/20 F1859=0/7 vs. e1xei, has, F1853=7/20 F1859=7/7. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=15:14.
so ← thus, like this, denoting the manner rather than the degree (so much). But perhaps degree could be justified by the strong conjunction of result, w#ste.
be lost: The active verb means to destroy in, e.g., Matt 2:13 (infant Jesus), Matt 10:28 (soul and body). ↴
John 3:17 Ou0 ga_r a)pe/steilen o9 qeo\j to\n ui9o\n au0tou= ei0j to\n ko/smon i3na kri/nh| to\n ko/smon, a)ll' i3na swqh|= o9 ko/smoj di' au0tou=. For God did not send his son into the world to judge the world, but so that the world might be saved through him. ↳ The verb means to lose in, e.g., Matt 10:6 (lost sheep, need to be sought), Luke 15:8 (lost drachma, later found again). The verb means to go to waste in John 6:12 (crumbs), and the cognate noun means waste in Matt 26:8 (costly ointment). ↴
John 3:18 879O pisteu/wn ei0j au0to\n ou0 kri/netai: o9 de\ mh\ pisteu/wn h1dh ke/kritai, o3ti mh\ pepi/steuken ei0j to\ o1noma tou= monogenou=j ui9ou= tou= qeou=. He who believes in him is not judged, but he who does not believe has already been judged, because he has not believed in the name of the only-begotten son of God. ↳ To translate to destroy here would introduce a contradiction to 1 Tim 4:10. We choose to be lost, so not excluding being found again, as in the verses above. We consider the sense of to go to waste viable too. A different word for destruction, o1leqroj, in 2 Thes 1:9.
John 3:19 Au3th de/ e0stin h9 kri/sij, o3ti to\ fw~j e0lh/luqen ei0j to\n ko/smon, kai\ h0ga&phsan oi9 a!nqrwpoi ma~llon to\ sko/toj h2 to\ fw~j: h]n ga_r ponhra_ au0tw~n ta_ e1rga. And this is the judgment, that the light has come into the world, but men loved darkness more than the light, for their works were evil.
John 3:20 Pa~j ga_r o9 fau=la pra&sswn misei= to\ fw~j, kai\ ou0k e1rxetai pro\j to\ fw~j, i3na mh\ e0legxqh|= ta_ e1rga au0tou=. For everyone who does base things hates the light, and he does not come to the light, so that his works are not shown up. shown up ← convicted.
John 3:21 879O de\ poiw~n th\n a)lh/qeian e1rxetai pro\j to\ fw~j, i3na fanerwqh|= au0tou= ta_ e1rga, o3ti e0n qew%~ e0stin ei0rgasme/na. But he who works the truth comes to the light, so that his works may be made manifest, for they have been carried out in God.” in: perhaps meaning in the power of.
John 3:22 Meta_ tau=ta h]lqen o9 870Ihsou=j kai\ oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou= ei0j th\n 870Ioudai/an gh=n: kai\ e0kei= die/triben met' au0tw~n kai\ e0ba&ptizen. After these things, Jesus and his disciples went to the Judaean region, and he spent time there with them, and he had some baptizing done. had some baptizing done ← was baptizing, but here the sense is had some baptizing done, since “Jesus himself did not baptize” (John 4:2). See Matt 2:16 for the causative use of verbs.
John 3:23 87]Hn de\ kai\ 870Iwa&nnhj bapti/zwn e0n Ai0nw_n e0ggu\j tou= {RP-text: Salh/m} [RP-marg P1904 TR: Salei/m], o3ti u3data polla_ h]n e0kei=: kai\ paregi/nonto kai\ e0bapti/zonto. Now John was also baptizing in the Ainon near Salim, because there was a lot of water there, and people would come and be baptized. Salh/m, Salem, RP-text F1853=14/21 F1859=4/7 vs. Salei/m, Saleim, RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=7/21 F1859=3/7.
was a lot of water ← were a lot of waters, a Hebraism.
John 3:24 Ou1pw ga_r h]n beblhme/noj ei0j th\n fulakh\n o9 870Iwa&nnhj. For John had not yet been thrown in prison.
John 3:25 870Ege/neto ou]n zh/thsij e0k tw~n maqhtw~n 870Iwa&nnou meta_ {RP P1904: 870Ioudai/ou} [TR: 870Ioudai/wn] peri\ kaqarismou=. Then a dispute arose between some of John's disciples and {RP P1904: a Jew} [TR: some Jews] concerning cleansing. 870Ioudai/ou, a Jew, RP P1904 F1853=18/20 F1859=4/7 vs. 870Ioudai/wn, Jews, TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's gp) F1859=3/7.
then ← therefore, but the word has a sequential rather than consequential force here, as is frequently the case in this gospel.
John 3:26 Kai\ h]lqon pro\j to\n 870Iwa&nnhn kai\ ei]pon au0tw%~, 879Rabbi/, o4j h]n meta_ sou= pe/ran tou= 870Iorda&nou, w%{ su\ memartu/rhkaj, i1de ou[toj bapti/zei, kai\ pa&ntej e1rxontai pro\j au0to/n. And they came to John and said to him, “Rabbi, he who was with you on the other side of the Jordan – of whom you have testified – see how he is having people baptized, and all are coming to him.” he ← this (man).
is having people baptized ← is baptizing, but see John 3:22.
John 3:27 870Apekri/qh 870Iwa&nnhj kai\ ei]pen, Ou0 du/natai a!nqrwpoj lamba&nein ou0de/n, e0a_n mh\ h|] dedome/non au0tw%~ e0k tou= ou0ranou=. John answered and said, “Man cannot accept anything unless it has been given him from heaven.
John 3:28 Au0toi\ u9mei=j {RP: - } [P1904 TR: moi] marturei=te o3ti ei]pon, Ou0k ei0mi\ e0gw_ o9 xristo/j, a)ll' o3ti 870Apestalme/noj ei0mi\ e1mprosqen e0kei/nou. You yourselves testify {RP: - } [P1904 TR: to me] that I said, ‘I am not the Christ’, but said, ‘I have been sent ahead of him.’ moi, to me: absent in RP F1853=9/21 F1859=4/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=12/21 F1859=3/7. A disparity with RP, R=13:17.
him ← that (man), the former.
John 3:29 879O e1xwn th\n nu/mfhn, numfi/oj e0sti/n: o9 de\ fi/loj tou= numfi/ou, o9 e9sthkw_j kai\ a)kou/wn au0tou=, xara%~ xai/rei dia_ th\n fwnh\n tou= numfi/ou: au3th ou]n h9 xara_ h9 e0mh\ peplh/rwtai. He who has the bride is the bridegroom, but the friend of the bridegroom, who stands and hears him, rejoices greatly on account of the bridegroom's voice. So this joy of mine has been fulfilled. rejoices greatly ← rejoices in rejoicing.
John 3:30 870Ekei=non dei= au0ca&nein, e0me\ de\ e0lattou=sqai. He must increase, but I must decrease. he ← that (one).
John 3:31 879O a!nwqen e0rxo/menoj e0pa&nw pa&ntwn e0sti/n. 879O w@n e0k th=j gh=j, e0k th=j gh=j e0stin, kai\ e0k th=j gh=j lalei=: o9 e0k tou= ou0ranou= e0rxo/menoj e0pa&nw pa&ntwn e0sti/n. He who comes from above is above all. He who is of the earth is of the earth and speaks of the earth. He who comes from heaven is above all.
John 3:32 Kai\ o4 e9w&raken kai\ h1kousen, tou=to marturei=: kai\ th\n marturi/an au0tou= ou0dei\j lamba&nei. And what he has seen and heard, that is what he testifies of, but no-one accepts his testimony. that ← this.
John 3:33 879O labw_n au0tou= th\n marturi/an e0sfra&gisen o3ti o9 qeo\j a)lhqh/j e0stin. He who has accepted his testimony has attested that God is true. attested ← sealed (with approval).
John 3:34 874On ga_r a)pe/steilen o9 qeo/j, ta_ r(h/mata tou= qeou= lalei=: ou0 ga_r e0k me/trou di/dwsin o9 qeo\j to\ pneu=ma. For he whom God has sent speaks the words of God. For God does not give the spirit by measure to him.
John 3:35 879O path\r a)gapa%~ to\n ui9o/n, kai\ pa&nta de/dwken e0n th|= xeiri\ au0tou=. The father loves the son and has put everything in his hand.
John 3:36 879O pisteu/wn ei0j to\n ui9o\n e1xei zwh\n ai0w&nion: o9 de\ a)peiqw~n tw%~ ui9w%~, ou0k o1yetai {RP-text P1904 TR: - } [RP-marg: th\n] zwh/n, a)ll' h9 o0rgh\ tou= qeou= me/nei e0p' au0to/n. He who believes in the son has age-abiding life, but he who does not believe in the son will not see life, but God's anger remains on him.” th\n, the (life): absent in RP-text P1904 TR F1853=9/20 F1859=4/7 vs. present in RP-marg F1853=11/20 F1859=3/7. Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=15:14.
life (second occurrence in verse): whether the word is determined by the definite article or not, which is a textual issue, we take the life referred to to be the age-abiding life of the first clause of the sentence.
John 4:1 879Wj ou]n e1gnw o9 ku/rioj o3ti h1kousan oi9 Farisai=oi o3ti 870Ihsou=j plei/onaj maqhta_j poiei= kai\ bapti/zei h2 870Iwa&nnhj - Now when the Lord came to know that the Pharisees had heard that Jesus was making more disciples, and having them baptized, than John having them baptized ← baptizing, but see John 3:22, Matt 2:16, and the next verse.
John 4:2 kai/toige 870Ihsou=j au0to\j ou0k e0ba&ptizen, a)ll' oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou= - – and yet Jesus himself did not baptize, but his disciples did –
John 4:3 a)fh=ken th\n 870Ioudai/an, kai\ a)ph=lqen {RP P1904: - } [TR: pa&lin] ei0j th\n Galilai/an. he left Judaea and went off to Galilee {RP P1904: - } [TR: again], pa&lin, again: absent in RP P1904 F1853=18/18 F1859=3/7 vs. present in TR F1853=0/18 F1859=4/7. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=6.7 PV=1.0%.
John 4:4 871Edei de\ au0to\n die/rxesqai dia_ th=j Samarei/aj. and he had to cross through Samaria,
John 4:5 871Erxetai ou]n ei0j po/lin th=j Samarei/aj legome/nhn {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: Suxa&r} [E1624: Sixa&r], plhsi/on tou= xwri/ou o4 e1dwken 870Iakw_b 870Iwsh\f tw%~ ui9w%~ au0tou=: so he came to a town in Samaria called Sychar, near the parcel of land which Jacob gave to Joseph his son. Suxa&r, Sychar, RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=20/20 F1859=5/6 vs. Sixa&r, Sichar, E1624 F1853=0/20 F1859=1/6.
John 4:6 h]n de\ e0kei= phgh\ tou= 870Iakw&b. 879O ou]n 870Ihsou=j kekopiakw_j e0k th=j o9doipori/aj e0kaqe/zeto ou3twj e0pi\ th|= phgh|=. 873Wra h]n w(sei\ e3kth. Now Jacob's well was there. So Jesus, being tired from the journey, was just sitting at the well. It was about the sixth hour. just ← thus, in this way. [LS] gives, inter alia, simply, merely.
sixth hour: 12 noon.
John 4:7 871Erxetai gunh\ e0k th=j Samarei/aj a)ntlh=sai u3dwr: le/gei au0th|= o9 870Ihsou=j, Do/j moi piei=n. A woman from Samaria came to draw water. Jesus said to her, “Give me a drink.” give me a drink ← give me to drink.
John 4:8 Oi9 ga_r maqhtai\ au0tou= a)pelhlu/qeisan ei0j th\n po/lin, i3na trofa_j a)gora&swsin. After all, his disciples had gone off into the town to buy food. food ← foodstuffs.
John 4:9 Le/gei ou]n au0tw%~ h9 gunh\ h9 Samarei=tij, Pw~j su\ 870Ioudai=oj w@n par' e0mou= piei=n ai0tei=j, ou1shj gunaiko\j Samarei/tidoj; - Ou0 ga_r sugxrw~ntai 870Ioudai=oi Samarei/taij. So the Samaritan woman said to him, “How come you, being a Jew, are asking me, a Samaritan woman, for a drink?” For Jews have no dealings with Samaritans. a Samaritan woman ← being a Samaritan woman.
John 4:10 870Apekri/qh 870Ihsou=j kai\ ei]pen au0th|=, Ei0 h|1deij th\n dwrea_n tou= qeou=, kai\ ti/j e0stin o9 le/gwn soi, Do/j moi piei=n, su\ a@n h|1thsaj au0to/n, kai\ e1dwken a!n soi u3dwr zw~n. Jesus answered and said to her, “If you knew the gift of God, and who it was saying to you, ‘Give me a drink’, you would have asked him, and he would have given you living water.”
John 4:11 Le/gei au0tw%~ h9 gunh/, Ku/rie, ou1te a!ntlhma e1xeij, kai\ to\ fre/ar e0sti\n baqu/: po/qen ou]n e1xeij to\ u3dwr to\ zw~n; The woman said to him, “Sir, you do not have a bucket, and the well is deep. Where do you get the living water from then? sir ← lord, but the word is used as a polite form of address as well as in recognition of lordship. The Samaritan woman is at this point unaware of Jesus's identity.
get ← have.
John 4:12 Mh\ su\ mei/zwn ei] tou= patro\j h9mw~n 870Iakw&b, o4j e1dwken h9mi=n to\ fre/ar, kai\ au0to\j e0c au0tou= e1pien, kai\ oi9 ui9oi\ au0tou=, kai\ ta_ qre/mmata au0tou=; Surely you are not greater than our father Jacob who gave us the well, and who drank from it himself, as did his sons, and his cattle.”
John 4:13 870Apekri/qh {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] 870Ihsou=j kai\ ei]pen au0th|=, Pa~j o9 pi/nwn e0k tou= u3datoj tou/tou, diyh/sei pa&lin: Jesus answered and said to her, “Everyone who drinks this water will be thirsty again. o9, the (Jesus): absent in RP P1904 F1853=19/20 F1859=5/6 vs. present in TR F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's c) F1859=1/6.
John 4:14 o4j d' a@n pi/h| e0k tou= u3datoj ou[ e0gw_ dw&sw au0tw%~, ou0 mh\ diyh/sh| ei0j to\n ai0w~na: a)lla_ to\ u3dwr o4 dw&sw au0tw%~ genh/setai e0n au0tw%~ phgh\ u3datoj a(llome/nou ei0j zwh\n ai0w&nion. Whoever drinks the water which I give him will certainly never thirst, but the water which I give him will become a well of water in him, springing up to age-abiding life.” give (2x) ← will give.
never ← not throughout the age. The thirsting here is not about thirst for water, but a spiritual thirst which is quenched. The effects start in this age and continue in the age of John 3:16.
John 4:15 Le/gei pro\j au0to\n h9 gunh/, Ku/rie, do/j moi tou=to to\ u3dwr, i3na mh\ diyw~, mhde\ {RP: e1rxomai} [P1904 TR: e1rxwmai] e0nqa&de a)ntlei=n. The woman said to him, “Sir, give me this water, so that I don't thirst or have to come here to draw water.” e1rxomai, I come (indicative, non-classical), RP F1853=10/21 F1859=4/6 vs. e1rxwmai, I come (subjunctive, classical), P1904 TR F1853=10/21 F1859=2/6 vs. another reading, F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's x) F1859=0/6. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=14:14.
John 4:16 Le/gei au0th|= o9 870Ihsou=j, 873Upage, fw&nhson to\n a!ndra sou=, kai\ e0lqe\ e0nqa&de. Jesus said to her, “Go and call your husband, and come back here.”
John 4:17 870Apekri/qh h9 gunh\ kai\ ei]pen, Ou0k e1xw a!ndra. Le/gei au0th|= o9 870Ihsou=j, Kalw~j ei]paj o3ti 871Andra ou0k e1xw: The woman answered and said, “I do not have a husband.” Jesus said to her, “You are right in saying, ‘I do not have a husband.’ you are right in saying ← you rightly said.
John 4:18 pe/nte ga_r a!ndraj e1sxej, kai\ nu=n o4n e1xeij ou0k e1stin sou a)nh/r: tou=to a)lhqe\j ei1rhkaj. For you have had five husbands, and he whom you now have is not your husband. You have spoken the truth about this.”
John 4:19 Le/gei au0tw%~ h9 gunh/, Ku/rie, qewrw~ o3ti profh/thj ei] su/. The woman said to him, “Sir, I see that you are a prophet.
John 4:20 Oi9 pate/rej {RP P1904c TR: h9mw~n} [P1904u: u9mw~n] e0n {RP P1904: tw%~ o1rei tou/tw%} [TR: tou/tw% tw%~ o1rei] proseku/nhsan: kai\ u9mei=j le/gete o3ti e0n 879Ierosolu/moij e0sti\n o9 to/poj o3pou dei= proskunei=n. Our fathers worshipped on this mountain, and you say that the place where one should worship is in Jerusalem.” tw%~ o1rei tou/tw%, the mountain + this, RP P1904 F1853=19/20 F1859=6/6 vs. tou/tw% tw%~ o1rei, this + the mountain, TR F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's g) F1859=0/6.
on ← in.
you: plural.
John 4:21 Le/gei au0th|= o9 870Ihsou=j, Gu/nai, pi/steuso/n moi, o3ti e1rxetai w#ra, o3te ou1te e0n tw%~ o1rei tou/tw% ou1te e0n 879Ierosolu/moij proskunh/sete tw%~ patri/. Jesus said to her, “Madam, believe me, the hour is coming when you will worship the father neither in this mountain nor in Jerusalem. you: plural.
John 4:22 879Umei=j proskunei=te o4 ou0k oi1date: h9mei=j proskunou=men o4 oi1damen: o3ti h9 swthri/a e0k tw~n 870Ioudai/wn e0sti/n. You worship that which you do not know, but we worship that which we know, for salvation is from the Jews. you (2x): plural.
John 4:23 870All' e1rxetai w#ra kai\ nu=n e0stin, o3te oi9 a)lhqinoi\ proskunhtai\ proskunh/sousin tw%~ patri\ e0n pneu/mati kai\ a)lhqei/a%: kai\ ga_r o9 path\r toiou/touj zhtei= tou\j proskunou=ntaj au0to/n. But the hour is coming, and is now, when true worshippers will worship the father in spirit and truth. For indeed the father seeks such people to worship him.” to worship ← worshipping, which we take as a present participle for a classical future participle of purpose, giving the intention to worship. See Matt 20:20.
John 4:24 Pneu=ma o9 qeo/j: kai\ tou\j proskunou=ntaj au0to/n, e0n pneu/mati kai\ a)lhqei/a% dei= proskunei=n. God is spirit, and those who worship him must worship in spirit and truth.
John 4:25 Le/gei au0tw%~ h9 gunh/, Oi]da o3ti {RP: Mesi/aj} [P1904 TR: Messi/aj] e1rxetai - o9 lego/menoj xristo/j: o3tan e1lqh| e0kei=noj, a)naggelei= h9mi=n pa&nta. The woman said to him, “I know that the Messiah is coming, who is called Christ. When he comes, he will clarify everything for us.” Mesi/aj, Messiah (1), RP F1853=17/20 F1859=5/6 vs. Messi/aj, Messiah (2), P1904 TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's bo) F1859=1/6 vs. another spelling, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's c) F1859=0/6.
he ← that (man), the former.
clarify ← report.
John 4:26 Le/gei au0th|= o9 870Ihsou=j, 870Egw& ei0mi, o9 lalw~n soi. Jesus said to her, “I am the one, I who am speaking to you.” I am: one of the many occurrences of I am in this gospel, referring to Ex 3:14. See John 18:5, John 18:6.
John 4:27 Kai\ e0pi\ tou/tw% h]lqon oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou=, kai\ e0qau/masan o3ti meta_ gunaiko\j e0la&lei: ou0dei\j me/ntoi ei]pen, Ti/ zhtei=j; h1, Ti/ lalei=j met' au0th=j; Then at this point his disciples came, and they were amazed that he was speaking with a woman. However, no-one said, “What are you looking for?” or, “Why are you speaking with her?”
John 4:28 870Afh=ken ou]n th\n u9dri/an au0th=j h9 gunh/, kai\ a)ph=lqen ei0j th\n po/lin, kai\ le/gei toi=j a)nqrw&poij, The woman then left her water-jar and went away to the town, and she said to the men,
John 4:29 Deu=te, i1dete a!nqrwpon, o4j ei]pe/n moi pa&nta o3sa e0poi/hsa: mh/ti ou[to/j e0stin o9 xristo/j; “Come and see a man who has told me everything I have done. Could this be the Christ?” could this be ← is this; isn't this. The particle mh/ti can introduce questions pressing for an answer yes (Matt 12:23) or no (Matt 7:16), or it tentatively expect the answer yes, as here.
John 4:30 870Ech=lqon {RP: - } [P1904 TR: ou]n] e0k th=j po/lewj, kai\ h1rxonto pro\j au0to/n. {RP: They} [P1904 TR: So they] left the town and came to him. ou]n, therefore: absent in RP F1853=12/20 F1859=4/6 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=8/20 F1859=2/6.
John 4:31 870En de\ tw%~ metacu\ h0rw&twn au0to\n oi9 maqhtai/, le/gontej, 879Rabbi/, fa&ge. Meanwhile, the disciples prevailed on him, saying, “Rabbi, eat something.” prevailed on ← were asking.
John 4:32 879O de\ ei]pen au0toi=j, 870Egw_ brw~sin e1xw fagei=n h4n u9mei=j ou0k oi1date. But he said to them, “I have food to eat which you do not know of.”
John 4:33 871Elegon ou]n oi9 maqhtai\ pro\j a)llh/louj, Mh/ tij h1negken au0tw%~ fagei=n; Then the disciples said to each other, “No-one has brought him anything to eat, have they?”
John 4:34 Le/gei au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, 870Emo\n brw~ma& e0stin, i3na poiw~ to\ qe/lhma tou= pe/myanto/j me, kai\ teleiw&sw au0tou= to\ e1rgon. Jesus said to them, “My food is that I should do the will of him who sent me, and complete his work.
John 4:35 Ou0x u9mei=j le/gete o3ti 871Eti {RP P1904: tetra&mhno/j} [TR: tetra&mhno/n] e0stin, kai\ o9 qerismo\j e1rxetai; 870Idou/, le/gw u9mi=n, e0pa&rate tou\j o0fqalmou\j u9mw~n, kai\ qea&sasqe ta_j xw&raj, o3ti leukai/ ei0sin pro\j qerismo\n h1dh. You say, do you not, ‘It is still four months for the harvest to come’? Behold, I say to you, lift up your eyes and look at the farmlands – they are already white, ready for the harvest. tetra&mhno/j, four months (masculine), RP P1904 F1853=18/20 F1859=6/6 vs. tetra&mhno/n, four months (neuter), TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's ap) F1859=0/6.
John 4:36 Kai\ o9 qeri/zwn misqo\n lamba&nei, kai\ suna&gei karpo\n ei0j zwh\n ai0w&nion: i3na kai\ o9 spei/rwn o9mou= {RP P1904 TR: xai/rh|} [MISC: xai/rei] kai\ o9 qeri/zwn. And the reaper receives wages and gathers fruit for age-abiding life, so that the sower and the reaper rejoice together. xai/rh|, may rejoice, RP P1904 TR F1853=10/22 F1859=3/6 vs. xai/rei, rejoice (non-classical indicative), F1853=12/22 F1859=3/6. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=15:15.
for: i.e. saved up for, with a goal of, fulfilled in the form of.
John 4:37 870En ga_r tou/tw% o9 lo/goj e0sti\n {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: o9} [S1894: - ] a)lhqino/j, o3ti 871Alloj e0sti\n o9 spei/rwn, kai\ a!lloj o9 qeri/zwn. For in this matter the saying is true, that the sower is one and the reaper another. o9, the (true): present in RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1853=16/21 F1859=4/6 vs. absent in S1894 F1853=2/21 (Scrivener's ab) F1859=2/6 vs. verse absent, F1853=3/21 (Scrivener's q*rt) F1859=0/6.
RP punctuate so as to have the saying quoted as direct speech; we, with TBS-TR as indirect speech.
John 4:38 870Egw_ a)pe/steila u9ma~j qeri/zein o4 ou0x u9mei=j kekopia&kate: a!lloi kekopia&kasin, kai\ u9mei=j ei0j to\n ko/pon au0tw~n ei0selhlu/qate. I have sent you to reap that which you did not toil over. Others have toiled, but you have entered into their toil.”
John 4:39 870Ek de\ th=j po/lewj e0kei/nhj polloi\ e0pi/steusan ei0j au0to\n tw~n Samareitw~n dia_ to\n lo/gon th=j gunaiko\j marturou/shj o3ti Ei]pe/n moi pa&nta o3sa e0poi/hsa. Many of the Samaritans from that town believed in him, on account of the words of the woman who gave this testimony: “He told me everything I have done.” words ← word.
who gave this testimony ← testifying that.
John 4:40 879Wj ou]n h]lqon pro\j au0to\n oi9 Samarei=tai, h0rw&twn au0to\n mei=nai par' au0toi=j: kai\ e1meinen e0kei= du/o h9me/raj. So when the Samaritans came to him, they asked him to stay with them, and he remained there for two days,
John 4:41 Kai\ pollw%~ plei/ouj e0pi/steusan dia_ to\n lo/gon au0tou=, and many more believed on account of his words. words ← word.
John 4:42 th|= te gunaiki\ e1legon o3ti Ou0ke/ti dia_ th\n sh\n lalia_n pisteu/omen: au0toi\ ga_r a)khko/amen, kai\ oi1damen o3ti ou[to/j e0stin a)lhqw~j o9 swth\r tou= ko/smou, o9 xristo/j. And they said to the woman, “It is no longer on account of your story that we believe, for we have heard him ourselves, and we know that this is truly the saviour of the world, the Christ.”
John 4:43 Meta_ de\ ta_j du/o h9me/raj e0ch=lqen e0kei=qen, kai\ a)ph=lqen ei0j th\n Galilai/an. Then two days later, he went away from there and departed for Galilee.
John 4:44 Au0to\j ga_r o9 870Ihsou=j e0martu/rhsen o3ti profh/thj e0n th|= i0di/a% patri/di timh\n ou0k e1xei. For Jesus himself testified that a prophet does not have honour in his own native land.
John 4:45 873Ote ou]n h]lqen ei0j th\n Galilai/an, e0de/canto au0to\n oi9 Galilai=oi, pa&nta e9wrako/tej a$ e0poi/hsen e0n 879Ierosolu/moij e0n th|= e9orth|=: kai\ au0toi\ ga_r h]lqon ei0j th\n e9orth/n. So when he came to Galilee, the Galileans received him, having seen everything that he had done in Jerusalem at the festival, for they also went to the festival.
John 4:46 87]Hlqen ou]n {RP P1904: pa&lin o9 870Ihsou=j} [TR: o9 870Ihsou=j pa&lin] ei0j th\n Kana~ th=j Galilai/aj, o3pou e0poi/hsen to\ u3dwr oi]non. Kai\ h]n tij basiliko/j, ou[ o9 ui9o\j h0sqe/nei e0n Kapernaou/m. Then Jesus went to Cana in Galilee again, where he had turned the water into wine. And there was a certain royal official whose son was ill in Capernaum. pa&lin o9 870Ihsou=j, again + Jesus, RP P1904 F1853=15/20 F1859=4/7 vs. o9 870Ihsou=j pa&lin, Jesus + again, TR F1853=5/20 F1859=3/7.
had turned the water into wine ← made the water wine.
John 4:47 Ou[toj a)kou/saj o3ti 870Ihsou=j h3kei e0k th=j 870Ioudai/aj ei0j th\n Galilai/an, a)ph=lqen pro\j au0to/n, kai\ h0rw&ta au0to\n i3na katabh|= kai\ i0a&shtai au0tou= to\n ui9o/n: {RP-text: e1mellen} [RP-marg P1904 TR: h1mellen] ga_r a)poqnh|/skein. When he heard that Jesus had come from Judaea to Galilee, he went off to him and asked him to come down and heal his son, for he was on the point of dying. e1melle¨n©, he was about to (1), RP-text F1853=11/20 F1859=1/7 vs. h1melle¨n©, he was about to (2), RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=9/20 F1859=5/7 vs. another spelling, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7. A disparity with RP-text, R=12:16.
he ← this (man).
John 4:48 Ei]pen ou]n o9 870Ihsou=j pro\j au0to/n, 870Ea_n mh\ shmei=a kai\ te/rata i1dhte, ou0 mh\ pisteu/shte. Then Jesus said to him, “Unless you see signs and miracles, you won't believe at all.” you: plural.
John 4:49 Le/gei pro\j au0to\n o9 basiliko/j, Ku/rie, kata&bhqi pri\n a)poqanei=n to\ paidi/on mou. The royal official said to him, “Lord, come down before my child dies.”
John 4:50 Le/gei au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, Poreu/ou: o9 ui9o/j sou zh|=. Kai\ e0pi/steusen o9 a!nqrwpoj tw%~ lo/gw% w%{ ei]pen au0tw%~ {RP P1904: o9} [TR: - ] 870Ihsou=j, kai\ e0poreu/eto. Jesus said to him, “Go your way – your son will live.” And the man believed the words which Jesus had said to him, and he went his way. o9, the (Jesus): present in RP P1904 F1853=19/20 F1859=7/7 vs. absent in TR F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's k) F1859=0/7.
words ← word.
John 4:51 871Hdh de\ au0tou= katabai/nontoj, oi9 dou=loi au0tou= a)ph/nthsan au0tw%~, kai\ a)ph/ggeilan le/gontej o3ti 879O pai=j sou zh|=. And while he was still going down, his servants met him and gave him a report and said, “Your child is alive.” gave him a report ← reported.
John 4:52 870Epu/qeto ou]n par' au0tw~n th\n w#ran e0n h|[ komyo/teron e1sxen. Kai\ ei]pon au0tw%~ o3ti Xqe\j w#ran e9bdo/mhn a)fh=ken au0to\n o9 pureto/j. So he inquired from them the hour when he became better. And they said to him, “Yesterday at the seventh hour the fever left him.” the seventh hour: 1 p.m.
John 4:53 871Egnw ou]n o9 path\r o3ti e0n e0kei/nh| th|= w#ra%, e0n h|[ ei]pen au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j o3ti 879O ui9o/j sou zh|=: kai\ e0pi/steusen au0to\j kai\ h9 oi0ki/a au0tou= o3lh. So the father knew that it was at the very hour at which Jesus said to him, “Your son will live”, and he and his whole house believed. the very hour ← that hour.
John 4:54 Tou=to pa&lin deu/teron shmei=on e0poi/hsen o9 870Ihsou=j, e0lqw_n e0k th=j 870Ioudai/aj ei0j th\n Galilai/an. Jesus performed this second sign as he departed from Judaea for Galilee. this second sign ← again this second sign, pa&lin being pleonastic. Compare Mark 12:4.
John 5:1 Meta_ tau=ta h]n {RP-text P1904: h9} [RP-marg TR: - ] e9orth\ tw~n 870Ioudai/wn, kai\ a)ne/bh o9 870Ihsou=j ei0j 879Ieroso/luma. After these things, it was {RP-text P1904: the Jews' festival} [RP-marg TR: a festival of the Jews], and Jesus went up to Jerusalem. h9, the (festival): present in RP-text P1904 F1853=10/21 F1859=3/7 vs. absent in RP-marg TR F1853=11/21 F1859=4/7. A weak disparity with RP-text, R=14:16.
John 5:2 871Estin de\ e0n toi=j 879Ierosolu/moij e0pi\ th|= probatikh|= kolumbh/qra, h9 e0pilegome/nh 879Ebrai+sti\ Bhqesda&, pe/nte stoa_j e1xousa. Now there is a pool in Jerusalem at the Sheep Gate, which is called in Hebraic Bethesda, and it has five colonnades. Hebraic ← Hebrew, but we allow for what is now called Aramaic.
John 5:3 870En tau/taij kate/keito plh=qoj polu\ tw~n a)sqenou/ntwn, tuflw~n, xwlw~n, chrw~n, e0kdexome/nwn th\n tou= u3datoj ki/nhsin. In these a very large number of people who were ill were lying down: the blind, the lame, the wizened, awaiting the movement of the water, very large number of people ← much multitude.
John 5:4 871Aggeloj ga_r kata_ kairo\n kate/bainen e0n th|= kolumbh/qra%, kai\ {RP TR: e0ta&rassen} [P1904: e0tara&sseto] to\ u3dwr: o9 ou]n prw~toj e0mba_j meta_ th\n taraxh\n tou= u3datoj, u9gih\j e0gi/neto, w%{ dh/pote katei/xeto nosh/mati. for an angel would come down into the pool at a certain time and {RP TR: disturb the water.} [P1904: the water would be disturbed.] Then the first to go in after the disturbance of the water would be cured of whatever disease he was suffering from. e0ta&rassen, would disturb (imperfect active), RP TR F1853=11/20 F1859=5/7 vs. e0tara&sseto, would be disturbed (imperfect passive), P1904 F1853=9/20 F1859=2/7.
into the pool ← in the pool.
at a certain time: or from time to time.
be cured ← become healthy. So also in various other verses in this chapter.
of whatever disease he was suffering from ← by whatever disease he was seized.
John 5:5 87]Hn de/ tij a!nqrwpoj e0kei= tria&konta {RP-text S1550 E1624: - } [RP-marg P1904 S1894: kai\] o0ktw_ e1th e1xwn e0n th|= a)sqenei/a% {RP TR: - } [P1904: au0tou=]. There was a certain man there who had been in {RP TR: an} [P1904: an] infirm condition for thirty-eight years. kai\, (thirty) and (eight): absent in RP-text S1550 E1624 F1853=8/21 F1859=3/7 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 S1894 F1853=13/21 F1859=4/7. A disparity with RP-text, R=12:19.
au0tou=, his (illness): absent in RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=7/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's s) F1859=0/7.
[P1904: an ← his.]
John 5:6 Tou=ton i0dw_n o9 870Ihsou=j katakei/menon, kai\ gnou\j o3ti polu\n h1dh xro/non e1xei, le/gei au0tw%~, Qe/leij u9gih\j gene/sqai; When Jesus saw him lying down, knowing that he had been like that for a long time now, he said to him, “Do you want to be cured?” him ← this (man).
knowing ← having known. See Matt 23:20.
now ← already.
be ← become.
John 5:7 870Apekri/qh au0tw%~ o9 a)sqenw~n, Ku/rie, a!nqrwpon ou0k e1xw i3na, o3tan taraxqh|= to\ u3dwr, {RP P1904: ba&lh|} [TR: ba&llh|] me ei0j th\n kolumbh/qran: e0n w%{ de\ e1rxomai e0gw&, a!lloj pro\ e0mou= katabai/nei. The infirm man replied to him, “Sir, I do not have anyone to put me in the pool when the water is disturbed. By the time I go, someone else goes down in before me.” ba&lh|, put / throw (aorist, so perfective aspect), RP P1904 F1853=17/20 F1859=4/7 vs. ba&llh|, put / throw (present, so imperfective aspect), TR F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's q) F1859=1/7 vs. other readings, F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's ce) F1859=2/7.
anyone ← a man.
John 5:8 Le/gei au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, {RP TR: 871Egeirai} [P1904: 871Egeire], a}ron to\n {RP TR: kra&bbato/n} [P1904: kra&batto/n] sou, kai\ peripa&tei. Jesus said to him, “Get up, pick up your stretcher, and walk.” e1geirai, arise (aorist middle), RP TR F1853=13/20 F1859=2/7 vs. e1geire, arise (present active), P1904 F1853=7/20 F1859=5/7.
kra&bbato/n, stretcher (1), RP TR F1853=10/20 F1859=3/7 vs. kra&batto/n, stretcher (2), P1904 F1853=10/20 F1859=3/7 vs. another spelling, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=14:14.
walk ← walk around, but no emphasis on around. Similarly in John 5:9, John 5:11, John 5:12.
John 5:9 Kai\ eu0qe/wj e0ge/neto u9gih\j o9 a!nqrwpoj, kai\ h]ren to\n {RP TR: kra&bbaton} [P1904: kra&batton] au0tou= kai\ periepa&tei. 87]Hn de\ sa&bbaton e0n e0kei/nh| th|= h9me/ra%. And immediately the man was cured, and he picked up his stretcher and walked. However, it was the Sabbath on that day. kra&bbaton, stretcher (1), RP TR F1853=10/20 F1859=3/7 vs. kra&batton, stretcher (2), P1904 F1853=9/20 F1859=3/7 vs. another spelling, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's c) F1859=1/7. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=14:13.
was cured ← became healthy.
John 5:10 871Elegon ou]n oi9 870Ioudai=oi tw%~ teqerapeume/nw%, Sa&bbato/n e0stin: ou0k e1cesti/n soi a}rai to\n {RP TR: kra&bbaton} [P1904: kra&batton]. So the Jews said to him who had been healed, “It is the Sabbath. It is not permitted for you to pick up the stretcher.” kra&bbaton, stretcher (1), RP TR F1853=10/20 F1859=3/7 vs. kra&batton, stretcher (2), P1904 F1853=9/20 F1859=3/7 vs. another spelling, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's c) F1859=1/7. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=14:13.
John 5:11 870Apekri/qh au0toi=j, 879O poih/saj me u9gih=, e0kei=no/j moi ei]pen, 87]Aron to\n {RP TR: kra&bbato/n} [P1904: kra&batto/n] sou kai\ peripa&tei. He replied to them, “He who restored my health – he said to me, ‘Pick up your stretcher and walk.’ ” kra&bbaton, stretcher (1), RP TR F1853=10/21 F1859=3/7 vs. kra&batton, stretcher (2), P1904 F1853=9/21 F1859=3/7 vs. another spelling, F1853=2/21 (Scrivener's cf*) F1859=1/7. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=14:13.
restored my health ← made me healthy.
he said ← that (man) said.
John 5:12 870Hrw&thsan ou]n au0to/n, Ti/j e0stin o9 a!nqrwpoj o9 ei0pw&n soi, 87]Aron to\n {RP TR: kra&bbato/n} [P1904: kra&batto/n] sou kai\ peripa&tei; So they asked him, “Who is the man who said to you, ‘Pick up your stretcher and walk’?” kra&bbaton, stretcher (1), RP TR F1853=11/20 F1859=3/8 vs. kra&batton, stretcher (2), P1904 F1853=9/20 F1859=3/8 vs. another spelling, F1853=0/20 F1859=2/8.
John 5:13 879O de\ i0aqei\j ou0k h|1dei ti/j e0stin: o9 ga_r 870Ihsou=j e0ce/neusen, o1xlou o1ntoj e0n tw%~ to/pw%. But he who had been cured did not know who it was, for Jesus had moved aside, as there was a crowd in the place. moved aside ← beckoned aside.
as: causal use of the participle.
John 5:14 Meta_ tau=ta eu9ri/skei au0to\n o9 870Ihsou=j e0n tw%~ i9erw%~, kai\ ei]pen au0tw%~, 871Ide u9gih\j ge/gonaj: mhke/ti a(ma&rtane, i3na mh\ xei=ro/n {RP-text TR: ti/ soi} [RP-marg P1904: soi/ ti] ge/nhtai. After these things, Jesus found him in the temple and said to him, “Look, you have been cured. Don't sin any more, in case something worse happens to you.” ti/ soi, something to you, RP-text TR F1853=14/21 F1859=3/7 vs. soi/ ti, to you something, RP-marg P1904 F1853=7/21 F1859=4/7.
John 5:15 870Aph=lqen o9 a!nqrwpoj, kai\ a)nh/ggeilen toi=j 870Ioudai/oij o3ti 870Ihsou=j e0stin o9 poih/saj au0to\n u9gih=. The man departed and told the Jews that it was Jesus who had restored his health. his health ← him healthy.
John 5:16 Kai\ dia_ tou=to e0di/wkon to\n 870Ihsou=n oi9 870Ioudai=oi, kai\ e0zh/toun au0to\n a)poktei=nai, o3ti tau=ta e0poi/ei e0n sabba&tw%. And for this reason the Jews kept persecuting Jesus and looking for an opportunity to kill him, because he did these things on the Sabbath. Jews: standing for the Jewish leaders of the time by the figure of synecdoche (of whole for part). Compare the dialogue in John 8, in a restricted area of the temple, the treasury. In John 8:13 the opponents are called Pharisees, and in John 8:22 they are simply called Jews.
kept persecuting: iterative imperfect.
John 5:17 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j a)pekri/nato au0toi=j, 879O path/r mou e3wj a!rti e0rga&zetai, ka)gw_ e0rga&zomai. But Jesus answered them, “My father has been working up to now, and I have been working as well.”
John 5:18 Dia_ tou=to ou]n ma~llon e0zh/toun au0to\n oi9 870Ioudai=oi a)poktei=nai, o3ti ou0 mo/non e1luen to\ sa&bbaton, a)lla_ kai\ pate/ra i1dion e1legen to\n qeo/n, i1son e9auto\n poiw~n tw%~ qew%~. Then on account of this, the Jews looked all the more for an opportunity to kill him, because not only would he break the Sabbath, but he would also say that God was his own father, making himself equal to God. Jews: see John 5:16.
John 5:19 870Apekri/nato ou]n o9 870Ihsou=j kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j, 870Amh\n a)mh\n le/gw u9mi=n, ou0 du/natai o9 ui9o\j poiei=n a)f' e9autou= ou0de/n, e0a_n mh/ ti ble/ph| to\n pate/ra poiou=nta: a$ ga_r a@n e0kei=noj poih|=, tau=ta kai\ o9 ui9o\j o9moi/wj poiei=. So Jesus answered and said to them, “Truly, truly, I say to you, the son can do nothing on his own initiative – only if he sees the father doing something. For whatever he does, so the son does in the same manner. only if ← unless; if ... not.
he ← that (one), the former.
so ← these (things).
John 5:20 879O ga_r path\r filei= to\n ui9o/n, kai\ pa&nta dei/knusin au0tw%~ a$ au0to\j poiei=: kai\ mei/zona tou/twn dei/cei au0tw%~ e1rga, i3na u9mei=j qauma&zhte. For the father loves the son and shows him everything that he himself does, and he will show him works greater than these, so that you may be amazed.
John 5:21 873Wsper ga_r o9 path\r e0gei/rei tou\j nekrou\j kai\ zw%opoiei=, ou3twj kai\ o9 ui9o\j ou4j qe/lei zw%opoiei=. For as the father raises up the dead and makes them alive, so the son for his part makes alive those whom he wishes to, for his part ← also.
John 5:22 Ou0de\ ga_r o9 path\r kri/nei ou0de/na, a)lla_ th\n kri/sin pa~san de/dwken tw%~ ui9w%~: because the father does not even judge anyone but has given all judgment to the son, the father does not even judge: or even the father does not judge.
John 5:23 i3na pa&ntej timw~sin to\n ui9o/n, kaqw_j timw~sin to\n pate/ra. 879O mh\ timw~n to\n ui9o/n, ou0 tima%~ to\n pate/ra to\n pe/myanta au0to/n. in order that everyone should honour the son, as they honour the father. He who does not honour the son does not honour the father who sent him.
John 5:24 870Amh\n a)mh\n le/gw u9mi=n o3ti o9 to\n lo/gon mou a)kou/wn, kai\ pisteu/wn tw%~ pe/myanti/ me, e1xei zwh\n ai0w&nion: kai\ ei0j kri/sin ou0k e1rxetai, a)lla_ metabe/bhken e0k tou= qana&tou ei0j th\n zwh/n. Truly, truly, I say to you that he who hears my word and believes in him who sent me has age-abiding life and will not come into judgment, but has passed from death to life.
John 5:25 870Amh\n a)mh\n le/gw u9mi=n o3ti e1rxetai w#ra kai\ nu=n e0stin, o3te oi9 nekroi\ a)kou/sontai th=j fwnh=j tou= ui9ou= tou= qeou=, kai\ oi9 a)kou/santej zh/sontai. Truly, truly, I say to you that the hour is coming, and is now, when the dead will hear the voice of the son of God, and those who hear it will live. hear ← have heard. See Matt 23:20.
John 5:26 873Wsper ga_r o9 path\r e1xei zwh\n e0n e9autw%~, ou3twj e1dwken kai\ tw%~ ui9w%~ zwh\n e1xein e0n e9autw%~: For as the father has life in himself, so he has granted that the son may also have life in himself,
John 5:27 kai\ e0cousi/an e1dwken au0tw%~ kai\ kri/sin poiei=n, o3ti ui9o\j a)nqrw&pou e0sti/n. and he has given him authority also to execute judgment, because he is the son of man.
John 5:28 Mh\ qauma&zete tou=to: o3ti e1rxetai w#ra, e0n h|[ pa&ntej oi9 e0n toi=j mnhmei/oij a)kou/sontai th=j fwnh=j au0tou=, Do not be amazed at this, for the hour is coming when all those in tombs will hear his voice,
John 5:29 kai\ e0kporeu/sontai, oi9 ta_ a)gaqa_ poih/santej, ei0j a)na&stasin zwh=j: oi9 de\ ta_ fau=la pra&cantej, ei0j a)na&stasin kri/sewj. and those who have done good things will go out into the resurrection of life, but those who have done base things to the resurrection of judgment.
John 5:30 Ou0 du/namai e0gw_ poiei=n a)p' e0mautou= ou0de/n: kaqw_j a)kou/w, kri/nw: kai\ h9 kri/sij h9 e0mh\ dikai/a e0sti/n: o3ti ou0 zhtw~ to\ qe/lhma to\ e0mo/n, a)lla_ to\ qe/lhma tou= pe/myanto/j me patro/j. I cannot do anything on my own initiative. As I hear, I judge, and my judgment is righteous, for I do not seek my will, but the will of the father who sent me.
John 5:31 870Ea_n e0gw_ marturw~ peri\ e0mautou=, h9 marturi/a mou ou0k e1stin a)lhqh/j. If I testify concerning myself, my testimony is not true. true: i.e. valid.
John 5:32 871Alloj e0sti\n o9 marturw~n peri\ e0mou=, kai\ oi]da o3ti a)lhqh/j e0stin h9 marturi/a h4n marturei= peri\ e0mou=. There is another who testifies concerning me, and I know that the testimony which he testifies concerning me is true.
John 5:33 879Umei=j a)pesta&lkate pro\j 870Iwa&nnhn, kai\ memartu/rhken th|= a)lhqei/a%. You have sent inquirers to John, and he has testified to the truth.
John 5:34 870Egw_ de\ ou0 para_ a)nqrw&pou th\n marturi/an lamba&nw, a)lla_ tau=ta le/gw i3na u9mei=j swqh=te. Now I do not accept testimony from men, but I say these things so that you may be saved. men ← man.
John 5:35 870Ekei=noj h]n o9 lu/xnoj o9 kaio/menoj kai\ fai/nwn, u9mei=j de\ h0qelh/sate {RP P1904: a)galliaqh=nai} [TR: a)galliasqh=nai] pro\j w#ran e0n tw%~ fwti\ au0tou=. He was the lamp burning and shining, and you were pleased to rejoice in his light for a while. a)galliaqh=nai, to rejoice (1), RP P1904 F1853=19/21 F1859=5/7 vs. a)galliasqh=nai, to rejoice (2), TR F1853=2/21 (Scrivener's a*t) F1859=2/7.
he ← that (man), the former.
his: or its.
John 5:36 870Egw_ de\ e1xw th\n marturi/an mei/zw tou= 870Iwa&nnou: ta_ ga_r e1rga a$ e1dwke/n moi o9 path\r i3na teleiw&sw au0ta&, au0ta_ ta_ e1rga a$ e0gw_ poiw~, marturei= peri\ e0mou= o3ti o9 path/r me a)pe/stalken. But I have a testimony greater than that of John. For the works which the father gave me to complete, those very works which I do, witness concerning me that the father has sent me. a testimony ← the testimony. See Gen 22:9.
to complete ← to complete them, a Hebraism.
John 5:37 Kai\ o9 pe/myaj me path/r, au0to\j memartu/rhken peri\ e0mou=. Ou1te fwnh\n au0tou= a)khko/ate pw&pote, ou1te ei]doj au0tou= e9wra&kate. And the father who sent me has himself testified concerning me. You have never heard his voice nor seen his appearance,
John 5:38 Kai\ to\n lo/gon au0tou= ou0k e1xete me/nonta e0n u9mi=n, o3ti o4n a)pe/steilen e0kei=noj, tou/tw% u9mei=j ou0 pisteu/ete. and you did not have his word remaining in you, for you don't believe in him whom he sent. you don't believe in him whom he sent ← whom the former sent, in the latter you do not believe.
John 5:39 870Ereuna~te ta_j grafa&j, o3ti u9mei=j dokei=te e0n au0tai=j zwh\n ai0w&nion e1xein, kai\ e0kei=nai/ ei0sin ai9 marturou=sai peri\ e0mou=: You examine the scriptures because you think you have age-abiding life in them. Now they are what testify concerning me, you examine: AV differs, translating as an imperative, which is grammatically possible.
they ← those (agreeing with scriptures).
John 5:40 kai\ ou0 qe/lete e0lqei=n pro/j me, i3na zwh\n e1xhte. yet you are not willing to come to me to have life.
John 5:41 Do/can para_ a)nqrw&pwn ou0 lamba&nw: I do not accept glory from men, accept: or receive.
John 5:42 a)ll' e1gnwka u9ma~j, o3ti th\n a)ga&phn tou= qeou= ou0k e1xete e0n e9autoi=j. but I know you – I know that you do not have the love of God in yourselves. know ← have known, but also have come to know, from which just know.
John 5:43 870Egw_ e0lh/luqa e0n tw%~ o0no/mati tou= patro/j mou, kai\ ou0 lamba&nete/ me: e0a_n a!lloj e1lqh| e0n tw%~ o0no/mati tw%~ i0di/w%, e0kei=non lh/yesqe. I have come in the name of my father, and you do not receive me. If another comes in his own name, you will receive him. him ← that (one).
John 5:44 Pw~j du/nasqe u9mei=j pisteu=sai, do/can para_ a)llh/lwn lamba&nontej, kai\ th\n do/can th\n para_ tou= mo/nou qeou= ou0 zhtei=te; How can you believe, receiving glory from one another, while you do not seek the glory which is from the only God? while ← and, which can do duty for other conjunctions, under Hebraic influence.
John 5:45 Mh\ dokei=te o3ti e0gw_ kathgorh/sw u9mw~n pro\j to\n pate/ra: e1stin o9 kathgorw~n u9mw~n, {RP TR: Mwsh=j} [P1904: Mwu+sh=j], ei0j o4n u9mei=j h0lpi/kate. Do not think that I will accuse you to the father. Moses is the one who is accusing you, in whom you have put your hope. Mwsh=j, Moses, RP TR F1853=18/20 F1859=6/7 vs. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, P1904 F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's ep) F1859=1/7.
John 5:46 Ei0 ga_r e0pisteu/ete {RP-text TR: Mwsh|=} [P1904: Mwu+sei=] [RP-marg: Mwsei=], e0pisteu/ete a@n e0moi/: peri\ ga_r e0mou= e0kei=noj e1grayen. For if you believed Moses, you would believe me, for he wrote about me. Mwsh|=, (believe) Moses (1), RP-text TR F1853=9/21 F1859=5/8 vs. Mwu+sei=, (believe) Moüses, P1904 F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's p) F1859=1/8 vs. Mwsei=, (believe) Moses (2), RP-marg F1853=10/21 F1859=2/8 vs. another spelling, F1853=1/21 (Scrivener's e) F1859=0/8. .
he ← that (man), the former.
John 5:47 Ei0 de\ toi=j e0kei/nou gra&mmasin ou0 pisteu/ete, pw~j toi=j e0moi=j r(h/masin pisteu/sete; But if you do not believe his writings, how can you believe my words?” his writings ← the writings of that (one) / of the former.
can ← will, a Hebraism.
John 6:1 Meta_ tau=ta a)ph=lqen o9 870Ihsou=j pe/ran th=j qala&sshj th=j Galilai/aj, th=j Tiberia&doj. After these things, Jesus went away across the sea of Galilee, of Tiberias,
John 6:2 Kai\ h0kolou/qei au0tw%~ o1xloj polu/j, o3ti e9w&rwn au0tou= ta_ shmei=a a$ e0poi/ei e0pi\ tw~n a)sqenou/ntwn. and a large crowd followed him, because they had seen his signs which he performed on the infirm. followed ← was following.
had seen ← were seeing.
performed ← was performing.
John 6:3 870Anh=lqen de\ ei0j to\ o1roj o9 870Ihsou=j, kai\ e0kei= e0ka&qhto meta_ tw~n maqhtw~n au0tou=. Then Jesus went up into the mountain, and he sat there with his disciples.
John 6:4 87]Hn de\ e0ggu\j to\ Pa&sxa, h9 e9orth\ tw~n 870Ioudai/wn. Incidentally, the Passover was near, the Jews' festival.
John 6:5 870Epa&raj ou]n o9 870Ihsou=j tou\j o0fqalmou/j, kai\ qeasa&menoj o3ti polu\j o1xloj e1rxetai pro\j au0to/n, le/gei pro\j to\n Fi/lippon, Po/qen {RP TR: a)gora&somen} [P1904: a)gora&swmen] a!rtouj, i3na fa&gwsin ou[toi; Then Jesus lifted up his eyes and saw that a large crowd was coming to him, and he said to Philip, “From where {RP TR: can we buy} [P1904: are we to buy] loaves of bread so that these may eat?” a)gora&somen, shall we buy, RP TR F1853=9/20 F1859=3/7 vs. a)gora&swmen, should we buy (deliberative sense), P1904 F1853=11/20 F1859=4/7. A disparity with RP, R=13:16.
{RP TR: can ← will, a Hebraism.}
John 6:6 Tou=to de\ e1legen peira&zwn au0to/n: au0to\j ga_r h|1dei ti/ e1mellen poiei=n. But he said this to test him, for he himself knew what he was going to do. to test ← testing, a present participle replacing classical future participle of purpose. See Matt 20:20.
John 6:7 870Apekri/qh au0tw%~ Fi/lippoj, Diakosi/wn dhnari/wn a!rtoi ou0k a)rkou=sin au0toi=j, i3na e3kastoj au0tw~n braxu/ ti la&bh|. Philip answered him, “Two hundred denaries' worth of bread would not suffice for them, so that each of them could take a little.” two hundred denaries' worth of bread ← (loaves of) bread of 200 denaries. A denary was a silver coin.
John 6:8 Le/gei au0tw%~ ei[j e0k tw~n maqhtw~n au0tou=, 870Andre/aj o9 a)delfo\j Si/mwnoj Pe/trou, One of his disciples, Andrew the brother of Simon Peter, said to him,
John 6:9 871Estin paida&rion e4n w{de, {RP TR: o4} [P1904: o4j] e1xei pe/nte a!rtouj kriqi/nouj kai\ du/o o0ya&ria: a)lla_ tau=ta ti/ e0stin ei0j tosou/touj; “There is one little boy here who has five barley loaves and two cooked fish, but what is that for so many?” o4, which (in the context, who; neuter, grammatically concordant), RP TR F1853=17/20 F1859=6/7 vs. o4j, who (masculine, according to sense), P1904 F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's bdy) F1859=1/7.
is that ← are these.
John 6:10 Ei]pen de\ o9 870Ihsou=j, Poih/sate tou\j a)nqrw&pouj a)napesei=n. 87]Hn de\ xo/rtoj polu\j e0n tw%~ to/pw%. {RP-text P1904 TR: 870Ane/peson} [RP-marg: 870Ane/pesan] ou]n oi9 a!ndrej to\n a)riqmo\n w(sei\ pentakisxi/lioi. But Jesus said, “Have the men recline.” Now there was a lot of grass in the place. So the men reclined, about five thousand in number. a)ne/peson, they reclined (classical form), RP-text P1904 TR F1853=14/20 F1859=3/7 vs. a)ne/pesan, they reclined (non-classical form), RP-marg F1853=5/20 F1859=4/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's y) F1859=0/7.
John 6:11 871Elaben de\ tou\j a!rtouj o9 870Ihsou=j, kai\ eu0xaristh/saj die/dwken toi=j maqhtai=j, oi9 de\ maqhtai\ toi=j a)nakeime/noij: o9moi/wj kai\ e0k tw~n o0yari/wn o3son h1qelon. And Jesus took the loaves and gave thanks, and he distributed them to the disciples, and the disciples distributed them to those reclining. And they did the same with the cooked fish – as much as they wanted. the same ← likewise.
John 6:12 879Wj de\ e0neplh/sqhsan, le/gei toi=j maqhtai=j au0tou=, Sunaga&gete ta_ perisseu/santa kla&smata, i3na mh/ ti a)po/lhtai. And when they were full, he said to his disciples, “Gather the pieces which are left over so that nothing goes to waste.” full ← filled.
John 6:13 Sunh/gagon ou]n, kai\ e0ge/misan dw&deka kofi/nouj klasma&twn e0k tw~n pe/nte a!rtwn tw~n kriqi/nwn, a$ e0peri/sseusen toi=j bebrwko/sin. So they gathered them and filled twelve baskets of pieces from the five barley loaves which those who had eaten had left over. which those who had eaten had left over ← which were left over to those who had eaten.
John 6:14 Oi9 ou]n a!nqrwpoi i0do/ntej o4 e0poi/hsen shmei=on o9 870Ihsou=j, e1legon o3ti Ou[to/j e0stin a)lhqw~j o9 profh/thj o9 e0rxo/menoj ei0j to\n ko/smon. Then when the men had seen the sign which Jesus had performed, they said, “This is truly the prophet who was to come into the world.”
John 6:15 870Ihsou=j ou]n gnou\j o3ti me/llousin e1rxesqai kai\ a(rpa&zein au0to/n, i3na poih/swsin au0to\n basile/a, a)nexw&rhsen {RP: - } [P1904 TR: pa&lin] ei0j to\ o1roj au0to\j mo/noj. So Jesus, who knew that they would come and seize him to make him king, withdrew {RP: - } [P1904 TR: again] to the mountain alone. pa&lin, again: absent in RP F1853=13/21 F1859=4/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=8/21 F1859=3/7.
alone ← he alone.
John 6:16 879Wj de\ o0yi/a e0ge/neto, kate/bhsan oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou= e0pi\ th\n qa&lassan, Then when evening had come, his disciples went down to the sea,
John 6:17 kai\ e0mba&ntej ei0j to\ ploi=on, h1rxonto pe/ran th=j qala&sshj ei0j Kapernaou/m. Kai\ skoti/a h1dh e0gego/nei, kai\ ou0k e0lhlu/qei pro\j au0tou\j o9 870Ihsou=j. and they went on board a boat and were going across the sea to Capernaum. Now dark had already fallen, and Jesus had not come to them,
John 6:18 873H te qa&lassa a)ne/mou mega&lou pne/ontoj dihgei/reto. and the sea was being stirred up, with a strong wind blowing.
John 6:19 870Elhlako/tej ou]n w(j stadi/ouj ei1kosi pe/nte h2 tria&konta, qewrou=sin to\n 870Ihsou=n peripatou=nta e0pi\ th=j qala&sshj, kai\ e0ggu\j tou= ploi/ou gino/menon: kai\ e0fobh/qhsan. Then when they had rowed about twenty-five or thirty stades, they saw Jesus walking on the sea and coming near to the boat, and they were afraid. twenty-five or thirty stades: about 3 miles (5 km).
John 6:20 879O de\ le/gei au0toi=j, 870Egw& ei0mi: mh\ fobei=sqe. But he said to them, “I am; do not be afraid.” I am: we keep this idiom, rather than the more natural It's me, because it is an allusion to Ex 3:14. Compare John 18:5, John 18:6, and see the examples in the notes.
John 6:21 871Hqelon ou]n labei=n au0to\n ei0j to\ ploi=on: kai\ eu0qe/wj to\ ploi=on e0ge/neto e0pi\ th=j gh=j ei0j h4n u9ph=gon. Then they were willing to take him into the boat, and immediately the boat came to the place which they were heading for. place ← land, ground.
John 6:22 Th|= e0pau/rion o9 o1xloj o9 e9sthkw_j pe/ran th=j qala&sshj, i0dw_n o3ti ploia&rion a!llo ou0k h]n e0kei= ei0 mh\ e4n e0kei=no ei0j o4 e0ne/bhsan oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou=, kai\ o3ti ou0 suneish=lqen toi=j maqhtai=j au0tou= o9 870Ihsou=j ei0j to\ ploia&rion, a)lla_ mo/noi oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou= a)ph=lqon - The next day, the crowd who were standing on the other side of the sea saw that there had been no other boat there, except the one which his disciples had boarded, and that Jesus had not gone with his disciples into the boat, but that his disciples had departed alone, the one ← that one.
John 6:23 a!lla de\ h]lqen ploia&ria e0k Tiberia&doj e0ggu\j tou= to/pou o3pou e1fagon to\n a!rton, eu0xaristh/santoj tou= kuri/ou - but that boats had come from Tiberias near to the place where they had eaten the bread after the Lord had given thanks.
John 6:24 o3te ou]n ei]den o9 o1xloj o3ti 870Ihsou=j ou0k e1stin e0kei= ou0de\ oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou=, e0ne/bhsan {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\] au0toi\ ei0j ta_ ploi=a, kai\ h]lqon ei0j Kapernaou/m, zhtou=ntej to\n 870Ihsou=n. So when the crowd saw that Jesus was not there, nor his disciples, they themselves {RP P1904: - } [TR: also] went into the boats and went to Capernaum, looking for Jesus. kai\, also: absent in RP P1904 F1853=19/20 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's s) F1859=1/7.
John 6:25 Kai\ eu9ro/ntej au0to\n pe/ran th=j qala&sshj, ei]pon au0tw%~, 879Rabbi/, po/te w{de ge/gonaj; And when they had found him on the other side of the sea, they said to him, “Rabbi, when did you arrive here?”
John 6:26 870Apekri/qh au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j kai\ ei]pen, 870Amh\n a)mh\n le/gw u9mi=n, zhtei=te/ me, ou0x o3ti ei1dete shmei=a, a)ll' o3ti e0fa&gete e0k tw~n a!rtwn kai\ e0xorta&sqhte. Jesus replied to them and said, “Truly, truly, I say to you, you seek me, not because you saw signs, but because you ate the bread and had your fill. ate the bread ← ate from the bread.
had your fill ← were fed, filled.
John 6:27 870Erga&zesqe mh\ th\n brw~sin th\n a)pollume/nhn, a)lla_ th\n brw~sin th\n me/nousan ei0j zwh\n ai0w&nion, h4n o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou u9mi=n dw&sei: tou=ton ga_r o9 path\r e0sfra&gisen, o9 qeo/j. Work not for the food which perishes, but for the food which endures, leading to age-abiding life, which the son of man will give you. For the father, God, has sealed him.” him ← this (man). We take this as a reference to “the son of man”.
John 6:28 Ei]pon ou]n pro\j au0to/n, Ti/ {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: poiw~men} [S1550: poiou=men], i3na e0rgazw&meqa ta_ e1rga tou= qeou=; Then they said to him, “What {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: should} [S1550: do] we do to do the works of God?” poiw~men, should we do, RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1853=17/20 F1859=6/7 vs. poiou=men, will we do, S1550 F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's hqr) F1859=0/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7.
John 6:29 870Apekri/qh {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] 870Ihsou=j kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j, Tou=to/ e0stin to\ e1rgon tou= qeou=, i3na pisteu/shte ei0j o4n a)pe/steilen e0kei=noj. Jesus answered and said to them, “This is the work of God, that you should believe in him whom he has sent.” o9, the (Jesus): absent in RP P1904 F1853=17/22 F1859=6/8 vs. present in TR F1853=5/22 F1859=2/8.
he ← that (one), the former.
John 6:30 Ei]pon ou]n au0tw%~, Ti/ ou]n poiei=j su\ shmei=on, i3na i1dwmen kai\ pisteu/swme/n soi; Ti/ e0rga&zh|; Then they said to him, “What sign will you perform then for us to see and believe you? What will you perform? will you perform (first occurrence in verse) ← do you do.
will you perform (second occurrence in verse) ← do you work.
John 6:31 Oi9 pate/rej h9mw~n to\ ma&nna e1fagon e0n th|= e0rh/mw%, kaqw&j e0stin gegramme/non, 871Arton e0k tou= ou0ranou= e1dwken au0toi=j fagei=n. Our fathers ate manna in the desert, as it stands written: ‘He gave them bread from heaven to eat.’ ” Ps 78:24.
John 6:32 Ei]pen ou]n au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, 870Amh\n a)mh\n le/gw u9mi=n, ou0 {RP TR: Mwsh=j} [P1904: Mwu+sh=j] de/dwken u9mi=n to\n a!rton e0k tou= ou0ranou=: a)ll' o9 path/r mou di/dwsin u9mi=n to\n a!rton e0k tou= ou0ranou= to\n a)lhqino/n. Then Jesus said to them, “Truly, truly, I say to you, it is not Moses who gave you the bread from heaven, but it is my father who gives you the true bread from heaven. Mwsh=j, Moses, RP TR F1853=19/20 F1859=6/7 vs. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, P1904 F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's p) F1859=1/7.
gave ← has given (but aorist gave in the previous verse). See Matt 2:2.
John 6:33 879O ga_r a!rtoj tou= qeou= e0stin o9 katabai/nwn e0k tou= ou0ranou= kai\ zwh\n didou\j tw%~ ko/smw%. For the bread of God is he who descends from heaven and gives life to the world.” he who: or, grammatically, that (bread) which. Perhaps both concepts (true bread and Christ) are present, and unified.
John 6:34 Ei]pon ou]n pro\j au0to/n, Ku/rie, pa&ntote do\j h9mi=n to\n a!rton tou=ton. Then they said to him, “Lord, always give us this bread.”
John 6:35 Ei]pen de\ au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, 870Egw& ei0mi o9 a!rtoj th=j zwh=j: o9 e0rxo/menoj pro/j me ou0 mh\ peina&sh|: kai\ o9 pisteu/wn ei0j e0me\ ou0 mh\ diyh/sh| pw&pote. And Jesus said to them, “I am the bread of life. He who comes to me will not hunger at all, and he who believes in me will not ever thirst at all. I am: see John 18:5-6.
John 6:36 870All' ei]pon u9mi=n o3ti kai\ e9wra&kate/ me, kai\ ou0 pisteu/ete. But I said to you, ‘Although you have seen me, you still don't believe.’ although: concessive use of kai/.
you still ← yet you ← and you. Adversative use of kai/.
John 6:37 Pa~n o4 di/dwsi/n moi o9 path\r pro\j e0me\ h3cei: kai\ to\n e0rxo/menon pro/j me ou0 mh\ e0kba&lw e1cw. Everything that the father gives me will come to me, and I will certainly not cast out him who comes to me. cast out ← cast out outside.
John 6:38 873Oti katabe/bhka e0k tou= ou0ranou=, ou0x i3na poiw~ to\ qe/lhma to\ e0mo/n, a)lla_ to\ qe/lhma tou= pe/myanto/j me. For I have come down from heaven, not to do my will, but the will of him who sent me.
John 6:39 Tou=to de/ e0stin to\ qe/lhma tou= pe/myanto/j me patro/j, i3na pa~n o4 de/dwke/n moi, mh\ a)pole/sw e0c au0tou=, a)lla_ a)nasth/sw {RP-text P1904 TR: au0to\} [RP-marg: au0to\n] {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: e0n] th|= e0sxa&th| h9me/ra%. And this is the will of the father who sent me, that I should not lose any part of anything that he has given me, but that I should raise {RP-text P1904 TR: it} [RP-marg: him] up on the last day. au0to\, it, RP-text P1904 TR F1853=14/20 F1859=4/7 vs. au0to\n, him, RP-marg F1853=6/20 F1859=3/7.
e0n, in (strengthening the dative of time when): absent in RP-text F1853=8/20 F1859=2/7 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=12/20 F1859=5/7. A disparity with RP-text, R=10:19.
I should not lose any part of anything that he has given me ← everything that he has given me, I should not lose (any) out of it.
John 6:40 Tou=to de/ e0stin to\ qe/lhma tou= pe/myanto/j me, i3na pa~j o9 qewrw~n to\n ui9o\n kai\ pisteu/wn ei0j au0to/n, e1xh| zwh\n ai0w&nion, kai\ a)nasth/sw au0to\n e0gw_ th|= e0sxa&th| h9me/ra%. And this is the will of him who sent me, that everyone who sees the son and believes in him should have age-abiding life, and that I should raise him up on the last day.” I: emphatic.
John 6:41 870Ego/gguzon ou]n oi9 870Ioudai=oi peri\ au0tou=, o3ti ei]pen, 870Egw& ei0mi o9 a!rtoj o9 kataba_j e0k tou= ou0ranou=. Then the Jews murmured about him, because he had said, “I am the bread which has come down from heaven.” I am: see John 18:5-6.
John 6:42 Kai\ e1legon, Ou0x ou[to/j e0stin 870Ihsou=j o9 ui9o\j 870Iwsh/f, ou[ h9mei=j oi1damen to\n pate/ra kai\ th\n mhte/ra; Pw~j ou]n le/gei ou[toj o3ti 870Ek tou= ou0ranou= katabe/bhka; And they said, “Is not this Jesus the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know? How come, then, he says, ‘I have come down from heaven’?” he ← this (man).
John 6:43 870Apekri/qh ou]n o9 870Ihsou=j kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j, Mh\ goggu/zete met' a)llh/lwn. So Jesus answered and said to them, “Do not murmur among yourselves. among yourselves ← with each other.
John 6:44 Ou0dei\j du/natai e0lqei=n pro/j me, e0a_n mh\ o9 path\r o9 pe/myaj me e9lku/sh| au0to/n, kai\ e0gw_ a)nasth/sw au0to\n {RP: e0n} [P1904 TR: - ] th|= e0sxa&th| h9me/ra%. No-one can come to me, unless the father who sent me draws him, and I will raise him up on the last day. e0n, on (the last day) (strengthening the dative of time when): present in RP F1853=19/21 F1859=6/7 vs. absent in P1904 TR F1853=2/21 (Scrivener's bs*) F1859=1/7.
John 6:45 871Estin gegramme/non e0n toi=j profh/taij, Kai\ e1sontai pa&ntej didaktoi\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: tou=] qeou=. Pa~j {RP TR: ou]n} [P1904: - ] o9 {RP P1904: a)kou/wn} [TR: a)kou/saj] para_ tou= patro\j kai\ maqw&n, e1rxetai pro/j me. It stands written in the prophets: ‘And they will all be taught by God.’ {RP TR: So everyone} [P1904: Everyone] who {RP P1904: hears} [TR: has heard] from the father and has learnt comes to me. tou=, of the (God): absent in RP P1904 F1853=17/21 F1859=4/7 vs. present in TR F1853=4/21 (Scrivener's ct*xy) F1859=3/7.
ou]n, therefore: present in RP TR F1853=20/20 F1859=6/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=1/7.
a)kou/wn, hearing, RP P1904 F1853=15/20 F1859=1/7 vs. a)kou/saj, having heard, TR F1853=5/20 F1859=6/7. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=7.9 PV=0.5%.
Isa 54:13, Jer 31:33-34.
John 6:46 Ou0x o3ti to\n pate/ra tij e9w&raken, ei0 mh\ o9 w@n para_ tou= qeou=, ou[toj e9w&raken to\n pate/ra. Not that anyone has seen the father, except him who is from God – he has seen the father. he ← this (man).
John 6:47 870Amh\n a)mh\n le/gw u9mi=n, o9 pisteu/wn ei0j e0me/, e1xei zwh\n ai0w&nion. Truly, truly, I say to you, he who believes in me has age-abiding life.
John 6:48 870Egw& ei0mi o9 a!rtoj th=j zwh=j. I am the bread of life. I am: see John 18:5-6.
John 6:49 Oi9 pate/rej u9mw~n e1fagon to\ ma&nna e0n th|= e0rh/mw%, kai\ a)pe/qanon. Your fathers ate manna in the desert and died.
John 6:50 Ou[to/j e0stin o9 a!rtoj o9 e0k tou= ou0ranou= katabai/nwn, i3na tij e0c au0tou= fa&gh| kai\ mh\ a)poqa&nh|. This is the bread which comes down from heaven, so that a person should eat it and not die. a person ← someone.
it ← out of it. English is averse to a partitive expression (e.g. some of it).
John 6:51 870Egw& ei0mi o9 a!rtoj o9 zw~n, o9 e0k tou= ou0ranou= kataba&j: e0a&n tij fa&gh| e0k tou/tou tou= a!rtou, zh/setai ei0j to\n ai0w~na. Kai\ o9 a!rtoj de\ o4n e0gw_ dw&sw, h9 sa&rc mou e0sti/n, h4n e0gw_ dw&sw u9pe\r th=j tou= ko/smou zwh=j. I am the living bread which came down from heaven. If a person eats this bread, he will live throughout the age. And moreover, the bread which I will give is my flesh, which I will give for the life of the world.” I am: see John 18:5-6.
this bread ← of this bread.
John 6:52 870Ema&xonto ou]n pro\j a)llh/louj oi9 870Ioudai=oi le/gontej, Pw~j du/natai ou[toj h9mi=n dou=nai th\n sa&rka fagei=n; Then the Jews contended with each other, saying, “How can this man give us his flesh to eat?”
John 6:53 Ei]pen ou]n au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, 870Amh\n a)mh\n le/gw u9mi=n, e0a_n mh\ fa&ghte th\n sa&rka tou= ui9ou= tou= a)nqrw&pou kai\ pi/hte au0tou= to\ ai[ma, ou0k e1xete zwh\n e0n e9autoi=j. So Jesus said to them, “Truly, truly, I say to you, if you do not eat the flesh of the son of man and drink his blood, you do not have life in you. you ← yourselves.
John 6:54 879O trw&gwn mou th\n sa&rka kai\ pi/nwn mou to\ ai[ma, e1xei zwh\n ai0w&nion, kai\ e0gw_ a)nasth/sw au0to\n {RP-text TR: - } [RP-marg P1904: e0n] th|= e0sxa&th| h9me/ra%. He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood has age-abiding life, and I will raise him up on the last day. e0n, on (the last day) (strengthening the dative of time when): absent in RP-text TR F1853=13/19 F1859=3/7 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 F1853=6/19 F1859=4/7.
eats ← gnaws, nibbles, munches.
John 6:55 879H ga_r sa&rc mou a)lhqw~j e0stin brw~sij, kai\ to\ ai[ma& mou a)lhqw~j e0stin po/sij. For my flesh is truly food, and my blood is truly drink.
John 6:56 879O trw&gwn mou th\n sa&rka kai\ pi/nwn mou to\ ai[ma, e0n e0moi\ me/nei, ka)gw_ e0n au0tw%~. He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him. eats: See John 6:54.
John 6:57 Kaqw_j a)pe/steile/n me o9 zw~n path/r, ka)gw_ zw~ dia_ to\n pate/ra: kai\ o9 trw&gwn me, ka)kei=noj zh/setai di' e0me/. As the living father sent me, so I live because of the father. And as for him who eats me, he will also live because of me. eats: See John 6:54.
he ← that (one).
This verse has a very Hebraic flavour, using kai/, and, three times where classical Greek would use a more descriptive conjunction.
John 6:58 Ou[to/j e0stin o9 a!rtoj o9 e0k tou= ou0ranou= kataba&j: ou0 kaqw_j e1fagon oi9 pate/rej u9mw~n to\ ma&nna, kai\ a)pe/qanon: o9 trw&gwn tou=ton to\n a!rton, {RP-text P1904 TR: zh/setai} [RP-marg: zh/sei] ei0j to\n ai0w~na. This is the bread which has come down from heaven, not comparable to how your fathers ate the manna and died. He who eats this bread will live throughout the age.” zh/setai, will live (deponent future), RP-text P1904 TR F1853=13/19 F1859=2/7 vs. zh/sei, will live (regular future), RP-marg F1853=6/19 F1859=4/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/19 F1859=1/7.
comparable to how ← as.
John 6:59 Tau=ta ei]pen e0n sunagwgh|= dida&skwn e0n Kapernaou/m. He said these things in the synagogue while teaching in Capernaum.
John 6:60 Polloi\ ou]n a)kou/santej e0k tw~n maqhtw~n au0tou= ei]pon, Sklhro/j e0stin ou[toj o9 lo/goj: ti/j du/natai au0tou= a)kou/ein; Then many of his disciples who had heard him said, “This speech is hard. Who can listen to him?” speech ← word.
to him: AV differs (to it), also possible, but not classical. The normal rule, usually observed in ↴
John 6:61 Ei0dw_j de\ o9 870Ihsou=j e0n e9autw%~ o3ti goggu/zousin peri\ tou/tou oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou=, ei]pen au0toi=j, Tou=to u9ma~j skandali/zei; But Jesus, knowing in himself that his disciples were murmuring about this, said to them, “Does this offend you? ↳ the NT, is a)kou/w + gen. of person heard, + acc. of thing heard, e.g. Matt 17:5, Matt 12:42.
John 6:62 870Ea_n ou]n qewrh=te to\n ui9o\n tou= a)nqrw&pou a)nabai/nonta o3pou h]n to\ pro/teron; What, then, if you should see the son of man ascending to where he was before?
John 6:63 To\ pneu=ma& e0stin to\ zw%opoiou=n, h9 sa_rc ou0k w)felei= ou0de/n: ta_ r(h/mata a$ e0gw_ lalw~ u9mi=n, pneu=ma& e0stin kai\ zwh/ e0stin. It is the spirit which makes alive; the flesh is of no benefit. The words which I am speaking to you are spirit and are life. is of no benefit: or does not benefit anything.
John 6:64 870All' ei0si\n e0c u9mw~n tinej oi4 ou0 pisteu/ousin. 871H|dei ga_r e0c a)rxh=j o9 870Ihsou=j, ti/nej ei0si\n oi9 mh\ pisteu/ontej, kai\ ti/j e0stin o9 paradw&swn au0to/n. But there are some of you who do not believe.” For Jesus knew from the beginning who those were who did not believe and who it was who would betray him.
John 6:65 Kai\ e1legen, Dia_ tou=to ei1rhka u9mi=n, o3ti ou0dei\j du/natai e0lqei=n pro/j me, e0a_n mh\ h|] dedome/non au0tw%~ e0k tou= patro/j mou. And he said, “This is why I have said to you that no-one can come to me, unless it has been granted to him by my father.” this is why ← on account of this.
John 6:66 870Ek tou/tou polloi\ a)ph=lqon {RP TR: - } [P1904: e0k] tw~n maqhtw~n au0tou= ei0j ta_ o0pi/sw, kai\ ou0ke/ti met' au0tou= periepa&toun. At this many of his disciples went back and no longer walked with him. e0k, out of: absent in RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=7/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's x) F1859=0/7.
went back ← went away back.
walked ← walked around.
John 6:67 Ei]pen ou]n o9 870Ihsou=j toi=j dw&deka, Mh\ kai\ u9mei=j qe/lete u9pa&gein; Then Jesus said to the twelve, “You don't also wish to go away, do you?”
John 6:68 870Apekri/qh ou]n au0tw%~ Si/mwn Pe/troj, Ku/rie, pro\j ti/na a)peleuso/meqa; 879Rh/mata zwh=j ai0wni/ou e1xeij. Then Simon Peter replied to him, “Lord, to whom could we go? You have the words of age-abiding life, could ← can ← will, modal use of the future being a Hebraism.
John 6:69 Kai\ h9mei=j pepisteu/kamen kai\ e0gnw&kamen o3ti su\ ei] o9 xristo\j o9 ui9o\j tou= qeou= tou= zw~ntoj. and we have believed, and know, that you are the Christ, the son of the living God.” know: see John 5:42.
John 6:70 870Apekri/qh au0toi=j {RP-text P1904 TR: o9 870Ihsou=j} [RP-marg: - ], Ou0k e0gw_ u9ma~j tou\j dw&deka e0celeca&mhn, kai\ e0c u9mw~n ei[j dia&bolo/j e0stin; {RP-text P1904 TR: Jesus} [RP-marg: He] replied to them, “Did I not choose you twelve? Yet one of you is a devil.” o9 870Ihsou=j, Jesus: present in RP-text P1904 TR F1853=7/19 F1859=6/7 vs. absent in RP-marg F1853=12/19 F1859=1/7.
John 6:71 871Elegen de\ to\n 870Iou/dan Si/mwnoj 870Iskariw&thn: ou[toj ga_r {RP P1904: e1mellen} [TR: h1mellen] au0to\n paradido/nai, ei[j w@n e0k tw~n dw&deka. He was speaking here of Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon. For this man was going to betray him, being one of the twelve. e1melle¨n©, was about to, was going to (1), RP P1904 F1853=13/19 F1859=2/7 vs. h1melle¨n©, was about to, was going to (2), TR F1853=6/19 F1859=5/7.
being: perhaps concessive, although being.
John 7:1 Kai\ periepa&tei o9 870Ihsou=j meta_ tau=ta e0n th|= Galilai/a%: ou0 ga_r h1qelen e0n th|= 870Ioudai/a% peripatei=n, o3ti e0zh/toun au0to\n oi9 870Ioudai=oi a)poktei=nai. And after that Jesus walked around in Galilee, for he did not wish to walk around in Judaea, because the Jews were looking for a way to kill him. that ← these (things).
the Jews: i.e. the Jewish religious leadership. See John 5:16.
John 7:2 87]Hn de\ e0ggu\j h9 e9orth\ tw~n 870Ioudai/wn h9 Skhnophgi/a. Now the festival of the Jews, Tabernacles, was near.
John 7:3 Ei]pon ou]n pro\j au0to\n oi9 a)delfoi\ au0tou=, Meta&bhqi e0nteu=qen, kai\ u3page ei0j th\n 870Ioudai/an, i3na kai\ oi9 maqhtai/ sou qewrh/swsin ta_ e1rga sou a$ poiei=j. Then his brothers said to him, “Move on from here and go to Judaea, so that your disciples also may see your works which you do,
John 7:4 Ou0dei\j ga_r e0n kruptw%~ ti poiei=, kai\ zhtei= au0to\j e0n parrhsi/a% ei]nai. Ei0 tau=ta poiei=j, fane/rwson seauto\n tw%~ ko/smw%. for no-one does a thing in secret when he is trying to be known in public himself. If you are doing these things, manifest yourself to the world.” trying ← seeking.
John 7:5 Ou0de\ ga_r oi9 a)delfoi\ au0tou= e0pi/steuon ei0j au0to/n. For not even his brothers believed in him.
John 7:6 Le/gei ou]n au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, 879O kairo\j o9 e0mo\j ou1pw pa&restin, o9 de\ kairo\j o9 u9me/teroj pa&ntote/ e0stin e3toimoj. So Jesus said to them, “My time has not yet come. But your time is always at hand. has not yet come ← is not yet present.
at hand ← ready.
John 7:7 Ou0 du/natai o9 ko/smoj misei=n u9ma~j: e0me\ de\ misei=, o3ti e0gw_ marturw~ peri\ au0tou=, o3ti ta_ e1rga au0tou= ponhra& e0stin. The world cannot hate you, but it hates me, because I testify about it that its works are evil.
John 7:8 879Umei=j a)na&bhte ei0j th\n e9orth\n tau/thn: e0gw_ ou1pw a)nabai/nw ei0j th\n e9orth\n tau/thn, o3ti o9 kairo\j o9 e0mo\j ou1pw peplh/rwtai. You go up to this festival. I am not yet going up to this festival, for my time has not yet been fulfilled.”
John 7:9 Tau=ta de\ ei0pw_n au0toi=j, e1meinen e0n th|= Galilai/a%. Then when he had said these things to them, he remained in Galilee.
John 7:10 879Wj de\ a)ne/bhsan oi9 a)delfoi\ au0tou=, to/te kai\ au0to\j a)ne/bh ei0j th\n e9orth/n, ou0 fanerw~j, a)ll' w(j e0n kruptw%~. But when his brothers went up, then he went up to the festival as well – not openly, but as it were in secret. openly ← manifestly.
John 7:11 Oi9 ou]n 870Ioudai=oi e0zh/toun au0to\n e0n th|= e9orth|=, kai\ e1legon, Pou= e0stin e0kei=noj; Then the Jews looked for him at the festival and said, “Where is that man?”
John 7:12 Kai\ goggusmo\j polu\j peri\ au0tou= h]n e0n toi=j o1xloij: oi9 me\n e1legon o3ti 870Agaqo/j e0stin: a!lloi {RP P1904: - } [TR: de\] e1legon, Ou1, a)lla_ plana%~ to\n o1xlon. And there was a lot of murmuring about him among the crowds. Some said, “He is good.” {RP P1904: Others} [TR: But others] said, “No. Rather, he is misleading the crowd.” de\, on the other hand (but not emphatic): absent in RP P1904 F1853=19/19 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=0/19 F1859=1/7.
John 7:13 Ou0dei\j me/ntoi parrhsi/a% e0la&lei peri\ au0tou= dia_ to\n fo/bon tw~n 870Ioudai/wn. However, no-one spoke freely concerning him for fear of the Jews. Jews: this must refer to the Jewish leaders, since the attendees, spoken of in this and the previous verse, would be ordinary Jews, fearing their leaders.
John 7:14 871Hdh de\ th=j e9orth=j mesou/shj, a)ne/bh o9 870Ihsou=j ei0j to\ i9ero/n, kai\ e0di/dasken. Then when the festival was already half way through, Jesus went up to the temple and gave some teaching. gave some teaching ← was teaching.
John 7:15 Kai\ e0qau/mazon oi9 870Ioudai=oi le/gontej, Pw~j ou[toj gra&mmata oi]den, mh\ memaqhkw&j; And the Jews were amazed, and they said, “How come this man knows literature, not having studied it?”
John 7:16 870Apekri/qh {RP P1904: ou]n} [TR: - ] au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j kai\ ei]pen, 879H e0mh\ didaxh\ ou0k e1stin e0mh/, a)lla_ tou= pe/myanto/j me. {RP P1904: So} [TR: - ] Jesus replied to them and said, “My teaching is not mine, but of him who sent me. ou]n, therefore: present in RP P1904 F1853=17/20 F1859=7/7 vs. absent in TR F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's gs*t) F1859=0/7.
John 7:17 870Ea&n tij qe/lh| to\ qe/lhma au0tou= poiei=n, gnw&setai peri\ th=j didaxh=j, po/teron e0k tou= qeou= e0stin, h2 e0gw_ a)p' e0mautou= lalw~. If anyone wishes to do his will, he will know about the teaching – whether it is from God or whether I speak on my own initiative.
John 7:18 879O a)f' e9autou= lalw~n, th\n do/can th\n i0di/an zhtei=: o9 de\ zhtw~n th\n do/can tou= pe/myantoj au0to/n, ou[toj a)lhqh/j e0stin, kai\ a)diki/a e0n au0tw%~ ou0k e1stin. He who speaks on his own initiative seeks his own glory, but it is he who seeks the glory of him who sent him who is true, and there is no unrighteousness in him. who ← this (one).
John 7:19 Ou0 {RP TR: Mwsh=j} [P1904: Mwu+sh=j] de/dwken u9mi=n to\n no/mon, kai\ ou0dei\j e0c u9mw~n poiei= to\n no/mon; Ti/ me zhtei=te a)poktei=nai; Did not Moses give you the law? Yet not one of you keeps the law. Why are you looking for a way to kill me?” Mwsh=j, Moses, RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=6/7 vs. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, P1904 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's p) F1859=1/7.
did not Moses give ← has not Moses given.
keeps ← does.
John 7:20 870Apekri/qh o9 o1xloj kai\ ei]pen, Daimo/nion e1xeij: ti/j se zhtei= a)poktei=nai; The crowd answered and said, “You are possessed by a demon. Who is looking for a way to kill you?” are possessed by ← have.
John 7:21 870Apekri/qh {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] 870Ihsou=j kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j, 874En e1rgon e0poi/hsa, kai\ pa&ntej qauma&zete. Jesus answered and said to them, “I have performed one work, and you are all amazed. o9, the (Jesus): absent in RP P1904 F1853=18/19 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's p) F1859=1/7.
John 7:22 Dia_ tou=to {RP TR: Mwsh=j} [P1904: Mwu+sh=j] de/dwken u9mi=n th\n peritomh/n - ou0x o3ti e0k tou= {RP TR: Mwse/wj} [P1904: Mwu+se/wj] e0sti/n, a)ll' e0k tw~n pate/rwn - kai\ e0n sabba&tw% perite/mnete a!nqrwpon. For this reason Moses gave you circumcision – not that it was from Moses' time, but from the fathers' time – and you circumcise a man on a Sabbath. Mwsh=j, Moses, RP TR F1853=19/19 F1859=5/7 vs. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, P1904 F1853=0/19. F1859=2/7.
Mwse/wj, Moses, RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=5/7 vs. Mwu+se/wj, Moüses, P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's dp) F1859=2/7.
gave ← has given.
John 7:23 Ei0 peritomh\n lamba&nei a!nqrwpoj e0n sabba&tw%, i3na mh\ luqh|= o9 no/moj {RP TR: Mwse/wj} [P1904: Mwu+se/wj], e0moi\ xola~te o3ti o3lon a!nqrwpon u9gih= e0poi/hsa e0n sabba&tw%; If a man receives circumcision on a Sabbath, in order that the law of Moses should not be broken, why are you angry at me because I cured a man in his entirety on the Sabbath? Mwse/wj, of Moses, RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=5/7 vs. Mwu+se/wj, of Moüses, P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's pt) F1859=2/7.
I cured a man in his entirety ← I made a whole man healthy.
John 7:24 Mh\ kri/nete kat' o1yin, a)lla_ th\n dikai/an kri/sin kri/nate. Do not judge by appearance, but judge with a just judgment.”
John 7:25 871Elegon ou]n tinej e0k tw~n 879Ierosolumitw~n, Ou0x ou[to/j e0stin o4n zhtou=sin a)poktei=nai; Then some of the inhabitants of Jerusalem said, “Isn't this the one whom they are trying to kill? trying ← seeking.
John 7:26 Kai\ i1de parrhsi/a% lalei=, kai\ ou0de\n au0tw%~ le/gousin. Mh/pote a)lhqw~j e1gnwsan oi9 a!rxontej o3ti ou[to/j e0stin a)lhqw~j o9 xristo/j; And look, he is speaking openly, and they aren't saying anything to him. The leaders really have not established, have they, that this really is the Christ? established ← got to know, discerned.
that: apparently not whether, which is ei0, so the speaker appears to be a believer that “this is the Christ” at this point, but not so in the next verse. Perhaps several opinions from the crowd are quoted.
John 7:27 870Alla_ tou=ton oi1damen po/qen e0sti/n: o9 de\ xristo\j o3tan {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: e1rxhtai} [E1624: e1rxetai], ou0dei\j ginw&skei po/qen e0sti/n. But we know where this man is from. However, when the Christ comes, no-one will know where he is from.” e1rxhtai, (when) he comes (classical subjunctive), RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=15/20 F1859=3/7 vs. e1rxetai, (when) he comes (non-classical indicative), E1624 F1853=4/20 (Scrivener's b*txy) F1859=3/7 vs. other readings, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's g) F1859=1/7.
but we know where this man is from ← but we know this (man), where he is from.
John 7:28 871Ekracen ou]n e0n tw%~ i9erw%~ dida&skwn o9 870Ihsou=j kai\ le/gwn, Ka)me\ oi1date, kai\ oi1date po/qen ei0mi/: kai\ a)p' e0mautou= ou0k e0lh/luqa, a)ll' e1stin a)lhqino\j o9 pe/myaj me, o4n u9mei=j ou0k oi1date. So Jesus shouted out, while teaching in the temple, and he said, “You both know me, and you know where I am from. And yet I have not come on my own initiative, but he who sent me is true, whom you do not know.
John 7:29 870Egw_ {RP P1904: - } [TR: de\] oi]da au0to/n, o3ti par' au0tou= ei0mi, ka)kei=no/j me a)pe/steilen. {RP P1904: - } [TR: But] I know him, because I am from him, and he sent me.” de\, but: absent in RP P1904 F1853=16/19 F1859=5/7 vs. present in TR F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's gpt) F1859=2/7.
he ← that (one), the former.
John 7:30 870Ezh/toun ou]n au0to\n pia&sai. Kai\ ou0dei\j e0pe/balen e0p' au0to\n th\n xei=ra, o3ti ou1pw e0lhlu/qei h9 w#ra au0tou=. Then they looked for a way to seize him, yet no-one laid a hand on him, because his hour had not yet come.
John 7:31 Polloi\ de\ e0k tou= o1xlou e0pi/steusan ei0j au0to/n, kai\ e1legon o3ti 879O xristo\j o3tan e1lqh|, mh/ti plei/ona shmei=a tou/twn poih/sei w{n ou[toj e0poi/hsen; But many of the crowd believed in him and said, “When the Christ comes, surely he will not do more signs than these which this man has done?” when the Christ comes: not necessarily implying that it is another who will come, the tenor being when the Christ (in your expectation) comes, ....
John 7:32 871Hkousan oi9 Farisai=oi tou= o1xlou goggu/zontoj peri\ au0tou= tau=ta: kai\ a)pe/steilan {RP P1904: u9phre/taj oi9 Farisai=oi kai\ oi9 a)rxierei=j} [TR: oi9 Farisai=oi kai\ oi9 a)rxierei=j u9phre/taj] i3na pia&swsin au0to/n. The Pharisees heard the crowd murmuring these things about him, and the Pharisees and senior priests sent officers to seize him. u9phre/taj oi9 Farisai=oi kai\ oi9 a)rxierei=j, officers (as object) + the Pharisees and senior priests (sent), RP P1904 F1853=13/20 F1859=2/7 vs. oi9 Farisai=oi kai\ oi9 a)rxierei=j u9phre/taj, the Pharisees and senior priests (sent) + officers, TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's xy) F1859=3/7 vs. 3 other readings, F1853=5/20 F1859=2/7.
John 7:33 Ei]pen ou]n {RP P1904: - } [TR: au0toi=j] o9 870Ihsou=j, 871Eti mikro\n xro/non meq' u9mw~n ei0mi, kai\ u9pa&gw pro\j to\n pe/myanta& me. Then Jesus said {RP P1904: - } [TR: to them], “I will only be a little while with you still, and then I will go away to him who sent me. au0toi=j, to them: absent in RP P1904 F1853=17/19 F1859=3/7 vs. present in TR F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's xy) F1859=4/7.
John 7:34 Zhth/sete/ me, kai\ ou0x eu9rh/sete: kai\ o3pou ei0mi\ e0gw&, u9mei=j ou0 du/nasqe e0lqei=n. You will look for me, but you will not find me. And where I am, you cannot go.”
John 7:35 Ei]pon ou]n oi9 870Ioudai=oi pro\j e9autou/j, Pou= ou[toj me/llei poreu/esqai o3ti h9mei=j ou0x eu9rh/somen au0to/n; Mh\ ei0j th\n diaspora_n tw~n 879Ellh/nwn me/llei poreu/esqai, kai\ dida&skein tou\j 873Ellhnaj; Then the Jews said to themselves, “Where is he going to go, such that we won't find him? Is he going to go to the Diaspora among the Greeks and teach the Greeks? he ← this (man).
is he ← is he (really) .... By classical standards, the question presses for an answer no, but not necessarily so in NT Greek.
John 7:36 Ti/j e0stin ou[toj o9 lo/goj o4n ei]pen, Zhth/sete/ me, kai\ ou0x eu9rh/sete: kai/, 873Opou ei0mi\ e0gw&, u9mei=j ou0 du/nasqe e0lqei=n; What does this remark which he said mean, ‘You will look for me, but you will not find me’, and, ‘Where I am, you cannot go’?” does ... mean ← is.
John 7:37 870En de\ th|= e0sxa&th| h9me/ra% th|= mega&lh| th=j e9orth=j ei9sth/kei o9 870Ihsou=j kai\ e1kracen, le/gwn, 870Ea&n tij diya%~, e0rxe/sqw pro/j me kai\ pine/tw. Now on the last – the great – day of the festival, Jesus stood and shouted, saying, “If anyone is thirsty, let him come to me and drink.
John 7:38 879O pisteu/wn ei0j e0me/, kaqw_j ei]pen h9 grafh/, potamoi\ e0k th=j koili/aj au0tou= r(eu/sousin u3datoj zw~ntoj. As regards him who believes in me, as the scripture says, ‘Rivers of living water will flow from his inside.’ ” Various allusions: Isa 12:3, Isa 55:1, Isa 58:11; Ezek 47:1; Joel 4:18MT (Joel 3:18AV), Zech 13:1, Zech 14:8.
inside ← belly.
John 7:39 Tou=to de\ ei]pen peri\ tou= pneu/matoj {RP-text P1904 TR: ou[} [RP-marg: o4] e1mellon lamba&nein oi9 pisteu/ontej ei0j au0to/n: ou1pw ga_r h]n pneu=ma a#gion, o3ti {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] 870Ihsou=j ou0de/pw e0doca&sqh. He said this referring to the spirit which those who believed in him were about to receive, for there was not yet any holy spirit, because Jesus had not yet been glorified. ou[, (of) which (partitive genitive), RP-text P1904 TR F1853=17/19 F1859=6/8 vs. o4, which (accusative), RP-marg F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's bl) F1859=2/8.
o9, the (Jesus): absent in RP P1904 F1853=18/19 F1859=7/7 vs. present in TR F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's g) F1859=0/7.
John 7:40 Polloi\ ou]n e0k tou= o1xlou a)kou/santej to\n lo/gon e1legon, Ou[to/j e0stin a)lhqw~j o9 profh/thj. Then many of the crowd who heard the statement said, “This man is truly the prophet.” the prophet: see John 1:21.
John 7:41 871Alloi e1legon, Ou[to/j e0stin o9 xristo/j. 871Alloi {RP P1904: - } [TR: de\] e1legon, Mh\ ga_r e0k th=j Galilai/aj o9 xristo\j e1rxetai; Others said, “This is the Christ.” Yet {RP P1904: others} [TR: others, though,] said, “No, for surely the Christ does not come from Galilee? de\, on the other hand (but without emphasis), though: absent in RP P1904 F1853=16/21 F1859=5/7 vs. present in TR F1853=3/21 (Scrivener's q*st) F1859=1/7 vs. section absent, F1853=2/21 (Scrivener's g*y) F1859=1/7.
John 7:42 Ou0xi\ h9 grafh\ ei]pen o3ti e0k tou= spe/rmatoj {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d], kai\ a)po\ Bhqlee/m, th=j kw&mhj o3pou h]n {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d], o9 xristo\j e1rxetai; Does not the scripture say that the Christ comes from the seed of David, and from Bethlehem, the village where David was?” David (2x): on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Ps 89:30MT-37MT (Ps 89:29AV-36AV), Ps 132:11, Isa 11:1, Isa 11:10, Jer 23:5, Jer 33:15, Mic 5:1MT (Mic 5:2AV).
does ← did.
John 7:43 Sxi/sma ou]n e0n tw%~ o1xlw% e0ge/neto di' au0to/n. So a division arose in the crowd on account of him.
John 7:44 Tine\j de\ h1qelon e0c au0tw~n pia&sai au0to/n, a)ll' ou0dei\j e0pe/balen e0p' au0to\n ta_j xei=raj. And some of them wanted to seize him, but no-one laid hands on him.
John 7:45 87]Hlqon ou]n oi9 u9phre/tai pro\j tou\j a)rxierei=j kai\ Farisai/ouj: kai\ ei]pon au0toi=j e0kei=noi, Dia_ ti/ ou0k h0ga&gete au0to/n; Then the officers went to the senior priests and Pharisees, and those said to them, “Why did you not bring him here?”
John 7:46 870Apekri/qhsan oi9 u9phre/tai, Ou0de/pote ou3twj e0la&lhsen a!nqrwpoj, w(j ou[toj o9 a!nqrwpoj. The officers replied, “Never did a man speak in such a way as this man did.”
John 7:47 870Apekri/qhsan ou]n au0toi=j oi9 Farisai=oi, Mh\ kai\ u9mei=j pepla&nhsqe; Then the Pharisees answered them, “You haven't gone astray too, have you? gone astray: or been mislead.
John 7:48 Mh/ tij e0k tw~n a)rxo/ntwn e0pi/steusen ei0j au0to/n, h2 e0k tw~n Farisai/wn; None of the rulers or of the Pharisees have believed him, have they?
John 7:49 870All' o9 o1xloj ou[toj o9 mh\ ginw&skwn to\n no/mon e0pikata&ratoi/ ei0sin. But this crowd who do not know the law are strongly cursed.”
John 7:50 Le/gei Niko/dhmoj pro\j au0tou/j - o9 e0lqw_n nukto\j pro\j au0to/n, ei[j w@n e0c au0tw~n - Nicodemus, who had come to him by night, who was one of them, said to them,
John 7:51 Mh\ o9 no/moj h9mw~n kri/nei to\n a!nqrwpon, e0a_n mh\ a)kou/sh| par' au0tou= pro/teron kai\ gnw%~ ti/ poiei=; “Surely our law does not judge a man if it has not first heard from him and knows what he is doing?” a man ← the man. See Gen 22:9.
has not ... heard ← does not ... hear.
John 7:52 870Apekri/qhsan kai\ ei]pon au0tw%~, Mh\ kai\ su\ e0k th=j Galilai/aj ei]; 870Ereu/nhson kai\ i1de o3ti profh/thj e0k th=j Galilai/aj ou0k e0gh/gertai. They answered and said to him, “You aren't from Galilee too, are you? Investigate and see: no prophet has arisen from Galilee.” Galilee: remember that the Lord was born in Bethlehem, as prophesied in Mic 5:1MT (Mic 5:2AV).
John 7:53 Kai\ {RP TR: e0poreu/qh} [P1904: a)ph=lqen] e3kastoj ei0j to\n oi]kon au0tou=: Then each {RP TR: went} [P1904: went away] to his house. e0poreu/qh, went, RP TR F1853=9/17 F1859=5/6 vs. a)ph=lqen, departed, P1904 F1853=8/17 F1859=1/6.
The Pericope de Adultera begins here, and ends with John 8:11. We, with J.W.Burgon and the majority of manuscripts, take the passage to be genuine scripture. The pericope is ↴
John 8:1 870Ihsou=j de\ e0poreu/qh ei0j to\ o1roj tw~n 870Elaiw~n. But Jesus went to the Mount of Olives. ↳ essentially contained in F1853=17/21 and in the latter part 18/22 (absent in a*bxy) F1859=6/7 (absent in H). See [JWB-CC], Appendix I, p.261: 61/73 manuscripts examined contain the pericope.
John 8:2 871Orqrou de\ pa&lin parege/neto ei0j to\ i9ero/n, kai\ pa~j o9 lao\j h1rxeto {RP: - } [P1904 TR: pro\j au0to/n]: kai\ kaqi/saj e0di/dasken au0tou/j. Then at dawn he presented himself at the temple again. And all the people came {RP: - } [P1904 TR: to him], and he sat down and was teaching them, pro\j au0to/n, to him: absent in RP F1853=4/17 (Scrivener's acgp) F1859=2/6 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=13/17 F1859=4/6. A strong disparity with RP, R=6:19.
came ← were coming.
John 8:3 871Agousin de\ oi9 grammatei=j kai\ oi9 Farisai=oi {RP TR: pro\j au0to\n} [P1904: - ] gunai=ka {RP TR: e0n} [P1904: e0pi\] moixei/a% {RP: katalhfqei=san} [P1904 TR: kateilhmme/nhn]: kai\ sth/santej au0th\n e0n me/sw%, when the scribes and Pharisees brought {RP TR: to him} [P1904: - ] a woman who had been caught in adultery, and they placed her at the focus of attention, pro\j au0to\n, to him: present in RP TR F1853=14/21 (of which 3 readings from a second hand) F1859=3/6 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=7/21 F1859=3/6.
e0n, in, RP TR F1853=5/18 (Scrivener's a**cgpt) F1859=2/6 vs. e0pi\, at, P1904 F1853=13/18 F1859=4/6. A strong disparity (#1) with RP, R=8:18.
katalhfqei=san, caught (aorist participle passive), RP F1853=4/18 (Scrivener's egpt) F1859=2/6 vs. kateilhmme/nhn, having been caught (perfect participle passive), P1904 TR F1853=11/18 F1859=3/6 vs. other readings, F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's acf) F1859=1/6. A strong disparity (#2) with RP, R=6:16.
at the focus of attention ← in midst.
John 8:4 le/gousin au0tw%~, {RP: peira&zontej} [P1904 TR: - ], Dida&skale, au3th h9 gunh\ {RP: katelh/fqh} [P1904: katei/lhptai] [TR: kateilh/fqh] {RP-text: e0p' au0tofo/rw%} [RP-marg P1904: e0p' au0tofw&rw%] [TR: e0pautofw&rw%] moixeuome/nh. and they said to him, {RP: testing him,} [P1904 TR: - ] “Teacher, this woman {RP TR: was caught} [P1904: has been caught] in the act of committing adultery, peira&zontej, testing (him): present in RP F1853=8/19 F1859=2/6 vs. absent in P1904 TR F1853=11/19 F1859=4/6. A disparity (#1) with RP, R=10:17. AV differs textually.
katelh/fqh, she was caught (1), RP F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's gp) F1859=2/7 vs. katei/lhptai, she has been caught (1), P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=1/7 vs. kateilh/fqh, she was caught (2), TR F1853=9/19 F1859=0/7 vs. katelei/fqh, she was caught (3), F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's acf**t) F1859=0/7 vs. ei1lhptai, she was taken, F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's f*hko) F1859=2/7 vs. kath/lhptai, she has been caught (2), F1853=0/19 F1859=2/7. A disparity (#2) with RP, R=4:10.
e0p' au0tofo/rw%, RP-text F1853=6/18 (but as one word), e0pautofo/rw% F1859=5/6 vs. e0p' au0tofw&rw%, RP-marg P1904 F1853=0/18 (but lump this reading with the following one) F1859=1/6 vs. e0pautofw&rw%, TR F1853=11/18 F1859=0/6 vs. another reading, F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's f) F1859=0/6. All readings mean in the act. A weak disparity (#3) with RP-text, R=11:13.
John 8:5 {RP TR: 870En de\} [P1904: Kai\ e0n] tw%~ no/mw% {RP TR: - } [P1904: h9mw~n] {RP-text TR: Mwsh=j} [RP-marg P1904: Mwu+sh=j] {RP TR: h9mi=n} [P1904: - ] e0netei/lato ta_j toiau/taj {RP TR: liqobolei=sqai} [P1904: liqa&zein]: su\ ou]n ti/ le/geij; and in {RP TR: the} [P1904: our] law, Moses commanded {RP TR: us} [P1904: - ] {RP TR: that such people are to be stoned} [P1904: to stone such people]. ¶ So what do you say?” ¶ Verse division: in P1904 numbering, John 8:6 begins here.
e0n de\, in + and / but, RP TR F1853=18/18 F1859=5/6 vs. kai\ e0n, and + in, P1904 F1853=0/18 F1859=1/6.
h9mw~n, our (law): absent in RP TR F1853=11/19 F1859=4/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=8/19 F1859=3/7.
Mwsh=j, Moses, RP-text TR F1853=13/18 F1859=5/6 vs. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, RP-marg P1904 F1853=5/18 F1859=1/6.
h9mi=n, (commanded) us: present in RP TR F1853=8/18 F1859=3/6 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=9/18 F1859=3/6 vs. another reading, F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's p) F1859=0/6. A weak disparity with RP, R=12:13.
liqobolei=sqai, to be stoned, RP TR F1853=11/19 F1859=2/6 vs. liqa&zein, to stone, P1904 F1853=8/19 F1859=3/6 vs. another reading, F1853=0/19 F1859=1/6.
Deut 22:24, but applied to a betrothed virgin there. The “spirit of jealousy” procedure includes writing the curses in a book and blotting them out; see Num 5:14-31, especially Num 5:23.
John 8:6 Tou=to de\ {RP TR: e1legon} [P1904: ei]pon] {RP TR: peira&zontej} [P1904: e0kpeira&zontej] au0to/n, i3na {RP TR: e1xwsin} [P1904: sxw~si] {RP TR: kathgorei=n} [P1904: kathgori/an kat'] au0tou=. 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j ka&tw ku/yaj, tw%~ daktu/lw% {RP-text P1904 TR: e1grafen} [RP-marg: kate/grafen] ei0j th\n gh=n, {RP S1894: mh\ prospoiou/menoj} [P1904 S1550 E1624: - ]. But they said this testing him, so that they might have {RP TR: something to accuse him with} [P1904: an accusation against him]. But Jesus stooped and {RP-text P1904 TR: wrote} [RP-marg: inscribed] on the ground with his finger {RP S1894: , not acting in pretence} [P1904 S1550 E1624: - ]. e1legon, they were saying, RP TR F1853=16/18 F1859=4/6 vs. ei]pon, they said, P1904 F1853=2/18 (Scrivener's fk) F1859=2/6.
peira&zontej, testing, tempting (1), RP TR F1853=17/18 F1859=4/6 vs. e0kpeira&zontej, testing, tempting (2), P1904 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's k) F1859=2/6.
e1xwsin, that they might have (pres. subj.), RP TR F1853=16/18 F1859=5/6 vs. sxw~si, that they might have (aor. subj.), P1904 F1853=2/18 (Scrivener's kv) F1859=1/6.
kathgorei=n, (something) to accuse, RP TR F1853=7/18 F1859=4/6 vs. kathgori/an kat', an accusation against, P1904 F1853=11/18 F1859=2/6. A weak disparity with RP, R=12:14.
e1grafe¨n©, was writing, RP-text P1904 TR F1853=15/18 F1859=6/6 vs. kate/grafen, was inscribing, RP-marg F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's acg) F1859=0/6.
mh\ prospoiou/menoj, not acting in pretence: present in RP S1894 F1853=14/18 F1859=2/6 vs. absent in P1904 S1550 E1624 F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's eks) F1859=4/6 vs. another reading, F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's r) F1859=0/6. AV differs textually, but it supplies the RP reading italicized.
Compare Num 5:23.
John 8:7 879Wj de\ e0pe/menon e0rwtw~ntej au0to/n, {RP TR: a)naku/yaj} [P1904: a)ne/kuye kai\] ei]pen {RP TR: pro\j au0tou/j} [P1904: au0toi=j], 879O a)nama&rthtoj u9mw~n, {RP-text: prw~ton} [RP-marg P1904 TR: prw~toj] {RP-text: e0p' au0th\n to\n li/qon bale/tw} [RP-marg: e0p' au0th\n li/qon balle/tw] [P1904: bale/tw li/qon e0p' au0th/n] [TR: to\n li/qon e0p' au0th|= bale/tw]. And when they persisted in asking him, he straightened up and said to them, “Let him who is without sin among you cast a stone at her first.” a)naku/yaj, having straightened up, RP TR F1853=14/19 (incl. 1 misspelling) F1859=2/6 vs. a)ne/kuye¨n© kai\, he straightened up and, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=3/6 vs. a)nable/yaj, he looked up, F1853=5/19 F1859=1/6.
pro\j au0tou/j, to them (prepositional), RP TR F1853=14/20 F1859=2/6 vs. au0toi=j, to them (dative), P1904 F1853=6/20 F1859=4/6.
In any position: bale/tw, let him cast (aor.), RP-text P1904 TR F1853=16/19 F1859=5/6 vs. balle/tw, let him cast (pres.), RP-marg F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's adf*) F1859=1/6.
In any position: to\n, the (stone): present in RP-text TR F1853=10/19 F1859=3/6 vs. absent in RP-marg P1904 F1853=9/19 F1859=3/6. Nearly a disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=14:13.
In any position: e0p' au0th\n, onto her, RP P1904 F1853=12/19 F1859=5/6 vs. e0p' au0th|=, on her, TR F1853=7/19 F1859=1/6.
prw~ton, first (adverbial), RP-text F1853=10/18 F1859=0/6 vs. prw~toj, first (adjectival), RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=8/18 (Scrivener's defhkoqt) F1859=6/6. A disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=10:16.
John 8:8 Kai\ pa&lin ka&tw ku/yaj e1grafen ei0j th\n gh=n. Then stooping again, he wrote on the ground. wrote ← was writing.
John 8:9 Oi9 de/, a)kou/santej, {RP TR: kai\ u9po\ th=j suneidh/sewj e0legxo/menoi} [P1904: - ], e0ch/rxonto ei[j kaq' ei[j, a)rca&menoi a)po\ tw~n presbute/rwn {RP P1904: - } [TR: e3wj tw~n e0sxa&twn]: kai\ katelei/fqh {RP TR: mo/noj} [P1904: - ] o9 870Ihsou=j, kai\ h9 gunh\ e0n me/sw% {RP P1904: ou]sa} [TR: e9stw~sa]. And having heard it, {RP TR: and being convicted by their conscience,} [P1904: - ] they went out one by one, beginning with the elders {RP P1904: - } [TR: and going up to the last ones]. Then Jesus was left there {RP TR: alone} [P1904: - ] with the woman {RP P1904: - } [TR: standing] at the focal point. kai\ u9po\ th=j suneidh/sewj e0legxo/menoi, and being convicted by their conscience: present in RP TR F1853=15/18 F1859=4/6 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's ekq) F1859=2/6.
e3wj tw~n e0sxa&twn, up to the last (ones): absent in RP P1904 F1853=8/18 F1859=3/7 vs. present in TR F1853=10/18 F1859=4/7. A disparity with RP, R=12:15. AV differs textually.
mo/noj, alone: present in RP TR F1853=18/18 (though moved in 5 mss.) F1859=2/6 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=0/18 F1859=4/6. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=14.4 PV=0.015%.
ou]sa, being, RP P1904 F1853=18/18 F1859=6/6 vs. e9stw~sa, standing, TR F1853=0/18 F1859=0/6.
{RP P1904: at the focal point ← being in middle} [TR: at the focal point ← in middle].
John 8:10 870Anaku/yaj de\ o9 870Ihsou=j, {RP TR: kai\ mhde/na qeasa&menoj plh\n th=j gunaiko/j,} [P1904: - ] ei]pen au0th|=, {RP: Pou=} [P1904: Gu/nai, pou=] [TR: 879H gunh/, pou=] ei0sin {RP TR: e0kei=noi oi9 kath/goroi/ sou} [P1904: - ]; Ou0dei/j se kate/krinen; Then Jesus straightened himself up, {RP TR: and not seeing anyone except the woman,} [P1904: and] he said to her, {RP: “Where} [P1904 TR: “Madam, where] are {RP TR: those accusers of yours} [P1904: they]? Didn't anyone condemn you?” kai\ mhde/na qeasa&menoj plh\n th=j gunaiko/j, and not having seen anyone except the woman: present in RP TR F1853=14/19 F1859=3/6 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=5/19 F1859=3/6.
(words below absent), RP F1853=9/18 F1859=2/6 vs. gu/nai, madam (classical vocative), P1904 F1853=9/18 F1859=4/6 vs. h9 gunh/, madam (articular vocative, as in Hebrew), TR F1853=0/18 F1859=0/6. A disparity with RP, R=11:14.
e0kei=noi oi9 kath/goroi/ sou, those accusers of yours: present in RP TR F1853=11/18 F1859=2/6 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=2/18 (Scrivener's ek) F1859=1/6 vs. other readings, F1853=5/18 F1859=3/6.
{RP TR: seeing ← having seen. See Matt 23:20.}.
John 8:11 879H de\ ei]pen, Ou0dei/j, ku/rie. Ei]pen de\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: au0th|=] o9 870Ihsou=j, Ou0de\ e0gw& se {RP: kri/nw} [P1904 TR: katakri/nw]: poreu/ou kai\ {RP TR: - } [P1904: a)po\ tou= nu=n] mhke/ti a(ma&rtane. And she said, “No-one, Lord.” Jesus then said {RP P1904: - } [TR: to her], “Neither do I {RP: judge} [P1904 TR: condemn] you. Go and do not sin any more {RP TR: - } [P1904: from now on].” au0th|=, to her: absent in RP P1904 F1853=5/18 F1859=3/6 vs. present in TR F1853=13/18 F1859=3/6. A disparity (#1) with RP, R=9:17.
kri/nw, judge, RP F1853=6/19 (but accented krinw~, (neither) will I judge in 5 of these) F1859=2/6 vs. katakri/nw, condemn, P1904 TR F1853=13/19 F1859=4/6. A strong disparity (#2) with RP, R=8:19. AV differs textually.
a)po\ tou= nu=n, from now (on): absent in RP TR F1853=13/19 F1859=3/6 vs. present in P1904 F1853=6/19 F1859=3/6.
John 8:12 Pa&lin ou]n {RP P1904: au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j} [TR: o9 870Ihsou=j au0toi=j] e0la&lhsen le/gwn, 870Egw& ei0mi to\ fw~j tou= ko/smou: o9 a)kolouqw~n e0moi\ ou0 mh\ {RP P1904: peripath/sh|} [TR: peripath/sei] e0n th|= skoti/a%, a)ll' e3cei to\ fw~j th=j zwh=j. Then Jesus spoke to them again and said, “I am the light of the world. He who follows me will certainly not walk in darkness but will have the light of life.” au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, to them + Jesus, RP P1904 F1853=15/21 F1859=6/7 vs. o9 870Ihsou=j au0toi=j, Jesus + to them, TR F1853=0/21 F1859=1/7 vs. five other readings, F1853=6/21 F1859=0/7.
peripath/sh|, will (not) walk (classical aorist subjunctive), RP P1904 F1853=14/21 F1859=4/7 vs. peripath/sei, will (not) walk (non-classical future indicative), TR F1853=7/21 F1859=3/7.
I am: see John 18:5-6.
John 8:13 Ei]pon ou]n au0tw%~ oi9 Farisai=oi, Su\ peri\ seautou= marturei=j: h9 marturi/a sou ou0k e1stin a)lhqh/j. Then the Pharisees said to him, “You are testifying about yourself; your testimony is not true.”
John 8:14 870Apekri/qh 870Ihsou=j kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j, Ka@n e0gw_ marturw~ peri\ e0mautou=, a)lhqh/j e0stin h9 marturi/a mou: o3ti oi]da po/qen h]lqon, kai\ pou= u9pa&gw: u9mei=j de\ ou0k oi1date po/qen e1rxomai, {RP TR: kai\} [P1904: h2] pou= u9pa&gw. Jesus answered and said to them, “Even if I testify about myself, my testimony is true, because I know where I came from and where I am going. But you do not know where I come from or where I am going. kai\, and, or, RP TR F1853=12/21 F1859=5/8 vs. h2, or, P1904 F1853=9/21 F1859=3/8.
John 8:15 879Umei=j kata_ th\n sa&rka kri/nete: e0gw_ ou0 kri/nw ou0de/na. You judge according to the flesh, but I do not judge anyone.
John 8:16 Kai\ e0a_n kri/nw de\ e0gw&, h9 kri/sij h9 e0mh\ a)lhqh/j e0stin: o3ti mo/noj ou0k ei0mi/, a)ll' e0gw_ kai\ o9 pe/myaj me path/r. And if I do judge, my judgment is true, because I am not alone, but it is a case of me and the father who sent me.
John 8:17 Kai\ e0n tw%~ no/mw% de\ tw%~ u9mete/rw% ge/graptai o3ti du/o a)nqrw&pwn h9 marturi/a a)lhqh/j e0stin. And in your law it stands written that the testimony of two men is true. Deut 19:15.
John 8:18 870Egw& ei0mi o9 marturw~n peri\ e0mautou=, kai\ marturei= peri\ e0mou= o9 pe/myaj me path/r. I am the one testifying about myself, and the father who sent me testifies about me too.” I am: see John 18:5-6.
John 8:19 871Elegon ou]n au0tw%~, Pou= e0stin o9 path/r sou; 870Apekri/qh {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] 870Ihsou=j, Ou1te e0me\ oi1date, ou1te to\n pate/ra mou: ei0 e0me\ h|1deite, kai\ to\n pate/ra mou h|1deite a!n. Then they said to him, “Where is your father?” Jesus answered, “You neither know me nor my father. If you knew me, you would know my father too.” o9, the (Jesus): absent in RP P1904 F1853=17/19 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's cg) F1859=1/7.
John 8:20 Tau=ta ta_ r(h/mata e0la&lhsen o9 870Ihsou=j e0n tw%~ gazofulaki/w%, dida&skwn e0n tw%~ i9erw%~: kai\ ou0dei\j e0pi/asen au0to/n, o3ti ou1pw e0lhlu/qei h9 w#ra au0tou=. Jesus spoke these words in the treasury, while teaching in the temple, but no-one seized him, because his hour had not yet come.
John 8:21 Ei]pen ou]n pa&lin au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, 870Egw_ u9pa&gw, kai\ zhth/sete/ me, kai\ e0n th|= a(marti/a% u9mw~n a)poqanei=sqe: o3pou e0gw_ u9pa&gw, u9mei=j ou0 du/nasqe e0lqei=n. Then Jesus said to them again, “I am going away, and you will seek me, but you will die in your sin. Where I am going, you cannot go.”
John 8:22 871Elegon ou]n oi9 870Ioudai=oi, Mh/ti a)poktenei= e9auto/n, o3ti le/gei, 873Opou e0gw_ u9pa&gw, u9mei=j ou0 du/nasqe e0lqei=n; Then the Jews said, “Is he going to kill himself, in that he said, ‘Where I am going, you cannot go’?”
John 8:23 Kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j, 879Umei=j e0k tw~n ka&tw e0ste/, e0gw_ e0k tw~n a!nw ei0mi/: u9mei=j e0k tou= ko/smou tou/tou e0ste/, e0gw_ ou0k ei0mi\ e0k tou= ko/smou tou/tou. And he said to them, “You are of the things below, but I am of the things above. You are of this world; I am not of this world.
John 8:24 Ei]pon ou]n u9mi=n o3ti a)poqanei=sqe e0n tai=j a(marti/aij u9mw~n: e0a_n ga_r mh\ pisteu/shte o3ti e0gw& ei0mi, a)poqanei=sqe e0n tai=j a(marti/aij u9mw~n. So I said to you, ‘You will die in your sins.’ For if you do not believe that I am, you will die in your sins.” I am: see John 18:5-6.
John 8:25 871Elegon ou]n au0tw%~, Su\ ti/j ei]; Kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, Th\n a)rxh\n o3 ti kai\ lalw~ u9mi=n. Then they said to him, “Who are you?” And Jesus said to them, “I tell you: the beginning, which I have been telling you all along. the beginning: accusative, which could be an adverbial accusative, from the beginning, but we take it as attracted to the accusative after lalw~, I say the beginning. Compare the construction in Phil 3:18. Compare for doctrine Col 1:18, Heb 3:14, Rev 1:8. AV differs.
all along ← also.
John 8:26 Polla_ e1xw peri\ u9mw~n lalei=n kai\ kri/nein: a)ll' o9 pe/myaj me a)lhqh/j e0stin, ka)gw_ a$ h1kousa par' au0tou=, tau=ta le/gw ei0j to\n ko/smon. I have many things concerning you to say and to judge, but he who sent me is true, and what I hear from him, that I say to the world.” what ← the (things) which.
that ← these (things).
John 8:27 Ou0k e1gnwsan o3ti to\n pate/ra au0toi=j e1legen. They did not know that he was speaking to them of the father.
John 8:28 Ei]pen ou]n au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, 873Otan u9yw&shte to\n ui9o\n tou= a)nqrw&pou, to/te gnw&sesqe o3ti e0gw& ei0mi, kai\ a)p' e0mautou= poiw~ ou0de/n, a)lla_ kaqw_j e0di/dace/n me o9 path/r mou, tau=ta lalw~: So Jesus said to them, “When you lift up the son of man, then you will know that I am, and that on my own initiative I do not do anything, but as my father has taught me, so I speak. I am: see John 18:5-6.
I do not do anything: there is no classical ou0 to go with ou0de/n. Compare John 10:41.
so ← these (things).
John 8:29 kai\ o9 pe/myaj me met' e0mou= e0stin: ou0k a)fh=ke/n me mo/non o9 path/r, o3ti e0gw_ ta_ a)resta_ au0tw%~ poiw~ pa&ntote. And he who sent me is with me. The father has not left me alone, because I always do the things which are pleasing to him.”
John 8:30 Tau=ta au0tou= lalou=ntoj polloi\ e0pi/steusan ei0j au0to/n. As he said these things many believed in him.
John 8:31 871Elegen ou]n o9 870Ihsou=j pro\j tou\j pepisteuko/taj au0tw%~ 870Ioudai/ouj, 870Ea_n u9mei=j mei/nhte e0n tw%~ lo/gw% tw%~ e0mw%~, a)lhqw~j maqhtai/ mou e0ste/: Then Jesus said to the Jews who had believed him, “If you remain in my word, you are truly my disciples,
John 8:32 kai\ gnw&sesqe th\n a)lh/qeian, kai\ h9 a)lh/qeia e0leuqerw&sei u9ma~j. and you will know the truth, and the truth will make you free.”
John 8:33 870Apekri/qhsan au0tw%~, Spe/rma 870Abraa&m e0smen, kai\ ou0deni\ dedouleu/kamen pw&pote: pw~j su\ le/geij o3ti 870Eleu/qeroi genh/sesqe; They replied to him, “We are the seed of Abraham, and we have never been slaves to anyone. How come you say, ‘You will be free’?”
John 8:34 870Apekri/qh au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, 870Amh\n a)mh\n le/gw u9mi=n, o3ti pa~j o9 poiw~n th\n a(marti/an dou=lo/j e0stin th=j a(marti/aj. Jesus replied to them, “Truly, truly, I say to you that everyone who commits sin is a slave to sin.
John 8:35 879O de\ dou=loj ou0 me/nei e0n th|= oi0ki/a% ei0j to\n ai0w~na: o9 ui9o\j me/nei ei0j to\n ai0w~na. But the slave does not remain in the house forever. The son remains throughout the age. forever ... throughout the age: the same expression in Greek. We take the former as colloquial usage and the latter as applicable to an “age” (as in Matt 13:19, Heb 9:26), but extending, of course, beyond that.
John 8:36 870Ea_n ou]n o9 ui9o\j u9ma~j e0leuqerw&sh|, o1ntwj e0leu/qeroi e1sesqe. So if the son makes you free, you will be free indeed.
John 8:37 Oi]da o3ti spe/rma 870Abraa&m e0ste: a)lla_ zhtei=te/ me a)poktei=nai, o3ti o9 lo/goj o9 e0mo\j ou0 xwrei= e0n u9mi=n. I know that you are the seed of Abraham, but you are looking for a way to kill me, because my word does not find room in you.
John 8:38 870Egw_ o4 e9w&raka para_ tw%~ patri/ mou, lalw~: kai\ u9mei=j ou]n o4 e9wra&kate para_ tw%~ patri\ u9mw~n, poiei=te. I speak of what I have seen with my father. And you consequently do what you have seen with your father.”
John 8:39 870Apekri/qhsan kai\ ei]pon au0tw%~, 879O path\r h9mw~n 870Abraa&m e0stin. Le/gei au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, Ei0 te/kna tou= 870Abraa_m h]te, ta_ e1rga tou= 870Abraa_m e0poiei=te {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: a!n]. They answered and said to him, “Our father is Abraham.” Jesus said to them, “If you were Abraham's children, you would be doing Abraham's works. a!n, would (have done) (classically present): absent in RP-text P1904 F1853=12/20 F1859=2/6 vs. present in RP-marg TR F1853=8/20 F1859=3/6 vs. whole clause absent, F1853=0/20 F1859=1/6.
John 8:40 Nu=n de\ zhtei=te/ me a)poktei=nai, a!nqrwpon o4j th\n a)lh/qeian u9mi=n lela&lhka, h4n h1kousa para_ tou= qeou=: tou=to 870Abraa_m ou0k e0poi/hsen. But now, you are looking for a way to kill me, a man who has spoken to you the truth which I heard from God. Abraham did not do this. has: first person in Greek (as in I have spoken). This would sound unnatural in English.
John 8:41 879Umei=j poiei=te ta_ e1rga tou= patro\j u9mw~n. Ei]pon ou]n au0tw%~, 879Hmei=j e0k pornei/aj ou0 gegennh/meqa: e3na pate/ra e1xomen, to\n qeo/n. You do the works of your father.” Then they said to him, “We were not born from fornication. We have one father: God.”
John 8:42 Ei]pen {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: ou]n} [S1894: - ] au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, Ei0 o9 qeo\j path\r u9mw~n h]n, h0gapa~te a@n e0me/: e0gw_ ga_r e0k tou= qeou= e0ch=lqon kai\ h3kw: ou0de\ ga_r a)p' e0mautou= e0lh/luqa, a)ll' e0kei=no/j me a)pe/steilen. {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: Then} [S1894: - ] Jesus said to them, “If God were your father, you would love me, since I came out from God and have come here, for I did not come on my own initiative, but he sent me. ou]n, therefore: present in RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1853=11/19 F1859=5/6 vs. absent in S1894 F1853=8/19 F1859=1/6.
he ← that (one), the former.
John 8:43 Dia_ ti/ th\n lalia_n th\n e0mh\n ou0 ginw&skete; 873Oti ou0 du/nasqe a)kou/ein to\n lo/gon to\n e0mo/n. Why do you not understand my discourse? Because you are not able to hear my words. understand ← know.
words ← word.
John 8:44 879Umei=j e0k {RP P1904: tou=} [TR: - ] patro\j tou= diabo/lou e0ste/, kai\ ta_j e0piqumi/aj tou= patro\j u9mw~n qe/lete poiei=n. 870Ekei=noj a)nqrwpokto/noj h]n a)p' a)rxh=j, kai\ e0n th|= a)lhqei/a% ou0x e3sthken, o3ti ou0k e1stin a)lh/qeia e0n au0tw%~. 873Otan lalh|= to\ yeu=doj, e0k tw~n i0di/wn lalei=: o3ti yeu/sthj e0sti\n kai\ o9 path\r au0tou=. You stem from your father the devil, and you have a will to carry out the desires of your father. He was a murderer from the beginning, and he does not stand in the truth, because there is no truth in him. When he speaks the lie, he speaks from his own mind, because he is a liar and is the father of it. tou=, of the (father): present in RP P1904 F1853=14/19 F1859=5/6 vs. absent in TR F1853=5/19 F1859=1/6.
stem from ← are out of, as in 1 John 3:12.
he ← that (one), the former.
the lie: the definite article is present in Greek, perhaps just ↴
John 8:45 870Egw_ de\ o3ti th\n a)lh/qeian le/gw, ou0 pisteu/ete/ moi. But because I speak the truth, you do not believe me. ↳ as is common with abstract nouns, but perhaps in reference to some specific lie, such as that of 1 John 4:3.
John 8:46 Ti/j e0c u9mw~n e0le/gxei me peri\ a(marti/aj; Ei0 de\ a)lh/qeian le/gw, dia_ ti/ u9mei=j ou0 pisteu/ete/ moi; Who among you can convict me of sin? But if I speak the truth, why do you not believe me?
John 8:47 879O w@n e0k tou= qeou= ta_ r(h/mata tou= qeou= a)kou/ei: dia_ tou=to u9mei=j ou0k a)kou/ete, o3ti e0k tou= qeou= ou0k e0ste/. He who is from God hears the words of God. That is why you do not hear them, because you are not from God.” that is why ← on account of this.
John 8:48 870Apekri/qhsan ou]n oi9 870Ioudai=oi kai\ ei]pon au0tw%~, Ou0 kalw~j le/gomen h9mei=j o3ti Samarei/thj ei] su/, kai\ daimo/nion e1xeij; Then the Jews replied and said to him, “Were we not right in saying, ‘You are a Samaritan, and you are possessed by a demon’?” Jews: See John 5:16.
are possessed by ← have.
John 8:49 870Apekri/qh 870Ihsou=j, 870Egw_ daimo/nion ou0k e1xw, a)lla_ timw~ to\n pate/ra mou, kai\ u9mei=j a)tima&zete/ me. Jesus replied, “I am not possessed by a demon, but I honour my father, whereas you dishonour me. am not possessed by ← do not have.
John 8:50 870Egw_ de\ ou0 zhtw~ th\n do/can mou: e1stin o9 zhtw~n kai\ kri/nwn. And I do not seek my glory. There is the one who seeks and judges.
John 8:51 870Amh\n a)mh\n le/gw u9mi=n, e0a&n tij to\n lo/gon to\n e0mo\n thrh/sh|, qa&naton ou0 mh\ qewrh/sh| ei0j to\n ai0w~na. Truly, truly, I say to you, if a person keeps my word, he will by no means see death throughout the age.” throughout the age: as such a person does see death in this age, ei0j to\n ai0w~na must refer to the (Messianic) age. See John 3:15.
John 8:52 Ei]pon ou]n au0tw%~ oi9 870Ioudai=oi, Nu=n e0gnw&kamen o3ti daimo/nion e1xeij. 870Abraa_m a)pe/qanen kai\ oi9 profh=tai, kai\ su\ le/geij, 870Ea&n tij to\n lo/gon mou thrh/sh|, ou0 mh\ {RP P1904: geu/shtai} [TR: geu/setai] qana&tou ei0j to\n ai0w~na. The Jews said to him, “Now we know you are possessed by a demon. Abraham and the prophets died, but you say, ‘If a person keeps my word, he will by no means taste death throughout the age.’ geu/shtai, will (not) taste (classical aorist subjunctive), RP P1904 F1853=15/19 F1859=4/6 vs. geu/setai, will (not) taste (non-classical future indicative), TR F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's cg) F1859=1/6 vs. other readings, F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's ef) F1859=1/6.
we know: see John 5:42.
are possessed by ← have.
throughout the age: see John 8:51.
John 8:53 Mh\ su\ mei/zwn ei] tou= patro\j h9mw~n 870Abraa&m, o3stij a)pe/qanen; Kai\ oi9 profh=tai a)pe/qanon: ti/na seauto\n su\ poiei=j; Are you greater than our father Abraham, who died? The prophets also died. Whom do you make yourself out to be?”
John 8:54 870Apekri/qh 870Ihsou=j, 870Ea_n e0gw_ doca&zw e0mauto/n, h9 do/ca mou ou0de/n e0stin: e1stin o9 path/r mou o9 doca&zwn me, o4n u9mei=j le/gete o3ti qeo\j {RP: h9mw~n} [P1904 TR: u9mw~n] e0stin, Jesus replied, “If I glorify myself, my glory is nothing. It is my father who glorifies me, whom you say {RP: is our God} [P1904 TR: is your God]. h9mw~n, our, RP F1853=16/19 F1859=5/7 vs. u9mw~n, your, P1904 TR F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's bqr) F1859=2/7. AV differs textually.
{RP: is our God: perhaps as direct speech, (of whom you say,) “He is our God.”}
John 8:55 kai\ ou0k e0gnw&kate au0to/n: e0gw_ de\ oi]da au0to/n, kai\ e0a_n ei1pw o3ti ou0k oi]da au0to/n, e1somai o3moioj u9mw~n, yeu/sthj: a)ll' oi]da au0to/n, kai\ to\n lo/gon au0tou= thrw~. But you have not come to know him. But I know him. And if I were to say that I do not know him, I would be like you – a liar. But I do know him, and I keep his word.
John 8:56 870Abraa_m o9 path\r u9mw~n h0gallia&sato i3na i1dh| th\n h9me/ran th\n e0mh/n, kai\ ei]den kai\ e0xa&rh. Abraham your father was glad to see my day, and he saw it, and he rejoiced.”
John 8:57 Ei]pon ou]n oi9 870Ioudai=oi pro\j au0to/n, Penth/konta e1th ou1pw e1xeij, kai\ 870Abraa_m e9w&rakaj; Then the Jews said to him, “You are not yet fifty years old, and have you seen Abraham?”
John 8:58 Ei]pen au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, 870Amh\n a)mh\n le/gw u9mi=n, pri\n 870Abraa_m gene/sqai, e0gw& ei0mi. Jesus said to them, “Truly, truly, I say to you, before Abraham came into being, I am.” I am: see John 18:5-6.
John 8:59 87]Hran ou]n li/qouj i3na ba&lwsin e0p' au0to/n: 870Ihsou=j de\ e0kru/bh, kai\ e0ch=lqen e0k tou= i9erou=, dielqw_n dia_ me/sou au0tw~n: kai\ parh=gen ou3twj. Then they took up stones to cast at him. But Jesus hid himself, and he went out of the temple and crossed through the thick of them, and so he passed them by. hid himself: passive, but this can have a reflexive sense.
thick ← midst.
John 9:1 Kai\ para&gwn ei]den a!nqrwpon tuflo\n e0k geneth=j. And as he passed by, he saw a man who had been blind from his birth.
John 9:2 Kai\ h0rw&thsan au0to\n oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou= le/gontej, 879Rabbi/, ti/j h3marten, ou[toj h2 oi9 gonei=j au0tou=, i3na tuflo\j gennhqh|=; And the disciples questioned him and asked, “Rabbi, who sinned, he or his parents, that he should be born blind?” asked ← saying.
he ← this (man).
John 9:3 870Apekri/qh {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] 870Ihsou=j, Ou1te ou[toj h3marten ou1te oi9 gonei=j au0tou=: a)ll' i3na fanerwqh|= ta_ e1rga tou= qeou= e0n au0tw%~. Jesus replied, “Neither he nor his parents sinned, but it happened in order that the works of God should be manifested in him. o9, the (Jesus): absent in RP P1904 F1853=17/19 F1859=5/6 vs. present in TR F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's cg) F1859=1/6.
he ← this (man).
John 9:4 870Eme\ dei= e0rga&zesqai ta_ e1rga tou= pe/myanto/j me e3wj h9me/ra e0sti/n: e1rxetai nu/c, o3te ou0dei\j du/natai e0rga&zesqai. I must carry out the works of him who sent me while it is day. Night is coming, when no-one can do any work.
John 9:5 873Otan e0n tw%~ ko/smw% w}, fw~j ei0mi tou= ko/smou. As long as I am in the world, I am the light of the world.” as long as ← whenever.
John 9:6 Tau=ta ei0pw&n, e1ptusen xamai/, kai\ e0poi/hsen phlo\n e0k tou= ptu/smatoj, kai\ e0pe/xrisen to\n phlo\n e0pi\ tou\j o0fqalmou\j tou= tuflou=, When he had said these things, he spat on the ground and made clay from the spittle and smeared the clay on the eyes of the blind man,
John 9:7 kai\ ei]pen au0tw%~, 873Upage ni/yai ei0j th\n kolumbh/qran tou= Silwa&m - o4 e9rmhneu/etai, 870Apestalme/noj. 870Aph=lqen ou]n kai\ e0ni/yato, kai\ h]lqen ble/pwn. and he said to him, “Go and wash yourself in the Pool of Siloam”, which, translated, is “Sent.” So he went away and washed himself, and he came back sighted. sighted ← seeing.
John 9:8 Oi9 ou]n gei/tonej kai\ oi9 qewrou=ntej au0to\n to\ pro/teron o3ti tuflo\j h]n, e1legon, Ou0x ou[to/j e0stin o9 kaqh/menoj kai\ prosaitw~n; Then the neighbours and those who had previously seen that he had been blind, said, “Is this not the one who sits and begs?” had previously seen that he had been blind ← previously seeing him, that he was blind.
John 9:9 871Alloi e1legon o3ti Ou[to/j e0stin: a!lloi de\ o3ti 873Omoioj au0tw%~ e0stin. 870Ekei=noj e1legen o3ti 870Egw& ei0mi. Some said, “This is him.” But others said, “He is like him.” He himself said, “I am he.” is him: or, if the reader prefers, is he.
he himself ← that (one), the former.
John 9:10 871Elegon ou]n au0tw%~, Pw~j {RP-text P1904 TR: a)new%&xqhsa&n} [RP-marg: h0new%&xqhsa&n] {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: sou} [E1624: soi] oi9 o0fqalmoi/; Then they said to him, “How were your eyes opened?” a)new%&xqhsa&n, were opened (double augment), RP-text P1904 TR F1853=13/19 F1859=3/6 vs. h0new%&xqhsa&n, were opened (triple augment), RP-marg F1853=6/19 F1859=3/6.
sou, your, RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=17/19 F1859=6/6 vs. soi, to / for you, E1624 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's ao) F1859=0/6.
John 9:11 870Apekri/qh e0kei=noj kai\ ei]pen, 871Anqrwpoj lego/menoj 870Ihsou=j phlo\n e0poi/hsen, kai\ e0pe/xrise/n mou tou\j o0fqalmou/j, kai\ ei]pe/n moi, 873Upage ei0j th\n kolumbh/qran tou= Silwa&m, kai\ ni/yai. 870Apelqw_n de\ kai\ niya&menoj, a)ne/bleya. He replied and said, “A man called Jesus made clay and anointed my eyes, and he said to me, ‘Go off to the Pool of Siloam and wash yourself.’ So I went off, and when I washed myself, I recovered my sight.” he ← that (man).
John 9:12 Ei]pon ou]n au0tw%~, Pou= e0stin e0kei=noj; Le/gei, Ou0k oi]da. Then they said to him, “Where is he?” He said, “I don't know.” he ← that (man), the former.
John 9:13 871Agousin au0to\n pro\j tou\j Farisai/ouj, to/n pote tuflo/n. They brought him who had been blind in the past to the Pharisees.
John 9:14 87]Hn de\ sa&bbaton o3te to\n phlo\n e0poi/hsen o9 870Ihsou=j, kai\ a)ne/w%cen au0tou= tou\j o0fqalmou/j. Now it was the Sabbath when Jesus made the clay and opened his eyes.
John 9:15 Pa&lin ou]n h0rw&twn au0to\n kai\ oi9 Farisai=oi, pw~j a)ne/bleyen. 879O de\ ei]pen au0toi=j, Phlo\n {RP P1904: e0pe/qhke/n mou e0pi\ tou\j o0fqalmou/j} [TR: e0pe/qhken e0pi\ tou\j o0fqalmou/j mou], kai\ e0niya&mhn, kai\ ble/pw. Then the Pharisees also asked him on the same ground how he had recovered his sight. He then said to them, “He placed clay on my eyes, then I washed myself, and now I can see.” mou e0pi\ tou\j o0fqalmou/j, my + onto the eyes, RP P1904 F1853=19/19 F1859=6/6 vs. e0pi\ tou\j o0fqalmou/j mou, onto the eyes + my, TR F1853=0/19 F1859=0/6.
on the same ground ← again, but to translate the ↴
John 9:16 871Elegon ou]n e0k tw~n Farisai/wn tine/j, Ou[toj o9 a!nqrwpoj ou0k e1stin para_ tou= qeou=, o3ti to\ sa&bbaton ou0 threi=. 871Alloi e1legon, Pw~j du/natai a!nqrwpoj a(martwlo\j toiau=ta shmei=a poiei=n; Kai\ sxi/sma h]n e0n au0toi=j. Then some of the Pharisees said, “This man is not from God, since he does not keep the Sabbath.” Others said, “How can a sinful man perform such signs?” So there was a division among them. ↳ pleonastic pa&lin that way would change the sense in English (as if this were a repeat questioning by the Pharisees). Compare Matt 12:4.
John 9:17 Le/gousin tw%~ tuflw%~ pa&lin, Su\ ti/ le/geij peri\ au0tou=, o3ti h1noice/n sou tou\j o0fqalmou/j; 879O de\ ei]pen o3ti Profh/thj e0sti/n. They asked the blind man again, “What have you got to say about him, in that he opened your eyes?” And he said, “He is a prophet.” asked ← said to.
have you got to say ← do you say.
John 9:18 Ou0k e0pi/steusan ou]n oi9 870Ioudai=oi peri\ au0tou=, o3ti tuflo\j h]n kai\ a)ne/bleyen, e3wj o3tou e0fw&nhsan tou\j gonei=j au0tou= tou= a)nable/yantoj, In fact the Jews did not believe concerning him that he had been blind and had recovered his sight until they had called the parents of him who had recovered his sight. in fact ← therefore; then.
him ← him the (one). A proleptic pronoun, an Aramaism.
John 9:19 kai\ h0rw&thsan au0tou\j le/gontej, Ou[to/j e0stin o9 ui9o\j u9mw~n, o4n u9mei=j le/gete o3ti tuflo\j e0gennh/qh; Pw~j ou]n a!rti ble/pei; And they questioned them and asked, “Is this your son, whom you say was born blind? How come that he can now see?” asked ← saying.
John 9:20 870Apekri/qhsan {RP P1904: de\} [TR: - ] au0toi=j oi9 gonei=j au0tou= kai\ ei]pon, Oi1damen o3ti ou[to/j e0stin o9 ui9o\j h9mw~n, kai\ o3ti tuflo\j e0gennh/qh: {RP P1904: Then his} [TR: His] parents answered them and said, “We know that this is our son, and that he was born blind. de\, but: present in RP P1904 F1853=17/19 F1859=4/6 vs. absent in TR F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's op) F1859=2/6.
John 9:21 pw~j de\ nu=n ble/pei, ou0k oi1damen: h2 ti/j h1noicen au0tou= tou\j o0fqalmou/j, h9mei=j ou0k oi1damen: au0to\j h9liki/an e1xei: au0to\n e0rwth/sate, au0to\j peri\ {RP P1904: e9autou=} [TR: au0tou=] lalh/sei. But as to how he can now see, we don't know, nor do we know who opened his eyes. He is of age; ask him. He will speak for himself.” e9autou=, himself, RP P1904 F1853=17/20 F1859=3/6 vs. au0tou=, him(self), TR F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's gp*y) F1859=3/6.
for ← concerning.
John 9:22 Tau=ta ei]pon oi9 gonei=j au0tou=, o3ti e0fobou=nto tou\j 870Ioudai/ouj: h1dh ga_r sunete/qeinto oi9 870Ioudai=oi, i3na e0a&n tij au0to\n o9mologh/sh| xristo/n, a)posuna&gwgoj ge/nhtai. His parents said these things because they feared the Jews. For the Jews had already decided that if anyone professed that that man was the Christ, he would be excommunicated from the synagogue. that man ← he. This is not the reflexive pronoun (e9auto/n), so the reference is to Jesus (John 9:14). (In NT Greek, the personal pronoun can be used reflexively, but that is not the case here).
John 9:23 Dia_ tou=to oi9 gonei=j au0tou= ei]pon o3ti 879Hliki/an e1xei, au0to\n e0rwth/sate. That is why his parents said, “He is of age; ask him.” that is why ← on account of this.
John 9:24 870Efw&nhsan ou]n e0k deute/rou to\n a!nqrwpon o4j h]n tuflo/j, kai\ ei]pon au0tw%~, Do\j do/can tw%~ qew%~: h9mei=j oi1damen o3ti o9 a!nqrwpoj ou[toj a(martwlo/j e0stin. So they called the man who had been blind a second time, and they said to him, “Give glory to God. We know that this man is a sinner.”
John 9:25 870Apekri/qh ou]n e0kei=noj kai\ ei]pen, Ei0 a(martwlo/j e0stin, ou0k oi]da: e4n oi]da, o3ti tuflo\j w!n, a!rti ble/pw. At which he answered and said, “Whether he is a sinner or not, I don't know. One thing I do know, that although I was blind, I can now see.” he ← that (man), the former.
although: concessive use of the participle.
John 9:26 Ei]pon de\ au0tw%~ pa&lin, Ti/ e0poi/hse/n soi; Pw~j h1noice/n sou tou\j o0fqalmou/j; Then they asked him again, “What did he do to you? How did he open your eyes?” asked ← said to.
John 9:27 870Apekri/qh au0toi=j, Ei]pon u9mi=n h1dh, kai\ ou0k h0kou/sate. Ti/ pa&lin qe/lete a)kou/ein; Mh\ kai\ u9mei=j qe/lete au0tou= maqhtai\ gene/sqai; He replied to them, “I have told you already, but you did not listen. Why do you want to hear it again? You don't want to become his disciples too, do you?”
John 9:28 870Eloido/rhsan {RP P1904: - } [TR: ou]n] au0to/n, kai\ ei]pon, Su\ ei] maqhth\j e0kei/nou: h9mei=j de\ tou= {RP TR: Mwse/wj} [P1904: Mwu+se/wj] e0sme\n maqhtai/. {RP P1904: They} [TR: Then they] reviled him and said, “You are a disciple of his. But we are disciples of Moses. ou]n, therefore: absent in RP P1904 F1853=18/19 F1859=5/6 vs. present in TR F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's y) F1859=1/6.
Mwse/wj, of Moses, RP TR F1853=18/19 F1859=5/6 vs. Mwu+se/wj, of Moüses, P1904 F1853=0/19 F1859=1/6 vs. another spelling, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's x) F1859=0/6.
of his ← of that (man).
John 9:29 879Hmei=j oi1damen o3ti {RP TR: Mwsh|=} [P1904: Mwu+sei=] [MISC: Mwsei=] lela&lhken o9 qeo/j: tou=ton de\ ou0k oi1damen po/qen e0sti/n. We know that God spoke to Moses. But we do not know where this man is from.” Mwsh|=, to Moses, RP TR F1853=7/20 F1859=2/6 vs. Mwu+sei=, to Moüses, P1904 F1853=0/20 F1859=1/6 vs. Mwsei=, to Moüses, F1853=13/20 F1859=3/6. A disparity with RP, R=10:16.
John 9:30 870Apekri/qh o9 a!nqrwpoj kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j, 870En ga_r tou/tw% qaumasto/n e0stin, o3ti u9mei=j ou0k oi1date po/qen e0sti/n, kai\ a)ne/w%ce/n mou tou\j o0fqalmou/j. The man answered and said to them, “Well, in this matter it is astounding that you do not know where he is from, yet he opened my eyes. yet: adversative use of kai/.
John 9:31 Oi1damen de\ o3ti a(martwlw~n o9 qeo\j ou0k a)kou/ei: a)ll' e0a&n tij qeosebh\j h|], kai\ to\ qe/lhma au0tou= poih|=, tou/tou a)kou/ei. Now we know that God does not hear sinners, but if anyone is godly and does his will, he hears him. him ← this (man), the latter.
John 9:32 870Ek tou= ai0w~noj ou0k h0kou/sqh o3ti h1noice/n tij o0fqalmou\j tuflou= gegennhme/nou. Never has it been heard of that anyone opened the eyes of one born blind. never ← not from the age. See John 3:15.
John 9:33 Ei0 mh\ h]n ou[toj para_ qeou=, ou0k h0du/nato poiei=n ou0de/n. If this man were not from God, he could not do anything.”
John 9:34 870Apekri/qhsan kai\ ei]pon au0tw%~, 870En a(marti/aij su\ e0gennh/qhj o3loj, kai\ su\ dida&skeij h9ma~j; Kai\ e0ce/balon au0to\n e1cw. They replied and said to him, “You were wholly born in sins, and are you teaching us?” And they cast him out. cast him out ← cast him out outside.
John 9:35 871Hkousen o9 870Ihsou=j o3ti e0ce/balon au0to\n e1cw: kai\ eu9rw_n au0to/n, ei]pen au0tw%~, Su\ pisteu/eij ei0j to\n ui9o\n tou= qeou=; Jesus heard that they had cast him out, and he found him, and he asked him, “Do you believe in the son of God?” asked ← said to.
John 9:36 870Apekri/qh e0kei=noj kai\ ei]pen, {RP P1904: Kai\ ti/j} [TR: Ti/j] e0stin, ku/rie, i3na pisteu/sw ei0j au0to/n; He answered and said, {RP P1904: “So who} [TR: “Who] is that, Lord, so that I may believe in him?” kai\, and: present in RP P1904 F1853=19/19 F1859=6/7 vs. absent in TR F1853=0/19 F1859=1/7.
he ← that (man), the former.
John 9:37 Ei]pen de\ au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, Kai\ e9w&rakaj au0to/n, kai\ o9 lalw~n meta_ sou= e0kei=no/j e0stin. Jesus then said to him, “You have seen him, and also he who is talking to you is the one.” is the one ← that (one) is (him).
John 9:38 879O de\ e1fh, Pisteu/w, ku/rie: kai\ proseku/nhsen au0tw%~. Then he said, “I believe, Lord.” And he worshipped him.
John 9:39 Kai\ ei]pen o9 870Ihsou=j, Ei0j kri/ma e0gw_ ei0j to\n ko/smon tou=ton h]lqon, i3na oi9 mh\ ble/pontej ble/pwsin, kai\ oi9 ble/pontej tufloi\ ge/nwntai. Then Jesus said, “I have come into this world with a view to judgment – that those who do not see should see, and those who see should become blind.”
John 9:40 Kai\ h1kousan e0k tw~n Farisai/wn tau=ta oi9 o1ntej met' au0tou=, kai\ ei]pon au0tw%~, Mh\ kai\ h9mei=j tufloi/ e0smen; Now some of the Pharisees who were with him heard these things, and they said to him, “Surely we are not blind too?”
John 9:41 Ei]pen au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, Ei0 tufloi\ h]te, ou0k a@n ei1xete a(marti/an: nu=n de\ le/gete o3ti Ble/pomen: h9 ou]n a(marti/a u9mw~n me/nei. Jesus said to them, “If you were blind, you would not have sin. But as it is, you say, ‘We see.’ So your sin remains.” but as it is ← but now.
John 10:1 870Amh\n a)mh\n le/gw u9mi=n, o9 mh\ ei0serxo/menoj dia_ th=j qu/raj ei0j th\n au0lh\n tw~n proba&twn, a)lla_ a)nabai/nwn a)llaxo/qen, e0kei=noj kle/pthj e0sti\n kai\ lh|sth/j. “Truly, truly, I say to you, he who does not come into the sheepfold through the door, but climbs up from somewhere else, is a thief and a robber. he who ... is ← the (one) ... that (one) is.
John 10:2 879O de\ ei0serxo/menoj dia_ th=j qu/raj poimh/n e0stin tw~n proba&twn. But he who enters through the door is the shepherd of the sheep.
John 10:3 Tou/tw% o9 qurwro\j a)noi/gei, kai\ ta_ pro/bata th=j fwnh=j au0tou= a)kou/ei, kai\ ta_ i1dia pro/bata kalei= kat' o1noma, kai\ e0ca&gei au0ta&. To him the doorkeeper opens, and the sheep hear his voice, and he calls his own sheep by name and leads them out. him ← this (man).
John 10:4 Kai\ o3tan ta_ i1dia pro/bata e0kba&lh|, e1mprosqen au0tw~n poreu/etai: kai\ ta_ pro/bata au0tw%~ a)kolouqei=, o3ti oi1dasin th\n fwnh\n au0tou=. And when he brings out his own sheep, he goes in front of them, and the sheep follow him, because they know his voice.
John 10:5 870Allotri/w% de\ ou0 mh\ a)kolouqh/swsin, a)lla_ feu/contai a)p' au0tou=: o3ti ou0k oi1dasin tw~n a)llotri/wn th\n fwnh/n. However, they certainly will not follow a stranger but will flee from him, because they do not know the voice of strangers.”
John 10:6 Tau/thn th\n paroimi/an ei]pen au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j: e0kei=noi de\ ou0k e1gnwsan ti/na h]n a$ e0la&lei au0toi=j. Jesus spoke this proverb to them, but they did not know what the things that he was saying to them meant. they ← those (men), the former.
meant ← were.
John 10:7 Ei]pen ou]n pa&lin au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, 870Amh\n a)mh\n le/gw u9mi=n o3ti e0gw& ei0mi h9 qu/ra tw~n proba&twn. Then Jesus spoke to them again and said, “Truly, truly, I say to you, I am the door for the sheep. I am: see John 18:5-6.
for the sheep ← of the sheep, possessive genitive, giving the sense for the sheep to have (use of).
John 10:8 Pa&ntej o3soi {RP: h]lqon} [P1904: h]lqon pro\ e0mou=] [TR: pro\ e0mou= h]lqon] kle/ptai ei0si\n kai\ lh|stai/: a)ll' ou0k h1kousan au0tw~n ta_ pro/bata. All who {RP: have gone} [P1904 TR: went before me] are thieves and robbers, but the sheep did not listen to them. h]lqon, went, RP F1853=10/20 F1859=3/8 vs. h]lqon pro\ e0mou=, went + before me, P1904 F1853=9/20 F1859=4/8 vs. pro\ e0mou= h]lqon, before me + went, TR F1853=0/20 F1859=1/8 vs. verse missing, F1853=1/20 (Scrivener's p*) F1859=0/8. A weak disparity with RP, R=13:14. AV differs textually.
John 10:9 870Egw& ei0mi h9 qu/ra: di' e0mou= e0a&n tij ei0se/lqh|, swqh/setai, kai\ ei0seleu/setai kai\ e0celeu/setai, kai\ nomh\n eu9rh/sei. I am the door. If anyone goes in through me, he will be saved, and he will go in and out and will find pasture. I am: see John 18:5-6.
John 10:10 879O kle/pthj ou0k e1rxetai ei0 mh\ i3na kle/yh| kai\ qu/sh| kai\ a)pole/sh|: e0gw_ h]lqon i3na zwh\n e1xwsin, kai\ perisso\n e1xwsin. The thief does not come except to steal and slaughter and destroy. I came in order that they might have life and have it abundantly.
John 10:11 870Egw& ei0mi o9 poimh\n o9 kalo/j: o9 poimh\n o9 kalo\j th\n yuxh\n au0tou= ti/qhsin u9pe\r tw~n proba&twn. I am the good shepherd. The good shepherd lays down his life for the sheep. I am: see John 18:5-6.
life ← soul.
John 10:12 879O misqwto\j de/, kai\ ou0k w@n poimh/n, ou[ ou0k ei0si\n ta_ pro/bata i1dia, qewrei= to\n lu/kon e0rxo/menon, kai\ a)fi/hsin ta_ pro/bata, kai\ feu/gei: kai\ o9 lu/koj a(rpa&zei au0ta&, kai\ skorpi/zei ta_ pro/bata. But the hired man, so who is not the shepherd, whose own the sheep are not, sees the wolf coming and leaves the sheep and flees. Then the wolf seizes them and scatters the sheep. so ← and, but here inferential, as in Mark 10:26.
John 10:13 879O de\ misqwto\j feu/gei, o3ti misqwto/j e0stin, kai\ ou0 me/lei au0tw%~ peri\ tw~n proba&twn. The hired man, then, flees, because he is a hired man, and he is not concerned about the sheep. he is not concerned ← it is not a concern to him.
John 10:14 870Egw& ei0mi o9 poimh\n o9 kalo/j, kai\ ginw&skw ta_ e0ma&, kai\ ginw&skomai u9po\ tw~n e0mw~n. I am the good shepherd, and I know my own, and I am known by my own. I am: see John 18:5-6.
John 10:15 Kaqw_j ginw&skei me o9 path/r, ka)gw_ ginw&skw to\n pate/ra: kai\ th\n yuxh/n mou ti/qhmi u9pe\r tw~n proba&twn. As the father knows me, I also know the father, and I lay down my life for the sheep. life ← soul.
John 10:16 Kai\ a!lla pro/bata e1xw, a$ ou0k e1stin e0k th=j au0lh=j tau/thj: ka)kei=na& me dei= a)gagei=n, kai\ th=j fwnh=j mou a)kou/sousin: kai\ genh/setai mi/a poi/mnh, ei[j poimh/n. I have other sheep too, which are not of this fold, and I must lead those too, and they will hear my voice, and there will be this: one flock, one shepherd. which: not who, maintaining the figure of sheep in the pronoun, as in the Greek.
flock: AV differs, reading fold, which the Vulgate (ovile) also has.
John 10:17 Dia_ tou=to o9 path/r me a)gapa%~, o3ti e0gw_ ti/qhmi th\n yuxh/n mou, i3na pa&lin la&bw au0th/n. Here is why the father loves me: because I lay down my life, so that I may take it up again. here is why ← on account of this.
life ← soul.
John 10:18 Ou0dei\j ai1rei au0th\n a)p' e0mou=, a)ll' e0gw_ ti/qhmi au0th\n a)p' e0mautou=. 870Ecousi/an e1xw qei=nai au0th/n, kai\ e0cousi/an e1xw pa&lin labei=n au0th/n. Tau/thn th\n e0ntolh\n e1labon para_ tou= patro/j mou. No-one takes it from me, but I lay it down of my own free will. I have authority to lay it down, and I have authority to take it up again. I received this commandment from my father.” of my own free will ← from myself.
John 10:19 Sxi/sma ou]n pa&lin e0ge/neto e0n toi=j 870Ioudai/oij dia_ tou\j lo/gouj tou/touj. Then a division arose again among the Jews on account of these words.
John 10:20 871Elegon de\ polloi\ e0c au0tw~n, Daimo/nion e1xei kai\ mai/netai: ti/ au0tou= a)kou/ete; And many of them said, “He is possessed by a demon and is mad. Why do you listen to him?” is possessed by ← has.
John 10:21 871Alloi e1legon, Tau=ta ta_ r(h/mata ou0k e1stin daimonizome/nou: mh\ daimo/nion du/natai tuflw~n o0fqalmou\j a)noi/gein; Others said, “These words are not those of one possessed by a demon. A demon cannot open the eyes of the blind, can it?”
John 10:22 870Ege/neto de\ ta_ 870Egkai/nia e0n {RP: - } [P1904 TR: toi=j] 879Ierosolu/moij, kai\ xeimw_n h]n: Now it was the festival of the Dedication in Jerusalem, and it was winter, toi=j, the (Jerusalem): absent in RP F1853=19/19 F1859=7/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=0/19 F1859=0/7. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
dedication ← renewals, rededications. Here, Hanukkah.
John 10:23 kai\ periepa&tei o9 870Ihsou=j e0n tw%~ i9erw%~ e0n th|= stoa%~ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: tou=] {RP P1904: Solomw~noj} [TR: Solomw~ntoj]. and Jesus was walking around in the temple in Solomon's Colonnade. tou=, the (Solomon): absent in RP F1853=15/19 F1859=7/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's bpty) F1859=0/7.
Solomw~noj, of Solomon, RP P1904 F1853=13/19 F1859=5/7 vs. Solomw~ntoj, of Solomon, TR F1853=6/19 F1859=2/7.
John 10:24 870Eku/klwsan ou]n au0to\n oi9 870Ioudai=oi, kai\ e1legon au0tw%~, 873Ewj po/te th\n yuxh\n h9mw~n ai1reij; Ei0 su\ ei] o9 xristo/j, ei0pe\ h9mi=n parrhsi/a%. Then the Jews gathered round him and said to him, “How long are you going to keep us in suspense? If you are the Christ, tell us plainly.” keep us in suspense ← lift our soul.
John 10:25 870Apekri/qh au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, Ei]pon u9mi=n, kai\ ou0 pisteu/ete: ta_ e1rga a$ e0gw_ poiw~ e0n tw%~ o0no/mati tou= patro/j mou, tau=ta marturei= peri\ e0mou=: Jesus replied to them, “I have told you, and you do not believe. It is the works which I do in the name of my father which testify concerning me. which testify ← these testify.
John 10:26 a)ll' u9mei=j ou0 pisteu/ete: ou0 ga&r e0ste e0k tw~n proba&twn tw~n e0mw~n, kaqw_j ei]pon u9mi=n. But you do not believe, for you are not my sheep, as I told you. my sheep ← of my sheep.
John 10:27 Ta_ pro/bata ta_ e0ma_ th=j fwnh=j mou a)kou/ei, ka)gw_ ginw&skw au0ta&, kai\ a)kolouqou=si/n moi: My sheep hear my voice, and I know them, and they follow me.
John 10:28 ka)gw_ zwh\n ai0w&nion di/dwmi au0toi=j: kai\ ou0 mh\ a)po/lwntai ei0j to\n ai0w~na, kai\ ou0x a(rpa&sei tij au0ta_ e0k th=j xeiro/j mou. And I give them age-abiding life, and they will certainly not be lost throughout the age, and no-one will snatch them out of my hand. be lost: See John 3:16.
throughout the age: see John 3:15.
John 10:29 879O path/r mou o4j de/dwke/n moi, mei/zwn pa&ntwn e0sti/n: kai\ ou0dei\j du/natai a(rpa&zein e0k th=j xeiro\j tou= patro/j mou. My father, who has given them to me, is greater than all, and no-one can snatch them from my father's hand.
John 10:30 870Egw_ kai\ o9 path\r e3n e0smen. I and the father are one.”
John 10:31 870Eba&stasan ou]n pa&lin li/qouj oi9 870Ioudai=oi i3na liqa&swsin au0to/n. Then the Jews took up stones again to stone him.
John 10:32 870Apekri/qh au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, Polla_ kala_ e1rga e1deica u9mi=n e0k tou= patro/j mou: dia_ poi=on au0tw~n e1rgon liqa&zete/ me; Jesus replied to them, “I have shown you many good works from my father. On account of which of those works do you stone me?” which of those works ← which kind of work of those.
John 10:33 870Apekri/qhsan au0tw%~ oi9 870Ioudai=oi le/gontej, Peri\ kalou= e1rgou ou0 liqa&zome/n se, a)lla_ peri\ blasfhmi/aj, kai\ o3ti su\ a!nqrwpoj w@n poiei=j seauto\n qeo/n. The Jews answered him and said, “We are not stoning you for a good work, but for blasphemy, and in that you, being a man, make yourself God.”
John 10:34 870Apekri/qh au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, Ou0k e1stin gegramme/non e0n tw%~ no/mw% u9mw~n, 870Egw_ ei]pa, Qeoi/ e0ste; Jesus answered them, “Is it not written in your law: ‘I have said, «You are gods» ’? Ps 82:6; Isa 41:23.
gods: possibly standing for judges, as apparently in Ex 22:8MT (Ex 22:9AV), Ex 22:9MT (Ex 22:10AV). Ironic in Isa 41:23.
John 10:35 Ei0 e0kei/nouj ei]pen qeou/j, pro\j ou4j o9 lo/goj tou= qeou= e0ge/neto - kai\ ou0 du/natai luqh=nai h9 grafh/ - If he called those people to whom the word of God came ‘gods’ – and the scripture cannot be broken – he ← that (one), the former.
John 10:36 o4n o9 path\r h9gi/asen kai\ a)pe/steilen ei0j to\n ko/smon, u9mei=j le/gete o3ti Blasfhmei=j, o3ti ei]pon, Ui9o\j tou= qeou= ei0mi; do you say of him whom the father sanctified and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming’ because I said, ‘I am the son of God’?
John 10:37 Ei0 ou0 poiw~ ta_ e1rga tou= patro/j mou, mh\ pisteu/ete/ moi: If I do not do the works of my father, do not believe me,
John 10:38 ei0 de\ poiw~, ka@n e0moi\ mh\ pisteu/hte, toi=j e1rgoij pisteu/sate: i3na gnw~te kai\ pisteu/shte o3ti e0n e0moi\ o9 path/r, ka)gw_ e0n au0tw%~. but if I do do them, and if you do not believe me, believe the works, so that you may know and believe that the father is in me and I in him.”
John 10:39 870Ezh/toun {RP-text P1904 TR: ou]n} [RP-marg: - ] pa&lin {RP TR: au0to\n pia&sai} [P1904: pia&sai au0to/n]: kai\ e0ch=lqen e0k th=j xeiro\j au0tw~n. {RP-text P1904 TR: Then they} [RP-marg: They] again looked for a way to seize him, but he slipped away, out of their reach. ou]n, therefore: present in RP-text P1904 TR F1853=13/19 F1859=5/8 vs. absent in RP-marg F1853=6/19 F1859=3/8.
au0to\n pia&sai, him + to seize, RP TR F1853=14/19 F1859=7/7 vs. pia&sai au0to/n, to seize + him, P1904 F1853=5/19 F1859=0/7.
slipped away ← went out.
reach ← hand.
John 10:40 Kai\ a)ph=lqen pa&lin pe/ran tou= 870Iorda&nou ei0j to\n to/pon o3pou h]n 870Iwa&nnhj to\ prw~ton bapti/zwn: kai\ e1meinen e0kei=. And he departed again, across the Jordan, to the place where John was first baptizing, and he remained there.
John 10:41 Kai\ polloi\ h]lqon pro\j au0to/n, kai\ e1legon o3ti 870Iwa&nnhj me\n shmei=on e0poi/hsen ou0de/n: pa&nta de\ o3sa ei]pen 870Iwa&nnhj peri\ tou/tou, a)lhqh= h]n. And many came to him and said that John did not perform any sign, but that everything John had said about this man had been true. not ... any: the construction is as in John 8:28.
John 10:42 Kai\ e0pi/steusan polloi\ e0kei= ei0j au0to/n. And many there believed in him.
John 11:1 87]Hn de/ tij a)sqenw~n La&zaroj a)po\ Bhqani/aj, e0k th=j kw&mhj Mari/aj kai\ Ma&rqaj th=j a)delfh=j au0th=j. Now there was a certain man who was ill: Lazarus from Bethany, from the village of Mary and Martha her sister.
John 11:2 87]Hn de\ Mari/a h9 a)lei/yasa to\n ku/rion mu/rw%, kai\ e0kma&casa tou\j po/daj au0tou= tai=j qrici\n au0th=j, h[j o9 a)delfo\j La&zaroj h0sqe/nei. Mary, incidentally, was the one who had anointed the Lord with ointment and had wiped his feet dry with her hair, and whose brother Lazarus was ill.
John 11:3 870Ape/steilan ou]n ai9 a)delfai\ pro\j au0to\n le/gousai, Ku/rie, i1de o4n filei=j a)sqenei=. So the sisters sent word to him, and they said, “Lord, look, he whom you love is ill.”
John 11:4 870Akou/saj de\ o9 870Ihsou=j ei]pen, Au3th h9 a)sqe/neia ou0k e1stin pro\j qa&naton, a)ll' u9pe\r th=j do/chj tou= qeou=, i3na docasqh|= o9 ui9o\j tou= qeou= di' au0th=j. Then when Jesus heard it, he said, “This illness is not with death in view, but is for the sake of the glory of God, so that the son of God may be glorified through it.”
John 11:5 870Hga&pa de\ o9 870Ihsou=j th\n Ma&rqan kai\ th\n a)delfh\n au0th=j kai\ to\n La&zaron. Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister, and Lazarus,
John 11:6 879Wj ou]n h1kousen o3ti a)sqenei=, to/te me\n e1meinen e0n w%{ h]n to/pw% du/o h9me/raj. so when he heard that he was ill, he then remained in the place where he was for two days. so: consequential; we take it as a deliberate act of delay, for a good reason, on Jesus's part.
John 11:7 871Epeita meta_ tou=to le/gei toi=j maqhtai=j, 871Agwmen ei0j th\n 870Ioudai/an pa&lin. Then after that he said to the disciples, “Let us go to Judaea again.” that ← this (thing).
John 11:8 Le/gousin au0tw%~ oi9 maqhtai/, 879Rabbi/, nu=n e0zh/toun se liqa&sai oi9 870Ioudai=oi, kai\ pa&lin u9pa&geij e0kei=; The disciples said to him, “Rabbi, the Jews were only recently looking for a way to stone you, yet are you going there again?” were only recently ← were now.
yet: adversative use of kai/.
John 11:9 870Apekri/qh {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] 870Ihsou=j, Ou0xi\ {RP P1904 TR: dw&deka& ei0sin w{rai} [MISC: dw&deka w{rai/ ei0sin] th=j h9me/raj; 870Ea&n tij peripath|= e0n th|= h9me/ra%, ou0 prosko/ptei, o3ti to\ fw~j tou= ko/smou tou/tou ble/pei. Jesus replied, “Are there not twelve hours in a day? If a person goes around in the daytime, he does not stumble, because he sees the light of this world. o9, the (Jesus): absent in RP P1904 F1853=15/18 F1859=7/7 vs. present in TR F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's fky) F1859=0/7.
ei0sin w{rai, hours + are, RP P1904 TR F1853=7/19 F1859=3/7 vs. w{rai ei0si\n, are + hours, F1853=12/19 F1859=4/7. A disparity with RP, R=12:16.
John 11:10 870Ea_n de/ tij peripath|= e0n th|= nukti/, prosko/ptei, o3ti to\ fw~j ou0k e1stin e0n au0tw%~. But if a person goes around at night, he stumbles, because the light is not in him.”
John 11:11 Tau=ta ei]pen, kai\ meta_ tou=to le/gei au0toi=j, La&zaroj o9 fi/loj h9mw~n kekoi/mhtai: a)lla_ poreu/omai i3na e0cupni/sw au0to/n. He said these things, and after this he said to them, “Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep. But I am going along to awaken him.”
John 11:12 Ei]pon ou]n oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou=, Ku/rie, ei0 kekoi/mhtai, swqh/setai. Then his disciples said, “Lord, if he has fallen asleep, he will recover.” recover ← be saved.
John 11:13 Ei0rh/kei de\ o9 870Ihsou=j peri\ tou= qana&tou au0tou=: e0kei=noi de\ e1docan o3ti peri\ th=j koimh/sewj tou= u3pnou le/gei. However, Jesus had spoken about his death, but they thought he was speaking about falling asleep in the sense of natural sleep. they ← those, the former.
John 11:14 To/te ou]n ei]pen au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j parrhsi/a%, La&zaroj a)pe/qanen. So Jesus then spoke to them plainly, “Lazarus is dead. is dead ← died (aorist).
John 11:15 Kai\ xai/rw di' u9ma~j, i3na pisteu/shte, o3ti ou0k h1mhn e0kei=: {RP: a)lla_} [P1904 TR: a)ll'] a!gwmen pro\j au0to/n. And I rejoice on your account, so that you may believe, because I was not there. But let us go to him.” a)lla_, but (unapocopated), RP F1853=15/18 F1859=6/7 vs. a)ll', but (apocopated), P1904 TR F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's cgh) F1859=1/7.
John 11:16 Ei]pen ou]n Qwma~j, o9 lego/menoj Di/dumoj, toi=j summaqhtai=j, 871Agwmen kai\ h9mei=j, i3na a)poqa&nwmen met' au0tou=. Then Thomas, who is called Didymus, said to his fellow disciples, “Let us go too, so that we may die with him.”
John 11:17 870Elqw_n ou]n o9 870Ihsou=j eu[ren au0to\n te/ssaraj h9me/raj h1dh e1xonta e0n tw%~ mnhmei/w%. Then when Jesus had arrived, he found that he had already been in the tomb for four days. he had already been in the tomb for four days ← having already four days in the tomb.
John 11:18 87]Hn de\ h9 Bhqani/a e0ggu\j tw~n 879Ierosolu/mwn, w(j a)po\ stadi/wn dekape/nte: Now Bethany was near Jerusalem, about fifteen stades away. fifteen stades: about 2 miles (3 km).
John 11:19 kai\ polloi\ e0k tw~n 870Ioudai/wn e0lhlu/qeisan pro\j ta_j peri\ Ma&rqan kai\ Mari/an, i3na paramuqh/swntai au0ta_j peri\ tou= a)delfou= au0tw~n. And many of the Jews had gone to the women connected with Martha and Mary to console them about their brother. the women connected with: AV differs, it being absent, though in TR (and RP, P1904, all F1853, all F1859). But they are absent in אBCP66,75 VulgC VulgS SyrP.
John 11:20 879H ou]n Ma&rqa, w(j h1kousen o3ti {RP: - } [P1904 TR: o9] 870Ihsou=j e1rxetai, u9ph/nthsen au0tw%~: Mari/a de\ e0n tw%~ oi1kw% e0kaqe/zeto. Then when she heard that Jesus was coming, Martha went to meet him. But Mary was sitting down in the house. o9, the (Jesus): absent in RP F1853=17/17 F1859=6/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=0/17 F1859=1/7. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
John 11:21 Ei]pen ou]n {RP: - } [P1904 TR: h9] Ma&rqa pro\j to\n 870Ihsou=n, Ku/rie, ei0 h]j w{de, o9 a)delfo/j mou ou0k a@n e0teqnh/kei. Then Martha said to Jesus, “Lord, if you had been here, my brother would not have died. h9, the (Martha): absent in RP F1853=13/17 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=4/17 (Scrivener's cdeo) F1859=2/7.
John 11:22 870Alla_ kai\ nu=n oi]da o3ti o3sa a@n ai0th/sh| to\n qeo/n, dw&sei soi o9 qeo/j. But even now I know that whatever you ask God for, God will give you it.”
John 11:23 Le/gei au0th|= o9 870Ihsou=j, 870Anasth/setai o9 a)delfo/j sou. Jesus said to her, “Your brother will rise again.”
John 11:24 Le/gei au0tw%~ Ma&rqa, Oi]da o3ti a)nasth/setai e0n th|= a)nasta&sei e0n th|= e0sxa&th| h9me/ra%. Martha said to him, “I know that he will rise in the resurrection on the last day.”
John 11:25 Ei]pen au0th|= o9 870Ihsou=j, 870Egw& ei0mi h9 a)na&stasij kai\ h9 zwh/: o9 pisteu/wn ei0j e0me/, ka@n a)poqa&nh|, zh/setai: Jesus said to her, “I am the resurrection and the life. He who believes in me, even if he dies, he will live. I am: see John 18:5-6.
the life: such abstract nouns do not normally take the article in English, but we make an exception for the sake of the symmetry of the sentence. Compare John 14:6.
John 11:26 kai\ pa~j o9 zw~n kai\ pisteu/wn ei0j e0me/, ou0 mh\ a)poqa&nh| ei0j to\n ai0w~na. Pisteu/eij tou=to; And everyone who lives and believes in me will certainly not die throughout the age. Do you believe this?”
John 11:27 Le/gei au0tw%~, Nai/, ku/rie: e0gw_ pepi/steuka, o3ti su\ {RP P1904c TR: ei]} [P1904u: - ] o9 xristo/j, o9 ui9o\j tou= qeou=, o9 ei0j to\n ko/smon e0rxo/menoj. She said to him, “Yes, Lord, I believe that you are the Christ, the son of God, who should come into the world.” believe ← have believed, have come to believe. Compare with e1gnwka, John 5:42.
John 11:28 Kai\ tau=ta ei0pou=sa a)ph=lqen, kai\ e0fw&nhsen Mari/an th\n a)delfh\n au0th=j la&qra%, ei0pou=sa, 879O dida&skaloj pa&restin kai\ fwnei= se. And when she had said these things, she went away and called Mary her sister in secret and said, “The teacher is present and is calling for you.”
John 11:29 870Ekei/nh w(j h1kousen, e0gei/retai taxu\ kai\ e1rxetai pro\j au0to/n. When she heard that, she got up quickly and went to him. she ← that (woman), the former.
John 11:30 Ou1pw de\ e0lhlu/qei o9 870Ihsou=j ei0j th\n kw&mhn, a)ll' h]n e0n tw%~ to/pw% o3pou u9ph/nthsen au0tw%~ h9 Ma&rqa. However, Jesus had not yet come to the village, but was in the place where Martha had met him.
John 11:31 Oi9 ou]n 870Ioudai=oi oi9 o1ntej met' au0th=j e0n th|= oi0ki/a% kai\ paramuqou/menoi au0th/n, i0do/ntej th\n Mari/an o3ti taxe/wj a)ne/sth kai\ e0ch=lqen, h0kolou/qhsan au0th|=, le/gontej o3ti 879Upa&gei ei0j to\ mnhmei=on, i3na klau/sh| e0kei=. So when the Jews who were with her in the house comforting her saw that Mary had quickly got up and gone out, they followed her, and they said, “She is going off to the tomb to weep there.”
John 11:32 879H ou]n Mari/a, w(j h]lqen o3pou h]n o9 870Ihsou=j, i0dou=sa au0to/n, e1pesen {RP P1904: au0tou= ei0j tou\j po/daj} [TR: ei0j tou\j po/daj au0tou=] le/gousa au0tw%~, Ku/rie, ei0 h]j w{de, ou0k a@n a)pe/qane/n mou o9 a)delfo/j. Then when Mary came to where Jesus was, when she saw him, she fell down at his feet and said to him, “Lord, if you had been here, my brother would not have died.” au0tou= ei0j tou\j po/daj, his + at the feet, RP P1904 F1853=14/18 F1859=5/7 vs. ei0j tou\j po/daj au0tou=, at the feet + his, TR F1853=4/18 (Scrivener's bfky) F1859=2/7.
John 11:33 870Ihsou=j ou]n w(j ei]den au0th\n klai/ousan, kai\ tou\j sunelqo/ntaj au0th|= 870Ioudai/ouj klai/ontaj, e0nebrimh/sato tw%~ pneu/mati, kai\ e0ta&racen e9auto/n, Then when he saw her weeping, and the Jews who had come with her weeping, Jesus was exasperated in spirit and was disquieted, was exasperated ← snorted.
was disquieted ← troubled himself.
John 11:34 kai\ ei]pen, Pou= teqei/kate au0to/n; Le/gousin au0tw%~, Ku/rie, e1rxou kai\ i1de. and he said, “Where have you put him?” They said to him, “Lord, come and see.”
John 11:35 870Eda&krusen o9 870Ihsou=j. Jesus wept.
John 11:36 871Elegon ou]n oi9 870Ioudai=oi, 871Ide pw~j e0fi/lei au0to/n. Then the Jews said, “See how he loved him.”
John 11:37 Tine\j de\ e0c au0tw~n ei]pon, Ou0k h0du/nato ou[toj, o9 a)noi/caj tou\j o0fqalmou\j tou= tuflou=, poih=sai i3na kai\ ou[toj mh\ a)poqa&nh|; But some of them said, “Could not this man, who opened the eyes of the blind man, have also acted so that this man should not die?”
John 11:38 870Ihsou=j ou]n pa&lin e0mbrimw&menoj e0n e9autw%~ e1rxetai ei0j to\ mnhmei=on. 87]Hn de\ sph/laion, kai\ li/qoj e0pe/keito e0p' au0tw%~. Then, again inwardly exasperated, Jesus went to the tomb. There was a cave, and a stone lay on it. exasperated ← snorting.
John 11:39 Le/gei o9 870Ihsou=j, 871Arate to\n li/qon. Le/gei au0tw%~ h9 a)delfh\ tou= teqnhko/toj Ma&rqa, Ku/rie, h1dh o1zei: tetartai=oj ga&r e0stin. Jesus said, “Remove the stone.” Martha, the sister of the deceased man, said to him, “Lord, by now he will stink, for he has been dead for four days.” he has been dead for four days ← he is a “fourth-dayer”.
John 11:40 Le/gei au0th|= o9 870Ihsou=j, Ou0k ei]po/n soi, o3ti e0a_n pisteu/sh|j, o1yei th\n do/can tou= qeou=; Jesus said to her, “Did I not say to you that if you believed, you would see the glory of God?”
John 11:41 87]Hran ou]n to\n li/qon, ou[ h]n o9 teqnhkw_j kei/menoj. 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j h]ren tou\j o0fqalmou\j a!nw, kai\ ei]pen, Pa&ter, eu0xaristw~ soi o3ti h1kousa&j mou. So they removed the stone where the deceased was lying. Jesus lifted his eyes upwards and said, “Father, I give thanks to you because you have heard me.
John 11:42 870Egw_ de\ h|1dein o3ti pa&ntote/ mou a)kou/eij: a)lla_ dia_ to\n o1xlon to\n periestw~ta ei]pon, i3na pisteu/swsin o3ti su/ me a)pe/steilaj. But I knew that you would always hear me. But on account of the crowd standing round, I spoke, so that they might believe that you sent me.”
John 11:43 Kai\ tau=ta ei0pw&n, fwnh|= mega&lh| e0krau/gasen, La&zare, deu=ro e1cw. And when he had said these things, he called out in a loud voice, “Lazarus, come out.”
John 11:44 Kai\ e0ch=lqen o9 teqnhkw&j, dedeme/noj tou\j po/daj kai\ ta_j xei=raj keiri/aij, kai\ h9 o1yij au0tou= soudari/w% periede/deto. Le/gei au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, Lu/sate au0to/n, kai\ a!fete u9pa&gein. And he who had died came out, bound at the legs and the hands with swathing. Also, his face had been wrapped with a sweat-band. Jesus said to them, “Unbind him and let him go.” had been wrapped ← had been bound.
John 11:45 Polloi\ ou]n e0k tw~n 870Ioudai/wn, oi9 e0lqo/ntej pro\j th\n Mari/an kai\ qeasa&menoi a$ e0poi/hsen o9 870Ihsou=j, e0pi/steusan ei0j au0to/n. Then many of the Jews who had come to Mary and had seen what Jesus had done believed in him.
John 11:46 Tine\j de\ e0c au0tw~n a)ph=lqon pro\j tou\j Farisai/ouj, kai\ ei]pon au0toi=j a$ e0poi/hsen o9 870Ihsou=j. But some of them went to the Pharisees and told them what Jesus had done.
John 11:47 Sunh/gagon ou]n oi9 a)rxierei=j kai\ oi9 Farisai=oi sune/drion, kai\ e1legon, Ti/ poiou=men; 873Oti ou[toj o9 a!nqrwpoj polla_ shmei=a poiei=. Then the senior priests and the Pharisees convened the Sanhedrin council and said, “What are we doing, seeing that this man is performing many signs?
John 11:48 870Ea_n a)fw~men au0to\n ou3twj, pa&ntej pisteu/sousin ei0j au0to/n: kai\ e0leu/sontai oi9 879Rwmai=oi kai\ a)rou=sin h9mw~n kai\ to\n to/pon kai\ to\ e1qnoj. If we leave him like this, everyone will believe in him, and the Romans will come and take away both our place and our nation.”
John 11:49 Ei[j de/ tij e0c au0tw~n Kai+a&faj, a)rxiereu\j w@n tou= e0niautou= e0kei/nou, ei]pen au0toi=j, 879Umei=j ou0k oi1date ou0de/n, But a certain one of them, Caiaphas, who was the high priest in that year, said to them, “You do not know anything.
John 11:50 ou0de\ dialogi/zesqe o3ti sumfe/rei h9mi=n i3na ei[j a!nqrwpoj a)poqa&nh| u9pe\r tou= laou=, kai\ mh\ o3lon to\ e1qnoj a)po/lhtai. Nor do you consider that it is expedient for us that one man should die for the people so that the whole nation should not perish.”
John 11:51 Tou=to de\ a)f' e9autou= ou0k ei]pen, a)lla_ a)rxiereu\j w@n tou= e0niautou= e0kei/nou, proefh/teusen o3ti e1mellen {RP: - } [P1904 TR: o9] 870Ihsou=j a)poqnh|/skein u9pe\r tou= e1qnouj, Now he did not say this on his own initiative, but being high priest that year, he prophesied that Jesus was going to die for the nation, o9, the (Jesus): absent in RP F1853=13/19 F1859=4/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=6/19 F1859=3/7.
John 11:52 kai\ ou0x u9pe\r tou= e1qnouj mo/non, a)ll' i3na kai\ ta_ te/kna tou= qeou= ta_ dieskorpisme/na sunaga&gh| ei0j e3n. and not only for the nation, but also so that he should gather into one the children of God who are scattered.
John 11:53 870Ap' e0kei/nhj ou]n th=j h9me/raj sunebouleu/santo i3na a)poktei/nwsin au0to/n. Then from that day, they deliberated on how to kill him. on how to ← in order to.
John 11:54 870Ihsou=j ou]n ou0ke/ti parrhsi/a% periepa&tei e0n toi=j 870Ioudai/oij, a)lla_ a)ph=lqen e0kei=qen ei0j th\n xw&ran e0ggu\j th=j e0rh/mou, ei0j 870Efrai+\m legome/nhn po/lin, ka)kei= die/triben meta_ tw~n maqhtw~n au0tou=. So Jesus no longer went around openly among the Jews, but went away from there to a region near the desert, to a town called Ephraim, and he spent time there with his disciples. a region ← the region. See Gen 22:9.
John 11:55 87]Hn de\ e0ggu\j to\ Pa&sxa tw~n 870Ioudai/wn: kai\ a)ne/bhsan polloi\ ei0j 879Ieroso/luma e0k th=j xw&raj pro\ tou= Pa&sxa, i3na a(gni/swsin e9autou/j. Now the Jews' Passover was near, and many went up to Jerusalem from the region before the Passover to purify themselves.
John 11:56 870Ezh/toun ou]n to\n 870Ihsou=n, kai\ e1legon met' a)llh/lwn e0n tw%~ i9erw%~ e9sthko/tej, Ti/ dokei= u9mi=n; 873Oti ou0 mh\ e1lqh| ei0j th\n e9orth/n; Then they looked for Jesus and spoke with each other as they stood in the temple, and they said, “What do you think? Will he definitely not come to the festival?” what do you think ← how does it seem to you.
John 11:57 Dedw&keisan de\ kai\ oi9 a)rxierei=j kai\ oi9 Farisai=oi e0ntolh/n, i3na e0a&n tij gnw%~ pou= e0stin, mhnu/sh|, o3pwj pia&swsin au0to/n. The senior priests and Pharisees on this score had issued a commandment that if anyone knew where he was, he must inform them so that they might seize him. on this score: translating de\, giving it a connective force.
John 12:1 879O ou]n 870Ihsou=j pro\ e4c h9merw~n tou= Pa&sxa h]lqen ei0j Bhqani/an, o3pou h]n La&zaroj o9 teqnhkw&j, o4n h1geiren e0k nekrw~n. So six days before the Passover, Jesus went to Bethany, where Lazarus was, who had died, whom he had raised from the dead.
John 12:2 870Epoi/hsan ou]n au0tw%~ dei=pnon e0kei=, kai\ h9 Ma&rqa dihko/nei: o9 de\ La&zaroj ei[j h]n tw~n {RP P1904: a)nakeime/nwn} [TR: sunanakeime/nwn] {RP P1904: su\n} [TR: - ] au0tw%~. Then they made a meal for him there, and Martha served, and Lazarus was one of those reclining at table with him. a)nakeime/nwn, (of those) reclining, RP P1904 F1853=18/20 F1859=7/7 vs. sunanakeime/nwn, (of those) jointly-reclining, TR F1853=2/20 (Scrivener's l**g) F1859=0/7.
su\n, with: present in RP P1904 F1853=17/19 F1859=7/7 vs. absent in TR F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's fg) F1859=0/7.
John 12:3 879H ou]n Mari/a labou=sa li/tran mu/rou na&rdou pistikh=j poluti/mou, h1leiyen tou\j po/daj tou= 870Ihsou=, kai\ e0ce/macen tai=j qrici\n au0th=j tou\j po/daj au0tou=: h9 de\ oi0ki/a e0plhrw&qh e0k th=j o0smh=j tou= mu/rou. Then Mary took a litra of very costly genuine ointment of spikenard, and she anointed Jesus's feet and wiped his feet dry with her hair. And the house was filled with the scent of the ointment. litra: about 12 ounces (300 grams).
John 12:4 Le/gei ou]n ei[j e0k tw~n maqhtw~n au0tou=, 870Iou/daj Si/mwnoj 870Iskariw&thj, o9 me/llwn au0to\n paradido/nai, Then one of his disciples, Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, who was going to betray him, said,
John 12:5 Dia_ ti/ tou=to to\ mu/ron ou0k e0pra&qh triakosi/wn dhnari/wn, kai\ e0do/qh ptwxoi=j; “Why was this ointment not sold for three hundred denaries and the proceeds given to the poor?” denaries: a denary was a silver coin.
John 12:6 Ei]pen de\ tou=to, ou0x o3ti peri\ tw~n ptwxw~n {RP P1904 TR: e1melen} [MISC: e1mellen] au0tw%~, {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: a)ll'} [S1894: a)lla_] o3ti kle/pthj h]n, kai\ to\ glwsso/komon ei]xen, kai\ ta_ ballo/mena e0ba&stazen. But he said this, not because he was concerned for the poor, but because he was a thief, and he had the money-bag and carried the funds. e1melen, was a concern to, RP P1904 TR F1853=7/20 F1859=2/6 vs. e1mellen, was about to, or an alternative spelling or misspelling of e1melen, F1853=13/20 F1859=4/6. On me/llei as an alternative spelling to me/lei, see Acts 18:17. A disparity with RP, R=11:17.
a)ll', but (apocopated), RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1853=19/19 F1859=7/7 vs. a)lla_, but (unapocopated), S1894 F1853=0/19 F1859=0/7.
the funds ← the (things) put in.
John 12:7 Ei]pen ou]n o9 870Ihsou=j, 871Afej au0th/n: ei0j th\n h9me/ran tou= e0ntafiasmou= mou teth/rhken au0to/. Then Jesus said, “Leave her alone. She has kept this with a view to the day of my embalming. then: see John 3:25.
kept: either in the sense of preserved the ointment, or observed the rite.
John 12:8 Tou\j ptwxou\j ga_r pa&ntote e1xete meq' e9autw~n, e0me\ de\ ou0 pa&ntote e1xete. After all, you always have the poor with you, but you do not always have me.”
John 12:9 871Egnw ou]n o1xloj polu\j e0k tw~n 870Ioudai/wn o3ti e0kei= e0stin: kai\ h]lqon ou0 dia_ to\n 870Ihsou=n mo/non, a)ll' i3na kai\ to\n La&zaron i1dwsin, o4n h1geiren e0k nekrw~n. Then a large crowd of the Jews found out that he was there, and they came not on account of Jesus only, but also to see Lazarus whom he had raised from the dead. then: see John 3:25.
found out ← knew.
John 12:10 870Ebouleu/santo de\ oi9 a)rxierei=j i3na kai\ to\n La&zaron a)poktei/nwsin: But the senior priests had resolved to kill Lazarus as well,
John 12:11 o3ti polloi\ di' au0to\n u9ph=gon tw~n 870Ioudai/wn, kai\ e0pi/steuon ei0j to\n 870Ihsou=n. because many of the Jews were withdrawing on account of him and were believing in Jesus.
John 12:12 Th|= e0pau/rion o1xloj polu\j o9 e0lqw_n ei0j th\n e9orth/n, a)kou/santej o3ti e1rxetai {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] 870Ihsou=j ei0j 879Ieroso/luma, The next day, a large crowd who had come to the festival heard that Jesus was coming to Jerusalem, o9, the (Jesus): absent in RP P1904 F1853=12/19 F1859=4/7 vs. present in TR F1853=7/19 F1859=3/7.
John 12:13 e1labon ta_ bai+/a tw~n foini/kwn, kai\ e0ch=lqon ei0j u9pa&nthsin au0tw%~, kai\ e1krazon, 879Wsanna&: eu0loghme/noj o9 e0rxo/menoj e0n o0no/mati kuri/ou, {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] basileu\j tou= 870Israh/l. and they took branches of palm trees, and they went out to meet him, and they shouted,

“Hosanna;

Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord,

{RP P1904: The} [TR: The] king of Israel.”

 o9, the (king): absent in RP P1904 F1853=18/19 F1859=7/7 vs. present in TR F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's p) F1859=0/7.
Ps 118:25, Ps 118:26.
Hosanna: see Matt 21:9.
John 12:14 Eu9rw_n de\ o9 870Ihsou=j o0na&rion, e0ka&qisen e0p' au0to/, kaqw&j e0stin gegramme/non, Jesus then found a donkey, and he sat on it, as it stands written: donkey ← little donkey, but the diminutive is not emphatic. No diminutive in the next verse.
John 12:15 Mh\ fobou=, qu/gater Siw&n: i0dou/, o9 basileu/j sou e1rxetai, kaqh/menoj e0pi\ pw~lon o1nou.

“Do not fear, daughter of Zion;

Behold, your king is coming,

Sitting on the foal of a donkey.”

 Zech 9:9.
John 12:16 Tau=ta de\ ou0k e1gnwsan oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou= to\ prw~ton: a)ll' o3te e0doca&sqh {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: o9] 870Ihsou=j, to/te e0mnh/sqhsan o3ti tau=ta h]n e0p' au0tw%~ gegramme/na, kai\ tau=ta e0poi/hsan au0tw%~. But his disciples did not know these things at first, but when Jesus had been glorified, then they remembered that these things had been written about him, and that they had done these things for him. o9, the (Jesus): absent in RP-text F1853=7/20 F1859=3/7 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=13/20 F1859=4/7. A disparity with RP-text, R=10:19.
John 12:17 870Emartu/rei ou]n o9 o1xloj o9 w@n met' au0tou= {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: o3te} [E1624: o3ti] to\n La&zaron e0fw&nhsen e0k tou= mnhmei/ou, kai\ h1geiren au0to\n e0k nekrw~n. Then the crowd who were with him {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: when he} [E1624: testified that he had] called Lazarus from the tomb and raised him from the dead {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: gave a testimony} [E1624: - ], o3te, when, RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=18/19 F1859=5/7 vs. o3ti, that, E1624 F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's a) F1859=2/7.
then: see John 3:25.
John 12:18 Dia_ tou=to kai\ u9ph/nthsen au0tw%~ o9 o1xloj, o3ti {RP TR: h1kousen} [P1904: h1kousan] tou=to au0to\n pepoihke/nai to\ shmei=on. which is why the former crowd also went to meet him, because they had heard that he had performed this sign. h1kouse¨n©, (it, i.e. the crowd) heard, RP TR F1853=15/19 F1859=5/8 vs. h1kousan, they heard, P1904 F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's agpx) F1859=3/8.
which is why ← on account of this.
the former crowd: i.e. the crowd of John 12:9, not the crowd of John 12:17.
John 12:19 Oi9 ou]n Farisai=oi ei]pon pro\j e9autou/j, Qewrei=te o3ti ou0k w)felei=te ou0de/n: i1de o9 ko/smoj o0pi/sw au0tou= a)ph=lqen. Then the Pharisees said to each other, “You see that you aren't making any headway. Look, the world has gone after him.” to each other: reflexive pronoun (e9autou/j) standing for reciprocal pronoun (a)llh/louj).
making any headway ← benefitting (transitive) in any way.
John 12:20 87]Hsan de/ tinej 873Ellhnej e0k tw~n a)nabaino/ntwn i3na proskunh/swsin e0n th|= e9orth|=: Now there were some Greeks among those going up to worship at the festival.
John 12:21 ou[toi ou]n prosh=lqon Fili/ppw% tw%~ a)po\ Bhqsai+da_ th=j Galilai/aj, kai\ h0rw&twn au0to\n le/gontej, Ku/rie, qe/lomen to\n 870Ihsou=n i0dei=n. These then went to Philip, who was from Bethsaida in Galilee, and they appealed to him and said, “Sir, we want to see Jesus.” then: see John 3:25.
John 12:22 871Erxetai Fi/lippoj kai\ le/gei tw%~ 870Andre/a%: kai\ pa&lin 870Andre/aj kai\ Fi/lippoj le/gousin tw%~ 870Ihsou=. Philip came and told Andrew, and Andrew and Philip in turn told Jesus. in turn ← again.
John 12:23 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j a)pekri/nato au0toi=j le/gwn, 870Elh/luqen h9 w#ra i3na docasqh|= o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou. But Jesus answered them and said, “The hour has come for the son of man to be glorified.
John 12:24 870Amh\n a)mh\n le/gw u9mi=n, e0a_n mh\ o9 ko/kkoj tou= si/tou pesw_n ei0j th\n gh=n a)poqa&nh|, au0to\j mo/noj me/nei: e0a_n de\ a)poqa&nh|, polu\n karpo\n fe/rei. Truly, truly, I say to you, if the grain of wheat does not fall to the ground and die, only it remains. But if it dies, it bears much fruit.
John 12:25 879O filw~n th\n yuxh\n au0tou= a)pole/sei au0th/n: kai\ o9 misw~n th\n yuxh\n au0tou= e0n tw%~ ko/smw% tou/tw% ei0j zwh\n ai0w&nion fula&cei au0th/n. He who loves his life will lose it, and he who hates his life in this world will keep it, saved up for age-abiding life. life (2x) ← soul.
John 12:26 870Ea_n e0moi\ diakonh|= tij, e0moi\ a)kolouqei/tw: kai\ o3pou ei0mi\ e0gw&, e0kei= kai\ o9 dia&konoj o9 e0mo\j e1stai: kai\ e0a&n tij e0moi\ diakonh|=, timh/sei au0to\n o9 path/r. If anyone serves me, let him follow me, and where I am, there my servant will be. And if anyone serves me, the father will honour him.
John 12:27 Nu=n h9 yuxh/ mou teta&raktai: kai\ ti/ ei1pw; Pa&ter, sw~so/n me e0k th=j w#raj tau/thj. 870Alla_ dia_ tou=to h]lqon ei0j th\n w#ran tau/thn. My soul is troubled now. Well what should I say? ‘Father, save me from this hour’? But it is for this that I came, for this hour. Father, save me from this hour: we have punctuated this as a question; RP P1904 TBS-TR as a statement.
is troubled ← has been troubled.
John 12:28 Pa&ter, do/caso/n sou to\ o1noma. 87]Hlqen ou]n fwnh\ e0k tou= ou0ranou=, Kai\ e0do/casa, kai\ pa&lin doca&sw. Father, glorify your name.” Then a voice came from heaven and said, “I both have glorified it and will glorify it again.” then: see John 3:25.
John 12:29 879O ou]n o1xloj o9 e9stw_j kai\ a)kou/saj e1legen bronth\n gegone/nai: a!lloi e1legon, 871Aggeloj au0tw%~ lela&lhken. Then the crowd who were standing by, and had heard it, said that it had thundered. Others said, “An angel has spoken to him.” then: see John 3:25.
John 12:30 870Apekri/qh {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: o9] 870Ihsou=j kai\ ei]pen, Ou0 di' e0me\ au3th h9 fwnh\ ge/gonen, a)lla_ di' u9ma~j. Jesus answered and said, “This voice did not come on my account, but on your account. o9, the (Jesus): absent in RP-text F1853=10/18 F1859=6/8 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=8/18 F1859=2/8.
John 12:31 Nu=n kri/sij e0sti\n tou= ko/smou tou/tou: nu=n o9 a!rxwn tou= ko/smou tou/tou e0kblhqh/setai e1cw. Now the judgment of this world is here. Now the ruler of this world will be cast out.
John 12:32 Ka)gw_ e0a_n u9ywqw~ e0k th=j gh=j, pa&ntaj e9lku/sw pro\j e0mauto/n. And as for me, when I am lifted up from the earth, I will draw all men to myself.” when ← if, but when also in 1 John 3:2 (when he is made manifest). Apparently John's peculiar idiom.
John 12:33 Tou=to de\ e1legen, shmai/nwn poi/w% qana&tw% {RP: e1mellen} [P1904 TR: h1mellen] a)poqnh|/skein. Now he said this indicating what kind of death he was going to die. e1mellen, he was going to (1), RP F1853=10/18 F1859=2/8 vs. h1mellen, he was going to (2), P1904 TR F1853=8/18 (incl. one misspelled) F1859=6/8. A disparity with RP, R=12:16.
what kind ← by what kind.
John 12:34 870Apekri/qh au0tw%~ o9 o1xloj, 879Hmei=j h0kou/samen e0k tou= no/mou o3ti o9 xristo\j me/nei ei0j to\n ai0w~na: kai\ pw~j su\ le/geij, {RP P1904: - } [TR: o3ti] Dei= u9ywqh=nai to\n ui9o\n tou= a)nqrw&pou; Ti/j e0stin ou[toj o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou; The crowd replied to him, “We have heard from the law that Christ remains throughout the age, so how can you say, ‘The son of man must be lifted up’? Who is this son of man?” o3ti, (say) that (introducing indirect or direct speech): absent in RP P1904 F1853=14/19 F1859=5/8 vs. present in TR F1853=5/19 F1859=3/8.
Ps 89:37MT (Ps 89:36AV) (taking David's seed to stand for Christ. See also 2 Sam 7:12, 2 Sam 7:13, 2 Sam 7:14).
John 12:35 Ei]pen ou]n au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, 871Eti mikro\n xro/non to\ fw~j meq' u9mw~n e0stin. Peripatei=te e3wj to\ fw~j e1xete, i3na mh\ skoti/a u9ma~j katala&bh|: kai\ o9 peripatw~n e0n th|= skoti/a% ou0k oi]den pou= u9pa&gei. Then Jesus said to them, “The light is with you for just a little while yet. Walk while you have the light, so that darkness does not overtake you. For he who walks in the darkness does not know where he is going. for ← and. Causal use of kai/.
John 12:36 873Ewj to\ fw~j e1xete, pisteu/ete ei0j to\ fw~j, i3na ui9oi\ fwto\j ge/nhsqe. Tau=ta e0la&lhsen o9 870Ihsou=j, kai\ a)pelqw_n e0kru/bh a)p' au0tw~n. While you have the light, believe in the light, so that you may become sons of the light.” Jesus said these things, then he went away and was hidden from them.
John 12:37 Tosau=ta de\ au0tou= shmei=a pepoihko/toj e1mprosqen au0tw~n, ou0k e0pi/steuon ei0j au0to/n: Although he had performed so many signs in their presence, they did not believe in him, although: concessive use of the participle, in a genitive absolute construction.
John 12:38 i3na o9 lo/goj 870Hsai+/ou tou= profh/tou plhrwqh|=, o4n ei]pen, Ku/rie, ti/j e0pi/steusen th|= a)koh|= h9mw~n; Kai\ o9 braxi/wn kuri/ou ti/ni a)pekalu/fqh; so that the word of Isaiah the prophet, which he spoke, might be fulfilled:

“Lord, who has believed our account?

And to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed?”

 Isa 53:1.
account ← thing heard.
John 12:39 Dia_ tou=to ou0k h0du/nanto pisteu/ein, o3ti pa&lin ei]pen 870Hsai+/aj, For this reason, they were not able to believe, because Isaiah again says,
John 12:40 Tetu/flwken au0tw~n tou\j o0fqalmou/j, kai\ pepw&rwken au0tw~n th\n kardi/an: i3na mh\ i1dwsin toi=j o0fqalmoi=j, kai\ noh/swsin th|= kardi/a%, kai\ e0pistrafw~sin, kai\ {RP-text TR: i0a&swmai} [RP-marg P1904: i0a&somai] au0tou/j.

“He has blinded their eyes

And hardened their heart,

In order that they should not see with their eyes,

And understand with their heart,

And repent,

And I {RP-text TR: should} [RP-marg P1904: would] heal them.”

 i0a&swmai, should heal, RP-text TR F1853=12/18 (incl. one misspelled) F1859=3/7 vs. i0a&somai, will heal, but standing for should heal, RP-marg P1904 F1853=6/18 F1859=4/7.
Isa 6:9, Isa 6:10.
repent ← return.
John 12:41 Tau=ta ei]pen 870Hsai+/aj, o3te ei]den th\n do/can au0tou=, kai\ e0la&lhsen peri\ au0tou=. Isaiah said these things when he saw his glory, and he spoke concerning him. his: i.e. Christ's (not reflexive).
John 12:42 873Omwj me/ntoi kai\ e0k tw~n a)rxo/ntwn polloi\ e0pi/steusan ei0j au0to/n: a)lla_ dia_ tou\j Farisai/ouj ou0x w(molo/goun, i3na mh\ a)posuna&gwgoi ge/nwntai. Nevertheless, however, even many of the rulers believed in him, but they did not confess it on account of the Pharisees, so as not to become excommunicated from the synagogue,
John 12:43 870Hga&phsan ga_r th\n do/can tw~n a)nqrw&pwn ma~llon h1per th\n do/can tou= qeou=. for they loved the glory of men more than the glory of God. than: or than even.
John 12:44 870Ihsou=j de\ e1kracen kai\ ei]pen, 879O pisteu/wn ei0j e0me/, ou0 pisteu/ei ei0j e0me/, a)ll' ei0j to\n pe/myanta& me: Then Jesus shouted out and said, “He who believes in me does not believe in me, but in him who sent me.
John 12:45 kai\ o9 qewrw~n e0me/, qewrei= to\n pe/myanta& me. And he who sees me sees him who sent me.
John 12:46 870Egw_ fw~j ei0j to\n ko/smon e0lh/luqa, i3na pa~j o9 pisteu/wn ei0j e0me/, e0n th|= skoti/a% mh\ mei/nh|. I have come to the world as a light, so that no-one who believes in me should remain in darkness. no-one ... should remain ← everyone ... should not remain.
John 12:47 Kai\ e0a&n ti/j mou a)kou/sh| tw~n r(hma&twn kai\ mh\ pisteu/sh|, e0gw_ ou0 kri/nw au0to/n: ou0 ga_r h]lqon i3na kri/nw to\n ko/smon, a)ll' i3na sw&sw to\n ko/smon. And if anyone hears my words but does not believe, I do not judge him. For I did not come to judge the world, but to save the world.
John 12:48 879O a)qetw~n e0me\ kai\ mh\ lamba&nwn ta_ r(h/mata& mou, e1xei to\n kri/nonta au0to/n: o9 lo/goj o4n e0la&lhsa, e0kei=noj krinei= au0to\n e0n th|= e0sxa&th| h9me/ra%. He who dismisses me and does not accept my words has one judging him: it is the word which I have spoken which will judge him on the last day. it is the word ... which will ← the word ... that (demonstrative pronoun) will.
John 12:49 873Oti e0gw_ e0c e0mautou= ou0k e0la&lhsa: a)ll' o9 pe/myaj me path/r, au0to/j moi e0ntolh\n e1dwken, ti/ ei1pw kai\ ti/ lalh/sw. For I have not spoken on my own initiative, but it is the father who sent me who gave me a commandment as to what I should say and what I should speak. it is the father ... who gave ← the father ... he (emphatic) gave.
John 12:50 Kai\ oi]da o3ti h9 e0ntolh\ au0tou= zwh\ ai0w&nio/j e0stin: a$ ou]n lalw~ e0gw&, kaqw_j ei1rhke/n moi o9 path/r, ou3twj lalw~. And I know that his commandment means age-abiding life. So as for the things I say, as my father has spoken to me, so I speak.” means ← is.
John 13:1 Pro\ de\ th=j e9orth=j tou= Pa&sxa, ei0dw_j o9 870Ihsou=j o3ti e0lh/luqen au0tou= h9 w#ra i3na metabh|= e0k tou= ko/smou tou/tou pro\j to\n pate/ra, a)gaph/saj tou\j i0di/ouj tou\j e0n tw%~ ko/smw%, ei0j te/loj h0ga&phsen au0tou/j. Now before the festival of the Passover, Jesus knew that his hour had come for him to move out of this world to the father, after he had loved his own who were in the world. He loved them to the end.
John 13:2 Kai\ dei/pnou genome/nou, tou= diabo/lou h1dh beblhko/toj ei0j th\n kardi/an 870Iou/da Si/mwnoj 870Iskariw&tou i3na au0to\n paradw%~, And when supper had taken place, and the devil had already laid it on the heart of Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to betray him,
John 13:3 ei0dw_j o9 870Ihsou=j o3ti pa&nta de/dwken au0tw%~ o9 path\r ei0j ta_j xei=raj, kai\ o3ti a)po\ qeou= e0ch=lqen kai\ pro\j to\n qeo\n u9pa&gei, Jesus, knowing that the father had committed everything to his responsibility and that he had come out from God, and that he was going to God, to his responsibility ← to him to the hands.
John 13:4 e0gei/retai e0k tou= dei/pnou, kai\ ti/qhsin ta_ i9ma&tia, kai\ labw_n le/ntion die/zwsen e9auto/n. got up from the supper and laid aside his garments and took a linen cloth and girded himself.
John 13:5 Ei]ta ba&llei u3dwr ei0j to\n nipth=ra, kai\ h1rcato ni/ptein tou\j po/daj tw~n maqhtw~n, kai\ e0kma&ssein tw%~ lenti/w% w%{ h]n diezwsme/noj. Then he put water in the basin and began to wash the disciples' feet and to wipe them with the linen cloth with which he was girded.
John 13:6 871Erxetai ou]n pro\j Si/mwna Pe/tron: kai\ le/gei au0tw%~ e0kei=noj, Ku/rie, su/ mou ni/pteij tou\j po/daj; Then he went to Simon Peter, who said to him, “Lord, are you going to wash my feet?” then: see John 3:25.
who ← and that (man).
John 13:7 870Apekri/qh 870Ihsou=j kai\ ei]pen au0tw%~, 874O e0gw_ poiw~, su\ ou0k oi]daj a!rti, gnw&sh| de\ meta_ tau=ta. Jesus replied and said to him, “You do not now know what I am doing, but you will know afterwards.”
John 13:8 Le/gei au0tw%~ Pe/troj, Ou0 mh\ ni/yh|j tou\j po/daj mou ei0j to\n ai0w~na. 870Apekri/qh au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, 870Ea_n mh\ ni/yw se, ou0k e1xeij me/roj met' e0mou=. Peter said to him, “Don't ever wash my feet at all.” Jesus replied to him, “If I don't wash you, you have no part with me.” ever ← throughout the age, but used idiomatically here. See John 3:15.
John 13:9 Le/gei au0tw%~ Si/mwn Pe/troj, Ku/rie, mh\ tou\j po/daj mou mo/non, a)lla_ kai\ ta_j xei=raj kai\ th\n kefalh/n. Simon Peter said to him, “Lord, wash not just my feet, but also my hands and head.”
John 13:10 Le/gei au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, 879O leloume/noj ou0 xrei/an e1xei h2 tou\j po/daj ni/yasqai, a)ll' e1stin kaqaro\j o3loj: kai\ u9mei=j kaqaroi/ e0ste, a)ll' ou0xi\ pa&ntej. Jesus said to him, “He who has washed himself does not need anything other than to wash his feet, but is completely clean. And you are clean, but not all of you.” completely ← complete, an adjective in apposition to the other adjective it qualifies.
John 13:11 871H|dei ga_r to\n paradido/nta au0to/n: dia_ tou=to ei]pen, Ou0xi\ pa&ntej kaqaroi/ e0ste. For he knew who was going to betray him. That is why he said, “You are not all clean.” that is why ← on account of this.
John 13:12 873Ote ou]n e1niyen tou\j po/daj au0tw~n, kai\ e1laben ta_ i9ma&tia au0tou=, a)napesw_n pa&lin, ei]pen au0toi=j, Ginw&skete ti/ pepoi/hka u9mi=n; Then when he had washed their feet and had taken his garments, he reclined again and said to them, “Do you know what I have done for you?
John 13:13 879Umei=j fwnei=te/ me, 879O dida&skaloj, kai\ 879O ku/rioj: kai\ kalw~j le/gete, ei0mi\ ga&r. You call me ‘the teacher’ and ‘the Lord’, and you say so correctly, for so I am. We do not capitalize as RP, taking the quoted words as titles rather than direct speech.
John 13:14 Ei0 ou]n e0gw_ e1niya u9mw~n tou\j po/daj, o9 ku/rioj kai\ o9 dida&skaloj, kai\ u9mei=j o0fei/lete a)llh/lwn ni/ptein tou\j po/daj. So if I, the Lord and the teacher, have washed your feet, then you ought to wash each other's feet.
John 13:15 879Upo/deigma ga_r {RP TR: e1dwka} [P1904: de/dwka] u9mi=n, i3na kaqw_j e0gw_ e0poi/hsa u9mi=n, kai\ u9mei=j poih=te. For I have given you an example, so that as I have acted for you, so you should act. e1dwka, I gave, RP TR F1853=10/18 F1859=4/8 vs. de/dwka, I have given, P1904 F1853=8/18 F1859=4/8. We translate both readings in the English perfect tense.
John 13:16 870Amh\n a)mh\n le/gw u9mi=n, Ou0k e1stin dou=loj mei/zwn tou= kuri/ou au0tou=, ou0de\ a)po/stoloj mei/zwn tou= pe/myantoj au0to/n. Truly, truly, I say to you, a servant is not greater than his master, nor is a messenger greater than him who sent him. master: same word as lord.
messenger: same word as apostle.
than him: or, if the reader prefers, than he.
John 13:17 Ei0 tau=ta oi1date, maka&rioi/ e0ste e0a_n poih=te au0ta&. If you know these things, blessed are you if you do them.
John 13:18 Ou0 peri\ pa&ntwn u9mw~n le/gw: e0gw_ oi]da ou4j e0celeca&mhn: a)ll' i3na h9 grafh\ plhrwqh|=, 879O trw&gwn met' e0mou= to\n a!rton e0ph=ren e0p' e0me\ th\n pte/rnan au0tou=. I do not speak of all of you. I know those whom I have chosen, but let the scripture be fulfilled: ‘He who partakes of bread with me has lifted up his heel against me.’ Ps 41:10MT (Ps 41:9AV).
let ← in order that. See Mark 14:49.
John 13:19 870Ap' a!rti le/gw u9mi=n pro\ tou= gene/sqai, i3na, o3tan ge/nhtai, pisteu/shte o3ti e0gw& ei0mi. From now on I will tell you before a thing takes place, so that when it does take place, you may believe that I am. I am: see John 18:5-6.
John 13:20 870Amh\n a)mh\n le/gw u9mi=n, 879O lamba&nwn e0a&n tina pe/myw, e0me\ lamba&nei: o9 de\ e0me\ lamba&nwn, lamba&nei to\n pe/myanta& me. Truly, truly, I say to you, if I send someone, he who receives him receives me, and he who receives me receives him who sent me.”
John 13:21 Tau=ta ei0pw_n o9 870Ihsou=j e0tara&xqh tw%~ pneu/mati, kai\ e0martu/rhsen kai\ ei]pen, 870Amh\n a)mh\n le/gw u9mi=n o3ti ei[j e0c u9mw~n paradw&sei me. When Jesus had said these things, he was troubled in spirit, and he testified and said, “Truly, truly, I say to you that one of you will betray me.”
John 13:22 871Eblepon ou]n ei0j a)llh/louj oi9 maqhtai/, a)porou/menoi peri\ ti/noj le/gei. Then the disciples looked at each other, at a loss as to whom he was speaking about. then: see John 3:25.
John 13:23 87]Hn de\ a)nakei/menoj ei[j {RP TR: - } [P1904: e0k] tw~n maqhtw~n au0tou= e0n tw%~ ko/lpw% tou= 870Ihsou=, o4n h0ga&pa o9 870Ihsou=j: And one of his disciples, he whom Jesus loved, was reclining in the bosom of Jesus's robe. e0k, out of: absent in RP TR F1853=16/18 F1859=5/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=2/18 (Scrivener's ad) F1859=2/7.
robe: see [JWB-CC] p.60.
John 13:24 neu/ei ou]n tou/tw% Si/mwn Pe/troj puqe/sqai ti/j a@n ei1h peri\ ou[ le/gei. Then Simon Peter made a sign to him, to inquire as to who it might be about whom he spoke. then: see John 3:25.
him ← this (one).
John 13:25 870Epipesw_n de\ e0kei=noj {RP: ou3twj} [P1904 TR: - ] e0pi\ to\ sth=qoj tou= 870Ihsou=, le/gei au0tw%~, Ku/rie, ti/j e0stin; Then he {RP: just} [P1904 TR: - ] sank onto Jesus's chest and said to him, “Lord, who is it?” ou3twj, thus, like this: present in RP F1853=10/19 (of which 1 misspelled) F1859=2/7 vs. absent in P1904 TR F1853=9/19 F1859=5/7. A disparity with RP, R=12:16. Burgon claims most cursives contain ou3twj, and he expounds it [JWB-CC] p.60. AV differs textually.
he ← that (one).
{RP: just ← thus, in this way.}
John 13:26 870Apokri/netai o9 870Ihsou=j, 870Ekei=no/j e0stin w%{ e0gw_ ba&yaj to\ ywmi/on e0pidw&sw. Kai\ e0mba&yaj to\ ywmi/on, di/dwsin 870Iou/da% Si/mwnoj 870Iskariw&th|. Jesus answered, “It is he to whom I will give this morsel of food when I have dipped it.” So he dipped the morsel and gave it to Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon. he ← that (one).
John 13:27 Kai\ meta_ to\ ywmi/on, to/te ei0sh=lqen ei0j e0kei=non o9 Satana~j. Le/gei ou]n au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, 874O poiei=j, poi/hson ta&xion. And after the incident of the morsel of food, Satan entered into him. Then Jesus said to him, “What you are doing, do quickly.” Satan ← then Satan.
him ← that (one).
then: see John 3:25.
John 13:28 Tou=to de\ ou0dei\j e1gnw tw~n a)nakeime/nwn pro\j ti/ ei]pen au0tw%~. But no-one among those reclining knew to what intent he said this to him. among ← of.
John 13:29 Tine\j ga_r e0do/koun, e0pei\ to\ glwsso/komon ei]xen o9 870Iou/daj, o3ti le/gei au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, 870Ago/rason w{n xrei/an e1xomen ei0j th\n e9orth/n: h2 toi=j ptwxoi=j i3na ti dw%~. For some thought, since Judas had the money-bag, that Jesus said to him, “Buy what we need for the festival”, or that he should give something to the poor.
John 13:30 Labw_n ou]n to\ ywmi/on e0kei=noj, eu0qe/wj e0ch=lqen: h]n de\ nu/c. Then he took the morsel of food and went out straightaway. It was, by the way, night. he ← that (man).
John 13:31 873Ote {RP S1550: - } [P1904 E1624 S1894: ou]n] e0ch=lqen, le/gei o9 870Ihsou=j, Nu=n e0doca&sqh o9 ui9o\j tou= a)nqrw&pou, kai\ o9 qeo\j e0doca&sqh e0n au0tw%~. {RP S1550: When} [P1904 E1624 S1894: Then when] he had gone out, Jesus said, “Now the son of man has been glorified, and God has been glorified in him. ou]n, therefore (but see John 3:25): absent in RP S1550 F1853=15/17 F1859=3/7 vs. present in P1904 E1624 S1894 F1853=2/17 (Scrivener's gy) F1859=4/7.
has been glorified (2x) ← was glorified, which is incompatible with now. See Matt 2:2.
John 13:32 Ei0 o9 qeo\j e0doca&sqh e0n au0tw%~, kai\ o9 qeo\j doca&sei au0to\n e0n e9autw%~, kai\ eu0qu\j doca&sei au0to/n. If God has been glorified in him, God will also glorify him in himself, and he will immediately glorify him.
John 13:33 Tekni/a, e1ti mikro\n meq' u9mw~n ei0mi. Zhth/sete/ me, kai\ kaqw_j ei]pon toi=j 870Ioudai/oij o3ti 873Opou u9pa&gw e0gw&, u9mei=j ou0 du/nasqe e0lqei=n, kai\ u9mi=n le/gw a!rti. Little children, I will be with you for just a little while longer. You will seek me, and as I said to the Jews, ‘Where I am going, you cannot go’, so I also say to you now. longer: translating e1ti.
Jews: i.e. the Jewish religious leaders.
John 13:34 870Entolh\n kainh\n di/dwmi u9mi=n, i3na a)gapa~te a)llh/louj: kaqw_j h0ga&phsa u9ma~j, i3na kai\ u9mei=j a)gapa~te a)llh/louj. I give you a new commandment: to love each other – that you also love each other as I have loved you.
John 13:35 870En tou/tw% gnw&sontai pa&ntej o3ti e0moi\ maqhtai/ e0ste, e0a_n a)ga&phn e1xhte e0n a)llh/loij. By this all will know that you are my disciples: by whether you have love among each other.” my disciples ← disciples to me.
by whether ← if.
John 13:36 Le/gei au0tw%~ Si/mwn Pe/troj, Ku/rie, pou= u9pa&geij; 870Apekri/qh au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, 873Opou {RP TR: - } [P1904: e0gw_] u9pa&gw, ou0 du/nasai/ moi nu=n a)kolouqh=sai, u3steron de\ a)kolouqh/seij moi. Simon Peter said to him, “Lord, where are you going?” Jesus replied to him, “Where I am going, you cannot now follow me, but later you will follow me.” e0gw_, I (emphatic personal pronoun): absent in RP TR F1853=8/17 F1859=2/9 vs. present in P1904 F1853=9/17 F1859=7/9. A disparity with RP, R=11:17.
John 13:37 Le/gei au0tw%~ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: o9] Pe/troj, Ku/rie, dia_ ti/ ou0 du/namai/ soi a)kolouqh=sai a!rti; Th\n yuxh/n mou u9pe\r sou= qh/sw. Peter said to him, “Lord, why can I not follow you now? I will lay down my life for you.” o9, the (Peter): absent in RP F1853=15/17 F1859=5/8 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=2/17 (Scrivener's ay) F1859=3/8.
life ← soul.
John 13:38 870Apekri/qh au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, Th\n yuxh/n sou u9pe\r e0mou= qh/seij; 870Amh\n a)mh\n le/gw soi, ou0 mh\ a)le/ktwr {RP: fwnh/sh|} [P1904 TR: fwnh/sei] e3wj ou[ a)parnh/sh| me tri/j. Jesus replied to him, “Will you lay down your life for me? Truly, truly, I say to you, the cock will certainly not crow until you have denied me three times. fwnh/sh|, will (not) crow (1) (classical aorist subjunctive), RP F1853=11/17 F1859=4/7 vs. fwnh/sei, will (not) crow (2) (non-classical future indicative), P1904 TR F1853=6/17 F1859=3/7.
life ← soul.
have denied ← deny.
John 14:1 Mh\ tarasse/sqw u9mw~n h9 kardi/a: pisteu/ete ei0j to\n qeo/n, kai\ ei0j e0me\ pisteu/ete. Do not let your heart be troubled. Believe in God, and believe in me. believe: AV differs (ye believe), translating indicatively, which is also possible.
John 14:2 870En th|= oi0ki/a% tou= patro/j mou monai\ pollai/ ei0sin: ei0 de\ mh/, ei]pon a@n u9mi=n: Poreu/omai e9toima&sai to/pon u9mi=n. In my father's house there are many residences. If it were not so, I would have told you. I am going there to prepare a place for you. going there: we supply there to make it clear that the going is of motion, not an auxiliary to the future tense.
John 14:3 Kai\ e0a_n poreuqw~, {RP-text RP-marg2: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: kai\] {RP P1904 TR: e9toima&sw} [RP-marg2: e9toima&sai] u9mi=n to/pon: pa&lin e1rxomai kai\ paralh/yomai u9ma~j pro\j e0mauto/n, i3na o3pou ei0mi\ e0gw&, kai\ u9mei=j h]te. And if I go, {RP-text: I will} [RP-marg P1904 TR: and] [RP-marg2: to] prepare a place for {RP-text: you;} [RP-marg RP-marg2 P1904 TR: you,] I will come again and receive you to myself, so that where I am, you also may be. kai\, and: absent in RP-text RP-marg2 F1853=12/20 F1859=6/9 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=8/20 F1859=3/9.
e9toima&sw, I (will) prepare, subjunctive or future, RP P1904 TR F1853=12/19 F1859=7/9 vs. e9toima&sai, to prepare, RP-marg2 F1853=7/19 F1859=2/9.
John 14:4 Kai\ o3pou e0gw_ u9pa&gw oi1date, kai\ th\n o9do\n oi1date. So you know where I am going, and you know the way.” and you know the way: preparing for the explanation in John 14:6.
John 14:5 Le/gei au0tw%~ Qwma~j, Ku/rie, ou0k oi1damen pou= u9pa&geij: kai\ pw~j duna&meqa th\n o9do\n ei0de/nai; Thomas said to him, “Lord, we don't know where you are going. So how can we know the way?”
John 14:6 Le/gei au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, 870Egw& ei0mi h9 o9do\j kai\ h9 a)lh/qeia kai\ h9 zwh/: ou0dei\j e1rxetai pro\j to\n pate/ra, ei0 mh\ di' e0mou=. Jesus said to him, “I am the way, and the truth and the life. No-one comes to the father except through me. I am: see John 18:5-6.
the life: such abstract nouns do not normally take the article in English, but we make an exception for the sake of the symmetry of the sentence. Compare John 11:25.
John 14:7 Ei0 e0gnw&keite/ me, kai\ to\n pate/ra mou e0gnw&keite a!n: kai\ a)p' a!rti ginw&skete au0to/n, kai\ e9wra&kate au0to/n. If you had known me, you would have known my father as well. But from now on, you know him, and you have seen him.”
John 14:8 Le/gei au0tw%~ Fi/lippoj, Ku/rie, dei=con h9mi=n to\n pate/ra, kai\ a)rkei= h9mi=n. Philip said to him, “Lord, show us the father, and that will be sufficient for us.”
John 14:9 Le/gei au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, Tosou=ton xro/non meq' u9mw~n ei0mi, kai\ ou0k e1gnwka&j me, Fi/lippe; 879O e9wrakw_j e0me/, e9w&raken to\n pate/ra: kai\ pw~j su\ le/geij, Dei=con h9mi=n to\n pate/ra; Jesus said to him, “Have I been with you so long, yet you do not know me, Philip? He who has seen me has seen the father. So how can you say, ‘Show us the father’? know: see John 5:42.
he who has seen: our italicization here indicates the supplying of a finite verb, not a tense change, aorist to perfect, as might be suspected. See the Introduction.
John 14:10 Ou0 pisteu/eij o3ti e0gw_ e0n tw%~ patri/, kai\ o9 path\r e0n e0moi/ e0stin; Ta_ r(h/mata a$ e0gw_ lalw~ u9mi=n, a)p' e0mautou= ou0 lalw~: o9 de\ path\r o9 e0n e0moi\ me/nwn, au0to\j poiei= ta_ e1rga. Do you not believe that I am in the father, and the father is in me? The words which I say to you, I do not say on my own initiative, but it is the father who remains in me who does the works. it is the father ... who does ← the father ... he does (emphatic he).
John 14:11 Pisteu/ete/ moi o3ti e0gw_ e0n tw%~ patri/, kai\ o9 path\r e0n e0moi/ {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: - } [E1624: e0stin]: ei0 de\ mh/, dia_ ta_ e1rga au0ta_ pisteu/ete/ moi. Believe me, that I am in the father and the father {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: - } [E1624: is] in me. And if not, believe me on account of the works themselves. e0stin, is (explicitly): absent in RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=17/18 F1859=7/8 vs. present in E1624 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's b) F1859=1/8.
John 14:12 870Amh\n a)mh\n le/gw u9mi=n, o9 pisteu/wn ei0j e0me/, ta_ e1rga a$ e0gw_ poiw~ ka)kei=noj poih/sei, kai\ mei/zona tou/twn poih/sei: o3ti e0gw_ pro\j to\n pate/ra mou poreu/omai. Truly, truly, I say to you, he who believes in me will also do the works which I do, and he will do greater ones than these, because I am going to my father. will ← that (man) will.
John 14:13 Kai\ o3 ti a@n ai0th/shte e0n tw%~ o0no/mati/ mou, tou=to poih/sw, i3na docasqh|= o9 path\r e0n tw%~ ui9w%~. And whatever you ask in my name, I will do it, so that the father is glorified in the son. it ← this.
John 14:14 870Ea&n ti {RP-text: ai0th/shte/ me} [RP-marg P1904 TR: ai0th/shte] e0n tw%~ o0no/mati/ mou, e0gw_ poih/sw. If you ask anything {RP-text: of me} [RP-marg P1904 TR: - ] in my name, I will do it. me, (of) me: present in RP-text F1853=6/19 F1859=2/9 vs. absent in RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=13/19 F1859=7/9. A strong disparity with RP-text, R=8:22.
John 14:15 870Ea_n a)gapa~te/ me, ta_j e0ntola_j ta_j e0ma_j thrh/sate. If you love me, keep my commandments.
John 14:16 Kai\ e0gw_ e0rwth/sw to\n pate/ra, kai\ a!llon para&klhton dw&sei u9mi=n, i3na me/nh| meq' u9mw~n ei0j to\n ai0w~na, Moreover, I will ask the father, and he will give you another comforter, so that he may remain with you throughout the age: another ← another (of the same kind).
comforter: same as advocate in 1 John 2:1, being Jesus Christ the righteous.
John 14:17 to\ pneu=ma th=j a)lhqei/aj, o4 o9 ko/smoj ou0 du/natai labei=n, o3ti ou0 qewrei= au0to/, ou0de\ ginw&skei au0to/. 879Umei=j de\ ginw&skete au0to/, o3ti par' u9mi=n me/nei, kai\ e0n u9mi=n e1stai. the spirit of truth, which the world cannot receive, because it does not see it or know it. But you know it, because it remains with you and it will be in you.
John 14:18 Ou0k a)fh/sw u9ma~j o0rfanou/j: e1rxomai pro\j u9ma~j. I will not leave you as orphans; I will come to you.
John 14:19 871Eti mikro\n kai\ o9 ko/smoj me ou0ke/ti qewrei=, u9mei=j de\ qewrei=te/ me: o3ti e0gw_ zw~, kai\ u9mei=j zh/sesqe. Just a little while and the world will see me no longer, but you will see me. Because I live, you will live also. just ← still.
John 14:20 870En e0kei/nh| th|= h9me/ra% gnw&sesqe u9mei=j o3ti e0gw_ e0n tw%~ patri/ mou, kai\ u9mei=j e0n e0moi/, {RP: kai\ e0gw_} [P1904 TR: ka)gw_] e0n u9mi=n. On that day, you will know that I am in my father, and you in me, and I in you. kai\ e0gw_, and I (uncontracted), RP F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's bxonce) F1859=2/8 vs. ka)gw_, and I (contracted, crasis), P1904 TR F1853=17/19 F1859=6/8. A strong disparity with RP, R=4:25.
John 14:21 879O e1xwn ta_j e0ntola&j mou kai\ thrw~n au0ta&j, e0kei=no/j e0stin o9 a)gapw~n me: o9 de\ a)gapw~n me, a)gaphqh/setai u9po\ tou= patro/j mou: kai\ e0gw_ a)gaph/sw au0to/n, kai\ e0mfani/sw au0tw%~ e0mauto/n. He who has my commandments and keeps them – that's who loves me. And he who loves me will be loved by my father, and I will love him, and I will reveal myself to him.”
John 14:22 Le/gei au0tw%~ 870Iou/daj, ou0x o9 870Iskariw&thj, Ku/rie, {RP P1904: kai\} [TR: - ] ti/ ge/gonen o3ti h9mi=n me/lleij e0mfani/zein seauto/n, kai\ ou0xi\ tw%~ ko/smw%; Judas, not Iscariot, said to him, “Lord, what has happened {RP P1904: then} [TR: - ], in that you are going to reveal yourself to us but not to the world?” kai\, and, then: present in RP P1904 F1853=18/18 F1859=7/8 vs. absent in TR F1853=0/18 F1859=1/8.
what has happened: AV differs somewhat (how is it).
John 14:23 870Apekri/qh {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] 870Ihsou=j kai\ ei]pen au0tw%~, 870Ea&n tij a)gapa%~ me, to\n lo/gon mou thrh/sei, kai\ o9 path/r mou a)gaph/sei au0to/n, kai\ pro\j au0to\n e0leuso/meqa, kai\ monh\n par' au0tw%~ poih/somen. Jesus replied and said to him, “If anyone loves me, he will keep my word, and my father will love him, and we will come to him, and we will make an abode with him. o9, the (Jesus): absent in RP P1904 F1853=17/18 F1859=6/8 vs. present in TR F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's c) F1859=2/8.
with: in the sense of French chez.
This discourse ends at John 16:16.
John 14:24 879O mh\ a)gapw~n me, tou\j lo/gouj mou ou0 threi=: kai\ o9 lo/goj o4n a)kou/ete ou0k e1stin e0mo/j, a)lla_ tou= pe/myanto/j me patro/j. He who does not love me does not keep my words. And the word which you hear is not mine, but that of the father who sent me.
John 14:25 Tau=ta lela&lhka u9mi=n par' u9mi=n me/nwn. I spoke these things to you when I was staying with you. I spoke ← I have spoken.
John 14:26 879O de\ para&klhtoj, to\ pneu=ma to\ a#gion, o4 pe/myei o9 path\r e0n tw%~ o0no/mati/ mou, e0kei=noj u9ma~j dida&cei pa&nta, kai\ u9pomnh/sei u9ma~j pa&nta a$ ei]pon u9mi=n. But the comforter, the holy spirit, which the father will send in my name, he will teach you everything and will remind you of everything I have said to you. comforter: same as advocate in 1 John 2:1.
he will ← that (one) will (masculine).
John 14:27 Ei0rh/nhn a)fi/hmi u9mi=n, ei0rh/nhn th\n e0mh\n di/dwmi u9mi=n: ou0 kaqw_j o9 ko/smoj di/dwsin, e0gw_ di/dwmi u9mi=n. Mh\ tarasse/sqw u9mw~n h9 kardi/a, mhde\ deilia&tw. I leave you peace. I give you my peace. I give it to you not as the world gives it. Do not let your heart be troubled, or be afraid.
John 14:28 870Hkou/sate o3ti e0gw_ ei]pon u9mi=n, 879Upa&gw kai\ e1rxomai pro\j u9ma~j. Ei0 h0gapa~te/ me, e0xa&rhte a@n o3ti ei]pon, Poreu/omai pro\j to\n pate/ra: o3ti o9 path/r mou mei/zwn mou/ e0stin. You have heard that I said to you, ‘I am going away, and I will come back to you.’ If you loved me, you would have rejoiced in that I said, ‘I am going to the father’, because the father is greater than I am. Although the tenses may seem a little strange in this sentence, if you loved me (now), you would have rejoiced (then), they reflect the formal Greek.
John 14:29 Kai\ nu=n ei1rhka u9mi=n pri\n gene/sqai: i3na, o3tan ge/nhtai, pisteu/shte. And now I have spoken to you before it happens, so that when it does happen, you may believe.
John 14:30 Ou0ke/ti polla_ lalh/sw meq' u9mw~n: e1rxetai ga_r o9 tou= ko/smou {RP P1904: - } [TR: tou/tou] a!rxwn, kai\ e0n e0moi\ ou0k e1xei ou0de/n: I will no longer discuss many things with you. For the ruler of {RP P1904: the} [TR: this] world is coming, but he has no hold on me in any way. tou/tou, this: absent in RP P1904 F1853=17/17 F1859=7/8 vs. present in TR F1853=0/17 F1859=1/8.
on ← in.
John 14:31 a)ll' i3na gnw%~ o9 ko/smoj o3ti a)gapw~ to\n pate/ra, kai\ kaqw_j e0netei/lato/ moi o9 path/r, ou3twj poiw~. 870Egei/resqe, a!gwmen e0nteu=qen. But let the world know that I love the father, and that as my father commanded me, so I act. Up you get, let us move on from here. let ← in order that. See Mark 14:49.
John 15:1 870Egw& ei0mi h9 a!mpeloj h9 a)lhqinh/, kai\ o9 path/r mou o9 gewrgo/j e0stin. I am the true vine, and my father is the cultivator. I am: see John 18:5-6.
John 15:2 Pa~n klh=ma e0n e0moi\ mh\ fe/ron karpo/n, ai1rei au0to/: kai\ pa~n to\ karpo\n fe/ron, kaqai/rei au0to/, i3na plei/ona karpo\n fe/rh|. As for every branch in me which does not bear fruit, he removes it. But as for every one which bears fruit, he prunes it, so that it bears more fruit. prunes: in other contexts the word means cleanse, purify. See next verse.
John 15:3 871Hdh u9mei=j kaqaroi/ e0ste dia_ to\n lo/gon o4n lela&lhka u9mi=n. You are already clean, because of the word which I have spoken to you. clean: the Greek word is etymologically related to prunes in the previous verse.
John 15:4 Mei/nate e0n e0moi/, ka)gw_ e0n u9mi=n. Kaqw_j to\ klh=ma ou0 du/natai karpo\n fe/rein a)f' e9autou=, e0a_n mh\ mei/nh| e0n th|= a)mpe/lw%, ou3twj ou0de\ u9mei=j, e0a_n mh\ e0n e0moi\ mei/nhte. Remain in me, and I will in you. As the branch cannot bear fruit by itself, if it does not remain in the vine, so neither can you, if you do not remain in me.
John 15:5 870Egw& ei0mi h9 a!mpeloj, u9mei=j ta_ klh/mata. 879O me/nwn e0n e0moi/, ka)gw_ e0n au0tw%~, ou[toj fe/rei karpo\n polu/n: o3ti xwri\j e0mou= ou0 du/nasqe poiei=n ou0de/n. I am the vine; you are the branches. He who remains in me, and I in him, bears much fruit, because without me you cannot do anything. I am: see John 18:5-6.
bears ← this (one) bears.
John 15:6 870Ea_n mh/ tij mei/nh| e0n e0moi/, e0blh/qh e1cw w(j to\ klh=ma, kai\ e0chra&nqh, kai\ suna&gousin au0ta_ kai\ ei0j {RP P1904: to\} [TR: - ] pu=r ba&llousin, kai\ kai/etai. If anyone does not remain in me, he is thrown out as a branch, and he withers, and people gather them and put them on {RP P1904: the} [TR: a] fire, and they are burnt. to\, the (fire): present in RP P1904 F1853=15/17 F1859=7/7 vs. absent in TR F1853=2/17 (Scrivener's bg) F1859=0/7.
is thrown out ... withers: gnomic aorists.
John 15:7 870Ea_n mei/nhte e0n e0moi/, kai\ ta_ r(h/mata& mou e0n u9mi=n mei/nh|, o4 e0a_n qe/lhte {RP TR: ai0th/sesqe} [P1904: ai0th/sasqe], kai\ genh/setai u9mi=n. If you remain in me, and my words remain in you, ask for whatever you wish, and it will take place for you. ai0th/sesqe, ask (future indicative, acting as an imperative), RP TR F1853=12/17 F1859=7/10 vs. ai0th/sasqe, ask (aorist, so perfective aspect), P1904 F1853=5/17 F1859=3/10.
John 15:8 870En tou/tw% e0doca&sqh o9 path/r mou, i3na karpo\n polu\n fe/rhte: kai\ genh/sesqe e0moi\ maqhtai/. This is what my father is glorified by: by you bearing much fruit and so becoming disciples to me. this is what ← in this.
and so becoming ← and you will become.
John 15:9 Kaqw_j h0ga&phse/n me o9 path/r, ka)gw_ h0ga&phsa u9ma~j: mei/nate e0n th|= a)ga&ph| th|= e0mh|=. As my father loved me, so I have loved you. Remain in my love.
John 15:10 870Ea_n ta_j e0ntola&j mou thrh/shte, menei=te e0n th|= a)ga&ph| mou: kaqw_j e0gw_ ta_j e0ntola_j tou= patro/j mou teth/rhka, kai\ me/nw au0tou= e0n th|= a)ga&ph|. If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my father and remain in his love.
John 15:11 Tau=ta lela&lhka u9mi=n, i3na h9 xara_ h9 e0mh\ e0n u9mi=n mei/nh|, kai\ h9 xara_ u9mw~n plhrwqh|=. I have said these things to you in order that my joy may remain in you, and your joy may be fulfilled.
John 15:12 Au3th e0sti\n h9 e0ntolh\ h9 e0mh/, i3na a)gapa~te a)llh/louj, kaqw_j h0ga&phsa u9ma~j. This is my commandment, that you love each other as I have loved you.
John 15:13 Mei/zona tau/thj a)ga&phn ou0dei\j e1xei, i3na tij th\n yuxh\n au0tou= qh|= u9pe\r tw~n fi/lwn au0tou=. No-one has love greater than this: that someone should lay down his life for his friends. life ← soul.
John 15:14 879Umei=j fi/loi mou e0ste/, e0a_n poih=te o3sa e0gw_ e0nte/llomai u9mi=n. You are my friends if you do what I command you. what ← as much as.
John 15:15 Ou0ke/ti u9ma~j le/gw dou/louj, o3ti o9 dou=loj ou0k oi]den ti/ poiei= au0tou= o9 ku/rioj: u9ma~j de\ ei1rhka fi/louj, o3ti pa&nta a$ h1kousa para_ tou= patro/j mou e0gnw&risa u9mi=n. I no longer call you servants, for the servant does not know what his master does. But I have called you friends, because I have informed you of everything that I have heard from my father.
John 15:16 Ou0x u9mei=j me e0cele/casqe, a)ll' e0gw_ e0celeca&mhn u9ma~j, kai\ e1qhka u9ma~j, i3na u9mei=j u9pa&ghte kai\ karpo\n fe/rhte, kai\ o9 karpo\j u9mw~n me/nh|: i3na o3 ti a@n ai0th/shte to\n pate/ra e0n tw%~ o0no/mati/ mou, {RP-text P1904 TR: dw%~} [RP-marg: dw%&h] u9mi=n. You did not choose me, but I chose you, and I appointed you to go and bear fruit, and for your fruit to remain, so that whatever you ask the father for in my name, he should give you. dw%~, (that) he give (aorist subjunctive, classical form), RP-text P1904 TR F1853=5/23 F1859=1/10 vs. dw%&h, (that) he give (aorist subjunctive, for dw&h|, or aorist optative), RP-marg F1853=13/23 F1859=3/10 vs. other readings, F1853=5/23 F1859=6/10. A disparity with RP-text, R=8:16.
John 15:17 Tau=ta e0nte/llomai u9mi=n, i3na a)gapa~te a)llh/louj. I charge you with this: that you love each other. this ← these (things).
John 15:18 Ei0 o9 ko/smoj u9ma~j misei=, ginw&skete o3ti e0me\ prw~ton u9mw~n memi/shken. If the world hates you, know that it hated me before you. know: AV differs (ye know), translating indicatively.
John 15:19 Ei0 e0k tou= ko/smou h]te, o9 ko/smoj a@n to\ i1dion e0fi/lei: o3ti de\ e0k tou= ko/smou ou0k e0ste/, a)ll' e0gw_ e0celeca&mhn u9ma~j e0k tou= ko/smou, dia_ tou=to misei= u9ma~j o9 ko/smoj. If you were of the world, the world would love you as its own. However, since you are not of the world, but I have chosen you out of the world – that is why the world hates you. that is why ← on account of this.
John 15:20 Mnhmoneu/ete tou= lo/gou ou[ e0gw_ ei]pon u9mi=n, Ou0k e1stin dou=loj mei/zwn tou= kuri/ou au0tou=. Ei0 e0me\ e0di/wcan, kai\ u9ma~j diw&cousin: ei0 to\n lo/gon mou e0th/rhsan, kai\ to\n u9me/teron thrh/sousin. Remember the words which I spoke to you. A servant is not greater than his master. If they persecuted me, they will persecute you too. If they kept my word, they will keep yours as well. words ← word.
John 15:21 870Alla_ tau=ta pa&nta poih/sousin u9mi=n dia_ to\ o1noma& mou, o3ti ou0k oi1dasin to\n pe/myanta& me. But they will do all these things to you on account of my name, because they do not know him who sent me.
John 15:22 Ei0 mh\ h]lqon kai\ e0la&lhsa au0toi=j, a(marti/an ou0k ei]xon: nu=n de\ pro/fasin ou0k e1xousin peri\ th=j a(marti/aj au0tw~n. If I had not come and spoken to them, they would have no sin. But now they have no excuse for their sin.
John 15:23 879O e0me\ misw~n, kai\ to\n pate/ra mou misei=. He who hates me also hates my father.
John 15:24 Ei0 ta_ e1rga mh\ e0poi/hsa e0n au0toi=j a$ ou0dei\j a!lloj pepoi/hken, a(marti/an ou0k ei]xon: nu=n de\ kai\ e9wra&kasin kai\ memish/kasin kai\ e0me\ kai\ to\n pate/ra mou. If I had not done the works among them which no-one else has done, they would have no sin. But as it is they have seen and hated both me and my father. but as it is ← but now.
seen ← both seen.
John 15:25 870All' i3na plhrwqh|= o9 lo/goj o9 gegramme/noj e0n tw%~ no/mw% au0tw~n o3ti 870Emi/shsa&n me dwrea&n. But this is so that the word written in their law might be fulfilled: ‘They hated me gratuitously.’ Ps 35:19, Ps 69:5MT (Ps 69:4AV).
John 15:26 873Otan de\ e1lqh| o9 para&klhtoj, o4n e0gw_ pe/myw u9mi=n para_ tou= patro/j, to\ pneu=ma th=j a)lhqei/aj, o4 para_ tou= patro\j e0kporeu/etai, e0kei=noj marturh/sei peri\ e0mou=: But when the comforter comes, whom I will send you from the father – the spirit of truth which proceeds from the father – he will testify about me. comforter: the same word as for advocate in 1 John 2:1.
he ← that (one), masculine, agreeing with comforter, not spirit.
John 15:27 kai\ u9mei=j de\ marturei=te, o3ti a)p' a)rxh=j met' e0mou= e0ste. But you testify too, because you have been with me from the start. testify: imperative or indicative, ambiguous in Greek, as in our English.
John 16:1 Tau=ta lela&lhka u9mi=n, i3na mh\ skandalisqh=te. I have told you these things so that you are not offended. are not offended: or stumble.
John 16:2 870Aposunagw&gouj poih/sousin u9ma~j: a)ll' e1rxetai w#ra, i3na pa~j o9 a)poktei/naj u9ma~j do/ch| latrei/an prosfe/rein tw%~ qew%~. They will excommunicate you from the synagogues, but an hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think he is offering service to God. when ← in order that, but not always for purpose in NT Greek.
John 16:3 Kai\ tau=ta poih/sousin {RP P1904: - } [TR: u9mi=n], o3ti ou0k e1gnwsan to\n pate/ra ou0de\ e0me/. And they will do these things {RP P1904: - } [TR: to you] because they do not know the father or me. u9mi=n, to you: absent in RP P1904 F1853=15/18 F1859=6/8 vs. present in TR F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's agp) F1859=2/8.
know: see John 5:42.
John 16:4 870Alla_ tau=ta lela&lhka u9mi=n, i3na o3tan e1lqh| h9 w#ra, mnhmoneu/hte au0tw~n, o3ti e0gw_ ei]pon u9mi=n. Tau=ta de\ u9mi=n e0c a)rxh=j ou0k ei]pon, o3ti meq' u9mw~n h1mhn. However, I have told you these things so that when the hour comes, you will remember that I told you them. But I did not tell you these things from the start, because I was with you. remember that I told you them ← remember them, that I told you.
John 16:5 Nu=n de\ u9pa&gw pro\j to\n pe/myanta& me, kai\ ou0dei\j e0c u9mw~n e0rwta%~ me, Pou= u9pa&geij; Now, though, I am going to him who sent me, yet none of you is asking me, ‘Where are you going?’
John 16:6 870All' o3ti tau=ta lela&lhka u9mi=n, h9 lu/ph peplh/rwken u9mw~n th\n kardi/an. But because I have told you these things, sorrow has filled your heart.
John 16:7 870All' e0gw_ th\n a)lh/qeian le/gw u9mi=n: sumfe/rei u9mi=n i3na e0gw_ a)pe/lqw: e0a_n ga_r {RP P1904: e0gw_} [TR: - ] mh\ a)pe/lqw, o9 para&klhtoj ou0k e0leu/setai pro\j u9ma~j: e0a_n de\ poreuqw~, pe/myw au0to\n pro\j u9ma~j. But I tell you the truth: it is advantageous to you for me to depart, since if I do not depart, the comforter will not come to you. But if I go, I will send him to you. e0gw_, I (emphatic): present in RP P1904 F1853=18/18 F1859=7/7 vs. absent in TR F1853=0/18 F1859=0/7.
John 16:8 Kai\ e0lqw_n e0kei=noj e0le/gcei to\n ko/smon peri\ a(marti/aj kai\ peri\ dikaiosu/nhj kai\ peri\ kri/sewj: And when he has come, he will convince the world of sin and of righteousness and of judgment: he ← that (one), masculine.
John 16:9 peri\ a(marti/aj me/n, o3ti ou0 pisteu/ousin ei0j e0me/: of sin, because they do not believe in me;
John 16:10 peri\ dikaiosu/nhj de/, o3ti pro\j to\n pate/ra mou u9pa&gw, kai\ ou0ke/ti qewrei=te/ me: of righteousness, because I am going to my father, and you will see me no more;
John 16:11 peri\ de\ kri/sewj, o3ti o9 a!rxwn tou= ko/smou tou/tou ke/kritai. of judgment, because the ruler of this world stands judged. stands judged ← has been judged.
John 16:12 871Eti polla_ e1xw le/gein u9mi=n, a)ll' ou0 du/nasqe basta&zein a!rti. I still have many things to say to you, but you cannot bear them at present.
John 16:13 873Otan de\ e1lqh| e0kei=noj, to\ pneu=ma th=j a)lhqei/aj, o9dhgh/sei u9ma~j ei0j pa~san th\n a)lh/qeian: ou0 ga_r lalh/sei a)f' e9autou=, a)ll' o3sa a@n a)kou/sh| lalh/sei, kai\ ta_ e0rxo/mena a)naggelei= u9mi=n. But when he comes, the spirit of truth, he will guide you into the whole truth, for he will not speak on his own initiative, but whatever he hears he will say, and he will announce to you things to come. he ← that (one), the former, masculine, although in apposition to the spirit (neuter).
John 16:14 870Ekei=noj e0me\ doca&sei, o3ti e0k tou= e0mou= lh/yetai, kai\ a)naggelei= u9mi=n. He will glorify me, because he will take from what is mine and announce it to you. he ← that (one), the former.
John 16:15 Pa&nta o3sa e1xei o9 path\r e0ma& e0stin: dia_ tou=to ei]pon, o3ti e0k tou= e0mou= {RP: lamba&nei} [P1904 TR: lh/yetai], kai\ a)naggelei= u9mi=n. Everything that the father has is mine. That is why I said that he {RP: takes} [P1904 TR: will take] from what is mine, and he will announce it to you. lamba&nei, takes, RP F1853=14/17 F1859=5/7 vs. lh/yetai, will take, P1904 TR F1853=3/17 (Scrivener's dop) F1859=2/7. AV differs textually. Depending on the sense intended, the English tense of direct speech could be subject to a change in indirect speech (he took) following a historic main verb. See Acts 6:1 for the grammatical issue.
that is why ← on account of this.
{RP: takes: assuming the process continues into the present, or else took}.
will announce: assuming the process continues into the present, or else would announce.
John 16:16 Mikro\n kai\ ou0 qewrei=te/ me, kai\ pa&lin mikro\n kai\ o1yesqe/ me, o3ti {RP: - } [P1904 TR: e0gw_] u9pa&gw pro\j to\n pate/ra. Just a little while and you will not see me, and then another little while and you will see me, because I am going to the father.” e0gw_, I (emphatic): absent in RP F1853=17/19 F1859=7/8 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's m*yonce) F1859=1/8.
another ← again.
This discourse started at John 14:23.
John 16:17 Ei]pon ou]n e0k tw~n maqhtw~n au0tou= pro\j a)llh/louj, Ti/ e0stin tou=to o4 le/gei h9mi=n, Mikro\n kai\ ou0 qewrei=te/ me, kai\ pa&lin mikro\n kai\ o1yesqe/ me; kai\ o3ti 870Egw_ u9pa&gw pro\j to\n pate/ra; Then some of his disciples said to each other, “What does this that he says to us mean: ‘Just a little while and you will not see me, and then another little while and you will see me’, and, ‘I am going to the father’?” does ... mean ← is.
another ← again.
AV differs (because), taking o3ti as causal; we, with RP, take it as introducing direct speech, at I am going.
John 16:18 871Elegon ou]n, Tou=to ti/ e0stin o4 le/gei, to\ mikro/n; Ou0k oi1damen ti/ lalei=. So they said, “What does this that he said mean: ‘Just a little while’? We do not know what he is saying.” does ... mean ← is.
John 16:19 871Egnw ou]n o9 870Ihsou=j o3ti h1qelon au0to\n e0rwta~n, kai\ ei]pen au0toi=j, Peri\ tou/tou zhtei=te met' a)llh/lwn, o3ti ei]pon, Mikro\n kai\ ou0 qewrei=te/ me, kai\ pa&lin mikro\n kai\ o1yesqe/ me; Now Jesus knew that they wanted to ask him about it, and he said to them, “Are you discussing this matter with each other because I said, ‘Just a little while and you will not see me, and then another little while and you will see me’? wanted ← had wanted. But the classical rule that the tense in indirect speech represents the tense in direct speech does not seem to apply here. See also Acts 6:1, Acts 22:2.
another ← again.
John 16:20 870Amh\n a)mh\n le/gw u9mi=n o3ti klau/sete kai\ qrhnh/sete u9mei=j, o9 de\ ko/smoj xarh/setai: u9mei=j de\ luphqh/sesqe, a)ll' h9 lu/ph u9mw~n ei0j xara_n genh/setai. Truly, truly, I say to you that you will weep and lament, but the world will rejoice. So you will be grieved, but your grief will turn into joy.
John 16:21 879H gunh\ o3tan ti/kth| lu/phn e1xei, o3ti h]lqen h9 w#ra au0th=j: o3tan de\ gennh/sh| to\ paidi/on, ou0ke/ti mnhmoneu/ei th=j qli/yewj, dia_ th\n xara_n o3ti e0gennh/qh a!nqrwpoj ei0j to\n ko/smon. When a woman is in labour, she is in pain, because her hour has come, but when she has given birth to the child, she no longer remembers the suffering because of the joy in that a man has been born in the world. is in pain ← has grief or pain.
has given birth ← gives birth.
in the world ← into the world.
John 16:22 Kai\ u9mei=j ou]n lu/phn me\n nu=n e1xete: pa&lin de\ o1yomai u9ma~j, kai\ xarh/setai u9mw~n h9 kardi/a, kai\ th\n xara_n u9mw~n ou0dei\j ai1rei a)f' u9mw~n. So you now have grief. But I will see you again and your heart will rejoice, and no-one will take your joy from you.
John 16:23 Kai\ e0n e0kei/nh| th|= h9me/ra% e0me\ ou0k e0rwth/sete ou0de/n. 870Amh\n a)mh\n le/gw u9mi=n o3ti o3sa a@n ai0th/shte to\n pate/ra e0n tw%~ o0no/mati/ mou, dw&sei u9mi=n. And on that day you will not ask me anything. Truly, truly, I say to you that whatever you ask of the father in my name, he will give you.
John 16:24 873Ewj a!rti ou0k h|0th/sate ou0de\n e0n tw%~ o0no/mati/ mou: ai0tei=te, kai\ lh/yesqe, i3na h9 xara_ u9mw~n h|] peplhrwme/nh. Up to now you have not asked for anything in my name. Ask, and you will receive, so that your joy may be fulfilled.
John 16:25 Tau=ta e0n paroimi/aij lela&lhka u9mi=n: {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: a)ll'} [S1894: - ] e1rxetai w#ra o3te ou0ke/ti e0n paroimi/aij lalh/sw u9mi=n, a)lla_ parrhsi/a% peri\ tou= patro\j a)naggelw~ u9mi=n. I have told you these things in proverbs, {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: but} [S1894: but] the hour is coming when I will no longer speak to you in proverbs, but I will inform you plainly concerning the father. a)ll', but: present in RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1853=18/18 F1859=6/7 vs. absent in S1894 F1853=0/18 F1859=1/7.
John 16:26 870En e0kei/nh| th|= h9me/ra% e0n tw%~ o0no/mati/ mou ai0th/sesqe: kai\ ou0 le/gw u9mi=n o3ti e0gw_ e0rwth/sw to\n pate/ra peri\ u9mw~n: On that day you will ask in my name. But I do not say to you that I will ask the father on behalf of you,
John 16:27 au0to\j ga_r o9 path\r filei= u9ma~j, o3ti u9mei=j e0me\ pefilh/kate, kai\ pepisteu/kate o3ti e0gw_ para_ tou= qeou= e0ch=lqon. for the father himself loves you because you have loved me and have believed that I came out from God.
John 16:28 870Ech=lqon para_ tou= patro/j, kai\ e0lh/luqa ei0j to\n ko/smon: pa&lin a)fi/hmi to\n ko/smon, kai\ poreu/omai pro\j to\n pate/ra. I came from the father, and I have come into the world. I am leaving the world again, and I am going to the father.”
John 16:29 Le/gousin au0tw%~ oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou=, 871Ide, nu=n parrhsi/a% lalei=j, kai\ paroimi/an ou0demi/an le/geij. His disciples said to him, “Look, now you are speaking plainly and are not using any proverb. using ← speaking.
John 16:30 Nu=n oi1damen o3ti oi]daj pa&nta, kai\ ou0 xrei/an e1xeij i3na ti/j se e0rwta%~: e0n tou/tw% pisteu/omen o3ti a)po\ qeou= e0ch=lqej. We now know that you know everything, and don't need anyone to ask you. By this we believe that you have come from God.”
John 16:31 870Apekri/qh au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, 871Arti pisteu/ete; Jesus replied to them, “Do you now believe?
John 16:32 870Idou/, e1rxetai w#ra kai\ nu=n e0lh/luqen, i3na skorpisqh=te e3kastoj ei0j ta_ i1dia, kai\ e0me\ mo/non a)fh=te: kai\ ou0k ei0mi\ mo/noj, o3ti o9 path\r met' e0mou= e0stin. Look the hour is coming, and has now come, for each of you to be scattered to his own home, and for you to leave me alone. Yet I am not alone, because the father is with me. his own home ← his own (things). Compare John 19:27.
John 16:33 Tau=ta lela&lhka u9mi=n, i3na e0n e0moi\ ei0rh/nhn e1xhte. 870En tw%~ ko/smw% qli/yin {RP S1550: e1xete} [P1904 E1624 S1894: e3cete]: a)lla_ qarsei=te, e0gw_ neni/khka to\n ko/smon. I have spoken these things to you so that you may have peace in me. In the world, you {RP S1550: - } [P1904 E1624 S1894: will] have tribulation, but be of good courage; I have overcome the world.” e1xete, you have, RP S1550 F1853=14/19 F1859=5/8 vs. e3cete, you will have, P1904 E1624 S1894 F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's fd*q) F1859=3/8 vs. other readings, F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's cy) F1859=0/8. AV differs textually.
John 17:1 Tau=ta e0la&lhsen o9 870Ihsou=j, kai\ e0ph=ren tou\j o0fqalmou\j au0tou= ei0j to\n ou0rano/n, kai\ ei]pen, Pa&ter, e0lh/luqen h9 w#ra: do/caso/n sou to\n ui9o/n, i3na kai\ o9 ui9o/j sou doca&sh| se: Jesus said these things and lifted up his eyes to heaven and said, “Father, the hour has come. Glorify your son, in order that your son may for his part glorify you. for his part ← also.
John 17:2 kaqw_j e1dwkaj au0tw%~ e0cousi/an pa&shj sarko/j, i3na pa~n o4 de/dwkaj au0tw%~, {RP P1904: dw&sei} [TR: dw&sh|] au0toi=j zwh\n ai0w&nion. Do this just as you gave him authority over all flesh, which you did so that he should give age-abiding life to the whole of what you have given him. dw&sei, he will give (non-classical future indicative), RP P1904 F1853=15/19 F1859=7/8 vs. dw&sh|, he may give (classical subjunctive), TR F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's cfoxonce) F1859=1/8.
over ← of.
the whole of what: neuter, but perhaps translate everyone; see [MZ] §12.
John 17:3 Au3th de/ e0stin h9 ai0w&nioj zwh/, i3na ginw&skwsi/n se to\n mo/non a)lhqino\n qeo/n, kai\ o4n a)pe/steilaj 870Ihsou=n xristo/n. And this is age-abiding life, that they should know you, the only true God, and him whom you sent, Jesus Christ. you, the only true God, and him whom you sent: perhaps omit a comma, giving you, the only true God and (him) whom you sent.
John 17:4 870Egw& se e0do/casa e0pi\ th=j gh=j: to\ e1rgon e0telei/wsa o4 de/dwka&j moi i3na poih/sw. I have glorified you on the earth; I have completed the work which you gave me to do.
John 17:5 Kai\ nu=n do/caso/n me su/, pa&ter, para_ seautw%~ th|= do/ch| h|[ ei]xon pro\ tou= to\n ko/smon ei]nai para_ soi/. And now, glorify me, father, in your presence with the glory which I had with you before the world existed. in your presence: AV differs somewhat (with thine own self).
existed ← was.
John 17:6 870Efane/rwsa& sou to\ o1noma toi=j a)nqrw&poij ou4j de/dwka&j moi e0k tou= ko/smou: soi\ h]san, kai\ e0moi\ au0tou\j de/dwkaj: kai\ to\n lo/gon sou tethrh/kasin. I have manifested your name to the men you have given me out of the world. They were yours, and you have given them to me, and they have kept your word.
John 17:7 Nu=n e1gnwkan o3ti pa&nta o3sa de/dwka&j moi, para_ sou= e0stin: They have come to know now that everything that you have given me is from you, have come to know ← have known, but with effect lasting into the present.
John 17:8 o3ti ta_ r(h/mata a$ de/dwka&j moi, de/dwka au0toi=j: kai\ au0toi\ e1labon, kai\ e1gnwsan a)lhqw~j o3ti para_ sou= e0ch=lqon, kai\ e0pi/steusan o3ti su/ me a)pe/steilaj. because I have given them the words which you have given me, and they received them, and they truly knew that I came out from you, and they believed that you sent me.
John 17:9 870Egw_ peri\ au0tw~n e0rwtw~: ou0 peri\ tou= ko/smou e0rwtw~, a)lla_ peri\ w{n de/dwka&j moi, o3ti soi/ ei0sin: I make a request for them. I do not make a request for the world, but for those whom you have given me, for they are yours.
John 17:10 kai\ ta_ e0ma_ pa&nta sa& e0stin, kai\ ta_ sa_ e0ma&: kai\ dedo/casmai e0n au0toi=j. And all my possessions are yours, and yours are mine, and I have been glorified by them.
John 17:11 Kai\ ou0ke/ti ei0mi\ e0n tw%~ ko/smw%, kai\ ou[toi e0n tw%~ ko/smw% ei0si/n, kai\ e0gw_ pro/j se e1rxomai. Pa&ter a#gie, th/rhson au0tou\j e0n tw%~ o0no/mati/ sou, {RP P1904: w%{} [TR: ou4j] de/dwka&j moi, i3na w}sin e3n, kaqw_j h9mei=j. And I am no longer in the world, but these are in the world, and I am going to you. Holy father, keep {RP P1904: them in your name which} [TR: in your name those whom] you have given me, so that they may be one, as we are. w%{, in / by which, or, by attraction, which, RP P1904 F1853=13/19 F1859=4/9 vs. ou4j, those whom, TR F1853=4/19 (Scrivener's aoqr) F1859=3/9 vs. another reading, F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's xonceyonce) F1859=2/9.
John 17:12 873Ote h1mhn met' au0tw~n e0n tw%~ ko/smw%, e0gw_ e0th/roun au0tou\j e0n tw%~ o0no/mati/ sou: ou4j de/dwka&j moi, e0fu/laca, kai\ ou0dei\j e0c au0tw~n a)pw&leto, ei0 mh\ o9 ui9o\j th=j a)pwlei/aj, i3na h9 grafh\ plhrwqh|=. When I was with them in the world, I kept them in your name. I have guarded those whom you have given me, and not one of them has been lost, except the son of perdition, so that the scripture might be fulfilled. been lost: See John 3:16, but here we have a devil (John 6:70), whereas John 3:16 has the context of those native to the world.
John 17:13 Nu=n de\ pro/j se e1rxomai, kai\ tau=ta lalw~ e0n tw%~ ko/smw%, i3na e1xwsin th\n xara_n th\n e0mh\n peplhrwme/nhn e0n au0toi=j. And now I am going to you, and I say these things in the world so that they may have my joy fulfilled in themselves.
John 17:14 870Egw_ de/dwka au0toi=j to\n lo/gon sou, kai\ o9 ko/smoj e0mi/shsen au0tou/j, o3ti ou0k ei0si\n e0k tou= ko/smou, kaqw_j e0gw_ ou0k ei0mi\ e0k tou= ko/smou. I have given them your word, and the world has hated them, because they are not of the world, as I am not of the world.
John 17:15 Ou0k e0rwtw~ i3na a!rh|j au0tou\j e0k tou= ko/smou, a)ll' i3na thrh/sh|j au0tou\j e0k tou= ponhrou=. I do not ask that you remove them from the world, but that you keep them from evil. evil: or the evil one.
John 17:16 870Ek tou= ko/smou ou0k ei0si/n, kaqw_j e0gw_ e0k tou= ko/smou ou0k ei0mi/. They are not of the world, as I am not of the world.
John 17:17 879Agi/ason au0tou\j e0n th|= a)lhqei/a% sou: o9 lo/goj o9 so\j a)lh/qeia& e0stin. Sanctify them in your truth. Your word is truth.
John 17:18 Kaqw_j e0me\ a)pe/steilaj ei0j to\n ko/smon, ka)gw_ a)pe/steila au0tou\j ei0j to\n ko/smon. As you sent me into the world, so I sent them into the world.
John 17:19 Kai\ u9pe\r au0tw~n e0gw_ a(gia&zw e0mauto/n, i3na kai\ au0toi\ w}sin h9giasme/noi e0n a)lhqei/a%. And I sanctify myself on behalf of them, so that they too may be sanctified by truth. by: or in. Instrumental e0n is quite common, e.g. Luke 1:51 with his arm, James 3:9 with it (the tongue).
John 17:20 Ou0 peri\ tou/twn de\ e0rwtw~ mo/non, a)lla_ kai\ peri\ tw~n {RP P1904: pisteuo/ntwn} [TR: pisteuso/ntwn] dia_ tou= lo/gou au0tw~n ei0j e0me/: But I do not only make request for these, but also for those who {RP P1904: - } [TR: will] believe in me through their word, pisteuo/ntwn, those who believe, RP P1904 F1853=17/17 F1859=7/7 vs. pisteuso/ntwn, those who will believe, TR F1853=0/17 F1859=0/7. AV differs textually.
John 17:21 i3na pa&ntej e4n w}sin: kaqw_j su/, pa&ter, e0n e0moi/, ka)gw_ e0n soi/, i3na kai\ au0toi\ e0n h9mi=n e4n w}sin: i3na o9 ko/smoj pisteu/sh| o3ti su/ me a)pe/steilaj. so that all may be one, as you, father, are in me, and I in you, so that they too may be one in us, so that the world may believe that you sent me.
John 17:22 Kai\ e0gw_ th\n do/can h4n de/dwka&j moi, de/dwka au0toi=j, i3na w}sin e3n, kaqw_j h9mei=j e3n e0smen. And I have given them the glory which you have given me, so that they may be one, as we are one:
John 17:23 870Egw_ e0n au0toi=j, kai\ su\ e0n e0moi/, i3na w}sin teteleiwme/noi ei0j e3n, kai\ i3na ginw&skh| o9 ko/smoj o3ti su/ me a)pe/steilaj, kai\ h0ga&phsaj au0tou/j, kaqw_j e0me\ h0ga&phsaj. I in them and you in me, so that they may be perfected into one, and so that the world may know that you sent me and loved them as you loved me.
John 17:24 Pa&ter, ou4j de/dwka&j moi, qe/lw i3na o3pou ei0mi\ e0gw&, ka)kei=noi w}sin met' e0mou=: i3na qewrw~sin th\n do/can th\n e0mh/n, h4n {RP-text TR: e1dwka&j} [RP-marg P1904: de/dwka&j] moi, o3ti h0ga&phsa&j me pro\ katabolh=j ko/smou. Father, I want those whom you have given me also to be with me where I am, so that they may see my glory which you {RP-text TR: gave} [RP-marg P1904: have given] me, because you loved me before the overthrow of the world. e1dwka&j, you gave, RP-text TR F1853=8/18 F1859=2/7 vs. de/dwka&j, you have given, RP-marg P1904 F1853=10/18 F1859=5/7. A disparity with RP-text, R=10:17.
also ← also those.
overthrow: AV differs; see Matt 13:35.
John 17:25 Pa&ter di/kaie, kai\ o9 ko/smoj se ou0k e1gnw, e0gw_ de/ se e1gnwn, kai\ ou[toi e1gnwsan o3ti su/ me a)pe/steilaj: Righteous father, although the world did not know you, yet I knew you, and these knew that you sent me, although: concessive use of kai/. Under Hebraic influence, the word does duty for various other conjunctions.
John 17:26 kai\ e0gnw&risa au0toi=j to\ o1noma& sou, kai\ gnwri/sw: i3na h9 a)ga&ph, h4n h0ga&phsa&j me, e0n au0toi=j h|], ka)gw_ e0n au0toi=j. and I have made your name known to them, and I will make it known, so that the love with which you loved me may be in them, and I in them.”
John 18:1 Tau=ta ei0pw_n o9 870Ihsou=j e0ch=lqen su\n toi=j maqhtai=j au0tou= pe/ran tou= xeima&rrou tw~n Ke/drwn, o3pou h]n kh=poj, ei0j o4n ei0sh=lqen au0to\j kai\ oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou=. When he had said these things, Jesus went out with his disciples across the Kidron Brook, where there was a garden, which he and his disciples went into. Kidron: Greek Kedron, but we align it with the Hebrew name.
John 18:2 871H|dei de\ kai\ 870Iou/daj, o9 paradidou\j au0to/n, to\n to/pon: o3ti polla&kij sunh/xqh {RP-text TR: - } [RP-marg P1904: kai\] o9 870Ihsou=j e0kei= meta_ tw~n maqhtw~n au0tou=. Now Judas, who would betray him, also knew the place, because Jesus {RP-text TR: - } [RP-marg P1904: too] had often gathered there with his disciples. kai\, and (Jesus): absent in RP-text TR F1853=10/17 F1859=4/7 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 F1853=7/17 F1859=3/7.
John 18:3 879O ou]n 870Iou/daj, labw_n th\n spei=ran, kai\ e0k tw~n a)rxiere/wn kai\ Farisai/wn u9phre/taj, e1rxetai e0kei= meta_ fanw~n kai\ lampa&dwn kai\ o3plwn. Then Judas, having received a cohort, and officers from the senior priests and Pharisees, went there with torches and lamps and weapons.
John 18:4 870Ihsou=j ou]n, ei0dw_j pa&nta ta_ e0rxo/mena e0p' au0to/n, e0celqw_n ei]pen au0toi=j, Ti/na zhtei=te; Then Jesus, knowing everything that was coming upon him, went out and said to them, “Who are you looking for?”
John 18:5 870Apekri/qhsan au0tw%~, 870Ihsou=n to\n Nazwrai=on. Le/gei au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, 870Egw& ei0mi. Ei9sth/kei de\ kai\ 870Iou/daj o9 paradidou\j au0to\n met' au0tw~n. They answered him, “Jesus the Nazarene.” Jesus said to them, “I am he.” And Judas, who would betray him, was also standing with them. I am he: we keep this idiom, rather than the more natural that's me, because it is an allusion to Ex 3:14, which explains the reaction of the hearers in the next verse. Other examples of I am given below.
John 18:6 879Wj ou]n ei]pen au0toi=j o3ti 870Egw& ei0mi, a)ph=lqon ei0j ta_ o0pi/sw, kai\ e1peson xamai/. Now when he said to them, “I am he”, they backed away and fell to the ground. I am examples (not exhaustively): I am the bread of life (John 6:41), I am the light of the world (John 8:12), before Abraham came into being, I am (John 8:58), I am the door (John 10:7), I am the good shepherd (John 10:11), ↴
John 18:7 Pa&lin ou]n au0tou\j e0phrw&thsen, Ti/na zhtei=te; Oi9 de\ ei]pon, 870Ihsou=n to\n Nazwrai=on. So he asked them again, “Who are you looking for?” They then said, “Jesus the Nazarene.” ↳ I am the resurrection and the life (John 11:25), believe that I am (John 13:19); I am the way, the truth and the life (John 14:6), I am the true vine (John 15:1).
John 18:8 870Apekri/qh {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] 870Ihsou=j, Ei]pon u9mi=n o3ti e0gw& ei0mi: ei0 ou]n e0me\ zhtei=te, a!fete tou/touj u9pa&gein: Jesus replied, “I told you that I am he. So if you are looking for me, let these go.” o9, the (Jesus): absent in RP P1904 F1853=17/18 F1859=5/7 vs. present in TR F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's c) F1859=2/7.
I am: as in John 18:5-6.
John 18:9 i3na plhrwqh|= o9 lo/goj o4n ei]pen o3ti Ou4j de/dwka&j moi, ou0k a)pw&lesa e0c au0tw~n ou0de/na. This was in order that the words which he had said might be fulfilled, “I have not lost any of those whom you have given me.” words ← word, saying. The words were spoken at John 6:39.
John 18:10 Si/mwn ou]n Pe/troj e1xwn ma&xairan ei3lkusen au0th/n, kai\ e1paisen to\n tou= a)rxiere/wj dou=lon, kai\ a)pe/koyen au0tou= to\ w)ti/on to\ decio/n. 87]Hn de\ o1noma tw%~ dou/lw% Ma&lxoj. Then Simon Peter, who had a sword, drew it and struck the high priest's servant, and it cut off his right ear. The name of the servant, by the way, was Malchus.
John 18:11 Ei]pen ou]n o9 870Ihsou=j tw%~ Pe/trw%, Ba&le th\n {RP TR: ma&xaira&n sou} [P1904: ma&xairan] ei0j th\n qh/khn: to\ poth/rion o4 de/dwke/n moi o9 path/r, ou0 mh\ pi/w au0to/; Then Jesus said to Peter, “Put {RP TR: your} [P1904: your] sword in its sheath. Shall I in any way not drink the cup which the father has given me?” sou, your: present in RP TR F1853=8/18 F1859=3/7 vs. absent in P1904 F1853=10/18 F1859=4/7. A disparity with RP, R=12:15.
shall I in any way not drink the cup ← the cup, shall I not certainly drink it.
John 18:12 879H ou]n spei=ra kai\ o9 xili/arxoj kai\ oi9 u9phre/tai tw~n 870Ioudai/wn sune/labon to\n 870Ihsou=n, kai\ e1dhsan au0to/n, Then the cohort and the cohort commander and the officers from the Jews seized Jesus and bound him, cohort commander ← chiliarch, in charge of 1000 men, though a cohort might be 600 strong.
John 18:13 kai\ a)ph/gagon au0to\n pro\j 871Annan prw~ton: h]n ga_r penqero\j tou= Kai+a&fa, o4j h]n a)rxiereu\j tou= e0niautou= e0kei/nou. and they led him away to Annas first, for he was the father-in-law of Caiaphas, who was high priest in that year.
John 18:14 87]Hn de\ Kai+a&faj o9 sumbouleu/saj toi=j 870Ioudai/oij, o3ti sumfe/rei e3na a!nqrwpon a)pole/sqai u9pe\r tou= laou=. Now Caiaphas was the one who had advised the Jews that it was expedient that one man should perish for the sake of the people.
John 18:15 870Hkolou/qei de\ tw%~ 870Ihsou= Si/mwn Pe/troj, kai\ {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: o9} [S1894: - ] a!lloj maqhth/j. 879O de\ maqhth\j e0kei=noj h]n gnwsto\j tw%~ a)rxierei=, kai\ suneish=lqen tw%~ 870Ihsou= ei0j th\n au0lh\n tou= a)rxiere/wj: Meanwhile Simon Peter was following Jesus, as was {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: the other} [S1894: another] disciple. Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he went with Jesus into the high priest's precinct. o9, the (other): present in RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1853=17/18 F1859=7/7 vs. absent in S1894 F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's c) F1859=0/7.
John 18:16 o9 de\ Pe/troj ei9sth/kei pro\j th|= qu/ra% e1cw. 870Ech=lqen ou]n o9 maqhth\j o9 a!lloj o4j h]n gnwsto\j tw%~ a)rxierei=, kai\ ei]pen th|= qurwrw%~, kai\ ei0sh/gagen to\n Pe/tron. But Peter stood at the door outside. Then the other disciple, who was known to the high priest, came out and spoke to the doorkeeper-girl, and she brought Peter in. then: see John 3:25.
John 18:17 Le/gei ou]n h9 paidi/skh h9 qurwro\j tw%~ Pe/trw%, Mh\ kai\ su\ e0k tw~n maqhtw~n ei] tou= a)nqrw&pou tou/tou; Le/gei e0kei=noj, Ou0k ei0mi/. Then the doorkeeper maidservant said to Peter, “Are you not also one of this man's disciples?” He said, “No, I am not.” he ← that (one).
John 18:18 Ei9sth/keisan de\ oi9 dou=loi kai\ oi9 u9phre/tai a)nqrakia_n pepoihko/tej, o3ti yu/xoj h]n, kai\ e0qermai/nonto: h]n de\ met' au0tw~n o9 Pe/troj e9stw_j kai\ qermaino/menoj. Now the servants and the officers were standing there, having made a charcoal fire, because it was cold, and they were warming themselves. And Peter was standing with them, warming himself as well. warming themselves ... warming himself: middle voice for reflexive pronoun.
John 18:19 879O ou]n a)rxiereu\j h0rw&thsen to\n 870Ihsou=n peri\ tw~n maqhtw~n au0tou=, kai\ peri\ th=j didaxh=j au0tou=. Then the high priest asked Jesus about his disciples and about his teaching.
John 18:20 870Apekri/qh au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, 870Egw_ parrhsi/a% e0la&lhsa tw%~ ko/smw%: e0gw_ pa&ntote e0di/daca e0n {RP P1904: - } [TR: th|=] sunagwgh|= kai\ e0n tw%~ i9erw%~, o3pou {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: pa&ntote} [E1624: pa&ntoqen] oi9 870Ioudai=oi sune/rxontai, kai\ e0n kruptw%~ e0la&lhsa ou0de/n. Jesus replied to him, “I spoke openly to the world. I always taught in {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] synagogue and in the temple, where the Jews {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: always gather} [E1624: gather from all quarters], and I did not say anything in secret. th|=, (in) the (synagogue): absent in RP P1904 F1853=18/18 F1859=5/7 vs. present in TR: F1853=0/18 F1859=2/7.
pa&ntote, always, RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=17/18 F1859=4/7 vs. pa&ntoqen, from all sides, E1624 F1853=0/18 F1859=0/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's p) F1859=3/7.
John 18:21 Ti/ me e0perwta%~j; 870Eperw&thson tou\j a)khkoo/taj, ti/ e0la&lhsa au0toi=j: i1de, ou[toi oi1dasin a$ ei]pon e0gw&. Why are you questioning me? Question those who have heard what I said to them. Look, they know what I said.” they ← these.
John 18:22 Tau=ta de\ au0tou= ei0po/ntoj, ei[j tw~n u9phretw~n paresthkw_j e1dwken r(a&pisma tw%~ 870Ihsou=, ei0pw&n, Ou3twj a)pokri/nh| tw%~ a)rxierei=; When he had said these things, one of the officers standing by gave Jesus a slap in the face and said, “Is this how you answer the high priest?” is this how you answer ← do you thus answer.
John 18:23 870Apekri/qh au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, Ei0 kakw~j e0la&lhsa, martu/rhson peri\ tou= kakou=: ei0 de\ kalw~j, ti/ me de/reij; Jesus replied to him, “If I have said anything wrong, testify concerning the wrong. But if it was right, why are you hitting me?” hitting ← flaying, but used of beating and flogging.
John 18:24 870Ape/steilen {RP P1904 S1550: - } [E1624 S1894: ou]n] au0to\n o9 871Annaj dedeme/non pro\j Kai+a&fan to\n a)rxiere/a. {RP P1904 S1550: - } [E1624 S1894: Then] Annas sent him bound to Caiaphas the high priest. ou]n, therefore (but see John 3:25): absent in RP P1904 S1550 F1853=16/18 F1859=7/7 vs. present in E1624 S1894 F1853=2/18 (Scrivener's ap) F1859=0/7.
John 18:25 87]Hn de\ Si/mwn Pe/troj e9stw_j kai\ qermaino/menoj: ei]pon ou]n au0tw%~, Mh\ kai\ su\ e0k tw~n maqhtw~n au0tou= ei]; 870Hrnh/sato {RP P1904: ou]n} [TR: - ] e0kei=noj, kai\ ei]pen, Ou0k ei0mi/. Meanwhile Simon Peter was standing and warming himself. Then they said to him, “Are you not also one of his disciples?” He {RP P1904: then} [TR: - ] denied it and said, “No, I am not.” ou]n, therefore: present in RP P1904 F1853=17/18 F1859=5/8 vs. absent in TR F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's p) F1859=3/8.
warming himself: middle voice for reflexive pronoun.
he ← that (one), the former.
John 18:26 Le/gei ei[j e0k tw~n dou/lwn tou= a)rxiere/wj, suggenh\j w@n ou[ a)pe/koyen Pe/troj to\ w)ti/on, Ou0k e0gw& se ei]don e0n tw%~ kh/pw% met' au0tou=; One of the high priest's servants, who was a relative of him whose ear Peter had cut off, said, “Did I not see you in the garden with him?”
John 18:27 Pa&lin ou]n h0rnh/sato o9 Pe/troj, kai\ eu0qe/wj a)le/ktwr e0fw&nhsen. Peter then denied it again, and immediately the cock crowed. then: see John 3:25.
John 18:28 871Agousin ou]n to\n 870Ihsou=n a)po\ tou= Kai+a&fa ei0j to\ praitw&rion: h]n de\ {RP-text P1904: prwi+/} [RP-marg TR: prwi+/a], kai\ au0toi\ ou0k ei0sh=lqon ei0j to\ praitw&rion, i3na mh\ mianqw~sin, a)ll' i3na fa&gwsin to\ Pa&sxa. Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas to the governmental headquarters. Now it was early, but they themselves did not go into the governmental headquarters, so as not to be defiled, but rather to be able to eat the Passover meal. prwi+/, early (1), RP-text P1904 F1853=9/20 F1859=5/8 vs. prwi+/a, early (2), RP-marg TR F1853=11/20 F1859=3/8. Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=15:15.
governmental headquarters (2x) ← the Roman praetorium.
John 18:29 870Ech=lqen ou]n o9 Pila&toj pro\j au0tou/j, kai\ ei]pen, Ti/na kathgori/an fe/rete kata_ tou= a)nqrw&pou tou/tou; Then Pilate came out to them and said, “What accusation do you bring against this man?”
John 18:30 870Apekri/qhsan kai\ ei]pon au0tw%~, Ei0 mh\ h]n ou[toj kakopoio/j, ou0k a!n soi paredw&kamen au0to/n. They answered and said to him, “If he were not a wrongdoer, we would not have handed him over to you.”
John 18:31 Ei]pen ou]n au0toi=j o9 Pila&toj, La&bete au0to\n u9mei=j, kai\ kata_ to\n no/mon u9mw~n kri/nate au0to/n. Ei]pon ou]n au0tw%~ oi9 870Ioudai=oi, 879Hmi=n ou0k e1cestin a)poktei=nai ou0de/na: Then Pilate said to them, “You take him and judge him according to your law.” Then the Jews said to him, “It is not permitted for us to kill anyone.”
John 18:32 i3na o9 lo/goj tou= 870Ihsou= plhrwqh|=, o4n ei]pen, shmai/nwn poi/w% qana&tw% {RP P1904 TR: h1mellen} [MISC: e1mellen] a)poqnh|/skein. This was so that the word of Jesus, which he spoke, might be fulfilled, indicating what kind of death he was going to die. h1mellen, he was about to (1), RP P1904 TR F1853=5/18 F1859=5/7 vs. e1mellen, he was about to (2), F1853=13/18 F1859=1/7 vs. another spelling, F1853=0/18 F1859=1/7. A weak disparity with RP, R=12:14.
what kind of death ← by what kind of death.
John 18:33 Ei0sh=lqen ou]n ei0j to\ praitw&rion pa&lin o9 Pila&toj, kai\ e0fw&nhsen to\n 870Ihsou=n, kai\ ei]pen au0tw%~, Su\ ei] o9 basileu\j tw~n 870Ioudai/wn; Then Pilate went into the governmental headquarters again, and he called for Jesus, and he said to him, “Are you the king of the Jews?”
John 18:34 870Apekri/qh au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, 870Af' e9autou= su\ tou=to le/geij, h2 a!lloi soi ei]pon peri\ e0mou=; Jesus replied to him, “Are you asking this on your own initiative, or have others told you about me?” asking ← saying.
John 18:35 870Apekri/qh o9 Pila&toj, Mh/ti e0gw_ 870Ioudai=o/j ei0mi; To\ e1qnoj to\ so\n kai\ oi9 a)rxierei=j pare/dwka&n se e0moi/: ti/ e0poi/hsaj; Pilate answered, “I am not a Jew, am I? Your people and the senior priests delivered you to me. What have you done?”
John 18:36 870Apekri/qh {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] 870Ihsou=j, 879H basilei/a h9 e0mh\ ou0k e1stin e0k tou= ko/smou tou/tou: ei0 e0k tou= ko/smou tou/tou h]n h9 basilei/a h9 e0mh/, oi9 u9phre/tai a@n oi9 e0moi\ h0gwni/zonto, i3na mh\ paradoqw~ toi=j 870Ioudai/oij: nu=n de\ h9 basilei/a h9 e0mh\ ou0k e1stin e0nteu=qen. Jesus answered, “My kingdom is not of this world. If my kingdom were of this world, my assistants would be contending for me not to be delivered to the Jews. But as it is, my kingdom is not constituted of things here.” o9, the (Jesus): absent in RP P1904 F1853=17/18 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's c, assuming the hiatus has not already started) F1859=1/7.
but as it is ← but now.
John 18:37 Ei]pen ou]n au0tw%~ o9 Pila&toj, Ou0kou=n basileu\j ei] su/; 870Apekri/qh {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: o9] 870Ihsou=j, Su\ le/geij, o3ti basileu/j ei0mi e0gw&. 870Egw_ ei0j tou=to gege/nnhmai, kai\ ei0j tou=to e0lh/luqa ei0j to\n ko/smon, i3na marturh/sw th|= a)lhqei/a%. Pa~j o9 w@n e0k th=j a)lhqei/aj a)kou/ei mou th=j fwnh=j. Then Pilate said to him, “So you are a king, then?” Jesus answered, “As you say, I am a king. I was born for the following purpose, and for the following purpose I came into the world: to testify to the truth. Everyone who is of the truth hears my voice.” o9, the (Jesus): absent in RP-text P1904 F1853=10/18 F1859=5/8 vs. present in RP-marg TR F1853=8/18 F1859=3/8.
the following purpose (2x) ← this.
John 18:38 Le/gei au0tw%~ o9 Pila&toj, Ti/ e0stin a)lh/qeia; Kai\ tou=to ei0pw&n, pa&lin e0ch=lqen pro\j tou\j 870Ioudai/ouj, kai\ le/gei au0toi=j, 870Egw_ ou0demi/an ai0ti/an eu9ri/skw e0n au0tw%~. Pilate said to him, “What is truth?” And having said this, he went out again to the Jews, and he said to them, “I find no case against him at all. against him ← in him, a Hebraism. Similar usage of e0n in Acts 25:5.
at all: the emphasis comes from the word order and ou0demi/an rather than just ou0. A less emphatic statement at John 19:6.
John 18:39 871Estin de\ sunh/qeia u9mi=n, i3na e3na u9mi=n a)polu/sw e0n tw%~ Pa&sxa: bou/lesqe ou]n u9mi=n a)polu/sw to\n basile/a tw~n 870Ioudai/wn; Now it is a custom for you that I release one person to you at the Passover. So do you want me to release the king of the Jews to you?”
John 18:40 870Ekrau/gasan ou]n pa&lin pa&ntej, le/gontej, Mh\ tou=ton, a)lla_ to\n Barabba~n: h]n de\ o9 Barabba~j lh|sth/j. Then they all shouted again and said, “Not this one, but Barabbas!” Now Barabbas was a robber.
John 19:1 To/te ou]n e1laben o9 Pila&toj to\n 870Ihsou=n, kai\ e0masti/gwsen. So Pilate then took Jesus and had him flogged. had him flogged ← flogged, causative use. See Matt 2:16.
John 19:2 Kai\ oi9 stratiw~tai ple/cantej ste/fanon e0c a)kanqw~n e0pe/qhkan au0tou= th|= kefalh|=, kai\ i9ma&tion porfurou=n perie/balon au0to/n, And the soldiers plaited a crown from thorns, and they put it on his head, and they put a purple robe around him,
John 19:3 kai\ e1legon, Xai=re, o9 basileu\j tw~n 870Ioudai/wn: kai\ e0di/doun au0tw%~ r(api/smata. and they said, “Greetings, O king of the Jews”, and they gave him slaps in the face.
John 19:4 870Ech=lqen ou]n pa&lin e1cw o9 Pila&toj, kai\ le/gei au0toi=j, 871Ide, a!gw u9mi=n au0to\n e1cw, i3na gnw~te o3ti e0n au0tw%~ ou0demi/an ai0ti/an eu9ri/skw. Then Pilate came out again and said to them, “Look, I am bringing him out to you, so that you may know that I find no case against him at all.” came out ← came out outside.
against him: see John 18:38.
at all: see John 18:38.
John 19:5 870Ech=lqen ou]n o9 870Ihsou=j e1cw, forw~n to\n a)ka&nqinon ste/fanon kai\ to\ porfurou=n i9ma&tion. Kai\ le/gei au0toi=j, 871Ide, o9 a!nqrwpoj. Then Jesus came out wearing the crown of thorns and the purple robe, and he said to them, “Behold the man!” came out ← came out outside.
he: i.e. Pilate.
John 19:6 873Ote ou]n ei]don au0to\n oi9 a)rxierei=j kai\ oi9 u9phre/tai, e0krau/gasan le/gontej, Stau/rwson, stau/rwson {RP P1904: au0to/n} [TR: - ]. Le/gei au0toi=j o9 Pila&toj, La&bete au0to\n u9mei=j kai\ staurw&sate: e0gw_ ga_r ou0x eu9ri/skw e0n au0tw%~ ai0ti/an. Then when the senior priests and officers had seen him, they shouted and said, “Crucify him, crucify {RP P1904: him} [TR: him]!” Pilate said to them, “You take him and crucify him, for I find no case against him.” au0to/n, him: present in RP P1904 F1853=17/18 F1859=7/7 vs. absent in TR F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's h*) F1859=0/7.
then: see John 3:25.
against him: see John 19:4.
John 19:7 870Apekri/qhsan au0tw%~ oi9 870Ioudai=oi, 879Hmei=j no/mon e1xomen, kai\ kata_ to\n no/mon h9mw~n o0fei/lei a)poqanei=n, o3ti e9auto\n {RP S1550: ui9o\n qeou=} [P1904: qeou= ui9o\n] [E1624 S1894: ui9o\n tou= qeou=] e0poi/hsen. The Jews replied to him, “We have a law, and he needs to die according to our law, because he has made himself the son of God.” ui9o\n qeou=, son + of God, RP S1550 F1853=11/17 F1859=2/7 vs. qeou= ui9o\n, of God + son, P1904 F1853=6/17 F1859=5/7 vs. ui9o\n tou= qeou=, son + of the God, E1624 S1894 F1853=0/17 F1859=0/7. Scrivener's collation is inconsistent with respect to w.
needs ← is indebted, is liable.
John 19:8 873Ote ou]n h1kousen o9 Pila&toj tou=ton to\n lo/gon, ma~llon e0fobh/qh, Then when Pilate heard that statement, he was all the more afraid, then: see John 3:25.
that ← this.
John 19:9 kai\ ei0sh=lqen ei0j to\ praitw&rion pa&lin, kai\ le/gei tw%~ 870Ihsou=, Po/qen ei] su/; 879O de\ 870Ihsou=j a)po/krisin ou0k e1dwken au0tw%~. and he went into the governmental headquarters again and said to Jesus, “Where are you from?” But Jesus gave him no answer. governmental headquarters ← the Roman praetorium.
John 19:10 Le/gei ou]n au0tw%~ o9 Pila&toj, 870Emoi\ ou0 lalei=j; Ou0k oi]daj o3ti e0cousi/an e1xw staurw~sai/ se, kai\ e0cousi/an e1xw a)polu=sai/ se; Then Pilate said to him, “Won't you speak to me? Don't you know that I have authority to crucify you, and I have authority to release you?” won't ← don't.
to crucify you: i.e. to have you crucified. See Matt 2:16.
John 19:11 870Apekri/qh {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] 870Ihsou=j, Ou0k ei]xej e0cousi/an ou0demi/an kat' e0mou=, ei0 mh\ h]n soi dedome/non a!nwqen: dia_ tou=to o9 paradidou/j me/ soi mei/zona a(marti/an e1xei. Jesus replied, “You would have no authority over me at all, if it were not given you from above. That is why he who is betraying me to you has a greater sin.” o9, the (Jesus): absent in RP P1904 F1853=16/17 F1859=6/8 vs. present in TR F1853=1/17 (Scrivener's k) F1859=2/8.
at all: the emphasis comes from ou0demi/an rather than just ou0. Compare John 18:38.
that is why ← on account of this.
John 19:12 870Ek tou/tou e0zh/tei o9 Pila&toj a)polu=sai au0to/n. Oi9 de\ 870Ioudai=oi e1krazon le/gontej, 870Ea_n tou=ton a)polu/sh|j, ou0k ei] fi/loj tou= Kai/saroj: pa~j o9 basile/a {RP P1904: e9auto\n} [TR: au0to\n] poiw~n, a)ntile/gei tw%~ Kai/sari. From then on Pilate looked for a way to release him. But the Jews shouted and said, “If you release him, you are not Caesar's friend. Everyone who makes himself king opposes Caesar.” e9auto\n, himself, RP P1904 F1853=17/17 F1859=6/7 vs. au0to\n, him, but the sense is himself, TR F1853=0/17 F1859=1/7.
him ← this (man).
from then on ← out of this. Another possible translation is for this reason.
John 19:13 879O ou]n Pila&toj a)kou/saj {RP P1904 TR: tou=ton to\n lo/gon} [MISC: tou/twn tw~n lo/gwn] h1gagen e1cw to\n 870Ihsou=n, kai\ e0ka&qisen e0pi\ tou= bh/matoj, ei0j to/pon lego/menon Liqo/strwton, 879Ebrai+sti\ de\ Gabbaqa~: Then Pilate heeded {RP P1904 TR: this talk} [MISC: these words] and led Jesus out and sat at the tribunal at a place called The Pavement, which in Hebraic is Gabbatha. tou=ton to\n lo/gon, this word, RP P1904 TR F1853=7/17 F1859=3/7 vs. tou/twn tw~n lo/gwn, these words (irregular genitive of thing heard), F1853=10/17 F1859=3/7 vs. another reading, F1853=0/17 F1859=1/7. A weak disparity with RP, R=12:13.
Hebraic ← Hebrew, but standing for what is now called Aramaic.
Gabbatha: i.e. bald forehead [Dalman].
John 19:14 h]n de\ Paraskeuh\ tou= Pa&sxa, w#ra de\ {RP-text P1904 TR: w(sei\} [RP-marg: w(j] e3kth: kai\ le/gei toi=j 870Ioudai/oij, 871Ide, o9 basileu\j u9mw~n. Now it was the Preparation Day of the Passover at about the sixth hour. And he said to the Jews, “Behold your king!” w(sei\, like (1), RP-text P1904 TR F1853=10/17 F1859=5/7 vs. w(j, like (2), RP-marg F1853=7/17 F1859=2/7.
sixth hour: midnight. See [CB] Appendix 165.
John 19:15 Oi9 de\ e0krau/gasan, 87]Aron, a}ron, stau/rwson au0to/n. Le/gei au0toi=j o9 Pila&toj, To\n basile/a u9mw~n staurw&sw; 870Apekri/qhsan oi9 a)rxierei=j, Ou0k e1xomen basile/a ei0 mh\ Kai/sara. And they shouted, “Away with him, away with him. Crucify him.” Pilate said to them, “Should I crucify your king?” The senior priests answered, “We have no king but Caesar.” Away with him (2x) ← remove.
no king but Caesar: these people did not respect their scriptures, e.g. Ps 10:16, the Lord (יהוה) is king.
John 19:16 To/te ou]n pare/dwken au0to\n au0toi=j, i3na staurwqh|=. Pare/labon de\ to\n 870Ihsou=n kai\ {RP P1904: h1gagon} [TR: a)ph/gagon]: So he then handed him over to them to be crucified. And they took Jesus with them and led him {RP P1904: away} [TR: away]. h1gagon, they led, RP P1904 F1853=18/18 F1859=6/7 vs. a)ph/gagon, they led away, TR F1853=0/18 F1859=1/7.
then: see John 3:25.
John 19:17 kai\ basta&zwn to\n stauro\n au0tou= e0ch=lqen ei0j {RP: to/pon} [P1904 TR: to\n] lego/menon Krani/ou To/pon, o4j le/getai 879Ebrai+sti\ Golgoqa~: And carrying his cross, he went out {RP: to the place called The} [P1904 TR: to the so called] Place of the Skull, which is called in Hebraic Golgotha, to/pon, a place, RP F1853=9/18 F1859=2/7 vs. to\n, the, P1904 TR F1853=9/18 F1859=5/7. A disparity with RP, R=11:16.
Hebraic ← Hebrew, but standing for what is now called Aramaic.
John 19:18 o3pou au0to\n e0stau/rwsan, kai\ met' au0tou= a!llouj du/o, e0nteu=qen kai\ e0nteu=qen, me/son de\ to\n 870Ihsou=n. where they crucified him, and two others with him on either side, with Jesus in the middle. two others with him on either side: ambiguous in Greek as to whether there were two others in total (one on either side), or four in total (two on either side). We favour the latter; see [CB] Appendix 164.
John 19:19 871Egrayen de\ kai\ ti/tlon o9 Pila&toj, kai\ e1qhken e0pi\ tou= staurou=: h]n de\ gegramme/non, 870Ihsou=j o9 Nazwrai=oj o9 basileu\j tw~n 870Ioudai/wn. And Pilate wrote an inscription and put it on the cross, and it read,

“Jesus the Nazarene,

The king of the Jews.”

 read ← was written.
John 19:20 Tou=ton ou]n to\n ti/tlon polloi\ a)ne/gnwsan tw~n 870Ioudai/wn, o3ti e0ggu\j h]n {RP: o9 to/poj th=j po/lewj} [P1904 TR: th=j po/lewj o9 to/poj] o3pou e0staurw&qh o9 870Ihsou=j: kai\ h]n gegramme/non 879Ebrai+sti/, 879Ellhnisti/, 879Rwmai+sti/. So many of the Jews read this inscription, because the place where Jesus was crucified was near the city. And it was written in Hebraic, Greek and Latin. o9 to/poj th=j po/lewj, the place + of the city, RP F1853=18/18 F1859=6/7 vs. th=j po/lewj o9 to/poj, of the city + the place, P1904 TR F1853=0/18 F1859=1/7. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
Hebraic: perhaps biblical Hebrew, perhaps standing for Aramaic, as in many names and expressions in the New Testament, e.g. John 19:13.
John 19:21 871Elegon ou]n tw%~ Pila&tw% oi9 a)rxierei=j tw~n 870Ioudai/wn, Mh\ gra&fe, 879O basileu\j tw~n 870Ioudai/wn: a)ll' o3ti 870Ekei=noj ei]pen, Basileu/j ei0mi tw~n 870Ioudai/wn. Then the Jews' senior priests said to Pilate, “Don't write, ‘The king of the Jews’, but, ‘He said, «I am the king of the Jews.» ’ ” he ← that (one).
John 19:22 870Apekri/qh o9 Pila&toj, 874O ge/grafa, ge/grafa. Pilate replied, “What I have written, I have written.”
John 19:23 Oi9 ou]n stratiw~tai, o3te e0stau/rwsan to\n 870Ihsou=n, e1labon ta_ i9ma&tia au0tou=, kai\ e0poi/hsan te/ssara me/rh, e9ka&stw% stratiw&th| me/roj, kai\ to\n xitw~na. 87]Hn de\ o9 xitw_n {RP: a!rafoj} [P1904 TR: a!rrafoj], e0k tw~n a!nwqen u9fanto\j di' o3lou. Then, when they had crucified Jesus, the soldiers took his clothes and divided them into four parts, a part for each soldier, and the tunic. But the tunic was seamless, woven from the top in one piece. a!rafoj, seamless (1), RP F1853=12/18 F1859=6/7 vs. a!rrafoj, seamless (2), P1904 TR F1853=6/18 F1859=1/7.
divided them into four parts ← made four parts.
woven from the top in one piece ← woven from the top through (the) whole.
John 19:24 Ei]pon ou]n pro\j a)llh/louj, Mh\ sxi/swmen au0to/n, a)lla_ la&xwmen peri\ au0tou=, ti/noj e1stai: i3na h9 grafh\ plhrwqh|= h9 le/gousa, Diemeri/santo ta_ i9ma&tia& mou e9autoi=j, kai\ e0pi\ to\n i9matismo/n mou e1balon klh=ron. Oi9 me\n ou]n stratiw~tai tau=ta e0poi/hsan. So they said to each other, “Let us not split it, but cast lots for it as to whose it will be”, so that the scripture might be fulfilled which says,

“They shared out my clothes among themselves,

And for my garment they cast a lot.”

¶ So the soldiers did these things. 		¶ Verse division: in P1904 numbering, John 19:25 begins here.
Ps 22:19MT (Ps 22:18AV).
John 19:25 Ei9sth/keisan de\ para_ tw%~ staurw%~ tou= 870Ihsou= h9 mh/thr au0tou=, kai\ h9 a)delfh\ th=j mhtro\j au0tou=, Mari/a h9 tou= Klwpa~, kai\ Mari/a h9 Magdalhnh/. But standing at the cross of Jesus were his mother and his mother's sister, Mary the wife of Cleopas, and Mary Magdalene. wife: or daughter.
Cleopas ← Clopas here (a contracted form), but uncontracted Cleopas in Luke 24:18.
John 19:26 870Ihsou=j ou]n i0dw_n th\n mhte/ra, kai\ to\n maqhth\n parestw~ta o4n h0ga&pa, le/gei th|= mhtri\ au0tou=, Gu/nai, {RP-text TR: i0dou\} [RP-marg P1904: i1de] o9 ui9o/j sou. Then Jesus, seeing his mother and the disciple whom he loved standing there, said to his mother, “Madam, {RP-text TR: behold} [RP-marg P1904: see] your son.” i0dou\, behold, RP-text TR F1853=12/18 F1859=5/10 vs. i1de, see, RP-marg P1904 F1853=6/18 F1859=5/10.
then: see John 3:25.
John 19:27 Ei]ta le/gei tw%~ maqhth|=, 870Idou\ h9 mh/thr sou. Kai\ a)p' e0kei/nhj th=j w#raj e1laben {RP P1904: o9 maqhth\j au0th\n} [TR: au0th\n o9 maqhth\j] ei0j ta_ i1dia. Then he said to the disciple, “Behold your mother.” And from that hour, the disciple took her into his own home. o9 maqhth\j au0th\n, the disciple (took) + her, RP P1904 F1853=15/18 F1859=3/9 vs. au0th\n o9 maqhth\j, her + the disciple (took), TR F1853=3/18 (Scrivener's bxy) F1859=6/9. F1853 and F1859 are very significantly disparate, X2=6.8 PV=0.9%.
his own home ← his own (things), so his care, his home. Compare John 16:32.
John 19:28 Meta_ tou=to {RP: i0dw_n} [P1904 TR: ei0dw_j] o9 870Ihsou=j o3ti pa&nta h1dh tete/lestai, i3na teleiwqh|= h9 grafh/, le/gei, Diyw~. After this, {RP: Jesus saw} [P1904 TR: Jesus, knowing] that everything had already been completed, {RP: and} [P1904 TR: - ] in order that the scripture be fulfilled: {RP: he} [P1904 TR: - ] said, “I am thirsty.” i0dw_n, having seen, RP F1853=8/18 F1859=5/10 vs. ei0dw_j, knowing, P1904 TR F1853=10/18 F1859=5/10. A disparity with RP, R=13:17. AV differs textually.
Ps 69:22MT (Ps 69:21AV) (for my thirst).
John 19:29 Skeu=oj ou]n e1keito o1couj mesto/n: oi9 de/, plh/santej spo/ggon o1couj, kai\ u9ssw&pw% periqe/ntej, prosh/negkan au0tou= tw%~ sto/mati. Accordingly, a jar full of vinegar was standing there. Then they filled a sponge with vinegar and put it round a hyssop plant and brought it to his mouth. Ps 69:22MT (Ps 69:21AV) (they gave me vinegar to drink).
John 19:30 873Ote ou]n e1laben to\ o1coj o9 870Ihsou=j, ei]pen, Tete/lestai: kai\ kli/naj th\n kefalh/n, pare/dwken to\ pneu=ma. So when Jesus had received the vinegar, he said, “It has been completed”, and, bowing his head, he gave up the ghost. bowing ← having bowed. See Matt 23:20.
gave up the ghost ← gave up the spirit.
John 19:31 Oi9 ou]n 870Ioudai=oi, {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: - } [S1894: e0pei\ Paraskeuh\ h]n,] i3na mh\ mei/nh| e0pi\ tou= staurou= ta_ sw&mata e0n tw%~ sabba&tw% {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: e0pei\ Paraskeuh\ h]n} [S1894: - ] - h]n ga_r mega&lh h9 h9me/ra {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: e0kei/nou} [E1624: e0kei/nh] tou= sabba&tou - h0rw&thsan to\n Pila&ton i3na kateagw~sin au0tw~n ta_ ske/lh, kai\ a)rqw~sin. Then, {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: - } [S1894: since it was the Preparation Day,] in order that the bodies should not remain on the cross on the Sabbath, {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: since it was the Preparation Day,} [S1894: - ] for that Sabbath day was a high {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: Sabbath} [E1624: day], the Jews asked Pilate for their legs to be broken and for them to be removed. e0pei\ Paraskeuh\ h]n, as it was the Preparation (Day): in second position, RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1853=18/18 F1859=6/7 vs. in first position, S1894 F1853=0/18 F1859=1/7.
e0kei/nou, (the day) of that (Sabbath), RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1853=16/19 F1859=5/8 vs. e0kei/nh, that (day of the Sabbath), E1624 F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's bpyonce) F1859=3/8.
The RP text shows that the day after the Preparation Day, the Passover, ↴
John 19:32 87]Hlqon ou]n oi9 stratiw~tai, kai\ tou= me\n prw&tou kate/acan ta_ ske/lh kai\ tou= a!llou tou= sustaurwqe/ntoj au0tw%~: So the soldiers came and broke the legs of the first one, and of the other who had been crucified with him, ↳ was called a high Sabbath (not just a high day), confirming [CB] Appendix 165 (The Hours of the Lord's Last Day) that this Sabbath was the Passover, on a Thursday, and not the weekly Sabbath on a Saturday.
John 19:33 e0pi\ de\ to\n 870Ihsou=n e0lqo/ntej, w(j ei]don au0to\n h1dh teqnhko/ta, ou0 kate/acan au0tou= ta_ ske/lh: but when they came to Jesus, when they saw that he was already dead, they did not break his legs.
John 19:34 a)ll' ei[j tw~n stratiwtw~n lo/gxh| au0tou= th\n pleura_n e1nucen, kai\ {RP P1904: eu0qe/wj} [TR: eu0qu\j] e0ch=lqen ai[ma kai\ u3dwr. However, one of the soldiers pierced his rib with his spear, and immediately blood and water came out. eu0qe/wj, immediately (1), RP P1904 F1853=14/18 F1859=5/8 vs. eu0qu\j, immediately (2), TR F1853=4/18 (Scrivener's cdko) F1859=3/8.
John 19:35 Kai\ o9 e9wrakw_j memartu/rhken, kai\ {RP-text: a)lhqinh/ e0stin au0tou= h9 marturi/a} [RP-marg P1904 TR: a)lhqinh\ au0tou= e0stin h9 marturi/a] [MISC: a)lhqinh/ e0stin h9 marturi/a au0tou=], ka)kei=noj oi]den o3ti a)lhqh= le/gei, i3na {RP TR: - } [P1904: kai\] u9mei=j pisteu/shte. And he who saw it testified, and his testimony is true, and he knew that he spoke the truth, in order that you {RP TR: - } [P1904: too] might believe. e0stin au0tou= h9 marturi/a, is + his + testimony, RP-text F1853=8/20 F1859=2/9 vs. au0tou= e0stin h9 marturi/a, his + is + testimony, RP-marg P1904 TR F1853=3/20 (Scrivener's bdp) F1859=4/9 vs. e0stin h9 marturi/a au0tou=, is + testimony + his F1853=9/20 F1859=3/9. A weak disparity with RP-text, R=10:12.
kai\, also: absent in RP TR F1853=17/19 F1859=4/7 vs. present in P1904 F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's pyonce) F1859=3/7.
knew ← knows.
the truth ← true (things).
he ← that (man).
John 19:36 870Ege/neto ga_r tau=ta i3na h9 grafh\ plhrwqh|=, 870Ostou=n ou0 suntribh/setai {RP: a)p'} [P1904 TR: - ] au0tou=. For these things took place in order that the scripture might be fulfilled: “Not a bone of him shall be crushed.” a)p', from (him): present in RP F1853=8/18 F1859=3/9 vs. absent in P1904 TR F1853=10/18 F1859=6/9. A disparity with RP, R=11:18.
Ex 12:46, Num 9:12 (of the Passover lamb, compare 1 Cor 5:7); Ps 34:21MT (Ps 34:20AV); Ps 22:18MT (Ps 22:17AV) (I can count my bones).
John 19:37 Kai\ pa&lin e9te/ra grafh\ le/gei, 871Oyontai ei0j o4n e0ceke/nthsan. And again, another scripture says, “They shall look at him whom they pierced through.” Zech 12:10.
John 19:38 Meta_ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: de\] tau=ta h0rw&thsen to\n Pila&ton {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: o9] 870Iwsh\f o9 a)po\ 870Arimaqai/aj, w@n maqhth\j tou= 870Ihsou=, kekrumme/noj de\ dia_ to\n fo/bon tw~n 870Ioudai/wn, i3na a!rh| to\ sw~ma tou= 870Ihsou=: kai\ e0pe/treyen o9 Pila&toj. 87]Hlqen ou]n kai\ h]ren to\ sw~ma tou= 870Ihsou=. {RP: After} [P1904 TR: Then after] these things Joseph of Arimathea, who was a disciple of Jesus, asked Pilate (but secretly, for fear of the Jews), that he might remove Jesus's body, and Pilate gave permission. So he went and removed Jesus's body. de\, and: absent in RP F1853=14/18 F1859=2/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1853=4/18 (Scrivener's qrxy) F1859=5/7.
o9, the (Joseph): absent in RP-text P1904 F1853=14/18 F1859=5/7 vs. present in RP-marg TR F1853=4/18 (Scrivener's bdkx) F1859=2/7.
John 19:39 87]Hlqen de\ kai\ Niko/dhmoj, o9 e0lqw_n pro\j to\n 870Ihsou=n nukto\j to\ prw~ton, fe/rwn mi/gma smu/rnhj kai\ a)lo/hj {RP-text P1904: w(j} [RP-marg TR: w(sei\] li/traj e9kato/n. And Nicodemus, who had come to Jesus previously by night, also came, carrying a mixture of myrrh and aloes, about one hundred litras in weight. w(j, about (1), RP-text P1904 F1853=17/19 F1859=3/7 vs. w(sei\, about (2), RP-marg TR F1853=2/19 (Scrivener's aq**) F1859=4/7.
litras: a litra was about 12 ounces (300 grams).
John 19:40 871Elabon ou]n to\ sw~ma tou= 870Ihsou=, kai\ e1dhsan au0to\ {RP P1904: e0n} [TR: - ] o0qoni/oij meta_ tw~n a)rwma&twn, kaqw_j e1qoj e0sti\n toi=j 870Ioudai/oij e0ntafia&zein. Then they took Jesus's body and bound it with linen strips with the scented ointments, as it is the custom of the Jews to embalm. e0n, in (linen strips): present in RP P1904 F1853=17/18 F1859=4/7 vs. absent in TR F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's p) F1859=3/7.
John 19:41 87]Hn de\ e0n tw%~ to/pw% o3pou e0staurw&qh kh=poj, kai\ e0n tw%~ kh/pw% mnhmei=on kaino/n, e0n w%{ ou0de/pw ou0dei\j e0te/qh. Now there was a garden in the place where he was crucified, and in the garden there was a new tomb in which no-one had ever been laid. ever ← yet.
John 19:42 870Ekei= ou]n dia_ th\n Paraskeuh\n tw~n 870Ioudai/wn, o3ti e0ggu\j h]n to\ mnhmei=on, e1qhkan to\n 870Ihsou=n. So they placed Jesus there because of the Jews' Preparation Day, because the tomb was nearby.
John 20:1 Th|= de\ mia%~ tw~n sabba&twn Mari/a h9 Magdalhnh\ e1rxetai prwi+/, skoti/aj e1ti ou1shj, ei0j to\ mnhmei=on, kai\ ble/pei to\n li/qon h0rme/non e0k tou= mnhmei/ou. On the first day of the week, Mary Magdalene went to the tomb early in the morning when it was still dark, and she saw that the stone had been removed from the tomb. week ← Sabbaths, which we also consider possible, with [CB], counting to the firstfruit, as described in Lev 23:15-17. Compare Matt 28:1, Mark 16:2, Luke 24:1.
John 20:2 Tre/xei ou]n kai\ e1rxetai pro\j Si/mwna Pe/tron kai\ pro\j to\n a!llon maqhth\n o4n e0fi/lei o9 870Ihsou=j, kai\ le/gei au0toi=j, 87]Hran to\n ku/rion e0k tou= mnhmei/ou, kai\ ou0k oi1damen pou= e1qhkan au0to/n. So she ran and went to Simon Peter and to the other disciple whom Jesus loved, and she said to them, “They have removed the Lord from the tomb, and we don't know where they have put him.”
John 20:3 870Ech=lqen ou]n o9 Pe/troj kai\ o9 a!lloj maqhth/j, kai\ h1rxonto ei0j to\ mnhmei=on. Then Peter and the other disciple went out and made their way to the tomb, then: see John 3:25.
made their way ← were going.
John 20:4 871Etrexon de\ oi9 du/o o9mou=: kai\ o9 a!lloj maqhth\j proe/dramen ta&xion tou= Pe/trou, kai\ h]lqen prw~toj ei0j to\ mnhmei=on, and the two of them ran together, although the other disciple ran on ahead faster than Peter and arrived at the tomb first. although: concessive use of kai/.
John 20:5 kai\ paraku/yaj ble/pei kei/mena ta_ o0qo/nia, ou0 me/ntoi ei0sh=lqen. And stooping alongside, he saw the linen strips lying there. However, he did not go in.
John 20:6 871Erxetai ou]n Si/mwn Pe/troj a)kolouqw~n au0tw%~, kai\ ei0sh=lqen ei0j to\ mnhmei=on, kai\ qewrei= ta_ o0qo/nia kei/mena, Then Simon Peter, following him, arrived, and he went into the tomb and saw the linen strips lying there,
John 20:7 kai\ to\ souda&rion o4 h]n e0pi\ th=j kefalh=j au0tou=, ou0 meta_ tw~n o0qoni/wn kei/menon, a)lla_ xwri\j e0ntetuligme/non ei0j e3na to/pon. and the sweat-band which had been on his head, not lying with the linen strips, but wrapped up on its own in a certain place. a certain ← one.
John 20:8 To/te ou]n ei0sh=lqen kai\ o9 a!lloj maqhth\j o9 e0lqw_n prw~toj ei0j to\ mnhmei=on, kai\ ei]den, kai\ e0pi/steusen: So then the other disciple, who had arrived first, also went into the tomb, and he saw this, and he believed.
John 20:9 ou0de/pw ga_r h|1deisan th\n grafh/n, o3ti dei= au0to\n e0k nekrw~n a)nasth=nai. For they did not yet know the scripture which says that he must rise from the dead. rise: not be raised here.
John 20:10 870Aph=lqon ou]n pa&lin pro\j e9autou\j oi9 maqhtai/. Then the disciples went back home. back ← again.
home ← to themselves.
John 20:11 Mari/a de\ ei9sth/kei pro\j {RP-text TR: to\ mnhmei=on} [RP-marg P1904: tw%~ mnhmei/w%] klai/ousa e1cw: w(j ou]n e1klaien, pare/kuyen ei0j to\ mnhmei=on, But Mary stood outside the tomb weeping. Then while she was weeping, she stooped and peered into the tomb, to\ mnhmei=on, (at) the tomb (accusative, pregnant use, compare Matt 18:6), RP-text TR F1853=9/19 F1859=4/7 vs. tw%~ mnhmei/w%, (at) the tomb (dative), RP-marg P1904 F1853=9/19 F1859=2/7 vs. another reading, F1853=1/19 (Scrivener's o) F1859=1/7.
outside the tomb ← at the tomb outside.
John 20:12 kai\ qewrei= du/o a)gge/louj e0n leukoi=j kaqezome/nouj, e3na pro\j th|= kefalh|=, kai\ e3na pro\j toi=j posi/n, o3pou e1keito to\ sw~ma tou= 870Ihsou=. and she saw two angels in white sitting down, one at the head and one at the feet of where the body of Jesus had lain.
John 20:13 Kai\ le/gousin au0th|= e0kei=noi, Gu/nai, ti/ klai/eij; Le/gei au0toi=j, o3ti 87]Hran to\n ku/rio/n mou, kai\ ou0k oi]da pou= e1qhkan au0to/n. And they said to her, “Madam, why are you weeping?” She said to them, “Because they have taken my Lord away, and I don't know where they have put him.” they ← those, the former.
John 20:14 Kai\ tau=ta ei0pou=sa e0stra&fh ei0j ta_ o0pi/sw, kai\ qewrei= to\n 870Ihsou=n e9stw~ta, kai\ ou0k h|1dei o3ti {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] 870Ihsou=j e0stin. Then when she had said this, she turned round and saw Jesus standing, but she did not know that it was Jesus. o9, the (Jesus): absent in RP P1904 F1853=17/18 F1859=7/7 vs. present in TR F1853=1/18 (Scrivener's x) F1859=0/7.
round ← back.
John 20:15 Le/gei au0th|= o9 870Ihsou=j, Gu/nai, ti/ klai/eij; Ti/na zhtei=j; 870Ekei/nh, dokou=sa o3ti o9 khpouro/j e0stin, le/gei au0tw%~, Ku/rie, ei0 su\ e0ba&stasaj au0to/n, ei0pe/ moi pou= {RP P1904: e1qhkaj au0to/n} [TR: au0to\n e1qhkaj], ka)gw_ au0to\n a)rw~. Jesus said to her, “Madam, why are you weeping? Who are you looking for?” She, thinking that it was the gardener, said to him, “Sir, if you carried him away, tell me where you put him, and I will remove him.” e1qhkaj au0to/n, you put + him, RP P1904 F1853=13/18 F1859=7/7 vs. au0to\n e1qhkaj, him + you put, TR F1853=5/18 F1859=0/7.
she ← that (woman), the former.
John 20:16 Le/gei au0th|= o9 870Ihsou=j, Mari/a. Strafei=sa e0kei/nh le/gei au0tw%~, 879Rabbouni/ - o4 le/getai, Dida&skale. Jesus said to her, “Mary.” She turned round and said to him, “Rabbouni!” which means “teacher”. she ← that (woman).
John 20:17 Le/gei au0th|= o9 870Ihsou=j, Mh/ mou a#ptou, ou1pw ga_r a)nabe/bhka pro\j to\n pate/ra mou: poreu/ou de\ pro\j tou\j a)delfou/j mou, kai\ ei0pe\ au0toi=j, 870Anabai/nw pro\j to\n pate/ra mou kai\ pate/ra u9mw~n, kai\ qeo/n mou kai\ qeo\n u9mw~n. Jesus said to her, “Don't touch me, for I have not yet ascended to my father. But go to my brothers and say to them, ‘I am ascending to my father, and your father, and my God, and your God.’ ”
John 20:18 871Erxetai Mari/a h9 Magdalhnh\ a)pagge/llousa toi=j maqhtai=j o3ti e9w&raken to\n ku/rion, kai\ tau=ta ei]pen au0th|=. Mary Magdalene went to report to the disciples that she had seen the Lord, and that he had said these things to her. to report ← reporting, present participle replacing a classical future participle which can denote purpose. See Matt 20:20.
John 20:19 Ou1shj ou]n o0yi/aj, th|= h9me/ra% e0kei/nh| th|= mia%~ tw~n sabba&twn, kai\ tw~n qurw~n kekleisme/nwn o3pou h]san oi9 maqhtai\ sunhgme/noi, dia_ to\n fo/bon tw~n 870Ioudai/wn, h]lqen o9 870Ihsou=j kai\ e1sth ei0j to\ me/son, kai\ le/gei au0toi=j, Ei0rh/nh u9mi=n. Then with it being evening on that first day of the week, and the doors where the disciples had gathered being closed for fear of the Jews, Jesus came and stood in their company and said to them, “Peace to you.” week ← Sabbaths. See John 20:1.
company ← midst.
John 20:20 Kai\ tou=to ei0pw_n e1deicen au0toi=j ta_j xei=raj kai\ th\n pleura_n au0tou=. 870Exa&rhsan ou]n oi9 maqhtai\ i0do/ntej to\n ku/rion. And when he had said this, he showed them his hands and side. So the disciples rejoiced at seeing the Lord. at seeing ← having seen. See Matt 23:20.
John 20:21 Ei]pen ou]n au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j pa&lin, Ei0rh/nh u9mi=n: kaqw_j a)pe/stalke/n me o9 path/r, ka)gw_ pe/mpw u9ma~j. Then Jesus said to them again, “Peace to you. As the father has sent me, so I too send you out.” send you: you in the accusative, so not, as might be thought in view of the next verse, send you (holy spirit) here, which would require the dative.
John 20:22 Kai\ tou=to ei0pw_n e0nefu/shsen kai\ le/gei au0toi=j, La&bete pneu=ma a#gion. And when he had said this, he blew into them, and he said to them, “Receive holy spirit.
John 20:23 871An tinwn a)fh=te ta_j a(marti/aj, a)fi/entai au0toi=j: a!n tinwn krath=te, kekra&thntai. If you forgive the sins of any, their sins are forgiven. If you hold on to the sins of any, they remain held.” their sins are forgiven ← they (i.e. the sins) are forgiven (to) them.
they remain held ← they have been held.
John 20:24 Qwma~j de/, ei[j e0k tw~n dw&deka, o9 lego/menoj Di/dumoj, ou0k h]n met' au0tw~n o3te h]lqen o9 870Ihsou=j. Now Thomas, one of the twelve, called Didymus, was not with them when Jesus came,
John 20:25 871Elegon ou]n au0tw%~ oi9 a!lloi maqhtai/, 879Ewra&kamen to\n ku/rion. 879O de\ ei]pen au0toi=j, 870Ea_n mh\ i1dw e0n tai=j xersi\n au0tou= to\n tu/pon tw~n h3lwn, kai\ ba&lw to\n da&ktulo/n mou ei0j to\n tu/pon tw~n h3lwn, kai\ ba&lw th\n xei=ra& mou ei0j th\n pleura_n au0tou=, ou0 mh\ pisteu/sw. so the other disciples said to him, “We have seen the Lord.” But he said to them, “Unless I see the mark of the nails in his hands, and I put my finger in the mark of the nails, and I put my hand in his side, I will definitely not believe.”
John 20:26 Kai\ meq' h9me/raj o0ktw_ pa&lin h]san e1sw oi9 maqhtai\ au0tou=, kai\ Qwma~j met' au0tw~n. 871Erxetai o9 870Ihsou=j, tw~n qurw~n kekleisme/nwn, kai\ e1sth ei0j to\ me/son kai\ ei]pen, Ei0rh/nh u9mi=n. Then eight days later, his disciples were again indoors, and Thomas was with them. Jesus came in, although the doors were closed, and he stood in their company, and he said, “Peace to you.” although: concessive use of the participle, in a genitive absolute construction.
company ← midst.
John 20:27 Ei]ta le/gei tw%~ Qwma%~, Fe/re to\n da&ktulo/n sou w{de, kai\ i1de ta_j xei=ra&j mou: kai\ fe/re th\n xei=ra& sou, kai\ ba&le ei0j th\n pleura&n mou: kai\ mh\ gi/nou a!pistoj, a)lla_ pisto/j. Then he said to Thomas, “Bring your finger here and see my hands, and stretch out your hand and put it in my side, and do not be unbelieving, but believing.” stretch out ← bring.
John 20:28 Kai\ a)pekri/qh {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] Qwma~j, kai\ ei]pen au0tw%~, 879O ku/rio/j mou kai\ o9 qeo/j mou. Then Thomas responded and said to him, “My Lord and my God.” o9, the (Thomas): absent in RP P1904 F1853=16/18 F1859=7/7 vs. present in TR F1853=2/18 (Scrivener's cx. A hiatus in x in John 20:19-31 according to Scrivener's introduction, but x collated in some of these verses. A challenge to F1853) F1859=0/7.
John 20:29 Le/gei au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, 873Oti e9w&raka&j me, {RP P1904: - } [TR: Qwma~,] pepi/steukaj; Maka&rioi oi9 mh\ i0do/ntej, kai\ pisteu/santej. Jesus said to him, “Because you have seen me, {RP P1904: - } [TR: Thomas,] you have believed. Blessed are those who have not seen yet have believed.” Qwma~, Thomas: absent in RP P1904 F1853=18/18 F1859=7/7 vs. present in TR F1853=0/18 F1859=0/7.
yet: adversative use of kai/.
John 20:30 Polla_ me\n ou]n kai\ a!lla shmei=a e0poi/hsen o9 870Ihsou=j e0nw&pion tw~n maqhtw~n au0tou=, a$ ou0k e1stin gegramme/na e0n tw%~ bibli/w% tou/tw%. To be sure, Jesus performed many other signs too in the presence of his disciples, which have not been written in this book,
John 20:31 Tau=ta de\ ge/graptai, i3na pisteu/shte o3ti {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] 870Ihsou=j e0stin o9 xristo\j o9 ui9o\j tou= qeou=, kai\ i3na pisteu/ontej zwh\n e1xhte e0n tw%~ o0no/mati au0tou=. but these have been written so that you may believe that Jesus is the Christ, the son of God, and that by believing, you may have life through his name. o9, the (Jesus): absent in RP P1904 F1853=18/18 F1859=6/7 vs. present in TR F1853=0/18 F1859=1/7.
John 21:1 Meta_ tau=ta e0fane/rwsen e9auto\n pa&lin o9 870Ihsou=j toi=j maqhtai=j {RP-text P1904 TR: - } [RP-marg: au0tou=] e0pi\ th=j qala&sshj th=j Tiberia&doj: e0fane/rwsen de\ ou3twj. After these things, Jesus manifested himself to {RP-text P1904 TR: the} [RP-marg: his] disciples again, at the Sea of Tiberias, and he manifested himself in this way: au0tou=, his (disciples): absent in RP-text P1904 TR F1853=9/18 F1859=2/7 vs. present in RP-marg F1853=9/18 F1859=5/7. A weak disparity with RP-text, R=13:14.
John 21:2 87]Hsan o9mou= Si/mwn Pe/troj, kai\ Qwma~j o9 lego/menoj Di/dumoj, kai\ Naqanah\l o9 a)po\ Kana~ th=j Galilai/aj, kai\ oi9 tou= Zebedai/ou, kai\ a!lloi e0k tw~n maqhtw~n au0tou= du/o. Simon Peter and Thomas called Didymus were both there, as were Nathanael from Cana in Galilee, and the sons of Zebedee, and two others of his disciples. both there ← at the same place, together.
John 21:3 Le/gei au0toi=j Si/mwn Pe/troj, 879Upa&gw a(lieu/ein. Le/gousin au0tw%~, 870Erxo/meqa kai\ h9mei=j su\n soi/. 870Ech=lqon kai\ {RP P1904: e0ne/bhsan} [TR: a)ne/bhsan] ei0j to\ ploi=on eu0qu/j, kai\ e0n e0kei/nh| th|= nukti\ e0pi/asan ou0de/n. Simon Peter said to them, “I am going fishing.” They said to him, “We will come along with you.” They departed and immediately went {RP P1904: on board} [TR: up into] the boat, but that night they caught nothing. e0ne/bhsan, entered, RP P1904 F1853=16/19 F1859=7/8 vs. a)ne/bhsan, went up, TR F1853=3/19 (Scrivener's cox) F1859=1/8.
along ← also, which would be pleonastic in English, though not particularly intrusively so here.
John 21:4 Prwi+/aj de\ h1dh genome/nhj e1sth o9 870Ihsou=j ei0j to\n ai0gialo/n: ou0 me/ntoi h|1deisan oi9 maqhtai\ o3ti 870Ihsou=j e0stin. Then with morning having already broken, Jesus was standing on the shore. The disciples, however, did not know that it was Jesus. was standing ← stood.
John 21:5 Le/gei ou]n au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, Paidi/a, mh/ ti prosfa&gion e1xete; 870Apekri/qhsan au0tw%~, Ou1. Then Jesus said to them, “Children, haven't you got any hearty food?” They answered him, “No.” hearty food ← supplementary food, i.e. tasty, savoury food to go with bread.
John 21:6 879O de\ ei]pen au0toi=j, Ba&lete ei0j ta_ decia_ me/rh tou= ploi/ou to\ di/ktuon, kai\ eu9rh/sete. 871Ebalon ou]n, kai\ ou0ke/ti au0to\ e9lku/sai i1sxusan a)po\ tou= plh/qouj tw~n i0xqu/wn. Then he said to them, “Cast the net on the right hand side of the boat, and you will find some.” So they cast it, and they could no longer haul it up because of the large number of fish. side ← parts.
John 21:7 Le/gei ou]n o9 maqhth\j e0kei=noj o4n h0ga&pa o9 870Ihsou=j tw%~ Pe/trw%, 879O ku/rio/j e0stin. Si/mwn ou]n Pe/troj, a)kou/saj o3ti o9 ku/rio/j e0stin, to\n e0pendu/thn diezw&sato - h]n ga_r gumno/j - kai\ e1balen e9auto\n ei0j th\n qa&lassan. Then that disciple, whom Jesus loved, said to Peter, “It's the Lord!” Then, when he heard that it was the Lord, Simon Peter girded himself with his cape – for he was naked – and cast himself into the sea.
John 21:8 Oi9 de\ a!lloi maqhtai\ tw%~ ploiari/w% h]lqon - ou0 ga_r h]san makra_n a)po\ th=j gh=j, a)ll' w(j a)po\ phxw~n diakosi/wn - su/rontej to\ di/ktuon tw~n i0xqu/wn. But the other disciples came by boat, for they were not far from land, just about two hundred cubits, dragging the net full of fish. by boat ← by (means of) the boat.
just ← but.
cubits: a cubit was about 18 in. or 50 cm.
John 21:9 879Wj ou]n a)pe/bhsan ei0j th\n gh=n, ble/pousin a)nqrakia_n keime/nhn kai\ o0ya&rion e0pikei/menon, kai\ a!rton. Then when they had disembarked onto land, they saw a charcoal fire set up and fish lying on it, and bread.
John 21:10 Le/gei au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, 870Ene/gkate a)po\ tw~n o0yari/wn w{n e0pia&sate nu=n. Jesus said to them, “Bring some of the fish which you have just caught.”
John 21:11 870Ane/bh Si/mwn Pe/troj, kai\ ei3lkusen to\ di/ktuon e0pi\ th=j gh=j, mesto\n i0xqu/wn mega&lwn e9kato\n penth/konta triw~n: kai\ tosou/twn o1ntwn, ou0k e0sxi/sqh to\ di/ktuon. Simon Peter went on board and hauled the net on land, full with one hundred and fifty-three large fish, yet with so many the net did not tear. went on board: or (its usual meaning), went up, or went back. The usual word for to go on board is e0mbai/nw, sometimes with some textual support alongside it for the word used here, a)nabai/nw (Matt 15:39, John 6:22, John 21:3).
did not tear ← was not torn.
John 21:12 Le/gei au0toi=j o9 870Ihsou=j, Deu=te a)risth/sate. Ou0dei\j de\ e0to/lma tw~n maqhtw~n e0ceta&sai au0to/n, Su\ ti/j ei]; ei0do/tej o3ti o9 ku/rio/j e0stin. Jesus said to them, “Come and have your breakfast.” But not one of the disciples dared ask him, “Who are you?” because they knew it was the Lord. who: the question would be about deeper things than just the identity, which they knew.
because: causal use of the participle.
John 21:13 871Erxetai ou]n o9 870Ihsou=j, kai\ lamba&nei to\n a!rton, kai\ di/dwsin au0toi=j, kai\ to\ o0ya&rion o9moi/wj. Then Jesus came and took the bread, and he gave some to them, and the cooked fish likewise.
John 21:14 Tou=to h1dh tri/ton e0fanerw&qh o9 870Ihsou=j toi=j maqhtai=j au0tou=, e0gerqei\j e0k nekrw~n. This was the third time now that Jesus was manifested to his disciples, after rising from the dead, now ← already.
rising: or being raised.
John 21:15 873Ote ou]n h0ri/sthsan, le/gei tw%~ Si/mwni Pe/trw% o9 870Ihsou=j, Si/mwn 870Iwna~, a)gapa%~j me plei=on tou/twn; Le/gei au0tw%~, Nai\ ku/rie: su\ oi]daj o3ti filw~ se. Le/gei au0tw%~, Bo/ske ta_ a)rni/a mou. then when they had had breakfast, Jesus asked Simon Peter, “Simon, son of Jonah, do you love me more than these?” He said to him, “Yes, Lord, you know that I hold you in affection.” He said to him, “Feed my lambs.” asked ← said to.
hold in affection: we translate file/w differently to a)gapa&w in this passage to bring out the shade of difference.
John 21:16 Le/gei au0tw%~ pa&lin deu/teron, Si/mwn 870Iwna~, a)gapa%~j me; Le/gei au0tw%~, Nai\ ku/rie: su\ oi]daj o3ti filw~ se. Le/gei au0tw%~, Poi/maine ta_ pro/bata& mou. He asked him a second time, “Simon, son of Jonah, do you love me?” He said to him, “Yes, Lord, you know that I hold you in affection.” He said to him, “Tend my sheep.” asked ← said to.
a second time ← again a second time, again being pleonastic. Compare Mark 12:4.
John 21:17 Le/gei au0tw%~ to\ tri/ton, Si/mwn 870Iwna~, filei=j me; 870Eluph/qh o9 Pe/troj o3ti ei]pen au0tw%~ to\ tri/ton, Filei=j me; Kai\ ei]pen au0tw%~, Ku/rie, su\ pa&nta oi]daj: su\ ginw&skeij o3ti filw~ se. Le/gei au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, Bo/ske ta_ pro/bata& mou. He asked him a third time, “Simon, son of Jonah, do you hold me in affection?” Peter was grieved that he had asked him a third time, “Do you hold me in affection?”, and he said to him, “Lord, you know everything. You know I hold you in affection.” Jesus said to him, “Feed my sheep. asked (2x) ← said to.
John 21:18 870Amh\n a)mh\n le/gw soi, o3te h]j new&teroj, e0zw&nnuej seauto/n, kai\ periepa&teij o3pou h1qelej: o3tan de\ ghra&sh|j, e0ktenei=j ta_j xei=ra&j sou, kai\ a!lloj se zw&sei, kai\ oi1sei o3pou ou0 qe/leij. Truly, truly, I say to you, when you were younger, you used to gird yourself and go around where you wanted. But when you grow old, you will hold out your hands, and another will gird you, and he will take you where you don't want to go.”
John 21:19 Tou=to de\ ei]pen, shmai/nwn poi/w% qana&tw% doca&sei to\n qeo/n. Kai\ tou=to ei0pw_n le/gei au0tw%~, 870Akolou/qei moi. He said this signifying by what kind of death he would glorify God. And when he had said this, he said to him, “Follow me.”
John 21:20 870Epistrafei\j de\ o9 Pe/troj ble/pei to\n maqhth\n o4n h0ga&pa o9 870Ihsou=j a)kolouqou=nta, o4j kai\ a)ne/pesen e0n tw%~ dei/pnw% e0pi\ to\ sth=qoj au0tou= kai\ ei]pen, Ku/rie, ti/j e0stin o9 paradidou/j se; Then Peter turned round and saw the disciple whom Jesus loved following, who had for his part leant back on his breast at the supper and had said, “Lord, who is the one who will betray you?” for his part ← also.
John 21:21 Tou=ton i0dw_n o9 Pe/troj le/gei tw%~ 870Ihsou=, Ku/rie, ou[toj de\ ti/; When Peter saw him, he asked Jesus, “Lord, what about him?” him (2x) ← this (man).
asked ← said to.
John 21:22 Le/gei au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, 870Ea_n au0to\n qe/lw me/nein e3wj e1rxomai, ti/ pro/j se; Su\ a)kolou/qei moi. Jesus said to him, “If I want him to remain until I come, what has that got to do with you? You follow me.” what has that got to do with you ← what (is that) to you.
John 21:23 870Ech=lqen ou]n o9 lo/goj ou[toj ei0j tou\j a)delfou/j, o3ti o9 maqhth\j e0kei=noj ou0k a)poqnh|/skei: kai\ ou0k ei]pen au0tw%~ o9 870Ihsou=j, o3ti ou0k a)poqnh|/skei: a)ll', 870Ea_n au0to\n qe/lw me/nein e3wj e1rxomai, ti/ pro/j se; So this saying spread among the brothers that that disciple would not die. But Jesus had not said to him that he would not die, but, “If I want him to remain until I come, what has that got to do with you?” spread among ← went out to.
but: adversative use of kai/.
John 21:24 Ou[to/j e0stin o9 maqhth\j o9 marturw~n peri\ tou/twn, kai\ gra&yaj tau=ta: kai\ oi1damen o3ti a)lhqh/j e0stin h9 marturi/a au0tou=. This is the disciple who is testifying about these things, and who wrote these things, and we know that his testimony is true.
John 21:25 871Estin de\ kai\ a!lla polla_ o3sa e0poi/hsen o9 870Ihsou=j, a#tina e0a_n gra&fhtai kaq' e3n, ou0de\ au0to\n oi]mai to\n ko/smon xwrh=sai ta_ grafo/mena bibli/a. 870Amh/n. And there are many other things which Jesus did, for which, if they were individually written down, I don't think even the world itself could contain the books which would be written. Amen.
Acts 1:1 To\n me\n prw~ton lo/gon e0poihsa&mhn peri\ pa&ntwn, w} Qeo/file, w{n h1rcato o9 870Ihsou=j poiei=n te kai\ dida&skein, I compiled the first account, Theophilus, of everything that Jesus both did and taught from when he began did and taught from when he began ← began both to do and teach.
Acts 1:2 a!xri h[j h9me/raj, e0nteila&menoj toi=j a)posto/loij dia_ pneu/matoj a(gi/ou ou4j e0cele/cato, a)nelh/fqh: up to the day when through holy spirit he instructed the apostles whom he had chosen, and he was taken up,
Acts 1:3 oi[j kai\ pare/sthsen e9auto\n zw~nta meta_ to\ paqei=n au0to\n e0n polloi=j tekmhri/oij, di' h9merw~n tessara&konta o0ptano/menoj au0toi=j, kai\ le/gwn ta_ peri\ th=j basilei/aj tou= qeou=. the apostles to whom he also presented himself alive, after his suffering, with many sure signs, when he was seen by them for forty days, and when he spoke about matters concerning the kingdom of God. his suffering ← him suffering.
Acts 1:4 Kai\ sunalizo/menoj {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: - } [S1894: met' au0tw~n] parh/ggeilen au0toi=j a)po\ 879Ierosolu/mwn mh\ xwri/zesqai, a)lla_ perime/nein th\n e0paggeli/an tou= patro/j, 874Hn h0kou/sate/ mou: And when he met up {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: with them} [S1894: with them], he instructed them not to leave Jerusalem, but to wait for the father's promise, “Which”, he said, “you have heard from me. met' au0tw~n, with them: absent in RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=12/12 vs. present in S1894 F1859=0/12. Verbs with a prefix sun- take the preposition su/n, not meta&.
Acts 1:5 o3ti 870Iwa&nnhj me\n e0ba&ptisen u3dati, u9mei=j de\ baptisqh/sesqe e0n pneu/mati a(gi/w% ou0 meta_ polla_j tau/taj h9me/raj. For John baptized with water, but you will be baptized with holy spirit in not many days' time.” in not many days' time ← not after these many days.
Acts 1:6 Oi9 me\n ou]n sunelqo/ntej e0phrw&twn au0to\n le/gontej, Ku/rie, ei0 e0n tw%~ xro/nw% tou/tw% a)pokaqista&neij th\n basilei/an tw%~ 870Israh/l; So they met together and asked him and said, “Lord, are you going to restore the kingdom to Israel at this time?” asked ← were asking, but see Matt 5:2.
Acts 1:7 Ei]pen de\ pro\j au0tou/j, Ou0x u9mw~n e0stin gnw~nai xro/nouj h2 kairou\j ou4j o9 path\r e1qeto e0n th|= i0di/a% e0cousi/a%. But he said to them, “It is not for you to know the times or seasons which the father has placed under his own authority. under ← in.
Acts 1:8 870Alla_ lh/yesqe du/namin, e0pelqo/ntoj tou= a(gi/ou pneu/matoj e0f' u9ma~j: kai\ e1sesqe/ moi ma&rturej e1n te 879Ierousalh/m, kai\ e0n pa&sh| th|= 870Ioudai/a% kai\ Samarei/a%, kai\ e3wj e0sxa&tou th=j gh=j. But you will receive power when the holy spirit comes upon you, and you will be witnesses to me in Jerusalem and in all Judaea and Samaria and as far as the extremity of the land.” in Jerusalem and ← in both Jerusalem and.
extremity of the land: or end of the earth. As the Lord is speaking to the apostles to the circumcision here, the sense must be the former, whereas Paul, the apostle to the Gentiles, covered a much wider geographical area.
Acts 1:9 Kai\ tau=ta ei0pw&n, blepo/ntwn au0tw~n e0ph/rqh, kai\ nefe/lh u9pe/laben au0to\n a)po\ tw~n o0fqalmw~n au0tw~n. And when he had said these things, while they were looking on, he was taken up, and a cloud took him from their sight. took ← took from underneath.
sight ← eyes.
Acts 1:10 Kai\ w(j a)teni/zontej h]san ei0j to\n ou0rano/n, poreuome/nou au0tou=, kai\ i0dou\ a!ndrej du/o pareisth/keisan au0toi=j e0n e0sqh=ti leukh|=, And while they were looking up intently towards heaven as he departed, it became apparent that two men in white clothing were standing next to them, heaven: or the sky, but the second occurrence in Acts 1:11 militates for heaven.
it became apparent that ← and behold.
Acts 1:11 oi4 kai\ ei]pon, 871Andrej Galilai=oi, ti/ e9sth/kate e0mble/pontej ei0j to\n ou0rano/n; Ou[toj o9 870Ihsou=j, o9 a)nalhfqei\j a)f' u9mw~n ei0j to\n ou0rano/n, ou3twj e0leu/setai o4n tro/pon e0qea&sasqe au0to\n poreuo/menon ei0j to\n ou0rano/n. who for their part said, “Men of Galilee, why are you standing gazing towards heaven? This Jesus, who has been taken up from you into heaven, will come back in the way you saw him go into heaven.” for their part ← also.
in the way ← thus ... (in respect of) the way.
Acts 1:12 To/te u9pe/streyan ei0j 879Ierousalh\m a)po\ o1rouj tou= kaloume/nou 870Elaiw~noj, o3 e0stin e0ggu\j 879Ierousalh/m, sabba&tou e1xon o9do/n. Then they returned to Jerusalem from the mountain called Olivet, which is near Jerusalem, being a Sabbath's journey away. Olivet ← olive grove. The same as the Mount of Olives (Matt 21:1 etc.).
being ← having.
Acts 1:13 Kai\ o3te ei0sh=lqon, a)ne/bhsan ei0j to\ u9perw%~on ou[ h]san katame/nontej, o3 te Pe/troj kai\ 870Ia&kwboj kai\ 870Iwa&nnhj kai\ 870Andre/aj, Fi/lippoj kai\ Qwma~j, Barqolomai=oj kai\ Matqai=oj, 870Ia&kwboj 870Alfai/ou kai\ Si/mwn o9 Zhlwth/j, kai\ 870Iou/daj 870Iakw&bou. And when they had gone in, they went up to the upper room where they were staying, the company being Peter and James and John and Andrew, Philip and Thomas, Bartholomew and Matthew, James the son of Alphaeus, and Simon the Zealot, and Judas the son of James. the son of James: AV differs (the brother) of James. Compare Luke 6:16.
Acts 1:14 Ou[toi pa&ntej h]san proskarterou=ntej o9moqumado\n th|= proseuxh|= kai\ th|= deh/sei, su\n gunaici\n kai\ Mari/a% th|= mhtri\ tou= 870Ihsou=, kai\ su\n toi=j a)delfoi=j au0tou=. All these continued resolutely of one mind in prayer and supplication, with the women including Mary the mother of Jesus, and with his brothers. continued ← were continuing.
Acts 1:15 Kai\ e0n tai=j h9me/raij tau/taij a)nasta_j Pe/troj e0n me/sw% tw~n maqhtw~n ei]pen - h]n te o1xloj o0noma&twn e0pi\ to\ au0to\ w(j e9kato\n ei1kosi - And in those days Peter stood up in the presence of the disciples and said (and there was a crowd of about one hundred and twenty people in all), presence ← midst.
people ← names.
in all ← at the same (place).
Acts 1:16 871Andrej a)delfoi/, e1dei plhrwqh=nai th\n grafh\n tau/thn, h4n proei=pen to\ pneu=ma to\ a#gion dia_ sto/matoj {RP P1904: Daui\d} [TR: Dabi\d] peri\ 870Iou/da, tou= genome/nou o9dhgou= toi=j sullabou=sin to\n 870Ihsou=n. “Men and brothers, it was necessary that this scripture should be fulfilled, which the holy spirit spoke beforehand through the mouth of David concerning Judas who was guide to those who arrested Jesus, David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
was ← became.
Acts 1:17 873Oti kathriqmhme/noj h]n su\n h9mi=n, kai\ e1laxen to\n klh=ron th=j diakoni/aj tau/thj - because he was counted among us, and he received the office of this ministry. office ← lot, whence an office received by lot (as opposed to election by voting).
Acts 1:18 Ou[toj me\n ou]n e0kth/sato xwri/on e0k {RP P1904: - } [TR: tou=] misqou= th=j a)diki/aj, kai\ prhnh\j geno/menoj e0la&khsen me/soj, kai\ e0cexu/qh pa&nta ta_ spla&gxna au0tou=. This man then bought a parcel of land with unrighteous gain, and falling headlong, he burst open in the waist, and all his innards were poured out. tou=, (out of) the (unrighteous gain): absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. present in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's o).
falling ← having become. See Matt 23:20.
We offer a simple scenario which reconciles this verse with Matt 27:5. Judas ↴
Acts 1:19 Kai\ gnwsto\n e0ge/neto pa~sin toi=j katoikou=sin 879Ierousalh/m, w#ste klhqh=nai to\ xwri/on e0kei=no th|= i0di/a% diale/ktw% au0tw~n 870Akeldama&, tou=t' e1stin, xwri/on ai3matoj - And it became known to all the inhabitants of Jerusalem, so that that parcel of land was called in their own dialect ‘Aceldama’, which means ‘Grounds of Blood.’ ↳ decided to kill himself by falling on his sword. But it went wrong, and he simply cut ↴
means ← is.
grounds ← parcel, plot (of land), as above.
Acts 1:20 Ge/graptai ga_r e0n bi/blw% Yalmw~n, Genhqh/tw h9 e1paulij au0tou= e1rhmoj, kai\ mh\ e1stw o9 katoikw~n e0n au0th|=: kai/, Th\n e0piskoph\n au0tou= la&boi e3teroj. For it stands written in the book of Psalms:

‘Let his dwelling become desolate,

And let there be no inhabitant in it’

and,

‘May another person take his office.’

 ↳ his abdomen open and his innards came out. Not being dead, he decided to finish himself off by hanging himself. Compare Xenophon's Anabasis, 2:5:33.
Ps 69:26MT (Ps 69:25AV), Ps 109:8.
Acts 1:21 Dei= ou]n tw~n sunelqo/ntwn h9mi=n a)ndrw~n e0n panti\ xro/nw% e0n w%{ ei0sh=lqen kai\ e0ch=lqen e0f' h9ma~j o9 ku/rioj 870Ihsou=j, Therefore it is necessary that, from the men who have been with us all the time during which the Lord Jesus went about among us, have been ← went.
went about ← went in and went out, so, more formally, consociated.
Acts 1:22 a)rca&menoj a)po\ tou= bapti/smatoj 870Iwa&nnou, e3wj th=j h9me/raj h[j a)nelh/fqh a)f' h9mw~n, ma&rtura th=j a)nasta&sewj au0tou= gene/sqai su\n h9mi=n e3na tou/twn. beginning with the baptism of John up to the day on which he was taken up from us, one of these should become a witness to his resurrection with us.” beginning ← having begun. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 1:23 Kai\ e1sthsan du/o, 870Iwsh\f to\n kalou/menon {RP TR: Barsaba~n} [P1904: Barsabba~n], o4j e0peklh/qh 870Iou=stoj, kai\ Matqi/an. And they put two forward: Joseph called {RP TR: Barsabas} [P1904: Barsabbas], who was surnamed Justus, and Matthias. Barsaba~n, Barsabas, RP TR F1859=9/13 vs. Barsabba~n, Barsabbas, P1904 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's bfgp).
Acts 1:24 Kai\ proseuca&menoi ei]pon, Su\ ku/rie kardiognw~sta pa&ntwn, a)na&deicon {RP P1904: o4n e0cele/cw, e0k tou/twn tw~n du/o e3na} [S1550 E1624: e0k tou/twn tw~n du/o e3na o4n e0cele/cw,] [S1894: e0k tou/twn tw~n du/o o4n e3na e0cele/cw,] And they prayed and said, “Lord, you know the heart of everyone. Show plainly the one whom you have chosen of these two, o4n e0cele/cw, e0k tou/twn tw~n du/o e3na, whom you chose + of these two + one, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 (though f with a misspelling) vs. e0k tou/twn tw~n du/o e3na o4n e0cele/cw, of these two + one + whom you chose, S1550 E1624 F1859=0/13 vs. e0k tou/twn tw~n du/o o4n e3na e0cele/cw, of these two + whom + one + you chose, S1894 F1859=0/13 vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's k).
know ← a knower.
Acts 1:25 labei=n to\n klh=ron th=j diakoni/aj tau/thj kai\ a)postolh=j, e0c h[j pare/bh 870Iou/daj, poreuqh=nai ei0j to\n to/pon to\n i1dion. to take the office of this apostolic ministry from which Judas fell in transgression so that he went to his own place.” office ← lot. See Acts 1:17.
apostolic ministry ← ministry and apostleship, the whole expression being treated as singular.
fell in transgression ← transgressed.
Acts 1:26 Kai\ e1dwkan klh/rouj au0tw~n, kai\ e1pesen o9 klh=roj e0pi\ Matqi/an, kai\ sugkateyhfi/sqh meta_ tw~n e3ndeka a)posto/lwn. And they gave them their lots, and the lot fell on Matthias, and he was reckoned along with the eleven apostles.
Acts 2:1 Kai\ e0n tw%~ sumplhrou=sqai th\n h9me/ran th=j Penthkosth=j, h]san a#pantej o9moqumado\n e0pi\ to\ au0to/. And as the day of Pentecost was coming to an end, they were all of one mind together. together ← in the same (place).
Acts 2:2 Kai\ e0ge/neto a!fnw e0k tou= ou0ranou= h]xoj w#sper ferome/nhj pnoh=j biai/aj, kai\ e0plh/rwsen o3lon to\n oi]kon ou[ h]san kaqh/menoi. And suddenly a noise from heaven came like a strong driving blast, and it filled the whole house where they were sitting. came ← became, took place, but also came.
a strong driving blast ← of a strong driven blast.
sitting: or staying, as a Hebraism (יָשַׁב).
Acts 2:3 Kai\ w!fqhsan au0toi=j diamerizo/menai glw~ssai w(sei\ puro/j, e0ka&qise/n te e0f' e3na e3kaston au0tw~n. And parting tongues appeared to them, as if of fire, and one rested on each one of them. rested ← sat, a Hebraism (יָשַׁב).
Acts 2:4 Kai\ e0plh/sqhsan a#pantej pneu/matoj a(gi/ou, kai\ h1rcanto lalei=n e9te/raij glw&ssaij, kaqw_j to\ pneu=ma e0di/dou au0toi=j a)pofqe/ggesqai. And all were filled with holy spirit, and they began to speak in other tongues according to what the spirit gave them to utter. gave ← was giving, but perhaps denoting repetition.
Acts 2:5 87]Hsan de\ e0n 879Ierousalh\m katoikou=ntej 870Ioudai=oi, a!ndrej eu0labei=j, a)po\ panto\j e1qnouj tw~n u9po\ to\n ou0rano/n. And there were Jews living in Jerusalem, devout men from every nation under heaven.
Acts 2:6 Genome/nhj de\ th=j fwnh=j tau/thj, sunh=lqen to\ plh=qoj kai\ sunexu/qh, o3ti h1kouon ei[j e3kastoj th|= i0di/a% diale/ktw% lalou/ntwn au0tw~n. And when this noise had passed, the crowd gathered and was confused, because each one heard them speaking in his own dialect. passed ← become, come, taken place.
Acts 2:7 870Eci/stanto de\ pa&ntej kai\ e0qau/mazon, le/gontej pro\j a)llh/louj, Ou0k i0dou\ pa&ntej ou[toi/ ei0sin oi9 lalou=ntej Galilai=oi; And all were astonished, and they marvelled and said to each other, “Look at this – aren't all these Galileans who are speaking?
Acts 2:8 Kai\ pw~j h9mei=j a)kou/omen e3kastoj th|= i0di/a% diale/ktw% h9mw~n e0n h|[ e0gennh/qhmen; So how come each of us hears in our own dialect in which we were born? hears ← we hear.
Acts 2:9 Pa&rqoi kai\ Mh=doi kai\ 870Elami=tai, kai\ oi9 katoikou=ntej th\n Mesopotami/an, 870Ioudai/an te kai\ Kappadoki/an, Po/nton kai\ th\n 870Asi/an, Parthians and Medes and Elamites and those who inhabit Mesopotamia, Judaea and Cappadocia, Pontus and Asia,
Acts 2:10 Frugi/an te kai\ Pamfuli/an, Ai1gupton kai\ ta_ me/rh th=j Libu/hj th=j kata_ Kurh/nhn, kai\ oi9 e0pidhmou=ntej 879Rwmai=oi, 870Ioudai=oi/ te kai\ prosh/lutoi, Phrygia and Pamphylia, Egypt and the parts of Libya around Cyrene, and Romans away from home, both Jews and proselytes, away from home ← at home, but here and Acts 17:21 residing among another people.
Acts 2:11 Krh=tej kai\ 871Arabej, a)kou/omen lalou/ntwn au0tw~n tai=j h9mete/raij glw&ssaij ta_ megalei=a tou= qeou=. Cretans and Arabs – we hear them speaking the magnificent things of God in our own languages.”
Acts 2:12 870Eci/stanto de\ pa&ntej kai\ dihpo/roun, a!lloj pro\j a!llon le/gontej, Ti/ a@n qe/loi tou=to ei]nai; And all were astonished and were at a loss, saying to one another, “Whatever could this mean?” could this mean ← would this wish to be.
Acts 2:13 873Eteroi de\ xleua&zontej e1legon o3ti Gleu/kouj memestwme/noi ei0si/n. But others, jeering, said, “They are full of new wine.” are full ← have been filled.
Acts 2:14 Staqei\j de\ Pe/troj su\n toi=j e3ndeka, e0ph=ren th\n fwnh\n au0tou=, kai\ a)pefqe/gcato au0toi=j, 871Andrej 870Ioudai=oi, kai\ oi9 katoikou=ntej 879Ierousalh\m a#pantej, tou=to u9mi=n gnwsto\n e1stw, kai\ e0nwti/sasqe ta_ r(h/mata& mou. But Peter, standing up with the eleven, lifted up his voice and addressed them as follows: “Men, Jews and all dwellers of Jerusalem, let this be known to you and give ear to my words. standing up ← having stood up. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 2:15 Ou0 ga&r, w(j u9mei=j u9polamba&nete, ou[toi mequ/ousin: e1stin ga_r w#ra tri/th th=j h9me/raj: For these men are not drunk as you suppose, seeing it is the third hour of the day. third hour of the day: 9 a.m.
Acts 2:16 a)lla_ tou=to/ e0stin to\ ei0rhme/non dia_ tou= profh/tou 870Iwh/l, But this is that which was spoken through the prophet Joel:
Acts 2:17 Kai\ e1stai e0n tai=j e0sxa&taij h9me/raij, le/gei o9 qeo/j, e0kxew~ a)po\ tou= pneu/mato/j mou e0pi\ pa~san sa&rka: kai\ profhteu/sousin oi9 ui9oi\ u9mw~n kai\ ai9 qugate/rej u9mw~n, kai\ oi9 neani/skoi u9mw~n o9ra&seij o1yontai, kai\ oi9 presbu/teroi u9mw~n e0nu/pnia e0nupniasqh/sontai:

‘And it shall come to pass in the last days’,

Says God,

‘That I will pour out some of my spirit on all flesh,

And your sons and your daughters will prophesy,

And your youths will see visions,

And your old men will dream dreams,

 Joel 3:1MT (Joel 2:28AV).
come to pass ← be.
Acts 2:18 kai/ ge e0pi\ tou\j dou/louj mou kai\ e0pi\ ta_j dou/laj mou e0n tai=j h9me/raij e0kei/naij e0kxew~ a)po\ tou= pneu/mato/j mou, kai\ profhteu/sousin.

And I will indeed pour out some of my spirit

On my servants and on my maidservants

In those days,

And they will prophesy.

 Joel 3:2MT (Joel 2:29AV).
Acts 2:19 Kai\ dw&sw te/rata e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~ a!nw, kai\ shmei=a e0pi\ th=j gh=j ka&tw, ai[ma kai\ pu=r kai\ a)tmi/da kapnou=:

And I will show miracles in heaven above

And signs on earth below

– Blood and fire and a smoky vapour.

 Joel 3:3MT (Joel 2:30AV).
show ← give.
smoky vapour ← vapour of smoke, a Hebraic genitive.
Acts 2:20 o9 h3lioj metastrafh/setai ei0j sko/toj, kai\ h9 selh/nh ei0j ai[ma, pri\n h2 e0lqei=n th\n h9me/ran kuri/ou th\n mega&lhn kai\ e0pifanh=:

The sun will be turned into darkness

And the moon to blood

Before the great and illustrious day of the Lord comes.

 Joel 3:4MT (Joel 2:31AV), Joel 4:15MT (Joel 3:15AV).
illustrious ← notable, whence distinguished, renowned, illustrious.
Acts 2:21 kai\ e1stai, pa~j o4j a@n e0pikale/shtai to\ o1noma kuri/ou swqh/setai.

And it will come to pass

That everyone who calls on the name of the Lord

Will be saved.’

 Joel 3:5MT (Joel 2:32AV).
everyone ← everyone whoever. Pleonastic, perhaps for emphasis.
Acts 2:22 871Andrej 870Israhli=tai, a)kou/sate tou\j lo/gouj tou/touj: 870Ihsou=n to\n Nazwrai=on, a!ndra a)po\ tou= qeou= a)podedeigme/non ei0j u9ma~j duna&mesin kai\ te/rasin kai\ shmei/oij, oi[j e0poi/hsen di' au0tou= o9 qeo\j e0n me/sw% u9mw~n, kaqw_j kai\ au0toi\ oi1date, You Israelite men, hear these words. Jesus the Nazarene, a man from God demonstrated to you by acts of power and miracles and signs which God performed through him in your midst, as you yourselves also know –
Acts 2:23 tou=ton th|= w(risme/nh| boulh|= kai\ prognw&sei tou= qeou= e1kdoton labo/ntej, dia_ xeirw~n a)no/mwn prosph/cantej a)nei/lete: him, delivered up by the deliberate plan and foreknowledge of God, you took and through lawless hands crucified and killed, him ← this (man).
deliberate ← determined, marked out.
crucified ← affixed.
Acts 2:24 o4n o9 qeo\j a)ne/sthsen, lu/saj ta_j w)di=naj tou= qana&tou, kaqo/ti ou0k h]n dunato\n kratei=sqai au0to\n u9p' au0tou=. whom God raised up, abolishing the pains of death, as it was not possible for him to be held by it. abolishing ← having abolished. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 2:25 {RP P1904: Daui\d} [TR: Dabi\d] ga_r le/gei ei0j au0to/n, Prowrw&mhn to\n ku/rion e0nw&pio/n mou dia_ panto/j: o3ti e0k deciw~n mou e0sti/n, i3na mh\ saleuqw~: For David speaks with reference to him,

‘I saw the Lord before me continually,

That he was on my right hand side,

So that I might not be shaken.

 David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Ps 16:8.
Acts 2:26 dia_ tou=to eu0fra&nqh h9 kardi/a mou, kai\ h0gallia&sato h9 glw~ssa& mou: e1ti de\ kai\ h9 sa&rc mou kataskhnw&sei e0p' e0lpi/di:

On account of this my heart was glad

And my tongue rejoiced;

Moreover my flesh will dwell in hope.

 Ps 16:9.
Acts 2:27 o3ti ou0k e0gkatalei/yeij th\n yuxh/n mou ei0j 873A|dou, ou0de\ dw&seij to\n o3sio/n sou i0dei=n diafqora&n.

For you will not leave my being in Hades,

Nor will you allow your holy one to see decay.

 Ps 16:10.
being ← soul.
in Hades ← to Hades (the place of the dead). Pregnant use of the preposition.
Acts 2:28 870Egnw&risa&j moi o9dou\j zwh=j: plhrw&seij me eu0frosu/nhj meta_ tou= prosw&pou sou.

You have made the paths of life known to me;

You will fill me with joy at your presence.’

 Ps 16:11.
at ← with.
presence ← face.
Acts 2:29 871Andrej a)delfoi/, e0co\n ei0pei=n meta_ parrhsi/aj pro\j u9ma~j peri\ tou= patria&rxou {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d], o3ti kai\ e0teleu/thsen kai\ e0ta&fh, kai\ to\ mnh=ma au0tou= e0stin e0n h9mi=n a!xri th=j h9me/raj tau/thj. Men and brothers, I may speak to you frankly about the patriarch David – indeed that he died and was buried and his tomb is among us to this day. David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Acts 2:30 Profh/thj ou]n u9pa&rxwn, kai\ ei0dw_j o3ti o3rkw% w!mosen au0tw%~ o9 qeo/j, e0k karpou= th=j o0sfu/oj au0tou= to\ kata_ sa&rka a)nasth/sein to\n xristo/n, kaqi/sai e0pi\ tou= qro/nou au0tou=, Now since he was a prophet and knew that God had sworn to him by an oath that he would raise up the Christ from the fruit of his loins according to the flesh to sit on his throne, 2 Sam 7:12, 1 Chr 17:11, Ps 89:37MT (Ps 89:36AV).
now ← therefore.
since: causal use of the participle.
the fruit of his loins according to the flesh: i.e. his descendants, fulfilled in Mary, the Lord's mother, Matt 1:18-1:25, traced back to David in Luke 3:23-3:31.
Acts 2:31 proi+dw_n e0la&lhsen peri\ th=j a)nasta&sewj tou= xristou=, o3ti ou0 katelei/fqh h9 yuxh\ au0tou= ei0j 873A|dou, ou0de\ h9 sa_rc au0tou= ei]den diafqora&n. foreseeing this, he spoke about the resurrection of Christ: that his being was not left in Hades, nor did his flesh see decay. Ps 16:10.
foreseeing ← having foreseen. See Matt 23:20.
being ← soul.
in Hades: see Acts 2:27.
Acts 2:32 Tou=ton to\n 870Ihsou=n a)ne/sthsen o9 qeo/j, ou[ pa&ntej h9mei=j e0smen ma&rturej. God raised up this Jesus, of whom all of us are witnesses. God raised up: compare John 10:18, the verses together supporting the deity of Christ.
Acts 2:33 Th|= decia%~ ou]n tou= qeou= u9ywqei/j, th/n te e0paggeli/an tou= a(gi/ou pneu/matoj labw_n para_ tou= patro/j, e0ce/xeen tou=to o4 nu=n u9mei=j ble/pete kai\ a)kou/ete. So being exalted at the right hand of God, and having received the promise of the holy spirit from the father, he poured out this which you now see and hear. being exalted ← having been exalted.
Acts 2:34 Ou0 ga_r {RP P1904: Daui\d} [TR: Dabi\d] a)ne/bh ei0j tou\j ou0ranou/j, le/gei de\ au0to/j, Ei]pen o9 ku/rioj tw%~ kuri/w% mou, Ka&qou e0k deciw~n mou, For David has not ascended into the heavens, but he himself says,

‘The Lord said to my Lord,

«Sit on my right hand side

 David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Ps 110:1.
Acts 2:35 e3wj a@n qw~ tou\j e0xqrou/j sou u9popo/dion tw~n podw~n sou.

Until I make your enemies your footstool.» ’

 Ps 110:1.
your footstool ← a footstool of your feet.
Acts 2:36 870Asfalw~j ou]n ginwske/tw pa~j oi]koj 870Israh/l, o3ti {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: kai\} [E1624: - ] ku/rion kai\ xristo\n au0to\n o9 qeo\j e0poi/hsen, tou=ton to\n 870Ihsou=n o4n u9mei=j e0staurw&sate. So let the whole house of Israel certainly know that God has made him {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: both} [E1624: - ] Lord and Christ – that is, this Jesus, whom you crucified.” kai\, and: present in RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=13/13 vs. absent in E1624 F1859=0/13.
AV differs somewhat in syntactical structure.
Acts 2:37 870Akou/santej de\ katenu/ghsan th|= kardi/a%, ei]po/n te pro\j to\n Pe/tron kai\ tou\j loipou\j a)posto/louj, Ti/ {RP-text P1904 TR: poih/somen} [RP-marg: poih/swmen], a!ndrej a)delfoi/; And when they heard this, they were pierced in their hearts, and they said to Peter and the rest of the apostles, “What {RP-text P1904 TR: shall we do} [RP-marg: are we to do], men and brothers?” poih/somen, (what) shall we do, RP-text P1904 TRF1859=8/12 vs. poih/swmen, (what) are we to do (deliberative subjunctive), RP-marg F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's ahkp).
pierced ← goaded, pricked.
hearts ← heart.
Acts 2:38 Pe/troj de\ e1fh pro\j au0tou/j, Metanoh/sate, kai\ baptisqh/tw e3kastoj u9mw~n e0pi\ tw%~ o0no/mati 870Ihsou= xristou= ei0j a!fesin a(martiw~n, kai\ lh/yesqe th\n dwrea_n tou= a(gi/ou pneu/matoj. Then Peter said to them, “Repent, and let every one of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of sins, and you will receive the gift of the holy spirit.
Acts 2:39 879Umi=n ga&r e0stin h9 e0paggeli/a, kai\ toi=j te/knoij u9mw~n, kai\ pa~sin toi=j ei0j makra&n, o3souj a@n proskale/shtai ku/rioj o9 qeo\j h9mw~n. For the promise is to you, and to your children, and to all those who are far away, whomever the Lord our God calls to himself.” whomever ← however many as.
Acts 2:40 879Ete/roij te lo/goij plei/osin diemartu/reto kai\ pareka&lei le/gwn, Sw&qhte a)po\ th=j genea~j th=j skolia~j tau/thj. And with very many other words he would testify solemnly and exhort them, saying, “Be saved from this crooked generation.” very many ← rather many, Greek comparative for superlative.
Acts 2:41 Oi9 me\n ou]n a)sme/nwj a)podeca&menoi to\n lo/gon au0tou= e0bapti/sqhsan: kai\ prosete/qhsan th|= h9me/ra% e0kei/nh| yuxai\ w(sei\ trisxi/liai. So they gladly received his word and were baptized, and on that day about three thousand people were added to their number. they: constructed as in Acts 1:6. AV has the more restrictive they that, which is also possible.
people ← souls.
Acts 2:42 87]Hsan de\ proskarterou=ntej th|= didaxh|= tw~n a)posto/lwn kai\ th|= koinwni/a%, kai\ th|= kla&sei tou= a!rtou kai\ tai=j proseuxai=j. And they continued resolutely in the teaching of the apostles and in fellowship, and in the breaking of the bread and in prayers. continued ← were continuing.
Acts 2:43 870Ege/neto de\ pa&sh| yuxh|= fo/boj, polla& te te/rata kai\ shmei=a dia_ tw~n a)posto/lwn e0gi/neto. And fear came upon every soul, and many miracles and signs were performed through the apostles. upon ← to.
soul: i.e. person, emphasizing the capacity for feelings.
Acts 2:44 Pa&ntej de\ oi9 pisteu/ontej h]san e0pi\ to\ au0to/, kai\ ei]xon a#panta koina&, And all the believers were in the same place, and they had everything in common,
Acts 2:45 kai\ ta_ kth/mata kai\ ta_j u9pa&rceij e0pi/praskon, kai\ dieme/rizon au0ta_ pa~sin, kaqo/ti a!n tij xrei/an ei]xen. and they sold their possessions and belongings and distributed them to everyone according to whatever anyone needed.
Acts 2:46 Kaq' h9me/ran te proskarterou=ntej o9moqumado\n e0n tw%~ i9erw%~, klw~nte/j te kat' oi]kon a!rton, metela&mbanon trofh=j e0n a)gallia&sei kai\ a)felo/thti kardi/aj, And they resolutely continued daily in unanimity in the temple, breaking bread from house to house, partaking of food with gladness and plainness of heart, continued ... partaking ← continuing ... partook. A stylistic inversion of participle and main verb.
Acts 2:47 ai0nou=ntej to\n qeo/n, kai\ e1xontej xa&rin pro\j o3lon to\n lao/n. 879O de\ ku/rioj proseti/qei tou\j sw%zome/nouj kaq' h9me/ran th|= e0kklhsi/a%. praising God, and having favour with all the people. And the Lord would add to the church those who became saved daily. church: see Matt 16:18.
those who became saved: iterative use of the present tense, matching the iterative imperfect would add.
Acts 3:1 870Epi\ to\ au0to\ de\ Pe/troj kai\ 870Iwa&nnhj a)ne/bainon ei0j to\ i9ero\n e0pi\ th\n w#ran th=j proseuxh=j th\n {RP P1904: e0na&thn} [TR: e0nna&thn]. Now Peter and John were going up together to the temple at the hour of prayer – the ninth hour, e0na&thn, ninth (1), RP P1904 F1859=6/13 vs. e0nna&thn, ninth (2), TR F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's b*cefkop). A weak disparity with RP, R=7:8.
ninth hour: 3 p.m.
Acts 3:2 Kai/ tij a)nh\r xwlo\j e0k koili/aj mhtro\j au0tou= u9pa&rxwn e0basta&zeto: o4n e0ti/qoun kaq' h9me/ran pro\j th\n qu/ran tou= i9erou= th\n legome/nhn 879Wrai/an, tou= ai0tei=n e0lehmosu/nhn para_ tw~n ei0sporeuome/nwn ei0j to\ i9ero/n. when a certain man who had been lame from his mother's womb was being carried, a man whom they would put at the door of the temple called “Beautiful” every day, for him to ask for alms from those going into the temple.
Acts 3:3 874Oj i0dw_n Pe/tron kai\ 870Iwa&nnhn me/llontaj ei0sie/nai ei0j to\ i9ero/n, h0rw&ta e0lehmosu/nhn {RP P1904 S1894: - } [S1550 E1624: labei=n]. And when he saw Peter and John about to enter the temple, he asked {RP P1904 S1894: for} [S1550 E1624: to be given] alms. labei=n, to receive: absent in RP P1904 S1894 F1859=9/12 vs. present in S1550 E1624 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's bop).
[S1550 E1624: to be given ← to receive.]
Acts 3:4 870Ateni/saj de\ Pe/troj ei0j au0to\n su\n tw%~ 870Iwa&nnh|, ei]pen, Ble/yon ei0j h9ma~j. But Peter looked at him intently with John and said, “Look at us.”
Acts 3:5 879O de\ e0pei=xen au0toi=j, prosdokw~n ti par' au0tw~n labei=n. So he heeded them, expecting to receive something from them.
Acts 3:6 Ei]pen de\ Pe/troj, 870Argu/rion kai\ xrusi/on ou0x u9pa&rxei moi: o4 de\ e1xw, tou=to/ soi di/dwmi. 870En tw%~ o0no/mati 870Ihsou= xristou= tou= Nazwrai/ou, {RP-text TR: e1geirai} [RP-marg P1904: e1geire] kai\ peripa&tei. But Peter said, “Silver and gold I don't have, but what I do have, I will give you: in the name of Jesus Christ the Nazarene, get up and walk.” e1geirai, arise (aorist middle), RP-text TR F1859=10/12 vs. e1geire, raise, arise (present active), RP-marg P1904 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's mp).
what ← what ... this.
Acts 3:7 Kai\ pia&saj au0to\n th=j decia~j xeiro\j h1geiren: paraxrh=ma de\ e0sterew&qhsan au0tou= ai9 ba&seij kai\ ta_ sfura&. And taking hold of him by his right hand, he lifted him up, and immediately his feet and his ankles were made firm. taking hold ← having taken hold. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 3:8 Kai\ e0callo/menoj e1sth kai\ periepa&tei, kai\ ei0sh=lqen su\n au0toi=j ei0j to\ i9ero/n, peripatw~n kai\ a(llo/menoj kai\ ai0nw~n to\n qeo/n. And he leapt up and stood, and he walked around and went into the temple with them, walking around and leaping and praising God.
Acts 3:9 Kai\ ei]den au0to\n pa~j o9 lao\j peripatou=nta kai\ ai0nou=nta to\n qeo/n: And all the people saw him walking around and praising God,
Acts 3:10 e0pegi/nwsko/n te au0to\n o3ti ou[toj h]n o9 pro\j th\n e0lehmosu/nhn kaqh/menoj e0pi\ th|= 879Wrai/a% pu/lh| tou= i9erou=: kai\ e0plh/sqhsan qa&mbouj kai\ e0ksta&sewj e0pi\ tw%~ sumbebhko/ti au0tw%~. and they recognized him – that this was the man who sat for alms at the Beautiful Gate of the temple, and they were filled with astonishment and amazement at what had happened to him.
Acts 3:11 Kratou=ntoj de\ tou= i0aqe/ntoj xwlou= to\n Pe/tron kai\ 870Iwa&nnhn, sune/dramen pro\j au0tou\j pa~j o9 lao\j e0pi\ th|= stoa%~ th|= kaloume/nh| Solomw~ntoj, e1kqamboi. Then while the lame man who had been healed held onto Peter and John, all the people converged on them at what is called Solomon's Portico, greatly astonished. converged on ← ran together to.
what is called Solomon's Portico ← the portico called Solomon's.
Acts 3:12 870Idw_n de\ Pe/troj a)pekri/nato pro\j to\n lao/n, 871Andrej 870Israhli=tai, ti/ qauma&zete e0pi\ tou/tw%, h2 h9mi=n ti/ a)teni/zete, w(j i0di/a% duna&mei h2 eu0sebei/a% pepoihko/sin tou= peripatei=n au0to/n; And when Peter saw this, he answered the people, “You Israelite men, why are you astonished at this, or why do you look at us so intently as if it were by our own power or godliness that we made him walk? that we made ← (look at) us having made.
Acts 3:13 879O qeo\j 870Abraa_m kai\ 870Isaa_k kai\ 870Iakw&b, o9 qeo\j tw~n pate/rwn h9mw~n, e0do/casen to\n pai=da au0tou= 870Ihsou=n: o4n u9mei=j {RP P1904: me\n} [TR: - ] paredw&kate, kai\ h0rnh/sasqe au0to\n kata_ pro/swpon Pila&tou, kri/nantoj e0kei/nou a)polu/ein. The God of Abraham and Isaac and Jacob – the God of our fathers – glorified his servant Jesus, whom you {RP P1904: though} [TR: - ] delivered up and disowned in the presence of Pilate, when he had resolved to release him. me\n, on the one hand: present in RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's em).
servant: one of Christ's roles, as in Isa 52:13. AV differs, reading son, but this is not the usual word for son.
disowned ← denied.
he ← that (man).
Acts 3:14 879Umei=j de\ to\n a#gion kai\ di/kaion h0rnh/sasqe, kai\ h|0th/sasqe a!ndra fone/a xarisqh=nai u9mi=n, But you disowned the holy and righteous one and asked for a man who was a murderer to be granted release to you. disowned ← denied.
Acts 3:15 to\n de\ a)rxhgo\n th=j zwh=j a)pektei/nate: o4n o9 qeo\j h1geiren e0k nekrw~n, ou[ h9mei=j ma&rture/j e0smen. And you killed the originator of life, whom God raised from the dead, of which we are witnesses. originator: AV differs, reading Prince, which is also a valid meaning.
whom God raised: see Acts 2:32, John 10:18.
Acts 3:16 Kai\ e0pi\ th|= pi/stei tou= o0no/matoj au0tou=, tou=ton o4n qewrei=te kai\ oi1date e0stere/wsen to\ o1noma au0tou=: kai\ h9 pi/stij h9 di' au0tou= e1dwken au0tw%~ th\n o9loklhri/an tau/thn a)pe/nanti pa&ntwn u9mw~n. And by faith in his name, his name has given strength to this man whom you see and know, and faith which is through him has given him this clean bill of health in the presence of you all. clean bill of health ← completeness.
Acts 3:17 Kai\ nu=n, a)delfoi/, oi]da o3ti kata_ a!gnoian e0pra&cate, w#sper kai\ oi9 a!rxontej u9mw~n. And now, brothers, I know you acted in ignorance, as also your rulers did.
Acts 3:18 879O de\ qeo\j a$ prokath/ggeilen dia_ sto/matoj pa&ntwn tw~n profhtw~n au0tou=, paqei=n to\n xristo/n, e0plh/rwsen ou3twj. But God has in this way fulfilled the things which he declared beforehand through the mouth of all his prophets, namely that Christ should suffer.
Acts 3:19 Metanoh/sate ou]n kai\ e0pistre/yate, ei0j to\ e0caleifqh=nai u9mw~n ta_j a(marti/aj, o3pwj a@n e1lqwsin kairoi\ a)nayu/cewj a)po\ prosw&pou tou= kuri/ou, Repent therefore, and return, in order that your sins may be wiped out, and that the times of relief may come from the Lord, from the Lord ← from (the) face of the Lord.
Acts 3:20 kai\ a)postei/lh| to\n {RP P1904: prokexeirisme/non} [TR: prokekhrugme/non] u9mi=n {RP P1904: xristo\n 870Ihsou=n} [TR: 870Ihsou=n xristo/n]: and that he may send you {RP P1904: Christ Jesus} [TR: Jesus Christ] who was {RP P1904: taken in hand in advance for you} [TR: proclaimed beforehand to you], prokexeirisme/non, taken in hand beforehand, prepared beforehand, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. prokekhrugme/non, proclaimed beforehand, TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
xristo\n 870Ihsou=n, Christ + Jesus, RP P1904 F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's acghl) vs. 870Ihsou=n xristo/n, Jesus + Christ, TR F1859=8/13 (Scrivener's bdefkmop). A disparity with RP, R=6:9. AV differs textually.
Acts 3:21 o4n dei= ou0rano\n me\n de/casqai a!xri xro/nwn a)pokatasta&sewj pa&ntwn, w{n e0la&lhsen o9 qeo\j dia_ sto/matoj pa&ntwn {RP: tw~n} [P1904 TR: - ] a(gi/wn au0tou= profhtw~n a)p' ai0w~noj. whom heaven must receive until the times of the restoration of all things of which God has spoken through the mouth of all his holy prophets of old time. tw~n, (of) the (holy prophets of him): present in RP F1859=10/13 vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's bce).
receive: i.e. retain (received).
of old time ← since (the) age.
Acts 3:22 {RP TR: Mwsh=j} [P1904: Mwu+sh=j] me\n ga_r pro\j tou\j pate/raj ei]pen o3ti Profh/thn u9mi=n a)nasth/sei ku/rioj o9 qeo\j {RP: h9mw~n} [P1904 TR: u9mw~n] e0k tw~n a)delfw~n u9mw~n w(j e0me/: au0tou= a)kou/sesqe kata_ pa&nta o3sa a@n lalh/sh| pro\j u9ma~j. For Moses said to the fathers, ‘The Lord {RP: our} [P1904 TR: your] God will raise up a prophet to you from your brothers like me. You will hear him in regard to whatever he says to you. Mwsh=j, Moses, RP TR F1859=6/14 (Scrivener's cefh**km) vs. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, P1904 F1859=8/14 (Scrivener's abdgh*lop). A weak disparity (#1) with RP, R=7:9.
h9mw~n, our, RP F1859=8/13 (Scrivener's abcefhlo) vs. u9mw~n, your, P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's dgkmp). Nearly a disparity (#2) with RP, R=8:7. AV differs textually.
Deut 18:15, Deut 18:18.
Acts 3:23 871Estai de/, pa~sa yuxh/, h3tij {RP-text P1904: e0a_n} [RP-marg TR: a@n] mh\ a)kou/sh| tou= profh/tou e0kei/nou, e0coloqreuqh/setai e0k tou= laou=. And it will come to pass that anyone who does not hear that prophet will be utterly eradicated from the people.’ e0a_n, (who)ever (non-classical form), RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. a@n, (who)ever (classical form), RP-marg TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's ahk).
Deut 18:19, adapted a little.
anyone who does not ← every soul whatever which does not.
Acts 3:24 Kai\ pa&ntej de\ oi9 profh=tai a)po\ Samouh\l kai\ tw~n kaqech=j, o3soi e0la&lhsan, kai\ {RP-text P1904: kath/ggeilan} [RP-marg TR: prokath/ggeilan] ta_j h9me/raj tau/taj. Indeed all the prophets from Samuel and those who followed – all who have spoken – also announced these days {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: beforehand]. kath/ggeilan, announced, RP-text P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. prokath/ggeilan, announced beforehand, RP-marg TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's abho).
all ← as many as.
Acts 3:25 879Umei=j e0ste ui9oi\ tw~n profhtw~n, kai\ th=j diaqh/khj h[j die/qeto o9 qeo\j pro\j tou\j pate/raj h9mw~n, le/gwn pro\j 870Abraa&m, Kai\ {RP P1904: e0n} [TR: - ] tw%~ spe/rmati/ sou e0neuloghqh/sontai pa~sai ai9 patriai\ th=j gh=j. You are the sons of the prophets and of the covenant which God made with our fathers, saying to Abraham, ‘And through your seed all the families of the earth will be blessed.’ e0n, in, by, here through (strengthening the dative): present in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 (k being by a later hand) vs. absent in TR F1859=0/13.
Gen 12:3, Gen 22:18, Gen 26:4, Gen 28:14.
Acts 3:26 879Umi=n prw~ton o9 qeo/j, a)nasth/saj to\n pai=da au0tou= 870Ihsou=n, a)pe/steilen au0to\n eu0logou=nta u9ma~j, e0n tw%~ a)postre/fein e3kaston a)po\ tw~n ponhriw~n u9mw~n. God raised up his servant Jesus to you first, and he sent him to bless you by turning each one away from your wicked ways.” servant: see Acts 3:13.
to bless ← blessing, present participle, perhaps standing for a classical future participle of purpose. See Matt 20:20.
by turning: instrumental (by, gerundial) rather than temporal (while, adverbial).
Acts 4:1 Lalou/ntwn de\ au0tw~n pro\j to\n lao/n, e0pe/sthsan au0toi=j oi9 i9erei=j kai\ o9 strathgo\j tou= i9erou= kai\ oi9 Saddoukai=oi, But while they were speaking to the people, the priests and the head guard of the temple and the Sadducees confronted them,
Acts 4:2 diaponou/menoi dia_ to\ dida&skein au0tou\j to\n lao/n, kai\ katagge/llein e0n tw%~ 870Ihsou= th\n a)na&stasin {RP P1904: tw~n} [TR: th\n e0k] nekrw~n. and they were exasperated at them teaching the people and proclaiming the resurrection {RP P1904: of the} [TR: out of the] dead in Jesus, tw~n, of the, RP P1904 F1859=9/14 vs. th\n e0k, which (is) out of, TR F1859=5/14 (Scrivener's beko*p).
Acts 4:3 Kai\ e0pe/balon au0toi=j ta_j xei=raj, kai\ e1qento ei0j th/rhsin ei0j th\n au1rion: h]n ga_r e9spe/ra h1dh. and they laid hands on them and had them put in custody until the following day, for it was already evening. had them put: this causative sense comes from the middle voice. Compare Acts 5:18, Acts 5:25, 1 Cor 10:2, 1 Cor 6:11.
Acts 4:4 Polloi\ de\ tw~n a)kousa&ntwn to\n lo/gon e0pi/steusan: kai\ e0genh/qh o9 a)riqmo\j tw~n a)ndrw~n w(sei\ xilia&dej pe/nte. But many of those hearing the word believed, and the number of men grew to about five thousand. hearing ← having heard. See Matt 23:20.
grew to ← became.
Acts 4:5 870Ege/neto de\ e0pi\ th\n au1rion sunaxqh=nai au0tw~n tou\j a!rxontaj kai\ {RP TR: - } [P1904: tou\j] presbute/rouj kai\ grammatei=j ei0j 879Ierousalh/m, And it came to pass on the next day that their rulers and elders and scribes gathered in Jerusalem, tou\j, the (elders): absent in RP TR F1859=8/13 vs. present in P1904 F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's bceop).
in Jerusalem ← into Jerusalem. Pregnant usage.
Acts 4:6 kai\ 871Annan to\n a)rxiere/a, kai\ Kai+a&fan, kai\ 870Iwa&nnhn, kai\ 870Ale/candron, kai\ o3soi h]san e0k ge/nouj a)rxieratikou=. with Annas the high priest and Caiaphas and John and Alexander and all who were of the high-priestly family, all ← as many as.
family: or race, descent.
Acts 4:7 Kai\ sth/santej au0tou\j e0n {RP: - } [P1904 TR: tw%~] me/sw% e0punqa&nonto, 870En poi/a% duna&mei h2 e0n poi/w% o0no/mati e0poih/sate tou=to u9mei=j; and they placed them before them and inquired, “By what power or in what name did you do this?” tw%~, the (midst): absent in RP F1859=11/14 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=3/14 (Scrivener's c*ep).
before them ← in {RP: - } [P1904 TR: the] midst.
Acts 4:8 To/te Pe/troj plhsqei\j pneu/matoj a(gi/ou ei]pen pro\j au0tou/j, 871Arxontej tou= laou= kai\ presbu/teroi tou= 870Israh/l, Then Peter, filled with holy spirit, said to them, “Rulers of the people and elders of Israel,
Acts 4:9 ei0 h9mei=j sh/meron a)nakrino/meqa e0pi\ eu0ergesi/a% a)nqrw&pou a)sqenou=j, e0n ti/ni ou[toj se/swstai: if we today are being examined about the good work on a sick man, by what means he has been cured, on ← of (objective genitive).
he ← this (man).
cured: or saved.
Acts 4:10 gnwsto\n e1stw pa~sin u9mi=n kai\ panti\ tw%~ law%~ 870Israh/l, o3ti e0n tw%~ o0no/mati 870Ihsou= xristou= tou= Nazwrai/ou, o4n u9mei=j e0staurw&sate, o4n o9 qeo\j h1geiren e0k nekrw~n, e0n tou/tw% ou[toj pare/sthken e0nw&pion u9mw~n u9gih/j. let it be known to all of you and to all the people of Israel that it is in the name of Jesus Christ the Nazarene, whom you crucified, whom God has raised from the dead – that it is by him – that this man stands here in your presence, healthy. him ← this (man).
Acts 4:11 Ou[to/j e0stin o9 li/qoj o9 e0couqenhqei\j u9f' u9mw~n tw~n oi0kodomou/ntwn, o9 geno/menoj ei0j kefalh\n gwni/aj. He is

The stone which was rejected by you builders,

But which has become the keystone.

 Ps 118:22.
he ← this (man).
keystone ← head of (the) corner / angle.
Acts 4:12 Kai\ ou0k e1stin e0n a!llw% ou0deni\ h9 swthri/a: {RP TR: ou1te} [P1904: ou0de\] ga_r o1noma& e0stin e3teron {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: u9po\ to\n ou0rano\n] to\ dedome/non e0n a)nqrw&poij, e0n w%{ dei= swqh=nai h9ma~j. And there is no salvation in any other, for neither is there any other name {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: under heaven] given among men by which we must be saved.” ou1te, and not, RP TR F1859=7/12 vs. ou0de\, not even; and not, P1904 F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's abhko).
u9po\ to\n ou0rano\n, under heaven: absent in RP-text F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's bcglmo) vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's adefhk). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=6:8. AV differs textually.
Acts 4:13 Qewrou=ntej de\ th\n tou= Pe/trou parrhsi/an kai\ 870Iwa&nnou, kai\ katalabo/menoi o3ti a!nqrwpoi a)gra&mmatoi/ ei0sin kai\ i0diw~tai, e0qau/mazon, e0pegi/nwsko/n te au0tou\j o3ti su\n tw%~ 870Ihsou= h]san. And when they saw the confidence of Peter and John, and when they realized that they were unlettered and laymen, they were amazed, and they recognized that they had been with Jesus. confidence: or frankness, straightforwardness.
Acts 4:14 To\n de\ a!nqrwpon ble/pontej su\n au0toi=j e9stw~ta to\n teqerapeume/non, ou0de\n ei]xon a)nteipei=n. And since they saw the man who had been healed standing with them, they had nothing to say against it. since: causal use of the participle.
Acts 4:15 Keleu/santej de\ au0tou\j e1cw tou= sunedri/ou a)pelqei=n, {RP P1904: sune/ballon} [TR: sune/balon] pro\j a)llh/louj, And they ordered them to go out of the Sanhedrin council and conferred with each other, sune/ballon, were conferring, RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. sune/balon, conferred, TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ck*).
Acts 4:16 le/gontej, Ti/ {RP-text P1904 TR: poih/somen} [RP-marg: poih/swmen] toi=j a)nqrw&poij tou/toij; 873Oti me\n ga_r gnwsto\n shmei=on ge/gonen di' au0tw~n, pa~sin toi=j katoikou=sin 879Ierousalh\m fanero/n, kai\ ou0 duna&meqa a)rnh/sasqai. and they said, “What {RP-text P1904 TR: shall} [RP-marg: should] we do to these men? For that an evident sign has taken place through them is manifest to all the inhabitants of Jerusalem, and we cannot deny it, poih/somen, (what) shall we do, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=10/12 vs. poih/swmen, (what) are we to do (deliberative subjunctive), RP-marg F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's km).
Acts 4:17 870All' i3na mh\ e0pi\ plei=on dianemhqh|= ei0j to\n lao/n, a)peilh|= {RP-text: a)peilhso/meqa} [RP-marg P1904 TR: a)peilhsw&meqa] au0toi=j mhke/ti lalei=n e0pi\ tw%~ o0no/mati tou/tw% mhdeni\ a)nqrw&pwn. but in order that it does not spread any further throughout the people, {RP-text: we will threaten} [RP-marg P1904 TR: let us threaten] them strongly telling them not to speak any more in this name to any man.” a)peilhso/meqa, we will threaten, RP-text F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's bdek**o) vs. a)peilhsw&meqa, let us threaten (cohortative subjunctive), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=8/13 (Scrivener's acfghk*lm). A disparity with RP-text, R=5:10.
not ... any man ← no-one of men.
Acts 4:18 Kai\ kale/santej au0tou/j, parh/ggeilan au0toi=j to\ kaqo/lou mh\ fqe/ggesqai mhde\ dida&skein e0pi\ tw%~ o0no/mati tou= 870Ihsou=. So they called them and commanded them not to speak out or teach in the name of Jesus at all.
Acts 4:19 879O de\ Pe/troj kai\ 870Iwa&nnhj a)pokriqe/ntej pro\j au0tou\j ei]pon, Ei0 di/kaio/n e0stin e0nw&pion tou= qeou= u9mw~n a)kou/ein ma~llon h2 tou= qeou=, kri/nate. But Peter and John answered and said to them, “Whether it is right in God's sight to hear you rather than God, you judge.
Acts 4:20 Ou0 duna&meqa ga_r h9mei=j, a$ ei1domen kai\ h0kou/samen, mh\ lalei=n. For we cannot refrain from speaking of what we have seen and heard.” refrain from speaking ← not speak.
Acts 4:21 Oi9 de\ prosapeilhsa&menoi a)pe/lusan au0tou/j, mhde\n eu9ri/skontej to\ pw~j {RP P1904: kola&sontai} [TR: kola&swntai] au0tou/j, dia_ to\n lao/n, o3ti pa&ntej e0do/cazon to\n qeo\n e0pi\ tw%~ gegono/ti. Then they threatened them some more and released them, not finding any way to have them punished, on account of the people, because everyone was glorifying God for what had happened. kola&sontai, they would (→ could, a Hebraism) have (them) punished, RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. kola&swntai, they might have (them) punished, TR F1859=0/12.
Acts 4:22 870Etw~n ga_r h]n pleio/nwn tessara&konta o9 a!nqrwpoj e0f' o4n e0gego/nei to\ shmei=on tou=to th=j i0a&sewj. For the man on whom this sign of healing had taken place was more than forty years old.
Acts 4:23 870Apoluqe/ntej de\ h]lqon pro\j tou\j i0di/ouj, kai\ a)ph/ggeilan o3sa pro\j au0tou\j oi9 a)rxierei=j kai\ oi9 presbu/teroi ei]pon. So having been released, they went to their own circle and reported everything that the senior priests and elders had said to them. everything ← as many (things) as.
Acts 4:24 Oi9 de\ a)kou/santej o9moqumado\n h]ran fwnh\n pro\j to\n qeo/n, kai\ ei]pon, De/spota, su\ {RP TR: o9 qeo\j} [P1904: - ] o9 poih/saj to\n ou0rano\n kai\ th\n gh=n kai\ th\n qa&lassan kai\ pa&nta ta_ e0n au0toi=j: And when they heard it, they raised their voices to God in unanimity and said, “Master, you {RP TR: who are God} [P1904: - ] who made heaven and the earth and the sea and everything in them, o9 qeo\j, God: present in RP TR F1859=12/12 vs. absent in P1904 F1859=0/12.
voices ← voice.
Acts 4:25 o9 dia_ sto/matoj {RP P1904: Daui\d} [TR: Dabi\d] {RP P1904: - } [TR: tou=] paido/j sou ei0pw&n, 873Ina ti/ e0fru/acan e1qnh, kai\ laoi\ e0mele/thsan kena&; you who said through the mouth of David your servant,

‘Why do the nations rage,

And the peoples exercise themselves with vain concerns?

 David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
tou=, the (servant of you): absent in RP P1904 F1859=7/12 vs. present in TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's beflo).
Ps 2:1.
do ← did, perfect tense in Hebrew, frequently translatable by the present tense.
rage ← neigh and prance.
Acts 4:26 Pare/sthsan oi9 basilei=j th=j gh=j, kai\ oi9 a!rxontej sunh/xqhsan e0pi\ to\ au0to\ kata_ tou= kuri/ou, kai\ kata_ tou= xristou= au0tou=:

The kings of the earth have taken a stand,

And the rulers have gathered together against the Lord

And against his Christ.’

 Ps 2:2.
Acts 4:27 sunh/xqhsan ga_r e0p' a)lhqei/aj e0pi\ to\n a#gion pai=da& sou 870Ihsou=n, o4n e1xrisaj, 879Hrw%&dhj te kai\ Po/ntioj Pila&toj, su\n e1qnesin kai\ laoi=j 870Israh/l, For they have truly gathered against your holy servant Jesus, whom you anointed: both Herod and Pontius Pilate, with the Gentiles and the peoples of Israel, servant: see Acts 3:13, but AV differs (child) here.
Acts 4:28 poih=sai o3sa h9 xei/r sou kai\ h9 boulh/ sou prow&risen gene/sqai. to do whatever your hand and your plan have pre-ordained to take place.
Acts 4:29 Kai\ ta_ nu=n, ku/rie, e1pide e0pi\ ta_j a)peila_j au0tw~n, kai\ do\j toi=j dou/loij sou meta_ parrhsi/aj pa&shj lalei=n to\n lo/gon sou, And as for the present situation, Lord, look at their threats, and allow your servants to speak your word with all confidence,
Acts 4:30 e0n tw%~ th\n xei=ra& sou e0ktei/nein se ei0j i1asin, kai\ shmei=a kai\ te/rata gi/nesqai dia_ tou= o0no/matoj tou= a(gi/ou paido/j sou 870Ihsou=. by stretching out your hand for healing and signs and miracles taking place through the name of your holy servant Jesus.” servant: see Acts 3:13, but AV differs (child) here.
Acts 4:31 Kai\ dehqe/ntwn au0tw~n e0saleu/qh o9 to/poj e0n w%{ h]san sunhgme/noi, kai\ e0plh/sqhsan a#pantej pneu/matoj a(gi/ou, kai\ e0la&loun to\n lo/gon tou= qeou= meta_ parrhsi/aj. And when they had implored him, the place where they were gathered shook, and all of them were filled with holy spirit, and they spoke the word of God with confidence. spoke ← were speaking, but here indicating spoke on several occasions. The imperfect tense is maintained up to verse 33.
Acts 4:32 Tou= de\ plh/qouj tw~n pisteusa&ntwn h]n h9 kardi/a kai\ h9 yuxh\ mi/a: kai\ {RP P1904 S1550: ou0de\} [E1624 S1894: ou0d'] ei[j ti tw~n u9parxo/ntwn {RP-text: au0tw~n} [RP-marg P1904 TR: au0tw%~] e1legen i1dion ei]nai, a)ll' h]n au0toi=j a#panta koina&. And the heart and soul of the multitude of the believers was one, and not a single one said any of {RP-text: their} [RP-marg P1904 TR: his] possessions was his own, but they had everything in common. ou0de\, not even; and not (unapocopated), RP P1904 S1550 F1859=9/12 vs. ou0d', not even; and not (apocopated), E1624 S1894 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's cel, though ce read, with the next word, ou0dei/j).
au0tw~n, of them, their, RP-text F1859=6/14 (Scrivener's b**fgkl*m) vs. au0tw%~, to him, his, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=8/14 (Scrivener's ab*cdehl**o). A disparity with RP-text, R=6:10.
Acts 4:33 Kai\ mega&lh| duna&mei a)pedi/doun to\ martu/rion oi9 a)po/stoloi th=j a)nasta&sewj tou= kuri/ou 870Ihsou=, xa&rij te mega&lh h]n e0pi\ pa&ntaj au0tou/j. And the apostles gave a testimony to the resurrection of the Lord Jesus with great power, and they were all greatly esteemed. a testimony ← the testimony. See Gen 22:9.
they were all greatly esteemed ← there was great grace / favour upon them all. The sense of favour occurs in Acts 2:47.
Acts 4:34 Ou0de\ ga_r e0ndeh/j tij u9ph=rxen e0n au0toi=j: o3soi ga_r kth/torej xwri/wn h2 oi0kiw~n u9ph=rxon, pwlou=ntej e1feron ta_j tima_j tw~n pipraskome/nwn, For no-one among them was in need, for all who were the owners of land or houses sold them and brought the proceeds of the items sold, all ← as many as.
Acts 4:35 kai\ e0ti/qoun para_ tou\j po/daj tw~n a)posto/lwn: diedi/doto de\ e9ka&stw% kaqo/ti a!n tij xrei/an ei]xen. and they laid them at the feet of the apostles, and they were distributed to each according to whatever anyone needed.
Acts 4:36 870Iwsh=j de/, o9 e0piklhqei\j Barna&baj {RP P1904: a)po\} [TR: u9po\] tw~n a)posto/lwn - o3 e0stin, meqermhneuo/menon, ui9o\j paraklh/sewj - Leui+/thj, Ku/prioj tw%~ ge/nei, And Joses who was surnamed Barnabas by the apostles, which when translated is “Son of Consolation”, a Levite, a Cypriot by birth, a)po\, by (a less usual agent of the passive), RP P1904 F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's adghlm) vs. u9po\, by (a more usual agent of the passive), TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's bcefko). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:7.
birth ← race, but he was a Levite by hereditary race, and this refers to his native land.
Acts 4:37 u9pa&rxontoj au0tw%~ a)grou=, pwlh/saj h1negken to\ xrh=ma, kai\ e1qhken para_ tou\j po/daj tw~n a)posto/lwn. who owned land, sold it, and he brought the proceeds and placed them at the apostles' feet.
Acts 5:1 870Anh\r de/ tij 870Anani/aj o0no/mati, su\n Sapfei/rh| th|= gunaiki\ au0tou=, e0pw&lhsen kth=ma, But a certain man by the name of Ananias, with Sapphira his wife, sold some property, Sapphira: Greek Sappheira.
Acts 5:2 kai\ e0nosfi/sato a)po\ th=j timh=j, suneidui/aj kai\ th=j gunaiko\j au0tou=, kai\ e0ne/gkaj me/roj ti para_ tou\j po/daj tw~n a)posto/lwn e1qhken. and he put some of the proceeds aside for himself, his wife also knowing about it, and he brought a certain part and placed it at the feet of the apostles.
Acts 5:3 Ei]pen de\ Pe/troj, 870Anani/a, dia_ ti/ e0plh/rwsen o9 Satana~j th\n kardi/an sou, yeu/sasqai/ se to\ pneu=ma to\ a#gion, kai\ {RP: nosfi/sasqai/ se} [P1904 TR: nosfi/sasqai] a)po\ th=j timh=j tou= xwri/ou; But Peter said, “Ananias, why did Satan fill your heart, so that you lied to the holy spirit, and {RP: you} [P1904 TR: - ] put some of the proceeds of the land aside? se, you: present in RP F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's abefghm) vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's cdklo). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:7.
Acts 5:4 Ou0xi\ me/non soi\ e1menen, kai\ praqe\n e0n th|= sh|= e0cousi/a% u9ph=rxen; Ti/ o3ti e1qou e0n th|= kardi/a% sou to\ pra~gma tou=to; Ou0k e0yeu/sw a)nqrw&poij, a)lla_ tw%~ qew%~. Something has definitely been kept back for yourself, hasn't it, and when it was sold, didn't you have power to choose? How did you come up with this course of action in your heart? You have not lied to men, but to God.” has definitely been kept back ← remaining remained.
didn't you have power to choose ← was it not in your authority.
how did you come up with this course of action ← what that you put this matter.
AV differs somewhat in various ways.
Acts 5:5 870Akou/wn de\ {RP P1904: o9} [TR: - ] 870Anani/aj tou\j lo/gouj tou/touj, pesw_n e0ce/yucen: kai\ e0ge/neto fo/boj me/gaj e0pi\ pa&ntaj tou\j a)kou/ontaj tau=ta. When Ananias heard these words, he fell down and expired, and a great fear came on all those who heard these things. o9, the (Ananias): present in RP P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. absent in TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's cel).
Acts 5:6 870Anasta&ntej de\ oi9 new&teroi sune/steilan au0to/n, kai\ e0cene/gkantej e1qayan. Then the young men stood up and wrapped him in a shroud and carried him out and buried him. young ← younger, quite young.
Acts 5:7 870Ege/neto de\ w(j w(rw~n triw~n dia&sthma, kai\ h9 gunh\ au0tou= mh\ ei0dui=a to\ gegono\j ei0sh=lqen. And it came to pass after an interval of about three hours that his wife came in, not knowing what had taken place. that: we take kai\ as the conjunction following e0ge/neto (a common Hebraism), so it is not translated as also here.
Acts 5:8 870Apekri/qh de\ au0th|= o9 Pe/troj, Ei0pe/ moi, ei0 tosou/tou to\ xwri/on a)pe/dosqe; 879H de\ ei]pen, Nai/, tosou/tou. And Peter said to her, “Tell me did you sell the land for this price?” And she said, “Yes, for this price.” said ← answered. There is not necessarily any notion of responding, though one could suggest responding to the situation.
for this price (2x) ← for so much.
Acts 5:9 879O de\ Pe/troj ei]pen pro\j au0th/n, Ti/ o3ti sunefwnh/qh u9mi=n peira&sai to\ pneu=ma kuri/ou; 870Idou/, oi9 po/dej tw~n qaya&ntwn to\n a!ndra sou e0pi\ th|= qu/ra%, kai\ e0coi/sousi/n se. Then Peter said to her, “How come you agreed to put the spirit of the Lord to the test? Look, the feet of those who have buried your husband are at the door, and they will also carry you out.” you agreed ← it was agreed by you (plural).
Acts 5:10 871Epesen de\ paraxrh=ma para_ tou\j po/daj au0tou=, kai\ e0ce/yucen: ei0selqo/ntej de\ oi9 neani/skoi eu[ron au0th\n nekra&n, kai\ e0cene/gkantej e1qayan pro\j to\n a!ndra au0th=j. And immediately she fell at his feet and expired. So when the young men came in, they found her dead, and they carried her out and buried her with her husband.
Acts 5:11 Kai\ e0ge/neto fo/boj me/gaj e0f' o3lhn th\n e0kklhsi/an, kai\ e0pi\ pa&ntaj tou\j a)kou/ontaj tau=ta. And great fear came upon the whole church and on all those who heard these things. church: see Matt 16:18.
Acts 5:12 Dia_ de\ tw~n xeirw~n tw~n a)posto/lwn {RP-text P1904 E1624 S1894: e0gi/neto} [RP-marg S1550: e0ge/neto] shmei=a kai\ te/rata e0n tw%~ law%~ polla&: kai\ h]san o9moqumado\n a#pantej e0n th|= stoa%~ Solomw~ntoj. And many signs and miracles {RP-text P1904 E1624 S1894: were taking place} [RP-marg S1550: took place] among the people by the apostles, and all were of one mind in Solomon's Portico. e0gi/neto, were taking place, RP-text P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=11/12 (Scrivener's abcdefgklmo) vs. e0ge/neto, took place, RP-marg S1550 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's h). A disparity with RP-marg (low count).
by ← through the hands of, idiom for the agent of the passive.
Acts 5:13 Tw~n de\ loipw~n ou0dei\j e0to/lma kolla~sqai au0toi=j, a)ll' e0mega&lunen au0tou\j o9 lao/j: But of the rest, no-one dared to join them, but the people spoke highly of them, the rest: presumably, in view of the next verse, the non-believing public at large.
to join ← to be joined.
spoke highly of ← magnified.
Acts 5:14 ma~llon de\ proseti/qento pisteu/ontej tw%~ kuri/w%, plh/qh a)ndrw~n te kai\ gunaikw~n: and all the more believers were being added to the Lord – crowds of both men and women –
Acts 5:15 w#ste kata_ ta_j platei/aj e0kfe/rein tou\j a)sqenei=j, kai\ tiqe/nai e0pi\ klinw~n kai\ {RP TR: krabba&twn} [P1904: kraba&ttwn], i3na e0rxome/nou Pe/trou ka@n h9 skia_ e0piskia&sh| tini\ au0tw~n. and as a result they brought out the sick onto the various streets and put them on beds and stretchers, in order that when Peter came, even just his shadow might be cast on one of them. krabba&twn, stretchers (1), RP TR F1859=11/12 vs. kraba&ttwn, stretchers (2), P1904 F1859=0/12 vs. another spelling, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's c).
be cast on ← overshadow.
Acts 5:16 Sunh/rxeto de\ kai\ to\ plh=qoj tw~n pe/ric po/lewn ei0j 879Ierousalh/m, fe/rontej a)sqenei=j kai\ o0xloume/nouj u9po\ pneuma&twn a)kaqa&rtwn, oi3tinej e0qerapeu/onto a#pantej. And the population of the cities round about also flocked to Jerusalem carrying the ill and those troubled by unclean spirits, and they were all healed. population ← multitude.
Acts 5:17 870Anasta_j de\ o9 a)rxiereu\j kai\ pa&ntej oi9 su\n au0tw%~ - h9 ou]sa ai3resij tw~n Saddoukai/wn - e0plh/sqhsan zh/lou, Then the high priest and all those with him rose up – this being the sect of the Sadducees – and they were full of jealousy,
Acts 5:18 kai\ e0pe/balon ta_j xei=raj au0tw~n e0pi\ tou\j a)posto/louj, kai\ e1qento au0tou\j e0n thrh/sei dhmosi/a%. and they laid their hands on the apostles and had them put in the state prison. had them put: see Acts 4:3.
state ← public.
Acts 5:19 871Aggeloj de\ kuri/ou dia_ th=j nukto\j h1noicen ta_j qu/raj th=j fulakh=j, e0cagagw&n te au0tou\j ei]pen, But the angel of the Lord opened the doors of the prison in the night, and he led them out, and he said,
Acts 5:20 Poreu/esqe, kai\ staqe/ntej lalei=te e0n tw%~ i9erw%~ tw%~ law%~ pa&nta ta_ r(h/mata th=j zwh=j tau/thj. “Go and stand up in the temple and speak all these words of life to the people.” stand up: imperatival use of the participle.
these words of life ← the words of this life. A figure of speech, hypallage [CB].
Acts 5:21 870Akou/santej de\ ei0sh=lqon u9po\ to\n o1rqron ei0j to\ i9ero/n, kai\ e0di/daskon. Parageno/menoj de\ o9 a)rxiereu\j kai\ oi9 su\n au0tw%~, suneka&lesan to\ sune/drion kai\ pa~san th\n gerousi/an tw~n ui9w~n 870Israh/l, kai\ a)pe/steilan ei0j to\ desmwth/rion, a)xqh=nai au0tou/j. And when they had heard this, they went at about dawn into the temple and gave teaching. Now when the high priest arrived, and those with him, they convened the Sanhedrin council, and the whole council of elders of the sons of Israel, and they sent to the prison for them to be brought. arrived: perhaps at his office, somewhere where he was unaware of what was happening in the temple.
Acts 5:22 Oi9 de\ u9phre/tai parageno/menoi ou0x eu[ron au0tou\j e0n th|= fulakh|=: a)nastre/yantej de\ a)ph/ggeilan, But when the attendants arrived, they did not find them in the prison, and they returned and reported back,
Acts 5:23 le/gontej o3ti To\ me\n desmwth/rion eu3romen kekleisme/non e0n pa&sh| a)sfalei/a%, kai\ tou\j fu/lakaj {RP P1904: - } [TR: e1cw] e9stw~taj pro\ tw~n qurw~n: a)noi/cantej de/, e1sw ou0de/na eu3romen. and they said, “We found the prison closed under all security, and the guards standing {RP P1904: - } [TR: outside] in front of the doors, but when we opened them, we found no-one inside.” e1cw, outside: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. present in TR F1859=0/12.
under ← in.
Acts 5:24 879Wj de\ h1kousan tou\j lo/gouj tou/touj o3 te i9ereu\j kai\ o9 strathgo\j tou= i9erou= kai\ oi9 a)rxierei=j, dihpo/roun peri\ au0tw~n, ti/ a@n ge/noito tou=to. And when the priest and the head guard of the temple and the senior priests heard these words, they were at a loss concerning them as to what this might turn into. turn into ← become.
Acts 5:25 Parageno/menoj de/ tij a)ph/ggeilen au0toi=j {RP P1904: - } [TR: le/gwn] o3ti 870Idou/, oi9 a!ndrej ou4j e1qesqe e0n th|= fulakh|= ei0si\n e0n tw%~ i9erw%~ e9stw~tej kai\ dida&skontej to\n lao/n. Then someone arrived and reported back to them {RP P1904: as follows:} [TR: and said,] “We have seen how the men whom you had put in prison are standing in the temple teaching the people.” le/gwn, saying: absent in RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. present in TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's e).
we have seen how ← behold.
you had put: i.e. you caused to be put, from the middle voice (not the pluperfect you had put). See Acts 4:3, Acts 5:18.
teaching ← and teaching.
Acts 5:26 To/te a)pelqw_n o9 strathgo\j su\n toi=j u9phre/taij h1gagen au0tou/j, ou0 meta_ bi/aj, e0fobou=nto ga_r to\n lao/n, i3na mh\ liqasqw~sin. Then the head guard went away with the attendants and brought them, not with force, for they feared the people, so as not to be stoned.
Acts 5:27 870Agago/ntej de\ au0tou\j e1sthsan e0n tw%~ sunedri/w%. Kai\ e0phrw&thsen au0tou\j o9 a)rxiereu/j, And when they had brought them, they set them in front of the Sanhedrin council. And the high priest questioned them,
Acts 5:28 le/gwn, Ou0 paraggeli/a% parhggei/lamen u9mi=n mh\ dida&skein e0pi\ tw%~ o0no/mati tou/tw%; Kai\ i0dou\ peplhrw&kate th\n 879Ierousalh\m th=j didaxh=j u9mw~n, kai\ bou/lesqe e0pagagei=n e0f' h9ma~j to\ ai[ma tou= a)nqrw&pou tou/tou. and he said, “Did we not strictly command you not to teach in this name? And you have gone and filled Jerusalem with your teaching, and you are determined to bring the blood of this man on us.” you have gone and filled ← behold, you have filled.
you are determined ← you wish, but here the wish is clearly very strongly felt. The papyri give some justification for “purpose, intention, not mere will” [MM]. Perhaps the usage is influenced by bouleu/omai (passive), to resolve.
Acts 5:29 870Apokriqei\j de\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] Pe/troj kai\ oi9 a)po/stoloi ei]pon, Peiqarxei=n dei= qew%~ ma~llon h2 a)nqrw&poij. Then Peter and the apostles answered and said, “It is necessary to obey God rather than men. o9, the (Peter): absent in RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. present in TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's e).
then Peter and the apostles answered and said ← then Peter answered and the apostles said.
Acts 5:30 879O qeo\j tw~n pate/rwn h9mw~n h1geiren 870Ihsou=n, o4n u9mei=j diexeiri/sasqe, krema&santej e0pi\ cu/lou. The God of our fathers raised Jesus, whom you laid hands on and hung on wood. The God of our fathers raised Jesus: see Acts 2:32, John 10:18.
Acts 5:31 Tou=ton o9 qeo\j a)rxhgo\n kai\ swth=ra u3ywsen th|= decia%~ au0tou=, dou=nai meta&noian tw%~ 870Israh\l kai\ a!fesin a(martiw~n. God has exalted this man as a ruler and saviour at his right hand so as to give repentance to Israel and forgiveness of sins.
Acts 5:32 Kai\ h9mei=j e0smen au0tou= ma&rturej tw~n r(hma&twn tou/twn, kai\ to\ pneu=ma de\ to\ a#gion, o4 e1dwken o9 qeo\j toi=j peiqarxou=sin au0tw%~. And we are his witnesses of these words, as is the holy spirit which God has given to those who obey him.”
Acts 5:33 Oi9 de\ {RP-text: a)kou/ontej} [RP-marg P1904 TR: a)kou/santej] diepri/onto, kai\ e0bouleu/onto a)nelei=n au0tou/j. Then those who heard it were cut to the quick and resolved to destroy them. a)kou/ontej, hearing, RP-text F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ch) vs. a)kou/santej, having heard, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=10/12. A strong disparity with RP-text, R=2:12.
were cut to the quick ← were being sawn through.
Acts 5:34 870Anasta_j de/ tij e0n tw%~ sunedri/w% Farisai=oj, o0no/mati Gamalih/l, nomodida&skaloj, ti/mioj panti\ tw%~ law%~, e0ke/leusen e1cw braxu/ ti tou\j a)posto/louj poih=sai. But a certain person in the Sanhedrin council, a Pharisee by the name of Gamaliel, a teacher of the law, respected by all the people, stood up and gave orders to put the apostles outside for a little while.
Acts 5:35 Ei]pe/n te pro\j au0tou/j, 871Andrej 870Israhli=tai, prose/xete e9autoi=j e0pi\ toi=j a)nqrw&poij tou/toij, ti/ me/llete pra&ssein. And he said to them, “Men and Israelites, watch out with these men as to what you are going to do. watch out ← take heed to yourselves.
Acts 5:36 Pro\ ga_r tou/twn tw~n h9merw~n a)ne/sth Qeuda~j, le/gwn ei]nai/ tina e9auto/n, w%{ {RP: proseklh/qh} [P1904: prosekliqh] [TR: prosekollhqh] a)riqmo\j a)ndrw~n w(sei\ tetrakosi/wn: o4j a)nh|re/qh, kai\ pa&ntej o3soi e0pei/qonto au0tw%~ dielu/qhsan kai\ e0ge/nonto ei0j ou0de/n. For before these times Theudas stood up, saying he was someone, to whom a number of men {RP: were called} [P1904: were inclined] [TR: adhered] – about four hundred – and he was killed, and all who trusted him were disbanded and came to nothing. proseklh/qh, was called, RP F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's a*gl) vs. prosekliqh, was inclined, P1904 F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's a**bdhm) vs. prosekollhqh, adhered, TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's fko) vs. other readings, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ce), probably misspellings of the TR reading. A disparity with RP, R=3:6 (also R=3:4). AV differs textually.
times ← days.
Acts 5:37 Meta_ tou=ton a)ne/sth 870Iou/daj o9 Galilai=oj e0n tai=j h9me/raij th=j a)pografh=j, kai\ a)pe/sthsen lao\n i9kano\n o0pi/sw au0tou=: ka)kei=noj a)pw&leto, kai\ pa&ntej o3soi e0pei/qonto au0tw%~ dieskorpi/sqhsan. After this man, Judas the Galilean arose in the days of the census, and he caused a considerable number of people to revolt, rallying behind him, yet that man perished, and all those who trusted him were scattered.
Acts 5:38 Kai\ ta_ nu=n le/gw u9mi=n, a)po/sthte a)po\ tw~n a)nqrw&pwn tou/twn, kai\ e0a&sate au0tou/j: o3ti e0a_n h|] e0c a)nqrw&pwn h9 boulh\ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: au3th] h2 to\ e1rgon tou=to, kataluqh/setai: And as for the present matters, I say to you, do not get involved with these men, and leave them alone, for if {RP: this} [P1904 TR: this] counsel or this work is of men, it will be dissolved, au3th, this: absent in RP F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's abcfghl) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's dekmo). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:7. AV differs textually.
do not get involved ← stand aloof from.
leave them alone ← allow them.
Acts 5:39 ei0 de\ e0k qeou= e0stin, ou0 du/nasqe katalu=sai au0to/, mh/pote kai\ qeoma&xoi eu9reqh=te. but if it is of God, you cannot dissolve it, otherwise you for your part might be found to be opposing God.” for your part ← also.
to be opposing God ← God-fighters.
Acts 5:40 870Epei/sqhsan de\ au0tw%~: kai\ proskalesa&menoi tou\j a)posto/louj, dei/rantej parh/ggeilan mh\ lalei=n e0pi\ tw%~ o0no/mati tou= 870Ihsou=, kai\ a)pe/lusan au0tou/j. Then they were persuaded by him, and they called the apostles and flogged them and commanded them not to speak in the name of Jesus, and they released them.
Acts 5:41 Oi9 me\n ou]n e0poreu/onto xai/rontej a)po\ prosw&pou tou= sunedri/ou, o3ti u9pe\r tou= o0no/matoj {RP-text: tou= 870Ihsou=} [RP-marg P1904 TR: au0tou=] kathciw&qhsan a)timasqh=nai. So they went away from the encounter with the Sanhedrin council rejoicing because they had been deemed worthy to suffer ignominy for the sake of {RP-text: the name of Jesus} [RP-marg P1904 TR: his name]. tou= 870Ihsou=, of Jesus, RP-text F1859=0/13 vs. au0tou=, his, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's cdl*) vs. tou= xristou=, of Christ, F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's aehm) vs. tou= kuri/ou 870Ihsou=, of the Lord Jesus, F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's bfgl**) vs. 870Ihsou=, of Jesus, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ko). A strong disparity with RP-text, R=0:5, unless Scrivener intended the article tou= in manuscripts ko, but then still a disparity. However, manuscripts with tou= are in the majority (R=8:7) and there are 6 manuscripts with 870Ihsou= beating contenders au0tou=, xristou= and kuri/ou. AV differs textually.
the encounter with ← (the) presence, face, front of.
Acts 5:42 Pa~sa&n te h9me/ran, e0n tw%~ i9erw%~ kai\ kat' oi]kon, ou0k e0pau/onto dida&skontej kai\ eu0aggelizo/menoi 870Ihsou=n to\n xristo/n. And they did not cease teaching and preaching the gospel of Jesus the Christ in the temple and from house to house every day.
Acts 6:1 870En de\ tai=j h9me/raij tau/taij, plhquno/ntwn tw~n maqhtw~n, e0ge/neto goggusmo\j tw~n 879Ellhnistw~n pro\j tou\j 879Ebrai/ouj, o3ti pareqewrou=nto e0n th|= diakoni/a% th|= kaqhmerinh|= ai9 xh=rai au0tw~n. And in those days as the disciples increased in number, a complaint came from the Greek speakers against the Hebrew speakers, that their widows had been overlooked in the daily ministering to their needs. Hebrew: the term can include Aramaic.
that: or because, in which case the writer (Luke) would consider the grounds of the complaint as a fact.
had been overlooked: classical Greek puts indirect speech in the same tense as direct speech, so the direct speech would be were being overlooked, which in an English indirect historic sequence becomes had been overlooked. But ↴
Acts 6:2 Proskalesa&menoi de\ oi9 dw&deka to\ plh=qoj tw~n maqhtw~n, ei]pon, Ou0k a)resto/n e0stin h9ma~j, katalei/yantaj to\n lo/gon tou= qeou=, diakonei=n trape/zaij. And when the twelve had called the company of disciples, they said, “It is not appropriate that we should abandon the word of God and serve at tables. ↳ it is possible that this rule could be relaxed, and that the sense is because their widows were being overlooked. See John 16:19 (h1qelon), Acts 16:3 (u9ph=rxen), Acts 22:2 (prosefw&nei) for a similar issue.
company ← multitude.
appropriate ← pleasing.
Acts 6:3 870Episke/yasqe ou]n, a)delfoi/, a!ndraj e0c u9mw~n marturoume/nouj e9pta&, plh/reij pneu/matoj a(gi/ou kai\ sofi/aj, ou4j {RP-text E1624: katasth/swmen} [RP-marg P1904 S1550 S1894: katasth/somen] e0pi\ th=j xrei/aj tau/thj. So, brothers, select seven well-attested men from your company, full of holy spirit and wisdom, {RP-text E1624: for us to appoint} [RP-marg P1904 S1550 S1894: whom we shall appoint] in this matter. katasth/swmen, let us appoint, or for us to appoint, reflecting purpose, RP-text E1624 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's e) vs. katasth/somen, we shall appoint, RP-marg P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=11/12 (incl. c(tacite)). A strong disparity (#1) with RP, R=2:12, and either way, the other reading is a disparity (#2) with RP-marg (low count).
Scrivener's remark tacite indicates that the collation was not done by Scrivener himself, and that it was not against E1624. The collator of c is silent, so (barring any oversight) the reading agrees with the collation reference, but not E1624.
select ← examine, oversee.
matter ← need.
Acts 6:4 879Hmei=j de\ th|= proseuxh|= kai\ th|= diakoni/a% tou= lo/gou proskarterh/somen. But we will continue resolutely in prayer and the ministry of the word.” ministry: balancing the ministering of Acts 6:1.
Acts 6:5 Kai\ h1resen o9 lo/goj e0nw&pion panto\j tou= plh/qouj: kai\ e0cele/canto Ste/fanon, a!ndra {RP-text: plh/rhj} [RP-marg P1904 TR: plh/rh] pi/stewj kai\ pneu/matoj a(gi/ou, kai\ Fi/lippon, kai\ Pro/xoron, kai\ Nika&nora, kai\ Ti/mwna, kai\ Parmena~n, kai\ Niko/laon prosh/luton 870Antioxe/a, And the proposition found favour in the sight of the whole company, and they chose Stephen, a man full of faith and holy spirit, and Philip and Prochorus and Nicanor and Timon and Parmenas and Nicolas, a proselyte from Antioch. plh/rhj, full (non-classical nominative / indeclinable), RP-text F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's cdfkl*m) vs. plh/rh, full (classical accusative), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's abghl**o) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's e). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=6:8.
proposition ← word, assertion; reason, consideration. Not actually open to debate from the apostles' point of view.
company ← multitude.
Acts 6:6 ou4j e1sthsan e0nw&pion tw~n a)posto/lwn: kai\ proseuca&menoi e0pe/qhkan au0toi=j ta_j xei=raj. And they set them before the apostles, who prayed and laid their hands on them. set ← stood (transitive).
Acts 6:7 Kai\ o9 lo/goj tou= qeou= hu1canen, kai\ e0plhqu/neto o9 a)riqmo\j tw~n maqhtw~n e0n 879Ierousalh\m sfo/dra, polu/j te o1xloj tw~n {RP TR: i9ere/wn} [P1904: 870Ioudai/wn] u9ph/kouon th|= pi/stei. And the word of God grew and the number of disciples in Jerusalem increased greatly, and a large contingent of the {RP TR: priests} [P1904: Jews] were obedient to the faith. i9ere/wn, priests, RP TR F1859=10/12 vs. 870Ioudai/wn, Jews, P1904 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's eo).
contingent ← crowd.
Acts 6:8 Ste/fanoj de\ plh/rhj pi/stewj kai\ duna&mewj e0poi/ei te/rata kai\ shmei=a mega&la e0n tw%~ law%~. Now Stephen, being full of faith and power, performed great miracles and signs among the people.
Acts 6:9 870Ane/sthsan de/ tinej tw~n e0k th=j sunagwgh=j th=j legome/nhj Liberti/nwn, kai\ Kurhnai/wn, kai\ 870Alecandre/wn, kai\ tw~n a)po\ Kiliki/aj kai\ 870Asi/aj, suzhtou=ntej tw%~ Stefa&nw%. But some of those of the synagogue of the so-called Libertines rose up, and of the Cyrenians and Alexandrians and those from Cilicia and Asia, disputing with Stephen. the synagogue of the so-called Libertines ← the so-called synagogue of the Libertines.
Acts 6:10 Kai\ ou0k i1sxuon a)ntisth=nai th|= sofi/a% kai\ tw%~ pneu/mati w%{ e0la&lei. But they could not withstand the wisdom and spirit by which he was speaking.
Acts 6:11 To/te u9pe/balon a!ndraj le/gontaj o3ti 870Akhko/amen au0tou= lalou=ntoj r(h/mata bla&sfhma ei0j {RP TR: Mwsh=n} [P1904: Mwu+sh=n] kai\ to\n qeo/n. Then they incited some men who said, “We have heard him speaking blasphemous words against Moses and God.” Mwsh=n, Moses, RP TR F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's ab*cdghm) vs. Mwu+sh=n, Moüses, P1904 F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's b**efklo). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
Acts 6:12 Suneki/nhsa&n te to\n lao\n kai\ tou\j presbute/rouj kai\ tou\j grammatei=j, kai\ e0pista&ntej sunh/rpasan au0to/n, kai\ h1gagon ei0j to\ sune/drion, And together they stirred up the people and the elders and the scribes, and they accosted him and seized him and led him to the Sanhedrin council. together: this comes from the prefix sun in the verb.
Acts 6:13 e1sthsa&n te ma&rturaj yeudei=j le/gontaj, 879O a!nqrwpoj ou[toj ou0 pau/etai r(h/mata bla&sfhma lalw~n kata_ tou= to/pou tou= a(gi/ou {RP P1904: - } [TR: tou/tou] kai\ tou= no/mou: And they set up false witnesses who said, “This man does not stop speaking blasphemous words against {RP P1904: the} [TR: this] holy place and the law. tou/tou, this: absent in RP P1904 F1859=8/12 vs. present in TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's dgkm).
Acts 6:14 a)khko/amen ga_r au0tou= le/gontoj o3ti 870Ihsou=j o9 Nazwrai=oj ou[toj katalu/sei to\n to/pon tou=ton, kai\ a)lla&cei ta_ e1qh a$ pare/dwken h9mi=n {RP: Mwsh=j} [P1904 TR: Mwu+sh=j]. For we have heard him saying, ‘This Jesus the Nazarene will destroy this place and change the customs which Moses handed down to us.’ ” Mwsh=j, Moses, RP F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's acfhm) vs. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, P1904 TR F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's bdegklo). A disparity with RP, R=5:9.
Acts 6:15 Kai\ a)teni/santej ei0j au0to\n a#pantej oi9 kaqezo/menoi e0n tw%~ sunedri/w%, ei]don to\ pro/swpon au0tou= w(sei\ pro/swpon a)gge/lou. And all those sitting in the Sanhedrin council looked intently at him and saw that his face was like the face of an angel.
Acts 7:1 Ei]pen de\ o9 a)rxiereu/j, Ei0 a!ra tau=ta ou3twj e1xei; Then the high priest said, “Are these things so, then?”
Acts 7:2 879O de\ e1fh, 871Andrej a)delfoi\ kai\ pate/rej, a)kou/sate. 879O qeo\j th=j do/chj w!fqh tw%~ patri\ h9mw~n 870Abraa_m o1nti e0n th|= Mesopotami/a%, pri\n h2 katoikh=sai au0to\n e0n Xarra&n, At this he said, “Men, brothers, and fathers, listen. The God of glory appeared to our father Abraham when he was in Mesopotamia before he lived in Haran. Haran: AV= Charran. The person and place, which are different Hebrew words, are mentioned in Gen 11:31.
Acts 7:3 kai\ ei]pen pro\j au0to/n, 871Ecelqe e0k th=j gh=j sou kai\ e0k th=j suggenei/aj sou, kai\ deu=ro ei0j gh=n h4n a!n soi dei/cw. And he said to him, ‘Go out of your country and away from your wider family, and come to the land which I will show you.’ Gen 12:1.
wider family ← kinsmen.
Acts 7:4 To/te e0celqw_n e0k gh=j Xaldai/wn katw%&khsen e0n Xarra&n: ka)kei=qen, meta_ to\ a)poqanei=n to\n pate/ra au0tou=, metw%&kisen au0to\n ei0j th\n gh=n tau/thn ei0j h4n u9mei=j nu=n katoikei=te: Then he went out of the land of the Chaldeans and lived in Haran, and after his father had died, he moved him from there to this country in which you now live. he moved him: i.e. God moved him.
in which ← into which.
Acts 7:5 kai\ ou0k e1dwken au0tw%~ klhronomi/an e0n au0th|=, ou0de\ bh=ma podo/j: kai\ e0phggei/lato {RP-text P1904: dou=nai au0tw%~} [RP-marg TR: au0tw%~ dou=nai] ei0j kata&sxesin au0th/n, kai\ tw%~ spe/rmati au0tou= met' au0to/n, ou0k o1ntoj au0tw%~ te/knou. And he did not give him an inheritance in it, not even a footstep, but he promised to give it him as a possession, and to his seed after him, while he still had no child. dou=nai au0tw%~, to give + to him, RP-text P1904 F1859=8/11 vs. au0tw%~ dou=nai, to him + to give, RP-marg TR F1859=0/11 vs. another reading, F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's ahk).
Gen 13:15.
but: adversative use of kai/.
Acts 7:6 870Ela&lhsen de\ ou3twj o9 qeo/j, o3ti e1stai to\ spe/rma au0tou= pa&roikon e0n gh|= a)llotri/a%, kai\ doulw&sousin au0to\ kai\ kakw&sousin, e1th tetrako/sia. And God spoke as follows, that his seed would be foreigners in another country, and they would enslave them and treat them badly for four hundred years. Gen 15:13.
foreigners ... them ← dwellers-alongside ... it (it being singular, agreeing with seed), but treated as plural in Greek in the next verse.
Acts 7:7 Kai\ to\ e1qnoj, w%{ e0a_n douleu/swsin, krinw~ e0gw&, ei]pen o9 qeo/j: kai\ meta_ tau=ta e0celeu/sontai, kai\ latreu/sousi/n moi e0n tw%~ to/pw% tou/tw%. ‘And the nation which they will serve I will judge’, said God, ‘and after that they will come out and serve me in this place.’ Gen 15:14, Ex 3:12.
that ← these (things).
Acts 7:8 Kai\ e1dwken au0tw%~ diaqh/khn peritomh=j: kai\ ou3twj e0ge/nnhsen to\n 870Isaa&k, kai\ perie/temen au0to\n th|= h9me/ra% th|= o0gdo/h|: kai\ o9 870Isaa_k to\n 870Iakw&b, kai\ o9 870Iakw_b tou\j dw&deka patria&rxaj. And he gave him the covenant of circumcision, and so he begot Isaac and circumcised him on the eighth day, and Isaac begot and did likewise with Jacob, and Jacob begot and did likewise with the twelve patriarchs.
Acts 7:9 Kai\ oi9 patria&rxai zhlw&santej to\n 870Iwsh\f a)pe/donto ei0j Ai1gupton: kai\ h]n o9 qeo\j met' au0tou=, Now the patriarchs were jealous of Joseph, and they sold him into Egypt, but God was with him, but: adversative use of kai/.
Acts 7:10 kai\ e0cei/leto au0to\n e0k pasw~n tw~n qli/yewn au0tou=, kai\ e1dwken au0tw%~ xa&rin kai\ sofi/an e0nanti/on Faraw_ basile/wj Ai0gu/ptou, kai\ kate/sthsen au0to\n h9gou/menon e0p' Ai1gupton kai\ o3lon to\n oi]kon au0tou=. and he delivered him from all his tribulations, and he gave him grace and wisdom in the sight of Pharaoh the king of Egypt, and he appointed him governor over Egypt and all his household.
Acts 7:11 87]Hlqen de\ limo\j e0f' o3lhn th\n gh=n Ai0gu/ptou kai\ Xanaa&n, kai\ qli/yij mega&lh: kai\ ou0x eu3riskon xorta&smata oi9 pate/rej h9mw~n. Then a famine came over the whole land of Egypt and Canaan, and great tribulation, and our fathers did not find food.
Acts 7:12 870Akou/saj de\ 870Iakw_b o1nta si=ta e0n Ai0gu/ptw%, e0cape/steilen tou\j pate/raj h9mw~n prw~ton. But when Jacob heard that there was grain in Egypt, he sent our fathers out the first time.
Acts 7:13 Kai\ e0n tw%~ deute/rw% a)negnwri/sqh 870Iwsh\f toi=j a)delfoi=j au0tou=, kai\ fanero\n e0ge/neto tw%~ Faraw_ to\ ge/noj tou= 870Iwsh/f. And the second time Joseph was made known to his brothers, and Joseph's race became apparent to Pharaoh.
Acts 7:14 870Apostei/laj de\ 870Iwsh\f metekale/sato to\n pate/ra au0tou= 870Iakw&b, kai\ pa~san th\n sugge/neian {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: au0tou=], e0n yuxai=j e9bdomh/konta pe/nte. Then Joseph sent them off, calling for his father Jacob and all {RP-text: his} [RP-marg P1904 TR: his] kin – seventy-five people. au0tou=, his: absent in RP-text F1859=5/10 (Scrivener's bfgmo + e?) vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=5/10 (Scrivener's achkl). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=5:7. Scrivener's e is excluded, as it is doubtful.
calling ← he called, but contemporaneous with the participle, translated finitely, sent.
people ← in souls.
Acts 7:15 Kate/bh de\ 870Iakw_b ei0j Ai1gupton, kai\ e0teleu/thsen au0to\j kai\ oi9 pate/rej h9mw~n: And Jacob went down to Egypt, and he himself died, as did our fathers.
Acts 7:16 kai\ metete/qhsan ei0j {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: Suxe/m} [S1894: Sixe/m], kai\ e0te/qhsan e0n tw%~ mnh/mati {RP TR: o4} [P1904: w%{] w)nh/sato 870Abraa_m timh=j a)rguri/ou para_ tw~n ui9w~n {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: 870Emmo\r} [S1894: 870Emo\r] tou= {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: Suxe/m} [S1894: Sixe/m]. And they were transferred to Shechem, and they were put in the tomb which Abraham had bought for a sum of money from the sons of Hamor the father of Shechem. Suxe/m (1), Sychem, RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=11/11 vs. Sixe/m, Sichem, S1894 F1859=0/11.
o4, which (classical form), RP TR F1859=7/11 vs. w%{, which (less classical, attracted to dative), P1904 F1859=4/11 (Scrivener's cglm).
870Emmo\r, Emmor, RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=4/11 (Scrivener's bgko, k with rough breathing) vs. 870Emo\r, Emor, S1894 F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's efl) vs. other spellings, F1859=4/11 (Scrivener's achm).
Suxe/m (2), Sychem, RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=11/11 vs. Sixe/m, Sichem, S1894 F1859=0/11.
they: i.e. those who had died.
Hamor: Greek Emmor.
father: usually the word son is supplied in this kind of context, but Gen 33:19 shows ↴
Acts 7:17 Kaqw_j de\ h1ggizen o9 xro/noj th=j e0paggeli/aj {RP TR: h[j} [P1904: h4n] w!mosen o9 qeo\j tw%~ 870Abraa&m, hu1chsen o9 lao\j kai\ e0plhqu/nqh e0n Ai0gu/ptw%, And as the time of the promise which God had sworn to Abraham drew near, the people grew and multiplied in Egypt, ↳ that father should be supplied here, unless Shechem's father and son were both called Hamor.
h[j, of which, RP TR F1859=12/12 vs. h4n, which, P1904 F1859=0/12.
Acts 7:18 a!xri ou[ a)ne/sth basileu\j e3teroj, o4j ou0k h|1dei to\n 870Iwsh/f. until another king arose, who had not known Joseph.
Acts 7:19 Ou[toj katasofisa&menoj to\ ge/noj h9mw~n, e0ka&kwsen tou\j pate/raj h9mw~n, tou= poiei=n e1kqeta ta_ bre/fh au0tw~n, ei0j to\ mh\ zw%ogonei=sqai. This man, contriving to outwit our race, treated our fathers badly by having their babies put out in the open so that they would not survive. contriving to outwit ← having contrived to outwit. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 7:20 870En w%{ kairw%~ e0gennh/qh {RP TR: Mwsh=j} [P1904: Mwu+sh=j], kai\ h]n a)stei=oj tw%~ qew%~: o4j a)netra&fh mh=naj trei=j e0n tw%~ oi1kw% tou= patro/j {RP: - } [P1904 TR: au0tou=]. Now in this period Moses was born, and he was extremely good-looking, and he was brought up for three months in {RP: his} [P1904 TR: his] father's house. Mwsh=j, Moses, RP TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's gk*m) vs. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, P1904 F1859=10/13 (Scrivener's abcefhk**lop). A disparity with RP, R=4:11.
au0tou=, his: absent in RP F1859=9/12 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's cko).
extremely good-looking ← town-bred to God or fair to God, as in Heb 11:23. The word אֱלֺהִים, Elohim, God, is used for extremes in the OT, e.g. Gen 23:6, Gen 30:8, Ex 9:28, Job 1:16, Song 8:6, Jonah 3:3. In the NT similarly at 2 Cor 10:4, 2 Cor 11:2.
Acts 7:21 870Ekteqe/nta de\ au0to/n, a)nei/leto {RP: - } [P1904 TR: au0to\n] h9 quga&thr Faraw&, kai\ a)neqre/yato au0to\n e9auth|= ei0j ui9o/n. But when he had been put out in the open, Pharaoh's daughter adopted {RP: him} [P1904 TR: him] and brought him up as her own son. au0to\n, him (though pleonastic): absent in RP F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's acehko) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's bfglmp). A weak disparity with RP, R=6:8.
as her own son ← to herself for a son.
Acts 7:22 Kai\ e0paideu/qh {RP TR: Mwsh=j} [P1904: Mwu+sh=j] pa&sh| sofi/a% Ai0gupti/wn: h]n de\ dunato\j e0n lo/goij kai\ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: e0n] e1rgoij. And Moses was educated in all the wisdom of the Egyptians, and he was capable in words and {RP: - } [P1904 TR: in] deeds. Mwsh=j, Moses, RP TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's m) vs. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, P1904 F1859=11/12. A strong disparity (#1) with RP, R=2:12.
e0n, in (deeds): absent in RP F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's abefhop) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's cgklm, though c and k have other variations in the phrase). Nearly a disparity (#2) with RP, R=7:7.
capable ← powerful.
Acts 7:23 879Wj de\ e0plhrou=to au0tw%~ tessarakontaeth\j xro/noj, a)ne/bh {RP TR: e0pi\} [P1904: ei0j] th\n kardi/an au0tou= e0piske/yasqai tou\j a)delfou\j au0tou= tou\j ui9ou\j 870Israh/l. But when he was coming up to forty years old, the thought occurred to him to attend to his brothers, the sons of Israel. e0pi\, onto, RP TR F1859=12/12 vs. ei0j, into, P1904 F1859=0/12.
he was coming up to forty years old ← forty years' time was being fulfilled to him.
the thought occurred to him ← it came up into his heart.
Acts 7:24 Kai\ i0dw&n tina a)dikou/menon, h0mu/nato kai\ {RP TR: e0poi/hsen} [P1904: e0poih/sato] e0kdi/khsin tw%~ kataponoume/nw%, pata&caj to\n Ai0gu/ption: And when he saw someone being unjustly treated, he defended and avenged the man who was being harshly dealt with by striking the Egyptian, e0poi/hsen, did (vengeance), active, RP TR F1859=12/12 vs. e0poih/sato, did (vengeance), middle, P1904 F1859=0/12.
by striking: gerundial use of the participle.
Acts 7:25 e0no/mizen de\ sunie/nai tou\j a)delfou\j au0tou= o3ti o9 qeo\j dia_ xeiro\j au0tou= di/dwsin au0toi=j swthri/an: oi9 de\ ou0 sunh=kan. and he thought that his brothers would understand that God, through his action, was giving them deliverance, but they did not understand. action ← hand, and as a Hebraism, agency.
deliverance ← salvation.
Acts 7:26 Th|= {RP P1904 S1550: te} [E1624 S1894: de\] e0piou/sh| h9me/ra% w!fqh au0toi=j maxome/noij, kai\ sunh/lasen au0tou\j ei0j ei0rh/nhn, ei0pw&n, 871Andrej, a)delfoi/ e0ste u9mei=j: i3na ti/ a)dikei=te a)llh/louj; {RP P1904 S1550: And} [E1624 S1894: But] on the next day, he appeared to them while they were fighting, and he urged them to make peace together, and he said, ‘Men, you are brothers. Why do you wrong each other?’ te, and; both, RP P1904 S1550 F1859=12/12 vs. de\, and / but, E1624 S1894 F1859=0/12.
urged ... together ← drove together.
Acts 7:27 879O de\ a)dikw~n to\n plhsi/on a)pw&sato au0to/n, ei0pw&n, Ti/j se kate/sthsen a!rxonta kai\ dikasth\n e0f' {RP-text TR: h9ma~j} [RP-marg P1904: h9mw~n]; But the one who was doing wrong to his neighbour pushed him away from himself and said, ‘Who appointed you a ruler and a judge over us? h9ma~j, (over) us (1), RP-text TR F1859=11/13 vs. h9mw~n, (over) us (2), RP-marg P1904 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's m**p).
Ex 2:14.
from himself: this comes from the middle voice of the verb.
Acts 7:28 Mh\ a)nelei=n me su\ qe/leij, o4n tro/pon a)nei=lej xqe\j to\n Ai0gu/ption; You don't want to kill me in the way you killed the Egyptian yesterday, do you?’ Ex 2:14.
Acts 7:29 871Efugen de\ {RP TR: Mwsh=j} [P1904: Mwu+sh=j] e0n tw%~ lo/gw% tou/tw%, kai\ e0ge/neto pa&roikoj e0n gh|= Madia&m, ou[ e0ge/nnhsen ui9ou\j du/o. But at these words Moses fled and became a foreigner in the land of Midian, where he begot two sons. Mwsh=j, Moses, RP TR F1859=8/12 vs. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, P1904 F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's elop).
these words ← this word, speech.
Acts 7:30 Kai\ plhrwqe/ntwn e0tw~n tessara&konta, w!fqh au0tw%~ e0n th|= e0rh/mw% tou= o1rouj Sina~ a!ggeloj kuri/ou e0n flogi\ puro\j ba&tou. And when forty years had passed, the angel of the Lord appeared to him in the desert of Mount Sinai in the flame of the bush on fire. had passed ← had been fulfilled.
Sinai: Greek Sina.
in the flame of the bush on fire ← in flame of fire of bush.
Acts 7:31 879O de\ {RP TR: Mwsh=j} [P1904: Mwu+sh=j] i0dw_n {RP-text P1904: e0qau/mazen} [RP-marg TR: e0qau/masen] to\ o3rama: proserxome/nou de\ au0tou= katanoh=sai, e0ge/neto fwnh\ kuri/ou pro\j au0to/n, And Moses saw it and wondered at the sight. And as he approached to investigate, the voice of the Lord came to him and said, Mwsh=j, Moses, RP TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's abhm) vs. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, P1904 F1859=8/12 (Scrivener's cefgklop). A disparity (#1) with RP, R=5:9.
e0qau/maze¨n©, was wondering at, RP-text P1904 F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's bfglmp) vs. e0qau/mase¨n©, wondered at, RP-marg TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's acehko). Nearly a disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=7:7.
Acts 7:32 870Egw_ o9 qeo\j tw~n pate/rwn sou, o9 qeo\j 870Abraa_m kai\ o9 qeo\j 870Isaa_k kai\ o9 qeo\j 870Iakw&b. 871Entromoj de\ geno/menoj {RP TR: Mwsh=j} [P1904: Mwu+sh=j] ou0k e0to/lma katanoh=sai. ‘I am the God of your fathers, the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob.’ But Moses was trembling, and he did not dare investigate further. Mwsh=j, Moses, RP TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's bcm) vs. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, P1904 F1859=9/12 (Scrivener's aefghklop). A disparity with RP, R=4:10.
Ex 3:6.
was ← having become.
Acts 7:33 Ei]pen de\ au0tw%~ o9 ku/rioj, Lu=son to\ u9po/dhma tw~n podw~n sou: o9 ga_r to/poj e0n w%{ e3sthkaj gh= a(gi/a e0sti/n. But the Lord said to him, ‘Unfasten the sandals on your feet, for the place on which you are standing is holy ground. Ex 3:5.
sandals on ← underbinding of.
Acts 7:34 870Idw_n ei]don th\n ka&kwsin tou= laou= mou tou= e0n Ai0gu/ptw%, kai\ tou= stenagmou= au0tw~n h1kousa: kai\ kate/bhn e0cele/sqai au0tou/j: kai\ nu=n deu=ro, a)postelw~ se ei0j Ai1gupton. I have clearly seen the ill-treatment of my people who are in Egypt, and I have heard their groaning, and I have come down to deliver them. So come on now, I am going to send you to Egypt.’ Ex 3:7, Ex 3:8, Ex 3:10.
I have clearly seen ← seeing I have seen.
Acts 7:35 Tou=ton to\n {RP: Mwsh=n} [P1904 TR: Mwu+sh=n] o4n h0rnh/santo ei0po/ntej, Ti/j se kate/sthsen a!rxonta kai\ dikasth/n; tou=ton o9 qeo\j a!rxonta kai\ lutrwth\n a)pe/steilen e0n xeiri\ a)gge/lou tou= o0fqe/ntoj au0tw%~ e0n th|= ba&tw%. This Moses, whom they repudiated, saying, ‘Who appointed you a ruler and a judge?’ is whom God sent as a ruler and deliverer by the agency of the angel who appeared to him in the bush. Mwsh=n, Moses, RP F1859=3/14 (Scrivener's b*c**m) vs. Mwu+sh=n, Moüses, P1904 TR F1859=11/14 (Scrivener's ab**c*efghklop). A strong disparity with RP, R=3:13.
Ex 2:14.
is whom ← this (man).
agency ← hand.
Acts 7:36 Ou[toj e0ch/gagen au0tou/j, poih/saj te/rata kai\ shmei=a e0n gh|= {RP P1904: Ai0gu/ptw%} [TR: Ai0gu/ptou] kai\ e0n 870Eruqra%~ qala&ssh|, kai\ e0n th|= e0rh/mw% e1th tessara&konta. It is he who led them out, having performed miracles and signs in the land of Egypt and in the Red Sea and in the desert for forty years. Ai0gu/ptw%, Egyptian, RP P1904 F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's hklmop) vs. Ai0gu/ptou, of Egypt, TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's abcefg). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:7.
he who ← this (man).
{RP P1904: in the land of Egypt ← in Egyptian land.}
Acts 7:37 Ou[to/j e0stin {RP P1904 TR: o9} [MISC: - ] {RP: Mwsh=j} [P1904 TR: Mwu+sh=j] o9 ei0pw_n toi=j ui9oi=j 870Israh/l, Profh/thn u9mi=n a)nasth/sei ku/rioj o9 qeo\j {RP: h9mw~n} [P1904 TR: u9mw~n] e0k tw~n a)delfw~n u9mw~n w(j e0me/ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: : au0tou= a)kou/sesqe]. This is Moses who said to the sons of Israel, ‘The Lord {RP: our} [P1904 TR: your] God will raise up a prophet to you from among your brothers like me. {RP: - } [P1904 TR: You will hear him.]’ o9, the (Moses): present in RP P1904 TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's b*gklmp) vs. absent in F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's ab**cefho). Nearly a disparity (#1) with RP, R=8:7.
Mwsh=j, Moses, RP F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's b*m) vs. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, P1904 TR F1859=11/13 (Scrivener's ab**cefghklop). A strong disparity (#2) with RP, R=2:13.
h9mw~n, our, RP F1859=8/12 (Scrivener's acfghklo) vs. u9mw~n, your, P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's bem) vs. word absent, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's p). AV differs textually.
au0tou= a)kou/sesqe, you will hear him: absent in RP F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's afghlmp) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's bceko). Nearly a disparity (#3) with RP, R=7:7. AV differs textually.
Deut 18:15, Deut 18:18.
Acts 7:38 Ou[to/j e0stin o9 geno/menoj e0n th|= e0kklhsi/a% e0n th|= e0rh/mw% meta_ tou= a)gge/lou tou= lalou=ntoj au0tw%~ e0n tw%~ o1rei Sina~ kai\ tw~n pate/rwn h9mw~n: o4j e0de/cato {RP-text: lo/gon} [RP-marg P1904 TR: lo/gia] zw~nta dou=nai h9mi=n: This is he who was in the assembly in the desert with the angel who spoke to him at Mount Sinai, and who was with our fathers, and he received {RP-text: a living word} [RP-marg P1904 TR: living oracles] to give to us, lo/gon, word, RP-text F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's elm) vs. lo/gia, oracles, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=9/12 (Scrivener's abcfghkop). A strong disparity with RP-text, R=3:11.
assembly: the Greek word is usually translated church, but see Matt 16:18.
Acts 7:39 w%{ ou0k h0qe/lhsan u9ph/kooi gene/sqai oi9 pate/rej h9mw~n, a)ll' a)pw&santo, kai\ e0stra&fhsan {RP P1904: th|= kardi/a%} [TR: tai=j kardi/aij] au0tw~n ei0j Ai1gupton, but our fathers were unwilling to be obedient to him, and they pushed him aside, and their affections were turned back to Egypt, th|= kardi/a%, (in) the heart, RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. tai=j kardi/aij, (in) the hearts, TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's p).
their affections were turned back ← they were turned back in their {RP P1904: heart} [TR: hearts].
Acts 7:40 ei0po/ntej tw%~ 870Aarw&n, Poi/hson h9mi=n qeou\j oi4 proporeu/sontai h9mw~n: o9 ga_r {RP TR: Mwsh=j} [P1904: Mwu+sh=j] ou[toj, o4j e0ch/gagen h9ma~j e0k gh=j Ai0gu/ptou, ou0k oi1damen ti/ ge/gonen au0tw%~. as they said to Aaron, ‘Make us gods which will go before us. For as for this Moses – who led us out of Egypt – we do not know what has become of him.’ Mwsh=j, Moses, RP TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's b*m) vs. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, P1904 F1859=11/13 (Scrivener's ab**cefghklop). A strong disparity with RP, R=3:12.
Ex 32:1.
Acts 7:41 Kai\ e0mosxopoi/hsan e0n tai=j h9me/raij e0kei/naij, kai\ a)nh/gagon qusi/an tw%~ ei0dw&lw%, kai\ eu0frai/nonto e0n toi=j e1rgoij tw~n xeirw~n au0tw~n. And they made a calf in those days and offered a sacrifice to the idol, and they rejoiced in the works of their hands.
Acts 7:42 871Estreyen de\ o9 qeo/j, kai\ pare/dwken au0tou\j latreu/ein th|= stratia%~ tou= ou0ranou=: kaqw_j ge/graptai e0n bi/blw% tw~n profhtw~n, Mh\ sfa&gia kai\ qusi/aj proshne/gkate/ moi e1th tessara&konta e0n th|= e0rh/mw%, oi]koj 870Israh/l; And God turned away and gave them up to do service to the array of the sky, as it stands written in the book of the prophets:

‘Did you really offer me slaughtered animals and sacrifices for forty years in the desert,

O house of Israel?’

 Amos 5:25.
the sky: or heaven.
Acts 7:43 Kai\ a)nela&bete th\n skhnh\n tou= Molo/x, kai\ to\ a!stron tou= qeou= u9mw~n {RP-text P1904 TR: 879Remfa&n} [RP-marg: 879Refa&n], tou\j tu/pouj ou4j e0poih/sate proskunei=n au0toi=j: kai\ metoikiw~ u9ma~j e0pe/keina Babulw~noj.

And you took up the tent of Moloch

And the star of your god {RP-text P1904 TR: Remphan} [RP-marg: Rephan]

– Images which you made in order to worship them –

So I will deport you to beyond Babylon.

 879Remfa&n, Remphan, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=6/12 vs. 879Refa&n, Rephan, RP-marg F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's g) vs. three other spellings, F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's hklop).
Amos 5:26, Amos 5:27, where the city mentioned is Damascus.
Acts 7:44 879H skhnh\ tou= marturi/ou h]n {RP P1904 S1894: - } [S1550 E1624: e0n] toi=j patra&sin h9mw~n e0n th|= e0rh/mw%, kaqw_j dieta&cato o9 lalw~n tw%~ {RP TR: Mwsh|=} [P1904: Mwu+sh|=], poih=sai au0th\n kata_ to\n tu/pon o4n e9wra&kei. {RP P1904 S1894: Our fathers had the tent of the testimony} [S1550 E1624: The tent of the testimony was among our fathers] in the desert, as he who spoke to Moses commanded, to make it according to the model which he had seen. e0n, in, among: absent in RP P1904 S1894 F1859=12/13 vs. present in S1550 E1624 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's k**).
Mwsh|=, Moses, RP TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m) vs. Mwu+sh|=, Moüses, P1904 F1859=10/13 (Scrivener's acefghklop) vs. other spellings, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's b*b**). A strong disparity with RP, R=2:11.
Ex 25:9, Ex 25:40, Ex 26:30.
Acts 7:45 874Hn kai\ ei0sh/gagon diadeca&menoi oi9 pate/rej h9mw~n meta_ 870Ihsou= e0n th|= katasxe/sei tw~n e0qnw~n, w{n e0cw~sen o9 qeo\j a)po\ prosw&pou tw~n pate/rwn h9mw~n, e3wj tw~n h9merw~n {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d]: And our fathers with Joshua also received it in turn, and they brought it in when they took possession of the country of the nations which God drove out at the advance of our fathers, up to the days of David, David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Joshua: AV differs (Jesus). The Greek 870Ihsou=j, Jesus, is the Hellenization of יְהוֹשֻׁעַ, Joshua. See also Heb 4:8.
received ... in turn: AV differs (that came after).
at the advance of ← from the face or presence of.
Acts 7:46 o4j eu[ren xa&rin e0nw&pion tou= qeou=, kai\ h|0th/sato eu9rei=n skh/nwma tw%~ qew%~ 870Iakw&b. who found grace in God's sight, and he asked if he could devise a dwelling place for the God of Jacob. if he could devise ← to find, but also to devise [LS], so suggesting to build.
dwelling place: or tent, tabernacle.
Acts 7:47 Solomw~n de\ w%)kodo/mhsen au0tw%~ oi]kon. But Solomon built him a house.
Acts 7:48 870All' ou0x o9 u3yistoj e0n xeiropoih/toij naoi=j katoikei=, kaqw_j o9 profh/thj le/gei, Yet the Most High does not dwell in man-made shrines, as the prophet says,
Acts 7:49 879O ou0rano/j moi qro/noj, h9 de\ gh= u9popo/dion tw~n podw~n mou: poi=on oi]kon oi0kodomh/sete/ moi; le/gei ku/rioj: h2 ti/j to/poj th=j katapau/sew&j mou;

‘Heaven is my throne,

But the earth is my footstool.

What kind of a house will you build for me?’

Says the Lord,

‘Or what is my resting place?

 Isa 66:1.
my footstool ← a footstool of my feet.
Acts 7:50 Ou0xi\ h9 xei/r mou e0poi/hsen tau=ta pa&nta;

Did not my hand make all these things?’

 Isa 66:2.
Acts 7:51 Sklhrotra&xhloi kai\ a)peri/tmhtoi th|= kardi/a% kai\ toi=j w)si/n, u9mei=j a)ei\ tw%~ pneu/mati tw%~ a(gi/w% a)ntipi/ptete: w(j oi9 pate/rej u9mw~n, kai\ u9mei=j. You stiff-necked and uncircumcised of heart and ears, you always resist the holy spirit. As your fathers did, so do you.
Acts 7:52 Ti/na tw~n profhtw~n ou0k e0di/wcan oi9 pate/rej u9mw~n; Kai\ a)pe/kteinan tou\j prokataggei/lantaj peri\ th=j e0leu/sewj tou= dikai/ou, ou[ nu=n u9mei=j prodo/tai kai\ fonei=j gege/nhsqe: Which of the prophets did your fathers not persecute? And they killed those who announced the coming of the righteous one beforehand, of whom you have now become the betrayers and murderers –
Acts 7:53 oi3tinej e0la&bete to\n no/mon ei0j diataga_j a)gge/lwn, kai\ ou0k e0fula&cate. you who received the law through injunctions of angels, and who did not keep it.”
Acts 7:54 870Akou/ontej de\ tau=ta, diepri/onto tai=j kardi/aij au0tw~n, kai\ e1bruxon tou\j o0do/ntaj e0p' au0to/n. But as they heard these things, they were cut to the quick in their hearts, and they gnashed their teeth against him. they were cut to the quick ← they were being sawn through.
Acts 7:55 879Upa&rxwn de\ plh/rhj pneu/matoj a(gi/ou, a)teni/saj ei0j to\n ou0rano/n, ei]den do/can qeou=, kai\ 870Ihsou=n e9stw~ta e0k deciw~n tou= qeou=, But he was full of holy spirit, and looking intently towards heaven, he saw the glory of God, and Jesus standing at the right hand of God,
Acts 7:56 kai\ ei]pen, 870Idou/, qewrw~ tou\j ou0ranou\j a)new%gme/nouj, kai\ to\n ui9o\n tou= a)nqrw&pou e0k deciw~n {RP TR: e9stw~ta tou= qeou=} [P1904: tou= qeou= e9stw~ta]. and he said, “Behold, I see the heavens opened and the son of man standing at the right hand of God.” e9stw~ta tou= qeou=, standing + of God, RP TR F1859=10/11 vs. tou= qeou= e9stw~ta, of God + standing, P1904 F1859=0/11 vs. another word order, F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's m).
Acts 7:57 Kra&cantej de\ fwnh|= mega&lh|, sune/sxon ta_ w}ta au0tw~n, kai\ w#rmhsan o9moqumado\n e0p' au0to/n: Then shouting with a loud voice, they held their ears tight and rushed with one mind against him, shouting ← having shouted. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 7:58 kai\ e0kbalo/ntej e1cw th=j po/lewj, e0liqobo/loun: kai\ oi9 ma&rturej a)pe/qento ta_ i9ma&tia {RP: - } [P1904 TR: au0tw~n] para_ tou\j po/daj neani/ou kaloume/nou Sau/lou. and they threw him out of the city and stoned him. And the witnesses laid {RP: the} [P1904 TR: their] clothes down at the feet of a young man called Saul. au0tw~n, their: absent in RP F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's ab*fghlm) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's b**ekop). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:7.
Acts 7:59 Kai\ e0liqobo/loun to\n Ste/fanon, e0pikalou/menon kai\ le/gonta, Ku/rie 870Ihsou=, de/cai to\ pneu=ma& mou. So they stoned Stephen, as he made an appeal and said, “Lord Jesus, receive my spirit.”
Acts 7:60 Qei\j de\ ta_ go/nata, e1kracen fwnh|= mega&lh|, Ku/rie, mh\ sth/sh|j au0toi=j th\n a(marti/an tau/thn. Kai\ tou=to ei0pw_n e0koimh/qh. And he knelt and shouted out in a loud voice, “Lord, do not lay this sin to their charge.” And having said this, he fell asleep.
Acts 8:1 Sau=loj de\ h]n suneudokw~n th|= a)naire/sei au0tou=. 870Ege/neto de\ e0n e0kei/nh| th|= h9me/ra% diwgmo\j me/gaj e0pi\ th\n e0kklhsi/an th\n e0n 879Ierosolu/moij: pa&ntej {RP P1904: de\} [TR: te] diespa&rhsan kata_ ta_j xw&raj th=j 870Ioudai/aj kai\ Samarei/aj, plh\n tw~n a)posto/lwn. And Saul was consentient to his execution. ¶ And it came to pass on that day that there was a great persecution against the church in Jerusalem, and all were scattered among the regions of Judaea and Samaria, except the apostles. ¶ Verse division: in P1904 numbering, Acts 8:1 begins here.
de\, but, RP P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. te, and, TR F1859=0/12 vs. another reading, F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ko).
church: see Matt 16:18.
Acts 8:2 Suneko/misan de\ to\n Ste/fanon a!ndrej eu0labei=j, kai\ {RP TR: e0poih/santo} [P1904: e0poi/hsan] kopeto\n me/gan e0p' au0tw%~. Then devout men carried Stephen away to burial and made much lamentation over him. e0poih/santo, made for themselves, RP TR F1859=10/12 vs. e0poi/hsan, made, P1904 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's kp).
to burial: the verb sugkomi/zw has this implication in ↴
Acts 8:3 Sau=loj de\ e0lumai/neto th\n e0kklhsi/an, kata_ tou\j oi1kouj ei0sporeuo/menoj, su/rwn te a!ndraj kai\ gunai=kaj paredi/dou ei0j fulakh/n. But Saul ravaged the church, going into one house after another, and dragging men and women out, he delivered them into prison. ↳ secular writing too, see [LS], though [MM], under sunkomi/zw (!), questions this sense here, suggesting simply to recover.
church: see Matt 16:18.
Acts 8:4 Oi9 me\n ou]n diaspare/ntej dih=lqon, eu0aggelizo/menoi to\n lo/gon. Now those who were scattered went about preaching the word.
Acts 8:5 Fi/lippoj de\ katelqw_n ei0j po/lin th=j Samarei/aj, e0kh/russen au0toi=j to\n xristo/n. And Philip went down to a city in Samaria and proclaimed Christ to them.
Acts 8:6 {RP TR: Prosei=xo/n te} [P1904: Prosei=xon de\] oi9 o1xloi toi=j legome/noij u9po\ tou= Fili/ppou o9moqumado/n, e0n tw%~ a)kou/ein au0tou\j kai\ ble/pein ta_ shmei=a a$ e0poi/ei. And the crowds paid unanimous attention to the words spoken by Philip when they heard them and saw the signs which he performed. te, and, RP TR F1859=9/12 vs. de\, but, P1904 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's ahp).
Acts 8:7 Pollw~n ga_r tw~n e0xo/ntwn pneu/mata a)ka&qarta, bow~nta {RP P1904: fwnh|= mega&lh|} [TR: mega&lh| fwnh|=] e0ch/rxeto: polloi\ de\ paralelume/noi kai\ xwloi\ e0qerapeu/qhsan. For the unclean spirits of many who were possessed by them came out, shouting with a loud voice, and many who were paralysed or lame were healed. fwnh|= mega&lh|, voice + loud, RP P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. mega&lh| fwnh|=, loud + voice, TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's de).
were possessed by ← having.
Acts 8:8 Kai\ e0ge/neto xara_ mega&lh e0n th|= po/lei e0kei/nh|. And there was great joy in that city. was ← became, came about.
Acts 8:9 870Anh\r de/ tij o0no/mati Si/mwn prou+ph=rxen e0n th|= po/lei mageu/wn kai\ e0cistw~n to\ e1qnoj th=j Samarei/aj, le/gwn ei]nai/ tina e9auto\n me/gan: But a certain man by the name of Simon was long established in the city using magic arts, and astounding the people of Samaria, while saying that he was someone great,
Acts 8:10 w%{ prosei=xon {RP: - } [P1904 TR: pa&ntej] a)po\ mikrou= e3wj mega&lou, le/gontej, Ou[to/j e0stin h9 du/namij tou= qeou= h9 mega&lh. and they {RP: - } [P1904 TR: all] gave heed to him, from small to great, saying, “This man is the great power of God.” pa&ntej, all: absent in RP F1859=10/12 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's kp).
Acts 8:11 Prosei=xon de\ au0tw%~, dia_ to\ i9kanw%~ xro/nw% tai=j magei/aij e0cestake/nai au0tou/j. So they gave heed to him because they had been astounded for a long time by his sorceries. they had been astounded: Greek perfect in form, so present (and ongoing) in sense and intransitive. AV differs; the point is not recognized by AV's transitive had bewitched them.
Acts 8:12 873Ote de\ e0pi/steusan tw%~ Fili/ppw% eu0aggelizome/nw% ta_ peri\ th=j basilei/aj tou= qeou= kai\ tou= o0no/matoj {RP P1904: - } [TR: tou=] 870Ihsou= xristou=, e0bapti/zonto a!ndrej te kai\ gunai=kej. But when they had believed Philip, who was preaching the things concerning the kingdom of God and the name of Jesus Christ, both men and women were baptized. tou=, the (Jesus Christ): absent in RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. present in TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's g).
Acts 8:13 879O de\ Si/mwn kai\ au0to\j e0pi/steusen, kai\ baptisqei\j h]n proskarterw~n tw%~ Fili/ppw%: qewrw~n te {RP P1904 S1894: duna&meij kai\ shmei=a gino/mena} [S1550 E1624: shmei=a kai\ duna&meij mega&laj gino/menaj], e0ci/stato. And Simon himself also believed, and he was baptized, and he continued resolutely with Philip, and when he saw {RP P1904 S1894: deeds of power and signs} [S1550 E1624: signs and great deeds of power] take place, he was astounded. duna&meij kai\ shmei=a gino/mena, deeds of power + and signs taking place (1), RP P1904 S1894 F1859=8/12 vs. shmei=a kai\ duna&meij mega&laj gino/menaj, signs + and great deeds of power taking place, S1550 E1624 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's kmp) vs. duna&meij kai\ shmei=a mega&la gino/mena, deeds of power + and great signs taking place (2), F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's o).
Acts 8:14 870Akou/santej de\ oi9 e0n 879Ierosolu/moij a)po/stoloi o3ti de/dektai h9 Sama&reia to\n lo/gon tou= qeou=, a)pe/steilan pro\j au0tou\j to\n Pe/tron kai\ 870Iwa&nnhn: And when the apostles in Jerusalem heard that Samaria had received the word of God, they sent Peter and John to them,
Acts 8:15 oi3tinej kataba&ntej proshu/canto peri\ au0tw~n, o3pwj la&bwsin pneu=ma a#gion: who went down and prayed for them, that they might receive holy spirit,
Acts 8:16 ou1pw ga_r h]n e0p' ou0deni\ au0tw~n e0pipeptwko/j, mo/non de\ bebaptisme/noi u9ph=rxon ei0j to\ o1noma tou= {RP: xristou=} [P1904 TR: kuri/ou] 870Ihsou=. for it had not yet fallen on any of them, but they had only been baptized in the name of {RP: Christ} [P1904 TR: the Lord] Jesus. xristou=, Christ, RP F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's adefghl) vs. kuri/ou, Lord, P1904 TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's bkmop). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:7. AV differs textually.
in: or into.
Acts 8:17 To/te e0peti/qoun ta_j xei=raj e0p' au0tou/j, kai\ e0la&mbanon pneu=ma a#gion. Then they laid their hands on them, and they received holy spirit.
Acts 8:18 {RP TR: Qeasa&menoj} [P1904: 870Idw_n] de\ o9 Si/mwn o3ti dia_ th=j e0piqe/sewj tw~n xeirw~n tw~n a)posto/lwn di/dotai to\ pneu=ma to\ a#gion, prosh/negken au0toi=j xrh/mata, But when Simon {RP TR: observed} [P1904: saw] that the holy spirit was given by the laying on of the apostles' hands, he offered them money, qeasa&menoj, beholding, RP TR F1859=8/13 vs. i0dw_n, seeing, P1904 F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's b*dkop).
Acts 8:19 le/gwn, Do/te ka)moi\ th\n e0cousi/an tau/thn, i3na w%{ {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: e0a_n} [S1550: a@n] e0piqw~ ta_j xei=raj, lamba&nh| pneu=ma a#gion. and he said, “Give me this authority too, so that whoever I lay my hands on should receive holy spirit.” e0a_n, (on whom)ever (non-classical form), RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's b*defkp) vs. a@n, (on whom)ever (classical form), S1550 F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's ab**ghlmo). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:8.
Acts 8:20 Pe/troj de\ ei]pen pro\j au0to/n, To\ a)rgu/rio/n sou su\n soi\ ei1h ei0j a)pw&leian, o3ti th\n dwrea_n tou= qeou= e0no/misaj dia_ xrhma&twn kta~sqai. But Peter said to him, “May your money perish with you, because you thought you could obtain the gift of God with money. perish ← be to destruction / waste.
you could obtain: we take the verb as deponent and active in sense; AV differs, taking it as passive, for which we would expect kthqh=nai.
Acts 8:21 Ou0k e1stin soi meri\j ou0de\ klh=roj e0n tw%~ lo/gw% tou/tw%. 879H ga_r kardi/a sou ou0k e1stin eu0qei=a e0nw&pion tou= qeou=. You have no part or inheritance in this matter, for your heart is not upright before God.
Acts 8:22 Metano/hson ou]n a)po\ th=j kaki/aj sou tau/thj, kai\ deh/qhti tou= qeou=, ei0 a!ra a)feqh/setai/ soi h9 e0pi/noia th=j kardi/aj sou. So repent from this wickedness of yours, and entreat God and see whether then the scheming of your heart will be forgiven you.
Acts 8:23 Ei0j ga_r xolh\n pikri/aj kai\ su/ndesmon a)diki/aj o9rw~ se o1nta. For I see that you are in bitter gall and bondage to unrighteousness.” bitter gall ← gall of bitterness, a Hebraic genitive.
Acts 8:24 870Apokriqei\j de\ o9 Si/mwn ei]pen, Deh/qhte u9mei=j u9pe\r e0mou= pro\j to\n {RP TR: ku/rion} [P1904: qeo/n], o3pwj mhde\n e0pe/lqh| e0p' e0me\ w{n ei0rh/kate. Then Simon answered and said, “You entreat {RP TR: the Lord} [P1904: God] for me that nothing of what you have said should come upon me.” ku/rion, Lord, RP TR F1859=9/12 vs. qeo/n, God, P1904 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's kmo).
you (2x): plural.
Acts 8:25 Oi9 me\n ou]n diamartura&menoi kai\ lalh/santej to\n lo/gon tou= kuri/ou, u9pe/streyan ei0j 879Ierousalh/m, polla&j te kw&maj tw~n Samareitw~n eu0hggeli/santo. So then, after they had solemnly testified and spoken the word of the Lord, they returned to Jerusalem and preached the gospel to many villages of the Samaritans.
Acts 8:26 871Aggeloj de\ kuri/ou e0la&lhsen pro\j Fi/lippon, le/gwn, 870Ana&sthqi kai\ poreu/ou kata_ meshmbri/an e0pi\ th\n o9do\n th\n katabai/nousan a)po\ 879Ierousalh\m ei0j Ga&zan: au3th e0sti\n e1rhmoj. And the angel of the Lord spoke to Philip and said, “Arise and go southwards on the road which goes down from Jerusalem to Gaza. It is desolate.” it ← this, referring to Gaza or the road, in our opinion Gaza being more likely.
desolate: we take this as referring to Gaza's spiritual condition.
Acts 8:27 Kai\ a)nasta_j e0poreu/qh: kai\ i0dou/, a)nh\r Ai0qi/oy eu0nou=xoj duna&sthj Kanda&khj th=j basili/sshj Ai0qio/pwn, o4j h]n e0pi\ pa&shj th=j ga&zhj au0th=j, o4j e0lhlu/qei proskunh/swn ei0j 879Ierousalh/m, So he arose and went. And he came across an Ethiopian man, a eunuch, an official of Candace, the queen of the Ethiopians, and he was in charge of all her treasure and had come to worship in Jerusalem. he came across ← behold.
Candace: the traditional transliteration. A more modern spelling, indicating a convenient pronunciation, is Kandaké.
to worship: classical use of the future participle of purpose.
Acts 8:28 h]n te u9postre/fwn kai\ kaqh/menoj e0pi\ tou= a#rmatoj au0tou=, {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: kai\} [S1894: - ] a)negi/nwsken to\n profh/thn 870Hsai+/an. And he was returning, sitting on his chariot, {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: and} [S1894: and] he was reading the prophet Isaiah. kai\, and: present in RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=9/13 vs. absent in S1894 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's acef).
Acts 8:29 Ei]pen de\ to\ pneu=ma tw%~ Fili/ppw%, Pro/selqe kai\ kollh/qhti tw%~ a#rmati tou/tw%. And the spirit said to Philip, “Go and associate yourself with that chariot.” associate yourself ← be joined.
that ← this.
Acts 8:30 Prosdramw_n de\ o9 Fi/lippoj h1kousen au0tou= a)naginw&skontoj to\n profh/thn 870Hsai+/an, kai\ ei]pen, 87]Ara& ge ginw&skeij a$ a)naginw&skeij; And Philip ran up to him and heard him reading the prophet Isaiah, and he said, “Do you actually know what you are reading?”
Acts 8:31 879O de\ ei]pen, Pw~j ga_r a@n dunai/mhn, e0a_n mh/ tij o9dhgh/sh| me; Pareka&lese/n te to\n Fi/lippon a)naba&nta kaqi/sai su\n au0tw%~. And he said, “Well how can I, unless someone guides me?” And he invited Philip to come up in and sit with him. can: the “potential” use of the optative, reinforcing the meaning can.
Acts 8:32 879H de\ perioxh\ th=j grafh=j h4n a)negi/nwsken h]n au3th, 879Wj pro/baton e0pi\ sfagh\n h1xqh, kai\ w(j a)mno\j e0nanti/on tou= kei/rontoj au0to\n a!fwnoj, ou3twj ou0k a)noi/gei to\ sto/ma au0tou=. Now the passage of scripture which he was reading was this:

“He was led like a sheep to the slaughter,

And as a lamb mute before its shearer,

So he did not open his mouth.

 Isa 53:7.
did ← does.
Acts 8:33 870En th|= tapeinw&sei au0tou= h9 kri/sij au0tou= h1rqh, th\n de\ genea_n au0tou= ti/j dihgh/setai; 873Oti ai1retai a)po\ th=j gh=j h9 zwh\ au0tou=.

While he was in his lowly state,

His justice was denied him.

But who can describe what his posterity is?

For his life is taken from the earth.”

 Isa 53:8.
denied him ← removed.
can ← will, a Hebraism.
posterity ← generation.
Acts 8:34 870Apokriqei\j de\ o9 eu0nou=xoj tw%~ Fili/ppw% ei]pen, De/omai/ sou, peri\ ti/noj o9 profh/thj le/gei tou=to; Peri\ e9autou=, h2 peri\ e9te/rou tino/j; Then the eunuch answered and said to Philip, “I ask you, who is the prophet saying this about? About himself, or about someone else?” ask ← entreat, beseech.
Acts 8:35 870Anoi/caj de\ o9 Fi/lippoj to\ sto/ma au0tou=, kai\ a)rca&menoj a)po\ th=j grafh=j tau/thj, eu0hggeli/sato au0tw%~ to\n 870Ihsou=n. Then Philip opened his mouth and beginning at this scripture, he preached Jesus to him. beginning ← having begun. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 8:36 879Wj de\ e0poreu/onto kata_ th\n o9do/n, h]lqon e0pi/ ti u3dwr: kai/ fhsin o9 eu0nou=xoj, 870Idou/, u3dwr: ti/ kwlu/ei me baptisqh=nai; And as they went along the road, they came to some water, and the eunuch said, “Look, there's some water. What is preventing me from being baptized?”
Acts 8:37 {RP: - } [P1904 TR: Ei]pe de\ o9 Fi/lippoj: ei0 pisteu/eij e0c o3lhj th=j kardi/aj, e1cestin. 870Apokriqei\j de\ ei]pe: pisteu/w to\n ui9o\n tou= qeou= ei]nai to\n 870Ihsou=n xristo/n.] {RP: - } [P1904 TR: And Philip said, “If you believe with all your heart, it is permitted.” And he answered and said, “I believe that Jesus Christ is the son of God.”] Whole verse: absent in RP F1859=12/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's e). A case of collusion between P1904 and TR? AV differs textually.
Acts 8:38 Kai\ e0ke/leusen sth=nai to\ a#rma: kai\ kate/bhsan a)mfo/teroi ei0j to\ u3dwr, o3 te Fi/lippoj kai\ o9 eu0nou=xoj: kai\ e0ba&ptisen au0to/n. And he ordered the chariot to stop, and they both went down to the water, Philip and the eunuch, and he baptized him. Philip and the eunuch ← both Philip and the eunuch, with a less emphatic both than the earlier occurrence.
Acts 8:39 873Ote de\ a)ne/bhsan e0k tou= u3datoj, pneu=ma kuri/ou h3rpasen to\n Fi/lippon: kai\ ou0k ei]den au0to\n ou0ke/ti o9 eu0nou=xoj, e0poreu/eto ga_r th\n o9do\n au0tou= xai/rwn. And when they came up out of the water, the spirit of the Lord took hold of Philip, and the eunuch didn't see him any more, but he went his way rejoicing. but ← for, but this particle is not always causal, and apparently not so here. Compare Rom 5:7.
Acts 8:40 Fi/lippoj de\ eu9re/qh ei0j 871Azwton: kai\ dierxo/menoj eu0hggeli/zeto ta_j po/leij pa&saj, e3wj tou= e0lqei=n au0to\n ei0j Kaisa&reian. And Philip was found in Azotus, and as he passed through, he preached the gospel to all the cities until he came to Caesarea. in ← into. Pregnant usage.
Azotus: i.e. Ashdod.
Acts 9:1 879O de\ Sau=loj e1ti e0mpne/wn a)peilh=j kai\ fo/nou ei0j tou\j maqhta_j tou= kuri/ou, proselqw_n tw%~ a)rxierei=, But Saul was still breathing threats and murder towards the Lord's disciples, and he went to the high priest, threats ← of a threat.
Acts 9:2 h|0th/sato par' au0tou= e0pistola_j ei0j Damasko\n pro\j ta_j sunagwga&j, o3pwj e0a&n tinaj eu3rh| th=j o9dou= o1ntaj a!ndraj te kai\ gunai=kaj, dedeme/nouj a)ga&gh| ei0j 879Ierousalh/m. and he asked him for letters to take to Damascus, addressed to the synagogues, authorizing that if he should find anyone of “the way”, both men and women, he should bring them bound to Jerusalem. anyone of “the way” ← any (plural) being of “the way”. Compare also Isa 35:8.
Acts 9:3 870En de\ tw%~ poreu/esqai, e0ge/neto au0to\n e0ggi/zein th|= Damaskw%~: kai\ e0cai/fnhj {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: perih/strayen} [E1624: perie/strayen] au0to\n fw~j a)po\ tou= ou0ranou=: And as he went, it came to pass that he was approaching Damascus, when suddenly light flashed around him from heaven. perih/straye¨n©, to flash around (correct spelling), RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=12/13 vs. perie/straye¨n©, to flash around (irregular spelling), E1624 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's g).
heaven: or the sky, but see Acts 26:19 (heavenly vision).
Acts 9:4 kai\ pesw_n e0pi\ th\n gh=n, h1kousen fwnh\n le/gousan au0tw%~, Saou/l, Saou/l, ti/ me diw&keij; And he fell to the ground and heard a voice saying to him, “Saul, Saul, why are you persecuting me?”
Acts 9:5 Ei]pen de/, Ti/j ei], ku/rie; 879O de\ ku/rioj ei]pen, 870Egw& ei0mi 870Ihsou=j o4n su\ diw&keij: {RP P1904: - } [TR: sklhro/n soi pro\j ke/ntra lakti/zein.] And he said, “Who are you, Lord?” And the Lord said, “I am Jesus, whom you are persecuting. {RP P1904: - } [TR: It is hard for you to kick against the goads.”] sklhro/n soi pro\j ke/ntra lakti/zein, (It is) hard for you to kick against goads.: absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
I am: see John 18:5-6.
Acts 9:6 {RP P1904: a)lla_ a)na&sthqi} [TR: Tre/mwn te kai\ qambw~n ei]pe, ku/rie ti/ me qe/leij poih=sai; kai\ o9 ku/rioj pro\j au0to\n, 870Ana&sthqi] kai\ ei1selqe ei0j th\n po/lin, kai\ lalhqh/setai/ soi ti/ se dei= poiei=n. {RP P1904: But get up,} [TR: Both trembling and astounded, he said, “Lord, what do you want me to do?” And the Lord said to him, “Get up] and go to the city and you will be told what you must do.” a)lla_, but (get up), RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. tre/mwn ... pro\j au0to\n, Trembling ... to him, TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
you will be told ← it will be told to you.
Acts 9:7 Oi9 de\ a!ndrej oi9 sunodeu/ontej au0tw%~ ei9sth/keisan {RP-text P1904: e0neoi/} [RP-marg TR: e0nneoi/], a)kou/ontej me\n th=j fwnh=j, mhde/na de\ qewrou=ntej. But the men who were travelling with him stood dumbfounded, hearing the voice but not seeing anyone. e0neoi/, mute (1), RP-text P1904 F1859=5/14 (Scrivener's ab*hmp) vs. e0nneoi/, mute (2), RP-marg TR F1859=9/14 (Scrivener's b**cdefgklo). Both spellings are classical. A disparity with RP-text, R=6:10.
Acts 9:8 870Hge/rqh de\ o9 Sau=loj a)po\ th=j gh=j: a)new%gme/nwn {RP P1904: te} [TR: de\] tw~n o0fqalmw~n au0tou=, ou0de/na e1blepen, xeiragwgou=ntej de\ au0to\n ei0sh/gagon ei0j Damasko/n. Then Saul arose from the ground, {RP P1904: and} [TR: but] although his eyes were opened, he saw no-one, and they led him by the hand and brought him to Damascus. te, and, RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. de\, but, TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's fmp).
although: concessive use of the participle.
Acts 9:9 Kai\ h]n h9me/raj trei=j mh\ ble/pwn, kai\ ou0k e1fagen ou0de\ e1pien. And for three days he was without sight, and he did not eat or drink. without sight ← not seeing.
Acts 9:10 87]Hn de/ tij maqhth\j e0n Damaskw%~ o0no/mati 870Anani/aj, kai\ ei]pen pro\j au0to\n o9 ku/rioj e0n o9ra&mati, 870Anani/a. 879O de\ ei]pen, 870Idou\ e0gw&, ku/rie. Now there was a certain disciple in Damascus by the name of Ananias, and the Lord said to him in a vision, “Ananias”, and he said, “Here I am, Lord.”
Acts 9:11 879O de\ ku/rioj pro\j au0to/n, 870Anasta_j poreu/qhti e0pi\ th\n r(u/mhn th\n kaloume/nhn Eu0qei=an, kai\ zh/thson e0n oi0ki/a% 870Iou/da Sau=lon o0no/mati, Tarse/a: i0dou\ ga_r proseu/xetai, And the Lord said to him, “Get up and go to the lane called ‘Straight’ and seek in Judas's house Saul by name, a Tarsan, for look, he is praying. get up: imperatival use of the participle.
Tarsan: i.e. inhabitant of Tarsus.
Acts 9:12 kai\ ei]den e0n o9ra&mati a!ndra o0no/mati 870Anani/an ei0selqo/nta kai\ e0piqe/nta au0tw%~ xei=ra, o3pwj a)nable/yh|. And he has seen in a vision a man by the name of Ananias coming to him and putting his hand on him, so that he may recover his sight.”
Acts 9:13 870Apekri/qh de\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] 870Anani/aj, Ku/rie, a)kh/koa a)po\ pollw~n peri\ tou= a)ndro\j tou/tou, o3sa kaka_ e0poi/hsen toi=j a(gi/oij sou e0n 879Ierousalh/m: And Ananias answered, “Lord, I have heard about this man from many people, how many bad things he has done to your saints in Jerusalem. o9, the (Ananias): absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
Acts 9:14 kai\ w{de e1xei e0cousi/an para_ tw~n a)rxiere/wn, dh=sai pa&ntaj tou\j e0pikaloume/nouj to\ o1noma& sou. And here he has authority from the senior priests to bind all those who call on your name.”
Acts 9:15 Ei]pen de\ pro\j au0to\n o9 ku/rioj, Poreu/ou, o3ti skeu=oj e0klogh=j moi e0sti\n ou[toj, tou= basta&sai to\ o1noma& mou e0nw&pion e0qnw~n kai\ basile/wn, ui9w~n te 870Israh/l: But the Lord said to him, “Go, for this man is a chosen instrument of mine to bear my name in the presence of the Gentiles and kings and the sons of Israel. chosen instrument ← vessel of choice, a Hebraic genitive.
Acts 9:16 e0gw_ ga_r u9podei/cw au0tw%~ o3sa dei= au0to\n u9pe\r tou= o0no/mato/j mou paqei=n. For I will show him what he must undergo for my name's sake.” undergo: or suffer.
Acts 9:17 870Aph=lqen de\ 870Anani/aj kai\ ei0sh=lqen ei0j th\n oi0ki/an, kai\ e0piqei\j e0p' au0to\n ta_j xei=raj ei]pen, Saou\l a)delfe/, o9 ku/rioj a)pe/stalke/n me, {RP: - } [P1904 TR: 870Ihsou=j] o9 o0fqei/j soi e0n th|= o9dw%~ h|[ h1rxou, o3pwj a)nable/yh|j kai\ plhsqh|=j pneu/matoj a(gi/ou. So Ananias departed and went into the house and put his hands on him and said, “Brother Saul, the Lord has sent me – {RP: the Lord} [P1904 TR: Jesus] who appeared to you on the road by which you came – so that you may recover your sight and be filled with holy spirit.” 870Ihsou=j, Jesus: absent in RP F1859=8/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's acfop). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7. AV differs textually.
Acts 9:18 Kai\ eu0qe/wj a)pe/peson a)po\ tw~n o0fqalmw~n au0tou= w(sei\ lepi/dej, a)ne/bleye/n te {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: paraxrh=ma,] kai\ a)nasta_j e0bapti/sqh, And straightaway it was as if scales fell from his eyes, and he {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: immediately] recovered his sight, and he rose up and was baptized, paraxrh=ma, immediately: absent in RP-text P1904 F1859=6/14 (Scrivener's degl*mp) vs. present in RP-marg TR F1859=8/14 (Scrivener's abcfhkl**o). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=7:9. AV differs textually.
Acts 9:19 kai\ labw_n trofh\n e0ni/sxusen. 870Ege/neto de\ o9 Sau=loj meta_ tw~n {RP TR: - } [P1904: o1ntwn] e0n Damaskw%~ maqhtw~n h9me/raj tina&j. and he took food and gained strength. And Saul was with the disciples {RP TR: - } [P1904: who were] in Damascus for several days. o1ntwn, being: absent in RP TR F1859=7/13 vs. present in P1904 F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's bdgkmo, though d with a rough breathing). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
was ← became.
Acts 9:20 Kai\ eu0qe/wj e0n tai=j sunagwgai=j e0kh/russen to\n {RP TR: xristo/n} [P1904: 870Ihsou=n], o3ti ou[to/j e0stin o9 ui9o\j tou= qeou=. And immediately he preached {RP TR: Christ} [P1904: Jesus] in the synagogues, preaching that this was the son of God. xristo/n, Christ, RP TR F1859=9/13 vs. 870Ihsou=n, Jesus, P1904 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's achp).
Acts 9:21 870Eci/stanto de\ pa&ntej oi9 a)kou/ontej kai\ e1legon, Ou0x ou[to/j e0stin o9 porqh/saj e0n 879Ierousalh\m tou\j e0pikaloume/nouj to\ o1noma tou=to, kai\ w{de ei0j tou=to {RP P1904: e0lh/luqen} [TR: e0lhlu/qei] i3na dedeme/nouj au0tou\j a)ga&gh| e0pi\ tou\j a)rxierei=j; And all of those hearing it were amazed, and they said, “Is this not the man who devastated those who call on this name in Jerusalem, and who {RP P1904: has come} [TR: had come] here for the very purpose of bringing them bound to the senior priests?” e0lh/luqen, has come, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. e0lhlu/qei, had come, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's o).
the very purpose of bringing ← this (purpose): in order that he may lead.
Acts 9:22 Sau=loj de\ ma~llon e0nedunamou=to, kai\ sune/xunen tou\j 870Ioudai/ouj tou\j katoikou=ntaj e0n Damaskw%~, sumbiba&zwn o3ti ou[to/j e0stin o9 xristo/j. But Saul was strengthened further, and he confounded the Jews who lived in Damascus, demonstrating that this was the Christ.
Acts 9:23 879Wj de\ e0plhrou=nto h9me/rai i9kanai/, sunebouleu/santo oi9 870Ioudai=oi a)nelei=n au0to/n: But when a fair number of days had passed, the Jews plotted together to eliminate him. passed ← been filled.
Acts 9:24 e0gnw&sqh de\ tw%~ Sau/lw% h9 e0piboulh\ au0tw~n. Pareth/roun te ta_j pu/laj h9me/raj te kai\ nukto/j, o3pwj au0to\n a)ne/lwsin: But their plot became known to Saul. Meanwhile they were guarding the gates closely, by both day and night, so as to eliminate him.
Acts 9:25 labo/ntej de\ au0to\n oi9 maqhtai\ nukto/j, kaqh=kan dia_ tou= tei/xouj, xala&santej e0n spuri/di. So the disciples took him by night and let him down, lowering him over the wall in a basket. lowering ← having lowered. See Matt 23:20.
over: or through. Compare 2 Cor 11:33, where the same preposition is used twice, for through a window and then alongside a wall. One is not lowered through a wall, strictly speaking.
Acts 9:26 Parageno/menoj de\ o9 Sau=loj {RP: e0n} [P1904 TR: ei0j] 879Ierousalh/m, e0peira~to kolla~sqai toi=j maqhtai=j: kai\ pa&ntej e0fobou=nto au0to/n, mh\ pisteu/ontej o3ti e0sti\n maqhth/j. Then when Saul arrived in Jerusalem, he tried to join up with the disciples, but they all feared him, not believing that he was a disciple. e0n, in, RP F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's bcehklm) vs. ei0j, to, in (pregnant use, compare Matt 18:6), P1904 TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's adfgop). A weak disparity with RP, R=7:8.
but: adversative use of kai/.
Acts 9:27 Barna&baj de\ e0pilabo/menoj au0to\n h1gagen pro\j tou\j a)posto/louj, kai\ dihgh/sato au0toi=j pw~j e0n th|= o9dw%~ ei]den to\n ku/rion, kai\ o3ti e0la&lhsen au0tw%~, kai\ pw~j e0n Damaskw%~ e0parrhsia&sato e0n tw%~ o0no/mati tou= 870Ihsou=. But Barnabas took hold of him and led him to the apostles, and he explained to them how on the road he had seen the Lord, and that he had spoken to him, and how in Damascus he had spoken freely in the name of Jesus.
Acts 9:28 Kai\ h]n met' au0tw~n ei0sporeuo/menoj {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: kai\ e0kporeuo/menoj] {RP-text: ei0j} [RP-marg P1904 TR: e0n] 879Ierousalh/m, kai\ parrhsiazo/menoj e0n tw%~ o0no/mati tou= kuri/ou 870Ihsou=, And he {RP-text: went with them into} [RP-marg P1904 TR: went about with them in] Jerusalem, ¶ speaking freely in the name of the Lord Jesus, ¶ Verse division: in AV numbering, Acts 9:29 begins here.
kai\ e0kporeuo/menoj, and going out: absent in RP-text F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's bdflmo) vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=6/13 (incl. p in a different word order) vs. verse absent, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's e). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=6:8.
ei0j, into, RP-text F1859=10/13 (Scrivener's bcdfgklmop) vs. e0n, in, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ah) vs. verse absent, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's e).
[RP-marg P1904 TR: went about with them in ← was going in and going out in.]
Acts 9:29 e0la&lei te kai\ sunezh/tei pro\j tou\j 879Ellhnista&j: oi9 de\ e0pexei/roun au0to\n a)nelei=n. and he spoke and debated with the Greek speakers, but they set about eliminating him.
Acts 9:30 870Epigno/ntej de\ oi9 a)delfoi\ kath/gagon au0to\n ei0j Kaisa&reian, kai\ e0cape/steilan au0to\n ei0j Tarso/n. The brothers realized this and brought him down to Caesarea and sent him off to Tarsus.
Acts 9:31 Ai9 me\n ou]n e0kklhsi/ai kaq' o3lhj th=j 870Ioudai/aj kai\ Galilai/aj kai\ Samarei/aj ei]xon ei0rh/nhn oi0kodomou/menai, kai\ poreuo/menai tw%~ fo/bw% tou= kuri/ou kai\ th|= paraklh/sei tou= a(gi/ou pneu/matoj e0plhqu/nonto. So the churches throughout the whole of Judaea and Galilee and Samaria had peace, and they were built up, and they walked in the fear of the Lord, and they were filled with the comforting of the holy spirit. churches: see Matt 16:18.
were filled: AV differs (were multiplied), but [LS] gives make full for the active.
Acts 9:32 870Ege/neto de\ Pe/tron dierxo/menon dia_ pa&ntwn katelqei=n kai\ pro\j tou\j a(gi/ouj tou\j katoikou=ntaj Lu/ddan. And it came to pass that Peter, in the course of his travels all around, also went down to the saints who lived at Lydda. in the course of his travels all around ← going through all.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
Acts 9:33 Eu[ren de\ e0kei= a!nqrwpo/n tina Ai0ne/an o0no/mati, e0c e0tw~n o0ktw_ katakei/menon e0pi\ {RP-text TR: krabba&tw%} [RP-marg: krabba&tou] [P1904: kraba&ttw%], o4j h]n paralelume/noj. And he found there a certain man by the name of Aeneas, who had lain on a bed for eight years, who was paralysed. krabba&tw%, stretcher (1, dative), RP-text TR F1859=11/13 vs. krabba&tou, stretcher (1, genitive), RP-marg F1859=0/13 vs. kraba&ttw%, stretcher (2, dative), P1904 F1859=0/13 vs. kraba&ttou, stretcher (2, genitive), F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's p) vs. kraba&tw%, stretcher (3, dative), F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m). A disparity with RP-marg (zero count).
Acts 9:34 Kai\ ei]pen au0tw%~ o9 Pe/troj, Ai0ne/a, i0a~tai/ se 870Ihsou=j o9 xristo/j: a)na&sthqi kai\ strw~son seautw%~. Kai\ eu0qe/wj a)ne/sth. And Peter said to him, “Aeneas, Jesus the Christ heals you. Get up and make your bed for yourself.” And immediately he got up.
Acts 9:35 Kai\ ei]don au0to\n pa&ntej oi9 katoikou=ntej Lu/ddan kai\ to\n {RP: 870Assa&rwna} [P1904 E1624 S1894: Sa&rwna] [S1550: Sa&rwnan], oi3tinej e0pe/streyan e0pi\ to\n ku/rion. And all those living in Lydda and Sharon saw him, and they turned to the Lord. 870Assa&rwna, Assaron - 3rd declension, RP F1859=6/14 (ab**ghlo) vs. 870Asa&rwna, Asaron - 3rd declension, F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's e) vs. 870Assa&rwnan, Assaron - 1st declension, F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's f) vs. Sa&rwna, Saron - 3rd declension, P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=2/14 (Scrivener's dm) vs. Sa&rwnan, Saron - 1st declension, S1550 F1859=4/14 (Scrivener's b*c(tacite)kp). We translate by the Hebrew name Sharon (Josh 12:18 etc.). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=6:5.
Acts 9:36 870En 870Io/pph| de/ tij h]n maqh/tria o0no/mati {RP: Tabhqa&} [P1904 TR: Tabiqa&], h4 diermhneuome/nh le/getai Dorka&j: au3th h]n plh/rhj a)gaqw~n e1rgwn kai\ e0lehmosunw~n w{n e0poi/ei. Now there was a certain disciple in Joppa by the name of Tabitha, which when translated is “Dorcas”. She was full of good works and alms which she gave. Tabhqa&, Tabetha, RP F1859=8/13 (Scrivener's adefghkp) vs. Tabiqa&, Tabitha, P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's bclmo). Aramaic טְבִיתָא Tebitha [Dalman]; compare Hebrew צְבִי. Gazelle or deer in English. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
disciple ← female disciple (feminine form of the usual word).
Dorcas: gazelle.
she ← this (woman).
gave ← was doing.
Acts 9:37 870Ege/neto de\ e0n tai=j h9me/raij e0kei/naij a)sqenh/sasan au0th\n a)poqanei=n: lou/santej de\ au0th\n e1qhkan e0n u9perw%&w%. And it came to pass in those days that she fell ill and died. Then they washed her and put her in an upper room.
Acts 9:38 870Eggu\j de\ ou1shj Lu/ddhj th|= 870Io/pph|, oi9 maqhtai\ a)kou/santej o3ti Pe/troj e0sti\n e0n au0th|=, a)pe/steilan {RP: - } [P1904 TR: du/o a!ndraj] pro\j au0to/n, parakalou=ntej mh\ o0knh=sai dielqei=n e3wj au0tw~n. With Lydda being near Joppa, when the disciples heard that Peter was in that place, they sent {RP: word} [P1904 TR: two men] to him, pleading with him not to hesitate in coming across to them. du/o a!ndraj, two men: absent in RP F1859=8/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's cekmp). The grammar of the sentence militates against the words (which are accusative), as they introduce a jarring discordance with parakalou=ntej, pleading (nominative), whereas otherwise parakalou=ntej can tolerably be referred to the disciples. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7. AV differs textually.
that place ← it, feminine, the gender of Lydda.
Acts 9:39 870Anasta_j de\ Pe/troj sunh=lqen au0toi=j: o4n parageno/menon a)nh/gagon ei0j to\ u9perw%~on, kai\ pare/sthsan au0tw%~ pa~sai ai9 xh=rai klai/ousai kai\ e0pideiknu/menai xitw~naj kai\ i9ma&tia o3sa e0poi/ei met' au0tw~n ou]sa h9 Dorka&j. So Peter got up and went with them, and when he arrived, all the widows led him up to the upper room, and they stood by him weeping and showing him all the tunics and clothes which Dorcas used to make when she was with them.
Acts 9:40 870Ekbalw_n de\ e1cw pa&ntaj o9 Pe/troj qei\j ta_ go/nata proshu/cato: kai\ e0pistre/yaj pro\j to\ sw~ma, ei]pen, {RP: Tabhqa&} [P1904 TR: Tabiqa&], a)na&sthqi. 879H de\ h1noicen tou\j o0fqalmou\j au0th=j: kai\ i0dou=sa to\n Pe/tron, a)neka&qisen. Then Peter sent them all out and knelt and prayed, and he turned to the body and said, “Tabitha, arise.” And she opened her eyes and saw Peter and sat up. Tabhqa&, Tabetha, RP F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's adefghk) vs. Tabiqa&, Tabitha, P1904 TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's bclmop). Technically, nearly disparity with RP, R=7:8, but it is highly improbable that (1) there is a spelling change in the original compared to Acts 9:36, while (2) only one of the fifteen witnesses we consider (Scrivener's p) reflects the change. Over these two verses, the balance is even, R=15:15.
Acts 9:41 Dou\j de\ au0th|= xei=ra, a)ne/sthsen au0th/n: fwnh/saj de\ tou\j a(gi/ouj kai\ ta_j xh/raj, pare/sthsen au0th\n zw~san. And giving her his hand, he stood her up, and he called the saints and the widows, and he presented her alive. giving ← having given. See Matt 23:20.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
Acts 9:42 Gnwsto\n de\ e0ge/neto kaq' o3lhj th=j 870Io/pphj, kai\ polloi\ e0pi/steusan e0pi\ to\n ku/rion. And it became known throughout the whole of Joppa, and many believed in the Lord.
Acts 9:43 870Ege/neto de\ h9me/raj i9kana_j mei=nai au0to\n e0n 870Io/pph| para& tini Si/mwni bursei=. And it came to pass that he stayed many days in Joppa with a certain Simon, a tanner.
Acts 10:1 870Anh\r de/ tij {RP TR: h]n} [P1904: - ] e0n Kaisarei/a% o0no/mati Kornh/lioj, e9katonta&rxhj e0k spei/rhj th=j kaloume/nhj 870Italikh=j, Now {RP TR: there was} [P1904: - ] a certain man in Caesarea by the name of Cornelius, a centurion from the so-called Italian cohort, h]n, was: present in RP TR F1859=12/13 vs. absent in P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's p).
Acts 10:2 eu0sebh\j kai\ fobou/menoj to\n qeo\n su\n panti\ tw%~ oi1kw% au0tou=, poiw~n te e0lehmosu/naj polla_j tw%~ law%~, kai\ deo/menoj tou= qeou= dia_ panto/j. who was devout and god-fearing, along with all his household, who gave many alms to the people, and who was continually beseeching God {RP TR: .} [P1904: ,] gave ← did.
Acts 10:3 Ei]den e0n o9ra&mati fanerw~j, w(sei\ w#ran {RP-text P1904: e0na&thn} [RP-marg TR: e0nna&thn] th=j h9me/raj, a!ggelon tou= qeou= ei0selqo/nta pro\j au0to/n, kai\ ei0po/nta au0tw%~, Kornh/lie. {RP TR: He} [P1904: - ] saw clearly in a vision, at about the ninth hour of the day, the angel of God who came to him, and he said to him, “Cornelius.” e0na&thn, ninth (1), RP-text P1904 F1859=8/13 vs. e0nna&thn, ninth (2), RP-marg TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's cdefo, with explicit non o).
clearly ← manifestly.
ninth hour: 3 p.m.
Acts 10:4 879O de\ a)teni/saj au0tw%~ kai\ e1mfoboj geno/menoj ei]pen, Ti/ e0stin, ku/rie; Ei]pen de\ au0tw%~, Ai9 proseuxai/ sou kai\ ai9 e0lehmosu/nai sou a)ne/bhsan ei0j mnhmo/sunon e0nw&pion tou= qeou=. And he looked at him intently and became fearful and said, “What is it, Lord?” And he said to him, “Your prayers and your alms have gone up as a memorial in the presence of God.
Acts 10:5 Kai\ nu=n pe/myon ei0j 870Io/pphn a!ndraj, kai\ meta&pemyai Si/mwna {RP-text P1904: to\n e0pikalou/menon Pe/tron} [RP-marg TR: o4j e0pikalei=tai Pe/troj]: And now, send men to Joppa and send for Simon, who {RP-text P1904: is} [RP-marg TR: is] surnamed Peter. to\n e0pikalou/menon Pe/tron, the being-surnamed / nicknamed (one) Peter, RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. o4j e0pikalei=tai Pe/troj, who is surnamed / nicknamed Peter, RP-marg TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's ahp).
Acts 10:6 ou[toj ceni/zetai para& tini Si/mwni bursei=, w%{ e0stin oi0ki/a para_ qa&lassan: {RP P1904: - } [TR: ou[toj lalh/sei soi ti/ se dei= poiei=n.] He is lodging with a certain Simon, a tanner, who has a house by the sea. {RP P1904: - } [TR: He will tell you what you have to do.]” ou[toj lalh/sei soi ti/ se dei= poiei=n, this (man) will tell you what you must do: absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
[TR: he ← this (man).]
Acts 10:7 w(j de\ a)ph=lqen o9 a!ggeloj o9 lalw~n tw%~ Kornhli/w%, fwnh/saj du/o tw~n oi0ketw~n au0tou=, kai\ stratiw&thn eu0sebh= tw~n proskarterou/ntwn au0tw%~, And when the angel who was speaking to Cornelius had departed, he called two of his household slaves and a devout soldier from among those who continued resolutely with him, household slaves: or domestic servants.
from among ← of.
continued resolutely: as in Acts 1:14. AV differs (waited continually).
Acts 10:8 kai\ e0chghsa&menoj au0toi=j a#panta, a)pe/steilen au0tou\j ei0j th\n 870Io/pphn. and he explained everything to them, and he sent them to Joppa.
Acts 10:9 Th|= de\ e0pau/rion, o9doiporou/ntwn e0kei/nwn kai\ th|= po/lei e0ggizo/ntwn, a)ne/bh Pe/troj e0pi\ to\ dw~ma proseu/casqai, peri\ w#ran e3kthn: Then on the next day those men made their way, and as they approached the city, Peter went up onto the roof to pray, at about the sixth hour. sixth hour: 12 noon.
Acts 10:10 e0ge/neto de\ pro/speinoj, kai\ h1qelen geu/sasqai: paraskeuazo/ntwn de\ e0kei/nwn, e0pe/pesen e0p' au0to\n e1kstasij, And he became very hungry and wanted a taste of food. And as they made their preparations, a trance came over him. a taste of food ← to taste.
they ← those.
came ← fell on.
Acts 10:11 kai\ qewrei= to\n ou0rano\n a)new%gme/non, kai\ katabai=non e0p' au0to\n skeu=o/j ti w(j o0qo/nhn mega&lhn, te/ssarsin a)rxai=j dedeme/non, kai\ kaqie/menon e0pi\ th=j gh=j: And he saw heaven opened, and a certain object descending on him, like a large sheet, tied at the four corners and being lowered down to the earth, heaven: this seems more likely than sky, since it is “opened.” Compare Acts 7:56.
to ← on, at rest, if taken strictly.
Acts 10:12 e0n w%{ u9ph=rxen pa&nta ta_ tetra&poda th=j gh=j kai\ ta_ qhri/a kai\ ta_ e9rpeta_ kai\ ta_ peteina_ tou= ou0ranou=. in which were all the quadrupeds of the earth, and wild animals and reptiles and birds of the sky.
Acts 10:13 Kai\ e0ge/neto fwnh\ pro\j au0to/n, 870Anasta&j, Pe/tre, qu=son kai\ fa&ge. And a voice came to him and said, “Arise, Peter, slaughter and eat.” arise: imperatival use of the participle.
Acts 10:14 879O de\ Pe/troj ei]pen, Mhdamw~j, ku/rie: o3ti ou0de/pote e1fagon pa~n koino\n h2 a)ka&qarton. But Peter said, “By no means, Lord, for I have never eaten anything profane or unclean.” anything ← everything.
Acts 10:15 Kai\ fwnh\ pa&lin e0k deute/rou pro\j au0to/n, 874A o9 qeo\j e0kaqa&risen, su\ mh\ koi/nou. And the voice came to him again, a second time, and it said, “Don't you call profane what God has declared clean.” call profane ... declared clean ← made profane ... made clean. Re-accented koinou= would be middle voice pronounce profane.
Acts 10:16 Tou=to de\ e0ge/neto e0pi\ tri/j: kai\ pa&lin a)nelh/fqh to\ skeu=oj ei0j to\n ou0rano/n. And this happened three times, and then the object was taken up into heaven again.
Acts 10:17 879Wj de\ e0n e9autw%~ dihpo/rei o9 Pe/troj ti/ a@n ei1h to\ o3rama o4 ei]den, kai\ i0dou/, oi9 a!ndrej oi9 a)pestalme/noi a)po\ tou= Kornhli/ou, dierwth/santej th\n oi0ki/an Si/mwnoj, e0pe/sthsan e0pi\ to\n pulw~na, Now while Peter was at a loss in himself as to what the vision which he had seen might mean, along came the men who had been sent from Cornelius and had asked for Simon's house, and they stood at the gateway, mean ← be.
along came ← behold.
Acts 10:18 kai\ fwnh/santej e0punqa&nonto ei0 Si/mwn, o9 e0pikalou/menoj Pe/troj, e0nqa&de ceni/zetai. and they called out and were inquiring whether Simon surnamed Peter was lodging there.
Acts 10:19 Tou= de\ Pe/trou {RP P1904: dienqumoume/nou} [TR: e0nqumoume/nou] peri\ tou= o9ra&matoj, ei]pen au0tw%~ to\ pneu=ma, 870Idou/, a!ndrej {RP: - } [P1904 TR: trei=j] zhtou=si/n se. And while Peter was reflecting on the vision, the spirit said to him, “Look, {RP: some} [P1904 TR: three] men are looking for you. dienqumoume/nou, reflecting (1), RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. e0nqumoume/nou, reflecting (2), TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's b).
trei=j, three: absent in RP F1859=10/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's efp).
Acts 10:20 870Alla_ a)nasta_j kata&bhqi, kai\ poreu/ou su\n au0toi=j, mhde\n diakrino/menoj: dio/ti e0gw_ a)pe/stalka au0tou/j. But get up and go down and go with them, not doubting in any way, because I have sent them.”
Acts 10:21 Kataba_j de\ Pe/troj pro\j tou\j a!ndraj {RP P1904: - } [TR: tou\j a)pestalme/nouj a)po\ tou= Kornhli/ou pro\j auto/n,] ei]pen, 870Idou/, e0gw& ei0mi o4n zhtei=te: ti/j h9 ai0ti/a di' h4n pa&reste; So Peter went down to the men {RP P1904: - } [TR: who had been sent from Cornelius to him] and said, “Look, I am the one you are looking for. What is the reason you are here?” tou\j a)pestalme/nouj ... pro\j auto/n, sent ... to him: absent in RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. present in TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's afm). AV differs textually.
are here ← are present.
Acts 10:22 Oi9 de\ ei]pon, Kornh/lioj e9katonta&rxhj, a)nh\r di/kaioj kai\ fobou/menoj to\n qeo/n, marturou/meno/j te u9po\ o3lou tou= e1qnouj tw~n 870Ioudai/wn, e0xrhmati/sqh u9po\ a)gge/lou a(gi/ou metape/myasqai/ se ei0j to\n oi]kon au0tou=, kai\ a)kou=sai r(h/mata para_ sou=. And they said, “Cornelius, a centurion, a righteous and god-fearing man, respected by the whole nation of the Jews, was oracularly instructed by a holy angel to send for you to come to his house and for him to hear words from you.” respected ← and attested.
Acts 10:23 Ei0skalesa&menoj ou]n au0tou\j e0ce/nisen. Th|= de\ e0pau/rion {RP TR: - } [P1904: a)nasta_j] {RP TR: o9 Pe/troj} [P1904: - ] e0ch=lqen su\n au0toi=j, kai/ tinej tw~n a)delfw~n tw~n a)po\ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: th=j] 870Io/pphj sunh=lqon au0tw%~. So he invited them inside and put them up. Then on the next day {RP TR: Peter} [P1904: he] {RP TR: - } [P1904: arose and] went out with them, and some of the brothers from Joppa went with him. a)nasta_j, having arisen: absent in RP TR F1859=7/13 vs. present in P1904 F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's cdkm. In addition, Scrivener's op contain the word before e0ch=lqen). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
o9 Pe/troj, Peter: present in RP TR F1859=11/13 vs. absent in P1904 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's dp).
th=j, the (Joppa): absent in RP F1859=13/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=0/13. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
Acts 10:24 Kai\ th|= e0pau/rion ei0sh=lqon ei0j th\n Kaisa&reian. 879O de\ Kornh/lioj h]n prosdokw~n au0tou/j, sugkalesa&menoj tou\j suggenei=j au0tou= kai\ tou\j a)nagkai/ouj fi/louj. And on the next day they went to Caesarea. Now Cornelius was expecting them and had called his relatives and close friends together.
Acts 10:25 879Wj de\ e0ge/neto {RP P1904: tou=} [TR: - ] ei0selqei=n to\n Pe/tron, sunanth/saj au0tw%~ o9 Kornh/lioj, pesw_n e0pi\ tou\j po/daj, proseku/nhsen. But when it came to Peter going in, Cornelius met him and fell down at his feet and worshipped him. tou= (article with infinitive to go in): present in RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's gk).
Acts 10:26 879O de\ Pe/troj au0to\n h1geiren le/gwn, 870Ana&sthqi: ka)gw_ au0to\j a!nqrwpo/j ei0mi. But Peter made him get up, saying, “Get up. I myself am also a man.” made him get up ← raised him.
Acts 10:27 Kai\ sunomilw~n au0tw%~ ei0sh=lqen, kai\ eu9ri/skei sunelhluqo/taj pollou/j, Then he talked with him, and he went in, and he found many gathered together. gathered together ← come together.
Acts 10:28 e1fh te pro\j au0tou/j, 879Umei=j e0pi/stasqe w(j a)qe/mito/n e0stin a)ndri\ 870Ioudai/w% kolla~sqai h2 prose/rxesqai a)llofu/lw%: kai\ e0moi\ o9 qeo\j e1deicen mhde/na koino\n h2 a)ka&qarton le/gein a!nqrwpon: And he said to them, “You understand that it is unlawful for a Jewish man to associate with or approach someone of a different race. But God has shown me not to say that any man is common or unclean. race ← tribe.
but: adversative use of kai/.
Acts 10:29 dio\ kai\ a)nantirrh/twj h]lqon metapemfqei/j. Punqa&nomai ou]n, ti/ni lo/gw% metepe/myasqe/ me. That is why I came without arguing against it when I was sent for. So I inquire now for what reason you have sent for me.” that is why ← on account of which, therefore.
reason ← word.
AV differs, punctuating as a question.
Acts 10:30 Kai\ o9 Kornh/lioj e1fh, 870Apo\ teta&rthj h9me/raj me/xri tau/thj th=j w#raj h1mhn nhsteu/wn, kai\ th\n {RP P1904: e0na&thn} [TR: e0nna&thn] w#ran proseuxo/menoj e0n tw%~ oi1kw% mou: kai\ i0dou/, a)nh\r e1sth e0nw&pio/n mou e0n e0sqh=ti lampra%~, And Cornelius said, “Four days ago I was fasting until this hour, and at the ninth hour I was praying in my house, and behold, a man stood opposite me in shining clothing, e0na&thn, ninth (1), RP P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. e0nna&thn, ninth (2), TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's defo).
ninth hour: 3 p.m.
Acts 10:31 kai/ fhsin, Kornh/lie, ei0shkou/sqh sou h9 proseuxh/, kai\ ai9 e0lehmosu/nai sou e0mnh/sqhsan e0nw&pion tou= qeou=. and he said, ‘Cornelius, your prayer has been heard and your alms have been remembered in the presence of God.
Acts 10:32 Pe/myon ou]n ei0j 870Io/pphn, kai\ metaka&lesai Si/mwna o4j e0pikalei=tai Pe/troj: ou[toj ceni/zetai e0n oi0ki/a% Si/mwnoj burse/wj para_ qa&lassan: o4j parageno/menoj lalh/sei soi. So send men to Joppa and call for Simon who is surnamed Peter. He is lodging in the house of Simon, a tanner, by the sea, and when he has arrived, he will speak to you.’ he ← this (man).
Acts 10:33 870Ecauth=j ou]n e1pemya pro/j se: su/ te kalw~j e0poi/hsaj parageno/menoj. Nu=n ou]n pa&ntej h9mei=j e0nw&pion tou= qeou= pa&resmen a)kou=sai pa&nta ta_ prostetagme/na soi u9po\ tou= qeou=. So I immediately sent men to you, and you have done well in coming. So now all of us are present in God's sight to hear all the things that have been commanded you by God.”
Acts 10:34 870Anoi/caj de\ Pe/troj to\ sto/ma {RP TR: - } [P1904: au0tou=] ei]pen, 870Ep' a)lhqei/aj katalamba&nomai o3ti ou0k e1stin proswpolh/pthj o9 qeo/j: Then Peter opened {RP TR: his} [P1904: his] mouth and said, “In truth I understand that God is not one who shows partiality, au0tou=, his: absent in RP TR F1859=10/13 vs. present in P1904 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's dko).
Acts 10:35 a)ll' e0n panti\ e1qnei o9 fobou/menoj au0to\n kai\ e0rgazo/menoj dikaiosu/nhn, dekto\j au0tw%~ e0stin. but in every nation he who fears him and works righteousness is acceptable to him.
Acts 10:36 To\n lo/gon o4n a)pe/steilen toi=j ui9oi=j 870Israh/l, eu0aggelizo/menoj ei0rh/nhn dia_ 870Ihsou= xristou= - ou[to/j e0stin pa&ntwn ku/rioj - You know the word which he sent to the sons of Israel, as he preached peace through Jesus Christ – he is Lord of all – you know: supplied as a repetition of what is in the next verse.
he ← this (man).
Acts 10:37 u9mei=j oi1date, to\ geno/menon r(h=ma kaq' o3lhj th=j 870Ioudai/aj, a)rca&menon a)po\ th=j Galilai/aj, meta_ to\ ba&ptisma o4 e0kh/rucen 870Iwa&nnhj: and you know the course of events which took place throughout all Judaea, beginning with Galilee after the baptism which John preached the course of events ← word, matter.
Acts 10:38 870Ihsou=n to\n a)po\ {RP P1904 S1550: Nazare/t} [E1624 S1894: Nazare/q], w(j e1xrisen au0to\n o9 qeo\j pneu/mati a(gi/w% kai\ duna&mei, o4j dih=lqen eu0ergetw~n kai\ i0w&menoj pa&ntaj tou\j katadunasteuome/nouj u9po\ tou= diabo/lou, o3ti o9 qeo\j h]n met' au0tou=. – Jesus from Nazareth – how God anointed him with holy spirit and power, who went about doing good works and healing all those who were being overpowered by the devil, because God was with him. Nazare/t, Nazaret, RP P1904 S1550 F1859=9/13 vs. Nazare/q, Nazareth, E1624 S1894 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's cekm).
Acts 10:39 Kai\ h9mei=j e0smen ma&rturej pa&ntwn w{n e0poi/hsen e1n te th|= xw&ra% tw~n 870Ioudai/wn kai\ e0n 879Ierousalh/m: o4n {RP P1904: kai\} [TR: - ] a)nei=lon krema&santej e0pi\ cu/lou. And we are witnesses of everything he did in the Jews' country area and in Jerusalem, whom they {RP P1904: also} [TR: - ] killed by hanging him on wood. kai\, and: present in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/13.
killed ← eliminated.
by hanging: gerundial use of the participle.
Acts 10:40 Tou=ton o9 qeo\j h1geiren th|= tri/th| h9me/ra%, kai\ e1dwken au0to\n e0mfanh= gene/sqai, Him God raised on the third day, and he appointed him to become manifest, him God raised: see Acts 2:32, John 10:18.
appointed ← gave.
Acts 10:41 ou0 panti\ tw%~ law%~, a)lla_ ma&rtusin toi=j prokexeirotonhme/noij u9po\ tou= qeou=, h9mi=n, oi3tinej sunefa&gomen kai\ sunepi/omen au0tw%~ meta_ to\ a)nasth=nai au0to\n e0k nekrw~n. not to all the people, but to witnesses who were chosen beforehand by God, to us who ate and drank with him after he rose from the dead.
Acts 10:42 Kai\ parh/ggeilen h9mi=n khru/cai tw%~ law%~, kai\ diamartu/rasqai o3ti au0to/j e0stin o9 w(risme/noj u9po\ tou= qeou= krith\j zw&ntwn kai\ nekrw~n. And he commanded us to preach to the people and to solemnly testify that he is the one who has been designated by God as judge of the living and the dead.
Acts 10:43 Tou/tw% pa&ntej oi9 profh=tai marturou=sin, a!fesin a(martiw~n labei=n dia_ tou= o0no/matoj au0tou= pa&nta to\n pisteu/onta ei0j au0to/n. All the prophets testify to him, that everyone who believes in him receives forgiveness of sins through his name.” him ← this (one).
Acts 10:44 871Eti lalou=ntoj tou= Pe/trou ta_ r(h/mata tau=ta, e0pe/pesen to\ pneu=ma to\ a#gion e0pi\ pa&ntaj tou\j a)kou/ontaj to\n lo/gon. While Peter was still speaking these words, the holy spirit fell on all of those who were listening to the word.
Acts 10:45 Kai\ e0ce/sthsan oi9 e0k peritomh=j pistoi/, o3soi sunh=lqon tw%~ Pe/trw%, o3ti kai\ e0pi\ ta_ e1qnh h9 dwrea_ tou= a(gi/ou pneu/matoj e0kke/xutai. And those believers of the circumcision who had come with Peter were amazed that the gift of the holy spirit had also been poured out on the Gentiles, believers: or faithful (ones).
Acts 10:46 871Hkouon ga_r au0tw~n lalou/ntwn glw&ssaij, kai\ megaluno/ntwn to\n qeo/n. To/te a)pekri/qh o9 Pe/troj, for they were hearing them speaking in tongues and magnifying God. Then Peter answered,
Acts 10:47 Mh/ti to\ u3dwr kwlu=sai du/natai/ tij, tou= mh\ baptisqh=nai tou/touj, oi3tinej to\ pneu=ma to\ a#gion e1labon kaqw_j kai\ h9mei=j; “Surely no-one can refuse water, so preventing these people from being baptized – those who have received the holy spirit, as we for our part have.” for our part ← also.
Acts 10:48 Prose/tace/n te au0tou\j baptisqh=nai e0n tw%~ o0no/mati tou= kuri/ou. To/te h0rw&thsan au0to\n e0pimei=nai h9me/raj tina&j. And he commanded them to be baptized in the name of the Lord. Then they asked him to stay on for a few days.
Acts 11:1 871Hkousan de\ oi9 a)po/stoloi kai\ oi9 a)delfoi\ oi9 o1ntej kata_ th\n 870Ioudai/an o3ti kai\ ta_ e1qnh e0de/canto to\n lo/gon tou= qeou=. And the apostles and the brothers who were throughout Judaea heard that the Gentiles had also received the word of God.
Acts 11:2 Kai\ o3te a)ne/bh Pe/troj ei0j 879Ieroso/luma, diekri/nonto pro\j au0to\n oi9 e0k peritomh=j, And when Peter went up to Jerusalem, those of the circumcision took issue with him,
Acts 11:3 le/gontej o3ti Pro\j a!ndraj a)krobusti/an e1xontaj ei0sh=lqej, kai\ sune/fagej au0toi=j. saying, “You have gone to men who are uncircumcised and eaten with them.” are uncircumcised ← have foreskin.
Acts 11:4 870Arca&menoj de\ o9 Pe/troj e0ceti/qeto au0toi=j kaqech=j le/gwn, But Peter explained things to them from the beginning, in order, and he said, from the beginning ← having started. Compare Acts 1:1.
Acts 11:5 870Egw_ h1mhn e0n po/lei 870Io/pph| proseuxo/menoj, kai\ ei]don e0n e0ksta&sei o3rama, katabai=non skeu=o/j ti, w(j o0qo/nhn mega&lhn te/ssarsin a)rxai=j kaqieme/nhn e0k tou= ou0ranou=, kai\ h]lqen a!xri e0mou=: “I was in the city of Joppa, praying. And in a trance I saw a vision, a certain object descending, like a large sheet being let down from heaven by its four corners, and it came down to me, down to ← as far as.
Acts 11:6 ei0j h4n a)teni/saj kateno/oun, kai\ ei]don ta_ tetra&poda th=j gh=j kai\ ta_ qhri/a kai\ ta_ e9rpeta_ kai\ ta_ peteina_ tou= ou0ranou=. and I looked at it intently, and I took careful note, and I saw the quadrupeds of the earth and wild animals and reptiles and birds of the sky.
Acts 11:7 871Hkousa de\ fwnh=j legou/shj moi, 870Anasta&j, Pe/tre, qu=son kai\ fa&ge. And I heard a voice saying to me, ‘Arise, Peter, slaughter and eat.’ arise: imperatival use of the participle.
Acts 11:8 Ei]pon de/, Mhdamw~j, ku/rie: o3ti pa~n koino\n h2 a)ka&qarton ou0de/pote ei0sh=lqen ei0j to\ sto/ma mou. But I said, ‘By no means, Lord, for nothing profane or unclean has ever entered my mouth.’ nothing ... has ever ← everything ... has never.
Acts 11:9 870Apekri/qh de/ moi fwnh\ e0k deute/rou e0k tou= ou0ranou=, 874A o9 qeo\j e0kaqa&risen, su\ mh\ koi/nou. Then the voice answered me a second time from heaven: ‘Don't you call profane what God has declared clean.’ declared clean: see Acts 10:15.
Acts 11:10 Tou=to de\ e0ge/neto e0pi\ tri/j, kai\ pa&lin a)nespa&sqh a#panta ei0j to\n ou0rano/n. And this happened three times, and then they were all drawn up again into heaven.
Acts 11:11 Kai\ i0dou/, e0cauth=j trei=j a!ndrej e0pe/sthsan e0pi\ th\n oi0ki/an e0n h|[ h1mhn, a)pestalme/noi a)po\ Kaisarei/aj pro/j me. Then straightaway it so happened that three men came to the house in which I was, having been sent from Caesarea to me. it so happened that ← behold.
came to ← stood at.
Acts 11:12 Ei]pen de/ moi to\ pneu=ma sunelqei=n au0toi=j, mhde\n diakrino/menon. 87]Hlqon de\ su\n e0moi\ kai\ oi9 e4c a)delfoi\ ou[toi, kai\ ei0sh/lqomen ei0j to\n oi]kon tou= a)ndro/j: And the spirit told me to go with them, not doubting in any way. So these six brothers also went along with me, and we went into the man's house,
Acts 11:13 a)ph/ggeile/n te h9mi=n pw~j ei]den to\n a!ggelon e0n tw%~ oi1kw% au0tou= staqe/nta, kai\ ei0po/nta au0tw%~, 870Apo/steilon ei0j 870Io/pphn a!ndraj, kai\ meta&pemyai Si/mwna, to\n e0pikalou/menon Pe/tron, and he related to us how he had seen the angel in his house, who stood and said to him, ‘Send men to Joppa and send for Simon who is surnamed Peter,
Acts 11:14 o4j lalh/sei r(h/mata pro/j se, e0n oi[j swqh/sh| su\ kai\ pa~j o9 oi]ko/j sou. who will speak words to you by which you and all your house will be saved.’
Acts 11:15 870En de\ tw%~ a!rcasqai/ me lalei=n, e0pe/pesen to\ pneu=ma to\ a#gion e0p' au0tou/j, w#sper kai\ e0f' h9ma~j e0n a)rxh|=. And as I was beginning to speak, the holy spirit fell on them, as it had also done on us in the beginning.
Acts 11:16 870Emnh/sqhn de\ tou= r(h/matoj kuri/ou, w(j e1legen, 870Iwa&nnhj me\n e0ba&ptisen u3dati, u9mei=j de\ baptisqh/sesqe e0n pneu/mati a(gi/w%. And I remembered the word of the Lord when he said, ‘John baptized with water, but you will be baptized with holy spirit.’ The quote is from Acts 1:5.
Acts 11:17 Ei0 ou]n th\n i1shn dwrea_n e1dwken au0toi=j o9 qeo\j w(j kai\ h9mi=n, pisteu/sasin e0pi\ to\n ku/rion 870Ihsou=n xristo/n, e0gw_ de\ ti/j h1mhn dunato\j kwlu=sai to\n qeo/n; So if God has given them the same gift as to us who believed in the Lord Jesus Christ, then who was I that I could hinder God?” same ← equal.
as to us ← as also to us (otiose kai/).
Acts 11:18 870Akou/santej de\ tau=ta h9su/xasan, kai\ e0do/cazon to\n qeo/n, le/gontej, 871Ara ge kai\ toi=j e1qnesin o9 qeo\j th\n meta&noian e1dwken ei0j zwh/n. And when they had heard these things, they quietened down, and they glorified God, saying, “Well then, God has also given the Gentiles repentance leading to life.”
Acts 11:19 Oi9 me\n ou]n diaspare/ntej a)po\ th=j qli/yewj th=j genome/nhj e0pi\ Stefa&nw% dih=lqon e3wj Foini/khj kai\ Ku/prou kai\ 870Antioxei/aj, mhdeni\ lalou=ntej to\n lo/gon ei0 mh\ mo/non 870Ioudai/oij. Now those who were scattered by the tribulation which took place over Stephen went across to Phoenicia and Cyprus and Antioch, not speaking the word to anyone except Jews only. Phoenicia: AV= Phenice.
Acts 11:20 87]Hsan de/ tinej e0c au0tw~n a!ndrej Ku/prioi kai\ Kurhnai=oi, oi3tinej ei0selqo/ntej ei0j 870Antio/xeian, e0la&loun pro\j tou\j 879Ellhnista&j, eu0aggelizo/menoi to\n ku/rion 870Ihsou=n. But there were some of them, Cypriot and Cyrenian men, who went to Antioch and spoke to the Greek speakers, preaching the Lord Jesus.
Acts 11:21 Kai\ h]n xei\r kuri/ou met' au0tw~n: polu/j te a)riqmo\j pisteu/saj e0pe/streyen e0pi\ to\n ku/rion. And the hand of the Lord was with them, and a great number believed and turned to the Lord.
Acts 11:22 870Hkou/sqh de\ o9 lo/goj ei0j ta_ w}ta th=j e0kklhsi/aj th=j e0n 879Ierosolu/moij peri\ au0tw~n: kai\ e0cape/steilan Barna&ban dielqei=n e3wj 870Antioxei/aj: And the report concerning them was heard in the ears of the church in Jerusalem, and they sent Barnabas out to go across as far as Antioch, report ← word.
church: see Matt 16:18.
Acts 11:23 o4j parageno/menoj kai\ i0dw_n th\n xa&rin tou= qeou= e0xa&rh, kai\ pareka&lei pa&ntaj th|= proqe/sei th=j kardi/aj prosme/nein tw%~ kuri/w%: who, when he arrived and saw the grace of God, rejoiced, and he encouraged them all in their heart's resolve to remain attached to the Lord,
Acts 11:24 o3ti h]n a)nh\r a)gaqo\j kai\ plh/rhj pneu/matoj a(gi/ou kai\ pi/stewj: kai\ prosete/qh o1xloj i9kano\j tw%~ kuri/w%. for he was a good man, and full of holy spirit and faith, and a considerable company was added to the Lord. company ← crowd.
Acts 11:25 870Ech=lqen de\ ei0j Tarso\n o9 Barna&baj a)nazhth=sai Sau=lon, Then Barnabas went away to Tarsus to seek out Saul,
Acts 11:26 kai\ eu9rw_n {RP: - } [P1904 TR: au0to\n] h1gagen au0to\n ei0j 870Antio/xeian. 870Ege/neto de\ au0tou\j e0niauto\n o3lon sunaxqh=nai {RP: - } [P1904 TR: e0n] th|= e0kklhsi/a% kai\ dida&cai o1xlon i9kano/n, xrhmati/sai te prw~ton e0n 870Antioxei/a% tou\j maqhta_j Xristianou/j. and he found {RP: him} [P1904 TR: him] and brought him to Antioch. ¶ And it came to pass that they assembled together {RP: with} [P1904 TR: in] the church for a whole year and taught a considerable company, and that the disciples were first called Christians in Antioch. ¶ Verse division: in Scrivener's Elzevir text numbering, Acts 11:26 begins here.
au0to\n, him: absent in RP F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's achp) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=8/12 (Scrivener's bdefgklo). A disparity (#1) with RP, R=4:10. However, Scrivener's adfhkop omit the second au0to\n (Scrivener's bcegl don't) so the ratio of our witnesses with au0to\n absent-or-once (Scrivener's acdfhkop) to absent twice (Scrivener's begl + P1904 TR) is R=8:6.
e0n, in: absent in RP F1859=8/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's fkmop). Nearly a disparity (#2) with RP, R=8:7.
church: see Matt 16:18.
company ← crowd.
Acts 11:27 870En tau/taij de\ tai=j h9me/raij kath=lqon a)po\ 879Ierosolu/mwn profh=tai ei0j 870Antio/xeian. And in those days prophets came down from Jerusalem to Antioch.
Acts 11:28 870Anasta_j de\ ei[j e0c au0tw~n o0no/mati 871Agaboj, e0sh/manen dia_ tou= pneu/matoj limo\n me/gan me/llein e1sesqai e0f' o3lhn th\n oi0koume/nhn: o3stij kai\ e0ge/neto e0pi\ Klaudi/ou Kai/saroj. And one of them by the name of Agabus arose and indicated through the spirit that there was about to be a great famine over all the world, which indeed came to pass in the time of Claudius Caesar.
Acts 11:29 Tw~n de\ maqhtw~n kaqw_j {RP: eu0porei=to/} [P1904 TR: hu0porei=to/] tij, w#risan e3kastoj au0tw~n ei0j diakoni/an pe/myai toi=j katoikou=sin e0n th|= 870Ioudai/a% a)delfoi=j: Then according to how any of the disciples prospered, each of them assigned money to send as relief to those brothers living in Judaea, eu0porei=to/, prospered (1), RP F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's abegkl) vs. hu0porei=to/, prospered (2), P1904 TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's cdfhop). A weak disparity with RP, R=6:8.
Acts 11:30 o4 kai\ e0poi/hsan, a)postei/lantej pro\j tou\j presbute/rouj dia_ xeiro\j Barna&ba kai\ Sau/lou. which they did, sending it to the elders through the agency of Barnabas and Saul. agency ← hand.
Acts 12:1 Kat' e0kei=non de\ to\n kairo\n e0pe/balen 879Hrw%&dhj o9 basileu\j ta_j xei=raj kakw~sai/ tinaj tw~n a)po\ th=j e0kklhsi/aj. At about that time Herod the king set about harming certain members of the church, about: this temporal meaning of kata& + accusative is adequately attested; see [LS] B.VII.
set about ← laid the hands on.
church: see Matt 16:18.
Acts 12:2 870Anei=len de\ 870Ia&kwbon to\n a)delfo\n 870Iwa&nnou maxai/ra%. and he killed James the brother of John by the sword. killed ← eliminated.
Acts 12:3 Kai\ i0dw_n o3ti a)resto/n e0stin toi=j 870Ioudai/oij, prose/qeto sullabei=n kai\ Pe/tron - h]san de\ {RP P1904: ai9} [TR: - ] h9me/rai tw~n a)zu/mwn - And seeing that this was pleasing to the Jews, he proceeded to arrest Peter too. Now these were {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] days of the unleavened bread, ai9, the (days): present in RP P1904 F1859=10/14 (Scrivener's ab**defghkl**p) vs. absent in TR F1859=4/14 (Scrivener's b*cl*o).
seeing ← having seen. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 12:4 o4n kai\ pia&saj e1qeto ei0j fulakh/n, paradou\j te/ssarsin tetradi/oij stratiwtw~n fula&ssein au0to/n, boulo/menoj meta_ to\ Pa&sxa a)nagagei=n au0to\n tw%~ law%~. and having seized him, he put him in prison and handed him over to four quaternions of soldiers to guard him, wishing to lead him up to the people after the Passover. put him ← had (him) put.
quaternions ← groups of four (soldiers). There was one quaternion per watch.
Acts 12:5 879O me\n ou]n Pe/troj e0threi=to e0n th|= fulakh|=: proseuxh\ de\ h]n e0ktenh\j ginome/nh u9po\ th=j e0kklhsi/aj pro\j to\n qeo\n u9pe\r au0tou=. So Peter was being guarded in the prison. Meanwhile there was intense prayer taking place by the church to God for him. church: see Matt 16:18.
Acts 12:6 873Ote de\ e1mellen au0to\n proa&gein o9 879Hrw%&dhj, th|= nukti\ e0kei/nh| h]n o9 Pe/troj koimw&menoj metacu\ du/o stratiwtw~n, dedeme/noj a(lu/sesin dusi/n: fu/lake/j te pro\ th=j qu/raj e0th/roun th\n fulakh/n. Then when Herod was about to bring him forward, on that night Peter was sleeping between two soldiers, bound by two chains, while guards were guarding the prison in front of the door.
Acts 12:7 Kai\ i0dou/, a!ggeloj kuri/ou e0pe/sth, kai\ fw~j e1lamyen e0n tw%~ oi0kh/mati: pata&caj de\ th\n pleura_n tou= Pe/trou, h1geiren au0to\n le/gwn, 870Ana&sta e0n ta&xei. Kai\ e0ce/peson au0tou= ai9 a(lu/seij e0k tw~n xeirw~n. And behold, the angel of the Lord came up to him, and a light shone in the cell. He prodded Peter's side and made him get up, saying, “Arise quickly.” And his chains fell off from his hands. came up to ← stood at.
prodded ← struck.
Acts 12:8 Ei]pe/n te o9 a!ggeloj pro\j au0to/n, Peri/zwsai kai\ u9po/dhsai ta_ sanda&lia& sou. 870Epoi/hsen de\ ou3twj. Kai\ le/gei au0tw%~, Peribalou= to\ i9ma&tio/n sou, kai\ a)kolou/qei moi. Then the angel said to him, “Gird yourself and put on your sandals.” And he did so. Then he said to him, “Put on your cloak and follow me.”
Acts 12:9 Kai\ e0celqw_n h0kolou/qei au0tw%~: kai\ ou0k h|1dei o3ti a)lhqe/j e0stin to\ gino/menon dia_ tou= a)gge/lou, e0do/kei de\ o3rama ble/pein. And he went out and followed him, but he was not aware that what was taking place through the angel was real, but he thought he was seeing a vision. real ← true.
Acts 12:10 Dielqo/ntej de\ prw&thn fulakh\n kai\ deute/ran, h]lqon e0pi\ th\n pu/lhn th\n sidhra~n, th\n fe/rousan ei0j th\n po/lin, h3tij au0toma&th h0noi/xqh au0toi=j: kai\ e0celqo/ntej proh=lqon r(u/mhn mi/an, kai\ eu0qe/wj a)pe/sth o9 a!ggeloj a)p' au0tou=. They passed through the first guard post and the second one and came to the iron gate which led to the city, which opened automatically to them. And they went out and went on down one street, then straightaway the angel departed from him. opened ← was opened.
on down ← forward.
departed ← stood aloof.
Acts 12:11 Kai\ o9 Pe/troj, geno/menoj e0n e9autw%~, ei]pen, Nu=n oi]da a)lhqw~j o3ti e0cape/steilen ku/rioj to\n a!ggelon au0tou=, kai\ e0cei/leto/ me e0k xeiro\j 879Hrw%&dou kai\ pa&shj th=j prosdoki/aj tou= laou= tw~n 870Ioudai/wn. And Peter, having come to himself, said, “Now I truly know the Lord sent his angel and set me free from Herod's grip and all the expectation of the Jewish people.” grip ← hand.
Jewish ← of the Jews.
Acts 12:12 Sunidw&n te h]lqen e0pi\ th\n oi0ki/an Mari/aj th=j mhtro\j 870Iwa&nnou tou= e0pikaloume/nou Ma&rkou, ou[ h]san i9kanoi\ sunhqroisme/noi kai\ proseuxo/menoi. And realizing this, he went to the house of Mary the mother of John who is surnamed Mark, where there was a considerable number of people gathered and praying. there was a considerable number of people ← there were sufficient.
Acts 12:13 Krou/santoj de\ {RP TR: tou= Pe/trou} [P1904: au0tou=] th\n qu/ran tou= pulw~noj, prosh=lqen paidi/skh u9pakou=sai, o0no/mati 879Ro/dh. And when {RP TR: Peter} [P1904: he] had knocked on the door of the gate, a girl by the name of Rhoda came to answer it. tou= Pe/trou, Peter, RP TR F1859=10/11 vs. au0tou=, he, P1904 F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's p).
gate ← gateway, gate-house.
Acts 12:14 Kai\ e0pignou=sa th\n fwnh\n tou= Pe/trou, a)po\ th=j xara~j ou0k h1noicen to\n pulw~na, ei0sdramou=sa de\ a)ph/ggeilen e9sta&nai to\n Pe/tron pro\ tou= pulw~noj. And recognizing Peter's voice, she did not open the gate for joy, but ran inside and reported that Peter was standing at the gate. gate (2x) ← gateway, gate-house.
at ← before.
Acts 12:15 Oi9 de\ pro\j au0th\n ei]pon, Mai/nh|. 879H de\ dii+sxuri/zeto ou3twj e1xein. Oi9 {RP P1904: de\} [TR: d'] e1legon, 879O a!ggeloj au0tou= e0stin. But they said to her, “You're mad.” But she affirmed that it was so. Then they said, “It's his angel.” de\, but, then (unapocopated), RP P1904 F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's kl) vs. d', but, then (unapocopated), TR F1859=9/11. A strong disparity with RP, R=3:10.
Acts 12:16 879O de\ Pe/troj e0pe/menen krou/wn: a)noi/cantej de\ ei]don au0to/n, kai\ e0ce/sthsan. But Peter continued to knock. Then they opened up and saw him and were astonished.
Acts 12:17 Katasei/saj de\ au0toi=j th|= xeiri\ siga~n, dihgh/sato au0toi=j pw~j o9 ku/rioj {RP TR: au0to\n e0ch/gagen} [P1904: e0ch/gagen au0to\n] e0k th=j fulakh=j. Ei]pen de/, 870Apaggei/late 870Iakw&bw% kai\ toi=j a)delfoi=j tau=ta. Kai\ e0celqw_n e0poreu/qh ei0j e3teron to/pon. Then he signalled to them with his hand to be silent, and he explained to them how the Lord had led him out of the prison, and he said, “Tell these things to James and the brothers.” Then he departed and went to another place. au0to\n e0ch/gagen, him + he led out, RP TR F1859=10/11 vs. e0ch/gagen au0to\n, he led out + him, P1904 F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's p).
Acts 12:18 Genome/nhj de\ h9me/raj, h]n ta&raxoj ou0k o0li/goj e0n toi=j stratiw&taij, ti/ a!ra o9 Pe/troj e0ge/neto. And when day came, there was no minor disturbance among the soldiers as to what had become of Peter. what had become of Peter ← what then Peter had become.
Acts 12:19 879Hrw%&dhj de\ e0pizhth/saj au0to\n kai\ mh\ eu9rw&n, a)nakri/naj tou\j fu/lakaj, e0ke/leusen a)paxqh=nai. Kai\ katelqw_n a)po\ th=j 870Ioudai/aj ei0j th\n Kaisa&reian die/triben. And Herod made a further search for him, and not finding him, he interrogated the guards and ordered them to be led away. Then he went down from Judaea to Caesarea and spent time there. to be led away: in this context, very probably to execution AV, [MM], [MG], [CB].
Acts 12:20 87]Hn de\ {RP TR: o9} [P1904: - ] 879Hrw%&dhj qumomaxw~n Turi/oij kai\ Sidwni/oij: {RP TR: o9moqumado\n de\} [P1904: o9moqumado/n te] parh=san pro\j au0to/n, kai\ pei/santej Bla&ston to\n e0pi\ tou= koitw~noj tou= basile/wj, h|0tou=nto ei0rh/nhn, dia_ to\ tre/fesqai au0tw~n th\n xw&ran a)po\ th=j basilikh=j. Now Herod was raging against the Tyrians and Sidonians. {RP TR: But} [P1904: And] they had come to him with one mind, and having won over Blastus, who was in charge of the king's bedroom, they asked for peace, because their country was supported by the king's country. o9, the (Herod): present in RP TR F1859=7/12 vs. absent in P1904 F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's ab*ko) vs. phrase absent, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's p).
de\, but, RP TR F1859=9/11 vs. te, and, P1904 F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's ch).
had come to ← were present to.
king's ← royal.
Acts 12:21 Takth|= de\ h9me/ra% o9 879Hrw%&dhj e0ndusa&menoj e0sqh=ta basilikh/n, kai\ kaqi/saj e0pi\ tou= bh/matoj, e0dhmhgo/rei pro\j au0tou/j. And on an appointed day, Herod put on his royal clothes and sat in the courtroom and addressed them. his: from the middle voice of put on.
courtroom ← tribune, a raised platform in a courtroom.
Acts 12:22 879O de\ dh=moj e0pefw&nei, {RP-text: Fwnh\ qeou=} [RP-marg P1904 TR: Qeou= fwnh\] kai\ ou0k a)nqrw&pou. And the people shouted out, “It's the voice of God and not of a man!” fwnh\ qeou=, voice + of (a) god, RP-text F1859=6/11 (Scrivener's befglo) vs. qeou= fwnh\, of (a) god + voice, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=4/11 (Scrivener's ahkp) vs. another reading, F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's c). Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=6:6.
God: or a god.
Acts 12:23 Paraxrh=ma de\ e0pa&tacen au0to\n a!ggeloj kuri/ou, a)nq' w{n ou0k e1dwken {RP: - } [P1904 TR: th\n] do/can tw%~ qew%~: kai\ geno/menoj skwlhko/brwtoj, e0ce/yucen. And immediately the angel of the Lord struck him because he had not given {RP: - } [P1904 TR: the] glory to God, and he was consumed by worms and expired. th\n, the (glory): absent in RP F1859=8/11 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's aep).
Acts 12:24 879O de\ lo/goj tou= qeou= hu1canen kai\ e0plhqu/neto. And the word of God grew and increased.
Acts 12:25 Barna&baj de\ kai\ Sau=loj u9pe/streyan {RP-text: ei0j} [RP-marg: a)po\] [P1904 TR: e0c] 879Ierousalh/m, plhrw&santej th\n diakoni/an, sumparalabo/ntej kai\ 870Iwa&nnhn to\n e0piklhqe/nta Ma&rkon. Then Barnabas and Saul returned {RP-text: to} [RP-marg P1904 TR: from] Jerusalem, having fulfilled their mission, taking John surnamed Mark with them too. ei0j, to, RP-text F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's klp) vs. a)po\, from, RP-marg F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's bco) vs. e0c, out of, from, P1904 TR F1859=5/11 (Scrivener's aefgh) A disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=3:7. A disparity (#2) with RP-marg, R=3:7, though the disparities share the same reading, so one excludes the other. Paul and Barnabas are in Antioch at Acts 11:26, Acts 13:1, but perhaps temporarily in Jerusalem at Acts 11:30. AV differs textually.
Acts 13:1 87]Hsan de/ tinej e0n 870Antioxei/a% kata_ th\n ou]san e0kklhsi/an profh=tai kai\ dida&skaloi, o3 te Barna&baj kai\ Sumew_n o9 {RP TR: kalou/menoj} [P1904: e0pikalou/menoj] Ni/ger, kai\ Lou/kioj o9 Kurhnai=oj, Manah/n te 879Hrw%&dou tou= tetra&rxou su/ntrofoj, kai\ Sau=loj. Now there were some prophets and teachers here and there in the church which existed in Antioch: Barnabas, and Simeon surnamed Niger, and Lucius the Cyrenian, and Manaen of common upbringing with Herod the tetrarch, and Saul. kalou/menoj, called, but here surnamed, RP TR F1859=11/12 vs. e0pikalou/menoj, surnamed, P1904 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's o).
church: see Matt 16:18.
Acts 13:2 Leitourgou/ntwn de\ au0tw~n tw%~ kuri/w% kai\ nhsteuo/ntwn, ei]pen to\ pneu=ma to\ a#gion, 870Afori/sate dh/ moi {RP P1904: to\n} [TR: to/n te] Barna&ban kai\ to\n Sau=lon ei0j to\ e1rgon o4 proske/klhmai au0tou/j. And as they were performing service to the Lord and fasting, the holy spirit said, “Set {RP P1904: - } [TR: both] Barnabas and Saul completely apart for me for the work which I have called them to do.” te, both: absent in RP P1904 F1859=8/12 vs. present in TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's akop).
completely: from the particle dh/.
Acts 13:3 To/te nhsteu/santej kai\ proseuca&menoi kai\ e0piqe/ntej {RP TR: ta_j xei=raj au0toi=j} [P1904: au0toi=j ta_j xei=raj], a)pe/lusan. Then, after fasting and praying, they laid their hands on them and dismissed them. ta_j xei=raj au0toi=j, their hands + (on) them, RP TR F1859=9/12 vs. au0toi=j ta_j xei=raj, (on) them + their hands, P1904 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's bko).
Acts 13:4 Ou[toi me\n ou]n, e0kpemfqe/ntej u9po\ tou= pneu/matoj tou= a(gi/ou, kath=lqon ei0j th\n Seleu/keian: {RP-text: e0kei=qen de\} [RP-marg P1904 TR: e0kei=qe/n te] a)pe/pleusan ei0j th\n Ku/pron. So these men were sent out by the holy spirit, and they went down to Seleucia, and from there they sailed away to Cyprus. de\, but / and, RP-text F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's bdfglop) vs. te, and, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's acehk). Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=7:7.
Acts 13:5 Kai\ geno/menoi e0n Salami=ni, kath/ggellon to\n lo/gon tou= qeou= e0n tai=j sunagwgai=j tw~n 870Ioudai/wn: ei]xon de\ kai\ 870Iwa&nnhn u9phre/thn. And when they arrived in Salamis, they proclaimed the word of God in the Jews' synagogues. They also had John as an assistant.
Acts 13:6 Dielqo/ntej de\ th\n nh=son a!xri Pa&fou, eu[ro/n tina ma&gon yeudoprofh/thn 870Ioudai=on, w%{ o1noma {RP-text P1904 TR: Bari+hsou=j} [RP-marg: Bari+hsou=n], When they had crossed the island as far as Paphos, they found a certain magician, a Jewish false prophet, who had the name Barjesus, Bari+hsou=j, Barjesus (nominative, as if supplying e0sti/n), RP-text P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's b*co) vs. Bari+hsou=n, Barjesus (accusative, as if supplying o1nta), RP-marg F1859=10/13 (Scrivener's ab**defghklp). A disparity with RP-text, R=5:10.
Acts 13:7 o4j h]n su\n tw%~ a)nqupa&tw% Sergi/w% Pau/lw%, a)ndri\ sunetw%~. Ou[toj proskalesa&menoj Barna&ban kai\ Sau=lon e0pezh/thsen a)kou=sai to\n lo/gon tou= qeou=. who was with the proconsul Sergius Paulus, an intelligent man. He called for Barnabas and Saul, and he was very keen to hear the word of God. he ← this (man).
was very keen ← keenly sought.
Acts 13:8 870Anqi/stato de\ au0toi=j 870Elu/maj, o9 ma&goj - ou3twj ga_r meqermhneu/etai to\ o1noma au0tou= - zhtw~n diastre/yai to\n a)nqu/paton a)po\ th=j pi/stewj. But Elymas the magician – for that is his name when translated – opposed them, attempting to divert the proconsul from the faith. that ← thus, so.
opposed them: i.e. opposed their teaching.
Acts 13:9 Sau=loj de/, o9 kai\ Pau=loj, plhsqei\j pneu/matoj a(gi/ou, kai\ a)teni/saj {RP TR: ei0j} [P1904: pro\j] au0to\n Then Saul, who is also known as Paul, filled with holy spirit, looked intently at him, ei0j, to (1), RP TR F1859=12/12 vs. pro\j, to (2), P1904 F1859=0/12.
Acts 13:10 ei]pen, 87]W plh/rhj panto\j do/lou kai\ pa&shj r(a%diourgi/aj, ui9e\ diabo/lou, e0xqre\ pa&shj dikaiosu/nhj, ou0 pau/sh| diastre/fwn ta_j o9dou\j kuri/ou ta_j eu0qei/aj; and he said, “You who are full of all deceit and all fraud, son of the devil, hostile to all righteousness, will you not cease from perverting the straight ways of the Lord?
Acts 13:11 Kai\ nu=n i0dou/, xei\r {RP P1904: - } [TR: tou=] kuri/ou e0pi\ se/, kai\ e1sh| tuflo/j, mh\ ble/pwn to\n h3lion a!xri kairou=. Paraxrh=ma de\ {RP TR: e0pe/pesen} [P1904: e1pesen] e0p' au0to\n a)xlu\j kai\ sko/toj, kai\ peria&gwn e0zh/tei xeiragwgou/j. And now, behold, the hand of {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] Lord is against you, and you will be blind, not seeing the sun for a time.” And immediately a mist and darkness fell on him, and he went about seeking guides. tou=, (of) the: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. present in TR F1859=0/12.
e0pe/pesen, fell upon, RP TR F1859=11/12 vs. e1pesen, fell, P1904 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's p).
went about seeking ← going about sought. A stylistic inversion.
Acts 13:12 To/te i0dw_n o9 a)nqu/patoj to\ gegono\j e0pi/steusen, e0kplhsso/menoj e0pi\ th|= didaxh|= tou= kuri/ou. Then having seen what had taken place, the proconsul believed, and he was astonished at the teaching of the Lord.
Acts 13:13 870Anaxqe/ntej de\ a)po\ th=j Pa&fou oi9 peri\ to\n Pau=lon h]lqon ei0j Pe/rghn th=j Pamfuli/aj. 870Iwa&nnhj de\ a)poxwrh/saj a)p' au0tw~n u9pe/streyen ei0j 879Ieroso/luma. Then Paul and his company put out to sea from Paphos and went to Perga in Pamphylia. But John took leave of them and returned to Jerusalem. Paul and his company ← those around Paul, but inclusive of Paul.
Acts 13:14 Au0toi\ de\ dielqo/ntej a)po\ th=j Pe/rghj, parege/nonto ei0j 870Antio/xeian th=j Pisidi/aj, kai\ ei0selqo/ntej ei0j th\n sunagwgh\n th|= h9me/ra% tw~n sabba&twn, e0ka&qisan. And they crossed from Perga and arrived in Antioch of Pisidia, and they went into the synagogue on the Sabbath day and sat down.
Acts 13:15 Meta_ de\ th\n a)na&gnwsin tou= no/mou kai\ tw~n profhtw~n, a)pe/steilan oi9 a)rxisuna&gwgoi pro\j au0tou/j, le/gontej, 871Andrej a)delfoi/, ei0 e1stin lo/goj e0n u9mi=n paraklh/sewj pro\j to\n lao/n, le/gete. And after the reading of the law and the prophets, the leaders of the synagogue sent assistants to them, who said, “Men and brothers, if any of you have a word of encouragement to the people, speak up.” if any of you have ← if there is among you.
Acts 13:16 870Anasta_j de\ Pau=loj, kai\ katasei/saj th|= xeiri/, ei]pen, 871Andrej 870Israhli=tai, kai\ oi9 fobou/menoi to\n qeo/n, a)kou/sate. Then Paul got up and signalled with his hand and said, “Men and Israelites, and you who fear God, listen. signalled: very probably for quiet, a sense attested in [LS].
Acts 13:17 879O qeo\j tou= laou= tou/tou {RP: - } [P1904 TR: 870Israh\l] e0cele/cato tou\j pate/raj h9mw~n, kai\ to\n lao\n u3ywsen e0n th|= paroiki/a% e0n gh|= Ai0gu/ptw%, kai\ meta_ braxi/onoj u9yhlou= e0ch/gagen au0tou\j e0c au0th=j. The God of this people {RP: - } [P1904 TR: – Israel –] chose our fathers, and he exalted the people during their stay in the land of Egypt, and with a high arm he brought them out of it. 870Israh\l, Israel: absent in RP F1859=9/12 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's agp). AV differs textually.
Acts 13:18 Kai\ w(j tessarakontaeth= xro/non e0tropofo/rhsen au0tou\j e0n th|= e0rh/mw%. And for about a forty year period he put up with their ways in the desert.
Acts 13:19 Kai\ kaqelw_n e1qnh e9pta_ e0n gh|= Xanaa&n, {RP P1904: kateklhrono/mhsen} [TR: kateklhrodo/thsen] au0toi=j th\n gh=n au0tw~n. And he destroyed seven nations in the land of Canaan, and he gave their land to them as an inheritance. kateklhrono/mhsen, bequeathed, RP P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. kateklhrodo/thsen, gave as an inheritance, TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ao) vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's h). No significant difference in meaning.
Acts 13:20 Kai\ meta_ tau=ta, w(j e1tesin tetrakosi/oij kai\ penth/konta, e1dwken krita_j e3wj Samouh\l tou= profh/tou. And for about four hundred and fifty years after that he gave them judges, until Samuel the prophet. for about four hundred and fifty years: non-classical dative for time how long.
that ← these (things).
Acts 13:21 Ka)kei=qen h|0th/santo basile/a, kai\ e1dwken au0toi=j o9 qeo\j to\n Saou\l ui9o\n Ki/j, a!ndra e0k fulh=j Beniami/n, e1th tessara&konta. Then after that they asked for a king, and God gave them Saul the son of Kish, a man from the tribe of Benjamin, for forty years. Kish: as in 1 Sam 10:21. Greek and AV, Cis.
Acts 13:22 Kai\ metasth/saj au0to/n, h1geiren au0toi=j to\n {RP P1904: Daui\d} [TR: Dabi\d] ei0j basile/a, w%{ kai\ ei]pen marturh/saj, Eu[ron {RP P1904: Daui\d} [TR: Dabi\d] to\n tou= 870Iessai/, a!ndra kata_ th\n kardi/an mou, o4j poih/sei pa&nta ta_ qelh/mata& mou. Then he removed him and raised up David to them as king, to whom he also gave witness and said, ‘I have found David the son of Jesse to be a man after my heart who will carry out all my will.’ David (2x): on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Ps 89:21MT (Ps 89:20AV), Ruth 4:17, 1 Sam 13:14.
will ← wills.
Acts 13:23 Tou/tou o9 qeo\j a)po\ tou= spe/rmatoj kat' e0paggeli/an {RP P1904: h1gagen} [TR: h1geire] tw%~ 870Israh\l {RP P1904: swthri/an} [TR: swth=ra] {RP P1904: - } [TR: 870Ihsou=n], From the seed of this man God {RP P1904: brought} [TR: raised] {RP P1904: salvation} [TR: a saviour] to Israel according to his promise {RP P1904: - } [TR: , Jesus], h1gage¨n©, he led, RP P1904 F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's bglp) vs. h1geire¨n©, he raised up, TR F1859=8/12. A disparity (#1) with RP, R=5:9.
swthri/an, salvation, RP P1904 F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's bdfghl) vs. swth=ra, a saviour, TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's acekop). Nearly a disparity (#2) with RP, R=7:7. But this issue must be taken with the next one, as the manuscripts align themselves almost identically.
870Ihsou=n, Jesus: absent in RP P1904 F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's bdfghlp) vs. present in TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's aceko). AV differs textually.
Acts 13:24 prokhru/cantoj 870Iwa&nnou pro\ prosw&pou th=j ei0so/dou au0tou= ba&ptisma metanoi/aj {RP: tw%~} [P1904 TR: panti\ tw%~ law%~] 870Israh/l. John having proclaimed in advance of his coming the baptism of repentance to {RP: - } [P1904 TR: all the people of] Israel. tw%~, to, RP F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's defghlo) vs. panti\ tw%~ law%~, to all the people (of), P1904 TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's abckp). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:7.
in advance of his coming ← before (the) face of his entrance.
Acts 13:25 879Wj de\ e0plh/rou {RP-text P1904 TR: o9} [RP-marg: - ] 870Iwa&nnhj to\n dro/mon, e1legen, Ti/na me u9ponoei=te ei]nai; Ou0k ei0mi\ e0gw&. 870All' i0dou/, e1rxetai met' e0me/, ou[ ou0k ei0mi\ a!cioj to\ u9po/dhma tw~n podw~n lu=sai. And as John was completing his course, he said, ‘Who do you think I am? I am not the one. But look, after me is coming one the shoes of whose feet I am not worthy to loosen.’ o9, the (John): present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=9/12 vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's alp).
shoes ← shoe, footwear.
Acts 13:26 871Andrej a)delfoi/, ui9oi\ ge/nouj 870Abraa&m, kai\ oi9 e0n u9mi=n fobou/menoi to\n qeo/n, u9mi=n o9 lo/goj th=j swthri/aj tau/thj a)pesta&lh. Men and brothers, sons of the stock of Abraham, and those among you who fear God, to you the word of this salvation has been sent. has been sent ← was sent, but see Matt 2:2.
Acts 13:27 Oi9 ga_r katoikou=ntej {RP-text P1904 TR: e0n} [RP-marg: - ] 879Ierousalh\m kai\ oi9 a!rxontej au0tw~n, tou=ton a)gnoh/santej, kai\ ta_j fwna_j tw~n profhtw~n ta_j kata_ pa~n sa&bbaton a)naginwskome/naj, kri/nantej e0plh/rwsan. For those who live in Jerusalem and their rulers did not know this man, yet they fulfilled the voices of the prophets – which are read every Sabbath – when they judged him. e0n, in: present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's acfglo) vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's bdehkp).
yet: adversative use of kai/. AV differs (nor yet), which does not fit the context.
Acts 13:28 Kai\ mhdemi/an ai0ti/an qana&tou eu9ro/ntej, h|0th/santo Pila&ton a)naireqh=nai au0to/n. And despite not finding any grounds for a death penalty, they asked Pilate for him to be executed. finding ← having found. See Matt 23:20.
executed: or eliminated.
Acts 13:29 879Wj de\ e0te/lesan {RP P1904: pa&nta} [TR: a#panta] ta_ peri\ au0tou= gegramme/na, kaqelo/ntej a)po\ tou= cu/lou, e1qhkan ei0j mnhmei=on. And when they had finished doing everything that stood written about him, they took him down from the wood and put him in a tomb. pa&nta, all (1), RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. a#panta, all (2), TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's e).
Acts 13:30 879O de\ qeo\j h1geiren au0to\n e0k nekrw~n: But God raised him from the dead,
Acts 13:31 o4j w!fqh e0pi\ h9me/raj plei/ouj toi=j sunanaba~sin au0tw%~ a)po\ th=j Galilai/aj ei0j 879Ierousalh/m, oi3tine/j ei0sin ma&rturej au0tou= pro\j to\n lao/n. and he was seen for many days by those who went up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem, who are witnesses of him to the people. was seen ... by: or appeared to.
many ← more.
Acts 13:32 Kai\ h9mei=j u9ma~j eu0aggelizo/meqa th\n pro\j tou\j pate/raj e0paggeli/an genome/nhn, o3ti tau/thn o9 qeo\j e0kpeplh/rwken toi=j te/knoij au0tw~n h9mi=n, a)nasth/saj 870Ihsou=n: And we preach to you the promise to the fathers which has taken place ¶ – that God has completely fulfilled it to their children – us – in raising up Jesus, ¶ Verse division: in AV numbering, Acts 13:33 begins here.
it ← this.
in raising up: gerundial use of the participle.
Acts 13:33 w(j kai\ e0n tw%~ yalmw%~ tw%~ deute/rw% ge/graptai, Ui9o/j mou ei] su/, e0gw_ sh/meron gege/nnhka& se. as it also stands written in the second psalm:

‘You are my son;

Today I have begotten you.’

 Ps 2:7.
Acts 13:34 873Oti de\ a)ne/sthsen au0to\n e0k nekrw~n, mhke/ti me/llonta u9postre/fein ei0j diafqora&n, ou3twj ei1rhken o3ti Dw&sw u9mi=n ta_ o3sia {RP P1904: Daui\d} [TR: Dabi\d] ta_ pista&. And in that he raised him from the dead, no longer destined to return to decay, he has spoken as follows:

‘I will give you the faithful sacred things of David.’

 David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Isa 55:3.
as follows ← thus that.
sacred things: In the Masoretic Text of Isa 55:3, kindnesses, mercies (חַסְדֵי).
Acts 13:35 Dio\ kai\ e0n e9te/rw% le/gei, Ou0 dw&seij to\n o3sio/n sou i0dei=n diafqora&n: On account of this he also says in another place,

‘You will not permit your holy one to see decay.’

 Ps 16:10.
this ← which.
Acts 13:36 {RP P1904: Daui\d} [TR: Dabi\d] me\n ga_r i0di/a% genea%~ u9phreth/saj th|= tou= qeou= boulh|= e0koimh/qh, kai\ prosete/qh pro\j tou\j pate/raj au0tou=, kai\ ei]den diafqora&n: For David, having served his own generation by the will of God, fell asleep and was added to his fathers and saw decay, David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
added to: or laid with.
Acts 13:37 o4n de\ o9 qeo\j h1geiren, ou0k ei]den diafqora&n. but he whom God raised up did not see decay.
Acts 13:38 Gnwsto\n ou]n e1stw u9mi=n, a!ndrej a)delfoi/, o3ti dia_ tou/tou u9mi=n a!fesij a(martiw~n katagge/lletai: So let it be known to you, men and brothers, that through this man, forgiveness of sins is declared to you,
Acts 13:39 kai\ a)po\ pa&ntwn w{n ou0k h0dunh/qhte e0n tw%~ no/mw% {RP-text P1904: Mwu+se/wj} [RP-marg TR: Mwse/wj] dikaiwqh=nai, e0n tou/tw% pa~j o9 pisteu/wn dikaiou=tai. and that through this man everyone who believes is justified from all the things from which you could not be justified by the law of Moses. Mwu+se/wj, Moüses, RP-text P1904 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's p) vs. Mwse/wj, Moses, RP-marg TR F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's bcefgko) vs. Mwu+se/oj, Moüses, F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's adhl). A disparity with RP-text, R=2:8, though Mwu+- has 6 of our witnesses.
through this man: i.e. by means of this man, or, perhaps, reassociating, (everyone who believes) in this man.
Acts 13:40 Ble/pete ou]n mh\ e0pe/lqh| e0f' u9ma~j to\ ei0rhme/non e0n toi=j profh/taij, So see to it that what has been spoken by the prophets does not come upon you: by the prophets: or, if “spoken” stands for what the prophets wrote, in the prophets. Compare Hebrews 1:1.
Acts 13:41 871Idete, oi9 katafronhtai/, kai\ qauma&sate, kai\ a)fani/sqhte: o3ti e1rgon e0gw_ e0rga&zomai e0n tai=j h9me/raij u9mw~n, {RP: - } [P1904 TR: e1rgon] {RP: o4} [P1904 TR: w%{] ou0 mh\ pisteu/shte, e0a&n tij e0kdihgh=tai u9mi=n.

‘Behold, you haughty ones,

And be amazed and vanish,

For I am carrying out a work in your {RP: days} [P1904 TR: days,]

{RP: Which} [P1904 TR: A work which] you certainly would not believe

If someone declared it to you.’ ”

 e1rgon, a work: absent in RP F1859=9/12 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's aep).
o4, which, RP F1859=8/12 vs. w%{, in which (dative, common with pisteu/w), P1904 TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's cdhl).
Hab 1:5, somewhat adapted.
would ← will.
Acts 13:42 870Ecio/ntwn de\ {RP-text TR: - } [RP-marg P1904: au0tw~n] e0k th=j sunagwgh=j tw~n 870Ioudai/wn, pareka&loun ta_ e1qnh ei0j to\ metacu\ sa&bbaton lalhqh=nai au0toi=j ta_ r(h/mata {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: tau=ta]. And when {RP-text TR: the Jews had gone out of the synagogue} [RP-marg P1904: they had gone out of the synagogue of the Jews], the Gentiles pleaded with them for {RP-text: the} [RP-marg P1904 TR: these] words to be spoken to them on the intervening Sabbath. au0tw~n, they: absent in RP-text TR F1859=6/12 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's abekop, but in ap they replace e0k th=j sunagwgh=j tw~n 870Ioudai/wn). Nearly a disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=7:7.
tau=ta, these: absent in RP-text F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's el) vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR: F1859=10/12 (Scrivener's abcdfghkop). A strong disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=2:12.
intervening Sabbath: perhaps a midweek day (sa&bbaton also means week, e.g. Matt 28:1).
Acts 13:43 Luqei/shj de\ th=j sunagwgh=j, h0kolou/qhsan polloi\ tw~n 870Ioudai/wn kai\ tw~n sebome/nwn proshlu/twn tw%~ Pau/lw% kai\ tw%~ Barna&ba%: oi3tinej proslalou=ntej {RP: - } [P1904 TR: au0toi=j], e1peiqon au0tou\j {RP TR: e0pime/nein} [P1904: prosme/nein] th|= xa&riti tou= qeou=. And when the synagogue gathering had broken up, many of the Jews and the devout proselytes followed Paul and Barnabas, who addressed {RP: them} [P1904 TR: them] and persuaded them to continue in the grace of God. au0toi=j, to them: absent in RP F1859=9/12 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's akp).
e0pime/nein, to continue (1), RP TR F1859=7/12 vs. prosme/nein, to continue (2), P1904 F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's cdkop).
Acts 13:44 Tw%~ {RP P1904: te} [TR: de\] e0rxome/nw% sabba&tw% sxedo\n pa~sa h9 po/lij sunh/xqh a)kou=sai to\n lo/gon tou= qeou=. And on the next Sabbath, almost all the city gathered to hear the word of God. te, and, RP P1904 F1859=8/12 vs. de\, and / but, TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's abop).
Acts 13:45 870Ido/ntej de\ oi9 870Ioudai=oi tou\j o1xlouj e0plh/sqhsan zh/lou, kai\ a)nte/legon toi=j u9po\ tou= Pau/lou legome/noij, a)ntile/gontej kai\ blasfhmou=ntej. And when the Jews saw the crowds, they were filled with jealousy, and they spoke against the things being spoken by Paul, contradicting and blaspheming.
Acts 13:46 Parrhsiasa&menoi de\ o9 Pau=loj kai\ o9 Barna&baj ei]pon, 879Umi=n h]n a)nagkai=on prw~ton lalhqh=nai to\n lo/gon tou= qeou=. 870Epeidh\ de\ a)pwqei=sqe au0to/n, kai\ ou0k a)ci/ouj kri/nete e9autou\j th=j ai0wni/ou zwh=j, i0dou\ strefo/meqa ei0j ta_ e1qnh. But speaking out boldly, Paul and Barnabas said, “It was necessary for the word of God to be spoken to you first. But since you discard it and do not judge yourselves worthy of age-abiding life, look, we are turning to the Gentiles. speaking out boldly ← having spoken out boldly. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 13:47 Ou3twj ga_r e0nte/taltai h9mi=n o9 ku/rioj, Te/qeika& se ei0j fw~j e0qnw~n, tou= ei]nai/ se ei0j swthri/an e3wj e0sxa&tou th=j gh=j. For this is what the Lord has commanded us:

‘I have appointed you as a light to the Gentiles,

For you to be for salvation

As far as the end of the earth.’ ”

 Isa 49:6.
this is what ← thus.
you (2x): singular.
to the Gentiles ← of Gentiles.
as ... for ← ei0j (introducing a predicate) ... ei0j (denoting purpose).
Acts 13:48 870Akou/onta de\ ta_ e1qnh {RP-text: e1xairen} [RP-marg P1904 TR: e1xairon], kai\ {RP TR: e0do/cazon} [P1904: e0de/canto] to\n lo/gon tou= kuri/ou, kai\ e0pi/steusan o3soi h]san tetagme/noi ei0j zwh\n ai0w&nion. And the Gentiles, hearing this, rejoiced and {RP TR: glorified} [P1904: received] the word of the Lord, and those who were appointed to age-abiding life believed. e1xaire¨n©, rejoiced (classical form), RP-text F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's efgklo) vs. e1xairon, rejoiced (non-classical form), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's abcdhp). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=6:8.
e0do/cazon, they glorified, RP TR F1859=10/12 vs. e0de/canto, they received, P1904 F1859=0/12 vs. another reading, F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's eg).
Acts 13:49 Diefe/reto de\ o9 lo/goj tou= kuri/ou di' o3lhj th=j xw&raj. And the word of the Lord was spread about through the whole of the region.
Acts 13:50 Oi9 de\ 870Ioudai=oi parw&trunan ta_j sebome/naj gunai=kaj kai\ ta_j eu0sxh/monaj kai\ tou\j prw&touj th=j po/lewj, kai\ e0ph/geiran diwgmo\n e0pi\ to\n Pau=lon kai\ to\n Barna&ban, kai\ e0ce/balon au0tou\j a)po\ tw~n o9ri/wn au0tw~n. But the Jews incited the devout women and those of high standing and the leading men of the city, and they stirred up a persecution against Paul and Barnabas and threw them out of their territories.
Acts 13:51 Oi9 de\ e0ktinaca&menoi to\n koniorto\n tw~n podw~n au0tw~n e0p' au0tou/j, h]lqon ei0j 870Iko/nion. But they shook off the dust from their feet against them and went to Iconium. from ← of.
Acts 13:52 Oi9 de\ maqhtai\ e0plhrou=nto xara~j kai\ pneu/matoj a(gi/ou. And the disciples were filled with joy and holy spirit.
Acts 14:1 870Ege/neto de\ e0n 870Ikoni/w%, kata_ to\ au0to\ ei0selqei=n au0tou\j ei0j th\n sunagwgh\n tw~n 870Ioudai/wn, kai\ lalh=sai ou3twj w#ste pisteu=sai 870Ioudai/wn te kai\ 879Ellh/nwn polu\ plh=qoj. And it came to pass in Iconium that they went in the same way into the Jews' synagogue and spoke in such a way that a large number of both Jews and Greeks believed. a large number ← much multitude.
Acts 14:2 Oi9 de\ a)peiqou=ntej 870Ioudai=oi e0ph/geiran kai\ e0ka&kwsan ta_j yuxa_j tw~n e0qnw~n kata_ tw~n a)delfw~n. But the unbelieving Jews stirred up and poisoned the minds of the Gentiles against the brothers. poisoned ← maltreated.
minds ← souls.
Acts 14:3 879Ikano\n me\n ou]n xro/non die/triyan parrhsiazo/menoi e0pi\ tw%~ kuri/w% tw%~ marturou=nti tw%~ lo/gw% th=j xa&ritoj au0tou=, {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\] dido/nti shmei=a kai\ te/rata gi/nesqai dia_ tw~n xeirw~n au0tw~n. And they spent a considerable time speaking out boldly about the Lord, who gave witness to his word of grace, {RP P1904: - } [TR: also] allowing signs and miracles to take place through their hands. kai\, and; also: absent in RP P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. present in TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's abp).
about: as in John 12:16 (written about him), Mark 6:52 (about the bread), here with connotations of being founded on.
his word of grace: or the word of his grace.
Acts 14:4 870Esxi/sqh de\ to\ plh=qoj th=j po/lewj: kai\ oi9 me\n h]san su\n toi=j 870Ioudai/oij, oi9 de\ su\n toi=j a)posto/loij. So the population of the city was divided, and some sided with the Jews, and some with the apostles. population ← multitude.
sided ← were.
Acts 14:5 879Wj de\ e0ge/neto o9rmh\ tw~n e0qnw~n te kai\ 870Ioudai/wn su\n toi=j a!rxousin au0tw~n, u9bri/sai kai\ liqobolh=sai au0tou/j, But when an assault by both Gentiles and Jews took place with their leaders, intending to maltreat and stone them, by ← of.
Acts 14:6 sunido/ntej kate/fugon ei0j ta_j po/leij th=j Lukaoni/aj, Lu/stran kai\ De/rbhn, kai\ th\n peri/xwron: they became aware of it and fled to the Lycaonian cities of Lystra and Derbe and the surrounding area.
Acts 14:7 ka)kei= h]san eu0aggelizo/menoi. And there they would preach the gospel.
Acts 14:8 Kai/ tij a)nh\r e0n Lu/stroij a)du/natoj toi=j posi\n e0ka&qhto, xwlo\j e0k koili/aj mhtro\j au0tou= u9pa&rxwn, o4j ou0de/pote {RP P1904 S1550: peripepath/kei} [E1624 S1894: periepepath/kei]. And a certain man in Lystra, disabled in his feet, was sitting down. He had been lame from his mother's womb and had never walked. peripepath/kei, had (never) walked around (pluperfect without augment), RP P1904 S1550 F1859=9/12 (Scrivener's b**cefghklo) vs. periepepath/kei, had (never) walked around (pluperfect with augment), E1624 S1894 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's ab*p).
walked ← walked around.
Acts 14:9 Ou[toj {RP-text P1904: h1kousen} [RP-marg TR: h1kouen] tou= Pau/lou lalou=ntoj: o4j a)teni/saj au0tw%~, kai\ i0dw_n o3ti pi/stin e1xei tou= swqh=nai, And he {RP-text P1904: heard} [RP-marg TR: was listening to] Paul speaking, who looked at him intently, and seeing that he had faith to be saved, h1kouse¨n©, heard, RP-text P1904 F1859=4/11 (Scrivener's bcep) vs. h1koue¨n©, was hearing, RP-marg TR F1859=7/11 (Scrivener's afghklo). A disparity with RP-text, R=5:8.
he ← this (man).
seeing ← having seen. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 14:10 ei]pen mega&lh| th|= fwnh|=, 870Ana&sthqi e0pi\ tou\j po/daj sou {RP-text: o0rqw~j} [RP-marg P1904 TR: o0rqo/j]. Kai\ {RP TR: h3lleto} [P1904: h3lato] kai\ periepa&tei. he said in a loud voice, “Stand up straight on your feet.” And he leapt and walked about. o0rqw~j, upright (adverb), RP-text F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's e) vs. o0rqo/j, upright (adjective), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=10/11 (incl. p with a rough breathing). A strong disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=1:12.
h3lleto, was leaping (imperfect, as is the verb following), RP TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's fl*) vs. h3lato, leapt (aorist, classical single lambda), P1904 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ep) vs. h3llato, leapt (aorist, non-classical double lambda), F1859=8/12 (Scrivener's abcghkl**o, though ac with smooth breathing). A disparity (#2) with RP, R=3:8.
Acts 14:11 Oi9 de\ o1xloi, i0do/ntej o4 e0poi/hsen o9 Pau=loj, e0ph=ran th\n fwnh\n au0tw~n Lukaonisti\ le/gontej, Oi9 qeoi\ o9moiwqe/ntej a)nqrw&poij kate/bhsan pro\j h9ma~j. But when the crowds saw what Paul had done, they raised their voices and said in Lycaonian, “The gods have taken on human likeness and come down to us.” voices ← voice.
have taken on human likeness ← having been made like men.
Acts 14:12 870Eka&loun te to\n me\n Barna&ban, Di/a: to\n de\ Pau=lon, 879Ermh=n, e0peidh\ au0to\j h]n o9 h9gou/menoj tou= lo/gou. And they called Barnabas Zeus, and Paul Hermes since he was the spokesman. Zeus ... Hermes: these are the Greek names. The AV uses the Roman equivalents, Jupiter and Mercurius.
Acts 14:13 879O de\ i9ereu\j tou= Dio\j tou= o1ntoj pro\ th=j po/lewj au0tw~n, tau/rouj kai\ ste/mmata e0pi\ tou\j pulw~naj e0ne/gkaj, su\n toi=j o1xloij h1qelen qu/ein. And the priest of Zeus's temple, which was in front of their city, brought bulls and garlands to the gates, and along with the crowds he wished to offer sacrifice. gates ← gateways, gate-houses.
Acts 14:14 870Akou/santej de\ oi9 a)po/stoloi Barna&baj kai\ Pau=loj, diarrh/cantej ta_ i9ma&tia au0tw~n, ei0seph/dhsan ei0j to\n o1xlon, kra&zontej But when the apostles Barnabas and Paul heard this, they tore their clothes and leapt into the crowd, shouting
Acts 14:15 kai\ le/gontej, 871Andrej, ti/ tau=ta poiei=te; Kai\ h9mei=j o9moiopaqei=j e0smen u9mi=n a!nqrwpoi, eu0aggelizo/menoi u9ma~j a)po\ tou/twn tw~n matai/wn e0pistre/fein e0pi\ to\n qeo\n to\n zw~nta, o4j e0poi/hsen to\n ou0rano\n kai\ th\n gh=n kai\ th\n qa&lassan kai\ pa&nta ta_ e0n au0toi=j: and saying, “Men, why are you doing these things? We too are men with similar feelings to you, preaching the gospel to you, that you should turn from these vain things to the living God, who made heaven and earth and the sea and everything that is in them,
Acts 14:16 o4j e0n tai=j parw%xhme/naij geneai=j ei1asen pa&nta ta_ e1qnh poreu/esqai tai=j o9doi=j au0tw~n. who in past generations allowed all the Gentiles to go their own ways.
Acts 14:17 Kai/toige ou0k a)ma&rturon e9auto\n a)fh=ken a)gaqopoiw~n, ou0rano/qen {RP P1904: u9mi=n} [TR: h9mi=n] u9etou\j didou\j kai\ kairou\j karpofo/rouj, e0mpiplw~n trofh=j kai\ eu0frosu/nhj ta_j kardi/aj {RP TR: h9mw~n} [P1904: u9mw~n]. And yet he did not leave himself without a witness, doing good, giving rains from the sky and fruit-bearing seasons to {RP P1904: you} [TR: us], filling {RP TR: our} [P1904: your] hearts with food and gladness.” u9mi=n, to you, RP P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. h9mi=n, to us, TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ap). AV differs textually.
h9mw~n, our, RP TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's aeghm) vs. u9mw~n, your, P1904 F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's bcfklop). A weak disparity with RP, R=6:8.
the sky: or heaven.
Acts 14:18 Kai\ tau=ta le/gontej, mo/lij kate/pausan tou\j o1xlouj tou= mh\ qu/ein au0toi=j. And in saying these things they only just stopped the crowds sacrificing to them. only just ← scarcely, with difficulty.
Acts 14:19 {RP P1904 TR: 870Eph=lqon de\} [MISC: Diatribo/ntwn de\ au0tw~n kai\ didasko/ntwn e0ph=lqon] a)po\ 870Antioxei/aj kai\ 870Ikoni/ou 870Ioudai=oi, kai\ pei/santej tou\j o1xlouj, kai\ liqa&santej to\n Pau=lon, {RP TR: e1suron} [P1904: e1suran] e1cw th=j po/lewj, nomi/santej au0to\n teqna&nai. {RP P1904 TR: Then} [MISC: As they were spending time there and were teaching,] some Jews arrived from Antioch and Iconium, and they persuaded the crowds otherwise, and they stoned Paul and dragged him outside the city, thinking he had died. e0ph=lqon de\, and (Jews) arrived, RP P1904 TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's ceghl) vs. diatribo/ntwn de\ au0tw~n kai\ didasko/ntwn e0ph=lqon, as they were spending time and were teaching, (Jews) arrived, F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's abfkmop, with a minor variation in p). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:7.
e1suron, they were dragging, RP TR F1859=9/12 vs. e1suran, they dragged, P1904 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's bho).
thinking ← having thought. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 14:20 Kuklwsa&ntwn de\ au0to\n tw~n maqhtw~n, a)nasta_j ei0sh=lqen ei0j th\n po/lin: kai\ th|= e0pau/rion e0ch=lqen su\n tw%~ Barna&ba% ei0j De/rbhn. But the disciples gathered round him, and he got up and went to the city, and on the next day he departed with Barnabas to Derbe.
Acts 14:21 Eu0aggelisa&menoi/ te th\n po/lin e0kei/nhn, kai\ maqhteu/santej i9kanou/j, u9pe/streyan ei0j th\n Lu/stran kai\ 870Iko/nion kai\ 870Antio/xeian, And they preached the gospel to that city, and when they had made a considerable number of disciples, they returned to Lystra and Iconium and Antioch. a considerable number ← sufficient, plenty.
Acts 14:22 e0pisthri/zontej ta_j yuxa_j tw~n maqhtw~n, parakalou=ntej e0mme/nein th|= pi/stei, kai\ o3ti dia_ pollw~n qli/yewn dei= h9ma~j ei0selqei=n ei0j th\n basilei/an tou= qeou=. And they boosted the morale of the disciples and encouraged them to remain in the faith and said, “We must go through many tribulations into the kingdom of God.” Punctuation: we introduce direct speech here, because the use of first person in dei= h9ma~j, we must. Otherwise, the author Luke is including himself in indirect speech, which is not typical of the style of this part of the book; Luke usually remains aloof (though this changes at Acts 20).
boosted the morale ← upheld the souls.
Acts 14:23 Xeirotonh/santej de\ au0toi=j presbute/rouj kat' e0kklhsi/an {RP TR: ,} [P1904: kai\] proseuca&menoi meta_ nhsteiw~n, pare/qento au0tou\j tw%~ kuri/w% ei0j o4n {RP TR: pepisteu/keisan} [P1904: pepisteu/kasi]. And they appointed them elders in each church, and after praying with fastings, they committed them to the Lord in whom they had believed. kai\, and: absent in RP TR F1859=10/12 vs. present in P1904 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's cf).
pepisteu/keisan, they had believed, RP TR F1859=10/12 vs. pepisteu/kasi, they have believed, P1904 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ce).
appointed ← elected (so by voting, not by lot).
church: see Matt 16:18.
Acts 14:24 Kai\ dielqo/ntej th\n Pisidi/an h]lqon ei0j Pamfuli/an. And they passed through Pisidia and came to Pamphylia.
Acts 14:25 Kai\ lalh/santej e0n Pe/rgh| to\n lo/gon, kate/bhsan ei0j 870Atta&leian: And they spoke the word in Perga and went down to Attalia.
Acts 14:26 ka)kei=qen a)pe/pleusan ei0j 870Antio/xeian, o3qen h]san paradedome/noi th|= xa&riti tou= qeou= ei0j to\ e1rgon o4 e0plh/rwsan. And from there they sailed off to Antioch, from where they had been committed to the grace of God for the work which they fulfilled. committed ← delivered. AV differs, to modern ears at least (recommended).
Acts 14:27 Parageno/menoi de\ kai\ sunagago/ntej th\n e0kklhsi/an, a)nh/ggeilan o3sa e0poi/hsen o9 qeo\j met' au0tw~n, kai\ o3ti h1noicen toi=j e1qnesin qu/ran pi/stewj. And when they had arrived and gathered the church, they reported on all the things that God had done with them and on the fact that he had opened a door of faith to the Gentiles. church: see Matt 16:18.
Acts 14:28 Die/tribon de\ e0kei= xro/non ou0k o0li/gon su\n toi=j maqhtai=j. Then they spent no inconsiderable time there with the disciples.
Acts 15:1 Kai/ tinej katelqo/ntej a)po\ th=j 870Ioudai/aj, e0di/daskon tou\j a)delfou\j o3ti 870Ea_n mh\ perite/mnhsqe tw%~ e1qei Mwu+se/wj, ou0 du/nasqe swqh=nai. And certain men came down from Judaea and were teaching the brothers as follows: “Unless you are circumcised in the custom of Moses, you cannot be saved.” as follows ← that. Our translation brings out the fact that the teaching is not endorsed by the writer (Luke).
Acts 15:2 Genome/nhj ou]n sta&sewj kai\ {RP P1904: zhth/sewj} [TR: suzhth/sewj] ou0k o0li/ghj tw%~ Pau/lw% kai\ tw%~ Barna&ba% pro\j au0tou/j, e1tacan a)nabai/nein Pau=lon kai\ Barna&ban kai/ tinaj a!llouj e0c au0tw~n pro\j tou\j a)posto/louj kai\ presbute/rouj ei0j 879Ierousalh\m peri\ tou= zhth/matoj tou/tou. So with a not insignificant standpoint and argument with Paul and Barnabas having arisen against them, they arranged for Paul and Barnabas and some others of their company to go up to the apostles and elders in Jerusalem concerning this dispute. zhth/sewj, dispute (1), RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. suzhth/sewj, dispute (2), TR F1859=0/13.
standpoint: or dissension.
arisen ← taken place.
their company ← them.
in ← to.
Acts 15:3 Oi9 me\n ou]n, propemfqe/ntej u9po\ th=j e0kklhsi/aj, dih/rxonto th\n Foini/khn kai\ Sama&reian, e0kdihgou/menoi th\n e0pistrofh\n tw~n e0qnw~n: kai\ e0poi/oun xara_n mega&lhn pa~sin toi=j a)delfoi=j. So they were seen off on their way by the church, and they went through Phoenicia and Samaria, relating the conversion of the Gentiles in detail, and they gave great joy to all the brothers. church: see Matt 16:18.
Phoenicia: AV= Phenice.
gave ← made.
Acts 15:4 Parageno/menoi de\ ei0j 879Ierousalh/m, a)pede/xqhsan u9po\ th=j e0kklhsi/aj kai\ tw~n a)posto/lwn kai\ tw~n presbute/rwn, a)nh/ggeila&n te o3sa o9 qeo\j e0poi/hsen met' au0tw~n {RP TR: - } [P1904: , kai\ o3ti h1noice toi=j e1qnesi qu/ran pi/stewj]. And when they arrived in Jerusalem, they were received favourably by the church and the apostles and the elders, and they reported on all the things God had done with them {RP TR: - } [P1904: and the fact that he had opened a door of faith to the Gentiles]. kai\ o3ti h1noice toi=j e1qnesi qu/ran pi/stewj, and that he had opened a door of faith to the Gentiles: absent in RP TR F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's chklmop) vs. present in P1904 F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's abdefg). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
in ← to.
church: see Matt 16:18.
Acts 15:5 870Ecane/sthsan de/ tinej tw~n a)po\ th=j ai9re/sewj tw~n Farisai/wn pepisteuko/tej, le/gontej o3ti Dei= perite/mnein au0tou/j, paragge/llein te threi=n to\n no/mon Mwu+se/wj. Then some of the sect of the Pharisees, believers, stood up, saying, “It is necessary to circumcise them and to command them to keep the law of Moses.” believers ← having believed.
stood up: e.g. from one's seat, not necessarily hostilely.
Acts 15:6 Sunh/xqhsan de\ oi9 a)po/stoloi kai\ oi9 presbu/teroi i0dei=n peri\ tou= lo/gou tou/tou. Then the apostles and elders gathered together to look into this matter. into ← concerning.
Acts 15:7 Pollh=j de\ suzhth/sewj genome/nhj, a)nasta_j Pe/troj ei]pen pro\j au0tou/j, 871Andrej a)delfoi/, u9mei=j e0pi/stasqe o3ti a)f' h9merw~n a)rxai/wn o9 qeo\j e0n h9mi=n e0cele/cato, dia_ tou= sto/mato/j mou a)kou=sai ta_ e1qnh to\n lo/gon tou= eu0aggeli/ou, kai\ pisteu=sai. And after much disputing had taken place, Peter stood up and said to them, “Men and brothers, you understand that from early days God made a choice among us that the Gentiles should hear the word of the gospel through my mouth and believe. early ← old, ancient.
Acts 15:8 Kai\ o9 kardiognw&sthj qeo\j e0martu/rhsen au0toi=j, dou\j au0toi=j to\ pneu=ma to\ a#gion, kaqw_j kai\ h9mi=n: And God, who knows our hearts, witnessed to them by giving them the holy spirit, as he also did to us, by giving: gerundial use of the participle.
Acts 15:9 kai\ ou0de\n die/krinen metacu\ h9mw~n te kai\ au0tw~n, th|= pi/stei kaqari/saj ta_j kardi/aj au0tw~n. and he did not discriminate between us and them in any respect, and he purified their hearts by faith.
Acts 15:10 Nu=n ou]n ti/ peira&zete to\n qeo/n, e0piqei=nai zugo\n e0pi\ to\n tra&xhlon tw~n maqhtw~n, o4n ou1te oi9 pate/rej h9mw~n ou1te h9mei=j i0sxu/samen basta&sai; So now, why are you putting God to the test, by putting a yoke on the disciples' neck, which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear?
Acts 15:11 870Alla_ dia_ th=j xa&ritoj {RP P1904: tou=} [TR: - ] kuri/ou 870Ihsou= {RP P1904: - } [TR: xristou=] pisteu/omen swqh=nai, kaq' o4n tro/pon ka)kei=noi. But it is by the grace of {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] Lord Jesus {RP P1904: - } [TR: Christ] that we believe that we have been saved in the same way that they do.” tou=, (of) the: present in RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ce).
xristou=, (of ...) Christ: absent in RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. present in TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's am). AV differs textually.
that they do ← also those. One could read that they have (been saved).
Acts 15:12 870Esi/ghsen de\ pa~n to\ plh=qoj, kai\ h1kouon Barna&ba kai\ Pau/lou e0chgoume/nwn o3sa e0poi/hsen o9 qeo\j shmei=a kai\ te/rata e0n toi=j e1qnesin di' au0tw~n. And the whole company went silent and heard Barnabas and Paul relating in detail all the signs and miracles which God had performed among the Gentiles through them. company ← multitude.
Acts 15:13 Meta_ de\ to\ sigh=sai au0tou/j, a)pekri/qh 870Ia&kwboj le/gwn, 871Andrej a)delfoi/, a)kou/sate/ mou: And after they had become silent, James answered and said, “Men and brothers, listen to me.
Acts 15:14 Sumew_n e0chgh/sato kaqw_j prw~ton o9 qeo\j e0peske/yato labei=n e0c e0qnw~n lao\n e0pi\ tw%~ o0no/mati au0tou=. Simeon has described how God first deigned to take a people out of the Gentiles in his name. Simeon: AV differs (Simon), which could be the intention, but this would be a unique case of such a spelling for Simon except 2 Pet 1:1, and see Acts 13:1.
deigned ← observed, visited, meditated.
Acts 15:15 Kai\ tou/tw% sumfwnou=sin oi9 lo/goi tw~n profhtw~n, kaqw_j ge/graptai, And the words of the prophets agree with this, as it stands written:
Acts 15:16 Meta_ tau=ta a)nastre/yw, kai\ a)noikodomh/sw th\n skhnh\n {RP P1904: Daui\d} [TR: Dabi\d] th\n peptwkui=an: kai\ ta_ kateskamme/na au0th=j a)noikodomh/sw, kai\ a)norqw&sw au0th/n:

‘After these things I will return

And build up the tabernacle of David,

Which has fallen down,

And I will rebuild its ruins and restore it,

 David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Amos 9:11.
which has fallen down: our italicization here indicates the supplying of a finite verb, not a tense change, aorist to perfect, as might be suspected. See the Introduction.
Acts 15:17 o3pwj a@n e0kzhth/swsin oi9 kata&loipoi tw~n a)nqrw&pwn to\n ku/rion, kai\ pa&nta ta_ e1qnh, e0f' ou4j e0pike/klhtai to\ o1noma& mou e0p' au0tou/j, le/gei ku/rioj o9 poiw~n tau=ta pa&nta.

In order that the rest of men might seek out the Lord,

Including all the Gentiles

Who are called after my name,

Says the Lord,

Who does all these things.’

 Amos 9:12, but apparently adapted somewhat (not that that need be a problem).
including ← and.
who are called after my name ← on whom my name has been called. See James 2:7.
Acts 15:18 Gnwsta_ a)p' ai0w~no/j e0stin tw%~ qew%~ pa&nta ta_ e1rga au0tou=. All his works have been known to God since the beginning of time. since the beginning of time ← from an age, or since old time.
Acts 15:19 Dio\ e0gw_ kri/nw mh\ parenoxlei=n toi=j a)po\ tw~n e0qnw~n e0pistre/fousin e0pi\ to\n qeo/n: Therefore I judge that we should not trouble those Gentiles who are turning to God, Gentiles ← of the Gentiles.
turning: or returning.
Acts 15:20 a)lla_ e0pistei=lai au0toi=j tou= a)pe/xesqai a)po\ tw~n a)lisghma&twn tw~n ei0dw&lwn kai\ th=j pornei/aj kai\ tou= pniktou= kai\ tou= ai3matoj. but should write to them to refrain from the polluted accompaniments of the idols, and from fornication, and anything strangled, and from blood. write ← write a letter, the Greek verb being cognate with epistle, the noun occurring in Acts 15:30.
Acts 15:21 {RP P1904: Mwu+sh=j} [TR: Mwsh=j] ga_r e0k genew~n a)rxai/wn kata_ po/lin tou\j khru/ssontaj au0to\n e1xei, e0n tai=j sunagwgai=j kata_ pa~n sa&bbaton a)naginwsko/menoj. For Moses from early generations has had those who preach him in various cities, he being read every Sabbath in the synagogues.” Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. Mwsh=j, Moses, TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's egh).
early ← old.
Acts 15:22 To/te e1docen toi=j a)posto/loij kai\ toi=j presbute/roij su\n o3lh| th|= e0kklhsi/a%, e0klecame/nouj a!ndraj e0c au0tw~n pe/myai ei0j 870Antio/xeian su\n {RP: - } [P1904 TR: tw%~] Pau/lw% kai\ Barna&ba%, 870Iou/dan to\n e0pikalou/menon {RP-text P1904: Barsabba~n} [RP-marg TR: Barsaba~n], kai\ Si/lan, a!ndraj h9goume/nouj e0n toi=j a)delfoi=j, Then the apostles and the elders with all the church decided to send some men selected from among them to Antioch with Paul and Barnabas: Judas who is surnamed Barsabbas, and Silas – leading men among the brothers. tw%~, (to) the (Paul): absent in RP F1859=9/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's acep).
Barsabba~n, Barsabbas, RP-text P1904 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's bemp) vs. Barsaba~n, Barsabas, RP-marg TR F1859=9/13. A disparity with RP-text, R=5:10.
church: see Matt 16:18.
selected: middle voice for passive (otherwise, it is men who have selected). The middle voice may give a sense of voluntariness; compare 1 Cor 10:2.
Acts 15:23 gra&yantej dia_ xeiro\j au0tw~n ta&de, Oi9 a)po/stoloi kai\ oi9 presbu/teroi kai\ oi9 a)delfoi\ toi=j kata_ th\n 870Antio/xeian kai\ Suri/an kai\ Kiliki/an a)delfoi=j toi=j e0c e0qnw~n, xai/rein: They wrote as follows, to be taken by hand personally: “From the apostles and the elders and the brothers to the Gentile brothers throughout Antioch and Syria and Cilicia, greetings. as follows ← these (things).
by hand personally ← through their hand. AV differs (by them).
Gentile ← of (the) Gentiles.
Acts 15:24 e0peidh\ h0kou/samen o3ti tine\j e0c h9mw~n e0celqo/ntej e0ta&racan u9ma~j lo/goij, a)naskeua&zontej ta_j yuxa_j u9mw~n, le/gontej perite/mnesqai kai\ threi=n to\n no/mon, oi[j ou0 diesteila&meqa: In view of the fact that we have heard that some of us have gone out and disturbed you with words, upsetting your spiritual condition, telling you to be circumcised and to keep the law, to whom we have given no such instructions, spiritual condition ← souls.
Acts 15:25 e1docen h9mi=n genome/noij o9moqumado/n, e0klecame/nouj a!ndraj pe/myai pro\j u9ma~j, su\n toi=j a)gaphtoi=j h9mw~n Barna&ba% kai\ Pau/lw%, we, reaching unanimity, have decided to send some selected men to you with our beloved Barnabas and Paul, reaching unanimity ← having become unanimous.
selected: see Acts 15:22.
Acts 15:26 a)nqrw&poij paradedwko/sin ta_j yuxa_j au0tw~n u9pe\r tou= o0no/matoj tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=. who are men who have committed themselves to the cause of the name of our Lord Jesus Christ. who have committed themselves ← who have delivered their souls. The grammatical reference is to Barnabas and Paul, not the “selected men”.
Acts 15:27 870Apesta&lkamen ou]n 870Iou/dan kai\ Si/lan, kai\ au0tou\j dia_ lo/gou a)pagge/llontaj ta_ au0ta&. So we have sent Judas and Silas with them to report on the same things verbally. with ← and.
to report ← reporting, but probably replacing a classical future participle of purpose. See Matt 20:20.
verbally ← through a word.
Acts 15:28 871Edocen ga_r tw%~ a(gi/w% pneu/mati, kai\ h9mi=n, mhde\n ple/on e0piti/qesqai u9mi=n ba&roj, plh\n tw~n e0pa&nagkej tou/twn, For it seemed good to the holy spirit and to us not to lay anything heavier on you except these necessary things: anything heavier ← any more weight.
necessary ← necessarily.
Acts 15:29 a)pe/xesqai ei0dwloqu/twn kai\ ai3matoj kai\ pniktou= kai\ pornei/aj: e0c w{n diathrou=ntej e9autou/j, eu] pra&cete. 871Errwsqe. to refrain from things sacrificed to idols, and blood, and anything strangled, and fornication. If you keep yourselves from these things, you will be doing well. May you be strong.” if: conditional use of the participle.
may you be strong ← be strong, actually a perfect imperative passive.
Acts 15:30 Oi9 me\n ou]n a)poluqe/ntej h]lqon ei0j 870Antio/xeian: kai\ sunagago/ntej to\ plh=qoj, e0pe/dwkan th\n e0pistolh/n. So these were sent on their way, and they came to Antioch, and when they had gathered the group together, they handed over the epistle. group ← multitude.
Acts 15:31 870Anagno/ntej de/, e0xa&rhsan e0pi\ th|= paraklh/sei. And when they had read it, they rejoiced over the encouragement.
Acts 15:32 870Iou/daj {RP P1904 S1550: te} [E1624 S1894: de\] kai\ Si/laj, kai\ au0toi\ profh=tai o1ntej, dia_ lo/gou pollou= pareka&lesan tou\j a)delfou/j, kai\ e0pesth/rican. And Judas and Silas, also being prophets themselves, encouraged and invigorated the brothers with many words. te, and, RP P1904 S1550 F1859=13/13 (incl. e(tacite)) vs. de\, and / but, E1624 S1894 F1859=0/13.
many words ← much word, speech.
Acts 15:33 Poih/santej de\ xro/non, a)pelu/qhsan met' ei0rh/nhj a)po\ tw~n a)delfw~n pro\j tou\j a)posto/louj. And when they had spent some time there, they were sent on their way with peace from the brothers to the apostles.
Acts 15:34 {RP: - } [P1904 TR: 871Edoce de\ tw%~ Si/la% e0pimei=nai au0tou=.] {RP: - } [P1904 TR: But Silas decided to stay on there.] e1doce de\ tw%~ Si/la% e0pimei=nai au0tou=, But Silas decided to stay on there: absent in RP F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's cdghlmp) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's abefko). A weak disparity with RP, R=7:8. AV differs textually.
Acts 15:35 Pau=loj de\ kai\ Barna&baj die/tribon e0n 870Antioxei/a%, dida&skontej kai\ eu0aggelizo/menoi, meta_ kai\ e9te/rwn pollw~n, to\n lo/gon tou= kuri/ou. Then Paul and Barnabas spent time in Antioch, teaching and preaching the gospel, with many others also, the word of the Lord.
Acts 15:36 Meta_ de/ tinaj h9me/raj ei]pen Pau=loj pro\j Barna&ban, 870Epistre/yantej dh\ e0piskeyw&meqa tou\j a)delfou\j h9mw~n kata_ pa~san po/lin, e0n ai[j kathggei/lamen to\n lo/gon tou= kuri/ou, pw~j e1xousin. And after several days Paul said to Barnabas, “Now then, let us return and visit our brothers in every city in which we declared the word of the Lord and see how they are.” how they are ← how they have. Idiomatic use of to have with an adverb.
Acts 15:37 Barna&baj de\ e0bouleu/sato sumparalabei=n to\n 870Iwa&nnhn, to\n {RP TR: kalou/menon} [P1904: e0pikalou/menon] Ma&rkon. And Barnabas had resolved to take John who was {RP TR: called} [P1904: surnamed] Mark with him, kalou/menon, named, called, RP TR F1859=9/13 vs. e0pikalou/menon, surnamed; nicknamed, P1904 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's cdkp).
Acts 15:38 Pau=loj de\ h0ci/ou, to\n a)posta&nta a)p' au0tw~n a)po\ Pamfuli/aj, kai\ mh\ sunelqo/nta au0toi=j ei0j to\ e1rgon, mh\ sumparalabei=n tou=ton. but Paul did not think it proper that they should take this man with them, who had deserted them in Pamphylia and had not accompanied them for the work. did not think it proper that they should ← thought it worthy not to.
in ← from.
The reference is to Acts 13:13.
Acts 15:39 870Ege/neto ou]n parocusmo/j, w#ste a)poxwrisqh=nai au0tou\j a)p' a)llh/lwn, to/n te Barna&ban paralabo/nta to\n Ma&rkon e0kpleu=sai ei0j Ku/pron: So a bitter dispute arose, with the result that they took leave of each other, and that Barnabas took Mark with him to sail off to Cyprus.
Acts 15:40 Pau=loj de\ e0pileca&menoj Si/lan e0ch=lqen, paradoqei\j th|= xa&riti tou= qeou= u9po\ tw~n a)delfw~n. And Paul chose Silas and departed, after being committed to the grace of God by the brothers.
Acts 15:41 Dih/rxeto de\ th\n Suri/an kai\ Kiliki/an, e0pisthri/zwn ta_j e0kklhsi/aj. And he crossed through Syria and Cilicia, invigorating the churches. churches: see Matt 16:18.
Acts 16:1 Kath/nthsen de\ ei0j De/rbhn kai\ Lu/stran: kai\ i0dou/, maqhth/j tij h]n e0kei=, o0no/mati Timo/qeoj, ui9o\j gunaiko/j tinoj 870Ioudai/aj pisth=j, patro\j de\ 873Ellhnoj: And he arrived in Derbe and Lystra, where there was a certain disciple by the name of Timothy, the son of a certain Jewish woman, who was a believer, and a Greek father, where there was ← and behold, there was there.
Acts 16:2 o4j e0marturei=to u9po\ tw~n e0n Lu/stroij kai\ 870Ikoni/w% a)delfw~n. and he was highly regarded by the brothers in Lystra and Iconium. highly regarded ← attested.
Acts 16:3 Tou=ton h0qe/lhsen o9 Pau=loj su\n au0tw%~ e0celqei=n, kai\ labw_n perie/temen au0to/n, dia_ tou\j 870Ioudai/ouj tou\j o1ntaj e0n toi=j to/poij e0kei/noij: h|1deisan ga_r a#pantej to\n pate/ra au0tou=, o3ti 873Ellhn u9ph=rxen. Paul wanted him to come along with him, and he took him and circumcised him on account of the Jews who were in those places, for they all knew that his father was a Greek. him ← this (man).
along ← out.
was: in classical grammar, the meaning is had been, but that seems unlikely here. See Acts 6:1.
Acts 16:4 879Wj de\ dieporeu/onto ta_j po/leij, paredi/doun au0toi=j fula&ssein ta_ do/gmata ta_ kekrime/na u9po\ tw~n a)posto/lwn kai\ tw~n {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: presbute/rwn} [E1624: presbupe/rwn] tw~n e0n 879Ierousalh/m. And as they went through the cities, they delivered decrees to them, to keep, which had been issued by the apostles and the elders in Jerusalem. presbute/rwn, elders, RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=13/13 vs. presbupe/rwn, elders (misspelled), E1624 F1859=0/13. Scrivener does not give variants, which there would surely be if his edition of Elzevir read as ours does, so we assume his edition of Elzevir contains presbute/rwn.
issued ← judged.
Acts 16:5 Ai9 me\n ou]n e0kklhsi/ai e0stereou=nto th|= pi/stei, kai\ e0peri/sseuon tw%~ a)riqmw%~ kaq' h9me/ran. So the churches were consolidated in the faith, and they increased in number daily. churches: see Matt 16:18.
increased ← were abounding.
Acts 16:6 Dielqo/ntej de\ th\n Frugi/an kai\ th\n Galatikh\n xw&ran, kwluqe/ntej u9po\ tou= a(gi/ou pneu/matoj lalh=sai to\n lo/gon e0n th|= 870Asi/a%, But as they passed through Phrygia and the Galatian region, they were prevented by the holy spirit from speaking the word in Asia,
Acts 16:7 e0lqo/ntej kata_ th\n Musi/an e0pei/razon kata_ th\n Biquni/an poreu/esqai: kai\ ou0k ei1asen au0tou\j to\ pneu=ma: and they came down to Mysia, and they attempted to go down to Bithynia, but the spirit did not allow them, but: adversative use of kai/.
Acts 16:8 parelqo/ntej de\ th\n Musi/an kate/bhsan ei0j Trw%a&da. and by-passing Mysia they went down to Troas.
Acts 16:9 Kai\ o3rama dia_ th=j nukto\j w!fqh tw%~ Pau/lw%: a)nh/r tij h]n Makedw_n e9stw&j, parakalw~n au0to\n kai\ le/gwn, Diaba_j ei0j Makedoni/an, boh/qhson h9mi=n. Then a vision appeared in the night to Paul – a certain Macedonian man was standing and calling on him and saying, “Cross into Macedonia and help us.” cross: imperatival use of the participle.
Acts 16:10 879Wj de\ to\ o3rama ei]den, eu0qe/wj e0zhth/samen e0celqei=n ei0j th\n Makedoni/an, sumbiba&zontej o3ti proske/klhtai h9ma~j o9 ku/rioj eu0aggeli/sasqai au0tou/j. And when he had seen the vision, we immediately tried to depart for Macedonia, deducing that the Lord had called on us to preach the gospel to them. called on ← called on beforehand. Middle voice.
Acts 16:11 870Anaxqe/ntej ou]n a)po\ th=j Trw%a&doj, eu0qudromh/samen ei0j Samoqra%&khn, th|= {RP TR: te} [P1904: de\] e0piou/sh| ei0j Nea&polin, So we set sail from Troas and had a straight voyage to Samothrace, and the next day to Neapolis. te, and, RP TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's defghl) vs. de\, and / but, P1904 F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's abckmop). A weak disparity with RP, R=7:8.
Acts 16:12 e0kei=qe/n te ei0j Fili/ppouj, h3tij e0sti\n prw&th th=j meri/doj th=j Makedoni/aj po/lij, {RP: kolwnei/a} [P1904 TR: kolwni/a]: h]men de\ e0n {RP P1904: au0th|=} [TR: tau/th|] th|= po/lei diatri/bontej h9me/raj tina&j. And from there to Philippi, which is the first city of the district of Macedonia, a Roman colony, and we were in {RP P1904: the city itself} [TR: this city] spending time there for several days. kolwnei/a, colony (1), RP P1904 F1859=7/14 (Scrivener's bcdeghp**) vs. kolwni/a, colony (2), TR F1859=4/14 (Scrivener's flmo) vs. kwlwnei/a, colony (3), F1859=3/14 (Scrivener's akp*).
au0th|=, itself, RP F1859=8/13 vs. tau/th|, this, P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's abkop). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
Roman colony: the Greek is from the Latin word colonia.
Acts 16:13 Th|= te h9me/ra% tw~n sabba&twn e0ch/lqomen e1cw th=j po/lewj para_ potamo/n, ou[ e0nomi/zeto proseuxh\ ei]nai, kai\ kaqi/santej e0lalou=men tai=j sunelqou/saij gunaici/n. And on the Sabbath day we went out of the city along the river where prayer was customarily held, and we sat down and spoke to the women who were gathered there.
Acts 16:14 Kai/ tij gunh\ o0no/mati Ludi/a, porfuro/pwlij po/lewj Quatei/rwn, sebome/nh to\n qeo/n, h1kouen: h[j o9 ku/rioj dih/noicen th\n kardi/an, prose/xein toi=j laloume/noij u9po\ tou= Pau/lou. And a certain woman by the name of Lydia was listening, a seller of purple cloth, of the city of Thyatira, who worshipped God, whose heart the Lord had opened to pay heed to the things spoken by Paul.
Acts 16:15 879Wj de\ e0bapti/sqh, kai\ o9 oi]koj au0th=j, pareka&lesen le/gousa, Ei0 kekri/kate/ me pisth\n tw%~ kuri/w% ei]nai, ei0selqo/ntej ei0j to\n oi]ko/n mou, mei/nate. Kai\ parebia&sato h9ma~j. And when she had been baptized, along with her household, she invited us, saying, “If you have judged me to be faithful to the Lord, come and stay in my house.” And she urged us to do so. invited: or, more strongly, appealed to, pleaded with.
come: imperatival use of the participle.
Acts 16:16 870Ege/neto de\ poreuome/nwn h9mw~n ei0j proseuxh/n, paidi/skhn tina_ e1xousan pneu=ma Pu/qwnoj a)panth=sai h9mi=n, h3tij e0rgasi/an pollh\n parei=xen toi=j kuri/oij au0th=j, manteuome/nh. And it came to pass as we were going to prayer that a certain girl who was possessed by a soothsaying spirit met us, and who provided her masters with much business by soothsaying. was possessed by ← having.
a soothsaying spirit ← a spirit of Python. Python was a mythological serpent destroyed by Apollo in the shrine of the oracle at Delphi.
by soothsaying: gerundial use of the participle.
Acts 16:17 Au3th katakolouqh/sasa tw%~ Pau/lw% kai\ {RP-text TR: h9mi=n} [RP-marg P1904: tw%~ Si/la%], e1krazen le/gousa, Ou[toi oi9 a!nqrwpoi dou=loi tou= qeou= tou= u9yi/stou ei0si/n, oi3tinej katagge/llousin {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: h9mi=n} [E1624: u9mi=n] o9do\n swthri/aj. She followed Paul and {RP-text TR: us} [RP-marg P1904: Silas] persistently and kept shouting out, “These men are servants of the Most High God, and they will declare the way of salvation to {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: us} [E1624: you].” h9mi=n, (followed) us, RP-text TR F1859=12/13 vs. tw%~ Si/la%, (followed) Silas, RP-marg P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's h).
h9mi=n, to us, RP P1904 S1550 S1894: F1859=10/13 (incl. c(tacite)e(tacite)) vs. u9mi=n, to you, E1624 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's abo).
she ← this (woman).
kept shouting out ← was shouting out, saying, iterative imperfect.
Acts 16:18 Tou=to de\ e0poi/ei e0pi\ polla_j h9me/raj. Diaponhqei\j de\ o9 Pau=loj, kai\ e0pistre/yaj, tw%~ pneu/mati ei]pen, Paragge/llw soi e0n tw%~ o0no/mati 870Ihsou= xristou=, e0celqei=n a)p' au0th=j. Kai\ e0ch=lqen au0th|= th|= w#ra%. She kept doing this for many days. Paul, being worn out with annoyance, turned to the spirit and said, “I command you in the name of Jesus Christ to come out of her.” And it came out at that very hour. Punctuation: we, with P1904, take to the spirit with turned. RP TBS-TR AV take to the spirit with said. Both are possible. So AV differs.
kept doing: iterative imperfect.
Acts 16:19 870Ido/ntej de\ oi9 ku/rioi au0th=j o3ti e0ch=lqen h9 e0lpi\j th=j e0rgasi/aj au0tw~n, e0pilabo/menoi to\n Pau=lon kai\ to\n Si/lan, ei3lkusan ei0j th\n a)gora_n e0pi\ tou\j a!rxontaj, But when her masters saw that the mainstay of their business had come out, they laid hold of Paul and Silas and dragged them to the market place to the governors. mainstay ← hope.
Acts 16:20 kai\ prosagago/ntej au0tou\j toi=j strathgoi=j ei]pon, Ou[toi oi9 a!nqrwpoi e0ktara&ssousin h9mw~n th\n po/lin, 870Ioudai=oi u9pa&rxontej, And they led them to the magistrates and said, “These men are stirring up our city, and, being Jews, magistrates: also, especially classically, army generals, but classically and frequently in the papyri magistrates dealing with civil matters.
and: from kai\ in the next verse.
Acts 16:21 kai\ katagge/llousin e1qh a$ ou0k e1cestin h9mi=n parade/xesqai ou0de\ poiei=n, 879Rwmai/oij ou]sin. are declaring customs which we are not permitted to adopt or to do, since we are Romans.” since: causal use of the participle.
Acts 16:22 Kai\ sunepe/sth o9 o1xloj kat' au0tw~n, kai\ oi9 strathgoi\ perirrh/cantej au0tw~n ta_ i9ma&tia e0ke/leuon r(abdi/zein. And the crowd rose up against them together, and the magistrates tore their coats and ordered beating with rods. beating ← to beat.
Acts 16:23 Polla&j te e0piqe/ntej au0toi=j plhga_j e1balon ei0j fulakh/n, paraggei/lantej tw%~ desmofu/laki a)sfalw~j threi=n au0tou/j: And after inflicting many blows on them, they threw them in prison, ordering the prison guard to guard them securely, ordering ← having ordered. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 16:24 o3j, paraggeli/an toiau/thn ei0lhfw&j, e1balen au0tou\j ei0j th\n e0swte/ran fulakh/n, kai\ tou\j po/daj au0tw~n h0sfali/sato ei0j to\ cu/lon. and he accepted such a charge and put them in the innermost prison area and secured their feet in stocks. innermost ← inner.
in stocks ← to the wood.
Acts 16:25 Kata_ de\ to\ mesonu/ktion Pau=loj kai\ Si/laj proseuxo/menoi u3mnoun to\n qeo/n, e0phkrow~nto de\ au0tw~n oi9 de/smioi: Now at around midnight, Paul and Silas were praying and singing hymns to God, and the prisoners were listening to them,
Acts 16:26 a!fnw de\ seismo\j e0ge/neto me/gaj, w#ste saleuqh=nai ta_ qeme/lia tou= desmwthri/ou: a)new%&xqhsa&n te paraxrh=ma ai9 qu/rai pa~sai, kai\ pa&ntwn ta_ desma_ a)ne/qh. when suddenly a heavy earthquake took place, so that the foundations of the prison were shaken, and immediately all the doors were opened, and everyone's shackles became detached. heavy ← great.
Acts 16:27 871Ecupnoj de\ geno/menoj o9 desmofu/lac, kai\ i0dw_n a)new%gme/naj ta_j qu/raj th=j fulakh=j, spasa&menoj ma&xairan, e1mellen e9auto\n a)nairei=n, nomi/zwn e0kpefeuge/nai tou\j desmi/ouj. The prison guard was awoken from his sleep, and when he saw that the doors of the prison were open, he drew his sword and was going to kill himself, thinking that the prisoners had escaped. was ← having become.
his: from the middle voice of drew.
Acts 16:28 870Efw&nhsen de\ fwnh|= mega&lh| o9 Pau=loj le/gwn, Mhde\n pra&ch|j seautw%~ kako/n: a#pantej ga&r e0smen e0nqa&de. But Paul shouted in a loud voice and said, “Don't do yourself any harm, for we are all here.”
Acts 16:29 Ai0th/saj de\ fw~ta ei0seph/dhsen, kai\ e1ntromoj geno/menoj prose/pesen tw%~ Pau/lw% kai\ tw%~ Si/la%, Then he asked for light and rushed in, and with trembling he fell down at Paul and Silas, light ← lights.
rushed ← leapt.
with trembling ← having become trembling.
Acts 16:30 kai\ proagagw_n au0tou\j e1cw e1fh, Ku/rioi, ti/ me dei= poiei=n i3na swqw~; and he led them out and said, “Gentlemen, what must I do to be saved?” led them out ← led them forward (to) outside.
Acts 16:31 Oi9 de\ ei]pon, Pi/steuson e0pi\ to\n ku/rion 870Ihsou=n xristo/n, kai\ swqh/sh| su\ kai\ o9 oi]ko/j sou. And they said, “Believe in the Lord Jesus Christ, and you and your household will be saved.”
Acts 16:32 Kai\ e0la&lhsan au0tw%~ to\n lo/gon tou= kuri/ou, kai\ pa~sin toi=j e0n th|= oi0ki/a% au0tou=. And they spoke the word of the Lord to him and to all those in his house.
Acts 16:33 Kai\ paralabw_n au0tou\j e0n e0kei/nh| th|= w#ra% th=j nukto\j e1lousen a)po\ tw~n plhgw~n, kai\ e0bapti/sqh au0to\j kai\ oi9 au0tou= pa&ntej paraxrh=ma. Then he took them along at that hour of the night and washed their wounds, and he was immediately baptized, as were all those of his family . their wounds ← from their wounds.
Acts 16:34 870Anagagw&n te au0tou\j ei0j to\n oi]kon au0tou= pare/qhken tra&pezan, kai\ {RP P1904: h0gallia~to} [TR: h0gallia&sato] panoiki\ pepisteukw_j tw%~ qew%~. And he led them up to his house, and he served them a meal, and he rejoiced with all his household, having believed in God. h0gallia~to, was rejoicing, RP P1904 F1859=8/13 (Scrivener's bdegkhmo, but dk with rough breathing) vs. h0gallia&sato, rejoiced, TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's acflp).
meal ← table. Compare the English use of dish (metonymy of adjunct / subject).
Acts 16:35 879Hme/raj de\ genome/nhj, a)pe/steilan oi9 strathgoi\ tou\j r(abdou/xouj le/gontej, 870Apo/luson tou\j a)nqrw&pouj e0kei/nouj. After a day had passed, the magistrates sent the lictors and said, “Release those men.” lictors: attendants / bodyguards of magistrates, carrying rods of office.
Acts 16:36 870Aph/ggeilen de\ o9 desmofu/lac tou\j lo/gouj tou/touj pro\j to\n Pau=lon o3ti 870Apesta&lkasin oi9 strathgoi/, i3na a)poluqh=te: nu=n ou]n e0celqo/ntej poreu/esqe e0n ei0rh/nh|. And the prison guard reported these words to Paul as follows: “The magistrates have sent word that you should be released. So depart now and go in peace.” depart: imperatival use of the participle.
Acts 16:37 879O de\ Pau=loj e1fh pro\j au0tou/j, Dei/rantej h9ma~j dhmosi/a%, a)katakri/touj, a)nqrw&pouj 879Rwmai/ouj u9pa&rxontaj, e1balon ei0j fulakh/n, kai\ nu=n la&qra% h9ma~j e0kba&llousin; Ou0 ga&r: a)lla_ e0lqo/ntej au0toi\ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: h9ma~j] e0cagage/twsan. Then Paul said to them, “They flogged us when we were uncondemned, in public, although we are Roman citizens, and they threw us in prison. And now, are they going to expel us in secret? Not likely! Rather, let them come and conduct {RP: us} [P1904 TR: us] out themselves.” h9ma~j, us: absent in RP F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's ghl) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=10/13. A strong disparity with RP, R=3:12.
flogged ← flayed.
although: concessive use of the participle.
citizens ← men.
going to expel us ← expelling us.
Not likely!: English idiom (the Greek being idiomatic) for Certainly not!
come: imperatival use of the participle.
Acts 16:38 870Anh/ggeilan de\ toi=j strathgoi=j oi9 r(abdou=xoi ta_ r(h/mata tau=ta: kai\ e0fobh/qhsan a)kou/santej o3ti 879Rwmai=oi/ ei0sin, And the lictors reported these words to the magistrates, and they became afraid when they heard that they were Romans,
Acts 16:39 kai\ e0lqo/ntej pareka&lesan au0tou/j, kai\ e0cagago/ntej h0rw&twn e0celqei=n th=j po/lewj. and they came and apologized to them profusely, then they conducted them out and asked them to leave the city.
Acts 16:40 870Ecelqo/ntej de\ e0k th=j fulakh=j ei0sh=lqon {RP P1904: pro\j} [TR: ei0j] th\n Ludi/an: kai\ i0do/ntej tou\j a)delfou/j, pareka&lesan au0tou/j, kai\ e0ch=lqon. So they came out of the prison and went to Lydia's house, and they saw the brothers there and encouraged them, and they departed again. pro\j, to (1), RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. ei0j, to (2), TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's e).
Acts 17:1 Diodeu/santej de\ th\n 870Amfi/polin kai\ 870Apollwni/an, h]lqon ei0j Qessaloni/khn, o3pou h]n h9 sunagwgh\ tw~n 870Ioudai/wn: And they travelled through Amphipolis and Apollonia and came to Thessalonica, where there was a Jewish synagogue. a Jewish synagogue ← the synagogue of the Jews. See Gen 22:9.
Acts 17:2 kata_ de\ to\ ei0wqo\j tw%~ Pau/lw% ei0sh=lqen pro\j au0tou/j, kai\ e0pi\ sa&bbata tri/a {RP: diele/cato} [P1904 TR: diele/geto] au0toi=j a)po\ tw~n grafw~n, And in accordance with his custom, Paul went to them, and for three Sabbaths he debated with them from the scriptures, diele/cato, he discussed, RP F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's p) vs. diele/geto, he was discussing, P1904 TR F1859=11/13 vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's c). A strong disparity with RP, R=1:13.
in accordance with his custom, Paul ← in accordance with what was customary to Paul, he.
Acts 17:3 dianoi/gwn kai\ paratiqe/menoj, o3ti To\n xristo\n e1dei paqei=n kai\ a)nasth=nai e0k nekrw~n, kai\ o3ti Ou[to/j e0stin o9 xristo\j 870Ihsou=j, o4n e0gw_ katagge/llw u9mi=n. expounding and explaining as follows: “Christ had to suffer and rise from the dead”, and, “This is who the Christ is: Jesus, whom I declare to you.” as follows ← that, but o3ti is also a particle introducing direct speech.
Acts 17:4 Kai/ tinej e0c au0tw~n e0pei/sqhsan, kai\ proseklhrw&qhsan tw%~ Pau/lw% kai\ tw%~ Si/la%, tw~n te sebome/nwn 879Ellh/nwn polu\ plh=qoj, gunaikw~n te tw~n prw&twn ou0k o0li/gai. And some of them were persuaded and were assigned to Paul and Silas, as were a very large number of the devout Greeks and not an insignificant number of the leading women. assigned: or allotted, for care and teaching.
very large number ← much multitude.
an insignificant number ← few.
Acts 17:5 {RP P1904: Proslabo/menoi} [TR: Zhlw&santej] de\ {RP: oi9 870Ioudai=oi oi9 a)peiqou=ntej} [P1904 TR: oi9 a)peiqou=ntej 870Ioudai=oi], {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\ proslabo/menoi] tw~n a)gorai/wn tina_j a!ndraj ponhrou/j, kai\ o0xlopoih/santej, e0qoru/boun th\n po/lin: e0pista&ntej te th|= oi0ki/a% 870Ia&sonoj, e0zh/toun au0tou\j a)gagei=n ei0j to\n dh=mon. But the unbelieving Jews {RP P1904: - } [TR: were jealous and] recruited some good-for-nothing men from those who hang around the market area, and when they had collected a crowd, they brought the city into uproar and took a stand at Jason's house and tried to bring them to the people. proslabo/menoi, recruiting, RP P1904 F1859=8/13 (Scrivener's bdefghlo) vs. zhlw&santej, having been zealous, TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's ackmp). For witnesses to proslabo/menoi in another position, see below. AV differs textually.
oi9 870Ioudai=oi oi9 a)peiqou=ntej, the Jews + the unbelieving (ones), RP F1859=8/13 (Scrivener's adefghlm) vs. oi9 a)peiqou=ntej 870Ioudai=oi, the unbelieving Jews, P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's bko) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's c) vs. absence of a)peiqou=ntej, unbelieving, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's p).
kai\ proslabo/menoi, and recruiting: absent in RP P1904 F1859=9/13 (Scrivener's bdefghlmo) vs. present in TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's akp) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's c).
Acts 17:6 Mh\ eu9ro/ntej de\ au0tou/j, e1suron to\n 870Ia&sona kai/ tinaj a)delfou\j e0pi\ tou\j polita&rxaj, bow~ntej o3ti Oi9 th\n oi0koume/nhn a)nastatw&santej, ou[toi kai\ e0nqa&de pa&reisin, But as they did not find them, they dragged Jason and some brothers to the city rulers, shouting, “Those who have upset the world are these present right here, as: causal use of the participle.
right: the force of this word comes from kai\ and its unusual position.
Acts 17:7 ou4j u9pode/dektai 870Ia&swn: kai\ ou[toi pa&ntej a)pe/nanti tw~n dogma&twn Kai/saroj {RP P1904: pra&ssousin} [TR: pra&ttousi], basile/a {RP TR: le/gontej e3teron} [P1904: e3teron le/gontej] ei]nai, 870Ihsou=n. whom Jason has received as guests. And all these are doing things contrary to the decrees of Caesar, saying that there is another king – Jesus.” pra&ssousi¨n©, they are doing (1), RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. pra&ttousi¨n©, they are doing (2), TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m).
le/gontej e3teron, saying + (that there was) another, RP TR F1859=7/13 vs. e3teron le/gontej, another + saying (that there was), P1904 F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's acfhkp, p with smooth breathing). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
Acts 17:8 870Eta&racan de\ to\n o1xlon kai\ tou\j polita&rxaj a)kou/ontaj tau=ta. And they stirred up the crowd and the rulers of the city, who heard these things. who heard ← hearing. A translation of as they heard would reflect the contemporaneity, but it would leave an unwanted association they stirred up ... as they, the two theys being different.
Acts 17:9 Kai\ labo/ntej to\ i9kano\n para_ tou= 870Ia&sonoj kai\ tw~n loipw~n, a)pe/lusan au0tou/j. Then they took bail from Jason and the others, and they released them. bail ← the sufficient (thing). The meaning bail, security is common in the papyri [MM].
others ← rest.
Acts 17:10 Oi9 de\ a)delfoi\ eu0qe/wj dia_ th=j nukto\j e0ce/pemyan to/n te Pau=lon kai\ to\n Si/lan ei0j Be/roian: oi3tinej parageno/menoi ei0j th\n sunagwgh\n {RP P1904: a)ph|/esan tw~n 870Ioudai/wn} [TR: tw~n 870Ioudai/wn a)ph|/esan]. And the brothers immediately during the night sent Paul and Silas away to Berea, who, when they arrived, went to the Jews' synagogue. a)ph|/esan tw~n 870Ioudai/wn, went away + of the Jews, RP P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. tw~n 870Ioudai/wn a)ph|/esan, of the Jews + went away, TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's akmp).
Acts 17:11 Ou[toi de\ h]san eu0gene/steroi tw~n e0n Qessaloni/kh|, oi3tinej e0de/canto to\n lo/gon meta_ pa&shj proqumi/aj, to\ kaq' h9me/ran a)nakri/nontej ta_j grafa&j, ei0 e1xoi tau=ta ou3twj. Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, and they received the word with all readiness, closely examining the scriptures daily to see whether these things were so.
Acts 17:12 Polloi\ me\n ou]n e0c au0tw~n e0pi/steusan, kai\ tw~n 879Ellhni/dwn gunaikw~n tw~n eu0sxhmo/nwn kai\ a)ndrw~n ou0k o0li/goi. So many of them believed, as did not a few of the Greek women of high standing, and men.
Acts 17:13 879Wj de\ e1gnwsan oi9 a)po\ th=j Qessaloni/khj 870Ioudai=oi o3ti kai\ e0n th|= Beroi/a% kathgge/lh u9po\ tou= Pau/lou o9 lo/goj tou= qeou=, h]lqon ka)kei= saleu/ontej tou\j o1xlouj. But when the Jews from Thessalonica came to know that the word of God had also been declared in Berea by Paul, they came there too and stirred up the crowds.
Acts 17:14 Eu0qe/wj de\ to/te to\n Pau=lon e0cape/steilan oi9 a)delfoi\ poreu/esqai w(j e0pi\ th\n qa&lassan: u9pe/menon de\ o3 te Si/laj kai\ o9 Timo/qeoj e0kei=. And then immediately the brothers sent Paul out so that he could go in the direction of the sea. But both Silas and Timothy stayed there. so that he could go ← to go.
Acts 17:15 Oi9 de\ kaqistw~ntej to\n Pau=lon, h1gagon au0to\n e3wj 870Aqhnw~n: kai\ labo/ntej e0ntolh\n pro\j to\n Si/lan kai\ Timo/qeon, i3na w(j ta&xista e1lqwsin pro\j au0to/n, e0ch|/esan. And they conducted Paul and brought him to Athens, then having received an instruction for Silas and Timothy to come to him as quickly as possible, they departed. for ← to.
Acts 17:16 870En de\ tai=j 870Aqh/naij e0kdexome/nou au0tou\j tou= Pau/lou, parwcu/neto to\ pneu=ma au0tou= e0n au0tw%~, qewrou=nti katei/dwlon ou]san th\n po/lin. And in Athens, while Paul was waiting for them, his spirit in him was exasperated when he saw how the city was given to idolatry.
Acts 17:17 Diele/geto me\n ou]n e0n th|= sunagwgh|= toi=j 870Ioudai/oij kai\ toi=j sebome/noij, kai\ e0n th|= a)gora%~ kata_ pa~san h9me/ran pro\j tou\j paratugxa&nontaj. So he discussed with the Jews and devout people in the synagogue, and every day with those who happened to be around in the market place.
Acts 17:18 Tine\j de\ {RP: kai\} [P1904 TR: - ] tw~n 870Epikourei/wn kai\ tw~n {RP-text P1904: Stoi+kw~n} [RP-marg TR: Stwi+kw~n] filoso/fwn sune/ballon au0tw%~. Kai/ tinej e1legon, Ti/ a@n qe/loi o9 spermolo/goj ou[toj le/gein; Oi9 de/, Ce/nwn daimoni/wn dokei= kataggeleu\j ei]nai: o3ti to\n 870Ihsou=n kai\ th\n a)na&stasin {RP: eu0hggeli/zeto} [P1904: eu0hggeli/zeto au0toi=j] [TR: au0toi=j eu0hggeli/zeto]. And {RP: also} [P1904 TR: - ] some of the Epicurean and the Stoic philosophers engaged him in conversation, and some said, “What could this amateur be getting at?” But others said, “He seems to be a propounder of foreign deities.” This was because he preached Jesus and the resurrection {RP: - } [P1904 TR: to them]. kai\, and; also: present in RP F1859=10/13 vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's cfk).
Stoi+kw~n, Stoics (classically poetic), RP-text P1904 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's acfk) vs. Stwi+kw~n, Stoics (classically standard), RP-marg TR F1859=9/13 (Scrivener's bdeghlmop). A disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=5:10.
eu0hggeli/zeto, he was preaching, RP F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's bdghlo) vs. eu0hggeli/zeto au0toi=j, he was preaching + to them, P1904 F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's acfkmp) vs. au0toi=j eu0hggeli/zeto, to them + he was preaching, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's e). A weak disparity (#2) with RP, R=6:7.
amateur ← seed-picker.
be getting at ← mean to say.
Acts 17:19 870Epilabo/menoi/ te au0tou=, e0pi\ to\n 871Areion pa&gon h1gagon le/gontej, Duna&meqa gnw~nai, ti/j h9 kainh\ au3th h9 u9po\ sou= laloume/nh didaxh/; And they took him along with them and brought him to Ares Hill and said, “May we know what this new teaching is which is being spoken by you? Ares Hill: or, with the Roman name for the god, Mars Hill. The great council of the Athenians was held here [CB].
Acts 17:20 Ceni/zonta ga&r tina ei0sfe/reij ei0j ta_j a)koa_j h9mw~n: boulo/meqa ou]n gnw~nai, ti/ a@n qe/loi tau=ta ei]nai - For you are bringing some strange ideas to our ears. So we wish to know what these things mean.” ears ← hearing, but a plural word in Greek.
Acts 17:21 870Aqhnai=oi de\ pa&ntej kai\ oi9 e0pidhmou=ntej ce/noi ei0j ou0de\n e3teron eu0kai/roun, h2 le/gein ti kai\ a)kou/ein kaino/teron. For all the Athenians and the foreigners living away from home would spend their leisure time in nothing other than talking or hearing about something new. new ← newer.
Acts 17:22 Staqei\j de\ o9 Pau=loj e0n me/sw% tou= 870Arei/ou pa&gou e1fh, 871Andrej 870Aqhnai=oi, kata_ pa&nta w(j deisidaimoneste/rouj u9ma~j qewrw~. So Paul, standing before the Ares Hill council said, “Men of Athens, I see, apparently, that you are very reverent to the gods in all respects. before ← in the midst of.
men of Athens ← Athenian men.
very reverent ← rather reverent, Greek comparative for superlative.
Acts 17:23 Dierxo/menoj ga_r kai\ a)naqewrw~n ta_ seba&smata u9mw~n, eu[ron kai\ bwmo\n e0n w%{ e0pege/grapto, 870Agnw&stw% qew%~. 874On ou]n a)gnoou=ntej eu0sebei=te, tou=ton e0gw_ katagge/llw u9mi=n. For as I passed through and looked at your objects of worship, I also found an altar on which had been inscribed:

‘To an unknown god.’

Now him whom you worship in ignorance, I declare to you. 		I declare ← I declare this (one).
Acts 17:24 879O qeo\j o9 poih/saj to\n ko/smon kai\ pa&nta ta_ e0n au0tw%~, ou[toj, ou0ranou= kai\ gh=j ku/rioj u9pa&rxwn, ou0k e0n xeiropoih/toij naoi=j katoikei=, God, who made the universe and everything in it – he being Lord of heaven and earth – does not dwell in shrines made by hands, he ← this (one).
Acts 17:25 ou0de\ u9po\ xeirw~n a)nqrw&pwn qerapeu/etai, prosdeo/meno/j tinoj, au0to\j didou\j pa~sin zwh\n kai\ pnoh\n {RP P1904 S1550: kata_} [E1624 S1894: kai\ ta_] pa&nta: nor is he served by human hands as if he lacked anything, but he himself gives life and breath {RP P1904 S1550: in all respects} [E1624 S1894: and everything] to all. kata_, in respect of; according to, RP P1904 S1550 F1859=12/13 vs. kai\ ta_, and the, E1624 S1894 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's p, which joins this with the next verse).
as if: suggestive-unreal use (compare conditional use) of the participle.
Acts 17:26 e0poi/hse/n te e0c e9no\j ai3matoj pa~n e1qnoj a)nqrw&pwn, katoikei=n e0pi\ pa~n to\ pro/swpon th=j gh=j, o9ri/saj {RP P1904: prostetagme/nouj} [TR: protetagme/nouj] kairou\j kai\ ta_j o9roqesi/aj th=j katoiki/aj au0tw~n: And he made every nation of men from one blood, so as to dwell on all the surface of the earth, and he set {RP P1904: appointed} [TR: pre-arranged] times and the borders of their territory, prostetagme/nouj, appointed, RP P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. protetagme/nouj, pre-arranged, TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's abfk).
We remark that blood, absent in NA26, scores as follows: ai3matoj, blood: present in RP P1904 TR F1859=11/13 vs. absent in F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ep).
Acts 17:27 zhtei=n to\n ku/rion, ei0 a!ra ge yhlafh/seian au0to\n kai\ eu3roien, {RP P1904: kai/ ge} [TR: kai/toige] ou0 makra_n a)po\ e9no\j e9ka&stou h9mw~n u9pa&rxonta. so that they should seek the Lord, to see if they might possibly feel their way to him and find him, {RP P1904: and at any rate} [TR: and yet] he is not far from any one of us. kai/ ge, and at any rate, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. kai/toige, and yet, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's a).
possibly: this comes from a!ra ge.
any ← each, the change being occasioned by the negative.
Acts 17:28 870En au0tw%~ ga_r zw~men kai\ kinou/meqa kai/ e0smen: w(j kai/ tinej tw~n kaq' u9ma~j poihtw~n ei0rh/kasin, Tou= ga_r kai\ ge/noj e0sme/n. For in him we live and move and exist, as also some of your poets have said, ‘For we too are his kindred.’ of your poets ← of the poets with you.
kindred ← race.
Acts 17:29 Ge/noj ou]n u9pa&rxontej tou= qeou=, ou0k o0fei/lomen nomi/zein xrusw%~ h2 a)rgu/rw% h2 li/qw%, xara&gmati te/xnhj kai\ e0nqumh/sewj a)nqrw&pou, to\ qei=on ei]nai o3moion. So since we are the kindred of God, we should not think the divine essence is like gold or silver or stone or a sculpture from the craftsmanship and the ponderings of man. since: causal use of the participle.
kindred ← race.
from ← of.
ponderings ← pondering.
Acts 17:30 Tou\j me\n ou]n xro/nouj th=j a)gnoi/aj u9peridw_n o9 qeo/j, ta_ nu=n paragge/llei toi=j a)nqrw&poij pa~sin pantaxou= metanoei=n: And so although God turned a blind eye throughout the times of ignorance, in these times he commands all men everywhere to repent. although: concessive use of the participle.
in these times ← (in respect of) the now (times).
Acts 17:31 dio/ti e1sthsen h9me/ran, e0n h|[ me/llei kri/nein th\n oi0koume/nhn e0n dikaiosu/nh|, e0n a)ndri\ w%{ w#risen, pi/stin parasxw_n pa~sin, a)nasth/saj au0to\n e0k nekrw~n. For he has appointed a day on which he is going to judge the world in righteousness, through a man whom he has appointed, having provided assurance to all by resurrecting him from the dead.” assurance ← faith.
by resurrecting: gerundial use of the participle.
Acts 17:32 870Akou/santej de\ a)na&stasin nekrw~n, oi9 me\n e0xleu/azon: oi9 de\ ei]pon, 870Akouso/meqa& sou pa&lin peri\ tou/tou. And when they heard “resurrection of the dead”, some scoffed, but some said, “We will hear you again on this matter.”
Acts 17:33 Kai\ ou3twj o9 Pau=loj e0ch=lqen e0k me/sou au0tw~n. And so Paul departed from their company. company ← midst.
Acts 17:34 Tine\j de\ a!ndrej kollhqe/ntej au0tw%~, e0pi/steusan: e0n oi[j kai\ Dionu/sioj o9 870Areopagi/thj, kai\ gunh\ o0no/mati Da&marij, kai\ e3teroi su\n au0toi=j. But some men stuck with him and believed, among whom were Dionysius the Ares Hill council member, and a woman by the name of Damaris and others with them. Dionysius ... and a woman ← both Dionysius ... and a woman.
Acts 18:1 Meta_ de\ tau=ta xwrisqei\j o9 Pau=loj e0k tw~n 870Aqhnw~n h]lqen ei0j Ko/rinqon. After this Paul left Athens and went to Corinth. this ← these (things).
Acts 18:2 Kai\ eu9rw&n tina 870Ioudai=on o0no/mati 870Aku/lan, Pontiko\n tw%~ ge/nei, prosfa&twj e0lhluqo/ta a)po\ th=j 870Itali/aj, kai\ Pri/skillan gunai=ka au0tou=, dia_ to\ {RP-text: tetaxe/nai} [RP-marg P1904 TR: diatetaxe/nai] Klau/dion xwri/zesqai pa&ntaj tou\j 870Ioudai/ouj {RP TR: e0k} [P1904: a)po\] th=j 879Rw&mhj, prosh=lqen au0toi=j: And he found a certain Jew by the name of Aquila, a Pontian by descent, who had just come from Italy, and Priscilla his wife (because Claudius had decreed that all the Jews must depart from Rome), and he went up to them, tetaxe/nai, to have decreed (1), RP-text F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's fkm) vs. diatetaxe/nai, to have decreed (2), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's bceghlo) vs. prostetaxe/nai, to have decreed (3), F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ad). A disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=3:9.
e0k, out of, RP TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's cefhl) vs. a)po\, from, P1904 F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's abdgkmo). A weak disparity (#2) with RP, R=6:8.
descent ← race, but as he was of the Jewish race, the sense here is of the region of his forebears.
Acts 18:3 kai\ dia_ to\ o9mo/texnon ei]nai, {RP TR: e1menen} [P1904: e1meinen] par' au0toi=j kai\ ei0rga&zeto: h]san ga_r skhnopoioi\ {RP-text TR: th\n te/xnhn} [RP-marg P1904: th|= te/xnh|]. and since they were of the same trade, he remained with them and did some work, for they were tent-makers by trade. e1menen, he was remaining, RP TR F1859=11/12 vs. e1meinen, he remained, P1904 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's m).
th\n te/xnhn, in respect of trade, RP-text TR F1859=9/12 vs. th|= te/xnh|, by trade, RP-marg P1904 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's cgl).
Acts 18:4 Diele/geto de\ e0n th|= sunagwgh|= kata_ pa~n sa&bbaton, e1peiqe/n te 870Ioudai/ouj kai\ 873Ellhnaj. And he was in discussion in the synagogue every Sabbath, and he tried to persuade Jews and Greeks. tried to persuade: conative imperfect.
Acts 18:5 879Wj de\ kath=lqon a)po\ th=j Makedoni/aj o3 te Si/laj kai\ o9 Timo/qeoj, sunei/xeto tw%~ pneu/mati o9 Pau=loj, diamarturo/menoj toi=j 870Ioudai/oij to\n xristo\n 870Ihsou=n. And when both Silas and Timothy had come down from Macedonia, Paul was pressed in spirit, and he testified solemnly to the Jews that the Christ was Jesus. in spirit ← in the spirit.
the Christ was Jesus: so answering the question Who is the Christ (Messiah)? AV differs, reading that Jesus was Christ, so answering the question, Who is Jesus? We regard the sentence as ending with an understood ei]nai, to be, so the predicate, preceding this, will be the word without the article, Jesus, and the word with the article, Christ, will be the subject, by a rule also applicable to John 1:1.
Acts 18:6 870Antitassome/nwn de\ au0tw~n kai\ blasfhmou/ntwn, e0ktinaca&menoj ta_ i9ma&tia, ei]pen pro\j au0tou/j, To\ ai[ma u9mw~n e0pi\ th\n kefalh\n u9mw~n: kaqaro\j e0gw&: a)po\ tou= nu=n ei0j ta_ e1qnh poreu/somai. But since they took an opposing standpoint and blasphemed, he shook out his clothes and said to them, “Your blood be on your head. I am clear of responsibility. From now on I will go to the Gentiles.” since: causal use of the participle.
clear of responsibility ← clean, pure.
Paul continued to go to the synagogues first, then also to the Gentiles.
Acts 18:7 Kai\ metaba_j e0kei=qen h]lqen ei0j oi0ki/an tino\j o0no/mati 870Iou/stou, sebome/nou to\n qeo/n, ou[ h9 oi0ki/a h]n sunomorou=sa th|= sunagwgh|=. And moving on from there he went to the house of a certain man by the name of Justus, who worshipped God, whose house abutted on the synagogue. moving on: having moved on. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 18:8 Kri/spoj de\ o9 a)rxisuna&gwgoj e0pi/steusen tw%~ kuri/w% su\n o3lw% tw%~ oi1kw% au0tou=: kai\ polloi\ tw~n Korinqi/wn a)kou/ontej e0pi/steuon kai\ e0bapti/zonto. But Crispus the leader of the synagogue believed in the Lord with the whole of his household, and many of the Corinthians heard and believed and were baptized. heard and believed and were baptized ← hearing would believe and be baptized (present participle and the imperfect tense twice).
Acts 18:9 Ei]pen de\ o9 ku/rioj di' o9ra&matoj e0n nukti\ tw%~ Pau/lw%, Mh\ fobou=, a)lla_ la&lei kai\ mh\ siwph/sh|j: Then the Lord said to Paul through a vision at night, “Do not be afraid, but speak out and do not be silent,
Acts 18:10 dio/ti e0gw& ei0mi meta_ sou=, kai\ ou0dei\j e0piqh/setai/ soi tou= kakw~sai/ se: dio/ti lao/j e0sti/n moi polu\j e0n th|= po/lei tau/th|. for I am with you and no-one will attack you so as to harm you, for I have many people in this city.” many people ← much people, so suggesting emphasis on the group rather than the individuals, a numerous people.
Acts 18:11 870Eka&qise/n te e0niauto\n kai\ mh=naj e3c, dida&skwn e0n au0toi=j to\n lo/gon tou= qeou=. And he remained there for a year and six months teaching the word of God among them. remained ← sat, a Hebraism (יָשַׁב).
Acts 18:12 Galli/wnoj de\ a)nqupateu/ontoj th=j 870Axai+/aj, katepe/sthsan o9moqumado\n oi9 870Ioudai=oi tw%~ Pau/lw%, kai\ h1gagon au0to\n e0pi\ to\ bh=ma, But while Gallio was proconsul of Achaea, the Jews unanimously rose up against Paul and led him to the court, Achaea: or Achaia, with AV. Also in Acts 18:27 and Paul's epistles.
court: see Acts 12:21.
Acts 18:13 le/gontej o3ti Para_ to\n no/mon ou[toj a)napei/qei tou\j a)nqrw&pouj se/besqai to\n qeo/n. saying, “This man is inciting men to worship God in a way contrary to the law.”
Acts 18:14 Me/llontoj de\ tou= Pau/lou a)noi/gein to\ sto/ma, ei]pen o9 Galli/wn pro\j tou\j 870Ioudai/ouj, Ei0 me\n ou]n h]n a)di/khma& ti h2 r(a%diou/rghma ponhro/n, w} 870Ioudai=oi, kata_ lo/gon a@n h0nesxo/mhn u9mw~n: And as Paul was about to open his mouth, Gallio said to the Jews, “Now if it had been some wrongdoing or nefarious malpractice, O Jews, I would have accepted your charge as reasonable, malpractice: or recklessness. The root sense is easy work, which could include fraud.
as reasonable ← according to word or reason.
Acts 18:15 ei0 de\ zh/thma& e0stin peri\ lo/gou kai\ o0noma&twn kai\ no/mou tou= kaq' u9ma~j, o1yesqe au0toi/: krith\j ga_r e0gw_ tou/twn ou0 bou/lomai ei]nai. but if it is a dispute about a word and names and your law, see to it yourselves. For I do not wish to be a judge of these things.”
Acts 18:16 Kai\ a)ph/lasen au0tou\j a)po\ tou= bh/matoj. And he dismissed them from the court. dismissed ← expelled, drove out. Quite a strong word.
Acts 18:17 870Epilabo/menoi de\ pa&ntej oi9 873Ellhnej Swsqe/nhn to\n a)rxisuna&gwgon e1tupton e1mprosqen tou= bh/matoj. Kai\ ou0de\n tou/twn tw%~ Galli/wni {RP: e1mellen} [P1904 TR: e1melen]. And all the Greeks took hold of Sosthenes the leader of the synagogue and beat him in the presence of the court. But {RP: none of these things was a matter for proceeding to Gallio} [P1904 TR: these things were not of concern to Gallio at all]. e1mellen, was about to; was a scruple (1), RP F1859=8/12 (Scrivener's adefgklm) vs. e1melen, was of concern, P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's bho) vs. h1mellen, was about to; was a scruple (2), F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's c).
In RP: was a matter for proceeding ← was about to. Perhaps e1mellen is a variant spelling of (not necessarily a scribal error for) e1melen, because the usual meaning was about to does not fit well with the syntax or sense of the sentence. See textually Mark 12:14, John 12:6. However, we have attempted a translation of the ↴
Acts 18:18 879O de\ Pau=loj e1ti prosmei/naj h9me/raj i9kana&j, toi=j a)delfoi=j a)potaca&menoj, e0ce/plei ei0j th\n Suri/an, kai\ su\n au0tw%~ Pri/skilla kai\ 870Aku/laj, keira&menoj th\n kefalh\n e0n Kegxreai=j: ei]xen ga_r eu0xh/n. And Paul stayed on several days more, then he bade farewell to the brothers and sailed away to Syria, and with him were Priscilla and Aquila, who had had his head shaved in Cenchreae, for he had made a vow. ↳ ordinary me/llw. The basic sense is spend future time. See me/llw in [LS] II.1, delay, put off, hesitate, scruple, and our Rev 10:7 proceed, Acts 22:16 delay.
who had had his head shaved: or who had shaved his head.
Cenchreae: In the AV, Cenchrea. In Wikipedia, Cenchreae.
had made ← was having.
Acts 18:19 Kath/nthsen de\ ei0j 871Efeson, {RP-text: kai\ e0kei/nouj} [RP-marg P1904 TR: ka)kei/nouj] kate/lipen au0tou=: au0to\j de\ ei0selqw_n ei0j th\n sunagwgh\n diele/xqh toi=j 870Ioudai/oij. And he reached Ephesus and left those there, while he himself went to the synagogue and had a discussion with the Jews. kai\ e0kei/nouj, and those (without crasis), RP-text F1859=8/12 (Scrivener's bdefglmo) vs. ka)kei/nouj, and those (with crasis), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's ach) vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's k).
Acts 18:20 870Erwtw&ntwn de\ au0tw~n e0pi\ plei/ona xro/non mei=nai par' au0toi=j, ou0k e0pe/neusen: But when they asked him to stay with them longer, he did not assent, longer ← for more time.
assent ← nod assent.
Acts 18:21 {RP TR: a)ll'} [P1904: a)lla_] a)peta&cato au0toi=j ei0pw&n, Dei= me pa&ntwj th\n e9orth\n th\n e0rxome/nhn poih=sai ei0j 879Ieroso/luma: pa&lin de\ a)naka&myw pro\j u9ma~j, tou= qeou= qe/lontoj. {RP: 870Anh/xqh} [P1904 TR: Kai\ a)nh/xqh] a)po\ th=j 870Efe/sou, but he took his leave of them and said, “I must by all means keep the coming festival in Jerusalem, but I will come back to you again, God willing.” {RP: And} [P1904 TR: And] he set sail from Ephesus. a)ll', but (apocopated), RP TR F1859=4/10 (Scrivener's aehm) vs. a)lla_, but (unapocopated), P1904 F1859=6/10 (Scrivener's bcfgko). A weak disparity (#1) with RP, R=5:7.
kai\, and: absent in RP F1859=1/10 (Scrivener's a) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=9/10 (Scrivener's bcefghkmo). A strong disparity (#2) with RP, R=1:11.
again: interestingly, English accepts this pleonasm of pa&lin here (unlike the usage in Mark 12:4, John 4:54).
Acts 18:22 kai\ katelqw_n ei0j Kaisa&reian, a)naba_j kai\ a)spasa&menoj th\n e0kklhsi/an, kate/bh ei0j 870Antio/xeian. And he landed at Caesarea, and he went up and greeted the church, and he came down to Antioch. went up: an expression suggesting to Jerusalem. Compare e.g. Matt 20:17, Mark 10:32, Mark 15:41, Luke 2:42, Luke 18:31, Luke 19:28, John 2:13, John 5:1, John 11:55, Acts 11:2, Acts 13:31.
church: see Matt 16:18.
Acts 18:23 Kai\ poih/saj xro/non tina_ e0ch=lqen, dierxo/menoj kaqech=j th\n Galatikh\n xw&ran kai\ Frugi/an, e0pisthri/zwn pa&ntaj tou\j maqhta&j. And he spent some time there, then he departed and crossed through, in sequence, the Galatian region and Phrygia, invigorating all the disciples.
Acts 18:24 870Ioudai=oj de/ tij 870Apollw_j o0no/mati, 870Alecandreu\j tw%~ ge/nei, a)nh\r lo/gioj, kath/nthsen ei0j 871Efeson, dunato\j w@n e0n tai=j grafai=j. And a certain Jew by the name of Apollos, an Alexandrian by descent, an erudite man, being masterful in the scriptures, came down to Ephesus. descent ← race. See Acts 18:2.
masterful ← powerful.
Acts 18:25 Ou[toj h]n kathxhme/noj th\n o9do\n tou= kuri/ou, kai\ ze/wn tw%~ pneu/mati e0la&lei kai\ e0di/dasken a)kribw~j ta_ peri\ tou= kuri/ou, e0pista&menoj mo/non to\ ba&ptisma 870Iwa&nnou: He had been taught the way of the Lord verbally, and being fervent in the spirit, he spoke and taught the matters concerning the Lord accurately, although he only knew the baptism of John. although: concessive use of the participle.
Acts 18:26 ou[to/j te h1rcato parrhsia&zesqai e0n th|= sunagwgh|=. 870Akou/santej de\ au0tou= 870Aku/laj kai\ Pri/skilla, prosela&bonto au0to/n, kai\ a)kribe/steron au0tw%~ e0ce/qento th\n {RP TR: tou= qeou= o9do/n} [P1904: o9do\n tou= qeou=]. And he began to speak boldly in the synagogue. And when Aquila and Priscilla heard him, they took him aside and explained the way of God to him more accurately. tou= qeou= o9do/n, of God + way, RP TR F1859=5/10 (Scrivener's befho) vs. o9do\n tou= qeou=, way + of God, P1904 F1859=3/10 (Scrivener's ckm) vs. other readings, F1859=2/10 (Scrivener's ag).
he ← this (man).
aside ← to (themselves).
Acts 18:27 Boulome/nou de\ au0tou= dielqei=n ei0j th\n 870Axai+/an, protreya&menoi oi9 a)delfoi\ e1grayan toi=j maqhtai=j a)pode/casqai au0to/n: o4j parageno/menoj suneba&leto polu\ toi=j pepisteuko/sin dia_ th=j xa&ritoj: And as he wished to cross over to Achaea, the brothers urged him on and wrote to the disciples to receive him. And when he arrived, he contributed much to those who had believed, through grace. him: referring to Apollos, but it is possible that the inferred object of protreya&menoi is to be referred to the disciples, requiring re-casting the sentence, as in the AV (so AV differs). The case for him is as follows. (1) Although the sentence begins with a genitive absolute where classical Greek would have a concordant participle in the accusative, the genitive absolute is frequently used non-absolutely in the NT, e.g. Matt 1:18. (2) The sense urge on best fits the existing enthusiasm of Apollos. (3) [CB] regards ↴
Acts 18:28 eu0to/nwj ga_r toi=j 870Ioudai/oij diakathle/gxeto dhmosi/a%, e0pideiknu\j dia_ tw~n grafw~n ei]nai to\n xristo\n 870Ihsou=n. For he vigorously and thoroughly refuted the Jews, publicly demonstrating through the scriptures that the Christ was Jesus. ↳ the word order as favouring this sense. We would argue that the object of protreya&menoi, not being explicit, is likely, on stylistic rather than grammatical grounds, to have already been mentioned.
Punctuation: we translate for a comma following diakathle/gxeto; RP TBS-TR punctuate for refuting publicly.
thoroughly: from the prefix diakata- in the verb.
the Christ was Jesus: see Acts 18:5.
Acts 19:1 870Ege/neto de/, e0n tw%~ to\n 870Apollw_ ei]nai e0n Kori/nqw%, Pau=lon dielqo/nta ta_ a)nwterika_ me/rh e0lqei=n ei0j 871Efeson: kai\ {RP TR: eu9rw&n tinaj maqhta_j} [P1904: eu9rw_n maqhta&j tinaj] And it came to pass while Apollos was in Corinth that Paul crossed through the upper regions and came to Ephesus, and he found some disciples, tinaj maqhta_j, some + disciples, RP TR F1859=10/10 vs. maqhta&j tinaj, disciples + some, P1904 F1859=0/10.
Acts 19:2 ei]pen pro\j au0tou/j, Ei0 pneu=ma a#gion e0la&bete pisteu/santej; Oi9 de\ ei]pon pro\j au0to/n, 870All' ou0de\ ei0 pneu=ma a#gio/n e0stin, h0kou/samen. and he asked them, “Did you receive holy spirit when you believed?” And they said to him, “No, we have not even heard whether holy spirit exists.” exists: according to classical accentuation rules, when the sense is exists, the accentuation should be a#gion e1stin, but none of RP, P1904, TBS-TR accent that way. An accentuation divergence from RP (and others).
asked them ← said to them.
no ← but.
Acts 19:3 Ei]pe/n te pro\j au0tou/j, Ei0j ti/ ou]n e0bapti/sqhte; Oi9 de\ ei]pon, Ei0j to\ 870Iwa&nnou ba&ptisma. And he asked them, “With what were you baptized, then?” And they said, “With the baptism of John.” asked them ← said to them.
with (2x) ← into.
Acts 19:4 Ei]pen de\ Pau=loj, 870Iwa&nnhj me\n e0ba&ptisen ba&ptisma metanoi/aj, tw%~ law%~ le/gwn ei0j to\n e0rxo/menon met' au0to\n i3na pisteu/swsin, tou=t' e1stin, ei0j to\n {RP TR: xristo\n 870Ihsou=n} [P1904: 870Ihsou=n xristo/n]. Then Paul said, “John baptized with the baptism of repentance, telling the people to believe in the one coming after him, that is in {RP TR: Christ Jesus} [P1904: Jesus Christ].” xristo\n 870Ihsou=n, Christ + Jesus, RP TR F1859=10/10 vs. 870Ihsou=n xristo/n, Jesus + Christ, P1904 F1859=0/10.
Acts 19:5 870Akou/santej de\ e0bapti/sqhsan ei0j to\ o1noma tou= kuri/ou 870Ihsou=. And when they heard this, they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus.
Acts 19:6 Kai\ e0piqe/ntoj au0toi=j tou= Pau/lou ta_j xei=raj, h]lqen to\ pneu=ma to\ a#gion e0p' au0tou/j, e0la&loun te glw&ssaij kai\ proefh/teuon. Then when Paul laid his hands on them, the holy spirit came on them, and they spoke in tongues and prophesied. spoke ... prophesied ← were speaking ... were prophesying.
Acts 19:7 87]Hsan de\ oi9 pa&ntej a!ndrej w(sei\ dekadu/o. And there were about twelve of these men in total. these ← the.
in total ← all.
Acts 19:8 Ei0selqw_n de\ ei0j th\n sunagwgh\n e0parrhsia&zeto, e0pi\ mh=naj trei=j dialego/menoj kai\ pei/qwn ta_ peri\ th=j basilei/aj tou= qeou=. And he went to the synagogue and spoke boldly for three months, discussing and persuading them of matters concerning the kingdom of God. P1904 punctuates so as to associate for three months with spoke boldly; we, with RP TBS-TR associate it with discussing and persuading.
Acts 19:9 879Wj de/ tinej e0sklhru/nonto kai\ h0pei/qoun, kakologou=ntej th\n o9do\n e0nw&pion tou= plh/qouj, a)posta_j a)p' au0tw~n a)fw&risen tou\j maqhta&j, kaq' h9me/ran dialego/menoj e0n th|= sxolh|= Tura&nnou tino/j. But when some became hardened and disbelieved, and when they denigrated “the way” in the presence of the community, he withdrew from them and separated the disciples from them, holding discussions daily in the lecture room of a certain Tyrannus. community ← multitude.
Acts 19:10 Tou=to de\ e0ge/neto e0pi\ e1th du/o, w#ste pa&ntaj tou\j katoikou=ntaj th\n 870Asi/an a)kou=sai to\n lo/gon tou= kuri/ou 870Ihsou=, 870Ioudai/ouj te kai\ 873Ellhnaj. This took place for two years, resulting in all those living in Asia hearing the word of the Lord Jesus – both Jews and Greeks.
Acts 19:11 Duna&meij te ou0 ta_j tuxou/saj e0poi/ei o9 qeo\j dia_ tw~n xeirw~n Pau/lou, And God performed deeds of power of no ordinary sort through the hands of Paul, no ordinary sort ← not having happened by chance.
Acts 19:12 w#ste kai\ e0pi\ tou\j a)sqenou=ntaj e0pife/resqai a)po\ tou= xrwto\j au0tou= souda&ria h2 simiki/nqia, kai\ a)palla&ssesqai a)p' au0tw~n ta_j no/souj, ta& te pneu/mata ta_ ponhra_ e0ce/rxesqai a)p' au0tw~n. so that even sweat-bands or gowns which had been in contact with him were brought and put on the sick, and the diseases were removed from them, and evil spirits came out of them. which had been in contact with him ← from his skin.
Acts 19:13 870Epexei/rhsan de/ tinej a)po\ tw~n perierxome/nwn 870Ioudai/wn e0corkistw~n o0noma&zein e0pi\ tou\j e1xontaj ta_ pneu/mata ta_ ponhra_ to\ o1noma tou= kuri/ou 870Ihsou=, le/gontej, 879Orki/zomen u9ma~j to\n 870Ihsou=n o4n o9 Pau=loj khru/ssei. Then some of the roaming Jewish exorcists took it in hand to name the name of the Lord Jesus over those possessed by the evil spirits, and they said, “We adjure you by Jesus, whom Paul proclaims.” possessed by ← having.
Acts 19:14 87]Hsan de/ tinej ui9oi\ Skeua~ 870Ioudai/ou a)rxiere/wj e9pta_ oi9 tou=to poiou=ntej. And there were a certain seven sons of Sceva, a senior Jewish priest, doing this.
Acts 19:15 870Apokriqe\n de\ to\ pneu=ma to\ ponhro\n ei]pen, To\n 870Ihsou=n ginw&skw, kai\ to\n Pau=lon e0pi/stamai: u9mei=j de\ ti/nej e0ste/; And the evil spirit answered and said, “I know Jesus, and I am well acquainted with Paul, but as for you, who are you?” you (2x): plural.
Acts 19:16 Kai\ e0fallo/menoj e0p' au0tou\j o9 a!nqrwpoj e0n w%{ h]n to\ pneu=ma to\ ponhro/n, kai\ {RP: katakurieu=san} [P1904 TR: katakurieu/saj] au0tw~n, i1sxusen kat' au0tw~n, w#ste gumnou\j kai\ tetraumatisme/nouj e0kfugei=n e0k tou= oi1kou e0kei/nou. And the man in whom the evil spirit was leapt on them and overpowered them, and he prevailed over them, with the result that they only escaped from that house naked and wounded. katakurieu=san, having overpowered (neuter), RP F1859=6/11 (Scrivener's dfghkm) vs. katakurieu/saj, having overpowered (masculine), P1904 TR F1859=4/11 (Scrivener's bceo) vs. another reading, F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's a). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=6:6.
Acts 19:17 Tou=to de\ e0ge/neto gnwsto\n pa~sin 870Ioudai/oij te kai\ 873Ellhsin toi=j katoikou=sin th\n 871Efeson, kai\ e0pe/pesen fo/boj e0pi\ pa&ntaj au0tou/j, kai\ e0megalu/neto to\ o1noma tou= kuri/ou 870Ihsou=. And this became known to all the Jews and Greeks who were living in Ephesus, and a fear fell on them all, and the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified.
Acts 19:18 Polloi/ te tw~n pepisteuko/twn h1rxonto, e0comologou/menoi, kai\ a)nagge/llontej ta_j pra&ceij au0tw~n. And many of those who had believed came confessing and admitting their practices. admitting ← reporting.
Acts 19:19 879Ikanoi\ de\ tw~n ta_ peri/erga praca&ntwn sunene/gkantej ta_j bi/blouj kate/kaion e0nw&pion pa&ntwn: kai\ suneyh/fisan ta_j tima_j au0tw~n, kai\ eu[ron a)rguri/ou muria&daj pe/nte. And a considerable number of those who had engaged in superstitious practices collected their books and burned them up in the presence of everyone, and they added up the value of them and found that it came to fifty thousand pieces of silver. superstitious practices: or magic.
Acts 19:20 Ou3twj kata_ kra&toj o9 lo/goj tou= kuri/ou hu1canen kai\ i1sxuen. In this way the word of the Lord increased strongly and prevailed. Lord: AV differs, reading God, but none of our editions reads God, and of Scrivener's manuscripts collated, only one, k, reads God.
Acts 19:21 879Wj de\ e0plhrw&qh tau=ta, e1qeto o9 Pau=loj e0n tw%~ pneu/mati, dielqw_n th\n Makedoni/an kai\ 870Axai+/an, poreu/esqai ei0j 879Ierousalh/m, ei0pw_n o3ti Meta_ to\ gene/sqai me e0kei=, dei= me kai\ 879Rw&mhn i0dei=n. And when these things had been completed, Paul resolved that, after he had gone across Macedonia and Achaea, he would go to Jerusalem, and he said, “After I arrive there, I must also see Rome.” resolved ← put for himself in the spirit, so laid to heart. Middle voice.
Acts 19:22 870Apostei/laj de\ ei0j th\n Makedoni/an du/o tw~n diakonou/ntwn au0tw%~, Timo/qeon kai\ 871Eraston, au0to\j e0pe/sxen xro/non ei0j th\n 870Asi/an. Then he sent two of those who were assisting him, Timothy and Erastus, to Macedonia, but he himself stayed on for a while in Asia. in Asia ← to Asia. Pregnant usage.
Acts 19:23 870Ege/neto de\ kata_ to\n kairo\n e0kei=non ta&raxoj ou0k o0li/goj peri\ th=j o9dou=. And a not insignificant disturbance took place at about that time concerning “the way”. insignificant ← little.
about: see Acts 12:1.
Acts 19:24 Dhmh/trioj ga&r tij o0no/mati, a)rguroko/poj, poiw~n naou\j a)rgurou=j 870Arte/midoj, parei/xeto toi=j texni/taij e0rgasi/an ou0k o0li/ghn: For a certain Demetrius by name, a silversmith, who made silver shrines to Artemis, provided the craftsmen with no small amount of work, to ← of.
Artemis: the Roman goddess Diana.
Acts 19:25 ou4j sunaqroi/saj, kai\ tou\j peri\ ta_ toiau=ta e0rga&taj, ei]pen, 871Andrej, e0pi/stasqe o3ti e0k tau/thj th=j e0rgasi/aj h9 eu0pori/a h9mw~n e0stin. and he gathered them together, including the workmen connected with such things, and he said, “Men, you understand that our prosperity comes from this trade. comes ← is.
Acts 19:26 Kai\ qewrei=te kai\ a)kou/ete o3ti ou0 mo/non 870Efe/sou, a)lla_ sxedo\n pa&shj th=j 870Asi/aj, o9 Pau=loj ou[toj pei/saj mete/sthsen i9kano\n o1xlon, le/gwn o3ti ou0k ei0si\n qeoi\ oi9 dia_ xeirw~n gino/menoi. And you see and hear that not only in Ephesus, but in almost all Asia, this Paul has persuaded a considerable number of people and caused them to change their position, saying that there are no gods made by hands. number of people ← crowd.
made ← being made.
Acts 19:27 Ou0 mo/non de\ tou=to kinduneu/ei h9mi=n to\ me/roj ei0j a)pelegmo\n e0lqei=n, a)lla_ kai\ to\ th=j mega&lhj qea~j {RP-text: i9ero\n 870Arte/midoj} [RP-marg P1904 TR: 870Arte/midoj i9ero\n] ei0j {RP P1904: ou0qe\n} [TR: ou0de\n] logisqh=nai, me/llein {RP S1550: de\} [P1904 E1624 S1894: te] kai\ kaqairei=sqai th\n megaleio/thta au0th=j, h4n o3lh h9 870Asi/a kai\ h9 oi0koume/nh se/betai. And not only is this line of business of ours in danger of coming into disrepute, but also the temple of the great goddess Artemis is in danger of being considered worthless, and also her magnificence of being destroyed – Artemis whom the whole of Asia and the world worships.” i9ero\n 870Arte/midoj, temple + of Artemis, RP-text F1859=5/11 (Scrivener's befgo, e misspelled) vs. 870Arte/midoj i9ero\n, of Artemis + temple, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=6/11 (Scrivener's acdhkm). A disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=5:8.
ou0qe\n, nothing (1), RP P1904 F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's df) vs. ou0de\n, nothing (2), TR F1859=9/11 (Scrivener's abceghkmo). A strong disparity (#2) with RP, R=2:11.
de\, and / but, RP S1550 F1859=8/11 vs. te, and; both, P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's c) vs. word absent, F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's ae).
of ours: or to us, i.e. to our detriment (dative of disadvantage).
Artemis: see Acts 19:24.
worthless ← nothing.
Acts 19:28 870Akou/santej de\ kai\ geno/menoi plh/reij qumou=, e1krazon le/gontej, Mega&lh h9 871Artemij 870Efesi/wn. When they heard this, they became full of anger and shouted, saying, “Great is Artemis of the Ephesians!”
Acts 19:29 Kai\ e0plh/sqh h9 po/lij o3lh {RP P1904: th=j} [TR: - ] sugxu/sewj: w#rmhsa&n te o9moqumado\n ei0j to\ qe/atron, sunarpa&santej Ga&i+on kai\ 870Ari/starxon Makedo/naj, sunekdh/mouj {RP P1904: - } [TR: tou=] Pau/lou. And the whole city was filled with confusion, and they rushed with one mind to the theatre, and they rounded up Gaius and Aristarchus, Macedonians, travelling companions of Paul. th=j, (of, with) the (confusion): present in RP P1904 F1859=9/11 vs. absent in TR F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's ek).
tou=, (of) the (Paul): absent in RP P1904 F1859=10/11 vs. present in TR F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's e).
Acts 19:30 Tou= de\ Pau/lou boulome/nou ei0selqei=n ei0j to\n dh=mon, ou0k ei1wn au0to\n oi9 maqhtai/. And whereas Paul wanted to go to the people at large, the disciples did not allow him. the people at large: or the legislative assembly, but this word (dh=moj), is not the word used for the legislative assembly in Acts 19:32, Acts 19:39, Acts 19:41 (e0kklhsi/a), and the dh=moj of Acts 19:33 is hardly a formal institution.
Acts 19:31 Tine\j de\ kai\ tw~n 870Asiarxw~n, o1ntej au0tw%~ fi/loi, pe/myantej pro\j au0to/n, pareka&loun mh\ dou=nai e9auto\n ei0j to\ qe/atron. And also some of the rulers of Asia, since they were friendly towards him, sent messengers to him, and they exhorted him not to venture into the theatre. since: causal use of the participle.
venture ← give himself.
Acts 19:32 871Alloi me\n ou]n a!llo ti e1krazon: h]n ga_r h9 e0kklhsi/a sugkexume/nh, kai\ oi9 plei/ouj ou0k h|1deisan ti/noj e3neken sunelhlu/qeisan. So some were shouting one thing, and some another. For the legislative assembly was in confusion, and most did not know on account of what they had gathered together. legislative assembly: in the NT the word is usually the called-out believers, the church (see Matt 16:18), but here it has its classical meaning of the legislative assembly. See also Acts 19:39.
Acts 19:33 870Ek de\ tou= o1xlou proebi/basan 870Ale/candron, {RP S1550: probalo/ntwn} [P1904 E1624 S1894: proballo/ntwn] au0to\n tw~n 870Ioudai/wn. 879O de\ 870Ale/candroj, katasei/saj th\n xei=ra, h1qelen a)pologei=sqai tw%~ dh/mw%. And they put Alexander forward from the crowd, the Jews {RP S1550: having proposed} [P1904 E1624 S1894: proposing] him. And Alexander motioned with his hand for quiet and wished to speak in defence to the people, probalo/ntwn, they having proposed, RP S1550 F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's b**c(tacite)e(tacite)gmo) vs. proballo/ntwn, they proposing, P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's ab*dfhk). A weak disparity with RP, R=7:8.
Acts 19:34 {RP P1904: 870Epigno/ntej} [TR: 870Epigno/ntwn] de\ o3ti 870Ioudai=o/j e0stin, fwnh\ e0ge/neto mi/a e0k pa&ntwn w(j e0pi\ w#raj du/o krazo/ntwn, Mega&lh h9 871Artemij 870Efesi/wn. but when they realized he was a Jew, there arose one call from all of them, and they shouted for about two hours, “Great is Artemis of the Ephesians.” e0pigno/ntej, having recognized (pendent nominative, not resumed), RP P1904 F1859=8/11 vs. e0pigno/ntwn, having recognized (genitive absolute, without pronoun, rather than concordant with a distant genitive), TR F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's abo).
Artemis: see Acts 19:24.
Acts 19:35 Katastei/laj de\ o9 grammateu\j to\n o1xlon fhsi/n, 871Andrej 870Efe/sioi, ti/j ga&r e0stin a!nqrwpoj o4j ou0 ginw&skei th\n 870Efesi/wn po/lin newko/ron ou]san th=j mega&lhj qea~j 870Arte/midoj kai\ tou= Diopetou=j; Then the town clerk restrained the crowd and said, “Men of Ephesus, after all, what man is there who does not know that the city of the Ephesians is the custodian of the temple of the great goddess Artemis, and of the image of Zeus fallen from above. town clerk: same word as scribe in Matt 2:4 etc.
custodian of the temple: AV differs somewhat (worshippers).
Artemis: see Acts 19:24.
Zeus: AV= Jupiter, the Roman name.
Acts 19:36 870Anantirrh/twn ou]n o1ntwn tou/twn, de/on e0sti\n u9ma~j katestalme/nouj u9pa&rxein, kai\ mhde\n propete\j {RP P1904: pra&ssein} [TR: pra&ttein]. So since these things are irrefutable, you must exercise restraint and not do anything rash. pra&ssein, to do (1), RP P1904 F1859=10/11 vs. pra&ttein, to do (2), TR F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's m).
since: causal use of the participle.
exercise restraint ← exist having been restrained.
Acts 19:37 870Hga&gete ga_r tou\j a!ndraj tou/touj, ou1te i9erosu/louj ou1te blasfhmou=ntaj th\n {RP: qeo\n} [P1904 TR: qea_n] u9mw~n. For you have brought these men here, but they are not temple plunderers or blasphemers of your goddess. qeo\n, god, RP F1859=8/12 vs. qea_n, goddess, P1904 TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's ab*co). The definite article shows the sense is goddess in either case.
Acts 19:38 Ei0 me\n ou]n Dhmh/trioj kai\ oi9 su\n au0tw%~ texni=tai {RP P1904: e1xousin pro/j tina lo/gon} [TR: pro/j tina lo/gon e1xousin], a)gorai=oi a!gontai, kai\ a)nqu/patoi/ ei0sin: e0gkalei/twsan a)llh/loij. So then, if Demetrius and the craftsmen with him have a charge against anyone, the courts are functional and there are proconsuls available – let them charge one another. e1xousin pro/j tina lo/gon, they have + against anyone a charge, RP P1904 F1859=11/11 vs. pro/j tina lo/gon e1xousin, against anyone a charge + they have, TR F1859=0/11.
charge ← word.
are functional ← are being conducted.
Acts 19:39 Ei0 de/ ti peri\ e9te/rwn e0pizhtei=te, e0n th|= e0nno/mw% e0kklhsi/a% e0piluqh/setai. But if you are seeking something relating to other matters, it will be settled in the legislative assembly. legislative assembly: see Acts 19:32, but here with an explicit word for legislative.
Acts 19:40 Kai\ ga_r kinduneu/omen e0gkalei=sqai sta&sewj peri\ th=j sh/meron, mhdeno\j ai0ti/ou u9pa&rxontoj peri\ ou[ {RP: ou0} [P1904 TR: - ] dunhso/meqa {RP-text: dou=nai} [RP-marg P1904 TR: a)podou=nai] lo/gon th=j sustrofh=j tau/thj. For we are also in danger of being charged for today's rioting, {RP TR: although} [P1904: while] there is no cause concerning which we will {RP: not} [P1904 TR: - ] be able to give an account of this rally.” ou0, not: present in RP F1859=8/11 vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's adk). AV differs textually.
dou=nai, to give, RP-text F1859=5/11 (Scrivener's bdego) vs. a)podou=nai, to give in return, render, report, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=6/11 (Scrivener's acfhkm). A disparity with RP-text, R=5:8.
{RP TR: although: concessive} [P1904: while: contrastive] use of the participle.
Acts 19:41 Kai\ tau=ta ei0pw&n, a)pe/lusen th\n e0kklhsi/an. And when he had said these things, he dismissed the legislative assembly. legislative assembly: see Acts 19:32.
Acts 20:1 Meta_ de\ to\ pau/sasqai to\n qo/rubon, proskalesa&menoj o9 Pau=loj tou\j maqhta&j, kai\ a)spasa&menoj, e0ch=lqen poreuqh=nai ei0j {RP TR: th\n} [P1904: - ] Makedoni/an. And after the uproar had ceased, Paul called for the disciples, and when he had wished them well, he departed to go to Macedonia. th\n, the (Macedonia): present in RP TR F1859=5/11 (Scrivener's defgh) vs. absent in P1904 F1859=6/11 (Scrivener's abckmo). A weak disparity with RP, R=6:7.
wished them well ← greeted, but also used for saying goodbye.
Acts 20:2 Dielqw_n de\ ta_ me/rh e0kei=na, kai\ parakale/saj au0tou\j lo/gw% pollw%~, h]lqen ei0j th\n 879Ella&da. And when he had crossed through those parts and encouraged them with many a word, he went to Greece.
Acts 20:3 Poih/saj te mh=naj trei=j, genome/nhj au0tw%~ e0piboulh=j u9po\ tw~n 870Ioudai/wn me/llonti a)na&gesqai ei0j th\n Suri/an, e0ge/neto gnw&mh tou= u9postre/fein dia_ Makedoni/aj. And after spending three months there, when a plot was hatched by the Jews against him when he was about to set sail for Syria, he decided to return through Macedonia. was hatched ← came into being.
he decided ← the opinion came about.
Acts 20:4 Sunei/peto de\ au0tw%~ a!xri th=j 870Asi/aj Sw&patroj Beroiai=oj: Qessalonike/wn de/, 870Ari/starxoj kai\ Sekou=ndoj, kai\ Ga&i+oj Derbai=oj, kai\ Timo/qeoj: 870Asianoi\ de/, Tuxiko\j kai\ Tro/fimoj. And Sopater, a Berean, accompanied him as far as Asia, as did Aristarchus and Secundus of the Thessalonians, and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy, and the Asians Tychicus and Trophimus. Sopater ← Sopatros, this being the nominative of the name itself, but as the sense is saviour of the father, the English name is traditionally adjusted to the nominative of father, giving Sopater.
Acts 20:5 Ou[toi {RP: proselqo/ntej} [P1904 TR: proelqo/ntej] e1menon h9ma~j e0n Trw%a&di. These {RP: proceeded to,} [P1904 TR: went on ahead] and waited {RP: for,} [P1904 TR: for] us in Troas. proselqo/ntej, having approached, gone there, RP F1859=4/11 (Scrivener's fgkm) vs. proelqo/ntej, having gone on ahead, P1904 TR F1859=7/11 (Scrivener's abcdeho). A disparity with RP, R=4:9. Compare Acts 20:13.
Acts 20:6 879Hmei=j de\ e0cepleu/samen meta_ ta_j h9me/raj tw~n a)zu/mwn a)po\ Fili/ppwn, kai\ h1lqomen pro\j au0tou\j ei0j th\n Trw%a&da a!xri h9merw~n pe/nte, ou[ dietri/yamen h9me/raj e9pta&. And after the days of the unleavened bread, we sailed away from Philippi and came to them in Troas in five days, where we spent seven days.
Acts 20:7 870En de\ th|= mia%~ tw~n sabba&twn, sunhgme/nwn tw~n maqhtw~n {RP P1904: - } [TR: tou=] kla&sai a!rton, o9 Pau=loj diele/geto au0toi=j, me/llwn e0cie/nai th|= e0pau/rion, pare/teine/n te to\n lo/gon me/xri mesonukti/ou. And on the first of the Sabbaths when the disciples had gathered together to break bread, Paul held a discussion with them, intending to depart on the next day, and he prolonged the discussion up to midnight. tou=, to (break bread) (strengthening the infinitive): absent in RP P1904 F1859=11/11 vs. present in TR F1859=0/11.
the first of the Sabbaths: AV differs (first day of the week). From [CB]: The first day for reckoning the seven Sabbaths to Pentecost. It depended upon the harvest (Deut 16:9) and was always on the morrow of the weekly Sabbath when the wave sheaf was presented (Lev 23:15). In John 20:1, this was the fourth day after the crucifixion, “the Lord's Passover.”
discussion ← word.
Acts 20:8 87]Hsan de\ lampa&dej i9kanai\ e0n tw%~ u9perw%&w% ou[ {RP P1904: h]men} [TR: h]san] sunhgme/noi. And there was a considerable number of lamps in the upper room where {RP P1904: we} [TR: they] were gathered. h]men, we were, RP P1904 F1859=9/11 vs. h]san, they were, TR F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's ck). AV differs textually.
Acts 20:9 Kaqh/menoj de/ tij neani/aj o0no/mati Eu1tuxoj e0pi\ th=j quri/doj, katafero/menoj u3pnw% baqei=, dialegome/nou tou= Pau/lou e0pi\ plei=on, katenexqei\j a)po\ tou= u3pnou e1pesen a)po\ tou= triste/gou ka&tw, kai\ h1rqh nekro/j. Now a certain young man by the name of Eutychus was sitting at the window, and he was weighed down by deep sleepiness, while Paul was all the more engaged in discussion, and when he was finally overcome by the sleepiness, he fell down from the third storey and was taken up dead.
Acts 20:10 Kataba_j de\ o9 Pau=loj e0pe/pesen au0tw%~, kai\ sumperilabw_n ei]pen, Mh\ qorubei=sqe: h9 ga_r yuxh\ au0tou= e0n au0tw%~ e0stin. But Paul went down and fell on him and embraced him and said, “Do not be alarmed, for his life is in him.” life ← soul.
Acts 20:11 870Anaba_j de\ kai\ kla&saj a!rton kai\ geusa&menoj, e0f' i9kano/n te o9milh/saj a!xri au0gh=j, ou3twj e0ch=lqen. And he went upstairs and broke bread, and he had a taste of it, and he talked for a long time – until daybreak – and then he departed. long ← sufficient.
then ← thus.
Acts 20:12 871Hgagon de\ to\n pai=da zw~nta, kai\ pareklh/qhsan ou0 metri/wj. And they brought the boy in alive, and they were comforted in no small measure. small ← moderate.
Acts 20:13 879Hmei=j de/, {RP: proselqo/ntej} [P1904 TR: proelqo/ntej] e0pi\ to\ ploi=on, a)nh/xqhmen ei0j th\n 871Asson, e0kei=qen me/llontej a)nalamba&nein to\n Pau=lon: ou3twj ga_r h]n diatetagme/noj, me/llwn au0to\j pezeu/ein. And we {RP: arrived and went} [P1904 TR: went on ahead] on board the ship and set sail to Assos, and from there we planned to take Paul on board, for that is how he had made arrangements, he himself having the intention to go there on foot. proselqo/ntej, having approached, gone there, RP F1859=7/11 (Scrivener's efghkmo) vs. proelqo/ntej, having gone on ahead, P1904 TR F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's abd) vs. another reading, F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's c). Compare Acts 20:5.
that is how he had made arrangements ← thus he had made arrangements for himself (middle voice).
Acts 20:14 879Wj de\ sune/balen h9mi=n ei0j th\n 871Asson, a)nalabo/ntej au0to\n h1lqomen ei0j Mitulh/nhn. And when he met us in Assos, we took him on board, and we went to Mitylene.
Acts 20:15 Ka)kei=qen a)popleu/santej, th|= e0piou/sh| kathnth/samen a)ntikru\ Xi/ou: th|= de\ e9te/ra% pareba&lomen ei0j Sa&mon: kai\ mei/nantej e0n {RP TR: Trwgulli/w%} [P1904: Trwguli/w%], th|= e0xome/nh| h1lqomen ei0j Mi/lhton. And from there on the next day we sailed off and skirted round Chios, and on the day after we crossed over past Samos, and we stayed in Trogullium, and on the day after that we went to Miletus. Trwgulli/w%, Trogullium, RP TR F1859=0/12 vs. Trwguli/w%, Trogulium (but we retain the traditional English spelling our translation), P1904 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's h) vs. Troguli/w%, Trogulium, F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's cefgk) vs. other spellings, F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's b,h,l,mo) vs. phrase absent, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's a). A disparity with RP, R=1:5.
Punctuation: we associate on the next day with sailed off; RP TBS-TR AV with skirted around. So AV differs.
skirted round ← reached opposite.
past ← to.
Acts 20:16 871Ekrinen ga_r o9 Pau=loj parapleu=sai th\n 871Efeson, o3pwj mh\ ge/nhtai au0tw%~ xronotribh=sai e0n th|= 870Asi/a%: e1speuden ga&r, ei0 dunato\n h]n au0tw%~, th\n h9me/ran th=j Penthkosth=j gene/sqai ei0j 879Ieroso/luma. For Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus so that he would not end up spending time in Asia. For he was eager, if it was possible for him, to be in Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost. end up ← happen to him.
spending time: or wasting time.
in Jerusalem ← to Jerusalem. Pregnant use.
Acts 20:17 870Apo\ de\ th=j Milh/tou pe/myaj ei0j 871Efeson metekale/sato tou\j presbute/rouj th=j e0kklhsi/aj. And from Miletus he sent word to Ephesus, and he sent for the elders of the church. church: see Matt 16:18.
Acts 20:18 879Wj de\ parege/nonto pro\j au0to/n, ei]pen au0toi=j, 879Umei=j e0pi/stasqe, a)po\ prw&thj h9me/raj a)f' h[j e0pe/bhn ei0j th\n 870Asi/an, pw~j meq' u9mw~n to\n pa&nta xro/non e0geno/mhn, And when they had come to him, he said to them, “You know from the first day on which I set foot on Asia, how I was with you all the time, set foot ← stepped.
Acts 20:19 douleu/wn tw%~ kuri/w% meta_ pa&shj tapeinofrosu/nhj kai\ pollw~n dakru/wn kai\ peirasmw~n tw~n sumba&ntwn moi e0n tai=j e0piboulai=j tw~n 870Ioudai/wn: serving the Lord with all humility and many tears and trials which befell me through the plots of the Jews,
Acts 20:20 w(j ou0de\n u9pesteila&mhn tw~n sumfero/ntwn, tou= mh\ a)naggei=lai u9mi=n kai\ dida&cai u9ma~j dhmosi/a% kai\ kat' oi1kouj, how I did not keep back anything profitable – not refraining from informing you and teaching you in public and from house to house, keep back: or shirk.
anything profitable ← the profitable (things).
Acts 20:21 diamarturo/menoj 870Ioudai/oij te kai\ 873Ellhsin th\n ei0j to\n qeo\n meta&noian, kai\ pi/stin th\n ei0j to\n ku/rion h9mw~n 870Ihsou=n {RP: - } [P1904 TR: xristo/n]. solemnly testifying to both Jews and Greeks repentance to God and faith in our Lord Jesus {RP: - } [P1904 TR: Christ]. xristo/n, Christ: absent in RP F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's bcegh) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's adfklmo). A disparity with RP, R=5:9. AV differs textually.
Acts 20:22 Kai\ nu=n i0dou/, e0gw_ dedeme/noj tw%~ pneu/mati poreu/omai ei0j 879Ierousalh/m, ta_ e0n au0th|= sunanth/sonta& moi mh\ ei0dw&j, And now, look, I am going bound in the spirit to Jerusalem, not knowing what things will befall me there, there ← in it.
Acts 20:23 plh\n o3ti to\ pneu=ma to\ a#gion kata_ po/lin diamartu/retai le/gon o3ti desma& me kai\ qli/yeij me/nousin. except that the holy spirit solemnly testifies from city to city, saying that bonds and afflictions await me.
Acts 20:24 870All' ou0deno\j lo/gon poiou=mai, ou0de\ e1xw th\n yuxh/n mou timi/an e0mautw%~, w(j teleiw~sai to\n dro/mon mou meta_ xara~j, kai\ th\n diakoni/an h4n e1labon para_ tou= kuri/ou 870Ihsou=, diamartu/rasqai to\ eu0agge/lion th=j xa&ritoj tou= qeou=. But I consider it a matter of no concern, nor do I hold my life dear to myself, so long as I complete my course with joy, and the ministry which I received from the Lord Jesus, to give a solemn witness of the gospel of the grace of God. life ← soul.
Acts 20:25 Kai\ nu=n i0dou/, e0gw_ oi]da o3ti ou0ke/ti o1yesqe to\ pro/swpo/n mou u9mei=j pa&ntej, e0n oi[j dih=lqon khru/sswn th\n basilei/an tou= qeou=. And now, look, I know that none of you, among whom I went about proclaiming the kingdom of God, will see my face any longer, none of you ... will ← you all ... will not.
Acts 20:26 {RP-text: Dio/ti} [RP-marg P1904 TR: Dio\] martu/romai u9mi=n e0n th|= sh/meron h9me/ra%, o3ti kaqaro\j e0gw_ a)po\ tou= ai3matoj pa&ntwn. which is why I testify to you on this very day that I am clear of the blood of all people. dio/ti, on account of which (1), RP-text F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's g) vs. dio\, on account of which (2), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=11/12. A strong disparity with RP-text, R=1:13.
clear ← clean.
Acts 20:27 Ou0 ga_r u9pesteila&mhn tou= mh\ a)naggei=lai u9mi=n pa~san th\n boulh\n tou= qeou=. For I have not refrained from declaring the whole will of God to you. refrained from: or shirked.
Acts 20:28 Prose/xete ou]n e9autoi=j kai\ panti\ tw%~ poimni/w%, e0n w%{ u9ma~j to\ pneu=ma to\ a#gion e1qeto e0pisko/pouj, poimai/nein th\n e0kklhsi/an {RP P1904: tou= kuri/ou kai\ qeou=} [TR: tou= qeou=], h4n periepoih/sato dia_ tou= i0di/ou ai3matoj. So take heed for yourselves and the whole flock, over which the holy spirit has appointed you overseers, to shepherd the church of {RP P1904: the Lord and God} [TR: God], which he acquired through his own blood. tou= kuri/ou kai\ qeou=, of the Lord and God, RP P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. tou= qeou=, of God, TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ce) vs. tou= kuri/ou, of the Lord, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's a). AV differs textually.
church: see Matt 16:18.
Acts 20:29 870Egw_ ga_r oi]da tou=to, o3ti ei0seleu/sontai meta_ th\n a!fici/n mou lu/koi barei=j ei0j u9ma~j, mh\ feido/menoi tou= poimni/ou: For I know this, that after my departure, savage wolves will come to you, not sparing the flock. departure ← arrival. The verb (a)fikne/omai) often suggests the whole journey, i.e. departure and arrival. [MM] quotes [Josephus, Antiquities II.18], where the sense is departure, and it is so translated by H.St.J.Thackeray.
savage ← heavy, but also grievous, violent.
Acts 20:30 kai\ e0c u9mw~n au0tw~n a)nasth/sontai a!ndrej lalou=ntej diestramme/na, tou= a)pospa~n tou\j maqhta_j o0pi/sw au0tw~n. And from within your company men will arise, saying perverse things in order to draw away the disciples after them. from within your company ← out of you yourselves.
Acts 20:31 Dio\ grhgorei=te, mnhmoneu/ontej o3ti trieti/an nu/kta kai\ h9me/ran ou0k e0pausa&mhn meta_ dakru/wn nouqetw~n e3na e3kaston. Be watchful, therefore, remembering that for three years, night and day, I did not stop warning each one of you with tears.
Acts 20:32 Kai\ ta_ nu=n parati/qemai u9ma~j, a)delfoi/, tw%~ qew%~ kai\ tw%~ lo/gw% th=j xa&ritoj au0tou=, tw%~ duname/nw% e0poikodomh=sai, kai\ dou=nai u9mi=n klhronomi/an e0n toi=j h9giasme/noij pa~sin. And regarding present matters, brothers, I commit you to God and his word of grace which is able to build you up and give you an inheritance among all those who have been sanctified. his word of grace: or the word of his grace.
which: or (God) who.
Acts 20:33 870Arguri/ou h2 xrusi/ou h2 i9matismou= ou0deno\j e0pequ/mhsa. I have not coveted anyone's gold or silver or clothing.
Acts 20:34 Au0toi\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: de\] ginw&skete o3ti tai=j xrei/aij mou kai\ toi=j ou]sin met' e0mou= u9phre/thsan ai9 xei=rej au[tai. {RP P1904: You} [TR: And you] yourselves know that these hands served my needs and the needs of those who were with me. de\, and / but: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. present in TR F1859=0/12.
Acts 20:35 Pa&nta u9pe/deica u9mi=n, o3ti ou3twj kopiw~ntaj dei= a)ntilamba&nesqai tw~n a)sqenou/ntwn, mnhmoneu/ein te {RP TR: tw~n lo/gwn} [P1904: to\n lo/gon] tou= kuri/ou 870Ihsou=, o3ti au0to\j ei]pen, Maka&rio/n e0stin {RP P1904: ma~llon dido/nai} [TR: dido/nai ma~llon] h2 lamba&nein. I have set you an example in all respects, showing you that this is how you must toil to help those who are weak, and to remember the {RP TR: words} [P1904: word] of the Lord Jesus as he himself said, ‘It is more blessed to give than to receive.’ ” tw~n lo/gwn, the words (genitive plural), RP TR F1859=7/13 vs. to\n lo/gon, the word (accusative singular), P1904 F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's ad**efk) vs. tou= lo/gou, the word (genitive singular), F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's h) Both grammatical cases are classically acceptable.
ma~llon dido/nai, than + to give, RP P1904 F1859=8/12 vs. dido/nai ma~llon, to give + than, TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's aemo).
this is how ← thus.
weak: or ill.
Acts 20:36 Kai\ tau=ta ei0pw&n, qei\j ta_ go/nata au0tou=, su\n pa~sin au0toi=j proshu/cato. And when he had said these things, he knelt down with all of them and prayed. Punctuation: we associate with all with knelt down; RP TBS-TR AV with prayed. Compare Acts 21:5. So AV differs.
Acts 20:37 879Ikano\j de\ e0ge/neto klauqmo\j pa&ntwn: kai\ e0pipeso/ntej e0pi\ to\n tra&xhlon tou= Pau/lou katefi/loun au0to/n, And there was considerable weeping by all of them, and they fell round Paul's neck and kissed him, by ← of.
round ← on.
Acts 20:38 o0dunw&menoi ma&lista e0pi\ tw%~ lo/gw% w%{ ei0rh/kei, o3ti ou0ke/ti me/llousin to\ pro/swpon au0tou= qewrei=n. Proe/pempon de\ au0to\n ei0j to\ ploi=on. feeling grief most of all at the words which he had spoken, that they would not see his face any more. Then they escorted him to the ship. words ← word, speech.
Acts 21:1 879Wj de\ e0ge/neto a)naxqh=nai h9ma~j a)pospasqe/ntaj a)p' au0tw~n, eu0qudromh/santej h1lqomen ei0j th\n {RP TR: Kw~n} [P1904: Kw~], th|= de\ e9ch=j ei0j th\n 879Ro/don, ka)kei=qen ei0j Pa&tara: And when it came to pass that we set sail, after we had taken our leave of them, we sailed a straight course and went to Cos, and the next day to Rhodes, and from there we went to Patara, Kw~n, Cos (1), RP TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's lm, but with acute accent) vs. Kw~, Cos (2), P1904 F1859=10/12. A strong disparity with RP, R=3:11.
Cos: AV= Coos.
sailed ← ran.
Acts 21:2 kai\ eu9ro/ntej ploi=on diaperw~n ei0j Foini/khn, e0piba&ntej a)nh/xqhmen. and when we found a ship crossing to Phoenicia, we went on board and set sail. Phoenicia: AV= Phenicia.
Acts 21:3 {RP P1904 E1624: 870Anafane/ntej} [S1550 S1894: 870Anafana&ntej] de\ th\n Ku/pron, kai\ katalipo/ntej au0th\n eu0w&numon, e0ple/omen ei0j Suri/an, kai\ kath/xqhmen ei0j Tu/ron: e0kei=se ga_r h]n to\ ploi=on a)pofortizo/menon to\n go/mon. Then {RP P1904 E1624: we came in sight of} [S1550 S1894: we sighted] Cyprus, and leaving it behind on the port side, we sailed to Syria and landed at Tyre, for that is where the ship was to unload its cargo. a)nafane/ntej, having come in sight of (aorist passive, deponent), RP P1904 E1624 F1859=8/13 (Scrivener's a*dfghklm) vs. a)nafana&ntej, having sighted (aorist active), S1550 S1894 F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's a**bc(tacite)e(tacite)o).
at Tyre ← to Tyre. Pregnant use.
Acts 21:4 Kai\ a)neuro/ntej {RP S1550: - } [P1904 S1550 E1624: tou\j] maqhta&j, e0pemei/namen au0tou= h9me/raj e9pta&: oi3tinej tw%~ Pau/lw% e1legon dia_ tou= pneu/matoj, mh\ a)nabai/nein ei0j {RP TR: 879Ierousalh/m} [P1904: 879Ieroso/luma]. And when we had sought out {RP S1550: the} [P1904 S1550 E1624: the] disciples, we stayed on there for seven days, and they told Paul through the spirit not to go up to Jerusalem. tou\j, the (disciples): absent in RP S1550 F1859=10/12 vs. present in P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's am).
879Ierousalh/m, Jerusalem (1), RP TR F1859=10/12 vs. 879Ieroso/luma, Jerusalem (2), P1904 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ak).
Acts 21:5 873Ote de\ e0ge/neto h9ma~j e0carti/sai ta_j h9me/raj, e0celqo/ntej e0poreuo/meqa, propempo/ntwn h9ma~j pa&ntwn su\n gunaici\n kai\ te/knoij e3wj e1cw th=j po/lewj: kai\ qe/ntej ta_ go/nata e0pi\ to\n ai0gialo\n proshuca&meqa. Then when it came to pass that we had come to the end of the days, we departed and moved on, while they all with wives and children escorted us as far as outside the city, and we knelt down on the shore and prayed. we had come to the end of the days ← we had ended the days. More colloquially, our time was up.
moved on ← went, travelled.
Acts 21:6 Kai\ a)spasa&menoi a)llh/louj, e0pe/bhmen ei0j to\ ploi=on, e0kei=noi de\ u9pe/streyan ei0j ta_ i1dia. We bade each other farewell and embarked on the ship, and they returned to their homes. they ← those (people).
homes ← own (things, neuter).
Acts 21:7 879Hmei=j de/, to\n plou=n dianu/santej a)po\ Tu/rou, kathnth/samen ei0j Ptolemai+/da, kai\ a)spasa&menoi tou\j a)delfou\j e0mei/namen h9me/ran mi/an par' au0toi=j. And as for us, we completed our voyage from Tyre and reached Ptolemais, where we greeted the brothers and stayed one day with them.
Acts 21:8 Th|= de\ e0pau/rion e0celqo/ntej {RP-text TR: oi9 peri\ to\n Pau=lon} [RP-marg P1904: - ] {RP-text S1550: h]lqon} [RP-marg P1904 E1624 S1894: h1lqomen] ei0j Kaisa&reian: kai\ ei0selqo/ntej ei0j to\n oi]kon Fili/ppou tou= eu0aggelistou=, {RP P1904: - } [TR: tou=] o1ntoj e0k tw~n e9pta&, e0mei/namen par' au0tw%~. Then on the next day, {RP-text S1550: Paul and his company} [RP-marg P1904: we] [E1624 S1894: we, Paul and his company,] departed and came to Caesarea, and we went into the house of Philip the evangelist, {RP P1904: who} [TR: who] was one of the seven, and we stayed with him. oi9 peri\ to\n Pau=lon, those associated with Paul: present in RP-text TR F1859=8/12 vs. absent in RP-marg P1904 F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's cehk).
h]lqon, they went, RP-text S1550 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's glm) vs. h1lqomen, we went, RP-marg P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=9/12 (incl. k with rough breathing). A disparity with RP-text, R=4:11.
tou=, the (one): absent in RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. present in TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's a).
the seven: See Acts 6:3-6:6.
Acts 21:9 Tou/tw% de\ h]san qugate/rej parqe/noi te/ssarej profhteu/ousai. Now he had four daughters who were virgins, who prophesied. he ← this (man).
Acts 21:10 870Epimeno/ntwn de\ h9mw~n h9me/raj plei/ouj, kath=lqe/n tij a)po\ th=j 870Ioudai/aj profh/thj o0no/mati 871Agaboj. And as we were staying on for many days, a certain prophet by the name of Agabus came down from Judaea. many ← more.
Acts 21:11 Kai\ e0lqw_n pro\j h9ma~j, kai\ a!raj th\n zw&nhn tou= Pau/lou, dh/saj te au0tou= {RP P1904: tou\j po/daj kai\ ta_j xei=raj} [TR: ta_j xei=raj kai\ tou\j po/daj] ei]pen, Ta&de le/gei to\ pneu=ma to\ a#gion, To\n a!ndra ou[ e0stin h9 zw&nh au3th, ou3twj dh/sousin {RP TR: e0n} [P1904: ei0j] 879Ierousalh\m oi9 870Ioudai=oi, kai\ paradw&sousin ei0j xei=raj e0qnw~n. And he came to us and took Paul's belt and bound his {RP P1904: feet and hands} [TR: hands and feet] and said, “The holy spirit says this: ‘In this way the Jews will bind in Jerusalem the man whose belt this is, and they will hand him over to the hands of the Gentiles.’ ” tou\j po/daj kai\ ta_j xei=raj, the feet + and the hands, RP P1904 F1859=9/13 (Scrivener's a**befghklo) vs. tou\j xei=raj kai\ ta_j po/daj, the hands + and the feet, TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's a*cdm).
e0n, in, RP TR F1859=11/12 vs. ei0j, into, and by pregnant use, in, P1904 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's e).
Acts 21:12 879Wj de\ h0kou/samen tau=ta, parekalou=men h9mei=j te kai\ oi9 e0nto/pioi, tou= mh\ a)nabai/nein au0to\n ei0j 879Ierousalh/m. And when we heard that, both we and the locals exhorted him not to go up to Jerusalem. that ← these (things).
Acts 21:13 870Apekri/qh {RP P1904: te} [TR: de\] o9 Pau=loj, Ti/ poiei=te klai/ontej kai\ sunqru/ptonte/j mou th\n kardi/an; 870Egw_ ga_r ou0 mo/non deqh=nai, a)lla_ kai\ a)poqanei=n ei0j 879Ierousalh\m e9toi/mwj e1xw u9pe\r tou= o0no/matoj tou= kuri/ou 870Ihsou=. {RP P1904: Then} [TR: But] Paul answered, “What are you doing, weeping and breaking my heart? For I am ready not only to be bound, but also to die in Jerusalem for the sake of the name of the Lord Jesus.” te, and, RP P1904 F1859=7/12 vs. de\, and / but, TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's abco) vs. word absent, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's e).
Acts 21:14 Mh\ peiqome/nou de\ au0tou=, h9suxa&samen ei0po/ntej, To\ qe/lhma tou= kuri/ou {RP TR: gene/sqw} [P1904: gine/sqw]. And as he was not persuaded, we desisted and said, “Let the will of the Lord come to pass.” gene/sqw, let it come to pass (aorist, so perfective aspect), RP TR F1859=8/12 vs. gine/sqw, let it come to pass (present, so imperfective aspect), P1904 F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's fgmo).
Acts 21:15 Meta_ de\ ta_j h9me/raj tau/taj {RP P1904: e0piskeuasa&menoi} [TR: a)poskeuasa&menoi] a)nebai/nomen ei0j 879Ierousalh/m. So after those days we {RP P1904: made our preparations} [TR: packed] and went up to Jerusalem. e0piskeuasa&menoi, having made preparations, RP P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. a)poskeuasa&menoi, having packed, TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ce) vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's a).
Acts 21:16 Sunh=lqon de\ kai\ tw~n maqhtw~n a)po\ Kaisarei/aj su\n h9mi=n, a!gontej par' w%{ cenisqw~men, Mna&swni/ tini Kupri/w%, a)rxai/w% maqhth|=. Some of the disciples from Caesarea also went with us, and they brought a certain Mnason, a Cypriot, along with them, who was a disciple of long standing, with whom we were to lodge.
Acts 21:17 Genome/nwn de\ h9mw~n ei0j 879Ieroso/luma, a)sme/nwj e0de/canto h9ma~j oi9 a)delfoi/. And when we arrived in Jerusalem, the brothers received us gladly.
Acts 21:18 Th|= de\ e0piou/sh| ei0sh|/ei o9 Pau=loj su\n h9mi=n pro\j 870Ia&kwbon, pa&ntej te parege/nonto oi9 presbu/teroi. Then on the next day Paul went with us into James's house, and all the elders were present.
Acts 21:19 Kai\ a)spasa&menoj au0tou/j, e0chgei=to kaq' e4n e3kaston w{n e0poi/hsen o9 qeo\j e0n toi=j e1qnesin dia_ th=j diakoni/aj au0tou=. And he greeted them and related each thing one by one of what God had done among the Gentiles through his ministry.
Acts 21:20 Oi9 de\ a)kou/santej e0do/cazon to\n ku/rion, {RP: ei0po/ntej} [P1904 TR: ei]po/n te] au0tw%~, Qewrei=j, a)delfe/, po/sai muria&dej ei0si\n 870Ioudai/wn tw~n pepisteuko/twn: kai\ pa&ntej zhlwtai\ tou= no/mou u9pa&rxousin: And those listening glorified the Lord, and they said to him, “You see, brother, how many tens of thousands of Jews there are who have believed, and they are all zealous of the law. ei0po/ntej, having said; saying, RP F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's ceghm) vs. ei]po/n te, and they said, P1904 TR F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's abdfklo). A disparity with RP, R=5:9.
listening ← having heard. See Matt 23:20.
who have believed: our italicization here indicates the supplying of a finite verb, not a tense change, aorist to perfect, as might be suspected. See the Introduction.
zealous ← zealots.
Acts 21:21 kathxh/qhsan de\ peri\ sou=, o3ti a)postasi/an dida&skeij a)po\ {RP-text P1904: Mwu+se/wj} [RP-marg: Mwu+se/oj] [TR: Mwse/wj] tou\j kata_ ta_ e1qnh pa&ntaj 870Ioudai/ouj, le/gwn mh\ perite/mnein au0tou\j ta_ te/kna, mhde\ toi=j e1qesin peripatei=n. But they have been instructed concerning you that you teach all the Jews who are among the Gentiles defection from Moses, saying that they should not circumcise their children, or observe the customs. Mwu+se/wj, Moüses (1), RP-text P1904 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's cm) vs. Mwu+se/oj, Moüses (2), RP-marg F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's adfhl) vs. Mwse/wj, Moses, TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's begko). A disparity with RP-text, R=3:6, but there is a majority reading Mwu+- and a majority reading ‑se/wj.
observe ← walk around in.
Acts 21:22 Ti/ ou]n e0stin; Pa&ntwj dei= plh=qoj sunelqei=n: a)kou/sontai ga_r o3ti e0lh/luqaj. So which way is it? At all events, the community must gather, for they will hear that you have come. community ← multitude.
Acts 21:23 Tou=to ou]n poi/hson o3 soi le/gomen: ei0si\n h9mi=n a!ndrej te/ssarej eu0xh\n e1xontej e0f' e9autw~n: So do this that we are telling you. We have four men who have taken a vow on themselves. who have taken ← having.
Acts 21:24 tou/touj paralabw_n a(gni/sqhti su\n au0toi=j, kai\ dapa&nhson e0p' au0toi=j, i3na curh/swntai th\n kefalh/n, kai\ gnw~sin pa&ntej o3ti w{n kath/xhntai peri\ sou= ou0de/n e0stin, a)lla_ stoixei=j kai\ au0to\j to\n no/mon fula&sswn. Take these with you and purify yourself with them, and pay expenses on their behalf so that they may shave their heads and everyone may know that there is no basis in the things about which they have been instructed concerning you, but that you yourself also walk according to regulation and keep the law. take: imperatival use of the participle.
purify yourself: passive for reflexive.
heads ← head.
no basis ← nothing.
Acts 21:25 Peri\ de\ tw~n pepisteuko/twn e0qnw~n h9mei=j e0pestei/lamen, kri/nantej mhde\n toiou=ton threi=n au0tou/j, ei0 mh\ fula&ssesqai au0tou\j to/ te ei0dwlo/quton kai\ to\ ai[ma kai\ pnikto\n kai\ pornei/an. And concerning the Gentiles who have believed, we have sent a letter, since we judge that they should keep no such thing, except to keep themselves from anything sacrificed to idols, and blood, and anything strangled, and fornication.” who have believed: see Acts 21:20.
letter: or commandment.
since: causal use of the participle.
judge ← judged. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 21:26 To/te o9 Pau=loj paralabw_n tou\j a!ndraj, th|= e0xome/nh| h9me/ra% su\n au0toi=j a(gnisqei\j ei0sh|/ei ei0j to\ i9ero/n, diagge/llwn th\n e0kplh/rwsin tw~n h9merw~n tou= a(gnismou=, e3wj ou[ proshne/xqh u9pe\r e9no\j e9ka&stou au0tw~n h9 prosfora&. Then Paul took the men with him, and on the next day he purified himself with them, and he went into the temple giving notice of the completion of the days of their purification, the purification lasting until the offering had been made for each one of them. purified himself: passive for reflexive.
Acts 21:27 879Wj de\ e1mellon ai9 e9pta_ h9me/rai suntelei=sqai, oi9 a)po\ th=j 870Asi/aj 870Ioudai=oi, qeasa&menoi au0to\n e0n tw%~ i9erw%~, sune/xeon pa&nta to\n o1xlon, kai\ e0pe/balon ta_j xei=raj e0p' au0to/n, But as the seven days were about to be completed, the Jews from Asia saw him in the temple, and they stirred up all the crowd, and they laid hands on him,
Acts 21:28 kra&zontej, 871Andrej 870Israhli=tai, bohqei=te. Ou[to/j e0stin o9 a!nqrwpoj o9 kata_ tou= laou= kai\ tou= no/mou kai\ tou= to/pou tou/tou pa&ntaj pantaxou= dida&skwn: e1ti te kai\ 873Ellhnaj ei0sh/gagen ei0j to\ i9ero/n, kai\ kekoi/nwken to\n a#gion to/pon tou=ton. shouting, “Men and Israelites, help. This is the man who is teaching everyone everywhere things against the people and the law and this place. Moreover he has brought Greeks into the temple and has profaned this holy place.”
Acts 21:29 87]Hsan ga_r {RP P1904: e9wrako/tej} [TR: proewrako/tej] Tro/fimon to\n 870Efe/sion e0n th|= po/lei su\n au0tw%~, o4n e0no/mizon o3ti ei0j to\ i9ero\n ei0sh/gagen o9 Pau=loj. For they had {RP P1904: - } [TR: previously] seen Trophimus the Ephesian in the city with him, whom they supposed Paul had brought into the temple. e9wrako/tej, having seen, RP P1904 F1859=8/12 vs. proewrako/tej, having seen beforehand, TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's abco).
Acts 21:30 870Ekinh/qh te h9 po/lij o3lh, kai\ e0ge/neto sundromh\ tou= laou=: kai\ e0pilabo/menoi tou= Pau/lou ei[lkon au0to\n e1cw tou= i9erou=: kai\ eu0qe/wj e0klei/sqhsan ai9 qu/rai. And the whole city was stirred up, and a rally of the people took place, and they seized Paul and dragged him out of the temple, and immediately the gates were closed. stirred up ← moved.
Acts 21:31 Zhtou/ntwn de\ au0to\n a)poktei=nai, a)ne/bh fa&sij tw%~ xilia&rxw% th=j spei/rhj, o3ti o3lh sugke/xutai 879Ierousalh/m: And while they tried to find a way to kill him, a report came to the commander of the cohort that the whole of Jerusalem was in turmoil, was in turmoil ← had been confused.
Acts 21:32 o4j e0cauth=j paralabw_n stratiw&taj kai\ e9katonta&rxouj, kate/dramen e0p' au0tou/j: oi9 de/, i0do/ntej to\n xili/arxon kai\ tou\j stratiw&taj, e0pau/santo tu/ptontej to\n Pau=lon. and he immediately took soldiers with him and centurions and ran down to them. And when they saw the cohort commander and the soldiers, they stopped beating Paul.
Acts 21:33 {RP P1904: 870Eggi/saj de\} [TR: To/te e0ggi/saj] o9 xili/arxoj e0pela&beto au0tou=, kai\ e0ke/leusen deqh=nai a(lu/sesin dusi/n: kai\ e0punqa&neto ti/j a@n ei1h, kai\ ti/ e0stin pepoihkw&j. Then the cohort commander approached and seized him and ordered him to be bound with two chains, and he inquired who he was and what he had done. e0ggi/saj de\, but having approached, RP P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. to/te e0ggi/saj, then having approached, TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's acm).
Acts 21:34 871Alloi de\ a!llo ti e0bo/wn e0n tw%~ o1xlw%: mh\ duna&menoj de\ gnw~nai to\ a)sfale\j dia_ to\n qo/rubon, e0ke/leusen a!gesqai au0to\n ei0j th\n parembolh/n. Now various people in the crowd were shouting various things, and since he could not find out exactly what was going on because of the disturbance, he ordered him to be brought to the camp. since: causal use of the participle.
find out ← know.
exactly what was going on ← the certainty.
Acts 21:35 873Ote de\ e0ge/neto e0pi\ tou\j a)nabaqmou/j, sune/bh basta&zesqai au0to\n u9po\ tw~n stratiwtw~n dia_ th\n bi/an tou= o1xlou. And when he came to the steps, it was necessary for him to be carried by the soldiers because of the violence of the crowd. it was necessary ← it happened. There appears to be a sense of need or cause here, a reason being given, because of the violence. Yet no causality is indicated for sumbai/nw in [LS] or [MM].
Acts 21:36 870Hkolou/qei ga_r to\ plh=qoj tou= laou= kra~zon, Ai]re au0to/n. For the mob of the people was following, shouting, “Away with him!” away with ← remove.
Acts 21:37 Me/llwn te ei0sa&gesqai ei0j th\n parembolh\n o9 Pau=loj le/gei tw%~ xilia&rxw%, Ei0 e1cesti/n moi ei0pei=n {RP: - } [P1904 TR: ti] pro/j se; 879O de\ e1fh, 879Ellhnisti\ ginw&skeij; And as Paul was about to be led into the camp, he said to the cohort commander, “Is it permitted for me to {RP: speak} [P1904 TR: say something] to you?” And he said, “Do you speak Greek? ti, something; anything: absent in RP F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's dfghl) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's abcekmo). A disparity with RP, R=5:9.
speak ← know.
Acts 21:38 Ou0k a!ra su\ ei] o9 Ai0gu/ptioj o9 pro\ tou/twn tw~n h9merw~n a)nastatw&saj kai\ e0cagagw_n ei0j th\n e1rhmon tou\j tetrakisxili/ouj a!ndraj tw~n sikari/wn; So you are not the Egyptian who a while ago caused a revolt and led the four thousand cut-throats into the desert?” a while ago ← before these days.
cut-throats ← men of the knifers.
Acts 21:39 Ei]pen de\ o9 Pau=loj, 870Egw_ a!nqrwpoj me/n ei0mi 870Ioudai=oj, Tarseu\j th=j Kiliki/aj, ou0k a)sh/mou po/lewj poli/thj: de/omai de/ sou, e0pi/treyo/n moi lalh=sai pro\j to\n lao/n. Then Paul said, “I am a Jew of Tarsus of Cilicia, a citizen of a city which is not insignificant. And I ask you, permit me to speak to the people.” of Tarsus ← a Tarsean.
Acts 21:40 870Epitre/yantoj de\ au0tou=, o9 Pau=loj e9stw_j e0pi\ tw~n a)nabaqmw~n kate/seisen th|= xeiri\ tw%~ law%~: pollh=j de\ sigh=j genome/nhj, {RP: prosefw&nei} [P1904 TR: prosefw&nhse] th|= 879Ebrai+/di diale/ktw% le/gwn, And he permitted him, and Paul, standing on the steps, signalled to the people with his hand. And when it had gone very quiet, he addressed them in the Hebrew language and said, prosefw&nei, he was addressing, RP F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's egh) vs. prosefw&nhse, he addressed, P1904 TR F1859=9/12 (Scrivener's abcdfklmo). A strong disparity with RP, R=3:11.
Hebrew: the word can stand for, or include, Aramaic.
Acts 22:1 871Andrej a)delfoi\ kai\ pate/rej, a)kou/sate/ mou th=j pro\j u9ma~j {RP P1904: nuni\} [TR: nu=n] a)pologi/aj. “Men and brothers, and fathers, hear my present defence to you.” nuni\, now (1), RP P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. nu=n, now (2), TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's af).
Acts 22:2 870Akou/santej de\ o3ti th|= 879Ebrai+/di diale/ktw% prosefw&nei au0toi=j, ma~llon pare/sxon h9suxi/an. Kai/ fhsin, And when they heard that he was addressing them in the Hebrew language, they kept all the more quiet. And he said, he was addressing: relaxing a classical rule, he had been addressing. See Acts 6:1.
Hebrew: see Acts 21:40.
kept ← provided.
Acts 22:3 870Egw_ me/n ei0mi a)nh\r 870Ioudai=oj, gegennhme/noj e0n Tarsw%~ th=j Kiliki/aj, a)nateqramme/noj de\ e0n th|= po/lei tau/th| para_ tou\j po/daj Gamalih/l, pepaideume/noj kata_ a)kri/beian tou= patrw%&ou no/mou, zhlwth\j u9pa&rxwn tou= qeou=, kaqw_j pa&ntej u9mei=j e0ste sh/meron: “I am a Jewish man who was born in Tarsus of Cilicia but brought up in this city at the feet of Gamaliel, educated according to the exactness of the ancestral law, being a zealot for God, as all of you are today, for ← of.
Acts 22:4 o4j tau/thn th\n o9do\n e0di/wca a!xri qana&tou, desmeu/wn kai\ paradidou\j ei0j fulaka_j a!ndraj te kai\ gunai=kaj. and I pursued this way as far as death, binding and committing both men and women to prison, as far as death: it appears that Paul did the binding and sending to prison and others did the sentencing, which in some cases was to death. See Acts 9:2.
Acts 22:5 879Wj kai\ o9 a)rxiereu\j marturei= moi, kai\ pa~n to\ presbute/rion: par' w{n kai\ e0pistola_j deca&menoj pro\j tou\j a)delfou/j, ei0j Damasko\n e0poreuo/mhn, a!cwn kai\ tou\j e0kei=se o1ntaj dedeme/nouj ei0j 879Ierousalh/m, i3na timwrhqw~sin. as the high priest also testifies to me, as does the whole council of elders, from whom I also received letters addressed to the brothers, and I went to Damascus in order to also bring those there bound to Jerusalem for them to be punished. the brothers: in this case, the brothers of the council of elders, the Jewish authorities in Damascus.
in order to ... bring: classical future participle of purpose.
punished ← avenged.
Acts 22:6 870Ege/neto de/ moi poreuome/nw% kai\ e0ggi/zonti th|= Damaskw%~, peri\ meshmbri/an, e0cai/fnhj e0k tou= ou0ranou= periastra&yai fw~j i9kano\n peri\ e0me/. But it came to pass as I was going along and approaching Damascus at about midday, that suddenly a bright light from heaven flashed around me. bright ← sufficient.
heaven: or the sky, but see Acts 26:19 (heavenly vision).
Acts 22:7 {RP-text: 871Epesa&} [RP-marg P1904 TR: 871Epeso/n] te ei0j to\ e1dafoj, kai\ h1kousa fwnh=j legou/shj moi, Saou/l, Saou/l, ti/ me diw&keij; And I fell to the ground and heard a voice saying to me, ‘Saul, Saul, why are you persecuting me?’ e1pesa&, I fell (classical form), RP-text F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's dfm) vs. e1peso/n, I fell (non-classical form), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=9/12. A strong disparity with RP-text, R=3:11.
Acts 22:8 870Egw_ de\ a)pekri/qhn, Ti/j ei], ku/rie; Ei]pe/n te pro/j me, 870Egw& ei0mi 870Ihsou=j o9 Nazwrai=oj o4n su\ diw&keij. And I answered, ‘Who are you, Lord?’ And he said to me, ‘I am Jesus the Nazarene whom you are persecuting.’ I am: emphatic, as in John 18:5.
Acts 22:9 Oi9 de\ su\n e0moi\ o1ntej to\ me\n fw~j e0qea&santo, kai\ e1mfoboi e0ge/nonto: th\n de\ fwnh\n ou0k h1kousan tou= lalou=nto/j moi. And the people who were with me saw the light and became fearful, but they did not hear the voice of him who was speaking to me.
Acts 22:10 Ei]pon de/, Ti/ poih/sw, ku/rie; 879O de\ ku/rioj ei]pen pro/j me, 870Anasta_j poreu/ou ei0j Damasko/n: ka)kei= soi lalhqh/setai peri\ pa&ntwn w{n te/taktai/ soi poih=sai. And I said, ‘What am I to do, Lord?’ And the Lord said to me, ‘Get up and go to Damascus and there you will be told about all the things that have been appointed for you to do.’ get up: imperatival use of the participle.
you will be told ← it will be told to you.
Acts 22:11 879Wj de\ ou0k e0ne/blepon a)po\ th=j do/chj tou= fwto\j e0kei/nou, xeiragwgou/menoj u9po\ tw~n suno/ntwn moi, h]lqon ei0j Damasko/n. But as I could not see because of that dazzling light, I came to Damascus being led by the hand by those who were with me. that dazzling light ← the glory of that light, a Hebraic genitive.
Acts 22:12 870Anani/aj de/ tij, a)nh\r {RP P1904 TR: eu0sebh\j} [MISC: eu0labh\j] kata_ to\n no/mon, marturou/menoj u9po\ pa&ntwn tw~n katoikou/ntwn {RP TR: - } [P1904: e0n Damaskw%~] 870Ioudai/wn, And a certain Ananias, a man who was devout according to the law, held in high regard by all the {RP TR: Jewish inhabitants} [P1904: Jews who were living in Damascus], eu0sebh\j, pious; religious, RP P1904 TR F1859=4/11 (Scrivener's fhlm) vs. eu0labh\j, devout; prudent, discreet, F1859=7/11 (Scrivener's abcegko). A weak disparity (#1) with RP, R=6:7.
e0n Damaskw%~, in Damascus: absent in RP TR F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's fg) vs. present in P1904 F1859=9/11 (Scrivener's abcehklmo). A strong disparity (#2) with RP, R=3:10.
held in high regard ← attested.
Acts 22:13 e0lqw_n pro/j me kai\ e0pista_j ei]pe/n moi, Saou\l a)delfe/, a)na&bleyon. Ka)gw_ au0th|= th|= w#ra% a)ne/bleya ei0j au0to/n. came to me and stood by me and said to me, ‘Brother Saul, recover your sight.’ And at that very hour I recovered my sight and looked up at him. and looked up: this sense is also present in a)ne/bleya, I recovered my sight. Perhaps a play on words.
Acts 22:14 879O de\ ei]pen, 879O qeo\j tw~n pate/rwn h9mw~n proexeiri/sato/ se gnw~nai to\ qe/lhma au0tou=, kai\ i0dei=n to\n di/kaion, kai\ a)kou=sai fwnh\n e0k tou= sto/matoj au0tou=. And he said, ‘The God of our fathers has appointed you to know his will and to see the just one and to hear a sound from his mouth,
Acts 22:15 873Oti e1sh| ma&rtuj au0tw%~ pro\j pa&ntaj a)nqrw&pouj w{n e9w&rakaj kai\ h1kousaj. because you will be a witness to him towards all men of what you have seen and heard.
Acts 22:16 Kai\ nu=n ti/ me/lleij; 870Anasta_j ba&ptisai kai\ a)po/lousai ta_j a(marti/aj sou, e0pikalesa&menoj to\ o1noma tou= kuri/ou. And now, why do you delay? Get up and have yourself baptized and wash away your sins, calling upon the name of the Lord.’ get up: imperatival use of the participle.
wash away: middle voice, as for washing oneself, but not for washing others.
calling ← having called. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 22:17 870Ege/neto de/ moi u9postre/yanti ei0j 879Ierousalh/m, kai\ proseuxome/nou mou e0n tw%~ i9erw%~, gene/sqai me e0n e0ksta&sei, And it happened that when I had returned to Jerusalem and was praying in the temple, that I went into a trance,
Acts 22:18 kai\ i0dei=n au0to\n le/gonta& moi, Speu=son kai\ e1celqe e0n ta&xei e0c 879Ierousalh/m: dio/ti ou0 parade/contai/ sou th\n marturi/an peri\ e0mou=. and I saw him saying to me, ‘Hurry up and depart from Jerusalem quickly, because they will not receive your witness concerning me.’ him saying: i.e. the Lord saying.
Acts 22:19 Ka)gw_ ei]pon, Ku/rie, au0toi\ e0pi/stantai o3ti e0gw_ h1mhn fulaki/zwn kai\ de/rwn kata_ ta_j sunagwga_j tou\j pisteu/ontaj e0pi\ se/: And I said, ‘Lord, they know that I used to imprison and flog those who believed in you as I went from synagogue to synagogue.
Acts 22:20 kai\ o3te e0cexei=to to\ ai[ma Stefa&nou tou= ma&rturo/j sou, kai\ au0to\j h1mhn e0festw_j kai\ suneudokw~n th|= a)naire/sei au0tou=, {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: kai\] fula&sswn ta_ i9ma&tia tw~n a)nairou/ntwn au0to/n. And when the blood of your witness Stephen was being shed, I myself was also standing by, approving of his elimination, {RP-text: while} [RP-marg P1904 TR: and] guarding the coats of those eliminating him.’ kai\, and: absent in RP-text F1859=6/11 (Scrivener's bceflo) vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=5/11 (Scrivener's aghkm). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=6:7.
Acts 22:21 Kai\ ei]pen pro/j me, Poreu/ou, o3ti e0gw_ ei0j e1qnh makra_n e0capostelw~ se. And he said to me, ‘Get going, for I will send you to Gentiles a long way off.’ ”
Acts 22:22 871Hkouon de\ au0tou= a!xri tou/tou tou= lo/gou, kai\ e0ph=ran th\n fwnh\n au0tw~n le/gontej, Ai]re a)po\ th=j gh=j to\n toiou=ton: ou0 ga_r {RP P1904: kaqh=ken} [TR: kaqh=kon] au0to\n zh|=n. And they heard him as far as this word, then they raised their voices and said, “Remove a man like this from the face of the earth, for it is not proper that he should live.” kaqh=ken, it is fitting (imperfect, strengthening the sense of “ought”), RP P1904 F1859=9/11 vs. kaqh=kon, it is fitting (neuter participle), TR F1859=0/11 vs. kaqh=kei, it is fitting (present), F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's ae). (The classical verb is prosh/kei.)
voices ← voice.
Acts 22:23 {RP-text: Krazo/ntwn} [RP-marg P1904 TR: Kraugazo/ntwn] de\ au0tw~n, kai\ {RP TR: r(iptou/ntwn} [P1904: r(ipto/ntwn] ta_ i9ma&tia, kai\ koniorto\n ballo/ntwn ei0j to\n a)e/ra, And as they were shouting and throwing their coats off and throwing dust into the air, krazo/ntwn, shouting (1), RP-text F1859=5/11 (Scrivener's ceglo) vs. kraugazo/ntwn, shouting (2), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=5/11 (Scrivener's abfhm) vs. another reading, F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's k). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=5:7.
r(iptou/ntwn, throwing (from r(ipte/w), RP TR F1859=8/11 vs. r(ipto/ntwn, throwing (from r(i/ptw), P1904 F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's abo).
Acts 22:24 e0ke/leusen au0to\n o9 xili/arxoj a!gesqai ei0j th\n parembolh/n, ei0pw_n ma&sticin a)neta&zesqai au0to/n, i3na e0pignw%~ di' h4n ai0ti/an ou3twj e0pefw&noun au0tw%~. the cohort commander ordered him to be brought into the camp, ordering him to be interrogated with whips, so that he might ascertain the reason why they clamoured like that against him. the reason why ← for what reason.
Acts 22:25 879Wj de\ {RP-text S1550 E1624: proe/teinen} [RP-marg P1904 S1894: proe/teinan] au0to\n toi=j i9ma~sin, ei]pen pro\j to\n e9stw~ta e9kato/ntarxon o9 Pau=loj, Ei0 a!nqrwpon 879Rwmai=on kai\ a)kata&kriton e1cestin u9mi=n masti/zein; And when {RP-text S1550 E1624: he} [RP-marg P1904 S1894: they] had stretched him out, bound with thongs, Paul said to the centurion who was standing by, “Is it permitted for you to whip a man who is a Roman, and who has not been condemned?” proe/teinen, he (had) stretched out, RP-text S1550 E1624 F1859=4/10 (Scrivener's klmo) vs. proe/teinan, they (had) stretched out, RP-marg P1904 S1894 F1859=6/10 (Scrivener's abcegh). Scrivener's f is excluded, as it is doubtful, and not categorized by Scrivener. A disparity with RP-text, R=5:8.
Acts 22:26 870Akou/saj de\ o9 e9kato/ntarxoj, proselqw_n a)ph/ggeilen tw%~ xilia&rxw% le/gwn, 873Ora ti/ me/lleij poiei=n: o9 ga_r a!nqrwpoj ou[toj 879Rwmai=o/j e0stin. And when the centurion heard it, he went and told the cohort commander and said, “Watch what you are about to do. For this man is a Roman.”
Acts 22:27 Proselqw_n de\ o9 xili/arxoj ei]pen au0tw%~, Le/ge moi, ei0 su\ 879Rwmai=oj ei]; 879O de\ e1fh, Nai/. Then the cohort commander came and said to him, “Tell me, are you a Roman?” And he said, “Yes.”
Acts 22:28 870Apekri/qh te o9 xili/arxoj, 870Egw_ pollou= kefalai/ou th\n politei/an tau/thn e0kthsa&mhn. 879O de\ Pau=loj e1fh, 870Egw_ de\ kai\ gege/nnhmai. And the cohort commander answered, “I obtained this citizenship for a large sum of money.” Then Paul said, “But I was born with it.”
Acts 22:29 Eu0qe/wj ou]n a)pe/sthsan a)p' au0tou= oi9 me/llontej au0to\n a)neta&zein. Kai\ o9 xili/arxoj de\ e0fobh/qh, e0pignou\j o3ti 879Rwmai=o/j e0stin, kai\ o3ti h]n au0to\n dedekw&j. So those who were going to interrogate him immediately stood back from him, and the cohort commander was afraid, as he had ascertained that he was a Roman, and he had bound him. as he had ascertained: causal use of the participle.
Acts 22:30 Th|= de\ e0pau/rion boulo/menoj gnw~nai to\ a)sfale/j, to\ ti/ kathgorei=tai para_ tw~n 870Ioudai/wn, e1lusen au0to\n a)po\ tw~n desmw~n, kai\ e0ke/leusen e0lqei=n tou\j a)rxierei=j kai\ o3lon to\ sune/drion au0tw~n, kai\ katagagw_n to\n Pau=lon e1sthsen ei0j au0tou/j. And the next day, wishing to know the details of what he was being accused of by the Jews, he released him from his bonds and ordered the senior priests and the whole of their Sanhedrin council to come, and he brought Paul down and stood him before them. details ← certainty.
was being accused of: the tense of English indirect speech (Greek present).
Acts 23:1 870Ateni/saj de\ o9 Pau=loj tw%~ sunedri/w% ei]pen, 871Andrej a)delfoi/, e0gw_ pa&sh| suneidh/sei a)gaqh|= pepoli/teumai tw%~ qew%~ a!xri tau/thj th=j h9me/raj. And Paul looked at the Sanhedrin council intently and said, “Men and brothers, I have lived as a citizen with a fully clear conscience before God up to this day.” fully clear ← all good.
Acts 23:2 879O de\ a)rxiereu\j 870Anani/aj e0pe/tacen toi=j parestw~sin au0tw%~ tu/ptein au0tou= to\ sto/ma. But Ananias the high priest ordered those standing by him to strike his mouth.
Acts 23:3 To/te o9 Pau=loj pro\j au0to\n ei]pen, Tu/ptein se me/llei o9 qeo/j, toi=xe kekoniame/ne: kai\ su\ ka&qh| kri/nwn me kata_ to\n no/mon, kai\ paranomw~n keleu/eij me tu/ptesqai; Then Paul said to him, “God will strike you, you whitewashed wall. And you sit judging me according to the law, but you order me to be struck, acting contrary to the law.”
Acts 23:4 Oi9 de\ parestw~tej ei]pon, To\n a)rxiere/a tou= qeou= loidorei=j; Then those standing around said, “Do you insult the high priest of God?”
Acts 23:5 871Efh te o9 Pau=loj, Ou0k h|1dein, a)delfoi/, o3ti e0sti\n a)rxiereu/j: ge/graptai ga&r, 871Arxonta tou= laou= sou ou0k e0rei=j kakw~j. Then Paul said, “I did not know, brothers, that it was the high priest. For it stands written: ‘You shall not speak ill of the ruler of your people.’ ” Ex 22:27MT (Ex 22:28AV).
The reason Paul did not know that it was the high priest is probably because he had very poor eyesight. See 2 Cor 12:7, Gal 4:15, Gal 6:11.
Acts 23:6 Gnou\j de\ o9 Pau=loj o3ti to\ e4n me/roj e0sti\n Saddoukai/wn, to\ de\ e3teron Farisai/wn, e1kracen e0n tw%~ sunedri/w%, 871Andrej a)delfoi/, e0gw_ Farisai=o/j ei0mi, ui9o\j Farisai/ou: peri\ e0lpi/doj kai\ a)nasta&sewj nekrw~n e0gw_ kri/nomai. Then Paul, knowing that one part was of the Sadducees and the other Pharisees, shouted out in the Sanhedrin council, “Men and brothers, I am a Pharisee, the son of a Pharisee. For the hope and the resurrection of the dead I am being judged.” knowing ← having known. See Matt 23:20.
the hope and the resurrection: according to [CB], [MG] hendiadys, so standing for the hope of the resurrection.
Acts 23:7 {RP P1904c TR: Tou=to} [P1904u: Tou/tou] de\ au0tou= lalh/santoj, e0ge/neto sta&sij tw~n Farisai/wn {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: kai\ tw~n Saddoukai/wn], kai\ e0sxi/sqh to\ plh=qoj. And when he had said this, contention arose {RP-text: with the Pharisees} [RP-marg P1904 TR: between the Pharisees and the Sadducees], and the assembly was divided. kai\ tw~n Saddoukai/wn, and the Sadducees: absent in RP-text F1859=0/11 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=11/11, though cgm interchange Farisai/wn and Saddoukai/wn, and bcekmo have minor variations. A strong disparity with RP-text, R=0:13. AV differs textually.
{RP-text: with ← of.}
assembly ← multitude.
Acts 23:8 Saddoukai=oi me\n ga_r le/gousin mh\ ei]nai a)na&stasin, {RP TR: mhde\} [P1904: mh/te] a!ggelon, mh/te pneu=ma: Farisai=oi de\ o9mologou=sin ta_ a)mfo/tera. For the Sadducees say that there is no resurrection, nor {RP TR: even} [P1904: - ] angel, nor spirit, but the Pharisees confess all of these. mhde\, not even; nor, and not, RP TR F1859=6/11 (Scrivener's befgmo, though mo not so accented) vs. mh/te, nor, and not, P1904 F1859=5/11 (Scrivener's achkl). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:6.
all of these ← both.
Acts 23:9 870Ege/neto de\ kraugh\ mega&lh: kai\ a)nasta&ntej oi9 grammatei=j tou= me/rouj tw~n Farisai/wn diema&xonto le/gontej, Ou0de\n kako\n eu9ri/skomen e0n tw%~ a)nqrw&pw% tou/tw%: ei0 de\ pneu=ma e0la&lhsen au0tw%~ h2 a!ggeloj, mh\ qeomaxw~men. And loud shouting arose, and the scribes of the faction of the Pharisees stood up and strove, and they said, “We do not find anything wrong in this man. And if a spirit or angel has spoken to him, let us not fight God.” arose ← became, came about.
Acts 23:10 Pollh=j de\ genome/nhj sta&sewj, eu0labhqei\j o9 xili/arxoj mh\ diaspasqh|= o9 Pau=loj u9p' au0tw~n, e0ke/leusen to\ stra&teuma {RP P1904: katabh=nai} [TR: kataba_n] {RP P1904: kai\} [TR: - ] a(rpa&sai au0to\n e0k me/sou au0tw~n, a!gein te ei0j th\n parembolh/n. And when a lot of contention arose, the cohort commander saw to it that Paul should not be torn apart by them, and he ordered the army to come down and seize him and take him away from them and to bring him to the camp. katabh=nai, to come down, RP P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. kataba_n, having come down, TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ap).
kai\, and: present in RP P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. absent in TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ap).
away from them ← out of their midst.
Acts 23:11 Th|= de\ e0piou/sh| nukti\ e0pista_j au0tw%~ o9 ku/rioj ei]pen, Qa&rsei Pau=le: w(j ga_r diemartu/rw ta_ peri\ e0mou= ei0j 879Ierousalh/m, ou3twj se dei= kai\ ei0j 879Rw&mhn marturh=sai. The following night the Lord came and stood by him and said, “Take courage, Paul, for as you bore solemn witness to the things concerning me in Jerusalem, so you must bear witness in Rome.” in Rome ← to Rome. Pregnant use.
Acts 23:12 Genome/nhj de\ h9me/raj, poih/sante/j tinej tw~n 870Ioudai/wn sustrofh/n, a)neqema&tisan e9autou/j, le/gontej mh/te fagei=n mh/te piei=n e3wj ou[ a)poktei/nwsin to\n Pau=lon. And when day had broken, some of the Jews made an alliance and bound themselves with a curse, saying that they would neither eat nor drink until they had killed Paul. broken ← become, come.
Acts 23:13 87]Hsan de\ plei/ouj tessara&konta oi9 tau/thn th\n sunwmosi/an pepoihko/tej: And there were more than forty who engaged in this conspiracy.
Acts 23:14 oi3tinej proselqo/ntej toi=j a)rxiereu=sin kai\ toi=j presbute/roij ei]pon, 870Anaqe/mati a)neqemati/samen e9autou/j, mhdeno\j geu/sasqai e3wj ou[ a)poktei/nwmen to\n Pau=lon. And they went to the senior priests and the elders and said, “We have absolutely bound ourselves with a curse, that we will not taste anything until we have killed Paul. absolutely ← with a curse, reinforcing the cognate verb; a Hebraism.
Acts 23:15 Nu=n ou]n u9mei=j e0mfani/sate tw%~ xilia&rxw% su\n tw%~ sunedri/w%, o3pwj au1rion {RP-text P1904 TR: au0to\n kataga&gh|} [RP-marg: kataga&gh| au0to\n] pro\j u9ma~j, w(j me/llontaj diaginw&skein a)kribe/steron ta_ peri\ au0tou=: h9mei=j de/, pro\ tou= e0ggi/sai au0to/n, e3toimoi/ e0smen tou= a)nelei=n au0to/n. So for your part, give a plain message to the cohort commander, with the Sanhedrin council, to the intent that he brings him down to you tomorrow, as if you intend to investigate more precisely the matters concerning him. Then for our part, we are prepared to eliminate him before he comes near.” au0to\n kataga&gh|, him + bring down, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=7/13 (incl. e misspelled) vs. kataga&gh| au0to\n, bring down + him, RP-marg F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's aghkmp).
for your part ← now you (emphatic).
for our part, we ← we (emphatic).
Acts 23:16 870Akou/saj de\ o9 ui9o\j th=j a)delfh=j Pau/lou {RP P1904 S1550: to\ e1nedron} [E1624 S1894: th\n e9ne/dran], parageno/menoj kai\ ei0selqw_n ei0j th\n parembolh/n, a)ph/ggeilen tw%~ Pau/lw%. But the son of Paul's sister heard about the ambush plot, and he went to the camp and went in and told Paul. to\ e1nedron, the ambush (1), RP P1904 S1550 F1859=9/13 (incl. e(tacite)) vs. th\n e9ne/dran, the ambush (2), E1624 S1894 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's ackp).
Acts 23:17 Proskalesa&menoj de\ o9 Pau=loj e3na tw~n e9katonta&rxwn e1fh, To\n neani/an tou=ton a)pa&gage pro\j to\n xili/arxon: e1xei ga&r ti a)paggei=lai au0tw%~. Then Paul called one of the centurions and said, “Take this young man to the cohort commander, for he has something to report to him.”
Acts 23:18 879O me\n ou]n paralabw_n au0to\n h1gagen pro\j to\n xili/arxon, kai/ fhsin, 879O de/smioj Pau=loj proskalesa&meno/j me h0rw&thsen tou=ton to\n neani/an a)gagei=n pro/j se, e1xonta& ti lalh=sai/ soi. So he took him with him and brought him to the cohort commander and said, “The prisoner Paul called for me and asked me to bring this young man to you, who has something to say to you.”
Acts 23:19 870Epilabo/menoj de\ th=j xeiro\j au0tou= o9 xili/arxoj, kai\ a)naxwrh/saj kat' i0di/an e0punqa&neto, Ti/ e0stin o4 e1xeij a)paggei=lai/ moi; Then the cohort commander took him by the hand and went aside privately and inquired, “What is it that you have to report to me?”
Acts 23:20 Ei]pen de\ o3ti Oi9 870Ioudai=oi sune/qento tou= e0rwth=sai/ se, o3pwj au1rion ei0j to\ sune/drion kataga&gh|j to\n Pau=lon, w(j {RP-text: me/llonta&} [RP-marg TR: me/llonte/j] [P1904: mello/ntwn] ti a)kribe/steron punqa&nesqai peri\ au0tou=. And he said, “The Jews have agreed together to ask you to bring Paul down tomorrow to the Sanhedrin council, as if {RP-text: you} [RP-marg P1904 TR: they] intend to ascertain something more precisely about him. me/llonta&, (masculine singular accusative) being about to (apparently agreeing with “you”), RP-text F1859=2/14 (Scrivener's am) vs. me/llonte/j, they being about to, RP-marg TR F1859=5/14 (Scrivener's b**dchl) vs. mello/ntwn, they being about to (genitive absolute), P1904 F1859=4/14 (Scrivener's efgk) vs. me/llon, it (the Sanhedrin council) being about to, F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's b*) vs. me/llwn, he being about to, F1859=2/14 (Scrivener's op). A disparity with RP-text, R=2:6. AV differs textually. In ↴
Acts 23:21 Su\ ou]n mh\ peisqh|=j au0toi=j: e0nedreu/ousin ga_r au0to\n e0c au0tw~n a!ndrej plei/ouj tessara&konta, oi3tinej a)neqema&tisan e9autou\j mh/te fagei=n mh/te piei=n e3wj ou[ a)ne/lwsin au0to/n: kai\ nu=n e3toimoi/ ei0sin prosdexo/menoi th\n a)po\ sou= e0paggeli/an. So don't you be persuaded by them. For more than forty men of theirs are making an ambush, and they have bound themselves with a curse neither to eat nor drink until they have eliminated him, and now they are ready, expecting your promise.” ↳ view of Acts 23:15, me/llonte/j, they being about to, makes better sense.
Acts 23:22 879O me\n ou]n xili/arxoj a)pe/lusen to\n neani/an, paraggei/laj Mhdeni\ e0klalh=sai o3ti tau=ta e0nefa&nisaj pro/j me. So the cohort commander sent the young man away, having given this instruction, “Do not divulge to anyone the fact that you have reported this to me.” divulge: the infinitive as an imperative, unless re-accented as e0kla&lhsai, middle imperative.
this to me ← these (things) to me.
Acts 23:23 Kai\ proskalesa&menoj du/o tina_j tw~n e9katonta&rxwn ei]pen, 879Etoima&sate stratiw&taj diakosi/ouj o3pwj poreuqw~sin e3wj Kaisarei/aj, kai\ i9ppei=j e9bdomh/konta, kai\ deciola&bouj diakosi/ouj, a)po\ tri/thj w#raj th=j nukto/j: And he called for a certain two of the centurions and said, “Prepare two hundred soldiers to go to Caesarea, and seventy horsemen, and two hundred spearmen to be ready at the third hour of the night, to ← as far as.
spearmen ← right-handed takers.
to be ready at ← from. This sense follows from prepare above. The operation was to take place by night.
third hour of the night: 9 p.m.
Acts 23:24 kth/nh te parasth=sai, i3na e0pibiba&santej to\n Pau=lon diasw&swsin pro\j Fh/lika to\n h9gemo/na: and to provide pack animals, to mount Paul on and bring him safely through to Felix the governor”,
Acts 23:25 gra&yaj e0pistolh\n perie/xousan to\n tu/pon tou=ton: and he wrote a letter comprising the following content: the following ← this.
Acts 23:26 Klau/dioj Lusi/aj tw%~ krati/stw% h9gemo/ni Fh/liki xai/rein. “From Claudius Lysias to the most excellent governor Felix, greetings.
Acts 23:27 To\n a!ndra tou=ton sullhfqe/nta u9po\ tw~n 870Ioudai/wn, kai\ me/llonta a)nairei=sqai u9p' au0tw~n, e0pista_j su\n tw%~ strateu/mati e0ceilo/mhn au0to/n, maqw_n o3ti 879Rwmai=o/j e0stin. I intervened with the army and rescued this man, having learned that he was a Roman citizen, when he had been seized by the Jews and was about to be eliminated by them,
Acts 23:28 Boulo/menoj de\ gnw~nai th\n ai0ti/an di' h4n e0neka&loun au0tw%~, kath/gagon au0to\n ei0j to\ sune/drion au0tw~n: and wishing to know the reason why they were bringing a charge against him, I brought him down to their Sanhedrin council,
Acts 23:29 o4n eu[ron e0gkalou/menon peri\ zhthma&twn tou= no/mou au0tw~n, mhde\n {RP: - } [P1904 TR: de\] a!cion qana&tou h2 desmw~n e1gklhma e1xonta. and I found that he was charged concerning inquiries into their law, {RP: but} [P1904 TR: but] not in any way under a charge worthy of death or bonds. de\, and / but: absent in RP F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's beghop) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's acdfklm). A disparity with RP, R=6:9.
under ← having, holding.
Acts 23:30 Mhnuqei/shj de/ moi e0piboulh=j ei0j to\n a!ndra me/llein e1sesqai u9po\ tw~n 870Ioudai/wn, e0cauth=j e1pemya pro/j se, paraggei/laj kai\ toi=j kathgo/roij le/gein ta_ pro\j au0to\n e0pi\ sou=. 871Errwso. And when a plot against the man by the Jews had been disclosed to me which was about to take place, I immediately sent word to you, also instructing his accusers to state the charges against him in your presence. Farewell.” sent word: Lysias also sent Paul.
farewell ← have strength. A perfect tense imperative. Another in Mark 4:39.
Acts 23:31 Oi9 me\n ou]n stratiw~tai, kata_ to\ diatetagme/non au0toi=j, a)nalabo/ntej to\n Pau=lon, h1gagon dia_ th=j nukto\j ei0j th\n 870Antipatri/da. So the soldiers took Paul with them, according to their orders, and they brought him by night to Antipatris. orders ← (thing) commanded.
Acts 23:32 Th|= de\ e0pau/rion e0a&santej tou\j i9ppei=j poreu/esqai su\n au0tw%~, u9pe/streyan ei0j th\n parembolh/n: And the next day, they left it to the horsemen to go with him, and they returned to the camp. they: i.e. the soldiers who were not horsemen.
left it to ← allowed.
Acts 23:33 oi3tinej ei0selqo/ntej ei0j th\n Kaisa&reian, kai\ a)nado/ntej th\n e0pistolh\n tw%~ h9gemo/ni, pare/sthsan kai\ to\n Pau=lon au0tw%~. And when they had arrived in Caesarea, they handed over the letter to the governor, and they also presented Paul to him. they: i.e. the horsemen.
arrived in ← entered.
Acts 23:34 870Anagnou\j de\ o9 h9gemw&n, kai\ e0perwth/saj e0k poi/aj e0parxi/aj e0sti/n, kai\ puqo/menoj o3ti a)po\ Kiliki/aj, Then the governor read it and asked what province he was from, and he ascertained that he was from Cilicia.
Acts 23:35 Diakou/somai/ sou, e1fh, o3tan kai\ oi9 kath/goroi/ sou parage/nwntai. 870Eke/leuse/n te au0to\n e0n tw%~ praitwri/w% {RP: - } [P1904 TR: tou=] 879Hrw%&dou fula&ssesqai. He said, “I will hold your hearing when your accusers also arrive.” And he ordered him to be guarded in Herod's official residence. tou=, of the (Herod): absent in RP F1859=9/13 vs. present in P1904 TR: F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's chmp).
official residence: the Roman praetorium.
Acts 24:1 Meta_ de\ pe/nte h9me/raj kate/bh o9 a)rxiereu\j 870Anani/aj meta_ tw~n presbute/rwn kai\ r(h/toroj Tertu/llou tino/j, oi3tinej e0nefa&nisan tw%~ h9gemo/ni kata_ tou= Pau/lou. And five days afterwards Ananias the high priest came down with the elders and a certain orator, Tertullus, and they explained the charge against Paul to the governor.
Acts 24:2 Klhqe/ntoj de\ au0tou=, h1rcato kathgorei=n o9 Te/rtulloj le/gwn, Pollh=j ei0rh/nhj tugxa&nontej dia_ sou=, kai\ katorqwma&twn ginome/nwn tw%~ e1qnei tou/tw% dia_ th=j sh=j pronoi/aj, And when he had been called, Tertullus began to make the accusation, and he said, ¶ “We have enjoyed a very peaceful time thanks to you, and through your foresight sound undertakings are being accomplished to the benefit of this nation, ¶ Verse division: in P1904 S1550 E1624 numbering, Acts 24:3 begins here.
a very peaceful time ← much peace.
thanks to ← through.
Acts 24:3 pa&nth| te kai\ pantaxou= a)podexo/meqa, kra&tiste Fh=lic, meta_ pa&shj eu0xaristi/aj. which in every way and in every place, most excellent Felix, we acknowledge with much gratitude. much ← all.
Acts 24:4 873Ina de\ mh\ e0pi\ plei=o/n se e0gko/ptw, parakalw~ a)kou=sai/ se h9mw~n sunto/mwj th|= sh|= e0pieikei/a%. Now so that I do not hold you up further, I entreat you to hear us briefly in your equitable way. briefly ← concisely.
Acts 24:5 Eu9ro/ntej ga_r to\n a!ndra tou=ton loimo/n, kai\ kinou=nta sta&sin pa~sin toi=j 870Ioudai/oij toi=j kata_ th\n oi0koume/nhn, prwtosta&thn te th=j tw~n Nazwrai/wn ai9re/sewj: For we found this man to be a pest, and to be stirring up a revolt among all the Jews throughout the world, and a ringleader of the sect of the Nazarenes,
Acts 24:6 o4j kai\ to\ i9ero\n e0pei/rasen bebhlw~sai: o4n kai\ e0krath/samen {RP: :} [P1904 TR: kai\ kata_ to\n h9me/teron no/mon h0qelh/samen kri/nein.] and he attempted to defile the temple, and we for our part arrested him {RP: - } [P1904 TR: and we wished to judge him according to our law]. kai\ kata_ to\n h9me/teron no/mon h0qelh/samen kri/nein, and we wished ... our law: absent in RP F1859=5/14 (Scrivener's dg*hlp) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=9/14 (Scrivener's abcefg**kmo, some with a few minor variations). A disparity with RP, R=5:11. AV differs textually.
for our part ← also.
Acts 24:7 {RP: - } [P1904 TR: Parelqw_n de\ Lusi/aj o9 xili/arxoj meta_ pollh=j bi/aj e0k tw~n xeirw~n h9mw~n a)ph/gage,] {RP: - } [P1904 TR: But Lysias the cohort commander came and took him out of our hands with great force,] Parelqw_n ... a)ph/gage, But Lucius ... of our hands: As Acts 24:6 above. A disparity with RP, R=5:11. AV differs textually.
[P1904 TR: took ← led.]
Acts 24:8 {RP: - } [P1904 TR: keleu/saj tou\j kathgo/rouj au0tou= e1rxesqai e0pi\ se/:] par' ou[ dunh/sh|, au0to\j a)nakri/naj, peri\ pa&ntwn tou/twn e0pignw~nai w{n h9mei=j kathgorou=men au0tou=. {RP: And from him} [P1904 TR: and he ordered his accusers to come to you, from whom] you yourself, after questioning him concerning all these things, will be able to ascertain the matters of which we accuse him.” keleu/saj tou\j kathgo/rouj au0tou= e1rxesqai e0pi\ se/, and ordered ... to you: As Acts 24:6 above. A disparity with RP, R=5:11. AV differs textually.
Punctuation: we associate concerning these things differently from RP, AV. So AV differs.
[P1904 TR: whom: singular, refers to Paul.]
ascertain ← acknowledge, or, in a sense less biased against Paul, resolve, decide on. Papyri examples in [MM] include the meanings find out, learn, distinguish.
Acts 24:9 {RP P1904: Sunepe/qento} [TR: Sune/qento] de\ kai\ oi9 870Ioudai=oi, fa&skontej tau=ta ou3twj e1xein. And the Jews also {RP P1904: joined in} [TR: endorsed] the attack, alleging that these things were so. sunepe/qento, joined in, RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. sune/qento, agreed, TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's beo).
Acts 24:10 870Apekri/qh de\ o9 Pau=loj, neu/santoj au0tw%~ tou= h9gemo/noj le/gein, 870Ek pollw~n e0tw~n o1nta se krith\n tw%~ e1qnei tou/tw% e0pista&menoj, eu0qumo/teron ta_ peri\ e0mautou= a)pologou=mai, Then, when the governor had signalled to him that he should speak, Paul answered, “Knowing that you have been a judge over this people for many years, I make a defence of the charges concerning me in very good spirits, over ← to.
in very good spirits ← more in a good mood (no literal word spirits). The word very comes from the comparative degree of the adjective (eu0qumo/teron). Greek comparative (more → quite) for superlative (most → very).
Acts 24:11 duname/nou sou gnw~nai o3ti ou0 plei/ouj ei0si/n moi h9me/rai {RP P1904: - } [TR: h2] dekadu/o, a)f' h[j a)ne/bhn proskunh/swn {RP TR: e0n} [P1904: ei0j] 879Ierousalh/m: while you may know that it is no more {RP P1904: than} [TR: than] twelve days since I went up {RP TR: to worship in Jerusalem} [P1904: to Jerusalem to worship]. h2, than: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. present in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's e).
e0n, in, RP TR F1859=11/14 vs. ei0j, to (or, pregnantly, in), P1904 F1859=3/14 (Scrivener's a**dp).
may ← can.
it is ← there are to me.
to worship: classical future participle of purpose.
Acts 24:12 kai\ ou1te e0n tw%~ i9erw%~ eu[ro/n me pro/j tina dialego/menon h2 e0pisu/stasin poiou=nta o1xlou, ou1te e0n tai=j sunagwgai=j, ou1te kata_ th\n po/lin. Now they did not find me in the temple disputing with anyone or causing a popular riot, either in the synagogues or around the city. causing ← making.
popular ← of a crowd.
Acts 24:13 Ou1te {RP S1550: parasth=sai/ me} [P1904 E1624 S1894: parasth=sai] du/nantai peri\ w{n nu=n kathgorou=si/n mou. Nor can they {RP S1550: incriminate me concerning} [P1904 E1624 S1894: substantiate] the things of which they now accuse me. me, (incriminate) me: present in RP S1550 F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's c(tacite)fglm) vs. absent in P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=8/13 (Scrivener's abdehkop, aekop). A disparity with RP, R=6:10.
{RP S1550: incriminate ← set beside, prove, show.}
Acts 24:14 879Omologw~ de\ tou=to/ soi, o3ti kata_ th\n o9do\n h4n le/gousin ai3resin, ou3twj latreu/w tw%~ patrw%&w% qew%~, pisteu/wn pa~sin toi=j kata_ to\n no/mon kai\ {RP S1550 S1894: - } [P1904: toi=j e0n] [E1624: e0n] toi=j profh/taij gegramme/noij: But I confess this to you, that according to ‘the way’, which they call ‘sectarian’, so I serve the God of my forefathers, believing in all the things which are according to the law and {RP S1550 S1894: which stand written by} [P1904: which stand written in] [E1624: stand written in] the prophets, words below absent, RP S1550 S1894 F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's adfghl) vs. toi=j e0n, the (things) in (the prophets), P1904 F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's bcekmop) vs. e0n, in (the prophets), E1624 F1859=0/13. A weak disparity with RP, R=7:8.
sectarian ← a sect.
Acts 24:15 e0lpi/da e1xwn ei0j to\n qeo/n, h4n kai\ au0toi\ ou[toi prosde/xontai, a)na&stasin me/llein e1sesqai nekrw~n, dikai/wn te kai\ a)di/kwn. having a hope in God, which these people themselves also expect – that there will be a resurrection of the dead, both the just and the unjust.
Acts 24:16 870En tou/tw% {RP TR: de\} [P1904: de\ kai\] au0to\j a)skw~, a)pro/skopon sunei/dhsin {RP: e1xwn} [P1904 TR: e1xein] pro\j to\n qeo\n kai\ tou\j a)nqrw&pouj dia_ panto/j. And I myself {RP TR: - } [P1904: also] am at pains in respect of this, {RP: having} [P1904 TR: to have] an irreproachable conscience towards God and men at all times. de\, and / but, RP TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's aefhl) vs. de\ kai\, and / but also, P1904 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's cg) vs. kai\, and, F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's bdkop) vs. te kai\, and also, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m). One could argue that a majority of our witnesses have kai\, thus a disparity with RP, R=6:9, but RP has the best attested reading of the phrase. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=6:5.
e1xwn, having, RP F1859=11/13 vs. e1xein, to have, P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's dp).
am at pains ← practise (as a skill), train.
Acts 24:17 Di' e0tw~n de\ pleio/nwn paregeno/mhn e0lehmosu/naj poih/swn ei0j to\ e1qnoj mou kai\ prosfora&j: And after many years I came to give alms to my nation, and to offer sacrifices. to give ← about to do, a classical future participle of purpose.
Acts 24:18 e0n oi[j eu[ro/n me h9gnisme/non e0n tw%~ i9erw%~, ou0 meta_ o1xlou ou0de\ meta_ qoru/bou, tine\j {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: - } [S1550: de\] a)po\ th=j 870Asi/aj 870Ioudai=oi: {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: During} [S1550: And during] these undertakings certain Jews from Asia found me purified in the temple, not with a crowd or with a disturbance, de\, and / but: absent in RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=12/13 vs. present in S1550 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's e).
Acts 24:19 ou4j {RP S1550: dei=} [P1904 E1624 S1894: e1dei] e0pi\ sou= parei=nai kai\ kathgorei=n ei1 ti e1xoien pro/j me. who {RP S1550: ought to be present} [P1904 E1624 S1894: ought to have been present] before you and make their accusation if they should have anything against me, dei=, it is necessary, should, RP S1550 F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's bfgklmo) vs. e1dei, it was necessary, should have, P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's acdehp, vid. Mill). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:8. AV differs textually.
[P1904 E1624 S1894: ought to have been present: the past time reference comes from the verb ought, not the infinitive following.]
should have ← were to have, taking the view that the charges are hypothetical.
Acts 24:20 872H au0toi\ ou[toi ei0pa&twsan, {RP P1904: ti/} [TR: ei1 ti] eu[ron e0n e0moi\ a)di/khma, sta&ntoj mou e0pi\ tou= sunedri/ou, or let these themselves {RP P1904: say what wrongdoing they found} [TR: speak if they found any wrongdoing] in me when I stood before the Sanhedrin council, ei1, whether, if: absent in RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. present in TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ac).
Acts 24:21 h2 peri\ mia~j tau/thj fwnh=j, h[j e1kraca e9stw_j e0n au0toi=j, o3ti Peri\ a)nasta&sewj nekrw~n e0gw_ kri/nomai sh/meron u9f' u9mw~n. or concerning this one expression which I exclaimed when I stood among them: ‘I am being judged by you today concerning the resurrection of the dead.’ ”
Acts 24:22 870Akou/saj de\ tau=ta o9 Fh=lic a)neba&leto au0tou/j, a)kribe/steron ei0dw_j ta_ peri\ th=j o9dou=, ei0pw&n, 873Otan Lusi/aj o9 xili/arxoj katabh|=, diagnw&somai ta_ kaq' u9ma~j: Then when Felix had heard these things, he postponed their hearing, knowing the reports about “the way” in quite some detail, and he said, “When Lysias the cohort commander comes down, I will investigate your case.” their hearing ← them.
in quite some detail ← more / rather accurately.
your: plural.
Acts 24:23 diataca&meno/j te tw%~ e9katonta&rxh| threi=sqai to\n Pau=lon, e1xein te a!nesin, kai\ mhde/na kwlu/ein tw~n i0di/wn au0tou= u9phretei=n h2 prose/rxesqai au0tw%~. And he ordered the centurion that Paul should be guarded and have privileges, and not to prevent any of his own people from attending to him or coming to him. privileges ← dispensation, exemption, relaxation (of the rules).
Acts 24:24 Meta_ de\ h9me/raj tina&j, parageno/menoj o9 Fh=lic su\n Drousi/llh| th|= gunaiki\ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: au0tou=] ou1sh| 870Ioudai/a%, metepe/myato to\n Pau=lon, kai\ h1kousen au0tou= peri\ th=j ei0j xristo\n {RP P1904 TR: - } [MISC: 870Ihsou=n] pi/stewj. And after a certain number of days, Felix came with Drusilla {RP: his} [P1904 TR: his] wife, who was Jewish, and he sent for Paul and heard him about faith in Christ {RP P1904 TR: - } [MISC: Jesus]. au0tou=, his: absent in RP F1859=11/13, of which Scrivener's abkmo read th|= i0di/a% gunaiki\, his own wife vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's dp).
870Ihsou=n, Jesus: absent in RP P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's abcko) vs. present in F1859=8/13 (Scrivener's defghlmp). A weak disparity with RP, R=7:8.
Acts 24:25 Dialegome/nou de\ au0tou= peri\ dikaiosu/nhj kai\ e0gkratei/aj kai\ tou= kri/matoj tou= me/llontoj e1sesqai, e1mfoboj geno/menoj o9 Fh=lic a)pekri/qh, To\ nu=n e1xon poreu/ou: kairo\n de\ metalabw_n metakale/somai/ se: And while he was debating about righteousness and self-control and the judgment which is to come, Felix became fearful and answered, “For the present, go your way, but I will take an opportunity and call for you.” to come ← going to be.
Acts 24:26 a#ma {RP: - } [P1904 TR: de\] kai\ e0lpi/zwn o3ti xrh/mata doqh/setai au0tw%~ u9po\ tou= Pau/lou, o3pwj lu/sh| au0to/n: dio\ kai\ pukno/teron au0to\n metapempo/menoj w(mi/lei au0tw%~. And at the same time he {RP: - } [P1904 TR: also] hoped that money would be given to him by Paul for him to release him, and for that reason he quite often sent for him and held conversations with him. de\, and / but: absent in RP F1859=13/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=0/13. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
Acts 24:27 Dieti/aj de\ plhrwqei/shj, e1laben dia&doxon o9 Fh=lic Po/rkion Fh=ston: qe/lwn {RP TR: te} [P1904: de\] {RP TR: xa&ritaj} [P1904: xa&rin] kataqe/sqai toi=j 870Ioudai/oij o9 Fh=lic kate/lipen to\n Pau=lon dedeme/non. Then after two full years had passed, Felix was succeeded by Porcius Festus. {RP TR: And} [P1904: But] Felix, wishing to do the Jews a favour, left Paul bound. te, and, RP TR F1859=10/15 (Scrivener's bcdeghkl**op**) vs. de\, but, P1904 F1859=5/15 (Scrivener's afl*mp*).
xa&ritaj, favours, RP TR F1859=10/13 vs. xa&rin, a favour (1), P1904 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ck) vs. xa&rita, a favour (2), F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's p).
was succeeded by ← took a successor.
Acts 25:1 Fh=stoj ou]n e0piba_j th|= e0parxi/a%, meta_ trei=j h9me/raj a)ne/bh ei0j 879Ieroso/luma a)po\ Kaisarei/aj. So Festus took up office as governor, and three days later he went up to Jerusalem from Caesarea. took up office as governor: e0pibai/nw, classically to go upon, is attested in the secular papyri as take up office [MM]. e0parxi/a is given as government of a province in [LS], but it is province in Acts 23:34. The meaning of the whole clause could be set foot on / arrived in the province.
Acts 25:2 870Enefa&nisan de\ au0tw%~ o9 a)rxiereu\j kai\ oi9 prw~toi tw~n 870Ioudai/wn kata_ tou= Pau/lou, kai\ pareka&loun au0to/n, And the high priest and the highest-ranking Jews made their position against Paul clear to him, and they appealed to him, highest-ranking ← first, foremost.
Acts 25:3 ai0tou/menoi xa&rin kat' au0tou=, o3pwj metape/myhtai au0to\n ei0j 879Ierousalh/m, e0ne/dran poiou=ntej a)nelei=n au0to\n kata_ th\n o9do/n. asking for a favour against the man, that he would send for him to come to Jerusalem, while they laid an ambush so as to eliminate him on the way. the man ← him. This sentence (starting at the previous verse) makes use of the Greek pronoun for him to refer to both Festus (twice) and Paul (three times). Our translation here helps clarify the antecedent.
Acts 25:4 879O me\n ou]n Fh=stoj a)pekri/qh, threi=sqai to\n Pau=lon e0n Kaisarei/a%, e9auto\n de\ me/llein e0n ta&xei e0kporeu/esqai. However, Festus answered that Paul was being kept at Caesarea, and he himself was going to depart shortly.
Acts 25:5 Oi9 ou]n dunatoi\ e0n u9mi=n, fhsi/n, sugkataba&ntej, ei1 ti e0sti\n {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: - } [S1894: a!topon] e0n tw%~ a)ndri\ tou/tw%, kathgorei/twsan au0tou=. He said, “Well then, let the men of senior rank among you come down together and accuse him, if there is anything {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: - } [S1894: irregular] against this man.” a!topon, out of place: absent in RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=5/14 (Scrivener's fg*hkl) vs. present in S1894 F1859=9/14 (Scrivener's beo in this position, acdg**mp before kathgorei/twsan). A disparity with RP, R=7:10, though the disparity is weakened by the positioning issue of a!topon. AV differs textually.
come down together: imperatival use of the participle. The ↴
Acts 25:6 Diatri/yaj de\ e0n au0toi=j h9me/raj {RP P1904 TR: - } [MISC: ou0] plei/ouj h2 de/ka, kataba_j ei0j Kaisa&reian, th|= e0pau/rion kaqi/saj e0pi\ tou= bh/matoj e0ke/leusen to\n Pau=lon a)xqh=nai. Then he spent {RP P1904 TR: - } [MISC: no] more than ten days among them, and when he had come back down to Caesarea, on the following day he took his seat in the court and ordered Paul to be brought. ↳ verb is used of motion away from Jerusalem.
ou0, no (more than): absent in RP P1904 TR F1859=7/14 (Scrivener's a*cfghkl) vs. present in F1859=7/14 (Scrivener's a**bdemop).
Acts 25:7 Paragenome/nou de\ au0tou=, perie/sthsan oi9 a)po\ 879Ierosolu/mwn katabebhko/tej 870Ioudai=oi, polla_ kai\ bare/a {RP-text P1904: ai0tiw&mata} [RP-marg TR: ai0tia&mata] fe/rontej kata_ tou= Pau/lou, a$ ou0k i1sxuon a)podei=cai, And when he arrived, the Jews who had come down from Jerusalem stood round about, bringing many serious charges against Paul, which they could not substantiate, ai0tiw&mata, charges (non-classical form), RP-text P1904 F1859=5/14 (Scrivener's a**dfmp, p with rough breathing) vs. ai0tia&mata, charges (classical form), RP-marg TR F1859=8/14 (Scrivener's a*bcegklo, but with minor variations in gk) vs. another reading, F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's h). A disparity with RP-text, R=6:9.
Acts 25:8 a)pologoume/nou au0tou= o3ti Ou1te ei0j to\n no/mon tw~n 870Ioudai/wn, ou1te ei0j to\ i9ero/n, ou1te ei0j Kai/sara& ti h3marton. whereas he stated in his defence, “I have neither offended against the law of the Jews nor against the temple nor against Caesar in any respect.”
Acts 25:9 879O Fh=stoj de\ {RP TR: toi=j 870Ioudai/oij qe/lwn} [P1904: qe/lwn toi=j 870Ioudai/oij] xa&rin kataqe/sqai, a)pokriqei\j tw%~ Pau/lw% ei]pen, Qe/leij ei0j {RP TR: 879Ieroso/luma} [P1904: 879Ierousalh\m] a)naba&j, e0kei= peri\ tou/twn kri/nesqai e0p' e0mou=; But Festus, wishing to do the Jews a favour, answered and said to Paul, “Are you willing to go up to Jerusalem and to be judged on these matters by me there?” toi=j 870Ioudai/oij qe/lwn, for the Jews + wishing, RP TR F1859=9/13 vs. qe/lwn toi=j 870Ioudai/oij, wishing + for the Jews, P1904 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's ckmp).
879Ieroso/luma, Jerusalem (1), RP TR F1859=13/13 vs. 879Ierousalh\m, Jerusalem (2), P1904 F1859=0/13.
Acts 25:10 Ei]pen de\ o9 Pau=loj, 870Epi\ tou= bh/matoj Kai/saroj e9stw&j ei0mi, ou[ me dei= kri/nesqai: 870Ioudai/ouj ou0de\n h0di/khsa, w(j kai\ su\ ka&llion e0piginw&skeij. Then Paul said, “I stand in Caesar's court where I should be judged. I have not wronged the Jews, as you for your part know very well. for your part ← also.
very well ← better, Greek comparative for superlative.
Acts 25:11 Ei0 me\n ga_r a)dikw~ kai\ a!cion qana&tou pe/praxa& ti, ou0 paraitou=mai to\ a)poqanei=n: ei0 de\ ou0de/n e0stin w{n ou[toi kathgorou=si/n mou, ou0dei/j me du/natai au0toi=j xari/sasqai. Kai/sara e0pikalou=mai. So if I am in the wrong, and I have done anything deserving death, I do not ask for the death penalty to be lifted, but if the things which these people accuse me of are nothing, no-one can hand me over to them as a favour. I appeal to Caesar.”
Acts 25:12 To/te o9 Fh=stoj sullalh/saj meta_ tou= sumbouli/ou a)pekri/qh, Kai/sara e0pike/klhsai; 870Epi\ Kai/sara poreu/sh|. Then Festus conferred with the council and replied, “You have appealed to Caesar; to Caesar you shall go.” RP, AV punctuate You have appealed to Caesar as a question.
Acts 25:13 879Hmerw~n de\ diagenome/nwn tinw~n, 870Agri/ppaj o9 basileu\j kai\ Berni/kh kath/nthsan ei0j Kaisa&reian, {RP-text: a)spasa&menoi} [RP-marg P1904 TR: a)spaso/menoi] to\n Fh=ston. Now when a number of days had passed, Agrippa the king and Bernice arrived in Caesarea {RP-text: and greeted} [RP-marg P1904 TR: to greet] Festus. a)spasa&menoi, having greeted, RP-text F1859=3/15 (Scrivener's k*l*m) vs. a)spaso/menoi, to greet (classical future participle denoting purpose), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=12/15 (Scrivener's abcdefghk**l**op). A strong disparity with RP-text, R=3:14.
Acts 25:14 879Wj de\ plei/ouj h9me/raj {RP-text: die/triben} [RP-marg P1904 TR: die/tribon] e0kei=, o9 Fh=stoj tw%~ basilei= a)ne/qeto ta_ kata_ to\n Pau=lon, le/gwn, 870Anh/r ti/j e0stin kataleleimme/noj u9po\ Fh/likoj de/smioj, And when {RP-text: he} [RP-marg P1904 TR: they] had spent several days there, Festus set Paul's case out to the king, and he said, “There is a certain man who has been left by Felix, a prisoner, die/triben, he spent time, RP-text F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's dfgkl) vs. die/tribon, they spent time, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=8/13. A disparity with RP-text, R=5:10.
Paul's case ← the (case) against Paul, as alleged.
Acts 25:15 peri\ ou[, genome/nou mou ei0j 879Ieroso/luma, e0nefa&nisan oi9 a)rxierei=j kai\ oi9 presbu/teroi tw~n 870Ioudai/wn, ai0tou/menoi kat' au0tou= di/khn. concerning whom when I was in Jerusalem the senior priests and elders of the Jews explained a case, asking for a penalty against him. in Jerusalem ← to Jerusalem. Pregnant use.
Acts 25:16 Pro\j ou4j a)pekri/qhn, o3ti ou0k e1stin e1qoj 879Rwmai/oij xari/zesqai/ tina a!nqrwpon ei0j a)pw&leian, pri\n h2 o9 kathgorou/menoj kata_ pro/swpon e1xoi tou\j kathgo/rouj, to/pon te a)pologi/aj la&boi peri\ tou= e0gklh/matoj. And I replied to them that it is not the custom for Romans to hand over any man to the death penalty before the accused has the accusers face to face, and he receives an opportunity for defence concerning the accusation. the death penalty ← destruction.
Acts 25:17 Sunelqo/ntwn ou]n au0tw~n e0nqa&de, a)nabolh\n mhdemi/an poihsa&menoj, th|= e9ch=j kaqi/saj e0pi\ tou= bh/matoj, e0ke/leusa a)xqh=nai to\n a!ndra: So they gathered here, and I made no delay and held a sitting in the court the next day, and I ordered the man to be brought in. and held a sitting ← having sat.
Acts 25:18 peri\ ou[ staqe/ntej oi9 kath/goroi ou0demi/an ai0ti/an e0pe/feron w{n u9peno/oun e0gw&, But the accusers stood there and did not make any accusation concerning him of the kind which I suspected,
Acts 25:19 zhth/mata de/ tina peri\ th=j i0di/aj deisidaimoni/aj ei]xon pro\j au0to/n, kai\ peri/ tinoj 870Ihsou= teqnhko/toj, o4n e1fasken o9 Pau=loj zh|=n. but they had some dispute about their own religion against him, and about a certain Jesus, who had died, whom Paul was asserting to be alive. dispute ← points at issue, seekings.
Acts 25:20 870Aporou/menoj de\ e0gw_ {RP P1904: - } [TR: ei0j] th\n peri\ tou/tou zh/thsin, e1legon, ei0 bou/loito poreu/esqai ei0j {RP TR: 879Ierousalh/m} [P1904: 879Ieroso/luma], ka)kei= kri/nesqai peri\ tou/twn. And as I was at a loss in the dispute concerning this man, I asked if he wished to go to Jerusalem and be judged there concerning these things. ei0j, into, in, but here reinforcing concerning: absent in RP P1904 F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's bdeflop) vs. present in TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's acghkm). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
879Ierousalh/m, Jerusalem (1), RP TR F1859=9/13 vs. 879Ieroso/luma, Jerusalem (2), P1904 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's ckmp).
as I was at a loss: causal use of the participle.
Acts 25:21 Tou= de\ Pau/lou e0pikalesame/nou thrhqh=nai au0to\n ei0j th\n tou= Sebastou= dia&gnwsin, e0ke/leusa threi=sqai au0to/n, e3wj ou[ pe/myw au0to\n pro\j Kai/sara. But when Paul appealed that he should be guarded awaiting Augustus's decision, I ordered him to be guarded until I send him to Caesar.” awaiting ← until, for.
Acts 25:22 870Agri/ppaj de\ pro\j to\n Fh=ston e1fh, 870Eboulo/mhn kai\ au0to\j tou= a)nqrw&pou a)kou=sai. 879O de/, Au1rion, fhsi/n, a)kou/sh| au0tou=. Then Agrippa said to Festus, “I myself would also like to hear the man.” “Tomorrow”, he then said, “you will hear him.”
Acts 25:23 Th|= ou]n e0pau/rion, e0lqo/ntoj tou= 870Agri/ppa kai\ th=j Berni/khj meta_ pollh=j fantasi/aj, kai\ ei0selqo/ntwn ei0j to\ a)kroath/rion, su/n te toi=j xilia&rxoij kai\ a)ndra&sin toi=j kat' e0coxh\n ou]sin th=j po/lewj, kai\ keleu/santoj tou= Fh/stou, h1xqh o9 Pau=loj. So the next day Agrippa and Bernice came with much pomp, and they went to the audience hall with the cohort commanders and the prominent men of the city, and at Festus's command Paul was brought in.
Acts 25:24 Kai/ fhsin o9 Fh=stoj, 870Agri/ppa basileu=, kai\ pa&ntej oi9 sumparo/ntej h9mi=n a!ndrej, qewrei=te tou=ton peri\ ou[ pa~n to\ plh=qoj tw~n 870Ioudai/wn e0ne/tuxo/n moi e1n te 879Ierosolu/moij kai\ e0nqa&de, e0pibow~ntej mh\ dei=n zh|=n au0to\n mhke/ti. And Festus said, “King Agrippa and all you gentlemen who are present with us, you see this man concerning whom the whole multitude of Jews prevailed on me in Jerusalem and here, shouting out that he should no longer live.
Acts 25:25 870Egw_ de\ katalabo/menoj mhde\n a!cion qana&tou au0to\n pepraxe/nai, kai\ au0tou= de\ tou/tou e0pikalesame/nou to\n Sebasto/n, e1krina pe/mpein au0to/n. But I do not detect that he has done anything worthy of death, and as he himself has appealed to Augustus, I have decided to send him. I do not detect that he has done anything ← having detected that he has done nothing, which under strict logic is different, but the expression is idiomatic.
he ← this (man).
Acts 25:26 Peri\ ou[ a)sfale/j ti gra&yai tw%~ kuri/w% ou0k e1xw. Dio\ proh/gagon au0to\n e0f' u9mw~n, kai\ ma&lista e0pi\ sou=, basileu= 870Agri/ppa, o3pwj th=j a)nakri/sewj genome/nhj sxw~ ti gra&yai. But I have nothing specific about him to write to the sovereign, which is why I have produced him before you, and especially before you, King Agrippa, so that when an interrogation has taken place, I might have something to write. which is why ← on account of which.
Acts 25:27 871Alogon ga&r moi dokei=, pe/mponta de/smion, mh\ kai\ ta_j kat' au0tou= ai0ti/aj shma~nai. For it seems to me to be unreasonable when sending a prisoner not also to indicate the charges against him.” when sending: the accusative is surprising, but compare Heb 2:10, 1 Tim 6:17 - 1 Tim 6:18.
Acts 26:1 870Agri/ppaj de\ pro\j to\n Pau=lon e1fh, 870Epitre/petai/ soi u9pe\r seautou= le/gein. To/te o9 Pau=loj {RP TR: a)pelogei=to, e0ktei/naj th\n xei=ra} [P1904: e0ktei/naj th\n xei=ra a)pelogei=to], Then Agrippa said to Paul, “It is permitted for you to speak for yourself.” Then Paul stretched out his hand and spoke in his defence. a)pelogei=to, e0ktei/naj th\n xei=ra, was defending himself + having stretched out the hand, RP TR F1859=10/13 vs. e0ktei/naj th\n xei=ra a)pelogei=to, having stretched out the hand + was defending himself, P1904 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's kmp).
Acts 26:2 Peri\ pa&ntwn w{n e0gkalou=mai u9po\ 870Ioudai/wn, basileu= 870Agri/ppa, h3ghmai e0mauto\n maka&rion {RP P1904: e0pi\ sou= me/llwn a)pologei=sqai} [TR: me/llwn a)pologei=sqai e0pi\ sou=] sh/meron: “King Agrippa, I consider myself fortunate to be in a position to make my defence before you today concerning everything that I have been accused of by the Jews, e0pi\ sou= me/llwn a)pologei=sqai, before you + being about to defend myself, RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. me/llwn a)pologei=sqai e0pi\ sou=, being about to defend myself + before you , TR F1859=0/13 vs. another word order, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's mp).
to be in a position ← being about to.
Acts 26:3 ma&lista gnw&sthn o1nta se\ {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: - } [S1894: ei0dw_j] pa&ntwn tw~n kata_ 870Ioudai/ouj {RP-text: h0qw~n} [RP-marg P1904 TR: e0qw~n] te kai\ zhthma&twn: dio\ de/omai/ sou, makroqu/mwj a)kou=sai/ mou. especially as {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: - } [S1894: I know that] you are an expert in all the customs and disputes among the Jews. So I ask you to hear me patiently. ei0dw_j, knowing: absent in RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=12/13 vs. present in S1894 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m, though in a different word order).
h0qw~n, customs (lengthened form, also classical), RP-text F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's adfgm, d with rough breathing) vs. e0qw~n, customs (standard classical form), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=8/13 (Scrivener's abcehklop). A disparity with RP-text, R=5:10.
Acts 26:4 Th\n me\n ou]n bi/wsi/n mou th\n e0k neo/thtoj, th\n a)p' a)rxh=j genome/nhn e0n tw%~ e1qnei mou e0n 879Ierosolu/moij, i1sasin pa&ntej oi9 870Ioudai=oi, Now all the Jews know my way of life from my youth, which from the start was led among my people in Jerusalem.
Acts 26:5 proginw&skonte/j me a!nwqen, e0a_n qe/lwsin marturei=n, o3ti kata_ th\n a)kribesta&thn ai3resin th=j h9mete/raj qrhskei/aj e1zhsa Farisai=oj. They have known me from the beginning – perhaps they would care to testify – that I lived according to the strictest sect of our religion, as a Pharisee. known ← known beforehand.
perhaps they would care to testify ← if they wish to testify. If the subjunctive stands for the classical optative, it expresses a stronger wish by Paul, if only they were willing to testify.
Acts 26:6 Kai\ nu=n e0p' e0lpi/di th=j pro\j tou\j pate/raj e0paggeli/aj genome/nhj u9po\ tou= qeou= e3sthka krino/menoj, And now I stand being judged for the hope of the promise which was made by God to the fathers,
Acts 26:7 ei0j h4n to\ dwdeka&fulon h9mw~n e0n e0ktenei/a% nu/kta kai\ h9me/ran latreu=on e0lpi/zei katanth=sai: peri\ h[j e0lpi/doj e0gkalou=mai, basileu= 870Agri/ppa, u9po\ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: tw~n] 870Ioudai/wn. to which our twelve tribes hope to attain, serving strenuously night and day. And concerning this hope I have been indicted, King Agrippa, by {RP: the} [P1904 TR: the] Jews. tw~n, (of) the: absent in RP F1859=12/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l). A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
this ← which (relative adjective).
have been indicted ← am being indicted.
Acts 26:8 Ti/ a!piston kri/netai par' u9mi=n, ei0 o9 qeo\j nekrou\j e0gei/rei; Why should it be judged incredible with you if God raises the dead? should it ← is it.
you: plural, so not just speaking to Agrippa.
Acts 26:9 870Egw_ me\n ou]n e1doca e0mautw%~ pro\j to\ o1noma 870Ihsou= tou= Nazwrai/ou dei=n polla_ e0nanti/a pra~cai: Now I decided for myself that it was necessary to do many things in opposition to the name of Jesus the Nazarene,
Acts 26:10 o4 kai\ e0poi/hsa e0n 879Ierosolu/moij, kai\ pollou\j tw~n a(gi/wn e0gw_ {RP TR: - } [P1904: e0n] fulakai=j kate/kleisa, th\n para_ tw~n a)rxiere/wn e0cousi/an labw&n, a)nairoume/nwn te au0tw~n kath/negka yh=fon. which I duly did in Jerusalem, and I shut up many of the saints {RP TR: in} [P1904: in] prisons, having obtained authority from the senior priests, and when they were liable to be executed, I voted against them. e0n, in: absent in RP TR F1859=7/13 vs. present in P1904 F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's bekmop). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
duly ← also.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
{RP TR: in ← to.}
when they were liable to be executed ← they being killed / eliminated.
Acts 26:11 Kai\ kata_ pa&saj ta_j sunagwga_j polla&kij timwrw~n au0tou/j, h0na&gkazon blasfhmei=n: perissw~j te e0mmaino/menoj au0toi=j, e0di/wkon e3wj kai\ ei0j ta_j e1cw po/leij. And I punished them in all the synagogues many times, and I compelled them to blaspheme, and being exceedingly mad at them, I persecuted them even to cities abroad. punished ← took vengeance on.
abroad ← outer, outlying.
Acts 26:12 870En oi[j kai\ poreuo/menoj ei0j th\n Damasko\n met' e0cousi/aj kai\ e0pitroph=j th=j para_ tw~n a)rxiere/wn, And in these circumstances, when I was going to Damascus with authority and a commission from the senior priests,
Acts 26:13 h9me/raj me/shj, kata_ th\n o9do\n ei]don, basileu=, ou0rano/qen u9pe\r th\n lampro/thta tou= h9li/ou, perila&myan me fw~j kai\ tou\j su\n e0moi\ poreuome/nouj. at midday on my way, I saw, O king, a light from heaven, brighter than the sun, flash around me and those travelling with me. brighter than ← more than the brightness of.
flash ← having flashed. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 26:14 Pa&ntwn de\ katapeso/ntwn h9mw~n ei0j th\n gh=n, h1kousa fwnh\n lalou=san pro/j me kai\ le/gousan th|= 879Ebrai+/di diale/ktw%, Saou/l, Saou/l, ti/ me diw&keij; Sklhro/n soi pro\j ke/ntra lakti/zein. And when we had all fallen down on the ground, I heard a voice which spoke to me and said in the Hebrew language, ‘Saul, Saul, why are you persecuting me? It is hard for you to kick against the goads.’ Hebrew: the term can include Aramaic.
Acts 26:15 870Egw_ de\ ei]pon, Ti/j ei], ku/rie; 879O de\ ei]pen, 870Egw& ei0mi 870Ihsou=j o4n su\ diw&keij. Then I said, ‘Who are you, Lord?’ And he said, ‘I am Jesus, whom you are persecuting. I am: see John 18:5-6.
Acts 26:16 870Alla_ a)na&sthqi, kai\ sth=qi e0pi\ tou\j po/daj sou: ei0j tou=to ga_r w!fqhn soi, proxeiri/sasqai/ se u9phre/thn kai\ ma&rtura w{n te ei]dej w{n te o0fqh/somai/ soi, But get up and stand on your feet. For I have appeared to you for this: to appoint you as a servant and witness to both the things you have seen and the things in which I will be evident to you,
Acts 26:17 e0cairou/meno/j se e0k tou= laou= kai\ tw~n e0qnw~n, ei0j ou4j {RP P1904: e0gw&} [TR: nu=n] se a)poste/llw, rescuing you from the people and the Gentiles to whom I am {RP P1904: - } [TR: now] sending you, e0gw&, I (emphatic), RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. nu=n, now, TR F1859=0/13 vs. word absent, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ce).
Acts 26:18 a)noi=cai o0fqalmou\j au0tw~n, {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: tou=} [S1894: kai\] {RP-text: u9postre/yai} [RP-marg P1904 TR: e0pistre/yai] [MISC: a)postre/yai] a)po\ sko/touj ei0j fw~j kai\ th=j e0cousi/aj tou= Satana~ e0pi\ to\n qeo/n, tou= labei=n au0tou\j a!fesin a(martiw~n, kai\ klh=ron e0n toi=j h9giasme/noij pi/stei th|= ei0j e0me/. to open their eyes, {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: - } [S1894: and] to turn them from darkness to light and from the authority of Satan to God, in order that they may receive forgiveness of sins and an inheritance among those sanctified through faith in me.’ tou=, to (strengthening the infinitive), RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=13/13 vs. kai\, and, S1894 F1859=0/13.
u9postre/yai, to turn (about), return (1), RP-text F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's adfghk) vs. e0pistre/yai, to turn (about), return (2), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l) vs. a)postre/yai, to turn (back) (3), F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's bcemop). Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=6:6.
Acts 26:19 873Oqen, basileu= 870Agri/ppa, ou0k e0geno/mhn a)peiqh\j th|= ou0rani/w% o0ptasi/a%, In view of which, King Agrippa, I have not been disobedient to the heavenly vision, in view of which ← whence.
been ← become.
Acts 26:20 a)lla_ toi=j e0n Damaskw%~ prw~ton kai\ 879Ierosolu/moij, ei0j pa~sa&n te th\n xw&ran th=j 870Ioudai/aj, kai\ toi=j e1qnesin, {RP S1550: a)pagge/llwn} [P1904: a)pagge/llw] [E1624 S1894: a)ph/ggellon] metanoei=n, kai\ e0pistre/fein e0pi\ to\n qeo/n, a!cia th=j metanoi/aj e1rga pra&ssontaj. but I preached to those in Damascus first, and then to those in Jerusalem, and in the whole region of Judaea, and to the Gentiles, that they should repent and turn to God, doing works worthy of repentance. a)pagge/llwn, preaching, RP S1550 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's gm) vs. a)pagge/llw, I preach, P1904 F1859=9/13 (Scrivener's bcdefhklo) vs. a)ph/ggellon, I was preaching, E1624 S1894 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ap). A strong disparity with RP, R=3:10.
Acts 26:21 873Eneka tou/twn {RP-text: oi9 870Ioudai=oi/ me} [RP-marg P1904 TR: me oi9 870Ioudai=oi] sullabo/menoi e0n tw%~ i9erw%~ e0peirw~nto diaxeiri/sasqai. On account of these things the Jews arrested me in the temple and tried to do away with me. oi9 870Ioudai=oi/ me, the Jews + me, RP-text F1859=3/14 (Scrivener's a**mp, but mp lacking oi9) vs. me oi9 870Ioudai=oi, me + the Jews, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=9/14 (Scrivener's bdefghklo) vs. other readings, F1859=2/14 (Scrivener's a*c). A strong disparity with RP-text, R=3:11.
Acts 26:22 870Epikouri/aj ou]n tuxw_n th=j para_ tou= qeou=, a!xri th=j h9me/raj tau/thj e3sthka {RP P1904: marturo/menoj} [TR: marturou/menoj] mikrw%~ te kai\ mega&lw%, ou0de\n e0kto\j le/gwn w{n te oi9 profh=tai e0la&lhsan mello/ntwn {RP TR: gi/nesqai} [P1904: ge/nesqai] kai\ {RP P1904: Mwu+sh=j} [TR: Mwsh=j], So having obtained help from God up to this day, I stand {RP P1904: witnessing to} [TR: reputed by] both small and great, not saying anything outside of what the prophets and Moses said would take place, marturo/menoj, testifying, RP P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. marturou/menoj, being testified, TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's aefg).
gi/nesqai, to take place (present, so imperfective aspect), RP TR F1859=13/13 vs. ge/nesqai, to take place (aorist, so perfective aspect), P1904 F1859=0/13.
Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, RP P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. Mwsh=j, Moses, TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's efgk).
Punctuation: we associate up to this day differently from RP, AV. So AV differs.
Acts 26:23 ei0 paqhto\j o9 xristo/j, ei0 prw~toj e0c a)nasta&sewj nekrw~n fw~j me/llei katagge/llein tw%~ law%~ kai\ toi=j e1qnesin. as to whether Christ was to suffer, as to whether he as the first of the resurrection of the dead should proclaim light to the people and to the Gentiles.”
Acts 26:24 Tau=ta de\ au0tou= a)pologoume/nou, o9 Fh=stoj mega&lh| th|= fwnh|= e1fh, Mai/nh|, Pau=le: ta_ polla& se gra&mmata ei0j mani/an peritre/pei. And as he said these things in his defence, Festus said in a loud voice, “You are mad, Paul. Much learning is reducing you to madness.” much learning ← the many letters.
reducing ← turning around.
Acts 26:25 879O de/, Ou0 mai/nomai, fhsi/n, kra&tiste Fh=ste, {RP P1904: a)lla_} [TR: a)ll'] a)lhqei/aj kai\ swfrosu/nhj r(h/mata a)pofqe/ggomai. But he said, “I am not mad, most excellent Festus, but I speak words of truth and sanity in my defence. a)lla_, but (unapocopated), RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. a)ll', but (apocopated), TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's eh).
speak ← enunciate.
Acts 26:26 870Epi/statai ga_r peri\ tou/twn o9 basileu/j, pro\j o4n kai\ parrhsiazo/menoj lalw~: lanqa&nein ga_r au0to/n ti tou/twn ou0 pei/qomai ou0de/n: ou0 {RP: ga_r} [P1904 TR: ga&r e0stin] e0n gwni/a% pepragme/non tou=to. For the king has understanding of these things, and I speak freely to him. For I am not persuaded that any of these things escape his notice. For this {RP: has} [P1904 TR: has] not been done in a corner. e0stin, is: absent in RP F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's fghl) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=9/13 (Scrivener's abcdekmop). A disparity with RP, R=4:11.
Acts 26:27 Pisteu/eij, basileu= 870Agri/ppa, toi=j profh/taij; Oi]da o3ti pisteu/eij. King Agrippa, do you believe the prophets? I know you believe.”
Acts 26:28 879O de\ 870Agri/ppaj pro\j to\n Pau=lon e1fh, 870En o0li/gw% me pei/qeij Xristiano\n gene/sqai. Then Agrippa said to Paul, “In brief, you are persuading me to become a Christian.” in brief ← in a little. [LS] gives within small compass, in a short time. [MM] gives in a short time. Compare Eph 3:3. AV differs, reading almost, which is possible, supported by [JWB-RR] p.151.
Acts 26:29 879O de\ Pau=loj ei]pen, Eu0cai/mhn a@n tw%~ qew%~, kai\ e0n o0li/gw% kai\ e0n pollw%~ ou0 mo/non se, a)lla_ kai\ pa&ntaj tou\j a)kou/onta&j mou sh/meron, gene/sqai toiou/touj o9poi=oj ka)gw& ei0mi, parekto\j tw~n desmw~n tou/twn. Then Paul said, “I could wish to God that not only you but also all those who hear me today would both in brief and at length become such as I am, except for these bonds.” wish ← vow.
at length ← in much.
I am ← I also am, I for my part am.
Acts 26:30 Kai\ tau=ta ei0po/ntoj au0tou=, a)ne/sth o9 basileu\j kai\ o9 h9gemw&n, h3 te Berni/kh, kai\ oi9 sugkaqh/menoi au0toi=j: And when he had said these things, the king stood up, as did the governor and Bernice and those sitting with them.
Acts 26:31 kai\ a)naxwrh/santej e0la&loun pro\j a)llh/louj, le/gontej o3ti Ou0de\n qana&tou a!cion h2 desmw~n pra&ssei o9 a!nqrwpoj ou[toj. And they withdrew and spoke to each other, saying, “This man has done nothing deserving death or bonds.” has done ← is doing.
Acts 26:32 870Agri/ppaj de\ tw%~ Fh/stw% e1fh, 870Apolelu/sqai e0du/nato o9 a!nqrwpoj ou[toj, ei0 mh\ e0peke/klhto Kai/sara. Then Agrippa said to Festus, “This man could have been released if he had not appealed to Caesar.”
Acts 27:1 879Wj de\ e0kri/qh tou= a)poplei=n h9ma~j ei0j th\n 870Itali/an, paredi/doun to/n te Pau=lon kai/ tinaj e9te/rouj desmw&taj e9katonta&rxh|, o0no/mati 870Iouli/w%, spei/rhj Sebasth=j. Now when it had been decided that we should sail to Italy, they handed Paul and some other prisoners over to a centurion by the name of Julius, of the Augustan cohort. decided ← judged.
Acts 27:2 870Epiba&ntej de\ ploi/w% 870Adramutthnw%~, me/llontej plei=n tou\j kata_ th\n 870Asi/an to/pouj, a)nh/xqhmen, o1ntoj su\n h9mi=n 870Arista&rxou Makedo/noj Qessalonike/wj. So we embarked on an Adramyttian ship, intending to sail to places along the coast of Asia, and we put out to sea, there being Aristarchus a Macedonian of Thessalonica with us. intending: in agreement with we, not the ship. A freer translation would be with destination.
to places along the coast of Asia: or to various places in Asia.
Acts 27:3 Th|= te e9te/ra% kath/xqhmen ei0j Sidw~na: filanqrw&pwj te o9 870Iou/lioj tw%~ Pau/lw% xrhsa&menoj e0pe/treyen pro\j {RP P1904 S1894: tou\j} [S1550 E1624: - ] fi/louj poreuqe/nta e0pimelei/aj tuxei=n. On the next day we put in at Sidon, and Julius treated Paul in a kindly way, and he permitted him to go to his friends to receive their care. tou\j, the (friends): present in RP P1904 S1894 F1859=10/13 vs. absent in S1550 E1624 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's ceo).
at Sidon ← at Sidon. Pregnant use.
Acts 27:4 Ka)kei=qen a)naxqe/ntej u9pepleu/samen th\n Ku/pron, dia_ to\ tou\j a)ne/mouj ei]nai e0nanti/ouj. And from there we put out to sea and sailed in the lee of Cyprus, because the winds were against us.
Acts 27:5 To/ te pe/lagoj to\ kata_ th\n Kiliki/an kai\ Pamfuli/an diapleu/santej, kath/lqomen ei0j Mu/ra th=j Luki/aj. And when we had sailed across the high sea off Cilicia and Pamphylia, we put in at Myra in Lycia.
Acts 27:6 Ka)kei= eu9rw_n o9 {RP TR: e9kato/ntarxoj} [P1904: e9katonta&rxhj] ploi=on 870Alecandri=non ple/on ei0j th\n 870Itali/an, e0nebi/basen h9ma~j ei0j au0to/. And there the centurion found an Alexandrian ship sailing to Italy, and he had us embark on it. e9kato/ntarxoj, centurion (1), RP TR F1859=12/13 vs. e9katonta&rxhj, centurion (2), P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's p).
Acts 27:7 870En i9kanai=j de\ h9me/raij braduploou=ntej, kai\ mo/lij geno/menoi kata_ th\n Kni/don, mh\ prosew~ntoj h9ma~j tou= a)ne/mou, u9pepleu/samen th\n Krh/thn kata_ Salmw&nhn: And after we had been sailing slowly for several days and had hardly reached being opposite Cnidus, the wind not allowing us to proceed, we sailed in the lee of Crete, passing opposite Salmone. Cnidus: more commonly nowadays, Knidos.
Acts 27:8 mo/lij te paralego/menoi au0th\n h1lqomen ei0j to/pon tina_ kalou/menon Kalou\j Lime/naj, w%{ e0ggu\j h]n po/lij Lasai/a. Then sailing past it with difficulty, we came to a certain place called Fair Havens, which the town of Lasea was near to.
Acts 27:9 879Ikanou= de\ xro/nou diagenome/nou, kai\ o1ntoj h1dh e0pisfalou=j tou= ploo/j, dia_ to\ kai\ th\n nhstei/an h1dh parelhluqe/nai, parh|/nei o9 Pau=loj After a considerable time had elapsed, and sailing was already dangerous (considering even the fast had already passed), Paul gave some advice, sailing ← the voyage.
fast: atonement fast, which takes place at about the start of October.
Acts 27:10 le/gwn au0toi=j, 871Andrej, qewrw~ o3ti meta_ u3brewj kai\ pollh=j zhmi/aj, ou0 mo/non tou= {RP: forti/ou} [P1904 TR: fo/rtou] kai\ tou= ploi/ou a)lla_ kai\ tw~n yuxw~n h9mw~n, me/llein e1sesqai to\n plou=n. and he said to them, “Men, I see that the voyage is going to be with damage and much loss, not only to the cargo and the ship, but also to our lives.” forti/ou, cargo (diminutive form, not to be emphasized), RP F1859=10/14 vs. fo/rtou, cargo, P1904 TR F1859=4/14 (Scrivener's bc*ho).
lives ← souls.
Acts 27:11 879O de\ {RP-text P1904: e9katonta&rxhj} [RP-marg TR: e9kato/ntarxoj] tw%~ kubernh/th| kai\ tw%~ nauklh/rw% e0pei/qeto ma~llon h2 toi=j u9po\ tou= Pau/lou legome/noij. But the centurion was more persuaded by the captain and the ship owner than by the things said by Paul. e9katonta&rxhj, centurion (1), RP-text P1904 F1859=8/13 (incl. p with smooth breathing) vs. e9kato/ntarxoj, centurion (2), RP-marg TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's acehk). A spelling change in RP-text and most of our witnesses compared to Acts 27:6.
captain: or steersman.
Acts 27:12 870Aneuqe/tou de\ tou= lime/noj u9pa&rxontoj pro\j paraxeimasi/an, oi9 plei/ouj e1qento boulh\n a)naxqh=nai ka)kei=qen, ei1 pwj du/nainto katanth/santej ei0j Foi/nika paraxeima&sai, lime/na th=j Krh/thj ble/ponta kata_ li/ba kai\ kata_ xw~ron. And as the port was unsuitable for wintering, the majority took a decision to put out to sea, and from there to reach, if they possibly could, Phenice, to winter there, a port in Crete facing south-west and north-west. as the port was unsuitable: causal use of the participle.
possibly ← somehow.
Phenice: modern maps show the site as Foinikas or Finix; [CB] gives L(o)utro(n), a nearby village.
in ← of.
Acts 27:13 879Upopneu/santoj de\ no/tou, do/cantej th=j proqe/sewj kekrathke/nai, a!rantej a}sson parele/gonto th\n Krh/thn. And as a south wind was blowing gently, and thinking that they had secured their objective, they weighed anchor and sailed very close to Crete. thinking ← having thought. See Matt 23:20.
weighed anchor: i.e. raised the anchor.
very close ← rather close, Greek comparative for superlative.
Acts 27:14 Met' ou0 polu\ de\ e1balen kat' au0th=j a!nemoj tufwniko/j, o9 kalou/menoj Eu0roklu/dwn: But not long afterwards, a tempestuous wind called Euroclydon swept against it. it: i.e. Crete.
Acts 27:15 sunarpasqe/ntoj de\ tou= ploi/ou, kai\ mh\ duname/nou a)ntofqalmei=n tw%~ a)ne/mw%, e0pido/ntej e0fero/meqa. As the ship was caught up and not able to make headway against the wind, we gave up and allowed ourselves to be carried along. as the ship was caught up: causal use of the participle.
allowed ourselves to be carried along ← were carried along, but our translation is justified by the voice (middle / passive) and the context set by e0pido/ntej.
Acts 27:16 Nhsi/on de/ ti u9podramo/ntej kalou/menon Klau/dhn mo/lij i0sxu/samen perikratei=j gene/sqai th=j ska&fhj: And when we had run into the lee of a small island called Clauda, we were barely able to keep control of the tender. Clauda: the modern name is Gavdos.
to keep control ← to become / be in control.
Acts 27:17 h4n a!rantej, bohqei/aij e0xrw~nto, u9pozwnnu/ntej to\ ploi=on: fobou/menoi/ te mh\ ei0j th\n {RP: Su/rthn} [P1904 TR: Su/rtin] e0kpe/swsin, xala&santej to\ skeu=oj, ou3twj e0fe/ronto. And they hoisted it aboard and applied reinforcements by undergirding the ship. And being afraid that they would run aground in the Syrtis, they lowered the tackling and were carried along like that. Su/rthn, Syrtes, RP F1859=9/13 vs. Su/rtin, Syrtis, P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's bh**o**p). Scrivener's k is excluded, as it is unclear.
by undergirding: gerundial use of the participle.
The Syrtis is a sandbank.
Acts 27:18 Sfodrw~j de\ xeimazome/nwn h9mw~n, th|= e9ch=j e0kbolh\n e0poiou=nto: And on the next day, when we were severely tossed by the storm, they jettisoned some cargo.
Acts 27:19 kai\ th|= tri/th| au0to/xeirej th\n skeuh\n tou= ploi/ou e0rri/yamen. And on the third day, we cast the ship's tackling overboard with our own hands.
Acts 27:20 Mh/te de\ h9li/ou mh/te a!strwn e0pifaino/ntwn e0pi\ plei/onaj h9me/raj, xeimw~no/j te ou0k o0li/gou e0pikeime/nou, loipo\n perih|rei=to pa~sa e0lpi\j tou= sw%&zesqai h9ma~j. And since neither the sun nor the stars were visible for many days, with a not inconsiderable storm raging, from that time all hope of us being saved was lost. since: causal use of the participle.
visible ← shining on.
lost ← removed from around (us).
Acts 27:21 Pollh=j de\ a)siti/aj u9parxou/shj, to/te staqei\j o9 Pau=loj e0n me/sw% au0tw~n ei]pen, 871Edei me/n, w} a!ndrej, peiqarxh/santa&j moi mh\ a)na&gesqai a)po\ th=j Krh/thj, kerdh=sai/ te th\n u3brin tau/thn kai\ th\n zhmi/an. And after much abstinence from food, Paul then stood up in with them and said, “Men, you should have done what I said by not putting out to sea from Crete and running up this damage and loss. after ← there being, a temporal use of the participle being justified by to/te, then, following.
in with them ← in (the) midst of them.
done what I said ← obeyed me.
Acts 27:22 Kai\ ta_ nu=n parainw~ u9ma~j eu0qumei=n: a)pobolh\ ga_r yuxh=j ou0demi/a e1stai e0c u9mw~n, plh\n tou= ploi/ou. And as for the present situation, I exhort you to be in good spirits, for there will be no loss of life among you, except for the ship. life ← soul.
Acts 27:23 Pare/sth ga&r moi {RP: tau/th| th|= nukti\} [P1904 TR: th|= nukti\ tau/th|] a!ggeloj tou= qeou=, ou[ ei0mi, w%{ kai\ latreu/w, For the angel of God, whose I am, and whom I serve, stood by me this night, tau/th| th|= nukti\, this + night, RP F1859=12/12 vs. th|= nukti\ tau/th|, night + this, P1904 TR F1859=0/12. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
Acts 27:24 le/gwn, Mh\ fobou=, Pau=le: Kai/sari/ se dei= parasth=nai: kai\ i0dou/, kexa&ristai/ soi o9 qeo\j pa&ntaj tou\j ple/ontaj meta_ sou=. and he said, ‘Do not be afraid, Paul. You must stand before Caesar. And look, God has kindly given you all those who are sailing with you.’
Acts 27:25 Dio\ eu0qumei=te a!ndrej: pisteu/w ga_r tw%~ qew%~ o3ti ou3twj e1stai kaq' o4n tro/pon lela&lhtai/ moi. So, men, be in good spirits, for I believe God that it will be so, just as it was spoken to me. just as ← according to the way that.
was spoken ← has been spoken. This tense accommodation is the reverse of the situation in Matt 2:2.
Acts 27:26 Ei0j nh=son de/ tina dei= h9ma~j e0kpesei=n. And we must run aground at a certain island.” at ← to. Pregnant use.
Acts 27:27 879Wj de\ tessareskaideka&th nu\c e0ge/neto, diaferome/nwn h9mw~n e0n tw%~ 870Adri/a%, kata_ me/son th=j nukto\j u9peno/oun oi9 nau=tai prosa&gein tina_ au0toi=j xw&ran: And when it was the fourteenth night of us being driven about in the Adriatic, at about midnight, the sailors suspected that they were approaching land. they were approaching land ← some region was approaching them.
Acts 27:28 kai\ boli/santej eu[ron o0rguia_j ei1kosi: braxu\ de\ diasth/santej, kai\ pa&lin boli/santej, eu[ron o0rguia_j dekape/nte: And when they took soundings, they found the depth to be twenty fathoms, and after leaving a short interval, when they took soundings again, they found the depth to be fifteen fathoms. fathoms (2x): a fathom is about 6 feet (1.8 m).
Acts 27:29 fobou/menoi/ te mh/pwj ei0j traxei=j to/pouj {RP P1904 S1894: e0kpe/swmen} [S1550 E1624: e0kpe/swsin], e0k pru/mnhj r(i/yantej a)gku/raj te/ssaraj, hu1xonto h9me/ran gene/sqai. And fearing that {RP P1904 S1894: we} [S1550 E1624: they] might run up against rocky places, they cast four anchors from the stern, and they prayed for day to come. e0kpe/swmen, we might fall out, run up, RP P1904 S1894 F1859=8/12 vs. e0kpe/swsin, they might fall out, run up, S1550 E1624 F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's cdfp).
Acts 27:30 Tw~n de\ nautw~n zhtou/ntwn fugei=n e0k tou= ploi/ou, kai\ xalasa&ntwn th\n ska&fhn ei0j th\n qa&lassan, profa&sei w(j e0k prw%&raj mello/ntwn a)gku/raj e0ktei/nein, But when the sailors tried to abandon the ship and had lowered the tender into the sea, under pretext of being about to stretch out anchor lines from the bow, tried ← sought.
abandon ← flee out of.
Acts 27:31 ei]pen o9 Pau=loj tw%~ e9katonta&rxh| kai\ toi=j stratiw&taij, 870Ea_n mh\ ou[toi mei/nwsin e0n tw%~ ploi/w%, u9mei=j swqh=nai ou0 du/nasqe. Paul said to the centurion and the soldiers, “Unless these men remain in the ship, you cannot be saved.”
Acts 27:32 To/te oi9 stratiw~tai a)pe/koyan ta_ sxoini/a th=j ska&fhj, kai\ ei1asan au0th\n e0kpesei=n. Then the soldiers cut the cords of the tender free and let it drop.
Acts 27:33 871Axri de\ ou[ {RP-text: h1mellen} [RP-marg P1904 TR: e1mellen] h9me/ra gi/nesqai, pareka&lei o9 Pau=loj a#pantaj metalabei=n trofh=j, le/gwn, Tessareskaideka&thn sh/meron h9me/ran prosdokw~ntej a!sitoi diatelei=te, mhde\n proslabo/menoi. Then while day was on the point of breaking, Paul encouraged everyone to partake of food, saying, “Today is the fourteenth day that you have been without food, waiting in suspense, not taking any. h1mellen, was about to (1), RP-text F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's clp) vs. e1mellen, was about to (2), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=9/12 (Scrivener's abdfghkmo). Both forms are classical. A strong disparity with RP-text, R=3:11.
while ← up till when.
have been ← continue.
waiting in suspense ← expecting.
Acts 27:34 Dio\ parakalw~ u9ma~j {RP TR: proslabei=n} [P1904: metalabei=n] trofh=j: tou=to ga_r pro\j th=j u9mete/raj swthri/aj u9pa&rxei: ou0deno\j ga_r u9mw~n qri\c e0k th=j kefalh=j pesei=tai. So I encourage you to {RP TR: take some} [P1904: partake of] food, for this is for your salvation. For not a hair from anyone will fall from his head.” proslabei=n, to take (to oneself), RP TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's acfglm) vs. metalabei=n, to partake of, get a share of, P1904 F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's bdhkop). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:7.
Acts 27:35 Ei0pw_n de\ tau=ta, kai\ labw_n a!rton, eu0xari/sthsen tw%~ qew%~ e0nw&pion pa&ntwn: kai\ kla&saj h1rcato e0sqi/ein. And when he had said these things, he took bread and thanked God in the presence of everyone and broke it and began to eat.
Acts 27:36 Eu1qumoi de\ geno/menoi pa&ntej kai\ au0toi\ prosela&bonto trofh=j. Then they all became cheerful, and they took food themselves too.
Acts 27:37 87]Hmen de\ e0n tw%~ ploi/w% ai9 pa~sai yuxai/, diako/siai e9bdomh/konta e3c. Now there were two hundred and seventy-six of us in the ship in all. there were 276 of us in the ship in all ← we were in the ship all the souls 276.
Acts 27:38 Koresqe/ntej de\ {RP-text: th=j} [RP-marg P1904 TR: - ] trofh=j e0kou/fizon to\ ploi=on, e0kballo/menoi to\n si=ton ei0j th\n qa&lassan. And when they had had their fill of food, they lightened the ship by jettisoning the corn into the sea. th=j, the (food): present in RP-text F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's dglm) vs. absent in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=8/12 (Scrivener's abcfhkop). A disparity with RP-text, R=4:10.
when they had had their fill ← having been satiated.
by jettisoning: gerundial use of the participle.
Acts 27:39 873Ote de\ h9me/ra e0ge/neto, th\n gh=n ou0k e0pegi/nwskon: ko/lpon de/ tina kateno/oun e1xonta ai0gialo/n, ei0j o4n e0bouleu/santo, ei0 {RP: dunato/n} [P1904 TR: du/nainto], e0cw~sai to\ ploi=on. And when day had come, they did not recognize the land, but they noticed a certain bay which had a beach, on which they resolved to drive the ship ashore, if {RP: possible} [P1904 TR: they could]. dunato/n, possible, RP F1859=11/13 (Scrivener's abcdfghklm**o) vs. du/nainto, they could, P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's m*p).
Acts 27:40 Kai\ ta_j a)gku/raj perielo/ntej ei1wn ei0j th\n qa&lassan, a#ma a)ne/ntej ta_j zeukthri/aj tw~n phdali/wn: kai\ e0pa&rantej to\n {RP TR: a)rte/mona} [P1904: a)rte/mwna] th|= pneou/sh| katei=xon ei0j to\n ai0gialo/n. And they slipped anchors and committed everything to the sea, while at the same time they loosened the connections to the rudders and hoisted the foresail to the prevailing wind and brought the ship to the beach. a)rte/mona, foresail (1), RP TR F1859=5/14 (Scrivener's b*hkm*o) vs. a)rte/mwna, foresail (2), P1904 F1859=9/14 (Scrivener's ab**cdfglm**p). A disparity with RP, R=6:10.
they slipped anchors: i.e. they untied or disconnected the anchor lines from the ship and abandoned the anchors.
connections to ← yokings of. Or, with [CB], lashings of.
prevailing wind ← blowing (breeze) (au1ra understood).
Acts 27:41 Peripeso/ntej de\ ei0j to/pon diqa&lasson e0pw&keilan th\n nau=n: kai\ h9 me\n prw%~ra e0rei/sasa e1meinen a)sa&leutoj, h9 de\ pru/mna e0lu/eto u9po\ th=j bi/aj tw~n kuma&twn. So they were wrecked at a place with sea on two sides, and they ran the ship aground, and the prow became stuck and remained motionless, but the stern began to be broken up by the force of the waves. a place with sea on two sides: so apparently a bar, not joined to the mainland.
began to be broken up: inceptive imperfect, but not necessarily so. Compare Luke 5:3, and the inceptive aorist in, e.g., Matt 27:35.
Acts 27:42 Tw~n de\ stratiwtw~n boulh\ e0ge/neto i3na tou\j desmw&taj a)poktei/nwsin, mh/ tij e0kkolumbh/saj {RP: diafu/gh|} [P1904 TR: diafu/goi]. Then a decision was made by the soldiers to kill the prisoners in case anyone should swim away and escape. diafu/gh|, escape (non-classical subjunctive, almost universally so in NT), RP F1859=10/12 vs. diafu/goi, escape (classical optative), P1904 TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's km).
Acts 27:43 879O de\ {RP TR: e9kato/ntarxoj} [P1904: e9katonta&rxhj], boulo/menoj diasw~sai to\n Pau=lon, e0kw&lusen au0tou\j tou= boulh/matoj, e0ke/leuse/n te tou\j duname/nouj kolumba~n a)porri/yantaj prw&touj e0pi\ th\n gh=n e0cie/nai: But the centurion, wishing to save Paul, prevented them from carrying out their intention and ordered those who could swim to jump overboard first and get to land, e9kato/ntarxoj, centurion (1), RP TR F1859=9/12 vs. e9katonta&rxhj, centurion (2), P1904 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's dmp).
Acts 27:44 kai\ tou\j loipou/j, ou4j me\n e0pi\ sani/sin, ou4j de\ e0pi/ tinwn tw~n a)po\ tou= ploi/ou. Kai\ ou3twj e0ge/neto pa&ntaj diaswqh=nai e0pi\ th\n gh=n. then the remainder, some on planks, others on various parts of the ship. And in this way it so happened that all came safely through onto land. various parts of ← some (things) from.
Acts 28:1 Kai\ diaswqe/ntej, to/te e0pe/gnwsan o3ti Meli/th h9 nh=soj kalei=tai. Then, having come safely through, they learned that the island was called Malta. Malta: Greek Melité; AV= Melita.
Acts 28:2 Oi9 de\ ba&rbaroi parei=xon ou0 th\n tuxou=san filanqrwpi/an h9mi=n: a)na&yantej ga_r pura&n, prosela&bonto pa&ntaj h9ma~j, dia_ to\n u9eto\n to\n e0festw~ta, kai\ dia_ to\ yu=xoj. Now the barbarians showed us extraordinary kindness, for they lit a fire and welcomed all of us because of the rain which had come on and because of the cold. barbarians: i.e. natives, but making a contrast with the Romans.
extraordinary ← not the ordinary.
Acts 28:3 Sustre/yantoj de\ tou= Pau/lou fruga&nwn plh=qoj, kai\ e0piqe/ntoj e0pi\ th\n pura&n, e1xidna {RP TR: e0k} [P1904: a)po\] th=j qe/rmhj {RP-text P1904: diecelqou=sa} [RP-marg TR: e0celqou=sa] kaqh=yen th=j xeiro\j au0tou=. And when Paul had gathered a mass of firewood and put it on the fire, a viper came out {RP TR: of} [P1904: because of] the heat and fastened itself onto his hand. e0k, out of, because of, RP TR F1859=7/12 vs. a)po\, from, because of, P1904 F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's bckop).
diecelqou=sa, having come out through, RP-text P1904 F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's adfgklo) vs. e0celqou=sa, having come out, RP-marg TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's bchmp).
Any of the readings above could ↴
Acts 28:4 879Wj de\ ei]don oi9 ba&rbaroi krema&menon to\ qhri/on e0k th=j xeiro\j au0tou=, e1legon pro\j a)llh/louj, Pa&ntwj foneu/j e0stin o9 a!nqrwpoj ou[toj, o4n diaswqe/nta e0k th=j qala&sshj h9 Di/kh zh|=n ou0k ei1asen. And when the barbarians saw the wild beast hanging from his hand, they said to one another, “This man is no doubt a murderer, whom Justice has not allowed to live, although he was saved from the sea.” ↳ be translated came out of or came out because of (a)po/ = because of in Acts 22:11, e0k = because of in Rev 16:10), and we feel that because of is more likely here for the preposition a)po/, since it is not cognate with the verbal prefix.
although: concessive use of the participle.
Acts 28:5 879O me\n ou]n, a)potina&caj to\ qhri/on ei0j to\ pu=r, e1paqen ou0de\n kako/n. Now he shook off the beast into the fire and suffered no harm,
Acts 28:6 Oi9 de\ prosedo/kwn au0to\n me/llein pi/mprasqai h2 katapi/ptein a!fnw nekro/n: e0pi\ polu\ de\ au0tw~n prosdokw&ntwn, kai\ qewrou/ntwn mhde\n a!topon ei0j au0to\n gino/menon, metaballo/menoi e1legon qeo\n au0to\n ei]nai. but they expected him to become inflamed or to suddenly fall down dead, but after they had been in expectation for a long time, and seen nothing untoward happen to him, they changed their minds and said that he was a god. had been in expectation ← expecting.
seen ← seeing.
happen ← happening.
Acts 28:7 870En de\ toi=j peri\ to\n to/pon e0kei=non u9ph=rxen xwri/a tw%~ prw&tw% th=j nh/sou, o0no/mati Popli/w%, o4j a)nadeca&menoj h9ma~j trei=j h9me/raj filofro/nwj e0ce/nisen. And in the neighbourhood of that place was the estate of the principal man of the island, by the name of Publius, who received us for three days and lodged us in a friendly way.
Acts 28:8 870Ege/neto de\ to\n pate/ra tou= Popli/ou puretoi=j kai\ {RP TR: dusenteri/a%} [P1904: dusenteri/w%] sunexo/menon katakei=sqai: pro\j o4n o9 Pau=loj ei0selqw&n, kai\ proseuca&menoj, {RP TR: - } [P1904: kai\] e0piqei\j ta_j xei=raj au0tw%~, i0a&sato au0to/n. Now it came to pass that the father of Publius was lying sick, afflicted with fever and dysentery, and Paul went to him and prayed and laid hands on him and cured him. dusenteri/a%, dysentery (1), RP TR F1859=11/12 vs. dusenteri/w%, dysentery (2), P1904 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's m).
kai\, and (laid hands): absent in RP TR F1859=10/12 vs. present in P1904 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ak).
Acts 28:9 Tou/tou ou]n genome/nou, kai\ oi9 loipoi\ oi9 e1xontej a)sqenei/aj e0n th|= nh/sw% prosh/rxonto kai\ e0qerapeu/onto: And when this had taken place, the rest on the island who had sicknesses also came forward and were cured.
Acts 28:10 oi4 kai\ pollai=j timai=j e0ti/mhsan h9ma~j, kai\ a)nagome/noij e0pe/qento ta_ pro\j th\n xrei/an. And they also honoured us with many honours, and when we set sail, they supplied us with what was needed. supplied ← put on (board the ship).
what was needed ← the (things) for the need.
Acts 28:11 Meta_ de\ trei=j mh=naj {RP-text: h1xqhmen} [RP-marg P1904 TR: a)nh/xqhmen] e0n ploi/w% parakexeimako/ti e0n th|= nh/sw%, 870Alecandri/nw%, parash/mw% Dioskou/roij. And after three months, we set sail in a ship which had wintered on the island – an Alexandrian one with the ensign of Castor and Pollux. h1xqhmen, we were transported, RP-text F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's ab*klmo) vs. a)nh/xqhmen, we set sail, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's b**cdfghp). No difference in our translation. A disparity with RP-text, R=6:9.
Castor and Pollux ← Zeus-sons, the Roman Gemini (Twins).
Acts 28:12 Kai\ kataxqe/ntej ei0j Surakou/saj e0pemei/namen h9me/raj trei=j: Then we put in at Syracuse and remained there for three days. at Syracuse ← to Syracuse. Pregnant use.
Acts 28:13 o3qen perielqo/ntej kathnth/samen ei0j 879Rh/gion, kai\ meta_ mi/an h9me/ran e0pigenome/nou no/tou, deuterai=oi h1lqomen ei0j Potio/louj: From there we sailed round and reached Rhegium, and one day later, when a south wind sprang up, we came to Puteoli on the second day, sailed round ← went round. Possibly tacking, which ancient ships could do in a limited way (but, with fixed square rigging and no fixed keel, not into the wind?). Hardly likely to be sailing clockwise round Sicily, as it would require an amazing ↴
on the second day ← (as) second-dayers. A four-dayer in John 11:39.
Acts 28:14 ou[ eu9ro/ntej a)delfou/j, pareklh/qhmen e0p' au0toi=j e0pimei=nai h9me/raj e9pta&: kai\ ou3twj ei0j th\n 879Rw&mhn h1lqomen. where we found some brothers, and we were invited to stay with them for seven days, and in this way we went to Rome. ↳ combination of winds, which is not mentioned. There is a slight curve in the coast from Syracuse to Rhegium, which probably best explains the word.
Acts 28:15 Ka)kei=qen oi9 a)delfoi\ a)kou/santej ta_ peri\ h9mw~n, e0ch=lqon ei0j a)pa&nthsin h9mi=n a!xri 870Appi/ou Fo/rou kai\ Triw~n Tabernw~n: ou4j i0dw_n o9 Pau=loj, eu0xaristh/saj tw%~ qew%~, e1laben qa&rsoj. And when the brothers from that place heard about our circumstances, they came out to meet us at the Appian Way Forum and the Three Taverns, and when Paul saw them, he gave thanks to God and took courage. at ← as far as.
Appian Way Forum: AV differs (Appii forum), retaining the Latin.
Acts 28:16 873Ote de\ h1lqomen ei0j 879Rw&mhn, o9 {RP TR: e9kato/ntarxoj} [P1904: e9katonta&rxhj] pare/dwken tou\j desmi/ouj tw%~ {RP-text P1904 TR: stratopeda&rxh|} [RP-marg: stratopeda&rxw%]: tw%~ de\ Pau/lw% e0petra&ph me/nein kaq' e9auto/n, su\n tw%~ fula&ssonti au0to\n stratiw&th|. And when we came to Rome, the centurion handed over the prisoners to the military commander, but it was permitted for Paul to remain by himself with the soldier guarding him. e9kato/ntarxoj, centurion (1), RP TR F1859=11/12 vs. e9katonta&rxhj, centurion (2), P1904 F1859=0/12 vs. clause containing this word absent, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's p).
stratopeda&rxh|, to the military commander (1), RP-text P1904 TR F1859=9/12 (Scrivener's abcdfg**hop) vs. stratopeda&rxw~, to the military commander (2), RP-marg F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's g*lm + k?). Scrivener's k is excluded, as it is doubtful.
Acts 28:17 870Ege/neto de\ meta_ h9me/raj trei=j sugkale/sasqai to\n Pau=lon tou\j o1ntaj tw~n 870Ioudai/wn prw&touj: sunelqo/ntwn de\ au0tw~n, e1legen pro\j au0tou/j, 871Andrej a)delfoi/, e0gw_ ou0de\n e0nanti/on poih/saj tw%~ law%~ h2 toi=j e1qesin toi=j patrw%&oij, de/smioj e0c 879Ierosolu/mwn paredo/qhn ei0j ta_j xei=raj tw~n 879Rwmai/wn: And it came to pass after three days that Paul called the prominent Jews together, and when they had gathered together, he said to them, “Men and brothers, I have done nothing against the people or the ancestral customs, but I have been delivered as a prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans, called the prominent Jews together ← called those of the Jews being prominent together to himself.
Acts 28:18 oi3tinej a)nakri/nante/j me e0bou/lonto a)polu=sai, dia_ to\ mhdemi/an ai0ti/an qana&tou u9pa&rxein e0n e0moi/. who after interrogating me wanted to release me because there was no cause for a death penalty against me. against me: or in me, i.e. in my actions.
Acts 28:19 870Antilego/ntwn de\ tw~n 870Ioudai/wn, h0nagka&sqhn e0pikale/sasqai Kai/sara, ou0x w(j tou= e1qnouj mou e1xwn ti kathgorh=sai. But since the Jews spoke against me, I was compelled to appeal to Caesar, not that I had anything to accuse my nation of. since: causal use of the participle.
Acts 28:20 Dia_ tau/thn ou]n th\n ai0ti/an pareka&lesa u9ma~j i0dei=n kai\ proslalh=sai: e3neken ga_r th=j e0lpi/doj tou= 870Israh\l th\n a#lusin tau/thn peri/keimai. So for this reason I requested to see you and to address you, for I have this chain round me for the sake of the hope of Israel.”
Acts 28:21 Oi9 de\ pro\j au0to\n ei]pon, 879Hmei=j ou1te gra&mmata peri\ sou= e0deca&meqa a)po\ th=j 870Ioudai/aj, ou1te parageno/meno/j tij tw~n a)delfw~n a)ph/ggeilen h2 e0la&lhse/n ti peri\ sou= ponhro/n. Then they said to him, “We have neither received letters about you from Judaea, nor has anyone of the brothers come and reported or said anything bad about you.
Acts 28:22 870Aciou=men de\ para_ sou= a)kou=sai a$ fronei=j: peri\ me\n ga_r th=j ai9re/sewj tau/thj gnwsto/n e0stin h9mi=n o3ti pantaxou= a)ntile/getai. We consider it proper to hear from you what you think. For concerning this sect, it is known to us that it is spoken against everywhere.”
Acts 28:23 Taca&menoi de\ au0tw%~ h9me/ran, h[kon pro\j au0to\n ei0j th\n ceni/an plei/onej: oi[j e0ceti/qeto diamarturo/menoj th\n basilei/an tou= qeou=, pei/qwn te au0tou\j ta_ peri\ tou= 870Ihsou=, a)po/ te tou= no/mou {RP P1904: Mwu+se/wj} [TR: Mwse/wj] kai\ tw~n profhtw~n, a)po\ prwi+\ e3wj e9spe/raj. And they appointed him a day, and very many came to him, to his lodging, to whom he expounded, testifying solemnly to the kingdom of God, persuading them of the things concerning Jesus from both the law of Moses and the prophets, from morning to evening. Mwu+se/wj, Moüses (1), RP P1904 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's p) vs. Mwse/wj, Moses, TR F1859=8/12 vs. Mwu+se/oj, Moüses (2), F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's dhl). A strong disparity with RP, R=2:9.
very many ← more, the greater part, but comparatives can mean rather, quite, and [MM] gives an example. Compare 2 Cor 9:2. Also, in ↴
Acts 28:24 Kai\ oi9 me\n e0pei/qonto toi=j legome/noij, oi9 de\ h0pi/stoun. And some were persuaded by the things said, but others disbelieved. ↳ the NT the comparative often stands for the superlative, which can mean very.
Acts 28:25 870Asu/mfwnoi de\ o1ntej pro\j a)llh/louj a)pelu/onto, ei0po/ntoj tou= Pau/lou r(h=ma e3n, o3ti Kalw~j to\ pneu=ma to\ a#gion e0la&lhsen dia_ 870Hsai+/ou tou= profh/tou pro\j tou\j pate/raj h9mw~n, And being at variance with each other, they separated, after Paul had made one remark: “The holy spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to our fathers, made one remark ← spoken one word / thing.
Acts 28:26 le/gon, Poreu/qhti pro\j to\n lao\n tou=ton kai\ {RP P1904: ei0po/n} [TR: ei0pe/], 870Akoh|= a)kou/sete, kai\ ou0 mh\ sunh=te: kai\ ble/pontej ble/yete, kai\ ou0 mh\ i1dhte: saying,

‘Go to this people and say,

«You will definitely hear

But certainly not understand,

And you will definitely see

But certainly not perceive,

 ei0po/n, say (imperative from mixed aorist ei]pa), or theoretically it having said; saying (neuter participle), RP P1904 F1859=10/11 (Scrivener's abdfghlmop + k?) vs. ei]pe/, say (regular strong aorist imperative), TR F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's c). Scrivener's k not included, as it is doubtful.
Isa 6:9.
Acts 28:27 e0paxu/nqh ga_r h9 kardi/a tou= laou= tou/tou, kai\ toi=j w)si\n bare/wj h1kousan, kai\ tou\j o0fqalmou\j au0tw~n e0ka&mmusan: mh/pote i1dwsin toi=j o0fqalmoi=j, kai\ toi=j w)si\n a)kou/swsin, kai\ th|= kardi/a% sunw~sin, kai\ e0pistre/ywsin, kai\ {RP-text P1904: i0a&somai} [RP-marg TR: i0a&swmai] au0tou/j.

For the heart of this people has become obtuse,

And with their ears they hear in a dull way,

And they have closed their eyes,

Lest they should see with their eyes,

And hear with their ears,

And understand with their heart,

And repent,

And I {RP-text P1904: would} [RP-marg TR: should] heal them.» ’

 i0a&somai, I will heal (future indicative), RP-text P1904 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's g*l) vs. i0a&swmai, I should heal (aorist subjunctive), RP-marg TR F1859=11/13 (Scrivener's abcdfg**hkmop, although p misspelled). A strong disparity with RP-text, R=3:12.
Isa 6:10.
obtuse ← fattened.
in a dull way ← heavily.
{RP-text P1904: would ← will, the clause being conditional rather than of purpose.}
Acts 28:28 Gnwsto\n ou]n e1stw u9mi=n, o3ti toi=j e1qnesin a)pesta&lh {RP TR: - } [P1904: tou=to] to\ swth/rion tou= qeou=, au0toi\ kai\ a)kou/sontai. So let it be known to you that {RP TR: the} [P1904: this] salvation of God has been sent to the Gentiles, and they will hear it.” tou=to, this: absent in RP TR F1859=10/12 vs. present in P1904 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's cp).
has been sent ← was sent, but see Matt 2:2.
This is the start of a Gentile ↴
Acts 28:29 Kai\ tau=ta au0tou= ei0po/ntoj, a)ph=lqon oi9 870Ioudai=oi, pollh\n e1xontej e0n e9autoi=j suzh/thsin. And when he had said these things, the Jews departed, holding a lot of debate among themselves. ↳ dispensation, expounded in Paul's prison epistles, especially Ephesians and Colossians. See Eph 3:9 (dispensation of the mystery).
Acts 28:30 871Emeinen de\ o9 Pau=loj dieti/an o3lhn e0n i0di/w% misqw&mati, kai\ a)pede/xeto pa&ntaj tou\j ei0sporeuome/nouj pro\j au0to/n, Then Paul remained for a full two years in his own hired house, and he received all those who came to him,
Acts 28:31 khru/sswn th\n basilei/an tou= qeou=, kai\ dida&skwn ta_ peri\ tou= kuri/ou 870Ihsou= xristou=, meta_ pa&shj parrhsi/aj, a)kwlu/twj. proclaiming the kingdom of God and teaching the things concerning the Lord Jesus Christ, with all frankness, unhindered.
Rom 1:1 Pau=loj, dou=loj 870Ihsou= xristou=, klhto\j a)po/stoloj, a)fwrisme/noj ei0j eu0agge/lion qeou=, From Paul, a servant of Jesus Christ, a called apostle, separated to the gospel of God,
Rom 1:2 o4 proephggei/lato dia_ tw~n profhtw~n au0tou= e0n grafai=j a(gi/aij, which he promised beforehand through his prophets in the holy scriptures,
Rom 1:3 peri\ tou= ui9ou= au0tou=, tou= genome/nou e0k spe/rmatoj {RP P1904: Daui\d} [TR: Dabi\d] kata_ sa&rka, concerning his son, who descended from the seed of David according to the flesh, David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
descended from ← became / came out of. Christ descended from David in Mary's line, Luke 3:23 - 3:38.
AV's Jesus Christ our Lord is taken from the next verse.
Rom 1:4 tou= o9risqe/ntoj ui9ou= qeou= e0n duna&mei, kata_ pneu=ma a(giwsu/nhj, e0c a)nasta&sewj nekrw~n, 870Ihsou= xristou= tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n, who was marked out as the son of God with power according to the spirit of holiness by resurrection of the dead – of Jesus Christ our Lord – AV transposes Jesus Christ our Lord into the previous verse.
Rom 1:5 di' ou[ e0la&bomen xa&rin kai\ a)postolh\n ei0j u9pakoh\n pi/stewj e0n pa~sin toi=j e1qnesin, u9pe\r tou= o0no/matoj au0tou=, through whom we have received grace and an apostleship for obedience in faith among all the Gentiles for the cause of his name, for obedience in ← into obedience of.
Rom 1:6 e0n oi[j e0ste\ kai\ u9mei=j, klhtoi\ 870Ihsou= xristou=: among whom you are also – being a called people of Jesus Christ –
Rom 1:7 pa~sin toi=j ou]sin e0n 879Rw&mh| a)gaphtoi=j qeou=, klhtoi=j a(gi/oij: xa&rij u9mi=n kai\ ei0rh/nh a)po\ qeou= patro\j h9mw~n kai\ kuri/ou 870Ihsou= xristou=. to all those who are in Rome, God's beloved, called as saints, grace to you and peace from God our father and Lord, Jesus Christ. saints: see Matt 27:52.
Lord: no article in the Greek in Rom 1:7, 1 Cor 1:3, 2 Cor 1:2, Gal 1:3, Eph 1:2, Eph 5:5 (Christ), Eph 6:23, Phil 1:2, Col 1:2, 1 Thes 1:1, 2 Thes 1:1, 2 Thes 1:12, 1 Tim 1:1, 1 Tim 5:21, Titus 1:4, Titus 2:13 (saviour), Phmon 1:3, James 1:1, 2 Pet 1:1 (saviour), Jude 1:4. We repunctuate; AV differs. We ↴
Rom 1:8 Prw~ton me\n eu0xaristw~ tw%~ qew%~ mou dia_ 870Ihsou= xristou= u9pe\r pa&ntwn u9mw~n, o3ti h9 pi/stij u9mw~n katagge/lletai e0n o3lw% tw%~ ko/smw%. Firstly, I give thanks to my God through Jesus Christ for all of you, in that your faith is proclaimed in the whole world. ↳ take the construction “qeo\j kai\ noun-without-article” to equate qeo\j and that noun, or to express a quality or role of qeo\j. This can be regarded as either the application ↴
Rom 1:9 Ma&rtuj ga&r mou/ e0stin o9 qeo/j, w%{ latreu/w e0n tw%~ pneu/mati/ mou e0n tw%~ eu0aggeli/w% tou= ui9ou= au0tou=, w(j a)dialei/ptwj mnei/an u9mw~n poiou=mai, For God is my witness, whom I serve in my spirit in the cause of the gospel of his son, as to how I ceaselessly make mention of you, ↳ of Granville Sharp rule 1 but with the o9 of o9 qeo/j elided (as is often the case), or as an exception to rule 5, as exemplified by 1 Cor 1:24. Compare also Rev 20:2 (devil and Satan).
Rom 1:10 pa&ntote e0pi\ tw~n proseuxw~n mou deo/menoj, ei1 pwj h1dh pote\ eu0odwqh/somai e0n tw%~ qelh/mati tou= qeou= e0lqei=n pro\j u9ma~j. always on the occasions of my prayers asking that I might by some means, sometime, at last, by the will of God, have a prosperous journey and come to you.
Rom 1:11 870Epipoqw~ ga_r i0dei=n u9ma~j, i3na ti metadw~ xa&risma u9mi=n pneumatiko/n, ei0j to\ sthrixqh=nai u9ma~j, For I yearn to see you, in order that I may share some spiritual gift with you for you to be strengthened,
Rom 1:12 tou=to de/ e0stin, sumparaklhqh=nai e0n u9mi=n dia_ th=j e0n a)llh/loij pi/stewj u9mw~n te kai\ e0mou=. that is to say, for me to be encouraged along with you through each other's faith, both yours and mine.
Rom 1:13 Ou0 qe/lw de\ u9ma~j a)gnoei=n, a)delfoi/, o3ti polla&kij proeqe/mhn e0lqei=n pro\j u9ma~j - kai\ e0kwlu/qhn a!xri tou= deu=ro - i3na {RP P1904: tina_ karpo\n} [TR: karpo/n tina] sxw~ kai\ e0n u9mi=n, kaqw_j kai\ e0n toi=j loipoi=j e1qnesin. But I do not want you to be unaware, brothers, that I often planned to come to you (but I have been prevented up to now) so that I might also bear some fruit among you as indeed among the rest of the Gentiles. tina_ karpo\n, some + fruit, RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. karpo/n tina, fruit + some, TR F1859=0/12.
but (second occurrence in verse): adversative use of kai/.
bear ← have.
Rom 1:14 873Ellhsi/n te kai\ barba&roij, sofoi=j te kai\ a)noh/toij o0feile/thj ei0mi/: I am a debtor to both Greeks and barbarians, to both wise and foolish –
Rom 1:15 ou3twj to\ kat' e0me\ pro/qumon kai\ u9mi=n toi=j e0n 879Rw&mh| eu0aggeli/sasqai. that is the nature of my eagerness to preach the gospel to you in Rome also. that is the nature of my eagerness ← thus the according-to-me eagerness.
Rom 1:16 Ou0 ga_r e0paisxu/nomai to\ eu0agge/lion tou= xristou=: du/namij ga_r qeou= e0stin ei0j swthri/an panti\ tw%~ pisteu/onti, 870Ioudai/w% te prw~ton kai\ 873Ellhni. For I am not ashamed of the gospel of Christ. For it is the power of God for salvation to everyone who believes, to the Jew first and also to the Greek.
Rom 1:17 Dikaiosu/nh ga_r qeou= e0n au0tw%~ a)pokalu/ptetai e0k pi/stewj ei0j pi/stin, kaqw_j ge/graptai, 879O de\ di/kaioj e0k pi/stewj zh/setai. For in it the righteousness of God is revealed, by faith, in faith, as it stands written: “And the righteous shall live by faith.” Hab 2:4.
it: neuter, referring to the gospel.
by faith (2x) ← out of faith.
in faith ← into faith.
Rom 1:18 870Apokalu/ptetai ga_r o0rgh\ qeou= a)p' ou0ranou= e0pi\ pa~san a)se/beian kai\ a)diki/an a)nqrw&pwn tw~n th\n a)lh/qeian e0n a)diki/a% katexo/ntwn: For God's anger is revealed from heaven on all ungodliness and injustice of men who suppress the truth in injustice,
Rom 1:19 dio/ti to\ gnwsto\n tou= qeou= fanero/n e0stin e0n au0toi=j: o9 ga_r qeo\j au0toi=j e0fane/rwsen. because what can be known about God is evident among them, for God has manifested it to them.
Rom 1:20 Ta_ ga_r a)o/rata au0tou= a)po\ kti/sewj ko/smou toi=j poih/masin noou/mena kaqora~tai, h3 te a)i+/dioj au0tou= du/namij kai\ qeio/thj, ei0j to\ ei]nai au0tou\j a)napologh/touj: For the invisible attributes of him, from the creation of the world, are understood and caught sight of in the things made: his perpetual power and deity, so that they are without excuse, excuse ← defence.
Rom 1:21 dio/ti gno/ntej to\n qeo/n, ou0x w(j qeo\n e0do/casan h2 eu0xari/sthsan, a)ll' e0mataiw&qhsan e0n toi=j dialogismoi=j au0tw~n, kai\ e0skoti/sqh h9 a)su/netoj au0tw~n kardi/a. because although they knew God, they did not glorify him as God or give thanks, but they became vain in their reasonings, and their undiscerning heart was darkened. although: concessive use of the participle.
Rom 1:22 Fa&skontej ei]nai sofoi\ e0mwra&nqhsan, Asserting that they were wise, they became foolish,
Rom 1:23 kai\ h1llacan th\n do/can tou= a)fqa&rtou qeou= e0n o9moiw&mati ei0ko/noj fqartou= a)nqrw&pou kai\ peteinw~n kai\ tetrapo/dwn kai\ e9rpetw~n. and they changed the glory of indefectible God into a likeness, an image of perishable man and birds and quadrupeds and reptiles. a likeness, an image ← a likeness of an image.
reptiles ← creeping (things). [LS] gives reptiles but not insects, though they are not necessarily excluded.
Rom 1:24 Dio\ kai\ pare/dwken au0tou\j o9 qeo\j e0n tai=j e0piqumi/aij tw~n kardiw~n au0tw~n ei0j a)kaqarsi/an, tou= a)tima&zesqai ta_ sw&mata au0tw~n e0n {RP TR: e9autoi=j} [P1904: au0toi=j]: This is why God has delivered them up to uncleanness in the desires of their hearts, so that their bodies are dishonoured among {RP TR: themselves} [P1904: them]. e9autoi=j, themselves, RP TR F1859=12/12 vs. au0toi=j, them, P1904 F1859=0/12.
this is why ← on account of which.
Rom 1:25 oi3tinej meth/llacan th\n a)lh/qeian tou= qeou= e0n tw%~ yeu/dei, kai\ e0seba&sqhsan kai\ e0la&treusan th|= kti/sei para_ to\n kti/santa, o3j e0stin eu0loghto\j ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj. 870Amh/n. And they exchanged the truth of God for the lie, and they worshipped and served creation more than the creator, who is blessed throughout the ages. Amen. creation: AV differs (the creature).
Rom 1:26 Dia_ tou=to pare/dwken au0tou\j o9 qeo\j ei0j pa&qh a)timi/aj: ai3 te ga_r qh/leiai au0tw~n meth/llacan th\n fusikh\n xrh=sin ei0j th\n para_ fu/sin: For this reason God delivered them up to dishonourable passions. For their women also exchanged the natural way of things for one which is against nature, dishonourable passions ← passions of dishonour, a Hebraic genitive.
women ← females.
way of things ← use; usefulness; intimacy. Also in Rom 1:27.
Rom 1:27 o9moi/wj {RP TR: te} [P1904: de\] kai\ oi9 {RP S1550: a!rrenej} [P1904 E1624 S1894: a!rsenej], a)fe/ntej th\n fusikh\n xrh=sin th=j qhlei/aj, e0cekau/qhsan e0n th|= o0re/cei au0tw~n ei0j a)llh/louj, a!rsenej e0n a!rsesin th\n a)sxhmosu/nhn katergazo/menoi, kai\ th\n a)ntimisqi/an h4n e1dei th=j pla&nhj au0tw~n e0n e9autoi=j a)polamba&nontej. and similarly the men also abandoned the natural way of things of the woman and burned in their lust for each other, males practising with males that which is indecent, and receiving the inevitable consequence of their error among themselves. te, and, RP TR F1859=7/13 vs. de\, and / but, P1904 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's dl) vs. word absent, F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's a*bho).
a!rrenej, males (a later Attic form), RP S1550 F1859=11/12 vs. a!rsenej, males (classical form), P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's c).
men ← males.
woman ← female.
inevitable consequence ← recompense which was necessary.
Rom 1:28 Kai\ kaqw_j ou0k e0doki/masan to\n qeo\n e1xein e0n e0pignw&sei, pare/dwken au0tou\j o9 qeo\j ei0j a)do/kimon nou=n, poiei=n ta_ mh\ kaqh/konta, And just as they did not think it fit to acknowledge God, God delivered them up to a discredited mentality, so as to do things which are not fitting, acknowledge ← hold in acknowledgment.
Rom 1:29 peplhrwme/nouj pa&sh| a)diki/a%, pornei/a%, ponhri/a%, pleoneci/a%, kaki/a%: mestou\j fqo/nou, fo/nou, e1ridoj, do/lou, kakohqei/aj: yiqurista&j, being filled with all unrighteousness, fornication, wickedness, fraud, malice; being full of envy, murder, strife, deceit, malignity – whisperers, fraud: or covetousness, greed. See 1 Cor 5:10.
Rom 1:30 katala&louj, qeostugei=j, u9brista&j, u9perhfa&nouj, a)lazo/naj, e0feureta_j kakw~n, goneu=sin a)peiqei=j, slanderers, haters of God, insolent, arrogant, boasters, inventors of evil things, disobedient to parents, haters of God: [LS] differs (hated of God), obsolete English for (hated by God). Similarly [CB] (hateful to God). But qeo- is the object in qeosebh/j (honouring God) and qeoma&xoj (fighting God). It is the subject in qeodi/daktoj (God-taught).
Rom 1:31 a)sune/touj, a)sunqe/touj, a)sto/rgouj, a)spo/ndouj, a)neleh/monaj: without understanding, without loyalty, without affection, implacable, merciless, loyalty ← allegiance, but here faithfulness in an allegiance.
Rom 1:32 oi3tinej to\ dikai/wma tou= qeou= e0pigno/ntej, o3ti oi9 ta_ toiau=ta pra&ssontej a!cioi qana&tou ei0si/n, ou0 mo/non au0ta_ poiou=sin, a)lla_ kai\ suneudokou=sin toi=j pra&ssousin. who, although they are well aware of the decree of God, that those who do such things are worthy of death, not only do they do them, but they also approve of those who do them. although: concessive use of the participle.
are well aware of ← recognized, acknowledged. See Matt 23:20. The rest of the sentence is in the present tense.
Rom 2:1 Dio\ a)napolo/ghtoj ei], w} a!nqrwpe pa~j o9 kri/nwn: e0n w%{ ga_r kri/neij to\n e3teron, seauto\n katakri/neij, ta_ ga_r au0ta_ pra&sseij o9 kri/nwn. Therefore you are without excuse, O man – everyone who judges. For in the way that you judge another, you condemn yourself. For you who judge do the same things. excuse ← defence.
Rom 2:2 Oi1damen de\ o3ti to\ kri/ma tou= qeou= e0stin kata_ a)lh/qeian e0pi\ tou\j ta_ toiau=ta pra&ssontaj. But we know that God's judgment is according to truth on those who do such things.
Rom 2:3 Logi/zh| de\ tou=to, w} a!nqrwpe o9 kri/nwn tou\j ta_ toiau=ta pra&ssontaj kai\ poiw~n au0ta&, o3ti su\ e0kfeu/ch| to\ kri/ma tou= qeou=; Do you think this, O man who judges those who do such things, although you do them yourself: that you will escape God's judgment? although: concessive use of the participle.
Rom 2:4 872H tou= plou/tou th=j xrhsto/thtoj au0tou= kai\ th=j a)noxh=j kai\ th=j makroqumi/aj katafronei=j, a)gnow~n o3ti to\ xrhsto\n tou= qeou= ei0j meta&noia&n se a!gei; Or do you look down on the riches of his kindness and forbearance and longsuffering, being ignorant of the fact that the kindness of God leads you to repentance?
Rom 2:5 Kata_ de\ th\n sklhro/thta& sou kai\ a)metano/hton kardi/an qhsauri/zeij seautw%~ o0rgh\n e0n h9me/ra% o0rgh=j kai\ a)pokalu/yewj {RP P1904: kai\} [TR: - ] dikaiokrisi/aj tou= qeou=, But you, with your obduracy and unrepentant heart, are storing up wrath for yourself on the day of wrath and revelation {RP P1904: and} [TR: of] the righteous judgment of God, kai\, and: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. present in TR F1859=0/12.
Rom 2:6 o4j a)podw&sei e9ka&stw% kata_ ta_ e1rga au0tou=: who will render to each person according to his works, Ps 62:13MT (Ps 62:12AV). See also Jer 17:10, Jer 32:19.
Rom 2:7 toi=j me\n kaq' u9pomonh\n e1rgou a)gaqou= do/can kai\ timh\n kai\ a)fqarsi/an zhtou=sin, zwh\n ai0w&nion: to some in accordance with their patience in good work, seeking glory and honour and incorruptibility: age-abiding life; incorruptibility: or indefectibility; compare Rom 1:23, 1 Tim 1:17. AV differs (immortality).
Rom 2:8 toi=j de\ e0c e0riqei/aj, kai\ a)peiqou=sin me\n th|= a)lhqei/a% peiqome/noij de\ th|= a)diki/a%, qumo\j kai\ o0rgh/, but to those who are of contention, and disobedient to the truth, and trusting in unrighteousness: wrath and anger, disobedient to: or disbelieving of.
Rom 2:9 qli/yij kai\ stenoxwri/a, e0pi\ pa~san yuxh\n a)nqrw&pou tou= katergazome/nou to\ kako/n, 870Ioudai/ou te prw~ton kai\ 873Ellhnoj: tribulation and anguish on the mind of every man who perpetrates evil, of the Jew first, and also of the Greek; Greek: AV differs, reading Gentile, but none of our editions or Scrivener's manuscripts collated support Gentile.
the mind of every man ← every soul of a man.
Rom 2:10 do/ca de\ kai\ timh\ kai\ ei0rh/nh panti\ tw%~ e0rgazome/nw% to\ a)gaqo/n, 870Ioudai/w% te prw~ton kai\ 873Ellhni: but glory and honour and peace to everyone who does good, to the Jew first and also to the Greek.
Rom 2:11 ou0 ga&r e0stin proswpolhyi/a para_ tw%~ qew%~. For there is no partiality with God.
Rom 2:12 873Osoi ga_r a)no/mwj h3marton, a)no/mwj kai\ a)polou=ntai: kai\ o3soi e0n no/mw% h3marton, dia_ no/mou kriqh/sontai: For those who have sinned without the law will also die without the law. And those who have sinned in the law will be judged by the law, those who (2x) ← as many as.
die ← perish.
The “law” in scripture is the law of Moses in the Old Testament.
Rom 2:13 ou0 ga_r oi9 a)kroatai\ tou= no/mou di/kaioi para_ tw%~ qew%~, a)ll' oi9 poihtai\ tou= no/mou dikaiwqh/sontai. for it is not the hearers of the law who are just with God, but it is the doers of the law who will be justified.
Rom 2:14 873Otan ga_r e1qnh ta_ mh\ no/mon e1xonta fu/sei ta_ tou= no/mou poih|=, ou[toi, no/mon mh\ e1xontej, e9autoi=j ei0sin no/moj: For when the Gentiles, who do not have the law, carry out by nature the requirements of the law, they, although not having the law, are a law to themselves, they ← these.
although: concessive use of the participle.
Rom 2:15 oi3tinej e0ndei/knuntai to\ e1rgon tou= no/mou grapto\n e0n tai=j kardi/aij au0tw~n, summarturou/shj au0tw~n th=j suneidh/sewj, kai\ metacu\ a)llh/lwn tw~n logismw~n kathgorou/ntwn h2 kai\ a)pologoume/nwn, who demonstrate the work of the law, a work written in their hearts, while their conscience bears witness also, while their reasonings accuse or else defend each other – each other: we take a)llh/lwn with kathgorou/ntwn; others, with metacu\ (with one another).
Rom 2:16 e0n h9me/ra% o3te krinei= o9 qeo\j ta_ krupta_ tw~n a)nqrw&pwn, kata_ to\ eu0agge/lio/n mou, dia_ 870Ihsou= xristou=. this judgment being on the day when God judges the secret things of men according to my gospel through Jesus Christ. judges ← will judge, the explicit future tense not being required in English here.
Rom 2:17 871Ide su\ 870Ioudai=oj e0ponoma&zh|, kai\ e0panapau/h| tw%~ no/mw%, kai\ kauxa~sai e0n qew%~, Look, you are called a Jew, and you rely on the law and boast in God,
Rom 2:18 kai\ ginw&skeij to\ qe/lhma, kai\ dokima&zeij ta_ diafe/ronta, kathxou/menoj e0k tou= no/mou, and you know his will, and you scrutinize the things that differ, being taught from the law, scrutinize the things that differ. AV differs, reading approvest the things that are more excellent, which is also possible. Compare Phil 1:10.
Rom 2:19 pe/poiqa&j te seauto\n o9dhgo\n ei]nai tuflw~n, fw~j tw~n e0n sko/tei, and you trust yourself to be a guide of the blind, a light to those in darkness,
Rom 2:20 paideuth\n a)fro/nwn, dida&skalon nhpi/wn, e1xonta th\n mo/rfwsin th=j gnw&sewj kai\ th=j a)lhqei/aj e0n tw%~ no/mw%: as an instructor of the foolish, a teacher of infants, having the formulation of the knowledge and the truth found in the law.
Rom 2:21 o9 ou]n dida&skwn e3teron, seauto\n ou0 dida&skeij; 879O khru/sswn mh\ kle/ptein, kle/pteij; So you who teach another, do you not teach yourself? You who preach not to steal, do you steal?
Rom 2:22 879O le/gwn mh\ moixeu/ein, moixeu/eij; 879O bdelusso/menoj ta_ ei1dwla, i9erosulei=j; You who tell people not to commit adultery, do you commit adultery? You who abominate idols, do you steal sacred items?
Rom 2:23 874Oj e0n no/mw% kauxa~sai, dia_ th=j paraba&sewj tou= no/mou to\n qeo\n a)tima&zeij; You who boast in the law, do you through your transgression of the law dishonour God?
Rom 2:24 To\ ga_r o1noma tou= qeou= di' u9ma~j blasfhmei=tai e0n toi=j e1qnesin, kaqw_j ge/graptai. “For the name of God is blasphemed because of you among the Gentiles”, as it stands written. See Ezek 36:20-21, Ezek 36:23, Isa 52:5.
Rom 2:25 Peritomh\ me\n ga_r w)felei=, e0a_n no/mon pra&ssh|j: e0a_n de\ paraba&thj no/mou h|]j, h9 peritomh/ sou a)krobusti/a ge/gonen. For circumcision is indeed of benefit if you carry out the law, but if you are a transgressor of the law, your circumcision has become uncircumcision. uncircumcision ← foreskin.
Rom 2:26 870Ea_n ou]n h9 a)krobusti/a ta_ dikaiw&mata tou= no/mou fula&ssh|, ou0xi\ h9 a)krobusti/a au0tou= ei0j peritomh\n logisqh/setai; So if the uncircumcision keeps the ordinances of the law, will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? uncircumcision (2x): see Rom 2:25.
Rom 2:27 Kai\ krinei= h9 e0k fu/sewj a)krobusti/a, to\n no/mon telou=sa, se\ to\n dia_ gra&mmatoj kai\ peritomh=j paraba&thn no/mou; And will not uncircumcision by nature, if it fulfils the law, judge you a transgressor of the law, despite your written word and circumcision? uncircumcision: see Rom 2:25.
if: conditional use of the participle.
despite ← through, but the word is capable of expressing concessive circumstances. Compare Rom 4:11 and perhaps 1 Cor 1:21.
written word ← letter, writing. Compare 2 Cor 3:6.
Rom 2:28 Ou0 ga_r o9 e0n tw%~ fanerw%~ 870Ioudai=o/j e0stin, ou0de\ h9 e0n tw%~ fanerw%~ e0n sarki\ peritomh/: For it is not he who is openly so who is a Jew, nor he who is openly circumcision in the flesh,
Rom 2:29 a)ll' o9 e0n tw%~ kruptw%~ 870Ioudai=oj, kai\ peritomh\ kardi/aj e0n pneu/mati, ou0 gra&mmati: ou[ o9 e1painoj ou0k e0c a)nqrw&pwn, a)ll' e0k tou= qeou=. but he who is a Jew in secret, and is the circumcision of the heart by spirit, not by the written word, one whose praise is not from men but from God. written word: See Rom 2:27.
Rom 3:1 Ti/ ou]n to\ perisso\n tou= 870Ioudai/ou, h2 ti/j h9 w)fe/leia th=j peritomh=j; What, then, is special about the Jew? Or what is the benefit to the circumcision? special ← extraordinary.
to ← of.
Rom 3:2 Polu\ kata_ pa&nta tro/pon: prw~ton me\n ga_r o3ti e0pisteu/qhsan ta_ lo/gia tou= qeou=. Much in every respect. Firstly, then, because the oracles of God were entrusted to him. the oracles of God were entrusted to him: or they were entrusted (with) the oracles of God.
Rom 3:3 Ti/ ga_r ei0 h0pi/sthsa&n tinej; Mh\ h9 a)pisti/a au0tw~n th\n pi/stin tou= qeou= katargh/sei; For what if some have disbelieved? Their disbelief does not make God's faithfulness void, does it? faithfulness ← faith.
Rom 3:4 Mh\ ge/noito: gine/sqw de\ o9 qeo\j a)lhqh/j, pa~j de\ a!nqrwpoj yeu/sthj, kaqw_j ge/graptai, 873Opwj a@n dikaiwqh|=j e0n toi=j lo/goij sou, kai\ {RP-text TR: nikh/sh|j} [RP-marg P1904: nikh/seij] e0n tw%~ kri/nesqai/ se. May it not be so. But let God be true and every man a liar, as it stands written:

“In order that you may be justified with your words,

And {RP-text TR: that you may} [RP-marg P1904: you will] be vindicated

When you are judged.”

 nikh/sh|j, you may conquer, be vindicated, RP-text TR F1859=11/12 vs. nikh/seij, you will conquer, be vindicated, RP-marg P1904 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's n). A disparity with RP-marg (low count).
Ps 51:6MT (Ps 51:4AV).
be vindicated ← conquer.
Rom 3:5 Ei0 de\ h9 a)diki/a h9mw~n qeou= dikaiosu/nhn suni/sthsin, ti/ e0rou=men; Mh\ a!dikoj o9 qeo\j o9 e0pife/rwn th\n o0rgh/n; - kata_ a!nqrwpon le/gw - And if our unrighteousness commends the righteousness of God, what shall we say? Surely God, who brings wrath, is not unjust? I speak humanly.
Rom 3:6 Mh\ ge/noito: e0pei\ pw~j krinei= o9 qeo\j to\n ko/smon; May it not be so. Otherwise, how will God judge the world?
Rom 3:7 Ei0 ga_r h9 a)lh/qeia tou= qeou= e0n tw%~ e0mw%~ yeu/smati e0peri/sseusen ei0j th\n do/can au0tou=, ti/ e1ti ka)gw_ w(j a(martwlo\j kri/nomai; For if God's truth has abounded to his glory in the face of my untruth, why am I for my part still judged as a sinner? for my part ← also.
Rom 3:8 Kai\ mh/ - kaqw_j blasfhmou/meqa, kai\ kaqw&j fasi/n tinej h9ma~j le/gein - o3ti Poih/swmen ta_ kaka_ i3na e1lqh| ta_ a)gaqa&; 87[Wn to\ kri/ma e1ndiko/n e0stin. – and not according to how we are slanderously spoken of, and according to what some also claim that we say, namely, “Let us do evil things so that good things may come”, whose judgment is merited. We regard poih/swmen as cohortative rather than deliberative, and punctuate accordingly. RP P1904 and TBS-TR seem to regard the verb as deliberative, Shall we do evil things ...? though a different question might be intended: Why am I not judged as (saying), “...”?
Rom 3:9 Ti/ ou]n; Proexo/meqa; Ou0 pa&ntwj: proh|tiasa&meqa ga_r 870Ioudai/ouj te kai\ 873Ellhnaj pa&ntaj u9f' a(marti/an ei]nai, What then? Are we superior? Not at all. For we have already made the charge that both Jews and Greeks are all under sin.
Rom 3:10 kaqw_j ge/graptai {RP-text P1904 TR: o3ti} [RP-marg: - ] Ou0k e1stin di/kaioj ou0de\ ei[j: As it stands written:

“Not even one is righteous.

 o3ti, that (introducing indirect or direct speech): present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=8/12 vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's achl).
Ps 14:1, Ps 53:2MT (Ps 53:1AV), Eccl 7:20.
Rom 3:11 ou0k e1stin o9 suniw~n, ou0k e1stin o9 e0kzhtw~n to\n qeo/n:

There is no-one who understands;

There is no-one who seeks God.

 Ps 14:2, Ps 53:3MT (Ps 53:2AV).
Rom 3:12 pa&ntej e0ce/klinan, a#ma h0xreiw&qhsan: ou0k e1stin poiw~n xrhsto/thta, ou0k e1stin e3wj e9no/j:

All have turned aside;

They have become altogether useless.

There is no-one who shows kindness

– There is not even one.

 Ps 14:3, Ps 53:4MT (Ps 53:3AV).
Rom 3:13 ta&foj a)new%gme/noj o9 la&rugc au0tw~n, tai=j glw&ssaij au0tw~n e0doliou=san: i0o\j a)spi/dwn u9po\ ta_ xei/lh au0tw~n:

Their throat is an open sepulchre;

With their tongues they have been deceitful;

Vipers' venom is under their lips,

 Ps 5:10MT (Ps 5:9AV), Ps 140:4MT (Ps 140:3AV).
they have been deceitful ← they were deceitful, an Alexandrian dialectical form, as in Ps 5:9 LXX.
Rom 3:14 w{n to\ sto/ma a)ra~j kai\ pikri/aj ge/mei:

Whose mouth is full of cursing and bitterness.

 Ps 10:7.
Rom 3:15 o0cei=j oi9 po/dej au0tw~n e0kxe/ai ai[ma:

Their feet are swift to shed blood.

 Isa 59:7.
swift ← sharp.
Rom 3:16 su/ntrimma kai\ talaipwri/a e0n tai=j o9doi=j au0tw~n,

Ruin and hardship are in their ways,

 Isa 59:7.
Rom 3:17 kai\ o9do\n ei0rh/nhj ou0k e1gnwsan:

But they do not know the way of peace.

 Isa 59:8.
they do not know ← they have not known, but the sense can be they have not come to know, from which they do not know.
Rom 3:18 ou0k e1stin fo/boj qeou= a)pe/nanti tw~n o0fqalmw~n au0tw~n.

There is no fear of God before their eyes.”

 Ps 36:2MT (Ps 36:1AV).
Rom 3:19 Oi1damen de\ o3ti o3sa o9 no/moj le/gei, toi=j e0n tw%~ no/mw% lalei=, i3na pa~n sto/ma fragh|=, kai\ u9po/dikoj ge/nhtai pa~j o9 ko/smoj tw%~ qew%~: But we know that whatever the law says, it speaks to those who are under the law, so that every mouth may be stopped up, and the whole world may be accountable to God, under ← in.
Rom 3:20 dio/ti e0c e1rgwn no/mou ou0 dikaiwqh/setai pa~sa sa_rc e0nw&pion au0tou=: dia_ ga_r no/mou e0pi/gnwsij a(marti/aj. because no flesh will be justified by the works of the law before him, for through the law is acknowledgment of sin.
Rom 3:21 Nuni\ de\ xwri\j no/mou dikaiosu/nh qeou= pefane/rwtai, marturoume/nh u9po\ tou= no/mou kai\ tw~n profhtw~n: But now the righteousness of God has been made manifest without the law, testified to by the law and the prophets –
Rom 3:22 dikaiosu/nh de\ qeou= dia_ pi/stewj 870Ihsou= xristou= ei0j pa&ntaj kai\ e0pi\ pa&ntaj tou\j pisteu/ontaj: ou0 ga&r e0stin diastolh/: the righteousness of God through faith in Jesus Christ for all and on all who believe, for there is no distinction, in ← of. This could be a subjective genitive (faith which Jesus Christ has shown) or objective (the believers' faith in Jesus Christ), or it could have a suggestion of both. Our translation inclines towards the objective genitive.
Rom 3:23 pa&ntej ga_r h3marton kai\ u9sterou=ntai th=j do/chj tou= qeou=, for all have sinned and fall short of the glory of God,
Rom 3:24 dikaiou/menoi dwrea_n th|= au0tou= xa&riti dia_ th=j a)polutrw&sewj th=j e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=: being justified freely by his grace through the redemption which is in Christ Jesus,
Rom 3:25 o4n proe/qeto o9 qeo\j i9lasth/rion, dia_ th=j pi/stewj, e0n tw%~ au0tou= ai3mati, ei0j e1ndeicin th=j dikaiosu/nhj au0tou=, dia_ th\n pa&resin tw~n progegono/twn a(marthma&twn, whom God appointed as a propitiation through faith in his blood, as a demonstration of his righteousness, for the sake of the remission of previously committed sins,
Rom 3:26 e0n th|= a)noxh|= tou= qeou=: pro\j e1ndeicin th=j dikaiosu/nhj au0tou= e0n tw%~ nu=n kairw%~, ei0j to\ ei]nai au0to\n di/kaion kai\ dikaiou=nta to\n e0k pi/stewj 870Ihsou=. in God's forbearance, ¶ as a demonstration of his righteousness at the present time, with a view to him being just and a justifier of him who is a partaker of faith in Jesus. ¶ Verse division: in AV numbering, Rom 3:26 begins here.
of faith ← out of faith.
in Jesus ← of Jesus. See Rom 3:22.
Rom 3:27 Pou= ou]n h9 kau/xhsij; 870Eceklei/sqh. Dia_ poi/ou no/mou; Tw~n e1rgwn; Ou0xi/, a)lla_ dia_ no/mou pi/stewj. So where is boasting? It is excluded. By what law? That of works? No, rather by the law of faith. what ← what kind of.
Rom 3:28 Logizo/meqa ou]n pi/stei dikaiou=sqai a!nqrwpon, xwri\j e1rgwn no/mou. We conclude therefore that man is justified by faith apart from works of the law.
Rom 3:29 872H 870Ioudai/wn o9 qeo\j mo/non; Ou0xi\ de\ kai\ e0qnw~n; Nai\ kai\ e0qnw~n: Or is God God of the Jews only? Is he not also of the Gentiles? Yes, of the Gentiles too,
Rom 3:30 e0pei/per ei[j o9 qeo/j, o4j dikaiw&sei peritomh\n e0k pi/stewj, kai\ a)krobusti/an dia_ th=j pi/stewj. seeing that God, who will justify circumcision by faith and uncircumcision through faith, is one. uncircumcision: see Rom 2:25.
Rom 3:31 No/mon ou]n katargou=men dia_ th=j pi/stewj; Mh\ ge/noito: a)lla_ no/mon i9stw~men. Do we make the law void through faith? Far from it. Rather, we establish the law. far from it ← may it not become / be.
we establish: present indicative of i9sta&w, or subjunctive of i3sthmi, let us establish.
Rom 4:1 Ti/ ou]n e0rou=men 870Abraa_m to\n pate/ra h9mw~n eu9rhke/nai kata_ sa&rka; What then shall we say Abraham our father has found with respect to the flesh?
Rom 4:2 Ei0 ga_r 870Abraa_m e0c e1rgwn e0dikaiw&qh, e1xei kau/xhma, a)ll' ou0 pro\j to\n qeo/n. For if Abraham was justified by works, he has a reason to boast, but not to God.
Rom 4:3 Ti/ ga_r h9 grafh\ le/gei; 870Epi/steusen de\ 870Abraa_m tw%~ qew%~, kai\ e0logi/sqh au0tw%~ ei0j dikaiosu/nhn. For what does the scripture say? “Now Abraham believed God, and it was imputed to him as righteousness.” Gen 15:6.
Rom 4:4 Tw%~ de\ e0rgazome/nw% o9 misqo\j ou0 logi/zetai kata_ xa&rin, a)lla_ kata_ {RP P1904: - } [TR: to\] o0fei/lhma. And the wages due to the workman are not considered as being of grace, but as a debt. to\, the (debt): absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. present in TR F1859=0/12.
Rom 4:5 Tw%~ de\ mh\ e0rgazome/nw%, pisteu/onti de\ e0pi\ to\n dikaiou=nta to\n a)sebh=, logi/zetai h9 pi/stij au0tou= ei0j dikaiosu/nhn. But for one who does not work, but who believes in him who justifies the ungodly, his faith is counted as righteousness.
Rom 4:6 Kaqa&per kai\ {RP P1904: Daui\d} [TR: Dabi\d] le/gei to\n makarismo\n tou= a)nqrw&pou, w%{ o9 qeo\j logi/zetai dikaiosu/nhn xwri\j e1rgwn, As indeed David also says of the blessedness of the man to whom God imputes righteousness, apart from works, David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Rom 4:7 Maka&rioi w{n a)fe/qhsan ai9 a)nomi/ai, kai\ w{n e0pekalu/fqhsan ai9 a(marti/ai.

“Blessed are they whose lawless deeds have been forgiven

And whose sins have been covered over.

 Ps 32:1.
Rom 4:8 Maka&rioj a)nh\r w%{ ou0 mh\ logi/shtai ku/rioj a(marti/an.

Blessed is the man

To whom the Lord will not impute sin at all.”

 Ps 32:2.
Rom 4:9 879O makarismo\j ou]n ou[toj e0pi\ th\n peritomh/n, h2 kai\ e0pi\ th\n a)krobusti/an; Le/gomen ga_r o3ti 870Elogi/sqh tw%~ 870Abraa_m h9 pi/stij ei0j dikaiosu/nhn. So is this blessedness on the circumcision or also on the uncircumcision? For we say, “Faith was imputed to Abraham as righteousness.” uncircumcision: see Rom 2:25.
Rom 4:10 Pw~j ou]n e0logi/sqh; 870En peritomh|= o1nti, h2 e0n a)krobusti/a%; Ou0k e0n peritomh|=, a)ll' e0n a)krobusti/a%: How then was it imputed? To him when he was in circumcision or in uncircumcision? Not in circumcision but in uncircumcision. uncircumcision (2x): see Rom 2:25.
Rom 4:11 kai\ shmei=on e1laben peritomh=j, sfragi=da th=j dikaiosu/nhj th=j pi/stewj th=j e0n th|= a)krobusti/a%: ei0j to\ ei]nai au0to\n pate/ra pa&ntwn tw~n pisteuo/ntwn di' a)krobusti/aj, ei0j to\ logisqh=nai kai\ au0toi=j th\n dikaiosu/nhn: And he received the sign of circumcision, a seal of the righteousness of faith which was in uncircumcision, so that he should be the father of all those who believe despite uncircumcision, with a view to righteousness being imputed to them also, uncircumcision (2x): see Rom 2:25.
despite ← through. See Rom 2:27.
Rom 4:12 kai\ pate/ra peritomh=j toi=j ou0k e0k peritomh=j mo/non, a)lla_ kai\ toi=j stoixou=sin toi=j i1xnesin {RP: th=j pi/stewj th=j e0n th|= a)krobusti/a%} [P1904 TR: th=j e0n th|= a)krobusti/a% pi/stewj] tou= patro\j h9mw~n 870Abraa&m. and the father of the circumcision, not to those of the circumcision only, but also to those who march in the footsteps of our father Abraham's faith, which was in uncircumcision. th=j pi/stewj th=j e0n th|= a)krobusti/a%, the faith + the in the uncircumcision, RP F1859=10/12 (with minor variations in a**bgko) vs. th=j e0n th|= a)krobusti/a% pi/stewj, the + in the uncircumcision + faith, P1904 TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's dm).
footsteps ← tracks.
uncircumcision: see Rom 2:25.
Rom 4:13 Ou0 ga_r dia_ no/mou h9 e0paggeli/a tw%~ 870Abraa_m h2 tw%~ spe/rmati au0tou=, to\ klhrono/mon au0to\n ei]nai tou= ko/smou, a)lla_ dia_ dikaiosu/nhj pi/stewj. For the promise to Abraham or to his seed was not through the law, that he should be heir to the world, but it was through the righteousness of faith.
Rom 4:14 Ei0 ga_r oi9 e0k no/mou klhrono/moi, keke/nwtai h9 pi/stij, kai\ kath/rghtai h9 e0paggeli/a: For if those of the law were heirs, faith would have been made void, and the promise would have been invalidated, if: clearly an unreal condition, without a!n, as in Rom 7:7.
invalidated ← nullified.
Rom 4:15 o9 ga_r no/moj o0rgh\n katerga&zetai: ou[ ga_r ou0k e1stin no/moj, ou0de\ para&basij. for the law engenders wrath, for where there is no law, neither is there transgression.
Rom 4:16 Dia_ tou=to e0k pi/stewj, i3na kata_ xa&rin, ei0j to\ ei]nai bebai/an th\n e0paggeli/an panti\ tw%~ spe/rmati, ou0 tw%~ e0k tou= no/mou mo/non, a)lla_ kai\ tw%~ e0k pi/stewj 870Abraa&m, o3j e0stin path\r pa&ntwn h9mw~n - Here is why it is of faith: so that it is by grace, in order that the promise be secure for all the seed, not only to that of the law, but also to that of Abraham's faith, who is the father of us all, here is why ← on account of this.
Rom 4:17 kaqw_j ge/graptai o3ti Pate/ra pollw~n e0qnw~n te/qeika& se - kate/nanti ou[ e0pi/steusen qeou=, tou= zw%opoiou=ntoj tou\j nekrou/j, kai\ kalou=ntoj ta_ mh\ o1nta w(j o1nta. as it stands written: “I have appointed you a father of many nations”, in the sight of God, whom he believed, who makes the dead alive and calls the things not in existence to exist. Gen 17:5.
in existence ← being, existing.
to exist ← as being, existing.
Rom 4:18 874Oj par' e0lpi/da e0p' e0lpi/di e0pi/steusen, ei0j to\ gene/sqai au0to\n pate/ra pollw~n e0qnw~n, kata_ to\ ei0rhme/non, Ou3twj e1stai to\ spe/rma sou. And he against hope but in hope believed, so that he became the father of many nations according to what had been spoken: “So shall your seed be.” Gen 15:5.
Rom 4:19 Kai\ mh\ a)sqenh/saj th|= pi/stei, ou0 kateno/hsen to\ e9autou= sw~ma h1dh nenekrwme/non - e9katontae/thj pou u9pa&rxwn - kai\ th\n ne/krwsin {RP TR: th=j} [P1904: - ] mh/traj Sa&rraj: And not being weak in faith, he did not consider his own body, which was by that time dead, he being about one hundred years old, or the deadness of Sarah's womb, th=j, of the: present in RP TR F1859=11/12 vs. absent in P1904 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's m).
being ← having been. See Matt 23:20.
Rom 4:20 ei0j de\ th\n e0paggeli/an tou= qeou= ou0 diekri/qh th|= a)pisti/a%, a)ll' e0nedunamw&qh th|= pi/stei, dou\j do/can tw%~ qew%~, and he did not hesitate at God's promise in disbelief, but he was strengthened in faith, and he gave glory to God,
Rom 4:21 kai\ plhroforhqei\j o3ti o4 e0ph/ggeltai, dunato/j e0stin kai\ poih=sai. and he was fully convinced that what he had promised, he was also able to do, what he had promised: deponent middle, as in all similar occurrences, but theoretically also passive, what had been promised.
Rom 4:22 Dio\ kai\ e0logi/sqh au0tw%~ ei0j dikaiosu/nhn. which is also why it was imputed to him as righteousness. Gen 15:6.
which is also why ← on account of which also.
Rom 4:23 Ou0k e0gra&fh de\ di' au0to\n mo/non, o3ti e0logi/sqh au0tw%~: But it was not written for his sake alone that it was imputed to him,
Rom 4:24 a)lla_ kai\ di' h9ma~j, oi[j me/llei logi/zesqai, toi=j pisteu/ousin e0pi\ to\n e0gei/ranta 870Ihsou=n to\n ku/rion h9mw~n e0k nekrw~n, but also for our sakes, to whom it is going to be imputed – to us who believe in him who raised Jesus our Lord from the dead,
Rom 4:25 o4j paredo/qh dia_ ta_ paraptw&mata h9mw~n, kai\ h0ge/rqh dia_ th\n dikai/wsin h9mw~n. who was delivered on account of our transgressions and raised on account of our justification.
Rom 5:1 Dikaiwqe/ntej ou]n e0k pi/stewj, ei0rh/nhn {RP-text P1904 TR: e1xomen} [RP-marg: e1xwmen] pro\j to\n qeo\n dia_ tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=, Having been justified therefore by faith, {RP-text P1904 TR: we have} [RP-marg: let us have] peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ, e1xomen, we have, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=10/13 (Scrivener's abcdgh**klno) vs. e1xwmen, let us have (hortatory subjunctive), RP-marg F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's fh*m).
Rom 5:2 di' ou[ kai\ th\n prosagwgh\n e0sxh/kamen th|= pi/stei ei0j th\n xa&rin tau/thn e0n h|[ e9sth/kamen, kai\ kauxw&meqa e0p' e0lpi/di th=j do/chj tou= qeou=. through whom we have also obtained access by faith into this grace in which we stand, and we exult in the hope of the glory of God.
Rom 5:3 Ou0 mo/non de/, a)lla_ kai\ kauxw&meqa e0n tai=j qli/yesin, ei0do/tej o3ti h9 qli/yij u9pomonh\n katerga&zetai, And not only so, but we also exult in tribulations, knowing that tribulation produces patience;
Rom 5:4 h9 de\ u9pomonh\ dokimh/n, h9 de\ dokimh\ e0lpi/da: and patience, proven character; and proven character, hope.
Rom 5:5 h9 de\ e0lpi\j ou0 kataisxu/nei, o3ti h9 a)ga&ph tou= qeou= e0kke/xutai e0n tai=j kardi/aij h9mw~n dia_ pneu/matoj a(gi/ou tou= doqe/ntoj h9mi=n. Now hope does not cause shame, because the love of God has been poured out in our hearts by holy spirit which has been given to us.
Rom 5:6 871Eti ga_r xristo/j, o1ntwn h9mw~n a)sqenw~n, kata_ kairo\n u9pe\r a)sebw~n a)pe/qanen. For while we were still weak, Christ at the due time died for the ungodly.
Rom 5:7 Mo/lij ga_r u9pe\r dikai/ou tij a)poqanei=tai: u9pe\r ga_r tou= a)gaqou= ta&xa tij kai\ tolma%~ a)poqanei=n. For scarcely will anyone die for a righteous person. Yet for a good person someone might perhaps even dare to die. yet ← for. See Acts 8:39.
Rom 5:8 Suni/sthsin de\ th\n e9autou= a)ga&phn ei0j h9ma~j o9 qeo/j, o3ti e1ti a(martwlw~n o1ntwn h9mw~n xristo\j u9pe\r h9mw~n a)pe/qanen. But God commends his own love to us, because while we were still sinners, Christ died for us.
Rom 5:9 Pollw%~ ou]n ma~llon, dikaiwqe/ntej nu=n e0n tw%~ ai3mati au0tou=, swqhso/meqa di' au0tou= a)po\ th=j o0rgh=j. So having been all the more justified now by his blood, we shall be saved from wrath by him. all the more ← by much more.
wrath ← the wrath. See Gen 22:9.
Rom 5:10 Ei0 ga_r e0xqroi\ o1ntej kathlla&ghmen tw%~ qew%~ dia_ tou= qana&tou tou= ui9ou= au0tou=, pollw%~ ma~llon katallage/ntej swqhso/meqa e0n th|= zwh|= au0tou=: For if when we were hostile, we were reconciled to God through the death of his son, how much more, having been reconciled, shall we be saved by his life!
Rom 5:11 ou0 mo/non de/, a)lla_ kai\ kauxw&menoi e0n tw%~ qew%~ dia_ tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=, di' ou[ nu=n th\n katallagh\n e0la&bomen. And not only so, but we also exult in God through our Lord, Jesus Christ, through whom we have now received reconciliation. reconciliation ← the reconciliation. See Gen 22:9.
Rom 5:12 Dia_ tou=to, w#sper di' e9no\j a)nqrw&pou h9 a(marti/a ei0j to\n ko/smon ei0sh=lqen, kai\ dia_ th=j a(marti/aj o9 qa&natoj, kai\ ou3twj ei0j pa&ntaj a)nqrw&pouj o9 qa&natoj dih=lqen, e0f' w%{ pa&ntej h3marton - This is why, just as sin came into the world through one man, and through sin, death, so also death passed on to all men, seeing that all have sinned, this is why ← on account of this.
Rom 5:13 a!xri ga_r no/mou a(marti/a h]n e0n ko/smw%: a(marti/a de\ ou0k e0llogei=tai, mh\ o1ntoj no/mou. for even before the law sin was in the world, but sin is not indicted when there is no law. even before ← until, but also after the law, though with a change of circumstances.
Rom 5:14 870All' e0basi/leusen o9 qa&natoj a)po\ 870Ada_m me/xri {RP-text P1904: Mwu+se/wj} [RP-marg TR: Mwse/wj] kai\ e0pi\ tou\j mh\ a(marth/santaj e0pi\ tw%~ o9moiw&mati th=j paraba&sewj 870Ada&m, o3j e0stin tu/poj tou= me/llontoj. But death reigned from Adam to Moses, including over those who had not sinned in a similar way to the transgression of Adam, who is a depiction of the one to come. Mwu+se/wj, Moüses (1), RP-text P1904 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's h**kmn) vs. Mwse/wj, Moses, RP-marg TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's bcdo) vs. Mwu+se/oj, Moüses (2), F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's afgh*l). Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=5:5.
including ← also.
depiction: the AV's figure, and ↴
Rom 5:15 870All' ou0x w(j to\ para&ptwma, ou3twj kai\ to\ xa&risma. Ei0 ga_r tw%~ tou= e9no\j paraptw&mati oi9 polloi\ a)pe/qanon, pollw%~ ma~llon h9 xa&rij tou= qeou= kai\ h9 dwrea_ e0n xa&riti th|= tou= e9no\j a)nqrw&pou 870Ihsou= xristou= ei0j tou\j pollou\j e0peri/sseusen. But the act of grace is not as the transgression is. For if in the transgression of one person, many have died, how much more has the grace of God, and the gift in grace which is from one man Jesus Christ, abounded to many! ↳ in commentaries often type, e.g. Ada R. Habershon's A Study of the Types. Adam is of course real, while in his life depicting Christ in a limited way.
as ← as also (otiose kai/). The Greek emphasizes the (negated) balance with w(j ... ou3twj kai\, as ... as also, whereas in English, a single as is sufficient.
from ← of.
Rom 5:16 Kai\ ou0x w(j di' e9no\j a(marth/santoj, to\ dw&rhma: to\ me\n ga_r kri/ma e0c e9no\j ei0j kata&krima, to\ de\ xa&risma e0k pollw~n paraptwma&twn ei0j dikai/wma. And the gift is not just subsequent to one person having sinned. For the judgment on one person led to condemnation, but the act of grace ensuing from many transgressions led to justification. just ← as.
subsequent to ← through. The preposition dia& + genitive is apparently also resultant in Rom 8:3.
on ← from.
Rom 5:17 Ei0 ga_r tw%~ tou= e9no\j paraptw&mati o9 qa&natoj e0basi/leusen dia_ tou= e9no/j, pollw%~ ma~llon oi9 th\n perissei/an th=j xa&ritoj kai\ th=j dwrea~j th=j dikaiosu/nhj lamba&nontej e0n zwh|= basileu/sousin dia_ tou= e9no\j 870Ihsou= xristou=. For if death started reigning by the transgression of one man – through the one – how much more will those who receive the abundance of grace and the gift of righteousness reign in life through one man, Jesus Christ! started reigning: inceptive aorist.
Rom 5:18 871Ara ou]n w(j di' e9no\j paraptw&matoj ei0j pa&ntaj a)nqrw&pouj ei0j kata&krima, ou3twj kai\ di' e9no\j dikaiw&matoj ei0j pa&ntaj a)nqrw&pouj ei0j dikai/wsin zwh=j. So then, as by one transgression sentence came on all men leading to condemnation, so also by one righteous act the gift came to all men leading to justification which is life. one transgression ... one righteous act: or (the) transgression of one (man) ... (the) righteous act of one (man).
which is ← of (epexegetic genitive), or more precisely the kind of justification which is evidenced by life.
Rom 5:19 873Wsper ga_r dia_ th=j parakoh=j tou= e9no\j a)nqrw&pou a(martwloi\ katesta&qhsan oi9 polloi/, ou3twj kai\ dia_ th=j u9pakoh=j tou= e9no\j di/kaioi katastaqh/sontai oi9 polloi/. For as through the disobedience of one man many were established as sinners, so also through the obedience of one many will be established as righteous.
Rom 5:20 No/moj de\ pareish=lqen, i3na pleona&sh| to\ para&ptwma: ou[ de\ e0pleo/nasen h9 a(marti/a, u9pereperi/sseusen h9 xa&rij: Then the law came along, so that transgression should abound, but where sin abounded, grace superabounded, abound: not to cause increase, but to show up the existing extent.
Rom 5:21 i3na w#sper e0basi/leusen h9 a(marti/a e0n tw%~ qana&tw%, ou3twj kai\ h9 xa&rij basileu/sh| dia_ dikaiosu/nhj ei0j zwh\n ai0w&nion, dia_ 870Ihsou= xristou= tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n. so that as sin reigned by death, so also grace might reign through righteousness leading to age-abiding life through Jesus Christ our Lord.
Rom 6:1 Ti/ ou]n e0rou=men; {RP-text: 870Epime/nomen} [RP-marg: 870Epime/nwmen] [RP-marg2 P1904 TR: 870Epimenou=men] th|= a(marti/a%, i3na h9 xa&rij pleona&sh|; What then shall we say? {RP-text: Do} [RP-marg: Should] [RP-marg2 P1904 TR: Shall] we continue in sin so that grace may abound? e0pime/nomen, do we continue, RP-text F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's dn) vs. e0pime/nwmen, should we continue (present subjunctive), RP-marg F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's b*mo) vs. e0pimenou=men, shall we continue, RP-marg2 P1904 TR F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's ab**cfghl) vs. e0pimei/nwmen, should we continue (aorist subjunctive), F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's k). A strong disparity with RP, R=2:9.
Rom 6:2 Mh\ ge/noito. Oi3tinej a)peqa&nomen th|= a(marti/a%, pw~j e1ti zh/somen e0n au0th|=; Far from it! How shall we who have died to sin go on living in it? far from it ← may it not become / be.
go on living ← still live.
Rom 6:3 872H a)gnoei=te o3ti o3soi e0bapti/sqhmen ei0j xristo\n 870Ihsou=n, ei0j to\n qa&naton au0tou= e0bapti/sqhmen; Or do you not know that as many of us as have been baptized into Christ Jesus have been baptized into his death? Christ Jesus: AV differs in word order, Jesus Christ.
Rom 6:4 Suneta&fhmen ou]n au0tw%~ dia_ tou= bapti/smatoj ei0j to\n qa&naton: i3na w#sper h0ge/rqh xristo\j e0k nekrw~n dia_ th=j do/chj tou= patro/j, ou3twj kai\ h9mei=j e0n kaino/thti zwh=j peripath/swmen. Therefore we have been buried with him through baptism into death, in order that as Christ rose from the dead by the glory of the father, so we too should walk in newness of life. buried: or entombed (and the Lord was put in a tomb).
Rom 6:5 Ei0 ga_r su/mfutoi gego/namen tw%~ o9moiw&mati tou= qana&tou au0tou=, a)lla_ kai\ th=j a)nasta&sewj e0so/meqa: For if we have been made of a joint nature in the likeness of his death, then we shall also be in the likeness of his resurrection, been made of a joint nature ← become jointly grown, been jointly begotten.
then ← but. Compare 2 Cor 13:4.
Rom 6:6 tou=to ginw&skontej, o3ti o9 palaio\j h9mw~n a!nqrwpoj sunestaurw&qh, i3na katarghqh|= to\ sw~ma th=j a(marti/aj, tou= mhke/ti douleu/ein h9ma~j th|= a(marti/a%: knowing this, that our old man was jointly crucified, in order that the body of sin might be put out of action, so that we should no longer serve sin.
Rom 6:7 o9 ga_r a)poqanw_n dedikai/wtai a)po\ th=j a(marti/aj. For he who has died has been cleared of sin. cleared ← justified.
Rom 6:8 Ei0 de\ a)peqa&nomen su\n xristw%~, pisteu/omen o3ti kai\ suzh/somen au0tw%~: So if we died with Christ, we believe we shall also live with him,
Rom 6:9 ei0do/tej o3ti xristo\j e0gerqei\j e0k nekrw~n ou0ke/ti a)poqnh|/skei: qa&natoj au0tou= ou0ke/ti kurieu/ei. knowing that Christ, having been raised from the dead, no longer dies; death no longer has dominion over him.
Rom 6:10 874O ga_r a)pe/qanen, th|= a(marti/a% a)pe/qanen e0fa&pac: o4 de\ zh|=, zh|= tw%~ qew%~. For as regards the fact that he died, he died to sin once and for all, but as regards the fact that he is alive, he is alive to God. once and for all: see Heb 7:27.
Rom 6:11 Ou3twj kai\ u9mei=j logi/zesqe e9autou\j nekrou\j me\n ei]nai th|= a(marti/a%, zw~ntaj de\ tw%~ qew%~ e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou= tw%~ kuri/w% h9mw~n. Likewise, you also count yourselves to be dead to sin, but living to God in Christ Jesus our Lord. Christ Jesus: AV differs in word order, Jesus Christ.
Rom 6:12 Mh\ ou]n basileue/tw h9 a(marti/a e0n tw%~ qnhtw%~ u9mw~n sw&mati, ei0j to\ u9pakou/ein au0th|= e0n tai=j e0piqumi/aij au0tou=: Do not let sin reign in your mortal body by obeying it in its desires. obeying it: i.e. obeying sin.
Rom 6:13 mhde\ parista&nete ta_ me/lh u9mw~n o3pla a)diki/aj th|= a(marti/a%: a)lla_ parasth/sate e9autou\j tw%~ qew%~ w(j e0k nekrw~n zw~ntaj, kai\ ta_ me/lh u9mw~n o3pla dikaiosu/nhj tw%~ qew%~. And do not put your members as weapons of iniquity at the disposal of sin, but put yourselves at the disposal of God, as being living from the dead, and your members as weapons of righteousness at the disposal of God.
Rom 6:14 879Amarti/a ga_r u9mw~n ou0 kurieu/sei: ou0 ga&r e0ste u9po\ no/mon, a)ll' u9po\ xa&rin. For sin shall not have dominion over you, for you are not under the law, but under grace.
Rom 6:15 Ti/ ou]n; 879Amarth/somen, o3ti ou0k e0sme\n u9po\ no/mon, a)ll' u9po\ xa&rin; Mh\ ge/noito. What then? Shall we sin because we are not under the law, but under grace? Far from it. far from it ← may it not become / be.
Rom 6:16 Ou0k oi1date o3ti w%{ parista&nete e9autou\j dou/louj ei0j u9pakoh/n, dou=loi/ e0ste w%{ u9pakou/ete, h1toi a(marti/aj ei0j qa&naton, h2 u9pakoh=j ei0j dikaiosu/nhn; Do you not know that to whom you put yourselves at the disposal of as slaves in obedience – to him whom you obey – you are slaves, whether of sin resulting in death or of obedience resulting in righteousness? Punctuation: we have separated out to him whom you obey as a parenthetic summary of the previous clause, a division which is not apparent in RP P1904 or TBS-TR punctuation.
Rom 6:17 Xa&rij de\ tw%~ qew%~, o3ti h]te dou=loi th=j a(marti/aj, u9phkou/sate de\ e0k kardi/aj ei0j o4n paredo/qhte tu/pon didaxh=j: But thanks be to God, because you were slaves of sin, but you have been obedient from the heart to the form of doctrine to which you were committed. thanks ← grace. The usual word for thanks, eu0xaristi/a, e.g. 1 Tim 4:4, is cognate with the word for grace, xa&rij.
Rom 6:18 e0leuqerwqe/ntej de\ a)po\ th=j a(marti/aj, e0doulw&qhte th|= dikaiosu/nh|. But having been set free from sin, you have become servants of righteousness. servants of ← enslaved to.
Rom 6:19 870Anqrw&pinon le/gw dia_ th\n a)sqe/neian th=j sarko\j u9mw~n: w#sper ga_r paresth/sate ta_ me/lh u9mw~n dou=la th|= a)kaqarsi/a% kai\ th|= a)nomi/a% ei0j th\n a)nomi/an, ou3twj nu=n parasth/sate ta_ me/lh u9mw~n dou=la th|= dikaiosu/nh| ei0j a(giasmo/n. I speak humanly on account of the weakness of your flesh. For as you have in the past put your members in service to immorality and lawlessness, resulting in lawlessness, so now put your members in service to righteousness, resulting in sanctification.
Rom 6:20 873Ote ga_r dou=loi h]te th=j a(marti/aj, e0leu/qeroi h]te th|= dikaiosu/nh|. For when you were slaves of sin, you were free in regard to righteousness. free: the opposite of servant / slave.
Rom 6:21 Ti/na ou]n karpo\n ei1xete to/te e0f' oi[j nu=n e0paisxu/nesqe; To\ ga_r te/loj e0kei/nwn qa&natoj. So what fruit did you then have from the things of which you are now ashamed? For the result of those things is death.
Rom 6:22 Nuni\ de\ e0leuqerwqe/ntej a)po\ th=j a(marti/aj, doulwqe/ntej de\ tw%~ qew%~, e1xete to\n karpo\n u9mw~n ei0j a(giasmo/n, to\ de\ te/loj zwh\n ai0w&nion. But now, having been set free from sin, and having been made servants to God, you have your fruit in sanctification, and the result, which is age-abiding life.
Rom 6:23 Ta_ ga_r o0yw&nia th=j a(marti/aj qa&natoj, to\ de\ xa&risma tou= qeou= zwh\ ai0w&nioj e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou= tw%~ kuri/w% h9mw~n. For the wages of sin are death, but the gift of God is age-abiding life in Christ Jesus our Lord. Christ Jesus: AV differs in word order, Jesus Christ.
Rom 7:1 872H a)gnoei=te, a)delfoi/ - ginw&skousin ga_r no/mon lalw~ - o3ti o9 no/moj kurieu/ei tou= a)nqrw&pou e0f' o3son xro/non zh|=; Or are you unaware, brothers – for I speak to those who know the law – that the law rules over man as long as he is alive?
Rom 7:2 879H ga_r u3pandroj gunh\ tw%~ zw~nti a)ndri\ de/detai no/mw%: e0a_n de\ a)poqa&nh| o9 a)nh/r, kath/rghtai a)po\ tou= {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: no/mou tou=} [E1624: - ] a)ndro/j. For a married woman is bound by the law to her husband while he is alive, but if the husband dies, she is released from {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: the law of the} [E1624: her] husband. no/mou tou=, law of the: present in RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=12/12 (incl. c(tacite)) vs. absent in E1624 F1859=0/12.
married: literally, under / subject to a husband.
is released ← has been annulled / abolished.
Rom 7:3 871Ara ou]n zw~ntoj tou= a)ndro\j moixali\j xrhmati/sei, e0a_n ge/nhtai a)ndri\ e9te/rw%: e0a_n de\ a)poqa&nh| o9 a)nh/r, e0leuqe/ra e0sti\n a)po\ tou= no/mou, tou= mh\ ei]nai au0th\n moixali/da, genome/nhn a)ndri\ e9te/rw%. So she will be called an adulteress if she becomes the wife of another man while the husband is alive. But if the husband dies, she is free from the law, so that she is not an adulteress if she becomes the wife of another man. be called ← transact, then later be styled, bear the title of.
man (2x) ← husband.
if she becomes: conditional use of the participle. AV differs (though ...), concessive use, which is also possible.
Rom 7:4 873Wste, a)delfoi/ mou, kai\ u9mei=j e0qanatw&qhte tw%~ no/mw% dia_ tou= sw&matoj tou= xristou=, ei0j to\ gene/sqai u9ma~j e9te/rw%, tw%~ e0k nekrw~n e0gerqe/nti, i3na karpoforh/swmen tw%~ qew%~. So, my brothers, you too have died to the law through the body of Christ so as to become subject to another, him who has been raised from the dead, so that we may bear fruit to God. have died ← were put to death.
Rom 7:5 873Ote ga_r h]men e0n th|= sarki/, ta_ paqh/mata tw~n a(martiw~n ta_ dia_ tou= no/mou e0nhrgei=to e0n toi=j me/lesin h9mw~n ei0j to\ karpoforh=sai tw%~ qana&tw%. For when we were in the flesh, the sinful passions defined by the law were active in our members so as to produce fruit to death. sinful passions ← passions of sin, a Hebraic genitive.
defined by ← through.
Rom 7:6 Nuni\ de\ kathrgh/qhmen a)po\ tou= no/mou, {RP P1904 S1550: a)poqano/ntej} [E1624 S1894: a)poqano/ntoj] e0n w%{ kateixo/meqa, w#ste douleu/ein h9ma~j e0n kaino/thti pneu/matoj, kai\ ou0 palaio/thti gra&mmatoj. But now, we have been released from the law, and {RP P1904 S1550: we have died to that by which we were being held} [E1624 S1894: that by which we were being held having died], so that we should serve in newness of spirit and not in the oldness of the letter. a)poqano/ntej, (we) having died, RP P1904 S1550 F1859=12/12 vs. a)poqano/ntoj, (it / he) having died, E1624 S1894 F1859=0/12.
released ← annulled / abolished.
letter: i.e. the law of Moses.
Rom 7:7 Ti/ ou]n e0rou=men; 879O no/moj a(marti/a; Mh\ ge/noito: a)lla_ th\n a(marti/an ou0k e1gnwn, ei0 mh\ dia_ no/mou: th/n te ga_r e0piqumi/an ou0k h|1dein, ei0 mh\ o9 no/moj e1legen, Ou0k e0piqumh/seij: What, then, shall we say? Is the law sin? Far from it. But I would not have known sin, except through the law. For indeed I would not have known covetousness if the law had not said, “You shall not covet.” Ex 20:17, Deut 5:21.
far from it ← may it not become / be.
if: an unreal condition, without a!n.
Rom 7:8 a)formh\n de\ labou=sa h9 a(marti/a dia_ th=j e0ntolh=j kateirga&sato e0n e0moi\ pa~san e0piqumi/an: xwri\j ga_r no/mou a(marti/a nekra&. And sin, having seized the opportunity through the commandment, engendered in me all sorts of covetousness. For without the law, sin is dead.
Rom 7:9 870Egw_ de\ e1zwn xwri\j no/mou pote/: e0lqou/shj de\ th=j e0ntolh=j, h9 a(marti/a a)ne/zhsen, e0gw_ de\ a)pe/qanon: And I was alive without the law at one time. But when the commandment came, sin came to life, but I died, came to life ← came back to life.
Rom 7:10 kai\ eu9re/qh moi h9 e0ntolh\ h9 ei0j zwh/n, au3th ei0j qa&naton: and the very commandment leading to life was found by me to lead to death, the very commandment leading to life was found ← the commandment leading to life, this was found.
Rom 7:11 h9 ga_r a(marti/a a)formh\n labou=sa dia_ th=j e0ntolh=j e0chpa&thse/n me, kai\ {RP TR: di'} [P1904: dia_] au0th=j a)pe/kteinen. for sin seized the opportunity through the commandment, and it deceived me and killed me through that. di', through (apocopated), RP TR F1859=12/12 vs. dia_, through (unapocopated), P1904 F1859=0/12.
that ← it. We take the antecedent to be the commandment.
Rom 7:12 873Wste o9 me\n no/moj a#gioj, kai\ h9 e0ntolh\ a(gi/a kai\ dikai/a kai\ a)gaqh/. And so the law is holy, and the commandment holy and righteous and good.
Rom 7:13 To\ ou]n a)gaqo\n e0moi\ ge/gonen qa&natoj; Mh\ ge/noito. 870Alla_ h9 a(marti/a, i3na fanh|= a(marti/a, dia_ tou= a)gaqou= moi katergazome/nh qa&naton - i3na ge/nhtai kaq' u9perbolh\n a(martwlo\j h9 a(marti/a dia_ th=j e0ntolh=j. So did that which was good become death to me? Far from it. But sin did, in order that it might be shown up as sin, engendering death to me through that which is good – in order that sin might become exceedingly sinful through the commandment. far from it ← may it not become / be.
Rom 7:14 Oi1damen ga_r o3ti o9 no/moj pneumatiko/j e0stin: e0gw_ de\ sarkiko/j ei0mi, peprame/noj u9po\ th\n a(marti/an. For we know that the law is spiritual, but I am carnal, sold under sin.
Rom 7:15 874O ga_r katerga&zomai, ou0 ginw&skw: ou0 ga_r o4 qe/lw, tou=to pra&ssw: a)ll' o4 misw~, tou=to poiw~. For I do not approve of what I do. For it is not the case that I do what I want to do, but what I hate – that is what I do. approve of ← know. [CB] has approve, though it is not a meaning given by [LS], [MG] (realize) or [MM].
There are three different words for do in the Greek, but it is hard to ↴
Rom 7:16 Ei0 de\ o4 ou0 qe/lw, tou=to poiw~, su/mfhmi tw%~ no/mw% o3ti kalo/j. And if I do what I do not wish to do, I assent to the law that it is good. ↳ identify and express any difference in shade of meaning. Perhaps more literally katerga&zomai = work at, pra&ssw = practise, poie/w = do. These verbs also occur in the next few verses.
Rom 7:17 Nuni\ de\ ou0ke/ti e0gw_ katerga&zomai au0to/, a)ll' h9 oi0kou=sa e0n e0moi\ a(marti/a. But now it is no longer I who do it, but sin which dwells in me.
Rom 7:18 Oi]da ga_r o3ti ou0k oi0kei= e0n e0moi/, tou=t' e1stin e0n th|= sarki/ mou, a)gaqo/n: to\ ga_r qe/lein para&keitai/ moi, to\ de\ katerga&zesqai to\ kalo\n ou0x eu9ri/skw. For I know that there does not dwell in me – that is, in my flesh – anything good. For willing a thing is readily available to me, but doing that which is good escapes me. is readily available ← lies alongside.
escapes me ← I do not find.
Rom 7:19 Ou0 ga_r o4 qe/lw, poiw~ a)gaqo/n: a)ll' o4 ou0 qe/lw kako/n, tou=to pra&ssw. For I do not do the good that I wish to do, but as for the evil that I do not wish to do – that is what I do.
Rom 7:20 Ei0 de\ o4 ou0 qe/lw e0gw&, tou=to poiw~, ou0ke/ti e0gw_ katerga&zomai au0to/, a)ll' h9 oi0kou=sa e0n e0moi\ a(marti/a. Now if I do that which I do not wish to do, it is no longer I who do it, but the sin which dwells in me.
Rom 7:21 Eu9ri/skw a!ra to\n no/mon tw%~ qe/lonti e0moi\ poiei=n to\ kalo/n, o3ti e0moi\ to\ kako\n para&keitai. So I find the principle for me, who would like to do that which is good, that evil besets me. principle ← law.
would like ← wants.
besets ← lies alongside.
Rom 7:22 Sunh/domai ga_r tw%~ no/mw% tou= qeou= kata_ to\n e1sw a!nqrwpon: For I delight in the law of God from the perspective of the inward man.
Rom 7:23 ble/pw de\ e3teron no/mon e0n toi=j me/lesi/n mou a)ntistrateuo/menon tw%~ no/mw% tou= noo/j mou, kai\ ai0xmalwti/zonta& me {RP-text TR: - } [RP-marg P1904: e0n] tw%~ no/mw% th=j a(marti/aj tw%~ o1nti e0n toi=j me/lesi/n mou. But I see another law in my members warring against the law of my mind and {RP-text TR: making me captive to} [RP-marg P1904: taking me captive in] the law of sin which is in my members. e0n, in (the law): absent in RP-text TR F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's ab**dfghl) vs. present in RP-marg P1904 F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's b*ckmno). Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=8:7.
which: the antecedent is law, not sin.
Rom 7:24 Talai/pwroj e0gw_ a!nqrwpoj: ti/j me r(u/setai e0k tou= sw&matoj tou= qana&tou tou/tou; Miserable man that I am! Who will rescue me from this mortal body? mortal body ← body of death, a Hebraic genitive.
Rom 7:25 Eu0xaristw~ tw%~ qew%~ dia_ 870Ihsou= xristou= tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n. 871Ara ou]n au0to\j e0gw_ tw%~ me\n noi+\ douleu/w no/mw% qeou=, th|= de\ sarki\ no/mw% a(marti/aj. I thank God that it is through Jesus Christ our Lord. So then, I myself serve the law of God with my mind, but the law of sin with the flesh.
Rom 8:1 Ou0de\n a!ra nu=n kata&krima toi=j e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=, mh\ kata_ sa&rka peripatou=sin, a)lla_ kata_ pneu=ma. So there is now no condemnation of those in Christ Jesus, who do not walk according to the flesh, but according to the spirit.
Rom 8:2 879O ga_r no/moj tou= pneu/matoj th=j zwh=j e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou= h0leuqe/rwse/n me a)po\ tou= no/mou th=j a(marti/aj kai\ tou= qana&tou. For the law of the spirit of life in Christ Jesus has freed me from the law of sin and death.
Rom 8:3 To\ ga_r a)du/naton tou= no/mou, e0n w%{ h0sqe/nei dia_ th=j sarko/j, o9 qeo\j to\n e9autou= ui9o\n pe/myaj e0n o9moiw&mati sarko\j a(marti/aj kai\ peri\ a(marti/aj kate/krinen th\n a(marti/an e0n th|= sarki/: For what was impossible with the law, in that it was weak as a result of the flesh, God did, having sent his own son in the likeness of sinful flesh, and concerning sin he condemned sin in the flesh, with ← of.
as a result of ← through.
sinful flesh ← flesh of sin, a Hebraic genitive. Flesh and sin are associated in natural sinful man, which we feel is ↴
Rom 8:4 i3na to\ dikai/wma tou= no/mou plhrwqh|= e0n h9mi=n, toi=j mh\ kata_ sa&rka peripatou=sin, a)lla_ kata_ pneu=ma. in order that the righteous decree of the law might be fulfilled in us who walk not according to the flesh but according to the spirit. ↳ the sense of flesh of sin, though Christ breaks that association, yet bearing man's sin. [CB] translates (likeness of) sin's flesh, so as to ↴
Rom 8:5 Oi9 ga_r kata_ sa&rka o1ntej ta_ th=j sarko\j fronou=sin: oi9 de\ kata_ pneu=ma ta_ tou= pneu/matoj. For those who are according to the flesh concentrate on the interests of the flesh, but those who are according to the spirit concentrate on the interests of the spirit. ↳ avoid any association of Christ's flesh with sin, but this leaves the strange concept of sin having flesh. Angels also sinned (2 Pet 2:4), presumably initially when not in the flesh.
Rom 8:6 To\ ga_r fro/nhma th=j sarko\j qa&natoj: to\ de\ fro/nhma tou= pneu/matoj zwh\ kai\ ei0rh/nh: For the mindset of the flesh is on a par with death, but the mindset of the spirit is on a par with life and peace.
Rom 8:7 dio/ti to\ fro/nhma th=j sarko\j e1xqra ei0j qeo/n, tw%~ ga_r no/mw% tou= qeou= ou0x u9pota&ssetai, ou0de\ ga_r du/natai: For the mindset of the flesh is hostile to God, for it is not subject to the law of God, nor indeed can it be,
Rom 8:8 oi9 de\ e0n sarki\ o1ntej qew%~ a)re/sai ou0 du/nantai. and those who are in the flesh cannot please God.
Rom 8:9 879Umei=j de\ ou0k e0ste\ e0n sarki/, a)ll' e0n pneu/mati, ei1per pneu=ma qeou= oi0kei= e0n u9mi=n. Ei0 de/ tij pneu=ma xristou= ou0k e1xei, ou[toj ou0k e1stin au0tou=. But you are not in the flesh, but in the spirit, assuming the spirit of God dwells in you. But if anyone does not have the spirit of Christ, he is not one of his. assuming ← if indeed.
he ← this (one).
Rom 8:10 Ei0 de\ xristo\j e0n u9mi=n, to\ me\n sw~ma nekro\n {RP: dia_} [P1904 TR: di'] a(marti/an, to\ de\ pneu=ma zwh\ dia_ dikaiosu/nhn. But if Christ is in you, the body is dead because of sin, but the spirit is life because of righteousness. dia_, on account of (unapocopated), RP F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's dgn) vs. di', on account of (apocopated), P1904 TR F1859=8/12 (Scrivener's abcfhklo) vs. dia_, on account of (unapocopated), in another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's m). A strong disparity with RP, R=3:10.
Rom 8:11 Ei0 de\ to\ pneu=ma tou= e0gei/rantoj 870Ihsou=n e0k nekrw~n oi0kei= e0n u9mi=n, o9 e0gei/raj to\n xristo\n e0k nekrw~n zw%opoih/sei kai\ ta_ qnhta_ sw&mata u9mw~n, dia_ {RP P1904 S1550: to\ e0noikou=n au0tou= pneu=ma} [E1624 S1894: tou= e0noikou=ntoj au0tou= pneu/matoj] e0n u9mi=n. And if the spirit of him who raised Jesus from the dead dwells in you, he who raised Christ from the dead will also give life to your mortal bodies {RP P1904 S1550: on account of} [E1624 S1894: through] his spirit which dwells in you. to\ e0noikou=n au0tou= pneu=ma, (on account of) his indwelling spirit, RP P1904 S1550 F1859=9/12 (Scrivener's bc(tacite)fghklno) vs. tou= e0noikou=ntoj au0tou= pneu/matoj, (through) his indwelling spirit, E1624 S1894 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's adm).
Rom 8:12 871Ara ou]n, a)delfoi/, o0feile/tai e0sme/n, ou0 th|= sarki/, tou= kata_ sa&rka zh|=n: So then, brothers, we are debtors, but not to the flesh, to live according to the flesh,
Rom 8:13 ei0 ga_r kata_ sa&rka zh=te, me/llete a)poqnh|/skein: ei0 de\ pneu/mati ta_j pra&ceij tou= sw&matoj qanatou=te, zh/sesqe. for if you live according to the flesh, you are going to die. But if you mortify the deeds of the body through the spirit, you will live. are going to: not the future tense, but from the verb me/llw, so possibly are about to, are destined to or even in this context are doomed to.
through: dative of instrument.
Rom 8:14 873Osoi ga_r pneu/mati qeou= a!gontai, ou[toi/ ei0sin ui9oi\ qeou=. For those who are led by the spirit of God are the sons of God. those who ... are ← as many as ... these are.
Rom 8:15 Ou0 ga_r e0la&bete pneu=ma doulei/aj pa&lin ei0j fo/bon, a)ll' e0la&bete pneu=ma ui9oqesi/aj, e0n w%{ kra&zomen, 870Abba~, o9 path/r. For you have not received the spirit of bondage again, leading to fear, but you have received the spirit of adoption, by which we cry, “Abba, father.” Abba: Aramaic for father.
Rom 8:16 Au0to\ to\ pneu=ma summarturei= tw%~ pneu/mati h9mw~n, o3ti e0sme\n te/kna qeou=: The spirit itself bears joint witness with our spirit that we are children of God.
Rom 8:17 ei0 de\ te/kna, kai\ klhrono/moi: klhrono/moi me\n qeou=, sugklhrono/moi de\ xristou=: ei1per sumpa&sxomen, i3na kai\ sundocasqw~men. And if children, then also heirs, God's heirs at that, and Christ's joint heirs, if indeed we jointly suffer, in order also for us to be jointly glorified. Punctuation: the meaning of this sentence, especially the scope of the apodosis to the conditional, could be changed somewhat by replacing one of the commas by a semicolon. We leave a neutral interpretation with our commas in our translation, but we have a leaning towards a longer break after God's heirs at that.
Rom 8:18 Logi/zomai ga_r o3ti ou0k a!cia ta_ paqh/mata tou= nu=n kairou= pro\j th\n me/llousan do/can a)pokalufqh=nai ei0j h9ma~j. For I do not consider the sufferings of the present time worthy compared to the coming glory which is to be revealed to us. do not consider ... worthy ← consider ... not worthy.
Rom 8:19 879H ga_r a)pokaradoki/a th=j kti/sewj th\n a)poka&luyin tw~n ui9w~n tou= qeou= a)pekde/xetai. For the eager expectation of creation awaits the revelation of the sons of God. creation: AV differs (creature).
Rom 8:20 Th|= ga_r mataio/thti h9 kti/sij u9peta&gh, ou0x e9kou=sa, a)lla_ dia_ to\n u9pota&canta, e0p' e0lpi/di: For creation was subject to futility, not willingly, but on account of him who did the subjecting, but in hope creation: AV differs (creature).
Rom 8:21 o3ti kai\ au0th\ h9 kti/sij e0leuqerwqh/setai a)po\ th=j doulei/aj th=j fqora~j ei0j th\n e0leuqeri/an th=j do/chj tw~n te/knwn tou= qeou=. that also creation itself will be delivered from the bondage of decay into the glorious freedom of the children of God. creation: AV differs (creature).
glorious freedom ← freedom of glory, a Hebraic genitive.
Rom 8:22 Oi1damen ga_r o3ti pa~sa h9 kti/sij sustena&zei kai\ sunwdi/nei a!xri tou= nu=n. For we know that the whole of creation has been groaning and suffering labour pains together up to now.
Rom 8:23 Ou0 mo/non de/, a)lla_ kai\ au0toi\ th\n a)parxh\n tou= pneu/matoj e1xontej, kai\ h9mei=j au0toi\ e0n e9autoi=j stena&zomen, ui9oqesi/an a)pekdexo/menoi, th\n a)polu/trwsin tou= sw&matoj h9mw~n. And not only that, but also those who have the firstfruit of the spirit, and we ourselves also groan inwardly while awaiting the adoption – the redemption of our body. inwardly ← in ourselves.
Rom 8:24 Th|= ga_r e0lpi/di e0sw&qhmen: e0lpi\j de\ blepome/nh ou0k e1stin e0lpi/j: o4 ga_r ble/pei tij, ti/ kai\ e0lpi/zei; For we have been saved by hope. Now hope which is seen is not hope. For what someone sees, in what way does he also hope for it?
Rom 8:25 Ei0 de\ o4 ou0 ble/pomen e0lpi/zomen, di' u9pomonh=j a)pekdexo/meqa. But if we hope for that which we do not see, we await it with patience.
Rom 8:26 879Wsau/twj de\ kai\ to\ pneu=ma sunantilamba&netai tai=j a)sqenei/aij h9mw~n: to\ ga_r ti/ {RP P1904: proseuco/meqa} [TR: proseucw&meqa] kaqo\ dei=, ou0k oi1damen, a)ll' au0to\ to\ pneu=ma u9perentugxa&nei u9pe\r h9mw~n stenagmoi=j a)lalh/toij: And likewise, the spirit also helps counter our weaknesses. For we do not know in what way {RP P1904: we shall pray} [TR: we should pray] – as we ought to – but the spirit itself intercedes for us with unutterable sighings. proseuco/meqa, we shall pray, RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. proseucw&meqa, we should pray (deliberative subjunctive), TR F1859=0/12.
Rom 8:27 o9 de\ e0reunw~n ta_j kardi/aj oi]den ti/ to\ fro/nhma tou= pneu/matoj, o3ti kata_ qeo\n e0ntugxa&nei u9pe\r a(gi/wn. And he who searches hearts knows what the mindset of the spirit is, because it intercedes for the saints in God's way. Jer 17:10, Jer 20:12. See also Rev 2:23.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
Rom 8:28 Oi1damen de\ o3ti toi=j a)gapw~sin to\n qeo\n pa&nta sunergei= ei0j a)gaqo/n, toi=j kata_ pro/qesin klhtoi=j ou]sin. And we know that for those who love God, all things work together for good, for those who are called according to his purpose,
Rom 8:29 873Oti ou4j proe/gnw, kai\ prow&risen summo/rfouj th=j ei0ko/noj tou= ui9ou= au0tou=, ei0j to\ ei]nai au0to\n prwto/tokon e0n polloi=j a)delfoi=j: that those whom he knew beforehand, he also predestined to be conformed to the likeness of his son, so that he should be the firstborn among many brothers;
Rom 8:30 ou4j de\ prow&risen, tou/touj kai\ e0ka&lesen: kai\ ou4j e0ka&lesen, tou/touj kai\ e0dikai/wsen: ou4j de\ e0dikai/wsen, tou/touj kai\ e0do/casen. and those whom he predestined, he also called; and those whom he called, he also justified; and those whom he justified, he also glorified.
Rom 8:31 Ti/ ou]n e0rou=men pro\j tau=ta; Ei0 o9 qeo\j u9pe\r h9mw~n, ti/j kaq' h9mw~n; What, then, shall we say to these things? If God is for us, who is against us?
Rom 8:32 873Oj ge tou= i0di/ou ui9ou= ou0k e0fei/sato, a)ll' u9pe\r h9mw~n pa&ntwn pare/dwken au0to/n, pw~j ou0xi\ kai\ su\n au0tw%~ ta_ pa&nta h9mi=n xari/setai; He who for his part did not spare his own son but delivered him up for all of us, how will he not with him also make a gift of all things to us? for his part ← also.
Rom 8:33 Ti/j e0gkale/sei kata_ e0klektw~n qeou=; Qeo\j o9 dikaiw~n: Who can bring a charge against God's chosen ones? God is the one who justifies. can ← will, a Hebraism.
Rom 8:34 ti/j o9 katakri/nwn; Xristo\j o9 a)poqanw&n, ma~llon de\ kai\ e0gerqei/j, o4j kai\ e1stin e0n decia%~ tou= qeou=, o4j kai\ e0ntugxa&nei u9pe\r h9mw~n. Who is the accuser? Christ is the one who died, or rather, who was also raised, who is also at the right hand of God, who also intercedes for us.
Rom 8:35 Ti/j h9ma~j xwri/sei a)po\ th=j a)ga&phj tou= xristou=; Qli/yij, h2 stenoxwri/a, h2 diwgmo/j, h2 limo/j, h2 gumno/thj, h2 ki/ndunoj, h2 ma&xaira; Who can separate us from the love of Christ? Can tribulation or anguish or persecution or famine or destitution or danger or the sword? can ← will, a Hebraism.
destitution ← nakedness.
Rom 8:36 Kaqw_j ge/graptai o3ti {RP: 873Eneke/n} [P1904 TR: 873Eneka&] sou qanatou/meqa o3lhn th\n h9me/ran: e0logi/sqhmen w(j pro/bata sfagh=j. As it stands written:

“For your sake we are killed all day long.

We have been considered as sheep for slaughter.”

 e3neke/n, for your sake (1), RP F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's mn) vs. e3neka&, for your sake (2), P1904 TR F1859=10/12 (Scrivener's abcdfghklo). A strong disparity with RP, R=2:12.
Ps 44:23MT (Ps 44:22AV).
Rom 8:37 870All' e0n tou/toij pa~sin u9pernikw~men dia_ tou= a)gaph/santoj h9ma~j. But in all these things we do more than conquer through him who loved us.
Rom 8:38 Pe/peismai ga_r o3ti ou1te qa&natoj ou1te zwh\ ou1te a!ggeloi ou1te a)rxai\ ou1te duna&meij ou1te e0nestw~ta ou1te me/llonta For I have been persuaded that neither death nor life, nor angels, nor dominions nor powers, nor things present or future,
Rom 8:39 ou1te u3ywma ou1te ba&qoj ou1te tij kti/sij e9te/ra dunh/setai h9ma~j xwri/sai a)po\ th=j a)ga&phj tou= qeou= th=j e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou= tw%~ kuri/w% h9mw~n. nor height nor depth, nor any other creation will be able to separate us from the love of God which is in Christ Jesus our Lord. creation: AV differs (creature).
Rom 9:1 870Alh/qeian le/gw e0n xristw%~, ou0 yeu/domai, summarturou/shj moi th=j suneidh/sew&j mou e0n pneu/mati a(gi/w%, I am speaking the truth in Christ – I am not lying – with my conscience jointly bearing me witness by holy spirit,
Rom 9:2 o3ti lu/ph moi e0sti\n mega&lh, kai\ a)dia&leiptoj o0du/nh th|= kardi/a% mou. that I have great sorrow and continual distress in my heart. in ← to.
Rom 9:3 {RP: Eu0xo/mhn} [P1904 TR: Hu0xo/mhn] ga_r au0to\j e0gw_ a)na&qema ei]nai a)po\ tou= xristou= u9pe\r tw~n a)delfw~n mou, tw~n suggenw~n mou kata_ sa&rka: For I could vow that I myself were accursed from Christ for the sake of my brothers, my kinsmen according to the flesh, eu0xo/mhn, I could vow, RP F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's ckln) vs. hu0xo/mhn, I could vow, P1904 TR F1859=8/12 (Scrivener's abdfghmo). Both forms are imperfect without augment, for a present time frame potential clause, without the classical a!n. On the absence of a!n, compare Gal 4:20. A disparity with RP, R=4:10.
accursed ← an accursed thing; a curse.
Rom 9:4 oi3tine/j ei0sin 870Israhli=tai, w{n h9 ui9oqesi/a kai\ h9 do/ca kai\ ai9 diaqh=kai kai\ h9 nomoqesi/a kai\ h9 latrei/a kai\ ai9 e0paggeli/ai, who are Israelites, who have the adoption and the glory and the covenants and the instituting of the law and the service and the promises, service: i.e. temple service in particular.
Rom 9:5 w{n oi9 pate/rej, kai\ e0c w{n o9 xristo\j to\ kata_ sa&rka, o9 w@n e0pi\ pa&ntwn, qeo\j eu0loghto\j ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj. 870Amh/n. of whom the fathers are, and from whom Christ is as regards the flesh, who is above all, God blessed throughout the ages. Amen.
Rom 9:6 Ou0x oi[on de\ o3ti e0kpe/ptwken o9 lo/goj tou= qeou=. Ou0 ga_r pa&ntej oi9 e0c 870Israh/l, ou[toi 870Israh/l: But it is not so that the word of God has failed. For it is not all those of Israel who are Israel, who ← these.
Rom 9:7 ou0d' o3ti ei0si\n spe/rma 870Abraa&m, pa&ntej te/kna: a)ll' 870En 870Isaa_k klhqh/setai/ soi spe/rma. nor is it so that because they are the seed of Abraham, they are all children, but, “In the line of Isaac your seed will be called.” Gen 21:12.
called: i.e. acknowledged.
Rom 9:8 Tou=t' e1stin, ou0 ta_ te/kna th=j sarko/j, tau=ta te/kna tou= qeou=: a)lla_ ta_ te/kna th=j e0paggeli/aj logi/zetai ei0j spe/rma. This means that it is not the children of the flesh who are the children of God, but rather that the children of the promise are counted as seed. means ← is.
who ← these.
Rom 9:9 870Epaggeli/aj ga_r o9 lo/goj ou[toj, Kata_ to\n kairo\n tou=ton e0leu/somai, kai\ e1stai th|= Sa&rra% ui9o/j. For this is the word of promise: “At this time I will come, and Sarah will have a son.” Gen 18:14.
Rom 9:10 Ou0 mo/non de/, a)lla_ kai\ 879Rebe/kka e0c e9no\j koi/thn e1xousa, 870Isaa_k tou= patro\j h9mw~n - And not only this, but Rebecca also conceived from one man, Isaac our father,
Rom 9:11 mh/pw ga_r gennhqe/ntwn, mhde\ praca&ntwn ti a)gaqo\n h2 kako/n, i3na h9 kat' e0klogh\n {RP: pro/qesij tou= qeou=} [P1904 TR: tou= qeou= pro/qesij] me/nh|, ou0k e0c e1rgwn, a)ll' e0k tou= kalou=ntoj, for while they had not yet been born and had not done anything good or bad (so that the purpose of God should stand by choice, not of works, but by him who does the calling) pro/qesij tou= qeou=, purpose + of God, RP F1859=12/12 vs. tou= qeou= pro/qesij, of God + purpose, P1904 TR F1859=0/12. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
stand ← remain.
by ← out of, e0k being used to match the preposition in not of works.
Rom 9:12 {RP TR: e0rrh/qh} [P1904: e0rre/qh] au0th|= o3ti 879O mei/zwn douleu/sei tw%~ e0la&ssoni. it was said to her, “The elder will serve the younger.” e0rrh/qh, it was said (classical form), RP TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's acglm) vs. e0rre/qh, it was said (non-classical form), P1904 F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's bdfhkno). A weak disparity with RP, R=6:8. But in Gal 3:16, a clear majority of our witnesses support the h spelling.
Gen 25:23.
Rom 9:13 Kaqw_j ge/graptai, To\n 870Iakw_b h0ga&phsa, to\n de\ 870Hsau= e0mi/shsa. As it stands written: “I have loved Jacob, but I have hated Esau.” Mal 1:2, Mal 1:3. See also for the linguistic usage Deut 21:15.
Rom 9:14 Ti/ ou]n e0rou=men; Mh\ a)diki/a para_ tw%~ qew%~; Mh\ ge/noito. What, then, shall we say? Surely there is no injustice with God? May it not be so.
Rom 9:15 Tw%~ ga_r {RP-text P1904: Mwu+sh|=} [RP-marg TR: Mwsh|=] le/gei, 870Eleh/sw o4n a@n e0lew~, kai\ oi0kteirh/sw o4n a@n oi0ktei/rw. For he says to Moses, “I will show mercy to whomever I will show mercy, and I will have compassion on whomever I will have compassion.” Mwu+sh|=, Moüses, RP-text P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. Mwsh|=, Moses, RP-marg TR F1859=0/12 vs. Mwu+sei=, Moüses, F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's cd) vs. Mwsei=, Moses, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's g). A disparity with RP-marg (low count) for the reading chosen.
Ex 33:19.
Rom 9:16 871Ara ou]n ou0 tou= qe/lontoj, ou0de\ tou= tre/xontoj, a)lla_ tou= e0leou=ntoj qeou=. So then, it is not a matter of him who wishes, nor of him who runs, but of God who shows mercy.
Rom 9:17 Le/gei ga_r h9 grafh\ tw%~ Faraw_ o3ti Ei0j au0to\ tou=to e0ch/geira& se, o3pwj e0ndei/cwmai e0n soi\ th\n du/nami/n mou, kai\ o3pwj diaggelh|= to\ o1noma& mou e0n pa&sh| th|= gh|=. For the scripture says to Pharaoh, “I raised you up for this very thing: that I might show my power by means of you, and so that my name might be proclaimed in all the earth.” Ex 9:16.
earth: or land.
Rom 9:18 871Ara ou]n o4n qe/lei e0leei=: o4n de\ qe/lei sklhru/nei. So he has mercy on whom he wishes, and he hardens whom he wishes.
Rom 9:19 870Erei=j ou]n moi, Ti/ e1ti me/mfetai; Tw%~ {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: ga_r} [E1624: - ] boulh/mati au0tou= ti/j a)nqe/sthken; Then you will say to me, “Why does he blame anyone then? {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: For who} [E1624: Who] is withstanding his will?” ga_r, for: present in RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=12/12 (incl. c(tacite)) vs. absent in E1624 F1859=0/12.
then ← still, yet.
is withstanding: perhaps, non-classically, ≈ AV, has withstood.
Rom 9:20 Menou=nge, w} a!nqrwpe, su\ ti/j ei] o9 a)ntapokrino/menoj tw%~ qew%~; Mh\ e0rei= to\ pla&sma tw%~ pla&santi, Ti/ me e0poi/hsaj ou3twj; Rather, O man, who are you to answer back to God? Will the artefact say to the fashioner, “Why did you make me like this?”? Isa 29:16, Isa 45:9.
will: the particle mh/ puts pressure for an answer of no, classically at least, but we do not consider that this needs emphasizing here.
Rom 9:21 872H ou0k e1xei e0cousi/an o9 kerameu\j tou= phlou=, e0k tou= au0tou= fura&matoj poih=sai o4 me\n ei0j timh\n skeu=oj, o4 de\ ei0j a)timi/an; Or does the potter not have the power over the clay to make from the same lump one vessel having honour, but another lacking honour? having honour ← for honour.
lacking honour ← for lack of honour, or for dishonour.
Rom 9:22 Ei0 de\ qe/lwn o9 qeo\j e0ndei/casqai th\n o0rgh/n, kai\ gnwri/sai to\ dunato\n au0tou=, h1negken e0n pollh|= makroqumi/a% skeu/h o0rgh=j kathrtisme/na ei0j a)pw&leian: So what if God, wishing to show anger and to make his power known, endured with much longsuffering the vessels of wrath, prepared for destruction, destruction: or loss, waste.
Rom 9:23 kai\ i3na gnwri/sh| to\n plou=ton th=j do/chj au0tou= e0pi\ skeu/h e0le/ouj, a$ prohtoi/masen ei0j do/can, and acted in order that he might make the riches of his glory known on vessels of mercy, which he prepared beforehand for glory –
Rom 9:24 ou4j kai\ e0ka&lesen h9ma~j ou0 mo/non e0c 870Ioudai/wn, a)lla_ kai\ e0c e0qnw~n; us whom he called, not only out of the Jews, but also out of the Gentiles.
Rom 9:25 879Wj kai\ e0n tw%~ 879Wshe\ le/gei, Kale/sw to\n ou0 lao/n mou lao/n mou: kai\ th\n ou0k h0gaphme/nhn h0gaphme/nhn. As he also says in Hosea,

“I will call those who are not my people

‘My people’,

And her who was not beloved

‘Beloved.’

 Hos 1:9, Hos 2:1MT (Hos 1:10AV).
he: or it.
Hosea: Greek and AV, Osee.
Rom 9:26 Kai\ e1stai, e0n tw%~ to/pw% ou[ {RP TR: e0rrh/qh} [P1904: e0rre/qh] au0toi=j, Ou0 lao/j mou u9mei=j, e0kei= klhqh/sontai ui9oi\ qeou= zw~ntoj.

And it will be the case

That in the place where it was said to them,

‘You are not my people’,

There they will be called

‘The sons of the living God.’ ”

 e0rrh/qh, it was spoken (classical form), RP TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's abgmo) vs. e0rre/qh, it was spoken (non-classical form), P1904 F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's dfhkl**n) vs. e0rh/qh, it was spoken (misspelled, but close to classical form), F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's c). Scrivener's l*, apparently another reading, is excluded, as it is doubtful. A weak disparity with RP, R=6:7. Compare Rom 9:12.
Hos 2:1MT (Hos 1:10AV), Hos 2:25MT (Hos 2:23AV).
Rom 9:27 870Hsai+/aj de\ kra&zei u9pe\r tou= 870Israh/l, 870Ea_n h|] o9 a)riqmo\j tw~n ui9w~n 870Israh\l w(j h9 a!mmoj th=j qala&sshj, to\ kata&leimma swqh/setai: And Isaiah cries out concerning Israel,

“Even if the number of the sons of Israel

Is like the sand of the sea,

The remnant will be saved.

 Isa 10:22.
Rom 9:28 lo/gon ga_r suntelw~n kai\ sunte/mnwn e0n dikaiosu/nh|: o3ti lo/gon suntetmhme/non poih/sei ku/rioj e0pi\ th=j gh=j.

For he will conclude the matter

And make decrees in righteousness,

Because the Lord will carry out the pronouncement

Which has been decreed on the earth.”

 Isa 10:22, Isa 10:23.
make decrees ... decreed ← cut, cut short, but by a Hebraism (גזר, כרת, חקק, חרץ) decrees and covenants are “cut”. AV differs, not having the metaphorical sense.
Rom 9:29 Kai\ kaqw_j proei/rhken 870Hsai+/aj, Ei0 mh\ ku/rioj Sabaw_q e0gkate/lipen h9mi=n spe/rma, w(j So/doma a@n e0genh/qhmen, kai\ w(j Go/morra a@n w(moiw&qhmen. And as Isaiah foretold,

“If the Lord of hosts had not left us a seed,

We would have become like Sodom,

And we would have been made to resemble Gomorrah.”

 Isa 1:9.
hosts: or armies, which could be of angels.
Rom 9:30 Ti/ ou]n e0rou=men; 873Oti e1qnh ta_ mh\ diw&konta dikaiosu/nhn, kate/laben dikaiosu/nhn, dikaiosu/nhn de\ th\n e0k pi/stewj: What, then, shall we say? – That the Gentiles who do not pursue righteousness have attained righteousness, and righteousness out of faith at that. at that: this sense is implied by the particle de/ in this sentence.
Rom 9:31 870Israh\l de/, diw&kwn no/mon dikaiosu/nhj, ei0j no/mon dikaiosu/nhj ou0k e1fqasen. But Israel, pursuing the law of righteousness, has not come up to the standard of the law of righteousness. come up to the standard of ← anticipated, come beforehand, overtaken.
Rom 9:32 Dia_ ti/; 873Oti ou0k e0k pi/stewj, a)ll' w(j e0c e1rgwn no/mou: prose/koyan ga_r tw%~ li/qw% tou= prosko/mmatoj, How come? Because they pursued it not out of faith but out of works of the law. For they stumbled at the stumbling block, but ← but as.
block ← stone.
Rom 9:33 kaqw_j ge/graptai, 870Idou\ ti/qhmi e0n Siw_n li/qon prosko/mmatoj kai\ pe/tran skanda&lou: kai\ pa~j o9 pisteu/wn e0p' au0tw%~ ou0 kataisxunqh/setai. as it stands written:

“Behold, I put a stumbling block in Zion

And a rock of offence,

But no-one who believes in it

Will be put to shame.”

 Isa 8:14, Isa 28:16. See also Ps 118:22.
block ← stone.
Zion: Greek and AV, Sion.
no-one ... will ← everyone ... will not.
Rom 10:1 870Adelfoi/, h9 me\n eu0doki/a th=j e0mh=j kardi/aj kai\ h9 de/hsij h9 pro\j to\n qeo\n u9pe\r tou= 870Israh/l e0stin ei0j swthri/an. Brothers, my heart's desire and supplication to God for Israel is for salvation. desire ← goodwill.
Rom 10:2 Marturw~ ga_r au0toi=j o3ti zh=lon qeou= e1xousin, a)ll' ou0 kat' e0pi/gnwsin. For I testify to them that they have a zeal for God, but not according to knowledge. knowledge: or acknowledgment.
Rom 10:3 870Agnoou=ntej ga_r th\n tou= qeou= dikaiosu/nhn, kai\ th\n i0di/an dikaiosu/nhn zhtou=ntej sth=sai, th|= dikaiosu/nh| tou= qeou= ou0x u9peta&ghsan. For they are ignorant of God's righteousness, and, seeking to establish their own righteousness, they have not submitted to God's righteousness. submitted ← been subjected, being passive, but also simply intransitive, submitted.
Rom 10:4 Te/loj ga_r no/mou xristo\j ei0j dikaiosu/nhn panti\ tw%~ pisteu/onti. For Christ is the objective of the law leading to righteousness to everyone who believes. objective ← end.
Rom 10:5 {RP P1904: Mwu+sh=j} [TR: Mwsh=j] ga_r gra&fei th\n dikaiosu/nhn th\n e0k tou= no/mou, o3ti o9 poih/saj au0ta_ a!nqrwpoj zh/setai e0n au0toi=j. For Moses describes the righteousness which is of the law, that the man who does the requirements will live by them. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, RP P1904 F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's bcfkmo) vs. Mwsh=j, Moses, TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's adghln). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:7.
Lev 18:5.
the requirements ← them (neuter).
Rom 10:6 879H de\ e0k pi/stewj dikaiosu/nh ou3twj le/gei, Mh\ ei1ph|j e0n {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: th|=} [E1624: - ] kardi/a% sou, Ti/j a)nabh/setai ei0j to\n ou0rano/n; - tou=t' e1stin xristo\n katagagei=n - But the righteousness which is of faith speaks like this: “Do not say in your heart, ‘Who will go up to heaven?’ ” – that is, to bring Christ down – th|=, the (with “of you” = your): present in RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=11/12 (incl. c(tacite)) vs. absent in E1624 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's b).
Deut 30:12.
Rom 10:7 h1, Ti/j katabh/setai ei0j th\n a!busson; - tou=t' e1stin xristo\n e0k nekrw~n a)nagagei=n. “or, ‘Who will go down to the abyss?’ ” – that is, to bring Christ up from the dead. Deut 30:13.
Rom 10:8 870Alla_ ti/ le/gei; 870Eggu/j sou to\ r(h=ma& e0stin, e0n tw%~ sto/mati/ sou kai\ e0n th|= kardi/a% sou: tou=t' e1stin to\ r(h=ma th=j pi/stewj o4 khru/ssomen: But what does it say? “The word is near to you, in your mouth and in your heart” – that is, the word of faith which we proclaim, Deut 30:14.
Rom 10:9 o3ti e0a_n o9mologh/sh|j e0n tw%~ sto/mati/ sou ku/rion 870Ihsou=n, kai\ pisteu/sh|j e0n th|= kardi/a% sou o3ti o9 qeo\j au0to\n h1geiren e0k nekrw~n, swqh/sh|: that if you confess the Lord Jesus with your mouth, and you believe in your heart that God raised him from the dead, you will be saved.
Rom 10:10 kardi/a% ga_r pisteu/etai ei0j dikaiosu/nhn, sto/mati de\ o9mologei=tai ei0j swthri/an. For one believes with the heart leading to righteousness, and confesses with the mouth leading to salvation. one believes ... confesses ← it is believed ... it is confessed.
Rom 10:11 Le/gei ga_r h9 grafh/, Pa~j o9 pisteu/wn e0p' au0tw%~ ou0 kataisxunqh/setai. For the scripture says, “No-one who believes in him will be put to shame.” Isa 28:16.
no-one ... will ← everyone ... won't.
Rom 10:12 Ou0 ga&r e0stin diastolh\ 870Ioudai/ou te kai\ 873Ellhnoj: o9 ga_r au0to\j ku/rioj pa&ntwn, ploutw~n ei0j pa&ntaj tou\j e0pikaloume/nouj au0to/n. For there is no distinction between Jew and Greek; for the same one is Lord of all, being rich towards all those who call on him.
Rom 10:13 Pa~j ga_r o4j a@n e0pikale/shtai to\ o1noma kuri/ou swqh/setai. For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved. Joel 3:5MT (Joel 2:32AV).
everyone who ← everyone whoever. Pleonastic, perhaps for emphasis.
Rom 10:14 Pw~j ou]n e0pikale/sontai ei0j o4n ou0k e0pi/steusan; Pw~j de\ pisteu/sousin ou[ ou0k h1kousan; Pw~j de\ a)kou/sousin xwri\j khru/ssontoj; How, then, will they call on him in whom they have not believed? And how will they believe in him whom they have not heard? And how will they hear without one who does the proclaiming?
Rom 10:15 Pw~j de\ khru/cousin e0a_n mh\ a)postalw~sin; Kaqw_j ge/graptai, 879Wj w(rai=oi oi9 po/dej tw~n eu0aggelizome/nwn ei0rh/nhn, tw~n eu0aggelizome/nwn ta_ a)gaqa&. And how will they do the proclaiming if they are not sent? As it stands written:

“How beautiful are the feet

Of those who preach the gospel of peace,

Of those who preach the gospel of good things!”

 Isa 52:7.
Rom 10:16 870All' ou0 pa&ntej u9ph/kousan tw%~ eu0aggeli/w%. 870Hsai+/aj ga_r le/gei, Ku/rie, ti/j e0pi/steusen th|= a)koh|= h9mw~n; But not all have responded to the gospel. For Isaiah says,

“Lord, who has believed our account?”

 Isa 53:1.
responded to ← obeyed.
account ← thing heard.
Rom 10:17 871Ara h9 pi/stij e0c a)koh=j, h9 de\ a)koh\ dia_ r(h/matoj qeou=. So faith comes from an announcement heard, and the announcement comes through the word of God. announcement heard ← thing heard.
Rom 10:18 870Alla_ le/gw, mh\ ou0k h1kousan; Menou=nge: Ei0j pa~san th\n gh=n e0ch=lqen o9 fqo/ggoj au0tw~n, kai\ ei0j ta_ pe/rata th=j oi0koume/nhj ta_ r(h/mata au0tw~n. But I say, “Have they not heard?” They certainly have –

Their speech went out into all the earth,

And their words to the ends of the world.

 Ps 19:5MT (Ps 19:4AV).
earth: or land.
Rom 10:19 870Alla_ le/gw, mh\ ou0k e1gnw 870Israh/l; Prw~toj {RP P1904: Mwu+sh=j} [TR: Mwsh=j] le/gei, 870Egw_ parazhlw&sw u9ma~j e0p' ou0k e1qnei, e0pi\ e1qnei a)sune/tw% parorgiw~ u9ma~j. But I say, “Did Israel not know?” Firstly, Moses says,

“I will provoke you to jealousy by a non-nation,

By a foolish nation I will provoke you to anger.”

 Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. Mwsh=j, Moses, TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's g**hn).
Deut 32:21.
Rom 10:20 870Hsai+/aj de\ a)potolma%~ kai\ le/gei, Eu9re/qhn toi=j e0me\ mh\ zhtou=sin, e0mfanh\j e0geno/mhn toi=j e0me\ mh\ e0perwtw~sin. But Isaiah shows boldness and says,

“I have been found

By those who were not seeking me;

I have become evident

To those who were not inquiring after me.”

 Isa 65:1.
Rom 10:21 Pro\j de\ to\n 870Israh\l le/gei, 873Olhn th\n h9me/ran e0cepe/tasa ta_j xei=ra&j mou pro\j lao\n a)peiqou=nta kai\ a)ntile/gonta. But to Israel he says,

“All day long I have stretched out my hands

To a disbelieving and refractory people.”

 Isa 65:2.
disbelieving: or, possibly, disobedient, but clearly disbelieving in John 3:36.
Rom 11:1 Le/gw ou]n, mh\ a)pw&sato o9 qeo\j to\n lao\n au0tou=; Mh\ ge/noito. Kai\ ga_r e0gw_ 870Israhli/thj ei0mi/, e0k spe/rmatoj 870Abraa&m, fulh=j Beniami/n. So I say, “Surely God has not rejected his people?” May it not be so. For I also am an Israelite, of the seed of Abraham, of the tribe of Benjamin.
Rom 11:2 Ou0k a)pw&sato o9 qeo\j to\n lao\n au0tou= o4n proe/gnw. 872H ou0k oi1date e0n 870Hli/a% ti/ le/gei h9 grafh/; 879Wj e0ntugxa&nei tw%~ qew%~ kata_ tou= 870Israh/l, le/gwn, God has not rejected his people whom he knew beforehand. Or do you not know what the scripture says in the passage about Elijah, when he intercedes to God against Israel, and says, Punctuation: RP P1904 TBS-TR close the question at grafh/. RP, but not P1904 or TBS-TR, capitalizes the next word. We conclude the question at the end of verse 3.
Ps 94:14, slightly adapted.
Elijah ← Elias.
Rom 11:3 Ku/rie, tou\j profh/taj sou a)pe/kteinan, kai\ ta_ qusiasth/ria& sou kate/skayan: ka)gw_ u9pelei/fqhn mo/noj, kai\ zhtou=sin th\n yuxh/n mou. “Lord, they have killed your prophets and demolished your altars, and I am left remaining on my own, and they seek my life”? 1 Ki 19:10, 1 Ki 19:14.
life ← soul.
Rom 11:4 870Alla_ ti/ le/gei au0tw%~ o9 xrhmatismo/j; Kate/lipon e0mautw%~ e9ptakisxili/ouj a!ndraj, oi3tinej ou0k e1kamyan go/nu th|= Ba&al. But what does the oracle say to him? – “I have kept myself seven thousand men who have not bowed the knee to Baal.” 1 Ki 19:18.
Baal: [MG] explains the feminine as through the custom of reading the execrable name as bosheth (בֹּשֶׁת), LXX ai0sxu/nh (shame), both of which are feminine.
Rom 11:5 Ou3twj ou]n kai\ e0n tw%~ nu=n kairw%~ lei=mma kat' e0klogh\n xa&ritoj ge/gonen. So in this way even at the present time a remnant exists by a gracious choice. exists ← has become, has come.
gracious choice ← choice of grace, a Hebraic genitive.
Rom 11:6 Ei0 de\ xa&riti, ou0ke/ti e0c e1rgwn: e0pei\ h9 xa&rij ou0ke/ti gi/netai xa&rij. Ei0 de\ e0c e1rgwn, ou0ke/ti e0sti\n xa&rij: e0pei\ to\ e1rgon ou0ke/ti e0sti\n e1rgon. And if by grace, then no longer by works, for then grace is no longer grace. But if by works, then it is no longer grace, for then the work is no longer work.
Rom 11:7 Ti/ ou]n; 874O e0pizhtei= 870Israh/l, {RP P1904: tou=to} [TR: tou/tou] ou0k e0pe/tuxen, h9 de\ e0klogh\ e0pe/tuxen, oi9 de\ loipoi\ e0pwrw&qhsan: What is the case then? What Israel is seeking it has not obtained, but those chosen did obtain it, whereas the rest became hardened. tou=to, this (accusative, with obtained, perhaps attracted by o4), RP P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. tou/tou, this (genitive, the usual case after e0pitugxa&nw), TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's dghl**).
obtained ← obtained this.
those chosen ← the choice.
hardened: AV differs somewhat (blinded).
Rom 11:8 kaqw_j ge/graptai, 871Edwken au0toi=j o9 qeo\j pneu=ma katanu/cewj, o0fqalmou\j tou= mh\ ble/pein, kai\ w}ta tou= mh\ a)kou/ein, e3wj th=j sh/meron h9me/raj. As it stands written:

“God gave them a slumbering spirit –

Eyes not for seeing

And ears not for hearing”,

which holds up to this day. 		Isa 29:10; Isa 6:9. See also Ezek 12:2.
Rom 11:9 Kai\ {RP P1904: Daui\d} [TR: Dabi\d] le/gei, Genhqh/tw h9 tra&peza au0tw~n ei0j pagi/da kai\ ei0j qh/ran, kai\ ei0j ska&ndalon, kai\ ei0j a)ntapo/doma au0toi=j: And David says,

“Make their table become a snare

And a trap,

And a stumbling block

And a requital to them;

 David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Ps 69:23MT (Ps 69:22AV).
make their table become ← their table must be made, third person passive imperative (not optative).
trap ← hunt.
Rom 11:10 skotisqh/twsan oi9 o0fqalmoi\ au0tw~n tou= mh\ ble/pein, kai\ to\n nw~ton au0tw~n dia_ panto\j su/gkamyon.

Make their eyes darkened

So as not to see,

And bend their back continually.”

 Ps 69:24MT (Ps 69:23AV).
make their eyes darkened ← their eyes must be darkened, third person passive imperative, as in the previous verse.
bend: second person active imperative.
Rom 11:11 Le/gw ou]n, mh\ e1ptaisan i3na pe/swsin; Mh\ ge/noito: a)lla_ tw%~ au0tw~n paraptw&mati h9 swthri/a toi=j e1qnesin, ei0j to\ parazhlw~sai au0tou/j. So I say, “Did they stumble in order that they might fall?” Far from it. But by their fall there is salvation to the Gentiles, so as to provoke them to jealousy. far from it ← may it not become / be.
fall ← transgression, falling aside, cognate with fall.
Rom 11:12 Ei0 de\ to\ para&ptwma au0tw~n plou=toj ko/smou, kai\ to\ h3tthma au0tw~n plou=toj e0qnw~n, po/sw% ma~llon to\ plh/rwma au0tw~n; Now if their fall is the world's richness, and their decline is the richness of the Gentiles, how much more is their fulness! We punctuate as an exclamation; RP P1904 TBS-TR as a question.
fall: see Rom 11:11.
decline ← worsening.
Rom 11:13 879Umi=n ga_r le/gw toi=j e1qnesin. 870Ef' o3son me/n ei0mi e0gw_ e0qnw~n a)po/stoloj, th\n diakoni/an mou doca&zw: For I speak to you Gentiles. Insofar as I am an apostle of the Gentiles, I glorify my ministry,
Rom 11:14 ei1 pwj parazhlw&sw mou th\n sa&rka, kai\ sw&sw tina_j e0c au0tw~n. seeing if somehow I can provoke those of my flesh to jealousy and save some of them. can ← will, a Hebraism.
Rom 11:15 Ei0 ga_r h9 a)pobolh\ au0tw~n katallagh\ ko/smou, ti/j h9 pro/slhyij, ei0 mh\ zwh\ e0k nekrw~n; For if casting them aside is the reconciliation of the world, what is the acceptance of them, if not life from the dead? casting them aside ← the casting away of them. We feel that casting aside avoids the definitive suggestion of casting away, which, in view of the later acceptance in this verse (and as prophesied abundantly in the Old Testament) is inappropriate.
Rom 11:16 Ei0 de\ h9 a)parxh\ a(gi/a, kai\ to\ fu/rama: kai\ ei0 h9 r(i/za a(gi/a, kai\ oi9 kla&doi. And if the firstfruit is holy, so is the bulk. And if the root is holy, so are the branches. bulk ← dough, paste, lump.
Rom 11:17 Ei0 de/ tinej tw~n kla&dwn e0cekla&sqhsan, su\ de\ a)grie/laioj w@n e0nekentri/sqhj e0n au0toi=j, kai\ sugkoinwno\j th=j r(i/zhj kai\ th=j pio/thtoj th=j e0lai/aj e0ge/nou, But if some of the branches have been broken off, and you, being a wild olive, have been grafted into them and have become a joint partaker of the root and the fatness of the olive tree,
Rom 11:18 mh\ katakauxw~ tw~n kla&dwn: ei0 de\ katakauxa~sai, ou0 su\ th\n r(i/zan basta&zeij, a)ll' h9 r(i/za se/. do not boast over the branches. And if you do boast, consider that it is not you who support the root, but the root you.
Rom 11:19 870Erei=j ou]n, 870Ecekla&sqhsan {RP: - } [P1904 TR: oi9] kla&doi, i3na e0gw_ e0gkentrisqw~. Then suppose you should say, “{RP: Some} [P1904 TR: The] branches were broken off so that I might be grafted in.” oi9, the (branches): absent in RP F1859=9/12 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's bco).
then suppose you should ← you will say therefore.
Rom 11:20 Kalw~j: th|= a)pisti/a% e0cekla&sqhsan, su\ de\ th|= pi/stei e3sthkaj. Mh\ u9yhlofro/nei, a)lla_ fobou=: Well now, they were broken off because of unbelief, but you stand by faith. Do not be high-minded, but be fearful.
Rom 11:21 ei0 ga_r o9 qeo\j tw~n kata_ fu/sin kla&dwn ou0k e0fei/sato, mh/pwj ou0de/ sou {RP P1904: fei/setai} [TR: fei/shtai]. For if God did not spare the natural branches, maybe he will not spare you either. fei/setai, he will spare (future indicative), RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. fei/shtai, he may spare (aorist subjunctive), TR F1859=0/12.
Rom 11:22 871Ide ou]n xrhsto/thta kai\ a)potomi/an qeou=: e0pi\ me\n tou\j peso/ntaj, a)potomi/an: e0pi\ de/ se, xrhsto/thta, e0a_n e0pimei/nh|j th|= xrhsto/thti: e0pei\ kai\ su\ e0kkoph/sh|. So see the kindness and severity of God: severity towards those who have fallen, but kindness to you, if you remain in the kindness, otherwise you will also be cut off.
Rom 11:23 Kai\ e0kei=noi de/, e0a_n mh\ e0pimei/nwsin th|= a)pisti/a%, e0gkentrisqh/sontai: dunato\j {RP P1904: ga_r o9 qeo/j e0stin} [TR: ga&r e0stin o9 qeo\j] pa&lin e0gkentri/sai au0tou/j. And they too, if they do not remain in unbelief, will be grafted in. For God is able to graft them in again. o9 qeo/j e0sti¨n©, God + is, RP P1904 F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's ahkl) vs. e0sti¨n© o9 qeo\j, is + God (not interrogative), TR F1859=8/12 (Scrivener's bcdfgmno). A disparity with RP, R=5:9.
they ← those.
Rom 11:24 Ei0 ga_r su\ e0k th=j kata_ fu/sin e0ceko/phj a)grielai/ou, kai\ para_ fu/sin e0nekentri/sqhj ei0j kallie/laion, po/sw% ma~llon ou[toi, oi9 kata_ fu/sin, e0gkentrisqh/sontai th|= i0di/a% e0lai/a%; For if you were cut out from the naturally wild olive and were unnaturally grafted in to the fine olive, how much more can these, the natural branches, be grafted into their own olive tree! We punctuate as an exclamation; RP P1904 TBS-TR as a question.
can ← will, a Hebraism.
Rom 11:25 Ou0 ga_r qe/lw u9ma~j a)gnoei=n, a)delfoi/, to\ musth/rion tou=to, i3na mh\ h]te par' e9autoi=j fro/nimoi, o3ti pw&rwsij a)po\ me/rouj tw%~ 870Israh\l ge/gonen, a!xri ou[ to\ plh/rwma tw~n e0qnw~n ei0se/lqh|: For I do not want you to be ignorant, brothers, of this mystery, so that you are not clever in your own estimation: that hardness in part has taken place with Israel, and it will remain until the fulness of the Gentiles has come in.
Rom 11:26 kai\ ou3twj pa~j 870Israh\l swqh/setai: kaqw_j ge/graptai, 873Hcei e0k Siw_n o9 r(uo/menoj, kai\ a)postre/yei a)sebei/aj a)po\ 870Iakw&b: And in this way all Israel will be saved, as it stands written:

“The deliverer will come out of Zion

And will turn ungodliness away from Jacob,

 Isa 59:20.
ungodliness ← ungodlinesses, suggesting acts of ungodliness.
Rom 11:27 kai\ au3th au0toi=j h9 par' e0mou= diaqh/kh, o3tan a)fe/lwmai ta_j a(marti/aj au0tw~n.

And this is my covenant with them

When I take away their sins.”

 Isa 27:9, Isa 59:21.
my covenant ← the covenant from alongside me.
Rom 11:28 Kata_ me\n to\ eu0agge/lion, e0xqroi\ di' u9ma~j: kata_ de\ th\n e0klogh/n, a)gaphtoi\ dia_ tou\j pate/raj. Now in relation to the gospel they are hostile for your sake, but in relation to the choice they are beloved for the sake of the fathers.
Rom 11:29 870Ametame/lhta ga_r ta_ xari/smata kai\ h9 klh=sij tou= qeou=. For the gracious gifts and the calling of God are irrevocable.
Rom 11:30 873Wsper ga_r kai\ u9mei=j pote\ h0peiqh/sate tw%~ qew%~, nu=n de\ h0leh/qhte th|= tou/twn a)peiqei/a%: For just as you once did not believe God, but now have received mercy in their unbelief, you once ← you also once.
their ← of these.
Rom 11:31 ou3twj kai\ ou[toi nu=n h0pei/qhsan, tw%~ {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: u9mete/rw%} [E1624: h9mete/rw%] e0le/ei i3na kai\ au0toi\ e0lehqw~sin: so also have these not believed either, in the mercy shown to {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: you} [E1624: us], in order that they too may receive mercy. u9mete/rw%, to your (mercy), RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=12/13 (incl. c(tacite)) vs. h9mete/rw%, to our (mercy), E1624 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m*).
Rom 11:32 sune/kleisen ga_r o9 qeo\j tou\j pa&ntaj ei0j a)pei/qeian, i3na tou\j pa&ntaj e0leh/sh|. For God has shut everyone up in unbelief in order that he may show everyone mercy.
Rom 11:33 87]W ba&qoj plou/tou kai\ sofi/aj kai\ gnw&sewj qeou=. 879Wj a)necereu/nhta ta_ kri/mata au0tou=, kai\ a)necixni/astoi ai9 o9doi\ au0tou=. O depth of God's riches and wisdom and knowledge, how unsearchable his judgments are and untraceable his ways are! riches and: AV differs somewhat (riches ... of).
Rom 11:34 Ti/j ga_r e1gnw nou=n kuri/ou; 872H ti/j su/mbouloj au0tou= e0ge/neto;

For who has known the mind of the Lord?

Or who has been his counsellor?

 Isa 40:13.
Rom 11:35 872H ti/j proe/dwken au0tw%~, kai\ a)ntapodoqh/setai au0tw%~;

Or who has given him anything beforehand,

And it will be repaid to him?

 Job 41:3MT (Job 41:11AV).
it will be repaid to him: or he will be repaid by him.
Rom 11:36 873Oti e0c au0tou= kai\ di' au0tou= kai\ ei0j au0to\n ta_ pa&nta: au0tw%~ h9 do/ca ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj. 870Amh/n. For all things are from him and through him and destined for him. To him be glory throughout the ages. Amen.
Rom 12:1 Parakalw~ ou]n u9ma~j, a)delfoi/, dia_ tw~n oi0ktirmw~n tou= qeou=, parasth=sai ta_ sw&mata u9mw~n qusi/an zw~san, a(gi/an, eu0a&reston tw%~ qew%~, th\n logikh\n latrei/an u9mw~n, So I exhort you, brothers, being moved by the mercies of God, to present your bodies as a living sacrifice, a holy one, pleasing to God, as your rational service,
Rom 12:2 kai\ mh\ {RP-text P1904: susxhmati/zesqai} [RP-marg TR: susxhmati/zesqe] tw%~ ai0w~ni tou/tw%, a)lla_ {RP-text P1904: metamorfou=sqai} [RP-marg TR: metamorfou=sqe] th|= a)nakainw&sei tou= noo\j u9mw~n, ei0j to\ dokima&zein u9ma~j ti/ to\ qe/lhma tou= qeou= to\ a)gaqo\n kai\ eu0a&reston kai\ te/leion. and {RP-text P1904: not to} [RP-marg TR: do not] be conformed to this age, but {RP-text P1904: to} [RP-marg TR: - ] be transformed by the renewal of your mind, in order to determine what the will of God is, what is good and pleasing and perfect. susxhmati/zesqai, (not) to be conformed, RP-text P1904 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's gkn) vs. susxhmati/zesqe, (do not) be conformed, RP-marg TR F1859=9/13 (Scrivener's abcd**fhlmo) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's d*). A disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=4:110.
metamorfou=sqai, (but) to be transformed, RP-text P1904 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's cgk + o*?) vs. metamorfou=sqe, (but) be transformed, RP-marg TR F1859=9/12 (Scrivener's abdfhlmno**). Scrivener's o* is excluded as it is doubtful. A disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=4:10.
Rom 12:3 Le/gw ga&r, dia_ th=j xa&ritoj th=j doqei/shj moi, panti\ tw%~ o1nti e0n u9mi=n, mh\ u9perfronei=n par' o4 dei= fronei=n, a)lla_ fronei=n ei0j to\ swfronei=n, e9ka&stw% w(j o9 qeo\j e0me/risen me/tron pi/stewj. For by the grace which has been given to me, I am telling everyone among you not to be high-minded above how you should be minded, but to be minded to be sober-minded, as God has apportioned a measure of faith to each one. high-minded (etc.): although this verse may not sound very elegant in English, it is close to the Greek and is perhaps a play on words: u9perfronei=n ... fronei=n ... fronei=n ... swfronei=n.
Rom 12:4 Kaqa&per ga_r e0n e9ni\ sw&mati me/lh polla_ e1xomen, ta_ de\ me/lh pa&nta ou0 th\n au0th\n e1xei pra~cin: For as we have many members in one body, but not all members have the same function,
Rom 12:5 ou3twj oi9 polloi\ e4n sw~ma& e0smen e0n xristw%~, o9 de\ kaq' ei[j a)llh/lwn me/lh. so, being many, we are one body in Christ, but individually members of each other.
Rom 12:6 871Exontej de\ xari/smata kata_ th\n xa&rin th\n doqei=san h9mi=n dia&fora, ei1te profhtei/an, kata_ th\n a)nalogi/an th=j pi/stewj: And we have different gracious gifts according to the grace given to us, whether prophecy, according to the proportion of our faith,
Rom 12:7 ei1te diakoni/an, e0n th|= diakoni/a%: ei1te o9 dida&skwn, e0n th|= didaskali/a%: whether a ministry, in the ministry, or whether as a teacher, in education,
Rom 12:8 ei1te o9 parakalw~n, e0n th|= paraklh/sei: o9 metadidou/j, e0n a(plo/thti: o9 proi+sta&menoj, e0n spoudh|=: o9 e0lew~n, e0n i9laro/thti. or whether as one who encourages, with encouragement; a sharer, with generosity; one who presides, with diligence; one who shows mercy, with cheerfulness.
Rom 12:9 879H a)ga&ph a)nupo/kritoj. 870Apostugou=ntej to\ ponhro/n, kollw&menoi tw%~ a)gaqw%~. Love is unpretentious. Let us abhor evil, clinging to goodness,
Rom 12:10 Th|= filadelfi/a% ei0j a)llh/louj filo/storgoi: th|= timh|= a)llh/louj prohgou/menoi: showing tender affection to each other in brotherly love, guiding each other with honour, guiding: AV differs, to modern ears at least (preferring).
Rom 12:11 th|= spoudh|= mh\ o0knhroi/: tw%~ pneu/mati ze/ontej: tw%~ {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: kuri/w%} [S1550: kairw%~] douleu/ontej: with diligence, not being slack, being fervent in the spirit, serving the {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: Lord} [S1550: season], kuri/w%, Lord, RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=12/12 vs. kairw%~, time, season, S1550 F1859=0/12.
Rom 12:12 th|= e0lpi/di xai/rontej: th|= qli/yei u9pome/nontej: th|= proseuxh|= proskarterou=ntej: rejoicing in hope, being patient in tribulation, persevering in prayer,
Rom 12:13 tai=j xrei/aij tw~n a(gi/wn koinwnou=ntej: th\n filoceni/an diw&kontej. contributing to the needs of the saints, pursuing hospitality. saints: see Matt 27:52.
Rom 12:14 Eu0logei=te tou\j diw&kontaj u9ma~j: eu0logei=te, kai\ mh\ katara~sqe. Bless those who persecute you. Bless and do not curse.
Rom 12:15 Xai/rein meta_ xairo/ntwn, kai\ klai/ein meta_ klaio/ntwn. Rejoice with those who are rejoicing, and weep with those who are weeping.
Rom 12:16 To\ au0to\ ei0j a)llh/louj fronou=ntej. Mh\ ta_ u9yhla_ fronou=ntej, a)lla_ toi=j tapeinoi=j sunapago/menoi. Mh\ gi/nesqe fro/nimoi par' e9autoi=j. Be of the same mind towards each other. Do not be high-minded, but sympathize with those who are low-ranking. Do not become wise-minded in your own estimation. Prov 3:7.
wise-minded ← (right-, prudent-) minded. Compare the play on words in Rom 12:3.
your own estimation ← yourselves.
Rom 12:17 Mhdeni\ kako\n a)nti\ kakou= a)podido/ntej. Pronoou/menoi kala_ e0nw&pion pa&ntwn a)nqrw&pwn. Let no-one render evil for evil. Have a predisposition for good things in the presence of all men. Prov 3:4 (allusion).
let no-one render: imperatival use of the participle.
Rom 12:18 Ei0 dunato/n, to\ e0c u9mw~n, meta_ pa&ntwn a)nqrw&pwn ei0rhneu/ontej. If it is possible, as much as you can, be peaceable with all men. as much as you can ← what (is) out of you.
Rom 12:19 Mh\ e9autou\j e0kdikou=ntej, a)gaphtoi/, a)lla_ do/te to/pon th|= o0rgh|=: ge/graptai ga&r, 870Emoi\ e0kdi/khsij, e0gw_ a)ntapodw&sw, le/gei ku/rioj. Do not take revenge on each other, beloved, but leave room for anger, for it stands written: “Vengeance is mine. I will repay”, says the Lord. Deut 32:35. See also Prov 20:22, Prov 24:29, Prov 25:22.
leave ← give.
anger: i.e. God's anger, as noted by [CB], [MG].
Rom 12:20 870Ea_n ou]n peina%~ o9 e0xqro/j sou, yw&mize au0to/n: e0a_n diya%~, po/tize au0to/n: tou=to ga_r poiw~n, a!nqrakaj puro\j swreu/seij e0pi\ th\n kefalh\n au0tou=.

“So if your enemy is hungry,

Feed him.

If he is thirsty,

Give him a drink.

For by doing this

You will heap fiery coals on his head.”

 Prov 25:21, Prov 25:22.
by doing: gerundial use of the participle.
fiery coals ← coals of fire, a Hebraic genitive.
Rom 12:21 Mh\ nikw~ u9po\ tou= kakou=, a)lla_ ni/ka e0n tw%~ a)gaqw%~ to\ kako/n. Do not be conquered by evil, but conquer evil with goodness.
Rom 13:1 Pa~sa yuxh\ e0cousi/aij u9perexou/saij u9potasse/sqw: ou0 ga&r e0stin e0cousi/a ei0 mh\ {RP P1904: u9po\} [TR: a)po\] qeou=, ai9 de\ ou]sai e0cousi/ai u9po\ tou= qeou= tetagme/nai ei0si/n. Let every person be subject to supreme authorities. For there is no authority {RP P1904: unless appointed by} [TR: except from] God, and the existing authorities have been appointed by God, u9po\, by (the usual agent of the passive), RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. a)po\, by, or an exceptional agent of the passive, TR F1859=0/12.
person ← soul.
supreme authorities: Refuting the absolute universal application of Romans 13:1-5 to civil authorities are e.g. Acts 5:29 (obey God rather than men), Rev 16:2 (obey the beast?), and ↴
Rom 13:2 873Wste o9 a)ntitasso/menoj th|= e0cousi/a%, th|= tou= qeou= diatagh|= a)nqe/sthken: oi9 de\ a)nqesthko/tej e9autoi=j kri/ma lh/yontai. so that he who opposes authority is resisting God's ordinance, and those who resist will bring judgment on themselves. ↳ WW2 history (the holocaust). After Acts 28:28 we have the present Gentile dispensation expounded primarily in Ephesians and Colossians, in which the injunctions of Romans 13:1-5 are not necessarily applicable, and Paul rather appeals, without a rod, to his readers to live a godly life. Compare Heb 13:7. We are somewhat ↴
on ← to.
Rom 13:3 Oi9 ga_r a!rxontej ou0k ei0si\n fo/boj tw~n a)gaqw~n e1rgwn, a)lla_ tw~n kakw~n. Qe/leij de\ mh\ fobei=sqai th\n e0cousi/an; To\ a)gaqo\n poi/ei, kai\ e3ceij e1painon e0c au0th=j: For rulers are not a terror to good works, but to bad ones. Now do you wish not to fear authority? Do what is good, and you will have commendation for it, ↳ doubtful about Otis Q. Sellers' suggestion that the supreme authorities are the apostles, appointed by God. But it is true that up to Acts 28:28 they had tremendous authority, over the sick, over the dishonest, over a magician (Elymas) etc. In any case, civil injunctions should be observed where they do not contravene God's injunctions.
for ← from.
Rom 13:4 qeou= ga_r dia&kono/j e0sti/n soi ei0j to\ a)gaqo/n. 870Ea_n de\ to\ kako\n poih|=j, fobou=: ou0 ga_r ei0kh|= th\n ma&xairan forei=: qeou= ga_r dia&kono/j e0stin, {RP TR: e1kdikoj ei0j o0rgh\n} [P1904: ei0j o0rgh\n e1kdikoj] tw%~ to\ kako\n pra&ssonti. for it is an instrument of God which applies to you to good purpose. But if you do what is wrong, then fear, for it does not bear the sword for nothing, for it is an instrument of God {RP TR: , an avenger in wrath} [P1904: for wrath – an avenger] on him who does wrong. e1kdikoj ei0j o0rgh\n, an avenger + for / in wrath, RP TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's adghlm) vs. ei0j o0rgh\n e1kdikoj, for / in wrath + an avenger, P1904 F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's bcfkno). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:7.
Punctuation: either our RP TR English or our English for P1904 is possible for both variants, our P1904 reading requiring moving RP's comma from after e0stin to after o0rgh\n.
instrument (2x) ← servant.
Rom 13:5 Dio\ a)na&gkh {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: u9pota&ssesqai} [E1624: prota&ssesqai], ou0 mo/non dia_ th\n o0rgh/n, a)lla_ kai\ dia_ th\n sunei/dhsin. So it is necessary to be {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: subject} [E1624: appointed beforehand] not only on account of the wrath, but also on account of one's conscience. u9pota&ssesqai, to be subject, RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=11/12 vs. prota&ssesqai, to be appointed beforehand, E1624 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's m).
it is necessary ← (there is) necessity.
Rom 13:6 Dia_ tou=to ga_r kai\ fo/rouj telei=te: leitourgoi\ ga_r qeou= ei0sin, ei0j au0to\ tou=to proskarterou=ntej. So in view of this, pay your taxes also. For they are God's ministers persevering with this very thing. this very thing: i.e. being God's ministers, we presume.
Rom 13:7 870Apo/dote ou]n pa~sin ta_j o0feila&j: tw%~ to\n fo/ron to\n fo/ron: tw%~ to\ te/loj to\ te/loj: tw%~ to\n fo/bon to\n fo/bon: tw%~ th\n timh\n th\n timh/n. So pay to everyone what is due – tax to whom tax is due, levies to whom levies are due, fear to whom fear is due, honour to whom honour is due. what is due ← the debts.
Rom 13:8 Mhdeni\ mhde\n o0fei/lete, ei0 mh\ to\ a)gapa~n a)llh/louj: o9 ga_r a)gapw~n to\n e3teron, no/mon peplh/rwken. Don't owe anyone anything except to love one another, for he who loves another has fulfilled the law.
Rom 13:9 To\ ga&r, Ou0 moixeu/seij, ou0 foneu/seij, ou0 kle/yeij, {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: ou0 yeudomarturh/seij,] ou0k e0piqumh/seij, kai\ ei1 tij e9te/ra e0ntolh/, e0n tou/tw% tw%~ lo/gw% a)nakefalaiou=tai, e0n tw%~, 870Agaph/seij to\n plhsi/on sou w(j {RP P1904: seauto/n} [TR: e9auto/n]. For the injunctions are, “You shall not commit adultery. You shall not commit murder. You shall not steal. {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: You shall not give false testimony.] You shall not covet.” And if there is any other commandment, it is summed up in this formula: “You shall love your neighbour as yourself.” ou0 yeudomarturh/seij, you shall not give false witness: absent in RP-text P1904 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's cgl) vs. present in RP-marg TR F1859=9/12 (Scrivener's adfhkmno). A disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=4:10. AV differs textually.
seauto/n, yourself (classical form), RP P1904 F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's bcdg*ho, though g* reads sauto/n) vs. e9auto/n, yourself (non-classical third person pronoun for second), TR F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's afg**klmn). A weak disparity (#2) with RP, R=7:8.
Ex 20:13-15, {RP: - } [RP-marg TR: Ex 20:16,] Ex 20:17, Lev 19:18, Deut 5:17-19 {RP: - } [RP-marg TR: , Deut 5:20].
Rom 13:10 879H a)ga&ph tw%~ plhsi/on kako\n ou0k e0rga&zetai: plh/rwma ou]n no/mou h9 a)ga&ph. Love does not inflict harm on one's neighbour. Therefore love is the fulness of the law.
Rom 13:11 Kai\ tou=to, ei0do/tej to\n kairo/n, o3ti w#ra h9ma~j h1dh e0c u3pnou e0gerqh=nai: nu=n ga_r e0ggu/teron h9mw~n h9 swthri/a h2 o3te e0pisteu/samen. And there is this, while we know the time, that the hour is already here for us to be roused from sleep. For our salvation is now nearer than when we believed. while we know: temporal use of the participle.
Rom 13:12 879H nu\c proe/koyen, h9 de\ h9me/ra h1ggiken: a)poqw&meqa ou]n ta_ e1rga tou= sko/touj, kai\ e0ndusw&meqa ta_ o3pla tou= fwto/j. The night is advanced; the day has drawn near. So let us put away the works of darkness and put on the armour of light.
Rom 13:13 879Wj e0n h9me/ra%, eu0sxhmo/nwj peripath/swmen, mh\ kw&moij kai\ me/qaij, mh\ koi/taij kai\ a)selgei/aij, mh\ e1ridi kai\ zh/lw%. Let us walk decently as in the day, not with orgies and in drunkenness, not in promiscuity and licentiousness, not in strife and jealousy, promiscuity and licentiousness ← promiscuities and licentiousnesses.
Rom 13:14 870All' e0ndu/sasqe to\n ku/rion 870Ihsou=n xristo/n, kai\ th=j sarko\j pro/noian mh\ poiei=sqe, ei0j e0piqumi/aj. but put on the Lord Jesus Christ, and do not indulge in the predisposition of the flesh in its desires.
Rom 14:1 To\n de\ a)sqenou=nta th|= pi/stei proslamba&nesqe, mh\ ei0j diakri/seij dialogismw~n. Receive him who is weak in faith, but not by getting involved in arbitrating in arguments. arbitrating in arguments ← arbitrations of arguments.
Rom 14:2 874Oj me\n pisteu/ei fagei=n pa&nta, o9 de\ a)sqenw~n la&xana e0sqi/ei. One person believes in eating everything; another who is weak eats vegetables.
Rom 14:3 879O e0sqi/wn to\n mh\ e0sqi/onta mh\ e0couqenei/tw, kai\ o9 mh\ e0sqi/wn to\n e0sqi/onta mh\ krine/tw: o9 qeo\j ga_r au0to\n prosela&beto. Let him who eats something not despise him who does not eat it, nor he who does not eat something judge him who does eat it. For God has accepted him.
Rom 14:4 Su\ ti/j ei] o9 kri/nwn a)llo/trion oi0ke/thn; Tw%~ i0di/w% kuri/w% sth/kei h2 pi/ptei. Staqh/setai de/: dunato\j ga&r e0stin o9 qeo\j sth=sai au0to/n. Who are you to judge another person's servant? He stands or falls serving his own master. But he will be upheld, for God is able to uphold him. to judge ← the (one) judging.
Rom 14:5 874Oj me\n kri/nei h9me/ran par' h9me/ran, o4j de\ kri/nei pa~san h9me/ran. 873Ekastoj e0n tw%~ i0di/w% noi+\ plhroforei/sqw. One person judges one day against another, while another judges each day. Let each one be completely sure in his own mind.
Rom 14:6 879O fronw~n th\n h9me/ran, kuri/w% fronei=: kai\ o9 mh\ fronw~n th\n h9me/ran, kuri/w% ou0 fronei=. {RP P1904: Kai\ o9} [TR: 879O] e0sqi/wn kuri/w% e0sqi/ei, eu0xaristei= ga_r tw%~ qew%~: kai\ o9 mh\ e0sqi/wn kuri/w% ou0k e0sqi/ei, kai\ eu0xaristei= tw%~ qew%~. He who considers the day considers it to the honour of the Lord, and he who ignores the day ignores it to the honour of the Lord. {RP P1904: And he} [TR: He] who eats something, eats it to the honour of the Lord, for he gives thanks to God. And he who refrains from eating something refrains from eating it also to the honour of the Lord, and he gives God thanks. kai\, and: present in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/12.
refrains from eating (2x) ← does not eat.
Rom 14:7 Ou0dei\j ga_r h9mw~n e9autw%~ zh|=, kai\ ou0dei\j e9autw%~ a)poqnh|/skei. For none of us lives for himself, and no-one dies for himself. lives for: or, [MG], is accountable to.
Rom 14:8 870Ea&n te ga_r zw~men, tw%~ kuri/w% zw~men: e0a&n te a)poqnh|/skwmen, tw%~ kuri/w% a)poqnh|/skomen: e0a&n te ou]n zw~men, e0a&n te a)poqnh|/skwmen, tou= kuri/ou e0sme/n. For if we live, we live to the Lord, or if we die, we die to the Lord. So whether we live or whether we die, we are the Lord's.
Rom 14:9 Ei0j tou=to ga_r xristo\j kai\ a)pe/qanen kai\ a)ne/sth kai\ {RP P1904: e1zhsen} [TR: a)ne/zhsen], i3na kai\ nekrw~n kai\ zw&ntwn kurieu/sh|. For it is for this reason that Christ both died and rose and {RP P1904: came to life} [TR: came back to life]: in order that he might be Lord of both the dead and the living. e1zhsen, he came to life, RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. a)ne/zhsen, he came back to life, TR F1859=0/12.
Rom 14:10 Su\ de\ ti/ kri/neij to\n a)delfo/n sou; 872H kai\ su\ ti/ e0couqenei=j to\n a)delfo/n sou; Pa&ntej ga_r parasthso/meqa tw%~ bh/mati tou= xristou=. And why do you judge your brother? Or again, why do you despise your brother? For we will all stand at Christ's court. Christ's court: compare 2 Cor 5:10. NA26's God's court has no support from F1859.
Rom 14:11 Ge/graptai ga&r, Zw~ e0gw&, le/gei ku/rioj: o3ti e0moi\ ka&myei pa~n go/nu, kai\ pa~sa glw~ssa e0comologh/setai tw%~ qew%~. For it stands written:

“ ‘As I live’, says the Lord,

‘To me every knee shall bow,

And every tongue will confess to God.’ ”

 Isa 45:23.
Rom 14:12 871Ara ou]n e3kastoj h9mw~n peri\ e9autou= lo/gon dw&sei tw%~ qew%~. So then, each of us will give an account of himself to God.
Rom 14:13 Mhke/ti ou]n a)llh/louj kri/nwmen: a)lla_ tou=to kri/nate ma~llon, to\ mh\ tiqe/nai pro/skomma tw%~ a)delfw%~ h2 ska&ndalon. So let us no longer judge each other, but judge this rather: not to put a stumbling block or a cause of offence in your brother's way. in your brother's way ← to the brother.
Rom 14:14 Oi]da kai\ pe/peismai e0n kuri/w% 870Ihsou=, o3ti ou0de\n koino\n di' {RP P1904: au0tou=} [TR: e9autou=]: ei0 mh\ tw%~ logizome/nw% ti koino\n ei]nai, e0kei/nw% koino/n. I know and have been persuaded by the Lord Jesus that nothing is profane of itself, except that to anyone who considers something to be profane, to him it is profane. au0tou=, of it (but standing for the reflexive pronoun), RP P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. e9autou=, of itself, TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's dm).
him ← that (person).
Rom 14:15 Ei0 de\ dia_ brw~ma o9 a)delfo/j sou lupei=tai, ou0ke/ti kata_ a)ga&phn peripatei=j. Mh\ tw%~ brw&mati/ sou e0kei=non a)po/llue, u9pe\r ou[ xristo\j a)pe/qanen. And if your brother grieves on account of food, you no longer walk lovingly. Do not by your food lose him for whom Christ died. him ← that (person).
Rom 14:16 Mh\ blasfhmei/sqw ou]n u9mw~n to\ a)gaqo/n: So do not let your good behaviour be slandered, slandered ← blasphemed.
Rom 14:17 ou0 ga&r e0stin h9 basilei/a tou= qeou= brw~sij kai\ po/sij, a)lla_ dikaiosu/nh kai\ ei0rh/nh kai\ xara_ e0n pneu/mati a(gi/w%. for the kingdom of God is not food and drink, but righteousness and peace and joy by holy spirit. by: or in.
Rom 14:18 879O ga_r e0n tou/toij douleu/wn tw%~ xristw%~ eu0a&restoj tw%~ qew%~, kai\ do/kimoj toi=j a)nqrw&poij. For he who serves Christ in these matters is pleasing to God and approved of by men.
Rom 14:19 871Ara ou]n ta_ th=j ei0rh/nhj diw&kwmen, kai\ ta_ th=j oi0kodomh=j th=j ei0j a)llh/louj. So then, let us pursue the things that pertain to peace and to each other's edification.
Rom 14:20 Mh\ e3neken brw&matoj kata&lue to\ e1rgon tou= qeou=. Pa&nta me\n kaqara&, a)lla_ kako\n tw%~ a)nqrw&pw% tw%~ dia_ prosko/mmatoj e0sqi/onti. Do not undo the work for God on account of food. All things are clean, but it is wrong for the man who eats with offence to do so. work for God ← work of God, objective genitive.
Rom 14:21 Kalo\n to\ mh\ fagei=n kre/a, mhde\ piei=n oi]non, mhde\ e0n w%{ o9 a)delfo/j sou prosko/ptei h2 skandali/zetai h2 a)sqenei=. It is good not to eat meat or drink wine or to consume anything at which your brother stumbles or is offended or falters. falters ← is weak.
Rom 14:22 Su\ pi/stin e1xeij; Kata_ {RP P1904: seauto\n} [TR: sauto\n] e1xe e0nw&pion tou= qeou=. Maka&rioj o9 mh\ kri/nwn e9auto\n e0n w%{ dokima&zei. Do you have faith? Have it as your own in God's sight. Blessed is he who does not judge himself in what he approves of. seauto\n, your own (1), RP P1904 F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's cgklno) vs. sauto\n, your own (2), TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's abdfhm). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:7.
judge: AV differs somewhat (condemneth).
Rom 14:23 879O de\ diakrino/menoj, e0a_n fa&gh|, katake/kritai, o3ti ou0k e0k pi/stewj: pa~n de\ o4 ou0k e0k pi/stewj, a(marti/a e0sti/n. But he who is in two minds stands condemned if he eats like that, because it is not based on faith. Indeed everything that is not based on faith is a sin. stands condemned ← has been condemned. Compare our it stands written for ge/graptai.
Rom 14:24 {RP P1904: Tw%~ de\ duname/nw% u9ma~j sthri/cai kata_ to\ eu0agge/lio/n mou kai\ to\ kh/rugma 870Ihsou= xristou=, kata_ a)poka&luyin musthri/ou xro/noij ai0wni/oij sesighme/nou,} [TR: - ] {RP P1904: To him who is able to establish you according to my gospel and the proclaiming of Jesus Christ by revelation of a mystery, kept silent in past durations of the ages,} [TR: - ] ¶ Verse division: in TR, Rom 14:24-26 are at Rom 16:25-27.
Whole verse: present here in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. present in Rom 16:25 in TR F1859=0/12. It is not clear to us whether f** contains the verses at Rom 16:25, but f** margin supports f*. See Rom 16:25-27 for textual variations in the verses. AV differs textually.
{RP P1904: in past durations of the ages ← in age-abiding times.}
Rom 14:25 {RP P1904: fanerwqe/ntoj de\ nu=n, dia& te grafw~n profhtikw~n, kat' e0pitagh\n tou= ai0wni/ou qeou=, ei0j u9pakoh\n pi/stewj ei0j pa&nta ta_ e1qnh gnwrisqe/ntoj,} [TR: - ] {RP P1904: but which is now made manifest, through prophetic scriptures on command of age-abiding God, for obedience to faith, having been made known to all the nations,} [TR: - ] ¶ Verse division: see Rom 14:24.
to ← of.
Rom 14:26 {RP P1904: mo/nw% sofw%~ qew%~, dia_ 870Ihsou= xristou=, w%{ h9 do/ca ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj. 870Amh/n.} [TR: - ] {RP P1904: to God the only wise one, through Jesus Christ, to him be glory throughout the ages. Amen.} [TR: - ] ¶ Verse division: see Rom 14:24.
{RP P1904: him ← whom}.
Rom 15:1 870Ofei/lomen de\ h9mei=j oi9 dunatoi\ ta_ a)sqenh/mata tw~n a)duna&twn basta&zein, kai\ mh\ e9autoi=j a)re/skein. Now we who are able should bear the weaknesses of those who are unable to, and we should not please ourselves.
Rom 15:2 873Ekastoj {RP P1904: - } [TR: ga_r] h9mw~n tw%~ plhsi/on a)reske/tw ei0j to\ a)gaqo\n pro\j oi0kodomh/n. {RP P1904: Let} [TR: For let] each one of us please his neighbour in what is right for edification. ga_r, for: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. present in TR F1859=0/12.
Rom 15:3 Kai\ ga_r o9 xristo\j ou0x e9autw%~ h1resen, a)lla&, kaqw_j ge/graptai, Oi9 o0neidismoi\ tw~n o0neidizo/ntwn se e0pe/peson e0p' e0me/. For indeed, Christ did not please himself, but as it stands written: “The reproaches of those who reproach you have fallen on me.” Ps 69:10MT (Ps 69:9AV).
Rom 15:4 873Osa ga_r proegra&fh, ei0j th\n h9mete/ran didaskali/an proegra&fh, i3na dia_ th=j u9pomonh=j kai\ {RP: dia_} [P1904 TR: - ] th=j paraklh/sewj tw~n grafw~n th\n e0lpi/da e1xwmen. For all the things which were written beforehand were written for our instruction, in order that we might have hope through patience and {RP: through} [P1904 TR: - ] the encouragement of the scriptures. dia_, through: present in RP F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's bdfgn) vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's achklmo). A disparity with RP, R=5:9.
all ← as many as.
Rom 15:5 879O de\ qeo\j th=j u9pomonh=j kai\ th=j paraklh/sewj dw%&h u9mi=n to\ au0to\ fronei=n e0n a)llh/loij kata_ xristo\n 870Ihsou=n: May the God of patience and encouragement give you the same mindset among each other, in accordance with Christ Jesus,
Rom 15:6 i3na o9moqumado\n e0n e9ni\ sto/mati doca&zhte to\n qeo\n kai\ pate/ra tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=. so that you glorify the God and father of our Lord Jesus Christ in unanimity and in unison. in unison ← with one mouth.
Rom 15:7 Dio\ proslamba&nesqe a)llh/louj, kaqw_j kai\ o9 xristo\j prosela&beto {RP-text P1904: u9ma~j} [RP-marg TR: h9ma~j], ei0j do/can qeou=. On this account, receive each other as Christ also received {RP-text P1904: you} [RP-marg TR: us], with a view to God's glory. u9ma~j, you, RP-text P1904 F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's bcgl**mno) vs. h9ma~j, us, RP-marg TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's adfhkl*). Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=8:7. AV differs textually.
Rom 15:8 Le/gw de/, {RP P1904: xristo\n 870Ihsou=n} [TR: 870Ihsou=n xristo\n] dia&konon gegenh=sqai peritomh=j u9pe\r a)lhqei/aj qeou=, ei0j to\ bebaiw~sai ta_j e0paggeli/aj tw~n pate/rwn: Now I say that {RP P1904: Christ Jesus} [TR: Jesus Christ] has become a minister of the circumcision for God's truth, to confirm the promises to the fathers, xristo\n 870Ihsou=n, Christ + Jesus, RP P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. 870Ihsou=n xristo\n, Jesus + Christ, TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's bo). AV differs textually.
promises to ← promises of, objective genitive.
Rom 15:9 ta_ de\ e1qnh u9pe\r e0le/ouj doca&sai to\n qeo/n, kaqw_j ge/graptai, Dia_ tou=to e0comologh/somai/ soi e0n e1qnesin, {RP TR: - } [P1904: ku/rie,] kai\ tw%~ o0no/mati/ sou yalw~. and for the Gentiles to glorify God for his mercy, as it stands written:

“On account of this I will confess you among the Gentiles, {RP TR: - } [P1904: O Lord,]

And I will sing praises to your name.”

 ku/rie, O Lord: absent in RP TR F1859=10/12 vs. present in P1904 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ch).
2 Sam 22:50, Ps 18:50MT (Ps 18:49AV).
Rom 15:10 Kai\ pa&lin le/gei, Eu0fra&nqhte, e1qnh, meta_ tou= laou= au0tou=. And again he says,

“Rejoice, you Gentiles,

With his people.”

 Deut 32:43.
Rom 15:11 Kai\ pa&lin, Ai0nei=te to\n ku/rion pa&nta ta_ e1qnh, kai/, 870Epaine/sate au0to\n pa&ntej oi9 laoi/. And again,

“Praise the Lord, all you Gentiles”

and,

“Laud him, all you peoples.”

 Ps 117:1.
Rom 15:12 Kai\ pa&lin 870Hsai+/aj le/gei, 871Estai h9 r(i/za tou= 870Iessai/, kai\ o9 a)nista&menoj a!rxein e0qnw~n: e0p' au0tw%~ e1qnh e0lpiou=sin. And again, Isaiah says,

“There will be the root of Jesse

And the one who rises to rule over the Gentiles.

In him the Gentiles will hope.”

 Isa 11:10.
and: conjoining two descriptions of the same person (Christ).
Rom 15:13 879O de\ qeo\j th=j e0lpi/doj plhrw&sai u9ma~j pa&shj xara~j kai\ ei0rh/nhj e0n tw%~ pisteu/ein, ei0j to\ perisseu/ein u9ma~j e0n th|= e0lpi/di, e0n duna&mei pneu/matoj a(gi/ou. Now may the God of hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing, so that you abound in the hope, by the power of holy spirit.
Rom 15:14 Pe/peismai de/, a)delfoi/ mou, kai\ au0to\j e0gw_ peri\ u9mw~n, o3ti kai\ au0toi\ mestoi/ e0ste a)gaqwsu/nhj, peplhrwme/noi pa&shj gnw&sewj, duna&menoi kai\ {RP: a!llouj} [P1904 TR: a)llh/louj] nouqetei=n. And I am convinced, my brothers, I my very self, concerning you, that you yourselves too are full of goodness and are filled with all knowledge, and that you are able also to advise {RP: others} [P1904 TR: each other]. a!llouj, others, RP F1859=11/11 (Scrivener's abcdghklmno + f?) vs. a)llh/louj, each other, P1904 TR F1859=0/11. Scrivener's f is excluded as it is doubtful. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR? AV differs textually.
Rom 15:15 Tolmhro/teron de\ e1graya u9mi=n, a)delfoi/, a)po\ me/rouj, w(j e0panamimnh/skwn u9ma~j, dia_ th\n xa&rin th\n doqei=sa&n moi u9po\ tou= qeou=, Now I have written rather boldly to you, brothers, on occasion, as one reminding you, on account of the grace given to me by God on occasion ← from part, partly; from several (times). The same expression as for a while in Rom 15:24.
Rom 15:16 ei0j to\ ei]nai/ me leitourgo\n 870Ihsou= xristou= ei0j ta_ e1qnh, i9erourgou=nta to\ eu0agge/lion tou= qeou=, i3na ge/nhtai h9 prosfora_ tw~n e0qnw~n eu0pro/sdektoj, h9giasme/nh e0n pneu/mati a(gi/w%. for me to be a minister of Jesus Christ to the Gentiles, sacredly ministering the gospel of God, in order that the Gentiles' offering might be acceptable, sanctified by holy spirit.
Rom 15:17 871Exw ou]n kau/xhsin e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou= ta_ pro\j {RP P1904: to\n} [TR: - ] qeo/n. So I have exultation in Christ Jesus in respect of matters pertaining to God. to\n, the (God): present in RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. absent in TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's b).
Christ Jesus: AV differs in word order, Jesus Christ.
Rom 15:18 Ou0 ga_r tolmh/sw lalei=n ti w{n ou0 kateirga&sato xristo\j di' e0mou=, ei0j u9pakoh\n e0qnw~n, lo/gw% kai\ e1rgw%, For I will not dare to speak of anything other than of the things which Christ accomplished through me in the cause of obedience of the Gentiles in word and deed, other than ← which ... not.
obedience of the Gentiles: subjective genitive (the Gentiles obey).
Rom 15:19 e0n duna&mei shmei/wn kai\ tera&twn, e0n duna&mei pneu/matoj qeou=: w#ste me a)po\ 879Ierousalh\m kai\ ku/klw% me/xri tou= 870Illurikou= peplhrwke/nai to\ eu0agge/lion tou= xristou=: by the power of signs and miracles, by the power of God's spirit, so that I have completed the proclamation of the gospel of Christ from Jerusalem and round about as far as Illyricum,
Rom 15:20 ou3twj de\ filotimou/menon eu0aggeli/zesqai, ou0x o3pou w)noma&sqh xristo/j, i3na mh\ e0p' a)llo/trion qeme/lion oi0kodomw~: in this way being particular not to preach the gospel where Christ has been named, so that I do not build on another's foundation,
Rom 15:21 a)lla&, kaqw_j ge/graptai, Oi[j ou0k a)nhgge/lh peri\ au0tou=, o1yontai: kai\ oi4 ou0k a)khko/asin sunh/sousin. but as it stands written:

“Those to whom no announcement about him was made

Shall see,

And those who have not heard

Will understand.”

 Isa 52:15.
no announcement about him was made ← it has not been announced about him.
Rom 15:22 Dio\ kai\ e0nekopto/mhn ta_ polla_ tou= e0lqei=n pro\j u9ma~j: And this is also why I was prevented in many ways from coming to you, this is also why ← on account of which also.
was prevented ← was being hindered, impeded.
Rom 15:23 nuni\ de\ mhke/ti to/pon e1xwn e0n toi=j kli/masin tou/toij, e0pipoqi/an de\ e1xwn tou= e0lqei=n pro\j u9ma~j a)po\ pollw~n e0tw~n, but now, no longer having an opportunity in these regions, but having had a longing to come to you for many years,
Rom 15:24 w(j e0a_n poreu/wmai ei0j th\n Spani/an, e0leu/somai pro\j u9ma~j: e0lpi/zw ga_r diaporeuo/menoj qea&sasqai u9ma~j, kai\ u9f' u9mw~n propemfqh=nai e0kei=, e0a_n u9mw~n prw~ton a)po\ me/rouj e0mplhsqw~. as soon as I go to Spain, I will come to you. For I hope to see you as I pass through and to be sent on my way there by you, if I may first enjoy your company for a while. enjoy your company ← be satiated.
for a while ← from part, partly. The same expression as on occasion in Rom 15:15. AV differs (somewhat).
Rom 15:25 Nuni\ de\ poreu/omai ei0j 879Ierousalh/m, diakonw~n toi=j a(gi/oij. But now I am going to Jerusalem to minister to the saints. to minister ← ministering, present participle for classical future participle of purpose.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
Rom 15:26 Eu0do/khsan ga_r Makedoni/a kai\ 870Axai+/a koinwni/an tina_ poih/sasqai ei0j tou\j ptwxou\j tw~n a(gi/wn tw~n e0n 879Ierousalh/m. For Macedonia and Achaea were pleased to make a certain contribution for the poor among the saints in Jerusalem. saints: see Matt 27:52.
Rom 15:27 Eu0do/khsan ga&r, kai\ o0feile/tai au0tw~n ei0sin. Ei0 ga_r toi=j pneumatikoi=j au0tw~n e0koinw&nhsan ta_ e1qnh, o0fei/lousin kai\ e0n toi=j sarkikoi=j leitourgh=sai au0toi=j. For they were pleased, and they are their debtors. For if the Gentiles had a share in their spiritual benefits, they conversely have a duty to minister to them in material matters. they were pleased, and they are their debtors: i.e. the Macedonians were pleased and the Macedonians are the Jerusalemites' debtors.
conversely ← also. The conjunction kai\ often has a sense of reciprocity.
material ← carnal.
Rom 15:28 Tou=to ou]n e0pitele/saj, kai\ sfragisa&menoj au0toi=j to\n karpo\n tou=ton, a)peleu/somai di' u9mw~n ei0j th\n Spani/an. So when I have completed this and have sealed the transfer of these proceeds to them, I will depart passing through your way for Spain. when I have completed: temporal use of the participle.
sealed: or assured.
these proceeds ← this fruit.
Rom 15:29 Oi]da de\ o3ti e0rxo/menoj pro\j u9ma~j e0n plhrw&mati eu0logi/aj tou= eu0aggeli/ou tou= xristou= e0leu/somai. And I know that when I come to you, I will come in the fulness of the blessing of the gospel of Christ. when I come: temporal use of the participle.
Rom 15:30 Parakalw~ de\ u9ma~j, a)delfoi/, dia_ tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=, kai\ dia_ th=j a)ga&phj tou= pneu/matoj, sunagwni/sasqai/ moi e0n tai=j proseuxai=j u9pe\r e0mou= pro\j to\n qeo/n: And I encourage you, brothers, through our Lord Jesus Christ, and through the love of the spirit, to jointly strive with me in prayers to God for me,
Rom 15:31 i3na r(usqw~ a)po\ tw~n a)peiqou/ntwn e0n th|= 870Ioudai/a%, kai\ i3na h9 diakoni/a mou h9 ei0j 879Ierousalh\m eu0pro/sdektoj ge/nhtai toi=j a(gi/oij: in order that I may be delivered from those who in Judaea do not believe, and that my ministry in Jerusalem may be well-received by the saints, in Jerusalem ← into Jerusalem. Pregnant use.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
Rom 15:32 i3na e0n xara%~ e1lqw pro\j u9ma~j dia_ qelh/matoj qeou=, kai\ sunanapau/swmai u9mi=n. in order that I may come to you with joy through the will of God and may refresh myself with you.
Rom 15:33 879O de\ qeo\j th=j ei0rh/nhj meta_ pa&ntwn u9mw~n. 870Amh/n. May the God of peace be with you all. Amen.
Rom 16:1 Suni/sthmi de\ u9mi=n Foi/bhn th\n a)delfh\n h9mw~n, ou]san dia&konon th=j e0kklhsi/aj th=j e0n Kegxreai=j: I commend to you Phoebe our sister, who is a minister of the church which is in Cenchrea, Phoebe: AV= Phebe.
church: see Matt 16:18.
Rom 16:2 i3na au0th\n prosde/chsqe e0n kuri/w% a)ci/wj tw~n a(gi/wn, kai\ parasth=te au0th|= e0n w%{ a@n u9mw~n xrh|/zh| pra&gmati: kai\ ga_r au0th\ prosta&tij pollw~n e0genh/qh, kai\ au0tou= e0mou=. so that you welcome her in the Lord, in a way worthy of the saints, and that you stand by her in whatever matter she needs from you, for indeed she has been a patroness to many, including myself. saints: see Matt 27:52.
Rom 16:3 870Aspa&sasqe {RP-text: Pri/skan} [RP-marg P1904 TR: Pri/skillan] kai\ 870Aku/lan tou\j sunergou/j mou e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=, Greet {RP-text: Prisca} [RP-marg P1904 TR: Priscilla] and Aquila my fellow workers in Christ Jesus, Pri/skan, Prisca, RP-text F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's dghmn) vs. Pri/skillan, Priscilla, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's abcfklo). A disparity with RP-text, R=5:9.
Rom 16:4 oi3tinej u9pe\r th=j yuxh=j mou to\n e9autw~n tra&xhlon u9pe/qhkan, oi[j ou0k e0gw_ mo/noj eu0xaristw~, a)lla_ kai\ pa~sai ai9 e0kklhsi/ai tw~n e0qnw~n: who have risked their own necks for my life, to whom not only I, but also all the churches of the Gentiles give thanks, necks ← throats.
life ← soul.
churches: see Matt 16:18.
Rom 16:5 kai\ th\n kat' oi]kon au0tw~n e0kklhsi/an. 870Aspa&sasqe 870Epai/neton to\n a)gaphto/n mou, o3j e0stin a)parxh\ th=j 870Axai+/aj ei0j xristo/n. and greet the church in various homes of theirs. Greet Epaenetus my beloved, who is the firstfruit of Achaea in Christ. church: see Matt 16:18.
Rom 16:6 870Aspa&sasqe Maria&m, h3tij polla_ e0kopi/asen ei0j h9ma~j. Greet Mary, who has toiled a lot for us.
Rom 16:7 870Aspa&sasqe 870Andro/nikon kai\ 870Iouni/an tou\j suggenei=j mou kai\ sunaixmalw&touj mou, oi3tine/j ei0sin e0pi/shmoi e0n toi=j a)posto/loij, oi4 kai\ pro\ e0mou= gego/nasin e0n xristw%~. Greet Andronicus and Junia my kinsmen and my fellow captives, who are outstanding among the apostles, who were also in Christ before me. were ← have become.
Rom 16:8 870Aspa&sasqe 870Ampli/an to\n a)gaphto/n mou e0n kuri/w%. Greet Amplias, my beloved in the Lord.
Rom 16:9 870Aspa&sasqe Ou0rbano\n to\n sunergo\n h9mw~n e0n xristw%~, kai\ Sta&xun to\n a)gaphto/n mou. Greet Urbanus, our fellow worker in Christ, and Stachys, my beloved. Urbanus: AV= Urbane.
Rom 16:10 870Aspa&sasqe 870Apellh=n to\n do/kimon e0n xristw%~. 870Aspa&sasqe tou\j e0k tw~n 870Aristobou/lou. Greet Apelles, who is proven in Christ. Greet those of the household of Aristobulus.
Rom 16:11 870Aspa&sasqe {RP P1904: 879Hrw%di/wna} [TR: 879Hrodi/wna] to\n suggenh= mou. 870Aspa&sasqe tou\j e0k tw~n Narki/ssou, tou\j o1ntaj e0n kuri/w%. Greet Herodion, my kinsman. Greet those of the household of Narcissus, who are in the Lord. 879Hrw%di/wna, Herodion (1), RP P1904 F1859=11/12 (incl. c(tacite)) vs. 879Hrodi/wna, Herodion (2), TR F1859=0/12 vs. apparently another reading, F1859=1/12, Scrivener's g, but it is doubtful.
Rom 16:12 870Aspa&sasqe Tru/fainan kai\ Trufw~san ta_j kopiw&saj e0n kuri/w%. 870Aspa&sasqe Persi/da th\n a)gaphth/n, h3tij polla_ e0kopi/asen e0n kuri/w%. Greet Tryphaena and Tryphosa, who have toiled in the Lord. Greet Persis the beloved, who has toiled a lot in the Lord. Tryphaena: AV= Tryphena.
Rom 16:13 870Aspa&sasqe 879Rou=fon to\n e0klekto\n e0n kuri/w%, kai\ th\n mhte/ra au0tou= kai\ e0mou=. Greet Rufus, who is eminent in the Lord, and his mother, and mine. eminent ← chosen, select, apparently going well beyond the starting point in Christ (Heb 6:1).
Rom 16:14 870Aspa&sasqe 870Asu/gkriton, Fle/gonta, 879Erma~n, Patro/ban, 879Ermh=n, kai\ tou\j su\n au0toi=j a)delfou/j. Greet Asyncritus, Phlegon, Hermas, Patrobas, Hermes and the brothers with them.
Rom 16:15 870Aspa&sasqe Filo/logon kai\ 870Iouli/an, Nhre/a kai\ th\n a)delfh\n au0tou=, kai\ 870Olumpa~n, kai\ tou\j su\n au0toi=j pa&ntaj a(gi/ouj. Greet Philologus and Julia, Nereus and his sister, and Olympas and all the saints who are with them. saints: see Matt 27:52.
Rom 16:16 870Aspa&sasqe a)llh/louj e0n filh/mati a(gi/w%. 870Aspa&zontai u9ma~j ai9 e0kklhsi/ai tou= xristou=. Greet each other with a holy kiss. The churches of Christ greet you. churches: see Matt 16:18.
Rom 16:17 Parakalw~ de\ u9ma~j, a)delfoi/, skopei=n tou\j ta_j dixostasi/aj kai\ ta_ ska&ndala, para_ th\n didaxh\n h4n u9mei=j e0ma&qete, poiou=ntaj: kai\ e0kkli/nate a)p' au0tw~n. And I exhort you, brothers, to look out for those who cause dissensions and offences contrary to the teaching which you have learned, and turn away from them.
Rom 16:18 Oi9 ga_r toiou=toi tw%~ kuri/w% h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristw%~ ou0 douleu/ousin, a)lla_ th|= e9autw~n koili/a%: kai\ dia_ th=j xrhstologi/aj kai\ eu0logi/aj e0capatw~sin ta_j kardi/aj tw~n a)ka&kwn. For suchlike do not serve our Lord Jesus Christ, but their own belly, and they deceive the hearts of the naive through smooth speech and fine language.
Rom 16:19 879H ga_r u9mw~n u9pakoh\ ei0j pa&ntaj a)fi/keto. Xai/rw ou]n to\ e0f' u9mi=n: qe/lw de\ u9ma~j sofou\j me\n ei]nai ei0j to\ a)gaqo/n, a)kerai/ouj de\ ei0j to\ kako/n. For your obedience has reached everyone. So I rejoice over you. And I want you to be wise with respect to good, but untainted with respect to evil.
Rom 16:20 879O de\ qeo\j th=j ei0rh/nhj suntri/yei to\n Satana~n u9po\ tou\j po/daj u9mw~n e0n ta&xei. 879H xa&rij tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou= meq' u9mw~n. {RP P1904 S1550: - } [E1624 S1894: 870Amh/n.] And the God of peace will crush Satan under your feet quickly. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you. {RP P1904 S1550: - } [E1624 S1894: Amen.] a)mh/n, amen: absent in RP P1904 S1550 F1859=11/13 vs. present in E1624 S1894 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ah). AV differs textually.
quickly: AV differs, reading shortly, which is also possible.
Rom 16:21 870Aspa&zontai u9ma~j Timo/qeoj o9 sunergo/j mou, kai\ Lou/kioj kai\ 870Ia&swn kai\ Swsi/patroj oi9 suggenei=j mou. Timothy, my fellow worker, and Lucius and Jason and Sosipater my kinsmen greet you. Sosipater ← Sosipatros. Compare the anglicization of a similar name in Acts 20:4.
Rom 16:22 870Aspa&zomai u9ma~j e0gw_ Te/rtioj, o9 gra&yaj th\n e0pistolh/n, e0n kuri/w%. I Tertius, who wrote out the epistle, greet you in the Lord.
Rom 16:23 870Aspa&zetai u9ma~j Ga&i+oj o9 ce/noj mou kai\ th=j e0kklhsi/aj o3lhj. 870Aspa&zetai u9ma~j 871Erastoj o9 oi0kono/moj th=j po/lewj, kai\ Kou/artoj o9 a)delfo/j. Gaius, my host – and host of the whole church – greets you. Erastus, the steward of the city greets you, as does Quartus, our brother. church: see Matt 16:18.
Rom 16:24 879H xa&rij tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou= meta_ pa&ntwn u9mw~n. 870Amh/n. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with all of you. Amen. This is the true ending of the epistle, as it has Paul's valedictory sign. See 2 Thes 3:17-18.
Rom 16:25 {RP P1904: - } [TR: Tw%~ de\ duname/nw% u9ma~j sthri/cai kata_ to\ eu0agge/lio/n mou kai\ to\ kh/rugma 870Ihsou= xristou=, kata_ a)poka&luyin musthri/ou xro/noij ai0wni/oij sesighme/nou,] {RP P1904: - } [TR: To him who is able to establish you according to my gospel and the proclaiming of Jesus Christ by revelation of a mystery, kept silent in past durations of the ages,] ¶ Verse division: in RP, P1904, Rom 16:25-27 are at Rom 14:24-26. AV differs textually.
For witness support for the location of these verses, see Rom 14:24.
[TR: in past durations of the ages ← in age-abiding times.]
Rom 16:26 {RP P1904: - } [TR: fanerwqe/ntoj de\ nu=n, dia& te grafw~n profhtikw~n, kat' e0pitagh\n tou= ai0wni/ou qeou=, ei0j u9pakoh\n pi/stewj ei0j pa&nta ta_ e1qnh gnwrisqe/ntoj,] {RP P1904: - } [TR: but which is now made manifest, through prophetic scriptures on command of age-abiding God, for obedience to faith, having been made known to all the nations,] ¶ Verse division: see Rom 16:25.
to ← of.
Rom 16:27 {RP P1904: - } [TR: mo/nw% sofw%~ qew%~, dia_ 870Ihsou= xristou=,] {RP P1904: - } [S1550 E1624: w%{] [S1894: - ] {RP P1904: - } [TR: h9 do/ca ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj. 870Amh/n.] {RP P1904: - } [TR: to God the only wise one, through Jesus Christ] {RP P1904: - } [S1550 E1624: , to him] [S1894: - ] {RP P1904: - } [TR: be glory throughout the ages. Amen.] ¶ Verse division: see Rom 16:25.
w%{, to whom: present in RP P1904 (in Rom 14:26) S1550 E1624 F1859=12/12 vs. absent in S1894 F1859=0/12. Scrivener's e is in a hiatus in Rom 14, and it does not contain the verse in Rom 16.
[S1550 E1624: him ← whom].
1 Cor 1:1 Pau=loj klhto\j a)po/stoloj 870Ihsou= xristou= dia_ qelh/matoj qeou=, kai\ Swsqe/nhj o9 a)delfo/j, From Paul, a called apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God, and Sosthenes our brother,
1 Cor 1:2 th|= e0kklhsi/a% tou= qeou= th|= ou1sh| e0n Kori/nqw%, h9giasme/noij e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=, klhtoi=j a(gi/oij, su\n pa~sin toi=j e0pikaloume/noij to\ o1noma tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou= e0n panti\ to/pw%, au0tw~n te kai\ h9mw~n: to the church of God which is in Corinth, to those sanctified in Christ Jesus, called to be saints, with all those who call on the name of our Lord Jesus Christ in every place of both theirs and ours, church: see Matt 16:18.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
The verse could be read as ... (who) in every place call on the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, both theirs and ours, as in AV, so AV differs.
1 Cor 1:3 xa&rij u9mi=n kai\ ei0rh/nh a)po\ qeou= patro\j h9mw~n kai\ kuri/ou 870Ihsou= xristou=. grace to you, and peace from God our father and Lord, Jesus Christ. Lord: no article in the Greek. See Rom 1:7, showing why we repunctuate; AV differs.
1 Cor 1:4 Eu0xaristw~ tw%~ qew%~ mou pa&ntote peri\ u9mw~n, e0pi\ th|= xa&riti tou= qeou= th|= doqei/sh| u9mi=n e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=: I thank my God always on your behalf for the grace of God which has been given to you in Christ Jesus, Christ Jesus: AV differs in word order, Jesus Christ.
1 Cor 1:5 o3ti e0n panti\ e0plouti/sqhte e0n au0tw%~, e0n panti\ lo/gw% kai\ pa&sh| gnw&sei, because you have been enriched in him in everything, in all speech and in all knowledge, in him: scripture recognizes the concepts of being “in Christ” and “in Adam” and their characteristics (1 Cor 15:22).
all speech: or every word.
1 Cor 1:6 kaqw_j to\ martu/rion tou= xristou= e0bebaiw&qh e0n u9mi=n: in accordance with the fact that the testimony of Christ has been confirmed in you,
1 Cor 1:7 w#ste u9ma~j mh\ u9sterei=sqai e0n mhdeni\ xari/smati, a)pekdexome/nouj th\n a)poka&luyin tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=, so that you are not lacking in any gracious gift, as you await the revelation of our Lord Jesus Christ, revelation: AV differs somewhat (coming).
1 Cor 1:8 o4j kai\ bebaiw&sei u9ma~j e3wj te/louj, a)negklh/touj e0n th|= h9me/ra% tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=. who will also secure you up to the end, irreproachable on the day of our Lord Jesus Christ. secure ← confirm, as in 1 Cor 1:6, but we wish to avoid any association with the rite or sacrament of “confirmation” as practised by some established churches. The securing is done by Christ without human intervention. For the place of ordinances in the present dispensation, see Col 2:20.
1 Cor 1:9 Pisto\j o9 qeo/j, di' ou[ e0klh/qhte ei0j koinwni/an tou= ui9ou= au0tou= 870Ihsou= xristou= tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n. God, by whom you were called into fellowship with his son Jesus Christ our Lord, is faithful. with ← of.
1 Cor 1:10 Parakalw~ de\ u9ma~j, a)delfoi/, dia_ tou= o0no/matoj tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=, i3na to\ au0to\ le/ghte pa&ntej, kai\ mh\ h|] e0n u9mi=n sxi/smata, h]te de\ kathrtisme/noi e0n tw%~ au0tw%~ noi+\ kai\ e0n th|= au0th|= gnw&mh|. And I exhort you, brothers, in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that you all speak with one voice, and that there should not be any divisions among you, and that you should be equipped with the same mind and with the same purpose. speak with one voice ← speak the same (thing).
1 Cor 1:11 870Edhlw&qh ga&r moi peri\ u9mw~n, a)delfoi/ mou, u9po\ tw~n Xlo/hj, o3ti e1ridej e0n u9mi=n ei0sin. For concerning you, my brothers, it has been shown to me by those of Chloe's household that there are controversies among you.
1 Cor 1:12 Le/gw de\ tou=to, o3ti e3kastoj u9mw~n le/gei, 870Egw_ me/n ei0mi Pau/lou, 870Egw_ de\ 870Apollw&, 870Egw_ de\ Khfa~, 870Egw_ de\ xristou=. And I mean this, that each of you is saying, “I am of the school of Paul”, and, “I of Apollos”, and, “I of Cephas”, and, “I of Christ.” mean ← say.
1 Cor 1:13 Meme/ristai o9 xristo/j; Mh\ Pau=loj e0staurw&qh u9pe\r u9mw~n, h2 ei0j to\ o1noma Pau/lou e0bapti/sqhte; Is Christ divided? Paul was not crucified for you, was he? Or were you baptized in Paul's name? is Christ divided ← has Christ been divided.
1 Cor 1:14 Eu0xaristw~ tw%~ qew%~ o3ti ou0de/na u9mw~n e0ba&ptisa, ei0 mh\ Kri/spon kai\ Ga&i+on: I thank God that I did not baptize any of you except Crispus and Gaius,
1 Cor 1:15 i3na mh/ tij ei1ph| o3ti ei0j to\ e0mo\n o1noma e0ba&ptisa. so that no-one should say that I baptized in my own name.
1 Cor 1:16 870Eba&ptisa de\ kai\ to\n Stefana~ oi]kon: loipo\n ou0k oi]da ei1 tina a!llon e0ba&ptisa. But I also baptized the household of Stephanas. Other than that, I do not know whether I baptized anyone else.
1 Cor 1:17 Ou0 ga_r a)pe/steile/n me xristo\j bapti/zein, a)ll' eu0aggeli/zesqai: ou0k e0n sofi/a% lo/gou, i3na mh\ kenwqh|= o9 stauro\j tou= xristou=. For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel, not in linguistic wisdom, so that the cross of Christ should not be made void. linguistic wisdom ← wisdom of a word.
1 Cor 1:18 879O lo/goj ga_r o9 tou= staurou= toi=j me\n a)pollume/noij mwri/a e0sti/n, toi=j de\ sw%zome/noij h9mi=n du/namij qeou= e0stin. For the word of the cross is foolishness to those who are on the road to perdition, but to us who are being saved, it is the power of God. perdition: or waste.
are being saved: either in an ongoing sense, as in 1 Cor 15:2, or iterative use, one person after another becoming saved, as in Acts 2:47.
1 Cor 1:19 Ge/graptai ga&r, 870Apolw~ th\n sofi/an tw~n sofw~n, kai\ th\n su/nesin tw~n sunetw~n a)qeth/sw. For it stands written:

“I will demolish the wisdom of the wise

And dismiss the intelligence of the intellectuals.”

 Isa 29:14.
1 Cor 1:20 Pou= sofo/j; Pou= grammateu/j; Pou= suzhthth\j tou= ai0w~noj tou/tou; Ou0xi\ e0mw&ranen o9 qeo\j th\n sofi/an tou= ko/smou tou/tou; Where is the wise man? Where is the scribe? Where is the debater of this age? Has not God rendered the wisdom of this world foolish? where is (3x): the sense is probably where does he stand?
1 Cor 1:21 870Epeidh\ ga_r e0n th|= sofi/a% tou= qeou= ou0k e1gnw o9 ko/smoj dia_ th=j sofi/aj to\n qeo/n, eu0do/khsen o9 qeo\j dia_ th=j mwri/aj tou= khru/gmatoj sw~sai tou\j pisteu/ontaj. For since the world, in the wisdom of God, did not know God through its wisdom, it pleased God to save those who believe through the foolishness of the proclamation of the gospel. through: or despite. Compare Rom 2:27, Rom 4:11.
1 Cor 1:22 870Epeidh\ kai\ 870Ioudai=oi shmei=on ai0tou=sin, kai\ 873Ellhnej sofi/an zhtou=sin: Indeed so, seeing that the Jews ask for a sign, and the Greeks seek wisdom, This verse is another answer to the question asked in 1 Cor 1:20.
1 Cor 1:23 h9mei=j de\ khru/ssomen xristo\n e0staurwme/non, 870Ioudai/oij me\n ska&ndalon, 873Ellhsin de\ mwri/an: while we proclaim Christ crucified, a stumbling block to the Jews, and foolishness to the Greeks,
1 Cor 1:24 au0toi=j de\ toi=j klhtoi=j, 870Ioudai/oij te kai\ 873Ellhsin, xristo\n qeou= du/namin kai\ qeou= sofi/an. but to those themselves who are called, both Jews and Greeks, Christ the power of God and the wisdom of God,
1 Cor 1:25 873Oti to\ mwro\n tou= qeou= sofw&teron tw~n a)nqrw&pwn e0sti/n, kai\ to\ a)sqene\j tou= qeou= i0sxuro/teron tw~n a)nqrw&pwn e0sti/n. because the foolishness of God is wiser than men, and the weakness of God is stronger than men.
1 Cor 1:26 Ble/pete ga_r th\n klh=sin u9mw~n, a)delfoi/, o3ti ou0 polloi\ sofoi\ kata_ sa&rka, ou0 polloi\ dunatoi/, ou0 polloi\ eu0genei=j: For you see your calling, brothers, and that not many who are wise according to the flesh, that not many who are powerful, that not many who are of noble birth, are called,
1 Cor 1:27 a)lla_ ta_ mwra_ tou= ko/smou e0cele/cato o9 qeo/j, i3na tou\j sofou\j kataisxu/nh|: kai\ ta_ a)sqenh= tou= ko/smou e0cele/cato o9 qeo/j, i3na kataisxu/nh| ta_ i0sxura&: but God has chosen the foolish things of the world, in order that he might put the wise to shame, and God has chosen the weak things of the world, in order that he might put the strong things to shame, the wise: masculine, so people here, not things as elsewhere in this verse.
1 Cor 1:28 kai\ ta_ a)genh= tou= ko/smou kai\ ta_ e0couqenhme/na e0cele/cato o9 qeo/j, kai\ ta_ mh\ o1nta, i3na ta_ o1nta katargh/sh|: and God has chosen the ignoble things of the world, and the despised things, and the nonexistent things, in order to nullify the existing things, nonexistent: perhaps standing for vacuous, or for invisible.
1 Cor 1:29 o3pwj mh\ {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: kauxh/shtai} [E1624: kauxh/setai] pa~sa sa_rc e0nw&pion {RP P1904: tou= qeou=} [TR: au0tou=]. in order that no flesh should boast in {RP P1904: God's} [TR: his] presence. kauxh/shtai, should boast (classical aorist middle subjunctive), RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=10/13 vs. kauxh/setai, will boast (non-classical future middle indicative), E1624 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's bno).
tou= qeou=, of God, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. au0tou=, of him, TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
1 Cor 1:30 870Ec au0tou= de\ u9mei=j e0ste e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=, o4j e0genh/qh h9mi=n sofi/a a)po\ qeou=, dikaiosu/nh te kai\ a(giasmo/j, kai\ a)polu/trwsij: But by virtue of him you are in Christ Jesus, who became our wisdom from God, both righteousness and holiness, and redemption, by virtue of ← out of.
1 Cor 1:31 i3na, kaqw_j ge/graptai, 879O kauxw&menoj, e0n kuri/w% kauxa&sqw. in order that, as it stands written: “Let him who boasts boast in the Lord.” Jer 9:23MT (Jer 9:24AV), adapted a little.
1 Cor 2:1 Ka)gw_ e0lqw_n pro\j u9ma~j, a)delfoi/, h]lqon ou0 kaq' u9peroxh\n lo/gou h2 sofi/aj katagge/llwn u9mi=n to\ martu/rion tou= qeou=. And as for me, when I came to you, brothers, I did not come in extravagance of speech or wisdom when I proclaimed the testimony of God to you. extravagance ← pre-eminence, over-topping.
1 Cor 2:2 Ou0 ga_r e1krina tou= ei0de/nai ti e0n u9mi=n, ei0 mh\ 870Ihsou=n xristo/n, kai\ tou=ton e0staurwme/non. For I decided not to know anything among you except Jesus Christ, and him crucified. him ← this (man).
1 Cor 2:3 Kai\ e0gw_ e0n a)sqenei/a% kai\ e0n fo/bw% kai\ e0n tro/mw% pollw%~ e0geno/mhn pro\j u9ma~j. And I came to you in weakness and in fear and in much trembling. came to ← became to, but with pro/j, came to. AV differs (was with).
1 Cor 2:4 Kai\ o9 lo/goj mou kai\ to\ kh/rugma& mou ou0k e0n peiqoi=j a)nqrwpi/nhj sofi/aj lo/goij, a)ll' e0n a)podei/cei pneu/matoj kai\ duna&mewj: And my speech and my proclamation were not with persuasive words of human wisdom, but in an exhibition of spirit and power,
1 Cor 2:5 i3na h9 pi/stij u9mw~n mh\ h|] e0n sofi/a% a)nqrw&pwn, a)ll' e0n duna&mei qeou=. in order that your faith should not be in men's wisdom, but in the power of God.
1 Cor 2:6 Sofi/an de\ lalou=men e0n toi=j telei/oij: sofi/an de\ ou0 tou= ai0w~noj tou/tou, ou0de\ tw~n a)rxo/ntwn tou= ai0w~noj tou/tou, tw~n katargoume/nwn: But we speak wisdom among those who are complete – wisdom not of this age, nor of the rulers of this age, who are being brought to nothing,
1 Cor 2:7 a)lla_ lalou=men sofi/an qeou= e0n musthri/w%, th\n a)pokekrumme/nhn, h4n prow&risen o9 qeo\j pro\ tw~n ai0w&nwn ei0j do/can h9mw~n: but we speak God's wisdom in a mystery, wisdom which has been hidden, which God pre-ordained before the ages for our glory,
1 Cor 2:8 h4n ou0dei\j tw~n a)rxo/ntwn tou= ai0w~noj tou/tou e1gnwken: ei0 ga_r e1gnwsan, ou0k a@n to\n ku/rion th=j do/chj e0stau/rwsan: which none of the rulers of this age has known, for if they had known, they would not have crucified the Lord of glory. which: the antecedent is “wisdom” (feminine), not “mystery” (neuter), nor, as the context shows, “glory” (feminine).
1 Cor 2:9 a)lla_ kaqw_j ge/graptai, 874A o0fqalmo\j ou0k ei]den, kai\ ou]j ou0k h1kousen, kai\ e0pi\ kardi/an a)nqrw&pou ou0k a)ne/bh, a$ h9toi/masen o9 qeo\j toi=j a)gapw~sin au0to/n. But, as it stands written:

“What the eye has not seen

And the ear has not heard

And what has not arisen in the heart of man

Are what God has prepared

For those who love him.”

 Isa 64:3MT (Isa 64:4AV).
1 Cor 2:10 879Hmi=n de\ o9 qeo\j a)peka&luyen dia_ tou= pneu/matoj au0tou=: to\ ga_r pneu=ma pa&nta e0reuna%~, kai\ ta_ ba&qh tou= qeou=. And God has revealed them to us through his spirit. For the spirit inquires about all things, including the deep things of God.
1 Cor 2:11 Ti/j ga_r oi]den a)nqrw&pwn ta_ tou= a)nqrw&pou, ei0 mh\ to\ pneu=ma tou= a)nqrw&pou to\ e0n au0tw%~; Ou3twj kai\ ta_ tou= qeou= ou0dei\j oi]den, ei0 mh\ to\ pneu=ma tou= qeou=. For who among men knows the concerns of man, except the spirit of man which is in him? And likewise, no-one knows the concerns of God except the spirit of God. among ← of.
1 Cor 2:12 879Hmei=j de\ ou0 to\ pneu=ma tou= ko/smou e0la&bomen, a)lla_ to\ pneu=ma to\ e0k tou= qeou=, i3na ei0dw~men ta_ u9po\ tou= qeou= xarisqe/nta h9mi=n. But we have not received the spirit of the world, but the spirit which is from God, in order that we might know the things graciously given to us by God. from ← out of.
1 Cor 2:13 874A kai\ lalou=men, ou0k e0n didaktoi=j a)nqrwpi/nhj sofi/aj lo/goij, a)ll' e0n didaktoi=j pneu/matoj a(gi/ou, pneumatikoi=j pneumatika_ sugkri/nontej. And we also speak of these things, not with subject matter taught by human wisdom, but with subject matter taught by holy spirit, as we compare spiritual things with spiritual things. One could repunctuate by moving the second comma to after pneumatikoi=j, giving ... but with spiritual subject matter taught by holy spirit, as we compare spiritual things.
subject matter taught by human wisdom ← taught words of human wisdom.
subject matter taught by holy spirit ← taught (things) of holy spirit.
compare spiritual things with spiritual things: we take this to mean compare one scripture with another. Compare this scripture, for example, with Phil 1:10 and 2 Tim 2:15.
1 Cor 2:14 Yuxiko\j de\ a!nqrwpoj ou0 de/xetai ta_ tou= pneu/matoj tou= qeou=: mwri/a ga_r au0tw%~ e0stin, kai\ ou0 du/natai gnw~nai, o3ti pneumatikw~j a)nakri/netai. But the natural man does not receive the things of the spirit of God, for they are foolishness to him, and he cannot know them because they are spiritually evaluated. natural ← of the soul, “soulical”.
foolishness ← foolish (things).
evaluated ← examined.
1 Cor 2:15 879O de\ pneumatiko\j a)nakri/nei me\n pa&nta, au0to\j de\ u9p' ou0deno\j a)nakri/netai. But the spiritual person evaluates everything, but he himself is not evaluated by anyone. evaluates ... evaluated ← examines ... examined.
1 Cor 2:16 Ti/j ga_r e1gnw nou=n kuri/ou, o4j sumbiba&sei au0to/n; 879Hmei=j de\ nou=n xristou= e1xomen.

For who has known the mind of the Lord

And can instruct him?

But we have the mind of Christ. 		Isa 40:13.
can ← will, a Hebraism.
1 Cor 3:1 Kai\ e0gw&, a)delfoi/, ou0k h0dunh/qhn {RP P1904: u9mi=n lalh=sai} [TR: lalh=sai u9mi=n] w(j pneumatikoi=j, a)ll' w(j sarkikoi=j, w(j nhpi/oij e0n xristw%~. Yet I myself, brothers, was not able to speak to you as one does to spiritual people, but only as one does to carnal people, as to infants in Christ. u9mi=n lalh=sai, to you + to speak, RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. lalh=sai u9mi=n, to speak + to you, TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's dkm).
1 Cor 3:2 Ga&la u9ma~j e0po/tisa, kai\ ou0 brw~ma: ou1pw ga_r {RP: e0du/nasqe} [P1904 TR: h0du/nasqe], a)ll' ou1te e1ti nu=n du/nasqe: I have given you milk to drink rather than food, for you were not yet able to take it, and even now you still can't, e0du/nasqe, you were able (1), RP F1859=8/13 vs. h0du/nasqe, you were able (2), P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's acdkn, though k misspelled and n with rough breathing). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
rather than ← and not.
1 Cor 3:3 e1ti ga_r sarkikoi/ e0ste: o3pou ga_r e0n u9mi=n zh=loj kai\ e1rij kai\ dixostasi/ai, ou0xi\ sarkikoi/ e0ste, kai\ kata_ a!nqrwpon peripatei=te; for you are still carnal, for where there is rivalry among you, and strife, and dissensions, are you not carnal and do you not walk according to man?
1 Cor 3:4 873Otan ga_r le/gh| tij, 870Egw_ me/n ei0mi Pau/lou, e3teroj de/, 870Egw_ 870Apollw&, ou0xi\ sarkikoi/ e0ste; For whenever a person says, “I am of Paul”, and another, “I am of Apollos”, are you not carnal?
1 Cor 3:5 Ti/j ou]n e0stin Pau=loj, ti/j de\ 870Apollw&j, a)ll' h2 dia&konoi di' w{n e0pisteu/sate, kai\ e9ka&stw% w(j o9 ku/rioj e1dwken; Well who is Paul, and who is Apollos, but ministers through whom you came to believe, and each has a ministry according to what the Lord gave him? ministers: in the sense of servant, those who supply needs.
you came to believe: inceptive aorist.
1 Cor 3:6 870Egw_ e0fu/teusa, 870Apollw_j e0po/tisen, a)ll' o9 qeo\j hu1canen. I planted, Apollos watered, but God gave the growth.
1 Cor 3:7 873Wste ou1te o9 futeu/wn e0sti/n ti, ou1te o9 poti/zwn, a)ll' o9 au0ca&nwn qeo/j. So neither he who plants nor he who waters is anything, but God who gives the growth.
1 Cor 3:8 879O futeu/wn de\ kai\ o9 poti/zwn e3n ei0sin: e3kastoj de\ to\n i1dion misqo\n lh/yetai kata_ to\n i1dion ko/pon. But he who plants and he who waters are one agency. And each will receive his own reward according to his own labour. one agency: neuter numeral, so from one (thing).
1 Cor 3:9 Qeou= ga&r e0smen sunergoi/: qeou= gew&rgion, qeou= oi0kodomh/ e0ste. For we are God's co-workers; you are God's cultivated field – God's building.
1 Cor 3:10 Kata_ th\n xa&rin tou= qeou= th\n doqei=sa&n moi, w(j sofo\j a)rxite/ktwn qeme/lion te/qeika, a!lloj de\ e0poikodomei=. 873Ekastoj de\ blepe/tw pw~j e0poikodomei=. I have laid a foundation as a wise master-builder, according to the grace of God given to me, and another is building on it. But let each one watch how he builds on it.
1 Cor 3:11 Qeme/lion ga_r a!llon ou0dei\j du/natai qei=nai para_ to\n kei/menon, o3j e0stin 870Ihsou=j {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] xristo/j. For no-one can lay any other foundation than the one which has been laid, which is Jesus {RP P1904: - } [TR: the] Christ. o9, the: absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13.
1 Cor 3:12 Ei0 de/ tij e0poikodomei= e0pi\ to\n qeme/lion tou=ton xruso/n, a!rguron, li/qouj timi/ouj, cu/la, xo/rton, kala&mhn, But if anyone builds gold, silver, precious stones, wood, hay, or straw on this foundation,
1 Cor 3:13 e9ka&stou to\ e1rgon fanero\n genh/setai: h9 ga_r h9me/ra dhlw&sei, o3ti e0n puri\ a)pokalu/ptetai: kai\ e9ka&stou to\ e1rgon o9poi=o/n e0stin to\ pu=r dokima&sei. each person's work will become manifest. For the day will show it, because it will be revealed by fire. And the fire will prove what kind of work each person's is.
1 Cor 3:14 Ei1 tinoj to\ e1rgon me/nei o4 {RP: e0poikodo/mhsen} [P1904 TR: e0pw%kodo/mhse], misqo\n lh/yetai. If anyone's work which he has built on remains, he will receive a reward. e0poikodo/mhse¨n©, he built on (non-classical form), RP F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n, reading e0p' oi0kodo/mhse) vs. e0pw%kodo/mhse¨n©, he built on (classical form), P1904 TR F1859=12/13. A strong disparity with RP, R=1:14.
remains: perhaps better accented menei=, will remain, analogously to the future protasis of the conditional clauses in the next verse.
1 Cor 3:15 Ei1 tinoj to\ e1rgon katakah/setai, zhmiwqh/setai: au0to\j de\ swqh/setai, ou3twj de\ w(j dia_ puro/j. If anyone's work is burnt up, he will suffer loss, but he himself will be saved, but this is how: as through fire. is ← will be, but English avoids the future tense in the protasis of conditional sentences.
this is how ← thus.
1 Cor 3:16 Ou0k oi1date o3ti nao\j qeou= e0ste, kai\ to\ pneu=ma tou= qeou= oi0kei= e0n u9mi=n; Do you not know that you are the sanctuary of God and that the spirit of God dwells in you?
1 Cor 3:17 Ei1 tij to\n nao\n tou= qeou= fqei/rei, fqerei= tou=ton o9 qeo/j: o9 ga_r nao\j tou= qeou= a#gio/j e0stin, oi3tine/j e0ste u9mei=j. If anyone spoils the sanctuary of God, God will spoil him. For the sanctuary of God is holy, which is what you are. him ← this (one).
which is what you are ← who you are. An inanimate antecedent but animate relative pronoun, also discordant in number. English uses an inanimate relative pronoun in such cases.
1 Cor 3:18 Mhdei\j e9auto\n e0capata&tw: ei1 tij dokei= sofo\j ei]nai e0n u9mi=n e0n tw%~ ai0w~ni tou/tw%, mwro\j gene/sqw, i3na ge/nhtai sofo/j. Let no-one deceive himself. If anyone among you considers himself to be wise in this age, let him become foolish, in order that he may become wise.
1 Cor 3:19 879H ga_r sofi/a tou= ko/smou tou/tou mwri/a para_ tw%~ qew%~ e0stin. Ge/graptai ga&r, 879O drasso/menoj tou\j sofou\j e0n th|= panourgi/a% au0tw~n. For the wisdom of this world is foolishness with God. For it stands written: “He catches the wise in their own cunning.” Job 5:13.
in: or by or with.
1 Cor 3:20 Kai\ pa&lin, Ku/rioj ginw&skei tou\j dialogismou\j tw~n sofw~n, o3ti ei0si\n ma&taioi. And again: “The Lord knows the reasonings of the wise – that they are vain.” Ps 94:11.
1 Cor 3:21 873Wste mhdei\j kauxa&sqw e0n a)nqrw&poij: pa&nta ga_r u9mw~n e0stin, So let no-one among men boast, for all things are yours, among men boast: AV differs (glory in men), also possible.
1 Cor 3:22 ei1te Pau=loj, ei1te 870Apollw&j, ei1te Khfa~j, ei1te ko/smoj, ei1te zwh/, ei1te qa&natoj, ei1te e0nestw~ta, ei1te me/llonta: pa&nta u9mw~n e0stin, whether Paul or Apollos or Cephas or the world or life or death, whether present or future – everything is yours, yours: plural you.
1 Cor 3:23 u9mei=j de\ xristou=, xristo\j de\ qeou=. and you are Christ's, and Christ is God's.
1 Cor 4:1 Ou3twj h9ma~j logize/sqw a!nqrwpoj, w(j u9phre/taj xristou= kai\ oi0kono/mouj musthri/wn qeou=. In this way let a man consider us as servants of Christ and stewards of the mysteries of God.
1 Cor 4:2 874O de\ loipo/n, zhtei=tai e0n toi=j oi0kono/moij, i3na pisto/j tij eu9reqh|=. Moreover it is required in stewards that a person is found to be faithful. required ← inquired into; sought.
1 Cor 4:3 870Emoi\ de\ ei0j e0la&xisto/n e0stin i3na u9f' u9mw~n a)nakriqw~, h2 u9po\ a)nqrwpi/nhj h9me/raj: a)ll' ou0de\ e0mauto\n a)nakri/nw. And it is the least of my concerns that I should be examined by you or by the probings of the day of man. But neither do I examine myself. my ← to me.
1 Cor 4:4 Ou0de\n ga_r e0mautw%~ su/noida, a)ll' ou0k e0n tou/tw% dedikai/wmai: o9 de\ a)nakri/nwn me ku/rio/j e0stin. For I am not conscious of anything against myself, but I do not stand justified by that. And he who examines me is the Lord. against myself: AV differs (by myself).
that ← this.
1 Cor 4:5 873Wste mh\ pro\ kairou= ti kri/nete, e3wj a@n e1lqh| o9 ku/rioj, o4j kai\ fwti/sei ta_ krupta_ tou= sko/touj, kai\ fanerw&sei ta_j boula_j tw~n kardiw~n: kai\ to/te o9 e1painoj genh/setai e9ka&stw% a)po\ tou= qeou=. As a result, do not judge anything before its time, until the Lord comes, who will also bring the hidden things of darkness to light, and he will make the motives of people's hearts manifest, and then each one will have praise from God.
1 Cor 4:6 Tau=ta de/, a)delfoi/, metesxhma&tisa ei0j e0mauto\n kai\ 870Apollw_ di' u9ma~j, i3na e0n h9mi=n ma&qhte to\ mh\ u9pe\r o4 ge/graptai fronei=n, i3na mh\ ei[j u9pe\r tou= e9no\j fusiou=sqe kata_ tou= e9te/rou. And, brothers, I have applied these things to myself and Apollos on your account, so that you who are among us might learn not to speculate beyond what stands written, so that you aren't self-opinionated – one person above another to the detriment of someone else. self-opinionated ← puffed up.
1 Cor 4:7 Ti/j ga&r se diakri/nei; Ti/ de\ e1xeij o4 ou0k e1labej; Ei0 de\ kai\ e1labej, ti/ kauxa~sai w(j mh\ labw&n; For who gives you distinct characteristics? And what do you possess that you did not receive? But if you received it, why do you boast as if you didn't receive it? gives you distinct characteristics ← distinguishes you.
but if: there is a sense of contrariety, but if on the other hand. Compare 2 Cor 4:3.
1 Cor 4:8 871Hdh kekoresme/noi e0ste/, h1dh e0plouth/sate, xwri\j h9mw~n e0basileu/sate: kai\ o1felo/n ge e0basileu/sate, i3na kai\ h9mei=j u9mi=n sumbasileu/swmen. You have already become satiated, you have already become rich, you have started reigning without us – and if only you really had started reigning, so that we too might reign with you. started reigning (2x): inceptive aorist.
1 Cor 4:9 Dokw~ ga_r o3ti o9 qeo\j h9ma~j tou\j a)posto/louj e0sxa&touj a)pe/deicen w(j e0piqanati/ouj: o3ti qe/atron e0genh/qhmen tw%~ ko/smw%, kai\ a)gge/loij, kai\ a)nqrw&poij. For I consider that God has exhibited us, the apostles, last, as people under sentence of death, because we have become a spectacle to the world and to angels and to men.
1 Cor 4:10 879Hmei=j mwroi\ dia_ xristo/n, u9mei=j de\ fro/nimoi e0n xristw%~: h9mei=j a)sqenei=j, u9mei=j de\ i0sxuroi/: u9mei=j e1ndocoi, h9mei=j de\ a!timoi. We are foolish for the sake of Christ, whereas you are wise in Christ. We are weak, whereas you are strong. You are esteemed, whereas we are without honour. without honour: or dishonoured.
1 Cor 4:11 871Axri th=j a!rti w#raj kai\ peinw~men, kai\ diyw~men, kai\ gumnhteu/omen, kai\ kolafizo/meqa, kai\ a)statou=men, Up to the present hour we have been hungry and thirsty and been poorly clothed and have been knocked about and have been without a fixed address, we have been hungry and thirsty ← we both hunger and thirst, our translation being in accordance with English tense usage. This tense disparity applies throughout the sentence.
without a fixed address ← unstable, but in the papyri unsettled, vagabond [MM].
1 Cor 4:12 kai\ kopiw~men e0rgazo/menoi tai=j i0di/aij xersi/n: loidorou/menoi eu0logou=men: diwko/menoi a)nexo/meqa: and we have been toiling, working with our own hands. When railed at, we bless; when persecuted, we endure;
1 Cor 4:13 blasfhmou/menoi parakalou=men: w(j perikaqa&rmata tou= ko/smou e0genh/qhmen, pa&ntwn peri/yhma e3wj a!rti. when slandered, we speak in good cheer. We have become like the scum of the world – the offscouring of all sorts – up to the present time.
1 Cor 4:14 Ou0k e0ntre/pwn u9ma~j gra&fw tau=ta, a)ll' w(j te/kna mou a)gaphta_ nouqetw~. I do not write these things to put you to shame, but I warn you about it as my beloved children. to put you to shame: a present participle for a classical future participle of purpose.
1 Cor 4:15 870Ea_n ga_r muri/ouj paidagwgou\j e1xhte e0n xristw%~, a)ll' ou0 pollou\j pate/raj: e0n ga_r xristw%~ 870Ihsou= dia_ tou= eu0aggeli/ou e0gw_ u9ma~j e0ge/nnhsa. For even if you had ten thousand tutors in Christ, you still would not have many fathers. For I have begotten you in Christ Jesus through the gospel. if you had: an unreal condition, but in view of the negative apodosis, it need not be emphasized in English with if you were to have.
1 Cor 4:16 Parakalw~ ou]n u9ma~j, mimhtai/ mou gi/nesqe. So I exhort you: be imitators of me.
1 Cor 4:17 Dia_ tou=to e1pemya u9mi=n Timo/qeon, o3j e0stin te/knon mou a)gaphto\n kai\ pisto\n e0n kuri/w%, o4j u9ma~j a)namnh/sei ta_j o9dou/j mou ta_j e0n xristw%~, kaqw_j pantaxou= e0n pa&sh| e0kklhsi/a% dida&skw. For this reason I have sent you Timothy, who is a beloved child of mine, and faithful in the Lord, and who will remind you of my ways in Christ – how I teach everywhere in every church. church: see Matt 16:18.
1 Cor 4:18 879Wj mh\ e0rxome/nou de/ mou pro\j u9ma~j e0fusiw&qhsa&n tinej. Some of you are complacent, as though I were not coming to you. complacent ← puffed up.
1 Cor 4:19 870Eleu/somai de\ taxe/wj pro\j u9ma~j, e0a_n o9 ku/rioj qelh/sh|, kai\ gnw&somai ou0 to\n lo/gon tw~n pefusiwme/nwn, a)lla_ th\n du/namin. And I will come to you quickly, if the Lord wishes it, and get to know not the talk of those who are complacent, but the power, quickly: or soon.
talk ← word.
complacent ← puffed up.
1 Cor 4:20 Ou0 ga_r e0n lo/gw% h9 basilei/a tou= qeou=, a)ll' e0n duna&mei. for the kingdom of God is not in talk but in power. talk ← word.
1 Cor 4:21 Ti/ qe/lete; 870En r(a&bdw% e1lqw pro\j u9ma~j, h2 e0n a)ga&ph| pneu/mati/ te pra%o/thtoj; What do you want? For me to come to you with a rod, or in love and a spirit of meekness?
1 Cor 5:1 873Olwj a)kou/etai e0n u9mi=n pornei/a, kai\ toiau/th pornei/a, h3tij ou0de\ e0n toi=j e1qnesin o0noma&zetai, w#ste gunai=ka& tina tou= patro\j e1xein. It is heard – very much so – that there is fornication among you, and fornication of such a kind that is not even named among the Gentiles, that someone should have his father's wife. very much so ← altogether. This word is easier to translate when with a negative, e.g. Matt 5:34, not at all. Our word order and dashes are to prevent reading as It is very-much so-heard that ... .
father's wife: presumably not the man's mother, but a subsequent wife of the father, so a stepmother.
1 Cor 5:2 Kai\ u9mei=j pefusiwme/noi e0ste/, kai\ ou0xi\ ma~llon e0penqh/sate, i3na e0carqh|= e0k me/sou u9mw~n o9 to\ e1rgon tou=to poih/saj. And you are complacent and have not rather mourned, so that he who committed this act should be removed from your company. complacent ← puffed up.
from your company ← from your midst.
1 Cor 5:3 870Egw_ me\n ga_r w(j a)pw_n tw%~ sw&mati parw_n de\ tw%~ pneu/mati, h1dh ke/krika w(j parw&n, to\n ou3twj tou=to katergasa&menon, Well I, being absent in the body but present in the spirit, have already reached a decision on him who actually did this, as if I were present, actually did this ← did this thus.
1 Cor 5:4 e0n tw%~ o0no/mati tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=, sunaxqe/ntwn u9mw~n kai\ tou= e0mou= pneu/matoj, su\n th|= duna&mei tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=, in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, while you are gathered together (as is my spirit) with the power of our Lord Jesus Christ,
1 Cor 5:5 paradou=nai to\n toiou=ton tw%~ Satana%~ ei0j o1leqron th=j sarko/j, i3na to\ pneu=ma swqh|= e0n th|= h9me/ra% tou= kuri/ou 870Ihsou=. to deliver a man like this to Satan, for destruction of the flesh, in order that the spirit might be saved on the day of the Lord Jesus.
1 Cor 5:6 Ou0 kalo\n to\ kau/xhma u9mw~n. Ou0k oi1date o3ti mikra_ zu/mh o3lon to\ fu/rama zumoi=; Your boasting is not a good thing. Do you not know that a little leaven leavens the whole lump?
1 Cor 5:7 870Ekkaqa&rate {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: ou]n] th\n palaia_n zu/mhn, i3na h]te ne/on fu/rama, kaqw&j e0ste a!zumoi. Kai\ ga_r to\ Pa&sxa h9mw~n u9pe\r h9mw~n {RP P1904 S1550: e0tu/qh} [E1624 S1894: e0qu/qh] xristo/j: {RP-text: Clear} [RP-marg P1904 TR: So clear] out the old leaven, in order to be a new lump, since you are unleavened. For indeed, our Passover has been sacrificed for us – Christ – ou]n, therefore, so: absent in RP-text F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's l) vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=11/12. A strong disparity with RP-text, R=1:13.
e0tu/qh, was sacrificed (classical form avoiding double aspiration), RP P1904 S1550 F1859=12/12 vs. e0qu/qh, was sacrificed (non-classical form with double aspiration), E1624 S1894 F1859=0/12.
1 Cor 5:8 w#ste e9orta&zwmen, mh\ e0n zu/mh| palaia%~, mhde\ e0n zu/mh| kaki/aj kai\ ponhri/aj, a)ll' e0n a)zu/moij ei0likrinei/aj kai\ a)lhqei/aj. so let us keep the feast, not in old leaven, nor in leaven of wickedness and evil, but in unleavened bread of sincerity and truth.
1 Cor 5:9 871Egraya u9mi=n e0n th|= e0pistolh|= mh\ sunanami/gnusqai po/rnoij: I have written to you in the epistle not to associate with fornicators, I have written ← I wrote, the sense being I have written in this epistle (1 Cor 5:1-2).
1 Cor 5:10 kai\ ou0 pa&ntwj toi=j po/rnoij tou= ko/smou tou/tou h2 toi=j pleone/ktaij, h2 a#rpacin, h2 ei0dwlola&traij: e0pei\ o0fei/lete a!ra e0k tou= ko/smou e0celqei=n. and not at all with the fornicators of this world, or with the fraudsters, or the rapacious or idolaters, since then you would have to depart from the world. of this world: [MG] explains as the non-Christians.
fraudsters: or covetous. In 1 Thes 4:6, the cognate verb is clearly to defraud, a meaning included in [LS]. This better matches the other vices associated with the pleone/ktai, which typically involve some physical action, not just a mental state.
1 Cor 5:11 {RP P1904: Nu=n} [TR: Nuni\] de\ e1graya u9mi=n mh\ sunanami/gnusqai, e0a&n tij a)delfo\j o0nomazo/menoj h|] po/rnoj, h2 pleone/kthj, h2 ei0dwlola&trhj, h2 loi/doroj, h2 me/qusoj, h2 a#rpac: tw%~ toiou/tw% mhde\ sunesqi/ein. And I have written to you now not to associate with anyone if he is called a brother, but who is a fornicator or a fraudster or an idolater or is abusive or drunk or rapacious, and not to eat with such a person. nu=n, now, RP P1904 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's d**d(antiquior)kn) vs. nuni\, now (perhaps the less formal form), TR F1859=9/13 (incl. Scrivener's d recentior). Antiquior = older, recentior = more recent. A disparity with RP, R=5:10.
associate with anyone if he is called ← associate if anyone (is) called.
fraudster: or covetous person. See 1 Cor 5:10.
1 Cor 5:12 Ti/ ga&r moi kai\ tou\j e1cw kri/nein; Ou0xi\ tou\j e1sw u9mei=j kri/nete; But what business is it of mine to also judge those outside? Is it not those inside whom you judge? those outside: i.e. the non-Christians.
1 Cor 5:13 Tou\j de\ e1cw o9 qeo\j krinei=. Kai\ e0carei=te to\n ponhro\n e0c u9mw~n au0tw~n. But God will judge those outside. However, you shall remove the wicked person from your own group. your own group ← yourselves.
1 Cor 6:1 Tolma%~ tij u9mw~n, pra~gma e1xwn pro\j to\n e3teron, kri/nesqai e0pi\ tw~n a)di/kwn, kai\ ou0xi\ e0pi\ tw~n a(gi/wn; Does anyone among you dare, if you have a case against another, to go to law before the unjust, and not before the saints? if: conditional use of the participle.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
1 Cor 6:2 Ou0k oi1date o3ti oi9 a#gioi to\n ko/smon krinou=sin; Kai\ ei0 e0n u9mi=n kri/netai o9 ko/smoj, a)na&cioi/ e0ste krithri/wn e0laxi/stwn; Do you not know that the saints will judge the world? And that if the world is judged by you, then you are unsuited for the least of the courts? saints: see Matt 27:52.
you are unsuited for ← you are unworthy of. The sense is you don't belong in (because you have a higher calling than a worldly court). AV differs, reading are ye unworthy to judge the smallest matters?. But there is no second interrogative word, and a krith/rion can be a court, as in James 2:6.
1 Cor 6:3 Ou0k oi1date o3ti a)gge/louj krinou=men; Mh/ti ge biwtika&; Do you not know that we shall judge angels? So surely not commonplace matters! surely not: this is the sense of mh/ti, as in Matt 26:22, Mark 4:21, Mark 14:19, Luke 6:39, John 7:31, John 18:35, James 3:11. We thus retain the line of reasoning set out in the notes to 1 Cor 6:2 that the “saints” (i.e. believers) should not be occupied with these commonplace matters. AV differs.
commonplace ← pertaining to (everyday) life.
1 Cor 6:4 Biwtika_ me\n ou]n krith/ria e0a_n e1xhte, tou\j e0couqenhme/nouj e0n th|= e0kklhsi/a%, tou/touj kaqi/zete. So if you have commonplace court cases, appoint those who are considered nobodies in the church. commonplace: see 1 Cor 6:3.
considered nobodies ← considered nothing. The line of reasoning set out in 1 Cor 6:2 continues: you have better things to do than go to court, and the least of you can do the judging.
church: see Matt 16:18.
1 Cor 6:5 Pro\j e0ntroph\n u9mi=n le/gw. Ou3twj ou0k {RP P1904: e1ni} [TR: e1stin] e0n u9mi=n sofo\j ou0de\ ei[j, o4j dunh/setai diakri=nai a)na_ me/son tou= a)delfou= au0tou=, I speak to your shame. Is there not even one wise person among you, then, who will be able to judge between one of his brothers and another, e1ni, there is in that place, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 (incl. k with rough breathing) vs. e1stin, there is, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m).
then: this comes from ou3twj, in this way.
one of his brothers ← his brother.
1 Cor 6:6 a)lla_ a)delfo\j meta_ a)delfou= kri/netai, kai\ tou=to e0pi\ a)pi/stwn; while instead a brother goes to law with a brother, and that before unbelievers? while instead ← but.
1 Cor 6:7 871Hdh me\n ou]n o3lwj h3tthma {RP P1904: - } [TR: e0n] u9mi=n e0stin, o3ti kri/mata e1xete meq' e9autw~n. Dia_ ti/ ou0xi\ ma~llon a)dikei=sqe; Dia_ ti/ ou0xi\ ma~llon a)posterei=sqe; So you are already wholly at fault in that you have lawsuits with each other. Why do you not rather suffer the injustice? Why do you not rather suffer being defrauded? e0n, among, giving you are: absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13.
you are ... at fault ← {RP P1904: among} [TR: to] you there is a defeat.
each other ← yourselves. Reflexive for reciprocal.
suffer the injustice ... suffer being defrauded ← be wronged ... be defrauded.
1 Cor 6:8 870Alla_ u9mei=j a)dikei=te kai\ a)posterei=te, kai\ tau=ta a)delfou/j. But you commit injustice and perpetrate fraud, and against brothers at that. at that ← these (things).
1 Cor 6:9 872H ou0k oi1date o3ti a!dikoi basilei/an qeou= ou0 klhronomh/sousin; Mh\ plana~sqe: ou1te po/rnoi, ou1te ei0dwlola&trai, ou1te moixoi/, ou1te malakoi/, ou1te a)rsenokoi=tai, Or do you not know that the unjust will not inherit the kingdom of God? Do not be led astray: neither fornicators nor idolaters nor adulterers nor the effeminate, nor men who lie with men, be led astray: or go astray.
1 Cor 6:10 ou1te {RP P1904: pleone/ktai, ou1te kle/ptai} [TR: kle/ptai, ou1te pleone/ktai], ou1te me/qusoi, ou0 loi/doroi, ou0x a#rpagej, basilei/an qeou= ou0 klhronomh/sousin. nor {RP P1904: fraudsters, nor thieves} [TR: thieves, nor fraudsters], nor drunkards, nor the abusive, nor the rapacious will inherit the kingdom of God. pleone/ktai, ou1te kle/ptai, fraudsters + nor thieves, RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. kle/ptai, ou1te pleone/ktai, thieves + nor fraudsters, TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's am) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's k).
fraudsters: or the covetous. See 1 Cor 5:10.
1 Cor 6:11 Kai\ tau=ta& tinej h]te: a)lla_ a)pelou/sasqe, a)lla_ h9gia&sqhte, {RP TR: a)ll'} [P1904: a)lla_] e0dikaiw&qhte e0n tw%~ o0no/mati tou= kuri/ou 870Ihsou=, kai\ e0n tw%~ pneu/mati tou= qeou= h9mw~n. And so were some of you. But you have had yourselves washed, and you have been sanctified, and you have been justified in the name of the Lord Jesus and by the spirit of our God. a)ll', but (apocopated), RP TR F1859=8/13 (Scrivener's ac (and the rest?)) vs. a)lla_, but (unapocopated), P1904 F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's bklno). Scrivener's reference edition appears to read a)lla_.
so ← these (things).
you have had yourselves washed: this sense comes from the middle voice. See Acts 4:3.
and (2x) ← but. Greek repeats the ↴
1 Cor 6:12 Pa&nta moi e1cestin, a)ll' ou0 pa&nta sumfe/rei: pa&nta moi e1cestin, a)ll' ou0k e0gw_ e0cousiasqh/somai u9po/ tinoj. Everything is permitted me, but not everything is profitable. Everything is permitted me, but I will not be put under authority by anyone. ↳ adversative conjunction but, whereas in English a subsequent but is either unnatural or stands in opposition to the previous but (rather than the main clause). Compare Titus 1:15.
1 Cor 6:13 Ta_ brw&mata th|= koili/a%, kai\ h9 koili/a toi=j brw&masin: o9 de\ qeo\j kai\ tau/thn kai\ tau=ta katargh/sei. To\ de\ sw~ma ou0 th|= pornei/a%, a)lla_ tw%~ kuri/w%, kai\ o9 ku/rioj tw%~ sw&mati: Food for the stomach and the stomach for food – but God will bring both of these to nothing. And the body is not for fornication, but for the Lord, and the Lord is for the body. both of these ← both this (i.e. the stomach) and these (i.e. the food).
1 Cor 6:14 o9 de\ qeo\j kai\ to\n ku/rion h1geiren kai\ {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: h9ma~j} [E1624: u9ma~j] e0cegerei= dia_ th=j duna&mewj au0tou=. And God has raised the Lord, and he will also raise {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: us} [E1624: you] through his power. h9ma~j, us, RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=13/13 (incl. c(tacite)) vs. u9ma~j, you, E1624 F1859=0/13.
has ... and he will also ← both has ... and will.
1 Cor 6:15 Ou0k oi1date o3ti ta_ sw&mata u9mw~n me/lh xristou= e0stin; 871Araj ou]n ta_ me/lh tou= xristou= poih/sw po/rnhj me/lh; Mh\ ge/noito. Do you not know that your bodies are members of Christ? Shall I then take the members of Christ and make them the members of a prostitute? May it not be so!
1 Cor 6:16 {RP-text: Ou0k} [RP-marg P1904 TR: 872H ou0k] oi1date o3ti o9 kollw&menoj th|= po/rnh| e4n sw~ma& e0stin; 871Esontai ga&r, fhsi/n, oi9 du/o ei0j sa&rka mi/an. {RP-text: Do} [RP-marg P1904 TR: Or do] you not know that he who is joined to a prostitute is one body? “For the two”, he says, “will be one flesh.” h2, or: absent in RP-text F1859=11/14 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=3/14 (Scrivener's a*hm).
Gen 2:24.
1 Cor 6:17 879O de\ kollw&menoj tw%~ kuri/w% e4n pneu=ma& e0stin. But he who is joined to the Lord is one spirit.
1 Cor 6:18 Feu/gete th\n pornei/an. Pa~n a(ma&rthma o4 e0a_n poih/sh| a!nqrwpoj e0kto\j tou= sw&mato/j e0stin: o9 de\ porneu/wn ei0j to\ i1dion sw~ma a(marta&nei. Flee fornication. Whatever sin a man commits is separate from the body. But he who fornicates sins against his own body. whatever ← every whatever.
separate from ← outside.
against: or in. The Greek gives a good contrast: outside and inside the body, but the prepositions also have a wider scope.
1 Cor 6:19 872H ou0k oi1date o3ti to\ sw~ma u9mw~n nao\j tou= e0n u9mi=n a(gi/ou pneu/mato/j e0stin, ou[ e1xete a)po\ qeou=; Kai\ ou0k e0ste\ e9autw~n, Or do you not know that your body is the sanctuary of the holy spirit in you, which you have from God? And you are not your own,
1 Cor 6:20 h0gora&sqhte ga_r timh=j: doca&sate dh\ to\n qeo\n e0n tw%~ sw&mati u9mw~n, kai\ e0n tw%~ pneu/mati u9mw~n, a#tina& e0stin tou= qeou=. for you have been bought at a price. Glorify God, therefore, in your body and in your spirit, which are God's.
1 Cor 7:1 Peri\ de\ w{n e0gra&yate/ moi, kalo\n a)nqrw&pw% gunaiko\j mh\ a#ptesqai. Now concerning the things about which you wrote to me, it is good for a man not to touch a woman.
1 Cor 7:2 Dia_ de\ ta_j pornei/aj e3kastoj th\n e9autou= gunai=ka e0xe/tw, kai\ e9ka&sth to\n i1dion a!ndra e0xe/tw. But because of the danger of fornication, let each man have his own wife, and each woman have her own husband.
1 Cor 7:3 Th|= gunaiki\ o9 a)nh\r th\n o0feilome/nhn eu1noian a)podido/tw: o9moi/wj de\ kai\ h9 gunh\ tw%~ a)ndri/. Let the husband fulfil the romance due to the wife, and similarly also the wife to her husband.
1 Cor 7:4 879H gunh\ tou= i0di/ou sw&matoj ou0k e0cousia&zei, a)ll' o9 a)nh/r: o9moi/wj de\ kai\ o9 a)nh\r tou= i0di/ou sw&matoj ou0k e0cousia&zei, a)ll' h9 gunh/. It is not the wife who has authority over her own body, but the husband. And similarly, neither is it the man who has authority over his own body, but the wife. similarly ← similarly also (otiose kai/).
1 Cor 7:5 Mh\ a)posterei=te a)llh/louj, ei0 mh/ ti a@n e0k sumfw&nou pro\j kairo/n, i3na sxola&zhte th|= nhstei/a% kai\ th|= proseuxh|=, kai\ pa&lin e0pi\ to\ au0to\ {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: sune/rxhsqe} [E1624: sune/rxesqe], i3na mh\ peira&zh| u9ma~j o9 Satana~j dia_ th\n a)krasi/an u9mw~n. Do not withhold from one another, except perhaps in agreement for a while, in order that you may be at leisure for fasting and {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: prayer, and come together} [E1624: prayer. And come together] again, so that Satan does not tempt you through lack of control on your part. sune/rxhsqe, come together (subjunctive, part of the purpose clause), RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=10/13 vs. sune/rxesqe, come together (imperative), E1624 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's ach).
lack of control on your part ← your lack of control. Subjective genitive.
1 Cor 7:6 Tou=to de\ le/gw kata_ suggnw&mhn, ou0 kat' e0pitagh/n. But I say this sympathetically, not by commandment. sympathetically ← according to fellow feeling.
1 Cor 7:7 Qe/lw ga_r pa&ntaj a)nqrw&pouj ei]nai w(j kai\ e0mauto/n: a)ll' e3kastoj i1dion xa&risma e1xei e0k qeou=, o4j me\n ou3twj, o4j de\ ou3twj. For I wish that all men were as I myself am, but each has his own gracious gift from God – one of this kind, one of that kind. as ← as also (otiose kai/).
of this kind ... of that kind ← thus ... thus.
1 Cor 7:8 Le/gw de\ toi=j a)ga&moij kai\ tai=j xh/raij, kalo\n au0toi=j e0stin e0a_n mei/nwsin w(j ka)gw&. But I say to those who are unmarried and to the widows, that it is good for them if they remain as I am. as ← as also (otiose kai/).
1 Cor 7:9 Ei0 de\ ou0k e0gkrateu/ontai, gamhsa&twsan: krei=sson ga&r e0stin gamh=sai h2 purou=sqai. But if they cannot control themselves, let them marry. For it is better to marry than to be ardently desirous.
1 Cor 7:10 Toi=j de\ gegamhko/sin paragge/llw, ou0k e0gw&, a)ll' o9 ku/rioj, gunai=ka a)po\ a)ndro\j mh\ xwrisqh=nai: And to those married, I command, though not I, but the Lord, that a woman should not separate from her husband. separate ← be separated, but apparently a command to the woman, the command to the husband following.
1 Cor 7:11 e0a_n de\ kai\ xwrisqh|=, mene/tw a!gamoj, h2 tw%~ a)ndri\ katallagh/tw - kai\ a!ndra gunai=ka mh\ a)fie/nai. But if she does separate, let her remain unmarried, or let her be reconciled to her husband. And I command a husband not to divorce his wife. separate: see 1 Cor 7:10.
1 Cor 7:12 Toi=j de\ loipoi=j e0gw_ le/gw, ou0x o9 ku/rioj: ei1 tij a)delfo\j gunai=ka e1xei a!piston, kai\ au0th\ suneudokei= oi0kei=n met' au0tou=, mh\ a)fie/tw au0th/n. And to the rest, I, not the Lord, speak. If any brother has an unbelieving wife, and she consents to live with him, let him not divorce her.
1 Cor 7:13 Kai\ gunh\ {RP TR: h3tij} [P1904: ei1 tij] e1xei a!ndra a!piston, kai\ au0to\j suneudokei= oi0kei=n met' au0th=j, mh\ a)fie/tw au0to/n. And {RP TR: as for a wife who} [P1904: if any wife] has an unbelieving husband, and he consents to live with her, let her not divorce him. h3tij, who, RP TR F1859=11/14 vs. ei1 tij, if anyone, P1904 F1859=3/14 (Scrivener's b*hk).
1 Cor 7:14 879Hgi/astai ga_r o9 a)nh\r o9 a!pistoj e0n th|= gunaiki/, kai\ h9gi/astai h9 gunh\ h9 a!pistoj e0n tw%~ a)ndri/: e0pei\ a!ra ta_ te/kna u9mw~n a)ka&qarta& e0stin, nu=n de\ a#gia& e0stin. For the unbelieving husband has been sanctified by the wife, and the unbelieving wife has been sanctified by the husband, since otherwise your children would be unclean, but as it is, they are holy. but as it is ← but now.
1 Cor 7:15 Ei0 de\ o9 a!pistoj xwri/zetai, xwrize/sqw. Ou0 dedou/lwtai o9 a)delfo\j h2 h9 a)delfh\ e0n toi=j toiou/toij: e0n de\ ei0rh/nh| ke/klhken h9ma~j o9 qeo/j. But if the unbelieving spouse separates, let him be separate. A brother or sister is not tied down in such cases. And God has called us in peace. him ← him / her, a singular but genderless form. The unbelieving spouse is masculine in form but is probably a generality referring to either sex.
is not tied down ← has not been enslaved.
1 Cor 7:16 Ti/ ga_r oi]daj, gu/nai, ei0 to\n a!ndra sw&seij; 872H ti/ oi]daj, a!ner, ei0 th\n gunai=ka sw&seij; For how do you know, you wife, whether you will save your husband? Or how do you know, you husband, whether you will save your wife?
1 Cor 7:17 Ei0 mh\ e9ka&stw% w(j e0me/risen o9 qeo/j, e3kaston w(j ke/klhken o9 ku/rioj, ou3twj peripatei/tw. Kai\ ou3twj e0n tai=j e0kklhsi/aij pa&saij diata&ssomai. But as God has distributed to everyone – as the Lord has called everyone – so let him walk. And this is what I command in all the churches. this is what ← thus.
churches: see Matt 16:18.
1 Cor 7:18 Peritetmhme/noj tij e0klh/qh; Mh\ e0pispa&sqw. 870En a)krobusti/a% tij e0klh/qh; Mh\ peritemne/sqw. Is anyone who is circumcised called? Let him not screen his circumcision. Is anyone in uncircumcision called? Let him not be circumcised. screen his circumcision ← draw onto, perhaps by surgery.
uncircumcision: see Rom 2:25.
1 Cor 7:19 879H peritomh\ ou0de/n e0stin, kai\ h9 a)krobusti/a ou0de/n e0stin, a)lla_ th/rhsij e0ntolw~n qeou=. Circumcision isn't anything, nor is uncircumcision anything, but rather keeping the commandments of God is quite something. uncircumcision: see Rom 2:25.
1 Cor 7:20 873Ekastoj e0n th|= klh/sei h|[ e0klh/qh, e0n tau/th| mene/tw. Let each person remain in the particular calling in which he is called. the ← that.
1 Cor 7:21 Dou=loj e0klh/qhj; Mh/ soi mele/tw: a)ll' ei0 kai\ du/nasai e0leu/qeroj gene/sqai, ma~llon xrh=sai. Have you, as a slave, been called? Don't let it be a concern to you. But even so, if you can become free, it is preferable to make use of it. to make use: middle imperative (make use), but possibly an active infinitive; compare Luke 11:5 (lend).
1 Cor 7:22 879O ga_r e0n kuri/w% klhqei\j dou=loj, a)peleu/qeroj kuri/ou e0sti/n: o9moi/wj kai\ o9 e0leu/qeroj klhqei/j, dou=lo/j e0stin xristou=. For the slave who has been called in the Lord is the Lord's freedman. Likewise too, the called free man is Christ's servant.
1 Cor 7:23 Timh=j h0gora&sqhte: mh\ gi/nesqe dou=loi a)nqrw&pwn. You have been bought at a price; do not become slaves of men.
1 Cor 7:24 873Ekastoj e0n w%{ e0klh/qh, a)delfoi/, e0n tou/tw% mene/tw para_ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: tw%~] qew%~. Brothers, let everyone remain with God in the circumstances in which he has been called. tw%~, the (God): absent in RP F1859=11/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ek).
the ← that (one).
1 Cor 7:25 Peri\ de\ tw~n parqe/nwn e0pitagh\n kuri/ou ou0k e1xw: gnw&mhn de\ di/dwmi w(j h0lehme/noj u9po\ kuri/ou pisto\j ei]nai. Now concerning virgins, I do not have a commandment from the Lord, but I give my opinion as one who has received mercy from the Lord, so as to be faithful. from ← of.
1 Cor 7:26 Nomi/zw ou]n tou=to kalo\n u9pa&rxein dia_ th\n e0nestw~san a)na&gkhn, o3ti kalo\n a)nqrw&pw% to\ ou3twj ei]nai. So I consider this to be right, on account of the present constrained circumstances: that it is right for a man to stay as he is. stay as he is ← be thus. The sense of this is given in the next verse.
1 Cor 7:27 De/desai gunaiki/; Mh\ zh/tei lu/sin. Le/lusai a)po\ gunaiko/j; Mh\ zh/tei gunai=ka. Are you bound to a wife? Do not seek dissolution. Have you been released from a wife? Do not seek a wife. are you bound ← have you been bound, but with emphasis on the present state of being bound.
1 Cor 7:28 870Ea_n de\ kai\ gh/mh|j, ou0x h3martej: kai\ e0a_n gh/mh| h9 parqe/noj, ou0x h3marten. Qli/yin de\ th|= sarki\ e3cousin oi9 toiou=toi: e0gw_ de\ u9mw~n fei/domai. But even if you do marry, you have not sinned. And if a virgin marries, she has not sinned. However, such will have tribulation in the flesh. But I spare you.
1 Cor 7:29 Tou=to de/ fhmi, a)delfoi/, {RP P1904 S1550: - } [E1624 S1894: o3ti] o9 kairo\j sunestalme/noj: to\ loipo/n e0stin i3na kai\ {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: oi9} [E1624: - ] e1xontej gunai=kaj w(j mh\ e1xontej w}sin: And I say this, {RP P1904 S1550: brothers: the} [E1624 S1894: brothers, that the] time has drawn on. From now on it is for even {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: those} [E1624: those] who have wives to be as if they do not have wives, o3ti, that: absent in RP P1904 S1550 F1859=9/13 (incl. c(tacite)) vs. present in E1624 S1894 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's dehl).
oi9, the, those (having): present in RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=13/13 (incl. c(tacite)) vs. absent in E1624 F1859=0/13.
1 Cor 7:30 kai\ oi9 klai/ontej, w(j mh\ klai/ontej: kai\ oi9 xai/rontej, w(j mh\ xai/rontej: kai\ oi9 a)gora&zontej, w(j mh\ kate/xontej: and for those who weep to be as if they do not weep, and for those who rejoice to be as if they do not rejoice, and for those who make purchases to be as if they don't possess anything,
1 Cor 7:31 kai\ oi9 xrw&menoi tw%~ ko/smw% tou/tw%, w(j mh\ kataxrw&menoi: para&gei ga_r to\ sxh=ma tou= ko/smou tou/tou. and for those who use this world to be as if they don't exploit it, for the system of this world is passing away.
1 Cor 7:32 Qe/lw de\ u9ma~j a)meri/mnouj ei]nai. 879O a!gamoj merimna%~ ta_ tou= kuri/ou, pw~j a)re/sei tw%~ kuri/w%: And I would like you to be free from anxiety. He who is not married cares about the affairs of the Lord, about how he can please the Lord, can ← will, a Hebraism.
1 Cor 7:33 o9 de\ gamh/saj merimna%~ ta_ tou= ko/smou, pw~j a)re/sei th|= gunaiki/. but he who is married cares about the affairs of the world, about how he can please his wife. can ← will, a Hebraism.
1 Cor 7:34 Meme/ristai {RP P1904: kai\} [TR: - ] h9 gunh\ kai\ h9 parqe/noj. 879H a!gamoj merimna%~ ta_ tou= kuri/ou, i3na h|] a(gi/a kai\ sw&mati kai\ pneu/mati: h9 de\ gamh/sasa merimna%~ ta_ tou= ko/smou, pw~j a)re/sei tw%~ a)ndri/. There is {RP P1904: also} [TR: - ] a distinction between a married woman and a virgin. An unmarried woman cares about the affairs of the Lord, in order that she may be holy in both body and spirit. But the married woman cares about the affairs of the world, about how she can please her husband. kai\, and / also: present in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/13.
there is {RP P1904: ...} [TR: - ] a distinction ← it has been divided.
can ← will, a Hebraism.
1 Cor 7:35 Tou=to de\ pro\j to\ u9mw~n au0tw~n sumfe/ron le/gw: ou0x i3na bro/xon u9mi=n e0piba&lw, a)lla_ pro\j to\ eu1sxhmon kai\ {RP TR: eu0pro/sedron} [P1904: eu0pa&redron] tw%~ kuri/w% a)perispa&stwj. And I say this for the benefit of yourselves, not in order to put a noose round you, but for the sake of what is seemly and with willing devotion to the Lord without distraction. eu0pro/sedron, properly attentive (1), RP TR F1859=11/13 vs. eu0pa&redron, properly attentive (2), P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's o).
1 Cor 7:36 Ei0 de/ tij a)sxhmonei=n e0pi\ th\n parqe/non au0tou= nomi/zei, e0a_n h|] u9pe/rakmoj, kai\ ou3twj o0fei/lei gi/nesqai, o4 qe/lei poiei/tw: ou0x a(marta&nei: gamei/twsan. But if anyone thinks he is behaving in an improper way towards his virgin daughter, if she is passing the prime of life, and if he thinks it has to be this way, let him do what he wishes – he is not sinning – let such virgins marry. let such virgins marry ← let them marry, i.e. let the virgins marry their suitors, as approved by their fathers. Perhaps just referring to the one virgin and her suitor.
1 Cor 7:37 874Oj de\ e3sthken e9drai=oj e0n th|= kardi/a%, mh\ e1xwn a)na&gkhn, e0cousi/an de\ e1xei peri\ tou= i0di/ou qelh/matoj, kai\ tou=to ke/kriken e0n th|= kardi/a% au0tou=, tou= threi=n th\n e9autou= parqe/non, kalw~j poiei=. But he who stands steadfast in his heart, not being under compulsion, but who has control over his own will, and who has so decided in his heart to keep his virgin daughter at home – he does well. being under ← having.
has so decided ← has decided this.
1 Cor 7:38 873Wste kai\ o9 e0kgami/zwn kalw~j poiei=: o9 de\ mh\ e0kgami/zwn krei=sson poiei=. So that he who gives her in marriage also does well, but he who does not give her in marriage does better.
1 Cor 7:39 Gunh\ de/detai no/mw% e0f' o3son xro/non zh|= o9 a)nh\r au0th=j: e0a_n de\ {RP: kai\} [P1904 TR: - ] koimhqh|= o9 a)nh/r {RP: - } [P1904 TR: au0th=j], e0leuqe/ra e0sti\n w%{ qe/lei gamhqh=nai, mo/non e0n kuri/w%. The wife is bound by the law as long as her husband is alive. But if {RP: her} [P1904 TR: her] husband falls asleep, she is free to marry whom she wishes, except that it must be in the Lord. kai\, and, also (but not necessarily translatable): present in RP F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's abefhlo) vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's cdgkmn). A weak disparity with RP, R=7:8.
au0th=j, her: absent in RP F1859=11/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's am).
to marry ← to be married to.
1 Cor 7:40 Makariwte/ra de/ e0stin e0a_n ou3twj mei/nh|, kata_ th\n e0mh\n gnw&mhn: dokw~ de\ ka)gw_ pneu=ma qeou= e1xein. But she is more blessed if she remains as she is, in my opinion. And I also consider I have the spirit of God. as she is ← thus.
1 Cor 8:1 Peri\ de\ tw~n ei0dwloqu/twn, oi1damen o3ti pa&ntej gnw~sin e1xomen. 879H gnw~sij fusioi=, h9 de\ a)ga&ph oi0kodomei=. Now concerning things offered to idols, we know that we all have knowledge. Knowledge puffs a person up, whereas love edifies.
1 Cor 8:2 Ei0 de/ tij dokei= ei0de/nai ti, ou0de/pw ou0de\n e1gnwken kaqw_j dei= gnw~nai: And if anyone thinks he knows anything, he has not yet come to knowledge of anything in the way it is necessary to know it. knows ... come to knowledge ... know: the first verb of knowing is of instinctive knowing; the second two are of acquired knowledge.
1 Cor 8:3 ei0 de/ tij a)gapa%~ to\n qeo/n, ou[toj e1gnwstai u9p' au0tou=. But if anyone loves God, he is known by him. he is known ← this (one) has been known, but with emphasis on the present state of being known in an ongoing way. The verb of knowing is of acquired knowledge.
1 Cor 8:4 Peri\ th=j brw&sewj ou]n tw~n ei0dwloqu/twn, oi1damen o3ti ou0de\n ei1dwlon e0n ko/smw%, kai\ o3ti ou0dei\j qeo\j e3teroj ei0 mh\ ei[j. Concerning food which has been offered to idols, then, we know that there is no self-existent idol in the universe, and that there is no other God besides the one. no other God besides the one ← no other God except one. What is acceptable pleonastic usage in Greek gives the impression in English of one other god besides the true God, so we adapt our translation accordingly. Another case of pleonastic usage in Mark 12:4.
1 Cor 8:5 Kai\ ga_r ei1per ei0si\n lego/menoi qeoi/, ei1te e0n ou0ranw%~ ei1te e0pi\ {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: th=j] gh=j: w#sper ei0si\n qeoi\ polloi/, kai\ ku/rioi polloi/: For indeed, although there are those called gods, whether in heaven or on {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: the] earth, as indeed there are many gods and many lords, th=j, the (earth): absent in RP-text F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's fgklmn) vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's abcdeho). A disparity with RP-text, R=6:9.
1 Cor 8:6 a)ll' h9mi=n ei[j qeo\j o9 path/r, e0c ou[ ta_ pa&nta, kai\ h9mei=j ei0j au0to/n: kai\ ei[j ku/rioj 870Ihsou=j xristo/j, di' ou[ ta_ pa&nta, kai\ h9mei=j di' au0tou=. yet to us there is one God, the father, from whom all things come, including us for him, and one Lord Jesus Christ, through whom all things come, including us through him. from ← out of.
1 Cor 8:7 870All' ou0k e0n pa~sin h9 gnw~sij: tine\j de\ th|= suneidh/sei tou= ei0dw&lou e3wj a!rti w(j ei0dwlo/quton e0sqi/ousin, kai\ h9 sunei/dhsij au0tw~n a)sqenh\j ou]sa molu/netai. But knowledge is not prevalent among all. And some still eat that which has been offered to idols with consciousness of the idol, and their conscience, being weak, is defiled. still ← up to now.
that which has been offered to idols ← as that which has been offered to idols. The word w(j seems to be redundant, though it could originate from the manner of eating. See Luke 2:37.
An alternative translation of the verse is ... but some still have consciousness of an idol when they eat that which has been offered to an idol ... .
1 Cor 8:8 Brw~ma de\ h9ma~j ou0 pari/sthsin tw%~ qew%~: ou1te ga_r e0a_n fa&gwmen perisseu/omen, ou1te e0a_n mh\ fa&gwmen u9sterou/meqa. But food does not commend us to God. For neither if we eat do we gain anything, nor if we do not eat do we lose anything. do we gain anything ← do we abound, have surplus.
do we lose anything ← do we lack, fall short.
With eating and fasting one may gain or lose weight, but one does not gain or lose commendation to God this way.
1 Cor 8:9 Ble/pete de\ mh/pwj h9 e0cousi/a u9mw~n au3th pro/skomma ge/nhtai toi=j a)sqenou=sin. But watch out that this warrant of yours does not become a cause of stumbling to those who are weak. warrant: a warrant to eat whatever you wish.
1 Cor 8:10 870Ea_n ga&r tij i1dh| se to\n e1xonta gnw~sin e0n ei0dwlei/w% katakei/menon, ou0xi\ h9 sunei/dhsij au0tou= a)sqenou=j o1ntoj oi0kodomhqh/setai ei0j to\ ta_ ei0dwlo/quta e0sqi/ein; For if anyone sees you – you who have knowledge – reclining at table in an idolatrous temple, will not his conscience, with him being weak, be indoctrinated with the matter of eating things offered to idols? indoctrinated ← built, edified.
1 Cor 8:11 Kai\ a)polei=tai o9 a)sqenw~n a)delfo\j e0pi\ th|= sh|= gnw&sei, di' o4n xristo\j a)pe/qanen; And the weak brother, for whose sake Christ died, will be lost when confronted with your knowledge. We, with P1904, punctuate as a statement (because no ou0xi/ as in the previous verse, which pressurizes for an answer of yes); RP TBS-TR punctuate as a question.
when confronted with ← at.
1 Cor 8:12 Ou3twj de\ a(marta&nontej ei0j tou\j a)delfou/j, kai\ tu/ptontej au0tw~n th\n sunei/dhsin a)sqenou=san, ei0j xristo\n a(marta&nete. And in this way, in sinning against the brothers and wounding their weak conscience, you would be sinning against Christ. would be ← are. By this stage in the argument, we take the situation as hypothetical.
1 Cor 8:13 Dio/per ei0 brw~ma skandali/zei to\n a)delfo/n mou, ou0 mh\ fa&gw kre/a ei0j to\n ai0w~na, i3na mh\ to\n a)delfo/n mou skandali/sw. That is why if food causes offence to my brother, I certainly will never eat meat, in order not to cause offence to my brother. that is why ← on account of this.
never ← not ... throughout the age.
1 Cor 9:1 Ou0k ei0mi\ a)po/stoloj; Ou0k ei0mi\ e0leu/qeroj; Ou0xi\ 870Ihsou=n xristo\n to\n ku/rion h9mw~n e9w&raka; Ou0 to\ e1rgon mou u9mei=j e0ste e0n kuri/w%; Am I not an apostle? Am I not free? Have I not seen Jesus Christ our Lord? Are you not my work in the Lord?
1 Cor 9:2 Ei0 a!lloij ou0k ei0mi\ a)po/stoloj, a)lla& ge u9mi=n ei0mi: h9 ga_r sfragi\j th=j e0mh=j a)postolh=j u9mei=j e0ste e0n kuri/w%. If I am not an apostle to others, at least I am to you. For you in the Lord are the seal of my apostleship.
1 Cor 9:3 879H e0mh\ a)pologi/a toi=j e0me\ a)nakri/nousin au3th e0sti/n. My defence to those who examine me is as follows. as follows ← this.
1 Cor 9:4 Mh\ ou0k e1xomen e0cousi/an fagei=n kai\ piei=n; Do we not have authority to eat and drink?
1 Cor 9:5 Mh\ ou0k e1xomen e0cousi/an a)delfh\n gunai=ka peria&gein, w(j kai\ oi9 loipoi\ a)po/stoloi, kai\ oi9 a)delfoi\ tou= kuri/ou, kai\ Khfa~j; Do we not have authority to take a sister-lady around as the other apostles and the brothers of the Lord do, and Cephas does? as ← as also (otiose kai/).
1 Cor 9:6 872H mo/noj e0gw_ kai\ Barna&baj ou0k e1xomen e0cousi/an tou= mh\ e0rga&zesqai; Or is it only Barnabas and I who do not have a warrant not to work? Barnabas and I ← I and Barnabas.
1 Cor 9:7 Ti/j strateu/etai i0di/oij o0ywni/oij pote/; Ti/j futeu/ei a)mpelw~na, kai\ e0k tou= karpou= au0tou= ou0k e0sqi/ei; 872H ti/j poimai/nei poi/mnhn, kai\ e0k tou= ga&laktoj th=j poi/mnhj ou0k e0sqi/ei; Who ever serves as a soldier at his own expense? Who plants a vineyard and does not eat from its fruit? Or who tends a flock and does not eat from the milk of the flock?
1 Cor 9:8 Mh\ kata_ a!nqrwpon tau=ta lalw~; 872H ou0xi\ kai\ o9 no/moj tau=ta le/gei; Do I just say these things on a human level? Or does the law not say these things too? just: this word brings out the pressure for an answer of “no” to the question, as exerted by mh/.
1 Cor 9:9 870En ga_r tw%~ {RP-text: Mwu+se/wj} [RP-marg P1904 TR: Mwse/wj] no/mw% ge/graptai, Ou0 fimw&seij bou=n a)low~nta. Mh\ tw~n bow~n me/lei tw%~ qew%~; For in the law of Moses it stands written: “You shall not muzzle an ox which threshes.” Is God really concerned about oxen? Mwu+se/wj, of Moüses, RP-text F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's k) vs. Mwse/wj, of Moses, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=9/12 vs. Mwu+se/oj, of Moses, F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's gl). A strong disparity with RP-text, R=1:11. But a reversal of the balance in 1 Cor 10:2.
Deut 25:4.
is God really concerned ← is it really a concern to God.
1 Cor 9:10 872H di' h9ma~j pa&ntwj le/gei; Di' h9ma~j ga_r e0gra&fh, o3ti e0p' e0lpi/di o0fei/lei o9 a)rotriw~n a)rotria~n, kai\ o9 a)low~n th=j e0lpi/doj au0tou= mete/xein e0p' e0lpi/di. Or does he say it entirely for our sakes? Well, it was written for our sakes, because he who ploughs should plough in hope, and he who threshes in hope should have a share of his hope.
1 Cor 9:11 Ei0 h9mei=j u9mi=n ta_ pneumatika_ e0spei/ramen, me/ga ei0 h9mei=j u9mw~n ta_ sarkika_ qeri/somen; If we have sown spiritual things for you, is it anything extraordinary if we reap your material things? extraordinary ← great. Colloquially, a big deal.
reap your material things ← shall reap your carnal (things), i.e. receive a wage from you.
1 Cor 9:12 Ei0 a!lloi th=j e0cousi/aj u9mw~n mete/xousin, ou0 ma~llon h9mei=j; 870All' ou0k e0xrhsa&meqa th|= e0cousi/a% tau/th|, a)lla_ pa&nta ste/gomen, i3na mh\ e0gkoph/n tina dw~men tw%~ eu0aggeli/w% tou= xristou=. If others share in this authority over you, should not we all the more? But we have not used this authority; rather, we endure all things, in order not to create any hindrance to the gospel of Christ. over you ← of you, an objective genitive.
create ← give.
1 Cor 9:13 Ou0k oi1date o3ti oi9 ta_ i9era_ e0rgazo/menoi e0k tou= i9erou= e0sqi/ousin, oi9 tw%~ qusiasthri/w% prosedreu/ontej tw%~ qusiasthri/w% summeri/zontai; Do you not know that those who work on holy matters eat from the income of the temple, and that those who officiate at the altar take a share in the sacrifices of the altar?
1 Cor 9:14 Ou3twj kai\ o9 ku/rioj die/tacen toi=j to\ eu0agge/lion katagge/llousin e0k tou= eu0aggeli/ou zh|=n. In this way the Lord also made provision for those who proclaim the gospel to live from the gospel.
1 Cor 9:15 870Egw_ de\ ou0deni\ e0xrhsa&mhn tou/twn: ou0k e1graya de\ tau=ta i3na ou3twj ge/nhtai e0n e0moi/: kalo\n ga&r moi ma~llon a)poqanei=n, h2 to\ kau/xhma& mou i3na tij kenw&sh|. But I have not used any of these things, and I have not written these things, in order for them to be forgone like that in my case. For it is better for me to die than that anyone should make my exultation void. forgone like that: i.e. with his rights not exercised.
better ... than ← good ... rather than. Positive for comparative, a Hebraism.
1 Cor 9:16 870Ea_n ga_r eu0aggeli/zwmai, ou0k e1stin moi kau/xhma: a)na&gkh ga&r moi e0pi/keitai: ou0ai\ de/ moi e0sti/n, e0a_n mh\ eu0aggeli/zwmai. For if I preach the gospel, I do not have anything to glory about, for necessity constrains me. But woe is me if I do not preach the gospel. anything to glory about ← a boast.
constrains ← lies on.
woe is me ← woe to me.
1 Cor 9:17 Ei0 ga_r e9kw_n tou=to pra&ssw, misqo\n e1xw: ei0 de\ a!kwn, oi0konomi/an pepi/steumai. For if I do this willingly, I have a reward. But if unwillingly, then I have still been entrusted with a stewardship. stewardship: or dispensation.
1 Cor 9:18 Ti/j ou]n moi/ e0stin o9 misqo/j; 873Ina eu0aggelizo/menoj a)da&panon qh/sw to\ eu0agge/lion tou= xristou=, ei0j to\ mh\ kataxrh/sasqai th|= e0cousi/a% mou e0n tw%~ eu0aggeli/w%. So what is my reward? That in preaching the gospel I may present the gospel of Christ without expense being incurred, so as not to exploit my authority with the gospel.
1 Cor 9:19 870Eleu/qeroj ga_r w@n e0k pa&ntwn, pa~sin e0mauto\n e0dou/lwsa, i3na tou\j plei/onaj kerdh/sw. For although I am free from all, I have made myself a slave to all, so as to win over the greater number of people. although: concessive use of the participle.
1 Cor 9:20 Kai\ e0geno/mhn toi=j 870Ioudai/oij w(j 870Ioudai=oj, i3na 870Ioudai/ouj kerdh/sw: toi=j u9po\ no/mon w(j u9po\ no/mon, i3na tou\j u9po\ no/mon kerdh/sw: And I became as a Jew to the Jews, in order to win over the Jews; to those under the law I became as one under the law, in order that I might win over those under the law;
1 Cor 9:21 toi=j a)no/moij w(j a!nomoj, mh\ w@n a!nomoj qew%~ a)ll' e1nnomoj xristw%~, i3na kerdh/sw a)no/mouj. to those who are without the law I became as one without the law (not being without the law to God, but subject in the law to Christ), in order that I might win over those without the law.
1 Cor 9:22 870Egeno/mhn toi=j a)sqene/sin w(j a)sqenh/j, i3na tou\j a)sqenei=j kerdh/sw. Toi=j pa~sin ge/gona ta_ pa&nta, i3na pa&ntwj tina_j sw&sw. To the weak I became as one weak, in order to win over the weak. I have become all sorts of things to all kinds of people, in order to save some in all sorts of ways.
1 Cor 9:23 Tou=to de\ poiw~ dia_ to\ eu0agge/lion, i3na sugkoinwno\j au0tou= ge/nwmai. I do this on account of the gospel, in order that I may be a fellow sharer of it. be: or become.
1 Cor 9:24 Ou0k oi1date o3ti oi9 e0n stadi/w% tre/xontej pa&ntej me\n tre/xousin, ei[j de\ lamba&nei to\ brabei=on; Ou3twj tre/xete, i3na katala&bhte. Do you not know that those who run in a stadium all run, but only one receives the prize? Run so as to win!
1 Cor 9:25 Pa~j de\ o9 a)gwnizo/menoj pa&nta e0gkrateu/etai: e0kei=noi me\n ou]n i3na fqarto\n ste/fanon la&bwsin, h9mei=j de\ a!fqarton. Every contestant exerts himself in every way. So they do it in order to obtain a perishable crown, but we for an imperishable one. they ← those.
1 Cor 9:26 870Egw_ toi/nun ou3twj tre/xw w(j ou0k a)dh/lwj: ou3twj pukteu/w, w(j ou0k a)e/ra de/rwn: So then, I run like that, not falteringly. I box like that, not beating the air, not falteringly ... not beating ← as not certainly ... as not beating. Two cases of a redundant w(j; see Luke 2:37.
1 Cor 9:27 a)ll' {RP TR: u9pwpia&zw} [P1904: u9popia&zw] mou to\ sw~ma kai\ doulagwgw~, mh/pwj, a!lloij khru/caj, au0to\j a)do/kimoj ge/nwmai. but I deal severely with my body and bring it into subjection, in case, having proclaimed this to others, I myself become disqualified. u9pwpia&zw, I strike under the eye, deal severely (1), RP TR F1859=8/15 vs. u9popia&zw, I strike under the eye, deal severely (2), P1904 F1859=7/15 (Scrivener's ab*cfg**no). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=9:8.
deal severely with ← strike under the eye.
become disqualified: the context indicates for the prize.
1 Cor 10:1 Ou0 qe/lw de\ u9ma~j a)gnoei=n, a)delfoi/, o3ti oi9 pate/rej h9mw~n pa&ntej u9po\ th\n nefe/lhn h]san, kai\ pa&ntej dia_ th=j qala&sshj dih=lqon, And, brothers, I do not want you to be ignorant of the fact that our fathers were all under the cloud, and all passed through the sea.
1 Cor 10:2 kai\ pa&ntej ei0j to\n {RP P1904: Mwu+sh=n} [TR: Mwsh=n] e0bapti/santo e0n th|= nefe/lh| kai\ e0n th|= qala&ssh|, And they all had themselves baptized into Moses in the cloud and in the sea, Mwu+sh=n, Moüses, RP P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. Mwsh=n, Moses, TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's dn).
had themselves baptized: this sense comes from the middle voice. See Acts 4:3.
1 Cor 10:3 kai\ pa&ntej to\ au0to\ brw~ma pneumatiko\n e1fagon, and they all ate the same spiritual food,
1 Cor 10:4 kai\ pa&ntej to\ au0to\ po/ma pneumatiko\n e1pion: e1pinon ga_r e0k pneumatikh=j a)kolouqou/shj pe/traj: h9 de\ pe/tra h]n o9 xristo/j. and they all drank the same spiritual drink, for they drank from a spiritual rock following them, and the rock was Christ.
1 Cor 10:5 870All' ou0k e0n toi=j plei/osin au0tw~n eu0do/khsen o9 qeo/j: katestrw&qhsan ga_r e0n th|= e0rh/mw%. But God was not pleased with most of them, as is evidenced by how they were strewn around in the desert. as is evidenced by how ← for, but it is not the cause that is given, but the consequence which demonstrates the original assertion of the main clause.
1 Cor 10:6 Tau=ta de\ tu/poi h9mw~n e0genh/qhsan, ei0j to\ mh\ ei]nai h9ma~j e0piqumhta_j kakw~n, kaqw_j ka)kei=noi e0pequ/mhsan. But these things were depictions for us, so that we should not be intent on evil things, as they for their part were intent. were ← became.
depictions: compare Rom 5:14.
for us ← our, of us.
intent on ... were intent ← desirers of ... desired.
for their part ← also.
1 Cor 10:7 Mhde\ ei0dwlola&trai gi/nesqe, kaqw&j tinej au0tw~n: {RP: w#sper} [P1904 TR: w(j] ge/graptai, 870Eka&qisen o9 lao\j fagei=n kai\ piei=n, kai\ a)ne/sthsan pai/zein. And do not become idolaters, as some of them did, {RP: as indeed} [P1904 TR: as] it stands written: “The people sat down to eat and drink, and they stood up to make sport.” w#sper, as (strengthened form), RP F1859=10/12 vs. w(j, as, P1904 TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's dk).
Ex 32:6.
1 Cor 10:8 Mhde\ porneu/wmen, kaqw&j tinej au0tw~n e0po/rneusan, kai\ e1peson e0n mia%~ h9me/ra% ei1kosi trei=j xilia&dej. And let us not fornicate, as some of them fornicated, and twenty-three thousand fell in one day.
1 Cor 10:9 Mhde\ e0kpeira&zwmen to\n xristo/n, kaqw_j kai/ tinej au0tw~n e0pei/rasan, kai\ u9po\ tw~n o1fewn a)pw&lonto. And let us not put Christ to the test, as some of them put him to the test and were destroyed by the serpents. as ← as also (otiose kai/).
him: this ellipsis is justified considering 1 Cor 10:4.
1 Cor 10:10 Mhde\ goggu/zete, kaqw_j kai/ tinej au0tw~n e0go/ggusan, kai\ a)pw&lonto u9po\ tou= o0loqreutou=. And do not grumble, as some of them grumbled and were killed by the destroyer. as ← as also (otiose kai/). There is a certain sense of for their part, which we use occasionally, but not here.
1 Cor 10:11 Tau=ta de\ pa&nta tu/poi sune/bainon e0kei/noij: e0gra&fh de\ pro\j nouqesi/an h9mw~n, ei0j ou4j ta_ te/lh tw~n ai0w&nwn kath/nthsen. Now all these things happened to those people as depictions, but they have been written as a warning to us, on whom the ends of the ages have converged. to us ← of us, objective genitive (they warn us).
1 Cor 10:12 873Wste o9 dokw~n e9sta&nai, blepe/tw mh\ pe/sh|. So he who thinks he is standing, let him watch out that he does not fall.
1 Cor 10:13 Peirasmo\j u9ma~j ou0k ei1lhfen ei0 mh\ a)nqrw&pinoj: pisto\j de\ o9 qeo/j, o4j ou0k e0a&sei u9ma~j peirasqh=nai u9pe\r o4 du/nasqe, a)lla_ poih/sei su\n tw%~ peirasmw%~ kai\ th\n e1kbasin, tou= du/nasqai u9ma~j u9penegkei=n. Temptation has not got a grip on you, except for the human kind. But God is faithful, and he will not allow you to be tempted beyond what you can take, but rather will also fashion the outcome with the temptation so that you can endure it. temptation: or putting to the test.
got a grip on ← taken, seized.
fashion the outcome or make an escape route. “Outcome” in Heb 13:7.
1 Cor 10:14 Dio/per, a)gaphtoi/ mou, feu/gete a)po\ th=j {RP TR: ei0dwlolatrei/aj} [P1904: ei0dwlolatri/aj]. Therefore, my beloved, flee from idolatry. ei0dwlolatrei/aj, idolatry (1), RP TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's h*mn) vs. ei0dwlolatri/aj, idolatry (2), P1904 F1859=9/13 (Scrivener's abcdfgh**lo) vs. another spelling, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's k). A disparity with RP, R=4:10.
1 Cor 10:15 879Wj froni/moij le/gw, kri/nate u9mei=j o3 fhmi. I speak as to the prudent; judge for yourselves what I say.
1 Cor 10:16 To\ poth/rion th=j eu0logi/aj o4 eu0logou=men, ou0xi\ koinwni/a tou= ai3matoj tou= xristou= e0sti/n; To\n a!rton o4n klw~men, ou0xi\ koinwni/a tou= sw&matoj tou= xristou= e0sti/n; The cup of blessing which we bless – is it not fellowship with the blood of Christ? The bread which we break – is it not fellowship with the body of Christ? the bread: inverse attraction (antecedent takes its case from the relative pronoun).
1 Cor 10:17 873Oti ei[j a!rtoj, e4n sw~ma, oi9 polloi/ e0smen: oi9 ga_r pa&ntej e0k tou= e9no\j a!rtou mete/xomen. Because although many, we are one loaf of bread, one body – for we all partake of one loaf of bread.
1 Cor 10:18 Ble/pete to\n 870Israh\l kata_ sa&rka: ou0xi\ oi9 e0sqi/ontej ta_j qusi/aj koinwnoi\ tou= qusiasthri/ou ei0si/n; Look at Israel according to the flesh. Are not those who eat the sacrifices involved with the altar? involved with ← partners of, or in fellowship with.
1 Cor 10:19 Ti/ ou]n fhmi; 873Oti ei1dwlo/n ti/ e0stin; 872H o3ti ei0dwlo/quto/n ti/ e0stin; What, then, do I say? That an idol is anything? Or that that which is offered to an idol is anything?
1 Cor 10:20 870All' o3ti a$ qu/ei ta_ e1qnh, daimoni/oij qu/ei, kai\ ou0 qew%~: ou0 qe/lw de\ u9ma~j koinwnou\j tw~n daimoni/wn gi/nesqai. No, but I say that what the Gentiles offer, they offer to demons and not to God, and I do not want you to become involved with the demons. Deut 32:17.
involved with ← partners of, or in fellowship with.
1 Cor 10:21 Ou0 du/nasqe poth/rion kuri/ou pi/nein kai\ poth/rion daimoni/wn: ou0 du/nasqe trape/zhj kuri/ou mete/xein kai\ trape/zhj daimoni/wn. You cannot drink the cup of the Lord as well as the cup of demons. You cannot partake of the Lord's table and of the demons' table. as well as ← and.
1 Cor 10:22 872H parazhlou=men to\n ku/rion; Mh\ i0sxuro/teroi au0tou= e0sme/n; Or do we provoke the Lord to jealousy? Are we really stronger than him? than him: or, if the reader prefers, than he.
1 Cor 10:23 Pa&nta moi e1cestin, a)ll' ou0 pa&nta sumfe/rei. Pa&nta moi e1cestin, a)ll' ou0 pa&nta oi0kodomei=. Everything is permitted me, but not everything is profitable. Everything is permitted me, but not everything edifies.
1 Cor 10:24 Mhdei\j to\ e9autou= zhtei/tw, a)lla_ to\ tou= e9te/rou e3kastoj. Let no-one seek his own interest, but rather let each seek that of another.
1 Cor 10:25 Pa~n to\ e0n make/llw% pwlou/menon e0sqi/ete, mhde\n a)nakri/nontej dia_ th\n sunei/dhsin: Eat anything that is sold in the meat-market, not inquiring in any way for conscience's sake. anything ← everything.
1 Cor 10:26 Tou= ga_r kuri/ou h9 gh= kai\ to\ plh/rwma au0th=j. For the earth is the Lord's and the fulness of it. Ps 24:1.
1 Cor 10:27 Ei0 de/ tij kalei= u9ma~j tw~n a)pi/stwn, kai\ qe/lete poreu/esqai, pa~n to\ paratiqe/menon u9mi=n e0sqi/ete, mhde\n a)nakri/nontej dia_ th\n sunei/dhsin. If any of the unbelievers invites you round and you wish to go, eat everything laid before you, not inquiring in any way for conscience's sake.
1 Cor 10:28 870Ea_n de/ tij u9mi=n ei1ph|, Tou=to ei0dwlo/quto/n e0stin, mh\ e0sqi/ete di' e0kei=non to\n mhnu/santa kai\ th\n sunei/dhsin: Tou= ga_r kuri/ou h9 gh= kai\ to\ plh/rwma au0th=j. But if anyone says to you, “This has been offered to idols”, do not eat it, on account of him who informed you and conscience. For the earth is the Lord's and the fulness of it. Ps 24:1.
him ← that (one).
1 Cor 10:29 Sunei/dhsin de\ le/gw, ou0xi\ th\n e9autou=, a)lla_ th\n tou= e9te/rou: i3na ti/ ga_r h9 e0leuqeri/a mou kri/netai u9po\ a!llhj suneidh/sewj; And I don't mean your own conscience, but that of the other. For why should my freedom be judged by another's conscience? should ... be ← is.
another's conscience ← another conscience.
1 Cor 10:30 Ei0 {RP P1904: - } [TR: de\] e0gw_ xa&riti mete/xw, ti/ blasfhmou=mai u9pe\r ou[ e0gw_ eu0xaristw~; {RP P1904: If} [TR: And if] I partake in gratitude, why should I be vilified for that for which I give thanks? de\, and / but: absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13.
should I be ← am.
Paul, being under grace, may give thanks for, and eat, anything, but he is liable to be vilified for it.
1 Cor 10:31 Ei1te ou]n e0sqi/ete, ei1te pi/nete, ei1te ti poiei=te, pa&nta ei0j do/can qeou= poiei=te. So whether you eat or whether you drink or whether you do anything, do everything to the glory of God.
1 Cor 10:32 870Apro/skopoi gi/nesqe kai\ 870Ioudai/oij kai\ 873Ellhsin kai\ th|= e0kklhsi/a% tou= qeou=: Be inoffensive to both Jews and Greeks as well as to the church of God, as well as: this phrase is justified by the first kai\; English lacks an equivalent of the emphatic “both” when more than two items are conjoined.
church: see Matt 16:18.
1 Cor 10:33 kaqw_j ka)gw_ pa&nta pa~sin a)re/skw, mh\ zhtw~n to\ e0mautou= sumfe/ron, a)lla_ to\ tw~n pollw~n, i3na swqw~sin. as I also please everyone in respect of all things, not seeking my own benefit, but that of the many, so that they may be saved.
1 Cor 11:1 Mimhtai/ mou gi/nesqe, kaqw_j ka)gw_ xristou=. Be imitators of me, as I am of Christ. be ← become.
I am ← I also (otiose kai/).
1 Cor 11:2 870Epainw~ de\ u9ma~j, a)delfoi/, o3ti pa&nta mou me/mnhsqe, kai\ kaqw_j pare/dwka u9mi=n ta_j parado/seij kate/xete. But I praise you, brothers, because you remember me in all respects, and you hold on to the traditions as I handed them down to you.
1 Cor 11:3 Qe/lw de\ u9ma~j ei0de/nai, o3ti panto\j a)ndro\j h9 kefalh\ o9 xristo/j e0stin: kefalh\ de\ gunaiko/j, o9 a)nh/r: kefalh\ de\ xristou=, o9 qeo/j. And I want you to know that Christ is the head of every man, and that the head of the wife is the husband, and that the head of Christ is God.
1 Cor 11:4 Pa~j a)nh\r proseuxo/menoj h2 profhteu/wn, kata_ kefalh=j e1xwn, kataisxu/nei th\n kefalh\n au0tou=. Every man praying or prophesying with the head covered dishonours his head.
1 Cor 11:5 Pa~sa de\ gunh\ proseuxome/nh h2 profhteu/ousa a)katakalu/ptw% th|= kefalh|=, kataisxu/nei th\n kefalh\n e9auth=j: e4n ga&r e0stin kai\ to\ au0to\ th|= e0curhme/nh|. But every woman praying or prophesying with the head uncovered dishonours her head. For she and one shaven are one and the same. uncovered: or unveiled [CB].
and one shaven ← to one shaven, suggesting when likened to one shaven.
one and the same: Greek uses neuter forms here.
1 Cor 11:6 Ei0 ga_r ou0 katakalu/ptetai gunh/, kai\ keira&sqw: ei0 de\ ai0sxro\n gunaiki\ to\ kei/rasqai h2 cura~sqai, katakalupte/sqw. For if a woman is not covered, let her have her hair cut. And if having her hair cut or being shaven is dishonouring to a woman, let her be covered.
1 Cor 11:7 870Anh\r me\n ga_r ou0k o0fei/lei katakalu/ptesqai th\n kefalh/n, ei0kw_n kai\ do/ca qeou= u9pa&rxwn: gunh\ de\ do/ca a)ndro/j e0stin. For indeed a man should not cover his head, since he is the image and glory of God, but a woman is the glory of a man. cover his head: middle voice, or passive be covered (in respect of) the head.
since: causal use of the participle.
1 Cor 11:8 Ou0 ga&r e0stin a)nh\r e0k gunaiko/j, a)lla_ gunh\ e0c a)ndro/j: For the man is not from the woman, but the woman is from the man.
1 Cor 11:9 kai\ ga_r ou0k e0kti/sqh a)nh\r dia_ th\n gunai=ka, a)lla_ gunh\ dia_ to\n a!ndra: For indeed, man was not created for the sake of the woman, but the woman for the sake of the man.
1 Cor 11:10 dia_ tou=to o0fei/lei h9 gunh\ e0cousi/an e1xein e0pi\ th=j kefalh=j dia_ tou\j a)gge/louj. On account of this, the woman should have authority over her head, because of the angels. Angels also mentioned in 1 Cor 4:9.
1 Cor 11:11 Plh\n ou1te a)nh\r xwri\j gunaiko/j, ou1te gunh\ xwri\j a)ndro/j, e0n kuri/w%. Except that there is neither man without woman, nor woman without man, in the Lord.
1 Cor 11:12 873Wsper ga_r h9 gunh\ e0k tou= a)ndro/j, ou3twj kai\ o9 a)nh\r dia_ th=j gunaiko/j, ta_ de\ pa&nta e0k tou= qeou=. For just as the woman is from the man, so is the man through the woman, but everything is from God. so ← so also (otiose kai/).
1 Cor 11:13 870En u9mi=n au0toi=j kri/nate: pre/pon e0sti\n gunai=ka a)kataka&lupton tw%~ qew%~ proseu/xesqai; Judge among yourselves. Is it becoming for a woman to pray to God uncovered?
1 Cor 11:14 872H ou0de\ au0th\ h9 fu/sij dida&skei u9ma~j, o3ti a)nh\r me\n e0a_n koma%~, a)timi/a au0tw%~ e0sti/n; Or does not even nature itself teach you that if a man lets his hair grow, it is to his dishonour? to his dishonour ← a dishonour to him.
1 Cor 11:15 Gunh\ de\ e0a_n koma%~, do/ca au0th|= e0sti/n. 873Oti h9 ko/mh a)nti\ peribolai/ou de/dotai {RP: - } [P1904 TR: au0th|=]. But that if a woman lets her hair grow, it is to her honour. For hair has been given {RP: - } [P1904 TR: to her] instead of a headdress. au0th|=, to her: absent in RP F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's efhl) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=9/13 (including Scrivener's adm which place the word before de/dotai). A disparity with RP, R=4:11 (or R=4:8 if Scrivener's adm are excluded).
Punctuation: P1904, but not RP TBS-TR, has a question: is it to her honour? Or that it is to her honour?
to her honour ← an honour to her.
headdress: or cloak.
1 Cor 11:16 Ei0 de/ tij dokei= filo/neikoj ei]nai, h9mei=j toiau/thn sunh/qeian ou0k e1xomen, ou0de\ ai9 e0kklhsi/ai tou= qeou=. But if anyone is inclined to be contentious, we do not have any such custom, and neither do the churches of God. churches: see Matt 16:18.
1 Cor 11:17 Tou=to de\ paragge/llwn ou0k e0painw~, o3ti ou0k ei0j to\ krei=tton a)ll' ei0j to\ h[tton sune/rxesqe. Now as I advocate this, I don't praise you, because you meet together not for the better but for the worse.
1 Cor 11:18 Prw~ton me\n ga_r sunerxome/nwn u9mw~n e0n {RP P1904: - } [TR: th|=] e0kklhsi/a%, a)kou/w sxi/smata e0n u9mi=n u9pa&rxein, kai\ me/roj ti pisteu/w. For firstly, I hear that when you come together in {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] church, there are divisions among you and to some extent I believe it. th|=, the: absent in RP P1904 F1859=9/11 vs. present in TR F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's gh).
Punctuation: one could take in the church with there are divisions.
church: see Matt 16:18.
to some extent ← (in respect of) a certain part.
1 Cor 11:19 Dei= ga_r kai\ ai9re/seij e0n u9mi=n ei]nai, i3na oi9 do/kimoi faneroi\ ge/nwntai e0n u9mi=n. For there must indeed be sects among you, in order that those who are approved might be made evident among you.
1 Cor 11:20 Sunerxome/nwn ou]n u9mw~n e0pi\ to\ au0to/, ou0k e1stin kuriako\n dei=pnon fagei=n. So when you meet together in one place, there is no question of eating the Lord's supper. one ← the same.
1 Cor 11:21 873Ekastoj ga_r to\ i1dion dei=pnon prolamba&nei e0n tw%~ fagei=n, kai\ o4j me\n peina%~, o4j de\ mequ/ei. For each person first grabs his own supper when eating, and one goes hungry, while another becomes drunk. first grabs ← takes beforehand.
1 Cor 11:22 Mh\ ga_r oi0ki/aj ou0k e1xete ei0j to\ e0sqi/ein kai\ pi/nein; 872H th=j e0kklhsi/aj tou= qeou= katafronei=te, kai\ kataisxu/nete tou\j mh\ e1xontaj; Ti/ u9mi=n ei1pw; 870Epaine/sw u9ma~j e0n tou/tw%; Ou0k e0painw~. For do you not have houses for eating and drinking in? Or do you despise the church of God, and do you not put those who do not have anything to shame? What am I to say to you? Am I to praise you in this matter? I do not praise you. church: see Matt 16:18.
1 Cor 11:23 870Egw_ ga_r pare/labon a)po\ tou= kuri/ou, o4 kai\ pare/dwka u9mi=n, o3ti o9 ku/rioj 870Ihsou=j e0n th|= nukti\ h|[ paredi/doto e1laben a!rton, For I had received from the Lord that which I passed on to you, that the Lord Jesus took bread on the night when he was betrayed. which ← which also (otiose kai/).
when ← on which.
1 Cor 11:24 kai\ eu0xaristh/saj e1klasen, kai\ ei]pen, La&bete, fa&gete, Tou=to/ mou/ e0stin to\ sw~ma to\ u9pe\r u9mw~n klw&menon: tou=to poiei=te ei0j th\n e0mh\n a)na&mnhsin. And when he had given thanks, he broke it and said, “Take it and eat it. This is my body which is broken for you. Do this in remembrance of me”, is: i.e. represents.
1 Cor 11:25 879Wsau/twj kai\ to\ poth/rion, meta_ to\ deipnh=sai, le/gwn, Tou=to to\ poth/rion h9 kainh\ diaqh/kh e0sti\n e0n tw%~ e0mw%~ ai3mati: tou=to poiei=te, o9sa&kij a@n pi/nhte, ei0j th\n e0mh\n a)na&mnhsin. similarly also saying of the cup after having supper, “This cup is the new covenant by my blood. Do this, and every time you drink, let it be in remembrance of me.” every time ← as often as.
1 Cor 11:26 879Osa&kij ga_r a@n e0sqi/hte to\n a!rton tou=ton, kai\ to\ poth/rion tou=to pi/nhte, to\n qa&naton tou= kuri/ou katagge/llete a!xri ou[ a@n e1lqh|. For until he comes, every time you eat this bread and drink this cup, you proclaim the Lord's death. every time ← as often as.
1 Cor 11:27 873Wste o4j a@n e0sqi/h| to\n a!rton tou=ton h2 pi/nh| to\ poth/rion tou= kuri/ou a)naci/wj {RP: tou= kuri/ou} [P1904 TR: - ], e1noxoj e1stai tou= sw&matoj kai\ {RP: tou=} [P1904 TR: - ] ai3matoj tou= kuri/ou. So that whoever eats this bread or drinks the cup of the Lord unworthily {RP: of the Lord} [P1904 TR: - ] will be guilty of the body and {RP: the} [P1904 TR: - ] blood of the Lord. tou= kuri/ou, of the Lord (after unworthily): present in RP F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's e) vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=10/11. A strong disparity with RP, R=1:12. AV differs textually.
tou=, of the (blood): present in RP F1859=9/13 (Scrivener's a**bcefglmo) vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's a*dhk).
1 Cor 11:28 Dokimaze/tw de\ a!nqrwpoj e9auto/n, kai\ ou3twj e0k tou= a!rtou e0sqie/tw, kai\ e0k tou= pothri/ou pine/tw. Let a man test himself then, and let him eat from the bread and drink from the cup in this way.
1 Cor 11:29 879O ga_r e0sqi/wn kai\ pi/nwn a)naci/wj, kri/ma e9autw%~ e0sqi/ei kai\ pi/nei, mh\ diakri/nwn to\ sw~ma tou= kuri/ou. For he who eats and drinks unworthily eats and drinks judgment on himself, not discerning the body of the Lord. on himself ← to himself.
1 Cor 11:30 Dia_ tou=to e0n u9mi=n polloi\ a)sqenei=j kai\ a!rrwstoi, kai\ koimw~ntai i9kanoi/. This is why there are many weak and sick among you, and a fair number are falling asleep. this is why ← on account of this.
a fair number ← sufficient.
1 Cor 11:31 Ei0 ga_r e9autou\j diekri/nomen, ou0k a@n e0krino/meqa. For if we were examining ourselves, we would not be being judged.
1 Cor 11:32 Krino/menoi de/, u9po\ {RP TR: - } [P1904: tou=] kuri/ou paideuo/meqa, i3na mh\ su\n tw%~ ko/smw% katakriqw~men. But when we are judged, we are disciplined by {RP TR: the} [P1904: the] Lord in order that we should not be condemned with the world. tou=, of the: absent in RP TR F1859=11/12 vs. present in P1904 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's m).
Punctuation: one could repunctuate so as to take by the Lord with are judged rather than are disciplined.
1 Cor 11:33 873Wste, a)delfoi/ mou, sunerxo/menoi ei0j to\ fagei=n, a)llh/louj e0kde/xesqe. So, my brothers, when we meet together to eat, wait for each other. wait for each other: the opposite of the grabbing first of 1 Cor 11:21. The sense could be take it in turns without trying to get in first.
1 Cor 11:34 Ei0 de/ tij peina%~, e0n oi1kw% e0sqie/tw: i3na mh\ ei0j kri/ma sune/rxhsqe. Ta_ de\ loipa&, w(j a@n e1lqw, diata&comai. And if anyone is famished, let him eat at home, so that you do not meet bringing on judgment. As for the remaining matters, when I come, I will sort them out. famished ← hungry, but the sense is ravenous with intention to abuse the Lord's supper, as an opportunity to guzzle.
bringing on ← to.
1 Cor 12:1 Peri\ de\ tw~n pneumatikw~n, a)delfoi/, ou0 qe/lw u9ma~j a)gnoei=n. Now concerning spiritual gifts, brothers, I do not want you to be ignorant.
1 Cor 12:2 Oi1date o3ti {RP P1904: o3te} [TR: - ] e1qnh h]te pro\j ta_ ei1dwla ta_ a!fwna, w(j a@n h1gesqe, a)pago/menoi. You know {RP P1904: how, when you were pagans,} [TR: that you were pagans and how] you were being drawn and led away to mute idols. o3te, when: present in RP P1904 F1859=8/12 vs. absent in TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's bdlm).
{RP P1904: how ← that, but reinforced later by w(j, how.}
drawn ← led.
1 Cor 12:3 Dio\ gnwri/zw u9mi=n, o3ti ou0dei\j e0n pneu/mati qeou= lalw~n le/gei 870Ana&qema 870Ihsou=n: kai\ ou0dei\j du/natai ei0pei=n, Ku/rion 870Ihsou=n, ei0 mh\ e0n pneu/mati a(gi/w%. So I am making it known to you that no-one speaking in the spirit of God says, “Jesus is a curse”, and no-one can say, “Jesus is Lord”, except by holy spirit. Punctuation: the Greek is indirect speech (accusative and understood infinitive ei]nai), but RP represent it as direct speech by their capitalization. A punctuation divergence from RP.
1 Cor 12:4 Diaire/seij de\ xarisma&twn ei0si/n, to\ de\ au0to\ pneu=ma. Now there are varieties of gracious gifts, but it is the same spirit involved.
1 Cor 12:5 Kai\ diaire/seij diakoniw~n ei0si/n, kai\ o9 au0to\j ku/rioj. And there are varieties of ministries, but the same Lord is involved.
1 Cor 12:6 Kai\ diaire/seij e0nerghma&twn ei0si/n, o9 de\ au0to/j e0stin qeo/j, o9 e0nergw~n ta_ pa&nta e0n pa~sin. And there are varieties of activities, but it is the same God who activates everything in everyone.
1 Cor 12:7 879Eka&stw% de\ di/dotai h9 fane/rwsij tou= pneu/matoj pro\j to\ sumfe/ron. But manifestation of the spirit is given to each person to be a benefit.
1 Cor 12:8 87[W| me\n ga_r dia_ tou= pneu/matoj di/dotai lo/goj sofi/aj, a!llw% de\ lo/goj gnw&sewj, kata_ to\ au0to\ pneu=ma: For to one a word of wisdom is given through the spirit, whereas to another it is a word of knowledge according to the same spirit,
1 Cor 12:9 e9te/rw% de\ pi/stij, e0n tw%~ au0tw%~ pneu/mati: a!llw% de\ xari/smata i0ama&twn e0n tw%~ au0tw%~ pneu/mati: and to another it is faith by the same spirit, while to another it is gracious gifts of healing by the same spirit,
1 Cor 12:10 a!llw% de\ e0nergh/mata duna&mewn, a!llw% de\ profhtei/a, a!llw% de\ diakri/seij pneuma&twn, e9te/rw% de\ ge/nh glwssw~n, a!llw% de\ e9rmhnei/a glwssw~n: and to yet another the working of deeds of power, and to another prophecy, and to another discernings of spirits, and to another various kinds of tongues, and to another the interpretation of tongues. working ← workings.
1 Cor 12:11 pa&nta de\ tau=ta e0nergei= to\ e4n kai\ to\ au0to\ pneu=ma, diairou=n i0di/a% e9ka&stw% kaqw_j bou/letai. One and the same spirit is active in all these things, apportioning to each individually as it wishes. is active in: compare Eph 1:11.
1 Cor 12:12 Kaqa&per ga_r to\ sw~ma e3n e0stin, kai\ me/lh e1xei polla&, pa&nta de\ ta_ me/lh tou= sw&matoj tou= e9no/j, polla_ o1nta, e3n e0stin sw~ma: ou3twj kai\ o9 xristo/j. For as the body is one and has many parts, and all the parts are of the one body, yet are many, whereas the body is one, so also is Christ.
1 Cor 12:13 Kai\ ga_r e0n e9ni\ pneu/mati h9mei=j pa&ntej ei0j e4n sw~ma e0bapti/sqhmen, ei1te 870Ioudai=oi ei1te 873Ellhnej, ei1te dou=loi ei1te e0leu/qeroi: kai\ pa&ntej ei0j e4n pneu=ma e0poti/sqhmen. For indeed, we have all been baptized by one spirit into one body, whether Jews or Greeks, whether slaves or free, and we have all been given drink at one spirit. at one spirit ← to one spirit (pregnant use); as at a fountain, as noted by [CB].
1 Cor 12:14 Kai\ ga_r to\ sw~ma ou0k e1stin e4n me/loj a)lla_ polla&. For indeed, the body is not one part, but many.
1 Cor 12:15 870Ea_n ei1ph| o9 pou/j, 873Oti ou0k ei0mi\ xei/r, ou0k ei0mi\ e0k tou= sw&matoj: ou0 para_ tou=to ou0k e1stin e0k tou= sw&matoj; If the foot says, “Because I am not a hand, I am not of the body”, surely it is not so, that on account of this, it is not part of the body?
1 Cor 12:16 Kai\ e0a_n ei1ph| to\ ou]j, 873Oti ou0k ei0mi\ o0fqalmo/j, ou0k ei0mi\ e0k tou= sw&matoj: ou0 para_ tou=to ou0k e1stin e0k tou= sw&matoj; And if the ear says, “Because I am not an eye, I am not of the body”, surely it is not so, that on account of this, it is not part of the body?
1 Cor 12:17 Ei0 o3lon to\ sw~ma o0fqalmo/j, pou= h9 a)koh/; Ei0 o3lon a)koh/, pou= h9 o1sfrhsij; If the whole body were an eye, where would hearing be? If it were all hearing, where would the sense of smell be?
1 Cor 12:18 Nuni\ de\ o9 qeo\j e1qeto ta_ me/lh e4n e3kaston au0tw~n e0n tw%~ sw&mati, kaqw_j h0qe/lhsen. But as it is, God has appointed the parts – each one of them – in the body as he wished. but as it is ← but now.
1 Cor 12:19 Ei0 de\ h]n ta_ pa&nta e4n me/loj, pou= to\ sw~ma; But if all were one part, where would the body be?
1 Cor 12:20 Nu=n de\ polla_ me\n me/lh, e4n de\ sw~ma. But as it is, there are many parts and one body. but as it is ← but now.
1 Cor 12:21 Ou0 du/natai de\ {RP: o9} [P1904 TR: - ] o0fqalmo\j ei0pei=n th|= xeiri/, Xrei/an sou ou0k e1xw: h2 pa&lin h9 kefalh\ toi=j posi/n, Xrei/an u9mw~n ou0k e1xw. And {RP: the} [P1904 TR: an] eye cannot say to the hand, “I don't need you”, or again the head to the feet, “I don't need you.” o9, the (eye): present in RP F1859=9/12 vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's eho).
1 Cor 12:22 870Alla_ pollw%~ ma~llon ta_ dokou=nta me/lh tou= sw&matoj a)sqene/stera u9pa&rxein, a)nagkai=a& e0stin: But how much more are those parts of the body which seem to be weaker necessary,
1 Cor 12:23 kai\ a$ dokou=men {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: a)timo/tera} [E1624: a)timw&tera] ei]nai tou= sw&matoj, tou/toij timh\n perissote/ran periti/qemen: kai\ ta_ a)sxh/mona h9mw~n eu0sxhmosu/nhn perissote/ran e1xei: so that as for those parts of the body which we consider to be less honoured, we invest them with all the more copious honour. Then our uncomely parts have more copious comeliness, a)timo/tera, less honoured; not honoured (classical form, short o after long syllable, long iÏ), RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=8/12 vs. a)timw&tera, less honoured; not honoured (non-classical form), E1624 F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's bcfm).
them ← these.
1 Cor 12:24 ta_ de\ eu0sxh/mona h9mw~n ou0 xrei/an e1xei: a)ll' o9 qeo\j suneke/rasen to\ sw~ma, tw%~ u9sterou=nti perissote/ran dou\j timh/n, while our comely parts do not need redress. But God composed the body, and he gave more copious honour to that which lacked it,
1 Cor 12:25 i3na mh\ h|] {RP: sxi/smata} [P1904 TR: sxi/sma] e0n tw%~ sw&mati, a)lla_ to\ au0to\ u9pe\r a)llh/lwn merimnw~sin ta_ me/lh. in order that there should be no {RP: divisions} [P1904 TR: division] in the body, but that the parts should care for each other in the same way. sxi/smata, divisions, RP F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's abcdegk) vs. sxi/sma, division, P1904 TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's fhlmo). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:7.
1 Cor 12:26 Kai\ ei1te pa&sxei e4n me/loj, sumpa&sxei pa&nta ta_ me/lh: ei1te doca&zetai e4n me/loj, sugxai/rei pa&nta ta_ me/lh. And if one part suffers, all the parts suffer with it; if one part is glorified, all the parts rejoice with it.
1 Cor 12:27 879Umei=j de/ e0ste sw~ma xristou=, kai\ me/lh e0k me/rouj. And you are a body of Christ, and members individually. a body: one could justify the body on grammatical grounds – the word the often needs supplying in phrases like this – but consider John 10:16, other sheep too, which are not of this fold, and consider the body of Ephesians and Colossians where no distinctions in the parts are mentioned.
individually ← out of a part, so perhaps in a role. We speak of a part or role in a play.
1 Cor 12:28 Kai\ ou4j me\n e1qeto o9 qeo\j e0n th|= e0kklhsi/a% prw~ton a)posto/louj, deu/teron profh/taj, tri/ton didaska&louj, e1peita duna&meij, ei]ta xari/smata i0ama&twn, a)ntilh/yeij, kubernh/seij, ge/nh glwssw~n. And God appointed some in the church: firstly, apostles; secondly, prophets; thirdly, teachers; then workers of deeds of power; then those with gracious gifts of healing, help, guidance and various kinds of tongues. church: see Matt 16:18.
help, guidance ← helps, guidances.
1 Cor 12:29 Mh\ pa&ntej a)po/stoloi; Mh\ pa&ntej profh=tai; Mh\ pa&ntej dida&skaloi; Mh\ pa&ntej duna&meij; Are all apostles? Are all prophets? Are all teachers? Are all workers of deeds of power? These questions pressure for an answer of no.
1 Cor 12:30 Mh\ pa&ntej xari/smata e1xousin i0ama&twn; Mh\ pa&ntej glw&ssaij lalou=sin; Mh\ pa&ntej diermhneu/ousin; Do all have gracious gifts of healing? Do all speak in tongues? Do all interpret?
1 Cor 12:31 Zhlou=te de\ ta_ xari/smata ta_ krei/ttona. Kai\ e1ti kaq' u9perbolh\n o9do\n u9mi=n dei/knumi. Be zealous for the best gracious gifts. And yet I show you a superior way. best ← better, Greek comparative for superlative, compare Luke 7:28.
1 Cor 13:1 870Ea_n tai=j glw&ssaij tw~n a)nqrw&pwn lalw~ kai\ tw~n a)gge/lwn, a)ga&phn de\ mh\ e1xw, ge/gona xalko\j h0xw~n h2 ku/mbalon a)lala&zon. If I speak in the languages of men and of the angels, but I do not have love, I am sounding copper or a clanging cymbal. I am ← I have become.
1 Cor 13:2 Kai\ e0a_n e1xw profhtei/an, kai\ ei0dw~ ta_ musth/ria pa&nta kai\ pa~san th\n gnw~sin, kai\ e0a_n e1xw pa~san th\n pi/stin, w#ste o1rh meqista&nein, a)ga&phn de\ mh\ e1xw, {RP S1550: ou0qe/n} [P1904 E1624 S1894: ou0de/n] ei0mi. And if I have prophecy and know all the mysteries and have all knowledge, and if I have all faith so as to move mountains, but if I do not have love, I am nothing. ou0qe/n, nothing (1), RP S1550 F1859=10/12 vs. ou0de/n, nothing (2), P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's dm).
1 Cor 13:3 Kai\ e0a_n {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: ywmi/sw} [E1624: ywmi/zw] pa&nta ta_ u9pa&rxonta& mou, kai\ e0a_n paradw~ to\ sw~ma& mou i3na {RP-text TR: kauqh/swmai} [RP-marg P1904: kauqh/somai], a)ga&phn de\ mh\ e1xw, ou0de\n w)felou=mai. And if I distribute food from the proceeds of all my belongings, and if I deliver my body to be burned, but I do not have love, I am not profited in any way. ywmi/sw, I dole out (aorist subjunctive or future indicative), RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=12/12 vs. ywmi/zw, I dole out (present subjunctive), E1624 F1859=0/12.
kauqh/swmai, I am burned (aorist subjunctive of new verb kauqe/w (?), or irregular form from kai/w), RP-text TR F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's ab*eglmo) vs. kauqh/somai, I am burned (future indicative), RP-marg P1904 F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's b**cdfhk). Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=8:7.
1 Cor 13:4 879H a)ga&ph makroqumei=, xrhsteu/etai: h9 a)ga&ph ou0 zhloi=: h9 a)ga&ph ou0 perpereu/etai, ou0 fusiou=tai, Love is longsuffering; it is kind. Love is not jealous. Love does not vaunt itself; it does not become puffed up.
1 Cor 13:5 ou0k a)sxhmonei=, ou0 zhtei= ta_ e9auth=j, ou0 parocu/netai, ou0 logi/zetai to\ kako/n, It does not behave in an unseemly way, it does not seek its own interests, it is not provoked; it does not keep an account of evil.
1 Cor 13:6 ou0 xai/rei e0pi\ th|= a)diki/a%, sugxai/rei de\ th|= a)lhqei/a%, It does not rejoice over injustice, but rejoices with truth.
1 Cor 13:7 pa&nta ste/gei, pa&nta pisteu/ei, pa&nta e0lpi/zei, pa&nta u9pome/nei. It bears all things, it believes all things, it puts hope in all things; it endures all things.
1 Cor 13:8 879H a)ga&ph ou0de/pote e0kpi/ptei: ei1te de\ profhtei=ai, katarghqh/sontai: ei1te glw~ssai, pau/sontai: ei1te gnw~sij, katarghqh/setai. Love never fails. But if there are gifts of prophecies, they will be abolished. And if there are tongues, they will cease. And if there is knowledge, it will cease to be applicable.
1 Cor 13:9 870Ek me/rouj {RP P1904: de\} [TR: ga_r] ginw&skomen, kai\ e0k me/rouj profhteu/omen: {RP P1904: But} [TR: For] we know in part, and we prophesy in part. de\, and, but, RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. ga_r, for, TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's m).
1 Cor 13:10 o3tan de\ e1lqh| to\ te/leion, to/te to\ e0k me/rouj katarghqh/setai. But when the culmination arrives, then that which is in part will be abolished.
1 Cor 13:11 873Ote h1mhn nh/pioj, w(j nh/pioj e0la&loun, w(j nh/pioj e0fro/noun, w(j nh/pioj e0logizo/mhn: o3te de\ ge/gona a)nh/r, kath/rghka ta_ tou= nhpi/ou. When I was a child, I spoke like a child, I thought like a child, I reasoned like a child. But since I have become a man, I have done away with childish things.
1 Cor 13:12 Ble/pomen ga_r a!rti di' e0so/ptrou e0n ai0ni/gmati, to/te de\ pro/swpon pro\j pro/swpon: a!rti ginw&skw e0k me/rouj, to/te de\ e0pignw&somai kaqw_j kai\ e0pegnw&sqhn. For now we see through a mirror enigmatically, but then it will be face to face. At present I know in part, but then I will know as I am also known. know ... known: or acknowledge ... acknowledged.
1 Cor 13:13 Nuni\ de\ me/nei pi/stij, e0lpi/j, a)ga&ph, ta_ tri/a tau=ta: mei/zwn de\ tou/twn h9 a)ga&ph. And now there remain faith, hope and love – these three things. But the greatest of these is love. greatest ← greater, Greek comparative for superlative.
1 Cor 14:1 Diw&kete th\n a)ga&phn: zhlou=te de\ ta_ pneumatika&, ma~llon de\ i3na profhteu/hte. Pursue love, and be zealous for the spiritual gifts – preferably that you may prophesy.
1 Cor 14:2 879O ga_r lalw~n glw&ssh| ou0k a)nqrw&poij lalei=, a)lla_ tw%~ qew%~: ou0dei\j ga_r a)kou/ei, pneu/mati de\ lalei= musth/ria. For he who speaks in a tongue does not speak to men, but to God. For no-one understands him; rather, he speaks mysteries by the spirit. understands ← hears.
1 Cor 14:3 879O de\ profhteu/wn a)nqrw&poij lalei= oi0kodomh\n kai\ para&klhsin kai\ paramuqi/an. But he who prophesies speaks edification and encouragement and consolation to men.
1 Cor 14:4 879O lalw~n glw&ssh| e9auto\n oi0kodomei=, o9 de\ profhteu/wn e0kklhsi/an oi0kodomei=. He who speaks in a tongue edifies himself, but he who prophesies edifies the church. church: see Matt 16:18.
1 Cor 14:5 Qe/lw de\ pa&ntaj u9ma~j lalei=n glw&ssaij, ma~llon de\ i3na profhteu/hte: mei/zwn ga_r o9 profhteu/wn h2 o9 lalw~n glw&ssaij, e0kto\j ei0 mh\ {RP P1904: diermhneu/ei} [TR: diermhneu/h|], i3na h9 e0kklhsi/a oi0kodomh\n la&bh|. I would like you all to speak in tongues, but more so that you should prophesy. For he who prophesies is greater than he who speaks in tongues, unless he interprets, so that the church receives edification. diermhneu/ei, he interprets (non-classical present indicative), RP P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. diermhneu/h|, he interprets (classical present subjunctive), TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's emn) vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's c).
would like ← want.
church: see Matt 16:18.
1 Cor 14:6 Nuni\ de/, a)delfoi/, e0a_n e1lqw pro\j u9ma~j glw&ssaij lalw~n, ti/ u9ma~j w)felh/sw, e0a_n mh\ u9mi=n lalh/sw h2 e0n a)pokalu/yei, h2 e0n gnw&sei, h2 e0n profhtei/a% h2 e0n didaxh|=; And now, brothers, if I come to you speaking in tongues, how will I benefit you, unless I speak to you either in the form of revelation or in knowledge, or in prophecy or in teaching?
1 Cor 14:7 873Omwj ta_ a!yuxa fwnh\n dido/nta, ei1te au0lo/j, ei1te kiqa&ra, e0a_n diastolh\n toi=j fqo/ggoij mh\ {RP P1904: didw~} [TR: dw%~], pw~j gnwsqh/setai to\ au0lou/menon h2 to\ kiqarizo/menon; Likewise, when inanimate objects give sound, whether the flute or the harp, if they do not show a distinction in the tones, how will the flute-playing or harp-playing tune be identified? didw~, they (neuter) give: present (but iota subscript wanting), RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. dw%~, they (neuter) give, aorist, TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's f). An iota subscript divergence from RP.
likewise: for our translation (though not in the RP Greek text) we have re-accented o3mwj, nevertheless, to o9mw~j, likewise. An accentuation divergence from RP P1904 TBS-TR. AV differs (and even). We ↴
show ← give.
1 Cor 14:8 Kai\ ga_r e0a_n a!dhlon fwnh\n sa&lpigc dw%~, ti/j paraskeua&setai ei0j po/lemon; For indeed, if a trumpet gives an unclear sound, who will prepare himself for war? ↳ make the same accent change in Gal 3:15 (see our note there), but not in John 12:42.
1 Cor 14:9 Ou3twj kai\ u9mei=j dia_ th=j glw&sshj e0a_n mh\ eu1shmon lo/gon dw~te, pw~j gnwsqh/setai to\ lalou/menon; 871Esesqe ga_r ei0j a)e/ra lalou=ntej. So you too, if you do not give clear speech through the tongue, how will that which is spoken be understood? For you will just be speaking into the air.
1 Cor 14:10 Tosau=ta, ei0 tu/xoi, ge/nh fwnw~n e0sti\n e0n ko/smw% kai\ ou0de\n {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: au0tw~n} [S1894: - ] a!fwnon. Now for all the kinds of languages which there might be in the world, not one {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: of them} [S1894: - ] is meaningless. au0tw~n, of them: present in RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=11/12 vs. absent in S1894 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's d).
now for all the kinds of languages which there might be ← so many, if it were to chance, kinds of voices there are.
not ← and / yet not.
1 Cor 14:11 870Ea_n ou]n mh\ ei0dw~ th\n du/namin th=j fwnh=j, e1somai tw%~ lalou=nti ba&rbaroj, kai\ o9 lalw~n e0n e0moi\ ba&rbaroj. So if I do not know the force of the sound, I will be to him who is speaking a barbarian, and he who is speaking will be a barbarian to me. a barbarian: one might have expected w(j here, like a barbarian – the converse of the redundant w(j of Luke 2:37 etc.
1 Cor 14:12 Ou3twj kai\ u9mei=j, e0pei\ zhlwtai/ e0ste pneuma&twn, pro\j th\n oi0kodomh\n th=j e0kklhsi/aj zhtei=te i3na perisseu/hte. So you too, since you are zealots for spiritual gifts, seek them so that you may excel in the edification of the church. spiritual gifts ← spirits.
church: see Matt 16:18.
1 Cor 14:13 Dio/per o9 lalw~n glw&ssh| proseuxe/sqw i3na diermhneu/h|. So let him who speaks in a tongue pray that he may interpret. he: or one; the roles are separated in 1 Cor 12:10, but not necessarily so here.
1 Cor 14:14 870Ea_n ga_r proseu/xwmai glw&ssh|, to\ pneu=ma& mou proseu/xetai, o9 de\ nou=j mou a!karpo/j e0stin. For if I pray in a tongue, my spirit prays, but my mind is without fruit.
1 Cor 14:15 Ti/ ou]n e0sti/n; Proseu/comai tw%~ pneu/mati, proseu/comai de\ kai\ tw%~ noi+/: yalw~ tw%~ pneu/mati, yalw~ de\ kai\ {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: tw%~} [E1624: - ] noi+/. What is the issue then? I will pray in the spirit, and I will also pray in my mind. I will sing psalms in the spirit, and I will also sing psalms in my mind. tw%~, the (mind): present in RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=11/12 vs. absent in E1624 F1859=0/12 vs. whole clause absent, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's d).
1 Cor 14:16 870Epei\ e0a_n eu0logh/sh|j tw%~ pneu/mati, o9 a)naplhrw~n to\n to/pon tou= i0diw&tou pw~j e0rei= to\ 870Amh\n e0pi\ th|= sh|= eu0xaristi/a%, e0peidh\ ti/ le/geij ou0k oi]den; Otherwise, if you bless in the spirit, how will he who occupies the place of the layman say “Amen” to your thanksgiving, since he does not know what you are saying?
1 Cor 14:17 Su\ me\n ga_r kalw~j eu0xaristei=j, a)ll' o9 e3teroj ou0k oi0kodomei=tai. For you give thanks well, but the other person is not edified.
1 Cor 14:18 Eu0xaristw~ tw%~ qew%~ mou, pa&ntwn u9mw~n ma~llon glw&ssaij lalw~n: I give thanks to my God that I speak in tongues more than all of you,
1 Cor 14:19 a)ll' e0n e0kklhsi/a% qe/lw pe/nte lo/gouj dia_ tou= noo/j mou lalh=sai, i3na kai\ a!llouj kathxh/sw, h2 muri/ouj lo/gouj e0n glw&ssh|. but in the church I would rather speak five words mindfully, so that I might instruct others, than ten thousand words in a tongue. church: see Matt 16:18.
mindfully ← through my mind.
might ← might also, might for my part (otiose kai/).
1 Cor 14:20 870Adelfoi/, mh\ paidi/a gi/nesqe tai=j fresi/n: a)lla_ th|= kaki/a% nhpia&zete, tai=j de\ fresi\n te/leioi gi/nesqe. Brothers, do not be children in mentality. However, act like an infant with regard to evil, but become fully mature in mentality. be ← become.
1 Cor 14:21 870En tw%~ no/mw% ge/graptai o3ti 870En e9teroglw&ssoij kai\ e0n xei/lesin e9te/roij lalh/sw tw%~ law%~ tou/tw%, kai\ ou0d' ou3twj ei0sakou/sontai/ mou, le/gei ku/rioj. In the law it stands written:

“By those of another language

And by foreign lips

I will speak to this people,

And not even in this way will they listen to me,

Says the Lord.”

 Isa 28:11, Isa 28:12.
1 Cor 14:22 873Wste ai9 glw~ssai ei0j shmei=o/n ei0sin, ou0 toi=j pisteu/ousin, a)lla_ toi=j a)pi/stoij: h9 de\ profhtei/a, ou0 toi=j a)pi/stoij, a)lla_ toi=j pisteu/ousin. So tongues are a sign not to those who believe, but to unbelievers. But prophecy is not for unbelievers, but for believers. tongues: presumably when the tongues are the languages of the unbelievers, as in Acts 2:6.
1 Cor 14:23 870Ea_n ou]n sune/lqh| h9 e0kklhsi/a o3lh e0pi\ to\ au0to/, kai\ pa&ntej glw&ssaij lalw~sin, ei0se/lqwsin de\ i0diw~tai h2 a!pistoi, ou0k e0rou=sin o3ti mai/nesqe; So if the whole church meets together and all speak in tongues, and laymen or unbelievers come in, will they not say that you are mad? church: see Matt 16:18.
tongues: presumably here when the tongues are not the languages of the unbelievers, uninterpreted, and everything is disorderly.
1 Cor 14:24 870Ea_n de\ pa&ntej profhteu/wsin, ei0se/lqh| de/ tij a!pistoj h2 i0diw&thj, e0le/gxetai u9po\ pa&ntwn, a)nakri/netai u9po\ pa&ntwn, But if all prophesy, and some unbeliever or layman comes in, he is confronted by all – he is challenged by all.
1 Cor 14:25 kai\ ou3twj ta_ krupta_ th=j kardi/aj au0tou= fanera_ gi/netai: kai\ ou3twj pesw_n e0pi\ pro/swpon proskunh/sei tw%~ qew%~ a)pagge/llwn o3ti 879O qeo\j o1ntwj e0n u9mi=n e0stin. And in this way the secret things of his heart become manifest, and so he will fall face down and worship God, declaring that God really is among you. RP punctuates for direct speech; we with TBS-TR, for indirect speech.
1 Cor 14:26 Ti/ ou]n e0sti/n, a)delfoi/; 873Otan sune/rxhsqe, e3kastoj u9mw~n yalmo\n e1xei, didaxh\n e1xei, glw~ssan e1xei, a)poka&luyin e1xei, e9rmhnei/an e1xei. Pa&nta pro\j oi0kodomh\n {RP P1904: gine/sqw} [TR: gene/sqw]. What is the issue then, brothers? Whenever you meet, each of you has a psalm – has teaching, has a tongue, has revelation, has interpretation. Let everything be for edification. gine/sqw, let it be (present, so imperfective aspect), RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. gene/sqw, let it be (aorist, so perfective aspect), TR F1859=0/12.
1 Cor 14:27 Ei1te glw&ssh| tij lalei=, kata_ du/o h2 to\ plei=ston trei=j, kai\ a)na_ me/roj, kai\ ei[j diermhneue/tw: And if anyone speaks in a tongue, let it be two on an occasion or at most three, and in turn, and let one interpret,
1 Cor 14:28 e0a_n de\ mh\ h|] diermhneuth/j, siga&tw e0n e0kklhsi/a%: e9autw%~ de\ lalei/tw kai\ tw%~ qew%~. but if there is no interpreter, let him be silent in the church, and let him speak to himself and to God. church: see Matt 16:18.
1 Cor 14:29 Profh=tai de\ du/o h2 trei=j lalei/twsan, kai\ oi9 a!lloi diakrine/twsan. However, let two or three prophets speak, and let the others use their discernment. use their discernment ← discern.
1 Cor 14:30 870Ea_n de\ a!llw% {RP P1904c TR: a)pokalufqh|=} [P1904u: a)pokakalufqh|=] kaqhme/nw%, o9 prw~toj siga&tw. And if anything is revealed to anyone else sitting there, let the first one be silent.
1 Cor 14:31 Du/nasqe ga_r kaq' e3na pa&ntej profhteu/ein, i3na pa&ntej manqa&nwsin, kai\ pa&ntej parakalw~ntai: For you can all prophesy one by one, so that all learn and all are encouraged.
1 Cor 14:32 kai\ pneu/mata profhtw~n profh/taij u9pota&ssetai. And the spiritual gifts of the prophets are under control of the prophets. spiritual gifts ← spirits, as in 1 Cor 14:12.
under control of ← subject to.
1 Cor 14:33 Ou0 ga&r e0stin a)katastasi/aj o9 qeo/j, {RP P1904: a)lla_} [TR: a)ll'] ei0rh/nhj, w(j e0n pa&saij tai=j e0kklhsi/aij tw~n a(gi/wn. For God is not characterized by disorder, but peace, ¶ as in all the churches of the saints. ¶ Verse division: in P1904 numbering, 1 Cor 14:34 begins here.
a)lla_, but (unapocopated), RP P1904 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's egk) vs. a)ll', but (apocopated), TR F1859=9/12 (Scrivener's abcdfhlmo). A disparity with RP, R=4:10.
churches: see Matt 16:18.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
1 Cor 14:34 Ai9 gunai=kej u9mw~n e0n tai=j e0kklhsi/aij siga&twsan: ou0 ga_r e0pite/traptai au0tai=j lalei=n, a)ll' u9pota&ssesqai, kaqw_j kai\ o9 no/moj le/gei. Let your women in the churches be silent. For it is not permitted for them to speak, but to be in subjection, as the law also says. churches: see Matt 16:18.
it is not permitted ← it has not been permitted.
The reference to being in subjection is Gen 3:16.
1 Cor 14:35 Ei0 de/ ti maqei=n qe/lousin, e0n oi1kw% tou\j i0di/ouj a!ndraj e0perwta&twsan: ai0sxro\n ga&r e0stin gunaici\n e0n e0kklhsi/a% lalei=n. But if they wish to learn something, let them ask their own husbands at home, for it is shameful for women to speak in church. church: see Matt 16:18.
1 Cor 14:36 872H a)f' u9mw~n o9 lo/goj tou= qeou= e0ch=lqen; 872H ei0j u9ma~j mo/nouj kath/nthsen; Now was it from you that the word of God went out? Or was it to you alone that it came? now ← or.
came ← came down to meet.
1 Cor 14:37 Ei1 tij dokei= profh/thj ei]nai h2 pneumatiko/j, e0piginwske/tw a$ gra&fw u9mi=n, o3ti {RP: - } [P1904 TR: tou=] kuri/ou ei0si\n e0ntolai/. If anyone considers himself to be a prophet or spiritual person, let him acknowledge that what I write to you is the Lord's commandments. tou=, the (Lord): absent in RP F1859=12/12 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=0/12. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
1 Cor 14:38 Ei0 de/ tij a)gnoei=, a)gnoei/tw. But if anyone is ignorant of them, let him be ignorant.
1 Cor 14:39 873Wste, a)delfoi/, zhlou=te to\ profhteu/ein, kai\ to\ lalei=n glw&ssaij mh\ kwlu/ete: So, brothers, be zealous about prophesying, and do not prevent speaking in tongues.
1 Cor 14:40 pa&nta eu0sxhmo/nwj kai\ kata_ ta&cin gine/sqw. Let everything take place decently and in an orderly way.
1 Cor 15:1 Gnwri/zw de\ u9mi=n, a)delfoi/, to\ eu0agge/lion o4 eu0hggelisa&mhn u9mi=n, o4 kai\ parela&bete, e0n w%{ kai\ e9sth/kate, Now I am making known to you, brothers, the gospel which I preached to you, which you also received, and in which you stand,
1 Cor 15:2 di' ou[ kai\ sw%&zesqe: ti/ni lo/gw% eu0hggelisa&mhn u9mi=n, ei0 kate/xete, e0kto\j ei0 mh\ ei0kh|= e0pisteu/sate. by which you are also being saved, if you hold on to the words with which I preached the gospel to you, unless you have come to believe in vain. words ← word.
1 Cor 15:3 Pare/dwka ga_r u9mi=n e0n prw&toij, o4 kai\ pare/labon, o3ti xristo\j a)pe/qanen u9pe\r tw~n a(martiw~n h9mw~n kata_ ta_j grafa&j: For I have passed on to you in the first place that which I for my part received, namely that Christ died for our sins according to the scriptures, for my part ← also. The conjunction kai\ often has a sense of reciprocity or parallelism.
1 Cor 15:4 kai\ o3ti e0ta&fh: kai\ o3ti e0gh/gertai th|= tri/th| h9me/ra% kata_ ta_j grafa&j: and that he was buried and that he was raised on the third day according to the scriptures, buried: or entombed (and the Lord was put in a tomb).
he was raised ← he has been raised, or he has risen.
1 Cor 15:5 kai\ o3ti w!fqh Khfa%~, ei]ta toi=j dw&deka: and that he was seen by Cephas, then by the twelve.
1 Cor 15:6 e1peita w!fqh e0pa&nw pentakosi/oij a)delfoi=j e0fa&pac, e0c w{n oi9 plei/ouj me/nousin e3wj a!rti, tine\j de\ kai\ e0koimh/qhsan: After that he was seen by more than five hundred brothers at once, of whom the majority remain to the present time, but some have fallen asleep. some ← some also (otiose kai/).
1 Cor 15:7 e1peita w!fqh 870Iakw&bw%, ei]ta toi=j a)posto/loij pa~sin: Then he was seen by James, then by all the apostles,
1 Cor 15:8 e1sxaton de\ pa&ntwn, w(sperei\ tw%~ e0ktrw&mati, w!fqh ka)moi/. and last of all he was also seen by me, one untimely born, as it were. born: i.e. born from above / again (John 3:3), or, [MG], born into the family of apostles.
1 Cor 15:9 870Egw_ ga&r ei0mi o9 e0la&xistoj tw~n a)posto/lwn, o4j ou0k ei0mi\ i9kano\j kalei=sqai a)po/stoloj, dio/ti e0di/wca th\n e0kklhsi/an tou= qeou=. For I am the least of the apostles, and I am not fit to be called an apostle, because I persecuted the church of God, church: see Matt 16:18.
1 Cor 15:10 Xa&riti de\ qeou= ei0mi o3 ei0mi, kai\ h9 xa&rij au0tou= h9 ei0j e0me\ ou0 kenh\ e0genh/qh, a)lla_ perisso/teron au0tw~n pa&ntwn e0kopi/asa, ou0k e0gw_ de/, a)ll' h9 xa&rij tou= qeou= h9 su\n e0moi/. but by the grace of God I am what I am, and his grace towards me has not been in vain, but I have toiled more inordinately than them all, yet not I, but the grace of God which is with me. than them: or, if the reader prefers, than they.
1 Cor 15:11 Ei1te ou]n e0gw&, ei1te e0kei=noi, ou3twj khru/ssomen kai\ ou3twj e0pisteu/sate. So whether it is I or they, this is what we preach, and this is what you have believed. they ← those.
this is what (2x) ← thus.
1 Cor 15:12 Ei0 de\ xristo\j khru/ssetai o3ti e0k nekrw~n e0gh/gertai, pw~j le/gousi/n tinej e0n u9mi=n o3ti a)na&stasij nekrw~n ou0k e1stin; But if Christ is preached, namely that he has been raised from the dead, how is it that some among you say that there is no resurrection of the dead?
1 Cor 15:13 Ei0 de\ a)na&stasij nekrw~n ou0k e1stin, ou0de\ xristo\j e0gh/gertai: Now if there is no resurrection of the dead, then neither has Christ been raised.
1 Cor 15:14 ei0 de\ xristo\j ou0k e0gh/gertai, keno\n a!ra to\ kh/rugma h9mw~n, kenh\ de\ kai\ h9 pi/stij u9mw~n. And if Christ has not been raised, then our preaching is vacuous, and your faith is also vacuous.
1 Cor 15:15 Eu9risko/meqa de\ kai\ yeudoma&rturej tou= qeou=, o3ti e0marturh/samen kata_ tou= qeou= o3ti h1geiren to\n xristo/n, o4n ou0k h1geiren, ei1per a!ra nekroi\ ou0k e0gei/rontai. And we are also found to be false witnesses of God, because we have testified against God, that he raised Christ, whom he did not raise, if the dead really are not raised. if ... really ← if indeed therefore.
1 Cor 15:16 Ei0 ga_r nekroi\ ou0k e0gei/rontai, ou0de\ xristo\j e0gh/gertai: For if the dead are not raised, neither has Christ been raised,
1 Cor 15:17 ei0 de\ xristo\j ou0k e0gh/gertai, matai/a h9 pi/stij u9mw~n: e1ti e0ste\ e0n tai=j a(marti/aij u9mw~n. and if Christ has not been raised, your faith is futile; you are still in your sins.
1 Cor 15:18 871Ara kai\ oi9 koimhqe/ntej e0n xristw%~ a)pw&lonto. In that case those who have fallen asleep in Christ have also perished.
1 Cor 15:19 Ei0 e0n th|= zwh|= tau/th| h0lpiko/tej e0sme\n e0n xristw%~ mo/non, e0leeino/teroi pa&ntwn a)nqrw&pwn e0sme/n. If we have only hoped in Christ for this life, we are the most pitiable of all men. for ← in, a reference to the period where the hope applies.
most pitiable ← more pitiable, Greek comparative for superlative.
1 Cor 15:20 Nuni\ de\ xristo\j e0gh/gertai e0k nekrw~n, a)parxh\ tw~n kekoimhme/nwn e0ge/neto. But as it is, Christ has been raised from the dead. He has become the firstfruit of those who have fallen asleep. but as it is ← but now.
those who have fallen asleep: on the italicization of have, see Acts 21:20.
1 Cor 15:21 870Epeidh\ ga_r di' a)nqrw&pou o9 qa&natoj, kai\ di' a)nqrw&pou a)na&stasij nekrw~n. For since death came through a man, the resurrection of the dead also came through a man.
1 Cor 15:22 873Wsper ga_r e0n tw%~ 870Ada_m pa&ntej a)poqnh|/skousin, ou3twj kai\ e0n tw%~ xristw%~ pa&ntej zw%opoihqh/sontai. For as in Adam all die, so in Christ all will be made alive. so ← so also (otiose kai/).
1 Cor 15:23 873Ekastoj de\ e0n tw%~ i0di/w% ta&gmati: a)parxh\ xristo/j, e1peita oi9 {RP: tou=} [P1904 TR: - ] xristou= e0n th|= parousi/a% au0tou=. But each in his own order. Christ the firstfruit, then those of Christ at his coming. tou=, of the (Christ): present in RP F1859=12/12 vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=0/12. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
1 Cor 15:24 Ei]ta to\ te/loj, o3tan paradw%~ th\n basilei/an tw%~ qew%~ kai\ patri/, o3tan katargh/sh| pa~san a)rxh\n kai\ pa~san e0cousi/an kai\ du/namin. Then the end comes, when he delivers the kingdom to him who is God and father, when he abolishes all rule and all authority and power.
1 Cor 15:25 Dei= ga_r au0to\n basileu/ein, a!xri ou[ a@n qh|= pa&ntaj tou\j e0xqrou\j u9po\ tou\j po/daj au0tou=. For he must reign until he has put all the enemies under his feet. Ps 8:7MT (Ps 8:6AV).
1 Cor 15:26 871Esxatoj e0xqro\j katargei=tai o9 qa&natoj. The last enemy which will be abolished is death.
1 Cor 15:27 Pa&nta ga_r u9pe/tacen u9po\ tou\j po/daj au0tou=. 873Otan de\ ei1ph| o3ti Pa&nta u9pote/taktai, dh=lon o3ti e0kto\j tou= u9pota&cantoj au0tw%~ ta_ pa&nta. For he has put everything in subjection under his feet. And when he says, “Everything has been subjected”, it is evident that it is with the exception of him who made everything subject to him. Ps 8:7MT (Ps 8:6AV).
1 Cor 15:28 873Otan de\ u9potagh|= au0tw%~ ta_ pa&nta, to/te kai\ au0to\j o9 ui9o\j u9potagh/setai tw%~ u9pota&canti au0tw%~ ta_ pa&nta, i3na h|] o9 qeo\j ta_ pa&nta e0n pa~sin. And when everything has been subjected to him, then the son himself will be subjected to him who subjected everything to him, in order that God may be all in all. God: it does not say “the father”, as we have seen this verse misquoted (see internet).
1 Cor 15:29 870Epei\ ti/ poih/sousin oi9 baptizo/menoi u9pe\r tw~n nekrw~n; Ei0 o3lwj nekroi\ ou0k e0gei/rontai, ti/ kai\ bapti/zontai u9pe\r tw~n nekrw~n; For otherwise, what will they who are being baptized in connection with the state of the dead do? If the dead are not raised at all, why are they being baptized in connection with the state of the dead? in connection with (2x) ← on behalf of, but also concerning, in connection with, as in 2 Thes 2:1.
why ← why also (otiose kai/).
1 Cor 15:30 Ti/ kai\ h9mei=j kinduneu/omen pa~san w#ran; And why do we endanger ourselves all the time? all the time ← every hour.
1 Cor 15:31 Kaq' h9me/ran a)poqnh|/skw, nh\ th\n {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: u9mete/ran} [S1550: h9mete/ran] kau/xhsin, h4n e1xw e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou= tw%~ kuri/w% h9mw~n. I die every day, I swear by the exultation over {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: you} [S1550: us] which I have in Christ Jesus our Lord. u9mete/ran, (over) you, your, RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=8/12 (Scivener's bcdefglo) vs. h9mete/ran, (over) us, our, S1550 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's akm) vs. initial letter erased, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's h).
1 Cor 15:32 Ei0 kata_ a!nqrwpon e0qhrioma&xhsa e0n 870Efe/sw%, ti/ moi to\ o1feloj, ei0 nekroi\ ou0k e0gei/rontai; Fa&gwmen kai\ pi/wmen, au1rion ga_r a)poqnh|/skomen. If I, humanly speaking, have done battle with wild beasts in Ephesus, what advantage do I have if the dead are not raised? Then let us eat and drink, for tomorrow we die. Isa 22:13.
1 Cor 15:33 Mh\ plana~sqe: Fqei/rousin h1qh {RP P1904: xrhsta_} [TR: xrh/sq'] o9mili/ai kakai/. Do not be led astray: bad company corrupts good habits. xrhsta_, good (unapocopated), RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. xrh/sq', good (apocopated), TR F1859=0/12.
be led astray: or go astray.
company ← companies.
1 Cor 15:34 870Eknh/yate dikai/wj kai\ mh\ a(marta&nete: a)gnwsi/an ga_r qeou= tine\j e1xousin: pro\j e0ntroph\n u9mi=n le/gw. Sober up, as is right, and do not sin. For some are ignorant of God. I speak to your shame. as is right ← righteously.
to your shame ← to you for shame.
1 Cor 15:35 870All' e0rei= tij, Pw~j e0gei/rontai oi9 nekroi/; Poi/w% de\ sw&mati e1rxontai; But someone will say, “How are the dead raised? And with what kind of body will they come?”
1 Cor 15:36 871Afron, su\ o4 spei/reij, ou0 zw%opoiei=tai e0a_n mh\ a)poqa&nh|: You fool, what you sow – surely it does not give life unless it dies?
1 Cor 15:37 kai\ o4 spei/reij, ou0 to\ sw~ma to\ genhso/menon spei/reij, a)lla_ gumno\n ko/kkon, ei0 tu/xoi, si/tou h1 tinoj tw~n loipw~n: And what you sow – you do not sow the body which will come, but a bare seed, whether it happens to be of wheat or of some other crop.
1 Cor 15:38 o9 de\ qeo\j au0tw%~ di/dwsin sw~ma kaqw_j h0qe/lhsen, kai\ e9ka&stw% tw~n sperma&twn to\ i1dion sw~ma. But God gives it a body as he has willed, that is, to each kind of seed, its own body.
1 Cor 15:39 Ou0 pa~sa sa_rc h9 au0th\ sa&rc: a)lla_ a!llh me\n {RP P1904: - } [TR: sa_rc] a)nqrw&pwn, a!llh de\ sa_rc kthnw~n, a!llh de\ i0xqu/wn, a!llh de\ {RP TR: pthnw~n} [P1904: peteinw~n]. Not all flesh is the same flesh, but there is one kind {RP P1904: - } [TR: of flesh] for men, but another kind of flesh for cattle, and another for fish, and another for birds. sa_rc, flesh: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. present in TR F1859=0/12.
pthnw~n, feathered, bird, RP TR F1859=12/12 vs. peteinw~n, able to fly, bird, P1904 F1859=0/12.
1 Cor 15:40 Kai\ sw&mata e0poura&nia, kai\ sw&mata e0pi/geia: a)ll' e9te/ra me\n h9 tw~n e0pourani/wn do/ca, e9te/ra de\ h9 tw~n e0pigei/wn. And there are upper-heavenly bodies and earthly bodies, but the glory of the upper-heavenly ones is of one kind, whereas that of the earthly ones is of another kind.
1 Cor 15:41 871Allh do/ca h9li/ou, kai\ a!llh do/ca selh/nhj, kai\ a!llh do/ca a)ste/rwn: a)sth\r ga_r a)ste/roj diafe/rei e0n do/ch|. The glory of the sun is of one kind, and the glory of the moon is of another kind, and the glory of the stars is of yet another kind, for one star differs from another star in glory.
1 Cor 15:42 Ou3twj kai\ h9 a)na&stasij tw~n nekrw~n. Spei/retai e0n fqora%~, e0gei/retai e0n a)fqarsi/a%: So is also the resurrection of the dead. It is sown in perishability; it is raised in indefectibility.
1 Cor 15:43 spei/retai e0n a)timi/a%, e0gei/retai e0n do/ch|: spei/retai e0n a)sqenei/a%, e0gei/retai e0n duna&mei: It is sown in dishonour; it is raised in glory. It is sown in weakness; it is raised in power.
1 Cor 15:44 spei/retai sw~ma yuxiko/n, e0gei/retai sw~ma pneumatiko/n. 871Estin sw~ma yuxiko/n, kai\ e1stin sw~ma pneumatiko/n. It is sown as a natural body; it is raised as a spiritual body. There is a natural body, and there is a spiritual body. natural (2x) ← of the soul, “soulical”.
1 Cor 15:45 Ou3twj kai\ ge/graptai, 870Ege/neto o9 prw~toj a!nqrwpoj 870Ada_m ei0j yuxh\n zw~san. 879O e1sxatoj 870Ada_m ei0j pneu=ma zw%opoiou=n. So it also stands written: “The first man Adam became a living soul.” The last Adam – a life-giving spirit. Gen 2:7.
soul: or being. Adam did not have a soul; he was a soul, and he died. The scriptural soul is not immortal; see Ezek 18:4, Ezek 18:20.
1 Cor 15:46 870All' ou0 prw~ton to\ pneumatiko/n, a)lla_ to\ yuxiko/n, e1peita to\ pneumatiko/n. But the spiritual was not first, but the natural, then came the spiritual. natural ← of the soul, “soulical”.
1 Cor 15:47 879O prw~toj a!nqrwpoj e0k gh=j, xoi+ko/j: o9 deu/teroj a!nqrwpoj o9 ku/rioj e0c ou0ranou=. The first man was of the earth – of dust. The second man is the Lord from heaven.
1 Cor 15:48 Oi[oj o9 xoi+ko/j, toiou=toi kai\ oi9 xoi+koi/, kai\ oi[oj o9 e0poura&nioj, toiou=toi kai\ oi9 e0poura&nioi: As the one of dust was, so also are those of dust. And as the upper-heavenly one is, so also are the upper-heavenly ones.
1 Cor 15:49 kai\ kaqw_j e0fore/samen th\n ei0ko/na tou= xoi+kou=, {RP: fore/swmen} [P1904 TR: fore/somen] kai\ th\n ei0ko/na tou= e0pourani/ou. And just as we bore the image of the one of dust, so also {RP: let us bear} [P1904 TR: we shall bear] the image of the upper-heavenly one. fore/swmen, let us bear (hortatory subjunctive), RP F1859=9/12 vs. fore/somen, we shall bear, P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's acg).
1 Cor 15:50 Tou=to de/ fhmi, a)delfoi/, o3ti sa_rc kai\ ai[ma basilei/an qeou= klhronomh=sai ou0 du/nantai, ou0de\ h9 fqora_ th\n a)fqarsi/an klhronomei=. And I say this, brothers, that flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God, nor does perishability inherit indefectibility.
1 Cor 15:51 870Idou/, musth/rion u9mi=n le/gw: pa&ntej me\n ou0 koimhqhso/meqa, pa&ntej de\ a)llaghso/meqa, Look, I will tell you a mystery. We will not all fall asleep, but we will all be changed,
1 Cor 15:52 e0n a)to/mw%, e0n r(iph|= o0fqalmou=, e0n th|= e0sxa&th| sa&lpiggi: salpi/sei ga&r, kai\ oi9 nekroi\ e0gerqh/sontai a!fqartoi, kai\ h9mei=j a)llaghso/meqa. in an unsplittable instant, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trumpet-call. For the trumpet will sound, and the dead will be raised as indefectible, and we will be changed.
1 Cor 15:53 Dei= ga_r to\ fqarto\n tou=to e0ndu/sasqai a)fqarsi/an, kai\ to\ qnhto\n tou=to e0ndu/sasqai a)qanasi/an. For this perishable state must put on indefectibility, and this mortal state must put on immortality.
1 Cor 15:54 873Otan de\ to\ fqarto\n tou=to e0ndu/shtai a)fqarsi/an, kai\ to\ qnhto\n tou=to e0ndu/shtai a)qanasi/an, to/te genh/setai o9 lo/goj o9 gegramme/noj, Katepo/qh o9 qa&natoj ei0j ni=koj. And when this perishable state puts on indefectibility, and this mortal state puts on immortality, then the word which stands written will apply:

“Death has been swallowed up in victory.”

 Isa 25:8.
apply ← happen.
1 Cor 15:55 Pou= sou, Qa&nate, to\ ke/ntron; Pou= sou, 873A|dh, to\ ni=koj;

“Where, O death, is your sting?

Where, O Hades, is your victory?”

 Hos 13:14.
Hades: the place of the dead. The AV's grave also conveys the sense well.
1 Cor 15:56 To\ de\ ke/ntron tou= qana&tou h9 a(marti/a: h9 de\ du/namij th=j a(marti/aj o9 no/moj: The sting of death is sin, and the power of sin is the law.
1 Cor 15:57 tw%~ de\ qew%~ xa&rij tw%~ dido/nti h9mi=n to\ ni=koj dia_ tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=. But thanks be to God, who gives us the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ.
1 Cor 15:58 873Wste, a)delfoi/ mou a)gaphtoi/, e9drai=oi gi/nesqe, a)metaki/nhtoi, perisseu/ontej e0n tw%~ e1rgw% tou= kuri/ou pa&ntote, ei0do/tej o3ti o9 ko/poj u9mw~n ou0k e1stin keno\j e0n kuri/w%. So then, my beloved brothers, be firmly seated, steadfast, always abounding in the Lord's work, knowing that your labour is not in vain with the Lord. with ← in.
1 Cor 16:1 Peri\ de\ th=j logi/aj th=j ei0j tou\j a(gi/ouj, w#sper die/taca tai=j e0kklhsi/aij th=j Galati/aj, ou3twj kai\ u9mei=j poih/sate. Now concerning the collection for the saints: as I instructed the churches of Galatia, you do the same. saints: see Matt 27:52.
churches: see Matt 16:18.
you do the same ← so you do as well.
1 Cor 16:2 Kata_ mi/an sabba&twn e3kastoj u9mw~n par' e9autw%~ tiqe/tw, qhsauri/zwn o3 ti a@n eu0odw~tai, i3na mh/, o3tan e1lqw, to/te logi/ai gi/nwntai. On each first day of the week let each one of you put something aside, and contribute to the treasury whatever accords with how he is prospering, so that there will not be collections when I come. week ← Sabbath.
aside ← alongside himself.
contribute to the treasury ← treasure up.
1 Cor 16:3 873Otan de\ parage/nwmai, ou4j e0a_n dokima&shte di' e0pistolw~n, tou/touj pe/myw a)penegkei=n th\n xa&rin u9mw~n ei0j 879Ierousalh/m: But when I arrive, I will send whomever you recommend in writing to take your gracious gift to Jerusalem. whomever ← whomever ... these (so plural).
recommend in writing ← approve through letters.
1 Cor 16:4 e0a_n de\ h|] a!cion tou= ka)me\ poreu/esqai, su\n e0moi\ poreu/sontai. And if it is appropriate that I too should go, they can go with me. can ← will, a Hebraism.
1 Cor 16:5 870Eleu/somai de\ pro\j u9ma~j, o3tan Makedoni/an die/lqw: Makedoni/an ga_r die/rxomai: And I will come to you, when I cross Macedonia, for I am crossing Macedonia.
1 Cor 16:6 pro\j u9ma~j de\ tuxo\n paramenw~, h2 kai\ paraxeima&sw, i3na u9mei=j me prope/myhte ou[ e0a_n poreu/wmai. It may be that I will stay with you, or even that I will spend the winter with you, so that you may send me on my way to wherever I am going.
1 Cor 16:7 Ou0 qe/lw ga_r u9ma~j a!rti e0n paro/dw% i0dei=n: e0lpi/zw de\ xro/non tina_ e0pimei=nai pro\j u9ma~j, e0a_n o9 ku/rioj e0pitre/ph|. I do not want to see you in passing now, but I hope to stay on with you for some time, if the Lord permits.
1 Cor 16:8 870Epimenw~ de\ e0n 870Efe/sw% e3wj th=j Penthkosth=j: And I will stay on in Ephesus, until Pentecost.
1 Cor 16:9 qu/ra ga&r moi a)ne/w%gen mega&lh kai\ e0nergh/j, kai\ a)ntikei/menoi polloi/. For a very auspicious door stands open for me, but also many adversaries. very auspicious door ← great and effective door, referring to the place to which the door leads.
1 Cor 16:10 870Ea_n de\ e1lqh| Timo/qeoj, ble/pete i3na a)fo/bwj ge/nhtai pro\j u9ma~j: to\ ga_r e1rgon kuri/ou e0rga&zetai w(j {RP TR: kai\ e0gw&} [P1904: ka)gw&]. Now if Timothy comes, see that he feels at ease with you, for he carries out the work of the Lord, as I do. kai\ e0gw&, as I (do) (unapocopated), RP TR F1859=12/13 vs. ka)gw&, as I (do) (apocopated), P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n).
feels ← becomes.
as ← as also (otiose kai/).
1 Cor 16:11 Mh/ tij ou]n au0to\n e0couqenh/sh|: prope/myate de\ au0to\n e0n ei0rh/nh|, i3na e1lqh| pro/j me: e0kde/xomai ga_r au0to\n meta_ tw~n a)delfw~n. So do not let anyone make light of him. And send him on his way in peace, so that he may come to me, for I am expecting him with the brothers. make light ← make nothing.
1 Cor 16:12 Peri\ de\ 870Apollw_ tou= a)delfou=, polla_ pareka&lesa au0to\n i3na e1lqh| pro\j u9ma~j meta_ tw~n a)delfw~n: kai\ pa&ntwj ou0k h]n qe/lhma i3na nu=n e1lqh|, e0leu/setai de\ o3tan eu0kairh/sh|. And concerning our brother Apollos, I have greatly encouraged him to come to you with the brothers. But it was not his will at all to come now, but he will come when there is a good opportunity. there is a good opportunity: or he has a good opportunity.
1 Cor 16:13 Grhgorei=te, sth/kete e0n th|= pi/stei, a)ndri/zesqe, krataiou=sqe. Be watchful, stand firm in the faith, show yourselves men, show yourselves strong.
1 Cor 16:14 Pa&nta u9mw~n e0n a)ga&ph| gine/sqw. Let all your deeds be done in love.
1 Cor 16:15 Parakalw~ de\ u9ma~j, a)delfoi/ - oi1date th\n oi0ki/an Stefana~, o3ti e0sti\n a)parxh\ th=j 870Axai+/aj, kai\ ei0j diakoni/an toi=j a(gi/oij e1tacan e9autou/j - And I urge you, brothers – you know the household of Stephanas, how he is the firstfruit of Achaea, and how they appointed themselves to the ministry of the saints – how ← that.
appointed: AV differs (addicted), apparently through dislike of self-appointment to the ministry, since the AV has appointed for this verb in Matt 28:16, Acts 22:10, Acts 28:23, and ordained in Acts 13:48, Rom 13:1.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
1 Cor 16:16 i3na kai\ u9mei=j u9pota&sshsqe toi=j toiou/toij, kai\ panti\ tw%~ sunergou=nti kai\ kopiw~nti. that you too be subject to people like this and to every co-worker and everyone who labours. people like this ← such.
1 Cor 16:17 Xai/rw de\ e0pi\ th|= parousi/a% Stefana~ kai\ Fourtouna&tou kai\ 870Axai+kou=, o3ti to\ u9mw~n u9ste/rhma ou[toi a)neplh/rwsan. And I rejoice at the presence of Stephanas and Fortunatus and Achaichus, in that these men have supplied what you lacked.
1 Cor 16:18 870Ane/pausan ga_r to\ e0mo\n pneu=ma kai\ to\ u9mw~n: e0piginw&skete ou]n tou\j toiou/touj. For they gave rest to my spirit and yours. So do acknowledge such folk.
1 Cor 16:19 870Aspa&zontai u9ma~j ai9 e0kklhsi/ai th=j 870Asi/aj: a)spa&zontai u9ma~j e0n kuri/w% polla_ 870Aku/laj kai\ Pri/skilla, su\n th|= kat' oi]kon au0tw~n e0kklhsi/a%. The churches in Asia greet you. Aquila and Priscilla greet you profoundly in the Lord, as does the church in their various houses. churches ... church: see Matt 16:18.
profoundly ← very much (adverbial neuter plural).
in their various houses: kata& + accusative singular, as in Luke 8:4 [AnLx]. AV differs (in their house), as [MG], which is also possible.
1 Cor 16:20 870Aspa&zontai u9ma~j oi9 a)delfoi\ pa&ntej. 870Aspa&sasqe a)llh/louj e0n filh/mati a(gi/w%. All the brothers greet you. Greet each other with a holy kiss.
1 Cor 16:21 879O a)spasmo\j th|= e0mh|= xeiri\ Pau/lou. Here is the greeting of Paul with my own hand.
1 Cor 16:22 Ei1 tij ou0 filei= to\n ku/rion 870Ihsou=n xristo/n, h1tw a)na&qema. Mara_n a)qa&. If anyone does not love the Lord Jesus Christ, let him be a curse. Maranatha. maranatha ← our Lord, come (Aramaic, מְרַנָא תָא [Dalman]). AV differs in sense, omitting our immediately preceding full stop.
1 Cor 16:23 879H xa&rij tou= kuri/ou 870Ihsou= xristou= meq' u9mw~n. The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ be with you.
1 Cor 16:24 879H a)ga&ph mou meta_ pa&ntwn u9mw~n e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=. 870Amh/n. May my love be with all of you in Christ Jesus. Amen.
2 Cor 1:1 Pau=loj a)po/stoloj 870Ihsou= xristou= dia_ qelh/matoj qeou=, kai\ Timo/qeoj o9 a)delfo/j, th|= e0kklhsi/a% tou= qeou= th|= ou1sh| e0n Kori/nqw%, su\n toi=j a(gi/oij pa~sin toi=j ou]sin e0n o3lh| th|= 870Axai+/a%: From Paul, an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God, and Timothy the brother, to the church of God which is in Corinth, with all the saints who are in the whole of Achaea, church: see Matt 16:18.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
2 Cor 1:2 xa&rij u9mi=n kai\ ei0rh/nh a)po\ qeou= patro\j h9mw~n kai\ kuri/ou 870Ihsou= xristou=. grace to you and peace from God our father and Lord, Jesus Christ. Lord: no article in the Greek. See Rom 1:7, showing why we repunctuate; AV differs.
2 Cor 1:3 Eu0loghto\j o9 qeo\j kai\ path\r tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=, o9 path\r tw~n oi0ktirmw~n kai\ qeo\j pa&shj paraklh/sewj, Blessed be the God and father of our Lord Jesus Christ, the father of mercies and God of all comfort,
2 Cor 1:4 o9 parakalw~n h9ma~j {RP TR: e0pi\} [P1904: e0n] pa&sh| th|= qli/yei h9mw~n, ei0j to\ du/nasqai h9ma~j parakalei=n tou\j e0n pa&sh| qli/yei, dia_ th=j paraklh/sewj h[j parakalou/meqa au0toi\ u9po\ tou= qeou=. who comforts us {RP TR: at} [P1904: in] every tribulation of ours, so that we can comfort those in any tribulation, through the comfort with which we ourselves are comforted by God. e0pi\, at, in, RP TR F1859=10/12 vs. e0n, in, P1904 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ln).
any ← every.
2 Cor 1:5 873Oti kaqw_j perisseu/ei ta_ paqh/mata tou= xristou= ei0j h9ma~j, ou3twj dia_ {RP: tou=} [P1904 TR: - ] xristou= perisseu/ei kai\ h9 para&klhsij h9mw~n. For as the sufferings of Christ abound towards us, so also our comfort abounds through Christ. tou=, the (Christ): present in RP F1859=12/12 vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=0/12. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
2 Cor 1:6 Ei1te de\ qlibo/meqa, u9pe\r th=j u9mw~n paraklh/sewj kai\ swthri/aj, th=j e0nergoume/nhj e0n u9pomonh|= tw~n au0tw~n paqhma&twn w{n kai\ h9mei=j pa&sxomen: {RP P1904: kai\ h9 e0lpi\j h9mw~n bebai/a u9pe\r u9mw~n: ei1te parakalou/meqa, u9pe\r th=j u9mw~n paraklh/sewj kai\ swthri/aj} [TR: ei1te parakalou/meqa, u9pe\r th=j u9mw~n paraklh/sewj kai\ swthri/aj: kai\ h9 e0lpi\j h9mw~n bebai/a u9pe\r u9mw~n]: And if we are in tribulation, it is for your comfort and salvation, which is effective in endurance of the same sufferings which we also suffer. {RP P1904: And our hope for you is firm, and if we are comforted, it is for your comfort and salvation} [TR: And if we are comforted, it is for your comfort and salvation, ¶ and our hope for you is firm], ¶ Verse division: in AV numbering (and some TR editions), 2 Cor 1:7 begins here.
kai\ ... u9mw~n: ei1te ... swthri/aj, and our hope ... is firm; or if we are comforted ... salvation, RP P1904 F1859=11/12 (Scrivener's abcefghklno, with variations in ao*) vs. ei1te ... swthri/aj: kai\ ... u9mw~n, or if we are comforted ... salvation; and our hope ... is firm, TR F1859=0/12 vs. another ordering, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's m). This is a movement of text, not a change to any of the words within RP P1904 TR.
2 Cor 1:7 ei0do/tej o3ti w#sper koinwnoi/ e0ste tw~n paqhma&twn, ou3twj kai\ th=j paraklh/sewj. knowing that as you are partakers of the sufferings, so are you also of the comfort.
2 Cor 1:8 Ou0 ga_r qe/lomen u9ma~j a)gnoei=n, a)delfoi/, u9pe\r th=j qli/yewj h9mw~n th=j genome/nhj h9mi=n e0n th|= 870Asi/a%, o3ti kaq' u9perbolh\n e0barh/qhmen u9pe\r du/namin, w#ste e0caporhqh=nai h9ma~j kai\ tou= zh|=n. For we do not wish you to be ignorant, brothers, of our tribulation which came on us in Asia, because we were exceedingly weighed down beyond our ability to cope, so that we even despaired of surviving. surviving ← living.
2 Cor 1:9 870Alla_ au0toi\ e0n e9autoi=j to\ a)po/krima tou= qana&tou e0sxh/kamen, i3na mh\ pepoiqo/tej w}men e0f' e9autoi=j a)ll' e0pi\ tw%~ qew%~ tw%~ e0gei/ronti tou\j nekrou/j: But we ourselves have had the sentence of death in ourselves so that we should not be trusting in ourselves, but in God who raises the dead,
2 Cor 1:10 o4j e0k thlikou/tou qana&tou e0rru/sato h9ma~j kai\ r(u/etai, ei0j o4n h0lpi/kamen o3ti kai\ e1ti r(u/setai, who has rescued us from so great a death, and who is rescuing us, in whom we have put our hope that he will also rescue still,
2 Cor 1:11 sunupourgou/ntwn kai\ u9mw~n u9pe\r h9mw~n th|= deh/sei, i3na e0k pollw~n prosw&pwn to\ ei0j h9ma~j xa&risma dia_ pollw~n eu0xaristhqh|= u9pe\r {RP: u9mw~n} [P1904 TR: h9mw~n]. while you also support us by your supplication for us, so that thanks may be offered for the favour shown to us by many individuals, through many tribulations, on {RP: your} [P1904 TR: our] behalf. u9mw~n, (of) you, RP F1859=8/14 (Scrivener's ce**fghlmn) vs. h9mw~n, (of) us, P1904 TR F1859=5/14 (Scrivener's ade*ko) vs. another reading, F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's b, though we do not fully understand Scrivener here). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7. AV differs textually.
individuals ← faces.
tribulations ← (things), if neuter; or if masculine, (people), as AV; or if feminine, (journeys / ways). So AV differs.
2 Cor 1:12 879H ga_r kau/xhsij h9mw~n au3th e0sti/n, to\ martu/rion th=j suneidh/sewj h9mw~n, o3ti e0n a(plo/thti kai\ ei0likrinei/a% qeou=, ou0k e0n sofi/a% sarkikh|= a)ll' e0n xa&riti qeou=, a)nestra&fhmen e0n tw%~ ko/smw%, perissote/rwj de\ pro\j u9ma~j. For our exultation is this: the witness of our consciences – that we have conducted ourselves in godly simplicity and sincerity, not in fleshly wisdom, but in the grace of God, in the world and all the more towards you. consciences ← conscience.
godly simplicity and sincerity ← simplicity and sincerity of God, a Hebraic genitive.
2 Cor 1:13 Ou0 ga_r a!lla gra&fomen u9mi=n, a)ll' h2 a$ a)naginw&skete h2 kai\ e0piginw&skete, e0lpi/zw de\ o3ti kai\ e3wj te/louj e0pignw&sesqe: For we do not write to you any other things than either what you read or acknowledge, and I hope that you will also continue to acknowledge them until the end,
2 Cor 1:14 kaqw_j kai\ e0pe/gnwte h9ma~j a)po\ me/rouj, o3ti kau/xhma u9mw~n e0sme/n, kaqa&per kai\ u9mei=j h9mw~n, e0n th|= h9me/ra% tou= kuri/ou 870Ihsou=. as you have also acknowledged us in part, that we are your pride, as indeed you are ours, on the day of the Lord Jesus. pride ← boasting. Perhaps exultation here.
as indeed ← as indeed also.
2 Cor 1:15 Kai\ tau/th| th|= pepoiqh/sei e0boulo/mhn {RP: e0lqei=n pro\j u9ma~j} [P1904 TR: pro\j u9ma~j e0lqei=n] {RP: to\} [P1904 TR: - ] pro/teron, i3na deute/ran xa&rin e1xhte: And I wanted to come to you in this confidence before, so that you might have a second benefit, e0lqei=n pro\j u9ma~j, to come + to you, RP F1859=10/13 (Scrivener's bcdefgklno) vs. pro\j u9ma~j e0lqei=n, to you + to come, P1904 TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's h) vs. other readings, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's am). A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
to\, the (an optional part of the idiom for before): present in RP F1859=10/13 (Scrivener's bcdefgklno) vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's ahm).
benefit ← grace.
2 Cor 1:16 kai\ di' u9mw~n dielqei=n ei0j Makedoni/an, kai\ pa&lin a)po\ Makedoni/aj e0lqei=n pro\j u9ma~j, kai\ u9f' u9mw~n propemfqh=nai ei0j th\n 870Ioudai/an. and to cross through your way to Macedonia, and to come to you again from Macedonia, and to be sent on by you to Judaea. your way ← you.
2 Cor 1:17 Tou=to ou]n {RP TR: bouleuo/menoj} [P1904: boulo/menoj], mh/ ti a!ra th|= e0lafri/a% e0xrhsa&mhn; 872H a$ bouleu/omai, kata_ sa&rka bouleu/omai, i3na h|] par' e0moi\ to\ Nai/, nai\ kai\ to\ Ou1, ou1; Now then, when I {RP TR: resolved} [P1904: wanted] to do this, did I indulge in frivolity at all? Or the things I resolve to do – do I resolve to do them according to the flesh, so that it is, “Yes, yes” one day and, “No, no” another day with me? bouleuo/menoj, resolving, RP TR F1859=8/13 vs. boulo/menoj, wishing, P1904 F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's achmo).
at all: this brings out the pressure (from mh/ ti) for a negative answer to the question.
2 Cor 1:18 Pisto\j de\ o9 qeo/j, o3ti o9 lo/goj h9mw~n o9 pro\j u9ma~j ou0k e0ge/neto Nai\ kai\ ou1. But as God is faithful, our word to you was not, “Yes” one day and, “No” another day. Punctuation: we have translated as if the Greek were capitalized as Nai\ kai\ Ou1, in harmony with the previous verse, so changing what is in direct speech.
2 Cor 1:19 879O ga_r tou= qeou= ui9o\j 870Ihsou=j xristo\j o9 e0n u9mi=n di' h9mw~n khruxqei/j, di' e0mou= kai\ Silouanou= kai\ Timoqe/ou, ou0k e0ge/neto Nai\ kai\ Ou1, a)lla_ Nai\ e0n au0tw%~ ge/gonen. For the son of God, Jesus Christ, who was proclaimed among you by us, by me and Silvanus and Timothy, was not, “Yes” and, “No”, but in him was, “Yes.”
2 Cor 1:20 873Osai ga_r e0paggeli/ai qeou=, e0n au0tw%~ to\ Nai/, kai\ e0n au0tw%~ to\ 870Amh/n, tw%~ qew%~ pro\j do/can di' h9mw~n. For as regards all God's promises, in him is “Yes” and in him is “Amen”, with a view to glory to God through us. all ← as many (as there are).
2 Cor 1:21 879O de\ bebaiw~n h9ma~j su\n u9mi=n ei0j xristo/n, kai\ xri/saj h9ma~j, qeo/j, Now he who confirms us with you into Christ, and who has anointed us, is God,
2 Cor 1:22 o9 kai\ sfragisa&menoj h9ma~j, kai\ dou\j to\n a)rrabw~na tou= pneu/matoj e0n tai=j kardi/aij h9mw~n. who has also sealed us to himself and given the pledge of the spirit in our hearts.
2 Cor 1:23 870Egw_ de\ ma&rtura to\n qeo\n e0pikalou=mai e0pi\ th\n e0mh\n yuxh/n, o3ti feido/menoj u9mw~n ou0ke/ti h]lqon ei0j Ko/rinqon. And I call on God as a witness to my soul that I had stopped coming to Corinth to spare you. soul: i.e. self, life.
had stopped coming ← came no longer.
to spare ← sparing, present participle for classical future participle of purpose.
2 Cor 1:24 Ou0x o3ti kurieu/omen u9mw~n th=j pi/stewj, a)lla_ sunergoi/ e0smen th=j xara~j u9mw~n: th|= ga_r pi/stei e9sth/kate. Not that we lord it over your faith, but we are co-workers of your joy, for you stand by faith.
2 Cor 2:1 871Ekrina de\ e0mautw%~ tou=to, to\ mh\ pa&lin {RP: e0n lu/ph| pro\j u9ma~j e0lqei=n} [P1904: e0n lu/ph| e0lqei=n pro\j u9ma~j] [TR: e0lqei=n e0n lu/ph| pro\j u9ma~j]. And I resolved on this: not to come to you again in grief. e0n lu/ph| pro\j u9ma~j e0lqei=n, in grief + to you + to come, RP F1859=13/13 vs. e0n lu/ph| e0lqei=n pro\j u9ma~j, in grief + to come + to you, P1904 F1859=0/13 vs. e0lqei=n e0n lu/ph| pro\j u9ma~j, to come + in grief + to you, TR F1859=0/13.
I resolved on ← I decided on ... for myself.
2 Cor 2:2 Ei0 ga_r e0gw_ lupw~ u9ma~j, kai\ ti/j e0stin o9 eu0frai/nwn me, ei0 mh\ o9 lupou/menoj e0c e0mou=; For if I am causing you grief, then who can cheer me up except him who is grieving because of me? who ← who is it who.
2 Cor 2:3 Kai\ e1graya u9mi=n tou=to au0to/, i3na mh\ e0lqw_n lu/phn e1xw a)f' w{n e1dei me xai/rein, pepoiqw_j e0pi\ pa&ntaj u9ma~j, o3ti h9 e0mh\ xara_ pa&ntwn u9mw~n e0sti/n. And I wrote this very thing to you, so that I would not have grief when I came from those people over whom I should have rejoiced, trusting in you all that my joy is that of you all.
2 Cor 2:4 870Ek ga_r pollh=j qli/yewj kai\ sunoxh=j kardi/aj e1graya u9mi=n dia_ pollw~n dakru/wn, ou0x i3na luphqh=te, a)lla_ th\n a)ga&phn i3na gnw~te h4n e1xw perissote/rwj ei0j u9ma~j. For I wrote to you from much tribulation and distress of heart, with many tears, not that you should grieve, but that you should know the love which I have most profusely towards you. most profusely ← more profusely, Greek comparative for superlative.
2 Cor 2:5 Ei0 de/ tij lelu/phken, ou0k e0me\ lelu/phken, {RP P1904: a)lla_} [TR: a)ll'] a)po\ me/rouj: i3na mh\ e0pibarw~ pa&ntaj u9ma~j. But if anyone has caused grief, he has not caused me grief, except for a while, so that I do not weigh down on you all. a)lla_, but (unapocopated), RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. a)ll', but (apocopated), TR F1859=0/13.
for a while: as in Rom 15:24, or in part.
2 Cor 2:6 879Ikano\n tw%~ toiou/tw% h9 e0pitimi/a au3th h9 u9po\ tw~n pleio/nwn: The censure which is given by the majority is sufficient for such a man, the censure ← this censure.
2 Cor 2:7 w#ste tou0nanti/on ma~llon u9ma~j xari/sasqai kai\ parakale/sai, mh/pwj th|= perissote/ra% lu/ph| katapoqh|= o9 toiou=toj. so that on the contrary rather, you show grace and give encouragement, in case such a man should in any way be overwhelmed by too much grief. overwhelmed ← swallowed up.
2 Cor 2:8 Dio\ parakalw~ u9ma~j kurw~sai ei0j au0to\n a)ga&phn. So I encourage you to assure him of your love of him.
2 Cor 2:9 Ei0j tou=to ga_r kai\ e1graya, i3na gnw~ th\n dokimh\n u9mw~n, ei0 ei0j pa&nta u9ph/kooi/ e0ste. For I wrote to this effect, that I should know your proven character – whether you are obedient in all things. proven character ← test, trial.
2 Cor 2:10 87[W| de/ ti xari/zesqe, kai\ e0gw&: kai\ ga_r e0gw_ ei1 ti kexa&rismai, w%{ kexa&rismai, di' u9ma~j e0n prosw&pw% xristou=, If you forgive anyone anything, so do I. And indeed if I have forgiven anyone anything, I forgave him because of you in the presence of Christ, if you forgive anyone ← whom you forgive.
if I have forgiven anyone anything, I forgave him ← if I have forgiven anything, whom I have forgiven.
2 Cor 2:11 i3na mh\ pleonekthqw~men u9po\ tou= Satana~: ou0 ga_r au0tou= ta_ noh/mata a)gnoou=men. so that we might not be taken advantage of by Satan, for we are not ignorant of his intentions.
2 Cor 2:12 870Elqw_n de\ ei0j th\n Trw%a&da ei0j to\ eu0agge/lion tou= xristou=, kai\ qu/raj moi a)new%gme/nhj e0n kuri/w%, And when I came to Troas for the purpose of the gospel of Christ, and a door was opened to me in the Lord,
2 Cor 2:13 ou0k e1sxhka a!nesin tw%~ pneu/mati/ mou, tw%~ mh\ eu9rei=n me Ti/ton to\n a)delfo/n mou: a)lla_ a)potaca&menoj au0toi=j e0ch=lqon ei0j Makedoni/an. I did not have peace of mind, because I did not find Titus my brother, but I took leave of them and departed for Macedonia. peace of mind ← abatement of my spirit.
2 Cor 2:14 Tw%~ de\ qew%~ xa&rij tw%~ pa&ntote qriambeu/onti h9ma~j e0n tw%~ xristw%~, kai\ th\n o0smh\n th=j gnw&sewj au0tou= fanerou=nti di' h9mw~n e0n panti\ to/pw%. But thanks be to God, who always leads us in triumph in Christ, and who makes the scent of knowledge of him manifest through us in every place.
2 Cor 2:15 873Oti xristou= eu0wdi/a e0sme\n tw%~ qew%~ e0n toi=j sw%zome/noij kai\ e0n toi=j a)pollume/noij: For we are a sweet smell of Christ to God among those on the road to being saved and among those who are on the road to perdition: perdition: or waste.
2 Cor 2:16 oi[j me\n o0smh\ qana&tou ei0j qa&naton, oi[j de\ o0smh\ zwh=j ei0j zwh/n. Kai\ pro\j tau=ta ti/j i9kano/j; to some a savour of death leading to death, to others a savour of life leading to life. And who is worthy of these things? worthy ← sufficient. Compare Luke 7:6.
2 Cor 2:17 Ou0 ga&r e0smen w(j oi9 {RP-text P1904: loipoi/} [RP-marg TR: polloi/], kaphleu/ontej to\n lo/gon tou= qeou=: a)ll' w(j e0c ei0likrinei/aj, a)ll' w(j e0k qeou=, katenw&pion tou= qeou=, e0n xristw%~ lalou=men. For we are not as {RP-text P1904: others} [RP-marg TR: many] who corrupt the word of God, but we are sincere, and we speak in Christ, as from God, in the presence of God. loipoi/, (the) rest, RP-text P1904 F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's defghln) vs. polloi/, (the) many, RP-marg TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's abckmo). Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=8:7. AV differs textually.
{RP-text P1904: others ← the rest.}
corrupt: or make a trade of, or, with [CB], [MG], adulterate.
sincere ← as of sincerity.
2 Cor 3:1 870Arxo/meqa pa&lin e9autou\j sunista&nein; {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: Ei0} [S1894: 872H] mh\ xrh|/zomen, w#j tinej, sustatikw~n e0pistolw~n pro\j u9ma~j, h2 e0c u9mw~n sustatikw~n; Are we starting to commend ourselves again? {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: Do} [S1894: Or do] we really need, as some do, commendatory epistles to be sent to you, or commendations from you? ei0, if; particle introducing a question, a Hebraism (אִם), RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=10/13 vs. h2, or, S1894 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's afm).
2 Cor 3:2 879H e0pistolh\ h9mw~n u9mei=j e0ste/, e0ggegramme/nh e0n tai=j kardi/aij h9mw~n, ginwskome/nh kai\ a)naginwskome/nh u9po\ pa&ntwn a)nqrw&pwn: You are our epistle, inscribed on our hearts, known and read by all men.
2 Cor 3:3 fanerou/menoi o3ti e0ste\ e0pistolh\ xristou= diakonhqei=sa u9f' h9mw~n, e0ggegramme/nh ou0 me/lani, a)lla_ pneu/mati qeou= zw~ntoj, ou0k e0n placi\n liqi/naij, {RP S1550 S1894: a)ll'} [P1904 E1624: a)lla_] e0n placi\n {RP P1904: kardi/aij} [TR: kardi/aj] sarki/naij. You are manifested that you are an epistle of Christ ministered by us, written not with ink, but with the spirit of the living God, not on stone tablets, but on {RP P1904: tablets which are fleshly hearts} [TR: fleshly tablets of the heart]. a)ll', but (apocopated), RP S1550 S1894 F1859=8/13 (Scrivener's adfklmno) vs. a)lla_, but (unapocopated), P1904 E1624 F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's bcegh).
kardi/aij, (on) hearts, RP P1904 F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's adfhlno) vs. kardi/aj, of a heart, TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's bcegkm). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7, but note the correspondence in Scrivener's witnesses with the previous variation (only h migrates).
ink ← black.
2 Cor 3:4 Pepoi/qhsin de\ toiau/thn e1xomen dia_ tou= xristou= pro\j to\n qeo/n: And we have such confidence through Christ in God. in ← towards.
2 Cor 3:5 ou0x o3ti i9kanoi/ e0smen a)f' e9autw~n logi/sasqai/ ti w(j e0c e9autw~n, a)ll' h9 i9kano/thj h9mw~n e0k tou= qeou=: Not that we are qualified to credit anything as being of ourselves, but our qualification is from God,
2 Cor 3:6 o4j kai\ i9ka&nwsen h9ma~j diako/nouj kainh=j diaqh/khj, ou0 gra&mmatoj, a)lla_ pneu/matoj: to\ ga_r gra&mma {RP: a)pokte/nei} [P1904: a)pokte/nnei] [TR: a)poktei/nei], to\ de\ pneu=ma zw%opoiei=. who has also qualified us as ministers of a new covenant, not of a letter but of spirit. For the letter kills, but the spirit gives life. a)pokte/nei, kills (1), RP F1859=8/14 (Scrivener's acghkm*no) vs. a)pokte/nnei, kills (2), P1904 F1859=4/14 (Scrivener's eflm**) vs. a)poktei/nei, kills (3), TR F1859=2/14 (Scrivener's bd). All three forms (as accented) are in the present tense.
letter (2x): a letter of the alphabet, referring to the old covenant of the law of Moses written on stone tablets.
2 Cor 3:7 Ei0 de\ h9 diakoni/a tou= qana&tou e0n gra&mmasin, e0ntetupwme/nh e0n li/qoij, e0genh/qh e0n do/ch|, w#ste mh\ du/nasqai a)teni/sai tou\j ui9ou\j 870Israh\l ei0j to\ pro/swpon {RP P1904: Mwu+se/wj} [TR: Mwse/wj] dia_ th\n do/can tou= prosw&pou au0tou=, th\n katargoume/nhn, But if the ministry of death, engraved in letters on stones, was in glory, so that the sons of Israel could not look straight at Moses' face, because of the glory of his face – a glory to be abolished – Mwu+se/wj, of Moüses, RP P1904 F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's bekmn) vs. Mwse/wj, of Moses, TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ac) vs. Mwu+se/oj, of Moses, F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's dfghlo). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=6:6.
Punctuation: we, with AV, associate in letters with engraved, RP TBS-TR with ministry of death. P1904 leaves the question open.
to be abolished: or being abolished.
2 Cor 3:8 pw~j ou0xi\ ma~llon h9 diakoni/a tou= pneu/matoj e1stai e0n do/ch|; how much more will the ministry of the spirit be in glory! We punctuate as an exclamation; RP P1904 TBS-TR as a question. Compare the next verse.
2 Cor 3:9 Ei0 ga_r h9 diakoni/a th=j katakri/sewj do/ca, pollw%~ ma~llon perisseu/ei h9 diakoni/a th=j dikaiosu/nhj e0n do/ch|. For if the ministry of condemnation is glory, how much more does the ministry of righteousness abound in glory!
2 Cor 3:10 Kai\ ga_r {RP: ou0} [P1904 TR: ou0de\] dedo/castai to\ dedocasme/non e0n tou/tw% tw%~ me/rei, e3neken th=j u9perballou/shj do/chj. For indeed, {RP: that which has been glorified has not been glorified} [P1904 TR: not even that which has been glorified has been glorified] in this respect, because of the exceeding glory. ou0, not, RP F1859=12/13 vs. ou0de\, not even, P1904 TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's h). A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
respect ← part. The glory is too much to behold for now.
2 Cor 3:11 Ei0 ga_r to\ katargou/menon, dia_ do/chj, pollw%~ ma~llon to\ me/non, e0n do/ch|. For if that which is being abolished was with glory, how much more will that which remains be in glory! with glory ← through glory, but here of attendant circumstances [MG].
2 Cor 3:12 871Exontej ou]n toiau/thn e0lpi/da, pollh|= parrhsi/a% xrw&meqa: Having therefore such a hope, we make use of much freedom of speech,
2 Cor 3:13 kai\ ou0 kaqa&per {RP P1904: Mwu+sh=j} [TR: Mwsh=j] e0ti/qei ka&lumma e0pi\ to\ pro/swpon e9autou=, pro\j to\ mh\ a)teni/sai tou\j ui9ou\j 870Israh\l ei0j to\ te/loj tou= katargoume/nou: and are not as Moses, who put a covering on his face in order that the sons of Israel should not look straight at the result of that which is being abolished. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, RP P1904 F1859=13/14 vs. Mwsh=j, Moses, TR F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's b*).
result ← end, or perhaps whole, by a Hebraism (קָצֶה).
2 Cor 3:14 a)ll' e0pwrw&qh ta_ noh/mata au0tw~n: a!xri ga_r th=j sh/meron to\ au0to\ ka&lumma e0pi\ th|= a)nagnw&sei th=j palaia~j diaqh/khj me/nei mh\ a)nakalupto/menon, {RP TR: o3 ti} [P1904: o3ti] e0n xristw%~ katargei=tai. But their thoughts were hardened. For up to today the same covering remains unremoved at the reading of the old covenant, {RP TR: it being a covering which} [P1904: because it] is being abolished in Christ. o3 ti, (a thing) which, RP TR F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's abcdefk) vs. o3ti, because, P1904 F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's ghlmno). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7. The distinction was probably not visible in the archetype, as spaces were scarcely employed (we presume). The combination o3 ti, when not followed by an indeterminate particle such as a!n, is rare (only here and John 8:25).
2 Cor 3:15 870All' e3wj sh/meron, h9ni/ka a)naginw&sketai {RP P1904: Mwu+sh=j} [TR: Mwsh=j], ka&lumma e0pi\ th\n kardi/an au0tw~n kei=tai. But up to today, when Moses is read, a covering lies over their heart. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, RP P1904 F1859=10/14 vs. Mwsh=j, Moses, TR F1859=4/14 (Scrivener's b**cdh).
2 Cor 3:16 879Hni/ka d' a@n e0pistre/yh| pro\j ku/rion, periairei=tai to\ ka&lumma. But when it turns to the Lord, the covering will be removed. when ← whenever.
it: i.e. their heart.
2 Cor 3:17 879O de\ ku/rioj to\ pneu=ma& e0stin: ou[ de\ to\ pneu=ma kuri/ou, e0kei= e0leuqeri/a. And the Lord is the spirit; where the spirit of the Lord is, there there is freedom. there there is freedom: the sense is: in that place there is freedom. The two occurrences of there are intentional.
2 Cor 3:18 879Hmei=j de\ pa&ntej, a)nakekalumme/nw% prosw&pw% th\n do/can kuri/ou katoptrizo/menoi, th\n au0th\n ei0ko/na metamorfou/meqa a)po\ do/chj ei0j do/can, kaqa&per a)po\ kuri/ou pneu/matoj. But we all with uncovered face, reflecting the glory of the Lord, are being transformed into the same image, from glory to glory, such as comes from the spirit of the Lord. from glory to glory: i.e. from old covenant glory to new covenant glory. Compare John 1:16, 2 Cor 3:6-7.
2 Cor 4:1 Dia_ tou=to e1xontej th\n diakoni/an tau/thn, kaqw_j h0leh/qhmen, ou0k e0kkakou=men: For this reason, having this ministry according to how we have received mercy, we are not faint-hearted,
2 Cor 4:2 {RP: a)lla_} [P1904 TR: a)ll'] a)peipa&meqa ta_ krupta_ th=j ai0sxu/nhj, mh\ peripatou=ntej e0n panourgi/a% mhde\ dolou=ntej to\n lo/gon tou= qeou=, a)lla_ th|= fanerw&sei th=j a)lhqei/aj sunistw~ntej e9autou\j pro\j pa~san sunei/dhsin a)nqrw&pwn e0nw&pion tou= qeou=. but we have renounced shameful hidden things, not going about in craftiness, nor handling the word of God deceitfully, but in manifestation of the truth, commending ourselves to every man's conscience before God. a)lla_, but (unapocopated), RP F1859=9/13 vs. a)ll', but (apocopated), P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's abmo).
shameful hidden things ← hidden (things) of shame, a Hebraic genitive.
every man's conscience ← every conscience of men.
2 Cor 4:3 Ei0 de\ kai\ e1stin kekalumme/non to\ eu0agge/lion h9mw~n, e0n toi=j a)pollume/noij e0sti\n kekalumme/non: But if on the other hand our gospel is veiled, it is veiled among those who are on the road to perdition, who are on the road to perdition: or to waste. Alternatively by those (things) which are passing away, taking e0n as instrumental, showing the old covenant being used to blind people to the new covenant. Then continue with by which the god ... in 2 Cor 4:4.
2 Cor 4:4 e0n oi[j o9 qeo\j tou= ai0w~noj tou/tou e0tu/flwsen ta_ noh/mata tw~n a)pi/stwn, ei0j to\ mh\ au0ga&sai au0toi=j to\n fwtismo\n tou= eu0aggeli/ou {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: th=j} [E1624: to\n] do/chj tou= xristou=, o3j e0stin ei0kw_n tou= qeou=. among whom the god of this age has blinded the minds of those who do not believe, so that the light of the {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: glorious gospel} [E1624: gospel, the light of glory] of Christ, who is the image of God, does not shine on them. th=j, of the (glory), RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=13?/13 vs. to\n, the (light which is), E1624 F1859=0?/13. Scrivener does not give variants, which strongly suggests that his edition of Elzevir reads th=j, or that he misread the t-double-grave abbreviation for to\n.
{RP P1904 S1550 S1894: glorious gospel ← gospel of the glory, a Hebraic genitive.}
2 Cor 4:5 Ou0 ga_r e9autou\j khru/ssomen, a)lla_ xristo\n 870Ihsou=n ku/rion: e9autou\j de\ dou/louj u9mw~n dia_ 870Ihsou=n. For we do not proclaim ourselves, but Christ Jesus the Lord, yet ourselves as your servants for the sake of Jesus.
2 Cor 4:6 873Oti o9 qeo\j o9 ei0pw_n e0k sko/touj fw~j la&myai, o4j e1lamyen e0n tai=j kardi/aij h9mw~n pro\j fwtismo\n th=j gnw&sewj th=j do/chj tou= qeou= e0n prosw&pw% 870Ihsou= xristou=. For it is God, who commanded light to shine from darkness, who has shone in our hearts for the enlightenment of knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ.
2 Cor 4:7 871Exomen de\ to\n qhsauro\n tou=ton e0n o0straki/noij skeu/esin, i3na h9 u9perbolh\ th=j duna&mewj h|] tou= qeou=, kai\ mh\ e0c h9mw~n: And we have this treasure in earthen vessels, so that the immensity of the power should be of God and not of ourselves:
2 Cor 4:8 e0n panti\ qlibo/menoi, a)ll' ou0 stenoxwrou/menoi: a)porou/menoi, a)ll' ou0k e0caporou/menoi: in every respect oppressed but not in straits, at a loss but not at a total loss,
2 Cor 4:9 diwko/menoi, a)ll' ou0k e0gkataleipo/menoi: kataballo/menoi, a)ll' ou0k a)pollu/menoi: persecuted, but not deserted, struck down, but not losing our lives, losing our lives ← perishing.
2 Cor 4:10 pa&ntote th\n ne/krwsin tou= kuri/ou 870Ihsou= e0n tw%~ sw&mati perife/rontej, i3na kai\ h9 zwh\ tou= 870Ihsou= e0n tw%~ sw&mati h9mw~n fanerwqh|=. always carrying around in the body the dying of the Lord Jesus, in order that the life of Jesus might be made manifest in our body. in order that ← in order that also (otiose kai/).
2 Cor 4:11 870Aei\ ga_r h9mei=j oi9 zw~ntej ei0j qa&naton paradido/meqa dia_ 870Ihsou=n, i3na kai\ h9 zwh\ tou= 870Ihsou= fanerwqh|= e0n th|= qnhth|= sarki\ h9mw~n. For we who are alive are continually delivered to death on account of Jesus, in order that on the other hand the life of Jesus might be made manifest in our mortal flesh. on the other hand ← also.
2 Cor 4:12 873Wste o9 me\n qa&natoj e0n h9mi=n e0nergei=tai, h9 de\ zwh\ e0n u9mi=n. So that death is at work in us, but life in you. This verse is explained by the previous verse.
2 Cor 4:13 871Exontej de\ to\ au0to\ pneu=ma th=j pi/stewj, kata_ to\ gegramme/non, 870Epi/steusa, dio\ e0la&lhsa, kai\ h9mei=j pisteu/omen, dio\ kai\ lalou=men: But having the same spirit of faith according to what stands written: “I have believed, therefore I have spoken”, we also believe and therefore also speak, Ps 116:10.
2 Cor 4:14 ei0do/tej o3ti o9 e0gei/raj to\n ku/rion 870Ihsou=n kai\ h9ma~j dia_ 870Ihsou= e0gerei=, kai\ parasth/sei su\n u9mi=n. knowing that he who raised the Lord Jesus will also raise us through Jesus and present us with you. he who raised: see Acts 2:32, John 10:18.
2 Cor 4:15 Ta_ ga_r pa&nta di' u9ma~j, i3na h9 xa&rij pleona&sasa dia_ tw~n pleio/nwn th\n eu0xaristi/an perisseu/sh| ei0j th\n do/can tou= qeou=. For all things are for your sake, so that grace, having increased with many people, may cause thanksgiving to abound to the glory of God. many ← more, Greek comparative for positive.
AV differs in structure, giving through the thanksgiving of many.
2 Cor 4:16 Dio\ ou0k e0kkakou=men, a)ll' ei0 kai\ o9 e1cw h9mw~n a!nqrwpoj diafqei/retai, a)ll' o9 e1swqen a)nakainou=tai h9me/ra% kai\ h9me/ra%. For this reason we are not faint-hearted, and even though our outward man is perishing, our inward man is renewed day by day.
2 Cor 4:17 To\ ga_r parauti/ka e0lafro\n th=j qli/yewj h9mw~n kaq' u9perbolh\n ei0j u9perbolh\n ai0w&nion ba&roj do/chj katerga&zetai h9mi=n, For the momentary light weight of our tribulation works for us an age-abiding weight of glory which is exceedingly exceeding, exceedingly exceeding ← exceedingly in excess. Although unusual English, this gives the flavour of the Greek, kaq' u9perbolh\n ei0j u9perbolh\n.
2 Cor 4:18 mh\ skopou/ntwn h9mw~n ta_ blepo/mena, a)lla_ ta_ mh\ blepo/mena: ta_ ga_r blepo/mena pro/skaira: ta_ de\ mh\ blepo/mena ai0w&nia. while we do not look to the visible things, but the invisible things. For the visible things are temporary, but the invisible things are age-abiding. visible ... invisible (2x) ← (being) seen ... not (being) seen.
2 Cor 5:1 Oi1damen ga_r o3ti e0a_n h9 e0pi/geioj h9mw~n oi0ki/a tou= skh/nouj kataluqh|=, oi0kodomh\n e0k qeou= e1xomen, oi0ki/an a)xeiropoi/hton, ai0w&nion e0n toi=j ou0ranoi=j. For we know that if our earthly tent-house is dissolved, we have a building from God, an age-abiding house in the heavens, not made by hands. our earthly tent-house ← our earthly house of the tent, i.e. our mortal body.
2 Cor 5:2 Kai\ ga_r e0n tou/tw% stena&zomen, to\ oi0khth/rion h9mw~n to\ e0c ou0ranou= e0pendu/sasqai e0pipoqou=ntej: For indeed, we groan in this respect, longing to put on our dwelling from heaven, put on ← put on over (as an outer garment).
2 Cor 5:3 ei1ge kai\ e0ndusa&menoi ou0 gumnoi\ eu9reqhso/meqa. and then if clothed, we will not be found naked. clothed ← having put clothes on (middle not passive, but perhaps not to be pressed).
2 Cor 5:4 Kai\ ga_r oi9 o1ntej e0n tw%~ skh/nei stena&zomen barou/menoi: {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: e0f' w%{} [S1550: e0peidh\] ou0 qe/lomen e0kdu/sasqai, a)ll' e0pendu/sasqai, i3na katapoqh|= to\ qnhto\n u9po\ th=j zwh=j. And indeed, being in the tent, we groan, weighed down {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: because} [S1550: since] we do not wish to take clothes off, but to put clothes on, so that that which is mortal is swallowed up by life. e0f' w%{, because (strongly causal), RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=13/13 vs. e0peidh\, since, considering, S1550 F1859=0/13. We interpret Scrivener's “e0f' w%{ (pro Millii e0peidh\) c” as meaning that the reference text against which codex c was collated is Mill's text, reading e0peidh\, whereas c reads e0f' w%.
put clothes on ← put on over, as in 2 Cor 5:2.
2 Cor 5:5 879O de\ katergasa&menoj h9ma~j ei0j au0to\ tou=to qeo/j, o9 kai\ dou\j h9mi=n to\n a)rrabw~na tou= pneu/matoj. But he who has prepared us for this very thing is God, who has also given us the pledge: the spirit. the spirit ← of the spirit (epexegetic genitive).
2 Cor 5:6 Qarrou=ntej ou]n pa&ntote, kai\ ei0do/tej o3ti e0ndhmou=ntej e0n tw%~ sw&mati e0kdhmou=men a)po\ tou= kuri/ou - So we are always of good courage, also knowing that although we are at home in the body, we are away from home, being away from the Lord – although: concessive use of the participle.
2 Cor 5:7 dia_ pi/stewj ga_r peripatou=men, ou0 dia_ ei1douj - for we walk by faith, not by sight – sight ← visible shape.
2 Cor 5:8 qarrou=men de/, kai\ eu0dokou=men ma~llon e0kdhmh=sai e0k tou= sw&matoj, kai\ e0ndhmh=sai pro\j to\n ku/rion. but we are of good courage, and we would rather be away from home out of the body and be at home with the Lord.
2 Cor 5:9 Dio\ kai\ filotimou/meqa, ei1te e0ndhmou=ntej, ei1te e0kdhmou=ntej, eu0a&restoi au0tw%~ ei]nai. This is also why, whether at home or away from home, we aspire to be pleasing to him. this is also why ← on account of which also.
2 Cor 5:10 Tou\j ga_r pa&ntaj h9ma~j fanerwqh=nai dei= e1mprosqen tou= bh/matoj tou= xristou=, i3na komi/shtai e3kastoj ta_ dia_ tou= sw&matoj, pro\j a$ e1pracen, ei1te a)gaqo/n, ei1te kako/n. For we must all be manifested before Christ's court, in order that each should receive what is due for the things he did in the body, whether a good or bad thing. Christ's court: compare Rom 14:10.
the things ← the (things) in relation to which.
in the body: or through the body.
2 Cor 5:11 Ei0do/tej ou]n to\n fo/bon tou= kuri/ou a)nqrw&pouj pei/qomen, qew%~ de\ pefanerw&meqa: e0lpi/zw de\ kai\ e0n tai=j suneidh/sesin u9mw~n pefanerw~sqai. So knowing the fear of the Lord, we persuade men, but we have been manifested to God, and I hope we have also been manifested in your consciences.
2 Cor 5:12 Ou0 ga_r pa&lin e9autou\j sunista&nomen u9mi=n, a)lla_ a)formh\n dido/ntej u9mi=n kauxh/matoj u9pe\r h9mw~n, i3na e1xhte pro\j tou\j e0n prosw&pw% kauxwme/nouj kai\ ou0 kardi/a%. For we do not commend ourselves to you again, but we give you an occasion for boasting on our behalf, so that you may have something in answer to those who boast superficially but not in the heart. superficially ← in face.
2 Cor 5:13 Ei1te ga_r e0ce/sthmen, qew%~: ei1te swfronou=men, u9mi=n. For if we are beside ourselves, it is for God, and if we are of sound mind, it is for you. we are beside ourselves: aorist, but present in meaning.
2 Cor 5:14 879H ga_r a)ga&ph tou= xristou= sune/xei h9ma~j, kri/nantaj tou=to, o3ti {RP-text P1904 TR: ei0} [RP-marg: - ] ei[j u9pe\r pa&ntwn a)pe/qanen, a!ra oi9 pa&ntej a)pe/qanon: For the love of Christ constrains us, as we conclude as follows, that {RP-text P1904 TR: if} [RP-marg: - ] one died for all, {RP-text P1904 TR: then} [RP-marg: so] all must have died, ei0, if: present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=9/13 vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's deln).
as we conclude ← having concluded. See Matt 23:20.
as follows ← this.
all must have died: perhaps viewed from an end-time perspective, or perhaps referring to the mortal condition of natural man.
2 Cor 5:15 kai\ u9pe\r pa&ntwn a)pe/qanen i3na oi9 zw~ntej mhke/ti e9autoi=j zw~sin, a)lla_ tw%~ u9pe\r au0tw~n a)poqano/nti kai\ e0gerqe/nti. and he died for all, in order that those living should no longer live for themselves, but for him who died for them and was raised again. was raised again: this is English idiom to avoid an abrupt end to the sentence. Obviously, we do not mean was raised a second or another time. The word again here means in a previously experienced condition [Collins Dictionary, 1979], i.e. alive (though not in the same body). Compare a sentence such as He went out and came back again.
2 Cor 5:16 873Wste h9mei=j a)po\ tou= nu=n ou0de/na oi1damen kata_ sa&rka: ei0 de\ kai\ e0gnw&kamen kata_ sa&rka xristo/n, a)lla_ nu=n ou0ke/ti ginw&skomen. The result is that from now on we know no-one according to the flesh. And even if we have known Christ according to the flesh, yet now we no longer know him that way, know ... known ... know. The first is of instinctive knowledge; the others are of acquired knowledge.
2 Cor 5:17 873Wste ei1 tij e0n xristw%~, kainh\ kti/sij: ta_ a)rxai=a parh=lqen, i0dou/, ge/gonen {RP-text P1904 TR: kaina_ ta_ pa&nta} [RP-marg: ta_ pa&nta kaina&]. with the result that if anyone is in Christ, he is a new creation – the old things have passed away. Behold, all things have become new. kaina_ ta_ pa&nta, new + everything, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=8/13 vs. ta_ pa&nta kaina&, everything + new, RP-marg F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's bdfko).
creation: AV differs (creature).
2 Cor 5:18 Ta_ de\ pa&nta e0k tou= qeou=, tou= katalla&cantoj h9ma~j e9autw%~ dia_ 870Ihsou= xristou=, kai\ do/ntoj h9mi=n th\n diakoni/an th=j katallagh=j: And all things are from God, who has reconciled us to himself through Jesus Christ and has given us the ministry of reconciliation,
2 Cor 5:19 w(j o3ti qeo\j h]n e0n xristw%~ ko/smon katalla&sswn e9autw%~, mh\ logizo/menoj au0toi=j ta_ paraptw&mata au0tw~n, kai\ {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: qe/menoj} [E1624: qh/menoj] e0n h9mi=n to\n lo/gon th=j katallagh=j. in that God was in Christ reconciling the world to himself, not imputing their transgressions to them, and he has placed the word of reconciliation among us to his own ends. qe/menoj, having placed (middle voice), RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=13/13 (incl. c(tacite)) vs. qh/menoj, having placed (middle voice, misspelled), E1624 F1859=0/13.
to his own ends: this comes from the middle voice of the verb.
2 Cor 5:20 879Upe\r xristou= ou]n presbeu/omen, w(j tou= qeou= parakalou=ntoj di' h9mw~n: deo/meqa u9pe\r xristou=, katalla&ghte tw%~ qew%~. So we are ambassadors for Christ, as if God pleads through us. We implore you on Christ's behalf, be reconciled to God.
2 Cor 5:21 To\n ga_r mh\ gno/nta a(marti/an, u9pe\r h9mw~n a(marti/an e0poi/hsen, i3na h9mei=j {RP P1904: genw&meqa} [TR: ginw&meqa] dikaiosu/nh qeou= e0n au0tw%~. For he made him who knew no sin to be sin for our sakes, in order that we might become the righteousness of God in him. genw&meqa, we might become (aorist subjunctive, so perfective aspect), RP P1904 F1859=11/14 vs. ginw&meqa, we might become (present subjunctive, so imperfective aspect), TR F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's h) vs. another reading, probably a misspelling of the aorist subjunctive, F1859=2/14 (Scrivener's b*c).
sin: standing for a sin-offering; compare Gen 4:7.
2 Cor 6:1 Sunergou=ntej de\ kai\ parakalou=men mh\ ei0j keno\n th\n xa&rin tou= qeou= de/casqai u9ma~j - And as co-workers we also exhort you not to receive the grace of God in vain –
2 Cor 6:2 le/gei ga&r, Kairw%~ dektw%~ e0ph/kousa& sou, kai\ e0n h9me/ra% swthri/aj e0boh/qhsa& soi: i0dou/, nu=n kairo\j eu0pro/sdektoj, i0dou/, nu=n h9me/ra swthri/aj - for he says,

“At an acceptable time I heard you,

And on the day of salvation I helped you.”

Behold, the time is now most acceptable; behold, now is the day of salvation – 		Isa 49:8.
behold (etc.): the main verb of this long sentence is we are alive in 2 Cor 6:9.
2 Cor 6:3 mhdemi/an e0n mhdeni\ dido/ntej proskoph/n, i3na mh\ mwmhqh|= h9 diakoni/a: not giving any offence in anything, so that the ministry is not faulted,
2 Cor 6:4 a)ll' e0n panti\ sunistw~ntej e9autou\j w(j qeou= dia&konoi, e0n u9pomonh|= pollh|=, e0n qli/yesin, e0n a)na&gkaij, e0n stenoxwri/aij, but in everything commending ourselves as servants of God, with much endurance in tribulations, in constrained circumstances, in hardships, hardships ← straits.
2 Cor 6:5 e0n plhgai=j, e0n fulakai=j, e0n a)katastasi/aij, e0n ko/poij, e0n a)grupni/aij, e0n nhstei/aij, in stricken circumstances, in imprisonments, in commotions, in toils, in sleeplessness, in fastings,
2 Cor 6:6 e0n a(gno/thti, e0n gnw&sei, e0n makroqumi/a%, e0n xrhsto/thti, e0n pneu/mati a(gi/w%, e0n a)ga&ph| a)nupokri/tw%, in purity, in knowledge, in longsuffering, in kindness, in holy spirit, in unfeigned love,
2 Cor 6:7 e0n lo/gw% a)lhqei/aj, e0n duna&mei qeou=, dia_ tw~n o3plwn th=j dikaiosu/nhj tw~n deciw~n kai\ a)risterw~n, in the word of truth, in the power of God through the right and left hand armour of righteousness, armour: or arms. Compare Eph 6:11. Spiritual arms, but a reference to offensive and defensive arms by analogy to the Greek and Roman soldiers who had a sword or spear in their right hand and a shield in their left hand.
2 Cor 6:8 dia_ do/chj kai\ a)timi/aj, dia_ dusfhmi/aj kai\ eu0fhmi/aj: w(j pla&noi kai\ a)lhqei=j: through glory and dishonour, through defamations and acclamations, defamed as deceivers and acclaimed as tellers of the truth,
2 Cor 6:9 w(j a)gnoou/menoi, kai\ e0piginwsko/menoi: w(j a)poqnh|/skontej, kai\ i0dou/, zw~men: w(j paideuo/menoi, kai\ mh\ qanatou/menoi: as unrecognized and as recognized, as dying, but look, we are alive, as being chastised but not put to death,
2 Cor 6:10 w(j lupou/menoi, a)ei\ de\ xai/rontej: w(j ptwxoi/, pollou\j de\ plouti/zontej: w(j mhde\n e1xontej, kai\ pa&nta kate/xontej. as grieving but always rejoicing, as poor but enriching many, as having nothing but possessing everything. but: adversative use of kai/.
2 Cor 6:11 To\ sto/ma h9mw~n a)ne/w%gen pro\j u9ma~j, Kori/nqioi, h9 kardi/a h9mw~n pepla&tuntai. Our communication stands open to you, you Corinthians; our heart stands wide open. communication ← mouth.
2 Cor 6:12 Ou0 stenoxwrei=sqe e0n h9mi=n, stenoxwrei=sqe de\ e0n toi=j spla&gxnoij u9mw~n. You need not be under strain as far as we are concerned, but you are under strain in your feelings from your side. as far as we are concerned ← among us.
feelings ← bowels.
2 Cor 6:13 Th\n de\ au0th\n a)ntimisqi/an - w(j te/knoij le/gw - platu/nqhte kai\ u9mei=j. Show yourselves wide open as well – I speak as to children – so we have the same mutual benefit. show yourselves wide open ← be widened.
mutual benefit ← recompense in exchange.
2 Cor 6:14 Mh\ gi/nesqe e9terozugou=ntej a)pi/stoij: ti/j ga_r metoxh\ dikaiosu/nh| kai\ a)nomi/a%; Ti/j de\ koinwni/a fwti\ pro\j sko/toj; Do not be disparately yoked to unbelievers, for what partnership do righteousness and lawlessness have? And what fellowship does light have with darkness?
2 Cor 6:15 Ti/j de\ sumfw&nhsij xristw%~ pro\j {RP S1550: Beli/ar} [P1904 E1624 S1894: Beli/al]; 872H ti/j meri\j pistw%~ meta_ a)pi/stou; And what agreement does Christ have with Belial? Or what part does a believer have with an unbeliever? Beli/ar, Beliar, RP S1550 F1859=12/13 vs. Beli/al, Belial, P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=0/13 vs. Beli/an, Belian, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n). A case of collusion between P1904 and some editions of TR? The Hebrew is בְּלִיַּעַל, Beliyaal (useless).
2 Cor 6:16 Ti/j de\ sugkata&qesij naw%~ qeou= meta_ ei0dw&lwn; 879Umei=j ga_r nao\j qeou= e0ste zw~ntoj, kaqw_j ei]pen o9 qeo\j o3ti 870Enoikh/sw e0n au0toi=j, kai\ e0mperipath/sw: kai\ e1somai au0tw~n qeo/j, kai\ au0toi\ e1sontai/ moi lao/j. And what compatibility is there between the sanctuary of God and idols? For you are the sanctuary of the living God, as God has said,

“I will dwell among them

And walk among them,

And I will be their God,

And they will be my people.”

 Ex 29:45, Lev 26:12, Jer 30:22, Jer 31:1, Jer 32:38, Ezek 37:27, Hos 2:25MT (Hos 2:23AV), Zech 8:8.
2 Cor 6:17 Dio/, {RP TR: 870Ece/lqete} [P1904: 870Ece/lqate] e0k me/sou au0tw~n kai\ a)fori/sqhte, le/gei ku/rioj, kai\ a)kaqa&rtou mh\ a#ptesqe: ka)gw_ ei0sde/comai u9ma~j, So

“Go away from them

And be separate”,

Says the Lord,

“And do not touch anything unclean,

and I will receive you, 		e0ce/lqete, go out (classical form), RP TR F1859=13/13 vs. e0ce/lqate, go out (non-classical form), P1904 F1859=0/13.
Isa 52:11.
away from them ← from their midst.
2 Cor 6:18 kai\ e1somai u9mi=n ei0j pate/ra, kai\ u9mei=j e1sesqe/ moi ei0j ui9ou\j kai\ qugate/raj, le/gei ku/rioj pantokra&twr.

And I will be a father to you,

And you will be sons and daughters to me”,

says the Lord Almighty. 		2 Sam 7:14, 1 Chr 17:13.
2 Cor 7:1 Tau/taj ou]n e1xontej ta_j e0paggeli/aj, a)gaphtoi/, kaqari/swmen e9autou\j a)po\ panto\j molusmou= sarko\j kai\ pneu/matoj, e0pitelou=ntej a(giwsu/nhn e0n fo/bw% qeou=. So having these promises, beloved, let us cleanse ourselves from every defilement of flesh and spirit, bringing sanctification to completion in the fear of God.
2 Cor 7:2 Xwrh/sate h9ma~j: ou0de/na h0dikh/samen, ou0de/na e0fqei/ramen, ou0de/na e0pleonekth/samen. Make room for us; we have not wronged anyone, we have not corrupted anyone, we have not defrauded anyone. make room: i.e. in your hearts.
2 Cor 7:3 Ou0 pro\j kata&krisin le/gw: proei/rhka ga&r, o3ti e0n tai=j kardi/aij h9mw~n e0ste\ ei0j to\ sunapoqanei=n kai\ suzh|=n. I do not say this as an accusation. For I have said before that you are in our hearts in dying with us and in living with us.
2 Cor 7:4 Pollh/ moi parrhsi/a pro\j u9ma~j, pollh/ moi kau/xhsij u9pe\r u9mw~n: peplh/rwmai th|= paraklh/sei, u9perperisseu/omai th|= xara%~ e0pi\ pa&sh| th|= qli/yei h9mw~n. I have great freedom of speech towards you; I have great exultation over you. I have been filled with comfort – I superabound in joy at all our tribulation. I superabound in joy at all our tribulation: perhaps this is explained by Acts 5:41, Phil 3:10, 2 Tim 3:12. The word e0pi/ + dative gives grounds for an emotion and is not concessive.
2 Cor 7:5 Kai\ ga_r e0lqo/ntwn h9mw~n ei0j Makedoni/an ou0demi/an e1sxhken a!nesin h9 sa_rc h9mw~n, a)ll' e0n panti\ qlibo/menoi: e1cwqen ma&xai, e1swqen fo/boi. For indeed, when we went to Macedonia, our flesh had no respite, but we suffered tribulation in every way – strife externally, fears internally. respite ← abatement, relaxation.
strife ← strifes.
2 Cor 7:6 870All' o9 parakalw~n tou\j tapeinou\j pareka&lesen h9ma~j, o9 qeo/j, e0n th|= parousi/a% Ti/tou: But he, God, who comforts the downcast, has comforted us with the arrival of Titus. downcast ← lowly, but also dejected [LS].
arrival: or presence.
2 Cor 7:7 ou0 mo/non de\ e0n th|= parousi/a% au0tou=, a)lla_ kai\ e0n th|= paraklh/sei h|[ pareklh/qh e0f' u9mi=n, a)nagge/llwn h9mi=n th\n u9mw~n e0pipo/qhsin, to\n u9mw~n o0durmo/n, to\n u9mw~n zh=lon u9pe\r e0mou=, w#ste me ma~llon xarh=nai. And not only with his arrival, but also in the comfort with which he had been comforted about you, as he related to us your longing, your lamentation, your zeal for me, with the result that I rejoiced all the more.
2 Cor 7:8 873Oti ei0 kai\ e0lu/phsa u9ma~j e0n th|= e0pistolh|=, ou0 metame/lomai, ei0 kai\ metemelo/mhn: ble/pw ga_r o3ti h9 e0pistolh\ e0kei/nh, ei0 kai\ pro\j w#ran, e0lu/phsen u9ma~j. For even if I have grieved you with my epistle, I do not have regret now, even if I did have regret. For I see that that epistle grieved you, even if it was just for a while. while ← hour.
2 Cor 7:9 Nu=n xai/rw, ou0x o3ti e0luph/qhte, a)ll' o3ti e0luph/qhte ei0j meta&noian: e0luph/qhte ga_r kata_ qeo/n, i3na e0n mhdeni\ zhmiwqh=te e0c h9mw~n. I rejoice now, not because you grieved, but in that you grieved resulting in repentance. For you grieved in a godly way, so that you were not hurt through us in any way.
2 Cor 7:10 879H ga_r kata_ qeo\n lu/ph meta&noian ei0j swthri/an a)metame/lhton katerga&zetai: h9 de\ tou= ko/smou lu/ph qa&naton katerga&zetai. For godly grief engenders repentance leading to salvation without regrets. But worldly grief engenders death.
2 Cor 7:11 870Idou\ ga&r, au0to\ tou=to, to\ kata_ qeo\n luphqh=nai u9ma~j, po/shn kateirga&sato u9mi=n spoudh/n, a)lla_ a)pologi/an, a)lla_ a)gana&kthsin, a)lla_ fo/bon, a)lla_ e0pipo/qhsin, a)lla_ zh=lon, {RP P1904: a)lla_} [TR: a)ll'] e0kdi/khsin. 870En panti\ sunesth/sate e9autou\j a(gnou\j ei]nai e0n tw%~ pra&gmati. For as regards this very thing – your godly grieving – see how much eagerness it has engendered for you, and also defence of the case, and indignation, and fear, and longing, and zeal and vindication! In every respect you proved yourselves to be pure in the matter. a)lla_, but (unapocopated), RP P1904 F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's abdfmo) vs. a)ll', but (apocopated), TR F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's ceghkln). A weak disparity with RP, R=7:8.
as regards ... see ← behold.
and (6x) ← but.
2 Cor 7:12 871Ara ei0 kai\ e1graya u9mi=n, ou0x {RP-text P1904 TR: ei3neken} [RP-marg: e3neken] tou= a)dikh/santoj, ou0de\ {RP-text P1904 TR: ei3neken} [RP-marg: e3neken] tou= a)dikhqe/ntoj, a)ll' {RP-text P1904 TR: ei3neken} [RP-marg: e3neken] tou= fanerwqh=nai th\n spoudh\n {RP P1904 S1550: u9mw~n} [E1624 S1894: h9mw~n] th\n u9pe\r {RP P1904 S1550: h9mw~n} [E1624 S1894: u9mw~n] pro\j u9ma~j e0nw&pion tou= qeou=. Consequently, although I wrote to you, it was not on account of anyone doing wrong, or on account of anyone suffering wrong, but on account of {RP P1904 S1550: your} [E1624 S1894: our] eagerness towards {RP P1904 S1550: us} [E1624 S1894: you] to be manifested to you in the sight of God. First and second occurrence in verse: ei3neken, on account of (1), RP-text P1904 TR F1859=9/13 vs. e3neken, on account of (2), RP-marg F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's adfk). The third occurrence is as above except that Scrivener's l defects to ei3neka.
u9mw~n, your, RP P1904 S1550 F1859=12/13 vs. h9mw~n, our, E1624 S1894 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's d). AV differs textually.
h9mw~n, our, RP P1904 S1550 F1859=12/13 vs. u9mw~n, your, E1624 S1894 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's d). AV differs textually.
2 Cor 7:13 Dia_ tou=to parakeklh/meqa. 870Epi\ {RP-text P1904: de\} [RP-marg TR: - ] th|= paraklh/sei u9mw~n {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: :] perissote/rwj {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: de\] ma~llon e0xa&rhmen e0pi\ th|= xara%~ Ti/tou, o3ti a)nape/pautai to\ pneu=ma au0tou= a)po\ pa&ntwn u9mw~n. For this reason we have been comforted. {RP-text P1904: But we} [RP-marg TR: We] rejoiced at your encouragement {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: – but] all the more exuberantly at the joy of Titus, in that his spirit was refreshed by you all. First de\, but: absent in RP-text P1904 F1859=0/13 vs. present in RP-marg TR F1859=12/13 vs. another reading, F1859=1/13. A strong disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=1:13.
Second de\, but: absent in RP-text P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's e) vs. present in RP-marg TR F1859=11/13 vs. another reading, F1859=1/13. A strong disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=2:12.
Punctuation: TBS-TR, AV, but not RP P1904, have no pause after parakeklh/meqa, we have been comforted, and associate at your encouragement with the preceding words. So AV differs.
2 Cor 7:14 873Oti ei1 ti au0tw%~ u9pe\r u9mw~n kekau/xhmai, ou0 kath|sxu/nqhn: a)ll' w(j pa&nta e0n a)lhqei/a% e0lalh/samen u9mi=n, ou3twj kai\ h9 kau/xhsij h9mw~n h9 e0pi\ Ti/tou a)lh/qeia e0genh/qh. So if I have boasted to him about you in anything, I have not been put to shame, but just as we spoke everything in truth to you, so our boasting before Titus has been true. so if ← because if.
so our ← so also our (otiose kai/).
true ← truth.
2 Cor 7:15 Kai\ ta_ spla&gxna au0tou= perissote/rwj ei0j u9ma~j e0sti/n, a)namimnhskome/nou th\n pa&ntwn u9mw~n u9pakoh/n, w(j meta_ fo/bou kai\ tro/mou e0de/casqe au0to/n. And his affections are most exuberantly towards you, as he remembers the obedience of all of you – how you received him with fear and trembling. affections ← bowels.
2 Cor 7:16 Xai/rw {RP P1904 S1550: - } [E1624 S1894: ou]n] o3ti e0n panti\ qarrw~ e0n u9mi=n. {RP P1904 S1550: - } [E1624 S1894: So] I rejoice that in everything I have confidence in you. ou]n, therefore: absent in RP P1904 S1550 F1859=12/13 (incl. c(tacite)) vs. present in E1624 S1894 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m).
2 Cor 8:1 {RP TR: Gnwri/zomen} [P1904: Gnwri/zw] de\ u9mi=n, a)delfoi/, th\n xa&rin tou= qeou= th\n dedome/nhn e0n tai=j e0kklhsi/aij th=j Makedoni/aj: And, brothers, {RP TR: we} [P1904: I] make known to you the grace of God which has been given among the churches of Macedonia, gnwri/zomen, we make known, RP TR F1859=11/13 vs. gnwri/zw, I make known, P1904 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ch).
which has been given: our italicization here indicates the supplying of a finite verb, not a tense change, aorist to perfect, as might be suspected. See the Introduction.
churches: see Matt 16:18.
2 Cor 8:2 o3ti e0n pollh|= dokimh|= qli/yewj h9 perissei/a th=j xara~j au0tw~n kai\ h9 kata_ ba&qouj ptwxei/a au0tw~n e0peri/sseusen ei0j to\n plou=ton th=j a(plo/thtoj au0tw~n. for with a great trial in affliction, their exuberance of joy and their deep poverty abounded to the riches of their generosity. generosity ← singleness, but also liberality.
2 Cor 8:3 873Oti kata_ du/namin, marturw~, kai\ u9pe\r du/namin au0qai/retoi, For I testify that they acted voluntarily, according to their means, and beyond their means,
2 Cor 8:4 meta_ pollh=j paraklh/sewj deo/menoi h9mw~n, th\n xa&rin kai\ th\n koinwni/an th=j diakoni/aj th=j ei0j tou\j a(gi/ouj {RP P1904: - } [TR: de/casqai h9ma~j]: and with much entreaty, imploring us {RP P1904: in respect of} [TR: that we should receive] the grace and the fellowship of the ministry to the saints, de/casqai h9ma~j, (of) us receiving: absent in RP P1904 F1859=10/14 (Scrivener's ab*defglmno) vs. present in TR F1859=3/14 (Scrivener's b**hk) vs. another reading, F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's c). AV differs textually.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
2 Cor 8:5 kai\ ou0 kaqw_j h0lpi/samen, a)ll' e9autou\j e1dwkan prw~ton tw%~ kuri/w%, kai\ h9mi=n dia_ qelh/matoj qeou=, and not as we had expected, but they gave themselves firstly to the Lord, and to us, through the will of God, expected ← hoped. Both senses are present in derivatives of the Hebrew root קוה.
2 Cor 8:6 ei0j to\ parakale/sai h9ma~j Ti/ton, i3na kaqw_j proenh/rcato, ou3twj kai\ e0pitele/sh| ei0j u9ma~j kai\ th\n xa&rin tau/thn. for us to exhort Titus, that just as he began before, so he should bring this grace towards you to a conclusion as well. exhort: AV differs somewhat, but within the semantic range, (desired).
so ← so also (otiose kai/).
2 Cor 8:7 870All' w#sper e0n panti\ perisseu/ete, pi/stei, kai\ lo/gw%, kai\ gnw&sei, kai\ pa&sh| spoudh|=, kai\ th|= e0c u9mw~n e0n h9mi=n a)ga&ph|, i3na kai\ e0n tau/th| th|= xa&riti perisseu/hte. But as you abound in everything – in faith and word, and knowledge and all eagerness and in the love from your side among us – may you also abound in this grace. from your side ← out of you.
2 Cor 8:8 Ou0 kat' e0pitagh\n le/gw, a)lla_ dia_ th=j e9te/rwn spoudh=j kai\ to\ th=j {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: u9mete/raj} [E1624: h9mete/raj] a)ga&phj gnh/sion dokima&zwn. I do not speak by commandment, but moved by the eagerness of others and as one approving the sincerity of {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: your} [E1624: our] love. u9mete/raj, of your, RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=13/15 (Scrivener's a* (or a**) bc(tacite)defghk**lmno) vs. h9mete/raj, of our, E1624 F1859=2/15 (Scrivener's a** (or a*) k*).
2 Cor 8:9 Ginw&skete ga_r th\n xa&rin tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=, o3ti di' u9ma~j e0ptw&xeusen, plou/sioj w!n, i3na u9mei=j th|= e0kei/nou ptwxei/a% plouth/shte. For you know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ – how on your account he became poor, though being rich, in order that you by his poverty might become rich. how ← that.
though: concessive use of the participle.
his ← of that (man).
2 Cor 8:10 Kai\ gnw&mhn e0n tou/tw% di/dwmi: tou=to ga_r u9mi=n sumfe/rei, oi3tinej ou0 mo/non to\ poih=sai a)lla_ kai\ to\ qe/lein proenh/rcasqe a)po\ pe/rusi. And I give my opinion in this matter. For this is expedient for you, who last year took the lead not only in taking action, but also in having the will. took the lead ← started before.
2 Cor 8:11 Nuni\ de\ kai\ to\ poih=sai e0pitele/sate, o3pwj, kaqa&per h9 proqumi/a tou= qe/lein, ou3twj kai\ to\ e0pitele/sai e0k tou= e1xein. And now, complete the execution of it, so that as your enthusiasm was when you made your mind up, so the completion may be, your resources permitting. when you made your mind up ← of wishing.
so ← so also (otiose kai/).
your resources permitting ← out of the having.
2 Cor 8:12 Ei0 ga_r h9 proqumi/a pro/keitai, kaqo\ e0a_n e1xh| tij, eu0pro/sdektoj, ou0 kaqo\ ou0k e1xei. For if the enthusiasm is present, it is appreciated when judged against one's means, not when judged against something beyond one's means. appreciated ← well acceptable.
when judged against one's means ← according to if one has (something).
when judged against something beyond one's means ← according to (what) he does not have.
2 Cor 8:13 Ou0 ga_r i3na a!lloij a!nesij, u9mi=n de\ qli/yij: a)ll' e0c i0so/thtoj, e0n tw%~ nu=n kairw%~ to\ u9mw~n peri/sseuma ei0j to\ e0kei/nwn u9ste/rhma, For it is not in order that others may have ease, while you have tribulation, ¶ but it is on the basis of equality. At the present time, your surplus is a supply to their lack, ¶ Verse division: in AV and some TR editions, 2 Cor 8:14 begins here.
their ← of the former.
2 Cor 8:14 i3na kai\ to\ e0kei/nwn peri/sseuma ge/nhtai ei0j to\ u9mw~n u9ste/rhma: o3pwj ge/nhtai i0so/thj, so that their surplus might also become a supply to your lack, so that there may be equality, their ← of the former.
2 Cor 8:15 kaqw_j ge/graptai, 879O to\ polu/, ou0k e0pleo/nasen: kai\ o9 to\ o0li/gon, ou0k h0latto/nhsen. as it stands written: “He who had much did not have surplus, and he who had little did not suffer a lack.” Ex 16:18.
2 Cor 8:16 Xa&rij de\ tw%~ qew%~ tw%~ dido/nti th\n au0th\n spoudh\n u9pe\r u9mw~n e0n th|= kardi/a% Ti/tou. And thanks be to God, who is putting the same concern for you in the heart of Titus.
2 Cor 8:17 873Oti th\n me\n para&klhsin e0de/cato, spoudaio/teroj de\ u9pa&rxwn, au0qai/retoj e0ch=lqen pro\j u9ma~j. For he has received encouragement, and being very eager, he departed for you of his own accord. very eager ← more eager, quite eager, Greek comparative for superlative.
2 Cor 8:18 Sunepe/myamen de\ met' au0tou= to\n a)delfo/n, ou[ o9 e1painoj e0n tw%~ eu0aggeli/w% dia_ pasw~n tw~n e0kklhsiw~n: And we have sent the brother with him, who has a good reputation for the gospel throughout all the churches, for ← in, with.
churches: see Matt 16:18.
2 Cor 8:19 ou0 mo/non de/, a)lla_ kai\ xeirotonhqei\j u9po\ tw~n e0kklhsiw~n sune/kdhmoj h9mw~n su\n th|= xa&riti tau/th| th|= diakonoume/nh| u9f' h9mw~n pro\j th\n au0tou= tou= kuri/ou do/can kai\ proqumi/an {RP P1904: h9mw~n} [TR: u9mw~n]: and not only so, but he was also elected by the churches as our travelling companion, collaborating in this grace being ministered by us for the glory of the Lord himself and {RP P1904: as an outlet for our} [TR: to stimulate your] enthusiasm, h9mw~n, our, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. u9mw~n, your, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's d). AV differs textually.
churches: see Matt 16:18.
2 Cor 8:20 stello/menoi tou=to, mh/ tij h9ma~j mwmh/shtai e0n th|= a(dro/thti tau/th| th|= diakonoume/nh| u9f' h9mw~n: avoiding this: that anyone should have cause to blame us in this tremendous project which is being undertaken by us, tremendous project ← strength, full growth.
undertaken ← ministered.
2 Cor 8:21 pronoou/menoi kala_ ou0 mo/non e0nw&pion kuri/ou a)lla_ kai\ e0nw&pion a)nqrw&pwn. as we concern ourselves with things that are right not only in the sight of the Lord, but also in the sight of men.
2 Cor 8:22 Sunepe/myamen de\ au0toi=j to\n a)delfo\n h9mw~n, o4n e0dokima&samen e0n polloi=j polla&kij spoudai=on o1nta, nuni\ de\ polu\ spoudaio/teron, pepoiqh/sei pollh|= th|= ei0j u9ma~j. And we have sent our brother with them, whom we have often proved to be eager in many matters, and who is now much more eager, with much confidence in you. confidence: AV differs as to who has the confidence.
2 Cor 8:23 Ei1te u9pe\r Ti/tou, koinwno\j e0mo\j kai\ ei0j u9ma~j sunergo/j: ei1te a)delfoi\ h9mw~n, a)po/stoloi e0kklhsiw~n, do/ca xristou=. If anyone inquires about Titus, he is my partner and co-worker for you, or if our brothers are inquired about, they are apostles of the churches – the glory of Christ. churches: see Matt 16:18.
2 Cor 8:24 Th\n ou]n e1ndeicin th=j a)ga&phj u9mw~n, kai\ h9mw~n kauxh/sewj u9pe\r u9mw~n, ei0j au0tou\j e0ndei/casqe {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\] ei0j pro/swpon tw~n e0kklhsiw~n. So give them a display of your love, and of our exultation over you, {RP P1904: - } [TR: and this] in the sight of the churches. kai\, and: absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13.
give ... a display ← show the showing, give proof (of what is one's own – middle voice).
churches: see Matt 16:18.
2 Cor 9:1 Peri\ me\n ga_r th=j diakoni/aj th=j ei0j tou\j a(gi/ouj perisso/n moi/ e0stin to\ gra&fein u9mi=n: For concerning the relief to the saints, it is superfluous for me to write to you, relief ← ministry, but here relief, as in Acts 11:29. The context is also set by 2 Cor 9:5 - 9:7.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
2 Cor 9:2 oi]da ga_r th\n proqumi/an u9mw~n, h4n u9pe\r u9mw~n kauxw~mai Makedo/sin, o3ti 870Axai+/a pareskeu/astai a)po\ pe/rusi: kai\ o9 e0c u9mw~n zh=loj h0re/qisen tou\j plei/onaj. for I know your enthusiasm, and I boast about it to the Macedonians on your behalf, in that Achaea has been prepared since last year, and the zeal from your side has stimulated quite a few of them. quite a few ← more, the greater part, but comparatives can mean rather, quite, and [MM] gives an example. Compare Acts 28:23.
2 Cor 9:3 871Epemya de\ tou\j a)delfou/j, i3na mh\ to\ kau/xhma h9mw~n to\ u9pe\r u9mw~n kenwqh|= e0n tw%~ me/rei tou/tw%: i3na, kaqw_j e1legon, pareskeuasme/noi h]te: And I sent the brothers there, so that our boasting about you should not go unheard in this matter – so that, as I said, you are prepared – go unheard ← be emptied, be made of no effect.
2 Cor 9:4 mh/pwj, e0a_n e1lqwsin su\n e0moi\ Makedo/nej kai\ eu3rwsin u9ma~j a)paraskeua&stouj, kataisxunqw~men h9mei=j - i3na mh\ le/gwmen u9mei=j - e0n th|= u9posta&sei tau/th| th=j kauxh/sewj. so that, if any Macedonians come with me and find you unprepared, we – so that we don't say “you” – are not put to shame by these grounds of boasting.
2 Cor 9:5 870Anagkai=on ou]n h9ghsa&mhn parakale/sai tou\j a)delfou/j, i3na proe/lqwsin ei0j u9ma~j, kai\ prokatarti/swsin th\n prokathggelme/nhn eu0logi/an u9mw~n, tau/thn e9toi/mhn ei]nai, ou3twj w(j eu0logi/an kai\ mh\ {RP P1904: w(j} [TR: w#sper] pleoneci/an. So I considered it necessary to encourage the brothers to go on ahead to you and finalize your donation beforehand, which was announced in advance, so that it should be ready, so as a blessing, not as a matter of meanness. w(j, as, RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. w#sper, as (strengthened form), TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's bl).
donation ← blessing. [LS] gives a meaning of alms, citing Pindar (ca. 500 BC). We retain the fundamental sense blessing in the second occurrence in the verse, as Paul uses the word in the two senses, playing on the word. In 1 Sam 30:26, בְּרָכָה, usually blessing, is used of a gift.
it ← this.
meanness ← covetousness, greed, so reluctant, stingy giving. Paul is ↴
2 Cor 9:6 Tou=to de/, o9 spei/rwn feidome/nwj, feidome/nwj kai\ qeri/sei: kai\ o9 spei/rwn e0p' eu0logi/aij, e0p' eu0logi/aij kai\ qeri/sei. And I say this, he who sows sparingly will also reap sparingly, and he who sows generously will also reap generously. ↳ asking the Corinthians to have their donation ready, so he doesn't have to go round cap in hand collecting it, saying, “Come on, don't change your mind, don't be stingy.”
generously (2x) ← blessedly.
2 Cor 9:7 873Ekastoj kaqw_j proairei=tai th|= kardi/a%: mh\ e0k lu/phj h2 e0c a)na&gkhj: i9laro\n ga_r do/thn a)gapa%~ o9 qeo/j. Each person should give as he has decided beforehand in his heart, not grudgingly or under constraint, for God loves a cheerful giver. Prov 22:9, adapted.
has decided ← decides.
2 Cor 9:8 Dunato\j de\ o9 qeo\j pa~san xa&rin perisseu=sai ei0j u9ma~j, i3na e0n panti\ pa&ntote pa~san au0ta&rkeian e1xontej perisseu/hte ei0j pa~n e1rgon a)gaqo/n: For God is able to make all grace abound to you, in order that you, always being entirely self-sufficient in everything, might have something left over for every good work. have something left over ← abound; be surplus.
2 Cor 9:9 kaqw_j ge/graptai, 870Esko/rpisen, e1dwken toi=j pe/nhsin: h9 dikaiosu/nh au0tou= me/nei ei0j to\n ai0w~na. As it stands written:

“He has distributed;

He has given to the poor.

His righteousness remains throughout the age.”

 Ps 112:9.
2 Cor 9:10 879O de\ e0pixorhgw~n spe/rma tw%~ spei/ronti, kai\ a!rton ei0j brw~sin xorhgh/sai, kai\ plhqu/nai to\n spo/ron u9mw~n, kai\ au0ch/sai ta_ {RP P1904: genh/mata} [TR: gennh/mata] th=j dikaiosu/nhj u9mw~n: Now may he who supplies seed to the sower also supply bread for food, and may he multiply your seed sown and increase the yield of your righteousness, genh/mata, that which comes into being, produce (1- non-classical spelling, as if from gi/nomai), RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. gennh/mata, that which is begotten, produce (2- classical spelling, from genna&w), TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ck). Compare Luke 12:18.
Isa 55:10.
yield of your righteousness: subjective genitive of righteousness, what your righteousness yields.
2 Cor 9:11 e0n panti\ ploutizo/menoi ei0j pa~san a(plo/thta, h3tij katerga&zetai di' h9mw~n eu0xaristi/an tw%~ qew%~. as you become rich in every respect, in all generosity, which engenders thanksgiving to God through us. generosity ← simplicity. [LS] gives liberality. See James 1:5 for the adverb.
2 Cor 9:12 873Oti h9 diakoni/a th=j leitourgi/aj tau/thj ou0 mo/non e0sti\n prosanaplhrou=sa ta_ u9sterh/mata tw~n a(gi/wn, a)lla_ kai\ perisseu/ousa dia_ pollw~n eu0xaristiw~n tw%~ qew%~: For administering this service not only supplies the saints' lack, but also abounds to God through much thanksgiving, administering ← the ministry of.
saints': see Matt 27:52.
2 Cor 9:13 dia_ th=j dokimh=j th=j diakoni/aj tau/thj doca&zontej to\n qeo\n e0pi\ th|= u9potagh|= th=j o9mologi/aj u9mw~n ei0j to\ eu0agge/lion tou= xristou=, kai\ a(plo/thti th=j koinwni/aj ei0j au0tou\j kai\ ei0j pa&ntaj: as they glorify God through the tried character of this service acquired in subjection to your profession of the gospel of Christ, and for the generosity in contributing to them and to all, service ← ministry.
your profession: AV differs in the function of these words in the sentence.
of the gospel ← into the gospel.
generosity: See 2 Cor 9:11.
2 Cor 9:14 kai\ au0tw~n deh/sei u9pe\r u9mw~n e0pipoqou/ntwn u9ma~j dia_ th\n u9perba&llousan xa&rin tou= qeou= e0f' u9mi=n. while they also long for you in supplication for you on account of the exceeding grace of God bestowed on you. while they ... long: we take au0tw~n e0pipoqou/ntwn as genitive absolute. AV differs ([prayer] for you which long).
2 Cor 9:15 Xa&rij de\ tw%~ qew%~ e0pi\ th|= a)nekdihgh/tw% au0tou= dwrea%~. Thanks be to God for his indescribable gift. thanks ← and grace. See Rom 6:17.
indescribable ← ineffable.
2 Cor 10:1 Au0to\j de\ e0gw_ Pau=loj parakalw~ u9ma~j dia_ th=j pra%o/thtoj kai\ e0pieikei/aj tou= xristou=, o4j kata_ pro/swpon me\n tapeino\j e0n u9mi=n, a)pw_n de\ qarrw~ ei0j u9ma~j: Now I Paul myself call upon you, through the meekness and fairness of Christ – I who am lowly when face to face among you, but being absent, I have confidence in you – call upon: the next verse gives the appeal.
2 Cor 10:2 de/omai de/, to\ mh\ parw_n qarrh=sai th|= pepoiqh/sei h|[ logi/zomai tolmh=sai e0pi/ tinaj tou\j logizome/nouj h9ma~j w(j kata_ sa&rka peripatou=ntaj. and I appeal to you that when I am present, I do not have to be audacious, in the confidence which I count on, to stand up to some who consider us to be walking according to the flesh. audacious: or courageous.
to stand up to ← dare, be daring.
2 Cor 10:3 870En sarki\ ga_r peripatou=ntej, ou0 kata_ sa&rka strateuo/meqa - For although we walk in the flesh, we do not serve as soldiers according to the flesh – although: concessive use of the participle.
2 Cor 10:4 ta_ ga_r o3pla th=j stratei/aj h9mw~n ou0 sarkika&, a)lla_ dunata_ tw%~ qew%~ pro\j kaqai/resin o0xurwma&twn - for the weapons of our campaign are not fleshly, but are extremely powerful in demolishing strongholds – extremely ← to God. Compare Acts 7:20.
2 Cor 10:5 logismou\j kaqairou=ntej kai\ pa~n u3ywma e0pairo/menon kata_ th=j gnw&sewj tou= qeou=, kai\ ai0xmalwti/zontej pa~n no/hma ei0j th\n u9pakoh\n tou= xristou=, as we demolish arguments, and all arrogance exalted against knowledge of God, and as we take every thought captive to obedience to Christ, arguments ← reasonings.
2 Cor 10:6 kai\ e0n e9toi/mw% e1xontej e0kdikh=sai pa~san parakoh/n, o3tan plhrwqh|= u9mw~n h9 u9pakoh/. and as we are ready to avenge all disobedience, when your obedience is made complete. when ← whenever.
2 Cor 10:7 Ta_ kata_ pro/swpon ble/pete; Ei1 tij pe/poiqen e9autw%~ xristou= ei]nai, tou=to logize/sqw pa&lin a)f' e9autou=, o3ti kaqw_j au0to\j xristou=, ou3twj kai\ h9mei=j xristou=. Do you look at the things that are before your eyes? If anyone is convinced that he is Christ's, let him consider this again: that just as he is Christ's, so also are we Christ's. do you look: or imperative, look.
eyes ← face.
is convinced ← trusts himself.
let him consider this ← let him reason this from himself.
2 Cor 10:8 870Ea&n te ga_r kai\ perisso/tero/n ti kauxh/swmai peri\ th=j e0cousi/aj h9mw~n - h[j e1dwken o9 ku/rioj h9mi=n ei0j oi0kodomh/n, kai\ ou0k ei0j kaqai/resin u9mw~n - ou0k ai0sxunqh/somai: For even if I should boast somewhat exceedingly about our authority – which the Lord gave us for your edification and not for your demolition – I shall not be ashamed,
2 Cor 10:9 i3na mh\ do/cw w(j a@n e0kfobei=n u9ma~j dia_ tw~n e0pistolw~n. in order that I should not seem, as it were, to terrify you with the epistles.
2 Cor 10:10 873Oti, Ai9 me\n e0pistolai/, fhsi/n, barei=ai kai\ i0sxurai/: h9 de\ parousi/a tou= sw&matoj a)sqenh/j, kai\ o9 lo/goj e0couqenhme/noj. For, “The epistles”, they say, “are weighty and forcible, but his presence in the body is weak, and his speech is deplorable.” they say ← (one) says. Impersonal usage.
deplorable ← made nothing.
2 Cor 10:11 Tou=to logize/sqw o9 toiou=toj, o3ti oi[oi/ e0smen tw%~ lo/gw% di' e0pistolw~n a)po/ntej, toiou=toi kai\ paro/ntej tw%~ e1rgw%. Let such a person consider this: that as we are in word through epistles when we are absent, so we are in deed when physically present. so ← so also (otiose kai/).
2 Cor 10:12 Ou0 ga_r tolmw~men e0gkri=nai h2 sugkri=nai e9autou/j tisin tw~n e9autou\j sunistano/ntwn: a)lla_ au0toi\ e0n e9autoi=j e9autou\j metrou=ntej, kai\ sugkri/nontej e9autou\j e9autoi=j, ou0 suniou=sin. For we are not so bold as to reckon ourselves among – or compare ourselves with – some of those who commend themselves. But they who measure themselves by their own standards and compare themselves with each other do not show understanding. by their own standards ← with themselves.
with each other ← with themselves. Reflexive pronoun (e9autou/j) standing for reciprocal pronoun (a)llh/louj). Compare John 12:19.
2 Cor 10:13 879Hmei=j de\ ou0xi\ ei0j ta_ a!metra kauxhso/meqa, a)lla_ kata_ to\ me/tron tou= kano/noj ou[ e0me/risen h9mi=n o9 qeo/j, me/trou, e0fike/sqai a!xri kai\ u9mw~n. But we will not boast outside our limits, but within the limits of the area which God has apportioned us – limits reaching you as well. outside our limits ← in off-limits, unmeasuredly.
limits (2x) ← measure.
area ← rule (as in Gal 6:16).
2 Cor 10:14 Ou0 ga_r w(j mh\ e0fiknou/menoi ei0j u9ma~j u9perektei/nomen e9autou/j: a!xri ga_r kai\ u9mw~n e0fqa&samen e0n tw%~ eu0aggeli/w% tou= xristou=: For we are not overstretching ourselves as if we did not reach as far as you previously, for we have been quick in coming to you as well with the gospel of Christ. did ← do, but an unreal comparison, requiring a past tense in English.
previously: an earlier visit is mentioned in 2 Cor 1:16, 2 Cor 2:1, 2 Cor 12:14.
been quick: or been first.
2 Cor 10:15 ou0k ei0j ta_ a!metra kauxw&menoi, e0n a)llotri/oij ko/poij, e0lpi/da de\ e1xontej, au0canome/nhj th=j pi/stewj u9mw~n, e0n u9mi=n megalunqh=nai kata_ to\n kano/na h9mw~n ei0j perissei/an, We do not boast outside our limits, in the labours of others, but we do have hope, as your faith grows, that our labour will greatly grow in stature among you within our area, outside our limits: see 2 Cor 10:13.
greatly grow in stature ← be made great to abundance.
area: see 2 Cor 10:13.
2 Cor 10:16 ei0j ta_ u9pere/keina u9mw~n eu0aggeli/sasqai, ou0k e0n a)llotri/w% kano/ni ei0j ta_ e3toima kauxh/sasqai. progressing to preaching the gospel in places beyond your region, but not to do so in another's area, so boasting about places already evangelized. area: see 2 Cor 10:13.
2 Cor 10:17 879O de\ kauxw&menoj, e0n kuri/w% kauxa&sqw. But let him who boasts boast in the Lord. Jer 9:23MT (Jer 9:24AV).
2 Cor 10:18 Ou0 ga_r o9 e9auto\n sunistw~n, e0kei=no/j e0stin do/kimoj, a)ll' o4n o9 ku/rioj suni/sthsin. For it is not he who commends himself who is approved, but he whom the Lord commends. who ← that (one).
2 Cor 11:1 871Ofelon {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: a)nei/xesqe/} [E1624: h0nei/xesqe/] mou {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: mikro\n} [E1624: mikro/n ti] {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: th|= a)frosu/nh|} [E1624: th=j a)frosu/nhj]: a)lla_ kai\ a)ne/xesqe/ mou. If only you would bear with me for a short time {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: in} [E1624: of] foolishness. But actually, you do bear with me. a)nei/xesqe/, you would bear (imperfect, single augment), RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=11/14 (Scrivener's abc(tacite)efghkln**o) vs. h0nei/xesqe/, you would bear (imperfect, double augment, also acceptable classically), E1624 F1859=0/14 vs. other readings, F1859=3/14 (Scrivener's dmn*).
ti, any, some: absent in RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=12/13 (incl. c(tacite)) vs. present in E1624 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n).
th|= a)frosu/nh|, in foolishness, RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=11/13 (incl. c(tacite)) vs. th=j a)frosu/nhj, of foolishness, E1624 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ad).
2 Cor 11:2 Zhlw~ ga_r u9ma~j qeou= zh/lw%: h9rmosa&mhn ga_r u9ma~j e9ni\ a)ndri\ parqe/non a(gnh\n parasth=sai tw%~ xristw%~. For I am zealous for you with a tremendous zeal, for I have betrothed you to one man, so as to present you as a chaste virgin to Christ. a tremendous zeal ← a zeal of God. See Acts 7:20.
2 Cor 11:3 Fobou=mai de\ mh/pwj w(j o9 o1fij Eu1an e0chpa&thsen e0n th|= panourgi/a% au0tou=, ou3twj fqarh|= ta_ noh/mata u9mw~n a)po\ th=j a(plo/thtoj th=j ei0j to\n xristo/n. But I fear that, as the serpent deceived Eve with his trickery, so your minds may be drawn away to corruption from the simplicity which is in Christ. drawn away to corruption ← corrupted.
2 Cor 11:4 Ei0 me\n ga_r o9 e0rxo/menoj a!llon 870Ihsou=n khru/ssei o4n ou0k e0khru/camen, h2 pneu=ma e3teron lamba&nete o4 ou0k e0la&bete, h2 eu0agge/lion e3teron o4 ou0k e0de/casqe, kalw~j {RP-text TR: h0nei/xesqe} [RP-marg P1904: a)nei/xesqe]. For if he who is coming proclaims another Jesus, whom we have not proclaimed, or you receive a different spirit, which you have not received, or if you accept a different gospel, which you have not accepted, then that's a fine way to bear up! h0nei/xesqe, you were bearing up (double augment), RP-text TR F1859=9/14 (Scrivener's ab**cdhklmn) vs. a)nei/xesqe, you were bearing up (single augment), RP-marg P1904 F1859=5/14 (Scrivener's b*efgo).
that's a fine way to bear up ← you were bearing up well. Ironic.
2 Cor 11:5 Logi/zomai ga_r mhde\n u9sterhke/nai tw~n u9pe\r li/an a)posto/lwn. For I consider myself in no way to have fallen short of the most superlative apostles. most superlative: the Greek supports a pleonastic translation. Compare Shakespeare's most unkindest cut. See also Eph 3:8.
2 Cor 11:6 Ei0 de\ kai\ i0diw&thj tw%~ lo/gw%, a)ll' ou0 th|= gnw&sei: a)ll' e0n panti\ fanerwqe/ntej e0n pa~sin ei0j u9ma~j. And even if we are an amateur in speech, we are not in knowledge, for we have been made known to you in every respect and in all regards. we are not ← but not.
for ← but.
made known ← made manifest.
2 Cor 11:7 872H a(marti/an e0poi/hsa e0mauto\n tapeinw~n i3na u9mei=j u9ywqh=te, o3ti dwrea_n to\ tou= qeou= eu0agge/lion eu0hggelisa&mhn u9mi=n; Or have I committed a sin in lowering myself so that you might be exalted, because I have preached the gospel of God to you freely?
2 Cor 11:8 871Allaj e0kklhsi/aj e0su/lhsa, labw_n o0yw&nion pro\j th\n u9mw~n diakoni/an: I have plundered other churches, taking pay from them for your relief, Punctuation: perhaps this verse is a question: Have I plundered ...? Otherwise, it is a jocular way of saying that other churches have supported this relief.
churches: see Matt 16:18.
relief: See 2 Cor 9:1.
2 Cor 11:9 kai\ parw_n pro\j u9ma~j kai\ u9sterhqei/j, ou0 katena&rkhsa ou0deno/j: to\ ga_r u9ste/rhma& mou prosaneplh/rwsan oi9 a)delfoi/, e0lqo/ntej a)po\ Makedoni/aj: kai\ e0n panti\ a)barh= u9mi=n e0mauto\n e0th/rhsa kai\ thrh/sw. and when I was present with you and having run short, I did not press heavily on anyone, for the brothers who came from Macedonia made up for my shortage, and I guarded – and will guard – myself against being a burden to you in any way. any ← every.
2 Cor 11:10 871Estin a)lh/qeia xristou= e0n e0moi/, o3ti h9 kau/xhsij au3th ou0 {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: fragh/setai} [S1550: sfragi/setai] ei0j e0me\ e0n toi=j kli/masin th=j 870Axai+/aj. As the truth of Christ is in me, so this boasting will not be {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: stifled} [S1550: sealed up] with me in the regions of Achaea. fragh/setai, will be fenced in, hemmed in, barred, RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=12/13 (incl. k misspelled, c, i.e. explicitly, not tacite) vs. sfragi/setai, will be sealed, S1550 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's d).
with me ← against me, but the sense is from my side letting it happen against me.
2 Cor 11:11 Dia_ ti/; 873Oti ou0k a)gapw~ u9ma~j; 879O qeo\j oi]den. Why? Because I don't love you? God knows the truth. God knows the truth: we supply the ellipsis to avoid what could otherwise be taken as an uncouth English idiom in this context (but not so in 2 Cor 12:2 and 2 Cor 12:3).
2 Cor 11:12 874O de\ poiw~, kai\ poih/sw, i3na e0kko/yw th\n a)formh\n tw~n qelo/ntwn a)formh/n, i3na e0n w%{ kauxw~ntai, eu9reqw~sin kaqw_j kai\ h9mei=j. And this I do, and will do, in order to eliminate any opportunity for those wanting an opportunity to be found as equal to us in what they boast of. as equal to us ← also like us.
2 Cor 11:13 Oi9 ga_r toiou=toi yeudapo/stoloi, e0rga&tai do/lioi, metasxhmatizo/menoi ei0j a)posto/louj xristou=. For such people are false apostles, deceitful workers, transforming themselves into apostles of Christ. transforming themselves: middle or passive for reflexive. Compare 2 Cor 12:7.
2 Cor 11:14 Kai\ ou0 qaumasto/n: au0to\j ga_r o9 Satana~j metasxhmati/zetai ei0j a!ggelon fwto/j. And it is not a thing to marvel at, for Satan himself transforms himself into an angel of light. transforms himself: See 2 Cor 11:13.
2 Cor 11:15 Ou0 me/ga ou]n ei0 kai\ oi9 dia&konoi au0tou= metasxhmati/zontai w(j dia&konoi dikaiosu/nhj, w{n to\ te/loj e1stai kata_ ta_ e1rga au0tw~n. So it is not a great thing then if his servants also transform themselves, as if they were servants of righteousness, whose end will be according to their works. transform themselves: See 2 Cor 11:13.
Note how fallen angels are judged by their works.
2 Cor 11:16 Pa&lin le/gw, mh/ ti/j me do/ch| a!frona ei]nai: ei0 de\ mh/ge, ka@n w(j a!frona de/casqe/ me, i3na {RP P1904: ka)gw_ mikro/n ti} [TR: mikro/n ti ka)gw_] kauxh/swmai. Again I say it, in case anyone considers me to be foolish. Otherwise, receive me even as a fool, so that I too have some small grounds for boasting. ka)gw_ mikro/n ti, I too + some small, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. mikro/n ti ka)gw_, some small + I too, TR F1859=0/13.
2 Cor 11:17 874O lalw~, ou0 lalw~ kata_ ku/rion, a)ll' w(j e0n a)frosu/nh|, e0n tau/th| th|= u9posta&sei th=j kauxh/sewj. What I say, I do not say from the Lord's perspective, but as it were in foolishness, on these boastful grounds. from the Lord's perspective ← according to (the) Lord.
boastful grounds ← grounds of boasting, a Hebraic genitive.
2 Cor 11:18 870Epei\ polloi\ kauxw~ntai kata_ th\n sa&rka, ka)gw_ kauxh/somai. Since many boast according to the flesh, I too will boast.
2 Cor 11:19 879Hde/wj ga_r a)ne/xesqe tw~n a)fro/nwn, fro/nimoi o1ntej. For you bear with fools courteously, being wise yourselves. courteously ← pleasantly, in a well-disposed way.
2 Cor 11:20 870Ane/xesqe ga&r, ei1 tij u9ma~j katadouloi=, ei1 tij katesqi/ei, ei1 tij lamba&nei, ei1 tij e0pai/retai, ei1 tij u9ma~j ei0j pro/swpon de/rei. For you bear up if anyone domineers over you, if anyone exploits you, if anyone arrests you, if anyone is overbearing, if anyone hits you on the face. exploits ← devours.
arrests ← takes, but the word is used in the temple inscription forbidding Gentile entry – see [MM]. [MG] suggests takes advantage of.
is overbearing ← is lifted up.
hits ← flays.
2 Cor 11:21 Kata_ a)timi/an le/gw, w(j o3ti h9mei=j h0sqenh/samen: e0n w%{ d' a!n tij tolma%~ - e0n a)frosu/nh| le/gw - tolmw~ ka)gw&. I speak to my shame, as if we were taken ill. And in whatever way someone might be daring – I speak in foolishness – I myself am daring too.
2 Cor 11:22 879Ebrai=oi/ ei0sin; Ka)gw&. 870Israhli=tai/ ei0sin; Ka)gw&. Spe/rma 870Abraa&m ei0sin; Ka)gw&. Are they Hebrews? I am too. Are they Israelites? I am too. Are they the seed of Abraham? I am too.
2 Cor 11:23 Dia&konoi xristou= ei0sin; - parafronw~n lalw~ - u9pe\r e0gw&: e0n ko/poij perissote/rwj, e0n plhgai=j u9perballo/ntwj, e0n fulakai=j perissote/rwj, e0n qana&toij polla&kij, Are they ministers of Christ? – I speak as if deranged – I go further: in labours more prolifically, in beatings more exceedingly, in imprisonments more frequently, in situations in danger of death, often;
2 Cor 11:24 u9po\ 870Ioudai/wn penta&kij tessara&konta para_ mi/an e1labon. five times I received forty minus one lashes from the Jews,
2 Cor 11:25 Tri\j {RP: e0rabdi/sqhn} [P1904 TR: e0rrabdi/sqhn], a#pac e0liqa&sqhn, tri\j e0naua&ghsa, nuxqh/meron e0n tw%~ buqw%~ pepoi/hka: three times I was beaten with sticks, once I was stoned, three times I was shipwrecked, and I have spent a night and a day in the deep; e0rabdi/sqhn, I was beaten with sticks (without the classical doubling of the r after the augment), RP F1859=8/13 vs. e0rrabdi/sqhn, I was beaten with sticks (with the classical doubling of the r), P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's beghl). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
2 Cor 11:26 o9doipori/aij polla&kij, kindu/noij potamw~n, kindu/noij lh|stw~n, kindu/noij e0k ge/nouj, kindu/noij e0c e0qnw~n, kindu/noij e0n po/lei, kindu/noij e0n e0rhmi/a%, kindu/noij e0n qala&ssh|, kindu/noij e0n yeudade/lfoij: in travels often, in dangers of rivers, in dangers of robbers, in dangers from my race, in dangers from the Gentiles, in dangers in the city, in dangers in the desert, in dangers at sea, in dangers among false brothers;
2 Cor 11:27 e0n ko/pw% kai\ mo/xqw%, e0n a)grupni/aij polla&kij, e0n limw%~ kai\ di/yei, e0n nhstei/aij polla&kij, e0n yu/xei kai\ gumno/thti. in toil and hardship, in sleepless nights often, in hunger and thirst, in fastings often, in cold and nakedness.
2 Cor 11:28 Xwri\j tw~n parekto/j, h9 e0pisu/stasi/j mou h9 kaq' h9me/ran, h9 me/rimna pasw~n tw~n e0kklhsiw~n. Apart from all else, there is my daily mental turmoil: the care of all the churches. all else ← (things) external / (things) besides.
churches: see Matt 16:18.
2 Cor 11:29 Ti/j a)sqenei=, kai\ ou0k a)sqenw~; Ti/j skandali/zetai, kai\ ou0k e0gw_ purou=mai; Who is ill, and I am not ill with him? Who is offended, and I am not ablaze with indignation?
2 Cor 11:30 Ei0 kauxa~sqai dei=, ta_ th=j a)sqenei/aj mou kauxh/somai. If it is necessary to boast, I will boast of the things concerning my ills.
2 Cor 11:31 879O qeo\j kai\ path\r tou= kuri/ou {RP: - } [P1904 TR: h9mw~n] 870Ihsou= xristou= oi]den, o9 w@n eu0loghto\j ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj, o3ti ou0 yeu/domai. The God and father of {RP: the} [P1904 TR: our] Lord Jesus Christ, who is blessed throughout the ages, knows that I do not lie. h9mw~n, our: absent in RP F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's eghlmn) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's abcdfko). A disparity with RP, R=6:9. AV differs textually.
2 Cor 11:32 870En Damaskw%~ o9 e0qna&rxhj 870Are/ta tou= basile/wj e0frou/rei th\n Damaskhnw~n po/lin, pia&sai me qe/lwn: In Damascus the governor under King Aretas was guarding the city of the Damascenes, wishing to lay hold of me, under ← of.
2 Cor 11:33 kai\ dia_ quri/doj e0n sarga&nh| e0xala&sqhn dia_ tou= tei/xouj kai\ e0ce/fugon ta_j xei=raj au0tou=. but through a window I was lowered in a basket alongside the wall, and I escaped his clutches. alongside: See Acts 9:25.
clutches ← hands.
2 Cor 12:1 Kauxa~sqai dh\ ou0 sumfe/rei moi: e0leu/somai ga_r ei0j o0ptasi/aj kai\ a)pokalu/yeij kuri/ou. Boasting is actually of no advantage to me, for I will enter into visions and revelations of the Lord.
2 Cor 12:2 Oi]da a!nqrwpon e0n xristw%~ pro\ e0tw~n dekatessa&rwn - ei1te e0n sw&mati ou0k oi]da: ei1te e0kto\j tou= sw&matoj ou0k oi]da: o9 qeo\j oi]den - a(rpage/nta to\n toiou=ton e3wj tri/tou ou0ranou=. I know a man in Christ – whether in the body, I don't know, or whether out of the body, I don't know, God knows – who fourteen years ago was caught up as far as the third heaven. I know: AV differs (I knew).
who ← such a (one).
2 Cor 12:3 Kai\ oi]da to\n toiou=ton a!nqrwpon - ei1te e0n sw&mati, ei1te e0kto\j tou= sw&matoj, ou0k oi]da: o9 qeo\j oi]den - And I know this man – whether in the body or out of the body, I don't know, God knows – this ← such a.
2 Cor 12:4 o3ti h9rpa&gh ei0j to\n para&deison, kai\ h1kousen a!rrhta r(h/mata, a$ ou0k e0co\n a)nqrw&pw% lalh=sai. how he was caught up in Paradise and heard unspeakable words, which it is not permitted for man to speak. how ← that.
2 Cor 12:5 879Upe\r tou= toiou/tou kauxh/somai: u9pe\r de\ e0mautou= ou0 kauxh/somai, ei0 mh\ e0n tai=j a)sqenei/aij mou: I will boast about such a person, but I will not boast about myself except in my weaknesses.
2 Cor 12:6 e0a_n ga_r qelh/sw kauxh/sasqai, ou0k e1somai a!frwn: a)lh/qeian ga_r e0rw~: fei/domai de/, mh/ tij ei0j e0me\ logi/shtai u9pe\r o4 ble/pei me, h2 a)kou/ei ti e0c e0mou=. For even if I were to want to boast, I would not be a fool, for I would speak the truth. But I will restrain myself in case anyone should consider me to be above what he observes me to be, or what he hears from me. if I were to want: constructed as if a real condition.
restrain myself ← spare.
what (he hears) ← anything.
2 Cor 12:7 Kai\ th|= u9perbolh|= tw~n a)pokalu/yewn i3na mh\ u9perai/rwmai, e0do/qh moi sko/loy th|= sarki/, a!ggeloj Sata~n, i3na me kolafi/zh|, i3na mh\ u9perai/rwmai. And so that I do not exalt myself in the special nature of revelations, a thorn in the flesh has been given to me – a messenger of Satan – to harass me so that I do not exalt myself. exalt myself (2x): middle or passive for reflexive. Compare 2 Cor 11:13.
in the special nature: AV differs (above measure).
a thorn in the flesh: perhaps referring to his eyes; compare Acts 23:5, Gal 4:15, Gal 6:11.
2 Cor 12:8 879Upe\r tou/tou tri\j to\n ku/rion pareka&lesa i3na a)posth|= a)p' e0mou=. I pleaded with the Lord three times about this, that it might depart from me.
2 Cor 12:9 Kai\ ei1rhke/n moi, 870Arkei= soi h9 xa&rij mou: h9 ga_r du/nami/j mou e0n a)sqenei/a% teleiou=tai. 873Hdista ou]n ma~llon kauxh/somai e0n tai=j a)sqenei/aij mou, i3na e0piskhnw&sh| e0p' e0me\ h9 du/namij tou= xristou=. And he said to me, “My grace is sufficient for you. For my strength is brought to completion in weakness.” So I will most gladly boast rather in my weaknesses, so that the power of Christ may reside on me. said ← has said, giving a sense of finality about the matter.
most gladly ← most sweetly.
2 Cor 12:10 Dio\ eu0dokw~ e0n a)sqenei/aij, e0n u3bresin, e0n a)na&gkaij, e0n diwgmoi=j, e0n stenoxwri/aij, u9pe\r xristou=: o3tan ga_r a)sqenw~, to/te dunato/j ei0mi. Therefore I am content in weaknesses, in maltreatment, in constrained circumstances, in persecution, in straits, for Christ's sake. For it is when I am weak that I am strong. it is when I am weak that I am strong ← when I am weak, then I am strong.
2 Cor 12:11 Ge/gona a!frwn kauxw&menoj: u9mei=j me h0nagka&sate: e0gw_ ga_r w!feilon u9f' u9mw~n suni/stasqai: ou0de\n ga_r u9ste/rhsa tw~n u9pe\r li/an a)posto/lwn, ei0 kai\ ou0de/n ei0mi. I have become foolish in boasting. You forced it on me, for I should have been commended by you. For in no way have I fallen short of the most superlative apostles, even if I am nothing. forced it on me ← compelled me.
most superlative: see 2 Cor 11:5.
2 Cor 12:12 Ta_ me\n shmei=a tou= a)posto/lou kateirga&sqh e0n u9mi=n e0n pa&sh| u9pomonh|=, e0n shmei/oij kai\ te/rasin kai\ duna&mesin. The signs of the apostle were performed among you with all endurance, with signs and miracles and deeds of power.
2 Cor 12:13 Ti/ ga&r e0stin o4 h9tth/qhte u9pe\r ta_j loipa_j e0kklhsi/aj, ei0 mh\ o3ti au0to\j e0gw_ ou0 katena&rkhsa u9mw~n; Xari/sasqe/ moi th\n a)diki/an tau/thn. For in what way were you inferior to the other churches, if not in that I myself did not press heavily on you? Forgive me this wrong. in what way ← what is it in respect of which.
churches: see Matt 16:18.
2 Cor 12:14 870Idou/, tri/ton e9toi/mwj e1xw e0lqei=n pro\j u9ma~j, kai\ ou0 katanarkh/sw u9mw~n: ou0 ga_r zhtw~ ta_ u9mw~n, {RP P1904: a)lla_} [TR: a)ll'] u9ma~j: ou0 ga_r o0fei/lei ta_ te/kna toi=j goneu=sin qhsauri/zein, a)ll' oi9 gonei=j toi=j te/knoij. Look, I am prepared to come to you a third time, and I will not press heavily on you. For I do not seek what is yours, but you. For it is not that children ought to save up for their parents, but parents for their children. a)lla_, but (unapocopated), RP P1904 F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's adefkmn) vs. a)ll', but (apocopated), TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's bcghlo). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
2 Cor 12:15 870Egw_ de\ h3dista dapanh/sw kai\ e0kdapanhqh/somai u9pe\r tw~n yuxw~n u9mw~n, ei0 kai\ perissote/rwj u9ma~j a)gapw~n, h[tton a)gapw~mai. For I will very gladly spend money and be spent for yourselves, even if the more intensely I love you, the less I am loved. gladly ← sweetly.
yourselves ← your souls.
2 Cor 12:16 871Estw de/, e0gw_ ou0 kateba&rhsa u9ma~j: a)ll' u9pa&rxwn panou=rgoj, do/lw% u9ma~j e1labon. Well so be it: “I have not weighed you down, but being crafty, I have taken you in with deceit.” This verse is ironic. Paul uses the words of his opponents (though adapted to the grammatical first person) which we make clear by our punctuation. See 2 Cor 6:8, 2 Cor 11:9, Rom 3:8.
2 Cor 12:17 Mh/ tina w{n a)pe/stalka pro\j u9ma~j, di' au0tou= e0pleone/kthsa u9ma~j; I did not defraud you through any of those I sent to you, did I?
2 Cor 12:18 Pareka&lesa Ti/ton, kai\ sunape/steila to\n a)delfo/n: mh/ ti e0pleone/kthsen u9ma~j Ti/toj; Ou0 tw%~ au0tw%~ pneu/mati periepath/samen; Ou0 toi=j au0toi=j i1xnesin; I exhorted Titus and sent a brother with him. Surely Titus did not defraud you in any respect? Did we not walk in the same spirit? Was it not in the same tracks? We have translated mh/ ti as an interrogative word + an indefinite pronoun. If mh/ti is taken as one interrogative word, the sense is simply surely Titus did not defraud you?
a brother ← the brother. Possibly (his) brother. But see Gen 22:9.
2 Cor 12:19 Pa&lin dokei=te o3ti u9mi=n a)pologou/meqa; Katenw&pion tou= qeou= e0n xristw%~ lalou=men: ta_ de\ pa&nta, a)gaphtoi/, u9pe\r th=j u9mw~n oi0kodomh=j. Do you again think we are defending ourselves to you? We speak in the presence of God in Christ, and all these things, my beloved, are for your edification.
2 Cor 12:20 Fobou=mai ga&r, mh/pwj e0lqw_n ou0x oi3ouj qe/lw eu3rw u9ma~j, ka)gw_ eu9reqw~ u9mi=n oi[on ou0 qe/lete: mh/pwj e1reij, zh=loi, qumoi/, e0riqei=ai, katalaliai/, yiqurismoi/, fusiw&seij, a)katastasi/ai: For I am afraid that, if I come, I will not find you as I wish, and I will be found by you not as you wish – that there will be rivalries, jealousies, angry exchanges, strife-ridden situations, backbitings, gossip, conceit, acts of disorder – if: conditional use of the participle.
2 Cor 12:21 mh\ pa&lin e0lqo/nta me {RP-text: tapeinw&sei} [RP-marg P1904 TR: tapeinw&sh|] o9 qeo/j mou pro\j u9ma~j, kai\ penqh/sw pollou\j tw~n prohmarthko/twn, kai\ mh\ metanohsa&ntwn e0pi\ th|= a)kaqarsi/a% kai\ pornei/a% kai\ a)selgei/a% h|[ e1pracan. {RP-text: surely my God will not humble me before you when I come again, and I shall not} [RP-marg P1904 TR: may my God not humble me before you when I come again, and I should] mourn many of those who sinned previously and have not repented of their uncleanness and fornication and debauchery which they have committed. tapeinw&sei, he will humble (future, non-classical if it is a conjunction after fobou=mai) RP-text F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's dfgkn + c?) vs. tapeinw&sh|, he will humble (classical aorist subjunctive), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's abehlmo). Scrivener's c is excluded as it is doubtful. A disparity with RP-text, R=5:9.
The word mh/ could be taken as a repeated conjunction after fobou=mai in the previous verse: (and) that my God will humble me ....
2 Cor 13:1 Tri/ton tou=to e1rxomai pro\j u9ma~j. 870Epi\ sto/matoj du/o martu/rwn kai\ triw~n staqh/setai pa~n r(h=ma. I am coming to you this third time. Every matter shall be established at the attestation of two or three witnesses. Deut 19:15.
attestation ← mouth.
2 Cor 13:2 Proei/rhka kai\ prole/gw, w(j parw_n to\ deu/teron, kai\ a)pw_n nu=n gra&fw toi=j prohmarthko/sin kai\ toi=j loipoi=j pa~sin, o3ti e0a_n e1lqw ei0j to\ pa&lin, ou0 fei/somai: I have spoken beforehand, and I am speaking beforehand, as when I was present on the second occasion, and being now absent, I am writing to those who previously sinned, and all the others, that if I come again, I will not spare you,
2 Cor 13:3 e0pei\ dokimh\n zhtei=te tou= e0n e0moi\ lalou=ntoj xristou=, o4j ei0j u9ma~j ou0k a)sqenei=, a)lla_ dunatei= e0n u9mi=n: since you seek a proof of Christ who speaks in me, who is not weak towards you, but is powerful in you. in me: or by (agent).
in you: or among. Christ “in” Paul in Gal 2:20.
2 Cor 13:4 kai\ ga_r ei0 e0staurw&qh e0c a)sqenei/aj, a)lla_ zh|= e0k duna&mewj qeou=. Kai\ ga_r {RP P1904 S1550: - } [E1624 S1894: kai\] h9mei=j a)sqenou=men e0n au0tw%~, a)lla_ zhso/meqa su\n au0tw%~ e0k duna&mewj qeou= ei0j u9ma~j. For in fact, if he was crucified through weakness, then he lives through the power of God. And indeed, we are {RP P1904 S1550: - } [E1624 S1894: also] weak in him, but we shall live with him through the power of God towards you. kai\, also: absent in RP P1904 S1550 F1859=11/13 (incl. c(tacite)) vs. present in E1624 S1894 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's fg).
then ← but. Compare Rom 6:5.
2 Cor 13:5 879Eautou\j peira&zete ei0 e0ste\ e0n th|= pi/stei, e9autou\j dokima&zete. 872H ou0k e0piginw&skete e9autou/j, o3ti 870Ihsou=j xristo\j e0n u9mi=n e0sti/n; ei0 mh/ ti a)do/kimoi/ e0ste. Examine yourselves as to whether you are in the faith – test yourselves. Or do you not realize that Jesus Christ is in you? – unless, that is, you are unauthenticated in some way. realize ← acknowledge yourselves.
in: or among. See 2 Cor 13:3, Gal 2:20.
2 Cor 13:6 870Elpi/zw de\ o3ti gnw&sesqe o3ti h9mei=j ou0k e0sme\n a)do/kimoi. And I hope that you will know that we are not unauthenticated.
2 Cor 13:7 Eu1xomai de\ pro\j to\n qeo/n, mh\ poih=sai u9ma~j kako\n mhde/n, ou0x i3na h9mei=j do/kimoi fanw~men, a)ll' i3na u9mei=j to\ kalo\n poih=te, h9mei=j de\ w(j a)do/kimoi w}men. And I pray to God that you will do nothing wrong, not so that we appear authenticated, but so that you do what is right, whereas we should be as it were unauthenticated. pray ← vow, but sometimes for proseu/xomai pray.
2 Cor 13:8 Ou0 ga_r duna&meqa& ti kata_ th=j a)lhqei/aj, a)ll' u9pe\r th=j a)lhqei/aj. For we cannot do anything against the truth, only for the truth. only ← but.
2 Cor 13:9 Xai/romen ga_r o3tan h9mei=j a)sqenw~men, u9mei=j de\ dunatoi\ h]te: tou=to de\ kai\ eu0xo/meqa, th\n u9mw~n kata&rtisin. For we rejoice whenever we are weak, but you are strong. But this we also pray for: your restoration. pray: see 2 Cor 13:7.
restoration: AV differs somewhat (perfection).
2 Cor 13:10 Dia_ tou=to tau=ta a)pw_n gra&fw, i3na parw_n mh\ a)poto/mwj xrh/swmai, kata_ th\n e0cousi/an h4n e1dwke/n moi o9 ku/rioj ei0j oi0kodomh/n, kai\ ou0k ei0j kaqai/resin. On this account I, being absent, am writing these things, so that when I am present I shall not have to deal with matters severely, according to the authority which the Lord gave me for edification and not for demolition.
2 Cor 13:11 Loipo/n, a)delfoi/, xai/rete: katarti/zesqe, parakalei=sqe, to\ au0to\ fronei=te, ei0rhneu/ete: kai\ o9 qeo\j th=j a)ga&phj kai\ ei0rh/nhj e1stai meq' u9mw~n. Finally, brothers, rejoice, amend your ways, be encouraged, be of one mind, be peaceful, and the God of love and peace will be with you. amend your ways: AV differs somewhat (be perfect).
be of one mind ← be the same minded.
2 Cor 13:12 870Aspa&sasqe a)llh/louj e0n a(gi/w% filh/mati. Greet each other with a holy kiss. ¶ ¶ Verse division: in P1904 E1624 numbering, our (with RP S1550 S1894) 2 Cor 13:12 and 2 Cor 13:13 are one verse (2 Cor 13:12), and our 2 Cor 13:14 is numbered 2 Cor 13:13.
2 Cor 13:13 870Aspa&zontai u9ma~j oi9 a#gioi pa&ntej. All the saints greet you. saints: see Matt 27:52.
2 Cor 13:14 879H xa&rij tou= kuri/ou 870Ihsou= xristou=, kai\ h9 a)ga&ph tou= qeou=, kai\ h9 koinwni/a tou= a(gi/ou pneu/matoj meta_ pa&ntwn u9mw~n. 870Amh/n. The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ, and the love of God, and the fellowship of the holy spirit, be with you all. Amen.
Gal 1:1 Pau=loj a)po/stoloj ou0k a)p' a)nqrw&pwn, ou0de\ di' a)nqrw&pou, a)lla_ dia_ 870Ihsou= xristou=, kai\ qeou= patro\j tou= e0gei/rantoj au0to\n e0k nekrw~n, From Paul, an apostle, not from men, nor through man, but through Jesus Christ and God the father who raised him from the dead, through (2x): i.e. through the appointment of.
Gal 1:2 kai\ oi9 su\n e0moi\ pa&ntej a)delfoi/, tai=j e0kklhsi/aij th=j Galati/aj: and all the brothers with me, to the churches of Galatia, churches: see Matt 16:18.
Gal 1:3 xa&rij u9mi=n kai\ ei0rh/nh a)po\ qeou= patro/j, kai\ kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=, grace to you, and peace, from God the father and Lord of ours, Jesus Christ, Lord: no article in the Greek. See Rom 1:7, showing why we repunctuate; AV differs.
Gal 1:4 tou= do/ntoj e9auto\n {RP: peri\} [P1904 TR: u9pe\r] tw~n a(martiw~n h9mw~n, o3pwj e0ce/lhtai h9ma~j e0k tou= e0nestw~toj ai0w~noj ponhrou=, kata_ to\ qe/lhma tou= qeou= kai\ patro\j h9mw~n: who gave himself for our sins, in order to deliver us out of the present evil age, according to the will of our God and father, peri\, concerning, for, RP F1859=6/13 vs. u9pe\r, on behalf of, for, P1904 TR F1859=7/13. A disparity with RP, R=6:9.
for: the sense is as a propitiation for, as in 1 John 2:2 in full.
Gal 1:5 w%{ h9 do/ca ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj tw~n ai0w&nwn. 870Amh/n. to whom may there be glory throughout the durations of the ages. Amen.
Gal 1:6 Qauma&zw o3ti ou3twj taxe/wj metati/qesqe a)po\ tou= kale/santoj u9ma~j e0n xa&riti xristou= ei0j e3teron eu0agge/lion: I am astonished that you are so quickly switching from him who called you in the grace of Christ to another gospel,
Gal 1:7 o4 ou0k e1stin a!llo, ei0 mh/ tine/j ei0sin oi9 tara&ssontej u9ma~j kai\ qe/lontej metastre/yai to\ eu0agge/lion tou= xristou=. while there is no other, except that there are some who are troubling you and wishing to distort the gospel of Christ. while there is no other ← which other there is not or which is not another (real one).
Gal 1:8 870Alla_ kai\ e0a_n h9mei=j h2 a!ggeloj e0c ou0ranou= {RP-text P1904 TR: eu0aggeli/zhtai} [RP-marg: eu0aggeli/zetai] u9mi=n par' o4 eu0hggelisa&meqa u9mi=n, a)na&qema e1stw. But even if we or an angel from heaven preach a gospel to you contrary to that which we have preached to you, let him be accursed. eu0aggeli/zhtai, preaches (classical subjunctive), RP-text P1904 TR F1859=9/13 vs. eu0aggeli/zetai, preaches (non-classical indicative), RP-marg F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's ckn) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's d).
preach ← preaches (third person singular). The word implies a gospel.
accursed ← an accursed thing; a curse.
Gal 1:9 879Wj proeirh/kamen, kai\ a!rti pa&lin le/gw, ei1 tij u9ma~j eu0aggeli/zetai par' o4 parela&bete, a)na&qema e1stw. As we have said before, and I say again now, if anyone preaches a gospel to you contrary to that which you received, let him be accursed. accursed: see Gal 1:8.
Gal 1:10 871Arti ga_r a)nqrw&pouj pei/qw h2 to\n qeo/n; 872H zhtw~ a)nqrw&poij a)re/skein; Ei0 ga_r e1ti a)nqrw&poij h1reskon, xristou= dou=loj ou0k a@n h1mhn. For do I now persuade men, or God? Or do I aim to please men? Well, if I were still trying to please men, I would not be a servant of Christ. aim ← seek.
trying to please: conative imperfect.
Gal 1:11 Gnwri/zw de\ u9mi=n, a)delfoi/, to\ eu0agge/lion to\ eu0aggelisqe\n u9p' e0mou=, o3ti ou0k e1stin kata_ a!nqrwpon. But I am making known to you, brothers, that the gospel which was preached by me is not according to man, according to man: i.e. according to man's doctrines.
Gal 1:12 Ou0de\ ga_r e0gw_ para_ a)nqrw&pou pare/labon au0to/, ou1te e0dida&xqhn, a)lla_ di' a)pokalu/yewj 870Ihsou= xristou=. for I neither received it from man, nor was I taught it, but it came through Jesus Christ's revelation.
Gal 1:13 870Hkou/sate ga_r th\n e0mh\n a)nastrofh/n pote e0n tw%~ 870Ioudai+smw%~, o3ti kaq' u9perbolh\n e0di/wkon th\n e0kklhsi/an tou= qeou=, kai\ e0po/rqoun au0th/n: For you have heard of my previous manner of life in Judaism, how I used to persecute the church of God wantonly and ravage it, previous ← at one time.
how ← that.
church: see Matt 16:18.
wantonly ← exceedingly.
Gal 1:14 kai\ proe/kopton e0n tw%~ 870Ioudai+smw%~ u9pe\r pollou\j sunhlikiw&taj e0n tw%~ ge/nei mou, perissote/rwj zhlwth\j u9pa&rxwn tw~n patrikw~n mou parado/sewn. and how I progressed in Judaism beyond many contemporaries of my race, being exceedingly zealous for the traditions of my fathers. exceedingly zealous for ← excessively a zealot of.
Gal 1:15 873Ote de\ eu0do/khsen o9 qeo\j o9 a)fori/saj me e0k koili/aj mhtro/j mou kai\ kale/saj dia_ th=j xa&ritoj au0tou=, But when God, who set me apart from my mother's womb and called me through his grace, was pleased
Gal 1:16 a)pokalu/yai to\n ui9o\n au0tou= e0n e0moi\ i3na eu0aggeli/zwmai au0to\n e0n toi=j e1qnesin, eu0qe/wj ou0 prosaneqe/mhn sarki\ kai\ ai3mati: to reveal his son within me – in order that I should preach him among the Gentiles – I immediately made a point of not consulting with flesh and blood, immediately made a point of not consulting ← immediately did not consult. Note that this is a different nuance to did not immediately consult.
Gal 1:17 ou0de\ a)nh=lqon ei0j 879Ieroso/luma pro\j tou\j pro\ e0mou= a)posto/louj, {RP P1904: a)lla_} [TR: a)ll'] a)ph=lqon ei0j 870Arabi/an, kai\ pa&lin u9pe/streya ei0j Damasko/n. nor did I go up to Jerusalem to the apostles who were before me, but I went away into Arabia and returned again to Damascus. a)lla_, but (unapocopated), RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. a)ll', but (apocopated), TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's d).
Gal 1:18 871Epeita meta_ e1th tri/a a)nh=lqon ei0j 879Ieroso/luma i9storh=sai Pe/tron, kai\ e0pe/meina pro\j au0to\n h9me/raj dekape/nte. Then after three years I went up to Jerusalem to acquaint myself with Peter, and I remained with him for fifteen days,
Gal 1:19 873Eteron de\ tw~n a)posto/lwn ou0k ei]don, ei0 mh\ 870Ia&kwbon to\n a)delfo\n tou= kuri/ou. but I did not see any other of the apostles except James, the Lord's brother.
Gal 1:20 874A de\ gra&fw u9mi=n, i0dou\ e0nw&pion tou= qeou= o3ti ou0 yeu/domai. Now with respect to what I am writing to you, look, I swear before God that I am not lying.
Gal 1:21 871Epeita h]lqon ei0j ta_ kli/mata th=j Suri/aj kai\ th=j Kiliki/aj. Then I went to the districts of Syria and Cilicia,
Gal 1:22 871Hmhn de\ a)gnoou/menoj tw%~ prosw&pw% tai=j e0kklhsi/aij th=j 870Ioudai/aj tai=j e0n xristw%~: and I was unknown by sight to the churches of Judaea which are in Christ, churches: see Matt 16:18.
Gal 1:23 mo/non de\ a)kou/ontej h]san o3ti 879O diw&kwn h9ma~j pote/, nu=n eu0aggeli/zetai th\n pi/stin h3n pote e0po/rqei. except that they kept hearing, “He who persecuted us at one time is now preaching the faith which previously he ravaged.” previously ← at one time .
Gal 1:24 Kai\ e0do/cazon e0n e0moi\ to\n qeo/n. And they glorified God because of me.
Gal 2:1 871Epeita dia_ dekatessa&rwn e0tw~n pa&lin a)ne/bhn ei0j 879Ieroso/luma meta_ Barna&ba, sumparalabw_n kai\ Ti/ton: Then after fourteen years I went up to Jerusalem again with Barnabas, taking Titus along too, taking ← having taken, a good example of a contemporaneous aorist participle. Compare Matt 23:20.
Gal 2:2 a)ne/bhn de\ kata_ a)poka&luyin, kai\ a)neqe/mhn au0toi=j to\ eu0agge/lion o4 khru/ssw e0n toi=j e1qnesin, kat' i0di/an de\ toi=j dokou=sin, mh/pwj ei0j keno\n tre/xw h2 e1dramon. and I went up by revelation, and I put the gospel which I proclaim among the Gentiles to them, but privately to those who are held in regard, so that I might not run or have run in vain.
Gal 2:3 870All' ou0de\ Ti/toj o9 su\n e0moi/, 873Ellhn w!n, h0nagka&sqh peritmhqh=nai: Moreover, Titus, who was with me, although he was a Greek, was not compelled to be circumcised at all, although: concessive use of the participle.
not ... at all ← not even, but the word can simply be a negative, somewhat stronger than just ou0.
Gal 2:4 dia_ de\ tou\j pareisa&ktouj yeudade/lfouj, oi3tinej pareish=lqon kataskoph=sai th\n e0leuqeri/an h9mw~n h4n e1xomen e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=, i3na h9ma~j katadoulw&swntai: but we watched out because of the false brothers who had been brought in surreptitiously, who had come in stealthily to spy out our freedom which we have in Christ Jesus, in order to enslave us to themselves, to themselves: from the middle voice of the verb.
Gal 2:5 oi[j ou0de\ pro\j w#ran ei1camen th|= u9potagh|=, i3na h9 a)lh/qeia tou= eu0aggeli/ou diamei/nh| pro\j u9ma~j. to whom we did not yield in submission even for an hour, in order that the truth of the gospel might maintain its ground for you.
Gal 2:6 870Apo\ de\ tw~n dokou/ntwn ei]nai/ ti - o9poi=oi/ pote h]san ou0de/n moi diafe/rei: pro/swpon qeo\j a)nqrw&pou ou0 lamba&nei - e0moi\ ga_r oi9 dokou=ntej ou0de\n prosane/qento: Then of those considered to be of importance – whatever they once were doesn't make any difference to me; God does not show partiality to anyone – for those who were held in high regard did not contribute anything as far as I'm concerned, of importance ← something.
show partiality to anyone ← take (the) face of a man.
as far as I'm concerned ← to / for me. We take it as dative of reference rather than an indirect object or dative of advantage.
The main clause in this long ↴
Gal 2:7 a)lla_ tou0nanti/on, i0do/ntej o3ti pepi/steumai to\ eu0agge/lion th=j a)krobusti/aj, kaqw_j Pe/troj th=j peritomh=j - but on the contrary, when they saw that I had been entrusted with the gospel of the uncircumcision, as Peter with that of the circumcision ↳ sentence is of those considered to be of importance, James and Cephas and John gave ... (Gal 2:9).
uncircumcision: see Rom 2:25.
Gal 2:8 o9 ga_r e0nergh/saj Pe/trw% ei0j a)postolh\n th=j peritomh=j, e0nh/rghsen kai\ e0moi\ ei0j ta_ e1qnh - (for he who had been active in Peter for the apostleship of the circumcision had also been active in me for the Gentiles),
Gal 2:9 kai\ gno/ntej th\n xa&rin th\n doqei=sa&n moi, 870Ia&kwboj kai\ Khfa~j kai\ 870Iwa&nnhj, oi9 dokou=ntej stu/loi ei]nai, decia_j e1dwkan e0moi\ kai\ Barna&ba% koinwni/aj, i3na h9mei=j {RP-text: me\n} [RP-marg P1904 TR: - ] ei0j ta_ e1qnh, au0toi\ de\ ei0j th\n peritomh/n: and when they knew the grace which had been given to me, of these people James and Cephas and John, who were considered to be pillars, gave me and Barnabas the right hand of fellowship, so that we should go to the Gentiles, and they to the circumcision, me\n, (we) on the one hand: present in RP-text F1859=6/14 vs. absent in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=8/14. A disparity with RP-text, R=6:10.
when they knew: we regard gno/ntej, as i0do/ntej in Gal 2:7, as referring back to all in Gal 2:6, not forward to just James and Cephas and John.
of these people: we supply this phrase as a clear clause divider in this long sentence, thus preventing misreading such as given to me, James and Cephas ....
right hand ← right hands.
Gal 2:10 mo/non tw~n ptwxw~n i3na mnhmoneu/wmen, o4 kai\ e0spou/dasa au0to\ tou=to poih=sai. only saying that we should remember the poor, just a thing which I indeed made a point of doing. indeed ← also.
made a point of doing ← was diligent (aorist) to do (aorist).
Gal 2:11 873Ote de\ h]lqen Pe/troj ei0j 870Antio/xeian, kata_ pro/swpon au0tw%~ a)nte/sthn, o3ti kategnwsme/noj h]n. But when Peter came to Antioch, I opposed him to his face, because he was at fault,
Gal 2:12 Pro\ tou= ga_r e0lqei=n tinaj a)po\ 870Iakw&bou, meta_ tw~n e0qnw~n sunh/sqien: o3te de\ h]lqon, u9pe/stellen kai\ a)fw&rizen e9auto/n, fobou/menoj tou\j e0k peritomh=j. because prior to some others coming from James, he was eating with the Gentiles. But when they came, he set about drawing away and separating himself, fearing those of the circumcision, set about drawing away: inceptive imperfect.
Gal 2:13 Kai\ sunupekri/qhsan au0tw%~ kai\ oi9 loipoi\ 870Ioudai=oi, w#ste kai\ Barna&baj sunaph/xqh au0tw~n th|= u9pokri/sei. and the remaining Jews also joined him in the hypocrisy, so that even Barnabas was actually led away with them by their hypocrisy. even ← also.
actually: from the indicative verb (as opposed to the less emphatic infinitive construction).
Gal 2:14 870All' o3te ei]don o3ti ou0k o0rqopodou=sin pro\j th\n a)lh/qeian tou= eu0aggeli/ou, ei]pon tw%~ Pe/trw% e1mprosqen pa&ntwn, Ei0 su/, 870Ioudai=oj u9pa&rxwn, e0qnikw~j zh|=j kai\ ou0k 870Ioudai+kw~j, ti/ ta_ e1qnh a)nagka&zeij 870Ioudai+/zein; But when I saw that they were not progressing straight towards the truth of the gospel, I said to Peter in the presence of them all, “If you, being a Jew, live in the Gentile way and not in the Jewish way, why do you compel the Gentiles to act in the Jewish way?” Punctuation: the direct speech which we close here could extend to verse 17 or verse 21.
Gal 2:15 879Hmei=j fu/sei 870Ioudai=oi kai\ ou0k e0c e0qnw~n a(martwloi/, We are Jews by nature and not sinners of Gentile stock,
Gal 2:16 ei0do/tej {RP TR: - } [P1904: de\] o3ti ou0 dikaiou=tai a!nqrwpoj e0c e1rgwn no/mou, e0a_n mh\ dia_ pi/stewj 870Ihsou= xristou=, kai\ h9mei=j ei0j xristo\n 870Ihsou=n e0pisteu/samen, i3na dikaiwqw~men e0k pi/stewj xristou=, kai\ ou0k e0c e1rgwn no/mou: dio/ti ou0 dikaiwqh/setai e0c e1rgwn no/mou pa~sa sa&rc. {RP TR: and} [P1904: and] we are aware that a man is not justified by works of the law but by faith in Jesus Christ, and we have believed in Christ Jesus, in order to be justified through faith in Christ and not by works of the law, because no flesh will be justified by works of the law. de\, but: absent in RP TR F1859=12/13 vs. present in P1904 F1859=0/13 vs. ou]n, therefore, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's f).
in (2x) ← of, which we take as an objective genitive.
Christ Jesus: AV differs in word order, Jesus Christ.
Gal 2:17 Ei0 de/, zhtou=ntej dikaiwqh=nai e0n xristw%~, eu9re/qhmen kai\ au0toi\ a(martwloi/, a}ra xristo\j a(marti/aj dia&konoj; Mh\ ge/noito. But if while we seek to be justified in Christ, we ourselves are for our part identified as sinners, is then Christ a minister of sin? Far from it! for our part ← also.
identified ← found.
far from it ← may it not become / be.
Gal 2:18 Ei0 ga_r a$ kate/lusa, tau=ta pa&lin oi0kodomw~, paraba&thn e0mauto\n suni/sthmi. For if I rebuild those things which I demolished, I countenance myself as a transgressor.
Gal 2:19 870Egw_ ga_r dia_ no/mou no/mw% a)pe/qanon, i3na qew%~ zh/sw. For I through the law have died to the law in order that I might live to God. have died ← died, but see Matt 2:2.
Gal 2:20 Xristw%~ sunestau/rwmai: zw~ de/, ou0ke/ti e0gw&, zh|= de\ e0n e0moi\ xristo/j: o4 de\ nu=n zw~ e0n sarki/, e0n pi/stei zw~ th|= tou= ui9ou= tou= qeou=, tou= a)gaph/santo/j me kai\ parado/ntoj e9auto\n u9pe\r e0mou=. I have been crucified with Christ. I live, but no longer I, but Christ lives in me. The life I now lead in the flesh, I lead in faith in the son of God, who loved me and gave himself for me. lead (2x) ← live.
faith in ← faith of, as in Gal 2:16.
Gal 2:21 Ou0k a)qetw~ th\n xa&rin tou= qeou=: ei0 ga_r dia_ no/mou dikaiosu/nh, a!ra xristo\j dwrea_n a)pe/qanen. I am not setting aside the grace of God, for if righteousness is through the law, then Christ died in vain.
Gal 3:1 87]W a)no/htoi Gala&tai, ti/j u9ma~j e0ba&skanen th|= a)lhqei/a% mh\ pei/qesqai, oi[j kat' o0fqalmou\j 870Ihsou=j xristo\j proegra&fh e0n u9mi=n e0staurwme/noj; O foolish Galatians, who has spellbound you into not obeying the truth, you before whose eyes Jesus Christ was exhibited, crucified among you? obeying: or believing.
Gal 3:2 Tou=to mo/non qe/lw maqei=n a)f' u9mw~n, e0c e1rgwn no/mou to\ pneu=ma e0la&bete, h2 e0c a)koh=j pi/stewj; I just want to learn this from you: did you receive the spirit by works of the law or by heeding the principle of faith? by heeding the principle of faith ← out of a report of faith.
Gal 3:3 Ou3twj a)no/htoi/ e0ste; 870Enarca&menoi pneu/mati, nu=n sarki\ e0pitelei=sqe; Are you so foolish? Having started in the spirit are you now going to finish in the flesh?
Gal 3:4 Tosau=ta e0pa&qete ei0kh|=; Ei1ge kai\ ei0kh|=. Have you suffered so much in vain? – if it was in vain, at least. so much ← so many (things).
at least: this comes from the suffix ge, with kai\ contributing to the idiom.
Gal 3:5 879O ou]n e0pixorhgw~n u9mi=n to\ pneu=ma kai\ e0nergw~n duna&meij e0n u9mi=n, e0c e1rgwn no/mou, h2 e0c a)koh=j pi/stewj; So he who provides you with the spirit, and who works deeds of power among you, is it all by works of the law or by heeding the principle of faith?
Gal 3:6 Kaqw_j 870Abraa_m e0pi/steusen tw%~ qew%~, kai\ e0logi/sqh au0tw%~ ei0j dikaiosu/nhn. Just as Abraham believed God, and it was imputed to him as righteousness, Gen 15:6.
Gal 3:7 Ginw&skete a!ra o3ti oi9 e0k pi/stewj, ou[toi/ ei0sin ui9oi\ 870Abraa&m. so know that it is those who are of faith who are the sons of Abraham, who ← these.
Gal 3:8 Proi+dou=sa de\ h9 grafh\ o3ti e0k pi/stewj dikaioi= ta_ e1qnh o9 qeo/j, proeuhggeli/sato tw%~ 870Abraa_m o3ti {RP P1904 S1550: 870Eneuloghqh/sontai} [E1624 S1894: 870Euloghqh/sontai] e0n soi\ pa&nta ta_ e1qnh. and the scripture, having foreseen that God would justify the Gentiles by faith, proclaimed the gospel beforehand to Abraham and said, “All the Gentiles will be blessed through you”, e0neuloghqh/sontai, would be blessed in (compound verb in addition to preposition), RP P1904 S1550 F1859=11/13 (incl. c(tacite)) vs. eu0loghqh/sontai, would be blessed, E1624 S1894 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hn).
Gen 12:3, Gen 22:18.
through ← in.
Gal 3:9 873Wste oi9 e0k pi/stewj eu0logou=ntai su\n tw%~ pistw%~ 870Abraa&m. so that those who are of faith are blessed with faithful Abraham. of ← out of.
Gal 3:10 873Osoi ga_r e0c e1rgwn no/mou ei0si/n, u9po\ kata&ran ei0si/n: ge/graptai ga&r, 870Epikata&ratoj pa~j o4j ou0k e0mme/nei e0n pa~sin toi=j gegramme/noij e0n tw%~ bibli/w% tou= no/mou, tou= poih=sai au0ta&. For all who are of works of the law are under a curse, for it stands written: “Cursed is everyone who does not remain in all the things written in the book of the law, to do them.” Deut 27:26.
all ← as many as.
Gal 3:11 873Oti de\ e0n no/mw% ou0dei\j dikaiou=tai para_ tw%~ qew%~, dh=lon: o3ti 879O di/kaioj e0k pi/stewj zh/setai: But that no-one is justified with God by the law is clear, because the righteous shall live by faith. Hab 2:4.
Gal 3:12 o9 de\ no/moj ou0k e1stin e0k pi/stewj, a)ll' 879O poih/saj au0ta_ a!nqrwpoj zh/setai e0n au0toi=j. However, the law is not by faith, but the man who does the requirements will live by them. RP TBS-TR make the quotation direct speech; we and P1904 take it as indirect speech.
Lev 18:5.
the requirements ← them (neuter).
Gal 3:13 Xristo\j h9ma~j e0chgo/rasen e0k th=j kata&raj tou= no/mou, geno/menoj u9pe\r h9mw~n kata&ra: ge/graptai ga&r, 870Epikata&ratoj pa~j o9 krema&menoj e0pi\ cu/lou: Christ has redeemed us from the curse of the law, having become a curse for our sakes. For it stands written: “Cursed is everyone who hangs on wood”, Deut 21:23.
hangs ← is hung, is suspended.
Gal 3:14 i3na ei0j ta_ e1qnh h9 eu0logi/a tou= 870Abraa_m ge/nhtai e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=, i3na th\n e0paggeli/an tou= pneu/matoj la&bwmen dia_ th=j pi/stewj. this being in order that the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles by Christ Jesus, so that we might receive the promise of the spirit through faith. by ← in.
Christ Jesus: AV differs in word order, Jesus Christ.
Gal 3:15 870Adelfoi/, kata_ a!nqrwpon le/gw: o3mwj a)nqrw&pou kekurwme/nhn diaqh/khn ou0dei\j a)qetei= h2 e0pidiata&ssetai. Brothers, I speak humanly: it is just like the way no-one annuls or adds to a man's covenant which has been confirmed. it is just like the way: For our translation (though not in our reproduction of the RP Greek text) here and 1 Cor 14:7, but not John 12:42, we re-accent the Greek as o9mw~j, likewise, so not o3mwj, although, nevertheless. RP P1904 and TBS-TR differ, but given that the original Greek was unaccented (we presume), we supply accents as seems most consistent with the syntax and context. AV differs (though it be but a man's covenant ...), which introduces an artificial apodosis to the concessive clause and strains the accusative diaqh/khn. An accentuation divergence from RP P1904 TBS-TR.
Gal 3:16 Tw%~ de\ 870Abraa_m {RP TR: e0rrh/qhsan} [P1904: e0rre/qhsan] ai9 e0paggeli/ai, kai\ tw%~ spe/rmati au0tou=. Ou0 le/gei, Kai\ toi=j spe/rmasin, w(j e0pi\ pollw~n, a)ll' w(j e0f' e9no/j, Kai\ tw%~ spe/rmati/ sou, o3j e0stin xristo/j. Now the promises were made to Abraham and his seed. It does not say, “And to the seeds”, as speaking of many, but as speaking of one, “And to your seed”, which is Christ. e0rrh/qhsan, were spoken (classical spelling), RP TR F1859=8/13 vs. e0rre/qhsan, were spoken (non-classical spelling), P1904 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's cefh) vs. another spelling, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's d).
Gen 21:12.
promises: note the plural. The promise expounded by Paul here does not exclude other promises, which ↴
which ← who.
Gal 3:17 Tou=to de\ le/gw, diaqh/khn prokekurwme/nhn u9po\ tou= qeou= ei0j xristo\n o9 meta_ e1th tetrako/sia kai\ tria&konta gegonw_j no/moj ou0k a)kuroi=, ei0j to\ katargh=sai th\n e0paggeli/an. And I say this: the law, which came four hundred and thirty years afterwards, does not annul a covenant confirmed beforehand by God until Christ, an annulment which would break the promise. ↳ certainly involve Abraham's natural seed, as in, e.g., Gen 12:2, where Abraham is to be made a great nation, and Gen 15:5, where the seed is as innumerable as the stars. See also Luke 1:55, referring to the fathers.
until ← into, but also until, up to, as in Eph 1:14 (also AV), Gal 3:23, 1 Thes 4:15, 2 Tim 1:12, 2 Pet 3:7.
which would ← to (the intent of).
Gal 3:18 Ei0 ga_r e0k no/mou h9 klhronomi/a, ou0ke/ti e0c {RP P1904c TR: e0paggeli/aj} [P1904u: e0pagggeli/aj]: tw%~ de\ 870Abraa_m di' e0paggeli/aj kexa&ristai o9 qeo/j. For if the inheritance is by the law, it is no longer by a promise. But God has bestowed a gift on Abraham through a promise.
Gal 3:19 Ti/ ou]n o9 no/moj; Tw~n paraba&sewn xa&rin prosete/qh, a!xri ou[ e1lqh| to\ spe/rma w%{ e0ph/ggeltai, diatagei\j di' a)gge/lwn e0n xeiri\ mesi/tou. What about the law, then? It was added on account of transgressions, until the seed should come to him to whom the promise was made, the law having been ratified by angels through the agency of a mediator. agency ← hand.
Gal 3:20 879O de\ mesi/thj e9no\j ou0k e1stin, o9 de\ qeo\j ei[j e0sti/n. Now the mediator is not of one party or the other, but God is one of the parties.
Gal 3:21 879O ou]n no/moj kata_ tw~n e0paggeliw~n tou= qeou=; Mh\ ge/noito. Ei0 ga_r e0do/qh no/moj o9 duna&menoj zw%opoih=sai, o1ntwj a@n e0k no/mou h]n h9 dikaiosu/nh. Is then the law contrary to the promises of God? Far from it. For if a law had been given which was able to give life, then righteousness really would have been by the law. far from it ← may it not become / be.
Gal 3:22 870Alla_ sune/kleisen h9 grafh\ ta_ pa&nta u9po\ a(marti/an, i3na h9 e0paggeli/a e0k pi/stewj 870Ihsou= xristou= doqh|= toi=j pisteu/ousin. But the scripture has concluded everything under sin, in order that the promise by faith in Jesus Christ might be given to those who believe, in ← of, as in Gal 2:16.
Gal 3:23 Pro\ {RP TR: tou= de\} [P1904: de\ tou=] e0lqei=n th\n pi/stin, u9po\ no/mon e0frourou/meqa, sugkekleisme/noi ei0j th\n me/llousan pi/stin a)pokalufqh=nai. whereas before faith had come, we were kept under the law, held in check until the coming principle of faith should be revealed. tou= de\, the (faith) + but, RP TR F1859=11/14 vs. de\ tou=, but + the (faith), P1904 F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's g) vs. another reading, F1859=2/14 (Scrivener's ad*).
held in check ← shut up, confined.
Gal 3:24 873Wste o9 no/moj paidagwgo\j h9mw~n ge/gonen ei0j xristo/n, i3na e0k pi/stewj dikaiwqw~men. So as a result, the law became our educator to Christ, in order that we should be justified by faith. educator: in earlier usage, a guardian, an escort to school; later the tutor himself.
Gal 3:25 870Elqou/shj de\ th=j pi/stewj, ou0ke/ti u9po\ paidagwgo/n e0smen. But now that faith has come, we are no longer under an educator. educator: see Gal 3:24.
Gal 3:26 Pa&ntej ga_r ui9oi\ qeou= e0ste\ dia_ th=j pi/stewj e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=. For you are all sons of God through faith in Christ Jesus.
Gal 3:27 873Osoi ga_r ei0j xristo\n e0bapti/sqhte, xristo\n e0nedu/sasqe. For any of you who have been baptized into Christ have put on Christ. any of you who ← as many as ... you.
Gal 3:28 Ou0k e1ni 870Ioudai=oj ou0de\ 873Ellhn, ou0k e1ni dou=loj ou0de\ e0leu/qeroj, ou0k e1ni a!rsen kai\ qh=lu: pa&ntej ga_r u9mei=j ei[j e0ste\ e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=. There is neither Jew nor Greek, there is neither slave nor free man, there is neither male nor female, for you are all one in Christ Jesus.
Gal 3:29 Ei0 de\ u9mei=j xristou=, a!ra tou= 870Abraa_m spe/rma e0ste/, kai\ kat' e0paggeli/an klhrono/moi. And if you are of Christ, then you are Abraham's seed and heirs according to the promise.
Gal 4:1 Le/gw de/, e0f' o3son xro/non o9 klhrono/moj nh/pio/j e0stin, ou0de\n diafe/rei dou/lou, ku/rioj pa&ntwn w!n: Now I say that as long as the heir is a child, he is in no way different to a slave, although he may be lord of all, child ← infant, literally not yet able to speak, but presumably extending into later childhood.
although: concessive use of the participle.
Gal 4:2 a)lla_ u9po\ e0pitro/pouj e0sti\n kai\ oi0kono/mouj, a!xri th=j proqesmi/aj tou= patro/j. but he is under guardians and custodians until the day appointed beforehand by the father.
Gal 4:3 Ou3twj kai\ h9mei=j, o3te h]men nh/pioi, u9po\ ta_ stoixei=a tou= ko/smou h]men dedoulwme/noi: So we too, when we were children, were enslaved under the rudiments of the world.
Gal 4:4 o3te de\ h]lqen to\ plh/rwma tou= xro/nou, e0cape/steilen o9 qeo\j to\n ui9o\n au0tou=, geno/menon e0k gunaiko/j, geno/menon u9po\ no/mon, But when the fulness of time had come, God sent out his son, born of a woman, born under the law, born (2x): not the usual word for born in the NT (genna&w → gegennhme/noj or gennhqei/j), but from gi/nomai, a word often meaning come, become, be made.
Gal 4:5 i3na tou\j u9po\ no/mon e0cagora&sh|, i3na th\n ui9oqesi/an a)pola&bwmen. to redeem those under the law, so that we might receive the adoption, adoption: or sonship.
Gal 4:6 873Oti de/ e0ste ui9oi/, e0cape/steilen o9 qeo\j to\ pneu=ma tou= ui9ou= au0tou= ei0j ta_j kardi/aj u9mw~n, kra~zon, 870Abba~, o9 path/r. and in that you are sons, God has sent the spirit of his son into your hearts, crying out, “Abba, father”, abba ← father (Aramaic, determined state, used as the vocative, as in the Greek that follows).
Gal 4:7 873Wste ou0ke/ti ei] dou=loj, a)ll' ui9o/j: ei0 de\ ui9o/j, kai\ klhrono/moj qeou= dia_ xristou=. so that you are no longer a slave but a son, and if a son, then an heir of God's through Christ.
Gal 4:8 870Alla_ to/te me/n, ou0k ei0do/tej qeo/n, e0douleu/sate toi=j mh\ fu/sei ou]sin qeoi=j: But at that time, when you did not know God, you served gods who by nature do not exist.
Gal 4:9 nu=n de/, gno/ntej qeo/n, ma~llon de\ gnwsqe/ntej u9po\ qeou=, pw~j e0pistre/fete pa&lin e0pi\ ta_ a)sqenh= kai\ ptwxa_ stoixei=a, oi[j pa&lin a!nwqen douleu/ein qe/lete; But now that you do know God, or rather are known by God, how can you turn again to the powerless and weak rudiments which you wish to serve all over again? do know ... are known: aorist participles, but in NT may refer to a present timeframe (as in Matt 23:20).
Gal 4:10 879Hme/raj parathrei=sqe, kai\ mh=naj, kai\ kairou/j, kai\ e0niautou/j. You wrongly observe days and months and seasons and years. wrongly observe: either observe, though you shouldn't, or minutely observe (whether it is right to observe at all or not). [JWB-II] p.xxii translates misobserve.
Gal 4:11 Fobou=mai u9ma~j, mh/pwj ei0kh|= kekopi/aka ei0j u9ma~j. I fear for you, that I may have toiled for you in vain. I fear for you ← I fear you.
Gal 4:12 Gi/nesqe w(j e0gw&, o3ti ka)gw_ w(j u9mei=j, a)delfoi/, de/omai u9mw~n. Ou0de/n me h0dikh/sate: Be like me, for I was also as you are, brothers, I beseech you. You haven't wronged me in any way. was also as you are: or am as you were, or perhaps am as you ought to be, or am human as you are.
Gal 4:13 oi1date de\ o3ti di' a)sqe/neian th=j sarko\j eu0hggelisa&mhn u9mi=n to\ pro/teron. And you know that I preached the gospel to you the first time on account of a physical ailment. on account of: perhaps during, at the time of.
a physical ailment ← a weakness of the flesh.
Gal 4:14 Kai\ to\n peirasmo/n mou to\n e0n th|= sarki/ mou ou0k e0couqenh/sate ou0de\ e0ceptu/sate, a)ll' w(j a!ggelon qeou= e0de/casqe/ me, w(j xristo\n 870Ihsou=n. And you did not disdain my physical trial, nor did you eject me, but you received me like an angel of God, as Christ Jesus even. my physical trial ← my trial in my flesh.
eject ← spit out.
an angel: or messenger.
Gal 4:15 Ti/j ou]n h]n o9 makarismo\j u9mw~n; Marturw~ ga_r u9mi=n o3ti, ei0 dunato/n, tou\j o0fqalmou\j u9mw~n e0coru/cantej a@n e0dw&kate/ moi. What then was your blessing? For I bear witness that if it had been possible you would have plucked out your eyes and given them to me. There is reason to believe Paul's eyesight was very poor: Acts 23:5, 2 Cor 12:7, Gal 6:11.
Gal 4:16 873Wste e0xqro\j u9mw~n ge/gona a)lhqeu/wn u9mi=n; Have I as a result become your enemy by telling you the truth? by telling: gerundial use of the participle.
Gal 4:17 Zhlou=sin u9ma~j ou0 kalw~j, a)lla_ e0kklei=sai {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: u9ma~j} [E1624: h9ma~j] qe/lousin, i3na au0tou\j zhlou=te. There are those who are zealous for you in a way which is not good. Rather, they wish to isolate {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: you} [E1624: us] so that you should be zealous for them. u9ma~j, you, RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=13/13 vs. h9ma~j, us, E1624 F1859=0/13.
there are those who ← they.
isolate ← exclude, either from Paul, or from his gospel.
Gal 4:18 Kalo\n de\ to\ zhlou=sqai e0n kalw%~ pa&ntote, kai\ mh\ mo/non e0n tw%~ parei=nai/ me pro\j u9ma~j. But it is good to be impelled by zeal for a good thing at all times, and not only while I am present with you, RP TBS-TR AV end the sentence at this verse, not at Gal 4:19. We, with P1904, take Gal 4:19 with this verse and end the sentence there. So AV differs.
Gal 4:19 Tekni/a mou, ou4j pa&lin w)di/nw, a!xri ou[ morfwqh|= xristo\j e0n u9mi=n, my little children, you with whom I am again in labour, until Christ takes shape in you. Punctuation: see previous verse.
takes shape ← is formed, is given shape.
Gal 4:20 h1qelon de\ parei=nai pro\j u9ma~j a!rti, kai\ a)lla&cai th\n fwnh/n mou, o3ti a)porou=mai e0n u9mi=n. And I could wish to be present with you now, and to change my tone, because I am at a loss with you. could wish ← was wishing, but we take it as a potential clause without a!n. Compare Rom 9:3.
Gal 4:21 Le/gete/ moi, oi9 u9po\ no/mon qe/lontej ei]nai, to\n no/mon ou0k a)kou/ete; Tell me, you who wish to be under the law, do you not hear what the law says?
Gal 4:22 Ge/graptai ga&r, o3ti 870Abraa_m du/o ui9ou\j e1sxen: e3na e0k th=j paidi/skhj, kai\ e3na e0k th=j e0leuqe/raj. For it stands written that Abraham had two sons, one from the maidservant and one from the free woman.
Gal 4:23 870All' o9 me\n e0k th=j paidi/skhj kata_ sa&rka gege/nnhtai, o9 de\ e0k th=j e0leuqe/raj dia_ th=j e0paggeli/aj. But while he who was from the maidservant was born according to the flesh, he who was from the free woman, was born through the promise.
Gal 4:24 873Atina& e0stin a)llhgorou/mena: au[tai ga&r ei0sin {RP P1904: - } [TR: ai9] du/o diaqh=kai: mi/a me\n a)po\ o1rouj Sina~, ei0j doulei/an gennw~sa, h3tij e0sti\n 873Agar. Now these things are allegorical. For these two women represent {RP P1904: - } [TR: the] two covenants, one from Mount Sinai, giving birth into bondage, and she is Hagar. ai9, the (two): absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13.
represent ← are.
Gal 4:25 To\ ga_r 873Agar Sina~ o1roj e0sti\n e0n th|= 870Arabi/a%, sustoixei= de\ th|= nu=n 879Ierousalh/m, douleu/ei de\ meta_ tw~n te/knwn au0th=j. For Hagar represents Mount Sinai in Arabia, and corresponds to Jerusalem of the present, and she is in bondage with her children. represents ← is.
Gal 4:26 879H de\ a!nw 879Ierousalh\m e0leuqe/ra e0sti/n, h3tij e0sti\n mh/thr pa&ntwn h9mw~n: But Jerusalem of above is free, and she is the mother of us all.
Gal 4:27 ge/graptai ga&r, Eu0fra&nqhti, stei=ra, h9 ou0 ti/ktousa: r(h=con kai\ bo/hson, h9 ou0k w)di/nousa: o3ti polla_ ta_ te/kna th=j e0rh/mou ma~llon h2 th=j e0xou/shj to\n a!ndra. For it stands written:

“Rejoice, you who are barren

And cannot give birth;

Break out and cry out,

You who cannot go into labour,

Because the children of the desolate will be many more

Than those of her who has a husband.”

 Isa 54:1.
Gal 4:28 879Hmei=j de/, a)delfoi/, kata_ 870Isaa&k, e0paggeli/aj te/kna e0sme/n. And we, brothers, are children of the promise, consistently with Isaac. consistently with Isaac ← Isaac-wise. Periphrasis for an adverb.
Gal 4:29 870All' w#sper to/te o9 kata_ sa&rka gennhqei\j e0di/wken to\n kata_ pneu=ma, ou3twj kai\ nu=n. But as at that time the one born according to the flesh persecuted the one according to the spirit, so it is now too.
Gal 4:30 870Alla_ ti/ le/gei h9 grafh/; 871Ekbale th\n paidi/skhn kai\ to\n ui9o\n au0th=j, ou0 {RP TR: ga_r mh\} [P1904: mh\ ga_r] {RP TR: klhronomh/sh|} [P1904: klhronomh/sei] o9 ui9o\j th=j paidi/skhj meta_ tou= ui9ou= th=j e0leuqe/raj. But what does the scripture say? “Cast out the maidservant and her son. For the son of the maidservant will certainly not have any inheritance with the son of the free woman.” ga_r mh\, for + not, RP TR F1859=12/13 vs. mh\ ga_r, not + for, P1904 F1859=0/13 vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m).
klhronomh/sh|, will inherit (classical subjunctive), RP TR F1859=11/14 vs. klhronomh/sei, will inherit (non-classical future indicative), P1904 F1859=3/14 (Scrivener's k*mn).
Gen 21:10.
Gal 4:31 871Ara, a)delfoi/, ou0k e0sme\n paidi/skhj te/kna, a)lla_ th=j e0leuqe/raj. So then, brothers, we are not children of a maidservant, but of the free woman.
Gal 5:1 Th|= e0leuqeri/a% ou]n h|[ xristo\j h9ma~j h0leuqe/rwsen, sth/kete, kai\ mh\ pa&lin zugw%~ doulei/aj e0ne/xesqe. Stand, therefore, in the freedom in which Christ has made us free, and do not be held again by the yoke of bondage.
Gal 5:2 871Ide, e0gw_ Pau=loj le/gw u9mi=n, o3ti e0a_n perite/mnhsqe, xristo\j u9ma~j ou0de\n w)felh/sei. Look, I Paul say to you that if you become circumcised, Christ will not benefit you in any way.
Gal 5:3 Martu/romai de\ pa&lin panti\ a)nqrw&pw% peritemnome/nw%, o3ti o0feile/thj e0sti\n o3lon to\n no/mon poih=sai. And I testify again to every man who undergoes circumcision that he is a debtor to carry out the whole law.
Gal 5:4 Kathrgh/qhte a)po\ tou= xristou=, oi3tinej e0n no/mw% dikaiou=sqe: th=j xa&ritoj {RP-text P1904 TR: e0cepe/sate} [RP-marg: e0cepe/sete]. You who are justified by the law have become disconnected from Christ; you have fallen away from grace. e0cepe/sate, you fell (non-classical weak aorist), RP-text P1904 TR F1859=4/14 (Scrivener's b*lno) vs. e0cepe/sete, you fell (classical strong aorist), RP-marg F1859=10/14. A disparity with RP-text, R=6:10.
Gal 5:5 879Hmei=j ga_r pneu/mati e0k pi/stewj e0lpi/da dikaiosu/nhj a)pekdexo/meqa. For we by the spirit await the hope of righteousness from faith.
Gal 5:6 870En ga_r xristw%~ 870Ihsou= ou1te peritomh/ ti i0sxu/ei, ou1te a)krobusti/a, a)lla_ pi/stij di' a)ga&phj e0nergoume/nh. For in Christ Jesus neither does circumcision effect anything, nor uncircumcision, but faith put in action through love does. Christ Jesus: AV differs in word order, Jesus Christ.
uncircumcision: see Rom 2:25.
put in action ← worked in.
Gal 5:7 870Etre/xete kalw~j: ti/j u9ma~j {RP P1904: e0ne/koyen} [TR: a)ne/koyen] th|= a)lhqei/a% mh\ pei/qesqai; You were running well. Who has {RP P1904: undermined you in} [TR: stopped you from] obeying the truth? e0ne/koyen, hindered, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. a)ne/koyen, stopped, TR F1859=0/13.
{RP P1904: undermined ← hindered, thwarted [LS]; impeded (so not quite as strong as prevented).}
Gal 5:8 879H peismonh\ ou0k e0k tou= kalou=ntoj u9ma~j. That persuasion is not from the one who called you. that ← the.
called ← (is) calling, but the backdrop is a past tense context.
Gal 5:9 Mikra_ zu/mh o3lon to\ fu/rama zumoi=. A little leaven leavens the whole lump.
Gal 5:10 870Egw_ pe/poiqa ei0j u9ma~j e0n kuri/w%, o3ti ou0de\n a!llo fronh/sete: o9 de\ tara&sswn u9ma~j basta&sei to\ kri/ma, o3stij a@n h|]. I trust in you through the Lord that you have no other frame of mind, but he who is subverting you will bear his judgment, whoever he is.
Gal 5:11 870Egw_ de/, a)delfoi/, ei0 peritomh\n e1ti khru/ssw, ti/ e1ti diw&komai; 871Ara kath/rghtai to\ ska&ndalon tou= staurou=. And as for me, brothers, if I still preach circumcision, why am I still being persecuted? In that case the offensiveness of the cross would have been made inapplicable.
Gal 5:12 871Ofelon kai\ a)poko/yontai oi9 a)nastatou=ntej u9ma~j. If only those who are unsettling you would dismember themselves! dismember themselves ← cut themselves off or be cut off, as AV, or smite the breast; [MG] has have themselves castrated. So AV differs somewhat. We take our ↴
Gal 5:13 879Umei=j ga_r e0p' e0leuqeri/a% e0klh/qhte, a)delfoi/: mo/non mh\ th\n e0leuqeri/an ei0j a)formh\n th|= sarki/, a)lla_ dia_ th=j a)ga&phj douleu/ete a)llh/loij. For you were called on the basis of freedom, brothers – only do not use freedom as an opportunity for the flesh, but serve one another with love. ↳ translation from [CB], which refers to a rite practiced in the Phrygian worship of Cybele, where self-castration was practised.
Gal 5:14 879O ga_r pa~j no/moj e0n e9ni\ lo/gw% plhrou=tai, e0n tw%~, 870Agaph/seij to\n plhsi/on sou w(j {RP TR: e9auto/n} [P1904: seauto/n]. For the whole law is fulfilled in one saying, in, “You shall love your neighbour as yourself.” e9auto/n, self (non-classical third person for second person reflexive pronoun), RP TR F1859=7/13 vs. seauto/n, yourself (classical second person), P1904 F1859=6/13. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
Lev 19:18.
Gal 5:15 Ei0 de\ a)llh/louj da&knete kai\ katesqi/ete, ble/pete mh\ {RP TR: u9po\} [P1904: u9p'] a)llh/lwn a)nalwqh=te. But if you bite and devour one another, watch out that you are not destroyed by one another. u9po\, by (unapocopated), RP TR F1859=10/13 vs. u9p', (apocopated), P1904 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's agm).
Gal 5:16 Le/gw de/, pneu/mati peripatei=te, kai\ e0piqumi/an sarko\j ou0 mh\ tele/shte. And I say, walk in the spirit and do not fulfil a desire of the flesh at all.
Gal 5:17 879H ga_r sa_rc e0piqumei= kata_ tou= pneu/matoj, to\ de\ pneu=ma kata_ th=j sarko/j: tau=ta de\ a)nti/keitai a)llh/loij, i3na mh\ a$ a@n qe/lhte, tau=ta poih=te. For the flesh has desires against the spirit, and the spirit against the flesh; these are in opposition to each other, so that it is not what you want to do that you do. what ← whatever ... these (things).
that ← these (things).
Gal 5:18 Ei0 de\ pneu/mati a!gesqe, ou0k e0ste\ u9po\ no/mon. But if you are led by the spirit, you are not under the law.
Gal 5:19 Fanera_ de/ e0stin ta_ e1rga th=j sarko/j, a#tina& e0stin moixei/a, pornei/a, a)kaqarsi/a, a)se/lgeia, And the works of the flesh are evident; they are adultery, fornication, uncleanness, licentiousness,
Gal 5:20 {RP TR: ei0dwlolatrei/a} [P1904: ei0dwlolatri/a], farmakei/a, e1xqrai, e1reij, zh=loi, qumoi/, e0riqei=ai, dixostasi/ai, ai9re/seij, idolatry, sorcery, enmities, strifes, rivalries, rage, contentions, dissensions, factions, ei0dwlolatrei/a, idolatry (1), RP TR F1859=4/14 (Scrivener's a*emn) vs. ei0dwlolatri/a, idolatry (2), P1904 F1859=10/14. A disparity with RP, R=5:11.
Gal 5:21 fqo/noi, fo/noi, me/qai, kw~moi, kai\ ta_ o3moia tou/toij: a$ prole/gw u9mi=n, kaqw_j kai\ proei=pon, o3ti oi9 ta_ toiau=ta pra&ssontej basilei/an qeou= ou0 klhronomh/sousin. envyings, murders, drunkenness, orgies and similar things to these, which I am telling you about beforehand as I have also told you before, namely that those who do such things will not inherit the kingdom of God.
Gal 5:22 879O de\ karpo\j tou= pneu/mato/j e0stin a)ga&ph, xara&, ei0rh/nh, makroqumi/a, xrhsto/thj, a)gaqwsu/nh, pi/stij, But the fruit of the spirit is love, joy, peace, longsuffering, kindness, goodness, faith,
Gal 5:23 pra%o/thj, e0gkra&teia: kata_ tw~n toiou/twn ou0k e1stin no/moj. meekness, self-control. Against such things there is no law. We deliberately retain the asyndeton in English for its (solemnizing, emotive) effect.
Gal 5:24 Oi9 de\ tou= xristou=, th\n sa&rka e0stau/rwsan su\n toi=j paqh/masin kai\ tai=j e0piqumi/aij. And those who are Christ's have crucified the flesh with its passions and its desires.
Gal 5:25 Ei0 zw~men pneu/mati, pneu/mati kai\ stoixw~men. If we live in the spirit, let us also march in line with the spirit.
Gal 5:26 Mh\ ginw&meqa keno/docoi, a)llh/louj prokalou/menoi, a)llh/loij fqonou=ntej. Let us not become vainglorious, challenging one another, envying one another. As in Gal 5:23, we deliberately retain the asyndeton.
Gal 6:1 870Adelfoi/, e0a_n kai\ prolhfqh|= a!nqrwpoj e1n tini paraptw&mati, u9mei=j oi9 pneumatikoi\ katarti/zete to\n toiou=ton e0n pneu/mati pra%o/thtoj, skopw~n seauto\n mh\ kai\ su\ peirasqh|=j. Brothers, if, even so, a man is caught up in some transgression, you who are spiritual restore such a person in a spirit of meekness, watching yourself, in case you too are tempted. caught up: or caught up unexpectedly / by surprise, but this sense is not clearly supported by the example in [MM].
Gal 6:2 870Allh/lwn ta_ ba&rh basta&zete, kai\ ou3twj a)naplhrw&sate to\n no/mon tou= xristou=. Bear each other's burdens, and fulfil in this way the law of Christ. burdens ← weights, the sense being, we suggest, life's troubles. Compare Gal 6:5.
Gal 6:3 Ei0 ga_r dokei= tij ei]nai/ ti, mhde\n w!n, e9auto\n frenapata%~: For if anyone thinks he is something important when he is nothing, he is deluding himself,
Gal 6:4 to\ de\ e1rgon e9autou= dokimaze/tw e3kastoj, kai\ to/te ei0j e9auto\n mo/non to\ kau/xhma e3cei, kai\ ou0k ei0j to\n e3teron. but let each one test his own work, and then he will have something to be proud of on his own account only, and not on that of another. something to be proud of ← boasting.
Gal 6:5 873Ekastoj ga_r to\ i1dion forti/on basta&sei. For every person will bear responsibility for his own workload. workload: or burden (e.g. as borne by a beast of burden). Compare Gal 6:2 (AV translates burden in both verses). The context from Gal 6:4 justifies the words we supply here.
Gal 6:6 Koinwnei/tw de\ o9 kathxou/menoj to\n lo/gon tw%~ kathxou=nti e0n pa~sin a)gaqoi=j. And let him who has the word imparted to him share with him who imparts it in all good things.
Gal 6:7 Mh\ plana~sqe, qeo\j ou0 mukthri/zetai: o4 ga_r e0a_n spei/rh| a!nqrwpoj, tou=to kai\ qeri/sei. Do not be led astray; God is not mocked. For whatever a man sows, that he will by the same token reap. be led astray: or go astray.
by the same token ← also.
Gal 6:8 873Oti o9 spei/rwn ei0j th\n sa&rka e9autou=, e0k th=j sarko\j qeri/sei fqora&n: o9 de\ spei/rwn ei0j to\ pneu=ma, e0k tou= pneu/matoj qeri/sei zwh\n ai0w&nion. For he who sows in his own flesh will reap corruption from his flesh, but he who sows in the spirit will reap age-abiding life from the spirit.
Gal 6:9 To\ de\ kalo\n poiou=ntej mh\ e0kkakw~men: kairw%~ ga_r i0di/w% qeri/somen, mh\ e0kluo/menoi. And let us not be weary as we do good. For in our own time we will reap, providing we do not flag. providing: conditional use of the participle.
Gal 6:10 871Ara ou]n w(j kairo\n e1xomen, e0rgazw&meqa to\ a)gaqo\n pro\j pa&ntaj, ma&lista de\ pro\j tou\j oi0kei/ouj th=j pi/stewj. So then, when we have an opportunity, let us do good work towards all, especially to those of the household of the faith. do good work ← work good.
Gal 6:11 871Idete phli/koij u9mi=n gra&mmasin e1graya th|= e0mh|= xeiri/. See with what large letters I have written to you in my own hand! This is consistent with Paul having very poor eyesight; see Acts 23:5, 2 Cor 12:7, Gal 4:15.
Gal 6:12 873Osoi qe/lousin eu0proswph=sai e0n sarki/, ou[toi a)nagka&zousin u9ma~j perite/mnesqai, mo/non i3na mh\ tw%~ staurw%~ tou= xristou= diw&kwntai. Those who wish to make a good showing in the flesh are the ones who are compelling you to be circumcised, but only so as not to be persecuted for the cross of Christ. those who ← as many as ... these.
Gal 6:13 Ou0de\ ga_r oi9 {RP P1904: peritetmhme/noi} [TR: peritemno/menoi] au0toi\ no/mon fula&ssousin, a)lla_ qe/lousin u9ma~j perite/mnesqai, i3na e0n th|= u9mete/ra% sarki\ kauxh/swntai. For those who {RP P1904: have been} [TR: are] circumcised themselves do not even keep the law, yet they want you to be circumcised so that they may boast about your flesh. peritetmhme/noi, having been circumcised (perfect participle), RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. peritemno/menoi, being circumcised (present participle), TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's dhl).
Gal 6:14 870Emoi\ de\ mh\ ge/noito kauxa~sqai ei0 mh\ e0n tw%~ staurw%~ tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=: di' ou[ e0moi\ ko/smoj e0stau/rwtai, ka)gw_ tw%~ ko/smw%. But far be it from me to boast except in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ, through whom the world was crucified to me, and I to the world. far be it from me ← let it not be for me.
Gal 6:15 870En ga_r xristw%~ 870Ihsou= ou1te peritomh/ ti i0sxu/ei, ou1te a)krobusti/a, a)lla_ kainh\ kti/sij. For in Christ Jesus neither does circumcision effect anything nor does uncircumcision, but a new creation does. uncircumcision: see Rom 2:25.
creation: AV differs (creature).
Gal 6:16 Kai\ o3soi tw%~ kano/ni tou/tw% stoixh/sousin, ei0rh/nh e0p' au0tou/j, kai\ e1leoj, kai\ e0pi\ to\n 870Israh\l tou= qeou=. And for all who march by this rule, may there be peace and mercy on them and on the Israel of God. all ← as many as.
march ← shall march (future tense).
Gal 6:17 Tou= loipou=, ko/pouj moi mhdei\j parexe/tw: e0gw_ ga_r ta_ sti/gmata tou= kuri/ou 870Ihsou= e0n tw%~ sw&mati/ mou basta&zw. From now on let no-one cause me trouble, for I bear the marks of the Lord Jesus on my body.
Gal 6:18 879H xa&rij tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou= meta_ tou= pneu/matoj u9mw~n, a)delfoi/. 870Amh/n. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with your spirit, brothers. Amen.
Eph 1:1 Pau=loj, a)po/stoloj 870Ihsou= xristou= dia_ qelh/matoj qeou=, toi=j a(gi/oij toi=j ou]sin e0n 870Efe/sw% kai\ pistoi=j e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=: From Paul, an apostle of Jesus Christ, through the will of God, to the saints who are in Ephesus and the faithful in Christ Jesus, Granville Sharp rule 1 equates the saints who are in Ephesus with the faithful in Christ Jesus, but the intervening who are in Ephesus may disjoin the connection.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
Eph 1:2 xa&rij u9mi=n kai\ ei0rh/nh a)po\ qeou= patro\j h9mw~n kai\ kuri/ou 870Ihsou= xristou=. grace to you, and peace, from God our father and Lord, Jesus Christ. Lord: no article in the Greek. See Rom 1:7, showing why we repunctuate; AV differs.
Eph 1:3 Eu0loghto\j o9 qeo\j kai\ path\r tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=, o9 eu0logh/saj h9ma~j e0n pa&sh| eu0logi/a% pneumatikh|= e0n toi=j e0pourani/oij {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: e0n} [S1550: - ] xristw%~: Blessed be the God and father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who has blessed us with every spiritual blessing in the upper-heavenly places {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: in} [S1550: to] Christ, e0n, in (Christ): present in RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=11/13 vs. absent in S1550, F1859=0/13 vs. other readings, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's oc). We do not understand Scrivener's “en xristw c”. We have verified that it is the reading of Scrivener's c. A challenge to F1859.
who: this refers grammatically to God, not to Lord Jesus Christ.
Eph 1:4 kaqw_j {RP TR: - } [P1904: kai\] e0cele/cato h9ma~j e0n au0tw%~ pro\ katabolh=j ko/smou, ei]nai h9ma~j a(gi/ouj kai\ a)mw&mouj katenw&pion au0tou= e0n a)ga&ph|, according to how he {RP TR: - } [P1904: also] chose us in him before the overthrow of the world, for us to be holy and without blemish in his presence in love, kai\, also: absent in RP TR F1859=13/13 vs. present in P1904 F1859=0/13.
overthrow: AV differs; see Matt 13:35.
without blemish: classically blameless, but the word is used of a lamb (so without blemish) in 1 Pet 1:19. We translate the related word a!memptoj by blameless. For the word a)mw&mhtoj, [LS] gives unblamed, blameless, but the word is closer to a!mwmoj, and we translate unblemished in Phil 2:15.
Eph 1:5 proori/saj h9ma~j ei0j ui9oqesi/an dia_ 870Ihsou= xristou= ei0j au0to/n, kata_ th\n eu0doki/an tou= qelh/matoj au0tou=, having appointed us beforehand for adoption through Jesus Christ to him, according to the good pleasure of his will, him: rather than the AV's himself, because not reflexive in Greek. Compare Eph 1:4, Eph 1:9. So AV differs.
Eph 1:6 ei0j e1painon do/chj th=j xa&ritoj au0tou=, e0n h|[ e0xari/twsen h9ma~j e0n tw%~ h0gaphme/nw%: to the praise of his glorious grace, with which he showed us grace in the beloved, of his glorious grace ← of the glory of the grace of him, a reverse Hebraic genitive.
Eph 1:7 e0n w%{ e1xomen th\n a)polu/trwsin dia_ tou= ai3matoj au0tou=, th\n a!fesin tw~n paraptwma&twn, kata_ to\n plou=ton th=j xa&ritoj au0tou=, in whom we have redemption through his blood, the forgiveness of transgressions, according to the richness of his grace, redemption ← the redemption, there only being one. But see Gen 22:9.
Eph 1:8 h[j e0peri/sseusen ei0j h9ma~j e0n pa&sh| sofi/a% kai\ fronh/sei, with which he abounded to us in all wisdom and thoughtfulness,
Eph 1:9 gnwri/saj h9mi=n to\ musth/rion tou= qelh/matoj au0tou=, kata_ th\n eu0doki/an au0tou=, h4n proe/qeto e0n au0tw%~ having made known to us the mystery of his will, according to his good pleasure, good pleasure which he planned in him, him: reference to Christ (v.5), because not reflexive (i.e. not himself), though it could grammatically refer to mystery (→ it).
Eph 1:10 ei0j oi0konomi/an tou= plhrw&matoj tw~n kairw~n, a)nakefalaiw&sasqai ta_ pa&nta e0n tw%~ xristw%~, {RP P1904: ta_} [TR: ta& te] {RP P1904: e0pi\} [TR: e0n] toi=j ou0ranoi=j kai\ ta_ e0pi\ th=j gh=j: with a view to the dispensation of the fulness of times, to head up all things in Christ, {RP P1904: those} [TR: both those] {RP P1904: above} [TR: in] the heavens and those on the earth, te, both: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. present in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m).
e0pi\, on, in, over, above, RP P1904 F1859=7/13 vs. e0n, in, TR F1859=6/13. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7. AV differs textually.
Eph 1:11 e0n au0tw%~, e0n w%{ kai\ e0klhrw&qhmen proorisqe/ntej kata_ pro/qesin tou= ta_ pa&nta e0nergou=ntoj kata_ th\n boulh\n tou= qelh/matoj au0tou=, in him ¶ in whom we also have been appointed as an inheritance, having been appointed beforehand according to the plan of him who is active in all things according to the resolve of his will, ¶ Verse division: in AV numbering, Eph 1:11 begins here.
have been appointed as an inheritance ← were appointed by lot, i.e. we are God's inheritance. AV differs (we have obtained an inheritance), also possible, and in itself also true (Eph 1:14). Supporting our translation are [CHW-IHP] pp.145-147, [JBR], [LS], [MM], [MG].
is active in: or works in. English ↴
Eph 1:12 ei0j to\ ei]nai h9ma~j ei0j e1painon {RP P1904: - } [TR: th=j] do/chj au0tou=, tou\j prohlpiko/taj e0n tw%~ xristw%~: that we should be the praise of his glory, we who put our hope in Christ previously, ↳ gets the word energize from this Greek word. The verb or noun also in Eph 1:19, Eph 1:20, Eph 2:2, Eph 3:7, Eph 3:20, Eph 4:16 and ↴
th=j, of the (glory): absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. present in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's h).
Eph 1:13 e0n w%{ kai\ u9mei=j, a)kou/santej to\n lo/gon th=j a)lhqei/aj, to\ eu0agge/lion th=j swthri/aj u9mw~n, e0n w%{ kai\ pisteu/santej e0sfragi/sqhte tw%~ pneu/mati th=j e0paggeli/aj tw%~ a(gi/w%, in whom you too put your hope after you had heard the word of truth, the gospel of your salvation, in whom also after you believed, you were sealed by the holy spirit of promise, ↳ in other epistles. We generally translate exert when there is another word for power or strength. In Col 1:29 we translate invigorate. Compare dunamo/w to empower, krataio/w to give might, strengthen, and i0sxu/w to be strong.
Eph 1:14 o3j e0stin a)rrabw_n th=j klhronomi/aj h9mw~n, ei0j a)polu/trwsin th=j peripoih/sewj, ei0j e1painon th=j do/chj au0tou=. and he is the guarantee of our inheritance, until the redemption of the special possession, to the praise of his glory. and he: AV differs, to modern ears at least (which). This is misleading, as the reference is neither to AV's holy Spirit (neuter), nor promise (feminine).
Eph 1:15 Dia_ tou=to ka)gw&, a)kou/saj th\n kaq' u9ma~j pi/stin e0n tw%~ kuri/w% 870Ihsou= kai\ th\n a)ga&phn th\n ei0j pa&ntaj tou\j a(gi/ouj, On account of this, I too, having heard of your faith in the Lord Jesus and love towards all the saints, saints: see Matt 27:52.
Eph 1:16 ou0 pau/omai eu0xaristw~n u9pe\r u9mw~n, mnei/an u9mw~n poiou/menoj e0pi\ tw~n proseuxw~n mou: do not cease to give thanks for you, making mention of you on the occasions of my prayers,
Eph 1:17 i3na o9 qeo\j tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=, o9 path\r th=j do/chj, dw%&h u9mi=n pneu=ma sofi/aj kai\ a)pokalu/yewj, e0n e0pignw&sei au0tou=: that the God of our Lord Jesus Christ, the father of glory, may give you a spirit of wisdom and revelation in acknowledgment of him,
Eph 1:18 pefwtisme/nouj tou\j o0fqalmou\j th=j {RP P1904: kardi/aj} [TR: dianoi/aj] u9mw~n, ei0j to\ ei0de/nai u9ma~j ti/j e0stin h9 e0lpi\j th=j klh/sewj au0tou=, kai\ ti/j o9 plou=toj th=j do/chj th=j klhronomi/aj au0tou= e0n toi=j a(gi/oij, and give you eyes of your {RP P1904: heart} [TR: understanding] which have been enlightened, so that you may know what the hope of his calling is, and what the wealth of the glory of his inheritance in holy places is, kardi/aj heart, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 VulgC VulgS SyrP (but [GML] renders understanding) vs. dianoi/aj understanding, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's d). AV differs textually.
eyes ... which have been enlightened: AV differs. Alternatives: (1) that (you) may be enlightened in respect of the eyes (supplying ei0j to\ ei]nai u9ma~j at the start); (2) the eyes ... having been enlightened (accusative absolute, as AV; compare Acts 26:3).
in holy places: this may mean the sanctuary. See Heb 9:2-3. AV differs (in the saints).
Eph 1:19 kai\ ti/ to\ u9perba&llon me/geqoj th=j duna&mewj au0tou= ei0j h9ma~j tou\j pisteu/ontaj, kata_ th\n e0ne/rgeian tou= kra&touj th=j i0sxu/oj au0tou= and what the exceeding greatness of his power is in us who believe, according to the action of his strong might, in ← into. Pregnant use, compare Matt 18:6.
his strong might ← the might of his strength, a Hebraic genitive.
Eph 1:20 h4n e0nh/rghsen e0n tw%~ xristw%~, e0gei/raj au0to\n e0k {RP: tw~n} [P1904 TR: - ] nekrw~n, kai\ e0ka&qisen e0n decia%~ au0tou= e0n toi=j e0pourani/oij, which he exerted in Christ, when he raised him from {RP: the} [P1904 TR: the] dead and seated him at his right hand in the upper-heavenly places, tw~n , the (dead): present in RP F1859=8/13 vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's acfkm). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
when he raised ← having raised. See Matt 23:20.
Eph 1:21 u9pera&nw pa&shj a)rxh=j kai\ e0cousi/aj kai\ duna&mewj kai\ kurio/thtoj, kai\ panto\j o0no/matoj o0nomazome/nou ou0 mo/non e0n tw%~ ai0w~ni tou/tw%, a)lla_ kai\ e0n tw%~ me/llonti: far above all rule and authority and power and dominion, and every name which is named, not only in this age, but also in the one to come,
Eph 1:22 kai\ pa&nta u9pe/tacen u9po\ tou\j po/daj au0tou=, kai\ au0to\n e1dwken kefalh\n u9pe\r pa&nta th|= e0kklhsi/a%, and when he put everything in subjection under his feet and made him head over all things to the church, Ps 8:7MT (Ps 8:6AV).
church: see Matt 16:18 and the next verse.
Eph 1:23 h3tij e0sti\n to\ sw~ma au0tou=, to\ plh/rwma tou= {RP P1904: ta_} [TR: - ] pa&nta e0n pa~sin plhroume/nou. which is his body, the fulness of him who fills all in all for himself, ta_, the (all): present in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's e).
for himself: from the middle voice of the verb.
Eph 2:1 Kai\ u9ma~j o1ntaj nekrou\j toi=j paraptw&masin kai\ tai=j a(marti/aij, including you who are dead to transgressions and sins, It is not clear what verb / preposition kai\ u9ma~j, including you, is the object of. Possibilities are:
- ei0j, in, v.1:19.
- plhroume/nou, (who) fills, v.1:23.
- sunezw%opoi/hsen, (he) made alive, v.2:5. (The AV supplies hath He quickened.)
- Perhaps this is just an accusative of respect: Now what follows concerns you who are...
to transgressions and sins ← to the transgressions and the sins. AV differs (in transgressions and sins), ↴
Eph 2:2 e0n ai[j pote\ periepath/sate kata_ to\n ai0w~na tou= ko/smou tou/tou, kata_ to\n a!rxonta th=j e0cousi/aj tou= a)e/roj, tou= pneu/matoj tou= nu=n e0nergou=ntoj e0n toi=j ui9oi=j th=j a)peiqei/aj: in which you once walked, according to the age of this world, according to the ruler of the authority of the air, of the spirit which is now active in the sons of disobedience, ↳ which is inaccurate; the dative is as in Rom 6:2 and Rom 6:11, where the AV correctly translates dead to sin ... dead unto sin. The issue is repeated in Eph 2:5.
disobedience: or disbelief.
Eph 2:3 e0n oi[j kai\ h9mei=j pa&ntej a)nestra&fhme/n pote e0n tai=j e0piqumi/aij th=j sarko\j h9mw~n, poiou=ntej ta_ qelh/mata th=j sarko\j kai\ tw~n dianoiw~n, kai\ h]men te/kna fu/sei o0rgh=j, w(j kai\ oi9 loipoi/: among whom we all also once had our mode of life, in the desires of our flesh, doing the will of the flesh, and of the mind, and we were children of wrath by nature, as the rest are too, will ← wills.
mind ← minds.
Eph 2:4 o9 de\ qeo/j, plou/sioj w@n e0n e0le/ei, dia_ th\n pollh\n a)ga&phn au0tou= h4n h0ga&phsen h9ma~j, but God, being rich in mercy, on account of his great love with which he loved us, great ← much.
Eph 2:5 kai\ o1ntaj h9ma~j nekrou\j toi=j paraptw&masin sunezw%opoi/hsen tw%~ xristw%~ - xa&riti/ e0ste seswsme/noi - made us, being dead to transgressions, alive together with Christ – you have been saved by grace – dead to transgressions: AV differs, as in Eph 2:1.
Eph 2:6 kai\ sunh/geiren, kai\ suneka&qisen e0n toi=j e0pourani/oij e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=: and he raised us together and seated us together in the upper-heavenly places in Christ Jesus,
Eph 2:7 i3na e0ndei/chtai e0n toi=j ai0w~sin toi=j e0perxome/noij to\n u9perba&llonta plou=ton th=j xa&ritoj au0tou= e0n xrhsto/thti e0f' h9ma~j e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=: that in the ages to come he might exhibit the exceeding richness of his grace in kindness to us in Christ Jesus,
Eph 2:8 th|= ga_r xa&riti/ e0ste sesw%sme/noi dia_ th=j pi/stewj, kai\ tou=to ou0k e0c u9mw~n: qeou= to\ dw~ron: for you have been saved by grace, through faith, and this is not of yourselves; it is the gift of God, this: the word this does not grammatically agree with faith or grace, which are feminine. It is neuter, and so refers to a whole principle or system.
Eph 2:9 ou0k e0c e1rgwn, i3na mh/ tij kauxh/shtai. not of works, so that no-one should boast,
Eph 2:10 Au0tou= ga&r e0smen poi/hma, ktisqe/ntej e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou= e0pi\ e1rgoij a)gaqoi=j, oi[j prohtoi/masen o9 qeo/j, i3na e0n au0toi=j peripath/swmen. for we are his workmanship, created in Christ Jesus for good works, which God prepared beforehand, to the intent that we should walk in them.
Eph 2:11 Dio\ mnhmoneu/ete o3ti u9mei=j pote\ ta_ e1qnh e0n sarki/, oi9 lego/menoi a)krobusti/a u9po\ th=j legome/nhj peritomh=j e0n sarki\ xeiropoih/tou, Therefore remember that you who were once Gentiles in the flesh, called uncircumcision by those called circumcision in the flesh, circumcision made by hands, uncircumcision: see Rom 2:25. See Col 2:11 for a circumcision made without hands.
those ← the.
Eph 2:12 o3ti h]te e0n tw%~ kairw%~ e0kei/nw% xwri\j xristou=, a)phllotriwme/noi th=j politei/aj tou= 870Israh/l, kai\ ce/noi tw~n diaqhkw~n th=j e0paggeli/aj, e0lpi/da mh\ e1xontej, kai\ a!qeoi e0n tw%~ ko/smw%. that you were at that time without Christ, alienated from the citizenship of Israel and strangers to the covenants of the promise, not having any hope and without God in the world,
Eph 2:13 Nuni\ de\ e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou= u9mei=j oi3 pote o1ntej makra_n e0ggu\j e0genh/qhte e0n tw%~ ai3mati tou= xristou=. but now in Christ Jesus you who were once far off have been made near by the blood of Christ,
Eph 2:14 Au0to\j ga&r e0stin h9 ei0rh/nh h9mw~n, o9 poih/saj ta_ a)mfo/tera e3n, kai\ to\ meso/toixon tou= fragmou= lu/saj, for he is our peace, who made both one and demolished the middle wall of partition,
Eph 2:15 th\n e1xqran e0n th|= sarki\ au0tou=, to\n no/mon tw~n e0ntolw~n e0n do/gmasin, katargh/saj: i3na tou\j du/o kti/sh| e0n e9autw%~ ei0j e3na kaino\n a!nqrwpon, poiw~n ei0rh/nhn, having abolished the enmity by his flesh, the law of the commandments in ordinances, in order that he might create the two in himself into one new man, making peace,
Eph 2:16 kai\ a)pokatalla&ch| tou\j a)mfote/rouj e0n e9ni\ sw&mati tw%~ qew%~ dia_ tou= staurou=, a)poktei/naj th\n e1xqran e0n au0tw%~: and reconcile both in one body to God through the cross, having eradicated the enmity by it. reconcile: this word has a prefix (a)po-) which can be intensifying, so it could be translated thoroughly reconcile, or the prefix could convey the notion of back, restored, giving reconcile again, in the sense of being back to before the enmity.
having eradicated ← having killed.
Eph 2:17 kai\ e0lqw_n eu0hggeli/sato ei0rh/nhn u9mi=n toi=j makra_n kai\ toi=j e0ggu/j: And he came and preached peace to you who were far off and to those who were near, Isa 57:19.
Eph 2:18 o3ti di' au0tou= e1xomen th\n prosagwgh\n oi9 a)mfo/teroi e0n e9ni\ pneu/mati pro\j to\n pate/ra. for through him both of us have access by one spirit to the father.
Eph 2:19 871Ara ou]n ou0ke/ti e0ste\ ce/noi kai\ pa&roikoi, a)lla_ sumpoli=tai tw~n a(gi/wn kai\ oi0kei=oi tou= qeou=, So then, you are no longer strangers and foreigners, but joint citizens of the holy places and are God's household residents, of the holy places: genitive. AV differs (with the saints).
Eph 2:20 e0poikodomhqe/ntej e0pi\ tw%~ qemeli/w% tw~n a)posto/lwn kai\ profhtw~n, o1ntoj a)krogwniai/ou au0tou= 870Ihsou= xristou=, built on the foundation of the apostles and prophets, Jesus Christ himself being the keystone, Ps 118:22.
keystone ← main corner / angle.
Eph 2:21 e0n w%{ pa~sa {RP P1904: - } [TR: h9] oi0kodomh\ sunarmologoume/nh au1cei ei0j nao\n a#gion e0n kuri/w%, in whom {RP P1904: every building} [TR: the whole building], as it is fitted together, grows into a holy sanctuary in the Lord, h9, the (whole building): absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
Eph 2:22 e0n w%{ kai\ u9mei=j sunoikodomei=sqe ei0j katoikhth/rion tou= qeou= e0n pneu/mati. in whom you also are being built together into a dwelling place of God in spirit.
Eph 3:1 Tou/tou xa&rin e0gw_ Pau=loj o9 de/smioj tou= xristou= 870Ihsou= u9pe\r u9mw~n tw~n e0qnw~n, For this reason, I Paul the prisoner of Christ Jesus for you, the Gentiles, say that, There is no obvious main verb whose subject is I Paul, but it can be a pending nominative picked up by To me in verse 8.
Christ Jesus: AV differs in word order, Jesus Christ.
Eph 3:2 ei1ge h0kou/sate th\n oi0konomi/an th=j xa&ritoj tou= qeou= th=j doqei/shj moi ei0j u9ma~j, if indeed you have heard of the dispensation of the grace of God which has been given to me for you, if indeed: the apodosis to the condition is in Eph 3:13.
has been given ← was given.
for ← into, (destined) for.
Eph 3:3 o3ti kata_ a)poka&luyin e0gnw&rise/n moi to\ musth/rion, kaqw_j proe/graya e0n o0li/gw%, namely that by revelation he made the mystery known to me, as I wrote before briefly,
Eph 3:4 pro\j o4 du/nasqe a)naginw&skontej noh=sai th\n su/nesi/n mou e0n tw%~ musthri/w% tou= xristou=: in the light of which by reading you can appreciate my understanding of the mystery of Christ, in the light of which ← towards which (no word for literal light).
by reading: gerundial use of the participle.
of ← in.
Eph 3:5 o4 {RP P1904: - } [TR: e0n] e9te/raij geneai=j ou0k e0gnwri/sqh toi=j ui9oi=j tw~n a)nqrw&pwn, w(j nu=n a)pekalu/fqh toi=j a(gi/oij a)posto/loij au0tou= kai\ profh/taij e0n pneu/mati: which was not made known {RP P1904: to other generations,} [TR: in other generations] to the sons of men, as it has now been revealed to his holy apostles and prophets by spirit, e0n, in: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. present in TR F1859=0/12.
Eph 3:6 ei]nai ta_ e1qnh sugklhrono/ma kai\ su/sswma kai\ summe/toxa th=j e0paggeli/aj au0tou= e0n tw%~ xristw%~, dia_ tou= eu0aggeli/ou, that the Gentiles should be joint heirs and a joint body, and joint partakers of his promise in Christ through the gospel,
Eph 3:7 ou[ e0geno/mhn dia&konoj kata_ th\n dwrea_n th=j xa&ritoj tou= qeou=, th\n doqei=sa&n moi kata_ th\n e0ne/rgeian th=j duna&mewj au0tou=. of which I have become a minister by the gift of the grace of God which was given to me by the exertion of his power, minister: in the sense of servant, one who supplies needs.
by (2x) ← according to.
Eph 3:8 870Emoi\ tw%~ e0laxistote/rw% pa&ntwn {RP: - } [P1904 TR: tw~n] a(gi/wn e0do/qh h9 xa&rij au3th, e0n toi=j e1qnesin eu0aggeli/sasqai to\n a)necixni/aston plou=ton tou= xristou=, to me, the very least of all {RP: - } [P1904 TR: the] saints, this grace was given: to preach among the Gentiles the untraceable richness of Christ, tw~n, (of all) the: absent in RP F1859=12/12 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=0/12. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
very least ← leastest, a comparative ending (which can stand for a superlative) to an already superlative adjective.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
Eph 3:9 kai\ fwti/sai pa&ntaj ti/j h9 {RP P1904: oi0konomi/a} [TR: koinwni/a] tou= musthri/ou tou= a)pokekrumme/nou a)po\ tw~n ai0w&nwn e0n tw%~ qew%~ tw%~ ta_ pa&nta kti/santi dia_ 870Ihsou= xristou=, and to enlighten everyone as to what the {RP P1904: dispensation} [TR: fellowship] of the mystery is, which was hidden from the ages in God, who created all things through Jesus Christ, oi0konomi/a, dispensation, RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. koinwni/a, fellowship, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's e) vs. konomi/a (a misspelling probably from an exemplar reading oi0konomi/a, dispensation), F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's k*). AV differs textually. RP HF on the Majority Text side and NA26 and other critical editions attest to a dispensation of the mystery.
was hidden: having been hidden.
Eph 3:10 i3na gnwrisqh|= nu=n tai=j a)rxai=j kai\ tai=j e0cousi/aij e0n toi=j e0pourani/oij dia_ th=j e0kklhsi/aj h9 polupoi/kiloj sofi/a tou= qeou=, in order that the intricate wisdom of God might now be made known to the realms and the authorities in the upper-heavenly places through the church, intricate ← much variegated.
church: see Matt 16:18.
Eph 3:11 kata_ pro/qesin tw~n ai0w&nwn h4n e0poi/hsen e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou= tw%~ kuri/w% h9mw~n: according to the purpose of the ages which he accomplished in Christ Jesus our Lord, accomplished ← made. AV differs somewhat, reading purposed, which is possible, given the preceding word pro/qesij.
Eph 3:12 e0n w%{ e1xomen th\n parrhsi/an kai\ th\n prosagwgh\n e0n pepoiqh/sei dia_ th=j pi/stewj au0tou=. in whom we have assurance and access in confidence through his faithfulness, his faithfulness ← faith of him, which we take as a subjective genitive. An objective genitive, which is also possible, would mean faith in him, but context and the definite article th=j militate for the subjective genitive.
Eph 3:13 Dio\ ai0tou=mai mh\ e0kkakei=n e0n tai=j qli/yesi/n mou u9pe\r u9mw~n, h3tij e0sti\n do/ca u9mw~n. then I ask you not to lose heart in my tribulations for you, which are your glory. then ← therefore, introducing the apodosis to the conditional clause started at Eph 1:2. Compare Hebrew אִם ... לָכֵן in Jer 5:2, Jer 23:38.
which are: the relative h3tij, which and verb (literally: is) agree ↴
Eph 3:14 Tou/tou xa&rin ka&mptw ta_ go/nata& mou pro\j to\n pate/ra tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=, For this reason I bow my knees to the father of our Lord Jesus Christ, ↳ with the predicate glory, not the antecedent tribulations. This is probably a case of attraction of the relative pronoun to the predicate, which is unusual in the NT. Compare Col 1:27.
Eph 3:15 e0c ou[ pa~sa patria_ e0n ou0ranoi=j kai\ e0pi\ gh=j o0noma&zetai, from whom every family in the heavens and on earth is named,
Eph 3:16 i3na dw%&h u9mi=n, kata_ to\n plou=ton th=j do/chj au0tou=, duna&mei krataiwqh=nai dia_ tou= pneu/matoj au0tou= ei0j to\n e1sw a!nqrwpon, that he may grant you, according to the richness of his glory, to be strengthened by power through his spirit in the inner man, in ← into. Pregnant use, compare Matt 18:6.
Eph 3:17 katoikh=sai to\n xristo\n dia_ th=j pi/stewj e0n tai=j kardi/aij u9mw~n: that Christ may dwell through faith in your hearts,
Eph 3:18 e0n a)ga&ph| e0rrizwme/noi kai\ teqemeliwme/noi i3na e0cisxu/shte katalabe/sqai su\n pa~sin toi=j a(gi/oij ti/ to\ pla&toj kai\ mh=koj kai\ ba&qoj kai\ u3yoj, that you, being rooted and founded in love, ¶ may have strength to comprehend with all the saints what the breadth and length and depth and height are, ¶ Verse division: in TR and AV numbering, Eph 3:18 begins here, the English that you requiring moving (→ that you may have strength).
saints: see Matt 27:52.
Eph 3:19 gnw~nai/ te th\n u9perba&llousan th=j gnw&sewj a)ga&phn tou= xristou=, i3na plhrwqh=te ei0j pa~n to\ plh/rwma tou= qeou=. and to know the love of Christ, which surpasses knowledge, in order that you may be filled to the extent of all the fulness of God.
Eph 3:20 Tw%~ de\ duname/nw% u9pe\r pa&nta poih=sai u9pe\r e0kperissou= w{n ai0tou/meqa h2 noou=men, kata_ th\n du/namin th\n e0nergoume/nhn e0n h9mi=n, To him who is able to do superabundantly beyond everything which we ask or conceive of, according to the power exerted in us,
Eph 3:21 au0tw%~ h9 do/ca e0n th|= e0kklhsi/a% e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=, ei0j pa&saj ta_j genea_j tou= ai0w~noj tw~n ai0w&nwn. 870Amh/n. to him be glory in the church by Christ Jesus in all the generations of the age of the ages. Amen. church: see Matt 16:18.
Eph 4:1 Parakalw~ ou]n u9ma~j e0gw&, o9 de/smioj e0n kuri/w%, a)ci/wj peripath=sai th=j klh/sewj h[j e0klh/qhte, I, the prisoner in the Lord, appeal to you therefore to walk worthy of the calling with which you have been called,
Eph 4:2 meta_ pa&shj tapeinofrosu/nhj kai\ pra%o/thtoj, meta_ makroqumi/aj, a)nexo/menoi a)llh/lwn e0n a)ga&ph|, with all humility and meekness, with longsuffering, forbearing one another in love,
Eph 4:3 spouda&zontej threi=n th\n e9no/thta tou= pneu/matoj e0n tw%~ sunde/smw% th=j ei0rh/nhj. making an effort to guard the unity of the spirit in the bond of peace. bond ← joint bond.
Eph 4:4 874En sw~ma kai\ e4n pneu=ma, kaqw_j kai\ e0klh/qhte e0n mia%~ e0lpi/di th=j klh/sewj u9mw~n: There is one body and one spirit, even as you for your part have been called in one hope of your calling, for your part ← also.
have been called ← were called.
Eph 4:5 ei[j ku/rioj, mi/a pi/stij, e4n ba&ptisma, one Lord, one faith, one baptism,
Eph 4:6 ei[j qeo\j kai\ path\r pa&ntwn, o9 e0pi\ pa&ntwn, kai\ dia_ pa&ntwn, kai\ e0n pa~sin {RP P1904: h9mi=n} [TR: u9mi=n]. one God and father of all, who is above all, and through all, and in {RP P1904: us} [TR: you] all. h9mi=n, us, RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. u9mi=n, you, TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's k). AV differs textually.
Eph 4:7 879Eni\ de\ e9ka&stw% h9mw~n e0do/qh h9 xa&rij kata_ to\ me/tron th=j dwrea~j tou= xristou=. To each one of us, then, grace was given according to the measure of the gift of Christ.
Eph 4:8 Dio\ le/gei, 870Anaba_j ei0j u3yoj h|0xmalw&teusen ai0xmalwsi/an, kai\ e1dwken do/mata toi=j a)nqrw&poij. Therefore he says,

“When he ascended on high,

He took captivity captive

And gave gifts to men.”

 Ps 68:19MT (Ps 68:18AV). See also Judg 5:12.
Eph 4:9 To\ de/, 870Ane/bh, ti/ e0stin ei0 mh\ o3ti kai\ kate/bh prw~ton ei0j ta_ katw&tera me/rh th=j gh=j; Now the word “he ascended” – what does it mean but that he also first descended to the lowest parts of the earth? does it mean ← is (it).
lowest ← lower. Comparative for superlative.
Eph 4:10 879O kataba&j, au0to/j e0stin kai\ o9 a)naba_j u9pera&nw pa&ntwn tw~n ou0ranw~n, i3na plhrw&sh| ta_ pa&nta. He who descended is himself also he who ascended far above all the heavens, in order to fill all things,
Eph 4:11 Kai\ au0to\j e1dwken tou\j me\n a)posto/louj, tou\j de\ profh/taj, tou\j de\ eu0aggelista&j, tou\j de\ poime/naj kai\ didaska&louj, and he himself appointed some to be apostles, some to be prophets, some to be evangelists, some to be pastors and teachers, pastors ← shepherds.
Eph 4:12 pro\j to\n katartismo\n tw~n a(gi/wn, ei0j e1rgon diakoni/aj, ei0j oi0kodomh\n tou= sw&matoj tou= xristou=: for the equipping of the saints for the work of the ministry, for the building up of the body of Christ, saints: see Matt 27:52.
Eph 4:13 me/xri katanth/swmen oi9 pa&ntej ei0j th\n e9no/thta th=j pi/stewj kai\ th=j e0pignw&sewj tou= ui9ou= tou= qeou=, ei0j a!ndra te/leion, ei0j me/tron h9liki/aj tou= plhrw&matoj tou= xristou=: until we all attain the unity of the faith and of acknowledgment of the son of God, to a perfect man, to the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ,
Eph 4:14 i3na mhke/ti w}men nh/pioi, kludwnizo/menoi kai\ perifero/menoi panti\ a)ne/mw% th=j didaskali/aj, e0n th|= kubei/a% tw~n a)nqrw&pwn, e0n panourgi/a% pro\j th\n {RP-text P1904 TR: meqodei/an} [RP-marg: meqodi/an] th=j pla&nhj: in order no longer to be infants, tossed by waves and carried about by every wind of doctrine, by the sleight of hand of men, by roguery intent on deceitful craftiness, meqodei/an, craftiness (1), RP-text P1904 TR F1859=9/12 vs. meqodi/an, craftiness (2), RP-marg F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's emn).
deceitful craftiness ← craftiness of deceit, a Hebraic genitive.
Eph 4:15 a)lhqeu/ontej de\ e0n a)ga&ph| au0ch/swmen ei0j au0to\n ta_ pa&nta, o3j e0stin h9 kefalh/, o9 xristo/j, but rather that we, proceeding with the truth in love, may grow up in respect of all things to him who is the head, Christ, proceeding with the truth: a single verb of root truth in Greek.
Eph 4:16 e0c ou[ pa~n to\ sw~ma sunarmologou/menon kai\ sumbibazo/menon dia_ pa&shj a(fh=j th=j e0pixorhgi/aj, kat' e0ne/rgeian e0n me/trw% e9no\j e9ka&stou me/rouj, th\n au1chsin tou= sw&matoj poiei=tai ei0j oi0kodomh\n e9autou= e0n a)ga&ph|. from whom the whole body, being fitted together and joined up by every sustaining joint with invigoration appropriate to each individual part, brings about increase of the body to the edification of itself in love. with ← according to.
appropriate to ← in measure of.
individual ← one.
Eph 4:17 Tou=to ou]n le/gw kai\ martu/romai e0n kuri/w%, mhke/ti u9ma~j peripatei=n, kaqw_j kai\ ta_ loipa_ e1qnh peripatei= e0n mataio/thti tou= noo\j au0tw~n, This, therefore, I say and urge in the Lord, that you should no longer walk as other Gentiles walk, in the vanity of their mind, other ← the remaining; the rest of.
Eph 4:18 e0skotisme/noi th|= dianoi/a%, o1ntej a)phllotriwme/noi th=j zwh=j tou= qeou= dia_ th\n a!gnoian th\n ou]san e0n au0toi=j, dia_ th\n pw&rwsin th=j kardi/aj au0tw~n: darkened in their understanding, being alienated from the life of God on account of the ignorance which is within them, and on account of the hardness of their hearts, hardness: AV differs, reading blindness, which may not rest on a textual issue; it may be a looser translation, but it follows VulgC VulgS (caecitatem).
hearts ← heart.
Eph 4:19 oi3tinej a)phlghko/tej e9autou\j pare/dwkan th|= a)selgei/a%, ei0j e0rgasi/an a)kaqarsi/aj pa&shj e0n pleoneci/a%. who, being desensitized, have given themselves over to debauchery, intent on a pursuit of all uncleanness with greed. being desensitized ← having desensitized.
greed: or fraudulence. See 1 Cor 5:10.
Eph 4:20 879Umei=j de\ ou0x ou3twj e0ma&qete to\n xristo/n, But you have not learned Christ like that,
Eph 4:21 ei1ge au0to\n h0kou/sate kai\ e0n au0tw%~ e0dida&xqhte, kaqw&j e0stin a)lh/qeia e0n tw%~ 870Ihsou=: if at any rate you have heard him and have been taught in accordance with him, as the truth is in Jesus,
Eph 4:22 a)poqe/sqai u9ma~j, kata_ th\n prote/ran a)nastrofh/n, to\n palaio\n a!nqrwpon, to\n fqeiro/menon kata_ ta_j e0piqumi/aj th=j a)pa&thj: that you should put away the old man of your former conduct, who is corrupt with his deceitful desires, of ← according to.
with ← according to.
deceitful desires ← desires of deceit, a Hebraic genitive.
Eph 4:23 a)naneou=sqai de\ tw%~ pneu/mati tou= noo\j u9mw~n, and that you should be renewed by the spirit of your mind, by ← to, for, or by (agent or instrument of the passive, dative).
Eph 4:24 kai\ e0ndu/sasqai to\n kaino\n a!nqrwpon, to\n kata_ qeo\n ktisqe/nta e0n dikaiosu/nh| kai\ o9sio/thti th=j a)lhqei/aj. and put on the new man, who is created in accordance with God in righteousness and true holiness. is created ← having been created (aorist).
true holiness ← holiness of truth, which we take as a Hebraic genitive.
Eph 4:25 Dio\ a)poqe/menoi to\ yeu=doj lalei=te a)lh/qeian e3kastoj meta_ tou= plhsi/on au0tou=: o3ti e0sme\n a)llh/lwn me/lh. Therefore, having put away the lie, speak the truth, each one with his neighbour, for we are members of one another. Zech 8:16.
Eph 4:26 870Orgi/zesqe kai\ mh\ a(marta&nete: o9 h3lioj mh\ e0pidue/tw e0pi\ tw%~ parorgismw%~ u9mw~n: Stand in awe and do not sin. Don't let the sun go down on your anger, Ps 4:5MT (Ps 4:4AV).
stand in awe and do not sin: AV differs (be ye angry and sin not). By classical Greek standards, Eph 4:26a does read be angry and do not sin, but such a translation is totally incompatible with the rest of the verse and Eph 4:31, Col 3:8, Ps 37:8 etc., which is why we also reject the idea of man's righteous anger, or ↴
Eph 4:27 {RP P1904: mhde\} [TR: mh/te] di/dote to/pon tw%~ diabo/lw%. nor give the devil any room. ↳ temporary anger, or anger through infirmity. We take Eph 4:26a as a Semitic-Greek translation of Ps 4:5MT (Ps 4:4AV), as in (perhaps from) the Septuagint. The Hebrew ↴
mhde\, nor; not even, RP P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. mh/te, and not, TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's abe). No difference in our English.
Eph 4:28 879O kle/ptwn mhke/ti klepte/tw: ma~llon de\ kopia&tw, e0rgazo/menoj to\ a)gaqo\n tai=j xersi/n, i3na e1xh| metadido/nai tw%~ xrei/an e1xonti. Let him who steals steal no more, but rather labour, working at what is good with his hands, in order that he may have something to share with him who is in need. ↳ is רִגְזוּ וְאַל־תֶּחֱטָאוּ, tremble ↔ stand in awe ↔ be temperamentally affected ↔ o0rgi/zesqe, and do not sin. Similarly Gen 45:24 אַל־תִּרְגְּזוּ, do not be perturbed. Compare “Fear and trembling” in Phil 2:12. Compare also Heb 12:28. It is curious that the Hebrew רָגַז and the Greek o0rgi/zomai have the same fundamental consonants.
Eph 4:29 Pa~j lo/goj sapro\j e0k tou= sto/matoj u9mw~n mh\ e0kporeue/sqw, a)ll' ei1 tij a)gaqo\j pro\j oi0kodomh\n th=j xrei/aj, i3na dw%~ xa&rin toi=j a)kou/ousin. Let no corrupt word come out of your mouth, but rather some good word for edification of what is needful, in order that it may give grace to those hearing it, but rather ← but if / but that.
Eph 4:30 Kai\ mh\ lupei=te to\ pneu=ma to\ a#gion tou= qeou=, e0n w%{ e0sfragi/sqhte ei0j h9me/ran a)polutrw&sewj. and do not grieve the holy spirit of God, with which you have been sealed for the day of redemption. for: or until; literally: into.
Eph 4:31 Pa~sa pikri/a kai\ qumo\j kai\ o0rgh\ kai\ kraugh\ kai\ blasfhmi/a a)rqh/tw a)f' u9mw~n, su\n pa&sh| kaki/a%: Let all bitterness and rage and anger and clamour and blasphemy be put away from you, along with all malice,
Eph 4:32 gi/nesqe de\ ei0j a)llh/louj xrhstoi/, eu1splagxnoi, xarizo/menoi e9autoi=j, kaqw_j kai\ o9 qeo\j e0n xristw%~ e0xari/sato {RP P1904: h9mi=n} [TR: u9mi=n]. but be kind to each other, compassionate, forgiving one another as God has for his part forgiven {RP P1904: us} [TR: you] in Christ. h9mi=n, us, RP P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. u9mi=n, you, TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's hm). AV differs textually.
forgiving ... forgiven: or dealing ... dealt kindly with.
one another ← yourselves, but this is the reflexive pronoun for the reciprocal.
for his part ← also.
Eph 5:1 Gi/nesqe ou]n mimhtai\ tou= qeou=, w(j te/kna a)gaphta&: So be imitators of God, as beloved children,
Eph 5:2 kai\ peripatei=te e0n a)ga&ph|, kaqw_j kai\ o9 xristo\j h0ga&phsen h9ma~j, kai\ pare/dwken e9auto\n u9pe\r h9mw~n prosfora_n kai\ qusi/an tw%~ qew%~ ei0j o0smh\n eu0wdi/aj. and walk in love, as also Christ loved us and gave himself up on our behalf as an offering and sacrifice to God as a sweet scent. as ← into.
Eph 5:3 Pornei/a de\ kai\ pa~sa a)kaqarsi/a h2 pleoneci/a mhde\ o0nomaze/sqw e0n u9mi=n, kaqw_j pre/pei a(gi/oij: But as for fornication and all uncleanness or fraud, let them not even be named among you, as is fitting for saints, fraud: or covetousness. See 1 Cor 5:10.
them ← it.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
Eph 5:4 kai\ ai0sxro/thj, kai\ mwrologi/a, h2 eu0trapeli/a, ta_ ou0k a)nh/konta: a)lla_ ma~llon eu0xaristi/a. nor disgracefulness and foolish talk or jesting, which are not fitting, but rather giving of thanks,
Eph 5:5 Tou=to ga&r e0ste ginw&skontej, o3ti pa~j po/rnoj, h2 a)ka&qartoj, h2 pleone/kthj, o3j e0stin ei0dwlola&trhj, ou0k e1xei klhronomi/an e0n th|= basilei/a% tou= xristou= kai\ qeou=. for be aware of this, that no fornicator, or unclean person, or fraudster, who is an idolater, has an inheritance in the kingdom of Christ and God. be aware: AV differs somewhat, reading ye know, indicative, which is also possible.
fraudster: or covetous person, avaricious person. See 1 Cor 5:10.
of Christ and God: according to the Granville Sharp rule, one article for two nouns unifies them. See Rom 1:7. AV differs (of Christ and of God).
Eph 5:6 Mhdei\j u9ma~j a)pata&tw kenoi=j lo/goij: dia_ tau=ta ga_r e1rxetai h9 o0rgh\ tou= qeou= e0pi\ tou\j ui9ou\j th=j a)peiqei/aj. Let no-one deceive you with vain words, for on account of such things the wrath of God comes on the sons of disobedience.
Eph 5:7 Mh\ ou]n gi/nesqe summe/toxoi au0tw~n: Therefore do not be joint partakers of these things, partakers of these things: AV differs, reading partakers with them, which is possible, but we take the genitive as denoting ↴
Eph 5:8 h]te ga&r pote sko/toj, nu=n de\ fw~j e0n kuri/w%: w(j te/kna fwto\j peripatei=te - for you were once darkness, but are now light in the Lord; walk as children of light ↳ what is partaken of, as in verse 3:6. Also, we would expect a dative for the joint partaker after a verb compounded with su/n.
Eph 5:9 o9 ga_r karpo\j tou= pneu/matoj e0n pa&sh| a)gaqwsu/nh| kai\ dikaiosu/nh| kai\ a)lhqei/a% - (for the fruit of the spirit is in all goodness and righteousness and truth),
Eph 5:10 dokima&zontej ti/ e0stin eu0a&reston tw%~ kuri/w%: as you test what is well-pleasing to the Lord.
Eph 5:11 kai\ mh\ sugkoinwnei=te toi=j e1rgoij toi=j a)ka&rpoij tou= sko/touj, ma~llon de\ kai\ e0le/gxete: And do not have fellowship with the unfruitful works of darkness, but rather censure them too.
Eph 5:12 ta_ ga_r krufh|= gino/mena u9p' au0tw~n ai0sxro/n e0stin kai\ le/gein. For it is a shame even to speak of the things which are done by them in secret.
Eph 5:13 Ta_ de\ pa&nta e0legxo/mena u9po\ tou= fwto\j fanerou=tai: pa~n ga_r to\ fanerou/menon fw~j e0sti/n. But all the things which are censured by the light are made manifest. For everything that makes manifest is light. makes manifest: We take fanerou/menon as the middle voice, so literally makes manifest for itself. It is also passive in form, i.e. is made manifest, which seems less logical.
Eph 5:14 Dio\ le/gei, {RP P1904: 871Egeire} [TR: 871Egeirai] o9 kaqeu/dwn kai\ a)na&sta e0k tw~n nekrw~n, kai\ e0pifau/sei soi o9 xristo/j. Therefore he says,

“Awake, you who are asleep,

And arise from the dead,

And Christ will shine on you.”

 e1geire, arise; awake (present active), RP P1904 HF F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's en) vs. e1geirai, arise; awake (aorist middle), TR F1859=10/12. A strong disparity with RP, R=3:11.
Isa 60:1, Isa 60:2 (allusion).
you: singular, from the verb.
Eph 5:15 Ble/pete ou]n pw~j a)kribw~j peripatei=te, mh\ w(j a!sofoi, a)ll' w(j sofoi/, See then that you walk circumspectly, not as unwise folk, but as wise, that ← how.
Eph 5:16 e0cagorazo/menoi to\n kairo/n, o3ti ai9 h9me/rai ponhrai/ ei0sin. buying up the time, because the days are evil.
Eph 5:17 Dia_ tou=to mh\ gi/nesqe a!fronej, a)lla_ sunie/ntej ti/ to\ qe/lhma tou= kuri/ou. On account of this, do not become foolish, but understanding what the will of the Lord is.
Eph 5:18 Kai\ mh\ mequ/skesqe oi1nw%, e0n w%{ e0sti\n a)swti/a, a)lla_ plhrou=sqe e0n pneu/mati, And do not become drunk with wine, in which is dissipation, but be filled with the spirit, dissipation: or wastefulness. Etymologically, the word means lack of safety / salvation.
with: e0n + dative, i.e. with content consisting of, or perhaps: by (agent / instrument of). Content of filling is usually denoted by the genitive. Content is denoted by the plain dative in 2 Cor 7:4. For the fruit of the spirit see Eph 5:9 and Gal 5:22-23.
Eph 5:19 lalou=ntej e9autoi=j yalmoi=j kai\ u3mnoij kai\ w%)dai=j pneumatikai=j, a%!dontej kai\ ya&llontej e0n th|= kardi/a% u9mw~n tw%~ kuri/w%, speaking to each other in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing and playing a melody in your heart to the Lord, to each other: we tentatively take e9autoi=j, the reflexive pronoun, literally to yourselves (individually), as standing for a)llh/loij, the reciprocal pronoun, to each other. Even in classical Greek, this was common (see [TYAG], under the heading Reflexive and reciprocal pronouns). An ↴
Eph 5:20 eu0xaristou=ntej pa&ntote u9pe\r pa&ntwn e0n o0no/mati tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou= tw%~ qew%~ kai\ patri/, always giving thanks for all things in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ to him who is God and father, ↳ indisputable example is Eph 4:32 (forgiving each other). See also Col 3:13, Col 3:16. The AV's to yourselves suggests the individual sense, but it is ambiguous. See also John 12:19.
Eph 5:21 u9potasso/menoi a)llh/loij e0n fo/bw% {RP-text P1904: xristou=} [RP-marg TR: qeou=]. submitting to each other in the fear {RP-text P1904: of Christ} [RP-marg TR: of God]. xristou=, of Christ, RP-text P1904 HF-Mpt-app SyrP VulgC VulgS F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's cfkm) vs. qeou=, of God, RP-marg TR HF-Mpt-text F1859=8/12. A disparity with RP-text, R=5:9. AV differs textually.
Eph 5:22 Ai9 gunai=kej, toi=j i0di/oij a)ndra&sin u9pota&ssesqe, w(j tw%~ kuri/w%. You wives, submit to your own husbands, as to the Lord,
Eph 5:23 873Oti {RP: - } [P1904 TR: o9] a)nh/r e0stin kefalh\ th=j gunaiko/j, w(j kai\ o9 xristo\j kefalh\ th=j e0kklhsi/aj, kai\ au0to/j e0stin swth\r tou= sw&matoj. for {RP: a} [P1904 TR: the] husband is the head of the wife, as Christ is the head of the church, as he is the saviour of the body. o9, the (husband): absent in RP F1859=9/12 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's blo).
church: see Matt 16:18.
Eph 5:24 870All' w#sper h9 e0kklhsi/a u9pota&ssetai tw%~ xristw%~, ou3twj kai\ ai9 gunai=kej toi=j i0di/oij a)ndra&sin e0n panti/. But as the church submits to Christ, so should wives do to their own husbands in every respect. church: see Matt 16:18.
so ← so also (otiose kai/).
Eph 5:25 Oi9 a!ndrej, a)gapa~te ta_j gunai=kaj e9autw~n, kaqw_j kai\ o9 xristo\j h0ga&phsen th\n e0kklhsi/an, kai\ e9auto\n pare/dwken u9pe\r au0th=j: Husbands, love your own wives, as also Christ loved the church and gave himself up for it, church: see Matt 16:18.
Eph 5:26 i3na au0th\n a(gia&sh|, kaqari/saj tw%~ loutrw%~ tou= u3datoj e0n r(h/mati, in order that he might sanctify it, having cleansed it by the water-laver: by the word, water-laver ← washing place of the water.
Eph 5:27 i3na parasth/sh| au0th\n e9autw%~ e1ndocon th\n e0kklhsi/an, mh\ e1xousan spi=lon h2 r(uti/da h1 ti tw~n toiou/twn, a)ll' i3na h|] a(gi/a kai\ a!mwmoj. in order that he might present the church to himself as glorious, not having spot or wrinkle or any such thing, but that it should be holy and without blemish. the church ← the church itself (au0th\n is in the predicative position), or, taking the pronoun as proleptic and appositional, it ... the church. See Matt 16:18.
Eph 5:28 Ou3twj o0fei/lousin oi9 a!ndrej a)gapa~n ta_j e9autw~n gunai=kaj w(j ta_ e9autw~n sw&mata. 879O a)gapw~n th\n e9autou= gunai=ka, e9auto\n a)gapa%~: In this way husbands ought to love their own wives as their own bodies. He who loves his own wife loves himself,
Eph 5:29 ou0dei\j ga&r pote th\n e9autou= sa&rka e0mi/shsen, a)ll' e0ktre/fei kai\ qa&lpei au0th/n, kaqw_j kai\ o9 ku/rioj th\n e0kklhsi/an: for no-one ever hated his own flesh, but everyone nourishes and cherishes it as the Lord for his part does the church, for his part ← also.
church: see Matt 16:18.
Eph 5:30 o3ti me/lh e0sme\n tou= sw&matoj au0tou=, e0k th=j sarko\j au0tou= kai\ e0k tw~n o0ste/wn au0tou=. for we are members of his body, of his flesh and of his bones.
Eph 5:31 870Anti\ tou/tou katalei/yei a!nqrwpoj to\n pate/ra au0tou= kai\ th\n mhte/ra, kai\ proskollhqh/setai pro\j th\n gunai=ka au0tou=, kai\ e1sontai oi9 du/o ei0j sa&rka mi/an. For this reason a man will leave his father and mother, and he will cleave to his wife, and the two will be one flesh. Gen 2:24.
Eph 5:32 To\ musth/rion tou=to me/ga e0sti/n: e0gw_ de\ le/gw ei0j xristo\n kai\ ei0j th\n e0kklhsi/an. This mystery is great, but I speak concerning Christ and concerning the church. concerning (2x) ← into, but here replacing peri/ + gen., as in Acts 2:25, Rom 16:19.
church: see Matt 16:18.
Eph 5:33 Plh\n kai\ u9mei=j oi9 kaq' e3na, e3kastoj th\n e9autou= gunai=ka ou3twj a)gapa&tw w(j e9auto/n: h9 de\ gunh\ i3na fobh=tai to\n a!ndra. But still, let each of you individually so love his wife as himself, but let the wife see that she reveres her husband. reveres ← fears.
Eph 6:1 Ta_ te/kna, u9pakou/ete toi=j goneu=sin u9mw~n e0n kuri/w%: tou=to ga&r e0stin di/kaion. Children, obey your parents in the Lord, for that is right. that ← this.
Eph 6:2 Ti/ma to\n pate/ra sou kai\ th\n mhte/ra h3tij e0sti\n e0ntolh\ prw&th e0n e0paggeli/a%, Honour your father and your mother, which is the first commandment with a promise, Ex 20:12, Deut 5:16.
Eph 6:3 i3na eu] soi ge/nhtai, kai\ e1sh| makroxro/nioj e0pi\ th=j gh=j. so that it may be well with you and so that you may live long on the earth. Ex 20:12, Deut 5:16.
Eph 6:4 Kai\ oi9 pate/rej, mh\ parorgi/zete ta_ te/kna u9mw~n, a)ll' e0ktre/fete au0ta_ e0n paidei/a% kai\ nouqesi/a% kuri/ou. And fathers, do not provoke your children, but bring them up in the education and admonition of the Lord.
Eph 6:5 Oi9 dou=loi, u9pakou/ete toi=j kuri/oij kata_ sa&rka, meta_ fo/bou kai\ tro/mou, e0n a(plo/thti th=j kardi/aj u9mw~n, w(j tw%~ xristw%~: Servants, obey your masters according to the flesh with fear and trembling in your single-mindedness, as to Christ, your single-mindedness ← singleness of your heart.
Eph 6:6 mh\ kat' {RP TR: o0fqalmodoulei/an} [P1904: o0fqalmodouli/an] w(j a)nqrwpa&reskoi, a)ll' w(j dou=loi tou= xristou=, poiou=ntej to\ qe/lhma tou= qeou= e0k yuxh=j, not in the manner of eye-service as men-pleasers, but as servants of Christ, doing the will of God from the heart, o0fqalmodoulei/an, eye-service (1), RP TR F1859=7/13 vs. o0fqalmodouli/an, eye-service (2), P1904 F1859=6/13. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
heart ← soul.
Eph 6:7 met' eu0noi/aj douleu/ontej {RP P1904 S1894: w(j} [S1550 E1624: - ] tw%~ kuri/w% kai\ ou0k a)nqrw&poij: serving with goodwill, {RP P1904 S1894: as} [S1550 E1624: - ] to the Lord and not to men, w(j, as: present in RP P1904 S1894 F1859=5/13 vs. absent in S1550 E1624 F1859=8/13. A weak disparity with RP, R=7:9.
Eph 6:8 ei0do/tej o3ti o4 e0a&n ti e3kastoj poih/sh| a)gaqo/n, tou=to komiei=tai para_ tou= kuri/ou, ei1te dou=loj, ei1te e0leu/qeroj. knowing that whatever good each one does, he will receive it from the Lord, whether he is a slave or a free man. receive it ← receive this.
Eph 6:9 Kai\ oi9 ku/rioi, ta_ au0ta_ poiei=te pro\j au0tou/j, a)nie/ntej th\n a)peilh/n: ei0do/tej o3ti kai\ u9mw~n au0tw~n o9 ku/rio/j e0stin e0n ou0ranoi=j, kai\ proswpolhyi/a ou0k e1stin par' au0tw%~. And masters, act in the same way to them, forbearing threatening, knowing that your own master for his part is in the heavens, and there is no partiality with him. master ← lord. We do not capitalize here because the word is used obliquely.
for his part ← also.
Eph 6:10 To\ loipo/n, a)delfoi/ mou, e0ndunamou=sqe e0n kuri/w%, kai\ e0n tw%~ kra&tei th=j i0sxu/oj au0tou=. Finally, my brothers, be empowered in the Lord and in the might of his strength.
Eph 6:11 870Endu/sasqe th\n panopli/an tou= qeou=, pro\j to\ du/nasqai u9ma~j sth=nai pro\j ta_j meqodei/aj tou= diabo/lou. Put on the full armour of God so as to be able to stand against the crafty ways of the devil, so as to be able ← for your being able.
crafty ways ← craftinesses.
Eph 6:12 873Oti ou0k e1stin h9mi=n h9 pa&lh pro\j ai[ma kai\ sa&rka, a)lla_ pro\j ta_j a)rxa&j, pro\j ta_j e0cousi/aj, pro\j tou\j kosmokra&toraj tou= sko/touj tou= ai0w~noj tou/tou, pro\j ta_ pneumatika_ th=j ponhri/aj e0n toi=j e0pourani/oij. for we do not wrestle against flesh and blood, but against realms, against authorities, against the world-rulers of this dark age, against spiritual forces of wickedness in the upper-heavenly places. flesh and blood ← blood and flesh, our rendering being the English idiom, as used by Tyndale and the AV.
of this dark age ← of the darkness of this age. A reverse Hebraic genitive, with the nomen regens as the adjective. Compare Heb 10:27, Heb 11:34.
Eph 6:13 Dia_ tou=to a)nala&bete th\n panopli/an tou= qeou=, i3na dunhqh=te a)ntisth=nai e0n th|= h9me/ra% th|= ponhra%~, kai\ a#panta katergasa&menoi sth=nai. On account of this, take up the full armour of God in order that you may be able to withstand on the evil day, and having done everything, to stand.
Eph 6:14 Sth=te ou]n perizwsa&menoi th\n o0sfu\n u9mw~n e0n a)lhqei/a%, kai\ e0ndusa&menoi to\n qw&raka th=j dikaiosu/nhj, Stand, therefore, having girded your loins with truth, and having put on the breastplate of righteousness,
Eph 6:15 kai\ u9podhsa&menoi tou\j po/daj e0n e9toimasi/a% tou= eu0aggeli/ou th=j ei0rh/nhj: and with your feet shod with readiness of the gospel of peace,
Eph 6:16 e0pi\ pa~sin a)nalabo/ntej to\n qureo\n th=j pi/stewj, e0n w%{ dunh/sesqe pa&nta ta_ be/lh tou= ponhrou= ta_ pepurwme/na sbe/sai. above all having taken up the shield of faith with which you will be able to extinguish all the fiery darts of the wicked one,
Eph 6:17 Kai\ th\n perikefalai/an tou= swthri/ou {RP: de/casqai} [P1904 TR: de/casqe], kai\ th\n ma&xairan tou= pneu/matoj, o3 e0stin r(h=ma qeou=: and {RP: to take} [P1904 TR: take] the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the spirit, the spirit being the word of God, de/casqai, to take, RP F1859=11/12 vs. de/casqe, take, singular (!), P1904 TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's k). A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
Isa 59:17.
the spirit being ← which is, but ↴
Eph 6:18 dia_ pa&shj proseuxh=j kai\ deh/sewj proseuxo/menoi e0n panti\ kairw%~ e0n pneu/mati, kai\ ei0j au0to\ tou=to a)grupnou=ntej e0n pa&sh| proskarterh/sei kai\ deh/sei peri\ pa&ntwn tw~n a(gi/wn, with all prayer and supplication, praying on every occasion in spirit, and being watchful to this very end in all perseverance and supplication for all the saints, ↳ in English this would be ambiguous as to the antecedent (sword or spirit?), whereas the neuter relative pronoun in Greek indicates that the antecedent is the spirit.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
Eph 6:19 kai\ u9pe\r e0mou=, i3na moi {RP P1904: doqh|=} [TR: doqei/h] lo/goj e0n a)noi/cei tou= sto/mato/j mou e0n parrhsi/a% gnwri/sai to\ musth/rion tou= eu0aggeli/ou, and for me, that speech be given to me when I open my mouth, to make known frankly the mystery of the gospel, doqh|=, may be given (subjunctive), RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. doqei/h, may be given (optative), TR F1859=0/12.
speech ← (a) word.
Eph 6:20 u9pe\r ou[ presbeu/w e0n a(lu/sei, i3na e0n au0tw%~ parrhsia&swmai, w(j dei= me lalh=sai. for which I am an ambassador in a chain, that I may speak of it frankly as I ought to speak, which ... of it ← which ... in it. Masculine or neuter, referring to the gospel, or, [CB], the mystery.
Eph 6:21 873Ina de\ ei0dh=te kai\ u9mei=j ta_ kat' e0me/, ti/ pra&ssw, pa&nta u9mi=n gnwri/sei Tuxiko\j o9 a)gaphto\j a)delfo\j kai\ pisto\j dia&konoj e0n kuri/w%: but in order that you too may know my affairs – what I am doing – Tychichus the beloved brother and faithful minister in the Lord will make all known to you, what: AV differs, reading how, which is also possible.
minister: in the sense of servant, one who supplies needs.
Eph 6:22 o4n e1pemya pro\j u9ma~j ei0j au0to\ tou=to, i3na gnw~te ta_ peri\ h9mw~n, kai\ parakale/sh| ta_j kardi/aj u9mw~n. whom I have sent to you for this very thing, that you may know our circumstances, and so that he may encourage your hearts.
Eph 6:23 Ei0rh/nh toi=j a)delfoi=j kai\ a)ga&ph meta_ pi/stewj a)po\ qeou= patro\j kai\ kuri/ou 870Ihsou= xristou=. Peace be to the brothers and love with faith from God the father and Lord, Jesus Christ. Lord: no article in the Greek. See Rom 1:7, showing why we repunctuate; AV differs.
Eph 6:24 879H xa&rij meta_ pa&ntwn tw~n a)gapw&ntwn to\n ku/rion h9mw~n 870Ihsou=n xristo\n e0n a)fqarsi/a%. {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: 870Amh/n.} [S1894: - ] Grace be with all those who love our Lord Jesus Christ in integrity. {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: Amen.} [S1894: - ] a)mh/n, amen: present in RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=12/12 vs. absent in S1894 F1859=0/12.
integrity ← indefectibility.
Phil 1:1 Pau=loj kai\ Timo/qeoj, dou=loi 870Ihsou= xristou=, pa~sin toi=j a(gi/oij e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou= toi=j ou]sin e0n Fili/ppoij, su\n e0pisko/poij kai\ diako/noij: From Paul and Timothy, servants of Jesus Christ, to all the saints in Christ Jesus who are in Philippi, with the overseers and ministers, saints: see Matt 27:52.
overseers: or, etymologically, bishops.
ministers: or assistants. Etymologically, deacons.
Phil 1:2 xa&rij u9mi=n kai\ ei0rh/nh a)po\ qeou= patro\j h9mw~n kai\ kuri/ou 870Ihsou= xristou=. grace to you and peace from God our father and Lord, Jesus Christ. Lord: no article in the Greek. See Rom 1:7, showing why we repunctuate; AV differs.
Phil 1:3 Eu0xaristw~ tw%~ qew%~ mou e0pi\ pa&sh| th|= mnei/a% u9mw~n, I give thanks to my God at every mention of you,
Phil 1:4 pa&ntote e0n pa&sh| deh/sei mou u9pe\r pa&ntwn u9mw~n meta_ xara~j th\n de/hsin poiou/menoj, always, in every request of mine, making the request for all of you with joy,
Phil 1:5 e0pi\ th|= koinwni/a% u9mw~n ei0j to\ eu0agge/lion, a)po\ prw&thj h9me/raj a!xri tou= nu=n: for your fellowship in the gospel from the first day up to now,
Phil 1:6 pepoiqw_j au0to\ tou=to, o3ti o9 e0narca&menoj e0n u9mi=n e1rgon a)gaqo\n e0pitele/sei a!xri h9me/raj {RP: xristou= 870Ihsou=} [P1904 TR: 870Ihsou= xristou=]: confident of this very thing, that he who started a good work in you will be completing it until the day of {RP: Christ Jesus} [P1904 TR: Jesus Christ], xristou= 870Ihsou=, Christ + Jesus, RP F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's cekn) VulgC VulgS vs. 870Ihsou= xristou=, Jesus + Christ, P1904 TR F1859=8/12 SyrP. A disparity with RP, R=4:10. AV differs textually.
Phil 1:7 kaqw&j e0stin di/kaion e0moi\ tou=to fronei=n u9pe\r pa&ntwn u9mw~n, dia_ to\ e1xein me e0n th|= kardi/a% u9ma~j, e1n te toi=j desmoi=j mou kai\ {RP P1904: e0n} [TR: - ] th|= a)pologi/a% kai\ bebaiw&sei tou= eu0aggeli/ou, sugkoinwnou/j mou th=j xa&ritoj pa&ntaj u9ma~j o1ntaj. and it is right for me to think this of all of you like this, because I have you in my heart, in both my bonds and {RP P1904: in} [TR: - ] the defence and confirmation of the gospel, you all being fellow sharers of my grace. e0n, in (the defence): present in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. absent (so plain dative, or spanned by the previous e0n) in TR F1859=0/12. No difference in our English.
and ... like this ← according as ...
Phil 1:8 Ma&rtuj ga&r mou/ e0stin o9 qeo/j, w(j e0pipoqw~ pa&ntaj u9ma~j e0n spla&gxnoij 870Ihsou= xristou=. For God is my witness how I long for all of you in the compassion of Jesus Christ, compassion ← bowels.
Phil 1:9 Kai\ tou=to proseu/xomai, i3na h9 a)ga&ph u9mw~n e1ti ma~llon kai\ ma~llon perisseu/h| e0n e0pignw&sei kai\ pa&sh| ai0sqh/sei, and I pray for this, that your love may abound still more and more in acknowledgment and every insight,
Phil 1:10 ei0j to\ dokima&zein u9ma~j ta_ diafe/ronta, i3na h]te ei0likrinei=j kai\ a)pro/skopoi ei0j h9me/ran xristou=, so that you scrutinize the things that differ, in order that you may be sincere and inoffensive up to the day of Christ, scrutinize the things that differ: compare AV margin (test the things that differ). AV differs in the main text, approve the things that are excellent; this is possible in the sense of approve after scrutinizing the things that are better.
Phil 1:11 peplhrwme/noi karpw~n dikaiosu/nhj tw~n dia_ 870Ihsou= xristou=, ei0j do/can kai\ e1painon qeou=. having been filled with the fruits of righteousness which are through Jesus Christ, to the glory and praise of God.
Phil 1:12 Ginw&skein de\ u9ma~j bou/lomai, a)delfoi/, o3ti ta_ kat' e0me\ ma~llon ei0j prokoph\n tou= eu0aggeli/ou e0lh/luqen: But I wish you to know, brothers, that my circumstances have rather led to progress of the gospel, led ← come.
Phil 1:13 w#ste tou\j desmou/j mou fanerou\j e0n xristw%~ gene/sqai e0n o3lw% tw%~ praitwri/w% kai\ toi=j loipoi=j pa~sin, so that my bonds on account of Christ have become well-known in all the governmental offices and all the other places, on account of ← in.
well-known ← manifest.
governmental offices ← the Roman praetorium.
Phil 1:14 kai\ tou\j plei/onaj tw~n a)delfw~n e0n kuri/w%, pepoiqo/taj toi=j desmoi=j mou, perissote/rwj tolma~n a)fo/bwj to\n lo/gon lalei=n. and so that most of the brothers, trusting in the Lord, because of my bonds, dare more than ever to speak the word fearlessly. RP TBS-TR AV punctuate and associate words so as to read brothers in the Lord, trusting in my bonds. So AV differs. P1904 is non-committal, not having a comma. Our punctuation associates trusting ↴
Phil 1:15 Tine\j me\n kai\ dia_ fqo/non kai\ e1rin, tine\j de\ kai\ di' eu0doki/an to\n xristo\n khru/ssousin: Some, however, preach Christ through envy and rivalry, but others also through goodwill. ↳ with in the Lord (Greek e0n + dative, as in Phil 2:24, Phil 3:3). The dative of toi=j desmoi=j, because of my bonds, is dative of cause, as in Rom 11:20.
Phil 1:16 oi9 me\n e0c e0riqei/aj to\n xristo\n katagge/llousin, ou0x a(gnw~j, oi0o/menoi qli/yin e0pife/rein toi=j desmoi=j mou: Some proclaim Christ out of self-interest, not with pure motives, thinking to bring affliction on top of my bonds, self-interest: or contention.
Phil 1:17 oi9 de\ e0c a)ga&phj, ei0do/tej o3ti ei0j a)pologi/an tou= eu0aggeli/ou kei=mai. whereas others do it out of love, knowing that I am put here for the defence of the gospel.
Phil 1:18 Ti/ ga&r; Plh\n panti\ tro/pw%, ei1te profa&sei ei1te a)lhqei/a%, xristo\j katagge/lletai: kai\ e0n tou/tw% xai/rw, a)lla_ kai\ xarh/somai. So what? As long as, in one way or another, whether by pretence or in truth, Christ is proclaimed. And in this I rejoice, and not only so, but I will rejoice. in one way or another ← in each way.
Phil 1:19 Oi]da ga_r o3ti tou=to/ moi a)pobh/setai ei0j swthri/an dia_ th=j u9mw~n deh/sewj, kai\ e0pixorhgi/aj tou= pneu/matoj 870Ihsou= xristou=, For I am aware that this, you know, will turn out to salvation through your supplication and the support of the spirit of Jesus Christ, you know: we take moi as an “ethic dative”, which is used to attract the attention of the person addressed. Paul's salvation is not in question; compare 3:11. AV differs (my salvation).
Phil 1:20 kata_ th\n a)pokaradoki/an kai\ e0lpi/da mou, o3ti e0n ou0deni\ ai0sxunqh/somai, a)ll' e0n pa&sh| parrhsi/a%, w(j pa&ntote, kai\ nu=n megalunqh/setai xristo\j e0n tw%~ sw&mati/ mou, ei1te dia_ zwh=j ei1te dia_ qana&tou. according to my earnest expectation and hope, that I shall not be ashamed of anything, but that in all frankness, now as always, Christ will be magnified by my body whether through life or through death. now ← and now.
Phil 1:21 870Emoi\ ga_r to\ zh|=n, xristo/j: kai\ to\ a)poqanei=n, ke/rdoj. Because for me to live means Christ, and to die is gain.
Phil 1:22 Ei0 de\ to\ zh|=n e0n sarki/, tou=to/ moi karpo\j e1rgou: kai\ ti/ ai9rh/somai ou0 gnwri/zw. But if to live in the flesh means I have the fruit of my work, then what I will choose, I cannot tell. means I have ← this to me.
cannot ← do not, a Hebraism.
tell ← make known.
Phil 1:23 Sune/xomai {RP P1904: de\} [TR: ga_r] e0k tw~n du/o, th\n e0piqumi/an e1xwn ei0j to\ a)nalu=sai kai\ su\n xristw%~ ei]nai, pollw%~ {RP S1550 S1894: - } [P1904 E1624: ga_r] ma~llon krei=sson: {RP P1904: But} [TR: For] I am squeezed by the two, having a desire to depart and be with Christ, {RP S1550 S1894: which is} [P1904 E1624: for it is] far better, sune/xomai de\, but I am squeezed, RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. sune/xomai ga_r, for I am squeezed, TR F1859=0/12.
ga_r (after pollw%~), for: absent in RP S1550 S1894 F1859=11/12 vs. present in P1904 E1624 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's f).
squeezed ← enclosed.
depart: see 2 Tim 4:6.
Phil 1:24 to\ de\ e0pime/nein e0n th|= sarki\ a)nagkaio/teron di' u9ma~j. but to remain in the flesh is the more necessary on your account,
Phil 1:25 Kai\ tou=to pepoiqw_j oi]da o3ti menw~, kai\ sumparamenw~ pa~sin u9mi=n ei0j th\n u9mw~n prokoph\n kai\ xara_n th=j pi/stewj, and being convinced of this, I know that I shall remain and stay along with all of you for your progress and joy in the faith, in ← of.
Phil 1:26 i3na to\ kau/xhma u9mw~n perisseu/h| e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou= e0n e0moi/, dia_ th=j e0mh=j parousi/aj pa&lin pro\j u9ma~j. so that your exultation may abound in Christ Jesus because of me through my presence again with you. Christ Jesus: AV differs in word order, Jesus Christ.
because of ← in, but also causal, as in Mark 6:3, 1 Pet 4:14.
Phil 1:27 Mo/non a)ci/wj tou= eu0aggeli/ou tou= xristou= politeu/esqe, i3na ei1te e0lqw_n kai\ i0dw_n u9ma~j, ei1te a)pw&n, a)kou/sw ta_ peri\ u9mw~n, o3ti sth/kete e0n e9ni\ pneu/mati, mia%~ yuxh|= sunaqlou=ntej th|= pi/stei tou= eu0aggeli/ou, Only conduct yourselves as citizens worthy of the gospel of Christ, so that whether I come and see you or whether I am absent, I may hear of your affairs, that you are standing in one spirit, striving together with one mind for the faith of the gospel, mind ← soul.
Phil 1:28 kai\ mh\ pturo/menoi e0n mhdeni\ u9po\ tw~n a)ntikeime/nwn: h3tij au0toi=j me/n e0stin e1ndeicij a)pwlei/aj, u9mi=n de\ swthri/aj, kai\ tou=to a)po\ qeou=: and not being alarmed by anything done by your adversaries, which is an indication to them of perdition, but to you of salvation, and that from God. alarmed ← startled.
perdition: or waste.
Phil 1:29 o3ti u9mi=n e0xari/sqh to\ u9pe\r xristou=, ou0 mo/non to\ ei0j au0to\n pisteu/ein, a)lla_ kai\ to\ u9pe\r au0tou= pa&sxein: For it is granted to you concerning Christ not only to believe in him, but also to suffer for his sake, to suffer: compare Phil 3:10.
Phil 1:30 to\n au0to\n a)gw~na e1xontej oi[on {RP P1904 S1894: ei1dete} [S1550 E1624: i1dete] e0n e0moi/, kai\ nu=n a)kou/ete e0n e0moi/. having the same struggle which you saw in me and now hear is in me. ei1dete, you saw (indicative), RP P1904 S1894 F1859=10/13 vs. i1dete, see (imperative, but more probably an indicative with a lost augment), S1550 E1624 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's dmn).
Phil 2:1 Ei1 tij ou]n para&klhsij e0n xristw%~, ei1 ti paramu/qion a)ga&phj, ei1 tij koinwni/a pneu/matoj, ei1 {RP P1904: tij} [TR: tina] spla&gxna kai\ oi0ktirmoi/, If, therefore, there is any comfort in Christ, if there is any consolation from love, if there is any fellowship of the spirit, if there is any compassion and mercy, tij, any (masculine / feminine singular, as if spla&gxna is feminine singular), RP P1904 F1859=8/13 vs. tina, any (neuter plural, classically correct), TR F1859=0/13 vs. ti, any (neuter singular, as if spla&gxna is third declension), F1859=5/13.
Phil 2:2 plhrw&sate/ mou th\n xara&n, i3na to\ au0to\ fronh=te, th\n au0th\n a)ga&phn e1xontej, su/myuxoi, to\ e4n fronou=ntej: make my joy full, by being likeminded, having the same love, being of one mind, having your thoughts on the one thing, by being likeminded ← that you think the same.
of one mind ← of one soul.
Phil 2:3 mhde\n kata_ e0riqei/an h2 kenodoci/an, a)lla_ th|= tapeinofrosu/nh| a)llh/louj h9gou/menoi u9pere/xontaj e9autw~n: nothing being through self-interest or vainglory, but in lowliness of mind, considering each other more important than yourselves. self-interest: or contention.
yourselves: AV differs in formulation, themselves, but as NT Greek does not distinguish the grammatical person in an instance like this, yourselves is fully admissible, and it is in line with the verbal forms.
Phil 2:4 mh\ ta_ e9autw~n e3kastoj skopei=te, a)lla_ kai\ ta_ e9te/rwn e3kastoj. Let everyone look not to his own interests, but also each one to the interests of others.
Phil 2:5 Tou=to ga_r fronei/sqw e0n u9mi=n o4 kai\ e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=: So have this frame of mind in you, which is also in Christ Jesus, so have this frame of mind ← for let this be thought.
Phil 2:6 o4j e0n morfh|= qeou= u9pa&rxwn, ou0x a(rpagmo\n h9gh/sato to\ ei]nai i]sa qew%~, who, existing in the form of God, did not consider being equal to God to be misappropriation, equal ← equally (neuter plural as adverb).
misappropriation: the Greek word has connotations of plundering.
Phil 2:7 a)ll' e9auto\n e0ke/nwsen, morfh\n dou/lou labw&n, e0n o9moiw&mati a)nqrw&pwn geno/menoj: yet he emptied himself, having taken on the status of a servant, having come in the appearance of men, status ← form.
come ← become, but also often arrive. AV differs (was made), perhaps under Vulgate influence (factus).
appearance ← likeness.
Phil 2:8 kai\ sxh/mati eu9reqei\j w(j a!nqrwpoj, e0tapei/nwsen e9auto/n, geno/menoj u9ph/kooj me/xri qana&tou, qana&tou de\ staurou=. and having been found in appearance as a man, he humbled himself, and he became obedient to the extent of death, and the death of the cross at that,
Phil 2:9 Dio\ kai\ o9 qeo\j au0to\n u9peru/ywsen, kai\ e0xari/sato au0tw%~ o1noma to\ u9pe\r pa~n o1noma: which is why God has also greatly exalted him and has granted him a name above every name, which is why ← on account of which.
Phil 2:10 i3na e0n tw%~ o0no/mati 870Ihsou= pa~n go/nu ka&myh| e0pourani/wn kai\ e0pigei/wn kai\ kataxqoni/wn, so that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, in the upper-heavens and on earth and underground, Isa 45:23.
in ← of.
on ← of.
upper-heavens etc.: in more elevated style, super-celestial, and terrestrial, and subterranean.
Phil 2:11 kai\ pa~sa glw~ssa e0comologh/shtai o3ti ku/rioj 870Ihsou=j xristo/j, ei0j do/can qeou= patro/j. and every tongue confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the father. Isa 45:23.
Lord: or the Lord, where if we supply in the mind the verb to be after ku/rioj, the definite article with ku/rioj is dropped because the predicate precedes the verb.
Phil 2:12 873Wste, a)gaphtoi/ mou, kaqw_j pa&ntote u9phkou/sate, mh\ w(j e0n th|= parousi/a% mou mo/non, a)lla_ nu=n pollw%~ ma~llon e0n th|= a)pousi/a% mou, meta_ fo/bou kai\ tro/mou th\n e9autw~n swthri/an katerga&zesqe: So, my beloved, as you have always obeyed, not only in my presence, but now much more in my absence, work out your own salvation with fear and trembling, in my presence ← as in my presence. Redundant w(j; see Luke 2:37.
work out: the “outworking”, with connotations of putting to use, applying. [LS] give inter alia work up for use.
Phil 2:13 o9 qeo\j ga&r e0stin o9 e0nergw~n e0n u9mi=n kai\ to\ qe/lein kai\ to\ e0nergei=n u9pe\r th=j eu0doki/aj. for God is the one who is active in you, both to will and to be active for his good pleasure.
Phil 2:14 Pa&nta poiei=te xwri\j goggusmw~n kai\ dialogismw~n, Do everything without grumblings and disputes,
Phil 2:15 i3na ge/nhsqe a!memptoi kai\ a)ke/raioi, te/kna qeou= a)mw&mhta e0n me/sw% genea~j skolia~j kai\ diestramme/nhj, e0n oi[j fai/nesqe w(j fwsth=rej e0n ko/smw%, in order that you may be blameless and unspoiled, unblemished children of God in the midst of a crooked and perverted generation, among whom you shine as lights in the world, be: or become.
unspoiled ← unmixed.
unblemished: see Eph 1:4.
Phil 2:16 lo/gon zwh=j e0pe/xontej, ei0j kau/xhma e0moi\ ei0j h9me/ran xristou=, o3ti ou0k ei0j keno\n e1dramon, ou0de\ ei0j keno\n e0kopi/asa. presenting the word of life, to my exultation on the day of Christ, in that I did not run in vain nor did I toil in vain.
Phil 2:17 870All' ei0 kai\ spe/ndomai e0pi\ th|= qusi/a% kai\ leitourgi/a% th=j pi/stewj u9mw~n, xai/rw kai\ sugxai/rw pa~sin u9mi=n: But even if I am poured out on the offering and ministering of your faith, I rejoice and jointly rejoice with you all. poured out: the word is used of libations.
Phil 2:18 to\ d' au0to\ kai\ u9mei=j xai/rete kai\ sugxai/rete/ moi. In the same way, rejoice, yourselves too, and jointly rejoice with me. rejoice (2x): the AV translates as the indicative, or ambiguously; we as an imperative (in both cases).
Phil 2:19 870Elpi/zw de\ e0n kuri/w% 870Ihsou=, Timo/qeon taxe/wj pe/myai u9mi=n, i3na ka)gw_ eu0yuxw~, gnou\j ta_ peri\ u9mw~n. But I hope in the Lord Jesus to send Timothy to you soon, so that I may be of good courage, when I have got to know your affairs, soon ← quickly.
be of good courage ← be of good soul.
Phil 2:20 Ou0de/na ga_r e1xw i0so/yuxon, o3stij gnhsi/wj ta_ peri\ u9mw~n merimnh/sei. for I have no-one likeminded, who will sincerely care about your affairs. likeminded ← of like soul.
Phil 2:21 Oi9 pa&ntej ga_r ta_ e9autw~n zhtou=sin, ou0 ta_ {RP P1904: - } [TR: tou=] xristou= 870Ihsou=. For all seek their own interests, not those of Christ Jesus. tou=, (of) the (Christ): absent in RP P1904 F1859=7/13 vs. present in TR F1859=6/13. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
Christ Jesus: AV differs in word order, Jesus Christ.
Phil 2:22 Th\n de\ dokimh\n au0tou= ginw&skete, o3ti w(j patri\ te/knon, su\n e0moi\ e0dou/leusen ei0j to\ eu0agge/lion. But get to know his trustworthiness, because as a child with his father he has served with me in the cause of the gospel. get to know ... because: AV differs, translating as an indicative, (ye know ... that), which is also possible.
Phil 2:23 Tou=ton me\n ou]n e0lpi/zw pe/myai, w(j a@n a)pi/dw ta_ peri\ e0me/, e0cauth=j: So I hope to send him just as soon as I see to my affairs, him ← this (man).
just ← immediately (e0cauth=j).
as soon as ← whenever.
Phil 2:24 pe/poiqa de\ e0n kuri/w%, o3ti kai\ au0to\j taxe/wj e0leu/somai. but I trust in the Lord that I myself will also come soon.
Phil 2:25 870Anagkai=on de\ h9ghsa&mhn 870Epafro/diton to\n a)delfo\n kai\ sunergo\n kai\ sustratiw&thn mou, u9mw~n de\ a)po/stolon, kai\ leitourgo\n th=j xrei/aj mou, pe/myai pro\j u9ma~j: However, I considered it necessary to send Epaphroditus to you, my brother and fellow worker and fellow soldier, but your apostle, and minister of my needs, minister: in the sense of servant, one who supplies needs.
Phil 2:26 e0peidh\ e0pipoqw~n h]n pa&ntaj u9ma~j, kai\ a)dhmonw~n, dio/ti h0kou/sate o3ti h0sqe/nhsen: since he was longing for you all, and he was in distress, because you had heard that he was ill, was ill: AV differs (had been sick), following strict classical usage, but people are in distress when a friend is ill, not when he has recovered. Compare Acts 6:1.
Phil 2:27 kai\ ga_r h0sqe/nhsen paraplh/sion {RP TR: qana&tw%} [P1904: qana&tou], {RP: a)lla_} [P1904 TR: a)ll'] o9 qeo\j au0to\n h0le/hsen, ou0k au0to\n de\ mo/non, a)lla_ kai\ e0me/, i3na mh\ lu/phn e0pi\ {RP P1904: lu/phn} [TR: lu/ph|] sxw~. for he did indeed fall so ill that he was near to death, but God had mercy on him, and not only him, but me also, so that I should not have grief upon grief, qana&tw%, to death, RP TR F1859=12/13 vs. qana&tou, of death, but treated as the genitive after the improper preposition paraplh/sion, P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l). No difference in our English.
a)lla_, but (unapocopated form), RP F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's cen) vs. a)ll', but (apocopated form), P1904 TR F1859=10/13. A strong disparity with RP, R=3:12.
lu/phn, grief (accusative), RP P1904 F1859=8/14 vs. lu/ph|, grief (dative), TR F1859=6/14 (Scrivener's abckl**o).
Phil 2:28 Spoudaiote/rwj ou]n e1pemya au0to/n, i3na, i0do/ntej au0to\n pa&lin, xarh=te, ka)gw_ a)lupo/teroj w}. so I sent him with greater earnest, so that when you saw him again, you would rejoice, and I would be somewhat relieved from sorrow.
Phil 2:29 Prosde/xesqe ou]n au0to\n e0n kuri/w% meta_ pa&shj xara~j, kai\ tou\j toiou/touj e0nti/mouj e1xete: Receive him therefore in the Lord with all joy, and hold such in honour,
Phil 2:30 o3ti dia_ to\ e1rgon tou= xristou= me/xri qana&tou h1ggisen, parabouleusa&menoj th|= yuxh|=, i3na a)naplhrw&sh| to\ u9mw~n u9ste/rhma th=j pro/j me leitourgi/aj. because for the work of Christ he came near to death, not having regarded his life, so that he could make up for the thing that was missing in your service towards me. his: from the middle voice of regarded.
life ← soul.
the thing that was missing: i.e. their personal presence [CB].
Phil 3:1 To\ loipo/n, a)delfoi/ mou, xai/rete e0n kuri/w%. Ta_ au0ta_ gra&fein u9mi=n, e0moi\ me\n ou0k o0knhro/n, u9mi=n de\ a)sfale/j. Finally, my brothers, rejoice in the Lord. It is not troublesome for me to write the same things to you, and for you it is a safeguard.
Phil 3:2 Ble/pete tou\j ku/naj, ble/pete tou\j kakou\j e0rga&taj, ble/pete th\n katatomh/n: Beware of dogs, beware of evil workers, beware of the scission, evil workers ← the evil workers. See Gen 22:9.
scission: self-mutilation. We choose a word similar to circumcision so as to reflect the similarity in the Greek words.
Phil 3:3 h9mei=j ga&r e0smen h9 peritomh/, oi9 pneu/mati {RP P1904: qeou=} [TR: qew%~] latreu/ontej, kai\ kauxw&menoi e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=, kai\ ou0k e0n sarki\ pepoiqo/tej: for we are the circumcision, those who {RP P1904: serve by the spirit of God} [TR: serve God in spirit], and who exult in Christ Jesus, and who do not trust in the flesh, pneu/mati qeou=, (serve) by the spirit of God, or (less credibly): (serve) the spirit of God, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. pneu/mati qew%~, (serve) God in spirit, TR SyrP VulgC VulgS F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
Phil 3:4 kai/per e0gw_ e1xwn pepoi/qhsin kai\ e0n sarki/: ei1 tij dokei= a!lloj pepoiqe/nai e0n sarki/, e0gw_ ma~llon: although I have grounds for trust in the flesh too. If anyone else thinks he can trust in the flesh, I can do so more:
Phil 3:5 peritomh\ o0ktah/meroj, e0k ge/nouj 870Israh/l, fulh=j Beniami/n, 879Ebrai=oj e0c 879Ebrai/wn, kata_ no/mon Farisai=oj, circumcised on the eighth day, of the stock of Israel, of the tribe of Benjamin, a Hebrew of the Hebrews, as to the law, a Pharisee, circumcised on the eighth day ← (in respect of) circumcision, (an) eighth-day (man).
Phil 3:6 kata_ zh=lon diw&kwn th\n e0kklhsi/an, kata_ dikaiosu/nhn th\n e0n no/mw% geno/menoj a!memptoj. zealously persecuting the church, while being blameless as regards the righteousness which is in the sphere of the law, church: see Matt 16:18.
being ← having become. See Matt 23:20.
Phil 3:7 870All' a#tina h]n moi ke/rdh, tau=ta h3ghmai dia_ to\n xristo\n zhmi/an. but whatever things were gains to me, those I consider a loss because of Christ – consider ← have considered.
Phil 3:8 870Alla_ {RP: me\n ou]n} [P1904 TR: menou=nge] kai\ h9gou=mai pa&nta zhmi/an ei]nai dia_ to\ u9pere/xon th=j gnw&sewj xristou= 870Ihsou= tou= kuri/ou mou: di' o4n ta_ pa&nta e0zhmiw&qhn, kai\ h9gou=mai sku/bala ei]nai, i3na xristo\n kerdh/sw, and indeed I even count everything to be a loss by reason of the pre-eminence of knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord, for whom I have suffered the loss of everything, and I count them dung in order that I may gain Christ, me\n ou]n, indeed; rather (1), RP F1859=9/13 vs. menou=nge, indeed; rather (2), P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's bkmo).
I count them ← I count them to be.
Phil 3:9 kai\ eu9reqw~ e0n au0tw%~, mh\ e1xwn e0mh\n dikaiosu/nhn th\n e0k no/mou, a)lla_ th\n dia_ pi/stewj xristou=, th\n e0k qeou= dikaiosu/nhn e0pi\ th|= pi/stei: and that I may be found in him, not having my own righteousness which is from the law, but that which is through faith in Christ, the righteousness from God based on faith, in Christ ← of Christ, which we take to be an objective genitive. Compare Rom 3:22.
Phil 3:10 tou= gnw~nai au0to\n kai\ th\n du/namin th=j a)nasta&sewj au0tou=, kai\ th\n koinwni/an tw~n paqhma&twn au0tou=, summorfou/menoj tw%~ qana&tw% au0tou=, so as to know him and the power of his resurrection and the fellowship of his sufferings, being conformed to his death, sufferings: compare Phil 1:29.
Phil 3:11 ei1 pwj katanth/sw ei0j th\n e0cana&stasin tw~n nekrw~n. if somehow I can attain to the out-resurrection of the dead. out-resurrection (e0cana&stasij: a word distinguished from the usual word for resurrection, a)na&stasij). Compare Heb 11:35 (a better resurrection).
Phil 3:12 Ou0x o3ti h1dh e1labon, h2 h1dh tetelei/wmai: diw&kw de/, ei0 kai\ katala&bw e0f' w%{ kai\ katelh/fqhn u9po\ tou= xristou= 870Ihsou=. Not that I have already reached it, or have already reached perfection, but I pursue it aspiring to take hold of that for which I have been taken hold of by Christ Jesus. aspiring to ← if also that I may, with a sense of if only.
Phil 3:13 870Adelfoi/, e0gw_ e0mauto\n {RP-text TR: ou0} [RP-marg P1904: ou1pw] logi/zomai kateilhfe/nai: e4n de/, ta_ me\n o0pi/sw e0pilanqano/menoj, toi=j de\ e1mprosqen e0pekteino/menoj, Brothers, I do {RP-text TR: not} [RP-marg P1904: not yet] consider myself to have taken hold, but one thing I do, forgetting the things that are behind, and forging ahead towards the things that are in front: ou0, not, RP-text TR F1859=9/14 vs. ou1pw, not yet, RP-marg P1904 F1859=5/14.
Phil 3:14 kata_ skopo\n diw&kw e0pi\ to\ brabei=on th=j a!nw klh/sewj tou= qeou= e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=. I press on expressly towards the prize of the calling on high of God in Christ Jesus. expressly: or designedly; lit: according to a mark / goal (adverbial use of kata&, rather than towards as a synonym for pro/j or ei0j).
Phil 3:15 873Osoi ou]n te/leioi, tou=to fronw~men: kai\ ei1 ti e9te/rwj fronei=te, kai\ tou=to o9 qeo\j u9mi=n a)pokalu/yei: Let us therefore, inasmuch as we are perfect, have this frame of mind. However, if you take a different view of anything, God will reveal this to you too. inasmuch as we are perfect ← as many as (are) perfect. We suggest that o3soi is best translated adverbially, (to the degree of) as many / much as → inasmuch as. Perfection not yet reached in v.12.
Phil 3:16 plh\n ei0j o4 e0fqa&samen, tw%~ au0tw%~ stoixei=n kano/ni, to\ au0to\ fronei=n. But whatever stage we have reached, let us keep to the same line and hold to the same frame of mind.
Phil 3:17 Summimhtai/ mou gi/nesqe, a)delfoi/, kai\ skopei=te tou\j ou3twj peripatou=ntaj, kaqw_j e1xete tu/pon h9ma~j. Be imitators together of me, brothers, and look to those who walk this way, as you have us as an example. Be ← become.
Phil 3:18 Polloi\ ga_r peripatou=sin, ou4j polla&kij e1legon u9mi=n, nu=n de\ kai\ klai/wn le/gw, tou\j e0xqrou\j tou= staurou= tou= xristou=: For many walk, about whom I have often told you, and now tell you weeping, that they are the enemies of the cross of Christ, tell you: followed by an accusative eliding the infinitive, as in John 8:25.
Phil 3:19 w{n to\ te/loj a)pw&leia, w{n o9 qeo\j h9 koili/a, kai\ h9 do/ca e0n th|= ai0sxu/nh| au0tw~n, oi9 ta_ e0pi/geia fronou=ntej. whose end is loss, whose god is their belly, and whose glory is in their shame, who have in mind earthly things, loss: see John 3:16.
Phil 3:20 879Hmw~n ga_r to\ poli/teuma e0n ou0ranoi=j u9pa&rxei, e0c ou[ kai\ swth=ra a)pekdexo/meqa, ku/rion 870Ihsou=n xristo/n: for our citizenship is in the heavens, from where we also await a saviour, the Lord Jesus Christ, where: we take the word ou[ as the relative adverb, where, as in Col 2:19, Matt 2:9, not as a relative pronoun.
Phil 3:21 o4j metasxhmati/sei to\ sw~ma th=j tapeinw&sewj h9mw~n, ei0j to\ gene/sqai au0to\ su/mmorfon tw%~ sw&mati th=j do/chj au0tou=, kata_ th\n e0ne/rgeian tou= du/nasqai au0to\n kai\ u9pota&cai {RP TR: e9autw%~} [P1904: au0tw%~] ta_ pa&nta. who will transform our lowly body, so that it becomes conformant to his glorious body according to the force by which he is also able to subdue everything to himself. e9autw%~, to himself, RP TR F1859=10/14 vs. au0tw%~, to him, P1904 F1859=4/14 (Scrivener's b*fko). No difference in our English.
lowly / glorious body ← body of lowliness / glory, Hebraic genitives.
Phil 4:1 873Wste, a)delfoi/ mou a)gaphtoi\ kai\ e0pipo/qhtoi, xara_ kai\ ste/fano/j mou, ou3twj sth/kete e0n kuri/w%, a)gaphtoi/. So then, my brothers, beloved and longed for, my joy and crown, take this stand in the Lord, my beloved. take this stand ← stand thus.
Phil 4:2 {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: Eu0odi/an} [S1550: Eu0wdi/an] parakalw~, kai\ Suntu/xhn parakalw~, to\ au0to\ fronei=n e0n kuri/w%. I exhort Euodias and I exhort Syntyché to be of the same frame of mind in the Lord. Eu0odi/an, Euodias (1), RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=12/13 vs. Eu0wdi/an, Euodias (2), S1550 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's k).
Euodias and Syntyché: feminine names.
Phil 4:3 {RP P1904: Nai/,} [TR: Kai\] e0rwtw~ kai/ se, su/zuge gnh/sie, sullamba&nou au0tai=j, ai3tinej e0n tw%~ eu0aggeli/w% sunh/qlhsa&n moi, meta_ kai\ Klh/mentoj, kai\ tw~n loipw~n sunergw~n mou, w{n ta_ o0no/mata e0n bi/blw% zwh=j. {RP P1904: Yes,} [TR: And] I ask you too, my genuine yokefellow, help these women who strove with me in the gospel, with Clement also, and my other co-workers, whose names are in the book of life. nai\, yes, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. kai\, and, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's h).
Ps 69:29MT (Ps 69:28AV), Dan 12:1, Ex 32:32.
these women ← them.
other ← remaining.
Phil 4:4 Xai/rete e0n kuri/w% pa&ntote: pa&lin e0rw~, xai/rete. Rejoice in the Lord always; again I will say it: rejoice.
Phil 4:5 To\ e0pieike\j u9mw~n gnwsqh/tw pa~sin a)nqrw&poij. 879O ku/rioj e0ggu/j. Let your equitableness be known to all men. The Lord is nearby.
Phil 4:6 Mhde\n merimna~te, a)ll' e0n panti\ th|= proseuxh|= kai\ th|= deh/sei meta_ eu0xaristi/aj ta_ ai0th/mata u9mw~n gnwrize/sqw pro\j to\n qeo/n. Do not be anxious about anything, but let your requests in every matter be known to God in all prayer and supplication with thanksgiving.
Phil 4:7 Kai\ h9 ei0rh/nh tou= qeou= h9 u9pere/xousa pa&nta nou=n, frourh/sei ta_j kardi/aj u9mw~n kai\ ta_ noh/mata u9mw~n e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=. And the peace of God, which surpasses all understanding, will guard your hearts and your thoughts in Christ Jesus.
Phil 4:8 To\ loipo/n, a)delfoi/, o3sa e0sti\n a)lhqh=, o3sa semna&, o3sa di/kaia, o3sa a(gna&, o3sa prosfilh=, o3sa eu1fhma, ei1 tij a)reth\ kai\ ei1 tij e1painoj, tau=ta logi/zesqe. Finally, brothers, whatever is true, whatever is noble, whatever is right, whatever is pure, whatever is kindly, whatever is laudable – if there is any virtue, and if there is any praise: take account of these things. whatever is ← whatever (things) are (throughout the verse).
noble: or revered, worthy of reverence.
Phil 4:9 874A kai\ e0ma&qete kai\ parela&bete kai\ h0kou/sate kai\ ei1dete e0n e0moi/, tau=ta pra&ssete: kai\ o9 qeo\j th=j ei0rh/nhj e1stai meq' u9mw~n. And the things which you have learned and received and heard and seen in me, do, and the God of peace will be with you. do ← do these.
Phil 4:10 870Exa&rhn de\ e0n kuri/w% mega&lwj, o3ti h1dh pote\ a)neqa&lete to\ u9pe\r e0mou= fronei=n: e0f' w%{ kai\ e0fronei=te, h0kairei=sqe de/. But I rejoiced in the Lord greatly because you have at last revived your thoughts on behalf of me. And on this point, you did consider me, but you lacked opportunity. revived ← sprouted up again, perhaps transitive here; otherwise, intransitive followed by an accusative of respect.
thoughts ← thinking, lit. to think.
Phil 4:11 Ou0x o3ti kaq' u9ste/rhsin le/gw: e0gw_ ga_r e1maqon, e0n oi[j ei0mi/, au0ta&rkhj ei]nai. Not that I speak from a lack of anything, for I have learned to be independent of the circumstances in which I find myself. independent ← self-sufficient. AV differs somewhat (content), so emotionally independent of circumstances.
find myself ← am.
Phil 4:12 Oi]da {RP P1904 S1894: kai\} [S1550 E1624: de\] tapeinou=sqai, oi]da kai\ perisseu/ein: e0n panti\ kai\ e0n pa~sin memu/hmai kai\ xorta&zesqai kai\ peina~n, kai\ perisseu/ein kai\ u9sterei=sqai. {RP P1904 S1894: And} [S1550 E1624: But] I know what it means to be brought low, and I also know what it means to have more than enough. In each and every circumstance I have learned the secret of both being fed and going hungry, and of having more than enough and of lacking things. kai\, and, RP P1904 S1894 F1859=9/13 vs. de\, but, S1550 E1624 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's bdef).
learned the secret ← been initiated.
Phil 4:13 Pa&nta i0sxu/w e0n tw%~ e0ndunamou=nti/ me xristw%~. I have strength for all things through Christ who empowers me.
Phil 4:14 Plh\n kalw~j e0poih/sate sugkoinwnh/sante/j mou th|= qli/yei. But still, you have done well in sharing fellowship with me in my affliction.
Phil 4:15 Oi1date de\ kai\ u9mei=j, Filipph/sioi, o3ti e0n a)rxh|= tou= eu0aggeli/ou, o3te e0ch=lqon a)po\ Makedoni/aj, ou0demi/a moi e0kklhsi/a e0koinw&nhsen ei0j lo/gon do/sewj kai\ lh/yewj, ei0 mh\ u9mei=j mo/noi: But you Philippians also know that in the beginning of the gospel, when I came out of Macedonia, no church contributed to me in settlement of debit and credit except you alone, church: see Matt 16:18.
contributed: AV differs, to modern ears at least, (communicated).
Phil 4:16 o3ti kai\ e0n Qessaloni/kh| kai\ a#pac kai\ di\j ei0j th\n xrei/an moi e0pe/myate. for even in Thessalonica you more than once sent me something towards my needs. more than once ← both once and twice.
Phil 4:17 Ou0x o3ti e0pizhtw~ to\ do/ma, a)ll' e0pizhtw~ to\n karpo\n to\n pleona&zonta ei0j lo/gon u9mw~n. Not that I seek a gift, but I seek fruit which will accrue to your account.
Phil 4:18 870Ape/xw de\ pa&nta kai\ perisseu/w: peplh/rwmai, deca&menoj para_ 870Epafrodi/tou ta_ par' u9mw~n, o0smh\n eu0wdi/aj, qusi/an dekth/n, eu0a&reston tw%~ qew%~. But I have received everything in full and have surplus. I have been fully supplied, having received via Epaphroditus the things from you, a sweet scent, an acceptable sacrifice, pleasing to God.
Phil 4:19 879O de\ qeo/j mou plhrw&sei pa~san xrei/an u9mw~n kata_ to\n plou=ton au0tou= e0n do/ch|, e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=. And my God will fully supply every need of yours according to his riches in glory in Christ Jesus.
Phil 4:20 Tw%~ de\ qew%~ kai\ patri\ h9mw~n h9 do/ca ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj tw~n ai0w&nwn. 870Amh/n. Now to the God and father of ours be glory throughout the durations of the ages. Amen. the God and father of ours: or God and our father, but we take our as probably spanning both nouns since the definite article is not repeated (Granville Sharp rule).
throughout the durations of the ages ← throughout the ages of the ages.
Phil 4:21 870Aspa&sasqe pa&nta a#gion e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=. 870Aspa&zontai u9ma~j oi9 su\n e0moi\ a)delfoi/. Greet every saint in Christ Jesus. The brothers with me greet you. saint: see Matt 27:52.
Phil 4:22 870Aspa&zontai u9ma~j pa&ntej oi9 a#gioi, ma&lista de\ oi9 e0k th=j Kai/saroj oi0ki/aj. All the saints greet you, but especially those of Caesar's household. saints: see Matt 27:52.
Phil 4:23 879H xa&rij tou= kuri/ou {RP P1904: - } [TR: h9mw~n] 870Ihsou= xristou= meta_ pa&ntwn u9mw~n. 870Amh/n. The grace of {RP P1904: the} [TR: our] Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen. h9mw~n, (of) our (Lord): absent in RP P1904 F1859=8/13 vs. present in TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's adfkl).
Col 1:1 Pau=loj a)po/stoloj 870Ihsou= xristou= dia_ qelh/matoj qeou=, kai\ Timo/qeoj o9 a)delfo/j, From Paul, an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God, and Timothy our brother,
Col 1:2 toi=j e0n {RP P1904 S1550: Kolassai=j} [E1624 S1894: Kolossai=j] a(gi/oij kai\ pistoi=j a)delfoi=j e0n xristw%~: xa&rij u9mi=n kai\ ei0rh/nh a)po\ qeou= patro\j h9mw~n kai\ kuri/ou 870Ihsou= xristou=. to the saints and faithful brothers in Christ in Colossae, grace to you, and peace from God our father and Lord, Jesus Christ. Kolassai=j, Colossae (but spelled Colassae), RP P1904 S1550 F1859=10/14 vs. Kolossai=j, Colossae, E1624 S1894 F1859=3/14 (Scrivener's efn) vs. another spelling, F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's d*). AV= Colosse.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
Lord: no article in the Greek. See Rom 1:7, showing why we repunctuate; AV differs.
Col 1:3 Eu0xaristou=men tw%~ qew%~ kai\ patri\ tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=, pa&ntote peri\ u9mw~n proseuxo/menoi, We give thanks to the God and father of our Lord Jesus Christ, praying for you always,
Col 1:4 a)kou/santej th\n pi/stin u9mw~n e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=, kai\ th\n a)ga&phn th\n ei0j pa&ntaj tou\j a(gi/ouj, having heard of your faith in Christ Jesus and your love towards all the saints, saints: see Matt 27:52.
Col 1:5 dia_ th\n e0lpi/da th\n a)pokeime/nhn u9mi=n e0n toi=j ou0ranoi=j, h4n prohkou/sate e0n tw%~ lo/gw% th=j a)lhqei/aj tou= eu0aggeli/ou, because of the hope which is reserved for you in the heavenly places, which you have heard of before, in the word of truth of the gospel, which (second occurrence in verse): agrees with hope.
Col 1:6 tou= paro/ntoj ei0j u9ma~j, kaqw_j kai\ e0n panti\ tw%~ ko/smw%, kai\ e1stin karpoforou/menon {RP-text P1904: kai\ au0cano/menon} [RP-marg TR: - ], kaqw_j kai\ e0n u9mi=n a)f' h[j h9me/raj h0kou/sate kai\ e0pe/gnwte th\n xa&rin tou= qeou= e0n a)lhqei/a%: which has come to you, as also in all the world, and is bearing fruit {RP-text P1904: and increasing} [RP-marg TR: - ], as it has been doing among you too, from the day when you heard and acknowledged the grace of God in truth, kai\ au0cano/menon, and increasing: present in RP-text P1904 VulgC VulgS SyrP F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's ahmo) vs. absent in RP-marg TR F1859=9/13. A disparity with RP-text, R=5:10. AV differs textually.
bearing fruit: middle voice (is bearing fruit for itself, has fruit borne). It agrees with gospel here. In Col 1:10 the voice of the same verb is active and the word agrees with you.
Col 1:7 kaqw_j kai\ e0ma&qete a)po\ 870Epafra~ tou= a)gaphtou= sundou/lou h9mw~n, o3j e0stin pisto\j u9pe\r u9mw~n dia&konoj tou= xristou=, as you have also learned from Epaphras our beloved fellow servant, who is a faithful minister of Christ for your sakes,
Col 1:8 o9 kai\ dhlw&saj h9mi=n th\n u9mw~n a)ga&phn e0n pneu/mati. who also told us of your love in spirit. told ← showed, disclosed to.
Col 1:9 Dia_ tou=to kai\ h9mei=j, a)f' h[j h9me/raj h0kou/samen, ou0 pauo/meqa u9pe\r u9mw~n proseuxo/menoi, kai\ ai0tou/menoi i3na plhrwqh=te th\n e0pi/gnwsin tou= qelh/matoj au0tou= e0n pa&sh| sofi/a% kai\ sune/sei pneumatikh|=, On account of this, we too, from the day we heard it, do not cease praying for you and asking that you be filled with acknowledgment of his will in all wisdom and spiritual understanding,
Col 1:10 peripath=sai u9ma~j a)ci/wj tou= kuri/ou ei0j pa~san a)re/skeian, e0n panti\ e1rgw% a)gaqw%~ karpoforou=ntej kai\ au0cano/menoi ei0j th\n e0pi/gnwsin tou= qeou=: that you should walk worthy of the Lord, so as to be pleasing in all respects, bearing fruit in every good work and growing in acknowledgment of God, so as to be pleasing in all respects ← to all pleasing or to all desire to please.
Punctuation: one could alternatively take in every good work with to be pleasing.
Col 1:11 e0n pa&sh| duna&mei dunamou/menoi kata_ to\ kra&toj th=j do/chj au0tou=, ei0j pa~san u9pomonh\n kai\ makroqumi/an meta_ xara~j: being empowered with all power according to his glorious might, with a view to all patience and longsuffering, with joy, glorious might ← might of glory, a Hebraic genitive.
Col 1:12 eu0xaristou=ntej tw%~ {RP TR: - } [P1904: qew%~ kai\] patri\ tw%~ i9kanw&santi h9ma~j ei0j th\n meri/da tou= klh/rou tw~n a(gi/wn e0n tw%~ fwti/, giving thanks to {RP TR: the} [P1904: God and the] father, who has made us fit for the share of the inheritance of the saints in light, qew%~ kai\, God and: absent in RP TR VulgS F1859=8/13 vs. present in P1904 SyrP F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's bgko) vs. qew%~, God, VulgC (without and) F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m).
saints: or holy places. See also Matt 27:52, Eph 2:19.
Col 1:13 o4j e0rru/sato h9ma~j e0k th=j e0cousi/aj tou= sko/touj, kai\ mete/sthsen ei0j th\n basilei/an tou= ui9ou= th=j a)ga&phj au0tou=, who has delivered us from the authority of darkness and has transferred us into the kingdom of his beloved son, his beloved son ← the son of his love, a Hebraic genitive.
Col 1:14 e0n w%{ e1xomen th\n a)polu/trwsin {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: dia_ tou= ai3matoj au0tou=], th\n a!fesin tw~n a(martiw~n: in whom we have redemption {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: through his blood], the remission of sins, dia_ tou= ai3matoj au0tou=, (redemption) through his blood: absent in RP-text P1904 HF-Mpt-text VulgS SyrP F1859=6/13 vs. present in RP-marg TR HF-Mpt-app VulgC F1859=7/13. [WP] claims 60% of manuscripts support the reading. A weak disparity with RP-text, R=7:8. AV differs textually. The ↴
Col 1:15 o3j e0stin ei0kw_n tou= qeou= tou= a)ora&tou, prwto/tokoj pa&shj kti/sewj: who is the image of the invisible God, the firstborn of all creation, ↳ phrase through his blood, if absent in the original, is an importation from Eph 1:7.
creation: AV differs (creature).
Col 1:16 o3ti e0n au0tw%~ e0kti/sqh ta_ pa&nta, ta_ e0n toi=j ou0ranoi=j kai\ ta_ e0pi\ th=j gh=j, ta_ o9rata_ kai\ ta_ a)o/rata, ei1te qro/noi, ei1te kurio/thtej, ei1te a)rxai/, ei1te e0cousi/ai: ta_ pa&nta di' au0tou= kai\ ei0j au0to\n e1ktistai: because everything was created by him – the things in the heavens and the things on earth, the visible things and the invisible things, whether thrones or dominions or realms or authorities – everything was created through him and for him. was created (second occurrence in verse) ← has been created.
Col 1:17 kai\ au0to/j e0stin pro\ pa&ntwn, kai\ ta_ pa&nta e0n au0tw%~ sune/sthken. Indeed he is before all things, and everything holds together by him,
Col 1:18 Kai\ au0to/j e0stin h9 kefalh\ tou= sw&matoj, th=j e0kklhsi/aj: o3j e0stin a)rxh/, prwto/tokoj e0k tw~n nekrw~n, i3na ge/nhtai e0n pa~sin au0to\j prwteu/wn: and he is the head of the body – the church; and he is the beginning, the firstborn from the dead, in order that he himself might become pre-eminent in all matters, church: see Matt 16:18.
beginning: see John 8:25.
Col 1:19 o3ti e0n au0tw%~ eu0do/khsen pa~n to\ plh/rwma katoikh=sai, for it was well-pleasing for all the fulness to dwell in him,
Col 1:20 kai\ di' au0tou= a)pokatalla&cai ta_ pa&nta ei0j au0to/n, ei0rhnopoih/saj dia_ tou= ai3matoj tou= staurou= au0tou=, di' au0tou=, ei1te ta_ e0pi\ th=j gh=j, ei1te ta_ {RP: e0pi\} [P1904 TR: e0n] toi=j ou0ranoi=j. and through him to reconcile all things to himself, having made peace through the blood of his cross, through him, whether they are things on earth or things in the heavens. e0pi\, on (though we translate in), RP F1859=5/13 vs. e0n, in, P1904 TR F1859=8/13. A disparity with RP, R=5:10.
reconcile: see Eph 2:16.
Col 1:21 Kai\ u9ma~j pote\ o1ntaj a)phllotriwme/nouj kai\ e0xqrou\j th|= dianoi/a% e0n toi=j e1rgoij toi=j ponhroi=j, nuni\ de\ a)pokath/llacen You too, who were once alienated and hostile in your mind in evil works, he has now reconciled
Col 1:22 e0n tw%~ sw&mati th=j sarko\j au0tou= dia_ tou= qana&tou, parasth=sai u9ma~j a(gi/ouj kai\ a)mw&mouj kai\ a)negklh/touj katenw&pion au0tou=: in his body of flesh through death, to present you holy and unblemished and unimpeachable in his presence,
Col 1:23 ei1ge e0pime/nete th|= pi/stei teqemeliwme/noi kai\ e9drai=oi, kai\ mh\ metakinou/menoi a)po\ th=j e0lpi/doj tou= eu0aggeli/ou ou[ h0kou/sate, tou= khruxqe/ntoj e0n pa&sh| th|= kti/sei th|= u9po\ to\n ou0rano/n, ou[ e0geno/mhn e0gw_ Pau=loj dia&konoj. if, that is, you remain in the faith, founded and stable, and you are not moved from the hope of the gospel which you have heard, which was proclaimed in the whole of the creation under heaven, of which I Paul have become a minister. that is: from the afformative ‑ge in ei1ge.
the whole of the creation: AV differs (every creature).
of which: the antecedent is the gospel.
Col 1:24 {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: Nu=n} [S1894: 874Oj nu=n] xai/rw e0n toi=j {RP: paqh/masin} [P1904 TR: paqh/masi/ mou] u9pe\r u9mw~n, kai\ a)ntanaplhrw~ ta_ u9sterh/mata tw~n qli/yewn tou= xristou= e0n th|= sarki/ mou u9pe\r tou= sw&matoj au0tou=, o3 e0stin h9 e0kklhsi/a: I {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: - } [S1894: who] now rejoice in {RP: - } [P1904 TR: my] sufferings for your sakes, and I contribute my share to what is lacking among the tribulations of Christ, in my flesh, for the sake of his body, which is the church, o4j, (I) who: absent in RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=13/13 vs. present in S1894 F1859=0/13.
mou, my (sufferings): absent in RP F1859=7/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=6/13. A weak disparity with RP, R=7:8.
among ← of.
church: see Matt 16:18.
Col 1:25 h[j e0geno/mhn e0gw_ dia&konoj, kata_ th\n oi0konomi/an tou= qeou= th\n doqei=sa&n moi ei0j u9ma~j, plhrw~sai to\n lo/gon tou= qeou=, of which I have become a minister, according to the dispensation of God which was given to me for you, to fill the word of God – minister: in the sense of servant, one who supplies needs.
fill: or fulfil, but this epistle is about fulness rather than fulfilment.
Col 1:26 to\ musth/rion to\ a)pokekrumme/non a)po\ tw~n ai0w&nwn kai\ a)po\ tw~n genew~n: nuni\ de\ e0fanerw&qh toi=j a(gi/oij au0tou=, the mystery which was hidden away from the ages and from the generations, but now has been made manifest to his saints, saints: see Matt 27:52.
Col 1:27 oi[j h0qe/lhsen o9 qeo\j gnwri/sai {RP: ti/ to\} [P1904 TR: ti/j o9] plou=toj th=j do/chj tou= musthri/ou tou/tou e0n toi=j e1qnesin, o3j e0stin xristo\j e0n u9mi=n, h9 e0lpi\j th=j do/chj: to whom God wished to make known what the richness is of the glory of this mystery among the Gentiles, which is Christ in you, the hope of glory, ti/ to\, what the (richness is) (neuter), RP F1859=8/13 vs. ti/j o9, what the (richness is) (masculine), P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's bfhko). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
among ... in: the Greek same word in each case. Compare Matt 2:6, e0n = among (the governmental towns). But compare also Eph 3:17 e0n = in (your hearts).
which: in RP the relative (o3j) does ↴
Col 1:28 o4n h9mei=j katagge/llomen, nouqetou=ntej pa&nta a!nqrwpon, kai\ dida&skontej pa&nta a!nqrwpon e0n pa&sh| sofi/a%, i3na parasth/swmen pa&nta a!nqrwpon te/leion e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=: whom we proclaim, admonishing every man, and teaching every man in all wisdom, in order that we may present every man perfect in Christ Jesus, ↳ not agree with richness (to\ plou=toj). This leaves RP with no concordant antecedent, so we assume the relative pronoun has been attracted to the gender of its predicate (Christ) and has a generalizing antecedence. Compare Eph 3:13. P1904 TR could have richness as an antecedent.
Col 1:29 ei0j o4 kai\ kopiw~, a)gwnizo/menoj kata_ th\n e0ne/rgeian au0tou=, th\n e0nergoume/nhn e0n e0moi\ e0n duna&mei. for which I also labour, striving according to his invigoration which invigorates me with power.
Col 2:1 Qe/lw ga_r u9ma~j ei0de/nai h9li/kon a)gw~na e1xw peri\ u9mw~n kai\ tw~n e0n Laodikei/a%, kai\ o3soi ou0x e9wra&kasin to\ pro/swpo/n mou e0n sarki/, For I want you to know how great a struggle I have concerning you and those in Laodicea and all others who have not seen my face in the flesh, all others who ← as many as.
Col 2:2 i3na paraklhqw~sin ai9 kardi/ai au0tw~n, sumbibasqe/ntwn e0n a)ga&ph|, kai\ ei0j pa&nta plou=ton th=j plhrofori/aj th=j sune/sewj, ei0j e0pi/gnwsin tou= musthri/ou tou= qeou= kai\ patro\j kai\ tou= xristou=, and I want their hearts to be comforted, united in love, and to be leading to all the richness of the full assurance which comes with understanding, leading on to acknowledgment of the mystery of God and of the father and of Christ, united ← assembled; compare Col 2:19.
which comes with ← of.
Col 2:3 e0n w%{ ei0si\n pa&ntej oi9 qhsauroi\ th=j sofi/aj kai\ th=j gnw&sewj a)po/krufoi. in whom all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge are hidden.
Col 2:4 Tou=to de\ le/gw, i3na mh/ tij u9ma~j paralogi/zhtai e0n piqanologi/a%. But I say this so that no-one should mislead you with persuasive arguments,
Col 2:5 Ei0 ga_r kai\ th|= sarki\ a!peimi, a)lla_ tw%~ pneu/mati su\n u9mi=n ei0mi/, xai/rwn kai\ ble/pwn u9mw~n th\n ta&cin, kai\ to\ stere/wma th=j ei0j xristo\n pi/stewj u9mw~n. for although I am absent in the flesh, yet in the spirit I am with you, rejoicing and observing your orderliness and the steadfastness of your faith in Christ.
Col 2:6 879Wj ou]n parela&bete to\n xristo\n 870Ihsou=n to\n ku/rion, e0n au0tw%~ peripatei=te, Therefore, just as you have received Christ Jesus the Lord, so walk in him, received: this word has connotations of receiving as an ally, admitting into one's personal sphere.
in him: compare the many occurrences of in Christ.
Col 2:7 e0rrizwme/noi kai\ e0poikodomou/menoi e0n au0tw%~, kai\ bebaiou/menoi e0n th|= pi/stei, kaqw_j e0dida&xqhte, perisseu/ontej e0n au0th|= e0n eu0xaristi/a%. being rooted and built up in him, and established in the faith as you have been taught, abounding in it with thanksgiving. established: or confirmed, in the sense of firmed up, not in the sense of an ordinance.
Col 2:8 Ble/pete mh/ tij u9ma~j e1stai o9 sulagwgw~n dia_ th=j filosofi/aj kai\ kenh=j a)pa&thj, kata_ th\n para&dosin tw~n a)nqrw&pwn, kata_ ta_ stoixei=a tou= ko/smou, kai\ ou0 kata_ xristo/n: Watch out that no-one carries you away through philosophy and vain deceit, according to the tradition of men, according to the rudiments of the world and not according to Christ, carries you away: the word has connotations of as plunderer's booty.
Col 2:9 o3ti e0n au0tw%~ katoikei= pa~n to\ plh/rwma th=j qeo/thtoj swmatikw~j, for in him all the fulness of the Godhead dwells bodily,
Col 2:10 kai/ e0ste e0n au0tw%~ peplhrwme/noi, o3j e0stin h9 kefalh\ pa&shj a)rxh=j kai\ e0cousi/aj: and you are complete in him, who is the head of every realm and authority, complete: or filled, fulfilled.
Col 2:11 e0n w%{ kai\ perietmh/qhte peritomh|= a)xeiropoih/tw%, e0n th|= a)pekdu/sei tou= sw&matoj tw~n a(martiw~n th=j sarko/j, e0n th|= peritomh|= tou= xristou=, in whom you have also been circumcised with a circumcision made without hands by the divesting of the sinful fleshly body by the circumcision of Christ, sinful fleshly body ← of the body of the sins of the flesh, Hebraic genitives.
Col 2:12 suntafe/ntej au0tw%~ e0n tw%~ bapti/smati, e0n w%{ kai\ sunhge/rqhte dia_ th=j pi/stewj th=j e0nergei/aj tou= qeou=, tou= e0gei/rantoj au0to\n e0k tw~n nekrw~n. being buried with him in baptism, by whom you were also jointly raised through faith in the exertion of power from God, who raised him from the dead. buried: or entombed (and the Lord was put in a tomb).
by whom ← in whom / which, but used for the agent of the passive in Rom 14:14, 1 Cor 6:2, Col 1:16.
from ← of.
Col 2:13 Kai\ u9ma~j, nekrou\j o1ntaj e0n toi=j paraptw&masin kai\ th|= a)krobusti/a% th=j sarko\j u9mw~n, {RP P1904 S1894: sunezw%opoi/hsen} [S1550 E1624: sunezwpoi/hsen] {RP P1904: u9ma~j} [TR: - ] su\n au0tw%~, xarisa&menoj {RP P1904 S1550: h9mi=n} [E1624 S1894: u9mi=n] pa&nta ta_ paraptw&mata, And {RP P1904: as for} [TR: - ] you, who were dead in the transgressions and the uncircumcision of your flesh, he jointly made {RP P1904: you} [TR: - ] alive with him, having forgiven {RP P1904 S1550: us} [E1624 S1894: you] all of {RP P1904 S1550: our} [E1624 S1894: your] transgressions, sunezw%opoi/hsen, he made alive (1), RP P1904 S1894 F1859=12/13 vs. sunezwpoi/hsen, he made alive (2), S1550 E1624 F1859=0/13 vs. another spelling, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's f). Scrivener (1859) marks S1550 E1624 as in error.
u9ma~j, (he made) you (alive): present in RP P1904 F1859=7/14 vs. absent in TR F1859=2/14 (Scrivener's bc) vs. h9ma~j, F1859=5/14.
h9mi=n, (forgiven) us, RP P1904 S1550 F1859=9/14 vs. u9mi=n, (forgiven) you, E1624 S1894 F1859=5/14 (Scrivener's a*cdem). AV differs textually.
in the transgressions: unlike ↴
uncircumcision: see Rom 2:25.
Col 2:14 e0calei/yaj to\ kaq' h9mw~n xeiro/grafon toi=j do/gmasin, o4 h]n u9penanti/on h9mi=n: kai\ au0to\ {RP TR: h]rken} [P1904: h]ren] e0k tou= me/sou, proshlw&saj au0to\ tw%~ staurw%~: having blotted out the writing attesting to ordinances, which was against us, which was in opposition to us and which he {RP TR: has removed} [P1904: removed] from our midst, having nailed it to the cross. ↳ Rom 6:2, Rom 6:11, Eph 2:1, Eph 2:5, we have e0n, in, here. It is present in RP P1904 TR VulgC VulgS SyrP F1859=8/13 vs. absent in F1859=5/13 [WP]. An examination of ↴
h]rken, has removed, RP TR F1859=6/13 vs. h]ren, removed, P1904 F1859=7/13. A weak disparity with RP, R=7:8.
writing ← handwriting.
Col 2:15 a)pekdusa&menoj ta_j a)rxa_j kai\ ta_j e0cousi/aj, e0deigma&tisen e0n parrhsi/a%, qriambeu/saj au0tou\j e0n au0tw%~. Having stripped the realms and the authorities, he made an example of them openly, and he triumphed over them by means of it. ↳ almost all manuscripts gives 319:272 in favour of in; see our study. We take e0n as genuine and relate o1ntaj to the time frame of the main verb sunezw%opoi/hsen, aorist, giving (who) were. It is conceivable that the e0n simply intensifies the dative, as in 1 Cor 14:11 (to me).
it: i.e. the cross.
Col 2:16 Mh\ ou]n tij u9ma~j krine/tw e0n brw&sei h2 e0n po/sei, h2 e0n me/rei e9orth=j h2 noumhni/aj h2 sabba&twn: So let no-one judge you in food or in drink or in partaking of a festival or of a new moon celebration or of Sabbaths, partaking ← part.
new moon: or new month.
Sabbaths ← perhaps standing for High Sabbath.
Col 2:17 a# e0stin skia_ tw~n mello/ntwn, to\ de\ sw~ma {RP P1904: - } [TR: tou=] xristou=. which are a shadow of things to come, whereas the reality belongs to Christ. tou=, of the (Christ) (but we translate Christ): absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. present in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m).
reality ← body, substance (in contrast to a shadow).
belongs to ← (is) of.
Col 2:18 Mhdei\j u9ma~j katabrabeue/tw qe/lwn e0n tapeinofrosu/nh| kai\ qrhskei/a% tw~n a)gge/lwn, a$ mh\ e9w&raken e0mbateu/wn, ei0kh|= fusiou/menoj u9po\ tou= noo\j th=j sarko\j au0tou=, Let no-one defraud you of your prize, while he exercises his will in humility and worshipping of angels, intruding into things which he has not seen, vainly puffed up by his fleshly mind, his fleshly mind ← the mind of his flesh, a Hebraic genitive.
Col 2:19 kai\ ou0 kratw~n th\n kefalh/n, e0c ou[ pa~n to\ sw~ma, dia_ tw~n a(fw~n kai\ sunde/smwn e0pixorhgou/menon kai\ sumbibazo/menon, au1cei th\n au1chsin tou= qeou=. and not holding onto the head, from where the whole body, supplied and united by joints and bands, grows with growth from God. Many words in this verse also in Eph 4:16.
united ← assembled, compare Col 2:2.
from ← of.
Col 2:20 Ei0 {RP: - } [P1904 TR: ou]n] a)peqa&nete su\n {RP: - } [P1904 TR: tw%~] xristw%~, a)po\ tw~n stoixei/wn tou= ko/smou, ti/ w(j zw~ntej e0n ko/smw% dogmati/zesqe, {RP: If} [P1904 TR: If, therefore,] you have died with Christ to the rudiments of the world, why, as though living in the world, are you imposed upon with ordinances? ou]n, therefore: absent in RP VulgS F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's dk) vs. present in P1904 TR VulgC SyrP F1859=11/13. A strong disparity with RP, R=2:13.
tw%~, (died with) the (Christ): absent in RP F1859=12/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's k). A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
to ← away from.
Col 2:21 Mh\ a#yh|, mhde\ geu/sh|, mhde\ qi/gh|j - – “Do not touch, and do not taste, and do not handle”,
Col 2:22 a# e0stin pa&nta ei0j fqora_n th|= a)poxrh/sei - kata_ ta_ e0nta&lmata kai\ didaskali/aj tw~n a)nqrw&pwn; which are all destined for decay with falling into disuse, these being after the commandments and teachings of men,
Col 2:23 873Atina& e0stin lo/gon me\n e1xonta sofi/aj e0n {RP TR: e0qeloqrhskei/a%} [P1904: e0qeloqrhski/a%] kai\ tapeinofrosu/nh| kai\ a)feidi/a% sw&matoj, ou0k e0n timh|= tini\ pro\j plhsmonh\n th=j sarko/j. which indeed have a reputation for wisdom in self-willed worship and humility and austerity of the body, but not of any value for satisfying the flesh. e0qeloqrhskei/a%, self-willed worship (1), RP TR F1859=10/13 vs. e0qeloqrhski/a%, self-willed worship (2), P1904 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's egl).
not of any value for satisfying the flesh: perhaps supply being, giving not of any value, (being) for satisfying the flesh.
Col 3:1 Ei0 ou]n sunhge/rqhte tw%~ xristw%~, ta_ a!nw zhtei=te, ou[ o9 xristo/j e0stin e0n decia%~ tou= qeou= kaqh/menoj. If, then, you have been raised with Christ, seek the things above, where Christ is, seated on the right hand of God.
Col 3:2 Ta_ a!nw fronei=te, mh\ ta_ e0pi\ th=j gh=j. Set your mind on the things above, not on the things on the earth,
Col 3:3 870Apeqa&nete ga&r, kai\ h9 zwh\ u9mw~n ke/kruptai su\n tw%~ xristw%~ e0n tw%~ qew%~. for you have died, and your life has been hidden with Christ in God.
Col 3:4 873Otan o9 xristo\j fanerwqh|=, h9 zwh\ h9mw~n, to/te kai\ u9mei=j su\n au0tw%~ fanerwqh/sesqe e0n do/ch|. When Christ, who is our life, is manifested, then you also will be manifested with him in glory.
Col 3:5 Nekrw&sate ou]n ta_ me/lh u9mw~n ta_ e0pi\ th=j gh=j, pornei/an, a)kaqarsi/an, pa&qoj, e0piqumi/an kakh/n, kai\ th\n pleoneci/an, h3tij e0sti\n {RP TR: ei0dwlolatrei/a} [P1904: ei0dwlolatri/a], So mortify your members which are on the earth: fornication, uncleanness, passion, evil desire, and fraud, which is idolatry, ei0dwlolatrei/a, idolatry (1), RP TR F1859=6/14 vs. ei0dwlolatri/a, idolatry (2), P1904 F1859=7/14 vs. another spelling, F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's d*). A weak disparity with RP, R=7:8.
fraud: or covetousness, greed. See 1 Cor 5:10.
Col 3:6 di' a$ e1rxetai h9 o0rgh\ tou= qeou= e0pi\ tou\j ui9ou\j th=j a)peiqei/aj: on account of which the wrath of God comes on the sons of disobedience,
Col 3:7 e0n oi[j kai\ u9mei=j periepath/sate/ pote, o3te e0zh=te e0n au0toi=j. in which you once walked, when you lived in the way of them, in which (ref. the items in Col 3:5): or among whom (ref. sons of disobedience).
in the way of them: or among them.
Col 3:8 Nuni\ de\ a)po/qesqe kai\ u9mei=j ta_ pa&nta, o0rgh/n, qumo/n, kaki/an, blasfhmi/an, ai0sxrologi/an e0k tou= sto/matoj u9mw~n: but now, you too, put all these aside: anger, rage, evil, blasphemy and obscenity from your mouth.
Col 3:9 mh\ yeu/desqe ei0j a)llh/louj, a)pekdusa&menoi to\n palaio\n a!nqrwpon su\n tai=j pra&cesin au0tou=, Do not lie to one another, having taken off the old man with his practices,
Col 3:10 kai\ e0ndusa&menoi to\n ne/on, to\n a)nakainou/menon ei0j e0pi/gnwsin kat' ei0ko/na tou= kti/santoj au0to/n: and having put on the new man, who is renewed, leading to knowledge in accordance with the image of him who created him, knowledge: or acknowledgment.
Col 3:11 o3pou ou0k e1ni 873Ellhn kai\ 870Ioudai=oj, peritomh\ kai\ a)krobusti/a, ba&rbaroj, Sku/qhj, dou=loj, e0leu/qeroj: a)lla_ ta_ pa&nta kai\ e0n pa~sin xristo/j. where there is neither Greek nor Jew, circumcision nor uncircumcision, barbarian, Scythian, slave nor free man, but Christ, who is all and in all. uncircumcision ← foreskin.
Col 3:12 870Endu/sasqe ou]n, w(j e0klektoi\ tou= qeou=, a#gioi kai\ h0gaphme/noi, spla&gxna {RP-text P1904: oi0ktirmou=} [RP-marg TR: oi0ktirmw~n], xrhsto/thta, tapeinofrosu/nhn, pra%o/thta, makroqumi/an: Put on, therefore, as the elect of God, holy and beloved, compassionate feelings, kindness, humility, meekness, longsuffering, oi0ktirmou=, of compassion, RP-text P1904 F1859=8/13 (one misspelled) vs. oi0ktirmw~n, of compassions, RP-marg TR F1859=5/13.
compassionate feelings ← bowels of compassion.
Col 3:13 a)nexo/menoi a)llh/lwn, kai\ xarizo/menoi e9autoi=j, e0a&n tij pro/j tina e1xh| momfh/n: kaqw_j kai\ o9 xristo\j e0xari/sato u9mi=n, ou3twj kai\ u9mei=j: bearing up with each other, and forgiving one another if anyone has a complaint against anyone. And as Christ also has forgiven you, so also you should do. one another ← yourselves, but this is the reflexive pronoun for the reciprocal.
Col 3:14 e0pi\ pa~sin de\ tou/toij th\n a)ga&phn, h3tij e0sti\n su/ndesmoj th=j teleio/thtoj. But above all these things, put on love, which is the bond of perfection, bond ← joint bond.
Col 3:15 Kai\ h9 ei0rh/nh tou= qeou= brabeue/tw e0n tai=j kardi/aij u9mw~n, ei0j h4n kai\ e0klh/qhte e0n e9ni\ sw&mati: kai\ eu0xa&ristoi gi/nesqe. and may the peace of God preside in your hearts, to which you have also been called in one body. And do be thankful. be ← become.
Col 3:16 879O lo/goj tou= xristou= e0noikei/tw e0n u9mi=n plousi/wj e0n pa&sh| sofi/a%: dida&skontej kai\ nouqetou=ntej e9autou/j, yalmoi=j, kai\ u3mnoij, kai\ w%)dai=j pneumatikai=j, e0n xa&riti a%!dontej e0n th|= kardi/a% u9mw~n tw%~ kuri/w%. May the word of Christ dwell in you richly, in all wisdom, as you teach and admonish each other in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with grace in your heart to the Lord. each other ← yourselves, but this is the reflexive pronoun for the reciprocal, as in Col 3:13.
Col 3:17 Kai\ pa~n o3 ti a@n poih=te, e0n lo/gw% h2 e0n e1rgw%, pa&nta e0n o0no/mati kuri/ou 870Ihsou=, eu0xaristou=ntej tw%~ qew%~ kai\ patri\ di' au0tou=. Also, everything you do, in word or deed, do it all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and the father through him. everything ← everything whatever thing (it might be).
Col 3:18 Ai9 gunai=kej, u9pota&ssesqe toi=j {RP TR: i0di/oij} [P1904: - ] a)ndra&sin, w(j a)nh=ken e0n kuri/w%. Wives, submit to your {RP TR: own} [P1904: - ] husbands, as is fitting in the Lord. i0di/oij, own: present in RP TR F1859=10/14 vs. absent in P1904 F1859=4/14 (Scrivener's cd*ek).
Col 3:19 Oi9 a!ndrej, a)gapa~te ta_j gunai=kaj, kai\ mh\ pikrai/nesqe pro\j au0ta&j. Husbands, love your wives and do not be bitter towards them.
Col 3:20 Ta_ te/kna, u9pakou/ete toi=j goneu=sin kata_ pa&nta: tou=to ga&r e0stin eu0a&reston {RP: e0n} [P1904 TR: tw%~] kuri/w%. Children, obey your parents in everything, for this is pleasing {RP: with the} [P1904 TR: to the] Lord. e0n, in; with, RP F1859=7/13 vs. tw%~, to the, P1904 TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's acdhko). A weak disparity with RP, R=7:8.
Col 3:21 Oi9 pate/rej, mh\ e0reqi/zete ta_ te/kna u9mw~n, i3na mh\ a)qumw~sin. Fathers, do not provoke your children, so that they do not become disheartened.
Col 3:22 Oi9 dou=loi, u9pakou/ete kata_ pa&nta toi=j kata_ sa&rka kuri/oij, mh\ e0n {RP TR: o0fqalmodoulei/aij} [P1904: o0fqalmodouli/aij] w(j a)nqrwpa&reskoi, a)ll' e0n a(plo/thti kardi/aj, fobou/menoi to\n qeo/n: Servants, obey your masters according to the flesh in everything, not in eye-service, as men-pleasers, but in single-mindedness, fearing God, o0fqalmodoulei/aij, eye-service (1), RP TR F1859=7/14 vs. o0fqalmodouli/aij, eye-service (2), P1904 F1859=6/14 vs. o0fqalmodoulei/ai, F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's k). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
servants: or slaves.
single-mindedness ← singleness of heart.
Col 3:23 kai\ pa~n o3 ti e0a_n poih=te, e0k yuxh=j e0rga&zesqe, w(j tw%~ kuri/w% kai\ ou0k a)nqrw&poij: and whatever you do, do it wholeheartedly, as to the Lord, and not to men, wholeheartedly ← out of the soul.
Col 3:24 ei0do/tej o3ti a)po\ kuri/ou {RP: lh/yesqe} [P1904 TR: a)polh/yesqe] th\n a)ntapo/dosin th=j klhronomi/aj: tw%~ ga_r kuri/w% xristw%~ douleu/ete. knowing that you will {RP: receive} [P1904 TR: receive back] from the Lord the reward of the inheritance, for you serve the Lord Christ, lh/yesqe, you will receive, RP F1859=8/14 vs. a)polh/yesqe, you will receive back, P1904 TR F1859=5/14 vs. a)polh/yasqe, you will receive back (misspelled future?), F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's d). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
Col 3:25 879O de\ a)dikw~n komiei=tai o4 h0di/khsen: kai\ ou0k e1stin proswpolhyi/a. but he who does wrong will be requited for what he has done wrong, and there is no partiality.
Col 4:1 Oi9 ku/rioi, to\ di/kaion kai\ th\n i0so/thta toi=j dou/loij pare/xesqe, ei0do/tej o3ti kai\ u9mei=j e1xete ku/rion e0n ou0ranoi=j. Masters, render to your servants that which is just and fair, knowing that you too have a master in the heavens. servants: or slaves.
Col 4:2 Th|= proseuxh|= proskarterei=te, grhgorou=ntej e0n au0th|= e0n eu0xaristi/a%: Persevere in prayer, being watchful in it with thanksgiving,
Col 4:3 proseuxo/menoi a#ma kai\ peri\ h9mw~n, i3na o9 qeo\j a)noi/ch| h9mi=n qu/ran tou= lo/gou, lalh=sai to\ musth/rion tou= xristou=, di' o4 kai\ de/demai: praying together for us too, that God may open to us a door for the word, for me to speak of the mystery of Christ, on account of which I am also bound, am ← have been.
Col 4:4 i3na fanerw&sw au0to/, w(j dei= me lalh=sai. that I may make it manifest as I ought to speak.
Col 4:5 870En sofi/a% peripatei=te pro\j tou\j e1cw, to\n kairo\n e0cagorazo/menoi. Walk in wisdom with respect to those outside, taking advantage of the opportunity. taking advantage of the opportunity ← buying up the season.
Col 4:6 879O lo/goj u9mw~n pa&ntote e0n xa&riti, a#lati h0rtume/noj, ei0de/nai pw~j dei= u9ma~j e9ni\ e9ka&stw% a)pokri/nesqai. Let your speech always be with grace, seasoned with salt, so that you may know how to answer each person.
Col 4:7 Ta_ kat' e0me\ pa&nta gnwri/sei u9mi=n Tuxiko/j, o9 a)gaphto\j a)delfo\j kai\ pisto\j dia&konoj kai\ su/ndouloj e0n kuri/w%: Tychicus the beloved brother and faithful minister and fellow servant in the Lord will make all my affairs known to you, minister: in the sense of servant, one who supplies needs.
Col 4:8 o4n e1pemya pro\j u9ma~j ei0j au0to\ tou=to, i3na gnw%~ ta_ peri\ u9mw~n kai\ parakale/sh| ta_j kardi/aj u9mw~n: whom I have sent to you for this very purpose: that he may know your circumstances and encourage your hearts,
Col 4:9 su\n 870Onhsi/mw% tw%~ pistw%~ kai\ a)gaphtw%~ a)delfw%~, o3j e0stin e0c u9mw~n. Pa&nta u9mi=n gnwriou=sin ta_ w{de. with Onesimus the faithful and beloved brother who is one of you. They will make all the things going on here known to you.
Col 4:10 870Aspa&zetai u9ma~j 870Ari/starxoj o9 sunaixma&lwto/j mou, kai\ Ma&rkoj o9 a)neyio\j Barna&ba%, peri\ ou[ e0la&bete e0ntola&j - e0a_n e1lqh| pro\j u9ma~j, de/casqe au0to/n: Aristarchus my fellow prisoner greets you, as does Mark the cousin of Barnabas concerning whom you have received instructions. If he comes to you, receive him, prisoner ← captive.
Col 4:11 kai\ 870Ihsou=j o9 lego/menoj 870Iou=stoj, oi9 o1ntej e0k peritomh=j: ou[toi mo/noi sunergoi\ ei0j th\n basilei/an tou= qeou=, oi3tinej e0genh/qhsa&n moi parhgori/a. and Jesus who is called Justus, these being of the circumcision; only these are my fellow workers for the kingdom of God, who have become a consolation to me.
Col 4:12 870Aspa&zetai u9ma~j 870Epafra~j o9 e0c u9mw~n, dou=loj xristou=, pa&ntote a)gwnizo/menoj u9pe\r u9mw~n e0n tai=j proseuxai=j, i3na sth=te te/leioi kai\ peplhrwme/noi e0n panti\ qelh/mati tou= qeou=. Epaphras, who is one of you, a servant of Christ, greets you, always contending for your sakes in prayers, so that you may stand perfect and fulfilled in all the will of God, fulfilled: or, with AV, complete. See Col 2:10.
Col 4:13 Marturw~ ga_r au0tw%~ o3ti e1xei zh=lon polu\n u9pe\r u9mw~n kai\ tw~n e0n Laodikei/a% kai\ tw~n e0n 879Ierapo/lei. for I bear him witness that he has a great zeal for you, and for those in Laodicea and for those in Hierapolis.
Col 4:14 870Aspa&zetai u9ma~j Louka~j o9 i0atro\j o9 a)gaphto/j, kai\ Dhma~j. Luke the beloved doctor greets you, as does Demas.
Col 4:15 870Aspa&sasqe tou\j e0n Laodikei/a% a)delfou/j, kai\ Numfa~n, kai\ th\n kat' oi]kon au0tou= e0kklhsi/an. Greet the brothers in Laodicea and Nymphas and the church at his house, church: see Matt 16:18.
Col 4:16 Kai\ o3tan a)nagnwsqh|= par' u9mi=n h9 e0pistolh/, poih/sate i3na kai\ e0n th|= {RP: Laodikai/wn} [P1904 TR: Laodike/wn] e0kklhsi/a% a)nagnwsqh|=, kai\ th\n e0k Laodikei/aj i3na kai\ u9mei=j a)nagnw~te. and when this epistle is read among you, arrange for it to be read in the church of the Laodiceans too and that you also read the one from Laodicea, Laodikai/wn, of the Laodiceans (1), RP F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's fgn) vs. Laodike/wn, of the Laodiceans (2), P1904 TR F1859=10/13. A strong disparity with RP, R=3:12.
this ← the.
arrange ← do.
church: see Matt 16:18.
Col 4:17 Kai\ ei1pate 870Arxi/ppw%, Ble/pe th\n diakoni/an h4n pare/labej e0n kuri/w%, i3na au0th\n plhroi=j. and say to Archippus, “See to the ministry which you received in the Lord – that you fulfil it.” in: perhaps covering in the sphere / service / power of.
Col 4:18 879O a)spasmo\j th|= e0mh|= xeiri\ Pau/lou. Mnhmoneu/ete/ mou tw~n desmw~n. 879H xa&rij meq' u9mw~n. 870Amh/n. The greeting of Paul in my own handwriting. Remember my bonds. Grace be with you. Amen. my own handwriting ← my own hand. Paul, having poor eyesight, used a scribe, but he wrote the greeting himself. See Gal 6:11 and the note there.
1 Thes 1:1 Pau=loj kai\ Silouano\j kai\ Timo/qeoj, th|= e0kklhsi/a% Qessalonike/wn e0n qew%~ patri/, kai\ kuri/w% 870Ihsou= xristw%~: xa&rij u9mi=n kai\ ei0rh/nh a)po\ qeou= patro\j h9mw~n kai\ kuri/ou 870Ihsou= xristou=. From Paul and Sylvanus and Timothy, to the church of the Thessalonians in God the father and Lord, Jesus Christ, grace to you, and peace from God our father and Lord, Jesus Christ. church: see Matt 16:18.
Lord (2x): no article in the Greek. See Rom 1:7, showing why we repunctuate; AV differs.
1 Thes 1:2 Eu0xaristou=men tw%~ qew%~ pa&ntote peri\ pa&ntwn u9mw~n, mnei/an u9mw~n poiou/menoi e0pi\ tw~n proseuxw~n h9mw~n, We constantly thank God for all of you, making mention of you on the occasions of our prayers,
1 Thes 1:3 a)dialei/ptwj mnhmoneu/ontej u9mw~n tou= e1rgou th=j pi/stewj, kai\ tou= ko/pou th=j a)ga&phj, kai\ th=j u9pomonh=j th=j e0lpi/doj tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=, e1mprosqen tou= qeou= kai\ patro\j h9mw~n: as we continually remember your work of faith, and labour of love, and patience for the hope of our Lord Jesus Christ before our God and Father, for ← of.
1 Thes 1:4 ei0do/tej, a)delfoi\ h0gaphme/noi u9po\ qeou=, th\n e0klogh\n u9mw~n: knowing, brothers, you who are loved by God, your election, who are loved ← having been loved.
AV differs in word association (your election of God).
1 Thes 1:5 o3ti to\ eu0agge/lion h9mw~n ou0k e0genh/qh ei0j u9ma~j e0n lo/gw% mo/non, a)lla_ kai\ e0n duna&mei, kai\ e0n pneu/mati a(gi/w%, kai\ e0n plhrofori/a% pollh|=, kaqw_j oi1date oi[oi e0genh/qhmen e0n u9mi=n di' u9ma~j. because our gospel did not come to you in word alone, but rather in power and in holy spirit, and with much conviction, knowing as you do what kind of people we were among you for your sakes.
1 Thes 1:6 Kai\ u9mei=j mimhtai\ h9mw~n e0genh/qhte kai\ tou= kuri/ou, deca&menoi to\n lo/gon e0n qli/yei pollh|= meta_ xara~j pneu/matoj a(gi/ou, Then you became imitators of us and of the Lord, having received the word in great tribulation with joy derived from holy spirit, derived from ← of (subjective genitive).
1 Thes 1:7 w#ste gene/sqai u9ma~j tu/pouj pa~sin toi=j pisteu/ousin e0n th|= Makedoni/a% kai\ {RP TR: - } [P1904: e0n] th|= 870Axai+/a%. the result being that you became examples to all those in Macedonia and {RP TR: - } [P1904: in] Achaea who believe. e0n, in: absent in RP TR F1859=12/13 vs. present in P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's k).
the result being that ← so that.
1 Thes 1:8 870Af' u9mw~n ga_r e0ch/xhtai o9 lo/goj tou= kuri/ou ou0 mo/non e0n th|= Makedoni/a% kai\ {RP P1904: e0n th|=} [TR: - ] 870Axai+/a%, a)lla_ kai\ e0n panti\ to/pw% h9 pi/stij u9mw~n h9 pro\j to\n qeo\n e0celh/luqen, w#ste mh\ xrei/an h9ma~j e1xein lalei=n ti. For the word of the Lord has been blazed abroad by you, not only in Macedonia and {RP P1904: in} [TR: - ] Achaea, but your faith towards God has also spread everywhere, so that we don't need to make any comment, e0n th|=, in the: present in RP P1904 F1859=8/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's cm) vs. th|=, the, F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's fko).
has been blazed abroad ← has been sounded out.
by ← from.
spread ← gone out.
make any comment ← say anything.
1 Thes 1:9 Au0toi\ ga_r peri\ h9mw~n a)pagge/llousin o9poi/an ei1sodon {RP P1904 S1894: e1sxomen} [S1550 E1624: e1xomen] pro\j u9ma~j, kai\ pw~j e0pestre/yate pro\j to\n qeo\n a)po\ tw~n ei0dw&lwn, douleu/ein qew%~ zw~nti kai\ a)lhqinw%~, for they themselves report back about us on what kind of approach we {RP P1904 S1894: took} [S1550 E1624: take] with you, and how you turned to God from the idols, to serve the living and true God, e1sxomen, we had, RP P1904 S1894 F1859=13/13 vs. e1xomen, we have, S1550 E1624 F1859=0/13.
with ← towards.
1 Thes 1:10 kai\ a)name/nein to\n ui9o\n au0tou= e0k tw~n ou0ranw~n, o4n h1geiren e0k {RP P1904: tw~n} [TR: - ] nekrw~n, 870Ihsou=n, to\n r(uo/menon h9ma~j a)po\ th=j o0rgh=j th=j e0rxome/nhj. and to await his son from the heavens, whom he raised from {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] dead, Jesus, who saves us from the coming wrath. tw~n, (from) the (dead): present in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/13.
1 Thes 2:1 Au0toi\ ga_r oi1date, a)delfoi/, th\n ei1sodon h9mw~n th\n pro\j u9ma~j, o3ti ou0 kenh\ ge/gonen: For you yourselves know, brothers, our approach with you – that it has not been in vain – with ← towards.
1 Thes 2:2 a)lla_ {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\] propaqo/ntej kai\ u9brisqe/ntej, kaqw_j oi1date, e0n Fili/ppoij, e0parrhsiasa&meqa e0n tw%~ qew%~ h9mw~n lalh=sai pro\j u9ma~j to\ eu0agge/lion tou= qeou= e0n pollw%~ a)gw~ni. but, although we had {RP P1904: - } [TR: both] suffered before and had been spitefully treated, as you know, in Philippi, we spoke out frankly in our God, so as to propound to you the gospel of God, amid much opposition. kai\, and: absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13.
although: concessive use of the participle.
opposition: or struggling.
1 Thes 2:3 879H ga_r para&klhsij h9mw~n ou0k e0k pla&nhj, ou0de\ e0c a)kaqarsi/aj, ou1te e0n do/lw%: For our appeal did not stem from error or from uncleanness, nor was it in deceit,
1 Thes 2:4 a)lla_ kaqw_j dedokima&smeqa u9po\ tou= qeou= pisteuqh=nai to\ eu0agge/lion, ou3twj lalou=men, ou0x w(j a)nqrw&poij a)re/skontej, a)lla_ tw%~ qew%~ tw%~ dokima&zonti ta_j kardi/aj h9mw~n. but it is according to how we have been approved of by God to be entrusted with the gospel that we speak, not in pleasing men, but God, who tests our hearts. in ← as.
1 Thes 2:5 Ou1te ga&r pote e0n lo/gw% kolakei/aj e0genh/qhmen, kaqw_j oi1date, ou1te e0n profa&sei pleoneci/aj: qeo\j ma&rtuj: For neither were we at any time involved in a word of flattery, as you know, nor in a pretext for greed – God is a witness – greed: or fraudulence. See 1 Cor 5:10.
1 Thes 2:6 ou1te zhtou=ntej e0c a)nqrw&pwn do/can, ou1te a)f' u9mw~n ou1te {RP P1904: a)po\} [TR: a)p'] a!llwn, duna&menoi e0n ba&rei ei]nai, w(j xristou= a)po/stoloi, nor did we seek glory from men, either from you, or from others, since as apostles of Christ we could have behaved with gravity, a)po\, from (unapocopated), RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. a)p', from (apocopated), TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m).
since: causal use of the participle.
behaved ← been.
1 Thes 2:7 a)ll' e0genh/qhmen h1pioi e0n me/sw% u9mw~n w(j a@n trofo\j qa&lph| ta_ e9auth=j te/kna: but we were gentle when in your company, as a nursing-mother would cherish her own children. company ← midst.
1 Thes 2:8 ou3twj, {RP P1904: o9meiro/menoi} [TR: i9meiro/menoi] u9mw~n, eu0dokou=men metadou=nai u9mi=n ou0 mo/non to\ eu0agge/lion tou= qeou=, a)lla_ kai\ ta_j e9autw~n yuxa&j, dio/ti a)gaphtoi\ h9mi=n gege/nhsqe. So, longing for you, we were glad to share with you not only the gospel of God, but also our own selves, because you had become dear to us. o9meiro/menoi, longing for (non-classical form), RP P1904 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's demn) vs. i9meiro/menoi, longing for (classical form), TR F1859=6/13 vs. other spellings similar to o9meiro/menoi, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's kf) vs. other spellings similar to i9meiro/menoi, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's c). A weak disparity with RP, R=5:7 (or, less rigorously, R=7:8).
selves ← souls.
1 Thes 2:9 Mnhmoneu/ete ga&r, a)delfoi/, to\n ko/pon h9mw~n kai\ to\n mo/xqon: nukto\j ga_r kai\ h9me/raj e0rgazo/menoi, pro\j to\ mh\ e0pibarh=sai/ tina u9mw~n, e0khru/camen ei0j u9ma~j to\ eu0agge/lion tou= qeou=. For you remember, brothers, our labour and toil, for we worked night and day so as not to burden any of you when we proclaimed the gospel of God to you. We have inverted the function of the main verb (e0khru/camen) and subordinate participle (e0rgazo/menoi) for the sake of the English.
any: singular.
1 Thes 2:10 879Umei=j ma&rturej kai\ o9 qeo/j, w(j o9si/wj kai\ dikai/wj kai\ a)me/mptwj u9mi=n toi=j pisteu/ousin e0genh/qhmen: You are witnesses, and God too, how devoutly and justly and blamelessly we behaved towards you who believe, devoutly ← sacredly, but also devoutly when applied to persons.
behaved towards ← became to.
1 Thes 2:11 kaqa&per oi1date w(j e3na e3kaston u9mw~n, w(j path\r te/kna e9autou=, parakalou=ntej u9ma~j kai\ paramuqou/menoi as you know: how we encouraged and comforted you, each one of you, as a father his own children,
1 Thes 2:12 kai\ {RP P1904: marturo/menoi} [TR: marturou/menoi], ei0j to\ peripath=sai u9ma~j a)ci/wj tou= qeou= tou= kalou=ntoj u9ma~j ei0j th\n e9autou= basilei/an kai\ do/can. and how we {RP P1904: urged} [TR: were borne witness to] ¶ that you should walk worthy of God, who called you into his own kingdom and glory. ¶ Verse division: in AV numbering, 2 Thes 2:12 begins here.
marturo/menoi, urging, RP P1904 F1859=10/14 vs. marturou/menoi, being borne witness to, TR F1859=4/14 (Scrivener's ahl*m).
1 Thes 2:13 Dia_ tou=to kai\ h9mei=j eu0xaristou=men tw%~ qew%~ a)dialei/ptwj, o3ti paralabo/ntej lo/gon a)koh=j par' h9mw~n tou= qeou=, e0de/casqe ou0 lo/gon a)nqrw&pwn, a)lla_ kaqw&j e0stin a)lhqw~j, lo/gon qeou=, o4j kai\ e0nergei=tai e0n u9mi=n toi=j pisteu/ousin. On account of this, we also thank God continually, because when you received the reported word of God from us, you accepted it not as the word of men, but as it truly is, the word of God, who is also active in you who believe. reported word ← word of report, a Hebraic genitive.
1 Thes 2:14 879Umei=j ga_r mimhtai\ e0genh/qhte, a)delfoi/, tw~n e0kklhsiw~n tou= qeou= tw~n ou0sw~n e0n th|= 870Ioudai/a% e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=: o3ti {RP P1904: ta_ au0ta_} [TR: tau0ta_] e0pa&qete kai\ u9mei=j u9po\ tw~n i0di/wn sumfuletw~n, kaqw_j kai\ au0toi\ u9po\ tw~n 870Ioudai/wn, For you became imitators, brothers, of the churches of God which are in Judaea in Christ Jesus, in that you too suffered the same things done by people of your own community, just as they for their part suffered things done by the Jews, ta_ au0ta_, the same (without crasis), RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. tau0ta_, the same (with crasis), TR F1859=0/13. The coronis on tau0ta_ is omitted in TBS-TR.
churches: see Matt 16:18.
community ← tribe-in-common.
for their part ← also.
Jews: see John 5:16, and note that Gentiles and Jews are equally culpable in this verse.
1 Thes 2:15 tw~n kai\ to\n ku/rion a)pokteina&ntwn 870Ihsou=n kai\ tou\j i0di/ouj profh/taj, kai\ {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: h9ma~j} [S1550: u9ma~j] e0kdiwca&ntwn, kai\ qew%~ mh\ a)resko/ntwn, kai\ pa~sin a)nqrw&poij e0nanti/wn, who also killed the Lord Jesus and their own prophets, and who drove {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: us} [S1550: you] out, and who do not please God, and who are opposed to all men, h9ma~j, us, RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=13/13 vs. u9ma~j, you, S1550 F1859=0/13.
Four views of the crucifixion:
• God did not spare his own son, Rom 8:32.
• Christ laid down his life, John 10:17.
• Gentile responsibility, Mark 15:15.
• Jewish responsibility, this verse.
Two views of the ↴
1 Thes 2:16 kwluo/ntwn h9ma~j toi=j e1qnesin lalh=sai i3na swqw~sin, ei0j to\ a)naplhrw~sai au0tw~n ta_j a(marti/aj pa&ntote: e1fqasen de\ e0p' au0tou\j h9 o0rgh\ ei0j te/loj. preventing us from speaking to the Gentiles in order that they might be saved, so that they constantly bring their sins to completion; indeed wrath has come upon them in the end. ↳ resurrection:
• I [Christ] lay down my life, so that I may take it up again, John 10:17.
• But God raised him [Christ] from the dead, Acts 13:30.
wrath: or the wrath. The Greek definite article is normally used with abstract nouns whether logically determined or not.
1 Thes 2:17 879Hmei=j de/, a)delfoi/, {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: a)porfanisqe/ntej} [E1624: a)pofanisqe/ntej] a)f' u9mw~n pro\j kairo\n w#raj, prosw&pw% ou0 kardi/a%, perissote/rwj e0spouda&samen to\ pro/swpon u9mw~n i0dei=n e0n pollh|= e0piqumi/a%: But we, brothers, having been bereft of you for a short time, in presence, not in heart, endeavoured most strenuously to see your face, with much longing, a)porfanisqe/ntej, bereft, RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=13/13 (incl. c(tacite)) vs. a)pofanisqe/ntej, bereft (misspelled), E1624 F1859=0/13. On tacite, see Acts 6:3.
for a short time ← to a season of an hour.
most strenuously ← more extraordinarily, Greek comparative for superlative.
1 Thes 2:18 dio\ h0qelh/samen e0lqei=n pro\j u9ma~j, e0gw_ me\n Pau=loj kai\ a#pac kai\ di/j, kai\ e0ne/koyen h9ma~j o9 Satana~j. which is why we wished to come to you, that is, me, Paul, more than once, but Satan hindered us. which is why ← on account of which.
more than once ← both once and twice.
1 Thes 2:19 Ti/j ga_r h9mw~n e0lpi\j h2 xara_ h2 ste/fanoj kauxh/sewj; 872H ou0xi\ kai\ u9mei=j, e1mprosqen tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= {RP: - } [P1904 TR: xristou=] e0n th|= au0tou= parousi/a%; For what is our hope or joy or crown of exultation? Is it anything but you in the presence of our Lord Jesus {RP: - } [P1904 TR: Christ] at his coming? xristou=, Christ: absent in RP F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's dehl) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=9/13. A disparity with RP, R=4:11. AV differs textually.
is it anything but ← or not also.
1 Thes 2:20 879Umei=j ga&r e0ste h9 do/ca h9mw~n kai\ {RP TR: h9} [P1904: - ] xara&. For you are our glory and joy. h9, the (joy): present in RP TR F1859=13/13 vs. absent in P1904 F1859=0/13.
1 Thes 3:1 Dio\ mhke/ti ste/gontej, eu0dokh/samen kataleifqh=nai e0n 870Aqh/naij mo/noi, So when we could no longer endure, we agreed to be left in Athens alone,
1 Thes 3:2 kai\ e0pe/myamen Timo/qeon to\n a)delfo\n h9mw~n kai\ dia&konon tou= qeou= kai\ sunergo\n h9mw~n e0n tw%~ eu0aggeli/w% tou= xristou=, ei0j to\ sthri/cai u9ma~j kai\ parakale/sai u9ma~j peri\ th=j pi/stewj u9mw~n, and we sent Timothy our brother and servant of God and our co-worker in the gospel of Christ, in order to strengthen you and encourage you concerning your faith,
1 Thes 3:3 {RP P1904: to\} [TR: tw%~] mhde/na sai/nesqai e0n tai=j qli/yesin tau/taij: au0toi\ ga_r oi1date o3ti ei0j tou=to kei/meqa. so that no-one should be disturbed by these afflictions. After all, you yourselves know that this is what we are destined for. to\, that (nominative article before infinitive), RP P1904 F1859=10/14 vs. tw%~, for that (dative article before infinitive), TR F1859=2/14 (Scrivener's ac) vs. other readings, F1859=2/14 (Scrivener's b*l).
this is what we are destined for ← for this we are destined.
1 Thes 3:4 Kai\ ga_r o3te pro\j u9ma~j h]men, proele/gomen u9mi=n o3ti me/llomen qli/besqai, kaqw_j kai\ e0ge/neto kai\ oi1date. For indeed, when we were with you, we would tell you in advance that we would be afflicted, as it duly turned out, which you know. duly ← also.
1 Thes 3:5 Dia_ tou=to ka)gw&, mhke/ti ste/gwn, e1pemya ei0j to\ gnw~nai th\n pi/stin u9mw~n, mh/pwj e0pei/rasen u9ma~j o9 peira&zwn, kai\ ei0j keno\n ge/nhtai o9 ko/poj h9mw~n. This is why when I could no longer endure either, I sent inquirers to find out about your faith, as to whether the tempter has tempted you, and our toil had been in vain. this is why ← on account of this.
had been: taking the aorist subjunctive as NT Greek for the classical optative; otherwise, might be.
1 Thes 3:6 871Arti de\ e0lqo/ntoj Timoqe/ou pro\j h9ma~j a)f' u9mw~n, kai\ eu0aggelisame/nou h9mi=n th\n pi/stin kai\ th\n a)ga&phn u9mw~n, kai\ o3ti e1xete mnei/an h9mw~n a)gaqh\n pa&ntote, e0pipoqou=ntej h9ma~j i0dei=n, kaqa&per kai\ h9mei=j u9ma~j: But now that Timothy has come to us from you and brought us good news about your faith and love, and that you always have fond memories of us, and long to see us, as we do you, Punctuation: by moving the comma after pa&ntote back one word, as in P1904, the word always could be associated with long to see us.
as we ← as we also (otiose kai/).
1 Thes 3:7 dia_ tou=to pareklh/qhmen, a)delfoi/, e0f' u9mi=n e0pi\ pa&sh| th|= qli/yei kai\ a)na&gkh| h9mw~n dia_ th=j u9mw~n pi/stewj: it is with good reason that we have been encouraged, brothers, about you in all our affliction and distress, by your faith. it is with good reason that ← on account of this, but the English syntax is necessitated by But now that... at the start of the sentence.
1 Thes 3:8 o3ti nu=n zw~men, e0a_n u9mei=j {RP: sth/kete} [P1904 TR: sth/khte] e0n kuri/w%. For now we live, if you stand fast in the Lord. sth/kete, you stand (non-classical indicative), RP F1859=10/14 vs. sth/khte, you stand (classical subjunctive), P1904 TR F1859=4/14 (Scrivener's b**ceh).
1 Thes 3:9 Ti/na ga_r eu0xaristi/an duna&meqa tw%~ qew%~ a)ntapodou=nai peri\ u9mw~n, e0pi\ pa&sh| th|= xara%~ h|[ xai/romen di' {RP P1904c TR: u9ma~j} [P1904u: h9ma~j] e1mprosqen tou= qeou= h9mw~n, For what thanks can we return to God concerning you for all the joy with which we rejoice on your account before our God,
1 Thes 3:10 nukto\j kai\ h9me/raj u9pe\r e0kperissou= deo/menoi ei0j to\ i0dei=n u9mw~n to\ pro/swpon, kai\ katarti/sai ta_ u9sterh/mata th=j pi/stewj u9mw~n; night and day pleading most earnestly to be able to see your face and to rectify the shortcomings of your faith?
1 Thes 3:11 Au0to\j de\ o9 qeo\j kai\ path\r h9mw~n, kai\ o9 ku/rioj h9mw~n 870Ihsou=j xristo/j, kateuqu/nai th\n o9do\n h9mw~n pro\j u9ma~j: Now may our God and father himself, and our Lord Jesus Christ, guide our way towards you. guide: singular, so consistent with the deity of Christ.
1 Thes 3:12 u9ma~j de\ o9 ku/rioj pleona&sai kai\ perisseu/sai th|= a)ga&ph| ei0j a)llh/louj kai\ ei0j pa&ntaj, kaqa&per kai\ h9mei=j ei0j u9ma~j, And may the Lord cause you to increase and abound in love towards each other and towards everyone, as we for our part do towards you, for our part ← also.
1 Thes 3:13 ei0j to\ sthri/cai u9mw~n ta_j kardi/aj a)me/mptouj e0n a(giwsu/nh|, e1mprosqen tou= qeou= kai\ patro\j h9mw~n, e0n th|= parousi/a% tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou= meta_ pa&ntwn tw~n a(gi/wn au0tou=. in order to strengthen your hearts as blameless in holiness before our God and father at the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ with all his holy ones. holy ones: angels or saints. See Matt 27:52.
1 Thes 4:1 {RP-text: Loipo\n} [RP-marg P1904 TR: To\ loipo\n] ou]n, a)delfoi/, e0rwtw~men u9ma~j kai\ parakalou=men e0n kuri/w% 870Ihsou= kaqw_j parela&bete par' h9mw~n to\ pw~j dei= u9ma~j peripatei=n kai\ a)re/skein qew%~, i3na perisseu/hte ma~llon. Finally, then, brothers, we ask you and encourage you in the Lord Jesus, to abound yet more in the way you received from us about how you need to walk and how to please God. to\, the (part of the idiom for finally): absent in RP-text F1859=8/13 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=5/13. Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=8:7.
finally ← (as for) the rest.
1 Thes 4:2 Oi1date ga_r ti/naj paraggeli/aj e0dw&kamen u9mi=n dia_ tou= kuri/ou 870Ihsou=. For you know what instructions we gave you through the Lord Jesus.
1 Thes 4:3 Tou=to ga&r e0stin qe/lhma tou= qeou=, o9 a(giasmo\j u9mw~n, a)pe/xesqai u9ma~j a)po\ th=j pornei/aj: For this is the will of God – your sanctification – that you abstain from fornication,
1 Thes 4:4 ei0de/nai e3kaston u9mw~n to\ e9autou= skeu=oj kta~sqai e0n a(giasmw%~ kai\ timh|=, that each of you should know how to control his own vessel in sanctification and honour, vessel: i.e. body here.
1 Thes 4:5 mh\ e0n pa&qei e0piqumi/aj, kaqa&per kai\ ta_ e1qnh ta_ mh\ ei0do/ta to\n qeo/n: not in passions of lust, as for their part the Gentiles, who do not know God, do, passions ← passion.
for their part ← also.
1 Thes 4:6 to\ mh\ u9perbai/nein kai\ pleonektei=n e0n tw%~ pra&gmati to\n a)delfo\n au0tou=: dio/ti e1kdikoj o9 ku/rioj peri\ pa&ntwn tou/twn, kaqw_j kai\ {RP-text P1904: proei/pomen} [RP-marg TR: proei/pamen] u9mi=n kai\ diemartura&meqa. not to transgress or defraud one's brother in business, for the Lord is an avenger concerning all these things, as indeed we have told you before and have testified solemnly. proei/pomen, told before (classical form), RP-text P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. proei/pamen, told before (non-classical form), RP-marg TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's no).
1 Thes 4:7 Ou0 ga_r e0ka&lesen h9ma~j o9 qeo\j e0pi\ a)kaqarsi/a%, a)ll' e0n a(giasmw%~. For God did not call us with a view to uncleanness, but to sanctification. to: or in.
1 Thes 4:8 Toigarou=n o9 a)qetw~n ou0k a!nqrwpon a)qetei=, a)lla_ to\n qeo\n to\n kai\ do/nta to\ pneu=ma au0tou= to\ a#gion ei0j {RP P1904: u9ma~j} [TR: h9ma~j]. Consequently, he who is disregardful is not disregarding man, but God, who also gave his holy spirit to {RP P1904: you} [TR: us]. u9ma~j, you, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. h9ma~j, us, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's c). AV differs textually.
1 Thes 4:9 Peri\ de\ th=j filadelfi/aj ou0 xrei/an e1xete gra&fein u9mi=n: au0toi\ ga_r u9mei=j qeodi/daktoi/ e0ste ei0j to\ a)gapa~n a)llh/louj: But concerning brotherly love, you do not need me to write to you, for you yourselves have been taught by God to love one another,
1 Thes 4:10 kai\ ga_r poiei=te au0to\ ei0j pa&ntaj tou\j a)delfou\j tou\j e0n o3lh| th|= Makedoni/a%. Parakalou=men de\ u9ma~j, a)delfoi/, perisseu/ein ma~llon, for in fact you do this to all the brothers who are in the whole of Macedonia. And we encourage you, brothers, to abound more still,
1 Thes 4:11 kai\ filotimei=sqai h9suxa&zein, kai\ pra&ssein ta_ i1dia, kai\ e0rga&zesqai tai=j i0di/aij xersi\n u9mw~n, kaqw_j u9mi=n parhggei/lamen: and to be particular about living quietly and attending to your own affairs and working with your own hands, as we have commanded you,
1 Thes 4:12 i3na peripath=te eu0sxhmo/nwj pro\j tou\j e1cw, kai\ mhdeno\j xrei/an e1xhte. so that you behave decently towards those outside and so that you do not lack anything. behave ← walk.
1 Thes 4:13 Ou0 {RP P1904: qe/lomen} [TR: qe/lw] de\ u9ma~j a)gnoei=n, a)delfoi/, peri\ tw~n kekoimhme/nwn, i3na mh\ luph=sqe, kaqw_j kai\ oi9 loipoi\ oi9 mh\ e1xontej e0lpi/da. But {RP P1904: we} [TR: I] do not wish you to be ignorant brothers, concerning those who have fallen asleep, so that you do not grieve as the rest do, who have no hope. qe/lomen, we wish, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. qe/lw, I wish, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's d).
as ← as also (otiose kai/).
1 Thes 4:14 Ei0 ga_r pisteu/omen o3ti 870Ihsou=j a)pe/qanen kai\ a)ne/sth, ou3twj kai\ o9 qeo\j tou\j koimhqe/ntaj dia_ tou= 870Ihsou= a!cei su\n au0tw%~. For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again, so also will God bring back those who have fallen asleep, through Jesus, with him. bring back ← lead.
fallen asleep, through Jesus: or fallen asleep in Jesus, the sense of AV. So AV differs.
1 Thes 4:15 Tou=to ga_r u9mi=n le/gomen e0n lo/gw% kuri/ou, o3ti h9mei=j oi9 zw~ntej oi9 perileipo/menoi ei0j th\n parousi/an tou= kuri/ou, ou0 mh\ fqa&swmen tou\j koimhqe/ntaj. For we say this to you by the word of the Lord, that we who are alive – who survive up to the coming of the Lord – will certainly not precede those who have fallen asleep,
1 Thes 4:16 873Oti au0to\j o9 ku/rioj e0n keleu/smati, e0n fwnh|= a)rxagge/lou, kai\ e0n sa&lpiggi qeou=, katabh/setai a)p' ou0ranou=, kai\ oi9 nekroi\ e0n xristw%~ a)nasth/sontai prw~ton: because the Lord himself will descend from heaven on command, at the voice of the archangel and with the sound of the trumpet of God, and the dead in Christ will rise first, on command: or by a summons, or with exhortation. AV differs somewhat (with a shout).
1 Thes 4:17 e1peita h9mei=j oi9 zw~ntej, oi9 perileipo/menoi, a#ma su\n au0toi=j a(rpaghso/meqa e0n nefe/laij ei0j a)pa&nthsin tou= kuri/ou ei0j a)e/ra: kai\ ou3twj pa&ntote su\n kuri/w% e0so/meqa. then we who are alive, who survive, will be caught up together with them in clouds to meet the Lord in the air, and in this way we will always be with the Lord. in the air ← to the air. Pregnant use.
1 Thes 4:18 873Wste parakalei=te a)llh/louj e0n toi=j lo/goij tou/toij. So encourage one another with these words.
1 Thes 5:1 Peri\ de\ tw~n xro/nwn kai\ tw~n kairw~n, a)delfoi/, ou0 xrei/an e1xete u9mi=n gra&fesqai. Now concerning the times and seasons, brothers, you don't need anything to be written to you,
1 Thes 5:2 Au0toi\ ga_r a)kribw~j oi1date o3ti h9 h9me/ra kuri/ou w(j kle/pthj e0n nukti\ ou3twj e1rxetai: for you yourselves know perfectly well that the way the day of the Lord comes is like a thief in the night. perfectly well ← accurately.
the way ← thus.
the day of the Lord: See Rev 1:10.
1 Thes 5:3 o3tan ga_r le/gwsin, Ei0rh/nh kai\ a)sfa&leia, to/te ai0fni/dioj au0toi=j e0fi/statai o1leqroj, w#sper h9 w)di\n th|= e0n gastri\ e0xou/sh|, kai\ ou0 mh\ e0kfu/gwsin. For when they say, “Peace and safety”, then sudden destruction will come upon them, like the birth pains on her who is with child, and they will by no means escape. when ← whenever, but also classically sometimes simply when.
with child ← having in belly.
1 Thes 5:4 879Umei=j de/, a)delfoi/, ou0k e0ste\ e0n sko/tei, i3na h9 h9me/ra u9ma~j w(j kle/pthj katala&bh|: But you, brothers, are not in darkness, that the day should overtake you like a thief.
1 Thes 5:5 pa&ntej u9mei=j ui9oi\ fwto/j e0ste kai\ ui9oi\ h9me/raj: ou0k e0sme\n nukto\j ou0de\ sko/touj: You are all sons of light and sons of the day. We are not of night or darkness.
1 Thes 5:6 a!ra ou]n mh\ kaqeu/dwmen w(j kai\ oi9 loipoi/, a)lla_ grhgorw~men kai\ nh/fwmen. So then, let us not sleep as the rest do, but let us be watchful and sober.
1 Thes 5:7 Oi9 ga_r kaqeu/dontej nukto\j kaqeu/dousin: kai\ oi9 mequsko/menoi, nukto\j mequ/ousin. For those who sleep sleep at night, and those who become drunk are drunk at night.
1 Thes 5:8 {RP TR: 879Hmei=j} [P1904: 879Umei=j] de/, h9me/raj o1ntej, nh/fwmen, e0ndusa&menoi qw&raka pi/stewj kai\ a)ga&phj, kai\ perikefalai/an, e0lpi/da swthri/aj. But {RP TR: let us who} [P1904: since you are] are of the day {RP TR: - } [P1904: , let us] be sober, having put on a breastplate of faith and love, and a helmet, a hope of salvation, h9mei=j, we, RP TR F1859=12/13 vs. u9mei=j, you, P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's a).
1 Thes 5:9 873Oti ou0k e1qeto h9ma~j o9 qeo\j ei0j o0rgh/n, a)ll' ei0j peripoi/hsin swthri/aj dia_ tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=, because God has not appointed us to wrath, but to be an acquisition of salvation through our Lord Jesus Christ,
1 Thes 5:10 tou= a)poqano/ntoj u9pe\r h9mw~n, i3na, ei1te {RP-text P1904 TR: grhgorw~men} [RP-marg: grhgorou=men] ei1te {RP P1904 TR: kaqeu/dwmen} [MISC: kaqeu/domen], a#ma su\n au0tw%~ zh/swmen. who died for our sakes, to the intent that whether we are watchful or whether we sleep, we will live together with him. grhgorw~men, we are watchful (non-classical subjunctive), RP-text P1904 TR F1859=8/13 (Scrivener's adefklmn) vs. grhgorou=men, we are watchful (classical indicative), RP-marg F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's bcgho).
kaqeu/dwmen, we sleep (non-classical subjunctive), RP P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's aden) vs. kaqeu/domen, we sleep (classical indicative), F1859=9/13 (Scrivener's bcfghklmo). A disparity with RP, R=6:9.
Summary of verbs in ↴
1 Thes 5:11 Dio\ parakalei=te a)llh/louj, kai\ oi0kodomei=te ei[j to\n e3na, kaqw_j kai\ poiei=te. So encourage each other and edify one another, as indeed you do. ↳ cited manuscripts:
subj twice: P1904 TR aden
subj + indic: fklm
indic twice: bcgho
indic + subj: none
The subjunctive is perhaps attracted by i3na. In combination, the RP-text reading just has the majority here.
1 Thes 5:12 870Erwtw~men de\ u9ma~j, a)delfoi/, ei0de/nai tou\j kopiw~ntaj e0n u9mi=n, kai\ proi+stame/nouj u9mw~n e0n kuri/w%, kai\ nouqetou=ntaj u9ma~j, But we ask you, brothers, to acknowledge those among you who toil, and your overseers in the Lord and those who admonish you, acknowledge ← know.
1 Thes 5:13 kai\ {RP P1904 TR: h9gei=sqai} [MISC: h9gei=sqe] au0tou\j u9pe\r e0kperissou= e0n a)ga&ph| dia_ to\ e1rgon au0tw~n. Ei0rhneu/ete e0n e9autoi=j. and {RP P1904 TR: to} [MISC: - ] esteem them most exceedingly in love on account of their work. Be at peace among yourselves. h9gei=sqai, to esteem, RP P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's achno) vs. h9gei=sqe, esteem!, F1859=8/13. A weak disparity with RP, R=7:8.
1 Thes 5:14 Parakalou=men de\ u9ma~j, a)delfoi/, nouqetei=te tou\j a)ta&ktouj, paramuqei=sqe tou\j o0ligoyu/xouj, a)nte/xesqe tw~n a)sqenw~n, makroqumei=te pro\j pa&ntaj. And we beseech you, brothers, warn those who are unruly, comfort the faint-hearted, support the weak, be longsuffering towards all. faint-hearted ← faint-souled.
1 Thes 5:15 879Ora~te mh/ tij kako\n a)nti\ kakou= tini\ a)podw%~: a)lla_ pa&ntote to\ a)gaqo\n diw&kete kai\ ei0j a)llh/louj kai\ ei0j pa&ntaj. See to it that no-one returns evil for evil to anyone, but always pursue goodness, both to each other and to everyone.
1 Thes 5:16 Pa&ntote xai/rete: Rejoice at all times,
1 Thes 5:17 a)dialei/ptwj proseu/xesqe: pray continually;
1 Thes 5:18 e0n panti\ eu0xaristei=te: tou=to ga_r qe/lhma qeou= e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou= ei0j u9ma~j. give thanks in all situations. For that is the will of God in Christ Jesus for you.
1 Thes 5:19 To\ pneu=ma mh\ sbe/nnute: Do not quench the spirit,
1 Thes 5:20 profhtei/aj mh\ e0couqenei=te: do not denigrate prophecies,
1 Thes 5:21 pa&nta {RP P1904: de\} [TR: - ] {RP-text P1904 TR: dokima&zete} [RP-marg: dokima&zontej]: to\ kalo\n kate/xete: {RP-text P1904: but test everything;} [RP-marg: but through testing everything,] [TR: test everything;] hold fast to that which is good. de\, but: present in RP P1904 F1859=9/14 vs. absent in TR F1859=5/14 (Scrivener's b*cfgk).
dokima&zete, test!, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=6/15 (Scrivener's d**ehl*mn) vs. dokima&zontej, testing, RP-marg F1859=8/15 vs. another reading, doubtful, F1859=1/15 (Scrivener's ?d*). Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=8:8.
1 Thes 5:22 a)po\ panto\j ei1douj ponhrou= a)pe/xesqe. Avoid any semblance of evil. any ← every.
1 Thes 5:23 Au0to\j de\ o9 qeo\j th=j ei0rh/nhj a(gia&sai u9ma~j o9lotelei=j: kai\ o9lo/klhron u9mw~n to\ pneu=ma kai\ h9 yuxh\ kai\ to\ sw~ma a)me/mptwj e0n th|= parousi/a% tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou= thrhqei/h. And may the God of peace himself sanctify you to become complete, and may the whole of your spirit and being and body be kept blameless at the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ. being ← soul.
1 Thes 5:24 Pisto\j o9 kalw~n u9ma~j, o4j kai\ poih/sei. He who calls you is faithful, and he will also perform it.
1 Thes 5:25 870Adelfoi/, proseu/xesqe peri\ h9mw~n. Brothers, pray for us.
1 Thes 5:26 870Aspa&sasqe tou\j a)delfou\j pa&ntaj e0n filh/mati a(gi/w%. Greet all the brothers with a holy kiss.
1 Thes 5:27 879Orki/zw u9ma~j to\n ku/rion, a)nagnwsqh=nai th\n e0pistolh\n pa~sin toi=j a(gi/oij a)delfoi=j. I adjure you by the Lord that the epistle be read to all the holy brothers.
1 Thes 5:28 879H xa&rij tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou= meq' u9mw~n. 870Amh/n. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you. Amen.
2 Thes 1:1 Pau=loj kai\ Silouano\j kai\ Timo/qeoj th|= e0kklhsi/a% Qessalonike/wn e0n qew%~ patri\ h9mw~n kai\ kuri/w% 870Ihsou= xristw%~: From Paul and Sylvanus and Timothy to the church of the Thessalonians in God our father and Lord, Jesus Christ, church: see Matt 16:18.
Lord: no article in the Greek. See Rom 1:7, showing why we repunctuate; AV differs.
2 Thes 1:2 xa&rij u9mi=n kai\ ei0rh/nh a)po\ qeou= patro\j h9mw~n kai\ kuri/ou 870Ihsou= xristou=. grace to you and peace from God our father and Lord, Jesus Christ. Lord: no article in the Greek. See Rom 1:7, showing why we repunctuate; AV differs.
2 Thes 1:3 Eu0xaristei=n o0fei/lomen tw%~ qew%~ pa&ntote peri\ u9mw~n, a)delfoi/, kaqw_j a!cio/n e0stin, o3ti u9perauca&nei h9 pi/stij u9mw~n, kai\ pleona&zei h9 a)ga&ph e9no\j e9ka&stou pa&ntwn u9mw~n ei0j a)llh/louj: We have a debt to always be giving thanks to God for you, brothers, as is befitting, because your faith is increasing exceedingly, and the love of each one of you all towards one another is growing, befitting ← worthy.
2 Thes 1:4 w#ste h9ma~j au0tou\j e0n u9mi=n kauxa~sqai e0n tai=j e0kklhsi/aij tou= qeou= u9pe\r th=j u9pomonh=j u9mw~n kai\ pi/stewj e0n pa~sin toi=j diwgmoi=j u9mw~n kai\ tai=j qli/yesin ai[j a)ne/xesqe: with the result that we ourselves boast in you, in the churches of God, for your patience and faith in all your persecutions and in the tribulations which you endure, churches: see Matt 16:18.
2 Thes 1:5 e1ndeigma th=j dikai/aj kri/sewj tou= qeou=, ei0j to\ kataciwqh=nai u9ma~j th=j basilei/aj tou= qeou=, u9pe\r h[j kai\ pa&sxete: which is evidence of the righteous judgment of God, to the intent that you are considered worthy of the kingdom of God, concerning which you also undergo suffering,
2 Thes 1:6 ei1per di/kaion para_ qew%~ a)ntapodou=nai toi=j qli/bousin u9ma~j qli/yin, since it is a righteous thing with God to retribute those who inflict affliction on you, since ← if indeed, but here assuming the truth of the protasis.
to retribute those who inflict affliction on you: or to retribute tribulation to those who afflict you, ≈ AV, so AV differs, depending ↴
2 Thes 1:7 kai\ u9mi=n toi=j qlibome/noij a!nesin meq' h9mw~n, e0n th|= a)pokalu/yei tou= kuri/ou 870Ihsou= a)p' ou0ranou= met' a)gge/lwn duna&mewj au0tou=, and to give you who are afflicted relief with us at the revelation of the Lord Jesus from heaven with his mighty angels, ↳ on whether qli/yin is taken as cognate accusative of qli/bousin or the object of a)ntapodou=nai.
mighty angels ← angels of power, a Hebraic genitive.
2 Thes 1:8 e0n puri\ flogo/j, dido/ntoj e0kdi/khsin toi=j mh\ ei0do/sin qeo/n, kai\ toi=j mh\ u9pakou/ousin tw%~ eu0aggeli/w% tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: xristou=]: with flaming fire, taking vengeance on those who do not know God, and those who do not obey the gospel of our Lord Jesus {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: Christ], xristou=, (of) Christ: absent in RP-text F1859=7/13 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=6/13. A weak disparity with RP-text, R=7:8. AV differs textually.
flaming fire ← fire of flame, a Hebraic genitive.
2 Thes 1:9 oi3tinej di/khn ti/sousin, o1leqron ai0w&nion a)po\ prosw&pou tou= kuri/ou kai\ a)po\ th=j do/chj th=j i0sxu/oj au0tou=, who will pay the penalty: age-abiding destruction away from the presence of the Lord and from the glory of his might,
2 Thes 1:10 o3tan e1lqh| e0ndocasqh=nai e0n toi=j a(gi/oij au0tou=, kai\ qaumasqh=nai e0n pa~sin toi=j {RP P1904: pisteu/sasin} [TR: pisteu/ousin] o3ti e0pisteu/qh to\ martu/rion h9mw~n e0f' u9ma~j e0n th|= h9me/ra% e0kei/nh|. when he comes to be glorified among his saints and to be looked at with wonder among all those who {RP P1904: have believed} [TR: believe] (because our witness to you was believed), on that day. pisteu/sasin, who have believed (dative), RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. pisteu/ousin, who believe (dative), TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's af). AV differs textually.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
2 Thes 1:11 Ei0j o4 kai\ proseuxo/meqa pa&ntote peri\ u9mw~n, i3na u9ma~j a)ciw&sh| th=j klh/sewj o9 qeo\j h9mw~n, kai\ plhrw&sh| pa~san eu0doki/an a)gaqwsu/nhj kai\ e1rgon pi/stewj e0n duna&mei: And in view of this we also pray at all times concerning you, that our God may make you worthy of the calling and fulfil every resolve of goodness and work of faith with power,
2 Thes 1:12 o3pwj e0ndocasqh|= to\ o1noma tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: xristou=] e0n u9mi=n, kai\ u9mei=j e0n au0tw%~, kata_ th\n xa&rin tou= qeou= h9mw~n kai\ kuri/ou 870Ihsou= xristou=. so that the name of our Lord Jesus {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: Christ] may be glorified in you, and you in him, according to the grace of our God and Lord, Jesus Christ. xristou=, Christ (genitive): absent in RP-text F1859=9/13 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's bcfh). AV differs textually.
in you: or among you, but the following e0n au0tw%~, balancing the first e0n, only admits in or possibly by (one cannot have among with the singular him). See 2 Cor 13:3, Gal 2:20.
Lord (second occurrence in verse): no article in the Greek. See Rom 1:7, showing why we repunctuate; AV differs.
2 Thes 2:1 870Erwtw~men de\ u9ma~j, a)delfoi/, u9pe\r th=j parousi/aj tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=, kai\ h9mw~n e0pisunagwgh=j e0p' au0to/n, And we ask you, brothers concerning the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ and our gathering up to him,
2 Thes 2:2 ei0j to\ mh\ taxe/wj saleuqh=nai u9ma~j a)po\ tou= noo/j, mh/te qroei=sqai, mh/te dia_ {RP TR: - } [P1904: tou=] pneu/matoj, mh/te dia_ lo/gou, mh/te di' e0pistolh=j w(j di' h9mw~n, w(j o3ti e0ne/sthken h9 h9me/ra tou= xristou=: for you not to be quickly shaken from a sound mind, nor to be troubled either through {RP TR: a} [P1904: the] spirit or a saying or an epistle supposedly from us, claiming that the day of Christ is immediately at hand. tou=, the: absent in RP TR F1859=13/13 vs. present in P1904 F1859=0/13.
claiming that ← as if.
immediately at hand: e0ne/sthken can mean at hand or actually beginning, arising [LS].
2 Thes 2:3 mh/ tij u9ma~j e0capath/sh| kata_ mhde/na tro/pon: o3ti e0a_n mh\ e1lqh| h9 a)postasi/a prw~ton, kai\ a)pokalufqh|= o9 a!nqrwpoj th=j a(marti/aj, o9 ui9o\j th=j a)pwlei/aj, Let no-one deceive you in any way, because it will not come until the apostasy has come first and the man of sin is revealed, the son of perdition, until ← unless.
has come ← comes.
2 Thes 2:4 o9 a)ntikei/menoj kai\ u9perairo/menoj e0pi\ {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: pa&nta} [S1894: pa~n to\] lego/menon qeo\n h2 se/basma, w#ste au0to\n ei0j to\n nao\n tou= qeou= w(j qeo\n kaqi/sai, a)podeiknu/nta e9auto\n o3ti e0sti\n qeo/j. who is opposed and self-exalted against everything called God, or object of worship, so that he sits as God in the sanctuary of God, putting himself forward as God. pa&nta, all (things), RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=13/13 vs. pa~n to\, everything, S1894 F1859=0/13.
putting himself forward as ← exhibiting himself that he is.
2 Thes 2:5 Ou0 mnhmoneu/ete o3ti e1ti w@n pro\j u9ma~j, tau=ta e1legon u9mi=n; Do you not remember that when I was still with you, I used to tell you these things?
2 Thes 2:6 Kai\ nu=n to\ kate/xon oi1date, ei0j to\ a)pokalufqh=nai au0to\n e0n tw%~ e9autou= kairw%~. And now you know the restraining factor in him being revealed in his own time.
2 Thes 2:7 To\ ga_r musth/rion h1dh e0nergei=tai th=j a)nomi/aj: mo/non o9 kate/xwn a!rti, e3wj e0k me/sou ge/nhtai, For the mystery of lawlessness is already at work, except that there is the one who is currently doing the restraining until he emerges from the arena. emerges ← becomes, comes. AV differs (be taken). But the antichrist must emerge, not be removed, before the coming of the Lord.
arena ← midst.
2 Thes 2:8 kai\ to/te a)pokalufqh/setai o9 a!nomoj, o4n o9 ku/rioj a)nalw&sei tw%~ pneu/mati tou= sto/matoj au0tou=, kai\ katargh/sei th|= e0pifanei/a% th=j parousi/aj au0tou=: And then the lawless one will be revealed, whom the Lord will destroy with the breath of his mouth and will annihilate at the manifestation of his coming, breath: the usual word for spirit, but also wind in John 3:8.
manifestation: AV differs somewhat (brightness).
2 Thes 2:9 ou[ e0sti\n h9 parousi/a kat' e0ne/rgeian tou= Satana~ e0n pa&sh| duna&mei kai\ shmei/oij kai\ te/rasin yeu/douj, him whose coming is with Satanic energizing, with all kinds of power and signs and lying miracles, with ← according to.
Satanic ← Satan's.
lying ← of falsehood, so not an adjective concordant with miracles, and possibly referring to the power and signs too. These miracles ↴
2 Thes 2:10 kai\ e0n pa&sh| a)pa&th| th=j a)diki/aj e0n toi=j a)pollume/noij, a)nq' w{n th\n a)ga&phn th=j a)lhqei/aj ou0k e0de/canto ei0j to\ swqh=nai au0tou/j. and with all kinds of unjust deceit among those who are on the road to being lost, because they did not receive the love of the truth, which was for them to be saved. ↳ are not false in the sense that nothing miraculous really happens; they really do happen but are with a fraudulent aim (of authenticating the lawless one as from God).
unjust deceit ← deceit of injustice, a Hebraic genitive.
2 Thes 2:11 Kai\ dia_ tou=to pe/myei au0toi=j o9 qeo\j e0ne/rgeian pla&nhj, ei0j to\ pisteu=sai au0tou\j tw%~ yeu/dei: And for this reason God will send them a deluding force so that they believe the lie, deluding force ← force of straying, a Hebraic genitive.
2 Thes 2:12 i3na kriqw~sin pa&ntej oi9 mh\ pisteu/santej th|= a)lhqei/a%, a)ll' eu0dokh/santej e0n th|= a)diki/a%. in order that all those who have not believed the truth, but taken satisfaction in unrighteousness, may be judged.
2 Thes 2:13 879Hmei=j de\ o0fei/lomen eu0xaristei=n tw%~ qew%~ pa&ntote peri\ u9mw~n, a)delfoi\ h0gaphme/noi u9po\ kuri/ou, o3ti ei3leto u9ma~j o9 qeo\j a)p' a)rxh=j ei0j swthri/an e0n a(giasmw%~ pneu/matoj, kai\ pi/stei a)lhqei/aj: But we have a debt to give thanks to God at all times for you, brothers, loved by the Lord, in that God chose you from the beginning with a goal of salvation, with sanctification of the spirit and with faith in the truth. in ← of.
2 Thes 2:14 ei0j o4 e0ka&lesen u9ma~j dia_ tou= eu0aggeli/ou h9mw~n, ei0j peripoi/hsin do/chj tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=. And to this he called you through our gospel: to be a glorious acquisition of our Lord Jesus Christ. and to this ← to which, but the which is neuter and does not refer to any noun in the vicinity, so it is a generalizing concept.
to be ← to, for.
a glorious acquisition ← an acquisition of the glory, a Hebraic genitive.
2 Thes 2:15 871Ara ou]n, a)delfoi/, sth/kete, kai\ kratei=te ta_j parado/seij a$j e0dida&xqhte, ei1te dia_ lo/gou, ei1te di' e0pistolh=j h9mw~n. So then, brothers, stand firm and hold to the traditions which you have been taught, whether by spoken word or by our epistle.
2 Thes 2:16 Au0to\j de\ o9 ku/rioj h9mw~n 870Ihsou=j xristo/j, kai\ o9 qeo\j kai\ path\r h9mw~n o9 a)gaph/saj h9ma~j, kai\ dou\j para&klhsin ai0wni/an kai\ e0lpi/da a)gaqh\n e0n xa&riti, And may our Lord himself, Jesus Christ, and our God and father who loved us and gave age-abiding encouragement and good hope by grace
2 Thes 2:17 parakale/sai u9mw~n ta_j kardi/aj, kai\ sthri/cai u9ma~j e0n panti\ lo/gw% kai\ e1rgw% a)gaqw%~. encourage your hearts and strengthen you in every good word and deed.
2 Thes 3:1 To\ loipo/n, proseu/xesqe, a)delfoi/, peri\ h9mw~n, i3na o9 lo/goj tou= kuri/ou tre/xh| kai\ doca&zhtai, kaqw_j kai\ pro\j u9ma~j, Finally, brothers, pray for us, so that the word of the Lord may run its course and be glorified, as also with you,
2 Thes 3:2 kai\ i3na r(usqw~men a)po\ tw~n a)to/pwn kai\ ponhrw~n a)nqrw&pwn: ou0 ga_r pa&ntwn h9 pi/stij. and that we may be delivered from perverse and wicked men, for not all have the faith.
2 Thes 3:3 Pisto\j de/ e0stin o9 ku/rioj, o4j sthri/cei u9ma~j kai\ fula&cei a)po\ tou= ponhrou=. But the Lord is faithful, and he will strengthen you and protect you from evil. evil: or the evil one.
2 Thes 3:4 Pepoi/qamen de\ e0n kuri/w% e0f' u9ma~j, o3ti a$ paragge/llomen u9mi=n, kai\ poiei=te kai\ poih/sete. And we trust in the Lord concerning you, that you do, and will do, the things that we charge you with. do, and will do ← both do and will do.
2 Thes 3:5 879O de\ ku/rioj kateuqu/nai u9mw~n ta_j kardi/aj ei0j th\n a)ga&phn tou= qeou=, kai\ ei0j {RP P1904 S1894: th\n} [S1550 E1624: - ] u9pomonh\n tou= xristou=. Now may the Lord direct your hearts to the love of God and to patience in waiting for Christ. th\n, the (patience): present in RP P1904 S1894 F1859=13/13 vs. absent in S1550 E1624 F1859=0/13.
love of God: presumably an objective genitive (us loving God), rather than subjective (God loving us), which balances the objective genitive below, though either is possible, and there could be a hint of both.
patience in waiting for Christ ← patience of Christ: an ↴
2 Thes 3:6 Paragge/llomen de\ u9mi=n, a)delfoi/, e0n o0no/mati tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=, ste/llesqai u9ma~j a)po\ panto\j a)delfou= a)ta&ktwj peripatou=ntoj, kai\ mh\ kata_ th\n para&dosin h4n {RP P1904: pare/labon} [TR: pare/laben] par' h9mw~n. And we command you, brothers, in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that you shun every brother who behaves in a disorderly way and not according to the tradition which {RP P1904: they} [TR: he] received from us. ↳ objective genitive (we wait patiently for Christ), rather than subjective (Christ is patient with us), given the context of Christ's coming (2 Thes 2:8).
pare/labon, they received, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. pare/laben, he received, TR F1859=0/13.
behaves ← walks round.
2 Thes 3:7 Au0toi\ ga_r oi1date pw~j dei= mimei=sqai h9ma~j: o3ti ou0k h0takth/samen e0n u9mi=n, For you yourselves know how it is necessary to imitate us, because we did not behave in a disorderly way among you.
2 Thes 3:8 ou0de\ dwrea_n a!rton e0fa&gomen para& tinoj, a)ll' e0n ko/pw% kai\ mo/xqw%, nu/kta kai\ h9me/ran e0rgazo/menoi, pro\j to\ mh\ e0pibarh=sai/ tina u9mw~n: And we did not eat bread from anyone without payment, but we worked night and day with toil and hard work, so as not to be a burden to any of you. any: singular.
2 Thes 3:9 ou0x o3ti ou0k e1xomen e0cousi/an, a)ll' i3na e9autou\j tu/pon dw~men u9mi=n ei0j to\ mimei=sqai h9ma~j. Not that we don't have authority, but so that we make ourselves an example to you, for you to imitate us.
2 Thes 3:10 Kai\ ga_r o3te h]men pro\j u9ma~j, tou=to parhgge/llomen u9mi=n o3ti ei1 tij ou0 qe/lei e0rga&zesqai, mhde\ e0sqie/tw. For indeed, when we were with you, we commanded you this: that if anyone was unwilling to work, that he should not eat either,
2 Thes 3:11 870Akou/omen ga&r tinaj peripatou=ntaj e0n u9mi=n a)ta&ktwj, mhde\n e0rgazome/nouj, a)lla_ periergazome/nouj. for we hear that some behave in a disorderly way among you, not doing any work, but fussing around. behave ← walk.
2 Thes 3:12 Toi=j de\ toiou/toij paragge/llomen kai\ parakalou=men dia_ tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=, i3na meta_ h9suxi/aj e0rgazo/menoi to\n e9autw~n a!rton e0sqi/wsin. And we command such and exhort them through our Lord Jesus Christ, that they work quietly and eat their own bread.
2 Thes 3:13 879Umei=j de/, a)delfoi/, mh\ e0kkakh/shte kalopoiou=ntej. But you, brothers, do not lose heart in doing good.
2 Thes 3:14 Ei0 de/ tij ou0x u9pakou/ei tw%~ lo/gw% h9mw~n dia_ th=j e0pistolh=j, tou=ton shmeiou=sqe, kai\ mh\ sunanami/gnusqe au0tw%~, i3na e0ntraph|=, And if anyone does not obey our injunction through the epistle, take note of him and do not associate with him, so that he may be ashamed, injunction ← word.
of him ← of this (one).
2 Thes 3:15 kai\ mh\ w(j e0xqro\n h9gei=sqe, a)lla_ nouqetei=te w(j a)delfo/n. yet do not consider him as an enemy, but admonish him as a brother.
2 Thes 3:16 Au0to\j de\ o9 ku/rioj th=j ei0rh/nhj dw%&h u9mi=n th\n ei0rh/nhn dia_ panto\j e0n panti\ tro/pw%. 879O ku/rioj meta_ pa&ntwn u9mw~n. And may the Lord of peace himself give you peace at all times in every way. The Lord be with you all.
2 Thes 3:17 879O a)spasmo\j th|= e0mh|= xeiri\ Pau/lou, o3 e0stin shmei=on e0n pa&sh| e0pistolh|=: ou3twj gra&fw. The greeting of Paul by my own hand, which is a sign in every epistle – I write like this. All Paul's valedictory greetings, including in Hebrews, have grace ... (be), so authenticating Hebrews. Of the other ↴
2 Thes 3:18 879H xa&rij tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou= meta_ pa&ntwn u9mw~n. 870Amh/n. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen. ↳ epistles, only 2 Peter (after mentioning Paul's epistles) has grace, but in a different construction.
1 Tim 1:1 Pau=loj a)po/stoloj 870Ihsou= xristou= kat' e0pitagh\n qeou= swth=roj h9mw~n, kai\ kuri/ou 870Ihsou= xristou= th=j e0lpi/doj h9mw~n, From Paul, an apostle of Jesus Christ by command of God our saviour and Lord, Jesus Christ our hope, Lord: no article in the Greek. See Rom 1:7, showing why we repunctuate; AV differs.
1 Tim 1:2 Timoqe/w% gnhsi/w% te/knw% e0n pi/stei: xa&rij, e1leoj, ei0rh/nh a)po\ qeou= patro\j h9mw~n kai\ {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: xristou= 870Ihsou=} [S1894: 870Ihsou= xristou=] tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n. to Timothy, a genuine child in faith, grace, mercy and peace from God our father and {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: Christ Jesus} [S1894: Jesus Christ] our Lord. xristou= 870Ihsou=, Christ + Jesus, RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=12/13 vs. 870Ihsou= xristou=, Jesus + Christ, S1894 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m, which has a rather different context). AV differs textually.
genuine: AV differs somewhat (my own).
1 Tim 1:3 Kaqw_j pareka&lesa& se prosmei=nai e0n 870Efe/sw%, poreuo/menoj ei0j Makedoni/an, i3na paraggei/lh|j tisi\n mh\ e9terodidaskalei=n, I write in the vein of when I appealed to you to stay on in Ephesus, when I was on my way to Macedonia, in order that you might command some not to teach extraneous doctrines, extraneous ← other (of a different kind).
1 Tim 1:4 mhde\ prose/xein mu/qoij kai\ genealogi/aij a)pera&ntoij, ai3tinej zhth/seij pare/xousin ma~llon h2 {RP P1904 S1550: oi0konomi/an} [E1624 S1894: oi0kodomi/an] qeou= th\n e0n pi/stei. nor to heed fables or interminable genealogies, which give rise to disputes rather than {RP P1904 S1550: a dispensation} [E1624 S1894: edification] of God in faith. oi0konomi/an, dispensation, RP P1904 S1550 F1859=13/13 (incl. c(tacite)) vs. oi0kodomi/an, building, edification, E1624 S1894 F1859=0/13. AV differs from us, following E1624. AV differs textually.
disputes ← inquiries, where participants debate and dispute.
1 Tim 1:5 To\ de\ te/loj th=j paraggeli/aj e0sti\n a)ga&ph e0k kaqara~j kardi/aj kai\ suneidh/sewj a)gaqh=j kai\ pi/stewj a)nupokri/tou: And the goal of the commandment is love from a pure heart and a clear conscience and unfeigned faith, clear ← good.
1 Tim 1:6 w{n tine\j a)stoxh/santej e0cetra&phsan ei0j mataiologi/an, from which things some have deviated and have turned away to idle talk, deviated ← missed the mark.
turned away: or been turned away.
1 Tim 1:7 qe/lontej ei]nai nomodida&skaloi, mh\ noou=ntej mh/te a$ le/gousin, mh/te peri\ ti/nwn diabebaiou=ntai. wanting to be teachers of the law, but understanding neither what they say nor things pertaining to what they assert. pertaining to ← concerning.
1 Tim 1:8 Oi1damen de\ o3ti kalo\j o9 no/moj, e0a&n tij au0tw%~ nomi/mwj xrh=tai, And we know that the law is good, if a person uses it legitimately,
1 Tim 1:9 ei0dw_j tou=to, o3ti dikai/w% no/moj ou0 kei=tai, a)no/moij de\ kai\ a)nupota&ktoij, a)sebe/sin kai\ a(martwloi=j, a)nosi/oij kai\ bebh/loij, {RP-text P1904: patrolw%&aij} [RP-marg TR: patralw%&aij] kai\ {RP-text P1904: mhtrolw%&aij} [RP-marg TR: mhtralw%&aij], a)ndrofo/noij, knowing this, that the law has not been instituted for a righteous person, but for the lawless and unruly, for the ungodly and for sinners, for the irreverent and profane, for those who commit patricide and matricide, for murderers, patrolw%&aij, for patricides (1a), RP-text P1904 F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's dfhkl) vs. patrolo/aij, for patricides (1b), F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m) vs. patralw%&aij, for patricides (2a), RP-marg TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's g) vs. patraloi/aij, for patricides (2b), F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's aben) vs. two similar, F1859=2/13.
mhtrolw%&aij, for matricides (1a), RP-text P1904 F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's dfghklo) vs. mhtrolo/aij, for matricides (1b), F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m) vs. mhtroloi/aij, for matricides (1c), F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n) vs. two similar, F1859=2/13. A disparity with RP-marg (low count).
1 Tim 1:10 po/rnoij, a)rsenokoi/taij, a)ndrapodistai=j, yeu/staij, e0pio/rkoij, kai\ ei1 ti e3teron th|= u9giainou/sh| didaskali/a% a)nti/keitai, for fornicators, homosexuals, kidnappers, liars, perjurers, and anything else there might be contrary to sound doctrine, homosexuals ← (male) liers with male.
anything else there might be ← if there is anything else. As a conditional clause, it does not have an explicit apodosis.
1 Tim 1:11 kata_ to\ eu0agge/lion th=j do/chj tou= makari/ou qeou=, o4 e0pisteu/qhn e0gw&. according to the glorious gospel of the blessed God, with which I have been entrusted. glorious gospel ← gospel of the glory, a Hebraic genitive.
1 Tim 1:12 Kai\ xa&rin e1xw tw%~ e0ndunamw&santi/ me xristw%~ 870Ihsou= tw%~ kuri/w% h9mw~n, o3ti pisto/n me h9gh/sato, qe/menoj ei0j diakoni/an, And I am thankful to him who empowered me, to Christ Jesus our Lord, in that he considered me faithful and appointed me to a ministry,
1 Tim 1:13 to\n pro/teron o1nta bla&sfhmon kai\ diw&kthn kai\ u9bristh/n: {RP: a)lla_} [P1904 TR: a)ll'] h0leh/qhn, o3ti a)gnow~n e0poi/hsa e0n a)pisti/a%: me, who was formerly a blasphemer and persecutor and an impudent person, but I received mercy, because I acted in ignorance and unbelief, a)lla_, but (unapocopated), RP F1859=13/13 vs. a)ll', but (apocopated), P1904 TR F1859=0/13. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
I acted in ignorance and unbelief ← unknowing I acted in unbelief.
1 Tim 1:14 u9perepleo/nasen de\ h9 xa&rij tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n meta_ pi/stewj kai\ a)ga&phj th=j e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=. and the grace of our Lord superabounded with faith, and love which is in Christ Jesus. which is: it is the definite article acting as a relative pronoun which designates a singular antecedent, whence is, not are.
1 Tim 1:15 Pisto\j o9 lo/goj kai\ pa&shj a)podoxh=j a!cioj, o3ti xristo\j 870Ihsou=j h]lqen ei0j to\n ko/smon a(martwlou\j sw~sai, w{n prw~to/j ei0mi e0gw&: The saying is faithful and worthy of all acceptance, that Christ Jesus came into the world to save sinners, of whom I am the foremost.
1 Tim 1:16 a)lla_ dia_ tou=to h0leh/qhn, i3na e0n e0moi\ prw&tw% e0ndei/chtai 870Ihsou=j xristo\j th\n pa~san makroqumi/an, pro\j u9potu/pwsin tw~n mello/ntwn pisteu/ein e0p' au0tw%~ ei0j zwh\n ai0w&nion. But I received mercy on account of this: that in me first Jesus Christ should show all longsuffering, as a model for those who will believe in him, resulting in age-abiding life. for ← of.
1 Tim 1:17 Tw%~ de\ basilei= tw~n ai0w&nwn, a)fqa&rtw%, a)ora&tw%, mo/nw% sofw%~ qew%~, timh\ kai\ do/ca ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj tw~n ai0w&nwn. 870Amh/n. Now to the king of the ages, indefectible, invisible, the only wise God, be honour and glory throughout the durations of the ages. Amen.
1 Tim 1:18 Tau/thn th\n paraggeli/an parati/qemai/ soi, te/knon Timo/qee, kata_ ta_j proagou/saj e0pi\ se\ profhtei/aj, i3na strateu/h| e0n au0tai=j th\n kalh\n stratei/an, I commit this command to you, Timothy, my child, according to the prophecies which have led in your direction, that by means of them you should fight the good fight, led in your direction ← led forward up to you.
1 Tim 1:19 e1xwn pi/stin kai\ a)gaqh\n sunei/dhsin, h3n tinej a)pwsa&menoi peri\ th\n pi/stin e0naua&ghsan: having faith and a clear conscience, which some have rejected, and they have suffered shipwreck in respect of their faith, clear ← good.
1 Tim 1:20 w{n e0sti\n 879Ume/naioj kai\ 870Ale/candroj, ou4j pare/dwka tw%~ Satana%~, i3na paideuqw~sin mh\ blasfhmei=n. among whom are Hymenaeus and Alexander, whom I have delivered to Satan in order that they may be taught not to blaspheme. among ← of.
1 Tim 2:1 Parakalw~ ou]n prw~ton pa&ntwn poiei=sqai deh/seij, proseuxa&j, e0nteu/ceij, eu0xaristi/aj, u9pe\r pa&ntwn a)nqrw&pwn: So I exhort you first of all to make pleas, prayers, intercessions, thanks, for all men,
1 Tim 2:2 u9pe\r basile/wn kai\ pa&ntwn tw~n e0n u9peroxh|= o1ntwn, i3na h1remon kai\ h9su/xion bi/on dia&gwmen e0n pa&sh| eu0sebei/a% kai\ semno/thti. for kings and all those in high positions, so that we may lead a quiet and calm life in all godliness and solemnity, in ← being in.
1 Tim 2:3 Tou=to ga_r kalo\n kai\ a)po/dekton e0nw&pion tou= swth=roj h9mw~n qeou=, for this is good and acceptable in the sight of our saviour, God,
1 Tim 2:4 o4j pa&ntaj a)nqrw&pouj qe/lei swqh=nai kai\ ei0j e0pi/gnwsin a)lhqei/aj e0lqei=n. who wants all men to be saved and to come to acknowledgment of the truth.
1 Tim 2:5 Ei[j ga_r qeo/j, ei[j kai\ mesi/thj qeou= kai\ a)nqrw&pwn, a!nqrwpoj xristo\j 870Ihsou=j, For there is one God, and one mediator between God and men, the man Christ Jesus, between ← of.
1 Tim 2:6 o9 dou\j e9auto\n a)nti/lutron u9pe\r pa&ntwn, to\ martu/rion kairoi=j i0di/oij, who gave himself as a ransom for all, the testimony at its own particular time, at its own particular time ← at its own seasons.
1 Tim 2:7 ei0j o4 e0te/qhn e0gw_ kh=ruc kai\ a)po/stoloj: a)lh/qeian le/gw e0n xristw%~, ou0 yeu/domai: dida&skaloj e0qnw~n e0n pi/stei kai\ a)lhqei/a%. to which I have been appointed a herald and apostle – I speak the truth in Christ; I am not lying – a teacher of the Gentiles in faith and truth. which: neuter, so it could refer to ransom, but it is probably generalizing (compare 2 Thes 2:14).
1 Tim 2:8 Bou/lomai ou]n proseu/xesqai tou\j a!ndraj e0n panti\ to/pw%, e0pai/rontaj o9si/ouj xei=raj, xwri\j o0rgh=j kai\ dialogismou=. So I wish for men everywhere to pray, lifting up holy hands without anger or argument, or: disjunctive use of kai/.
argument: AV differs somewhat (doubting).
1 Tim 2:9 879Wsau/twj kai\ ta_j gunai=kaj e0n katastolh|= kosmi/w%, meta_ ai0dou=j kai\ swfrosu/nhj, kosmei=n e9auta&j, mh\ e0n ple/gmasin, h2 xrusw%~, h2 margari/taij, h2 i9matismw%~ polutelei=, and for women similarly to adorn themselves in discreet dress, with modesty and sobriety, not with braids or gold or pearls or extravagant clothes, similarly ← similarly also (otiose kai/).
1 Tim 2:10 a)ll' o4 pre/pei gunaici\n e0paggellome/naij qeose/beian, di' e1rgwn a)gaqw~n. but – which is fitting for women who profess godliness – with good works. profess ← promise, but in the middle voice also profess.
1 Tim 2:11 Gunh\ e0n h9suxi/a% manqane/tw e0n pa&sh| u9potagh|=. A woman should learn quietly and most submissively, quietly ← in quietness.
most submissively ← in all submission.
1 Tim 2:12 Gunaiki\ de\ dida&skein ou0k e0pitre/pw, ou0de\ au0qentei=n a)ndro/j, a)ll' ei]nai e0n h9suxi/a%. and I do not allow a woman to teach, nor to dominate her husband, but to be quiet. quiet ← in stillness.
1 Tim 2:13 870Ada_m ga_r prw~toj e0pla&sqh, ei]ta Eu1a: For Adam was formed first, then Eve,
1 Tim 2:14 kai\ 870Ada_m ou0k h0path/qh, h9 de\ gunh\ a)pathqei=sa e0n paraba&sei ge/gonen: and Adam was not deceived, but the woman was deceived and came to be in transgression,
1 Tim 2:15 swqh/setai de\ dia_ th=j teknogoni/aj, e0a_n mei/nwsin e0n pi/stei kai\ a)ga&ph| kai\ a(giasmw%~ meta_ swfrosu/nhj. but she will be saved throughout childbearing, if they remain in faith and love and sanctification with sobriety. throughout: or by means of. An allusion to Gen 3:16.
1 Tim 3:1 Pisto\j o9 lo/goj: ei1 tij e0piskoph=j o0re/getai, kalou= e1rgou e0piqumei=. The saying is faithful: “If anyone aspires to the position of an overseer, he desires a good work.” overseer: see Phil 1:1.
1 Tim 3:2 Dei= ou]n to\n e0pi/skopon a)nepi/lhpton ei]nai, mia~j gunaiko\j a!ndra, {RP S1550: nhfa&leon} [P1904 E1624 S1894: nhfa&lion], sw&frona, ko/smion, filo/cenon, didaktiko/n: An overseer, then, must be unimpeachable, the husband of one wife, sober, temperate, well-behaved, hospitable, with aptitude for teaching, nhfa&leon, sober (1), RP S1550 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's aefn) vs. nhfa&lion, sober (2), P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's bcghkl) vs. nhfa&leion, sober (3), F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m) vs. nhfa&laion, sober (4), F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's do). A disparity with RP, R=5:8.
overseer: etymologically bishop.
1 Tim 3:3 mh\ pa&roinon, mh\ plh/kthn, mh\ ai0sxrokerdh=, a)ll' e0pieikh=, a!maxon, a)fila&rguron: not over-fond of wine, not violent, not shamefully greedy of gain, but equitable, peaceable, not a lover of money, peaceable ← non-combative.
1 Tim 3:4 tou= i0di/ou oi1kou kalw~j proi+sta&menon, te/kna e1xonta e0n u9potagh|= meta_ pa&shj semno/thtoj. taking charge of his own household well, keeping his children in subjection most solemnly. most solemnly ← with all solemnity.
1 Tim 3:5 Ei0 de/ tij tou= i0di/ou oi1kou prosth=nai ou0k oi]den, pw~j e0kklhsi/aj qeou= e0pimelh/setai; But if a person does not know how to take charge of his own household, how can he take care of the church of God? can ← will, a Hebraism.
church: see Matt 16:18.
1 Tim 3:6 Mh\ neo/futon, i3na mh\ tufwqei\j ei0j kri/ma e0mpe/sh| tou= diabo/lou. Not a newcomer, in case his imagination runs away with him and he falls into the condemnation of the devil. his imagination runs away with him ← he is enveloped in vapour.
condemnation: or judgment.
1 Tim 3:7 Dei= de\ au0to\n kai\ marturi/an kalh\n e1xein a)po\ tw~n e1cwqen, i3na mh\ ei0j o0neidismo\n e0mpe/sh| kai\ pagi/da tou= diabo/lou. And he must also have a good reputation with those outside, so that he does not fall into disrepute or a snare of the devil. disrepute ← reproach.
or: disjunctive use of kai/.
1 Tim 3:8 Diako/nouj w(sau/twj semnou/j, mh\ dilo/gouj, mh\ oi1nw% pollw%~ prose/xontaj, mh\ ai0sxrokerdei=j, Likewise, ministers must be solemn, not equivocal, not heavy drinkers of wine, not shamefully greedy of gain, ministers: etymologically deacons.
heavy drinkers of wine ← devoted to much wine, intent on much wine.
1 Tim 3:9 e1xontaj to\ musth/rion th=j pi/stewj e0n kaqara%~ suneidh/sei. keeping the mystery of the faith with a clear conscience. clear ← pure.
1 Tim 3:10 Kai\ ou[toi de\ dokimaze/sqwsan prw~ton, ei]ta diakonei/twsan, a)ne/gklhtoi o1ntej. And let these be put to the test first, then let them minister, when they are found to be irreproachable.
1 Tim 3:11 Gunai=kaj w(sau/twj semna&j, mh\ diabo/louj, {RP S1550: nhfale/ouj} [P1904 E1624 S1894: nhfali/ouj], pista_j e0n pa~sin. Similarly, their wives must be solemn, not slanderous, sober, faithful in everything. nhfale/ouj, sober (1), RP S1550 F1859=5/14 (Scrivener's el*mno) vs. nhfali/ouj, sober (2), P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=6/14 (Scrivener's bcghkl**) vs. nhfale/aj, sober (3), F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's a) vs. nhfalai/ouj, sober (4), F1859=2/14 (Scrivener's df). A weak disparity with RP, R=6:8.
1 Tim 3:12 Dia&konoi e1stwsan mia~j gunaiko\j a!ndrej, te/knwn kalw~j proi+sta&menoi kai\ tw~n i0di/wn oi1kwn. Ministers must be the husbands of one wife, properly in charge of their children and their own households. ministers: etymologically deacons.
1 Tim 3:13 Oi9 ga_r kalw~j diakonh/santej baqmo\n e9autoi=j kalo\n peripoiou=ntai, kai\ pollh\n parrhsi/an e0n pi/stei th|= e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=. For those who minister well acquire good standing for themselves, and much assurance in faith in Christ Jesus. minister ← ministered. See Matt 23:20.
1 Tim 3:14 Tau=ta& soi gra&fw, e0lpi/zwn e0lqei=n pro/j se ta&xion: I write these things to you hoping to come to you very soon. very soon ← more quickly.
1 Tim 3:15 e0a_n de\ bradu/nw, i3na ei0dh|=j pw~j dei= e0n oi1kw% qeou= a)nastre/fesqai, h3tij e0sti\n e0kklhsi/a qeou= zw~ntoj, stu/loj kai\ e9drai/wma th=j a)lhqei/aj. But if I take a long time, I have written in order that you may know how you should behave in the house of God, which is the church of the living God. A pillar and base of the truth, We have punctuated this verse so as to link a pillar ... with the next verse.
church: see Matt 16:18.
1 Tim 3:16 Kai\ o9mologoume/nwj me/ga e0sti\n to\ th=j eu0sebei/aj musth/rion: qeo\j e0fanerw&qh e0n sarki/, e0dikaiw&qh e0n pneu/mati, w!fqh a)gge/loij, e0khru/xqh e0n e1qnesin, e0pisteu/qh e0n ko/smw%, a)nelh/fqh e0n do/ch|. and confessedly great, is the mystery of godliness: God was manifested in the flesh, justified in the spirit, seen by angels, preached among the Gentiles, believed on in the world and taken up in glory. No textual issue among our witnesses. For a thorough vindication of the reading God was manifested, see [JWB-RR], pp.425-520. For the evidence regarding codex C, see the facsimile in [FHAS-PI, vol.1, plate X, p.120], and see our study The Reading of 1 Timothy 3:16 in Codex C click for link.
1 Tim 4:1 To\ de\ pneu=ma r(htw~j le/gei, o3ti e0n u9ste/roij kairoi=j a)posth/sontai/ tinej th=j pi/stewj, prose/xontej pneu/masin pla&noij kai\ didaskali/aij daimoni/wn, Now the spirit expressly says that in the latter times some will apostatize from the faith and give heed to misleading spirits and teachings of demons,
1 Tim 4:2 e0n u9pokri/sei yeudolo/gwn, {RP TR: kekauthriasme/nwn} [P1904: kekausthriasme/nwn] th\n i0di/an sunei/dhsin, with the hypocrisy of liars whose own consciences have been seared, kekauthriasme/nwn, seared (1), RP TR F1859=9/13 vs. kekausthriasme/nwn, seared (2), P1904 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's mo) vs. other spellings, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's dh*).
whose own consciences have been seared ← seared (in respect of) the own conscience.
1 Tim 4:3 kwluo/ntwn gamei=n, a)pe/xesqai brwma&twn, a$ o9 qeo\j e1ktisen ei0j meta&lhyin meta_ eu0xaristi/aj toi=j pistoi=j kai\ e0pegnwko/sin th\n a)lh/qeian. forbidding to marry, ordering to abstain from foodstuffs which God created to be partaken of with thanks by those who are faithful and have acknowledged the truth.
1 Tim 4:4 873Oti pa~n kti/sma qeou= kalo/n, kai\ ou0de\n a)po/blhton, meta_ eu0xaristi/aj lambano/menon: For every creature of God is good, and it is by no means to be rejected if it is received with thanksgiving, by no means ← (in respect of) nothing.
if: conditional use of the participle.
1 Tim 4:5 a(gia&zetai ga_r dia_ lo/gou qeou= kai\ e0nteu/cewj. for it is sanctified through the word of God and entreaty.
1 Tim 4:6 Tau=ta u9potiqe/menoj toi=j a)delfoi=j kalo\j e1sh| dia&konoj 870Ihsou= xristou=, e0ntrefo/menoj toi=j lo/goij th=j pi/stewj, kai\ th=j kalh=j didaskali/aj h|[ parhkolou/qhkaj. If you propose these things to the brothers, you will be a good minister of Jesus Christ, nourished by the words of the faith and of good doctrine which you have followed closely. if: conditional use of the participle.
1 Tim 4:7 Tou\j de\ bebh/louj kai\ graw&deij mu/qouj paraitou=. Gu/mnaze de\ seauto\n pro\j eu0se/beian: But reject profane and old wives' tales and exercise yourself rather to godliness.
1 Tim 4:8 h9 ga_r swmatikh\ gumnasi/a pro\j o0li/gon e0sti\n w)fe/limoj: h9 de\ eu0se/beia pro\j pa&nta w)fe/limo/j e0stin, {RP TR: e0paggeli/an} [P1904: e0paggeli/aj] e1xousa zwh=j th=j nu=n kai\ th=j mellou/shj. For physical exercise is beneficial in a minor matter, but godliness is beneficial in all respects, having the {RP TR: promise} [P1904: promises] of present and future life. e0paggeli/an, promise, RP TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's acfk) vs. e0paggeli/aj, promises, P1904 F1859=8/12. A disparity with RP, R=5:9.
1 Tim 4:9 Pisto\j o9 lo/goj kai\ pa&shj a)podoxh=j a!cioj. The saying is faithful and worthy of all acceptance. “The saying” is presumably what follows, as in 1 Tim 1:15, 1 Tim 3:1, though the previous verse also reads rather like a saying.
1 Tim 4:10 Ei0j tou=to ga_r kai\ kopiw~men kai\ o0neidizo/meqa, o3ti h0lpi/kamen e0pi\ qew%~ zw~nti, o3j e0stin swth\r pa&ntwn a)nqrw&pwn, ma&lista pistw~n. For we also toil for this and are reproached, because we have put hope in the living God, who is the saviour of all men, especially believers. all men: it does not say fallen angels or their offspring are included, or salvation by works, or salvation outside of Christ, or that all men are saved in a uniform way. Nor does it say “potentially saved”. For a possible mechanism for the non-believing part, see 1 Pet 4:6.
especially: as in Gal 6:10.
believers: or (the) faithful.
1 Tim 4:11 Para&ggelle tau=ta kai\ di/daske. Command these things and teach them.
1 Tim 4:12 Mhdei/j sou th=j neo/thtoj katafronei/tw, a)lla_ tu/poj gi/nou tw~n pistw~n e0n lo/gw%, e0n a)nastrofh|=, e0n a)ga&ph|, e0n pneu/mati, e0n pi/stei, e0n a(gnei/a%. Let no-one despise your youth, but become a model for believers, in word, in behaviour, in love, in spirit, in faith, in purity. for ← of.
1 Tim 4:13 873Ewj e1rxomai, pro/sexe th|= a)nagnw&sei, th|= paraklh/sei, th|= didaskali/a%. Until I come, pay attention to reading, to encouragement, to teaching.
1 Tim 4:14 Mh\ a)me/lei tou= e0n soi\ xari/smatoj, o4 e0do/qh soi dia_ profhtei/aj meta_ e0piqe/sewj tw~n xeirw~n tou= presbuteri/ou. Do not neglect the gracious gift in you, which was given to you through prophecy with laying on of hands of the council of elders.
1 Tim 4:15 Tau=ta mele/ta, e0n tou/toij i1sqi, i3na sou h9 prokoph\ fanera_ h|] e0n pa~sin. Concern yourself with these things, be immersed in these things, so that your progress may be evident among all. among all: or in all respects.
1 Tim 4:16 871Epexe seautw%~ kai\ th|= didaskali/a%. 870Epi/mene au0toi=j: tou=to ga_r poiw~n kai\ seauto\n sw&seij kai\ tou\j a)kou/onta&j sou. Attend to yourself and the teaching. Continue with them, for in doing this you will save both yourself and those who hear you.
1 Tim 5:1 Presbute/rw% mh\ e0piplh/ch|j, a)lla_ paraka&lei w(j pate/ra: newte/rouj, w(j a)delfou/j: Do not rebuke an elder, but treat him as a father, and younger men as brothers,
1 Tim 5:2 presbute/raj, w(j mhte/raj: newte/raj, w(j a)delfa&j, e0n pa&sh| a(gnei/a%. elder women as mothers, younger women as sisters, in total purity.
1 Tim 5:3 Xh/raj ti/ma ta_j o1ntwj xh/raj. Honour widows who really are widows.
1 Tim 5:4 Ei0 de/ tij xh/ra te/kna h2 e1kgona e1xei, manqane/twsan prw~ton to\n i1dion oi]kon eu0sebei=n, kai\ a)moiba_j a)podido/nai toi=j progo/noij: tou=to ga&r e0stin {RP: - } [P1904 TR: kalo\n kai\] a)po/dekton e0nw&pion tou= qeou=. But if any widow has children or descendants, let them first learn to treat their own house reverently and to return what is due to their forebears, for that is {RP: - } [P1904 TR: right and] acceptable in the sight of God. kalo\n kai\, good and: absent in RP F1859=9/12 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's dmo).
1 Tim 5:5 879H de\ o1ntwj xh/ra kai\ memonwme/nh h1lpiken e0pi\ to\n qeo/n, kai\ prosme/nei tai=j deh/sesin kai\ tai=j proseuxai=j nukto\j kai\ h9me/raj. But she who really is a widow and has been forsaken has put her hope in God and continues in supplications and prayers night and day,
1 Tim 5:6 879H de\ spatalw~sa, zw~sa te/qnhken. whereas she who lives lewdly is dead while alive. is dead ← has died, so is in a state of being dead.
1 Tim 5:7 Kai\ tau=ta para&ggelle, i3na a)nepi/lhptoi w}sin. Command these things too, so that they may be unimpeachable.
1 Tim 5:8 Ei0 de/ tij tw~n i0di/wn kai\ ma&lista tw~n oi0kei/wn ou0 pronoei=, th\n pi/stin h1rnhtai, kai\ e1stin a)pi/stou xei/rwn. But if anyone does not provide for his own, and especially for those of his own household, he has denied the faith and is worse than an unbeliever.
1 Tim 5:9 Xh/ra katalege/sqw mh\ e1latton e0tw~n e9ch/konta, gegonui=a e9no\j a)ndro\j gunh/, Do not let a widow less than sixty years old be enlisted, but one who was a wife of one man,
1 Tim 5:10 e0n e1rgoij kaloi=j marturoume/nh, ei0 e0teknotro/fhsen, ei0 e0cenodo/xhsen, ei0 a(gi/wn po/daj e1niyen, ei0 qlibome/noij e0ph/rkesen, ei0 panti\ e1rgw% a)gaqw%~ e0phkolou/qhsen. reputed for good works, if she has brought up children, if she has been hospitable, if she has washed the feet of the saints, if she has helped the afflicted, if she has engaged in every good work. saints: see Matt 27:52.
1 Tim 5:11 Newte/raj de\ xh/raj paraitou=: o3tan ga_r katastrhnia&swsin tou= xristou=, gamei=n qe/lousin, But decline younger widows, for when they turn restive against Christ, they will want to marry,
1 Tim 5:12 e1xousai kri/ma, o3ti th\n prw&thn pi/stin h0qe/thsan. incurring judgment, because they set aside their initial faith,
1 Tim 5:13 873Ama de\ kai\ a)rgai\ manqa&nousin, perierxo/menai ta_j oi0ki/aj, ou0 mo/non de\ a)rgai/, a)lla_ kai\ flu/aroi kai\ peri/ergoi, lalou=sai ta_ mh\ de/onta. while at the same time they idly learn, as they go round houses, and not only idly, but also as gossipmongers and busybodies, saying things which they ought not.
1 Tim 5:14 Bou/lomai ou]n newte/raj gamei=n, teknogonei=n, oi0kodespotei=n, mhdemi/an a)formh\n dido/nai tw%~ a)ntikeime/nw% loidori/aj xa&rin. So I want the younger women to marry, have children, be mistress of a house, not to give any opportunity to the adversary on account of abuse, on account of abuse: AV differs (to speak reproachfully), so differing in who is abusive.
1 Tim 5:15 871Hdh ga&r tinej e0cetra&phsan o0pi/sw tou= Satana~. for some have already turned aside after Satan.
1 Tim 5:16 Ei1 tij pisto\j h2 pisth\ e1xei xh/raj, e0parkei/tw au0tai=j, kai\ mh\ barei/sqw h9 e0kklhsi/a, i3na tai=j o1ntwj xh/raij e0parke/sh|. If any man or woman believer has widows, let him help them, and don't let the church be burdened, so that it can help the real widows. has widows: i.e. under his or her care.
church: see Matt 16:18.
1 Tim 5:17 Oi9 kalw~j proestw~tej presbu/teroi diplh=j timh=j a)ciou/sqwsan, ma&lista oi9 kopiw~ntej e0n lo/gw% kai\ didaskali/a%. Let the elders who have taken charge well be considered worthy of double honour, especially those who toil in word and teaching,
1 Tim 5:18 Le/gei ga_r h9 grafh/, Bou=n a)low~nta ou0 fimw&seij: kai/, 871Acioj o9 e0rga&thj tou= misqou= au0tou=. for the scripture says, “You shall not muzzle the ox that threshes”, and, “The worker is worthy of his wages.” Deut 25:4. For the second quote, see Matt 10:10.
1 Tim 5:19 Kata_ presbute/rou kathgori/an mh\ parade/xou, e0kto\j ei0 mh\ e0pi\ du/o h2 triw~n martu/rwn. Do not accept an accusation against an elder except on the basis of two or three witnesses.
1 Tim 5:20 Tou\j a(marta&nontaj e0nw&pion pa&ntwn e1legxe, i3na kai\ oi9 loipoi\ fo/bon e1xwsin. Censure sinners in the presence of everyone, in order that others also may have fear. others ← the rest.
1 Tim 5:21 Diamartu/romai e0nw&pion tou= qeou= kai\ kuri/ou 870Ihsou= xristou= kai\ tw~n e0klektw~n a)gge/lwn, i3na tau=ta fula&ch|j xwri\j prokri/matoj, mhde\n poiw~n kata_ {RP P1904: pro/sklhsin} [TR: pro/sklisin]. I solemnly urge you before God and Lord, Jesus Christ, and the elect angels, that you should keep these things without prejudice, not acting in any respect with partiality. pro/sklhsin, partiality (1), but more commonly summons, RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. pro/sklisin, partiality (2), TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ch).
Lord: no article in the Greek. See Rom 1:7, showing why we repunctuate; AV differs. Note the article with elect angels.
1 Tim 5:22 Xei=raj taxe/wj mhdeni\ e0piti/qei, mhde\ koinw&nei a(marti/aij a)llotri/aij: seauto\n a(gno\n th/rei. Don't be hasty laying hands on anyone, and do not share in other people's sins; keep yourself pure. don't be hasty laying hands ← do not hastily lay hands. Not a sanction for laying hands without haste.
1 Tim 5:23 Mhke/ti u9dropo/tei, a)ll' oi1nw% o0li/gw% xrw~, dia_ to\n sto/maxo/n sou kai\ ta_j pukna&j sou a)sqenei/aj. Don't just drink water any longer, but use a little wine on account of your stomach and your frequent ailments. This verse is a dispensational marker, because guaranteed healing (as in James 5:14) and immediate evidential miracles (as in Acts 14:9-10) are not operative in Paul's prison ministry. See also 2 Tim 4:20. But quiet divine intervention is possible, as in Phil 2:25-26.
1 Tim 5:24 Tinw~n a)nqrw&pwn ai9 a(marti/ai pro/dhloi/ ei0sin, proa&gousai ei0j kri/sin: tisi\n de\ kai\ e0pakolouqou=sin. The sins of some men are evident beforehand, preceding them to judgment, whereas others have sins following them. others ← others also.
1 Tim 5:25 879Wsau/twj kai\ ta_ kala_ e1rga pro/dhla& e0stin: kai\ ta_ a!llwj e1xonta krubh=nai ou0 {RP P1904: du/nantai} [TR: du/natai]. Similarly too, the good works are evident beforehand, whereas the works that are otherwise cannot remain hidden. du/nantai, they can (non-classical form for neuter plural subject), RP P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. du/natai, they can (classical form), TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's egkm).
remain hidden ← lie hidden.
1 Tim 6:1 873Osoi ei0si\n u9po\ zugo\n dou=loi, tou\j i0di/ouj despo/taj pa&shj timh=j a)ci/ouj h9gei/sqwsan, i3na mh\ to\ o1noma tou= qeou= kai\ h9 didaskali/a blasfhmh=tai. Let all who are slaves, under a yoke, consider their own masters worthy of all honour, so that the name of God and the doctrine are not blasphemed. all ← as many as.
1 Tim 6:2 Oi9 de\ pistou\j e1xontej despo/taj mh\ katafronei/twsan, o3ti a)delfoi/ ei0sin: a)lla_ ma~llon douleue/twsan, o3ti pistoi/ ei0sin kai\ a)gaphtoi\ oi9 th=j eu0ergesi/aj a)ntilambano/menoi. Tau=ta di/daske kai\ paraka&lei. And let those who have believing masters not despise them, because they are brothers, but let them rather serve them, because those who partake of good work are believers and beloved. ¶ Teach and encourage these things. ¶ Verse division: in P1904 numbering, 1 Tim 6:3 begins here.
partake of: this is a common meaning of the verb, but if the persons referred to are the masters, then the meaning must be are benefitted by.
1 Tim 6:3 Ei1 tij e9terodidaskalei=, kai\ mh\ prose/rxetai u9giai/nousin lo/goij, toi=j tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=, kai\ th|= kat' eu0se/beian didaskali/a%, If anyone teaches another doctrine and does not adhere to sound words – those of our Lord Jesus Christ – and to the godly doctrine,
1 Tim 6:4 tetu/fwtai, mhde\n e0pista&menoj, a)lla_ nosw~n peri\ zhth/seij kai\ logomaxi/aj, e0c w{n gi/netai fqo/noj, e1rij, blasfhmi/ai, u9po/noiai ponhrai/, he has let his imagination run away with him and understands nothing, but is delirious concerning inquiries and controversies from which arise envy, strife, blasphemies, malevolent suppositions, he has let his imagination run away with him ← he has been enveloped in vapour, as in 1 Tim 3:6.
1 Tim 6:5 {RP: diaparatribai\} [P1904 TR: paradiatribai\] diefqarme/nwn a)nqrw&pwn to\n nou=n, kai\ a)pesterhme/nwn th=j a)lhqei/aj, nomizo/ntwn porismo\n ei]nai th\n eu0se/beian. 870Afi/staso a)po\ tw~n toiou/twn. vain arguments of men corrupt in mind and devoid of the truth, who reckon godliness to be a means of gain. Do not associate with such. diaparatribai\, violent contention; useless disputation (1), RP F1859=10/13 vs. paradiatribai\, violent contention; useless disputation (2), P1904 TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's b) vs. another reading, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's dl). A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
do not associate with ← stand away from.
godliness to be a means of gain: AV differs (gain is godliness).
1 Tim 6:6 871Estin de\ porismo\j me/gaj h9 eu0se/beia meta_ au0tarkei/aj: But godliness with independence is an important means of gain. with independence: or with self-sufficiency. The sense appears to be without ulterior motives, in its own right.
1 Tim 6:7 ou0de\n ga_r ei0shne/gkamen ei0j to\n ko/smon, dh=lon o3ti ou0de\ e0cenegkei=n ti duna&meqa: For we brought nothing into the world, and it is clear that we cannot take anything out either.
1 Tim 6:8 e1xontej de\ diatrofa_j kai\ skepa&smata tou/toij a)rkesqhso/meqa. Provided we have sustenance and shelter, we shall be satisfied with these. provided: conditional use of the participle.
shelter: AV differs somewhat, raiment, which we take for granted as available in some form, and consider shelter a necessity in winter storms.
1 Tim 6:9 Oi9 de\ boulo/menoi ploutei=n e0mpi/ptousin ei0j peirasmo\n kai\ pagi/da kai\ e0piqumi/aj polla_j a)noh/touj kai\ blabera&j, ai3tinej buqi/zousin tou\j a)nqrw&pouj ei0j o1leqron kai\ a)pw&leian. But those who wish to become rich fall into temptation and a snare and many senseless and harmful desires, which sink men into destruction and ruin.
1 Tim 6:10 879Ri/za ga_r pa&ntwn tw~n kakw~n e0sti\n h9 filarguri/a: h[j tine\j o0rego/menoi a)peplanh/qhsan a)po\ th=j pi/stewj, kai\ e9autou\j perie/peiran o0du/naij pollai=j. For love of money is a root of all the evils, a root which some, by striving for it, have strayed from the faith and have pierced themselves all over with many pangs of pain. by striving: gerundial use of the participle.
1 Tim 6:11 Su\ de/, w} a!nqrwpe tou= qeou=, tau=ta feu=ge: di/wke de\ dikaiosu/nhn, eu0se/beian, pi/stin, a)ga&phn, u9pomonh/n, pra%o/thta. But you, O man of God, flee from these things, and pursue righteousness, godliness, faith, love, patience, meekness.
1 Tim 6:12 870Agwni/zou to\n kalo\n a)gw~na th=j pi/stewj, e0pilabou= th=j ai0wni/ou zwh=j, ei0j h4n {RP: - } [P1904 TR: kai\] e0klh/qhj, kai\ w(molo/ghsaj th\n kalh\n o9mologi/an e0nw&pion pollw~n martu/rwn. Contend in the good contest of faith, take hold of age-abiding life, to which you were {RP: - } [P1904 TR: also] called, having also confessed the good confession in the presence of many witnesses. kai\, also: absent in RP F1859=7/14 (Scrivener's abcefgk) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=7/14 (Scrivener's dhlmnoz). A weak disparity with RP, R=7:9.
1 Tim 6:13 Paragge/llw soi e0nw&pion tou= qeou= tou= zw%opoiou=ntoj ta_ pa&nta, kai\ xristou= 870Ihsou= tou= marturh/santoj e0pi\ Ponti/ou Pila&tou th\n kalh\n o9mologi/an, I command you in the sight of God, who makes everything alive, and Christ Jesus, who testified the good confession before Pontius Pilate,
1 Tim 6:14 thrh=sai/ se th\n e0ntolh\n a!spilon, a)nepi/lhpton, me/xri th=j e0pifanei/aj tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=, to keep the commandment spotlessly, unimpeachably, until the appearing of our Lord Jesus Christ,
1 Tim 6:15 h4n kairoi=j i0di/oij dei/cei o9 maka&rioj kai\ mo/noj duna&sthj, o9 basileu\j tw~n basileuo/ntwn, kai\ ku/rioj tw~n kurieuo/ntwn, which in his own time the blessed and only potentate, the king of those that reign, and Lord of those that rule, will display, time ← seasons.
1 Tim 6:16 o9 mo/noj e1xwn a)qanasi/an, fw~j oi0kw~n a)pro/siton, o4n ei]den ou0dei\j a)nqrw&pwn, ou0de\ i0dei=n du/natai: w%{ timh\ kai\ kra&toj ai0w&nion. 870Amh/n. who alone has immortality, dwelling in unapproachable light, whom no-one among men has seen or can see, to whom be honour and age-abiding might. Amen. among ← of.
1 Tim 6:17 Toi=j plousi/oij e0n tw%~ nu=n ai0w~ni para&ggelle, mh\ u9yhlofronei=n, mhde\ h0lpike/nai e0pi\ plou/tou a)dhlo/thti, a)ll' e0n tw%~ qew%~ tw%~ zw~nti, tw%~ pare/xonti h9mi=n {RP P1904: pa&nta plousi/wj} [TR: plousi/wj pa&nta] ei0j a)po/lausin: Command those who are rich in the present age not to be haughty, nor to put hope in the uncertainty of wealth, but in the living God, who richly provides us with everything for our enjoyment, pa&nta plousi/wj, everything + richly, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. plousi/wj pa&nta, richly + everything, TR F1859=0/13.
to put hope ← to have put hope.
1 Tim 6:18 a)gaqoergei=n, ploutei=n e0n e1rgoij kaloi=j, eu0metado/touj ei]nai, koinwnikou/j, to do good, to be rich in good works, to be generous, willing to share, generous: an accusative where a dative might be expected, as in Acts 25:27, Heb 2:10.
to share: AV differs, to modern ears at least (to communicate).
1 Tim 6:19 a)poqhsauri/zontaj e9autoi=j qeme/lion kalo\n ei0j to\ me/llon, i3na e0pila&bwntai th=j ai0wni/ou zwh=j. treasuring up for themselves a good foundation for the future, in order that they might take hold of age-abiding life.
1 Tim 6:20 87]W Timo/qee, th\n {RP: paraqh/khn} [P1904 TR: parakataqh/khn] fu/lacon, e0ktrepo/menoj ta_j bebh/louj kenofwni/aj kai\ a)ntiqe/seij th=j yeudwnu/mou gnw&sewj: Timothy, guard the deposit, avoiding profane vain talk and contradictions of science falsely so called, paraqh/khn, deposit, thing entrusted (1), RP F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's acdehmn) vs. parakataqh/khn, deposit, thing entrusted (2), P1904 TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's bfgklo). A weak disparity with RP, R=7:8.
science: or knowledge. VulgC VulgS have scientia, from which perhaps the AV's science, which seems so appropriate in our day too.
1 Tim 6:21 h3n tinej e0paggello/menoi peri\ th\n pi/stin h0sto/xhsan. 879H xa&rij meta_ sou=. 870Amh/n. which some, while professing it, have deviated concerning the faith. Grace be with you. Amen. professing: see 1 Tim 2:10.
2 Tim 1:1 Pau=loj, a)po/stoloj {RP TR: 870Ihsou= xristou=} [P1904: xristou= 870Ihsou=] dia_ qelh/matoj qeou=, kat' e0paggeli/an zwh=j th=j e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=, From Paul, an apostle of {RP TR: Jesus Christ} [P1904: Christ Jesus] through the will of God, according to the promise of life which is in Christ Jesus, 870Ihsou= xristou=, Jesus + Christ, RP TR F1859=9/13 vs. xristou= 870Ihsou=, Christ + Jesus, P1904 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's degn).
2 Tim 1:2 Timoqe/w% a)gaphtw%~ te/knw%: xa&rij, e1leoj, ei0rh/nh a)po\ qeou= patro\j kai\ xristou= 870Ihsou= tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n. to Timothy, beloved child, grace, mercy and peace from God the father and Christ Jesus our Lord. Lord: the construction here is not quite parallel to 1 Tim 1:1 (position of h9mw~n).
2 Tim 1:3 Xa&rin e1xw tw%~ qew%~, w%{ latreu/w a)po\ progo/nwn e0n kaqara%~ suneidh/sei, w(j a)dia&leipton e1xw th\n peri\ sou= mnei/an e0n tai=j deh/sesi/n mou nukto\j kai\ h9me/raj, I thank God, whom I serve following my forebears with a clear conscience when I ceaselessly remember you in my supplications night and day, following ← from, since.
clear ← pure.
remember ← have remembrance of.
2 Tim 1:4 e0pipoqw~n se i0dei=n, memnhme/noj sou tw~n dakru/wn, i3na xara~j plhrwqw~, longing to see you, remembering your tears, so that I may be filled with joy, remembering: grammatically perfect tense in form, but present in sense (also classically so).
2 Tim 1:5 u9po/mnhsin lamba&nwn th=j e0n soi\ a)nupokri/tou pi/stewj, h3tij e0nw%&khsen prw~ton e0n th|= ma&mmh| sou Lwi+/di kai\ th|= mhtri/ sou {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: Eu0ni/kh|} [S1550: Eu0nei/kh|], pe/peismai de\ o3ti kai\ e0n soi/. as I recall the unfeigned faith which is in you, which first dwelt in your grandmother Lois, and your mother Eunice, and, I am persuaded, also in you. Eu0ni/kh|, Eunice (1), RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=5/13 vs. Eu0nei/kh|, Eunice (2), S1550 F1859=7/13 vs. Eu0nh/kh|, Eunice (3), F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's f). A weak disparity with RP, R=7:8.
2 Tim 1:6 Di' h4n ai0ti/an a)namimnh/skw se a)nazwpurei=n to\ xa&risma tou= qeou=, o3 e0stin e0n soi\ dia_ th=j e0piqe/sewj tw~n xeirw~n mou. And for this reason I remind you to rekindle the gracious gift of God which is in you through the laying on of my hands,
2 Tim 1:7 Ou0 ga_r e1dwken h9mi=n o9 qeo\j pneu=ma deili/aj, a)lla_ duna&mewj kai\ a)ga&phj kai\ swfronismou=. for God has not given us a spirit of timidity, but of power and love and moderation.
2 Tim 1:8 Mh\ ou]n e0paisxunqh|=j to\ martu/rion tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n, mhde\ e0me\ to\n de/smion au0tou=: a)lla_ sugkakopa&qhson tw%~ eu0aggeli/w% kata_ du/namin qeou=, So do not be ashamed of the testimony about our Lord nor of me his prisoner, but partake of the suffering for the gospel according to the power of God, about ← of. We take this as an objective genitive (Paul and Timothy do the testifying), though it could be subjective (the testimony that the Lord gave). As the testimony is not given to the Lord (but to the general public, we presume), it would also be ambiguous to translate by the word to.
2 Tim 1:9 tou= sw&santoj h9ma~j kai\ kale/santoj klh/sei a(gi/a%, ou0 kata_ ta_ e1rga h9mw~n, a)lla_ kat' i0di/an pro/qesin kai\ xa&rin th\n doqei=san h9mi=n e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou= pro\ xro/nwn ai0wni/wn, who has saved us and called us with a holy calling, not according to our works, but according to his own purpose, and grace which was given to us in Christ Jesus before the durations of the ages, the durations of the ages ← age-abiding times.
2 Tim 1:10 fanerwqei=san de\ nu=n dia_ th=j e0pifanei/aj tou= swth=roj h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=, katargh/santoj me\n to\n qa&naton, fwti/santoj de\ zwh\n kai\ a)fqarsi/an dia_ tou= eu0aggeli/ou, but which has now been made manifest through the appearing of our saviour Jesus Christ, who has abolished death and brought life and indefectibility to light through the gospel, indefectibility: AV differs (immortality).
2 Tim 1:11 ei0j o4 e0te/qhn e0gw_ kh=ruc kai\ a)po/stoloj kai\ dida&skaloj e0qnw~n. for the cause of which I have been appointed a preacher and apostle and teacher of the Gentiles. preacher ← herald, proclaimer.
2 Tim 1:12 Di' h4n ai0ti/an kai\ tau=ta pa&sxw, a)ll' ou0k e0paisxu/nomai: oi]da ga_r w%{ pepi/steuka, kai\ pe/peismai o3ti dunato/j e0stin th\n paraqh/khn mou fula&cai ei0j e0kei/nhn th\n h9me/ran. And for this reason I suffer these things too, but I am not ashamed, for I know in whom I have believed, and I am persuaded that he is able to keep my entrusted deposit up to that day. am persuaded ← have been persuaded.
2 Tim 1:13 879Upotu/pwsin e1xe u9giaino/ntwn lo/gwn w{n par' e0mou= h1kousaj, e0n pi/stei kai\ a)ga&ph| th|= e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=. Hold on to the model of sound words which you have heard from me, in faith, and love which is in Christ Jesus.
2 Tim 1:14 Th\n kalh\n {RP P1904: paraqh/khn} [TR: parakataqh/khn] fu/lacon dia_ pneu/matoj a(gi/ou tou= e0noikou=ntoj e0n h9mi=n. Guard the good entrusted deposit through the holy spirit dwelling in us. paraqh/khn, thing entrusted, deposit (1), RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. parakataqh/khn, thing entrusted, deposit (2), TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's bgk). Scrivener's Elzevir text appears to read paraqh/khn, since he gives parakataqh/khn as the variant. Compare 1 Tim 6:20, noting that Scrivener's bgk read parakataqh/khn there too.
AV differs, supplying unto thee.
2 Tim 1:15 Oi]daj tou=to, o3ti a)pestra&fhsa&n me pa&ntej oi9 e0n th|= 870Asi/a%, w{n e0sti\n {RP: Fu/geloj} [P1904 TR: Fu/gelloj] kai\ 879Ermoge/nhj. You know this, that all those in Asia have turned away from me, among whom are Phygellus and Hermogenes. Fu/geloj, Phygelus, RP F1859=4/14 (Scrivener's cemn) vs. Fu/gelloj, Phygellus, P1904 TR F1859=8/14 vs. other spellings, F1859=2/14 (Scrivener's lo*). In our English, we retain the traditional spelling of the name, which also appears to have good manuscript support. A disparity with RP, R=4:10.
2 Tim 1:16 Dw%&h e1leoj o9 ku/rioj tw%~ 870Onhsifo/rou oi1kw%: o3ti polla&kij me a)ne/yucen, kai\ th\n a#lusi/n mou ou0k {RP P1904: e0paisxu/nqh} [TR: e0ph|sxu/nqh], May the Lord show mercy to the house of Onesiphorus, because he often refreshed me and was not ashamed of my chain, e0paisxu/nqh, he was ashamed (non-classical aorist without augment), RP P1904 F1859=6/14 vs. e0ph|sxu/nqh, he was ashamed (classical aorist with augment), TR F1859=8/14. A weak disparity with RP, R=7:9.
show ← give.
2 Tim 1:17 a)lla_ geno/menoj e0n 879Rw&mh|, spoudaio/teron e0zh/thse/n me kai\ eu[ren - but when he arrived in Rome, he sought me very diligently and found me. very diligently ← quite diligently, Greek comparative for superlative.
2 Tim 1:18 dw%&h au0tw%~ o9 ku/rioj eu9rei=n e1leoj para_ kuri/ou e0n e0kei/nh| th|= h9me/ra% - kai\ o3sa e0n 870Efe/sw% dihko/nhsen, be/ltion su\ ginw&skeij. May the Lord let him find mercy from the Lord on that day. You also know very well in how many ways he ministered in Ephesus. very well ← quite well, Greek comparative for superlative.
2 Tim 2:1 Su\ ou]n, te/knon mou, e0ndunamou= e0n th|= xa&riti th|= e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=. You then, my child, be strengthened in the grace which is in Christ Jesus,
2 Tim 2:2 Kai\ a$ h1kousaj par' e0mou= dia_ pollw~n martu/rwn, tau=ta para&qou pistoi=j a)nqrw&poij, oi3tinej i9kanoi\ e1sontai kai\ e9te/rouj dida&cai. and commit the things which you have heard from me through many witnesses to faithful men who will be competent to teach others too. men who ← whoever, who.
2 Tim 2:3 Su\ ou]n kakopa&qhson w(j kalo\j stratiw&thj 870Ihsou= xristou=. So then, suffer affliction like a good soldier of Jesus Christ.
2 Tim 2:4 Ou0dei\j strateuo/menoj e0mple/ketai tai=j tou= bi/ou pragmatei/aij, i3na tw%~ stratologh/santi a)re/sh|. No-one serving as a soldier gets entangled in the affairs of civilian life, in order that he may please the one who enlisted him as a soldier.
2 Tim 2:5 870Ea_n de\ kai\ a)qlh|= tij, ou0 stefanou=tai e0a_n mh\ nomi/mwj a)qlh/sh|. And if anyone contends, he does not win a crown unless he contends legitimately. does not win a crown ← is not crowned.
2 Tim 2:6 To\n kopiw~nta gewrgo\n dei= prw~ton tw~n karpw~n metalamba&nein. The farmer who labours must be the first to partake of the fruits.
2 Tim 2:7 No/ei a$ le/gw: dw%&h ga&r soi o9 ku/rioj su/nesin e0n pa~sin. Consider the things I am saying, and may the Lord give you understanding in all matters. and may ← for may.
2 Tim 2:8 Mnhmo/neue 870Ihsou=n xristo\n e0ghgerme/non e0k nekrw~n, e0k spe/rmatoj {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d], kata_ to\ eu0agge/lio/n mou: Remember that Jesus Christ of the seed of David has been raised from the dead according to my gospel, David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
2 Tim 2:9 e0n w%{ kakopaqw~ me/xri desmw~n, w(j kakou=rgoj: a)ll' o9 lo/goj tou= qeou= ou0 de/detai. on account of which I suffer affliction, even of bonds like a criminal. But the word of God has not been bound.
2 Tim 2:10 Dia_ tou=to pa&nta u9pome/nw dia_ tou\j e0klektou/j, i3na kai\ au0toi\ swthri/aj tu/xwsin th=j e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=, meta_ do/chj ai0wni/ou. Therefore I endure all things for the sake of the elect, in order that they also may obtain salvation in Christ Jesus with age-abiding glory.
2 Tim 2:11 Pisto\j o9 lo/goj: ei0 ga_r sunapeqa&nomen, kai\ suzh/somen: The saying is faithful:

“For if we have died with him,

We shall also live with him.

 have died with him ← jointly died.
live with him ← jointly live.
2 Tim 2:12 ei0 u9pome/nomen, kai\ sumbasileu/somen: ei0 a)rnou/meqa, ka)kei=noj a)rnh/setai h9ma~j:

If we endure,

We shall also reign with him.

If we deny him,

He too will deny us.

 reign with him ← jointly reign.
he ← that (one), the former.
2 Tim 2:13 ei0 a)pistou=men, e0kei=noj pisto\j me/nei: a)rnh/sasqai e9auto\n ou0 du/natai.

If we do not believe,

He remains faithful;

He cannot deny himself.”

 he ← that (one), the former.
2 Tim 2:14 Tau=ta u9pomi/mnhske, diamarturo/menoj e0nw&pion tou= kuri/ou mh\ logomaxei=n ei0j ou0de\n xrh/simon, e0pi\ katastrofh|= tw~n a)kouo/ntwn. Make mention of these things, solemnly urging in the presence of the Lord not to dispute about words serving no useful purpose, so subverting those listening. so ← at. An expression of result.
2 Tim 2:15 Spou/dason seauto\n do/kimon parasth=sai tw%~ qew%~, e0rga&thn a)nepai/sxunton, o0rqotomou=nta to\n lo/gon th=j a)lhqei/aj. Be studious to present yourself approved to God, a workman with no cause for shame, rightly dividing the word of truth. rightly dividing ← straightly / properly cutting.
2 Tim 2:16 Ta_j de\ bebh/louj kenofwni/aj perii+/staso: e0pi\ plei=on ga_r proko/yousin a)sebei/aj, But shun profane empty talk, for it will serve to advance ungodliness even more, talk ← talks.
2 Tim 2:17 kai\ o9 lo/goj au0tw~n w(j ga&ggraina nomh\n e3cei: w{n e0sti\n 879Ume/naioj kai\ Filhto/j: and their words will spread like gangrene, among whom are Hymenaeus and Philetus, words ← word, thing said.
spread ← have feeding ground.
among ← of.
2 Tim 2:18 oi3tinej peri\ th\n a)lh/qeian h0sto/xhsan, le/gontej th\n a)na&stasin h1dh gegone/nai, kai\ a)natre/pousin th/n tinwn pi/stin. who have missed the mark concerning the truth, saying that the resurrection has already taken place, and they are overturning the faith of some.
2 Tim 2:19 879O me/ntoi stereo\j qeme/lioj tou= qeou= e3sthken, e1xwn th\n sfragi=da tau/thn, 871Egnw ku/rioj tou\j o1ntaj au0tou=, kai/, 870Aposth/tw a)po\ a)diki/aj pa~j o9 o0noma&zwn to\ o1noma {RP P1904: kuri/ou} [TR: xristou=]. However, the firm foundation of God stands, having this seal: the Lord knows those who are his. And let everyone who names the name of {RP P1904: the Lord} [TR: Christ] avoid iniquity. kuri/ou, of the Lord, RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. xristou=, of Christ, TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ce). AV differs textually.
Num 16:5. [CB] considers the subsequent sentence possibly to be an allusion to Num 16:26.
2 Tim 2:20 870En mega&lh| de\ oi0ki/a% ou0k e1stin mo/non skeu/h xrusa~ kai\ a)rgura~, a)lla_ kai\ cu/lina kai\ o0stra&kina, kai\ a$ me\n ei0j timh/n, a$ de\ ei0j a)timi/an. But in a great house there are not only gold and silver vessels, but also wooden ones and earthenware ones, and some are for honour and others for use without honour. use without honour ← dishonour, disgrace, but more probably lack of honour here, i.e. ordinary use. AV differs (dishonour).
2 Tim 2:21 870Ea_n ou]n tij e0kkaqa&rh| e9auto\n a)po\ tou/twn, e1stai skeu=oj ei0j timh/n, h9giasme/non, kai\ eu1xrhston tw%~ despo/th|, ei0j pa~n e1rgon a)gaqo\n h9toimasme/non. Therefore, if anyone thoroughly cleanses himself from these things, he will be a vessel for honour, sanctified and useful to the master, prepared for every good work.
2 Tim 2:22 Ta_j de\ newterika_j e0piqumi/aj feu=ge: di/wke de\ dikaiosu/nhn, pi/stin, a)ga&phn, ei0rh/nhn, meta_ tw~n e0pikaloume/nwn to\n ku/rion e0k kaqara~j kardi/aj. Flee youthful lusts, but pursue righteousness, faith, love and peace with those who call on the Lord from a pure heart.
2 Tim 2:23 Ta_j de\ mwra_j kai\ a)paideu/touj zhth/seij paraitou=, ei0dw_j o3ti gennw~sin ma&xaj. But decline foolish and ill-informed inquiries, knowing that they give rise to strifes.
2 Tim 2:24 Dou=lon de\ kuri/ou ou0 dei= ma&xesqai, a)ll' h1pion ei]nai pro\j pa&ntaj, didaktiko/n, a)neci/kakon, And a servant of the Lord must not strive, but he must be gentle to all, apt to teach, forbearing,
2 Tim 2:25 e0n pra%o/thti paideu/onta tou\j a)ntidiatiqeme/nouj: mh/pote dw%~ au0toi=j o9 qeo\j meta&noian ei0j e0pi/gnwsin a)lhqei/aj, in meekness teaching those who offer opposition, for the possibility that God gives them repentance leading to acknowledgment of the truth, for the possibility that ← lest.
2 Tim 2:26 kai\ a)nanh/ywsin e0k th=j tou= diabo/lou pagi/doj, e0zwgrhme/noi u9p' au0tou= ei0j to\ e0kei/nou qe/lhma. and that they regain a sober mind from the snare of the devil, having been taken alive by him at his will.
2 Tim 3:1 Tou=to de\ gi/nwske, o3ti e0n e0sxa&taij h9me/raij e0nsth/sontai kairoi\ xalepoi/. And know this, that in the last days difficult times will set in, difficult: or harsh, or dangerous, as in Matt 8:28.
2 Tim 3:2 871Esontai ga_r oi9 a!nqrwpoi fi/lautoi, fila&rguroi, a)lazo/nej, u9perh/fanoi, bla&sfhmoi, goneu=sin a)peiqei=j, a)xa&ristoi, a)no/sioi, for men will be selfish, money-loving, braggarts, arrogant, blasphemous, disobedient to parents, ungrateful, unholy,
2 Tim 3:3 a!storgoi, a!spondoi, dia&boloi, a)kratei=j, a)nh/meroi, a)fila&gaqoi, lacking natural affection, implacable, slanderous, intemperate, wild, despisers of good, implacable: AV differs somewhat, trucebreakers, but the root meaning is not entering into a truce.
wild ← not tame.
2 Tim 3:4 prodo/tai, propetei=j, tetufwme/noi, filh/donoi ma~llon h2 filo/qeoi, traitors, reckless, crazed, lovers of pleasure more than lovers of God, crazed ← enveloped in vapour.
2 Tim 3:5 e1xontej mo/rfwsin eu0sebei/aj, th\n de\ du/namin au0th=j h0rnhme/noi: kai\ tou/touj a)potre/pou. having a form of godliness, but having denied the power of it. From these also turn away.
2 Tim 3:6 870Ek tou/twn ga&r ei0sin oi9 e0ndu/nontej ei0j ta_j oi0ki/aj, kai\ {RP TR: ai0xmalwteu/ontej} [P1904: ai0xmalwti/zontej] {RP P1904: - } [TR: ta_] gunaika&ria seswreume/na a(marti/aij, a)go/mena e0piqumi/aij poiki/laij, For among them are those who slip into houses and captivate silly women who are loaded with sins and led along by various desires, ai0xmalwteu/ontej, taking captive (1), RP TR F1859=8/14 vs. ai0xmalwti/zontej, taking captive (2), P1904 F1859=6/14.
ta_, the (silly women): absent in RP P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. present in TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's adfo).
among them ← out of these.
who are loaded ← having been loaded, referring ↴
2 Tim 3:7 pa&ntote manqa&nonta, kai\ mhde/pote ei0j e0pi/gnwsin a)lhqei/aj e0lqei=n duna&mena. always learning but never able to come to acknowledgment of the truth. ↳ to the silly women. See Matt 23:20, though here a perfect participle.
2 Tim 3:8 874On tro/pon de\ 870Iannh=j kai\ 870Iambrh=j a)nte/sthsan {RP: Mwu+sh|=} [P1904 TR: Mwu+sei=], ou3twj kai\ ou[toi a)nqi/stantai th|= a)lhqei/a%, a!nqrwpoi katefqarme/noi to\n nou=n, a)do/kimoi peri\ th\n pi/stin. And in the way in which Jannes and Jambres resisted Moses, so these also are resisting the truth, being men of depraved mind, unfit in respect of the faith. Mwu+sh|=, Moses, RP F1859=9/13 vs. Mwu+sei=, Moüses, P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's clmo).
Jannes and Jambres: according to [CB], the magicians of Ex 7:11.
2 Tim 3:9 870All' ou0 proko/yousin e0pi\ plei=on: h9 ga_r a!noia au0tw~n e1kdhloj e1stai pa~sin, w(j kai\ h9 e0kei/nwn e0ge/neto. But they will not get very far, for their folly will be evident to all, as was that of the above-mentioned. was ← became.
the above-mentioned ← those, the former, i.e. Jannes and Jambres.
2 Tim 3:10 Su\ de\ parhkolou/qhka&j mou th|= didaskali/a%, th|= a)gwgh|=, th|= proqe/sei, th|= pi/stei, th|= makroqumi/a%, th|= a)ga&ph|, th|= u9pomonh|=, But you have closely followed my doctrine, way of life, purpose, faith, longsuffering, love, endurance,
2 Tim 3:11 toi=j diwgmoi=j, toi=j paqh/masin, oi[a& moi {RP TR: e0ge/neto} [P1904: e0ge/nonto] e0n 870Antioxei/a%, e0n 870Ikoni/w%, e0n Lu/stroij, oi3ouj diwgmou\j u9ph/negka: kai\ e0k pa&ntwn me e0rru/sato o9 ku/rioj. persecutions, sufferings, such as happened to me in Antioch, in Iconium, in Lystra. But I endured such persecutions, and the Lord rescued me from them all. e0ge/neto, happened (classical form), RP TR F1859=13/13 vs. e0ge/nonto, happened (non-classical form), P1904 F1859=0/13.
but I endured such persecutions ← which such persecutions I endured, where the relative adjective, its ↴
2 Tim 3:12 Kai\ pa&ntej de\ oi9 qe/lontej eu0sebw~j zh|=n e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou= diwxqh/sontai. Now all who wish to live in a godly way in Christ Jesus will be persecuted, ↳ nature as a qualitative correlative, and the leading accusative all render the literal English rather stilted, though elegant in Greek.
2 Tim 3:13 Ponhroi\ de\ a!nqrwpoi kai\ go/htej proko/yousin e0pi\ to\ xei=ron, planw~ntej kai\ planw&menoi. and wicked men and cheats will go on from bad to worse, leading astray and going astray.
2 Tim 3:14 Su\ de\ me/ne e0n oi[j e1maqej kai\ e0pistw&qhj, ei0dw_j para_ ti/noj e1maqej, But you remain in those things which you have learned and have been assured of, knowing from whom you learned them. you remain: imperative.
2 Tim 3:15 kai\ o3ti a)po\ bre/fouj ta_ i9era_ gra&mmata oi]daj, ta_ duna&mena& se sofi/sai ei0j swthri/an dia_ pi/stewj th=j e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=. And from childhood you have known the holy scriptures, which are able to make you wise in salvation through faith which is in Christ Jesus. childhood ← babyhood, classically also even the time in the womb.
in: or for.
2 Tim 3:16 Pa~sa grafh\ qeo/pneustoj kai\ w)fe/limoj pro\j didaskali/an, pro\j e1legxon, pro\j e0pano/rqwsin, pro\j paidei/an th\n e0n dikaiosu/nh|: Every scripture is inspired by God, and is useful for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness,
2 Tim 3:17 i3na a!rtioj h|] o9 tou= qeou= a!nqrwpoj, pro\j pa~n e1rgon a)gaqo\n e0chrtisme/noj. so that the man of God may be competent, fully equipped for every good work.
2 Tim 4:1 Diamartu/romai ou]n e0gw_ e0nw&pion tou= qeou=, kai\ tou= kuri/ou 870Ihsou= xristou=, tou= me/llontoj kri/nein zw~ntaj kai\ nekrou/j, kata_ th\n e0pifa&neian au0tou= kai\ th\n basilei/an au0tou=, I solemnly implore you therefore in the presence of God and the Lord Jesus Christ, who will judge the living and the dead at his appearing and his kingdom: the Lord: unlike Rom 1:7 and the applicable verses mentioned there, there is the definite article in Greek preceding Lord here (also preceding God).
2 Tim 4:2 kh/rucon to\n lo/gon, e0pi/sthqi eu0kai/rwj, a)kai/rwj, e1legcon, e0piti/mhson, paraka&leson, e0n pa&sh| makroqumi/a% kai\ didaxh|=. preach the word, take your stand in season, out of season; reprove, rebuke, comfort, with all longsuffering and doctrine.
2 Tim 4:3 871Estai ga_r kairo\j o3te th=j u9giainou/shj didaskali/aj ou0k a)ne/contai, a)lla_ kata_ ta_j e0piqumi/aj ta_j i0di/aj e9autoi=j e0piswreu/sousin didaska&louj, knhqo/menoi th\n a)koh/n: For the time will come when they will not put up with sound doctrine, but they will heap upon themselves teachers according to their own desires, having their ears tickled, ears ← hearing.
tickled: AV differs somewhat (itching).
2 Tim 4:4 kai\ a)po\ me\n th=j a)lhqei/aj th\n a)koh\n a)postre/yousin, e0pi\ de\ tou\j mu/qouj e0ktraph/sontai. and they will turn away from giving a hearing to the truth, and they will turn aside to fables. fables ← the fables.
2 Tim 4:5 Su\ de\ nh=fe e0n pa~sin, kakopa&qhson, e1rgon poi/hson eu0aggelistou=, th\n diakoni/an sou plhrofo/rhson. But you be sober in all things, suffer afflictions, carry out the work of an evangelist, bring your ministry to fulfilment,
2 Tim 4:6 870Egw_ ga_r h1dh spe/ndomai, kai\ o9 kairo\j th=j e0mh=j a)nalu/sewj e0fe/sthken. for I am already being poured out, and the time of my departure is at hand. departure ← freeing up (from the constraints of this life). The verb occurs in Phil 1:23.
2 Tim 4:7 To\n a)gw~na to\n kalo\n h0gw&nismai, to\n dro/mon tete/leka, th\n pi/stin teth/rhka: I have fought the good fight, I have completed my course; I have kept the faith. fought the good fight ← contended the good contest.
2 Tim 4:8 loipo/n, a)po/keitai/ moi o9 th=j dikaiosu/nhj ste/fanoj, o4n a)podw&sei moi o9 ku/rioj e0n e0kei/nh| th|= h9me/ra%, o9 di/kaioj krith/j: ou0 mo/non de\ e0moi/, a)lla_ kai\ pa~sin toi=j h0gaphko/sin th\n e0pifa&neian au0tou=. Finally, there is the crown of righteousness laid up for me which the Lord, the righteous judge, will give me on that day. And not only to me, but also to all those who have loved his appearing. give ← give as due.
2 Tim 4:9 Spou/dason e0lqei=n pro/j me taxe/wj: Make an effort to come to me quickly.
2 Tim 4:10 Dhma~j ga&r me e0gkate/lipen, a)gaph/saj to\n nu=n ai0w~na, kai\ e0poreu/qh ei0j Qessaloni/khn: Krh/skhj ei0j Galati/an, Ti/toj ei0j Dalmati/an. For Demas has left me, having loved the present age, and he has gone to Thessalonica; Crescens to Galatia; Titus to Dalmatia.
2 Tim 4:11 Louka~j e0sti\n mo/noj met' e0mou=. Ma&rkon a)nalabw_n a!ge meta_ seautou=: e1stin ga&r moi eu1xrhstoj ei0j diakoni/an. Only Luke is with me. Take Mark and bring him with you, for he is very useful to me for the ministry.
2 Tim 4:12 Tuxiko\n de\ a)pe/steila ei0j 871Efeson. But I have sent Tychicus to Ephesus.
2 Tim 4:13 To\n {RP-text E1624 S1894: felo/nhn} [RP-marg P1904 S1550: failo/nhn] o4n a)pe/lipon e0n Trw%a&di para_ Ka&rpw%, e0rxo/menoj fe/re, kai\ ta_ bibli/a, ma&lista ta_j membra&naj. When you come, bring the cloak with you which I left behind in Troas with Carpus, and the books, especially the parchments. felo/nhn, cloak (1), RP-text E1624 S1894 F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's achkl**) vs. failo/nhn, cloak (2), RP-marg P1904 S1550 F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's begl*o) vs. other spellings, F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's fmn). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=6:7.
2 Tim 4:14 870Ale/candroj o9 xalkeu\j polla& moi kaka_ e0nedei/cato: a)podw%&h au0tw%~ o9 ku/rioj kata_ ta_ e1rga au0tou=: Alexander the coppersmith has done me much harm – may the Lord requite him according to his works.
2 Tim 4:15 o4n kai\ su\ fula&ssou, li/an ga_r a)nqe/sthken toi=j h9mete/roij lo/goij. And you too be on your guard for him, for he is very much opposed to our words. is very much opposed to: present time frame from the perfect of a compound of i3sthmi (AV differs, overlooking this).
2 Tim 4:16 870En th|= prw&th| mou a)pologi/a% ou0dei/j moi sumparege/neto, a)lla_ pa&ntej me e0gkate/lipon: mh\ au0toi=j logisqei/h. In my first defence, no-one stood in support of me, but everyone left me. May it not be held against them. held against ← reckoned to.
2 Tim 4:17 879O de\ ku/rio/j moi pare/sth, kai\ e0neduna&mwse/n me, i3na di' e0mou= to\ kh/rugma plhroforhqh|=, kai\ a)kou/sh| pa&nta ta_ e1qnh: kai\ e0rru/sqhn e0k sto/matoj le/ontoj. But the Lord was present with me and strengthened me in order that through me the preaching might be fulfilled, and all the Gentiles might hear. And I was rescued out of the mouth of the lion. be fulfilled: AV differs somewhat (be fully known). In 2 Tim 4:5 we translate bring to fulfilment.
2 Tim 4:18 Kai\ r(u/setai/ me o9 ku/rioj a)po\ panto\j e1rgou ponhrou=, kai\ sw&sei ei0j th\n basilei/an au0tou= th\n e0poura&nion: w%{ h9 do/ca ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj tw~n ai0w&nwn. 870Amh/n. And the Lord will deliver me from every evil work and will save me for entry into his upper-heavenly kingdom. To him be glory throughout the durations of the ages. Amen.
2 Tim 4:19 871Aspasai Pri/skan kai\ 870Aku/lan, kai\ to\n 870Onhsifo/rou oi]kon. Greet Prisca and Aquila and the household of Onesiphorus.
2 Tim 4:20 871Erastoj e1meinen e0n Kori/nqw%: Tro/fimon de\ a)pe/lipon e0n Milh/tw% a)sqenou=nta. Erastus remained in Corinth, but I left Trophimus ailing in Miletum. This verse is a dispensational marker, because guaranteed healing (as in James 5:14) and immediate evidential miracles (as in Acts 14:9-10) are ↴
2 Tim 4:21 Spou/dason pro\ xeimw~noj e0lqei=n. 870Aspa&zetai/ se Eu1bouloj, kai\ Pou/dhj, kai\ Li=noj, kai\ Klaudi/a, kai\ oi9 a)delfoi\ pa&ntej. Make an effort to come before winter. Eubulus and Pudens and Linus and Claudia and all the brothers greet you. ↳ not operative in Paul's prison ministry. See also 1 Tim 5:23. But quiet divine intervention is possible, as in Phil 2:25-26.
2 Tim 4:22 879O ku/rioj 870Ihsou=j xristo\j meta_ tou= pneu/mato/j sou. 879H xa&rij meq' u9mw~n. 870Amh/n. The Lord Jesus Christ be with your spirit. Grace be with you. Amen.
Titus 1:1 Pau=loj, dou=loj qeou=, a)po/stoloj de\ 870Ihsou= xristou=, kata_ pi/stin e0klektw~n qeou= kai\ e0pi/gnwsin a)lhqei/aj th=j kat' eu0se/beian, From Paul, a servant of God, and an apostle of Jesus Christ, according to the faith of God's elect and acknowledgment of the truth which is in accordance with godliness,
Titus 1:2 e0p' e0lpi/di zwh=j ai0wni/ou, h4n e0phggei/lato o9 a)yeudh\j qeo\j pro\ xro/nwn ai0wni/wn, in hope of age-abiding life (which God, who does not lie, promised before the durations of the ages the durations of the ages ← age-abiding times.
Titus 1:3 e0fane/rwsen de\ kairoi=j i0di/oij to\n lo/gon au0tou= e0n khru/gmati o4 e0pisteu/qhn e0gw_ kat' e0pitagh\n tou= swth=roj h9mw~n qeou=, and made his word manifest in his own seasons by the preaching of that with which I have been entrusted according to the commandment of God our saviour), God our saviour in Titus 1:3, Titus 2:10, Titus 3:4. Christ our saviour in Titus 1:4 Titus 2:13, Titus 3:6.
Titus 1:4 Ti/tw% gnhsi/w% te/knw% kata_ koinh\n pi/stin: xa&rij, e1leoj, ei0rh/nh a)po\ qeou= patro/j, kai\ kuri/ou 870Ihsou= xristou= tou= swth=roj h9mw~n. to Titus, a genuine child in a shared faith, grace, mercy and peace from God the father and Lord, Jesus Christ our saviour. in ← according to.
Lord: no article in the Greek. See Rom 1:7, showing why we repunctuate; AV differs.
Titus 1:5 Tou/tou xa&rin kate/lipo/n se e0n Krh/th|, i3na ta_ lei/ponta e0pidiorqw&sh|, kai\ katasth/sh|j kata_ po/lin presbute/rouj, w(j e0gw& soi dietaca&mhn: I left you in Crete for this reason: so that you might put the remaining things in order, and appoint elders in various cities, as I instructed you,
Titus 1:6 ei1 ti/j e0stin a)ne/gklhtoj, mia~j gunaiko\j a)nh/r, te/kna e1xwn pista&, mh\ e0n kathgori/a% a)swti/aj h2 a)nupo/takta. to see if anyone is unimpeachable, a husband of one wife, having believing children who are not culpable of irresponsibility or are unruly, anyone: i.e. any candidate elder.
irresponsibility ← wastefulness, extravagance.
Titus 1:7 Dei= ga_r to\n e0pi/skopon a)ne/gklhton ei]nai, w(j qeou= oi0kono/mon: mh\ au0qa&dh, mh\ o0rgi/lon, mh\ pa&roinon, mh\ plh/kthn, mh\ ai0sxrokerdh=, because an overseer must be unimpeachable, as a steward of God's, not presumptuous, not irascible, not over-fond of wine, not violent, not shamefully greedy of gain, overseer: see Phil 1:1.
Titus 1:8 a)lla_ filo/cenon, fila&gaqon, sw&frona, di/kaion, o3sion, e0gkrath=, but hospitable, loving good, temperate, just, devout, self-controlled, devout ← sacred, but when applied to persons, it can mean devout.
Titus 1:9 a)ntexo/menon tou= kata_ th\n didaxh\n pistou= lo/gou, i3na dunato\j h|] kai\ parakalei=n e0n th|= didaskali/a% th|= u9giainou/sh|, kai\ tou\j a)ntile/gontaj e0le/gxein. holding fast to the faithful doctrinal word in order that he may be competent to both give encouragement in sound doctrine and to refute those who contradict it. the faithful doctrinal word ← doctrine of the faithful word.
competent ← powerful.
Titus 1:10 Ei0si\n ga_r polloi\ kai\ a)nupo/taktoi, mataiolo/goi kai\ frenapa&tai, ma&lista oi9 e0k peritomh=j, For there are many also who are unruly, idle talkers and deluders, especially those of the circumcision, deluders ← mind-deceivers.
those of the circumcision: see John 5:16.
Titus 1:11 ou4j dei= e0pistomi/zein: oi3tinej o3louj oi1kouj a)natre/pousin, dida&skontej a$ mh\ dei=, ai0sxrou= ke/rdouj xa&rin. who need to be silenced, the kind who overturn whole households, teaching things which they should not, for the sake of shameful gain.
Titus 1:12 Ei]pe/n tij e0c au0tw~n, i1dioj au0tw~n profh/thj, Krh=tej a)ei\ yeu=stai, kaka_ qhri/a, gaste/rej a)rgai/. A certain one of them, a prophet of their own, said, “The Cretans have always been liars, wicked beasts, idle gluttons.” gluttons ← stomachs.
Titus 1:13 879H marturi/a au3th e0sti\n a)lhqh/j. Di' h4n ai0ti/an e1legxe au0tou\j a)poto/mwj, i3na u9giai/nwsin e0n th|= pi/stei, This testimony is true. For this reason censure them sharply, in order that they may be sound in the faith,
Titus 1:14 mh\ prose/xontej 870Ioudai+koi=j mu/qoij, kai\ e0ntolai=j a)nqrw&pwn a)postrefome/nwn th\n a)lh/qeian. not heeding Judaic fables, or commandments of men who are turning away from the truth. turning away from the truth ← turning the truth away on themselves (middle voice, transitive).
Titus 1:15 Pa&nta me\n kaqara_ toi=j kaqaroi=j: toi=j de\ {RP TR: memiasme/noij} [P1904: memiamme/noij] kai\ a)pi/stoij ou0de\n kaqaro/n: a)lla_ memi/antai au0tw~n kai\ o9 nou=j kai\ h9 sunei/dhsij. Everything is clean to the clean, but to the defiled and unbelievers nothing is clean, and even both their mind and conscience are defiled. memiasme/noij, to the defiled (classical), RP TR F1859=11/13 vs. memiamme/noij, to the defiled (non-classical), P1904 F1859=0/13 vs. memiame/noij, to the defiled (also classical), F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's df).
are defiled ← have been defiled, with emphasis on the current state.
Titus 1:16 Qeo\n o9mologou=sin ei0de/nai, toi=j de\ e1rgoij a)rnou=ntai, bdeluktoi\ o1ntej kai\ a)peiqei=j kai\ pro\j pa~n e1rgon a)gaqo\n a)do/kimoi. They profess to know God, but by their works they deny it, being abominable and disobedient, and unqualified for any good work. any ← every.
Titus 2:1 Su\ de\ la&lei a$ pre/pei th|= u9giainou/sh| didaskali/a%: But you say what befits sound doctrine, say: imperative.
Titus 2:2 presbu/taj {RP-text: nhfale/ouj} [RP-marg P1904 TR: nhfali/ouj] ei]nai, semnou/j, sw&fronaj, u9giai/nontaj th|= pi/stei, th|= a)ga&ph|, th|= u9pomonh|=: that elderly men be sober, solemn, temperate, sound in the faith, in love, in patience. nhfale/ouj, sober (1), RP-text F1859=5/13 (Scivener's aelmn + b*?) vs. nhfali/ouj, sober (2), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's b**cghk) vs. nhfalai/ouj, sober (3), F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's dfo). Scrivener's b* is excluded as it is doubtful. A weak disparity with RP-text, R=5:7.
Titus 2:3 presbu/tidaj w(sau/twj e0n katasth/mati i9eroprepei=j, mh\ diabo/louj, mh\ oi1nw% pollw%~ dedoulwme/naj, kalodidaska&louj, Elderly women should likewise be reverent in comportment, not slanderous, not addicted to much wine, teachers of what is decent,
Titus 2:4 i3na swfroni/zwsin ta_j ne/aj fila&ndrouj ei]nai, filote/knouj, so that they impart to young women a temperate way in which to love their husbands, to love their children, impart ... a temperate way ← make temperate. AV differs somewhat in the function of this verb.
Titus 2:5 sw&fronaj, a(gna&j, oi0kourou/j, a)gaqa&j, u9potassome/naj toi=j i0di/oij a)ndra&sin, i3na mh\ o9 lo/goj tou= qeou= blasfhmh=tai: to be temperate, pure, keepers of the home, good, subject to their own husbands, so that the word of God is not ill-spoken of. ill-spoken of ← blasphemed, slandered.
Titus 2:6 tou\j newte/rouj w(sau/twj paraka&lei swfronei=n: Likewise, exhort younger men to be temperate,
Titus 2:7 peri\ pa&nta seauto\n parexo/menoj tu/pon kalw~n e1rgwn, e0n th|= didaskali/a% a)diafqori/an, semno/thta, {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: a)fqarsi/an,} [E1624: - ] in all respects showing yourself a model of good works, showing integrity in teaching, solemnity, {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: incorruptibility,} [E1624: - ] a)fqarsi/an, indefectibility, incorruptibility: present in RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=13/13 (incl. c(tacite)) vs. absent in E1624 F1859=0/13.
Titus 2:8 lo/gon u9gih=, a)kata&gnwston, i3na o9 e0c e0nanti/aj e0ntraph|=, mhde\n e1xwn peri\ {RP P1904: h9mw~n} [TR: u9mw~n] le/gein fau=lon. sound speech, being incontrovertible, in order that whoever is opposed might be ashamed, having nothing base to say about {RP P1904: us} [TR: you]. h9mw~n, us, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. u9mw~n, you, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's h). AV differs textually.
whoever ← he who.
Titus 2:9 Dou/louj i0di/oij despo/taij u9pota&ssesqai, e0n pa~sin eu0are/stouj ei]nai, mh\ a)ntile/gontaj, Exhort servants to be subject to their own masters, to be pleasing in every way, not answering back,
Titus 2:10 mh\ nosfizome/nouj, a)lla_ pi/stin pa~san e0ndeiknume/nouj a)gaqh/n, i3na th\n didaskali/an tou= swth=roj {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: h9mw~n} [S1550: u9mw~n] qeou= kosmw~sin e0n pa~sin. not pilfering, but showing all good faith so that they may adorn the teaching of God {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: our} [S1550: your] saviour in all things. h9mw~n, our, RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=13/13 vs. u9mw~n, your, S1550 F1859=0/13.
Titus 2:11 870Epefa&nh ga_r h9 xa&rij tou= qeou= h9 swth/rioj pa~sin a)nqrw&poij, For the grace of God has come into view, which brings salvation to all men, which brings salvation: an adjective, “salvationary”.
AV differs, associating to all men with hath appeared.
Titus 2:12 paideu/ousa h9ma~j i3na, a)rnhsa&menoi th\n a)se/beian kai\ ta_j kosmika_j e0piqumi/aj, swfro/nwj kai\ dikai/wj kai\ eu0sebw~j zh/swmen e0n tw%~ nu=n ai0w~ni, teaching us that having denied ungodliness and worldly desires we should live temperately and righteously and in a godly way in this present age,
Titus 2:13 prosdexo/menoi th\n makari/an e0lpi/da kai\ e0pifa&neian th=j do/chj tou= mega&lou qeou= kai\ swth=roj h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=, awaiting the blessed hope and appearing of the glory of the great God and saviour of ours, Jesus Christ, the great God and saviour of ours, Jesus Christ: by a Granville Sharp rule, the non-repetition of the article after the copulative equates God our saviour and Jesus Christ. See Rom 1:7; AV differs.
Titus 2:14 o4j e1dwken e9auto\n u9pe\r h9mw~n, i3na lutrw&shtai h9ma~j a)po\ pa&shj a)nomi/aj, kai\ kaqari/sh| e9autw%~ lao\n periou/sion, zhlwth\n kalw~n e1rgwn. who gave himself on behalf of us in order that he might redeem us from all lawlessness, and that he might purify for himself a special people, zealous of good works.
Titus 2:15 Tau=ta la&lei, kai\ paraka&lei, kai\ e1legxe meta_ pa&shj e0pitagh=j. Mhdei/j sou perifronei/tw. Speak these things, and exhort and censure with all authority. Let no-one be presumptuous about you. authority ← commandment.
Titus 3:1 879Upomi/mnhske au0tou\j a)rxai=j kai\ e0cousi/aij u9pota&ssesqai, peiqarxei=n, pro\j pa~n e1rgon a)gaqo\n e9toi/mouj ei]nai, Remind them to be subject to rulers and authorities, to obey them, to be ready for every good work, rulers and authorities: compare Rom 13:1 (and the note there).
Titus 3:2 mhde/na blasfhmei=n, a)ma&xouj ei]nai, e0pieikei=j, pa~san e0ndeiknume/nouj pra%o/thta pro\j pa&ntaj a)nqrw&pouj. not to slander anyone, to be peaceable, equitable, showing all meekness to all men. slander ← blaspheme, but also slander.
peaceable ← non-combative.
Titus 3:3 87]Hmen ga&r pote kai\ h9mei=j a)no/htoi, a)peiqei=j, planw&menoi, douleu/ontej e0piqumi/aij kai\ h9donai=j poiki/laij, e0n kaki/a% kai\ fqo/nw% dia&gontej, stughtoi/, misou=ntej a)llh/louj. For we too were once without sense, disobedient, erring, serving various lusts and pleasures, spending life in wickedness and envy, detestable, hating one another. disobedient: or disbelieving, which the cognate verb often means.
Titus 3:4 873Ote de\ h9 xrhsto/thj kai\ h9 filanqrwpi/a e0pefa&nh tou= swth=roj h9mw~n qeou=, But when the kindness and love for mankind of God our saviour came into view, came into view ← was displayed.
Titus 3:5 ou0k e0c e1rgwn tw~n e0n dikaiosu/nh| w{n e0poih/samen h9mei=j, a)lla_ kata_ to\n au0tou= e1leon e1swsen h9ma~j, dia_ loutrou= paliggenesi/aj kai\ a)nakainw&sewj pneu/matoj a(gi/ou, not by works of righteousness which we did, but it is by his mercy that he saved us, through regenerative washing and renewing by holy spirit, by works ← out of works.
by his mercy ← according to his mercy.
regenerative washing ← washing of regeneration, a Hebraic genitive.
by holy spirit ← of holy spirit.
Titus 3:6 ou[ e0ce/xeen e0f' h9ma~j plousi/wj, dia_ 870Ihsou= xristou= tou= swth=roj h9mw~n, which he poured out on us richly through Jesus Christ our saviour,
Titus 3:7 i3na dikaiwqe/ntej th|= e0kei/nou xa&riti, klhrono/moi genw&meqa kat' e0lpi/da zwh=j ai0wni/ou. in order that we, having been justified by his grace, should become heirs according to the hope of age-abiding life. his ← of that (one).
Titus 3:8 Pisto\j o9 lo/goj, kai\ peri\ tou/twn bou/lomai/ se diabebaiou=sqai, i3na fronti/zwsin kalw~n e1rgwn proi+/stasqai oi9 pepisteuko/tej {RP: - } [P1904 TR: tw%~] qew%~. Tau=ta& e0stin ta_ kala_ kai\ w)fe/lima toi=j a)nqrw&poij: The saying is faithful, and I want you to insist on these things: that those who have believed in God make a point of giving priority to good works. These are the good and beneficial things to men. tw%~, (in) the (God): absent in RP F1859=0/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=13/13. A strong disparity with RP, R=0:15. HF, NA26 agree with RP. Yet Scrivener is correct! We have verified all of Scrivener's manuscripts except the lectionary z: all have tw%~. But ↴
Titus 3:9 mwra_j de\ zhth/seij kai\ genealogi/aj kai\ e1reij kai\ ma&xaj nomika_j perii+/staso: ei0si\n ga_r a)nwfelei=j kai\ ma&taioi. And avoid fatuous inquiries and genealogies and quarrels and legal battles, for they are unprofitable and vain. ↳ we note the absence of tw%~ in some manuscripts, e.g. GA 3, 5, 51.
Titus 3:10 Ai9retiko\n a!nqrwpon meta_ mi/an kai\ deute/ran nouqesi/an paraitou=, After the first and second warning, repudiate a heretical man,
Titus 3:11 ei0dw_j o3ti e0ce/straptai o9 toiou=toj, kai\ a(marta&nei, w@n au0tokata&kritoj. knowing that such a one has been subverted and is sinning, being self-condemned.
Titus 3:12 873Otan pe/myw 870Artema~n pro/j se h2 Tuxiko/n, spou/dason e0lqei=n pro/j me ei0j Niko/polin: e0kei= ga_r ke/krika paraxeima&sai. When I send Artemas or Tychicus to you, make haste to come to me in Nicopolis, for I have decided to spend the winter there.
Titus 3:13 Zhna~n to\n nomiko\n kai\ 870Apollw_ spoudai/wj pro/pemyon, i3na mhde\n au0toi=j lei/ph|. Send Zenas the lawyer and Apollos on their way expeditiously, so that nothing may be lacking to them.
Titus 3:14 Manqane/twsan de\ kai\ oi9 h9me/teroi kalw~n e1rgwn proi+/stasqai ei0j ta_j a)nagkai/aj xrei/aj, i3na mh\ w}sin a!karpoi. And let our people also learn to give priority to good works to alleviate pressing needs, so that they are not unfruitful. to alleviate ← for.
Titus 3:15 870Aspa&zontai/ se oi9 met' e0mou= pa&ntej. 871Aspasai tou\j filou=ntaj h9ma~j e0n pi/stei. 879H xa&rij meta_ pa&ntwn u9mw~n. 870Amh/n. All those with me greet you. Greet those who love us in the faith. Grace be to you all. Amen.
Phmon 1:1 Pau=loj de/smioj xristou= 870Ihsou=, kai\ Timo/qeoj o9 a)delfo/j, Filh/moni tw%~ a)gaphtw%~ kai\ sunergw%~ h9mw~n, From Paul, a prisoner of Christ Jesus, and Timothy the brother, to Philemon, our beloved and fellow worker, Christ Jesus: AV differs in word order, Jesus Christ.
Phmon 1:2 kai\ 870Apfi/a% th|= a)gaphth|=, kai\ 870Arxi/ppw% tw%~ sustratiw&th| h9mw~n, kai\ th|= kat' oi]ko/n sou e0kklhsi/a%: and to beloved Apphia and Archippus our fellow soldier, and the church which is at your house, church: see Matt 16:18. Just a house-group.
Phmon 1:3 xa&rij u9mi=n kai\ ei0rh/nh a)po\ qeou= patro\j h9mw~n kai\ kuri/ou 870Ihsou= xristou=. grace to you and peace from God our father and Lord, Jesus Christ. Lord: no article in the Greek. See Rom 1:7, showing why we repunctuate; AV differs.
Phmon 1:4 Eu0xaristw~ tw%~ qew%~ mou, pa&ntote mnei/an sou poiou/menoj e0pi\ tw~n proseuxw~n mou, I thank my God, always making mention of you on the occasions of my prayers, Punctuation: one could associate always with I thank my God.
Phmon 1:5 a)kou/wn sou th\n a)ga&phn, kai\ th\n pi/stin h4n e1xeij pro\j to\n ku/rion 870Ihsou=n kai\ ei0j pa&ntaj tou\j a(gi/ouj, when I hear of your love and faith which you have for the Lord Jesus and for all the saints, saints: see Matt 27:52.
Phmon 1:6 o3pwj h9 koinwni/a th=j pi/stew&j sou e0nergh\j ge/nhtai e0n e0pignw&sei panto\j a)gaqou= tou= e0n {RP P1904: h9mi=n} [TR: u9mi=n] ei0j xristo\n 870Ihsou=n. praying that the fellowship of your faith may be effective in acknowledgment of everything good among {RP P1904: us} [TR: you] in the cause of Christ Jesus. h9mi=n, us, RP P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. u9mi=n, you, TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's chmo). AV differs textually.
be ← become.
Phmon 1:7 {RP P1904 S1550: Xa&rin} [E1624 S1894: Xara_n] ga_r e1xomen pollh\n kai\ para&klhsin e0pi\ th|= a)ga&ph| sou, o3ti ta_ spla&gxna tw~n a(gi/wn a)nape/pautai dia_ sou=, a)delfe/. For we have {RP P1904 S1550: much gratitude} [E1624 S1894: great joy] and encouragement at your love, because the inner hearts of the saints have been refreshed through you, brother, xa&rin, grace; gratitude, RP P1904 S1550 F1859=11/13 (incl. c(tacite)) vs. xara_n, joy, E1624 S1894 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ao). AV differs textually.
inner hearts ← bowels.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
Phmon 1:8 Dio\ pollh\n e0n xristw%~ parrhsi/an e1xwn e0pita&ssein soi to\ a)nh=kon, which is why, although I have much frankness in Christ in instructing you about what is fit and proper, which is why ← on account of which.
although: concessive use of the participle, introducing a contrast between instructing and exhorting.
Phmon 1:9 dia_ th\n a)ga&phn ma~llon parakalw~, toiou=toj w@n w(j Pau=loj presbu/thj, nuni\ de\ kai\ de/smioj 870Ihsou= xristou=. yet for love's sake, I exhort you – being such as I am, Paul the aged, and now also the prisoner of Jesus Christ – yet ← rather.
Phmon 1:10 Parakalw~ se peri\ tou= e0mou= te/knou, o4n e0ge/nnhsa e0n toi=j desmoi=j mou, 870Onh/simon, I exhort you concerning my own child, whom I begot in my bonds, Onesimus,
Phmon 1:11 to/n pote/ soi a!xrhston, nuni\ de\ soi\ kai\ e0moi\ eu1xrhston, o4n a)ne/pemya: who was at one time useless to you, but is now really useful to you and me, whom I have sent back – really: from the prefix eu0.
Phmon 1:12 su\ de\ au0to/n, tou=t' e1stin ta_ e0ma_ spla&gxna, proslabou=: now would you receive him, that is to say my own inner heart, inner heart ← bowels.
Phmon 1:13 o4n e0gw_ e0boulo/mhn pro\j e0mauto\n kate/xein, i3na u9pe\r sou= diakonh|= moi e0n toi=j desmoi=j tou= eu0aggeli/ou: whom I would have liked to hold on to for myself, in order that instead of you he might minister to me in the bonds of the gospel,
Phmon 1:14 xwri\j de\ th=j sh=j gnw&mhj ou0de\n h0qe/lhsa poih=sai, i3na mh\ w(j kata_ a)na&gkhn to\ a)gaqo/n sou h|], a)lla_ kata_ e9kou/sion. but I did not want to do anything without your opinion, so that your good deed would not be as it were under compulsion, but of free will.
Phmon 1:15 Ta&xa ga_r dia_ tou=to e0xwri/sqh pro\j w#ran, i3na ai0w&nion au0to\n a)pe/xh|j: For perhaps he absconded for a while for this reason: that you should receive him back permanently, for this reason: not a conscious reason in Onesimus's mind, but a reason in God's plan.
permanently ← (as) age-abiding.
Phmon 1:16 ou0ke/ti w(j dou=lon, a)ll' u9pe\r dou=lon, a)delfo\n a)gaphto/n, ma&lista e0moi/, po/sw% de\ ma~llon soi\ kai\ e0n sarki\ kai\ e0n kuri/w%. no longer as a slave, but above a slave, a beloved brother, especially to me, and how much more to you, with him both in the flesh and in the Lord.
Phmon 1:17 Ei0 ou]n {RP P1904: me} [TR: e0me\] e1xeij koinwno/n, proslabou= au0to\n w(j e0me/. So if you consider me as a partner, receive him as you would me. me, me (not emphatic), RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. e0me\, me (emphatic), TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's af).
Phmon 1:18 Ei0 de/ ti h0di/khse/n se h2 o0fei/lei, tou=to e0moi\ e0llo/gei: And if he has wronged you in any matter or owes you anything, reckon that to me. that ← this.
Phmon 1:19 e0gw_ Pau=loj e1graya th|= e0mh|= xeiri/, e0gw_ a)poti/sw: i3na mh\ le/gw soi o3ti kai\ seauto/n moi prosofei/leij. I Paul have written with my own hand, “I will repay” – not to mention to you that you are for your part indebted to me for your own self. for your part ← also.
Phmon 1:20 Nai/, a)delfe/, e0gw& sou o0nai/mhn e0n kuri/w%: a)na&pauso/n mou ta_ spla&gxna e0n kuri/w%. Yes, brother, let me have the benefit of you being in the Lord: refresh my inner heart in the Lord. benefit: a play on words as in Greek it is cognate with “Onesimus”.
inner heart ← bowels.
Phmon 1:21 Pepoiqw_j th|= u9pakoh|= sou e1graya& soi, ei0dw_j o3ti kai\ u9pe\r o4 le/gw poih/seij. Trusting in your obedience, I have written to you knowing that you will even do more than what I say.
Phmon 1:22 873Ama de\ kai\ e9toi/maze/ moi ceni/an: e0lpi/zw ga_r o3ti dia_ tw~n proseuxw~n u9mw~n xarisqh/somai u9mi=n. At the same time, also prepare me a guest-room, for I hope that through your prayers I will be granted release to you. you: plural.
Phmon 1:23 {RP TR: 870Aspa&zontai/} [P1904: 870Aspa&zetai/] se 870Epafra~j o9 sunaixma&lwto/j mou e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=, Epaphras my fellow prisoner in Christ Jesus {RP TR: ¶ ,} [P1904: greets you,] {RP TR:¶ Verse division: our English re-arranges the word order of Phmon 1:23-24 across the Greek verse boundary.}
a)spa&zontai, (they) greet, RP TR F1859=12/13 vs. a)spa&zetai, (he) greets, P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m).
Phmon 1:24 Ma&rkoj, 870Ari/starxoj, Dhma~j, Louka~j, oi9 sunergoi/ mou. {RP TR: ¶ Marcus, Aristarchus, Demas and Luke, my fellow workers, greet you.} [P1904: as do Marcus, Aristarchus, Demas and Luke, my fellow workers.] {RP TR:¶ Verse division: see Phmon 1:23.}
The apparent textual issue is just an accommodation to the sentence structure of the previous verse.
Phmon 1:25 879H xa&rij tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou= meta_ tou= pneu/matoj u9mw~n. 870Amh/n. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with your spirit. Amen.
Heb 1:1 Polumerw~j kai\ polutro/pwj pa&lai o9 qeo\j lalh/saj toi=j patra&sin e0n toi=j profh/taij, e0p' {RP P1904: e0sxa&tou} [TR: e0sxa&twn] tw~n h9merw~n tou/twn e0la&lhsen h9mi=n e0n ui9w%~, God, who in time past spoke in many stages and in many ways to the fathers by the prophets, ¶ has spoken {RP P1904: at the end of these days} [TR: in these last days] to us by his son, ¶ Verse division: in AV numbering, Heb 1:2 begins here.
e0sxa&tou, (at the) end (of these days), RP P1904 F1859=12/13 (incl. 2 misspelled) vs. e0sxa&twn, (in these) last (days), TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l).
stages ← portions. AV differs somewhat (times).
Heb 1:2 o4n e1qhken klhrono/mon pa&ntwn, di' ou[ kai\ tou\j ai0w~naj e0poi/hsen, whom he has appointed heir of all things, through whom also he made the ages, he made the ages: so time is part of creation as much as space and matter. All three are linked in general relativity. Compare Heb 11:3.
Heb 1:3 o4j w@n a)pau/gasma th=j do/chj kai\ xarakth\r th=j u9posta&sewj au0tou=, fe/rwn te ta_ pa&nta tw%~ r(h/mati th=j duna&mewj au0tou=, di' e9autou= kaqarismo\n poihsa&menoj tw~n a(martiw~n h9mw~n, e0ka&qisen e0n decia%~ th=j megalwsu/nhj e0n u9yhloi=j, who being the radiance of his glory and the impressed image of his essence, and upholding everything by his powerful word, after he had through his own doing brought about the cleansing of our sins, sat down at the right hand of the majesty on high. his powerful word ← the word of his power, a Hebraic genitive.
his own doing ← through himself.
on high ← in high (places, realms).
Heb 1:4 tosou/tw% krei/ttwn geno/menoj tw~n a)gge/lwn, o3sw% diaforw&teron par' au0tou\j keklhrono/mhken o1noma. And to the extent to which he became better than the angels, he has inherited a more excellent name than them. to the extent ← by the amount of difference.
than them: or, if the reader prefers, than they.
Heb 1:5 Ti/ni ga_r ei]pe/n pote tw~n a)gge/lwn, Ui9o/j mou ei] su/, e0gw_ sh/meron gege/nnhka& se; Kai\ pa&lin, 870Egw_ e1somai au0tw%~ ei0j pate/ra, kai\ au0to\j e1stai moi ei0j ui9o/n; For to whom of the angels has he said at any time,

“You are my son;

Today I have begotten you”?

Or again,

“I will be a father to him,

And he will be a son to me”?

 Ps 2:7. Also quoted in Acts 13:33 where the context is Christ's resurrection, not his conception or birth in the flesh. That could be the context here too.
2 Sam 7:14, 1 Chr 17:13.
Heb 1:6 873Otan de\ pa&lin ei0saga&gh| to\n prwto/tokon ei0j th\n oi0koume/nhn le/gei, Kai\ proskunhsa&twsan au0tw%~ pa&ntej a!ggeloi qeou=. And when again he brings the firstborn into the world, he says,

“And let all the angels of God worship him.”

 The quote is as Deut 32:43 in the Septuagint, but not the Masoretic Hebrew. The Dutch Statenvertaling refers this quote (or allusion) to Ps 97:7 (Worship him all you “gods”).
Heb 1:7 Kai\ pro\j me\n tou\j a)gge/louj le/gei, 879O poiw~n tou\j a)gge/louj au0tou= pneu/mata, kai\ tou\j leitourgou\j au0tou= puro\j flo/ga: And to the angels he says,

“He who makes his angels spirits

And his servants a fiery flame”,

 Ps 104:4.
fiery flame ← flame of fire, a Hebraic genitive.
Heb 1:8 pro\j de\ to\n ui9o/n, 879O qro/noj sou, o9 qeo/j, ei0j to\n ai0w~na tou= ai0w~noj: r(a&bdoj eu0qu/thtoj h9 r(a&bdoj th=j basilei/aj sou. but to the son,

“Your throne, O God, is throughout the duration of the age.

The sceptre of your kingdom is an upright sceptre.

 Ps 45:7MT (Ps 45:6AV).
an upright sceptre ← a sceptre of uprightness, a Hebraic genitive.
Heb 1:9 870Hga&phsaj dikaiosu/nhn, kai\ e0mi/shsaj a)nomi/an: dia_ tou=to e1xrise/n se o9 qeo/j, o9 qeo/j sou, e1laion a)gallia&sewj para_ tou\j meto/xouj sou.

You have loved righteousness and hated lawlessness.

That is why God, your God,

Has anointed you with the oil of gladness,

More than your fellow men”,

 Ps 45:8MT (Ps 45:7AV).
that is why ← on account of this.
more than: or rather than.
Heb 1:10 Kai/, Su\ kat' a)rxa&j, ku/rie, th\n gh=n e0qemeli/wsaj, kai\ e1rga tw~n xeirw~n sou/ ei0sin oi9 ou0ranoi/: and,

“You, at the beginning, Lord, founded the earth,

And the heavens are the works of your hands.

 Ps 102:26MT (Ps 102:25AV).
Heb 1:11 au0toi\ a)polou=ntai, su\ de\ diame/neij: kai\ pa&ntej w(j i9ma&tion palaiwqh/sontai,

They will perish,

But you remain,

And they will all become old like a garment,

 Ps 102:27MT (Ps 102:26AV).
Heb 1:12 kai\ w(sei\ peribo/laion e9li/ceij au0tou/j, kai\ a)llagh/sontai: su\ de\ o9 au0to\j ei], kai\ ta_ e1th sou ou0k e0klei/yousin.

And you will roll them up like a cloak,

And they will be changed,

But you are the same,

And your years will not fail.”

 Isa 34:4, Ps 102:27MT (Ps 102:26AV), Ps 102:28MT (Ps 102:27AV).
Heb 1:13 Pro\j ti/na de\ tw~n a)gge/lwn ei1rhke/n pote, Ka&qou e0k deciw~n mou, e3wj a@n qw~ tou\j e0xqrou/j sou u9popo/dion tw~n podw~n sou; But to which of the angels has he ever said,

“Sit on my right hand side

Until I make your enemies your footstool”?

 Ps 110:1.
your footstool ← a footstool of your feet.
Heb 1:14 Ou0xi\ pa&ntej ei0si\n leitourgika_ pneu/mata, ei0j diakoni/an a)postello/mena dia_ tou\j me/llontaj klhronomei=n swthri/an; Are they not all ministering spirits, sent for service for the sake of those who are going to inherit salvation? sent ← being sent, present participle.
Heb 2:1 Dia_ tou=to dei= perissote/rwj h9ma~j prose/xein toi=j a)kousqei=sin, mh/pote pararruw~men. This is why we should pay attention all the more to the things heard: so that we do not at any time drift away. this is why ← on account of this.
all the more ← more abundantly.
we ... drift away: AV differs (let them slip), not recognizing the root aorist as intransitive [TYAG], p.87.
Heb 2:2 Ei0 ga_r o9 di' a)gge/lwn lalhqei\j lo/goj e0ge/neto be/baioj, kai\ pa~sa para&basij kai\ parakoh\ e1laben e1ndikon misqapodosi/an, For if the word spoken by angels came to be inviolable, and every transgression and disobedience received legitimate retribution, inviolable ← firm, steadfast.
Heb 2:3 pw~j h9mei=j e0kfeuco/meqa thlikau/thj a)melh/santej swthri/aj; 873Htij, a)rxh\n labou=sa lalei=sqai dia_ tou= kuri/ou, u9po\ tw~n a)kousa&ntwn ei0j h9ma~j e0bebaiw&qh, how shall we escape if we neglect so great a salvation, which started to be spoken about by the Lord and was confirmed to us by those who heard it, if: conditional use of the participle.
neglect ← neglected, but see Matt 23:20.
Heb 2:4 sunepimarturou=ntoj tou= qeou= shmei/oij te kai\ te/rasin, kai\ poiki/laij duna&mesin, kai\ pneu/matoj a(gi/ou merismoi=j, kata_ th\n au0tou= qe/lhsin. while God bore additional witness with them by signs and miracles and various deeds of power and by distributions of holy spirit, according to his will?
Heb 2:5 Ou0 ga_r a)gge/loij u9pe/tacen th\n oi0koume/nhn th\n me/llousan, peri\ h[j lalou=men. For he has not made the world which is to come, about which we speak, subject to angels,
Heb 2:6 Diemartu/rato de/ pou/ tij le/gwn, Ti/ e0stin a!nqrwpoj, o3ti mimnh/skh| au0tou=; 872H ui9o\j a)nqrw&pou, o3ti e0piske/pth| au0to/n; but someone solemnly testified in a certain place and said,

“What is man,

That you should remember him?

Or the son of man,

That you should watch over him?

 Ps 8:5MT (Ps 8:4AV), Ps 144:3.
watch over: or visit.
Heb 2:7 870Hla&ttwsaj au0to\n braxu/ ti par' a)gge/louj: do/ch| kai\ timh|= e0stefa&nwsaj au0to/n: {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\ kate/sthsaj au0to\n e0pi\ ta_ e1rga tw~n xeirw~n sou,]

You made him lower than the angels for a short while;

You crowned him with glory and honour,

{RP P1904: - }
[TR:

And you appointed him over the works of your hands,

]
kai\ ... xeirw~n sou, and ... your hands: absent in RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. present in TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's bmo). AV differs textually.
Ps 8:6MT (Ps 8:5AV) {RP P1904: - } [TR: , Ps 8:7MT (Ps 8:6AV)].
lower ← less.
for a short while: or a little (with lower), as AV, so AV differs.
Heb 2:8 pa&nta u9pe/tacaj u9poka&tw tw~n podw~n au0tou=. 870En ga_r tw%~ u9pota&cai au0tw%~ ta_ pa&nta, ou0de\n a)fh=ken au0tw%~ a)nupo/takton. Nu=n de\ ou1pw o9rw~men au0tw%~ ta_ pa&nta u9potetagme/na.

And you put everything in subjection under his feet.”

Now in putting everything in subjection to him, he left him nothing unsubjected to him. But right now we do not yet see everything subjected to him. 		Ps 8:7MT (Ps 8:6AV).
Heb 2:9 To\n de\ braxu/ ti par' a)gge/louj h0lattwme/non ble/pomen 870Ihsou=n, dia_ to\ pa&qhma tou= qana&tou do/ch| kai\ timh|= e0stefanwme/non, o3pwj xa&riti qeou= u9pe\r panto\j geu/shtai qana&tou. But we do see Jesus, who had been made lower than the angels for a short while, on account of suffering death now crowned with glory and honour, in order that by the grace of God he might taste death for everyone's sake. lower ← less.
for a short while: or a little (with lower), as AV, so AV differs.
Heb 2:10 871Eprepen ga_r au0tw%~, di' o4n ta_ pa&nta, kai\ di' ou[ ta_ pa&nta, pollou\j ui9ou\j ei0j do/can a)gago/nta, to\n a)rxhgo\n th=j swthri/aj au0tw~n dia_ paqhma&twn teleiw~sai. For it was fitting for him, for whose sake everything exists, and by whom everything exists, who led many sons to glory, to bring the institutor of their salvation to perfection through sufferings. who led: the antecedent is grammatically not the him of fitting for him, but the consequent understood subject of teleiw~sai to bring to perfection. But perhaps an accusative where a dative might be expected, as in Acts 25:27, 1 Tim 6:17 - 1 Tim 6:18.
Heb 2:11 873O te ga_r a(gia&zwn kai\ oi9 a(giazo/menoi, e0c e9no\j pa&ntej: di' h4n ai0ti/an ou0k e0paisxu/netai a)delfou\j au0tou\j kalei=n, For he who sanctifies and those who are sanctified are all of one, and for this reason he is not ashamed to call them brothers,
Heb 2:12 le/gwn, 870Apaggelw~ to\ o1noma& sou toi=j a)delfoi=j mou, e0n me/sw% e0kklhsi/aj u9mnh/sw se. and he says,

“I will declare your name to my brothers;

In the heart of the assembly

I will sing praises to you.”

 Ps 22:23MT (Ps 22:22AV).
heart ← midst.
assembly ← church ← outcalling. See Matt 16:18.
Heb 2:13 Kai\ pa&lin, 870Egw_ e1somai pepoiqw_j e0p' au0tw%~. Kai\ pa&lin, 870Idou\ e0gw_ kai\ ta_ paidi/a a# moi e1dwken o9 qeo/j. And again,

“I will be confident in him.”

And again,

“Here am I

And the children whom God has given me.”

 2 Sam 22:3, Ps 18:3MT (Ps 18:2AV); Isa 8:18.
Heb 2:14 870Epei\ ou]n ta_ paidi/a kekoinw&nhken sarko\j kai\ ai3matoj, kai\ au0to\j paraplhsi/wj mete/sxen tw~n au0tw~n, i3na dia_ tou= qana&tou katargh/sh| to\n to\ kra&toj e1xonta tou= qana&tou, tou=t' e1stin to\n dia&bolon, Now since the children are constituted of flesh and blood, so he likewise partook of the same, in order that through death he might nullify him who has the power of death, that is, the devil, are constituted of ← have had a share in, have had commonality with.
Heb 2:15 kai\ a)palla&ch| tou/touj, o3soi fo/bw% qana&tou dia_ panto\j tou= zh|=n e1noxoi h]san doulei/aj. and release them – all those who through fear of death throughout their whole life were subject to enslavement. them ← these.
all those who ← as many as.
Heb 2:16 Ou0 ga_r dh/pou a)gge/lwn e0pilamba&netai, a)lla_ spe/rmatoj 870Abraa_m e0pilamba&netai. For he did not, of course, take on kinship with angels, but took on the seed of Abraham. did not ... take on ... took on: the verbs are in the present tense (vivid present for past).
Heb 2:17 873Oqen w!feilen kata_ pa&nta toi=j a)delfoi=j o9moiwqh=nai, i3na e0leh/mwn ge/nhtai kai\ pisto\j a)rxiereu\j ta_ pro\j to\n qeo/n, ei0j to\ i9la&skesqai ta_j a(marti/aj tou= laou=. Hence he needed to become like his brothers in all respects in order to become a merciful and faithful high priest of things relating to God, to expiate the sins of the people.
Heb 2:18 870En w%{ ga_r pe/ponqen au0to\j peirasqei/j, du/natai toi=j peirazome/noij bohqh=sai. For in that he himself has suffered, having been put to the test, he is able to help those undergoing testing. put to the test: or tempted.
testing: or temptation, ≈ AV, so AV differs.
Heb 3:1 873Oqen, a)delfoi\ a#gioi, klh/sewj e0pourani/ou me/toxoi, katanoh/sate to\n a)po/stolon kai\ a)rxiere/a th=j o9mologi/aj h9mw~n {RP P1904: 870Ihsou=n xristo/n} [TR: xristo\n 870Ihsou=n], In view of which, holy brothers, partakers of the upper-heavenly calling, consider the apostle and high priest of our confession, {RP P1904: Jesus Christ} [TR: Christ Jesus], 870Ihsou=n xristo/n, Jesus + Christ, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. xristo\n 870Ihsou=n, Christ + Jesus, TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
Heb 3:2 pisto\n o1nta tw%~ {RP P1904c TR: poih/santi} [P1904u: poih/satin] au0to/n, w(j kai\ {RP P1904: Mwu+sh=j} [TR: Mwsh=j] e0n o3lw% tw%~ oi1kw% au0tou=. who was faithful to him who appointed him, as Moses was in all his house. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. Mwsh=j, Moses, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's d).
as ← as also (otiose kai/).
Heb 3:3 Plei/onoj ga_r do/chj ou[toj para_ {RP P1904: Mwu+sh=n} [TR: Mwsh=n] h0ci/wtai, kaq' o3son plei/ona timh\n e1xei tou= oi1kou o9 kataskeua&saj au0to/n. For this man has been considered worthy of more glory than Moses, inasmuch as the one who constructed a house has more honour than the house itself. Mwu+sh=n, Moüses, RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. Mwsh=n, Moses, TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's dkm).
Heb 3:4 Pa~j ga_r oi]koj kataskeua&zetai u9po/ tinoj: o9 de\ ta_ pa&nta kataskeua&saj qeo/j. For every house is constructed by someone, but he who constructed everything is God.
Heb 3:5 Kai\ {RP P1904: Mwu+sh=j} [TR: Mwsh=j] me\n pisto\j e0n o3lw% tw%~ oi1kw% au0tou= w(j qera&pwn, ei0j martu/rion tw~n lalhqhsome/nwn: And Moses was indeed faithful in all his house as a servant, as a testimony of things which would be spoken about, Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, RP P1904 F1859=11/14 vs. Mwsh=j, Moses, TR F1859=3/14 (Scrivener's ad*m).
Heb 3:6 xristo\j de\ w(j ui9o\j e0pi\ to\n oi]kon au0tou=: ou[ oi]ko/j e0smen h9mei=j, e0a&nper th\n parrhsi/an kai\ to\ kau/xhma th=j e0lpi/doj me/xri te/louj bebai/an kata&sxwmen. but Christ was faithful as a son over his house, and we are of that house, if, that is to say, we hold fast to the firm confidence and boast of hope to the end. that is to say: from the afformative ‑per in e0a&nper.
Heb 3:7 Dio/, kaqw_j le/gei to\ pneu=ma to\ a#gion, Sh/meron e0a_n th=j fwnh=j au0tou= a)kou/shte, For that reason – as the holy spirit says,

“Today, if you heed his voice,

 Ps 95:7.
heed ← hear.
Heb 3:8 mh\ sklhru/nhte ta_j kardi/aj u9mw~n, w(j e0n tw%~ parapikrasmw%~, kata_ th\n h9me/ran tou= peirasmou= e0n th|= e0rh/mw%,

Do not harden your hearts

As in the provocation,

As on the day of testing in the desert,

 Ps 95:8.
as on ← according to.
Heb 3:9 ou[ e0pei/rasa&n me oi9 pate/rej u9mw~n, e0doki/masa&n me, kai\ ei]don ta_ e1rga mou tessara&konta e1th.

Where your fathers put me to the proof

And tested me

And saw my works for forty years –

 Ps 95:9, Ps 95:10.
Heb 3:10 Dio\ prosw&xqisa th|= genea%~ e0kei/nh|, kai\ ei]pon, 870Aei\ planw~ntai th|= kardi/a%: au0toi\ de\ ou0k e1gnwsan ta_j o9dou/j mou:

For that reason I became angry with that generation,

And I said,

‘They are always erring in their heart,

And they do not know my ways.’

 Ps 95:10.
Heb 3:11 w(j w!mosa e0n th|= o0rgh|= mou, Ei0 ei0seleu/sontai ei0j th\n kata&pausi/n mou.

So I swore in my anger,

‘They shall certainly not enter into my rest.’ ”

 Ps 95:11.
so: or as.
they shall certainly not ← if, a Hebraism, אִם, as an oath formula: if ... may God do this (harm) to me and add this (harm) to me (compare 2 Sam 3:35).
Heb 3:12 Ble/pete, a)delfoi/, mh/pote e1stai e1n tini u9mw~n kardi/a ponhra_ a)pisti/aj e0n tw%~ a)posth=nai a)po\ qeou= zw~ntoj: Watch out, brothers, in case there is in any of you an evil heart of unbelief in defecting from the living God. is ← will be, future for present subjunctive after mh/pote.
any: singular.
Heb 3:13 a)lla_ parakalei=te e9autou\j kaq' e9ka&sthn h9me/ran, a!xri ou[ to\ sh/meron kalei=tai, i3na mh\ sklhrunqh|= {RP P1904: e0c u9mw~n tij} [TR: tij e0c u9mw~n] a)pa&th| th=j a(marti/aj: But comfort each other every day as long as it is called “today”, in order that not one of you be hardened by sinful deceit. e0c u9mw~n tij, of you + anyone, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. tij e0c u9mw~n, anyone + of you, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m).
each other ← yourselves, but this is the reflexive pronoun doing duty for the reciprocal pronoun a)llh/louj.
sinful deceit ← deceit of sin, a Hebraic genitive.
Heb 3:14 me/toxoi ga_r gego/namen tou= xristou=, e0a&nper th\n a)rxh\n th=j u9posta&sewj me/xri te/louj bebai/an kata&sxwmen: For we have become partakers of Christ, if, that is to say, we hold on to the origin of our entitlement firmly to the end, that is to say: from the afformative ‑per in e0a&nper.
origin ← beginning. Perhaps a reference to Christ, as in John 8:25, Rev 1:8.
entitlement: AV differs (confidence). The secular papyri have ↴
Heb 3:15 e0n tw%~ le/gesqai, Sh/meron e0a_n th=j fwnh=j au0tou= a)kou/shte, mh\ sklhru/nhte ta_j kardi/aj u9mw~n, w(j e0n tw%~ parapikrasmw%~. with it being said,

“Today, if you will heed his voice,

Do not harden your hearts

As in the provocation.”

 ↳ the meaning of property, valuation of property, declaration of property, in view of which [MM] proposes title-deed for u9po/stasij in Heb 11:1.
Ps 95:7, Ps 95:8.
heed ← hear.
Heb 3:16 {RP-text TR: Tine\j} [RP-marg P1904: Ti/nej] ga_r a)kou/santej parepi/kranan, a)ll' ou0 pa&ntej oi9 e0celqo/ntej e0c Ai0gu/ptou dia_ {RP: Mwu+se/wj.} [P1904: Mwu+se/wj;] [TR: Mwse/wj.] {RP-text TR: For some on hearing it were provocative, but not all who came out of Egypt under Moses' leadership were.} [RP-marg: For who on hearing it were provocative? But not all who came out of Egypt under Moses' leadership were.] [P1904: For who on hearing it were provocative? Was it not all who came out of Egypt under Moses' leadership?] tine\j, some, RP-text TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's mno) vs. ti/nej, who?, RP-marg P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's o) vs. unmarked accent or unclear (we presume), F1859=9/13.
Mwu+se/wj, Moüses, RP P1904 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's kn) vs. Mwse/wj, Moses, TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's cdem) vs. Mwu+se/oj, Moüses, RP P1904 F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's abfghlo). A disparity with RP, R=3:8.
Various punctuations make either clause a statement or question.
Heb 3:17 Ti/sin de\ prosw&xqisen tessara&konta e1th; Ou0xi\ toi=j a(marth/sasin, w{n ta_ kw~la e1pesen e0n th|= e0rh/mw%; And with whom was he angry for forty years? Was it not with those who sinned, whose corpses fell in the desert? corpses ← limbs.
Heb 3:18 Ti/sin de\ w!mosen mh\ ei0seleu/sesqai ei0j th\n kata&pausin au0tou=, ei0 mh\ toi=j a)peiqh/sasin; And to whom did he swear that they would not enter into his rest, if not those who disbelieved?
Heb 3:19 Kai\ ble/pomen o3ti ou0k h0dunh/qhsan ei0selqei=n di' a)pisti/an. And we see that they were unable to enter in on account of disbelief.
Heb 4:1 Fobhqw~men ou]n mh/pote kataleipome/nhj e0paggeli/aj ei0selqei=n ei0j th\n kata&pausin au0tou=, dokh|= tij e0c u9mw~n u9sterhke/nai. So let us fear in case, although a promise of going in to his rest remains open, any one of you should appear to have failed to obtain it. although: concessive use of the participle.
Heb 4:2 Kai\ ga&r e0smen eu0hggelisme/noi, kaqa&per ka)kei=noi: a)ll' ou0k w)fe/lhsen o9 lo/goj th=j a)koh=j e0kei/nouj, mh\ {RP P1904: sugkekrame/nouj} [TR: sugkekrame/noj] th|= pi/stei toi=j a)kou/sasin. For indeed, we are those who have had the gospel preached to us, as also are they. But the word heard did not benefit them {RP P1904: because they were not united} [TR: because it was not united] in faith with those who had heeded it. sugkekrame/nouj, (them) not being mixed / united, RP P1904 F1859=8/13 vs. sugkekrame/noj, (the word) not being mixed / united, TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's dkl*mn). AV differs textually.
they (first occurrence in verse) ← those.
heard ← of the hearing.
them ← those.
because: causal use of the participle.
heeded ← heard, but the implication is heard with faith.
Heb 4:3 Ei0serxo/meqa ga_r ei0j th\n kata&pausin oi9 pisteu/santej, kaqw_j ei1rhken, 879Wj w!mosa e0n th|= o0rgh|= mou, Ei0 ei0seleu/sontai ei0j th\n kata&pausi/n mou: kai/toi tw~n e1rgwn a)po\ katabolh=j ko/smou genhqe/ntwn. For we who have believed are entering into the rest, as he has said,

“As I have sworn in my anger,

‘They shall certainly not enter into my rest’ ”,

and yet the works were completed after the overthrow of the world. 		Ps 95:11.
they shall certainly not: see Heb 3:11.
were completed ← took place.
overthrow: AV differs; see Matt 13:35.
Heb 4:4 Ei1rhken ga&r pou peri\ th=j e9bdo/mhj ou3twj, Kai\ kate/pausen o9 qeo\j e0n th|= h9me/ra% th|= e9bdo/mh| a)po\ pa&ntwn tw~n e1rgwn au0tou=: For he has spoken in a certain place concerning the seventh day as follows: “And God rested on the seventh day from all his works.” Gen 2:2.
as follows ← thus.
Heb 4:5 kai\ e0n tou/tw% pa&lin, Ei0 ei0seleu/sontai ei0j th\n kata&pausi/n mou. And in this context again,

“They shall certainly not enter into my rest.”

 Ps 95:11.
they shall certainly not: see Heb 3:11.
Heb 4:6 870Epei\ ou]n a)polei/petai tina_j ei0selqei=n ei0j au0th/n, kai\ oi9 pro/teron eu0aggelisqe/ntej ou0k ei0sh=lqon di' a)pei/qeian, Since therefore the fact remains that some are entering into it, but those who first had the gospel preached to them did not enter into it, through disbelief,
Heb 4:7 pa&lin tina_ o9ri/zei h9me/ran, Sh/meron, e0n {RP P1904: Daui\d} [TR: Dabi\d] le/gwn, meta_ tosou=ton xro/non, kaqw_j ei1rhtai, Sh/meron e0a_n th=j fwnh=j au0tou= a)kou/shte, mh\ sklhru/nhte ta_j kardi/aj u9mw~n. he has again appointed a day, “today”, speaking by means of David, after so much time, as has been said,

“Today, if you will heed his voice,

Do not harden your hearts.”

 appointed ← appoints.
David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
Ps 95:7, Ps 95:8.
heed ← hear.
Heb 4:8 Ei0 ga_r au0tou\j 870Ihsou=j kate/pausen, ou0k a@n peri\ a!llhj e0la&lei meta_ tau=ta h9me/raj. For if Joshua had given them rest, he would not be speaking about another day after these events. Joshua: AV differs (Jesus). The Greek 870Ihsou=j, Jesus, is the Hellenization of יְהוֹשֻׁעַ, Joshua. See also Acts 7:45.
Heb 4:9 871Ara a)polei/petai sabbatismo\j tw%~ law%~ tou= qeou=. Consequently, there remains a Sabbatical rest to the people of God.
Heb 4:10 879O ga_r ei0selqw_n ei0j th\n kata&pausin au0tou= kai\ au0to\j kate/pausen a)po\ tw~n e1rgwn au0tou=, w#sper a)po\ tw~n i0di/wn o9 qeo/j. For he who has entered into his rest has also himself rested from his works, as God has from his own.
Heb 4:11 Spouda&swmen ou]n ei0selqei=n ei0j e0kei/nhn th\n kata&pausin, i3na mh\ e0n tw%~ au0tw%~ tij u9podei/gmati pe/sh| th=j a)peiqei/aj. Let us be eager, therefore, to enter into that rest, in case anyone should fall in the same example of unbelief.
Heb 4:12 Zw~n ga_r o9 lo/goj tou= qeou=, kai\ e0nergh/j, kai\ tomw&teroj u9pe\r pa~san ma&xairan di/stomon, kai\ dii+knou/menoj a!xri merismou= yuxh=j te kai\ pneu/matoj, a(rmw~n te kai\ muelw~n, kai\ kritiko\j e0nqumh/sewn kai\ e0nnoiw~n kardi/aj. For the word of God is living and effective and sharper than any double-edged sword and reaches as far as dividing both soul and spirit, both joints and marrow, and is discerning of thoughts and intentions of the heart. any ← every.
soul and spirit: i.e. what makes a man alive physically and mentally.
Heb 4:13 Kai\ ou0k e1stin kti/sij a)fanh\j e0nw&pion au0tou=: pa&nta de\ gumna_ kai\ tetraxhlisme/na toi=j o0fqalmoi=j au0tou= pro\j o4n h9mi=n o9 lo/goj. For there is no production which is out of sight before him, but everything is laid bare and laid open to his eyes, with whom we must reckon. production ← creation. AV differs (creature).
laid open ← throat-exposed.
we must reckon ← to us (is) the account or word.
Heb 4:14 871Exontej ou]n a)rxiere/a me/gan, dielhluqo/ta tou\j ou0ranou/j, 870Ihsou=n to\n ui9o\n tou= qeou=, kratw~men th=j o9mologi/aj. Therefore, seeing we have a great high priest who has passed through the heavens, Jesus, the son of God, let us hold fast to our confession. seeing: causal use of the participle.
Heb 4:15 Ou0 ga_r e1xomen a)rxiere/a mh\ duna&menon sumpaqh=sai tai=j a)sqenei/aij h9mw~n, {RP P1904 S1550: pepeirame/non} [E1624 S1894: pepeirasme/non] de\ kata_ pa&nta kaq' o9moio/thta, xwri\j a(marti/aj. For we do not have a high priest who cannot sympathize with our weaknesses, but one who has been tested in all respects like us, but without sin. pepeirame/non, having been tested (1), RP P1904 S1550 F1859=12/12 (incl. c(tacite)) vs. pepeirasme/non, having been tested (2), E1624 S1894 F1859=0/12.
tested: or tempted.
like us ← according to likeness.
Heb 4:16 Proserxw&meqa ou]n meta_ parrhsi/aj tw%~ qro/nw% th=j xa&ritoj, i3na la&bwmen e1leon, kai\ xa&rin eu3rwmen ei0j eu1kairon boh/qeian. So let us approach the throne of grace with confidence, in order that we may receive mercy and find grace as a timely help.
Heb 5:1 Pa~j ga_r a)rxiereu/j, e0c a)nqrw&pwn lambano/menoj, u9pe\r a)nqrw&pwn kaqi/statai ta_ pro\j to\n qeo/n, i3na prosfe/rh| dw~ra& te kai\ qusi/aj u9pe\r a(martiw~n: For every high priest taken from among men is appointed for men concerning matters pertaining to God, in order to offer both gifts and sacrifices for sins,
Heb 5:2 metriopaqei=n duna&menoj toi=j a)gnoou=sin kai\ planwme/noij, e0pei\ kai\ au0to\j peri/keitai a)sqe/neian: being able to bear to some degree with those who are ignorant and are going astray, since he himself is beset by weakness, to some degree ← in a measure; moderately.
Heb 5:3 kai\ dia_ tau/thn o0fei/lei, kaqw_j peri\ tou= laou=, ou3twj kai\ peri\ e9autou=, prosfe/rein u9pe\r a(martiw~n. and on account of this, just as he needs to make offering for sins on behalf of the people, so also he needs to on behalf of himself.
Heb 5:4 Kai\ ou0x e9autw%~ tij lamba&nei th\n timh/n, a)lla_ {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] kalou/menoj u9po\ tou= qeou=, kaqa&per kai\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] 870Aarw&n. And it is not to oneself that anyone takes the honour, but {RP P1904: he is} [TR: it is the one] called by God, as Aaron was as well. o9, the (one called): absent in RP P1904 F1859=7/12 vs. present in TR F1859=5/12.
o9, the (Aaron): absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. present in TR F1859=0/12.
Heb 5:5 Ou3twj kai\ o9 xristo\j ou0x e9auto\n e0do/casen genhqh=nai a)rxiere/a, a)ll' o9 lalh/saj pro\j au0to/n, Ui9o/j mou ei] su/, e0gw_ sh/meron gege/nnhka& se. So also Christ did not glorify himself in becoming a high priest, but it happened by him who said to him,

“You are my son;

Today I have begotten you.”

 Ps 2:7. See also Heb 1:5, Acts 13:33.
Heb 5:6 Kaqw_j kai\ e0n e9te/rw% le/gei, Su\ i9ereu\j ei0j to\n ai0w~na kata_ th\n ta&cin Melxisede/k. As he also says in another place,

“You are a priest throughout the age

According to the order of Melchizedek.”

 Ps 110:4. Melchizedek also mentioned in Gen 14:18. In the NT, the AV spelling is Melchisedec, following the Greek.
Heb 5:7 874Oj e0n tai=j h9me/raij th=j sarko\j au0tou=, deh/seij te kai\ i9kethri/aj pro\j to\n duna&menon sw%&zein au0to\n e0k qana&tou meta_ kraugh=j i0sxura~j kai\ dakru/wn prosene/gkaj, kai\ ei0sakousqei\j a)po\ th=j eu0labei/aj, And in the days of his flesh he made supplications and entreaties with loud cries and tears to him who was able to save him from death, and he was heard because of his devoutness, made ← offered.
he was heard: we take the event to refer to Luke 22:42-45 where Christ was delivered from an untimely cup – a deadly attack of some kind – which would have pre-empted and precluded the crucifixion. The apparatus of NA26 quotes Harnack who conjecturally emends the text by making it read he was not heard, without any ↴
Heb 5:8 kai/per w@n ui9o/j, e1maqen a)f' w{n e1paqen th\n u9pakoh/n, and although he was a son, he learned obedience through the things he suffered, ↳ manuscript support at all, which would destroy this important and interesting explanation of the event, so portraying the Lord as attempting to chicken out of the great work which he willingly came to undertake for our sakes. What kind of an ↴
he learned obedience: i.e. learned what it was like to be obedient in practice. Christ was certainly not naturally disobedient.
Heb 5:9 kai\ teleiwqei\j e0ge/neto toi=j u9pakou/ousin au0tw%~ pa~sin ai1tioj swthri/aj ai0wni/ou: and when he had come to completion, he became the source of age-abiding salvation to all those who obey him, ↳ example would that be for us to follow (1 Pet 2:21)? NA26 and Westcott and Hort furthermore discredit Luke 22:43-44 by their double square brackets, which wrecks the whole wonderful account, and the verses are absent or cast doubt upon in the modern versions based on that type of text.
Heb 5:10 prosagoreuqei\j u9po\ tou= qeou= a)rxiereu\j kata_ th\n ta&cin Melxisede/k. and he was designated by God to be the high priest according to the order of Melchizedek, Melchizedek: see Heb 5:6.
Heb 5:11 Peri\ ou[ polu\j h9mi=n o9 lo/goj kai\ dusermh/neutoj le/gein, e0pei\ nwqroi\ gego/nate tai=j a)koai=j. concerning whom we have many a word to say, although it is hard to get the meaning across, since you have become dull of hearing. although: concessive use of kai/.
hard to get the meaning across ← hard to interpret, i.e. hard for the hearers to interpret. AV differs somewhat (hard to be uttered).
Heb 5:12 Kai\ ga_r o0fei/lontej ei]nai dida&skaloi dia_ to\n xro/non, pa&lin xrei/an e1xete tou= dida&skein u9ma~j, ti/na ta_ stoixei=a th=j a)rxh=j tw~n logi/wn tou= qeou=: kai\ gego/nate xrei/an e1xontej ga&laktoj, kai\ ou0 sterea~j trofh=j. For indeed, although you should be teachers by this time, you again need someone to teach you what the basics of the starting point of the oracles of God are, and you have come to need milk, and not solid food. although: concessive use of the participle.
Heb 5:13 Pa~j ga_r o9 mete/xwn ga&laktoj a!peiroj lo/gou dikaiosu/nhj: nh/pioj ga&r e0stin. For everyone who partakes of milk is inexperienced in the word of righteousness, for he is an infant,
Heb 5:14 Telei/wn de/ e0stin h9 sterea_ trofh/, tw~n dia_ th\n e3cin ta_ ai0sqhth/ria gegumnasme/na e0xo/ntwn pro\j dia&krisin kalou= te kai\ kakou=. but solid food is appropriate for those who are complete, who have senses which have been exercised through practice, leading to discernment of both good and evil.
Heb 6:1 Dio/, a)fe/ntej to\n th=j a)rxh=j tou= xristou= lo/gon, e0pi\ th\n teleio/thta ferw&meqa, mh\ pa&lin qeme/lion kataballo/menoi metanoi/aj a)po\ nekrw~n e1rgwn, kai\ pi/stewj e0pi\ qeo/n, That is why, leaving the instruction on the starting point of Christ, let us be brought along to perfection, not again laying a foundation of repentance from dead works, and of faith towards God, leaving ← having left. See Matt 23:20.
instruction on ← word of.
starting point: AV differs, to modern ears at least (principles).
Heb 6:2 baptismw~n didaxh=j, e0piqe/sew&j te xeirw~n, a)nasta&sew&j te nekrw~n, kai\ kri/matoj ai0wni/ou. of the doctrine of baptisms and of laying on of hands, of resurrection of the dead and of age-abiding judgment. All the things mentioned are dependent on a foundation of (Heb 6:1), and so are all part of the foundational layer from which the exhortation is to move on.
Heb 6:3 Kai\ tou=to {RP: poih/swmen} [P1904 TR: poih/somen], e0a&nper e0pitre/ph| o9 qeo/j. And {RP: let us do this} [P1904 TR: this we will do], if indeed God allows it. poih/swmen, let us do, RP F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's dlno) vs. poih/somen, we shall do, P1904 TR F1859=7/12 vs. verse absent, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's m). A disparity with RP, R=4:9.
Heb 6:4 870Adu/naton ga_r tou\j a#pac fwtisqe/ntaj, geusame/nouj te th=j dwrea~j th=j e0pourani/ou, kai\ meto/xouj genhqe/ntaj pneu/matoj a(gi/ou, For it is impossible for those who have once been enlightened and who have tasted the upper-heavenly gift, and who have become partakers of holy spirit,
Heb 6:5 kai\ kalo\n geusame/nouj qeou= r(h=ma, duna&meij te me/llontoj ai0w~noj, and who have tasted the good word of God and the powers of an age to come,
Heb 6:6 kai\ parapeso/ntaj, pa&lin a)nakaini/zein ei0j meta&noian, a)nastaurou=ntaj e9autoi=j to\n ui9o\n tou= qeou= kai\ paradeigmati/zontaj. and who have fallen away, to renew them to repentance, because they crucify the son of God to themselves again and make an example of him. renew ← renew again, but pa&lin is pleonastic, as in Mark 12:5.
because: causal use of the participle.
Heb 6:7 Gh= ga_r h9 piou=sa to\n e0p' au0th=j polla&kij e0rxo/menon u9eto/n, kai\ ti/ktousa bota&nhn eu1qeton e0kei/noij di' ou4j kai\ gewrgei=tai, metalamba&nei eu0logi/aj a)po\ tou= qeou=: For land which has drunk the rain which often falls on it and produces plants which are useful to those by whom it is farmed shares in blessing from God, falls ← comes.
plants ← grass, a plant, so plant life.
it is farmed ← it is also farmed. Otiose kai/.
Heb 6:8 e0kfe/rousa de\ a)ka&nqaj kai\ tribo/louj, a)do/kimoj kai\ kata&raj e0ggu/j, h[j to\ te/loj ei0j kau=sin. but land which produces thorn bushes and thistles is rejected and is close to a curse, the fate of which is burning. fate ← end.
Heb 6:9 Pepei/smeqa de\ peri\ u9mw~n, a)gaphtoi/, ta_ {RP: krei/ssona} [P1904 TR: krei/ttona] kai\ e0xo/mena swthri/aj, ei0 kai\ ou3twj lalou=men: But, beloved, we have been persuaded of better things concerning you, and things following on from salvation, even though we speak this way, krei/ssona, better (things) (1), RP F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's bfln) vs. krei/ttona, better (things) (2), P1904 TR F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's a*cdghkm) vs. other spellings, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's a**o). A disparity with RP, R=4:9.
following on from ← clinging to, following closely.
Heb 6:10 ou0 ga_r a!dikoj o9 qeo\j e0pilaqe/sqai tou= e1rgou u9mw~n, kai\ tou= ko/pou th=j a)ga&phj h[j {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: e0nedei/casqe} [S1894: e0ndei/casqe] ei0j to\ o1noma au0tou=, diakonh/santej toi=j a(gi/oij kai\ diakonou=ntej. for God is not unrighteous, forgetting your work and toil in the love which you have shown for the sake of his name, having ministered to the saints, and are still ministering. e0nedei/casqe, you showed, RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=10/12 vs. e0ndei/casqe, you showed (misspelled), or show!, S1894 F1859=0/12 vs. other readings, F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's do).
in the love ← of the love.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
Heb 6:11 870Epiqumou=men de\ e3kaston u9mw~n th\n au0th\n e0ndei/knusqai spoudh\n pro\j th\n plhrofori/an th=j e0lpi/doj a!xri te/louj: And we long that each of you should show the same eagerness for the full assurance of your hope up to the end,
Heb 6:12 i3na mh\ nwqroi\ ge/nhsqe, mimhtai\ de\ tw~n dia_ pi/stewj kai\ makroqumi/aj klhronomou/ntwn ta_j e0paggeli/aj. so that you do not become slothful, but imitators of those who through faith and forbearance inherit the promises.
Heb 6:13 Tw%~ ga_r 870Abraa_m e0paggeila&menoj o9 qeo/j, e0pei\ kat' ou0deno\j ei]xen mei/zonoj o0mo/sai, w!mosen kaq' e9autou=, For when God made a promise to Abraham, since he had nothing greater by which to swear, he swore by himself,
Heb 6:14 le/gwn, 87]H mh\n eu0logw~n eu0logh/sw se, kai\ plhqu/nwn plhqunw~ se. and he said, “I will truly greatly bless you and greatly multiply you.” Gen 22:17.
greatly bless ← blessing I will bless.
greatly multiply ← multiplying I will multiply.
Heb 6:15 Kai\ ou3twj makroqumh/saj e0pe/tuxen th=j e0paggeli/aj. And in this way after being very patient, he obtained the promise.
Heb 6:16 871Anqrwpoi me\n ga_r kata_ tou= mei/zonoj o0mnu/ousin, kai\ pa&shj au0toi=j a)ntilogi/aj pe/raj ei0j bebai/wsin o9 o3rkoj. For men swear by something greater, and the oath is the end of all controversy for them, as a confirmation.
Heb 6:17 870En w%{ perisso/teron boulo/menoj o9 qeo\j e0pidei=cai toi=j klhrono/moij th=j e0paggeli/aj to\ a)meta&qeton th=j boulh=j au0tou=, e0mesi/teusen o3rkw%, And so God, wishing to show the unchangeableness of his will all the more forcibly to the heirs of the promise, intervened with an oath, and so ← in which (context), by which (reasoning).
forcibly ← abundantly.
Heb 6:18 i3na dia_ du/o pragma&twn a)metaqe/twn, e0n oi[j a)du/naton yeu/sasqai qeo/n, i0sxura_n para&klhsin e1xwmen oi9 katafugo/ntej krath=sai th=j prokeime/nhj e0lpi/doj: in order that through two unchangeable things, in which it is impossible for God to lie, we may have a robust encouragement, we who have fled to lay hold of the hope that lies before us, The “two unchangeable things” are God's promise (Heb 6:13) and his oath (Heb 6:13 - 6:17), as noted by [CB].
Heb 6:19 h4n w(j a!gkuran e1xomen th=j yuxh=j a)sfalh= te kai\ bebai/an, kai\ ei0serxome/nhn ei0j to\ e0sw&teron tou= katapeta&smatoj: which we have as a safe and firm anchor for our life, which also enters into the inside area behind the veil, safe and firm ← both safe and firm.
life ← soul. Compare in Rev 16:3.
behind ← of.
Heb 6:20 o3pou pro/dromoj u9pe\r h9mw~n ei0sh=lqen 870Ihsou=j, kata_ th\n ta&cin Melxisede\k a)rxiereu\j geno/menoj ei0j to\n ai0w~na. where Jesus went in as a forerunner for us, having become a high priest according to the order of Melchizedek throughout the age. Melchizedek: see Heb 5:6.
Heb 7:1 Ou[toj ga_r o9 Melxisede/k, basileu\j Salh/m, i9ereu\j tou= qeou= {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: tou=} [E1624: - ] u9yi/stou, o9 sunanth/saj 870Abraa_m u9postre/fonti a)po\ th=j koph=j tw~n basile/wn kai\ eu0logh/saj au0to/n, For this Melchizedek – king of Salem, a priest of the Most High God, who met Abraham returning from the slaughter of the kings and blessed him, tou=, the: present in RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=12/12 (incl. c(tacite)) vs. absent in E1624 F1859=0/12.
Gen 14:18. See also Heb 5:6.
Heb 7:2 w%{ kai\ deka&thn a)po\ pa&ntwn e0me/risen 870Abraa&m - prw~ton me\n e9rmhneuo/menoj basileu\j dikaiosu/nhj, e1peita de\ kai\ basileu\j Salh/m, o3 e0stin basileu\j ei0rh/nhj: to whom also Abraham apportioned a tenth part of everything, who is firstly, by translation, “King of Righteousness”, and then also “King of Salem”, which means “King of Peace;” means ← is.
Heb 7:3 a)pa&twr, a)mh/twr, a)genealo/ghtoj, mh/te a)rxh\n h9merw~n mh/te zwh=j te/loj e1xwn, a)fwmoiwme/noj de\ tw%~ ui9w%~ tou= qeou= - me/nei i9ereu\j ei0j to\ dihneke/j. without father, without mother, without genealogy, having neither beginning of days, nor end of life, but being like the son of God – remains a priest perpetually. being like ← having been made like.
perpetually: or continuously, but the former fits the context here. Probably distinct from a)dialei/ptwj.
Heb 7:4 Qewrei=te de\ phli/koj ou[toj, w%{ kai\ deka&thn 870Abraa_m e1dwken e0k tw~n a)kroqini/wn o9 patria&rxhj. So you see how great this man is, to whom Abraham the patriarch for his part gave a tenth of the finest produce. for his part ← also.
Heb 7:5 Kai\ oi9 me\n e0k tw~n ui9w~n Leui+\ th\n i9eratei/an lamba&nontej e0ntolh\n e1xousin a)podekatou=n to\n lao\n kata_ to\n no/mon, tou=t' e1stin tou\j a)delfou\j au0tw~n, kai/per e0celhluqo/taj e0k th=j o0sfu/oj 870Abraa&m: And those who are of the sons of Levi receive the priesthood, and they have a commandment to tithe the people according to the law, that is their brothers, although they have come from the loins of Abraham,
Heb 7:6 o9 de\ mh\ genealogou/menoj e0c au0tw~n dedeka&twken to\n 870Abraa&m, kai\ to\n e1xonta ta_j e0paggeli/aj eu0lo/ghken. but he who had no genealogy from them tithed Abraham, and he blessed him who had the promises. tithed ... blessed: perfect tense in Greek, but hardly translatable as such in English. The same applies to many other verbs in this epistle and Revelation, Heb 11:17, Rev 19:3 being notable, but we do not necessarily remark on such cases. This tense accommodation is the reverse of the situation in Matt 2:2.
Heb 7:7 Xwri\j de\ pa&shj a)ntilogi/aj, to\ e1latton u9po\ tou= krei/ttonoj eu0logei=tai. Now without any contradiction, the lesser is blessed by the greater. any ← every.
greater ← better.
Heb 7:8 Kai\ w{de me\n deka&taj a)poqnh|/skontej a!nqrwpoi lamba&nousin: e0kei= de/, marturou/menoj o3ti zh|=. And in one case dying men receive tithes, but in the other case it is one who is borne witness to that he is living. in one case ... in the other case ← here ... there (contrasting the Levitical and Melchizedekal priesthoods).
Heb 7:9 Kai/, w(j e1poj ei0pei=n, dia_ 870Abraa_m kai\ Leui+\ o9 deka&taj lamba&nwn dedeka&twtai: And, so to speak, Levi who receives tithes has also been tithed through Abraham,
Heb 7:10 e1ti ga_r e0n th|= o0sfu/i+ tou= patro\j h]n, o3te sunh/nthsen au0tw%~ o9 Melxisede/k. for he was still in the loins of his father when Melchizedek met him. Melchizedek: see Heb 5:6.
Heb 7:11 Ei0 me\n ou]n telei/wsij dia_ th=j Leui+tikh=j i9erwsu/nhj h]n - o9 lao\j ga_r e0p' au0th|= nenomoqe/thto - ti/j e1ti xrei/a, kata_ th\n ta&cin Melxisede\k e3teron a)ni/stasqai i9ere/a, kai\ ou0 kata_ th\n ta&cin 870Aarw_n le/gesqai; Now if perfection were through the Levitical priesthood – for under it the people had been placed under a law – what need would there still be for another priest to arise according to the order of Melchizedek, and not to be called according to the order of Aaron? Melchizedek: see Heb 5:6.
Heb 7:12 Metatiqeme/nhj ga_r th=j i9erwsu/nhj, e0c a)na&gkhj kai\ no/mou meta&qesij gi/netai. Seeing that the priesthood is changing, a change in the law is also necessarily taking place. seeing that: causal use of the participle, in a genitive absolute construction.
Heb 7:13 870Ef' o4n ga_r le/getai tau=ta, fulh=j e9te/raj mete/sxhken, a)f' h[j ou0dei\j prose/sxhken tw%~ qusiasthri/w%. For these things speak about him who belongs to a different tribe, of which no-one has devoted himself to the altar.
Heb 7:14 Pro/dhlon ga_r o3ti e0c 870Iou/da a)nate/talken o9 ku/rioj h9mw~n, ei0j h4n fulh\n ou0de\n peri\ i9erwsu/nhj {RP P1904: Mwu+sh=j} [TR: Mwsh=j] e0la&lhsen. For it is evident that our Lord sprang from Judah, a tribe about which Moses did not say anything concerning priesthood. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. Mwsh=j, Moses, TR F1859=0/12.
Heb 7:15 Kai\ perisso/teron e1ti kata&dhlo/n e0stin, ei0 kata_ th\n o9moio/thta Melxisede\k a)ni/statai i9ereu\j e3teroj, And it is all the more abundantly evident if another priest arises, after the likeness of Melchizedek, Melchizedek: see Heb 5:6.
Heb 7:16 o4j ou0 kata_ no/mon e0ntolh=j sarkikh=j ge/gonen, a)lla_ kata_ du/namin zwh=j a)katalu/tou: who was not appointed according to a fleshly legal commandment, but according to the power of indissoluble life. was not appointed ← has not been made, brought about, as in Heb 7:20, Heb 7:23, but unlike Heb 5:1, Heb 7:28, Heb 8:3 which have a more specific verb for to appoint.
Heb 7:17 marturei= ga_r o3ti Su\ i9ereu\j ei0j to\n ai0w~na kata_ th\n ta&cin Melxisede/k. For he testifies,

“You are a priest throughout the age

According to the order of Melchizedek.”

 Ps 110:4. Melchizedek also mentioned in Gen 14:18. See also Heb 5:6.
Heb 7:18 870Aqe/thsij me\n ga_r gi/netai proagou/shj e0ntolh=j, dia_ to\ au0th=j a)sqene\j kai\ a)nwfele/j: For an annulment of the preceding commandment is taking place because of its weakness and unprofitableness.
Heb 7:19 ou0de\n ga_r e0telei/wsen o9 no/moj, e0peisagwgh\ de\ krei/ttonoj e0lpi/doj, di' h[j e0ggi/zomen tw%~ qew%~. For the law perfected nothing, but the introduction of a better hope did, through which we approach God.
Heb 7:20 Kai\ kaq' o3son ou0 xwri\j o9rkwmosi/aj - oi9 me\n ga_r xwri\j o9rkwmosi/aj ei0si\n i9erei=j gegono/tej, Inasmuch as it is not without swearing an oath – ¶ for the priests are appointed without the swearing of an oath, ¶ Verse division: in AV numbering, Heb 7:21 begins here.
appointed ← made, brought about.
Heb 7:21 o9 de\ meta_ o9rkwmosi/aj, dia_ tou= le/gontoj pro\j au0to/n, 871Wmosen ku/rioj kai\ ou0 metamelhqh/setai, Su\ i9ereu\j ei0j to\n ai0w~na kata_ th\n ta&cin Melxisede/k - but he was appointed with the swearing of an oath, by saying to him,

“The Lord has sworn

And will not change his mind,

‘You are a priest throughout the age

According to the order of Melchizedek’ ” –

 Ps 110:4. Melchizedek also mentioned in Gen 14:18. See also Heb 5:6.
by saying ← by the (one) saying.
Heb 7:22 kata_ tosou=ton krei/ttonoj diaqh/khj ge/gonen e1gguoj 870Ihsou=j. so Jesus has become the security of a better covenant. so ← by so much, the corollary to inasmuch (Heb 7:20).
Heb 7:23 Kai\ oi9 me\n plei/one/j ei0sin gegono/tej i9erei=j, dia_ to\ qana&tw% kwlu/esqai parame/nein: And additional priests were appointed because they were prevented by death from continuing, appointed ← made, brought about.
Heb 7:24 o9 de/, dia_ to\ me/nein au0to\n ei0j to\n ai0w~na, a)para&baton e1xei th\n i9erwsu/nhn. but he, because he remains throughout the age, has an intransmissible priesthood. intransmissible: AV differs somewhat (unchangeable).
Heb 7:25 873Oqen kai\ sw%&zein ei0j to\ pantele\j du/natai tou\j proserxome/nouj di' au0tou= tw%~ qew%~, pa&ntote zw~n ei0j to\ e0ntugxa&nein u9pe\r au0tw~n. And on this ground he is able also to save those who come through him to God completely, as he is always alive to intercede for them. and on this ground ← whence.
as: causal use of the participle.
Heb 7:26 Toiou=toj ga_r h9mi=n e1prepen a)rxiereu/j, o3sioj, a!kakoj, a)mi/antoj, kexwrisme/noj a)po\ tw~n a(martwlw~n, kai\ u9yhlo/teroj tw~n ou0ranw~n geno/menoj: For such a high priest was fitting for us: holy, free from wrongdoing, undefiled, separate from sinners and having become higher than the heavens,
Heb 7:27 o4j ou0k e1xei kaq' h9me/ran a)na&gkhn, w#sper oi9 a)rxierei=j, pro/teron u9pe\r tw~n i0di/wn a(martiw~n qusi/aj a)nafe/rein, e1peita tw~n tou= laou=: tou=to ga_r e0poi/hsen e0fa&pac, e9auto\n a)nene/gkaj. who does not need each day, as the high priests do, first to offer sacrifices for their own sins, then for those of the people, since he did this once and for all when he offered himself. since ← for.
once and for all: i.e. once, and then that has done the job permanently. (We wish to avoid any misunderstanding of this English idiom.) The definitive sense and for all is implied by the strengthening prefix e0f-.
Heb 7:28 879O no/moj ga_r a)nqrw&pouj kaqi/sthsin a)rxierei=j, e1xontaj a)sqe/neian: o9 lo/goj de\ th=j o9rkwmosi/aj th=j meta_ to\n no/mon, ui9o\n ei0j to\n ai0w~na teteleiwme/non. For the law appoints men as priests having weakness, but the word of the swearing of an oath which came after the law appoints a son who has been brought to perfection throughout the age.
Heb 8:1 Kefa&laion de\ e0pi\ toi=j legome/noij: toiou=ton e1xomen a)rxiere/a, o4j e0ka&qisen e0n decia%~ tou= qro/nou th=j megalwsu/nhj e0n toi=j ou0ranoi=j, Now the essence of the things spoken of is that we have a high priest of such a kind, who sat down at the right hand of the throne of majesty in the heavens,
Heb 8:2 tw~n a(gi/wn leitourgo/j, kai\ th=j skhnh=j th=j a)lhqinh=j, h4n e1phcen o9 ku/rioj, kai\ ou0k a!nqrwpoj: a minister of the sanctuary and of the true tabernacle, which the Lord pitched and not man. sanctuary: or holy things, or holy people. See Eph 1:18, Eph 2:19.
Heb 8:3 pa~j ga_r a)rxiereu\j ei0j to\ prosfe/rein dw~ra& te kai\ qusi/aj kaqi/statai: o3qen a)nagkai=on e1xein ti kai\ tou=ton o4 prosene/gkh|. For every high priest is appointed to offer both gifts and sacrifices. Hence it is necessary that this one also has something to offer.
Heb 8:4 Ei0 me\n ga_r h]n e0pi\ gh=j, ou0d' a@n h]n i9ereu/j, o1ntwn tw~n i9ere/wn tw~n prosfero/ntwn kata_ to\n no/mon ta_ dw~ra, For if he were on earth, he would not be a priest, seeing that there are priests who offer gifts according to the law, seeing that: causal use of the participle.
Heb 8:5 oi3tinej u9podei/gmati kai\ skia%~ latreu/ousin tw~n e0pourani/wn, kaqw_j kexrhma&tistai {RP P1904: Mwu+sh=j} [TR: Mwsh=j] me/llwn e0pitelei=n th\n skhnh/n, 873Ora, ga&r fhsin, {RP P1904: poih/seij} [TR: poih/sh|j] pa&nta kata_ to\n tu/pon to\n deixqe/nta soi e0n tw%~ o1rei. who minister by example and foreshadowing of upper-heavenly things, as Moses was oracularly instructed when he was about to take the tabernacle through to completion. For he said, “{RP P1904: Look, you shall make} [TR: See that you make] everything according to the model shown to you on the mountain.” Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, RP P1904 F1859=10/11 vs. Mwsh=j, Moses, TR F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's m).
poih/seij, you will make, RP P1904 F1859=11/11 vs. poih/sh|j, that you make (subjunctive), TR F1859=0/11.
Ex 25:9, Ex 25:40, Ex 26:30.
on ← in, but also upon.
Heb 8:6 Nuni\ de\ diaforwte/raj {RP: te/tuxen} [P1904 TR: te/teuxen] leitourgi/aj, o3sw% kai\ krei/ttono/j e0stin diaqh/khj mesi/thj, h3tij e0pi\ krei/ttosin e0paggeli/aij nenomoqe/thtai. But now he has obtained a more excellent ministry inasmuch as he is also a mediator of a better covenant, which has been drawn up on the basis of better promises. te/tuxen, he has obtained (non-classical form), RP F1859=0/12 vs. te/teuxen, he has obtained (late classical form), P1904 TR F1859=10/12 (Scrivener's b**cfghklmno) vs. te/tuxhke¨n©, he has obtained (classical form), F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ab*). A strong disparity with RP, R=0:12. We have verified Scrivener's cfhk.
inasmuch as ← by the same amount as.
Heb 8:7 Ei0 ga_r h9 prw&th e0kei/nh h]n a!memptoj, ou0k a@n deute/raj e0zhtei=to to/poj. For if that first one were faultless, no place would be sought for a second one.
Heb 8:8 Memfo/menoj ga_r au0toi=j le/gei, 870Idou/, h9me/rai e1rxontai, le/gei ku/rioj, kai\ suntele/sw e0pi\ to\n oi]kon 870Israh\l kai\ e0pi\ to\n oi]kon 870Iou/da diaqh/khn kainh/n: For finding fault with those people, he says, “ ‘Behold, the days are coming’, says the Lord, ‘when I will thoroughly bring a new covenant about with the house of Israel and with the house of Judah, Jer 31:31.
those people ← them (masculine; possibly neuter), but we cannot translate “them”, as in English the word would appear to refer to the covenants (feminine in Greek), which would make it look as though the second covenant were faulty.
Heb 8:9 ou0 kata_ th\n diaqh/khn h4n e0poi/hsa toi=j patra&sin au0tw~n e0n h9me/ra% e0pilabome/nou {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: mou} [E1624: - ] th=j xeiro\j au0tw~n e0cagagei=n au0tou\j e0k gh=j Ai0gu/ptou: o3ti au0toi\ ou0k e0ne/meinan e0n th|= diaqh/kh| mou, ka)gw_ h0me/lhsa au0tw~n, le/gei ku/rioj. not according to the covenant which I made with their fathers on the day when I took them by their hand to lead them out of the land of Egypt, since they did not remain in my covenant, and I let them have their way’, says the Lord. mou, I (in the genitive): present in RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=11/12 (incl. c(tacite) and m** of a recent hand) vs. absent in E1624 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's m*).
let them have their way: or disregarded them, or disdained them.
Jer 31:32.
Heb 8:10 873Oti au3th h9 diaqh/kh h4n diaqh/somai tw%~ oi1kw% 870Israh\l meta_ ta_j h9me/raj e0kei/naj, le/gei ku/rioj, didou\j no/mouj mou ei0j th\n dia&noian au0tw~n, kai\ e0pi\ kardi/aj au0tw~n e0pigra&yw au0tou/j: kai\ e1somai au0toi=j ei0j qeo/n, kai\ au0toi\ e1sontai/ moi ei0j lao/n. ‘For this is the covenant which I will make with the house of Israel, after those days’, says the Lord: ‘I will put my laws in their mind, and I will write them on their hearts, and I will be God to them, and they will be a people to me. Jer 31:33.
I will put: temporal use of the participle, taking its time frame form the main verb (I will write ... on).
Heb 8:11 Kai\ ou0 mh\ dida&cwsin e3kastoj to\n {RP P1904: poli/thn} [TR: plhsi/on] au0tou=, kai\ e3kastoj to\n a)delfo\n au0tou=, le/gwn, Gnw~qi to\n ku/rion: o3ti pa&ntej ei0dh/sousi/n me, a)po\ mikrou= au0tw~n e3wj mega&lou au0tw~n. And not a single one of them will have to teach his {RP P1904: fellow citizen} [TR: neighbour] at all, nor a single one of them his brother, saying, «Know the Lord», because all will know me, from the least of them to the greatest of them, poli/thn, citizen, RP P1904 F1859=7/11 vs. plhsi/on, neighbour, TR F1859=4/11 (Scrivener's acfh).
Jer 31:34.
not ... nor a single one of them (two occurrences) ← each ... not.
least ... greatest ← small ... great. Positive degree for superlative.
Heb 8:12 873Oti i3lewj e1somai tai=j a)diki/aij au0tw~n, kai\ tw~n a(martiw~n au0tw~n kai\ tw~n a)nomiw~n au0tw~n ou0 mh\ mnhsqw~ e1ti. because I will be propitious with their wrongdoings, and I will no longer remember their sins and their lawless deeds at all.’ ” Jer 31:34.
Heb 8:13 870En tw%~ le/gein, Kainh/n, pepalai/wken th\n prw&thn. To\ de\ palaiou/menon kai\ ghra&skon, e0ggu\j a)fanismou=. In saying “new”, he has made the first obsolete. Now that which is obsolete and ageing is on the point of vanishing. on the point of ← close to.
Heb 9:1 Ei]xen me\n ou]n kai\ h9 prw&th {RP S1894: - } [P1904 S1550 E1624: skhnh\] dikaiw&mata latrei/aj, to/ te a#gion kosmiko/n. The first {RP S1894: one} [P1904 S1550 E1624: tabernacle] did indeed have ordinances of religious service and the worldly sanctuary. skhnh\, tent, tabernacle: absent in RP S1894 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's hln*) vs. present in P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=9/12 (incl. n**, a recent hand in the margin). A disparity with RP, R=4:11.
{RP S1894: one: there is no nearby noun connected with the word first, and a forward reference to tabernacle (Heb 9:2) is possible, as is covenant (Heb 8:10), implicitly resumed by the feminine new and first in Heb 8:13. But the word tabernacle could be in the original text.}
sanctuary ← holy (thing), here the neuter singular (though usually plural, as in Heb 8:2, Heb 9:2).
Heb 9:2 Skhnh\ ga_r kateskeua&sqh h9 prw&th, e0n h|[ h3 te luxni/a kai\ h9 tra&peza kai\ h9 pro/qesij tw~n a!rtwn, h3tij le/getai a#gia. For the first tabernacle was fitted out in which there was the lampstand and the table and the exhibition of the showbread, which is called the sanctuary. We establish some terminology here and in the next verse. The plural a#gia is the sanctuary. The polyptoton a#gia a(gi/wn is the holy of holies.
Heb 9:3 Meta_ de\ to\ deu/teron katape/tasma skhnh\ h9 legome/nh a#gia a(gi/wn, But after the second veil is the tabernacle which is called the holy of holies,
Heb 9:4 xrusou=n e1xousa qumiath/rion, kai\ th\n kibwto\n th=j diaqh/khj perikekalumme/nhn pa&ntoqen xrusi/w%, e0n h|[ sta&mnoj xrush= e1xousa to\ ma&nna, kai\ h9 r(a&bdoj 870Aarw_n h9 blasth/sasa, kai\ ai9 pla&kej th=j diaqh/khj: having a golden censer and the ark of the covenant, overlaid on all sides with gold, in which is a golden jar containing the manna, and Aaron's rod which budded, and the tablets of the covenant.
Heb 9:5 u9pera&nw de\ au0th=j Xeroubi\m do/chj kataskia&zonta to\ i9lasth/rion: peri\ w{n ou0k e1stin nu=n le/gein kata_ me/roj. And above it are the cherubim of glory overshadowing the atonement cover, concerning whom it is not now possible to speak particularly. cherubim ... whom: grammatically neuter, seen by the participle overshadowing, though our relative pronoun whom represents them as for persons.
atonement cover ← atonement place.
Heb 9:6 Tou/twn de\ ou3twj kateskeuasme/nwn, ei0j me\n th\n prw&thn skhnh\n dia_ panto\j ei0si/asin oi9 i9erei=j, ta_j latrei/aj e0pitelou=ntej: And with these things fitted out in this way, the priests continually go into the first tabernacle, carrying out the religious services, go ← will go, classically, but present in sense in this passage as are the other finite verbs.
Heb 9:7 ei0j de\ th\n deute/ran a#pac tou= e0niautou= mo/noj o9 a)rxiereu/j, ou0 xwri\j ai3matoj, o4 prosfe/rei u9pe\r e9autou= kai\ tw~n tou= laou= a)gnohma&twn: but the high priest alone goes into the second tabernacle once a year, not without blood, which he offers for himself and for the sins of ignorance of the people,
Heb 9:8 tou=to dhlou=ntoj tou= pneu/matoj tou= a(gi/ou, mh/pw pefanerw~sqai th\n tw~n a(gi/wn o9do/n, e1ti th=j prw&thj skhnh=j e0xou/shj sta&sin: the holy spirit demonstrating this: that the way of the sanctuary has not yet been made manifest since the first tabernacle is still standing, since: causal use of the participle.
Heb 9:9 h3tij parabolh\ ei0j to\n kairo\n to\n e0nesthko/ta, kaq' o4n dw~ra& te kai\ qusi/ai prosfe/rontai, mh\ duna&menai kata_ sunei/dhsin teleiw~sai to\n latreu/onta, which is a figure pointing to the present time, in accordance with which gifts and sacrifices are offered which are not able to make the officiator perfect as pertaining to the conscience,
Heb 9:10 mo/non e0pi\ brw&masin kai\ po/masin kai\ diafo/roij baptismoi=j kai\ dikaiw&masin sarko/j, me/xri kairou= diorqw&sewj e0pikei/mena. just being based on food and drink and various baptisms and carnal statutes, imposed on them until the time of reform. food and drink: plural, so strictly foodstuffs and beverages.
carnal statutes ← statutes of flesh, a Hebraic genitive.
Heb 9:11 Xristo\j de\ parageno/menoj a)rxiereu\j tw~n mello/ntwn a)gaqw~n, dia_ th=j mei/zonoj kai\ teleiote/raj skhnh=j, ou0 xeiropoih/tou, tou=t' e1stin, ou0 tau/thj th=j kti/sewj, But now Christ has come as high priest of good things to come, through a greater and more perfect tabernacle, not made with hands, that is to say, not of this creation, more perfect: i.e. perfect for a higher sphere.
creation: AV differs somewhat (building).
Heb 9:12 ou0de\ di' ai3matoj tra&gwn kai\ mo/sxwn, dia_ de\ tou= i0di/ou ai3matoj ei0sh=lqen e0fa&pac ei0j ta_ a#gia, ai0wni/an lu/trwsin {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: eu9ra&menoj} [E1624: eu9ro/menoj]. and not through the blood of goats and calves, but it is through his own blood that he went into the sanctuary once and for all, having made himself an age-abiding redemption. eu9ra&menoj, having found / made himself (non-classical form), RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=11/12 vs. eu9ro/menoj, having found / made himself (classical form), E1624 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's e).
once and for all: see Heb 7:27.
made himself ← found for himself, but also made himself [LS].
Heb 9:13 Ei0 ga_r to\ ai[ma tau/rwn kai\ tra&gwn, kai\ spodo\j dama&lewj r(anti/zousa tou\j kekoinwme/nouj, a(gia&zei pro\j th\n th=j sarko\j kaqaro/thta, For if the blood of bulls and goats, and the ashes of a heifer, sprinkled on the defiled, sanctify for the purity of the flesh, Punctuation: our second comma is not as RP.
sanctify ← sanctifies, agreeing with one of the two singular subjects, the blood or the ashes.
Heb 9:14 po/sw% ma~llon to\ ai[ma tou= xristou=, o4j dia_ pneu/matoj ai0wni/ou e9auto\n prosh/negken a!mwmon tw%~ qew%~, kaqariei= th\n sunei/dhsin u9mw~n a)po\ nekrw~n e1rgwn, ei0j to\ latreu/ein qew%~ zw~nti; how much more will the blood of Christ, who through age-abiding spirit offered himself unblemished to God, purify your conscience from dead works, for you to serve the living God! We punctuate as an exclamation; RP P1904 TBS-TR as a question.
Heb 9:15 Kai\ dia_ tou=to diaqh/khj kainh=j mesi/thj e0sti/n, o3pwj, qana&tou genome/nou ei0j a)polu/trwsin tw~n e0pi\ th|= prw&th| diaqh/kh| paraba&sewn, th\n e0paggeli/an la&bwsin oi9 keklhme/noi th=j ai0wni/ou klhronomi/aj. And because of this he is the mediator of a new covenant, so that, his death having taken place as a ransom for the transgressions under the first covenant, those who have been called might receive the promise of the age-abiding inheritance.
Heb 9:16 873Opou ga_r diaqh/kh, qa&naton a)na&gkh fe/resqai tou= diaqeme/nou. For where there is a covenant, the death of the testator must necessarily be announced. be announced ← be brought, i.e. word be brought.
Heb 9:17 Diaqh/kh ga_r e0pi\ nekroi=j bebai/a, e0pei\ mh/pote i0sxu/ei o3te zh|= o9 diaqe/menoj. For a testament is applicable on the basis of the deceased, since it is never in force while the testator is alive, applicable ← firm.
deceased ← dead (plural).
Heb 9:18 873Oqen ou0d' h9 prw&th xwri\j ai3matoj e0gkekai/nistai. on which grounds the first covenant was not inaugurated without blood either. on which grounds ← whence.
Heb 9:19 Lalhqei/shj ga_r pa&shj e0ntolh=j kata_ {RP TR: - } [P1904: to\n] no/mon u9po\ Mwu+se/wj panti\ tw%~ law%~, labw_n to\ ai[ma tw~n mo/sxwn kai\ tra&gwn, meta_ u3datoj kai\ e0ri/ou kokki/nou kai\ u9ssw&pou, au0to/ te to\ bibli/on kai\ pa&nta to\n lao\n e0rra&ntisen, For when the whole body of commandments according to {RP TR: the} [P1904: the] law under Moses had been stated to all the people, he took the blood of the calves and goats with water and scarlet wool and hyssop, and he sprinkled both the book itself and the whole people, to\n, the: absent in RP TR F1859=10/12 vs. present in P1904 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's gk).
Heb 9:20 le/gwn, Tou=to to\ ai[ma th=j diaqh/khj h[j e0netei/lato pro\j u9ma~j o9 qeo/j. saying, “This is the blood of the covenant which God commanded you.” Ex 24:8.
Heb 9:21 Kai\ th\n skhnh\n de\ kai\ pa&nta ta_ skeu/h th=j leitourgi/aj tw%~ ai3mati o9moi/wj e0rra&ntisen. And he likewise sprinkled the tabernacle and all the equipment for the service with blood. with blood ← (rendered) by the blood.
Heb 9:22 Kai\ sxedo\n e0n ai3mati pa&nta kaqari/zetai kata_ to\n no/mon, kai\ xwri\j ai9matekxusi/aj ou0 gi/netai a!fesij. And almost everything is purified by blood according to the law, and without the shedding of blood forgiveness does not take place.
Heb 9:23 870Ana&gkh ou]n ta_ me\n u9podei/gmata tw~n e0n toi=j ou0ranoi=j, tou/toij kaqari/zesqai, au0ta_ de\ ta_ e0poura&nia krei/ttosin qusi/aij para_ tau/taj. So it was necessary that the figures of things in the heavens should be purified by these means, but the upper-heavenly things themselves by better sacrifices than these.
Heb 9:24 Ou0 ga_r ei0j xeiropoi/hta a#gia ei0sh=lqen o9 xristo/j, a)nti/tupa tw~n a)lhqinw~n, a)ll' ei0j au0to\n to\n ou0rano/n, nu=n e0mfanisqh=nai tw%~ prosw&pw% tou= qeou= u9pe\r h9mw~n: For Christ did not enter into a sanctuary made with hands, which is a prefiguration of the true one, but into heaven itself, to be exhibited now in the presence of God for our sakes. true one: i.e. true sanctuary (though plural in Greek, as sanctuary is plural).
Heb 9:25 ou0d' i3na polla&kij prosfe/rh| e9auto/n, w#sper o9 a)rxiereu\j ei0se/rxetai ei0j ta_ a#gia kat' e0niauto\n e0n ai3mati a)llotri/w%: And not in order to offer himself repeatedly, as when the high priest enters into the sanctuary each year with blood which is not his,
Heb 9:26 e0pei\ e1dei au0to\n polla&kij paqei=n a)po\ katabolh=j ko/smou: nu=n de\ a#pac e0pi\ suntelei/a% tw~n ai0w&nwn ei0j a)qe/thsin a(marti/aj dia_ th=j qusi/aj au0tou= pefane/rwtai. since then he would have had to suffer repeatedly since the overthrow of the world. But now he has been manifested once for the consummation of the ages to annul sin by the sacrifice of himself. overthrow: AV differs; see Matt 13:35.
Heb 9:27 Kai\ kaq' o3son a)po/keitai toi=j a)nqrw&poij a#pac a)poqanei=n, meta_ de\ tou=to kri/sij: And just as it is the destiny for men to die once, and after this the judgment,
Heb 9:28 ou3twj {RP P1904: kai\} [TR: - ] o9 xristo/j, a#pac prosenexqei\j ei0j to\ pollw~n a)nenegkei=n a(marti/aj, e0k deute/rou xwri\j a(marti/aj o0fqh/setai toi=j au0to\n a)pekdexome/noij, ei0j swthri/an. so {RP P1904: too} [TR: - ] Christ, having been offered once in order to take upon himself the sins of many, will appear a second time without sin to those who eagerly await him for salvation. kai\, also: present in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's b).
take upon himself ← bring up, but also take upon himself [LS].
Heb 10:1 Skia_n ga_r e1xwn o9 no/moj tw~n mello/ntwn a)gaqw~n, ou0k au0th\n th\n ei0ko/na tw~n pragma&twn, kat' e0niauto\n tai=j au0tai=j qusi/aij a$j prosfe/rousin ei0j to\ dihneke/j, ou0de/pote {RP: du/nantai} [P1904 TR: du/natai] tou\j proserxome/nouj teleiw~sai. For {RP: seeing that the law has a shadow of the good things to come, but not the image itself of the things, they} [P1904 TR: the law, having a shadow of the good things to come, but not being the image itself of the things,] can never – with the same sacrifices which they offer every year perpetually – perfect those who draw near. du/nantai, they (the same sacrifices) can (not), RP F1859=8/16 (incl. a**) vs. du/natai, it (the law) can (not), P1904 TR F1859=7/16 (incl. b**l**) vs. word absent, F1859=1/16 (Scrivener's k). A weak disparity with RP, R=8:9. AV differs textually.
{RP: seeing that: causal use of the participle.}
Heb 10:2 870Epei\ {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: ou0k} [E1624: - ] a@n e0pau/santo prosfero/menai, dia_ to\ mhdemi/an e1xein e1ti sunei/dhsin a(martiw~n tou\j latreu/ontaj, a#pac kekaqarme/nouj; For in that case, {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: would they not} [E1624: they would have] have stopped being offered, because the ministers would not have any consciousness of sins any more, having been purified that one time {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: ?} [E1624: .] ou0k, not: present in RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=11/13 vs. absent in E1624 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ac). Given the context, the presence of the negative makes the sentence interrogative.
Heb 10:3 870All' e0n au0tai=j a)na&mnhsij a(martiw~n kat' e0niauto/n: But by those sacrifices there is a reminder of sins every year. those sacrifices ← them.
Heb 10:4 a)du/naton ga_r ai[ma tau/rwn kai\ tra&gwn a)fairei=n a(marti/aj. For it is impossible for the blood of bulls and goats to remove sins,
Heb 10:5 Dio\ ei0serxo/menoj ei0j to\n ko/smon le/gei, Qusi/an kai\ prosfora_n ou0k h0qe/lhsaj, sw~ma de\ kathrti/sw moi: which is why, on coming into the world, he says,

“You did not desire sacrifice and offering,

But you have prepared a body for me.

 Ps 40:7MT (Ps 40:6AV).
which is why ← on account of which.
Heb 10:6 o9lokautw&mata kai\ peri\ a(marti/aj ou0k eu0do/khsaj:

You did not take pleasure in burnt offerings and sin-offerings.

 Ps 40:7MT (Ps 40:6AV).
Heb 10:7 to/te ei]pon, 870Idou/, h3kw - e0n kefali/di bibli/ou ge/graptai peri\ e0mou= - tou= poih=sai, o9 qeo/j, to\ qe/lhma& sou.

Then I said,

‘Behold, I have come

– In the scroll of the book it stands written concerning me –

To do your will, O God.’ ”

 Ps 40:8MT (Ps 40:7AV).
scroll: or chapter. The Hebrew reads scroll (מְגִלָּה).
Heb 10:8 870Anw&teron le/gwn o3ti Qusi/an kai\ prosfora_n kai\ o9lokautw&mata kai\ peri\ a(marti/aj ou0k h0qe/lhsaj, ou0de\ eu0do/khsaj - ai3tinej kata_ to\n no/mon prosfe/rontai - Having said above,

“You did not desire or take pleasure in sacrifice and offering

And burnt offerings and offerings for sin”

– which are offered according to the law – 		Ps 40:7MT (Ps 40:6AV).
having said ← saying.
Heb 10:9 to/te ei1rhken, 870Idou/, h3kw tou= poih=sai, o9 qeo/j, to\ qe/lhma& sou. 870Anairei= to\ prw~ton, i3na to\ deu/teron sth/sh|. he then said,

“Behold, I have come to do your will,

O God.”

So he removes the first in order to establish the second. 		Ps 40:8MT (Ps 40:7AV), Ps 40:9MT (Ps 40:8AV).
Heb 10:10 870En w%{ qelh/mati h9giasme/noi e0sme/n, {RP S1550: oi9} [P1904 E1624 S1894: - ] dia_ th=j prosfora~j tou= sw&matoj {RP: - } [P1904 TR: tou=] 870Ihsou= xristou= e0fa&pac. And by this will we have been sanctified {RP S1550: , we who are so} [P1904 E1624 S1894: - ] through the offering of the body of Jesus Christ once and for all. oi9, the, those who (through the offering): present in RP S1550 F1859=12/14 (incl. c(tacite)) vs. absent in P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=2/14 (Scrivener's a*k).
tou=, the (Jesus Christ): absent in RP F1859=13/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=0/13. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
once and for all: see Heb 7:27.
Heb 10:11 Kai\ pa~j me\n i9ereu\j e3sthken kaq' h9me/ran leitourgw~n, kai\ ta_j au0ta_j polla&kij prosfe/rwn qusi/aj, ai3tinej ou0de/pote du/nantai perielei=n a(marti/aj: Also, every priest stands every day ministering and repeatedly offering the same sacrifices, which can never remove sins,
Heb 10:12 au0to\j de\ mi/an u9pe\r a(martiw~n prosene/gkaj qusi/an ei0j to\ dihneke/j, e0ka&qisen e0n decia%~ tou= qeou=, but he offered one sacrifice for sins and sat down at the right hand of God uninterruptedly, Punctuation: we translate as for a comma before ei0j to\ dihneke/j, uninterruptedly, continuously, so associating it with Christ's sitting down. The context is the contrast to priests who could never sit down for long. RP TBS-TR, by placing the comma after ei0j to\ dihneke/j, associate it with offering one sacrifice for sins, which ↴
Heb 10:13 to\ loipo\n e0kdexo/menoj e3wj teqw~sin oi9 e0xqroi\ au0tou= u9popo/dion tw~n podw~n au0tou=. from then on waiting until his enemies are made his footstool. ↳ would require translating ei0j to\ dihneke/j by e.g. for perpetuity, which is possible – compare Heb 7:3. P1904 does not ↴
from then on ← (with respect to) the rest.
his footstool ← a footstool of his feet.
Heb 10:14 Mia%~ ga_r prosfora%~ tetelei/wken ei0j to\ dihneke\j tou\j a(giazome/nouj. For by one offering he has made those who are being sanctified perfect perpetually. ↳ use a comma. Agreeing with us are the Bishop's Bible of 1568 and the 1638 edition of the AV, but not the 1611 edition of the AV, so AV differs. See [CB].
Heb 10:15 Marturei= de\ h9mi=n kai\ to\ pneu=ma to\ a#gion: meta_ ga_r to\ proeirhke/nai, And the holy spirit also witnesses to us, for this is after saying beforehand, saying ← having said, which would be pleonastic in English following the word “after”.
Heb 10:16 Au3th h9 diaqh/kh h4n diaqh/somai pro\j au0tou\j meta_ ta_j h9me/raj e0kei/naj, le/gei ku/rioj, didou\j no/mouj mou e0pi\ kardi/aj au0tw~n, kai\ e0pi\ tw~n dianoiw~n au0tw~n e0pigra&yw au0tou/j: “This is the covenant which I will make with them after those days”, says the Lord: “I will put my laws in their hearts, and I will write them in their minds, Jer 31:33.
I will put: see Heb 8:10.
Heb 10:17 kai\ tw~n a(martiw~n au0tw~n kai\ tw~n a)nomiw~n au0tw~n ou0 mh\ mnhsqw~ e1ti. and I will no longer remember their sins and their lawless deeds at all.” Jer 31:34.
Heb 10:18 873Opou de\ a!fesij tou/twn, ou0ke/ti prosfora_ peri\ a(marti/aj. Now where there is forgiveness of these, there is no longer offering for sin.
Heb 10:19 871Exontej ou]n, a)delfoi/, parrhsi/an ei0j th\n ei1sodon tw~n a(gi/wn e0n tw%~ ai3mati {RP TR: - } [P1904: tou=] 870Ihsou=, So, brothers, considering we have confidence to enter into the sanctuary by the blood of Jesus, tou=, the (Jesus): absent in RP TR F1859=13/14 vs. present in P1904 F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's z).
considering: causal use of the participle.
to enter ← to the entrance.
Heb 10:20 h4n e0nekai/nisen h9mi=n o9do\n pro/sfaton kai\ zw~san, dia_ tou= katapeta&smatoj, tou=t' e1stin, th=j sarko\j au0tou=, through an entrance which he inaugurated for us as a fresh and living way, through the veil, that is, through his flesh, through an entrance: the relative pronoun could alternatively theoretically refer back to confidence, or forward to fresh and living way.
Heb 10:21 kai\ i9ere/a me/gan e0pi\ to\n oi]kon tou= qeou=, and considering we have a great priest over the house of God, great priest: not the term used for high priest, though the AV translates that way. So AV differs somewhat.
Heb 10:22 proserxw&meqa meta_ a)lhqinh=j kardi/aj e0n plhrofori/a% pi/stewj, e0rrantisme/noi ta_j kardi/aj a)po\ suneidh/sewj ponhra~j, kai\ leloume/noi to\ sw~ma u3dati kaqarw%~: let us approach with a true heart in full assurance of faith, having been sprinkled in respect of the heart from a guilty conscience and washed as regards the body in pure water. the heart ← the hearts.
guilty ← bad, to accord with English idiom.
Heb 10:23 kate/xwmen th\n o9mologi/an th=j e0lpi/doj a)klinh=, pisto\j ga_r o9 e0paggeila&menoj: Let us hold on to the confession of our hope unwaveringly, for he who promised is faithful. hope: AV differs, reading faith, but none of our editions or Scrivener's manuscripts reads the Greek word for of faith, pi/stewj, which occurs in the previous verse.
Heb 10:24 kai\ katanow~men a)llh/louj ei0j parocusmo\n a)ga&phj kai\ kalw~n e1rgwn, And let us take notice of one another as a stimulus to love and good works,
Heb 10:25 mh\ e0gkatalei/pontej th\n e0pisunagwgh\n e9autw~n, kaqw_j e1qoj tisi/n, a)lla_ parakalou=ntej, kai\ tosou/tw% ma~llon, o3sw% ble/pete e0ggi/zousan th\n h9me/ran. not abandoning our own episynagogue gathering, as is the custom of some, but encouraging each other, and all the more so as you see the day approaching. episynagogue gathering ← episynagogue, an elevated derivative of the word for synagogue, appropriate to the addressees of this epistle: the Hebrews.
all the more ← by so much more.
Heb 10:26 879Ekousi/wj ga_r a(martano/ntwn h9mw~n meta_ to\ labei=n th\n e0pi/gnwsin th=j a)lhqei/aj, ou0ke/ti peri\ a(martiw~n a)polei/petai qusi/a, For if we deliberately sin after receiving knowledge of the truth, there no longer remains a sacrifice for sins, if: conditional use of the participle.
knowledge: or acknowledgment.
Heb 10:27 fobera_ de/ tij e0kdoxh\ kri/sewj, kai\ puro\j zh=loj e0sqi/ein me/llontoj tou\j u9penanti/ouj. but a certain fearful expectation of judgment and a zealous fire which is about to devour those who are in opposition. zealous fire ← zeal of fire, a reverse Hebraic genitive, with the nomen regens as the adjective. Compare Eph 6:12, Heb 11:34.
Heb 10:28 870Aqeth/saj tij no/mon {RP-text P1904: Mwu+se/wj} [RP-marg TR: Mwse/wj] xwri\j oi0ktirmw~n e0pi\ dusi\n h2 trisi\n ma&rtusin a)poqnh|/skei: Anyone who lays aside the law of Moses on the testimony of two or three witnesses dies without mercy. Mwu+se/wj, Moüses, RP-text P1904 F1859=5/14 (Scrivener's demno) vs. Mwse/wj, Moses, RP-marg TR F1859=6/14 (Scrivener's abcgkz) vs. Mwu+se/oj, Moses, F1859=3/14 (Scrivener's fhl). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=6:7.
lays aside ← has laid aside.
Heb 10:29 po/sw%, dokei=te, xei/ronoj a)ciwqh/setai timwri/aj o9 to\n ui9o\n tou= qeou= katapath/saj, kai\ to\ ai[ma th=j diaqh/khj koino\n h9ghsa&menoj e0n w%{ h9gia&sqh, kai\ to\ pneu=ma th=j xa&ritoj e0nubri/saj; Of how much worse punishment do you think he who tramples on the son of God will be considered worthy, and who considers profane the blood of the covenant in which he was sanctified, and who insults the spirit of grace? tramples ← trampled. See Matt 23:20.
considers ← considered. See Matt 23:20.
insults ← insulted. See Matt 23:20.
Heb 10:30 Oi1damen ga_r to\n ei0po/nta, 870Emoi\ e0kdi/khsij, e0gw_ a)ntapodw&sw, le/gei ku/rioj: kai\ pa&lin, ku/rioj krinei= to\n lao\n au0tou=. For we know him who has said, “Vengeance is mine, I will repay”, says the Lord, and again, “The Lord will judge his people.” Deut 32:35, Deut 32:36.
Heb 10:31 Fobero\n to\ e0mpesei=n ei0j xei=raj qeou= zw~ntoj. It is a fearful matter to fall into the hands of the living God.
Heb 10:32 870Anamimnh|/skesqe de\ ta_j pro/teron h9me/raj, e0n ai[j fwtisqe/ntej pollh\n a!qlhsin u9pemei/nate paqhma&twn: But remember the former days, in which you were enlightened and endured a great struggle full of sufferings.
Heb 10:33 tou=to me/n, o0neidismoi=j te kai\ qli/yesin qeatrizo/menoi: tou=to de/, koinwnoi\ tw~n ou3twj a)nastrefome/nwn genhqe/ntej. Sometimes you were made a gazing stock with reproaches and afflictions, whereas at other times you made common cause with those who had that mode of life. made common cause with ← became in common with.
who had that mode of life ← (who) having lived / having conducted themselves thus, i.e. (who) endured a struggle and suffered.
Heb 10:34 Kai\ ga_r toi=j desmoi=j mou sunepaqh/sate, kai\ th\n a(rpagh\n tw~n u9parxo/ntwn u9mw~n meta_ xara~j prosede/casqe, ginw&skontej e1xein {RP: - } [P1904 TR: e0n] e9autoi=j krei/ttona u3parcin e0n ou0ranoi=j kai\ me/nousan. For indeed you sympathized with my bonds, and you accepted the confiscation of your property with joy, knowing that you have {RP: for} [P1904 TR: among] yourselves better and permanent property in the heavens. e0n, in: absent in RP F1859=9/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's degk).
Heb 10:35 Mh\ a)poba&lhte ou]n th\n parrhsi/an u9mw~n, h3tij e1xei misqapodosi/an mega&lhn. So do not discard your confidence, which has a great reward.
Heb 10:36 879Upomonh=j ga_r e1xete xrei/an, i3na to\ qe/lhma tou= qeou= poih/santej komi/shsqe th\n e0paggeli/an. For you need patience, in order that when you have done the will of God, you receive the promise.
Heb 10:37 871Eti ga_r mikro\n o3son o3son, 879O e0rxo/menoj h3cei, kai\ ou0 xroniei=. For in just a very little while he who is to come will come and will not delay. Dan 7:13, Hagg 2:7, Hab 2:3.
is to come ← is coming.
Heb 10:38 879O de\ di/kaioj e0k pi/stewj zh/setai: kai\ e0a_n u9postei/lhtai, ou0k eu0dokei= h9 yuxh/ mou e0n au0tw%~. And the righteous shall live by faith, but if he draws back, my being shall not be pleased with him. Hab 2:4.
being ← soul.
Heb 10:39 879Hmei=j de\ ou0k e0sme\n u9postolh=j ei0j a)pw&leian, a)lla_ pi/stewj ei0j peripoi/hsin yuxh=j. But we are not ones to draw back leading to loss, but we are of faith, leading to the preservation of one's being. to draw back ← of drawing back.
loss: see John 3:16.
one's being ← soul.
Heb 11:1 871Estin de\ pi/stij e0lpizome/nwn u9po/stasij, pragma&twn e1legxoj ou0 blepome/nwn. Now faith is the entitlement to things hoped for, the conviction of matters not seen. conviction: i.e. being convinced (not condemnation). Perhaps here a claim.
Heb 11:2 870En tau/th| ga_r e0marturh/qhsan oi9 presbu/teroi. For by it the elders were attested to. it ← this.
Heb 11:3 Pi/stei noou=men kathrti/sqai tou\j ai0w~naj r(h/mati qeou=, ei0j to\ mh\ e0k fainome/nwn ta_ blepo/mena gegone/nai. By faith we understand that the ages have been arranged by the word of God, in such a way that the things seen did not come about from things appearing automatically. arranged: or rearranged. On the making of the ages, compare Heb 1:2.
Heb 11:4 Pi/stei plei/ona qusi/an 871Abel para_ Ka&i+n prosh/negken tw%~ qew%~, di' h[j e0marturh/qh ei]nai di/kaioj, marturou=ntoj e0pi\ toi=j dw&roij au0tou= tou= qeou=: kai\ di' au0th=j a)poqanw_n e1ti {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: lalei=tai} [S1894: lalei=]. By faith Abel offered a greater sacrifice to God than Cain, through which he was attested to be righteous, God himself testifying about his gifts, and through it, although he has died, {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: he is still adduced} [S1894: he still speaks]. lalei=tai, is spoken of, RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=12/14 vs. lalei=, speaks, S1894 F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's a**) vs. another reading, F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's o). AV differs textually, following S1894.
himself ... his: either, but not both, of these words could come from the one occurrence of au0tou=. AV differs from our choice, not having “himself”.
although: concessive use of the participle.
Heb 11:5 Pi/stei 879Enw_x metete/qh tou= mh\ i0dei=n qa&naton, kai\ ou0x eu9ri/sketo, dio/ti mete/qhken au0to\n o9 qeo/j: pro\ ga_r th=j metaqe/sewj au0tou= memartu/rhtai eu0hresthke/nai tw%~ qew%~: By faith Enoch was translated so as not to see death, and he was not found anywhere, because God had translated him. After all, before his translation he had been attested to have pleased God.
Heb 11:6 xwri\j de\ pi/stewj a)du/naton eu0aresth=sai: pisteu=sai ga_r {RP P1904c TR: dei=} [P1904u: dh\] to\n proserxo/menon tw%~ qew%~, o3ti e1stin, kai\ toi=j e0kzhtou=sin au0to\n misqapodo/thj gi/netai. But without faith, it is impossible to please him. For he who approaches God must believe that he exists and that he is a rewarder of those who seek him out. is ← becomes.
Heb 11:7 Pi/stei xrhmatisqei\j Nw~e peri\ tw~n mhde/pw blepome/nwn, eu0labhqei\j kateskeu/asen kibwto\n ei0j swthri/an tou= oi1kou au0tou=: di' h[j kate/krinen to\n ko/smon, kai\ th=j kata_ pi/stin dikaiosu/nhj e0ge/neto klhrono/moj. By faith Noah, having been oracularly warned about things not yet seen, took devout heed and prepared an ark for the safety of his household, by which he condemned the world and became an heir to righteousness which is by faith.
Heb 11:8 Pi/stei kalou/menoj 870Abraa_m u9ph/kousen e0celqei=n ei0j to\n to/pon o4n {RP TR: h1mellen} [P1904: e1mellen] lamba&nein ei0j klhronomi/an, kai\ e0ch=lqen mh\ e0pista&menoj pou= e1rxetai. By faith Abraham, when he was called, obeyed in going out to the place which he was to receive as an inheritance, and he went out not knowing where he was going. h1melle¨n©, he was going to (1), RP TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's dhlmno) vs. e1melle¨n©, he was going to (2), P1904 F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's abcefgk). A weak disparity with RP, R=7:8, all the more of a disparity with the weaker manuscripts on the side of RP (hm weak?).
Heb 11:9 Pi/stei parw%&khsen ei0j {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: th\n] gh=n th=j e0paggeli/aj, w(j a)llotri/an, e0n skhnai=j katoikh/saj meta_ 870Isaa_k kai\ 870Iakw&b, tw~n sugklhrono/mwn th=j e0paggeli/aj th=j au0th=j: By faith he lived as an emigrant in {RP-text: the} [RP-marg P1904 TR: the] land of the promise as in a foreign land, living in tents with Isaac and Jacob, the fellow heirs of the same promise. th\n, the: absent in RP-text F1859=8/15 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=7/15 (Scrivener's a**b**flmno). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=8:9.
living ← having lived. See Matt 23:20.
Heb 11:10 e0cede/xeto ga_r th\n tou\j qemeli/ouj e1xousan po/lin, h[j texni/thj kai\ dhmiourgo\j o9 qeo/j. For he was waiting for the city which has foundations, whose architect and craftsman is God. whose architect and craftsman is God ← of which God is the architect and craftsman, observing what is strictly subject and complement.
Heb 11:11 Pi/stei kai\ au0th\ Sa&rra du/namin ei0j katabolh\n spe/rmatoj e1laben, kai\ para_ kairo\n h9liki/aj e1teken, e0pei\ pisto\n h9gh/sato to\n e0paggeila&menon. By faith Sarah herself also received power to conceive seed, and when past the prime of life she gave birth, because she considered him who made the promise faithful, conceive: classically, the cognate verb is used of sowing seed by throwing it down.
Heb 11:12 Dio\ kai\ a)f' e9no\j e0gennh/qhsan, kai\ tau=ta nenekrwme/nou, kaqw_j ta_ a!stra tou= ou0ranou= tw%~ plh/qei, kai\ {RP P1904: w(j} [TR: w(sei\] {RP P1904: h9} [TR: - ] a!mmoj h9 para_ to\ xei=loj th=j qala&sshj h9 a)nari/qmhtoj. which is also why there were begotten from one – who was in these respects considered dead – as many as the stars of the sky in abundance and as {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] sand of the sea-shore which is uncountable. w(j, as (1), RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. w(sei\, as (2), TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's c).
h9, the (sand): present in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's c).
Gen 15:5, Gen 22:17, Gen 26:4, Ex 32:13.
which is also why ← on account of which also.
Heb 11:13 Kata_ pi/stin a)pe/qanon ou[toi pa&ntej, mh\ labo/ntej ta_j e0paggeli/aj, a)lla_ po/rrwqen au0ta_j i0do/ntej, {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\ peisqe/ntej,] kai\ a)spasa&menoi, kai\ o9mologh/santej o3ti ce/noi kai\ parepi/dhmoi/ ei0sin e0pi\ th=j gh=j. In faith these all died, not having received the promises, but having seen them from afar, {RP P1904: - } [TR: and having been persuaded of them,] and having embraced them, and they confessed that they were foreigners and outsiders on the earth. kai\ peisqe/ntej, and having been persuaded: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. present in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's c). AV differs textually.
Gen 23:4, Ex 2:22, Ps 39:13MT (Ps 39:12AV), 1 Chr 29:15.
Heb 11:14 Oi9 ga_r toiau=ta le/gontej e0mfani/zousin o3ti patri/da e0pizhtou=sin. For those who say such things make it plain that they seek a homeland.
Heb 11:15 Kai\ ei0 me\n e0kei/nhj e0mnhmo/neuon a)f' h[j e0ch=lqon, ei]xon a@n kairo\n a)naka&myai. And if they had kept thinking back to where they had come out from, they would have had an opportunity to turn back. kept thinking back: iterative imperfect, overriding the present timeframe of an unreal condition.
where ← that (place) from which.
Heb 11:16 {RP P1904: Nu=n} [TR: Nuni\] de\ krei/ttonoj o0re/gontai, tou=t' e1stin, e0pourani/ou: dio\ ou0k e0paisxu/netai au0tou\j o9 qeo/j, qeo\j e0pikalei=sqai au0tw~n: h9toi/masen ga_r au0toi=j po/lin. But as it is, they aspire to a better homeland, that is to say, an upper-heavenly one. For that reason God is not ashamed of them to be called their God, for he has prepared a city for them. nu=n, now (1), RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. nuni\, now (2), TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's deg).
as it is ← now.
Heb 11:17 Pi/stei prosenh/noxen 870Abraa_m to\n 870Isaa_k peirazo/menoj, kai\ to\n monogenh= prose/feren o9 ta_j e0paggeli/aj a)nadeca&menoj, By faith Abraham offered Isaac when he was tested, and having received the promises, he was in the process of offering his only-begotten son, offered ← has offered, perhaps conveying the notion of stands as having offered, but the perfect for the aorist occurs elsewhere in this epistle (e.g. Heb 7:6, Heb 10:9, Heb 11:28).
in the process of offering: imperfect tense, with a flavour of the conative imperfect was trying to offer, or was ready to offer. Abraham had already drawn the knife, Gen 22:10.
Heb 11:18 pro\j o4n e0lalh/qh, o3ti 870En 870Isaa_k klhqh/setai/ soi spe/rma: to whom it had been said, “Your seed will be called in the line of Isaac.” Gen 21:12.
called: i.e. acknowledged.
Heb 11:19 logisa&menoj o3ti kai\ e0k nekrw~n e0gei/rein dunato\j o9 qeo/j: o3qen au0to\n kai\ e0n parabolh|= e0komi/sato. And he had considered that God was able even to raise him from the dead, from where he duly got him back in a symbolic way. duly ← also.
back: this comes from the middle voice in e0komi/sato.
Heb 11:20 Pi/stei peri\ mello/ntwn eu0lo/ghsen 870Isaa_k to\n 870Iakw_b kai\ to\n 870Hsau=. By faith Isaac blessed Jacob and Esau concerning things to come.
Heb 11:21 Pi/stei 870Iakw_b a)poqnh|/skwn e3kaston tw~n ui9w~n 870Iwsh\f eu0lo/ghsen, kai\ proseku/nhsen e0pi\ to\ a!kron th=j r(a&bdou au0tou=. By faith Jacob, when dying, blessed each of the sons of Joseph and worshipped leaning on the top of his staff.
Heb 11:22 Pi/stei 870Iwsh\f teleutw~n peri\ th=j e0co/dou tw~n ui9w~n 870Israh\l e0mnhmo/neusen, kai\ peri\ tw~n o0ste/wn au0tou= e0netei/lato. By faith Joseph, when dying, made mention of the exodus of the sons of Israel and gave commandment concerning his bones.
Heb 11:23 Pi/stei {RP P1904: Mwu+sh=j} [TR: Mwsh=j] gennhqei\j e0kru/bh tri/mhnon u9po\ tw~n pate/rwn au0tou=, dio/ti ei]don a)stei=on to\ paidi/on: kai\ ou0k e0fobh/qhsan to\ dia&tagma tou= basile/wj. By faith when he was born, Moses was hidden for three months by his parents, because they saw that the child was good-looking, and they did not fear the king's edict. Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. Mwsh=j, Moses, TR F1859=0/13.
parents ← fathers.
good-looking ← town-bred or fair, as in Acts 7:20. AV differs, to modern ears at least (proper).
Heb 11:24 Pi/stei {RP P1904: Mwu+sh=j} [TR: Mwsh=j] me/gaj geno/menoj h0rnh/sato le/gesqai ui9o\j qugatro\j Faraw&, By faith Moses, when he had grown up, refused to be called the son of Pharaoh's daughter, Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. Mwsh=j, Moses, TR F1859=0/13.
grown up: or become great.
Heb 11:25 ma~llon e9lo/menoj sugkakouxei=sqai tw%~ law%~ tou= qeou= h2 pro/skairon e1xein a(marti/aj a)po/lausin: choosing rather to be ill-treated with the people of God than to have short-lived enjoyment of sin, choosing ← having chosen. See Matt 23:20.
Heb 11:26 mei/zona plou=ton h9ghsa&menoj tw~n {RP P1904: Ai0gu/ptou} [TR: e0n Ai0gu/ptw%] qhsaurw~n to\n o0neidismo\n tou= xristou=: a)pe/blepen ga_r ei0j th\n misqapodosi/an. considering the reproach of Christ greater wealth than the treasures {RP P1904: of} [TR: in] Egypt, for he had the reward in view. Ai0gu/ptou, of Egypt, RP P1904 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's efhn) vs. e0n Ai0gu/ptw%, in Egypt, TR F1859=9/13 (incl. Ai9-, kmo). A disparity with RP, R=5:10.
considering ← having considered. See Matt 23:20.
Heb 11:27 Pi/stei kate/lipen Ai1gupton, mh\ fobhqei\j to\n qumo\n tou= basile/wj: to\n ga_r a)o/raton w(j o9rw~n e0karte/rhsen. By faith he left Egypt, not fearing the anger of the king, for he was steadfast in the invisible one as if seeing him. fearing ← having feared. See Matt 23:20.
Heb 11:28 Pi/stei pepoi/hken to\ Pa&sxa kai\ th\n pro/sxusin tou= ai3matoj, i3na mh\ o9 o0loqreu/wn ta_ prwto/toka qi/gh| au0tw~n. By faith he kept the Passover and the pouring of blood, so that the destroyer of the firstborn should not touch them.
Heb 11:29 Pi/stei die/bhsan th\n 870Eruqra_n qa&lassan w(j dia_ chra~j: h[j pei=ran labo/ntej oi9 Ai0gu/ptioi katepo/qhsan. By faith they crossed the Red Sea as if crossing on dry land, but when the Egyptians tried it, they were swallowed up.
Heb 11:30 Pi/stei ta_ tei/xh 870Ierixw_ e1pesen, kuklwqe/nta e0pi\ e9pta_ h9me/raj. By faith the walls of Jericho fell after they had been surrounded for seven days.
Heb 11:31 Pi/stei 879Raa_b h9 po/rnh ou0 sunapw&leto toi=j a)peiqh/sasin, decame/nh tou\j katasko/pouj met' ei0rh/nhj. By faith Rahab the prostitute did not perish with those who disbelieved, because she received the spies in peace. because: causal use of the participle.
Heb 11:32 Kai\ ti/ e1ti le/gw; 870Epilei/yei ga&r me dihgou/menon o9 xro/noj peri\ Gedew&n, Bara&k te kai\ Samyw_n kai\ 870Iefqa&e, {RP P1904: Daui/d} [TR: Dabi/d] te kai\ Samouh\l kai\ tw~n profhtw~n: And what more can I say? For time is insufficient for me to go into detail about Gideon, Barak and Samson and Jephthah, David and Samuel and the prophets, David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1.
is insufficient ← will fail.
Jephthah: Greek Iephthaé.
Heb 11:33 oi4 dia_ pi/stewj kathgwni/santo basilei/aj, ei0rga&santo dikaiosu/nhn, e0pe/tuxon e0paggeliw~n, e1fracan sto/mata leo/ntwn, who through faith prevailed over kingdoms, practised righteousness, attained promises; stopped up the mouths of lions. stopped up ← fenced in.
Heb 11:34 e1sbesan du/namin puro/j, e1fugon sto/mata maxai/raj, e0nedunamw&qhsan a)po\ a)sqenei/aj, e0genh/qhsan i0sxuroi\ e0n pole/mw%, parembola_j e1klinan a)llotri/wn. They quenched powerful fire, they escaped the blade of the sword, they were strengthened in weakness, they became strong in battle; they made foreigners' encampments give way. powerful fire ← power of fire. A reverse Hebraic genitive, with the nomen regens as the adjective. Compare Eph 6:12, Heb 10:27.
escaped ← fled.
in weakness ← from weakness.
Heb 11:35 871Elabon gunai=kej e0c a)nasta&sewj tou\j nekrou\j au0tw~n: a!lloi de\ e0tumpani/sqhsan, ou0 prosdeca&menoi th\n a)polu/trwsin, i3na krei/ttonoj a)nasta&sewj tu/xwsin: Women received their dead back by resurrection; others were beaten to death but did not accept deliverance, in order that they might attain to a better resurrection, by ← out of, but instrumental as in Heb 10:38, Matt 1:3, Rev 2:11, Rev 9:2.
beaten to death: perhaps not always to death, but so [LS].
Heb 11:36 e3teroi de\ e0mpaigmw~n kai\ masti/gwn pei=ran e1labon, e1ti de\ desmw~n kai\ fulakh=j: whereas others received a trial of jeerings and lashes of the whip, even of bonds and imprisonment.
Heb 11:37 e0liqa&sqhsan, e0pri/sqhsan, e0peira&sqhsan, e0n fo/nw% maxai/raj a)pe/qanon: perih=lqon e0n mhlwtai=j, e0n ai0gei/oij de/rmasin, u9sterou/menoi, qlibo/menoi, kakouxou/menoi - They were stoned, they were sawn apart, they underwent trials, they died in cases of murder by the sword; they went about in sheepskins, in goatskins, destitute, afflicted, ill-treated –
Heb 11:38 w{n ou0k h]n a!cioj o9 ko/smoj - e0n e0rhmi/aij planw&menoi kai\ o1resin kai\ sphlai/oij kai\ tai=j o0pai=j th=j gh=j. of whom the world was not worthy – wandering in desert places and mountains and caves and the crevices of the world.
Heb 11:39 Kai\ ou[toi pa&ntej, marturhqe/ntej dia_ th=j pi/stewj, ou0k e0komi/santo th\n e0paggeli/an, And these were all attested to through their faith, but they did not receive the promise,
Heb 11:40 tou= qeou= peri\ h9mw~n krei=tto/n ti probleyame/nou, i3na mh\ xwri\j h9mw~n teleiwqw~sin. God having provided something better for us in order that they should not be brought to perfection without us.
Heb 12:1 Toigarou=n kai\ h9mei=j, tosou=ton e1xontej perikei/menon h9mi=n ne/foj martu/rwn, o1gkon a)poqe/menoi pa&nta kai\ th\n eu0peri/staton a(marti/an, di' u9pomonh=j tre/xwmen to\n prokei/menon h9mi=n a)gw~na, Consequently, as regards us too, having such a great cloud of witnesses surrounding us, let us dispose of every burden and of sin which easily besets us and run with patience the race which lies ahead of us, let us dispose of: cohortative use of the participle.
race ← contest, struggle.
Heb 12:2 a)forw~ntej ei0j to\n th=j pi/stewj a)rxhgo\n kai\ teleiwth\n 870Ihsou=n, o3j, a)nti\ th=j prokeime/nhj au0tw%~ xara~j, u9pe/meinen stauro/n, ai0sxu/nhj katafronh/saj, e0n decia%~ te tou= qro/nou tou= qeou= {RP P1904: keka&qiken} [TR: eka&qisen]. turning our sights to the originator and finisher of faith, Jesus, who over against the joy which lay ahead of him, endured the cross, despising the shame, and who {RP P1904: has sat down} [TR: sat down] at the right hand of the throne of God. keka&qiken, has sat down, RP P1904 F1859=12/12 (incl. 3 misspelled) vs. eka&qisen, sat down, TR F1859=0/12.
turning ← turning away.
despising ← having despised. See Matt 23:20.
Heb 12:3 870Analogi/sasqe ga_r to\n toiau/thn u9pomemenhko/ta u9po\ tw~n a(martwlw~n ei0j au0to\n a)ntilogi/an, i3na mh\ ka&mhte tai=j yuxai=j u9mw~n e0kluo/menoi. For consider him who has endured such opposition towards himself by sinners, so that you do not flag and become faint-hearted. faint-hearted ← faint in your souls.
Heb 12:4 Ou1pw me/xri ai3matoj a)ntikate/sthte pro\j th\n a(marti/an a)ntagwnizo/menoi: You have not yet resisted to the point of shedding your blood in struggling against sin.
Heb 12:5 kai\ e0kle/lhsqe th=j paraklh/sewj, h3tij u9mi=n w(j ui9oi=j diale/getai, Ui9e/ mou, mh\ o0ligw&rei paidei/aj kuri/ou, mhde\ e0klu/ou u9p' au0tou= e0legxo/menoj: And you have completely forgotten the exhortation which treats you as sons,

“My son, do not make light of the discipline of the Lord,

Nor lose heart when you are reproved by him.

 Prov 3:11.
treats ← discusses, argues with.
Heb 12:6 o4n ga_r a)gapa%~ ku/rioj paideu/ei: mastigoi= de\ pa&nta ui9o\n o4n parade/xetai.

For whom the Lord loves,

He disciplines,

And he scourges every son whom he receives.”

 Prov 3:12, adapted.
Heb 12:7 {RP-text: Ei0j} [RP-marg P1904 TR: Ei0] paidei/an u9pome/nete, w(j ui9oi=j u9mi=n prosfe/retai o9 qeo/j: ti/j ga&r e0stin ui9o\j o4n ou0 paideu/ei path/r; {RP-text: Be patient in being disciplined when} [RP-marg P1904 TR: If you are patient in being disciplined, then] God deals with you as with sons, for what kind of a son is it whom the father does not discipline? ei0j, in, for, RP-text F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's l*mo) vs. ei0, if, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=10/13 (Scrivener's abcdefghkl**). A strong disparity with RP-text, R=3:12.
being disciplined (2x) ← discipline.
Heb 12:8 Ei0 de\ xwri/j e0ste paidei/aj, h[j me/toxoi gego/nasin pa&ntej, a!ra no/qoi e0ste\ kai\ ou0x ui9oi/. For if you were to be without discipline, of which you have all become partakers, you would then be illegitimate children and not sons. were to be ← are, but this is clearly a hypothetical condition.
you would then be ← you are. With different accentuation (a}ra, as in Luke 18:8), this would read would you not be ...?
Heb 12:9 Ei]ta tou\j me\n th=j sarko\j h9mw~n pate/raj ei1xomen paideuta&j, kai\ {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: e0netrepo/meqa} [E1624: e0ntrepo/meqa]: ou0 pollw%~ ma~llon u9potaghso/meqa tw%~ patri\ tw~n pneuma&twn, kai\ zh/somen; Then again, we had our fathers in the flesh as educators, and we {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: respected} [E1624: respect] them. Shall we not much more submit to the father of spirits and live? e0netrepo/meqa, we were respecting, RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=12/12 (incl. c(tacite)) vs. e0ntrepo/meqa, we respect, E1624 F1859=0/12.
Heb 12:10 Oi9 me\n ga_r pro\j o0li/gaj h9me/raj kata_ to\ dokou=n au0toi=j e0pai/deuon: o9 de\ e0pi\ to\ sumfe/ron, ei0j to\ metalabei=n th=j a(gio/thtoj au0tou=. For they for a few days disciplined us according to what seemed right to them, but he for what is beneficial for our partaking of his holiness.
Heb 12:11 Pa~sa de\ paidei/a pro\j me\n to\ paro\n ou0 dokei= xara~j ei]nai, a)lla_ lu/phj: u3steron de\ karpo\n ei0rhniko\n toi=j di' au0th=j gegumnasme/noij a)podi/dwsin dikaiosu/nhj. Now no discipline seems to be a matter of joy at the time, but of grief, but later it yields peaceful fruit of righteousness to those exercised by it.
Heb 12:12 Dio\ ta_j pareime/naj xei=raj kai\ ta_ paralelume/na go/nata a)norqw&sate: So straighten up drooping hands and infirm knees, Isa 35:3.
infirm ← paralysed.
Heb 12:13 kai\ troxia_j o0rqa_j poih/sate toi=j posi\n u9mw~n, i3na mh\ to\ xwlo\n e0ktraph|=, i0aqh|= de\ ma~llon. and make straight paths with your feet, so that a lame member is not put out of joint, but rather is healed. paths ← wheel tracks ← wheels. The sense might be make paths straight.
with your feet: AV differs (for your feet).
put out of joint: or turned off course.
Heb 12:14 Ei0rh/nhn diw&kete meta_ pa&ntwn, kai\ to\n a(giasmo/n, ou[ xwri\j ou0dei\j o1yetai to\n ku/rion: Pursue peace with everyone, and sanctification, without which no-one will see the Lord,
Heb 12:15 e0piskopou=ntej mh/ tij u9sterw~n a)po\ th=j xa&ritoj tou= qeou=: mh/ tij r(i/za pikri/aj a!nw fu/ousa e0noxlh|=, kai\ dia_ tau/thj mianqw~sin polloi/: watching out that no-one is missing the grace of God, in order that no root of bitterness grows up and causes disquiet, and many become defiled through it, it ← this.
Heb 12:16 mh/ tij po/rnoj, h2 be/bhloj, w(j 870Hsau=, o4j a)nti\ brw&sewj mia~j a)pe/doto ta_ prwtoto/kia au0tou=. and that there is no fornicator, or profane person like Esau who for one meal sold his birthright. Gen 25:33.
birthright ← birthrights.
Heb 12:17 871Iste ga_r o3ti kai\ mete/peita, qe/lwn klhronomh=sai th\n eu0logi/an, a)pedokima&sqh: metanoi/aj ga_r to/pon ou0x eu[ren, kai/per meta_ dakru/wn e0kzhth/saj au0th/n. For you know that also later on, when he wanted to inherit the blessing, he was rejected, for he found no room for a change of mind, although he sought it earnestly with tears. wanted to inherit: AV differs, to modern ears at least (would have inherited).
rejected ← rejected as unfit, disqualified.
earnestly: from the intensifying prefix e0k in the verb e0kzhte/w.
Heb 12:18 Ou0 ga_r proselhlu/qate yhlafwme/nw% o1rei, kai\ kekaume/nw% puri/, kai\ gno/fw%, kai\ sko/tw%, kai\ que/llh|, For you have not come to the tangible mountain which has been burnt with fire, and to gloom and darkness and storm, tangible ← being touched.
mountain: i.e. Sinai.
Heb 12:19 kai\ sa&lpiggoj h1xw%, kai\ fwnh|= r(hma&twn, h[j oi9 a)kou/santej parh|th/santo mh\ prosteqh=nai au0toi=j lo/gon: or to the sounding of the trumpet and the sound of words. And those who heard it pleaded that not a word should be spoken to them again. should be spoken to them again ← to be added to them, a Hebraism (הוֹסִיף, to add, to do again).
Heb 12:20 ou0k e1feron ga_r to\ diastello/menon, Ka@n qhri/on qi/gh| tou= o1rouj, liqobolhqh/setai {RP P1904: - } [TR: h2 boli/di katatoceuqh/setai]: For they could not bear what was ordered: “If even a wild animal touches the mountain, it shall be stoned {RP P1904: - } [TR: or struck down with a lance].” h2 boli/di katatoceuqh/setai, or be shot down by a missile: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. present in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's o). AV differs textually.
Ex 19:13. The TR reading is in Ex 19:13, but it has minimal NT support.
[TR: lance ← javelin, suggesting killing from a distance].
Heb 12:21 kai/, ou3twj fobero\n h]n to\ fantazo/menon, {RP P1904: Mwu+sh=j} [TR: Mwsh=j] ei]pen, 871Ekfobo/j ei0mi kai\ e1ntromoj. And the spectacle was so fearful that Moses said, “I am terrified and trembling.” Mwu+sh=j, Moüses, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. Mwsh=j, Moses, TR F1859=0/13.
Not a direct OT quote, but Deut 9:19 mentions Moses' fear in a different context.
Heb 12:22 870Alla_ proselhlu/qate Siw_n o1rei, kai\ po/lei qeou= zw~ntoj, 879Ierousalh\m e0pourani/w%, kai\ muria&sin a)gge/lwn, But you have come to Mount Zion and the city of the living God, the upper-heavenly Jerusalem, and myriads of angels,
Heb 12:23 panhgu/rei kai\ e0kklhsi/a% prwtoto/kwn e0n ou0ranoi=j a)pogegramme/nwn, kai\ krith|= qew%~ pa&ntwn, kai\ pneu/masin dikai/wn teteleiwme/nwn, to the assembly and church of the firstborn who have been recorded in the heavens, and to God the judge of everyone, and to the spirits of righteous men made perfect, church: see Matt 16:18.
firstborn: plural.
Heb 12:24 kai\ diaqh/khj ne/aj mesi/th| 870Ihsou=, kai\ ai3mati r(antismou= {RP P1904: krei=tton} [TR: krei/ttona] lalou=nti para_ {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: to\n} [S1894: to\] 871Abel. and to the mediator of a new covenant, Jesus, and to sprinkled blood speaking of something better than {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: - } [S1894: that of] Abel. krei=tton, something better, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. krei/ttona, better (things), TR F1859=0/13.
to\n, the (Abel), RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=11/14 vs. to\, that (of Abel), S1894 F1859=3/14 (Scrivener's b**hj).
sprinkled blood ← blood of sprinkling.
Heb 12:25 Ble/pete mh\ paraith/shsqe to\n lalou=nta. Ei0 ga_r e0kei=noi ou0k e1fugon, to\n e0pi\ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: th=j] gh=j paraithsa&menoi xrhmati/zonta, pollw%~ ma~llon h9mei=j oi9 to\n a)p' ou0ranw~n a)postrefo/menoi: See that you do not disregard him who speaks. For if those who disregarded him who gave oracular instructions on {RP: - } [P1904 TR: the] earth did not escape, how much more will this apply to us if we turn away from him who instructs from the heavens, th=j, the: absent in RP F1859=13/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=0/13. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
escape ← flee.
if: conditional use of the participle.
Heb 12:26 ou[ h9 fwnh\ th\n gh=n e0sa&leusen to/te, nu=n de\ e0ph/ggeltai, le/gwn, 871Eti a#pac e0gw_ sei/w ou0 mo/non th\n gh=n, a)lla_ kai\ to\n ou0rano/n. whose voice shook the world at that time, but has now made a promise, saying, “Yet one more time will I shake not only the earth, but also heaven.” Hagg 2:6.
Heb 12:27 To\ de/, 871Eti a#pac, dhloi= tw~n saleuome/nwn th\n meta&qesin, w(j pepoihme/nwn, i3na mei/nh| ta_ mh\ saleuo/mena. And the phrase “Yet one more time” indicates the removal of the things shaken, that is, the things physically made, in order that the things not shaken should remain. Hagg 2:6.
Heb 12:28 Dio\ basilei/an a)sa&leuton paralamba&nontej, e1xwmen xa&rin, di' h[j {RP: latreu/omen} [P1904 TR: latreu/wmen] eu0are/stwj tw%~ qew%~ meta_ ai0dou=j kai\ eu0labei/aj: So let us have grace, seeing that we are receiving an unshakeable kingdom, {RP: through which we serve God in a pleasing way} [P1904 TR: and let us serve God in a pleasing way through it], with reverence and veneration, latreu/omen, we serve, RP F1859=11/13 vs. latreu/wmen, we may serve, P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's fl). AV differs textually.
seeing that: causal use of the participle.
Heb 12:29 kai\ ga_r o9 qeo\j h9mw~n pu=r katanali/skon. for indeed our God is a consuming fire.
Heb 13:1 879H filadelfi/a mene/tw. Let brotherly love continue.
Heb 13:2 Th=j filoceni/aj mh\ e0pilanqa&nesqe: dia_ tau/thj ga_r e1laqo/n tinej ceni/santej a)gge/louj. Do not forget hospitality to strangers. For through this some have been host to angels without knowing it.
Heb 13:3 Mimnh/skesqe tw~n desmi/wn, w(j sundedeme/noi: tw~n kakouxoume/nwn, w(j kai\ au0toi\ o1ntej e0n sw&mati. Remember prisoners as if you were fellows-in-bonds, and those who are ill-treated as if you yourselves were in their body. fellows-in-bonds ← jointly bound.
Heb 13:4 Ti/mioj o9 ga&moj e0n pa~sin, kai\ h9 koi/th a)mi/antoj: po/rnouj de\ kai\ moixou\j krinei= o9 qeo/j. Let marriage be honourable in every respect, and the marriage-bed undefiled, but God will judge fornicators and adulterers.
Heb 13:5 870Afila&rguroj o9 tro/poj, a)rkou/menoi toi=j parou=sin: au0to\j ga_r ei1rhken, Ou0 mh/ se a)nw~, ou0d' ou0 mh/ se {RP: e0gkatalei/pw} [P1904 TR: e0gkatali/pw]. Let your way of life not be avaricious, being content with what you have, for he himself said, “I will certainly not desert you nor forsake you.” e0gkatalei/pw, leave (present subjunctive, so imperfective aspect), RP F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's cdfkmo) vs. e0gkatali/pw, leave (aorist subjunctive, so perfective aspect), P1904 TR F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's abeghjl). A disparity with RP, R=6:9.
Deut 31:6, Josh 1:5.
what you have ← (things) present.
Heb 13:6 873Wste qarrou=ntaj h9ma~j le/gein, Ku/rioj e0moi\ bohqo/j, kai\ ou0 fobhqh/somai ti/ poih/sei moi a!nqrwpoj. As a result we can be of good courage and say,

“The Lord is my helper,

And I shall not be afraid

Of what man might do to me.”

 Ps 56:5MT (Ps 56:4AV), Ps 118:6.
might do ← will do.
Heb 13:7 Mnhmoneu/ete tw~n h9goume/nwn u9mw~n, oi3tinej e0la&lhsan u9mi=n to\n lo/gon tou= qeou=: w{n a)naqewrou=ntej th\n e1kbasin th=j a)nastrofh=j, mimei=sqe th\n pi/stin. Remember your leaders, who spoke the word of God to you, and in closely examining the outcome of their behaviour, imitate their faith. your leaders: See Rom 13:1.
the outcome of their behaviour ← their outcome of behaviour.
Heb 13:8 870Ihsou=j xristo\j xqe\j kai\ sh/meron o9 au0to/j, kai\ ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj. Jesus Christ, the same yesterday, and today, and throughout the ages.
Heb 13:9 Didaxai=j poiki/laij kai\ ce/naij mh\ {RP P1904: parafe/resqe} [TR: perife/resqe]: kalo\n ga_r xa&riti bebaiou=sqai th\n kardi/an, ou0 brw&masin, e0n oi[j ou0k w)felh/qhsan oi9 peripath/santej. Do not be diverted by various foreign doctrines. For it is good for the heart to be confirmed by grace, not by food, by which those who have embraced such doctrines have not been benefited. parafe/resqe, be diverted (connotation of a different destination), RP P1904 F1859=8/13 vs. perife/resqe, be diverted (connotation of a different route), TR F1859=5/13. Compare Jude 1:12.
various foreign ← various and foreign.
embraced ← walked around (in).
Heb 13:10 871Exomen qusiasth/rion, e0c ou[ fagei=n ou0k e1xousin e0cousi/an oi9 th|= skhnh|= latreu/ontej. We have an altar from which those who serve the tabernacle have no authority to eat. from ← out of.
Heb 13:11 87[Wn ga_r ei0sfe/retai zw%&wn to\ ai[ma peri\ a(marti/aj ei0j ta_ a#gia dia_ tou= a)rxiere/wj, tou/twn ta_ sw&mata katakai/etai e1cw th=j parembolh=j. For the bodies of animals whose blood is brought into the sanctuary by the high priest for the sin-offering are burnt outside the camp, the bodies of animals whose blood ... are burnt ← of which animals the blood ... of these the bodies are burnt .
Heb 13:12 Dio\ kai\ 870Ihsou=j, i3na a(gia&sh| dia_ tou= i0di/ou ai3matoj to\n lao/n, e1cw th=j pu/lhj e1paqen. which is why Jesus for his part, in order that he might sanctify the people through his own blood, suffered outside the gate. which is why ← on account of which.
for his part ← also.
Heb 13:13 Toi/nun e0cerxw&meqa pro\j au0to\n e1cw th=j parembolh=j, to\n o0neidismo\n au0tou= fe/rontej. So, then, let us go out to him, outside the camp, bearing his reproach. his reproach: objective genitive (they reproached him).
Heb 13:14 Ou0 ga_r e1xomen w{de me/nousan po/lin, a)lla_ th\n me/llousan e0pizhtou=men. For we do not have a permanent city here, but we keenly seek the one which is to come. keenly: this comes from the prefix e0pi in the verb, which indicates seeking with longing or zeal.
Heb 13:15 Di' au0tou= ou]n a)nafe/rwmen qusi/an ai0ne/sewj dia_ panto\j tw%~ qew%~, tou=t' e1stin, karpo\n xeile/wn o9mologou/ntwn tw%~ o0no/mati au0tou=. So let us offer a sacrifice of praise through him to God continually, that is to say, the fruit of our lips confessing his name. his name ← to his name.
Heb 13:16 Th=j de\ eu0poii+/aj kai\ koinwni/aj mh\ e0pilanqa&nesqe: toiau/taij ga_r qusi/aij eu0arestei=tai o9 qeo/j. But do not forget well-doing and fellowship, for God is pleased with such sacrifices.
Heb 13:17 Pei/qesqe toi=j h9goume/noij u9mw~n, kai\ u9pei/kete: au0toi\ ga_r a)grupnou=sin u9pe\r tw~n yuxw~n u9mw~n, w(j lo/gon a)podw&sontej: i3na meta_ xara~j tou=to poiw~sin, kai\ mh\ stena&zontej: a)lusitele\j ga_r u9mi=n tou=to. Obey your leaders and comply with them, for they keep watch over your very beings, since they must render an account. Comply in order that they may do that with joy, and not sighing, for that would be unprofitable to you. your leaders: See Rom 13:1.
very beings ← souls.
since: causal use of the participle, though the word w(j also conveys some notion of causality.
must ← will, a Hebraism.
Heb 13:18 Proseu/xesqe peri\ h9mw~n: pepoi/qamen ga_r o3ti kalh\n sunei/dhsin e1xomen, e0n pa~sin kalw~j qe/lontej a)nastre/fesqai. Pray for us, for we trust that we have a clear conscience, seeing we want to conduct ourselves well in all circumstances. clear ← good, fine.
seeing: causal use of the participle.
Heb 13:19 Perissote/rwj de\ parakalw~ tou=to poih=sai, i3na ta&xion a)pokatastaqw~ u9mi=n. And I encourage you to do this all the more, so that I may be restored to you very quickly. very quickly ← more quickly, rather quickly, Greek comparative for superlative.
Heb 13:20 879O de\ qeo\j th=j ei0rh/nhj, o9 a)nagagw_n e0k nekrw~n to\n poime/na tw~n proba&twn to\n me/gan e0n ai3mati diaqh/khj ai0wni/ou, to\n ku/rion h9mw~n 870Ihsou=n, And may the God of peace, who brought up the great shepherd of the sheep from the dead, our Lord Jesus, by the blood of an age-abiding covenant,
Heb 13:21 katarti/sai u9ma~j e0n panti\ e1rgw% a)gaqw%~ ei0j to\ poih=sai to\ qe/lhma au0tou=, poiw~n e0n u9mi=n to\ eu0a&reston e0nw&pion au0tou=, dia_ 870Ihsou= xristou=: w%{ h9 do/ca ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj tw~n ai0w&nwn. 870Amh/n. equip you in every good work for doing his will, when he does in you what is pleasing in his sight through Jesus Christ, to whom be glory throughout the durations of the ages. Amen. equip: in some contexts, mend, adapt, as in Matt 4:21. Perhaps a hint of readjustment here too.
in: or among.
Heb 13:22 Parakalw~ de\ u9ma~j, a)delfoi/, a)ne/xesqe tou= lo/gou th=j paraklh/sewj: kai\ ga_r dia_ braxe/wn e0pe/steila u9mi=n. And I exhort you, brothers, bear with the word of encouragement, for in fact I have written a letter to you rather concisely. rather concisely ← through short (things).
Heb 13:23 Ginw&skete to\n a)delfo\n Timo/qeon a)polelume/non, meq' ou[, e0a_n ta&xion e1rxhtai, o1yomai u9ma~j. Be informed that our brother Timothy has been released, with whom, if he comes quickly, I will see you. be informed ← know.
quickly ← more quickly, quite quickly.
Heb 13:24 870Aspa&sasqe pa&ntaj tou\j h9goume/nouj u9mw~n, kai\ pa&ntaj tou\j a(gi/ouj. 870Aspa&zontai u9ma~j oi9 a)po\ th=j 870Itali/aj. Greet all your leaders and all the saints. Those from Italy greet you. saints: see Matt 27:52.
Heb 13:25 879H xa&rij meta_ pa&ntwn u9mw~n. 870Amh/n. Grace be with you all. Amen. This is Paul's valedictory greeting, authenticating Paul's authorship. See 2 Thes 3:17-18.
James 1:1 870Ia&kwboj, qeou= kai\ kuri/ou 870Ihsou= xristou= dou=loj, tai=j dw&deka fulai=j tai=j e0n th|= diaspora%~, xai/rein. From James, a servant of God and Lord, Jesus Christ, to the twelve tribes in the Diaspora, greetings. James ← 870Ia&kwboj, Jacob.
Lord: no article in the Greek. See Rom 1:7, showing why we repunctuate; AV differs.
James 1:2 Pa~san xara_n h9gh/sasqe, a)delfoi/ mou, o3tan peirasmoi=j peripe/shte poiki/loij, My brothers, consider it all joy when you fall into various trials,
James 1:3 ginw&skontej o3ti to\ doki/mion u9mw~n th=j pi/stewj katerga&zetai u9pomonh/n: knowing that the testing of your faith produces patience,
James 1:4 h9 de\ u9pomonh\ e1rgon te/leion e0xe/tw, i3na h]te te/leioi kai\ o9lo/klhroi, e0n mhdeni\ leipo/menoi. and let patience have a perfect result, so that you may be perfect and complete, not lacking anything. perfect result ← complete work.
anything ← in anything.
James 1:5 Ei0 de/ tij u9mw~n lei/petai sofi/aj, ai0tei/tw para_ tou= dido/ntoj qeou= pa~sin a(plw~j, kai\ {RP P1904: ou0k} [TR: mh\] o0neidi/zontoj, kai\ doqh/setai au0tw%~. But if anyone among you lacks wisdom, let him ask from God, who gives generously to all, and not begrudgingly, and it will be given to him. ou0k, not (classical usage), RP P1904 F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's dfhjlm) vs. mh\, not (non-classical usage, common in NT), TR F1859=6/12. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:7, the more of a disparity with the weaker manuscripts on the side of RP (hm weak?).
generously: classically, simply, plainly, openly, frankly [LS]. [MG] gives without discrimination, which ↴
James 1:6 Ai0tei/tw de\ e0n pi/stei, mhde\n diakrino/menoj: o9 ga_r diakrino/menoj e1oiken klu/dwni qala&sshj a)nemizome/nw% kai\ r(ipizome/nw%. And let him ask in faith, not doubting in any way, for he who doubts is like a wave of the sea driven by the wind and tossed about. ↳ is in agreement with usage in the secular papyri, which have an emphatic whoever. But the word seems to be defined in this verse as the opposite of o0neidi/zwn, reproachingly, begrudgingly. See 2 Cor 9:11 for the noun.
James 1:7 Mh\ ga_r oi0e/sqw o9 a!nqrwpoj e0kei=noj o3ti lh/yetai/ ti para_ tou= kuri/ou. For let that man not think that he will receive anything from the Lord.
James 1:8 870Anh\r di/yuxoj, a)kata&statoj e0n pa&saij tai=j o9doi=j au0tou=. A man in two minds is unstable in all his ways.
James 1:9 Kauxa&sqw de\ o9 a)delfo\j o9 tapeino\j e0n tw%~ u3yei au0tou=: And let a lowly brother boast in his high position, a lowly brother ← the lowly brother. See Gen 22:9.
high position ← height.
James 1:10 o9 de\ plou/sioj e0n th|= tapeinw&sei au0tou=: o3ti w(j a!nqoj xo/rtou pareleu/setai. but a rich one in his low position, because he will pass away like a herbaceous flower. low position ← lowliness.
James 1:11 870Ane/teilen ga_r o9 h3lioj su\n tw%~ kau/swni, kai\ e0ch/ranen to\n xo/rton, kai\ to\ a!nqoj au0tou= e0ce/pesen, kai\ h9 eu0pre/peia tou= prosw&pou au0tou= a)pw&leto: ou3twj kai\ o9 plou/sioj e0n tai=j porei/aij au0tou= maranqh/setai. For the sun rises with burning heat, and it dries up the vegetation and its flower withers, and the comeliness of its appearance is lost. In this way the rich man will also fade in his pursuits. rises ← rose. Similarly dries up, withers, is lost. We take these to be gnomic aorists.
pursuits ← journeyings (through life).
James 1:12 Maka&rioj a)nh\r o4j u9pome/nei peirasmo/n: o3ti do/kimoj geno/menoj lh/yetai to\n ste/fanon th=j zwh=j, o4n e0phggei/lato o9 ku/rioj toi=j a)gapw~sin au0to/n. Blessed is the man who endures a trial, because if he is approved he will receive the crown of life, which the Lord promised to those who love him. if: conditional use of the participle.
James 1:13 Mhdei\j peirazo/menoj lege/tw o3ti 870Apo\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: tou=] qeou= peira&zomai: o9 ga_r qeo\j a)pei/rasto/j e0stin kakw~n, peira&zei de\ au0to\j ou0de/na: Let no-one who is being tempted say, “I am being tempted by God.” For God is incapable of being tempted by things that are wrong, and he does not tempt anyone, tou=, the (God): absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. present in TR F1859=0/12.
tempted ... tempted ... tempted ... tempt: the same Greek word does duty for to test and to tempt, so the context must decide.
James 1:14 e3kastoj de\ peira&zetai, u9po\ th=j i0di/aj e0piqumi/aj e0celko/menoj kai\ deleazo/menoj. but everyone is tempted when he is drawn away by his own desire and is enticed,
James 1:15 Ei]ta h9 e0piqumi/a sullabou=sa ti/ktei a(marti/an: h9 de\ a(marti/a a)potelesqei=sa a)poku/ei qa&naton. then when desire has conceived, it bears sin, and sin, when it has been brought to full maturity, engenders death. engenders: if the verb is from a)pokue/w, as in James 1:18, one would expect the accentuation to be a)pokuei=. An accentuation divergence from RP P1904 TBS-TR HF NA26, but not [AnLx].
James 1:16 Mh\ plana~sqe, a)delfoi/ mou a)gaphtoi/. Do not go astray, my beloved brothers.
James 1:17 Pa~sa do/sij a)gaqh\ kai\ pa~n dw&rhma te/leion a!nwqe/n e0stin, katabai=non a)po\ tou= patro\j tw~n fw&twn, par' w%{ ou0k e1ni parallagh/, h2 troph=j a)poski/asma. Every good act of giving and every perfect gift is from above and comes down from the father of lights, with whom there is no variation or shadow of change.
James 1:18 Boulhqei\j a)peku/hsen h9ma~j lo/gw% a)lhqei/aj, ei0j to\ ei]nai h9ma~j a)parxh/n tina tw~n au0tou= ktisma&twn. Having willed it, he brought us forth by the word of truth, so that we should be a kind of firstfruit of his creatures.
James 1:19 873Wste, a)delfoi/ mou a)gaphtoi/, e1stw pa~j a!nqrwpoj taxu\j ei0j to\ a)kou=sai, bradu\j ei0j to\ lalh=sai, bradu\j ei0j o0rgh/n: So, my beloved brothers, let every man be quick to hear, slow to speak, slow to anger, to anger ← into anger. Preposition + noun, unlike the preceding infinitives.
James 1:20 o0rgh\ ga_r a)ndro\j dikaiosu/nhn qeou= ou0 katerga&zetai. for man's anger does not accomplish God's righteousness.
James 1:21 Dio\ a)poqe/menoi pa~san r(upari/an kai\ perissei/an kaki/aj, e0n pra%u+/thti de/casqe to\n e1mfuton lo/gon, to\n duna&menon sw~sai ta_j yuxa_j u9mw~n. On account of which, set aside all sordidness and remains of wickedness, and accept with meekness the implanted word which is able to save your lives. Punctuation: P1904 does not have any commas in this verse, so it allows for associating with meekness with set aside ... .
set aside: imperatival use of the participle.
remains ← surplus.
lives ← souls.
James 1:22 Gi/nesqe de\ poihtai\ lo/gou, kai\ mh\ mo/non a)kroatai/, paralogizo/menoi e9autou/j. And become doers of the word and not just hearers, deluding yourselves.
James 1:23 873Oti ei1 tij a)kroath\j lo/gou e0sti\n kai\ ou0 poihth/j, ou[toj e1oiken a)ndri\ katanoou=nti to\ pro/swpon th=j gene/sewj au0tou= e0n e0so/ptrw%: For if a person is a hearer of the word but not a doer, he is like a man who takes note in a mirror of the face he is endowed with, he ← this (man).
the face he is endowed with ← the face of his genesis (origin, lineage).
James 1:24 kateno/hsen ga_r e9auto\n kai\ a)pelh/luqen, kai\ eu0qe/wj e0pela&qeto o9poi=oj h]n. for he takes note of himself and goes off, and immediately forgets what kind of a person he is. takes ... goes off ... forgets ... is: aorist ... perfect ... aorist ... imperfect (gnomic past tenses in Greek).
James 1:25 879O de\ paraku/yaj ei0j no/mon te/leion to\n th=j e0leuqeri/aj kai\ paramei/naj, ou[toj ou0k a)kroath\j e0pilhsmonh=j geno/menoj a)lla_ poihth\j e1rgou, ou[toj maka&rioj e0n th|= poih/sei au0tou= e1stai. But he who surveys the completed law of freedom, and who stands his ground, such a person is not a forgetful hearer, but a doer of work; blessed he will be when he does it. surveys ... stands ... is: gnomic aorists, as in the previous verse; “surveys” ← stooped to look into; “is” ← having become. See Matt 23:20.
such a person ← this (man).
forgetful hearer ← hearer of forgetfulness, a Hebraic genitive.
he (second occurrence in verse) ← this (man).
James 1:26 Ei1 tij dokei= qrh=skoj ei]nai e0n u9mi=n, mh\ xalinagwgw~n glw~ssan au0tou=, {RP: a)lla_} [P1904 TR: a)ll'] a)patw~n kardi/an au0tou=, tou/tou ma&taioj h9 qrhskei/a. If any man among you considers himself to be religious but cannot bridle his tongue, and he deceives his heart, his religious observance is in vain. a)lla_, but (unapocopated), RP F1859=8/12 vs. a)ll', but (apocopated), P1904 TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's achm). We translate and, as the adversativity has already been introduced.
cannot bridle ← not bridling. Participles can express flexible modalities such as this.
his ← of this (man).
James 1:27 Qrhskei/a kaqara_ kai\ a)mi/antoj para_ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: tw%~] qew%~ kai\ patri\ au3th e0sti/n, e0piske/ptesqai o0rfanou\j kai\ xh/raj e0n th|= qli/yei au0tw~n, a!spilon e9auto\n threi=n a)po\ tou= ko/smou. Pure and undefiled religious observance with God and the father is this: to look after orphans and widows in their affliction; to keep oneself untainted by the world. tw%~, the (God): absent in RP F1859=11/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ae).
God and the father: or (the) God and father, but the Greek is distinct from James 3:9.
look after ← watch over, visit, but in the context of helping, as a Hebraism; compare Ruth 1:6.
by ← from.
James 2:1 870Adelfoi/ mou, mh\ e0n proswpolhyi/aij e1xete th\n pi/stin tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou= th=j do/chj. My brothers, do not hold the faith of our Lord Jesus Christ of glory with partiality. Lord Jesus Christ of glory: or, by a Hebraic genitive, glorious Lord Jesus Christ.
James 2:2 870Ea_n ga_r ei0se/lqh| ei0j th\n sunagwgh\n u9mw~n a)nh\r xrusodaktu/lioj e0n e0sqh=ti lampra%~, ei0se/lqh| de\ kai\ ptwxo\j e0n r(upara%~ e0sqh=ti, For if a man with golden rings on his fingers in magnificent clothing goes into your synagogue, and a poor man in filthy clothes also goes in,
James 2:3 kai\ e0pible/yhte e0pi\ to\n forou=nta th\n e0sqh=ta th\n lampra&n, kai\ ei1phte au0tw%~, Su\ ka&qou w{de kalw~j, kai\ tw%~ ptwxw%~ ei1phte, Su\ sth=qi e0kei=, h1, Ka&qou w{de u9po\ to\ u9popo/dio/n mou: and you look favourably on the one wearing magnificent clothing, and you say to him, “You sit here in a good place”, and you say to the poor man, “You stand there”, or, “Sit here under my footstool”, in a good place ← well, perhaps comfortably.
James 2:4 kai\ ou0 diekri/qhte e0n e9autoi=j, kai\ e0ge/nesqe kritai\ dialogismw~n ponhrw~n; then do you not make a distinction in your minds, and have you not become judges with evil reasonings? do you not make a distinction in your minds ← have you not been partial in yourselves.
with ← of.
James 2:5 870Akou/sate, a)delfoi/ mou a)gaphtoi/. Ou0x o9 qeo\j e0cele/cato tou\j ptwxou\j tou= ko/smou {RP P1904: - } [TR: tou/tou] plousi/ouj e0n pi/stei, kai\ klhrono/mouj th=j basilei/aj h[j e0phggei/lato toi=j a)gapw~sin au0to/n; My beloved brothers, listen. Has not God chosen the poor of {RP P1904: the} [TR: this] world, rich in faith, and heirs to the kingdom which he promised to those who love him? tou/tou, this: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. present in TR F1859=0/12.
to ← of.
James 2:6 879Umei=j de\ h0tima&sate to\n ptwxo/n. Ou0x oi9 plou/sioi katadunasteu/ousin u9mw~n, kai\ au0toi\ e3lkousin u9ma~j ei0j krith/ria; But you despised the poor man. Do not the rich exercise power over you, and do they not drag you to the law courts?
James 2:7 Ou0k au0toi\ blasfhmou=sin to\ kalo\n o1noma to\ e0piklhqe\n e0f' u9ma~j; Do they not blaspheme the good name which you are called after? Amos 9:12 (אֲשֶׁר־נִקְרָא שְׁמִי עֲלֵיהֶם).
name which you are called after ← name which (was) called on over you. [MG] interprets as God giving his name to his people. See also Gen 48:16, Deut 28:10, 2 Sam 12:28, Isa 63:19, Jer 14:9, Amos 9:12, Acts 15:17.
James 2:8 Ei0 me/ntoi no/mon telei=te basiliko/n, kata_ th\n grafh/n, 870Agaph/seij to\n plhsi/on sou w(j seauto/n, kalw~j poiei=te: If, however, you keep the royal law according to the scripture, “You shall love your neighbour as yourself”, you do well. Lev 19:18.
James 2:9 ei0 de\ proswpolhptei=te, a(marti/an e0rga&zesqe, e0legxo/menoi u9po\ tou= no/mou w(j paraba&tai. But if you show partiality, you commit a sin, being convicted under the law as transgressors.
James 2:10 873Ostij ga_r o3lon to\n no/mon {RP TR: thrh/sei, ptai/sei} [P1904: thrh/sh|, ptai/sh|] de\ e0n e9ni/, ge/gonen pa&ntwn e1noxoj. For whoever keeps the whole law but stumbles at one point becomes culpable of everything. thrh/sei, ptai/sei, will keep, (but) will stumble (classical future indicative), RP TR F1859=12/12 vs. thrh/sh|, ptai/sh|, keeps, stumbles (non-classical subjunctive, as if after o4j a!n), P1904 F1859=0/12.
becomes ← has become.
James 2:11 879O ga_r ei0pw&n, Mh\ {RP: moixeu/seij} [P1904 TR: moixeu/sh|j], ei]pen kai/, Mh\ {RP: foneu/seij} [P1904 TR: foneu/sh|j]: ei0 de\ ou0 moixeu/seij, foneu/seij de/, ge/gonaj paraba&thj no/mou. For he who said, “You shall not commit adultery”, also said, “You shall not commit murder.” And if you do not commit adultery, but you do commit murder, you become culpable of breaking the law. moixeu/seij, (do not) commit adultery (non-classical future indicative), RP F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's k) vs. moixeu/sh|j, (do not) commit adultery (classical aorist subjunctive), P1904 TR F1859=8/12 vs. other readings, F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's acf). A strong disparity (#1) with RP, R=1:10.
foneu/seij, (do not) commit murder (non-classical future indicative), RP F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's k) vs. foneu/sh|j, (do not) commit murder (classical aorist subjunctive), P1904 TR F1859=9/12 vs. other readings, F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ac). A strong disparity (#2) with RP, R=1:11.
Ex 20:13-14, Deut 5:17-18.
become ← have become.
James 2:12 Ou3twj lalei=te kai\ ou3twj poiei=te, w(j dia_ no/mou e0leuqeri/aj me/llontej kri/nesqai. Speak this way, and act this way, as people who are going to be judged by the law of freedom.
James 2:13 879H ga_r kri/sij {RP P1904: a)ne/leoj} [TR: a)ni/lewj] tw%~ mh\ poih/santi e1leoj: {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\] katakauxa~tai {RP: e1leon} [P1904 TR: e1leoj] kri/sewj. For judgment on him who does not show mercy is merciless. {RP P1904: Mercy} [TR: But mercy] overrides judgment. a)ne/leoj, merciless (1), RP P1904 F1859=7/14 (Scrivener's cgjkl*mo) vs. a)ni/lewj, merciless (2), TR F1859=3/14 (Scrivener's ab**d) vs. other readings, F1859=4/14 (Scrivener's b*l**hf).
e1leon, mercy (non-classical – unique to this verse? – to\ e1leon -ou), RP F1859=8/12 vs. e1leoj, mercy (non-classical to\ e1leoj -ouj, as in the previous occurrence), P1904 TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's acgj). The classical form is o9 e1leoj -ou.
kai\, and / but: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. present in TR F1859=0/12.
overrides ← boasts down on, vaunts itself over.
James 2:14 Ti/ to\ o1feloj, a)delfoi/ mou, e0a_n pi/stin le/gh| tij e1xein, e1rga de\ mh\ e1xh|; Mh\ du/natai h9 pi/stij sw~sai au0to/n; My brothers, what is the benefit if someone says he has faith, but he does not have works? Can his faith really save him?
James 2:15 870Ea_n de\ a)delfo\j h2 a)delfh\ gumnoi\ u9pa&rxwsin kai\ leipo/menoi w}sin th=j e0fhme/rou trofh=j, And if a brother or sister is unclothed, and he lacks daily food, is ... he lacks ← are ... they lack. But in the next verse we accept the plural in our English. In Hebrew two disjoined singular nouns may take a plural verb, e.g. Deut 22:4 and Modern Hebrew.
James 2:16 ei1ph| de/ tij au0toi=j e0c u9mw~n, 879Upa&gete e0n ei0rh/nh|, qermai/nesqe kai\ xorta&zesqe, mh\ dw~te de\ au0toi=j ta_ e0pith/deia tou= sw&matoj, ti/ to\ o1feloj; and one of you says to them, “Go off in peace, warm yourselves and feed yourselves”, but you do not give them provisions for the body, what is the benefit?
James 2:17 Ou3twj kai\ h9 pi/stij, e0a_n mh\ e1rga e1xh|, nekra& e0stin kaq' e9auth/n. So is faith too. If it does not have works, it is in itself dead.
James 2:18 870All' e0rei= tij, Su\ pi/stin e1xeij, ka)gw_ e1rga e1xw: dei=co/n moi th\n pi/stin sou {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: e0k} [S1894: xwri\j] tw~n e1rgwn sou, ka)gw_ dei/cw soi e0k tw~n e1rgwn mou th\n pi/stin mou. But someone will say, “You have faith, and I have works.” Show me your faith {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: by} [S1894: without] your works, and I will show you by my works my faith. e0k, out of / by (your works), RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=10/12 vs. xwri\j, without (your works), S1894 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's am). AV differs textually.
James 2:19 Su\ pisteu/eij o3ti o9 qeo\j ei[j e0sti/n: kalw~j poiei=j: kai\ ta_ daimo/nia pisteu/ousin, kai\ fri/ssousin. You believe that God is one. You do well. But the demons also believe that, yet they shudder.
James 2:20 Qe/leij de\ gnw~nai, w} a!nqrwpe kene/, o3ti h9 pi/stij xwri\j tw~n e1rgwn nekra& e0stin; Now are you willing to know, O vain man, that faith without works is dead? works ← the works, perhaps suggesting that the works are specific to the faith in some way. But see Gen 22:9.
James 2:21 870Abraa_m o9 path\r h9mw~n ou0k e0c e1rgwn e0dikaiw&qh, a)nene/gkaj 870Isaa_k to\n ui9o\n au0tou= e0pi\ to\ qusiasth/rion; Abraham our father – was he not justified by works when he had offered his son Isaac on the altar? when he had offered: because of Abraham's intention, God counted the offering as having taken place. Compare Heb 11:17.
James 2:22 Ble/peij o3ti h9 pi/stij sunh/rgei toi=j e1rgoij au0tou=, kai\ e0k tw~n e1rgwn h9 pi/stij e0teleiw&qh; Do you see that faith was at work with his works, and by his works his faith was made complete?
James 2:23 Kai\ e0plhrw&qh h9 grafh\ h9 le/gousa, 870Epi/steusen de\ 870Abraa_m tw%~ qew%~, kai\ e0logi/sqh au0tw%~ ei0j dikaiosu/nhn, kai\ fi/loj qeou= e0klh/qh. And the scripture was fulfilled which says, “And Abraham believed God, and it was imputed to him as righteousness”, and he was called the friend of God. Gen 15:6, 2 Chr 20:7, Isa 41:8.
James 2:24 879Ora~te toi/nun o3ti e0c e1rgwn dikaiou=tai a!nqrwpoj, kai\ ou0k e0k pi/stewj mo/non. So then, you see that a man is justified by works and not by faith alone.
James 2:25 879Omoi/wj de\ kai\ 879Raa_b h9 po/rnh ou0k e0c e1rgwn e0dikaiw&qh, u9podecame/nh tou\j a)gge/louj, kai\ e9te/ra% o9dw%~ e0kbalou=sa; And likewise, was not Rahab the prostitute justified by works too, lodging the messengers and sending them away by a different route? lodging ... sending ← having lodged ... having sent. See Matt 23:20.
James 2:26 873Wsper ga_r to\ sw~ma xwri\j pneu/matoj nekro/n e0stin, ou3twj kai\ h9 pi/stij xwri\j tw~n e1rgwn nekra& e0stin. For as the body without breath is dead, so is faith without works dead. breath: or spirit.
James 3:1 Mh\ polloi\ dida&skaloi gi/nesqe, a)delfoi/ mou, ei0do/tej o3ti mei=zon kri/ma lhyo/meqa. My brothers, do not become teachers in large numbers, knowing that as teachers we will receive a more severe judgment. in large numbers ← many.
more severe ← greater.
judgment: AV differs (condemnation).
James 3:2 Polla_ ga_r ptai/omen a#pantej. Ei1 tij e0n lo/gw% ou0 ptai/ei, ou[toj te/leioj a)nh/r, dunato\j xalinagwgh=sai kai\ o3lon to\ sw~ma. For we all stumble in many respects. If anyone does not stumble in word, he is a perfect man, capable of bridling his whole body too. he ← this.
James 3:3 {RP P1904: 871Ide} [TR: 870Idou/], tw~n i3ppwn tou\j xalinou\j ei0j ta_ sto/mata ba&llomen pro\j to\ pei/qesqai au0tou\j h9mi=n, kai\ o3lon to\ sw~ma au0tw~n meta&gomen. Look, we place bits in horses' mouths, so that they obey us, and we steer the whole of their body. i1de, see, RP P1904 F1859=8/12 vs. i0dou/, behold, TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's f) vs. another reading, F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's lm) vs. word absent, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's o).
James 3:4 870Idou/, kai\ ta_ ploi=a, thlikau=ta o1nta, kai\ u9po\ sklhrw~n a)ne/mwn e0launo/mena, meta&getai u9po\ e0laxi/stou phdali/ou, o3pou a@n h9 o9rmh\ tou= eu0qu/nontoj bou/lhtai. And look at how ships too, which are so large, and are driven by strong winds, are steered by a very small rudder, wherever the helmsman's spur of the moment wishes. spur of the moment ← onset, impulse.
James 3:5 Ou3twj kai\ h9 glw~ssa mikro\n me/loj e0sti/n, kai\ megalauxei=. 870Idou/, o0li/gon pu=r h9li/khn u3lhn a)na&ptei. So also the tongue is a small member, but it boasts greatly. See how great a forest a little fire sets alight!
James 3:6 Kai\ h9 glw~ssa pu=r, o9 ko/smoj th=j a)diki/aj: ou3twj h9 glw~ssa kaqi/statai e0n toi=j me/lesin h9mw~n, h9 spilou=sa o3lon to\ sw~ma, kai\ flogi/zousa to\n troxo\n th=j gene/sewj, kai\ flogizome/nh u9po\ th=j gee/nnhj. And the tongue is a fire, a world of injustice. In this way the tongue is appointed among our members as the one that defiles the whole body and sets the cycle of nature alight, and is itself set alight by Gehenna. a world ← the world. See Gen 22:9.
Gehenna: see Matt 5:22.
James 3:7 Pa~sa ga_r fu/sij qhri/wn te kai\ peteinw~n, e9rpetw~n te kai\ e0nali/wn, dama&zetai kai\ deda&mastai th|= fu/sei th|= a)nqrwpi/nh|: For every kind of wild animal and bird, and reptile and marine creature can be tamed and has been tamed by mankind, can be ← is.
mankind ← human nature / kind.
James 3:8 th\n de\ glw~ssan ou0dei\j du/natai a)nqrw&pwn dama&sai: a)kata&sxeton kako/n, mesth\ i0ou= qanathfo/rou. but no-one among men can tame the tongue. It is uncheckable wickedness, full of deadly venom. among ← of.
James 3:9 870En au0th|= eu0logou=men to\n qeo\n kai\ pate/ra, kai\ e0n au0th|= katarw&meqa tou\j a)nqrw&pouj tou\j kaq' o9moi/wsin qeou= gegono/taj: With it we bless the God and father, yet with it we curse men who have been made in the likeness of God. yet: adversative use of kai/.
James 3:10 e0k tou= au0tou= sto/matoj e0ce/rxetai eu0logi/a kai\ kata&ra. Ou0 xrh/, a)delfoi/ mou, tau=ta ou3twj gi/nesqai. From the same mouth come blessing and cursing. My brothers, these things should not be this way.
James 3:11 Mh/ti h9 phgh\ e0k th=j au0th=j o0ph=j bru/ei to\ gluku\ kai\ to\ pikro/n; Does a source from the same opening ever gush with fresh and bitter water? ever: expressing the pressure exerted by mh/ti for a negative answer to the question.
fresh ← sweet. This is also Hebrew idiom (Ex 15:25).
James 3:12 Mh\ du/natai, a)delfoi/ mou, sukh= e0lai/aj poih=sai, h2 a!mpeloj su=ka; Ou3twj ou0demi/a phgh\ a(luko\n kai\ gluku\ poih=sai u3dwr. My brothers, can a fig tree possibly produce olives, or a vine figs? In this way no source can produce salt and fresh water. possibly: expressing the pressure exerted by mh/ for a negative answer to the question.
fresh ← sweet.
James 3:13 Ti/j sofo\j kai\ e0pisth/mwn e0n u9mi=n; Deica&tw e0k th=j kalh=j a)nastrofh=j ta_ e1rga au0tou= e0n pra%u+/thti sofi/aj. Who is wise and understanding among you? Let him show his works by his good behaviour with the meekness of wisdom.
James 3:14 Ei0 de\ zh=lon pikro\n e1xete kai\ e0riqei/an e0n th|= kardi/a% u9mw~n, mh\ katakauxa~sqe kai\ yeu/desqe kata_ th=j a)lhqei/aj. And if you have bitter jealousy and strife in your heart, do not affront or belie the truth.
James 3:15 Ou0k e1stin au3th h9 sofi/a a!nwqen katerxome/nh, a)ll' e0pi/geioj, yuxikh/, daimoniw&dhj. That kind of wisdom does not descend from above, but is earthly, natural, demonic. that ← this.
natural ← of the soul, “soulical”.
James 3:16 873Opou ga_r zh=loj kai\ e0riqei/a, e0kei= a)katastasi/a kai\ pa~n fau=lon pra~gma. For where there is jealousy and strife, there there is disorder and every kind of base deed.
James 3:17 879H de\ a!nwqen sofi/a prw~ton me\n a(gnh/ e0stin, e1peita ei0rhnikh/, e0pieikh/j, eu0peiqh/j, mesth\ e0le/ouj kai\ karpw~n a)gaqw~n, a)dia&kritoj kai\ a)nupo/kritoj. But wisdom from above is, in the first instance, pure, then peaceful, equitable, reasonable, full of mercy and good fruit, impartial, and unpretentious. fruit ← fruits.
unpretentious ← not hypocritical.
James 3:18 Karpo\j de\ th=j dikaiosu/nhj e0n ei0rh/nh| spei/retai toi=j poiou=sin ei0rh/nhn. And the fruit of righteousness is sown in peace by those who make peace.
James 4:1 Po/qen po/lemoi kai\ ma&xai e0n u9mi=n; Ou0k e0nteu=qen, e0k tw~n h9donw~n u9mw~n tw~n strateuome/nwn e0n toi=j me/lesin u9mw~n; Where do battles and fights among you come from? Is it not from this: from your pleasures that war in your members?
James 4:2 870Epiqumei=te, kai\ ou0k e1xete: foneu/ete kai\ zhlou=te, kai\ ou0 du/nasqe e0pituxei=n: ma&xesqe kai\ polemei=te, {RP TR: - } [P1904: kai\] ou0k e1xete {RP P1904: - } [TR: de\] dia_ to\ mh\ ai0tei=sqai u9ma~j: You have desires, but you don't obtain them. You kill and covet, but you cannot attain them. You fight and wage war, {RP: but} [P1904 TR: but] you do not obtain them, because you do not ask. kai\, and: absent in RP TR F1859=7/14 vs. present in P1904 F1859=7/14 (2 being from a second hand). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:8.
de\, but: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. present in TR F1859=0/12.
you have desires, but you don't obtain them ← you desire, but you do not have. The use of have here ↴
James 4:3 ai0tei=te, kai\ ou0 lamba&nete, dio/ti kakw~j ai0tei=sqe, i3na e0n tai=j h9donai=j u9mw~n dapanh/shte. You ask, but you do not receive, because you ask wrongly – that you may spend it on your pleasures. ↳ differs in Greek and English idiom. In Greek it has the sense of getting hold of, from which obtaining, whereas in English to have a desire is used of the thought but not its fulfilment.
James 4:4 Moixoi\ kai\ moixali/dej, ou0k oi1date o3ti h9 fili/a tou= ko/smou e1xqra tou= qeou= e0sti/n; 874Oj a@n ou]n boulhqh|= fi/loj ei]nai tou= ko/smou, e0xqro\j tou= qeou= kaqi/statai. You adulterers and adulteresses, do you not know that friendship with the world is hostility to God? So whoever wishes to be a friend of the world sets himself up as an enemy of God. with ← of.
to ← of.
James 4:5 872H dokei=te o3ti kenw~j h9 grafh\ le/gei; Pro\j fqo/non e0pipoqei= to\ pneu=ma o4 katw%&khsen e0n h9mi=n. Or do you think that the scripture speaks vacuously? The spirit which dwells in us yearns with proneness to envy. RP punctuates differently to TBS-TR P1904 AV, which read Or do you think that the scripture vacuously says, “...” In any case, as [CB] comments, the general testimony of scripture supports the assertion. See Gen 6:5, Gen 8:21, Jer 17:9, John 2:25.
dwells ← dwelt. A gnomic aorist.
James 4:6 Mei/zona de\ di/dwsin xa&rin: dio\ le/gei, 879O qeo\j u9perhfa&noij a)ntita&ssetai, tapeinoi=j de\ di/dwsin xa&rin. But he gives a greater grace. That is why he says,

“God opposes the arrogant

But gives grace to the lowly.”

 Prov 3:34.
that is why ← on account of which.
James 4:7 879Upota&ghte ou]n tw%~ qew%~: a)nti/sthte {RP-text: de\} [RP-marg P1904 TR: - ] tw%~ diabo/lw%, kai\ feu/cetai a)f' u9mw~n. So be subject to God {RP-text: and} [RP-marg P1904 TR: ; ] oppose the devil, and he will flee from you. de\, and / but: present in RP-text F1859=8/12 vs. absent in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's fhjk).
James 4:8 870Eggi/sate tw%~ qew%~, kai\ e0ggiei= u9mi=n: kaqari/sate xei=raj, a(martwloi/, kai\ a(gni/sate kardi/aj, di/yuxoi. Approach God, and he will approach you. Cleanse your hands, you sinners, and purify your hearts, you who are in two minds.
James 4:9 Talaipwrh/sate kai\ penqh/sate kai\ klau/sate: o9 ge/lwj u9mw~n ei0j pe/nqoj metastrafh/tw, kai\ h9 xara_ ei0j kath/feian. Suffer hardship and mourn and weep. Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and your joy to gloom.
James 4:10 Tapeinw&qhte e0nw&pion tou= kuri/ou, kai\ u9yw&sei u9ma~j. Be humbled before the Lord, and he will exalt you. be humbled: or humble yourselves, grammatically passive, but possibly reflexive in sense.
James 4:11 Mh\ katalalei=te a)llh/lwn, a)delfoi/. 879O katalalw~n a)delfou=, kai\ kri/nwn to\n a)delfo\n au0tou=, katalalei= no/mou, kai\ kri/nei no/mon: ei0 de\ no/mon kri/neij, ou0k ei] poihth\j no/mou, a)lla_ krith/j. Do not speak ill of each other, brothers. He who speaks ill of a brother and judges his brother speaks ill of the law and judges the law. If you judge the law, you are not a doer of the law, but a judge.
James 4:12 Ei[j e0sti\n o9 nomoqe/thj {RP TR: - } [P1904: kai\ krith/j], o9 duna&menoj sw~sai kai\ a)pole/sai: su\ {RP P1904: de\} [TR: - ] ti/j ei] o4j kri/neij to\n e3teron; There is one lawgiver {RP TR: - } [P1904: and judge], who is able to save and destroy. {RP P1904: But who} [TR: Who] are you who judge another? kai\ krith/j, and judge: absent in RP TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's cdfkl) vs. present in P1904 F1859=7/12 (with a variation in o). A weak disparity with RP, R=6:8.
de\, but: present in RP P1904 F1859=7/12 vs. absent in TR F1859=5/12.
James 4:13 871Age nu=n oi9 le/gontej, Sh/meron {RP P1904 S1550: kai\} [E1624 S1894: h2] au1rion {RP S1550: poreusw&meqa} [P1904 E1624 S1894: poreuso/meqa] ei0j th/nde th\n po/lin, kai\ {RP S1550: poih/swmen} [P1904 E1624 S1894: poih/somen] e0kei= e0niauto\n e3na, kai\ {RP S1550: e0mporeusw&meqa} [P1904 E1624 S1894: e0mporeuso/meqa], kai\ {RP S1550: kerdh/swmen} [P1904 E1624 S1894: kerdh/somen]: Come now, you who say, “Today {RP P1904 S1550: and} [E1624 S1894: or] tomorrow {RP S1550: let us go} [P1904 E1624 S1894: we will go] to this city, and spend one year there and trade and make a profit”, kai\, and, RP P1904 S1550 F1859=11/12 vs. h2, or, E1624 S1894 F1859=0/12 vs. word absent, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's d).
poreusw&meqa, let us go, RP S1550 F1859=8/13 vs. poreuso/meqa, we will go, P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's b**cdgl).
poih/swmen, let us spend (time), RP S1550 F1859=10/12 vs. poih/somen, we will spend (time), P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's dl).
e0mporeusw&meqa, let us trade, RP S1550 F1859=10/13 vs. e0mporeuso/meqa, we will trade, P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's b**el).
kerdh/swmen, let us make a profit, RP S1550 F1859=10/12 vs. kerdh/somen, we will make a profit, P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's dl).
James 4:14 oi3tinej ou0k e0pi/stasqe to\ th=j au1rion. Poi/a ga_r h9 zwh\ u9mw~n; 870Atmi\j {RP-text P1904: ga_r e1stai} [RP-marg TR: ga&r e0stin] h9 pro\j o0li/gon fainome/nh, e1peita de\ {RP P1904: kai\} [TR: - ] a)fanizome/nh. you who do not understand what “tomorrow” means. What kind of a life do you have, then? For it {RP-text P1904: will be} [RP-marg TR: is] a vapour which makes an appearance for a short time, but then {RP P1904: in turn} [TR: - ] it vanishes. e1stai, will be, RP-text P1904 F1859=6/12 (incl. d misspelled) vs. e0stin, is, RP-marg TR F1859=6/12. Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=7:7.
kai\, also: present in RP P1904 F1859=8/12 vs. absent in TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's achl).
{RP: in turn ← also.}
James 4:15 870Anti\ tou= le/gein u9ma~j, 870Ea_n o9 ku/rioj qelh/sh|, kai\ {RP S1550 E1624: zh/swmen} [P1904 S1894: zh/somen], kai\ {RP S1550: poih/swmen} [P1904 E1624 S1894: poih/somen] tou=to h2 e0kei=no. You say that instead of saying, “If the Lord wills, {RP S1550 E1624: let us live} [P1904 S1894: we will live] and also do this or that.” zh/swmen, let us live, RP S1550 E1624 F1859=8/12 vs. zh/somen, we will live, P1904 S1894 F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's cdkl). AV differs textually.
poih/swmen, let us do, RP S1550 F1859=8/12 vs. poih/somen, we will do, P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's cdkl).
James 4:16 Nu=n de\ kauxa~sqe e0n tai=j a)lazonei/aij u9mw~n: pa~sa kau/xhsij toiau/th ponhra& e0stin. But at present you boast in your pretensions. Every such boast is wrong.
James 4:17 Ei0do/ti ou]n kalo\n poiei=n kai\ mh\ poiou=nti, a(marti/a au0tw%~ e0sti/n. So to him who knows how to do good but does not do it, to him it is a sin.
James 5:1 871Age nu=n oi9 plou/sioi, klau/sate o0lolu/zontej e0pi\ tai=j talaipwri/aij u9mw~n tai=j e0perxome/naij. Come now, you rich, weep and wail over your hardships which come upon you. wail: imperatival use of the participle.
James 5:2 879O plou=toj u9mw~n se/shpen, kai\ ta_ i9ma&tia u9mw~n shto/brwta ge/gonen: Your riches have rotted, and your clothes have become moth-eaten.
James 5:3 o9 xruso\j u9mw~n kai\ o9 a!rguroj kati/wtai, kai\ o9 i0o\j au0tw~n ei0j martu/rion u9mi=n e1stai, kai\ fa&getai ta_j sa&rkaj u9mw~n w(j pu=r. 870Eqhsauri/sate e0n e0sxa&taij h9me/raij. Your gold and silver have become corroded, and their tarnish will be a testimony to you, and it will consume your flesh as fire does. You treasured this up in the latter days. in the latter days: AV differs (for the last days). [MG] explains as implying already here. Compare James 5:8. James may have written “in the last days”, but the prophetic clock has stopped while the current Gentile ↴
James 5:4 870Idou/, o9 misqo\j tw~n e0rgatw~n tw~n a)mhsa&ntwn ta_j xw&raj u9mw~n, o9 a)pesterhme/noj a)f' u9mw~n, kra&zei: kai\ ai9 boai\ tw~n qerisa&ntwn ei0j ta_ w}ta kuri/ou Sabaw_q ei0selhlu/qasin. Look, the wages of the workers who harvested your farms, wages which have been withheld by you, shout out, and the cries of the reapers have come to the ears of the Lord of hosts. ↳ dispensation of the mystery (Eph 3:9) runs. See also Acts 28:28. The prophetic clock is again ticking in Rev 1:3, Rev 22:10.
hosts: or armies, which could be of angels.
James 5:5 870Etrufh/sate e0pi\ th=j gh=j kai\ e0spatalh/sate: e0qre/yate ta_j kardi/aj u9mw~n w(j e0n h9me/ra% sfagh=j. You have lived extravagantly on the earth and have behaved wantonly; you have fed your hearts as on the day of slaughter.
James 5:6 Katedika&sate, e0foneu/sate to\n di/kaion: ou0k a)ntita&ssetai u9mi=n. You have condemned, you have murdered the innocent; he does not resist you. the innocent: singular.
James 5:7 Makroqumh/sate ou]n, a)delfoi/, e3wj th=j parousi/aj tou= kuri/ou. 870Idou/, o9 gewrgo\j e0kde/xetai to\n ti/mion karpo\n th=j gh=j, makroqumw~n e0p' {RP: au0to/n} [P1904 TR: au0tw%~], e3wj {RP P1904: - } [TR: a@n] la&bh| u9eto\n prw&i+mon kai\ o1yimon. So be longsuffering, brothers, until the coming of the Lord. Look, the farmer waits for the precious fruit of the land, being longsuffering for it until he receives the early and late rain. au0to/n, (for) it (1 - accusative), RP F1859=6/12 vs. au0tw%~, (for) it (2 - dative), P1904 TR F1859=6/12. A weak disparity (#1) with RP, R=6:8.
a@n (particle indicating contingency, classical usage): absent in RP P1904 F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's djkl) vs. present in TR F1859=8/12. A disparity (#2) with RP, R=5:9.
James 5:8 Makroqumh/sate kai\ u9mei=j, sthri/cate ta_j kardi/aj u9mw~n, o3ti h9 parousi/a tou= kuri/ou h1ggiken. So you too be longsuffering, make your hearts resolute, because the coming of the Lord has drawn near.
James 5:9 Mh\ stena&zete kat' a)llh/lwn, a)delfoi/, i3na mh\ {RP P1904: kriqh=te} [TR: katakriqh=te]: i0dou/, {RP P1904 S1894: o9} [S1550 E1624: - ] krith\j pro\ tw~n qurw~n e3sthken. Brothers, do not criticize each other, in order that you should not be {RP P1904: judged} [TR: condemned]. Look, {RP P1904 S1894: the} [S1550 E1624: the] judge is standing at the doors. kriqh=te, that you may be judged, RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. katakriqh=te, that you may be condemned, TR F1859=0/12. AV differs textually.
o9, the (judge): present in RP P1904 S1894 F1859=12/12 vs. absent in S1550 E1624 F1859=0/12.
criticize ← sigh against.
James 5:10 879Upo/deigma la&bete, {RP P1904: a)delfoi/ mou, th=j kakopaqei/aj} [TR: th=j kakopaqei/aj, a)delfoi/ mou], kai\ th=j makroqumi/aj, tou\j profh/taj oi4 e0la&lhsan tw%~ o0no/mati kuri/ou. Take as an example of ill-plight and longsuffering, my brothers, the prophets, who spoke in the name of the Lord. a)delfoi/ mou, th=j kakopaqei/aj, my brothers + of ill-plight, RP P1904 F1859=12/12 (but ach lack mou) vs. th=j kakopaqei/aj, a)delfoi/ mou, of ill-plight + my brothers, TR F1859=0/12.
James 5:11 870Idou/, makari/zomen tou\j u9pome/nontaj: th\n u9pomonh\n 870Iw_b h0kou/sate, kai\ to\ te/loj kuri/ou {RP-text: i1dete} [RP-marg P1904 TR: ei1dete], o3ti polu/splagxno/j e0stin {RP: - } [P1904 TR: o9 ku/rioj] kai\ oi0kti/rmwn. Look, we deem blessed those who endure. You have heard of the patience of Job, and {RP-text: look at} [RP-marg P1904 TR: have seen] the Lord's result: that {RP: he} [P1904 TR: the Lord] is of great pity and is compassionate. i1dete, see!, RP-text F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's jkm) vs. ei1dete, you saw, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=9/12. A strong disparity with RP-text, R=3:11. AV differs textually.
o9 ku/rioj, the Lord: absent in RP F1859=12/12 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=0/12. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR? AV differs textually, and with a translational difference (condemnation).
result ← end.
James 5:12 Pro\ pa&ntwn de/, a)delfoi/ mou, mh\ o0mnu/ete, mh/te to\n ou0rano/n, mh/te th\n gh=n, mh/te a!llon tina_ o3rkon: h1tw de\ u9mw~n to\ nai/, nai/, kai\ to\ ou1, ou1: i3na mh\ {RP P1904 S1550: ei0j u9po/krisin} [E1624 S1894: u9po\ kri/sin] pe/shte. But above all, my brothers, do not swear, either by heaven or by the earth, or any other oath, but let your “yes” be yes and your “no” be no, so that you do not fall {RP P1904 S1550: into hypocrisy} [E1624 S1894: under judgment]. ei0j u9po/krisin, into hypocrisy, RP P1904 S1550 F1859=12/12 (c(tacite); o misspelled) vs. u9po\ kri/sin, under judgment, E1624 S1894 F1859=0/12. AV differs textually.
James 5:13 Kakopaqei= tij e0n u9mi=n; Proseuxe/sqw. Eu0qumei= tij; Yalle/tw. Is anyone among you suffering affliction? Let him pray. Is anyone of good cheer? Let him sing psalms.
James 5:14 870Asqenei= tij e0n u9mi=n; Proskalesa&sqw tou\j presbute/rouj th=j e0kklhsi/aj, kai\ proseuca&sqwsan e0p' au0to/n, a)lei/yantej au0to\n e0lai/w% e0n tw%~ o0no/mati tou= kuri/ou: Is anyone among you ill? Let him call for the elders of the church, and let them pray over him, having anointed him with olive oil in the name of the Lord, church: see Matt 16:18.
James 5:15 kai\ h9 eu0xh\ th=j pi/stewj sw&sei to\n ka&mnonta, kai\ e0gerei= au0to\n o9 ku/rioj: ka@n a(marti/aj h|] pepoihkw&j, a)feqh/setai au0tw%~. and the faithful prayer will save him who is ailing, and the Lord will raise him up, and if he has committed sins, it will be forgiven him. faithful prayer ← vow of faith.
it: singular, so the act (a singular concept) of committing sins (plural).
James 5:16 870Ecomologei=sqe a)llh/loij ta_ paraptw&mata, kai\ eu1xesqe u9pe\r a)llh/lwn, o3pwj i0aqh=te. Polu\ i0sxu/ei de/hsij dikai/ou e0nergoume/nh. Confess your transgressions to each other, and pray for each other that you may be healed. The vigorous entreaty of a righteous person is very effective.
James 5:17 870Hli/aj a!nqrwpoj h]n o9moiopaqh\j h9mi=n, kai\ proseuxh|= proshu/cato tou= mh\ bre/cai: kai\ ou0k e1brecen e0pi\ th=j gh=j e0niautou\j trei=j kai\ mh=naj e3c. Elijah was a man of feelings like ours, and he prayed earnestly for it not to rain, and it did not rain on the land for three years and six months. Elijah ← Elias.
ours ← us. The sense is that he had like feelings.
James 5:18 Kai\ pa&lin proshu/cato, kai\ o9 ou0rano\j u9eto\n e1dwken, kai\ h9 gh= e0bla&sthsen to\n karpo\n au0th=j. And he prayed again, and heaven gave rain and the land sprouted its fruit.
James 5:19 870Adelfoi/, e0a&n tij e0n u9mi=n planhqh|= a)po\ th=j a)lhqei/aj, kai\ e0pistre/yh| tij au0to/n, Brothers, if anyone among you strays from the truth, and someone turns him back,
James 5:20 ginwske/tw o3ti o9 e0pistre/yaj a(martwlo\n e0k pla&nhj o9dou= au0tou= sw&sei yuxh\n e0k qana&tou, kai\ kalu/yei plh=qoj a(martiw~n. let him know that he who turns a sinner back from the error of his way will save a soul from death and cover a multitude of sins. soul: i.e. person. The verse refutes the doctrine of immortality of the soul.
1 Pet 1:1 Pe/troj, a)po/stoloj 870Ihsou= xristou=, e0klektoi=j parepidh/moij diaspora~j Po/ntou, Galati/aj, Kappadoki/aj, 870Asi/aj, kai\ Biquni/aj, From Peter, an apostle of Jesus Christ, to the elect who are outsiders belonging to the Diaspora of Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia and Bithynia, elect: AV places this in the next verse.
outsiders: or emigrants. Compare Heb 11:13.
belonging to ← of.
1 Pet 1:2 kata_ pro/gnwsin qeou= patro/j, e0n a(giasmw%~ pneu/matoj, ei0j u9pakoh\n kai\ r(antismo\n ai3matoj 870Ihsou= xristou=: xa&rij u9mi=n kai\ ei0rh/nh plhqunqei/h. elect according to the foreknowledge of God the father, in sanctification of the spirit, in obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ, grace to you, and may peace be plentiful. in (obedience etc.) ← into, for.
may peace be plentiful ← may peace be made plentiful, reminiscent of Dan 3:31MT (Dan 4:1AV), Dan 6:26MT (Dan 6:25AV).
1 Pet 1:3 Eu0loghto\j o9 qeo\j kai\ path\r tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=, o9 kata_ to\ polu\ au0tou= e1leoj a)nagennh/saj {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: h9ma~j} [E1624: u9ma~j] ei0j e0lpi/da zw~san di' a)nasta&sewj 870Ihsou= xristou= e0k nekrw~n, Blessed be the God and father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who according to his great mercy bore {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: us} [E1624: you] again into a living hope through the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead, h9ma~j, us, RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=11/11 (incl. c(tacite)) vs. u9ma~j, you, E1624 F1859=0/11.
1 Pet 1:4 ei0j klhronomi/an a!fqarton kai\ a)mi/anton kai\ a)ma&ranton, tethrhme/nhn e0n ou0ranoi=j ei0j {RP P1904 S1894: u9ma~j} [S1550 E1624: h9ma~j], into an incorruptible and undefiled and unfading inheritance reserved in the heavens for {RP P1904 S1894: you} [S1550 E1624: us], u9ma~j, us, RP P1904 S1894 F1859=11/12 vs. h9ma~j, you, S1550 E1624 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's c).
1 Pet 1:5 tou\j e0n duna&mei qeou= frouroume/nouj dia_ pi/stewj ei0j swthri/an e9toi/mhn a)pokalufqh=nai e0n kairw%~ e0sxa&tw%. who are guarded by the power of God through faith, for a salvation which is ready to be revealed in the latter time.
1 Pet 1:6 870En w%{ a)gallia~sqe, o0li/gon a!rti, ei0 de/on e0sti/n, luphqe/ntej e0n poiki/loij peirasmoi=j, And in this inheritance you rejoice, although for a short time now, if it is necessary, you grieve with various trials, And in this inheritance ← in which. The antecedent of which is inheritance from verse 4 since a masculine or neuter noun is required (or possibly a generalizing concept).
you grieve ← having grieved. See Matt 23:20.
1 Pet 1:7 i3na to\ doki/mion u9mw~n th=j pi/stewj polu\ {RP TR: timiw&teron} [P1904: timo/teron] xrusi/ou tou= a)pollume/nou, dia_ puro\j de\ dokimazome/nou, eu9reqh|= ei0j e1painon kai\ timh\n kai\ {RP: ei0j} [P1904 TR: - ] do/can e0n a)pokalu/yei 870Ihsou= xristou=: in order that the tested character of your faith might be found to be much more precious than gold which perishes, even if tested by fire, for praise and honour and {RP: for} [P1904 TR: - ] glory at the revelation of Jesus Christ, timiw&teron, more precious (classical form), RP TR F1859=6/12 vs. timo/teron, more precious (classical form when with polu\ adjoined), P1904 F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's bdjkmo). Nearly a disparity (#1) with RP, R=7:7.
ei0j (preposition denoting apposition): present in RP F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's fgj) vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=9/12. A strong disparity (#2) with RP, R=3:11.
RP AV associate might be found with for praise and honour. So AV differs punctuationally.
if: conditional use of the participle.
1 Pet 1:8 o4n ou0k {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: ei0do/tej} [S1894: i0do/ntej] a)gapa~te, ei0j o4n a!rti mh\ o9rw~ntej, pisteu/ontej de/, a)gallia~sqe xara%~ a)neklalh/tw% kai\ dedocasme/nh|, whom, although you {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: do not know} [S1894: have not seen] him, you love, in whom, although you do not see him now, you believe and rejoice with inexpressible and glorious joy, ei0do/tej, knowing, RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=10/13 vs. i0do/ntej, having seen, S1894 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's jo) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's b*). AV differs textually.
although: concessive use of the participle.
glorious ← glorified.
1 Pet 1:9 komizo/menoi to\ te/loj th=j pi/stewj u9mw~n, swthri/an yuxw~n. as you acquire the goal of your faith, the salvation of your beings, beings ← souls.
1 Pet 1:10 Peri\ h[j swthri/aj e0cezh/thsan kai\ e0chreu/nhsan profh=tai oi9 peri\ th=j ei0j u9ma~j xa&ritoj profhteu/santej: a salvation about which the prophets – who prophesied about grace destined for you – inquired and investigated,
1 Pet 1:11 e0reunw~ntej ei0j ti/na h2 poi=on kairo\n e0dh/lou to\ e0n au0toi=j pneu=ma xristou=, promarturo/menon ta_ ei0j xristo\n paqh/mata, kai\ ta_j meta_ tau=ta do/caj. investigating at what time and under what circumstances the spirit of Christ in them was indicating, as it testified beforehand of the sufferings destined for Christ, and the glories after that. and ← or.
what circumstances ← what kind of time, kairo\n being translated again because the two Greek interrogatives (ti/na and poi=on) give rise to relative adjectives in English (what and under what), which are not sufficiently compatible to qualify the same noun.
that ← these (things).
1 Pet 1:12 Oi[j a)pekalu/fqh o3ti ou0x e9autoi=j, {RP P1904: u9mi=n} [TR: h9mi=n] de\ dihko/noun au0ta&, a$ nu=n a)nhgge/lh u9mi=n dia_ tw~n eu0aggelisame/nwn u9ma~j e0n pneu/mati a(gi/w% a)postale/nti a)p' ou0ranou=, ei0j a$ e0piqumou=sin a!ggeloi paraku/yai. And to these prophets it was revealed that they were ministering not to themselves, but to {RP P1904: you} [TR: us], the things which have now been announced to you through those who preached the gospel to you by the holy spirit, which was sent from heaven, things into which angels desire to look. u9mi=n, to you, RP P1904 F1859=8/12 vs. h9mi=n, to us, TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's bdlo). AV differs textually.
and to these prophets ← to whom.
look ← peep.
1 Pet 1:13 Dio\ a)nazwsa&menoi ta_j o0sfu/aj th=j dianoi/aj u9mw~n, nh/fontej, telei/wj e0lpi/sate e0pi\ th\n ferome/nhn u9mi=n xa&rin e0n a)pokalu/yei 870Ihsou= xristou=: Therefore, gird up the loins of your mind, be sober, and put hope absolutely in the grace which is being brought to you by revelation of Jesus Christ, gird up ... be sober: imperatival use of the participle.
is being brought: perhaps standing for (will be) brought, i.e. at your resurrection.
1 Pet 1:14 w(j te/kna u9pakoh=j, mh\ susxhmatizo/menoi tai=j pro/teron e0n th|= a)gnoi/a% u9mw~n e0piqumi/aij, as obedient children, not being conformed to the former desires you had in your ignorance, obedient children ← children of obedience, a Hebraic genitive.
1 Pet 1:15 a)lla_ kata_ to\n kale/santa u9ma~j a#gion kai\ au0toi\ a#gioi e0n pa&sh| a)nastrofh|= genh/qhte: but just as he who called you is holy, so you yourselves be holy in every aspect of behaviour. be: or become.
1 Pet 1:16 dio/ti ge/graptai, 873Agioi {RP P1904: gi/nesqe} [TR: ge/nesqe], o3ti e0gw_ a#gio/j ei0mi. For it stands written: “Be holy, for I am holy.” gi/nesqe, become (present, so imperfective aspect), RP P1904 F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's b**hjkm) vs. ge/nesqe, become (aorist, so perfective aspect), TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's b*cfglo) vs. another reading, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ad). A weak disparity with RP, R=6:7.
Lev 11:44, Lev 11:45, Lev 19:2.
1 Pet 1:17 Kai\ ei0 pate/ra e0pikalei=sqe to\n a)proswpolh/ptwj kri/nonta kata_ to\ e9ka&stou e1rgon, e0n fo/bw% to\n th=j paroiki/aj u9mw~n xro/non a)nastra&fhte: And if you call on the father, who judges impartially according to each person's work, then conduct yourselves with fear in the time of your stay here,
1 Pet 1:18 ei0do/tej o3ti ou0 fqartoi=j, a)rguri/w% h2 xrusi/w%, e0lutrw&qhte e0k th=j matai/aj u9mw~n a)nastrofh=j patroparado/tou, knowing that you were not redeemed by perishable things, silver or gold, from your vain comportment as handed down from the fathers,
1 Pet 1:19 a)lla_ timi/w% ai3mati w(j a)mnou= a)mw&mou kai\ a)spi/lou xristou=, but by precious blood as of a lamb without blemish and without spot – of Christ –
1 Pet 1:20 proegnwsme/nou me\n pro\ katabolh=j ko/smou, fanerwqe/ntoj de\ e0p' e0sxa&twn tw~n xro/nwn di' u9ma~j, who was appointed beforehand before the overthrow of the world, but in the latter times made manifest on your account, appointed beforehand ← known beforehand.
overthrow: AV differs; see Matt 13:35.
the latter times: see James 5:3.
1 Pet 1:21 tou\j di' au0tou= pisteu/ontaj ei0j qeo/n, to\n e0gei/ranta au0to\n e0k nekrw~n, kai\ do/can au0tw%~ do/nta, w#ste th\n pi/stin u9mw~n kai\ e0lpi/da ei]nai ei0j qeo/n. you who through him believe in God, who raised him from the dead and gave him glory, so that your faith and hope should be in God. God, who raised him: see Acts 2:32, John 10:18.
1 Pet 1:22 Ta_j yuxa_j u9mw~n h9gniko/tej e0n th|= u9pakoh|= th=j a)lhqei/aj dia_ pneu/matoj ei0j filadelfi/an a)nupo/kriton, e0k kaqara~j kardi/aj a)llh/louj a)gaph/sate e0ktenw~j: Now that you have purified your inner selves by obedience to the truth through the spirit leading to unfeigned brotherly love, love each other intensely from a pure heart, inner selves ← souls.
1 Pet 1:23 a)nagegennhme/noi ou0k e0k spora~j fqarth=j, a)lla_ a)fqa&rtou, dia_ lo/gou zw~ntoj qeou= kai\ me/nontoj ei0j to\n ai0w~na. having been begotten again, not from perishable seed, but from imperishable, through the living word of God, which also remains throughout the age. The words could be grammatically regrouped to give the word of the living God, who also remains throughout the age, but the following verses militate against that.
1 Pet 1:24 Dio/ti, Pa~sa sa_rc w(j xo/rtoj, kai\ pa~sa do/ca a)nqrw&pou w(j a!nqoj xo/rtou. 870Echra&nqh o9 xo/rtoj, kai\ to\ a!nqoj au0tou= e0ce/pesen: For

All flesh is as grass,

And all glory of man is like a herbaceous flower.

The grass dries up,

And its flower withers,

 Isa 40:6, Isa 40:7, Isa 40:8.
grass (2x): standing for flowering vegetation, since grass does not have a prominent flower.
1 Pet 1:25 to\ de\ r(h=ma kuri/ou me/nei ei0j to\n ai0w~na. Tou=to de/ e0stin to\ r(h=ma to\ eu0aggelisqe\n ei0j u9ma~j.

But the word of the Lord

Remains throughout the age.

And this is the word which has been preached to you. 		Isa 40:8.
1 Pet 2:1 870Apoqe/menoi ou]n pa~san kaki/an kai\ pa&nta do/lon kai\ u9pokri/seij kai\ fqo/nouj kai\ pa&saj katalalia&j, So put aside all wickedness and all deceit and hypocrisies and envyings and all slanderings, put aside: imperatival use of the participle.
1 Pet 2:2 w(j a)rtige/nnhta bre/fh, to\ logiko\n a!dolon ga&la e0pipoqh/sate, i3na e0n au0tw%~ au0chqh=te {RP TR: - } [P1904: ei0j swthri/an], and, like new-born babies, long for the genuine word-based milk in order that you may increase by means of it {RP TR: - } [P1904: on the road to salvation], ei0j swthri/an, on the road to salvation: absent in RP TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's cdfkl) vs. present in P1904 F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's abghjmo). A weak disparity with RP, R=6:8, all the weaker with the weaker manuscripts against the side of RP (hm weak?).
1 Pet 2:3 ei1per e0geu/sasqe o3ti xrhsto\j o9 ku/rioj: assuming you have tasted that the Lord is kindly disposed. Ps 34:9MT (Ps 34:8AV).
1 Pet 2:4 pro\j o4n proserxo/menoi, li/qon zw~nta, u9po\ a)nqrw&pwn me\n a)podedokimasme/non, para_ de\ qew%~ e0klekto/n, e1ntimon, And come to him, a living stone, rejected by men, but with God select and honoured, honoured: AV differs somewhat, precious, which is also possible.
1 Pet 2:5 kai\ au0toi\ w(j li/qoi zw~ntej oi0kodomei=sqe oi]koj pneumatiko/j, i9era&teuma a#gion, a)nene/gkai pneumatika_j qusi/aj eu0prosde/ktouj tw%~ qew%~ dia_ 870Ihsou= xristou=. while you yourselves are built up as living stones, as a spiritual house, a holy priesthood, in order to bring spiritual sacrifices acceptable to God through Jesus Christ.
1 Pet 2:6 {RP P1904: Dio/ti} [TR: Dio\ kai\] perie/xei e0n th|= grafh|=, 870Idou/, ti/qhmi e0n Siw_n li/qon a)krogwniai=on, e0klekto/n, e1ntimon: kai\ o9 pisteu/wn e0p' au0tw%~ ou0 mh\ kataisxunqh|=. {RP P1904: Therefore} [TR: And therefore] it says in the scripture,

“Behold, I place in Zion a cornerstone,

Select and honoured,

And he who believes in him

Will certainly not be put to shame.”

 dio/ti, because, RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. dio\ kai\, and therefore, TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's b).
Isa 28:16.
says ← encompasses, comprises.
honoured: AV differs somewhat, precious, which is also possible.
1 Pet 2:7 879Umi=n ou]n h9 timh\ toi=j pisteu/ousin: a)peiqou=sin de/, Li/qon o4n a)pedoki/masan oi9 oi0kodomou=ntej, ou[toj e0genh/qh ei0j kefalh\n gwni/aj, So you who believe have the honour, but to those who do not believe, the scripture says,

“The stone which the builders rejected

Is what has become the keystone”,

 Ps 118:22.
you who believe have the honour: AV differs (unto you ... which believe, he is precious).
is what ← this.
keystone ← head of (the) corner / angle.
1 Pet 2:8 kai/, Li/qoj prosko/mmatoj kai\ pe/tra skanda&lou: oi4 prosko/ptousin tw%~ lo/gw% a)peiqou=ntej: ei0j o4 kai\ e0te/qhsan. and,

“A stumbling stone and a rock of offence.”

¶ And they stumble at the word in disbelieving, to which they for their part were appointed. 		¶ Verse division: in P1904 numbering, 1 Pet 2:8 begins here.
Isa 8:14.
in disbelieving: AV differs (being disobedient), but better taken as balancing those who believe.
for their part ← also.
1 Pet 2:9 879Umei=j de\ ge/noj e0klekto/n, basi/leion i9era&teuma, e1qnoj a#gion, lao\j ei0j peripoi/hsin, o3pwj ta_j a)reta_j e0caggei/lhte tou= e0k sko/touj u9ma~j kale/santoj ei0j to\ qaumasto\n au0tou= fw~j: But you are an elect race, a royal priesthood, a holy nation, a people destined to be a special possession, in order that you should proclaim the virtues of him who called you out of darkness into his wondrous light special possession: AV differs somewhat (peculiar people).
1 Pet 2:10 oi3 pote ou0 lao/j, nu=n de\ lao\j qeou=: oi9 ou0k h0lehme/noi, nu=n de\ e0lehqe/ntej. – you who were at one time not a people, but are now God's people, who were not shown mercy, but have now been shown mercy. Hos 1:6, Hos 2:1MT (Hos 1:10AV), Hos 2:3MT (Hos 2:1AV). (Lo-) ruhamah means (not) shown mercy.
1 Pet 2:11 870Agaphtoi/, parakalw~ w(j paroi/kouj kai\ parepidh/mouj, {RP TR: a)pe/xesqai} [P1904: a)pe/xesqe] tw~n sarkikw~n e0piqumiw~n, ai3tinej strateu/ontai kata_ th=j yuxh=j: Beloved, I exhort you as foreigners and outsiders {RP TR: to abstain} [P1904: , abstain] from fleshly desires which are at war with the inner self, a)pe/xesqai, to abstain, RP TR F1859=9/14 vs. a)pe/xesqe, abstain (imperative), P1904 F1859=5/14 (Scrivener's c**fhj*o).
inner self ← soul.
1 Pet 2:12 th\n a)nastrofh\n u9mw~n {RP P1904: e1xontej kalh\n e0n toi=j e1qnesin} [TR: e0n toi=j e1qnesin e1xontej kalh\n], i3na, e0n w%{ katalalou=sin u9mw~n w(j kakopoiw~n, e0k tw~n kalw~n e1rgwn, e0popteu/santej, doca&swsin to\n qeo\n e0n h9me/ra% e0piskoph=j. keeping your conduct good among the Gentiles, so that in a situation where they slander you as if you were evildoers, they may from observing your good works glorify God on the day of visitation. e1xontej kalh\n e0n toi=j e1qnesin, keeping good + among the Gentiles, RP P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. e0n toi=j e1qnesin e1xontej kalh\n, among the Gentiles + keeping good, TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's m) vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's a).
keeping ← having.
observing ← having observed. See Matt 23:20.
1 Pet 2:13 879Upota&ghte ou]n pa&sh| a)nqrwpi/nh| kti/sei dia_ to\n ku/rion: ei1te basilei=, w(j u9pere/xonti: So be subject to every human institution on account of the Lord, whether to a king, having supremacy, institution ← creation.
having supremacy ← as having supremacy. See Luke 2:37 (redundant w(j).
On the applicability of this verse, see Rom 13:1 and the note there.
1 Pet 2:14 ei1te h9gemo/sin, w(j di' au0tou= pempome/noij ei0j e0kdi/khsin {RP: - } [P1904 TR: me\n] kakopoiw~n, e1painon de\ a)gaqopoiw~n. or whether to leaders, who are sent by him for punishment {RP: - } [P1904 TR: - ] of evildoers, but for praise of welldoers, me\n, on the one hand: absent in RP F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's dgklm) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=7/12. We leave the word, where present, untranslated. A disparity with RP, R=5:9.
punishment: or vengeance.
1 Pet 2:15 873Oti ou3twj e0sti\n to\ qe/lhma tou= qeou=, a)gaqopoiou=ntaj fimou=n th\n tw~n a)fro/nwn a)nqrw&pwn a)gnwsi/an: for this is the will of God, that welldoers should muzzle the ignorance of foolish men, this ← thus.
1 Pet 2:16 w(j e0leu/qeroi, kai\ mh\ w(j e0pika&lumma e1xontej th=j kaki/aj th\n e0leuqeri/an, a)ll' w(j dou=loi qeou=. as free men, and not as ones having freedom as a cover for wrongdoing, but as servants of God.
1 Pet 2:17 Pa&ntaj timh/sate. Th\n a)delfo/thta {RP: a)gaph/sate} [P1904 TR: a)gapa~te]. To\n qeo\n fobei=sqe. To\n basile/a tima~te. Honour everyone. Love the brotherhood. Fear God. Honour the king. a)gaph/sate, love! (aorist, so perfective aspect), RP F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's ghklm) vs. a)gapa~te, love! (present, so imperfective aspect), P1904 TR F1859=7/12. A disparity with RP, R=5:9.
1 Pet 2:18 Oi9 oi0ke/tai, u9potasso/menoi e0n panti\ fo/bw% toi=j despo/taij, ou0 mo/non toi=j a)gaqoi=j kai\ e0pieike/sin, a)lla_ kai\ toi=j skolioi=j. Household servants, be subject to your masters with all fear, not only to the good and fair ones, but also to the unfair ones. be subject: imperatival use of the participle.
1 Pet 2:19 Tou=to ga_r xa&rij, ei0 dia_ sunei/dhsin qeou= u9pofe/rei tij lu/paj, pa&sxwn a)di/kwj. For this is grace: if anyone bears grievous things, suffering unjustly, on account of a consciousness of God.
1 Pet 2:20 Poi=on ga_r kle/oj, ei0 a(marta&nontej kai\ kolafizo/menoi u9pomenei=te; 870All' ei0 a)gaqopoiou=ntej kai\ pa&sxontej u9pomenei=te, tou=to xa&rij para_ qew%~. For what kind of credit is it if, when you sin and are knocked about, you endure it? But if when you do good and suffer, you endure, then this is grace in the estimation of God. grace: AV differs somewhat (acceptable).
in the estimation of ← alongside.
1 Pet 2:21 Ei0j tou=to ga_r e0klh/qhte, o3ti kai\ xristo\j e1paqen u9pe\r {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: h9mw~n} [E1624: u9mw~n], {RP P1904 E1624: u9mi=n} [S1550 S1894: h9mi=n] u9polimpa&nwn u9pogrammo/n, i3na e0pakolouqh/shte toi=j i1xnesin au0tou=: For you were called to this end, seeing that Christ also suffered on {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: our} [E1624: your] behalf leaving {RP P1904 E1624: you} [S1550 S1894: us] an example, that you should follow the footsteps of him h9mw~n, us, RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's adfhjlo) vs. u9mw~n, you, E1624 F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's bcgkm).
u9mi=n, for you, RP P1904 E1624 F1859=11/12 vs. h9mi=n, for us, S1550 S1894 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's d). AV differs textually.
1 Pet 2:22 o4j a(marti/an ou0k e0poi/hsen, ou0de\ eu9re/qh do/loj e0n tw%~ sto/mati au0tou=:

Who did not commit sin,

Nor was any deceit found in his mouth,

 Isa 53:9.
1 Pet 2:23 o4j loidorou/menoj ou0k a)nteloido/rei, pa&sxwn ou0k h0pei/lei, paredi/dou de\ tw%~ kri/nonti dikai/wj: who, when railed at, did not rail back; when suffering, did not make threats, but committed himself to him who judges righteously, An allusion to Isa 53:7.
himself: from the middle voice (for reflexive pronoun).
1 Pet 2:24 o4j ta_j a(marti/aj h9mw~n au0to\j a)nh/negken e0n tw%~ sw&mati au0tou= e0pi\ to\ cu/lon, i3na, tai=j a(marti/aij a)pogeno/menoi, th|= dikaiosu/nh| zh/swmen: ou[ tw%~ mw&lwpi au0tou= i0a&qhte. who himself took up our sins in his body on the wood, in order that we, having died to sins, should live to righteousness:

By whose weal you were healed.

 Isa 53:5. The verse also alludes to Isa 53:4.
having died: or having been removed, but the contrast is with should live.
weal: or welt, the linear scar or bruise after, e.g., flogging or whipping.
1 Pet 2:25 87]Hte ga_r w(j pro/bata planw&mena: a)ll' e0pestra&fhte nu=n e0pi\ to\n poime/na kai\ e0pi/skopon tw~n yuxw~n u9mw~n.

For you were like sheep going astray,

but you have now returned to the shepherd and overseer of your beings. 		Isa 53:6.
beings ← souls.
1 Pet 3:1 879Omoi/wj, ai9 gunai=kej, u9potasso/menai toi=j i0di/oij a)ndra&sin, i3na, kai\ ei1 tinej a)peiqou=sin tw%~ lo/gw%, dia_ th=j tw~n gunaikw~n a)nastrofh=j a!neu lo/gou {RP P1904: kerdhqh/sontai} [TR: kerdhqh/swntai], Likewise, you wives, submit to your own husbands, so that even if some disbelieve the word, they {RP P1904: will} [TR: may] be won over through the conduct of their wives without the word, kerdhqh/sontai, will be won over (non-classical future indicative, perhaps removing any contingency), RP P1904 F1859=8/13 vs. kerdhqh/swntai, may be won over (classical aorist subjunctive), TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's ab*gjo).
submit: imperatival use of the participle.
disbelieve: AV differs (obey not), also possible.
1 Pet 3:2 e0popteu/santej th\n e0n fo/bw% a(gnh\n a)nastrofh\n u9mw~n. as they observe your reverent conduct in fear. as they observe ← having observed. See Matt 23:20.
1 Pet 3:3 87[Wn e1stw ou0x o9 e1cwqen e0mplokh=j trixw~n, kai\ periqe/sewj xrusi/wn, h2 e0ndu/sewj i9mati/wn ko/smoj: And let your adorning not be the exterior plaiting of hair and putting on of gold or wearing of garments,
1 Pet 3:4 a)ll' o9 krupto\j th=j kardi/aj a!nqrwpoj, e0n tw%~ a)fqa&rtw% tou= pra%e/oj kai\ h9suxi/ou pneu/matoj, o3 e0stin e0nw&pion tou= qeou= polutele/j. but the hidden man of the heart, with the indefectibility of the meek and quiet spirit, which is very valuable in God's sight. which: agreeing with spirit, or generalizing the preceding concepts.
1 Pet 3:5 Ou3twj ga&r pote kai\ ai9 a#giai gunai=kej ai9 e0lpi/zousai e0pi\ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: to\n] qeo\n e0ko/smoun e9auta&j, u9potasso/menai toi=j i0di/oij a)ndra&sin: For in this way in the past also holy women – who put their hope in God – adorned themselves, being subject to their own husbands, to\n, the (God): absent in RP F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's bdmo) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=8/12. A disparity with RP, R=4:10.
1 Pet 3:6 w(j Sa&rra u9ph/kousen tw%~ 870Abraa&m, ku/rion au0to\n kalou=sa, h[j e0genh/qhte te/kna, a)gaqopoiou=sai kai\ mh\ fobou/menai mhdemi/an pto/hsin. just as Sarah obeyed Abraham, calling him lord, of whom you are children, and these women were doers of good works and did not fear any intimidation. are ← became.
doers of good works: we refer a)gaqopoiou=sai to the holy women of 1 Pet 3:5; AV differs, referring them to the daughters of Sarah, which is also possible.
intimidation: AV differs somewhat (amazement).
1 Pet 3:7 Oi9 a!ndrej o9moi/wj, sunoikou=ntej kata_ gnw~sin, w(j a)sqeneste/rw% skeu/ei tw%~ gunaikei/w% a)pone/montej timh/n, w(j kai\ sugklhrono/moi xa&ritoj zwh=j, ei0j to\ mh\ {RP P1904: e0gko/ptesqai} [TR: e0kko/ptesqai] ta_j proseuxa_j u9mw~n. Husbands likewise, live with them in accordance with your knowledge, bestowing honour on the weaker feminine vessel, since you are also joint heirs to the gracious gift of life, so that your prayers may not be {RP P1904: impeded} [TR: cut off]. e0gko/ptesqai, be impeded, RP P1904 F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's djkl) vs. e0kko/ptesqai, be cut out, cut off, TR F1859=7/12 vs. e0nko/ptesqai, be impeded (misspelled), F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's c). A disparity with RP, R=5:8, or a weak disparity, R=6:8 if the misspelling is counted.
bestowing ← as bestowing. See Luke 2:37 (redundant w(j).
1 Pet 3:8 To\ de\ te/loj, pa&ntej o9mo/fronej, sumpaqei=j, fila&delfoi, eu1splagxnoi, filo/fronej: Finally, be all of one mind, sympathetic, having brotherly love, compassionate, kindly minded,
1 Pet 3:9 mh\ a)podido/ntej kako\n a)nti\ kakou=, h2 loidori/an a)nti\ loidori/aj: tou0nanti/on de\ eu0logou=ntej, ei0do/tej o3ti ei0j tou=to e0klh/qhte, i3na eu0logi/an klhronomh/shte. not repaying evil for evil, or abuse for abuse, but rather on the contrary giving blessing, knowing that you were called for this, in order that you may inherit blessing.
1 Pet 3:10 879O ga_r qe/lwn zwh\n a)gapa~n, kai\ i0dei=n h9me/raj a)gaqa&j, pausa&tw th\n glw~ssan au0tou= a)po\ kakou=, kai\ xei/lh au0tou= tou= mh\ lalh=sai do/lon:

For let him who wishes to love life

And see good days

Restrain his tongue from evil

And his lips from speaking deceit.

 Ps 34:13MT, Ps 34:14MT (Ps 34:12AV, Ps 34:13AV).
1 Pet 3:11 e0kklina&tw a)po\ kakou=, kai\ poihsa&tw a)gaqo/n: zhthsa&tw ei0rh/nhn, kai\ diwca&tw au0th/n.

Let him turn away from evil

And do good.

Let him seek peace

And pursue it.

 Ps 34:15MT (Ps 34:14AV).
1 Pet 3:12 873Oti {RP P1904: - } [TR: oi9] o0fqalmoi\ kuri/ou e0pi\ dikai/ouj, kai\ w}ta au0tou= ei0j de/hsin au0tw~n: pro/swpon de\ kuri/ou e0pi\ poiou=ntaj kaka&. For

{RP P1904: The} [TR: The] eyes of the Lord are fixed on the righteous,

And his ears are directed to their entreaties,

But the face of the Lord is set against

Those who do evil.

 oi9, the (eyes): absent in RP P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. present in TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's cj).
Ps 34:16MT, Ps 34:17MT (Ps 34:15AV, Ps 34:16AV).
1 Pet 3:13 Kai\ ti/j o9 kakw&swn u9ma~j, e0a_n tou= a)gaqou= mimhtai\ ge/nhsqe; And who will do you harm, if you become imitators of him who is good? who will ← who (is) he (who) will.
him who: AV differs, reading that which, but one normally imitates a person rather than a thing. An exception in 3 John 1:11.
1 Pet 3:14 870All' ei0 kai\ pa&sxoite dia_ dikaiosu/nhn, maka&rioi: to\n de\ fo/bon au0tw~n mh\ fobhqh=te, mhde\ taraxqh=te: But even if you were to suffer on account of righteousness, you would be blessed. And do not fear their fearsomeness, nor be disturbed. Isa 8:12.
fearsomeness ← fear their fear, i.e. their show of being fearsome. Subjective genitive, relating to causing fear.
1 Pet 3:15 ku/rion de\ to\n qeo\n a(gia&sate e0n tai=j kardi/aij u9mw~n: e3toimoi de\ a)ei\ pro\j a)pologi/an panti\ tw%~ ai0tou=nti u9ma~j lo/gon peri\ th=j e0n u9mi=n e0lpi/doj, meta_ pra%u+/thtoj kai\ fo/bou: And sanctify the Lord God in your hearts, being always ready to give a defence to everyone who asks you for an account of the hope in you, doing it with meekness and fear, Isa 8:13.
1 Pet 3:16 sunei/dhsin e1xontej a)gaqh/n, i3na, e0n w%{ {RP-text P1904: katalalou=sin} [RP-marg TR: katalalw~sin] u9mw~n w(j kakopoiw~n, kataisxunqw~sin oi9 e0phrea&zontej u9mw~n th\n a)gaqh\n e0n xristw%~ a)nastrofh/n. having a clear conscience so that in the matter for which they {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: may] vilify you as an evildoer, those who treat you spitefully for your good conduct in Christ might be put to shame. katalalou=sin, they vilify, RP-text P1904 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's b**dfh) vs. katalalw~sin, they may vilify (subjunctive, perhaps suggesting “whatever”, perhaps attracted by i3na), RP-marg TR F1859=6/13 vs. other readings, F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's acj). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=5:7.
1 Pet 3:17 Krei=tton ga_r a)gaqopoiou=ntaj, ei0 {RP P1904: qe/loi} [TR: qe/lei] to\ qe/lhma tou= qeou=, pa&sxein, h2 kakopoiou=ntaj. For it is better for welldoers to suffer than evildoers, if the will of God {RP P1904: should so wish} [TR: so wishes]. qe/loi, should wish, were to wish (potential condition), RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. qe/lei, wishes, TR F1859=0/12 vs. word absent, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's l).
1 Pet 3:18 873Oti kai\ xristo\j a#pac peri\ a(martiw~n e1paqen, di/kaioj u9pe\r a)di/kwn, i3na {RP: u9ma~j} [P1904 TR: h9ma~j] prosaga&gh| tw%~ qew%~, qanatwqei\j me\n sarki/, zw%opoihqei\j de\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: tw%~] pneu/mati, For Christ also suffered for sins once, the just for the unjust, in order that he might bring {RP: you} [P1904 TR: us] to God, he having been put to death in the flesh but made alive by {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] spirit, u9ma~j, you, RP F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's abjmo) vs. h9ma~j, us, P1904 TR F1859=7/12. A disparity with RP, R=5:9. AV differs textually.
tw%~, the (spirit): absent in RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. present in TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's g).
he having been put to death: the grammatical antecedent of he is Christ. AV differs, potentially, as the antecedent could be read as God or us.
by: or in.
1 Pet 3:19 e0n w%{ kai\ toi=j e0n fulakh|= pneu/masin poreuqei\j e0kh/rucen, by which he also went and made proclamations to the spirits in prison, by which: or in which, or while.
1 Pet 3:20 a)peiqh/sasi/n pote, o3te {RP P1904: a)pecede/xeto} [TR: a#pac e0cede/xeto] h9 tou= qeou= makroqumi/a e0n h9me/raij Nw~e, kataskeuazome/nhj kibwtou=, ei0j h4n o0li/gai, tou=t' e1stin o0ktw_ yuxai/, diesw&qhsan di' u3datoj: who at one time were disobedient, when the longsuffering of God waited {RP P1904: - } [TR: once] in the days of Noah, while an ark was prepared, in which a few – that is eight people – were saved through water. a)pecede/xeto, waited (the prefixes add intensity), RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. a#pac e0cede/xeto, waited once, TR F1859=0/12 vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's m). AV differs textually.
were disobedient: or disbelieved – the warning of the flood was disbelieved.
people ← souls.
through water: the water saved Noah and his family from the progeny of the (fallen) spirits of 1 Pet 3:19, i.e. the Nephilim of Gen 6:4. See also Num 13:33.
1 Pet 3:21 {RP P1904 S1550: o4} [E1624 S1894: w%{] {RP P1904: a)nti/tupon nu=n kai\ h9ma~j} [TR: kai\ h9ma~j a)nti/tupon nu=n] sw%&zei ba&ptisma, ou0 sarko\j a)po/qesij r(u/pou, a)lla_ suneidh/sewj a)gaqh=j e0perw&thma ei0j qeo/n, di' a)nasta&sewj 870Ihsou= xristou=, And {RP P1904 S1550: this as} [E1624 S1894: in this] a counterpart also now saves us, that is, baptism, not the putting away of the filth of the flesh, but the quest for a clear conscience towards God, through the resurrection of Jesus Christ, o4, which, RP P1904 S1550 F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's acfhjkm) vs. w%{, to which, E1624 S1894 F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's bdglo).
a)nti/tupon nu=n kai\ h9ma~j, a counterpart now + also us, RP P1904 F1859=9/12 (Scrivener's bdfghjklo, though bo read h9ma~j) vs. kai\ h9ma~j a)nti/tupon nu=n, also us + a counterpart now, TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's acm, though cm read h9ma~j).
quest for ← inquiry of. AV differs somewhat (answer of).
1 Pet 3:22 o3j e0stin e0n decia%~ tou= qeou=, poreuqei\j ei0j ou0rano/n, u9potage/ntwn au0tw%~ a)gge/lwn kai\ e0cousiw~n kai\ duna&mewn. who is at the right hand of God, having gone to heaven, while angels and authorities and powers have been made subject to him.
1 Pet 4:1 Xristou= ou]n paqo/ntoj u9pe\r h9mw~n sarki/, kai\ u9mei=j th\n au0th\n e1nnoian o9pli/sasqe: o3ti o9 paqw_n e0n sarki/, pe/pautai a(marti/aj: So with Christ having suffered on our behalf in the flesh, you arm yourselves too with the same mind, for he who has suffered in the flesh has ceased from sin, in (first occurrence in verse): ← to or for, or perhaps by.
1 Pet 4:2 ei0j to\ mhke/ti a)nqrw&pwn e0piqumi/aij, a)lla_ qelh/mati qeou= to\n e0pi/loipon e0n sarki\ biw~sai xro/non. resulting in him living the rest of his time in the flesh no longer in man's desires, but in the will of God. man's ← men's, but not particularly gender-specific.
1 Pet 4:3 870Arketo\j ga_r {RP-text TR: h9mi=n} [RP-marg P1904: u9mi=n] o9 parelhluqw_j xro/noj tou= bi/ou to\ qe/lhma tw~n e0qnw~n katerga&sasqai, peporeume/nouj e0n a)selgei/aij, e0piqumi/aij, oi0noflugi/aij, kw&moij, po/toij, kai\ a)qemi/toij {RP TR: ei0dwlolatrei/aij} [P1904: ei0dwlolatri/aij]: For the past phase of life is sufficient for {RP-text TR: us} [RP-marg P1904: you] in carrying out the will of the Gentiles, for {RP-text TR: us} [RP-marg P1904: you] to have walked in debaucheries, lusts, drunkenness with wine, orgies, drinking bouts and forbidden idolatries, h9mi=n, for us, RP-text TR F1859=6/12 vs. u9mi=n, for you, RP-marg P1904 F1859=5/12 vs. word absent, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's d). Nearly a disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=7:6.
ei0dwlolatrei/aij, (in) idolatries (1), RP TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's b*k) vs. ei0dwlolatri/aij, (in) idolatries (2), P1904 F1859=11/13. A strong disparity (#2) with RP, R=3:12.
phase ← time.
forbidden ← not laid down (by law), with ↴
1 Pet 4:4 e0n w%{ ceni/zontai, mh\ suntrexo/ntwn u9mw~n ei0j th\n au0th\n th=j a)swti/aj a)na&xusin, blasfhmou=ntej: at which they are surprised when you don't go along with them to the same burst of excess, while they blaspheme, ↳ the understanding that things like this which are not sanctioned are disallowed. AV differs somewhat (abominable).
go ← run.
1 Pet 4:5 oi4 a)podw&sousin lo/gon tw%~ e9toi/mwj e1xonti kri=nai zw~ntaj kai\ nekrou/j. they who will render an account to him who is ready to judge the living and the dead.
1 Pet 4:6 Ei0j tou=to ga_r kai\ nekroi=j eu0hggeli/sqh, i3na kriqw~sin me\n kata_ a)nqrw&pouj sarki/, zw~sin de\ kata_ qeo\n pneu/mati. For to this end the gospel was also preached to the dead: that they might be judged according to men in the flesh but live according to God in the spirit.
1 Pet 4:7 Pa&ntwn de\ to\ te/loj h1ggiken: swfronh/sate ou]n kai\ nh/yate ei0j {RP P1904 TR: ta_j} [MISC: - ] proseuxa&j: But the end of all things has drawn near. So be sober-minded and abstemious for the benefit of {RP P1904 TR: your} [MISC: - ] prayers. ta_j, the: present in RP P1904 TR F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's ab**fghlm) vs. absent in F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's b*cdjko).
1 Pet 4:8 pro\ pa&ntwn de\ th\n ei0j e9autou\j a)ga&phn e0ktenh= e1xontej, o3ti {RP S1550: - } [P1904 E1624 S1894: h9] a)ga&ph kalu/yei plh=qoj a(martiw~n: And above all have intense love towards one another, because love will cover a multitude of sins. h9, the (love): absent in RP S1550 F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's cdjklo) vs. present in P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's abfghm). A weak disparity with RP, R=7:8.
Prov 10:12.
one another: reflexive pronoun for reciprocal.
1 Pet 4:9 filo/cenoi ei0j a)llh/louj a!neu goggusmw~n: Be hospitable to each other without murmurings. to each other: the classical reciprocal pronoun. Contrast the next verse.
1 Pet 4:10 e3kastoj kaqw_j e1laben xa&risma, ei0j e9autou\j au0to\ diakonou=ntej, w(j kaloi\ oi0kono/moi poiki/lhj xa&ritoj qeou=: Just as each has received a gracious gift, so serve each other with it, like good stewards of the many-facetted grace of God. serve: imperatival use of the participle.
each other: reflexive pronoun for reciprocal pronoun. Contrast the previous verse.
1 Pet 4:11 ei1 tij lalei=, w(j lo/gia qeou=: ei1 tij diakonei=, w(j e0c i0sxu/oj {RP P1904: w(j} [TR: h[j] xorhgei= o9 qeo/j: i3na e0n pa~sin doca&zhtai o9 qeo\j dia_ 870Ihsou= xristou=, w%{ e0sti\n h9 do/ca kai\ to\ kra&toj ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj tw~n ai0w&nwn. 870Amh/n. If anyone speaks, let it be as oracles of God. If anyone ministers, let it be as from {RP P1904: strength as} [TR: the strength which] God provides, in order that God should be glorified in all things through Jesus Christ, who has the glory and the power throughout the durations of the ages. Amen. w(j, as (God provides), RP P1904 F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's b*dfjlmo) vs. h[j, which (God provides), TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's ab**cghk). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
1 Pet 4:12 870Agaphtoi/, mh\ ceni/zesqe th|= e0n u9mi=n purw&sei pro\j peirasmo\n u9mi=n ginome/nh|, w(j ce/nou u9mi=n sumbai/nontoj: Beloved, do not be surprised at the trial by fire in you which takes place to test you, as if something strange is happening to you, trial by fire ← burning.
in you: or among you.
1 Pet 4:13 a)lla_ {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: kaqo\} [E1624: kaqw_j] koinwnei=te toi=j tou= xristou= paqh/masin, xai/rete, i3na kai\ e0n th|= a)pokalu/yei th=j do/chj au0tou= xarh=te a)galliw&menoi. but insofar as you have a share in the sufferings of Christ, rejoice, so that at the revelation of his glory, you in turn may rejoice and be jubilant. kaqo\, insofar as (1), RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=12/12 (incl. c(tacite)) vs. kaqw_j, insofar as (2), E1624 F1859=0/12.
in turn ← also.
1 Pet 4:14 Ei0 o0neidi/zesqe e0n o0no/mati xristou=, maka&rioi: o3ti to\ th=j do/chj {RP TR: - } [P1904: kai\ duna&mewj] kai\ to\ tou= qeou= pneu=ma e0f' u9ma~j a)napau/etai: kata_ me\n au0tou\j blasfhmei=tai, kata_ de\ u9ma~j doca&zetai. If you are reproached on account of the name of Christ, you are blessed, because the spirit of glory {RP TR: - } [P1904: and power] and of God rests on you. From their perspective he is blasphemed, but from your perspective he is glorified. kai\ duna&mewj, and power: absent in RP TR F1859=8/12 vs. present in P1904 F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's acgk).
1 Pet 4:15 Mh\ ga&r tij u9mw~n pasxe/tw w(j foneu/j, h2 kle/pthj, h2 kakopoio/j, h2 w(j a)llotrioepi/skopoj: But do not let anyone of you suffer as a murderer or thief or evildoer or as a busybody. but ← for.
1 Pet 4:16 ei0 de\ w(j Xristiano/j, mh\ ai0sxune/sqw, docaze/tw de\ to\n qeo\n e0n tw%~ me/rei tou/tw%. But if anyone suffers as a Christian, let him not be ashamed, but let him glorify God in this respect.
1 Pet 4:17 873Oti o9 kairo\j tou= a!rcasqai to\ kri/ma a)po\ tou= oi1kou tou= qeou=: ei0 de\ prw~ton a)f' h9mw~n, ti/ to\ te/loj tw~n a)peiqou/ntwn tw%~ tou= qeou= eu0aggeli/w%; For it is time for judgment to begin from the house of God; and if first with us, what will be the end of those who disbelieve the gospel of God? with ← from.
disbelieve: AV differs (obey not). Compare 1 Pet 2:8.
1 Pet 4:18 Kai\ ei0 o9 di/kaioj mo/lij sw%&zetai, o9 a)sebh\j kai\ a(martwlo\j pou= fanei=tai; And if the righteous person is scarcely saved, where will the ungodly and sinful person appear?
1 Pet 4:19 873Wste kai\ oi9 pa&sxontej kata_ to\ qe/lhma tou= qeou=, w(j pistw%~ kti/sth| paratiqe/sqwsan ta_j yuxa_j {RP P1904: au0tw~n} [TR: e9autw~n] e0n a)gaqopoii+/a%. So also let those who suffer according to God's will commit their {RP P1904: - } [TR: own] lives to him in well-doing, as to a faithful creator. au0tw~n, their, RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. e9autw~n, their own, TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's m).
lives ← souls.
1 Pet 5:1 Presbute/rouj tou\j e0n u9mi=n parakalw~ o9 sumpresbu/teroj kai\ ma&rtuj tw~n tou= xristou= paqhma&twn, o9 kai\ th=j mellou/shj a)pokalu/ptesqai do/chj koinwno/j: I exhort the elders among you, as a fellow elder and witness to the sufferings of Christ, and also as a partaker of the coming glory which will be revealed:
1 Pet 5:2 poima&nate to\ e0n u9mi=n poi/mnion tou= qeou=, e0piskopou=ntej mh\ a)nagkastw~j, a)ll' e9kousi/wj: mhde\ ai0sxrokerdw~j, a)lla_ proqu/mwj: tend the flock of God among you, overseeing it not under compulsion, but willingly, and not in a way which is shamefully greedy of gain, but wholeheartedly,
1 Pet 5:3 {RP: mhde\} [P1904 TR: mhd'] w(j katakurieu/ontej tw~n klh/rwn, a)lla_ tu/poi gino/menoi tou= poimni/ou. and not lording it over those assigned to you, but being models for the flock. mhde\, and not (unapocopated), RP F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's ghl) vs. mhd', and not (apocopated), P1904 TR F1859=9/12. A strong disparity with RP, R=3:11.
those assigned ← the allotments. AV differs somewhat (heritage).
for ← of.
1 Pet 5:4 Kai\ fanerwqe/ntoj tou= a)rxipoi/menoj, komiei=sqe to\n a)mara&ntinon th=j do/chj ste/fanon. Then when the chief shepherd appears, you will obtain the unfading crown of glory. appears ← has appeared. See Matt 23:20.
1 Pet 5:5 879Omoi/wj, new&teroi, u9pota&ghte presbute/roij: pa&ntej de\ a)llh/loij u9potasso/menoi, th\n tapeinofrosu/nhn e0gkombw&sasqe: o3ti o9 qeo\j u9perhfa&noij a)ntita&ssetai, tapeinoi=j de\ di/dwsin xa&rin. Similarly you younger ones, be subject to the elders, and, all being subject to each other, gird yourselves with humility, for

God opposes the arrogant

But gives grace to the lowly.

 Prov 3:34.
1 Pet 5:6 Tapeinw&qhte ou]n u9po\ th\n krataia_n xei=ra tou= qeou=, i3na u9ma~j u9yw&sh| e0n kairw%~, So be humbled under the strong hand of God, in order that he might exalt you in due course, be humbled: see James 4:10.
1 Pet 5:7 pa~san th\n me/rimnan u9mw~n e0pirri/yantej e0p' au0to/n, o3ti au0tw%~ me/lei peri\ u9mw~n. having cast every concern of yours on him, for he cares about you. he cares about you ← it is a care to him about you.
1 Pet 5:8 Nh/yate, grhgorh/sate: {RP P1904: - } [TR: o3ti] o9 a)nti/dikoj u9mw~n dia&boloj, w(j le/wn w)ruo/menoj, peripatei= zhtw~n ti/na katapi/h|: Be sober, keep watch {RP P1904: ; } [TR: , because] your adversary the devil walks around like a roaring lion, seeking anyone he can devour. o3ti, because: absent in RP P1904 F1859=8/12 vs. present in TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's achm).
devour ← swallow up ← drink down.
1 Pet 5:9 w%{ a)nti/sthte stereoi\ th|= pi/stei, ei0do/tej ta_ au0ta_ tw~n paqhma&twn th|= e0n ko/smw% u9mw~n a)delfo/thti e0pitelei=sqai. Resist him, being steadfast in the faith, knowing that the same kinds of sufferings are inflicted on your brotherhood in the world. inflicted ← accomplished.
1 Pet 5:10 879O de\ qeo\j pa&shj xa&ritoj, o9 kale/saj {RP P1904: u9ma~j} [TR: h9ma~j] ei0j th\n ai0w&nion au0tou= do/can e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=, o0li/gon paqo/ntaj au0to\j {RP TR: katarti/sai} [P1904: katarti/sei] u9ma~j, {RP P1904: sthri/cei} [TR: sthri/cai], {RP P1904: sqenw&sei} [TR: sqenw&sai], {RP P1904: qemeliw&sei} [TR: qemeliw&sai]. And {RP TR: may} [P1904: - ] the God of all grace – who has called {RP P1904: you} [TR: us] into his age-abiding glory in Christ Jesus, {RP TR: - } [P1904: will,] after you have suffered for a little while – restore you, and {RP P1904: he will} [TR: may he] fortify, strengthen and establish you. u9ma~j, you, RP P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. h9ma~j, us, TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's cgk). AV differs textually.
katarti/sai, may he restore, RP TR F1859=11/12 vs. katarti/sei, he will restore, P1904 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's d).
sthri/cei, he will fortify, RP P1904 F1859=8/13 vs. sthri/cai, may he fortify, TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's ab**cgh).
sqenw&sei, he will strengthen, RP P1904 F1859=8/13 vs. sqenw&sai, may he strengthen, TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's ab**cgh).
qemeliw&sei, he will establish, RP P1904 F1859=8/13 vs. qemeliw&sai, may he establish, TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's ab**cgh). AV differs textually.
1 Pet 5:11 Au0tw%~ h9 do/ca kai\ to\ kra&toj ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj tw~n ai0w&nwn. 870Amh/n. To him be glory and power throughout the durations of the ages. Amen.
1 Pet 5:12 Dia_ Silouanou= u9mi=n tou= pistou= a)delfou=, w(j logi/zomai, di' o0li/gwn e1graya, parakalw~n kai\ e0pimarturw~n tau/thn ei]nai a)lhqh= xa&rin tou= qeou= ei0j h4n e9sth/kate. I have written to you in a few words via Silvanus, the faithful brother, as I consider him, exhorting and testifying that this is the true grace of God in which you stand. to you: or, associating with “faithful brother”, for you.
1 Pet 5:13 870Aspa&zetai u9ma~j h9 e0n Babulw~ni suneklekth/, kai\ Ma&rkoj o9 ui9o/j mou. The Diaspora in Babylon, jointly elect, greets you, as does Mark my son. Diaspora: in structural balance with the elect Diaspora of 1 Pet 1:1. AV differs, supplying church.
Mark: AV= Marcus.
1 Pet 5:14 870Aspa&sasqe a)llh/louj e0n filh/mati a)ga&phj. Ei0rh/nh u9mi=n pa~sin toi=j e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=. 870Amh/n. Greet each other with a loving kiss. Peace to all of you who are in Christ Jesus. Amen. loving kiss ← kiss of love, a Hebraic genitive.
2 Pet 1:1 {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: Sumew_n} [S1894: Si/mwn] Pe/troj, dou=loj kai\ a)po/stoloj 870Ihsou= xristou=, toi=j i0so/timon h9mi=n laxou=sin pi/stin e0n dikaiosu/nh| tou= qeou= h9mw~n kai\ swth=roj {RP P1904 S1550: - } [E1624 S1894: h9mw~n] 870Ihsou= xristou=: From Simon Peter, a servant and apostle of Jesus Christ, to those who have obtained equally precious faith to ours in the righteousness of our God and {RP P1904 S1550: - } [E1624 S1894: our] saviour, Jesus Christ, Sumew_n, Symeon (but we translate Simon), RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=9/13 vs. Si/mwn, Simon, S1894 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's a*clm).
h9mw~n, our: absent in RP P1904 S1550 F1859=12/12 (incl. c(tacite)) vs. present in E1624 S1894 F1859=0/12.
of our God and saviour Jesus Christ: no article with saviour in the Greek. See Rom 1:7, showing why we repunctuate; AV differs.
2 Pet 1:2 xa&rij u9mi=n kai\ ei0rh/nh plhqunqei/h e0n e0pignw&sei tou= qeou=, kai\ 870Ihsou= tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n: grace to you, and peace be plentiful in the acknowledgment of God and Jesus our Lord, peace be plentiful: see 1 Pet 1:2.
2 Pet 1:3 w(j pa&nta h9mi=n th=j qei/aj duna&mewj au0tou= ta_ pro\j zwh\n kai\ eu0se/beian dedwrhme/nhj, dia_ th=j e0pignw&sewj tou= kale/santoj h9ma~j dia_ do/chj kai\ a)reth=j: since his divine power has bestowed on us everything pertaining to life and godliness, through acknowledgment of him who called us through glory and virtue, through (second occurrence in verse): perhaps making adverbs, gloriously and virtuously, though translating so would conceal glory and virtue as the most likely antecedent to w{n in the next verse. The word dia& + genitive makes an adverb in Heb 13:22.
2 Pet 1:4 di' w{n ta_ {RP P1904: ti/mia h9mi=n kai\ me/gista} [TR: me/gista h9mi=n kai\ ti/mia] e0pagge/lmata dedw&rhtai, i3na dia_ tou/twn ge/nhsqe qei/aj koinwnoi\ fu/sewj, a)pofugo/ntej th=j e0n ko/smw% e0n e0piqumi/a% fqora~j. qualities through which {RP P1904: precious and very great} [TR: very great and precious] promises have been given to us, in order that through these you might become partakers of divine nature, having fled from the corruption in the world, which is driven by covetousness. ti/mia h9mi=n kai\ me/gista, precious + to us + and very great, RP P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. me/gista h9mi=n kai\ ti/mia, very great + to us + and precious, TR F1859=0/12 vs. other readings, F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's acm).
2 Pet 1:5 Kai\ au0to\ tou=to de/, spoudh\n pa~san pareisene/gkantej, e0pixorhgh/sate e0n th|= pi/stei u9mw~n th\n a)reth/n, e0n de\ th|= a)reth|= th\n gnw~sin, And for this very reason, while bringing all zeal to bear, supply virtue in your faith, and in your virtue, knowledge, bringing ← having brought. See Matt 23:20.
2 Pet 1:6 e0n de\ th|= gnw&sei th\n e0gkra&teian, e0n de\ th|= e0gkratei/a% th\n u9pomonh/n, e0n de\ th|= u9pomonh|= th\n eu0se/beian, and in your knowledge, self-control, and in your self-control, endurance, and in your endurance, godliness,
2 Pet 1:7 e0n de\ th|= eu0sebei/a% th\n {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: filadelfi/an} [E1624: fliadelfi/an], e0n de\ th|= filadelfi/a% th\n a)ga&phn. and in your godliness, brotherly affection, and in your brotherly affection, love. filadelfi/an, brotherly love , RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=12/12 vs. fliadelfi/an, brotherly love (misspelled), E1624 F1859=0/12.
2 Pet 1:8 Tau=ta ga_r u9mi=n u9pa&rxonta kai\ pleona&zonta, ou0k a)rgou\j ou0de\ a)ka&rpouj kaqi/sthsin ei0j th\n tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou= e0pi/gnwsin. For if these things belong to you and abound, they establish you as neither inactive nor unfruitful in the acknowledgment of our Lord Jesus Christ. if: conditional use of the participle.
2 Pet 1:9 87[W| ga_r mh\ pa&restin tau=ta, tuflo/j e0stin, muwpa&zwn, lh/qhn labw_n tou= kaqarismou= tw~n pa&lai au0tou= a(martiw~n. For he who lacks these things is blind, short-sighted, oblivious of the cleansing of his past sins. he who lacks these things ← to whom these (things) are not present.
oblivious ← having received oblivion.
2 Pet 1:10 Dio\ ma~llon, a)delfoi/, spouda&sate bebai/an u9mw~n th\n klh=sin kai\ e0klogh\n poiei=sqai: tau=ta ga_r poiou=ntej ou0 mh\ ptai/shte/ pote: Therefore, brothers, be eager rather to make your calling and election steadfast. For if you do these things, you will certainly never stumble. if: conditional use of the participle.
2 Pet 1:11 ou3twj ga_r plousi/wj e0pixorhghqh/setai u9mi=n h9 ei1sodoj ei0j th\n ai0w&nion basilei/an tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n kai\ swth=roj 870Ihsou= xristou=. For this is how the way into the age-abiding kingdom of our Lord and saviour Jesus Christ will be richly supplied to you. this is how ← thus.
2 Pet 1:12 Dio\ ou0k a)melh/sw {RP P1904: a)ei\ u9ma~j} [TR: u9ma~j a)ei\] u9pomimnh|/skein peri\ tou/twn, kai/per ei0do/taj, kai\ e0sthrigme/nouj e0n th|= parou/sh| a)lhqei/a%. This is why I will not be negligent in always reminding you about these things, although you know them and have been confirmed in the present truth. a)ei\ u9ma~j, always + you, RP P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. u9ma~j a)ei\, you + always, TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's ack).
this is why ← on account of which.
2 Pet 1:13 Di/kaion de\ h9gou=mai, e0f' o3son ei0mi\ e0n tou/tw% tw%~ skhnw&mati, diegei/rein u9ma~j e0n u9pomnh/sei: And I consider it a righteous matter, as long as I am in this tent, to rouse you in reminding you, tent: i.e. mortal body.
2 Pet 1:14 ei0dw_j o3ti taxinh/ e0stin h9 a)po/qesij tou= skhnw&mato/j mou, kaqw_j kai\ o9 ku/rioj h9mw~n 870Ihsou=j xristo\j e0dh/lwse/n moi. knowing that I shall imminently be divesting myself of my tent, as indeed our Lord Jesus Christ has shown me. I shall imminently be divesting myself of my tent ← the disposal of my tent is imminent.
2 Pet 1:15 Spouda&sw de\ kai\ e9ka&stote e1xein u9ma~j meta_ th\n e0mh\n e1codon th\n tou/twn mnh/mhn poiei=sqai. And I will also be eager to always have you making remembrance of these things after my departure. departure ← exodus.
2 Pet 1:16 Ou0 ga_r sesofisme/noij mu/qoij e0cakolouqh/santej e0gnwri/samen u9mi=n th\n tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou= du/namin kai\ parousi/an, a)ll' e0po/ptai genhqe/ntej th=j e0kei/nou megaleio/thtoj. For we have not made known to you the power and coming of our Lord Jesus Christ by following sophisticated fables, but as having been eye-witnesses of his majesty. by following ← having followed. See Matt 23:20. Gerundial use of the participle.
having been ← having become.
his ← of that (one).
2 Pet 1:17 Labw_n ga_r para_ qeou= patro\j timh\n kai\ do/can, fwnh=j e0nexqei/shj au0tw%~ toia~sde u9po\ th=j megaloprepou=j do/chj, Ou[to/j e0stin o9 ui9o/j mou o9 a)gaphto/j, ei0j o4n e0gw_ eu0do/khsa: For he received honour and glory from God the father when an utterance was delivered to him, such as is from magnificent glory, saying, “This is my beloved son, with whom I am very pleased”, from ← by.
The quote (“This is my beloved son ... ”) is in the gospels at Matt 3:17, Matt 17:5, Mark 9:7, Luke 9:35.
2 Pet 1:18 kai\ tau/thn th\n fwnh\n h9mei=j h0kou/samen e0c ou0ranou= e0nexqei=san, su\n au0tw%~ o1ntej e0n tw%~ o1rei tw%~ a(gi/w%. and we heard this utterance transmitted from heaven when we were with him on the holy mountain. on ← in, but not as strong as inside.
2 Pet 1:19 Kai\ e1xomen bebaio/teron to\n profhtiko\n lo/gon, w%{ kalw~j poiei=te prose/xontej, w(j lu/xnw% fai/nonti e0n au0xmhrw%~ to/pw%, e3wj ou[ h9me/ra diauga&sh|, kai\ fwsfo/roj a)natei/lh| e0n tai=j kardi/aij u9mw~n: Yet we have the more steadfast prophetic word whereby you do well if you heed it, like a lamp shining in a drab place until the day dawns and the light-bearer rises in your hearts, more steadfast: because the written word is more durable and complete than Peter's recollection of the events, and it remains first-hand information in our day.
if: conditional use of the participle.
light-bearer: AV differs somewhat (day star).
2 Pet 1:20 tou=to prw~ton ginw&skontej, o3ti pa~sa profhtei/a grafh=j i0di/aj e0pilu/sewj ou0 gi/netai. knowing this first of all, that no prophecy of scripture comes about as a private deed. as a private deed ← of a private releasing, of its own discharge (e.g. of a financial obligation [MM]). Perhaps by issuing itself.
2 Pet 1:21 Ou0 ga_r qelh/mati a)nqrw&pou h0ne/xqh pote\ profhtei/a, a)ll' u9po\ pneu/matoj a(gi/ou fero/menoi e0la&lhsan {RP P1904 S1894: - } [S1550 E1624: oi9] a#gioi qeou= a!nqrwpoi. For prophecy was never produced by the will of man, but when {RP P1904 S1894: - } [S1550 E1624: the] holy men of God spoke as they were borne along by holy spirit. oi9, the (holy men): absent in RP P1904 S1894 F1859=11/12 vs. present in S1550 E1624 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's a).
2 Pet 2:1 870Ege/nonto de\ kai\ yeudoprofh=tai e0n tw%~ law%~, w(j kai\ e0n u9mi=n e1sontai yeudodida&skaloi, oi3tinej pareisa&cousin ai9re/seij a)pwlei/aj, kai\ to\n a)gora&santa au0tou\j despo/thn a)rnou/menoi, e0pa&gontej e9autoi=j taxinh\n a)pw&leian. But there were also false prophets among the people, just as there will also be false teachers among you, who will surreptitiously introduce destructive heresies, also denying the master who bought them, bringing swift destruction on themselves. were ← became, came about. This is balanced by the ordinary verb to be in the next clause.
destructive heresies ← heresies of destruction, a Hebraic genitive.
them: we take this as referring to the people, rather than the false prophets.
2 Pet 2:2 Kai\ polloi\ e0cakolouqh/sousin au0tw~n tai=j {RP P1904: a)selgei/aij} [TR: a)pwlei/aij], di' ou4j h9 o9do\j th=j a)lhqei/aj blasfhmhqh/setai. And many will follow their {RP P1904: debaucheries} [TR: destructive ways], on account of whom the way of the truth will be blasphemed. a)selgei/aij, licentiousnesses, debaucheries, RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. a)pwlei/aij, destructivenesses, TR F1859=0/12. AV differs textually.
2 Pet 2:3 Kai\ e0n pleoneci/a% plastoi=j lo/goij u9ma~j e0mporeu/sontai: oi[j to\ kri/ma e1kpalai ou0k a)rgei=, kai\ h9 a)pw&leia au0tw~n ou0 {RP P1904: nusta&cei} [TR: nusta&zei]. And prompted by greed, they will make merchandise of you with fabricated words – they for whom judgment from long ago does not lie idle, and whose destruction {RP P1904: will} [TR: does] not slumber. nusta&cei, will not slumber, RP P1904 F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's hjklmo) vs. nusta&zei, does not slumber, TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's abcdfg). Doubting Scrivener's alphabetic sequences, we read c in abcefg(?)hjklmo, and z in dp(?).
greed or fraudulence. See 1 Cor 5:10.
2 Pet 2:4 Ei0 ga_r o9 qeo\j a)gge/lwn a(marthsa&ntwn ou0k e0fei/sato, a)lla_ seirai=j zo/fou tartarw&saj pare/dwken ei0j kri/sin {RP P1904: throume/nouj} [TR: tethrhme/nouj]: For if God did not spare angels who sinned but consigned them to Tartarus in chains of underworld gloom under guard, and he delivered them to judgment, throume/nouj, being guarded / reserved, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. tethrhme/nouj, having been guarded / reserved, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's b).
if: the apodosis to this clause starts in verse 9. This necessitates retaining a long sentence.
delivered: AV differs somewhat, associating the word with into chains.
2 Pet 2:5 kai\ a)rxai/ou ko/smou ou0k e0fei/sato, {RP-text P1904: a)lla_} [RP-marg TR: a)ll'] o1gdoon Nw~e dikaiosu/nhj kh/ruka e0fu/lacen, kataklusmo\n ko/smw% a)sebw~n e0pa&caj: and he did not spare the old world, but he did preserve Noah in a company of eight, a preacher of righteousness, when he brought a flood onto a world of the ungodly, a)lla_, but (unapocopated), RP-text P1904 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's gjl) vs. a)ll', but (apocopated), RP-marg TR F1859=10/13 (Scrivener's abcdfhkmno). A disparity with RP-text, R=4:11.
Noah in a company of eight ← Noah (as) eighth.
preacher: or herald.
2 Pet 2:6 kai\ po/leij Sodo/mwn kai\ Gomo/rraj tefrw&saj katastrofh|= kate/krinen, u9po/deigma mello/ntwn a)sebei=n teqeikw&j: and as he reduced the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes, he condemned them with a downfall, making an example for those who intend to be ungodly, downfall ← overturning, also used classically and in the secular papyri of death.
making ← having set. See Matt 23:20, though here a perfect participle.
2 Pet 2:7 kai\ di/kaion Lw&t, kataponou/menon u9po\ th=j tw~n a)qe/smwn e0n a)selgei/a% a)nastrofh=j, e0rru/sato: and he delivered righteous Lot who was worn down by the behaviour of those unprincipled individuals in their debauchery, those ← the.
2 Pet 2:8 ble/mmati ga_r kai\ a)koh|= o9 di/kaioj, e0gkatoikw~n e0n au0toi=j, h9me/ran e0c h9me/raj yuxh\n dikai/an a)no/moij e1rgoij e0basa&nizen: for he who was righteous, dwelling among them, at the sight and sound of them tortured his righteous mind day after day at their lawless deeds – tortured his righteous mind ← tortured a righteous soul, perhaps meaning allowed himself to feel the full affront to his moral sense. The tenor is more active on Lot's part than was tortured.
2 Pet 2:9 oi]den ku/rioj eu0sebei=j e0k {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: peirasmou=} [S1894: peirasmw~n] r(u/esqai, a)di/kouj de\ ei0j h9me/ran kri/sewj kolazome/nouj threi=n: if so – then the Lord knows how to deliver the godly from {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: temptation} [S1894: temptations], and to guard the unrighteous up to the day of judgment to be punished, peirasmou=, temptation, RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=10/13 vs. peirasmw~n, temptations, S1894 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's ahm).
if so: resuming from verse 4.
to be punished ← being punished. Perhaps standing for a classical future participle of purpose. See Matt 20:20.
2 Pet 2:10 ma&lista de\ tou\j o0pi/sw sarko\j e0n e0piqumi/a% miasmou= poreuome/nouj, kai\ kurio/thtoj katafronou=ntaj. Tolmhtai/, au0qa&deij, do/caj ou0 tre/mousin blasfhmou=ntej: and especially those walking after the flesh with depraved desires, also despising lordship. Daring they are, presumptuous, not afraid to blaspheme those in glory, with depraved desires ← in desire of defilement.
those in glory ← glories, glorifications. [MG] interprets as the good angels. Angels good and fallen are a theme in this chapter, the progeny of the fallen ones being ↴
2 Pet 2:11 o3pou a!ggeloi, i0sxu/i+ kai\ duna&mei mei/zonej o1ntej, ou0 fe/rousin kat' au0tw~n para_ kuri/w% bla&sfhmon kri/sin. where angels, being greater in strength and power, do not pronounce a defamatory judgment against them before the Lord. ↳ the Nephilim of Num 13:33 and Gen 6:4 (note Noah in 2 Pet 2:5). Compare Jude 1:6.
2 Pet 2:12 Ou[toi de/, w(j a!loga zw%~a fusika_ {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: gegenhme/na} [E1624: gegennhme/na] ei0j a#lwsin kai\ fqora&n, e0n oi[j a)gnoou=sin blasfhmou=ntej, e0n th|= fqora%~ au0tw~n katafqarh/sontai, But these, like unreasoning animals in the order of nature, {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: born} [E1624: begotten] to capture and to corrupt, who blaspheme against those they do not understand, will be utterly destroyed in their own corruption, gegenhme/na, born, RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=11/13 vs. gegennhme/na, begotten, E1624 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's am).
in the order of nature ← natural, implying being bound to the physical universe, in contrast to the angelic realm proper.
to capture and to corrupt ← for capture and corruption. We ↴
2 Pet 2:13 komiou/menoi misqo\n a)diki/aj, h9donh\n h9gou/menoi th\n e0n h9me/ra% trufh/n, spi/loi kai\ mw~moi, e0ntrufw~ntej e0n tai=j a)pa&taij au0tw~n suneuwxou/menoi u9mi=n, who will receive the wages of iniquity in full, since they consider running riot in the daytime a pleasure. They are stains and blemishes, revelling in their deceits as they feast with you, ↳ interpret this as something active; AV differs (to be taken and destroyed), passive.
in full: komi/zomai can mean to receive in full.
since: causal use of the participle.
2 Pet 2:14 o0fqalmou\j e1xontej mestou\j moixali/doj kai\ a)katapau/stouj a(marti/aj, delea&zontej yuxa_j a)sthri/ktouj, kardi/an gegumnasme/nhn {RP P1904: pleoneci/aj} [TR: pleoneci/aij] e1xontej, kata&raj te/kna: having eyes full of an adulteress and being unceasing in sin, enticing unstable people, having a heart practised in fraud, cursed children; pleoneci/aj, greed / fraud (accusative of respect, or possibly genitive as with verbs of filling), RP P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. pleoneci/aij, in greeds, TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's abfj).
people ← souls.
fraud: or covetousness, greed. See 1 Cor 5:10.
cursed children ← children of a curse.
2 Pet 2:15 katalipo/ntej {RP P1904: - } [TR: th\n] eu0qei=an o9do\n e0planh/qhsan, e0cakolouqh/santej th|= o9dw%~ tou= Balaa_m tou= Boso/r, o4j misqo\n a)diki/aj h0ga&phsen, abandoning {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] straight way, they have gone astray, following the way of Balaam the son of Beor, who loved the wages of iniquity, th\n, the (straight way): absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13.
Beor: Greek, Bosor, s transliterating ע.
2 Pet 2:16 e1legcin de\ e1sxen i0di/aj paranomi/aj: u9pozu/gion a!fwnon, e0n a)nqrw&pou fwnh|= fqegca&menon, e0kw&lusen th\n tou= profh/tou parafroni/an. and who suffered the conviction of his own transgression, when a mute beast of burden, speaking with a human voice, thwarted the deranged intention of the prophet. speaking ← having spoken. See Matt 23:20.
deranged intention ← derangement.
2 Pet 2:17 Ou[toi/ ei0sin phgai\ a!nudroi, nefe/lai u9po\ lai/lapoj e0launo/menai, oi[j o9 zo/foj tou= sko/touj ei0j ai0w~na teth/rhtai. These individuals are sources without water, clouds driven by a tempest, for whom the underworld gloom of darkness throughout the age is reserved.
2 Pet 2:18 879Upe/rogka ga_r mataio/thtoj fqeggo/menoi, delea&zousin e0n e0piqumi/aij sarko/j, {RP P1904 S1550: - } [E1624 S1894: e0n] a)selgei/aij, tou\j o1ntwj a)pofugo/ntaj tou\j e0n pla&nh| a)nastrefome/nouj, For they speak bombastically vain words as they entice – with lusts of the flesh {RP P1904 S1550: and} [E1624 S1894: with] debaucheries – those who actually had fled from those who conduct themselves in error. e0n, in, by, with (debauchery) (strengthening the dative of instrument): absent in RP P1904 S1550 F1859=9/13 (incl. c(tacite)) vs. present in E1624 S1894 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's adho).
bombastically vain words ← immoderate (things) of vanity.
2 Pet 2:19 e0leuqeri/an au0toi=j e0paggello/menoi, au0toi\ dou=loi u9pa&rxontej th=j fqora~j: w%{ ga&r tij h3tthtai, tou/tw% kai\ dedou/lwtai. While they promise them freedom, they themselves are servants of corruption. For one is brought into slavery by anyone to whom one yields. is ← has been.
anyone ← this (one).
yields ← has yielded or has been defeated.
2 Pet 2:20 Ei0 ga_r a)pofugo/ntej ta_ mia&smata tou= ko/smou e0n e0pignw&sei tou= kuri/ou kai\ swth=roj 870Ihsou= xristou=, tou/toij de\ pa&lin e0mplake/ntej h9ttw~ntai, ge/gonen au0toi=j ta_ e1sxata xei/rona tw~n prw&twn. For if having fled the defilements of the world in acknowledgment of the Lord and saviour Jesus Christ, they again become entangled by these things and yield to them, their final state is then worse than their first one. is then ← has become.
2 Pet 2:21 Krei=tton ga_r h]n au0toi=j mh\ e0pegnwke/nai th\n o9do\n th=j dikaiosu/nhj, h2 e0pignou=sin e0pistre/yai e0k th=j paradoqei/shj au0toi=j a(gi/aj e0ntolh=j. For it would have been better for them not to have acknowledged the way of righteousness than for them having acknowledged it to turn aside from the holy commandment handed down to them.
2 Pet 2:22 Sumbe/bhken de\ au0toi=j to\ th=j a)lhqou=j paroimi/aj, Ku/wn e0pistre/yaj e0pi\ to\ i1dion e0ce/rama, kai\ u[j lousame/nh ei0j ku/lisma borbo/rou. And the enactment of the true proverb has happened to them: a dog which has returned to its own vomit, and a washed sow to wallowing in the mud. Prov 26:11.
2 Pet 3:1 Tau/thn h1dh, a)gaphtoi/, deute/ran u9mi=n gra&fw e0pistolh/n, e0n ai[j diegei/rw u9mw~n e0n u9pomnh/sei th\n ei0likrinh= dia&noian, Beloved, I am writing this second of my epistles to you now, in which I am stirring your honest mind with a reminder, second of my epistles ← second epistle. We introduce a plural here for the sake of the relative pronoun which follows (ai[j).
now ← already.
which: plural, so referring to both epistles.
2 Pet 3:2 mnhsqh=nai tw~n proeirhme/nwn r(hma&twn u9po\ tw~n a(gi/wn profhtw~n, kai\ th=j tw~n a)posto/lwn {RP P1904: u9mw~n} [TR: h9mw~n] e0ntolh=j tou= kuri/ou kai\ swth=roj: to remember the words spoken before by the holy prophets, and {RP P1904: your} [TR: our] apostolic command from the Lord and saviour, u9mw~n, your, RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. h9mw~n, our, TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's ajk). Objective and subjective genitive respectively. AV differs textually.
apostolic ← of the apostles.
from ← of.
2 Pet 3:3 tou=to prw~ton ginw&skontej, o3ti e0leu/sontai e0p' {RP TR: e0sxa&tou} [P1904: e0sxa&twn] tw~n h9merw~n e0mpai=ktai, kata_ ta_j i0di/aj {RP P1904: e0piqumi/aj au0tw~n} [TR: au0tw~n e0piqumi/aj] poreuo/menoi, knowing this first of all, that in the latter days scoffers will come walking after their own desires, e0sxa&tou, last (singular), RP TR F1859=8/13 vs. e0sxa&twn, last (plural), P1904 F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's adhkl).
e0piqumi/aj au0tw~n, desires + their, RP P1904 F1859=12/14 vs. au0tw~n e0piqumi/aj, their + desires, TR F1859=2/14 (Scrivener's am**).
2 Pet 3:4 kai\ le/gontej, Pou= e0sti\n h9 e0paggeli/a th=j parousi/aj au0tou=; 870Af' h[j ga_r oi9 pate/rej e0koimh/qhsan, pa&nta ou3twj diame/nei a)p' a)rxh=j kti/sewj. and saying, “Where is the promise of his coming? For since the fathers fell asleep, everything has been continuing this way from the beginning of creation.”
2 Pet 3:5 Lanqa&nei ga_r au0tou\j tou=to qe/lontaj, o3ti ou0ranoi\ h]san e1kpalai, kai\ gh= e0c u3datoj kai\ di' u3datoj sunestw~sa, tw%~ tou= qeou= lo/gw%, For they willingly ignore the fact that the heavens have been in existence from long ago, and land came out of water and through water, and it holds together by the word of God, Punctuation: we, with P1904 have changed the word association slightly by moving the comma. Under RP TBS-TR AV punctuation, we would read and land came out of water, and it holds together through water, by the word of God. So AV differs.
2 Pet 3:6 di' w{n o9 to/te ko/smoj u3dati kataklusqei\j a)pw&leto: by which means the world of that time was flooded with water and perished. by which means: the relative pronoun is plural.
2 Pet 3:7 oi9 de\ nu=n ou0ranoi\ kai\ h9 gh= {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: tw%~} [S1550: - ] {RP P1904 S1550: au0tou=} [E1624 S1894: autw%~] lo/gw% teqhsaurisme/noi ei0si/n, puri\ throu/menoi ei0j h9me/ran kri/sewj kai\ a)pwlei/aj tw~n a)sebw~n a)nqrw&pwn. But the present heavens and earth, by {RP P1904 S1550: his} [E1624 S1894: the same] word, are kept in store, reserved to fire until the day of judgment and destruction of the ungodly men. tw%~, (definite article, part of the construction for same): present in RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=13/13 vs. absent in S1550 F1859=0/13.
au0tou=, his, RP P1904 F1859=13/14 vs. autw%~, the same, TR F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's a*). AV differs textually.
2 Pet 3:8 874En de\ tou=to mh\ lanqane/tw u9ma~j, a)gaphtoi/, o3ti mi/a h9me/ra para_ kuri/w% w(j xi/lia e1th, kai\ xi/lia e1th w(j h9me/ra mi/a. Let not one of you fail to notice this one fact, beloved, that one day with the Lord is as a thousand years, and a thousand years are as one day. An allusion to Ps 90:4.
2 Pet 3:9 Ou0 bradu/nei o9 ku/rioj th=j e0paggeli/aj, w#j tinej {RP TR: braduth=ta} [P1904: bradu/thta] h9gou=ntai: a)lla_ makroqumei= ei0j h9ma~j, mh\ boulo/meno/j tinaj a)pole/sqai, a)lla_ pa&ntaj ei0j meta&noian xwrh=sai. The Lord will not delay with the promise, as some consider delay, but he is longsuffering towards us, not wishing that any should perish, but that all should come to repentance. braduth=ta, slowness, delay, RP TR vs. bradu/thta, slowness, delay, P1904. Scrivener in F1859 does not give accentuation variations. [LS] agrees with RP. Most (all?) other nouns of this type are recessive – (compare eu0qu/thtoj Heb 1:8, pra%o/thj Gal 5:23).
will not delay: re-accenting bradu/nei, does not delay, to bradunei=. An accentuation divergence from RP P1904 TBS-TR.
come to: other meanings of this verb are yield to, make way for, advance to.
2 Pet 3:10 873Hcei de\ h9 h9me/ra kuri/ou w(j kle/pthj e0n nukti/, e0n h|[ {RP TR: oi9} [P1904: - ] ou0ranoi\ r(oizhdo\n pareleu/sontai, stoixei=a de\ kausou/mena luqh/sontai, kai\ gh= kai\ ta_ e0n au0th|= e1rga katakah/setai. For the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night, on which {RP TR: the} [P1904: the] heavens will pass away with a loud noise, the elements will burn up and will be dissolved, and the earth and the works in it will be thoroughly burnt up. oi9, the (heavens): present in RP TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's bcfgno) vs. absent in P1904 F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's adhjklm). A weak disparity with RP, R=7:8, all the weaker with the weaker manuscripts against the side of RP (hm weak?).
the day of the Lord: See Rev 1:10.
2 Pet 3:11 Tou/twn ou]n pa&ntwn luome/nwn, potapou\j dei= u9pa&rxein u9ma~j e0n a(gi/aij a)nastrofai=j kai\ eu0sebei/aij, Seeing that all these things are to be dissolved, then, what kind of people should you be in holy conduct and godliness,
2 Pet 3:12 prosdokw~ntaj kai\ speu/dontaj th\n parousi/an th=j tou= qeou= h9me/raj, di' h4n ou0ranoi\ purou/menoi luqh/sontai, kai\ stoixei=a kausou/mena th/ketai; awaiting and eagerly seeking the coming of the day of God by means of which the heavens will be set on fire and dissolved and the elements will be burnt and melt? which: the antecedent is day (feminine).
dissolved ... burnt: these present tense forms obtain a future time reference from the corresponding main verb.
2 Pet 3:13 Kainou\j de\ ou0ranou\j kai\ gh=n kainh\n kata_ to\ e0pa&ggelma au0tou= prosdokw~men, e0n oi[j dikaiosu/nh katoikei=. But we await new heavens and a new earth, according to his promise, places in which righteousness dwells. Isa 65:17, Isa 66:22. See also Rev 21:1.
which: the antecedent is new heavens and a new earth (which we bring out by supplying the word places).
2 Pet 3:14 Dio/, a)gaphtoi/, tau=ta prosdokw~ntej, spouda&sate a!spiloi kai\ a)mw&mhtoi au0tw%~ eu9reqh=nai e0n ei0rh/nh|. Therefore, beloved, while waiting for these things, be zealous to be found without spot and without blemish by him in peace.
2 Pet 3:15 Kai\ th\n tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n makroqumi/an swthri/an h9gei=sqe, kaqw_j kai\ o9 a)gaphto\j h9mw~n a)delfo\j Pau=loj kata_ th\n au0tw%~ doqei=san sofi/an e1grayen u9mi=n: And consider our Lord's longsuffering as salvation, as our beloved brother Paul also wrote to you according to the wisdom given to him,
2 Pet 3:16 w(j kai\ e0n pa&saij tai=j e0pistolai=j, lalw~n e0n au0tai=j peri\ tou/twn: e0n oi[j e1stin dusno/hta& tina, a$ oi9 a)maqei=j kai\ a)sth/riktoi streblou=sin, w(j kai\ ta_j loipa_j grafa&j, pro\j th\n i0di/an au0tw~n a)pw&leian. as indeed in all his epistles, in which he speaks about these matters, matters in which there are some things that are difficult to understand which unlearned and unstable individuals pervert, as they also do with other scriptures, to their own destruction. which: the antecedent is the neuter plural tou/twn, so not the feminine epistles. We bring this out by supplying the word matters again.
destruction: or loss. In view of the references to fallen angels, we regard the former meaning, destruction, as more probable here.
2 Pet 3:17 879Umei=j ou]n, a)gaphtoi/, proginw&skontej fula&ssesqe, i3na mh/, th|= tw~n a)qe/smwn pla&nh| sunapaxqe/ntej, e0kpe/shte tou= i0di/ou sthrigmou=. You, therefore, beloved, knowing these things beforehand, be on your guard that you are not led away likewise by the error of the unprincipled, and you fall away from your own steadfast ground. led away likewise ← jointly led away or, [LS], accommodate oneself to.
2 Pet 3:18 Au0ca&nete de\ e0n xa&riti kai\ gnw&sei tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n kai\ swth=roj 870Ihsou= xristou=. Au0tw%~ h9 do/ca kai\ nu=n kai\ ei0j h9me/ran ai0w~noj. 870Amh/n. But grow in grace and knowledge of our Lord and saviour Jesus Christ. To him be glory both now and throughout the age-abiding day. Amen. age-abiding day ← day of the age.
1 John 1:1 874O h]n a)p' a)rxh=j, o4 a)khko/amen, o4 e9wra&kamen toi=j o0fqalmoi=j h9mw~n, o4 e0qeasa&meqa, kai\ ai9 xei=rej h9mw~n e0yhla&fhsan peri\ tou= lo/gou th=j zwh=j. That which was from the beginning, that which we have heard, that which we have seen with our eyes, that which we beheld and which our hands felt, concerning the word of life
1 John 1:2 Kai\ h9 zwh\ e0fanerw&qh, kai\ e9wra&kamen, kai\ marturou=men, kai\ a)pagge/llomen u9mi=n th\n zwh\n th\n ai0w&nion, h3tij h]n pro\j to\n pate/ra, kai\ e0fanerw&qh h9mi=n. – for the life was made manifest, and we have seen and we testify and proclaim the age-abiding life to you which was with the father and was made manifest to us – for: causal use of kai/.
1 John 1:3 874O e9wra&kamen kai\ a)khko/amen, a)pagge/llomen u9mi=n, i3na kai\ u9mei=j koinwni/an e1xhte meq' h9mw~n: kai\ h9 koinwni/a de\ h9 h9mete/ra meta_ tou= patro\j kai\ meta_ tou= ui9ou= au0tou= 870Ihsou= xristou=: that which we have seen and heard we proclaim to you, so that you too may have fellowship with us. Moreover our fellowship is with the father and with his son Jesus Christ.
1 John 1:4 kai\ tau=ta gra&fomen u9mi=n, i3na h9 xara_ {RP-text P1904 S1550: h9mw~n} [RP-marg E1624 S1894: u9mw~n] h|] peplhrwme/nh. And we write these things to you in order that {RP-text P1904 S1550: our} [RP-marg E1624 S1894: your] joy may be complete. h9mw~n, our, RP-text P1904 S1550 F1859=9/13 vs. u9mw~n, your, RP-marg E1624 S1894 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's acdj).
complete ← completed, filled.
1 John 1:5 Kai\ {RP: e1stin au3th} [P1904 TR: au3th e0stin] h9 {RP S1894: a)ggeli/a} [P1904 S1550 E1624: e0paggeli/a] h4n a)khko/amen a)p' au0tou= kai\ a)nagge/llomen u9mi=n, o3ti o9 qeo\j fw~j e0sti/n, kai\ skoti/a e0n au0tw%~ ou0k e1stin ou0demi/a. And this is the {RP S1894: message} [P1904 S1550 E1624: promise] which we have heard from him and report back to you, that God is light, and in him is no darkness at all. e1stin au3th, is + this, RP F1859=9/13 vs. au3th e0stin, this + is, P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's bdjo).
a)ggeli/a, message, RP S1894 F1859=9/13 vs. e0paggeli/a, promise, P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's abmo).
1 John 1:6 870Ea_n ei1pwmen o3ti koinwni/an e1xomen met' au0tou=, kai\ e0n tw%~ sko/tei peripatw~men, yeudo/meqa, kai\ ou0 poiou=men th\n a)lh/qeian: If we say that we have fellowship with him but we walk in darkness, we are lying and not reflecting the truth. reflecting ← doing, representing [LS] section A.I.3.
1 John 1:7 e0a_n de\ e0n tw%~ fwti\ peripatw~men, w(j au0to/j e0stin e0n tw%~ fwti/, koinwni/an e1xomen met' a)llh/lwn, kai\ to\ ai[ma 870Ihsou= xristou= tou= ui9ou= au0tou= kaqari/zei h9ma~j a)po\ pa&shj a(marti/aj. But if we walk in the light, as he himself is in the light, we have fellowship with each other, and the blood of Jesus Christ his son cleanses us from all sin.
1 John 1:8 870Ea_n ei1pwmen o3ti a(marti/an ou0k e1xomen, e9autou\j planw~men, kai\ h9 a)lh/qeia ou0k e1stin e0n h9mi=n. If we say that we do not have sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us.
1 John 1:9 870Ea_n o9mologw~men ta_j a(marti/aj h9mw~n, pisto/j e0stin kai\ di/kaioj i3na a)fh|= h9mi=n ta_j a(marti/aj, kai\ kaqari/sh| h9ma~j a)po\ pa&shj a)diki/aj. If we confess our sins, he is faithful and just in forgiving us our sins and in cleansing us from all unrighteousness.
1 John 1:10 870Ea_n ei1pwmen o3ti ou0x h9marth/kamen, yeu/sthn poiou=men au0to/n, kai\ o9 lo/goj au0tou= ou0k e1stin e0n h9mi=n. If we say that we have not sinned, we make him a liar, and his word is not in us.
1 John 2:1 Tekni/a mou, tau=ta gra&fw u9mi=n, i3na mh\ a(ma&rthte. Kai\ e0a&n tij a(ma&rth|, para&klhton e1xomen pro\j to\n pate/ra, 870Ihsou=n xristo\n di/kaion: My little children, I write these things to you so that you do not sin. But if anyone does sin, we have an advocate with the father, Jesus Christ the righteous. advocate: same as comforter in John 14:16, John 14:26, John 15:26, John 16:7.
1 John 2:2 kai\ au0to\j i9lasmo/j e0stin peri\ tw~n a(martiw~n h9mw~n: ou0 peri\ tw~n h9mete/rwn de\ mo/non, a)lla_ kai\ peri\ o3lou tou= ko/smou. And he is a propitiation for our sins, and not only for ours, but also for those of the whole world.
1 John 2:3 Kai\ e0n tou/tw% ginw&skomen o3ti e0gnw&kamen au0to/n, e0a_n ta_j e0ntola_j au0tou= thrw~men. And by this we know that we have come to know him: if we keep his commandments.
1 John 2:4 879O le/gwn, 871Egnwka au0to/n, kai\ ta_j e0ntola_j au0tou= mh\ thrw~n, yeu/sthj e0sti/n, kai\ e0n tou/tw% h9 a)lh/qeia ou0k e1stin: He who says, “I have come to know him”, but who does not keep his commandments, is a liar, and the truth is not in him. him ← this (man).
1 John 2:5 o4j d' a@n thrh|= au0tou= to\n lo/gon, a)lhqw~j e0n tou/tw% h9 a)ga&ph tou= qeou= tetelei/wtai. 870En tou/tw% ginw&skomen o3ti e0n au0tw%~ e0sme/n: But as for whoever keeps his word, truly the love of God is perfected in him. By this means we know that we are in him. is perfected ← has been perfected.
him ← this (man).
1 John 2:6 o9 le/gwn e0n au0tw%~ me/nein o0fei/lei, kaqw_j e0kei=noj periepa&thsen, kai\ au0to\j ou3twj peripatei=n. He who says that he remains in him has a debt, as he walked, so to walk himself too. he ← that (man).
1 John 2:7 870Adelfoi/, ou0k e0ntolh\n kainh\n gra&fw u9mi=n, a)ll' e0ntolh\n palaia&n, h4n ei1xete a)p' a)rxh=j: h9 e0ntolh\ h9 palaia& e0stin o9 lo/goj o4n h0kou/sate a)p' a)rxh=j. Brothers, it is not a new commandment which I am writing to you, but an old commandment which you have had from the beginning. The old commandment is the word which you have heard from the beginning. commandment: especially in the next verse, the word seems to mean order of things, as commanded by God. In the papyri, also ordinance [MM].
1 John 2:8 Pa&lin e0ntolh\n kainh\n gra&fw u9mi=n, o3 e0stin a)lhqe\j e0n au0tw%~ kai\ e0n u9mi=n: o3ti h9 skoti/a para&getai, kai\ to\ fw~j to\ a)lhqino\n h1dh fai/nei. There again, I am writing a new commandment to you – that which is true in him and in you – that darkness is passing away and that the true light is already shining.
1 John 2:9 879O le/gwn e0n tw%~ fwti\ ei]nai kai\ to\n a)delfo\n au0tou= misw~n, e0n th|= skoti/a% e0sti\n e3wj a!rti. He who says that he is in the light but hates his brother is still in darkness. still ← up to now.
1 John 2:10 879O a)gapw~n to\n a)delfo\n au0tou= e0n tw%~ fwti\ me/nei, kai\ ska&ndalon e0n au0tw%~ ou0k e1stin. He who loves his brother remains in the light, and there is no offensiveness in him. brother: perhaps in the sense of Jer 31:34. See 1 John 2:20, 1 John 2:27.
1 John 2:11 879O de\ misw~n to\n a)delfo\n au0tou= e0n th|= skoti/a% e0sti/n, kai\ e0n th|= skoti/a% peripatei=, kai\ ou0k oi]den pou= u9pa&gei, o3ti h9 skoti/a e0tu/flwsen tou\j o0fqalmou\j au0tou=. He who hates his brother is in darkness, and he walks in darkness, and he does not know where he is going, because the darkness has blinded his eyes.
1 John 2:12 Gra&fw u9mi=n, tekni/a, o3ti a)fe/wntai u9mi=n ai9 a(marti/ai dia_ to\ o1noma au0tou=. Little children, I am writing to you because your sins have been forgiven for his name's sake.
1 John 2:13 Gra&fw u9mi=n, pate/rej, o3ti e0gnw&kate to\n a)p' a)rxh=j. Gra&fw u9mi=n, neani/skoi, o3ti nenikh/kate to\n ponhro/n. {RP TR: Gra&fw} [P1904: 871Egraya] u9mi=n, paidi/a, o3ti e0gnw&kate to\n pate/ra. Fathers, I am writing to you because you have come to know him who is from the beginning. Young men, I am writing to you because you have overcome the evil one. Children, {RP TR: I am writing} [P1904: I have written] to you because you have come to know the father. gra&fw, I write, RP TR F1859=10/13 vs. e1graya, I wrote, P1904 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's ajo).
1 John 2:14 871Egraya u9mi=n, pate/rej, o3ti e0gnw&kate to\n a)p' a)rxh=j. 871Egraya u9mi=n, neani/skoi, o3ti i0sxuroi/ e0ste, kai\ o9 lo/goj tou= qeou= e0n u9mi=n me/nei, kai\ nenikh/kate to\n ponhro/n. Fathers, I have written to you because you have come to know him who is from the beginning. Young men, I have written to you because you are strong, and the word of God remains in you, and you have overcome the evil one.
1 John 2:15 Mh\ a)gapa~te to\n ko/smon, mhde\ ta_ e0n tw%~ ko/smw%. 870Ea&n tij a)gapa%~ to\n ko/smon, ou0k e1stin h9 a)ga&ph tou= patro\j e0n au0tw%~. Do not love the world or the things that are in the world. If anyone loves the world, the love of the father is not in him,
1 John 2:16 873Oti pa~n to\ e0n tw%~ ko/smw%, h9 e0piqumi/a th=j sarko/j, kai\ h9 e0piqumi/a tw~n o0fqalmw~n, kai\ h9 a)lazonei/a tou= bi/ou, ou0k e1stin e0k tou= patro/j, a)ll' e0k tou= ko/smou e0sti/n. because everything that is in the world – carnal appetite and the longing of the eyes and the pretension of life – is not from the father, but is from the world. carnal appetite and the longing of the eyes ← the desire of the flesh and the desire of the eyes.
from (2x) ← out of, denoting origin. See 1 John 2:29 for some references to ancestral origin.
1 John 2:17 Kai\ o9 ko/smoj para&getai, kai\ h9 e0piqumi/a au0tou=: o9 de\ poiw~n to\ qe/lhma tou= qeou= me/nei ei0j to\n ai0w~na. And the world is passing away, as is desire for it. But he who does the will of God remains throughout the age. desire for it: objective genitive, or, but much less likely, its desire, subjective – the world is personified in John 15:19.
1 John 2:18 Paidi/a, e0sxa&th w#ra e0sti/n: kai\ kaqw_j h0kou/sate o3ti o9 a)nti/xristoj e1rxetai, kai\ nu=n a)nti/xristoi polloi\ gego/nasin: o3qen ginw&skomen o3ti e0sxa&th w#ra e0sti/n. Children, it is the last hour, and just as you have heard that the antichrist is coming, so now many antichrists have come – by which we know that it is the last hour.
1 John 2:19 870Ec h9mw~n e0ch=lqon, a)ll' ou0k h]san e0c h9mw~n: ei0 ga_r h]san e0c h9mw~n, memenh/keisan a@n meq' h9mw~n: a)ll' i3na fanerwqw~sin o3ti ou0k ei0si\n pa&ntej e0c h9mw~n. They came out of us, but they did not stem from us, for if they did stem from us, they would have remained with us, but this happened so that they should be made manifest: that not all stem from us. did not stem from ... did stem from ← were (not) out of. See 1 John 2:29.
1 John 2:20 Kai\ u9mei=j xri/sma e1xete a)po\ tou= a(gi/ou, kai\ oi1date pa&nta. But you have an anointing from the holy one, and you know all things. you know all things: reminiscent of Jer 31:33, so connected with the new covenant, which operates on the house of Israel and the house of Judah (Jer 31:31). See also 1 John 2:27.
1 John 2:21 Ou0k e1graya u9mi=n, o3ti ou0k oi1date th\n a)lh/qeian, a)ll' o3ti oi1date au0th/n, kai\ o3ti pa~n yeu=doj e0k th=j a)lhqei/aj ou0k e1stin. I have not written to you because you do not know the truth, but because you do know it, and that no lie stems from the truth. stems from ← is out of. See 1 John 2:29.
1 John 2:22 Ti/j e0stin o9 yeu/sthj, ei0 mh\ o9 a)rnou/menoj o3ti 870Ihsou=j ou0k e1stin o9 xristo/j; Ou[to/j e0stin o9 a)nti/xristoj, o9 a)rnou/menoj to\n pate/ra kai\ to\n ui9o/n. Who is a liar but he who denies that Jesus is the Christ? This is an antichrist: one who denies the father and the son. a liar ← the liar. See Gen 22:9.
an antichrist ← the antichrist, apparently generalizing a category, as the article and participle do in verses 4, 6, 9, 10 and 11. But see Gen 22:9.
1 John 2:23 Pa~j o9 a)rnou/menoj to\n ui9o\n ou0de\ to\n pate/ra e1xei {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: - } [S1894: : o9 o9mologw~n to\n ui9o\n kai\ to\n pate/ra e1xei]. No-one who denies the son has the father either. {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: - } [S1894: He who confesses the son also has the father.] o9 o9mologw~n to\n u9io\n kai\ to\n pate/ra e1xei, he who confesses the son also has the father: absent in RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=11/14 (Scrivener's b*cdfghklmno) vs. present in S1894 F1859=3/14 (Scrivener's ab**j). AV differs textually, but italicized.
1 John 2:24 879Umei=j ou]n o4 h0kou/sate a)p' a)rxh=j, e0n u9mi=n mene/tw. 870Ea_n e0n u9mi=n mei/nh| o4 a)p' a)rxh=j h0kou/sate, kai\ u9mei=j e0n tw%~ ui9w%~ kai\ e0n tw%~ patri\ menei=te. As for you, therefore, let what you have heard from the beginning remain in you. If that which you have heard from the beginning remains in you, then you will remain in the son and in the father. then: translating kai\, introducing the apodosis of a conditional sentence, a Hebraism.
1 John 2:25 Kai\ au3th e0sti\n h9 e0paggeli/a h4n au0to\j e0phggei/lato h9mi=n, th\n zwh\n th\n ai0w&nion. And this is the promise which he made to us: age-abiding life.
1 John 2:26 Tau=ta e1graya u9mi=n peri\ tw~n planw&ntwn u9ma~j. I have written these things to you concerning those who mislead you.
1 John 2:27 Kai\ u9mei=j, to\ xri/sma o4 e0la&bete a)p' au0tou= e0n u9mi=n me/nei, kai\ ou0 xrei/an e1xete i3na tij dida&skh| u9ma~j: a)ll' w(j to\ au0to\ xri/sma dida&skei u9ma~j peri\ pa&ntwn, kai\ a)lhqe/j e0stin, kai\ ou0k e1stin yeu=doj, kai\ kaqw_j e0di/dacen u9ma~j, menei=te e0n au0tw%~. And as for you, the anointing which you received from him remains in you, and you have no need for anyone to teach you, but as the same anointing teaches you about all things, and is true, and is not a lie, so just as it has taught you, you will remain in him. you have no need for anyone to teach you: another reference to the new covenant, Jer 31:34.
in him: or in it.
1 John 2:28 Kai\ nu=n, tekni/a, me/nete e0n au0tw%~: i3na o3tan fanerwqh|=, e1xwmen parrhsi/an, kai\ mh\ ai0sxunqw~men a)p' au0tou= e0n th|= parousi/a% au0tou=. And now, little children, remain in him, so that when he is made manifest we may have confidence and not shrink from him in shame at his coming.
1 John 2:29 870Ea_n ei0dh=te o3ti di/kaio/j e0stin, ginw&skete o3ti pa~j o9 poiw~n th\n dikaiosu/nhn e0c au0tou= gege/nnhtai. If you know that he is righteous, you know that everyone who does what is right has been begotten by him. by ← out of, showing the use of e0k, e0c for genetic or ancestral origin. The preposition e0k is used of genetic and ancestral origin in Matt 1:3, Matt 1:5, Matt 1:6, Matt 1:16, Luke 1:5, Luke 1:27, Luke 2:36, Phil 3:5, 1 John 2:29, and, we suggest, John 8:44. From 1 John 3:8, it would appear that the antichrists of 1 John 2:18-19 stem from the devil, as are those spoken to by Christ in John 8:44. Compare the fallen spirits / angels of 1 Pet 3:20, 2 Pet 2:10, 1 John 4:1, Jude 1:6.
1 John 3:1 871Idete potaph\n a)ga&phn de/dwken h9mi=n o9 path/r, i3na te/kna qeou= klhqw~men. Dia_ tou=to o9 ko/smoj ou0 ginw&skei {RP P1904: u9ma~j} [TR: h9ma~j], o3ti ou0k e1gnw au0to/n. See what great love the father has given us in that we should be called children of God. This is why the world does not know {RP P1904: you} [TR: us]: because it did not know him. u9ma~j, you, RP P1904 F1859=8/14 (Scrivener's b*fgklmno) vs. h9ma~j, us, TR F1859=6/14 (Scrivener's ab**cdhj). AV differs textually.
what great: especially in exclamations, potapo/j carries the notion of greatness. Compare Mark 13:1.
this is why ← on account of this.
1 John 3:2 870Agaphtoi/, nu=n te/kna qeou= e0sme/n, kai\ ou1pw e0fanerw&qh ti/ e0so/meqa: oi1damen de\ o3ti e0a_n fanerwqh|=, o3moioi au0tw%~ e0so/meqa, o3ti o0yo/meqa au0to\n kaqw&j e0stin. Beloved, we are now children of God, but it has not yet been made apparent what we shall be. But we do know that when he is made manifest, we shall be like him, because we will see him as he is. when ← if, but when also in John 12:32 (when I am lifted up). Apparently John's peculiar idiom.
1 John 3:3 Kai\ pa~j o9 e1xwn th\n e0lpi/da tau/thn e0p' au0tw%~ a(gni/zei e9auto/n, kaqw_j e0kei=noj a(gno/j e0stin. And everyone who puts this hope in him purifies himself, as he (the aforementioned) is pure. puts ← has. This makes it clear that the subsequent pronoun him is not reflexive (see note below).
him: the reference is to God (previous verse), or Christ (as in verse 5, though not named), as we have the definite pronoun, not the reflexive one.
he (the aforementioned) ← that (man), the former.
1 John 3:4 Pa~j o9 poiw~n th\n a(marti/an, kai\ th\n a)nomi/an poiei=: kai\ h9 a(marti/a e0sti\n h9 a)nomi/a. Everyone who commits sin also commits lawlessness – indeed sin is lawlessness.
1 John 3:5 Kai\ oi1date o3ti e0kei=noj e0fanerw&qh, i3na ta_j a(marti/aj h9mw~n a!rh|: kai\ a(marti/a e0n au0tw%~ ou0k e1stin. And you know that he was made manifest in order to take away our sins, and there is no sin in him. he ← that (man).
1 John 3:6 Pa~j o9 e0n au0tw%~ me/nwn ou0x a(marta&nei: pa~j o9 a(marta&nwn ou0x e9w&raken au0to/n, ou0de\ e1gnwken au0to/n. No-one who remains in him sins. No-one who sins has seen him or has come to know him. The apparent contradiction to 1 John 1:8 is resolved if we take the new covenant (see Jer 31:31-34, alluded to in this epistle at 1 John 2:20, 1 John 2:27) as a turning point where sinlessness comes in. Also in 1 Pet 1:8 the believers still do not know him, nor do they see him (yet they have faith), which puts them at odds with ↴
1 John 3:7 Tekni/a, mhdei\j plana&tw u9ma~j: o9 poiw~n th\n dikaiosu/nhn di/kaio/j e0stin, kaqw_j e0kei=noj di/kaio/j e0stin: Little children, let no-one lead you astray. He who does what is right is righteous, as he is righteous. ↳ the present verse. That changes when the new covenant operates on the house of Israel and the house of Judah, which, although described here, is still future.
he ← that (one), the former.
1 John 3:8 o9 poiw~n th\n a(marti/an e0k tou= diabo/lou e0sti/n, o3ti a)p' a)rxh=j o9 dia&boloj a(marta&nei. Ei0j tou=to e0fanerw&qh o9 ui9o\j tou= qeou=, i3na lu/sh| ta_ e1rga tou= diabo/lou. He who commits sin stems from the devil, because the devil has been sinning from the beginning. The son of God was made manifest for this reason: to undo the works of the devil. stems from ← is out of. See 1 John 2:29.
1 John 3:9 Pa~j o9 gegennhme/noj e0k tou= qeou= a(marti/an ou0 poiei=, o3ti spe/rma au0tou= e0n au0tw%~ me/nei: kai\ ou0 du/natai a(marta&nein, o3ti e0k tou= qeou= gege/nnhtai. No-one who has been begotten by God commits sin, because his seed remains in him. And he cannot sin, because he has been begotten by God. by (2x) ← out of. See 1 John 2:29.
1 John 3:10 870En tou/tw% fanera& e0stin ta_ te/kna tou= qeou= kai\ ta_ te/kna tou= diabo/lou: pa~j o9 mh\ poiw~n dikaiosu/nhn ou0k e1stin e0k tou= qeou=, kai\ o9 mh\ a)gapw~n to\n a)delfo\n au0tou=. By this criterion the children of God and the children of the devil are manifest: everyone who does not do what is right does not stem from God, including him who does not love his brother. does not stem from ← is not out of. See 1 John 2:29.
1 John 3:11 873Oti au3th e0sti\n h9 a)ggeli/a h4n h0kou/sate a)p' a)rxh=j, i3na a)gapw~men a)llh/louj: For this is the message which you have heard from the beginning, that we should love one another,
1 John 3:12 ou0 kaqw_j Ka&i+n e0k tou= ponhrou= h]n, kai\ e1sfacen to\n a)delfo\n au0tou=. Kai\ xa&rin ti/noj e1sfacen au0to/n; 873Oti ta_ e1rga au0tou= ponhra_ h]n, ta_ de\ tou= a)delfou= au0tou= di/kaia. not as Cain, stemming from the wicked one, was, who killed his brother. And for what reason did he kill him? Because his works were evil, but those of his brother were good. The event is described in Gen 4:8.
stemming from ← out of. See 1 John 2:29.
killed ... kill ← slaughtered ... slaughter.
1 John 3:13 Mh\ qauma&zete, a)delfoi/ mou, ei0 misei= u9ma~j o9 ko/smoj: Do not be astonished, my brothers, if the world hates you.
1 John 3:14 h9mei=j oi1damen o3ti metabebh/kamen e0k tou= qana&tou ei0j th\n zwh/n, o3ti a)gapw~men tou\j a)delfou/j. 879O mh\ a)gapw~n to\n a)delfo/n, me/nei e0n tw%~ qana&tw%. We know that we have passed from death to life, because we love the brothers. He who does not love his brother remains in death.
1 John 3:15 Pa~j o9 misw~n to\n a)delfo\n au0tou= a)nqrwpokto/noj e0sti/n: kai\ oi1date o3ti pa~j a)nqrwpokto/noj ou0k e1xei zwh\n ai0w&nion e0n {RP P1904: e9autw%~} [TR: au0tw%~] me/nousan. Everyone who hates his brother is a murderer, and you know that no murderer has age-abiding life remaining in him. e9autw%~, (in) himself, RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. au0tw%~, (in) him, TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's cm).
1 John 3:16 870En tou/tw% e0gnw&kamen th\n a)ga&phn {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: - } [S1894: tou= qeou=], o3ti e0kei=noj u9pe\r h9mw~n th\n yuxh\n au0tou= e1qhken: kai\ h9mei=j o0fei/lomen u9pe\r tw~n a)delfw~n ta_j yuxa_j tiqe/nai. By this we have come to know {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: love} [S1894: the love of God]: in that he laid down his life for our sakes. And we have a debt to lay down our lives for the sake of our brothers. tou= qeou=, of God: absent in RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=13/13 vs. present in S1894 F1859=0/13. As AV italicizes of God, a challenge to S1894, where the words should be absent.
he ← that (one).
life ... lives ← soul ... souls.
have a debt ← owe.
1 John 3:17 874Oj d' a@n e1xh| to\n bi/on tou= ko/smou, kai\ qewrh|= to\n a)delfo\n au0tou= xrei/an e1xonta, kai\ klei/sh| ta_ spla&gxna au0tou= a)p' au0tou=, pw~j h9 a)ga&ph tou= qeou= me/nei e0n au0tw%~; And as for whoever makes a living in the world and sees his brother in need but shuts off his feelings of compassion for him – how can the love of God remain in him? in the world ← of the world.
for him ← from him.
1 John 3:18 Tekni/a mou, mh\ a)gapw~men lo/gw% mhde\ {RP P1904: th|=} [TR: - ] glw&ssh|, a)ll' {RP P1904: e0n} [TR: - ] e1rgw% kai\ a)lhqei/a%. My little children, let us not love by mere word or by speech, but by deed and truth. th|=, by (strengthening the dative with speech): present in RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's dn).
e0n, in, by (strengthening the dative with deed): present in RP P1904 F1859=8/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's cdfjn).
speech ← tongue.
1 John 3:19 Kai\ e0n tou/tw% ginw&skomen o3ti e0k th=j a)lhqei/aj e0sme/n, kai\ e1mprosqen au0tou= pei/somen ta_j kardi/aj h9mw~n, And this is how we know that we stem from the truth, and that we will reassure our hearts in his presence: this is how ← in this.
stem from ← are of. See 1 John 2:29.
1 John 3:20 o3ti e0a_n kataginw&skh| h9mw~n h9 kardi/a, o3ti mei/zwn e0sti\n o9 qeo\j th=j kardi/aj h9mw~n, kai\ ginw&skei pa&nta. by the fact that if our heart condemns us, God is greater than our hearts and knows everything.
1 John 3:21 870Agaphtoi/, e0a_n h9 kardi/a h9mw~n mh\ kataginw&skh| h9mw~n, parrhsi/an e1xomen pro\j to\n qeo/n, Beloved, if our heart does not condemn us, we have confidence in God,
1 John 3:22 kai\ o4 e0a_n ai0tw~men, lamba&nomen par' au0tou=, o3ti ta_j e0ntola_j au0tou= throu=men, kai\ ta_ a)resta_ e0nw&pion au0tou= poiou=men. and whatever we ask, we receive from him because we keep his commandments and we do things pleasing in his sight.
1 John 3:23 Kai\ au3th e0sti\n h9 e0ntolh\ au0tou=, i3na pisteu/swmen tw%~ o0no/mati tou= ui9ou= au0tou= 870Ihsou= xristou=, kai\ a)gapw~men a)llh/louj, kaqw_j e1dwken e0ntolh/n {RP P1904: - } [TR: h9mi=n]. And this is his commandment: that we believe in the name of his son Jesus Christ and love each other as he gave {RP P1904: - } [TR: us] commandment. h9mi=n, to us: absent in RP P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. present in TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's am).
1 John 3:24 Kai\ o9 thrw~n ta_j e0ntola_j au0tou= e0n au0tw%~ me/nei, kai\ au0to\j e0n au0tw%~. Kai\ e0n tou/tw% ginw&skomen o3ti me/nei e0n h9mi=n, e0k tou= pneu/matoj ou[ h9mi=n e1dwken. And he who keeps his commandments remains in him, and the latter remains in the former. And by this we know that he remains in us: by the spirit which he has given us. the latter remains in the former ← he in him.
1 John 4:1 870Agaphtoi/, mh\ panti\ pneu/mati pisteu/ete, a)lla_ dokima&zete ta_ pneu/mata, ei0 e0k tou= qeou= e0sti/n: o3ti polloi\ yeudoprofh=tai e0celhlu/qasin ei0j to\n ko/smon. Beloved, do not believe every spirit, but test the spirits as to whether they are from God, because many false prophets have gone out into the world. from ← out of. See 1 John 2:29. This verse gives a clear connection between those fallen from a spiritual realm and false prophets. 1 John 3:8 refers to those who stem from the devil. The progeny of fallen spirits more generally are known as the Nephilim (Gen 6:4, Num 13:33).
1 John 4:2 870En tou/tw% {RP: ginw&sketai} [P1904 TR: ginw&skete] to\ pneu=ma tou= qeou=: pa~n pneu=ma o4 o9mologei= 870Ihsou=n xristo\n e0n sarki\ e0lhluqo/ta e0k tou= qeou= e0sti/n: This is how {RP: the spirit of God is known} [P1904 TR: you know the spirit of God]: every spirit which confesses that Jesus Christ has come in the flesh is from God, ginw&sketai, is known, RP F1859=10/12 vs. ginw&skete, you know, or know!, P1904 TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's al). The pronunciation of these two words became the same before or around the tenth century; see the Wikipedia entry on Medieval Greek.
this is how ← in this.
from ← out of. See 1 John 2:29.
1 John 4:3 kai\ pa~n pneu=ma o4 mh\ o9mologei= {RP: - } [P1904 TR: to\n] 870Ihsou=n xristo\n e0n sarki\ e0lhluqo/ta, e0k tou= qeou= ou0k e1stin: kai\ tou=to/ e0stin to\ tou= a)ntixri/stou, o4 a)khko/ate o3ti e1rxetai, kai\ nu=n e0n tw%~ ko/smw% e0sti\n h1dh. whereas every spirit which does not confess that Jesus Christ has come in the flesh is not from God. And such is the spirit of antichrist which you have heard is coming and is already in the world now. to\n, the (Jesus Christ): absent in RP F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's bcdghl) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's afjkmo). A weak disparity with RP, R=6:8.
from ← out of. See 1 John 2:29.
1 John 4:4 879Umei=j e0k tou= qeou= e0ste/, tekni/a, kai\ nenikh/kate au0tou/j: o3ti mei/zwn e0sti\n o9 e0n u9mi=n h2 o9 e0n tw%~ ko/smw%. You, little children, stem from God, and you have overcome them, because he who is in you is greater than he who is in the world. stem from ← are out of. See 1 John 2:29.
1 John 4:5 Au0toi\ e0k tou= ko/smou ei0si/n: dia_ tou=to e0k tou= ko/smou lalou=sin, kai\ o9 ko/smoj au0tw~n a)kou/ei. They are of the world. That is why they speak from the standpoint of the world, and the world heeds them. of ← out of. See 1 John 2:29.
that is why ← on account of this.
1 John 4:6 879Hmei=j e0k tou= qeou= e0sme/n: o9 ginw&skwn to\n qeo/n, a)kou/ei h9mw~n: o4j ou0k e1stin e0k tou= qeou=, ou0k a)kou/ei h9mw~n. 870Ek tou/tou ginw&skomen to\ pneu=ma th=j a)lhqei/aj kai\ to\ pneu=ma th=j pla&nhj. We are of God. He who knows God heeds us. He who is not of God does not heed us. That is how we know the spirit of truth and the spirit of error. of (2x) ← out of. See 1 John 2:29.
that is how ← out of this.
1 John 4:7 870Agaphtoi/, a)gapw~men a)llh/louj: o3ti h9 a)ga&ph e0k tou= qeou= e0sti/n, kai\ pa~j o9 a)gapw~n e0k tou= qeou= gege/nnhtai, kai\ ginw&skei to\n qeo/n. Beloved, we love each other, because the love is from God, and everyone who shows love has been begotten by God and knows God. by ← out of. See 1 John 2:29.
1 John 4:8 879O mh\ a)gapw~n ou0k e1gnw to\n qeo/n: o3ti o9 qeo\j a)ga&ph e0sti/n. He who does not show love has not come to know God, for God is love.
1 John 4:9 870En tou/tw% e0fanerw&qh h9 a)ga&ph tou= qeou= e0n h9mi=n, o3ti to\n ui9o\n au0tou= to\n monogenh= a)pe/stalken o9 qeo\j ei0j to\n ko/smon, i3na zh/swmen di' au0tou=. This is how the love of God was made manifest among us: in that God has sent his only-begotten son into the world in order that we should live through him. this is how ← in this.
among: or in.
1 John 4:10 870En tou/tw% e0sti\n h9 a)ga&ph, ou0x o3ti h9mei=j h0gaph/samen to\n qeo/n, a)ll' o3ti au0to\j h0ga&phsen h9ma~j, kai\ a)pe/steilen to\n ui9o\n au0tou= i9lasmo\n peri\ tw~n a(martiw~n h9mw~n. This is how love is evident: not in that we loved God, but that he loved us and sent his son as a propitiation for our sins. this is how ← in this.
1 John 4:11 870Agaphtoi/, ei0 ou3twj o9 qeo\j h0ga&phsen h9ma~j, kai\ h9mei=j o0fei/lomen a)llh/louj a)gapa~n. Beloved, if God loved us like this, we in turn have a debt to love each other. have a debt ← owe.
1 John 4:12 Qeo\n ou0dei\j pw&pote teqe/atai: e0a_n a)gapw~men a)llh/louj, o9 qeo\j e0n h9mi=n me/nei, kai\ h9 a)ga&ph au0tou= teteleiwme/nh e0sti\n e0n h9mi=n. No-one has seen God at any time. If we love each other, God remains in us, and his love has been brought to completion in us.
1 John 4:13 870En tou/tw% ginw&skomen o3ti e0n au0tw%~ me/nomen kai\ au0to\j e0n h9mi=n, o3ti e0k tou= pneu/matoj au0tou= de/dwken h9mi=n. This is how we know that we remain in him and he in us: in that he has given us a share of his spirit. this is how ← in this.
1 John 4:14 Kai\ h9mei=j teqea&meqa kai\ marturou=men o3ti o9 path\r a)pe/stalken to\n ui9o\n swth=ra tou= ko/smou. And we have seen and testify that the father has sent the son as the saviour of the world.
1 John 4:15 874Oj a@n o9mologh/sh| o3ti 870Ihsou=j e0sti\n o9 ui9o\j tou= qeou=, o9 qeo\j e0n au0tw%~ me/nei, kai\ au0to\j e0n tw%~ qew%~. As for whoever confesses that Jesus is the son of God, God remains in him, and he in God.
1 John 4:16 Kai\ h9mei=j e0gnw&kamen kai\ pepisteu/kamen th\n a)ga&phn h4n e1xei o9 qeo\j e0n h9mi=n. 879O qeo\j a)ga&ph e0sti/n, kai\ o9 me/nwn e0n th|= a)ga&ph|, e0n tw%~ qew%~ me/nei, kai\ o9 qeo\j e0n au0tw%~ {RP-text: me/nei} [RP-marg P1904 TR: - ]. And we have come to know and have believed the love which God has among us. God is love, and he who remains in love remains in God, and God {RP-text: remains} [RP-marg P1904 TR: - ] in him. me/nei, remains: present in RP-text F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's b*fgjklm) vs. absent in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's ab**cdho). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=7:8.
among: or in.
1 John 4:17 870En tou/tw% tetelei/wtai h9 a)ga&ph meq' h9mw~n, i3na parrhsi/an e1xwmen e0n th|= h9me/ra% th=j kri/sewj, o3ti kaqw_j e0kei=no/j e0stin, kai\ h9mei=j e0sme\n e0n tw%~ ko/smw% tou/tw%. This is how love has been perfected with us: that we may have confidence on the day of judgment, that as he is, so we are in this world. this is how ← in this.
perfected: or brought to completion. From the cognate adjective we get perfect in the next verse.
he ← that (man).
1 John 4:18 Fo/boj ou0k e1stin e0n th|= a)ga&ph|, a)ll' h9 telei/a a)ga&ph e1cw ba&llei to\n fo/bon, o3ti o9 fo/boj ko/lasin e1xei: o9 de\ fobou/menoj ou0 tetelei/wtai e0n th|= a)ga&ph|. There is no fear in love, but perfect love casts fear out, because fear involves punishment, and he who has fear has not been perfected in love. involves ← has.
1 John 4:19 879Hmei=j a)gapw~men au0to/n, o3ti au0to\j prw~toj h0ga&phsen h9ma~j. We love him because he loved us first.
1 John 4:20 870Ea&n tij ei1ph| o3ti 870Agapw~ to\n qeo/n, kai\ to\n a)delfo\n au0tou= mish|=, yeu/sthj e0sti/n: o9 ga_r mh\ a)gapw~n to\n a)delfo\n {RP TR: au0tou=} [P1904: - ] o4n e9w&raken, to\n qeo\n o4n ou0x e9w&raken pw~j du/natai a)gapa~n; If anyone says, “I love God”, but he hates his brother, he is a liar. For how can he who does not love {RP TR: his} [P1904: his] brother, whom he has seen, love God, whom he has not seen? au0tou=, his: present in RP TR F1859=11/12 vs. absent in P1904 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's m).
1 John 4:21 Kai\ tau/thn th\n e0ntolh\n e1xomen a)p' au0tou=, i3na o9 a)gapw~n to\n qeo/n, a)gapa%~ kai\ to\n a)delfo\n au0tou=. And we have this commandment from him, that he who loves God should also love his brother.
1 John 5:1 Pa~j o9 pisteu/wn o3ti 870Ihsou=j e0sti\n o9 xristo/j, e0k tou= qeou= gege/nnhtai: kai\ pa~j o9 a)gapw~n to\n gennh/santa a)gapa%~ kai\ to\n gegennhme/non e0c au0tou=. Everyone who believes that Jesus is the Christ has been begotten by God, and everyone who loves him who did the begetting also loves him who was begotten by him. by ← out of. See 1 John 2:29.
was begotten ← has been begotten.
1 John 5:2 870En tou/tw% ginw&skomen o3ti a)gapw~men ta_ te/kna tou= qeou=, o3tan to\n qeo\n a)gapw~men, kai\ ta_j e0ntola_j au0tou= thrw~men. This is how we know that we love the children of God: it is when we love God and we keep his commandments. this is how ← in this.
1 John 5:3 Au3th ga&r e0stin h9 a)ga&ph tou= qeou=, i3na ta_j e0ntola_j au0tou= thrw~men: kai\ ai9 e0ntolai\ au0tou= barei=ai ou0k ei0si/n. For this is the love of God: that we should keep his commandments. And his commandments are not burdensome.
1 John 5:4 873Oti pa~n to\ gegennhme/non e0k tou= qeou= nika%~ to\n ko/smon: kai\ au3th e0sti\n h9 ni/kh h9 nikh/sasa to\n ko/smon, h9 pi/stij {RP-text P1904 TR: h9mw~n} [RP-marg: u9mw~n]. For everything that has been begotten by God overcomes the world. And this is the victory which has overcome the world: {RP-text P1904 TR: our} [RP-marg: your] faith. h9mw~n, our, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=8/12 vs. u9mw~n, your, RP-marg F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's bklo).
by ← out of. See 1 John 2:29.
1 John 5:5 Ti/j e0stin o9 nikw~n to\n ko/smon, ei0 mh\ o9 pisteu/wn o3ti 870Ihsou=j e0sti\n o9 ui9o\j tou= qeou=; Who is it who overcomes the world but he who believes that Jesus is the son of God?
1 John 5:6 Ou[to/j e0stin o9 e0lqw_n di' u3datoj kai\ ai3matoj, 870Ihsou=j {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] xristo/j: ou0k e0n tw%~ u3dati mo/non, a)ll' e0n tw%~ u3dati kai\ tw%~ ai3mati. Kai\ to\ pneu=ma& e0stin to\ marturou=n, o3ti to\ pneu=ma& e0stin h9 a)lh/qeia. This is he who came by water and blood, Jesus {RP P1904: - } [TR: the] Christ – not with water alone, but with water and blood. And the spirit is what gives witness, because the spirit is truth. o9, the (Christ): absent in RP P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. present in TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's bf).
1 John 5:7 873Oti trei=j ei0si\n oi9 marturou=ntej, {RP: - } [P1904 TR: e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~, o9 Path/r, o9 Lo/goj kai\ to\ 873Agion Pneu=ma, kai\ ou[toi oi9 trei=j e3n ei0si:] For there are three that testify {RP: :} [P1904 TR: in heaven: the father, the word and the holy spirit, and these three are one,] e0n tw%~ ou0ranw~ ... e3n ei0si, in heaven ... are three: absent in RP VulgS SyrP F1859=12/12 vs. present in P1904 TR VulgC F1859=0/12. AV differs textually.
1 John 5:8 {RP: - } [P1904 TR: kai\ trei=j ei0sin oi9 marturou=ntej e0n th|= gh|=,] to\ pneu=ma, kai\ to\ u3dwr, kai\ to\ ai[ma: kai\ oi9 trei=j ei0j to\ e3n ei0sin. {RP: - } [P1904 TR: and there are three that testify on earth:] the spirit, and the water, and the blood, and these three unite into one. kai\ trei=j ... e0n th|= gh|=, and three ... on earth: absent in RP VulgS SyrP F1859=12/12 vs. present in P1904 TR VulgC F1859=0/12. AV differs textually. The fact that P1904 TR agree against overwhelming Greek manuscript evidence (not just the manuscripts listed here) against them is indicative of some degree of collusion between, or ↴
unite into one ← are into one (thing, neuter).
1 John 5:9 Ei0 th\n marturi/an tw~n a)nqrw&pwn lamba&nomen, h9 marturi/a tou= qeou= mei/zwn e0sti/n: o3ti au3th e0sti\n h9 marturi/a tou= qeou=, h4n memartu/rhken peri\ tou= ui9ou= au0tou=. If we accept the testimony of men, the testimony of God is greater, for this is the testimony of God which he has given concerning his son. ↳ shared Vulgate tradition of, P1904 and TR. The theoretical grammatical disagreement of marturou=ntej and oi9 trei=j with three neuter nouns is present in both RP and TR.
given ← testified (also in the next verse). English is averse to a cognate verb and object, Greek tolerates it and Hebrew has an affinity for it.
1 John 5:10 879O pisteu/wn ei0j to\n ui9o\n tou= qeou= e1xei th\n marturi/an e0n {RP P1904: au0tw%~} [TR: e9autw%~]: o9 mh\ pisteu/wn tw%~ qew%~ yeu/sthn pepoi/hken au0to/n, o3ti ou0 pepi/steuken ei0j th\n marturi/an, h4n memartu/rhken o9 qeo\j peri\ tou= ui9ou= au0tou=. He who believes in the son of God has the testimony in {RP P1904: him} [TR: himself]. He who does not believe God has made him a liar because he has not believed in the testimony which God gave concerning his son. au0tw%~, (in) him, RP P1904 F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's dfgjkl) vs. e9autw%~, (in) himself, TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's abchmo). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:7.
1 John 5:11 Kai\ au3th e0sti\n h9 marturi/a, o3ti zwh\n ai0w&nion e1dwken h9mi=n o9 qeo/j, kai\ au3th h9 zwh\ e0n tw%~ ui9w%~ au0tou= e0sti/n. And this is the testimony: that God has given us age-abiding life, and this life is in his son.
1 John 5:12 879O e1xwn to\n ui9o\n e1xei th\n zwh/n: o9 mh\ e1xwn to\n ui9o\n tou= qeou= th\n zwh\n ou0k e1xei. He who has the son has life. He who does not have the son of God does not have life.
1 John 5:13 Tau=ta e1graya u9mi=n toi=j pisteu/ousin ei0j to\ o1noma tou= ui9ou= tou= qeou=, i3na ei0dh=te o3ti zwh\n {RP P1904: ai0w&nion e1xete} [TR: e1xete ai0w&nion], kai\ i3na pisteu/hte ei0j to\ o1noma tou= ui9ou= tou= qeou=. I have written these things to you who believe in the name of the son of God in order that you may know that you have age-abiding life, and that you may believe in the name of the son of God. ai0w&nion e1xete, age-abiding + you have, RP P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. e1xete ai0w&nion, you have + age-abiding, TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's cm).
you: perhaps standing for you others who do not (yet) believe.
1 John 5:14 Kai\ au3th e0sti\n h9 parrhsi/a h4n e1xomen pro\j au0to/n, o3ti e0a&n ti ai0tw&meqa kata_ to\ qe/lhma au0tou=, a)kou/ei h9mw~n: And this is the confidence which we have with him, that if we ask for anything in accordance with his will, he hears us.
1 John 5:15 kai\ e0a_n oi1damen o3ti a)kou/ei h9mw~n, o4 {RP: e0a_n} [P1904 TR: a@n] ai0tw&meqa, oi1damen o3ti e1xomen ta_ ai0th/mata a$ h|0th/kamen par' au0tou=. And if we know that he hears us with respect to whatever we ask, then we know that we have the requests which we have asked for from him. e0a_n, (what)ever (non-classical form), RP F1859=8/12 vs. a@n, (what)ever (classical form), P1904 TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's bjmo).
1 John 5:16 870Ea&n tij i1dh| to\n a)delfo\n au0tou= a(marta&nonta a(marti/an mh\ pro\j qa&naton, ai0th/sei, kai\ dw&sei au0tw%~ zwh\n toi=j a(marta&nousin mh\ pro\j qa&naton. 871Estin a(marti/a pro\j qa&naton: ou0 peri\ e0kei/nhj le/gw i3na e0rwth/sh|. If anyone sees his brother committing a sin which is not mortal, he can ask, and he will give him life; this is for those who commit a sin which is not mortal. There is a mortal sin – I do not say that you should ask concerning that. can ← will, a Hebraism.
1 John 5:17 Pa~sa a)diki/a a(marti/a e0sti/n: kai\ e1stin a(marti/a ou0 pro\j qa&naton. Every unrighteous deed is sin. And there is sin which is not mortal.
1 John 5:18 Oi1damen o3ti pa~j o9 gegennhme/noj e0k tou= qeou= ou0x a(marta&nei: a)ll' o9 gennhqei\j e0k tou= qeou= threi= e9auto/n, kai\ o9 ponhro\j ou0x a#ptetai au0tou=. We know that no-one who has been begotten by God sins, but he who has been begotten by God is on his guard and the evil one does not touch him. by (2x) ← out of. See 1 John 2:29.
is on his guard ← guards himself.
1 John 5:19 Oi1damen o3ti e0k tou= qeou= e0sme/n, kai\ o9 ko/smoj o3loj e0n tw%~ ponhrw%~ kei=tai. We know we stem from God, and the whole world lies in the sway of the evil one. stem from ← are out of. See 1 John 2:29.
1 John 5:20 Oi1damen de\ o3ti o9 ui9o\j tou= qeou= h3kei, kai\ de/dwken h9mi=n dia&noian i3na ginw&skwmen to\n a)lhqino/n: kai/ e0smen e0n tw%~ a)lhqinw%~, e0n tw%~ ui9w%~ au0tou= 870Ihsou= xristw%~. Ou[to/j e0stin o9 a)lhqino\j qeo/j, kai\ {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: h9] zwh\ {RP-text P1904 TR: - } [RP-marg: h9] ai0w&nioj. And we know that the son of God has come and has given us a mind so as to know the true one. And we are in the true one, in his son Jesus Christ. He is the true God and age-abiding life. h9 (before zwh\), the (age-abiding life): absent in RP-text P1904 F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's bdjo) vs. present in RP-marg TR F1859=8/12 (Scrivener's acfghklm). A disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=5:9.
h9 (before ai0w&nioj), the, which (is): absent in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's abdjo) vs. present in RP-marg F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's cfghklm). Nearly a disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=7:7.
he ← this (man).
1 John 5:21 Tekni/a, fula&cate {RP-text: e9auta_} [RP-marg P1904 TR: e9autou\j] a)po\ tw~n ei0dw&lwn. 870Amh/n. Little children, keep yourselves from the idols. Amen. e9auta_, yourselves (neuter, concordant), RP-text F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's cm) vs. e9autou\j, yourselves (masculine, according to sense), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=10/13 vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's a*). A strong disparity with RP-text, R=2:12.
2 John 1:1 879O presbu/teroj e0klekth|= kuri/a% kai\ toi=j te/knoij au0th=j, ou4j e0gw_ a)gapw~ e0n a)lhqei/a%, kai\ ou0k e0gw_ mo/noj, a)lla_ kai\ pa&ntej oi9 e0gnwko/tej th\n a)lh/qeian, From the elder to the elect lady and her children, whom I love in truth, and not I alone, but also all who have come to know the truth, lady: [CB] considers this likely to be a proper name, Kyria.
whom: plural, so including the children.
2 John 1:2 dia_ th\n a)lh/qeian th\n me/nousan e0n h9mi=n, kai\ meq' h9mw~n e1stai ei0j to\n ai0w~na: on account of the truth, which remains in us and will be with us throughout the age,
2 John 1:3 e1stai meq' {RP S1550: h9mw~n} [P1904 E1624 S1894: u9mw~n] xa&rij, e1leoj, ei0rh/nh para_ qeou= patro/j, kai\ para_ kuri/ou 870Ihsou= xristou= tou= ui9ou= tou= patro/j, e0n a)lhqei/a% kai\ a)ga&ph|. grace, mercy and peace will be with {RP S1550: us} [P1904 E1624 S1894: you], from God the father and from the Lord Jesus Christ, the son of the father, in truth and love. h9mw~n, (with) us, RP S1550 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's g*kl) vs. u9mw~n, (with) you, P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=10/13 (Scrivener's abcdfg**hjmo). A strong disparity with RP, R=4:12. AV differs textually.
2 John 1:4 870Exa&rhn li/an o3ti eu3rhka e0k tw~n te/knwn sou peripatou=ntaj e0n a)lhqei/a%, kaqw_j e0ntolh\n e0la&bomen para_ tou= patro/j. I rejoiced greatly at having found some of your children walking in the truth according to how we received a commandment from the father.
2 John 1:5 Kai\ nu=n e0rwtw~ se, kuri/a, ou0x w(j e0ntolh\n {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: gra&fwn} [S1550: gra&fw] soi kainh/n, a)lla_ h4n ei1xomen a)p' a)rxh=j, i3na a)gapw~men a)llh/louj. And now I ask you, lady, not as if I were writing you a new commandment, but the one which we have had from the beginning, that we should love one another. gra&fwn, writing, RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=11/13 vs. gra&fw, I write, S1550 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's d*c).
lady: see 2 John 1:1.
2 John 1:6 Kai\ au3th e0sti\n h9 a)ga&ph, i3na peripatw~men kata_ ta_j e0ntola_j au0tou=. Au3th e0sti\n h9 e0ntolh/, kaqw_j h0kou/sate a)p' a)rxh=j, i3na e0n au0th|= peripath=te. And this is love: that we should walk according to his commandments. This is the commandment, as you have heard from the beginning, given for you to walk in it. you (2x): plural.
2 John 1:7 873Oti polloi\ pla&noi ei0sh=lqon ei0j to\n ko/smon, oi9 mh\ o9mologou=ntej 870Ihsou=n xristo\n e0rxo/menon e0n sarki/. Ou[to/j e0stin o9 pla&noj kai\ o9 a)nti/xristoj. For many deceivers have come into the world who do not confess that Jesus Christ came in the flesh. Any such person is a deceiver and an antichrist. any such person ← this (one).
a deceiver and an antichrist ← the deceiver and the antichrist. See Gen 22:9.
2 John 1:8 Ble/pete e9autou/j, i3na mh\ a)pole/swmen a$ ei0rgasa&meqa, a)lla_ misqo\n plh/rh a)pola&bwmen. Watch out that we do not lose what we have achieved, but that we receive a full reward. watch out ← watch yourselves.
2 John 1:9 Pa~j o9 parabai/nwn kai\ mh\ me/nwn e0n th|= didaxh|= tou= xristou=, qeo\n ou0k e1xei: o9 me/nwn e0n th|= didaxh|= tou= xristou=, ou[toj kai\ to\n pate/ra kai\ to\n ui9o\n e1xei. No-one who transgresses and does not remain in the teaching of Christ has God. It is he who remains in the teaching of Christ who has both the father and the son. who ← this (one).
2 John 1:10 Ei1 tij e1rxetai pro\j u9ma~j, kai\ tau/thn th\n didaxh\n ou0 fe/rei, mh\ lamba&nete au0to\n ei0j oi0ki/an, kai\ xai/rein au0tw%~ mh\ le/gete: If anyone comes to you and does not bring this teaching, do not receive him into your home, and do not bid him welcome. you: plural.
2 John 1:11 o9 ga_r le/gwn au0tw%~ xai/rein koinwnei= toi=j e1rgoij au0tou= toi=j ponhroi=j. For he who bids him welcome partakes of his evil works.
2 John 1:12 Polla_ e1xwn u9mi=n gra&fein, ou0k {RP: e0boulh/qhn} [P1904 TR: h0boulh/qhn] dia_ xa&rtou kai\ me/lanoj: a)lla_ e0lpi/zw e0lqei=n pro\j u9ma~j, kai\ sto/ma pro\j sto/ma lalh=sai, i3na h9 xara_ h9mw~n h|] peplhrwme/nh. Although I have many things to write to you, I did not want to do it with paper and ink, but I hope to come to you and speak face to face, in order that our joy may be made full. e0boulh/qhn, I wanted (1), RP F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's abghlmo) vs. h0boulh/qhn, I wanted (2), P1904 TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's cdfjk). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:7.
although: concessive use of the participle.
you: plural (and so throughout this verse).
face to face ← mouth to mouth.
2 John 1:13 870Aspa&zetai/ se ta_ te/kna th=j a)delfh=j sou th=j e0klekth=j. 870Amh/n. The children of your elect sister greet you. Amen. you: singular.
3 John 1:1 879O presbu/teroj Gai+/w% tw%~ a)gaphtw%~, o4n e0gw_ a)gapw~ e0n a)lhqei/a%. From the elder to the beloved Gaius, whom I love in truth.
3 John 1:2 870Agaphte/, peri\ pa&ntwn eu1xomai/ se eu0odou=sqai kai\ u9giai/nein, kaqw_j eu0odou=tai/ sou h9 yuxh/. Beloved, I pray that you may prosper in every way and be in good health, as your spiritual condition is prospering. in every way: AV differs somewhat, above all things, associating this with I wish.
spiritual condition ← soul.
3 John 1:3 870Exa&rhn ga_r li/an, e0rxome/nwn a)delfw~n kai\ marturou/ntwn sou th|= a)lhqei/a%, kaqw_j su\ e0n a)lhqei/a% peripatei=j. For I greatly rejoiced when some brothers came and testified to your truthfulness – as to how you walk in truth. when some brothers came: temporal use of the participle, in a genitive absolute construction.
3 John 1:4 Meizote/ran tou/twn ou0k e1xw xara&n, i3na a)kou/w ta_ e0ma_ te/kna e0n a)lhqei/a% peripatou=nta. I have no greater joy than these things: to hear that my own children are walking in truth.
3 John 1:5 870Agaphte/, pisto\n poiei=j o4 e0a_n e0rga&sh| ei0j tou\j a)delfou\j kai\ ei0j tou\j ce/nouj, Beloved, you are acting faithfully in everything you undertake for the brothers and for the strangers, everything ← whatever.
3 John 1:6 oi4 e0martu/rhsa&n sou th|= a)ga&ph| e0nw&pion e0kklhsi/aj: ou4j kalw~j poih/seij prope/myaj a)ci/wj tou= qeou=. who testified to your love in the presence of the church, and you will do well when you have sent them on with supplies, in a way worthy of God. church: see Matt 16:18.
when you have sent them on: temporal use of the participle.
3 John 1:7 879Upe\r ga_r tou= o0no/matoj {RP P1904 S1550: - } [E1624 S1894: au0tou=] e0ch=lqon mhde\n lamba&nontej a)po\ tw~n {RP TR: e0qnw~n} [P1904: e0qnikw~n]. For they went out for the sake of {RP P1904 S1550: his} [E1624 S1894: his] name, not taking anything from the Gentiles. au0tou=, his: absent in RP P1904 S1550 F1859=8/11 vs. present in E1624 S1894 F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's bgo).
e0qnw~n, Gentiles, RP TR F1859=11/11 vs. e0qnikw~n, Gentilics, P1904 F1859=0/11.
3 John 1:8 879Hmei=j ou]n o0fei/lomen a)polamba&nein tou\j toiou/touj, i3na sunergoi\ ginw&meqa th|= a)lhqei/a%. So we should correspondingly receive people like these, so that we become fellow workers for the truth. correspondingly: this comes from the prefix a)po- in the verb.
people like these ← such.
3 John 1:9 871Egraya th|= e0kklhsi/a%: a)ll' o9 filoprwteu/wn au0tw~n Diotrefh\j ou0k e0pide/xetai h9ma~j. I wrote to the church, but Diotrephes, who loves to be at the forefront over them, does not receive us. church: see Matt 16:18.
3 John 1:10 Dia_ tou=to, e0a_n e1lqw, u9pomnh/sw au0tou= ta_ e1rga a$ poiei=, lo/goij ponhroi=j fluarw~n h9ma~j: kai\ mh\ a)rkou/menoj e0pi\ tou/toij, ou1te au0to\j e0pide/xetai tou\j a)delfou/j, kai\ tou\j boulome/nouj kwlu/ei, kai\ e0k th=j e0kklhsi/aj e0kba&llei. For this reason, if I come, I will raise the matter of his works which he is doing, as he rants on at us with wicked words. And not being satisfied with that, he does not receive the brothers either, and he prevents those who are willing to do so, and he throws them out of the church. that ← these.
church: see Matt 16:18.
3 John 1:11 870Agaphte/, mh\ mimou= to\ kako/n, a)lla_ to\ a)gaqo/n. 879O a)gaqopoiw~n e0k tou= qeou= e0sti/n: o9 {RP P1904: - } [TR: de\] kakopoiw~n ou0x e9w&raken to\n qeo/n. Beloved, do not imitate what is bad, but what is good. He who does good is from God. {RP P1904: He} [TR: But he] who does evil has not seen God. de\, but: absent in RP P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. present in TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's ahm).
from ← out of, denoting origin. See 1 John 2:29.
3 John 1:12 Dhmhtri/w% memartu/rhtai u9po\ pa&ntwn, kai\ u9p' au0th=j th=j a)lhqei/aj: kai\ h9mei=j de\ marturou=men, kai\ oi1date o3ti h9 marturi/a h9mw~n a)lhqh/j e0stin. A testimony has been given to Demetrius by all and by the truth itself, and we too testify, and you know that our testimony is true.
3 John 1:13 Polla_ ei]xon gra&fein, a)ll' ou0 qe/lw dia_ me/lanoj kai\ kala&mou soi gra&yai: I had many things to write, but I do not wish to write to you with ink and pen. pen ← reed, from which a pen can be cut.
3 John 1:14 e0lpi/zw de\ eu0qe/wj i0dei=n se, kai\ sto/ma pro\j sto/ma lalh/somen. Ei0rh/nh soi. 870Aspa&zontai/ se oi9 fi/loi. 870Aspa&zou tou\j fi/louj kat' o1noma. But I hope to see you very shortly so we can speak face to face. ¶ Peace to you. The friends here greet you. Greet the friends there by name. ¶ Verse division: in P1904 E1624 numbering, this verse consists of two verses (3 John 1:14 and 3 John 1:15).
can ← will, a Hebraism.
face to face ← mouth to mouth.
Jude 1:1 870Iou/daj 870Ihsou= xristou= dou=loj, a)delfo\j de\ 870Iakw&bou, toi=j e0n qew%~ patri\ h9giasme/noij, kai\ 870Ihsou= xristw%~ tethrhme/noij, klhtoi=j: From Jude, a servant of Jesus Christ, and brother of James, to those who have been sanctified in God the father and have been kept safe for Jesus Christ, and who are called, in: perhaps meaning in relation to.
for: or by (the agent of passive being expressed by the plain dative with verbs in the perfect tense).
Jude 1:2 e1leoj u9mi=n kai\ ei0rh/nh kai\ a)ga&ph plhqunqei/h. mercy to you, and peace, and may love be plentiful.
Jude 1:3 870Agaphtoi/, pa~san spoudh\n poiou/menoj gra&fein u9mi=n peri\ th=j koinh=j swthri/aj, a)na&gkhn e1sxon gra&yai u9mi=n, parakalw~n e0pagwni/zesqai th|= a#pac paradoqei/sh| toi=j a(gi/oij pi/stei. Beloved, when I was making every effort to write to you about our shared salvation, I found it necessary to write to you exhorting you to strive on behalf of the faith once delivered to the saints. I found it necessary ← I had constraint.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
Jude 1:4 Pareise/dusan ga&r tinej a!nqrwpoi, oi9 pa&lai progegramme/noi ei0j tou=to to\ kri/ma, a)sebei=j, th\n tou= qeou= h9mw~n xa&rin metatiqe/ntej ei0j a)se/lgeian, kai\ to\n mo/non despo/thn {RP TR: qeo\n} [P1904: - ] kai\ ku/rion h9mw~n 870Ihsou=n xristo\n a)rnou/menoi. For certain men have crept in surreptitiously, who have long been consigned to this judgment, who are ungodly, who are changing the grace of our God into licentiousness, and who are denying {RP TR: God} [P1904: - ] the only master and Lord of ours, Jesus Christ. qeo\n, God: present in RP TR F1859=9/12 (Scrivener's ab**cfghklm) vs. absent in P1904 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's b*do).
crept in surreptitiously ← plunged in alongside.
judgment: AV differs, condemnation, an interpolation rather than a translation.
Lord: no article in the Greek. See Rom 1:7, showing why we repunctuate; AV differs.
Jude 1:5 879Upomnh=sai de\ u9ma~j bou/lomai, ei0do/taj u9ma~j a#pac tou=to, o3ti o9 ku/rioj, lao\n e0k gh=j Ai0gu/ptou sw&saj, to\ deu/teron tou\j mh\ pisteu/santaj a)pw&lesen. And I want to remind you, although you know this, that after the Lord had rescued the people out of the land of Egypt on a first occasion, on the second occasion he destroyed those who did not believe. although: concessive use of the participle.
on a first occasion ← once. Despite its unusual position, we bring the word a#pac into balance with deu/teron, second (time). AV differs (once knew).
did not believe ← had not believed. Similarly in the next verse. See Matt 23:20; here in a historic sequence.
Jude 1:6 870Agge/louj te tou\j mh\ thrh/santaj th\n e9autw~n a)rxh/n, a)lla_ a)polipo/ntaj to\ i1dion oi0khth/rion, ei0j kri/sin mega&lhj h9me/raj desmoi=j a)i+di/oij u9po\ zo/fon teth/rhken. And he has put the angels who did not keep their own dominion, but left their own dwelling place, under guard in perpetual chains in underworld gloom ready for the judgment of the great day. the angels who did not keep their own dominion: the progenitors of the Nephilim of Gen 6:4, Num 13:33.
in ← under.
Jude 1:7 879Wj So/doma kai\ Go/morra, kai\ ai9 peri\ au0ta_j po/leij, to\n o3moion tou/toij tro/pon e0kporneu/sasai, kai\ a)pelqou=sai o0pi/sw sarko\j e9te/raj, pro/keintai dei=gma, puro\j ai0wni/ou di/khn u9pe/xousai. Just as Sodom and Gomorrah and the towns around them committed fornication in a similar way to these, and they went out after alien flesh, so they are set before us as an example, as they undergo the penalty of age-abiding fire.
Jude 1:8 879Omoi/wj me/ntoi kai\ ou[toi e0nupniazo/menoi sa&rka me\n miai/nousin, kurio/thta de\ a)qetou=sin, do/caj de\ blasfhmou=sin. Yet these also, dreaming, likewise defile the flesh and flout dominion and blaspheme those in glory. these: i.e. those of Jude 1:4.
those in glory ← glories, glorifications. Compare 2 Peter 2:10.
Jude 1:9 879O de\ Mixah\l o9 a)rxa&ggeloj, o3te tw%~ diabo/lw% diakrino/menoj diele/geto peri\ tou= {RP-text: Mwu+se/wj} [RP-marg P1904 TR: Mwse/wj] sw&matoj, ou0k e0to/lmhsen kri/sin e0penegkei=n blasfhmi/aj, a)ll' ei]pen, 870Epitimh/sai soi ku/rioj. And when Michael the archangel was contending with the devil and disputing about the body of Moses, he did not dare bring a charge of blasphemy but said, “May the Lord rebuke you.” Mwu+se/wj, Moüses, RP-text F1859=0/10 vs. Mwse/wj, Moses, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=9/10 vs. another spelling, F1859=1/10 (Scrivener's d). Questioning Scrivener, we find Mwse/wj in abcghklo and Mwu+se/wj in ep. A disparity with RP-text, R=2:8 by our observations.
Jude 1:10 Ou[toi de\ o3sa me\n ou0k oi1dasin blasfhmou=sin: o3sa de\ fusikw~j, w(j ta_ a!loga zw%~a, e0pi/stantai, e0n tou/toij fqei/rontai. But these speak blasphemously about many things which they do not know about, but on the other hand they instinctively understand things in the way unreasoning animals do, and they are wrecked by these things. about many things which ← as many (things) as.
Jude 1:11 Ou0ai\ au0toi=j: o3ti th|= o9dw%~ tou= Ka&i+n e0poreu/qhsan, kai\ th|= pla&nh| tou= Balaa_m misqou= e0cexu/qhsan, kai\ th|= a)ntilogi/a% tou= Ko/re a)pw&lonto. Woe to them, because they went the way of Cain and abandoned themselves in the error of Balaam's remuneration, and they perished by the refractoriness of Korah. abandoned themselves ← were poured out.
Korah: this is the traditional spelling in Num 16:1. The AV spelling in this verse is Core, reflecting the Greek.
Jude 1:12 Ou[toi/ ei0sin e0n tai=j a)ga&paij u9mw~n spila&dej, suneuwxou/menoi {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: - } [S1894: u9mi=n], a)fo/bwj e9autou\j poimai/nontej: nefe/lai a!nudroi, u9po\ a)ne/mwn {RP P1904: parafero/menai} [TR: perifero/menai]: de/ndra fqinopwrina&, a!karpa, di\j a)poqano/nta, e0krizwqe/nta: These are sunken rocks in your love feasts, who feast with {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: you} [S1894: you], fearlessly attending to themselves, who are clouds without water, {RP P1904: carried off course} [TR: carried about] by the winds, and they are autumnal trees without fruit, doubly dead, uprooted, u9mi=n, you: absent in RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=10/10 vs. present in S1894 F1859=0/10.
parafero/menai, carried off course, RP P1904 F1859=9/10 vs. perifero/menai, carried about, TR F1859=0/10 vs. another reading, F1859=1/10 (Scrivener's k). Compare Heb 13:9.
sunken rocks: AV differs, spots, as if from spi/loi, as in 2 Pet 2:13.
fearlessly: this could be associated with feast with you.
autumnal: AV differs somewhat, fruit, ↴
Jude 1:13 ku/mata a!gria qala&sshj, e0pafri/zonta ta_j e9autw~n ai0sxu/naj: a)ste/rej planh=tai, oi[j o9 zo/foj tou= sko/touj ei0j {RP: - } [P1904 TR: to\n] ai0w~na teth/rhtai. wild waves of the sea, foaming with their own shameful deeds, wandering stars, for whom the underworld gloom of darkness has been reserved throughout {RP: the} [P1904 TR: the] age. ↳ extrapolating from autumn (o0pw&ra).
to\n, the (age): absent in RP F1859=6/10 (Scrivener's acdfhk) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=4/10 (Scrivener's bglo). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=6:6.
Jude 1:14 Proefh/teusen de\ kai\ tou/toij e3bdomoj a)po\ 870Ada_m 879Enw&x, le/gwn, 870Idou/, h]lqen ku/rioj e0n {RP P1904: a(gi/aij muria&sin} [TR: muria&sin a(gi/aij] au0tou=, And moreover Enoch, the seventh from Adam, prophesied to these and said, “Look, the Lord has come with tens of thousands of his holy ones, a(gi/aij muria&sin, with holy + tens of thousands, RP P1904 F1859=10/10 vs. muria&sin a(gi/aij, with tens of thousands + holy, TR F1859=0/10.
Deut 33:2.
has come ← came. See Matt 2:2. AV differs somewhat (cometh). A present or future timeframe can hardly be justified grammatically.
Jude 1:15 poih=sai kri/sin kata_ pa&ntwn, kai\ {RP P1904: e0le/gcai} [TR: e0cele/gcai] pa&ntaj tou\j a)sebei=j au0tw~n peri\ pa&ntwn tw~n e1rgwn a)sebei/aj au0tw~n w{n h0se/bhsan, kai\ peri\ pa&ntwn tw~n sklhrw~n w{n e0la&lhsan kat' au0tou= a(martwloi\ a)sebei=j. to execute judgment against all, and to convict all of them who are ungodly of all their ungodly deeds which they have committed, and of all the harsh things which ungodly sinners have said against him.” e0le/gcai, to accuse; convict (1), RP P1904 F1859=9/10 vs. e0cele/gcai, to convict (2), TR F1859=1/10 (Scrivener's c).
ungodly deeds ← deeds of ungodliness, a Hebraic genitive.
Jude 1:16 Ou[toi/ ei0sin goggustai/, memyi/moiroi, kata_ ta_j e0piqumi/aj {RP-text P1904 TR: au0tw~n} [RP-marg: e9autw~n] poreuo/menoi, kai\ to\ sto/ma au0tw~n lalei= u9pe/rogka, qauma&zontej pro/swpa w)felei/aj xa&rin. These individuals are murmurers, dissatisfied with their fate, who walk according to {RP-text P1904 TR: their} [RP-marg: their own] desires, while their mouth speaks bombastic words, showing partiality for the sake of gain. au0tw~n, their, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=3/10 (Scrivener's bko) vs. e9autw~n, their own, RP-marg F1859=7/10 (Scrivener's acdfghl). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=5:7.
with their fate: this comes from the word moi=ra, fate, embedded in the verb.
showing ← marvelling, admiring, perhaps a ↴
Jude 1:17 879Umei=j de/, a)gaphtoi/, mnh/sqhte tw~n r(hma&twn tw~n proeirhme/nwn u9po\ tw~n a)posto/lwn tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou=: But as for you, beloved, remember the words which were spoken beforehand by the apostles of our Lord Jesus Christ, ↳ Hebraism (הִכִּיר פָּנִים), the common element being strangeness, but see qauma&zw in [LS] section II.2.
Jude 1:18 o3ti e1legon u9mi=n, o3ti e0n e0sxa&tw% xro/nw% e1sontai e0mpai=ktai, kata_ ta_j e9autw~n e0piqumi/aj poreuo/menoi tw~n a)sebeiw~n. how they told you that in the latter time there would be scoffers who would walk according to their own ungodly desires. how ← that.
ungodly desires ← desires of ungodlinesses, a Hebraic genitive.
Jude 1:19 Ou[toi/ ei0sin oi9 a)podiori/zontej {RP P1904 S1550: - } [E1624 S1894: e9autou\j], yuxikoi/, pneu=ma mh\ e1xontej. These are the ones who {RP P1904 S1550: cause divisions} [E1624 S1894: separate themselves], who are natural, who do not have any spirit. e9autou\j, themselves: absent in RP P1904 S1550 F1859=6/10 vs. present in E1624 S1894 F1859=4/10 (Scrivener's bdgo). AV differs textually.
natural ← of the soul, “soulical”, as in James 3:15.
Jude 1:20 879Umei=j de/, a)gaphtoi/, th|= a(giwta&th| u9mw~n pi/stei e0poikodomou=ntej e9autou/j, e0n pneu/mati a(gi/w% proseuxo/menoi, But you, beloved, as you build yourselves up in your most holy faith, praying by holy spirit,
Jude 1:21 e9autou\j e0n a)ga&ph| qeou= thrh/sate, prosdexo/menoi to\ e1leoj tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n 870Ihsou= xristou= ei0j zwh\n ai0w&nion. keep yourselves in the love of God as you await the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ, culminating in age-abiding life.
Jude 1:22 Kai\ ou4j me\n e0leei=te diakrino/menoi: And have compassion on one group, as you make a distinction,
Jude 1:23 ou4j de\ e0n fo/bw% sw%&zete, e0k {RP: - } [P1904 TR: tou=] puro\j a(rpa&zontej, misou=ntej kai\ to\n a)po\ th=j sarko\j e0spilwme/non xitw~na. and save another group with fear, snatching them out of {RP: the} [P1904 TR: the] fire, while you show revulsion even at the garment polluted by the flesh. tou=, the (fire): absent in RP F1859=6/10 (Scrivener's acghkl) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=4/10 (Scrivener's bdfo). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=6:6.
Jude 1:24 Tw%~ de\ duname/nw% fula&cai {RP P1904 S1550: au0tou\j} [E1624 S1894: u9ma~j] a)ptai/stouj, kai\ sth=sai katenw&pion th=j do/chj au0tou= a)mw&mouj e0n a)gallia&sei,

Now to him who is able to keep {RP P1904 S1550: them} [E1624 S1894: you] firm-footed,

And to set {RP P1904 S1550: them} [E1624 S1894: you] without blemish with joy

In the presence of his glory,

 au0tou\j, them, RP P1904 S1550 F1859=7/10 (Scrivener's abc(tacite)ghlo) vs. u9ma~j, you, E1624 S1894 F1859=3/10 (Scrivener's dfk). AV differs textually.
Jude 1:25 mo/nw% sofw%~ qew%~ swth=ri h9mw~n, do/ca kai\ megalwsu/nh, kra&toj kai\ e0cousi/a, kai\ nu=n kai\ ei0j pa&ntaj tou\j ai0w~naj. 870Amh/n.

To the only and wise God our saviour

Be glory and majesty,

Might and authority,

Both now and throughout all the ages.

Amen.
Rev 1:1 870Apoka&luyij 870Ihsou= xristou=, h4n e1dwken au0tw%~ o9 qeo\j dei=cai toi=j dou/loij au0tou=, a$ dei= gene/sqai e0n ta&xei, kai\ e0sh/manen a)postei/laj dia_ tou= a)gge/lou au0tou= tw%~ dou/lw% au0tou= 870Iwa&nnh|, The revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave to him to show his servants the things which must quickly come to pass. And he declared it by delivering it by means of his angel to his servant John, quickly ← in speed. Perhaps shortly.
declared ← showed by sign.
by delivering ← having sent. See Matt 23:20. Gerundial use of the participle.
angel: or messenger.
Rev 1:2 o4j e0martu/rhsen to\n lo/gon tou= qeou= kai\ th\n marturi/an 870Ihsou= xristou=, o3sa {RP P1904: - } [TR: te] ei]den {RP-text P1904 TR: - } [RP-marg: kai\ a#tina& ei0sin kai\ a#tina xrh\ gene/sqai meta_ tau=ta]. who testified {RP-text P1904: that all the things which he saw were the word of God and the testimony of Jesus Christ} [TR: to the word of God and the testimony of Jesus Christ and also the things which he saw] [RP-marg: to the word of God and the testimony of Jesus Christ, both the things which he saw, and the things which are, and the things which must come to pass after these things]. te, and (everything he saw): absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
kai\ a#tina& ei0sin kai\ a#tina xrh\ gene/sqai meta_ tau=ta, both the (things) which are and the (things) which must take place after these (things): absent in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=10/13 vs. present in RP-marg F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's hln, with variations among them).
Rev 1:3 Maka&rioj o9 a)naginw&skwn, kai\ oi9 a)kou/ontej tou\j lo/gouj th=j profhtei/aj kai\ throu=ntej ta_ e0n au0th|= gegramme/na: o9 ga_r kairo\j e0ggu/j. Blessed is he who reads, and those who hear, the words of the prophecy, and who keep the things written in it, for the time is near. the time is near: see James 5:3, Rev 22:10.
Rev 1:4 870Iwa&nnhj tai=j e9pta_ e0kklhsi/aij tai=j e0n th|= 870Asi/a%: xa&rij u9mi=n kai\ ei0rh/nh a)po\ {RP-text P1904: qeou=} [RP-marg: - ] [TR: tou=] o9 w@n kai\ o9 h]n kai\ o9 e0rxo/menoj: kai\ a)po\ tw~n e9pta_ pneuma&twn {RP-text P1904: a$} [RP-marg TR: a# e0stin] e0nw&pion tou= qro/nou au0tou=: From John to the seven churches in Asia, grace to you and peace from {RP-text P1904: God,} [RP-marg: the one] [TR: the one] who is, and who was, and who is to come, and from the seven spirits which {RP-text P1904: are} [RP-marg TR: are] before his throne, qeou=, (from) God, RP-text P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. word absent, RP-marg F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's hln) vs. tou=, (from) the (one), TR F1859=0/13 vs. kuri/ou, (from the) Lord, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's c). AV differs textually.
e0stin, are (explicitly): absent in RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. present in RP-marg TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's hln).
Ex 3:14, an allusion to I am. The following words, and who was, and who is to come accord with the I am of John 8:58 – the one who transcends time. Similarly elsewhere in this book.
churches: see Matt 16:18.
is to come ← is coming.
Rev 1:5 kai\ a)po\ 870Ihsou= xristou=, o9 ma&rtuj o9 pisto/j, o9 prwto/tokoj {RP P1904: - } [TR: e0k] tw~n nekrw~n, kai\ o9 a!rxwn tw~n basile/wn th=j gh=j. Tw%~ {RP-text P1904: a)gapw~nti} [RP-marg TR: a)gaph/santi] h9ma~j, kai\ lou/santi h9ma~j a)po\ tw~n a(martiw~n h9mw~n e0n tw%~ ai3mati au0tou=: and from Jesus Christ, the faithful witness, the firstborn {RP P1904: - } [TR: out] of the dead and the ruler of the kings of the earth. To him who {RP-text P1904: loves} [RP-marg TR: loved] us and washed us from our sins by his blood, e0k, out (of the dead): absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. present in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's h).
a)gapw~nti, loving, RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. a)gaph/santi, having loved, RP-marg TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hn) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m).
Rev 1:6 kai\ e0poi/hsen h9ma~j {RP P1904: basilei/an,} [TR: basilei=j kai\] i9erei=j tw%~ qew%~ kai\ patri\ au0tou=: au0tw%~ h9 do/ca kai\ to\ kra&toj ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj tw~n ai0w&nwn. 870Amh/n. and who made us {RP P1904: into a kingdom,} [TR: kings and] priests to his God and father, to him be glory and might throughout the durations of the ages. Amen. basilei/an, a kingdom, RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. basilei=j kai\, kings and, TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's fn). AV differs textually.
Ex 19:6, Isa 61:6.
to his God and father: AV differs somewhat (unto God and his Father).
throughout the durations of the ages ← throughout the ages of the ages.
Rev 1:7 870Idou/, e1rxetai meta_ tw~n nefelw~n, kai\ o1yetai au0to\n pa~j o0fqalmo/j, kai\ oi3tinej au0to\n e0ceke/nthsan: kai\ ko/yontai e0p' au0to\n pa~sai ai9 fulai\ th=j gh=j. Nai/, a)mh/n. Behold, he is coming with clouds, and every eye will see him, including those who pierced him, and all the tribes of the earth will mourn for him. Indeed so; amen. Dan 7:13, Zech 12:10.
clouds ← the clouds. See Gen 22:9.
for ← at ← on.
Rev 1:8 870Egw& ei0mi to\ {RP: 871Alfa} [P1904 TR: 872A] kai\ to\ 87]W, {RP P1904: - } [TR: a)rxh\ kai\ te/loj,] le/gei {RP P1904: ku/rioj o9 qeo/j} [TR: o9 ku/rioj], o9 w@n kai\ o9 h]n kai\ o9 e0rxo/menoj, o9 pantokra&twr. I am the Alpha and the Omega, {RP P1904: - } [TR: the beginning and the ending,] says {RP P1904: the Lord God} [TR: the Lord], who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty. 871Alfa, Alpha, RP F1859=11/13 vs. 872A, A (initial letter only), P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's el).
a)rxh\ kai\ te/loj, beginning and end: absent in RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. present in TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's mn). AV differs textually.
ku/rioj o9 qeo/j, (the) Lord God, RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. o9 ku/rioj, the Lord, TR F1859=0/12. AV differs textually.
Isa 41:4, Isa 44:6.
I am: referring to Ex 3:14. See also Rev 1:4, John 18:5-6.
is to come ← is coming.
Rev 1:9 870Egw_ 870Iwa&nnhj, o9 {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\] a)delfo\j u9mw~n kai\ {RP-text: koinwno\j} [RP-marg P1904 TR: sugkoinwno\j] e0n th|= qli/yei kai\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: e0n th|=] basilei/a% kai\ u9pomonh|= {RP: e0n xristw%~ 870Ihsou=} [P1904: e0n 870Ihsou= xristw%~] [TR: 870Ihsou= xristou=], e0geno/mhn e0n th|= nh/sw% th|= kaloume/nh| Pa&tmw%, dia_ to\n lo/gon tou= qeou= kai\ dia_ th\n marturi/an 870Ihsou= xristou=. I John, {RP P1904: - } [TR: both] your brother and {RP-text: sharer} [RP-marg P1904 TR: fellow sharer] in the tribulation and {RP P1904: in the} [TR: in the] kingdom and in patience {RP: in Christ Jesus,} [P1904: in Jesus Christ,] [TR: of Jesus Christ,] arrived on the island called Patmos for the cause of the word of God and for the cause of the testimony of Jesus Christ. kai\, and (brothers): absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13.
koinwno\j, sharer, RP-text F1859=10/13 vs. sugkoinwno\j, fellow sharer, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's fmn).
e0n th|=, in the (kingdom): absent in RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. present in TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's l).
xristw%~ 870Ihsou=, in Christ + Jesus, RP F1859=12/13 vs. 870Ihsou= xristw%~, in Jesus + Christ, P1904 F1859=0/13 vs. 870Ihsou= xristou=, of Jesus + Christ, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n). AV differs textually.
arrived: as in Luke 22:40.
Rev 1:10 870Egeno/mhn e0n pneu/mati e0n th|= kuriakh|= h9me/ra%: kai\ h1kousa {RP P1904: fwnh\n o0pi/sw mou} [TR: o0pi/sw mou fwnh\n] mega&lhn w(j sa&lpiggoj, I came to be in the power of the spirit on the day of the Lord, and I heard a voice behind me, loud like a trumpet, fwnh\n o0pi/sw mou, a voice + behind me, RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. o0pi/sw mou fwnh\n, behind me + a voice, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n) vs. fwnh\n o0pi/sw, a voice + behind, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's f).
The day of the Lord is referred to in Isa 13:6, Isa 13:9, Ezek 13:5, Joel 1:15, Joel 2:1, Joel 2:11, Amos 5:18, Amos 5:20, Obad 1:15, Zeph 1:7, Zeph 1:14, Mal 3:23MT (Mal 4:5AV); Also Isa 2:12, Ezek 30:3, Zech 14:1, Zech 14:7. In NT: Acts 2:20, 1 Thes 5:2; 2 Pet 3:10. See [CHW-AA] part 1, p.190. AV differs in formulation here (the Lord's day), the Greek also being different from the other references.
came to be in the power of the spirit: or arrived by (the agency of the) spirit. gi/nomai = to arrive in Luke 22:40.
Rev 1:11 legou/shj, {RP P1904: - } [TR: 870Egw& ei0mi to\ 872A kai\ to\ 87]W, o9 prw~toj kai\ o9 e1sxatoj, kai\,] 874O ble/peij gra&yon ei0j bibli/on, kai\ pe/myon tai=j {RP P1904 S1894: e9pta_} [S1550 E1624: - ] e0kklhsi/aij, {RP P1904: - } [TR: tai=j e0n 870Asi/a%,] ei0j 871Efeson, kai\ ei0j Smu/rnan, kai\ ei0j Pe/rgamon, kai\ ei0j Qua&teira, kai\ ei0j Sa&rdeij, kai\ ei0j Filade/lfeian, kai\ ei0j Laodi/keian. and it said, {RP P1904: - } [TR: “I am the Alpha and the Omega, the first and the last”, and,] “Write what you see in a book and send it to the {RP P1904 S1894: seven} [S1550 E1624: - ] churches, {RP P1904: - } [TR: which are in Asia,] to Ephesus, and to Smyrna, and to Pergamum, and to Thyatira, and to Sardis, and to Philadelphia, and to Laodicea.” e0gw& ei0mi to\ 872A kai\ to\ 87]W, o9 prw~toj kai\ o9 e1sxatoj, kai\, I am the Alpha and the Omega”, and: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13 vs. another reading similar to TR, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l). AV differs textually.
e9pta_, seven (churches): present in RP P1904 S1894 F1859=13/13 vs. absent in S1550 E1624 F1859=0/13.
tai=j e0n 870Asi/a%, which are (in) Asia: absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
[TR: Isa 41:4, Isa 44:6.]
[TR: I am: see Rev 1:4, John 18:5-6.]
churches: see Matt 16:18.
Pergamum: the ancient city in modern-day Turkey [LHG], not the modern Pergamos of Cyprus. AV differs (Pergamos).
Rev 1:12 Kai\ {RP-text P1904: e0kei=} [RP-marg TR: - ] e0pe/streya ble/pein th\n fwnh\n h3tij {RP P1904: e0la&lei} [TR: e0la&lhse] met' e0mou=. Kai\ e0pistre/yaj ei]don e9pta_ luxni/aj xrusa~j, And I turned round {RP-text P1904: on the spot} [RP-marg TR: - ] to see the voice which {RP P1904: was speaking} [TR: had spoken] to me, and when I turned round, I saw seven golden lampstands, e0kei=, there: present in RP-text P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. absent in RP-marg TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's cfmn).
e0la&lei, was speaking, RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. e0la&lhse¨n©, spoke, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l** l*, counted as one ms., l* being with moveable n) vs. other readings, perhaps a misspelling of the RP reading, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's dg).
{RP-text P1904: on the spot ← there.}
Rev 1:13 kai\ e0n me/sw% tw~n e9pta_ luxniw~n o3moion {RP-text P1904 TR: ui9w%~} [RP-marg: ui9o\n] a)nqrw&pou, e0ndedume/non podh/rh, kai\ periezwsme/non pro\j toi=j mastoi=j zw&nhn xrush=n. and in the middle of the seven lampstands I saw a figure like the son of man, clothed down to the feet and girded round at the chest with a golden girdle. ui9w%~, son (classical dative after “like”), RP-text P1904 TR F1859=7/13 vs. ui9o\n, son (accusative, object of ei]don in previous verse), RP-marg F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's aeghjk).
Dan 7:13.
Rev 1:14 879H de\ kefalh\ au0tou= kai\ ai9 tri/xej leukai\ {RP-text P1904: w(j} [RP-marg TR: w(sei\] e1rion leuko/n, w(j xiw&n: kai\ oi9 o0fqalmoi\ au0tou= w(j flo\c puro/j: And his head and his hair were as white as white wool, like snow, and his eyes were like a fiery flame. w(j, as (1), RP-text P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. w(sei\, as (2), RP-marg TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hn).
as white as white wool, like snow: AV differs somewhat (white like wool, as white as snow).
fiery flame ← flame of fire, a Hebraic genitive.
Rev 1:15 kai\ oi9 po/dej au0tou= o3moioi xalkoliba&nw%, w(j e0n kami/nw% pepurwme/noi: kai\ h9 fwnh\ au0tou= w(j fwnh\ u9da&twn pollw~n. And his feet were like refined bronze, as if they had been refined in a furnace, and his voice was like the sound of much water. much water ← many waters, a Hebraism.
Rev 1:16 Kai\ e1xwn e0n th|= decia%~ {RP-text TR: au0tou= xeiri\} [RP-marg P1904: xeiri\ au0tou=] a)ste/raj e9pta&: kai\ e0k tou= sto/matoj au0tou= r(omfai/a di/stomoj o0cei=a e0kporeuome/nh: kai\ h9 o1yij au0tou=, w(j o9 h3lioj fai/nei e0n th|= duna&mei au0tou=. And he was holding seven stars in his right hand, and out of his mouth a sharp double-edged sword was coming, and his appearance was as the sun shining with all its power. au0tou= xeiri\, his + hand, RP-text TR F1859=7/13 vs. xeiri\ au0tou=, hand + his, RP-marg P1904 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's cfhm) vs. another reading, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's gn).
Isa 49:2.
shining ← shines.
Rev 1:17 Kai\ o3te ei]don au0to/n, {RP P1904 TR: e1pesa} [MISC: e1peson] pro\j tou\j po/daj au0tou= w(j nekro/j: kai\ {RP-text P1904: e1qhken} [RP-marg TR: e0pe/qhken] th\n decia_n au0tou= {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: xei=ra] e0p' e0me/, le/gwn {RP P1904: - } [TR: moi], Mh\ fobou=: e0gw& ei0mi o9 prw~toj kai\ o9 e1sxatoj, And when I saw him, I fell at his feet as if dead, but he put his right {RP-text: hand} [RP-marg P1904 TR: hand] on me and said {RP P1904: - } [TR: to me], “Do not be afraid. I am the first and the last, e1pesa, I fell (non-classical form), RP P1904 TR F1859=6/13 vs. e1peson, I fell (classical form), F1859=7/13. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
e1qhke¨n©, put, RP-text P1904 F1859=10/14 vs. e0pe/qhken, put (with on compounding the verb), RP-marg TR F1859=4/14 (Scrivener's ghl**n).
xei=ra, hand (but implicitly so if absent): absent in RP-text F1859=11/13 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hn).
moi, to me: absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13.
Isa 41:4, Isa 44:6.
I am: see Rev 1:4, John 18:5-6.
The direct speech started here ends at Rev 3:22.
Rev 1:18 kai\ o9 zw~n, kai\ e0geno/mhn nekro/j, kai\ i0dou/, zw~n ei0mi\ ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj tw~n ai0w&nwn {RP TR: , a)mh/n} [P1904: - ]: kai\ e1xw ta_j {RP-text P1904 TR: klei=j} [RP-marg: klei=daj] tou= {RP P1904: qana&tou kai\ tou= 873A|dou} [TR: 873A|dou kai\ tou= qana&tou]. and he who is alive, although I was dead, and behold, I am alive throughout the durations of the ages, {RP TR: truly,} [P1904: - ] and I hold the keys of {RP P1904: death and Hades} [TR: Hades and death]. a)mh/n, truly: present in RP TR F1859=13/13 vs. absent in P1904 F1859=0/13.
klei=j, keys (1), RP-text P1904 TR F1859=9/13 vs. klei=daj, keys (2), RP-marg F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's hlmn).
qana&tou kai\ tou= 873A|dou, death + and the Hades, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 (with small variations in the spelling of Hades) vs. 873A|dou kai\ tou= qana&tou, Hades + and the death, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n).
although: concessive use of kai/.
throughout the durations of the ages ← throughout the ages of the ages.
Hades (2x): the place of the dead.
Rev 1:19 Gra&yon {RP P1904: ou]n} [TR: - ] a$ ei]dej, kai\ a# ei0sin, kai\ a$ me/llei gi/nesqai meta_ tau=ta: {RP P1904: Now write} [TR: Write] down the things you have seen, and the things which are, and the things which are going to take place after these things. ou]n, therefore → now: present in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's j).
Rev 1:20 to\ musth/rion tw~n e9pta_ a)ste/rwn w{n ei]dej e0pi\ th=j decia~j mou, kai\ ta_j e9pta_ luxni/aj ta_j xrusa~j. Oi9 e9pta_ a)ste/rej a!ggeloi tw~n e9pta_ e0kklhsiw~n ei0si/n: kai\ ai9 {RP-text P1904: luxni/ai ai9 e9pta_} [RP-marg TR: e9pta_ luxni/ai] {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: a$j ei]dej] e9pta_ e0kklhsi/ai ei0si/n. Record the mystery of the seven stars which you saw in my right hand, and the seven golden lampstands: the seven stars are the angels of the seven churches, and the seven lampstands {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: which you saw] are the seven churches. luxni/ai ai9 e9pta_, lamps + the seven, RP-text P1904 F1859=6/13 vs. e9pta_ luxni/ai, seven lamps, RP-marg TR F1859=7/13. A weak disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=7:8.
a$j ei]dej, which you saw: absent in RP-text P1904 F1859=7/13 vs. present in RP-marg TR F1859=6/13. Nearly a disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=8:7. AV differs textually.
churches: see Matt 16:18.
Rev 2:1 Tw%~ a)gge/lw% th=j {RP P1904: e0n 870Efe/sw%} [TR: 870Efesi/nhj] e0kklhsi/aj gra&yon, Ta&de le/gei o9 kratw~n tou\j e9pta_ a)ste/raj e0n th|= decia%~ au0tou=, o9 peripatw~n e0n me/sw% tw~n e9pta_ luxniw~n tw~n xrusw~n: Write to the angel of the {RP P1904: church in Ephesus} [TR: Ephesian church], ‘He who holds the seven stars in his right hand, who walks about in the midst of the seven golden lampstands, says this: e0n 870Efe/sw%, in Ephesus, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. 870Efesi/nhj, Ephesian, TR F1859=0/13.
church: see Matt 16:18.
this ← these (things).
Rev 2:2 Oi]da ta_ e1rga sou, kai\ to\n ko/pon sou, kai\ th\n u9pomonh/n sou, kai\ o3ti ou0 du/nh| basta&sai kakou/j, kai\ {RP P1904: e0pei/rasaj tou\j le/gontaj e9autou\j a)posto/louj ei]nai} [TR: e0peira&sw tou\j fa&skontaj ei]nai a)posto/louj] kai\ ou0k ei0si/n, kai\ eu[rej au0tou\j yeudei=j, I know your works and your toil and your endurance, and how you cannot bear the wicked, and how you have tested those who {RP P1904: say they are} [TR: claim to be] apostles but are not, and how you have found them to be false, e0pei/rasaj tou\j le/gontaj e9autou\j a)posto/louj ei]nai, you have tested (active) those who say they are apostles, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 (with 2 minor variations) vs. e0peira&sw tou\j fa&skontaj ei]nai a)posto/louj, you have tested (middle) those who claim to be apostles, TR F1859=0/13.
Rev 2:3 kai\ {RP-text P1904: u9pomonh\n e1xeij kai\ e0ba&stasaj} [RP-marg TR: e0ba&stasaj kai\ u9pomonh\n e1xeij] {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\] dia_ to\ o1noma& mou {RP P1904: - } [TR: kekopi/akaj] {RP: kai\ ou0k e0kopi/asaj} [P1904: kai\ ou0 kekopi/akaj] [TR: kai\ ou0 ke/kmhkaj]. and how you {RP-text P1904: have endurance and have borne up} [RP-marg TR: have borne up, and how you have endurance] {RP P1904: on account of my name and have not become weary} [TR: and on account of my name have toiled but not flagged]. u9pomonh\n e1xeij kai\ e0ba&stasaj, you have endurance + and have borne up, RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. e0ba&stasaj kai\ u9pomonh\n e1xeij, you have borne up + and have endurance, RP-marg TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's hln). AV differs textually.
kai\, and (on account of): absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13.
kekopi/akaj, you have toiled: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. present in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's g). AV differs textually.
kai\ ou0k e0kopi/asaj, and you did not become weary, RP F1859=13/13 vs. kai\ ou0 kekopi/akaj, and you have not become weary, P1904 F1859=0/13 vs. kai\ ou0 ke/kmhkaj, but have not flagged, TR F1859=0/13.
Rev 2:4 {RP-text P1904: 870Alla_} [RP-marg TR: 870All'] e1xw kata_ sou=, o3ti th\n a)ga&phn sou th\n prw&thn a)fh=kaj. But I have something against you, in that you have forsaken your first love. a)lla_, but (unapocopated), RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. a)ll', but (apocopated), RP-marg TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's ekn).
Rev 2:5 Mnhmo/neue ou]n po/qen {RP-text P1904: pe/ptwkaj} [RP-marg TR: e0kpe/ptwkaj], kai\ metano/hson, kai\ ta_ prw~ta e1rga poi/hson: ei0 de\ mh/, e1rxomai/ soi {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: taxu/} [S1550: ta&xei], kai\ kinh/sw th\n luxni/an sou e0k tou= to/pou au0th=j, e0a_n mh\ metanoh/sh|j. So remember where it is you have {RP-text P1904: fallen} [RP-marg TR: fallen aside] from, and repent, and do the former works. Otherwise, I will come to you quickly and remove your lampstand from its place, if you do not repent. pe/ptwkaj, you have fallen, RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. e0kpe/ptwkaj, you have fallen out, RP-marg TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's hln).
taxu/, quickly (1), RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=13/13 vs. ta&xei, quickly (2), S1550 F1859=0/13.
[TR: fallen aside ← fallen out.]
Rev 2:6 870Alla_ tou=to e1xeij, o3ti misei=j ta_ e1rga tw~n Nikolai+tw~n, a$ ka)gw_ misw~. But you have this in your favour, that you hate the works of the Nicolaitanes, which I also hate.’
Rev 2:7 879O e1xwn ou]j a)kousa&tw ti/ to\ pneu=ma le/gei tai=j e0kklhsi/aij. Tw%~ nikw~nti dw&sw au0tw%~ fagei=n e0k tou= cu/lou th=j zwh=j, o3 e0stin e0n {RP-text P1904: tw%~ paradei/sw%} [RP-marg TR: me/sw% tou= paradei/sou] tou= qeou= {RP P1904: mou} [TR: - ]. Let him who has an ear hear what the spirit says to the churches. I will allow him who overcomes to eat from the tree of life, which is in {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: the middle of] the paradise of {RP P1904: my} [TR: - ] God. tw%~ paradei/sw%, (in) the paradise, RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 (with 1 minor variation) vs. me/sw% tou= paradei/sou, (in) the middle of the paradise, RP-marg TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's hmn). Remark: Scrivener's hmn will often be seen in the minority of Scrivener's manuscripts. AV differs textually.
mou, my (God): present in RP P1904 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's fhm) vs. absent in TR F1859=10/13. A disparity with RP, R=4:11.
churches: see Matt 16:18.
Rev 2:8 Kai\ tw%~ a)gge/lw% th=j {RP P1904: e0n Smu/rnh| e0kklhsi/aj} [TR: e0kklhsi/aj Smurnai/wn] gra&yon, Ta&de le/gei o9 prw~toj kai\ o9 e1sxatoj, o4j e0ge/neto nekro\j kai\ e1zhsen: And write to the angel of the church {RP P1904: in Smyrna} [TR: of the Smyrnans], ‘The first and the last, who was dead but came to life, says this: Smu/rnh| e0kklhsi/aj, church in Smyrna, RP P1904 F1859=11/13 (with 1 minor variation) vs. e0kklhsi/aj Smurnai/wn, church of (the) Smyrnans, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's g) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n).
Isa 41:4, Isa 44:6.
church: see Matt 16:18.
this ← these (things).
Rev 2:9 Oi]da& sou ta_ e1rga kai\ th\n qli/yin kai\ th\n ptwxei/an, {RP P1904: a)lla_ plou/sioj} [TR: plou/sioj de\] ei]: kai\ th\n blasfhmi/an {RP-text P1904: e0k} [RP-marg TR: - ] tw~n lego/ntwn 870Ioudai/ouj ei]nai e9autou/j, kai\ ou0k ei0si/n, a)lla_ sunagwgh\ tou= Satana~. I know your works and your tribulation and your poverty (but you are rich), and the blasphemy {RP-text P1904: from} [RP-marg TR: of] those who say they are Jews but are not, but are the synagogue of Satan. a)lla_ plou/sioj, but (strongly adversative) rich, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. plou/sioj de\, but (weakly adversative) rich, TR F1859=0/13.
e0k, out of: present in RP-text P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. absent in RP-marg TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hn).
Rev 2:10 Mhde\n fobou= a$ me/lleij {RP-text P1904: paqei=n} [RP-marg TR: pa&sxein]: i0dou\ {RP-text P1904: dh/} [RP-marg TR: - ], me/llei balei=n {RP P1904: o9 dia&boloj e0c u9mw~n} [TR: e0c u9mw~n o9 dia&boloj] ei0j fulakh/n, i3na peirasqh=te: kai\ e3cete qli/yin {RP-text TR: h9merw~n} [RP-marg P1904: h9me/raj] de/ka. Gi/nou pisto\j a!xri qana&tou, kai\ dw&sw soi to\n ste/fanon th=j zwh=j. Do not be afraid of any of the things which you are going to suffer. It will transpire that the devil will {RP-text P1904: indeed} [RP-marg TR: - ] throw some of you in prison, in order that you be put to the test, and you will have tribulation for ten days. Be faithful up to death, and I will give you the crown of life.’ paqei=n, to suffer (aorist, so perfective aspect), RP-text P1904 F1859=9/13 (though k, if we understand Scrivener correctly, also reads peiqa&nein) vs. pa&sxein, to suffer (present, so imperfective aspect), RP-marg TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's hlmn).
dh/, indeed: present in RP-text P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. absent in RP-marg TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's flmn).
o9 dia&boloj e0c u9mw~n, the devil + (some) of you, RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. e0c u9mw~n o9 dia&boloj, (some) of you + the devil, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's k) vs. another word order, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's g).
h9merw~n, days (non-classical genitive for time how long, classically of time within which), RP-text TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's hlmn) vs. h9me/raj, days (classical accusative of time how long), RP-marg P1904 F1859=9/13. A disparity with RP-text, R=5:10.
it will transpire that ← behold.
Rev 2:11 879O e1xwn ou]j a)kousa&tw ti/ to\ pneu=ma le/gei tai=j e0kklhsi/aij. 879O nikw~n ou0 mh\ a)dikhqh|= e0k tou= qana&tou tou= deute/rou. Let him who has an ear hear what the spirit says to the churches. He who overcomes will certainly not be harmed by the second death. churches: see Matt 16:18.
Rev 2:12 Kai\ tw%~ a)gge/lw% th=j e0n Perga&mw% e0kklhsi/aj gra&yon, Ta&de le/gei o9 e1xwn th\n r(omfai/an th\n di/stomon th\n o0cei=an: And write to the angel of the church in Pergamum, ‘He who holds the sharp double-edged sword says this: church: see Matt 16:18.
Pergamum: see Rev 1:11.
this ← these (things).
Rev 2:13 Oi]da ta_ e1rga sou kai\ pou= katoikei=j, o3pou o9 qro/noj tou= Satana~: kai\ kratei=j to\ o1noma& mou, kai\ ou0k h0rnh/sw th\n pi/stin mou {RP: - } [P1904 TR: kai\] e0n tai=j h9me/raij {RP-text TR: e0n} [RP-marg P1904: - ] ai[j 870Anti/paj o9 ma&rtuj mou, o9 pisto/j, o4j a)pekta&nqh par' u9mi=n, o3pou {RP P1904: o9 Satana~j katoikei=} [TR: katoikei= o9 Satana~j]. I know your works and where you live: where Satan's throne is, but you are holding on to my name, and you did not deny my faith {RP: - } [P1904 TR: , not even] in the days when Antipas my faithful martyr was around, who was killed in your location, where Satan dwells. kai\, even (in the days): absent in RP F1859=12/12 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=0/12. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR? AV differs textually.
e0n, in (which) (strengthening the dative) → when: present in RP-text TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's hlmn) vs. absent in RP-marg P1904 F1859=8/12. A disparity with RP-text, R=5:9.
o9 Satana~j katoikei=, Satan + dwells, RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. katoikei= o9 Satana~j, dwells + Satan, TR F1859=0/12.
in your location ← alongside you, French chez vous.
Rev 2:14 {RP-text TR: 870All'} [RP-marg P1904: 870Alla_] e1xw kata_ sou= o0li/ga, o3ti e1xeij e0kei= kratou=ntaj th\n didaxh\n Balaa&m, o4j {RP P1904: e0di/dacen} [TR: e0di/daske] {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: to\n} [S1550: e0n tw%~] Bala_k balei=n ska&ndalon e0nw&pion tw~n ui9w~n 870Israh/l, {RP-text P1904: kai\} [RP-marg TR: - ] fagei=n ei0dwlo/quta kai\ porneu=sai. But I have a few things against you, in that you have some there who hold to the teaching of Balaam, who {RP-text P1904: taught} [RP-marg TR: used to teach] {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: - } [S1550: quoting] Balak to put a snare in front of the sons of Israel {RP-text P1904: and to induce them} [RP-marg TR: ,] to eat things offered to idols and to commit fornication, a)ll', but (apocopated), RP-text TR F1859=5/12 vs. a)lla_, but (unapocopated), RP-marg P1904 F1859=7/12. A weak disparity with RP-text, R=6:8.
e0di/dacen, taught, RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. e0di/daske¨n©, was teaching, TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's n).
to\n, the (Balak), RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=12/12 vs. e0n tw%~, in the (way of Balak), S1550 F1859=0/12.
kai\, and: present in RP-text P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. absent in RP-marg TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's hn).
Num 22-24.
Rev 2:15 Ou3twj e1xeij kai\ su\ kratou=ntaj th\n didaxh\n {RP-text P1904 TR: tw~n} [RP-marg: - ] Nikolai+tw~n {RP P1904: o9moi/wj} [TR: o4 misw~]. just as you also have some who hold to the teaching of {RP-text P1904 TR: the} [RP-marg: the] Nicolaitanes {RP P1904: in a similar way} [TR: which I hate]. tw~n, of the (Nicolaitans): present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's ghjln) vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=7/12. Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=7:7.
o9moi/wj, likewise, RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. o4 misw~, which (thing) I hate, TR F1859=0/12. AV differs textually.
Rev 2:16 Metano/hson {RP-text P1904: ou]n} [RP-marg TR: - ]: ei0 de\ mh/, e1rxomai/ soi taxu/, kai\ polemh/sw met' au0tw~n e0n th|= r(omfai/a% tou= sto/mato/j mou. {RP-text P1904: So repent} [RP-marg TR: Repent]. For if you don't, I will come to you quickly and will wage war on them with the sword of my mouth.’ ou]n, therefore / so: present in RP-text P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. absent in RP-marg TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's fhn).
Isa 49:2.
for ← but.
wage war on ← make war with.
Rev 2:17 879O e1xwn ou]j a)kousa&tw ti/ to\ pneu=ma le/gei tai=j e0kklhsi/aij. Tw%~ nikw~nti dw&sw au0tw%~ {RP TR: fagei=n} [P1904: - ] {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: a)po\] tou= ma&nna tou= kekrumme/nou, kai\ dw&sw au0tw%~ yh=fon leukh/n, kai\ e0pi\ th\n yh=fon o1noma kaino\n gegramme/non, o4 ou0dei\j {RP P1904: oi]den} [TR: e1gnw] ei0 mh\ o9 lamba&nwn. Let him who has an ear hear what the spirit says to the churches. To him who overcomes I will give {RP-text P1904: some} [RP-marg TR: some] hidden {RP TR: manna to eat,} [P1904: manna,] and I will give him a white pebble, and on the pebble a new name will be written which no-one {RP P1904: will know} [TR: will have known] except him who receives it. fagei=n, to eat: present in RP TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's hln, and in another ordering in f*f**m) vs. absent in P1904 F1859=7/13. A weak disparity with RP, R=7:8.
a)po\, from (the manna) → some: absent in RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. present in RP-marg TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's hln).
oi]den, knows (intuitively), RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. e1gnw, knew (by learning), TR F1859=0/12.
churches: see Matt 16:18.
a white pebble: used for voting in favour of someone.
Rev 2:18 Kai\ tw%~ a)gge/lw% th=j e0n Quatei/roij e0kklhsi/aj gra&yon, Ta&de le/gei o9 ui9o\j tou= qeou=, o9 e1xwn tou\j o0fqalmou\j au0tou= w(j flo/ga puro/j, kai\ oi9 po/dej au0tou= o3moioi xalkoliba&nw%: And write to the angel of the church in Thyatira, ‘The son of God, who has eyes like a fiery flame, and whose feet are like refined bronze, says this: church: see Matt 16:18.
fiery flame ← flame of fire, a Hebraic genitive.
this ← these (things).
Rev 2:19 Oi]da& sou ta_ e1rga, kai\ th\n a)ga&phn kai\ th\n {RP P1904: pi/stin kai\ th\n diakoni/an} [TR: diakoni/an kai\ th\n pi/stin] kai\ th\n u9pomonh/n sou, kai\ ta_ e1rga sou, {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\] ta_ e1sxata plei/ona tw~n prw&twn. I know your works and love and {RP P1904: faith and ministry} [TR: ministry and faith], and your endurance, and {RP P1904: that your latest works are greater than the first ones} [TR: your works and that the latest are greater than the first], pi/stin kai\ th\n diakoni/an, faith + and service, RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. diakoni/an kai\ th\n pi/stin, service + and faith, TR F1859=0/12 vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's g).
kai\, and (the last): absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. present in TR F1859=0/12.
Rev 2:20 {RP-text TR: 870All'} [RP-marg P1904: 870Alla_] e1xw kata_ sou= {RP: - } [P1904 TR: o0li/ga] o3ti {RP P1904: a)fei=j} [TR: e0a%~j] th\n {RP P1904: gunai=ka& sou} [TR: gunai=ka] {RP P1904: 870Ieza&bel} [TR: 870Iezabh/l], {RP P1904: h4 le/gei} [TR: th\n le/gousan] e9auth\n profh=tin, {RP P1904: kai\} [TR: - ] {RP P1904: dida&skei} [TR: dida&skein] kai\ {RP P1904: plana%~} [TR: plana~sqai] {RP P1904: tou\j} [TR: - ] e0mou\j dou/louj porneu=sai kai\ {RP P1904: fagei=n ei0dwlo/quta} [TR: ei0dwlo/quta fagei=n]. but I have {RP: some} [P1904 TR: a few] things against you, in that you condone {RP P1904: your} [TR: your] wife Jezebel, who says she is a prophetess, {RP P1904: and who teaches and leads} [TR: appointed to teach and lead] my servants astray into fornicating and eating things offered to idols. a)ll', but (apocopated), RP-text TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's cefhln) vs. a)lla_, but (unapocopated), RP-marg P1904 F1859 F1859=6/12. Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=7:7.
o0li/ga, a few (things): absent in RP F1859=11/12 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's n). AV differs textually.
a)fei=j, permit, RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. e0a%~j, allow, TR F1859=0/12 vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's g).
sou, your (wife): present in RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. absent in TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's l).
870Ieza&bel, Jezebel (1), RP P1904 F1859=12/12 (incl. mss. fm with rough breathing) vs. 870Iezabh/l, Jezebel (2), TR F1859=0/12.
h4 le/gei, who says, RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. th\n le/gousan, the (one) saying, TR F1859=0/12.
kai\, (prophetess) and: present in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/12.
dida&skei, teaches, RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. dida&skein, to teach, TR F1859=0/12.
plana%~, misleads (active), RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. plana~sqai, to mislead (middle), TR F1859=0/12.
tou\j, the (+ my servants): present in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/12.
fagei=n ei0dwlo/quta, to eat + (things) sacrificed to idols, RP P1904 F1859=12/12 (incl. g with rough breathing) vs. ei0dwlo/quta fagei=n, (things) sacrificed to idols + to eat, TR F1859=0/12.
1 Ki 16:31, 2 Ki 9:7.
Rev 2:21 Kai\ e1dwka au0th|= xro/non i3na metanoh/sh|, {RP P1904: kai\ ou0 qe/lei metanoh=sai} [TR: - ] e0k th=j pornei/aj au0th=j {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\ ou0 meteno/hsen]. And I gave her time to repent {RP P1904: , but she refuses to repent of her fornication} [TR: of her fornication, but she did not repent]. kai\ ou0 qe/lei metanoh=sai, but is not willing to repent (before of her harlotry): present in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/12.
kai\ ou0 meteno/hsen, but did not repent (after of her harlotry): absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. present in TR F1859=0/12.
Rev 2:22 870Idou/, {RP P1904: - } [TR: e0gw_] ba&llw au0th\n ei0j kli/nhn, kai\ tou\j moixeu/ontaj met' au0th=j ei0j qli/yin mega&lhn, e0a_n mh\ metanoh/swsin e0k tw~n e1rgwn {RP P1904: au0th=j} [TR: au0tw~n]. Watch out; I will cast her into a bed, along with those who commit adultery with her, who are heading for great tribulation, if they do not repent of {RP P1904: her} [TR: their] works. e0gw_, I (emphatically): absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. present in TR F1859=0/12.
au0th=j, her, RP P1904 F1859=9/11 vs. au0tw~n, their, TR F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's jn). AV differs textually.
watch out ← behold.
Rev 2:23 Kai\ ta_ te/kna au0th=j a)poktenw~ e0n qana&tw%: kai\ gnw&sontai pa~sai ai9 e0kklhsi/ai o3ti e0gw& ei0mi o9 e0reunw~n nefrou\j kai\ kardi/aj: kai\ dw&sw u9mi=n e9ka&stw% kata_ ta_ e1rga u9mw~n. And I will kill her children with a death blow, and all the churches will know that I am the one who searches kidneys and hearts, and I will give each of you what is appropriate according to your works. Jer 11:20, Jer 17:10, Jer 20:12, Jer 32:19; 1 Sam 16:7, 1 Chr 28:9, 1 Chr 29:17, Ps 139:13, Ps 62:13MT (Ps 62:12AV).
churches: see Matt 16:18.
I am: see Rev 1:4, John 18:5-6.
kidneys: i.e. inward feelings. See Ps 139:13.
your: as the Greek. Strict English grammar mandates his.
Rev 2:24 879Umi=n de\ le/gw, {RP P1904: toi=j} [TR: kai\] loipoi=j toi=j e0n Quatei/roij, o3soi ou0k e1xousin th\n didaxh\n tau/thn, {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\] oi3tinej ou0k e1gnwsan ta_ {RP P1904: baqe/a} [TR: ba&qh] tou= Satana~, w(j le/gousin, ou0 {RP P1904: ba&llw} [TR: balw~] e0f' u9ma~j a!llo ba&roj. But I say to you {RP P1904: others} [TR: and the others] in Thyatira, you who do not hold to this doctrine, {RP P1904: you who} [TR: and who] have not known the {RP P1904: deep things} [TR: depths] of Satan, as they say – I {RP P1904: am not putting} [TR: will not put] any other burden on you. toi=j, the (others), RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. kai\, and (others), TR F1859=0/13 vs. word absent, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's k).
kai\, and (who): absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13.
baqe/a, deep (things) (adjective), RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. ba&qh, depths (noun), TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's e).
ba&llw, I throw, RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. balw~, I will throw, TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's fhn). AV differs textually.
Rev 2:25 Plh\n o4 e1xete krath/sate, a!xri ou[ a@n h3cw. But hold fast to what you are holding to until I come.
Rev 2:26 Kai\ o9 nikw~n kai\ o9 thrw~n a!xri te/louj ta_ e1rga mou, dw&sw au0tw%~ e0cousi/an e0pi\ tw~n e0qnw~n: And as for him who overcomes, and him who keeps my works up to the end,

I will give him authority over the nations,

 Ps 2:8.
Rev 2:27 kai\ poimanei= au0tou\j e0n r(a&bdw% sidhra%~: w(j ta_ skeu/h ta_ keramika&, {RP P1904: suntribh/setai} [TR: suntri/betai]: w(j ka)gw_ ei1lhfa para_ tou= patro/j mou:

And he will tend them with an iron rod.

They {RP P1904: will} [TR: will] be shattered like clay vessels,

as I for my part have received from my father. 		suntribh/setai, he → they will be shattered, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. suntri/betai, he → they are shattered, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l).
Ps 2:9.
tend ← shepherd, and although the meaning in the context is rule, we keep the incongruous combination tend with an iron rod. Compare the incongruous wrath of the lamb, Rev 6:16.
for my part ← also.
Rev 2:28 kai\ dw&sw au0tw%~ to\n a)ste/ra to\n prwi+no/n. And I will give him the morning star.’
Rev 2:29 879O e1xwn ou]j a)kousa&tw ti/ to\ pneu=ma le/gei tai=j e0kklhsi/aij. Let him who has an ear hear what the spirit says to the churches. churches: see Matt 16:18.
Rev 3:1 Kai\ tw%~ a)gge/lw% th=j e0n Sa&rdesin e0kklhsi/aj gra&yon, Ta&de le/gei o9 e1xwn ta_ {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: e9pta_} [S1550: - ] pneu/mata tou= qeou= kai\ tou\j e9pta_ a)ste/raj: Oi]da& sou ta_ e1rga, o3ti {RP P1904: - } [TR: to\] o1noma e1xeij {RP-text P1904 TR: o3ti} [RP-marg: kai\] zh|=j, kai\ nekro\j ei]. And write to the angel of the church in Sardis, ‘He who has the {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: seven} [S1550: - ] spirits of God and the seven stars says this: I know your works, that you have {RP-text P1904 TR: fame for being alive} [RP-marg: fame and are alive], although you are dead. e9pta_, seven (spirits): present in RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=12/13 vs. absent in S1550 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n).
to\, the (name): absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13.
o3ti, that, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's hlmn) vs. kai\, and, RP-marg F1859=9/13. A disparity with RP-text, R=6:9.
church: see Matt 16:18.
this ← these (things).
fame ← {RP P1904: a name} [TR: the name].
although: concessive use of kai/.
Rev 3:2 Gi/nou grhgorw~n, kai\ {RP-text P1904: sth/rison} [RP-marg TR: sth/ricon] [RP-marg2: th/rhson] ta_ loipa_ a$ {RP-text: e1mellej} [RP-marg P1904: e1mellon] [RP-marg2: h1mellej] [TR: mellei] {RP: a)poba&llein} [P1904: a)poqnh/skein] [TR: a)poqanei=n]: ou0 ga_r eu3rhka& sou ta_ e1rga peplhrwme/na e0nw&pion tou= qeou= {RP P1904: mou} [TR: - ]. Be watchful, and {RP P1904 TR: consolidate} [RP-marg2: guard] the remaining things which {RP-text RP-marg2: you were about to cast off} [RP-marg: they were about to cast off] [P1904: were about to die] [TR: are about to die]. For I have not found your works fulfilled before {RP P1904: my} [TR: - ] God. sth/rison, strengthen (1), RP-text P1904 F1859=5/15 (Scrivener's a*cdgh**) vs. sth/ricon, strengthen (2), RP-marg TR F1859=5/15 (Scrivener's a**f*jlm) vs. th/rhson, guard, RP-marg2 F1859=4/15 (Scrivener's bekn) vs. another reading, F1859=1/15 (Scrivener's h*). Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=6:6.
e1mellej, you were about to (1), RP-text F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's cdefghk) vs. e1mellon, I was / they were about to, RP-marg P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m) vs. h1mellej, you were about to (2), RP-marg2 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's bj) vs. mellei, they are about to, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n) vs. two other readings, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's al).
a)poba&llein, to cast away, RP F1859=9/13 (Scrivener's abcdefgjk) vs. a)poqnh/skein, to die (present, so imperfective aspect), P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n) vs. a)poqanei=n, to die (aorist, so perfective aspect), TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's lm) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's h). AV differs textually.
mou, my: present in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/13.
Rev 3:3 Mnhmo/neue ou]n pw~j ei1lhfaj {RP-text P1904 TR: kai\ h1kousaj, kai\ th/rei} [RP-marg: - ], kai\ metano/hson. 870Ea_n ou]n mh\ grhgorh/sh|j, h3cw e0pi/ se w(j kle/pthj, kai\ ou0 mh\ {RP-text TR: gnw%~j} [RP-marg P1904: gnw&sh|] poi/an w#ran h3cw e0pi/ se. So remember how you received {RP-text P1904 TR: and heard them, and guard them,} [RP-marg: - ] and repent. For if you are not watchful, I will come upon you like a thief, and you will not know at all at what hour I will come upon you. kai\ h1kousaj, kai\ th/rei, and you heard, and keep: present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's hlm) vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=9/13 vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n). A disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=5:9.
gnw%~j, you (will not) know (classical aorist subjunctive), RP-text TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's achn) vs. gnw&sh|, you will (not) know (non-classical future indicative), RP-marg P1904 F1859=8/13 vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l). A disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=5:9.
for ← therefore.
Rev 3:4 {RP: 870All' o0li/ga e1xeij} [P1904: 870Alla_ e1xeij o0li/ga] [TR: 871Exeij o0li/ga] o0no/mata {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\] e0n Sa&rdesin, a$ ou0k e0mo/lunan ta_ i9ma&tia au0tw~n: kai\ peripath/sousin met' e0mou= e0n leukoi=j, o3ti a!cioi/ ei0sin. {RP P1904: But you} [TR: You] have a few individuals {RP P1904: - } [TR: also] in Sardis who have not defiled their clothes, and who will walk with me in white, because they are worthy. a)ll', but (apocopated), RP F1859=12/13 vs. a)lla_, but (unapocopated), P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's f) vs. word absent, TR F1859=0/13.
o0li/ga e1xeij, a few + you have, RP F1859=9/13 vs. e1xeij o0li/ga, you have + a few, P1904 TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n) vs. other readings, F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's cfk).
kai\, also: absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13.
individuals ← names.
white ← white ones, referring to clothes.
Rev 3:5 879O nikw~n, {RP TR: ou[toj} [P1904: ou3twj] peribalei=tai e0n i9mati/oij leukoi=j: kai\ ou0 mh\ e0calei/yw to\ o1noma au0tou= e0k th=j bi/blou th=j zwh=j, kai\ {RP P1904: o9mologh/sw} [TR: e0comologh/somai] to\ o1noma au0tou= e0nw&pion tou= patro/j mou, kai\ e0nw&pion tw~n a)gge/lwn au0tou=. {RP TR: It is he who overcomes who} [P1904: As for him who overcomes, thus he] will be clothed in white garments, and I will certainly not expunge his name from the book of life, and I will vouch for his name before my father and before his angels.’ ou[toj, this, RP TR F1859=11/13 vs. ou3twj, thus, P1904 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ah).
o9mologh/sw, I will confess (future active), RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. e0comologh/somai, I will confess (with strengthened prefix; deponent future), TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n).
Ps 69:29MT (Ps 69:28AV), Dan 12:1, Ex 32:32.
{RP TR: who ← this (one).}
Rev 3:6 879O e1xwn ou]j a)kousa&tw ti/ to\ pneu=ma le/gei tai=j e0kklhsi/aij. Let him who has an ear hear what the spirit says to the churches. churches: see Matt 16:18.
Rev 3:7 Kai\ tw%~ a)gge/lw% th=j e0n Filadelfei/a% e0kklhsi/aj gra&yon, Ta&de le/gei o9 a#gioj, o9 a)lhqino/j, o9 e1xwn th\n {RP P1904: klei=n} [TR: klei=da] tou= {RP-text P1904: Daui/d} [RP-marg: D6A6D6] [TR: Dabi/d], o9 a)noi/gwn kai\ ou0dei\j {RP P1904: klei/sei} [TR: klei/ei] {RP-text: au0th/n, ei0 mh\ o9 a)noi/gwn} [RP-marg P1904: kai\ klei/wn] [TR: kai\ klei/ei]: kai\ ou0dei\j {RP P1904: a)noi/cei} [TR: a)noi/gei]. And write to the angel of the church in Philadelphia, ‘The holy one, the true one, who holds the key of David, who, when he {RP-text: opens it, no-one can close it, except he who opens (and no-one can open it either)} [RP-marg P1904: opens, no-one can close, and when he closes, no-one can open] [TR: opens, no-one closes, and he closes, and no-one opens] – he says this: klei=n, key (1), RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. klei=da, key (2), TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's fmn).
David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1. Here we also have the RP-marg reading D6A6D6.
klei/sei, will close, RP P1904 F1859=11/13 (incl. 2 misspelled) vs. klei/ei, closes, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's c) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n).
au0th/n, ei0 mh\ o9 a)noi/gwn, it, except he who opens, RP-text F1859=10/13 vs. kai\ klei/wn, and closes (participle), RP-marg P1904 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's cm) vs. kai\ klei/ei, and closes, TR, F1859=0/13 vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n). AV differs textually.
a)noi/cei, will open, RP P1904 F1859=11/13 (incl. 2 misspelled) vs. a)noi/gei, opens, TR F1859=0/13 vs. absent or another reading, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's mn).
Isa 22:22, Job 12:14.
church: see Matt 16:18.
{RP P1904: can ← will, a Hebraism.}
this ← these (things).
Rev 3:8 Oi]da& sou ta_ e1rga: i0dou/, de/dwka e0nw&pio/n sou qu/ran a)new%gme/nhn, {RP P1904: h4n} [TR: kai\] ou0dei\j du/natai klei=sai au0th/n, o3ti mikra_n e1xeij du/namin, kai\ e0th/rhsa&j mou to\n lo/gon, kai\ ou0k h0rnh/sw to\ o1noma& mou. I know your works. Look, I have put an open door in front of you, {RP P1904: which no-one can close} [TR: and no-one can close it]. For you have little strength, but you have kept my word, and you have not denied my name. h4n, which, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. kai\, and, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's k).
open ← opened.
Rev 3:9 870Idou/, di/dwmi e0k th=j sunagwgh=j tou= Satana~, tw~n lego/ntwn e9autou\j 870Ioudai/ouj ei]nai, kai\ ou0k ei0si/n, a)lla_ yeu/dontai: i0dou/, poih/sw au0tou\j i3na {RP TR: h3cwsin} [P1904: h3cousin] kai\ {RP TR: proskunh/swsin} [P1904: proskunh/sousin] e0nw&pion tw~n podw~n sou, kai\ gnw~sin o3ti {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: e0gw_] h0ga&phsa& se. You will see how I make some from the synagogue of Satan, who say they are Jews but are not, but lie – you will see that I will make them come and bow down before your feet and know that I have loved you. h3cwsi¨n©, (that) they may come (classical aorist subjunctive), RP TR F1859=9/13 (dl*m with moveable n) vs. h3cousi¨n©, (that) they will come (non-classical future indicative), P1904 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's ben) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's k).
proskunh/swsin, (that) they may worship / bow down (classical aorist subjunctive), RP TR F1859=11/13 vs. proskunh/sousin, (that) they may worship / bow down (non-classical future indicative), P1904 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's bc).
e0gw_, I (emphatic): absent in RP-text F1859=11/13 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ln).
you will see how ← behold.
you will see that ← behold.
bow down: the word is also used for worship; the context must decide in each case.
Rev 3:10 873Oti e0th/rhsaj to\n lo/gon th=j u9pomonh=j mou, ka)gw& se thrh/sw e0k th=j w#raj tou= peirasmou=, th=j mellou/shj e1rxesqai e0pi\ th=j oi0koume/nhj o3lhj, peira&sai tou\j katoikou=ntaj e0pi\ th=j gh=j. Because you have kept my charge of endurance, I for my part will keep you from the hour of trial which is going to come on the whole world, to test those who inhabit the earth. my charge of endurance: AV differs somewhat, reading the word of my patience, associating my differently, which is also possible.
for my part ← also.
Rev 3:11 {RP P1904: 871Erxomai} [TR: 870Idou/, e1rxomai] taxu/: kra&tei o4 e1xeij, i3na mhdei\j la&bh| to\n ste/fano/n sou. {RP P1904: - } [TR: Behold] I am coming quickly. Hold on to what you hold to, so that no-one should take your crown. i0dou/, behold: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. present in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n).
Rev 3:12 879O nikw~n, poih/sw au0to\n stu/lon e0n tw%~ {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: naw%~} [E1624: law%~] tou= qeou= mou, kai\ e1cw ou0 mh\ e0ce/lqh| e1ti, kai\ gra&yw e0p' au0to\n to\ o1noma tou= qeou= mou, kai\ to\ o1noma th=j po/lewj tou= qeou= mou, th=j kainh=j 879Ierousalh/m, {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: h4 katabai/nei} [S1550: h9 katabai/nousa] {RP-text P1904 TR: e0k} [RP-marg: a)po\] tou= ou0ranou= a)po\ tou= qeou= mou, kai\ to\ {RP-text P1904 TR: o1noma& mou} [RP-marg: o1noma] to\ kaino/n. As for him who overcomes, I will make him a pillar {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: in the sanctuary} [E1624: among the people] of my God, and he will certainly not go out any longer, and I will write the name of my God on him, and the name of the city of my God – the New Jerusalem which descends {RP-text P1904 TR: out of} [RP-marg: from] heaven from my God – and {RP-text P1904 TR: my} [RP-marg: the] new name.’ naw%~, (in the) sanctuary, RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=11/13 vs. law%~, (among the) people, E1624 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's k) vs. o0no/mati, (in the) name, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's g).
katabai/nei, (which) descends, RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=12/13 vs. katabai/nousa, (the one) descending, S1550 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n).
e0k, out of (heaven), RP-text P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's fhjn) vs. a)po\, from (heaven), RP-marg F1859=9/13. A disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=6:9.
mou, my (name): present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's hmn) vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=10/13. A disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=5:10.
Rev 3:13 879O e1xwn ou]j a)kousa&tw ti/ to\ pneu=ma le/gei tai=j e0kklhsi/aij. Let him who has an ear hear what the spirit says to the churches. churches: see Matt 16:18.
Rev 3:14 Kai\ tw%~ a)gge/lw% th=j {RP P1904: e0n Laodikei/a% e0kklhsi/aj} [TR: e0kklhsi/aj Laodike/wn] gra&yon, Ta&de le/gei o9 870Amh/n, o9 ma&rtuj o9 pisto\j kai\ a)lhqino/j, h9 a)rxh\ th=j kti/sewj tou= qeou=: And write to the angel of the church {RP P1904: in Laodicea} [TR: of the Laodiceans], ‘The amen, the faithful and true witness, the source of God's creation, says this: e0n Laodikei/a% e0kklhsi/aj, the church in Laodicea, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. e0kklhsi/aj Laodike/wn, the church of (the) Laodiceans, TR F1859=0/13 vs. e0n Laodikei/a%, in Laodicea, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's g).
church: see Matt 16:18.
this ← these (things).
Rev 3:15 Oi]da& sou ta_ e1rga, o3ti ou1te yuxro\j ei] ou1te zesto/j: o1felon yuxro\j {RP P1904: h]j} [TR: ei1hj] h2 zesto/j. I know your works, that you are neither cold nor hot. If only you were cold or hot! h]j, you were (imperfect indicative), RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. ei1hj, you were (optative), TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n).
Rev 3:16 Ou3twj o3ti xliaro\j ei], kai\ {RP: ou0} [P1904 TR: ou1te] {RP P1904: zesto\j ou1te yuxro/j} [TR: yuxro\j ou1te zesto/j], me/llw se e0me/sai e0k tou= sto/mato/j mou. Because you are lukewarm like this, and neither {RP P1904: hot nor cold} [TR: cold nor hot], I am going to spit you out of my mouth. ou0, not, RP F1859=12/13 vs. ou1te, neither, P1904 TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n).
zesto\j ou1te yuxro/j, hot + nor cold, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. yuxro\j ou1te zesto/j, cold + nor hot, TR F1859=0/13.
spit ← vomit.
Rev 3:17 873Oti {RP: le/geij,} [P1904 TR: le/geij o3ti] Plou/sio/j ei0mi, kai\ peplou/thka, kai\ ou0deno\j xrei/an e1xw, kai\ ou0k oi]daj o3ti su\ ei] o9 talai/pwroj kai\ {RP P1904: o9} [TR: - ] e0leeino\j kai\ ptwxo\j kai\ tuflo\j kai\ gumno/j: This is because you say, «I am rich, and I have become wealthy, and I don't need anything», but you do not know that you are most wretched and {RP: most} [P1904 TR: - ] pitiable and poor and blind and naked. o3ti, that (or introducing direct speech): absent in RP F1859=9/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's cgmn).
o9, the → (by a Hebraism) most (pitiable): present in RP P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's fghn).
{RP P1904: most ← the, the definite article with an adjective being a Hebraism for the superlative.}
Rev 3:18 sumbouleu/w soi a)gora&sai {RP: xrusi/on par' e0mou=} [P1904 TR: par' e0mou= xrusi/on] pepurwme/non e0k puro/j, i3na plouth/sh|j, kai\ i9ma&tia leuka&, i3na periba&lh|, kai\ mh\ fanerwqh|= h9 ai0sxu/nh th=j gumno/thto/j sou: kai\ {RP-text P1904: kollu/rion} [RP-marg TR: kollou/rion] {RP-text P1904: i3na e0gxri/sh|} [RP-marg TR: e1gxrison] tou\j o0fqalmou/j sou, i3na ble/ph|j. I advise you to buy gold from me, refined by fire, in order to become rich, and white clothes for you to put on, and so that the shame of your nakedness should not be made manifest, and {RP-text P1904: eye-salve to apply to your eyes} [RP-marg TR: apply eye-salve to your eyes] in order to see. xrusi/on par' e0mou=, gold + from me, RP F1859=9/13 vs. par' e0mou= xrusi/on, from me + gold, P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's cjmn).
kollu/rion, eye-salve (1), RP-text P1904 F1859=7/13 vs. kollou/rion, eye-salve (2), RP-marg TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's aghk) vs. another spelling, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's en).
i3na e0gxri/sh|, in order that you salve, RP-text P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. e1gxrison, salve (imperative), RP-marg TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's h) vs. another reading, F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ln).
Rev 3:19 870Egw_ o3souj e0a_n filw~, e0le/gxw kai\ paideu/w: {RP-text TR: zh/lwson} [RP-marg P1904: zh/leue] ou]n kai\ metano/hson. As for me, all whom I love, I reprove and chasten. So be zealous and repent. zh/lwson, be zealous (aorist of zhlo/w), RP-text TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's dhln) vs. zh/leue, be zealous (present of zhleu/w), RP-marg P1904 F1859=8/13 vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's c). A disparity with RP-text, R=5:9.
Prov 3:12, adapted.
all ← as many as.
Rev 3:20 870Idou/, e3sthka e0pi\ th\n qu/ran kai\ krou/w: e0a&n tij a)kou/sh| th=j fwnh=j mou, kai\ a)noi/ch| th\n qu/ran, {RP P1904: kai\} [TR: - ] ei0seleu/somai pro\j au0to/n, kai\ deipnh/sw met' au0tou=, kai\ au0to\j met' e0mou=. Behold, I am standing at the door and knocking. If anyone hears my voice and opens the door, {RP P1904: then} [TR: then] I will come in to him and dine with him, and he with me. kai\, and; then (as a Hebraism): present in RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ln).
Rev 3:21 879O nikw~n, dw&sw au0tw%~ kaqi/sai met' e0mou= e0n tw%~ qro/nw% mou, w(j ka)gw_ e0ni/khsa, kai\ e0ka&qisa meta_ tou= patro/j mou e0n tw%~ qro/nw% au0tou=. As for him who overcomes, I will allow him to sit with me on my throne, as I for my part have overcome and sat with my father on his throne.’ for my part ← also.
Rev 3:22 879O e1xwn ou]j a)kousa&tw ti/ to\ pneu=ma le/gei tai=j e0kklhsi/aij. Let him who has an ear hear what the spirit says to the churches.” The direct speech ending here started at Rev 1:17.
churches: see Matt 16:18.
Rev 4:1 Meta_ tau=ta ei]don, kai\ i0dou/, qu/ra {RP P1904: a)new%gme/nh} [TR: h0new%gme/nh] e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~, kai\ h9 fwnh\ h9 prw&th h4n h1kousa w(j sa&lpiggoj lalou/shj met' e0mou=, {RP-text P1904: le/gwn} [RP-marg TR: le/gousa], 870Ana&ba w{de, kai\ dei/cw soi a$ dei= gene/sqai meta_ tau=ta. After these things I observed, and there was an opened door in heaven, and the first voice I heard was like a trumpet speaking with me, saying, “Come up here, and I will show you what must take place after these things.” a)new%gme/nh, opened (double augment), RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. h0new%gme/nh, opened (triple augment), TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's c).
le/gwn, saying (masculine, grammatically discordant), RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. le/gousa, saying (feminine, grammatically concordant), RP-marg TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hn) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l).
there was ← behold.
Rev 4:2 {RP-text P1904 TR: Kai\ eu0qe/wj} [RP-marg: Eu0qe/wj] e0geno/mhn e0n pneu/mati: kai\ i0dou/, qro/noj e1keito e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~, kai\ e0pi\ {RP-text P1904: to\n qro/non} [RP-marg TR: tou= qro/nou] kaqh/menoj, {RP-text P1904 TR: And} [RP-marg: - ] I immediately came to be in the power of the spirit, and there was a throne standing in heaven, and on the throne a person was sitting, kai\, and: present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's hlmn) vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=9/13. A disparity with RP-text, R=6:9.
to\n qro/non, the throne (accusative, classically, suggesting motion, the act of sitting, though not so here – compare Rev 4:4 on their heads), RP-text P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. tou= qro/nou, the throne (genitive, suggesting rest), RP-marg TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hn).
came to be in the power of the spirit: see Rev 1:10.
there was ← behold.
standing ← lying, placed.
Rev 4:3 {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\ o9 kaqh/menoj h]n] o3moioj o9ra&sei li/qw% i0a&spidi kai\ {RP P1904: sardi/w%} [TR: sardi/nw%]: kai\ i]rij kuklo/qen tou= qro/nou {RP-text P1904: o9moi/wj} [RP-marg S1550: o3moioj] [RP-marg2 E1624 S1894: o9moi/a] {RP-text P1904: o3rasij} [RP-marg TR: o9ra&sei] {RP-text P1904: smaragdi/nwn} [RP-marg TR: smaragdi/nw%]. {RP P1904: resembling} [TR: and the person who was sitting resembled] a jasper gemstone in appearance, and a carnelian one, and around the throne was an iridescent sheen like the appearance of {RP-text P1904: emeralds} [RP-marg TR: an emerald], kai\ o9 kaqh/menoj h]n, and the sitting (one) was: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. present in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l, but without h]n).
sardi/w%, carnelian (1), RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. sardi/nw%, carnelian (2), TR F1859=0/13.
o9moi/wj, like (adverb), RP-text P1904 F1859=8/13 vs. o3moioj, like (masculine), RP-marg S1550 F1859=0/13 vs. o9moi/a, like (feminine, classical gender of i]rij), RP-marg2 E1624 S1894 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's chlm) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n). A disparity with RP-marg (zero count).
o3rasij, appearance (nominative, apposition), RP-text P1904 F1859=7/13 vs. o9ra&sei, appearance (dative after resembling), RP-marg TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's chlmn) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's f).
smaragdi/nwn, emeralds, RP-text P1904 F1859=7/13 (with one misspelled) vs. smaragdi/nw%, an emerald, RP-marg TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's chln) vs. other readings, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's fm).
Rev 4:4 {RP P1904 TR: Kai\ kuklo/qen} [MISC: Kuklo/qen] tou= qro/nou qro/noi {RP-text P1904: ei1kosi te/ssarej} [RP-marg: K6D6] [TR: ei1kosi kai\ te/ssarej]: kai\ e0pi\ tou\j qro/nouj {RP P1904: - } [TR: ei]don] tou\j {RP-text P1904: ei1kosi te/ssaraj} [RP-marg: K6D6] [TR: ei1kosi kai\ te/ssaraj] presbute/rouj kaqhme/nouj, peribeblhme/nouj e0n i9mati/oij leukoi=j, kai\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: e1sxon] e0pi\ ta_j kefala_j au0tw~n stefa&nouj xrusou=j. {RP P1904 TR: and around} [MISC: around] the throne were twenty-four thrones, and on the thrones {RP P1904: I saw} [TR: I saw] the twenty-four elders sitting, clothed in white garments, and {RP P1904: I saw} [TR: they had] golden crowns on their heads. kai\, and (around): present in RP P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's chlmn) vs. absent in F1859=8/13. A weak disparity with RP, R=7:8.
ei1kosi te/ssarej, twenty-four, RP-text P1904 F1859=6/13 vs. K6D6, 24, RP-marg F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's akg) vs. ei1kosi kai\ te/ssarej, twenty and four, TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ln) vs. other spellings, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's jm).
ei]don, I saw: absent in RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. present in TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ah).
ei1kosi te/ssaraj, twenty-four, RP-text P1904 F1859=6/13 vs. K6D6, 24, RP-marg F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's akmn) vs. ei1kosi kai\ te/ssaraj, twenty and four, TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hl) vs. another spelling, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's j).
e1sxon, they had: absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13.
Rev 4:5 Kai\ e0k tou= qro/nou e0kporeu/ontai a)strapai\ kai\ {RP P1904: fwnai\ kai\ brontai/} [TR: brontai\ kai\ fwnai/]. Kai\ e9pta_ lampa&dej puro\j kaio/menai e0nw&pion tou= qro/nou {RP: au0tou=} [P1904 TR: - ], ai3 ei0sin {RP: - } [P1904 TR: ta_] e9pta_ pneu/mata tou= qeou=: And flashes of lightning and {RP P1904: voices and thunderclaps} [TR: thunderclaps and voices] went out from the throne, and there were seven lamps of fire burning in front of {RP: his} [P1904 TR: the] throne, which are {RP: the} [P1904 TR: the] seven spirits of God, fwnai\ kai\ brontai/, voices + and thunderclaps, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. brontai\ kai\ fwnai/, thunderclaps + and voices, TR F1859=0/13 vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's e).
au0tou=, his (throne): present in RP F1859=12/13 vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's f).
ta_, the (seven spirits): absent in RP F1859=11/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's fn).
Rev 4:6 kai\ e0nw&pion tou= qro/nou {RP P1904: w(j} [TR: - ] qa&lassa u9ali/nh, o9moi/a krusta&llw%. Kai\ e0n me/sw% tou= qro/nou kai\ ku/klw% tou= qro/nou te/ssara zw%~a ge/monta o0fqalmw~n e1mprosqen kai\ o1pisqen. and in front of the throne was {RP P1904: as it were} [TR: - ] a sea of glass, like crystal, and in the proximity of the throne, and around the throne, were four living beings full of eyes at the front and at the back. w(j, like: present in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's b).
in the proximity of ← in (the) midst of.
Rev 4:7 Kai\ to\ zw%~on to\ prw~ton o3moion le/onti, kai\ to\ deu/teron zw%~on o3moion mo/sxw%, kai\ to\ tri/ton zw%~on e1xon {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: to\] pro/swpon {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: w(j] {RP-text P1904: a)nqrw&pou} [RP-marg TR: a!nqrwpoj], kai\ to\ te/tarton {RP-text P1904 TR: zw%~on} [RP-marg: - ] o3moion a)etw%~ {RP P1904: petome/nw%} [TR: petwme/nw%]. Now the first living being was like a lion, and the second living being was like a calf, and the third living being had {RP-text: the face of a man} [RP-marg TR: a face like a man] [P1904: a face like a man's], and the fourth {RP-text P1904 TR: living being} [RP-marg: - ] was like a flying eagle. to\, the (face): absent in RP-text F1859=9/12 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's hln).
w(j, like, as: absent in RP-text F1859=9/12 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's hln).
a)nqrw&pou, of a man, RP-text P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. a!nqrwpoj, a man (nominative, apposition), RP-marg TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's hln).
zw%~on, living being: present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=9/12 vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's hln).
petome/nw%, flying (1), RP P1904 F1859=8/12 vs. petwme/nw%, flying (2), TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's cln) vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's g).
had ← having.
Rev 4:8 Kai\ {RP-text P1904: ta_} [RP-marg TR: - ] te/ssara zw%~a, e4n kaq' {RP P1904: e4n} [TR: e9auto\] {RP-text TR: - } [RP-marg P1904: au0tw~n] {RP P1904: e1xon} [TR: ei1xon] a)na_ pte/rugaj e4c kuklo/qen, kai\ e1swqen {RP P1904: ge/mousin} [TR: ge/monta] o0fqalmw~n, kai\ a)na&pausin ou0k e1xousin h9me/raj kai\ nukto/j, {RP P1904: le/gontej} [TR: le/gonta], {RP-text P1904 TR: 873Agioj, a#gioj, a#gioj,} [RP-marg: 873Agioj, a#gioj, a#gioj, a#gioj, a#gioj, a#gioj, a#gioj, a#gioj, a#gioj,] ku/rioj o9 qeo\j o9 pantokra&twr, o9 h]n kai\ o9 w@n kai\ o9 e0rxo/menoj. And as for {RP-text P1904: the} [RP-marg TR: the] four living beings, each one {RP-text TR: - } [RP-marg P1904: of them] {RP P1904: had} [TR: had] six wings; around and inside they {RP P1904: were} [TR: were] full of eyes, and they did not have a break day and night from saying,

{RP-text P1904 TR: “Holy, holy, holy,} [RP-marg: “Holy, holy, holy, holy, holy, holy, holy, holy, holy,]

Lord God the Almighty,

Who was,

And who is,

And who is to come.”

 ta_, the (four): present in RP-text P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. absent in RP-marg TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's bdjk, but d practically illegible).
e4n, (one by) one, RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. e9auto\, (one by) oneself, TR F1859=0/12.
au0tw~n, of them: absent in RP-text TR F1859=9/13 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's hlmn).
e1xon, having (neuter singular particle), RP P1904 F1859=6/13 vs. ei1xon, they had (imperfect), TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's d, but probably illegible) vs. absent or other readings, F1859=6/13.
ge/mousin, they were full, RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. ge/monta, being full, TR F1859=0/12.
le/gontej, saying (masculine), RP P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. le/gonta, saying (neuter), TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's adeh, but d probably illegible).
a#gioj, holy: present 3 times in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=7/13 vs. a#gioj, holy: present 9 times in RP-marg F1859=5/13 vs. a#gioj, holy: present 8 times in F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's e).
RP AV punctuation associates six wings with around (each). So AV differs.
Isa 6:3.
{RP P1904: had (six wings) ← having.}
did not have ← do not have.
is to come ← is coming.
Rev 4:9 Kai\ o3tan {RP P1904: dw~sin} [TR: dw&sousi] ta_ zw%~a do/can kai\ timh\n kai\ eu0xaristi/an tw%~ kaqhme/nw% e0pi\ tou= qro/nou, tw%~ zw~nti ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj tw~n ai0w&nwn, And when the living beings give glory and honour and thanks to him who is seated on the throne, who lives throughout the durations of the ages, dw~sin, they give (classical aorist subjunctive), RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. dw&sousi, they will give (non-classical future), TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's fln). English uses the present tense in the context.
throughout the durations of the ages ← throughout the ages of the ages.
Rev 4:10 pesou=ntai oi9 {RP-text P1904: ei1kosi te/ssarej} [RP-marg: K6D6] [TR: ei1kosi kai\ te/ssarej] presbu/teroi e0nw&pion tou= kaqhme/nou e0pi\ tou= qro/nou, kai\ {RP P1904 E1624: proskunh/sousin} [S1550 S1894: proskunou=sin] tw%~ zw~nti ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj tw~n ai0w&nwn, kai\ {RP P1904 E1624: balou=sin} [S1550 S1894: ba&llousin] tou\j stefa&nouj au0tw~n e0nw&pion tou= qro/nou, le/gontej, the twenty-four elders fall before the one sitting on the throne, and worship him who lives throughout the durations of the ages, and they place their crowns before the throne and say, ei1kosi te/ssarej, twenty-four, RP-text P1904 F1859=7/13 vs. K6D6, 24, RP-marg F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's ghkln) vs. ei1kosi kai\ te/ssarej, twenty and four, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's a).
proskunh/sousi¨n©, will worship, RP P1904 E1624 F1859=13/14 (Scrivener's dfl* with the moveable n, rest presumed without) vs. proskunou=sin, worship, S1550 S1894 F1859=0/14 vs. word absent, F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's e*).
balou=si¨n©, they will place, RP P1904 E1624 F1859=11/13 vs. ba&llousi¨n©, they place, S1550 S1894 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's mn).
fall ... worship ... place ← will fall ... will worship ... will place.
throughout the durations of the ages ← throughout the ages of the ages.
Rev 4:11 871Acioj ei], {RP P1904: o9 ku/rioj} [TR: ku/rie] {RP: kai\ o9 qeo\j h9mw~n,} [P1904: kai\ qeo\j h9mw~n,] [TR: - ] {RP: o9 a#gioj,} [P1904 TR: - ] labei=n th\n do/can kai\ th\n timh\n kai\ th\n du/namin: o3ti su\ e1ktisaj {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: ta_] pa&nta, kai\ dia_ to\ qe/lhma& sou {RP-text P1904: h]san} [RP-marg TR: ei0si\n] kai\ e0kti/sqhsan.

“You are worthy,

{RP P1904: O Lord} [TR: O Lord] {RP: and holy God of ours} [P1904: and God of ours] [TR: - ],

To receive glory and honour and power,

Because you created everything,

And through your will they {RP-text P1904: had existence} [RP-marg TR: have existence]

And were created.”

 o9 ku/rioj, Lord (Hebraic article and nominative for vocative), RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. ku/rie, Lord (classical vocative), TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ln).
kai\ o9 qeo\j h9mw~n, and (holy) God of ours, RP F1859=10/13 vs. kai\ qeo\j h9mw~n, and God of ours, P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's c) vs. o9 qeo\j h9mw~n, the God of ours, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ln) vs. words absent, TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
o9 a#gioj, holy: present in RP F1859=10/13 vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ln) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's k).
ta_, the (all / everything): absent in RP-text F1859=11/13 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hn).
h]san, were, RP-text P1904 F1859=8/13 vs. ei0si\n, are, RP-marg TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hn) vs. other readings, F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's flm).
{RP-text P1904: had existence ← were, but perhaps standing for e0ge/neto, came into existence} [RP-marg TR: have existence ← are].
Rev 5:1 Kai\ ei]don e0pi\ th\n decia_n tou= kaqhme/nou e0pi\ tou= qro/nou bibli/on gegramme/non e1swqen kai\ {RP P1904: e1cwqen} [TR: o1pisqen], katesfragisme/non sfragi=sin e9pta&. And I saw on the right hand side of him who was sitting on the throne a book written on the inside and {RP P1904: outside} [TR: the back], sealed up with seven seals. e1cwqen, on the outside, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. o1pisqen, on the back, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's f).
Ezek 2:9, Ezek 2:10.
Rev 5:2 Kai\ ei]don a!ggelon i0sxuro\n khru/ssonta {RP P1904: e0n} [TR: - ] fwnh|= mega&lh|, Ti/j {RP P1904: a!cio/j e0stin} [TR: e9stin a!cioj] a)noi=cai to\ bibli/on, kai\ lu=sai ta_j sfragi=daj au0tou=; And I saw a mighty angel proclaiming in a loud voice, “Who is worthy to open the book and break its seals?” e0n, in (strengthening the dative): present in RP P1904 F1859=11/14 (includes n2) vs. absent in TR F1859=3/14 (Scrivener's hmn).
a!cio/j e0stin, worthy + is, RP P1904 F1859=12/14 vs. e9stin a!cioj, is + worthy, TR F1859=0/14 vs. a!cioj, (is) worthy, F1859=2/14 (Scrivener's hn2).
mighty ← strong.
break ← loosen.
Rev 5:3 Kai\ ou0dei\j {RP P1904: e0du/nato} [TR: h0du/nato] e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~ {RP-text: a!nw} [RP-marg P1904 TR: - ], {RP-text P1904: ou1te} [RP-marg TR: ou0de\] e0pi\ th=j gh=j, {RP-text P1904: ou1te} [RP-marg TR: ou0de\] u9poka&tw th=j gh=j, a)noi=cai to\ bibli/on, {RP P1904: ou1te} [TR: ou0de\] ble/pein au0to/. But no-one in heaven {RP-text: above} [RP-marg P1904 TR: - ] or on the earth or below the earth was able to open the book or to look inside it. e0du/nato, was able (1), RP P1904 F1859=9/14 vs. h0du/nato, was able (2), TR F1859=5/14 (Scrivener's gflnn2).
a!nw, above: present in RP-text F1859=10/13 vs. absent in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's hmn).
First two occurrences in verse: ou1te, and not, RP-text P1904 F1859=11/14 vs. ou0de\, and not (even), RP-marg TR F1859=3/14 (Scrivener's hln).
Third occurrence in verse: ou1te, and not, RP P1904 F1859=10/14 vs. ou0de\, and not (even), TR F1859=4/14 (Scrivener's bhnn2).
Rev 5:4 Kai\ e0gw_ e1klaion {RP P1904: polu/} [TR: polla&], o3ti ou0dei\j a!cioj eu9re/qh a)noi=cai {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\ a)nagnw~nai] to\ bibli/on, ou1te ble/pein au0to/. And I wept a lot, because no-one was found worthy to open {RP P1904: - } [TR: and read] the book or to look inside it. polu/, much (adverbial neuter singular), RP P1904 F1859=13/14 vs. polla&, much (adverbial neuter plural), TR F1859=0/14 vs. whole verse absent, F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's k).
kai\ a)nagnw~nai, and read: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/14 vs. present in TR F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's h) vs. whole verse absent, F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's k). AV differs textually.
Rev 5:5 Kai\ ei[j e0k tw~n presbute/rwn le/gei moi, Mh\ klai=e: i0dou/, e0ni/khsen o9 le/wn o9 {RP P1904: - } [TR: w@n] e0k th=j fulh=j 870Iou/da, h9 r(i/za {RP-text P1904: Daui/d} [RP-marg: D6A6D6] [TR: Dabi/d], {RP-text: o9 a)noi/gwn} [RP-marg P1904 TR: a)noi=cai] to\ bibli/on kai\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: lu=sai] ta_j e9pta_ sfragi=daj au0tou=. Then one of the elders said to me, “Do not weep. Behold, the Lion {RP P1904: - } [TR: which is] of the tribe of Judah – the root of David – has been victorious {RP-text: and is opening} [RP-marg P1904 TR: in opening] the book and {RP P1904: - } [TR: breaking] its seven seals.” w_n, being: absent in RP P1904 F1859=14/14 vs. present in TR F1859=0/14.
David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1. Here we also have the RP-marg reading D6A6D6, D̅A̅D̅, an abbreviation for David. Scrivener does not give variants here.
o9 a)noi/gwn, the one opening, RP-text F1859=10/14 vs. a)noi=cai, to open, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=4/14 (Scrivener's hlnn2).
lu=sai, to loosen: absent in RP P1904 F1859=14/14 vs. present in TR F1859=0/14.
Gen 49:9, Isa 11:10 (Jesse being David's father).
[TR: breaking ← loosening.]
Rev 5:6 Kai\ ei]don {RP P1904: - } [TR: , kai\ i0dou/,] e0n me/sw% tou= qro/nou kai\ tw~n tessa&rwn zw%&wn, kai\ e0n me/sw% tw~n presbute/rwn, a)rni/on e9sthko\j w(j e0sfagme/non, e1xon ke/rata e9pta_ kai\ o0fqalmou\j e9pta&, {RP P1904: a#} [TR: oi3] ei0sin ta_ e9pta_ {RP P1904: pneu/mata tou= qeou=} [TR: tou= qeou= pneu/mata] {RP P1904: a)postello/mena} [TR: ta_ a)pestalme/na] ei0j pa~san th\n gh=n. {RP P1904: And I saw} [TR: And I looked, and behold,] between the throne, along with the four living beings and the {RP P1904: elders,} [TR: elders was] a lamb standing as slain, having seven horns and seven eyes, which are the seven spirits of God {RP P1904: which are being sent} [TR: which have been sent] into the whole earth. kai\ i0dou/, and behold: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. present in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's h).
a#, which (agreeing with “horns”), RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. oi3, which (agreeing with “eyes”), TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's j).
pneu/mata tou= qeou=, spirits + of God, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. tou= qeou= pneu/mata, of God + spirits, TR F1859=0/13.
a)postello/mena, sent, RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. ta_ a)pestalme/na, the ones having been sent, TR F1859=0/13 vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l) vs. word(s) absent, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n).
Zech 3:9, Zech 4:10.
between ... and ← in (the) midst of ... and in the midst of (= בֵּן...וּבֵן).
as ← as if, but w(j does not necessarily carry the notion of unrealness; see Luke 2:37.
Rev 5:7 Kai\ h]lqen, kai\ ei1lhfen {RP P1904: - } [TR: to\ bibli/on] e0k th=j decia~j tou= kaqhme/nou e0pi\ tou= qro/nou. And he came and took {RP P1904: it} [TR: the book] from the right hand of him who was sitting on the throne, to\ bibli/on, the book: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. present in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l).
Rev 5:8 Kai\ o3te e1laben to\ bibli/on, ta_ te/ssara zw%~a kai\ oi9 {RP-text P1904 TR: ei1kosi te/ssarej} [RP-marg: K6D6] presbu/teroi {RP TR: e1peson} [P1904: e1pesan] e0nw&pion tou= a)rni/ou, e1xontej e3kastoj {RP-text P1904: kiqa&ran} [RP-marg TR: kiqa&raj], kai\ fia&laj xrusa~j gemou/saj qumiama&twn, ai3 ei0sin {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: ai9] proseuxai\ tw~n a(gi/wn. and when he had taken the book, the four living beings and the twenty-four elders fell down before the lamb, each having {RP-text P1904: a harp} [RP-marg TR: harps] and golden bowls full of incense, which are {RP-text: the} [RP-marg P1904 TR: the] prayers of the saints. ei1kosi te/ssarej, twenty-four, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=6/13 vs. K6D6, 24, RP-marg F1859=7/13. Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=8:7.
e1peson, they fell (classical form), RP TR F1859=12/13 vs. e1pesan, they fell (post-classical form), P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l).
kiqa&ran, a harp, RP-text P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. kiqa&raj, harps, RP-marg TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's ehjl). AV differs textually.
ai9, the (prayers): absent in RP-text F1859=11/13 (though 4 with a different word following) vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hn).
Ps 141:2.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
Rev 5:9 Kai\ a%!dousin w%)dh\n kainh/n, le/gontej, 871Acioj ei] labei=n to\ bibli/on, kai\ a)noi=cai ta_j sfragi=daj au0tou=: o3ti e0sfa&ghj, kai\ h0go/rasaj tw%~ qew%~ h9ma~j e0n tw%~ ai3mati/ sou e0k pa&shj fulh=j kai\ glw&sshj kai\ laou= kai\ e1qnouj, And they sang a new song, pronouncing,

“You are worthy to take the book

And open its seals,

Because you were slaughtered

And you redeemed us to God by your blood,

From every tribe and tongue

And people and nation.

 redeemed ← bought.
Rev 5:10 kai\ e0poi/hsaj {RP P1904: au0tou\j} [TR: h9ma~j] tw%~ qew%~ h9mw~n basilei=j kai\ i9erei=j, kai\ {RP P1904: basileu/sousin} [TR: basileu/somen] e0pi\ th=j gh=j. And

You made {RP P1904: them} [TR: us] kings and priests to our God,

And {RP P1904: they} [TR: we] will reign over the earth.”

 au0tou\j, them, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. h9ma~j, us, TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
basileu/sousin, they will reign, RP P1904 F1859=6/13 vs. basileu/somen, we will reign, TR F1859=0/13 vs. basileu/ousin, they reign, F1859=7/13. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:7. AV differs textually.
Isa 61:6, Ex 19:6.
Rev 5:11 Kai\ ei]don, kai\ h1kousa {RP P1904: w(j} [TR: - ] fwnh\n a)gge/lwn pollw~n {RP P1904: ku/klw%} [TR: kuklo/qen] tou= qro/nou kai\ tw~n zw%&wn kai\ tw~n presbute/rwn: {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: kai\ h]n o9 a)riqmo\j au0tw~n muria&dej muria&dwn,} [S1550: - ] kai\ xilia&dej xilia&dwn, And I looked, and I heard the sound of many angels around the throne, and of the living beings and of the elders, {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: and the number of them was tens of thousands of tens of thousands} [S1550: - ] and thousands of thousands, w(j, as (sound): present in RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's fn).
ku/klw%, around, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. kuklo/qen, from around, TR F1859=0/13 vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's k).
kai\ h]n o9 a)riqmo\j au0tw~n muria&dej muria&dwn, and the number of them was myriads of myriads: present in RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=13/13 vs. absent in S1550 F1859=0/13.
{RP P1904 E1624 S1894: Dan 7:10.}
{RP P1904: the sound ← as a sound (or voice), but the word w(j, as, is often redundant; see Luke 2:37.}
Rev 5:12 le/gontej fwnh|= mega&lh|, 871Acio/n e0stin to\ a)rni/on to\ e0sfagme/non labei=n th\n du/namin kai\ {RP-text P1904: to\n} [RP-marg TR: - ] plou=ton kai\ sofi/an kai\ i0sxu\n kai\ timh\n kai\ do/can kai\ eu0logi/an. saying in a loud voice,

“The lamb which was slaughtered is worthy

To receive power and riches

And wisdom and strength

And honour and glory and blessing.”

 to\n, the (wealth, riches): present in RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. absent (but retaining plou=ton) in RP-marg TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hn) vs. absent (as is plou=ton) in F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's g).
Rev 5:13 Kai\ pa~n kti/sma {RP-text P1904: o4} [RP-marg TR: o3 e0stin] e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~, kai\ {RP P1904: e0pi\ th=j gh=j} [TR: e0n th|= gh|=], kai\ u9poka&tw th=j gh=j, kai\ e0pi\ th=j qala&sshj {RP-text P1904: e0sti/n} [RP-marg TR: a# e0stin], kai\ ta_ e0n au0toi=j, {RP: pa&ntaj} [P1904 TR: pa&nta] h1kousa le/gontaj, Tw%~ kaqhme/nw% e0pi\ tou= qro/nou kai\ tw%~ a)rni/w% h9 eu0logi/a kai\ h9 timh\ kai\ h9 do/ca kai\ to\ kra&toj ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj tw~n ai0w&nwn. {RP: 870Amh/n.} [P1904 TR: - ] And I heard every creature {RP-text P1904: which is} [RP-marg TR: which is] in heaven and {RP P1904: on} [TR: in] the earth and below the earth, and {RP-text P1904: which is} [RP-marg TR: the creatures which are] on the sea, and {RP: the creatures in them, all saying,} [P1904 TR: all the creatures in them, and they said,]

“To him who sits on the throne

And to the lamb

Be blessing and honour

And glory and power

Throughout the durations of the {RP: ages.} [P1904 TR: ages.”]

{RP: Amen.”} [P1904 TR: - ]

e0stin, is (explicitly): absent in RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. present in RP-marg TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's hmn). All editions have at least one e0stin, is, so that the word o3 is the relative pronoun (and not the article).
e0pi\ th=j gh=j, on the earth, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. e0n th|= gh|=, in the world or earth, TR F1859=0/13.
a#, which: absent in RP-text P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. present in RP-marg TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's h) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m).
pa&ntaj, all (masculine, accommodated to sense), RP F1859=8/13 vs. pa&nta, all (neuter, grammatically concordant), P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's cfgkm). The appositional le/gontaj, saying, is accommodated to the sense. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
a)mh/n, amen: present in RP F1859=10/13 vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's blm).
Rev 5:14 Kai\ ta_ te/ssara zw%~a {RP-text: le/gonta} [RP-marg P1904 TR: e1legon] {RP: to\} [P1904 TR: - ] 870Amh/n. Kai\ oi9 {RP P1904: - } [TR: ei0kosite/ssarej] presbu/teroi {RP: e1peson} [P1904 TR: e1pesan], kai\ proseku/nhsan {RP P1904: - } [TR: zw~nti ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj tw~n ai0w&nwn]. {RP-text: While the four living beings were saying “Amen”, the} [RP-marg P1904 TR: And the four living beings said “Amen.” And the] {RP P1904: - } [TR: twenty-four] elders fell down and worshipped {RP P1904: - } [TR: him who lives throughout the durations of the ages]. le/gonta, saying, RP-text F1859=9/13 vs. e1legon, they said, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's gln) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m).
to\, the (amen): present in RP F1859=9/13 vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's gfkn).
ei0kosite/ssarej, twenty-four: absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
e1peson, they fell (classical form), RP F1859=10/13 vs. e1pesan, they fell (post-classical form), P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's dlm).
zw~nti ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj tw~n ai0w&nwn, (worshipped) the one who lives in the ages of the ages: absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
{RP-text: We have punctuated this verse as one sentence, translating the Hebraic kai\ + participle ... kai\ as while ... (then).}
{RP: amen ← the amen, but here the article introduces a quote.}
Rev 6:1 Kai\ ei]don {RP P1904: o3ti} [TR: o3te] h1noicen to\ a)rni/on mi/an e0k tw~n {RP P1904: e9pta_} [TR: - ] sfragi/dwn, kai\ h1kousa e9no\j e0k tw~n tessa&rwn zw%&wn le/gontoj, w(j {RP P1904: fwnh\} [TR: fwnh=j] bronth=j, 871Erxou {RP-text: kai\ i1de} [RP-marg P1904: - ] [TR: kai\ ble/pe]. Then I saw {RP P1904: that the lamb had opened} [TR: when the lamb opened] one of the {RP P1904: seven} [TR: - ] seals. And I heard one of the four living beings say with a thundering voice, “Come {RP-text TR: and see} [RP-marg P1904: - ].” o3ti, that, RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. o3te, when, TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ln).
e9pta_, seven: present in RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's cn). AV differs textually.
fwnh\, voice (resumptive nominative), RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. fwnh=j, voice (appositional genitive), TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ck).
kai\ i1de, and see, RP-text F1859=11/13 vs. words absent, RP-marg P1904 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hn) vs. kai\ ble/pe, and look, TR F1859=0/13.
[TR: with a thundering voice ← as a voice of thunder.]
Rev 6:2 Kai\ {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: ei]don kai\] i0dou/, i3ppoj leuko/j, kai\ o9 kaqh/menoj e0p' {RP P1904: au0to\n} [TR: au0tw%~] e1xwn to/con: kai\ e0do/qh au0tw%~ ste/fanoj, kai\ e0ch=lqen nikw~n, kai\ i3na nikh/sh|. And {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: I looked and] there was a white horse, and he who was sitting on it had a bow, and a crown was given to him, and he went out conquering and to conquer. ei]don kai, I looked and: absent in RP-text F1859=10/13 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's hln). AV differs textually.
au0to\n, (onto) it (accusative), RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. au0tw%~, (on) it (dative), TR F1859=0/13.
there was ← behold.
had ← having.
Rev 6:3 Kai\ o3te h1noicen {RP TR: th\n deute/ran sfragi=da} [P1904: th\n sfragi=da th\n deute/ran], h1kousa tou= deute/rou zw%&ou le/gontoj, 871Erxou {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\ ble/pe]. And when he had opened the second seal, I heard the second living being say, “Come {RP P1904: - } [TR: and see].” th\n deute/ran sfragi=da, the second + seal, RP TR F1859=11/13 vs. th\n sfragi=da th\n deute/ran, the seal + the second, P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's e).
kai\ ble/pe, and look absent in RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13 vs. kai\ i1de, and see, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's bm). AV differs textually.
Rev 6:4 Kai\ e0ch=lqen a!lloj i3ppoj {RP-text: puro/j} [RP-marg P1904 TR: purro/j]: kai\ tw%~ kaqhme/nw% e0p' {RP P1904: au0to\n} [TR: au0tw%~] e0do/qh au0tw%~ labei=n th\n ei0rh/nhn {RP P1904: e0k} [TR: a)po\] th=j gh=j, {RP: - } [P1904 TR: kai\] i3na a)llh/louj sfa&cwsin: kai\ e0do/qh au0tw%~ ma&xaira mega&lh. And another horse went out, {RP-text: a fiery one} [RP-marg P1904 TR: a red one], and to him who was sitting on it was given authority to take peace away from the earth {RP: so that they should} [P1904 TR: and to let them] slaughter each other. And a large sword was given to him. puro/j, of fire, RP-text F1859=9/14 vs. purro/j, red, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=5/14 (Scrivener's ab**hjk). AV differs textually.
au0to\n, (onto) it, RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. au0tw%~, (on) it, TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's km) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's e).
e0k, out of, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. a)po\, away from, TR F1859=0/13 vs. word absent, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l).
kai\, and: absent in RP F1859=12/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m).
{RP: fiery ← of fire.}
Rev 6:5 Kai\ o3te h1noicen {RP P1904: th\n sfragi=da th\n tri/thn} [TR: th\n tri/thn sfragi=da], h1kousa tou= tri/tou zw%&ou le/gontoj, 871Erxou {RP-text: kai\ i1de} [RP-marg P1904: - ] [TR: kai\ ble/pe]. Kai\ {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: ei]don kai\] i0dou/, i3ppoj me/laj, kai\ o9 kaqh/menoj e0p' {RP P1904: au0to\n} [TR: au0tw%~] e1xwn zugo\n e0n th|= xeiri\ au0tou=. And when he had opened the third seal I heard the third living being say, “Come {RP-text TR: and see} [RP-marg P1904: - ].” And {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: I looked and] there was a black horse, and he who was sitting on it had a pair of balances in his hand. th\n sfragi=da th\n tri/thn, the seal + the third, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. th\n tri/thn sfragi=da, the third + seal, TR F1859=0/13 vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n).
kai\ i1de, and see, RP-text F1859=10/13 vs. words absent, RP-marg P1904 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's hln) vs. kai\ ble/pe, and look, TR F1859=0/13.
ei]don kai\, I looked and: absent in RP-text F1859=9/13 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's dhn) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l).
au0to\n, (onto) it (accusative), RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. au0tw%~, (on) it (dative), TR F1859=0/13.
there was ← behold.
had ← having.
Rev 6:6 Kai\ h1kousa {RP TR: - } [P1904: w(j] fwnh\n e0n me/sw% tw~n tessa&rwn zw%&wn le/gousan, Xoi=nic si/tou dhnari/ou, kai\ trei=j xoi/nikej kriqh=j dhnari/ou: kai\ to\ e1laion kai\ to\n oi]non mh\ a)dikh/sh|j. And I heard a voice in the midst of the four living beings say, “A choenix of wheat for a denary”, and, “Three choenixes of barley for a denary”, and, “Do not damage the oil and the wine.” w(j, as, like: absent in RP TR F1859=13/13 vs. present in P1904 F1859=0/13.
We punctuate as three separate statements in direct speech; RP as one statement.
[P1904: a voice ← as a voice. See Rev 5:11.]
choenix (2x): about a quart or litre.
denary (2x): a silver coin.
Rev 6:7 Kai\ o3te h1noicen th\n sfragi=da th\n teta&rthn, h1kousa {RP: - } [P1904 TR: fwnh\n] tou= teta&rtou zw%&ou {RP P1904: le/gontoj} [TR: le/gousan], 871Erxou {RP-text: kai\ i1de} [RP-marg P1904: - ] [TR: kai\ ble/pe]. And when he had opened the fourth seal I heard {RP: - } [P1904 TR: the voice of] the fourth living being say, “Come {RP-text TR: and see} [RP-marg P1904: - ].” fwnh\n, voice: absent in RP F1859=11/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hn).
le/gontoj, saying (masculine), RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. le/gousan, saying (feminine), TR F1859=0/13.
kai\ i1de, and see, RP-text F1859=10/13 vs. words absent, RP-marg P1904 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's hln) vs. kai\ ble/pe, and look, TR F1859=0/13.
Rev 6:8 Kai\ {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: ei]don kai\] i0dou/, i3ppoj xlwro/j, kai\ o9 kaqh/menoj e0pa&nw au0tou=, o1noma au0tw%~ o9 Qa&natoj, kai\ o9 873A|dhj {RP P1904: h0kolou/qei} [TR: a)kolou/qei] {RP-text: au0tw%~} [RP-marg P1904 TR: met' au0tou=]. Kai\ e0do/qh {RP P1904: au0tw%~} [TR: au0toi=j] e0cousi/a {RP P1904: e0pi\ to\ te/tarton th=j gh=j a)poktei=nai} [TR: a)poktei=nai e0pi\ to\ te/tarton th=j gh=j] e0n r(omfai/a% kai\ e0n limw%~ kai\ e0n qana&tw%, kai\ u9po\ tw~n qhri/wn th=j gh=j. And {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: I looked and] there was a pallid horse, and he who was sitting on it had the name of Death, and Hades was following {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: with] him. And to {RP P1904: him} [TR: them] was given authority {RP P1904: over a quarter of the earth to kill} [TR: to kill over a quarter of the earth] by the sword and by famine and by death and by the wild beasts of the earth. ei]don kai\, I looked and: absent in RP-text F1859=9/13 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's hln) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l).
h0kolou/qei, was following, RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. a)kolou/qei, follows, TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hn) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l).
au0tw%~, (followed) him / it, RP-text F1859=10/14 vs. met' au0tou=, (followed) with him / it, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=4/14 (Scrivener's hj*ln).
au0tw%~, (given) to it / him, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. au0toi=j, (given) to them, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n). AV differs textually.
e0pi\ to\ te/tarton th=j gh=j a)poktei=nai, over a quarter of the earth + to kill, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. a)poktei=nai e0pi\ to\ te/tarton th=j gh=j, to kill + over a quarter of the earth, TR F1859=0/13.
there was ← behold.
Hades: the place of the dead, here perhaps standing for the dominion of death.
death: probably plague, as in black death.
Rev 6:9 Kai\ o3te h1noicen th\n pe/mpthn sfragi=da, ei]don u9poka&tw tou= qusiasthri/ou ta_j yuxa_j tw~n e0sfagme/nwn dia_ to\n lo/gon tou= qeou=, kai\ dia_ th\n marturi/an {RP P1904: tou= a)rni/ou} [TR: - ] h4n ei]xon, And when he had opened the fifth seal, I saw under the altar the lives of those killed on account of the word of God and on account of the testimony {RP P1904: of the lamb} [TR: - ] to which they held. tou= a)rni/ou, of the lamb: present in RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's mn). AV differs textually.
lives ← souls, but the sense is lives, as elsewhere, here represented in some way, lost because of their testimony, now hidden, and to be found again. See Matt 16:25, Phil 2:20. See also Col 3:3.
Rev 6:10 kai\ {RP P1904: e1kracan} [TR: e1krazon] {RP-text P1904 TR: fwnh|= mega&lh|} [RP-marg: fwnh\n mega&lhn], le/gontej, 873Ewj po/te, o9 despo/thj, o9 a#gioj kai\ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: o9] a)lhqino/j, ou0 kri/neij kai\ e0kdikei=j to\ ai[ma h9mw~n {RP P1904: e0k} [TR: a)po\] tw~n katoikou/ntwn e0pi\ th=j gh=j; And they cried out in a loud voice and said, “How long, O holy and true master, will you not judge and take vengeance for our blood on those dwelling on the earth?” e1kracan, they shouted, RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. e1krazon, they were shouting, TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's cn).
fwnh|= mega&lh|, a loud + voice, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's ehjln) vs. fwnh\n mega&lhn, a voice + loud, RP-marg F1859=8/13 (Scrivener's abcdfgkm). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=7:8.
o9, the (true): absent in RP F1859=9/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's dfhm).
e0k, out of, RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. a)po\, from, TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ln).
Rev 6:11 Kai\ {RP P1904: e0do/qh} [TR: e0do/qhsan] {RP-text P1904: au0toi=j e9ka&stw%} [RP-marg: au0toi=j] [TR: e9ka&stoij] {RP P1904: stolh\ leukh/} [TR: stolai\ leukai\], kai\ e0rre/qh au0toi=j i3na a)napau/swntai e1ti xro/non {RP: - } [P1904 TR: mikro/n], e3wj {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: ou[] {RP P1904: plhrw&swsin} [TR: plhrw&sontai] kai\ oi9 su/ndouloi au0tw~n kai\ oi9 a)delfoi\ au0tw~n {RP-text: kai\} [RP-marg P1904 TR: - ] oi9 me/llontej {RP: a)pokte/nesqai} [P1904: a)pokte/nnesqai] [TR: a)poktei/nesqai] w(j kai\ au0toi/. And {RP-text P1904: to each of them was given a white robe,} [RP-marg: to them was given a white robe,] [TR: to each were given white robes,] and they were told that they should rest a {RP: - } [P1904 TR: little] while longer until their fellow servants and their brothers should also {RP P1904: fulfil their course} [TR: be fulfilled], {RP-text: and those who} [RP-marg P1904 TR: who] would be killed, as they for their part had been. e0do/qh, was given, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 (l misspelled) vs. e0do/qhsan, were given, TR F1859=0/13.
au0toi=j e9ka&stw%, to each of them, RP-text P1904 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's fhlm) vs. au0toi=j, to them, RP-marg F1859=8/13 vs. e9ka&stoij, to each, TR F1859=0/13 vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n). A disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=5:8.
stolh\ leukh/, a white robe, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. stolai\ leukai\, white clothes, TR F1859=0/13.
mikro/n, (a) little (while): absent in RP F1859=12/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n).
ou[, (until) when: absent in RP-text P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. present in RP-marg TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n).
plhrw&swsin, they fulfil, RP P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. plhrw&sontai, they will be fulfilled (middle in passive sense), TR F1859=0/13 vs. other readings, F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's cgen).
kai\, and (those who will be): present in RP-text F1859=8/13 vs. absent RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's hklmn). Nearly a disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=8:7.
a)pokte/nesqai, to be killed (1), RP F1859=10/13 vs. a)pokte/nnesqai, to be killed (2), P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's a) vs. a)poktei/nesqai, to be killed (3), TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's fj).
for their part ← also.
Rev 6:12 Kai\ ei]don o3te h1noicen th\n sfragi=da th\n e3kthn, kai\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: i0dou/,] seismo\j me/gaj e0ge/neto, kai\ o9 h3lioj {RP P1904: me/laj e0ge/neto} [TR: e0ge/neto me/laj] w(j sa&kkoj tri/xinoj, kai\ h9 selh/nh {RP-text P1904: o3lh} [RP-marg TR: - ] e0ge/neto w(j ai[ma, And I looked when he had opened the sixth seal, and {RP P1904: - } [TR: behold,] a great earthquake took place, and the sun became black like sackcloth made from hair, and the {RP-text P1904: whole} [RP-marg TR: - ] moon became like blood. i0dou/, behold: absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13.
me/laj e0ge/neto, black + became, RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. e0ge/neto me/laj, became + black, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m).
o3lh, whole: present in RP-text P1904 F1859=11/13 (one misspelled) vs. absent in RP-marg TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hm).
Joel 3:4MT (Joel 2:31AV), Joel 4:15MT (Joel 3:15AV).
Rev 6:13 kai\ oi9 a)ste/rej tou= ou0ranou= {RP: e1peson} [P1904 TR: e1pesan] ei0j th\n gh=n, w(j sukh= {RP-text: balou=sa} [RP-marg TR: ba&llei] [P1904: ba&llousa] tou\j o0lu/nqouj au0th=j, u9po\ {RP P1904: a)ne/mou mega&lou} [TR: mega&lou a)ne/mou] seiome/nh. And the stars of the sky fell to the earth, like a fig tree shedding its winter figs when shaken by a strong wind, e1peson, they fell (classical form), RP F1859=11/12 vs. e1pesan, they fell (non-classical form), P1904 TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's l).
balou=sa, having shed, RP-text F1859=8/13 vs. ba&llei, sheds, RP-marg TR F1859=0/13 vs. ba&llousa, shedding, P1904 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's jm) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n).
a)ne/mou mega&lou, a wind + great, RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. mega&lou a)ne/mou, a great + wind, TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hn).
Isa 34:4.
the sky: or heaven.
[RP-marg TR: shedding ← sheds.]
Rev 6:14 Kai\ {RP P1904: o9} [TR: - ] ou0rano\j a)pexwri/sqh w(j bibli/on {RP-text P1904: e9lisso/menon} [RP-marg: e9lisso/menoj] [TR: ei9lisso/menon], kai\ pa~n o1roj kai\ nh=soj e0k tw~n to/pwn au0tw~n e0kinh/qhsan. and {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] sky was parted asunder, like a rolled up scroll, and every mountain and island was moved from its place. o9, the (heaven): present in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's k, but ou0rano\j is also absent).
e9lisso/menon, being rolled up (1) (agreeing with book), RP-text P1904 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's fhlm) vs. e9lisso/menoj, being rolled up (1) (agreeing with heaven), RP-marg F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's abcegjk) vs. ei9lisso/menon, being rolled up (2) (agreeing with book), TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's d) We take Scrivener's, not Mill's, reading of d. A weak disparity with RP-text, R=5:7.
Isa 34:4.
sky: or heaven.
its place ← their places.
Rev 6:15 Kai\ oi9 basilei=j th=j gh=j, kai\ oi9 megista~nej, kai\ {RP P1904: oi9 xili/arxoi, kai\ oi9 plou/sioi} [TR: oi9 plou/sioi, kai\ oi9 xili/arxoi], kai\ {RP P1904: oi9 i0sxuroi/} [TR: oi9 dunatoi/], kai\ pa~j dou=loj kai\ {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: pa~j] e0leu/qeroj, e1kruyan e9autou\j ei0j ta_ sph/laia kai\ ei0j ta_j pe/traj tw~n o0re/wn, And the kings of the earth and the high-ranking people and {RP P1904: the cohort commanders and the rich} [TR: the rich and the cohort commanders] and {RP P1904: the strong} [TR: the powerful], and every slave and {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: every] free man hid themselves in the caves and in the rocks of the mountains, oi9 xili/arxoi, kai\ oi9 plou/sioi, the cohort commanders + and the rich, RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. oi9 plou/sioi, kai\ oi9 xili/arxoi, the rich + and the cohort commanders, TR F1859=0/12.
kai\ oi9 i0sxuroi/, and the strong, RP P1904 F1859=12/12 (one with a minor variation) vs. kai\ oi9 dunatoi/, and the powerful, TR F1859=0/12.
pa~j, every (free man): absent in RP-text P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. present in RP-marg TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's hn).
Isa 2:19.
Rev 6:16 kai\ le/gousin toi=j o1resin kai\ tai=j pe/traij, {RP TR: Pe/sete} [P1904: Pe/sate] e0f' h9ma~j, kai\ kru/yate h9ma~j a)po\ prosw&pou tou= kaqhme/nou e0pi\ {RP-text P1904 TR: tou= qro/nou} [RP-marg: tw%~ qro/nw%], kai\ a)po\ th=j o0rgh=j tou= a)rni/ou: and they said to the mountains and the rocks, “Fall on us, and hide us from the presence of him who sits on the throne, and from the wrath of the lamb, pe/sete, fall (classical form), RP TR F1859=10/12 vs. pe/sate, fall (non-classical form), P1904 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ln).
tou= qro/nou, (on) the throne (1), RP-text P1904 TR F1859=6/13 vs. tw%~ qro/nw%, (on) the throne (2), RP-marg F1859=7/13. Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=8:7.
Hos 10:8.
Rev 6:17 o3ti h]lqen h9 h9me/ra h9 mega&lh th=j o0rgh=j au0tou=, kai\ ti/j du/natai staqh=nai; for the great day of his wrath has come, and who is able to stand fast?” Mal 3:2.
Rev 7:1 Kai\ meta_ {RP P1904: tou=to} [TR: tau=ta] ei]don te/ssaraj a)gge/louj e9stw~taj e0pi\ ta_j te/ssaraj gwni/aj th=j gh=j, kratou=ntaj tou\j te/ssaraj a)ne/mouj th=j gh=j, i3na mh\ pne/h| a!nemoj e0pi\ th=j gh=j, mh/te e0pi\ th=j qala&sshj, mh/te {RP-text: e0pi/ ti} [RP-marg P1904 TR: e0pi\ pa~n] de/ndron. And after {RP P1904: this} [TR: these things] I saw four angels standing on the four corners of the earth, holding the four winds of the earth so that no wind should blow on the earth, or blow on the sea, or on {RP-text: any} [RP-marg P1904 TR: any] tree. tou=to, this, RP P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. tau=ta, these (things), TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's gn).
e0pi/ ti, on some → any, RP-text F1859=10/12 vs. e0pi\ pa~n, on every → any, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's hn).
[RP-marg P1904 TR: any ← every.]
Rev 7:2 Kai\ ei]don a!llon a!ggelon {RP P1904 S1894: a)nabai/nonta} [S1550 E1624: a)naba&nta] a)po\ a)natolh=j h9li/ou, e1xonta sfragi=da qeou= zw~ntoj: kai\ e1kracen fwnh|= mega&lh| toi=j te/ssarsin a)gge/loij, oi[j e0do/qh au0toi=j a)dikh=sai th\n gh=n kai\ th\n qa&lassan, And I saw another angel {RP P1904 S1894: ascending} [S1550 E1624: ascending] from the east, holding the seal of the living God, and he cried out in a loud voice to the four angels to whom authority had been given to harm the earth and the sea, a)nabai/nonta, ascending, RP P1904 S1894 F1859=12/12 vs. a)naba&nta, having ascended, S1550 E1624 F1859=0/12.
[S1550 E1624: ascending: or having ascended.]
east ← rising of the sun.
Rev 7:3 le/gwn, Mh\ a)dikh/shte th\n gh=n, mh/te th\n qa&lassan, mh/te ta_ de/ndra, a!xri ou[ {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: sfragi/swmen} [S1550: sfragi/zwmen] tou\j dou/louj tou= qeou= h9mw~n e0pi\ tw~n metw&pwn au0tw~n. and he said, “Do not harm the earth, or the sea, or the trees, until we have sealed the servants of our God on their foreheads.” sfragi/swmen, (until) we seal (aorist subjunctive, so perfective aspect), RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=11/12 vs. sfragi/zwmen, (until) we seal (present subjunctive, so imperfective aspect), S1550 F1859=0/12 vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's c).
Ezek 9:4.
Rev 7:4 Kai\ h1kousa to\n a)riqmo\n tw~n e0sfragisme/nwn, {RP: e9kato\n kai\ tessara&konta te/ssarej xilia&dej} [P1904: e9kato\n tessara&konta te/ssarej xilia&dej] [TR: R6M6D6 xilia&dej], {RP-text: e0sfragisme/nwn} [RP-marg P1904 TR: e0sfragisme/noi] e0k pa&shj fulh=j ui9w~n 870Israh/l. Then I heard the number of those who had been sealed: one hundred and forty-four thousand sealed, from every tribe of the sons of Israel. In the following, we ignore spaces between words. e9kato\n kai\ tessara&konta te/ssarej xilia&dej, one hundred and forty-four thousand, RP F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's hlm, l with a misspelling) vs. e9kato\n tessara&konta te/ssarej xilia&dej, one hundred forty-four thousand, P1904 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's b) vs. R6M6D6 xilia&dej, 144 thousand, TR F1859=0/12 vs. e9katontessarakontakaite/ssarej xilia&dej, one hundred forty and four thousand, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's f) vs. e9kato\n kai\ tessara&konta kai\ te/ssarej xilia&dej, one hundred and forty and four thousand, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's j) vs. words absent, F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's aegkn) vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's c). A weak disparity (#1) with RP, R=3:5.
e0sfragisme/nwn, of sealed ones, RP-text F1859=6/12 vs. e0sfragisme/noi, sealed ones, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's h) vs. words absent, F1859=5/12. Nearly a disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=6:5.
Rev 7:5 870Ek fulh=j 870Iou/da, {RP-text P1904: dw&deka} [RP-marg TR: I6B6] xilia&dej {RP-text: e0sfragisme/nai} [RP-marg: - ] [RP-marg2 P1904 TR: e0sfragisme/noi]: e0k fulh=j {RP: 879Roubi/m} [P1904 TR: 879Roubh/n], {RP-text P1904: dw&deka} [RP-marg TR: I6B6] xilia&dej {RP P1904: - } [TR: e0sfragisme/noi]: e0k fulh=j Ga&d, {RP-text P1904: dw&deka} [RP-marg TR: I6B6] xilia&dej {RP P1904: - } [TR: e0sfragisme/noi]: From the tribe of Judah, twelve thousand {RP-text RP-marg2 P1904 TR: sealed} [RP-marg: - ]; from the tribe of Reuben, twelve thousand {RP P1904: - } [TR: sealed]; from the tribe of Gad, twelve thousand {RP P1904: - } [TR: sealed]; Three occurrences: dw&deka, twelve (thousand), RP-text P1904 F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's bcefm) vs. I6B6, 12 (thousand), RP-marg TR F1859=7/12. A weak disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=6:8.
e0sfragisme/nai, sealed (feminine, agreeing with thousands), RP-text F1859=6/12 vs. word absent, RP-marg F1859=0/12 (but absent alibi, in other places, in Scrivener's abefghjkm) vs. e0sfragisme/noi, sealed (masculine), RP-marg2 P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's hmn) vs. another reading, F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's fkl). Nearly a disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=6:5. A disparity (#3) with RP-marg (zero count), though apparently with support after the first occurrence.
879Roubi/m, Roubim, RP F1859=0/12 vs. 879Roubh/n, Rouben (1), P1904 TR F1859=0/12 vs. 879Roubi/n, Rouben (2), F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's abfgjln) vs. three other spellings, F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's cekhm). We use the Hebrew names throughout the section, so here Reuben. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR? A strong disparity (#4) with RP, R=0:7.
Twice: e0sfragisme/noi, sealed: absent in RP P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. present in TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's cn, present in n for the first of these 2 occurrences only) vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's l).
Rev 7:6 e0k fulh=j 870Ash/r, {RP-text P1904: dw&deka} [RP-marg TR: I6B6] xilia&dej {RP P1904: - } [TR: e0sfragisme/noi]: e0k fulh=j Nefqalei/m, {RP-text P1904: dw&deka} [RP-marg TR: I6B6] xilia&dej {RP P1904: - } [TR: e0sfragisme/noi]: e0k fulh=j Manassh=, {RP-text P1904: dw&deka} [RP-marg TR: I6B6] xilia&dej {RP P1904: - } [TR: e0sfragisme/noi]: from the tribe of Asher, twelve thousand {RP P1904: - } [TR: sealed]; from the tribe of Naphtali, twelve thousand {RP P1904: - } [TR: sealed]; from the tribe of Manasseh, twelve thousand {RP P1904: - } [TR: sealed]; Three times: dw&deka, twelve (thousand), RP-text P1904 F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's bcef) vs. I6B6, 12 (thousand), RP-marg TR F1859=6/12 vs. word absent once, F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's km). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=5:7.
Three times: e0sfragisme/noi, sealed: absent in RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. present in TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's c).
Rev 7:7 e0k fulh=j Sumew&n, {RP-text P1904: dw&deka} [RP-marg TR: I6B6] xilia&dej {RP P1904: - } [TR: e0sfragisme/noi]: e0k fulh=j Leui+/, {RP-text P1904: dw&deka} [RP-marg TR: I6B6] xilia&dej {RP P1904: - } [TR: e0sfragisme/noi]: e0k fulh=j {RP S1550 S1894: 870Isaxa&r} [P1904: 870Issaxa&r] [E1624: 870Isasxa&r], {RP-text P1904: dw&deka} [RP-marg TR: I6B6] xilia&dej {RP P1904: - } [TR: e0sfragisme/noi]: from the tribe of Simeon, twelve thousand {RP P1904: - } [TR: sealed]; from the tribe of Levi, twelve thousand {RP P1904: - } [TR: sealed]; from the tribe of Issachar, twelve thousand {RP P1904: - } [TR: sealed]; Three times: dw&deka, twelve (thousand), RP-text P1904 F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's bcef) vs. I6B6, 12 (thousand), RP-marg TR F1859=6/12 vs. word absent once, F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's mn). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=5:7.
Three times: e0sfragisme/noi, sealed: absent in RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. present in TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's c).
870Isaxa&r, Isachar, RP S1550 S1894 F1859=8/12 vs. 870Issaxa&r, Issachar, P1904 F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's aekl) vs. 870Isasxa&r, Isaschar, E1624 F1859=0/12. We use the Hebrew spelling Issachar.
Rev 7:8 e0k fulh=j Zaboulw&n, {RP-text P1904: dw&deka} [RP-marg TR: I6B6] xilia&dej {RP P1904: - } [TR: e0sfragisme/noi]: e0k fulh=j 870Iwsh/f, {RP-text P1904: dw&deka} [RP-marg TR: I6B6] xilia&dej {RP P1904: - } [TR: e0sfragisme/noi]: e0k fulh=j Beniami/n, {RP-text P1904: dw&deka} [RP-marg TR: I6B6] xilia&dej {RP-text: e0sfragisme/nai} [RP-marg P1904 TR: e0sfragisme/noi]. from the tribe of Zebulun, twelve thousand {RP P1904: - } [TR: sealed]; from the tribe of Joseph, twelve thousand {RP P1904: - } [TR: sealed]; from the tribe of Benjamin, twelve thousand sealed. Three times: dw&deka, twelve (thousand), RP-text P1904 F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's bcem) vs. I6B6, 12 (thousand), RP-marg TR F1859=7/12 vs. word absent once, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's f). A disparity with RP-text, R=5:8.
Twice: e0sfragisme/noi, sealed: absent in RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. present in TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's c).
e0sfragisme/nai, sealed (feminine), RP-text F1859=8/12 vs. e0sfragisme/noi, sealed (masculine), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's fhmn). See Rev 7:5.
Rev 7:9 Meta_ tau=ta ei]don, kai\ i0dou/, o1xloj polu/j, o4n a)riqmh=sai {RP: - } [P1904 TR: au0to\n] ou0dei\j {RP-text P1904: e0du/nato} [RP-marg TR: h0du/nato], e0k panto\j e1qnouj kai\ fulw~n kai\ law~n kai\ glwssw~n, {RP-text P1904: e9stw~taj} [RP-marg TR: e9stw~tej] e0nw&pion tou= qro/nou kai\ e0nw&pion tou= a)rni/ou, {RP-text P1904: peribeblhme/nouj} [RP-marg TR: peribeblhme/noi] stola_j leuka&j, kai\ {RP: foi/nikaj} [P1904 TR: foi/nikej] e0n tai=j xersi\n au0tw~n: After these things I looked, and there was a large crowd which no-one could count, from every nation and all tribes and peoples and languages, standing before the throne and before the lamb, clothed in white garments and with palms in their hands. au0to\n, it (pleonastically, a Hebraism): absent in RP F1859=11/12 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's f).
e0du/nato, could (1), RP-text P1904 F1859=7/12 vs. h0du/nato, could (2), RP-marg TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's fgmn) vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's k).
e9stw~taj, standing (accusative agreeing with o4n), RP-text P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. e9stw~tej, standing (nominative after i0dou/), RP-marg TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's hj) vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's a).
peribeblhme/nouj, clothed (accusative), RP-text P1904 F1859=8/12 vs. peribeblhme/noi, clothed (nominative), RP-marg TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's hjn) vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's g). Case usage as above.
foi/nikaj, palms (accusative), RP F1859=10/12 vs. foi/nikej, palms (nominative), P1904 TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ln). Case usage attracted to the above usage.
there was ← behold.
Rev 7:10 kai\ {RP P1904: kra&zousin} [TR: kra&zontej] fwnh|= mega&lh|, le/gontej, 879H swthri/a tw%~ {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: qew%~ h9mw~n tw%~} [S1550: - ] kaqhme/nw% e0pi\ {RP: tw%~ qro/nw%} [P1904 TR: tou= qro/nou], {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: - } [S1550: tou= qeou= hmw~n] kai\ tw%~ a)rni/w%. And they cried out in a loud voice and said,

“Salvation {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: to our God} [S1550: to him]

Who sits on the throne {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: - } [S1550: of our God]

And to the lamb.”

 kra&zousin, they shout, RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. kra&zontej, shouting, TR F1859=0/12 vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's m).
qew%~ h9mw~n tw%~, to our God: present in RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=11/12 vs. absent in S1550 F1859=0/12 vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's k).
tw%~ qro/nw%, (at) the throne (dative), RP F1859=10/12 vs. tou= qro/nou, (on) the throne (genitive), P1904 TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's jl).
tou= qeou= hmw~n, of our God: absent in RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=12/12 vs. present in S1550 F1859=0/12.
Rev 7:11 Kai\ pa&ntej oi9 a!ggeloi {RP P1904: ei9sth/keisan} [TR: e9sth/kesan] ku/klw% tou= qro/nou kai\ tw~n presbute/rwn kai\ tw~n tessa&rwn zw%&wn, kai\ {RP TR: e1peson} [P1904: e1pesan] e0nw&pion tou= qro/nou {RP-text P1904 TR: - } [RP-marg: au0tou=] e0pi\ {RP P1904: ta_ pro/swpa} [TR: pro/swpon] au0tw~n, kai\ proseku/nhsan tw%~ qew%~, And all the angels were standing around the throne, and the elders and the four living beings, and they fell before {RP-text P1904 TR: the} [RP-marg: his] throne face down and worshipped God, ei9sth/keisan, they stood (1) , RP P1904 F1859=12/13 (4 with smooth breathing) vs. e9sth/kesan, they stood (2), TR F1859=0/13 vs. another spelling, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l**).
e1peson, they fell (1), RP TR F1859=12/12 vs. e1pesan, they fell (2), P1904 F1859=0/12.
au0tou=, his: absent in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's ghn) vs. present in RP-marg F1859=9/12. A disparity with RP-text, R=5:9.
ta_ pro/swpa, (their) faces, RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. pro/swpon, (their) face, TR F1859=0/12.
Rev 7:12 le/gontej, 870Amh/n: h9 eu0logi/a kai\ h9 do/ca kai\ h9 sofi/a kai\ h9 eu0xaristi/a kai\ h9 timh\ kai\ h9 du/namij kai\ h9 i0sxu\j tw%~ qew%~ h9mw~n ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj tw~n ai0w&nwn. 870Amh/n. and they said,

“Amen.

Blessing and glory

And wisdom and thanksgiving

And honour and might and strength

Be to our God

Throughout the durations of the ages.

Amen.”
Rev 7:13 Kai\ a)pekri/qh ei[j e0k tw~n presbute/rwn, le/gwn moi, Ou[toi oi9 peribeblhme/noi ta_j stola_j ta_j leuka&j, ti/nej ei0si/n, kai\ po/qen h]lqon; Then one of the elders engaged me and said to me, “These who are clothed in white garments – who are they, and where have they come from?” engaged ← answered, but here no question asked. Compare Matt 11:25.
white garments ← the white garments. See Gen 22:9.
Rev 7:14 Kai\ {RP: ei]pon} [P1904 TR: ei1rhka] au0tw%~, {RP P1904: Ku/rie/ mou} [TR: Ku/rie], su\ oi]daj. Kai\ ei]pe/n moi, Ou[toi/ ei0sin oi9 e0rxo/menoi e0k th=j qli/yewj th=j mega&lhj, kai\ e1plunan ta_j stola_j au0tw~n, kai\ e0leu/kanan {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 S1894: au0ta_j] [S1550 E1624: stola_j au0tw~n] e0n tw%~ ai3mati tou= a)rni/ou. And I said to him, {RP P1904: “My lord} [TR: “Lord], you know.” Then he said to me, “These are those who came out of the great tribulation and washed their garments and whitened {RP-text: them} [RP-marg P1904 S1894: them] [S1550 E1624: their garments] in the blood of the lamb. ei]pon, I said, RP F1859=11/12 vs. ei1rhka, I have said, P1904 TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's n).
mou, my (Lord): present in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/12.
words below absent, RP-text F1859=10/12 vs. au0ta_j, them, RP-marg P1904 S1894 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's h) vs. stola_j au0tw~n, their robes, S1550 E1624 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's n, but with many other variations).
Rev 7:15 Dia_ tou=to/ ei0sin e0nw&pion tou= qro/nou tou= qeou=, kai\ latreu/ousin au0tw%~ h9me/raj kai\ nukto\j e0n tw%~ naw%~ au0tou=: kai\ o9 kaqh/menoj e0pi\ {RP-text: tw%~ qro/nw%} [RP-marg P1904 TR: tou= qro/nou] skhnw&sei e0p' au0tou/j. On account of this they are before the throne of God, and they serve him day and night in his sanctuary, and he who sits on the throne will dwell with them. tw%~ qro/nw%, (at) the throne, RP-text F1859=8/12 vs. tou= qro/nou, (on) the throne, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's ejmn).
Rev 7:16 Ou0 peina&sousin e1ti, ou0de\ diyh/sousin e1ti, {RP P1904: ou0d' ou0} [TR: ou0de\] mh\ pe/sh| e0p' au0tou\j o9 h3lioj, ou0de\ pa~n kau=ma:

They will no longer hunger

Or thirst any longer,

Nor will the sunlight fall on them at all,

Nor any scorching heat,

 ou0d' ou0, nor (1), RP P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. ou0de\, nor (2), TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's fn. We judge from [csntm.org GA69_0206b.jpg] f** to read ou0qe, Scrivener's d mutat.).
Isa 49:10.
any ← every.
Rev 7:17 o3ti to\ a)rni/on to\ a)na_ me/son tou= qro/nou {RP-text P1904: poimai/nei} [RP-marg TR: poimanei=] au0tou/j, kai\ {RP-text: o9dhgei=} [RP-marg P1904 TR: o9dhgh/sei] au0tou\j e0pi\ {RP P1904: zwh=j} [TR: zw&saj] phga_j u9da&twn, kai\ e0calei/yei o9 qeo\j pa~n da&kruon {RP P1904: e0k} [TR: a)po\] tw~n o0fqalmw~n au0tw~n.

For the lamb which is in the middle of the throne

{RP-text P1904: Is} [RP-marg TR: Will be] a shepherd to them,

And he {RP-text: guides} [RP-marg P1904 TR: will guide] them to the sources of {RP P1904: waters of life} [TR: living waters],

And God will wipe away every tear from their eyes.”

 poimai/nei, tends, RP-text P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. poimanei=, will tend, RP-marg TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's fh*ln). AV differs textually.
o9dhgei=, guides, RP-text F1859=10/13 (incl. l misspelled) vs. o9dhgh/sei, will guide, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's fh*n). AV differs textually.
zwh=j, of life, RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. zw&saj, living, TR F1859=0/12.
e0k, out of, RP P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. a)po\, from, TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's fgn).
Isa 49:10, Isa 25:8, Jer 31:9 etc.
in the middle of ← between, among.
Rev 8:1 Kai\ o3te h1noicen th\n sfragi=da th\n e9bdo/mhn, e0ge/neto sigh\ e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~ w(j h9miw&rion. And when he had opened the seventh seal, it went silent in heaven for about half an hour. it went silent ← a silence came about.
Rev 8:2 Kai\ ei]don tou\j e9pta_ a)gge/louj oi4 e0nw&pion tou= qeou= e9sth/kasin, kai\ e0do/qhsan au0toi=j e9pta_ sa&lpiggej. And I saw the seven angels who were standing in God's presence, and they were given seven trumpets. they were given seven trumpets ← seven trumpets were given to them.
Rev 8:3 Kai\ a!lloj a!ggeloj h]lqen, kai\ e0sta&qh e0pi\ {RP P1904: tou= qusiasthri/ou} [TR: to\ qusiasth/rion], e1xwn libanwto\n xrusou=n: kai\ e0do/qh au0tw%~ qumia&mata polla&, i3na {RP-text TR: dw&sh|} [RP-marg P1904: dw&sei] tai=j proseuxai=j tw~n a(gi/wn pa&ntwn e0pi\ to\ qusiasth/rion to\ xrusou=n to\ e0nw&pion tou= qro/nou. And another angel came and stood {RP P1904: at} [TR: on] the altar, holding a golden censer, and he was given much incense, in order that he should offer it with the prayers of all the saints on the golden altar which was before the throne, tou= qusiasthri/ou, (on) the altar, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. to\ qusiasth/rion, (onto) the altar, TR F1859=0/13.
dw&sh|, he should give (classical aorist subjunctive), RP-text TR F1859=6/13 vs. dw&sei, he shall give (non-classical future indicative), RP-marg P1904 F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's acjkl) vs. other readings, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's df). Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=7:6.
he was given much incense ← much incense was given to him.
offer ← give.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
Rev 8:4 Kai\ a)ne/bh o9 kapno\j tw~n qumiama&twn tai=j proseuxai=j tw~n a(gi/wn e0k xeiro\j tou= a)gge/lou e0nw&pion tou= qeou=. and the smoke of the incense went up with the prayers of the saints out of the hand of the angel in the presence of God. Ps 141:2.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
Rev 8:5 Kai\ ei1lhfen o9 a!ggeloj {RP P1904 E1624: to\n} [S1550 S1894: to\] libanwto/n, kai\ e0ge/misen {RP P1904 E1624: au0to\n} [S1550 S1894: au0to\] e0k tou= puro\j tou= qusiasthri/ou, kai\ e1balen ei0j th\n gh=n: kai\ e0ge/nonto {RP-text P1904: brontai\ kai\ fwnai\} [RP-marg TR: fwnai\ kai\ brontai\] kai\ a)strapai\ kai\ seismo/j. And the angel took the censer and filled it from the fire of the altar and cast it to the earth. Then there were {RP-text P1904: thunderclaps and voices} [RP-marg TR: voices and thunderclaps] and lightning flashes and an earthquake. to\n, the (censer, masculine), RP P1904 E1624 F1859=12/13 vs. to\, the (censer, neuter), S1550 S1894 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l).
au0to\n, it (the censer, masculine), RP P1904 E1624 F1859=12/13 vs. au0to\, it (the censer, neuter), S1550 S1894 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l).
brontai\ kai\ fwnai\, thunderclaps + and voices, RP-text P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. fwnai\ kai\ brontai\, voices + and thunderclaps, RP-marg TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's hjn) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l).
Rev 8:6 Kai\ oi9 e9pta_ a!ggeloi {RP P1904 S1894: oi9} [S1550 E1624: - ] e1xontej ta_j e9pta_ sa&lpiggaj h9toi/masan e9autou\j i3na salpi/swsin. And the seven angels {RP P1904 S1894: who had} [S1550 E1624: who had] the seven trumpets prepared themselves to sound them. oi9, the (ones having): present in RP P1904 S1894 F1859=13/13 vs. absent in S1550 E1624 F1859=0/13.
Rev 8:7 Kai\ o9 prw~toj {RP P1904: - } [TR: a!ggeloj] e0sa&lpisen, kai\ e0ge/neto xa&laza kai\ pu=r memigme/na {RP P1904: e0n} [TR: - ] ai3mati, kai\ e0blh/qh ei0j th\n gh=n: {RP P1904: kai\ to\ tri/ton th=j gh=j kateka&h,} [TR: - ] kai\ to\ tri/ton tw~n de/ndrwn kateka&h, kai\ pa~j xo/rtoj xlwro\j kateka&h. Then the first {RP P1904: one} [TR: angel] sounded the trumpet, and hail came, and fire mixed with blood, and it was cast to the earth, {RP P1904: and one third of the earth was burned up,} [TR: - ] and one third of the trees were burned up, and all green grass was burned up. a!ggeloj, angel: absent in RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. present in TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's kn).
e0n, in (strengthening the dative): present in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/13.
kai\ to\ tri/ton th=j gh=j kateka&h, and one third of the earth was burned up: present in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 (Scrivener not clear about fj, but we have verified f from [csntm.org]) vs. absent in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m). AV differs textually.
Rev 8:8 Kai\ o9 deu/teroj a!ggeloj e0sa&lpisen, kai\ w(j o1roj me/ga {RP: - } [P1904 TR: puri\] kaio/menon e0blh/qh ei0j th\n qa&lassan: kai\ e0ge/neto to\ tri/ton th=j qala&sshj ai[ma: Then the second angel sounded the trumpet, and a kind of large {RP: burning mountain} [P1904 TR: mountain burning with fire] was cast into the sea, and a third of the sea became blood. puri\, (in) fire: absent in RP F1859=11/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's mn).
Rev 8:9 kai\ a)pe/qanen to\ tri/ton tw~n ktisma&twn {RP: - } [P1904 TR: tw~n] e0n th|= qala&ssh|, ta_ e1xonta yuxa&j, kai\ to\ tri/ton tw~n ploi/wn diefqa&rh. And one third of the creatures {RP: which} [P1904 TR: which] have life in the sea died, and one third of ships were wrecked. tw~n, of the (ones): absent in RP F1859=12/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m).
have life in the sea ← in the sea having souls.
Rev 8:10 Kai\ o9 tri/toj a!ggeloj e0sa&lpisen, kai\ e1pesen e0k tou= ou0ranou= a)sth\r me/gaj kaio/menoj w(j lampa&j, kai\ e1pesen e0pi\ to\ tri/ton tw~n potamw~n, kai\ e0pi\ ta_j phga_j {RP P1904: tw~n} [TR: - ] u9da&twn. Then the third angel sounded the trumpet, and a great star burning like a lamp fell out of the sky, and it fell on one third of the rivers, and on the sources of water. tw~n, of the (waters): present in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/13.
the sky: or heaven.
{RP P1904: water ← the waters} [TR: water ← waters], a Hebraism.
Rev 8:11 Kai\ to\ o1noma tou= a)ste/roj le/getai {RP P1904: o9} [TR: - ] 871Ayinqoj: kai\ {RP P1904: e0ge/neto} [TR: gi/netai] to\ tri/ton {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: tw~n u9da&twn} [S1550: - ] ei0j a!yinqon, kai\ polloi\ {RP P1904: tw~n} [TR: - ] a)nqrw&pwn a)pe/qanon e0k tw~n u9da&twn, o3ti e0pikra&nqhsan. And the name of the star is Wormwood, and one third {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: of the water} [S1550: - ] became wormwood sap. And many men died from the water, because it had been made bitter. o9, the (Wormwood): present in RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's fl) vs. whole clause absent, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's k).
e0ge/neto, became, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. gi/netai, becomes, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's k).
tw~n u9da&twn, of the waters: present in RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=13/13 vs. absent in S1550 F1859=0/13.
tw~n, of the (men): present in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/13.
is ← is said.
Rev 8:12 Kai\ o9 te/tartoj a!ggeloj e0sa&lpisen, kai\ e0plh/gh to\ tri/ton tou= h9li/ou kai\ to\ tri/ton th=j selh/nhj kai\ to\ tri/ton tw~n a)ste/rwn, i3na skotisqh|= to\ tri/ton au0tw~n, {RP-text P1904: kai\ to\ tri/ton au0th=j mh\ fa&nh| h9 h9me/ra} [RP-marg TR: kai\ h9 h9me/ra mh\ fai/nh| to\ tri/ton au0th=j], kai\ h9 nu\c o9moi/wj. Then the fourth angel sounded the trumpet, and one third of the sun and one third of the moon and one third of the stars were struck so that one third of them should become dark, and {RP-text P1904: for a third of the time the day should not have light} [RP-marg TR: the day should not have light for a third of the time], and likewise the night. kai\ to\ tri/ton au0th=j mh\ fa&nh| h9 h9me/ra, and one third of it + should not shine (aorist) + by day, RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 (with minor variations) vs. kai\ h9 h9me/ra mh\ fai/nh| to\ tri/ton au0th=j, and by day + should not shine (present) + one third of it, RP-marg TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hm) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's j).
have light ← shine.
Rev 8:13 Kai\ ei]don, kai\ h1kousa e9no\j {RP P1904: a)etou=} [TR: a)gge/lou] {RP P1904: petome/nou} [TR: petwme/nou] e0n mesouranh/mati, le/gontoj fwnh|= mega&lh|, Ou0ai/, ou0ai/, ou0ai\ {RP-text TR: toi=j katoikou=sin} [RP-marg P1904: tou\j katoikou=ntaj] e0pi\ th=j gh=j, e0k tw~n loipw~n fwnw~n th=j sa&lpiggoj tw~n triw~n a)gge/lwn tw~n mello/ntwn salpi/zein. And I looked and heard an {RP P1904: eagle} [TR: angel] flying overhead, saying in a loud voice, “Woe, woe, woe to those who dwell on the earth after the remaining soundings of the trumpet of the three angels who are going to sound the trumpet.” a)etou=, eagle, RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. a(gge/lou, angel, TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ln). AV differs textually.
petome/nou, flying (1), RP P1904 F1859=13/14 vs. petwme/nou, flying (2), TR F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's l*).
toi=j katoikou=sin, to those dwelling, RP-text TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's hln) vs. tou\j katoikou=ntaj, (alas for) those dwelling (accusative, perhaps of respect), RP-marg P1904 F1859=10/13. A disparity with RP-text, R=4:11.
an ← one.
Rev 9:1 Kai\ o9 pe/mptoj a!ggeloj e0sa&lpisen, kai\ ei]don a)ste/ra e0k tou= ou0ranou= peptwko/ta ei0j th\n gh=n, kai\ e0do/qh au0tw%~ h9 klei\j tou= fre/atoj th=j a)bu/ssou. Then the fifth angel sounded the trumpet, and I saw a star that had fallen out of the sky to the earth. Then he was given the key to the shaft of the abyss, the sky: or heaven.
he was given the key ← the key was given to him.
shaft of the abyss: AV differs somewhat, bottomless pit.
Rev 9:2 Kai\ {RP-text P1904 TR: h1noicen to\ fre/ar th=j a)bu/ssou, kai\} [RP-marg: - ] a)ne/bh kapno\j e0k tou= fre/atoj w(j kapno\j kami/nou {RP P1904: kaiome/nhj} [TR: mega&lhj], kai\ e0skoti/sqh o9 h3lioj kai\ o9 a)h\r e0k tou= kapnou= tou= fre/atoj. and {RP-text P1904 TR: he opened the shaft of the abyss, and} [RP-marg: - ] smoke came up out of the shaft, like the smoke of a {RP P1904: burning} [TR: large] furnace, and the sun was darkened, as was the air, by the smoke of the shaft. h1noicen to\ fre/ar th=j a)bu/ssou, kai\, opened the shaft of the abyss, and: present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's hlmn) vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=9/13. A disparity with RP-text, R=6:9.
kaiome/nhj, burning, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. mega&lhj, large, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n). AV differs textually.
shaft (3x): AV differs somewhat, pit.
Rev 9:3 Kai\ e0k tou= kapnou= e0ch=lqon a)kri/dej ei0j th\n gh=n, kai\ e0do/qh au0tai=j e0cousi/a, w(j e1xousin e0cousi/an oi9 skorpi/oi th=j gh=j. Then locusts came out of the smoke to the earth, and they were given authority as the scorpions of the earth have authority, they were given authority ← authority was given to them.
Rev 9:4 Kai\ e0rre/qh au0tai=j i3na mh\ a)dikh/swsin to\n xo/rton th=j gh=j, ou0de\ pa~n xlwro/n, ou0de\ pa~n de/ndron, ei0 mh\ tou\j a)nqrw&pouj {RP P1904: - } [TR: mo/nouj] oi3tinej ou0k e1xousin th\n sfragi=da tou= qeou= e0pi\ tw~n metw&pwn au0tw~n. but they were told not to harm the grass of the earth or any greenery or any tree, nothing {RP P1904: except} [TR: with the sole exception of] the men who do not have the seal of God on their foreheads. mo/nouj, alone, only: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. present in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's h).
they were told ← it was said to them.
any (2x) ← every.
[TR: with the sole exception of ← except alone.]
Ezek 9:4.
Rev 9:5 Kai\ e0do/qh au0tai=j i3na mh\ a)poktei/nwsin au0tou/j, a)ll' i3na basanisqw~sin mh=naj pe/nte: kai\ o9 basanismo\j au0tw~n w(j basanismo\j skorpi/ou, o3tan pai/sh| a!nqrwpon. But it was not granted to them to kill them, but for them to be tormented for five months. Now their torment is like the torment of a scorpion when it stings a man, it was not granted to them to kill ← it was granted to them not to kill.
stings ← strikes.
Rev 9:6 Kai\ e0n tai=j h9me/raij e0kei/naij zhth/sousin oi9 a!nqrwpoi to\n qa&naton, kai\ {RP P1904: ou0 mh\} [TR: ou0x] eu9rh/sousin au0to/n: kai\ e0piqumh/sousin a)poqanei=n, kai\ feu/cetai {RP P1904: a)p' au0tw~n o9 qa&natoj} [TR: o9 qa&natoj a)p' au0tw~n]. and in those days men will seek death, but they will not find it {RP P1904: at all} [TR: - ], and they will long to die, but death will escape them. ou0 mh\, certainly not, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. ou0x, not, TR F1859=0/13.
a)p' au0tw~n o9 qa&natoj, from them + death, RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. o9 qa&natoj a)p' au0tw~n, death + from them, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n).
escape ← flee from.
Rev 9:7 Kai\ ta_ o9moiw&mata tw~n a)kri/dwn o3moia i3ppoij h9toimasme/noij ei0j po/lemon, kai\ e0pi\ ta_j kefala_j au0tw~n w(j ste/fanoi {RP: xrusoi=} [P1904: o3moioi xrusi/w%] [TR: o3moioi xrusw%~], kai\ ta_ pro/swpa au0tw~n w(j pro/swpa a)nqrw&pwn. And the appearance of the locusts was like horses prepared for war, and on their heads were kinds of {RP: golden crowns} [P1904 TR: crowns like gold], and their faces were like the faces of men, xrusoi=, golden, RP F1859=11/13 vs. o3moioi xrusi/w%, like gold (1), P1904 F1859=0/13 vs. o3moioi xrusw%~, like gold (2), TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's mn).
appearance ← likenesses.
Rev 9:8 Kai\ ei]xon tri/xaj w(j tri/xaj gunaikw~n, kai\ oi9 o0do/ntej au0tw~n w(j leo/ntwn h]san. and they had hair like women's hair, and their teeth were like those of lions.
Rev 9:9 Kai\ ei]xon qw&rakaj w(j qw&rakaj sidhrou=j, kai\ h9 fwnh\ tw~n pteru/gwn au0tw~n w(j fwnh\ a(rma&twn i3ppwn pollw~n trexo/ntwn ei0j po/lemon. Furthermore they had breast-plates like iron breast-plates, and the sound of their wings was like the sound of many horse-drawn chariots running into battle.
Rev 9:10 Kai\ e1xousin ou0ra_j o9moi/aj skorpi/oij, kai\ {RP-text P1904: ke/ntra. Kai\ e0n} [RP-marg: ke/ntra. 870En] [TR: ke/ntra h]n e0n] tai=j ou0rai=j au0tw~n {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\] {RP-text P1904: e0cousi/an e1xousin} [RP-marg TR: h9 e0cousi/a au0tw~n] {RP-text P1904: tou=} [RP-marg TR: - ] a)dikh=sai tou\j a)nqrw&pouj mh=naj pe/nte. And they had tails like scorpions {RP-text P1904: with stings, and in their tails they had authority} [RP-marg: and stings. In their tails was their authority] [TR: and there were stings in their tails with their authority] to harm men for five months. kai\ e0n, and in, RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. e0n, in, RP-marg F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's lmn) vs. h]n e0n, there were in, TR F1859=0/13.
kai\, and (authority): absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13 vs. whole phrase absent, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l).
e0cousi/an e1xousin, they have authority, RP-text P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. h9 e0cousi/a au9tw~n, their authority (is), RP-marg TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m) vs. words absent, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l).
tou=, to (harm) (strengthening the infinitive): present in RP-text P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. absent in RP-marg TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's mn).
{RP-text P1904 TR: with ← and}.
Rev 9:11 {RP: 871Exousai} [P1904: 871Exousin] [TR: Kai\ e1xousin] {RP P1904: basile/a e0p' au0tw~n} [S1894: e0p' au0tw~n basile/a] [S1550 E1624: e0f' au9tw~n basile/a] {RP: - } [P1904 TR: to\n] a!ggelon th=j a)bu/ssou: o1noma au0tw%~ 879Ebrai+sti\ {RP: 870Abbadw&n} [P1904 TR: 870Abaddw&n], {RP P1904: e0n de\} [TR: kai\ e0n] th|= 879Ellhnikh|= o1noma e1xei 870Apollu/wn. {RP P1904: They had} [TR: And they had] a king over them – {RP: the} [P1904 TR: the] angel of the abyss. His name in Hebraic is Abbadon, and in Greek he has the name Apollyon. e1xousai, having, RP F1859=11/13 vs. e1xousin, they have, P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n) vs. kai\ e1xousin, and they have, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m).
basile/a e0p' au0tw~n, a king + over them, RP P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. e0p' au0tw~n basile/a, over them + a king, S1894 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's fn) vs. e0f' au9tw~n basile/a, over themselves a king, S1550 E1624 F1859=0/13 vs. another reading, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's lm).
to\n, the (angel): absent in RP F1859=10/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's fln).
870Abbadw&n, Abbadon, RP F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's bcen) vs. 870Abaddw&n, Abaddon, P1904 TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's j) vs. 7 other spellings, F1859=8/13. The AV reads Abaddon.
e0n de\, but in, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. kai\ e0n, and in, TR F1859=0/13.
Rev 9:12 879H ou0ai\ h9 mi/a a)ph=lqen: i0dou/, {RP: e1rxetai} [P1904 TR: e1rxontai] e1ti du/o ou0ai\ meta_ tau=ta. The first woe has passed. Behold, two more woes are coming after these things. e1rxetai, come (singular, perhaps in the sense of two → a pair), RP F1859=11/13 vs. e1rxontai, come (plural), P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's mn).
Rev 9:13 Kai\ o9 e3ktoj a!ggeloj e0sa&lpisen, kai\ h1kousa fwnh\n mi/an e0k tw~n tessa&rwn kera&twn tou= qusiasthri/ou tou= xrusou= tou= e0nw&pion tou= qeou=, Then the sixth angel sounded the trumpet, and I heard a voice from the four horns of the golden altar which is before God a voice ← one voice.
Rev 9:14 {RP-text TR: le/gousan} [RP-marg P1904: le/gontoj] tw%~ e3ktw% a)gge/lw% {RP P1904: o9 e1xwn} [TR: o4j ei]xe] th\n sa&lpigga, Lu=son tou\j te/ssaraj a)gge/louj tou\j dedeme/nouj e0pi\ tw%~ potamw%~ tw%~ mega&lw% Eu0fra&th|. say to the sixth angel who had the trumpet, “Release the four angels who are bound at the great river, the Euphrates.” le/gousan, saying (agreeing with voice), RP-text TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's hlmn) vs. le/gontoj, saying (attracted to altar), RP-marg P1904 F1859=9/13. A disparity with RP-text, R=5:10.
o9 e1xwn, he having, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. o4j ei]xe, who had, TR F1859=0/13 vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m).
Rev 9:15 Kai\ e0lu/qhsan oi9 te/ssarej a!ggeloi oi9 h9toimasme/noi ei0j th\n w#ran kai\ {RP-text P1904: ei0j th\n} [RP-marg: th\n] [TR: - ] h9me/ran kai\ mh=na kai\ e0niauto/n, i3na a)poktei/nwsin to\ tri/ton tw~n a)nqrw&pwn. So the four angels who had been prepared for the hour and {RP-text P1904: for the} [RP-marg: the] [TR: - ] day and month and year were released, in order that they should kill one third of men. ei0j th\n, for the (day), RP-text P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. th\n, the (day), RP-marg F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hn) vs. words absent, TR F1859=0/13.
Rev 9:16 Kai\ o9 a)riqmo\j {RP P1904: tw~n} [TR: - ] strateuma&twn tou= {RP-text P1904: i3ppou} [RP-marg TR: i9ppikou=] {RP: - } [P1904 TR: du/o] muria&dej muria&dwn: {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\] h1kousa to\n a)riqmo\n au0tw~n. And the number of {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] cavalry troops was {RP: hundreds of millions} [P1904 TR: two hundred million]. {RP P1904: - } [TR: And] I heard the number of them. tw~n, of the (troops): present in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/13.
i3ppou, of (the) horse → cavalry, RP-text P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. i9ppikou=, of (the) cavalry, RP-marg TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's cl) vs. other readings, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's bn).
du/o, two: absent in RP F1859=11/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's c). AV differs textually.
kai\, and (I heard): absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13.
{RP: hundreds of millions ← tens of thousands of tens of thousands.}
Rev 9:17 Kai\ ou3twj ei]don tou\j i3ppouj e0n th|= o9ra&sei, kai\ tou\j kaqhme/nouj e0p' au0tw~n, e1xontaj qw&rakaj puri/nouj kai\ u9akinqi/nouj kai\ qeiw&deij: kai\ ai9 kefalai\ tw~n i3ppwn w(j kefalai\ leo/ntwn, kai\ e0k tw~n stoma&twn au0tw~n e0kporeu/etai pu=r kai\ kapno\j kai\ qei=on. And this is how in the vision I saw the horses and those seated on them: they had fiery and violet and sulphurous breast-plates, and the heads of the horses were like the heads of lions, and fire and smoke and sulphur came out of their mouths. this is how ← thus.
they had ← having.
Rev 9:18 {RP P1904: 870Apo\} [TR: 879Upo\] tw~n triw~n {RP P1904: plhgw~n} [TR: - ] tou/twn a)pekta&nqhsan to\ tri/ton tw~n a)nqrw&pwn, {RP-text: a)po\} [RP-marg P1904 TR: e0k] tou= puro\j kai\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: e0k] tou= kapnou= kai\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: e0k] tou= qei/ou tou= e0kporeuome/nou e0k tw~n stoma&twn au0tw~n. One third of men were killed by these three {RP P1904: plagues} [TR: - ], by the fire and {RP P1904: - } [TR: by] the smoke and {RP P1904: - } [TR: by] the sulphur which came out of their mouths. a)po\, (killed) from → by, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. u9po\, (killed) by, TR F1859=0/13.
plhgw~n, plagues: present in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
a)po\, from → by, RP-text F1859=11/13 vs. e0k, out of → by, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hn).
Twice: e0k, out of → by: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. present in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's c).
Rev 9:19 {RP P1904 S1894: 879H ga_r e0cousi/a} [S1550 E1624: Ai9 ga_r e0cousi/ai] {RP P1904: tw~n i3ppwn} [TR: au0tw~n] e0n tw%~ sto/mati au0tw~n {RP P1904 S1894: e0sti/n,} [S1550 E1624: ei0sin] {RP P1904 S1894: kai\ e0n tai=j ou0rai=j au0tw~n} [S1550 E1624: - ]: ai9 ga_r ou0rai\ au0tw~n o3moiai {RP-text: o1fewn} [RP-marg P1904 TR: o1fesin], e1xousai kefala&j, kai\ e0n au0tai=j a)dikou=sin. For the {RP P1904 S1894: instrument of authority} [S1550 E1624: instruments of authority] of {RP P1904: the horses} [TR: them] {RP P1904 S1894: is} [S1550 E1624: are] in their mouth {RP P1904 S1894: and in their tails} [S1550 E1624: - ]. For their tails are like serpents, having heads, and they do harm with them. h9 ga_r e0cousi/a, for the authority, RP P1904 S1894 F1859=13/13 vs. ai9 ga_r e0cousi/ai, for the authorities, S1550 E1624 F1859=0/13.
tw~n i3ppwn, of the horses, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. au0tw~n, of them, TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
e0sti/n, is, RP P1904 S1894 F1859=13/13 vs. ei0sin, are, S1550 E1624 F1859=0/13.
kai\ e0n tai=j ou0rai=j au0tw~n, and in their tails: present in RP P1904 S1894 F1859=13/13 (with minor variations in e and m) vs. absent in S1550 E1624 F1859=0/13.
o1fewn, serpents (genitive, the less usual case, but also found classically), RP-text F1859=10/13 vs. o1fesin, serpents (dative, the usual case), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's fhn).
Rev 9:20 Kai\ oi9 loipoi\ tw~n a)nqrw&pwn, oi4 ou0k a)pekta&nqhsan e0n tai=j plhgai=j tau/taij, {RP P1904 S1894: ou0} [S1550 E1624: ou1te] meteno/hsan e0k tw~n e1rgwn tw~n xeirw~n au0tw~n, i3na mh\ proskunh/swsin ta_ daimo/nia, kai\ {RP P1904: ta_} [TR: - ] ei1dwla ta_ xrusa~ kai\ ta_ a)rgura~ {RP-text P1904 TR: kai\ ta_ xalka~} [RP-marg: - ] kai\ ta_ li/qina kai\ ta_ cu/lina, a$ ou1te ble/pein {RP-text P1904 TR: du/natai} [RP-marg: du/nantai], ou1te a)kou/ein, ou1te peripatei=n: But the rest of men, who were not killed by these plagues, did not repent {RP P1904 S1894: - } [S1550 E1624: either] of the works of their hands, so as not to worship the demons and {RP P1904: the} [TR: - ] golden and silver {RP-text P1904 TR: and bronze} [RP-marg: - ] and stone and wooden idols, which can neither see nor hear nor walk around. ou0, (did) not, RP P1904 S1894 F1859=12/13 vs. ou1te, and (did) not, S1550 E1624 F1859=0/13 vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's f). As AV reads yet (from ou1te?), we have a challenge to S1894.
ta_, the (idols): present in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/13.
kai\ ta_ xalka~, and the bronze: present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's fhmn) vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=9/13. A disparity with RP-text, R=6:9.
du/natai, can (classical singular with neuter plural subject), RP-text P1904 TR F1859=10/13 vs. du/nantai, can (non-classical plural form), RP-marg F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's lmn).
Ps 115:4-5, Ps 115:7, Ps 135:15-16 (and elsewhere).
Rev 9:21 kai\ ou0 meteno/hsan e0k tw~n fo/nwn au0tw~n, ou1te e0k tw~n {RP-text P1904 TR: farmakeiw~n} [RP-marg: farma&kwn] au0tw~n, ou1te e0k th=j pornei/aj au0tw~n, ou1te e0k tw~n klemma&twn au0tw~n. And they did not repent of their murders, or of their sorceries, or of their fornication, or of their thefts. farmakeiw~n, spells, occultisms, potions (1), RP-text P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's ehjn) vs. farma&kwn, spells, occultisms, potions (2), RP-marg F1859=6/13 vs. phrase absent, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's dk) vs. another spelling, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l). Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=6:6.
Rev 10:1 Kai\ ei]don {RP: - } [P1904 TR: a!llon] a!ggelon i0sxuro\n katabai/nonta e0k tou= ou0ranou=, peribeblhme/non nefe/lhn, kai\ {RP P1904: h9} [TR: - ] i]rij e0pi\ th=j kefalh=j {RP P1904: au0tou=} [TR: - ], kai\ to\ pro/swpon au0tou= w(j o9 h3lioj, kai\ oi9 po/dej au0tou= w(j stu/loi puro/j: Then I saw {RP: a} [P1904 TR: another] mighty angel descending from heaven, clothed in a cloud, with an iridescent sheen on {RP P1904: his} [TR: his] head, while his face was like the sun, and his legs were like pillars of fire. a!llon, another: absent in RP F1859=11/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's lm).
h9, the (iridescent sheen): present in RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's kln).
au0tou=, his (head): present in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/13.
legs ← feet. Perhaps a Hebraism; רֶגֶל, regel, applies from the sole up to at least the knee, but in the AV is only translated leg in 1 Sam 17:6. In English the shin area is part of the leg rather than the foot.
Rev 10:2 kai\ {RP-text P1904: e1xwn} [RP-marg TR: ei]xen] e0n th|= xeiri\ au0tou= {RP-text P1904: bibli/on} [RP-marg: biblida&rion] [TR: biblari/dion] a)new%gme/non: kai\ e1qhken to\n po/da au0tou= to\n decio\n e0pi\ {RP P1904: th=j qala&sshj} [TR: th\n qa&lassan], to\n de\ eu0w&numon e0pi\ {RP P1904: th=j gh=j} [TR: th\n gh=n], And he had in his hand an open book, and he put his right foot on the sea and his left one on land, e1xwn, having, RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. ei]xen, he had (imperfect), RP-marg TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's hln).
bibli/on, a little book (single diminutive, not emphatic), RP-text P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. biblida&rion, a little book (double diminutive 1), RP-marg F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's fhln) vs. biblari/dion, a little book (double diminutive 2), TR F1859=0/13.
th=j qala&sshj, (on) the sea, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. th\n qa&lassan, (onto) the sea, TR F1859=0/13.
th=j gh=j, (on) the land, RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. th\n gh=n, (onto) the land, TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's bd).
Rev 10:3 kai\ e1kracen fwnh|= mega&lh| w#sper le/wn muka~tai: kai\ o3te e1kracen, e0la&lhsan ai9 e9pta_ brontai\ ta_j e9autw~n fwna&j. and he cried out in a loud voice, as when a lion roars. And when he had cried out, the seven thunders uttered their sounds. uttered their sounds ← spoke their own voices.
Rev 10:4 Kai\ o3te e0la&lhsan ai9 e9pta_ brontai/ {RP P1904: - } [TR: ta_j fwna_j e9autw~n], e1mellon gra&fein: kai\ h1kousa fwnh\n e0k tou= ou0ranou=, {RP P1904: le/gousan} [TR: le/gousa&n moi], Sfra&gison a$ e0la&lhsan ai9 e9pta_ brontai/, kai\ mh\ {RP P1904: au0ta_} [TR: tau=ta] gra&yh|j. Then when the seven thunders {RP P1904: had spoken} [TR: uttered their sounds], I was about to write {RP P1904: it} [TR: them] down. But I heard a voice from heaven say {RP P1904: - } [TR: to me], “Seal up the things that the seven thunders uttered, and do not write {RP P1904: them} [TR: these things] down.” ta_j fwna_j e9autw~n, their own voices (1): absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13 (but a similar reading below) vs. ta_j e9autw~n fwna_j, their own voices (2), F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m).
moi, (say) to me: absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13.
au0ta_, them, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. tau=ta, these (things), TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's h).
Dan 8:26, Dan 12:4.
Rev 10:5 Kai\ o9 a!ggeloj o4n ei]don e9stw~ta e0pi\ th=j qala&sshj kai\ e0pi\ th=j gh=j h]ren th\n xei=ra au0tou= {RP P1904: th\n decia_n} [TR: - ] ei0j to\n ou0rano/n, Then the angel whom I saw standing on the sea and on the land raised his {RP P1904: right} [TR: - ] hand towards heaven, th\n decia_n, (the) right (hand one): present in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
Dan 12:7.
Rev 10:6 kai\ w!mosen {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: e0n] tw%~ zw~nti ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj tw~n ai0w&nwn, o4j e1ktisen to\n ou0rano\n kai\ ta_ e0n au0tw%~, kai\ th\n gh=n kai\ ta_ e0n au0th|=, kai\ th\n qa&lassan kai\ ta_ e0n au0th|=, o3ti xro/noj {RP P1904: ou0ke/ti e1stai} [TR: ou0k e1stai e/ti]: and he swore by him who lives throughout the durations of the ages, who created heaven and the things in it, and the earth and the things in it, and the sea and the things in it, that there would no longer be any delay, e0n, (swore) by (strengthening the dative): absent in RP-text F1859=9/13 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's chln).
ou0ke/ti e1stai, no longer + will be, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. ou0k e1stai e/ti, not + will be + (any) longer, TR F1859=0/13.
delay ← time, as AV, so AV differs somewhat.
Rev 10:7 {RP P1904: a)ll'} [TR: a)lla_] e0n tai=j h9me/raij th=j fwnh=j tou= e9bdo/mou a)gge/lou, o3tan me/llh| salpi/zein, kai\ {RP-text P1904: e0tele/sqh} [RP-marg TR: telesqh|=] to\ musth/rion tou= qeou=, w(j eu0hgge/lisen {RP P1904: tou\j dou/louj au0tou= tou\j profh/taj} [TR: toi=j e9autou= dou=loij toi=j profh/taij]. but that these things would take place in the days of the sounding of the seventh angel, when he proceeds to sound the trumpet, and the mystery of God {RP-text P1904: has been completed} [RP-marg TR: is completed], as he proclaimed to his servants the prophets. a)ll', but (apocopated), RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. a)lla_, but (unapocopated), TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's f).
e0tele/sqh, (and) it was (→ has been) completed, RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. telesqh|=, (when) it is completed, RP-marg TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hn) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l).
tou\j dou/louj au0tou= tou\j profh/taj, (proclaimed to) his servants the prophets (accusative), RP P1904 F1859=11/13 (with minor variations in fk) vs. toi=j e9autou= dou=loij toi=j profh/taij, (proclaimed) to his servants the prophets (dative), TR F1859=0/13 vs. other readings, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's jn).
sounding ← voice; sound.
proceeds ← is about to.
Rev 10:8 Kai\ h9 fwnh\ h4n h1kousa e0k tou= ou0ranou=, pa&lin lalou=sa met' e0mou=, kai\ le/gousa, 873Upage, la&be to\ {RP P1904: biblida&rion} [TR: biblari/dion] to\ {RP P1904: a)new%gme/non} [TR: h0new%gme/non] e0n th|= xeiri\ {RP P1904: tou=} [TR: - ] a)gge/lou tou= e9stw~toj e0pi\ th=j qala&sshj kai\ e0pi\ th=j gh=j. Then the voice which I heard from heaven spoke with me again and said, “Go and take the book which is open in the hand of {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] angel standing on the sea and on land.” biblida&rion, little book (double diminutive 1), RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. biblari/dion, little book (double diminutive 2), TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's g) vs. bibli/on, little book (single diminutive, not emphatic), F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's f).
a)new%gme/non, opened (double augment), RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. h0new%gme/non, opened (triple augment), TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's cm).
tou=, (of) the (angel): present in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's d).
Rev 10:9 Kai\ {RP TR: a)ph=lqon} [P1904: a)ph=lqa] pro\j to\n a!ggelon, le/gwn au0tw%~ {RP-text P1904: dou=nai/} [RP-marg TR: , Do/j] moi to\ {RP P1904: biblida&rion} [TR: biblari/dion]. Kai\ le/gei moi, La&be kai\ kata&fage au0to/: kai\ pikranei= sou th\n koili/an, a)ll' e0n tw%~ sto/mati/ sou e1stai gluku\ w(j me/li. So I set off to the angel {RP-text P1904: to tell him to give me the book,} [RP-marg TR: and I said to him, “Give me the book”,] and he said to me, “Take it and consume it, and it will make your stomach bitter, but in your mouth it will be as sweet as honey.” a)ph=lqon, I departed (classical form), RP TR F1859=11/13 vs. a)ph=lqa, I departed (non-classical form), P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's j) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's d).
dou=nai/, (telling) him to give (me), RP-text P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. do/j, saying to him, “Give (me) ... ”, RP-marg TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hn).
biblida&rion, little book (double diminutive 1), RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. biblari/dion, little book (double diminutive 2), TR F1859=0/13.
Ezek 3:1, Ezek 3:3.
{RP-text P1904: to tell ← telling, present participle for classical future participle of purpose.}
Rev 10:10 Kai\ e1labon to\ {RP-text P1904: bibli/on} [RP-marg: biblida&rion] [TR: biblari/dion] e0k th=j xeiro\j tou= a)gge/lou, kai\ kate/fagon au0to/, kai\ h]n e0n tw%~ sto/mati/ mou w(j me/li, gluku/: kai\ o3te e1fagon au0to/, e0pikra&nqh h9 koili/a mou. So I took the book from the hand of the angel and consumed it, and it was as sweet as honey in my mouth, but when I had eaten it, my stomach was made bitter. bibli/on, little book (single diminutive, not emphatic), RP-text P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. biblida&rion, little book (double diminutive 1), RP-marg F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's dfhn) vs. biblari/dion, little book (double diminutive 2), TR F1859=0/13.
Rev 10:11 Kai\ {RP-text P1904: le/gousi/n} [RP-marg TR: le/gei] moi, Dei= se pa&lin profhteu=sai e0pi\ laoi=j kai\ {RP: e0pi\} [P1904 TR: - ] e1qnesin kai\ glw&ssaij kai\ basileu=sin polloi=j. Then {RP-text P1904: they} [RP-marg TR: he] said to me, “You must prophesy again concerning many peoples and nations and tongues and kings.” le/gousi/n, they say, RP-text P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. le/gei, he says, RP-marg TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's chln). AV differs textually.
e0pi\ (second occurrence in verse), about, concerning: present in RP F1859=12/13 vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's c).
Rev 11:1 Kai\ e0do/qh moi ka&lamoj o3moioj r(a&bdw%, {RP P1904 S1550: - } [E1624 S1894: kai\ o9 a!ggeloj ei9sth/kei,] le/gwn, {RP-text TR: 871Egeirai} [RP-marg P1904: 871Egeire], kai\ me/trhson to\n nao\n tou= qeou=, kai\ to\ qusiasth/rion, kai\ tou\j proskunou=ntaj e0n au0tw%~. And I was given a reed like a staff, {RP P1904 S1550: and he said} [E1624 S1894: and the angel was standing and said], “Arise and measure the sanctuary of God and the altar and those who worship in it, kai\ o9 a!ggeloj ei9sth/kei, and the angel was standing: absent in RP P1904 S1550 F1859=10/13 vs. present in E1624 S1894 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's fhm). AV differs textually.
e1geirai, arise (aorist middle), RP-text TR F1859=7/13 vs. e1geire, arise (present active), RP-marg P1904 F1859=6/13. Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=8:7.
Ezek 40-43 (measurements of the temple).
I was given ← to me was given.
and those: [CB] has and (record) those; others, and (count) those, by zeugma of me/trhson.
Rev 11:2 Kai\ th\n au0lh\n th\n {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: e1cwqen} [S1550: e1swqen] tou= naou= e1kbale {RP-text P1904 TR: e1cw} [RP-marg: e1cwqen], kai\ mh\ au0th\n metrh/sh|j, o3ti e0do/qh toi=j e1qnesin: kai\ th\n po/lin th\n a(gi/an path/sousin mh=naj {RP-text: tessara&konta kai\ du/o} [RP-marg P1904 TR: tessara&konta du/o] [RP-marg2: M6B6]. but omit the courtyard {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: outside} [S1550: inside] the sanctuary, and do not measure it, because it is given to the Gentiles, and they will trample on the holy city for forty-two months. e1cwqen, (from) outside, RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=12/13 (misspelled in f) vs. e1swqen, (from) inside, S1550 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m).
e1cw, outside → (leave / omit) out, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=9/13 vs. e1cwqen, from outside → (leave / omit) out, RP-marg F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's fhmn).
tessara&konta kai\ du/o, forty and two, RP-text F1859=9/13 vs. tessara&konta du/o, forty-two, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's fm) vs. M6B6, 42, RP-marg2 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hn).
Dan 7:25, Dan 12:7 (times, time and a half, i.e. 3½ years, = 42 months, = 1260 days).
Rev 11:3 Kai\ dw&sw toi=j dusi\n ma&rtusi/n mou, kai\ profhteu/sousin h9me/raj xili/aj diakosi/aj e9ch/konta peribeblhme/noi sa&kkouj. But I will empower my two witnesses, and they will prophesy for one thousand two hundred and sixty days, clothed in sackcloth. empower ← give to; permit.
Dan 7:25, Dan 12:7 (times, time and a half, i.e. 3½ years, = 42 months, = 1260 days).
Rev 11:4 Ou[toi/ ei0sin ai9 du/o e0lai=ai, kai\ {RP P1904 S1894: ai9} [S1550 E1624: - ] du/o luxni/ai ai9 e0nw&pion tou= {RP P1904: kuri/ou} [TR: qeou=] th=j gh=j {RP-text P1904 TR: e9stw~sai} [RP-marg: e9stw~tej]. These are {RP P1904 S1894: the} [S1550 E1624: the] two olive trees and the two lampstands which stand before the {RP P1904: Lord} [TR: God] of the earth. ai9, the (two lampstands): present in RP P1904 S1894 F1859=13/13 vs. absent in S1550 E1624 F1859=0/13.
kuri/ou, Lord, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. qeou=, God, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n). AV differs textually.
e9stw~sai, standing (feminine, agreeing with olive trees and lampstands), RP-text P1904 TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's eghjln, but gln with smooth breathing) vs. e9stw~tej, standing (masculine, agreeing with these), RP-marg F1859=7/13 (dk with smooth breathing). Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=8:7.
Zech 4:3.
Rev 11:5 Kai\ ei1 tij au0tou\j {RP P1904: qe/lei} [TR: qe/lh|] a)dikh=sai, pu=r e0kporeu/etai e0k tou= sto/matoj au0tw~n, kai\ katesqi/ei tou\j e0xqrou\j au0tw~n: kai\ ei1 tij {RP P1904: qe/lei au0tou\j} [TR: au0tou\j qe/lh|] a)dikh=sai, ou3twj dei= au0to\n a)poktanqh=nai. And if anyone wishes to harm them, fire will come out of their mouth and devour their enemies. So if anyone wishes to harm them, he must be killed in this way. au0tou\j ... qe/lei, wishes ... them (first occurrence in verse) (present indicative), RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. au0tou\j ... qe/lh|, wishes... them (present subjunctive, non-classical after ei0), TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l). A word order difference in Scrivener's mfk.
qe/lei ... au0tou\j, wishes ... them (second occurrence in verse) (present indicative), RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. au0tou\j ... qe/lh|, wishes... them (present subjunctive, non-classical after ei0), TR F1859=0/13.
will come out ← comes out. Similarly devour is in the present tense in the Greek.
Rev 11:6 Ou[toi e1xousin {RP-text: to\n ou0rano\n e0cousi/an klei=sai} [RP-marg TR: e0cousi/an klei=sai to\n ou0rano/n] [P1904: e0cousi/an to\n ou0rano\n klei=sai], i3na mh\ {RP P1904: u9eto\j bre/xh|} [TR: bre/xh| u9eto\j] {RP P1904: ta_j h9me/raj} [TR: e0n h9me/raij] {RP P1904: th=j profhtei/aj au0tw~n} [TR: au0tw~n th=j profhtei/aj]: kai\ e0cousi/an e1xousin e0pi\ tw~n u9da&twn, stre/fein au0ta_ ei0j ai[ma, kai\ pata&cai th\n gh=n {RP-text: o9sa&kij e0a_n qelh/swsin e0n pa&sh| plhgh|=} [RP-marg P1904: e0n pa&sh| plhgh|= o9sa&kij e0a_n qelh/swsin] [TR: pa&sh| plhgh|= o9sa&kij e0a_n qelh/swsin]. These have authority to shut up the sky so that no rain falls {RP P1904: for the duration} [TR: in the days] of their prophecy, and they have power over the waters to turn them into blood, and to strike the earth with every kind of plague, as often as they wish. to\n ou0rano\n e0cousi/an klei=sai, heaven + authority to shut, RP-text F1859=9/13 (l misspelled) vs. e0cousi/an klei=sai to\n ou0rano\n, authority to shut + heaven, RP-marg TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hn) vs. e0cousi/an to\n ou0rano\n klei=sai, authority + heaven + to shut, P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's j) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's f).
u9eto\j bre/xh|, rain + precipitates, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 (kjn with minor variations) vs. bre/xh| u9eto\j, precipitates + rain, TR F1859=0/13.
ta_j h9me/raj, for the days, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. e0n h9me/raij, in (the) days, TR F1859=0/13.
th=j profhtei/aj au0tw~n, of the prophecy + their, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. au0tw~n th=j profhtei/aj, their + of the prophecy, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's g).
o9sa&kij e0a_n qelh/swsin e0n pa&sh| plhgh|=, as often as they wish + in every plague, RP-text F1859=8/13 (but fj read qe/lwsin) vs. e0n pa&sh| plhgh|= o9sa&kij e0a_n qelh/swsin, in every plague + as often as they wish, RP-marg P1904 F1859=0/13 vs. pa&sh| plhgh|= o9sa&kij e0a_n qelh/swsin, (with) every plague + as often as they wish, TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's ghn) vs. other readings, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's kl).
1 Ki 17:1, Ex 7-12 (plagues of Egypt).
{RP P1904: duration ← days.}
power ← authority.
Rev 11:7 Kai\ o3tan tele/swsin th\n marturi/an au0tw~n, to\ qhri/on to\ a)nabai=non e0k th=j a)bu/ssou poih/sei {RP P1904: met' au0tw~n po/lemon} [TR: po/lemon met' au0tw~n], kai\ nikh/sei au0tou/j, kai\ a)poktenei= au0tou/j. And when they complete their testimony, the beast who will come up out of the abyss will wage war on them and will overcome them and will kill them. met' au0tw~n po/lemon, with them + war, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. po/lemon met' au0tw~n, war + with them, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's k).
Dan 7:21.
will come up ← coming up.
wage war on ← make war with.
Rev 11:8 Kai\ {RP-text P1904: to\ ptw~ma} [RP-marg TR: ta_ ptw&mata] au0tw~n e0pi\ th=j platei/aj {RP P1904: th=j} [TR: - ] po/lewj th=j mega&lhj, h3tij kalei=tai pneumatikw~j So/doma kai\ Ai1guptoj, o3pou kai\ o9 ku/rioj {RP P1904: au0tw~n} [TR: h9mw~n] e0staurw&qh. And their {RP-text P1904: corpses} [RP-marg TR: corpses] will lie on the street of {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] great city which is spiritually called Sodom and Egypt, where indeed {RP P1904: their} [TR: our] Lord was crucified. to\ ptw~ma, the corpse, mortal remains, RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. ta_ ptw&mata, the corpses, RP-marg TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's hmn).
th=j, of the (city): present in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/13.
au0tw~n, their, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. h9mw~n, our, TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
{RP-text P1904: corpse ← corpses.}
Rev 11:9 Kai\ {RP P1904: ble/pousin} [TR: ble/yousin] e0k tw~n law~n kai\ fulw~n kai\ glwssw~n kai\ e0qnw~n {RP-text P1904: to\ ptw~ma} [RP-marg TR: ta_ ptw&mata] au0tw~n h9me/raj trei=j {RP: - } [P1904 TR: kai\] h3misu, kai\ ta_ ptw&mata au0tw~n ou0k a)fh/sousin teqh=nai ei0j {RP P1904: mnh=ma} [TR: mnh/mata]. And folk from the peoples and tribes and tongues and nations {RP P1904: will} [TR: will] see their {RP-text P1904: corpses} [RP-marg TR: corpses] for three {RP: and} [P1904 TR: and] a half days, and they will not permit their corpses to be put in {RP P1904: a tomb} [TR: tombs]. ble/pousin, they see, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. ble/yousin, they will see, TR F1859=0/13.
to\ ptw~ma, the corpse, mortal remains, RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. ta_ ptw&mata, the corpses, RP-marg TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's ghn).
kai\, (three) and (a half): absent in RP F1859=11/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's gn).
mnh=ma, a tomb, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. mnh/mata, tombs, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's k).
{RP-text P1904: corpses ← corpse.}
Rev 11:10 Kai\ oi9 katoikou=ntej e0pi\ th=j gh=j {RP P1904: xai/rousin} [TR: xarou=sin] e0p' au0toi=j kai\ eu0franqh/sontai, kai\ dw~ra {RP-text: dw&sousin} [RP-marg P1904 TR: pe/myousin] a)llh/loij, o3ti ou[toi oi9 du/o profh=tai e0basa&nisan tou\j katoikou=ntaj e0pi\ th=j gh=j. And those who dwell on the earth {RP P1904: will} [TR: will] rejoice over them, and they will be glad, and they will {RP-text: give} [RP-marg P1904 TR: send] gifts to each other because these two prophets tormented those who dwell on the earth.” xai/rousin, they rejoice (present indicative), RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. xarou=sin, will rejoice, TR F1859=0/13.
dw&sousin, will give, RP-text F1859=9/13 vs. pe/myousin, will send, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's ghln, but n reads pe/mpousin).
Rev 11:11 Kai\ meta_ {RP-text P1904 TR: ta_j} [RP-marg: - ] trei=j h9me/raj kai\ h3misu, pneu=ma zwh=j e0k tou= qeou= ei0sh=lqen {RP P1904: ei0j} [TR: e0p'] au0tou/j, kai\ e1sthsan e0pi\ tou\j po/daj au0tw~n, kai\ fo/boj me/gaj {RP-text TR: e1pesen} [RP-marg P1904: e0pe/pesen] e0pi\ tou\j qewrou=ntaj au0tou/j. Then after {RP-text P1904 TR: the} [RP-marg: - ] three and a half days the spirit of life from God entered them, and they stood up on their feet, while a great fear fell on those watching them. ta_j, the (three and a half days): present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=11/13 vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hn).
ei0j, into (going with entered), RP P1904 F1859=9/14 vs. e0p', onto, TR F1859=2/14 (Scrivener's hl) vs. e0n ¨au0toi=j©, in, F1859=2/14 (Scrivener's gn**) vs. word(s) missing, F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's n**).
e1pesen, fell, RP-text TR F1859=10/13 vs. e0pe/pesen, fell onto (verb strengthened by prefix), RP-marg P1904 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's dhl).
Rev 11:12 Kai\ {RP P1904: h1kousa} [TR: h1kousan] {RP-text P1904 TR: fwnh\n mega&lhn e0k tou= ou0ranou=, le/gousan} [RP-marg: fwnh=j mega&lhj e0k tou= ou0ranou=, legou/shj] au0toi=j, 870Ana&bhte w{de. Kai\ a)ne/bhsan ei0j to\n ou0rano\n e0n th|= nefe/lh|, kai\ e0qew&rhsan au0tou\j oi9 e0xqroi\ au0tw~n. Then {RP P1904: I heard} [TR: they heard] a loud voice from heaven say to them, “Come up here.” And they went up into heaven in a cloud while their enemies watched them. h1kousa, I heard, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. h1kousan, they heard, TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
fwnh\n mega&lhn e0k tou= ou0ranou=, le/gousan, a loud voice from heaven, saying (accusative, the usual case for things heard), RP-text P1904 TR F1859=10/13 vs. fwnh=j mega&lhj e0k tou= ou0ranou=, legou/shj, a loud voice from heaven, saying (genitive), RP-marg F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's ghn).
a cloud ← the cloud. See Gen 22:9.
while: temporal use of kai/.
Rev 11:13 {RP-text P1904 TR: Kai\ e0n} [RP-marg: 870En] e0kei/nh| th|= {RP P1904: h9me/ra%} [TR: w#ra%] e0ge/neto seismo\j me/gaj, kai\ to\ de/katon th=j po/lewj e1pesen, kai\ a)pekta&nqhsan e0n tw%~ seismw%~ o0no/mata a)nqrw&pwn, xilia&dej e9pta&: kai\ oi9 loipoi\ e1mfoboi e0ge/nonto, kai\ e1dwkan do/can tw%~ qew%~ tou= ou0ranou=. {RP-text P1904: And on that day} [RP-marg: On that day] [TR: And at that hour] a great earthquake took place, and a tenth of the city collapsed, and seven thousand people in the population were killed in the earthquake, while the remainder became fearful and gave glory to the God of heaven. kai\, and: present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's ghlmn) vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=8/13. A weak disparity with RP-text, R=7:8.
h9me/ra%, day, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. w#ra%, hour, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's g). AV differs textually.
people in the population ← names of men.
Rev 11:14 879H ou0ai\ h9 deute/ra a)ph=lqen: {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: - } [S1894: kai\] {RP P1904: h9 ou0ai\ h9 tri/th, i0dou/,} [TR: i0dou/, h9 ou0ai\ h9 tri/th] e1rxetai taxu/. The second woe departed. {RP P1904: As for the third woe, behold, it} [S1550 E1624: Behold, the third woe] [S1894: And behold, the third woe] is coming quickly. kai\, and: absent in RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=12/13 vs. present in S1894 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l). A challenge to S1894, as the AV italicizes and.
h9 ou0ai\ h9 tri/th, i0dou/, the third woe + behold, RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. i0dou/, h9 ou0ai\ h9 tri/th, behold + the third woe, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's g, but second h9 absent) vs. other readings, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ln).
Rev 11:15 Kai\ o9 e3bdomoj a!ggeloj e0sa&lpisen, kai\ e0ge/nonto fwnai\ mega&lai e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~, le/gousai, {RP P1904: 870Ege/neto h9 basilei/a} [TR: 870Ege/nonto ai9 basilei=ai] tou= ko/smou, tou= kuri/ou h9mw~n, kai\ tou= xristou= au0tou=, kai\ basileu/sei ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj tw~n ai0w&nwn. Then the seventh angel sounded the trumpet, and there were loud voices in heaven, and they said, “The {RP P1904: kingdom of the world has} [TR: kingdoms of the world have] become {RP P1904: the kingdom} [TR: the kingdoms] of our Lord and his Christ, and he will reign throughout the durations of the ages.” e0ge/neto h9 basilei/a, the kingdom became, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. e0ge/nonto ai9 basilei=ai, the kingdoms became, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l). AV differs textually.
Ex 15:18, Ps 146:10.
Rev 11:16 Kai\ oi9 {RP-text P1904: ei1kosi te/ssarej} [RP-marg: K6D6] [TR: ei1kosi kai\ te/ssarej] presbu/teroi oi9 e0nw&pion {RP-text P1904: tou= qro/nou} [RP-marg TR: - ] tou= qeou= {RP-text TR: kaqh/menoi} [RP-marg P1904: oi4 ka&qhntai] e0pi\ tou\j qro/nouj au0tw~n, {RP: e1peson} [P1904 TR: e1pesan] e0pi\ ta_ pro/swpa au0tw~n, kai\ proseku/nhsan tw%~ qew%~, Then the twenty-four elders who sit on their thrones before {RP-text P1904: the throne of} [RP-marg TR: - ] God fell face down and worshipped God, ei1kosi te/ssarej, twenty-four, RP-text P1904 F1859=7/13 vs. K6D6, 24, RP-marg F1859=6/13 vs. ei1kosi kai\ te/ssarej, twenty and four, TR F1859=0/13.
tou= qro/nou, of the throne: present in RP-text P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. absent in RP-marg TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's ghkn). AV differs textually.
kaqh/menoi, sitting, RP-text TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's fhln, f containing oi9) vs. oi4 ka&qhntai, who sit, RP-marg P1904 F1859=9/13 (incl. g which lacks oi9). A disparity with RP-text, R=5:10.
e1peson, they fell (classical form), RP F1859=10/13 vs. e1pesan, they fell (non-classical form), P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's djl).
Rev 11:17 le/gontej, Eu0xaristou=me/n soi, ku/rie o9 qeo\j o9 pantokra&twr, o9 w@n kai\ o9 h]n {RP: - } [P1904 TR: kai\ o9 e0rxo/menoj], o3ti ei1lhfaj th\n du/nami/n sou th\n mega&lhn, kai\ e0basi/leusaj. and they said, “We give you thanks, Lord God the Almighty, who is and who was {RP: - } [P1904 TR: and who is to come], because you have taken up your great power and started to reign. kai\ o9 e0rxo/menoj, and the (one) coming: absent in RP F1859=10/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's ghn). AV differs textually.
[P1904 TR: is to come ← is coming.]
started to reign: inceptive aorist.
Rev 11:18 Kai\ ta_ e1qnh w)rgi/sqhsan, kai\ h]lqen h9 o0rgh/ sou, kai\ o9 kairo\j tw~n {RP TR: nekrw~n} [P1904: e0qnw~n] kriqh=nai, kai\ dou=nai to\n misqo\n toi=j dou/loij sou toi=j profh/taij kai\ toi=j a(gi/oij {RP TR: kai\} [P1904: - ] toi=j foboume/noij to\ o1noma& sou, toi=j mikroi=j kai\ toi=j mega&loij, kai\ diafqei=rai tou\j {RP TR: diafqei/rontaj} [P1904: diafqei/rantaj] th\n gh=n. Then the Gentiles became angry, and your wrath came, as did the time for the {RP TR: dead} [P1904: Gentiles] to be judged, and to give your servants the prophets and the saints {RP TR: and those who} [P1904: who] fear your name, those small and great, their reward, and to destroy those {RP TR: who are destroying} [P1904: who have destroyed] the earth.” nekrw~n, dead, RP TR F1859=12/13 vs. e0qnw~n, Gentiles, P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's k).
kai\, and: present in RP TR F1859=12/13 vs. absent in P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n).
diafqei/rontaj, destroying, RP TR F1859=10/13 vs. diafqei/rantaj, having destroyed, or destroying, P1904 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's hlm).
saints: see Matt 27:52.
small and great ← the small and the great, which we take as qualifying the preceding categories rather than introducing a new category of servants.
Rev 11:19 Kai\ {RP-text P1904 TR: h0noi/gh} [RP-marg: h0noi/xqh] o9 nao\j tou= qeou= {RP TR: - } [P1904: o9] e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~, kai\ w!fqh h9 kibwto\j th=j diaqh/khj {RP-text: tou= kuri/ou} [RP-marg TR: au0tou=] [P1904: kuri/ou] e0n tw%~ naw%~ au0tou=: kai\ e0ge/nonto a)strapai\ kai\ fwnai\ kai\ brontai\ {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: kai\ seismo\j] kai\ xa&laza mega&lh. Then the sanctuary of God, {RP TR: which} [P1904: which] is in heaven, was opened, and the ark of {RP-text: the Lord's covenant} [RP-marg TR: his covenant] [P1904: the Lord's covenant] in his sanctuary appeared, and lightning flashes and voices and thunderclaps {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: and an earthquake] and a heavy hailstorm took place, h0noi/gh, was opened (1), RP-text P1904 TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's fghlmn, gn with rough breathing) vs. h0noi/xqh, was opened (2), RP-marg F1859=7/13. Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=8:7.
o9, the / which (going with in heaven): absent in RP TR F1859=10/13 vs. present in P1904 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's fgm).
tou= kuri/ou, of the Lord, RP-text F1859=8/13 vs. au0tou=, his, RP-marg TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's gmn) vs. kuri/ou, of (the) Lord, P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l) vs. tou= qeou=, of God, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's b). AV differs textually.
kai\ seismo\j, and an (earth)quake: absent in RP-text F1859=10/13 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's gmn, but m reading seismoi/, earthquakes). AV differs textually.
heavy hailstorm ← great hail.
Rev 12:1 Kai\ shmei=on me/ga w!fqh e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~, gunh\ peribeblhme/nh to\n h3lion, kai\ h9 selh/nh u9poka&tw tw~n podw~n au0th=j, kai\ e0pi\ th=j kefalh=j au0th=j ste/fanoj a)ste/rwn dw&deka: and a great sign appeared in the sky, a woman clothed in the sun, while the moon was below her feet, and on her head was a crown of twelve stars.
Rev 12:2 kai\ e0n gastri\ e1xousa, {RP P1904: e1krazen} [TR: kra&zei] w)di/nousa, kai\ basanizome/nh tekei=n. Now she was with child, and she was crying out, being with pains of labour and in the agony of giving birth. e1krazen, was shouting, RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. kra&zei, shouts, TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's gjn).
in the agony ← tormented.
Rev 12:3 Kai\ w!fqh a!llo shmei=on e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~, kai\ i0dou/, dra&kwn {RP-text: puro\j me/gaj} [RP-marg: me/gaj puro/j] [RP-marg2 TR: me/gaj purro/j] [RP-marg3 P1904: purro\j me/gaj], e1xwn kefala_j e9pta_ kai\ ke/rata de/ka, kai\ e0pi\ ta_j kefala_j au0tou= {RP P1904: e9pta_ diadh/mata} [TR: diadh/mata e9pta&]. Then another sign appeared in the sky, and there was a large {RP-text RP-marg: fiery} [RP-marg2 RP-marg3 P1904 TR: flame-coloured] dragon which had seven heads and ten horns, with seven diadems on its heads. puro\j me/gaj, of fire + large, RP-text F1859=9/13 vs. me/gaj puro/j, large + of fire, RP-marg F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's gmn) vs. me/gaj purro/j, large fire-coloured / red, RP-marg2 TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's h) vs. purro\j me/gaj, fire-coloured / red + large, RP-marg3 P1904 F1859=0/13. A disparity with RP-marg2, RP-marg3 (low manuscript counts).
e9pta_ diadh/mata, seven + diadems, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. diadh/mata e9pta&, diadems + seven, TR F1859=0/13.
Dan 7:19-20.
there was ← behold.
which: the question arises as to whether to ↴
Rev 12:4 Kai\ h9 ou0ra_ au0tou= su/rei to\ tri/ton tw~n a)ste/rwn tou= ou0ranou=, kai\ e1balen au0tou\j ei0j th\n gh=n: kai\ o9 dra&kwn e3sthken e0nw&pion th=j gunaiko\j th=j mellou/shj tekei=n, i3na, o3tan te/kh|, to\ te/knon au0th=j katafa&gh|. And its tail swept one third of the stars of the sky aside and cast them down to the earth. Then the dragon stood in front of the woman who was about to give birth in order to devour her child when she had given birth. ↳ maintain the figure of a dragon in the English pronouns (it, which) or to personify them (he, who). The word for dragon is masculine, so we cannot tell whether to think of “the dragon” as “him” or “it”. But the sense of a person-like being develops, so that we have Satan in Rev 12:9, referred to by a masculine pronoun in Rev 12:11. We opt for the use of masculine pronouns for the dragon in our English from Rev 12:7 onwards. On pronouns for the beast, see Rev 13:1.
Rev 12:5 Kai\ e1teken ui9o\n a!rrena, o4j me/llei poimai/nein pa&nta ta_ e1qnh e0n r(a&bdw% sidhra%~: kai\ h9rpa&sqh to\ te/knon au0th=j pro\j to\n qeo\n kai\ {RP P1904: pro\j} [TR: - ] to\n qro/non au0tou=. And she bore a son, a male, who was destined to tend all the nations with a rod of iron. Then her child was carried off to God and {RP P1904: to} [TR: to] his throne. pro\j, to (his throne): present in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/13.
Ps 2:9.
tend: or rule. See Rev 2:27.
Rev 12:6 Kai\ h9 gunh\ e1fugen ei0j th\n e1rhmon, o3pou e1xei {RP P1904: e0kei=} [TR: - ] to/pon h9toimasme/non {RP-text: u9po\} [RP-marg P1904 TR: a)po\] tou= qeou=, i3na e0kei= {RP-text: e0ktre/fwsin} [RP-marg P1904 TR: tre/fwsin] au0th\n h9me/raj xili/aj diakosi/aj e9ch/konta. And the woman fled into the desert where she had a place prepared by God in order to feed her there for one thousand two hundred and sixty days. e0kei=, there → where: present in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's f).
u9po\, by, RP-text F1859=10/12 vs. a)po\, from → by, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's gh).
e0ktre/fwsin, feed (strengthened by the prefix e0k), RP-text F1859=8/13 (incl. e0ktre/fousin k) vs. tre/fwsin, feed, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's efgmn). Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=8:7.
Dan 7:25, Dan 12:7 (times, time and a half, i.e. 3½ years, = 42 months, = 1260 days).
to feed ← that they should feed.
Rev 12:7 Kai\ e0ge/neto po/lemoj e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~: o9 Mixah\l kai\ oi9 a!ggeloi au0tou= {RP TR: - } [P1904: tou=] {RP P1904: polemh=sai meta_} [TR: e0pole/mhsan kata_] tou= dra&kontoj: kai\ o9 dra&kwn e0pole/mhsen, kai\ oi9 a!ggeloi au0tou=, Then war broke out in heaven. Michael and his angels {RP P1904: were to fight} [TR: fought] against the dragon, and the dragon fought them, as did his angels, tou=, (so as) to (strengthening the infinitive to fight): absent in RP TR F1859=11/13 vs. present in P1904 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's gh).
polemh=sai meta_, to wage war with, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. e0pole/mhsan kata_, they waged war against, TR F1859=0/13.
against ← with.
Rev 12:8 kai\ ou0k {RP-text P1904: i1sxusen} [RP-marg TR: i1sxusan], {RP P1904: ou0de\} [TR: ou1te] to/poj eu9re/qh {RP P1904: au0tw%~} [TR: au0tw~n] e1ti e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~. but {RP-text P1904: he did not prevail,} [RP-marg TR: they did not prevail,] nor was room found for {RP P1904: him} [TR: them] in heaven any longer. i1sxusen, he did (not) prevail, RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. i1sxusan, they did (not) prevail, RP-marg TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's gn) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's f). AV differs textually.
ou0de\, nor, not even, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. ou1te, and not, TR F1859=0/13.
au0tw%~, for him, RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. au0tw~n, their, TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's fgn). AV differs textually.
Dan 2:35.
Rev 12:9 Kai\ e0blh/qh o9 dra&kwn {RP TR: o9 me/gaj, o9 o1fij} [P1904: , o9 o1fij o9 me/gaj] o9 a)rxai=oj, o9 kalou/menoj dia&boloj kai\ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: o9] Satana~j, o9 planw~n th\n oi0koume/nhn o3lhn: e0blh/qh ei0j th\n gh=n, kai\ oi9 a!ggeloi au0tou= met' au0tou= e0blh/qhsan. And the {RP TR: great dragon, the old serpent} [P1904: dragon, the great old serpent], who is called the devil and Satan, who leads the whole world astray, was cast down. He was cast down to the earth, and his angels were cast down with him. o9 me/gaj, o9 o1fij, the great (dragon), the serpent, RP TR F1859=10/13 vs. o9 o1fij o9 me/gaj, the great serpent, P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's g) vs. other readings, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's cl).
o9, the (Satan): absent in RP F1859=12/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's g).
Rev 12:10 Kai\ h1kousa fwnh\n mega&lhn {RP P1904: e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~, le/gousan} [TR: le/gousan e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~], 871Arti e0ge/neto h9 swthri/a kai\ h9 du/namij kai\ h9 basilei/a tou= qeou= h9mw~n, kai\ h9 e0cousi/a tou= xristou= au0tou=: o3ti {RP P1904: e0blh/qh} [TR: kateblh/qh] o9 kath/goroj tw~n a)delfw~n h9mw~n, o9 kathgorw~n au0tw~n e0nw&pion tou= qeou= h9mw~n h9me/raj kai\ nukto/j. Then I heard a loud voice {RP P1904: in heaven which said} [TR: which said in heaven], “Now salvation has come about, as have the power and the kingdom of our God and the authority of his Christ, because the accuser of our brothers, who used to accuse them before our God day and night, has been {RP P1904: cast down} [TR: cast down].” e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~, le/gousan, in heaven + saying, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. le/gousan e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~, saying + in heaven, TR F1859=0/13 vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's g).
e0blh/qh, was cast (down), RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. kateblh/qh, was cast down, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's h).
used to accuse ← accusing, accuser, present participle, but the main verb is in the past.
Rev 12:11 Kai\ au0toi\ e0ni/khsan au0to\n dia_ to\ ai[ma tou= a)rni/ou, kai\ dia_ to\n lo/gon th=j marturi/aj au0tw~n, kai\ ou0k h0ga&phsan th\n yuxh\n au0tw~n a!xri qana&tou. And they overcame him by virtue of the blood of the lamb and by virtue of the word of their testimony, when they did not love their life, maintaining that resolve up to death. life ← soul.
Rev 12:12 Dia_ tou=to eu0frai/nesqe, {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: oi9] ou0ranoi\ kai\ oi9 e0n au0toi=j skhnou=ntej: Ou0ai\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: toi=j katoikou=sin] {RP: th|= gh|= kai\ th|= qala&ssh|} [P1904 TR: th\n gh=n kai\ th\n qa&lassan], o3ti kate/bh o9 dia&boloj pro\j u9ma~j e1xwn qumo\n me/gan, ei0dw_j o3ti o0li/gon kairo\n e1xei. On account of this, “Be jubilant, {RP-text P1904: O} [RP-marg TR: O] heavens, and you who dwell in them. Woe to {RP P1904: - } [TR: those who inhabit] the earth and the sea, because the devil has come down to you, harbouring great wrath, knowing that he has little time.” oi9, O (heavens): absent in RP-text P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. present in RP-marg TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's cgmn).
toi=j katoikou=sin, to those who dwell: absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13.
th|= gh|= kai\ th|= qala&ssh|, in / to the land and the sea (dative), RP F1859=11/13 vs. th\n gh=n kai\ th\n qa&lassan, (by) the land and the sea (accusative, as used in oaths), P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's gn).
Ps 96:11, Isa 49:13, 1 Chr 16:31.
knowing: causal use of the participle, but no causal word needed in English.
Rev 12:13 Kai\ o3te ei]den o9 dra&kwn o3ti e0blh/qh ei0j th\n gh=n, e0di/wcen th\n gunai=ka h3tij e1teken to\n a!rrena. And when the dragon saw that he had been cast down to the earth, he persecuted the woman who had given birth to the male child.
Rev 12:14 Kai\ e0do/qhsan th|= gunaiki\ du/o pte/rugej tou= a)etou= tou= mega&lou, i3na pe/thtai ei0j th\n e1rhmon ei0j to\n to/pon au0th=j, {RP P1904: o3pwj tre/fhtai} [TR: o3pou tre/fetai] e0kei= kairo/n, kai\ kairou/j, kai\ h3misu kairou=, a)po\ prosw&pou tou= o1fewj. But the woman was given a pair of a great eagle's wings, in order to fly into the desert, to her place, {RP P1904: in order to be fed there} [TR: where she was fed] for a time, and times, and half a time, away from the presence of the serpent. o3pwj tre/fhtai, in order that she might be fed, RP P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. o3pou tre/fetai, where she is fed, TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's bgn) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's f).
Dan 7:25, Dan 12:7 (times, time and a half, i.e. 3½ years, = 42 months, = 1260 days).
the woman was given a pair of a great eagle's wings ← to the woman two wings of the great eagle were given.
Rev 12:15 Kai\ e1balen o9 o1fij {RP P1904: e0k tou= sto/matoj au0tou= o0pi/sw th=j gunaiko\j} [TR: o0pi/sw th=j gunaiko\j e0k tou= sto/matoj au0tou=] u3dwr w(j potamo/n, i3na {RP P1904: au0th\n} [TR: tau/thn] potamofo/rhton poih/sh|. Then the serpent spewed water like a river out of its mouth, chasing after the woman, in order to get her swept away by the river. e0k tou= sto/matoj au0tou= o0pi/sw th=j gunaiko\j, out of its mouth + after the woman, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. o0pi/sw th=j gunaiko\j e0k tou= sto/matoj au0tou=, after the woman + out of its mouth, TR F1859=0/13.
au0th\n, her, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. tau/thn, this (woman), TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l).
spewed ← cast.
Rev 12:16 Kai\ e0boh/qhsen h9 gh= th|= gunaiki/, kai\ h1noicen h9 gh= to\ sto/ma au0th=j, kai\ kate/pien to\n potamo\n o4n e1balen o9 dra&kwn e0k tou= sto/matoj au0tou=. But the earth helped the woman, and the earth opened its mouth and swallowed the river which the dragon had spewed out of his mouth. spewed ← cast.
Rev 12:17 Kai\ w)rgi/sqh o9 dra&kwn e0pi\ th|= gunaiki/, kai\ a)ph=lqen poih=sai po/lemon meta_ tw~n loipw~n tou= spe/rmatoj au0th=j, tw~n throu/ntwn ta_j e0ntola_j tou= qeou= kai\ e0xo/ntwn th\n marturi/an {RP P1904: 870Ihsou=} [TR: tou= 870Ihsou= xristou=]. Then the dragon became angry with the woman and went away to wage war on the remainder of her seed, those who keep the commandments of God and who have the testimony of {RP P1904: Jesus} [TR: Jesus Christ]. 870Ihsou=, Jesus, RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. tou= 870Ihsou= xristou=, the Jesus Christ, TR F1859=0/13 vs. other readings, F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's dkl). AV differs textually.
wage war on ← make war with.
Rev 13:1 Kai\ e0sta&qhn e0pi\ th\n a!mmon th=j qala&sshj: kai\ ei]don e0k th=j qala&sshj qhri/on a)nabai=non, e1xon {RP P1904: ke/rata de/ka kai\ kefala_j e9pta&} [TR: kefala_j e9pta& kai\ ke/rata de/ka], kai\ e0pi\ tw~n kera&twn au0tou= de/ka diadh/mata, kai\ e0pi\ ta_j kefala_j au0tou= {RP P1904: o0no/mata} [TR: o1noma] blasfhmi/aj. Then I stood on the sand of the sea, ¶ and I saw a beast come up out of the sea, having {RP P1904: ten horns and seven heads,} [TR: seven heads and ten horns,] and on his horns were ten diadems, and on his heads {RP P1904: were} [TR: was a] blasphemous {RP P1904: names.} [TR: name.] ¶ Verse division: In S1550 E1624 numbering, Rev 13:1 begins here.
ke/rata de/ka kai\ kefala_j e9pta&, ten horns + and seven heads, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. kefala_j e9pta& kai\ ke/rata de/ka, seven heads + and ten horns, TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
o0no/mata, names, RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. o1noma, a name, TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's gn).
Dan 7:19-20.
his: although the Greek for the beast is neuter, this is a grammatical matter, and we opt for masculine pronouns in English from the start (notwithstanding his supernatural nature). At Rev 13:8, RP-marg, well supported from our sources, uses a Greek masculine pronoun. Everywhere else in RP, the pronoun for him, being genitive or dative, has the same form in the masculine and neuter.
Rev 13:2 Kai\ to\ qhri/on, o4 ei]don, h]n o3moion parda&lei, kai\ oi9 po/dej au0tou= w(j {RP P1904: a!rkou} [TR: a!rktou], kai\ to\ sto/ma au0tou= w(j sto/ma le/ontoj: kai\ e1dwken au0tw%~ o9 dra&kwn th\n du/namin au0tou=, kai\ to\n qro/non au0tou=, kai\ e0cousi/an mega&lhn. Now the beast whom I saw was like a leopard, but his feet were like those of a bear, whereas his mouth was like the mouth of a lion, and the dragon gave him his power and his throne and great authority. a!rkou, bear (non-classical spelling), RP P1904 F1859=9/15 vs. a!rktou, bear (classical spelling), TR F1859=6/15 (Scrivener's b**eghkm*).
Rev 13:3 Kai\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: ei]don] mi/an {RP P1904: e0k} [TR: - ] tw~n kefalw~n au0tou= {RP: w(sei\} [P1904 TR: w(j] e0sfagme/nhn ei0j qa&naton: kai\ h9 plhgh\ tou= qana&tou au0tou= e0qerapeu/qh: kai\ {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: e0qau/masen} [S1550: e0qauma&sqh] {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: o3lh h9 gh=} [S1550: e0n o3lh| th|= gh|=] o0pi/sw tou= qhri/ou: And {RP P1904: I saw} [TR: I saw] one of his heads apparently fatally struck, but his fatal blow was healed, and {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: the whole earth marvelled at the beast} [S1550: there was astonishment at the beast in the whole world]. ei]don, I saw: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. present in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's g). AV differs textually.
e0k, out of / of: present in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/13.
w(sei\, as if (1), RP F1859=10/13 vs. w(j, as if (2), P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's egn).
e0qau/masen, (it) marvelled, RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=12/13 vs. e0qauma&sqh, he was admired / marvelled at, S1550 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n).
o3lh h9 gh=, the whole world / land (marvelled), RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=12/13 vs. e0n o3lh| th|= gh|=, in the whole world / land, S1550 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n).
apparently fatally struck ← as if slaughtered into death.
at (2x) ← after.
Rev 13:4 kai\ proseku/nhsan {RP P1904: tw%~ dra&konti tw%~ dedwko/ti} [TR: to\n dra&konta o4j e1dwken] {RP P1904: th\n} [TR: - ] e0cousi/an tw%~ qhri/w%, kai\ proseku/nhsan {RP P1904: tw%~ qhri/w%} [TR: to\ qhri/on], le/gontej, Ti/j o3moioj tw%~ qhri/w%; {RP-text: Kai\ ti/j} [RP-marg P1904 TR: Ti/j] {RP-text: dunato\j} [RP-marg P1904 TR: du/natai] polemh=sai met' au0tou=; And they worshipped the dragon who had given {RP P1904: the} [TR: - ] authority to the beast, and they worshipped the beast and said, “Who is like the beast? {RP-text: And who} [RP-marg P1904 TR: Who] can go to war against him?” tw%~ dra&konti tw%~ dedwko/ti, the dragon the (one who) had given (all dative), RP P1904 F1859=11/13 (with lesser variations in fgmn) vs. to\n dra&konta o4j e1dwken, the dragon (accusative) who gave, TR F1859=0/13 vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's k) vs. words absent, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's e).
th\n, the (authority): present in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/13 vs. whole phrase absent, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's e).
tw%~ qhri/w%, the beast (dative), RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. to\ qhri/on, the beast (accusative), TR F1859=0/13.
kai\, and (who): present in RP-text F1859=5/13 vs. absent in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=8/13. A disparity with RP-text, R=5:10.
dunato\j, (is) able, RP-text F1859=9/13 vs. du/natai, can, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's gjmn).
go to war against ← war with.
Rev 13:5 Kai\ e0do/qh au0tw%~ sto/ma lalou=n mega&la kai\ {RP P1904: blasfhmi/an} [TR: blasfhmi/aj]: kai\ e0do/qh au0tw%~ e0cousi/a {RP P1904 E1624: po/lemon} [S1550 S1894: - ] poih=sai mh=naj tessara&konta du/o. Also, he was given a mouth speaking presumptuous things and {RP P1904: blasphemy,} [TR: blasphemies,] and he was given authority {RP P1904 E1624: to wage war} [S1550 S1894: to act] for forty-two months. blasfhmi/an, blasphemy, RP P1904 F1859=8/13 vs. blasfhmi/aj, blasphemies, TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's bg) vs. another reading, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's mn) vs. whole clause absent, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's c).
po/lemon, war: present in RP P1904 E1624 F1859=10/13 vs. absent in S1550 S1894 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's gn) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's f). AV differs textually.
Dan 7:25, Dan 12:7 (times, time and a half, i.e. 3½ years, = 42 months, = 1260 days).
he was given a mouth ← a mouth was given to him.
presumptuous ← great.
he was given authority ← authority was given to him.
Rev 13:6 Kai\ h1noicen to\ sto/ma au0tou= ei0j blasfhmi/an pro\j to\n qeo/n, blasfhmh=sai to\ o1noma au0tou=, kai\ th\n skhnh\n au0tou=, {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\] tou\j e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~ skhnou=ntaj. And he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme his name and his tabernacle {RP P1904: – } [TR: and] those who dwell in heaven. kai\, and: absent in RP P1904 F1859=10/14 vs. present in TR F1859=4/14 (Scrivener's ab**mn).
Rev 13:7 Kai\ e0do/qh au0tw%~ {RP: poih=sai po/lemon} [P1904 TR: po/lemon poih=sai] meta_ tw~n a(gi/wn, kai\ nikh=sai au0tou/j: kai\ e0do/qh au0tw%~ e0cousi/a e0pi\ pa~san fulh\n {RP P1904: kai\ lao\n} [TR: - ] kai\ glw~ssan kai\ e1qnoj. And he was granted to wage war against the saints and to overcome them, and he was given authority over every tribe {RP P1904: and people} [TR: - ] and tongue and nation. poih=sai po/lemon, to make + war, RP F1859=11/13 vs. po/lemon poih=sai, war + to make, P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's fm).
kai\ lao\n, and people: present in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's h). AV differs textually.
Dan 7:21.
he was granted ← it was given to him.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
he was given authority ← authority was given to him.
Rev 13:8 Kai\ proskunh/sousin {RP-text TR: au0tw%~} [RP-marg P1904: au0to\n] pa&ntej oi9 katoikou=ntej e0pi\ th=j gh=j, w{n ou0 ge/graptai {RP P1904: to\ o1noma} [TR: ta_ o0no/mata] e0n {RP P1904: tw%~ bibli/w%} [TR: th|= bi/blw%] th=j zwh=j tou= a)rni/ou {RP P1904: tou=} [TR: - ] e0sfagme/nou a)po\ katabolh=j ko/smou. And all those who dwell on the earth will worship him, those whose {RP P1904: name is} [TR: names are] not written in the book of life of the lamb slain since the overthrow of the world. au0tw%~, him (dative), RP-text TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's eghlm) vs. au0to\n, him (accusative), RP-marg P1904 F1859=8/13. A disparity with RP-text, R=6:9.
to\ o1noma, the name, RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. ta_ o0no/mata, the names, TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's gn).
tw%~ bibli/w%, the book (diminutive form but not emphatic), RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. th|= bi/blw%, the book, TR F1859=0/13.
tou=, the (one slaughtered): present in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/13.
Ps 69:29MT (Ps 69:28AV), Dan 12:1, Ex 32:32.
overthrow: AV differs; see Matt 13:35.
Rev 13:9 Ei1 tij e1xei ou]j, a)kousa&tw. If anyone has an ear, let him hear.
Rev 13:10 Ei1 tij {RP-text: e1xei ai0xmalwsi/an, u9pa&gei} [RP-marg: ei0j ai0xmalwsi/an, u9pa&gei] [P1904: ei0j ai0xmalwsi/an a)pa&gei, ei0j ai0xmalwsi/an u9pa&gei] [TR: ai0xmalwsi/an suna&gei, ei0j ai0xmalwsi/an u9pa&gei]: ei1 tij e0n maxai/ra% {RP-text TR: a)poktenei=} [RP-marg: - ] [P1904: a)pokte/nnei], dei= au0to\n {RP-text P1904 TR: e0n maxai/ra%} [RP-marg: - ] a)poktanqh=nai. 87[Wde/ e0stin h9 u9pomonh\ kai\ h9 pi/stij tw~n a(gi/wn. If anyone {RP-text: confines to captivity, he will go the same way} [RP-marg: confines to captivity, he will go the same way] [P1904: leads into captivity, he will go into captivity] [TR: gathers into captivity, he will go into captivity]. If anyone {RP-text P1904 TR: kills by the sword, he must be killed by the sword} [RP-marg: kills by the sword, he must be killed by the sword]. This is the patience and the faith of the saints. e1xei ai0xmalwsi/an, u9pa&gei, has captivity, he goes away, RP-text F1859=7/14 vs. ei0j ai0xmalwsi/an, u9pa&gei, to captivity, he goes away, RP-marg F1859=2/14 (Scrivener's gn) vs. ei0j ai0xmalwsi/an a)pa&gei, ei0j ai0xmalwsi/an u9pa&gei, leads away to captivity, he goes away to captivity, P1904 F1859=0/14 vs. ai0xmalwsi/an suna&gei, ei0j ai0xmalwsi/an u9pa&gei, leads captivity, he goes to captivity, TR F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's b**) vs. four other readings, F1859=4/14 (Scrivener's fklm).
a)poktenei=, will kill, RP-text TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's hlm but m accented a)pokte/nei, kills, compare Matt 10:28) vs. word absent, RP-marg F1859=8/13 vs. a)pokte/nnei, kills, P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's g) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n). A disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=4:8.
e0n maxai/ra%, by (the) sword: present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's ghlmn) vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=8/13. A weak disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=7:8.
Gen 9:6 (allusion).
{RP-text: confines to ← has, encloses, but also inhabits.}
this ← here.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
Rev 13:11 Kai\ ei]don a!llo qhri/on a)nabai=non e0k th=j gh=j, kai\ ei]xen ke/rata {RP P1904 TR: du/o} [MISC: - ] o3moia a)rni/w%, kai\ e0la&lei w(j dra&kwn. Then I saw another beast coming up out of the earth, and he had {RP P1904 TR: two} [MISC: - ] horns like those of a lamb, and he spoke like a dragon, du/o, two: present in RP P1904 TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's fghlmn) vs. absent in F1859=7/13. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
Rev 13:12 Kai\ th\n e0cousi/an tou= prw&tou qhri/ou pa~san poiei= e0nw&pion au0tou=. Kai\ {RP: e0poi/ei} [P1904 TR: poiei=] th\n gh=n kai\ tou\j {RP P1904: e0n au0th|= katoikou=ntaj} [TR: katoikou=ntaj e0n au0th|=] i3na proskunh/swsin to\ qhri/on to\ prw~ton, ou[ e0qerapeu/qh h9 plhgh\ tou= qana&tou au0tou=. and he exercised all the authority of the first beast in his presence. And he made the earth and those who dwell in it worship the first beast, whose fatal wound had been healed. e0poi/ei, he was making, RP F1859=9/13 vs. poiei=, he makes, P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's gn) vs. other readings, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's km).
e0n au0th|= katoikou=ntaj, in it + dwelling, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 (de with minor variations) vs. katoikou=ntaj e0n au0th|=, dwelling + in it, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's f).
Rev 13:13 Kai\ poiei= shmei=a mega&la, {RP-text P1904: kai\ pu=r i3na} [RP-marg TR: i3na kai\ pu=r] {RP-text P1904: e0k tou= ou0ranou= katabai/nh|} [RP-marg TR: poih|= katabai/nein e0k tou= ou0ranou=] {RP-text: e0pi\} [RP-marg P1904 TR: ei0j] th\n gh=n e0nw&pion tw~n a)nqrw&pwn. Moreover he performed great signs, and he {RP-text P1904: made} [RP-marg TR: made] fire come down from the sky onto the earth in the presence of men. In the notes below, if h* (rescript) is legible, it is an additional witness to TR.
kai\ pu=r i3na, and fire + in order that, RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 (but f without kai\) vs. i3na kai\ pu=r, in order that + also fire, RP-marg TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's gm) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n).
e0k tou= ou0ranou= katabai/nh|, out of heaven should descend, RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. poih|= katabai/nein e0k tou= ou0ranou=, he should make descend from heaven, RP-marg TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's gm) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n).
e0pi\, onto, RP-text F1859=10/13 vs. ei0j, into → onto, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's gmn).
Rev 13:14 Kai\ plana%~ {RP-text: tou\j e0mou\j} [RP-marg P1904 TR: - ] tou\j katoikou=ntaj e0pi\ th=j gh=j dia_ ta_ shmei=a a$ e0do/qh au0tw%~ poih=sai e0nw&pion tou= qhri/ou, le/gwn toi=j katoikou=sin e0pi\ th=j gh=j poih=sai ei0ko/na tw%~ qhri/w% {RP TR: o4} [P1904: o4j] {RP P1904: ei]xen} [TR: e1xei] {RP-text P1904 TR: th\n} [RP-marg: - ] plhgh\n {RP-text: kai\ e1zhsen a)po\ th=j maxai/raj} [RP-marg P1904 TR: th=j maxai/raj kai\ e1zhsen]. And he led those {RP-text: of mine} [RP-marg P1904 TR: - ] who dwell on the earth astray by the signs which he was granted to perform in the presence of the beast, telling those who dwell on the earth to make an image to the beast who had received {RP-text P1904 TR: the} [RP-marg: a] strike {RP-text: but lived after the sword strike} [RP-marg P1904 TR: of the sword but lived]. tou\j e0mou\j, my → of mine: present in RP-text F1859=8/13 vs. absent in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's fglmn). Nearly a disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=8:7. AV differs textually.
o4, which, RP TR F1859=11/13 (explicitly) vs. o4j, who, P1904 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's mn).
ei]xen, had, RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. e1xei, has, TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's fgh).
th\n, the (strike): present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=12/13 vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's f). A disparity (#2) with RP-marg (low count).
kai\ e1zhsen a)po\ th=j maxai/raj, and lived (having recovered) + from (or: after) the sword, RP-text F1859=8/13 (adl with minor variations) vs. th=j maxai/raj kai\ e1zhsen, (stroke) of the sword + and lived, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's fghmn). Nearly a disparity (#3) with RP-text, R=8:7.
led ← leads.
he was granted ← were granted to him.
[RP-text: after ← from, a Hebraism (מִן), as in Ezek 38:8.]
Rev 13:15 Kai\ e0do/qh au0tw%~ {RP P1904: pneu=ma dou=nai} [TR: dou=nai pneu=ma] th|= ei0ko/ni tou= qhri/ou, i3na kai\ lalh/sh| h9 ei0kw_n tou= qhri/ou, kai\ poih/sh|, o3soi {RP P1904: e0a_n} [TR: a@n] mh\ proskunh/swsin {RP P1904: th|= ei0ko/ni} [TR: th\n ei0ko/na] tou= qhri/ou, {RP: - } [P1904 TR: i3na] a)poktanqw~sin. And he was granted to impart a spirit to the image of the beast so that the image of the beast should both speak and cause any who did not worship the image of the beast to be put to death. pneu=ma dou=nai, spirit + to give, RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. dou=nai pneu=ma, to give + spirit, TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's fgn).
e0a_n, (who)ever / any (who) (non-classical form), RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. a@n, (who)ever (classical form), TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n) vs. word absent, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's cg).
th|= ei0ko/ni, the image (dative), RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. th\n ei0ko/na, the image (accusative), TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ln).
i3na, that (they should die) → to be (put to death): absent in RP F1859=10/12 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's gl, but located before o3soi).
he was granted ← it was granted to him.
spirit: AV differs somewhat, life.
who did not worship ← as many as, if they did not worship.
Rev 13:16 Kai\ poiei= pa&ntaj, tou\j mikrou\j kai\ tou\j mega&louj, kai\ tou\j plousi/ouj kai\ tou\j ptwxou/j, kai\ tou\j e0leuqe/rouj kai\ tou\j dou/louj, i3na {RP-text: dw&swsin} [RP-marg: dw~sin] [P1904: dw&sousin] [TR: dw&sh|] au0toi=j {RP-text: xara&gmata} [RP-marg P1904 TR: xa&ragma] e0pi\ th=j xeiro\j au0tw~n th=j decia~j, h2 e0pi\ {RP-text: to\ me/twpon} [RP-marg P1904 TR: tw~n metw&pwn] au0tw~n, And he forced everyone, the small and the great, and the rich and the poor, the free and bond-servants, to be given {RP-text: marks} [RP-marg P1904 TR: a mark] on their right hand or on their {RP-text: forehead} [RP-marg P1904 TR: foreheads], dw&swsin, that they should give (non-classical form of the aorist subjunctive), RP-text F1859=5/12 vs. dw~sin, that they should give (classical aorist subjunctive), RP-marg F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's fhm) vs. dw&sousin, they will give, P1904 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's bce) vs. dw&sh|, that he should give (non-classical form of the aorist subjunctive), TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's g). Nearly a disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=5:4.
xara&gmata, marks, RP-text F1859=8/13 vs. xa&ragma, a mark, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's gjkmn). Nearly a disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=8:7.
to\ me/twpon, (onto) the forehead, RP-text F1859=10/13 vs. tw~n metw&pwn, (on) the foreheads, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's hjn, n misspelled).
forced everyone ... to be given ← made everyone ... that {RP P1904: they} [TR: he] should give them.
Rev 13:17 kai\ i3na mh/ tij {RP-text: du/natai} [RP-marg P1904 TR: du/nhtai] a)gora&sai h2 pwlh=sai, ei0 mh\ o9 e1xwn to\ xa&ragma, {RP P1904: - } [TR: h2] to\ o1noma tou= qhri/ou h2 to\n a)riqmo\n tou= o0no/matoj au0tou=. and he enforced that no-one should be able to buy or sell unless he has the mark, {RP P1904: - } [TR: either] the name of the beast, or the number of his name. du/natai, is able (non-classical indicative), RP-text F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's bcfln) vs. du/nhtai, should be able (classical subjunctive), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=8/13. A disparity with RP-text, R=5:10.
h2, or: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. present in TR F1859=0/12.
unless he has ← except him having.
Rev 13:18 87[Wde h9 sofi/a e0sti/n. 879O e1xwn {RP P1904: - } [TR: to\n] nou=n yhfisa&tw to\n a)riqmo\n tou= qhri/ou: a)riqmo\j ga_r a)nqrw&pou e0sti/n, {RP-text P1904 TR: kai\} [RP-marg: - ] o9 a)riqmo\j au0tou= {RP-text: e0sti\n} [RP-marg P1904 TR: - ] {RP-text: e9cako/sia e9ch/konta e3c} [RP-marg P1904 TR: X6C6j6]. Here is wisdom. He who is sharp-witted, let him calculate the number of the beast. For it is the number of {RP-text P1904 TR: man, and his} [RP-marg: man. His] number {RP-text: is} [RP-marg P1904 TR: is] six hundred and sixty-six. to\n, the (mind, intelligence, wit): absent in RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. present in TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's dmn).
kai\, and (the number): present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's ghn) vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=10/13. A disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=5:10.
e0sti\n, (his number) is: present in RP-text F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's ghn) vs. absent in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=10/13. A strong disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=3:12.
e9cako/sia e9ch/konta e3c, six hundred and sixty-six, RP-text F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's egl) vs. x6c6j6, 666, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hj) vs. Scrivener's reference, which is unclear to us (xcj', 666, with no overline? compare f at [csntm.org GA69_0210a.jpg]), F1859=6/13 vs. x6c6s6, 666 intended?, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n) vs. x6m6j6, 646, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's d). A strong disparity (#3) with RP-text, R=3:10?
is sharp-witted ← has intelligence.
Rev 14:1 Kai\ ei]don, kai\ i0dou/, {RP-text P1904: to\} [RP-marg TR: - ] a)rni/on e9sthko\j e0pi\ to\ o1roj Siw&n, kai\ met' au0tou= {RP-text: a)riqmo\j} [RP-marg P1904 TR: - ] {RP-text P1904 TR: e9kato\n tessara&konta te/ssarej xilia&dej} [RP-marg: R6M6D6 xilia&dej], e1xousai {RP P1904: to\ o1noma au0tou= kai\} [TR: - ] to\ o1noma tou= patro\j au0tou= gegramme/non e0pi\ tw~n metw&pwn au0tw~n. Then I looked and there was {RP-text P1904: the} [RP-marg TR: the] lamb standing on Mount Zion, and with him were one hundred and forty-four thousand {RP-text: in number} [RP-marg P1904 TR: - ] having {RP P1904: his name and} [TR: - ] the name of his father written on their foreheads. to\, the (lamb): present in RP-text P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. absent in RP-marg TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's hn).
a)riqmo\j, number: present in RP-text F1859=7/12 vs. absent in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's fghkn). Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=7:7.
e9kato\n tessara&konta te/ssarej xilia&dej, one hundred and forty-four thousand, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's bcdegj, bc* having spelling variations, c counted once) vs. R6M6D6 xilia&dej, 144 thousand, RP-marg F1859=6/13 vs. another reading, for which the RP reading may well be intended, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l).
to\ o1noma au0tou= kai\, his name and: present in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
there was ← behold.
Rev 14:2 Kai\ h1kousa fwnh\n e0k tou= ou0ranou=, w(j fwnh\n u9da&twn pollw~n, kai\ w(j fwnh\n bronth=j mega&lhj: kai\ {RP P1904: h9 fwnh\ h4n} [TR: fwnh\n] h1kousa {RP P1904: w(j} [TR: - ] kiqarw%dw~n kiqarizo/ntwn e0n tai=j kiqa&raij au0tw~n. And I heard a sound from heaven like the sound of much water, and like the sound of loud thunder. And {RP P1904: the sound which I heard was like} [TR: I heard a sound of] harpists playing their harps. h9 fwnh\ h4n, the voice which, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. fwnh\n, a voice, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n).
w(j, like: present in RP P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n) vs. absent in TR F1859=12/13 (not enumerated, but rest with Elzev.). A strong disparity with RP, R=2:13. AV differs textually.
Rev 14:3 Kai\ a%!dousin {RP P1904: - } [TR: w(j] w%)dh\n kainh\n e0nw&pion tou= qro/nou, kai\ e0nw&pion tw~n tessa&rwn zw%&wn kai\ tw~n presbute/rwn: kai\ ou0dei\j {RP-text P1904: e0du/nato} [RP-marg TR: h0du/nato] maqei=n th\n w%)dh/n, ei0 mh\ ai9 {RP-text P1904 TR: e9kato\n tessara&konta te/ssarej xilia&dej} [RP-marg: R6M6D6 xilia&dej], oi9 h0gorasme/noi a)po\ th=j gh=j. And they sang {RP P1904: a new song} [TR: a new song] before the throne, and before the four living beings and the elders. And no-one could learn the song except the one hundred and forty-four thousand who had been redeemed from the earth. w(j, like (with song): absent in RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. present in TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's gn).
e0du/nato, could (1), RP-text P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. h0du/nato, could (2), RP-marg TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's bgm).
e9kato\n tessara&konta te/ssarej xilia&dej, one hundred and forty-four thousand, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's bceg) vs. R6M6D6 xilia&dej, 144 thousand, RP-marg F1859=8/13 vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=6:8.
[TR: a new song ← as a new song. Probably a case of a redundant w(j; see Luke 2:37.]
Rev 14:4 Ou[toi/ ei0sin oi4 meta_ gunaikw~n ou0k e0molu/nqhsan: parqe/noi ga&r ei0sin. Ou[toi/ ei0sin oi9 a)kolouqou=ntej tw%~ a)rni/w% o3pou {RP-text P1904 TR: a@n} [RP-marg: e0a_n] u9pa&gh|. Ou[toi {RP: u9po\ 870Ihsou=} [P1904 TR: - ] h0gora&sqhsan a)po\ tw~n a)nqrw&pwn, a)parxh\ tw%~ qew%~ kai\ tw%~ a)rni/w%. These are those who have not been defiled with women, for they are virgins. These are those who follow the lamb wherever he goes. These were redeemed {RP: by Jesus} [P1904 TR: - ] from men as a firstfruit to God and the lamb. a@n, (where)ever (1), RP-text P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's ghmn) vs. e0a_n, (where)ever (2), RP-marg F1859=9/13. A disparity with RP-text, R=6:9. Almost the same set of Scrivener's manuscripts that are for RP below are against RP-text here.
u9po\ 870Ihsou=, by Jesus: present in RP F1859=10/13 vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's gmn). AV differs textually.
Rev 14:5 Kai\ {RP-text: ou0x eu9re/qh e0n tw%~ sto/mati au0tw~n yeu=doj} [RP-marg: e0n tw%~ sto/mati au0tw~n ou0x eu9re/qh yeu=doj] [P1904: ou0x eu9re/qh yeu=doj e0n tw%~ sto/mati au0tw~n] [TR: e0n tw%~ sto/mati au0tw~n ou0x eu9re/qh do/loj]: a!mwmoi ga&r ei0sin {RP P1904: - } [TR: e0nw&pion tou= qro/nou tou= qeou=]. And {RP-text P1904: no falsehood was found in their mouth} [RP-marg: in their mouth no falsehood was found] [TR: in their mouth no deceit was found], for they are without blemish {RP P1904: - } [TR: before the throne of God]. ou0x eu9re/qh e0n tw%~ sto/mati au0tw~n yeu=doj, not was found + in their mouth + falsehood, RP-text F1859=9/12 vs. e0n tw%~ sto/mati au0tw~n ou0x eu9re/qh yeu=doj, in their mouth + not was found + falsehood, RP-marg F1859=0/12 vs. ou0x eu9re/qh yeu=doj e0n tw%~ sto/mati au0tw~n, not was found + falsehood + in their mouth, P1904 F1859=0/12 vs. e0n tw%~ sto/mati au0tw~n ou0x eu9re/qh do/loj, in their mouth + not was found + deceit, TR F1859=0/12 vs. ou0x eu9re/qh e0n tw%~ sto/mati au0tw~n do/loj, not was found + in their mouth + deceit, F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's ghn). A disparity with RP-marg (zero count).
e0nw&pion tou= qro/nou tou= qeou=, in the presence of the throne of God: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. present in TR F1859=0/12. AV differs textually.
Zeph 3:13.
Rev 14:6 Kai\ ei]don {RP: - } [P1904 TR: a!llon] a!ggelon {RP P1904: peto/menon} [TR: petw&menon] e0n mesouranh/mati, e1xonta eu0agge/lion ai0w&nion, eu0aggeli/sai {RP TR: - } [P1904: e0pi\] tou\j {RP P1904: kaqhme/nouj} [TR: katoikou=ntaj] e0pi\ th=j gh=j, kai\ {RP P1904: e0pi\} [TR: - ] pa~n e1qnoj kai\ fulh\n kai\ glw~ssan kai\ lao/n, Then I saw {RP: an} [P1904 TR: another] angel flying overhead, having an age-abiding gospel to preach to those dwelling on the earth, and to every nation and tribe and tongue and people, a!llon, another: absent in RP F1859=10/12 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's gh).
peto/menon, flying (1), RP P1904 F1859=9/11 vs. petw&menon, flying (2), TR F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's ln).
e0pi\, at, to (those dwelling): absent in RP TR F1859=12/12 vs. present in P1904 F1859=0/12.
kaqhme/nouj, sitting → dwelling (a Hebraism, יָשַׁב), RP P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. katoikou=ntaj, dwelling, TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's fn) vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's j).
e0pi\, to (every nation): present in RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. absent in TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's n).
Rev 14:7 {RP P1904: le/gwn} [TR: le/gonta] e0n fwnh|= mega&lh|, Fobh/qhte to\n {RP-text P1904: ku/rion} [RP-marg TR: qeo/n], kai\ do/te au0tw%~ do/can, o3ti h]lqen h9 w#ra th=j kri/sewj au0tou=, kai\ proskunh/sate {RP-text: au0to\n to\n poih/santa} [RP-marg P1904 TR: tw%~ poih/santi] to\n ou0rano\n kai\ th\n gh=n kai\ {RP P1904 S1894: th\n} [S1550 E1624: - ] qa&lassan kai\ phga_j u9da&twn. saying in a loud voice, “Fear {RP-text P1904: the Lord} [RP-marg TR: God] and give him glory, for the hour of his judgment has come. And worship him {RP-text: who} [RP-marg P1904 TR: who] made heaven and earth and {RP P1904 S1894: the} [S1550 E1624: the] sea and the sources of water.” le/gwn, saying (nominative), RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. le/gonta, saying (accusative, concordant with the angel of the previous verse), TR F1859=0/12.
ku/rion, Lord, RP-text P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. qeo/n, God, RP-marg TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's ghn). AV differs textually.
au0to\n to\n poih/santa, him who made, RP-text F1859=9/12 vs. tw%~ poih/santi, the (one) who made, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's ghl).
th\n, the (sea): present in RP P1904 S1894 F1859=11/12 vs. absent in S1550 E1624 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's g).
Gen 1:1, Ps 33:6, Ps 124:8.
Rev 14:8 Kai\ a!lloj {RP-text P1904: deu/teroj a!ggeloj} [RP-marg: a!ggeloj deu/teroj] [TR: a!ggeloj] h0kolou/qhsen, le/gwn, 871Epesen {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: e1pesen] {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: Babulw_n} [E1624: Baboulw_n] {RP P1904: - } [TR: h9 po/lij] h9 mega&lh, {RP: - } [P1904: h9] [TR: o3ti] e0k tou= oi1nou tou= qumou= th=j pornei/aj au0th=j pepo/tiken pa&nta {RP: ta_} [P1904 TR: - ] e1qnh. Then {RP-text P1904: another, a second angel,} [RP-marg: another angel, a second one,] [TR: another angel] followed and said, “Babylon the great {RP-text: has fallen. It} [RP-marg: has fallen, it has fallen. It] [P1904: has fallen, it has fallen, which] [TR: city has fallen, it has fallen, because it] made all {RP: the} [P1904 TR: the] nations drink from the wine of the wrath of her fornication.” deu/teroj a!ggeloj, second + angel, RP-text P1904 F1859=8/12 vs. a!ggeloj deu/teroj, angel + second, RP-marg F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's hn) vs. a!ggeloj, angel, TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's f) vs. deu/teroj, second, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's g). AV differs textually.
e1pesen, fell (second occurrence in verse): absent, so with one e1pese¨n©, in RP-text F1859=9/12 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's ghn).
Babulw_n, Babylon, RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=12/12 vs. Baboulw_n, Baboulon (→ Babylon), E1624 F1859=0/12.
h9 po/lij, the city: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. present in TR F1859=0/12. AV differs textually.
words below absent, RP F1859=10/11 vs. h9, the (one), P1904 F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's g) vs. o3ti, because, TR F1859=0/11.
ta_, the (nations): present in RP F1859=11/12 (though n in a variation) vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's k).
Isa 21:9, Jer 51:8.
Rev 14:9 Kai\ {RP P1904: a!lloj} [TR: - ] {RP P1904: a!ggeloj tri/toj} [TR: tri/toj a!ggeloj] h0kolou/qhsen au0toi=j, le/gwn e0n fwnh|= mega&lh|, Ei1 tij {RP P1904: proskunei= to\ qhri/on} [TR: to\ qhri/on proskunei=] kai\ th\n ei0ko/na au0tou=, kai\ lamba&nei {RP TR: - } [P1904: to\] xa&ragma e0pi\ tou= metw&pou au0tou=, h2 e0pi\ th\n xei=ra au0tou=, Then {RP P1904: another angel, a third one,} [TR: a third angel] followed them and said in a loud voice, “If anyone worships the beast or his image or takes {RP TR: a} [P1904: the] mark on his forehead or on his hand, a!lloj, another: present in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/12.
a!ggeloj tri/toj, an angel + third, RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. tri/toj a!ggeloj, third + an angel, TR F1859=0/12 vs. tri/toj, third, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's f).
proskunei= to\ qhri/on, worships + the beast, RP P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. to\ qhri/on proskunei=, the beast (grammatical object) + worships, TR F1859=0/12 vs. two other readings, F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's fg).
to\, the (mark): absent in RP TR F1859=10/12 vs. present in P1904 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's gn).
or (2x): disjunctive use of kai/, as in Luke 12:38, 2 Cor 13:1.
Rev 14:10 kai\ au0to\j pi/etai e0k tou= oi1nou tou= qumou= tou= qeou=, tou= kekerasme/nou a)kra&tou e0n tw%~ pothri/w% th=j o0rgh=j au0tou=, kai\ basanisqh/setai e0n puri\ kai\ qei/w% e0nw&pion tw~n a(gi/wn a)gge/lwn, kai\ e0nw&pion tou= a)rni/ou: then he will drink from the wine of the wrath of God, poured undiluted in the cup of his anger, and he will be tormented by fire and sulphur before the holy angels and before the lamb. poured undiluted ← mixed unmixed, but the words take on a broader meaning.
Rev 14:11 kai\ o9 kapno\j tou= basanismou= au0tw~n {RP P1904: ei0j ai0w~naj ai0w&nwn a)nabai/nei} [TR: a)nabai/nei ei0j ai0w~naj ai0w&nwn]: kai\ ou0k e1xousin a)na&pausin h9me/raj kai\ nukto\j oi9 proskunou=ntej to\ qhri/on kai\ th\n ei0ko/na au0tou=, kai\ ei1 tij lamba&nei to\ xa&ragma tou= o0no/matoj au0tou=. And the smoke of their torment will ascend throughout the durations of the ages, and those who worship the beast or his image, or anyone who takes the mark of his name, have no rest day or night.” ei0j ai0w~naj ai0w&nwn a)nabai/nei, in ages of ages + ascends, RP P1904 F1859=12/12 (with minor variations in fgln) vs. a)nabai/nei ei0j ai0w~naj ai0w&nwn, ascends + in ages of ages, TR F1859=0/12.
will ascend ← ascends.
or (2x): disjunctive use of kai/. See Rev 14:9.
who ← if he.
Isa 34:10.
Rev 14:12 87[Wde {RP P1904: h9} [TR: - ] u9pomonh\ tw~n a(gi/wn e0sti/n: {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: w{de] oi9 throu=ntej ta_j e0ntola_j tou= qeou= kai\ th\n pi/stin 870Ihsou=. This is {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] patience of the saints {RP-text P1904: , } [RP-marg TR: ; here are] those who keep the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus. h9, the (endurance → patience): present in RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. absent in TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's n).
w{de, here: absent in RP-text P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. present in RP-marg TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's hln).
this ← here.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
Rev 14:13 Kai\ h1kousa fwnh=j e0k tou= ou0ranou= legou/shj {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: moi], Gra&yon, Maka&rioi oi9 nekroi\ oi9 e0n kuri/w% a)poqnh|/skontej a)p' a!rti: {RP-text: le/gei Nai\} [RP-marg P1904 TR: Nai/, le/gei] to\ pneu=ma, i3na a)napau/swntai e0k tw~n ko/pwn au0tw~n: ta_ de\ e1rga au0tw~n a)kolouqei= met' au0tw~n. Then I heard a voice from heaven saying {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: to me], “Write, ‘Blessed are the dead who die in the Lord from now on.’ {RP-text: The spirit says, ‘Yes, let} [RP-marg P1904 TR: ‘Yes’, says the spirit, ‘Let] them rest from their toilings, but their works go along with them.’ ” moi, to me: absent in RP-text P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. present in RP-marg TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's hn).
le/gei Nai\, says + “Yes”, RP-text F1859=9/12 vs. Nai/, le/gei, “Yes” + says, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's gn) vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's k).
go along with ← follow with.
Rev 14:14 Kai\ ei]don, kai\ i0dou/, nefe/lh leukh/, kai\ e0pi\ th\n nefe/lhn {RP: kaqh/menon} [P1904 TR: kaqh/menoj] {RP: o3moion} [P1904 TR: o3moioj] ui9w%~ a)nqrw&pou, e1xwn e0pi\ th=j kefalh=j au0tou= ste/fanon xrusou=n, kai\ e0n th|= xeiri\ au0tou= dre/panon o0cu/. And I looked, and there was a white cloud, and on the cloud {RP: I saw someone} [P1904 TR: there was someone] with the appearance of the son of man sitting, having a golden crown on his head, and a sharp sickle in his hand. kaqh/menon, sitting (accusative, object of I saw), RP F1859=10/14 vs. kaqh/menoj, sitting (nominative, after behold), P1904 TR F1859=4/14 (Scrivener's ah**jl).
o3moion, like → with the appearance of (accusative, object of I saw), RP F1859=10/14 vs. o3moioj, like (nominative, after behold), P1904 TR F1859=4/14 (Scrivener's h**jlm).
Dan 7:13.
there was ← behold.
sickle: or scythe, but for grapes (Rev 14:18), sickle.
Rev 14:15 Kai\ a!lloj a!ggeloj e0ch=lqen e0k tou= naou=, kra&zwn e0n {RP P1904: fwnh|= mega&lh|} [TR: mega&lh| fwnh|=] tw%~ kaqhme/nw% e0pi\ th=j nefe/lhj, Pe/myon to\ dre/pano/n sou kai\ qe/rison: o3ti {RP P1904: h]lqen} [TR: h]lqe/n soi] h9 w#ra {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: tou=] qeri/sai, o3ti e0chra&nqh o9 qerismo\j th=j gh=j. And another angel went out of the sanctuary, crying out in a loud voice to the one sitting on the cloud, “Thrust in your sickle and reap, because the time {RP P1904: of reaping} [TR: for you to reap] has come, because the harvest of the earth has become dry.” fwnh|= mega&lh|, a voice + loud, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. mega&lh| fwnh|=, a loud + voice, TR F1859=0/13.
soi, for / of you: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. present in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l). AV differs textually.
tou=, (of) the (reaping): absent in RP-text F1859=8/13 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's aeghk). Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=8:7.
Joel 4:13MT (Joel 3:13AV).
dry: AV differs somewhat (ripe).
Rev 14:16 Kai\ e1balen o9 kaqh/menoj e0pi\ th\n nefe/lhn to\ dre/panon au0tou= e0pi\ th\n gh=n, kai\ e0qeri/sqh h9 gh=. Then he who was sitting on the cloud thrust his sickle into the earth and the earth was reaped.
Rev 14:17 Kai\ a!lloj a!ggeloj e0ch=lqen e0k tou= naou= tou= e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~, e1xwn kai\ au0to\j dre/panon o0cu/. Then another angel went out of the sanctuary which is in heaven, he too having a sharp sickle.
Rev 14:18 Kai\ a!lloj a!ggeloj e0ch=lqen e0k tou= qusiasthri/ou, e1xwn e0cousi/an e0pi\ tou= puro/j, kai\ e0fw&nhsen {RP-text P1904 TR: - } [RP-marg: e0n] kraugh|= mega&lh| tw%~ e1xonti to\ dre/panon to\ o0cu/, le/gwn, Pe/myon sou to\ dre/panon to\ o0cu\ kai\ tru/ghson tou\j bo/truaj {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: th=j a)mpe/lou} [S1550: - ] th=j gh=j, o3ti {RP-text TR: h1kmasan ai9 stafulai\} [RP-marg P1904: h1kmasen h9 stafulh\] {RP-text TR: au0th=j} [RP-marg P1904: th=j gh=j]. And another angel went out of the altar, having authority over fire, and he called with a loud shout to the one who had the sharp sickle and said, “Thrust in your sharp sickle and harvest the grapes {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: of the vine} [S1550: - ] of the earth, because {RP-text TR: its grapes} [RP-marg P1904: the grapes of the earth] have ripened.” e0n, with (a loud shout): absent in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=8/12 vs. present in RP-marg F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's ghjn).
th=j a)mpe/lou, of the vine: present in RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=12/12 vs. absent in S1550 F1859=0/12.
h1kmasan ai9 stafulai\, the bunches of grapes ripened, RP-text TR F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's ghn + l*?) vs. h1kmasen h9 stafulh\, the bunch of grapes ripened, RP-marg P1904 F1859=8/11. A disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=5:9. Scrivener's l* is excluded as it is doubtful.
au0th=j, its, RP-text TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's ghn) vs. th=j gh=j, of the earth, RP-marg P1904 F1859=9/12. A disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=4:10.
Rev 14:19 Kai\ {RP-text P1904 TR: e1balen} [RP-marg: e0ce/balen] o9 a!ggeloj to\ dre/panon au0tou= ei0j th\n gh=n, kai\ e0tru/ghsen th\n a!mpelon th=j gh=j, kai\ e1balen ei0j th\n lhno\n tou= qumou= tou= qeou= {RP: to\n me/gan} [P1904 TR: th\n mega&lhn]. So the angel {RP-text P1904 TR: thrust} [RP-marg: thrust out] his sickle into the earth and harvested the vine of the earth, and he put it in the great wine press of the wrath of God. e1balen, cast → thrust, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's fghn) vs. e0ce/balen, cast out, RP-marg F1859=8/12. A weak disparity with RP-text, R=6:8.
to\n me/gan, the great (masculine, as God and wrath, but accusative, as vat, which is feminine, so not strictly in agreement with any, but we take it with vat), RP F1859=8/12 vs. th\n mega&lhn, the great (accusative feminine, agrees with vat), P1904 TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's glmn).
Rev 14:20 Kai\ e0path/qh h9 lhno\j {RP: e1cwqen} [P1904 TR: e1cw] th=j po/lewj, kai\ e0ch=lqen ai[ma e0k th=j lhnou= a!xri tw~n xalinw~n tw~n i3ppwn, a)po\ stadi/wn {RP-text P1904 TR: xili/wn e9cakosi/wn} [RP-marg: A6X6]. And the wine press was trodden outside the city, and blood came out of the wine vat up to a horse's bridle height over a radius of one thousand six hundred stades. e1cwqen, (from) outside, RP F1859=11/12 vs. e1cw, outside, P1904 TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's n).
xili/wn e9cakosi/wn, one thousand six hundred, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=8/12 vs. A6X6, 1600, RP-marg F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's dfjn).
Isa 63:3.
one thousand six hundred stades: about 160 miles (260 km.).
Rev 15:1 Kai\ ei]don a!llo shmei=on e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~ me/ga kai\ qaumasto/n, a)gge/louj e9pta_ e1xontaj plhga_j e9pta_ ta_j e0sxa&taj, o3ti e0n au0tai=j e0tele/sqh o9 qumo\j tou= qeou=. Then I saw another sign in heaven, great and wondrous, seven angels who had the seven last plagues, because the wrath of God is concluded in them. them: i.e. the plagues, with which the word is grammatically concordant.
Rev 15:2 Kai\ ei]don w(j qa&lassan u9ali/nhn memigme/nhn puri/, kai\ tou\j nikw~ntaj {RP-text P1904 TR: e0k tou= qhri/ou kai\ e0k th=j ei0ko/noj} [RP-marg: e0k th=j ei0ko/noj kai\ e0k tou= qhri/ou] au0tou= kai\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: e0k tou= xara&gmatoj au0tou=,] e0k tou= a)riqmou= tou= o0no/matoj au0tou=, e9stw~taj e0pi\ th\n qa&lassan th\n u9ali/nhn, e1xontaj {RP-text TR: - } [RP-marg P1904: ta_j] kiqa&raj tou= qeou=. And I saw a kind of sea of glass mixed with fire, and I saw those who had been victorious {RP-text P1904 TR: over the beast and over his image} [RP-marg: over the image and over the beast on it] and {RP P1904: - } [TR: over his mark, and] over the number of his name, standing on the sea of glass, having {RP-text TR: - } [RP-marg P1904: the] harps of God, e0k tou= qhri/ou kai\ e0k th=j ei0ko/noj, over the beast + and the image, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's hlmn) vs. e0k th=j ei0ko/noj kai\ e0k tou= qhri/ou, over the image + and the beast, RP-marg F1859=8/12 (but kl without second e0k). A weak disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=6:8.
e0k tou= xara&gmatoj au0tou=, and of his mark: absent in RP P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. present in TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's mn). AV differs textually.
ta_j, the (harps): absent in RP-text TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's cfghkn) vs. present in RP-marg P1904 F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's bdejlm). Nearly a disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=7:7.
[TR: the beast on it ← the beast of it.]
Rev 15:3 Kai\ a%!dousin th\n w%)dh\n {RP P1904: Mwu+se/wj} [TR: Mwse/wj] {RP P1904 S1894: tou=} [S1550 E1624: - ] dou/lou tou= qeou=, kai\ th\n w%)dh\n tou= a)rni/ou, le/gontej, Mega&la kai\ qaumasta_ ta_ e1rga sou, ku/rie o9 qeo\j o9 pantokra&twr: di/kaiai kai\ a)lhqinai\ ai9 o9doi/ sou, o9 basileu\j tw~n {RP P1904: e0qnw~n} [TR: a(gi/wn]. and they sang the Song of Moses {RP P1904 S1894: the} [S1550 E1624: the] servant of God, and the song of the lamb, which reads,

“Great and wondrous are your works,

O Lord God Almighty.

Righteous and true are your ways,

O king of the {RP P1904: nations} [TR: saints].

Mwu+se/wj, Moüses, RP P1904 F1859=5/12 vs. Mwse/wj, Moses, TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's gn) vs. another spelling, F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's behj) vs. whole phrase absent, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's d).
tou=, of the (servant): present in RP P1904 S1894 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's hn) vs. absent in S1550 E1624 F1859=9/12 vs. whole phrase absent, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's d). A disparity with RP, R=4:10.
e0qnw~n, of nations, RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. a(gi/wn, of saints, TR F1859=0/12 vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's g). AV differs textually.
Deut 32 (Song of Moses); Ps 86:9-11 (allusion); Ps 145:17.
which reads ← saying.
[TR: saints: see Matt 27:52.]
Rev 15:4 Ti/j ou0 mh\ fobhqh|= {RP TR: se} [P1904: - ], ku/rie, kai\ {RP-text P1904 TR: doca&sh|} [RP-marg: doca&sei] to\ o1noma& sou; 873Oti mo/noj {RP: a#gioj} [P1904 TR: o3sioj]: o3ti {RP-text P1904 TR: pa&nta ta_ e1qnh} [RP-marg: pa&ntej] h3cousin kai\ proskunh/sousin e0nw&pio/n sou, o3ti ta_ dikaiw&mata& sou e0fanerw&qhsan.

Who can possibly not fear {RP TR: you} [P1904: you], O Lord,

And not glorify your name?

For you alone are {RP: holy} [P1904 TR: sacred],

For {RP-text P1904 TR: all the nations} [RP-marg: all] will come and worship before you,

For your righteous decrees have been made manifest.”

 se, (fear) you: present in RP TR F1859=11/12 vs. absent in P1904 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's f, also lacking ku/rie).
doca&sh|, glorify (aorist subjunctive, governed by ou0 mh\), RP-text P1904 TR F1859=9/12 vs. doca&sei, will glorify (future indicative), RP-marg F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's gmn).
a#gioj, holy, RP F1859=11/12 vs. o3sioj, sacred, P1904 TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's n).
pa&nta ta_ e1qnh, all the nations, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's bhn) vs. pa&ntej, everyone, RP-marg F1859=7/11 vs. another reading, F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's g). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=5:7.
Jer 10:7.
Rev 15:5 Kai\ meta_ tau=ta ei]don, kai\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: i0dou/,] h0noi/gh o9 nao\j th=j skhnh=j tou= marturi/ou e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~: Then after these things I looked, and {RP P1904: - } [TR: behold,] the sanctuary of the tabernacle of the testimony was opened in heaven, i0dou/, behold: absent in RP P1904F1859=11/11 vs. present in TR F1859=0/11.
Rev 15:6 kai\ e0ch=lqon oi9 e9pta_ a!ggeloi {RP P1904: oi9} [TR: - ] e1xontej ta_j e9pta_ plhga_j {RP-text P1904 TR: e0k tou= naou=} [RP-marg: - ], {RP P1904: oi4 h]san} [TR: - ] e0ndedume/noi li/non kaqaro\n {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\] lampro/n, kai\ periezwsme/noi peri\ ta_ sth/qh zw&naj xrusa~j: and the seven angels {RP P1904: who} [TR: who] had the seven plagues went {RP-text P1904: out of the sanctuary, and they were} [RP-marg: out, and they were] [TR: out of the sanctuary,] clothed in pure {RP P1904: - } [TR: and] bright white linen and were girded around the breast with golden girdles, oi9, (seven angels) who: present in RP P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. absent in TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's bde).
e0k tou= naou=, out of the sanctuary: present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's beghln) vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's cdfjkm).
oi4 h]san, who were: present in RP P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. absent in TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's gn).
kai\, and (shining): absent in RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. present in TR F1859=0/12 vs. whole phrase absent, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's b).
breast ← breasts.
Rev 15:7 kai\ e4n e0k tw~n tessa&rwn zw%&wn e1dwken toi=j e9pta_ a)gge/loij e9pta_ fia&laj xrusa~j gemou/saj tou= qumou= tou= qeou= tou= zw~ntoj ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj tw~n ai0w&nwn. and one of the four living beings gave the seven angels seven golden vials, full of the wrath of God, who lives throughout the durations of the ages,
Rev 15:8 Kai\ e0gemi/sqh o9 nao\j {RP-text TR: - } [RP-marg P1904: e0k tou=] kapnou= e0k th=j do/chj tou= qeou=, kai\ e0k th=j duna&mewj au0tou=: kai\ ou0dei\j {RP-text P1904: e0du/nato} [RP-marg TR: h0du/nato] ei0selqei=n ei0j to\n nao/n, a!xri telesqw~sin ai9 e9pta_ plhgai\ tw~n e9pta_ a)gge/lwn. and the sanctuary was filled {RP-text TR: with smoke from} [RP-marg P1904: by the smoke of] the glory of God and from his power, and no-one could enter into the sanctuary until the seven plagues of the seven angels were completed. e0k tou=, out of → with (smoke): absent in RP-text TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's bghln) vs. present in RP-marg P1904 F1859=8/13. A disparity with RP-text, R=6:9.
e0du/nato, could (1), RP-text P1904 F1859=8/13 vs. h0du/nato, could (2), RP-marg TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's fghmn).
Ex 40:34, 1 Ki 8:10, Isa 6:4, 2 Chr 5:13.
Rev 16:1 Kai\ h1kousa {RP TR: fwnh=j mega&lhj} [P1904: mega&lhj fwnh=j] {RP-text P1904 TR: e0k tou= naou=} [RP-marg: - ], legou/shj toi=j e9pta_ a)gge/loij, 879Upa&gete, {RP-text P1904 TR: kai\} [RP-marg: - ] e0kxe/ate ta_j {RP P1904: e9pta_} [TR: - ] fia&laj tou= qumou= tou= qeou= ei0j th\n gh=n. Then I heard a loud voice {RP-text P1904 TR: from the sanctuary} [RP-marg: - ] saying to the seven angels, “Depart {RP-text P1904 TR: and} [RP-marg: ;] pour out the {RP P1904: seven} [TR: - ] vials of the wrath of God on the earth.” fwnh=j mega&lhj, voice + loud, RP TR F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's aehklmn) vs. mega&lhj fwnh=j, loud + voice, P1904 F1859=6/13. Nearly a disparity (#1) with RP, R=7:6.
e0k tou= naou=, from the sanctuary: present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's ghmn) vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=9/13. A disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=6:9.
kai\, and (pour): present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=10/13 vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's hln).
e9pta_, seven: present in RP P1904 F1859=11/13 (g using the symbol z) vs. absent in TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hn). AV differs textually.
Rev 16:2 Kai\ a)ph=lqen o9 prw~toj, kai\ e0ce/xeen th\n fia&lhn au0tou= {RP-text P1904: ei0j} [RP-marg TR: e0pi\] th\n gh=n: kai\ e0ge/neto e3lkoj kako\n kai\ ponhro\n {RP P1904: e0pi\} [TR: ei0j] tou\j a)nqrw&pouj tou\j e1xontaj to\ xa&ragma tou= qhri/ou, kai\ tou\j {RP P1904: proskunou=ntaj th|= ei0ko/ni au0tou=} [TR: th|= ei0ko/ni au0tou= proskunou=ntaj]. And the first one departed and poured his vial out on the earth. Then a noxious and troublesome ulcer plague came on those men who had the mark of the beast and those who worshipped his image. ei0j, onto (the earth), RP-text P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. e0pi\, on, RP-marg TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's hn).
e0pi\, on (those men), RP P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. ei0j, onto, over, TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's hn).
proskunou=ntaj th|= ei0ko/ni au0tou=, who had worshipped + his image, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 (with minor variations in ekln) vs. th|= ei0ko/ni au0tou= proskunou=ntaj, his image + who had worshipped, TR F1859=0/13.
Ex 9:9.
Rev 16:3 Kai\ o9 deu/teroj a!ggeloj e0ce/xeen th\n fia&lhn au0tou= ei0j th\n qa&lassan: kai\ e0ge/neto ai[ma w(j nekrou=, kai\ pa~sa yuxh\ {RP-text P1904 TR: zw~sa} [RP-marg: - ] a)pe/qanen e0n th|= qala&ssh|. Then the second angel poured his vial out on the sea, and it became blood as of someone dead, and every {RP-text P1904 TR: living} [RP-marg: - ] soul in the sea died. zw~sa, living: present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's hln) vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=9/13 vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's g). A disparity with RP-text, R=5:9.
Ex 7:20.
soul: i.e. animal life-form. (The Latin for soul is anima.)
in the sea died ← died in the sea.
Rev 16:4 Kai\ o9 tri/toj {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: a!ggeloj] e0ce/xeen th\n fia&lhn au0tou= ei0j tou\j potamou\j kai\ ei0j ta_j phga_j tw~n u9da&twn: kai\ e0ge/neto ai[ma. Then the third {RP-text P1904: one} [RP-marg TR: angel] poured his vial out on the rivers and on the water-sources, and they became blood. a!ggeloj, angel: absent in RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. present in RP-marg TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's hmn). AV differs textually.
they became blood ← it became blood, or blood came about.
Rev 16:5 Kai\ h1kousa tou= a)gge/lou tw~n u9da&twn le/gontoj, Di/kaioj {RP P1904: - } [TR: , ku/rie,] ei], o9 w@n kai\ o9 h]n, {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\] {RP-text P1904 TR: o9} [RP-marg: - ] {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: o3sioj} [S1894: e0so/menoj], o3ti tau=ta e1krinaj:

And I heard the angel of the waters say,

“You are righteous, {RP P1904: - } [TR: Lord,]

You who are and who {RP P1904: were,} [TR: were and] {RP-text P1904: you who are holy} [RP-marg: you who are holy] [S1550 E1624: who are holy] [S1894: who are to be],

Because you have executed judgment in respect of these things.

 ku/rie, Lord: absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
kai\, and (the sacred one) → who: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. present in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's g).
o9, the (sacred one): present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's bchn) vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=9/13. A disparity with RP-text, R=6:9.
o3sioj, sacred, RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=13/13 vs. e0so/menoj, who will be (to come), S1894 F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
Rev 16:6 o3ti ai[ma a(gi/wn kai\ profhtw~n e0ce/xean, kai\ ai[ma au0toi=j e1dwkaj piei=n: {RP P1904: a!cioi/} [TR: a!cioi ga&r] ei0sin.

Since they have shed the blood of saints and prophets,

So you have given them blood to drink.

{RP P1904: Of} [TR: For of] this they are deserving.”

ga&r, for (with deserving): absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
Rev 16:7 Kai\ h1kousa {RP P1904: - } [TR: a!llou e0k] tou= qusiasthri/ou le/gontoj, Nai/, ku/rie o9 qeo\j o9 pantokra&twr, a)lhqinai\ kai\ di/kaiai ai9 kri/seij sou. And I heard {RP P1904: - } [TR: another one from] the altar say, “Yes, Lord God Almighty, true and righteous are your judgments.” a!llou e0k, another out of: absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
Rev 16:8 Kai\ o9 te/tartoj {RP-text TR: a!ggeloj} [RP-marg P1904: - ] e0ce/xeen th\n fia&lhn au0tou= e0pi\ to\n h3lion: kai\ e0do/qh au0tw%~ kaumati/sai {RP-text P1904: e0n puri\ tou\j a)nqrw&pouj} [RP-marg TR: tou\j a)nqrw&pouj e0n puri/]. Then the fourth {RP-text TR: angel} [RP-marg P1904: one] poured his vial out on the sun, and he was granted to scorch men with fire, a!ggeloj, angel: present in RP-text TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's bchmn) vs. absent in RP-marg P1904 F1859=8/13. A disparity with RP-text, R=6:9.
e0n puri\ tou\j a)nqrw&pouj, with fire + men, RP-text P1904 F1859=8/12 vs. tou\j a)nqrw&pouj e0n puri\, men + with fire, RP-marg TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's fghn).
he was granted ← it was given to him.
Rev 16:9 Kai\ e0kaumati/sqhsan oi9 a!nqrwpoi kau=ma me/ga, kai\ e0blasfh/mhsan {RP P1904: oi9 a!nqrwpoi} [TR: - ] to\ o1noma tou= qeou= tou= e1xontoj e0cousi/an e0pi\ ta_j plhga_j tau/taj, kai\ ou0 meteno/hsan dou=nai au0tw%~ do/can. and men were very severely scorched, and {RP P1904: the men} [TR: they] blasphemed the name of God, who had authority over these plagues, but they did not repent by giving him glory. oi9 a!nqrwpoi, the men: present in RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's gn).
very severely scorched ← scorched with great scorching.
Rev 16:10 Kai\ o9 pe/mptoj {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: a!ggeloj] e0ce/xeen th\n fia&lhn au0tou= e0pi\ to\n qro/non tou= qhri/ou: kai\ e0ge/neto h9 basilei/a au0tou= e0skotwme/nh: kai\ {RP-text P1904: e0masw~nto} [RP-marg TR: e0massw~nto] ta_j glw&ssaj au0tw~n e0k tou= po/nou, Then the fifth {RP-text P1904: one} [RP-marg TR: angel] poured his vial out on the throne of the beast, at which his kingdom became darkened, and they bit their tongues from the distress, a!ggeloj, angel: absent in RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. present in RP-marg TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's hmn). AV differs textually.
e0masw~nto, they were chewing → bit (classical spelling), RP-text P1904 F1859=7/13 vs. e0massw~nto, they were chewing (non-classical spelling), RP-marg TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's cejmn) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l).
bit ← chewed.
Rev 16:11 kai\ e0blasfh/mhsan to\n qeo\n tou= ou0ranou= e0k tw~n po/nwn au0tw~n kai\ e0k tw~n e9lkw~n au0tw~n, kai\ ou0 meteno/hsan e0k tw~n e1rgwn au0tw~n. and they blasphemed the God of heaven because of their distress, and because of their ulcers, but they did not repent of their works.
Rev 16:12 Kai\ o9 e3ktoj {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: a!ggeloj] e0ce/xeen th\n fia&lhn au0tou= e0pi\ to\n potamo\n to\n me/gan {RP: - } [P1904 TR: to\n] Eu0fra&thn: kai\ e0chra&nqh to\ u3dwr au0tou=, i3na e9toimasqh|= h9 o9do\j tw~n basile/wn tw~n a)po\ {RP-text P1904: a)natolh=j} [RP-marg TR: a)natolw~n] h9li/ou. Then the sixth {RP-text P1904: one} [RP-marg TR: angel] poured his vial out on the great river, {RP: the} [P1904 TR: the] Euphrates, and its water dried up, so that the way of the kings of the east should be prepared. a!ggeloj, angel: absent in RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. present in RP-marg TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's hmn). AV differs textually.
to\n, the (Euphrates): absent in RP F1859=8/12 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's fgmn).
a)natolh=j, east (singular form), RP-text P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. a)natolw~n, east (plural form), RP-marg TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hn).
east ← rising of sun.
Rev 16:13 Kai\ ei]don e0k tou= sto/matoj tou= dra&kontoj, kai\ e0k tou= sto/matoj tou= qhri/ou, kai\ e0k tou= sto/matoj tou= yeudoprofh/tou, pneu/mata {RP-text: a)ka&qarta tri/a} [RP-marg P1904 TR: tri/a a)ka&qarta] {RP P1904: w(j ba&traxoi} [TR: o3moia batra&xoij]: Then I saw three unclean spirits, like frogs, come out of the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet, a)ka&qarta tri/a, unclean + three, RP-text F1859=9/13 vs. tri/a a)ka&qarta, three + unclean, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's ghln).
w(j ba&traxoi, as frogs, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. o3moia batra&xoij, resembling frogs, TR F1859=0/13 vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's j).
Rev 16:14 ei0si\n ga_r pneu/mata {RP-text P1904: daimoni/wn} [RP-marg TR: daimo/nwn] poiou=nta shmei=a, {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: a$ e0kporeu/etai} [S1550: e0kporeu/esqai] e0pi\ tou\j basilei=j {RP P1904: - } [TR: th=j gh=j kai\] th=j oi0koume/nhj o3lhj, sunagagei=n au0tou\j ei0j {RP P1904 S1894: to\n} [S1550 E1624: - ] po/lemon th=j h9me/raj e0kei/nhj th=j mega&lhj tou= qeou= tou= pantokra&toroj - for they are the spirits of demons which {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: perform signs which go out} [S1550: make signs go out] to the kings {RP P1904: - } [TR: of the earth and] of the whole world, to gather them to {RP P1904 S1894: the} [S1550 E1624: the] war of that great day of God the Almighty. daimoni/wn, of demons (diminutive form, usual in NT, probably not significant), RP-text P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. daimo/nwn, of demons, RP-marg TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hn).
a$ e0kporeu/etai, which go out, RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=12/13 vs. e0kporeu/esqai, to go out, S1550 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's g).
th=j gh=j kai\, of the earth and: absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
to\n, the (war): present in RP P1904 S1894 F1859=13/13 vs. absent in S1550 E1624 F1859=0/13.
Rev 16:15 870Idou/, e1rxomai w(j kle/pthj. Maka&rioj o9 grhgorw~n kai\ thrw~n ta_ i9ma&tia au0tou=, i3na mh\ gumno\j peripath|=, kai\ ble/pwsin th\n a)sxhmosu/nhn au0tou= - Behold, I come as a thief. Blessed is he who watches out and keeps his clothes on, so that he does not walk around naked and they see his indecency.
Rev 16:16 Kai\ sunh/gagen au0tou\j ei0j to\n to/pon to\n kalou/menon 879Ebrai+sti\ {RP-text P1904: 879Armagedw&n} [RP-marg: Magedw&n] [TR: 879Armageddw&n]. And he gathered them in the place called in Hebraic {RP-text P1904 TR: Armageddon} [RP-marg: Megiddo]. 879Armagedw&n, Harmagedon, RP-text P1904 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's ghlm) vs. Magedw&n, Magedon, RP-marg F1859=7/13 vs. 879Armageddw&n, Harmageddon, TR F1859=0/13 vs. other spellings, Makeddw&n, Magidw&n, Makeddon, Magidon, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's fn respectively). AV and traditional English spelling: Armageddon. Ar- / Har- = Mount. The modern name is Megiddo. A weak disparity with RP-text, R=5:7.
Rev 16:17 Kai\ o9 e3bdomoj {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: a!ggeloj] e0ce/xeen th\n fia&lhn au0tou= {RP-text P1904: e0pi\} [RP-marg TR: ei0j] to\n a)e/ra: kai\ e0ch=lqen fwnh\ mega&lh {RP TR: a)po\} [P1904: e0k] tou= naou= tou= ou0ranou=, a)po\ tou= qro/nou, le/gousa, Ge/gonen. Then the seventh {RP-text P1904: one} [RP-marg TR: angel] poured his vial out on the air, and a loud voice came {RP TR: from} [P1904: out of] the sanctuary of heaven, from the throne, and it said, “It has taken place.” a!ggeloj, angel: absent in RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. present in RP-marg TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's hmn). AV differs textually.
e0pi\, on (the air), RP-text P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. ei0j, onto, RP-marg TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's cfhn).
a)po\, from (the sanctuary), RP TR F1859=12/13 vs. e0k, out of, P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's g).
Rev 16:18 Kai\ e0ge/nonto {RP: a)strapai\ kai\ brontai\ kai\ fwnai/} [P1904: a)strapai\ kai\ fwnai\ kai\ brontai/] [TR: fwnai\ kai\ brontai\ kai\ a)strapai/], kai\ seismo\j {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: e0ge/neto] me/gaj, oi[oj ou0k e0ge/neto a)f' ou[ oi9 a!nqrwpoi e0ge/nonto e0pi\ th=j gh=j, thlikou=toj seismo/j, ou3twj me/gaj. Then {RP: lightning flashes and thunderclaps and sounds} [P1904: lightning flashes and sounds and thunderclaps] [TR: sounds and thunderclaps and lightning flashes] took place, and a great earthquake {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: took place] such as had never taken place since when men came into existence on earth, so great was such a severe earthquake. a)strapai\ kai\ brontai\ kai\ fwnai/, lightning flashes + and thunderclaps + and voices, RP F1859=11/13 vs. a)strapai\ kai\ fwnai\ kai\ brontai/, lightning flashes + and voices + and thunderclaps, P1904 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's gn) vs. fwnai\ kai\ brontai\ kai\ a)strapai/, voices + and thunderclaps + and lightning flashes, TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
e0ge/neto, became, was: absent in RP-text F1859=9/13 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's fghn).
never ← not.
Rev 16:19 Kai\ e0ge/neto h9 po/lij h9 mega&lh ei0j tri/a me/rh, kai\ ai9 po/leij tw~n e0qnw~n {RP TR: e1peson} [P1904: e1pesan]: kai\ Babulw_n h9 mega&lh e0mnh/sqh e0nw&pion tou= qeou=, dou=nai au0th|= to\ poth/rion tou= oi1nou tou= qumou= th=j o0rgh=j au0tou=. And the great city became split into three parts, and the cities of the Gentiles collapsed. Then Babylon the great was remembered before God by giving it the cup of the wine of the wrath of his anger. e1peson, fell (classical form), RP TR F1859=9/14 vs. e1pesan, fell (non-classical form), P1904 F1859=5/14 (Scrivener's dh**jln).
Jer 25:15.
Rev 16:20 Kai\ pa~sa nh=soj e1fugen, kai\ o1rh ou0x eu9re/qhsan. And every island fled, and no mountains were to be found.
Rev 16:21 Kai\ xa&laza mega&lh, w(j talantiai/a, katabai/nei e0k tou= ou0ranou= e0pi\ tou\j a)nqrw&pouj: kai\ e0blasfh/mhsan oi9 a!nqrwpoi to\n qeo\n e0k th=j plhgh=j th=j xala&zhj: o3ti mega&lh e0sti\n h9 plhgh\ {RP-text TR: au0th=j} [RP-marg P1904: au3th] sfo/dra. And a great hailstorm with stones weighing about a talent each came down from the sky on men. At this the men blasphemed God for the plague of the hail, because {RP-text TR: its impact} [RP-marg P1904: this plague] was very severe. au0th=j, its (impact / plague) (feminine), RP-text TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's adghkm) vs. au9th, this, RP-marg P1904 F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's bcjln, but see f below) vs. au0th=, to it (but without iota subscript, so barring diacritics, as RP-marg), F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's f) vs. au0tou=, its (masculine), F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's e). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:6.
talent: about 114 pounds (52 kg), according to [CB].
the sky: or heaven.
{RP: its impact ← its plague.}
severe ← great.
Rev 17:1 Kai\ h]lqen ei[j e0k tw~n e9pta_ a)gge/lwn tw~n e0xo/ntwn ta_j e9pta_ fia&laj, kai\ e0la&lhsen met' e0mou=, le/gwn {RP P1904: - } [TR: moi], Deu=ro, dei/cw soi to\ kri/ma th=j po/rnhj th=j mega&lhj, th=j kaqhme/nhj e0pi\ {RP TR: tw~n u9da&twn tw~n} [P1904: u9da&twn] pollw~n: Then one of the seven angels who had the seven vials came and spoke with me and said {RP P1904: - } [TR: to me], “Come here, I will show you the judgment on the great whore who sits on much water, moi, to me: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. present in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's n).
tw~n u9da&twn tw~n, of the waves the (many), RP TR F1859=10/13 vs. u9da&twn, of waves, P1904 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's gmn).
judgment on ← judgment of, objective genitive.
much water ← the many waters.
Rev 17:2 meq' h[j e0po/rneusan oi9 basilei=j th=j gh=j, kai\ e0mequ/sqhsan {RP P1904: oi9 katoikou=ntej th\n gh=n e0k tou= oi1nou th=j pornei/aj au0th=j} [TR: e0k tou= oi1nou th=j pornei/aj au0th=j oi9 katoikou=ntej th\n gh=n]. with whom the kings of the earth committed fornication, while the inhabitants of the earth became drunk with the wine of her fornication.” oi9 katoikou=ntej th\n gh=n e0k tou= oi1nou th=j pornei/aj au0th=j, the inhabitants of the earth + with the wine of her fornication, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. e0k tou= oi1nou th=j pornei/aj au0th=j oi9 katoikou=ntej th\n gh=n, with the wine of her fornication + the inhabitants of the earth, TR F1859=0/13.
Rev 17:3 Kai\ a)ph/negke/n me ei0j e1rhmon e0n pneu/mati: kai\ ei]don gunai=ka kaqhme/nhn e0pi\ {RP TR: - } [P1904: to\] qhri/on {RP TR: - } [P1904: to\] ko/kkinon, ge/mon {RP-text P1904: o0no/mata} [RP-marg TR: o0noma&twn] blasfhmi/aj, e1xon kefala_j e9pta_ kai\ ke/rata de/ka. And he carried me away into the desert in the spirit, and I saw a woman sitting on {RP TR: a} [P1904: the] scarlet beast, the beast being full of blasphemous names, having seven heads and ten horns. to\, the (beast): absent in RP TR F1859=13/13 vs. present in P1904 F1859=0/13.
to\, the (scarlet one): absent in RP TR F1859=8/13 vs. present in P1904 F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's abejk).
o0no/mata, (full of) names (accusative), RP-text P1904 F1859=9/13 (incl. g with rough breathing) vs. o0noma&twn, (full of) names (genitive), RP-marg TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's chmn).
Dan 7:19-20.
Rev 17:4 Kai\ h9 gunh\ {RP P1904 S1894: h]n} [S1550 E1624: h9] peribeblhme/nh {RP-text P1904: porfurou=n} [RP-marg: porfu/ran] [TR: porfu/ra%] kai\ {RP P1904: ko/kkinon} [TR: kokki/nw%], {RP: - } [P1904 TR: kai\] kexruswme/nh {RP-text P1904: xrusi/w%} [RP-marg TR: xrusw%~] kai\ li/qw% timi/w% kai\ margari/taij, e1xousa {RP-text P1904: poth/rion xrusou=n} [RP-marg TR: xrusou=n poth/rion] e0n th|= xeiri\ au0th=j, ge/mon bdelugma&twn kai\ {RP P1904: ta_ a)ka&qarta th=j} [TR: a)kaqa&rthtoj] pornei/aj {RP-text TR: au0th=j} [RP-marg P1904: th=j gh=j], Now the woman {RP P1904 S1894: was} [S1550 E1624: who was] clothed in purple and scarlet, {RP: - } [P1904 TR: and] gilded with gold and precious gemstones and pearls, holding a golden cup in her hand, full of abominations and {RP P1904: the unclean things} [TR: the uncleanness] of {RP-text TR: her fornication} [RP-marg P1904: the fornication of the earth], h]n, (the woman) was, RP P1904 S1894 F1859=13/13 vs. h9, (the woman) the ; who (was), S1550 E1624 F1859=0/13.
porfurou=n, purple (substantivized adjective), RP-text P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. porfu/ran, purple (noun, sc. raiment), RP-marg F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's hn + k?) vs. porfu/ra%, in purple (noun, sc. raiment), TR F1859=0/12. Scrivener's k? is excluded.
ko/kkinon, scarlet, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. kokki/nw%, in scarlet, TR F1859=0/13.
kai\, and (gilded): absent in RP F1859=12/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l).
xrusi/w%, in golden, RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. xrusw%~, with gold, RP-marg TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's ghn).
poth/rion xrusou=n, cup + golden, RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. xrusou=n poth/rion, golden + cup, RP-marg TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's hn) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's e).
ta_ a)ka&qarta th=j, the unclean (things) of the, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. a)kaqa&rthtoj, of uncleanness, TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
au0th=j, her (fornication), RP-text TR F1859=6/14 (Scrivener's c*ghlmn) vs. th=j gh=j, of the land, RP-marg P1904 F1859=8/14. A weak disparity with RP-text, R=7:9.
gemstones ← stone.
Rev 17:5 kai\ e0pi\ to\ me/twpon au0th=j o1noma gegramme/non, Musth/rion, Babulw_n h9 mega&lh, h9 mh/thr tw~n pornw~n kai\ tw~n bdelugma&twn th=j gh=j. and on her forehead a name was written:

“Mystery, Babylon the Great,

The Mother of the Harlots and the Abominations of the Earth.”
Rev 17:6 Kai\ ei]don th\n gunai=ka mequ/ousan {RP-text P1904 TR: e0k} [RP-marg: - ] tou= ai3matoj tw~n a(gi/wn {RP-text: ,} [RP-marg P1904 TR: kai\] e0k tou= ai3matoj tw~n martu/rwn 870Ihsou=. Kai\ e0qau/masa, i0dw_n au0th/n, qau=ma me/ga. And I saw the woman drunk with the blood of the saints {RP-text: ,} [RP-marg P1904 TR: and] with the blood of the witnesses to Jesus, and I marvelled with great wonder as I saw her. e0k, out (of the blood) → with: present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's cghlm) vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's abdefjk). Nearly a disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=7:7, the more so considering the reputation of hm; see Rev 2:7.
kai\, (saints) and: absent in RP-text F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's abdejkm) vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's cfghl). Nearly a disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=7:7.
We note that almost the same set of ↴
saints: see Matt 27:52.
to Jesus: or of Jesus.
as I saw ← having seen. See Matt 23:20.
Rev 17:7 Kai\ ei]pe/n moi o9 a!ggeloj, Dia_ ti/ e0qau/masaj; {RP-text P1904: 870Egw_ e0rw~ soi} [RP-marg TR: 870Egw& soi e0rw~] to\ musth/rion th=j gunaiko/j, kai\ tou= qhri/ou tou= basta&zontoj au0th/n, tou= e1xontoj ta_j e9pta_ kefala_j kai\ ta_ de/ka ke/rata. Then the angel said to me, “Why did you marvel? I will tell you the mystery of the woman and of the beast who is carrying her, who has the seven heads and the ten horns. ↳ manuscripts are against RP-text over e0k above, and with RP-text over kai\. This is a disparity (#3) in itself, militating that one disparity, as a reading, excludes the other.
e0rw~ soi, I will say + to you, RP-text P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. soi e0rw~, to you + I will say, RP-marg TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's fh).
Dan 7:19-20.
Rev 17:8 {RP P1904 S1894: To\ qhri/on} [S1550 E1624: Qhri/on], o4 ei]dej, h]n, kai\ ou0k e1stin, kai\ me/llei a)nabai/nein e0k th=j a)bu/ssou, kai\ ei0j a)pw&leian u9pa&gein. Kai\ qauma&sontai oi9 katoikou=ntej {RP-text P1904 TR: e0pi\ th=j gh=j} [RP-marg: th\n gh=n], w{n ou0 ge/graptai {RP-text TR: ta_ o0no/mata} [RP-marg P1904c: to\ o1noma] [P1904u: ta_ o1noma] e0pi\ {RP-text P1904 TR: to\ bibli/on} [RP-marg: tou= bibli/ou] th=j zwh=j a)po\ katabolh=j ko/smou, {RP P1904: blepo/ntwn} [TR: ble/pontej] {RP-text: o3ti h]n to\ qhri/on} [RP-marg P1904: to\ qhri/on o3ti h]n] [TR: to\ qhri/on o3, ti h]n], kai\ ou0k e1stin, {RP P1904: kai\ pare/stai} [TR: kai/per e1stin]. {RP P1904 S1894: The} [S1550 E1624: The] beast whom you saw was, but is not, but is about to ascend out of the abyss and go away to destruction. And those {RP-text P1904 TR: dwelling on} [RP-marg: who inhabit] the earth will marvel, those whose {RP-text TR: names have not been} [RP-marg P1904: name has not been] written in the book of life since the overthrow of the world, {RP P1904: when they see} [TR: who see] that the beast was, and is not, {RP P1904: but will be present} [TR: although he is]. to\, the (beast): present in RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=11/12 vs. absent in S1894 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's k).
e0pi\ th=j gh=j, (dwelling) on the earth, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's cdghl) vs. th\n gh=n, (inhabiting) the earth, RP-marg F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's abefjkm). Nearly a disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=7:7.
ta_ o0no/mata, the names, RP-text TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's cgh) vs. to\ o1noma, the name, RP-marg P1904 F1859=9/12. A disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=4:10.
to\ bibli/on, (into) the book, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ch) vs. tou= bibli/ou, (in) the book, RP-marg F1859=9/12 vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's g). A disparity (#3) with RP-text, R=4:9.
blepo/ntwn, seeing (agreeing with w{n), RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. ble/pontej, seeing (agreeing with katoikou=ntej), TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's n).
o3ti h]n to\ qhri/on, because + was + the beast, RP-text F1859=10/12 vs. to\ qhri/on, o3ti h]n, the beast + that / because it was, RP-marg P1904 F1859=0/12 vs. to\ qhri/on o3, ti h]n, the beast + which was, TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's gh). A disparity (#4) with RP-marg (zero count).
kai\ pare/stai, and will be present, RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. kai/per e1stin, although it is, TR F1859=0/12. AV differs textually.
Ps 69:29MT (Ps 69:28AV); Dan 12:1, Ex 32:32.
overthrow: AV differs; see Matt 13:35.
Rev 17:9 87[Wde o9 nou=j o9 e1xwn sofi/an. Ai9 e9pta_ kefalai\ {RP: e9pta_ o1rh ei0si/n} [P1904: o1rh e9pta& ei0sin] [TR: o1rh ei0si\n e9pta&], o3pou h9 gunh\ ka&qhtai e0p' au0tw~n. Here is understanding comprising wisdom: the seven heads are seven mountains, on which the woman sits, e9pta_ o1rh ei0si/n, seven + mountains + are, RP F1859=11/12 vs. o1rh e9pta& ei0sin, mountains + seven + are, P1904 F1859=0/12 vs. o1rh ei0si\n e9pta&, mountains + are + seven, TR F1859=0/12 vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's f).
understanding comprising ← a mind which has.
Rev 17:10 Kai\ basilei=j {RP-text: ei0sin e9pta&} [RP-marg P1904 TR: e9pta& ei0sin]: oi9 pe/nte {RP-text: e1peson} [RP-marg P1904 TR: e1pesan], {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\] o9 ei[j e1stin, o9 a!lloj ou1pw h]lqen: kai/, o3tan e1lqh|, o0li/gon {RP-text: dei= au0to\n} [RP-marg P1904 TR: au0to\n dei=] mei=nai. and they are seven kings. Five have fallen, {RP P1904: - } [TR: and] one is in existence, and the other has not yet come. And when he comes, he must remain for a short time. ei0sin e9pta&, are + seven, RP-text F1859=10/12 vs. e9pta& ei0sin, seven + are, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's gh).
e1peson, fell (classical form), RP-text F1859=10/13 vs. e1pesan, fell (non-classical form), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's dh*j).
kai\, and (the one): absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. present in TR F1859=0/12.
dei= au0to\n, must + he, RP-text F1859=9/12 vs. au0to\n dei=, he + must, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's fgh).
Rev 17:11 Kai\ to\ qhri/on o4 h]n, kai\ ou0k e1stin, kai\ {RP-text P1904 TR: au0to\j} [RP-marg: ou[toj] o1gdoo/j e0stin, kai\ e0k tw~n e9pta& e0stin, kai\ ei0j a)pw&leian u9pa&gei. And the beast who was, but is not, {RP-text P1904 TR: is himself} [RP-marg: this is] both the eighth, and yet is of the seven, and he will go away to destruction. au0to\j, he, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's cfh) vs. ou[toj, this one, this man, RP-marg F1859=9/12. A disparity with RP-text, R=5:9.
destruction: the word also means waste as in Matt 26:8, but destruction here in view of the context of Rev 20:10-15 and 1 Cor 15:26.
Despite many finite verbs, it is hard to find a suitable main verb in this sentence. We decide on (o1gdoo/j) e0stin.
There is an interesting change from neuter o4 to masculine {RP-text P1904 TR: au0to\j} [RP-marg: ou[toj] in this verse.
Rev 17:12 Kai\ ta_ de/ka ke/rata, a$ ei]dej, de/ka basilei=j ei0si/n, oi3tinej basilei/an ou1pw e1labon, a)ll' e0cousi/an w(j basilei=j mi/an w#ran lamba&nousin meta_ tou= qhri/ou. And the ten horns which you saw are ten kings who have not yet received their kingdom, but who will receive authority as kings with the beast for one hour. Dan 7:20.
Rev 17:13 Ou[toi mi/an {RP-text: e1xousin gnw&mhn} [RP-marg P1904 TR: gnw&mhn e1xousin], kai\ th\n du/namin kai\ {RP-text P1904 TR: th\n} [RP-marg: - ] e0cousi/an {RP P1904: au0tw~n} [TR: e9autw~n] tw%~ qhri/w% {RP P1904: dido/asin} [TR: diadidw&sousin]. These have one purpose, and they {RP P1904: give} [TR: will hand] their power and authority {RP P1904: - } [TR: over] to the beast. e1xousin gnw&mhn, they have + purpose, RP-text F1859=9/12 vs. gnw&mhn e1xousin, purpose + they have, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's gh) vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's k).
th\n, the (authority): present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=5/11 (Scrivener's behjm) vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=6/11 (Scrivener's acfgkl). Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=7:6.
au0tw~n, their, RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. e9autw~n, their own, TR F1859=0/12.
dido/asin, they give, RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. diadidw&sousin, they will distribute, TR F1859=0/12 vs. didw&asin, they give (misspelled), F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's l).
Rev 17:14 Ou[toi meta_ tou= a)rni/ou polemh/sousin, kai\ to\ a)rni/on nikh/sei au0tou/j, o3ti ku/rioj kuri/wn e0sti\n kai\ basileu\j basile/wn, kai\ oi9 met' au0tou=, klhtoi\ kai\ e0klektoi\ kai\ pistoi/. These will wage war on the lamb, but the lamb will overcome them, because he is the Lord of lords and King of kings, and those with him are called and elect and faithful.” King of kings: this is a name in Rev 19:16.
Rev 17:15 Kai\ le/gei moi, Ta_ u3data, a$ ei]dej, ou[ h9 po/rnh ka&qhtai, laoi\ kai\ o1xloi ei0si/n, kai\ e1qnh kai\ glw~ssai. And he said to me, “The water which you saw, where the whore sits, is peoples and populations and nations and tongues. water ← waters. A Hebraism.
populations ← multitudes, crowds.
Rev 17:16 Kai\ ta_ de/ka ke/rata, a$ ei]dej, {RP P1904: kai\} [TR: e0pi\] to\ qhri/on, ou[toi mish/sousin th\n po/rnhn, kai\ h0rhmwme/nhn poih/sousin au0th\n kai\ gumnh\n {RP-text: poih/sousin au0th/n} [RP-marg P1904 TR: - ], kai\ ta_j sa&rkaj au0th=j fa&gontai, kai\ au0th\n katakau/sousin e0n puri/. And as for the ten horns which you saw {RP P1904: , and} [TR: on] the beast, these will hate the whore and make her desolate and {RP-text: make her} [RP-marg P1904 TR: - ] naked, and they will eat her flesh and burn her up with fire. kai\, and, RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. e0pi\, on, TR F1859=0/12. AV differs textually.
poih/sousin au0th/n, they will make her (with naked): present in RP-text F1859=9/12 vs. absent in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's cgj, cj lacking kai\ gumnh\n too).
Dan 7:20.
flesh ← fleshes. The plural is poetic classical Greek rather than a Hebraism.
Rev 17:17 879O ga_r qeo\j e1dwken ei0j ta_j kardi/aj au0tw~n poih=sai th\n gnw&mhn au0tou=, kai\ poih=sai {RP: gnw&mhn mi/an} [P1904 TR: mi/an gnw&mhn], kai\ dou=nai th\n basilei/an au0tw~n tw%~ qhri/w%, a!xri {RP-text P1904: telesqw~sin oi9 lo/goi} [RP-marg: telesqh/sontai oi9 lo/goi] [TR: telesqh|= ta_ r(h/mata] tou= qeou=. For God has put it in their hearts to carry out his purpose, and to make them unanimous, and to give their kingdom to the beast, until the words of God are fulfilled. gnw&mhn mi/an, purpose + one, RP F1859=10/12 vs. mi/an gnw&mhn, one + purpose, P1904 TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's g) vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's m).
telesqw~sin oi9 lo/goi, the words (1) are fulfilled (aorist subjunctive), RP-text P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. telesqh/sontai oi9 lo/goi, the words (1) will be fulfilled (future indicative), RP-marg F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's h) vs. telesqh|= ta_ r(h/mata, the words (2) are fulfilled (aorist subjunctive), TR F1859=0/12. A disparity with RP-marg (low count).
fulfilled ← completed.
There may be a play on words in this ↴
Rev 17:18 Kai\ h9 gunh/, h4n ei]dej, e0sti\n h9 po/lij h9 mega&lh, h9 e1xousa basilei/an e0pi\ tw~n basile/wn th=j gh=j. And the woman whom you saw is the great city which has a kingdom over the kings of the earth.” ↳ verse. The expression poih=sai gnw&mhn is used in two different senses (apparently): to carry out a purpose and, with mi/an, to make unanimous.
Rev 18:1 {RP-text P1904: Meta_} [RP-marg TR: Kai\ meta_] tau=ta ei]don {RP P1904 S1894: a!llon} [S1550 E1624: - ] a!ggelon katabai/nonta e0k tou= ou0ranou=, e1xonta e0cousi/an mega&lhn: kai\ h9 gh= e0fwti/sqh e0k th=j do/chj au0tou=. {RP-text P1904: After} [RP-marg TR: And after] these things I saw {RP P1904 S1894: another} [S1550 E1624: an] angel descending from heaven, having great authority, and the earth was lit up by his glory, kai\, and: absent in RP-text P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. present in RP-marg TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's hlm).
a!llon, another: present in RP P1904 S1894 F1859=10/12 vs. absent in S1550 E1624 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's f) vs. present after a!ggelon in F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's c).
Rev 18:2 Kai\ e1kracen {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: e0n] {RP P1904: i0sxura%~} [TR: i0sxu/i+] fwnh|= {RP P1904: - } [TR: mega&lh|], le/gwn, 871Epesen {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: e1pesen] Babulw_n h9 mega&lh, kai\ e0ge/neto katoikhth/rion {RP TR: daimo/nwn} [P1904: daimoni/wn], kai\ fulakh\ panto\j pneu/matoj a)kaqa&rtou, kai\ fulakh\ panto\j o0rne/ou a)kaqa&rtou kai\ memishme/nou. and he cried out {RP P1904: - } [TR: strongly] in a {RP P1904: strong} [TR: loud] voice and said, “Babylon the great has fallen, {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: it has fallen,] and it has become an abode of demons, and a prison of every unclean spirit, and a prison of every unclean and detested bird, e0n, with (strength): absent in RP-text F1859=11/12 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's h).
i0sxura%~, a strong, RP P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. i0sxu/i+, strength, TR F1859=0/12 vs. i0sxura_n, a strong (accusative), F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's aek).
mega&lh, loud: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. present in TR F1859=0/12.
e1pese¨n©, fell: absent in RP-text F1859=8/12 (Scrivener's abcdefjk) vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's ghlm). TR reads e1pesen e1pese; we enumerate under absent the manuscripts containing one e1pese¨n©.
daimo/nwn, of demons, RP TR F1859=11/12 vs. daimoni/wn, of demons (diminutive form, usual in NT, probably not significant), P1904 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's g). Compare Rev 16:14.
Isa 21:9, Jer 51:8; Isa 13:21, Jer 50:39; Isa 34:11 etc. Largely alluded to. Not necessarily in the context of Babylon.
{RP: strong: i0sxuro/j, not the usual word for loud (me/gaj)}.
Rev 18:3 873Oti e0k tou= {RP-text P1904 TR: oi1nou tou= qumou=} [RP-marg: qumou= tou= oi1nou] th=j pornei/aj au0th=j {RP: peptw&kasin} [P1904: pe/pwkan] [TR: pe/pwken] pa&nta ta_ e1qnh, kai\ oi9 basilei=j th=j gh=j met' au0th=j e0po/rneusan, kai\ oi9 e1mporoi th=j gh=j e0k th=j duna&mewj tou= strh/nouj au0th=j e0plou/thsan. because all the nations have {RP: fallen because of} [P1904 TR: drunk] {RP-text P1904 TR: the wine of the wrath} [RP-marg: the wrath of the wine] of her fornication. And the kings of the earth have fornicated with her, and the merchants of the earth have become rich from the profitability of her wantonness.” oi1nou tou= qumou=, wine + of wrath, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=10/12 vs. qumou= tou= oi1nou, wrath + of wine, RP-marg F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's hm).
peptw&kasi¨n©, they have fallen, RP F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's bdefg**l) vs. pe/pwkan, they have drunk (non-classical form), P1904 F1859=0/13 vs. pe/pwken, they have drunk (classical form for neuter subject), TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's h) vs. pepw&kasi¨n©, they have drunk, F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's ackm) vs. another reading from to drink, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's j) vs. another reading from to fall, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's g*). Scrivener lists d twice; it reads peptw&kasin, fallen. A weak disparity with RP where spellings for the same sense are conglomerated, R=7:8. AV differs textually.
profitability ← power, for wealth by a Hebraism (חַיִל).
wantonness: AV differs somewhat, delicacies.
Rev 18:4 Kai\ h1kousa a!llhn fwnh\n e0k tou= ou0ranou=, le/gousan, {RP-text P1904: 871Ecelqe} [RP-marg TR: 870Ece/lqete] e0c au0th=j o9 lao/j mou, i3na mh\ sugkoinwnh/shte tai=j a(marti/aij au0th=j, kai\ {RP: e0k tw~n plhgw~n au0th=j i3na mh\ la&bhte} [P1904: i3na e0k tw~n plhgw~n au0th=j mh\ la&bhte] [TR: i3na mh\ la&bhte e0k tw~n plhgw~n au0th=j]: Then I heard another voice from heaven say, “My people, get out of her, so that you don't become party to her sins, and so you don't receive any of her plagues, e1celqe, go out (singular), RP-text P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. e0ce/lqete, go out (plural), RP-marg TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's h) vs. another reading, perhaps intended as the TR one, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's g).
e0k tw~n plhgw~n au0th=j i3na mh\ la&bhte, of her plagues + in order that + you do not receive, RP F1859=12/12 (with some variations in bjkl) vs. i3na e0k tw~n plhgw~n au0th=j mh\ la&bhte, in order that + of her plagues + you do not receive, P1904 F1859=0/12 vs. i3na mh\ la&bhte e0k tw~n plhgw~n au0th=j, in order that + you do not receive + of her plagues, TR F1859=0/12.
Isa 48:20, Isa 52:11, Jer 51:6.
Rev 18:5 o3ti {RP P1904 S1894: e0kollh/qhsan} [S1550 E1624: h0kolou/qhsan] au0th=j ai9 a(marti/ai a!xri tou= ou0ranou=, kai\ e0mnhmo/neusen {RP-text P1904 TR: - } [RP-marg: au0th=j] o9 qeo\j ta_ a)dikh/mata au0th=j. because her sins have {RP P1904 S1894: amassed themselves} [S1550 E1624: followed along] up to heaven, and God has remembered {RP-text P1904 TR: - } [RP-marg: her for] her unrighteous deeds. e0kollh/qhsan, joined together, RP P1904 S1894 F1859=12/12 vs. h0kolou/qhsan, followed, S1550 E1624 F1859=0/12.
au0th=j, her (for her unrighteous deeds): absent in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's cfgl) vs. present in RP-marg F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's adehjkm) vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's b). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=6:7.
Rev 18:6 870Apo/dote au0th|= w(j kai\ au0th\ a)pe/dwken {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: u9mi=n], kai\ diplw&sate au0th|= dipla~ kata_ ta_ e1rga au0th=j: e0n tw%~ pothri/w% {RP-text P1904 TR: - } [RP-marg: au0th=j] w%{ e0ke/rasen kera&sate au0th|= diplou=n. Requite her as she for her part requited {RP-text P1904: others} [RP-marg TR: you], and pay her back double according to her works. In {RP-text P1904 TR: the} [RP-marg: her] cup in which she made a mixture, mix her double. u9mi=n, to you (with requited): absent in RP-text P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. present in RP-marg TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's chm). AV differs textually.
We do not understand Scrivener's entry for kata_ ta_ e1rga, which is present in E1624 and Scrivener's ch. A challenge (#1) to F1859.
au0th=j, her (cup): absent in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's cgh) vs. present in RP-marg F1859=9/12. A disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=5:9.
Ps 62:13MT (Ps 62:12AV), Jer 17:10, Jer 32:19.
for her part ← also.
pay her back double ← double her double.
Rev 18:7 873Osa e0do/casen {RP-text: au0th\n} [RP-marg P1904 TR: e9auth\n] kai\ e0strhni/asen, tosou=ton do/te au0th|= basanismo\n kai\ pe/nqoj: o3ti e0n th|= kardi/a% au0th=j le/gei {RP P1904: o3ti} [TR: - ] Ka&qhmai {RP TR: - } [P1904: kaqw_j] basi/lissa, kai\ xh/ra ou0k ei0mi/, kai\ pe/nqoj ou0 mh\ i1dw. Give her the equivalent torment and mourning of the extent to which she glorified herself and lived voluptuously, for she says in her heart, ‘I sit {RP TR: as} [P1904: as] a queen, and I am not a widow, and I will never see mourning.’ au0th\n, her → herself, RP-text F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's abejkl) vs. e9auth\n, herself (classically correct), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's cdfghm). A weak disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=6:8.
o3ti, that (introducing direct speech): present in RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. absent in TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's 1).
kaqw_j, (sit) as (1), absent in RP TR F1859=6/12 vs. present in P1904 F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's abdek) vs. w(j, as (2), F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's j). Nearly a disparity (#2) with RP, R=7:6.
Isa 47:8.
voluptuously: AV differs somewhat, deliciously.
never ← certainly not.
Rev 18:8 Dia_ tou=to e0n mia%~ h9me/ra% h3cousin ai9 plhgai\ au0th=j, qa&natoj {RP-text P1904 TR: kai\} [RP-marg: - ] pe/nqoj kai\ limo/j, kai\ e0n puri\ katakauqh/setai, o3ti i0sxuro\j ku/rioj o9 qeo\j o9 {RP P1904: kri/naj} [TR: kri/nwn] au0th/n. This is why her plagues will come in one day, death {RP-text P1904 TR: and} [RP-marg: ,] mourning and famine, and she will be burned up with fire, for mighty is the Lord God who {RP P1904: has judged} [TR: is judging] her. kai\, and (mourning): present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's cf[~MJW]ghl) vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's abdejkm). Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=7:7.
kri/naj, having judged; judging, RP P1904 F1859=11/12 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. kri/nwn, judging, TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's c). AV differs textually.
this is why ← on account of this.
Rev 18:9 Kai\ {RP P1904: klau/sousin} [TR: klau/sontai] {RP: - } [P1904 TR: au0th\n] kai\ ko/yontai e0p' {RP: au0th\n} [P1904 TR: au0th|=] oi9 basilei=j th=j gh=j oi9 met' au0th=j porneu/santej kai\ strhnia&santej, o3tan ble/pwsin to\n kapno\n th=j purw&sewj au0th=j, And the kings of the earth who committed fornication with her and lived voluptuously will {RP: weep} [P1904 TR: wail over her], and they will mourn for her, when they see the smoke of her being burnt, klau/sousin, they will bewail (non-classical form), RP P1904 F1859=12/12 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. klau/sontai, they will bewail (classical form), TR F1859=0/12.
au0th\n, (they will bewail) her: absent in RP F1859=12/12 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=0/12. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
au0th\n, (mourn for) her (accusative), RP F1859=9/12 vs. au0th|=, (over) her (dative), P1904 TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's gj) vs. phrase absent, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's f[MJW]).
voluptuously: AV differs somewhat, deliciously.
being burnt ← burning.
Rev 18:10 a)po\ makro/qen e9sthko/tej dia_ to\n fo/bon tou= basanismou= au0th=j, le/gontej, Ou0ai/, ou0ai/, h9 po/lij h9 mega&lh Babulw&n, h9 po/lij h9 i0sxura&, o3ti {RP P1904: - } [TR: e0n] mia%~ w#ra% h]lqen h9 kri/sij sou. as they stand at a distance for fear of her torment and say, ‘Alas, alas, O great city of Babylon, O mighty city, for your judgment came in one hour.’ e0n, in (strengthening the dative): absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. present in TR F1859=0/12.
your judgment: objective genitive.
Rev 18:11 Kai\ oi9 e1mporoi th=j gh=j {RP-text P1904: klau/sousin kai\ penqh/sousin} [RP-marg TR: klai/ousin kai\ penqou=sin] e0p' au0th|=, o3ti to\n go/mon au0tw~n ou0dei\j a)gora&zei ou0ke/ti: And the merchants of the earth {RP-text P1904: will} [RP-marg TR: will] bewail her and mourn for her, for no-one will buy their merchandise any more, klau/sousin kai\ penqh/sousin, will bewail and mourn, RP-text P1904 F1859=8/12 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. klai/ousin kai\ penqou=sin, bewail and mourn, RP-marg TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's gh) vs. other readings, F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's dj).
Rev 18:12 go/mon xrusou=, kai\ a)rgu/rou, kai\ li/qou timi/ou, kai\ margari/tou, kai\ {RP-text P1904: bussi/nou} [RP-marg TR: bu/ssou], kai\ {RP: porfurou=} [P1904 TR: porfu/raj], kai\ shrikou=, kai\ kokki/nou: kai\ pa~n cu/lon qu/i+non, kai\ pa~n skeu=oj e0lefa&ntinon, kai\ pa~n skeu=oj e0k cu/lou timiwta&tou, kai\ xalkou=, kai\ sidh/rou, kai\ marma&rou: merchandise of gold and silver and precious gemstones and pearls, and fine linen and purple and silk and scarlet, and all fragrant cedar wood, and every ivory vessel and every vessel of most precious wood, and of copper and iron and marble, bussi/nou, of fine linen (substantivized adjective), RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 (incl. f**) vs. bu/ssou, of fine linen (noun), RP-marg TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's h) vs. other readings, similar to bussi/nou, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's f*k).
porfurou=, of purple (substantivized adjective), RP F1859=9/12 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. porfu/raj, of purple (noun, sc. raiment), P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's glm). Compare Rev 17:4.
gemstones ... pearls ← stone ... pearl.
fragrant cedar wood: based on the [LS] entry for qui/a; others translate by other plants.
Rev 18:13 kai\ {RP P1904 TR: kina&mwmon} [MISC: kinna&mwmon], {RP TR: - } [P1904: kai\ a!mwmon,] kai\ qumia&mata, kai\ mu/ron, kai\ li/banon, kai\ oi]non, kai\ e1laion, kai\ semi/dalin, kai\ si=ton, kai\ {RP-text: pro/bata, kai\ kth/nh} [RP-marg P1904 TR: kth/nh, kai\ pro/bata]: kai\ i3ppwn, kai\ {RP-text: r(aidw~n} [RP-marg P1904 TR: r(edw~n], kai\ swma&twn, kai\ yuxa_j a)nqrw&pwn. and cinnamon {RP TR: - } [P1904: and amomum] and incense and ointment and frankincense, and wine and olive oil, and fine wheat flour and wheat, and {RP-text: sheep and cattle,} [RP-marg P1904 TR: cattle and sheep,] and horses and carriages, and slaves and trafficked people. kina&mwmon, cinnamon (1), RP P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's dhj*m) vs. kinna&mwmou, of cinnamon (2), F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's abcej**l) vs. kina&mwmou, of cinnamon (1), F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's kf[MJW]) vs. kinna&mwmon, cinnamon (2), F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's g). Nearly a disparity (#1) with RP, R=6:6.
kai\ a!mwmon, and spice: absent in RP TR F1859=10/12 (incl. f[~MJW]) vs. present in P1904 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's cm).
pro/bata, kai\ kth/nh, sheep + and cattle, RP-text F1859=11/13 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. kth/nh, kai\ pro/bata, cattle + and sheep, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's gh).
r(aidw~n, carriage (1), RP-text F1859=6/11 (Scrivener's bcghjl) vs. r(edw~n, carriage (2), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=4/11 (Scrivener's aekm) vs. another spelling, F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's f[MJW]). From Latin raeda. Nearly a disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=6:6.
Ezek 27:13.
incense ← incenses.
slaves ← bodies.
trafficked people ← souls of men.
Rev 18:14 Kai\ h9 o0pw&ra th=j e0piqumi/aj th=j yuxh=j sou {RP TR: a)ph=lqen} [P1904: a)pw&leto] a)po\ sou=, kai\ pa&nta ta_ lipara_ kai\ ta_ lampra_ {RP-text: a)pw&leto} [RP-marg P1904 TR: a)ph=lqen] a)po\ sou=, kai\ ou0ke/ti {RP-text: au0ta_ ou0 mh\ eu3rh|j} [RP-marg: ou0 mh\ eu9rh/seij au0ta&] [TR: ou0 mh\ eu9rh/sh|j au0ta&] [RP-marg2: ou0 mh\ eu3rh|j au0ta&] [P1904: ou0 mh\ au0ta_ eu9rh/seij]. And the fruit which you longed for {RP TR: has become unavailable to you} [P1904: is lost to you], and all the luxurious and splendid things {RP-text: are lost to you} [RP-marg P1904 TR: have become unavailable to you], and you will certainly not find them any more. First variation: a)ph=lqen, departed, RP TR F1859=11/12 (incl. f) vs. a)pw&leto, perished, P1904 F1859=0/12 vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's l).
Second variation: a)pw&leto, perished (classical form), RP-text F1859=7/12 (incl. f) vs. a)ph=lqen, departed, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=0/12 vs. a)pw&lonto, perished (non-classical form), F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's dhlm) vs. clause absent, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's j). A case of collusion between P1904 and TR? A disparity (#1) with RP-marg (low count).
au0ta_ ou0 mh\ eu3rh|j, them + you certainly not will find (classical aor. subj.), RP-text F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's abdefj, so not l) vs. ou0 mh\ eu9rh/seij au0ta&, certainly not you will find + them (non-class. fut. indic.), RP-marg F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's h) vs. ou0 mh\ eu9rh/sh|j au0ta&, certainly not you will find + them (non-class. weak aor. subj.), TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's m) vs. ou0 mh\ eu3rh|j au0ta&, certainly not you will find + them (class. aor. subj.), RP-marg2 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's c) vs. ou0 mh\ au0ta_ eu9rh/seij, certainly not + them + you will find (non-class. fut. indic.), P1904 F1859=0/12 vs. other readings, F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's gkl). A disparity (#2) with RP-marg (low count). A disparity (#3) with RP-marg2 (low count). Scrivener is ambiguous on l; it reads au0ta_ ou0 mh\ eu3reij (irregular form).
which you longed for ← of the desire of your soul.
{RP: become unavailable to you ← departed from you.}
{RP P1904: lost to you ← perished from you.}
Rev 18:15 Oi9 e1mporoi tou/twn, oi9 plouth/santej a)p' au0th=j, a)po\ makro/qen sth/sontai dia_ to\n fo/bon tou= basanismou= au0th=j, klai/ontej kai\ penqou=ntej, The merchants in these things who became rich from her will stand at a distance for fear of her torment, wailing and mourning,
Rev 18:16 {RP-text TR: kai\} [RP-marg P1904: - ] le/gontej, Ou0ai/, {RP-text P1904 TR: ou0ai/,} [RP-marg: - ] h9 po/lij h9 mega&lh, h9 peribeblhme/nh bu/ssinon kai\ porfurou=n kai\ ko/kkinon, kai\ {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: kexruswme/nh} [E1624: kexruswme/noi] {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: e0n] {RP-text P1904: xrusi/w%} [RP-marg TR: xrusw%~] kai\ li/qw% timi/w% kai\ margari/taij: {RP-text TR: and they will say} [RP-marg P1904: saying], ‘Alas, {RP-text P1904 TR: alas} [RP-marg: - ] for the great city, clothed in fine linen and purple and scarlet, {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: and gilded} [E1624: while they are gilded] in gold and precious gemstones and pearls, kai\, and (saying): present in RP-text TR F1859=6/12 vs. absent in RP-marg P1904 F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's abcdf[MJW]j). Nearly a disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=7:7.
ou0ai/, woe (second occurrence in verse): present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's cghlm) vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's abdef[MJW]jk). Nearly a disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=7:7.
kexruswme/nh, gilded (agreeing with city), RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=11/12 (with a minor variation in g) vs. kexruswme/noi, gilded (masculine plural, referring to the merchants), E1624 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's f[~MJW]).
e0n, in (gold) (strengthening the dative): absent in RP-text F1859=11/12 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=0/12 vs. phrase missing, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's h). A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
xrusi/w%, in gold (1), RP-text P1904 F1859=11/12 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. xrusw%~, in gold (2), RP-marg TR F1859=0/12 vs. word missing, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's h).
gemstones ← stone.
Rev 18:17 o3ti mia%~ w#ra% h0rhmw&qh o9 tosou=toj plou=toj. Kai\ pa~j kubernh/thj, kai\ pa~j {RP-text P1904: o9 e0pi\ to/pon ple/wn} [RP-marg: o9 e0pi\ tw~n ploi/wn ple/wn] [RP-marg2: e0pi\ tw~n ploi/wn ple/wn] [TR: e0pi\ tw~n ploi/wn o9 o3miloj], kai\ nau=tai, kai\ o3soi th\n qa&lassan e0rga&zontai, a)po\ makro/qen e1sthsan, for in one hour such great wealth was made valueless.’ And every helmsman and {RP-text P1904: every passenger} [RP-marg RP-marg2: everyone sailing in boats] [TR: all the crew on board boats], and sailors, and whoever has seafaring work, stood at a distance, o9 e0pi\ to/pon ple/wn, one who sails to a place, RP-text P1904 F1859=10/12 (incl. f) vs. o9 e0pi\ tw~n ploi/wn ple/wn, one who sails on the boats, RP-marg F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's h) vs. e0pi\ tw~n ploi/wn ple/wn, on the boats sailing, RP-marg2 F1859=0/12 vs. e0pi\ tw~n ploi/wn o9 o3miloj, company on the boats, TR F1859=0/12 vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's c). A disparity (#1) with RP-marg (low count). A disparity (#2) with RP-marg2 (low count). AV differs textually.
valueless ← desolate.
every passenger ← everyone sailing to a place.
has seafaring work ← works the sea.
Rev 18:18 kai\ e1krazon, {RP P1904: ble/pontej} [TR: o9rw~ntej] to\n kapno\n th=j purw&sewj au0th=j, le/gontej, Ti/j o9moi/a th|= po/lei th|= mega&lh|; and they cried out as they saw the smoke of her being burnt, and they said, ‘What city is comparable to the great city?’ ble/pontej, seeing (1), RP P1904 F1859=12/14 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. o9rw~ntej, seeing (2), TR F1859=2/14 (Scrivener's a*k*).
being burnt ← burning.
what: masculine / feminine, so not the neuter ti/, which is why we supply city.
Rev 18:19 Kai\ e1balon xou=n e0pi\ ta_j kefala_j au0tw~n, kai\ e1krazon klai/ontej kai\ {RP: penqou=ntej kai\} [P1904 TR: penqou=ntej,] le/gontej, Ou0ai/, ou0ai/, h9 po/lij h9 mega&lh, e0n h|[ e0plou/thsan pa&ntej oi9 e1xontej {RP P1904: ta_} [TR: - ] ploi=a e0n th|= qala&ssh| e0k th=j timio/thtoj au0th=j, o3ti mia%~ w#ra% h0rhmw&qh. And they threw dust on their heads and cried out wailing and {RP: mourning and} [P1904 TR: mourning,] saying, ‘Alas, alas, for the great city by which all those who had boats on the sea became rich from her profitability, because she was made desolate in one hour.’ kai\, and (saying): present in RP F1859=9/12 vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's gm, f[~MJW]).
ta_, the (boats): present in RP P1904 F1859=10/12 (incl. f) vs. absent in TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's cm).
profitability ← high value.
Rev 18:20 Eu0frai/nou e0p' {RP P1904: au0th|=} [TR: au0th/n], ou0rane/, kai\ oi9 a#gioi, {RP P1904: kai\ oi9} [TR: - ] a)po/stoloi, kai\ oi9 profh=tai, o3ti e1krinen o9 qeo\j to\ kri/ma u9mw~n e0c au0th=j. Rejoice over her, O heaven, and you saints {RP P1904: and you} [TR: ,] apostles and you prophets, because God has passed judgment in your favour against her.” au0th|=, (over) her (dative), RP P1904 F1859=11/12 ( incl. d[M]f[MJW]; k preceded by e0n) vs. au0th/n, (over) her (accusative), TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's m).
kai\ oi9, and the (but for vocative here) → and you (apostles): present in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. absent in TR F1859=0/12.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
passed judgment in your favour ← has judged your judgment. AV differs somewhat, avenged you.
Rev 18:21 Kai\ h]ren ei[j a!ggeloj i0sxuro\j li/qon w(j mu/lon me/gan, kai\ e1balen ei0j th\n qa&lassan, le/gwn, Ou3twj o9rmh/mati blhqh/setai Babulw_n h9 mega&lh po/lij, kai\ ou0 mh\ eu9reqh|= e1ti. Then one strong angel lifted up a stone like a large millstone and cast it into the sea and said, “In this way Babylon the great city will be cast away with a heave and will not be found any more at all. Jer 51:61-64 (allusion).
Rev 18:22 Kai\ fwnh\ kiqarw%dw~n kai\ mousikw~n kai\ au0lhtw~n kai\ salpistw~n ou0 mh\ a)kousqh|= e0n soi\ e1ti, kai\ pa~j texni/thj pa&shj te/xnhj ou0 mh\ eu9reqh|= e0n soi\ e1ti, kai\ fwnh\ mu/lou ou0 mh\ a)kousqh|= e0n soi\ e1ti, And no sound of harpists and musicians and flautists and trumpet-players will be heard in you any more at all, and no craftsmen of any craft will be found in you any more at all, nor will the sound of the millstone ever be heard in you any more, Ezek 26:13, Jer 25:10.
any (craft) ← every.
ever: this sense is conveyed by ou0 mh\ in the context.
Rev 18:23 kai\ fw~j lu/xnou ou0 mh\ fanh|= e0n soi\ e1ti, kai\ fwnh\ numfi/ou kai\ nu/mfhj ou0 mh\ a)kousqh|= e0n soi\ e1ti: o3ti oi9 e1mporoi/ sou h]san oi9 megista~nej th=j gh=j: o3ti e0n th|= farmakei/a% sou e0planh/qhsan pa&nta ta_ e1qnh. and no light of a lamp will shine in you any more at all, and no sound of a bridegroom and bride will be heard in you any more at all, because your merchants were the magnates of the earth, for all the nations were led astray by your sorcery.” Jer 7:34, Jer 16:9.
Rev 18:24 Kai\ e0n au0th|= {RP P1904: ai3mata} [TR: ai[ma] profhtw~n kai\ a(gi/wn eu9re/qh, kai\ pa&ntwn tw~n e0sfagme/nwn e0pi\ th=j gh=j. And in her the blood of the prophets and saints was found, and of all those slaughtered on the earth. ai3mata, bloods, RP P1904 F1859=12/12 (incl. f) vs. ai[ma, blood, TR F1859=0/12.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
Rev 19:1 {RP-text P1904: Meta_} [RP-marg TR: Kai\ meta_] tau=ta h1kousa {RP P1904 E1624: w(j} [S1550 S1894: - ] fwnh\n {RP P1904: mega&lhn o1xlou pollou=} [TR: o1xlou pollou= mega&lhn] e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~, {RP P1904: lego/ntwn} [TR: le/gontoj], 879Allhlou/i+a: h9 swthri/a kai\ {RP: h9 du/namij kai\ h9 do/ca} [P1904: h9 do/ca kai\ h9 du/namij] [TR: h9 do/ca kai\ h9 timh\ kai\ h9 du/namij] {RP P1904: tou= qeou=} [TR: kuri/w% tw%~ qew%~] h9mw~n: {RP-text P1904: After} [RP-marg TR: And after] these things I heard {RP P1904 E1624: a loud sound like a large crowd} [S1550 S1894: a loud sound of a large crowd] in heaven, saying,

“Alleluia,

Salvation and {RP: power and glory} [P1904: glory and power] [TR: glory and honour and power]

{RP P1904: Are characteristic of our God} [TR: To the Lord our God],

kai\, and (after): absent in RP-text P1904 F1859=10/11 (incl. f; hiatus in d) vs. present in RP-marg TR F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's h).
w(j, like (with sound): present in RP P1904 E1624 F1859=11/12 (incl. f[~MJW]) vs. absent in S1550 S1894 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's l).
mega&lhn o1xlou pollou=, loud (sound) + of a large crowd, RP P1904 F1859=11/12 (incl. f) vs. o1xlou pollou= mega&lhn, of a large crowd + a loud (sound), TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's h).
lego/ntwn, saying (plural, the sense of “crowd”), RP P1904 F1859=11/12 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. le/gontoj, saying (singular, concordant with “crowd”), TR F1859=0/12 vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's d).
h9 du/namij kai\ h9 do/ca, the power + and the glory, RP F1859=11/12 (incl. f[MJW]; m repeating h9 du/namij) vs. h9 do/ca kai\ h9 du/namij, the glory + and the power, P1904 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's d) vs. h9 do/ca kai\ h9 timh\ kai\ h9 du/namij, the glory + and the honour + and the power, TR F1859=0/12. AV differs textually.
tou= qeou=, of (our) God, RP P1904 F1859=11/12 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. kuri/w% tw%~ qew%~, to (our) Lord God, TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's d). AV differs textually.
{RP P1904 E1624: a loud sound like a large crowd ← like a loud sound of a large crowd}.
alleluia ← praise Jah (הַלְלוּ־יָהּ, Ps 104:35 etc.), praise the Lord. RP mark with a rough breathing (halleluia); P1904 and TR with a smooth breathing (alleluia, as AV).
Rev 19:2 o3ti a)lhqinai\ kai\ di/kaiai ai9 kri/seij au0tou=: o3ti e1krinen th\n po/rnhn th\n mega&lhn, h3tij {RP P1904: die/fqeiren} [TR: e/fqeiren] th\n gh=n e0n th|= pornei/a% au0th=j, kai\ e0cedi/khsen to\ ai[ma tw~n dou/lwn au0tou= e0k {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: th=j] xeiro\j au0th=j.

For his judgments are true and righteous,

For he has judged the great whore,

Who brought the earth to ruin with her fornication,

And he has avenged the blood of his servants

Which was shed at her instigation.”

 die/fqeire¨n©, brought to ruin (intensified by the prefix di-), RP P1904 F1859=10/12 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. e/fqeiren, brought to ruin, TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's gm).
th=j, of the (hand of her) → her (instigation): absent in RP-text P1904 F1859=12/12 (incl. f) vs. present in RP-marg TR F1859=0/12.
Deut 32:43.
instigation ← hand.
Rev 19:3 Kai\ deu/teron {RP: ei1rhken} [P1904 TR: ei1rhkan], 879Allhlou/i+a: kai\ o9 kapno\j au0th=j a)nabai/nei ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj tw~n ai0w&nwn. And {RP: he} [P1904 TR: they] spoke a second time: “Alleluia. And her smoke will ascend throughout the durations of the ages.” ei1rhken, he has said, RP F1859=7/11 vs. ei1rhkan, they have said (non-classical form), P1904 TR F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's m) vs. ei0rh/kasin, they have said (classical form), F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's bf[MJW]g). AV differs textually.
Isa 34:10.
alleluia: see Rev 19:1.
Rev 19:4 Kai\ {RP-text E1624: e1peson} [RP-marg P1904 S1550 S1894: e1pesan] oi9 {RP-text: presbu/teroi oi9 ei1kosi te/ssarej} [RP-marg: presbu/teroi oi9 K6D6] [P1904: ei1kosi kai\ te/ssarej presbu/teroi] [TR: presbu/teroi oi9 ei1kosi kai\ te/ssarej], kai\ ta_ te/ssara zw%~a, kai\ proseku/nhsan tw%~ qew%~ tw%~ kaqhme/nw% e0pi\ {RP-text TR: tou= qro/nou} [RP-marg P1904: tw%~ qro/nw%], le/gontej, 870Amh/n: 879Allhlou/i+a. Then the twenty-four elders and the four living beings fell down and worshipped God, who was sitting on the throne, and they said, “Amen. Alleluia.” e1peson, they fell (classical form), RP-text E1624 F1859=9/11 (Scrivener's abcefgklm, d only perhaps, so excluded) vs. e1pesan, they fell (non-classical form), RP-marg P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's hj).
presbu/teroi oi9 ei1kosi te/ssarej, elders + the twenty-four, RP-text F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's cdehm) vs. presbu/teroi oi9 K6D6, elders + the 24, RP-marg F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's agjkl) vs. ei1kosi kai\ te/ssarej presbu/teroi, twenty and four + elders, P1904 F1859=0/12 vs. presbu/teroi oi9 ei1kosi kai\ te/ssarej, elders + the twenty and four, TR F1859=0/12 vs. ei1kosi te/ssarej presbu/teroi, twenty-four + elders, F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's bf). Nearly a disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=5:5.
tou= qro/nou, (on) the throne, RP-text TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's bhj) vs. tw%~ qro/nw%, (at, on) the throne, RP-marg P1904 F1859=9/12 (incl. f). A disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=4:10.
alleluia: see Rev 19:1.
Rev 19:5 Kai\ fwnh\ {RP-text P1904: a)po\} [RP-marg TR: e0k] tou= qro/nou e0ch=lqen, le/gousa, Ai0nei=te to\n qeo\n h9mw~n pa&ntej oi9 dou=loi au0tou=, kai\ oi9 fobou/menoi au0to/n, {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\] oi9 mikroi\ kai\ oi9 mega&loi. And a voice went out from the throne and said, “Praise our God all you servants of his, and you who fear him, {RP P1904: - } [TR: both] small and great.” a)po\, from, RP-text P1904 F1859=8/10 vs. e0k, out of, RP-marg TR F1859=2/10 (Scrivener's ch). The testimony of f[MJW] is highly inconsistent and is excluded above, though on balance probably supporting a)po\.
kai\, and: absent in RP P1904 F1859=9/11 vs. present in TR F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's f[~MJW]m).
Rev 19:6 Kai\ h1kousa w(j fwnh\n o1xlou pollou=, kai\ w(j fwnh\n u9da&twn pollw~n, kai\ w(j fwnh\n brontw~n i0sxurw~n, {RP-text: le/gontej} [RP-marg P1904 E1624: lego/ntwn] [RP-marg2 S1550 S1894: le/gontaj], 879Allhlou/i+a: o3ti e0basi/leusen ku/rioj o9 qeo\j {RP: h9mw~n} [P1904 TR: - ] o9 pantokra&twr. And I heard a voice as of a great crowd and a voice as of great waters and a voice as of mighty thunderclaps, which said, “Alleluia, for the Lord {RP: our} [P1904 TR: - ] God, the Almighty, has started to reign. le/gontej, saying (nominative plural, resuming “the crowd”, according to the sense), RP-text F1859=7/11 (incl. f) vs. lego/ntwn, saying (genitive plural, agreeing with “thunderclaps” etc.), RP-marg P1904 E1624 F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's cgm) vs. le/gontaj, saying (accusative plural, agreeing with “sounds”), RP-marg2 S1550 S1894 F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's h).
h9mw~n, our: present in RP F1859=10/11 (f revealing mw~n, [MJW] giving the whole word) vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's g).
a voice as of a great crowd ← a kind of voice of a great crowd.
a voice as of great waters ← a kind of voice of great waters.
a voice as of mighty thunderclaps ← a kind of voice of mighty thunderclaps.
started to reign: inceptive aorist.
Rev 19:7 Xai/rwmen kai\ a)galliw&meqa, kai\ dw~men th\n do/can au0tw%~: o3ti h]lqen o9 ga&moj tou= a)rni/ou, kai\ h9 gunh\ au0tou= h9toi/masen e9auth/n. Let us rejoice and be glad and give the glory to him, because the marriage feast of the lamb has come, and his wife has made herself ready.”
Rev 19:8 Kai\ e0do/qh au0th|= i3na periba&lhtai bu/ssinon {RP: lampro\n kai\ kaqaro/n} [P1904: lampro\n kaqaro/n] [TR: kaqaro\n kai\ lampro/n]: to\ ga_r bu/ssinon ta_ {RP P1904: dikaiw&mata tw~n a(gi/wn e0sti/n} [TR: dikaiw&mata& e0sti tw~n a(gi/wn]. And she was granted to put on {RP: shining and pure} [P1904: shining and pure] [TR: pure and shining] fine linen, for fine linen stands for the righteous observances of the saints. lampro\n kai\ kaqaro/n, shining + and pure, RP F1859=8/11 (incl. f, reveals lam, but [MJW] give the whole phrase) vs. lampro\n kaqaro/n, shining + pure, P1904 F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's gl) vs. kaqaro\n kai\ lampro/n, pure + and shining, TR F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's k).
tw~n a(gi/wn e0sti/¨n©, of the saints + is, RP P1904 F1859=11/11 (incl. f, reveals dikaiw&mata tw~n, but [MJW] give the whole clause) vs. e0sti tw~n a(gi/wn, is + of the saints, TR F1859=0/11.
she was granted ← it was given to her.
stands for ← is.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
Rev 19:9 Kai\ le/gei moi, Gra&yon, Maka&rioi oi9 ei0j to\ dei=pnon tou= ga&mou tou= a)rni/ou keklhme/noi. Kai\ le/gei moi, Ou[toi oi9 lo/goi {RP-text P1904: a)lhqinoi\ tou= qeou= ei0sin} [RP-marg TR: a)lhqinoi/ ei0sin tou= qeou=]. And he said to me, “Write, ‘Blessed are those who have been invited to the marriage feast of the lamb.’ ” And he said to me, “These are the true words of God.” tou= qeou= ei0sin, of God + are, RP-text P1904 F1859=8/11 (incl. f) vs. ei0sin tou= qeou=, are + of God, RP-marg TR F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's h) vs. another reading, F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's gk).
We take oi9 lo/goi as the complement (despite initially appearing otherwise), rather than as subject, which would give these words of God are true.
Rev 19:10 Kai\ {RP-text P1904: e1pesa} [RP-marg TR: e1peson] e1mprosqen tw~n podw~n au0tou= proskunh=sai au0tw%~: kai\ le/gei moi, 873Ora mh/: su/ndoulo/j sou ei0mi\ kai\ tw~n a)delfw~n sou tw~n e0xo/ntwn th\n marturi/an {RP P1904: - } [TR: tou=] 870Ihsou=: tw%~ qew%~ prosku/nhson: h9 ga_r marturi/a tou= 870Ihsou= e0sti\n to\ pneu=ma th=j profhtei/aj. And I fell down before his feet to worship him, but he said to me, “Watch out that you do not do that. I am your fellow servant, and I am one of your brothers who have the testimony of Jesus. Worship God, for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy.” e1pesa, I fell (non-classical form), RP-text P1904 F1859=5/11 (Scrivener's bh*jlm) vs. e1peson, I fell (classical form), RP-marg TR F1859=6/11 (Scrivener's cefgh**k). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=6:7.
tou=, the (Jesus): absent in RP P1904 F1859=10/10 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. present in TR F1859=0/10.
Rev 19:11 Kai\ ei]don to\n ou0rano\n a)new%gme/non, kai\ i0dou/, i3ppoj leuko/j, kai\ o9 kaqh/menoj e0p' au0to/n, kalou/menoj pisto\j kai\ a)lhqino/j, kai\ e0n dikaiosu/nh| kri/nei kai\ polemei=. Then I saw heaven opened, and there was a white horse, and one who was sitting on it, called Faithful and True, and he judges and wages war in righteousness. We, with AV but not RP P1904 TBS-TR, capitalize Faithful and True.
there was ← behold.
in righteousness: applies to both the judging and the waging war.
Rev 19:12 Oi9 de\ o0fqalmoi\ au0tou= {RP: - } [P1904 TR: w(j] flo\c puro/j, kai\ e0pi\ th\n kefalh\n au0tou= diadh/mata polla&: e1xwn {RP P1904: o0no/mata gegramme/na kai\} [TR: - ] o1noma gegramme/non o4 ou0dei\j oi]den ei0 mh\ au0to/j, And his eyes were {RP: - } [P1904 TR: like] a fiery flame, and on his head were many diadems. He has {RP P1904: names written, including} [TR: - ] a name written which no-one knows except himself, w(j, like: absent in RP F1859=8/10 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=2/10 (Scrivener's gm).
o0no/mata gegramme/na kai\, names written and: present in RP P1904 F1859=9/11 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. absent in TR F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's cl).
fiery flame ← flame of fire, a Hebraic genitive.
Rev 19:13 kai\ peribeblhme/noj i9ma&tion bebamme/non {RP TR: - } [P1904: e0n] ai3mati: kai\ {RP-text TR: kalei=tai} [RP-marg P1904: ke/klhtai] to\ o1noma au0tou=, 879O lo/goj tou= qeou=. and he was clothed in a garment dipped in blood, and his name was The Word of God. e0n, in (blood): absent in RP TR F1859=10/11 (incl. f[~MJW]) vs. present in P1904 F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's c).
kalei=tai, is called → name was, RP-text TR F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's chl) vs. ke/klhtai, has been called, RP-marg P1904 F1859=8/11 (incl. f[MJW]). A disparity with RP-text, R=4:9.
We, with AV, but not RP P1904 TBS-TR, capitalize The Word.
Isa 63:1; juice / blood on the garments in Isa 63:3.
{RP-text TR: his name was ← his name is called.} [RP-marg P1904: his name was ← his name has been called.]
Rev 19:14 Kai\ ta_ strateu/mata {RP-text P1904 E1624 S1894: ta_} [RP-marg S1550: - ] e0n tw%~ ou0ranw%~ h0kolou/qei au0tw%~ {RP P1904: e0pi\} [TR: e0f'] i3ppoij leukoi=j, e0ndedume/noi bu/ssinon leuko\n {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\] kaqaro/n. And the armies in heaven were following him on white horses, clothed in fine white {RP P1904: - } [TR: and] pure linen. ta_, the (armies): present in RP-text P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=6/11 vs. absent in RP-marg S1550 F1859=5/11 (Scrivener's cf[MJW]jlm).
e0pi\, on (horses) (unapocopated), RP P1904 F1859=8/11 vs. e0f', on (apocopated), TR F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's f[~MJW]gl).
kai\, and (pure): absent in RP P1904 F1859=8/11 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. present in TR F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's egl).
clothed: referring to the horses.
Rev 19:15 Kai\ e0k tou= sto/matoj au0tou= e0kporeu/etai r(omfai/a {RP: di/stomoj o0cei=a} [P1904: o0cei=a di/stomoj] [TR: o0cei=a], i3na e0n au0th|= {RP: pata&ch|} [P1904 TR: pata&ssh|] ta_ e1qnh: kai\ au0to\j poimanei= au0tou\j e0n r(a&bdw% sidhra%~: kai\ au0to\j patei= th\n lhno\n tou= oi1nou tou= qumou= {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\] th=j o0rgh=j tou= qeou= tou= pantokra&toroj. And out of his mouth came a sharp {RP P1904: double-edged} [TR: - ] sword with which to strike the nations. And he himself will tend them with an iron rod, and he himself treads the wine vat of the wine of the wrath {RP P1904: - } [TR: and] of the anger of God the Almighty. di/stomoj o0cei=a, double-edged + sharp, RP F1859=11/11 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. o0cei=a di/stomoj, sharp + double-edged, P1904 F1859=0/11 vs. o0cei=a, sharp, TR F1859=0/11. AV differs textually.
pata&ch|, strike (aorist subjunctive, so perfective aspect), RP F1859=8/11 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. pata&ssh|, strike (present subjunctive, so imperfective aspect), P1904 TR F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's k) vs. pata&cei, will strike (non-classical future), F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's el).
kai\, and: absent in RP P1904 F1859=10/11 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. present in TR F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's g).
Isa 49:2, Ps 2:9, Isa 63:3.
tend: see Rev 2:27.
wine vat of the wine of: AV differs somewhat (wine press of).
Rev 19:16 Kai\ e1xei e0pi\ to\ i9ma&tion kai\ e0pi\ to\n mhro\n au0tou= {RP P1904 S1894: - } [S1550 E1624: to\] o1noma gegramme/non, Basileu\j basile/wn kai\ ku/rioj kuri/wn. And he has on his cloak and on his thigh {RP P1904 S1894: a} [S1550 E1624: the] name written: King of kings and Lord of lords. to\, the (name): absent in RP P1904 S1894 F1859=11/11 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. present in S1550 E1624 F1859=0/11.
Rev 19:17 Kai\ ei]don {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: e3na] a!ggelon e9stw~ta e0n tw%~ h9li/w%: kai\ e1kracen {RP TR: - } [P1904: e0n] fwnh|= mega&lh|, le/gwn pa~sin toi=j o0rne/oij toi=j {RP P1904: petome/noij} [TR: petwme/noij] e0n mesouranh/mati, Deu=te, {RP P1904: suna&xqhte} [TR: kai\ suna&gesqe] ei0j {RP-text P1904: to\ dei=pnon to\ me/ga} [RP-marg: to\n dei=pnon to\n me/gan] [RP-marg2 TR: to\ dei=pnon] tou= {RP P1904: - } [TR: mega&lou] qeou=, Then I saw {RP-text: an} [RP-marg P1904 TR: an] angel standing on the sun, and he cried out in a loud voice and said to all the birds that fly high overhead, “Come {RP P1904: and} [TR: and] congregate at the {RP-text RP-marg P1904: great supper of} [RP-marg2: the supper of] [TR: the supper of the great] God, e3na, one (angel): absent in RP-text F1859=7/11 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=4/11 (Scrivener's ghlm). Nearly a disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=7:6.
e0n, in (a loud voice) (strengthening the dative): absent in RP TR F1859=3/10 (Scrivener's cgh) vs. present in P1904 F1859=7/10 (incl. f[MJW]). Scrivener's d illegible. A disparity (#2) with RP, R=4:8.
petome/noij, flying (1), RP P1904 F1859=7/10 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. petwme/noij, flying (2), TR F1859=3/10 (Scrivener's ckl).
suna&xqhte, be gathered (aorist, so perfective aspect), RP P1904 F1859=11/11 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. kai\ suna&gesqe, be gathered (present, so imperfective aspect), TR F1859=0/11.
to\ dei=pnon to\ me/ga, the great supper (neuter), RP-text P1904 F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's f[MJW]jl) vs. to\n dei=pnon to\n me/gan, the great supper (masculine), RP-marg F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's bcm) vs. to\ dei=pnon, the supper, RP-marg2 TR F1859=0/11 vs. to\n dei=pnon to\ me/ga, the great supper (masculine and neuter), F1859=4/11 (Scrivener's degh) vs. to\n dei=pnon tou= me/ga, the great supper (mixed case), F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's k). Nearly a disparity (#3) with RP-text, R=4:4. A disparity (#4) with RP-marg2 (zero count). AV differs textually.
mega&lou, great (God): absent in RP P1904 F1859=11/11 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. present in TR F1859=0/11. AV differs textually.
Ezek 39:17 (take with Rev 19:18).
[RP-marg P1904 TR: an ← one.]
on ← in.
Rev 19:18 i3na fa&ghte sa&rkaj basile/wn, kai\ sa&rkaj xilia&rxwn, kai\ sa&rkaj i0sxurw~n, kai\ sa&rkaj i3ppwn kai\ tw~n kaqhme/nwn e0p' au0tw~n, kai\ sa&rkaj pa&ntwn, e0leuqe/rwn {RP P1904 S1894: te} [S1550 E1624: - ] kai\ dou/lwn, kai\ mikrw~n {RP-text P1904: te} [RP-marg TR: - ] kai\ mega&lwn. to eat the flesh of kings and the flesh of cohort commanders and the flesh of the mighty, and the flesh of horses and of those sitting on them, and the flesh of all, {RP P1904 S1894: both} [S1550 E1624: - ] free and in bond-service, and {RP-text P1904: both} [RP-marg TR: - ] small and great.” te, both (free and slave): present in RP P1904 S1894 F1859=11/11 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. absent in S1550 E1624 F1859=0/11. A challenge to S1894, as AV italicizes both (first occurrence in verse).
te, both (small and large): present in RP-text P1904 F1859=8/11 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. absent in RP-marg TR F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's dgm, d hardly belonging above).
Ezek 39:17 (take with Rev 19.17).
Rev 19:19 Kai\ ei]don to\ qhri/on, kai\ tou\j basilei=j th=j gh=j, kai\ ta_ strateu/mata au0tw~n sunhgme/na poih=sai {RP TR: - } [P1904: to\n] po/lemon meta_ tou= kaqhme/nou e0pi\ tou= i3ppou, kai\ meta_ tou= strateu/matoj au0tou=. And I saw the beast and the kings of the earth and their armies gathered to wage war on him who was sitting on the horse, and on his army. to\n, the (war): absent in RP TR F1859=6/11 vs. present in P1904 F1859=5/11 (Scrivener's def[MJW]kl). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:6.
Rev 19:20 Kai\ e0pia&sqh to\ qhri/on, kai\ {RP-text P1904: o9 met' au0tou=} [RP-marg: met' au0tou= o9] [TR: meta_ tou/tou o9] yeudoprofh/thj o9 poih/saj ta_ shmei=a e0nw&pion au0tou=, e0n oi[j e0pla&nhsen tou\j labo/ntaj to\ xa&ragma tou= qhri/ou, kai\ tou\j proskunou=ntaj th|= ei0ko/ni au0tou=: zw~ntej e0blh/qhsan oi9 du/o ei0j th\n li/mnhn tou= puro\j th\n kaiome/nhn e0n {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: tw%~] qei/w%: But the beast was seized, as was the false prophet with him, who performed the signs in his presence by which he deceived those who took the mark of the beast and those who worshipped his image. The two were thrown alive into the lake of fire which was burning with sulphur. o9 met' au0tou=, the (false prophet) + with him, RP-text P1904 F1859=9/10 vs. met' au0tou= o9, with him + the, RP-marg F1859=1/10 (Scrivener's h) vs. meta_ tou/tou o9, with this (one) + the, TR F1859=0/10. The testimony of f[MJW] is inconsistent and is excluded. A disparity with RP-marg (low count).
tw%~, the (sulphur): absent in RP-text P1904 F1859=8/10 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. present in RP-marg TR F1859=2/10 (Scrivener's cm, and perhaps d). We exclude d as it is doubtful.
Dan 7:11 (allusion).
Rev 19:21 kai\ oi9 loipoi\ a)pekta&nqhsan e0n th|= r(omfai/a% tou= kaqhme/nou e0pi\ tou= i3ppou, th|= {RP P1904: e0celqou/sh|} [TR: e0kporeuome/nh|] e0k tou= sto/matoj au0tou=: kai\ pa&nta ta_ o1rnea e0xorta&sqhsan e0k tw~n sarkw~n au0tw~n. And the rest were killed by the sword of him who was sitting on the horse, the sword which came out of his mouth. And all the birds were filled with their flesh. e0celqou/sh|, having come out, RP P1904 F1859=11/11 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. e0kporeuome/nh|, going out, TR F1859=0/11.
filled ← fed, fattened.
Rev 20:1 Kai\ ei]don a!ggelon katabai/nonta e0k tou= ou0ranou=, e1xonta th\n {RP P1904: klei=n} [TR: klei=da] th=j a)bu/ssou, kai\ a#lusin mega&lhn e0pi\ th\n xei=ra au0tou=. Then I saw an angel descending from heaven holding the key to the abyss with a great chain in his hand. klei=n, key (1), RP P1904 F1859=9/11 vs. klei=da, key (2), TR F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's f[~MJW]l).
with ← and.
Rev 20:2 Kai\ e0kra&thsen to\n dra&konta, to\n o1fin to\n a)rxai=on, o3j e0stin dia&boloj kai\ {RP-text P1904: o9} [RP-marg TR: - ] Satana~j, {RP: o9 planw~n th\n oi0koume/nhn o3lhn,} [P1904: o9 planw~n th\n oi0koume/nhn,] [TR: - ] kai\ e1dhsen au0to\n xi/lia e1th, And he took hold of the dragon, the old serpent, who is the devil and Satan, {RP: who leads the whole world astray,} [P1904: who leads the world astray,] [TR: - ] and he bound him for a thousand years, o9, the (Satan): present in RP-text P1904 F1859=4/11 (Scrivener's chjm) vs. absent in RP-marg TR F1859=7/11 (incl. f[~MJW]). A disparity with RP-text, R=5:8.
o9 planw~n th\n oi0koume/nhn o3lhn, who deceives the whole world, RP F1859=8/11 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. o9 planw~n th\n oi0koume/nhn, who deceives the world, P1904 F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's e) vs. words absent, TR F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's cg). AV differs textually.
Rev 20:3 kai\ e1balen au0to\n ei0j th\n a!busson, kai\ e1kleisen {RP P1904: - } [TR: au0to\n] kai\ e0sfra&gisen e0pa&nw au0tou=, i3na mh\ {RP P1904: plana%~} [TR: planh/sh|] {RP P1904: e1ti ta_ e1qnh} [TR: ta_ e1qnh e1ti], a!xri telesqh|= ta_ xi/lia e1th: {RP-text TR: kai\} [RP-marg P1904: - ] meta_ tau=ta dei= {RP-text P1904 TR: au0to\n luqh=nai} [RP-marg: luqh=nai au0to\n] mikro\n xro/non. and he cast him into the abyss and shut {RP P1904: it} [TR: him in] and sealed it above him, so that he should not deceive the nations any more until the thousand years should be completed. {RP-text TR: Then after} [RP-marg P1904: After] these things he must be released for a short time. au0to\n, (shut) him: absent in RP P1904 F1859=11/11 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. present in TR F1859=0/11.
plana%~, cause to err (present subjunctive, so imperfective aspect), RP P1904 F1859=10/11 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. planh/sh|, cause to err (aorist subjunctive, so perfective aspect), TR F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's g).
e1ti ta_ e1qnh, (no) more + the nations, RP P1904 F1859=10/10 vs. ta_ e1qnh e1ti, the nations + (no) more, TR F1859=0/10. The testimony of f[MJW] is inconsistent and is excluded.
kai\, and → then: present in RP-text TR F1859=4/11 (Scrivener's chkm) vs. absent in RP-marg P1904 F1859=7/11 (incl. f[MJW]). A disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=5:8.
au0to\n luqh=nai, he + be released, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's ch) vs. luqh=nai au0to\n, be released + he, RP-marg F1859=9/11 (incl. f[MJW]). A disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=4:9.
Rev 20:4 Kai\ ei]don qro/nouj, kai\ e0ka&qisan e0p' au0tou/j, kai\ kri/ma e0do/qh au0toi=j: kai\ ta_j yuxa_j tw~n pepelekisme/nwn dia_ th\n marturi/an 870Ihsou=, kai\ dia_ to\n lo/gon tou= qeou=, kai\ oi3tinej ou0 proseku/nhsan {RP-text P1904: to\ qhri/on} [RP-marg TR: tw%~ qhri/w%], {RP-text: ou0de\} [RP-marg P1904 TR: ou1te] {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: th\n ei0ko/na} [E1624: th|= ei0ko/ni] au0tou=, kai\ ou0k e1labon to\ xa&ragma e0pi\ to\ me/twpon {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: au0tw~n], kai\ e0pi\ th\n xei=ra au0tw~n: kai\ e1zhsan, kai\ e0basi/leusan meta_ {RP P1904 E1624: tou=} [S1550 S1894: - ] xristou= {RP-text S1550 E1624: ta_} [RP-marg P1904 S1894: - ] xi/lia e1th. Then I saw thrones, and people were sitting on them, and they were invested with judgment, and I saw the lives of those beheaded on account of the testimony of Jesus and on account of the word of God, and those who had not worshipped the beast {RP-text: or} [RP-marg P1904 TR: or] his image, and who had not taken the mark on {RP-text: their} [RP-marg P1904 TR: their] forehead or on their hand. Then they came to life and reigned with Christ for {RP-text S1550 E1624: the} [RP-marg P1904 S1894: a] thousand years. to\ qhri/on, the beast (accusative), RP-text P1904 F1859=6/11 (Scrivener's bdf[MJW]jkm) vs. tw%~ qhri/w%, the beast (dative), RP-marg TR F1859=5/11 (Scrivener's ceghl). Nearly a disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=7:6.
ou0de\, nor (his image), RP-text F1859=4/11 (Scrivener's ef[MJW]gl) vs. ou1te, and not, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=7/11. A disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=4:9.
th\n ei0ko/na, the image (accusative), RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=5/11 (Scrivener's bdjkm) vs. th|= ei0ko/ni, the image (dative), E1624 F1859=6/11 (Scrivener's cef[~MJW]ghl). Nearly a disparity (#3) with RP, R=7:7; reading tied to the variation to\ qhri/on ¯ tw%~ qhri/w% above.
au0tw~n, their (forehead): absent in RP-text F1859=10/11 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's h).
tou=, (with) the (Christ): present in RP P1904 E1624 F1859=11/11 (incl. f[MJW], who collate against S1550) vs. absent in S1550 S1894 F1859=0/11.
ta_, the (thousand years): present in RP-text S1550 E1624 F1859=10/11 (incl. f[~MJW]) vs. absent in RP-marg P1904 S1894 F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's h).
they were invested with judgment ← judgment was given to them.
lives ← soul. See Rev 6:9.
{RP-text: or ← or even, but often without that force in the New Testament.}
Rev 20:5 {RP P1904: Kai\ oi9} [TR: Oi9 de\] loipoi\ tw~n nekrw~n ou0k {RP P1904: e1zhsan} [TR: a)ne/zhsan] {RP: a!xri} [P1904 TR: e3wj] telesqh|= ta_ xi/lia e1th. Au3th h9 a)na&stasij h9 prw&th. But the rest of the dead did not {RP P1904: live} [TR: come back to life] {RP P1904: - } [TR: again] until the thousand years were completed. This is the first resurrection. Verse fully present in RP P1904 TR F1859=4/11 (Scrivener's cghm) vs. verse is absent as far as ta_ xi/lia e1th, the thousand years, in F1859=7/11 (Scrivener's bdef[MJW]jkl). A weak disparity (#1) with RP, R=6:7.
kai\ oi9, and the (rest), RP P1904 F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's cgh) vs. oi9 de\, but, TR F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's m) vs. whole context absent, F1859=7/11 (incl. f[MJW]). A disparity (#2) with RP, R=4:7.
e1zhsan, live, RP P1904 F1859=4/11 (Scrivener's cghm) vs. a)ne/zhsan, come back to life, TR F1859=0/11 vs. whole context absent, F1859=7/11 (incl. f[MJW]). A weak disparity (#3) with RP, R=5:7.
a!xri, until (1), RP F1859=4/11 (Scrivener's cghm) vs. e3wj, until (2), P1904 TR F1859=0/11 vs. whole context absent, F1859=7/11 (incl. f[MJW]). A disparity (#4) with RP, R=4:7. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
Rev 20:6 Maka&rioj kai\ a#gioj o9 e1xwn me/roj e0n th|= a)nasta&sei th|= prw&th|: e0pi\ tou/twn {RP P1904: o9 deu/teroj qa&natoj} [TR: o9 qa&natoj o9 deu/teroj] ou0k e1xei e0cousi/an, a)ll' e1sontai i9erei=j tou= qeou= kai\ tou= xristou=, kai\ basileu/sousin met' au0tou= xi/lia e1th. Blessed and holy is he who has part in the first resurrection; the second death has no authority over these, but they will be priests of God and of Christ, and they will reign with him for a thousand years. o9 deu/teroj qa&natoj, the second + death, RP P1904 F1859=11/11 (incl. f[JW, also Griesbach, but Mill silent]) vs. o9 qa&natoj o9 deu/teroj, the death + the second, TR F1859=0/11.
Ex 19:6. Isa 61:6.
Rev 20:7 Kai\ {RP-text P1904 TR: o3tan telesqh|=} [RP-marg: meta_] ta_ xi/lia e1th, luqh/setai o9 Satana~j e0k th=j fulakh=j au0tou=, Then {RP-text P1904 TR: when the thousand years are completed} [RP-marg: after the thousand years], Satan will be released from his prison, o3tan telesqh|=, when they were completed, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=6/11 (incl. f[MW, but not J]) vs. meta_, after, RP-marg F1859=4/11 (Scrivener's bejl) vs. another reading, F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's k).
Rev 20:8 kai\ e0celeu/setai planh=sai ta_ e1qnh ta_ e0n tai=j te/ssarsin gwni/aij th=j gh=j, to\n Gw_g kai\ to\n Magw&g, sunagagei=n au0tou\j ei0j {RP P1904: to\n} [TR: - ] po/lemon: w{n o9 a)riqmo\j {RP-text TR: - } [RP-marg P1904: au0tw~n] w(j h9 a!mmoj th=j qala&sshj. and he will go out to lead astray the nations who are in the four corners of the earth, Gog and Magog, to gather them to {RP P1904: the} [TR: - ] war, whose number is as the sand of the sea. to\n, the (war): present in RP P1904 F1859=10/11 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. absent in TR F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's c).
au0tw~n, their (number) → whose: absent in RP-text TR F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's chj) vs. present in RP-marg P1904 F1859=8/11 (incl. f[MJW]). A disparity with RP-text, R=4:9.
Ezek 38:2.
Rev 20:9 Kai\ a)ne/bhsan e0pi\ to\ pla&toj th=j gh=j, kai\ {RP-text TR: e0ku/klwsan} [RP-marg P1904: e0ku/kleusan] th\n parembolh\n tw~n a(gi/wn kai\ th\n po/lin th\n h0gaphme/nhn: kai\ kate/bh pu=r {RP P1904: e0k tou= ou0ranou= a)po\ tou= qeou=} [TR: a)po\ tou= qeou= e0k tou= ou0ranou=], kai\ kate/fagen au0tou/j. And they went through the breadth of the land, and they surrounded the camp of the saints and the beloved city. Then fire came down {RP P1904: out of heaven from God} [TR: from God out of heaven] and devoured them. e0ku/klwsan, they surrounded (1), RP-text TR F1859=6/11 (Scrivener's cf[~MJW]gjlm) vs. e0ku/kleusan, they surrounded (2), RP-marg P1904 F1859=5/11 (Scrivener's bdehk). Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=7:6.
e0k tou= ou0ranou= a)po\ tou= qeou=, out of heaven + from God, RP P1904 F1859=9/11 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. a)po\ tou= qeou= e0k tou= ou0ranou=, from God + out of heaven, TR F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's gl).
through ← up to.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
heaven: or sky, but note from God. See also Rev 20:11.
Rev 20:10 Kai\ o9 dia&boloj o9 planw~n au0tou\j e0blh/qh ei0j th\n li/mnhn tou= puro\j kai\ {RP TR: - } [P1904: tou=] qei/ou, o3pou {RP P1904: kai\} [TR: - ] to\ qhri/on kai\ o9 yeudoprofh/thj: kai\ basanisqh/sontai h9me/raj kai\ nukto\j ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj tw~n ai0w&nwn. And the devil who led them astray was cast into the lake of fire and sulphur where {RP P1904: both} [TR: - ] the beast and the false prophet are, and they will be tormented day and night throughout the durations of the ages. tou=, of the (sulphur): absent in RP TR F1859=8/11 (incl. f[~MJW]) vs. present in P1904 F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's glm).
kai\, and, also → both: present in RP P1904 F1859=11/11 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. absent in TR F1859=0/11.
led ← leads.
Dan 7:11 (allusion).
Rev 20:11 Kai\ ei]don qro/non {RP-text P1904: me/gan leuko/n} [RP-marg TR: leuko\n me/gan], kai\ to\n kaqh/menon e0p' {RP: au0to/n} [P1904: au0tw%~] [TR: au0tou=], ou[ a)po\ prosw&pou e1fugen h9 gh= kai\ o9 ou0rano/j, kai\ to/poj ou0x eu9re/qh au0toi=j. And I saw a great white throne and him who sits on it, from whose presence the earth and heaven fled, and no place was found for them. me/gan leuko/n, great + white, RP-text P1904 F1859=10/11 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. leuko\n me/gan, white + great, RP-marg TR F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's c).
au0to/n, (onto → on) it (accusative), RP F1859=10/11 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. au0tw%~, (at → on) it (dative), P1904 F1859=0/11 vs. au0tou=, (on) it (genitive), TR F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's g).
heaven: or the sky, but the earth and heaven appears to be a fixed contrast throughout scripture. See also Rev 20:9.
Rev 20:12 Kai\ ei]don tou\j nekrou/j, {RP P1904: tou\j mega&louj kai\ tou\j mikrou/j} [TR: mikrou\j kai\ mega&louj], e9stw~taj e0nw&pion tou= {RP P1904: qro/nou} [TR: qeou=], kai\ bibli/a {RP-text TR: h0new%&xqhsan} [RP-marg: h1noican] [P1904: h0noi/xqhsan]: kai\ {RP P1904: a!llo bibli/on} [TR: bibli/on a!llo] {RP TR: h0new%&xqh} [P1904: h0noi/xqh], o3 e0stin th=j zwh=j: kai\ e0kri/qhsan oi9 nekroi\ e0k tw~n gegramme/nwn e0n toi=j bibli/oij, kata_ ta_ e1rga au0tw~n. And I saw the dead, {RP P1904: the great and the small} [TR: small and great], standing before {RP P1904: the throne} [TR: God], and {RP-text P1904 TR: the books were opened} [RP-marg: they opened the books]. And another book was opened, which is the book of life. And the dead were judged by the things written in the books according to their works. tou\j mega&louj kai\ tou\j mikrou/j, the great + and the small, RP P1904 F1859=4/10 (Scrivener's f[MJW]hlm) vs. mikrou\j kai\ mega&louj, small + and great, TR F1859=1/10 (Scrivener's c, with phrase moved) vs. words absent (but tou\j, the (ones standing) retained), F1859=5/10 (Scrivener's bdejk). Nearly a disparity (#1) with RP, R=5:5.
qro/nou, throne, RP P1904 F1859=9/10 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. qeou=, God, TR F1859=1/10 (Scrivener's k). AV differs textually.
h0new%&xqhsan, they were opened (triple augment), RP-text TR F1859=3/10 (Scrivener's chl) vs. h1noican, they opened, RP-marg F1859=5/10 (Scrivener's bdejk) vs. h0noi/xqhsan, they were opened (single augment), P1904 F1859=2/10 (Scrivener's f[MJW]m). A weak disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=4:5.
a!llo bibli/on, another + book, RP P1904 F1859=7/10 (Scrivener's bdef[MJW]jkm) vs. bibli/on a!llo, book + another, TR F1859=3/10 (Scrivener's chl).
h0new%&xqh, was opened (triple augment), RP TR F1859=6/9 (Scrivener's bcdhkl) vs. h0noi/xqh, was opened (single augment), P1904 F1859=2/9 (Scrivener's em) vs. a)new%&xqh, was opened (double augment), F1859=1/9 (Scrivener's j).
Ps 69:29MT (Ps 69:28AV), Dan 12:1, Ex 32:32; Ps 62:13MT (Ps 62:12AV), Jer 17:10, Jer 32:19.
Rev 20:13 Kai\ e1dwken h9 qa&lassa tou\j {RP-text P1904: nekrou\j tou\j e0n au0th|=} [RP-marg TR: e0n au0th|= nekrou/j], kai\ o9 Qa&natoj kai\ o9 873A|dhj e1dwkan tou\j {RP-text P1904: nekrou\j tou\j e0n au0toi=j} [RP-marg TR: e0n au0toi=j nekrou/j]: kai\ e0kri/qhsan e3kastoj kata_ ta_ e1rga au0tw~n. And the sea gave up the dead in it, and death and Hades gave up the dead in them, and each one was judged according to his works. nekrou\j tou\j e0n au0th|=, (the) dead the (ones) + in it, RP-text P1904 F1859=8/9 vs. e0n au0th|= nekrou/j, (the) in it + dead, RP-marg TR F1859=1/9 (Scrivener's h). A disparity with RP-marg (low count).
nekrou\j tou\j e0n au0toi=j, (the) dead + the (ones) + in them, RP-text P1904 F1859=7/9 vs. e0n au0toi=j nekrou/j, (the) in them + dead, RP-marg TR F1859=1/9 (Scrivener's h) vs. another reading, F1859=1/9 (Scrivener's l). The testimony of f[MJW] is very inconsistent and is excluded.
We, with AV P1904 TBS-TR, but not RP, do not capitalize death. But we do, with RP, but not AV P1904 TBS-TR, capitalize Hades.
Ps 62:13MT (Ps 62:12AV), Jer 17:10, Jer 32:19.
Hades: the place of the dead.
his ← their.
Rev 20:14 Kai\ o9 Qa&natoj kai\ o9 873A|dhj e0blh/qhsan ei0j th\n li/mnhn tou= puro/j: {RP P1904: ou[toj o9 qa&natoj o9 deu/tero/j e0stin} [TR: ou[to/j e0stin o9 deu/teroj qa&natoj] {RP: , h9 li/mnh tou= puro/j} [P1904 TR: - ]. And death and Hades were cast into the lake of fire. This is the second death {RP: , the lake of fire} [P1904 TR: - ]. The testimony of f[MJW] is inconsistent in this verse and is excluded.
ou[toj o9 qa&natoj o9 deu/tero/j e0stin, this + the second death + is, RP P1904 F1859=2/9 (Scrivener's dm) vs. ou[to/j e0stin o9 deu/teroj qa&natoj, this + is + the second death, TR F1859=0/9 vs. ou[toj o9 qa&natoj o9 deu/tero/j, this + the second death, F1859=1/9 (Scrivener's l) vs. words absent, F1859=3/9 (Scrivener's bcj) vs. other readings, F1859=3/9 (Scrivener's ehk). Nearly a disparity (#1) with RP, R=3:3, but RP also supported by similar readings.
h9 li/mnh tou= puro/j, the lake of the fire: present in RP F1859=5/9 (Scrivener's dehlm) vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=4/9 (Scrivener's bcjk). A weak disparity (#2) with RP, R=5:6. AV differs textually.
Dan 7:11 (allusion).
Hades: the place of the dead.
Rev 20:15 Kai\ ei1 tij ou0x eu9re/qh e0n {RP-text: tw%~ bibli/w%} [RP-marg P1904 TR: th|= bi/blw%] th=j zwh=j gegramme/noj, e0blh/qh ei0j th\n li/mnhn tou= puro/j. And if anyone was not found written in the book of life, he was cast into the lake of fire. tw%~ bibli/w%, the book (diminutive form, but not emphatic), RP-text F1859=8/10 (incl. f[MJW]) vs. th|= bi/blw%, the book, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=2/10 (Scrivener's hl).
Ps 69:29MT (Ps 69:28AV), Dan 12:1, Ex 32:32; Dan 7:11 (allusions).
Rev 21:1 Kai\ ei]don ou0rano\n kaino\n kai\ gh=n kainh/n: o9 ga_r prw~toj ou0rano\j kai\ h9 prw&th gh= {RP-text P1904: a)ph=lqon} [RP-marg TR: parh=lqen], kai\ h9 qa&lassa ou0k e1stin e1ti. Then I saw a new heaven and a new earth, for the first heaven and the first earth had passed away, and there was no longer any sea. a)ph=lqon, they departed, RP-text P1904 F1859=7/9 vs. parh=lqe¨n©, it passed by → passed away, RP-marg TR F1859=2/9 (Scrivener's lh).
Isa 65:17, Isa 66:22. See also 2 Pet 3:13.
was ← is.
Rev 21:2 Kai\ {RP P1904: - } [TR: e0gw_ 870Iwa&nnhj ei=don] th\n po/lin th\n a(gi/an, 879Ierousalh\m kainh/n, {RP P1904: ei]don} [TR: - ] katabai/nousan {RP-text P1904: e0k tou= ou0ranou= a)po\ tou= qeou=} [RP-marg TR: a)po\ tou= qeou= e0k tou= ou0ranou=], h9toimasme/nhn w(j nu/mfhn kekosmhme/nhn tw%~ a)ndri\ au0th=j. And {RP P1904: I saw} [TR: I John saw] the holy city, New Jerusalem, descending {RP-text P1904: out of heaven from God} [RP-marg TR: from God out of heaven], prepared as a bride adorned for her husband. e0gw_ 870Iwa&nnhj ei=don, I, John, saw: absent in RP P1904 F1859=9/9 vs. present in TR F1859=0/9. AV differs textually.
ei]don, I saw: present in RP P1904 F1859=9/9 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/9.
e0k tou= ou0ranou= a)po\ tou= qeou=, out of heaven + from God, RP-text P1904 F1859=8/9 vs. a)po\ tou= qeou= e0k tou= ou0ranou=, from God + out of heaven, RP-marg TR F1859=1/9 (Scrivener's h).
Rev 21:3 Kai\ h1kousa fwnh=j mega&lhj e0k tou= ou0ranou=, legou/shj, 870Idou/, h9 skhnh\ tou= qeou= meta_ tw~n a)nqrw&pwn, kai\ skhnw&sei met' au0tw~n, kai\ au0toi\ {RP P1904: lao\j} [TR: laoi\] au0tou= e1sontai, kai\ au0to\j o9 qeo\j {RP-text TR: e1stai met' au0tw~n} [RP-marg P1904: met' au0tw~n e1stai] {RP P1904: - } [TR: , qeo\j au0tw~n]: And I heard a loud voice from heaven say, “Behold, God's home is with men, and he will dwell with them, and they will be his people, and he will be God with them {RP P1904: - } [TR: – their God]. lao\j, people, RP P1904 F1859=9/9 vs. laoi\, peoples, TR F1859=0/9.
e1stai met' au0tw~n, (God) will be + with them, RP-text TR F1859=2/9 (Scrivener's ch) vs. met' au0tw~n e1stai, with them + will be, RP-marg P1904 F1859=7/9. A disparity with RP-text, R=3:8.
qeo\j au0tw~n, their God: absent in RP P1904 F1859=5/7 vs. present in TR F1859=2/7 (Scrivener's cj). AV differs textually.
Ezek 43:7, Hos 2:1MT (Hos 1:10AV).
home ← tent, tabernacle.
dwell ← dwell in a tent, tabernacle.
Rev 21:4 kai\ e0calei/yei {RP-text: - } [RP-marg: a)p' au0tw~n] [P1904: a)p' au0tw~n o9 qeo\j] [TR: o9 qeo\j] pa~n da&kruon a)po\ tw~n o0fqalmw~n au0tw~n, kai\ o9 qa&natoj ou0k e1stai e1ti: ou1te pe/nqoj, ou1te kraugh/, ou1te po/noj ou0k e1stai e1ti: o3ti ta_ prw~ta {RP-text P1904 TR: a)ph=lqon} [RP-marg: a)ph=lqen]. And {RP-text: he will wipe away} [RP-marg: he will wipe away from them] [P1904: God will wipe away from them] [TR: God will wipe away] every tear from their eyes, and there will be no more death, nor mourning, nor wailing, nor will there be any toil any more, for the former things will have passed away.” words below absent, RP-text F1859=3/9 (Scrivener's chl) vs. a)p' au0tw~n, from them, RP-marg F1859=4/9 (Scrivener's bejm) vs. a)p' au0tw~n o9 qeo\j, God + from them, P1904 F1859=1/9 (Scrivener's d) vs. o9 qeo\j, God, TR F1859=0/9 vs. e0c au0tw~n, out of them, F1859=1/9 (Scrivener's k). A weak disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=3:4. AV differs textually.
a)ph=lqon, departed (non-classical form), RP-text P1904 TR F1859=3/8 (Scrivener's hlm) vs. a)ph=lqe¨n©, departed (classical form), RP-marg F1859=5/8 (Scrivener's bcejk). Nearly a disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=5:5.
Isa 25:8.
Rev 21:5 Kai\ ei]pen o9 kaqh/menoj e0pi\ {RP P1904: tw%~ qro/nw%} [TR: tou= qro/nou], 870Idou/, {RP-text: pa&nta kaina_ poiw~} [RP-marg P1904: kaina_ poiw~ pa&nta] [TR: kaina_ pa&nta poiw~]. Kai\ le/gei moi, Gra&yon: o3ti ou[toi oi9 lo/goi {RP-text TR: a)lhqinoi\ kai\ pistoi/} [RP-marg P1904: pistoi\ kai\ a)lhqinoi\] {RP-text P1904 TR: - } [RP-marg: tou= qeou=] ei0sin. And he who sat on the throne said, “Behold, I am making everything afresh.” And he said to me, “Write it down, for these words {RP-text P1904 TR: - } [RP-marg: of God] are {RP-text TR: true and faithful} [RP-marg P1904: faithful and true].” tw%~ qro/nw%, (at → on) the throne, RP P1904 F1859=8/9 (incl. m which is preceded by e0n, in) vs. tou= qro/nou, (on) the throne, TR F1859=1/9 (Scrivener's h).
pa&nta kaina_ poiw~, everything + new + I make, RP-text F1859=6/9 (Scrivener's bcdejl) vs. kaina_ poiw~ pa&nta, new + I make + everything, RP-marg P1904 F1859=2/9 (Scrivener's hm) vs. kaina_ pa&nta poiw~, new + everything + I make, TR F1859=0/9 vs. pa&nta kaina_ poih/sw, everything + new + I will make, F1859=1/9 (Scrivener's k).
a)lhqinoi\ kai\ pistoi/, true + and faithful, RP-text TR F1859=2/9 (Scrivener's ch) vs. pistoi\ kai\ a)lhqinoi\, faithful + and true, RP-marg P1904 F1859=7/9 (Scrivener's bdejklm). A disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=3:8.
tou= qeou=, of God: absent in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=8/9 (Scrivener's bcdejklm) vs. present in RP-marg F1859=1/9 (Scrivener's h). A disparity (#2) with RP-marg (low count).
Isa 43:19.
Rev 21:6 Kai\ ei]pe/n moi, {RP: Ge/gona} [P1904 TR: Ge/gonen]: {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904: e0gw_] [TR: e0gw& ei0mi] to\ {RP: 871Alfa} [P1904 TR: 872A] kai\ to\ 87]W, h9 a)rxh\ kai\ to\ te/loj. 870Egw_ tw%~ diyw~nti dw&sw {RP-text P1904 TR: - } [RP-marg: au0tw%~] e0k th=j phgh=j tou= u3datoj th=j zwh=j dwrea&n. And he said to me, {RP: “I have become} [P1904: “It has come about. I am] [TR: “It has come about. I am] the Alpha and the Omega, the beginning and the end. I will give to him who is thirsty drink from the source of the water of life, freely. ge/gona, I have become, RP F1859=8/9 vs. ge/gonen, it has taken place, P1904 TR F1859=1/9 (Scrivener's b). AV differs textually.
words below absent, RP-text F1859=6/9 (Scrivener's bdehjk) vs. e0gw_, I, RP-marg P1904 F1859=3/9 (Scrivener's clm) vs. e0gw& ei0mi, I (emphatically) am, TR F1859=0/9.
872Alfa, Alpha, RP F1859=6/9 (Scrivener's bcdhkm) vs. 872A, A (initial letter only), P1904 TR F1859=3/9 (Scrivener's ejl). Nearly a disparity (#1) with RP, R=6:5.
au0tw%~, to him: absent in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=3/9 (Scrivener's hkl) vs. present in RP-marg F1859=6/9 (Scrivener's bcdejm). A weak disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=5:6.
Punctuation: we ignore the raised dot after Ge/gona of RP AV. So AV differs. A disparity (#3) with RP: the raised dot is appropriate to the marginal reading only.
Isa 41:4, Isa 44:6; Isa 55:1.
[TR: I am: see Rev 1:4, John 18:5-6.]
Rev 21:7 879O nikw~n {RP-text TR: klhronomh/sei} [RP-marg: dw&sw au0tw%~] [P1904: e1stai au0tw%~] {RP P1904: tau=ta} [TR: pa&nta], kai\ e1somai au0tw%~ qeo/j, kai\ au0to\j e1stai moi {RP P1904: - } [TR: o9] ui9o/j. {RP-text: He who overcomes will inherit these} [RP-marg: As for him who overcomes, I will give him these] [P1904: He who overcomes will have these] [TR: He who overcomes will inherit all] things, and I will be God to him, and he will be {RP P1904: a} [TR: the] son to me. klhronomh/sei, he will inherit, RP-text TR F1859=1/9 (Scrivener's h) vs. dw&sw au0tw%~, I will give him, RP-marg F1859=7/9 vs. e1stai au0tw%~, will be his, P1904 F1859=0/9 vs. klhronomh/sh ¯ klhronomh/sh|, he may / will inherit, F1859=1/9 (Scrivener's l, perhaps a misspelling for klhronomh/sei). A disparity with RP-text, R=2:7.
tau=ta, these (things), RP P1904 F1859=8/9 vs. pa&nta, all (things), TR F1859=1/9 (Scrivener's e). AV differs textually.
o9, the (son): absent in RP P1904 F1859=6/9 vs. present in TR F1859=0/9 vs. ¨e0©mou, my, F1859=3/9 (Scrivener's bdk).
Zech 8:8.
Rev 21:8 {RP P1904: Toi=j de\ deiloi=j} [TR: Deiloi=j de\] kai\ a)pi/stoij {RP: kai\ a(martwloi=j} [P1904 TR: - ] kai\ e0bdelugme/noij kai\ foneu=sin kai\ po/rnoij kai\ {RP P1904: farma&koij} [TR: farmakeu=si] kai\ ei0dwlola&traij, kai\ pa~sin toi=j yeude/sin, to\ me/roj au0tw~n e0n th|= li/mnh| th|= kaiome/nh| {RP TR: - } [P1904: e0n] puri\ kai\ qei/w%, o3 e0stin {RP P1904: o9 qa&natoj o9 deu/teroj} [TR: deu/teroj qa&natoj]. But {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] fearful and unbelieving, {RP: and sinners} [P1904 TR: - ] and the abominated and murderers and fornicators and sorcerers and idolaters and all liars have their part in the lake burning with fire and sulphur, which is {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] second death.” toi=j de\ deiloi=j, but for the fearful, RP P1904 F1859=9/9 vs. deiloi=j de\, but for fearful, TR F1859=0/9.
kai\ a(martwloi=j, and sinners: present in RP F1859=9/9 vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=0/9. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR? AV differs textually.
farma&koij, sorcerers (1), RP P1904 F1859=9/9 (bcdehjm P1904 accenting farmakoi=j and kl accenting farma&koij) vs. farmakeu=si, sorcerers (2), TR F1859=0/9. Classically, farma&koij ← fa&rmakon, sorcery, and farmakoi=j ← farmako/j, sorcerer. An accentuation divergence from RP, R=2:8.
e0n, with (fire): absent in RP TR F1859=9/9 vs. present in P1904 F1859=0/9.
o9 qa&natoj o9 deu/teroj, the death + the second, RP P1904 F1859=9/9 vs. deu/teroj qa&natoj, second + death, TR F1859=0/9.
Rev 21:9 Kai\ h]lqen {RP P1904: - } [TR: pro/j me] ei[j {RP: e0k} [P1904 TR: - ] tw~n e9pta_ a)gge/lwn tw~n e0xo/ntwn ta_j e9pta_ fia&laj {RP: - } [P1904 TR: ta_j] gemou/saj {RP P1904 TR: tw~n} [MISC: - ] e9pta_ plhgw~n tw~n e0sxa&twn, kai\ e0la&lhsen met' e0mou=, le/gwn, Deu=ro, dei/cw soi th\n {RP: gunai=ka th\n nu/mfhn tou= a)rni/ou} [P1904: nu/mfhn th\n gunai=ka tou= a)rni/ou] [TR: nu/mfhn tou= a)rni/ou th\n gunai=ka]. Then one of the seven angels who had the seven vials full of the seven last plagues came {RP P1904: - } [TR: to me] and spoke with me and said, “Come, I will show you {RP: the wife, the bride of the lamb} [P1904: the bride, the wife of the lamb] [TR: the bride of the lamb, the wife].” pro/j me, to me: absent in RP P1904 F1859=9/9 vs. present in TR F1859=0/9.
e0k, out of (the seven): present in RP F1859=8/9 vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=1/9 (Scrivener's m).
ta_j, the (ones filled) → full: absent in RP F1859=7/9 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=2/9 (Scrivener's lm).
tw~n, of the: present in RP P1904 TR F1859=3/9 (Scrivener's hlm) vs. absent in F1859=6/9 (Scrivener's bcdejk). A weak disparity with RP, R=5:6.
gunai=ka th\n nu/mfhn tou= a)rni/ou, (the) wife + the bride + of the lamb, RP F1859=8/9 vs. nu/mfhn th\n gunai=ka tou= a)rni/ou, (the) bride + the wife + of the lamb, P1904 F1859=1/9 (Scrivener's m) vs. nu/mfhn tou= a)rni/ou th\n gunai=ka, (the) bride + of the lamb + the wife, TR F1859=0/9.
[TR: We associate of the lamb with the bride; AV with the wife, so AV differs from our TR rendering, but aligns itself with our RP rendering.]
Rev 21:10 Kai\ a)ph/negke/n me e0n pneu/mati e0p' o1roj me/ga kai\ u9yhlo/n, kai\ e1deice/n moi th\n po/lin {RP-text TR: th\n mega&lhn} [RP-marg P1904: - ], th\n a(gi/an 879Ierousalh/m, katabai/nousan e0k tou= ou0ranou= {RP P1904 TR: a)po\} [MISC: e0k] tou= qeou=, And he carried me away in the spirit to a great high mountain and showed me the {RP-text TR: great} [RP-marg P1904: - ] city, the holy Jerusalem, descending out of heaven from God, th\n mega&lhn, the great (city): present in RP-text TR F1859=2/9 (Scrivener's ch) vs. absent in RP-marg P1904 F1859=7/9 (Scrivener's bdejklm). A disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=3:8.
a)po\, from, RP P1904 TR F1859=2/9 (Scrivener's hl) vs. e0k, out of, F1859=6/9 (Scrivener's cdejkm) vs. whole phrase absent, F1859=1/9 (Scrivener's b). A weak disparity (#2) with RP, R=4:6.
Rev 21:11 e1xousan th\n do/can tou= qeou=: {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\] o9 fwsth\r au0th=j o3moioj li/qw% timiwta&tw%, w(j li/qw% i0a&spidi {RP-text P1904 TR: krustalli/zonti} [RP-marg: krustali/zonti]: having the glory of God {RP P1904: . Its} [TR: , and its] brilliance was like a most precious gemstone, like a jasper gem, as clear as crystal, kai\, and (its brilliance): absent in RP P1904 F1859=6/9 vs. present in TR F1859=3/9 (Scrivener's klm).
krustalli/zonti, being crystal clear (1), RP-text P1904 TR F1859=4/9 (Scrivener's bchl) vs. krustali/zonti, being crystal clear (2), RP-marg F1859=5/9 (Scrivener's dejkm). Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=6:5.
Rev 21:12 {RP P1904: e1xousa} [TR: e1xousa&n] {RP P1904: - } [TR: te] tei=xoj me/ga kai\ u9yhlo/n, {RP P1904: e1xousa} [TR: e1xousan] pulw~naj dw&deka, kai\ e0pi\ toi=j pulw~sin a)gge/louj dw&deka, kai\ o0no/mata e0pigegramme/na, a# e0stin {RP-text P1904: o0no/mata} [RP-marg TR: - ] tw~n dw&deka fulw~n {RP-text P1904 TR: tw~n} [RP-marg: - ] ui9w~n 870Israh/l. {RP P1904: having} [TR: and having] a great and high wall, having twelve gates, and on the gates twelve angels, with names inscribed which are {RP-text P1904: the names} [RP-marg TR: - ] of the twelve tribes of {RP-text P1904 TR: the} [RP-marg: the] sons of Israel. e1xousa, having (nominative, breaking with previous verse), RP P1904 F1859=7/9 (Scrivener's bcdehjl) vs. e1xousa&n te, and having (accusative, concordant with previous verse), TR F1859=1/9 (Scrivener's m) vs. phrase absent, F1859=1/9 (Scrivener's k).
te, and (a wall): absent in RP P1904 F1859=7/8 (Scrivener's bcehjlm +d?) vs. present in TR F1859=0/8 vs. phrase absent, F1859=1/8 (Scrivener's k). Scrivener's d is excluded, as it is doubtful.
e1xousa, having (nominative), RP P1904 F1859=7/9 (Scrivener's bcdehjk) vs. e1xousan, having (accusative), TR F1859=2/9 (Scrivener's lm).
o0no/mata, names: present in RP-text P1904 F1859=8/9 vs. absent in RP-marg TR F1859=1/9 (Scrivener's h). A disparity with RP-marg (low count).
tw~n, of the (sons): present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=5/8 (Scrivener's cejkm) vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=2/8 (Scrivener's hl) vs. another reading, F1859=1/8 (Scrivener's b).
gates (2x) ← gateways, gate-houses. Similarly in the rest of Revelation.
Rev 21:13 {RP: 870Apo\} [P1904 TR: 870Ap'] {RP P1904: a)natolw~n} [TR: a)natolh=j], pulw~nej trei=j: {RP P1904: kai\} [TR: - ] a)po\ borra~, pulw~nej trei=j: {RP P1904: kai\} [TR: - ] a)po\ no/tou, pulw~nej trei=j: {RP P1904 S1894: kai\} [S1550 E1624: - ] a)po\ dusmw~n, pulw~nej trei=j. On the east, three gates, {RP P1904: and} [TR: - ] on the north, three gates, {RP P1904: and} [TR: - ] on the south, three gates, {RP P1904 S1894: and} [S1550 E1624: - ] on the west, three gates, a)po\, from (the east) (unapocopated), RP F1859=8/8 vs. a)p', from (apocopated), P1904 TR F1859=0/8. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
a)natolw~n, the east (plural), RP P1904 F1859=8/8 vs. a)natolh=j, the east (singular), TR F1859=0/8.
kai\, and (from the north): present in RP P1904 F1859=8/8 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/8.
kai\, and (from the south): present in RP P1904 F1859=7/8 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/8 vs. whole phrase absent, F1859=1/8 (Scrivener's c).
kai\, and (from the west): present in RP P1904 S1894 F1859=8/8 vs. absent in S1550 E1624 F1859=0/8.
The order of the compass directions varies in Scrivener's bck.
Rev 21:14 Kai\ to\ tei=xoj th=j po/lewj e1xon qemeli/ouj dw&deka, kai\ {RP P1904: e0p' au0tw~n} [TR: e0n au0toi=j] {RP P1904: dw&deka} [TR: - ] o0no/mata tw~n dw&deka a)posto/lwn tou= a)rni/ou. with the wall of the city having twelve foundations, and {RP P1904: on them} [TR: in them] are the {RP P1904: twelve} [TR: - ] names of the twelve apostles of the lamb. e0p' au0tw~n, on them, RP P1904 F1859=7/8 vs. e0n au0toi=j, in them, TR F1859=0/8 vs. words absent, F1859=1/8 (Scrivener's l).
dw&deka, twelve (names): present in RP P1904 F1859=7/8 vs. absent in TR F1859=1/8 (Scrivener's l). AV differs textually.
Rev 21:15 Kai\ o9 lalw~n met' e0mou= ei]xen {RP P1904: me/tron} [TR: - ] ka&lamon xrusou=n, i3na metrh/sh| th\n po/lin, kai\ tou\j pulw~naj au0th=j {RP-text P1904 TR: , kai\ to\ tei=xoj au0th=j} [RP-marg: - ]. And he who spoke with me had a golden {RP P1904: measuring} [TR: - ] reed for him to measure the city and its gates {RP-text P1904 TR: and its wall} [RP-marg: - ]. me/tron, measure → measuring: present in RP P1904 F1859=7/8 vs. absent in TR F1859=1/8 (Scrivener's k). AV differs textually.
kai\ to\ tei=xoj au0th=j, and its wall: present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=1/8 (Scrivener's c) vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=7/8. A disparity with RP-text, R=3:7.
Zech 2:5MT (Zech 2:1AV).
{RP P1904: measuring ← measure.}
Rev 21:16 Kai\ h9 po/lij tetra&gwnoj kei=tai, kai\ to\ mh=koj au0th=j {RP P1904: - } [TR: tosou=to/n e0stin] o3son {RP: - } [P1904 TR: kai\] to\ pla&toj. Kai\ e0me/trhsen th\n po/lin {RP TR: - } [P1904: e0n] tw%~ kala&mw% e0pi\ {RP P1904 E1624: stadi/ouj} [S1550 S1894: stadi/w~n] {RP-text P1904 TR: dw&deka} [RP-marg: dekadu/o] xilia&dwn: {RP-text: dw&deka} [RP-marg P1904 TR: - ] to\ mh=koj kai\ to\ pla&toj kai\ to\ u3yoj au0th=j i1sa e0sti/n. And the city was laid out square, and the length of it {RP P1904: is} [TR: is as much] as the breadth. And he measured the city with the reed as twelve thousand {RP-text: and twelve} [RP-marg P1904 TR: - ] stades; the length and the breadth and the height of it are equal. tosou=to/n e0stin, is as much: absent in RP P1904 F1859=8/8 vs. present in TR F1859=0/8.
kai\, also → as (the breadth): absent in RP F1859=8/8 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=0/8. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
e0n, with (the reed): absent in RP TR F1859=7/8 vs. present in P1904 F1859=1/8 (Scrivener's c).
stadi/ouj, stades (accusative) RP P1904 E1624 F1859=8/8 vs. stadi/w~n, stades (genitive), S1550 S1894 F1859=0/8.
dw&deka, twelve (1), RP-text P1904 TR F1859=2/8 (Scrivener's hl) vs. dekadu/o, twelve (2), RP-marg F1859=6/8. A weak disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=4:6.
dw&deka (second occurrence in verse), twelve: present in RP-text F1859=7/8 vs. absent in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=1/8 (Scrivener's l). A disparity (#2) with RP-marg (low count). AV differs textually.
Punctuation: we regard the final dw&deka, twelve, as part of the numeral 12012. RP punctuate disjunctively so as to separate it. A punctuation divergence (#3) from RP. AV differs textually, omitting dw&deka.
was laid out ← is laid out.
{RP: 12012} [P1904 TR: 12000] stades: about 1500 miles (2500 km).
Rev 21:17 Kai\ {RP-text P1904 TR: e0me/trhsen} [RP-marg: - ] to\ tei=xoj au0th=j {RP-text P1904 TR: e9kato\n tessara&konta tessa&rwn} [RP-marg: R6M6D6] phxw~n, me/tron a)nqrw&pou, o3 e0stin a)gge/lou. And {RP-text P1904 TR: he measured its wall as} [RP-marg: its wall was] one hundred and forty-four cubits, by the measure of a man, that is, of an angel. e0me/trhsen, he measured: absent in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=6/8 vs. present in RP-marg F1859=2/8 (Scrivener's hl).
e9kato\n tessara&konta tessa&rwn, one hundred and forty-four, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=3/8 (Scrivener's bce) vs. R6M6D6, 144, RP-marg F1859=5/8 (Scrivener's dhjkl). Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=5:5.
144 cubits: about 72 yards (66 m.).
Rev 21:18 Kai\ h]n h9 e0ndo/mhsij tou= tei/xouj au0th=j, i1aspij: kai\ h9 po/lij xrusi/on kaqaro/n, {RP P1904: o3moion} [TR: o9moi/a] {RP-text: u9e/lw%} [RP-marg P1904 TR: u9a&lw%] kaqarw%~. And the construction of its wall was of jasper, and the city was of pure gold, like pure glass. o3moion, like (agreeing with what follows), RP P1904 F1859=7/8 vs. o9moi/a, like (agreeing with what precedes), TR F1859=0/8 vs. another reading, F1859=1/8 (Scrivener's l).
u9e/lw%, glass (non-classical spelling), RP-text F1859=3/8 (Scrivener's bhk) vs. u9a&lw%, glass (classical spelling), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=3/8 (Scrivener's cdl) vs. u9e/llw%, glass (non-classical spelling), F1859=2/8 (Scrivener's ej). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=3:5 (unless u9e/llw% is regarded as partial support for u9e/lw%). But compare Rev 21:21, which has stronger support for u3eloj, which on grounds of consistency could apply here.
Rev 21:19 {RP-text P1904: Oi9} [RP-marg TR: Kai\ oi9] qeme/lioi tou= tei/xouj th=j po/lewj panti\ li/qw% timi/w% kekosmhme/noi. 879O qeme/lioj o9 prw~toj, i1aspij: o9 deu/teroj, sa&pfeiroj: o9 tri/toj, xalkhdw&n: o9 te/tartoj, sma&ragdoj: {RP-text P1904: The} [RP-marg TR: And the] foundations of the wall of the city were adorned with every precious gemstone. The first foundation was jasper; the second was sapphire; the third was chalcedony; the fourth was emerald; kai\, and: absent in RP-text P1904 F1859=6/8 vs. present in RP-marg TR F1859=2/8 (Scrivener's hl).
Rev 21:20 o9 pe/mptoj, sardo/nuc: o9 e3ktoj, {RP-text P1904: sa&rdion} [RP-marg TR: sa&rdioj]: o9 e3bdomoj, xruso/liqoj: o9 o1gdooj, bh/rulloj: o9 {RP P1904 S1550: e1natoj} [E1624 S1894: e1nnatoj], topa&zion: o9 de/katoj, xruso/prasoj: o9 e9nde/katoj, u9a&kinqoj: o9 dwde/katoj, {RP: a)me/qusoj} [P1904 TR: a)me/qustoj]. the fifth was sardonyx; the sixth was carnelian; the seventh was chrysolite; the eighth was beryl; the ninth was topaz; the tenth was chrysoprase; the eleventh was jacinth; the twelfth was amethyst. sa&rdion, carnelian (1), RP-text P1904 F1859=6/8 vs. sa&rdioj, carnelian (2), RP-marg TR F1859=2/8 (Scrivener's hl).
e1natoj, ninth (1), RP P1904 S1550 F1859=5/8 (Scrivener's bdhjl) vs. e1nnatoj, ninth (2), E1624 S1894 F1859=3/8 (Scrivener's cek).
a)me/qusoj, amethyst (1), RP F1859=6/8 vs. a)me/qustoj, amethyst (2), P1904 TR F1859=2/8 (Scrivener's dk).
Rev 21:21 Kai\ oi9 dw&deka pulw~nej, dw&deka margari=tai: a)na_ ei[j e3kastoj tw~n pulw&nwn h]n e0c e9no\j margari/tou: kai\ h9 platei=a th=j po/lewj xrusi/on kaqaro/n, w(j {RP: u3eloj} [P1904 TR: u3aloj] {RP P1904: diaugh/j} [TR: diafanh/j]. And the twelve gates were twelve pearls. Each one of the gates individually was from one pearl. And the street of the city was pure gold, like transparent glass. u3eloj, glass (non-classical spelling), RP F1859=5/8 (Scrivener's bdhkl) vs. u3aloj, glass (classical spelling), P1904 TR F1859=1/8 (Scrivener's c) vs. u3elloj, glass (non-classical spelling), F1859=2/8 (Scrivener's ej). Compare Rev 21:18.
diaugh/j, transparent (1), RP P1904 F1859=8/8 vs. diafanh/j, transparent (2), TR F1859=0/8.
Rev 21:22 Kai\ nao\n ou0k ei]don e0n au0th|=: o9 ga_r ku/rioj o9 qeo\j o9 pantokra&twr nao\j au0th=j e0sti/n, kai\ to\ a)rni/on. And I saw no sanctuary in it, for the Lord God Almighty is its sanctuary, as is the lamb.
Rev 21:23 Kai\ h9 po/lij ou0 xrei/an e1xei tou= h9li/ou, ou0de\ th=j selh/nhj, i3na fai/nwsin {RP P1904: - } [TR: e0n] au0th|=: h9 ga_r do/ca tou= qeou= e0fw&tisen au0th/n, kai\ o9 lu/xnoj au0th=j to\ a)rni/on. And the city did not need the sun or moon to shine {RP P1904: on} [TR: in] it, for the glory of God illuminated it, and its lamp is the lamb. e0n, (to shine) in: absent in RP P1904 F1859=7/8 (Scrivener's bcdejkl) vs. present in TR F1859=1/8 (Scrivener's h).
Isa 60:19.
Rev 21:24 Kai\ {RP P1904: peripath/sousin ta_ e1qnh dia_ tou= fwto\j au0th=j} [TR: ta_ e1qnh tw~n swzome/nwn e0n tw%~ fwti\ au0th=j peripath/sousin]: kai\ oi9 basilei=j th=j gh=j fe/rousin {RP-text: au0tw%~} [RP-marg P1904 TR: - ] {RP-text: do/can kai\ timh\n} [RP-marg: th\n do/can] [RP-marg2 P1904 TR: th\n do/can kai\ th\n timh\n] {RP-text: tw~n e0qnw~n} [RP-marg P1904 TR: au0tw~n] ei0j au0th/n. And the nations {RP P1904: will walk through} [TR: of those who are saved will walk in] its light, and the kings of the earth will bring into it {RP-text: to him the glory and honour of the nations} [RP-marg: their glory] [RP-marg2 P1904 TR: their glory and their honour]. peripath/sousin ta_ e1qnh dia_ tou= fwto\j au0th=j, the nations will walk through its light, RP P1904 F1859=8/8 vs. ta_ e1qnh tw~n swzome/nwn e0n tw%~ fwti\ au0th=j peripath/sousin, the nations of those saved will walk in its light, TR F1859=0/8. AV differs textually.
au0tw%~, to him: present in RP-text F1859=6/8 vs. absent in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=2/8 (Scrivener's hl).
do/can kai\ timh\n, glory and honour, RP-text F1859=6/8 vs. th\n do/can, the glory, RP-marg F1859=0/8 vs. th\n do/can kai\ th\n timh\n, the glory and the honour, RP-marg2 P1904 TR F1859=2/8 (Scrivener's hl). A disparity with RP-marg (zero count).
tw~n e0qnw~n, of the nations, RP-text F1859=6/8 vs. au0tw~n, their, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=2/8 (Scrivener's hl). AV differs textually.
Isa 60:3.
Rev 21:25 Kai\ oi9 pulw~nej au0th=j ou0 mh\ kleisqw~sin h9me/raj - nu\c ga_r ou0k e1stai e0kei= - And its gates will not be closed at all by day – for there will be no night there – Isa 60:11.
Rev 21:26 kai\ oi1sousin th\n do/can kai\ th\n timh\n tw~n e0qnw~n ei0j {RP-text P1904 TR: au0th/n} [RP-marg: au0th\n i3na ei0se/lqwsin]: and they will bring the glory and honour of the nations to it {RP-text P1904 TR: - } [RP-marg: so that they may go in]. i3na ei0se/lqwsin, in order that they might enter: absent in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=2/8 (Scrivener's hl) vs. present in RP-marg F1859=6/8. A weak disparity with RP-text, R=4:6.
Rev 21:27 kai\ ou0 mh\ ei0se/lqh| ei0j au0th\n pa~n {RP P1904: koino/n} [TR: koinou=n], kai\ {RP-text TR: poiou=n} [RP-marg P1904: o9 poiw~n] bde/lugma kai\ yeu=doj: ei0 mh\ oi9 gegramme/noi e0n tw%~ bibli/w% th=j zwh=j tou= a)rni/ou. And nothing {RP P1904: profane} [TR: that profanes] or anyone committing an abomination or lie will enter into it at all, but rather those written in the book of life of the lamb. koino/n, profane, RP P1904 F1859=8/8 vs. koinou=n, profaning, TR F1859=0/8.
poiou=n, committing, RP-text TR F1859=2/8 (Scrivener's ch) vs. o9 poiw~n, he who commits, RP-marg P1904 F1859=6/8. A disparity with RP-text, R=3:7.
Ps 69:29MT (Ps 69:28AV), Dan 12:1, Ex 32:32.
Rev 22:1 Kai\ e1deice/n moi {RP-text: potamo\n kaqaro\n} [RP-marg P1904: potamo\n] [TR: kaqaro\n potamo\n] u3datoj zwh=j, lampro\n w(j kru/stallon, e0kporeuo/menon e0k tou= qro/nou tou= qeou= kai\ tou= a)rni/ou. And he showed me the {RP-text TR: pure} [RP-marg P1904: - ] river of water of life, as bright as crystal, issuing out of the throne of God ¶ and of the lamb. ¶ Verse division: in Scrivener's bcjkl, a new sentence begins here.
potamo\n kaqaro\n, a river + pure, RP-text F1859=3/8 (Scrivener's chl; l misspelled) vs. potamo\n, a river, RP-marg P1904 F1859=5/8 (Scrivener's bdejk) vs. kaqaro\n potamo\n, a pure + river, TR F1859=0/8. A disparity with RP-text, R=3:6.
Ezek 47:1, Zech 14:8.
Rev 22:2 870En me/sw% th=j platei/aj au0th=j, kai\ tou= potamou= e0nteu=qen kai\ {RP-text P1904: e0kei=qen} [RP-marg TR: e0nteu=qen], cu/lon zwh=j, poiou=n karpou\j dw&deka, kata_ mh=na {RP P1904: - } [TR: e3na] {RP-text: e3kaston a)podidou\j} [RP-marg: a)podidou\j e3kaston] [P1904 TR: e3kaston a)podidou=n] to\n karpo\n au0tou=: kai\ ta_ fu/lla tou= cu/lou ei0j qerapei/an tw~n e0qnw~n. In the middle of its street, with the river on either side, was the tree of life, yielding twelve kinds of fruit every {RP P1904: - } [TR: individual] month, {RP: in} [P1904 TR: - ] each month yielding its fruit, whereas the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations. e0kei=qen, from there, RP-text P1904 F1859=7/8 vs. e0nteu=qen, from here, RP-marg TR F1859=1/8 (Scrivener's h).
e3na, one (month): absent in RP P1904 F1859=7/8 vs. present in TR F1859=1/8 (Scrivener's j).
e3kaston a)podidou\j, each + giving, RP-text F1859=1/8 (Scrivener's h) vs. a)podidou\j e3kaston, giving + each, RP-marg F1859=3/8 (Scrivener's jkl) vs. e3kaston a)podidou=n, each giving, P1904 TR F1859=1/8 (Scrivener's c) vs. a)podidou=n e3kaston, giving + each, F1859=1/8 (Scrivener's b) vs. a)podidou\j e3kastoj, giving + each, F1859=1/8 (Scrivener's d) vs. a)podido/nta e3kaston, giving + each, F1859=1/8 (Scrivener's e). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=1:3.
on either side ← from here and {RP-text P1904: there} [RP-marg TR: here]. We consider it more ↴
[TR: individual ← one.]
Rev 22:3 Kai\ pa~n {RP P1904: kata&qema} [TR: katana&qema] ou0k e1stai {RP-text P1904 TR: e1ti} [RP-marg: e0kei=]: kai\ o9 qro/noj tou= qeou= kai\ tou= a)rni/ou e0n au0th|= e1stai: kai\ oi9 dou=loi au0tou= latreu/sousin au0tw%~, And there will not be any curse {RP-text P1904 TR: any more} [RP-marg: there], and the throne of God and of the lamb will be in it, and his servants will serve him. ↳ likely that there is one tree of life with a river on either side (so on an island, but accessible), than that a tree of life was on either side of the river (so two trees), or that one tree spanned the river.
kata&qema, curse (1), RP P1904 F1859=7/7 vs. katana&qema, curse (2), TR F1859=0/7.
e1ti, still → (no) longer, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=5/7 vs. e0kei=, there, RP-marg F1859=2/7 (Scrivener's hl).
any ← every.
Rev 22:4 kai\ o1yontai to\ pro/swpon au0tou=: kai\ to\ o1noma au0tou= e0pi\ tw~n metw&pwn au0tw~n. And they will see his face, and his name will be on their foreheads.
Rev 22:5 Kai\ nu\c ou0k e1stai {RP TR: e0kei=} [P1904: e1ti], kai\ {RP-text TR: xrei/an ou0k e1xousin} [RP-marg P1904: ou0 xrei/a] lu/xnou kai\ fwto\j h9li/ou, o3ti ku/rioj o9 qeo\j {RP P1904: fwtiei=} [TR: fwti/zei] au0tou/j: kai\ basileu/sousin ei0j tou\j ai0w~naj tw~n ai0w&nwn. And there will not be any night {RP TR: there} [P1904: any more], and {RP-text TR: they will not need} [RP-marg P1904: there will not be any need of] a lamp or sunlight, because the Lord God {RP P1904: will} [TR: will] illuminate them, and they will reign throughout the durations of the ages. e0kei=, there, RP TR F1859=3/7 (Scrivener's chl) vs. e1ti, (not) any longer, P1904 F1859=0/7 vs. word absent, F1859=4/7 (Scrivener's bdjk). Nearly a disparity (#1) with RP, R=4:4.
xrei/an ou0k e1xousin, they do not have need of, RP-text TR F1859=2/7 (Scrivener's ch) vs. ou0 xrei/a, no need, RP-marg P1904 F1859=5/7 (Scrivener's bdkjl). A disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=3:6.
fwtiei=, will shine, RP P1904 F1859=6/7 vs. fwti/zei, shines, TR F1859=1/7 (Scrivener's c).
Isa 60:19.
Rev 22:6 Kai\ {RP-text P1904: le/gei} [RP-marg TR: ei]pe/n] moi, Ou[toi oi9 lo/goi pistoi\ kai\ a)lhqinoi/: kai\ ku/rioj o9 qeo\j tw~n {RP P1904: pneuma&twn tw~n} [TR: a(gi/wn] profhtw~n a)pe/steilen to\n a!ggelon au0tou= dei=cai toi=j dou/loij au0tou= a$ dei= gene/sqai e0n ta&xei. And he said to me, “These words are faithful and true, and the Lord God of the {RP P1904: spirits of the} [TR: holy] prophets has sent his angel to show his servants what must happen shortly. le/gei, says, RP-text P1904 F1859=6/7 vs. ei]pen, said, RP-marg TR F1859=1/7 (Scrivener's c).
pneuma&twn tw~n, spirits of the, RP P1904 F1859=7/7 vs. a(gi/wn, holy, TR F1859=0/7. AV differs textually.
shortly: or quickly, but the sense is very probably shortly, as the sense of the English quickly often is.
Rev 22:7 {RP-text P1904: Kai\ i0dou/} [RP-marg TR: 870Idou/], e1rxomai taxu/. Maka&rioj o9 thrw~n tou\j lo/gouj th=j profhtei/aj tou= bibli/ou tou/tou. {RP-text P1904: And behold} [RP-marg TR: Behold], I am coming quickly. Blessed is he who keeps the words of the prophecy of this book.” kai\, and (behold): present in RP-text P1904 F1859=5/7 (Scrivener's bdjkl) vs. absent in RP-marg TR F1859=1/7 (Scrivener's h) vs. whole clause absent, F1859=1/7 (Scrivener's k).
Rev 22:8 {RP-text P1904: Ka)gw_} [RP-marg TR: Kai\ e0gw_] 870Iwa&nnhj o9 {RP-text P1904: a)kou/wn kai\ ble/pwn tau=ta} [RP-marg: ble/pwn kai\ a)kou/wn tau=ta] [TR: ble/pwn tau=ta kai\ a)kou/wn]. Kai\ o3te h1kousa kai\ {RP-text P1904 TR: e1bleya} [RP-marg: ei]don], {RP E1624: e1peson} [P1904 S1550 S1894: e1pesa] proskunh=sai e1mprosqen tw~n podw~n tou= a)gge/lou tou= {RP-text P1904 TR: deiknu/onto/j} [RP-marg: deiknu/ntoj] moi tau=ta. And I John am the one who {RP-text P1904: heard and saw} [RP-marg TR: saw and heard] these things. And when I heard and saw them, I fell down to worship at the feet of the angel who was showing me these things. ka)gw_, and I (crasis), RP-text P1904 F1859=5/7 vs. kai\ e0gw_, and I (without crasis), RP-marg TR F1859=2/7 (Scrivener's cl).
a)kou/wn kai\ ble/pwn tau=ta, hearing + and seeing these (things), RP-text P1904 F1859=6/7 vs. ble/pwn kai\ a)kou/wn tau=ta, seeing + and hearing these (things), RP-marg F1859=1/7 (Scrivener's c) vs. ble/pwn tau=ta kai\ a)kou/wn, seeing + these (things) + and hearing, TR F1859=0/7. A disparity (#1) with RP-marg (low count).
e1bleya, saw (1), RP-text P1904 TR F1859=2/7 (Scrivener's ch) vs. ei]don, saw (2), RP-marg F1859=5/7 (Scrivener's bdjkl, but l misspelled). A weak disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=4:5.
e1peson, I fell (classical form), RP E1624 F1859=7/7 vs. e1pesa, I fell (non-classical form), P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=0/7.
deiknu/onto/j, showing (non-classical form, from deiknu/w), RP-text P1904 TR F1859=4/7 (Scrivener's bcdk) vs. deiknu/ntoj, showing (classical form, from dei/knumi), RP-marg F1859=3/7 (Scrivener's hjl).
{RP-text P1904: heard and saw ← hears and sees.} [RP-marg TR: saw and heard ← sees and hears.]
Rev 22:9 Kai\ le/gei moi, 873Ora mh/: su/ndoulo/j {RP P1904: sou/} [TR: sou ga&r] ei0mi, kai\ tw~n a)delfw~n sou tw~n profhtw~n, kai\ tw~n throu/ntwn tou\j lo/gouj tou= bibli/ou tou/tou: tw%~ qew%~ prosku/nhson. But he said to me, “Watch out that you do not do that. {RP P1904: - } [TR: For] I am your fellow servant, and one of your brothers the prophets, and those who keep the words of this book. Worship God.” ga&r, for: absent in RP P1904 F1859=7/7 vs. present in TR F1859=0/7.
Rev 22:10 Kai\ le/gei moi, Mh\ sfragi/sh|j tou\j lo/gouj th=j profhtei/aj tou= bibli/ou tou/tou: {RP-text P1904: o9 kairo\j ga_r} [RP-marg TR: o3ti o9 kairo\j] e0ggu/j e0stin. And he said to me, “Do not seal up the words of the prophecy of this book, {RP-text P1904: for} [RP-marg TR: because] the time is near. o9 kairo\j ga_r, for the time, RP-text P1904 F1859=6/7 vs. o3ti o9 kairo\j, because the time, RP-marg TR F1859=1/7 (Scrivener's h). A disparity with RP-marg (low count).
Dan 8:26, Dan 12:4 (allusions), where the books are sealed, but here in Revelation they are open.
the time is near: see James 5:3, Rev 1:3.
Rev 22:11 879O a)dikw~n a)dikhsa&tw e1ti: kai\ o9 {RP P1904: r(uparo\j r(upareuqh/tw} [TR: r(upw~n r(upwsa&tw] e1ti: kai\ o9 di/kaioj {RP P1904c: dikaiosu/nhn poihsa&tw} [P1904u: dikaisu/nhn poihsa&tw] [TR: dikaiwqh/tw] e1ti: kai\ o9 a#gioj a(giasqh/tw e1ti. Let him who acts unjustly act all the more unjustly, and let him who is sordid act all the more sordidly, and let him who is righteous {RP P1904: work all the more righteousness} [TR: be justified all the more], and let him who is holy be all the more sanctified. r(uparo\j r(upareuqh/tw, (he who is) foul, be foul (1), RP P1904 F1859=6/7 vs. r(upw~n r(upwsa&tw, (he who) is foul, be foul (2), TR F1859=0/7 vs. clause absent, F1859=1/7 (Scrivener's j).
dikaiosu/nhn poihsa&tw, let him do (aorist imperative) righteousness, RP P1904 F1859=6/7 vs. dikaiwqh/tw, let him be justified, TR F1859=0/7 vs. dikaiosu/nhn poih/tw, let him do (present imperative, misspelled) righteousness, F1859=1/7 (Scrivener's l). AV differs textually.
Rev 22:12 {RP P1904: 870Idou/} [TR: Kai\ i0dou/], e1rxomai taxu/, kai\ o9 misqo/j mou met' e0mou=, a)podou=nai e9ka&stw% w(j to\ e1rgon {RP-text P1904: e1stai au0tou=} [RP-marg TR: au0tou= e1stai]. {RP P1904: Behold} [TR: And behold], I am coming quickly, and my reward is with me, to give what is due to each one as his work proves to be. kai\, and (behold): absent in RP P1904 F1859=7/7 vs. present in TR F1859=0/7.
e1stai au0tou=, will be + his → proves to be, RP-text P1904 F1859=4/6 (Scrivener's bhjk) vs. au0tou= e1stai, his + will be, RP-marg TR F1859=2/6 (Scrivener's cl).
Ps 62:13MT (Ps 62:12AV), Jer 17:10, Jer 32:19.
to give what is due: the whole of this sense is contained in a)podou=nai.
proves to be ← will be.
Rev 22:13 {RP P1904: 870Egw_} [TR: 870Egw& ei0mi] to\ {RP-text: 871Alfa} [RP-marg P1904 TR: 872A] kai\ to\ 87]W, {RP-text: o9 prw~toj kai\ o9 e1sxatoj, h9 a)rxh\ kai\ to\ te/loj} [RP-marg TR: a)rxh\ kai\ te/loj, o9 prw~toj kai\ o9 e1sxatoj] [P1904: o9 prw~toj kai\ o9 e1sxatoj, a)rxh\ kai\ te/loj]. {RP P1904: I am} [TR: I am] the Alpha and the Omega, {RP-text: the first and the last, the beginning and the end} [RP-marg TR: the beginning and the end, the first and the last] [P1904: the first and the last, the beginning and the end]. ei0mi, I am (emphatic): absent in RP P1904 F1859=4/6 (Scrivener's hjkl) vs. present in TR F1859=2/6 (Scrivener's bc). AV differs textually.
871Alfa, Alpha, RP-text F1859=6/7 vs. 872A, A (initial letter only), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=1/7 (Scrivener's k).
o9 prw~toj kai\ o9 e1sxatoj, h9 a)rxh\ kai\ to\ te/loj, the first and the last, the beginning and the end, RP-text F1859=5/7 (Scrivener's bdjkl) vs. a)rxh\ kai\ te/loj, o9 prw~toj kai\ o9 e1sxatoj, beginning and end, the first and the last, RP-marg TR F1859=0/7 vs. o9 prw~toj kai\ o9 e1sxatoj, a)rxh\ kai\ te/loj, the first and the last, beginning and end, P1904 F1859=0/7 vs. a)rxh\ kai\ te/loj, o9 prw~toj kai\ e1sxatoj, beginning and end, the first and the last, F1859=1/7 (Scrivener's h) vs. a)rxh\ kai\ te/loj, prw~toj kai\ e1sxatoj, beginning and end, the first and the last, F1859=1/7 (Scrivener's d). A disparity with RP-marg (low count).
Isa 41:4, Isa 44:6, Isa 48:12.
[TR: I am: see Rev 1:4, John 18:5-6.]
Rev 22:14 Maka&rioi oi9 poiou=ntej ta_j e0ntola_j au0tou=, i3na e1stai h9 e0cousi/a au0tw~n e0pi\ to\ cu/lon th=j zwh=j, kai\ toi=j pulw~sin ei0se/lqwsin ei0j th\n po/lin. Blessed are those who carry out his commandments, so that the right to the tree of life may be theirs, and that they may enter the city by the gates. so that the right to the tree of life may be theirs ← in order that their authority may be over the tree of life.
Rev 22:15 871Ecw {RP P1904: - } [TR: de\] oi9 ku/nej kai\ oi9 farmakoi\ kai\ oi9 po/rnoi kai\ oi9 fonei=j kai\ oi9 ei0dwlola&trai, kai\ pa~j {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: o9] filw~n kai\ poiw~n yeu=doj. {RP P1904: Outside} [TR: But outside] are the dogs and the sorcerers and the fornicators and the murderers and the idolaters and everyone {RP-text: who} [RP-marg P1904 TR: who] loves and perpetrates falsehood.” de\, but: absent in RP P1904 F1859=5/6 (Scrivener's bchjl +k?) vs. present in TR F1859=1/6 (Scrivener's d, though some doubt). Scrivener's k is excluded, as it is doubtful.
o9, the (one who): absent in RP-text F1859=5/7 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=2/7 (Scrivener's cl). Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=5:4.
Rev 22:16 870Egw_ 870Ihsou=j e1pemya to\n a!ggelo/n mou marturh=sai u9mi=n tau=ta e0pi\ tai=j e0kklhsi/aij. 870Egw& ei0mi h9 r(i/za kai\ to\ ge/noj {RP-text P1904: Daui/d} [RP-marg: D6A6D6] [TR: tou= Dabi/d], o9 a)sth\r o9 lampro\j {RP P1904: o9 prwi+no/j} [TR: kai\ o0rqrino/j]. “I Jesus have sent my angel to testify these things to you concerning the churches. I am the root and offspring of David, the bright morning star. David: on Daui/d vs. Dabi/d, see Matt 1:1. Here we also have the RP-marg reading D6A6D6, D̅A̅D̅, an abbreviation for David, supported by Scrivener's b.
o9 prwi+no/j, the morning (connotations of earliness), RP P1904 F1859=7/7 (Scrivener's bcdhjkl, though cd have neighbouring differences) vs. kai\ o0rqrino/j, and morning (connotations of dawn), TR F1859=0/7.
The TR of Rev 22:16 - end is said to be a translation from the Vulgate; see the Wikipedia article Textus Receptus.
Isa 11:10 (Jesse being David's father).
churches: see Matt 16:18.
I am: see Rev 1:4, John 18:5-6.
Rev 22:17 Kai\ to\ pneu=ma kai\ h9 nu/mfh le/gousin, {RP P1904: 871Erxou} [TR: 870Elqe/]. Kai\ o9 a)kou/wn ei0pa&tw, {RP P1904: 871Erxou} [TR: 870Elqe/]. Kai\ o9 diyw~n {RP P1904: e0rxe/sqw} [TR: e0lqe/tw]: {RP: - } [P1904 TR: kai\] o9 qe/lwn {RP P1904: labe/tw} [TR: lambane/tw] {RP P1904: - } [TR: to\] u3dwr zwh=j dwrea&n. And the spirit and the bride say, ‘Come.’ And let him who hears say, ‘Come.’ And let him who is thirsty come; {RP: - } [P1904 TR: and] let him who wishes take {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] water of life freely. e1rxou (2x), come (present, so imperfective aspect), RP P1904 F1859=7/7 vs. e0lqe/, come (aorist, so perfective aspect), TR F1859=0/7.
e0rxe/sqw, let him come (present, so imperfective aspect), RP P1904 F1859=7/7 vs. e0lqe/tw, let him come (aorist, so perfective aspect), TR F1859=0/7.
kai\, and (he who wishes): absent in RP F1859=6/7 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=1/7 (Scrivener's d).
labe/tw, let him take (present, so imperfective aspect), RP P1904 F1859=7/7 vs. lambane/tw, let him take (aorist, so perfective aspect), TR F1859=0/7.
to\, the (water): absent in RP P1904 F1859=7/7 vs. present in TR F1859=0/7.
Isa 55:1.
Rev 22:18 {RP P1904: Marturw~ e0gw_} [TR: Summarturou=mai ga_r] panti\ {RP P1904: tw%~} [TR: - ] a)kou/onti tou\j lo/gouj th=j profhtei/aj tou= bibli/ou tou/tou, e0a&n tij {RP P1904: e0piqh|=} [TR: e0pitiqh|=] {RP: e0p' au0ta&} [P1904: e0pi\ tau=ta] [TR: pro\j tau=ta], {RP-text: e0piqh/sai} [RP-marg P1904 TR: e0piqh/sei] {RP-text P1904 TR: o9 qeo\j e0p' au0to\n} [RP-marg: e0p' au0to\n o9 qeo\j] ta_j {RP-text P1904 TR: - } [RP-marg: e9pta_] plhga_j ta_j gegramme/naj e0n {RP P1904: tw%~} [TR: - ] bibli/w% tou/tw%: {RP P1904: - } [TR: For] I testify to everyone {RP P1904: who} [TR: who] hears the words of the prophecy of this book: if anyone adds to {RP: them} [P1904 TR: these things], {RP-text: may God} [RP-marg P1904 TR: God will] add to him the {RP-text P1904 TR: - } [RP-marg: seven] plagues written in this book, marturw~ e0gw_, I (emphatic) testify (1), RP P1904 F1859=6/7 (Scrivener's bdhjkl, j with marturw%~) vs. summarturou=mai ga_r, for I (jointly → solemnly) testify, TR F1859=0/7 vs. martu/romai e0gw_, I (emphatic) testify (2), F1859=1/7 (Scrivener's c).
tw%~, to the (hearer): present in RP P1904 F1859=5/7 (Scrivener's bcjkl) vs. absent in TR F1859=2/7 (Scrivener's dh).
e0piqh|=, adds (aorist, so perfective aspect), RP P1904 F1859=7/7 (Scrivener's bcdhjkl, misspelled in l) vs. e0pitiqh|=, adds (present, so imperfective aspect), TR F1859=0/7.
e0p' au0ta&, to (apocopated) these (things), RP F1859=6/7 vs. e0pi\ tau=ta, to these (things), P1904 F1859=0/7 vs. pro\j tau=ta, to these (things), TR F1859=0/7 vs. au0tw%~, to him / it, F1859=1/7 (Scrivener's k).
e0piqh/sai, should add (irregular form, perhaps optative), RP-text F1859=5/7 (Scrivener's bdhjk) vs. e0piqh/sei, will add, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=2/7 (Scrivener's cl). Nearly a disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=5:4.
o9 qeo\j e0p' au0to\n, God (will add) to him, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=6/7 vs. e0p' au0to\n o9 qeo\j, to him God (will add), RP-marg F1859=1/7 (Scrivener's h). A disparity (#2) with RP-marg (low count).
e9pta_, seven: absent in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=5/7 (Scrivener's bdjkl) vs. present in RP-marg F1859=2/7 (Scrivener's ch).
tw%~, the → this: present in RP P1904 F1859=7/7 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/7.
Deut 4:2, Deut 13:1MT (Deut 12:32AV), Deut 13:1, Prov 30:6.
Rev 22:19 kai\ e0a&n tij {RP P1904: a)fe/lh|} [TR: a)fairh|=] a)po\ tw~n lo/gwn {RP P1904: tou= bibli/ou} [TR: bi/blou] th=j profhtei/aj tau/thj, {RP-text: a)fe/loi} [RP-marg P1904: a)felei=] [TR: a)fairh/sei] o9 qeo\j to\ me/roj au0tou= a)po\ {RP P1904: tou= cu/lou} [TR: bi/blou] th=j zwh=j, kai\ e0k th=j po/lewj th=j a(gi/aj, {RP P1904: - } [TR: kai\] tw~n gegramme/nwn e0n {RP P1904: tw%~} [TR: - ] bibli/w% tou/tw%. and if anyone removes anything from the words of {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] book of this prophecy, {RP-text: may God} [RP-marg P1904 TR: God will] remove his part from {RP P1904: the tree} [TR: the book] of life and from the holy city {RP P1904: –} [TR: and] the things written in this book.” a)fe/lh|, takes away (aorist, so perfective aspect), RP P1904 F1859=8/8 (Scrivener's bcdehjkl) vs. a)fairh|=, takes away (present, so imperfective aspect), TR F1859=0/8.
tou= bibli/ou, of the book (diminutive force not emphatic), RP P1904 F1859=8/9 (Scrivener's bcde*hjkl) vs. bi/blou, of (the) book, TR F1859=1/9 (Scrivener's e**).
a)fe/loi, may (God) take away (aorist optative), RP-text F1859=3/9 (Scrivener's bdh) vs. a)felei=, (God) will take away (first future), RP-marg P1904 F1859=2/9 (Scrivener's cl) vs. a)fairh/sei, (God) will take away (alternative future), TR F1859=1/9 (Scrivener's e**) vs. a)felh|=, that (God) take away (subjunctive, or misspelled future), F1859=2/9 (Scrivener's e*k) vs. a)fe/lai, may (God) take away (non-classical optative), F1859=1/9 (Scrivener's j). Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=3:3. AV differs textually.
tou= cu/lou, (from) the tree, RP P1904 VulgS (ligno) F1859=8/9 (Scrivener's bcde*hjkl) vs. bi/blou, (from the) book, TR VulgC (libro) F1859=1/9 (Scrivener's e**). AV differs textually.
kai\, and: absent in RP P1904 F1859=7/8 (Scrivener's bce*hjkl) vs. present in TR F1859=1/8 (Scrivener's e**).
tw%~, the → this: present in RP P1904 F1859=7/8 (Scrivener's bce*hjkl) vs. absent in TR F1859=1/8 (Scrivener's e**).
Deut 4:2, Deut 13:1MT (Deut 12:32AV), Deut 13:1.
Rev 22:20 Le/gei o9 marturw~n tau=ta, Nai/, e1rxomai taxu/. 870Amh/n. Nai/, e1rxou, ku/rie 870Ihsou= {RP-text P1904 TR: - } [RP-marg: xriste/]. He who testifies to these things says, “Yes, I am coming quickly.” Amen. Yes, come Lord Jesus {RP-text P1904 TR: - } [RP-marg: Christ]. xriste/, Christ: absent in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=4/6 (Scrivener's hjkl) vs. present in RP-marg F1859=2/6 (Scrivener's bc).
Rev 22:21 879H xa&rij tou= kuri/ou {RP P1904: - } [TR: h9mw~n] 870Ihsou= xristou= meta_ pa&ntwn {RP P1904: tw~n a(gi/wn} [TR: u9mw~n]. 870Amh/n. The grace of {RP P1904: the} [TR: our] Lord Jesus Christ be with all {RP P1904: the saints} [TR: of you]. Amen. h9mw~n, our: absent in RP P1904 F1859=5/6 (Scrivener's bhjkl) vs. present in TR F1859=1/6 (Scrivener's c). AV differs textually.
tw~n a(gi/wn, (with) the saints, RP P1904 F1859=6/6 (Scrivener's bchjkl) vs. u9mw~n, (with) you, TR F1859=0/6. AV differs textually.
{RP P1904: saints: see Matt 27:52.}